Loading...
Building Code Update Committee Packet 2011 01-31-11 le.o C Of o United City of Yorkville A '" 800 Game Farm Road esr law Yorkville, Illinois 60560 -4 ` Telephone: 630-553-4350 ® Fax: 630-553-7575 v ® � o AGENDA BUILDING CODE UPDATE COMMITTEE RESCHEDULED MEETING Monday, January 31, 2011 6:30 PM City Hall Conference Room 1. Call Meeting to Order 2. Roll Call 3. Approval of Meeting Minutes from December 13, 2010 4. Continued Discussion of Proposed Codes 1. International Fire Code (2009) 2. International Residential Code (2009) 5. Introduction of Proposed Codes 1. International Existing Building Code (2009) 2. International Building Code (2009) 6. Comments/Discussion 7. Adjournment Next Meeting Date: Wednesday, February 9, 2011 (TBD?) UNITED CITY OF YORKVILLE BUILDING CODE UPDATE COMMITTEE Monday, December 13, 2010 6:30 p.m. City Council Conference Room 800 Game Farm Rd, Yorkville, IL 60560 Committee Members in Attendance: Alderman Rose Spears Billy McCue Fire Marshal Jeremy Canavan, Chairman Mike Skinner Don Duffy Richard Scheffrahn Adam Dontz Lynn Dubajic Cheryl Lee City Officials in Attendance: Krysti Barksdale-Noble, Community Development Director Paul Zabel, Building Code Official Meeting Called to Order Meeting was called to order at 6:35 p.m. Roll Call Roll call was taken. Previous Minutes Motion to approve the minutes of the October 18, 2010 meeting was made by Fire Marshal Canavan, seconded by Mr. Scheffrahn, unanimous voice vote. 2009 International Fire Code The committee resumed discussion. Section 507.5.7 Hydrant Marking. Ms. Noble read the City's recommendation to incorporate the language that in all private, commercial and industrial uses a"No Parking—Fire Hydrant" sign shall be placed in a conspicuous location to identify the restricted area. Fire Marshal Canavan stated that people park right in front of fire hydrants which hinders the response time of the fire fighters. Mr. Scheffrahn added that requirements for painting and signage at multi-family uses should be addressed. The committee questioned how the city would enforce these requirements. Mr. Zabel stated that it would have to be regulated by ordinance. Page 1 of 6 Mr. Duffy made the motion to insert multi-family residential to Section 507.5.7. Mr. McCue seconded. Motion carried by unanimous roll call vote. Section 903.21 Commercial Sprinklers Ms. Noble directed the committee to the City's memo in which Mr. Zabel simplified the assembly groupings. Fire Marshal Canavan recommended the section be approved without exceptions to a zero square footage requirement. The City's memo recommended required sprinklers in the A-1 use as 5,000 square feet or more. Fire Marshal Canavan explained that State law requires sprinklers in an A-2 use with an occupant load exceeding 100 persons. Fire walls in a strip mall with tenant spaces classified as different uses were discussed. Mr. Zabel read the section of the 2009 Code regarding fire areas that differs from the 2000 Code. Section 903.2.1.1 Group A-1 Mr. Skinner made the motion to include; an automatic sprinkler system shall be provided for Group A-1 occupancies when the fire area exceeds 5,000 square feet. Ms. Lee seconded. Roll call vote taken, motion carried. Section 903.2.1.2 Group A-2 Mr. Duffy made a motion to include; an automatic fire sprinkler system shall be provided when fire area exceeds 5,000 square feet. Mr. Skinner seconded. Roll call vote taken, motion carried. Section 903.2.1.3 Group A-3 Mr. Skinner asked who determines occupant loads. Fire Marshal Canavan explained he determines the occupant load based on a prescribed formula. Mr. Skinner made the motion to include an automatic fire sprinkler system shall be provided when fire area exceeds 5,000 square feet. Ms. Lee seconded. Roll call vote taken, motion carried. Section 903.2.1.4 Group A-4 Ms. Lee made the motion to include; an automatic fire sprinkler system shall be provided when fire area exceeds 5,000 square feet. Alderman Spears seconded. Roll call vote taken, motion carried. Section 903.2.2 Group B Group B shall be changed to read an automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout all Group B occupancies when the fire area exceeds 5,000 square feet. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided for all "Group B ambulatory health care facilities". Ms. Lee made the motion to approve. Mr. Skinner seconded. Roll call vote taken, motion carried. Section 903.2.3 Group E The committee discussed the City's recommendation of a 5,000 square foot fire area. Mr. Duffy commented that in Group E occupancies he agreed with a smaller square footage requirement. Mr. Scheffrahn inquired about in-home daycare facilities. Ms. Noble answered that the State would supersede the City's Code. Ms. Lee made the motion to approve. Mr. Dontz seconded. Roll call vote taken, motion carried. Page 2of6 Section 903.2.4 Group F Fire Marshal Canavan made the motion to require sprinkler systems in Group F Factory, Industrial and Industrial Moderate Hazard, F1 and F2 when the fire area exceeds 5,000 square feet or exceeds three stories. Ms. Lee seconded. Discussion Mr. Duffy said that the 5,000 square footage requirement would be detrimental to small businesses. Mr. Dontz suggested increasing the square footage for the fire area. Mr. Scheffrahn asked Mr. Zabel what the requirement for F2 is at present. Mr. Zabel informed the committee that there was no sprinkler requirement at present. Mr. Dontz asked if the committee desired to increase the square footage requirement, especially if the use is non-hazardous. Roll call vote taken, motion does not carry. Code as written stands. Section 903.2.7 Group M Fire Marshal Jeremy Canavan recommended adding an exception, upholstered furniture showroom. Mr. Dontz discussed the 2009 Code as written and agreed with the 12,000 square footage requirements. Fire Marshal Jeremy Canavan asked what the Village of Oswego has adopted. Mr. Duffy read the Village of Oswego Code which states that in any new Mercantile use, all must be sprinkled. Mr. Scheffrahn commented that 5,000 square feet is reasonable, Mr. Skinner suggested requiring 10,000 square feet. Mr. Dontz made the motion to accept 10,000 square feet as the requirement. Mr. Skinner seconded. Roll call vote taken, motion carried. Section 903.2.8 Group R-1 through R-3 Mr. Skinner made the motion to include automatic sprinkler systems shall be required throughout Groups R-1, R-2 and R-4 occupancies, and R-3 occupancies with exceptions. Mr. Dontz seconded. Discussion Mr. Zabel explained that R-3 is defined as single family residential where residents are primarily permanent in nature. Mr. Skinner amended his motion to include single family detached homes shall be required to follow Section R 313 of the 2009 International Residential Code as amended. Roll call vote taken, motion carried. Section 903.2.1 Group S and S1 Moderate Hazard The committee discussed the definition of"floor" or"story" as the vertical distance from top-to- top, in-between tiers or beams. The Fire District recommended adopting a requirement of 5,000 square feet. The City's recommendation 12,000 square feet has not changed from the 2000 Code. Mr. Dontz made the motion to amend Section 903.2.1 to read the automatic sprinkler systems are required where the fire area exceeds 10,000 square feet and the fire area is located 3 stories Page 3 of 6 above grade. Mr. Skinner seconded. Roll call vote taken, motion does not carry. Code as written stands. Section 903.2.10 Group S-2 Enclosed Parking Garage Alderman Spears made the motion to accept. Fire Marshal Canavan seconded. Discussion Fire Marshal Canavan read Section 406.4 of the 2009 International Building Code. He referenced a parking garage fire and explained why he recommends a more stringent code. Alderman Spears amended the motion to include all Group R occupancies. Fire Marshal Canavan seconded. Roll call vote taken, motion does not carry. Code as written stands. Section 903.3.5 Water Supplies Mr. Zabel explained that he referenced the State of Illinois Plumbing Code instead of the 2009 International Code. Fire Marshal Canavan made the motion to accept. Mr. Duffy seconded. Roll call vote taken, motion carried. Section 903.3.5.3 Secondary Water System The committee discussed wells as a secondary supply to the sprinkler system. Ms. Dubajic made the motion to adopt. Ms Lee seconded. Roll call vote taken, motion does not carry. Section 905.3.1 Height Fire Marshal Canavan read the amendment regarding stand pipe requirements. Alderman Spears made the motion to accept. Mr. Skinner seconded. Discussion Mr. Dontz asked for clarification. Fire Marshal Canavan explained that his recommendation to amend the code to read and approved standpipe system shall be installed in all buildings three (3) stories or more in height in each stairwell at each level. Standpipe systems shall be installed in all buildings where any portion of the building floor area is more than 200 feet travel distance from the nearest point of the fire department vehicle access. Alderman Spears amended the motion to include the fire department recommendation. Fire Marshal Canavan seconded. Roll call vote taken, motion carried. Section 907.1.3 Equipment Fire Marshal Canavan read the Fire Department recommendations and made the motion to amend. Mr. Dontz seconded. Roll call vote taken, motion carried. Section 907.2.1. Group A The Fire Department recommended complete fire alarm systems installed in all occupancies except R-3. Mr. Skinner asked if already sprinkled structures would require fire alarms and was answered in the affirmative. The Village of Oswego Code was referenced, which stated that all sprinkled structures require a fire alarm system. The cost of a monitored system was discussed. Mr. Scheffrahn made the motion to approve as read. Fire Marshal Canavan seconded. Page 4 of 6 Discussion Mr. Dontz suggested that the recommendation be made clearer on the fire alarm system requirements. Mr. Duffy offered that the words "approved NFPA72 system" should be added. Ms. Lee read an exception stating manual fire alarm boxes are not required with an approved sprinkler system. Roll call vote tied. No change to Group A 907.2.1. Section 907.2.2 Group B The committee discussed monitored alarm systems and costs to new businesses. Mr. McCue suggested studying the codes other municipalities have adopted. Mr. Scheffrahn made the motion to adjourn and to table the discussion on Section 907.2.2 Group B. Seconded by Mr. Skinner. Motion carried by unanimous voice vote. Adiournment Meeting adjourned at 10:55 p.m. Page 5 of 6 ResMtfully submitled by: D.Weinerl Page 6 of 6 C1,V.o Memorandum J It EST, 1036 To: Building Code Update Committee r o From: Krysti J. Barksdale-Noble, Community Development Director m � � �O� CC: Paul Zabel, Building Code Official Date: December 16, 2010 Subject: Approved Recommended Amendments to 2009 1FC Below are the approved recommendations from the Building Code Update Committee for amendments to the 2009 version of the International Fire Code (IFC) from the December 13, 2010 meeting. The text in indicates revisions to staffs recommendations made by the committee. NOTE: The following recommendations reflect only the sections of the IFC that were covered during the December meeting, as previous recommended amendments to the IFC approved by the committee during the October 18, 2010 were provided in a prior memorandum (see attached). Once the committee has completed its discussion and recommendations for amendments to the entire IFC, staff will provide a comprehensive memo of the proposed changes to the committee. International Fire Code 1. Section 507.5.7 Hydrant Marking. Shall be added to read as follows: On all private parking areas of multiple-family residential, commercial and industrial uses, a "No Parking...Fire Hydrant" sign shall be placed in a conspicuous location to identify the restricted parking area. In addition to the required sign, the curb or pavement (only when a curb is not present) directly in front of the fire hydrant, shall be painted yellow with an approved material. The designated area shall be 15 feet (7.5 feet on each side of the fire hydrant) in total length. 2. Section 903.2.1.1 Group A-1. Shall be amended to include the following: An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided for Group A-1 occupancies when the fire area exceeds 5,000 square feet. 3. Section 903.2.1.2 Group A-2. Shall be amended to include the following: An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided for Group A-2 occupancies when the fire area exceeds 5,000 square feet. 4. Section 903.2.1.3 Group A-3. Shall be amended to include the following: An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided for Group A-3 occupancies when the fire area exceeds 5,000 square feet. S. Section 903.2.1.4 Group A-4. Shall be amended to include the following: An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided for Group A-4 occupancies when the fire area exceeds 5,000 square feet. 1 6. Section 903.2.2 Group B ambulatory health care facilities. Shall be deleted and changed to read as follows: Section 903.2.2 Group B. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout all Group B occupancies when the fire area exceeds 5,000 square feet. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided for all "Group B ambulatory health care facilities." 7. Section 903.2.3 Group E. Shall be amended to include the following: An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout all Group E occupancies when the fire area exceeds 5,000 square feet. 8. Section 903.2.7 Group M. Shall be amended to include the following: An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout all Group M occupancies when the fire area exceeds 10.000 square feet or the fire area is located more than three stories above the grade plane. 9. Section 903.2.8 Group R. Shall be amended to include the following: An automatic sprinkler system shall be required throughout Groups R-1, R-2, and R-4 occupancies. An automatic sprinkler system shall be required throughout Group R-3 occupancies, with the following exceptions: 1. Adult care facilities that provide accommodations for five or fewer persons of any age for less than 24 hours. 2. Child care facilities that provide accommodations for five or fewer persons of any age for less than 24 hours. 3. Single-family detached homes shall be required to follow Section R313 of the 2009 International Residential Code (iRC), as amended. 10. Section 903.3.5 Water Supplies. Shall be amended to read as follows: Water supplies for automatic sprinkler systems shall comply with this section and the standards referenced in Section 903.3.1. The potable water supply shall be protected against backflow in accordance with the requirements of this section and the State of Illinois Plumbing Code. 11. Section 905.3.1 Height. Shall be amended to read as follows: An approved standpipe system shall be installed in all buildings three (3) stories or more in height in each stairwell at each level. Standpipe systems shall be installed in all buildings where any portion of the building floor area is more than 200 feet travel distance from the nearest point of the fire department vehicle access. 12. Section 907.1.3 Equipment. Shall be amended to include the following: 1. Location of the annunciator panel shall be approved by the Fire Code Official. 2. An annunciator panel or the main fire panel shall be placed near the fire sprinkler main riser. 2 3. A red strobe light shall be installed by the annunciator panel or above the closest entrance to the fire alarm control panel as approved by the Fire Code Official 4. The annunciator panel shall indicate and have all of the functions of the fire alarm panel. 5. The annunciator shall be properly marked to show each zone. 6. A detailed floor plan illustrating each zone shall be provided on each fire alarm control panel and located adjacent to each annunciator panel. 3 C►T` Memorandum J � O111% Esr 1636 To: Building Code Update Committee .4 From: Krysti J. Barksdale-Noble, Community Development Director E � to 0 �� a q' CC: Paul Zabel, Building Code Official xx,aacn.ry ,_ Date: January 28, 2011 Subject: Proposed Amendments to 2009 IFC and IRC Below are Staff recommendations for proposed amendments to the 2009 versions of the International Fire Code (IFC) and International Residential Code (IRC). The proposed amendments to the IFC have been written in consideration of the amendments proposed by the Bristol Kendal Fire Protection District in a separate memorandum. These proposed amendments shall be open to discussion at the committee [ntioiiR�4_ International Fire Code (continued) 1. Section 907.2.1 Group A.No change proposed-consider Fire Marshal's proposal 2. Section 907.2.2 Group B. No change proposed -cons]dcr Fire Marshal's proposal 3. Section 907.2.4 Group F. No change.proposed--Ponsider Fire Marshal's proposal 4. Section 907.2.5 Group H. No chwigt proposed-consider Fire Marshal's proposal 5. Section 907.2.7 Group M. No change proposed- consider Fire Marshal's proposal 6. Section 907.2.8 Group R-1. No change pruposcd - eouside�-Fire Marshal's proposal 7. Section 907.2.9 Group lit-2. No change proposed -consider Fire Marshal's proposal 8. Section 907.2.10.4 Group S. No change proposed-consider Fire Marshal's proposal 9. Section 1)12.5 Baekflwv Protection. Shall he amended to read as follows: The potable water supply to automatic sprinkler and standpipe systems shall be protected against backflow as required by the State of Illinois Plumbing Code. 10. Section 912.1 Installation. Shall bt amended to read as follows: Fare department connections shall be installed in accordance with the NFPA standard applicable to the system design and shall comply with Sections 912.2 through 912A The fire department connection shall be an approved five inch (5") connecwikin with a thirty (30) degree down turn. A white strobe light shall be placed above the fire department connection and the white strobe light shall indicate on water flow only. A two and one-half inch (2 ''/Z") NST single fire department connection shall be acceptable where piped to a three inch (3") or smaller riser. 11. Section 3301.1.6 Storage of Fire and Explosive Hazards. Shall be added as follows: The storage of fire and explosive hazards such as: detonable materials, hazardous solids, liquids, and gases shall comply with the Performance Standards established in the City's Zoning Ordinance, as amended from time to time. 1 12. Appendix D - Figure D103.1 Dead-End Fire Apparatus Access Road Turnaround. Shall be amended to read as follows: 96' Diameter Cul-de-sac as illustrated shall be changed to a minimum of 130 ft. ROW diameter and 100 ft. pavement diameter, per the City's Subdivision Control Ordinance, International Residential Code 1. Section R101.1 Title. Shall be amended to insert fire. name of jurisdiction — United City of Yorkville. 2. Section R105.2 Work Exempt from permit. Shall be amended as follows: Building: Delete items 1, ?, 5. and 10. These items shall require permitting. 3. Table R301.2(1) Climatic and Geographic llesign Criteria. Shall be completed with the following insertions. Ground Snow Load.............................................................................................25 lbs/sq.ft. WindDesign (Speed)................................................................................................ 90 mph Wind Design iT pogTapliic effects)........... ...... ....... . ....................................................NO Seismic Design Category........................... ........................................................................B Subject to Damage from (We'ath,er ng).......................................................................Severe Su jcct to Damage from (frost line aeptli).................................................42" below grade Subject to Damage from (Termite).........................................................Moderate to Heavy Winter Design Temperature...............................................................................-5 degrees F Ice Barrier Underlayment Required...............................................................................YES Flood Hazards.............................................................................Refer to local designations AirFreezing Index.........................................................................................................2000 Mean Annual Temperature...............................................................................48 degrees F 4. Section R302.5.1 Opening protection. Shall be amended to add language requiring self-closing devices for all required fire rated doors. 5. Section 302.11 Fireblocking. Shall be amended to include the following: 1. All engineered man-made products used to construct wood floor systems including, but not limited to, wood trusses and I-Joists. 6. Section R310.4 Bars, grilles, covers and screens. Shall be amended to add language requiring safety covers capable of supporting at least 250lbs load. 2 7. Section 8313.1 Townhouse automatic fire sprinkler systems. Shall be amended to read as follows: Section R313.1 Townhouse and duplex automatic fire sprinkler systems. An automatic residential fire sprinkler system shall be installed in townhouses and duplexes. 8. Section R313.2 One- and two-family dwellings automatic fire systems. Shall be amended to read as follows: Amendment proposal-please consider the.following questions: • Should sprinkler systems he required in single-family detached homes? • If the answer is NO, this section (313.2) shr odd hu deleted in its entirety. • If the answer is YES, this section .should he adopted as written (without duplexes) OR amended including, but not limited to, the following considerations. • Should we limit sprinkler systems d'rx homes over 3,500 square feet? • Should we adopt the code section lir°the date in the hook, or another future date? • Should we have exceptions to sprinkler s i°stt}ms° (type of construction, rated wall or floor systems, monitoringfre, alarms, etc.)? • Should we consider identiNng homes (on the exterior) with sprinkler systems? • Should ive consider anything else not nwifi-joned? 9. Chapter 11 Energy Efficiency-. Shall be deleted in its entirety. Compliance shall by determined kiy Elie current IECC. 10. Section P250 l.1 Scope. Shat! be amended to include the following: All plumbing work shall conform to the current edition of the State of Illinois Plumbing Code, the provisions of this code, and the currently amended edition of the International Phttllhiog Code; whichever is more restrictive. 11. Appendices to be included with the adoption of this code shall include: Appendix A, B, C, E, F, G, H, J, M, O 3 FCr-Lha prserratton of life and aracer^/ Special Edition 2009 Norhern Illinois Fire S.pnnkler Ac iiscrl Board NFPA 13D Towns — Fall 2009 Visit www.Fire5prinklerAssoe,arg rrc, Cr TY DATE SQUARE FEET CammeriaVResidendW) For crnrr.7rt:n f ornratron on the fbHowine I Long Grove ft iicipaliN) April 1910 W130 Night Club, Municipal Fire 2 Barrington Fire Protection District September 1997 011313 Colleges,Schools Departments 3 Lake Harrington December 1997 01130 High-Rise • Fire Sprinkler Saves 4 wheeling Judy 2000 01130 plus manufactured homes • Rrsidencial -Training& 5 Clarendon Hills August2000 204011 D •Testing Education 6 Village of Barrington 0"" r ffi 0113D • Press Releases •Sprinkler Trailer 7 Park Ridge March 2001 13D Fire Sprinller Times and Demonstration 8 West Dundee August 2001 4, 13 -oil 1-2 Wily new can. 9 Gleraside 2001 13 square feet FireP Protection Fire 1 D Hoffman Estates January 2001 1,000 r an use groups l Fire Protection • Fire Sprinkler 1l Glen Ellyn arch 2002 011313 Districts Legisiat3on 12 Hound lake Beach March 2002 0113 •Municipal&Fire •Industry Lurks 13 Streamwood June 2W2 1,000 carnmerciallUD D6mict Fire •And more! 14 LaGrange Park Au W , . F11., 2,000113D SptinklerCode 15 Mount Prospect June 2D03 +condo conversions&mfg.homes Ranking 15 Berkeley Novamber2003 A ,FLS-Qtl3D! - 17 Rolling Meadows 20M 4,nsquars eet Ts Yemen Hills 2003 5,000 square feet 19 Matteson Fire De artraent January 2004 W13 20 Countryside Fire Protection URFRF March 20M 0113 21 Huntley Fira Protection District July 21104 0113D '. - 22 North Maine FF Protection District July 204 011313 =�• - .._�.�..����__�� 23 Indian Greek(Countryside FPDI Feb-DD W130 � •-- fnattate ffismrpolortrl 24 Skakfo Dctober2004 5AOW13D 25 tang Graim Fire prateclica District November 2004 13D 26 Hil januer yUW 0113DImulb ami tetra 27 Jrs Ca FebruaryZO05 611313 28 Des Plaines March 2005 W130 — 29 aimmille. unici of ty) March 2WS 1AM130 30 suiffly.. FPO( ossmoor) JanuarVEM 130 fledfaid Park Fired rtment July 213175 0/13D 32 St.Cho untrysr a FPD Au ust 2005 33 Oak Forest August 20M 0113b/+ Commercial 34 Uncolinwood cmberZW5 5, 1 35 WbuWAle.FreProtacnonOWct November2005 0/130 35 Bridgeview Novemhar20D5 0113D,m ones, 37 Riva Forest March 2005 504W13 +50%sin a anuly 38 Gleirwood June 2006 01130+50%assessed valuation retrorulownership changes 39 PalasHills August2005 0113DIA artmanttuCondo 40 VItlaPart AullusUlUctober 2006 I l3 41 Oak Brook errace I unici aliryl December 2006 U113U,5n MEW 42 PT!Fectflaights December206 0/130 43 Northbrook ebrue 2007 5,00130pfusTownhomes 44 BelWaod January 2007 W130+ ReuafitApamnont to Condo 45 Lake Biull March 2007 0/13D,7596 Additions 46 Lake ZurichFtual FPO April 2W7 1 47 Linwinsh re/Riverwoods MD Maymm 13D 48 OrjwWFPD 2007 Unincorporated No Water up&,5x0 49 Highwood Au us120W W13 lest oodridge FPD Detober 2007 5AM s .fL 51 AliFp OetobarZ007 01130 52 Palafte fluial FPO Novem er2007 W13D 53 Chicago Rid a ecember2407 0/130 * Northern Illinois 54 Pleasermiew FPO January 20M Single emit subdivision 55 Co Muh Hills Jena zoos 011313 Fire Sprinkler 56 Perk Farest Se Camber 20M 0-13D t, 57 Newpoit Townshi FPDIWedswvarth! Jonuary2OM W130 Advisory Board 58 Green Oaks FEbruary MM 130 59 Riverside March MW 13D FireSprinklerAssoc.ore 613 Poles Heights FPO June 2009 130 61 UkeZurieh Seotembar20D9 13D fit Orland Square Drive,Su ice 201 Orland Park,IL 60462 For more information about fire sprinklers, contact the Northern Illinois Fire Sprinkler Advisory no Board, 866-2NIFSAB (866-264-3722) or send an e-mail to sprinktoml @aol.com. NFFPPA Nor'hern Illinois Fire Sprinkler Abiisor/Board For Eire preservation of life and pronnr"/ City Square Footage List - Fall 2009 (continued) No. CITY SQUARE F'E7 No. CITY SQUARE FEET 85 basca(Village and Fire District) 0 IV Geneva Mr.)!£3106) 3,000 Village adopted 20115[CC Commercial 12a Frankfort FPO lUninco rated) 31000 86 Hoscue 0 square[Din 129 Frankfurt(Munictparlyl 3,000 87 Elmwood Park 5Wsgft 130 Chicago Ridge MK Apt to Cando Conversion/130 28 Hoflrrmo Exwins 1,000 for all use groups,130,' 131 Oak Lawn 38M,5,0013 Multi-Family 1999 BOCA(u/R:123!04) Commercial Retrafrt 132 Hawl 3,500 89 Streamwood I ADW130. Oak Park ulr.WWI A-5=IXIYA-24,000;A-1,A3,A- 90 Sunnycmest FPO IFlossmaor) 130'Single FaRmFy Only 4=7,50 F-4000;B,E,M,S=i2,U00 91 Schaumburg 1,0 High se Retrarrif 134 West Dundee 4,MW130* 2006 VC IBC Apartment to Cando Conversion M Intl.Codes[ulr.1MIM)MM 92 Oak Brook 1,00011-ligh-Rise Ratra 135 Rolling Meadows 5,000-Apt m Cando Conversion 93 Hawthorn Woods I,QW1PIUStnwnhomes (Residential 4,DM+Sq.Ft.130) (Countryside Fire Protection District) 13 Skokie 5,000!130'Apartment to condo 94 Vernon Hills 1,0001+basement TG11drywall or 2DM IBC(u/r.IIVI 04) conversions [Courtryside Fire Protection Oistrictl sprinkler 130 Pius Tuwnhome 137 Lincolnwood 5,0001130 95 lambard L000 LSC 101,136 ed.W/r.10105) 96 Morton Grove 1,000 138 RiverFaresitulr.3113106) 5,0001131) (IM BOCA Fire,1999 3OCA Bldg,l 139 Glenview 5,000;A-2,500;(13D tovvnhames) 97 Slane Park 1,000 140 Davvriem Grove A,H,I,R 1,RZ-0;B=1,500,N1=2,500, Wedchester 1,000 lrtfr•110113/051 F,F,S1,S24AM 99 Villa Park luft- 14106) 1,5V130 141 AdWgton Heights 5,1100-A use(Aptm Condo Conversion) 100 Bardgd2MGIOCjtFC 150015tacked uwnhomes 1996 BOCA[u1r.3/4104) 101 Resemaot ZDM 15C ISM,Aptta Cando Conversion 142 Westmont 5,000;56r•Occupants, udi-Family 102 Algonquin Lake In The Hr!s FPO 1,500 Type IV,V;3,000 Type 11,111; 20Q31BClIFC 113018 Duplex and Townhome& 6,000 Type 1;0-A,E,H 130 Option Program) IM hiland Lake 1,500 143 Hellando 2DM IBC 5,000 104 Prairie Grove FPO 1,500 144 Belvidere 5,000 2003 IBC/IFC 2003/Ufe Safety Code NFPA 1012003(u/r4120/06) 145 Bensenville 5,000 105 Warrenville 1,500 146 Bourhonimb(Kankakee Countyl 5,000 106 Wauconda FPO District-0;Wauconda-1,500 147 D aid-Bannockburn FPO 5,000 1999 BOLA 1u1r.2r23♦04i Hawthorn Woods-1,000; 148 Elk Grove 5,000 N.Barrington-1W,, 149 EbwoodPark 500 Lake Barrington[Rosidendal& 2003 International(u1r.314104) Commerciali-0 150 Gardner Voluntewlu/r. ) 5AW 107 Elmhurst 1,000;2,500 151 Htunewea SIM 108 Clarendon Ifift 2,5Wl3D* 152 Lemont FPO A-1&E=O;A-2 AN,.0 ,5,F-1, 109 Plainbld FPO 2005 IBC[u/r,41191061 2,000 2WO 1FC&NFPA 101(u1r.4127104) &S-1=5,000;F-2-7,000 110 Plairdield MW IBC u1r.4n91061 2,000 153 Norwood Park 1996 BOCA(2125104) 5,000 111 Darien-Woodridge Q 2,000 154 ®e 5,000 112 Little Rack Fox FPD 7,000 155 Rome 5,000 (Plano)IBC,IFC&NFPA 101 200318C and Frre Wt..2120104) 113 Pleasanwiew FPD z000 156 Sugar Grove 5.000 (UGrangeHighlarcds) 157 Wauka n1996BOCAw/Amend, 5,000 114 Riverside 2,5001130 1513 Midluddan 5,000sgftNFPAl/LS1101 115 HIlbide JuIr 3,QK71 2500,A,B,R-z E,F,M,S, are 159 Wage County 5,000 Type 14V;2,000 Type V 116 rson [A-1,1,R-1, 0;(A-z A-3,A-4,B, 1BCAFC 21103(u1r.W12B104) IBC 2000(u/r.07110041 E,F.M,R 2,S and Mixed Use 160 LOC art 5,000 sq.1t Groups)2,530;(RI NFPA 13R 161 Bradley ,000 117 Hinsdale 2,500;5,000,Sprinklef addition of 162 Woodstock 20M IBQFC 2M SAM sq It 2000 Intl,BIdgJLSC 1997 500 Sq.ft.more 163 UsIL Woodridge FPO 10001130 5,000 s It 110 Winthrop Harbor 2,500 164 floliniahm 7,000 119 Crestwood 2,500 165 Broadview 7,00D ; 120 Niles7.00G IFC 2,500 166 egin 7,000 121 Naperville- 2,500 Type-5;(H,I,R-1,and R-2)(A- 167 Melrose Park 7,0011 r.. lFC 2006 wlamendments 1 r A-31 A-41 B,F-11 F-21 M,S-1 and 168 Mokona FPO 7,000 ' 1 Aparanentm Cando Retrofit MOB S-215,000 T-5;(A-212500;(A-5)IE 169 East Dundee FPD BOCA 1999 715M and U)5,OD01(R-31 urdess firewa0 170 Niles 7,506 _ every 2 u+itts,(R-11>8 residents. ISM BOCA Sk1 .Cade(u/r.71241041 122 Batavia 2,500;7,500 171 Odand Park(Municipality) BAM(74 seals for restaurants) 123 Western Spriggs 2,500 172 University Park SAM - 124 Tinley Park 3,000(multi-fancily change of 173 Grayslake FPO(u/r.July 20D51 10,0011 ownership)Plus fatal area 174 Crete Township FPO 2006 IBC 8,000 definidort/Tovmhomes 175 Round Lake FPO 10,000 125 Carpetnersville 3,000 Commercial;D Assembly 1956 BOCA 200018C(u/r.2124JO41 1955 BOCA,20DU NFPA LFC&Reference NFPA Codes hdr.3121/041 176 Nordclake lulr.3/151061 11996 BOCA,BLl}1Fire NFPA 13R[muhi 1211 Gilbert 3,000 famayratrolid 1-8666-2NIF5A8 186&264-37221 1 v+rwv.FreSpnnklarAssoc.org Special Edition 2009 1 F;re Sprinkler Tames 3 For the preservation of Ide and omper^1 Morherr Illinois Fire Sprinkler Advisor/Board f City Square Footage List — Fall 2009 The-:square&atages arc the requirements as amended from the Building No CfrY SQUARE FEET 0 icnaland Code Administradon(BL)CA)and the Ineernanonal Building 37 Roselle(2006 IBC) 0113D Code(IHL�,as ulopred b%the commurairs listed beJow.if your Lawn is not 38 Palatine O/High-Rise ReounVAparimentw listed,there arc nor any reductions in the Eire sprinkler threshold area in 200 L C,20001F Z Condo your ado pted code or not reported on the surety.To update your town or Butt lle lulr.?/22/041 district,email or call NIFSAB for the survey form:sprinktoml@aol.com 39 Bur V Grave 0+7 tunes I>3Aa0 sq.fc retrofltl or toll Free 966-3NIPSAB Fire5prinkletAssoc.o a {ulr.8131051 4a GlersdeleHmghts Apartment to Cando ratrn,Gonda! Crry SQUAM FW townhome type Ill,tV,V,NFPA 130 1 Bridgeview 01130;Plus 50%Cast Renovation 3,W0 Sq Ft M IBC,'031FC and manufactured homes/ 41 Village of Ner"eld 0 Plus Townhomes lo1r.11/1 W51 commercial roofit 2010 BOCA-1996,Fire Prev..19M Bldg. 2 Mouni ftspect 0/13D*Apartmentto Condo 42 Minoaka FPO 0+Townhomes and Lew Level Conversion&Manufactured Home 20M IFC(ulr 51E414h Murlk-Far ilv 3 Wheei"mg 0/13D*Plus manufacturedhomes 43 OakbraakTerraoe rrr7l2BJ851 0+ rlv�tontcs —^ 4 Country Club Hills 111130;+50 o Commercial; York Canter FP u-r{ I 04 Townhomes 'A=Assembly'>2000c cup ant Load 45 Fox Lake l 999KA Wn 0F1 1 lf;PlusTownh F] _ Retro,plus manufactur ad homes 46 Hampshim 0+Tow".,tirnes Fanest 0/13D;+50° Commercial; 47 dla Huntley I`-rKM 0 PlusTownhomes 4--Assembly>200 Occupant Load 48 Glensida FPO 0-,1,5D0; Retra 49 CityafLakeFama 0 5 Bellwood ; ,b remodel;After fire/Apt 20031BC,NFPA 1,101 l u-273 Ui1 [BC 2000,NFPA 101,2000 to Condo 50 BlodWrigde 19 Coda i7 — 7 DakUmolrTerrace 0/130;50 addition 51 Blooridnodale FPO 0 — 8 Hickary1 ills 0/1 partmenttoUndo 52 Homer Glen �+ — Conversion 53 oorPark eZu60FFPi}I3� ,C D 9 Jusdce 0/130'=16-family change at 54 �o FPO 13 ur't5e f — owniershiE 1 55 Hossmoor D 10 Libertpile FPO (W1311,25%Addition,Retrofit, 58 Highland ForkZM iBC IFC 013D with TGl Lake County(ulr.11105) Residential and Unincorporated 57 Homer FPO 0 Commerical (Unincorporated Homer Glen) II SL Chades Coarmpide FPO a Plus 25°,o addition on rehab! 9B IDldeer 0 Wayne:Majority, singla-fandly-- (Lake Zurich Fire Protection District) Wasco:Partial Apartment to Condo Conversion 59 North Aumna FPD 0 12 Glenwood 0/I + f assert eve uatian 20M 1 BC(u1r 2004) lulr.6/27/061 redoFnor change of ownership BD NorthBwdogtoo 0 13 Pales Hills(u/r elz-1061 0/13D*;Apartment to Condo (Lake Zurich Fire Protecuan Districil 14 Badford ftrk 0/130.75 Addition 61 Mundelein 0 15 13amngton FPD 0/130* Mild ICC Fire A Midg.Cadfe W Admend.lu/r.2.23,041 -- 16 ViflageofBarringtaa 4r13D• 62 SL Cha es Wt a-9.041 17 Des Plaines 30* 63 SaukViifage 0 18 Glen Elf 0/13D* 64 Caml Shaant a-A's;0-E;0-H;0-M,S&F;D-R 19 Lake Bamngton 01130* 65 innellm 2003 IBC Coda 0 20 Village of Lang Grove 0/130• 6B Berl ..67 Berwp 21 Long Grave FPD(ulr:MR) 01130* 68 West Chicago 2003 IBCa 22 PARidge (l13D* 69 Gumse(ulr.5161a5) 0 1999BOCA(u/r.3/Qa4) 70 Round Lake UK-21071 0 23 Round Lake Reach 0/130* 71 warren-Waukegan FPO 0 24 Manwon200318C 0/130* 25 North Maine FPO(Des Plaines Area) 0/13 * 2S Hurrde FPO(u/r 8TO41 0113D 72 Northwestfil r FPO I 111111071 0 27 CautttPpideFPO 0/130 73 Algunqdin4sqk20D61BC a Indian Creek-0; 74 Lake Zurich Rura FPO lu/r:411371 130" Long Grove-0; 75 Palatirte Rom]FPO a/13Df7 addifronlremodel2403IBC Hawthorn Woods-1,004rcammercial plus townlwmes;Vernon Hips- 75 Palos Heights FPO 2006 NFPA Uoidrii,-130 Single family IlAwcommerciel Ous hasementTGUdrywallor sprinkle r13D Homes 28 Indian Creek 0/136' 77 Manhatian 2006 IBC-O.5q Ft tJR 7118108 Caurttryside Fire Protection District 78 getkeley A,E,H,R,S;Mr B,10/13D 5,000 sq.tt -29 Green Oaks(rr/r:111051 0113D 20113 IFC,IBC R-31=3 Addition Commercial/ 30 La Grange Park 0/A,E,F,H,1,RI,R7/2,OD01B,M,51, Change of owner multifamily S2,U/A013D* 79 Orland FPO 0,5,000 sq It..NFPA 130,No Hydrants 31 Pros ect Hei hts 0/13D M Libertyville FPD 1,000-new,existing,additions, 32 Lake Bluff 0 01130' Unincorporated Lake County(u/r.11105) remodel 25%+130 33 Ncxrbbmaklulr.111141071 W130 61 RidWn Park 0 square loot 2cm IfIc 34 —Village a(Alsip 20116 IBr4lFC 01130 82 Crystal Lake a square footTawnhomes 35 Highwood 0113 0 M NewportFIRD 0 Square Foot&13D 36 Lincolnshire l Riverwoods FPD15/19107113D 84 New Lenox FPO 20D9 0squareioot2006IBC 2 Fire Sprinkler Times I Special Edition 2DO9 1-85&2NIFSA9(866-264-3722) I wwvi,FireSprinkierAssoc.org National Fire Protection Association Central Regional Office NFP� i 3257 Beals Branch Road, Louisville, KY 40206, USA Phone: +1 502 894-0411 Fax: +1 502 894-0519 Email: rsanders @nfpa.org November 27, 2009 Mayor Valerie Burd United City of Yorkville 800 Game Farm Road Yorkville, IL 60560 Dear Mayor Burd: My name is Russ Sanders and I am the Central Regional Manager for the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). The mission of NFPA, which was established in 1896, is to reduce the worldwide burden of fire and other hazards on the quality of life by providing and advocating consensus codes and standards, research, training, and education. I am writing you today to express NFPA's support for home fire sprinklers and to provide you with important information about home fire sprinklers. The latest NFPA statistics for fires in the United States are as follows: • A fire occurs every 82 seconds • There are more than 3,000 civilian fire fatalities each year • There are nearly 17,000 civilian injuries each year • In 2008 62% of fire ground structural fire fighting deaths occurred in residential occupancies and of that number 92% occurred in one- and two-family dwellings • 84% of fire deaths occur in the home • There is approximately $16 billion in direct property loss each year • On average, eight people die in U.S. home fires every day Sprinklers and Smoke alarms save lives Home fire sprinklers are a proven way to protect lives and property against fires at home. These life-saving systems respond quickly and effectively to the presence of a nearby fire. When sprinklers are present, they save lives. Sprinkler systems provide additional benefits, on top of the benefits already provided by smoke alarms. Further, it is important to remember that those at highest risk are children under five years of age and adults over 65. These are groups that may not be able to exit on their own even with working smoke alarms. • Working smoke alarms cut the risk of dying in a home fire by 50 percent. • If you have a reported fire in your home, the risk of dying decreases by about 80 percent when sprinklers are present. Beware misleading percentages on survival and death Fire sprinkler opponents have been using a statistic of 99.45 percent to illustrate the effectiveness of smoke alarms in reducing home fire deaths. This NFPA statistic estimates the likelihood of surviving a home fire when a working smoke alarm is present. Taken completely out of context; a number like 99.45% sounds very high. But consider this: • The total home fire death toll of roughly 3,000 deaths a year occurs in roughly 400,000 reported home fires a year. Therefore, the likelihood of surviving a home fire is over 99% without regard to the presence of smoke alarms or any other fire safety provisions. Does that mean 3,000 deaths are acceptable? Most people would say no. • Each year, there are an estimated 12,000 deaths due to falls in homes and an estimated 11 million fall injuries in the home. The likelihood of surviving a fall is 99.9%. Does that mean 12,000 deaths are acceptable? Most people would say no. • Each year, there are an estimated 42,000 deaths due to motor vehicle crashes and an estimated 6 million reported motor vehicle crashes. The likelihood of surviving a motor vehicle accident is 99.3%. Does that mean 42,000 deaths are acceptable? Most people would say no. Sprinklers do more than save lives Sprinklers do more than save lives; they also protect property from destruction by fire. In many situations, that means a family that survived a fire will also have a place to live and enough resources to continue living their lives as they did before. "Saving lives" means more than just preventing deaths. Just as there is no other fire safety technology or program that produces as great a reduction in risk of death as sprinklers, there also is no other fire safety technology or program that produces as great a reduction in property loss per fire as sprinklers. • People in homes with sprinklers are protected against significant property loss— sprinklers reduce the average property loss by 71% per home fire. The national consensus is in favor of sprinklers All model safety codes now require the use of home fire sprinklers in new one- and two-family homes. Model codes are the specific expression of the shared values of Americans. In the code- and standard-development process no single interest is allowed to dominate. In terms of sprinklers, the consensus position of fire and life safety experts is clear: sprinklers save lives and should be installed in all new one- and two-family dwellings. Sprinklers offer the highest level of fire and life safety to protect the people of Yorkville. • Home sprinkler systems respond quickly to reduce the heat, flames, and smoke from a fire, giving families valuable time to get to safety. • Roughly 90% of the time, fires are contained by the operation of just one sprinkler. • Each individual sprinkler is designed and calibrated to go off when it senses a significant heat change. • Only the sprinkler closest to the fire will activate, spraying water directly on the fire. Beware misleading percentages on effectiveness and reliability It is important to recognize that home fire sprinkler systems are designed to activate to the heat of a fire that grows large enough for the temperature to reach 1351-160° F. They are not activated by smoke, nor should they be. Opponents have cited some low percentages for what they call fire sprinkler efficiency. Such statistics improperly include as failures fires that do not produce enough heat to activate the sprinkler system, possibly because they were extinguished before heat rises to the point of activating the sprinkler system. In home fires large enough to activate an operational sprinkler, wet-pipe sprinklers operated and were effective in 98% of reported fires. Beware false claims made for newer homes Opponents of residential fire sprinkler systems like to boast that newer homes are safer homes and that the fire and death problem is limited to older homes. This statistical claim evaporates if you adjust for the higher risk characteristics (e.g., lower income, less education)found on average in the occupants of older homes. But in fact, newer homes are also more likely to include a threat to firefighters in the form of lightweight construction. Lightweight construction has been estimated to be used in a half to two-thirds of all new wood one-and two-family homes. Sprinklers can offset the increased dangers posed by lightweight construction and create a safer fire environment for firefighters to operate. Home fire sprinklers are cost effective, they do not have a negative impact on development and they are green On September 11, 2008 a study that was released by the Fire Protection Research Foundation (an affiliate of NFPA)found that the cost of 13D systems to the homebuilder, in dollars per sprinklered square foot, ranged from $0.38 to $3.66 with the average cost being $1.61. This cost includes all costs to the builder associated with the system, including design, installation and other costs such as permits, additional equipment, increased tap and water meter fees, etc. On July 15, 2009 a study that was conducted for NFPA by Newport Partners compared residential construction in four counties. The study concluded that the presence of sprinkler ordinances has no negative impact on the number of homes being built. (Montgomery County, Maryland, was paired with Fairfax County, Virginia, and Prince George's County was paired with Anne Arundel County, both located in Maryland. Montgomery County and Prince George's County have sprinkler requirements; Fairfax County and Anne Arundel County do not.) On October 1, 2009 the HFSC partnered with FM Global to conduct full-scale fire tests to compare the environmental impact of sprinklered vs. non-sprinklered homes. Quantitative data was collected on each burn, the first time this information has been scientifically evaluated in terms of environmental impact. The study will not be final until early 2010, but preliminary observations clearly indicate that sprinklers reduce toxic, airborne and water pollutants and the water amount that typically flows through fire fighter attack lines vs. sprinklers. The research also will quantify the carbon footprint associated with rebuilding the burnt home. Prince George's County, MD was the first county to adopt a one- and two-family sprinkler ordinance. In the 15 years since enforcement of the ordinance, a study, produced in cooperation with the University of Maryland, concluded that the ordinance had a significant impact on life- safety and reduction of property damage. During the 15-year period, there were 13,494 house fires with 101 deaths and 328 injuries in homes that were not protected with fire sprinklers. There were no deaths in the homes protected with home fire sprinklers. Sprinklers cut property loss in half and the average property loss after a fire with fatalities in an unsprinklered residence was 10 times more costly than a fire in homes protected with a fire sprinkler system. NFPA contracted with Newport Partners to examine detailed water supply information for 20 US communities with residential sprinkler ordinances. According to the study, which was released October 22, 2009, home fire sprinklers can be integrated with local water supply systems with ease. The study concluded that water supply integration requirements have been put into place, and there are no examples of insurmountable problems or issues. Neither design problems nor significant added costs were found in the communities surveyed. In more than half of the communities, no cost impact resulted from sprinkler-induced changes to water meter size, the need for additional water meters, or changes to tap size. These communities also did not have higher monthly service fees from the water supplier for homes with sprinklers. In those communities where one or more of these factors did add cost, the average added cost was about $400. NFPA President Jim Shannon said it best when he said, 'This is another critical piece of substantiation against the myths that abound about home fire sprinklers. It is simply not true that sprinklers cannot be integrated with public water supply or significantly adds to cost. What is true is that home fire sprinklers save lives and should be required in new construction of one- and two-family homes." Home fire sprinklers —the right answer for Yorkville. Sprinkler systems have been protecting many lives throughout the United States. This is your opportunity to tell Yorkville residents that their lives are equally important no matter where they choose to live. Please do the right thing and vote in favor of fire and life safety...vote to require all new homes to be built with fire sprinklers. Respectfully, utatl.0 Russell E. Sanders ORDINANCE NO. 2009- 0- O 3 AN ORDINANCE AMENDING THE FIRE PREVENTION CODE FOR THE COUNTRYSIDE FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT WHEREAS, the Countryside Fire Protection District is a fire protection district duly organized under the laws of the State of Illinois; and WHEREAS, the Board of Trustees of the District has express power pursuant to 70 ILCS 705111, to adopt and enforce fire prevention codes and standards parallel to national standards to promote fire prevention; and WHEREAS, the Board of Trustees of the District also has full power pursuant to 70 ILCS 70516, to pass all necessary ordinances, and rules and regulations for the proper management and conduct of the business of the Board of Trustees of the District for carrying into effect the objects for which the District was formed; and WHEREAS, the Fire Protection District Act, 70 ILCS 705111, (the "Act") empowers and makes it the legal duty and obligation of this Board of Trustees to provide as nearly adequate protection from fire for all persons and property within the District as possible and to prescribe necessary regulations for the prevention and control of fire therein; and WHEREAS, the District is empowered by the Act to provide reasonable safeguards through Fire Prevention Codes to protect the Public Health and Safety against the hazards of fire in buildings and structures; and WHEREAS, the Board previously passed an ordinance adopting a Fire Prevention Code for the District; and WHEREAS, the Board of Trustees of the District deem it in the best interest of the District to amend and adopt a new Fire Prevention Code using the 2009 Edition of the International Fire Code as the District's model for the control of fire protection in buildings and structures as herein provided; and each and all of the regulations, provisions, penalties, conditions and terms as amended by the Fire Prevention Codes listed in Exhibit A hereto, are hereby adopted and made a part thereof, as if fully set out in this Ordinance, except for the additions, insertions, deletions and changes set forth in Exhibit A to this Ordinance; and WHEREAS, the 2009 Edition of the ICC International Fire Code is a comprehensive compilation of codes designed to meet the needs of the local fire jurisdictions through model code regulations that prescribe safeguards for the safety and public health of all communities; and WHEREAS, the ICC (International Code Council) is a result of the consolidation of three previously recognized model code organizations: BOCA (Building Officials & Code Administrators), ICBO (International Conference of Building Officials) and SBCCI (Southern Building Code Congress International; and NOW, THEREFORE, be it ordained by the Board of Trustees of the Countryside Fire Protection District, Lake County, Illinois, as follows: SECTION 1. The facts and statements contained in the preamble to this Ordinance are hereby found by the Board of Trustees to be true and correct and are hereby adopted as part of this Ordinance. SECTION 2: The fire prevention code of the Countryside Fire Protection District (hereinafter referred to as the "Fire Prevention Code") shall hereafter be identical with the provisions of the publication(s) listed in Exhibit A hereto, and said publication(s) listed in Exhibit A hereto are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth, except as amended in Exhibit A to this Ordinance. At least three (3) copies of this Fire Prevention Code shall be placed on file with the District and shall be available For public inspection at all times during regular business hours as provided by law. SECTION 3: That it shall be unlawful to design, construct, alter, enlarge, repair, demolish, remove, use or maintain any building or structure within the boundaries of the Countryside Fire Protection District in violation of any terms or provisions of this Ordinance. 2 SECTION 4: That the specific terms and conditions of this Ordinance shall prevail against other existing ordinances of the District to the extent that there might be any conflict. SECTION 5: Any person, business, firm, corporation, entity or property owner with a proven violation of this Code shall be responsible for all fees, costs and expenses, including but not limited to attorney fees, litigation, adjudication and settlement costs, incurred by the Countryside Fire Protection District in enforcing the provisions of the adopted Code. All persons in violation of the Fire Prevention Code shall be subjected to fines as set forth and established in Subsection 109.3, Subsection 111.4, Subsection 907.10.6, and Subsection 3311.3 of the Code. Those Subsections shall be added or amended as follows: Subsection 109.3 Violation penalties. Amended to read as follows: Amend. Any person, Firm, or corporation who shall violate any provision of this Code or shall fail to comply with any of the requirements thereof or shall erect, construct, alter or repair a building or structure in violation of an approved plan or directive from the Code Official, or of a permit or Certificate of Occupancy issued under the provisions of this Code, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, punishable by a fine of not less than $150.00 and not more than $750.00, or by imprisonment not exceeding 180 days, or both such fine and imprisonment. Each day the violation continues after due notice has been served shall be deemed a separate offense. Subsection 111.4 Failure to comply. Amended to read as follows. Amend: Any person who shall continue any work after having been served with a stop work order, except such work as that person is directed to perform to remove a violation or unsafe condition, shall be liable to a fine of not less than $150.00 dollars or more than $750.00 dollars for each offense payable to the Countryside Fire Protection District. Subsection 907 10.6 Penalties. Amended to read as follows: Amend: Any person who violates any of the provisions of section 907.10.7 shall be subject to a fine of not more than $500.00 for each violation. Such fines shall be in addition to any other fee or charge authorized pursuant to the terms of the ordinance codified in this chapter. Subsection 3311.3 Fines for violations. Amended to read as follows: Amend: Any person, firm, partnership, association or corporation found violating any of the provisions of this chapter shall be fined not less than one hundred and fifty dollars ($150.00), but not more than seven hundred and fifty dollars ($750.00). All fines shall be paid to the Countryside Fire Protection District. SECTION 6: Future versions of the District's Fire Prevention Code shall be revised by Board approval of additional Exhibits hereto that amend the current Exhibit A. All such revisions shall be dated and shall be effective upon approval by the Board of Trustees. SECTION 7: The Board of Trustees of the District hereby declares that should any section, paragraph, sentence or word of this Ordinance or of the Code hereby adopted be declared for any reason to be invalid, it is the intent of said Board of Trustees that it would have passed all other portions of this Ordinance independent of the elimination here from of such portion as may be declared invalid. SECTION 8: Neither the enactment of this Ordinance nor the repeal of any ordinance or parts of ordinances as provided for herein shall be construed to affect or abate any action or cause of action for violation of said prior ordinance or ordinances. SECTION 9: That this Ordinance shall be in full force and effect from and after its passage, approval, and publication in accordance with Illinois law. ADOPTED this 20th day of August, 2009, by the following roll call vote: AYES: NAYS: ABSENT: President, Board of Trustees Countryside Fire Protection District ATTEST- Secretary, Board of Trustees Countryside Fire Protection District 4 STATE OF ILLINOIS ) SS COUNTY OF LAKE ) SECRETARY'S CERTIFICATE I, BRUCE BROWN, the duly qualified and acting Secretary of the Board of Trustees of the Countryside Fire Protection District, Lake County, Illinois, do hereby certify that 1 am the keeper of its books and records and that the attached hereto is a true and correct copy of an Ordinance entitled: ORDINANCE NO. 2009- Q-03 AN ORDINANCE ADOPTING FIRE PREVENTION CODES FOR THE COUNTRYSIDE FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT which Ordinance was duly adopted by said Board of Trustees at a regular meeting held on the 20th Day of August, 2009. 1 do further certify that a quorum of said Board of Trustees was present at said meeting and that the Board complied with all requirements of the Illinois Open Meetings Act. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this 20th day of August, 2009. e, W Secretary, Board of Trustees Countryside Fire Protection District 5 EXHIBIT A COUNTRYSIDE FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT FIRE PREVENTION CODE 2009 EDITION OF THE INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE WITH CERTAIN AMENDMENTS ADOPTION OF THE INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE 2009 EDITION The regulations of the 2009 edition of the International Fire Code, as published by the International Code Council is hereby adopted as the regulations governing the safeguard of life and property from the hazards of fire and explosion arising from the storage, handling and use of hazardous substances, materials and devices; and from conditions hazardous to life or property in the use or occupancy of existing or proposed new buildings or premises in the Countryside Fire Protection District with such amendments as are hereafter set forth. CHAPTER 1 -ADMINISTRATION SECTION 101 —SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION 101.1 Title Delete this section and insert the following: These regulations shall be known as the Fire Code of the Countryside Fire Protection District, hereafter referred to as "this Code". SECTION 102—APPLICABILITY 102.7 Referenced codes and standards Delete this section and insert the following: The codes and standards referenced in this Code, listed in Chapter 47 and Appendixes B, C and D are hereby incorporated into the Countryside Fire Prevention Code and shall be considered part of the requirements of this Code to the prescribed extent of each such reference. Where differences occur between the provisions of this Code and referenced standards, the more restrictive standard shall apply. SECTION 103 —DEPARTMENT OF FIRE PREVENTION 103.1 General Delete this section and insert the following: A Fire Prevention Bureau is hereby established within the Countryside Fire Protection District under the direction of the Fire Marshal. The function of the Fire Prevention Bureau shall include, but not be limited to the implementation, administration and enforcement of the provisions of this Code along with other duties deemed necessary by the Chief in the interest of Public Safety. 103.2 Appointment Delete this section and insert the following: The Chief of the Countryside Fire Protection District shall, by reason of said position, shall appoint personnel of the Countryside Fire Protection District to assist in enforcing this Ordinance. Such appointments shall include, but be not limited to a Fire Marshal, and as many inspectors, investigators, and public safety educators as may be needed. For the purposes of this Code, the Fire Marshal is the same as the Code Official. SECTION 104—GENERAL AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITIES 104.8 Modifications Delete this section and insert the following: The Chief of the Countryside Fire Protection District may grant a variance regarding any of the provisions of this Code upon application in writing by the owner or lessee of the building or structure, or their duly authorized agent, where there are practical difficulties in the way of carrying out the strict letter of this Code, provided that the spirit of the Ordinance codified in this chapter shall be observed, public safety secured, and substantial justice done. If the Fire Chief decides to grant a variance, he may place conditions thereon. The decision of the Fire Chief in either granting or denying the variance shall be in writing and entered in the records of the Countryside Fire Protection District. A signed copy of the Fire Chiefs decision shall be furnished to the applicant. 104.10.2 Reporting hazardous locations Add as an additional section: Any person discovering the evidence of spontaneous heating or other abnormal heating of any kind in any building, marine vessel, appliance, apparatus, tank, or open stack or pile, or any person upon discovering or being apprised of an uncontrolled hazardous gas leak or hazardous material or flammable and/or combustible liquid spill, shall immediately notify the Countryside Fire Protection District. SECTION 105 - PERMITS 105.6 Required Add wording in this section and insert the following: Permits shall be obtained from the Countryside Fire Protection District as required in other sections of this Code. Permits shall be valid only for the calendar year they were issued for, or until the expiration date on the permit for temporary permits. A new permit along with the fee set forth in Section 105.8 shall be required each calendar year. Issued permits shall be kept on the premises designated therein at all times and shall be readily available for inspection by the Code Official. 105.8 Operational Permit Fees (Annual Permit Fee or Event) Add as an additional section: The following fees are established for any operational permits required by this Code, and shall be submitted along with the permit application: 2 Air-supported structures, temporary $25.00 Aerosol products, flammable and combustible $50.00 Amusement buildings or events (outdoors) per event $25.00 Automotive service station and repair garages $50.00 Aviation facilities $50.00 Battery Systems $50.00 Bowling establishment $25.00 Calcium carbide storage $25.00 Carnivals and fairs $25.00 Cellulose nitrate film $25.00 Combustible dust-producing operations $25.00 Combustible fibers, except agricultural storage $25.00 Compressed gases $25.00 Corrosives $25.00 Covered mall buildings $50.00 Cutting and welding, calcium carbide and acetylene generators $25.00 Cryogenic liquids $25.00 Day care centers $25.00 Dry Cleaning Plants $25.00 Dust producing materials, explosion hazards $50.00 Education use groups (not for profit) NIC Education use groups (for profit) $25.00 Exhibits and trade shows $25.00 Explosives, ammunition and blasting agents $25.00 Fire hydrants and valves (private) $25.00 Fireworks (pyrotechnic display- per job) $25.00 Flammable and combustible liquids $50.00 Flammable solids $50.00 Floor finishing $50.00 Fruit and crop ripening $25.00 Fumigation and thermal insecticidal fogging (per event) $25.00 Licensed group homes $25.00 Lumber and woodworking plants with more than 100,000 board ft. $50.00 Hazardous materials, storage and handling $50.00 Hazardous production material facilities $50.00 Health hazard materials, storage and handling $50.00 High piled storage $50.00 Hot work operations $50.00 Industrial ovens $50.00 LP-gas, storage, use and handling $50.00 Liquefied/gas fueled vehicles or equipment in assembly buildings $50.00 Lumber yard and woodworking plants with more than 100,000 board ft. $50.00 Magnesium $25.00 Marine service and repair garages $50.00 Matches, manufacture or storage of $25.00 Material storage facilities $25.00 Miscellaneous combustible storage $25.00 Oil and gas production $50.00 Open flames and candles-torches for removing paint, candles, etc. $25.00 Open burning (Except recreational fires) $50.00 Organic coatings, process $25.00 Ovens and furnaces, industrial type processes $50.00 3 Oxidizers, liquid and solid $25.00 Pesticides, storage and handling $25.00 Places of assembly and education for profit $25.00 Places of assembly and education not for profit N/C Pyroxylin plastics $25.00 Radioactive materials $25.00 Recreational and sport vehicle service and repair $50.00 Refrigeration Equipment $25.00 Rooftop Heliport $50.00 Storage of scrap tires and tire by-products $50.00 Temporary membrane structures, tents and canopies $25.00 Toxic solids and liquids $25.00 Unstable(reactive) chemicals, storage and handling $25.00 Waste handling $50.00 Water material handling facilities $25.00 Water-reactive materials, storage and handling $25.00 Welding and cutting operations, electric or gas $25.00 Wood Products $25.00 Add as additional sections: 105.9 Site development and construction plan review Each applicant for a building permit involving new construction, additions and/or alterations, subdivision improvements, Planned Unit Developments (PUD's), fire detection/suppression systems or any other item that will affect the Countryside Fire Protection District operation, shall submit to the Code Official for review and approval, three (3) sets of all required plans, documents and a complete description of work to be performed. Only site development and sprinkler system plans and documents will be required for all single family residences. The Code Official shall, within ten (10) days, examine said plans and documents to determine compliance with the applicable codes, standards, ordinances and good fire safety practices. If said plans are approved, the Code Official shall endorse said plans accordingly, and deliver said plans to the applicant and/or Building Official. If said plans are found to be unsatisfactory, then said plans shall be returned to the applicant and/or Building Official with a memorandum listing the specified deficiencies found. A copy of the list of deficiencies shall be delivered to the applicant and/or Building Official with a recommendation to reject said plans until corrected. 105.9.1 Plan review and site inspection fee schedule Each applicant shall pay the following plan review and site inspection fees for review and site inspection by the Countryside Fire Protection District Fire Prevention Bureau. No part of said fees shall be refundable. Plan review fees shall include re-reviews, along with preliminary site visits up to a total of three (3) inspections for the each category. Contact the Countryside Fire Protection District for the plan review and site inspection fee schedule. Submit three (3) sets of fire sprinkler shop drawings and construction documents for plan review. Site Plan — New development $150.00 New construction and/or large scale remodel > 15,000 sq ft Life Safety Review: $.008 cents per sq ft, minimum $250.00 Small scale tenant finish or remodel < 15,000 sq ft 4 Life Safety Review: $150.00 Automatic fire-extinguishing systems NFPA 13 or 13R: $100.00 plus $3.00 per sprinkler NFPA 13D (Single family residences): $200.00 Small scale tenant remodel of sprinkler system: $100.00 Combination pre-action/clean agent: $450.00 Other fire suppression systems (Wet Chemical, Clean Agent, Etc) $250.00 Standpipes $200.00 Fire pumps and related equipment $150.00 Fire alarm systems & related equipment $100.00 plus $5.00 per device Small scale tenant fire alarm & automatic fire-extinguishing systems $100.00 Fire alarm panel replacement $250.00 Compressed gases $100.00 Flammable and combustible liquids $100.00 Hazardous Materials $100.00 Industrial ovens $100.00 LP — gas $100.00 Private fire hydrants $100.00 Spraying or dipping $100.00 Temporary membrane structures, tents and canopies $100.00 NOTE: In addition to the review fees listed, the applicant shall pay, prior to the issuance of any permit, the actual costs and expenses incurred by Countryside Fire Protection District for extraordinary reviews of plans or specifications beyond the review customarily involved in the usual course of such plan reviews. Such costs and expenses shall include actual review fees by consultants or outside contractors or time spent by Countryside Fire Protection District staff. Countryside Fire Protection District staff time shall be billed at an hourly rate to be determined by the Fire Chief or designee. 105.9.2 New development contribution fee The Countryside Fire Protection District has adopted the Barrington Area Council of Governments (BACOG) formula for new residential developments in assessing contribution fees in developing areas. The developer contribution fee per dwelling unit is as follows: 1. Three (3) bedroom (or less) $434.85 2. Four (4) bedroom $564.60 3. Five (5) bedroom (or more) $565.50 Any future expansion or increase in density, following approval of the preliminary plat, will be subject to the contribution payment schedule. Payment will be due at a time agreed upon by both parties prior to the issuance of any building permits. Developer contribution fees for commercial buildings will be assessed at a rate of $.20 per square foot. In addition to the above referenced fees, each developer will be required to contribute $100.00 per home or building for the emergency outdoor warning siren system. Additional contributions may be required as deemed necessary by the Chief for buildings or developments that are unusual in nature. Such contributions shall include, but not be limited 5 to senior citizen developments, multi-story buildings, use or storage of hazardous materials, etc. SECTION 108 - BOARD OF APPEALS 108.1 Board of appeals established Delete this section and insert the following: Whenever the Code Official shall disapprove an application, or refuse to grant permission or when it is claimed that the true intent and meaning of the Ordinance have been misconstrued or wrongly interpreted, the applicant or person affected may appeal the decision of the Code Official to the Chief of the Countryside Fire Protection District by written notice filed in the Countryside Fire Protection District Chiefs office within ten (10) days from the date of the decision being appealed. The said Chief shall call a hearing on said appeal within sixty (60) days of said notice of appeal filing, and shall render a decision within (10) days after completing such hearings. Nothing herein shall restrict the Code Official from seeking immediate enforcement of the regulation of this Ordinance in Court where the hazard involved requires such action. 108.1.1 Court of jurisdiction Any person aggrieved by a decision of the Board, may apply to the appropriate Court of Jurisdiction. Application for review shall be made to the proper court within fifteen (15) days after the filing of the Board's decision in the office of the Secretary of the Board. SECTION 109 -VIOLATIONS 109.3 Violation Penalties Delete this section and insert the following: Any person, firm, or corporation who shall violate any provision of this Code or shall fail to comply with any of the requirements thereof or shall erect, construct, alter or repair a building or structure in violation of an approved plan or directive from the Code Official, or of a permit or Certificate of Occupancy issued under the provisions of this Code, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, punishable by a fine of not less than $150.00 and not more than $750.00, or by imprisonment not exceeding 180 days, or both such fine and imprisonment. Each day the violation continues after due notice has been served shall be deemed a separate offense. SECTION 111 —STOP WORK ORDER 111.4 Failure to comply Delete and insert the following: Any person who shall continue any work after having been served with a stop work order, except such work as that person is directed to perform to remove a violation or unsafe condition, shall be liable to a fine of not less than $150.00 dollars or more than $750.00 dollars for each offense payable to the Countryside Fire Protection District. 6 CHAPTER 3 - GENERAL PRECAUTIONS AGAINST FIRE SECTION 301 —GENERAL 301.3 Items not specifically covered Add as an additional section: Whenever or wherever a condition is found in any building, lot, or premises, that in the opinion of the Code Official is not specifically covered by the provisions of this Chapter, but that requires correction or removal for the protection of the occupants or the public, the Code Official shall order such conditions be corrected or removed and the owner or occupant of such buildings, lots, or premises shall comply with such orders. SECTION 305— IGNITION SOURCES Add as additional sections: 305.1.1 Fuel burning appliances located in garages Any fuel burning appliance located in a garage area of any occupancy mounted less than six feet above the floor shall be enclosed with a one-hour fire rated enclosure with makeup air taken from the exterior, not the garage area. Exception: Any fuel burning appliance that is American Gas Association certified, with a safe, sealed combustion chamber (no open flame) designed with an intermittent ignition device and make-up air taken from the exterior not the garage. 305.5 Portable Heaters Portable heaters shall be designed and located so that they cannot be easily overturned, and heaters shall be designed to shut off if overturned. The Code Official may prohibit the use of portable heaters in occupancies or situations in which such use or operation would present an undue danger to the life or property of others. 305.6 Heating and lighting apparatus Proper clearance (a minimum of 36 inches) shall be maintained between lighting and heat producing equipment and combustibles so that continuous operation at full capacity will not increase the temperature of the surrounding combustibles to their flash point or ignition temperature. SECTION 307 — OPEN BURNING, RECREATIONAL FIRES AND PORTABLE OUTDOOR FIREPLACES 307.6 Spread of fire Add as addition section: No person shall knowingly permit any fire to spread so as to endanger the life or property of another or use or operate any device which may be a source of ignition, unless proper removal of flammable material surrounding the operation is accomplished, or such other reasonable precautions are taken to ensure against the starting or spreading of unfriendly fires. 7 307.4.3 Portable outdoor fireplaces Delete the exception SECTION 308 —OPEN FLAMES 307.4.3.1 —Portable outdoor fireplaces Add as additional section: Portable outdoor fireplaces shall be used only on noncombustible surfaces. Fuel for an outdoor fireplace shall consist of only seasoned, dry firewood and shall be ignited with a small quantity of paper. SECTION 315 MISCELLANEOOUS COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL STORAGE 315.3 Outside storage Add the following wording to the end of the sentence: "and within fifteen (15)feet to any structure." CHAPTER 5 - FIRE SERVICE FEATURES SECTION 503 - FIRE APPARATUS ACCESS ROADS 503.1.1 Buildings and facilities Delete exception i (Renumber paragraphs No. 2 and 3) 503.1.4 Approval Add as additional section: The location of the fire apparatus roads or fire lanes shall be reviewed and approved by the Countryside Fire Protection District. 503.2.1 Dimensions Delete this section and insert the following: Fire apparatus access roads shall have an unobstructed width of not less than twenty (20) feet, exclusive of shoulders, except for approved security gates in accordance with Section 503.6, and an unobstructed vertical clearance of not less than fifteen (15)feet. 503.2.3 Surfaces Delete this section and insert the following: Fire apparatus access roads or fire lanes shall have a solid surface capable of supporting the appropriate fire apparatus. Fire apparatus roads shall be pitched in such a manner as to allow the runoff of water and eliminate the potential of standing water. It shall be the responsibility of the property owner to maintain the surface in a usable condition at all times, including the removal of snow. 8 Add the following section: 507.7 Adopt IFC Appendix D— Fire Apparatus Access Roads SECTION 506- KEY BOXES Delete this section and insert the following: 506.1 When required When access to, or within a structure, or an area unduly difficulty because of secured openings, or to gain access to fire protection controls, and where immediate access is necessary for life saving or fire fighting purposes, the Code Official shall require a minimum of one key lock box to be installed at a height not to exceed six (6) feet, in an accessible location. All buildings with automatic fire alarm systems and/or automatic fire suppression sprinkler systems shall have installed an approved key lock box for access by the Countryside Fire Protection District. The key lock box shall be of an approved type and shall contain keys to gain access as required by the Code Official. 506.1.1 Locks Delete this section and insert the following: The Code Official shall first approve any lock installed on gates or similar barriers. 506.2 Key lock box maintenance Delete this section and insert the following: The operator of the building shall immediately notify the Code Official and provide the new key when a lock is changed or re-keyed. The key to such lock shall be secured in the key lock box. The users shall be responsible for the proper installation and maintenance of such key lock boxes, at their expense, and shall agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Countryside Fire Protection District, and their officers, employees and agents from any liability with respect to such key lock boxes. Add as additional requirements to this section: 506.3 Key lock box availability The Chief of the Countryside Fire Protection District is authorized to make available key lock boxes to all owners or lessees of buildings or structures or their duly authorized agents. 506.4 Stock of key boxes The Countryside Fire Protection District shall purchase such key lock boxes (of a type to be approved by the Countryside Fire Protection District Fire Chief) in reasonable quantities and provide them to users for cost plus a reasonable handling charge. SECTION 507 - FIRE PROTECTION WATER SUPPLIES 507.1 Required water supply Add as additional requirements to this section: 9 507.1.1 General All water distribution facilities including piping, fittings, hydrants, valves, devices, well pumps, and other needful appurtenances shall be subject to approval of the Code Official and shall be installed according to the standards herein adopted. A water supply system shall be capable of supplying the hydrants prior to the construction of structures. It shall be unlawful to erect, alter, use or occupy any structure that has been deemed to have inadequate water supply. 507.1.2 Water supply demand changes Area water supplies shall be studied whenever additional demands will be placed on the water supply by new construction, change in use, or changes in hazard or contents. Standard fire flow calculation methods will be used to make determinations. Upon determination by the Code Official that inadequate water supplies exist, the Code Official shall reject any applicable plans and provide the property owner, the water utility, and the Building Official with a memorandum listing said deficiencies. 507.1.3 Rural water supply requirements (Dry Hydrants) In any subdivision/development, where an adequate water distribution system is not provided, the Code Official shall require the sub-divider, developer, builder and/or the owner to modify storm water control devices, so as to provide a pond within a maximum distance of 2,000 feet of all buildings within the development. It shall conform to the standard of NFPA 1142. The pond must be a minimum depth of five (5)feet and provide a minimum of 500,000 gallons of available water. (See Appendix B for additional rural water supply requirements). 507.3 Fire flow Add as additional requirement to this section: 507.3.1 Minimum flow requirements Each fire hydrant shall be provided with an adequate water supply so as to develop a minimum individual supply of not less than one thousand (1,000) gallons per minute (gpm) flow with not less than 20 pounds per square inch residual pressure for a municipal public water supply system. Non public municipal water supply system the minimum fire flow shall be 500 hundred (500) gallons per minute (gpm) with not less than 20 pounds per square inch (psi). 507.3.2 Adopt Appendix B— Fire Flow for Buildings 507.5 Fire hydrant systems 507.5.1 Where required Delete this section and insert the following: The maximum hydrant spacing shall not exceed three hundred (300) feet from the furthest point of any building or structure as measured by an approved access route around the exterior of the facility or building unless otherwise approved by the Code Official. Where the configuration of lots, distances between buildings and lot lines or public utility easements, accessibility to buildings for fire suppression requirements dictate, the Code Official shall increase or decrease hydrant spacing and appropriate supply mains as deemed necessary. 10 Add the following sections: 507.5.1.1 Adopt IFC Appendix C— Fire Hydrant Locations and Distribution 507.5.1.1 General Additional fire hydrants shall be located within one hundred (100) feet of any Fire Department Connection (FDC). Hydrants shall not be installed on a water main less than six (6) inches in diameter. Dead end water mains shall not to exceed one hundred (100) feet of six (6) inch pipe and six hundred (600) feet of eight (8) inch pipe. It is recommended that a looped water main system with a minimum pipe diameter of eight (8) inches be required for each structure or group of structures. 507.5.7 Identification Add as additional requirements to this section: All fire hydrants public or private shall be marked with a number, hydrant flag and painted a color approved by the fire Code Official. At dry fire hydrants, provide signs with the wording "No Parking" with arrows and fire hydrant symbol. 507.5.8 Apartment and cluster type housing In areas where apartment buildings, towntrow houses, condominium buildings, or other types of cluster-type housing are located, the area along the roadway within seven and one- half feet on either side of the fire hydrant shall be designated as "NO PARKING" and either the curb shall be painted yellow or"NO PARKING" signs shall be installed (or both). 507.5.9 Unauthorized use It shall be unlawful for any person to utilize any device such as a fire hydrant, drafting hydrant, dry hydrant, or other water supply appurtenances designed for fire suppression operations without the express permission of the Code Official. SECTION 511 - ELEVATORS 511.1 When Required Add as additional requirements to this section: Provide elevator service for new multi-level buildings that exceed 1,000 square feet of floor area in accordance with State of Illinois Accessibility Code requirements for elevators. Exception: One and two-family residences, unless covered elsewhere in this Code. 511.2 —Elevator car requirements Elevator cars are to accommodate the ambulance stretcher. In the buildings two stories in height or more, at least one elevator shall be of such a size and arrangement to accommodate a 24-inch by 84-inch ambulance stretcher in the horizontal, open position and shall be identified by the international symbol for emergency medical services (Star of Life). The symbol shall not be less than 3 inches high and shall be placed inside on both sides of the hoist way doorframe. The inside hand rail shall be set at the maximum thirty six (36) inch height allowed under ADA standards to better accommodate the stretcher. The cab size is to be minimum a 5' x 7' platform and minimum 2500 lb capacity with a 42" side slide door. 11 CHAPTER 6 - BUILDING SERVICES AND SYSTEMS SECTION 609 - COMMERCIAL KITCHEN HOODS Add as additional sections: 609.4 Required kitchen hood fire suppression systems All required commercial or other occupancy kitchen exhaust hood and duct system shall be protected with an approved wet chemical fire suppression system installed and maintained per NFPA 17, and UL 300 Standard. Every required automatic fire suppression system, when activated shall transmit a fire alarm signal to the Countryside Fire Protection District main dispatch center via an approved fire alarm system. 609.5 Maintenance Commercial kitchen exhaust systems shall be cleaned to remove deposits of residue and grease in the system at intervals specified in the cleaning schedule required to be submitted in accordance with the mechanical code listed in Chapter 47. Thorough cleaning of ducts, hoods and fans shall require scraping, brushing or other positive cleaning methods. 609.6 Cleaning Schedule Where a cleaning schedule is not on file, the Code Official shall require a schedule to be submitted, indicating the method of cleaning and the time intervals between cleanings. CHAPTER 9 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS SECTION 903 —Automatic sprinkler systems 903.2 Where required Delete this section and insert the following: Approved automatic sprinkler systems in new buildings and structures shall be provided in all Use Groups described in this Code. Automatic sprinkler systems shall be installed in accordance with applicable NFPA standards, manufacturer's recommendations, UL listings, and good fire safety practices. Automatic sprinkler systems shall be maintained in full operating condition at all times. Automatic sprinkler systems shall be provided in all new residential Use Groups including town homes/multi-family dwellings, and one and two family dwellings which are adopted by this Code. All new single family dwellings shall have automatic fire sprinklers installed throughout per NFPA 13D. All new town homes shall have automatic fire sprinklers installed throughout per NFPA 13R or 13D. All new attached garages shall have fire sprinkler protection. The use of dry sidewall or pendant sprinklers is allowed. The area of coverage and placement shall be approved by the fire official. Exception No. 1: Detached structures which comply with all of the following do not require automatic fire sprinkler protection. 12 1. Less than one thousand (1000) square feet in floor area 2. Single story 3. Not used as a dwelling 4. Not a High Hazard Use Group 5. Not used for high hazard products or hazardous materials storage 6. No basement level 7. Minimum 20 feet separation between buildings Exception No. 2: Real estate sales and construction trailers utilized during the development of property when approved by the code official, agriculture storage buildings less than 8,000 square feet. 903.2.1 Through 903.2.11.6 Where required Delete these sections in their entirety and renumber section 903.2.12 as 903.2.1 Add as additional requirements to this section: 903.3.1.4 Warehouse and Storage Buildings Unknown specification use and occupancy for new warehouse buildings (Use groups S or F) with a ceiling roof height of 25 feet or greater to be protected with ESFR (Early Suppression Fast Response) fire sprinkler system or a hydraulically calculated system for class IV commodities with rack storage calculated to the greatest storage height. All sprinkler systems shall be electronically supervised by a fire alarm system. 903.3 Installation Requirements Add as additional requirement to this section: 903.3.8 Sprinkler valve/fire pump room All fire sprinkler valve rooms and fire pump rooms shall be provided with minimum one hour separations from adjacent uses. 903.4.1 Monitoring Add as additional requirements to this section: 903.4.1.1 Reporting directly to the Fire District Communication Center Where required by the fire code official to protect from hazards to life and property, the fire alarm system shall connect directly to the Countryside Fire Protection District Communication Center. The method of connection shall be of a type approved by the Chief. 903.4.2 Alarms Add as additional requirements to this section: 13 903.4.2.1 Strobe Lights A strobe light shall be installed on the exterior of all occupancies protected by a fire sprinkler system. The strobe light shall be located directly over the Fire Department Connection and next to the 10-inch exterior bell or in a location approved by the fire code official. In a new multi-occupancy structure, an additional amber strobe light shall be installed at an approved exterior location for each unit. These devices shall activate on a water flow only. The strobe light shall be clearly visible from the Fire Department's normal access route and shall be labeled as "water flow". The type, number of appliances and location of the strobe lights and bells shall be approved by the fire code official. 903.4.2.1.1 Alarm Notification Appliance for all new NFPA 13D fire sprinkler systems for one and two family dwellings. A strobe light shall be installed on the exterior of new one and two family dwellings for activation of water flow. A minimum of one 10 inch water flow alarm bell shall be installed on the interior of new one and two family dwellings (on the return air supply duct). The type, number of appliances and location of strobe lights and bells shall be approved by the fire code official. 903.4.2.2 Building Notification Alarm indicating appliances audio visual devices shall be provided, seen and heard in all areas of every building per NFPA 72. All sprinklered buildings shall be provided with occupant notification devices. This will provide full building notification per NFPA 72. 903.4.2.3 Inspector's Test Valve accessibility and Identification Fire sprinkler system inspectors test valves shall be accessible at all times and located no more than 6 feet above the finished floor unless approved otherwise by the fire code official. On multiple riser systems, test valves shall be marked as to which riser and area it tests. 903.4.3 Floor control valves Delete this section and insert the following: In multi story buildings, approved supervised indicating floor control valves with water flow switches shall be provided for each floor at the point of connection to the riser. In large multi tenant buildings, approved control valves with water flow switches shall be provided for each tenant. This will make it easier for the fire department personnel to locate the fire and will eliminate birdcage sprinkler systems where the alarm is for the whole building. 903.4.3.1 Sprinkler control valves All new and existing sprinkler control valves shall be equipped with electronic supervision (tamper switches) in accordance with NFPA 72. All new tamper switches installed shall have the capability to self restore. All supervisory signals shall be transmitted directly to the Countryside Fire Protection District main dispatch Communication Center. 903.6 Existing buildings Add as additional sections: 14 903.6.3 Interior alterations or remodeling Existing buildings or structures that are remodeled, and that meet any of the criteria listed below, shall provide fire protection as detailed in 903.2: 1. If alteration costs 50% or more of the reproduction cost of the building or structure, the entire building or structure shall comply with the requirements of the construction as defined in this code. The reproduction cost shall be determined by using the recognized standards of an authoritative technical organization. For the purposes of calculating percentages of reproduction cost, the cost of alteration shall be construed as the total actual combined cost of all alterations within any period of 30 months. 2. A project that results in an increase or decrease in the total number of tenant spaces within the building or structure. 3. A project that entails a change in Use Group for any part of the building. Exception: One - and two -family dwellings. 903.6.4 Increasing existing gross floor area by 25% or more up to 50% Fire protection for additions that increase the existing gross floor area of a building or structure by 25% or more and up to 50%: 1. Provide fire protection for the entire building or structure as detailed in 903.2 or 2. Provide a UL listed three hour fire separation assembly between the existing building and the new addition. Provide fire protection for the new addition as detailed in 903.2. Exception: One -and two -family dwellings 903.6.5 Increasing existing gross floor area by more than 50% Fire protection as detailed in 903.2 shall be required for the entire building or structure for additions that increase the existing gross floor area of a building or structure by more than 50%. Exception: One - and two dwellings 903.7 Automatic Sprinklers Where automatic sprinkler provide protection to an area with an approved flow switch interconnected to the fire alarm system, and is easily identifiable as to the location, additional automatic detectors are not required. When a building has numerous rooms protected by the zone sprinkler system, the fire code official may require additional smoke detectors for a more rapid means to identify the location of smoke or fire. 15 903.8 Hydraulic Nameplate By each hydraulically calculated area, on each drawing, provide a copy of the hydraulic nameplate. This will make it easier to check the hydraulics of the sprinkler system for future building or storage changes. 903.9 References to NFPA Standards All listed references to NFPA standards are to be considered part of this code. This will require sprinkler system installations to be installed per NFPA requirements and NFPA recommendations for good engineering practices and installations. The appendixes of all NFPA standards are to be considered as part of each standard and are considered a "shall" requirement and not "should" information. This will require sprinkler system installations to be installed per NFPA requirements and NFPA recommendations for good engineering practices and installations. 903.10 Fire pump test header Provide an outside test header on all fire pump installations. An OS&Y control valve shall be provided on all fire pump test headers. 903.11 Sprinkler riser and/or fire pump room access door Provide an outside access door to the sprinkler riser room and/or fire pump room. The door shall be labeled with minimum 4 inch letters. 903.12 Separation of sprinkler riser and/or fire pump room Provide a minimum one (1) hour fire separation for the sprinkler riser room and/or the fire pump room. 903.13 Hydraulic calculations Provide a minimum 5 psi minimum safety factor in the fire protection system hydraulic calculation. The system demand shall be 5 psi minimum below the seasonal low water flow test supply. The safety factor will allow for low pressures in the water supply. By each hydraulic calculated area, on each drawing, provide a copy of the hydraulic nameplate. This will make it easier to check the hydraulics of the sprinkler system for future building or storage changes. 903. 14 Fire hose valves —Warehouse and/or storage Fire Areas In all warehouse storage areas exceeding 50,000 square feet, and where storage exceeds twelve (12) feet high, provide inside 2 '/2n fire hose valves with 1 '/2" reducer to a 1 '/z" connection. Locate the valves at each door entrance to the warehouse and/or storage area. Provide additional 2 '/Z° fire hose valves so that no portion of the warehouse and/or storage area is more than 120' maximum travel distance to a fire hose valve. Show the location of all obstructions and/or racks on the drawing. Fire hose valves system piping shall be: 1. A separate riser piping system. 16 2. The 2 '/2"valves shall be supplied by a minimum of 4" with 2 '/2" drops to each valve. 3. Where system pressures exceed 100 psi, provide Potter reduced pressure field adjustable type valves. 903.15 Large warehouse system check valves Provide a check valve in each sprinkler riser on large warehouse systems. This will prevent multiple sprinkler system riser flow switches from activating (backwards) when large volumes of water are flowing through another riser. SECTION 905—STANDPIPE SYSTEMS 905.3 Required installations Add the following paragraph to section 905.3: All required standpipe systems shall be supplied by a separate riser. The supply riser shall be hydraulically designed to supply 2 '/2" hose drops. The riser system shall be equipped with a separate control valve and flow switch. The standpipe shall be a 2 '/2" gated connection with a 1 1/2" reducer and all locations shall be approved by the Code Official. All standpipe and sprinkler risers shall have separate control valves and flow switches per floor. 905.3.1 Building height Delete this section except for the exceptions and insert the following: Class III standpipe systems shall be installed throughout buildings or structures (1) in all newly constructed buildings so that all areas in excess of 120 feet from the nearest point of entry to the building shall be covered by a standpipe; (2) in all areas of existing structures which have been remodeled or added to in such a manner that those areas are located in excess of 120 feet from the nearest point of entry to the building; (3) in all newly constructed buildings or structures more than two (2) stories in height or more than two (2) stories below the highest level of fire department vehicle access so that all areas on those floors are within 120 feet of a standpipe; and (4) in all buildings or structures more than two (2) stories in height or more than two (2) stories below the highest level of fire department vehicle access which have been remodeled or added to in such a manner so that those areas are located in excess of 120 feet from the nearest standpipe. The standpipes shall be provided with a 2'/2" to 1'/2" reducer and cap with no fire hose. There shall be an approved fire department connection at grade and hose connections located at each floor level. Exceptions 1 through 5 shall remain Add as additional sections: 905.12 through 905.14 905.12 Piping design The riser piping, supply piping and the water service piping shall be sized to maintain a residual pressure of at least 65 psi (448kPa) at the topmost outlet of each riser. The piping size shall be based on the capacity of the automatic water supply system or, where as automatic water supply is neither required nor provided to maintain the residual pressure of 17 65 psi, the pipe size shall be on a pressure of 150 psi available at the fire department connection. Exception: The residual pressure of 65 psi is not required in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3 and where the highest floor level is not more than 150 feet above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access. Exception: One—and two--family dwellings 905.13 Riser sizing The riser size shall be based on the hydraulic calculations for a minimum flow of 500 gallons per (gpm) (378 Llmin.). Exceptions: 1. Where only 1 '/Z" valves are provided, the riser(s) shall be sized to provide a minimum flow of 100 gpm (378 Llmin). 2. In buildings where limited area sprinkler systems are supplied with water from a common standpipe riser, the riser shall be sized to satisfy total demand. 3. For occupancies Use Group B, I, R1, or R2 in buildings that are equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3, each riser shall be sized for a minimum flow of 250 gpm (945 Llmin.). 4. Risers that are sized in accordance with the pipe schedule requirements of NFPA 14 listed in Chapter 35 are not subject to this requirement. 905.14 System pipe sizing The system piping, including the horizontal or common feeder lines, shall be sized for a minimum flow of 500 gpm (1892 L/min.). Where more than one standpipe riser is required or provided, all common system piping shall be sized for a minimum flow of 500 gpm (1892 Llmin.) for the first riser plus 250 gpm (945 Llmin.) for each additional riser, and the total shall not be required to exceed 1,250 gpm (4731 Llmin.). Exception: 1. Where only 1 '/Y" valves are provided, the supply piping shall be sized for a minimum flow of 100 gpm (378 Llmin.) for each riser, and the total shall not be required to exceed 500 gpm (1892 Llmin.). 2. In buildings where limited area sprinkler systems are supplied with water from a common standpipe riser, the supply piping shall be sized for a minimum flow of 500 gpm (1892 Llmin.) plus the sprinkler demand for first riser, plus 250 gpm (945 Llmin.) for each additional riser, and the total shall be required to exceed 1,250 gpm (4731 Llmin.). 3. For occupancies in Use Group B, I, R-1, or R2 in buildings that are equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3, all common supply piping shall be sized for a minimum flow of 250 gpm (945 Llmin.) for the first riser plus 250 gpm (945L/min.) for each additional riser, and the total shall not be required to exceed 750 gpm (2838 Llmin.). 18 SECTION 906— PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 906.1 Where required Delete the exception in paragraph 1 Add the following paragraphs: 1. Where deemed necessary by the fire code official based on plan reviewing, inspections of occupancies, or protection of processes andfor activities. 2. Fire extinguishers shall be a minimum 10 pound (4A:40-B: C) ABC Dry Chemical type unless approved otherwise by the fire code official. All fire extinguishers shall have location signs and current services tags SECTION 907 - FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEMS 907.1.3 Equipment Add the following language to the existing section: New fire alarm control panels shall be addressable unless otherwise approved by the Code Official. The equipment shall be capable of having the audio signal silence without resetting the fire alarm control panel. All fire alarm control panels shall have an approved method of placing the system in trouble mode at the location of the alarm panel. 907.2 Where required— new buildings and structures Delete wording and insert the following: An approved manual, automatic, or manual and automatic fire alarm system shall be provided in all Use Groups of new buildings and structures in accordance with sections 907.2.1 through 907.2.23. Fire alarm systems shall be maintained in full operating condition at all times. All fire alarm control panels or full function annunciator panels shall be installed within 10 feet of the main entrance, or in a location approved by the fire code official. Occupant notification shall be in accordance with section 907.6, unless other requirements are provided by another section of this code. Where automatic sprinkler protection is installed in accordance with section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 is provided and connected to the building fire alarm system, automatic heat detection required by this section shall not be required. An approved automatic fire detection system shall be installed in all Use Groups, not provided with an automatic sprinkler system, in accordance with the provisions of this code and NFPA 72. Devices, combinations of devices, appliances and equipment shall comply with Section 907.1.2. The automatic fire detectors shall be smoke detectors, except that an approved alternative type of detector shall be installed in spaces such as boiler rooms where, during normal operation, products of combustion are present in sufficient quantity to actuate a smoke detector. Exception: One and two family residences, unless specified elsewhere in this Code. 907.2.1 Group A Delete the wording and section and insert the following: A manual fire alarm shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 72 in Group A occupancies. 19 907.2.1.1 Group A-2 Delete the wording and section and insert the following: An automatic fire alarm detection system shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 72 in Group A-2 occupancies that have an occupant load of 50 of more persons. 907.2.2 Group B Delete this section 907.2.3 Group E Delete this section 907.2.4 Group F Delete this section 907.2.5 Group H Delete this section and insert the following: A manual fire alarm system shall be installed in Group H occupancies. An automatic detection system shall be installed for highly toxic gasses, organic peroxides and oxidizers in accordance with Chapters 37, 39 and 40 respectively. 907.2.6 Group I Delete this section 907.2.6.1 Group 1-1 Delete this section 907.2.6.1.1 Smoke alarms Renumber this section to 907.2.6 and rename as Group 1-1 Smoke alarms 907.2.6.2 Group 1-2 Renumber section to 907.2.7 907.2.6.3 to 907.2.7 Renumber sections 907.2.6.3 to 907.2.8 Renumber section 907.2.6.3.1 to 907.2.8.1 Renumber section 907.2.6.3.2 to 907.2.8.2 Renumber section 907.2.6.3.2.1 to 907.2.8.2.1 Renumber section 907.2.6.3.3 to 907.2.8.2.2 Renumber section 20 907.2.7 Group M Delete this section 907.2.7.1 Delete this section 907.2.8, 907.2.8.1, 907.2.8.2 Delete these sections 907.2.8.3 Re-number this section to 907.2.8; Change name to; Group R-1 Smoke Alarms 907.2.9 Group R-2 and 907.2.9.1 Delete these sections 907.2.9.2 Re-number this section to 907.2.9 and rename to Group R-2 Smoke alarms 907.2.11 Single and multiple station smoke alarms Add the following wording after NFPA 72: ", The current State of Illinois Smoke Detector Act (425 ILCS 6011, et. seq.) " and all the rules and regulations of the Illinois State Fire Marshal". 907.2.11.1.1 Group R-1 Add the following location requirements for smoke detector placement: 4. Within 15 feet outside of any sleeping area 5. At the top of every stair 6. Within 15 feet of any furnace 907.2.11.1.2 Group R-2, R-3, R-4 and 1-1 Add the following location requirements for smoke detector placement: 4. Within 15 feet outside of any sleeping area 5. At the top of every stair 6. Within 15 feet of any furnace 907.2.11.4 Power source Add the following as Exception 2 and 3: Add the No. 1 to the existing Exception 2. Group R-3 smoke alarms are to be 120 volt with a battery backup. 3. Smoke alarms are not required to be equipped with battery backup in Group R-1 where they are connected to an emergency electrical system. Add as additional sections: 21 907.3.1 Single and multiple station smoke alarms Listed single-and multiple-station smoke alarms shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of this Code and the household fire warning equipment provisions of NFPA 72. When a system is installed within a dwelling unit it shall comply with UL 217. 907.3.2 Where required in existing one and two family dwellings All existing one and two family residences shall have installed therein smoke detectors in accordance with Illinois Smoke Detector Act. Every single-family residence shall have at least one smoke detector installed on every story, including basements, but not including unoccupied attics. Smoke detectors shall be installed in each room used for sleeping purposes and within fifteen (15) feet of the entrances of all rooms used for sleeping purposes. The signal shall be clearly audible within each room used for sleeping purposes over background noise levels with all intervening doors closed. In single-family residences with split-levels, a smoke detector installed on the upper level shall suffice for the adjacent lower level if the lower level is less than one full story below the upper level. However, if there is an intervening door between the adjacent levels, a smoke detector shall be installed on each level. 907.3.3 Alterations, repairs, and additions When interior alterations, repairs or additions requiring a permit occur, or when one or more sleeping rooms are added or created in existing dwellings, the individual dwelling unit shall be provided with smoke alarms located as required for new dwellings; the smoke alarms shall be interconnected and hard-wired. Exceptions: 1. Smoke alarms in existing areas shall not be required to be interconnected and hard- wired where the alterations or repairs do not result in the removal of interior wall or ceiling finishes exposing the structure, unless there is an attic, crawl space, or basement available which could provide access for hard wiring and interconnection without the removal of interior finishes. 2. Repairs to the exterior surfaces of dwellings are exempt from the requirements of this section. 907.3.4 Mounting of detectors All smoke detectors shall be mounted on the ceiling at least six (6)" from the wall, or on the wall six (6) to twelve (12)" from the ceiling, except that all smoke detectors in interior common stairwells shall be on the uppermost ceiling. 907.3.5 Responsibility for installation In single family and two family residences, it shall be the responsibility of the owner of the building or structure to supply and install all required smoke detectors. The owner shall be responsible for making reasonable efforts to test and maintain smoke detectors in interior common stairwells. 22 907.3.6 Maintenance of detectors It shall be the responsibility of the tenant to test and provide general maintenance for the smoke detectors within the tenant's dwelling unit and to notify the owner or an authorized agent of the owner, in writing, of any deficiencies, which the tenant cannot correct. The owner shall be responsible for providing the tenant with written information regarding smoke detector testing and maintenance. 907.3.7 Battery replacement The tenant shall be responsible for replacement of any required batteries in the smoke detectors in the tenant's dwelling unit, except that the owner shall ensure that such batteries are in operating condition at the time the tenant takes possession of the dwelling unit. The tenant shall provide the owner or the authorized agent of the owner with access to the dwelling unit to correct any deficiencies in the smoke detector(s), which have been reported in writing to the owner or authorized agent of the owner. 907.3.8 Low-voltage system At the option of the owner of the building or structure, a low-voltage, standard central smoke detection system may be installed in a single-family residence or two-family residence in lieu of battery-powered smoke detectors or hard-wired smoke detectors, provided that such low- voltage standard central smoke detection system meets the requirements for such a system set forth in the Ordinance codified in this Chapter or is otherwise approved by the Code Official. 907.3.9 Existing Multi-family (three or more dwelling units) buildings All multi-family buildings whether existing or constructed hereafter, shall have installed therein hard-wired smoke detectors as provided in this subsection. 907.3.9.1 Smoke detector locations 1. Each room used for sleeping purposes. Exception: Existing multi-family buildings and structures have the option to install battery powered smoke detectors in lieu of hard-wired in sleeping areas. Hard-wire smoke detectors with battery back up is preferred. 2. In the immediate vicinity (minimum of 15 feet) of all entrances to rooms used for sleeping purposes. 3. Within 15 feet of any furnace. 4. A smoke detector shall be installed in each interior common stairwell (at the top of the stairs). 5. A smoke detector shall be installed in each interior common corridor or hallway at intervals of not more than thirty (30)feet. 6. A smoke detector shall be installed within each laundry room, boiler, electrical and other service room, and each tenant and building maintenance storage room. The 23 Code Official is authorized to require an approved alternative type of detector be installed where, during normal operation, products or combustion or other conditions are present in sufficient quantity to actuate a smoke detector. 907.3.9.2 Access for maintenance The tenant shall provide the owner or authorized agent of the owner with access to the dwelling unit to check, clean, test, maintain, repair and replace all smoke detectors therein. 907.3.9.3 Low voltage standard smoke detection system locations The low-voltage, standard central smoke detection system shall be installed in all interior common stairwells, interior common corridors or hallways, laundry rooms, boiler, electrical and other service rooms, and tenant and building maintenance and storage rooms. The smoke detection devices connected to the low-voltage, standard central smoke detection system shall be located as provided in 907.3.9.1. 907.3.9.4 Hard wired smoke detector locations A hard-wired smoke detector with battery back-up shall be installed in each room used for sleeping purposes. When more than one smoke detector is installed, all smoke detectors shall be so wired so that the actuation of one detector shall activate all the detectors in the dwelling unit. 907.3.9.5 Annunciator and panel control box Each smoke detection device connected to the low-voltage, standard central smoke detection system shall be connected to an annunciator and a panel control box. 1. The annunciator shall have a visual indicator of alarm location and be installed in the entrance or on the exterior of each building or structure at the entrance, in a waterproof enclosure, as directed by the Code Official. 2. There shall be American with Disability Act (ADA) compliant horn/strobes installed in the interior common corridors, hallways, and stairwells leading to the dwelling units, which are clearly audible within such dwelling units over background noise levels with all intervening doors closed. 907.3.9.6 Fire alarm supervision All new low-voltage, standard central smoke detection system installations shall be connected directly to the Countryside Fire Protection District dispatch Communication Center via a two-way radio transmitter at the time the system is placed into operation. 907.3.9.7 Responsibility Maintenance In multi-family buildings or structures it shall be the responsibility of the owner of the building or structure or authorized agent of the owner thereof to install, maintain, repair, and replace, if necessary, the low-voltage, standard central smoke detection system required hereby. 24 907.3.9.8 Maintenance and testing The owner or authorized agent of the owner shall also be responsible for the continuous maintenance of such system through no less than an annual inspection and testing thereof performed under a written maintenance agreement with a reliable firm actively engaged in the servicing of such systems. A copy of each maintenance agreement shall be accompanied by a written report and a copy of such report shall be promptly delivered to the Countryside Fire Protection District. Further, the current maintenance agreement and latest report shall be made available at all reasonable times for inspection by duly authorized personnel of the Countryside Fire Protection District Bureau of Fire Prevention. 907.3.9.9 Power source for existing multifamily buildings Smoke alarms are not required to be equipped with battery backup where they are connected to an emergency electrical system. 907.3.9.10 Heat detection device Where a heat detection device or combination heat and smoke detection device will be more effective than a smoke detector as a result of conditions within the area in which the device is located, the heat detection device or combination heat and smoke detection device shall be installed in place of a smoke detector at the direction of the Code Official. The combination heat and smoke detection device shall bear the testing label of a nationally recognized, independent testing laboratory and shall meet the requirements of NFPA 72. 907.5.2 Manual fire alarm boxes Add the following wording to this section: Manual fire alarm boxes shall be installed in each Use Group described in this Code; they shall be installed in accordance with Sections 907.5.2.1 through and 907.5.2.5. Exception: Manual fire alarm boxes shall not be required in Group E occupancies where the building is equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system, the notification appliances will activate on sprinkler water flow and manual activation is provided from a normally occupied location. 907.5.2.6 Separate zones Add as an additional section: Manual fire alarm boxes, audio/visual devices and detectors are to be on separate zones per floor unless approved otherwise by the fire code official. 907.6.2.3.5 Multi-tenant Use Group M, F and S buildings Add as an additional section: Multi-tenant Use Group M, F and S buildings will be "ring by tenant" activated by a fire sprinkler system flow switch for that space or automatic fire detection and shall include a weatherproof clear outside strobe over the entrance to each tenant space as directed by the fire code official. All outside strobes shall be 75 candela minimum. 25 907.7.5 Monitoring Delete this section and insert the following: All required fire protective signaling systems located within the Countryside Fire Protection District shall transmit alarm, supervisory, and trouble signals directly to the main dispatch Communication Center for the Countryside Fire Protection District. This connection small be made with a two-way radio transmitter installed at each location. All required fire protective signaling systems shall report directly to the Countryside Fire Protection District main dispatch Communication Center via a two-way radio transmitter. Future methods of connection shall be determined by the Chief. Exceptions: 1. Single- and multi-station smoke detectors are required by Section 907.2.10. 2. Smoke detectors in buildings of Use Group 1-3 occupancies). 3. Automatic sprinkler systems in one- and two-family dwellings. Add the following sections: 907.10 False fire alarm activation False fire alarm: Any alarm signal which indicates the existence of an emergency situation, when in fact no such emergency exists, and shall include any alarm signal generated by any fire protection system by whatever means, but shall not include alarms from the following causes. 1. Fire which causes structural damage to the protected premises. 2. Earthquake causing structural damage to the protected premises. 3. Tornado winds causing structural damage to the protected premises. 4. Flooding to the protected premises due to overflow of natural drainage. 5. Lightning causing physical damage to the protected premises. 6. Telephone line malfunction verified in writing by an authorized telephone company supervisor within seven calendar days of the occurrence. 7. Electrical service interruption verified in writing by an authorized local power company supervisor within seven calendar days of the occurrence. 907.10.1 False fire alarm service charge For false fire alarms, an alarm user shall be charged a service charge of $100.00 for each false alarm in excess of three (3) in any calendar year. All false fire alarm service charges shall be remitted to the Countryside Fire Protection District by the alarm user upon receipt of the statement for such service charge. 26 907.10.2 Newly installed fire alarm allowance Special consideration will be given to fire alarm users should false fire alarms occur during the first three months after the user's alarm service was commenced. 907.10.3 Local government allowance Units of local government such as schools and park districts may receive special consideration for alarms caused by circumstances listed in Section 907.10. 907.10.4 Liability The Countryside Fire Protection District assumes no liability for: 1. Any defects in the operation of an alarm system. 2. Any failure or neglect to respond appropriately upon receipt of an alarm. 3. Any failure or neglect of any person in connection with the installation, operation, or maintenance of any alarm system. 4. The transmission of alarm signals, prerecorded alarm messages, or the relaying of such signals and messages. 907.10.5 Intentional false alarms No person shall intentionally turn in a fire alarm when, in fact, such person knows that no fire exists. No person shall activate any fire alarm system or any fire suppression system for purposes other than emergency, maintenance, or prescribed testing. 907.10.6 Penalties Any person who violates any of the provisions of section 907.10.7 shall be subject to a fine of not more than $500.00 for each violation. Such fines shall be in addition to any other fee or charge authorized pursuant to the terms of the ordinance codified in this chapter. SECTION 912 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS 912.7 Add as an additional section: All fire department connections shall be a 2 '/2" X 2'/z" Siamese NST connection. CHAPTER 10 MEANS OF EGRESS SECTION 1005 EGRESS WIDTH 1006.6.3 Illumination emergency power 27 Add new paragraph No.6: 6. All rooms containing the building fire sprinkler riser(s), fire pump(s) and fire alarm control panel(s) shall be provided with approved emergency lighting. CHAPTER 33 EXPLOSIVES AND FIREWORKS SECTION 3302 - DEFINITIONS Add wording to the Fireworks definition section 3302.1: The following words and terms shall, for the purpose of this Chapter and as stated elsewhere in this Code, have the meanings shown herein. Fireworks: The term "fireworks" shall mean and include any explosive composition, or any substance or combination of substances, or article prepared for the purpose of producing a visible or audible effect of a temporary exhibitional nature by explosion, combustion, deflagration or detonation, and shall include blank cartridges, toy cannons, in which explosives are used, the type of balloons which require fire underneath to propel the same, firecrackers, torpedoes, sky-rockets, Roman candles, bombs, or other fireworks of like construction and any fireworks containing any explosive compound, or any tablets or other device containing any explosive substance, or containing combustible substances producing visual effects, provided, however, that the term "fireworks" shall not include trick noise makers known as "party poppers", "booby traps", and "snappers'; toy pistols, toy canes, toy guns, or other devices in which paper or plastic caps containing twenty-five hundredths of grains or less of explosive compound are used, providing they are so constructed that the hand cannot come in contact with the cap when in place for the explosion; and toy pistol paper or plastic caps which contain less than twenty hundredths grains of explosive mixture. Note: Devices such as sparklers, snake or glow worm pellets, trick matches, etc. that require an open flame, such as a match or lighter, to ignite are not permitted. SECTION 3304- EXPLOSIVE MATERIALS STORAGE AND HANDLING Delete this section and insert the following: 3304.1 —Explosive materials storage and handling The storage of explosive materials is prohibited within the Countryside Fire Protection District. Delete sections 3304.2 through 3304.10.7 SECTION 3305 — MANUFACTURE, ASSEMBLY AND TESTING OF EXPLOSIVES, EXPLOSIVE MATERIALS AND FIREWORKS 28 3305.1 General Delete this section and insert the following: The manufacturing, assembly and testing of explosives, ammunition, blasting agents and fireworks is prohibited in the Countryside Fire Protection District. Delete sections 3305.2 through 3305.9 SECTION 3308 - FIREWORKS DISPLAY 3308.2 Permit application Delete this section and insert the following: A permit shall be required for the possession, display or discharge of fireworks or pyrotechnical displays. The permit application shall include the applicant's name, address, and age; the date and place of the proposed discharge of fireworks or pyrotechnical display; the nature and quantities of fireworks to be discharged or displayed; and the applicant's experience, if any, in discharge of fireworks or pyrotechnical displays. Also included shall be plans for the display, inspections of the display site, and demonstrations of the display operation. Such permit shall be applied for a minimum of fifteen (15) days prior to the proposed date of display. Upon receipt of the application, the Code Official, or designee, shall inspect the location of the proposed discharge of fireworks or pyrotechnical display. If, in the judgment of the Code Official, or designee it would not be hazardous to any property or persons to allow such discharge of fireworks or pyrotechnical displays, given the resources of the Fire Department available for the requested date, the Code Official shall approve the application and issue a permit for the discharge of fireworks or pyrotechnical display. Fees in accordance with Section 105.8 shall apply. A representative of the Countryside Fire Protection District shall standby on site from the time fireworks product arrives on site through the post display final safety check. In addition, a fire engine with a crew of two (2) firefighters will be required for standby at the display. Standby personnel shall be reimbursed at a rate of$50.00 per hour. The fire engine standby personnel will be reimbursed a minimum of two (2) hours. Payment is due at the time the permit is issued. A permit granted hereunder shall not be transferable, nor shall any such permit be extended beyond the dates set out therein. Add as additional section: SECTION 3311 — FIREWORKS VIOLATIONS 3311.1 General A person shall not possess, manufacture, store, offer or expose for sale, sell at retail or discharge any fireworks within the Countryside Fire Protection District. Exception: Where approved for the supervised display of fireworks in accordance with Section 3308 of this Code. 29 3311.2 Bond for display The permit holder shall furnish a bond in an amount approved by the code official for the payment of all potential damage caused either to the person or property due to the permitted display, and arising from any acts of the permit holder or agent of the permit holder. In lieu of a bond, the permit holder may provide a certificate of insurance, in an amount acceptable to the Code Official as an additional insured and execute an agreement holding the Countryside Fire Protection District harmless from any damage to persons or property caused by the permitted display. 3311.3 Fines for violations Any person, firm, partnership, association or corporation found violating any of the provisions of this chapter shall be fined not less than one hundred and fifty dollars ($150.00), but not more than seven hundred and fifty dollars ($750.00). All fines shall be paid to the Countryside Fire Protection District. CHAPTER 47 REFERENCED STANDARDS Delete ICC Electric Code Delete International Plumbing Code and insert the Illinois State Plumbing Code This change affects all references to the International Plumbing Code in the entire code. Delete the International Sewage Disposal Code Add the following standards or change to the edition indicated: NFPA Change or add the standards with the edition listed. NFPA 10 -2007 NFPA 11 —2005 NFPA 12—2008 NFPA 12A—2009 NFPA 13—2007 NFPA 13D—2007 NFPA 13R —2007 NFPA 14—2007 NFPA 15—2007 NFPA 16—2007 NFPA 17—2009 NFPA 17A—2009 NFPA 18—2006 NFPA 20—2007 NFPA 22—2008 NFPA 24—2007 NFPA 25 —2008 NFPA 30--2008 NFPA 30A—2008 NFPA 30B--2007 NFPA 32—2007 NFPA 33—2007 NFPA 34—2007 NFPA 35 —2005 NFPA 36—2004 NFPA 40—2007 NFPA 45—2004 NFPA 51 —2007 NFPA 51A—2006 NFPA 51B —2009 NFPA 58—2008 NFPA 61 —2008 NFPA 70—2008 NFPA 72—2007 NFPA 80—2007 NFPA 85 —2007 NFPA 96—2008 NFPA 99—2005 NFPA 101 —2009 NFPA 110—2005 NFPA 111 —2005 NFPA 120—2004 NFPA 204 —2007 NFPA 252—2008 30 NFPA 253-2006 NFPA 257-2007 NFPA 265-2007 NFPA 268-2007 NFPA 409- 2004 NFPA 418-2006 NFPA 654-2006 NFPA 655-2007 NFPA 664-2007 NFPA 701 -2004 NFPA 704-2007 NFPA 720-2009 NFPA 1123 -2006 NFPA 1124-2006 NFPA 1142 - 2007 NFPA 1144-2008 NFPA 2001 -2008 31 APPENDIX B FIRE-FLOW REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDINGS The pmilsioin contained in this appendix'are not nr8edatort'unless spedllcallY refrmrced in the adopdnf;ordinance. SECTION 13101 B1043 Type IA and Type IB constniction.The fire-flow c2l- GENERAL culailon area of buildings constructed of Type IA and Type IB construction shall be the area of the three largest successive B101.1 Scope. The procedure for determining rire-flow floors. requirements for buildings or portions of buildings hereafter constructed shall be in accordance with this appendix. This Exception: Fire-flow calculation area for open parking appendix does not apply to structures ather than buildings images shall be determined by the area of the largest floor. SECTION 8102 DEFINITIONS SECTION B105 B102.1 Definitions.For the purpose of this appendix,certain FIRE-FLOW REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDINGS terms are defined as follows: FIR$-FLOW,The flow rate ofawater supply,measuredat 20 BI05A One- and two4Qntlly dwellings. The minimum pounds per square inch{psi)(138 kPa)residual pressure.that is Fire-flow and flow duration requirements for one- and available for fire Fighting, trot o-famlly dtr eilings having a fire-flow calculation area that does not exceed 3,600 square feet(344.5 nr)shall be 1,000 gal- FIRE-FLOW CALCULATION AREA. The floor area, it Ions per minute(3765.4 Llmhi)for 1 hour.Fire-flog and flow square feei(m-'),used to determine the required fire flow. duration for dwellings having a fire-flow calculation area in excess of 3,600 square feet(344.5ml shall not be Iess than that specified in Table$105.1. SECTION B103 MODIFICATIONS Exception:A reduction in required fire-flow-of 50 percent. B103.1 Decreases.The fire chief Is authorized to reduce the as.�pptn►rd,is allowed when the building is equipped with Iire-flow requirements for isolated buildings or a group of an approved auromarlcspHrWer41stem. buildings In rural areas or small communities where the devel- 8105.2 Buildings other than one-and two-famlly dwellings. oprnent of full fire-flow requirements is impractical. The minimum fire-flow and flow duration for buildings other B103.2 Increases.The fife chief is authorized to increase the than one-and tivo-family dn•ellings shall be as specified in fire-flow requirements where conditions indicate an unusual Table B105.1. susceptibility to group fires or conflagrations. An increase shall not be more than twice that required for the building under Exception: A reduction in required fire-flow of up to 75 consideration. percent,as appmi ed,is allowed when the building is rink pro- B103.3 Areas without water supply systems.For informs- installed with an approved antomatir sprinkler ststem installed in accordance with Section 903.31.1 or 903,3.1.2. tion regarding water supplies for fire-fighting purposes in rural The resulting fire-flow shall not be less than 1.500 gallons and suburban areas in which adequate and reliable water sup- per minute (5678 Limin) for the prescribed duration ds ply systems do not exist.the 11th rode ofllclal is authorized to specified in Table B105,1. utilize NFPA 1142 or the Inrernmional Wldltnd-Urban lnter- fattp Code. SECTION 8104 SECTION B106 FIRE-FLOW CALCULATION AREA REFERENCED STANDARDS B104.1 General.The fire-flow calculation area shall be the ICC IBC-09 Inumistional Building Code 13104.2, total floor area of all floor levels within the et-rerior stalls,and Table 13105.1 under the horizontal projertions of the roof of a building. ]CC INUIC 09 International Wildland- B103.3 except as modified in Section B104.3. Urban interface Cade 8104.2 Area separation.Portions of buildings which are sep- NFPA 1142-07 Stwxlard on Water Supplies for 6103.3 Grated by Om walls without openings, constructed in aecor- Suburban and Run d Fire Fighting dance with the 1weinauonaiBudd1ng Code.are allowed to be considered as separate fire-flow calculation areas. 2009 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE' 425 32 APPENDIX B TABLE 8105.1 MINIMUM REQUIRED FIRE-FLOW AND FLOW DURATION FOR BUILDINGS FIRE-FLOW CALCULATION AREA(s¢oro rast) FIRL-FLOW FLOW DURATION Type IA mW 10' Type 1[A and p1A' Type IV and VA' Type 118 and 168' Type V-8' (galiorrs per MIMOe)° {hours} 0.22.700 0-12.700 0.8.2{10 D-5,900 0-3.600 1,500 22.701.311.200 12,701.17.000 9.201 10.900 5.901.7.900 3.601-4,800 1.750 30,201 38.700 17,001-716-{i 10,901-t2.900 7.901-9.800 4,801-6200 2,000 2 38.701-48.300 2101-24.200 12,901-17.400 9,801-12.600 6201-7.700 2.250 48.301-59.000 24.20133.200 17.401-21.300 12.601-15.400 7,701-9.400 2.500 59.001.70.900 33,2DI-39.700 21.301-25-500 15-401-18.400 9,461-11.3.+Z 2.750 70,901.83,7D0 39.701-47.100 25.50130,100 18,40121,800 11,301-13.400 3,000 83.701-97.700 47,101-54.900 30,101-35.200 21,801-25.900 13,40115.600 3,250 3 97,701-112.700 54,901-63.400 35,201.40.600 25,901-29.300 15.601-18.000 3,500 112.701.128.700 63.401-72.400 40,601-46.400 29.301-33.500 18,001-20.600 3,750 128,701.145.900 72.401.82.100 46.401.52.500 33.501.37.900 20,60123.300 4,000 145.901.164,200 $2.1fl;:1• 2-413U s2.501-59.100 37.901-42.700 23,301 26,300 9.250 164.201.183.400 92.401-103.100 59,101-66.000 42.701 47.700 26.301-29.300 4.500 183,401203.700 103.101.114.600 66.001-73.300 4.7.761-53.000 29,301-32.600 4.750 203,701225,200 114,601-126.700 73.301.81.100 53,001 58,600 32,601-36.000 5,000 225.201.247.700 126.701.139.400 81.101-89.200 58,1301-65.400 36,001.3i,(300 5,250 247.701-271.200 139.401-152.600 89.201-97-700 65.401-70.600 39.601-43.400 5.500 ?71 !C',-295.900 152.6,71.16 J01, -"T 01-106:,-00 70,601-+1.000 43,40147,400 5.750 295.901-Creaser 166.501-Greater 106.501-115.600 77.001-83.700 47,401 151,500 6.000 4 i I:i.8D1.11r.5ai 83,7.! :x,600 51.501 55.7 6,250 125.501-I35.500 90,601-97.900 55,701-60.200 6.500 135.501-145.800 :17.901.1e4.800 60.20164,800 6.750 145.801.150,700 1DG.801-113.200 54.801-G9,60D 7.000 56.701.167,W0 113,20}-121.300 69,601-74.600 7,250 167.901-I79.400 121,301 129.600 74.601.79.800 7,500 179.401 i.400 129.601.136.300 79,801-85.100 7.750 191.401-Greater 138.301 Greater 65.101-Greater 8,000 For SI: 1 squart foot 0.0929 m=.1 gallon per minute-3.785 Lim.1 pound ptl squaw inch-6.895 kPa. a.T}Tes of comtrurtion are Iised cm the lnternaripm1 Bv;ldmg Cade b.Measured at 20µs1 residual pressure. 426 2009 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE` 33 APPENDIX B SECTION B103 MODIFICATIONS Add as additional sections: B 103.4 Dry hydrants In any subdivision 1 development, where a water distribution system is not provided, the Countryside Fire Protection District may require the owner to modify storm water control devices, so as to provide a pond with a minimum depth of five (5) feet and to install a dry hydrant that conforms to the standard of NFPA 1142 and with the approval of the Code Official with a suction pipe from the middle of the pond. The dry hydrant shall be installed on the right of way of a street proposed to be installed within the subdivision/development and shall meet the standards established by the Countryside Fire Protection District. Where a pond is not practical, a tank system with adequate water storage capacity will be required. It shall be unlawful to erect any structure in any subdivision I development prior to completion of any required water supply equipment as required by this Ordinance. B-103.4.1 Where the configuration of lots, distance between buildings and lot lines or public utility easements, accessibility to building or fire suppression requirements dictate, the Code Official shall require additional hydrants as deemed necessary. B-103.4.2: The total gallons per minute, which dry hydrants shall be required to produce, shall be determined by the structure being served by the hydrant. In no case shall the hydrant produce less than 1,000 gallons per minute. B-103.4.3: The precise location of and specifications for dry hydrant(s) shall be subject to the review and approval by the Code Official prior to the installation of the system. B-103.4.4: The dry hydrant plan submitted for review may be subject to review by an outside engineer or code consultant. The submitted party will incur all associated costs. B-103.4.5: It shall be unlawful for any person to utilize any device such as drafting pits, dry hydrants or other water supply appurtenances designed for fire fighting operations without the express permission of the Countryside Fire Protection District. B-103.4.6: All dry hydrants shall be maintained free from obstructions. The access to any area surrounding the dry hydrant shall be properly cleared of obstacles, which may hide or impede the use of the dry hydrant. Furthermore, the hydrant shall be maintained in working order at all times, capable of delivering the minimum required flow. Responsibility of maintaining, repairing, replacing and 1 or dredging all hydrants within a subdivision shall be the responsibility of the appropriate homeowner's association. In the absence of a homeowners association, each dry hydrant will be addressed on an individual basis. B-103.4.7: The Countryside Fire Protection District may require the property owner or his agent to install "No Parking-- Fire Hydrant", or other signs as needed. B-105.1: Delete the exception B-105.2: Delete the exception 34 APPENDIX C FIRE HYDRANT LOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTION The prods7ions confadned in this appendix ttrr the adapting ordinaare. SECTION C101 SECTION C104 GENERAL CONSIDERATION OF EXISTING FIRE HYDRANTS C IOL I Scope.Fire hydrants shall be provided in accordance C I04.1 Existing fire hydrants.Existing fire hydrants on pub- with this appendix for the protection of buildings,or portions lic streets are allowed to be considered as available.Existing of buildings.hereafter constructed. fire hydrants an adjacent properties shall not be considered available unless Eire apparatus access roads extend between SECTION C102 properties and easements are established to prevent obstruction LOCATION of such roads. C102.1 Fire hydrant locations. Fire hydrants shall be pro- vided along required fire apparatus access roads and adjacent public streets. SECTION C105 DISTRIBUTION OF FIRE HYDRANTS SECTION C103 C105.1 Hydrant spacing.The average spacing between fire NUMBER OF FIRE HYDRANTS hydrants shall not exceed that listed in Table C305.1. C 103.1 Fire hydrants availahle.The minimum number of fire Exception: The fur chief is authorized to accept a defr- hydrants available to a building shall not be less than that listed ciency of up to 10 percent where existing fire hydrants gro- in Table 0105.1. The number of fire hydrants available to a vide all or a portion of the required fire hydrant service, complex or subdivision shall not be less than that determined by spacing requirements listed in Table C 105.1 when applied Regardless of the average spacing, fire hydrants shall be to fire apparatus access roads and perimeter public streets from located such[hat all points on streets and access roads adjacent which fire operations could be conducted. to a building are within the distances listed in Table 0105.1. TABLE C105.1 NUMBER AND DISTRIBUTION OF FIRE HYDRANTS AVERAGE SPACING WAXM W DLSTANCE FROM FIRE-FLOW REQUIREMENT MINIMUNINUMBER BETWEEN HYDRANTSLa r ANY POINT ON STREET OR ROAD (gpm} OF HYDRANTS Rtw FRONTAGE TO A HYDRANT' 1,750 or less I Soo 250 2.0002.250 2 450 225 i^ 3 450 _e 3,000 3 400 225 3.500-4,000 4 350 210 4.500-5,000 300 i80 5,500 300 180 0,000 �3 250 ISO 6,500-7,000 7 250 150 7.500 or more 8 or more- 200 120 For K 1 foot-3N.8 mm.1 gallon per minute.3.785 L'm. a.Reduce try IOU feet for dead-end streets or roads. b Where weeisai e provided with me"ndiiidersuhuhcannatbecrossedbyriim.nghten pulling base]Ines,orwhere arterial streem are providedwithro,urormore tralFic Isnes and have a traffic count of more than 30,000 vehicles per dad'.hydrant spacing shall aw-rese SOO tenon each sidr of the street and be arranged on an alternating basks.up to a flre,ftrnv requirement of 7.000 p ltcns per minute and 400 fees for higher fire-flow requirements c.Wtwre new water mains are extended along streetsu-heir 1`13 drants am not needed for protettion of structurm or aimllar firy FrDblfM3.flTe IlYdran(s shall be pr(i- %ided at spacing not to exceed 1.000 feet to provide far trampanadorr hazards. d.Reduce by 50 feet for dead-end streets or roads. e. 0.hydrant for each LOW llobns per minute Of fraction thereof. 2009 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE` 427 35 APPENDIX D FIRE APPARATUS ACCESS ROADS The provisions contained in this appendix are net niandalory unless speclBraNy referenced In the adopting ordinance. SECTION D101 D103.3 Turning radius.The minimum turning radius shall be GENERAL determined by the fire co&4oflielal. D101.1 Scope.Fire apparatus access roads shall be in actor- D103.4 Dead ends. Dead-end fire apparatus access roads in dance with this appendix;and all other applicable requirements excess of 150 feet(45 720 mm)shall be provided with width of the International Pre Code. and turnaround provisions In accordance with Table D101C TABLE D103.4 SECTION D702 REQUIREMENTS FOR DEAD-END FIRE REQUIRED ACCESS APPARATUS ACCESS ROADS .Facilities,buildings or portions LENGTH MOTH Access and loading. g p (feet) ff"o TURNAROUNDS REQUIRED of buildings hereafter constructed shall be accessible to fire department apparatus by Kay of an approved fire apparatus 0-150 20 Now required access road with an asphalt.conerele or other approteddriving 120-foot Hammerhead.60-foot-Y-or surface capable of supporting the imposed load of fire appara- 151-500 20 96-foot diameter cul de-sac In accordance tus weighing at least 75.000 pounds(34 050 kg). With Figure D103.1 IMroat Hammerhead.W That'Y'or SECTION D103 501-750 26 9G-foot-diameter cul-de-sac to accordance MINIMUM SPECIFICATIONS with Figure D103.1 D103.1 Access road width «9th a hydrant. Where a fire Over 750 Special appro%a]required hydrant isixated on a fire apparatus access road.the minintutn Far SL boot-304.8 ern. road width shall be 26 feet(7925 nim).exclusive of shoulders (see Figure D103.1). D103.5 Fire apparatus access road gates.Gates securing the D1012 Grade.Fire apparatus access roads shall not exceed 10 fire apparatus access roads shall comply with all of the fullcn%' percent in grade, ing criteria: Exception:Grades steeper than 10 percent as approi ed by 1. The minimum gate width shall be 20 feet(6096 rem). the fire chief. 2. Gates shall be of the swinging or sliding type. ° 2W 1 �-2E'R .-28' 2x3'R TYp dTrP. 20' W f 98'OLAMETER Bt1 Y M+NIMUAI CLEARANCE CUL-DE-SAC AROUND A FIRE HYDRANT T I I 6tl TYP A I 28'R -- / L 7tr TYP.' 2Wff 120'HAMMERHEAD ACCEPTABLEALTERNATrVE TO t 2G HAMMERHEAD For ST: 1 root—304.8 mar. FIGURE D103.1 DEAD-END FIRE APPARATUS ACCESS ROAD TURNAROUND 2009 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE 129 36 a ;® 0 �® ti® � ti® m �tm ® ti® ,1 ® 5m� ® �o ® � v 'llm MFAF i¢n ® ti® ®DOM ® ;A KIM J' Fire Prevention Ordinance 1 City of Geneva CHAPTER 4 FIRE PREVENTION AND SAFETY 10-4-1 : FIRE PREVENTION AND LIFE SAFETY CODES ADOPTED: The provisions of the 2003 edition of the International Fire Code, compiled by the International Code Counsel, Inc., 4051 West Flossmor Road, Country Club Hills, IL 60478-5795, and the 2003 edition known as the Life Safety Code, compiled by the National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincey, MA 02269-9101, are hereby adopted together with the special regulations listed below modifying said International Fire Code, 2003 as the regulations governing conditions hazardous to life and property from fire or explosion. 10-4-2: CERTAIN DISTRICT LIMITS ESTABLISHED: A. Establishment Of Limits Of Districts In Which Storage Of Explosives And Blasting Agents Is Prohibited: The storage of explosives and blasting agents is prohibited within the corporate limits of the city except by a special permit issued by the fire chief. B. Establishment Of Limits Of Districts In Which Manufacturing, Use And Storage Of Fireworks Is Prohibited: The manufacture, sale, handling, use or storage of fireworks is prohibited within the corporate limits of the city except by a special permit issued by the fire chief for supervised public displays. C. Establishment Of Limits Of Districts In Which Storage Of Flammable And Combustible Liquids In Outside Aboveground Tanks Is Prohibited: The storage of flammable and combustible liquids in outside aboveground tanks is prohibited within the corporate limits of the city except by a special permit issued by the fire chief. D. Establishment Of Limits In Which Bulk Storage Of Liquefied Petroleum Gases Is Restricted: The aboveground storage (over 100 gallons water capacity) of liquefied petroleum gases is prohibited within the corporate limits of the city except by a special permit issued by the fire chief. E. Establishment Of Motor Vehicle Routes For Vehicles Transporting Explosives And Blasting Agents: Vehicles transporting explosives or blasting agents are hereby prohibited within the corporate limits of the city except by a special permit issued by the fire chief. F. Establishment Of Motor Vehicle Routes For Vehicles Transporting Hazardous Chemicals Or Other Dangerous Articles: Vehicles transporting hazardous chemicals or other dangerous articles are hereby prohibited within the corporate limits of the city except by a special permit issued by the fire chief. Fire Prevention Ordinance 2 City of Geneva G. Establishment Of Limits In Which The Parking Of Vehicles Containing Flammable, Combustible Or Other Hazardous Liquids Or Gasses Are Restricted: Tank vehicles shall not be parked or left unattended on any lot, street, highway, avenue, alley or any other location within the city, public or private, except by a special permit issued by the fire chief. This restriction shall not prevent a driver from the necessary absence from the vehicle in connection with the delivery of the load, except that during actual discharge of the load, some responsible person shall be present at the vehicle. 10-4-3: FIRE PREVENTION CODE AMENDMENTS: The International Fire Code, 2003 as adopted by reference in section 10-4-1 of this chapter, is specifically amended by the following: Section 101.1 Title: Insert for name o; jurisdiction "city of Geneva, Kane County, Illinois". Section 102.3, delete Section 102.4, delete Section 103.2, delete and insert: Section 103.2 Authority Having ,Jurisdiction.. Whenever the terms "authority having jurisdiction", "chief of the fire prevention bureau", "fire marshal", "code official", "fire code official" or"fJre prevention bureau" is used in this chapter, it shall be held to mean the fire thief. Section 105.6, delete and insert..& Section 105.6 Required operational permits. The fire code official is authorized to issue operational permits for the operations set forth in Sections 105.6.1 through 105.6.47, Section 307 and 10-4-2, Certain District UmIts Established of Chapter 4 of this ordinance. Sections 108.1 through 108.3, delete and Insert: 108.1 Application For Appeal: Appeals may be taken by any person aggrieved by any decision or interpretation of the fire official made under the provisions of this code. Application for appeal shall be based on a claim that the true intent of this code or the rules legally adopted thereunder have incorrectly interpreted, the provisions of this code do not apply, or an equally good or better method of fire prevention is proposed. The application shall be filed on a form obtained from the code official within twenty (20) days after the notice was served. 108.2 Membership Of Board: The board of appeals shall consist of the aldermen of the city council of the city of Geneva sitting as a committee of the whole; provided, however, that the mayor shall exercise his power to vote on Fire Prevention Ordinance 3 City of Geneva said board in the event of: a) a tie vote of the board; or b) one-half (1/2) of the aldermen then holding office vote in favor of a motion before the board. A simple majority of said city council shall constitute a quorum for any hearing of the board. F-108.3 Action Of Board: The board shall affirm, modify or reverse the decision of the code official by a concurring vote. Every action of the board shall be by resolution or ordinance. F-108.4 Enforcement Of Decision: The fire official shall take immediate action in accordance with the decision of the board as in accordance with law. Section 109.3, delete and insert: 109.3 Penalties For Violation: Any person, firm or corporation violating any of the provisions of this code or failing to comply with any order issued pursuant to any section thereof, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and upon conviction thereof shall be punished by a fine as provided in the general penalty in section 1-3-1 of the Seneva municipal code for each offense. Each day that a violation continues, after a service of notice as provided for in this code, shall be deemed a separate offense. Section 202, General Definitions; add: BASEMENT: A basement is defined as a sto7i whose floor is more than four feet below the average grade level, NEW CONSTRUCTION: Now construction, when used in this code, are those new buildings. these hiving height andior area added to an existing building, those having interior alterations exceeding twenty five percent (25%) of the buildings value sno those changing use within a use group or those changing use groups. SPECIAL PERMIT: Where referred to in this ordinance, requirements for the special permit will be based upon an evaluation of need, capabilities of emergency response agencies and the adequacy safeguards as determined by said evaluation. Technical criteria and information necessary for evaluation, as determined by the fire official, shall be submitted. Section 307, delete and insert: Section 307 Open Burning 307.1 Open Burning Prohibited: The burning in open fires of any combustible material, including, but not limiting the generality of the foregoing, automotive or locomotive equipment or parts, industrial wastes, paints, oils, wood and fibers, plastics, paper, garbage, debris, leaves, brush or other refuse within the city shall be prohibited. Exceptions: Fire Prevention Ordinance 4 City of Geneva 1. Fires started and attended by the fire department personnel of the city for purposes of instruction in methods of fire fighting, for research in control of fires, in emergency or other extraordinary circumstances for any purpose determined to be necessary by the fire official. 2. Festive and/or ceremonial burnings with a special permit that has been issued by the fire chief. 3. Fires started for the purpose of burning diseased trees within the city with a special permit that has been issued by the fire chief. 4. Open fires used for cooking food at public or private gatherings provided that such fires are used exclusively for said cooking food and the size of the fire is commensurate to the food being cooked. 5. Fires used for horticultural management [purposes to restore or increase the quantity or quality of horticultufal maintenance provided that: a. A permit has been issued by the Illinois environmental protection agency (IEPA) and a copy submitted to the fire chief. b. All conditions specified in the ]EPA permit are followed. c. The fire official shall be notified not less than twenty four (24) hours prior to the burring. d. Burning is postponed or suspended when wind conditions are likely to carry smoke and/or airborne particulates into populated areas. Section 315.2.5, add: 315.2.5 Clearance To Combustibles_ Combustible materials shall be maintained no less than thirty six inches (36") from heat producing appliances. Section 316.0, add: 316.0 Concession Stand And Festival Safety 316.1 General: Concession stands, festivals, carnivals and other specialty events shall be conducted in such a manner as to be safe to the public and in accordance with the municipal code of the city of Geneva and all applicable state and county regulations. 316.2 Tents And Temporary Structures: Tents, temporary buildings or structures and enclosed open areas which have an occupant load of more than twenty (20) persons shall provide not less than two (2) remote exits from the enclosed area. Exit signs shall be posted at all required secondary means of egress. All required gates and doors shall be readily operable at all times without the use of a key or special knowledge. Emergency lighting shall be Fire Prevention Ordinance 5 City of Geneva provided for all tents, temporary buildings and structures which are enclosed on three (3) or more sides. 316.3 Compressed Gasses: Compressed gas cylinders, bottles and tanks, in use or storage, shall be secured to a stationary object. 316.4 Refrigerators: Refrigerators, freezers and coolers shall be locked or secured to prevent entry when unattended 316.5 Electrical Protection: All electrical circuits in wet locations, including tents, garages, open air stands and stages shall be protected with ground fault interrupters in accordance with the Geneva electric code. 316.6 Grounding: All electrical equipment shall be maintained in a safe condition and grounded in accordance with manufacturers specifications. 316.7 Temporary Cords: Only grounded electrical extension cords of the proper amperage rating for the load shall be used, Cords shall not be installed as to be subject to physical abuse or to pose a tripping hazard_ Cords shall be inspected for damage prior to use and damaged cords removed from service. 316.8 Heat Producing Devices: Alf cooking and/or other heat producing devices shall he maintained and operated in a safe manner and in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications_ 316.9 Prohibited Devices: Cooking devices which utilize wood, charcoal or other materials likely to produce harmful smoke or gasses are prohibited within tents, buildings, Inclosed or semi-enclosed spaces, Exception: Devices which are vented directly to the exterior of the enclosed space in a manner approved by the fire official. 316.10 Fire Extinguishers: Fire extinguishers shall be provided In all locations where cooking or other Feat producing devices are present and in locations as specified by the fire official. Section 503, delete and insert: 503 Fire Apparatus Access Roads 503.1 Access Required: Public or private access shall be provided to each building (including any building under construction) so that the first responding fire department pumper unit will be able to be located where all points of the interior of the building may be reached by one hundred fifty feet (150') of initial attack hose. Exception: Where, due to the size or height of the building, this regulation cannot be met, an interior standpipe, equipped with fire department hose connections approved by the fire official, may be allowed. The standpipe system shall be connected to a public water supply system. Minimum design Fire Prevention Ordinance 6 City of Geneva criteria shall be NFPA Standard 14. Two and one-half inch (2 1/2") discharge outlets shall be served by a minimum of two and one-half inch (2 1/2") diameter pipe. Each outlet shall have a two and one-half inch (2 1/2") gated valve with a two and one-half inch (2 1/2") threaded male connection and a two and one-half inch (2 1/2") female by one and one-half inch (1 1/2") male national standard thread reducer coupling and one and one-half inch (1 1/2") caps. 503.1.2 Where Required: The code official shall require and designate public or private fire lanes as deemed necessary for the efficient and effective operation of fire apparatus. Public or private access shall be provided on not less than two (2) sides (50%) of a building so that there may be proper operation of ladders and mechanically elevated mechanisms. Fire lanes shall have a minimum width of eighteen feet (18`) with greater widths to accommodate vehicles when turning and leddering buildings. Access roads shall be not less than fifteen feet (15') 1rorn the building and further if the height of the building requires a greater set back to ladder the building. Access routes shall be arranged to permit fire department apparatus to respond from all points of the building to adjacent fire hydrants along routes not to exceed three hundred feet (300') from the most remote point of the building to the closest fire hydrant. 503.2 Construction; Fire department access roads and ways shall be all weather and constructed with e minimum six inch (6") base of granular stone surfaced by at least two inches (2") of bituminous asphalt material. The use of grass or turf block is not permitted. 503.3 Posting: Where deemed necessary by the code official, permanent all- weather signs shall be identifying fire lanes and accessways shall be posted. 503.4 Obstructions: Designated fire lanes shall be maintained free of obstructions and vehicles at all times, Section 505.1 delete and insert: Section 505.1 Address Numbers New and existing buildings shall have approved address numbers placed in a position placed in a position that is plainly legible and visible from the street or road fronting the property. Multiple tenant buildings shall have the address and/or unit numbers posted on the rear exterior doors of the tenant spaces. These numbers shall contrast with their background. Address numbers shall be Arabic numerals. Numbers shall be a minimum of 5 inches in height with a minimum stroke width of 0.5 inch. Section 506, delete and insert: 506 Fire Department Rapid Entry Key Vault System Fire Prevention Ordinance 7 City of Geneva 506.1 General: The fire official shall require all new construction, additions and changes of use that is required to be equipped with au approved fire alarm system that consists of smoke and/or heat detection and all buildings required to be equipped with a complete sprinkler system to install an approved key vault. 506.2 Purpose: The purpose of the rapid entry key vault system is to allow the fire department to gain immediate access to a building in emergency situations without forcible entry and loss of security. 506.3 Location: The approved key vault shall be installed in a location approved by the fire official. 506.4 Contents: The approved key vault shall contain keys to gain necessary access as required by the fire official. 506.5 Alarms: A key vault tamper switch, connected to a local or monitored alarm system, shall be permitted. Section 508, delete and insert: 508 Water Supplies For Fire DepertmFmt Use 508.1 Application: This see tlon applies to all new subdivisions, all proposed building construction and development of commercial, industrial, mercantile, educational, institutional, assembler and residontial properties and to those buildings of similar uses which are increased in size (area and/or height), fire load or fire hazard. 508.2 Water Source: All buildings or structures shall be served by a public water supply system meeting this criteria. This system shall be under pressure with an average static pressure of not less than thirty five (35) pounds per square inch (psi). Flews shall be calculated at twenty (20) psi residual pressure. The supplies shall be available for a continuous four (4) hour duration except that flows less than two thousand (2,000) gpm need be available for a two (2) hour duration. 508.3 Fire Flow Required: The following water supplies in gallons per minute (gpm) shall be available commensurate with the hazards therein: Single-family detached residential 1,000 gpm Town/row or cluster housing 1,500 gpm Apartment type construction Industrial and storage 3,000 3,000 gpm gpm Fire Prevention Ordinance R City of Geneva Research and development laboratories 3,000 gpm Business and commercial areas 3,000 gpm Mercantile centers 3,000 gpm Assembly and educational 3,000 gpm Health care and institutional 3,000 gpm 508.4 Fire Hydrants: Prior to any construction, plans showing the location and size of water mains and fire hydrants on either public or private property shall be submitted for approval by the fire official. 508.4.1 When Required: Water supplies and fire hydrants, required by and in accordance with this crude, shall be installed and operational prior to the construction of any building. 508.4.2 Fire Hydrant L€-cations: a. One hydrant shall be located at each intersection and intermediate hydrants installed where distance between intersections exceeds four hundred feet (400'). b. Along public streets so that no portion of the building or structure to be protected will be over thMe hundred feet (300') from any required hydrant. Where this at not possible, additional hydrants shall be located in approved locations on the premises tG be protected. c. At least two (2) hydrants shall be located within a three hundred foot (300') vehicular travel distance of each building. d. Additional hydrants shall be provided within five hundred feet (500') of each building so that the required fire flow divided by one thousand (1,000) will equal the number of hydrants available. e. Additional fire hydrants may be required by the fire official and located closer than the spacing noted in this section for high hazard uses, for dead end roads or at the termination of cul-de-sacs. f. Hydrants shall be located in close proximity to any fire department (sprinkler or standpipe) connection as determined by the fire official. g. The fire official shall specify additional hydrants on public or private property where required for adequate protection of structures, buildings or other hazards. Fire Prevention Ordinance 9 City of Geneva 508.4.3 Conformance: Fire hydrants used in conjunction with water supplies shall be installed and conform to the city of Geneva water and sewer regulations 10 508.4.4 Fire Hydrant Installation: Fire hydrants shall be installed as follows: a. Hydrants shall be located not less than five feet (6) and not more than ten feet (10') from all weather roadways and approved access ways. b. Hydrants shall be located approximately twenty five feet (26) to fifty feet (50') from the building to be protected. Hydrants shall be located no closer than fifty feet (50') from transformers, other hazardous electrical equipment or other hazards to the use of the fire hydrants. c. Each hydrant shall have the pumper (steamer) connection normally facing the primary street or access road. d. Hydrant outlets shall be not less than eighteen inches (18") and no more that thirty six inches (35") above the finished grade. e. Hydrants shall be protected) by approved methods, including curbs and barriers, when subject to physical damage from vehicles. Section 611 is added: Section 611 Management Representative At Transient Facilities 611.1 Where Required: it shall be the duty of any person, firm or corporation who conducts, engages in, maintains, operates, carries on or manacles a business or occupation where any public sleeping accommodations (also sometimes referred to as the "premises") are furnished or maintained for one or more persons for a period of less than thirty (30) days, to retain and keep, at his own expense, at least one adult, as hereinafter provided, as a desk clerk. Such desk clerk shall be kept on duty continuously, on the premises. at a,ll times the premises are open to or occupied by the public. 611.2 Desk Clerk Qualifications: All persons acting or employed as desk clerks shall: 1. Be eighteen (18) years of age or older. 2. Be able to speak and understand the English language. 3. Be familiar with the premises, emergency phone numbers, fire detection and protection equipment, paths of egress and exits potential facility hazards and the duties incident to the supervision of the safety of persons to be accommodated, as provided in section F-319.4.3. 611.3 Desk Clerk Duties: It shall be the daily duty of the desk clerk to see that all exit doors are operational and unobstructed and that the corridors and fire Fire Prevention Ordinance 10 City of Geneva escapes are kept clear and free of all obstructions; that all fire appliances in the rooms and throughout the premises are in proper place and in good working order; that, in the event of a fire, it shall be his duty to first notify the city's emergency dispatch center (Tri-Com 911 Center) of said fire immediately and, thereafter, he shall spread the alarm to all occupants of the premises; and he shall obey and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by rules and regulations adopted. Such desk clerk may, at the discretion of the owner or manager of the premises wherein he is employed, perform other duties during his hours of employment; provided, the additional duties are not inconsistent with the duties herein set forth. (Ord. 2000-58, 8-7-2000) Section 703.5 add: 703.5 Hold-Open Devices: Door stops, wedges and other unapproved hold open devices shall be prohibited. Sell-closing and automatic closing devices shall be approved. Where it is desired to keep the doors open, an automatic- closing device actuated by autornalic fire detectors shall be provided in accordance with the building code. Where these doors are located in a building or structure equipped wilh an automatic fire alarm system, the doors shall close upon activation of said system- Section 705, add: 705 Miscellaneous Provisions 705.1 Tenant. Separation.- Each tenant space shall be separated from other tenant spaces and corridors by walls, partitions and floor-ct~iiing assemblies having at least a one hour approved fire resistance rating, 705.2 Hazardous Areas: Rooms used for storage, boiler or furnace, rooms, fuel storage, janitors c`osets and maintenance shops shall be separated from other building areas by assemblies having e. tires resistance rating of not less than one hour with appropriate protection of openings into the rooms. Exception: Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system. 705.3 Membrane Maintenance: Walls, solid surface ceilings, suspended ceilings and floors shall be maintained intact as to resist the free passage of fire and smoke and to prevent reduced effectiveness of fire protection and/or detection equipment. Sections 804.1 through 804.3 delete and insert: Section 804.1 Decorative Material. All decorative material shall either be non- combustible or flame resistant in accordance with both the small and large scale tests of NFPA 701. Section 901.1, add: Fire Prevention Ordinance 11 City of Geneva 901.1 Smoke Detector Act Adopted: Illinois public act 85-143, known as the smoke detector act "'' , is hereby adopted by reference as part of this chapter. Section 901.4.5, add: 901.4.5 Reduction Of Protection Prohibited: Alterations, additions or modifications to buildings or structures, regardless if performed with a building permit issued by the city, shall not reduce the effectiveness of required fire protection equipment. Building in which alterations, additions or modifications have reduced protection due to additions or alterations shall modify extend and/or install additional equipment as required for the hazards therein. Section 901.6.2.1, add: 901.6.2.1 Test Reports: Annual suppression system test reports shall be submitted to the fire chief. Section 903.2 delete and insert: Section 903.2 Where required. Automatic fire suppression systems shall be installed where required by Section 903.2 and in the locations indicated in Sections 903.2.1 through 903.2.13. Where there is a conflict between the requirements of Section 903.2 and Sections 903.2.1 through 903.2.13, the stricter of the requirements shall apply. 1. Throughout any building of any Use Group having a gross floor area exceeding 3000 square feet. 2. Any building with non-separa ed M[xed Use Croups containing dwelling units. 3. All residential Use Croups included in this Code. 4. Any basement without openings above grade or exceeding 2500 square feet in area. Section 903.2 delete exception. Section 903.2.1.4 delete exception. Section 903.2.2 delete exception. Section 903.2.5 delete exception. Section 903.2.9 delete exception. Section 903.2.10 delete exception. Section 903.2.10.3 delete exception. Fire Prevention Ordinance 12 City of Geneva Section 903.2.12.2 delete. Section 903.3.1.1.1 delete exemptions 3 and 4. Section 903.3.1.2 delete Section 903.3.7 delete and insert: Section 903.3.7 to read Fire department connections. All required water fire suppression and standpipe systems shall be provided with a four inch 'Storz' type fire department connection in accordance with the applicable standards. Exceptions: Where the local fire department approves the elimination for limited area sprinkler systems serving 20 or less heads. Section 903.4.4 add: Section 903.4.4 Zone maps. A diagram showing system, floor and/or riser coverage areas, shut off valves and dry valves shall be installed in a location specified by the fire official. Section 903.4.5 add; Section 903.4.5 Sprinkler Annunciation Each sprinkler system shall be zoned per floor. Section 905.3 delete exception. 'AM& to Lo sit Section 905.3.1 delete and insert; Section 905.3.1 Where required. Standpipe systems shall be installed in all buildings three or more stories above grade or thirty feet in height, in all buildings [n which all in,t+erior portions of the building cannot be reached with 150 feet of fire department initial attack hose from the closest point of fire apparatus access and in basements and sub-basements over ten (10) feet below the grade level. Delete the exceptions listed in Section 905.3.1 and insert: Exception: Where permitted by the fire official, a dry system may be used when the use of a wet pipe system would be impractical or detrimental to the type of occupancy. Sections 905.5 through 905.8 delete and insert: 905.5 Hose Connection Valves. Fire Prevention Ordinance 13 City of Geneva Where standpipe systems are required in this Code, each hose connection shall be provided with a two and one-half inch valve and two and one-half to one and one-half inch reducer. Threaded connections shall be National Standard Threads except where connecting to the supply piping. Section 906.1 delete exception. Section 907.2 delete and insert: Section 907.2 Where required. An approved manual and automatic system shall be provided in Sections 907.2.1 through Section 907.2.23 and the following; a) Residential Uses: In all buildings where used as hotels, motels, lodging houses, dormitories, a4par'tments and similar occupancies- b) All buildings having mixed uses including residential use. c) Assembly and Ed iational Use Groups Including those with fifty (50) or less occupants_ d) Other uses: All ether buildings over one story in height and one story buildings over 151}0 square feet gross floor area shall be equipped with an approved fire alarm, system. e) All buildings or occupancies with automatic fire suppression systems. Exception: Where automatic sprinkler protection is provided. automatic heat detection required by this section shall not be required. An approved automatic fire detection system shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of this code and NFPA 72, Section 907.2.1 delete exception. Section 907.2.2 delete exception. Section 907.2.3 delete exception. Section 907.2.6 delete exception. Section 907.2.6.1 delete exception. Section 907.2.6.2.3 delete exceptions 2 and 3. Section 907.2.8.1 delete exception. Section 907.2.8.2 delete exception. Section 907.2.12 delete exception. Fire Prevention Ordinance 14 City of Geneva Section 907.8.3 add: Section 907.8.3 Zone maps. A diagram showing detection device locations shall be placed in a location specified by the fire official. Section 907.9.1 delete exception. Section 907.9.2.1 add: Section 907.9.2.1 Age restricted residential living units. In addition to the requirements of sections 907.9.2, audible devises, of a type approved by the fire official, shall be installed in all residential units where the age of the residents is restricted to 65 years or greater. Section 907.12 delete and insert: Section 907.12 Duct Detector Monitoring: Where requlred in this ordinance or the building code in f i;s I Q.of this code: air duct detectors shall provide fan shut down but shall not be interconnected with the building fire alarm system. Test switches for duct detectors shall be mounted in a. readily accessible location. Section 907.14 delete and insert: Section 907.14 Monitoring. All fire alarm systems shall transmit alarm and supervisory signals-to an approved location from which the fire department will be immediately notified. All circuits which carry alarm signals shall be constantly supervised in a method approved by the fire official. For purposes of this section, alarm monitoring polfing nct exceeding sixty seconds between polls shall be considered constant supervision_ Approved methods of monitoring shall include direct phone line (reversed polarity) connections and radio monitoring in which the signal are transmitted directly from the ,protected premise-5 to the approved monitoring agency without the use unsupervised telephone or internet connections. Exception: In uses groups B, F, M, S, R, S and U, where not required by this Code to be sprinklered with an NFPA Standard 13 system, the fire official may allow the use of digital communication monitoring. Section 909.1.1 add: Section 909.1.1 Where required. In addition to those specific locations noted elsewhere in this code, smoke control systems shall be provided: 1. In all sprinklered buildings with a gross (combined floor area of all floors) floor area exceeding 40,000 square feet and including all unlimited area buildings. 2. In all buildings over three (3) stories or 35 feet in height. Fire Prevention Ordinance 15 City of Geneva 3. In covered mall buildings including individual tenant spaces and anchor stores. Section 909.2.1 add: Section 909.2.1 Mechanical smoke venting: Mechanical smoke venting may be calculated in accordance with Sections 922.2 through 922.2.2.1 of the Building Code or shall provide a minimum of two (2) air changes per hour. Section 914 add: Section 914 False Fire and Medical Alarms 914.1 Intentional False Fire and Medical Alarms: It shall be unlawful for any person or persons to intentionally activate, or cause to be activated, any fire alarm system with the knowledge that no fire or gather emergency condition exists. Exception: Any person performing maintenance, service or testing: of an alarm system provided that said work is being performed Is authorized by the property owner, tenant or their.agent, and proper notification has been given to the alarm monitoring agency to prevent unnecessary response by the fire department. 914.2 Unintentional False Fire and Medical Alarms and System Malfunctions; All users of remote activating fire, medical and/or sprinkler systems in the city of Geneva which transmit alarm signals to any moniiorfng agency which generates a response of the fire department shall properly maintain said system and cause said system to be in good repair and working order at all times. Any defects or malfunctions of the system shall be repaired by the user upon discovery of the defects at the user's eoense_ 914.3 Notification: It shall be the responsibility of the user, or his designated agent, to notify the monitoring agency prior to performing any work on the alarm system. It shall further be the responsibility of the user, or his designated agent, to notify the monitoring agency when the system becomes operational after the completion of work on the system. 914.4 Assessments For False Responses: Any user, or his designated agent who, by negligence or failure to properly maintain or repair a fire alarm, medical alarm and/or sprinkler system, causes the Geneva fire department to respond to its location more than three (3) times during any twelve month period shall be assessed the sum of one hundred dollars ($100.00) for the first response in excess of three (3) times during said twelve month period, one hundred twenty- five dollars ($125.00) for the second response in excess of three (3) times during said twelve month period and one hundred fifty dollars ($150.00) for three or more responses in excess of three (3) times during said twelve month period . Fire Prevention Ordinance 16 City or Geneva Section 1006.1 delete exception 1. Add Section 1006.3: 6. All restrooms, toilet rooms, water closets or any other room performing the same function. Add Section 1007.1 Additional requirements. Where the requirements of the Illinois Handicapped Accessibility Code conflicts with the requirements of this section, the stricter of the two shall apply. Section 1008.1.3.5 delete and insert: Section 1008.1.3.5 Security Grills. Horizontal sliding or vertical security grilles which are part of a required means of tigress shall be openable from the inside without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. The grilles shall remain in the full open position during the period of oucupa.ncy by the general public. Grilles shall not be brought to the closed position when there are more than ten (10) persons occupying a space served by a single exit or fifty (60) persons occupying spaces served by more than one exit. Where two or more exists are required, not more than one-half of the exits shall be equipped with horizontal sliding or vertical security grilles. Section 1008.1.8.3 delete options 2, 2.1, 22 and 2.3 Section 1008.1 .8.7 delete exception 3 and inserts 3. In stairways serving not more than two stories, doors are permitted to be locked from the side opposite the egress side, provided 1,ley are operable from the egress side. Add Section 1009.9.1 Exceptlom A spiral stairway may be used as a secondary exit from the second floor only in existing buildings with a maximum occupant load of twenty (20) persons. Table 1014.1 change MAXIMUM OCCUPANT LOAD for A, B, E, F, M, U to 20. Section 1018.2 delete and insert: 1018.2 Buildings with One Exit: Buildings with one exit and stories above the first floor with one exit: In Use Groups B and S, only one exit shall be required at the floor of exit discharge and for one floor directly above the level of exit discharge when meeting all of the following conditions: 1. The entire building is provided with a fire alarm system in accordance with this Code and the Fire Prevention Code. Fire Prevention Ordinance 17 City of Geneva 2. The gross floor area does not exceed 2000 square feet. 3. The occupant load does not exceed twenty (20) persons. 4. The exit is of one hour fire rated construction and discharges directly to the exterior of the building without passing through another tenant space, foyer or lobby. Table 1018.2 delete Add Section 1018.2.1 Dwelling Units. Only one exit shall be required from individual dwelling units when meeting all of the following conditions: 1. The building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 906.2.1. 2. The required means of egress is one hour fire rated construction which discharges directly to the exterior of the building. Section 1019.1.8 delete and insert: Section 1019.1.8 Smokeproof enclosures. In buildings required to comply with Sections 403, 405, more than two stories in height above the level of exit discharge or more than 30 feet (9144mm) bolow the level of exit discharge serving such floor levels shall be a pressurized stairway in accordance with Section 909.20. Pressurizatlon shall activate automatically upon activation of the automatic fire alarm system. Section 1024.5 delete and insert; Section 1024.5 Interior balcony and gallery means of egress. For balconies or galleries having a seating capacity of over 20 located in Group A occupancies, at least two means of egress shall be provided, one from each side of every balcony or gallery, with at least one leading to directly to an exit. Section 3301.1.3 delete exceptions 2, 3 and 4. Section 3301.2.4, delete and insert: 3301.2.4 Bond And Responsibility: Bond and responsibility for fireworks display and discharge requires public liability insurance in the amounts not less than two million dollars ($2,000,000.00) bodily injury/property damage and the city of Geneva shall be added as an additional insured. Section 3308.2, delete and insert: 3308.2 Permit Applications: Applications for permits shall be in a form developed by the fire official and shall be made in writing at least thirty (30) days in advance of the display or discharge of fireworks. Fire Prevention Ordinance 18 City of Geneva SECTION VIII. Impact on Existing Codes This Ordinance shall not affect the validity of the CITY OF GENEVA Ordinances entitled Fire Regulations,in existence prior to the effective date of this Ordinance. SECTION IX: Severability Should a court of competent jurisdiction detennine that one of more sections or subsections of this Ordinance is or are invalid,the remaining sections or subsections hereof shall remain in full force and effect. SECTION X. Effective Date This Ordinance shall bectinit effcc:tive.. Ten (10)days after publication as required by Law. SECTION XI: Repealer Any and all Ordinances, section or subseci ions of Urdin:tnces Irl conflict herewith are hereby repealed. Sterling Codifiers, Inc. Page 1 of 28 Disclaimer: This is provided for informational purposes only. The formatting of this ordinance 111ay vary from the official hard copy. In the case of any discrepancy between this ordinance and the official hard copy, the official hard copy will prevail. Village of Glen Ellyn Ordinance No.5893 -VC An Ordinance Amending Chapter 2 of Title 5(Fire Regulations) of the Village Code of the Village of Glen Ellyn, Illinois Adopting the 2009 ICC International Fire Code with Local Amendments Adopted by the http://www.sterlingeodifiers.com/codebookJgetBookData.php?pending_id=5973 1/11/2011 Sterling Codifiers. Inc. Page 2 of 28 President and the Board of Trustees of the Village of Glen Ellyn DuPage County, Illinois This Day of ,20 Published In pamphlet form by the authority of the President and Board of Trustees of the Village of Glen Ellyn, DuPage County, Illinois, this day of , 20 ORDINANCE No. - VC An Ordinance Amending Chapter 2 of Title 5 (Fire Regulations) of the Village Code of the Village of Glen Ellyn, Illinois Adopting the 2009 ICC International Fire Code with Local Amendments Whereas,the President and Board of Trustees of the Village of Glen Ellyn, DuPage County, Illinois, pursuant to the provisions of Division 30 of Article 11 of the Illinois Municipal Code (Chapter 65, Section 5111-30-1 et seq. of the Illinois Compiled Statutes), have the power and authority to prescribe fire http://www.sterlingeodifiers.corn/codebook/getBookData.plip?pending_id=5973 1/11/2011 Sterling Codifiers,Inc. Page 3 of 28 protection standards for buildings, structures and land for the purpose of safeguarding life and property from fire and explosion hazards arising from the storage, handling and use of hazardous substances, materials and devices, and from conditions hazardous to life and property in the occupancy of buildings and premises and to promote the public health and safety of building occupants and the public; and Whereas,the President and Board of Trustees of the Village of Glen Ellyn passed Resolution No. 02-22, A Resolution to Establish a Building Code Adoption Policy for the Village of Glen Ellyn on September 9, 2002 to establish a framework in which the Village will consider the adoption of up-to-date building codes at the time of each newly published edition; and Whereas,the 2009 International Fire Code has been published by the International Code Council for the intended use by municipalities and local fire protection agencies in regulating and governing conditions hazardous to life and property from fire and explosion, storage and use of hazardous materials, and fire protective building systems and equipment: and Whereas,the 2009 Intemational Fire Code is generally regarded as the reference standard used by local building and fire protection agencies to establish the minimum required fire protection requirements in existing and new buildings and to conduct fire inspections; and Whereas,the provisions of the 1993 BOCA National Fire Prevention Code, the current adopted fire code, are outdated and applicable provisions have been revised and incorporated into the 2009 International Fire Code; and Whereas,the Glen Ellyn Building Board of Appeals conducted public meetings on August 2, 2010, September 8, 2010 and October 4, 2010 for the purpose of considering amendments to Chapter 2 of Title 5 (Fire Regulations) of the Glen Ellyn Village Code to adopt the 2009 International Fire Code with amendments which are attached hereto as Exhibit"A"; and Whereas, the Building Board of Appeals has made its recommendations, as set forth in the Minutes of the Glen Ellyn Building Board of Appeals dated August 2, 2010, September 8, 2010 and October 4, 2010 of which are attached hereto as group Exhibit"B": and Whereas,the President and Board of Trustees of the Village of Glen Ellyn have considered the recommendations of the Building Board of Appeals as set forth in its Minutes dated August 2, 2010, September 8, 2010 and October 4, 2010 of which are attached hereto as group Exhibit"B"; and Whereas,the President and Board of Trustees deem it to be in the best interest of the Village of Glen Ellyn to adopt the proposed amendments to Chapter 2 of Title 5 (Fire Regulations) of the Glen Ellyn Village Code as recommended by the Building Board of Appeals in order to adopt the 2009 International Fire Code with local amendments, which are attached hereto as Exhibit"A",as the standards and regulations governing conditions hazardous to life and property from fire and explosion, storage and use of hazardous materials, and fire protective building systems and equipment within the Village of Glen Ellyn. Now,Therefore, be It Ordained by the President and Board of Trustees of the Village of Glen Ellyn, DuPage County, Illinois, in the exercise of its home rule powers as follows: Section One: Chapter 2 of Title 5 (Fire Regulations) of the Glen Ellyn Village Code shall be and is hereby amended as set forth in Exhibit"A(clean)" attached hereto. Section Two: This Ordinance shall be In full force and effect from and after December 1, 2010 to allow time for notification of the public. Passed by the President and Board of Trustees of the Village of Glen Ellyn, IIlinois,this 25 day of October , 2010 Ayes: Nays: http:l lwww.sterlingcodifiers,com/cadebooVgetBookData.plip?pending id=5973 111112011 Sterling Codifiers, Inc. Page 4 of 28 Absent: Approved by the Village President of the Village of Glen Ellyn, Illinois, this day of 2a_ President of the Village Village of Glen Ellyn, Illinois Attest: Village Clerk of the Village of Glen Ellyn, Illinois (Published in pamphlet form and posted on the day of Exhibit A (clean) The 2009 ICC International Fire Code As Adopted and Amended by the Village of Glen Ellyn, Illinois Amend Village Code Title 5 Chapter 2 heading to read as follows: Chapter 2 Fire Code 5-2-1 Adoption of the 2009 ICC International Fire Code: Amend Village Code Section 5-2-1(A)to read as follows: (A) The 2009 ICC Intematlonal Fire Code is adopted by reference as the standards and regulations for governing the safeguarding of life and property from fire and explosion hazards arising from the storage, handling and use of hazardous substances, materials and devices, and from conditions hazardous to life and property in the occupancy of buildings and premises as this code is intended, recommended, maintained and published by the International Code Council except such portions thereof that are htip://-v ww.sterlingeodifiiers.com/codebook/getBookData.pbp?pending_id=5973 1/11/2011 Sterling Codifiers, Inc. Page 5 of 28 deleted , modified, or amended in this chapter. At least one copy of the 2009 ]CC Intemational Fire Codeshall be maintained on file in the office of the Village Clerk for inspection and copying as a public record. Delete Village Code Section 5-2-1(B) in its entirety and substitute the following: (B) The provisions of the 2009 ICC International Fire Codeare hereby deleted, modified and amended as follows: 1. Delete section 101.1 in its entirety and substitute the following: 101.1 Title. These regulations shall be known as the Fire Code of the Village of Glen Ellyn hereinafter referred to as"this code". 2.Amend section 102.5 to add the following: 3. Fire protection systems and equipment provisions: All such provisions shall apply where specifically prescribed In this code for one and two family dwellings and townhouses. 3.Amend section 102.7 to add the following at the end of the paragraph: Exception:Wherever reference to the International Plumbing Code is made, substitute the Plumbing Code, Department of Public Health, State of Illinois. 4.Amend section 103 heading to read as follows: SECTION 103 FIRE DEPARTMENT 5. Delete section 103.1 in its entirety and substitute the following: 103.1 General. The FireDepartment is established within the jurisdiction under the direction of the fire code official.The function of the Fire Department shall be the implementation, administration and enforcement of the provisions of this code in accordance with Chapter 1 Fire Department, in Title 5 Fire Regulations, in the Glen Ellyn Village Code. 6. Delete sections 104.10 and 104.10.1 in their entirety and substitute the following: 104.10 Fire investigations.The fire official shall investigate, or cause to be investigated, every fire or explosion occurring within his jurisdiction that is of a suspicious nature or which involves the loss of life or serious injury or causes destruction or damage to property. Such investigation shall be initiated immediately upon the occurrence of such fire or explosion, and if it appears that such an occurrence is of a suspicious nature, the Fire Official shall immediately take charge of the physical evidence and, in order bttp://www.sterlingeodifiers.cam/codebook/_aetBookData.php?pending_id=5973 1/11/2011 Sterling Codifiers,Inc. Page 6 of 28 to preserve physical evidence relating to the cause or origin of such fire or explosion, the fire official shall take means to prevent access by any person to the structure or premises until such evidence has been properly processed.The fire official shall notify those persons designated by law to pursue investigations into such matters and shall further cooperate with the authorities in collection of evidence and prosecution of the case and shall pursue the investigation to its conclusion. 7.Add a new section 104.12 to read as follows: 104.12 Fire prevention Inspections. The fire official shall inspect all existing structures and premises, except single-family dwellings, two-family dwellings and individual dwelling units within multi-family buildings, for the purpose of ascertaining and causing to be corrected any conditions liable to cause fire, contribute to the spread of fire, interfere with fire-fighting operations or endanger life or any violation of the provisions or intent of this code or any other ordinance affecting fire safety. 8. Delete section 108.1 in its entirety and substitute the following: 108.1 Board of appeals established.The structure, responsibilities and procedures of the Building Board of Appeals is established in Chapter 7 Building Board of Appeals, in Title 2 Boards and Commissions, in the Glen Ellyn Village Code. 9. Delete section 108.3 in its entirety and substitute the following: 108.3 Qualifications. The board of appeals shall consist of members who are qualified by experience and training to pass on matters pertaining to hazards of fire, explosion, hazardous conditions or fire protecfion systems. 10. Delete section 109.3 in its entirety and substitute the following: 109.3 Violation Penalties. Any person who violates a provision of this code shall, upon conviction thereof, be subject to a fine of not less than $50.00 nor more than $750.00 unless a fine for the violation of this code is listed in the Village Code of Glen Ellyn, Illinois, then the more stringent shall apply. Each day that a violation continues after due notice has been served shall be deemed a separate offense. 11. Delete section 111.4 in its entirety and substitute the following: 111.4 Failure to comply. Any person who shall continue any work after having been served with a stop work order, except such work as that person is directed to perform to remove a violation or unsafe condition, shall be liable to a fine of not less than$50.00dollars or more than$750.00 dollars. Each day that a violation continues after due notice has been served shall be deemed a separate offense. 12.Amend section 202 to replace the definition of the Fire Code Official with the following: FIRE CODE OFFICIAL.The fire chief,the building and zoningofficial or other designated authority charged with the administration and enforcement of the code, or a duly authorized representative, under the direction and with the approval of the Director of Planning & Development or the Village Manager. http:l/www.sterlingcodifiers.com/codebook/getBookData.php?pending id=5973 1!11/2011 Sterling Codifiers, Inc. page 7 of 28 13. Amend section 202 to add the definition of Hard Cost as follows: HARD COST. The cost of all demolition, site improvements, building construction, restoration, alteration and remodeling work excluding the cost of interior floor,wall and ceiling finishes, cabinetwork, trim, merchandise fixtures and service or process equipment. 14. Amend section 202 to add the definition of Market Value as follows: MARKET VALUE.The dollar value of a building or structure, excluding land value, calculated to be three times the current assessed value established by the township assessor at 33.3% of the market value. 15. Delete sections 307.1 and 307.1.1 in their entirety and substitute the following: 307.1 General.The regulations on open burning and fires are established in Chapter 7 Air Pollution, in Title 7 Health and Sanitation, in the Glen Ellyn Village Code. 16. Delete sections 307.2 and 307.2.1 in their entirety,. 17. Delete section 307.3 in its entirety. 18. Delete section 307.4 in its entirety and substitute the following: 307.4 Portable outdoor Fireplaces. Portable outdoor fireplaces shall be used in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and shall not be operated within 10 feet(3048 mm)of a structure or combustible material. 19. Delete sections 307.4.1, 307.4.2 and 307.4.3 in their entirety. 20. Delete section 307.5 in its entirety and substitute the following: 307.5 Attendance. The use of portable outdoor fireplaces shall be constantly attended until the fire is extinguished. A minimum of one portable fire extinguisher complying with section 906 with a minimum 4-A rating or other approved on-site fire-extinguishing equipment,such as dirt, sand, water barrel, garden hose or water truck, shall be available for immediate utilization. 21. Delete section 308.1.4 in its entirety and substitute the following: 308.1.4 Open-flame cooking devices. Charcoal burners, LP-gas grills, and other open-flame cooking devices shall not be operated on combustible balconies or decks or within 5 feet horizontally or 5 feet vertically below combustible construction. Exceptions: 1.Where buildings, balconies and decks are protected by an automatic sprinkler system. http:/h vww.sterlingeodifiers.com/codebook/getBookData.php7pending_id=5973 1/11/2011 Sterling Codifiers, Inc. Page 8 of 28 2. LP gas cooking devices having LP-gas container with a water capacity not greater than 2 '/z pounds [nominal 1 pound (0.454 kg) LP-gas capacity]. 3. Where combustible surfaces are protected and covered with a non combustible material approved by the building official. 22. Amend section 903.2 to read as follows: 903.2 Where required.Approved automatic sprinkler systems in new buildings and structuresin use Group A, B, >_, M, R, F, H, I and S and in one and two family dwellings and townhousesshall be providedthroughout the building or structure and in the locations describedin Sections 903.2.11 and 903.2.12. 23. Add a new section 903.4.2.1 as follows: 903.4.2.1 Alarms in dwelling units. In one and two family dwellings and townhouses a six inch water flow bell shall be installed on the interior return air plenum of the forced air furnace, or other approved location, to serve every living space and a W inch water flow bell or horn/strobe notification device shall be installed on the exterior front of the building in an approved location visible from the street. 24. Amend section 905.3.1 to read as follows and retain all exceptions: 905.3.1 Height. Class ill standpipe systems shall be installed throughout buildings where the floor level of the highest story is located more than 30 feet(9144 mm), or two stories, above the lowest level of fire department access, or where the floor level of the lowest story is located more than 30 feet(9144 mm), or two stories, below the highest level of fire department vehicle access or where any portion of the floor area is more than 200 feet (61 m)of travel distance from the nearest point of fire department vehicle access. 25. Delete section 907.2.7 Exception 2 in its entirety and substitute the following: 2. Manual fire alarm boxes are not required at the public entrance where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and the occupant notification appliances will automatically activate throughout the notification zones upon sprinkler water flow. 26. Delete section 907.5.3 in its entirety and substitute the following: 907.5.3 Automatic smoke detection.Where an automatic smoke detection system is required it shall utilize smoke detectors unless ambient conditions prohibit such an installation. In spaces where smoke detectors cannot be utilized due to ambient conditions and in common corridors and rooms exceeding 100 square feet, approved automatic heat detectors shall be required. 27.Add new section 907.7.5.2 to read as follows: http:ll www.sterlingeodifiers.com/codebook/getBookData.php?pending_jd=5973 1/11/2011 Sterling Codifiers, Inc. Page 9 of 28 907.7.5.2 Village of Glen Ellyn municipal fire panel.All fire alarm systems in buildings serving occupancy Group A or Group E shall be directly connected to the Village of Glen Ellyn municipal fire panel. 28. Amend section 4803.4 to read as follows: 4603.4 Sprinkler systems. An automatic sprinkler system shall be providedin existing buildings in accordance with Sections 4603.4.1 through 4603.4.5. 29. Add new section 4603.4.3 to read as follows: 4603.4.3 Additions to existing buildings and structures. 1. In buildings of Use Group A, B, E. M, R, F, H, 1, or S, an approved automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout the addition if the gross floor area of the addition exceeds 2,500 square feet, or throughout the addition and the existing building if the combined gross floor area of the addition and the existing building exceeds 5,000 square feet 2. In buildings of Use Group A, B, E, M, R, F, H, I, or S, and in one and two family dwellings and townhouses, an approved automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout the addition and throughout the existing building or if the gross floor area of the addition exceeds 150% of the gross floor area of the existing building. 30. Add new section 4603.4.4 to read as follows: 4603.4.4 Alterations to existing buildings and structures. 1. In buildings of Use Group A, B, E, M. R, F, H, I, or S, an approved automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout the existing building and any addition if the structurally altered existing exterior wall and roof gross square foot area exceeds 50% of the total existing exterior wall and roof gross square foot area. 2. In one and two family dwellings and townhouses, an approved automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout the existing building and any addition if the structurally altered existing exterior wall and roof gross square foot area exceeds 75% of the total existing exterior wall and roof gross square foot area. 31. Add new section 4603.4.5 to read as follows: 4603.4.5 Remodeling in existing buildings and structures. 1. In buildings of Use Group A, B, E, M, R, F. H, I or S, an approved automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout the remodeled interior area if the hard cost of all remodeling work exceeds $1,000,000 or 25% of the market value of the building or structure. 2. In one and two family dwellings and townhouses, an approved automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout the existing building and any addition if the hard cost of all remodeling work exceeds $200,000. 32. Delete section 4603.5 in its entirety and substitute the following: littp://w-,vw.sterlingcodifiicrs.com/codebook/getBookl)ata.php?pcnding id=5973 1/11/2011 Sterling Codiffers, Inc. Page 10 of 28 4603.5 Standpipes. Standpipes shall be provided in all existing buildings and structures in Use Group A, B, E, M, R, F, H, l or S and installed in accordance with section 905 where any one of the following conditions exist: 1. The existing building is enlarged to exceed two stories or where any portion of the floor area exceeds two hundred feet(200')from the nearest fire department access. 2. The existing building is enlarged and the gross floor area of the addition exceeds 150%of the gross floor area of the existing building or structure. 3. The existing building is altered and the structurally altered exterior wail and roof gross area exceeds 75% of the existing total exterior wall and roof gross area. 4.The existing building is remodeled and the hard cost of the remodeled area exceeds $1,000,000 or 25% of the market value of the building or structure. 33. Delete section 4603.6 in its entirety and substitute the following: 4603.6 Fire alarm systems. An approved fire alarm system shall be installed in existing buildings and structures in accordance with Sections 4603.6.1 through 4603.6.8 and provide occupant notification in accordance with Section 907.6 unless other requirements are provided by other sections of this code. Exception: Occupancies with an existing, previously approved fire alarm system. 34.Add new section 4603.6.8 to read as follows: 4603.6.8 Group A, B. E. M, R, F, H, 1 and S. An approved fire alarm system installed in accordance with the provisions of this code and NFPA 72 shall be provided under any one of the following conditions: 1.The existing building Is enlarged or the gross floor area is increased and the hard cost of the construction work exceeds$15,000. 2.The existing building is altered and the hard cost of the construction work to structurally after the exterior wall and roof exceeds$1 5,000. 3.The existing building is remodeled and the hard cost of the interior construction work exceeds$15,000. Amend Village Code Section 4-6-1(B) as follows: 1. Delete Building Code amendment 21 in its entirety. 2. Delete Building Code amendment 23 in its entirety. 3. Delete Building Code amendment 24 in its entirety. Amend Village Code Section 4-1-10(D) as follows: 1. Delete Building Code amendment I(a) in its entirety. 2. Delete Building Code amendment 1(b) in its entirety. 3. Delete Building Code amendment 1(c) in its entirety. http://www.sterl ingcodifiers.conVcodebook/getBookData.php?pending_id=5973 1/11/2011 Sterling Codifiers, Inc. Page 1 l of 28 4. Delete Building Code amendment 1(c)(1) in its entirety. 5. Delete Building Code amendment 1(c)(1)A in its entirety. 6. Delete Building Code amendment 1(c)(1)B in its entirety. 7. Delete Building Code amendment 1(c)(1)C in its entirety. 8. Delete Building Code amendment 2(d)(1) in its entirety. 9, Delete Building Code amendment 2(d)(1)A in its entirety. 10. Delete Building Code amendment 2(d)(1)B in its entirety. 11. Delete Building Code amendment 2(d)(1)C in Its entirety. 12. Delete Building Code amendment 2(d)(2) in its entirety. 13. Delete Building Code amendment 2(d)(4)A in its entirety. 14. Delete Building Code amendment 2(d)(4)B in its entirety. 15. Delete Building Code amendment 2(d)(4)C in its entirety. 16. Delete Building Code amendment 4(a)in its entirety. 17. Delete Building Code amendment 4(b) in its entirety. 18. Delete Building Code amendment 4(c) in its entirety. 19. Delete Building Code amendments 5, 5(a) and 5(b) in their entirety and substitute the following: 5. New One and Two Family Dwellings: All new one and two family dwellings shall comply with all provisions of the Village codes, regulations and ordinances for a new building and as required for Class III additions, Class III alterations and Class III remodelings. BUILDING BOARD OF APPEALS MINUTES AUGUST 2, 2010 The meeting was called to order by Chairman James Ryan at 725 p.m. Board members Todd Hanssen, John Lustrup, and Scott Raffensparger were present. Also present were Trustee Liaison Peter Cooper (substituting for Trustee Carl Henninger), Building and Zoning Official Joe Kvapil and Recording Secretary Barbara Utterback. http:l/Nvww.steT-lingcodifiers_com/codebook/getl3ookData.plip?pendvig_id=5973 1/11/2011 Sterling Codifiers, Inc. Page 12 of 28 Board Member Raffensparger moved, seconded by Board Member Lustrup, to approve the minutes of the June 7, 2010 Building Board of Appeals meeting. The motion carried unanimously by voice vote. Mr. Kvapil distributed and reviewed a handout of responses from Village Attorney Stewart Diamond to questions from the SBA regarding the International Property Maintenance Code and the Life Safety Code. Attorney Diamond's responses are as follows: Regarding selective code enforcement (International Property Code Maintenance), Mr. Kvapil stated that Attomey Diamond responded that the Village has the ability to disregard a complaint("prosecutorial discretion") if appropriate. Regarding code provisions that could be considered excessive or a hardship to certain homeowners (International Property Maintenance Code), Mr. Kvapil stated that Attorney Diamond has stated that the Village may use its own discretion in these types of issues. Regarding Court review (International Property Maintenance Code), Mr. Kvapil stated that Mr. Diamond suggests deleting Section 111.7 in its entirety because it is unnecessary to provide unsolicited legal advice to the public. The BBA members agreed with this recommendation. Regarding Right of entry (104.3)ISearch warrant(International Property Maintenance Code), Mr. Kvapil stated that Attorney Diamond has stated that building inspectors have gotten into trouble when they sought inspections without search warrants. Attorney Diamond added that it is a violation of the ordinance for an individual to impede free access to a structure when the Village has a search warrant. Attorney Diamond also was in favor of including a proposed new Section 104.3.1 regarding search warrants.The BBA members agreed to leave Section 104.3, Right of entry, in the code and add new Section 104.3.1, Search warrant, to the code. Regarding Overcrowding (Section 404.5)and Efficiency unit(Section 404.5), Mr. Kvapil stated that Attorney Diamond believes a unique situation could arise where these sections would apply and, therefore, recommended keeping those sections in the code.The BBA members agreed to leave Sections 404.5 and 404.6 in the code. Regarding perpetual adoption of State codes (Life Safety Code), Mr. Kvapil stated that Mr. Diamond felt that automatic adoption of code provisions is a highly questionable practice as codes should be reviewed prior to adoption. The BBA members decided not to automatically adopt codes without prior review. MOTION 1 http://www.sterlingcodifiers.com/codcbook/getBookData.plip?pending id=5973 1/11/2011 Sterling Codifiers, Inc. Page I3 of 28 Board Member Raffensparger moved, seconded by Board Member Hanssen, to recommend that the Village Board approve the adoption of the 2009 ICC International Property Maintenance Code with amendments as recommended by the Building Board of Appeals to be incorporated as a text amendment into the Village Code,Title 4, Building Regulations, Chapter 1, Building Code, Section 12,Adoption of the International Property Maintenance Code (Exhibit A of the ordinance). The motion carried unanimously with four(4) "yes"votes as follows: Board Members Raffensparger, Hanssen, Lustrup and Chairman Ryan voted yes. MOTION 2 Board Member Raffensparger moved, seconded by Board Member Hanssen, to recommend that the Village Board approve the adoption of the 2009 NFPA 101 Life Safety Code with amendments as recommended by the Building Board of Appeals to be incorporated as a text amendment into the Village Code, Title 5, Fire Regulations, Chapter 2, Fire Prevention Code, Section 2 Adoption of the Life Safety Code(Exhibit A of the ordinance).The motion carried unanimously with four(4) "yes"votes as follows: Board Members Raffensparger, Hanssen, Lustrup and Chairman Ryan voted yes. 2009 ICC INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE. DISCUSSION, CONSIDERATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS REGARDING A PROPOSED ORDINANCE TO ADOPT AND AME=ND THE 2009 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE TO BE INCORPORATED AS A TEXT AMENDMENT INTO THE VILLAGE= CODE,TITLE 5 FIRE REGULATIONS, CHAPTER 2 FIRE PREVENTION CODE, SECTION 1. Building and Zoning Official Joe Kvapil explained that several Fire Code provisions were entered into the Building Code for unknown reasons in the past, however, the appropriate location for these provisions is in the Fire Code,Therefore, many of the proposed amendments include removing certain provisions from the Building Code and inserting them into the Fire Code. Mr. Kvapil reviewed the proposed amendments as follows: Amend Village Code Title 5 Chapter 2 heading to read Chapter 2 Fire Code—5-2-1 Adoption of the ICC International Fire Code, 2009. Mr. Kvapil explained that the scope of this title and chapter extend beyond fire prevention, therefore,the word "Prevention"was removed from the title, Reference to adopting the BOCA National Fire Prevention Code 1993 was also removed.The BBA members agreed with this recommendation. Amend Village Code Section 5-2-1(A) as Follows:The reference to the BOCA code is replaced with the ICC International Fire Code, 2009, and the reference to Building Officials and Code Administrators International, Inc. is replaced with International Code Council, Inc. (ICC).The sentence"No less than three (3) copies of the BOCA National Fire Prevention Code, 1993 shall be maintained on file in the office of the village clerk for inspection as a public record"will be replaced by the sentence"At least one copy of the ICC International Fire Code, 2009 shall be maintained on file in the office of the village clerk for inspection and copying as a public record." Mr. Kvapil explained that this excerpt from the Preface is consistent with prior adoption ordinances language. The BBA members agreed with this recommendation. http://wwly.sterlingeodifiers.com/codebook/getBookData.php?pending_jd=5973 1111/2011 Sterling Codifiers, Inc, page 14 of 28 Amend Village Code Section 5-2-1(B)to replace"BOCA national fire prevention code, 1993"with "ICC International Fire Code, 2009."The 13BA members agreed with this recommendation. Amend Section 101.1 to change 'Fire prevention code of Glen Ellyn..."to"Fire Code of the Village of Glen Ellyn..."This change clarifies the distinction between the code and the Life Safety Code used by the Fire Company to conduct annual fire prevention inspections. The BBA members agreed with this recommendation. Add"Section 104.12 Fire prevention inspections." Mr. Kvapil stated that this section will also remain in the Village Code. He explained that this section makes a distinction between annual fire Inspections required for existing buildings and fire inspections associated with construction projects. The BBA members agreed with this recommendation. Delete Section 104.6.3 Fire Records in its entirety. Mr. Kvapil suggested deleting this section as this information is located elsewhere in the code. Mr. Kvapil stated he will research the location of this information and present it to the BBA at the next meeting.The BBA members agreed with Mr. Kvapil's suggestion. Delete wording of Section 104.10 l=ire Investigations in its entirety and insert the current code provision (BOCA F--109.1) following "Section 104.10 Fire Investigations."The BBA members agreed with this recommendation. Delete Section 108 Board of Appeals in its entirety. Mr. Kvapil explained that the Building Board of Appeals is established in Title 2 Chapter 7 of the Village Code. Amend Section 102.7 Referenced codes and standards to add the following: "Exception: Wherever reference to the International Plumbing Code is made, substitute the Plumbing Code, Department of Public Health, State of Illinois." Mr. Kvapil explained that the Village is required to adopt and enforce the provisions of the State of Illinois Plumbing Code rather than the plumbing code published by the ICC. The BBA members agreed with this recommendation. Amend Section 103.1 in its entirety and substitute the following: "103.1 General_Where referenced in this code,the department of fire prevention shall be the Planning and Development Department of the Village of Glen Ellyn and the fire code official shall be the Building and Zoning Official of the Village of Glen Ellyn or the Fire Chief of the Glen Ellyn Volunteer Fire Company.'Mr. Kvapil explained that references are corrected to reflect Village municipal organization names. The BBA members agreed with this recommendation. Delete Section 109.3 in its entirety and substitute the following: "109.3 Violation Penalties.Any person who violates a provision of this code shall, upon conviction thereof, be subject to a fine of not less than $50.00 nor more than $750.00 unless a fine for the violation of this code is listed In the Village Code of Glen Ellyn, Illinois,then the more stringent shall apply. Each day that a violation continues after due http://www.sterlingeodifiers.conVeodebook/getBookData.php?pending id=5973 1/11/2011 Sterling Codifiers, Inc. Page 15 of 28 notice has been served shall be deemed a separate offense" Mr. Kvapil explained that dollar amounts for fines were inserted and that the language and fine amounts are consistent with the language throughout the Village Code. He stated that the final sentence of this section is being added. The BBA members agreed with this recommendation. Amend Section 111.4 Failure to comply. Mr, Kvapil explained that dollar amounts for fines were inserted and that the language and fine amounts are consistent with the language throughout the Village Code. He stated that the final sentence of this section is being added: "Each day that a violation continues after due notice has been served shall be deemed a separate offense."The BBA members agreed with this recommendation. Amend Section 202 General Definitions as follows: —Amend definition of Fire Code Official to identify responsible officials and add additional oversight of Fire Code Official's actions. The BBA members agreed with this recommendation. --Add definition: 'Hard Cost.The cost of all demolition, site improvements, building construction, restoration, alteration and remodeling work excluding the cost of interior floor,wall and ceiling finishes, cabinetwork,trim, merchandise fixtures and service or process equipment."Mr. Kvapil explained that this definition should be added because some types of fire alarm equipment and systems are required to be installed based on the cost of remodeling.The BBA members agreed with this recommendation. Delete Section 307 Open Burning, Recreational Fires and Portable Outdoor Fireplaces in its entirety. Mr. Kvapil explained that this issue is extensively addressed in Title 7 Chapter 7 of the Village Code. SBA member Hanssen suggested referencing Title 7 Chapter 7 of the Village Code in the Fire Code, and the other BBA members agreed with that suggestion. Amend Section 311.5 Placards and delete Sections 311.5.1, 311.5.2, 311.5.3, 311.5.4 and 311.5.5 related to Placards. Chief Raffensparger stated that the Placard section is a fire industry standard. He stated that this section allows fire companies to place placards on buildings and that fire teams are trained to read the placards. Trustee Cooper commented that this section refers to temporarily unoccupied buildings as well as vacant or abandoned buildings. The SBA members agreed to leave these sections in the code. Amend Section 903 -Automatic Sprinkler Systems—"903.2 Where required.Approved automatic sprinkler systems in new buildings and structures in use Group A, B, E. M. R, F, H, I and S and in one and two-family dwellings and townhouses shall be provided throughout the building or structure and in the locations described in Sections 903.2.11 and 903.2.12." Mr. Kvapil explained that the IFC requires fire sprinklers under certain conditions for different occupancy groups, however, Village code requires automatic fire sprinkler systems in all new buildings, including new single-family homes. Mr. Kvapil explained that Use Group U (utility/miscellaneous) is exempt from the sprinkler requirement because sprinklering is not practical (garages, sheds,tanks,towers). Mr. Kvapil also stated that unusual structures (such as an open pavilion) can be exempted through classification in Use Group U.The BBA members agreed with this recommendation. littp:l/www.sterlingcodifiers.com/codebook/getBookData.plip?pending_id-5973 1/11/2011 Sterling Codifiers, Inc. Page 16 of 28 Delete Building Code Sections 4-1-10(D)5 and 4-1-6(6)21 in their entirety. Mr. Kvapil explained that these sections regarding fire sprinklers in new buildings are being added to the Fire Code.The BBA members agreed with this recommendation. Add new Section 903.4.2.1 —"903.4.2.1 Alarms in dwelling units. In one and two-family dwellings and townhouses, a six-inch water flow bell shall be installed on the interior return air plenum of the forced air furnace, or other approved location, to serve every living space, and a 10-inch water flow bell or horn- strobe notification device shall be installed on the exterior front of the building in an approved location visible from the street."Mr. Kvapil explained that this section is proposed to be added because the Fire Code has no provisions for alarms in single-family buildings. Therefore, Building Code Sections 4-1-10(D) 5(a) and 4-1-10(0)5(B)will be placed into appropriate sections of the Fire Code and deleted from the Building Code. The BBA members agreed with this recommendation. Amend Section 905 Standpipe systems—"905.3.1 Height_ Class III standpipe systems shall be installed throughout buildings in Group A, B, E, M, R, F, H, I and S more than two stories in height where the floor level of the highest story is located more than 30 feet (9144 mm) or two stories above the lowest level of the fire department vehicle access, or where the floor level of the lowest story is located more than 30 feet (9144 mm) or two stories below the highest level of fire department vehicle access." Mr. Kvapil explained that this amendment places Building Code Sections 4-1-8(6)23 and 4-1-10(D)4(c) into appropriate sections of the Fire and those sections will be removed from the Building Code.The BBA members agreed with this recommendation. Add new Section 905.3.8 Standpipe systems—"905.3,8 Building distance. Class 1 automatic wet standpipes shall be provided in all buildings in Group A, B, E, M, R. F. H, I and S where any portion of the floor area is more than 200 feet(61 m)of travel distance from the nearest point of fire department vehicle access." Mr. Kvapil explained that this section is proposed to be added because the Fire Code has no provisions for building distance for new construction. Therefore, Building Code Sections 4-1-6(B)24 and 4 -1-10(D}4(c)will be placed into appropriate sections of the Fire Code and deleted from the Building Code. The BBA members agreed with this recommendation. Amend Section 907.2.7 regarding fire alarm systems to add: "Exceptions: 2. Manual fire alarm boxes are not required at the public entrance where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and the occupant notification appliances will automatically activate throughout the notification zones upon sprinkler water flow." Mr. Kvapil explained that there is a section in the Building Code that allows manual fire alarm boxes to be omitted at the public entrances for Group M occupancies.This amendment places Building Code Sections 4-1-10(D)1(c)(1)C and 4-1-10(D)2(d)(1)C into appropriate sections of the Fire and those sections will be removed from the Building Code. The BBA members agreed with this recommendation. Amend Section 907.5.3 regarding fire alarm systems: "905.5.3 Automatic smoke detection.Where an automatic smoke detection system is required, it shall utilize smoke detectors unless ambient conditions prohibit such an installation. In spaces where smoke detectors cannot be utilized due to ambient conditions and in common corridors and rooms exceeding 100 square feet, approved automatic heat detectors shall be required_" Mr. Kvapil explained that there is a section in the Building Code that requires heat detectors in common corridors and rooms exceeding 100 square feet that the intent of that provision is to avoid false alarms. This amendment places Building Code Sections 4-1-10(D)1(c)(1)13 and 4-1-10(D) 2(d)(1)B into appropriate sections of the Fire Code and those sections will be removed from the Building Code.The SBA members agreed with this recommendation. littp://www.sterlingcodifiers.com/codebook/getBookData.php?pending_id=5973 1/11/2011 Sterling Codifiers, Inc. Page 17 of 28 Add new Section 907.7.5.2 regarding fire alarm systems: "907.7.5.2 Village of Glen Ellyn municipal fire panel.All fire alarm systems in buildings serving occupancy Group A and Group E shall be directly connected to the Village of Glen Ellyn municipal fire panel." Mr. Kvapil explained that Group A is assembly and Group E is educational (schools)which is a large number of people at risk and the fire company wants to know immediately if there is an alarm at those locations.Chief Raffensparger stated that this method is definitely preferred over an alternative third party monitoring service that can sometimes be unreliable. Some discussion ensued regarding the possibility of including an occupancy load in this section, however, the BBA members did not feel it was necessary Mr Kvapil added that some restaurants in town (assembly uses)have been allowed to connect directly to a central station without going through the Village fire panel and that this provision could be included in the code.The BBA members agreed that this was an acceptable practice. Chief Raffensparger commented that the Fire Department feels that eliminating a third party is desirable and there is no cost difference between the two methods. Chief Raffensparger also stated that some places are now using radio fire alarms and that perhaps the Village could have equipment to receive those alarms which could then be directly transmitted to DuComm. This amendment places Building Code Sections 4-1-10(D)l(c)(1)A and 4-1-10 (D)2(d)(1)A into appropriate sections of the Fire Code and those sections will be removed from the Building Code. The BBA members agreed with this recommendation. Amend Section 4603.4 Sprinkler systems: "4603.4 Sprinkler systems. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided in existing buildings in accordance with Sections 4603.4.1 through 4603.4.9." Mr. Kvapil explained that proposed new Section 4603.4 (see below)will be referenced in this section.This amendment places Building Code Section 4-1-10(D)5 into the appropriate section of the Fire Code and that section will be removed from the Building Code. The BBA members agreed with this recommendation. Mr. Kvapil explained that he recommends adding seven (7) additional locations where fire sprinklers are required in existing buildings to the two (2) locations currently in the IFC as follows: Add new Section 4603.4.3:"4603.4.4 Additions to existing buildings and structures in Group A, B, E, M, R, F, H, I and S. 1. An approved automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout the addition if the gross floor area of the addition exceeds 2,500 square feet or if the gross floor area of the addition exceeds 75% of the gross floor area of the existing building. 2.An approved automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout the addition and throughout the existing building if the combined gross floor area of the addition and the existing building exceeds 5,000 square feet or if the gross floor area of the addition exceeds 150% of the gross floor area of the existing building." Mr. Kvapil explained that these sections of the Building Code, 4-1-10(D)l(a) and 4-1-10-(D)2(d)(4)A, are proposed to be placed into the appropriate section of the IFC and will also be removed from the Building Code. Mr. Kvapil responded to Chairman Ryan that adding the percentages relates to the various addition classifications of construction.The BBA members agreed with this recommendation. Add new Section 4603.4.4: 04603.4.4 Alterations to existing buildings and structures in Group A, B. E, M, R, F, H, I and S.An approved automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout the existing building if the structurally altered existing exterior wall and roof gross square foot area exceeds 50% of the total existing exterior wall and roof gross square foot area."Mr. Kvapil explained that if more than 50% of the exterior of a building is altered,the code requires that a sprinkler system must be installed. Mr. Kvapil defined an alteration to a wall for Board Member Lustrup.This section of the Building Code is proposed to be placed into the appropriate section of the IFC and will also be removed from the Building Code.The BBA members agreed with this recommendation. http://w,r w.sterlingeodifiers.com/codebook/getBookDat.a.plip?pending_id=5973 1/11/2011 Sterling Codifiers, Inc. Page 18 of 28 Add new Section 4603.4.5: "4603.4.5 Remodeling of existing buildings and structures in Group A, 8, E. M, R. F, H, I and S.An approved automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout the remodeled interior area if the hard cost of all interior remodeling work exceeds$200,000."This section of the Building Code is proposed to be placed into the appropriate section of the IFC and will also be removed from the Building Code. The BBA members agreed with this recommendation. Add new Section 4603.4.7: "4603.4.7 Additions to existing one and two-family dwellings and townhouses. An approved automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout the addition and throughout the existing dwelling if the gross floor area of the addition exceeds 150% of the gross floor area of the existing dwelling."This section of the Building Code is proposed to be placed into the appropriate section of the IFC and will also be removed from the Building Code.The BBA members agreed with this recommendation. Add new Section 4603.4.8: "4603.4.8 Alterations to existing one and two-family dwellings and townhouses.An approved automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout the dwelling if the structurally altered existing exterior wall and roof gross square foot area exceeds 75% of the total existing exterior wall and roof gross square foot area. This section of the Building Code is proposed to be placed into the appropriate section of the IFC and will also be removed from the Building Code.The BBA members agreed with this recommendation_ Add new Section 4603.4.9:°4603.4.9 Remodeling of existing one and two-family dwellings and townhouses. An approved automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout the dwelling if the hard cost of all interior remodeling work exceeds$200,000."This section of the Building Code is proposed to be placed into the appropriate section of the IFC and removed from the Building Code_ Chairman Ryan suggested increasing the dollars amounts of the hard costs since the cost of construction has increased since the code change is 2003. During a discussion regarding costs of construction submitted by the owner/contractor, Mr. Kvapil stated that the assessor's office could be used to determine the cost of construction. Mr. Lustrup suggested using the existing price of the home to determine the cost of proposed construction, and Mr. Kvapil suggested perhaps using a percentage of the assessed value. The BBA members felt that a percentage of the assessed value was a fair way to determine the construction costs. Chief Raffensparger stated he would like to see the costs of construction for commercial properties lowered for sprinkler requirements. Mr. Kvapil responded to Trustee Cooper that in the last five (5)years, approximately six (6) house remodels were submitted that required sprinklers. Mr. Kvapil responded to Chairman Ryan that he will provide information regarding assessed valuations for residential and hard costs for commercial at the next BBA meeting. Delete Section 4603.5 in its entirety and substitute the following: "4603.5. Standpipes. Standpipes shall be provided in all existing buildings and structures in Group A, B, E. M, R. F, H, I and S installed in accordance with Section 905 where any one of the following conditions exists: 1. The existing building is enlarged to exceed two stories or where any portion of the floor area exceeds two hundred feet(200') from the nearest fire department access. 2. The existing building is enlarged and the gross floor area of the addition exceeds 150% of the gross floor area of the existing building or structure. 3. The existing building is altered and the structurally altered exterior wall and roof gross area exceeds 75% of the existing total exterior wall and roof gross area. 4. The existing building is remodeled and the hard cost of the remodeled interior area exceeds $200,000." Building Code Sections 4-1-10(D)4(c) and 4-1-10(D)3 are proposed to be placed into the appropriate section of the IFC and will also be removed from the Building Code.The BBA members agreed with this recommendation. http:l/www.sterlinpcodifiiers.com/codebook/getBookData,uhn?oendinv id=5973 1/11/2011 Sterling Codifiers, Inc, Page 19 of 28 Amend Section 4603.6: "4603.6 Fire alarm systems. An approved fire alarm system shall be installed in existing buildings and structures in accordance with Sections 4603.6.1 through 4603.6.8 and provide occupant notification in accordance with Section 907.6 unless other requirements are provided by other sections of this code." Mr. Kvapil explained that this amendment lists another section,4603.6.8, that is proposed to be added to the code. The BSA members agreed with this recommendation. Add new section as follows: "4603.6.8 Group A, B, E, M, R, F, H, I and S. An approved fire alarm system installed in accordance with the provisions of this code and NFPA 72 shall be provided throughout an existing building and addition under any one of the following conditions: 1.The existing building is enlarged or the gross floor area is increased and the hard cost of the construction work exceeds $15,000. 2.The existing building is altered and the hard cost of the construction work to structurally alter the exterior wall and roof exceeds $15,000. 3.The existing building is remodeled and the hard cost of the interior construction work exceeds$15,000." Building Code Sections 4-1-10(D)1(c)(1) and 4-1-10(0)2(d)1 are proposed to be placed into the appropriate section of the IFC and will also be removed from the Building Code. The BBA members agreed with this recommendation. Delete Village Code Section 4-1-10(D)1(b) in its entirety. Mr. Kvapil explained that this code requirement is included in IFC Section 506, Key Boxes.The BBA members agreed with this recommendation. Mr. Kvapil stated he will make revisions per the above for the next BBA meeting. He responded to Chairman Ryan that the next code to be reviewed is the International Building Code(Commercial). Chief Raffensparger complimented Mr. Kvapil on his efforts regarding the code amendments. Trustee Report Trustee Cooper reviewed the status of the Hill Avenue Bridge project and issues with the College of DuPage.Trustee Cooper stated that Village revenues remain down. He also stated that some of the Village's capital improvement projects have been delayed by the strike this summer. Trustee Cooper also stated that the results of a survey regarding leaf removal has resulted in retaining the existing system. Staff Report Mr. Kvapil confirmed that the next BBA meeting is scheduled for September 7, 2010. There being no further business before the BBA, the meeting was adjourned at 9:40 p.m. Submitted by: htto://www.sterliaRcodifiers.com/codeboolJp-etBookData.nlin?vending- id=5973 1/11/7.011 CHAPTER 1 BUILDING CODES ARTICLE A. BUILDING CODE 5-1A-1: INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 2006 ADOPTED: 1. For the purposes of supplementing the provisions and regulations contained in this title, and for setting forth minimum standards for buildings and structures, there shall be and hereby is adopted by reference that certain building code known as the 2006 edition of the International Building Code, and referenced standards and appendices A, C„ E, F, G, H, and I. 2. There shall be one copy of the international building code kept on file for public inspection in the city clerk's office. 3. In this chapter, all references to the "department" shall mean the City of Naperville. (Ord. 02-31, 2-19-2002, eff. 4-6-2002) 5-1A-2: APPLICABILITY OF PROVISIONS OR REGULATIONS: 1. The adoption of these regulations shall not be construed as preventing the enforcement of, or repealing the provisions of any ordinance, regulation, standard or code adopted by the city which is more restrictive than the provisions of this article. 2. In the event any provisions of this article shall be in conflict with any applicable ordinance, regulation, standard or code adopted by the city, the more restrictive shall be applicable. (Ord. 96-214, 12-3-1996, eff. 1-3-1997) 3. After review and comment by the code official, the city manager or a duly authorized designee shall determine the applicability of and approve any modifications to the fire resistance ratings of structural assemblies allowed by the code where automatic fire suppression systems are installed. (Ord. 02-31, 2-19- 2002, eff. 4-8-2002) 5-1A-3: AMENDMENTS TO INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 2006: The various sections and tables of the International Building Code 2006 adopted by this article shall be revised as follows: Section 103.1 Department of Building Safety: Change to read: I The Chief Building Official shall serve as the Code Official for the City of Naperville. The Code Official shall serve under the administrative direction of the City Manager or a duly authorized designee. Section 103.2 Appointment: Delete in its entirety. Section 103.3 Deputies: Change to read: The Code Official, with the approval of the City Manager or a duly authorized designee, is authorized to designate one or more employees who shall exercise all powers of the Code Official during any temporary absence or disability of the Code Official. Section 104.10 Modifications: Add the following: Such modifications shall not have the effect of waiving any provisions of the Naperville Municipal Code. Section 105 Permits: Add the following: Section 105.8 Condition of Permit: No permit shall be issued to allow the construction, alteration, or remodeling of any building or structure unless: (1) The lot or parcel of real estate upon which the building or structure is located or is to be constructed is fully improved in accordance with Title 7 of this Code; or (2) The owner of the lot or parcel of real estate upon which the building or structure is located or is to be constructed shall agree, in writing, to fully comply with all of the requirements of Title 7 and to construct all of the improvements required by said title, provided, however; (3) That any such lot or parcel of real estate or any construction thereon shall be directly adjacent to and accessible from a hard surface roadway at a location approved by the City Engineer and the Fire Department. (4) Said roadway shall be hard surface of sufficient width, strength, and composition to permit reasonably unimpaired access to such lot or parcel of real estate by emergency, utility service, snow removal, and waste removal vehicles in all weather conditions. (5) Sidewalks: A permittee shall construct public sidewalks within adjacent right-of-way abutting such lot or tract in accordance with provisions of the Naperville Municipal Code. 2 (6) No permit required by this Section shall be issued for the construction of a new principal structure unless: A certified Final Plat of Subdivision, Assessment, or Planned Unit Development, as required by the Plat Act (35 ILCS 20019-55) and Title 7 of this Code, for the lot or parcel has been recorded in the office of the Recorder of Deeds in the County in which the lot or parcel is situated. (7) No permit required by this section shall be issued for the construction of a new principal structure unless the applicant signs a statement stating that: (a) He or she is familiar with the final engineering plans for the proposed construction site and the final engineering plans are approved pursuant to Title 7 of this Code; (b) He or she shall comply with the said approved final engineering plans and all requirements of said Title 7; (c) Upon completion of the foundation walls and any structural elements which are a necessary part of the construction of the foundation walls, or are necessary for the completion of the foundation walls, and before proceeding with further construction, he or she shall file with the Department, a survey, prepared and signed by a registered Illinois land surveyor, showing the location of the structure and the elevation of the top of the foundation walls at all four (4) corners for which a foundation permit has been issued. Section 105.2 Work Exempt from Permit: Delete Nos. 1, 3, 6, 8, 9 and change No. 2 to read: Fences not over 3 feet high. Section 106.1.1 Information on Construction Documents: Add the following: Construction documents shall be dimensioned and drawn on 36" x 24" paper. One complete electronic version (PDF format) of the final construction "as built" dimensions as approved by the building official shall be submitted to the City of Naperville prior to the issuance of the final occupancy. Deviations from the size requirement may be approved by the code official. Section 107 Temporary Structures and Uses: Delete in its entirety. See sections 5-2D-2, 5-28-6, and 6-2-11 of the Naperville Municipal Code. Section 108.4 Work commencing before permit issuance: Change to read as follows: Any person who commences any work on a building, structure, electrical, gas, mechanical or plumbing system before obtaining the necessary permits shall be subject to penalties as prescribed by law and/or subject to permit fees, including double the cost for inspections and administrative fees as outlined in Title 1, 3 Chapter 9, Article H, Fees for Construction, in the Naperville Municipal Code, and shall be subject to a stop work order until such time a permit is obtained. Section 108.6 Refunds: Delete in its entirety. Section 109.4 Inspection Agencies: Add the following language: A written request to use a third party inspection agency must be submitted to and approved by the building official prior to the commencement of the inspection. Section 113.4 Violation Penalties: Change to read: Any person who violates a provision of this code or fails to comply with any of the requirements thereof or who erects, constructs, alters or repairs a building or structure in violation of the approved construction documents or directive of the building official, or of a permit or certificate issued under the provisions of this code, shall be subject to penalties as prescribed by law and/or subject to permit fees, including double the cost for inspections and administrative fees as outlined in Title 1, Chapter 9, Article H, Fees for Construction, in the Naperville Municipal Code, and shall be subject to a stop work order until such time a permit is obtained. Section 703.3 Alternative Methods for Determining Fire Resistance: Delete the following: Delete #2. Section 720 Prescriptive Fire Resistance: Delete this section in its entirety. Section 903.2.1.1 Group A-1: Change to read as follows: 1. The fire area exceeds 5,000 square feet. Section 903.2.1.2 Group A-2: Change to read as follows: 1. The fire area exceeds 2,500 square feet. Section 903.2.1.3 Group A-3: Change to read as follows: 1. The fire area exceeds 5,000 square feet. Section 903.2.1.4 Group A-4: Change to read as follows: 1. The fire area exceeds 5,000 square feet. Section 903.2.1.6 Group B: Add the following: 4 An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout buildings containing a Group B occupancy where one of the following conditions exists: 1. Where a Group B fire area exceeds 5,000 square feet. 2. Where a Group B fire area is located more than three stories above grade plane. 3. Where the combined area of all Group B fire areas on all floors, including any mezzanines exceeds 5,000 square feet. Section 903.2.2 Group E: Change to read as follows: 1. Throughout all Group E fire areas greater than 2,500 square feet in area. Section 903.2.3 Group F-1: Change to read as follows: Section 903.2.3 Group F-1 and/or F-2: An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout all buildings containing a group F-1 and/or F-2 occupancy where one of the following conditions exists: 1. Where a group F-1 and/or F-2 fire area exceeds 5,000 square feet 2. Where a group F-1 and/or F-2 fire area is located more than 3 stories above grade plane; or 3. Where the combined area of all group F-1 and/or F-2 fire areas on all floors, including any mezzanines, exceeds 5,000 square feet. Section 903.2.6 Group M: Change to read as follows: 1. Where a Group M fire area exceeds 5,000 square feet. 3. Where the combined area of all Group M fire areas on all floors, including any mezzanines, exceeds 5,000 square feet. Section 903.2.8 Group S-1: Change to read as follows: Section 903.2.8 Group S-1 andlor S-2: An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout all buildings containing Group S-1 and/or S-2 occupancy where one of the following conditions exists: 1. A Group S-1 and/or S-2 fire area exceeds 5,000 square feet 2. A Group S-1 and/or S-2 fire is located more than 3 stories above grade plane, or 3. The combined area of all group S-1 and/or S-2 fire areas on all floors, including any mezzanines, exceeds 5,000 square feet. 5 903.2.8.1 Repair Garages: Change to read as follows: 1. Buildings two or more stories in height, including basements, with a fire area containing a repair garage exceeding 5,000 square feet. 2. One-story buildings with a fire area containing a repair garage exceeding 5,000 square feet. Section 903.2.8.2 Bulk storage of tires: Change to read as follows: Buildings and structures where the area for the storage of tires exceeds 5,000 square feet shall be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. Section 903.3.1.1 NFPA 13 Sprinkler Systems: Add the following reference at the end of the paragraph: ...as provided in Section 903.3.1.1.1. Section 903.3.1.1.1 Exempt Locations: Delete the following: Delete #3 and #4. Section 903.4 Sprinkler system monitoring and alarms: Delete the following exceptions: Subsections 3) through 7). Section 905.3 Required Installations: Delete the following: Delete the exception. Section 905.3.1 Building Height: Change to read as follows: Class III standpipe systems shall be installed throughout buildings where the floor level of the highest story is 3 stories with 25 foot corridors in length and all buildings which are 4 stories in height, including penthouses. Section 907.2 Where required: Change the first paragraph to read as follows: An approved manual, automatic, or manual and automatic fire alarm system installed in accordance with the provisions of this code, NFPA 72, and the current edition of the Naperville Fire Department's Regulations for the Installation, Maintenance, and Testing of Fire Alarm Systems, as amended from time to time, shall be provided in new buildings and structures in accordance with Sections 907.2.1 through 907.2.24 and provide occupant notification in accordance with 6 Section 907.10, unless other requirements are provided by another section of this code. Where automatic sprinkler protection installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 is provided and connected to the building fire alarm system, automatic heat detection required by this section shall not required. Section 907.2: Add the following sub-sections: Section 907.2.10.5: Single and multiple station carbon monoxide detectors: All carbon monoxide detectors shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of manufacturer's installation instructions and the household fire-warning equipment provisions of NFPA 72. Section 907.2.10.5.1: Carbon monoxide detectors and notification: Carbon monoxide detectors shall be installed in the following location. 1) Within 15 feet of each bedroom or sleeping room. Section 907.2.10.5.2: Power source: In new construction, required carbon monoxide detectors shall receive their primary power from the building wiring where such wiring is served from the commercial source and shall be equipped with a battery backup. Carbon monoxide detectors shall emit a signal when the batteries are low. Wiring shall be permanent and without a disconnecting switch other than as required for over-current protection. Section 907.2.24: Fire alarm and detection systems for townhouses shall be installed in multiple single-family dwellings (townhouses), if the building or structure contains three (3) or more units. All fire alarm and detection systems shall be listed and installed in accordance with the provisions of NFPA 72, the IBC 2006, the IFC 2006, and the current edition of the Naperville Fire Department's Regulations for the Installation, Maintenance, and Testing of Fire Alarm Systems, as amended from time to time. Section 1405.5 Anchored Masonry Veneer: Add the following sentence: Masonry ties shall be a minimum 22 gauge steel. Table 1607.1 Minimum Uniformly Distributed Live Loads and Minimum Concentrated Live Loads 9: Change to read as follows: 9. Decks: Uniform (psf) = 100. Section 2308.8.5 Lateral Support: Change to read: Floor, attic, and roof framing, with a nominal depth to thickness ratio greater than or equal to 5:1 shall require one line of bridging for each eight (8) feet of span. 7 The bridging shall consist of not less than one inch by three inch lumber, double nailed at each end, or equivalent metal bracing of equal rigidity, full depth solid blocking or other approved means. A line of bridging shall also be required at supports where equivalent lateral support is not otherwise provided. Section 3002.4 Elevator Car to Accommodate Ambulance Stretcher: Change to read as follows: Where elevators are required per the IBC in buildings of two or more stories in height, at least one elevator shall be provided for fire department emergency access to all floors. Said elevator car shall be of such size and arrangement to accommodate a 24" x 84" ambulance stretcher in the horizontal, open position, and shall be identified by the international symbol for emergency medical services (star of life). The symbol shall not be less than 3" inches high and shall be placed on both sides of the hoist way door frame. Exception: For existing buildings, in other than H and I occupancies, where all required exit stairways comply with Section 1003.2.13.2, and do not serve floors more than one story above or below the level of exit and discharge. Section 3306.5 Barriers: Change to read as follows: Barriers shall consist of a chain link fence, six feet in height, and shall be placed on the side of the walkway nearest the construction. Barriers shall extend the entire length of the construction site. Openings in such barriers shall be protected by doors or gates which are normally kept closed. When the construction or demolition takes place on a lot adjoining residentially zoned properties the site safety regulations in Article 5-2B-8 of the Municipal Code shall apply. Section 3403.1 Existing Buildings or Structures: Change to read as follows: Section 3403.9 Existing Buildings, Structures, or Occupiable Spaces: A change of use, addition, alteration, or repair to any building or structure shall require fire protection systems per the Building Code prior to issuance of occupancy. The portions of the structure or building not affected by the change of use, addition, alteration, or repair shall comply with the fire protection system requirements of the Building Code no later than 10 years from the date of permit issuance for the change of use, addition, alteration, or repair. Prior to the issuance of a permit, the property owner shall enter into a legal agreement with the City that details a plan for the installation of a fire suppression system for the remaining portion of the building. It shall be the applicant's responsibility to pursue said agreement prior to the issuance of the permit. The City of Naperville Legal Department, Fire Department and Transportation, Engineering and Development must approve the plan for the installation of the fire suppression system. 8 Exception: Alterations or repairs to improve accessibility, means of egress, health and sanitation, or code compliance, are not subject to this section. 5-113-1 : INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE ADOPTED: The 2006 edition of the international residential code (hereinafter IRC), and referenced standards and appendices A, B, C, D, G, I, J, and K, regulating and controlling the design, construction, quality of materials, erection, installation, alteration, repair, location, relocation, replacement, demolition, addition to, use or maintenance of one- and two-family dwellings and townhouses not more than three (3) stories in height with a separate means of egress and their accessory structures, as amended in this article, is hereby adopted and incorporated by reference as though fully set forth. (Ord. 02-31, 2-19-2002, eff. 4-8-2002) 5-113-2: AMENDMENTS TO THE INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE: The following requirements shall be applicable to one- and two-family dwellings and townhouses as stated above: Chapter 1 Administration R101.1 Title: Change to read: These provisions shall be known as the residential code for one- and two-family dwellings of the city of Naperville, and shall be cited as such and will be referred to herein as "this code." Add a new section as follows: R101.2.1 Current PUD Developments. Townhouse and duplex developments which have been approved by the city council prior to the adoption of the 2006 IRC shall be allowed to continue to use the 2000 IRC building code, or any code permitted by City Council agreement, until the development is completed in its entirety. R105.2 Work Exempt From Permit. Delete: Nos., 2, 3, 4, 5, & 7 and change to read as follows: 9 1. One-story detached accessory structures used as tool and storage sheds, playhouses and similar uses, provided the floor area does not exceed 150 square feet. R105.3 Application for Permit: Change to read as follows: 2. Where applicable, describe the land in which the proposed work is to be done by legal description, street address, and signed sealed copy of Plat of Survey. R105.3.2 Time limitation of application: Change to read as follows: An application for a permit for any proposed work shall be deemed to have been abandoned 180 days after the date of filing unless such application has been pursued in good faith or a permit has been issued; except that the building official is authorized to grant one 30 day extension. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. R105.5 Expiration: Change to read: Every permit issued shall become invalid unless the work authorized by such permit is commenced within 180 days after its issuance, or if the work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days after the time the work is commenced. Every permit shall become invalid after a period of one year from the date of its issuance. Expired permits shall be subjected to additional plan review including new fees for such review as well as administrative fees for issuing said permit. The building official is authorized to grant, in writing, one or more extensions of time, for periods not more than 180 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. R106.1 Submittal Documents: Change to read: Construction documents, special inspection and structural observation programs, and other data shall be submitted in one or more sets with each application for a permit. The construction documents shall be prepared by a registered design professional. The construction documents shall be signed and wet stamped on the first sheet and wet stamped on all other sheets. Where special conditions exist, the building official is authorized to require additional construction documents to be prepared by a registered design professional. R106.1.1 Information on Construction Documents: Construction documents shall be dimensioned and drawn on 36" x 24" paper. One complete electronic version (PDF Format) of the final construction "as built" 10 dimensions as approved by the building official shall be submitted to the City of Naperville prior to the issuance of the final occupancy. R106.1.3 Information For Construction In Areas Prone To Flooding: Change to read: For buildings and structures in flood hazard areas as established on local flood insurance rate maps, locally adopted floodplain ordinances shall apply. R106.3.3 Phased Approval: Delete in its entirety. R109.1.6 Final Inspection: Add the following: For final inspections the structure shall be accessible. The code official has the right to deny inspection if the structure is not accessible. R110.4 Temporary Occupancy: Change to read as follows: The building official is authorized to issue a temporary certificate of occupancy before the completion of the entire work covered by the permit, provided that such portion or portions shall be occupied safely. A temporary occupancy up to 60 days will be allowed from April 16 through November 14, and an extended temporary occupancy may be granted by the City from November 15 through April 15, but shall expire no later than the first June 15 following the temporary occupancy approval. Section R113.4 Violation Penalties: Change to read: Any person who violates a provision of this code or fails to comply with any of the requirements thereof or who erects, constructs, alters or repairs a building or structure in violation of the approved construction documents or directive of the building official, or of a permit or certificate issued under the provisions of this code, shall be subject to penalties as prescribed by law and/or subject to permit fees, including double the cost for inspections and administrative fees as outlined in Title 1, Chapter 9, Article H, Fees for Construction, in the Naperville Municipal Code, and shall be subject to a stop work order until such time a permit is obtained. Chapter 2 Definitions: Add the following: Bedrooms: A private room planned and intended for sleeping, separated from other rooms by a door. A bedroom will have windows, closet and is physically separate from other rooms. 11 (Ord. 02-31, 2-19-2002, eff. 4-8-2002) Large Room Addition: A building addition that increases the existing gross floor area as defined in Chapter 10 of the 2006 International Building Code of the principal structure by 50% or more. (Ord. 04-229, 12-21-2004) Partial Razing - New Construction: When 50% or more of a dwelling unit is razed, for which a razing permit is required, the owner shall be required to obtain a new construction permit for any replacement work done and shall cause the entire building to conform to the requirements set forth in title 5 of this code. When it is necessary for a new construction permit to be obtained as set forth herein, the site control provisions set forth in article 5-213-8 shall apply. (Ord. 03-74, 3-4-2003) Registered Design Professional: A duly licensed architect or structural engineer in the state of Illinois. Change the following: Solid Masonry: Load-bearing or non-load-bearing construction using masonry units where the net cross-sectional area of each unit in any plane parallel to the bearing surface is not less than 95 percent of its gross cross-sectional area. Solid masonry units shall conform to ASTM C 55, C 62, C73, C 145, or C 216. Chapter 3 Building Planning: R301.2(1) Climatic And Geographic Design Criteria: Add the following: Ground Wind Seismic Frost Winter Ice Barrier Air Mean Snow Speed' Design Line Design Underlaymenl Flood Freezing Annual Load_ (Mph) Category' Weatherin a Depth' Termite` Tem Required' Hazards' Index' Temp' 9013 second Refer to 30 wind B Severe 42" Moderate -10'F Yes local 1635 48.7'F usi ordinances R301.2.4 Floodplain Construction: Delete in its entirety. R309.3 Floor Surface: Add the following: If a door opening occurs between garage and dwelling, provide 6 inch curb at the service door, or construct garage floor 6 inch lower than adjoining floor. If a stairwell occurs in garage, a 6 inch gas curb shall be provided around stairwell. The foundation wall can serve as the gas curb provided the highest elevation of the garage floor is six inches below the top of foundation. 12 Add a new Section to read as follows: R309.2.1 Floor Drains. An oil interceptor shall be required if a floor drain is installed in the floor of a garage. R309.5 Flood hazard areas: Delete in its entirety. R313 Smoke Alarms Add a new Section to read as follows: R313.4 Fire Alarm and Detection Systems Fire alarm and detection systems for townhouses shall be installed in multiple single-family dwellings (townhouses), if the building or structure contains three (3) or more units. All fire alarm and detection systems shall be listed and installed in accordance with the provisions of NFPA 72, the IBC 2006, the IFC 2006, and the current edition of the Naperville Fire Department's Regulations for the Installation, Maintenance, and Testing of Fire Alarm Systems, as amended from time to time. Add new subsections to read as follows: R313.4.1 Non-monitored Fire Alarm Systems: Townhouses equipped with existing Fire Alarm Systems which are not currently monitored in accordance with the Naperville Fire Department Requirements for the Installation, Maintenance, and Testing of Fire Alarm Systems shall be monitored in accordance with the Naperville Fire Department Requirements for the Installation, Maintenance, and Testing of Fire Alarm Systems. Section R313.5: Single and multiple station carbon monoxide detectors: All carbon monoxide detectors shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of manufacturer's installation instructions and the household fire-warning equipment provisions of NFPA 72. Section R313.5.1: Carbon monoxide detectors and notification: Carbon monoxide detectors shall be installed in the following location. 1) Within 15 feet of each bedroom or sleeping room. Section R313.5.2: Power source: In new construction, required carbon monoxide detectors shall receive their primary power from the building wiring where such wiring is served from the commercial source and shall be equipped 13 with a battery backup. Carbon monoxide detectors shall emit a signal when the batteries are low. Wiring shall be permanent and without a disconnecting switch other than as required for over-current protection. R321.1 Premises Identification: Change to add the following: Approved numbers or addresses shall be provided for all buildings in such a position as to be plainly visible and legible from the street or road fronting the property. These numbers shall be of a contrasting color to the building's exterior. Address numbers shall be Arabic numerals only and shall be a minimum of 5 %" high with a minimum stroke width of 0.5 inch (12.7 mm). All multi-tenant commercial buildings and multi-family residential dwelling units shall have additional address numbering placed on the rear door, if appropriate, with the same requirements noted above. Exception: detached residential garages. Add a new Section to read as follows: R322.2 1. Wall Reinforcement. One first floor bath shall be provided with wood blocking installed within wall framing, to support grab bars as needed. The wood blocking, when measured to the center, shall be located between thirty-three (33) inches and thirty-six (36) inches above the finished floor. The wood blocking shall be located in all walls adjacent to a toilet, shower stall or bathtub. 2. Interior Doors All accessible first floor doorways shall provide a minimum clear opening of thirty- two (32) inches with the door open ninety (90°) degrees, measured between the face of the door and the opposite stop. 3. Switch and Outlet Requirements All first floor wall switches controlling light fixtures and fans, shall be located at a height not to exceed forty-eight (48) inches above the finished floor. Height shall be determined by measuring from the finished floor to the center of the switch. All first floor receptacles shall be located at a height not less than fifteen (15) inches above the finished floor. Height shall be determined by measuring from the finished floor to the center of the receptacle. When the receptacle placement is prohibited by the height of a window or design feature, an alternate location can be approved by the Chief Building Official or a duly authorized designee. R 324 Flood Resistant Construction: Delete in its entirety 14 Chapter 4 Foundations R402.1 Wood Foundations: Delete in its entirety, also delete all references to wood foundations throughout the Code. R403.1.4.1 Frost Protection: Delete exception #3. Chapter 5 Floors R504 Pressure Preservatively Treated-Wood Floors (on ground) Delete in its entirety. Chapter 6 Wall Construction R602.10.3 (5) Braced Wall Panel Construction Methods: Delete in its entirety. R602.10.3 (7) Braced Wall Panel Construction Methods: Delete in its entirety R606.1.1 Professional Registration Not Required: Delete in its entirety Table R703.4 Change portion of table: Weather-Resistant Siding Attachment and Minimum Thickness: Change "sheathing paper required" to "Yes" for all siding material. Add a new Section to read as follows: R703.9.3 Exterior Insulation Finish System (EIFS) If any exterior insulation finish system (EIFS) is installed on any portion of a dwelling unit for an exterior covering, a certification of proper installation shall be required to be submitted as a special inspection. Before permit issuance, a statement of special inspections prepared by the registered design professional shall be submitted detailing the individuals and approved agencies intended to be retained for conducting these inspections. This report and signed certification shall be submitted to the City before any occupancy will be granted. Chapter 8 Roof-Ceiling Construction R802.3.2 Ceiling Joists Lapped: Delete all references to butted joists. R802.8.1 Bridging: Change to read: 15 Rafters that are carrying finish material on the interior side and ceiling joists shall be supported laterally by solid blocking, diagonal bridging (wood or metal) wood strip nailed across the rafters at intervals not exceeding 8 feet(2438 mm.). Add a new Section as follows: R802.11.2 Roof tie-down: Rafter ties shall be required on tray and cathedral ceilings or calculations must be submitted signed and sealed by the design professional for the wind uplift forces. Chapter 9 Roof Assemblies Add a new Section as follows: R903.6 Gutters and Downspouts All structures shall be provided with gutters and downspouts unless omission is specifically permitted by the Building Official. Chapter 10 Chimneys and Fireplaces R1006.1 Exterior Air. Delete: "unless the room is mechanically ventilated and controlled so that the indoor pressure is neutral or positive." R1005.1 Change to read: Exterior Air Factory-built or masonry fireplaces covered in this chapter shall be equipped with an exterior air supply to assure proper fuel combustion. Chapter 11 Energy Efficiency Table N1102.1 shall be replaced with the following Table: Healing Minimum Degree Value of Days Insulation only Ceiling R-value Exterior Floor Habitable Non-habitable Slab Perimeter Crawl wall R- R- Basement R- Basement R- R-value & Space R- value value value value depth value 6544 R-38 R-13 R-19 R-6 R-D R-5,2 FT. R-11 Chapter 24 Fuel Gas 16 G2422.1 Connecting Appliances: Change first sentence to read: Furnaces, water heaters and boilers, (unless specifically required by the manufacturer), shall be connected to the piping system by only rigid metallic pipe and fittings. Appliances, except furnaces, water heaters, and boilers, (unless specifically required by the manufacturer), shall be connected to the piping system by one of the following: Chapters 25-32 Plumbing Requirements Add a new Section as follows: P2501.1.1 All plumbing work shall conform to the 1998 edition of the Illinois State Plumbing Code, the provisions of this code, and the amended 2000 International Plumbing Code, whichever is more restrictive. Chapters 33-39 Electrical Requirements Add a new Section as follows: E3301.1 All electrical work shall conform to the 1999 edition of the National Electric Code, the ICC Electrical Code and the provisions of this code, whichever is more restrictive. (Ord. 02-31, 2-19-2002, eff. 4-8-2002) 5-1 B-3: CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: 1. Except for accessory structures (150 square feet of floor area or less), a permit shall be obtained before beginning construction, alteration or repairs, other than ordinary repairs, using application forms furnished by the building official. 2. No permit shall be issued pursuant to this chapter for new construction before a certified final plat of subdivision, assessment, or planned unit development, as required by the plat act and title 7 of this code, for the lot or parcel has been recorded in the office of the recorder of deeds in the county in which the lot or parcel is situated. 3. No permit required by this section shall be issued for the construction of a new principal structure unless the applicant signs a statement that: 17 3.1. The applicant is familiar with the final engineering plans for the proposed construction site approved pursuant to title 7 of this code; 3.2. The applicant will comply with said approved final engineering plans and all requirements of title 7 of this code; 3.3. Upon completion of the foundation walls and any structural elements which are necessarily part of the construction of the foundation walls, and before proceeding with further construction, the applicant shall file a survey prepared, signed, and sealed by an Illinois professional land surveyor, showing the location of the structure and the elevation of the top of the foundation walls at all four (4) corners, or the average top of foundation for which a permit has been issued. This survey shall also include a (plus or minus) lowest basement floor elevation. (Ord. 02-31, 2-19-2002, eff. 4-8-2002) 5-113-4: DECKS, ADDITIONS, PATIOS, PORCHES, GAZEBOS, OR OTHER ACCESSORY STRUCTURES: The following requirements shall be applicable to all attached and detached single-family, townhouse, duplex, and multi-family construction within the city: 1. Applications for a building permit for a deck, room addition, patio, porch, gazebo, or any other accessory structure added to a residential structure shall be accompanied by: 1.1. The proposed structure drawn on a full sized copy of a registered plat of survey of the property (usual scale 1:20 or 1:30) also showing the location of any electric meter; location of any electric service line; location of all basement escape windows; and any additional accessory structures not shown on that recorded plat of survey. 1.2. A construction plan of the proposed deck, addition, patio, etc., as specified in the application package. 2. No portion of the structure shall obstruct any electric facility, including access to the meter or the underground service line. (Ord. 02-31, 2-19-2002, eff. 4-8- 2002) 5-1C-1: ADOPTION OF THE 2006 INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE: The 2006 International Energy Conservation Code (hereafter referred to as the IEC) as published by the international code council, is hereby adopted as the code of the city of Naperville for regulating the design, construction, quality of materials, erection, installation, alteration, repair, location, relocation, replacement, addition to, use or maintenance of the building envelope, 18 mechanical, lighting, and power systems in the city of Naperville as amended. Three (3) copies of said code shall be kept on file in the city clerk's office for public inspection. (Ord. 02-31, 2-19-2002, eff. 4-8-2002) 5-1C-2: AMENDMENTS TO THE INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE: Section 101.1 Change to read: This Code shall be known as the International Energy Conservation Code of the City of Naperville and shall be cited as such. It is referred to herein as "this Code". (Ord. 02-31, 2-19-2002, eff. 4-8-2002) 5-1 D-1 : INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE ADOPTED: There is hereby adopted by the city council, for the purpose of prescribing regulations governing conditions hazardous to life and property from fire or explosions, the following codes and standards to be known as the Naperville fire prevention code: 1. The International Fire Code, 2006 edition, as published by the international code council; 2. The life safety code, 2006 edition, published and modified by the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA no. 101), as amended by ordinances of the city; 3. Volumes one through seven and nine through twelve excepting NFPA numbers 70 and 70B of the national fire code, the current edition adopted by the city of Naperville, published and updated (supplemented and amended) by the National Fire Protection Association. Note: The International Fire Code, 2006 edition (hereby referred to as the IFC) shall be the primary fire prevention code for the city. Subjects not addressed by the IFC will be regulated by the life safety code or the national fire code, in that order. There shall be one copy of the international fire code, the life safety code, and the national fire code kept on file for public inspection in the office of the city clerk. (Ord. 02-31, 2-19-2002, eff. 4-8-2002) 5-1 D-2: AMENDMENTS TO LIFE SAFETY CODE: (Rep. by Ord. 98-14, 2-17-1998) 19 5-1D-3: INTERPRETATION OF REGULATIONS: The adoption of the international fire code or the life safety code or the national fire code shall not be construed as preventing the enforcement of, or repealing the provisions of any ordinance, regulation, standard or code adopted by the city which is more restrictive than the provisions of this article. In the event any provisions of this article shall be in conflict with any ordinance, regulation, standard or code adopted by the city, the more restrictive shall be applicable. (Ord. 02-31, 2-19-2002, eff. 4-8-2002) 5-1D-4: BUREAU OF FIRE PREVENTION: The Naperville fire prevention ordinance shall be enforced by the bureau of fire prevention which is hereby established under the Naperville fire department and which shall be operated under the supervision of the chief of the fire department; an assistant chief of the fire department shall be the chief of the bureau of fire prevention. The chief or an assistant chief of the fire department may designate such members of the fire department, or other qualified city employees, as inspectors as shall from time to time be necessary. (Ord. 92-205, 11-3-1992) 5-1D-5: DISTRICTS AND LIMITS ESTABLISHED: 1. Limits Of Districts In Which Storage Of Explosives And Blasting Agents Is To Be Prohibited: Limits in which storage of explosives and blasting agents is prohibited are hereby established as the corporate limits of the city, except by special permit approved by the bureau of fire prevention. 2. Limits Of Districts In Which Storage Of Flammable Liquids In Outside Aboveground Tanks And Bulk Plants For Flammable Liquids Is To Be Prohibited: 2.1. Limits in which the storage of flammable liquids in outside aboveground tanks is prohibited are hereby established as the corporate limits of the city, except by special permit approved by the bureau of fire prevention. 2.2. Limits in which bulk plants for flammable or combustible liquids are prohibited are hereby established as the corporate limits of the city, except by special permit approved by the bureau of fire prevention. 3. Limits In Which Storage Of Liquefied Petroleum Gas Is To Be Restricted: 3.1. Limits in which storage of any quantity of liquefied petroleum gas is restricted are hereby established as the corporate limits of the city, except by special permit approved by the bureau of fire prevention. 4. Motor Vehicle Routes For Vehicles Transporting Explosives And Blasting Agents: The routes for vehicles transporting explosives or blasting agents are 20 hereby established as Illinois Route 88 (Illinois toll road - east-west) and Illinois Route 59, except that other routes may be allowed by special permit approved by the bureau of fire prevention. 5. Motor Vehicle Routes For Vehicles Transporting Hazardous Chemicals Or Other Dangerous Articles: Routes for vehicles transporting hazardous chemicals and other dangerous articles are hereby established as Illinois Route 88 (Illinois toll road - east-west) and Illinois Route 59, except that other routes may be allowed by special permit approved by the bureau of fire prevention. (Ord. 02-31, 2-19-2002, eff. 4-8-2002) 5-113-6: APPEALS: Whenever the bureau of fire prevention shall disapprove an application or refuse to grant a permit applied for, or when it is claimed that the provisions of the code do not apply or that the true intent and meaning of the code have been misconstrued or wrongly interpreted, the applicant may appeal from the decision of the bureau to the building review board . (Ord. 78-78, 7-10-1978; amd. Ord. 96-214, 12-3-1996, eff. 1-3-1997) 5-1D-7: NEW MATERIALS, PROCESSES, OR OCCUPANCIES REQUIRING PERMITS: The bureau of fire prevention shall make recommendations to the city council concerning any new materials, processes or occupancies, which shall require permits, in addition to those now enumerated in said code. (Ord. 78-78, 7-10- 1978; amd. Ord. 96-214, 12-3-1996, eff. 1-3-1997) 5-ID-8: AMENDMENTS TO INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE: The various sections of the IFC 2006 edition, are hereby revised as follows: Section 109.3 Violation Penalties: Change to read: Any person who violates a provision of this code or fails to comply with any of the requirements thereof or who erects, constructs, alters or repairs a building or structure in violation of the approved construction documents or directive of the building official, or of a permit or certificate issued under the provisions of this code, shall be subject to penalties as prescribed by law and/or subject to permit fees, including double the cost for inspections and administrative fees as outlined in Title 1, Chapter 9, Article H, Fees for Construction, in the Naperville Municipal Code, and shall be subject to a stop work order until such time a permit is obtained. Section 308.3.1 Open-flame cooking devices: Add the following exceptions: 21 3. When an open-flame cooking device is attended by an adult and a minimum 10 lb. dry chemical (Class B or Class ABC)fire extinguisher is located within ten (10) feet of the cooking device. Section 308.3.1.1 Liquefied-petroleum-gas-fueled cooking devices: Add the following exception: 2. When an LP gas fueled cooking device is attended by an adult and a minimum 10 lb. dry chemical (Class B or Class ABC fire extinguisher is located within ten (10)feet of the cooking device. Section 311.2.2 Fire Protection: Delete Exceptions Nos. 1 and 2 Section 505.1 Address Numbers: Change to read: Approved numbers or addresses shall be provided for all buildings in such a position as to be plainly visible and legible from the street or road fronting the property. These numbers shall be of a contrasting color to the building's exterior. Address numbers shall be Arabic numerals only and shall be a minimum of 5 '/2" high with a minimum stroke width of 0.5 inch (12.7 mm). All multi-tenant commercial buildings and multi-family residential dwelling units shall have additional address numbering adjacent to the rear door, if appropriate, with the same requirements noted above and clearly visible from the right-of-way. Exception: detached residential garages. Section 508.5.1 Fire hydrant systems: 508.5.1 Where Required: Change to read: Where a portion of the facility or building hereafter constructed or moved into or within the jurisdiction is more than 300 feet from a hydrant on a fire apparatus access road, as measured by an approved route around the exterior of the facility or building, on-site fire hydrants and mains shall be provided where required by the code official. Section 508.5.1 Where required: Delete exceptions. Section 508.5.1.1.2: Add a new section as follows: A fire hydrant shall not be more than 50 feet travel distance from the Fire Department connection that it serves, unless otherwise approved by the Fire Department. Section 704.1 Enclosure Add a new Section as follows: 22 704.2 Existing Buildings: Existing buildings remodeled, altered, or additions to, existing fusible-link-type automatic door-closing devices are not permitted. Section 903.1 General: Change to read: Automatic sprinkler systems shall comply with the requirements of the International Building Code, as amended by City ordinances. Section 903.1.1 Delete Sections 903.1.1 through 903.6.1 in their entirety Section 905.3 Required Installations: Delete the following: Section 903.4 Sprinkler system monitoring and alarms: Delete the following exceptions: Subsections 3) through 7). Delete the exception. Section 905.3.1 Building Height: Change to read as follows: Class III standpipe systems shall be installed throughout buildings where the floor level of the highest story is located more than 3 stories with 25 foot corridors in length and all buildings which are 4 stories in height, including penthouses. Section 907.2 Where required: Change the first paragraph to read as follows: An approved manual, automatic, or manual and automatic fire alarm system installed in accordance with the provisions of this code, NFPA 72, and the current edition of the Naperville Fire Department's Regulations for the Installation, Maintenance, and Testing of Fire Alarm Systems, as amended from time to time, shall be provided in new buildings and structures in accordance with Sections 907.2.1 through 907.2.24 and provide occupant notification in accordance with Section 907.9, unless other requirements are provided by another section of this code. Where automatic sprinkler protection installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 is provided and connected to the building fire alarm system, automatic heat detection required by this section shall not be required. Section 907.2: Add the following sub-sections: Section 907.2.10.5: Single and multiple station carbon monoxide detectors: All carbon monoxide detectors shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of manufacturer's installation instructions and the household fire-warning equipment provisions of NFPA 72. Section 907.2.10.5.1: Carbon monoxide detectors and notification: Carbon monoxide detectors shall be installed in the following location. 23 I) Within 15 feet of each bedroom or sleeping room. Section 907.2.10.5.2: Power source: In new construction, required carbon monoxide detectors shall receive their primary power from the building wiring where such wiring is served from the commercial source and shall be equipped with a battery backup. Carbon monoxide detectors shall emit a signal when the batteries are low. Wiring shall be permanent and without a disconnecting switch other than as required for over-current protection. Section 907.2.24: Fire alarm and detection systems for townhouses shall be installed in multiple single-family dwellings (townhouses), if the building or structure contains three (3) or more units. All fire alarm and detection systems shall be listed and installed in accordance with the provisions of NFPA 72, the IBC 2006, the IFC 2006, and the current edition of the Naperville Fire Department's Regulations for the Installation, Maintenance, and Testing of Fire Alarm Systems, as amended from time to time. Section 2206.2.3 Above-Ground Tanks Located Inside Buildings: Add the following: 5. Above-ground tanks shall not be used for the outside storage of motor fuels at automotive service stations. (Ord. 02-31, 2-19-2002, eff. 4-8-2002) 5-1 E-1: PLUMBING CODES ADOPTED: The Illinois state plumbing code, current edition, issued by the Illinois department of public health, and the 2006 International Plumbing Code and referenced standards and appendices B, C, D, F, and G, are hereby adopted by reference, except as to those revisions and changes hereinafter set forth. Three (3) copies of said codes shall be kept on file in the city clerk's office for public inspection. The international plumbing code shall be used in conjunction with the Illinois state plumbing code. Where a condition imposed by any provision of one code is more restrictive than a comparable condition imposed by the other code, the provision that is most restrictive or imposes the higher standard or requirement shall apply. The 2000 international private sewage disposal code, referenced standards and appendices A and B are hereby adopted for reference only. The 2000 international private sewage disposal code, and referenced standards and appendices A and B, should be used for reference in conjunction with the international plumbing code and the Illinois state plumbing code. (Ord. 02-31, 2-19-2002, eff. 4-8-2002) 24 5-1E-2: ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY: As used in the Illinois state plumbing code and this code, the "administrative authority" shall mean the city manager or a duly authorized designee. (Ord. 02- 31, 2-19-2002, eff. 4-8-2002) 5-1E-3: AMENDMENTS TO THE ILLINOIS STATE PLUMBING CODE AND THE INTERNATIONAL PLUMBING CODE: The Illinois state plumbing code, current edition, and the 2006 International Plumbing Code, are hereby amended as they apply within the city of Naperville as follows: (Ord. 0231, 2-19-2002, eff. 4-8-2002) Section 890.320 Types of Joints a) This subsection is hereby amended by adding the following words at the end of the paragraph: Caulked joints shall be permitted above or below grade. b) This subsection is hereby amended by adding the following words at the end of the paragraph: Threaded/screwed joints shall be prohibited below grade unless protected from corrosion. c) This subsection is hereby amended by adding the following words at the end of the paragraph: Wiped joints shall be permitted above or below grade. d) This subsection is hereby amended by adding the following words at the end of the paragraph: Soldered joints shall be prohibited below grade. e) This subsection is hereby amended by adding the following words at the end of the paragraph: Plastic pipe and tubing are prohibited unless a pre- manufactured fitting is used. Plastic flared joints shall be prohibited below grade. Flared joints fitted with soft rolled copper tubing shall be permitted above or below grade. However, only type K soft rolled copper tubing shall be permitted below grade. f) This subsection is hereby amended by adding the following words at the end of the paragraph: Hot poured joints shall be permitted above or below grade. g) This subsection is hereby amended by adding the following words at the end of the paragraph: Pre-cast joints shall be permitted below grade only. j) This subsection is hereby amended by adding the following words at the end of the paragraph: Burned lead (welded) joints shall be permitted above or below grade. 25 k) This subsection is hereby amended by adding the following words at the end of the paragraph: Bituminized fiber pipe joints shall be permitted below grade only. (Ord. 96-14, 2-5-1996) 1) This subsection is hereby amended as follows: 2) This subsection is deleted and replaced by the following text: Plastic pipe, joints and fitting made from Polyethylene (PE), polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) or Polybutylene (PB) made by either solvent-welded or fusion-welded connections, compression, or insert fittings, metal clamps and screws, or threaded joints shall be prohibited for water service or the domestic water distribution system of any building except for the distribution and conveyance of distilled or de-ionized water. o) Compression Type Joints. 1) This subsection is hereby amended by adding the following words at the end of the paragraph: Copper water tube or brass tube shall be permitted above or below grade. (Ord. 02-31, 2-19-2002, eff. 4-8-2002) Section 890.520 Gasoline, Oil, and Flammable Liquids: Change to read: Delete Subsection b). Change Subsection c) to read as follows: All facilities that generate fuel oil or flammable waste shall meet one of the following requirements: Section 890.640Prohibited Fixtures a) This subsection is hereby amended to read as follows: Mop sinks or laundry tubs shall not be installed in any toilet rooms. Section 890.1140 Special Applications and Installations: Delete the following: h) 1) B) The allowance for "an atmospheric vacuum breaker' Section 890.1190 Water Supply Control Valves and Meter 26 a) This subsection is hereby amended to read as follows: A full-port shut-off valve shall be located near the curb or property line and immediately inside the building, on each side of the water meter. A drain valve must be located within two feet of the discharge side of the water meter. b) This subsection is hereby amended to read as follows: The utility meter must be installed within the building. The meter shall have unions on the inlet/outlet openings A full-port valve with an open area at least that of the water service shall be provided for all meters (see Appendix I: Illustrations H and 1). Section 890.1200 Water Service Sizing a) This subsection is hereby amended to read as follows: Water Service Pipe Sizing. The water service pipe from the street main (including the tap) to the water distribution system for the building shall be sized in accordance with Appendix A, Tables M, N, O, P and Q. Water service pipe and fittings shall be at least one inch (11") diameter. If flushometers or other devices requiring a high rate of water flow are used, the water service pipe shall be designed and installed to provide this additional flow. (Ord. 96-14, 2-6-1996) Section 890. Appendix APLUMBING MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, USE RESTRICTIONS, AND APPLICABLE STANDARDS TABLE A Approved Materials for Water Service Pipe 1) This subsection is deleted in its entirety. 4) This subsection is deleted in its entirety. 7) This subsection is deleted in its entirety. 8) This subsection is deleted in its entirety. 9) This subsection is deleted in its entirety. 10) This subsection is deleted in its entirety. 11) This subsection is deleted in its entirety. TABLE A Approved Materials for Water Distribution Pipe 27 2) This subsection is deleted in its entirety. 5) This subsection is deleted in its entirety. 7) This subsection is deleted in its entirety. (Ord. 02-31, 2-19-2002, eff. 4-8-2002) 5-1 E-4: LICENSE AND REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS: No person shall engage in the plumbing business in the city or represent himself as a plumbing contractor or plumber, except as provided in this code or the plumbing codes adopted herein by reference, without having complied with the Illinois plumbing license law . (Ord. 96-14, 2-6-1996; amd. Ord. 02-31, 2-19- 2002, eff. 4-8-2002) 5-1E-5: BOND: A bond in the same amount and for the same reasons as required by the Illinois plumbing code, as well as any and all work performed by a plumbing contractor, shall be filed and made payable to the department of public health of the state of Illinois and shall also be filed with the city clerk and made payable to the city to indemnify property owners or residents of said city for damages sustained on account of the failure of the principal to perform work contracted for in the city in accordance with the provisions and requirements of said act. Further, such bond shall ensure that the principal will restore all streets, alleys, sidewalks, curbing, parking, and public highways in any way disturbed by the principal, his or its agents, servants, or employees in the manner provided by the ordinances of the city relating thereto; and that the property resulting from or in anywise arising or growing out of any opening or excavation made by said principal, his or its agents, servants, or employees will be done or performed in accordance with the conditions and restrictions contained in the ordinances of the city relating to or governing the doing of such plumbing work. A certification in form approved by the city attorney that the city is a named insured in surety bond meeting the above requirements as furnished to the state department of public health, furnished by the applicant's insurance company to the city clerk and renewed as necessary, shall meet this requirement. (Ord. 02- 31, 2-19-2002, eff. 4-8-2002) 5-1E-6: PERMIT FEE SCHEDULE: The fees for plumbing permits issued pursuant to this title shall be established by the city council from time to time, and shall be specified in title 1, chapter 9, article H of this code. (Ord. 98-61, 5-19-1998) 28 5-1 E-7: WORK DONE BY HOMEOWNERS: Bona fide homeowners will be permitted to alter, modify, or install piping, fixtures, appurtenances and appliances for the distribution and use of water within their own homes where they reside, provided each homeowner satisfies the administrative authority with adequate evidence that he is able to accomplish a safe and satisfactory job. Such evidence may be determined by oral or written examination. Homeowners who obtain permission of the administrative authority, whether by examination or by other satisfactory evidence, will be required to file with the city cleric an application for a limited "certificate of registration for a homeowner" desiring to do his own plumbing upon a form provided for that purpose, accompanied with payment of a plumbing permit fee. These requirements are in addition to those provided for in section "3(1)(2) Administration" of the Illinois state plumbing code. (Ord. 373.71, 6-7-1971) 5-1E-8: BUILDING SEWERS`: Building sewer lines shall conform to the provisions of title 8 chapter 2 article B of this code. (Ord. 373.71, 6-7-1971) 5-1E-9: AMENDMENTS TO THE INTERNATIONAL PLUMBING CODE: Section 101.1 Title: Insert City of Naperville Section 106.6.2 Fee Schedule: Delete in its entirety Section 106.6.3 Fee Refunds: Delete in its entirety Section 108.2 Notice of Violation: Change to Read: Persons who shall violate a provision of this Code or shall fail to comply with any of the requirements thereof or who shall erect, install, alter, or repair work in violation of the approved construction documents or directive of the Code Official, or of a permit or certificate issued under the provisions of this code shall be cited and fined not less than $50.00 and not more than $500.00. Each day can be considered a separate offense. Section 108.5 Stop Work Orders: Insert: not less than $50.00 and not more than $500.00 (Ord. 02-31, 2-19-2002, eff. 4-8-2002) 5-1117-1: COMPLIANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND THE ICC ELECTRICAL CODE: 29 For the purposes of supplementing the provisions and regulations contained in this title, and for setting forth minimum standards for the installation of electrical wiring, the city hereby adopts by reference the standards, specifications, rules and regulations of the National Fire Protection Association as compiled and published as the national electrical code, 2005 edition, (NFPA no. 70 — 2005) (hereinafter referred to as the NEC), and the 2006 ICC electrical code, as amended, three (3) copies of each shall be kept on file in the city clerk's office for public inspection. (Ord. 02-31, 2-19-2002, eff. 4-8-2002) 5-11F-2: AMENDMENTS TO THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND THE ICC ELECTRICAL CODE: 1. Section 603, Alternative Engineered Design: Delete in its entirety 2. Chapter 11, Means of Appeal: Delete in its entirety (Ord. 02-31, 2-19-2002, eff. 4-8-2002) 5-1F-3: WIRING METHODS: The wiring methods specified in chapter 3 of the NEC will be permitted by this article, except as noted below: (Ord. 02-31, 2-19-2002, eff. 4-8-2002) 3. Article 336 - Nonmetallic-Sheathed Cable: Type NM, Type NMC, and Type NMS cables shall only be permitted to be used in the following: Temporary wiring in accordance with NEC Article 590 or low voltage lighting systems less than 30Volts in accordance with NEC Article 411. 4. Article 338 - Service-Entrance Cable: Type SE cables shall only be permitted to be used in Temporary wiring in accordance with NEC Article 590. 5-1G-1: ADOPTION OF THE 2006 INTERNATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE: The 2006 International Fuel Gas Code), and referenced standards and appendices A, B, C, and D, as published by the International Code Council, Inc., is hereby adopted, for the control of building and structures as herein provided; and each and all of the regulations, provisions, penalties, conditions, and terms of the fuel gas code are hereby referred to, adopted, and made a part of this code with the additions, insertions, deletions, and changes, prescribed in section 5-1 G-2 of this article. (Ord. 02-31, 2-19-2002, eff. 4-8-2002) 5-1G-2: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2006 INTERNATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE: 30 Section 101.1 Title: Insert: the City of Naperville Section 106.5.2 Fee Schedule: Delete in its entirety. Section 106.5.3 Fee Refunds: Delete in its entirety. Section 108.4 Violation Penalties: Change to read: Any person who violates a provision of this code or fails to comply with any of the requirements thereof or who erects, constructs, alters or repairs a building or structure in violation of the approved construction documents or directive of the building official, or of a permit or certificate issued under the provisions of this code, shall be subject to penalties as prescribed by law and/or subject to permit fees, including double the cost for inspections and administrative fees as outlined in Title 1, Chapter 9, Article H, Fees for Construction, in the Naperville Municipal Code, and shall be subject to a stop work order until such time a permit is obtained. Section 108.5 Stop Work Orders: Insert: not less than $50.00 and not more than $500.00. (Ord. 02-31, 2-19-2002, eff. 4-8-2002) 5-11-1-1: INTERNATIONAL PROPERTY MAINTENANCE CODE ADOPTED: 1.The 2006 International Property Maintenance Code, as amended by the additions, insertions, deletions, and changes specified in this article, is hereby adopted as the property maintenance code for the City, for the purpose of adopting minimum standards to regulate residential and nonresidential structures, buildings, and premises within the city. (Ord. 04-220, 12-21-2004) 2.One copy of the 2006 edition of the International Property Maintenance Code shall be maintained on file for public inspection in the city clerk's office. 3.In this article, all references to the city shall mean the City of Naperville. (Ord. 02-31, 2-19-2002, eff. 4-8-2002) 5-11-1-2: APPLICABILITY OF PROVISIONS OR REGULATIONS: 1.The adoption of these regulations shall not be construed as preventing the enforcement of, or as repealing the provisions of any ordinance, regulation, standard or code adopted by the city which is more restrictive than the provisions of this article. 31 2.In the event any provisions of this article conflict with any applicable ordinance, regulation, standard or code adopted by the city, the more restrictive shall be applicable. (Ord. 99-83, 6-1-1999) 5-1 H-3: AMENDMENTS TO CODE: The various sections and tables of the 2006 International Property Maintenance Code are hereby amended and revised as follows: 101.1 Insert City of Naperville 103.1 Change to read: 103.1 General. 103.1.1The city manager or a duly authorized designee is hereby charged with the duty and obligation to enforce this article. 103.1.2Throughout the code, the term "city manager or a duly authorized designee" shall be substituted for references to the "code official." 103.2 Appointment. Delete in its entirety. 103.5 Fees. Delete in its entirety. 104.4 Right Of Entry. Change to read: 104.4 Right of Entry. The city manager, or a duly authorized designee, is hereby authorized to enter the structure or premises Monday through Saturday between the hours of 8:00 A.M. and 9:00 P.M. to inspect for compliance with the provisions of this article. 104.4.1 Prior to entering into a space not otherwise open to the general public, the city manager or a duly authorized designee shall make a reasonable effort to locate the owner or other person in control of the structure or premises, in order to present proper identification and request entry. 104.4.2 If consent from the city manager or a duly authorized designee to enter the structure or premises is refused or not obtained, the city manager or a duly authorized designee, after consulting with the city attorney, shall take all lawful required action to protect the public health and safety including, but not limited to, applying to a court of competent jurisdiction, for a search warrant. 105.1 Modifications. Change to read: 32 105.1 Modifications. Where a property owner demonstrates to the city manager or a duly authorized designee, that practical difficulties, particular to the structure or premises, due to the age of the building or structure, and not caused by the owner, prevent the owner from bringing any structure or premises into compliance with the provisions of this code, the city manager or a duly authorized designee shall have the authority to modify or vary the provisions of this code. (Ord. 02-31, 2-19-2002, eff. 4-6-2002) 105.1.1 Every application to modify or vary the provisions of this code shall be subject to the following standards: 105.1.1.a Such modification or variance complies with the spirit, intent, and purpose of this code; 105.1.1.b Except for the provisions of this Article, such modification or variance does not compromise, or have the effect of waiving, any provision of the Naperville Municipal Code or any health, life and fire safety codes, ordinances, or requirements duly adopted by the City; and 105.1.1.c Such request for modification or variance is reviewed and approved in writing by the Naperville Fire Department. 105.1.2 The Department shall file and maintain a complete record detailing the facts and circumstances surrounding each application for modification or variance, which record shall include the written findings of the Code Enforcement Officer, specifying the basis for determining that such application complies with the standards set out in subsection 105.1.1, above. 106.4 Violation penalties. Change to read: 106.4 Violation and penalties. Any person who violates any provision of the code shall, upon conviction therefore, be subject to a fine of not less than fifty dollars ($50.00), and not more than five hundred dollars ($500.00), or to other remedies as provided by law, at the discretion of the court. Each day that a violation continues after due notice has been served shall be deemed a separate offense. SECTION 110 - DEMOLITION: Add a new subsection 110.5 to read as follows: 110.5 Restoration of soil and turf. 110.5.1 Within thirty (30) days after any structure, building or premises are demolished in accordance with the provisions of this code, or as seasonable weather permits, i.e. , April 15 through June 15 and August 15 through October 15 inclusive, the owner shall remove all debris from the demolition site, restore 33 the original grade to the surface, and spread not less than four (4") inches of black topsoil over the entire surface of the demolition site. 110.5.2 Upon spreading and grading the topsoil, the owner shall sow an approved commercial perennial blend of grass seed at a minimum of five (5) pounds per one thousand (1,000) square feet, or shall lay sod. Once seeded or sod is installed, the grass shall be maintained, and if required, the sod shall be replaced or reseeded until such time as the grass is established and growing. (Ord. 99-83, 6-1-1999) 111 - MEANS OF APPEAL: Change to read: 111.1 Right to appeal and Application. Any person directly affected by a decision of the Code Enforcement Officer or a Notice of Violation or order issued pursuant to this code shall have the right to appeal to the Director. 111.1.1 Any application for appeal shall be in writing and shall be filed within twenty (20) days after the day on which the Code Enforcement Officer's decision was rendered, or the Notice of Violation or Order was served. 111.1.2 Such application shall include a clear, concise statement of the Code Enforcement Officer's decision; a statement that the intent of this code or the rules legally adopted pursuant to this code have been incorrectly interpreted; the provisions of this code do not apply to the owner's property; or the requirements of this code are adequately satisfied by other means. 111.2 Informal Hearing. The City Manager or a duly authorized designee shall schedule an informal hearing within ten (10) days after the date the written application for such hearing is received. 111.2.1 The City Manager or a duly authorized designee shall send written notice of the hearing date to the property owner in accordance with the provisions of Section 107 of this code. 111.2.2 After the hearing, the City Manager or a duly authorized designee shall render a written decision within five (5) days specifying whether the decision of the Code Enforcement Officer is upheld, modified, or overruled. 111.2.3 The decision of the City Manager or a duly authorized designee shall be final. (Ord. 02-31, 2-19-2002, eff. 4-8-2002) 202. General Definitions: Delete all references and definitions for rooming house and rooming unit. Replace all references throughout this chapter with boarding 34 house and boarding unit as defined in Title 6 of the Naperville Municipal Code. 302.4 Weeds. Delete in its entirety. Weed abatement is governed under Title 4 of the Naperville Municipal Code. 304.14 Insert: May 1 st to October 31 St. 304.3 Premises Identification: Add the following: Approved numbers or addresses shall be provided for all buildings in such a position as to be plainly visible and legible from the street or road fronting the property. These numbers shall be of a contrasting color to the building's exterior. Address numbers shall be Arabic numerals only and shall be a minimum of 5 '/s" high with a minimum stroke width of 0.5 inch (12.7 mm). All multi-tenant commercial buildings and multi-family residential dwelling units shall have additional address numbering placed on the rear door, if appropriate, with the same requirements noted above. Exception: detached residential garages. 307 - RUBBISH AND GARBAGE: Add a new subsection 307.3.3 to read as follows: 307.3.3 Screening of Containers. With the exception of one- and two-family structures, all rubbish and garbage containers shall be completely screened from public view by an approved enclosure permitted by the City of Naperville. Section 404.4.1 Room Area: Change to read as follows: Section 404.4.1 Area for sleeping purposes: Every bedroom occupied by one person shall contain at least 70 square feet of floor area, and every bedroom occupied by more than one person shall contain at least 50 square feet of floor area for each occupant thereof. Section 404.5 Overcrowding: Change to read as follows: Dwelling units shall not be occupied by more occupants that permitted by the minimum area requirements of Table 404.5. Table 404.5: Minimum Area Requirements SPACE MINIMUM AREA IN SQUARE FEET 1—2 Occupants 3—5 Occupants 6 or more Occupants Living Room'" No requirements 120 150 Dining Room"° No requirements 84 100 Kitchen° 50 50 60 Bedrooms Shall comply with section 404.4 Heating facilities is governed under Title 4 of the Naperville Municipal Code. 35 (Ord. 02-31, 2-19-2002, eff. 4-8-2002) 5-11-1: INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE ADOPTED: The 2006 International Mechanical Code (hereafter referred to as the IMC) and reference standards and appendix A, regulating and controlling the design, construction, quality of materials, erection, installation, alteration, repair, location, relocation, replacement, addition to use, or maintenance of mechanical systems for all structures other than one- and two-family dwellings and townhouses not more than three (3) stories in height with a separate means of egress and their accessory structures, providing for the issuance of permits is hereby adopted with the following amendments. (Ord. 02-31, 2-19-2002, eff. 4-8-2002) 5-11-2: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2006 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE: Section 101.1 Title: Insert: The City of Naperville Section 106.5.2 Fee Schedule: Delete in its entirety Section 106.5.3 Fee Schedule: Delete in its entirety Section 108.4 Violation Penalties Change to read: Any person who violates a provision of this code or fails to comply with any of the requirements thereof or who erects, constructs, alters or repairs a building or structure in violation of the approved construction documents or directive of the building official, or of a permit or certificate issued under the provisions of this code, shall be subject to penalties as prescribed by law and/or subject to permit fees, including double the cost for inspections and administrative fees as outlined in Title 1, Chapter 9, Article H, Fees for Construction, in the Naperville Municipal Code, and shall be subject to a stop work order until such time a permit is obtained. Section 108.5 Stop Work Orders: Insert: not less than $50.00 and not more than $500.00. (Ord. 02-31, 2-19-2002, eff. 4-8-2002) 5-2A-1: OCCUPANCY PERMITS: 1. Permit Required: 1.1. No new, remodeled or moved building or structure shall be occupied until a permit for such occupancy has been issued by the Director of T.E.D. or his or her designee as hereinafter provided. 36 1.2. No builder, developer, carpenter, contractor or other tradesman shall deliver possession of a new, remodeled or moved building or structure to the proposed occupants of such building or structure until an occupancy permit has been issued by the Director of T.E.D. or his or her designee 1.3. No realtor, leasing agent or owner of a new, remodeled or moved single- family residential building or structure or of any non-single-family building or structure shall deliver possession of the whole or any part of such building or structure to any tenant or lessee until an occupancy permit has been issued by the Director of T.E.D. or his or her designee as hereinafter provided. 2. Facilities Required For Occupancy Permit: Unless authorized by the City Council and except as may be otherwise provided in an applicable S.I.A., annexation agreement or permit agreement, no occupancy permit for any new, remodeled or relocated building or structure, including, but not limited to, a residential, commercial and office buildings and structures shall be issued unless: 2.1. All plumbing and electric wiring has been completely installed for permanent service; water supply service presently exists through a permanent connection with the City's water supply system in accordance with Title 8 of this Code; and sanitary sewer service presently exists through a permanent connection with the City's sanitary sewage disposal system in accordance with Title 8 of this Code; and 2.2. All improvements required by Titles 5 and 7 of this Code have been installed and accepted by the City Council; provided, however, that required street improvements may be in the process of installation if the building or structure to be occupied is directly adjacent to and accessible from a hard surface roadway of sufficient width, strength and composition to permit reasonably unimpaired access by authorized emergency, utility service, snow removal and waste removal vehicles in all weather conditions; and 2.3. All private and public sidewalks required to be constructed on the lot have been installed and accepted in accordance with Titles 5 and 7 of this Code; and 2.4. The structure is in conformance with this Title 5. 3. Application: 3.1. When any principal building or structure has been completed, the owner or his agent shall file with the Chief Building Official an application for occupancy permit. Upon such application being filed, the Chief Building Official shall make an inspection of the building or structure, and if he finds the same in compliance with the provisions of this Chapter and all other applicable provisions of this Title, he shall then issue an occupancy permit thereof. If such permit is not issued in 37 accordance with the provisions hereof, the Chief Building Official shall promptly return the application to the applicant with a memorandum of his reasons for refusing to issue the permit. (Ord. 92-157, 8-18-1992; amd. Ord. 96-214, 12-3- 1996; eff. 1-3-1997) 4. Compliance With Engineering Plans: 4.1. "As-Built" Drawings And Engineer's And Land Surveyor's Statements Required: Not less than five (5) days prior to the filing of the application required by subsection 5-2A-1.3 of this Section, the applicant shall file with the Chief Building Official "as-built" drawings for all structures, which drawings shall include: 4.1.1. A statement from a registered professional engineer certifying that the final grading of the construction site has been completed in substantial conformance with the final engineering plans approved for the construction site pursuant to Chapter 7, as amended, of this Title. 4.2. Drawing, "Type 2 Lots": For "Type 2" lots as defined in this Chapter, in addition to the statement required by subsection 5-2A-1.4.1 of this Section, the registered professional engineer shall also submit a written drawing or sketch prepared by or under his or her direction which shall have denoted thereon: 4.2.1. The location of the principal structures located on the site; 4.2.2. The grade elevations designed for said site as shown on said final approved engineering plans; and 4.2.3. The measured field elevations which demonstrate that said site, as finally graded, is in substantial conformance with said final approved engineering plans. 4.3. Optional Type 2 Lot Certificate: The applicant may obtain a final occupancy certificate pursuant to the terms of this subsection by filing with the chief building official not less than five (5) days prior to the filing of the application required by subsection 5-2A-1.3 of this section: 4.3.1. "As built drawings", 4.3.2. Statements from a registered professional engineer, and 4.3.3. A type 2 lot certificate signed and sealed by both a registered professional engineer and a registered professional land surveyor. 4.4. Topographical Survey, Type 1 Lots: For "type 1" lots as defined in this chapter, in addition to the "as built" drawings and the statements required by subsection 5-2A-1.4.1 of this section, the registered professional engineer shall 38 also submit a topographical survey of the construction site, as finally graded which demonstrates that said site, as finally graded, is in substantial conformance with said final approved engineering plans by having denoted thereon: 4.4.1. The location of the principal structures located on the site; 4.4.2. The grade elevations designed for said site as shown on said final approved engineering plans. 4.5. Definitions: "Type 1" lots shall be defined as any lot which is adjacent to a flood route or a drainage swale, which transports water runoff to or from a detention facility, which drains from the rear of the lot to the front of the lot, which is adjacent to a storm water facility, floodplain or floodway, or which is determined by the city engineer to present a substantial likelihood of flooding, erosion or damage to other property in the vicinity if not graded in accordance with generally accepted engineering principles. "Type 2" lots shall be defined as any lot other than a type 1 lot. (Ord. 97-167, 10- 7-1997) 4.6. Proof Of Compliance: No occupancy permit shall be issued for any structure unless the survey or statement required by this subsection 5-2A-1.4 of this section shows full compliance with the intent of the final engineering plans approved for the construction site pursuant to chapter 7 of this title, as amended. The applicant shall be responsible for procuring and paying for any required topographical survey and professional registered engineer's statement. (Ord. 92- 157, 8-18-1992; amd. Ord. 96-214, 12-3-1996, eff. 1-3-1997; Ord. 97-167, 10-7- 1997) 5. Temporary Occupancy; Merchandising/Employee Training: 5.1. A temporary occupancy permit may be issued in accordance with the provisions of this subsection for the specific purposes of allowing proposed occupants to stock shelves, train employees, and move in furniture needed to conduct business. Such temporary permit shall under no circumstances be construed to allow occupancy of the structure by the general public. 5.2. A temporary occupancy permit for merchandising or training may be issued by the director of T.E.D. or his or her designee only after approval of the appropriate fire/life safety requirements, including, without limitation, sprinkler systems, alarm systems, and exit requirements, and the chief building official has determined that any non-firellife safety deficiencies remaining with the structure can be corrected within fifteen (15) days of the date of issuance of this permit. 39 5.3. A temporary occupancy permit for merchandising or training shall be valid for a period not to exceed fifteen (15) days, at which time the applicant must either obtain a final occupancy permit or immediately cease any activities within the building conducted pursuant to said permit. The permit can be renewed for one additional period of fifteen (15) days, if the director of T.E.D. or his or her designee agrees that weather or other uncontrollable circumstances prohibited the completion of the remaining deficiencies. (Ord. 95-200, 9-19-1995; amd. Ord. 96-214, 12-3-1996, eff. 1-3-1997) 5-2A-2: PERMITS ON FILE WITH TOWNSHIP ASSESSOR: 1. T.E.D. shall file copies of all building permits with the township assessor of the township in which the proposed construction is to be located within seven (7) days of the issuance thereof. The owner, building contractor or other person responsible for the proposed construction shall cause to be filed with T.E.D. a receipt from the township assessor of the township in which the proposed construction is to be located showing that the building permit has been filed and that the property is subject to increased assessment from the date of the issue of an occupancy permit on a proportionate basis for the year in which the construction was completed. 2. T.E.D. shall not issue an occupancy permit for any property unless a receipt from the township assessor, as required by subsection 5-2A-2.1 of this section, is on file with T.E.D.. 3. T.E.D. shall file certified copies of all occupancy permits with the appropriate township assessor within seven (7) days of the issuance thereof. (Ord. 74-79, 9- 23-1974; amd. Ord. 96-214, 12-3-1996, eff. 1-3-1997) 5-2A-3: FEES AND DEPOSITS: The fees for building and plan review pursuant to this title shall be established by the city council from time to time, and shall be specified in title 1, chapter 9, article H of this code. (Ord. 98-61, 5-19-1998) 5-2A4: TELECOMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES, ANTENNA TOWERS, AND ANTENNA INSTALLATION PERMITS: 1. Permits Required: No person shall construct or install any of the following facilities without first obtaining a permit for such construction or installation from T.E.D.: 1.1. Telecommunications facilities; 1.2. Antenna towers in excess of twelve feet (12') in height; 40 1.3. Dish antennas exceeding one meter(1 m) in size in residential districts; or 1.4. Dish antennas exceeding two meters (2 m) in size in nonresidential districts. 2. Permit Applications: The permit application shall include: 2.1. The name, address and phone number of the person constructing or installing the antenna tower or dish antenna; 2.2. The name, address and phone number of the owner of record of the property, if different from the applicant; 2.3. A detailed description of the type of antenna tower or dish antenna to be constructed, including its dimensions; 2.4. A set of specifications detailing the construction and method of mounting or anchoring the antenna tower or dish antenna; 2.5. A site plan of the lot on which the antenna tower or dish antenna is to be constructed or installed, including: 2.5.1. The proposed location of the antenna tower or dish antenna; 2.5.2. The location of all other buildings or structures on the lot on which the antenna tower or dish antenna will be constructed or installed within one hundred fifty feet(150') of the antenna tower or dish antenna; 2.5.3. All distances between the antenna tower or dish antenna and the structures or buildings on the site plan and between the antenna tower and the lot lines of the lot on which the antenna tower or dish antenna is intended to be built; and 2.5.4. The details of any proposed landscaping or screening of the installation required by subsection 6-2-22.2.6 of this code. 2.6. All applications shall be accompanied by a fee as required by section 5-2A-3 of this article. (Ord. 96-214, 12-3-1996, eff. 1-3-1997) 5-2A-5: DAMAGE TO PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS: 1. The owner of any lot or parcel of real estate upon which a building or structure is to be constructed shall, as a condition to issuance of a building or occupancy permit in accordance with the provisions of this title, be strictly liable for the cost of repairing, replacing or restoring any public improvement, including, but not limited to, public sidewalks, sewers, water mains, curbs or gutters, streetlights and related improvements, which are located on said lot or parcel of property or 41 within a dedicated right of way abutting said property but only from the edge of the lot or parcel to the edge of pavement of the abutting roadway and which are damaged or destroyed after the issuance of a building permit for such property and before the issuance of a final occupancy permit. 2. Each building permit application shall contain a section in substantially the following form: €The applicant has inspected the building site and certifies that all public improvements located on the site and within the adjacent right of way appear to be present and properly constructed. €The applicant has inspected the building site and certifies that the following public improvements have been damaged or destroyed: 3. The owner of any lot or parcel of real estate upon which a building or structure is to be located shall be responsible for determining, prior to the issuance of a building permit, whether any such public improvements have been previously damaged or destroyed. If so, the owner shall request the city to inspect the lot or parcel to confirm that the damage to such public improvements was not caused by the owner's building or development activity. If the owner fails to request such an inspection, or if additional damage occurs after such inspection, the owner shall have the duty, prior to the issuance of a final occupancy permit, to repair, replace or restore, at his own expense, any and all such public improvements which are discovered to be damaged. 4. Prior to the issuance of a final occupancy permit, the city's building inspectors shall examine the improvements described in subsection 5-2A-5.1 of this section to determine whether any such improvements are damaged or destroyed. A temporary occupancy permit may be granted, provided that the owner and/or contractor agree in writing to repair or replace such damaged improvements within a reasonable time. 5. Every person who damages or causes any public improvement to be damaged or destroyed shall be jointly and severally liable for the cost of repairing, replacing and restoring such public improvements and for any incidental or consequential damages arising there from. (Ord. 84-5, 1-9-1984; amd. Ord. 96- 214, 12-3-1996, eff. 1-3-1997) 5-213-1: COMPLIANCE REQUIRED: 42 It shall be unlawful to construct or alter any building or structure without complying with the regulations set forth in this title or in violation of the terms of the permit for such building or structure. Nothing in these regulations shall be construed to give T.E.D. discretionary authority or power and the phrase "approved by director of T.E.D. or his or her designee " or "subject to the approval of the director of T.E.D. or his or her designee " shall be construed as authorizing inspections or tests to determine whether the method or material proposed complies with the regulations as set forth. (1960 Code, §10.101) 5-2B-2: PLAT OF SURVEY: A plat of survey prepared by a registered land surveyor shall be filed after the footings and the foundation wall have been poured. Said plat of survey shall locate and spot the foundation wall. No construction shall be continued on any building until T.E.D. approves the location of the proposed structure as being in conformance with all setback requirements provided for in the zoning regulations of this code . (Ord. 72-8, 2-22-1972) 5-2B-3: RAZING BUILDINGS: 1. Permit Required: No building or structure, or major portion of any building or structure, located in the city shall be razed without a permit therefore having been obtained from the director of T.E.D. or his or her designee. 2. Application For Permit; Fee: Application for such permit shall be made in writing to the director of T.E.D. or his or her designee upon a form provided by said director. The applicant shall state on the application, in addition to all other information required, the portion or portions of any street, alley or other public place, if any, that will be required to be closed to public use while the razing work is being done if any such closing is required. If any such closing is required, no permit shall be issued without the approval of the director of T.E.D. or his or her designee and notice of the proposed street closing is given to the city manager. The applicant shall pay a permit fee determined by the director of T.E.D. or his or her designee as being sufficient to pay the costs of necessary and appropriate services provided by city departments to ensure the safe and orderly demolition of buildings, including, but not limited to, the cost of closing a portion of any public street, alley or place to traffic and the posting of a satisfactory bond for public liability and damages to city property. 3. Requirements of Applicant: 43 3.1. Guarding Site: The applicant shall take or cause to be taken all steps necessary to properly guard the work and the site of the work, to protect the public from damage of or injury to property or persons. 3.2. Disconnection Of Utilities: The director of T.E.D. or his or her designee shall require the applicant to furnish to the director written statements by the persons having authority to make the statements, respectively, that the electric, water, sanitary sewer and gas services to the building or structure have been properly disconnected. 3.3. Insurance: The applicant shall have in force and effect insurance coverage in the amount of not less than the sum determined by the director of T.E.D. or his or her designee, taking into consideration the size, location and type of construction of the building or structure to be razed; the method that will be used for the razing and moving of materials from the site, to protect the city and the public generally for payment in full for all damages sustained by the city or any person, arising out of injury to property or persons, without any deduction whatever under any provisions contained in the policy of insurance. Proof of such insurance shall be filed with the director of T.E.D. or his or her designee before issuance of the permit. (Ord. 142.65, 4-19-1965) 3.4. Notice To Adjacent Property Owners: Except where damage to a structure results from fire or storm, upon filing an application for demolition of any principal residential structure on any lot or parcel within the city, the applicant shall notify the owners of the surrounding properties in accordance with this subsection. 3.4.1. The applicant shall give written notice to the owners of record, as determined by the records of the local real estate tax collector, for all lots lying within two hundred fifty feet (250') of the subject property, exclusive of public rights of way. 3.4.1.1. Such written notices shall be properly addressed, delivered personally or sent by first class, postage prepaid, U.S. mail. 3.4.1.2. All required written notices shall include the number assigned to the application; the place, the nature and the purpose of the demolition, the date and time of the scheduled demolition; the common address or location of the subject property; the name and address of the applicant and owner of the subject property; and the office address of T.E.D. where full information concerning the application, including a legal description, may be obtained. 3.4.1.3. All required written notices shall be personally served or postmarked not more than fifteen (15) days nor less than seven (7) days in advance of a scheduled demolition. 44 3.4.2. The applicant shall file a sworn affidavit including copies of the notices with the city clerk, showing the names and addresses of the persons to whom the written notices have been sent. Said affidavit shall create a presumption that the notices were properly given. 3.4.3. The applicant shall also request such temporary license or permission from those owners of the properties immediately adjacent to the site where the demolition will take place. Such license shall grant authority to enter onto those adjacent properties or structures which may potentially be affected by the proposed demolition, both before the demolition work begins and at reasonable intervals during the work, to inspect and preserve the adjacent lots, buildings or structures from damage. (Ord. 99-111, 7-6-1999) 3.5. Compliance With Section 5-213-8: The applicant/permit must also comply with the provisions of section 5-213-8 of this article, as applicable. (Ord. 03-74, 3- 4-2003) 5-213-4: PAVED AREAS: 1. Drainage Requirement: Every motor vehicle driveway area, motor vehicle parking area, patio or other area designed for recreational or similar use, hereafter constructed upon private property, which is constructed and surfaced with materials rendering the same practically impervious to surface waters, shall be properly and sufficiently graded and drained so as to prevent causing an increased burden upon adjoining property by reason of runoff water. 2. Plans Required: No such area containing an excess of one thousand (1,000) square feet shall be constructed without filing with the director of T.E.D. or his or her designee complete detailed plans and specifications therefore, showing the location thereof upon the lot or tract, dimensions, materials to be used, the finished surface grade and the surface water drainage facilities that will be provided. Construction of the improvement shall not be commenced without the prior approval of such plans and specifications of said director. The director of T.E.D. or his or her designee shall not approve the plans and specifications without the prior approval thereof by the city engineer as to the data and information shown on the plans and specifications pertaining to the drainage of surface water being sufficient when constructed to accomplish the requirements of subsection 5-2B-4.1 of this section. (Ord. 152.65, 8-2-1965) 5-213-5: SIDEWALK REQUIRED: 1. Unless designated as a "no build" area in the comprehensive sidewalk policy, construction of a sidewalk, or payment of a fee in lieu of such construction as provided herein, shall be required for the construction of any new building or any addition to an existing building that increases the square footage of the building by greater than fifty percent (50%). Except as provided below, sidewalks shall be 45 constructed whenever thirty percent (30%) or more of the total number of lots on the block fronting upon the same street side within that property's subdivision or development have sidewalks. For purposes of this section, "block" is defined as: A geographic area within the city enclosed by streets or by a combination of streets, or by other demarcations, including, but not limited to, public parks, cemeteries, subdivision boundaries, and railroad rights of way. Where there are cul-de-sacs, a block shall include all lots having an address facing the cul-de-sac and bounded by the next cross street. When required as provided herein, sidewalks shall be constructed upon the public street or streets adjacent to the land described in the building permit application, according to the specifications required by the city applicable thereto. The location of such sidewalk shall be subject to approval by the city engineer or his or her designee. (Ord. 04-30, 3-2- 2004) 2. Except as provided below, whenever construction of a sidewalk is not required, in whole or part, a fee in lieu of construction of sidewalks shall be paid. The fee shall be established by the city engineer based upon estimated cost of construction of such sidewalk at the time of permit issuance. This fee shall be paid before permit issuance. Fees paid shall be utilized as authorized by the city council for construction and maintenance of sidewalks, bike paths and other non- motorized vehicle paths within the city of Naperville. 3. The city engineer may direct that a sidewalk be constructed for any property described in subsection 5-213-5.1 of this section whenever the city engineer determines that such sidewalk is needed to connect other existing sidewalk segments, or is otherwise necessary pursuant to the city's sidewalk plans for the affected area. In such case, no fee in lieu of construction shall be required to the extent sidewalks are constructed. The city engineer may direct that a sidewalk not be constructed for any property described in subsection 5-213-5.1 of this section whenever the city engineer determines that such sidewalk is not needed to connect other existing sidewalk segments, or is otherwise contrary to the city's sidewalk plans for the affected area. In such case, a fee in lieu of construction shall be required to the extent sidewalks are not constructed. (Ord. 03-104, 5-6- 2003) 4. For new subdivisions, property owners (developers) that have not completed construction on their lot(s) shall be required to install sidewalks for each phase or unit of the subdivision according to the following, whichever occurs first: 4.1. Within three (3) years of city council's approval of the final plat of subdivision, or 4.2. Within one year of ninety percent (90%) build out of the defined subdivision by phase or unit. (Ord. 04-30, 3-2-2004) 5-213-6: SALES, OFFICE, OR CONSTRUCTION TRAILERS: 46 1. Definition: A "sales, office, or construction trailer" (hereinafter "trailers", except as otherwise specified) shall be defined as any temporary or moveable trailer which is, was, or may be used for the storage of construction materials or tools, as shelter for workers, for supervising construction activity, for a sales office, or other office needed for the development of a site, and which is temporarily located at a site other than its permanent trailer location. 2. Regulations: The use of trailers in the city shall be subject to the following regulations: 2.1. Areas where trailers are located and access roads to such areas shall be overlaid with a minimum of four inches (4") of compacted gravel. 2.2. Trailers shall not be located within any public or private right of way nor shall they be located so as to interfere in any way with a public or private easement. 2.3. All areas where trailers are located shall be screened from abutting residential areas. 2.4. All trailers shall be located and maintained in accordance with a site plan approved by the director of T.E.D. or his or her designee, or by the city council in accordance with subsection 5-2B-6.3 of this section. (Ord. 96-47, 4-2-1996) 2.5. All trailer areas shall have a minimum of one dumpster for depositing refuse which shall be screened from abutting residential areas. The refuse in each such dumpster shall be removed periodically or as necessary to an appropriate waste disposal facility to prevent littering and the escape or removal of refuse by wind or other means. In addition, all trailer areas shall be policed on a regular basis to maintain the area in a neat and orderly condition. (Ord. 84-90, 6-18-1984) 2.6. All construction trailers shall be removed from the site when the last structure for which such trailers are permitted has been constructed and occupied, or six (6) months after the construction activity for which such trailers were permitted has substantially ceased, whichever occurs first. 2.7. All sales or office trailers used for the purpose of selling lots or homes shall be removed within thirty (30) days of receipt of approval for occupancy from T.E.D. for any model home within the subject development. 2.8. All construction trailers used solely for the storage of tools or materials for construction purposes shall be removed within fifteen (15) days after the construction activity for which such trailers were permitted has ceased. 2.9. All trailers shall be secured against unauthorized entry. 47 2.10. A five hundred dollar ($500.00) cash bond for each trailer shall be posted with the director of T.E.D. or his or her designee to guarantee performance of these regulations by the holder of the trailer permit. Such bond may be used by the city, at the direction of the director of T.E.D., to enforce performance of these regulations. Prior to any such use of such bond, however, the director of T.E.D. shall give written notice to the permit holder informing the permit holder of the violation that exists, the action necessary to correct the violation, the period of time during which the violation must be corrected, and the right of the permit holder to be heard regarding the violation alleged to exist and the proposed remedial action. (Ord. 96-47, 4-2-1996) 2.11. A permit holder, upon receiving notice of a violation as provided above, shall correct the violation as required within fifteen (15) days of the date of said written notice. Alternatively, the permit holder may request a hearing before the city manager by delivering his written request for a hearing to the city manager within fifteen (15) days of the date of said written notice. Upon receiving a request for a hearing, the city manager shall set a date when the hearing will be held which shall be within ten (10) days of the request for such hearing, and he shall also set the time and place of such hearing. The city manager shall advise the applicant of the date, time and place for such hearing in writing. The hearing shall be informal. The director of T.E.D. or his or her designee shall state such facts as may be relevant to the alleged violation and the proposed corrective action. The permit holder shall have the right to question the director of T.E.D. or his representative as to the alleged violation and corrective action and may also offer such further facts as may be relevant to the alleged violation and proposed corrective action. Based upon such facts, the city manager shall determine whether a violation of these regulations exists and the remedial action, if any that is appropriate. The decision of the city manager as to the existence of a violation of these regulations and the necessary remedial action, if any, shall be final. In the event that the permit holder fails to request a hearing by the city manager, or if the city manager determines that a violation exists and that remedial action is appropriate, the director of T.E.D. or his or her designee shall be authorized to use the posted cash bond to correct the violation as stated in said written notice or as otherwise determined by the city manager. (Ord. 84-90, 6-18-1984) 3. Permits: 3.1. No construction trailer shall be located or used in the city without a permit issued for such trailer upon authorization of the city council or director of T.E.D. or his or her designee as provided below. (Ord. 95-201, 9-19-1995) 3.2. All permit applications shall be made by the developer of the area, builder, general contractor or other such person, firm or corporation having general charge or control of construction in the area or on the site for which such construction trailers are to be used. 48 3.3. All permit applications shall describe the development or building site for which the requested construction trailers are required, the number of trailers requested and the anticipated construction activity in such development or building site which requires the number of trailers requested. In addition, the permit application shall include a site plan indicating the proposed location of each trailer. (Ord. 84-90, 6-18-1984) 3.4. The director of T.E.D. or his or her designee shall authorize the issuance of such construction trailer permits as are appropriate to meet the reasonable construction requirements of the permit applicant based upon the scope and schedule of applicant's anticipated construction activity, provided that all requirements of subsection 5-213-6.2 of this section are totally complied with. Trailers used for the safe of merchandise or to house a use in a zoning district in which it is not permitted must be approved by the city council. Also, any applicant who is unable to meet the requirements of subsection 5-213-6.2 of this section, or who believes that the denial of his permit by T.E.D.was incorrect, may seek the approval of a permit by the city council. (Ord. 95-201, 9-19-1995) 3.5. Upon authorization, payment of a twenty five dollar ($25.00) permit fee and posting of the required cash bond, construction trailer permits shall be issued by T.E.D.. (Ord. 88-12, 1-18-1988) 3.6. Construction trailer permits issued pursuant to this section shall be effective for a period not to exceed the duration of the active construction phase of the project for which the trailer is permitted, as determined by the director of T.E.D. or his or her designee, and in accordance with subsections 5-213-6.2.6 through 5- 213-6.2.9 of this section. (Ord. 96-47, 4-2-1996) 3.7. In addition to the fees provided herein, a fifty dollar ($50.00) fee shall be paid for temporary electric service to any such construction trailer, such fee being exclusive of all other fees or charges for the provision and usage of electric energy by the Naperville department of public utilities. (Ord. 84-90, 6-18-1984; amd. Ord. 92-137, 7-21-1992) 5-213-7: INDIVIDUAL LOT GRADING PLAN REQUIREMENTS: 1. A detailed grading plan shall be submitted to the city for any lot within a subdivision without a master grading plan prior to the issuance of a building permit for a new home or addition. The detailed grading plan shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered to practice in the state of Illinois. The plan shall show the existing topography for the individual lot, the topography of all areas within fifty feet (50') of the lot, and the proposed main structure, driveway and any other permanent structures proposed for the lot. Proposed grades must be shown for the top of the foundation, ground adjacent to the foundation, all pavement and all high points, low points and break points in the grading of the lot. 49 2. The detailed grading plan shall comply with the following: 2.1. Unless easements are granted for work on adjacent property, the new grading must meet the existing grades at the side and rear property lines. 2.2. There shall be a drainage swale along the side yard that has a slope of at least 1.5 percent. A "swale" is defined as a shallow ditch with slide slopes formed by the grading away from the building foundation. If a drainage Swale is not present, one must be constructed as part of the engineering improvements for the lot. Unless permission is granted by an adjacent property owner, the new swale shall be built entirely on the lot for which there has been an application for a building permit. 2.3. Rear yards shall have a design drainage pattern with a minimum slope of 1.5 percent. 2.4. If the minimum slope requirements cannot be met for either the side or rear yards, drainage inlets shall be constructed. The inlet(s) shall be connected to a public storm sewer. If a public storm sewer is not available, a dry well or infiltration trench shall be constructed to which the inlet(s) shall be connected. The dry well or infiltration trench shall be designed to store the runoff generated by a 4.5 inch rainfall over any additional rooftop or driveway area. This requirement shall apply to all permits where the amount of the additional rooftop and/or driveway areas is five hundred (500) square feet or greater. Provisions shall be made to connect to a future storm sewer, which shall include extending storm sewer pipe across the entire width of the property. 2.5. The required storage volume of the dry well or infiltration trench shall be as follows: Net Increase In Rooftop And Driveway Area Required Storage Volume In Dry Well Or Infiltration Trench (Square Feet) (Cubic Feet) Less than 500 0 500 188 1,000 375 1,500 563 2,000 750 2,500 938 3,000 1,125 Greater than 3,000 0.375 x(rooftop/driveway area) 2.6. Where storm water runoff exits a lot at a rear property corner, or other point where storm water must flow through adjacent property to reach the public storm sewer or receiving stream, a path of positive drainage must be designed for adequate capacity as part of the drainage study for the lot. Off site improvements may be required to provide a path for positive drainage. (Ord. 01-14, 1-16-2001) 50 2.7. The city engineer may direct that a private dry well/infiltration trench and/or storm sewer shall be designed and constructed based on the need to fill system gaps. (Ord. 04-198, 12-7-2004) 3.Prior to the issuance of a building permit for a new single- or two-family home or "large room addition", as defined in this title, the individual lot grading plan shall show the following requirements unless otherwise waived by the city engineer: 3.1. There shall be dedicated public utility and drainage easements of not less than ten feet (10') in width for poles, wires, conduits, storm or sanitary sewers, gas, cable TV, water or other utility pipes or lines along the rear of each lot, and five feet (5') alongside one interior side lot line where necessary. The easements shall be laid out so that a proper continuity may be developed for such utilities from lot to lot and block to block. 3.2. Subject to the provisions of the city's driveway regulations provided in title 9, chapter 1, article I of this code, driveways may be permitted to encroach within any easement located within any front or corner side yard building setback area parallel to the public right of way or public street. 3.3. Except as provided by this subsection or section 9-1A-11 of this code, no buildings, driveways, or structures as defined in section 6-1-6 of this code shall be constructed within any interior side or rear lot line easements. 3.4. At the city's discretion, encroachments into a dedicated public utility or any other easement granted to the city may be permitted for the construction of buildings, driveways or structures including brick, stone, or masonry walls or fences; or structures which are wired for electricity, where: 3.4.1. A written encroachment agreement approved by the city manager is executed by the owner of the property; and 3.4.2. A building permit for the proposed construction is issued by the City's Transportation, Engineering and Development Business Group. Such permits shall be issued only after approval of complete plans for said construction by the department of public utilities and the department of public works. 3.5. At the city's discretion, encroachments into a dedicated public utility or any other easement granted to the city may be permitted for the construction and installation of all other fences, provided a fence permit for the proposed construction is issued and all required fees are paid to the city's transportation, engineering and development business group. Where any easement is designated for drainage or storm water purposes, a fence permit shall be issued only after approval by the department of public works. 51 3.6. Any encroachment permitted by this section shall not be construed as a waiver of any of the other requirements of this code, including, without limitation, the zoning code, the subdivision regulations or the building codes. 3.7. Under no circumstances shall the city be liable to any property owner or third party for any damage to real or personal property or personal injury that may result from or arise out of the construction of any encroachment permitted by this section. Such permitted encroachments shall be subject to the conditions that: 3.7.1. Said encroaching structure shall not abrogate or nullify the city's rights and interests in and to the easement of record; 3.7.2. The property owners shall retain all of the risks and liability associated with the encroaching structure on a dedicated public utility and drainage easement or any other easement granted to the city, including, without limitation, the risk that in an emergency the city may remove the encroaching structure without any prior notice to the property owners; 3.7.3. The property owners shall be solely responsible for the city's cost to remove the encroaching structure to gain access to any of its public utilities in the easement for any purpose; 3.7.4. The city shall not be responsible for any costs incurred by the property owner to repair or replace the encroaching structure if it is damaged or destroyed by the city for public utility purposes; 3.7.5. The property owners shall hold harmless, indemnify, and defend the city from and against any and all liability, claims, demands, and causes of action arising out of or related to any loss or injury, death, or loss or damage to property resulting from the city's use of any easement for any of its intended purposes or the property owner's construction of or use of the encroaching structure. (Ord. 04-224, 12-21-2004) 5-213-8: SAFETY AND WORK REQUIREMENTS: The following safety and work requirements shall apply whenever a razing permit or a "large room addition" permit (as defined in section 5-1B-2 of this title) is required as set forth in this title, or whenever there is new construction where eighty percent (80%) of the lots within a ninety foot (90') radius of the limits of the subject property are improved with dwelling units: (Ord. 04227, 12-21-2004) 1. Fencing: The applicant shall install a six foot (6') chain link fence around the perimeter of either the excavation, the structure under construction, or the entire construction area in a location and manner approved by the development services team. The fencing shall be installed before commencement of any work on the subject property pursuant to any permit issued by the city of Naperville. 52 2. Litter Control and Cleanup: Litter and debris at the subject property shall be controlled within an enclosed container at all times. The applicant shall designate a person as having responsibility to assure compliance with this provision. The permit shall specify the location of the container as approved by the development services team. (Ord. 03-149, 7-1-2003) 3. Construction Traffic and Parking Management: All construction parking shall be in compliance with title 11. chapter 2 of this code in addition to the requirements of this section. The applicant shall acknowledge receipt of these regulations by signing and dating a copy to be kept on file. Prior to and as a condition of the issuance of a building permit, the builder or owner shall provide the city a written summary of a proposed parking plan that will be reviewed and approved by the city. The parking plan shall provide adequate flow of traffic, minimize disruption to existing homeowners to the extent reasonably possible and shall take into account any other construction projects within a two (2) block area. Once approved, the parking plan shall be included in the notice to adjacent property owners (subsection 5-213-3.3.4 of this article), and a copy shall be posted on the construction site such that the information can be made available to contractors and individuals associated with the permit and the construction activity. The builder and/or owner shall be responsible for compliance with the approved parking plan and shall be subject to the penalties provided in subsection 5-213-8.7 of this section for violations of the parking plan. (Ord. 04- 227, 12-21-2004) 4. Sanitation Facilities: A minimum of one portable toilet shall be provided at the subject property. The permit shall specify the location of any portable toilet as approved by the development services team. The portable toilet shall be installed before commencement of any work on the subject property pursuant to any permit issued by the city of Naperville and shall remain on site for the duration of the project through final inspection. Toilet facilities must be serviced regularly (Ord. 03-149, 7-1-2003) 5.Construction Hours: In addition to the nighttime building or construction operations regulations listed in subsection 6-14-4.1.2 of this code, it shall be unlawful to allow or permit any building or construction operations (including construction related noises, such as the delivery of equipment or material or the operation of tools, machinery, or apparatus) on private property at any time on Sundays and New Year's Day, Memorial Day, 4th of July, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. Construction activity for Monday through Friday shall be in conformance with the regulations listed in subsection 6-14-4.1 of this code. However, construction hours on Saturdays shall only occur between the hours of eight o'clock (8:00) A.M. and four o'clock (4:00) P.M. (Ord. 04-183, 11-2-2004) 6. Construction Site Signage: The permit applicant shall post a sign in a visible location on the subject property before commencement of any work on the 53 subject property pursuant to any permit issued by the city of Naperville. The sign must be purchased from the city of Naperville and shall: 6.1. Be a minimum size of three feet by four feet (3' x 4'). 6.2. Include a title (i.e., "Construction Site Regulations"); address of the subject property, date of demolition, the applicable permit numbers; general construction site regulations, including construction hours, litter control and cleanup regulations, construction parking regulations, a statement indicating penalties (as listed in subsection 5-26-8.7 of this section); petitioner and city contact information. 6.3. Include lettering to a minimum of four inches (4") high in the title, and a minimum of two inches (2") high for all other lettering. 7. Enforcement and Penalty: Any person violating any provision of this section shall be fined not less than two hundred fifty dollars ($250.00) for the first offense, five hundred dollars ($500.00)for the second offense, and one thousand dollars ($1,000.00) for the third and each subsequent offense on the same property by the same person or entity. Every day during which a violation occurs or continues shall be deemed a separate offense. In addition to the minimum fines provided, the city may issue a stop work order or revoke the building permit if a violation continues after warning, citation and request for compliance. (Ord. 04-227, 12-21-2004) 5-2C-1: CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS: All construction within the corporate boundaries of the city shall be in accordance with building permits issued by the city and comply with the provisions of section 5-1A-1 of this title. (Ord. 93-83, 5-18-1993) 5-2C-2: DAMAGED OR DETERIORATED WOODEN BUILDINGS: Any wooden building which has been damaged by any means to the extent of fifty percent (50%) or more of its value immediately prior to such damage, or which has deteriorated through decay or other causes to the extent of fifty percent (50%) or more of the value of the building if the same were in a reasonably fair state of repair, is hereby declared to be a nuisance, and shall not be altered or repaired but shall be torn down or removed. The manner of determining the extent of such damage or deterioration shall be as follows: The director of T.E.D. or his or her designee and the fire chief, together with some competent person selected by said director who is a resident of the city and experienced in the business of constructing, altering and repairing of wooden buildings in the city, and is familiar with the costs thereof, shall constitute a commission who are hereby authorized to make the determination, 54 by following substantially the following procedure: Upon complaint being made to the director of T.E.D. or his or her designee by any person that a building is a nuisance under the terms of this article, or at his own instance if he has reason to believe that building is a nuisance under the terms of this article, the director of T.E.D. or his or her designee shall select the third member of the commission, and shall then fix a time when the commission will meet upon the premises and make a complete examination of the building for the purpose of making the determination required hereunder, at which meeting the owners and occupants of the building shall be given an opportunity to be heard. The director of T.E.D. or his or her designee shall give notice in writing by registered mail or by personal service to the owners and occupants of the building of the time when such examination will be made, which notice shall be mailed or served not less than seven (7) days prior to the date stated in the notice. Without delay the commission shall make its finding and determination from the facts disclosed by its examination of the building and any evidence offered by the owners and occupants thereof, and a record of such finding and determination shall be entered in his records by the director of community development. In case of disagreement, the opinion of the majority of the commission on any matter shall control. If the determination by the commission is that the building constitutes a nuisance under the terms of this article, then immediate notice thereof in writing shall be given by the director of T.E.D. or his or her designee to the owners and occupants of the building either by registered mail or personal service, which notice shall contain an order by the director of community development that immediate steps be taken by the owner for the tearing down or removal of the building, and upon receipt of such notice it shall become and be the duty of the owner of the building to take immediate steps for the tearing down or removal of the building. (1960 Code, §11.205) If no work is started for the tearing down or removal of such building within thirty (30) days after the service of such notice, or if work is begun and is not continued to completion with reasonable diligence, then the director of T.E.D. or his or her designee, acting for the city, shall, with the assistance of the corporation counsel, secure a court order authorizing the demolition, and shall cause such building to be torn down or removed, at the cost and expense of the owner of the building, to be recovered by the city according to law. (1960 Code, §11.205; amd. 1984 Code) Permitting such building to remain contrary to the provisions of this article after the expiration of said thirty (30) day period shall be deemed a violation of the provisions hereof by the owner of such building, and a separate offense shall be deemed committed on each day on which a violation occurs or continues. The failure of the director of community development to take steps to have such building torn down or removed after the expiration of said thirty (30) day period 55 shall not affect the liability of the owner of the building to penalties for violation of this article. It shall be the duty of the director of T.E.D. or his or her designee to take the necessary steps to enforce the provisions of this article. (1960 Code, §11.205) 5-2C-3: EXTERIOR WALL CONSTRUCTION: A minimum of fifty percent (50%) of the exterior wall construction for all multiple- family dwellings, and single-family attached dwellings, two-family dwellings, and any other principal building or structures containing such residential dwelling units (as those terms are defined in title 6 of this code) shall be constructed of solid masonry, face brick, manufactured concrete stone veneer (1 112 inch average thickness) set individually into mortar bed, or other masonry products as approved by the city council. In no instance shall EIFS, corrugated or channeled metal, unfinished/smooth face concrete block, be construed as sufficient material to comply with this section. The fifty percent (50%) coverage requirement shall be calculated by measuring all facades of the structure, excluding the openings for windows and doors, and dividing that figure by two (2). The builder of the structure shall be authorized to satisfy the fifty percent(50%) requirement by placing the masonry or brick on one or more facades of the structure, provided that the facade that faces the public street or private road that services the structure shall have a minimum of fifty percent (50%) of that facade constructed of solid masonry, face brick, manufactured concrete stone veneer (1 112 inch average thickness), or other masonry products approved by the city council. The requirements of this section shall apply to new multiple-family dwellings, single-family attached dwellings, two-family dwellings, and any other building or structures containing such residential dwelling units, or to additions that comprise more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross square footage of such existing building or structure. (Ord. 05-026, 2-15-2005) 5-2D-1: PUBLIC BUILDINGS: 1. Responsibility: The owner, agent, occupant or person charged with the custody of any public building, auditorium, hotel, theater, lodge hall or church, and in the case of schools, the Superintendent and Board of Education or the person in charge thereof and owning the same shall be held liable for the equipment and maintenance of such apparatus as is required in this Section for the maintenance and safety of all exits, stairs, doors, windows or passageways. 2. Enforcement: It shall be the duty of the Fire Chief or his designees to inspect all apparatus to be installed, and their location, and to make or cause to be made periodic inspections concerning the operation and accessibility of regular and emergency exits in all such public places. (Ord. 92-205, 11-3-1992) 56 5-2D-2; TENTS; EXEMPTIONS: No tent shall be erected, maintained, operated or used within the City; provided, however, that temporary tents may be erected for a period not exceeding thirty (30) days for religious, educational or recreational purposes and for a period not exceeding fourteen (14) days for sales or commercial purposes. A special permit shall be secured from the Director of Community Development if such installations are to be available for use by members of the general public. No more than four (4) temporary tent permits shall be permitted within a 12- month period, and a period of at least seven (7) days shall be required between each permit period. Any permitted tent shall comply with the bulk, yard and space requirements applicable to accessory uses of the underlying zoning district. Parking requirements shall also be met for the principle use as well as the increased requirement resulting from the use of the permitted tent. The Naperville Park District shall be exempt from the special permit requirements of this Section for temporary tents erected on property owned, leased, or otherwise under the control of the Park District, but only to the extent such tents are used for the educational or recreational purposes of the Park District for a period not exceeding thirty (30) days. All such installations shall conform to the standards of subsection 5-2D-2.1 of this Section. T.E.D. shall assist the Park District in training Park District employees to inspect such installations to determine conformance with the standards described herein. (Ord. 96-47, 4-2- 1996) 1. Safety Requirements: The design, construction, maintenance and use of such temporary tents shall be reasonably safe to persons and property and shall comply with the following standards: 1.1. Tent Tarpaulins: Tent tarpaulins and all decorative materials shall be treated to render the materials flame-resistant for the period for which the permit is granted, in accordance with the provisions of the Fire Prevention Code s��seci�on 5- of this Title.4. 1.2. Structural Supports: Tents shall be adequately guyed, supported and braced to withstand a wind pressure of not less than twenty (20) pounds per square foot of projected area. Tent poles shall be stayed with wire ropes; fiber rope shall be used only for mooring to stakes. 1.3. Fire Separation: No tent shall be erected nearer than ten feet (10') to interior lot lines or to any building on the lot and shall not occupy more than seventy five percent (75%) of the premises; unless otherwise approved by the Building Official under conditions which do not endanger the public safety. 57 1.4. Exitways: Not less than twenty two inches (22") exit width shall be provided for each five hundred (500) square feet of public space enclosed, with a minimum width of exitway of forty four inches (44"). When the occupancy load is more than six hundred (600), there shall be at least three (3) exitways and if more than one thousand (1,000) there shall be at least four (4) exitways. The line of travel to an exitway shall be not more than one hundred fifty feet(150'). 1.5. Aisles And Passageways: There shall not be more than eleven (11) seats between any seat and the nearest aisle. All exitway aisles and passageways shall be maintained free and unobstructed at all times during the occupancy of the tent. Aisles shall be not less than twenty four inches (24") in width when serving not more than sixty (60) individuals, and not less than thirty six inches (36") in width when serving more than sixty (60) individuals. When aisles are divided by a column or other obstruction, a minimum width of twenty two inches (22") shall be left on each side. 1.6. Combustible Materials: No hay, straw, shavings or similar combustible materials shall be allowed within the tent structure other than that necessary for the daily feeding and care of animals, and sawdust and shavings for use in performances when kept damp. No combustible materials shall be permitted under stands or seats at any time. 1.7. Combustible Trash: The area within and adjacent to tents shall be maintained clear of all grass and underbrush creating a fire hazard within a radius of fifty feet (50'); and all combustible trash shall be removed from the enclosure at all performances. 1.8. Exposed Flames: No gasoline, gas, charcoal or other heating or cooking device or other exposed flame not connected with the performance or exhibit shall be allowed inside or within twenty feet(20') of the tent enclosure. 1.9. Spot Lighting: Spot or effect lighting shall be by electricity only; and all combustible construction within six feet (6) of such equipment shall be protected with asbestos not less than one-quarter inch (114") thick or other approved noncombustible insulation. 1.10. Fire Protection: Portable fire extinguishing equipment and fire fighting tools shall be provided, complying with the provisions of the Fire Prevention Code Section s-V of this Code.5, as directed by the Chief of the Fire Department. When deemed necessary, the Chief of the Fire Department may direct the organization of a fire brigade trained in the operation of fire extinguishing equipment and the emergency evacuating of the occupants. 2. Fire Watchers: One or more qualified persons to serve as fire watchers shall be employed by all circuses, carnivals or large exhibitions where such crowds assemble. They shall familiarize themselves with all fire protection facilities and 58 fire prevention features and with the condition of exits and shall patrol the entire tent area during the time of occupancy. They shall see that aisles and exitways are open and that "No Smoking" rules are enforced. (Ord. 330.70, 8-17-70) 5-2D-3: INSPECTION OF BUILDINGS AND PREMISES: 1. Inspections: It shall be the duty of the Fire Chief to inspect, or cause to be inspected, as often as may be deemed necessary by the Fire Chief, but not less than annually, all buildings and premises within the City, except the interior of occupied places of residence, for the purpose of ascertaining and causing to be remedied or corrected any condition liable to cause fire, or any violation of the provisions or intent of this Article, of any of the provisions of the Naperville Fire Prevention Code, or of any provisions under the enforcement jurisdiction of the Fire Department; provided, such inspection shall also be made by the Fire Chief of any occupied place of residence if he has reason to believe a violation of any of the provisions is being committed therein. When an inspection involves an entry onto private property, the inspector shall attempt to secure the permission of the owner, his agent, manager or occupant of the premises. If permission is refused, or if the owner, his agent, manager or occupant is unavailable, the inspector shall, with the assistance of the City Attorney, apply to the appropriate court for the issuance of a search warrant. 2. Procedure After Inspection; Notice of Violation: 2.1. Upon the making of such inspection if it is found that a condition exists from which immediate danger of fire may be apprehended, or a violation of any of the provisions of this Article, of any of the provisions of the Naperville Fire Prevention Code or of any provisions under the enforcement jurisdiction of the Fire Department, is being committed, the Fire Chief or his designee shall give notice in writing, by personal service or registered mail, to the owner, his agent, manager or occupant of the building or premises, which notice shall describe the condition or violation found to exist and shall contain an order that the same be remedied or corrected within ten (10) days after the service of such notice or within such longer reasonable time which, in the opinion of the Fire Chief, will be required. It shall be the duty of the owner, his agent, manager or occupant of the building or premises who was served with an order to forthwith comply with such order, and a failure to do so within the time stated in such order shall be deemed a violation of this Code, and a separate offense shall be deemed a violation of this Code and a separate offense shall be deemed committed on each day on which a violation occurs or continues. 2.2. The Fire Chief shall make a subsequent inspection of the building or premises immediately after the expiration of the time stated in the order, and if he shall find that his order has not been complied with, he shall immediately take the necessary steps to prosecute the person liable for violation. 59 2.3. The word "owner" shall mean the person who is the owner of record as shown on tax records, and shall include the plural. The word "manager" shall mean the person designated by the owner or his agent to manage a property, premises or business operation and shall include the plural. The word "occupant" shall mean the person who is in the actual and visible possession or occupancy, and shall include the plural. 3. Wherever, under the provisions of the Article, reference is made to the "Fire Chief', it shall include the Fire Chief, his assistants or his designees. 4. Penalty: 4.1. A violation pursuant to this Section shall be punishable by a fine of not less than one hundred dollars ($100.00) nor more than five hundred dollars ($500.00) for each offense. 4.2. In addition to these penalties, the offender will be required to remedy the condition or conditions which give rise to the violation and to provide proof to the court, in person, of compliance at a time specified by the court. (Ord. 92-205, 11- 3-92) 5-213-4: PROHIBITED ACTS, CONDITIONS: 1. Fires Prohibited: No person shall make, kindle or light any fire in any part of any of the public streets, alleys or other public places in the City, except an employee of the City in the line of duty; nor upon any private property if there be apparent danger of fire to any buildings or property in the neighborhood of the same, without some person being in continuous attendance at such fire who is capable of preventing the spreading thereof. (Ord. 92-205, 11-3-92) 2. Fire Lanes: 2.1. Fire lanes shall be established for every retail store with a floor area of fifty thousand (50,000) or more square feet which is not in a shopping center and in all shopping centers over thirty thousand (30,000) square feet located within the City prior to the issuance of an occupancy permit by the City. 2.2. For purposes of this subsection, the term "shopping center" is defined in Section 6-1-6 of the Zoning Regulations provided for in Title 6 of the Naperville Municipal Code. 2.3. Parking is prohibited in fire lanes located at all retail stores with a floor area of fifty thousand (50,000) or more square feet, in any other shopping center and on all other private property which the City Manager shall approve by agreement to be subject to the parking restrictions provided for in this subsection. 60 2.4. The design and location of such fire lanes shall be according to standards set by T.E.D. and the Fire Department, which shall be based on the assumption that the parking of vehicles in fire lanes is prohibited and which shall reasonably accommodate such fire lanes already in existence. 2.5. Owners of property on which such fire lanes are established shall be responsible for providing required pavement markings and obtaining appropriate signage, at owner's expense, in accordance with City standards, to give the public reasonable notice of the location of the fire lane, the parking prohibition and that fines may be imposed by the City against violators. 2.6. Fire lanes subject to the provisions of this subsection shall be subject to the approval of T.E.D.and the Fire Department. 2.7. City Fire Inspectors are hereby authorized to issue citations for violations of the parking restrictions provided for in this subsection. 2.8. Any person failing to establish a fire lane as required by this subsection shall be subject to a fine of not less than fifty dollars ($50.00) or greater than five hundred dollars ($500.00). Each day that such a violation occurs shall be a separate and new offense. 2.9. Any person violating the restrictions on parking in fire lanes provided for in this subsection shall be subject to the penalty provisions of Section 11-213-14 and the compromise payment provisions of Section 11-2B-15 of the Naperville Municipal Code, as amended, which are applicable to violations for parking in fire lanes. (Ord. 95-198, 9-19-95) 61 ORDINANCE NO. 2005-02 ADOPTING FIRE PREVENTION REGULATIONS FOR THE PURPOSE OF GOVERNING CONDITIONS HAZARDOUS TO LIFE AND PROPERTY FROM FIRE OR EXPLOSION, AND ESTABLISHING A BUREAU OF FIRE PREVENTION BE IT ORDAINED BY THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE NORTH AURORA &COUNTRY SIDE FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT OF KANE COUNTY, ILLINOIS, AS FOLLOWS: ARTICLE 1. ADOPTION OF FIRE PREVENTION REGULATIONS For the purpose of governing conditions hazardous to life and property from fire or explosion there is hereby adopted by the Board of Trustees of the North Aurora & Countryside Fire Protection District of Kane County, Illinois and incorporated herein by this reference as fully as if set out at length herein(a) that a certain code known as the International fire code, 2000 edition and the whole thereof, (b) that certain code known as the"NATIONAL FIRE CODES" Code Numbersl0, 11, 11A,12, 12A, 13, 13D, 13R, 14, 15, 16, 17, 17A, 18, 20, 22, 24, 25, 30, 30A, 30B, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 40, 42, 45, 50, 50A, 50B, 51, 51A, 51B, 52, 53, 55, 57, 58, 59, 59A, 61, 68, 69, 70, 70B ,70E, 72, 75, 76 ,77, 80, 80A, 82, 85, 86, 88A, 90A, 90B, 91, 92A, 92B, 96, 97, 99 ,99B, 101, 102, 105, 110, 111, 115, 122, 130, 140, 160, 170, 203, 204, 211, 214, 220, 221, 230, 232, 241, 286, 291, 318, 326, 385, 418,430,432, 434, 484, 490, 495 496, 497, 498, 499, 501, 501 A, 502, 520, 560, 610, 654, 704, 720, 750, 780, 801, 804, 805, 820, 850, 851, 853, 909, 914, 1122, 1123, 1124, 1125, 1126, 1127, 1141, 1142, 1144, 1192, & 1194, as amended and updated by the National Fire Protection Association, 2003 edition and the whole thereof, (c)that a certain code known as International Building Code, 2000 Edition as adopted and amended by the Village of North Aurora and the whole thereof, and (d)that a certain code known as "Illinois Accessibility Code" April 24, 1997 edition and the whole thereof. The provisions of the aforesaid codes have been clarified in this Ordinance. These clarified paragraphs, together with this Ordinance, shall be fire prevention regulations within the corporate limits of the North Aurora& Countryside Fire Protection District from the date on which this Ordinance shall take effect. Copies of the aforesaid codes have been filed for more than 15 days prior to the adoption of this Ordinance in the office of the Secretary of the Board of Trustees of the North Aurora & Countryside Fire Protection District, at 2 N. Monroe, North Aurora, Illinois, where same shall remain on file and shall continue to be on file and available for use and reference in said office by any interested person. If there is any conflict between the language of this Ordinance and the language of the aforesaid codes,the language of this Ordinance shall prevail over the language of the aforesaid codes, and if the language of the aforesaid codes conflict, the language which provides the most protection shall prevail. ARTICLE 2. ESTABLISHMENT OF A BUREAU OF FIRE PREVENTION A Bureau of Fire Prevention is hereby established for the purpose of enforcing this Ordinance. The Chief of the North Aurora and Countryside Fire Protection District shall be by reason of said position the code Official of the Bureau of Fire Prevention and may appoint personnel of the North Aurora & Countryside Fire Protection District to assist in enforcing this Ordinance. ARTICLE 3. DEFINITIONS Wherever the word"Municipality" is used in the code or codes adopted herein by reference, it shall be held to mean the North Aurora& Countryside Fire Protection District. Wherever the term"Corporate Counsel" is used in the code or codes adopted herein by reference it shall be held to mean the Attorney for the North Aurora &Countryside Fire Protection District. Wherever the terms "authority having jurisdiction,""Chief of the Fire Department"or"Fire Department" are used such terms shall be held to mean the Chief of the North Aurora&Countryside Fire Protection District. Code Official-The officer or other designated authority charged with the Administration and enforcement of this code, or a duly authorized representative ARTICLE 4 AMMENDMENTS TO THE 2000 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE CHAPTER 1-ADMINISTRATION SECTION 101-GENERAL 101.1 Title Delete this section and insert the following: These regulations shall be known as the Fire Code of the North Aurora & Countryside Fire protection District, hereafter referred to as"this Code". 101,2.1 Appendices 2 Delete this section and insert the following: SECTION 103 --DEPARTMENT OF FIRE PREVENTION 103.1 General Delete this section and insert the following: A Bureau of Fire Prevention is hereby established for the purpose of enforcing this Ordinance. The Chief of the North Aurora and Countryside Fire Protection District shall be by reason of said position the code Official of the Bureau of fire Prevention and may appoint personnel of the North Aurora & Countryside Fire Protection District to assist in enforcing this Ordinance. 103.2 Appointment Delete this section and insert the following: The Chief of the North Aurora & Countryside Fire Protection District shall, by reason of said position, shall appoint personnel of the North Aurora & Countryside Fire Protection District to assist in enforcing this Ordinance. Such appointments shall include,but be not limited to a Fire Marshal, and as many inspectors, investigators, and public safety educators as may be needed. For the purposes of this Code, the Fire Marshal is the same as the Code Official. SECTION 104-GENERAL AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITIES 104.8 Modifications Delete this section and insert the following: The Chief of the North Aurora & Countryside Fire Protection District may grant a variance regarding any of the provisions of this Code upon application in writing by the owner or lessee of the building or structure, or their duly authorized agent, where there are practical difficulties in the way of carrying out the strict letter of this Code, provided that the spirit of the Ordinance codified in this chapter shall be observed, public safety secured, and substantial justice done. If the Fire Chief decides to grant a variance, he may place conditions thereon. The decision of the Fire Chief in either granting or denying the variance shall be in writing and entered in the records of the North Aurora & Countryside Fire Protection District. A signed copy of the Fire Chief's decision shall be furnished to the applicant. 104.10,2 Reporting hazardous locations Add as an additional section: Any person discovering the evidence of spontaneous heating or other abnormal heating of any kind in any building, marine vessel, appliance, apparatus, tank, or open stack or pile, or any person upon discovering or being apprised of an uncontrolled hazardous gas leak or hazardous material or flammable and/or 3 combustible liquid spill, shall immediately notify the North Aurora & Countryside Fire Protection District. SECTION 105-PERMITS 105.1.1 Permits Required Delete this section and insert the following: Permits shall be obtained from the North Aurora& Countryside Fire Protection District as required in other sections of this Code. Permits shall be valid only for the calendar year they were issued for, or until the expiration date on the permit for temporary permits. A new permit along with the fee set forth in Section 105.8 shall be required each calendar year. Issued permits shall be kept on the premises designated therein at all times and shall be readily available for inspection by the Code Official. 105.8 Operational Permit Fees (Annual Permit Fee or Event) Add as an additional section: The following fees are established for any operational permits required by this code, and shall be submitted along with the permit application: Air-supported structures,temporary $25.00 Aerosol products, flammable and combustible $50.00 Amusement buildings or events (outdoors) per event $25.00 Automotive service station and repair garages $50.00 Aviation facilities $50.00 Battery Systems $25.00 Bowling establishment $25.00 Calcium carbide storage $25.00 Carnivals and fairs $25.00 Cellulose nitrate film $25.00 Combustible dust-producing operations $25.00 Combustible fibers, except agricultural storage $25.00 Corrosives $25.00 Covered mall buildings $50.00 Cutting and welding, calcium carbide and acetylene generators $25.00 Cryogenic liquids $25.00 Day care centers $25.00 Dust producing materials, explosion hazards $50.00 Education use groups(not for profit) N/C Education use groups (for profit) $25.00 Exhibits and trade shows $25.00 Explosives, ammunition and blasting agents $25.00 Fire hydrants and valves (private) $25.00 Fireworks (pyrotechnic display-per job) $25.00 4 Flammable and combustible liquids $50.00 Flammable solids $50.00 Floor finishing $50.00 Fruit and crop ripening $25.00 Fumigation and thermal insecticidal fogging(per event) $25.00 Licensed group homes $25.00 Lumber and woodworking plants with more than 100,000 board ft. $50.00 Hazardous materials storage and handling $50.00 Hazardous production material facilities $50.00 Health hazard materials, storage and handling $50.00 High piled storage $50.00 Hot work operations $50.00 LP-gas, storage, use and handling $50.00 Liquefied/gas fueled vehicles or equipment in assembly buildings $50.00 Magnesium $25.00 Marine service and repair garages $50.00 Matches, manufacture or storage of $25.00 Material storage facilities $25.00 Miscellaneous combustible storage $25.00 Oil and gas production $50.00 Open flames and candles-torches for removing paint, candles, etc. $25.00 Open burning(Except recreational fires) $50.00 Organic coatings, process $25.00 Ovens and furnaces, industrial type processes $50.00 Oxidizers, liquid and solid $25.00 Pesticides, storage and handling $25.00 Places of assembly and education for profit $25.00 Places of assembly and education not for profit N/C Pyroxylin plastics $25.00 Radioactive materials $25.00 Recreational and sport vehicle service and repair $50.00 Refrigeration Equipment $25.00 Rooftop Heliport $50.00 Storage of scrap tires and tire by-products $50.00 Temporary membrane structures, tents and canopies $25.00 Toxic solids and liquids $25.00 Unstable (reactive) chemicals, storage and handling $25.00 Waste handling $50.00 Water material handling facilities $25.00 Water-reactive materials, storage and handling $25.00 Welding and cutting operations, electric or gas $25.00 Add as additional sections: 105.9 The right of site development and construction plan review 5 Each applicant for a building permit involving new construction, additions and/or alterations, subdivision improvements, Planned Unit Developments (P.U.D.'s), fire detection/suppression systems or any other item that will affect the North Aurora & Countryside Fire Protection District operation, shall submit to the Code Official for review and approval, three (3) sets of all required plans, documents and a complete description of work to be performed. Only site development and sprinkler system plan documents will be required for all single family residences. The Code Official shall, examine said plans and documents to determine compliance with the applicable codes, standards, ordinances and good fire safety practices. If said plans are approved, the Code Official shall endorse said plans accordingly, and deliver said plans to the Building Official. If said plans are found to be unsatisfactory, then said plans shall be returned to the applicant with a memorandum listing the specified deficiencies found. A copy of the list of deficiencies shall be delivered to the Building Official with a recommendation to reject said plans until corrected. 105.9.1 Plan review and site inspection fee schedule Each applicant shall pay the following plan review and site inspection fees for review and site inspection by the North Aurora &Countryside Fire Protection District Fire Prevention Bureau. No part of said fees shall be refundable. Plan review fees shall include re-reviews, along with preliminary site visits up to a total of two (2) inspections for each category. Reviews by outside agency/consultant—Includes re-reviews, one(1) inspection and one(1) reinspection Cost of the review + 15% for administration fee Building review for new construction— Includes one(1) re-review, one (1)inspection and one (1) reinspection $.05 per sq. ft. for first 10,000 sq. ft. Minimum of$100 $.025 per sq. ft. for next 40,000 sq.ft. $.015 per sq.ft, for additional sq. ft. over 50,0000 sq. ft. Cost for a 3 review or above is 50%of original review for each additional review. Sprinkler review— Includes one(1) re-review, one (1) hydrostatic test and one(1) acceptance test $150 for systems with 100 heads or less $150 +$.50 per head for each additional head over initial 100 heads Fire Pumps $35 per hour to witness test. 1 hour minimum $150 fire pump and related equipment review 6 Stand ripe system review- Includes one(1) re-review one (1) hydrostatic test and one (1) acceptance test $100 for the system $35 for each additional standpipe riser Alternate extinguishing systems review- Includes one (1)re-review and one(1) inspection $100 for foam, dry chemical, etc. $100 for carbon dioxide systems up to 35 lbs. and $1 for each lb. Over 35 lbs. $35 to witness test if occupant doesn't keep 6 month inspection tag current Fire alarm system review- Includes one(1) re-review and one(1) inspection $100 per alarm system $35 per hour for reviews longer than one hour Cost for a 3rd review or above is 50% of original review for each additional review Reinspections $50 $35 for each hour past the first hour Storage tanks (above and below ground) $50 per tank for above or below ground installation $50 per tank for underground tank removal $35 per above ground temporary tank. Permit good for 6 months only. If left over 6 months must reapply. Inspection to receive certificate of occupancy_ $35 per hour. 1 hour minimum Special permits or services $35 per hour during normal business hours. 1 hour minimum. $70 per hour after normal business hours and/or holidays. 1 hour minimum. By appointment only. Alterations to building, fire suppression, or fire alarm systems - includes one(1) inspection $35 per hour for reviews. 1 hour minimum. NOTE: In addition to the review fees listed,the applicant shall pay, prior to the issuance of any permit, the actual costs and expenses incurred by North Aurora & Countryside Fire Protection District for extraordinary reviews of plans or specifications beyond the review customarily involved in the usual course of such plan reviews. Such costs and expenses shall include actual review fees by consultants or outside contractors or time spent by North Aurora & Countryside Fire Protection District staff. North Aurora& Countryside Fire Protection 7 District staff time shall be billed at an hourly rate to be determined by the Fire Chief or designee. SECTION 108—BOARD OF APPEALS 108.1 Board of appeals established Delete this section and insert the following: Whenever the Code Official shall disapprove an application, or refuse to grant a permit, or when it is claimed that the provisions of the Ordinance do not apply, or that the true intent and meaning of the Ordinance have been misconstrued or wrongly interpreted, the applicant or person affected may appeal from the decision of the Code Official to the Board of Trustees of the North Aurora and North Aurora& Countryside Fire Protection District by written notice filed in the office of the Secretary of said Board within 30 days from the date of the decision being appealed. The said Board shall call a hearing on said appeal within 20 days of said notice of appeal filing, and shall render a decision in writing 10 days after completing such a hearing. Nothing herein shall restrict the Code Official from seeking immediate enforcement or the regulations of this Ordinance in court where the hazard involved requires such action. 108.1.1 Court of jurisdiction Any person aggrieved by a decision of the Board, may apply to the appropriate Court of Jurisdiction. Application for review shall be made to the proper court within fifteen(15) days after the filing of the Board's decision in the office of the Secretary of the Board. SECTION 109—VIOLATIONS 109.3 Violations Penalties Delete this section and insert the following: 110.5 In case there shall be, in the opinion of the Code Official, actual and immediate danger to life and property from the hazards of fire and explosions arising from the storage, handling and use of hazardous substances, materials and devices, and from conditions hazardous to life or property in the use or occupancy of building or premises, the Code Official shall employ such labor and machinery, equipment and devices and cause the necessary work to be done to render said occupants or property temporarily safe, whether the procedure prescribed in this section has been instituted or not. The Board of Trustees of the North Aurora & Countryside Fire Protection District shall cause proper action to be instituted against the owner of the premises for the recovery costs incurred by the North Aurora and Countryside Fire Protection District in the performance of the emergency work. 8 Furthermore, the Code Official of the Bureau of Fire Prevention may temporarily close or condemn such property until said property is made safe. SECTION 202- GENERAL DEFINITIONS 1. Code Section 202 Definitions—ADD Townhouse/Rowhouse: A townhouse or rowhouse or structure by any other name performing the same function as a single family dwelling unit attached to another dwelling unit by a common roof, common foundation or by a fire wall, (a) extending two feet, eight inches (2' 8") above the roof or(b)terminating at the underside of the roof deck in those instances where the roof sheathing is constructed of approved non-combustible materials or of fire treated wood extending on either side of the wall a distance of 4 feet. Such buildings shall be constructed as single family housing with an approved two hour fire resistance rated 8"thick masonry fire wall assembly between living units. CHAPTER 3- GENERAL PRECAUTIONS AGAINST FIRE SECTION 301-GENERAL 301.3 Items not specifically covered Add as an additional section: Whenever or wherever a condition is found in any building, lot, or premises, that in the opinion of the Code Officials is not specifically covered by the provisions of this Chapter, but that requires correction or removal for the protection of the occupants or the public, the Code Official shall order such conditions be corrected or removed and the owner or occupant of such buildings, lots, or premises shall comply with such orders. SECTION 302--DEFINITIONS 302.1 Recreational Fire Delete this section and insert the following: An outdoor fire utilized to cook food for human consumption, or wood fires burned in metal, or porcelain finished metal,portable outdoor fireplace structures manufactured by a qualified manufacturing firm, as long as the manufacturer's recommendations for proper placement and operation of the fireplace are followed. SECTION 304–COMBUSTIBLE WASTE MATERIALS 301.1.4 Sweeping compounds 9 Only approved water solutions or detergent floor sweeping compounds, and grease absorbents shall be used for cleaning floors. The use of sawdust or similar combustible or flammable liquids spilled from machinery or processed on any floor is prohibited. SECTION 305—IGNITION SOURCES Add as additional sections: 305.5 Portable Heaters Portable heaters shall be designed and located so that they cannot be easily overturned, and heaters shall be designed to shut off if overturned. The Code Official may prohibit the use of portable heaters in occupancies or situations in which such use or operation would present an undue danger to the life or property of others. 305.6 Heating and lighting apparatus Proper clearance(a minimum of 36 inches) shall be maintained between lighting and heat producing equipment and combustibles so that continuous operation at full capacity will not increase the temperature of the surrounding combustibles to their flash point or ignition temperature. SECTION 307-OPEN BURNING 307.3.2 Recreational Fires Delete this section and insert the following: Recreational fires shall not be conducted within twenty-five(25) feet of a structure or combustible material unless the fire is contained within an approved device in accordance with 308.6 Conditions which could cause a fire to spread within twenty-five(25) feet of a structure shall be eliminated prior to ignition. 307.6 Spread of fire Add as additional section: No person shall knowingly permit any fire to spread so as to endanger the life or property of another or use or operate any device which may be a source of ignition, unless proper removal of flammable material surrounding the operations accomplished, or such other reasonable precautions are taken to ensure against the starting or spreading of unfriendly fires. SECTION 308—OPEN FLAMES 10 308.6 Portable outdoor fireplaces Add as additional section: Portable outdoor fireplaces shall be used only on noncombustible surfaces and shall be operated no closer than fifteen(15) feet from any flammable structure. Fuel for an outdoor fireplace shall consist of only seasoned, dry firewood and shall be ignited with a small quantity of paper. CHAPTER 5—FIRE SERVICE FEATURES SECTION 503—FIRE APPARATUS ACCESS ROADS 503.1.1 Buildings and facilities Delete exception 1 503.1.4 Approval Add as additional section: The location of the fire apparatus roads or fire lanes shall be reviewed and approved by the North Aurora & Countryside Fire Protection District. 503.2.3 Surfaces Delete this section and insert the following: Fire apparatus access roads or fire lanes shall have a solid surface capable of supporting the appropriate fire apparatus. Fire apparatus roads shall be pitched in such a manner as to allow the runoff of water and eliminate the potential of standing water. It shall be the responsibility of the property owner to maintain the surface in a usable condition at all times, including the removal of snow. 503.2.3.1 Private fire department access roads and roadways shall be properly maintained and accessible during all seasons at all times. SECTION 506—KEY BOXES Delete this section and insert the following: 506.1 When required When access to, or within a structure, or an area unduly difficult because of secured openings, or to gain access to fire protection controls, and where immediate access is necessary for life saving or fire fighting purposes, the Code Official shall require a minimum of one key lock box to be installed at a height not to exceed six (6) feet, in an accessible location. All buildings with automatic fire alarm systems and/or automatic fire suppression sprinkler systems shall have 11 installed an approved key lock box for access by the North Aurora & Countryside Fire Protection District. 506.1.1 Contents The key box shall contain: 1. Keys to locked points of ingress whether on the interior or exterior of such buildings. 2. Keys to locked mechanical equipment rooms. 3. Keys to locked electrical rooms 4. Keys to elevator controls. 5. Keys to other areas as directed by the Code Official. 6. If entry is controlled by a card entry system, appropriate cards will be locked in box. 7. Each key or card shall be clearly identified or labeled as to use. 506.2 Key lock box maintenance Delete this section and insert the following: The operator of the building shall immediately notify the Code Official and provide the new key when a lock is changed or re-keyed. The key to such lock shall be secured in the key lock box. The users shall be responsible for the proper installation and maintenance of such key lock boxes, at their expense, and shall agree to indemnify and hold harmless the North Aurora &Countryside Fire Protection District, and their officers, employees and agents from any liability with respect to such key lock boxes. 506.3 Key lock box availability Add as additional requirements to this section: The Chief of the North Aurora & Countryside Fire Protection District is authorized to make available key lock boxes to all owners or lessees of buildings or structures or their duly authorized agents. 506.4 Stock of key boxes The North Aurora & Countryside Fire Protection District shall purchase such key lock boxes (of a type to be approved by the North Aurora & Countryside Fire Protection District Fire Chief) in reasonable quantities and provide them to users for cost plus a reasonable handling charge. 506.5 Tamper Switches If the owner desires for the lock box to have a tamper switch tied into the fire alann system, it shall be connected on the trouble side signaling alarm. Furthermore, the lock box will have a separate zone of its own and be labeled 12 "Lock Box" on the fire alarm enunciator panel. It is preferred to have it connected into the burglar alarm, if available. 506.6 Fire Department Procedure and Responsibility 506.6.1 Keys to individual businesses will not be carried by fire companies. 506.6.2 It shall be the responsibility of each fire company officer or senior personnel to insure the strictest security of such key. Personnel will ensure that all lock boxes are secured with appropriate keys in key box and lock box keys are secured in vehicle prior to leaving scene. 506.6.3 In the event that a key is lost, immediate notification will be made to the Fire Marshal's office, who will in turn notify the affected business so that the appropriate action can be taken 506.6.4 A master lock box key shall be provided to the Fire Marshal's office for inspection and testing purposes. 506.6.5 The Fire Marshal's office shall comply with all provisions of this section. SECTION 508—FIRE PROTECTION WATER SUPPLIES 508.1 Required water supply 508.1.1 General Add as additional requirements to this section: All water distribution facilities including piping, fittings, hydrants, valves, devices,well pumps, and other needful appurtenances shall be subject to approval of the Code Official and shall be installed according to the standards herein adopted. A water supply system shall be capable of supplying the hydrants prior to the construction of structures. It shall be unlawful to erect, alter, use or occupy any structure that has been deemed to have inadequate water supply. 508.1.2 Water supply demand changes Area water supplies shall be studied whenever additional demands will be placed on the water supply by new construction, change in use, or changes in hazard or contents. Standard fire flow calculation methods will be used to make determinations. Upon determination by the Code Official that inadequate water 13 supplies exist, the Code Official shall reject any applicable plans and provide the property owner, the water utility, and the Building Official with a memorandum listing said deficiencies. 508.1.3 Rural water supply requirements (Dry Hydrants) In any subdivision/development, where an adequate water distribution system is not provided, the Code Official shall require the sub-divider, developer,builder and/or the owner to modify storm water control devices, so as to provide a pond within a maximum distance of 2,000 feet of all buildings within the development. It shall conform to the standard of NFPA 1142. The pond must be a minimum depth of five(5) feet and provide a minimum of 500,000 gallons of available water. 508.3 Fire flow Add as additional requirements to this section: 508.3.1 Minimum flow requirements Each fire hydrant shall be provided with an adequate water supply so as to develop a minimum individual supply of not less than one thousand(1,000) gallons per minute flow with not less than 20 pounds per square inch residual pressure. 508.4 Water supplies-Quantity— The following water supplies shall be available commensurate with hazards therein: 1. Single family detached residential 1000 gpm 2. Town/Row or cluster 1500 to 2000 gpm 3. Apartment-type construction 3000 to 4000 gpm 4. Industrial type development 3000 to 5000 gpm 5. Research & development laboratories 3000 to 4000 gpm 6. Business and commercial areas 3000 to 4000 gpm 7. Mercantile centers 3000 to 6000 gpm 8. Assembly and educational areas 3000 to 5000 gpm 9. Healthcare and institutional centers 3000 to 6000 gpm 508.5 Fire hydrant systems 508.5.1 Where required Delete this section and insert the following: The maximum hydrant spacing shall not exceed three hundred(300) feet from the furthest point of any building or structure as measured by an approved access 14 route around the exterior or the facility or building unless otherwise approved by the Code Official. Where the configuration of lots, distances between buildings and lot lines or public utility easements, accessibility to buildings for fire suppression requirements dictate, the Code Official shall increase or decrease hydrant spacing and appropriate supply mains as deemed necessary. 508.5.1.1 General Additional fire hydrants shall be located within fifty (50) feet of any Fire Department Connection(FDC). Hydrants shall not be installed on a water main less than six(6) inches in diameter. Dead end water mains shall not exceed one hundred(100) feet of six (6) inch pipe and six hundred (600) feet of eight(8) inch pipe. It is recommended that a looped water main system with a minimum pipe diameter of eight(8) inches be required for each structure or group of structures. 508.5.1.1.1 Fire hydrants shall be located along public streets so that no portion of the building will be over 300 feet from a fire hydrant. Where this is not possible, additional hydrants should be located on the premises accessible to motorized fire apparatus. 508.5.1.1.2 One hydrant shall be Iocated at each intersection and intermediate hydrants in between so no hydrant is further than 300 feet apart. 508.5.1.1.3 Where streets or parking lots dead end, hydrants shall be placed along the access route. 508.5.1.1.4 At least two fire hydrants shall be located within 300 feet of the building. 508.5.1.1.5 Hydrants should be so located that: (1) Hydrants will be located approximately 5 feet from all-weather roadways. If this cannot be done, the closest part of the hydrant shall be set back at least two feet from the curb line. (3) Access to fire hydrants shall be by all weather roadways adequate in width, clearance and strength for fire fighting purposes. Such routes shall be maintained accessible during all seasons of the year. Legal provisions will be required for private roads to assure accessibility. 15 508.5.1.1.6 Fire hydrants shall be protected from damage by approved methods when located in areas subject to vehicular damage. 508.5.3 Delete point#1 508.5.3.1 Fire hydrant maintenance on private property shall be maintained in proper operating condition. 508.5.3.1.1 Periodic inspections shall be made by the property owner to ensure that the fire hydrant(s) is clear of obstructions such as trash, rocks,vegetation, snow, etc. The area cleared shall be of such a size to make identification of the hydrant simple and to allow hooking up of fire hoses and operation of the hydrant without delay. 508.5.3.1.2 Fire department personnel have the option of operating fire hydrants on private property to ensure proper operation and proper water flow. 508.5.3.1.3 Fire hydrants shall be painted fire engine red to prevent rust and ease identification. 508.5.3.1.4 Hydrant thread shall be kept clean and lubricated. Caps should be hand tightened. 508.5.3.1.5 During water flow tests if internal workings do not work, it is the responsibility of the property owner to correct the problem. 508.5.3.1.6 It is the responsibility of the property owner to bear the cost of all repairs and maintenance of fire hydrants on private property. 508.5.3.1.7 If maintenance is not completed, the Fire District may impose fines as outlined in this code. Furthermore, if it is deemed a threat to the property to have such 16 hydrant out of service, the Fire District may order repairs to hydrant and pass such costs on to the property owner. 508.5.7 Identification Add as additional requirements to this section: All fire hydrants, public or private, shall be marked with a hydrant flag that is approved by the Code Official as deemed necessary. 508.6 Hydrant Specifications All newly installed fire hydrants and replacement hydrants shall conform to the following requirements depending on type of occupancy. 508.6.1 Hydrants in Commercial, Industrial, and Other Similar Areas Hydrants shall have two (2) pumper nozzles. One(1) nozzle shall be a 4" Storz connection. The other nozzle connection shall be 4 %"NST. The hydrant shall be painted fire engine red. 508.6.2 Hydrants in Residential Areas Hydrants shall have one(l)pumper nozzle and two (2)2 %"NST outlets. The pumper nozzle shall be a 4" Storz connection. The hydrant shall be painted fire engine red. 508,6.3 Hydrants on private property Any privately owned hydrant shall have a 4" Storz connection. Existing hydrants shall be converted to a 4" Storz connection by January 1, 2008. If a hydrant can not be converted, and needs to be replaced, such replacements shall conform to 508.5.1 or 508.6.2. 508.7 Dry hydrants In any subdivision/development, where a water distribution system is not provided, the North Aurora & Countryside Fire Protection District may require the owner to modify storm water control devices, so as to provide a pond with a minimum depth of five(5) feet and to install a dry hydrant that conforms to the standard NFPA 1142 and with the approval of the Code Official with a suction pipe from the middle of the pond. The dry hydrant shall be installed on the right of way of a street proposed to be installed within the subdivision/development and shall meet the standards established by the North Aurora &Countryside Fire Protection District. It shall be unlawful to erect any structure in any subdivision/ development prior to completion of any required water supply equipment as required by this Ordinance. 508.7.1 17 Where the configuration of lots, distance between buildings and lot lines or public utility easements, accessibility to building or fire suppression requirements dictate, the Code Official shall require additional hydrants as deemed necessary. 508.7.2 The total gallons per minute, which dry hydrants shall be required to produce, shall be determined by the structure being served by the hydrant. In no case shall the hydrant produce less than 1,000 gallons per minute. 508.7.3 The precise location of and specifications for dry hydrant(s) shall be subject to the review and approval by the Code Official prior to the installation of the system. 508.7.4 The dry hydrant plan submitted for review may be subject to review by an outside engineer or code consultant. The submitted party will incur all associated costs. 508.7.5 It shall be unlawful for any person to utilize any device such as drafting pits, dry hydrants or other water supply appurtenances designed for fire fighting operations without the express permission of the North Aurora & Countryside Fire Protection District. 508.7.6 All dry hydrants shall be maintained free from obstructions. The access to any area surrounding the dry hydrant shall be properly cleared of obstacles, which may hide or impede the use of the dry hydrant. Furthermore, the hydrant shall be maintained in working order at all times, capable of delivering the minimum required flow. Responsibility of maintaining, repairing, replacing and/or dredging all hydrants within a subdivision shall be the responsibility of the appropriate homeowner's association. In the absence of a homeowners association, each dry hydrant will be addressed on an individual basis. 508.7.7 The North Aurora & Countryside Fire Protection District may require the property owner or his agent to install "No Parking— Fire Hydrant", or other signs as needed. B-105.1: Delete the exception B-105.2: Delete the exception 18 508.5.9 Unauthorized use It shall be unlawful for any person to utilize any device such as a fire hydrant, drafting hydrant, dry hydrant, or other water supply appurtenances designed for fire suppression operations without the express permission of the Code Official. SECTION 511 —PEDESTRIAN SECURTIY GATES 511.1 Pedestrian security gates where installed must be approved by the Fire Marshal. 511.2 All such approved gates must be capable of being opened by the fire department with the equipment normally carried on their fire apparatus. SECTION 512—VEHICULAR SECURITY GATES 512.1 Vehicular security gates where installed must be approved by the code official. 512.2 Such approval will not be granted unless a minimum opening of 12 feet(for one direction of travel) is provided. If two travel lanes are to be enclosed by one gate, the minimum opening size must be 24 feet. In addition to the normal opening devices, a method for the fire department to obtain entry must be provided. This method must consist of one of the following: 1) Preferred method-A strobe light activation system. System uses high rate strobe flash to identify emergency vehicles. Gate would open automatically when activated. (Currently being used in traffic preemption). 2) A padlocked chain with chain links no larger than % inch in diameter (manually operated gates) with fire department lock. 3) A key switch override installed at a convenient and conspicuous location with a lock box installed. CHAPTER 6—BUILDING SERVICES AND SYSTEMS SECTION 609—COMMERCIAL KITCHEN HOODS Add as additional sections: 609.1.2 Existing kitchen hood fire suppression systems 19 Each existing required commercial or other occupancy kitchen exhaust hood and duct system shall be protected with an approved wet chemical fire suppression system installed and maintained per NFPA 17, and UL 300 Standard. Every required automatic Fire suppression system, when activated, shall transmit a fire alarm signal to a U.L. listed central station via an approved fire alarm system. 609.8 Maintenance Commercial kitchen exhaust systems shall be cleaned to remove deposits of residue and grease in the system at intervals specified in the cleaning schedule required to be submitted in accordance with the mechanical code listed in Chapter 45. Thorough cleaning of ducts, hoods and fans shall require scraping,brushing and other positive cleaning methods. 609.8.1 Cleaning Schedule Where a cleaning schedule is not on file, the Code Official shall require a schedule to be submitted, indicating the method of cleaning and the time intervals between cleanings. 705.3 Delete section and replace with the following: Fire walls shall be constructed of non-combustible masonry block or other approved material by the code official. CHAPTER 8—INTERIOR FINISH, DECORATIVE MATERIALS AND FURNISHINGS 804.1.1 Restricted Occupancies Natural cut trees shall be prohibited in Group A, E, I-1, I-2, 1-3, 14, m, R-1, R-2 and R-4 occupancies. Delete the following Exception in its entirety: Exception: Trees located in areas protected by an approved automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.1.1 or 903.1.2 shall not be prohibited in Groups A, E, M R-1, and R-2. CHAPTER 9--FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS SECTION 903—FIRE PROTECTION SYSTMMS 903.1 Alternative protection 20 Alternative automatic fire extinguishing systems complying with Section 904 may be permitted in lieu of automatic sprinkler protection where recognized by the applicable standard and approved by the Code Official. 903.2 Where required Delete this section and insert the following: Approved automatic sprinkler systems in new buildings and structures shall be provided in all Use Groups described in this Code. Automatic sprinkler systems must be installed in accordance with applicable NFPA standards, manufacturer's recommendations, UL listings, and good fire safety practices. Automatic sprinkler systems must be maintained in full operation condition at all times. Automatic sprinkler systems shall be provided in all new residential Use Groups including town homes/multi-family dwellings. All new town homes shall have automatic fire sprinklers installed throughout per NFPA 13R or 131). Exceptions: Real estate sales and construction trailers utilized during the development of property when approved by the code official, agriculture storage buildings less than 5,000 square feet, one and two family dwellings. Spaces or areas in telecommunications buildings used exclusively for telecommunications equipment, associated electrical power distribution equipment, batteries and standby engines, provided those spaces or areas are equipped throughout with automatic fire alarm system and are separated from the remainder of the building by a wall with a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 hour and a floor/ceiling assembly with a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 hours. 903.2.1 Through 903.2.3.1 Where required Delete these sections in their entirety 903.2.6 Through 903.2.12.3 Where required Delete these sections in their entirety 903.3.7.1 Fire department connections shall be a 4" Storz. 903.3.7.2 Owners of sprinkler systems that have connections other than Storz connections will have until July 1, 2006 to switch over to a 4" Storz connection. 903.4.1 Delete this section and insert the following: All automatic fire suppression systems required for occupancies in Use Groups A, B, E, F, H, I, M, S, R-1, R-2, and R-3, shall be supervised by directly connecting 21 to an U.L. listed central station utilizing NFPA 72 and their respective listing by an approved agency. 903.4.3 Floor control valves Delete this section and insert the following: In multi story buildings, approved floor control valves with water flow switches shall be provided for each floor. In large multi tenant buildings, approved control valves with water flow switches shall be provided for each tenant. 903.6 Remodels of existing buildings Existing buildings or structures that are remodeled, and that meet any of the criteria listed below, shall provide fire protection as detailed in 903.2: If alteration costs 50%or more of the reproduction cost of the building or structure, the entire building or structure shall comply with the requirements of the construction as defined in this code. For the purpose of calculating percentages of reproduction cost, the alteration shall be construed as the total actual combined cost of all alterations made within any period of 30 months. Exception: One -and two - family dwellings. Add as additional sections: 903.6.2 Increasing existing floor area over 25% Fire protection as detailed in 903.2 shall be required for the entire building or structure for additions that increase the existing floor area of a building or structure by more than 25%. Exception: One -and two - family dwellings. 903.6.3 Increasing existing floor area by 25% or less Fire protection for additions that increase the existing floor area of a building or structure by 25% or less shall be as follows: 1. Provide fire protection for the entire building or structure as detailed in 903.2 or 2. Provide a UL listed three hour fire separation assembly between the existing building and the new addition. Provide fire protection for the new addition as detailed in 903.2 22 Exception: One-and two - family dwellings. 903.6.4 A-2 Use Group requirements An approved automatic sprinkler system shall be provided in all A-2 Use Group, (night clubs, bars, restaurants, and dance halls) with an occupancy load of 100 persons or more, no later than January 1, 2008 Section 904--Alternative automatic fire-extinguishing systems 904.3.4.1 Kitchen hood suppression systems Add as an additional section: Kitchen hood suppression systems shall be connected to the building fire alarm system. SECTION 905- STANDPIPE SYSTEMS 905.3.1 Building height Delete this section and insert the following: Class III standpipe systems shall be installed throughout all buildings or structures more than two (2) stories in height. Exceptions: 1. Class I stand pipes are allowed in buildings equipped with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.1.1 or 903.1.2. 2. Class I manual standpipes are allowed in open parking garages where the highest floor is located not more than 150 feet above the lowest level of the fire department vehicle access. Class 1 manual dry stand pipes are allowed in open parking garages subject to freezing. 3. Class I standpipes are allowed in basements equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system. Add as additional sections: 905.12 Piping design The riser piping, supply piping and the water service piping shall be sized to maintain a residual pressure of at least 65 psi (448kPa) at the topmost outlet of each riser while flowing the minimum quantities of water specified in Section 905.11.1 and 905.11.2. The piping size shall be based on the capacity of the automatic water supply system or, where as automatic water supply is neither 23 required nor provided to maintain the residual pressure of 65 psi, the pipe size shall be based on a pressure of 150 psi available at the fire department connection. Exception: The residual pressure of 65 psi is not required in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3 and where the highest floor level is not more than 50 feet above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access. Exception: One— and two- family dwellings 905.12.1 Riser sizing The riser size shall be based on the hydraulic calculations for a minimum flow of 500 gallons per minute(gpm) (378 L/min.). Exceptions: 1. Where only I ''/2"valves are provided, the riser(s) shall be sized to provide a minimum flow of 100 gpm(378 L/min). 2. In buildings where limited area sprinkler systems are supplied with water from a common standpipe riser, the riser shall be sized to satisfy total demand. 3. For occupancies Use Group B, 1, R1, or R2 in buildings that are equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3, each riser shall be sized for a minimum flow of 250gpm(945 L/min.). 4. Risers that are sized in accordance with the pipe schedule requirements of NFPA14 listed in Chapter 35 are not subject to this requirement. 905.12.2 System pipe sizing The system piping, including the horizontal or common feeder lines, shall be sized for a minimum flow of 500 gpm (1892 L/min.). Where more than one standpipe riser is required or provided, all common system piping shall be sized for a minimum flow of 500 gpm(1892 L/min.) for the first riser plus 250 gpm (945 L/min.) for each additional riser, and the total shall not be required to exceed 1, 250 gpm(4731 L/min.). Exception: 1. Where only 1 Y2," valves are provided, the supply piping shall be sized for a minimum flow of 100 gpm (378 L/min.) for each riser, and the total shall not be required to exceed 500 gpm (18 92 L/min.). 24 2. In buildings where limited area sprinkler systems are supplied with water from a common standpipe riser, the supply piping shall be sized for a minimum flow of 500gpm (1892 L/min.)plus the sprinkler demand for first riser, plus 250 gpm(945 L/min.) for each additional riser, and the total shall not be required to exceed 1, 250gpm(4731 L/min.). 3. For occupancies in Use Group B, I, R-1 or R2 in buildings that are equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3, all common supply piping shall be sized for a minimum flow of 250 gpm(945 L/min.) for the first riser plus 250 gpm (945L/min.) for each additional riser, and the total shall not be required to exceed 750 gpm (2838 L/min.). 905.12.3 Any building having multiple risers shall have a diagram(s) next to the riser area showing the building and what sections are protected by which risers. 905.4.3 If all areas cannot be reached with 150 feet of attach hose from the required standpipes, additional standpipes shall be added so this provision can be met. SECTION 906—PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 906.1 Where required Delete this section and insert the following: Portable fire extinguishers shall be installed in the following locations: 1. In Group A, B, E, F, H, 1, M, R-1, R-2, AND S occupancies. 2. Within 30 feet of commercial cooking equipment. 3. In areas where flammable or combustible liquids are stored, used or dispensed. 4. On each floor of buildings or structures under construction, except Group R-3 occupancies, in accordance with Section 1414.1. 5. Where required by the sections indicated in Table 906.1 6. Special hazard areas, including but not limited to laboratories, computer rooms and generator rooms where required by the Code Official. Note: The minimum size ABC Dry Chemical fire extinguisher permitted shall be 10 pound (4A:40-B:C) unless approved otherwise by the Code Official. All fire extinguishers shall have location signs and current services tags 25 SECTION 907-FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEMS 907.1.2 Equipment Add the following language to the existing section: New fire alarm control panels shall be addressable unless otherwise approved by the Code Official. The equipment shall be capable of having the audio signal silence without resetting the fire alarm control panel. All fire alarm control panels shall have an approved method of placing the system in trouble mode at the location of the alarm panel. 907.1.2.1 In residential uses, each living unit shall be provided with a white strobe indicating which detection device is in the alarm mode. This device shall be identifiable in accessible areas outside the living unit. 907.1.2.2 Enunciator panels shall be provided where more than one zone is provided. The panel shall be visible from the building exterior or other approved location. 907.1.2.3 Each tenant space shall be separately zoned. When tenant spaces are protected by one common sprinkler system, smoke detectors will be installed to provide for zoning. 907.1.2.4 Multiple tenant spaces with a common alarm panel will have a white strobe over the unit's front door to show activation in a particular unit. 907.1.2.5 A red strobe will be required over the door to show the alarm panel location. 907.1.3 The fire department shall have access at any time of the day or night to the fire alarm control panel without entering an individual living(dwelling) unit. 907.2 Where required—new buildings and structures Delete this section and insert the following: An approved manual, automatic, manual and automatic fire alarm system shall be provided in new or existing buildings and structures in accordance with Sections 26 907.2.1 through 907.2.23. Fire alarm systems shall be maintained in full operating condition at all times. Where automatic sprinkler protection is installed in accordance with section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 and connected to the building fire alarm system, automatic heat detection required by this section shall not be required. An approved automatic fire detection system shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of this Code and DFPA 72. Devices, combinations of devices, appliances and equipment shall comply with Section 907.1.2. The automatic fire detectors shall be smoke detectors, except that an approved alternative type of detector shall be installed in spaces such as a boiler room where, during normal operation, products of combustion are present in sufficient quantity to actuate a smoke detector. Newly constructed buildings or structures shall be provided with fire protection as outlined below. Exception: One and two family residences,unless specified elsewhere in this Code. 907.2.1 Group A Delete this section and insert the following: New buildings or structures An automatic and manual fire alarm shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 72 in Group A occupancies. 907.2.2 Group B Delete this section and insert the following: An automatic and manual fire alarm system shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 72 in Group B occupancies. 907.2.3 Group E Delete this section and insert the following: A manual and automatic fire alarm system shall be installed in Group E occupancies. 907.2.4 Group F Delete this section and insert the following: A manual and automatic fire alarm system shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 72 in Group F occupancies. 9017.2.6 Group I Delete this section and insert the following: 27 A manual fire alarm fire system and automatic fire detection system shall be installed in Group I occupancies. An electrically supervised, automatic smoke detection system shall be provided in waiting areas that are open to corridors. 907.2.6.2 Group I-3 Occupancies Delete this section and insert the following: All required fire protective signaling systems shall transmit alarm, supervisory and trouble signals to the UL listed central station in accordance with NFPA 72 by one of the methods listed in 907.15 of this code. Exceptions: L Smoke detectors in buildings of Group R-3 and R-4. 2. Single-station smoke detectors as required by 907.2.9. 3. Smoke detectors in building group 1-3. 4. Smoke detectors in patient sleeping areas of Group 1-2 907.2.7 Groups M and S Delete this section and insert the following: A manual and automatic fire alarm system shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 72 in Group M and S occupancies. 907.2.$ Group R-1 Delete this section and insert the following: A manual fire alarm system and an automatic fire detection system shall be installed in Group R-I occupancies. Exceptions: 1. A manual fire alarm system is not required in buildings over two stories in height where all individual guestrooms and contiguous attic and crawl spaces are separated by at least one(1) hour fire partitions and each individual guestroom has an exit directly to a public way, exit court or yard. 2. An automatic fire detection system is not required in buildings that do not have interior corridors serving guestrooms and where guestrooms have a means of egress door opening directly to an exterior exit access that leads directly to the exits. 3. A separate fire alarm detection system is not required in buildings that are equipped throughout with an approved supervised automatic sprinkler system and a manual fire alarm system. 28 907.2.9 Group R-2 Delete this section and insert the following: A manual and an automatic fire detection system shall be installed and maintained in common areas in all occupancies in use group R-2 such as corridors, hallways, stairwells, boiler or furnace rooms, laundry rooms, community rooms, meeting rooms, offices, attics and all other similar common areas within buildings. The automatic fire detection system must include occupant notification. 907.2.10 Single and multiple station smoke alarms Add the following wording after (72): "and per the current State of Illinois Smoke Detector Act". 907.2.10.2 Power source Delete this section and insert the following: In new construction, required smoke alarms shall receive their primary power from the building wiring where such wiring is served from a commercial source and shall be equipped with a battery backup. Smoke alarms shall emit a signal when the batteries are low. Wiring shall be permanent and without a disconnecting switch other than as required for over-current protection. Exceptions: 1. Smoke alarms are not required to be equipped with battery backup in Group R-I where they are connected to an emergency electrical system. 2. Group R-3 smoke alarms are to be 120 volt with a battery backup. Add as additional sections: 907.3.1.9 Single and multiple station smoke alarms Listed single-and multiple-station smoke alarms shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of this Code and the household fire warning equipment provisions of NFPA 72. 907.3.1.10 Newly constructed or reconstructed All single-family and two family residences which are newly constructed shall have installed therein hard-wired smoke detectors with battery backup, as provided in this subsection. 1. Each room used for sleeping purposes. 2. In the immediate vicinity(minimum of 15 feet) of all entrances to rooms used for sleeping purposes. 29 3. In each story within a dwelling unit, including basements and cellars but not including crawl spaces and uninhabitable attic. 4. In dwellings or dwelling units with split-levels and without an intervening door between the adjacent levels, a smoke alarm installed on the upper level shall suffice for the adjacent lower level provided that the lower level is less than one full story below the upper level. 907.3.1.10.1 Alterations, repairs, and additions When interior alterations, repairs or additions requiring a permit occur, or when one or more sleeping rooms are added or created in existing dwellings, the individual dwelling unit shall be provided with smoke alarms located as required for new dwellings; the smoke alarms shall be interconnected and hard-wired. Exceptions: 1. Smoke alarms in existing areas shall not be required to be interconnected to a hard-wired where the alterations or repairs do not result in the removal of interior wall or ceiling finishes exposing the structure, unless there is an attic, crawl space, or basement available which could provide access for hard wiring and interconnection without the removal of interior finishes. 2. Repairs to the exterior surfaces of dwellings are exempt from the requirements of this section. 907.3.1.11 Existing Every single-family residence shall have at least one smoke detector installed on every story, including basements, but not including unoccupied attics. The signal shall be clearly audible within each room used for sleeping purposes over background noise levels with all intervening doors closed. In single-family residences with split-levels, a smoke detector installed on the upper level shall suffice for the adjacent lower level if the lower level is less than one full story below the upper level. However, if there is an intervening door between the adjacent levels, a smoke detector shall be installed on each level. 907.3.1.12 Low-voltage system At the option of the owner of the building or structure, a low-voltage, standard central smoke detection system may be installed in a single-family residence or two-family residence, in lieu of battery-powered smoke detectors or hard-wired smoke detectors, provided that such low-voltage standard central smoke detection system meets with the requirements for such a system set forth in the Ordinance codified in this Chapter or is otherwise approved by the Code Official. 907.4 Manual fire alarm boxes Delete this section and insert the following; 30 Manual fire alarm boxes shall be installed in each Use Group described in this Code; they shall be installed in accordance with Sections 907.4.1 and 907.4.5 907.4.1 Location Delete the exception in its entirety. 907.9.1.2 Separate zones Add as additional section: Manual fire alarm boxes, audio/visual devices and detectors are to be on separate zones per floor unless approved otherwise by the Code Official. 907.10.1Visible alarms Delete this section and insert the following: Visible alarm notification appliances shall be provided in accordance with sections 907.10.1.1 and 907.10.1.3 907.10.1.3 Change-6 to 25"to "1 to 25". 907.10.2 Audio alarms Delete this section and insert the following: Audible alarm notification appliances shall be provided and sound a distinctive sound that is not to be used for any purpose other than that of a fire alarm. The audible alarm notification appliances shall provide a sound pressure level of 15 decibels (dBA) above the average ambient sound level or 5dBA above the maximum sound level having duration of at least 60 seconds, whichever is greater, in every space within the building. The minimum sound pressure level for audible appliances shall be 120 dBA at the maximum hearing distance from the audible appliance. Where the average ambient noise is greater than 105 dBA, visible alarm notification appliances shall be provided in accordance with NFPA 72 and audio alarm appliances shall not be required. Exception: Visible alarm notification appliances shall be allowed in lieu of audible alarm notification appliances in critical care areas of Group I-2 occupancies. 907.12 Duct smoke detectors Delete this section and insert the following: Duct smoke detectors shall be connected to the building's fire alarm control panel. Activation of a duct smoke detector shall initiate a full fire signal. Add the following sections: 31 907.20.2.1 All fire alarm/protection systems shall be inspected and tested by a qualified company and personnel. Records of these inspections shall be kept on premises and available for fire personnel upon request. 907.20.5.1 Vacant or unoccupied buildings or portions thereof shall maintain all required sprinkler, standpipe and fire alarm systems and all component parts in a workable condition at all times. The system(s) shall be tested in the presence of the Code Official if the adequacy of the system is felt to be in question. 907.21 False fire alarms No person shall deliberately or maliciously turn on an alarm of fire when in fact that person knows that no fire exists. No person shall activate any installed fire warning system or any fixed fire extinguishing system for purposes other than emergency, maintenance, drills, or prescribed testing. Penalties for false fire alarms are addressed in North Aurora Fire Protection District ordinance 97-4. 907.22 It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or corporation to lease or own an alarm system, or be in control of any premises, including single-family and multi-family dwellings and business places wherein an alarm system is operated or maintained without first having obtained an alarm user registration from the North Aurora and Countryside Fire Protection District, except no registration shall be required for alarm system contained in or on vehicles or for alarm users registered under an agency as provided herein. 907.22.1 Premises which utilize alarm systems with multiple devices may be issued more than one alarm user registration under the following circumstances. Where heat, smoke or other fire alerting devices are located in adjacent businesses or housing units which transmit signals into a shared control panel located on the combined premises, a single registration may be issued to the property owner or his agent or to a property owner association as long as such person or organization has legal control and accountability for the entire alarm system and information required under the"application for registration"is completed for each business entity in which a part of the alarm system is contained. 907.22.2 An application for an alarm user registration shall be filed with the Fire Prevention Bureau and shall contain the following information: 32 1. Naive and address of the applicant. 2. Name and address of the premises where the alarm system is located. 3. General description of the alarm system which classifies it as burglary, safe, hold-up, fire, medical or other and the presence of silent alarms and any audible or visual alerting signals on the premises. Any alarm system classified as other shall include a brief description as to category type. 4. Any alarm system designed to transmit a signal to a monitoring service or central answering station shall include the name and telephone number of said service. 5. A statement listing the names, addresses and telephone numbers of at least three (3)persons responsible for the premises where the alarm system is located and who should be contacted to deactivate the alarm system and respond to the premises. 907.22.3 A $25 application fee shall be paid with application. The registration shall be renewed annually. 907.23 Out of Service Systems When a fire alarm/protection system must be taken out of service for maintenance, repairs, etc., the system shall not be out of service for a period of more than eight(8) hours. When a system is out of service, a responsible person shall be assigned to contact the 911 center in case of fire and to turn on control valves of fire suppression systems, if available. 1003.2.11 Delete section and replace with following: Emergency lighting shall be provided in the following occupancies regardless of square footage; Use Groups A, B, E, H, 1, M, and all common area of R-1 and R- 2. Additional emergency lighting needs for occupancies of Use Groups F, S, and U shall be determined by the Code Official based on hours of operation, natural lighting available, types of material within the structure and hazard potential within the structure. CHAPTER 33 -EXPLOSIVES AND FIREWORKS 33 SECTION 3302—DEFINITIONS Add as additional section: 3302.2 —GENERAL The following words and terms shall, for the purpose of this Chapter and as stated elsewhere in this Code, have the meanings show herein. Fireworks: The term "fireworks" shall mean and include any explosive composition , or any substance or combination of substances, or article prepared for the purpose of producing a visible or audible effect of a temporary exhibitional nature by explosion, combustion, deflagration, or detonation, and shall include blank cartridges,toy cannons, in which explosives are used, the type of balloons which require fire underneath to propel the same, firecrackers, torpedoes, sky-rockets, Roman candles, bombs, or other fireworks of like construction and any fireworks containing any explosive compound, or any tablets or other devise containing any explosive substance, or containing combustible substances producing visual effects, provided, however,that the term "fireworks" shall not include trick noise makers known as "party poppers", "booby traps", and "snappers"; toy pistols, toy canes, toy guns,or other devices in which paper or plastic caps containing twenty-five hundredth of grains or less of explosive compound are used,providing they are so constructed that the hand cannot come in contact with the cap when in place for the explosion; and toy pistol paper or plastic caps which contain less than twenty hundredths grains of explosive mixture. Note: Devices such as sparklers, snake or glow worm pellets, trick matches, etc. that require an open flame, such as a match or lighter, to ignite are not permitted. SECTION 3305 MANUFACTURING, ASSEMBLY, AND TESTING OF EXPLOSIVES, EXPLOSIVE MATERIALS, AND FIREWORKS. Delete this section and insert the following: The storage of explosive materials is prohibited within the North Aurora & Countryside Fire Protection District except by special permit issued by the Chief or his designee of the North Aurora &Countryside Fire Protection District. 3308.11 Delete this section Add as an additional section: SECTION 3309-VIOLATIONS Section 3309.1 General 34 A person shall not possess, manufacture, store, offer or expose for sale, sell at retail or discharge any fireworks within the North Aurora & Countryside Fire Protection District. Exception: Where approved for the supervised display of fireworks in accordance with Section 3308 of this Code. Section 3309.1 Bond for display The permit holder shall furnish a bond in an amount of$1,000,000 for the payment of all potential damage caused either to the person or property due to the permitted display, and arising from any acts of the permit holder or agent of the permit holder. In lieu of a bond, the permit holder may provide a certificate of insurance, in an amount of$1, 000, 000 and naming the Village of North Aurora and the North Aurora & Countryside Fire Protection District as additional insured and execute an agreement holding the North Aurora& Countryside Fire Protection District and Village of North Aurora harmless from any damage to persons or property caused by the permitted display. Section 3309.3 Fines for violations Any person, firm, partnership, association or corporation found violating any of the provisions of this chapter shall be fined not less than one hundred and fifty dollars ($150.00), but not more than seven hundred and fifty dollars ($750.00). SECTION 3310—ESTABLISHMENT OF MOTOR VEHICLE ROUTES FOR VEHICLES TRANSPORTING EXPLOSIVES AND BLASTING AGENTS. 3310.1 The routes followed by vehicles transporting explosives and blasting agents shall not pass through congested areas or heavy traffic, except designated by the Code Official. 3310.2 Vehicle Routing only on Interstate 88 (East-West Tollroad), Ill. Rt. 56, Ill. Rt. 31, Ill. Rt. 25, Randall Road and Orchard Road. CHAPTER 38 -LIQUEFIED PETOLEUM GASES SECTION 3804—LOCATION OF CONTAINERS 3804.2 Maximum capacity within established limits Delete this section and insert the following: 35 Where storage containers with aggregate water capacity of more than 4,000 gallons are located within the North Aurora & Countryside Fire Protection District, the sitting provisions of Table 3804.3 shall be modified in accordance with the fire safety analysis indicated in NFPA 58. ARTICLE 5 AMMENDMENTS TO THE 2000 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 403.1 Change 75 feet to four(4) stories or greater. 705.3 Delete section and replace with the following: Fire walls shall be constructed of non-combustible masonry block or other approved material by the Code Official 2303.1.2.1 Where there is usable space above and below a floor/ceiling assembly made of prefab wood I joists, the assembly shall be protected from fire impingement by one of the following: 1. Minimum of% : drywall and draflstopped per 1995 CABO 502.10 2. Approved sprinkler system Section 3002—Hoist way enclosures Delete 3002.4 and insert the following: 3002.4 Elevator service shall be provided in all buildings and structures two stories or greater in height, measured from the lowest level of fire department vehicle access. Exception: One and two-family residences, unless covered elsewhere in this Code. 3002.4.1 Elevator car requirements Elevator cars are to accommodate the ambulance stretcher. In the buildings two stories in height or more, at least one elevator shall be of such a size and arrangement to accommodate a 24-inch by 84-inch ambulance stretcher in the horizontal, open position and shall be identified by the international symbol for emergency medical services (Star of Life). The symbol shall not be less than 3 inches high and shall be placed inside on both sides of the hoist doorframe. The inside hand rail shall be set at the maximum thirty six(36) inch height allowed under ADA standards to better accommodate the stretcher. The cab size is to be 36 minimum a 5"xT platform and minimum 2500 Ib capacity with a 42" side slide door. ARTICLE 6 MODIFICATIONS The Code Official of the Bureau of Fire Prevention or designee shall have the power to modify any of the provisions of this Ordinance upon application in writing by the owner or lessee, or his duly authorized agent,when there are practical difficulties in carrying out the strict Ietter of this Ordinance, provided that the spirit of the Ordinance shall be observed, public safety secured, and substantial justice one. The particulars of such modifications when granted and the approval of the Code Official of the Bureau shall be in writing and kept on file in the Office of the Bureau of Fire Prevention, and a signed copy shall be furnished the applicant. ARTICLE 7— DEVIATIONS FROM ORDINANCE From time to time situations may arise that are not covered within the provisions of this ordinance. For the sole purpose of providing public safety the Code Official may require that additional orders be carried out. When this occurs, it will be the responsibility of the Code Official to provide a letter to those affected outlining the following: 1. Address of building affected. 2. Additional requirements to be met. 3. Reasons for additional requirements and how it will affect public safety. 4. The right to appeal. 5. The expected completion of additional requirements, if not appealed. A copy of this letter will be kept on file in the offices of the Bureau of Fire Prevention. All appeals will occur as outlined in this ordinance. ARTICLE 8 APPEALS Whenever the Code Official shall disapprove an application, or refuse to grant a permit, or when it is claimed that the provisions of the Ordinance do not apply, or that the true intent and meaning of the Ordinance have been misconstrued or wrongly interpreted, the applicant or person affected may appeal from the decision of the Code Official to the Board of Trustees of the North Aurora and North Aurora &Countryside Fire Protection District by written notice filed in the office of the Secretary of said Board within 30 days from the date of the decision being appealed. The said Board shall call a hearing on said appeal within 20 days of said notice of appeal filing, and shall render a decision in writing 10 days after completing such a hearing. Nothing herein shall restrict the Code Official from seeking immediate enforcement or the regulations of this Ordinance in court where the hazard involved requires such action. 37 ARTICLE 9 PENALTIES Any person, firm or corporation who violates, disobeys, omits, neglects or refuses to comply with, or who resists the enforcement of any of the provisions of this Ordinance including the codes adopted herein by reference, or who refuses to remedy a violation or same, shall be fined not less than $50 nor more than $500 for each offense; and each seven days that a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. The application of a penalty shall not be held to waive legal action to enforce removal of the prohibited conditions. ARTICLE 10 CONFLICTING ORDINANCES: PARTIAL INVALIDITY All former ordinances or parts thereof conflicting or inconsistent with the provisions of this Ordinance on the codes adopted herein by reference are hereby repealed. Should a court of competent jurisdiction hold that any part of this Ordinance or any part of the codes adopted herein by reference, is invalid, such holding shall not invalidate the remainder. 38 AGENDA ITEM ExECUTIVE SUMMARY Title: Adoption of Revised Building and Fire Codes (Revisions to Chapters 15.04 (Building) & 15.28 (Fire) of City Code), 5T. CHARLES Presenter: Bob Vann-Building and Code Enforcement Division Manager S 9N C I' k 10 A 4 Please check appropriate box: Government Operations Government Services X Planning& Development— 1/11/2010 City Council Public Nearing Estimated Cost: Budgeted: YES NO If NO, please explain how item will be funded: Executive Summary: Since 2008, City Staff'has been in the process of reviewing (lie City's Building and Fire Codes and their local amendments to prepare for changing trends of new development and re- development. Since February 2009, the City's Building Board of Review has worked with staff on the review and re-write of the code amendments. With the Board's review and staff input, the reduction of local amendments were reduced by 61% for the Building Code and 38% for the Plumbing Code. Staff is recommending that the following Codes be considered for adoption: 2009 International Building Code with amendments 2009 International Residential Code with amendments 2009 International Fire Code with amendments 2009 International Mechanical Code with amendments 2009 International Fuel Gas Code with amendments 2009 International Energy Conservation Code 2008 National Electrical Code with amendments 2004 Illinois State Plumbing Code with amendments St Charles Ordinance Title 15—Building and Construction, Chapter 15.28-Fire Prevention Code t i Attachments: (please list) Staff Memo Code Amendments Recommendation/Suggested Action (briefly explain): Staff recommends approval from the Committee of all code and local amendments as written and to be forwarded to City Council for final approval. For office use only: R endu Item Number: Community Development Building& Code Enforcement Division r Pliane: (630)3774406 Fax: (630)443-4638 ST. CHARLES Memo Date: December')0,2009 To: Chairman Dan Stellato and Planning& Development Committee From: Bub Vann, Building& Code Enforcement Division Manager Cc: Rita Tungare,Director of Community Development Patrick Mullen, Fire Chief Re: Adoption of Revised Builditig& Fire Codes with Amendments Historically, the Building and Fire Department staff have reviewed and updated the adopted codes and the City's local amendments to these codes approximately every other code revision cycle (6 years). This comprehensive review provides staff the opportunity to evaluate the Iatest in building technology and practices. It also provides the opportunity to evaluate the community's expectations and the changing trends in development and re-development. In past years, the Building and hire code adoption process consisted of adopting the most current base codes with the"same local amendments."The one unique thing about the process that we have gone through this time is we have truly conducted an "objective and a comprehensive review"with a group of outside professionals. Earlier this year in January, the Council established a Board of Review. One of the primary responsibilities of this Board is reviewing new Codes and amendments and making recommendations to the Council. The Board, which is made up of a licensed architect, contractor, fire suppression specialist, electrician, and plumber, provided City staff not only expert advice but also challenged us to review these requirements from the end user's perspective. The Board met twice a month beginning in mid-April and concluded their full approval of all code amendments in November. With the creation of the Building Board of Review, field experience,feedback from customer surveys, and process improvement exercises, City staff had the tools to fully evaluate the City codes and amendments and eliminate archaic provisions, without compromising life safety. In reviewing the 2009 Intentational Codes and the City's amendments, staff evaluated many aspects of the construction and alteration of structures that adequately protects public health; safety, welfare, and provisions that do not unnecessarily increase construction costs,and do not restrict the use of new materials, products or methods of construction. Amendments to codes allow a municipality to address unique circumstances and provide a higher level of safety to their citizens and first responders to emergencies. All of the proposed Building and Fire codes are base codes. These codes set forth a minimum standard for the construction and alteration of all types of uses in buildings and structures. Staff has reviewed the City's current code amendments and have made significant reductions in the number of City imposed local amendments. Staff's recommendations of the proposed reduction of code amendments will not decrease the level of public safety in which the codes maintain today. The number of local amendments was reduced by 61% for the Building Code and 38% for the Plumbing Code. With this in mind, the following are some significant local amendment changes being proposed. 1. The current City amendments to the Building code identifies a building that has occupiable floor levels greater than thirty-five (35) feet above the lowest level of Fire Department vehicle access as being classified as a high-rise building. Because the current and proposed code amendment requires that all commercial and multi-family structures have a fire alarm and fire suppression system (sprinklers), staff is recommending that the base code vehicle access height of seventy-five (75) feet define high rise buildings. 2. The ctua•ent City amendments require an occupiable space to have two (2) exit doors out of that space when the occupant load reaches twenty(20) instead of the base code requirement of fifty(50). The current and proposed amendment requires full fire alarm and sprinkler systems in tenant spaces along with exiting corridors shall have a fire rating of no less than one (1) hour. Staff is recommending following the base code requirement of fifty (50) occupants before a second exit is required. This will allow design flexibility while maintaining a higher degree of public safety by assuring separation between occupants of the building and the hazard. 3. With the introduction of the requirement of sprinkler systems in one and two- family dwellings, staff is recommending eliminating the restriction on not allowing the use of plastic water pipe, which is allowed by the state plumbing code. Plastic water pipe is a proven material and will significantly reduce material costs should the builder choose to use it. 4. The current City code amendments require that all town homes be separated with a masonry wall. This was put into place to assure an effective fire barrier between dwelling units. Because the base code will now require the installation of a residential fire sprinkler system to be installed, staff is recommending a minimum of an approved two-hour wall assembly be installed. This will provide the developer the option of using a variety of materials to control their costs and still maintain a high level of safety. RECOMMENDATIONS: In summary, the Building Board of Review and staff are recommending the adoption of the 2009 International Codes with local amendments. This comprehensive building code establishes minimum regulations for building systems using prescriptive and performance related provisions. The editions that are being proposed are as follows: 2009 International Building Code with amendments 2009 International Residential Code with amendments 2009 International Fire Code with amendments 2009 International Mechanical Code 2009 International Fuel Gas Code with amendments 2009 International Energy Conservation Code 2008 National Electric Code with amendments 2004 Illinois State Plumbing Code with amendments St. Charles Municipal Ordinance Title 15: Building & Construction; Section 15.28: Fire Prevention Code ORDINANCE NO. 2010-M- AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 15.28 "FIRE PREVENTION CODE" OF THE ST. CHARLES MUNICIPAL CODE WHEREAS,not less than three(3) copies of: (a)the 2009 International Fire Code for One and Two Family Dwellings,published February 2009 by International Code Council, Inc., 5203 Leesburg Pike, Suite 708, Falls Church, Virginia 22041-3401, (b) the NFPA 101 Life Safety Code, 2009 edition, published by the National Fire Protection Association, I Batterymarch Park, Quincy, Massachusetts 02169-7471, and(c)the NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code, 2007 edition, published by the National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, Massachusetts 02169-7471, have been and are on file in the Office of the Clerk of the City of St. Charles, Illinois for more than thirty (30) days prior to the passage and approval of this Ordinance; and WHEREAS, the City of St. Charles has provided notice to the Illinois Building Commission regarding proposed changes to regulations regarding construction related activities within the City of St. Charles, as provided by 20 ILCS 3918155; and WHEREAS, the City Council finds it to be in the interest of the City of St. Charles to periodically update codes regulating buildings and structures. NOW THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED by the City Council of the City of St. Charles, Kane and DuPage Counties, Illinois as follows: SECTION ONE: That Title 15, "Buildings and Construction", Chapter 15.28 "Fire Prevention Code" of the St. Charles Municipal Code be and is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and by substituting the following therefor: "15.28.010 Fire Prevention Code, Life Safety Code- adopted- modifications. The provisions of a) the ICC International Fire Prevention Code, 2009 edition with the following Appendices: • Appendix B — Fire Flow Requirements for Buildings • Appendix C — Fire Hydrant Locations and Distribution • Appendix D—Fire Apparatus Access Roads • Appendix J— Emergency Responder Radio Coverage as published by the International Code Council, Inc. 5203 Leesburg Pike, Suite 708, Falls Church, Virginia 22041-3401, and b) the NFPA 101 Life Safety Code, 2009 edition, published by the National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, Massachusetts 02169- 7471, are hereby adopted by reference as if fully set forth herein, together with the amendments listed herein, for the purpose of prescribing regulations governing conditions hazardous to life and property from fire or explosion. These codes and amendments thereto shall be known as the "City of St. Charles Fire Prevention Code." Ordinance No. Page 2 15.28.020 Bureau of Fire Prevention—Establishment& Duties. A. The Fire Prevention Code shall be enforced by the Bureau of Fire Prevention in the Fire Department of the City, which is established and which shall operate under the supervision of the Chief of the Fire Department. B. The person in charge of the Bureau of Fire Prevention shall be designated by and serve at the pleasure of the Chief of the St. Charles Fire Department. C. The Chief of the Fire Department may detail such members of the Fire Department as inspectors as shall from time to time be necessary. D. The Chief of the Fire Department shall recommend any amendments to the Code, which, in his judgment, shall be desirable. 15.28.030 Definitions. A. Wherever the words "Fire Prevention Code" or"Code" are used, they shall be held to mean the City of St. Charles, Illinois, Fire Prevention Code. B. Wherever the word"Municipality" is used in the Fire Prevention Code, it shall be held to mean the City of St. Charles, Illinois. C. Wherever the term"Corporation Counsel" is used in the Fire Prevention Code, it shall be held to mean the City Attorney for the City of St. Charles, Illinois. D. Wherever the term"Fire Officials," "Fire Inspector," "Inspector,""Code Official," "Authority Having Jurisdiction,"or"Fire Marshal" is used, it shall be held to mean the Chief of the St. Charles Fire Department or his designee. E. Wherever the term"Bureau of Fire Prevention" is used, it shall be held to mean the Bureau of Fire Prevention of the City of St. Charles Fire Department, St. Charles, Illinois. 15.28.040 Limits for the storage, handling, processing, manufacturing and transportation of flammable, hazardous or toxic chemicals, liquids and gases. A. Prohibited Storage of Explosives and Blasting Agents. The storage, handling and use of explosives and blasting agents are hereby prohibited. B. Prohibited Storage of Flammable and Combustible Liquids. The storage of flammable and combustible Iiquids in outside, above-ground tanks is hereby restricted as follows: As approved by the Fire Prevention Code by the City of St. Charles, Illinois 60174. See F-2206.2.3. C. Prohibited Storage and Manufacturing of Fireworks.The manufacture, sale, handling, use or storage of fireworks is prohibited within the corporate limit of the City of St. Charles. See F-3301 (pg. 299), Explosives &Fireworks. D. Restricted Bulk Storage of Liquefied Petroleum Gases. The bulk storage of liquefied petroleum gases in excess of 500 gallons of water capacity is hereby prohibited. E. Motor Vehicle Routes for Transporting Hazardous Chemicals and Other Dangerous Articles Including Liquefied Petroleum Gases and Combustible and Flammable Liquids. Routes for vehicles transporting hazardous chemicals and other dangerous articles including combustible and flammable liquids are hereby established as follows: Ordinance No. Page 3 1. Routes approved by the state or federal governments. 2. No tank vehicles shall be parked for over one hour or left unattended at any time. 15.28.050 Amendments to the ICC International Fire Code 2009. 1. Section 10 1.1 insert the name of jurisdiction: "City of St. Charles, Kane and DuPage Counties, Illinois." 2, Amend Section 307.4.3, "Portable outdoor fireplaces." Delete the exception. 3. Amend Section 308, "Open Flames" as follows: Amend 308.1.6.2 "Portable fueled open-Flame devices." Delete exception 94. Amend 308.3 "Group A occupancies." Delete exceptions#1.2, 1.3, 2, & 3. 4. Add Section 318 "Miscellaneous Provisions"to read as follows: "318 Miscellaneous Provisions 318.1 Tenant Separation. Each tenant space shall be separated from other tenant spaces and corridors by walls, partitions, and floor-ceiling assemblies having at least a one- (1) hour approved fire resistance rating." 5. Add Section 506.3 "Location" to read as follows: 11506.3 Location.The installation of the approved key box shall be approved by the Fire Chief. The box shall be located not more than six(6') feet above grade. The key box may be supervised by a tamper switch." 6. Delete the provisions of Sections 507.1 and 507.5.1, including the exceptions to 507.5.1 and substitute the following therefor: "507.1 Required Water Supply. An approved public water supply capable of supplying the required fire flow for fire protection shall be provided to premises upon which facilities, buildings, or portions of buildings are hereafter constructed or moved into within the jurisdiction. The approved water supply system shall be capable of meeting the following minimum criteria. a. The system shall be under pressure with an average static pressure of not less than 35 pounds per square inch(PSI). b. Flows shall be calculated at 20-PSI residual pressure. C. Water supplies shall be available for a continuous four-hour duration. 507.5.1 Where required. Where a portion of the facility or building hereafter constructed or moved into or within the jurisdiction is more than 300 feet from a Ordinance No. Page 4 hydrant on a fire apparatus access road, as measured by an approved route around the exterior of the facility or building, on-site fire hydrants and mains shall be provided where required by the Fire Marshal." 507.5.1.1 Hydrants shall be located approximately ten(10) feet from an all- weather roadway. If this cannot be done,the closest part of the hydrant shall be set back at least five(5) feet from the curb line. 507.5.1.2 A fire hydrant shall be located within 75 feet of the fire department connection that it serves. 507.5.1.3 Access to fire hydrants shall be all-weather roadways adequate in width, clearance and strength for fire fighting purposes. Such routes, including private roadways shall be maintained accessible during all seasons of the year. Legal provisions will be required for private roads. 507.5.1.4 Fire hydrants shall meet the requirements of the City of St. Charles and the standards of the American Water Works Association, and shall have two and one-half(2%) inch outlets and one(1) four and one-half(4%) inch outlet with auxiliary gate valves on the hydrant branch line. Threads shall be American National Standard. Pumper outlets shall face roadways." 7. Amend Section 605.1 "Abatement of Electrical Hazards"to read as follows: "605.1 Abatement of Electrical Hazards. Identified electrical hazards shall be abated. Identified hazardous electrical conditions in permanent wiring shall be brought to the attention of the code official responsible for enforcement of the electrical code as adopted in Section 15.04.040 of the St. Charles Municipal Code. Electrical wiring, devices, appliances and other equipment that is modified or damaged and constitutes an electrical shock or fire hazard shall not be used." 8. Add Section 605.11 "Service Disconnects"to read as follows: 11605.11 Service Disconnects. Service disconnecting means shall be provided either outside the building or via a key operated remote control, located at the fire alarm control panel or other approved location, and shall have provisions to allow the service to be locked open. Each building/tenant space shall have a main disconnect incorporated within the main distribution panel inside the space." 9. Amend Section 901.7 "System out of service"to read as follows: "901.7 System out of service. Where a required fire protection system is out of service, the fire department and the fire code official shall be notified immediately and, where required by the fire code official, the building shall either be evacuated or an approved fire watch shall be provided for all occupants left unprotected by the shut down until the fire protection system has been returned to Ordinance No. Page 5 service. Fire protection systems shall not be out of service for more than twenty- four(24) hours for maintenance or repairs. Where utilized, fire watches shall be provided with at least one approved means for notification of the fire department and their only duty shall be to perform constant patrols of the protected premises and keep watch for fires." 10. Add Section 90 1.10 "Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance" to read as follows: "901.10 Inspection,Testing, and Maintenance. For purposes of supplementing the provisions of this article, the City Council hereby adopts NFPA 25 Standard for the Inspection,Testing, and Maintenance of Water-Based Fire Protection Systems." 11. Delete the provisions in Section 903.2 "Automatic Sprinkler Systems—Where Required" inclusive of subsections 903.2.1 through 903.2.12 and Table 903.2.11.6 and substitute the following therefor: 11903.2 Where required.An approved automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with the provisions of all applicable codes and standards shall be provided and maintained in full operating condition throughout every story and basement of all buildings subject to this code. Exceptions: 1. Unoccupied structures of less than 400 square feet, considered low hazard and located not less than 100 feet from another structure. The requirements shall be subject to modifications by the authority having jurisdiction to compensate for particular building conditions to meet the intention of the code. 2. Salt Dome Structures, Provided: a. The structure is constructed with approved noncombustible material. b. The structure is continually monitored by an approved automatic fire alarm system. C. The structure is located a minimum distance of one-hundred (100) feet from any principle building, fueling facilities, and other high hazard occupancies or materials as defined in the adopted Building Code. 3. Unenclosed Roof Structures: a. The structure is constructed with approved noncombustible material. b. The structure is located a minimum distance over one hundred (100) feet from any principle building." 12. Amend Section 903.6"Existing Buildings" and add 903.6.3 "Change of use classification" to read as follows: Ordinance No. Page 6 "903.6.3 Change of use classification. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout a building, when the use classification of the building or a space within the building changes. This requirement shall be subject to modifications by the authority having jurisdiction to compensate for particular building conditions." 13. Delete the provisions of Section 907.2 "Where required"and substitute the following therefor: "907.2 Where required.An approved fire alarm system installed in accordance with the provisions of this code and NFPA 72 shall be provided in new buildings and structures in accordance with Sections 907.2.1 through 907.2.23 and provide occupant notification in accordance with 907.6, unless other requirements are provided by another section of this code. Notwithstanding any provision of Section 907 and its subsections to the contrary, an approved manual fire alarm signaling system shall be installed and maintained in all buildings over one(1) story in height or over 1,000 square feet." 14. Delete all of the Exceptions to 907.2.3 "Group E," in their entirety. 15. Delete the provisions of Section 907.3 "Where required in existing buildings and structures"and substitute the following therefor: 11907.3 Where required in existing buildings and structures. An approved fire alarm system shall be installed in existing buildings and structures where required in chapter 46. Notwithstanding any provision of Section 907 and its subsections to the contrary, an approved manual fire alarm signaling system shall be installed and maintained in all buildings over one (I) story in height or over 1,000 square feet." 16. Delete the provisions of Section 907.7.5 "Monitoring" and its exceptions and substitute the following therefor: 11907.7.5 Supervisory service. Where required by this chapter or the International Fire Code, an approved supervising station in accordance with NFPA 72 shall monitor fire alarm systems. All required fire protective signaling systems shall transmit alarm and trouble signs to an approved central station, proprietary system, or remote-station system, and shall be approved by the Fire Department. The following methods are approved: 1. Direct connect 2. AES Radio or other approved 2-way radio frequency systems 3. Or other methods approved by the Fire Official Exception: Supervisory service is not required for: 1. Single- and multiple-station smoke alarms required by Section 907.2.l0 Ordinance No. Page 7 2. Smoke detectors in Group I-3 Occupancies 3. Automatic sprinkler systems in 1 and 2 family dwellings 17. Delete the provisions of Section 907.7.5.1 "Automatic telephone-dialing devices". 18. Amend the provisions of Section 912.1 "Installation" and substitute the following therefor: "912.1 Installation. The type (Siamese, Storz) and size of the fire department connection shall be in accordance with the NFPA standard applicable to the system design and shall be subject to approval of the Fire Department, based upon an analysis of the building's size and use group. Generally, a 5-inch size, Storz type connection is required." 19. Delete the"Exception"to 914.2.1 "Automatic sprinkler system." 20. Delete "Exceptions 91 &42" to Section 9I4.3.1 "Automatic sprinkler system." 21. Delete"Exceptions#1 &#2" to Section 914.4.1 "Automatic sprinkler system." 22. Delete"Exceptions#1, &#2"to Section 914.6.1 "Automatic sprinkler system." 23. Add subparagraph "6"to Section 1006.3 "Illumination emergency power"to read as follows: "6. In all rooms and spaces over 2,000 square feet in area with an occupancy load of 20 or more." 24. Amend the provisions of Section 1008.1.9.3 "Locks and Latches"by deleting "Conditions No. 2, 2.1, 2.2, and 2.3." 25. Amend Table 1018.1 to read as follows: Ordinance No. Page 8 Table 1018.1 Corridor Fire Resistance Rating W Occupant Required Fire-Resistance Rating(hours) Occupancy Load Served Without Sprinkler With Sprinkler by Corridor System System (c) HA, H-2, H-3 JAH INot Permitted 11 H-4, H-5 Greater than F t Permitted 1 A, B, E, F, M, S, Greater than Not Permitted I U 30 [R- GOreater than Not Permitted l I-2 (a), I-4 All Not Permitted 1 II-1, 1-3 JAII INot Permitted 11 (b) �(a) For requirements for occupancies in Group I-2, see Section 407.3. II(b) For a reduction in the fire-resistance rating of occupancies in Group I-3, see Section 408.7. (c) Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 where allowed. 26. Amend Section 2206.2.2 "Above-ground tanks located inside buildings"to read as follows: "2206.2.2 Above-ground tanks located inside buildings. Above-ground tanks for the storage of Class I, II and IIIA liquid fuels are not allowed to be located in buildings." 27. Amend Section 2206.2.3 "Above-ground tanks located outside"to read as follows: 112206.2.3 Above-ground tanks located outside, above grade.The storage of flammable or combustible liquids in outside aboveground tanks is prohibited within the corporate limits of the City of St. Charles, Illinois, except by Special Permit issued by the Fire Chief. Compliance with the following criteria is required for the issuance of a Special Use Permit for such use: 1. Above ground tanks used for outside, above-grade storage of Class I liquids shall be listed and labeled as protected aboveground tanks and be in accordance with Chapter 34. Such tanks shall be located in accordance with Table 2206.2.3. 2. Above-ground tanks used for above-grade storage of Class II or IIIA liquids are allowed to be protected above-ground tanks or, when approved by the Chief Fire Official, other above-ground tanks that comply with Chapter 34. Tank locations shall be in accordance with Table 2206.2.3. Ordinance No. Page 9 3. Tanks containing fuels shall not exceed 500 gallons in individual capacity or 1000 gallons in aggregate capacity. 4. Tanks located at farms, construction projects, or rural areas shall comply with Section 3406.2. 5. Above-ground tanks shall not be used for the outside storage of motor fuels at automotive service stations. 6. A site plan for the installation of the aboveground tank shall be submitted to the Fire Official showing all buildings and structures on the same parcel. 7. At least 2 (two) fire hydrants shall be provided within 300 feet of the aboveground tank. a. The minimum flow for each hydrant shall be 1,000 gallons each. b. The fire flow duration shall be 60 minutes for flows up to 1,000 gpm; 2 hours to 2,000 gpm, and 3 hours for 3,000 gpm. 8. The aboveground tank shall be protected with physical barriers per Section 312.2. 9. Aboveground storage tank(s) shall not be for use by the general public nor shall any liquid contained in an aboveground tank be transferred into any type vessel or device to be used or controlled by the general public. 10. No liquid shall be stored in an aboveground tank that has a flash point less than that of gasoline or-36 to -45 degrees F. 11. An automatic shutoff device capable of stopping the delivery of fuel into a storage tank at 90% of the tank capacity shall be provided. 12. Tank contents must be transferred by means of fixed pumps only. Pumps must be designed and equipped so as to prevent accidental discharge. 13. All tank openings associated with piping, vents, and inspections, shall be through the top of the tank only. 14. Approved anti-siphon devices shall be installed at each connection of the piping to the tank when such piping extends below the level of the top of the tank. 15. U.L. listed, portable ABC type fire extinguisher(s) shall be provided. 16. No parking is allowed within 50 feet of an aboveground tank. 17. All aboveground tank plans must include the following: a. Site plans as mentioned above. b. Aboveground tank details including all piping systems, pump and transfer systems, manufacturer's tank specifications, and all site protection, safety equipment, and safety signage per NFPA 704. C. The aboveground tank requires a City of St. Charles Building Permit, and 4 (four) sets of plans and specifications are required. d. Approval for all aboveground tank installations shall be by the Fire Chief Marshal and the Building Official. � wz 7Uw U w AawaF � V M w En z En F 3 z � aZa " y U (_ ACAr� zOca. o Ln a kn z w a vwoc� � 3 wp � ca0. � Od ❑ za � zaAawU y ci as zFpwV � aww � � d -' WG; zPGOZ �; A � � °o °o Cr CAw U3 Mj �Tm U N W V F W ] z n o ca as d aaWr. 0 W A •• v z OdW � cz d A ,,,, E� r, d � cwzwA N � rA a z o w z � � VFz a U � a C) kn z � aW � a � k r 7 co c a A V ° U � z di ea O rz E o F U v, Tr o 4 M W zAW L) -o .N „ o 0 � 1 Cd � aq -0 r z En > � =' n 5 w U. < Oa`d UaF■ U cl > U `Lto � O U°. Ordinance No. Page 11 28. Amend Section 2703.1 "Scope" to read as follows: "2703.1 Scope.The storage, use and handling of all hazardous materials shall be in accordance with this Section and Exhibit A." 29. Delete the provisions of Section 2703.2.4.2 "Aboveground tanks" in its entirety, including the exception and Section 2703.2.4.2.1. (See Section 2206.2.3 for applicable regulations.) 30. Add Section 330I.2 "Permit required"to read as follows: "3301.2 Permit required. Permits shall be required as set forth in Section 105.6 and regulated in accordance with this section. An application for permit, on a form developed by the Fire Official, shall be made in writing at least thirty (30) days in advance of the display of fireworks or discharge of explosives." 31. Amend Section 3405.1 "Scope"to read as follows: 113405.1 Scope. Dispensing, use, mixing and handling of flammable liquids shall be in accordance with Section 3403 and this Section. Tank vehicle and tank car loading and unloading and other special operations shall be in accordance with Section 3406. Flammable or combustible liquids shall not be dispensed by gravity from tanks, drums, barrels or similar containers. Approved pumps that take suction from the top of the container shall be used. Unattended dispensing operations by the general public shall be prohibited. No tank vehicle shall be left unattended on any lot, street, highway, avenue, alley, or any other location,public or private. Exception: 1, Containers of organic coatings having no fire point and which are opened for pigmentation are not required to comply with this Section." 32. Add Section 3801.4. "Storage Prohibited/Permit Required" to read as follows: "3801.4 Storage Prohibited/Permit Required. Aboveground storage of liquefied petroleum gas utilizing one or more containers having a total capacity of over 1,000 gallons water capacity shall be prohibited." 33. Add Section 3801.5 to read as follows: 113801.5 Parking Restrictions.No tank vehicle shall be left unattended on any lot, street, highway, avenue, alley or any other location,public or private." 34. Add"Exhibit A Performance Guidelines for High Hazard Uses in the City of St. Charles": Ordinance No. Page 12 Exhibit A Performance Guidelines for High Hazard Uses in the City of St. Charles 1. Specific location: The geographic location and distances to other structures, rivers, streams, and other use groups. 2. Zoning: The proximate distances to assembly, educational, institutional, and residential uses and vacant land zoned for these uses. 3. Types of hazardous materials which are not allowed: Materials listed in Section 307.3 High Hazard Group H-I that present a detonation hazard shall not be permitted under any circumstances. 4. Allowable construction types: Type I and II only. 5. Required fire protection for High Hazard materials: a. Provide extra hazard Group II fire sprinkler system b. Provide a fixed foam fire protection system 6. Required water supply system: 3,000 to 6,000 gallons per minute from a reliable source." 15.28.060 Emergency Conditions. In case there shall be, in the opinion of the Fire Official, actual and immediate danger to life and property from the hazards of fire and explosion arising from the storage, handling, or use of hazardous substances, materials, or devices, or from conditions hazardous to life and property in the use or occupancy of buildings or premises, the Fire Official shall employ such labor and machinery, equipment and devices and cause the necessary work to be done to render said occupants or property temporarily safe, whether the procedure prescribed in this section has been instituted or not. A. Where practical and time constraints permit, the owner, occupant or other person responsible for the emergency condition shall be notified of the emergency condition, in writing, and shall have the option of making the condition safe. B. The owner and occupants of the premises shall be jointly and severally liable for any costs incurred in connection with the same. C. The Fire Official of the City of St. Charles, Illinois, shall cause proper action to be instituted against the owner of the premises, and the occupants if different than the owners, for the recovery of costs incurred by the City of St. Charles, Illinois, in the performance of the emergency work. D. For the purposes of this Article, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings respectively ascribed to them: a. "Hazardous Substance" or"Hazardous Material"means any substance or material or mixture of substances which is toxic, corrosive, an irritant, strong sensitizer, radioactive, flammable, combustible, or which generates pressure through decomposition, heat or other means and which may cause injury, or illness to humans, domestic livestock, or wildlife or as defined by the Illinois Environmental Protection Act or any federal law. Ordinance No. Page 13 b. "Hazardous material Incident"means an incident which threatens public health or safety involving the actual or potential release of a hazardous substance or hazardous material. c. "Toxic"means any substance(other than a radioactive substance) which has the capacity to produce bodily injury or illness to man through ingestion, inhalation, or absorption through any body surface. d. "Corrosive" means any substance which, in contact with living tissue, causes destruction of tissue by chemical action, but does not refer to action or inanimate surfaces. e. "Irritant"means any substance, no corrosive, which, on immediate, prolonged or repeated contact with normal living tissue,will induce local inflammatory reaction. f. "Strong Sensitizer"means any substance with will cause on normal living tissue through an allergic or photo dynamic process, a hypersensitivity of the same substance. g. "Radioactive"means any substance which emits ionizing radiation. h. "Flammable"means any substance which has a flash point of less than 100 degrees Fahrenheit. i. "Combustible"means substance with a flash point greater than 100 degrees Fahrenheit. j. "Person" shall mean any individual, partnership, corporation, trust, firm, company, estate, association, or other legal entity. Control of Hazardous Substances or Hazardous Materials: a. It shall be unlawful for any person to use, store, deliver or transport hazardous substances or hazardous materials, or cause the use, storage, delivery of transporting of hazardous substances or hazardous materials in any manner inconsistent with the requirements of the Fire Prevention Code of the City of St. Charles or any other applicable City ordinance, County ordinance, State law or Federal law. b. It shall be unlawful for any motor vehicle carrying, transporting or containing a hazardous substance or hazardous material to park or stand, other than temporarily for the purpose of, and while actually engaging in, loading or unloading, on private property, without the knowledge and express consent of the person who is in charge of the property and who is aware of the nature of the hazardous substance or hazardous material the motor vehicle contains. Ordinance No Page 14 c. It shall be unlawful for any person using, storing, manufacturing, producing, disposing, treating,transporting or causing the use, storage, manufacture, production, disposal,treatment or transportation of any hazardous substance or hazardous material in any manner which results in a hazardous materials incident. Hazardous Materials or Hazardous Substance Incident Expense Recovery: a. Any person causing or permitting a hazardous material incident shall be responsible for all of the following: l) Reimbursement in full, of any and all costs incurred by the City in connection with the operation (including equipment and vehicles), maintenance, and staffing required to respond to such hazardous materials incident. Vehicles and staffing will be charged the hourly rate of pay, including overtime expenses and overhead costs, for each employee who participates in such response to a hazardous materials incident. Any maintenance costs incurred by the City will be reimbursed at the rate of time and materials. 2) Reimbursement, in full, for any and all costs incurred by the City for equipment and material s used, damage, lost, spent, destroyed or rendered irreparable in connection with a hazardous materials incident. 3) Assumption of, and all liability and costs for, any cleanup or removal resulting from any hazardous material incident, including but not limited to any independent cleanup contractor necessitated by such hazardous material incident. 4) Any and all costs and reasonable attorney's fees incurred in connection with the enforcement of the Ordinance and any collection undertaken hereunder. b. The City of St. Charles shall prepare and forward to the person or persons causing or permitting a hazardous material incident a bill for the total costs and expenses incurred for which such person or persons are responsible pursuant to this Section; provided, however, any costs in connection with any independent cleanup contractor shall be billed directly by such contractor. Payment of the total bill shall be made within thirty (30) days of receipt. Any bill or portion of a bill remaining unpaid after thirty(30) days of receipt shall accrue interest on the unpaid balance at the rate of 1 ''/z%per month, or fraction of month. Limitation of Liability: The City, its officers, agents or employees, shall not have any liability or responsibility for any claim, injury, or damage of any kind resulting from a hazardous material incident to which the City or any of its departments, officers, agents or employees responds. Invalidity: Should any clause, sentence, paragraph or part of this Ordinance be declared a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, such decision shall not affect the validity of the Ordinance as a whole or any part thereof, other than the part so declared to be invalid. Ordinance No. Page 15 15.28.070 Appeals. Any person may appeal a decision of the Chief of the Fire Department under this chapter, in the following manner: A. Appeal Step 1.Any person may submit to the Fire Chief a Request for Reconsideration of the Decision. The Fire Chief and the person filing the Request for Reconsideration shall conduct a personal meeting to discuss the Request for Reconsideration within 14 days after the Request is submitted. Within 14 days after the personal meeting, the Fire Chief shall either affirm or modify the original decision. B. Appeal Step 2. Any person who shall disagree with the affirmation or modification of the original decision by the Fire Chief provided for in Appeal Step 1 above, may appeal that decision to the City Building Board of Review of the City of St. Charles. 15.28.080 New materials, processes or occupancies requiring permits. The Building Commissioner, the Chief of the Fire Department, and the Chief of the Bureau of Fire Prevention shall act as a committee to determine and specify, after giving affected persons an opportunity to be heard, any new materials, processes or occupancies, which shall require permits, in addition to those now enumerated in the Fire Prevention Code. The Chief of the Bureau of Fire Prevention shall post such list in a conspicuous place in his office, and distribute copies thereof to interested persons. 15.28.090 Violation-Penalty. Any violations of this chapter shall be enforced and prosecuted in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 15.101 of the St. Charles Municipal Code. The Chief of the Fire Department shall have all of the rights and responsibilities given to the Building Commissioner under Chapter 15.101 for the prosecution and enforcement of any violations under this chapter. 15.28.100 Fire Alarm Systems. A. Purpose and Intent.The ordinance codified in this section is adopted for the purpose of regulating and permitting fire alarm systems to which the fire department is expected to respond and to supplement the provisions of the ICC International Fire Prevention Code, 2009 edition and the NFPA 101 Life Safety Code, 2009 edition as previously adopted. B. Applicability. The provisions of this section shall apply to all fire alarm systems used and operated within the jurisdiction of the St. Charles Fire Department. 1. The provisions of this section shall not apply to any electric, wired, or battery operated, single station smoke detectors installed to alert the occupants of any single-family residence to the danger of a fire. 2. For the purpose of supplementing the provisions contained in this section,the NFPA 72 -National Fire Alarm Code, 2007 edition,published by the National Fire Protection Association, is hereby adopted by reference as if fully set forth herein. Ordinance No. Page 16 C. Definitions. 1. Alarm Notification Appliance- a fire alarm system component such as a bell, horn, speaker, light, or text display that provides audible, tactile, or visible outputs, or any combination thereof 2. Alarm System—As defined in the national fire alarm code, a system or portion of a combination system consisting of components and circuits arranged to monitor and annunciate the status of fire alarm or supervisory signal-initiating devices and to initiate the appropriate response to those signals. 3. Alarm User- a person(s), firm,partnership, corporation, association, organization, company or other entity in control of a protected premise where an alarm system is located. 4. Audible Alarm—an alarm notification that alerts by sense of hearing. 5. Automatic Dialing Telephone Alarm- a device that automatically dials any of the Tri-Com Communications Center emergency telephone lines, without human activation of the device by the alarm user or employee of the alarm user, upon detection of an unauthorized entry or other unauthorized activity at a protected premise. 6. Calendar Year- means a 12-month period beginning January 1 and ending December 31 every year. 7. Central Station Service Fire Alarm System— a system or group of systems in which the operations of circuits and devices are transmitted automatically to, recorded in, maintained by, and supervised from a listed central station that has competent and experienced servers and operators in attendance at all times who, upon receipt of a signal,take such action as appropriate and required. Such service is to be controlled and operated by a person, firm, or corporation whose business is the furnishing, maintaining, or monitoring of supervised fire alarm systems. 8. City-means City of St. Charles. 9. Digital Alarm Communicator System- a system in which signals are transmitted from a digital alarm communicator transmitter located at a protected premises through the public switched telephone network to a digital alarm communicator receiver at a central alarm station or the Tri-Corn Communication Center. 10. 2 way radio frequency system—a system in which signals are transmitted from a 2 way radio frequency system located at a protected premises Via a radio frequency signal to a 2-way radio receiver at a central station or the Tri-Com Communication Center. 1 l. Fire Alarm Company- any person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, organization, company, or other entity engaged in the selling, leasing, maintaining, servicing, repairing, altering, replacing, moving or installing any fire alarm system or causing the same to be sold, leased, maintained, serviced, repaired, altered, replaced, moved, or installed in or on any building, structure or facility. 12. Fire Alarm Agent- means any person employed by, working for, representing, or subcontracted by a fire alarm company. Ordinance No. Page 17 13. Fire Alarm Monitoring Agency— any person, firm,partnership, association, corporation, or organization which contracts with a fire alarm user to receive and initiate action on fire alarm system signals. The agency must be UL or FM listed for fire alarm monitoring. 14. Fire Chief-means the Chief of the City of St. Charles Fire Department or his designee. 15. False Fire Alarm- any activation or transmission of a fire alarm signal to the Tri- Com Communications Center or the St. Charles Fire Department where no actual emergency or fire condition exists as determined by the Fire Department. A false fire alarm may be caused by human error or mechanical malfunction, whether or not the exact cause of the error or malfunction is identified. 16. Mayor— Mayor of the City of St. Charles or his designee. 17. National Fire Alarm Code—NFPA 72, 2007 edition, published by the National Fire Protection Association. 18. Notice-written notice given by personal service upon the addressee, or, given by the United States Postal Office, postage paid, to the addressee's last known mailing address. 19. Nuisance Fire Alarm—The reoccurrence of an activated false fire alarm on a continuous basis and the alarm user has not taken the necessary action to prevent the continued occurrence of an activated false fire alarm. 20. Permittee-means any person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, organization, company, or other entity issued an alarm permit by the city. 21. Person-means a natural person, or a firm,partnership, corporation, association, organization, company, or other entity. 22. Prerecorded telephone message-means a prerecorded voice message transmitted or received over a telephone line. 23. Protected premises - any building, facility, structure, or physical location protected by a fire alarm system. 24. Response Fees— fees charged to an alarm user for responses to a false fire alarm activation. D. Permit Required. 1. It is unlawful for any person, firm, partnership, corporation or other entity to use, own or lease a fire alarm system or to be in control of a protected premise, wherein an alarm system is operated or maintained without having first obtained a permit as provided in this chapter. 2. It is unlawful for any person, firm, partnership, corporation or other legal entity to use, own or lease an alarm system or to be in control of a protected premises wherein an alarm system is operated or maintained when a permit therefore has been revoked. 3. A permit must be obtained for each separately addressed operating location. 4. No fee shall be charged to obtain an alarm user permit. 5. All permits issued are valid indefinitely unless revoked. Ordinance No. Page 18 E. Permit Application. For every new fire alarm system and any time there is a change in the information required by this section, every fire alarm user shall file a completed or amended application for a fire alarm permit with the Fire Department for review and approval. 1. Each applicant for a permit to maintain a fire alarm system shall file a written application with the Fire Department stating: a. The full legal name, address and telephone number of the applicant. b. The name, address and telephone number of the proposed protected premises where the fire alarm is located. c. Any fire alarm system designed to transmit a signal to a fire alarm monitoring agency shall include the name, address, and telephone number of said agency. d. The type of fire alarm system at the protected premises. e. A list of three persons, including their addresses and telephone numbers, who can be contacted and will respond to the protected premises in the event of an emergency or to reset or deactivate the fire alarm system, or who could contact the alarm user if the alarm user is not at the protected premises. f. The name, address, and telephone number of the fire alarm company that installed the fire alarm. g. The name, address, and telephone number of the fire alarm company that is responsible for the maintenance and repair of the fire alarm system, if applicable. 2. Incomplete applications shall be returned to the applicant: a. A permit will not be issued until the completed application is received and the Fire Chief or his designate has granted approval for the permit. 3. An application for an alarm user permit shall be denied if: a. The applicant has failed to pay false fire alarm fees required by this ordinance for a different protected premises under the applicant's ownership or control. b. The applicant has failed to comply with any provisions of this ordinance or other ordinances of the city. 4. The Fire Chief or his designate shall be responsible for processing and issuing alarm user permits. 5. It shall be unlawful for any alarm user to fail or refuse to amend its alarm user permit application within 14 days after any of the information required and obtained therein becomes outdated or inaccurate. F. Alarm Activation at a Protected Premises Where an Alarm User Permit has not Been Issued. Each notice to the Tri-Com Communications Center or the Fire Department of an activation of a fire alarm system at the protected premises protected by a fire alarm which is not permitted shall be considered a separate violation of this chapter and any Ordinance No. Page 19 alarm user who does not have a valid fire alarm user permit will be assessed a fine in the amount of$300. G. Fire Alarm Systems; Maintenance and Testing. 1. All fire alarm users installing a new fire alarm system or making alterations to an existing fire alarm system, shall provide the St. Charles Fire Department with information regarding system specifications including,but not limited to, wiring diagrams, floor plans, battery calculations and specification sheets for all components of the system as outlined in the national fire alarm code. 2. The St, Charles Fire Department shall approve the submitted specifications, diagrams, floor plans, and other required information for fire alarm systems prior to the installation of any equipment or wiring. 3. Before the City of St. Charles issues an occupancy permit for any multi-family or nonresidential structure, the St. Charles Fire Department shall inspect and approve the installation of the fire alarm systems. 4. The St. Charles Fire Department shall inspect and approve fire alarm systems in accordance with the national fire alarm code, applicable National Fire Protection Association(NFPA) standards, the fire prevention code, and the applicable requirements of this code, all as amended from time to time. 5. On an annual basis, all fire alarm systems shall be tested, and the system components shall be cleaned. A copy of the report documenting the results of annual testing and cleaning of the fire alarm system shall be copied to the Fire Department and kept on premises for three(3)years. 6. Fire alarm users are solely responsible for complying with the requirements of this chapter and shall not be exempt there from because of any inspection performed by the fire department. 7. The St. Charles Fire Department and its authorized agents are hereby authorized to reset any inoperable fire alarm system at any time such a condition is discovered or notice of such a condition is received. Neither the city nor the fire department shall have any liability for taking such action, and the fire alarm system user shall remain solely responsible for the proper resetting, function, and operation of such system. S. The St. Charles Fire Department may, at any prescheduled or reasonable time, test any multi-family or nonresidential fire alarm system. 9. If, upon inspection, any multi-family or nonresidential fire alarm system is determined to be inoperable, the St. Charles Fire Department may issue a warning notice or citation for a violation of the requirements of this article. 10. Within ten(10) days after the fire department issues a warning notice or citation for violation of the requirements of this article for an inoperable fire alarm system, the fire department shall reinspect the inoperable fire alarm system to determine whether it has been repaired and is functioning properly. 11. Where such a fire alarm system remains inoperable at the time of the first reinspection, additional citations may be issued, with each day the fire alarm system remains inoperable constituting a separate offense. Ordinance No. Page 20 H. Prohibited Activity. 1. It shall be unlawful for any alarm user to fail or refuse to obtain a fire alarm permit or amend its fire alarm user permit application within 14 days after any of the information required and obtained therein becomes outdated or inaccurate. 2. It shall be unlawful for any fire alarm user to cause or permit the disconnection of any multi-family or nonresidential fire alarm system installed pursuant to the requirements of this article unless approved by the St. Charles Fire Department. The fire alarm user or fire alarm company shall notify the Fire Department of any such disconnection seven(7) days prior to the actual disconnection. 3. No individual, firm, partnership, corporation, association, organization, company, or other entity shall use or cause or permit to be used or engage in the business of providing any telephone device and telephone attachment that automatically activates 911 lines connected to any Regional Communications (PSAP) Public Answering Point telephone, and then reproduce any voice message to report an emergency or fire condition. This includes prerecorded automatic voice alarms for elevators. 4. Each violation of this section shall be subject to a fine of not less than one hundred dollars ($100.00), and a separate offense shall be deemed committed on each day during or on which a violation occurs or continues. I. Transfer of Alarm User Permit Prohibited.A fire alarm user permit cannot be transferred to another premises or to another person. J. False Alarms Prohibited. It shall be unlawful for any person to start or spread any false alarm of fire or to knowingly activate a fire alarm system for the purpose of summoning the Fire Department except if such person knows or suspects that there is an actual emergency or fire condition on the premises. K. False Alarms- Fines—Notifications. A response fee shall be imposed in all fire alarm users to reimburse the Fire Department for the increased costs associated with responding to excess false fire alarms from any fire alarm system at a single protected location. 1. Any alarm user who has more than three(3) false fire alarms within a calendar year at a single protected location will be assessed fines according to the following fine schedule: a. Four to five false fire alarms: $50 fine per false fire alarm b. Six to ten false fire alarms: $100 fine per false fire alarm c. More than ten false fire alarms: $300 fine per false fire alarm 2. After the third recorded false alarm within any calendar year for any alarmed premises, the Fire Chief or his designee, shall send an invoice for response fees to the fire alarm user. Such invoice shall be sent by postage paid U.S. mail or personally delivered to the user of the alarmed premises where the false fire alarm(s) occurred. Ordinance No. Page 21 3. Any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, association, organization, company or other entity in control of a protected premises where an alarm system is located accused of a violation of this article may settle and compromise the claim or violation by paying the invoice for response fees to the City, within thirty(30) days of after it is mailed. Payment of such claim or claims shall be made at the Finance Department of the City. In the event such claim or claims are not paid within thirty(30) days, or if the alarm user otherwise contests the validity of the claim, a complaint or notice to appear in court may be issued for the alleged violation. 4. The alarm user shall have the opportunity, within fourteen (14) days from the date of mailing or personal delivery, to submit a written request or meet with the Fire Chief for the purpose of showing cause as to whether circumstances exist to warrant voiding the invoice for response fees due false fire alarm activations. The Fire Chief shall review the alarm user's report and/or meet with the alarm user and issue a written finding to the alarm user as to whether or not the invoice for response fees due false fire alarm activations will be voided. The finding of the Fire Chief shall be final. 5. Any fire alarm user that exceeds the level of ten(10) false fire alarms per calendar year shall be required to enroll in the Underwriters Laboratory(UL) fire alarm certificate program. Such certificated users shall be subject to the UL random system inspections. Enrollment in this program would cease when the fire alarm user has demonstrated to the Fire Chief or his designate that the fire alarm system no longer transmits false fire alarms on a recurring basis. L. False Fire Alarm Determinations. 1. There shall be a presumption that a fire alarm activation was a false fire alarm where the Fire Chief or his designee determines that; a. There is no evidence of a fire or other smoke, heat, or noxious fume condition on the protected premises that would warrant a call for immediate response from the Fire Department. b. There is no evidence that extraordinary weather conditions, electrical power failures, transmission Iine malfunctions or other circumstances beyond the control of the alarm user caused the activation of the fire alarm. 2. Whenever a new fire alarm system is installed, no fire alarm activation from such an alarmed premises shall be deemed to be a false fire alarm within the meaning of this chapter for a period not to exceed thirty(30) days after the approved installation of said fire alarm system. M. Permit Revocation. 1. Any alarmed premise which has more than fifteen(15) false fire alarms within a calendar year, shall subject the alarm user to permit revocation as provided herein. Ordinance No. Page 22 If city records show more than fifteen (15) false fire alarms within a calendar year for any alarmed premises: a. The Fire Chief shall notify the alarm user by certified mail or personal delivery, their fire alarm permit shall be revoked 30 days from the date of mailing or personal delivery. The alarm user shall have 14 days from the date of mailing or personal delivery to submit a written report to the Fire Chief describing actions taken or to be taken to identify and eliminate the cause of the false fire alarms and to request that their alarm user's permit be reinstated. b. If the alarm user submits a report requesting reinstatement of their fire alarm user's permit, the Fire Chief shall determine if the action taken or to be taken will substantially reduce the likelihood of false fire alarms; if he determines that the action will substantially reduce the likelihood of false fire alarms, he shall notify the alarm user, via certified mail or personal delivery, that the request to reinstate the fire alarm user's permit has been approved. c. If the fire alarm user's permit is reinstated and the Fire Department responds to a subsequent false fire alarm activation in the same calendar year at the protected premises,the Fire Chief shall proceed with the permit revocation process again as described in this section. The alarm user shall also be assessed a fine in the amount of$300 for each subsequent false fire alarm through the remainder of the calendar year. d. If the Fire Chief determines that the action taken or to be taken will not substantially reduce the likelihood of false fire alarms, the request for reinstatement shall be denied. The Fire Chief shall give notice by certified mail or personal delivery to the user that the fire alarm permit will be revoked without further notice. e. An alarm user whose fire alarm permit has been revoked by the Fire Chief may, within 14 days of receipt of notice of revocation, appeal this decision by filing a written request for a review meeting with the Mayor. f. If a review meeting with the Mayor is requested,written notice of the time and place of the review meeting will be served on the alarm user by the Mayor by certified mail or personal delivery within 14 days of the request by the alarm user. g. The Fire Chief and the alarm user shall have the right to present written and oral evidence, subject to the right of cross examination by both parties. h. If the Mayor determines that the user has not taken action which substantially reduces the likelihood of false fire alarms, the Mayor shall issue written findings to that effect and an order denying reinstatement of the alarm user's fire alarm permit. i. If the Mayor determines that the alarm user has taken action which substantially reduces the likelihood of false fire alarms, the Mayor Ordinance No. Page 23 shall issue written findings to that effect and an order approving reinstatement of the fire alarm user's permit. j. If the alarm user's fire alarm permit is reinstated,pursuant to the preceding paragraph and the Fire Department responds to a subsequent false fire alarm activation in the same calendar year at the protected premises,the Fire Chief shall proceed with the permit revocation process as described in this section. The alarm user shall also be assessed a fine in the amount of$300 for each subsequent false fire alarm activation through the remainder of the calendar year. 2. Any alarm user permittee who fails to pay fines or charges provided for under this section within 30 days from the date of the invoice requesting payment of same, shall have the subject alarm user's fire alarm permit revoked. Any such alarm user fire alarm permit shall not be reinstated until all the unpaid fines and fees are paid in full. N. Testing Equipment. No person shall conduct or cause to be conducted, any test or demonstration of any fire alarm system or signaling device that is directly connected to the Tri-Com Communications Center without first obtaining permission from Tri-Com. Permission to test shall not be required when the fire alarm system or signaling device is connected to an intermediary receiver and is not relayed to the Tri-Com Communications Center. Any test, which is not preceded immediately by notification to the Tri-Com Communications Center or pertinent central station, shall be deemed a false fire alarm as defined by this chapter. O. No Liability of City. The city assumes no liability for any defects in the operation of any fire alarm system or signal line system for any failure or neglect of any person associated with the installation or maintenance of any fire alarm system, for any failure or neglect of any alarm user, for the transmission or receipt of fire alarm signals, or any failure or neglect to respond upon receipt of an fire alarm from any source. In the event that the city finds it necessary to revoke an alarm user's fire alarm permit or to otherwise provide for the disconnection of any fire alarm system, the city shall have no liability for such action. No special duty other than that owed to the general public shall be created by virtue of this ordinance or by virtue of the issuance of a fire alarm system permit, the direct connection of an alarm system to the Tri-Com Communication Center, or as a result of the transmission to or receipt of alarm signals by the Tri-Cam Communications Center. P. Severability. If any provision, clause, sentence, paragraph, section or part of this chapter or application thereof to any person or circumstance, shall for any reason be adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unconstitutional or invalid, said judgment shall not affect, impair, or invalidate the remainder of this chapter in the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances but shall be confined in its operation to the provision, clause, sentence, paragraph, section, or part thereof directly involved in the controversy in which such judgment shall have been rendered and to the person or circumstance involved. It is hereby declared to be the legislative intent of the City Ordinance No. Page 24 Council that this chapter would have been adopted had such unconstitutional or invalid provisions, clause, sentence, paragraph, section, or part thereof not been included. Q. Penalty for Violation. Any person., firm, or corporation violating any provisions of this chapter in addition to the fees and specific tines established in this Chapter, may be fined as provided in Chapter 1.08 or as otherwise provided in this code. Each day during which a violation in this chapter continues or is permitted to exist shall be considered a separate and distinct offense." SECTION TWO: That after the adoption and approval hereof this Ordinance shall be printed or published in book or pamphlet form, published by the authority of the City Council. SECTION THREE: That this Ordinance shall be in full force and effect on February 1, 2010. Presented to the City Council of the City of St. Charles, Illinois this day of , 2010. Passed by the City Council of the City of St. Charles, Illinois this day of , 2010. Approved by the Mayor of the City of St. Charles, Illinois this day of 2010. Mayor Attest: City Clerk Council Vote: Ayes: Nays: Abstain: Ordinance No. Page 25 Approved as to Form: City Attorney Date: ORDINANCE NO. 2010-M- AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 15.04 "BUILDING CODE", SECTION 15.04.010 "INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 2003 —REGULATIONS ADOPTED AND MODIFIED" AND SECTION 15.04.015 "AMENDMENTS TO THE 2003 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" OF THE ST. CHARLES MUNICIPAL CODE WHEREAS, the standard code known as 2009 International Building Code, has been updated by the International Code Council Inc.; and WHEREAS, not less than three (3) copies of said code have been and are on file in the Office of the Clerk of the City of St, Charles, Illinois for more than thirty(30) days prior to the passage and approval of this Ordinance; and WHEREAS, the Building and Code Enforcement Division has provided notice to the Illinois Building Commission regarding proposed changes to regulations regarding construction related activities within the City of St. Charles, as provided by 20 ILLS 3918155; and WHEREAS,the City Council finds it to be in the interest of the City of St. Charles to periodically update codes regulating buildings and structures. NOW THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED by the City Council of the City of St. Charles, Kane and DuPage Counties, Illinois as follows: SECTION ONE: That Title 15, "Buildings and Construction", Chapter 15.04 "Building Code" of the St. Charles Municipal Code be and is hereby amended by deleting the provisions of Section 15.04.010 and by substituting the following therefor: 1115.04.010 International Building 2009- Regulations Adopted and Modified. The provisions of Chapters 2 through 35, inclusive, of the 2009 International Building Code issued by the International Code Council, Inc,, 4051 West Flossmoor Road, Country Club Hills, IL, 60478, not less than three (3) copies of which have been and are on rile in the Office of the Clerk of the City of St. Charles, Illinois, for more than thirty (30) days,together with the amendments listed in Section 15.04.015 hereof, are hereby adopted as the regulations governing the construction of buildings and structures within the City of St. Charles, except for one- and two-family dwellings and townhouses not more than three stories in height, which are covered by Section 15.04.020. (For adoption of administrative provisions in Chapter 1 of the International Building Code, see Chapter 15.101)." SECTION TWO: That Title 15, "Buildings and Construction", Chapter 15.04 "Building Code" of the St. Charles Municipal Code be and is hereby amended by deleting the provisions of Section 15.04.015 and by substituting the following thereof: 15.04.015 Amendments to the 2009 International Building Code. 1. Amend Section 202"Definitions" (pg. 11) by adding the following: Ordinance No. 2010-M- Page 2 of 7 "Townhouse: A single family dwelling unit constructed in a group of 3, 4, 5, or 6 attached units in which each unit extends from foundation to roof and with open space on at least two (2)sides. Dwelling units where more than six (6) units are attached shall be governed by code provisions applicable to multiple family dwellings, rather than the provisions of this one (1) and two (2) family dwelling code." 2. Amend Section 402.13 "Security Grills and Doors" (pg.40) by adding Note#5 as follows: "5. A security grill may not serve as the sole exit." 3. Delete the provisions of Section 402.10"Smoke Control" (pg. 39)and substitute the following therefore: "402.10 Smoke Control: A ventilation system shall be provided that is capable of not less than six (6) air changes per hour for the volume of the tenant spaces and the hall. The ventilation system shall exhaust sinoke from the point of development. Design shall be in accordance with Section 909." 4. Amend Section 403.3 "A utomatic Sprinkler Systems" by deleting exceptions#1 & #2. 5. Amend Section 4043 "A utomatic Sprinkler Protection"(pg. 43) by deleting exceptions#1 &#2. 6. Amend Section 410.6 "Automatic Sprinkler System" by deleting exceptions#1, #2, & #3. 7. Amend the provisions of Section 506 by adding Section 506.6, as follows: "506.6 Special Restrictions for Tyne V Construction: Notwithstanding any provisions of this code to the contrary,there shall be no increase of the allowable areas specified in Table 503 for any building of Type V-A or Type V-13 Construction. Floor areas greater than those specified in Table 50') are only permitted for Type V construction when a four-hour firewall is provided between sections of the building, and each section is within the limitations of Table 503. A minimum separation of 30 feet shall be provided between exterior walls of type V construction." 8. Delete the provision in Section 7063 "Materials" (pg. 90) in its entirety and substitute the following therefore: 11706.3 Materials: Firewalls shall be constructed of approved masonry materials or other similar approved product or assembly." Ordinance No. 2010-M- Page 3 of 7 9. Delete the provisions in Section 903.2 "Automatic Sprinkler Systems — Where Required," inclusive of subsections 903.2.1 through 903.2.12 and Table 903.2.11.6 and substitute the following therefor: "903.2 Where required. An approved automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with the provisions of all applicable codes and standards shall be provided and maintained in full operating condition throughout every story and basement of all buildings subject to this code. Exceptions: 1) Unoccupied structures of less than 400 square feet, considered low hazard and located not less than 100 feet from another structure. The requirements shall be subject to modifications by the authority having jurisdiction to compensate for particular building conditions to meet the intention of the code. 2) Salt Dome Structures,provided: a. The structure is constructed with approved noncombustible material. b. The stricture is continually monitored by an approved automatic fire alarm system. C. The stricture is located a minimum distance of one-hundred (100) feet from any principle building, fueling facilities, and other high hazard occupancies or materials as defined in the adopted Building Code. 3) Unenclosed Roof Structures: a. The structure is constructed with approved noncombustible material. b. The structure is located a minimum distance over one hundred (100) feet from any principle building." 10. Amend Sections 903.6 by adding 903.6.3 as follows: "903.6.3 Change of use classification: An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout a building, when the use classification of the building or a space within the building changes. This requirement shall be subject to modifications by the authority having jurisdiction to compensate for particular building conditions." 11. Delete the provisions of Section 907.2 "Where required" and substitute the following therefor: "907.2 Where required: An approved fire alarm system installed in accordance with the provisions of this code and NFPA 72 shall be provided in new buildings and structures in accordance with Sections 907.2.1 through 907.2.23 and provide occupant notification in accordance with 907.6, unless other requirements are provided by another section of this code. Notwithstanding any provision of Section 907 and its subsections to the contrary, Ordinance No. 2010-M- Page 4 of 7 an approved manual fire alarm signaling system shall be installed and maintained in all buildings over one(1) story in height or over 1,000 square feet. Delete all of the exceptions to 907.2.3 "Group F," in their entirety." 12. Delete the provisions of Section 907.6.5 "Monitoring" and its exceptions and substitute the following therefore: x`907.6.5 Supervisory service: Where required by this chapter or the Intemational Fire Code, an approved supervising station in accordance with NFPA 72 shall monitor fire alarm systems. All required fire protective signaling systems shall transmit alarm and trouble signs to an approved central station, proprietary system, or remote-station system, and shall be approved by the Fire Department. The following methods are approved: 1. Direct connect 2. AES Radio or other approved 2-way radio frequency systems 3. Or other methods approved by the Fire Official Exception: Supervisory service is not required for: 1. Single- and multiple-station smoke alarms required by Section 907.2.10. 2. Smoke detectors in Group I-3 Occupancies 3. Automatic sprinkler systems in 1 and 2 family dwellings." 13. Delete the provisions of Section 907.6.5.1 "Automatic Telephone-Dialing Devices". 14. Amend the provisions of Section 912.1 "Installation" and substitute the following therefore: "912.I Installation: The type (Siamese, Storz) and size of the fire department connection shall be in accordance with the NFPA standard applicable to the system design and shall be subject to approval of the Fire Department,based upon an analysis of the building's size and use group. Generally, a 5-inch size, Storz type connection is required." 15. Add subparagraph 6 to Section 1006.3 "Illumination emergency power" as follows: "6. In all rooms and spaces over 2,000 square feet in area with an occupancy load of 20 or more." 16. Amend the provisions of Section 1008.1.9.3 "Locks and Latches" by deleting Conditions No. 2, 2.1, 2.2, and 2.3. 17. Amend Table 1018.1 to read as follows: Ordinance No. 20l0-M' Paoc5of7 Table 1018.1 Corridor Fire Resistance Rating Required Fire-Resistance Rating | Ouxoyuot 1(hours) � | '' --` f bncoponcy �l.wud8mxvmd - � - - -- - ----'-i i ithout / '-' Corridor :With Sprinkler ! | ^ ���«t�nmbi � ! ' ��votccu —"-- `` ' �-^ � l :!Noi Permitted 1'Greater than IR :Not Permitted .1 �(b)For a reduction in the fire-resistance rating Of Occupancies in Group 1-3, see Section 408.7. ! I(e) ]5uikiovn equipped throughout with uonotonumtic sprinkler mynimom in . �u�a� v� 8����� 3ll �9� 3l2 ����p� �° . . �_-_'_--��.��_ __ lQ. Delete the provisions of Sections l005.4.5 "Timber Footings" (pn. 386) and Section )805.4.6 "Wood Foundations" (»g' ]66) io their entirety. l9. Amend the provisions of Section 2]U8.8.2.l "Engineered Wood Products" (pg. 47]) hv adding paragraph 8ccdoo 2803.8.2.2 "I-Joist Frame"as {bl|ovva: '12300.8.2.1 1 Joist Frame: Floor and/or ceiling framing consisting of Engineered I-Joist shall have 5/8 Type){drywall placed ad the underside of the joist with paper-tape embedded iu compound uv*r'uindu and covered io additional compound bmprovide protection ofconcealed space io accordance with NFPA 11" 20. Delete the provisions of Section '3411 "Accessibility for Existing Buildings" in its entirety. The design for aoomomibU<ty shall comply with applicable provisions of the most current addition of the Illinois Accessibility Code and the Fair Housing Act. 2l. Insert the date of August l, 2DO4in Section 34lO.2 "Anoboubi]ity.`^ 22. Amend the provisions of Section 34l2.3.3 `Addi1ionn° (og. 578) bv adding paragraph Section 3412.2.'M "Fire Alanns Systems—Extension Installation" as follows: Ordinance No. 2010-M- Page 6 of 7 "3412.2.3.1 Fire Alarm Systems--Extension Installation: An existing fire alarm system shall be extended to provide protection to any additions to the building. if no fire alarm system presently exists, and the addition or additions individually or in aggregate exceed 200 square feet, an approved fire alarm system shall be installed throughout the entire existing building and addition(s) thereto." 23. Add Exhibit A: "Exhibit A Performance Guidelines for I•Iigh Hazard Uses in the City of St. Charles 1) Specific location: The geographic location and distances to other structures, rivers, streams, and other use groups. 2) Zoning: The proximate distances to Assembly, Educational, Institutional, and Residential uses and vacant land zoned for these uses. 3) Types of hazardous materials which are not allowed: Materials listed in Section 307.3 High Hazard Group H-1 that present a detonation hazard shall not be permitted under any circumstances. 4) Allowable construction types: Type I and II only. S) Required fire protection for High Hazard materials: a. Provide extra hazard Group 11 fire sprinkler system b. Provide a fixed foam fire protection system 6) Required water supply system: 3,000 to 6,000 gallons per minute from a reliable source." SECTION THREE: That after the adoption and approval hereof this Ordinance shall be printed or published in book or pamphlet form, published by the authority of the City Council. SECTION FOUR.: That this Ordinance shall be in full force and effect ten on February 1, 2010. Presented to the City Council of the City of St. Charles, Illinois this day of ,2010. Passed by the City Council of the City of St. Charles, Illinois this day of , 2010. Approved by the Mayor of the City of St. Charles, Illinois this day of 12010, Mayor Attest: Ordinance No. 2010-M- Page 7 of 7 City Clerk Council Vote: Ayes: Nays: Abstain: Absent: Approved as to Form: City Attorney Date: ORDINANCE NO. 2010-M- AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CI•IAPTER 15.04 "BUILDING CODE", SECTION 15.04.020 "ONE,-FAMILY AND TWO-FAMILY RESIDENCES-REGULATIONS ADOPTED AND MODIFIED" OF THE ST. CHARLES MUNICIPAL CODE WHEREAS, not less than three (3) copies of the 2009 International Residential Code for One and Two Family Dwellings, published February 2009 by International Code Council, Inc., 5203 Leesburg Pike, Suite 708,Falls Church,Virginia 2204 1-3401 have been and are on file in the Office of the Clerk of the City of St. Charles, Illinois for more than thirty (30)days prior to the passage and approval of this Ordinance; and WHEREAS,the Building Official has provided notice to the Illinois Building Commission regarding proposed changes to regulations regarding construction related activities within the City of St. Charles, as provided by 20 ILCS 3915!55; and WHEREAS, the City Council finds it to be in the interest of City of St. Charles to periodically update codes regulating buildings and structures. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED by the City Council of the City of St. Charles, Kane and DuPage Counties, Illinois as follows: SECTION ONE: That Title 15, "Buildings and Construction", Chapter 15.04 "Building Code" of the St. Charles Municipal Code be and is hereby amended by deleting the provisions of Section 15.04.020 entitled "One-family and two-family residences--Regulations adopted and modified" and by substituting the following therefor: "15.04,020 One family and two family residences--regulations adopted and modified. The provisions of the 2009 International Residential Code for One and Two Family Dwellings, published February 2009 by the International Code Council, Inc., 5203 Leesburg Pike, Suite 708, Falls Church, Virginia 22041-3401 (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "the IRC"), not less than three (3) copies of which have been and are on file in the Office of the Clerk of the City of St. Charles, Illinois for more than thirty(30) days,together with the amendments listed herein, are hereby adopted as the regulations governing the construction of one and two family dwellings and townhouses not more than three stories in height. Amendments to the 2009 International Residential Code for One and Two Family Dwellings: Chapter I—Administration: A. Section R101.2 Scone: Revise to read as follows: Ordinance No. 2410-M- Page 2 of 15 R101.2 Scope. The provisions of the International Residential Code for One and Two family Dwellings shall apply to the construction, alteration, movement, enlargement, replacement, repair, equipment, use and occupancy, location, removal, and demolition of detached one and two family dwellings not more than three stories in height with a separate means of egress and their accessory structures." B. Section 8105.2 Work exempt from Permit: Delete this section. C. Section 1:1105.2.3 Public service agencies: Delete this section. D. Section 8105.5 Expiration: Revise to read as follows: "R105.5 Expiration. Every permit, except demolition permits, shall become invalid or void unless the work authorized by such permit is commenced within 184 days after its issuance, or if the work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned for a period of 184 days after the tune the work is commenced. Demolition must commence within ten (10) days and completed within thirty (30) days of issuance, otherwise the permit becomes invalid. The Building Official is authorized to grant, in writing, one or more extensions of time, for any permits, for a period not more than 180 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated." E. Section R105.7 Placement of Permit: Revise to read as follows: "R105.7 Placement of permit. The building permit card shall be kept on the site of the work and be visible from the street until such time as a certificate of occupancy permit has been issued, or a final inspection has been performed." F. Section R106.1.3 Information for construction in flood hazardous areas: Revise to read as follows: "R106.1.3 Information for construction in flood hazardous areas. For buildings and stnictures in flood hazard areas, as established on local floodway rate maps, locally adopted flood plain ordinances shall apply." G. Section R106.3.1 Approval of construction documents; Revise to read as follows: 9R106.3.1 Approval of construction documents. When the Building Official issues a permit, the construction documents shall be approved in writing or by stamp. One set of the approved construction documents as reviewed shall be retained by the Building Official. The other set shall be returned to the applicant and shall be kept on the site of the project and shall be open to inspection by the Building Official or his or her authorized agent/representative." Ordinance No. 2010-M- Page 3 of 15 H. Section R1063.4 Pre-Application conference: Add a new section to read as follows: - �- — "11106.14 Pre-Application conference. All applicants and owners seeking demolition permits for principal buildings on a lot or site shall first be required to attend a pre-application conference with the Building Official and other city staff as directed, for the purpose of discussing the City of St. Charles requirements for demolition and reconstruction." I. Section R109.1.3 Flood plain inspection: Delete this section. J. Section R110.1 Use and occupancy: Delete the exceptions. K. Section R110.3 Certificate issued: Delete lines 3, S, 7, S, and 9. Chapter 2—Definitions: A. Change the stated term MANUFACTURED HOME to MANUFACTURED/MOBILE HOME. B. Delete the stated definition of Townhouse and substitute therefore: "TOWNHOUSE. A single family dwelling unit constructed in a group of 3, 4, 5 or 6 attached units in which each unit extends from foundation to roof and with open space on at least two sides. Dwelling units where more than six units are attached shall be governed by code provisions applicable to multiple family dwellings, rather than the provisions of this one and two family dwelling code." Chapter 3-Building Planning. A. Table 11301.201 Climatic and Geographic Desien Criteria: Revise to read as follows: Ground Wind Sub'ect to Dama a From Snow Seismic Winter Load Speed Design Frost Design Flood #per in Category Weathering Line Termite a Decay Temps Hazard Square MPH Depth d r It Foot b 30 90 B SEVERE 42" M-H S-M -5f Refer to Title 18,St. Charles Municipal Code See captions under Table R301.2(1) in the book for exceptions and conditions of approvals. Ordinance No. 2010-M- Page 4 of 15 B. Section R301.2.4 Floodpiain construction. Delete this section. C. Section R302.1 Exterior walls: Delete exceptions 1 &2. D. Section R302.2 Townhouses: Revise to read as follows: "R302.2 Townhouses. Each townhouse, as defined in this code, shall be constructed as a separate single-family dwelling unit and shall be separated by a minimum of an approved 2-hour UL rated assembly, which shall extend vertically from the foundation to the underside of the roof sheathing and horizontally the full length of the common wall. The number of single family dwelling units attached in this manner shall not exceed six (6)." E.1 Section R302.3 Two family dwellings: Revise to read as follows: "11302.3 Two family dwellings. Dwelling units in two family dwellings shall be constructed with a minimum of an approved 2-hour UL rated assembly between living units. Floor/ceiling assemblies shall extend to and be tight against the exterior wall, and wall assemblies shall extend from the foundation to the underside of the roof sheathing and shall extend the full length of the common wall." E.2 Section 8302.3 Two family dwellings: Delete the exceptions. F. Section R302.7 Under stair protection: Revise to read as follows: "R302.7 Under stair protection. Enclosed accessible space under stairs shall have walls, under stair surfaces, and any soffits, protected on the enclosed side with 518-inch type X gypswn board." G Section 8303.3 Bathrooms Exception: Revise to read as follows: "Exception: The glazed area shall not be required where artificial light and mechanical ventilation systems are provided. The minimum ventilation rates shall be 50 cfm for intermittent ventilation or 20 cfm for continuous ventilation. Ventilation air from the space shall be exhausted directly to the exterior of the structure by means of either the soffit area with an approved connection to the soffit or through the roof with an insulated (R-3)duct and approved roof fitting." H. Section R309.1.2 Opening protection: Add a new section to read as follows: "R309.1.2 Opening protection. Openings from a private garage directly into a room used for sleeping purposes shall not be pennitted. Other openings between the garage and residence shall be equipped with solid wood doors not less than 1 Ordinance No. 2010-M- Page 5 of 15 3/8-inches in thickness, solid or honeycomb core steel doors not less than 1 3/8- inches thick. All such doors shall be equipped with self-closing hinges." 1. Section 8309.2.1 Separation required: Add a new section to read as follows: 47309.2.1 Separation required. The garage shall be separated from the residence and any attic area by not less than 518-inch type X gypsum board applied to the garage side and taped with a minimum one coat of approved joint tape and compound. Where the separation is a floor-ceiling assembly, the structure supporting the separation shall be protected by not less than 518-inch type X gypsum board with one coat of approved joint tape and compound or equivalent. The garage floor shall be poured a minimum of 4-inches below the top of the foundation to form a gas curb on any wall of the garage abutting the house." I Section R310.1 Emergency escape and rescue required: Revise to read as follows: "11310.1 Emergency escape and rescue required. All basements and sleeping rooms shall have at least one openable emergency escape and/or rescue window or exterior door opening for emergency escape and/or rescue. Where windows are provided as a means of escape and/or rescue, they shall have a sill height of not more than 44-inches above the finished floor. Where a window(s) is provided as a means of egress and/or rescue from a basement or basement bedroom, they shall have a sill height not more than 36-inches above the finished floor. Where a door opening having a threshold below the adjacent ground elevation serves as an emergency escape and rescue opening and is provided with a bulkhead enclosure,the bulkhead enclosure shall comply with Section 310.3. The net clear opening dimension required by this section shall be obtained by the normal operation of the window or door opening from the inside. Escape and rescue window openings with a finish sill height below the adjacent ground elevation shall be provided with a window well in accordance with Section 8310.2 of this Code," K. Section R310.2.1 Ladder and steps; Revise to read as follows: "11310.2.1 Ladder and steps. Window wells with a vertical depth greater than 36-inches below the adjacent ground level shall be equipped with a permanently affixed ladder or steps usable with the window in the frill open position. Ladders and steps required by this section shall not be required with Section R314 and 8315. Ladders or rungs shall have an inside width of at least 12-inches, shall project at least 3-inches from the wall, and shall be spaced not more than 18- inches on center vertically for the for the full height of the window well." L. Section R-311.2 Egress Door: Revise to read as follows: Ordinance No. 2010-M- Page 6 of 15 "R-311.2 Egress Door. Not less than two (2) exits with a minimum of one (1) exit conforming to this chapter shall be required from each dwelling unit. All such exits shall discharge at grade. The required exit doors shall not pass through a garage." M. Section R311.7.5 Landings for stairways: Revise to read as follows: "11311.7.5 Landings for stairways. A minimum of 3-foot by 3-foot landing shall be required on each side of an egress door. The floor or landing shall not be more than I %-inches lower than the top of the threshold. Exception: 1. At the top of a flight of all stairs, provided the door does not swing over the stairs." N. Section 8311.7.7 Handrails: Revise to read as follows: "11311.7.7 Handrails. Handrails shall be provided on at least one side of each continuous run of treads or flight with more than three (3) or more risers." O. Section R314.3 Locations; Revise to read as follows: "R314.3 Locations. Single and multiple-station smoke alarms shall be installed in the following locations: a. In each sleeping room. b. Outside of each separate sleeping room or area, within 15-feet of all bedrooms. c. On each additional story of the dwelling, including basements and cellars, but not including crawl spaces and uninhabitable attics. d. In dwellings or dwelling units with split-levels. For the purpose of this section each split-level shall be considered a story. When more than one (1) smoke alarm is required to be. installed within an individual dwelling unit, the alarni devices shall be interconnected in such a manner that the actuation of one (1) alarm will activate all of the alarms in the dwelling unit. The alarm shall be clearly audible in all bedrooms over background noise levels,with all intervening doors closed. All smoke alarms shall be listed and installed in accordance with the provisions of this code and the household fire warning provisions ofNFPA 72." P. Section R317.1.2 Ground contact: Revise to read as follows: Ordinance No. 2010-M- Page7of 15 "R317.1.2 Ground contact. Supports for permanent structures intended for human occupancy and which come in contact with the ground shall not be constructed of wood." Q. Section R317.1.4 Wood columns: Revise to read as follows: "11317.1.4 Wood columns. Posts, poles, and columns supporting structures that are embedded in concrete, in direct contact with the earth or are embedded in concrete exposed to the weather are prohibited." R. Section R322 Flood resistant construction: Delete this section. Chapter 4—Foundations: A. Section R401.1 Ae12lication: Amend to read as follows: "72401.1 Application. The provisions of this Chapter shall control the design and construction of the foundation and foundation spaces of all buildings and structures." B. Section R402.1 402.1.1,_402.1.2: Delete these sections. C. Section R403.1 General: Delete the words "wood foundation" within the first sentence. D. Section R403.1.1 Minimum size: Amend to read as follows: "R403.1.1 117inimum size. Minimum sizes for concrete and masonry footings shall be as follows. Footing width shall be a minimum of twice the width of the wall it is supporting, or a minimum of 18-inches, whichever is greater. Unless soil conditions warrant a greater width, or so designed and certified by a license design professional, footing projections shall be equal to '/ the width of the footing and the wall must fit center on the footing. Single story structures may be placed on 10-inch wide by 42-inch deep trench footing. Footing thickness shall be a minimum of 8-inches or the same depth as the wall thickness,whichever is greater, or as designed by a licensed design professional. See Figure R403.1 (1) for an illustration." E. Table R403.1 Minimum width of concrete or masonry footings (inches): Delete this table. Ordinance No. 2010-M- Page 8 of 15 F. Fieure R9O3.1 0) Call erc€e and nlasolll-v fn tin ll"Itiott llclitils: DClete this figure and suhslifule the followin,therefore: I VigureR403.1 (1) Concrefe flail Masonry Foundation Details f 4'uIH'L 55 ill7i• A,T;e�; o• Cx5 LWD --StNeki STM WILY �4Y n - lrlp tl' m 13 O S2" alit. B J-1 i �r7a Or PIER s9Wf Mr FlN15a CIU,p4 A= T yp;co I •rumen dOWn %roga s I ab. B- Typical f04-91001iOA d61OII for (31900hed garoge w-ih c aUrI) C= T)picai 'footing and call cetrill. D= lypicol p;or, pad far lolly oolunn :n hosemarN. F< Typical 1ooTinq end '°roll detail fa- masonry h1OCk wall. F� Typical trench foundation. G- l yp i co I WC I I and foal l np f ar br i ck velar horre. Hi Typical hO5ThOle detail for deck. Ordinance No.2010-M- Page 9 of 15 G. Figure R403.1 (2) Permanent Wood Foundation Basement Wall Section: Delete this figure. H. Figure R403.1 3 Permanent Wood Foundation Crawl Space section: Delete this figure. 1. Section R403.2 Footings for Wood Foundations: Delete this section. J. Section R404.1.5.3 Pier and Curtain Wall Foundations: Delete this section. K. Section R404.2 Wood Foundation Walls: Delete this section. L. Sections R404.2.2 Stud Size and R404.2.3 Height of Backfill: Delete these sections. M. Table R404.2.3 Plywood Grade and Thickness for Wood_Foundation Construction: Delete this table. N. Sections R404.2.4 Backtillin% R404.2.5 Drainage and Damn Proofing; and R404.2.6 Fastening: Delete these sections. O. Sections R405.2 and R405.2.1 through R405.2.3 Wood Foundations_: Delete these sections. P. Sections R406.3 Damp Proofing of Wood Foundations: R406.3.1, R406.3.2, 12406.3.3, and R406.3.4: Delete these sections. Q. Section 8407.1 Wood Column Protection: Delete this section. R. Section R408.4.1 Crawl Space Floor: Add a new section to read as follows: 1IR408.4.1 Crawl Space Floor. A minimum of a 2-inch thick slush coat of poured concrete shall be installed over a minimum of 4-inch thick stone in the crawl space, with a minimum of a six(6) mil thick polyethylene film moisture barrier with all joints lapped a minimum of 6-inches." Chapter S—Floors: A. Section R502.1.4.1 Fire Protection. Prefabricated Wood I-Joists: Add a new section to read as follows: "R502.1.4.1 Fire Protection. Prefabricated Wood 1-Joists. When prefabricated wood I-Joists are used and there is usable space above and below a floor/ceiling assembly, the assembly shall be protected from fire impingement by one of the following: Ordinance No. 2010-M- Page 10 of 15 e. The minimum application of one layer of 5J8-inch dgywall and draft stopped per Section 502.12 of the 2006 International Residential Code. f. The installation of an approved sprinkler system." B. Section R502.7.1 Bridging: Amend to read as follows: 1IR502.7.1 Bridging. Joists shall be supported laterally by solid blocking, or diagonal bridging(wood or metal) at intervals not exceeding 8-feet." C. Section R502.11.4 Truss Design Drawings: Amend to read as follows: "R502.11.4 Truss Design Drawings. Truss design drawings shall be submitted to and approved by the Building Official prior to a permit being issued for the structure. Truss design drawings shall be provided with the shipment of trusses to the job site. These truss design drawings shall include, at a minimum, the information specified below: I. Slope or depth, span, and spacing; 2. Location of all joints; 3. Required bearing widths; 4. Design loads as applicable; 4.1 Top cord live load (including snow load) 4.2 Top cord dead load 4.3 Bottom cord live load 4.4 Bottom cord dead load 4.5 Concentrated loads and their points of application 4.6 Controlling wind and earthquake loads 5. Adjustments to lumber and joint connector design values for conditions of use; 6. Each reaction force and direction; Joint connector type and description (e.g. size, thickness,or gauge) and the dimensioned location of each joint connector except where symmetrically located relative to the joint interface; 7. Lumber size, species and grade for each member; 8. Connection requirements for: 9.1 Truss-to-truss girder 9.2 Truss ply-to-ply 9.3 Field splices 9. Calculated deflection ratio and/or maximum description for live and total load; 10. Maximum axial compression forces in the truss members or enable the building designer to design the size, connections, and anchorage of the permanent continuous lateral bracing. Forces shall be shown on the truss drawing or on supplemental documents; IL. Required permanent truss member bracing location; and Ordinance No. 2010-M- Page l I o C 15 12. Layout design," D. Section 8504 Pressure Preserved Treated Wood Floors (on ground): Delete this section. F. Section R506.1 General: Amend to read as follows. "11506.1 General. Concrete slab-on-ground floors shall be a minimum 4-inches thick with a minimum of 6x6 welded wire fabric embedded in the mid cross section of the slab. The compressive strength of concrete shall be as set forth in Section 8402.2. Fiber mesh can be used in place of welded wire." F. Section R506.2.1.1 Back-Fill in Garages (attached): Add a new section to read as follows: "R506.2.1.I Back-Fill under Concrete Garage Floors (attached). The sub- base for poured concrete garage floors shall be undisturbed inorganic soil. All fill material shall be clean graded sand, cnished stones, or gravel. The use of any soils as fill material is prohibited. Compacted non-organic material can be used with dowelling 44 rebar into the foundation wall a minimum of 4-inches extending into the garage floor uea a minimtun of 3-feet,placed 24-inches on center around the three (3) walls forming the garage area, may be used. Any practice of soaking the soils within this area will be done in strict conformance with the locally applicable water conservation ordinance and shall be metered." Chapter 6— Wall Construction: A. Section R602.2 Grade: Amend to read as follows: 1IR602.2 Grade. Studs shall be a minimum No. 2, standard or stud grade lumber." B. Section 8602.3.2 Ton Plate: Delete the exception. C. Table 602.10.2 intermittent Bracing Methods: Delete methods number four (4) SFB and five (5) GB. Chapter 7— Wall Covering: No Changes. Chapter 8—Roof-Ceiling Construction: A. Section R802.10.1 Truss Design Drawings: Amend to read as follows: Ordinance No. 2010-M- Page 12 of 15 "11$02.10.1 Truss Design Drawings. (See Section R502.11.4, as amended by this ordinance.)" Chapter 9—RoofAssemblies: A. Section 8905.2.7.1 Ice Barrier: Amend to read as follows: "R905.2.7.1 Ice Barrier. On all new roof construction and roof tear offs an ice protection barrier that consists of a self-adhering polymer modified bitumen sheet shall be used in lieu of normal underlayment and extend from the eave's edge to a point at least 24-inches inside the exterior wall line of the structure." Chapter 10— Chimneys and Fireplaces: A. Section 111003.9 Termination: Amend to read as follows: "R1003.9 Termination. Chimneys shall extend at least 2-feet higher than any portion of a building within 10-feet, but shall not be less than 3-feet above the point where the chimney passes through the roof. All wood or solid fuel burning fireplaces and stoves shall be equipped with an approved spark arrestor." Chapter 11 —Energy Efficiency: No Changes. Chapter 12—Mechanical Ardnrinistration. No Changes. Chapter 13—General Mechanical System Requirements. A. Section M1307.3.2 Heating Units in Garages: Add a new section to read as follows: "M]307.3.2 Heating Units in Garages. Units designed to heat the habitable space of the home shall not be located in a garage." Chapter 14—Heating and Cooling Equipment: No Changes. Chapter 15—E.rhaust Systems: No Changes. Chapter 16—Duct Systems: Ordinance No. 2010-M- Page 13 of 15 A. Section M1502.2.1 Return Air Vents: add a new section to read as follows: "M1602.2.1 Return Air Vents. Return air vents connected to the heating and cooling system, shall be located in every habitable room of the home, except as prohibited in Section M1602.2 of the code." Chapter 17—Combustion Air: No Changes, Chapter 18— Chimney and Vents: No Changes. Chapter 19—Special Fuel—Burning Equipment: No Changes. Chapter 20--Boilers/Water Heaters: No Changes. Chapter 21—Hydronic Piping: No Changes. Chapter 22—Special Piping and Storage Systems: A. Delete the Chanter 22 in its entirety. Chapter 23—Solar Systems: No Changes. Chapter 24 Fuel Gas: No Changes, Chapters 25 through 32-Plumbing. A. "Delete Chapters 25 through 32. Substitute therefore: The most current State of Illinois Plumbing Code as adopted and/or amended by the City of St. Charles." Chapters 33 through 42—Electrical: Ordinance No. 2010-M- Page 14 of 15 No Changes. Chapter 43—Referenced Standards: No Changes. Appendbc Adoption: Adopt the following Appendices - Appendix A - "Sizing and Capacities of Gas Piping" - Appendix B —"Sizing of Venting Systems—Appliances" - Appendix C—"Exit terminals of Mechanical Venting Systems" - Appendix D—"Procedure for Safety Inspection— Existing Appliances" - Appendix F—"Radon Control Systems" - Delete Figure AF 102. - Appendix G --"Swimming Pools, Spas,and Hot Tubs" - Appendix J —"Existing Buildings and Structures" - Appendix K--"Sound Transmissions" - Appendix M - "Horne Day Care R-3 Occupancy" Delete the following Appendices: - Appendix E -"Manufacturing Housing used as Dwellings" - Appendix H - "Patio Covers" - Appendix I -"Private Sewage Disposal" - Appendix L-"Permit Fee" - Appendix N - "Venting Methods (Plumbing)" - Appendix O - "Gray Water Recycling Systems" - Appendix Q—"Cross Reference—ICC International Residential Code Electrical Provisions/National Electrical Code" SECTION TWO: That after the adoption and approval hereof this Ordinance shall be printed or published in book or pamphlet form, published by the authority of the City Council. SECTION THIZEE: That this Ordinance shall be in full force and effect on February 1, 2010. Presented to the City Council of the City of St. Charles, Illinois this day of , 2010. Passed by the City Council of the City of St. Charles, Illinois this day of 2010. Ordinance No. 2010-M Page 15 of 15 Approved by the Mayor of the City of St. Charles, Illinois this day of 2010. Mayor Attest: City Clerk Council Vote: Ayes: Nays: Abstain: Absent: Approved as to Form: City Attorney Date: Ordinance No. Presented and passed by the City Council on: AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 15.04 "BUILDING CODE" OF THE ST. CHARLES MUNICIPAL CODE (Adoption of the 2009 International Fire Code) Whereas, not less than three copies of the 2009 International Fire Code for One and Two Family Dwellings,published February 2009 by International Code Council, Inc., 5203 Leesburg Pike, Suite 708, Falls Church, Virginia 22041-3401 have been and are on file in the Office of the Clerk of the City of St. Charles, Illinois for more than thirty(30) days prior to the passage and approval of this Ordinance; and Whereas, and Whereas, Nov therefore, be it ordained by the City Council of the City of St. Charles, Kane and DuPage Counties, Illinois as follows: Section 1: That Title 15, `Buildings and Construction", Chapter 15.04 "Building Code" of the St. Charles Municipal Code be and is hereby amended by deleting the provisions of Section 15.28.010 entitled"Fire Prevention Code, Life Safety Code— Regulations adopted and modified" and by substituting the following therefore: 1115.28.050 Amendments to the 1CC International Fire Code 2009. 1. Section 101.1 insert the name of jurisdiction: "City of St. Charles, Kane and DuPage Counties, Illinois." 2. Add Section 307.4.3 "Portable outdoor fireplaces."Delete the exception. 3. Section 308 (pg.35) "Open Flames" is hereby amended o read as follows: "Amend 308.1.6.2 "Portable fueled open-flame devices." Delete exception 94." "Amend 308.3 "Group A occupancies." Delete exceptions#1.2, 1.3, 2, & 3" Ordinance No. Page 2 4, Add Section 18 "Miscellaneous Provisions"to read as follows: "318 Miscellaneous Provisions 318.1 Tenant Separation. Each tenant space shall be separated from other tenant spaces and corridors by walls, partitions, and floor-ceiling assemblies having at least a one- (1)hour approved fire resistance rating." 5. Add Section 506.3 "Location" to read as follows: "506.3 Location. The installation of the approved key box shall be approved by the Fire Chief. The box shall be located not more than six (6') feet above grade. The key box may be supervised by a tamper switch." 6. Delete the provisions of Sections 507.1 and 507.5.1 (page 5 l) including the exceptions to 507.5.1 and substitute the following therefore: "507.1 Required Water Supply. An approved public water supply capable of supplying the required fire flow for fire protection shall be provided to premises upon which facilities,buildings, or portions of buildings are hereafter constructed or moved into within the jurisdiction. The approved water supply system shall be capable of meeting the following minimum criteria. a. The system shall be under pressure with an average static pressure of not less than 35 pounds per square inch (PSI). b. Flows shall be calculated at 20-PSI residual pressure. C. Water supplies shall be available for a continuous four-hour duration." 11507.5.1 Where required. Where a portion of the facility or building hereafter constructed or moved into or within the jurisdiction is more than 300 feet from a hydrant on a fire apparatus access road, as measured by an approved route around the exterior of the facility or building, on-site fire hydrants and mains shall be provided where required by the Fire Marshal." "507.5.1.1 Hydrants shall be located approximately ten (10) feet from an all- weather roadway. if this cannot be done,the closest part of the hydrant shall be set back at least five (5) feet from the curb line." "507.5.1.2 A fire hydrant shall be located within 75 feet of the fire department connection that it serves." "507.5.1.3 Access to fire hydrants shall be all-weather roadways adequate in width, clearance and strength for fire fighting purposes. Such routes, including Ordinance No. Page 3 private roadways shall be maintained accessible during all seasons of the year. Legal provisions will be required for private roads." "507.5,1.4 Fire hydrants shall meet the requirements of the City of St. Charles and the standards of the American Water Works Association, and shall have two and one-half(2%) inch outlets and one (1)four and one-half(4'/z) inch outlet with auxiliary gate valves on the hydrant branch line. Threads shall be American National Standard. Pumper outlets shall face roadways." 7. Amend Section 605.1 "Abatement of Electrical Hazards" to read as follows: "605.1 Abatement of Electrical Hazards. Identified electrical hazards shall be abated. Identified hazardous electrical conditions in pennanent wiring shall be brought to the attention of the code official responsible for enforcement of the electrical code as adopted in Section 15.04.040 of the St. Charles Municipal Code. Electrical wiring, devices, appliances and other equipment that is modified or damaged and constitutes an electrical shock or fire hazard shall not be used." 8. Add Section 605.11 "Service Disconnects"to read as follows: 11605.11 Service Disconnects. Service disconnecting means shall be provided either outside the building or via a key operated remote control, located at the fire alarm control panel or other approved location,and shall have provisions to allow the service to be locked open. Each building/tenant space shall have a main disconnect incorporated within the main distribution panel inside the space." 9. Amend Section 901.7 "System out of service"to read as follows: "901.7 System out of service. Where a required fire protection system is out of service, the fire department and the fire code official shall be notified immediately and, where required by the fire code official,the building shall either be evacuated or an approved fire watch shall be provided for all occupants left unprotected by the shut down until the fire protection system has been returned to service. Fire protection systems shall not be out of service for more than twenty- four (24)hours for maintenance or repairs. Where utilized, fire watches shall be provided with at least one approved means for notification of the fire department and their only duty shall be to perform constant patrols of the protected premises and keep watch for fires." 10. Add Section 901.10 "Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance" to read as follows: 11901.10 Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance.For purposes of supplementing the provisions of this article, the City Council hereby adopts N'FPA 25 Standard Ordinance No. Page 4 for the Insbection,Testing„and Maintenance of Water-Based Fire Protection 5 sy tents." _ 11. Delete the provisions in Section 903.2 "Automatic Sprinkler Systems—Where Required" inclusive of subsections 903.2.1 through 90').2.12 and Table 903.2.11.6 and substitute the following therefore: "903.2 Where required. An approved automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with the provisions of all applicable codes and standards shall be provided and maintained in full operating condition throughout every story and basement of all buildings subject to this code. Exceptions: 1. Unoccupied structures of less than 400 square feet, considered low hazard and located not less than 100 feet from another structure. The requirements shall be subject to modifications by the authority having jurisdiction to compensate for particular building conditions to meet the intention of the code. 2. Salt Dome Structures, Provided: a. The structure is constructed with approved noncombustible material. b. The structure is continually monitored by an approved automatic fire alarm system. C. The structure is located a minimum distance of one-hundred (100) feet from any principle building, fueling facilities, and other high hazard occupancies or materials as defined in the adopted Building Code. 3. Unenclosed Roof Structures: a. The structure is constructed with approved noncombustible material. b. The structure is located a minimum distance over one hundred (100) feet from any principle building. 12. Amend Section 903.6 "Existing Buildings" and add 90").6.3) `'Change of use classification" to read as follows: "903.6.3 Change of use classification. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout a building, when the use classification of the building or a space within the building changes. This requirement shall be subject to modifications by the authority having jurisdiction to compensate for particular building conditions." Ordinance No. Page 5 11 Delete the provisions of Section 907.2 "Where required' and substitute the following therefore: "907.2 Where required. An approved fire alann system installed in accordance with the provisions of this code and NFPA 72 shall be provided in new buildings and structures in accordance with Sections 907.2.1 through 907.2.23 and provide occupant notification in accordance with 907.6; unless other requirements are provided by another section of this code.Notwithstanding any provision of Section 907 and its subsections to the contrary, an approved manual fire alarm signaling system shall be installed and maintained in all buildings over one (1) story in height or over 1,000 square feet." 14. Delete all of the Exceptions to 907.2.3 "Group E," in their entirety. 15. Delete the provisions of Section 907.3 "Where required in existing buildings and structures" and substitute the following therefore: "907.3 Where required in existing buildings and structures. An approved fire alarm system shall be installed in existing buildings and structures where required in chapter 46. Notwithstanding any provision of Section 907 and its subsections to the contrary, an approved manual fire alarm signaling system shall be installed and maintained in all buildings over one(1) story in height or over 1,000 square feet." 16. Delete the provisions of Section 907.7.5 "Monitoring" and its exceptions and substitute the following therefore: "947.7.5 Supervisory service. Where required by this chapter or the International Fire Code, an approved supervising station in accordance with NFPA 72 shall monitor fire alarm systems. All required fire protective signaling systems shall transmit alarm and trouble signs to an approved central station,proprietary system, or remote-station system, and shall be approved by the Fire Department. The following methods are approved: 1. Direct cormect 2. AES Radio or other approved 2-way radio frequency systems 3. Or other methods approved by the Fire Official Exception: Supervisory service is not required for: 1. Single- and multiple-station smoke alarms required by Section 907.2.10 2. Smoke detectors in Group 1-3 Occupancies 3. Automatic sprinkler systems in I and 2 farnily dwellings Ordinance No. Page 6 17. Delete the provisions of Section 907.7.5.1 "Automatic teleplione-dialing devices'. 18. Amend the provisions of Section 912.1 "Installation" and substitute the following therefore: "912.1 Installation. The type (Siamese, Storz) and size of the fire department connection shall be in accordance with the NFPA standard applicable to the system design and shall be subject to approval of the Fire Department, based upon an analysis of the building's size and use group. Generally, a 5-inch size, Stott type connection is required." 19. Delete the "Exception" to 914.2.1 "Automatic sprinkler system." 20. Delete "Exceptions#1 &#2" to Section 914.3.1 "Automatic sprinkler system." 21. Delete "Exceptions#1 & #2"to Section 914.4.1 "Automatic sprinkler system." 22. Delete "Exceptions#1, &#2"to Section 914.6.1 "Automatic sprinkler system." 23. Add subparagraph "6" to Section 10063 "Illumination emergency power"to read as follows: "6. In all rooms and spaces over 2,000 square feet in area with an occupancy load of 20 or more." 24. Amend the provisions of Section 1008.1.9.3 "Locks and Latches"by deleting "Conditions No. 2, 2.1, 2.2,and 2.3." Ordinance No. Page 25. Amend Table 10 18.1 tn read onfollows: Table 1018.1 Corridor Fire RmmimtmmoeRmtKna --'---- r- --- - - --- �- �- � �Occmpoot �Rcqoircd Fire-Resistance Rating(hmmra) | K�o*��umu� �]Loud ���ww� ---'------'----r-'----- --------- -� ' |�Vdhnnt0px�o�l�� 'With Sprinkler | !Occupancy ! � / |bJ ��mrrbdmr ,System ' mtex�'(u) | '���-------'- i ! ��--'_--_-__-_-_-���- ___ - :B-1, B-2, B-3 u�U r,otPermitted | ' iGr�a1o��bau / ! � ��-4. �-5 � Not Penni1ted 'l � i 8O ! | -'-___--- - ' - , _ _-- _--- ------ y� � F. �Y 8 '(]r��1o,tb�n � !A, B, ' -'` ` JO O�nt Permitted l hJ � r 'Groa1or1han � ]� Not Permitted l ( 10 | � i . n r-2 b`A^ �4' '� U 'Not Permitted _ _---'--__-_--_-_---__-_-- 'l.l. l-] All g�o�PcrnoLUed �| /�) � - - __-- --------- _-__-------__-_ '-- _` (a) For requirements for occupancies in Group l-1 ycc Section 407.3. � |(b) For a reduction {othe fire-resistance rating of occupancies io Group l-3, � |seo Section 40#.7. / '(c) Buildings equipped throughout nddb an uutoroudu sprinkler system in ! |mocordmnco with Section 903.3.1.1 nr903.].l.Z where allowed. ' 26. Amend Section 2206.2.2 tanks located inside buildings" to read as bJ\kJwvm: w2206.2.2 Above-ground tanks located inside buildings, tanks for the storage uf Class llI and DIA liquid fuels are not m1lo-wedtobe }ooutadiu buildings." 27. Amend Section Z2UG23 ` und tanks located outside"ba read mafollows: "2206'2'3 Above-ground tanks located outside, above grade. The storage of flmmzzomb}e oocombustible liquids in outside aboveground Luuku is prohibited within the corporate limits of the City ofSt. Charles, Illinois, except hvSpecial Permit issued by the Fire Chief Compliance with the following criteria is required for the issuance ofaSpecial Use Permit for such use: l. Above �cpoud tanks used for outside, above-grade storage of Class l liquids a6aJ\ be listed and labeled as protected aboveground tanks and be Ordinance No. Page 8 in accordance with Chapter 34. Such tanks shall be located in accordance with Table 2206.2.3. 2. Above-ground tanks used for above-grade storage of Class 11 or 111A liquids are allowed to be protected above-ground tanks or, when approved by the Chief Fire Official, other above-ground tanks that comply with Chapter 34. 'rank locations shall be in accordance with Table 2206.2.3. 3. Tanks containing fuels shall not exceed 500 gallons in individual capacity or 1000 gallons in aggregate capacity. 4. Tanks located at farms, construction projects, or rural areas shall comply with Section 3406.2. 5. Above-ground tanks shall not be used for the outside storage of motor fuels at automotive service stations. 6. A site plan for the installation of the aboveground taunt shall be submitted to the Fire Official showing all buildings and structures on the same parcel. 7. At least 2 (two) fire hydrants shall be provided within 300 feet of the aboveground tank. a. The minimum flow for each hydrant shall be 1,000 gallons each. b. The fire flow duration shall be 60 minutes for flows up to 1,000 gpm; 2 hours to 2,000 gpm, and 3 hours for 3,000 gpm. S. The aboveground tank shall be protected with physical barriers per Section 312.2. 9. Aboveground storage tank(s) shall not be for use by the general public nor shall any liquid contained in an aboveground tank be transferred into any type vessel or device to be used or controlled by the general public. 10. No liquid shall be stored in an aboveground tank that has a flash point less than that of gasoline or-36 to -45 degrees F. 11. An automatic shutoff device capable of stopping the delivery of fuel into a storage tank at 90% of the tank capacity shall be provided. 12. Tank contents must be transferred by means of fixed pumps only. Pumps must be designed and equipped so as to prevent accidental discharge. 13. All tank openings associated with piping, vents, and inspections, shall be through the top of the tank only. 14. Approved anti-siphon devices shall be installed at each connection of the piping to the tank when such piping extends below the level of the top of the tank. 15. U.L. listed, portable ABC type fire extinguisher(s) shall be provided. 16. No parking is allowed within 50 feet of an aboveground tank. 17. All aboveground tank plans must include the following: a. Site plans as mentioned above. b. Aboveground tank details including all piping systems, pump and transfer systems, manufacturer's tank specifications, and all site protection, safety equipment, and safety signage per NFPA 704. Ordinance No. Page 9 C. The aboveground tank requires a City of St. Charles Building Pennit, and 4 (four)sets of plans and specifications are required. d. Approval for all aboveground tank installations slfall be by the Fire Chief Marshal and the Building Official. N wZ jzw u z Fzz GpzP v rn V} rn w Q �r CIO OZ V U Q Z a F z a W w Q ❑ fs� ZOor .. ° Ln O � W H V U S o O W 3 U Ad U a rAf� z r� Z � 4Dw pG ❑ fs� a O c� �.. E- in a rn O =' M w b7 N G %ci F+ U NU �, W "' v o r� ti .. dp � � 1W ❑ ��-, d � � ® ci N C/] Lr) vi z z O En P LOD O Lei ono to rA I rz z ,-� n C c a v .� V 0 G y > x Q ~ G � par- c �' ri Q Ni c a � M C1 O cn YO CYr < � 0. Y Dp1 En O ; gz aaz EV �. � � a cs C = a a O p ;. ►- � Ordinance No. Page 11 28. Amend Section 2703.1 "Scope"to read as follows: "2703.1 Scope. The storage, use and handling of all hazardous materials shall be in accordance with this Section and Exhibit A." 29. Delete the provisions of Section 2703.2.4.2 "Aboveground tanks" in its entirety, including the exception and section 2703.2.4.2.1. (See Section 2206.2.3 for applicable regulations.) 30. Add Section 3301.2 "Permit required" to read as follows: "3301.2 Permit required. Permits shall be required as set forth in Section 105.6 and regulated in accordance with this section. An application for permit, on a form developed by the Fire Official, shall be made in writing at least thirty (30) days in advance of the display of fireworks or discharge of explosives." 31. Amend Section 3405.1 "Scope"to read as follows: 9405.1 Scope. Dispensing, use, mixing and handling of flammable liquids shall be in accordance with Section 3403 and this Section. Tank vehicle and tank car loading and unloading and other special operations shall be in accordance with Section 3406. Flammable or combustible liquids shall not be dispensed by gravity from tanks, drums, barrels or similar containers. Approved pumps that take suction from the top of the container shall be used. Unattended dispensing operations by the general public shall be prohibited. No tank vehicle shall be left unattended on any lot, street, highway, avenue, alley, or any other location, public or private. Exception: 1. Containers of organic coatings having no fire point and which are opened for pigmentation are not required to comply with this Section." 32. Add Section 3901.4. "Storage Prohibited/Permit Required" to read as follows: "3801.4 Storage Prohibited/Permit Required. Aboveground storage of liquefied petroleum gas utilizing one or more containers having a total capacity of over 1,000 gallons water capacity shall be prohibited." 33. Add Section 3801.5 to read as follows: "3801.5 Parking Restrictions. No tank vehicle shall be left unattended on any lot, street, highway, avenue, alley or any other location,public or private," Ordinance No. Page 12 34. Add "Exhibit A Performance Guidelines for high Hazard Uses in the City of St. Charles": Exhibit A Performance Guidelines for High Hazard Uses in the City of St. Charles 1. Specific location: The geographic location and distances to other structures, rivers, streams, and other use groups. 2. Zoning: The proximate distances to assembly, educational, institutional, and residential uses and vacant land zoned for these uses. 3. Types of hazardous materials which are not allowed: Materials listed in Section 307.3 High Hazard Group H-I that present a detonation hazard shall not be permitted under any circumstances. 4. Allowable construction types: Type I and 11 only. 5. Required fire protection for IIigh Hazard materials: a. Provide extra hazard Group It fire sprinkler system b. Provide a fixed foam fire protection system 6. Required water supply system: 3,000 to 6,000 gallons per minute from a reliable source." Section 2, That after the adoption and approval hereof the Ordinance shall (A) be printed or published in book or pamphlet form,published by the authority of the City Cowicil, or(B) within thirty(30) days after the adoption and approval hereof, be published in a newspaper in and with a general circulation within the City of St. Charles. Presented to the City Council of the City of St. Charles, Illinois this day of ,2009. Passed by the City Council of the City of St. Charles, Illinois this day of ,2009. Approved by the Mayor of the City of St. Charles, Illinois this day of 2009. Mayor Ordinance No. Page 13 Attest: City Clerk Approved as to Form: Council Vote: Ayes: Nays: Abstain: City Attorney Absent: Date. ORDINANCE NO. 2010-M- AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 15.04 "BUILDING CODE", SECTION 15.04.030 "INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE 2003-REGULATIONS ADOPTED AND MODIFIED" OF THE ST. CHARLES MUNICIPAL CODE WHEREAS, the standard code known as Internationat Mechanical Code 2003, has been updated by the International Code Council, Inc.; and WHEREAS, not less than three (3) copies of said code have been and are on file in the Office of the Clerk of the City of St. Charles, Illinois for more than thirty (30) days prior to the passage and approval of this Ordinance; and WHEREAS, the Building and Zoning Commissioner has provided notice to the Illinois Building Commission regarding proposed changes to regulations regarding construction related activities within the City of St. Charles, as provided by 20 ILCS 3918155; and WHEREAS, the City Council finds it to be in the interest of City of St. Charles to periodically update codes regulating buildings and structures. NOW THEREFORE,BE IT ORDAINED by the City Council of the City of St. Charles, Kane and DuPage Counties; Illinois as follows: SECTION ONE: That Title 15, "Buildings and Construction", Chapter 15.04 "Building Code" of the St. Charles Municipal Code be and is hereby amended by deleting the provisions of Section 15.04.030 entitled "International Mechanical Code 2009"—Regulations adopted and modified" and by substituting the following therefor: "15.04.030 International Mechanical Code 2009—Regulations Adopted and modified The provisions of the 2009 International Mechanical Code issued by the International Code Council Inc.,4051 West Flossmoor Road, Country Club Hills Illinois 60475 not less than three (3) copies of which have been and are on file in the Office of the Clerk of the City of St. Charles, Illinois for more than thirty(30)days,together with the amendments listed herein, are hereby adopted. Amendments to the 2009 International Mechanical Code: Chapter 1 Administration—Delete the provisions of Section 106.4.3 "Expiration"; Section 106.4.4"Extensions"; Section 106.53 "Fee Refunds"; Section 108.4 "Violation Penalties"; and Section 109"Means of Appeal"as the City has adopted a separate Administrative Code tinder Municipal Code Chapter 15.101." SECTION TWO: That after the adoption and approval hereof this Ordinance shall be printed or published in book or pamphlet form,published by the authority of the City Council. Ordinance No. 2010-M- Page 2 of 2 SECTION THREE; That this Ordinance shall be in full force and effect on February 1, 2010. Presented to the City Council of the City of St. Charles, Illinois this day of , 2010. Passed by the City Council of the City of St. Charles, Illinois this day of 2010. Approved by the Mayor of the City of St. Charles, Illinois this day of , 2010. Mayor Attest: City Clerk Council Vote: Ayes: Nays: Abstain: Absent: Approved as to Form: City Attorney Date: ORDINANCE NO. 2010-M- AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 15.04 "BUILDING CODE", SECTION 15.04.035 "INTERNATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE 2003 —REGULATIONS ADOPTED AND MODIFIED" OF THE ST. CHARLES MUNICIPAL CODE WHEREAS, the standard code known as International Fuel Gas Code, has been updated by the International Code Council, Inc.; and WHEREAS, not less than three (3) copies of said code have been and are on file in the Office of the Clerk of the City of St. Charles, Illinois for more than thirty (30) days prior to the passage and approval of this Ordinance; and WHEREAS, the Building and Zoning Commissioner has provided notice to the Illinois Building Commission regarding proposed changes to regulations regarding construction related activities within the City of St. Charles, as provided by 20 ILCS 3913155; and WHEREAS, the City Council finds it to be in the interest of City of St. Charles to periodically update codes regulating buildings and structures. NOW THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED by the City Council of the City of St. Charles, Kane and DuPage Counties, Illinois as follows: SECTION ONE: That Title 15, "Buildings and Construction", Chapter 15.04 "Building Code' of the St. Charles Municipal Code be and is hereby amended by deleting Section 1 5.04.035 and substituting the following therefor: "15.04.035 International Fuel Gas Code 2009—Regulations Adopted and Modified. The provisions of the 2009 International Fuel Gas Code issued by the International Code Council Inc., 4051 West Flossmoor Road, Country Club Hills Illinois 60478 not less than three (3) copies of which have been and are on file in the Office of the Clerk of the City of St. Charles, Illinois for more than thirty(30) days,together with the amendments listed herein, are hereby adopted. Amendments to the 2009 International Fuel Gas Code: 1. Chapter 1 Scope and Administration. The City has adopted a separate Administrative Code under the Municipal Code Chapter 15.10 1. a. Section 106.5.3 "Expiration" - Delete in its entirety. b. Section 106.5.4 "Extensions"—Delete in its entirety. c. Section 106.6.3 "Fee Refunds"—Delete in its entirety. d. Section 108.4 "Violation Penalties"—Delete in its entirety. e. Section 109 "Means of Appeal"—Delete in its entirety. Ordinance No. 2010-M- Page 2 of 2 2. Chapter 4 Gas Piping Installations: a. Section 403.4.4 "Aluminum"—Delete in its entirety. b. Section 403.5.3 "Aluminum Tubing"—Delete in its entirety. c. Section 403.5.4 "Corrugated Stainless Steel Tubing"—Delete in its entirety. SECTION TWO: That after the adoption and approval hereof this Ordinance shall be printed or published in book or pamphlet form, published by the authority of the City Council. SECTION THREE: That this Ordinance shall be in full force and effect on February 1, 2010. Presented to the City Council of the City of St. Charles, Illinois this day of , 2010. Passed by the City Council of the City of St. Charles, Illinois this day of 2010. Approved by the Mayor of the City of St. Charles, Illinois this day of 2010. Mayor Attest: City CIerk Council Vote: Ayes: Nays: Abstain: Absent: Approved as to Form: City Attorney Date: ORDINANCE NO. 2010-M- AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 15.04 "BUILDING CODE", SECTION 15.04.040 "NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE 2002-REGULATIONS ADOPTED AND MODIFIED" AND SECTION 15.04.045 "AMENDMENTS TO THE 2002 NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE NFPA 70" OF THE ST. CHARLES MUNICIPAL CODE WHEREAS, the standard code known as NFPA 70, the National Electrical Code, has been updated by the National Fire Protection Association, Inc.; and WHEREAS, not less than three(3) copies of said code have been and are on file in the Office of the Clerk of the City of St. Charles, Illinois for more than thirty (30) days prior to the passage and approval of this Ordinance; and WHEREAS,the Building Official has provided notice to the Illinois Building Commission regarding proposed changes to regulations regarding construction related activities within the City of St. Charles, as provided by 20 1LCS 391$155; and WHEREAS,the City Council finds it to be in the interest of City of St. Charles to periodically update codes regulating buildings and structures. NOW,THEREFORE,BE IT ORDAINED by the City Council of the City of St. Charles, Kane and DuPage Counties, Illinois as follows: SECTION ONE: That Title 15, "Buildings and Construction", Chapter 15.04"Building Code" of the St. Charles Municipal Code be and is hereby amended by deleting Section 15.04.040 and substituting the following therefor: "15.04.040 National Electrical Code 2008—Regulations Adopted and Modified. The provisions of the 2008 Edition of the National Electrical Code,NFPA 70 issued by the National Fire Protection Association, Inc., One Batterymarch Park, Quincy, Massachusetts, 02269 (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the "NEC") not less than three (3)copies of which have been and are on file in the Office of the Clerk of the City of St. Charles, Illinois for more than thirty (30) days, together with the amendments listed herein, are hereby adopted." SECTION TWO: That Title 15, "Buildings and Construction", Chapter 15.04 'Building Code" of the St. Charles Municipal Code be and is hereby amended by deleting Section 15.04.45 and substituting the following therefor: "15.04.045 Amendments to the 2008 National Electric Code NFPA 70. 1. Section 110.13 (A) Mounting: Add a new paragraph to read as follows: "(A) Mounting. All electric panels mounted on concrete or masonry walls that are either exterior walls or below grade, sliall have a minimum of/2-inch plywood installed behind Ordinance No. 2010-M- Page 2 of 6 the panel, or the panel shall be mounted to structural mounting channel that provides a minimum %-inch airspace between the panel and the wall, for the purposes of support and to help prevent moisture entering the panel. Such mounting shall allow panel replacement if required." 2. Section 210.70 Lighting Outlets Required: Add a new paragraph to read as follows: "(D) Illumination of Mechanical Equipment. All occupancies shall have luminaries installed within four(4) feet of the front of all electric panels and within four(4) feet of mechanical heating equipment to enable servicing the equipment." 3.a Section 230.2 Number of Services, (B) Special Occupancies: Add new paragraph to read as follows: "(B) Special Occupancies. Multiple-occupancy buildings with either an external building main disconnect, a key operated shunt trip main disconnect, or parallel key operated shunt trip main disconnects for all services supplied to the building. Parallel shunt trip key operated main disconnects must be provided and installed in a manner approved by the St. Charles Electric Utility." 3.b Section 230.3 One Building or Other Structures Not to be Supplied Through Another: Revise by deleting and substituting the following: "230.3 One Building, or Other Structure,or Tenant Space,Not to be Supplied Through Another. Service conductors, feeders, or branch circuits of one building, or other structure, or tenant space shall not pass through the interior of another building, or structure, or other space." 3.c Section 230.6 Conductors Considered Outside the Building: Add new paragraph to read as follows: "(5) Installed in any"common area" (hallway, corridor or common space accessible to multiple premises)that meets the construction requirements of a one-hour fire rating. Conductors shall be installed in solid metal raceway pipe within "common areas"and shall have a label every five (5) feet identifying the conductors within the conduit." 3.d Section 230.46 Spliced Conductors: Revise by deleting and substituting the following: "230.46 Spliced Conductors. Splice in service entrance conductors, other than those installed by the Electric Utility, is not allowed." 3.e Section 230.70 General (A) Location, (1) Readily Accessible Location: Revise by deleting and substituting the following: "(1) Readily Accessible Location. Service disconnecting means shall be provided either outside the building or via remote control at the Fire Control Panel and shall have Ordinance No. 2010-M- Page 3 of 6 provisions to allow the service to be locked open. Each building/tenant space shall have a main disconnect incorporated within the main distribution panel inside the space." 3.f Section 230.70 General (A) Location: Add new paragraph to read as follows: "(4)Maximum Distance. Service conductors installed inside a building without over current protection shall not exceed five(5) feet in length." 3.g Section 230.79 Rating of Service Disconnecting Means (C) One Family Dwelling, (D) All Others: Revise by deleting and substituting the following: "(C) One or Two Family Dwelling. All panel board installations for new single-family detached dwellings shall be a minimum of 200-ampere rated. The main service disconnecting means (circuit breaker or fused switch) shall be 200-ampere rated. (D) Multi-family and Single-Family Attached Dwellings. All panel board installations for new multi-family dwellings and new single family attached three (3) units or more dwelling units shall be a minimum of 100-ampere rated. The main service disconnecting means (circuit breaker or fused switch) shall be a minimum of 100-ampere rated. (E)All Others. For all other installations, the service disconnecting means shall have a rating of not less that 60-ampere, unless approved by the City of St. Charles Municipal Electric Utility." 4. Section 250.118 Types of Equipment Grounding Conductors: Revise by deleting and substituting the following: "250.118 Types of Equipment Grounding Conductors. The equipment grounding conductor run with the circuit conductors shall be copper unless given exemption by the City of St. Charles Municipal Electric Utility or an approved certiFed testing agency." 5.a Section 300.1 Scope (A) All Wiring Installations: Add new paragraph to read as follows: "(1). With the exception of one and two family dwellings,all current carrying conductors exceeding 50 volts shall be installed in rigid metal conduit, intermediate metallic conduit, electrical metallic tubing or flexible metallic tubing with the exception that PVC conduit can be used for corrosive or other special application areas." 5.b Section 300.5 Underground Installations, (D) Protection from Damage, (3) Service Conductors: Revise by deleting and substituting the following: " (3) Service Conductors. Residential underground service conductors shall be installed in minimum Schedule 40 PVC. All other underground service conductors shall be installed in conduit that is encased in concrete unless given exemption by the City of St. Charles Municipal Electric Utility." Ordinance No. 2010-M- Page 4 of 6 5.c Table 300.5 Minimum Cover Requirements, 0 to 600 Volts, Nominal, Burial in Millimeters (Inches): Delete the third row table entries related to Under A Building. 5.d Table 300.5 Minimum Cover Requirements, 0 to 600 Volts, Nominal, Burial in Millimeters (Inches): Revise by deleting and substituting the fourth row to read as follows: "Table 300.5 Minimum Cover Requirements, 0 to 600 Volts,Nominal, Burial in Millimeters (Inches). Under minimum of 102 rani (4-inch)thick concrete interior or exterior slab with no vehicular traffic and the slab extending not less than 152 mm (6- inch)beyond the underground installation." 6. Section 310.2 Conductors, (B) Conductor Material: Revise by deleting and substituting the following; "(B) Conductor Material. Other than service conductors provided by the Utility, all service, feeder, and branch circuit conductors shall be copper." 7.a Sections 314.3 Nonmetallic Boxes, 314.17 Nonmetallic Boxes and Conduit Bodies, 314.43 Nonmetallic Boxes, and Section 334.40 (A) Boxes of Insulating Materials: Delete these sections. 7.b Section 334.40 (B) Devices of Insulating]Material: Revise by deleting and substituting the following: "(B) Devices of Insulating Material. Application of non-metallic equipment can be used for corrosive or other special application areas." S. Section 695.3 Power Source(s)for Electric Motor-Driven Fire Pumps, (B) Multiple Sources: Add new paragraph to read as follows: "(4) Signage. Where a generator provides a secondary source for a fire pump, and the generator feeds other systems, clearly narked key operated shunt trip switeh/es must be provided at the fire panel allowing Fire Department personnel the ability to open main breakers to panels not feeding the fire pump." 9. Section 700.16 Emergency Illumination: Add new paragraph to read as follows: "(l) Additional spaces that require emergency lighting shall include all restrooms and mechanical rooms." 10.a Article 701 Legally Required Standby Systems,I General, Section 701.7 Transfer Equipment: Add new paragraph to read as follows: Ordinance No. 2010-M- Page 5 of 6 (D) Transfer Equipment Requirements: Open type transfer switches are the only approved method for connection of standby systems. All transfer switch connections shall be"break before snake"to insure the complete separation from the utility system and the generator supply.No parallel operation with the utility system shall be allowed. A minimum time delay of three (3) seconds and a maximum of ten(10) seconds after loss of utility power should be established before starting the generator. Utilization of Kirk Key systems or other mechanical means of isolating generating sources from the utility source are not allowed." 10.b Article 701 Legally Required Standby Systems, III Sources of Power, Section 701.11 Legally Required Standby Systems (B) Generator Set: Add new paragraph to read as follows: "(6) Generator Noise Output. The maximum noise level allowable within ten(10') feet of transformer, switchgear, or other specified equipment operated by the City of St. Charles Municipal Electric Utility (SCMEU) is 80dBA. Sound enclosures, sound barrier walls, or other sound mitigation may be required if the noise level near SCMEU equipment exceeds 80dBA. Analysis of the need for sound abatement equipment will be performed by the City of St. Charles Municipal Electric Utility personnel after the generator is installed and tested." SECTION TWO: That all ordinances and resolutions, or parts thereof, in conflict with the provisions of this Ordinance are, to the extent of such conflict, expressly repealed. SECTION THREE: That after the adoption and approval hereof, this Ordinance shall be printed or published in book or pamphlet form, published by the authority of the City Council, SECTION FOUR: That this Ordinance shall be in full force and effect on February 1, 2010. Presented to the City Council of the City of St. Charles, Illinois this day of , 2010. Passed by the City Council of the City of St. Charles, Illinois this day of , 2010. Approved by the Mayor of the City of St. Charles, Illinois this day of 12010, Mayor Ordinance No. 2010-M- Page 6 of 6 Attest: City Clerk Council Vote: Ayes: Nays: Abstain: Absent: Approved as to Fonn: City Attorney Date: ORDINANCE NO. 2010-M- AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 15.04"BUILDING CODE", SECTION 15.04.050 "PLUMBING CODE-ADOPTED-MODIFICATIONS" OF THE ST. CHARLES MUNICIPAL CODE WHEREAS, not less than three (3) copies of the 2004 edition of the Illinois Plumbing Code published by the Illinois Department of Public Health have been and are on file in the Office of the Clerk of the City of St. Charles, Illinois for more than thirty(30)days prior to the passage and approval of this Ordinance; and WHEREAS, the Building Official has provided notice to the Illinois Department of Public Health regarding proposed changes to regulations regarding constriction related activities within the City of St. Charles, as provided by 20 ILCS 3918155; and WHEREAS, the City Council finds it to be in the interest of City of St. Charles to periodically update codes regulating plumbing. NOW,THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED by the City Council of the City of St. Charles, Kane and DuPage Counties, Illinois as follows: SECTION ONE: That Title 15, `Buildings and Construction", Chapter 15.04 "Building Code" of the St. Charles Municipal Code be and is hereby amended by deleting Section 15.04.050 and substituting the following therefor: "15.04.050 Plumbing Code: Adopted—Modifications The provisions of the 2004 edition of the Illinois Plumbing Code compiled by the Illinois Department of Public Health, not less than three (3) copies of which have been and are on file in the Office of the clerk of the City of St. Charles, Illinois, for more than thirty (30) days, are hereby adopted together with the amendments listed below modifying said Illinois Plumbing Code, as the regulations governing the installation of plumbing in and around buildings within the jurisdiction of the City of St. Charles. Amendments to the Illinois Plumbing Code-2004 Edition. I. Section 890.170—Revise by deleting and substituting the following: "Section 890.170 "Sewer and/or Water Required." Each building which is intended for human habitation or occupancy shall have a connection to a public water system and a connection to a public sewer system. Provided,however, that if a public water or public sewer system is not available and accessible within two-hundred (200')feet of the property line of the structure to be served, as determined by the Building & Code Enforcement Division Manager, the owner may connect to a private water well constructed in accordance with the requirements of Illinois Water Well Construction Code 77 Illinois Administrative Code 920 and the St. Charles Municipal Code,Title 13 Ordinance No. 2010-M- Page 2 of 4 ".Public Utilities", Chapter 13-16 "Water"; and/or a private sewage disposal system constructed in accordance with the requirements of the 77 Illinois Administrative Code 905 and the St. Charles Municipal Code, Title 13 "Public Utilities", Chapter 13.12 "Sewers". All installations shall be in accordance with applicable state and local laws, ordinances, resolutions, rules and regulations and codes." 2. Section $90.520 "b) Gasoline, Oil and Flammable Liquids", revise to read: "b) Interceptors/Separators Required. All facilities which generate oil and/or flammable waste shall be provided with Door drains or trench drains connected to an approved gas and oil interceptor. All residential garages with floor drains shall have proper size interceptor regardless of size of garage. Enclosed loading docks, commercial vehicle storage or repair garage and gasoline stations with grease racks or pits and all facilities that have oil and/or flammable waste shall be provided with floor drains. Floor drains provided for such areas shall be intercepted by an approved interceptor or a series of three (3) basins before discharging into the building drainage system and shall be of cast iron or equally durable materials. Each interceptor or basin shall be provided with a heavy metal cover that shall be bolted into place and made gas and water tight with a soft metal gasket. Each interceptor and,if provided with separate compartments, each compartment and basin shall be provided with a vent of not less than two (2") inches. Two or more vents may be connected to a header that shall be six(b") inches or higher than the lowest floor drain served. The vent shall extend independently to the outer air. The outlet of an interceptor or each basin shall be properly trapped. Floor drains above the level of the interceptor or basins shall connect to a stack extending independently to the outer air. Where it is required by this Section to have interceptors/separators, individual units shall be installed and maintained as a single user system. The interconnecting of piping from one (1)building to another or from one (1) unit to another where such units are separated by an approved firewall assembly is prohibited." 3. Section 890.520 "d) General Requirements", add a paragraph 10) as follows: "10) Where it is required by this Section to have interceptors/separators, individual units shall be installed and maintained as a single user system. The interconnecting of piping from one (1) building to another or from one (1) unit to another where such units are separated by ail approved firewall assembly is prohibited." Ordinance No. 2010-M- Page 3 of 4 4. Section 890.630 "Installation",add a paragraph j) as follows: "j) A safe pan or an approved drainage system is required for any floor (exception of basement level)clothes washer and water heater installations and above ceiling water heater and furnace installations." 5. Section 890.1130 "d) Fire Safety Systems", add a paragraph 4) as follows: "4) The installation of a fire safety system involving the potable water system stealI be in accordance with N1+PA Standard No.13 (1975) and the potable water Supply system shall be protected against backflow or back siphonage by a minimum of a double check valve assembly. if a fire department connection is part of the fire safety system; the potable water supply system must be protected by an approved backflow device." b. Section 890.1320 "Drainage System Installation", add paragraphs p) and q) as follows: '`p) Underground plumbing must have proper support and anchor system in order to maintain proper drainage. q) Compliance with the St. Charles Municipal Code, Title 13 "Public Utilities", Chapter 13.12 "Sewers", Section 13.12.201 "Overhead Sanitary Sewers" is required." 7. Section 890.1340"Determination of Sizes for Drainage System", revise b)to read: "b) Minimum Size of Building Drain, Horizontal Branches, Drainage Piping 1. No portion of the drainage system installed underground or below a basement or cellar shall be less than four(4) inches in diameter." 8. Section 890.1440 -'Vent terminal size"revise a) to read: "a) Minimum Size of Stack Vent. Each structure in which building drains are installed shall have one(1) stack vent not less than three (3") inches in diameter. The stack vent shall be increased by one size through the roof, but in no case shall any vent be less than four(4") inches where it passes through the roof to the outside atmosphere. See Appendix A, Table H." Ordinance No. 2010-M- Page 4 of 4 SECTION TWO: That after the adoption and approval hereof,this Ordinance shall be printed or published in book or pamphlet form, published by the authority of the City Council. SECTION THREE: This Ordinance shall be in full force and effect on February 1, 2010. Presented to the City Council of the City of St. Charles, Illinois this _ day of 12010. Passed by the City Council of the City of St. Charles, Illinois this day of ' 2010, Approved by the Mayor of the City of St. Charles, Illinois this day of 2010. Mayor Attest: City Clerk Council Vote: Ayes: Nays: Abstain: Absent: Approved as to form: City Attorney Date: Fire Department Memo IdR Date: January S,2010 To: Alderman Dan Stellato City Council Members of the Planning and Development Committee From: Fire Chief Patrick Mullen Re: Adoption of Revised Building and Fire Codes with Amendments After a thorough review of the existing building, fire, and life safety codes, the Fire Department is recommending adoption of the 2009 Editions of the International Building Code, the International Fire Code, the International Residential Code, and the NFPA Life Safety Code by the City Council for the City of St. Charles. Since my arrival here in October of 2007, I have heard the concerns voiced by members of the City Council as well as representatives of the development community regarding the sometimes burdensome and questionable requirements imposed by various local amendments to the model codes. Beginning in November of 2008, members of Fire Department staff worked closely with representatives of the City Division of Building and Code Enforcement and met regularly with the members of the City Building Board of Review to evaluate and examine the efficacy of the City's current collection of adopted codes relevant to building construction, fire prevention, and life safety. The purpose of this process was two-fold; to assess the need to update to the current edition of the relevant base codes used and enforced by the City and to scrutinize the appropriateness of various local amendments to those base codes as previously adopted by the City. Throughout the effort, City Staff tried to remain considerate of community expectations, City Council concerns, developer feedback, (re)development trends, and prior staff experiences. The Fire Department provided input primarily to the review process for the Building Code, the Fire Code, and the Residential Code. The revision process for the model codes of the International Code Council (1CQ occurs on a three-year cycle. The last update of the City codes occurred in 2004 with the adoption by City Council of the 2003 International Building Code, 2003 International Fire Code, 2003 International Residential Code, and 2003 Life Safety Code. Since that time, the ICC base codes have undergone two revisions (2006 and 2009). Each new edition of the base code represents an adjustment to improvements in building design, the new technology of construction materials, and an improved understanding of the historical performance of fire and life safety regulations. Early on in our review process, staff determined it appropriate to work towards adoption of the most recent edition of the ICC base codes, the 2009 editions, in order to provide the City with the most up do date and modern manual of codes possible. Staff also adopted the attitude that all local amendments to the model codes should be evaluated and justified. Through the review process, we significantly reduced the number of fire prevention and life safety related local amendments in the building code and fire codes. As a result, we have worked towards a"base code" enforcement philosophy with the adoption of a limited number of prudent local amendments we have deemed appropriate given the unique community characteristics and fire protection challenges of St. Charles. The most significant fire and life safety related changes encompassed by these new code recommendations include the following. I. Adoption of Appendix J: Emergency Responder Radio Coverage of the International Fire Code. 2. Amending Chapter 15.28.100 Fire Alarm Systems of the Municipal Code 3. Chapter 29 of the International Residential Code requiring the installation of automatic fire sprinklers in the new construction of one and two-family residential structures. APPENDIX J: The provisions of this section of the International Fire Code includes requirements for new construction to ensure the adequate signal transmission for radios utilized by fire and police emergency responders. This type of interference typically occurs in large commercial structures with heavy steel and concrete structural members that inhibit the radio communications of fire and police personnel operating at emergency incidents. The provision will require developers to provide internal antennae or signal amplification if necessary in order to achieve adequate radio coverage within the structure. CHAPTER 15.28.100—FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS: The adoption of Chapter 15.28.100 Fire Alarm Systems of the Municipal Code will codify the installation and maintenance requirements currently enforced by the Fire Department for commercial fire alarms. It also provides a mechanism to maintain up to date alarm and property owner information, monitor maintenance requirements, and address the frequency of false alarms. This amendment formally adopts the National Fire Protection Association National Fire Alarm Code for the installation and maintenance of fire alarm systems. Fire Prevention personnel have referenced this code for many years. This formal adoption codifies and acknowledges that practice. The amendment also establishes a no fee permitting process for fire alarms and identifies a fine structure and remedy procedure for properties that transmit excessive false alarms requiring a Fire Department response. This permitting and remedy procedure mirrors that established for the Police Department for intrusion alarms in Chapter 9.05 of the Municipal Code. Fire Department staff will utilize this mechanism to provide consistency in the installation, maintenance, and reliability of fire alarm systems and to reduce the number of Fire Department responses to false fire alarm activations. •Page 2 Presently more than 17 percent of Fire Department responses in the City jurisdiction result from false alarm notifications. In 2009 this amounted to 578 total responses in the City and 159 in the Fire District. Of that total,just 32 properties experienced more than three false fire alarms during the year, accounting for 26 percent of all false fire alarm activity. The remedy procedure provides for assessing an escalating schedule of fees for false alarm activity at an individual property beyond three per year. It exempts fire alarm signals at single-family homes, as well as false signals resulting from power outages, severe weather disruptions, and circumstances beyond the control of the occupant. Under the provisions of this regulation, any commercial alarm user who has more than three false fire alarms within a calendar year will be assessed a fine according to the following schedule. 1. Four to five false fire alarms: $50 fine per additional false fire alarm 2. Six to ten false Fire alarms: $100 fine per additional false fire alarm 3. More than ten false fire alarms: $300 fine per additional false fire alarm RESIDENTIAL FIRE SPRINKLERS: Chapter 3 of the 2009 Edition of the ICC International Residential Code mandates the installation of an automatic residential fire sprinkler system in all townhouses and, beginning January 1, 2011, in all one and two- family dwellings. The requirement for residential fire sprinkler systems constitutes a significant change in the fire protection and life safety orientation of the Residential Code. This constitutes a base requirement of the code, not a local amendment or preference. It brings the considerable and indisputable fire and life safety benefits of fire sprinkler systems to residential structures, the setting of most fires,fire injuries, and fire deaths in our country. Under the Code, this specific requirement applies to new construction only. It explicitly exempts existing homes in the community and also does not impose retroactive sprinkler requirements for alterations or additions to existing residential structures. In adopting this code requirement, the ICC recognizes the efficacy of fire sprinklers, acknowledges technological improvements making such systems economically feasible, and demonstrates appreciation for the public health and safety advantages for the community. Debate regarding the adoption of residential sprinkler requirements frequently evokes rhetorical extremes on both sides of the issue. This narrative will avoid the contentiousness of such discussions and will attempt to present a factual and common sense case for adoption of this code provision. Concerns about residential fire sprinklers generally fall into one of four categories; • Safety • Economics • Risk • Administration •Page 3 SAFETY: Opponents of residential fire sprinklers contend such requirements represent the imposition of an extreme and unnecessary measure of safety on homebuilders and homeowners. If you never intend to have a fire in your home, such an argument might serve to justify opposition to fire sprinklers or to smoke detectors and carbon monoxide detectors for that matter. Unfortunately, such individual tragedies occur unscheduled on a regular basis. Residential fire sprinklers have an excellent record of performance over time. A 2009 study released by the Home Fire Sprinkler Coalition documented the experience of Prince George's County, Maryland over a 15-year period. In 1992 the County enacted an ordinance mandating the installation of automatic fire sprinkler systems in one and two- family homes. From 1992 to 2007 the County experienced 101 deaths and 328 civilian injuries due to fires in single family or townhouse structures. By contrast the County saw zero deaths and only six civilian injuries from fires in homes equipped with fire sprinklers. This same study also demonstrated that having fire sprinklers cut the property loss from a residential fire incident in half. These results mirror the experience of Scottsdale, Arizona. Between 1986 when the City enacted a residential fire sprinkler ordinance and 2001, the City experienced 598 home fires. Thirteen fire deaths occurred in non-sprinklered homes. None occurred in sprinklered homes. Residential fire sprinklers also provide a significant degree of safety to firefighters. Research by the National Bureau of Standards attributes the primary cause of fire spread and the leading cause of fire deaths to a phenomenon called flashover. Flashover is the sudden, simultaneous ignition of the entire contents of a room in which a fire has started. It results from the rapid build up of radiant heat energy from a confined fire. Due to the predominance of synthetic materials that comprise the furnishings of most homes, residential fires tend to burn much hotter and more intensely. Flashover in a single room and contents fire predictably occurs within a few minutes of ignition. This time interval is commonly shorter than the average discovery, notification, and response time for most fire departments. Most people lack an appreciation for how fast a fire in a structure develops and spreads. What's more, modern technology has enabled the development of lightweight structural materials for home construction. While these structural roof and floor assemblies provide an equivalent and economical alternative to traditional materials for homebuilders, they tend to fail much sooner under fire conditions than dimensional lumber joists and rafters. An activated fire sprinkler will disrupt a fire's progression to flashover, resulting in a smaller or extinguished fire, providing more time for occupants to escape, and reducing the early collapse risk to firefighters. ECONOMICS: Concerns about the costs of a residential fire sprinkler system comprise a legitimate issue for discussion. Essentially, a fire sprinkler system constitutes a building utility system, similar to a plumbing system, an electric system, or a heating/cooling •Page 4 system. Like other residential utility systems however, residential fire sprinkler systems differ significantly in size, cost, and complexity from commercial systems. Residential fire sprinkler systems DO NOT require the costly double check or RPZ valves and fire department connections of commercial systems. When connected to a municipal water system they don't require a fire pump, an auxiliary pressure tank, or a supplemental water supply. Installation requirements permit the use of less expensive plastic pipe and fittings, resulting in substantial savings in materials and labor. In some cases, systems for small homes can be built into the plumbing system. The homeowners can perform standard maintenance themselves. There are real costs associated with the installation and maintenance of such systems, but they are neither excessive nor disproportionate. Improvements in technology have helped to greatly reduce the costs of residential fire sprinkler systems since their development in the mid-1980'x. A 2008 report from the National Fire Protection Association identified the average cost of a residential fire sprinkler system supplied from a municipal water system at $1.72 per square foot of living space. This typically constitutes I to 2 percent of total home cost. In areas of the country where the installation of residential fire sprinklers are common, overall demand tends to drive this cost even lower. To provide a more local sense of this expense, the Fire Department took the building plans of three sample residential structures in St. Charles and asked three different fire sprinkler companies to provide a quote for installation of a residential fire sprinkler system. These sample plans included homes of 3200 square feet, 7400 square feet, and 13,625 square feet respectively. The average cost of system installation for our small sample amounted to$1.81 per square foot. The results of this survey indicated the following. HOME SIZE COST/SO. FT. TOTAL COST 3200 sq.ft. $1.481 sq.ft. $ 5,500.00 7400 sq.ft. $1.721 sq.ft. $10,974.00 13,625 st.ft. $2.241 sq.ft. $30,545.00 Average Cost: $1.81 1 sq. ft. There are also other trade offs associated with the installation of residential fire sprinkler systems. The 2009 Residential Code we have recommended for adoption that requires the installation of a fire sprinkler system also permits the use of CPVC pipe in the home plumbing system. This provision represents a potentially sizable savings in material and labor costs. Insurance companies typically offer rate discounts on homeowner's coverage for homes with fire sprinkler systems. In Illinois these premium reductions range from 5 to 12 percent. Another economic concern with residential fire sprinkler systems relates to a perceived competitive disadvantage when builders are required to install residential systems. A 2009 report by Newport Partners for the National Fire Protection Association compared residential construction in four counties; Fairfax County in Virginia and Montgomery, •Page 5 Prince George's, and Anne Arundel Counties of Maryland. The selected counties constituted a contiguous geographic area developmentally mature in nature and containing a variety of housing stock and income levels. Montgomery County and Prince George's County have had long standing ordinances requiring residential fire sprinkler systems. Anne Arundel County and Fairfax County have no such ordinance. The study concluded that the sprinkler requirements did not significantly affect the volume, character, or price of the construction of new homes. St. Charles is not the first community in the Chicago metropolitan area to contemplate or adopt a requirement for residential fire sprinklers. Presently, more than 60 communities in our region have adopted and enforce such a provision. Our neighbor to the north, South Elgin, has already adopted the 2009 Residential Code with it's requirement for home fire sprinklers. As more and more communities look to update their building and fire codes, the 2009 Residential Code will become more commonplace and the requirement for home fire sprinklers will become more and more universal, thus negating any perceived comparative pricing disadvantage and discrediting this argument. This more universal acceptance will also create more competitive pressure on vendors who install residential fire sprinkler systems to lower costs. RISK: Some people have genuine unease about the potential for unwanted or excessive water damage from a residential fire sprinkler system. According to the National Fire Protection Association, the accidental discharge or malfunction of a residential fire sprinkler system is rare. National installation standards provide guidance for proper installation in cold weather regions to prevent frozen pipes. The code recommendation for St. Charles will not require installation of fire sprinklers in attics, garages, crawl spaces, or other unheated areas of a home. Sprinkler heads for residential systems tend to be much smaller and less obtrusive than commercial heads and can be installed in recessed assemblies to protect them from potential accidental damage. Unlike the Hollywood depictions, all sprinklers in a system do not activate at once. Nor do they activate from exposure to smoke from things like cigarettes, cigars, or burned food. The significant and rapid build up of high heat is required to activate a sprinkler head. Most home fires require the activation of only one or two heads to control a fire problem. Property loss due to water damage from a fire controlled by residential fire sprinklers is typically less than that in an unsprinklered home. On average a residential fire sprinkler discharges water at a rate of 10 to 25 gallons per minute. Fire hoses deployed by firefighters discharge water at a rate of 125-250 gallons per minute. When a home fire sprinkler system activates early and controls the fire, it results in a lesser discharge of water and a smaller fire upon the arrival of firefighters. In the rare event of an accidental leakage of water from a residential fire sprinkler system, most insurance policies provide coverage for this risk. ADMINISTRATION: In some instances the consideration of a residential fire sprinkler initiative has raised concerns regarding the administrative burden associated with such a •Page 6 code requirement or the intrusion of government inspectors into private residences. As with other home utility systems required by code, the City will not monitor or inspect such systems once the builder demonstrates appropriate installation and the City approves occupancy for the structure. As with heating, plumbing, and electrical systems, ongoing maintenance is the privilege and responsibility of the homeowner. Given the proven performance record of residential fire sprinklers, the technologic improvements in materials and installation, and the economic benefits of costs and tradeoffs, residential fire sprinkler systems represent a basic building utility system whose time has come. Conversely, a determination to write the residential sprinkler provision out of the model code wodld cause difficulties for the Fire Department and the Department of Community Development. The model code represents a collection of related parts. Requirements in many sections build upon or rely on the requirements of other sections. Elimination of one requirement may necessitate the adoption of more stringent requirements or amendments to the code to compensate for deletion. The 2009 Residential Code constitutes a minimum performance standard in the construction of residential structures. Taken in total, it contemplates the inclusion of residential fire sprinklers as part of the umbrella of fire and life safety protection provided by it's minimum code requirements. A decision to write out a required section of the base code would Iessen the basic protections of the code and represent a departure by the City from past practices in code administration and enforcement. Our local amendments to the base codes have always sought to increase the level of protection provided by the model documents, not decrease them. RECOMMENDATION In summary, the Building Board of Review, Department of Community Development, and the Fire Department recommend adoption by City Council of the 2009 International Building, Fire, and Residential Codes with local amendments, as well as the 2009 Life Safety Code. Staffs comprehensive review has sought to update the City building requirements and respond to the input of elected officials and the development community. Along with the 2009 Editions of the [CC Mechanical Code, Fuel Gas Code, and Energy Conservation Code as well as the 2008 National Electrical Code, and the 2004 Illinois State Plumbing Code this proposed code set of minimum prescriptive and performance related regulations establishes the safest, most appropriate, and up to date requirements for the construction of commercial and residential structures available to the building and fire protection professions. •Page 7 AA& 1959 - 2009 LOCAL AMENDMENTS TO THE ADOPTED BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE CODES Community Development Department (630)871-6231 communitydevelopment a7 carolstream.org Effective date: May 15, 2009 Table of Contents International Building Code 2006 Edition NFPA 70 National Electrical Code 2008 Edition Illinois Plumbing Code Current Edition International Mechanical Code 2006 Edition International Fire Code 2006 Edition =x International Residential Code l 2006 Edition International Property Maintenance Code 2006 Edition International Fuel Gas Code 2006 Edition International Energy Conservation Code 2006 Edition Ot'Vaw).e, o-1 (Z�Cvltlo-1 Local Amendments to ICC International Building Code, 2006 Edition INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE --:2D 6. t':4f111L`elll' t.. Community Development Department (630)871-6230 communitydevelopment @carolstream.org 5115109 Community Development Department Local Amendments to ICC International Building Code, 2006 Edition CONTENTS PAGE NO. Amendments to Chapter 1 ........................................ 1 Amendments to Chapter 2 ........................................ 7 Amendments to Chapter 4 ........................................ 8 Amendments to Chapter 5 ......................I..........I...... 9 Amendments to Chapter 7 ........................................ 14 Amendments to Chapter 9 ........................................ 15 Amendments to Chapter 10 .................................I...... 16 Amendments to Chapter 11 ........................................ 19 Amendments to Chapter 14 ........................................ 20 Amendments to Chapter 16 ........................................ 21 Amendments to Chapter 23 ........................................ 22 Amendments to Chapter 34 ........................................ 23 Amendments to Appendices A through J ........................................ 24 Local Amendments to ICC International Building Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER I CHAPTER 1 ADMINISTRATION SECTION 101 GENERAL 101.1 Title. These regulations shall be known as the Building Code of the Village of Carol Stream, hereinafter referred to as "this code." 101.2 Scope. The provisions of this code shall apply to the construction, alteration, movement, enlargement, replacement, repair, equipment, use and occupancy, location, maintenance, removal and demolition of every building or structure or any appurtenances connected or attached to such buildings or structures. Exception: Detached one- and two-family dwellings and multiple single-family dwellings (townhouses) not more than three stories above grade plane in height with a separate means of egress and their actcessor3 structures shall comply with the International Residential Code as amended and adopted by the Village of Carol Stream. 101.4 Referenced codes. The other codes listed in Sections 101.4.1 through 101.4.7 and referenced elsewhere in this code shall be considered part of the requirements of this code to the prescribed extent of each such reference. 101.4.1 Electrical. The provisions of the ICC Electrical Cade as amended ait[i adopted by the Village of Carol Su-Lain shall apply to the installation of electrical systems, including alterations, repairs, rc:p acent;'nt, equipment, appliFin es, fixtures, fittings and appurtenances thereto. All references to the ICC Electrical Code shall be construi t1 to refer to the Electrical Code as amended and adopted by the Village of Carol Stream. 10 1.4.2 Gas. The pro isinns of the International Fuel Gas Code as amended and adopted by the Village of Carol Stream shall apply to the installation of gas piping from the point of delivery, gas appliances and related accessories as covered in this code. These requirements apply to gas piping systems extending from the point of delivery to the inlet connections of appliances and the installation and operation of residential and commercial gas appliances and related accessories. 101.4.3 Mechanical. The provisions of the International Mechanical Code -Is amended and adopted by the Village Qf Carol Stream shall apply to the installation, alterations, repairs, and replacement of mechanical systems, including equipment, appliances, fixtures, fittings and/or appurtenances, including ventilating, heating, cooling, air- conditioning and refrigeration systems, incinerators, and other energy-related systems. 101.4.4 Plumbing. The provisions of the Illinois Plumbing Code as amended and adopted by dic Village of Carr,[ Str�-arn shall apply to the installation, 1 OaL"V+e 0-f e &i'al St'e'CL Local Amendments to ICC International Building Code, 2006 Edition alterations, repairs and replacement of plumbing systems, including equipment, appliances, fixtures, fittings and appurtenances, and where connected to a water or sewage system and all aspects of a medical gas system. The pr-evisiens e� the systems. 101.4.5 Property maintenance. The provisions of the International Property Maintenance Code its amended and adopted by the Village of Carol Stream shall apply to existing structures and premises; equipment and facilities; light, ventilation, space heating, sanitation, life and fire safety hazards; responsibilities of owners, operators and occupants; and occupancy of existing premises and structures. 101.4.6 Fire prevention. The provisions of the International Fire Code as arnended and adopted by the Village of C'ayol Stream shall apply to matters affecting or relating to structures, processes and premises from the hazard of fire and explosion arising from the storage, handling or use of structures, materials or devices; from conditions hazardous to life, property or public welfare in the occupancy of structures or premises; and from the construction, extension, repair, alteration or removal of fire suppression and alarm systems or fire hazards in the structure or on the premises from occupancy or operation. 101.4.7 Energy. The provisions of the International Energy Conservation Code as amended and adopted by the Village of Carol Stream shall apply to all matters governing the design and construction Rol'buildings for energy efficiency. 101.4.8 Residential. All references it) the. International Residential Code shall be c.ortsuued to refer to the: Residential Code Lis amended and adopted by the Village of Carol Stream. SECTION 103 DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING SAFETY 103.1 Creation of enforcement agency. The Community Development Department of Budding Safety is r,e..eby +°a shall be responsible for building code enforcement and the Community Development Director shall be known as the building official. SECTION 105 PERMITS 105.1.1 Annual permit. In lieu of an individual permit for each alteration to an already approved electrical, gas, mechanical or plumbing installation, the building official is authorized to issue an annual permit upon application therefore to any person, firm or corporation regularly employing one or more qualified licensed tradepersons in the building, structure or on the premises owned or operated by the applicant for the permit. The electrician shall be a licensed electrical contractor, and the plumber :shall be a licensed plumber in the State of Illinois or City of Chicago and have a valid lllino plumbing contractor-s license. 2 Local Amendments to ICC International Building Code, 2006 Edition '105.1.3 Special perwits. At ilie discretion of the Wilding official. a special permit may be issued to allow the rem, oval and installation oNquipment to proceed concurrent with the processing of lht� permit. An owner or authorized agent for a firm or Corporation that is able to demonstrate to the Wisffiction of the building official that ")rapid equipment changes are made on more than an occasional basis. "I'that the natuie of the industry mquire-s rapid changes of this kind, ;'Ahat the reason for the simultaneous application is not a delay in seeking [lie permit,. and i"that E1.1 fire protection systems and means of egress shall be maintained tit all times, shall notilly the building official of their intent to begin this type of work, and shall schedule the required inspections during the installation phase and prior to the newly installed equipment being placed intc production. The work controlled by the special pennit shall be aIlu%vad to proceed concurrently with the processing of the permit request. This shall not abnegate the pennit requiremcmts specified in Section 105.1 If the pen-nit is denim, subject to a court order enjoining the enforeement of the denialµ the processing or use of the new uqulpmimt shall not be started or shall cease until a permit is approved. 105.2 Work exempt from permit. Exemptions from permit requirements of this code shall not be deemed to grant authorization for any work to be done in any manner in violation of the provisions of this code or any other laws or ordinances of this jurisdiction. Permits shall not be required for the following: Building: 1. One-story detached accessory structures used as too! and st sheds� playhouses and similaf ases, provided the floor area does not exceed 120 square feet(11,15 m 2 ). -2-. F-eftees ftef ever-6 feet (1829 nun) high, -3-. Oil 4. Retaining walls whieh e&e net ever- 4 feet (1219 ff)fn) in height fneastifed ffem the bet4em ef the feeting te the top of the wall, unless suppef4ing a sufehaFge OF ifflP80fidifig GlaSS 1, R Of-H! A liqt*iEl&. Water- tanks suppefted dir-eet4y upen gr-ade if the eapeeity dees net exeeed 5,000 galleas (18 9271.) and the ffi4i6 Of hoight to Ehameteff- A-r- wid-th dees fiet exesod 2 *4. _Rfid dFi�k'OAAEOYS fi8t IROF-0 thffi;_ _30 Hatehes (762 fFAn) above adjaeont gFade, and not evef any basement of: story belew and whieh afe net paA ef a meessible reu4e. 7. Painting, papering, tiling, carpeting, cabinets, counter tops and similar finish work. 8-, T-Offlffffify motion pietur-e, television and theatef stage sets and seefter-Y. 9. Prefabricated swimming pools accessory to a Group R-3 occupancy, as applicable in Section 101.2, which are less than 24 inches (610 mm) deep, do not exceed 5,000 gallons (19 000 L) and are installed entirely above ground. 4.0-. Shade eleth SWdetums eenstfueted for- nursery er- egfietiltur-al purposes and not ifieluding sepviee systewi&-. 3 Vi.Lr!cs.c�.e cr f �:.JC62.a� (�t4.ecir�,. Local Amendments to ICC International Building Code,2006 Edition 11. Swings and other playground equipment accessory to one- and two-family dwellings. 12. Window awnings supported by an exterior wall which do not project more than 54 inches (1372 mm) from the exterior wall and do not require additional support of Group R-3, as applicable in Section 101.2, and Group U eeetipaneies. 13. Non-fixed and movable fixtures, cases, racks counters and partitions not over 5 feet 9 inches (1753 mm) in height, which do not contain any electrical devices or fixtures. 105.4 Validity of permit. The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of this code or of any other ordinance of the jurisdiction. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of this code or other ordinances of the jurisdiction shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the building official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. The building official is also authorized to prevent occupancy or use of a structure where in violation of this code or of any other ordinances of this jud-Wiction 16[15,4.1 Decirdons involving water and sewer. No permit shall he issued fbr connection to the Village wateT system and connection to the Village wasiewatcr treatment facilities without the:approval of the Dir for of Public: Works, or where the property to be Se vet; lies within the boundaries of the Wheaton Sanitary District, unless a copy of the Wheaton Sanitary Dimiet connection permit has been received_ 105.4.2 DuPage County Fair Share Transportation Impact Fee Ordinance. No permit.shall he authorized for construction, enlarging or altering any building or structure until the Village has received a copy of a receipt of payment of the fee or fees irnp9sed by the DuPage County Pair Share Transportation Impact Pee Ordinances_ 105.6 Suspension or revocation. The building official is authorized to suspend or revoke a permit issued under the provisions of this code wherever the permit is issued in error or on the basis of incorrect, inaccurate or incomplete information, or in violation of any ordinance or regulation or any of the provisions of this code. or for failure to call ror and pass the insp ebony recluil-cd for the work. Once a building pen-nit has been suspended or revoked. it shall only be rcinoated with the approval of the building official and with the payment of fermi as set forth in Chapter 6, Article 13, of the Village Code. No ftulher inspocfions shall be performed by the \Pillage until the permit is reinstated. 105.7 Placement of permit. The building permit or copy shall be kept on the site of the work until the completion of the project. 4 �%��ci�e cr f �ci�.ar! sttec�vr.. Local Amendments to ICC International Building Code, 2006 Edition SECTION 108 FEES 108.2 Schedule of permit fees, On buildings, structures, electrical, gas, mechanical, and plumbing systems or alterations requiring a permit, a fee for each permit shall be paid as required, in accordance with the Schedule of Fees as set forth in Chapter[)_ Article ]� of the Village Code. as established by the applieable goveming auther-ity. 108.4 Work commencing before permit issuance. Any person who commences any work on a building, structure, electrical, gas, mechanical or plumbing system before obtaining the necessary permits shall be subject to an additional fee established by the hcGi (I I T I v. official that shall be in addition to the required permit fees in accordance with the Schedule of Fees. 108.6 Refunds. The building official is authorized to establish a refund policy. Permil r6es shall not be refunded for any direct costs to the.Village, such as but not liniiied to consultant plan review fees, restocking fees for watcr meters and fees collected and paid to odia. entities. SECTION 112 BOARD OF APPEALS 112.1 General. In order to hear and decide appeals of orders, decisions or determinations made by the building official relative to the application and interpretation of this code, there shall be and is hereby created a board of appeals. The beafd ef appeals shall be Rpp6iffted* The board shall adopt rules of procedure for conducting its business. Sieelica 112.1.1 Membership ut Board. Tho Board of Appeals shall c(ynsist of the Village President and Board of Trustees of the Tillage of Cardl Stream_ 'Che Village President shall serve as Chaianan and the Village Clerk shall serve as Secretary- ;Section 1 12,1.2 Fees, Few for appeal he,36rigs shall lie in ac:coixlatxce with the Schedule -0 Fees contained in Article 13 ofClhapte:r 6 of the,Village Code, 112.2 Limitations on authority. An application for appeal shall be based on a claim that the true intent of this code or the rules legally adopted there under have been incorrectly interpreted, the provisions of this code do not fully apply, or an equally good or better form of construction is proposed. eede, Re and tr-ainiflg to pass an fnat4er-s pet4aining to building eeast-RUesion _And Fe HE)! 112.4 Jurisdiction. The Board of Appeals shall have no jurisdiction to hear an appeal when the facts and issues raised in the application for appeal are subject of a quasi-criminal 5 Local Amendments to ICC International Building Code, 2006 Edition complaint brought in the name of the Village chargins a violation of the Code of Ordinances of the Village. The filing of such a c:ornplaint shall ronstiNu.,a detenmirtaion th�rt a decision of the building official. retitsing to grant a modification of thew provisions of this code, is correct. Any appeal pending Rt the time of filing of such a complaint shall be dismissed for want of jurisdiction. SECTION 113 VIOLATIONS 113.4 Violation penalties. Any person who violates a provision of this code or fails to comply with any of the requirements thereof or who erects, constructs, alters or repairs a building or structure in violation of the approved construction documents or directive of the building official, or of a permit or certificate issued under the provisions of this code, shall be subject to penalties as prescribed by law. Any person who, shall violaw a provision of this .'nde or slutll tail to comply with any of Lhe requirements thereof or who A.all empt, construct, alter or repair a building or structure in violation of an approved plan or directive of the buildirig official or of a permit or certificate issued under the pmvisjoms of this code, shall be, guilty of a code violation, punishable by a fine of not less ffiau severity-five dullm-s J375.00) or more than seven-hundred and fifty dollars IS750.00). Each day that a violation vontinues after due notice has been served shall hie deemed a separate offence. SECTION 114 STOP WORK ORDER 114.3 Unlawful continuance. Any person who shall continue any work after having been served with a stop work order, except such work as that person is directed to perform to remove a violation or unsafe condition, shall be subject to penalties as pr+ cribcd by law. Any peaycon who shall corairrue any work after laving hee-n served with a stop work order; except such work as that person is directed to peffai n to rernove a violatiml or unsafe condition, shall be liable to a fine of not less than seventy-rive dollar ($75.00) or not more than seven-hundred and fi-fty dollars ($750.00), 6 L/oLLa.cye cr f �a.ZCrL S>r�.ea.t��. Local Amendments to ICC International Building Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 2 CHAPTER 2 DEFINITIONS SECTION 201 GENERAL 201.4 Terms not defined. Where terms are not defined through the methods authorized by this section, such terms shall have ordinarily accepted meani3ig!4 such as the context implies or the definition in the current version of the Merriam-Webster Dictionary. 7 iLl"9.e 0-1 �OLLCY� StLec►ty� Local Amendments to ICC International Building Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 4 CHAPTER 4 SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY SECTION 402 COVERED MALL BUILDINGS 402.45 Access to exits. Where more than one exit is required, they shall be so arranged that it is possible to travel in either direction from any point in a mall to separate exits. The minimum width of an exit passageway or corridor from a mall shall be 66 inches (1676 mm). 402.6 Types of construction. The area of any covered mall building, including anchor buildings of Types I, II and IIIA,and-1V construction, shall not be limited provided the covered mall building and attached anchor buildings and parking structures are surrounded on all sides by a permanent open space of not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) and the anchor buildings do not exceed three stories in height. The allowable height and area of anchor buildings greater than three stories in height shall comply with Section 503, as modified by Sections 504 and 506. The construction type of open parking garages and enclosed parking garages shall comply with Sections 406.3 and 406.4, respectively. 8 q e."I' al (5e"'e. Voi'v Local Amendments to ICC International Building Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 5 CHAPTER 5 GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS SECTION 501 GENERAL 501.2 Address numbers. Buildings shall have approved address numbers,building numbers or approved building identification placed in a position that is plainly legible and visible from the street or road fronting the property. These numbers shall contrast with their background. Address numbers shall be Arabic numerals . Numbers shall be a minimum-4-6 inches (444 152 mm) high with a minimum stroke width of 0.5 inch (12.7 rant). :501.2,1 Tenwit Idea firi caiiun. All buildings equipped with elevators, and with multiple tenants or units, shall have directional signs provided orl the corridor wall across from the elevator door. Tha,s directional ,ignage shall iodicate the direction to each numbered tenant space_ All tenant spaces .hall be provided with a sign which indicates the teeaw space number. The signs shall be constructed of dur`blc mateAals, be permanently installed, and be readily visible. letters and numbers shall contrast wkh the background, q nd shall be a minimurn raf 2 inches (.51 axrsrt) in height, 9 al Ga.4.0-1 Stzea4i. Local Amendments to ICC Inte1-mational Building Code, 2006 Edition TABLE 503 ALLOWABLE.HEIGHT AND BUILDING AREAS Height limitations shown as stories and feet above grade plane. Area limitations as determined by the definition of-Ares building,"per stop' TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION TYPE 1 TYPE 11 TYPE 111 TYPE I\' TYPE Y A B A B A B [IT A B Ngt(ft) GROUP II t 5 UL 160 65 55 65 55 65 50 40 A-1 S UL 5 3 2 3 a a a 4 A UL UL 15,500 8,500 !4,000 431544 16,0w 44,546 81664 A-2 S UL 11 3 2 3 a 3 a 4 A L1L UL 15,500 1 9,500 14,000 AAA 441/4419 I I x594 6,444 A-3 S UL 11 3 2 3 a a a 4 A UL UL 15,500 9,500 14,000 9" 34x946 439599 61494 A-4 S UL 11 3 2 3 a a a 4 A UL UL 15,500 9,500 14,000 9,444 4.5,444 4i W0 4" A-5 S UL UL UL UL UL 1311 433: 436 141, A UL UL UL UL UL 136 436 3415 44g B S L1L I1 5 4 5 4 5 9• a A UL UL 37,500 23,000 28,500 49,449 941,999 481444 994 E S UL 5 3 2 3 a 4 4 4 A UL UL 26,500 14,500 23,500 441664 251594 W g(A) 9,644 F-1 S UL 11 4 2 3 a 4 a 4 A UL UL 25,000 15,500 19,000 421448 3x1694 441844 43,594 F-2 S UL 11 5 3 4 d 4 9 a A UL UL 37,500 23,000 28,500 44304 891699 x4,449 4 ir889 H-1 S 1 I 1 l 4 4 4 4 }9,p A 21,000 16,500 11,000 7,000 9x864 x,444 49,599 x,894 No 11-2 S UL 3 2 l a 4 a 4 4 A 21,000 16,500 11,000 7,000 9699 4,644 46594 x,844 3,444 H-3 S Ui, 6 4 2 4 a 4 4 4 A UL 60.000 26,500 14,000 41649 45,994 a&r&w 44,949 8,949 H-4 S UL 7 5 3 1$ 3 S a a A UL Ul. 37,500 17,500 "TW 4,'8,894 36,989 3431444 4" 11-5 S 4.3 4.3 3 3 a 9• 4 4 a A UL UL 37,500 23,000 a8,848 4431494 x5,944 191849 91499 I-I S Ul. 9 4 3 4 a 4 9 a A UL 55,000 19,000 10,000 16,500 441,944 481494 4&849 41864 I-2 S UL 4 2 1 1 NA 4 4 4511 A UL UL {5,000 11,000 12,000 ?39 4a1444 91894 NP I-3 S UL 4 2 l 2 4 a a 4 A LIL UL 15,000 11,000 10,500 WI&W 42,444 X1864 81444 1.4 S UL 5 3 2 3 a 3 4 4 A UL 60.500 26,500 13,000 23.500 49,944 2!1„644 481844 91444 M S UL 11 4 4 4 4 4 d 4 A UL UL 21,500 12,500 18,500 4259A 24,694 441449 9x944 R-1 S UL 11 4 4 4 4 4 9 a A UL UL 24,000 16,000 24,000 46" a8,869 421949 a,9f)4 R-2 S UL 11 4 4 4 4 4 a a A UL UL 24,000 16,000 24,000 46" 29400 42,964) ;1949 R-3 S Ul. 11 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 A UL UL UL UL UL UL UI. UL UL R4 S UL 11 4 4 4 4 4 & a A UL UL 24,000 16,000 24,000 461444 291844 421449 71444 S-1 S UL 11 4 3 3 3 4 a 4 A UL 48,000 26,000 17,500 26,000 -W, 281849 441444 91444 S-2 S UL 11 5 4 4 4 6 4 a A UL 79,000 39,000 26,000 39,000 2.500 43r.6N U` S UL 5 4 2 3 2 4 2 1 A UL 35,500 19,D00 8,500 14,000 8,500 13,000 9,000 5,500 For SI:1 foot=304.8 mm,1 square foot=0.0929 m'. UL=Unhimted,NP=Not permitted a. See the following sections for general exceptions to Table 503: 1,Section 504.2,Allowable height increase due to automatic sprinkler system installation, 10 Vi.L�oy.�e cr f �c►.�.cr� ��i.Ec►.rs,. Local Amendments to ICC International Building Code, 2006 Edition 2.Section 506.2,Allowable area increase due to street frontage. 3.Section 506.3,Allowable area increase due to automatic sprinkler system installation, 4,Section 507,Unlimited area buildings. b. For open parking structures,see Section 406.3. c. For private garages,see Section 406.1. d. See section 415.5 for limitations. SECTION 507 UNLIMITED AREA BUILDINGS 507.2 Nonsprinklered, one story. The area of a one-story, Group F-2 or S-2 building shall not be limited when the building is surrounded and adjoined by public ways or unoccupied yards not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in width. Tlc- yards sl±a.11 be accessible for firefighting purposes, and shall have a maximum slope of 6%. 507.3 Sprinklered, one story. The area of a one-story, Group B, F, M or S building or a one-story Group A-4 building of other than Type V construction shall not be limited when the building is provided with an automatic sprinkler system throughout in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, and is surrounded and adjoined by public ways or unoccupied yards not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm.) in width. Tlic yards shall be accessible for firefighting purposes. and sh lI liavc ii ina,,�vmuin s Iope t-f(I%. 507.4 Two story. The area of a two-story, Group B, F, M or S building shall not be limited when the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, and is surrounded and adjoined by public ways or unoccupied yards not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in width. `l h% yards shall 11' accessible for firefighting purposes. and shall have a maximum slope of 6%. 5075 Reduced open space. The permanent unoccupied open space of 60 feet (18 288 mm) required in Sections 507.2, 507.3, 507.4, 507.6 and 507.10 shall be permitted to be reduced to not less than 40 feet(12 192 mm) provided the following requirements are met: 1. The reduced unoccupied open space shall be not allowed for more than 75 percent of the perimeter of the building. 2. The exterior wall facing the reduced unoccupied open space shall have a minimum fire-resistance rating of 3 hours. 3. Openings in the exterior wall, facing the reduced unoccupied open space, shall have opening protectives with a fire-resistance rating of 3 hours. 4. The reduced open space shall be unoccupied and accessible for firefighting purposes, and shall have a maximum slope of 6%. 507.6 Group A-3 buildings. The area of a one-story, Group A-3 building used as a place of religious worship, community hall, dance hall, exhibition hall, gymnasium, lecture hall, indoor swimming pool or tennis court of Type I or II construction shall not be limited when all of the following criteria are met: 1. The building shall not have a stage other than a platform. 11 L.J�LL�y e 0-/ Stt.ect.rr.. Local Amendments to ICC International Building Code, 2006 Edition 2. The building shall be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. 3. The assembly floor shall be located at or within 21 inches (533 mm) of street or grade level and all exits are provided with ramps complying with Section 1010.1 to the street or grade level. 4. The building shall be surrounded and adjoined by unoccupied public ways or yards not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in width. The yards shall be accessible for firefighting purposes_ and shall have a maximum slope of 6%, 507.7 Group H occupancies. Group H-2, H-3 and H-4 fire areas shall be permitted in unlimited area buildings containing Groups F and S occupancies, in accordance with Sections 507.3 and 507.4 and the limitations of this section. The aggregate floor area of the Group H occupancies located at the perimeter of the unlimited area building shall not exceed 10 percent of the area of the building nor the area limitations for the Group H occupancies as specified in Table 503 as modified by Section 506.2, based upon the percentage of the perimeter of each Group H fire area that fronts on a street or other unoccupied space. The aggregate floor area of Group H occupancies not located at the at the perimeter of the building shall not exceed 10 percent of the area of the building Mr exceet 25 percent of the area limitations for the Group H occupancies as specified in Table 503. Group H fire areas shall be separated from the rest of the unlimited area building and from each other in accordance with Table 508.3.3. For two-story unlimited area buildings, the Group H fire areas shall not be located above the first story unless permitted by the allowable height in stories and feet as set forth in Table 503 based on the type of construction of the unlimited area building. 507.8 Aircraft paint hangar. The area of a one-story, Group H-2 aircraft paint hangar shall not be limited where such aircraft paint hangar complies with the provisions of Section 412.4 and is entirely surrounded by public ways or unoccupied yards not less in width than one and one-half times the height of the building. The yards shall be aceessil~ie for firefighting purposes, and shall have a maximum slope of 6%. 507.9 Group E buildings. The area of a one-story Group E building of Type 11, IIIA or IV construction shall not be limited when the following criteria are met: 1. Each classroom shall have not less than two means of egress, with one of the means of egress being a direct exit to the outside of the building complying with Section 1018. 2. The building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. 3. The building is surrounded and adjoined by public ways or unoccupied yards not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in width. The yards shall be accessible for firefighting purposes, and shall have a maximum slope of 6%. 507.10 Motion picture theaters. In buildings of Type II construction, the area of a one- story motion picture theater shall not be limited when the building is provided with an 12 Local Amendments to ICC International Building Code, 2006 Edition automatic sprinkler system throughout in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and is surrounded and adjoined by public ways or unoccupied yards not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in width. The yards shall tic accessible for firefighting purpoics, and shall have a maximum slope of 6%. SECTION 508 MIXED USE AND OCCUPANCY 508.3.2 Nonseparated occupancies, Buildings or portions of buildings that comply with the provisions of this section shall qualify as nonseparated occupancies. 508.3.2.1 Occupancy classification. Nonseparated occupancies shall be individually classified in accordance with section 302.1. Code requirements shall apply to each portion of the building based on the occupancy classification of that space except that the most restrictive application provisions of Section 403 and Chapter 9 shall apply to the entire building or portion thereof. 508.3.2.2 Allowable area and height. The allowable area and height of the building or portion thereof shall be based on the most restrictive allowances for the occupancy groups under consideration for the type of construction of the building in accordance with section 503.1. 508.3.2.3 Se arat orl. No mss l i r---i; Feq Fad hehVeeki o42o+ HC-1 . Fire septil-atitti`ns for subdividing wads, wnamt separiltun walls, all ether walls or floor assemblies provided for the purpose el' scparating uses shall be rarM its accordance with Table 505.3,.,' TABLE 508.3.3 RE UIRED SEPARATION OF OCCUPANCIES HOURS A`,E 1 Rd F-2,S-2`•d,Ud Bs,F-I.W.S-1 11-1 H-2 H-3,11 4,H-5 OCCUPANCY S NS S NS S NS S NS S NS S NS S NS 5 I NS A`,F` N N 1 2 l 2 N1 1 1 2 NP NP 3 4 2 3° [ — — N N I NP 1 2 1 2 NP NP 3 NP 2 NP W — — N N 1 2 1 2 NP NP 3 NP 2 NP F-2.S-2`'",U' N N 1 2 NP NP 3 4 2 3° B',I'-1,W.S-1 — — — — — — — — N N NP NP 2 3 1 2- H-1 — — — — — — — — — — N NP NP NP NP NP H-2 — — — — — — — — — — — — N NP 1 NP 11-3,it-4,II-5 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — N NP For SI, I square l)ot=0.0929 m'. S = Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. NS = Buildings not equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. N = No separation requirement. NP = Not permitted. a. For Group H-5 occupancies,see Section 903.2.4.2. b. Occupancy separation need not be provided for storage areas within Groups B and M if the: I. Area is less than 10 percent of the Door area; 2, Area is equipped with an automatic fire-extmgutshmg system and is less than 3,000 square feet,or 3. Area is less than 1,000 square feet. C. Areas used only for private or pleasure vehicles shall be allowed to reduce separation by I hour. d. See Section 406,1.4. 13 �i.t�cs.9.e cr� l..JpLl.CTL �>�4,eci.r�.. Local Amendments to ICC Intemational Building Code, 2006 Edition C, Coirunercial kitchens need not W separated from the restaurant seating areas they serve. 14 Vi.L�c►.c�.e cr f �c�.t,v� Sti.ew�. Local Amendments to ICC International Building Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 7 CHAPTER 7 FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION SECTION 706 FIRE BARRIERS 706.3 Fire-resistance rating. The fire-resistance rating of fire barriers shall comply with this section. 706.3.10 Tenant separations. All walls separating tenant spar.Ls in the same building shall have a minimum of a one-Dour fire-resistance rating. SECTION 711 HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLIES 711.3 Fire-resistance rating. The fire-resistance rating of floor and roof assemblies shall not be less than that required by the building type of construction. Where the floor assembly separates mixed occupancies, the assembly shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than that required by Section 508.3.2 based on the occupancies being separated. Where the floor assembly separates a single occupancy into different fire areas, the assembly shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than that required by Section 706.3.9. Floor assemblies separating dwelling units in the same building or sleeping units in occupancies in Group R-1, hotel occupancies, R-2 and I-1 shall be a minimum of 1-hour fire-resistance rated construction. 711.3.4 Tenant separations. All Moor assemblies separating tenant spaces in the sir e building shall have a mi_nlrrium of a ote-horar fare-resistance rating. 15 i za, y Local Amendments to ICC International Building Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS T4 CHAPTER 9 NOTE: Local amendments to the requirements of CHAPTER 9—FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS shall be as contained in Chapter 9 of the International Fire Code as amended and adopted by the Village of Carol Stream 16 oi,Llo q'e' q Sttea*" Local Amendments to ICC International Building Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 10 CHAPTER 10 MEANS OF EGRESS SECTION 1007 ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS 1007.1 Accessible means of egress required. Accessible means of egress shall comply with this section and the r. ?Yrent versioai of tlxc Illinois Accessibility Code. In the event of conflict between the two codes, the stricter requirement shall apply.. Accessible spaces shall be provided with not less than one accessible means of egress. Where more than one means of egress is required by Section 1015.1 or 1019.1 from any accessible space, each accessible portion of the space shall be served by not less than two accessible means of egress. Exceptions: -177 Aeeessible means of egress are fiet r-eqttir-ed ift alterations te e*istifig 2. One accessible means of egress is required from an accessible mezzanine level in accordance with Section 1007.3, 1007.4 or 1007.5. 3. In assembly spaces with sloped floors, one accessible means of egress is required from a space where the common path of travel of the accessible route for access to the wheelchair spaces meets the requirements in Section 1025.8. SECTION 1008 DOORS, GATES AND TURNSTILES 1008.1.2 Door swing. Egress doors shall be side-hinged swinging. Doors shall swing in the direction of egress travel where serving an occupant load of S9 30 or more persons or a Group H occupancy. 1008.1.8 Door operations. Except as specifically permitted by this section egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. 1008.1.8.3 Locks and latches. Locks and latches shall be permitted to prevent operation of doors where any of the following exists: 1. Places of detention or restraint. -eligieus woffibip, the main 17 ozzlci ye 4 ! eGl.4.UL (56'ecl'"V Local Amendments to ICC International Building Code, 2006 Edition 9 A readily Visible dnrabl sign is posted en the egress side-en or UNLOCKED IAIIHEN BUILDING 18 OCCUPICID. The sign The use of the key epeFated leeking deviee is Feveeable by the 3. Where egress doors are used in pairs, approved automatic flush bolts shall be permitted to be used, provided that the door leaf having the automatic flush bolts has no doorknob or surface-mounted hardware. 4. Doors from individual dwelling or sleeping units of Group R occupancies having an occupant load of 10 or less are permitted to be equipped with a night latch, dead bolt or security chain, provided such devices are openable from the inside without the use of a key or tool. SECTION 1011 EXIT SIGNS 1011.2 Illumination. Exit signs shall be internally er-emef"ally illuminated. SECTION 1015 EXIT AND EXIT ACCESS DOORWAYS 1015.1 Exit or exit access doorways required. Two exits or exit access doorways from any space shall be provided where one of the following conditions exists: 1. The occupant load of the space exceeds the values in Table 1015.1 2. The common path of egress travel exceeds the limitations of Section 1014.3 3. Where required by Sections 1015.3, 1015.4 and 1015.5. 4. �Vhcn-_ sbarcd truck dock facilities are provided in Group R_ S, and F occupancies in multiple tenant buildings. Exception: Group I-2 occupancies shall comply with Section 1014.2.2. 18 Local Amendments to ICC International Building Code, 2006 Edition SECTION 1017 CORRIDORS TABLE 1017,1 CORRIDOR FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING REQUIRED FIRE-RESISTANCE OCCUPANT RATING hours LOAD Without With SERVED BY sprinkler sprinkler OCCUPANCY CORRIDOR system system' H-1, H-2, H-3 All Not Permitted 1 H-4, H-5 Greater than 30 Not Permitted 1 A, B, E, F, M, S, U Greater than 30 1 0 R Greater than 10 Not Permitted 0.5 1-2-J-4 All Not Permitted 41 1-1, 1-3 All Not Permitted 1 . FEW a redueiiemiH th@ AF@ F@SiStRflee FeAing-torseeepaneies iH GFeUP 13, eeSeetien^n . c. Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2. 19 �iLLci.c�-e v� �cs.�-crL SL��.e�s.�v►. Local Amendments to ICC International Building Code,2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 11 CHAPTER 11 ACCESSIBILITY SECTION 1101 ACCESSIBILITY 1101.2 Design. Buildings and facilities shall be designed and constructed to be accessible in accordance with ilie Illinois Accessibility Code, this code and ICC Al 17.1. In Lhe event of conflict between the two codes, the stricter requirement shall apply. 20 �i LLc�ge cr f c5eteos."' Local Amendments to ICC International Building Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 14 CHAPTER 14 EXTERIOR WALLS SECTION 1404 MATERIALS 1404.1 General. Materials used for the construction of exterior walls shall comply with the provisions of this section. Materials not prescribed herein shall be permitted, provided that any such alternative has been approved. 1404.1.1 Restriction In the use of concrete block: The use of'plain concivte block as an exterior finish shall be prohibited, Plain concrete block may be used in exterior walls provided the exte for surface is covered or coated with a suitable material 1'or exterior surfaces. such as, but not limited to: brick, stone. stucco. wood, metal, or other material sheeting the provisions of this code and appmved by the building official. Decorative concrete block in certain colur!, may be used upon approval by the building official. W4.1.2 Exterior fletlsh restrictions. The use of unfinished pre-cast concrete, unfinished poured-in-place concrete or fhbricated metal shall be restricted as follows: a) Unfinished pru-cast concrett� or unfinisht-d poured-in-pike concrete shall not ht! used can any front facade or on any facade that is visible from public ways- b) fabricated metal shall cover no more titan lihy percent (50%) (if any Lront tai;d c?r vi,.ible fkaade. 21 0rLL-1-+el 01/ I:JPL4(tL �t�ec�v�► Local Amendments to ICC International Building Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 16 CHAPTER 16 STRUCTURAL DESIGN SECTION 1612 FLOOD LOADS 1612.3. Establishment of flood hazard areas. To establish flood hazard areas, the governing body shall adopt a flood hazard map and supporting data. The flood hazard map shall include, at a minimum, areas of special flood hazard as identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency in an engineering report entitled "The Flood Insurance Study for Village of Carol Stream, Ill awis." dated duly 6, 1981, and "Flood Insurance Study for Dul'age County, Illinois," dated December 4, 1985, as amended or revised with the accompanying Digital Flood Insurance Rate Map (DFIRM) and Flood Boundary and Floodway Map (FBFM) and related supporting data along with any revisions thereto. The adopted flood hazard map and supporting data are hereby adopted by reference and declared to be part of this section. 22 Local Amendments to ICC International Building Code,2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 23 CHAPTER 23 WOOD SECTION 2303 MINIMUM STANDARDS AND QUALITY 2303.1.2 Prefabricated wood I joists. Structural capacities and design provisions for prefabricated wood I joists shall be established and monitored in accordance with ASTM D 5055. 2303.1.2.1 Fire protection reyuirerneuts. In all use groups except R-3 and R-4. pn�fabiicatcd wood 1-joists mast be protected by a one-hour rated fry; separation assembly or a fire sprinkler system installed in accordance with S eaion 903. In use groups R-3 and RA prefahricated wood l joists mpporting floor construction, shall be protected with impenetrate 5/8 inch gypsurn board.. or a fire sprinklf-n- system u1stal1 41 accordance %,'i t11 Section 903. 2303.1.3 Structural glued-laminated timber. Glued-laminated timbers shall be manufactured and identified as required in AITC A190.1 and ASTM D 3737. 2303.1.3.1 Fire protection requiremen(s. In all use pups e.xcL-pt R-3 and R-4, glued-Jaminated structural components must be protected by a one-hour rated fire separation assembly m7 it fire sprinkler system installed is accordance with Section 903. In use groups R-3 and Rte, glt ed—lw rated structural components supporting floor construction shall be protected with impenetrate Sig inch gypsum board or a sprinkler sysicni installed in accordance with Section 90.. 2303.4 Trusses 2303.4.3 Fire Protection regrrrrements. In all use groups except R-3 and R-4, prefabricate,d wood musses must be protected by a one-hour rated fire separation assembly or a fire sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903. In use groups R-3 and R-4, prefabricated w+oM trusses supporting lloojr construction shall be protected with impenetrate 518 inch gypsum board or a sprinkler system installed in ac=cordance with Secitk)n '903. 23 Oi Llci�e. cv/ Local Amendments to ICC International Building Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 34 CHAPTER 34 EXISTING STRUCTURES [EB] SECTION 3410 COMPLIANCE ALTERNATIVES 3410.2 Applicability. Structures existing prior to the effective date of the adoption of this code, in which there is work involving additions, alterations or changes of occupancy shall be made to conform to the requirements of this section and the provisions of Sections 3403 through 3407. The provisions in Sections 3410.2.1 through 3410.2.5 shall apply to existing occupancies that will continue to be, or are proposed to be, in Groups A, B, E, F, M, R, S and U. These provisions shall not apply to buildings with occupancies in Group H or I. 24 041119 e Q-/ L JCi crL St3 a c�ti► Local Amendments to ICC International Building Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO APPENDIX A THROUGH APPENDIX J The following appendices are hereby adopted as part of the Building Code of the Village of Carol Stream. No other appendices or portions of appendices shall apply to this code. Appendix H, Section H105--Design and Construction Appendix H, Section H106—Electrical 25 Local Amendments to NFPA 70 National Electrical Code, 2008 Edition NATIONAL 0 ec 008 *A Community Development Department (630)871-6230 communitydevelopment @carolstream.org 5115109 ��LLoi.q.e cr f �g.�.CrL St�.ec�.rz.. Community Development Department Local Amendments to NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, 2008 Edition CONTENTS PAGE NO. Amendments to Chapter 1 ........................................I.... 1 Amendments to Chapter 2 ....................................................... 2 Amendments to Chapter 3 ....................................................... 6 Amendments to Chapter 4 ....................................................... 13 Amendments to Chapter 5 ....................................................... 14 Amendments to Chapter 6 ....................................................... 15 Amendments to Chapter 7 16 Amendments to Chapter 8 18 Amendments to Annex H . ..................................................... 19 Local Amendments to NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, 2008 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 1 Chapter 1 General ARTICLE 100 Definitions I. General Other Conditioned Air Spare: Conditioned air spaces not associated with HVAC systems used for environmental air. ARTICLE 110 Requirements For Electrical Installations I. General 110.8. Wiring Methods. Only wiring methods recognized as suitable are included in this Coda. The recognized methods of wiring shall be permitted to be installed in any type of building or occupancy, except as otherwise provided in this Code. Where any wiring method or material permitted by NFPA 70 , aftimal Electrical Code (2008) shall have been prohibited by these amendments, such wiring rnediod or materials shall be considered to be prohibited when referred to in any section or provision of l PIA 70 Nartunid h1e•c trical Code(2008). 110.14 Electrical Connections. Because of different characteristics of dissimilar metals, devices such as pressure terminal or pressure splicing connectors and soldering lugs shall be identified for the material of the conductor and shall be properly installed and used. Conductors of dissimilar metals shall not be intermixed in a terminal or splicing connector where physical contact occurs between dissimilar conductors ( such as copper and aluminum, copper and copper-clad aluminum, or aluminum and copper-clad aluminum), unless the device is identified for the purpose and conditions of use. Materials such as solder, fluxes, inhibitors, and compounds, where employed, shall be suitable for the use and shall be of a type that will not adversely affect the conductors, installation, or equipment. Al Serm natiOWN tin el tricaI tip+sic es shall be installed using a compression type connection. No back stabbing of the device shall be allowed. FPN: Many terminations and equipment are marked with a tightening torque. 1 IJi.LLc►.y.e vt �Jc�.4,vL (�tl,eclty.. Local Amendments to NFPA 70,National Electrical Code, 2008 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 2 Chapter 2 Wiring And Protection ARTICLE 210 Branch Circuits I. General Provisions 210.11 Branch Circuits Required. Branch circuits for lighting and for appliances, including motor-operated appliances, shall be provided to supply the loads calculated in accordance with 220.10 where required elsewhare in this Code and for dwelling unit loads as specified in 210.11(C). (C) Dwelling Units. (4) Sump Pump Branch Circuits. In addition to the number of branch circuits required by ?lier parts of this seq.?tion, at least one bta.nch circuit shall be provided to supply the necessary loads to the surnp putnp(a) in acordance with the manufacturer7s requimments. This cull ,hall have no other outlets_ II. Branch-Circuit Ratings 210.21 Outlet Devices. Outlet devices shall have an ampere rating that is not less than the load to be served and shall comply with 210.21 (A) and (B). Outlet devices installed on an individual branch circuit shall have an ampere rating of not less than that of the branch circuit. Table 210.21(B)(2) Maximum Cord-and-Plug-Connected Load to Receptacle Circuit Rating Receptacle Rating Maximum Load (Amperes) (Amperes) (Amperes) 15 op4g 15 12 20 20 16 30 30 24 Table 210.21(B)(3) Receptacle Ratings for Various Size Circuits Circuit Rating Receptacle Rating (Amperes) (Amperes) 15 X15 20 20 30 30 40 40 op-W 50 50 2 Local Amendments to NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, 2008 Edition Table 210.24 Summary of Branch Circuit-Requirements Circuit Rating 15A 20A 30A 40A 50A Conductors (min. size): Circuit wires 14 12 10 8 6 Taps 14 12 10 12 6 Fixture wires and cords — See Section 240.5 Overcurrent Protection 15A 20A 30A 40A 50A Outlet devices: Lampholders permitted Any type Any type Heavy duty Heavy duty Heavy duty Receptacle rating 15 max. A r55-eF 20 A 30A 40"A 50A Maximum Load 15A 20A 30A 40A 50A Permissible load See See See See See 210.23(A) 210.23(A) 210.23(B) 210.23(C) 210.23(C) These gauges are for copper conductors. '` For receptacle rating of cord-connected electric-discharge lighting fixtures, see 410-30 (C). 210.52 Dwelling Unit Receptacle Outlets. (E) Outdoor Outlets. Outdoor receptacle outlets shall be installed in accordance with (E)(1) through (E)(3). [See 210.8(A)(3).] The required outdoor receptacle outlet(s) shall bt: switch- controlled, and the switch(es) shall be located inside the dwelling. 210.70 Lighting Outlets Required. Lighting outlets shall be installed where specified in 210.70(A), (B), and (C). (A) Dwelling Units. In dwelling units, lighting outlets shall be installed in accordance with 210.70(A)(1), (A)(2), and (A)(3). (1) Habitable Rooms. At least one wall switch-controlled lighting outlet shall be installed in every habitable room and bathroom. I.i all habitable rooms with more Shan one entrance, the switches for the lighting outlet(s) shall be located near each entrance. Exception No. 1: In other than kitchens and bathrooms, one or more receptacles controlled by a wall switch shall be permitted in lieu of lighting outlets. Exception No. 2: Lighting outlets shall be permitted to be controlled by occupancy sensors that are (1) in addition to wall switches or (2) located at a customary wall switch location and equipped with a manual override that will allow the sensor to.f inction as a wall switch. (2) Additional Locations. Additional lighting outlets shall be installed in accordance with (A)(2)(a), (A)(2)(b), and(A)(2)(c). (a) At least one wall switch-controlled lighting outlet shall be installed in hallways, stairways, attached garages, and detached garages with electric power. The switches for switch- controlled lighting outlet(s) in a hallway shall be located at each entrance to the hallway. 3 U%��ct.9.e n f �cs.zrr� �tze�►.�r.. Local Amendments to NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, 2008 Edition (b) For dwelling units, attached garages, and detached garages with electric power, at least one wall switch-controlled lighting outlet shall be installed to provide illumination on the exterior side of outdoor entrances or exits with grade level access. A vehicle door in a garage shall not be considered as an outdoor entrance or exit. The switches for such lighting outlet(s) shall be located within the dwelling as well as within the garage. (c) Where one or lighting outlet(s) are installed for interior stairways, there shall be a wall switch at floor level, and landing level that includes an entry way, to control the lighting outlet(s) where the stairway between floor levels has six risers or more. Exception to (A)(2)(a), (A)(2)(b), and (A)(2)(c): In hallways, in stairways, and at outdoor entrances, remote, central, or automatic control of lighting shall be permitted. ARTICLE 230 Services IV. Service-Entrance Conductors. 230.43 Wiring Methods for 600 Volts, Nominal, or Less. Service-entrance conductors shall be installed in accordance with the applicable requirements of this Code covering the type of wiring method used and shall be limited to the following methods, cxer:pt where such methods have been prohibited by these amendments: V. Service Equipment— General 230.62 Service Equipment -- Enclosed or Guarded. Energized parts of service equipment shall be enclosed as specified in 230-62(A) or guarded as specified in 230,62(B). Every serviel: equipment enelostu-e and meter base enclosure shall be permanently marked or labeled a ith the address of the premises or unit which it serves. ARTICLE 250 Grounding and Bonding III. Grounding Electrode System and Grounding Electrode Conductor. 250.50 Grounding Electrode System. All grounding electrodes as described in 250.52(A)(1) through (A)(7) that are present at each building or structure served shall be bonded together to form the grounding electrode system. Where none of these grounding electrodes exist, one or more of the grounding electrodes specified in 250,52(A.)(4) through f" (A)(7) shall be installed and used. The grounding electrode conductor shall lac cc##mected to the domestic or fire suppression water service on the street side of the water inner and/or the sprinkler control system devices. 250.52 Grounding Electrodes. (A) Electrodes permitted for grounding. (1) Metal Underground Water Pipe. A metal underground water pipe in direct contact with the earth for 3.0 m (10 ft) or more (including any metal well casing bonded to the pipe) and 4 Od l c .)e, o f e"I't al '5&e1C14VV Local Amendments to NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, 2008 Edition electrically continuous (or made electrically continuous by bonding around insulating joints or insulating pipe) to the points of connection of the grounding electrode conductor and the bonding conductors. Interior metal water piping located more than 1.52 m (5 ft) from the point of entrance to the building shall not be used as a part of the grounding electrode system or as a conductor to interconnect electrodes that are part of the grounding electrode system. (8) Other Loeal Metal UndeFgFOHad S, systems or- stfiietHr-es sueh as piping systems, undffgfeund tanks, and undeFgr-eund metal -well easings that afe fiet bonded te a metal water-pipe- 250.53 Grounding Electrode System Installation. (D) Metal Underground Water Pipe. (2) Supplemental Electrode Required. A metal underground water pipe shall be supplemented by an additional electrode of a type specified in 250.52(A)(2) through (A)(8). Where the supplemental electrode is a rod, pipe, or plate type, it shall comply with 250.56. The supplemental electrode shall be permitted to be bonded to the grounding electrode conductor, the grounded service-entrance conductor, the nonflexible grounded service raceway, or any grounded service enclosure. 5 ud l'L-�e. 0-/ St4 eo."-V Local Amendments to NFPA 70,National Electrical Code,2008 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 3 CHAPTER 3 Wiring Methods And Materials ARTICLE 300 Wiring Methods 300.5 Underground Installations. i.L) (rounding Conductor. All cnndult installed underground cni wilLin concrete shall c=udn a grounding conductor sized in accordance with Table 250.12 . and said gix-undir g conductor shall be bolded to the conduit system as described in this Code. 300.6 Protection Against Corrosion and Deterioration. Raceways, cable trays, cablebus, auxiliary gutters, cable armor, boxes, cable sheathing, cabinets, elbows, couplings, fittings, supports, and support hardware shall be of materials suitable for the environment in which they are to be installed. (A) General. Ferrous raceways, cable trays, cablebus, auxiliary gutters, cable armor, boxes, cable sheathing, cabinets, metal elbows, couplings, fittings, supports, and support hardware shall be suitably protected against corrosion inside and outside (except threads at joints) by a coating of approved corrosion-resistant material such as zinc, cadmium, or enamel. Where protected from corrosion solely by enamel, they shall not be used outdoors or in wet locations as described in 300.6(C). Where boxes or cabinets have an approved system of organic coatings and are marked "Raintight," "Rainproof," or "Outdoor Type," they shall be permitted outdoors. Where corrosion protection is necessary and the conduit is threaded in the field, the threads shall be coated with an approved electrically conductive. corrosion-resistant compound. Aluminum eandu±t shall not come in contact with concrete. All aluntiinum conduit shall contain a grounding conduk-tor sized in ac:c,nrdance with Table: 250.122, and said grounding wire shall be bonded to i.he conduit.system as described in this C'ork% (B) In Concrete or in Direct Contact with the Earth. Ferrous or nonferrous metal raceways, cable armor, boxes, cable sheathing, cabinets, elbows, couplings, fittings, supports, and support hardware shall be permitted to be installed in concrete or in direct contact with the earth, or in areas subject to severe corrosive influences where made of material judged suitable for the condition, or where provided with corrosion protection approved for the condition. Any conduit installed in concrete at or below grade shall be rigid metal conduit or intennediate metal conduit. ARTICLE 310 Conductors For General Wiring 310.2 Conductors. (B) Conductor Material. Conductors in this article shall be of aluminum, copper-clad aluminum, or copper . Conductors of size 410 AWG and smaller shall be copper. 6 Local Amendments to NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, 2008 Edition Table 310.5 Minimum Size of Conductors Conductor Minimum Conductor Size (AWG) Voltage Rating or- Copper- C464 (Volts) Copper 0-200 14 4-2 2001-8000 8 & 8001-15,000 2 -2 15,001-28,000 1 4- 28,001-35,000 1/0 4/4 E_rception: In all other uses except residential, c-unrinciors used in systems exceeding 50>>olts shall he #12 000 Ifif-001'. ARTICLE 312 Cabinets, Cutout Boxes, And Meter Socket Enclosures II. Construction Specifications 312.10 Material. (C) Nonmetallic Cabinets. Nonmetallic cabinets shall be listed, or- they shall be Fmbfflitted &4 are not permitted. ARTICLE 314 Outlet, Device, Pull, and Junction Boxes; Conduit Bodies; Fittings; and Handhole Enclosures I. Scope and General 314.3 Nonmetallic Boxes. Nonmetallic boxes shall be are not permitted en insill led knob and tube wir-ing, eabled wir-ing methods with efitiFely fie"-M-6-4-RIN-e ksfedAp- ihe pw1gese; nonmetagi-P -6-44-06 6.4-04" be Pef:H4&Vd oe be ifs-P-4 4-49h w-04-9i fwee�$Wy'q wt,. l amier-ed. bl-E- . 7 Od i"y�e cr f �c1!�G Std eci rz. Local Amendments to NFPA 70,National Electrical Code, 2008 Edition ARTICLE 320 Armored Cable: Type AC This article shall be deleted in its entirety. Type AC cable is not permitted. ARTICLE 322 Flat Cable Assembles: Type FC This article shall be deleted in its entirety. Type FC cable is not permitted. ARTICLE 324 Flat Conductor Cable: Type FCC This article shad be deleted in its entirety. Type FCC cable is not permitted. ARTICLE 326 Integrated Gas Spacer Cable: Type IGS This article shall he deleted in its entirety. Type IGS cable is not permitted. ARTICLE 328 Medium Voltage Cable: Type MV This article shall be deleted in its entirety. Type MV eablt is not permitted. ARTICLE 330 Metal-Clad Cable: Type MC This article shall be deleted in its entirety. Type MC cable is not permitted. ARTICLE 332 Mineral-Insulated, Metal-Sheathed Cable: Type MI This article shall be deleted in its entirety, Type MI cable is not permitted. ARTICLE 334 Nonmetallic-Sheathed Cable: Types NM, NMC,And DIMS I. General 334.6 Listed. Type NM, and Type NMC, and Type N cables shall be listed. 8 Od&t" e cr f �c►4 v� S��ect�r► Local Amendments to NFPA 70,National Electrical Code, 2008 Edition II. Installation 334.10 Uses Permitted. Type NMS cables are not permitted. Type NM, and Type NMC Type N cables shall be permitted to be used in tho f lle iw. for low voltage (50 Vohs or less) wiring systems for cable tray installations and shall be identified rer this use. The remainder of this section shall be deleted in its eniirefY. 334.12 Uses Not Permitted. This soctiun shall he deleted in its entiret."-. 334.15 Exposed Work. This section shall be deleted in its entirety. 334.17 Through or Parallel to Framing Members. This section shall lrc deleted in its entirety. 334.23 In Accessible Attics. This section shall be deleted in its entirety. 334.24 Bending Radius. This section shall be deleted in its entirety. 334.30 Securing and Supporting. This section shall be deleted in its entirety. 334.40 Boxes and Fittings. (A) Boxes of Insulating Material. Nonmetallic outlet boxes shall be are nc-1 permitted as Material.pr-evided in 314.3. (R) Doviees of insulating Switeh, eu4let, Emd tap de-viees of insulating fnater-ial shall sueh use shall be pofmit4ed as pfevided ift 300.15(E). 334.80 Ampacity. This section shall he delcted in its eni irety. III. Construction Specifications 334.100 Construction. This section shall be deleted in its entirety. 334.108 Equipment Grounding. This section shall be deleted in its entirety. 334.112 Insulation. This section shall be deleted in its entirety. 334.116 Sheath. This section shall be deleted in its entirety. 9 Odlov�e VII/ (&3't.al 3tt e'"**V Local Amendments to NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, 2008 Edition ARTICLE 336 Power And Control Tray Cable: Type TC II. Installation 336.10 Uses Permitted. Type TC tray cable shall be permitted to be used it the r^"^ : for low voltage systems (50 volts or less) only. The remainder of this section skull be deleted in its entirety. ARTICLE 338 Service-Entrance Cable: Types SE and USE This article shall be deleted in its ewirtt}. Types SE and USE cable are not permitted. ARTICLE 340 Underground Feeder and Branch-Circuit Cable: Type OF 1I. Installation 340.10 Uses Permitted.Type OF cable shall be permitted as follows: (1) For use underground, including direct burial in the earth. For underground requirements, see 300.5. 7 FOURdift + f - ^''j'' + f G Ode. fequif:ements shall eemply with H_ -And- III of .4-Ait-ale 334 Ma hall bep Falf ghw. ffmWeendueter- (6) As single eendoetefflF PO-RhWAM, -As th-e- n-e-n-h-ea4ing leads for- heating eables as pr-evided in 424-4-3- (7) SuppeAed by eable tfays. Type UP cable sappeflod by eable trays shall be of th use d ste -type. FFN e . ARTICLE 342 Intermediate Metal Conduit: Type IMC II. Installation 342.10.Uses Permitted. (G) Cinder- Fill. 1MG shall be peffaiaed te be iftsialled in or- under- einder- fill WhOFe subjeet te pefmanent Eneistwe where pr-eteeted en all sides by a layer- ef neneinder- eefteFete net less than 50 ffun (2 ift.) thiek; where the eenduit is fiet less then 450 ffffn (18 ift.) undef: the filli or- where 10 LJi.L�cf�e a f �:Jci.ba� �L�Lect.vh. Local Amendments to NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, 2008 Edition ARTICLE 352 Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride Conduit: Type PVC II. Installation 352.10 Uses Permitted. The use of PVC conduit shall be permitted in accordance with M2.1 Q(A) through(NJ 352.10(B), 352.10(D) and =52-1 1)((;) only. ARTICLE 356 Liquidtight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit: Type LFNC This article shall be deleted in ils entirety. Type ILFNC cable is not permitted. ARTICLE 358 Electrical Metallic Tubing: Type EMT II. Installation 358.42 Couplings and Connectors. Couplings and connectors used with EMT shall be made up tight. Where buried in masonry or concrete, they shall be corteretetight type. Where installed in wet locations, they shall comply with 314.15. Only set-screw and compression type fittings shall be used. ARTICLE 362 Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing: Type ENT This article shall he deleted in its entirety. Type ENT cable is not permitted. ARTICLE 372 Cellular Concrete Floor Raceways This article,shall be deleted in its entirety. Cellular Cuncrete Floor Raceways are not permitted. ARTICLE 378 Nonmetallic Wireways This article shall be deleted-in its entirety. Nonmetallic Wireways are not permitted. 11 Vi,L�a.�.e o f �Jc�.�rr� S�4.ec►-rr�. Local Amendments to NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, 2008 Edition ARTICLE 380 Multioutlet Assembly This article shall be deleted in its entirety. Multioutlet Assemblies are not permitted. ARTICLE 382 Nonmetallic Extensions This article shall be deleted in its trnliret_yf. Nonmetallic Extensions are not permitted. ARTICLE 388 Surface Nonmetallic Raceways This article shall be deleted in its entirety. Surface N-i-mmetallic Racvo ays are not permitted. ARTICLE 394 Concealed Knob-and-Tube Wiring This article shall be deleted in its entirety. Concealed Knob-and-Tine Wiring is not permitted. ARTICLE 396 Messenger-Supported Wiring This article shall be deleted in its entirety. M eager-Supported Wiring is not permitted. ARTICLE 398 Open Wiring on Insulators This article shall be deleted in its entirety. Open Wiring on Insulators is not permitted. 12 Vi,L�cs%e cr f �cs.�.cr� SL��.ecirw Local Amendments to NFPA 70,National Electrical Code, 2008 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 4 Chapter 4 Equipment For General Use ARTICLE 404 Switches 404.14 Rating and Use of Snap Switches. (C) CO/ALR Snap Switches. CO/ALR ;;ap switches shall not he permitted. Snap switehes rated 20 awpef:es er- less EliFeetly eenneeted te alwninufa eendeeter-s shall be listed and Ener-ked ARTICLE 410 Luminaires, Lampholders, And Lamps 410.16 Luminaires in Clothes Closets. Every c1otkics closet shall leave a hirninaire. ,._uminaires in +�.lcEhes closet,, 1 rger than thirty (30) square feet shall be controlled by a wall switch. VI. Wiring of Luminaires 410.54 Pendant Conductors for Incandescent Filament Lamps. Pendant Conductors for ineandeseent filament lamps shall not be permitted. The remainder of Srincm 410.54 shall he deleted in its coldrety. 13 Local Amendments to NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, 2008 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 5 CHAPTER 5 Special Occupancies ARTICLE 550 Mobile Homes, Manufactured Homes, And Mobile Home Parks L General 550.4 General Requirements. (E) Inspection Access. All electrical wiring, luminaires,, equipment and appuomances related to electrical installations within or on mobile and manufac=ured home=s stiall be made accessible fo., inspection. 14 Local Amendments to NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, 2008 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 6 CHAPTER 6 Special Equipment ARTICLE 604 Manufactured Wiring Systems This article shall he deleted in its entirety. Manufactured Wiring Systenis are not permitted. ARTICLE 605 Office Furnishings (Consisting Of Lighting Accessories And Wired Partitions) 605.2 General. Wiring systems shall be of approved wiring methods contained in this Code, and shall be identified as suitable for providing power for lighting accessories and appliances in wired partitions. These partitions shall not extend from floor to ceiling. 15 Local Amendments to NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, 2008 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 7 CHAPTER 7 Special Conditions ARTICLE 760 Fire Alarm Systems I. General 760.3 Other Articles. Circuits and equipment shall comply with 760.3(A)through(fir) (H). Only those sections of Article 300 referenced in this article shall apply to fire alarm systems. (G) Abandoned Fire Alerts Wiring and Equipment. All abandoned fire alarm wiring and assor aced equipmunt shall bi: removed. 760.53 Multiconductor NPLFA Cables. (A) NPLFA Wiring Method. Multiconductor non-power-limited fire alarm circuit cables shall be installed in accordance with 760.53 (A)(1), (A)(2), and (A)(3). (1) Exposed or Fished in Concealed Spaces. In raceway to a lieight of 3 nn (l 0 ft.) or exposed on surface of ceiling and sidewalls above a height of 3 in (' 10 ft-,1 or fished in concealed spaces in a metal raceway. Cable splices or terminations shall be made in listed fittings, boxes, enclosures, fire alarm devices, or utilization equipment. Where installed exposed, cables shall be adequately supported and installed in such a way that maximum protection against physical damage is afforded by building protection such as baseboards, door frames, ledges, and so forth. Where located within 2.1 m (7 ft.) of the floor, cables shall be securely fastened in at :ftFei-,all of..,et fn a than 450 _..,_... (,8 if t.) a metal raceway to the building structure. (2) Passing through a Floor or Wall. In metal raceway er rigid fie :netalli. where passing through a floor or wall to a height of 2 .) 3 in i I 1"j ft.) above the floor unless adequate protection can be afforded by building construction such as detailed in 760.53(A)(1) or unless an equivalent solid guard is provided. 760.130 Wiring Methods and Materials on Load Side of the PLFA Power Source. (B) PLFA Wiring Methods and Materials. (1) Exposed or Fished in Concealed Spaces. In raceway or exposed on the surface of ceiling and sidewalls or fished installed in flexible metal conduit in concealed spaces. Cable splices or terminations shall be made in listed fittings, boxes, enclosures, fire alarm devices, or utilization equipment. Where installed exposed, cables shall be adequately supported and installed in such a way that maximum protection against physical damage is afforded by building construction such as baseboards, door frames, ledges, and so forth. Where located within 2.1 m (7 ft.) of the floor, cables shall be securely fastened in an appr-eved manner- at inteFvals ef net Mere then 450 ffon (!$in.)a metal raceway to the building structure. (2) Passing Through a Floor or Wall. In metal raceways where passing through a floor or wall to a height of'' . 3m i 0 ft.) above the floor, unless 16 t Z114L' e_ 0-f GL'�.to'L Local Amendments to NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, 2008 Edition adequate protection can be afforded by building construction such as detailed in 760.130(B)(1) or unless an equivalent solid guard is provided. 17 t dloA.qe a� Local Amendments to NFPA 70,National Electrical Code, 2008 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 8 CHAPTER 8 Communications Systems ARTICLE 800 Communications Circuits V. Installation Methods Within Buildings 800.133 Installation of Communications Wires, Cables, and Equipment. Communications wires and cables from the protector to the equipment or, where no protector is required, communications wires and cables attached to the outside or inside of the building shall comply with 800.133 (A) through{C—)(D). (I}) Orientatiian. Communications wires and cables shall be run perpendicular or parallel wr? the walt or roof framing systems. All changes in direction shall be done at a 90° angle. 18 0a l", a cr{ �cs LcTL Ski ec�yr. Local Amendments to NFPA 70,National Electrical Code, 2008 Edition AMENDMENTS TO ANNEXES A THROUGH H Annex A Product and Safety Standards Annex A shall be adopted in its entirety and made a part of this Code. Annex B Application Information for Ampacity Calculation Annex C Conduit and Tubing Fill Tables for Conductors and Fixture Wires of the Same Size Annex D Examples Annex E Types of Construction Annex F Availability and Reliability for Critical Operations Power Systems; and Development and Implementation of Functional Performance Tests (FPTs) for Critical Operations Power Systems Annex G Supervisory Control And Data Acquisition (SCADA) Annexes B through G are for int"orma+ anal purposes only and are not adopted as part of this Code. Annex H Administration and Enforcement Annex H shall he adopted iu its entirety and made a pari of this Code as amended herein. 80.2 Definitions. Chief Electrical Inspector. Aft eleetfieaj inspeetef whe—eithefis the—atither-ity having L'y, ,L, . ..dz....�s.y. ien Thy: Community Development Director, or his or her designee, is the Chief Electrical Inspector of the Village of Carol Stream, and is responsible for administering the requirements of this Code. 80.3 Purpose. The purpose of this article shall be to provide requirements for administration and enforcement of the National Electric Code au amended and adopted by the Village of Carol Stream. 80.7 Title The title of this code shall be NFPA 70, National Electrical Code', of the National Fire Protection Association. The short title of this Code shall be the NEC` . This amended cod shall be known as the Electrical Code as amended and adopted by the Village of Carol Stream. 80.15 Electrical Board. Article 80.15 shall be deleted in i'ts entirety, and replaced with the following: 19 Odlli�e_ Cr� Q5e1L'e1 ►0PPV Local Amendments to NFPA 70,National Electrical Code, 2008 Edition 80.15 Electrical Board. (A) Creation of the Electrical Commission. The creation of an Electrical Comz fission shaU be done in accordance with Section 3-4-1(A) of ft--Carol Stream Code or0rdinanees, (B) Appointments. Electrical Corwin iss uon nwmbers 9hAll l appointed in accordance with S ect-i oil 3-4s 1(13) of the Carol Stream Code cif`Ord iminces. (C) Terms. The terms of Electrical Commission mernbers shall be in accoi*nce with Section 3-4-1(B).of the Carol Stream Code KOrdinances. (D) Duties. The duties of the El&uical Commission shall be in accordance with Section 3-4- 2 of the Carol Strean-i Code of Ordinances. (E) Appeals. In order to hear and decide appeals of oi-ders, decisions or determinations made by the Chief Electrical Inspector or the EIECITiCal Commission relative to the application and interpretation of this code, there shall be and is hereby created a Board of Appeals. The Board shall adopt miles arprmudure for conducting its business. (1 ) Membership of Board, The Board of Appe�ale, shall cQmiist of the Village President and Board of Trustees of the Village of Carol Stream. The Village President shall serve as Chairman and the Village Clei-k shall serve as Secretary. (2) Fee%. For,- for appeal hearings shall be in. accordance with the Schedule of Fces contained in Article 13 orChapter 6 of the Village Code. (3) Limitations ott authority. An application for appeal shall be based on a claim that the true intent of this code or the rules legally adopted there under have been incorrectly interpreted, the provisions of this cede do not Edly apply, or an equally good or b&ter form of construction i8 proposed, (4) Jurisdiction. The Board of Appeals shall have no jurisdiction to hear an appeal when the Facts and issues raised in the application for appeal are subject (if a quasi-criminal complaint brought in the name of the Village charging a viola on of the Code of Ordinances of the Village. The filing of such a complaint shall constitute a determination that a decision of the building official, refusing to i I grant a modification of the provisions of this code. is carrect- Any appeal pending at the three of filing of such a cornpiahit shall be dismissed for want of jurisdiction. 80.19 Permits and Approvals. Pen-nits and approvals shall conform to 80.19(A) through (H), (A) Application. (1) Activity authorized by a pen-nit issued under this Code shall be conducted by the permittee or the permittee's agents or employees in compliance with all requirements of this Code applicable thereto and in accordance with the approved plans and specifications. No permit issued under this Code shall be interpreted to justify a violation of any provision of this code or any other applicable law or regulation. Any addition or alteration of approved plans or specifications shall be approved in advance by the authority having jurisdiction, as evidenced by the issuance of a new or amended permit. (2) A copy of the permit shall be posted or otherwise readily accessible at each work site or carried by the permit holder as specified by the authority having jurisdiction (3) Flectrical work shall be performed by Electrical Contractors licensed by any municipality in the State of Illinois after having obtained a permit to do so from the Village of Carol Stream. Electrical wiring to connect and operate heating, ventilating and air conditioning devices 20 9.e Local Amendments to NFPA 70,National Electrical Code, 2008 Edition may be perfoiTne.d by HVAC contractors after having obtained a permit from the Village of Cawl Stream_ (4) The owner of a single family residence in which lie or she lives or intends it) live may perforin his or her own electrical wiring, provided the or she obtains a permit and drat such wiring is done %a]'Lhoui the assistance(ifariy other person. (C) Issuance of permits. The authority having jurisdiction shall be authorized to establish and issue permits, certificate;., notices, and approvals, or orders pertaining to electrical safety hazards pursuant to 80.23. No electrical wiring, equipment or devices shall be installed, altered oi removed without First obtaining an electrical permit, except that no permit shall be required to execute any of the classes of electrical work specified in the following: (1) Installation or replacement of equipment such as lamps and of electric utilization equipment approved for connection to suitable permanently installed receptacles. Replacement of flush or snap switches, fuses, lamp sockets, and receptacles, and other minor maintenance and repair work, such as replacing worn cords and tightening connections on a wiring device. (2) The process of manufacturing, testing, servicing, or repairing electric equipment or apparatus. (D) Annual permits. In lieu of an individual permit for each installation or alteration, an annual permit shall, upon application, be issued to any person, firm, or corporation regularly employing one or more employees for the installation, alteration, and maintenance of electric equipment in or on buildings or premises. owned or occupied by the applicant for the permit. The persun employed sh.ttll he a licensed electrical contractor. Upon application, an electrical contractor as agent for the owner or tenant shall be issued an annual permit. The applicant shall keep records of all work done, and such records shall be transmitted periodically to the Electrical Inspector. (E) Fees. Any political subdivision that has been provided for electrical inspection in accordance with the provisions of Article 80 may establish fees that shall be paid by the applicant for a permit before the permit is issued. Fees shall be charged in accordance with Article- 13 of Chapter 6 of Appendix C of the Village of Carol Stream Code ofOrdinanees, (F) Inspection and Approvals. (1) Upon the approval of any installation of electrical equipment that has been made under a permit other than an annual permit, it shall be the duty of the person, firm, or corporation making the installation to notify the Electrical Inspector having jurisdiction, who shall inspect the work within a reasonable time. (2) Where the Inspector finds the installation to be in conformity with the statutes of all applicable local ordinances and all rules and regulations, the Inspector shall issue to the person, firm, or corporation making the installation a certificate of approval, with duplicate copy for delivery to the owner, authorizing the connection to the supply of electricity and shall send written notice of such authorization to the supplier of electric service. When a certificate of temporary approval is issued authorizing the connection of an installation, such certificates shall be issued to expire at a time to be stated therein and shall be revocable by the Electrical Inspector for cause. (3) When any portion of the electrical installation within the jurisdiction of an Electrical Inspector is to be hidden from view by a permanent placement of parts of the building, the person, firm, or corporation installing the equipment shall notify the Electrical Inspector, and such equipment shall not be concealed until it has been approved by the Electrical Inspector. er-th-Al_days have elapsed &ein the time of sueh fiefifieefien, pr-e-'4ded that eft On large 21 �rLr`ct a cr f �5it.eci'rw Local Amendments to NFPA 70,National Electrical Code, 2008 Edition installations, where the concealment of equipment proceeds continuously, the person, firm, or corporation installing the equipment shall give the Electrical Inspector due notice in advance, and inspections shall be made periodically during the progress of the work. No work shall be concealed without an inspection. Any electrical work that has been concealed without an inspection shall be exposed for inspection at the owners expensc- (4) At regular intervals, the Electrical Inspector having jurisdiction shall visit all buildings and premises where work may be done under annual permits and shall inspect all electric equipment installed under such permits since the date of the previous inspection. The Electrical Inspector shall issue a certificate of approval for such work as is found to be in conformity with the provisions of Article 80 and all applicable ordinances, orders, rules, and regulations, after payments of all required fees. (5) If, upon inspection, any installation is found not to be fully in conformity with the provisions of Article 80, and all applicable ordinances, rules, and regulations the Inspector making the inspection shall at once forward to the person, firm, or corporation making the installation a written notice stating the defects that have been found to exist. (H) Applications and Extensions. Applications and extensions of permits shall conform to the following: (1) An application for a permit fits any proposed work- shall be deemed to have. been abandoned 1 NO days after the date of filing, unleti s such application has been pursued in good faith or a penmit has been issued; excelat that the authority having jurisdiction is authorized to S=t vonc or snore extensions PJf time fo:r additional perio h; not �exceedih6 90 dayseach. The extm.sinn shall be requested in writing and ju;tij ablo cause demonstratM. Every permit issued shall become invrilid within 180 days aftor its issuance, or if the work auhmrized on the site by such permit is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days ;Mier the Lime the work is corninenced. The authority having jurisdiction shall be permitted to grant an extension of the permit time period upon presentation by the permittee of a satisfactory reason for failure to start or complete the work or activity authorized by the permit. Such extension shall be for a period of 180_days. 80.23 Notice of Violations, Penalties. Notice of violations and penalties shall conform to 80.23(A) and (B). (A) Violations. (1) Whenever the authority having jurisdiction determines that there are violations of this Code, a written notice shall be issued to confirm such findings. The written fo=•rn shall be on an official document dial i� consistent with the policies and procedures of the authority having jurisdiction. (2) Any order or notice issued pursuant to this Code shall be served upon the owner, operator, occupant, or other person responsible for the condition or violation, either by personal service or mail or by delivering the same to and leaving it with, some person of responsibility upon the premises. For unattended or abandoned locations, a copy of such order or notice shall be posted on the premises in a conspicuous place at or near the entrance to such premises and the order or notice shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, with te r-eeeipt requested-, to the last known address of the owner, occupant, or both. 22 �i.��a►.c�e v f Vci.�-cr� S��,ea.rti.. Local Amendments to NFPA 70,National Electrical Code, 2008 Edition (B) Penalties. (1) Any person who fails to comply with the provisions of this Code or who fails to carry out an order made pursuant to this Coda or violates any condition attached to a permit, approval, or certificate shall be subject to the penalties established by this jurisdiction. (2) Failure to comply with the time limits of an abatement notice or other corrective notice issued by the authority having jurisdiction shall result in each day that such violation continues being regarded as a new and separate offence. (3) Any person, firm or corporation who shall willfully violate any of the applicable provisions of this aAirele Code, or who shall fail to comply with any of the requirements thereof, or who shall install, extend, alter or remove an electrical wiring system in violation of any approved plan, or direction of the authority having jurisdiction or of a permit issued under the provisions of this zode, shall be guilty of a fftisdefneaner code violation and, upon conviction thereof, shall be punished by a fine of not less than seventy-five dollars ($75.00) or more than even hundred fifty dollars ($750.00) for each offense, tegetwe„ with the ,,es �f 80.25 Connection to Electricity Supply. Connections to the electric supply shall conform to 80.25 (A) through(E). (A) Authorization. Except where work is done under an annual permit and except as otherwise provided in 80.25, it shall be unlawful for any person, firm, or corporation to make connection to a supply of electricity or to supply electricity to any electric equipment installation for which a permit is required or that has been disconnected or ordered to be disconnected. No electrical service sha[] he connected ;.tmil the utility company has becn notified by the authority having jurisdiction. (B) Special Consideration. By special permission of the authority having jurisdiction after having performed ;3n inspection, temporary power shall be permitted to be supplied to the premises for specific needs of the construction project. The Board shall determine what needs are permitted under this provision. (C) Notification. If, within 90 business days after the Electrical Inspector is notified of the completion of an installation of electric equipment, other than a temporary approval installation, the Electrical Inspector has neither authorized connection nor disapproved the installation, the supplier of electricity is authorized to make connections and supply electricity to such installation. 80.27 Inspector's Qualifications. 23 Odlai e- 'f (5ete'l,*PV Local Amendments to NFPA 70, National Electrical Code,2008 Edition (B) Experience. Electrical inspector applicants shall demonstrate the following: (1) Have a demonstrated knowledge of the standard materials and methods used in the installation of electric equipment. (2) Be well versed in the approved methods of construction for safety to persons and property. { Ej r 1 i ..t Ole (4) ;�-.�Qt--leap—�eafs i -u. ..s�,e,. .,. v. ;�u.,.., ... + ll ti of eleetfi al equipment. in l;e., of R eh exper-ienee, the plies..+ sl.ell L.e inspeeter-'s authority to eenduet 80.29 Liability for Damages. Article 80 shall not be construed to affect the responsibility or liability of any party owning, designing, operating, controlling, or installing any electric equipment for damages to persons or property caused by a defect therein, nor shall the Village of Carol Stream or any of its employees be held as assuming any such liability by reason of the inspection, reinspection, or other examination authorized. 80.33 Repeal of Goviflieting Aets. All Bets OF PaAS ef a0l's ifl P-8-4-34P-t With the PF-OvisieaS e n..+.,,le 80 are he..eby_ ..le,l 80.35 Effeetive Date. Ai4iele 80 shall take eW-ect days afier-its passage and Pubhea4iefl. 24 Odlil-�a al c5&,ec*.,oPv Local Amendments to Illinois Plumbing Code, 2004 Edition Illinois Plumbing Code r b .■ m o PUblIc Hk--dllh Community Development Department (630)871-6230 communitydevelopment @carolstream.org 5115109 OZIICL'�e, o-1 C5&'CC'V01'V Community Development Department Local Amendments to Illinois Plumbing Code, Current Edition CONTENTS PAGE NO. Amendments to Subpart A ...................................... 1 ��LLc►ye C,-/ Sitea"', Local Amendments to Illinois Plumbing Code AMENDMENTS TO SUBPART A SUBPART A: DEFINITIONS AND GENERAL REGULATIONS Section 890.110 General Regulations The following local amendments shall be added to Section 890.110 (highlighting omitted). c) Fee schedule. The fees for all plumbing work shall be as set forth in Chapter 6, Article 13, of the Carol Stream Village Code. d) Violation penalties. Any person who shall violate a provision of this code or shall fail to comply with any of the requirements thereof or who shall erect, install, alter, or repair plumbing work in violation of the approved construction documents or directive of the code official, or of a permit or certificate issued under the provisions of this code, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, punishable of a fine of not more than 750.00 dollars. Each day that a violation continues after due notice has been served shall be deemed a separate offense. e) Stop work order. Upon notice from the code official, work on any plumbing system that is being done contrary to the provisions of this code or in a dangerous or unsafe manner shall immediately cease. Such notice shall be in writing and shall be given to the owner of the property, or to the owner's agent, or to the person doing the work. The notice shall state the conditions under which work is authorized to resume. Where an emergency exists, the code official shall not be required to give a written notice prior to stopping the work. Any person who shall continue any work in or about the structure after having been served with a stop work order, except such work as that person is directed to perform to remove a violation or unsafe condition, shall be liable to a fine of not Iees than 75.00 dollars or more than 750.00 dollars. f) Local amendments—General. (1) Faucets and supply fittings. In all new construction and replacement of fixtures, faucets or lavatories located in restrooms intended for public use, faucets shall be of the self-closing type. (2) Industrial Wastewater Discharge Permit. All applicants for a building permit to connect to the Village sanitary sewer system shall submit a completed Industrial Wastewater Discharge Permit Application. (3) Minimum size of building sewer. The minimum size of building sewer shall be 6 inches. (4) Storm sewer depth. Building storm sewers that connect to the public storm sewer system shall be a minimum of 42 inches below finished grade at the point of connection. 1 JZC1,4.).e, q X56'0_a'o . Local Amendments to Illinois Plumbing Code (5) Water service burial depth. Water service pipe shall be installed not less than five feet six inches below finished grade. (6) Required floor drains: A floor drain shall be located within 3 feet of any water meter, water heater or reduced pressure backflow prevention device. g) Local amendments—Lawn Irrigation Systems. (1) Connection to potable water. The connection to the potable water system shall be made by a licensed plumber, and shall be located downstream from the water meter. (2) Connection to the potable water system. The potable water supply to lawn irrigation systems shall be protected against backflow by a reduced pressure backflow prevention device. A valve shall not be installed downstream from an atmospheric vacuum breaker. Chemicals shall not be introduced through the lawn sprinkler system. (3) Backflow prevention. The required reduced pressure backflow prevention device shall be installed in the lawn irrigation system between the point of connection to the potable water system and the first flow or control device. Certification for the backflow prevention device shall be submitted to the code official. (4) Gate valves. A full-flow gate valve shall be installed on each side of the backflow prevention device. (5) Floor drain. If the backflow prevention device is located within a building, a floor drain shall be located within three feet of the device. (6) Sleeves for irrigation pipe. Irrigation pipe installed beneath pavement shall be sleeved in galvanized steel pipe, schedule 40, or polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic pipe, schedule 80. 2 Local Amendments to ICC International Mechanical Code, 2006 Edition INTERNATIONAL MEGUNICAL CODE oto- �20'06 Community Development Department (630)871-6230 communitydevelopment @carolstream.org 5115109 o-1 Q516t'e'a'"'V Community Development Department Local Amendments to ICC International Mechanical Code, 2006 Edition CONTENTS PAGE NO. Amendments to Chapter 1 ...................................................... 1 Amendments to Chapter 2 ...................................................... 5 Amendments to Chapter 6 ...................................................... 6 Amendments to Appendices A and B ............................................ 7 Vi,��c3.y.e cr f Vc►.�ct� �tf-e-c�vrr. Local Amendments to ICC International Mechanical Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 1 CHAPTER 1 ADMINISTRATION SECTION 101 GENERAL 101.1 Title: These regulations shall be known as the Mechanical Code of the Village of Carol Stream, hereinafter referred to as"this code. " SECTION 102 APPLICABILITY 102.5 Change in occupancy. It shall be unlawful to make a change in the occupancy of any structure which will subject the structure to any special provision of this code applicable to the new occupancy without approval. ... 102.8 Referenced codes and standards. The codes and standards referenced herein shall be those that are listed in Chapter 15 and such codes and standards shall be considered as part of the requirements of this code to the prescribed extent of each such reference. Where differences occur between provisions of this code and the referenced standards, the provisions of this code shall apply. 102.8.1 Electrical code. All ri ierenees to the fC(`f'lec-tr•ical Code scull he construed to re-f-er to the Liectrical Coed:as amended and adopted by the Village of'Carol Stream. 102.8.2 Gas code. All references to tl-ic biters ation al Fuel Cats Code shall be construed to refer to the Fuel Cos Code as amended and adapted by the Vi liege GfCarol Stream. :102.8.3 Resideatia,l code. All references to the hacruardcn nd Residential Conde shall be construed to refer to the Residential -Cade as ame!ided and adopted by the Village of Caro] Stream. 102.8.4 Plumbing code. All references to the International Plumbing Code shall be con,trued to refer to the pertinent sections of the 111indis Plumbing Code aL amended and adopted by the Village ofCarril Stream. 102.8.5 Property. maintenance code. All rtfercnccs to the 1wernatiunal I'a°op r1u Uai��d�=rxanc Code shal] l construed try refer to the Property ainwanrce !Code as amended and adopted by the Village of Carol Stream. 1 Odlcc e cl f �cvLCr� Sty e�tn Local Amendments to ICC International Mechanical Code, 2006 Edition 192.8.6 Eiicrg}r conservation code. All references to the International Energgy Conservation Cork shall be construed to refer to the Energy Conservation Code as amended and adopted by the ViIlage of'Carol Streanh, 102.8.7 Fire code. All references to the FirL, Code shall be wnstrued to refer to. the Fire Code as amended and adopted by the Virilage of Carol Sti_earrt. 112,8.8 Building code. All references to the International Building-Code shall bc; construed to refer to the Building Code as amendcxl and adopted ty the Village of Carol Stream, SECTION 103 DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL INSPECTION 103.1 General. The depiiwnew I' rye . Community Development Depwi trnern :shat[ be responsible for inspection and code enforcement, and the Community munity Development Director shall be known as the code official. SECTION 106 PERMITS 106.5.2 Fee schedule. The fees for mechanical work shall be as ' sehedule set forth in Chapter 6, Article 13, of the Cared 4tseaatt Village Code. 106.5.3 Fee refunds.The code official shall authorize the refunding of fees as follows. 1. The full amount of any fee paid hereunder which was erroneously paid or collected. -2- Not Fner-e 4han [SPECIFY PERCENT-AGE) pefeent ef the pei:mit fee paid when no -3-. Not fner-e thaa FSPECIF* PERC-ENT-AG91 per-een4 6f the plan FOView fee paid when The code official shall not authorize the refunding of any fee paid, except upon written application filed by the original permittee not later than 180 days after the date of fee payment. SECTION 108.0 VIOLATIONS 108.4 Violation penalties. Persons who shall violate a provision of this code or shall fail to comply with any of the requirements thereof or who shall erect, install, alter or repair mechanical work in violation of the approved construction documents or directive of the code official, or of a permit or certificate issued under the provisions of this code, shall be guilty of a code violation, punishable by a fine of not less than 75.00 dollars or more than 750.00 dollars er-* . Each day that a violation continues after due notice has been served shall be deemed a separate offense. 2 t>dL'v,ye V"f �c►�vC �t�ec►v,► Local Amendments to ICC International Mechanical Code, 2006 Edition 108.5 Stop work orders; Upon notice from the code official that mechanical work is being done contrary to the provisions of this code or in a dangerous or unsafe manner, such work shall immediately cease. Such notice shall be in writing and shall be given to the owner of the property, or to the owner's agent, or to the person doing the work. This notice shall state the conditions under which work is authorized to resume. Where an emergency exists the code official shall not be required to give a written notice prior to stopping the work. Any person who shall continue any work on a system after having been served with a stop work order, except such work as that person is directed to perform to remove a violation or unsafe condition, shall be liable for a fine of not less than 75.00 dollars or more than 750.00 dollars. SECTION 109 MEANS OF APPEAL 109.1.1 Limitation of authority. The board of appeals shall have no authority relative to interpretations of the administration of this code Fief shall sueh board be empowered to wai*e 109.2 Membership of Board of Appeals. The Board of Appeals shall consist of A- ve ..-,,.f.b-,,.,, f t 4W PA,o years; and One �ff E)r° yOaF the President and Board of Trustees of the Vil`�age of C ilrol t�,e�irn, , 109.2.1 Qu%l;fiesti n super-inteRdent ef building eefis"etiefi with A least ton yeaf;s' emper-ionee, five 9 4. ; or-an eleetfieal eemfaeter- with at least ton years' &,ga 109.2.2 Alter-note members. The ehief appointing at+ther4y shall "peint two altemate beaf;d FnembefAtip and shall be appointed fef five yeaffi, er- tM61 a sueeesser- has been 3 Od 1 ci.v}a cr f 1.1c�f crC (Stf e v Local Amendments to 1CC International Mechanical Code, 2006 Edition 109.2.3 Chairman. The beew' shell! anflually seleet one of the rn°mber-s to Village President shall serve as chairman. 109.2.4 Disqualifleation of member. A fnembef shall not heaf ao appeal in whieh th� .«b.,,..1. ., a ,PF8fi285i8fiH1 OF finaneial intefest 109.2.5 Secretary. The "l.;af aa,-.,;r:n:ffif:9., a ffieow ShHj1 Elesignate a qualified eler-k -t,, Village Clerk shall serve as secretary to the board. The secretary shall file a detailed record of all proceedings in the office of the chief administrative officer. 109.2.6 Compensation of membeFS.GOMPORSFAieft eff'ROffibeFS shall be detena4aed by law. 109.8 Jurisdiction. The Board of Appeals shall have no jurisdiction to hear an appall when the eacis and issues raised in the zpplication for appeal are subsea of a quasi-criminal complaint brought in the name ortiie Village cbarjong a violation of the Cale of Ordinances of the Village. The lilirtg of such a Complaint shall constitute a determination that a decision of the building oflicial, refu~i.-ng to grant &modification of the provisions of this code, is corava. Any appea' pending,.at tlhe time of filing of such a compUnt shall I)e dismissed I'br want of jurisdiction. 4 Local Amendments to ICC International Mechanical Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 2 CHAPTER 2 DEFINITIONS SECTION 201 GENERAL 201.4 Terms not defined. Where terms are not defined through the methods authorized by this section, such terms shall have ordinarily accepted incainags such as the context implies or the definition in the current version of the Merriam-Webster Dictionary. 5 odl"e c*f `JCl 1 crL (561,eop"-. Local Amendments to ICC International Mechanical Code,2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 6 CHAPTER 6 DUCT SYSTEMS SECTION 606 SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMS CONTROL 606.3 Installation. Smoke detectors required by this section shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 72. The required smoke detectors shall be installed to monitor the entire airflow conveyed by the system including return air and exhaust or relief air. Access shall be provided to smoke detectors for inspection and maintenance. A remote annunciator and test switch shall be instauet'1 rur etch, detector in the area of the detector installation. The test switch shall be located in an easily accessible location. 606.4.1 Supervision. The smoke detectors shall not be connected to a fire alarm system. The actuation of the duct smoke detector shall activate a visible and audible supervisory signal Exeeptions 4, The supeFyisefy signal at .. ....t....+1.. .,++0.,.10.1 16...fti0 iS et r-L- ii,hOF +b.0 building's smoke deteeter-aetivates the -2-. ift eeetipaneies not requir-ed to be equipped with a fif:e alafm system, aetuatien e -A Sffi-eke deteeter- shall aetivate a visible and an audible signal in an appr-eved 1.,.,.,t;.,.. c.. eke det ..tee t..,.uble nditiens ..hall „t.,,afe visible tidib1 , Signal leeatieft and- s-hafl-be idea4ified as air-duet deteeter-tr-euble. 6 UZZICt.9e v f (Z'ostal Sti.ec PPP Local Amendments to ICC International Mechanical Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO APPENDICES A AND B Appendices A and B are for informational purposes only and are not adopted as part of this Code. 7 Village of Carol Stream Local Amendments to ICC International Fire Code, 2006 Edition INTERNATIONAL Fw-E CODE Community Development Department (630)871-6230 communitydevelopment @carolstream.org Revised 10/27/09 CONTENTS PAGE NO. Amendments to Chapter 1 .............................................. 1 Amendments to Chapter 2 .............................................. 4 Amendments to Chapter 3 .............................................. 5 Amendments to Chapter 5 .............................................. b Amendments to Chapter 9 ................................ 7 Amendments to Chapter 10 .............................................. 13 Amendments to Chapter 24 .... 15 Amendments to Appendices A through G .............................................. 16 Village of Carol Stream Local Amendments to ICC International Fire Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 1 CHAPTER 1 ADMINISTRATION SECTION 101 GENERAL 101.1 Title. These regulations shall be known as the Fire Cade of the Village of Carol Stream, hereinafter referred to as "this code." SECTION 102 APPLICABILI'T'Y 102.6 Referenced codes and standards. The codes and standards referenced in this code shall be those that are listed in Chapter 45 and such codes and standards shall be considered part of the requirements of this code to the prescribed extent of each such reference. Where differences occur between the provisions of this code and the referenced standards, the provisions of this code shall apply. 102.6.1 Electrical code. All re:•r'erences c) the ICC Eleci.rical Ctwje shall be construed to refer to the Electrical Code a_s arnended and adopted by the ViIIage of Carol Stream. 102.6.2 Gas code. All references to the; I>tfemarllonul Fuel Gus Cade shall he.construed to refer to [lie: Fuel Gas.Code as amended and adopted by the Viliege of Carol Stream. 1.02.6.E Mechanical code. All references to the Intern ation ul A-Yet-1 apical Code shall be ::cansuued to refer to the M hanical Code as amended and adapted by the Village of Carol �treae�. 102.6.x1 Plumbing code. All references to the larterara tiorra] Platrtabing' Code shall be const ed it, refer to the pertinent sections. of the Illinois Plumbing Code as amended and adopted by the Village of Carol Stream. 102.6-5 Properly maintenance code.. All references to the Interncaa anal Property Maintenance Code shall be construed to refer to the Property Maintenance Cede as amended and adapted by the Village of Carol Stream. 102.6.6 Energy conwi-vation rode. All references to the International Energy Conservation Carle shall be construed to refer to the Energy Conservation Code as amended and adopted by the Village of Carol Stream. 102.6.7 Residential code. All references to the International Revide-mial Code shall be construed to.refer to the residential Coale as amended and adopted by the Village of Carrol Stream. 102.6.8 Building code. All references to the International Building Code shall be construed to refer to the Building Code as amended and adopted by the Village of Carol Stream. 1 Village of Carol Stream Local Amendments to ICC International Fire Code, 2006 Edition SECTION 103 DEPARTMENT OF FIRE PREVENTION 103.1 General. The department of fire prevention is established within the jurisdiction under the direction of the fire code official. The function of the department shall be the iinplcmcnLiti }rt. administration and enforcement of the Vrovisioms of this code. Tk! President and Board cif' Trustees of the Village of Carol Stream are hereby authorized to enter into contracts or agreement,; with the Carol Stream Fire Protection District, which can be rnodiietl from tin-W to lime, for die vaiinus functions of the Fire Prevention Bureau. SECTION 105 PERMITS 105.6 Required operational permits. The fire code official is authorized to issue operational permits for the opomtiens set feFth ' use and handling, of any quantity of explosive material, fireworks, or pyrotechnic special effects within the scope: of Chaplet- 33. Sections 105.6.1 through 105.6.46 Ball be deleted in their entirety. SECTION 108 BOARD OF APPEALS 108.1 Board of appeals established. In order to hear and decide appeals of orders, decisions or determinations made by the code official relative to the application and interpretation of this code, there shall be and is hereby created a board of appeals. appointed by the goveming bedy and shall hold effiee at its pieasttr-e. The fire code official shall be an ex officio member of said board but shall have no vote on any matter before the board. The Board ot.Appeals shall consist of the llre;sident and Board of Trustees of the Village of Carol Strom. The President shall scn--e as Chairman and (he Village Clerk shall serve as Secretary. The board shall adopt rules of procedure for conducting its business, and shall render all decisions and findings in writing to the appellant with a duplicate copy to the code official. 108.2 Limitations on authority. An application for appeal shall be based on a claim that the intent of this code or the rules legally adopted there under have been incorrectly interpreted, the provisions of this code do not fully apply, or an equally good or better form of construction is proposed. The board shall have no authority to waive the requirements of this code. 108.4 Fees. Fe,:s for appeal hearings shall be in accordance with the Schedule of Fees contained in Article 13 r)f Chapter 6 of the Village Code. 108,5 Jurisdiction, The Board of Appeals shall have no jurisdiction to hear an appeal when the facts and issues raised in the application for appeal are subject of a quasi-criminal complaint 2 Village of Carol Stream Local Amendments to ICC International Fire Code, 2006 Edition by-ought in the name of the Village charging a violation of the Code of Ordinances of the Village. The filing of such a complaint shall constitute a determination that a decision of the building tsf icial. refusing to grant a modification of the provisions of this code, is correct. Any appeal pending ,il the time of filing of such a complaint shall be dismissed for want of jurisdiction, SECTION 109 VIOLATIONS 109.3 Violation penalties. Persons who shall violate a provision of this code or shall fail to comply with any of the requirements thereof or who shall erect, install, alter, repair or do work in violation of the approved construction documents or directive of the fire code official, or of a permit or certificate issued under provisions of this code, shall be guilty of a zode violation, punishable by a fine of not less than $75.00 dollars Or more than $750.00 dollars—er-hy t. Each day that a violation continues after due notice has been served shall be deemed a separate offence. SECTION 111 STOP WORK ORDER 111.4 Failure to comply. Any person who shall continue any work after having been served with a stop work order, except such work as that person is directed to perform to remove a violation or unsafe condition, shall be liable to a fine of not less than $75.00 dollars or more than $750.00 dollars. 3 Village of Carol Stream Local Amendments to ICC International Fire Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 2 CHAPTER 2 DEFNITIONS SECTION 201 GENERAL 201.4 Terms not defined. Where terms are not defined through the methods authorized by this section, such terms shall have ordinarily accepted meanings such as the context implies. The ,ur-ent version of the Merriam-Webster Dictionary shall be considered as providing ordinarily accepted meanings. 4 Village of Carol Stream Local Amendments to ICC International Fire Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 3 CHAPTER 3 GENERAL PRECAUTIONS AGAINST FIRE SECTION 311 VACANT PREMISES 311.1 General. Temporarily unoccupied buildings, structures, premises or portions thereof, including tenant spaces, shall be safeguarded and maintained in accordance with this section. Fire proteeliion systems required by this code or the Building Cade as amended and adopted by the Village of Carol Stream shall be installed, repaired, operated, tested and maintained in accordance with this code. The building owner shall provide updated key holder information as ie,quired by the Fire code official, 311.1.3 Resumption of ncr:,r paacy. Structures which have beers unoccupied tol• more than 4 consmutive rnontih--, or which have beer_ determined to be abandoned in accordance: with Section 311.1.1, shall be n aired to he inspected prior to occupancy, The building or portion t=hereof to be reor.oupied.ftill be required to bP equipped with a fill lire protection systems in accordan.c.-with Chapter 7 of this code. SECTION 313 FUELED EQUIPMENT 313.3 Parking. Motorized vehicles shall only be parked or stored in properly designated areas designed specifically for vehicle parking or storage. 5 Village of Carol Stream Local Amendments to ICC International Fire Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS To CHAPTER 5 CHAPTER 5 FIRE SERVICE FEATURES SECTION 503 FIRE APPARATUS ACCESS ROADS 503.4 Obstruction of fire apparatus access roads. Fire apparatus access roads shall not be obstructed in any manner, including the parking of vehicles. The minimum widths and clearances established in Section 503.2.1 shall be maintained at all times. 503.6 Security Gates. The installation of security gates across a fire apparatus access road or entrance shall be approved by the fire ehief code official. Where security gates are installed, they shall have an approved means of eunergcncy operation. Security gates shall be equipped with an approved ktey switch That activates the operation of the gate. The key switch and it- location sl-rall be approved by the fwe code official. At pmpeTties equipped with security gates. provisions shall be made l'-)r s ecurhig the gate in a locked position using a double padlock system,consisting;of the accupant's padlo<;k and a padlock approved hT this use by the lire node official. The security gates and the emergency operation shall be maintained operational at all times. SECTION 505 PREMISES IDENTIFICATION 501.2 Address numbers. New and existing buildings shall have approved address numbers, building numbers or approved building identification placed in a position that is plainly legible and visible from the street or road fronting the property. These numbers shall contrast with their background. Address numbers shall be Arabic numerals . Numbers shall be a minimum-4-6 inches (4402 152 mm) high with a minimum stroke width of 0.5 inch (12.7 mm). 6 Village of Carol Stream Local Amendments to ICC International Fire Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 9 CHAPTER 9 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS SECTION 903 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 903.2 Where required. Approved automatic sprinkler systems in new buildings and structures shall be provided in all occupancies. Exceptions: 1. Spaces or areas in telecommunications buildings used exclusively for telecommunications equipment, associated electrical power distribution equipment, batteries and standby engines, provided those spaces or areas are equipped throughout with an automatic fire alarm system and are separated from the remainder of the building by fire barriers consisting of not less than 1-hour fire-resistance-rated walls 2-hour fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling assemblies. 2. Accessory buildings or ersttc[ures in any occupancy group with the exception of Group Fl occupancies, provided the building or structure is less tlian 1.000 squarte feet in t7oor area. is a ininimuin of 30 feet away from the primary building cr other outside structures. is no more than oac story in bieight. has no basem nt ri.- low r level, hs not used Cur sleeping or os a dwelling unit, arld is accessible for firefighting purlxsez on at least three sides, 903.2.10 Windowless stories in all occupancies. An automatic sprinkler system shall be installed in the locations set forth in Sections 903.2.10.1 through 903.2.10.1.3. Exception: Group R-3 and Group U. 903.2.10.1 Stories and basements without openings. An automatic sprinkler system shall be installed throughout every story or basement of all buildings. whefe the 9 area arceeeds 1,500 square feet (139.4 m2) and whefe there is Fiet pr-evided at imst ene of Opeaings shall be lepatead in PAR]; 50 fineaf f�et (15 240 mm), or-fr-aefien , -2- Openings entir-ely above the adjeining gr-ound level tetaling at least 20 squafe feet r1 ffm), in the step, en at least one side. 7 Village of Carol Stream Local Amendments to ICC International Fire Code, 2006 Edition 903.3.2 Quick-response and residential sprinklers. Where automatic sprinkler systems are required by this code, quick-response or residential automatic sprinklers shall be installed in the following areas in accordance with Section 903.3.1 and their listings: 1. Throughout all spaces within a smoke compartment containing patient sleeping units in Group I-2 in accordance with the International Building Code. 2. Dwelling units and sleeping units in Group R and 1-1 occupancies. 3- Light hazard is defifted in NFPA 13. 903.35 Water supplies. Water supplies for automatic sprinkler systems shall comply with this section and the standards referenced in 903.3.1. The potable water supply shall be protected against backflow in accordance with the requirein(mts of this section and the hitepwational Plui?YlJft Code aN adopted and amended by the Village of Carol Stream. Hydrant water flow data used r,)T- the design of any sprinkler system shall be no more than one year old. 903.3.5.1 Domestic services. Where the domestic service provides the water supply for the automatic sprinkler system, the supply shall be installed in accordance with this section. Exception: Domestic water services shall be separate from the water supply for automatic sprinkler systems unless approved by the fire code official. 903.4 Sprinkler system monitoring and alarms. All valves controlling the water supply for automatic sprinkler systems, pumps, tanks, water levels and temperatures, critical air pressures, and water-flow switches on all sprinkler systems shall be electrically supervised unless otherwise approved by the fire code official. Exceptions: I. Automatic sprinkler systems protecting one- and two-family dwellings. -2-. Limited or-ea systems sef-ving fewer-!ban 20 spr-Wde 3- not pfevide4E6 4. Jockey pump control valves that are sealed or locked in the open position. S. Control valves to commercial kitchen hoods, paint spray booths or dip tanks that are sealed or locked in the open position. 6. Valves controlling the fuel supply to fire pump engines that are sealed or locked in the open position. 7. Trim valves to pressure switches in dry, preaction and deluge sprinkler systems that are sealed or locked in the open position. 903.4.1 Signals. Alarm—, &apep,,t� and trouble signals shall be distinctly different and automatically transmitted to an approved central station, 8 Village of Carol Stream Local Amendments to ICC International Fire Code, 2006 Edition 903.4.2 Alarms. Approved audible devices shall be connected to every automatic sprinkler system. Such sprinkler water-flow alarm devices shall be activated by water flow equivalent to the flow of a single sprinkler of the smallest orifice size installed in the system. Alarm devices shall be provided on the exterior of the building in an approved location. Where a fire alarm system is installed, actuation of the automatic sprinkler system shall actuate the building fire alarm system. 903.4.2.1 :audio/visual indicating devices. In addition to the required water-flow alarm device:, a weather-tight visual warning device shall be provided above the fire deparnnent Dose cc)jjj7ecti0n. The color of the warning device shall be approved by the fire code of lcial. 903.4.2.2 Alarm indicating appliances (audiofvisual devices). Alarm indicating appliances (audio/visuo.l devices) shall be provided, seen and heard in all areas of every building in accordance with the requirements or NFPA 72. All sprinklered buildings shall be provided with oc.c;Uptint natifhuation devices or as approved by the fire code official, 903.4.2.3 Fire sprinkler inspection tesi valves. itnspection test valves shall be provided in the most practical area rernme frorn the e scr, Inspection test valves shall be accessible at all tinies and located no more than 6 keel abo-,.q: the finished floor. On multiple riser :�_ystcros. inspection test valves shall be rstarked to indicate which riser and area is c'ocarplled by each valve. 903.4.3 Floor control valves. Approved supervised indicating control valves shall be provided at the point of connection to the riser on each floor in high rise multiple-story buildings. 903.4.4 Supplemental detectiau_ Wherc automatic sprinklens provide protection to an area with an approved water-flow switch interconnected to the fire alarm system, and the area is easily identifiable as to the location of tlic activation. automatic smoke detectors are not required. When a building has numerous room protected by the toned sprinkler systn, automatic smoke dewct«rs may be required by the fire code ofliciai in carder to provide a rapid means to identify the location of smoke or fire. Sec ion 903.7 Additional autcamalic sprinkler system design requirements. All automatic sprinkler systems shall comply with these additional design requirements; I a The design pressure used to design the sprinkler system shall be the actual mursicipa system pressure for the site; less a faaar of safbty. The factor of safety shall be a minim rn of [0 psi or 10 pem.rmt of the design pressuu-e rcyuired by this Cude.j whichever is greaten 2. A floor plan showing the sprinkler and alarm zones shall be provided in the sprinkler riser room. The plan shall be affixed to the wall at a location approved by the fire code official. 3. A copy of the hydraulic nameplate with hydraulic calculations shall be provided on each desii drawing, for each hydraulically calculated area. 9 Village of Carol Stream Local Amendments to ICC International Fire Code, 2006 Edition SECTION 905 STANDPIPE SYSTEMS 905.3.1 Building height. Class III standpipe systems shall be installed throughout buildings where the floor level of the highest story is located more than 30 feet (914 4 ,..wa) 25 feet (7620 mm) above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access, or where the floor level of the lowest story is located more than 30 feet (914" mm) 25 feet (7620 mm) below the highest level of fire department vehicle access. SECTION 907 FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEMS 907.2.1 Group A. A manual fire alarm system shall be installed in Group A occupancies Portions of Group E occupancies occupied for assembly purposes shall be provided with a fire alarm system as required for the Group E occupancy. 907.3.3 Smoke anal heat detection: Appr-vud smoke or hcat detou(or&shall be installed $nr+ mraintained in return, air duce or plen=5 in each recirUulaling, air systerrr with a capacity Of' more than 2,000 cfm (0.94 iii lsec) in accordance with the Mechanical Coyle as ameuded and adopted by the Tillage of Carol Stream. Actuation cif' the detector shall :step the fan(r%.'b automatically, and the system shall be of the manual-reset type. ,automatic fan shutdown is not required. where the system is part of an approved smoke control system_ The smoke and heat detectors shall not be comiected to the Dire alarm control panel. 907.9 Zones. Each floor shall be zoned separately and a zone shall not exceed 22,500 square feet (2090 m`). The length of any zone shall not exceed 300 feet(91 440 mm) in any direction. 907.9.3 `Lune disconnection. All fire alarm systems ;.hall be capable of disconnection Of a Y-one at the control panel. Disconnection of a zone shall cause the fire alarm system tkp tronsmlt a troxible signal. 907.15 Monitoring. Fire alarm systems required by this chapter or the International Building Code shall be monitored by an approved supervising station in accordance with NFPA 72. Exception: Supervisory service is not required for: 1. Single- and multiple-station smoke alarms required by Section 907.2.10. 2. Smoke detectors in Group 1-3 occupancies. 3. Automatic sprinkler systems in one- and two-family dwellings. 907.15.1 Wirt4css radi+u Hire alar-nl kyste5ms. All new Dire alarm systems shall transmit tr�ulrle, supervisory, and fire signals via a wireless transmitter in accordance wi(h NFPPA 72. Transmitter equipment shall be approved by the fire cone}official, 10 Village of Carol Stream Local Amendments to ICC International Fire Code, 2006 Edition SECTION 910 SMOKE AND HEAT VENTS 910.1 General. Where required by this code or otherwise installed, smoke and heat vents or mechanical smoke exhaust systems and draft curtains shall conform to the requirernetats of this section. Buildings or portions thereof in all occupancies of Groups A, E, F, I, M, and S having more than 30,000 square feet (2787 In) in floor area shall be provided with a mechanical smoke exhaust system. Exceptions: -6 Pr.Agpj; feed war-eheuses used selely &F storage of Class 1 and Class 11 eemmedifies 2. Where areas of buildings are equipped with early suppression fast-response (ESFR) sprinklers, automatic smoke and heat vents shall not be required within these areas. 910.2 Where required. Smoke and heat vents shall be installed in the roofs of one-story buildings or portions thereof occupied for the uses set forth in Sections 910.2.1 through 910.2.3. 910.2.1 Group F-1 or S-1. Buildings and portions thereof used as a Group F 1 ef 9 T F ui- S occupancy haying ) in tmdivided Ana shall provide smoke and heat vents as Ibllows: 1. For buildings gmaler than or equal to 30,000 square feet in undivided area, a rr=haclical systCm is required 2. For buildings le*s tlan 30,OW 30, sgtaare feet in undivided aria, a mechanical system or smoke and hat vents can be use& Exception: Group S-1 aircraft repair hangars. SECTION 915 CARBON MONOXIDE DETECTORS: 913.1 General. Carbe rt.;nt)xide *alarms or detectors, where required by this code, shall meet the cut-rtmt Ut Standard 2034 or its equivalent. Carbon monoxide alarms or detectors :shall be installed per t_he requirernents of N ITA 720. 913.2 Where required. Carbon monoxide alarms or detec:turs ore required in the following locations_ 1. Carbon ronoxide alarms c}r detectors are required in any building which contains; sleeping facilities and relies can the conibustion of fossil, NO for heat. ventilation €tr lira ovate', or contains a fireplace within the building. Carbon monoxide alarms are require in any building,Which has an attached garage. 2. C'ivbon .monoxide alarms or detectors are required in any building which has an attached garage. 3. Carbon monoxide alarms or detectors :u required to I:ic located within 15 feet of all sleeping areas. 11 Village of Carol Stream Local Amendments to ICC International Fire Code, 2006 Edition SECTION 916 RADIO COMMUNICATIONS When conditions exist in which radio equipment as required in this chapter interferes with the efficiency and use of fire protection cquipment or the response of the fire prevention district, a bi-diroctional radio arnplificztion syNu!m ahall be required to b installed within or upon the buildbi& This system shall be designed to opun-.ate in conjunction with the equipment utilized by ,ffie fire prevention distrid. Villr,31 any required fire conumunication cnhan=nent �ysteni i8 installed and heQptnes inoperative.. thus affecting the Eire safety of the bW An&structure. or the occupants therein, the fire cad e offir-W -shall oi*r the system. unit. or device to be repaired and returned to IWI service, Dr the building shall be vacated until the int3perativu 5 stem, Linit or &N ice Ir repaired and renimed to full service. h shall be the TOSIX-415ibil'i"Y Of the ONVnCr Or occuparm. to make tests. repairs, alterations or additions. 12 Village of Carol Stream Local Amendments to ICC International Fire Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 10 CHAPTER 10 MEANS OF EGRESS 1131 SECTION 1007 ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS 1007.1 Accessible means of egress required. Accessible means of egress shall comply with this section and the cura-ent version of the Illinois Accessibility Code. Accessible spaces shall be provided with not less than one accessible means of egress. Where more than one means of egress is required by Section 1015.1 or 1019.1 from any accessible space, each accessible portion of the space shall be served by not less than two accessible means of egress. Exceptions: . 2. One accessible means of egress is required from an accessible mezzanine level in accordance with Section 1007.3, 1007.4 or 1007.5. 3. In assembly spaces with sloped floors, one accessible means of egress is required from a space where a common path of travel of the accessible route for access to the wheelchair spaces meets the requirements of Section 1025.8. JB1 SECTION 1008 DOORS, GATES AND TURNSTILES 1008.1.2 Door swing. Egress doors shall be side-hinged swinging. Doors shall swing in the direction of egress travel where serving an occupant load of 3o- 30 or more persons or a Group H occupancy. 1008.1.8 Door operations. Except as specifically permitted by this section egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. 1008.1.8.3 Locks and latches. Locks and latches shall be permitted to prevent operation of doors where any of the following exists: 1. Places of detention or restraint. In buildings i .7, Gretip A h vingan eeeupant lead ,.r 300 wr. I� 13 Village of Carol Stream Local Amendments to ICC International Fire Code, 2006 Edition BUILDING 18 OCCUPIED. The sign shall be in letters 1 ineh (29 mfn) 2.3. The use of the key-operated locking device is revocable by the fire code official for due cause. 3. Where egress doors are used in pairs, approved automatic flush bolts shall be permitted to be used, provided that the door leaf having the automatic flush bolts has no doorknob or surface-mounted hardware. 4. Doors from individual dwelling or sleeping units of Group R occupancies having an occupant load of 10 or less are permitted to be equipped with a night latch, dead bolt or security chain, provided such devices are openable from the inside without the use of a key or tool. [B] SECTION 1011 EXIT SIGNS 1011.2 Illumination. Exit signs shall be internally eF�illuminated. [B] SECTION 1017 CORRIDORS TABLE1017.1 CORRIDOR FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING REQUIRED FIRE-RESISTANCE OCCUPANT RATING hours LOAD Without With SERVED BY sprinkler Sprinkler OCCUPANCY CORRIDOR system system, H-1, H-2, H-3 All Not permitted 1 H-4, H-5 Greater than 30 Not permitted 1 A, B, E, F, M, S, U Greater than 30 1 0 R Greater than 10 Not permitted 0.5 1-2', 1-4 All Not permitted -0- 1 1-1, 1-3 All Not ermitted 1 $ , Bag Cade-. , c. Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 where allowed. 14 Village of Carol Stream Local Amendments to ICC International Fire Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 24 CHAPTER 24 TENTS, CANOPIES AND OTHER MEMBRANE STRUCTURES SECTION 2404 TEMPORARY AND PERMANENT TENTS, CANOPIES AND MEMBRANE STRUCTURES 2404.6 Smoking. Smoking shall not be permitted in tents, canopies or membrane structures. with the exception of sui;h structures that are both wmporary. as deriniM in Section 3103.1 of the hae.rr utirmal ffiiild ag tv'otty. and are less than gar equal to 120 „quare feet in area_ Smoking shall b-c permitted in temporary tents, canopies or membrane :structures that are less than or equal to 1201 sgaare feet in area subJect to the d"ollowing conditroris: I. That the fabric of the tent. Qanopy or membrant! structure shall be certified as flame retardant in accosxlance with the standards as contained in NFPA 701; 2. Thal the tent. canopy or membrane structure shall contain at least one portable lire: extinguisher mte:ting the standards contained in 11 FP,A 10; 3. 'rhat Lhe employees of any husiness at which smoking is permitted in a tent, canopy or membrane structure shall be properly trained on (lie use of the rewired portable Fire extinguisher; 4. That the tent. canopy or membrane structure skull contain no furniture, no heating equipment and no Iigliting equipment; S. That the tent.. canopy or mentibrane amoure shall have at least one permanently clear opening that is not less than SO inches in height and 60 inches in width. Smoking shall not be permitted in tents, canopies or membrane structures other than temporary structures that are less than or c qusl icy 120 ware feat in ;area. Approved "No Smoking" signs shall be conspicuoe sty posted in tents, canopies or membrane structures that are not tcmIxiiary strudures.or are greater than 1.20 square feet in area in accordance with Section 310. 15 Village of Carol Stream Local Amendments to ICC International Fire Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO APPENDIX A THROUGH APPENDIX G Appendices A through G are for informational purposes only and are not adopted as part of is Code. 16 Oe.'11".&).e, 4o- Local Amendments to ICC International Residential Code, 2006 Edition INTERNATIONAL 1LkKi'LH�'JL' ]RESIDENTIAL CODE R O AND Two-FwiLy DWELLINGS 06 ,} a Community Development Department (630)871-6230 communitydevelopment @carolstream.org 5/15/09 Ocr/ (Z.1g ilo-I (5tt.eoll"Al Community Development Department Local Amendments to ICC International Residential Code, 2006 Edition CONTENTS PAGE NO. Amendments to Chapter 1 ................................ 1 Amendments to Chapter 2 ................................ 7 Amendments to Chapter 3 .... 8 Amendments to Chapter 4 ............................................ 13 Amendments to Chapter 6 ................................ 15 Amendments to Chapter 8 ............................................ 16 Amendments to Parts V—VIII ............................................ 17 Adoption of Appendices ............................................ 18 L)dlop9le. 0-/ 5fte,"o*v Local Amendments to ICC International Residential Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 1 CHAPTER 1 ADMINISTRATION SECTION R101 TITLE, SCOPE AND PURPOSE R101.1 Title. These provisions shall be known as the Residential Codefier Aie and Ave of the 'pillage of Carol Stream, and shall be cited as such and will be referred to herein as "this code." All ref' rences to the ti'esidenual Code,for One-and Two- Family Dwellings shall be cuji_Lruod to refer to the lesidential Code as amended and adopted by the Village of Carol Stream. SECTION R102 APPLICABILITY R102.4 Referenced codes and standards. The codes and standards referenced in this code shall be considered part of the requirements of this code to the prescribed extent of each such reference. Where differences occur between provisions of this code and referenced codes and standards, the provisions of this code shall apply. Exception: Where enforcement of a code provision would violate the conditions of the listing of the equipment or appliance, the conditions of the listing and manufacturer's instructions shall apply. 102.4.1 Electrical code.All rt;terences to the ICC Electrical Carte. shall he construed to refer to the Electrical Code as amended and adopted by the Village of Carol Stream. 102.4.2 Gas code. All ref&ences to the Intex-rrarfunid .Fffel Gas Cade shall be construed tp aefer tcs [lie Frie10 as CMe as amended and adopted by the pillage or Carol Stream. 102.4-3 -Mechanical code. All refermtces tr, the. biternational hfechanict�l Cole shall be construed to refer to the llvieebanical Code as am.coded and adopted by the Village of Carol Streartt. 102.4.4 Plumbing code. All referenl es to the International Plumbing Code shall be construed to refer to the pertinent sections of the Alfnoiv Plumbing Carle as amended and adopted by the Village of Carol Stream, 102.4.5 PrapeM maintensure code. All references to the International Property AMirrtcfneuz(-,e Cud shall be construed io refer to the Property Maintenance Code as amended and adapted by the Village of Carol 'Stream. 1€12.4.6 Ederp, conservation code. All references to the International Energy Conservation Coda shall be construed to refer to the Energy Conservation Code as amended and adopted by the Village(ifCaroi Stream. 1 odl'l y el C f ��►, �L Sty �, Local Amendments to ICC International Residential Code, 2006 Edition 102.4.7 Fire code, All references to the Ir fernal onal Fire Code shall be construed to refer to tLc Fire Corte as amended and adopted by the Vi11age of Caro I Streawi. 1 02.4.5 Building rode. All references to the Iracrizurional Building Code shall be co,°;!rug€G to refer to the Building Code as amended and adopwd by the Village of Carol Stream, SECTION R103 DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING SAFETY R103.1 Creation of enforcement agency. The ikp fi ig 1 + Ho" Community Developrnv.,[ Department shall be responsible for bra 1ding code enforcement and the Community Development Director shall be known as the building official. SECTION R105 PERMITS R105.2 Work exempt from permit. Permits shall not be required for the following. Exemption from the permit requirements of this code shall not be deemed to grant authorization for any work to be done in any manner in violation of the provisions of this code or any other laws or ordinances of this jurisdiction. Building- 1. One-story detached accessory structures used as tool and storage sheds, playhouses and similar uses provided the floor area does not exceed 440 64 square feet(41.15 5.95 m2). high. Retaining„ .,11.. thst Ar-A ,t ever 4 feet (171 Swum) in 1,a;..1,+mn..sufo-1 -.,m d o lvouem of 4. Water tanks supported directly upon grade if the capacity does not exceed 5,000 gallons (18 927 L) and the ratio of height to diameter or width does not exceed 2 to 1. i-. Sidewalks and . 6. Painting, papering, tiling, carpeting, cabinets, counter tops and similar finish work. 7. Prefabricated swimming pools that are less than 24 inches (610mm) deep. 8. Swings and other playground equipment aca:essor), to a one- and two-family dwelling and Park Districts. 9. Window awnings supported by an exterior wall which do not project more than 54 inches (13 72 mm) from the exterior wall and do not require additional support. R105.6 Suspension or revocation. The building official is authorized to suspend or revoke a permit issued under the provisions of this code wherever the permit is issued in error or on the basis of incorrect, inaccurate or incomplete information, or in violation of any ordinance or regulation or any of the provisions of this code, or for failure to call for and pass the inspections caJW For by the permit. Once a b6ldfg permit has been suspended or revoked, it shall only be r6n..slated with the approval of the building official and with the payment of fees as set forth in Chapter 6. Article 13. of the Village Code_ No further inspections shall be performed by the Village until Lhe permit is zeinstute"i. 2 �r;L�cs.g.e rr f L"�c��-cr� St4,ecs.rsn. Local Amendments to ICC International Residential Code, 2006 Edition SECTION R106 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS R106.1 Submittal documents. Construction documents, special inspection and structural observation programs, and other data shall be submitted in one or more sets, with each application for a permit. The construction documents shall be prepared by a registered design professional where required by the statutes of the jurisdiction in which the project is to be constructed. Where special conditions exist, the building official is authorized to require additional construction documents to be prepared by a registered design professional. Plans for new houses. second floor additions, additions €ever 300 square feet, or any change to a building with unique :strucwt?l conditions shall be prepared by or under the supervision of a person registered as art =hitect or struutur-al engineer by the 'State of Illinois, and bear the seal and signature of such person. Plans shall be drawn to wale and shall tie of sufficient clarity to indicate the nature and extent oCthe work, proposc;d and shall show in detail that it will conform co the qrovisions,of this code and all relevant laws, ordinances,rules and regulations, Plans shall include a site plan or plat of survey drawn to scale shoving die location of all easements. drainage facilities. adjac:eni ;grades, property lines. the proposed handing and tvm. existing building on the property Exceptions: I. The building official is authorized to waive the submission of construction documents and other data not required to be prepared by a registered design professional if it is found that the nature of the work applied for is such that reviewing of construction documents is not nec.essar�, to obtain corm p Iiarico with this code. 2. Plans drawn to sc:tale for changes to the structure oi• portion tlreriE�of that do not alter, charge ar add to the structural elements of the building shall not be required to have an architect or structural enginecr,s seal. Such changes and plans not requiring au architect or structural engineer's seal shall include finished basements. garage conversions, sheds less than 1 square feet, detached and attached decks, patios, gazebos and three-season room-, added to alecks or path s. SECTION R112 BOARD OF APPEALS R112.1 General. In order to hear and decide appeals of orders, decisions or determinations made by the building official relative to the application and interpretation of this code, there shall be and is hereby created a board of appeals. The building effieial shall be the ex effleie mewibef-ef said beafd but shall have n pAe on any ..sw k„Rwe +z., beafd. The board of appeals shall Consist of the Pi-esidt-nt and Board of Trustees of the Tillage of Carol Stream. The President shall serve as Chairman id the Clerk shall serve as Secretary be appeifited by the gev i _, The board shall adopt rules of procedure for conducting its business, and shall render all decisions and findings in writing to the appellant with a duplicate copy to the building official. 3 Oi&A-y e cr f L:.�cf t crL Std ecf`n Local Amendments to ICC International Residential Code, 2006 Edition RI42.3 Qualfflea ons. The beaFd of appeals Shall iSt Of ...,e"OFS ...hEl a „uf:va by empleyees of the jur-isdietien, 1Z 1 1?.5 1 ces. Feeq for appeal hearings shall be in accordance with §6-13-24 of the Carol Stream Village Code. R112.6 Jurisdiction. The Board of Appeals shall have no jurisdiction to hear ;in :appeal when the fact,-, and issues raised in the application for appeal are subject of quasi-erirninai.cnmplaint brought in the =me.of the Village chirrging a vioIatioar of the Code of 0r dirtatttces 0fthe 'Village, The tiling of such a complaint shall constitute a determination Shat a decision of the building official, refusing, tb grant a modification of the provisions of tl.is code, is correct. Any appeal pending at the time of filing(if such a complaint shall be dismissed for want of jurisdiction. SECTION RI 13 VIOLATIONS R113.4 Violation penalties. Any person who violates a provision of this code or fails to comply with any of the requirements thereof or who erects, constructs, alters or repairs a building or structure in violation of the approved construction documents or directive of the building official, or of a permit or certificate issued under the previsions of this code, shall be subject to penalties as prescribed by law. Any pers;un who shall vio€ate ai put-\-ision cif this cede or shall faiia m conaply with any of the rk.quLrc zenrw thereof or who shall erect, construct, alter or repak a building or structure in vinlaition of an appmved plan or directh e of(lie building official or of a Permit or certi fica te issued under the provisiom. of this code. shall he guilty of a cede N!olation, punishable by a fine of not less than st;venty-five+dolhgrs ($75.00) nor more than screen-hundred aard fifty dollars ($75 0.0% Each day that a violation continues after due notice has been seared shall be Been ed a sepavate offence_ SECTION RH5 BUILDING OPERATIONS R115.1 Night nperntions. No construction or alteration operations shall liv carried on prior to 6:00 a.m. or after 9,00 4 xi. if accompanied by loud and annoying noises. R115.2 Public sidewalks. No public sidewalk shall be obstructed in the course of. building operations, and whenever a removal of a public sidewalk is required, such work shall not be done until a permit is obtained. R115,3 SErcet use. It shall be unlawful for° any person to cause. create or maintain any obstruetion upon any strou, alloy, sidewalk or anywhere wi.tIxin a public: fight-of-way. Building rsptrations shall comply with the requirements of§I2-3-4 of the Carol Stream Wlage Code- 4 �Jr,L�ci.9.e cr f �ci.�,�� Stti,ecs.cn. Local Amendments to ICC International Residential Code, 2006 Edition RI15.4 street numtrcrs. address numbers shall! be displayed prior to the issuance of a Certificate LIF Occ.bpancy. Street nutnerals shall be Arabic Nu neenils tend placed near the Hymn r ntrancc doo gay, eacc:ept that if this location is not visible frow the street, the numbers shall be located on another poilion of the building that is clearly visible from the Weer. Numbers shall 6e at least 6 inches in height and of a color that contrasts with the background. 8115.4.1 Lot numbers. Ruildings under construction shall have the lot numbers posted in a vonspicuous place on the property. Said lot numbers shall be clearly visible from the street. 8115.5 Subdivision code restricfloas. No httailding, easrtlawork or excavation shall be sought by arty o-wrier, duly autliorixed agent or successors and assigiis, nor shall any prnnits be issued for the construction .ol'arty building, structure or finproventent to any lent within a sub-division until the provisions of§7-6-5 of the Carol Stream'Village Code shall have been cuinplied w Ith- SECTION 8116 SODDING AND LANDSCAPING REQUIREMENTS Rl16,1 General. The liorne builder for any single fancily [tat shall be required to cover all the unimproved portions of the lot with sod and other approved for ins of landscape plantings; including the f�ont, side and rear yards of the lot_ hod shall be free of noxims w"ds and other plants„ and shall not eantain substances injurious to gowth_ All sod used shall comply with the state and federal laws with respect to inspection for plant diseases and insect infestation. RI 16.2 Requirements for Certificate of Occupancy. No Certificate of Occupancy for a one- or two- fancily dwelling shall be issued taaitil the lot has been sodded and landscaped in accordance with the provisions of this section. 8116.3 Variance. A variance from any part of the requiremcnis for the Certificate of occupancy may be granted by the building official in light of an inability of the builder to compieto the svd.ding and landscaping rLquirements due to inclement +wealher or upon good cause shown. Whcui a vtt.riance is so issued, there dull be deposited with the Village a cash payment in the amount of an approved cost estimate For the work. which shall lac: known as the occupancy variance deposit. The pmWse of this occupancy deposit shall be to ensure that the required s,,odding and landscaping work will be cornplewd within 60 days after the weather, soil conditions or other impediment to comp e6on allmvs For the uncompleted work- to be I"tauish+ed. The amoura of the deposit sbatll be held by the Village for a per.iod of no more that ont yeilr after the sod requirements have been completed unless the 'Village shall notify the persona depositing the occupancy variance deposit of a specific defect. In the event that the sodding or landscaping is not completed or any defect is not corrected within the 60-day prriorl scat forth above;, tht Village may, abet- reasonable notice. utilize the funds to correcs the del"sect or complete tae sodding :anal landscaping.- provided, however, that the use of this mcupancy variance deposit shall not prevent the 'Village from taking action against the person responsible for the defect or uncompleted work preventing the issuance of the Certiftcale of Oc:cupaticy, including. but ntat limited to, the filing of a lawsuit for injune ion. ordinance violation or the withdrawal of the ocjL� upancy permit. Without regard to any provision contained within this ordinance, the 5 Vi, l"e cr f `JC#4 QL Stt.ea"" Local Amendments to ICC International Residential Code, 2006 Edition occupancy variance deposit shall not be released by the Village until the entire lot or lots immediately affected by the uncompleted work of the individual lot shall have also been found to comply with the ordinances of the Village. 6 Local Amendments to ICC International Residential Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 2 CHAPTER 2 DEFINITIONS SECTION R201 GENERAL 201.4 Terms not defined. Where terms are not defined through the methods authorized by this section, such terms shall have ordinarily accepted meanings such as the context implies or the definition in the current version of the Merriam-Webster Dictionary. SECTION R202 DEFINITIONS AREA (FLOOR SURFACE MEASUREMENT). The horizontal projected floor area between exterior walls or between exterior walls and fire wal Is. ATTIC, HABJTABLE. A habitable anic is an attic which has a staimay as a ineans of access ,w)d egr'ess, and in ;vbich the ceil r±,g is at a height of not less than seven fret four inches f7' 4"', abc3 + tlrc attic ilrtioa, at d in whit It ll�a: ceil$n s area is riot r_sore tlratt orte thud (113) die area of the attic floor. GCCUPANCY. For the purposes of issuance of a certificate of occupancy. the tunas ` occupancy" or "occupied" :shall =,an the installation of ary appliance, decoration, furnishing, stock. storage or inhabitants that are not incidental to construction or that are. not designed to be installed p-ermamntly. installation of items such as z'efrigeratbrs, stoves, ovens, plutnbiTzg Fixtures, stationary electrical fimures, furnaces, boilers, or decorative -items attached to "rallsi flours or ecilirms shall rot Constitute"Cccu!patrcy." 7 �i,LLci.9-e cr f �cti4.Q� �tt-ecivn. Local Amendments to ICC International Residential Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 3 CHAPTER 3 BUILDING PLANNING SECTION R301 DESIGN CRITERIA TABLE R301.2(1) CLIMATIC AND GEOGRAPHIC DESIGN CRITERIA Ground Snow Load 25 psf Wind Speed (mph) 3-second gust- 90 mph Fastest mile - 75m ph Seismic Design Category B Weathering' Severe Frost line depth" 42 inches Termite` Moderate to heavy Winter Design Temperature' -5°Fahrenheit Ice Barrier Underla ment Re uired Yes Flood HazardsF See cutTe-w DFIRM and FBFM availuble in Enginecrin8 Serviee:- De am-rent Air Freezing Index 2...D GO Mean Annual Temperature' -40 Fahrenheit SECTION R303 LIGHT,VENTILATION AND HEATING R303.9 Basements. Basements and stories below grade shall be provided with an agpg egate glazed area in windows of not less than two percent (2%) of the floor area. SECTION R304 MINIMUM ROOM AREAS 8304.1 Minimum area. Every dwelling unit shall have at least one habitable room that shall have not less than 120 square feet (11 m2) of gross floor area. lTi add t'va, except as omenvis- provided by ordinance, minimum room sizes for uses specified hereinafter shall meet the 8 �%L�c►.o�.e tr f Vcs.4,vL (�tLecl.ctiti Local Amendments to ICC International Residential Code, 2006 Edition standards specified below. Minimum floor area of individual rooms shall be determined by total available floor space. Living, Dining And Cooking Rooms: Minimum Area (square feet) Iu iving room only 1.80 Dining room only 100 Kitchet I.includes area occupied by equipment) 100 Living -:dining (one room) 260 Living- dining- kitchen(one room) 340 Kitchen- dining (one room) 180 Sleeping Roams: Minimum Areii (square feet) 4aster• bedroom(excluding closet) y 10 Bedrooms, (excluding closets) 100 Bedroom Closets: Each .bedroom shall have -at least one clolh s closet having iriirairnum diittensions ol': Floor area ..a.a.....a................7 square feet. Depth ..................................2 feet. Height ----------------------------------6 feet. Utility room Without a water beater and furnace: Each such tatility room shall be cif sufficient size so that a clear, unobEaructed space of not less than 3 feet can maintained in From rrf booth a wadi machine aid clotlaes dryer for the full widtli of both appliances, No other appliance or piece of equipment shall be installed so as to obstruct tht requimd ulear!-,pace, Utility room iAlli water heater and furnace: Each such utility room shall be of sdafficieni size to meet the requirements yet forth above, an4 in addition, each such utility ream must be of sufficient size so that a clear. unobstructed space c,f not less than 3 feet can be maintained in front of the water licater and a separate clear, unobstructed space of not less than 3 feet e.an he maintained in front of the fumace. The water heater and furnace shall each he not less than 3 feet from the front of any appliance located in the utility room- No water goftencr. laundry tub ur other fmitire shall be ins whed so as to obstruct the ivquired clear space. `flue require tints for space fear heating,units shall also be satisfied. Closet-type enclosure containing a water heater andlor furnace andfor washing machine and/or clothes dryer. Each such ericlrosure shall be arranged ssu tiiat when the door to the enr.losure is ripen there is a clear, tuiobstructed space of not less than 3 feet in irbnt of cash of the fallowing units if they arc, lo=ed in the enclosure. Combustion air req iremen ii shall be in accordance with NFPA 54. Space for iterating units- Space shall be provided within the building for heating units or a heating system, including clearances four maintenance and mpair. All fuel-fired equipment 9 Oi LIc1'�.e crf L:.�cs crL Std ect r,. Local Amendments to ICC International Residential Code, 2006 Edition shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. 8304.2 Other rooms. Other habitable rooms rtcut TeciRed herein shall have a floor area of not less than 79 100 square feet(64 9.3 m2). 8304.3 Minimum dimensions. Habitable rooms shall not be less than 7 feet (2134 mm) in any horizontal dimension. SECTION 8305 CEILING HEIGHT 8305.1 Minimum height. Habitable rooms, hallways, corridors, bathrooms, toilet rooms, laundry rooms and basements shall have a ceiling height of not less than 7 feet (2134 mm). The required height shall be measured from the finish floor to the lowest projection from the ceiling. Exceptions: 1. Beams and girders spaced not less than 4 feet (1219 nun) on center may project not more than 6 inches (152 mm)below the required ceiling height. 2. Ceilings in basements without habitable spaces may project to within 6 feet, 8 inches (2032 mm) of the finished floor; and beams, girders, ducts or other obstructions may project to within 6 feet 4 inches(1931 mm) of the finished floor. 3. For rooms with sloped ceilings, at least 50 percent of the required floor area of the room must have a ceiling height of at least 7 feet (2134 mm) and no portion of the required floor area may have a ceiling height of less than 5 feet(1524 mm). 4. Bathrooms shall have a minimum ceiling height of 6 feet 8 inches (2036 mm) over the fixture and at the front clearance area for fixtures as shown in Figure R307.1. A shower or tub equipped with a showerhead shall have a minimum ceiling height of 6 feet 8 inches (2036 mm) above a minimum area 30 inches (762 mm) by 30 inches (762 n-im) at the showerhead. 5. For remodelling projects in existing buildings, the required ceiling. height of a hasemeiat to be converted to habitable space Aall be not l than 6 beet 6 iWies (198.1 Faun). The required height shall be mcasLu'e€1 from the :1-taished I'loor to the lowest projection from the ceiling. SECTION 8306 SANITATION R306.1.1 Unacceptable bathroom arrangements. 1. Cho bath or tctil�t .ocim shall r�lraex� drectl� r�t�a 4ttchen_ 2. No bash or toilet room shall provide the golv aceess to any other room. 3. No bath or toilet ruoFn in a base-nient shall serve as ft oply bails or toilet room in a living unit. 10 Local Amendments to ICC International Residential Code, 2006 Edition 8306.1:2 Surrounding material. For water closets, t:he flooring under the fixture base shall be of tson-absorbent material extending to at Beast 18 inches (457.2mm) from the front and both sides aid extending fi-Qm the back of the fixture io the wall. R306.2.1 Floor Material. The flooring in the kitchen shall be of non-absorbent material. R306.3 Sewage disposal. All plumbing fixtures shall be connected to a sanitary sewer or- to an SECTION R309 GARAGES AND CARPORTS R309.3 Floor surface. Garage floor surfaces shall be of approved noncombustible material. The area of floor used for parking of automobiles or other vehicles shall be sloped to facilitate the movement of liquids to a drain or toward the main vehicle entry doorway. The garage floor shall have a minimum slope from back to front ol�') inches (50.8mm) for drainage. SECTION R311 MEANS OF EGRESS 8311.4.1 Exit door required. t. pl-LO-1-id-ed " '• "i i g unit shall be provided with two means of egress, localed as remotely from each other as passible. The sliding door at a patio or deck can be used as one of thie required rncans of egress. The required exit doors shall provide for direct access from the habitable portions of the dwelling to the exterior without requiring travel through a garage. Access to habitable levels not having an exit in accordance with this section shall be by a ramp in accordance with Section R311.6 or a stairway in accordance with Section R311.5. A balcony constructed of non-combustible material or fire-retardant t.•eated wood witb a minimum width of 7 feet and a minimum area of 70 square feet may be used as the second nmams of egress From the top d velling unit in multiple single fanuly dwellings. 8311.4.2 Door type and size. The required exit door shall be a side-hinged door not less than 3 feet (914 mm) in width and 6 feet8 inches (2032 mm) in height. Other doors shall not be required to comply with these minimum dimensions. 11311.41.1 Interior Doors. A door shall be provided for each opening to a bedroom, bathroom, and toilet compartment. The minimum interior door size shall be two feet four inches wide by six feet eight inches high, [F] SECTION R321 SITE ADDRESS 11 Local Amendments to ICC International Residential Code, 2006 Edition R321.1 Premises identification. Approved numbers eresses shall be provided for all buildings in such a position as to be plainly visible and legible from the street or road fronting the property. These nuirbers shawl contrast with their background. Address numbers shall be Arabic numerals. Numbers shall be a nu�'mum of 6 inches ((154nun) high wiih a minimum stroke- width of 0.5 inch (12.7 mni). SECTION R324 FLOOD-RESISTANT CONSTRUCTION R324.1.6 Protection of water supply and sanitary sewage systems. New and replacement water supply systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate infiltration of flood waters into the systems in accordance with the plumbing provisions of this code. New and replacement sanitary sewage systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate infiltration of floodwaters into systems and discharges from systems into floodwaters in accordance with the plumbing provisions of this code R324.1.8 Manufactured housing. New or replacement manufactured housing shall be elevated in accordance with Section R324.2 and the anchor and tie-down requirements of Sections AE604 and AE605 of Appendix E shall apply. The foundation and anchorage of manufactured housing to be located in identified flood ways as established in Table R301.2(1) shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the applicable provisio is in the International Building Code. Manufactured and prefabricated construction shall meet all of the code provisions for standard construction. 12 LJi L�cs c �e r f �Jc�4 a� S1`4 eu cr► Local Amendments to ICC International Residential Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 4 CHAPTER 4 FOUNDATIONS SECTION R404 FOUNDATION AND RETAINING WALLS R404.1.6 Height above finished grade.Concrete and masonry foundation walls shall extend above the finished grade adjacent to the foundation at all points a minimum of d ;,..,1-.es r d m 6 inches (152 mm) here. R404.4.9 Height above finished ground. ICF foundation walls shall extend above the finished ground adjacent to the foundation at all points a minimum of 4 ;..e es (102 mm) 6 inches (152 mm)elsewhere. SECTION R405 FOUNDATION DRAINAGE R405.1 Concrete or masonry foundations. Drains shall be provided :o drain the pol-ous backfill layer around all concrete or masonry foundations that retain earth and enclose habitable or usable spaces located below grade. Drainage tiles, , perforated pipe or other approved systems or materials shall be installed the exterior perimeter of the foundation or footing and at or below the area to be protected and shall discharge by gravity or mechanical means into an approved drainage system or to daylight. Gravel er ,.f..she ..��..° dr-Ain,; shall extend at least 1 foot (305mm) beyond the outside edge of the footing and 6 inches (152 mm) above the top of the footing and be covered with an approved filter membrane material. The top of open jeifAs of drain tiles shall be pr-eteeted with str4ps ef building paper-, wid dhe dr-A-inage tiles or- Perforated pipe shall be placed on a minimum of 2 inches (51 mm) of washed gravel eF eFUShed at least one sieve size larger than the tile joint opening or perforation and covered with not less than 6 inches (152 mm) of the same material. E*eeptienis A drainage system is oet rv"ir-ed when the fi-quadmien is installed on w R405.2.3 Drainage system. In other than Group I soils, a sump shall be provided to drain the porous layer and footings. The sump shall be at least 24 inches (610 mm) in diameter er40 iffekes square (0.0129 �}, shall extend at least 24 "'ekes (61 n -~r~' 30 inches t a 62 mm) below the bottom of the basement floor and shall be capable of positive gravity or mechanical drainage to remove any accumulated water. The drainage system shall discharge into an approved sewer system or to daylight. 13 Oi.LIaA�e cr f VGi.4.o-1 3iteo."" Local Amendments to ICC International Residential Code, 2006 Edition SECTION R408 UNDER-FLOOR SPACE R408.4 Access. Access shall be provided to all under-floor spaces. Access openings through the floor shall be a minimum of 22 inches by 24 inches (559 min x 6 10 mm). Openings through a perimeter wall shall be not less than 16 inches by 24 inches (407 mm x 610 mm). When any portion of the through-wall access is below grade, an areaway of not less than 16 inches by 24 inches (407 mm x 610 mm) shall be provided. The bottom of the areaway shall be below the threshold of the access opening. Through wall access openings shall not be located under a door to the residence. See `eetion M 1305.'." Mechanical Code Section 306.4 for access requirements where mechanical equipment is located under floors. R408.6 Finished grade. The finished grade of under-floor surface may be located at the bottom of the footings; however, where there is evidence that the groundwater table can rise to within 6 inches (152 mm) of the finished floor at the building perimeter or where there is evidence that the surface water does not readily drain from the building site, the grade in the under-floor space shall be as high as the outside finished grade, unless an appro�cd drainage system is provided. Where mechanical equipment exists within the under-floor :.pace, the finished grade shall rneei the requirements of Mechanical Code Section 306.4. 14 �J%LLu.cl.e cr� �c►.t-cr� StZeAv7�. Local Amendments to ]CC International Residential Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 6 CHAPTER 6 WALL CONSTRUCTION SECTION R606 GENERAL MASONRY CONSTRUCTION R606.1.1 Professional registration not required. When the empirical design provisions of ACI 530/ACSE 5/TMS 402 Chapter 5 or the provisions of this section are used to design masonry, project drawings, typical details and specifications are ne4 required to bear the seal of the architect or engineer responsible for design, unless ethe ed by the state law or- of the jufzisdietien having attiheFity. 15 UdICI " vy �c► vt St4ecfr Local Amendments to 1CC International Residential Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 8 CHAPTER 8 ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION SECTION 8807 ATTIC ACCESS R807.1 Accessible attic access. Buildings with combustible ceiling or roof construction shall have an attic access opening to attic areas that exceed 30 square feet (2.8 m') and have a vertical height of 30 inches (762 mm) or more. The rough-framed opening shall not be less than 22 inches by 30 inches (559 mm by 762 mm) and shall be located in a hallway or other readily accessible location. A 30 inch (762 mm) minimum unobstructed headroom in the attic space shall be provided at some point above the access opening. See Section M1305.1.3 for access requirements where mechanical equipment is located in attics. The attic access shall not be located in arty closet except a readily accessible walk-in closet. Exception: The aniE. access may he located in a readily accessible closet wall that abuts an attic. 16 Local Amendments to ICC International Residential Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO PARTS V THROUGH V ll Part V— Mechanical shall be deleted in its entirety. For mechanical requirements refer to the Mechanical Code as amended and adopted by the Village of Carol Stream. Part VI — Fuel Gas shall be deleted in its entirety. For fuel gas requirements refer to the Fuel Gas Code as amended and adopted by the Village of Carol Stream. Part VII — Plumbing shall be deleted in its entirety. For plumbing requirements refer to the Plumbing Code as amended and adopted by the Village of Carol Stream. Part VIII — Electrical shall be deleted in its entirety. For mechanical requirements refer to the Electrical Code as amended and adopted by the Village of Carol Stream. 17 udlac Local Amendments to ICC International Residential Code, 2006 Edition ADOPTION OF APPENDICES APPENDICES NOT ADOPTED Appendices A, B, C, D, E,J, I, L,N, P and Q are not adopted as part of this Code. APPENDICES ADOPTED Appendix F– Radon Control Methods is hereby adopted as part of the Residential Code of the Village of Carol Stream. Appendix H –Patio Covers is hereby adopted as part of the Residential Code of the Village of Carol Stream. Appendix K–Sound Transmission is hereby adopted as part of the Residential Code of the Village of Carol Stream. Appendix M – Home Day Care—R-3 Occupancy is hereby adopted as part of the Residential Code of the Village of Carol Stream. Appendix O – Gray Water Recycling Systems is hereby adopted as part of the Residential Code of the Village of Carol Stream. APPENDICES ADOPTED WITH AMENDMENTS Appendix G – Swimming Pools, Spas and Hot Tubs is hereby adopted in its entirety and made a part of this Code as amended herein. SECTION AG105 BARRIER REQUIREMENTS AG105.5 Barrier exceptions. Spas. swimming pools or hot tubs with a safety cover which complies with ASTM F 1346, as listed in Section AG107, shall be exempt from the barrier provisions of this &ppeadix section. 18 Local Amendments to ICC International Property Maintenance Code, 2006 Edition INTERNATIONAL PROPERTY MAINTENANCE CODF 2006 Cf�'CgTY Community Development Department (630)871-6230 communitydevelopment@carolstream.org 5115109 Community Development Department Local Amendments to ICC International Property Maintenance Code, 2006 Edition CONTENTS PAGE NO. Amendments to Chapter I ...................................................... 1 Amendments to Chapter 2 ...................................................... 4 Amendments to Chapter 3 .....................................I................ S Amendments to Chapter 6 ...................................................... S Amendments to Chapter 8 ...................................................... 9 Local Amendments to ICC International Property Maintenance Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 1 CHAPTER 1 ADMINISTRATION SECTION 101 GENERAL 101.1 Title. These regulations shall be known as the Property Maintenance Code of the Village of Carol Su`yarn, hereinafter referred to as"this code." SECTION 102 APPLICABILITY 102.3 Application of other codes. Repairs, additions or alterations to a structure, or changes of occupancy, shall be done in accordance with the procedures and provisions of the r H eeti eal Gode. current version of the following codes as adopted by the Village of Carol Str-cain., Building Cade, Plumbing Code, Mevhcorpic.vi Code. Fiae Cade, Residential Code, Fuel Ca.- Codc, Efectricul Code, and EnergV Coop;+erk-ation Code, Nothing in this code shall be construed to cancel, modify or set aside any provision of the hiierwwiena Village of Carol Stream Zoning Code. 102.7 Referenced codes and standards. The codes and standards referenced in this code shall be those that are listed in Chapter S and considered part of the requirements of this code to the prescribed extent of each such reference. Where differences occur between provisions of this code and the referenced standards,the provisions of this code shall apply. 102.7.1 Electrical code. All rt~ferences to the !CC Flee trical Code shall be construed to refer ter the Electrical Code as amended and adapted by the Village of Carnal Stream, 102.7.2 Residential code. All references to dif: faterna ionol Resicler:tr.`eal Ogle shall be construed to refer to rlae Residential Code as amt1ided said adopted by the Village of Carol Stream, 102.7.3 Mechanical code. All references tQ the International Meclzanitdl Code shall be coristrucd to refer to the Mechanir,83 Code as amended and adopted by the Villagc of Carol Stream. 102.7.4 Plumbing code. All references to the Internalional Illy n?hing Code shall be construed to refer to the pertinent sections of the lrir'hois Pl3rr birkg Cade as amended and adopted by the Village ofCarot Stemam. 102.7.5 Fuel gas code. All referenc-Qg to the Iattnyarional 17a el ffa.s Code shall be construed to refer to the Fuel Ga!3 Code as amended and adopter] by the Villa re oFCmml Strum. 1 Oi LLca+e. c+Y St zeci vim. Local Amendments to iCC International Property Maintenance Code, 2006 Edition 102.7.6 Energy conservation code. All references to the International Energy Conservation Code shall be construed to refer to the Energy Conservation Code as amended and adopted by the Villa e ur Caro I Stream. 102.7.7 Fire code. All references to the hoermatitmol P ire Cade shall be construed ta refer to the Fire Code as amended and adapted by the Village eel"Car oI Strearrt. 102.7.8 Building code. A II Teferen es to the Interrrrrtir ial Buildh'i�+ Ccr le shall bc- construed to refer to the Building Code as amended and adopted by the Village cif Carol Stream SECTION 103 DEPARTMENT OF PROPERTY MAINTENANCE INSPECTION 103.1 General. The dopaAfaefit of Community Development Departnlent shall be responsible for property maintenance inspection is er-eated and the Community Development Director shall be known as the code official. 103.5 Fees. The fees for activities and services performed by the department in carrying out its res13crti:5ibilities under this code shall be as indicated in the fallewing sehedul Village of Carol Stream Code of Ordinances, Chapter 6, Article 13, Permit And Inspection Fees. SECTION 106 VIOLATIONS 106.4 Violation penalties. Any person who shall violate a provision of this code, or fail to comply therewith, or with any of the requirements thereof, shall be prosu.cuturl within the limits provided by state or local laws. Upon conviction thereof, said person shall be subject to a fine of not less than seventy-flive dolars ($75.00) or more than seven hundred fifty dollars ($750.00), at the discretion of the court. Each day that a violation continues after due notice has been served shall be deemed a separate offense. SECTION 111 MEANS OF APPEAL 111.2 NIcmhership of board. The board of appeals shall consist of the Village President and Board of Trustees of the Village of Carol Stream 2 Odl'l ge U f Sete-a" Local Amendments to ICC International Property Maintenance Code, 2006 Edition 111.2.2 Chairman. The Village President shall FflefflbOFS tO serve as chairman. 111.2.3 Disqualifiestion of member-. A member- shall not hear- an appeal in vHWeb- dh-84 111.2.4 Secretary. The Village t=lcdc shall ,.pie, ..d..,inis*.., ive ^£F^°r `hall &Sig,,.,*° qUalified PeFS8H W serve as secretary to the board. The secretary shall file a detailed record of all proceedings in the office of the chief administrative officer. 111.9 Jurisdiction. The Board of Appeals shall have no jurisdiction to liear an appeal whera the facts and issues raised in the application for appeal �tre subject of a quasl-uriminal complaint brought in the name of the Village charging a violation of the Code of Ordiudanccs of the Tillage. The filing of such a complai«t shall constitute a dete.nuination that a decision of the building official. refusing, to giant a modification of the provisions Of this coils., is correct. Any appeal pending at the time of filing of such o complaint shall be d rr ssW For, grant of jurisdiction. 3 Ode,," '3 e v{ LJc�t�L SQL ec�vv� Local Amendments to ICC International Property Maintenance Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 2 CHAPTER 2 DEFINITIONS SECTION 201 GENERAL 201.4 Terms not defined. Where terms are not defined through the methods authorized by this section, such terms shall have sari-dinar 0 - accepted meanings such as the context implies or the definition in the current version of the Merriam-Webster Dictionary. 4 �%L�u.c'.e v� LJc�.LVL S�i.e�t-vw Local Amendments to ICC International Property Maintenance Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 3 CHAPTER 3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 302 EXTERIOR PROPERTY AREAS 302.4 Weeds. All premises and exterior property shall be maintained free from weeds or plant growth in excess of r:.w:..dietion to insei4 heig 4 in inehes) 8 inches (203 mm). All noxious weeds shall be prohibited. Weeds shall be defined as all grasses, annual plants and vegetation, other than trees or shrubs provided; however, this term shall not include cultivated flowers and gardens. Upon failure of the owner or agent having charge of the property to cut and destroy weeds after service of a notice of violation, they shall be subject to prosecution in accordance with Section 106.3 and as prescribed by the authority having jurisdiction. Upon failure to comply with the notice of violation, any duly authorized employee of the jurisdiction or contractor hired by the jurisdiction shall be authorized to enter upon the property in violation and cut and destroy the weeds growing thereon, and the costs of such removal shall be paid by the owner or agent responsible for the property Exceptions: All areas designated by the Village Engineer as natural prairie planting areas for the purpose of storm water management shall be exempted from the requirements of this section. 302.8 Motor vehicles. Except as provided for in other regulations, no inoperadve or unlicensed motor vehicle, watercraft, all-terrain vehicle, snowmobile, trailer, or truck c"e.' shall be parked, kept or stored on any premises, and no vehicle shall at any time be in a state of major disassembly, disrepair, or in the process of being stripped or dismantled. Painting of vehicles, watercraft, all-terrain vehicle, snowmobile, trailer, or truck camper is prchibitcd unless conducted inside an approved spray booth. The provisions of this section include devices used tc transport motor vehicles, watercraft, all-terrain vehicles, snowmobiles, trsil!eis, or truck campers, Exception: A vehicle, watercraft, all-terrain vehicle, snownrobilc. trailer_ or truck c€imper of any type is permitted to undergo major overhaul, including body work, provided that such work is performed inside a structure or similarly enclosed area designed and approved for such purposes.. 302.8.1 Parking of specific motor vehicles and trailers prohibited. It shalt be unlawful to park or stand on any public right of way at any time any trailer unless the trailer is properly connected to an ol)eFatio?tal inotor vehicle that has crsa?'ect motor vehicle permits and license plates. 5 Od l'b�e cr f (5&CCs.rr-,. Local Amendments to ICC International Property Maintenance Code, 2006 Edition SECTION 303 SWIMMING POOLS, SPAS,AND HOT TUBS AND DECORATIVE PONDS 303.1 Swimming pools, spas, hot tubs and decorative ponds. Swimming pools, spas and hot tubs awl decorative ponds shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition, and in good repair. 303.2 Enclosures. Private swimming pools, hot tubs, and spas and decorative ponds, containing water more than 24 inches (610 mm) in depth shall be completely surrounded by a fence or barrier at least 48 inches (1219 mm) in height above the finished ground level measured on the side of the barrier away from the pool. Gates and doors in such barriers shall be self-closing and self-latching. Where the self-latching device is less than 54 inches (1372 mm) above the bottom of the gate, the release mechanism shall be located on the pool side of the gate. Self-closing and self-latching gates shall be maintained such that the gate will positively close and latch when released from an open position of 6 inches (152 mm) from the gate post. No existing peel enclosure of a pool, spa, horit tub or decorative pond shall be removed, replaced or changed in a manner that reduces its effectiveness as a safety barrier. Exception: Spas or hot tubs with a safety cover that complies with ASTM F1346 shall be exempt from the provisions of this section. SECTION 304 EXTERIOR STRUCTURE [F] 304.3 Premises identification. Buildings shall have approved address numbers placed in a position to be plainly legible and visible from the street or road fronting the property. These numbers shall contrast with their background. Address numbers shall be Arabic numerals Of alpha-bet letters. Numbers shall be a minimum of 4 6 inches (I 54mm) high with a minimum stroke width of 0.5 inch (12.7 mm). 304.14 Insect screens. , Every door, window, and other outside opening required for ventilation of habitable rooms, food preparation areas, food service areas, or any areas where products to be included or utilized in food for human consumption are processed, manufactured, packaged or stored shall be supplied with approved tightly fitting screens of not less than 16 mesh per inch (16 mesh per 25mm) and every screed door used for insect control shall have a self-closing device in good working condition. SECTION 307 RUBBISH AND GARBAGE 307.1 Accumulation of rubbish or garbage. All exterior property and premises, and the interior of every structure, shall be free from any accumulation of rubbish or garbage. Collection of recycling, rubbish or garbage shall be made by public or private scavengers in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 9, Article ] of the Carol Stream Code of Ordinances. 6 Ud I al�e V_/ `JC4f crL (St4 ec�ri. Local Amendments to ICC International Property Maintenance Code, 2006 Edition 307.3.2 Containers. The operator of every establishment producing recycling, garbage or refuse shall provide, and at all times cause to be utilized, approved leakproof containers provided with close-fitting covers for the storage of such materials until removed from the premises for disposal. Containers shall comply with the requirements of Chapter 9, Article of the Carol stre tm Code of t vdinanc:es. 307.3.3 Placement of containers in One-Family ReAdente Zoning Districts. Ail containers for recycling, rubbii!ih and garbage shall be placed by residents at the curb line of the premises served not earlier than 6:00 p-m. on the day before the scheduled collection, and shall be removed on or before midnight of the day on which collection is made, Thereafter, comainers, shall lie situated or iucated w. as to lie hidden from view from the street and shall not be placed sit a3 to constitute a nuisance to adjacent property or to the occupants thereof: 7 0dz',. O- 0-1 c5tt'e.C1 Local Amendments to ICC International Property Maintenance Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS T4 CHAPTER 6 CHAPTER 6 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 602 HEATING FACILITIES 602.3 Heat supply. Every owner and operator of any building who rents, leases or lets one or more dwelling units or sleeping units on terms, either expressed or implied, to furnish heat to the occupants thereof shall supply heat during the period from September 15 to May 15 to maintain a temperature of not less than 68°F (20°C) in all habitable rooms,bathrooms, and toilet rooms. 602.4 Occupiable work spaces. Indoor occupiable work spaces shall be supplied with heat during the period from September J * to May 1 + to maintain a temperature of not less than 65°F (18°C) during the period the spaces are occupied. SECTION 606 ELEVATORS, ESCALATORS AND DUMBWAITERS 606.2 Elevators. In buildings equipped with passenger elevators, at LAAss A;4 e all elevators shall be maintained in operation at all times when the building is occupied. Exception: Buildings shall be permitted to have 4he elevators temporarily out of service for testing or servicing. 8 0411A-9.e cr f �GL4 CrL (5&ec1."r.. Local Amendments to ICC International Property Maintenance Code, 2005 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 7 CHAPTER 7 FIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS SECTION 701 GENERAL 702.1 General. A safe, continuous and unobstructed path of travel shall be provided from any point in a building or structure to the public way. Means of egress shall comply with the International Fire Coda. Rubbisk garbage or other materials shall not he stored or allowed to accumulate in stairways, passageways, doorways, wiutlovws., fire escapos or tether n.tearis of egress. 701.3 Hazardous material: Combustible, flammable, explos,I e or other hazardous watenals, such as paints, volatile: ails and elcaning fluids. or combustible rubbish swch as wastgapter, boxes, and ragas shall ncrt be accumulated or stared u_nIess such storage: complies with t_1re applicable requirerneuts of Lhe Building Code and the Fire Code as arnended and adopted lay 11W Village of Carol Stream. 9 Local Amendments to ICC International Fuel Gas Code, 2006 Edition FUEL GAS C ODE Community Development Department (630)871-6230 communitydevelopment @carolstream.org 5115/09 Community Development Department Local Amendments to ICC International Fuel Gas Code, 2006 Edition CONTENTS PAGE NO. Amendments to Chapter I ............................. 1 Amendments to Chapter 2 .................................. 4 Amendments to Appendices A through D ................................. 5 Od l cfk�e. a f LJci 4 UL (5&e- t*tV Local Amendments to ICC International Fuel Gas Code,2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 1 CHAPTER I ADMINISTRATION SECTION 101 (IFGC) GENERAL 101.1 Title. These regulations shall be known as the Fuel Gas Code of the Village of Carol Stream, hereinafter referred to as"this code." SECTION 102 (I>'GC) APPLICABILITY 102.8 Referenced codes and standards. The codes and standards referenced in this code shall be those that are listed in Chapter 8 and such codes and standards shall be considered part of the requirements of this code to the prescribed extent of each such reference. Where differences occur between provisions of this code and the referenced standards, the provisions of this code shall apply. Exception: Where enforcement of a code provision would violate the conditions of the listing of the equipment or appliance, the conditions of the listing and the manufacturer's installation instructions shall apply. 102.8.1 Electrical code. All rnfercnc to the AX El c it cal Cod. shall be eonsmted to re fet. to the:Electrical Code as aniended and adopted by the Village of Car-01 Stream. 102.8.2 Residential code. -U references to the International Re—v`denfial Code shall be construed to refer to the Residom ial Code as amended wid adopird by the Vill=age of Carol Strear", 102.83 Mechanical code. All refer-ences to the International Mechanical Code shall be construed to refer to the ?+uleehanic:al Code as amended and adopted by the Village of Carol Stream. 142.8.4 Pltwihing code. All references to the International Plitinbing Code shall lac construed to refer to the pertine=nt ,wction!r of the Illinois Plumbing Code as amended aild adapted by the Village ofCarol Stream, 102.$3 Property maintenanee code. All references to the Inrerrra on al Property Maintenance Cola slsall be construed to refer to the Pr€rpe" Maintenance Code as amended and adopted by the Village of Carol Strearn. 102.8.6 Energy conservation code. AI I references to the International Energy Conservation Code shrill be construed to refer to the Energy Conservation Code as amended and adopted by the Village of Carol Stream. 102.8.7 Fire code. All references to the 1aaernutiened Fare Code shall be construed to refer to the Fire Cede as arnen&d and adopted by the Village of Carol Stream. 1 �i�Lcs.g.e cr f �ct.LCrL S�t,ecuz.. Local Amendments to ICC International Fuel Gas Code, 2006 Edition 102.8.8 Building code. All references to the IntemathpPal 8nilding C'r;ele shall be construed to refer to the Building[axle as amended and adopted by the Village of Carol Sircarn. SECTION 103 (IFGC) DEPARTMENT OF INSPECTION 103.1 General. The Community Development Department shall be responsible for inspection and code enforcement, and the Community Development Dire:or shall be known as the code official. SECTION 106 (IFGC) PERMITS 106.5.2 Fee schedule. The fees for work shall be as indicated in Chapter 6, Article 13, of the Carol Stream Village Code. 106.5.3 Fee refunds.The code official shall authorize the refunding of fees as follows. 1. The full amount of any fee paid hereunder which was erroneously paid or collected. 2-. Not more than [SPEGIFN: PERGENTAGgj per-eent of the pefmit fee paid when He -3-. Net fner-e then FSPECIFY PERCENTAGE] pereent of the plan review fee paid when the appliea4ien fer- a peFmit fei:whieh a plan r-eviem, fee has been paid is withdrawn 8 SECTION 108 (IFGC) VIOLATIONS 108.4 Violation penalties. Persons who shall violate a provision of this code, or shall fail to comply with any of the requirements thereof or erect, install, alter or repair mechanical work in violation of the approved construction documents or directive of the code official, or of a permit or certificate issued under the provisions of this code, shall be guilty of a code violation, punishable by a fine of not less than 75.00 dollars or more than 750.00 dollars or--* . Each day that a violation continues after due notice has been served shall be deemed a separate offence. 108.5 Stop work orders. Upon notice from the code official that work is being done contrary to the provisions of this code or in a dangerous or unsafe manner, such work shall immediately cease. Such notice shall be in writing and shall be given to the owner of the property, or to the owner's agent, or to the person doing the work. The notice shall state the conditions under which work is authorized to resume. Where an emergency exists, the code official shall not be required to give written notice prior to stopping the work. Any person who shall continue any work on the system after having been served with a stop work order, except such work as that person is directed to perform to remove a violation or unsafe condition, shall be liable to a fine of not less than 75.00 dollars or not more than 750.00 dollars. 2 Local Amendments to ICC International Fuel Gas Code, 2006 Edition SECTION 109 (IFGC) MEANS OF APPEAL 109.2 Membership of Board of Appeals. The board of appeals shall consist of-five-member-s fi. five T�GT kint:l a ., r has been appainted. the President and Board of Trustees of the Village of Carol Streaoi. 109.2.1 Qualif lobo s 22"beard of appeals shall eensist of five indiyid,,..l., a f:... a „w -1- Regiskefed design pfafessional .he is regisleyed Avehateet; er. a builder- , five e ..1.:.,1. ..1..,11 have been in r-espeasible e1 a fge of,......6 2-. Register-e -3--. Registefed design pfefessienal with fuel gas and plumbing engineering e*po .. f;,el g P_Ainsr.Aeser-< .;tl. .,t least te.. , e ..r , a e o e' - ..fi . eF. .l..;el. ..hall have bee., u "F with , , five of whieh shall have bees fig expenenee; 8F &H eleetr-ieel-eeati:aetar-with least tee aFs'- er-ieaee, f:.. of whieh shall have been 109. .3. AIMPFRAte • . 4e.. . 1. shall be a ll.. by the b.ee..,1 eh.,:....as tom. hee,. appeals .d....:..g the abse..ee .. r bear%l mbe-ship n shall be ..te,f fee- five ..t.1 has bee„surressef e years, 109.2.3 Chairman. The beard shall annually selees elfie of:t.. " mbim ' t^ Village President shall serve as chairman. 109.2.5 Secretary. The eWef administ-F-ative ^Iffilee.. ,.1...,11 aes:.,R84@ .,!:f:e.f ele,l. t^ Village Clerk shall serve as secretary to the board. The secretary shall file a detailed record of all proceedings in the office of the chief administrative officer. 109.8 Jurisdiction. The Board of Appeals shall have 110 Jutisdietion to hear an appeal when the facts and issues raised in the application for appeal are subject of a quasi-criminal complaint bi7ought in the name of the Village charging a violation of the Code of Ordinances of Lbe Village. 'The filing of such a complaint shall constitute a determination that a dec.i.gkln of the buildipg official, refusing to grAnt a modification cf the provisions of this code. is correct_ Any appeal pending as the time of filing of such a complaint shall be disnn ssed For +Want of jurisdiction. 3 �%�Lcs.9.e rr f �cti.zcr� Stzeci.rrti Local Amendments to ICC International Fuel Gas Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 2 CHAPTER 2 DEFINITIONS SECTION 201 (IFGC) GENERAL 201.4 Terms not defined. Where terms are not defined through the methods authorized by this section, such terms shall have ordinarily accepted meanings such as the context implies or the definition in the current version of the Merriam-Webster Dictionary. 4 1��LL�.y.e c�{ �c�.�.crG St�,e�►. Local Amendments to ICC International Fuel Gas Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO APPENDIX A THROUGH APPENDIX D Appendices A through D are for informational purposes only and are not adopted as part of this Code. 5 Local Amendments to ICC Energy Conservation Code, 2006 Edition INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION"' CODEai. i Community Development Department (630)871-6230 commuoitydevelopmeot @carolstream.org 5115109 Community Development Department Local Amendments to ICC International Energy Conservation Code, 2006 Edition CONTENTS PAGE NO. Amendments to Chapter I .......................I................... I Local Amendments to ICC International Energy Conservation Code, 2006 Edition AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER I CHAPTER 1 ADMINISTRATION SECTION 101 SCOPE AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 101.1 Title. This code shall be known as the Energy Conservation Code of the Village of Carol Stream, and shall be cited as such. It is referred to herein as"this code." SECTION 107 REFERENCED STANDARDS 107.1 General. The standards, and portions thereof, which are referred to in this code and listed in Chapter 6, shall be considered part of the requirements of this code to the extent of such reference. 107.1.1 Electrical code. All references io tlae I(.°C Electrical Code shall be construed to refer to the Electrical Cade as amended and adopted by the Village of Carol Stream, 107.1.2 Gas eode. All relerences to the Interrnrrionatl Fuel Gas Code shall be construed to refer tLs the Fuel Gas Cade as amended and adapted by the Village of Card Stream, 107.1.3 Mechanical code. All references to the lw rnrrtir,md Al chanicai Carle shall be construed to refer to the Mechanical Code as amended and adopted by the Village of Caro! S try ain I07JA Plumbing code. All references to the l ilernatiourd Plumbing Code shall be consw ed to refer to the pertinent sections of the Illinois Pharnbing Code as aniended and adapted by the Village of Cared Stream, 107.11-5, Property rin unfenunce code. All references to the International Property iron na.nce C°oele.shall be construed to xefer to The Property Maintenance Code as amended and adopted by the 'Village of Cartel Stream_ 14{17.1.6 Residential code. All references to thib International fi'Y dcndijl Code shall be construed to refer to the Residential Code as amended and adopted by the Village of Carol Stream, 107.1.7 Fire code. All rcibrences to the.Iaterizahanal Fire Code shall be construed to refer to the Fire Code as amended and adopted by the Village of Carol Stream. 107.1.8 Building code. All references to the International Building Code shall be construed to refer to the Building Cede as am ded and adulated by the Village of Carol Stream. 1 A MEMBER OF THE INTERNATIONAL CODE FAMILY' L slow Q 1W INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" ` 111 a Je ;3 0 Receive FREE updates,excerpts of code references,technical articles, and more when you register your code book.Go to awww.iccsafe.org/CodesP[us today! 2009 International Existing Building Code First Printing:January 2009 ISBN: 978-1-58001-737-4 (soft-cover edition) ISBN: 978-1-58001-736-7 (loose-leaf edition) COPYRIGHT©2009 by INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL,INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED,This 2009 International Existing Building Code" is a copyrighted work owned by the International Code Council,Inc.Without advance written permission from the copyright owner,no part of this book may be reproduced,distrib- uted or transmitted in any Form or by any means,including,without limitation,electronic,optical or mechanical means(by way of example,and not limitation,photocopying or recording by or in an information storage retrieval system).For information on per- mission to copy material exceeding fair use, please contact: Publications. 4051 West Flossmoor Road, Country Club Hills, IL 60478.Phone 1-888-ICC-SAFE (422-7233). Trademarks: "International Code Council." the"International Code Council"logo and the"International Existing Building Code" are trademarks of the international Code Council, Inc. PRINTED IN THE U.S.A. ! M+ EMBER Cif' AML jtj-rc€;!"A-ren"Al— CODE VAMILr III Lj INYERNA-rION,AL. EXISTING BUIL.DI1 ES CODE"'' t a j d 1 ICC Web Site: www.icesafe.org ` Support: INTERNATIONAL 1-888-422-7233, 3.3822 CODE COUNCIr + -rte. rn+ 1 Electronic Media Store: www.ecodes.biz i 2009 International EX tills UI lda11�.-Y Code E%i-Stiil+l FlUilc. ing Cod Internat1onaIt'y; code officials recognize Zhu ivte=d for a modern, up-to-date Code a dd ressi nq r=-air, alteration, addition or change of occupancy in I existing buildings. The International Existing s Building Code&, In this 2009 adition, Is designed to meet this need through model code regulations that safeguard the public health and safety In all communi esf large and small. Document ID: j000D-13C4-7FB2-000GGE4]2 r I - s a Autvrnatltatly sly me Into Ws dacument In the fu ttrrH. L .l �Do not seiert this when u,%Ing a public campu r� protected f' Uninstall. License Check for Updat This doturnent has begs-n prat Ucd by ICC, using pratectedpdf, a document rights 171canag Trent and tra king technology that helps Publishers prn'tect and sc-IJ elcctr-onhC taf-itetl't. With pruteLtedpdf yOU pan manag-�i dacument ae=cp-s5, printing and upd,:;tE documant: vexrsions iZjCopyr grit 2004-2006 Vktnum Systems 'Inc A-11 Rights Reserved, Pie-5$az visit ,.. jm :-'ip-I'.,:, - for 7trm5 of 1LJ5t and Privacy Volicy PREFACE Introduction Internationally.code officials recognize the need for a modern,up-to-date code addressing repair,alteration,addition or change of occupancy in existing buildings. The International Existing Building Code , in this 2009 edition, is designed to meet this need through model code regulations that safeguard the public health and safety in all communities, large and small, This comprehensive existing building code establishes minimum regulations for existing buildings using prescriptive and perfor- mance-related provisions. It is founded on broad-based principles intended to encourage the use and reuse of existing buildings while requiring reasonable upgrades and improvements.This 2009 edition is fully compatible with all the International Codes' (I-Codes') published by the International Code Council(ICC)',including the InternationalBulldingCode',IriternatlonalEnergy Conservation Code`,Into!inational Fire Code',International Fuel Gas Code',International Mechanical Code'',ICC Perfornrarnce Code= for Buildings and Facilities',International Plumbing Code',International Private Sewage Disposal Code',International Rmperty�Mairnternance Code'.IrternationalResldential Code'.International Wildland-Ur ban Interface Code",and International Zoning Code`. The International Existing Ba ldirrg Code provisions provide many benefits, including the model code development process, which offers an international forum for building professionals to discuss performance and prescriptive code requirements.This forum provides an excellent arena to debate proposed revisions.This model code also encourages international consistency in the application of provisions. Development The first edition of the International Evisting Building Code(2003)was the culmination of an effort initiated in 2000 by a develop- ment committee appointed by the ICC and consisting of representatives of the three statutory members of the International Code Council at that time,including: Building Officials and Code Administrators International,Inc. (BOCA),International Conference of Building Officials (1CBO)and Southern Building Code Congress International (SBCCI).The intent was to draft a comprehen- sive set of regulations for existing buildings consistent with and inclusive of the scope of the existing model codes.Technical content of the latest model codes promulgated by BOCA,ICBO and SBCCI as well as other rehabilitation codes was utilized as the basis for the development, followed by a public forum in 2001 and the publication of the 2001 Final Draft.This 2009 edition presents the code as originally issued in 2003 with the changes reflected in the 2006 edition,and with further changes approved through the ICC code development process through 2008.A new edition such as this is promulgated every three years. This code is founded on principles intended to encourage the use and reuse of existing buildings that adequately protect public health,safety and welfare:provisions that do not unnecessarily increase construction costs:provisions that do not restrict the use of new materials. products or methods of construction: and provisions that do not give preferential treatment to particular types or classes of materials, products or methods of construction. Adoption The I teinational Existing Building Code is available for adoption and use by jurisdictions internationally.Its use within a govern- mental jurisdiction is intended to be accomplished through adoption by reference in accordance with proceedings establishing the jurisdiction's laws.At the time of adoption.jurisdictions should insert the appropriate information in provisions requiring specific local information,such as the name of the adopting jurisdiction.These locations are shown in bracketed words in small capital let- ters in the code and in the sample ordinance.The sample adoption ordinance on page ix addresses several key elements of a code adoption ordinance, including the information required for insertion into the code text. Maintenance The Iriternatiorral Existing Building Codeis kept up to date through the review of proposed changes submitted by code enforcement officials, industry representatives, design professionals. and other interested parties. Proposed changes are carefully considered through an open code development process in which all interested and affected parties may participate. The contents of this work are subject to change both through the code development cycles and the governmental body that enacts the code into law. For more information regarding the code development process, contact the Code and Standard Development Department of the International Code Council. While the development procedure of the Iiternational EeistingBuilding Codeassures the highest degree of care,ICC,its mem- bers,and those participating in the development of this code do not accept any liability resulting from compliance or noncompliance with these provisions,because ICC does not have the power or authority to police or enforce compliance with the contents of this code.Only the governmental body that enacts the code into law has such authority. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE* iii Letter Designations in Front of Section Numbers In each code development cycle,proposed changes to this code are considered at the Code Development Hearings by the Interna- tional Existing Building Code Development Committee,whose action constitutes a recommendation to the voting membership for final action on the proposed changes. Proposed changes to a code section having a number beginning with a letter in brackets are considered by a different code development committee.For example,proposed changes to code sections that are preceded by the letter[F] (e.g.,IFI 1909.2),are considered by the International Fire Code Development Committee at the Code Development Hear- ings. The content of sections in this code that begin with a letter designation is maintained by another code development committee in accordance with the following: IB] = International Building Code Development Committee; IF] = International Fire Code Development Committee; [P] = International Plumbing Code Development Committee; IFGI = International Fuel Gas Code Development Committee; IECI = International Energy Conservation Code Development Committee:and [M[ = International Mechanical Code Development Committee. Marginal Markings Solid vertical lines in the margins within the body of the code indicate a technical change from the requirements of the 2006 edition. Deletion indicators in the form of an arrow(-)are provided in the margin where an entire section,paragraph,exception or table has been deleted or an item in a list of items or a table has been deleted. Italicized Terms Selected terms set forth in Chapter 2,Definitions,are italicized where they appear in code text.Such terms are not italicized where the definition set forth in Chapter 2 does not impart the intended meaning in the use of the terns.The terms selected have definitions which the user should read carefully to facilitate better understanding of the code. iv 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' Effective Use of the International Existing Building Code The International Existing Building Code is a model code in the International Code family of codes intended to provide alternative approaches to remodeling.repair or alteration of existing buildings.A large number of exist ing buildings and structures do not com- ply with the current building code requirements for new construction.Alt hough many of these buildings are potentially salvageable, rehabilitation is often cost-prohibitive because compliance with all the requirements for new construction could require extensive changes that go well beyond the value of the building or the original scope of the rehabilitation.At the same time,it is necessary to regulate construction in existing buildings that undergo additions, alterations, renovations,extensive repairs or change of occu- pancy.Such activity represents an opportunity to ensure that new construction complies with the current building codes and that existing conditions are maintained,at a minimum, to [heir current Ievel of compliance or are improved as required to meet basic safety levels,To accomplish this objective,and to snake the rehabilitation process easier,this code allows for options for controlled departure from full compliance with the International Codesdealing with new construction.while maintaining basic levels for fire prevention,structural and life safety features of the rehabilitated building. This code provides three main options fora designer in dealing with rehabilitation of existing buildings.These are laid out in Sec- tion 101.5 of this code: OPTION 1: Work for alteration, repair,change of occupancy,addition or relocation of all existing buildings shall be done in accordance with the Prescriptive Compliance Mcthod given in Chapter 3.It should be noted that this same method is provided in Chapter 34 of the International Building Code, OPTION 2: Work for alteration, repair, change of occupancy,addition or relocation of all existing buildings shall be done in accordance with the Work Area Compliance Method given in Chapters 4 through 12. OPTION 3: Work for alteration, repair, change of occupancy, addition or relocation of all existing buildings shall be done in accordance with the Performance Compliance Method given in Chapter 13.It should be noted that this option is also provided in Chapter 34 of the International Building Code. Under limited circumstances,a building alteration can be made to comply with the laws under which the building was originally built,as long as there has been no substantial structural damage and there will be limited structural alteration. Arrangement and Format of the 2009 IEBC Before applying the requirements of the IEBC it is beneficial to understand its arrangement and format.The IEBC,like other codes published by ICC,is arranged and organized to follow logical steps that generally occur during a plan review or inspection.The IEBC is divided as follows: Chapters subjects 1-2 Administrative Requirements and Definitions 3 Prescriptive Compliance Method for Existing Buildings 4-12 Work Area Compliance Method for Existing Buildings 13 Performance Compliance Method for Existing Buildings 14 Construction Safeguard 15 Referenced Standards Appendix A Guidelines for Seismic Retrofit of Existing Buildings Appendix B Supplementary Accessibility Requirements for Existing Buildings Resource A Information on Fire Resistance of Archaic Materials and Assemblies The following is a chapter-by-chapter synopsis of the scope and intent of the provisions of the Intemational Existing Building Code: Chapter 1 Scope and Administration.This chapter contains provisions for the application,enforcement and administration of subsequent requirements of the code.In addition to establishing the scope of the code, Chapter 1 identifies which buildings and structures come under its purview.Chapter 1 is largely concerned with maintaining"due process of law" in enforcing the regula- tions contained in the body of the code.Only through careful observation of the administrative provisions can the code official rea- sonably expect to demonstrate that"equal protection under the law" has been provided. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE V Chapter 2 Definitions.All terms that are defined in the code are listed alphabetically in Chapter 2.While a defined term may be used in one chapter or another,the meaning provided in Chapter 2 is applicable throughout the code. Where understanding of a term's definition is especially key to or necessary for understanding of a particular code provision,the tern is show in italics wherever it appears in the code.This is true only for those terms that have a meaning that is unique to the code. In other words,the generally understood meaning of a tern or phrase might not be sufficient or consistent with the meaning pre- scribed by the code, therefore, it is essential that the code-defined meaning be known. Guidance regarding tense,gender and plurality of defined terms as well as guidance regarding terms not defined in this code is also provided. Chapter 3 Prescriptive Compliance Method.This chapter provides one of the three main options of compliance available in the 1 EBC for buildings and structures undergoing repair,alteration,addition or change in occupancy.This chapter duplicates the provi- sions that are predominantly ht Chapter 34 of the IBC—Sections 3403 through 3411. There are also provisions from the other I-Codes dealing with system installations(Electrical,Energy,Fuel Gas,Mechanical and Plumbing)which have been duplicated in the IEBC as well. Chapter 4 Classification of Work.This chapter provides an overview of the Work Area Method available as an option for rehabili- lation of a building.The chapter defines the different classifications of alterations and provides general requirements for repairs, change of occupancy,additions,historic buildings and relocated buildings.Detailed requirements for all of these are given in subse- quent Chapters 5 through 12. Chapter 5 Repairs.Chapter 5 governs the repair of existing buildings.The provisions define conditions under which repairs may be made using materials and methods like those of the original construction or the extent to which repairs must comply with require- ments for new buildings. Chapter 6 Alterations—Level 1.This chapter provides the technical requirements for those existing buildings that undergo Level 1 alterations as described in Section 403,which includes replacement or covering of existing materials,elements,equipment or fix- tures using new materials for the same purpose.This chapter,similar to other chapters of this code,covers all building-related sub- jects, such as structural, mechanical, plumbing, electrical and accessibility as well as the fire and life safety issues when the alterations are classified as Level 1.The purpose of this chapter is to provide detailed requirements and provisions to identify the required improvements in the existing building elements. building spaces and building structural system. This chapter is distin- guished From Chapters 7 and 8 by only involving replacement of building components with new components.In contrast,Level 2 alterations involve more space reconfiguration and Level 3 alterations involve more extensive space reconfiguration,exceeding 50 percent of the building area. Chapter 7 Alterations—Level 2.Like Chapter 6.the purpose of this chapter is to provide detailed requirements and provisions to Identify the required improvements in the existing building elements,building spaces and building structural system.This chapter is distinguished from Chapters 6 and 8 by involving space reconfiguration that could be up to and including 50 percent of the area of the building. In contrast,Level 1 alterations (Chapter 6) do not involve space reconfiguration and Level 3 alterations (Chapter 8) involve extensive space reconfiguration that exceeds 50 percent of the building area.Depending on the nature of alteration work,its location within the building and whether it encompasses one or more tenants,improvements and upgrades could be required for the open floor penetrations,sprinkler system or the installation of additional means of egress such as stairs or fire escapes. Chapter 8 Alterations—Level 3.This chapter provides the technical requirements for those existing buildings that undergo Level 3 alterations.The purpose of this chapter is to provide detailed requirements and provisions to identify the required improvements in the existing building elements,building spaces and building structural system.This chapter is distinguished from Chapters 6 and 7 by involving alterations that cover 50 percent of the aggregate area of the building.In contrast,Level 1 alterations do not involve space reconfiguration and Level 2 alterations involve extensive space reconfiguration that does not exceed 50 percent of the building area.Depending on the nature of alteration work,its location within the building and whether it encompasses one or more tenants, improvements and upgrades could be required for the open floor penetrations,sprinkler system or the installation of additional means of egress such as stairs or fire escapes.At times and under certain situations,this chapter also intends to improve the safety of certain building features beyond the work area and in other parts of the building where no alteration work might be taking place. Chapter 9 Change of Occupancy.The purpose of this chapter is to provide regulations for the circumstances when an existing building is subject to a change in occupancy or a change in occupancy classification.A change of occupancy is not to be confused with a change of occupancy classification.The International Building Code` (IBC')defines different occupancy classifications in Chapter 3,and special occupancy requirements in Chapter 4.Within specific occupancy classifications there can be many different types of actual activities that can take place.For instance,a Group A-3 occupancy classification deals with a wide variation of differ- ent types of activities,including bowling alleys and courtrooms,indoor tennis courts and dance halls.When a facility changes use from,for example,a bowling alley to a dance hall,the occupancy classification remains A-3,but the different uses could lead to drastically different code requirements. Therefore, this chapter deals with the special circumstances that are associated with a change in the use of a building within the same occupancy classification as well as a change of occupancy classification. Chapter 10 Additions.Chapter 10 provides the requirements for additions,which correlate to the code requirements for new con- struction.There are,however,some exceptions that are specifically stated within this chapter.An"Additi oil°is defined in Chapter 2 Vi 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE as"an extension or increase!it the Floor area,number of stories or height of a building or structure."Chapter 10 contains the mini- mum requirements for an addition that is not separated from the existing building by a fire wall. Chapter 11 Historic Buildings.This chapter provides some exceptions from code requirements when the building in question has historic value.The most important criterion for application of this chapter is[hat the building must be essentially accredited as being of historic significance by a state or local authority after careful review of the historical value of the building.Most,if not all,states have such authorities,as do many local jurisdictions.The agencies with such authority can be located at the state or local govern- ment level or through the local chapter of the American Institute of Architects (AIA).Other considerations include the structural condition of the building(i.e..is the building structurally sound).its proposed use,its impact on life safety and how the intent of the code,if not the letter,will be achieved. Chapter 12 Relocated or Moved Buildings. Chapter 12 is applicable to any building that is moved or relocated. Chapter 13 Performance Compliance Methods.This chapter,a duplicate of IBC Section 3412.Compliance Alternatives,allows for existing buildings to be evaluated so as to show that alterations,while not meeting new construction requirements,will improve the current existing situation.Provisions are based on a numerical scoring system involving 18 various safety parameters and the degree of code compliance for each issue. Chapter 14 Construction Safeguards.The building construction process involves a number of known and unanticipated hazards. Chapter 14 establishes specific regulations in order to minimize the risk to the public and adjacent property.Some construction fail- ures have resulted during the initial stages of grading.excavation and demolition.During these early stages,poorly designed and installed sheeting and shoring have resulted in ditch and embankment cave-ins.Also,inadequate underpinning of adjoining existing structures or careless removal of existing structures has produced construction failures. Chapter 15 Referenced Standards.The code contains numerous references to standards that are used to regulate materials and methods of construction. Chapter 15 contains a comprehensive list of all standards that are referenced in the code, including the appendices.The standards are part of[lie code to the extent of the reference to the standard.Compliance with the referenced stan- dard is necessary for compliance with this code. By providing specifically adopted standards, [he construction and installation requirements necessary for compliance with the code can be readily determined.The basis for code compliance is,therefore,estab- lished and available on an equal basis to the building code official. contractor,designer and owner. Chapter 15 is organized in a manner that makes it easy to locate specific standards.It lists all of the referenced standards,alpha- betically,by acronym of the promulgating agency of the standard.Each agency's standards are then listed in either alphabetical or numeric order based upon the standard identification.The list also contains the title of the standard;the edition(date)of the standard referenced;any addenda included as part of the ICC adoption;and the section or sections of this code that reference the standard. Appendix A Guidelines for the Seismic Retrofit of Existing Buildings.Appendix A provides guidelines for upgrading the seis- mic resistance capacity of different types of existing buildings.It is organized into separate chapters which deal with buildings of different types, including unreinforced masonry buildings, reinforced concrete and reinforced masonry wall buildings, and light-frame wood buildings. Appendix B Supplementary Accessibility Requirements for Existing Buildings and Facilities.Chapter 11 of the International Building Code' 013C') contains provisions that set forth requirements for accessibility to buildings and their associated sites and facilities for people with physical disabilities.Sections 406,506.606,706,806.905,1004,1005 and 1308 in the code address acces- sibility provisions and alternatives permitted in existing buildings.Appendix B was added to address accessibility in construction for items that are not typically enforceable through the traditional building code enforcement process. Resource A Guidelines on Fire Ratings of Archaic Materials and Assemblies.In the process of repair and alteration of existing buildings,based on the nature and the extent of the work,the IEBC might require certain upgrades in the fire-resistance rating of building elements,at which time it becomes critical for the designers and the code officials to be able to determine the fire-resistance rating of the existing building elements as part of the overall evaluation for the assessment of the need for improvements.This resource document provides a guideline for such an evaluation for fire-resistance rating of archaic materials that is not typically found in the modern model building codes. 2009 INTERNATIONAL_EXISTING BUILDING CODE70 vii viii 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' ORDINANCE The International Codes are designed and promulgated to be adopted by reference by ordinance.Jurisdictions wishing to adopt the 2009 Intei-witional Existing Building Code as an enforceable performance-based regulation governing structures and premises should ensure that certain factual information is included in the adopting ordinance at the time adoption is being considered by the appropriate governmental body.The following sample adoption ordinance addresses several key elements of a code adoption ordi- nance, including the information required for insertion into the code text. SAMPLE ORDINANCE FOR ADOPTION OF THE INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ORDINANCE NO. An ordinance of the[JURISDICTION]adopting the 2009 edition of the International ExistingBuildirtg Code,regulating and govern- ing the repair, alteration, change of occupancy. addition and relocation of existing buildings, including historic buildings. in the [JURISDICTION], providing for the issuance of permits and collection of fees therefor; repealing Ordinance No. of the [JURISDICTION]and all other ordinances and parts of the ordinances in conflict therewith. The[GOVERNING BODY]of the[JURISDICTION]does ordain as follows: Section 1.That a certain document,three(3) copies of which are on file in the office of the[TITLE OF JURISDICTION'S KEEPER OF RECORDS]of]NAME OF JURISDICTION],being marked and designated as the International Existing Building Code,2009 edition, including Appendix Chapters[FILL IN THE APPENDIX CHAPTERS BEING ADOPTED](see International Existing Bnildn)g Cade Sec- tion 101.7,2009 edition),as published by the International Code Council,be and is hereby adopted as the Existing Building Code of the[JURISDICTION],in the State of[STATE NAME)for regulating and governing the repair,alteration.change of occupancy,addition and relocation of existing buildings,including historic buildings,as herein provided;providing for the issuance of permits and col- lection of fees therefor; and each and all of the regulations,provisions,penalties,conditions and terms of said Existing Building Code on file in the office of the(JURISDICTION)are hereby referred to,adopted,and made a part hereof,as if fully set out in this ordi- nance,with the additions,insertions, deletions and changes, if any,prescribed in Section 2 of this ordinance. Section 2.The following sections are hereby revised: Section 101.1 Insert: [NAME OF JURISDICTION) Section 1301.2 Insert: [DATE IN ONE LOCATION) Section 3.That Ordinance No. of[JURISDICTION]entitled [FILL IN HERE THE COMPLETE TITLE OF THE ORDINANCE OR ORDINANCES IN EFFECT AT THE PRESENT TIME SO THAT THEY WILL BE REPEALED BY DEFINITE MENTION]and all other ordinances or parts of ordinances in conflict herewith are hereby repealed. Section 4.That if any section.subsection,sentence,clause or phrase of this ordinance is,for any reason,held to be unconstitutional, such decision shall not affect the validi ty of the remaining portions of this ordinance.The[GOVERNING BODY]hereby declares that it would have passed this ordinance,and each section,subsection,clause or phrase thereof,irrespective of the fact that any one or more sections,subsections,sentences,clauses and phrases be declared unconstitutional. Section 5.That nothing in this ordinance or in the Existing Building Code hereby adopted shall be construed to affect any suit or proceeding impending in any court,or any rights acquired,or liability incurred,or any cause or causes of action acquired or existing, under any act or ordinance hereby repealed as cited in Section 3 of this ordinance;nor shall any just or legal right or remedy of any character be lost,impaired or affected by this ordinance. Section 6.That the[JURISDICTION'S KEEPER OF RECORDS]is hereby ordered and directed to cause this ordinance to be published. (An additional provision may be required to direct the number of times the ordinance is to be published and to specify that it is to be in a newspaper in general circulation.Posting may also be required.) Section 7.That this ordinance and the rules, regulations, provisions, requirements, orders and matters established and adopted hereby shall take effect and be in full force and effect[TIME PERIOD] from and after the date of its final passage and adoption. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® ix x 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE° TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER 1 SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION . .. 1 CHAPTER 4 CLASSIFICATION OF WORK. ....23 Section PART 1—SCOPE AND APPLICATION .. ... .. ... .. 1 401 General.. . .. . . . . .. .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 23 Section 402 Repairs . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . ..... 23 101 General. . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 403 Alteration—Level 1. . . . . .... . . . .. . . . . . ..... 23 102 Applicability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 404 Alteration—Level 2. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . .... 23 405 Alteration—Level 3. .. . . .... . . . .. . . . . . . .... 23 PART 2—ADMINISTRATION AND 406 Change of Occupancy ENFORCEMENT . ... . .. ... ... .. ... .. .. 3 g P Y. .. . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . ... 23 103 Department of Building Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 907 Additions .. . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . 23 104 Duties and Powers of Code Official. . .. . . . . . . . . 3 908 Historic Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . ... . . . . . 23 105 Permits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . q 409 Relocated Buildings. .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. 23 106 Construction Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • 6 CHAPTER 5 REPAIRS . ... ...... .. .... ... . .... 25 107 Temporary Structures and Uses . . . .. . .. . . . . . . 7 Section 108 Fees. . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . .. . . . .. 7 501 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. 25 109 Inspections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 502 Building Elements and Materials . . . . .. . . . . . . . 25 110 Certificate of Occupancy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 503 Fire Protection. . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 111 Service Util ities. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . 9 504 Means oF Egress. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 25 112 Board of Appeals. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . 9 505 Accessibility. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 113 Violations. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 506 Structural . .. . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . 25 114 Stop Work Order . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 507 Electrical . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 26 115 Unsafe Buildings and Equipment.. . . . . . . . . . . . 10 508 Mechanical. . . . . . . . .. . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 26 116 Emergency Measures.. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 509 Plumbing ... . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 26 117 Demolition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 CHAPTER 6 ALTERATIONS—LEVEL 1... . .... 27 CHAPTER 2 DEFINITIONS . ... .... ... .. ..... . 13 Section Section 601 General. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 27 201 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 13 602 Building Elements and Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 202 General Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 603 Fire Protection. . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . .. . . . I . .. . . 27 604 Means of Egress. .. . .. .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 27 CHAPTER 3 PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE 605 Accessibility . . . . . . . . .. . . 27 METHOD......... ..... .. . .. .. ... 15 y. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 606 Structural . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. 28 Section 607 Energy Conservation.. .. . . . . . . . .. . . .. . .. . . . 29 301 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 302 Additions . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 15 CHAPTER 7 ALTERATIONS—LEVEL 2.. .... ..31 303 Alterations . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . .. . 16 Section 304 Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. 17 701 General. . . . . .. . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . 31 305 Fire Escapes. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . .. . 18 702 Special Use and Occupancy .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 31 306 Glass Replacement . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 703 Building Elements and Materials . . . . .. . . . . . . .31 307 Change of Occupancy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 704 Fire Protection . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 308 Historic Buildings . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 705 Means of Egress. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 309 Moved Structures. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . .. .. . . . . 19 706 Accessibility.. . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 38 310 Accessibility for Existing Buildings. . . . . . . . . . . 19 707 Structural . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . .. . . . .. . .. . .. . . 39 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" A TABLE OF CONTENTS 708 Electrical . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 39 1105 Change of Occupancy .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 54 709 Mechanical. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 1106 Structural . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 55 710 Plumbing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 711 Energy Conservation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 CHAPTER 12 RELOCATED OR MOVED BUILDINGS .. ... . . . ..... .... .... 57 CHAPTER 8 ALTERATIONS—LEVEL 3.. .... . .41 Section Section 1201 General. .. . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 57 801 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 1202 Requirements. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 57 802 Special Use and Occupancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 803 Building Elements and Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . ql CHAPTER 13 PERFORMANCE COMPLIANCE METHODS .... . . . . . ............. 59 804 Fire Protection . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Section 805 Means of Egress. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 42 1301 General. . . . . . . .. . . . ... . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 59 806 Accessibility. . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . 42 807 Structural . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 CHAPTER 14 CONSTRUCTION 808 Energy Conservation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 SAFEGUARDS .. . . . .... .... . ... .. 71 Section CHAPTER 9 CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY. ... . .. 45 1401 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . Section 1402 Protection of Adjoining Property. . . . . . . .. . . . . 72 901 General. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 45 1403 Temporary Use of Streets, Alleys and Public 902 Special Use and Occupancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 45 Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 72 903 Building Elements and Materials . . . . . . . . .. . 45 1404 Fire Extinguishers . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 904 Fire Protection. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . ... .. . . . . . 45 1405 Exits . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 73 905 Means of Egress. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 45 1406 Standpipe Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 73 906 Accessibil ity. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 45 1407 Automatic Sprinkler System. . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . 73 907 Structural .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 45 1408 Accessibility. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 908 Electrical .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 1409 Water Supply for Protection . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 73 909 Mechanical. . .. . . . . . .. . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 910 Plumbing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , , 97 CHAPTER 15 REFERENCED STANDARDS.. ... .75 911 Other Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 912 Change of Occupancy Classification . . . . . . . . . . 47 APPENDIX A GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS .. ... . . ...... .... ... . 77 CHAPTER 10 ADDITIONS . .... . ... ..... ... ... . 51 Section CHAPTER Al SEISMIC STRENGTHENING 1001 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . PROVISIONS FOR UNREINFORCED 1002 Heights and Areas . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 MASONRY BEARING WALL BUILDINGS . .. . .. . .. .... .... . .. . 77 1003 Structural . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . 51 Section 1004 Smoke Alarms in Occupancy A101 Purpose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . 77 Groups R-3 and R-4 . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 52 1005 Accessibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 A102 Scope .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 A103 Definitions . . .. .. . . . .. . .. . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . 77 CHAPTER 11 HISTORIC BUILDINGS. ... ... . .. .53 A104 Symbols and Notations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . 77 Section A105 General Requirements... ... .. . .. . ... . . . . . . . 78 1101 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 A106 Materials Requirements.. . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . 79 1102 Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 A107 Quality Control .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 1103 Fire Safety . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 A108 Design Strengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 81 1104 Alterations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . 54 A109 Analysis and Design Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 xii 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE* TABLE OF CONTENTS A110 General Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 82 CHAPTER A5 EARTHQUAKE HAZARD Al I I Special Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 82 REDUCTION IN EXISTING CONCRETE BUILDINGS . ..... .. 119 A112 Analysis and Design . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Section A113 Detailed System Design Requirements . .. . . . . . 85 A501 Purpose. .. . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 A114 Walls of Unburned Clay, A502 Scope . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Adobe or Stone Masonry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 A503 General Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 119 CHAPTER A2 EARTHQUAKE HAZARD A504 Silo Ground Motion. .. . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . .. . . . 119 REDUCTION IN EXISTING A505 Tier 1 Analysis Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 119 REINFORCED CONCRETE AND A506 Tier 2 Analysis Procedure. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 120 REINFORCED MASONRY WALL BUILDINGS WITH FLEXIBLE A507 Tier 3 Analysis Procedure. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 121 DIAPHRAGMS. .. .. ... ... ..... ... 93 Section APPENDIX A REFERENCED STANDARDS ..... 123 A201 Purpose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 A202 Scope . . . . . . . . . . " ' . . . . . . . . . . 93 APPENDIX B SUPPLEMENTARY ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR EXISTING A203 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 93 BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES . .. 125 A204 Symbols and Notations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 93 Section A205 General Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 B101 Qualified Historical Buildings and Facilities. . . 125 A206 Analysis and Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 B102 Fixed Transportation Facilities and Stations . . . 125 A207 Materials of Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 B103 Dwelling Units and Sleeping Units . . . . . . . . . . 126 B104 Referenced Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 CHAPTER A3 PRESCRIPTIVE PROVISIONS FOR SEISMIC STRENGTHENING OF RESOURCE AGUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS CRIPPLE WALLS AND SILL PLATE OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ANCHORAGE OF LIGHT, WOOD- ASSEMBLIES. ... .. ... .... .... . . 127 FRAME RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS .. .. ... .. ... ....... .. 97 Section Section 1 Fire-related Performance of Archaic Materials and Assemblies. . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . 128 A301 General. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 2 Building Evaluation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 A302 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 3 Final Evaluation and Design Solution . . . . . . . . 133 A303 Structural Weaknesses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 4 Summary . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . 138 A304 Strengthening Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . 141 CHAPTER A4 EARTHQUAKE HAZARD Resource A Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 REDUCTION IN EXISTING WOOD- FRAME RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS INDEX... ..... ..... . .... . ... ... ... .... .... ... 277 WITH SOFT, WEAK OR OPEN- FRONT WALLS . .. .. .... ... ... .. 113 Section A401 General. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 113 A402 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 A403 Analysis and Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 A404 Phased Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 116 A405 Prescriptive Measures for Weak Story. . . . . . . . 116 A406 Materials of Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 A407 Information Required to Be on the Plans. . . 117 A408 Quality Control . . . . . . . . . 117 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® xiii xlv 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" CHAPTER 1 SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION PART 1—SCOPE AND APPLICATION based on Section 101.5.4 regardless of which compliance method is used. Exception:Subject to the approval of the code olrcial,alter- SECTION 101 ations complying with the laws in existence at the time the GENERAL building or the affected portion of the building was built shall be considered in compliance with the provisions of this code 101.1 Title.These regulations shall be known as the Existing unless the building is undergoing more than a limited struc- Buildirng Codeof[NAMEOrJURISDICTIONI,hereinafter referred tural alterationas defined in Section 807.5.3.New structural to as "this code." members added as part of the alterationshall comply with the 101.2 Scope. The provisions of the International Existing International Building Code. Alterations of existing build- Buildirrg Code shall apply to the repair; alteration, change of ings in flood hazarrlaneasshall comply with Section 601.3. occupancy,addition and relocation of existing buildings. 101.5.1 Prescriptive compliance method. Repairs, alter- 101.3 Intent.The intent of this code is to provide flexibility to ations,additionsand changes of occupancy complying with permit the use of alternative approaches to achieve compliance Chapter 3 of this code in buildings complying with the with minimum requirements to safeguard the public health, International Fire Code shall be considered in compliance safety and welfare insofar as they are affected by the mpair, with the provisions of this code. alteration, clrarrge of occupancy, addition and relocation of 101.5.2 Work area compliance method. Repairs, alter- existing buildings. ations, additions, changes in occupancy and relocated 101.4 Applicability.This code shall apply to the repair,alter- buildings complying with the applicable requirements of ation, change of occupancy, addition and relocation of all Chapters 4 through 12 of this code shall be considered in existing buildings,regardless of occupancy,subject to the crite- compliance with the provisions of this code, ria of Sections I01.4.1 and 101.4.2. 101.5.3 Performance compliance method. Repairs, 101.4.1 Buildings not previously occupied.A building or alterations,additions,changes in occupancy and relocated portion of a building that has not been previously occupied buildings complying with Chapter 13 of this code shall be or used for its intended purpose in accordance with the laws considered in compliance with the provisions of this code. in existence at the time of its completion shall comply with 101.5.4 Evaluation and design procedures. The seismic the provisions of the International Building Code or Inter- evaluation and design shall be based on the procedures national Residential Code,as applicable,for new construe- specified in the International Building Code, ASCE 31 or tion or with any current permit for such occupancy. ASCE 41.The procedures contained in Appendix A of this 101.4.2 Buildings previously occupied. The legal occu- code shall be permitted to be used as specified in Section panty of any building existing on the date of adoption of this 101.5.4.2. code shall be permitted to continue without change, except 101.5.4.1 Compliance with IBC level seismic forces. as is specifically covered in this code,the International Fire Code,or the International Property Maintenance Cade,or Where compliance with the seismic design provisions of as is deemed necessary by the code official for the general the International Building Code is required, the proce- safety and welfare of the occupants and the public. dunes shall be in accordance with one of the fallowing: 101.5 Compliance methods.The repair,alreration,change of 1. The International Building Code using 100 per- occupancy,addition or relocation of all existing buildings shall cent of the prescribed forces.The R-Factor used for comply with one of the methods listed in Sections 101.5.1 analysis in accordance with Chapter 16 of the through 101.5.3 as selected by the applicant. Application of a International Building Code shall be the R factor method shall be the sole basis for assessing the compliance of specified for structural systems classified as work performed under a single permit unless otherwise "Ordinary" in accordance with Table 12.2-1 of approved by the code official. Sections 101.5.1 through ASCE 7, unless it can be demonstrated that the 101.5.3 shall not be applied in combination with each other. structural system satisfies the proportioning and Where this code requires consideration of the seis- detailing requirements for systems classified as rnic-Force-resisting system of an existing building subject to "Intermediate" or "Special." repair;alteration,change ofoccupancy,addidonor relocation 2. Compliance with ASCE 41 using both the 13SE-1 of existingbuildings,the seismic evaluation and design shall be and BSE-2 earthquake hazard levels and the corre- 2009 INTERNATIONAL.EXISTING BUILDING CODE 1 SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION sponding performance levels shown in Table 2.5. Seismic evaluation and design of concrete 101.5.4.1. buildings and concrete with masonry infill TABLE 101.5.4.1 buildings in all occupancy categories are PERFORMANCE CRITERIA FOR IBC LEVEL SEISMIC FORCES permitted to be based on the procedures PERFORMANCE PERFORMANCE specified in Chapter A5. OCCUPANCY LEVEL FOR USE WITH LEVEL FOR USE WITH 3. Compliance with ASCE 31 based on the applica- CATEGORY ASCE 41 BSE-1 ASCE 41 BSE-2 bIC CCFOCInance level a5 shown in Table (Based on IBC Table EARTHQUAKE EARTHQUAKE P 16114.5) HAZARD LEVEL HAZARD LEVEL 101.5.4.2. It shall be permitted to use the BSE-1 Collapse prevention earthquake hazard level as defined in ASCE 41 and subject to the limitations in Item 4 below. 9. Compliance with ASCE 41 using the BSE-1 Earth- 11 Life safety(LS) Collapse prevention quake Hazard Level and the performance level (Cp) shown in Table 101.5.4.2. The design spectral III Nate a,Note b Note a response acceleration parameters Sx and S,r,spec- ified in ASCE 41 shall not be taken less than 75 IV Immediate Life safety(LS) percent of the respective design spectral response occupancy {IO) acceleration parameters St„and S,,,defined by the a. Acceptable criteria for Occupancy Category III shall be taken as 80 percent International Building Code. of t he a ccepi z ncc otter is speci fi ed for Occ upancv Category IV performance levels. TABLE 101.5.4.2 b. For Occupancy Category III,the ASCE 31 screening phase checklists shall PERFORMANCE CRITERIA FOR REDUCED IBC be based on Ilu life safety performance level. LEVEL SEISMIC FORCES 101.5.4.2 Compliance with reduced IBC level seismic OCCUPANCY PERFORMANCE LEVEL CATEGORY FOR USE WITH ASCE 41 forces.Where seismic evaluation and design is permitted (Based on IBC Table PERFORMANCE LEVEL BSE-1 EARTHQUAKE to meet reduced International Building Code seismic 1604.5) FOR USE WITH ASCE 31 HAZARD LEVEL force levels, the procedures used shall be in accordance I Life safety(LS) Life safety(LS) with one of the Following: - - 1. The International Building Code using 75 percent II Life safety{LS) Life safety(LS} of the prescribed forces. Values of R,SZ nand C, III Note a NOW a_ used for analysis shall be as specified in Section Immediate Immediate 101.5.4.1 of this code. IV occupancy(10) occupancy(10) 2. Structures or portions of structures that comply a, Performance levels for Occupancy Category III shall be taken as halFuay with the requirements of the applicable chapter in between[lie performance levels%pecified fur Occupancy Categories II and Appendix A as specified in Items 2.1 through 2.5 IV shall be deemed to comply with this section. 101.6 Safeguards during construction. All construction 2.1.The seismic evaluation and design of work covered in this code, including any related demolition, unreinforced masonry bearing wall build- shall comply with the requirements of Chapter 14. ings in Occupancy Category I or I1 are per- 101.7 Appendices.The code olricial is authorized to require mitted to be based on the procedures rehabilitation and retrofit of buildings,structures or individual specified in Appendix Chapter Al. structural members in accordance with the appendices of this 2.2. Seismic evaluation and design of the wall code if such appendices have been individually adopted. anchorage system in reinforced concrete 101.8 Correction of violations of other codes. Repaitx or and reinforced masonry wall buildings alterations mandated by any property, housing, or fire safety with flexible diaphragms in Occupancy maintenance code or mandated by any licensing rule or ordi- Category 1 or I1 are permitted to be based riance adopted pursuant to law shall conform only to the on the procedures specified in ChapterA2. requirements of that code,rule, or ordinance and shall not be 2.3. Seismic evaluation and design of cripple required to conform to this code unless the code requiring such walls and sill plate anchorage in residential repair or alteration so provides. buildings of light-frame wood construc- tion in Occupancy Category I or II are per- mitted to be based on the procedures SECTION 102 specified in Chapter A3. APPLICABILITY 2.4. Seismic evaluation and design of soft, 102.1 General. Where there is a conflict between a general weak, or open-front wall conditions in requirement and a specific requirement, the specific require- multiunit residential buildings of wood nlent shall be applicable.Where in any specific case different construction in Occupancy Category I or Il sections of this code specify different materials, methods of are permitted to be based on the procedures construction or other requirements, the most restrictive shall specified in Chapter A4. govern. 2 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION 102.2 Other laws. The provisions of this code shall not be 104.2.1 Preliminary meeting.When requested by the per- deemed to nullify any provisions of local,slate,or federal law. mit applicant or the code official,the code oll°icial shall meet 102.3 Application of references.References to chapter or sec- with the permit applicant prior to the application For a con- tion numbers or to provisions not specifically identified by struction permit to discuss plans for the proposed work or number shall be construed to refer to such chapter,section,or change of the p ov]si n order to establish the specific appli- provision of this code. cability of the provisions aF this code. 102.4 Referenced codes and standards.The codes and stan- Exception: Repairs and Level 1 alterations, dards referenced in this code shall be considered part of the 104.2.1.1 Building evaluation. The code olrcial is requirements of this code to the prescribed extent of each such authorized to require an existing building to be investi- reference.Where differences occur between provisions of this gated and evaluated by a registered design professional code and referenced codes and standards,the provisions of this based on [be circumstances agreed upon at the prelimi- code shall govern, nary meeting. The design professional shall notify the Exception:Where enforcement of a code provision would code official if any potential nonconformance with the violate the conditions of the listing of the equipment or provisions of this code is identified. appliance,the conditions of the listing shall govern. 104.3 Notices and orders.The code ofrlal shall issue all nec- 102.5 Partial invalidity.In the event that any part or provision essary notices or orders to ensure compliance with this code. of this code is held to be illegal or void,this shall not have the 104.4 Inspections. The code official shall make all of the effect of making void or illegal any of the other parts or provi- required inspections,or the code of icial shall have the author- sions. ity to accept reports of inspection by approved agencies or indi- viduals.Reports of such inspections shall be in writing and be certified by a responsible officer of such approved agency or by PART 2—ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT the responsible individual. The code official is authorized to engage such expert opinion as deemed necessary to report upon unusual technical issues that arise,subject to the approval SECTION 103 of the appointing authority. DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING SAFETY 104.5 Identification.The code official shall carry proper iden- 103.1 Creation of enforcement agency. The Department of tification when inspecting structures or premises in the perfor- Building Safety is hereby created, and the official in charge mane of duties under this code. thereof shall be known as the code official. 104.6 Right of entry.Where it is necessary to make an inspec- 103.2 Appointment. The code ofcial shall be appointed by tion to enforce the provisions of this code, or where the code the chief appointing authority of the jurisdiction, olrcial has reasonable cause to believe that there exists in a structure or upon a premises a condition which is contrary to or 103.3 Deputies.In accordance with the prescribed procedures in violation of this code which makes the structure or premises of this jurisdiction and with the concurrence of the appointing unsafe,dangerous,or hazardous,the code official is authorized authority,the code official shall have the authority to appoint a to enter the structure or premises at reasonable times to inspect deputy code official,the related technical officers, inspectors, or to perform the duties imposed by this code,provided that if plan examiners, and other employees. Such employees shall such structure or premises be occupied that credentials be pre- have powers as delegated by the code ollrcial. sented to the occupant and entry requested.If such structure or premises be unoccupied,the code official shall first make a rea- sonable effort to locate the owner or other person having charge SECTION 104 or control of the structure or premises and request entry. If DUTIES AND POWERS OF CODE OFFICIAL entry is refused,the code ollicialshall have recourse to the rem- 104.1 General. The code official is hereby authorized and edies provided by law to secure entry. directed to enforce the provisions of this code.The code official 104.7 Department records.The code official shall keep offi- shall have the authority to render interpretations of this code cial records of applications received, permits and certificates and to adopt policies and procedures in order to clarify the issued, fees collected,reports of inspections, and notices and application ofits provisions.Such interpretations,policies,and orders issued. Such records shall be retained in the official procedures shall be in compliance with the intent and purpose records for the period required For retention of public records. of this code. Such policies and procedures shall not have the 104.6 Liability. The code olrcia4 member of the Board of effect of waiving requirements specifically provided for in this Appeals, or employee charged with the enforcement of this code. code,while acting for the jurisdiction in good faith and without 104.2 Applications and permits. The code official shall malice in the discharge of the duties required by this code or receive applications,review construction documents,and issue other pertinent law or ordinance,shall not thereby be rendered permits for the repair,alteration,addition,demolition,change liable personally and is hereby relieved from personal liability ofoccupancy.and relocation of buildings;inspect the premises For any damage accruing to persons or property as a result of for which such permits have been issued;and enforce compli- any act or by reason of an act or omission in the discharge of ance with the provisions of this code. official duties. Any suit instituted against an officer or 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE 3 SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION employee because of an act performed by that officer or intended to prevent the installation of any material or to employee in the lawful discharge of duties and under the provi- prohibit any design or method of construction not specifically sions of this code shall be defended by legal representative of prescribed by this code,provided that any such alternative has the jurisdiction until the final termination of the proceedings. been approved. An alternative material, design, or method of The code official or any subordinate shall not be liable for cost construction shall be approved where the code official finds in any action,suit,or proceeding that is instituted in pursuance that the proposed design is satisfactory and complies with the of the provisions of this code. intent of the provisions of this code, and that the material. 104.9 Approved materials and equipment.Materials,equip- method,or work offered is, for the purpose intended, at least the equivalent of that prescribed in this code in quality, rnent, and devices approved by the rode official shall be con- structed and installed in accordance with such approval, strength,effectiveness,fire resistance, durability,and safety. 104.11.1 Research reports.Supporting data,where neces- 104.9.1 Used materials and equipment. The use of used sary to assist in the approval of materials or assemblies not materials that meet the requirements of this code for new specifically provided for in this code,shall consist of valid materials is permitted.Used equipment and devices shall be research reports from approved sources. permitted to be reused subject to the approval of the code official 104.10 Modifications. Wherever there are practical difcul- SECTION 105 ties involved in carrying out the provisions of this code, the PERMITS code official shall have the authority to grant modifications for 105.1 Required.Any owner or authorized agent who intends individual cases upon application of the owner or owner's rep- to repair,add to,alter,relocate,demolish,or change the occu- resentative,provided the code official shall first find that spe- pancy of a building or to repair,install,add,alter,remove,con- cial individual reason makes the strict letter of this code vert, or replace any electrical, gas, mechanical, or plumbing impractical and the modification is in compliance with the system,the installation of which is regulated by this code,or to intent and purpose of this code,and that such modification does cause any such work to be done,shall first make application to not lessen health,accessibility,life and fire safety,or structural the code official and obtain the required permit. requirements. The details of action granting modifications shall be recorded and entered in the files of the Department of 105.1.1 Annual permit.In lieu of an individual permit for Building Safety. each alteration to an already approved electrical, gas, mechanical, or plumbing installation, the code olpcial is 104.10.1 Flood hazard areas. For existing buildings authorized to issue an annual permit upon application there- located in flood hazard areas for which irpairs,alterations for to any person,firm,or corporation regularly employing and additions constitute substantial improvement,the code one or more qualified trade persons in the building, struc- official shall not grant modifications to provisions related to ture,or on the premises owned or operated by the applicant flood resistance unless a determination is made[hat: for the permit. 1. The applicant has presented good and sufficient cause 105.1.2 Annual permit records.The person to whom an that the unique characteristics of the size,configura- annual permit is issued shall keep a detailed record of alter•- tion or topography of the site render compliance with ations made under such annual permit. The code olrcial the flood-resistant construction provisions inappro- shall have access to such records at all times,or such records priate. shall be filed with the code official as designated. 2. Failure to grant the modification would result in 105.2 Work exempt from permit. Exemptions from permit exceptional hardship, requirements of this code shall not be deemed to grant authori- 3. The granting of the modification will not result in zation for any work to be done in any manner in violation of the increased flood heights, additional threats to public provisions of this code or any other laws or ordinances of this safety, extraordinary public expense nor create nui- jurisdiction.Permits shall not be required for the following: sances,cause fraud on or victimization of[he public Building: or conflict with existing laws or ordinances. 4. The modification is the minimum necessary to afford 1• Sidewalks and driveways not more than 30 inches any basement or relief,considering the flood hazard. story below and gthat e d t r are an accessible 5. A written notice will be provided to the applicant route. specifying, if applicable, the difference between the 2. Painting,papering,tiling,carpeting,cabinets,counter design flood elevation and the elevation to which the tops,and similar finish work. building is to be built, stating that the cost of flood insurance will be commensurate with the increased 3. Temporary motion picture, television, and theater risk resulting from the reduced floor elevation and stage sets and scenery. that construction below the design flood elevation 4. Shade cloth structures constructed for nursery or agri- increases risks to life and property. cultural purposes,and not including service systems. 104.11 Alternative materials, design and methods of con- 5. Window awnings supported by an exterior wall of struction,and equipment.The provisions of this code are not Group R-3 or Group U occupancies. 4 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION 6. Movable cases. counters, and partitions not over 69 105.2.2 Repairs.Application or notice to the code official is inches (1753 mm) in height. not required for ordinary repairs to structures and items Electrical: listed in Section 105.2. Such repairs shall not include the cutting away of any wall, partition, or portion thereof, the Repairs and maintenance: Minor rrparr work,includ- removal or cutting of any structural beam or load-bearing ing the replacement of lamps or the connection of support,or the removal or change of any required means of approved portable electrical equipment to approved per- egress or rearrangement of parts of a structure affecting the manently installed receptacles. egress requirements; nor shall ordinary repairs include Radio and television transmitting stations:The provi- addition to,alteration of,replacement,or relocation of any sions of this code shall not apply to electrical equipment standpipe,water supply,sewer,drainage,drain leader,gas, used for radio and television transmissions,but do apply soil, waste. vent, or similar piping, electric wiring, or to equipment and wiring for power supply, the installa- mechanical or other work affecting public health or general tions of towers,and antennas. safety. Temporary testing systems: A permit shall not be 105.2.3 Public service agencies. A permit shall not be required for the installation,alteration,or repairof genera- required For the installation of any temporary system lion,transmission,distribution,or metering or other related required for the testing or servicing of electrical equip equipment that is under the ownership and control of public ment or apparatus. service agencies by established right. Gas: 105.3 Application for permit.To obtain a permit,the appli- 1. Portable heating appliance. cant shall first file an application therefor in writing on a form 2. Replacement of any minor part that does not alter furnished by the Department of Building Safety for that pur- approval of equipment or make such equipment pose.Such application shall: unsafe. 1. Identify and describe the work in accordance with Chap- Mechanical: ter 3 to be covered by the pen-nit for which application is made. 1. Portable heating appliance. 2. Describe the land on which the proposed work is to be 2. Portable ventilation equipment. done by legal description, street address, or similar 3. Portable cooling unit. description[hat will readily identify and definitely locate the proposed building or work. 4. Steam, hot, or chilled water piping within any heating or cooling equipment regulated by this 3. Indicate the use and occupancy for which the proposed code. work is intended. 5. Replacement of any part that does not alter its 4. Be accompanied by construction documents and other approval or make it unsafe. information as required in Section 106.3. 6. Portable evaporative cooler. 5. Slate the valuation of the proposed work. 7. Self-contained refrigeration system containing 10 6. Be signed by the applicant or the applicant's authorized pounds(4.54 kg)or less of refrigerant and actuated agent. by motors of 1 horsepower{716 W) or less. 7. Give such other data and information as required by the Plumbing: code official. 1. The stopping of leaks in drains,water,soil,waste, 105.3.1 Action on application. The code official shall pp g ipe b ecomes defective and it becomes necessary examine or cause to be examined applications for permits ce vent pipe; provided, however, that if any con- and amendments thereto within a reasonable time after fil- p trap, drainpipe, water, soil, waste, vent ing.If the application or the construction documents do not pipe b conform to the requirements of pertinent laws,the code offl- toremove and replace the same with new material, cial shall reject such application in writing,staling the rea- such work shall be considered as new work,and a sons therefor. If the code official is satisfied that the permit shall obtained and inspection made as proposed work conforms to the requirements of this code provided in this code. and laws and ordinances applicable thereto,the code official 2. The clearing of stoppages or the repairing of leaks shall issue a permit therefor as soon as practicable. in pipes, valves, or fixtures, and the removal and 105.3.2 Time limitation of application.An application for reinstallation of water closets, provided such a permit for any proposed work shall be deemed to have repairs do not involve or require the replacement been abandoned 180 days after the date of filing,unless such or rearrangement of valves,pipes,or fixtures. application has been pursued in good faith or a permit has 105.2.1 Emergency repairs. Where equipment replace- been issued; except that the code official is authorized to ments and repairs must be performed in an emergency situ- grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods ation, the permit application shall be submitted within the not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be next working business day to the code official. requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE` 5 SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION 105.4 Validity of permit.The issuance or granting of a permit detail that it will conform to the provisions of this code and shall not be construed to be a permit for,or an approval of,any relevant laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, as deter- violation of any of the provisions of this code or of any other mined by the code official.The work areas shall be shown. ordinance of [fie jurisdiction. Permits presuming to give 106.2.2 Fire protection system(s) shop drawings. Shop authority to violate or cancel the provisions of this code or drawings for the fire protection system(s)shall besubmitted other ordinances of the jurisdiction shall not be valid.The issu- to indicate conformance with this code and the construction ance of a permit based on construction documents and other documents and shall be approved prior to the start of system data shall not prevent the code official from requiring the cor- installation.Shop drawings shall contain all information as rection of errors in the construction documents and other data. required by the referenced installation standards in Chapter The code olrcial is also authorized to prevent occupancy or use g of the International Building Code. of a structure where in violation of this code or of any other ordinances of this jurisdiction. 106.2.3 Means of egress.The construction documents for Alterations--Level 2, Alterations--Level 3, additions and 105.5 Expiration. Every permit issued shall become invalid changes of occupancy shall show in sufficient detail the unless the work on the site authorized by such permit is com- location,construction,size and character of all portions of menced within 180 days after its issuance,or if the work autho- the means of egress in compliance with the provisions of rized on the site by such permit is suspended or abandoned for a this code. The construction documents shall designate the period of 180 days after the time the work is commenced.The number of occupants to be accommodated in every work code official is authorized to grant, in writing, one or more area of every floor and in all affected rooms and spaces. extensions of time for periods not more than 180 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable 1062.4 Exterior wall envelope. Construction documents cause demonstrated. for all work affecting the exterior wall envelope shall describe the exterior wall envelope in sufficient detail to 105.6 Suspension or revocation.The code official is author- determine compliance with this code.The construction doc- ized to suspend or revoke a permit issued under the provisions uments shall provide details of the exterior wall envelope as of this code wherever the permit is issued in error or on the required, including windows,doors, flashing, intersections basis of incorrect, inaccurate,or incomplete information or in with dissimilar materials, corners, end details, control violation of any ordinance or regulation or any of the provi- joints, intersections at roof, eaves, or parapets, means of sions of this code. drainage, water-resistive membrane, and details around 105.7 Placement of permit.The building permit or copy shall openings. be kept on the site of the work until the completion of the pro- The construction documents shall include manufac- ject. turer's installation instructions that provide supporting doc- umentation that the proposed penetration and opening SECTION 106 details described in the construction documents maintain CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS the wind and weather resistance of the exterior wall enve- lope.The supporting documentation shall fully describe the 106.1 General. Submittal documents consisting of construe- exterior wall system which was tested,where applicable,as tion documents,special inspection and structural observation well as the test procedure used. programs.investigation and evaluation reports, and other data 106.2.5 Site plan.The construction documents submitted shall be submitted in one or more sets with each application for with the application for permit shall be accompanied by a a permit.The construction documents shall be prepared by a site plan showing to scale the size and location of new con- registered design professional where required by the statutes of struction and existing structures on the site,distances from the jurisdiction in which the project is to be.constructed.Where lot lines,the established street grades,and the proposed Fin- special conditions exist, the code olrcial is authorized to ished grades; and it shall be drawn in accordance with an require additional construction documents to be prepared by a accurate boundary line survey.In the case of demolition,the registered design professional. site plan shall show construction to be demolished and the Exception.The code official is authorized to waive the sub- location and size of existing structures and construction that mission of construction documents and other data not are to remain on the site or plot.The code official is autho- required to be prepared by a registered design professional rized to waive or modify the requirement for a site plan if it is found that the nature of the work applied for is such when the application for permit is for alteration, repair or that reviewing of construction documents is not necessary change of occupancy. to obtain compliance with this code. 106.3 Examination of documents. The code official shall 106.2 Construction documents. Construction documents examine or cause to be examined the submittal documents and shall be in accordance with Sections 106.2.1 through 106.2.5. shall ascertain by such examinations whether the construction 106.2.1 Construction documents. Construction docu- or occupancy indicated and described is in accordance with the ments shall be dimensioned and drawn upon suitable mate- requirements of this code and other pertinent laws or ordi- rial. Electronic media documents are permitted to he nances. submitted when approved by the code official.Construction 106.3.1 Approval of construction documents. When the documents shall be of sufficient clarity to indicate the loca- code official issues a permit, the construction documents tion. nature and extent of the work proposed and show in shall be approved in writing or by stamp as "Reviewed for 6 20,14 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION Code Compliance." One set of construction documents so registered design professional in responsible charge who shall reviewed shall be retained by the code official.The other set perform the duties required of the original registered design shall be returned to the applicant.shall be kept at the site of professional in responsible charge. The code olrcial shall be work,and shall be open to inspection by the code official or notified in writing by the owner if the registered design profes- a duly authorized representative. sional in responsible charge is changed or is unable to continue 106.3.2 Previous approval. This code shall not require to perform the duties. The registered design professional in changes in the construction documents,construction or des- responsible charge shall be responsible for reviewing and coor- ignated occupancy of a structure for which a lawful permit dinating submittal documents prepared by others, including has been issued and the constriction of which has been pur- phased and deferred submittal items,for compatibility with the sued in good faith within 180 days after the effective date of design of the building. Where structural observation is this code and has not been abandoned. required,the inspection program shall name the individual or firms who are to perform structural observation and describe 106.3.3 Phased approval.The code oflicialis authorized to the stages of construction at which structural observation is to issue a permit for the construction of foundations or any occur. other part of a building before the construction documents for the whole building or structure have been submitted, provided that adequate information and detailed statements SECTION 107 have been filed complying with pertinent requirements of TEMPORARY STRUCTURES AND USES this code.The holder of such pemtiit for the foundation or 107.1 General.The code official is authorized to issue a permi t other parts of a building shall proceed at the holder's own for temporary uses.Such permits shall be limited as to time of risk with the building operation and without assurance that a service but shall not be permitted for more than 180 days.The permit for the entire structure will be granted. code official is authorized to grant extensions for demonstrated 106.3.4 Deferred submittals.For the purposes of this sec- cause. tion,deferred submittals are defined as those portions of the 107.2 Conformance. Temporary uses shall conform to the design that are not submitted at the time of the application structural strength, fire safety, means of egress, accessibility, and that are to be submitted to the code official within a light,ventilation and sanitary requirements of this code as nec- specified period. essary to ensure the public health,safety and general welfare. Deferral of any submittal items shall have the prior 107.3 Temporary power. The code official is authorized to approval of the code o0icial.The registered design proles- give permission to temporarily supply and use power in part of sional in responsible charge shall list the deferred submittals an electric installation before such installation has been fully on the construction documents for review by the code offs- completed and the final certificate of completion has been cial. issued. The part covered by the temporary certificate shall Submittal documents for deferred submittal items shall comply with the requirements specified for temporary lighting, be submitted to the registered design professional in respon- heat or power in NFPA 70. sible charge who shall review them and forward them to the 107.4 Termination of approval. The code official is autho- code official with a notation indicating that the deferred rized to terminate such permit for a temporary use and to order submittal documents have been reviewed and that they have the temporary use to be discontinued. been found to be in general conformance to the design of the building.The deferred submittal items shall not be installed until their deferred submittal documents have been SECTION 10B approved by the code official. FEES 106.4 Amended construction documents. Work shall be 108.1 Payment of fees. A permit shall not be valid until the installed in accordance with the reviewed construction docu- fees prescribed by law have been paid.Nor shall an amendment ments,and any changes made during construction that are not to a permit be released until the additional fee,if any,has been in compliance with the approved construction documents shall paid, be resubmitted for approval as an amended set of construction 108.2 Schedule of permit fees. On buildings, electrical,gas, documents. mechanical, and plumbing systems or alterations requiring a 106.5 Retention of construction documents. One set of permit,a fee for each permit shall be paid as required in accor- approved construction documents shall be retained by the code dance with the schedule as established by the applicable gov- official for a period of not less than the period required for erning authority. retention of public records. 108.3 Building permit valuations.The applicant for a permit 106.6 Design professional in responsible charge.When it is shall provide an estimated permit value at time of application. required that documents be prepared by a registered design Permit valuations shall include total value of work including professional,the code ofricialshall be authorized to require the materials and labor for which the permit is being issued,such owner to engage and designate on the building permit applica- as electrical, gas, mechanical, plumbing equipment, and per- tion a registered design professional who shall act as the regis- manent systems.If,in the opinion of the code official,the valu- tered design professional in responsible charge. If the ation is underestimated on the application,the permit shall be circumstances require, the owner shall designate a substitute denied unless the applicant can show detailed estimates to meet 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE 7 SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION the approval of the rode olrrial. Final building permit valua- documentation required in the International Building Code tion shall be set by the code of3r"cial. shall be submitted to the code olrcial. 108.4 Work commencing before permit issuance.Any per- 109.3.4 Frame inspection. Framing inspections shall be son who commences any work before obtaining the necessary made after the roof deck or sheathing, all framing, fire permits shall be subject to an additional fee established by the blocking,and bracing are in place and pipes.chimneys,and code oflicialthat shall be in addition to the required permit fees. vents to be concealed are complete and the rough electrical, 108.5 Related fees.The payment of the fee for the construe- plumbing,heating wires, pipes, and ducts are approved. tion, alteration, removal, or demolition of work done in con- 109.3.5 Lath or gypsum board inspection.Lath and gyp- nection to or concurrently with the work authorized by a sum board inspections shall be made after lathing and gyp- building permit shall not relieve the applicant or holder of the sum board, interior and exterior, is in place but before any permit from the payment of other fees that are prescribed by plastering is applied or before gypsum board joints and fas- lawv teners are taped and finished. 108.6 Refunds. The code official is authorized to establish a Exception:Gypsum board that is not part of a fire-resis- refund policy. Lance-rated assembly or a shear assembly. 109.3.6 Fire and smoke-resistant penetrations. Protec- tion of joints and penetrations in fire-resistance-rated SECTION 109 assemblies,smoke barriers and smoke partitions shall not be INSPECTIONS concealed from view until inspected and approved. 109.1 General. Construction or work for which a permit is 109.3.7 Other inspections. In addition to the inspections required shall be subject to inspection by the code official,and specified above, the code olhcial is authorized to make or such construction or work shall remain accessible and exposed require other inspections of any construction work to ascer- for inspection purposes until approved.Approval as a result of tain compliance with the provisions of this code and other an inspection shall not be construed to be an approval of a vio- laws that are enforced by the Department of Building lation of the provisions of this code or of other ordinances of Safety, the jurisdiction.Inspections presuming to give authority to vio- 109.3.8 Special inspections. Special inspections shall be late or cancel the provisions of this code or of other ordinances required in accordance with the International Building of the jurisdiction shall not be valid.It shall be the duty of the Code. permit applicant to cause the work to remain accessible and exposed for inspection purposes. Neither the code olrrfal nor 109.3.9 Final inspection. The final inspection shall be the jurisdiction shall be liable for expense entailed in the made after all work required by the building permit is com- removal or replacement of any material required to allow pleted. inspection. 109.4 Inspection agencies. The code official is authorized to 109.2 Preliminary inspection. Before issuing a permit, the accept reports of approved inspection agencies,provided such code official is authorized to examine or cause to be examined agencies satisfy the requirements as to qualifications and reli- buildings and sites for which an application has been filed. ability. 109.3 Required inspections.The rode oflirial,upon notifica- 109.5 Inspection requests.It shall be the duty of the holder of tion, shall make the inspections set forth in Sections 109.3.1 the building permit or their duly authorized agent to notify the through 109.3.9. code ofllcial when work is ready for inspection.It shall be the duty of the permi t holder to provide access to and means for any 109.3.1 Footing or foundation inspection. Footing and inspections of such work that are required by this code. foundation inspections shall be made after excavations for footings are complete and any required reinforcing steel is 109.6 Approval required.Work shall not be done beyond the in place.For concrete foundations,any required forms shall point indicated in each successive inspection without first be in place prior to inspection.Materials for the foundation obtaining the approval of the code oflfcial. The code official, shall be on the job,except where concrete is ready-mixed in upon notification, shall make the requested inspections and accordance with ASTM C 94, the concrete need not be on shall either indicate the portion of the construction that is satis- the job. factory as completed or shall notify the permit holder or an agent of the permit holder wherein the same fails to comply 109.3.2 Concrete slab or under-floor inspection. Con- with this code. Any portions that do not comply shall be cor- crete slab and under-floor inspections shall be made after rected and such portion shall not be covered or concealed until in-slab or under-floor reinforcing steel and building service authorized by the code official, equipment,conduit.piping accessories,and other ancillary equipment items are in place but before any concrete is placed or floor sheathing installed,including the sub floor. SECTION 110 109.3.3 Lowest floor elevation.For additionsand substan- CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY dal Improvements to existing buildings in flood hazard 110.1 Altered area use and occupancy classification areas,upon placement of the lowest floor, including base- change.No altered area of a building and no relocated building ment,and prior to further vertical construction,the elevation shall be used or occupied,and no change in the existing occu- B 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION pancy classification of a building or portion thereof shall be any building or system that is regulated by this code far which a made until the code official has issued a certificate of occu- permit is required,until approved by the code official. pancy therefor as provided herein. Issuance of a certificate of 111.2 Temporary connection.The code ofcial shall have the occupancy shall not be construed as an approval of a violation authority to authorize the temporary connection of the building of the provisions of this code or of other ordinances of the juris- or system to the utility source of energy,fuel,or power. diction. 110.2 Certificate issued. After the code official inspects the 111.3 Authority to disconnect service utilities.The code of i- building and finds no violations of the provisions of this code cial shall have the authority to authorize disconnection of util- or other laws that are enforced by the Department of Building code ityservice the referenced codes odes and standards regulated by this r- Safety, the code ahe olshall issue a certificate of occupancy gencywherenecessarytoeliminateanimmedi ate hazard to life that shall contain the Following; or property or when such utility connection has been made 1. The building permit number. without the approval required by Section 111.1 or 111.2.The 2. The address of the structure. code official shall notify the serving utility and,wherever pos- sible,the owner and occupant of the building,structure or ser- 3. The name and address of the owner. vice system of the decision to disconnect prior to taking such 4. A description of that portion of the structure For which action.if not notified prior to disconnecting,the owner or occu- the certificate is issued. pant of the building,structure or service system shall be noti- 5. A statement that the described portion of the structure fled in writing,as soon as practical thereafter. has been inspected for compliance with the require- ments of this code for the occupancy and division of occupancy and the use for which the proposed occu- SECTION 112 pancy is classified. BOARD OF APPEALS 6. The name of the code official. 112.1 General.In order to hear and decide appeals of orders, decisions,or determinations made by the code official relative 7. The edition of the code under which the permit was to the application and interpretation of this code,there shall be issued. and is hereby created a board of appeals.The board of appeals 8. The use and occupancy in accordance with the provi- shall be appointed by the governing body and shall hold office sions of the International Building Code. at its pleasure. The board shall adopt rules of procedure for 9. The type of construction as defined in the International conducting its business. Building Code. 112.2 Limitations on authority. An application for appeal 10. The design occupant load and any in)pact the alteration shall be based on a claim that the true intent of this code or the has on the design occupant load of the area not within rules legally adopted thereunder have been incorrectly inter- the scope of the work. preted, the provisions of this code do not fully apply, or an equally good or better Form of construction is proposed. The 11, If fire protection systems are provided,whether the fire board shall have no authority to waive requirements of this protection systems are required. code. 12. Any special stipulations and conditions of the building 112.3 Qualifications. The board of appeals shall consist of permit. members who are qualified by experience and training to pass 110.3'Temporary occupancy.The code ofllcial is authorized on matters pertaining to building construction and are not to issue a temporary certificate of occupancy before the com- employees of the jurisdiction. pletion of the entire work covered by the permit,provided that such portion or portions shall be occupied safely.The code olr- cial shall set a time period during which the temporary certifi- SECTION 113 cafe of occupancy is valid. VIOLATIONS 110.4 Revocation.The code official is authorized to, in writ- 113.1 Unlawful acts.It shall be unlawful for any person,firm, ing,suspend or revoke a certificate of occupancy or completion or corporation to repair, alter, extend, add, move, remove, issued under the provisions of this code wherever the certificate demolish,or change the occupancy of any building or equip- is issued in error or on the basis of incorrect information sup- ment regulated by this code or cause same to be done in conflict plied,or where it is determined that the building or structure or with or in violation of any of The provisions of this code. portion thereof is in violation of any ordinance or regulation or 113.2 Notice of violation. The code official is authorized to any of the provisions of this code. serve a notice of violation or order on the person responsible for the repair, alteration, extension, addition, moving, SECTION 111 removal,demolition,or change in the occupancy of a building SERVICE UTILITIES in violation of the provisions of this code or in violation of a permit or certificate issued under The provisions of this code. 111.1 Connection of service utilities. No person shall make Such order shall direct the discontinuance of the illegal action connections From a utility,source of energy, fuel,or power to or condition and the abatement of the violation, 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODEa' 9 SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION 113.3 Prosecution of violation.if the notice of violation is not ally;sent by certified or registered mail addressed to the owner complied with promptly, the code official is authorized to at the last known address with the return receipt requested:or request the legal counsel of the jurisdiction to institute the delivered in any other manner as prescribed by local law.If the appropriate proceeding at law or in equity to restrain,correct, certified or registered letter is returned showing that the letter or abate such violation or to require the removal or termination was not delivered,a copy thereof shall be posted in a conspicu- of the unlawful occupancy of the building or structure in viola- ous place in or about the structure affected by such notice.Ser- lion of the provisions of this code or of the order or direction vice of such notice in the foregoing manner upon the owner's made pursuant thereto. agent or upon the person responsible for the structure shall con- 113.4 Violation penalties.Any person who violates a provi- stitute service of notice upon the owner. sion of this code or fails to comply with any of the requirements 115.5 Restoration.The building or equipment determined to thereof or who it-pairs or alters or changes the occupancy of a be unsafe by the code official is penrnitted to be restored to a building or structure in violation of the approved construction safe condition.To the extent that repairs, alterations,or addi- documents or directive of the code olrcial or of a permit or cer- lions are made or a change of occupancy occurs during the res- tificate issued under the provisions of this code shall be subject toration of the building,such repairs,alterations,additions.or to penalties as prescribed by law, change of occupancy shall comply with the requirements of this code. SECTION 114 STOP WORK ORDER SECTION 116 114.1 Authority. Whenever the code official finds any work EMERGENCY MEASURES regulated by this code being performed in a manner contrary to 116.1 Imminent danger.When,in the opinion of the code olli- the provisions of this code or in a dangerous or unsafe manner, cial,there is imminent danger of failure or collapse of a build- the code official is authorized to issue a stop work order. ing that endangers life, or when any building or part of a 114.2 Issuance.The stop work order shall be in writing and building has fallen and life is endangered by the occupation of shall be given to the owner of the property involved or to the the building,or when there is actual or potential danger to the owner's agent,or to the person doing the work. Upon issuance building occupants or those in the proximity of any structure of a stop work order,the cited work shall immediately cease, because of explosives.explosive fumes or vapors,or the pres- The stop work order shall state the reason for the order and the ence of toxic fumes.gases,or materials.or operation of defec- conditions under which the cited work will be permitted to live or dangerous equipment, the code official is hereby authorized and empowered to order and require the occupants resume. to vacate the premises forthwith.The code official shall cause 114.3 Unlawful continuance.Any person who shall continue to be posted at each entrance to such structure a notice reading any work after having been served with a stop work order, as follows; "This Structure Is Unsafe and Its Occupancy Has except such work as that person is directed to perform to Been Prohibited by the Code Official." It shall be unlawful for remove a violation or unsafe condition,shall be subject to pen- any person to enter such structure except for the purpose of alties as prescribed by law, securing the structure,making the required repairs,removing the hazardous condition,or of demolishing the same. SECTION 115 116.2 Temporary safeguards. Notwithstanding other provi- UNSAFE BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT sions of this code,whenever,in the opinion of the code official, there is imminent danger due to an unsafe condition,the code 115.1 Conditions.Buildings,structures or equipment that are ofiicialshall order the necessary work to be done,including the or hereafter become unsafe,shall be taken down, removed or boarding up of openings,to render such structure temporarily made safe as the code official deems necessary and as provided safe whether or not the legal procedure herein described has for in this code. been instituted:and shall cause such other action to be taken as 115.2 Record.The code olficialshall cause a report to be filed the code official deems necessary to meet such emergency. on an unsafe condition.The report shall state the occupancy of 116.3 Closing streets.When necessary for public safety, the the structure and the nature of the unsafe condition. code official shall temporarily close structures and close or 115.3 Notice.if an unsafe condition is found,the code official order the authority having jurisdiction to close sidewalks, shall serve on the owner, agent, or person in control of the streets. public ways, and places adjacent to unsafe structures, structure a written notice that describes the condition deemed and prohibit the same from being utilized, unsafe and specifies the required repairs or improvements to be 116.4 Emergency repairs.For the purposes of this section,the made to abate the unsafe condition,or that requires the unsafe code official shall employ the necessary labor and materials to building to be demolished within a stipulated time.Such notice perform the required work as expeditiously as possible. shall require the person thus notified to declare immediately to 116.5 Costs of emergency repairs.Costs incurred in the per- the code official acceptance or rejection of the terms of the fonnance of emergency work shall be paid by the jurisdiction. order. The legal counsel of the jurisdiction shall institute appropriate 115.4 Method of service. Such notice shall be deemed prop- action against the owner of the premises where the unsafe erly served if a copy thereof is delivered to the owner person- structure is or was located for the recovery of such costs. 10 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE` SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION 116.6 Hearing. Any person ordered to take emergency mea- sures shall comply with such order forthwith.Any affected per- son shall thereafter.upon petition directed to the appeals board, be afforded a hearing as described in this code. SECTION 117 DEMOLITION 117.1 General.The code olTcial shall order the owner of any premises upon which is located any structure that in the code oflicial's judgment is so old,dilapidated,or has become so out of repairas to be dangerous, unsafe, insanitary, or otherwise unfit for human habitation or occupancy. and such that it is unreasonable to repair the structure, to demolish and remove such structure, or if such structure is capable of being made safe by repairs, to repair and make safe and sanitary or to demolish and remove at the owner's option;or where there has been a cessation of normal construction of any structure for a period of more than two years, to demolish and remove such structure. 117.2 Notices and orders.All notices and orders shall comply with Section 113, 117.3 Failure to comply. If the owner of a premises fails to comply with a demolition order within the time prescribed,the code official shall cause the structure to be demolished and removed,either through an available public agency or by con- tract or arrangement with private persons,and the cost of such demolition and removal shall be charged against the real estate upon which the structure is located and shall be a lien upon such real estate. 117.4 Salvage materials. When any structure has been ordered demolished and removed,the governing body or other designated officer under said contract or arrangement afore- said shall have the right to sell the salvage and valuable materi- als at the highest price obtainable. The net proceeds of such sale, after deducting the expenses of such demolition and removal,shall be promptly remitted with a report of such sale or transaction,including the items of expense and the amounts deducted,for the person who is entitled thereto,subject to any order of a court. If such a surplus does not remain to be turned over,the report shall so slate. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE°C 11 12 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' CHAPTER 2 DEFINITIONS SECTION 201 EXISTING BUILDING.A building erected prior to the date GENERAL of adoption of the appropriate code, or one for which a legal building permit has becr1 issued. 201.1 Scope.Unless otherwise expressly stated,the following words and terms shall,for the purposes of this code, have the [B] FLOOD HAZARD AREA.The greater of the following meanings shown in this chapter. two areas: 201.2 Interchangeability. Words used in the present tense 1. The area within a flood plain subject to a 1-percent or include the future: words stated in the masculine gender greater chance of flooding in any year. include the feminine and neuter;the singular number includes 2. The area designated as a flood hazard area on a commu- the plural and the plural,the singular. nity's flood hazard map,or otherwise legally designated. 201.3 Terms defined in other codes. Where terms are not HISTORIC BUILDING. Any building or structure that is defined in this code and are defined in the other International listed in the State or National Register of Historic Places;desig- Codes,such terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in nated as a historic property under local orstate designation law those codes. orsurvey;certified as a contributing resource within a National 201.4 Terms not defined. Where terms are not defined Register listed or locally designated historic district;or with an through the methods authorized by this chapter, such terms opinion or certification that the property is eligible to be listed shall have ordinarily accepted meanings such as the context on the National or State Register of Historic Places either indi- implies. vidually or as a contributing building to a historic district by the State Historic Preservation Officer or the Keeper of the National Register of Historic Places. SECTION 202 LOAD BEARING ELEMENT. Any column, girder, beam, GENERAL DEFINITIONS joist,truss,rafter,wall,floor or roof sheathing that supports any ADDITION.An extension or increase in floor area,number of vertical load in addition to its own weight or any lateral load, stories,or height of a building or structure. NONCOMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL.A material that,under ALTERATION.Any construction or renovation to an existing the conditions anticipated, will not ignite or burn when sub- structure other than a rPpairor addition.Alterations are classi- jetted to fire or heat.Materials that pass ASTM E 136 are con- f[ed as Level 1, Level 2. and Level 3. sidered noncombustible materials. CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY. A change in [lie purpose or PRIMARY FUNCTION.Aprimaiyfunctionis a majoractiv- level of activity within a building that involves a change in ity for which the facility is intended.Areas that contain a pri- application of the requirements of this code. mazy function include, but are not limited to, the customer CODE OFFICIAL.The officer or other designated authority services lobby of a bank, the dining area of a cafeteria, the charged with the administration and enforcement of this code. meeting rooms in a conference center, as well as offices and other work areas in which the activities of the public accommo- DANGEROUS.Any building,structure or portion thereof that dation or other private entity using the facility are carried out. meets any of the conditions described below shall be deemed Mechanical rooms, boiler rooms, supply storage rooms, dangenous: employee lounges or locker rooms, janitorial closets, I. The building or structure has collapsed, partially col- entrances,corridors and restrooms are not areas containing a lapsed,moved off its foundation or lacks the support of primary function. ground necessary to support it. REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL IN RESPON- 2. There exists a significant risk of collapse,detachment or SIBLE CHARGE.A registered design professional engaged dislodgment of any portion, member, appurtenance or by the owner to review and coordinate certain aspects of the ornamentation of the building or structure under service project, as determined by the code omcial, for compatibility loads. with the design of the building orstructure,including submittal EQUIPMENT OR FIXTURE.Any plumbing,heating,elec- documents prepared by others,deferred submittal documents trical,ventilating,air conditioning, refrigerating. and fire pro- and phased submittal documents. tection equipment, and elevators, dumb waiters, escalators, REHABILITATION.Any work, as described by the catego- boilers, pressure vessels and other mechanical facilities or ries of work defined herein,undertaken in an etistingbuilding. installations that are related to building services.Equipment or fixture shall not include manufacturing,production,or process REHABILITATION, SEISMIC. Work conducted to equipment,but shall include connections from building service improve the seismic lateral force resistance of an existing to process equipment. building. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' 13 DEFINITIONS REPAIR.The restoration to good or sound condition of any fire hazard, or in which the structure or individual structural part of an existingbuildingfor the purpose of its maintenance, members meet the definition of"Darrger>7us."or that are other- SEISMIC LOADING.The forces prescribed herein, related wise dangerous to human life or the public welfare, or that to the response of the structure to earthquake motions, to be involve illegal or improper occupancy or inadequate mainte- used in the analysis and design of the structure and its compo- nance shall be deemed unsafe. A vacant structure that is not rents. secured against entry shall be deemed unsafe. WORK AREA.That portion or portions of a building consist- [B]SUBSTANTIAL DAMAGE.For the purpose of determin- ing of all reconfigured spaces as indicated on the construction ing compliance with the flood provisions of This code,damage documents.Work area excludes other portions of the building of any origin sustained by a structure whereby the cost of where incidental work entailed by the intended work must be restoring the structure to its before-damaged condition would performed and portions of the building where work not initially equal or exceed 50 percent of the market value of the structure intended by the owner is specifically required by this code. before the damage occurred. SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENT. For the purpose of determining compliance with the flood provisions of this code, any repair, alteration,addition,or improvement of a building or structure,the cost of which equals or exceeds 50 percent of the market value of the structure, before the improvement or mpair•is started.If the structure has sustained substantial dam- age, any repairs are considered substantial imprvvement regardless of the actual repair-work performed.The term does not,however, include either: 1. Any project for improvement of a building required to correct existing health,sanitary,orsafety code violations identified by the code official and that is the minimum necessary to assure safe living conditions,or 2. Any alteration of a historic structure.provided that the alteration will not preclude the structure's continued designation as a historic structure. SUBSTANTIAL STRUCTURAL DAMAGE. A condition where: 1. In any story, the vertical elements of the lat- eral-force-resisting system have suffered damage such that the lateral load-carrying capacity of the structure in any horizontal direction has been reduced by more than 20 percent from its predamaged condition: or 2. The capacity of any vertical gravity load-carrying com- ponent,or any group of such components.that supports more than 30 percent of the total area of the structure's floor(s) and roof(s) has been reduced more than 20 per- cent from its predamaged condition and the remaining capacity of such affected elements, with respect to all dead and live loads, is less than 75 percent of that required by the lnterirational Building Cade for new buildings of similar structure. purpose and location. TECHNICALLY INFEASIBLE.An alteration of a building or a facility that has little likelihood of being accomplished because the existing structural conditions require the removal or alteration of a load-bearing member that is an essential part of the structural frame or because other existing physical or site constraints prohibit modification or addition of elements, spaces,or features that are in full and strict compliance with the minimum requirements for new construction and that are nec- essary to provide accessibility. UNSAFE. Buildings.structures or equipment that are unsani- tary. or that are deficient due to inadequate means of egress facilities, inadequate light and ventilation,or that constitute a 14 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' CHAPTER 3 1 PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE METHOD [B] SECTION 301 For buildings and structures in flood hazard areas estab- GENERAL lished in Section 1612.3 of the International Building Code, 301.1 Scope.The provisions of this chapter shall control the any additions that do not constitute substantial improvement or alteration, repair, addition and change of occupancy of exist- substantial damage of the existing structure,as defined in See- ing structures,including historic and moved structures as refer- tion 1612.2 of the International Building Code, are not enced in Section 101.5.t. required to comply with the flood design requirements for new construction. Exception: Existing bleachers, grandstands and folding and telescopic seating shall comply with 1CC 300-02. 302.3 Existing structural elements carrying gravity load. 301.1.1 Compliance with other methods. Alterations, Any existing gravity load-carrying structural element for repairs, additions and changes of occupancy to existing Which an addition and its related alterations cause an increase structures shall comply with the provisions of this chapter or in design gravity load of more than 5 percent shall be strength- with one of the methods provided in Section 101.5. ened,supplemented,replaced or otherwise altered as needed to carry the increased load required by this code for new struc- 301.2 Building materials. Building materials shall comply tures. Any existing gravity load-carrying structural element with the requirements of this section. whose gravity load-carrying capacity is decreased shall be con- 301.2.1 Existing materials. Materials already in use in a sidered an altered element subject to the requirements of Sec- building in conformance with requirements or approvals in tion 303.3. Any existing element that will form part of the effect at the time of their erection or installation sha 11 be per- lateral load pa t for any part of the additionshall be considered mitted to remain in use unless determined by the code oIB- an existing lateral load-carrying structural element subject to cial to be dangerous to life, health or safety. Where such the requirements of Section 302.4. conditions are determined to be dangerous to life,health or 302.3.1 Design live load. Where the addition does not safety,they shall be mitigated or made safe. result in increased design live load, existing gravity 301.2.2 New and replacement materials.Except as other- load-carrying structural elements shall be permitted to be wise required or permitted by this code,materials permitted evaluated and designed for live loads approved prior to the by the applicable code for new construction shall be used. addition.if the approved live load is less than that required Like materials shall be permitted for repairs and alterations, by Section 1607 of the International Building Code, the provided no hazard to life, health or property is created. area designed for the nonconforming live load shall be Hazardous materials shall not be used where the code for posted with placards of approved design indicating the new construction would not permit their use in buildings of approved live load. Where the addition does result in similar occupancy,purpose and location, increased design live load,the live load required by Section 1607 of the International Building Code shall be used. [BI SECTION 302 302.9 Existing structural elements carrying lateral load. ADDITIONS Where the addition,is structurally independent of the existing 302.1 General. Additions to any building or structure shall structure, existing lateral load-carrying structural elements comply with the requirements of the International Building shall be permitted to remain unaltered. Where the addition is Code for new construction.Alterations to the existing building not structurally independent of the exist ing structure,the exist- or structure shall be made to ensure that the existing building or ing structure and its addition acting together as a single struc- structure together with the addition are no less conforming ture shall be shown to meet the requirements of Sections 1609 with the provisions of this code than the existing building or and 1613 of the International Building Code. structure was prior to the addition. An existing building Exception: Any existing lateral load-carrying structural together with its additions shall comply with the height and element whose demand-capacity ratio with the addition area provisions of Chapter 5 of the International Building considered is no more than 10 percent greater than its Code. demand-capacity ratio with the addition ignored shall be 302.2 Flood hazard areas. For buildings and structures in permitted to remain unaltered. For purposes of calculating flood hazard areas established in Section 1612.3 of the Interna- demand-capacity ratios,the demand shall consider applica- tiornal Building Code,any addition that constitutes substantial ble load combinations with design lateral loads or forces in innpiuvement of the existing structure, as defined in Section accordance with Sections 1609 and 1613 of the Interim- 1612.2 of the International Building Code,shall comply with tional Building Code For purposes of this exception,com- the flood design requirements for new construction, and all parisons of demand-capacity ratios and calculation of aspects of the existing structure shall be brought into compli- design lateral loads.forces and capacities shall account for ante with the requirements for new construction for flood the cumulative effects of additions and alterations since design. original construction. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" is PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE METHOD 302.4.1 Seismic.Seismic requirements for alterations shall 303.3.1 Design live load. Where the alteration does not be in accordance with this section.Where the existing seis- result in increased design live load, existing gravity mic force-resisting system is a type [hat can be designated load-carrying structural elements shall be permitted to be ordinary, values of R. Q,and C,a for the existing seismic evaluated and designed for live loads approved prior to the farce-resisting system shall be those specified by this code alteration.if the approved live load is less than that required for an ordinary system unless it is demonstrated that the by Section 1607 of the International Building Code, the existing system will provide performance equivalent to that area designed for the nonconforming live load shall be of a detailed intermediate or special system. posted with placards of approved design indicating the approved live load. Where the alteration does result in increased design live load,the live load required by Section [133 SECTION 303 1607 of the International Building Code shall be used. ALTERATIONS 303.4 Existing structural elements carrying lateral load. 303.1 General. Except as provided by Section 301.2 or this Except as permitted by Section 303.5, with the alteration section, alterations to any building or structure shall comply increases design lateral loads in accordance with Section 1609 with the requirements of the code for new construction.Alter- of the International Building Code or 1613 of the International at ions shall be such that the existing building or structure is no Building Code, or where the alteration results in a structural less conforming with the provisions of this code than the exist- irregularity as defined in ASCE 7, or where the alteration ing building or structure was prior to the alteration, decreases the capacity of any existing lateral load-carrying structural element,the structure of the altered building or struc- Exceptions: tore shall be shown to meet the requirements of Sections 1609 1. An existing stairway shall not be required to comply and 1613 of[he International Building Code. with the requirements of Section 1009 of the Interrna- Exception: Any existing lateral load-carrying structural tional Building Code where the existing space and element whose demand-capacity ratio with the alteration construction does not allow a reduction in pitch or considered is no more than 10 percent greater than its slope. demand-capacity ratio with the alteration ignored shall be 2. Handrails otherwise required to comply with Section permitted to remain unaltered. For purposes of calculating 1009.12 of the International Building Code shall not demand-capacity ratios,the demand shall consider applica- be required to comply with the requirements of Sec- ble load combinations with design lateral loads or forces in tion 1012.6 of the International Building Code accordance with Sections 1609 and 1613 of the Interna- regarding full extension of the handrails where such tlonal Building Code.For purposes of this exception,com- exlensions would be hazardous due to plan configura- parisons of demand-capacity ratios and calculation of tion. design lateral loads,forces and capacities shall account for the cumulative effects of additions and alterations since 303.2 Flood hazard areas. For buildings and structures in original construction. flood hazard areas established in Section 1612,3 of the Interna- tional Building Code, any alteration that constitutes substan- 303.4.1 Seismic.Seismic requirements for alterations shall tial improvement of the existing structure,as defined in Section be in accordance with this section,Where the existing seis- 1612.2 of the International Building Code,shall comply with mic force-resisting system is a type that can be designated the flood design requirements for new construction, and all ordinary, values of R, Qp and Cj for the existing seismic aspects of the existing structure shall be brought into compl- Force-resisting system shall be[hose specified by this code ance with the requirements for new construction for flood for an ordinary system unless it is demonstrated that the design existing system will provide performance equivalent to that For buildings and structures in flood hazard areas estab- of a detailed intermediate or special system. lished in Section 1612.3 of the International Building Code, 303.5 Voluntary seismic improvements.Alterations to exist- any alterations that do not constitute substantiallrraprovement ing structural elements or additions of new structural elements or substantial d9mage of the existing structure. as defined in that are not otherwise required by this chapter and are initiated Section 1612.2 of the International Building Code, are not for the purpose of improving the performance of the seismic- required to comply with the flood design requirements for new force-resisting system of an existing structure or the perfor- construction. mance of seismic bracing or anchorage of existing nonstructural elements shall be permitted, provided that an 303.3 Existing structural elements carrying gravity load. engineering analysis is submitted demonstrating all of the fol- Any existing gravity load-carrying structural element for lowing: which an alteration causes an increase in design gravity load of more than 5 percent shall be strengthened, supplemented, 1. The altered structure and the altered nonstructural ele- replaced or otherwise altered as needed to catty the increased meats are no less conforming with the provisions of this gravity load required by this code for new structures. Any code with respect to earthquake design than they were existing gravity load-carrying structural element whose grav- ity load-carrying capacity is decreased as part of the alteration 2. New structural elements are detailed and connected to shall be shown to have the capacity to resist the applicable the existing structural elements as required by Chapter design gravity loads required by this code for new structures. 16 of the huerraatlonal Building Code. 16 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODED PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE METHOD 3. New or relocated nonstructural elements are detailed and demonstrated that the existing system will provide connected to existing or new structural elements as performance equivalent to that of an intermediate or special required by Chapter 16 of ilte International Building system. Code. 304.2.2 Extent of repair for compliant buildings. If the 4. The alterations do not create a structural irregularity as evaluation establishes compliance of the pre-damage build- defined in ASCE 7 or make an existing structural irregu- ing in accordancewith Section 304.2.1,then repairs shall be larity more severe. permitted that restore the building to its pre-damage slate 303.6 Means of egress capacity factors. Alterations to any using materials and strengths that existed prior to the dam- existing building or structure shall not be subject to the egress age. width factors in Section 1005.1 of the International Building 304.2.3 Extent of repair for noncompliant buildings. If Code for new construction in determining the minimum egress the evaluation does not establish compliance of the widths or the minimum number of exits in an existing building pre-damage building in accordance with Section 304.2.1, or structure.The minimum egress widths for the components then the building shall be rehabilitated to comply with appli- of the means of egress shall be based on the means of egress cable provisions of this code for load combinations,includ- width factors in the building code under which the building was ing wind or seismic loads. The wind loads for the n-pair constructed. and shall be considered as complying means of shall be as required by the building code in effect at the time egress for any alteration if,in the opinion of the code official, of original construction,unless the damage was caused by they do not constitute a distinct hazard to life. wind,in which case the wind loads shall be as required by the building code in effect at[lie time of original construc- tion or as required by this code, whichever are greater. [B] SECTION 304 Earthquake loads for this rehabilitation design shall be those REPAIRS required for the design of the pre-damage building,but not 304.1 General. Buildings and structures, and parts thereof, less than 75 percent of those prescribed in Section 1613 of shall be repaired in conformance with Section 301.2.Work on the International Building Code, New structural members nondamaged components that is necessary for the required and connections required by this rehabilitation design shall napairof damaged components shall be considered part of the comply with the detailing provisions of this code for new repair and shall not be subject to the requirements for alter- buildings of similar structure,purpose and location. ations in this chapter.Routine maintenance required by Section 304.3 Substantial structural damage to gravity load-carry- 301.2,ordinary repairs exempt from permit in accordance with ing components.Gravity load-carrying components that have Section 105.2, and abatement of wear due to normal service sustained substantial structural damage shall be rehabilitated conditions shall not be subject to the requirements for repairs in to comply with the applicable provisions of this code for dead this section. and live loads.Snow loads shall be considered if the substantial 304.1.1 Dangerous conditions.Regardless of the extent of structural damage was caused by or related to snow load structural or nonstructural damage, the code olrcial shall effects.Existing gravity load-carrying structural elements shall have the authority to require the elimination of conditions be permitted to be designed for live loads approved prior to[he deemed dangerous. damage.Nondamaged gravity load-carrying components that 304.2 Substantial structural damage to vertical elements of receive dead,live or snow loads from rehabilitated components the lateral-force-resisting system. A building that has sus- shall also be rehabilitated or shown to have the capacity to carry tained substantialstructural damage to the vertical elements of the design loads of the rehabilitation design. New structural its lateral-force-resisting system shall be evaluated and members and connections required by this rehabilitation design shall comply with the detailing provisions of this code repaired in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sec- lions 309.2.1 through 304.2.3. for new buildings of similar structure,purpose and location. 304.2.1 Evaluation. The building shall be evaluated by a 304.3.1 Lateral force-resisting elements. Regardless of registered design professional, and the evaluation findings the level of damage to vertical elements of the lateral shall be submitted to the code olFciaL The evaluation shall force-resisting system, if substantial structural darvage to establish whether the damaged building, if repaired to its gravity load-carrying components was caused primarily by pre-damage state,would comply with the provisions of this wind or earthquake effects,then the building shall be evalu- code for wind and earthquake loads. Evaluation for earth- ated in accordance with Section 304.2.1 and.if noncompli- quake loads shall be required if the substantial structural ant,rehabilitated in accordance with Section 304.2.3. damage was caused by or related to earthquake effects or if 304.4 Less than substantial structural damage.For damage the building is in Seismic Design Category C,D,E or F. less than substantial structural damage, repairs shall be Wind loads for this evaluation shall be those prescribed in allowed that restore the building to its pre-damage state using Section 1609 of the International Building Code Earth- materials and strengths that existed prior to the damage.New quake loads for this evaluation,if required,shall be permit- structural members and connections used for this repairshall ted to be 75 percent of those prescribed in Section 1613 of comply with the detailing provisions of this code for new build- the International Building Code Values of R, Wand C,ifor ings of similar structure,purpose and location. the existing seismic force-resisting system shall be those 304.5 Flood hazard areas. For buildings and structures in specified by this code for an ordinary system unless it is flood hazard areas established in Section 1612.3 of the Interna- 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE 17 PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE METHOD tional Building Code. any repair that constitutes substantial 305.5 Opening protectives.Doors and windows along the fire improvement of the existing structure, as defined in Section escape shall be protected with all-hour opening protectives. 1612.2 of the International Building Code,shall comply with the flood design requirements for new construction, and all aspects of the existing structure shall be brought into coinpli- SECTION 306 ante with the requirements for new construction for flood GLASS REPLACEMENT design, 306.1 Conformance.The installation or replacement of glass For buildings and structures in flood hazard areas estab- shall be as required for new installations. lished in Section 1612.3 of the Intei national Building Code, any repairs that do not constitute substantial irnpravennent or substantial darrrageofthe existing structure,as defined in Sec- SECTION 307 tion 1612.2 of the International Building Code, are not CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY required to comply with the flood design requirements for new construction. [B]307.1 Conformance.No change shall be made in the use or occupancy of any building that would place the building in a different d ivision of the same group of occupancy or in a differ- ent group of occupancies,unless such building is made to com- SECTION 305 ply with the requirements of this code for such division or FIRE ESCAPES group of occupancy. Subject to the approval of the building 305.1 Where permitted. Fire escapes shall be permitted only official,the use or occupancy of existing buildings shall be per- as provided for in Sections 305.1.1 through 305.1.4. milted to be changed and the building is allowed to be occupied for purposes in other groups without conforming to all the 305.1.1 New buildings. Fire escapes shall not constitute requirements of this code for those groups,provided the new or any part of the required means of egress in new buildings. proposed use is less hazardous,based on life and fire risk,than 305.12 Existing fire escapes. Existing fire escapes shall the existing use. continue to be accepted as a component in the means of [B] 307.2 Certificate of occupancy. A certificate of occu- egress in existing buildings only, panty shall be issued where it has been determined that the requirements for the new occupancy classification have been 305.1.3 New fire escapes. New fire escapes for existing met. buildings shall be permitted only where exterior stairs can not be utilized due to lot lines limiting stair size or due to the [B] 307.3 Stairways. Existing stairways in an existing struc- sidewalks, alleys or roads at grade level. New fire escapes tune shall not be required to comply with the requirements of a shall not incorporate ladders or access by windows. new stairway as outlined in Section 1009 of the International Building Code where the existing space and construction will 305.1.4 Limitations. Fire escapes shall comply with this not allow a reduction in pitch or slope. section and shall not constitute more than 50 percent of the [B]307.9 Structural.When a change ofoccupancyresults in a required number of exits nor more than 50 percent of the structure being reclassified to a higher occupancy category.the required exit capacity. structure shall conform to the seismic requirements for a new 305.2 Location.Where located on the front of the building and structure of the higher occupancy category.Where the existing where projecting beyond the building line, the lowest landing seismic force-resisting system is a type that can be designated shall not be less than 7 feet (2134 mm) or more than I2 feet ordinary, values of R, 52,, and Cd for the existing seismic (3658 mm)above grade,and shall be equipped with a counter- force-resisting system shall be those specified by this code for balanced stairway to the street.In alleyways and thoroughfares an ordinary system unless it is demonstrated that the existing less than 30 feet(9144 mm)wide,the clearance under the low- system will provide performance equivalent to that of a est landing shall not be less than 12 feet (3658 trim), detailed,intermediate or special system. 305.3 Construction.The fire escape shall be designed to sup- Exceptions: port a live load of 100 pounds per square foot (4788 Pa) and 1. Specific seismic detailing requirements of this code shall be constructed of steel or other approved noncombustible or Section 1613 of the International Building Code materials.Fire escapes constructed of wood not less than nomi- for a new structure shall not be required to be met nal 2 inches(51 mm)thick are permitted on buildings of Type 5 where it can be shown that the level of performance construction.Walkways and railings located over or supported and seismic safely is equivalent to that of a new struc- by combustible roofs in buildings of Type 3 and 4 construction ture.Such analysis shall consider the regularity,over are permitted to be of wood not less than nominal 2 inches(51 strength, redundancy and ductility of the structure mm) thick. within the context of the existing and retrofit(if any) 305.4 Dimensions.Stairs shall be at least 22 inches (559 mm) detailing provided. wide with risers not more than, and treads not less than. 8 2. When a change of use results in a structure being inches(203 mm)and landings at the foot of stairs not less than reclassified from Occupancy Category I or II to Occu- 40 inches (10I6 min) wide by 36 inches (914 mm) long, panty Category III and the structure is located in a located not more than 8 inches (203 mm) below the door. seismic map area where Sr„<0.3 3. compliance with SB 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE METHOD the seismic requirements of this code and Section conformance with Section 1612 of the International Building 1613 of the International Building Code is not Code. required. Exception: Historic buildings that are: [EC] 307.5 Energy. Buildings undergoing a change in occu- 1. Listed or preliminarily determined to be eligible for panty that would result in an increase in demand for either fos- listing in the:National Register of Historic Places: sil fuel or electrical energy shall comply with the International Energy Consenation Code. 2. Determined by the Secretary of the U.S.Department of Interior as contributing to the historical signifi- 307.6 Electrical.It shall be unlawful to make a change in the cance of a registered historic district or a district pre- occupancy of a structure that will subject the structure to the liminarily determined to qualify as an historic district: special provisions of the International Building Coderelated to or electrical installations applicable to the new occupancy with- out approval. The code olTcial shall certify that the structure 3. Designated as historic under a state or local historic meets the intent of the provisions of law governing building preservation program that is approved by the Depart- construction for the proposed new occupancy and that such ment of Interior. change ofoccupancydoes not result in any hazard to the public health,safety or welfare. [FG] 307.7 Fuel gas.It shall be unlawful to make a change in Ls] SECTION MOVED STRUCTURES the occupancy of a structure that will subject the structure to the special provisions of the International Fuel Gas Code applica- 309.1 Conformance.Structures moved into or within the juris- ble to the new occupancy without approval. The code ofTcial diction shall comply with the provisions of this code for new shall certify that the structure meets the intent of the provisions structures. of law goN erning building construction for the proposed new occupancy and that such change of occupancy does not result in any hazard to the public health,safety or welfare. [8] SECTION 310 [M] 307.8 Mechanical.It shall be unlawful to make a change ACCESSIBILITY FOR EXISTING BUILDINGS in the occupancy of a structure that will subject the structure to 310.1 Scope.The provisions of Sections 310.1 through 310.9 the special provisions of the International Alechanical Code apply to maintenance, change of occupancy, additions and applicable to the new occupancy without approval.The code alterations to existing buildings, including those identified as official shall certify that the structure meets the intent of the historic buildings, provisions of law governing building construction for the pro- Exception. Type B dwelling or sleeping units required by posed new occupancy and that such change ofoccupancydoes Section 1107 of the International Building Code are not notresultin any hazard tolhepublic health,safety orwelfare. required to be provided in existing buildings and facilities [P] 307.9 Plumbing.It shall be unlawful to make a change in being altered or undergoing a change of occupancy. the occupancy of a structure that will subject the structure to the 310.2 Maintenance of facilities. A building, facility or ele- special provisions of the International Plumbing Codeapplica- ment that is constructed or altered to be accessible shall be ble to the new occupancy without approval.The code official maintained accessible during occupancy. shall certify that the structure meets the intent of the provisions of law governing building construction for the proposed new 310.3 Extent of application.An alteiationof an existing ele- occupancy and that such change of occupancy does not result ment,space or area of a building or facility shall not impose a in any hazard to the public health,safety or welfare. requirement for greater accessibility than that which would be required for new construction. Alterations shall not reduce or have the effect of reducing [B] SECTION 308 accessibility of a building,portion of a building or facility. HISTORIC BUILDINGS 310,4 Change of occupancy.Existing buildings that undergo a 308.1 Historic buildings.The provisions of this code relating change of group or occupancy shall comply with this section. to the construction,it-pair,alteiation,addition,restoration and movement of structures,and change of occupancy shall not be 31Q.4.1 Partial change in occupancy.Where a portion of mandatory for historic buildings where such buildings are the building is changed to a new occupancy classification, judged by the building official to not constitute a distinct life any alterations shall comply with Sections 310.6,310.7 and safety hazard. 310.8. 308.2 Flood hazard areas. Within Flood hazard areas estab- 310.4.2 Complete change of occupancy. Where an entire lished in accordance with Section 1612.3 of the International building undergoes a change ofoccupancy,it shall comply Building Code.where the work proposed constitutes substan- with Section 310.4.1 and shall have all of the following tial improvement as defined in Section 1612.2 of the Iirterrra- accessible features: tional Building Code, the building shall be brought into 1. At least one accessible building entrance. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" 19 PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE METHOD 2. At least one accessible route From an accessible build- 4. This provision does not apply to alterations under- ing entrance to primary function areas. taken for the primary purpose of increasing the acces- 3. Signage complying with Section 1110 of the Interna- sibility of an existing building, facility or element. tional Building Code. 310.8 Scoping for alterations. The provisions of Sections 4. Accessible parking,whereparkingis being provided. 310.8.1 through 310.8.12 shall apply to alterations to existing buildings and Facilities. 5. At leas)one accessible passenger loading zone,when 310.8.1 Entrances.Accessible entrances shall be provided loading zones are provided, in accordance with Section 1105 of the Interatlo al Build- 6. At least one accessible route connecting accessible ing Code. parking and accessible passenger loading zones to an Exception: Where an alteration includes alterations to accessible entrance. an entrance,and the building or facility has an accessible Where it is technic ally infeasible to comply with the new entrance,the altered entrance is not required to be acces- construction standards for any of these requirements For a sible,unless required by Section 310.7.Signs complying change of group or occupancy, the above items shall con- with Section 1110 of the International Building Code form to the requirements to the maximum extent technically shall be provided. feasible. 310.8.2 Elevators. Altered elements of existing elevators 310.5 Additions.Provisions for new construction shall apply shall comply with ASME A17.1 and ICC Al 17,1.Such ele- to additions. An addition that affects the accessibility to. or ments shall also be altered in elevators programmed to contains an area of, a primary function shall comply with the respond to the same hall call control as the altered elevator. requirements in Section 310.7. 310.8.3 Platform lifts.Platform (wheelchair)lifts comply- 310.6 Alterations. A building, facility or element [hat is ing with ICC Al 17.1 and installed in accordance with altered shall comply with the applicable provisions in Chapter ASME A18.1 shall be permitted as a component of an 11 of the International Building Code and ICC A 117.1,unless accessible route. technically Infeasible. Where compliance with Ibis section is 310.8.4 Stairs and escalators in existing buildings. In technically infeasible,the alteiatfonsltall provide access to the alterations, change of occupancy,or additions where an maximum extent technically feasible. escalator or stair is added where none existed previously Exceptions: and major structural modifications are necessary for instal- lation,an accessible route shall be provided between the lev- 1. The altered element or space is not required to be on els served by the escalator or stairs in accordance with an accessible route,unless required by Section 310.7. Sections 1104.4 and 1104.5 of the International Building 2. Accessible means of egress required by Chapter 10 of Code. the International Building Code are not required to be 310.8.5 Ramps.Where steeper slopes than allowed by Sec- provided in existing buildings and facilities. tion 1010.2 of the International Building Codeare necessi- 3. The alteration to Type A individually owned dwelling tated by space limitations,the slope of ramps in or providing units within a Group R-2 occupancy shall meet the access to existing buildings or facilities shall comply with provision for a Type B dwelling unit and shall comply Table 310.8.5. with the applicable provisions in Chapter 11 of the TABLE 310.8.5 International Building Code and ICC A 117.1. RAMPS 310.7 Alterations affecting an area containing a primary SLOPE MAXIMUM RISE function. Where an alteration affects the accessibility to, or Steeper than 1:10 but not steeper than 1:8 3 inches contains an area of,a pnimmyfunction.the route to the primary Steeper than 1:12 but not steeper than 1:10 6 inches function area shall be accessible. The accessible route to the primaryfunction area shall include toilet facilities or drinking For SI: l inch=25.4 mm. fountains serving the area of primary function. 310.8.6 Performance areas.Where it is technicallyinfeasi- ble to alter performance areas to be on an accessible route,at Exceptions: least one of each type of performance area shall be made 1. The costs of providing the accessible route are not accessible. required to exceed 20 percent of the costs of the alter- 310.8.7 Accessible dwelling or sleeping units. Where ations affecting the area of primary function. Group I-1, 1-2, 1-3, R-1, R-2 or R-4 dwelling or sleeping 2. This provision does not apply to alterations limited units are being altered or added,the requirements of Section solely to windows, hardware, operating controls. 1107 of the International Building Code for Accessible electrical outlets and signs. units apply only to the quantity of spaces being altered or 3. This provision does not apply to alterations limited added. solely to mechanical systems, electrical systems. 310.8.8 Type A dwelling or sleeping units. Where more installation or alteration of fire protection systems than 20 Group R-2 dwelling or sleeping units are being and abatement of hazardous materials. added, the requirements of Section 1 107 of the Interim- 20 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE METHOD donal Building Code for Type A units apply only to the 310.9.3 Entrances. At least one main entrance shall be quantity of the spaces being added. accessible. 310.8.9 Type B dwelling or sleeping units.Where four or Exceptions: more Group I-1,I-2,R-1,R-2.R-3 or R-4 dwellingor sleep- 1. If a main entrance cannot be made accessible,an ing units are being added,the reg iii rein ents Section 1107 of accessible nonpublic entrance that is unlocked the haernationall1i ilding Code for Type B units apply only while the building is occupied shall be provided:or to the quantity of the spaces being added. 2. If a main entrance cannot be made accessible, a 310.8.10 Jury boxes and witness stands. In alterations, locked accessible entrance with a notification sys- accessible wheelchair spaces are not required to be located tern or remote monitoring shall be provided. within the defined area of raised jury boxes or witness stands and shall be pennitted to be located outside these Signs complying with Section 1110 of the International spaces where the ramp or lift access restricts or projects into Building Code shall be provided at the primary entrance and the means of egress. the accessible entrance. 310.8.11 Toilet rooms.Where it is technically infeasible to 310.9.4 Toilet and bathing facilities. Where toilet rooms alter existing toilet and bathing facilities to be accessible,an are provided, at least one accessible family or assisted-use accessible family or assisted-use toilet or bathing facility toilet room corplying with Section 1109.2.1 of the Interna- constructed in accordance with Section 1109.2.1 of the tional Building Code shall be provided. International Building Code is pennitted. The family or assisted-use facility shall be located on the same floor and in the same area as the existing facilities. 310.8.12 Dressing,fitting and locker rooms. Where it is technicallyinfeasible to provide accessible dressing,fitting or locker rooms at the same location as similar types of rooms,one accessible room on the same level shall be pro- vided. Where separate-sex facilities are provided, accessi- ble rooms for each sex shall be provided. Separate-sex facilities are not required where only unisex rooms are pro- vided. 310.8.13 Fuel dispensers. Operable parts of replacement fuel dispensers shall be permitted to be 54 inches (1370 mm) maximum,measuring from the surface of the vehicu- lar way where fuel dispensers are installed on existing curbs. 310.8.14 Thresholds.The maximum height of thresholds at doorways shall be Y,inch(19.1 mrn).Such thresholds shall have beveled edges on each side. 310.9 Historic buildings. These provisions shall apply to buildings and facilities designated as historic structures that undergo alterations or a change of occupancy, unless techni- cally infeasible. Where compliance with the requirements for accessible routes,entrances or toilet facilities would threaten or destroy the historic significance of the building or facility, as determined by the applicable governing authority, the alterna- tive requirements of Sections 310.9.1 through 310.9.4 for that element shall be permitted. 310.9.1 Site arrival points. At least one accessible route from a site arrival point to an accessible entrance shall be provided. 310.9.2 Multilevel buildings and facilities.An accessible route from an accessible entrance to public spaces on the level of the accessible entrance shall be provided. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODER 21 22 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE° CHAPTER 4 CLASSIFICATION OF WORK SECTION 401 reconfiguration or extension of any system.or the installation GENERAL of any additional equipment. 401.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall be used in 404.2 Application. Level 2 alterations shall comply with the conjunction with Chapters 5 through 12 and shall apply to the provisions of Chapter 6 for level 1 alterations as well as the alteration, repair, addition and change ofoccupanc},of exist- provisions of Chapter 7. ing structures,including historic and moved structures,as ref- erenced in Section 101.5.2. The work performed on an existing building shall be classified in accordance with[his chapter. SECTION 405 401.1.1 Compliance with other alternatives.Alterations. ALTERATION-LEVEL 3 repairs, additions and changes of occupancy to existing 405.1 Scope. Level 3 alterations apply where the work area structures shall comply with the provisions of Chapters 4 exceeds 50 percent of the aggregate area of the building. through 12 or with one of the alternatives provided in Sec- tion 101.5. 405.2 Application. Level 3 alterations shall comply with(lie provisions of Chapters 6 and 7 for Level 1 and 2 alterations, 401.2 Work area.The work area,as defined in Chapter 2.shall respectively, as well as the provisions of Chapter 8, be identified on the construction documents. 401.3 Occupancy and use.When determining the appropriate application of the referenced sections of this code, the occu- SECTION 406 pancy and use of a building shall be determined in accordance CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY with Chapter 3 of the International Building Code. 406.1 Scope. Change ofoccupang,provisions apply where the activity is classified as a change of occupancy as defined in SECTION 402 Chapter 2. REPAIRS 406.2 Application. Changes of occupancy shall comply with 402.1 Scope. Repairs, as defined in Chapter 2, include the the provisions of Chapter 9. patching or restoration or replacement of damaged materials, elements,equipment or fixtures for the purpose of maintaining such components in good or sound condition with respect to SECTION 407 existing loads or performance requirements. ADDITIONS 402.2 Application. Repairs shall comply with the provisions 407.1 Scope.Provisions for additions shall apply where work of Chapter 5. is classified as an addition as defined in Chapter 2. 402.3 Related work.Work on nondamaged components that is 407.2 Application.Additions to existing buildings shall coni- necessary for the required repairof daniaged components shall ply with the provisions of Chapter 10. be considered part of the repair and shall not be subject to the provisions of Chapter 6, 7.8,9 or 10. SECTION 408 HISTORIC BUILDINGS SECTION 403 408.1 Scope.Historic buildings provisions shall apply to build- ALTERATION-LEVEL 1 ings classified as historic as defined in Chapter 2. 403.1 Scope. Level 1 alterations include the removal and replacement or the covering of existing materials, elements, 408.2 Application. Except as specifically provided for in equipment, or fixtures using new materials, elements, equip- Chapter 11, historic buildings shall comply with applicable ment,or fixtures that serve the same purpose. provisions of this code for the type of work being performed. 403.2 Application.Level 1 alterations shall comply with the provisions of Chapter 6. SECTION 409 RELOCATED BUILDINGS SECTION 404 409.1 Scope. Relocated buildings provisions shall apply to ALTERATION-LEVEL 2 relocated or moved buildings. 404.1 Scope,Level 2 alterations include the reconfiguration of 409.2 Application.Relocated buildings shall comply with the space, the addition or elimination of any door or window,the provisions of Chapter 12. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' 23 24 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' CHAPTER 5 REPAIRS SECTION 505 SECTION 501 ACCESSIBILITY GENERAL 505.1 General. Repairs shall be done in a manner that main- 501.1 Scope.Repairs as described in Section 402 shall comply tains the level of accessibility provided. with the requirements of this chapter.Repairs to historic build- ings shall comply with this chapter, except as modified in Chapter 11. SECTION 506 501.2 Conformance. The work shall not make the building STRUCTURAL less conforming than it was before the mpairwas undertaken. 506.1 General.Structural repairs shall be in compliance with this section and Section 501.2. Regardless of the extent of 501.3 Flood hazard areas.In flood hazard areas,repairs that structural or nonstructural damage,dangerousc:onditions shall constitute substantial irnprvr ernent shall require that the build- be eliminated.Regardless of the scope of repair,new structural ing comply with Section 1612 of the International Building members and connections used for repair or rehabilitation Code. shall comply with the detailing provisions of the International Building Code for new buildings of similar structure,purpose and location. SECTION 502 506.2 Repairs to damaged buildings. Repairs to damaged BUILDING ELEMENTS AND MATERIALS buildings shall comply with this section. 502.1 Existing building materials.Materials already in use in 506.2.1 Repairs for less than substantial structural dam- a building in conformance with requirements or approvals in age. For damage less than substantial structural damage, effect at the time of their erection or installation shall be permit- the damaged elements shall be permitted to be restored to ted to remain in use unless determined by the code official to their predarnage condition. render the building or structure unsafe or dangerous as defined in Chapter 2. 506.2.2 Repairs for substantial structural damage to vertical elements of the lateral-force-resisting system.A 502.2 New and replacement materials. Except as otherwise building that has sustained substantial structural damage to required or permitted by this code, materials permitted by the the vertical elements of its lateral-force-resisting system applicable code for new construction shall be used.Like mate- shall be evaluated in accordance with Section 506.2.2.1,and rials shall be permitted for repairs and alterations,provided no either repaired in accordance with Section 506.2.2.2 or dangerous or unsafe condition,as defined in Chapter 2,is cre- repaired and rehabilitated in accordance with Section ated. Hazardous materials, such as asbestos and lead-based 506.2.2.3 depending on the results of the evaluation. paint, shall not be used where the code for new construction would not permit their use in buildings of similar occupancy, 506.2.2.1 Evaluation. The building shall be evaluated purpose and location. by a registered design professional, and the evaluation findings shall be submitted to the code official.The eval- 5013 Glazing in hazardous locations.Replacement glazing uation shall establish whether the damaged building, if in hazardous locations shall comply with the safety glazing repaired to its predamaged state,would comply with the requirements of the International Building Code or Intern- provisions of the Intenrational Building Code, except rional Residential Code as applicable. that the seismic design criteria shall be the reduced level Exception: Glass block walls, louvered windows, and seismic forces specified in Section 101.5.4.2. jalousies repaired with like materials. 506.2.2.2 Extent of repair for compliant buildings.If the evaluation establishes that the building in its predam- age condition complies with the provisions of Section SECTION 503 506.2.2.1,then the damaged elements shall be permitted FIRE PROTECTION to be restored to their predamage condition. 503.1 General. Repairs shall be done in a manner that main- 506.2.2.3 Extent of repair for noncompliant build- tains the level of fire protection provided. ings.If the evaluation does not establish that the building in its predarnage condition complies with the provisions of Section 506.2.2.1,then the building shall be rehabili- SECTION 504 tated to comply with the provisions of this section.The MEANS OF EGRESS wind load for the repair and rehabilitation shall be those required by the building code in effect at the time of orig- 504.1 General. Repairs shall be done in a manner that main- inal construction, unless The damage was caused by Iains the level of protection provided for the means of egress. wind,in which case the wind loads shall be in accordance 21)09 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE 25 REPAIRS with the International Building Code.The seismic loads units, clothes dryers and outlet or junction boxes that are for this rehabilitation design shall be those required by part of the existing branch circuit for these appliances shall the building code in effect at the time of original con- be permitted to be grounded to the grounded circuit conduc- struction, but not less than the reduced-level seismic for in accordance with Section 250.140 of NFPA 70. forces specified in Section 101.5.4.2. 506.2.3 Substantial structural damage to gravity SECTION 50B load-carrying components.Gravity load-carrying compo- MECHANICAL nents that have sustained substantial structural damage shall be rehabilitated to comply with the applicable provi- 508.1 General. Existing mechanical systems undergoing sions for dead and live loads in the International Building mpairshall not make the building less conforming than it was Code Snow loads shall be considered if the substantial before the nepairwas undertaken. structural damage was caused by or related to snow load 508.2 Mechanical draft systems for manually lured appli- effects. Undamaged gravity load-carrying components that antes and fireplaces.A mechanical draft system shall be per- receive dead,live or snow loads from rehabilitated compo- mitted to be used with manually fired appliances and fireplaces nents shall also be rehabilitated if required to comply with where such a system complies with all of the following require- the design loads of the rehabilitation design. ments: 506.2.3.1 Lateral-force-resisting elements.Regardless I. The mechanical draft device shall be listed and installed of the level of damage to gravity elements of the lateral- in accordance with the manufacturer's installation force-resisting system, if substantial structural damage instructions. gravity load-carrying components was caused primarily 2. A device shall be installed that produces visible and by wind or seismic effects, then the building shall be audible warning upon failure of the mechanical draft evaluated in accordance with Section 506.2.2.1 and, if device or loss of electrical power at any time that the noncompliant, rehabilitated in accordance with Section mechanical draft device is turned on.This device shall be 506.2,2,3. equipped with a battery backup if it receives power from 506.2.4 Flood hazard areas.In flood hazard areas, build- the building wiring, ings that have sustained substantial damage shall be 3. A smoke detector shall be installed in the room with the brought into compliance with Section 1612 of the Interim- appliance or fireplace. This device shall be equipped tional Budding Code. with a battery backup if it receives power from the build- ing wiring. SECTION 507 ELECTRICAL SECTION 509 507.1 Material. Existing electrical wiring and equipment PLUMBING undergoing repairshall be allowed to be repaired or replaced 509.1 Materials.Plumbing materials and supplies shall not be with like material. used for repairs that are prohibited in the International Plumb- 507.1.1 Receptacles.Replacement of electrical receptacles Ing Code, shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 509.2 Water closet replacement. The maximum water con- 406.3(D) of NFPA 70. sumption flow rates and quantities for all replaced water clos- 507.1.2 Plug fuses.Plug fuses of the Edison-base type shall ets shall be 1.6 gallons (6 L) per flushing cycle. be used for replacements only where there is no evidence of Exception: Blowout-design water closets [3.5 gallons (13 over fusing or tampering per applicable requirements of 1_,) per flushing cycle]. Section 240.51(B) of NFPA 70. 507.1.3 Nongrounding-type receptacles.For replacement of nongrounding-type receptacles with grounding-type receptacles and for branch circuits that do not have an equip- ment grounding conductor in the branch circuitry, the grounding conductor of a grounding-type receptacle outlet shall be permitted to be grounded to any accessible point on the grounding electrode system or to any accessible point on the grounding electrode conductor in accordance with Sec- tion 250.130(C) of NFPA 70. 507.1.4 Group I-2 receptacles. Non-"hospital grade`' receptacles in patient bed locations of Group I-2 shall be replaced with "hospital grade" receptacles. as required by NFPA 99 and Article 517 of NFPA 70, 507.1.5 Grounding of appliances. Frames of electric ranges, wall-mounted ovens, counter-mounted cooking 26 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE41 CHAPTER 6 ALTERATIONS-LEVEL 1 SECTION 601 not increased and The system length is not in- GENERAL creased even if the altered system does not 601.1 Scope. Level 1 alterations as described in Section 403 meet code minimums. shall comply with the requirements of this chapter. Level.1 3. All of Chapter 5,entitled "Chimneys and Vents." alterations to historic buildings shall comply with this chapter, 4. All of Chapter 6,entitled "Specific Appliances." except as modified in Chapter 11. 601.2 Conformance. An existing building or portion thereof shall not be altered such that the building becomes less safe SECTION 603 than its existing condition. FIRE PROTECTION Exception:Where the current level of safety or sanitation is 603.1 General. Alterations shall be done in a manner that proposed to be reduced,the portion altered shall conform to maintains the level of fire protection provided. the requirements of the International Building Code. 601.3 Flood hazard areas.In flood hazard areas, alterations SECTION 604 that constitute substantial improvement shall require that the MEANS OF EGRESS building comply with Section 1612 of the Intewational Build- ing Code. 604.1 General.Repairs shall be done in a manner that main- tains the level of protection provided for the means of egress. SECTION 602 BUILDING ELEMENTS AND MATERIALS SECTION 605 602.1 Interior finishes. All newly installed interior wall and ACCESSIBILITY ceiling finishes shall comply with Chapter 8 of the Interna- 605.1 General. A building, facility or element that is altered tional Building Code. shall compiy with the applicable provisions in Sections 605.1.1 602.2 Interior floor finish. New interior floor finish, includ- through 605.1.14. Chapter 11 of the International Building ing new carpeting used as an interior floor finish material,shall Codeand ICC Al 17.1 unless it is technicallyinfeasible.Where comply with Section 804 of the International Building Code. compliance with this section is technirallyinfeasible,the alter- ationshall provide access to the maximum extent that is techni- 602.3 Interior trim.All newly installed interior trim materials tally feasible. shall comply with Section 806 of the International Building A building,facility or element that is constructed or altered Code. to be accessible shall be maintained accessible during occu- 602.4 Materials and methods. All new work shall comply panty. with materials and methods requirements in the International Building Code, International Energy Conservation Code, Exceptions: International Mechanical Code, and International Plumbing 1, The altered element or space is not required to be on Code, as applicable, that specify material standards, detail of an accessible route unless required by Section 605.2. installation and connection,,joints,penetrations,and continuity 2. Accessible means of egress required by Chapter 10 of of any element,component,or system in the building. the International Building Code are not required to be [FG]602.4.1 International Fuel Gas Code.The following provided in existing buildings and facilities. sections of the International Fuel Gas Code shalI constitute 3. Type B dwelling or sleeping units required by Section the fuel gas materials and methods requirements for Level 1 1107 of the International Building Code are not alterations. required to be provided in existing buildings and 1. Ail of Chapter 3, entitled "General Regulations," facilities. except Sections 303.7 and 306. 4. The alteration to Type A individually owned dwell- 2. All of Chapter 4,entitled "Gas Piping Installations," ing units within a Group R-2 occupancy shall meet the except Sections 401.8 and 402.3. provisions for Type B dwelling units and shall com- 2.1. Sections 401.8 and 402.3 shall apply when the ply with the applicable provisions in Chapter 11 of the work being performed increases the load on International Building Code and ICC A117.1. the system such that the existing pipe does not 605.1.1 Entrances. Where an alteration includes alter- meet the size required by code. Existing sys- ations to an entrance, and the building or facility has an tems that are modified shall not require accessible entrance on an accessible route. the altered resizing as long as the load on the system is entrance is not required to be accessible unless required by 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE 27 ALTERATIONS—LEVEL t Section 605.2. Signs complying with Section 1110 of the assisted-use facility shall be located on the same floor and in I International Building Code shall be provided, the same area as the existing facilities. 605.1.2 Elevators. Altered elements of existing elevators 605.1.11 Dressing, fitting and locker rooms. Where it is shall comply with ASME A17.1 and 1CC A 117.1.Such ele- terhnicallyinfeasibleto provide accessible dressing,fitting, merits shall also be altered in elevators programmed to or locker rooms at the same location as similar types of respond to the same hall call control as the altcrcd elevator. rooms.one accessible room on the same level shall be pro- vided.Where separate sex facilities are provided,accessible 605.1.3 Platform lifts.Platform (wheelchair} lifts comply- rooms for each sex shall be provided.Separate sex Facilities ing with ICC A117.1 and installed in accordance with are not required where only unisex rooms are provided. ASME A18.1 shall be permitted as a component of art accessible route. 605.1.12 Fuel dispensers. Operable parts of replacement fuel dispensers shall be permitted to be 54 inches (1370 605.1.4 Ramps.Where steeper slopes than allowed by Sec- mm) maximum measured from the surface of the vehicular tion 1010.2 of the International Building COdeare neceSM- way where fuel dispensers are installed on existing curbs. tated by space limitations,the slope of ramps in or providing access to existing buildings or facilities shall comply with 605.1.13 Thresholds.The maximum height of thresholds at Table 605.1.4. doorways shall be 314 inch (19.1 mm).Such thresholds shall TABLE 605.1.4 have beveled edges on each side. RAMPS 605.1.14 Extent of application.An alteration of an exist- SLOPE MAXIMUM RISE ing element,space,or area of a building or facility shall not impose a requirement for greater accessibility than that Sleeper than 1:]0 but not swper than 1:8_ 3 inches I which would be required for new construction. Alterations Steeper than 1:12 but not sleeper than 1:10 6 inches __' shall not reduce or have the effect of reducing accessibility For SI: t Inch=25.4 mm. of a building, portion of a building, or facility. 605.1.5 Dining areas. An accessible route to raised or 6052 Alterations affecting an area containing a primary sunken dining areas or to outdoor seating areas is not function.Where an alteration affects the accessibility to a,or required provided that the same services and decor are pro- contains an area of,primary function,the route to the primary vided in an accessible space usable by arty occupant and not function area shall be accessible. The accessible route to the restricted to use by people with a disability. primary function area shall include toilet facilities or drinking Fountains serving the area of primary function. 605.1.6 Performance areas.Where it is technically irrfeasi- ble to alter performance areas to be on an accessible route,at Exceptions: least one of each type of performance area shall be made 1. The costs of providing the accessible route are not accessible. required to exceed 20 percent of the costs of the alter- 605.1.7 Jury boxes and witness stands. In alterations, ations affecting the area of primary function. accessible wheelchair spaces are not required to be located 2. This provision does not apply to alterations limited within the defined area of raised jury boxes or witness solely to windows, hardware, operating controls, stands and shall be permitted to be located outside these electrical outlets and signs. spaces where ramp or lift access poses a hazard by restrict- 3. This provision does not apply to alterations limited ing or projecting into a required means of egress. solely to mechanical systems, electrical systems. 605.1.8 Accessible dwelling or sleeping units. Where installation or alteration of fire protection systems Group 1-1, I-2, 1-3, R-1, R-2 or R-4 dwelling or sleeping and abatement of hazardous materials. units are being altered,the requirements of Section 1107 of 4. This provision does not apply to alterations under- the International Building Code for accessible units and taken for the primary purpose of increasing the acces- Chapter 9 of the International Building Code for visible sibility of an existing building,facility or element. alarms apply only to the quantity of the spaces being altered. 605.1.9 Type A dwelling or sleeping units. Where more than 20 Group R-2 dwelling or sleeping units are being SECTION 606 altered, the requirements of Section 1107 of the Intern- STRUCTURAL tional Building Code for Type A units and Chapter 9 of the 606.1 General.Where alteration work includes replacement of International Building Codefor visible alarms apply only to equipment that is supported by the building or where a the quantity of the spaces being altered. reroofing permit is required,the provisions of this section shall 605.1.10 Toilet rooms.Where it is technically infeasible to apply. alter existing toilet and bathing facilities to be accessible,an 606.2 Addition or replacement of roofing or replacement of accessible family or assisted-use toilet or bathing facility equipment. Where addition or replacement of roofing or constructed in accordance with Section 1109.2.1 of the replacement of equipment results in additional dead loads, International Building Code is permitted. The family or structural components supporting such reproofing or equip- 28 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' ALTERATIONS--LEVEL l ment shall comply with the gravity load requirements of the merits of the International Enoigs Conservation Code or Inter- International Building Code. nationalResidentlal Code.The alterations shall conform to the Exceptions: energy requirements of the internationalEnergyConsertiatlon Code or Iirrer,raric,nal Residential Code as they relate to new 1. Structural elements where the additional dead load construction only. from the roofing or equipment is not increased by more than 5 percent. 2. Buildings constructed in accordance with the Interna- tional Residemial Code or the conventional construc- tion methods of the International Building Code and where the additional dead load from the roofing or equipment is not increased by more than 5 percent. 3. Addition of a second layer of roof covering weighing 3 pounds per square foot (0.1437 kN/mz)or less over an existing,single layer of roof covering. 606.2.1 Wall anchors for concrete and masonry build- ings. Where a permit is issued for reroofing on a building assigned to Seismic Design Category D.E or F with a struc- tural system consisting of concrete or reinforced masonry walls with a flexible roof diaphragm or unreinforced masonry walls with any type of roof diaphragms, the work shall include installation of wall anchors at the roof line to resist the reduced International Building Cade level seismic forces as specified in Section 101.5.4.2 of this code and design procedures of Section 101.5.4,unless an evaluation demonstrates compliance of existing wall anchorage. 606.3 Additional requirements for reroof permits. The requirements of this section shall apply to alteration work requiring reroof permits. 606.3.1 Bracing for unreinforced masonry bearing wall parapets.Where a permit is issued for reroofing for more than 25 percent of the roof area of an unreinforced masonry bearing wall building assigned to Seismic Design Category D,E or F that has parapets constructed of masonry,the work shall include installation of parapet bracing to resist the reduced International Building Code seismic forces as specified in Section 101.5.4.2 of Ibis code,unless an evalua- tion demonstrates compliance of such items. 606.3.2 Roof diaphragms resisting wind loads in high- wind regions. Where roofing materials are removed from more than 50 percent of the roof diaphragm of a building or section of a building located where the basic wind speed is greater than 90 mph or in a special wind region,as defined in Section 1609 of the International Building Code, roof dia- phragms and connections that are part of the main wind-force resisting system shall be evaluated for the wind loads specified in the International Building Code, includ- ing wind uplift.If the diaphragms and connections in their current condition do not comply with those wind provi- sions, they shall be replaced or strengthened in accordance with the loads specified in the International Building Code. SECTION 607 ENERGY CONSERVATION 607.1 Minimum requirements.Level I alterations to existing buildings or structures are permitted without requiring the entire building or structure to comply with the energy require- 2Dp9 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODED 29 30 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' CHAPTER 7 ALTERATION S--LEVEL 2 SECTION 701 rating of not less than 1 hour with approved opening GENERAL protectives. 701.1 Scope.Level 2 alterations as described in Section 404 Exceptions: shall comply with the requirements of this chapter. 1. Where vertical opening enclosure is not required Exception:Buildings in which the reconfiguration is exclu- by the International Building Code or the Inter- sively the result of compliance with the accessibility national Fire Code. requirements of Section 605.2 shall be permitted to comply 2. Interior vertical openings other than stairways with Chapter 6. may be blocked at the Floor and ceiling of the work 701.2 Alteration Level 1 compliance. In addition to the area by installation of not less than 2 inches (51 requirements of this chapter, all work shall comply with the mm) of solid wood or equivalent construction. requirements of Chapter 6. 3. The enclosure shall not be required where: 701.3 Compliance. All new construction elements, compo- 3.1. Connecting the main floor and mezza- nents,systems,and spaces shall comply with the requirements nines: or of the Inernational Building Code. 3.2. All of the following conditions are met: Exceptions: 3.2.1.The communicating area has a low 1. Windows may be added without requiring compl_ hazard occupancy or has a moder- ance with the light and ventilation requirements of the ate hazard occupancy that is pro- International Building Code. tected throughout by an automatic 2. Newly installed electrical equipment shall comply sprinkler system. with the requirements of Section 708. 3.2.2.The lowest or next to the lowest 3. The length of dead-end corridors in newly con- level is a street floor. structed spaces shall only be required to comply with 3.2.3.The entire area is open and unob- the provisions of Section 705.6. strutted in a manner such that it may 4. The minimum ceiling height of the newly created be assumed that a fire in any part of be d spaces will habitable and occupiable spaces and corridors shall readily obvious the interconnected all of the ill be be 7 Feet (2134 mm). pants. 3.2.4.Exit capacity is sufficient to pro- SECTION 702 vide egress simultaneously for all SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY the occupants of all levels by con- sidering all areas to be a single 702.1 General.Alteration of buildings classified as special use floor area for the determination of and occupancy as described in the International Building Code required exit capacity. shall comply with the requirements of Section 701.1 and the scoping provisions of Chapter 1 where applicable. 3.2.5.Each floor level, considered sepa- rately, has at least one half of its individual required exit capacity SECTION 703 pro-vided by an exit or exits leading BUILDING ELEMENTS AND MATERIALS directly out of that level without having to traverse another commu- 703.1 Scope. The requirements of this section are limited to nicating floor level or be exposed to work areas in which Level 2 alterations are being performed, the smoke or fire spreading from and shall apply beyond the work area where specified, another communicating floor level. 703.2 Vertical openings.Existing vertical openings shall coin- 4. In Group A occupancies,a minimum 30-minute ply with the provisions of Sections 703.2.1, 703.2.2, and enclosure shall be provided to protect all vertical 703.2.3. openings not exceeding three stories. 703.2.1 Existing vertical openings.All existing interior ver- 5. In Group B occupancies, a minimum 30-minute tical openings connecting two or more floors shall be enclosure shall be provided to protect all vertical enclosed with approved assemblies having a fire-resistance openings not exceeding three stories.This enclo- 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE* 31 ALTERATIONS—LEVEL 2 sure, or the enclosure specified in Section means of egress, one of 703.2.1, shall not be required in the following which is an unprotected ver- locations: lical opening, shall have at 5.1. Buildings not exceeding 3,000 square feel least One of the means of (279 nil) per floor, egress separated from the vertical opening by a 1-hour 5.2. Buildings protected throughout by an fire barrier:and approved automatic fire sprinklersystem. 10.2.2. The building is protected G. In Group E occupancies.the enclosure shall not through out by an automatic be required for vertical openings not exceeding fire alarm system, installed three stories when the building is protected and supervised in accor- throughout by an approved automatic fire sprin- dance with the International kler system. Building Code. 7. In Group F occupancies, the enclosure shall not 11. In Group R-2 occupancies, a minimum 30-min- be required in the following locations: ute enclosure shall be provided to protect all ver- 7.1. Vertical openings not exceeding three sto- tical openings not exceeding three stories.This ries. enclosure, or the enclosure specified in Section 703.2.1, shall not be required in the following 7.2. Special purpose occupancies where neces- locations: sary for manufacturing operations and 11.1. Vertical openings not exceeding two sto- direct access is provided to at least one pro- ries with not more than four dwelling tected stairway. units per floor. 7.3. Buildings protected throughout by an 11.2. Buildings protected throughout by an approved automatic sprinkler system. approved automatic sprinkler system. 8. In Group H occupancies,the enclosure shall not 11.3. Buildings with not more than four dwell- be required for vertical openings not exceeding ing units per floor where every sleeping three stories where necessary for manufacturing room above the second floor is provided operations and every floor level has direct access with direct access to a fire escape or other to at least two remote enclosed stairways or other approved second exit by means of an approved exits. approved exterior door or window hav- 9. In Group M occupancies,a minimum 30-minute ing a sill height of not greater than 44 enclosure shall be provided to protect all vertical inches (1118 mm) and the building is openings not exceeding three stories.This encla- protected throughout by an automatic fire sure, or the enclosure specified in Section alarm system complying with Section 703.2.1, shall not be required in the following 704.4. locations: 12. One-and two-family dwellings. 9.1. Openings connecting only two floor levels. 13. Group S occupancies where connecting not more 9.2. Occupancies protected throughout by an than two floor levels or where connecting not approved automatic sprinkler system, more than three floor levels and the structure is 10. In Group R-1 occupancies, the enclosure shall equipped throughout with an approved auto- not be required for vertical openings not exceed- matic sprinkler system. ing three stories in the following locations: 14. Group S occupancies where vertical opening protection is not required for open parking 10.1. Buildings protected throughout by an garages and ramps. approved automatic sprinkler system. 10.2. Buildings with less than 25 dwelling 703.2.2 Supplemental shaft and floor opening enclosure units or sleeping units where every sleep- requirements.Where the work area on any floor exceeds ing room above the second floor is pro- 50 percent of that floor area, the enclosure requirements of vided with direct access to a fire escape or Section 703.2 shall apply to vertical openings other than other approved second exit by means of stairways throughout the floor, an approved exterior door or window Exception: Vertical openings located in tenant spaces having a sill height of not greater than 44 that are entirely outside the mark ama. inches (1118 mm) and where: 703.2.3 Supplemental stairway enclosure requirements. 10.2,1. Any exit access corridor Where the walk area on any floor exceeds 50 percent of that exceeding 8 feet (2438 mm) floor area, stairways that are part of the means of egress in length that serves two serving the work area shall,at a minimum,be enclosed with 32 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' ALTERATIONS—LEVEL 2 smoke-tight construction on the highest ivork area floor and SECTION 704 all floors below. FIRE PROTECTION Exception:Where stairway enclosure is not required by 704.1 Scope.The requirements of this section shall be limited the International Building Code or the International Fire to work areas in which Level 2 alterations are being performed, Code. and where specified they shall apply throughout the floor on which the work areas are located or otherwise beyond the work 703.3 Smoke barriers.Smoke barriers in Group 1-2 occupan- area- cies shall be installed where required by Sections 703.3.1 and 704.1.1 Corridor ratings. Where an approved automatic 703.3.2. sprinkler system is installed throughout the story, the 703.31 Compartmentation.Where the work area is on a required fire-resistance rating for any corridor located on story used for sleeping rooms for more than 30 patients,the the story shall be permitted to be reduced in accordance with story shall be divided into not less than two compartments the International Building Code. In order to be considered by smoke barrier walls complying with Section 703.3.2 for a corridor rating reduction, such system shall provide such that each compartment does not exceed 22,500 square coverage for the stairwell landings serving the floor and the feet (2093 mz), and the travel distance from any point to intermediate landings immediately below, reach a door in the required smoke barrier shall not exceed 704.2 Automatic sprinkler systems.Automatic sprinkler sys- 200 feet (60 960 min). tems shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of Sections 704.2.1 through 704.2.5. Installation requirements Exception:Where neither the length nor the width of the shall be in accordance with the International Building Code. smoke compartment exceeds 150 feet (45 720 mm),the travel distance to reach the smoke barrier door shall not 704.2.1 High-rise buildings. In high-rise buildings. work be limited. areas that have exits or corridors shared by more than one tenant or that have exits or corridors serving an occupant 703.3.2 Fire-resistance rating.The smoke barriers shall be load greater than 30 shall be provided with automatic sprin- Fire-resistance rated for 30 minutes and constructed in kler protection in the entire work area where the work area accordance with the International Building Co& is located on a floor that has a sufficient sprinkler water sup- ply system from an existing standpipe or a sprinkler riser 703.4 Interior finish.The interior finish of walls and ceilings serving that floor, in exits and corridors in any work area shall comply with the requirements of the International Building Code. 704.2.1.1 Supplemental automatic sprinkler system requirements. Where the ivork area on any floor Exception: Existing interior finish materials that do not exceeds 50 percent of that floor area, Section 704.2.1 comply with the interior finish requirements of the Interna- shall apply to the entire floor on which the ivork area is clonal Building Codeshall be permitted to be treated with an located. approved fire-retardant coating in accordance with the man- Exception:Tenant spaces that are entirely outside the ufacturer's instructions to achieve the required rating. ivork area. 703.4.1 Supplemental interior finish requirements. 704.2.2 Groups A,B,E,F-1,H,I,M,R-1,R-2,R-4,S-1 Where the ivork area on any floor exceeds 50 percent of the and S-2.In buildings with occupancies in Groups A,B,E. floor area,Section 703.4 shall also apply to the interior fin- F-1, H. I, M, R-1, R-2. R-4, S-1 and S-2, work areas that ish in exits and corridors serving the ivork area throughout have exits or corridors shared by more than one tenant or the floor, that have exits or corridors serving an occupant load greater Exception: Interior finish within tenant spaces that are than 30 shall be provided with automatic sprinkler protec- entirely outside the work area. tion where all of the following conditions occur: 1. The ivork area is required to be provided with auto- 703.5 Guards. The requirements of Sections 703.5.1 and matic sprinkler protection in accordance with the 703.5.2 shall apply in all work areas. International Building Code as applicable to new 703.5.1 Minimum requirement. Every portion of a floor, construction: such as a balcony or a loading dock, that is more than 30 2. The ivork area exceeds 50 percent of the floor area: inches (762 mm) above the floor or grade below and is not and provided with guards,or those in which the existing guards 3. The building has sufficient municipal water supply are judged to be in danger of collapsing,shall be provided for design of a fire sprinkler system available to the with guards. floor without installation of a new fire pump. 703.5.2 Design.Where there are no guards or where exist- 704.2.2.1 Mixed uses. In work areas containing mixed ing guards must be replaced, the guards shall be designed uses,one or more of which requires automatic sprinkler and installed in accordance with the International Building protection in accordance with Section 704.2.2,such pro- Code. tection shall not be required throughout the work area 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE 33 ALTERATIONS—LEVEL 2 provided that the uses requiring such protection are sepa- Standpipes shall have an approved fire department connection rated from those not requiring protection by fire-resis- with hose connections at each floor level above or below the tance-rated construction having a minimum 2-hour lowest level of fire department access.Standpipe systems shall rating for Group H and a minimum 1-hour rating for all be installed in accordance with the International Building other occupancy groups. Code. 704.2.3 Windowless stories.Work located in a windowless Exceptions: story, as determined in accordance with the International 1. No pump shall be required provided that the Building Code,shall be sprinklered where the iuork ai-ea is standpipes are capable of accepting delivery by fire required to be sprinklered under the provisions of the Liter- department apparatus of a minimum of 250 gallons national Building Code For newly constructed buildings and the building has a sufficient municipal water supply without per minute (gpn7) at pounds per square inch (psi) installation of a new fire pump. (996 UrnUrn to at 448KPa)to the topmost floor in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler sys- 704.2.4 Other required suppression systems.In buildings tem or a minimum of 500 gpm at 65 psi (1892 L/m at and areas listed in Table 903.2.11.6 of the International 448KPa) to the topmost floor in all other buildings. Building Code, work areas that have exits or corridors Where the standpipe terminates below the topmost shared by more than one tenant or that have exits or corri- floor, the standpipe shall be designed to meet dors serving an occupant load greater than 30 shall be pro- (gpm/psi) (L/m/KPa) requirements of this exception vided with sprinkler protection under the following for possible future extension of the standpipe. conditions: 2. The interconnection of multiple standpipe risers shall 1. The tvork area is required to be provided with auto- not be required. matic sprinkler protection in accordance with the 704.4 Fire alarm and detection.An approved fire alarm sys- International Building Code applicable to new con- tem shall be installed in accordance with Sections 704.4.1 struction;and through 704,4.3.Where automatic sprinkler protection is pro- s. The building has sufficient municipal water supply vided in accordance with Section 704.2 and is connected to the for design of a fire sprinkler system available to the building fire alarm system, automatic heal detection shall not floor without installation of a new fire pump. be required, 704.2.5 Supervision. Fire sprinkler systems required by An approved automatic fire detection system shall be this section shall be supervised by one of the following installed in accordance with the provisions of this code and methods: NFPA 72. Devices, combinations of devices, appliances. and 1. Approved central station system in accordance with equipment shall be approved.The automatic fire detectors shall NFPA 72: be smoke detectors.except that an approved alternative type of 2. Approved proprietary system in accordance with detectorshall be installed in spaces such as boilerrooms,where NFPA 72; products of combustion are present during normal operation in sufficient quantity to actuate a smoke detector. 3. Approved reniote station system of the jurisdiction in accordance with NFPA 72: or 704.4.1 Occupancy requirements. A fire alarm system shall be installed in accordance with Sections 704A,1.1 4. When approved by the code oMcial, approved local through 704.4.1.7. Existing alarm-notification appliances alarm service that will cause the sounding of an alarm shall be automatically activated throughout the building. in accordance with NFPA 72. Where the building is not equipped with a fire alarm system, Exception: Supervision is not required for the follow- alarm-notification appliances within the work anea shall be ing: provided and automatically activated. 1. Underground gate valve with roadway boxes. Exceptions: 2. Halogenated extinguishing systems. 1. Occupancies with an existing, previously 3. Carbon dioxide extinguishing systems. approved fire alarm system. 4. Dry and wet chemical extinguishing systems. 2. Where selective notification is permitted, alarm-notification appliances shall be automati- 5. Automatic sprinkler systems installed in actor- tally activated in the areas selected. dance with NFPA 13R where a common supply main is used to supply both domestic and auto- 704.4.1.1 Group E. A fire alarm system shall be matic sprinkler systems and a separate shutoff installed in work areas of Group E occupancies as valve for the automatic sprinkler system is not pro- required by the International Fire Code for existing vided. Group E occupancies. 704.3 Standpipes-Where the workarea includes exits or coal- 704.4.1.2 Group I-1. A fire alarm system shall be dors shared by more than one tenant and is located more than installed in work areas of Group 1-1 residential 50 feet (15 240 mm) above or below [lie lowest level of fire care/assisted living facilities as required by the Interna- department access, a standpipe system shall be provided. tional Fire Code for existing Group I-1 occupancies. 34 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" ALTERATIONS—LEVEL 2 704.4.1.3 Group I-2. A fire alarm system shall be 705.3.1 Minimum number.Every story utilized for human installed in ivork areas of Group 1-2 occupancies as occupancy on which there is a work area that includes exits required by the International Frp Code for existing or corridors shared by more than one tenant within the work Group 1-2 occupancies. aura shall be provided with the minimum number of exits 704.4.1.4 Group I-3. A fire alarm system shall be based on the occupancy and the orcupant load in accor- dance with the International Building Code.In addition,the exits shall comply with Sections 705.3.1.1 and 705.3.1.2. required by the International Fire Code for existing Group 1-3 occupancies. 705.3.1.1 Single-exit buildings. Only one exit is 704.4.1.5 Group R-1. A fire alarm system shall be required from buildings and spaces of the following installed in Group R-1 occupancies as required by the occupancies: International Fire Code for existing Group R-1 occupan- 1. In Group A,13,E,F,M,U and S occupancies,a cies. single exit is permitted in the story at the level of 704.4.1.6 Group R-2. A fire alarm system shall be exit discharge when the occupant load of the installed in workareasof Group R-2 apartment buildings story does not exceed 50 and the exit access as required by the International Fire Code for existing travel distance does not exceed 75 feet (22 860 Group R-2 occupancies. mm). 704.4.1.7 Group R-4. A fire alarm system shall be 2. Group B,F-2,and S-2 occupancies not more than installed in work areas of Group R-4 residential two stories in height that are not greater than care/assisted living facilities as required by the Interna- 3.500 square feet per Floor (326 in'), when the tional Fire Code for existing Group R-4 occupancies. exit access travel distance does not exceed 75 feet (22 860 mm).The minimum Fire-resistance 704.4.2 Supplemental Fire alarm system requirements. rating of the exit enclosure and of the opening Where the work area on any floor exceeds 50 percent of that protection shall be 1 hour. floor area,Section 704.4.1 shall apply throughout the Floor. 3. Open parking structures where vehicles are Exception:Alarm-initiating and notification appliances mechanically parked. shall not be required to be installed in tenant spaces out- 4. In community residences for the developrnen- side of the work area. tally disabled, the maximum occupant load 704.4.3 Smoke alarms.Individual sleeping units and indi- excluding staff is 12. vidual dwelling units in any work area in Group R-1.R-2, 5. Groups R-1 and R-2 not more than two stories in R-3.R-4,and I-I occupancies shall be provided with smoke height,when there are not more than four dwell- a]arms in accordance with the International Fire Code. ing units per floor and the exit access travel dis- Exception: Interconnection of smoke alarms outside of tance does not exceed 50 feet (15 240 mm).The the rehabilitation work area shall not be required. minimum fire-resistance rating of the exit enclo- sure and of the opening protection shall be 1 hour. SECTION 705 6. In multilevel dwelling units in buildings of occu- MEANS OF EGRESS panty Group R-1 or R-2, an exit shall not be 705.1 Scope.The requirements of this section shall be limited required from every level of the dwelling unit to work areas that include exits or corridors shared by more provided that one of the following conditions is than one tenant within the work area in which Level 2 alter- met: ations are being performed, and where specified they shall 6.1. The travel distance within the dwelling apply throughout the floor on which the work areas are located unit does not exceed 75 feet (22 860 mm); or otherwise beyond the work area. or 705.2 General. The means of egress shall comply with the 6.2. The building is not more than three stories requirements of this section. in height and all third-floor space is part of Exceptions: one or more dwelling units located in part I. Where the work area and the means of egress serving on the second floor:and no habitable room within any such dwelling unit shall have a it complies with NFPA 101, travel distance that exceeds 50 feet(15 240 2. Means of egress conforming to the requirements of mm) from the outside of the habitable the building code under which the building was con- room entrance door to the inside of the strutted shall be considered compliant means of entrance door to the dwelling unit. egress if, in the opinion of the code official, they do 7. In Group R-2,H-4,H-5 and 1 occupancies and in not constitute a distinct hazard to life, rooming houses and child care centers, a single 705.3 Number of exits.The number of exits shall be in actor- exit is permitted in a one-story building with a dance with Sections 705.3.1 through 705.3.3. maximum occupant load of 10 and the exit access 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 35 ALTERATIONS—LEVEL 2 travel distance does not exceed 75 feet (22 860 3. Newly constructed lire escapes shall be permit- mm). ted only where exterior stairs cannot be utilized because of lot limes limiting the stair size or 8. In buildings of Group R-2 occupancy That are because of the sidewalks, alleys, or roads at equipped throughout with an automatic fire grade level. sprinkler system,a single exit shall be permitted from a basement or story below grade if every 4. Openings within 10 feet (3048 mm) of fire dwelling unit on [hat floor is equipped with an escape stairs shall be protected by fire assem- approved window providing a clear opening of at blies having minimum 3/4-hour fire-resistance least 5 square feet (0.47 ml) in area,a minimum ratings. net clear opening of 24 inches(610 mm)in height Exception: Opening protection shall not be and 20 inches(508 mm)in width,and a sill height required in buildings equipped throughout of not more than 44 inches(1118 mm)above the with an approved automatic sprinkler sys- finished floor. tem. 9. In buildings of Group R-2 occupancy of any 5. In all buildings of Group E occupancy, up to height with not more than four dwelling units per and including the 12th grade, buildings of floor: with a smokeproof enclosure or outside Group 1 occupancy, rooming houses and stair as an exit:and with such exit located within childcare centers, ladders of any type are pro- 20 feet(6096 mm)of travel to the entrance doors hibited on fire escapes used as a required means to all dwelling units served thereby. of egress. 10. In buildings of Group R-3 occupancy equipped 705.3.1.2.2 Construction. The fire escape shall be throughout with an automatic fire sprinkler sys- designed to support a live load of 100 pounds per tem, only one exit shall be required from base- square foot(4788 Pa)and shall be constructed of steel ments or stories below grade. or other approved noncombustible materials. Fire 705.3.1.2 Fire escapes required. When more than one escapes constructed of wood not less than nominal 2 exit is required, an existing or neMy constructed fire inches (51 inm) thick are permitted on buildings of escape complying with Section 705.3.1.2.1 shall be Type V construction. Walkways and railings located accepted as providing one of the required means of over or Supported by combustible roofs in buildings egress. of Types III and IV construction are permitted to be of wood not less than nominal 2 inches (51 mm) thick, 705.3.1.2.1 Fire escape access and details. Fire 705.3.1.2.3 Dimensions. Stairs shall be at least 22 escapes shall comply with all of the following inches (559 mm) wide with risers not more than,and requirements: treads not less than, 8 inches (203 mm). Landings at 1. Occupants shall have unobstructed access to the foot of stairs shall not be less than 40 inches(10 16 the fire escape without having to pass through a min) wide by 36 inches (914 mm) long and located room subject to locking. not more than 8 inches (203 min) below the door. 2. Access to a new fire escape shall be through a 705.3.2 Mezzanines.Mezzanines in the work area and with door,except that windows shall be permitted to an occupant load of more than 50 or in which the travel dis- provide access from single dwelling units or tance to an exit exceeds 75 feet (22 860 mm) shall have sleeping units in Group R-1,R-2 and I-I occu- access to at least two independent means of egress. pancies or to provide access from spaces having Exception: Two independent means of egress are not a maximum occupant load of 10 in other occu- required where the travel distance to an exit does not pancy classifications. exceed 100 feet (30 480 min) and the building is pro- 2.1. The window shall have a minimum net tected throughout with an automatic sprinkler system, clear opening of 5.7 square feet (0.53 705.3.3 Main entrance—Group A.All buildings of Group mz) or 5 square feet (0.46 m2) where A with an occupant load of 300 or more shall be provided located at grade. with a main entrance capable of serving as the main exit 2.2. The minimum net clear opening height with an egress capacity of at least one half of the total occu- shall be 24 inches (610 min) and net pant load.The remaining exits shall be capable of providing clear opening width shall be 20 inches one half of the total required exit capacity. (508 mm). Exception: Where there is no well-defined main exit or 2.3. The bottom of the clear opening shall where multiple main exits are provided, exits shall be not be greater than 44 inches(1118 mm) permitted to be distributed around the perimeter of the above the floor. building provided that the total width of egress is not less 2.4. The operation of the window shall com- than 100 percent of the required width. ply with the operational constraints of 705.4 Egress doorways. Egress doorways in any work area the Inteinational Building Cade. shall comply with Sections 705.4.1 through 705.4.5. 36 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE2 ALTERATIONS—LEVEL 2 705.4.1 Two egress doorways required.Work areas shall 705.4.5 Emergency power source in Group I-3. l4brk be provided with two egress doorways in accordance with areas in buildings of Group 1-3 occupancy having remote the requirements of Sections 705.4.1.1 and 705.4.1.2. power unlocking capability for more than 10 locks shall be 705.4.1.1 Occupant load and travel distance. In any provided with an emergency power source for such locks. work area,all rooms and spaces having an occupant load Power shall be arranged to operate automatically upon fail- greater than 50 or in which the travel distance to an exit ure of normal power within 10 seconds and for a duration of exceeds 75 feet (22 860 mm) shall have a minimum of not less than 1 hour. two egress doorways. 705.5 Openings in corridor walls.Openings in corridor walls in any work area shall comply with Sections 705.5.1 through Exceptions: 705.5.4. 1. Storage rooms having a maximum occupant Exception:Openings in corridors where such corridors are load of I0. not required to be rated in accordance with the International 2. Where the work area is served by a single exit in Building Code, accordance with Section 705.3.1.1. 705.5.1 Corridor doors. Corridor doors in [lie work area 705.4.1.2 Group I-2. In buildings of Group I-2 occu- shall not be constructed of hollow core wood and shall not pancy, any patient sleeping room or suite of patient contain louvers. All dwelling unit or sleeping unit corridor rooms greater than 1,000 square feet (93 m2) within the doors in work areas in buildings of Groups R-1.R-2,and 1-I work area shall have a minimum of two egress doorways. shall be at least 1318-inch (35 mm) solid core wood or 705.4.2 Door swing.In the ork area and in the egress path approved equivalent and shall riot have any glass panels, +c from any work area to the exit discharge, all egress doors other than approved wired glass or other approved glazing material in metal Frames. All dwelling unit or sleeping unit serving an occupant load greater than 50 shall swing in the corridor doors in ivork areasin buildings of Groups R-1,R-2, direction of exit travel. and I-1 shall be equipped with approved door closers. All 705.4.2.1 Supplemental requirements for door swing. replacement doors shall be 1'/,-inch (45 mm) solid bonded Where the work area exceeds 50 percent of the floor wood core or approved equivalent,unless the existing frame area, door swing shall comply with Section 705.4.2 will accommodate only a I+18-inch (35 mm) door. throughout the floor, Exceptions: Exception: Means of egress within or serving only a 1. Corridor doors within a dwelling unit or sleeping tenant space that is entirely outside the work area. unit. 705.4.3 Door closing.In any work area,all doors opening 2. Existing doors meeting the requirements of HUD onto an exit passageway at grade or an exit stair shall be Guideline on Fire Ratings of Archaic Materials self-closing or automatically closing by listed closing acrd Assemblies(IEBC Resource A)for a rating of devices. 15 minutes or more shall be accepted as meeting Exceptions: the provisions of this requirement. 1. Where exit enclosure is not required by the later- 3. Existing doors in buildings protected throughout national Building Code. with an approved automatic sprinkler system shall be required only to resist smoke, be reasonably 2. Means of egress within or serving only a tenant tight fitting,and shall not contain louvers. space that is entirely outside the work area. 4. In group homes with a maximum of 15 occupants 705.4.3.1 Supplemental requirements for door clos- and that are protected with an approved automatic ing.Where the work area exceeds 50 percent of the floor detection system,closing devices may be omitted. area,doors shall comply with Section 705.4.3 through- 5. Door assemblies having a fire-protection rating of out the exit stair from the work area to,and including,the at least 20 minutes. Ieve]of exit discharge. 705.5.2 Transoms. In all buildings of Group I-1,R-t,and 705.4.4 Panic hardware. In any work area, and in the R-2 occupancy,all transoms in corridor walls in work areas egress path from any work area to the exit discharge, in shall either be glazed with'/,-inch(6.4 mm)wired glass set buildings or portions thereof of Group A assembly occu- in metal frames or other glazing assemblies having a pancies with an occupant load greater than 100,all required fire-protection rating as required for the door and perma- exit doors equipped with latching devices shall be equipped nently secured in the closed position or sealed with materi- with approved panic hardware. als consistent with the corridor construction. 705.4.4.1 Supplemental requirements for panic hard- 705.5.3 Other corridor openings. In any work area, any ware. Where the work area exceeds 50 percent of the other sash,grille,or opening in a corridor and any window floor area, panic hardware shall comply with Section in a corridor not opening to the outside air shall be sealed 705.4.4 throughout the floor. with materials consistent with the corridor construction. Exception:Means of egress within a tenant space that 705.5.3.1 Supplemental requirements for other corri- is entirely outside the ivork area. dor opening.Where the work area exceeds 50 percent of 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' 37 ALTERATIONS--LEVEL 2 the floor area,Section 705.5.3 shall be applicable to all 705.9 Handralls. The requirements of Sections 705.9.1 and corridor windows,grills,sashes, and other openings on 705.9.2 shall apply to handrails from the work area floor to. I the floor, and including,the level of exit discharge. Exception: Means of egress within or serving only a 705.9.1 Minimum requirement.Every required exit stair- tenant space that is entirely outside the work area. way that is part of the means of egress for any work area and 705.5.4 Supplemental requirements for corridor open- that has three or more risers and is not provided with at least ings.Where the tvork ama on any floor exceeds 50 percent one handrail,or in which the existing handrails are judged to of the floor area, the requirements of Sections 705.5.1 be in danger of collapsing,shall be provided with handrails For the full length of the run of steps on at least one side.All through 705.5.3 shall,apply throughout the floor. exit stairways with a required egress width of more than 66 705.6 Dead-end corridors. Dead-end corridors in any tvork inches (1676 mm) shall have handrails on both sides. area shall not exceed 35 feet (10 670 mm). 705.9.2 Design.Handrails required in accordance with Sec- Exceptions: tion 705.9.1 shall be designed and installed in accordance I. Where dead-end corridors of greater length are per- with the provisions of the International Building Code. mitted by the International Building Code. 705.10 Guards. The requirements of Sections 705.10.1 and 2. In other than Group A and H occupancies, the maxi- 705.10.2 shall apply to guards from the Ivor*area floor to,and mum length of an existing dead-end corridor shall be including,the level of exit discharge but shall be confined to the 50 feet (15 240 mm) in buildings equipped through- egress path of any work area. out with an automatic lire alarm system installed in 705.10.1 Minimum requirement. Every open portion of a accordance with the International Building Code. stair, landing, or balcony that is more than 30 inches (762 3. In other than Group A and H occupancies, the maxi- mm)above the floor or grade below and is not provided with mum length of an existing dead-end corridor shall be guards, or those portions in which existing guards are 70 feet (21 356 mm) in buildings equipped through- judged to be in danger of collapsing,shall be provided with out with an automatic sprinkler system installed in guards. accordance with the International Building Code. 705.10.2 Design. Guards required in accordance with Sec- 4. In other than Group A and H occupancies,the maxi- lion 705.10.1 shall be designed and installed in accordance mum length of an existing, newly constructed, or with the International Building Code. extended dead-end corridor shall not exceed 50 feel (15 240 mm) on floors equipped with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with the SECTION 706 International Building Code. ACCESSIBILITY 705.7 Means-of-egress lighting. Means-of-egress lighting 706.1 General.A building, facility.or element that is altered shall be in accordance with this section,as applicable. shall comply with Section 605. 705.7.1 Artificial lighting required.Means of egress in all 706.2 Stairs and escalators in existing buildings. in alter- work areasshall be provided with artificial lighting in actor- ations where an escalator or stair is added where none existed dance with the requirements of the International Building previously,an accessible route shall be provided in accordance Code. with Sections 1104.4 and 1104.5 of the International Building Code. 705.7.2 Supplemental requirements for means-of-egress lighting.Where the work area on any floor exceeds 50 per- 706.3 Accessible dwelling units and sleeping units. Where cent of that floor area,means of egress throughout the floor Group 1-1.1-2,I-3,R-1,R-2 or R-4 dwelling or sleeping units shall comply with Section 705.7.1. are being added,the requirements of Section 1107 of the Inter- national Building Code for accessible units and Chapter 9 of Exception:Means of egress within or serving only a ten- the International Building Code for visible alarms apply only ant space that is entirely outside the work area. to the quantity of spaces being added. 705.8 Exit signs. Exit signs shall be in accordance with this 706.4 Type A dwelling or sleeping units.Where more than 20 section,as applicable. Group R-2 dwelling or sleeping units are being added, the 705.8.1 Work areas.Means of egress in all work areas shall requirements of Section 1107 of the International Building be provided with exit signs in accordance with the require- Code for Type A units and Chapter 9 of the International Build- ments of the International Building Code. ing Code for visible alarms apply only to the quantity of the spaces being added. 705.8.2 Supplemental requirements for exit signs.Where 706.5 Type B dwelling or sleeping units.Where four or more the work area on any floor exceeds 50 percent of that floor Group 1-1,1-2,R-1,R-2.R-3 or R-4 dwelling or sleeping units area. means of egress throughout the floor shall comply are being added,the requirements of Section 1107 of the biter= with Section 705.8.1. national Building Code for Type B units and Chapter 9 of the Exception:Means of egress within a tenant space that is International Building Code for visible alarms apply only to entirely outside the work area. the quantity of the spaces being added. 38 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ALTERATIONS—LEVEL 2 SECTION 707 3. New structural elements are detailed and connected to STRUCTURAL the existing structural elements as required by the Inter- 1 707.1 General.Structural elements and systems within build- national Building Code; ings undergoing Level 2 alterations shall comply with this sec- 4. New or relocated nonstructural elements are detailed and lion, connected to existing or new structural elements as 707.2 New structural members.New structural members in required by the International Building Code;and alterations, including connections and anchorage, shall corn- 5. A dangerous condition as defined in this code is not cre- piy with the International Building Code. ated.Voluntary alterations to lateral-force-resisting sys- 707.3 Minimum design loads.The minimum design loads on tems conducted in accordance with Appendix A and the existing elements of a structure that do not support additional referenced standards of this code shall be permitted, loads as a result of an alteration shall be the loads applicable at the time the building was constructed. SECTION 708 707.4 Existing structural elements carrying gravity loads. ELECTRICAL Alterations shall not reduce the capacity of existing gravity load-carrying structural elements unless it is demonstrated that 708.1 New installations.All newly installed electrical equip- the elements have the capacity to carry the applicable design ment and wiring relating to work done in any work area shall gravity loads required by the International Building Code, comply with the materials and methods requirements of Chap- Existing structural elements supporting any additional gravity ter 5, loads as a result of the alterations.including the effects of snow Exception: Electrical equipment and wiring in newly drift,shall comply with the International Building Code, installed partitions and ceilings shall comply with all appli- Exceptions: cable requirements of NFPA 70. 1. Structural elements whose stress is not increased 708.2 Existing installations.Existing wiring in all work areas by more than 5 percent. in Group A-1, A-2, A-5, H, and 1 occupancies shall be 2. Buildings of Group R occupancy with not more upgraded to meet the materials and methods requirements of than five dwelling or sleeping units used solely for Chapter 5. residential purposes where the existing huilding 708.3 Residential occupancies. In Group R-2, R-3, and R-4 and its alteration comply with the conventional occupancies and buildings regulated by the International Resi- light-frame construction methods of the Interna- dential Code, the requirements of Sections 708.3.1 through tional Building Codeor the provisions of the hoer- 708.3.7 shall be applicable only to work areas located within a national Residential Code. dwelling unit. 707.5 Existing structural elements resisting lateral loads. 708.3.1 Enclosed areas.All enclosed areas,other than clos- Any existing lateral load-resisting structural element whose ets,kitchens,basements,garages, hallways,laundry areas, demand-capacity ratio with the alteialion considered is more utility areas,storage areas,and bathrooms shall have a mini- than 10 percent greater than its demand-capacity ratio with the mum of two duplex receptacle outlets or one duplex recepta- alteration ignored shall comply with the structural require- cle outlet and one ceiling or wall-type lighting outlet. menis specified in Section 807.4. For purposes of calculating demand-capacity ratios,the demand shall consider applicable 708.3.2 Kitchens. Kitchen areas shall have a minimum of load combinations with design lateral loads or forces in accor- dance with Sections 1609 and 1613 of the International Build- 708.3.3 Laundry areas. Laundry areas shall have a mini- ing Code. For purposes of this section, comparisons of mum of one duplex receptacle outlet located near the laun- demand-capacity ratios and calculation of design lateral loads, dry equipment and installed on an independent circuit. forces and capacities shall account For the cumulative effects of additions and alterations since original construction. 708.3.4 Ground fault circuit interruption. Newly installed receptacle outlets shall be provided with ground 707.6 Voluntary lateral-force-resisting system alterations. fault circuit interruption as required by NFPA 70. Alterations of existing structural elements and additions of new structural elements that are initiated for the purpose of 708.3.5 Minimum lighting outlets. At least one lighting increasing the lateral-force-resisting strength or Stiffness of an outlet shall be provided in every bathroom, hallway,stair- existing structure and that are not required by other sections of way, attached garage, and detached garage with electric this code shall not be required to be designed for forces con- power,and to illuminate outdoor entrances and exits. forming to the International Building Code, provided that an 708.3.6 Utility rooms and basements.At least one lighting engineering analysis is submitted to show that: outlet shall be provided in utility rooms and basements 1. The capacity of existing structural elements required to where such spaces are used for storage or contain equipment resist forces is not reduced: requiring service. 2. The lateral loading to existing structural elements is not 708.3.7 Clearance for equipment.Clearance for electrical increased either beyond their capacity or more than 10 service equipment shall be provided in accordance with the percent: NFPA 70. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE 39 ALTERATIONS—LEVEL 2 SECTION 709 MECHANICAL 709.1 Reconfigured or converted spaces. All reconfigured spaces intended for occupancy and all spaces converted to hab- itable or occupiable space in any work area shall be provided with natural or mechanical ventilation in accordance with the International Mechanical Code. Exception: Existing mechanical ventilation systems shall comply with the requirements of Section 709.2, 7092 Altered existing systems. In mechanically ventilated spaces, existing mechanical ventilation systems that are altered.reconfigured,or extended shall provide not less than 5 cubic feet per minute(efm) (0.0024 m3/s)per person of outdoor air and not less than 15 cfm(0.0071 m-1/s) of ventilation air per person, or not less than the amount of ventilation air deter- mined by the Indoor Air Quality Procedure of ASHRAE fit. 709.3 Local exhaust. All newly introduced devices, equip- ment, or operations that produce airborne particulate matter, odors, fumes, vapor, combustion products, gaseous contami- nants, pathogenic and allergenic organisms, and microbial contaminants in such quantities as to affect adversely or impair health or cause discomfort to occupants shall be provided with local exhaust. SECTION 710 PLUMBING 710.1 Minimum fixtures. Where the occupant load of the story is increased by more than 20 percent,plumbing fixtures for the story shall be provided in quantities specified in the International Plumbing Code based on the increased occupant load. SECTION 711 ENERGY CONSERVATION 711.1 Minimum requirements.Level 2 alterations to existing buildings or structures are permitted without requiring the entire building or structure to comply with the energy require- ments of the Inteitrarior)alErrergyCoirsers-anon Codeor Inter- national Residential Code.The alterations shall conform to the energy requirements of the hrternadona]Ener�D,Conservation Code or International Residential Code as they relate to new construction only. 40 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' CHAPTER 8 ALTERATIONS---LEVEL 3 SECTION 801 homes, rooming and boarding houses. hotels, and multiple GENERAL dwellings. 801.1 Scope. Level 3 alterations as described in Section 405 Exceptions: shall comply with the requirements of this chapter. 1. Furnace and boiler equipment of Iow-pressure type, operating at pressures of 15 pounds per square inch 801.2 Compliance.In addition to the provisions of this chap- gauge (psig) (103.4 KPa)or less for steam equipment ter,work shall comply with all of the requirements of Chapters or 170 psig (1171 KPa) or less for hot water equip- 6 and 7.The requirements of Sections 703. 704,and 705 shall ment, when installed in accordance with manufac- apply within all work areas whether or not they include exits turer recommendations. and corridors shared by more than one tenant and regardless of the occupant load. 2. Furnace and boiler equipment of residential R-3 type with 200,000 British then nal units(Btu) (2.11 x 108 J) Exception:Buildings in which the reconfiguration of space per hour input rating or less is not required to be affecting exits or shared egress access is exclusively the enclosed. result of compliance with the accessibility requirements of Section 605.2 shall not be required to comply with this 3. Furnace rooms protected with automatic sprinkler chapter. protection. 802.2.1 Emergency controls.Emergency controls for boil- ers and furnace equipment shall be provided in accordance SECTION 802 with the International Mechanical Code in all buildings SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY classified as day nurseries,children's shelter facilities,resi- 802.1 High-rise buildings. Any building having occupied dential childcare facilities,and similar facilities with chil- floors more than 75 feet(22 860 min)above the lowest level of dren below the age of 212 years or that are classified as fire department vehicle access shall comply with the require- Group I-2 occupancies,and in group homes,teaching fam- ments of Sections 802.1.1 and 802.1.2. ily homes, and supervised transitional living homes in accordance with the following: 802.1.1 Recirculating air or exhaust systems. When a 1. Emergency shutoff switches for furnaces and boilers floor is served by a recirculating air or exhaust system with a in basements shall be located at the top of the stairs capacity greater than 15,000 cubic feet per minute (701 leading o the basement;and m31s), that system shall be equipped with approved smoke g and heat detection devices installed in accordance with the 2. Emergency shutoff switches for furnaces and boilers International Mechanical Code. in other enclosed rooms shall be located outside of such room. 802.1.2 Elevators.Where there is an elevator or elevators for public use, at least one elevator serving the work area shall comply with this section. Existing elevators with a SECTION 803 travel distance of 25 Feet(7620 mm)or more above or below BUILDING ELEMENTS AND MATERIALS the main floor or other level of a building and intended to serve the needs of emergency personnel for fire-fighting or 803.1 Existing shafts and vertical openings. Existing stair- rescue purposes shall be provided with emergency opera- ways that are part of the means of egress shall be enclosed in tion in accordance with ASME A17.3.New elevators shall accordance with Section 703.2.1 from the highest work area be provided with Phase 1 emergency recall operation and floor to,and including,the level of exit discharge and all floors Phase II emergency in-car operation in accordance with below. ASME A 17.1. 803.2 Fire partitions in Group R-3.Fire separation in Group 802.2 Boiler and furnace equipment rooms.Boiler and fur- R-3 occupancies shall be in accordance with Section 803.2.1. nace equipment rooms adjacent to or within the following 803.2.1 Separation required. Where the work area is in facilities shall be enclosed by 1-hour fire-resistance-rated con- any attached dwelling unit in Group R-3 or any multiple sin- slruction:day nurseries,children's shelter facilities,residential gle family dwelling (townhouse), walls separating the childcare facilities, and similar facilities with children below dwelling-units that are not continuous from the foundation the age of 2'/,years or that are classified as Group I-2 occupan- to the underside of the roof sheathing shall be constructed to ties,shelter facilities,residences for the dove]opmemally dis- provide a continuous fire separation using construction abled,group homes,teaching family homes,transitional living materials consistent with the existing wall or complying 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" 41 ALTERATIONS—LEVEL 3 with the requirements for new structures.All work shall be SECTION 805 performed on the side of the dwelling unit wall that is part of MEANS OF EGRESS the nark area. 805.1 General. The means of egress shall comply with the Exception:Where alterations or mpairsdo not result in requirements of Section 705 except as specifically required in the removal of wall or ceiling finishes exposing the struc- Sections 805.2 and 805.3. ture,walls are not required to be continuous through con- 805.2 Means-of-egress lighting. Means of egress from the cealed floor spaces. highest work area floor to the floor of exit discharge shall be provided with artificial lighting within the exit enclosure in 803.3 Interior finish.Interior finish in exits serving the work accordance with the requirements of the International Building ateashall comply with Section 703.4 between the highest floor Code. on which there is a work arra to the floor of exit discharge. 805.3 Exit signs.Means of egress From the highest work area floor to the floor of exit discharge shall be provided with exit signs in accordance with the requirements of the International SECTION 804 Building Cade. FIRE PROTECTION 804.1 Automatic sprinkler systems.Automatic sprinkler sys- SECTION 806 tems shall be provided in all work areas when required by Sec- ACCESSIBILITY tion 704.2 or This section. 806.1 General. A building, facility or element that is altered 804.1.1 High-rise buildings.In high-rise buildings,work shall comply with Sections 605 and 706. areas shall be provided with automatic sprinkler protection where the building has a sufficient municipal water supply system to the site.Where the work area exceeds 50 percent SECTION 807 of floor area, sprinklers shall be provided in the specified STRUCTURAL areas where sufficient municipal water supply for design 807.1 General.Where buildings are undergoing Level 3 alter- and installation of a fire sprinkler system is available at the ations including structural alterations, the provisions of this site. section shall apply. t 804.1.2 Rubbish and linen chutes. Rubbish and linen 807.2 New structural elements.New structural elements shall chutes located in the work area shall be provided with comply with Section 707.2, sprinklered protection or an approved fire suppression sys- 807.3 Existing structural elements carrying gravity loads. tem where protection of the rubbish and linen chute would Existing structural elements carrying gravity loads shall com- be required under the provisions of the International Build- ply with Section 707.4. irrg Code for new construction. 807.4 Structural alterations. All structural elements of the 8042 Fire alarm and detection systems. Fire alarm and lateral-force-resisting system in buildings undergoing Level 3 detection systems complying with Sections 704.4.1 and structural alterations or buildings undergoing Level 2 alter- 704.4.3 shall be provided throughout the building in accor- ations as triggered by Section 707.5 shall comply with this sec- dance with the International Building Code, tion. 8042.1 Manual fine alarm systems.Where required by the Exceptions: International Building Code, a manual fire alarm system 1. Buildings of Group R occupancy with no more than shall be provided throughout Ilie work area.Alarm notifiica- five dwelling or sleeping units used solely for resi- tion appliances shall be provided on such floors and shall be dential purposes that are altered based on the conven- automatically activated as required by the International tional light-frame construction methods of the Building Code. Innternational Building Code or in compliance with Exceptions: the provisions of the International Residential Code. 2. Where such alterations involve only the lowest story 1. Alarm-initiating and notification appliances shall of a building and the change of occupancy provisions not be required to be installed in tenant spaces out- of Chapter 9 do not apply, only the ]at- side of the work area. cral-Farce-resisting components in and below that 2. Visual alarm notification appliances are not story need comply with this section. required,except where an existing alarm system is 807.4.1 Evaluation and analysis.An engineering evalua- upgraded or replaced or where a new fire alarm tion and analysis that establishes the structural adequacy of system is installed. the altered structure shall be prepared by a registered design 804.2.2 Automatic fire detection. Where required by the professional and submitted to the code oftrcial. International Building Code for new buildings, automatic 807.4.2 Substantial structural alteration. Where more fire detection systems shall be provided throughout the than 30 percent of the total floor and roof areas of the build- work area. ing or structure have been or are proposed to be involved in 42 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODER ALTERATIONS—LEVEL 3 structural alteration within a 12-month period, the evalua- tion and analysis shall demonstrate that the altered building or structure complies with the International Building Code for wind loading and with reduced International Building Code level seismic forces as specified in Section 101.5.4.2 For seismic loading.For seismic considerations,the analysis shall be based on one of the procedures specified in Section 101.5.4.The areas to be counted toward the 30 percent shall be those areas tributary to[lie vertical load-carrying compo- nents,such as joists,beams,columns,walls and other struc- tural components that have been or will be removed,added or altered,as well as areas such as mezzanines,penthouses, roof structures and in-Filled courts and shafts. 807.4.3 Limited structural alteration. Where not more than 30 percent of the total floor and roof areas of the build- ing are involved in structural alteration within a 12-month period, the evaluation and analysis shall demonstrate that the altered building or structure complies with the loads applicable at the time of the original construction or of the most recent substantial structural alteration as defined by Section 807.4.2, Any existing structural element whose seismic demand-capacity ratio with the alteration consid- ered is more than 10 percent greater than its demand-capac- ity ratio with the alteration ignored shall comply with the reduced International Building Cade level seismic forces as specified in Section 101.5.4.2. SECTION 808 ENERGY CONSERVATION 808.1 Minimum requirements.Level 3 alterations to existing buildings or structures are permitted without requiring the entire building or structure to comply with the energy require- ments of the I1)1er7ra1ioual Energy ConsPr�,anon Code or Inter- national Residential Code.The alierat ions shall conform to the energy requirements of the International Energy Conserl ation Code or International Residential Code as they relate to new construction only. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" 43 44 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' CHAPTER CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY SECTION 901 2. Atriums. GENERAL 3. Motor vehicle-related occupancies. 901.1 Scope.The provisions of this chapter shall apply where a 4. Aircraft-related occupancies, change ofoccupanry occurs,as defined in Section 202,includ- ing: 5. Motion picture projection rooms. 1. Where the occupancy classification is not changed,or 6. Stages and platforms. 2. Where there is a change in occupancy classification or 7. Special amusement buildings. the occupancy group designation changes. 8. Incidental use areas. 901.2 Change in occupancy with no change of occupancy 9. Hazardous materials. classification. A change in occupancy, as defined in Section 902.2 Underground buildings. An underground building in 202, with no change of occupancy classification shall not be which there is a change of use shall comply with the require made to isi r� structure that will subject the structure to any spe- ments of the International Building Code applicable to under- cial provisions of the applicable Interua7ioal Codes, inductid- ground structures. ing the provisions of Sections 902 through 911, without the approval of the code official. A certificate of occupancy shall be issued where it has been determined that the requirements SECTION 903 for the change in occupancy have been met. BUILDING ELEMENTS AND MATERIALS 901.2.1 Repair and alteration with no change of occu- 903.1 General.Building elements and materials in portions of pancy classification.Any mpairor alteration work under- buildings undergoing a change of occupancy classification taken in connection with a change of occupancy that does shall comply with Section 912. not involve a change of occupancy classification shall con form to the applicable requirements for the work as classi- fied in Chapter 4 and to the requirements of Sections 902 SECTION 904 through 911. FIRE PROTECTION Exception: As modified in Section 1105 for historic 904.1 General. Fire protection requirements of Section 912 buildings, shall apply where a building or portions thereof undergo a 901.3 Change of occupancy classification.Where the occu- change of occupancy classification. pancy classification of a building changes, the provisions of Sections 902 through 912 shall apply.This includes a change of occupancy classification within a group as well as a change of SECTION 905 occupancy classification From one group to a different group. MEANS OF EGRESS 901.3.1 Partial change of occupancy classification. 905.1 General.Means of egress in portions of buildings under- Where a portion of an existing building is changed to a new going a change of occupancy classification shall comply with occupancy classification,Section 912 shall apply. Section 912. 901.4 Certificate of occupancy required. A certificate of occupancy shall be issued where a change oforcupancyr occurs that results in a different occupancy classification as deter- SECTION 906 mined by the International Building Code. ACCESSIBILITY 906.1 General.Accessibility in portions of buildings undergo- ing a change of occupancy classification shall comply with SECTION 902 Section 912.8. SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY 902.1 Compliance with the building code.Where the charac- ter or use of an existing building or part of an existing building SECTION 907 is changed to one of the following special use or occupancy cat- STRUCTURAL egories as defined in the International Building Code, the 907.1 Gravity loads.Buildings or portions thereof subject to a building shall comply with all of the applicable requirements of change ofoccupancy where such change in the nature of occu- the International Building Code: pancy results in higher uniform or concentrated loads based on 1. Covered mail buildings. Tables 1607.1 and 1607.6 of the International Building Code 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODED 45 CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY shall comply with (fie gravity load provisions of the Intern- 4. Unreinforced masonry bearing wall buildings in tional Building Code. Occupancy Category I I I when assigned to Seismic Design Category A or B shall be allowed to be Exception: Structural elements whose stress is not strengthened to meet the requirements of Appen- increased by more than 5 percent. dix Chapter Al of this code [Guidelines for the 907.2 Snow and wind loads.Buildings and structures subject Seismic Retrofit of Existing Buildings(GSREB)1. to a change of occupancy where such change in the nature of 907.3.2 Access to Occupancy Category IV. Where a occupancy results in higher wind or snow occupancy catego- change of occupancy is such that compliance with Section ries based on Table 1604.5 of the International Building Code 907.3.1 is required and the building is assigned to Occu- shall be analyzed and shall comply with the applicable wind or pancy Category IV, the operational access to the building snow load provisions of the International Building Code. shall not be through an adjacent structure,unless that struc- ture conforms to the requirements for Occupancy Category Exception:Where the new occupancy with a higher impor 1V structures.Where operational access is less than 10 feet lance factor is less than or equal to 10 percent of the total (3048 min) from either an interior lot line or from another building floor area. The cumulative effect of the area of structure, access protection from potential falling debris occupancy changes shall be considered for the purposes of shall be provided by the owner of the Occupancy Category this exception. IV structure. 907.3 Seismic loads.Existing buildings with a change ofoccu- pancy shall comply with the seismic provisions of Sections 907.3.1 and 907.3.2. SECTION 908 907.3.1 Compliance with the International Building ELECTRICAL Code level seismic forces. Where a building or portion 908.1 Special occupancies. Where the occupancy of an exist- thereof is subject to a change ofoccupancy that results in the inng buildinng or part of an existing buildingis changed to one of building being assigned to a higher occupancy category the following special occupancies as described in NFPA 70,the based on Table 1604.5 of the International Building Cade; electrical wiring and equipment of the building or portion or where such change ofoccupancy results in a reclassifica- thereof that contains the proposed occupancy shall comply tion of a building to a higher hazard category as shown in with the applicable requirements of NFPA 70 whether or not a Table 912.4;or where a change of a Group M occupancy to a change of occupancy group is involved: Group A,E,1-l.R-1,R-2 or R-4 occupancy with two-thirds 1. Hazardous locations. or more of the floors involved in Level 3 alteration work,the building shall comply with the requirements for Interna- tional 2. Commercial garages, repair,and storage. Building Code level seismic forces as specified in 3. Aircraft hangars. Section 101.5.4.1 for the new occupancy category. 4. Gasoline dispensing and service stations. Exceptions: 5. Bulk storage plants. 1. Group M occupancies being changed to Group A, 6. Spray application,dipping,and coating processes. E, 1-1, R-1, R-2 or R-4 occupancies for buildings 7. Health care facilities. less than six stories in height and in Seismic Design Category A,B or C. S. Places of assembly. 2. Where approved by the code official, specific 9. Theaters,audience areas of motion picture and televi- detailing provisions required for a new structure sion studios, and similar locations. are not required to be met where it can be shown 10. Motion picture and television studios and similar loca- that an equivalent level of performance and seis- tions. mic safety is obtained for the applicable occu- 11. Motion picture projectors. pancy category based on the provision for reduced International Building Code level seismic forces 12. Agricultural buildings. as specified in Section 101.5.4.2. 908.2 Unsafe conditions.Where the occupancy of an existing 3. Where the area of the new occupancy witli a higher building or part of an existing building is changed. alt unsafe hazard category is less than or equal to 10 percent conditions shall be corrected without requiring that all parts of of the total building floor area and the new occu- the electrical system be brought up to the current edition of to pancy is not classified as Occupancy Category 1V. comply with NFPA 70. For the purposes of this exception,buildings occu- 908.3 Service upgrade. Where the occupancy of an existing pied by two or more occupancies not included in building or part of an existing building is changed, electrical the wine occupancy category, shall be subject to service shall be upgraded to meet the requirements of NFPA 70 the provisions of Section 1604.5.1 of the Intern- for the new occupancy. tional Building Code.The cumulative effect of the area of occupancy changes shall be considered for 908.4 Number of electrical outlets.Where the occupancy of the purposes of this exception. an existing building or part of an existing building is changed, 46 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE` CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY the number of electrical outlets shall comply with NFPA 70 for SECTION 912 the new occupancy. CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION 912.1 General. The provisions of this section shall apply to buildings or portions thereof undergoing a change of occu- SECTION 909 panty classification.This includes a change of occupancy clas- MECHANICAL sification within a group as well as a change of occupancy classification from one group to a different group.Such build- 909.1 Mechanical requirements.Where the occupancy of an ings shall also comply with Sections 902 through 911. The existing 6uildingorpart of an existing building is changed such application of requirements for the change of occupancy shall [hat the new occupancy is subject to different kitchen exhaust be as set forth in Sections 912.1.1 through 912.1.4.A change of requirements or to increased mechanical ventilation require- occupancy,as defined in Section 202,without a corresponding merits in accordance with the International Mechanical Code, change of occupancy classification shall comply with Section the new occupancy shall comply with the intent of the respec- 9011. tive International Mechanical Code provisions. 912.1.1 Compliance with Chapter 8.The requirements of Chapter 8 shall be applicable throughout the building for the new occupancy classification based on the separation con- SECTION 910 ditions set forth in Sections 912.1.1.1 and 9121.1.2. PLUMBING 912.1.1.1 Change of occupancy classification without 910.1 Increased demand.Where the occupancy of an existing separation. Where a portion of an existing building is building or part of an existing building is changed such that the changed to a new occupancy classification and that por- new occupancy is subject to increased or different plumbing tion is not separated from the remainder of the building fixture requirements orto increased water supply requirements with fire barriers having a fire-resistance rating as in accordance with the International Plumbing Code,the new required in the International Boildhig Code for the sepa- occupancy shall comply with the intent of the respective Inter- rate occupancy,the entire building shall comply with all national Plu,anhirng Code provisions. of the requirements of Chapter 8 applied throughout the building for the most restrictive occupancy classification 910.2 Food-handling occupancies.if the new occupancy is a in the building and with the requirements of this chapter. food-handling establishment, all existing sanitary waste lines above the food or drink preparation or storage areas shall be 912.1.1.2 Change of occupancy classification with panned or otherwise protected to prevent leaking pipes or con- separation.Where a portion of an existing building that densation on pipes From contaminating food or drink. New is changed to a new occupancy classification and that drainage lines shall not be installed above such areas and shall portion is separated from the remainder of the building be protected in accordance with the International Plumbing with fire barriers having a fire-resistance rating as Code. required in the International Building Code for the sepa- rate occupancy, that portion shall comply with all the 910.3 Interceptor required. if the new occupancy will pro- requirements of Chapter 8 for the new occupancy classi- duce grease or oil-laden wastes,interceptors shall be provided fication and with the requirements of this chapter. as required in the International Plumbing Code. 912.1.2 Fire protection and interior finish. The provi- 910.4 Chemical wastes. If the new occupancy will produce sions of Sections 912.2 and 912.3 for fire protection and chemical wastes, the following shall apply: interior finish, respectively, shall apply to all buildings 1. If the existing piping is not compatible with the chemical undergoing a change of occupancy classification. waste,the waste shall be neutralized prior to entering the 912.1.3 Change of occupancy classification based on drainage system,or the piping shall be changed to a com- hazard category. The relative degree of hazard between patible material, different occupancy classifications shall be determined in 2. No chemical waste shall discharge to a public sewer sys- accordance with the category specified in Tables 912.4, tem without the approval of the sewage authority. 912.5 and 912.6.Such a determination shall be the basis for the application of Sections 912.4 through 912.7. 910.5 Group I-2.if the occupancy group is changed to Group 912,1.4 Accessibility.All buildings undergoing a change of 1-2, the plumbing system shall comply with the applicable occupancy classification shall comply with Section 912.8. requirements of the International Plumbing Code. 912.2 Fire protection systems. Fire protection systems shall be provided in accordance with Sections 912.2.1 and 912.2.2. SECTION 911 912.2.1. Fire sprinkler system. Where a change in occu- OTHER REQUIREMENTS pancy classification occurs that requires an automatic fire sprinkler system to be provided based on the new occu- 911.1 Light and ventilation.Light and ventilation shall com- pancy in accordance with Chapter 9 of the International ply with the requirements of the International Building Code Building Code,such system shall be provided throughout for the new occupancy. the area where the change of occupancy occurs. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE 47 CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY 912.2.2 Fire alarm and detection system.Where a change 6. Existing dead-end corridors shall comply with the in occupancy classification occurs that requires a fire alarm requirements in Section 705.6, and detection system to be provided based on the new occu- 7. An existing operable window with clear opening pancy in accordance with Chapter 9 of the International area no less than 4 square feet(0.38 mz) and mini- Building Code, such system shall be provided throughout mum opening height and width of 22 inches (559 the area where the change of arc upan('1.occurs. Existing mm) and 20 inches (508 mm), respectively,shall alarm notification appliances shall be automatically acti- be accepted as an emergency escape and rescue vated throughout the building. Where the building is not opening. equipped with a fire alarm system,alarm notification appli- ances shall be provided throughout the area where the 912.4.2 Means of egress for change of use to equal or change ofoccupancyoccurs and shall be automatically acti- lower hazard category.When a change of occupancy clas- vated. sification is made to an equal or lesser hazard category 912.3 Interior Finish,In areas of the building undergoing the (higher number)as shown in Table 912.4,existing elements g g g of the means of egress shall comply with the requirements change of occupancy classification,the interior finish of walls of Section 805 for the new occupancy classification.Newly and ceilings shall comply with the requirements of the Interim- constructed or configured means of egress shall comply clonal Building Code for the new occupancy classification. with the requirements of Chapter 10 of the International 912.4 Means of egress,general.Hazard categories in regard to Building Code. life safety and means of egress shall be in accordance with Exception:Any stairway replacing an existing stairway Table 912.4. within a space where the pitch or slope cannot be reduced TABLE 912.4 because of existing construction shall not be required to MEANS OF EGRESS HAZARD CATEGORIES comply with the maximum riser height and minimum RELATIVE HAZARD OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATIONS tread depth requirements. 1 (Hi hest Hazard) H 912.4.3 Egress capacity. Egress capacity shall meet or B -- - - - exceed the occupant load as specified in the International 2 1-2,1A-3,1-4 Building Code for the new occupancy. 3 A.E,I-1,M.R-1.R-2.R-4 912.4.4 Handrails. Existing stairways shall comply with 4 B,F-1,R-3.S-I the handrail requirements of Section 705.9 in the area of the 5 (Lowes(Hazard) _ F-2.S-2.U change of occupancy classification. 912.4.1 Means of egress for change to higher hazard cat- 912.4.5 Guards. Existing guards shall cornply with the requirements in Section 70 5.10 in the area of the change of egory.When a change of occupancy classification is made occupancy classification. to a higher hazard category (lower number) as shown in Table 912.4. the means of egress shall comply with the 912.5 Heights and areas.Hazard categories in regard to height requirements of Chapter 10 of the International Building and area shall be in accordance with Table 912.5. Code, TABLE 912.5 HEIGHTS AND AREAS HAZARD CATEGORIES Exceptions: -- - RELATIVE HAZARD OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATIONS 1. Stairways shall be enclosed in compliance with the 1 (Highest Hazard) H applicable provisions of Section 803.1. - --- --- 2. Existing stairways including handrails and guards 2 A-1,A-2,A-3.A-4.1. R-1.R-2.R-4 complying with the requirements of Chapter 8 3 E.F-1,5-1,M shall be permitted for continued use subject to 4 (Lowest Hazard) 13.F 2,S-2,A-5,R-3.U approval of the cede olhcial. - 912.5.1 Height and area for change to higher hazard cat- 3. Any stairway replacing an existing stairway egory.When a change of occupancy classification is made within a space where the pitch or slope cannot be to a higher hazard category as shown in Table 912.5,heights reduced because of existing construction shall not and areas of buildings and structures shall comply with the be required to comply with the maximum riser requirements of Chapter 5 of the International Building height and minimum tread depth requirements. Code for the new occupancy classification. 4. Existing corridor walls constructed of wood ]at h Exception:In other than Groups H,F-1 and S-1,in Iieu and plaster in good condition or t/2-inch-thick of Fire walls ,use of fire barriers having a fire-resistance (12.7 mm) gypsum wallboard shall be permitted. rating of not less than that specified in Table 706.4 of the Such walls shall either terminate at the underside International Building Code,constructed in accordance of a ceiling of equivalent construction or extend to with Section 707 of the International Building Code, the underside of the floor or roof next above. shall be permitted to meet area limitations required for 5. Existing corridor doorways, transoms and other the new occupancy in buildings protected throughout corridor openings shall comply with the require- with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with ments in Sections 705.5.1, 705.5.2 and 705.5.3. Section 903.3.1.1 of the International Fim Code. 48 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE* CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY 912.5.2 Height and area for change to equal or lesser haz- 3. Where exterior opening protectives are required, and category.When a change of occupancy classification is an automatic sprinkler system throughout may be made to an equal or lesser hazard category as shown in Table substituted for opening protection. 912.5, the height and area of the existing building shall be 4, Exterior opening protectives are not required deemed acceptable. when the change of occupancy group is to an 912.5.3 Fire barriers.When a change of occupancy classi- equal or lower hazard classification in accordance fication is made to a higher hazard category as shown in with Table 912.6 Table 912.5, fire barriers in separated mixed-use buildings 912,7 Enclosure of vertical shafts. Enclosure of vertical shall comply with the fire resistance requirements of the shafts shall be in accordance with Sections 912.7.1 through International Building Cade, 912.7.4. Exception:Where the fire barriers are required to have a 912.7.1 Minimum requirements. Vertical shafts shall be 1-hour fire-resistance rating,existing wood lath and plas- designed to meet the International Building Code require- ter in good condition or existing'/.-inch-thick(12.7 rnm) ments for atriums or the requirements of this section. gypsum wallboard shall be permitted. 912,7.2 Stairways. When a change of occupancy 912.6 Exterior wall fire-resistance ratings.Hazard categories classificiation is made to a higher hazard category as shown in regard to fire-resistance ratings of exterior walls shall be in in Table 912.4, interior stairways shall be enclosed as accordance with Table 912.6. required by the International Building Code. TABLE 912.6 Exceptions: EXPOSURE OF EXTERIOR WALLS HAZARD CATEGORIES 1. In other than Group I occupancies, an enclosure RELATIVE HAZARD OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION shall not be required for openings serving only 1 (Highest Hazard) H one adjacent floor and that are not connected with 2 F-1,M,S-1 corridors or stairways serving other floors. 3 A,B,E,I,R 2. Unenclosed existing stairways need not be enclosed in a continuous vertical shaft if each 4 (Lowest Hazard) F-2,S-2,U story is separated from other stories by 1-]tour 912.6.1 Exterior wall rating for change of occupancy fire-resistance-rated construction or approved classification to a higher hazard category.When a change wired glass set in steel frames and all exit corri- of occupancy classification is made to a higher hazard cate- dors are sprinklered. The openings between the gory as shown in Table 912.6, exterior walls shall have fire corridor and the occupant space shall have at least resistance and exterior opening protectives as required by one sprinkler head above the openings on the len- the International Building Code. ant side.The sprinkler system shall be permitted to be supplied from the domestic water-supply Exception: A 2-hour fire-resistance rating shall be systems,provided the system is of adequate pres- allowed where the building does not exceed Iltrec stories sure, capacity, and sizing for the combined in height and is classified as one of the following groups: domestic and sprinkler requirements. A-2 and A-3 with an occupant load of less than 300,B,K 3. Existing penetrations of stairway enclosures shall M or S. be accepted if they are protected in accordance 912.62 Exterior wall rating for change of occupancy with the International Building Code. classification to an equal or lesser hazard category.When 912.7.3 Other vertical shafts.Interior vertical shafts other a change of occupancy classification is made to an equal or than stairways, including but not limited to elevator lesser hazard category as shown in Table 912.6, existing hoistways and service and utility shafts,shall be enclosed exterior walls,including openings,shall be accepted. as required by the 1wernational Building Code when there 912.6.3 Opening protectives. Openings in exterior walls is a change of use to a higher hazard category as specified in shall be protected as required by the International Building Table 912.4. Code.Where openings in the exteriorwalls are required to be Exceptions: protected because of their distance from the property line, the suns of the area of such openings shall not exceed 50 per- 1. Existing 1-hour interior shaft enclosures shall be cent of the total area of the wall in each story. accepted where a higher rating is required. Exceptions: 2. Vertical openings, other than stairways. in build- ings of other than Group I occupancy and con- 1. Where the International Building Code permits necting less than six stories shall not be required to openings in excess of 50 percent. be enclosed if[tie entire building is provided with 2. Protected openings shall not be required in build- an approved automatic sprinkler system. ings of Group R occupancy that do not exceed three 912.7.4 Openings.All openings into existing vertical shaft stories in height and that are located not less than 3 enclosures shall be protected by fire assemblies having a feet (914 mm) from the property line. fire-protection rating of not less than 1 hour and shall be 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE* 49 CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY maintained self-closing or shall be automatic closing by actuation of a smoke detector. All other openings shall be fire protected in an approved manner. Existing fusible link-type automatic door-closing devices shall be permitted in all shafts except stairways if the fusible link rating does not exceed 135T (571Q. 912-8 Accessibility.Existing buildings that undergo a change of group or occupancy classification shall comply with this section. 912.8.1 Partial change in occupancy.Where a portion of the building is changed to a new occupancy classification, any alterations shall comply with Sections 605 and 706,as applicable. 912.8.2 Complete change of occupancy.Where an entire building undergoes a change of occupancy,it shall comply with Section 912.8.1 and shall have all of the following accessible features: 1. At least one accessible building entrance. 2. At least one accessible route from an accessible build- ing entrance to primary function areas. 3. Signage complying with Section 1110 of the Interim- dortal Building Code. A. Accessible parking,where parking is provided. 5. At least one accessible passenger loading zone,where loading zones are provided. 6. At least one accessible route connecting accessible parking and accessible passenger loading zones to an accessible entrance. Where it is technically Infeasible to comply with the new construction standards for any of these requirements for a change of group or occupancy, the above items shall con- form to the requirements to the maximum extent technically feasible. s0 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE* CHAPTER 10 ADDITIONS SECTION 1001 2. Buildings of Group R occupancy with no more than GENERAL five dwelling units or sleeping units used solely for 1001.1 Scope.An addition to a building or structure shall com- residential purposes where the existing building and ply with the International Codes as adopted for new construe- the addition comply with the conventional light- tion without requiring the existing building or structure to frame construction methods of the International comply with any requirements of those codes or of these provi- Building Code or the provisions of the International sions, except as required by this chapter. Where an addition Residential Code. impacts the existing building or structure, that portion shall 1003.3 Lateral-force-resisting system. The ]at- comply with this code. era]-force-resisting system of existing buildings to which addi- 1001.2 Creation or extension of nonconformity.An addition tions are made shall comply with Sections 1003.31, 1003.3.2 shall not create or extend any nonconformity in the existing and 1003.3.3. building to which the addition is being made with regard to Exceptions: accessibility.structural strength,fire safety,means of egress,or the capacity of mechanical,plumbing,or electrical systems. 1. Buildings of Group R occupancy with no more Than five dwelling or sleeping units used solely for resi- 1001.3 Other work.Any rr?pair or alteration work within an dential purposes where the existing building and the existing building to which an addition is being made shall com- addition comply with the conventional light frame ply with the applicable requirements for the work as classified construction methods of the International Building in Chapter 4. Code or the provisions of the International Residen- tial Code. SECTION 1002 2. In other existing buildings where the lateral-force HEIGHTS AND AREAS story shear in any story is not increased by more than 1002.1 Height limitations. No addition shall increase the 10 percent cumulative. height of an existing building beyond that permitted under the 1003.3.1 Vertical addition. Any element of the lat- applicable provisions of Chapter 5 of the International Build- era]-force-resisting system of an existingbi ildirrg subjected ing Code for new buildings. to an increase in vertical or lateral loads from the vertical 1002.2 Area limitations.No addition shall increase the area of addition shall comply with the International Building Code an existingbuildfigbeyond that permitted under the applicable Find provisions and the International Building Code level provisions of Chapter 5 of the International Building Code for seismic forces specified in Section 10I.5.4.1 of this code. new buildings unless fire separation as required by the Interna- 1003.3.2 Horizontal addition.Where horizontal additions tional Building Code is provided. are structurally connected to an existing structure, all ]at- Exception: In-filling of floor openings and nonoccuplable era]-force-resisting elements of the existing structure appendages such as elevator and exit stair shafts shall be affected by such addition shall comply with the Interna- permi t led beyond that permi[led by the International Build- tional Building Code wind provisions and the International Building Code level seismic forces specified in Section ing Code. 101,5.4.1 of this code. 1002.3 Fire protection systems.Existing fire areas increased 1003.3.3 Voluntary addition of structural elements to by the addition shall comply with Chapter 9 of the Interna tional Building Code. improve the lateral-force-resisting system. Voluntary addition of structural elements to improve the ]at- eral-force-resisting system of an existing building shall SECTION 1003 comply with Section 807.7. STRUCTURAL 1003.4 Snow drift loads.Any structural element of an existing 1003.1 Compliance with the International Building Code. buildingsubjected to additional loads from the effects of snow Additions to existing buildings or structures are new construe- drift as a result of an addition shall comply with the Interna- tion and shall comply with the International Building Code. tional Building Code. 1003.2 Additional gravity loads.Existing structural elements Exceptions: supporting any additional gravity loads as a result of additions 1. Structural elements whose stress is not increased by shall comply with the International Building Code. more than 5 percent. Exceptions: 2. Buildings of Group R occupancy with no more than 1. Structural elements whose stress is not increased by five dwelling units or sleeping units used solely for more than 5 percent. residential purposes where the existing building and 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE 51 ADDITIONS the addition comply with the conventional light- Frame construction methods of the International Buildinng Code or the provisions of the International Residential Code. 1003.5 Flood hazard areas. Additions and foundations in flood hazard areas shall comply with the following require- ments: 1. For horizontal additions that are structurally intercon- nected to the existing building, 1.1. If the addition and all other proposed work, when combined, constitute substantial improvement, the existing building and the additionshall comply with Section 1612 of the International Building Code. 1.2. If the addition constitutes substantial improvement, the existing building and the addition shall comply with Section 1612 of the International Building Code. 2. For horizontal additions that are not structurally inter- connected to the existing building. 2.1.The addition shall comply with Section 1612 of the International Building Code. 2.2. if the addition and all other proposed work, when combined, constitute substantial irrrprovemernt, the existing buildinngand the addltionshal i comply with Section 1612 of the International Building Code. 3. For vertical additions and all other proposed work that, when combined,constitute substantiallrnproiernent,the existing building shall comply with Section 1612 of the International Building Code. 4. For a new,replacement,raised,or extended foundation, if the foundation work and all other proposed work, when combined,constitute substantial improvement,the existing building shall comply with Section 1612 of the International Building Code. SECTION 1004 SMOKE ALARMS IN OCCUPANCY GROUPS R-3 AND R-4 1004.1 Smoke alarms in existing portions of a building. Whenever an addition is made to a building or structure of a Group R-3 or R-4 occupancy,the existing buildingshall be pro- vided with smoke alarms as required by the International Building Code or International Resider itial Code as applicable. SECTION 1005 ACCESSIBILITY 1005.1 Minimum requirements.Accessibility provisions for new construction shall apply to additions. An addition that affects the accessibility to,or contains an area of,prbijaiy func- tion shall comply with the requirements of Sections 605 and 706,as applicable. 52 2009 INTERNATIONAL.EXISTING BUILDING CODE` CHAPTER 11 HISTORIC BUILDINGS 3. Designated as historic under a state or local historic SECTION 1101 preservation program that is approved by the Depart- GENERAL ment of Interior. 1101.1 Scope. It is the intent of this chapter to provide means for the preservation of historic buildings. Historical buildings shall comply with the provisions of this chapter relating to their SECTION 1102 repair,alteration,relocation and charge of occupancy. REPAIRS 1101.2 Report. A historic building undergoing repair, alter- 1102.1 General.Repairs to any portion of an historic building ation or change ofoccuponc} shall be investigated and evalu- or structure shall be permitted with original or like materials ated.If it is intended that the building meet the requirements of and original methods of construction,subject to the provisions this chapter,a written report shall be prepared and filed with the of this chapter. code olrcial by a registered design professional when such a 1102.2 Dangerous buildings. When an historic building is report is necessary in the opinion of the code olllciaL Such determined to be dangerous.no work shall be required except report shall be in accordance with Chapter 1 and shall identify as necessary to correct identified unsafe conditions. each required safety feature that is in compliance with this 1X023 Relocated buildings.Foundations of relocated historic chapter and where compliance with other chapters of these pro , u n g s visions would be damaging to the contributing historic fea- buildings and structures shall comply with the International tures.For buildings assigned to Seismic Design Category D,E Building Code.Relocated historic buildings shall otherwise be or F, a structural evaluation describing, at minimum, a coin- considered an historic building for the purposes of this code. plete load path and other earthquake-resistant features shall be Relocated historic buildings and structures shall be sited so that prepared. Additionally, the report shall describe each feature exterior wall and opening requirements comply with the Inter- that is not in compliance with these provisions and shall dem- national Building Code or with the compliance alternatives of onstrate how the intent of these provisions is complied with in this code. providing an equivalent level of safety. 1102.4 Chapter 5 compliance.Historic buildings undergoing 1101.3 Special occupancy exceptions—museums. When a repairs shall comply with all of the applicable requirements of' building in Group R-3 is also used for Group A,B, or M pur- Chapter 5, except as specifically permitted in [his chapter. poses such as museum tours,exhibits,and other public assem- 1102.5 Replacement.Replacement of existing or missing fea- bly activities,or for museums less than 3,000 square feet(279 tures using original materials shall be permitted. Partial MI), the code official may determine that the occupancy is replacement for repairs that match the original in configura- Group B when life-safety conditions can be demonstrated in tion. height, and size shall be permitted. Such replacements accordance with Section 1101.2.Adequate means of egress in shall not be required to meet the materials and methods require- such buildings, which may include a means of maintaining means of Section 501.2. doors in an open position to permit egress,a limit on building Exception: Replacement glazing in hazardous locations occupancy to an occupant load permitted by the means of shall comply with the safety glazing requirements of Chap- egress capacity,a limit on occupancy of certain areas or floors, ter 24 of the International wilding Code. or supervision by a person knowledgeable in the emergency exiting procedures,shall be provided. 1101.4 Flood hazard areas. In flood hazard areas, if all pro- SECTION 1103 posed work, including repairs, work required because of a FIRE SAFETY change of occupancy, and alterations, constitutes substantial 1103.1 Scope. Historic buildings undergoing alterations, improvement,then the existing building shall comply with Sec- changes of occupancy. or that are moved shall comply with tion 1612 of the International Building Code. Section 1103. Exception:If an historic buildingwill continue to be an his- 1103.2 General.Every historic building tha t does not conform toric building after the proposed work is completed,then the to the construction requirements specified in this code for the proposed work is not considered a substantial improvement' occupancy or use and that constitutes a distinct fire hazard as For the purposes of this exception,an historic building is: defined herein shall be provided with an approved automatic 1. Listed or preliminarily determined to be eligible for fire-extinguishing system as determined appropriate by the listing in the National Register of Historic Places: codeollFcial.However,an automatic fire-extinguishing system 2. Determined by the Secretary of the U.S.Department shall not be used to substitute for,or act as an alternative to,the of Interior to contribute to the historical significance required number of exits from any facility. of a registered historic district or a district pre]iminar- 1103.3 Means of egress.Existing door openings and corridor ily determined to qualify as a historic district:or and stairway widths less than those specified elsewhere in this 2009 INTERNATIONAL,EXISTING BUILDING CODE' 53 HISTORIC BUILDINGS code may be approved,provided that,in the opinion of the code SECTION 1104 olTcial,there is sufficient width and height for a person to pass ALTERATIONS through the opening or traverse the means of egress. When 1104.1 Accessibility requirements. The provisions of 605 approved by the code official,the front or main exit doors need and 706, as applicable, shall apply to buildings and facilities not swing in the direction of the path of exit travel, provided designated as historic structures that undergo alterations, that other approved means of egress having sufficient capacity unless technically infeasible. Where compliance with the to serve the total occupant load are provided. requirements for accessible routes,entrances or toilet facilities 1103.4 Transoms.In fully sprinkIered buildings of Group R-1. would threaten or destroy the historic significance of the build- R-2 or R-3 occupancy,existing transoms in corridors and other ing or facility,as determined by the code official,the alternative fire-resistance-rated walls may be maintained if fixed in the requirements of Sections 1104.1.1 through 1104.1.4 for that closed position. A sprinkler shall be installed on each side of element shall be permitted. the transom. 1104,1,1 Site arrival points. At least one main entrance 1103.5 Interior finishes. The existing finishes of walls and shall be accessible. ceilings shall be accepted when i I is demonstrated that they are 1104.12 Multilevel buildings and facilities.An accessible the historic Finishes. route from an accessible entrance to public spaces on the 1103.6 Stairway enclosure. In buildings of three stories or level of the accessible entrance shall be provided. less,exit enclosure construction shall limit the spread of smoke 1104.1.3 Entrances. At least one main entrance shall be by the use of tight-fitting doors and solid elements.Such ele- accessible. ments are not required to have a fire-resistance rating. Exceptions: 1103.7 One-hour fire-resistant assemblies. Where 1-hour fire-resistance-rated construction is required by these provi- 1, if a main entrance cannot be made accessible,an sions, it need not be provided, regardless of construction or accessible nonpublic entrance that is unlocked occupancy,where the existing wall and ceiling finish is wood while the building is occupied shall be provided;or or metal lath and plaster. 2. If a main entrance cannot be made accessible, a 1103.8 Glazing in fire-resistance-rated systems. Historic locked accessible entrance with a notification sys- glazing materials are permitted in interior walls required to tem or remote monitoring shall be provided. have a I-hour fire-resistance rating where the opening is pro- 1104.1.4 Toilet and bathing facilities.Where toilet rooms vided with approved smoke seals and the area affected is pro- are provided, at least one accessible family or assisted-use vided with an automatic sprinkler system. toilet room complying with Section 1109.2.1 of the Interna- 1103.9 Stairway railings.Grand stairways shall be accepted tional Building Code shall be provided. without complying with the handrail and guard requirements. Existing handrails and guards at all stairs shall be permitted to remain,provided they are not structurally dangenous. SECTION 1105 CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY 1103.10 Guards.Guards shall comply with Sections 1103.10.1 1105.1 General. Historic buildings undergoing a change of and 1103.10.2. occupancy shall comply with the applicable provisions of 1103.10.1 Height. Existing guards shall comply with the Chapter 9. except as specifically permitted in this chapter. requirements of Section 505. When Chapter 9 requires compliance with specific require- 1103.10.2 Guard openings.The spacing between existing merits of Chapter 5, Chaptcr 6, or Chapter 7 and when [hose intermediate railings or openings in existing ornamental requirements are subject to the exceptions in Section 1102,the patterns shall be accepted.Missing elements or members of same exceptions shall apply to this section. a guard may be replaced in a manner that will preserve the 1105.2 Building area. The allowable floor area for historic historic appearance of the building or structure. buildings undergoing a change ofoccupaneyshall be permitted 1103.11 Exit signs. Where exit sign or egress path marking to exceed by 20 percent the allowable areas specified in Chap- location would damage the historic character of the building, ter 5 of the International Building Code. alternative exit signs are permitted with approval of the code 1105.3 Location on property.Historic structures undergoing olrcial. Alternative signs shall identify the exits and egress a change of use to a higher hazard category in accordance with path. Section 912.6 may use alternative methods to comply with the 1103.12 Automatic fire-extinguishing systems.Every histor- fire-resistance and exterior opening protective requirements. ical building that cannot be made to conform to the construe- Such alternatives shall comply with Section 1101.2. tion requirements specified in the International Building Code 1105.4 Occupancy separation. Required occupancy separa- for the occupancy or use and that constitutes a distinct fire haz- tions of 1 hour may be omitted when the building is provided and shall be deemed to be in compliance if provided with an with an approved automatic sprinkler system throughout. approved automatic fire-extinguishing system. 1105.5 Roof covering.Regardless of occupancy or use group, Exception:When the code official approves an alterna- roof-covering materials not less than Class C shall be permitted tive life-safety system. where a fire-retardant roof covering is required. 54 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE HISTORIC BUILDINGS 1105.6 Means of egress.Existing door openings and corridor materials in the building, the existing level of natural lighting and stairway widths less than those that xould be acceptable shall be considered acceptable. for nonhistoric buildings under these provisions shall be 1105.15 Accessibility requirements.The provisions of Sec- approved, provided that, in the opinion of the code official, tion 912.$shall apply to buildings and facilities designated as there is sufficient width and height for a person to pass through historic structures that undergo a change of occupancy,unless the opening or traverse the exit and that the capacity of the exit technically infeasible. Where compliance with the require- system is adequate for the occupant load.or where other opera- merits for accessible routes,ramps,entrances,or toilet facilities tional controls to limit occupancy are approved by the code would threaten or destroy the historic significance of the build- official. ing or facility,as determined by the authority having jurisdfe- 1105.7 Door swing.When approved by the code official,exist- tion,the alternative requirements of Sections 1104.I.1 through ing front doors need not swing in the direction of exit travel, 1104.1.5 for those elements shall be permitted. provided that other approved exits having su fficieni capacity to serve the total occupant load are provided. SECTION 1106 1105.8 Transoms. In corridor walls required by these provi- STRUCTURAL sions to be fire-resistance rated, existing transoms may be 1106.1 General. Historic buildings shall comply with the maintained if fixed in the closed position.and fixed wired glass applicable structural provisions for the work as classified in set in a steel frame or other approved glazing shall be installed Chapter 4. on one side of the transom. Exception: Transoms conforming to Section 1103.4 shall Exception: The code official shall be authorized to accept be accepted. existing floors and approve operational controls that limit the live load on any such floor. 1105.9 Finishes. Where interior finish materials are required 1106.2 Unsafe structural elements. Where the code official to have a flame spread index of Class C or better, existing determines that a component or a portion of a building or slruc- nonconforming materials shall be surfaced with approved lure is dangerous as defined in this code and is in need of fire-retardant paint or finish, trpalr, strengthening. or replacement by provisions of this Exception: Existing nonconforming materials need not be code,only that specific component or portion shall be required surfaced with an approved fire-retardant paint or finish to be repaired,strengthened or replaced. where the building is equipped throughout with an auto- matic fire-suppression system installed in accordance with the International Building Code and the nonconforming materials can besubstantiated as being historic in character. 1105.10 One-hour fire-resistant assemblies. Where 1-hour fire-resistance-rated construction is required by these provi- sions, it need not be provided, regardless of construction or occupancy,where the existing wall and ceiling finish is wood lath and plaster. 1105.11 Stairs and railings.Existing stairways shall comply with the requirements of these provisions. The code official shall grant alternatives for stairways and railings if alternative stairways are found to be acceptable or arc judged to meet the intent of these provisions.Existing stairways shall comply with Section 1103. Exception: For buildings less than 3,000 square feet (279 1112),existing conditions are permitted to remain at all stairs and rails. 1105.12 Exit signs. The code official may accept alternative exit sign locations where such signs would damage the historic character of the building or structure.Such signs shall identify the exits and exit path. 1105.13 Exit stair live load. Existing historic stairways in buildings changed to a Group R-1 or R-2 occupancy shall he accepted where it can be shown that the stairway can support a 75-pounds-per-square-foot (366 kg/ml) live load. 1105.14 Natural light.When it is determined by the code oll'i- cial that compliance with the natural light requirements of Sec- tion 911.1 will lead to loss of historic character or historic 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE 55 56 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' CHAPTER 12 RELOCATED OR MOVED BUILDINGS SECTION 1201 1202.5 Snow loads. Structures shall comply with Interna- tional Building Code or International Residential Code snow loads as applicable where snow loads at the new location are 1201.1 Scope. This chapter provides requirements for relo- higher than those at the previous location, cared or moved structures. Exception: Structural elements whose stress is not 1201.2 Conformance. The building shall be safe for human increased by more than 5 percem occupancy as detennined by the International Fire Code and 1202.6 Flood hazard areas.If relocated or moved into a flood the International Property Maintenance Code. Any repair, hazard area.structures shall comply with Section 1612 of the altenation, or change of occupancy undertaken within the International Building Code. moved structure shall comply with the requirements of this code applicable to the work being perFarmird. Any field-fabri- 1202.7 Required inspection and repairs. The code official cared elements shall comply with the requirements of the Inter- shall be authorized to inspect, or to require approved profes- national Building Code or the International Residential Code signals to inspect re the expense of the owner,the various truc- as applicable. rural parts of a relocated building to verify that structural components and connections have not sustained structural damage.Any repairs required by the code official as a result of SECTION 1202 such inspection shall be made prior to the final approval. REQUIREMENTS 1202.1 Location on the lot.The building shall be located on the lot in accordance with the requirements of the International Building Code or the International Residential Code as appli- cable. 1202.2 Foundation.The foundation system of relocated build- ings shall comply with the International Building Code or the International Residential Code as applicable. 1202.2.1 Connection to the foundation.The connection of the relocated building to the foundation shall comply with the International Building Code or[lie International Resi- dential Code as applicable. 1202.3 Wind loads.Buildings shall comply with International Building Code or International Residential Code wind provi- sions as applicable. Exceptions: 1. Detached one- and two-family dwellings and Group U occupancies where wind loads at the new location are not higher than those at the previous location. 2. Structural elements whose stress is not increased by more than 5 percent. 1202.4 Seismic loads. Buildings shall comply with Interna- tional Building Code or International Residential Code seis- mic provisions at the new location as applicable. Exceptions: 1. Structures in Seismic Design Categories A and B and detached one- and two family dwellings in Seismic Design Categories A, B, and C where the seismic loads at the new location are not higher than those at the previous location, 2. Stuctural elements whose stress is not increased by more than 5 percent. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE* 57 58 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' CHAPTER 13 PERFORMANCE COMPLIANCE METHODS SECTION 1301 [B] 1301.2.3 Additions. Additions to existing buildings GENERAL shall comply with the requirements of the International Building Code, International Residential Code, and this 1301.1 Scope.The provisions of this chapter shall apply to the code for new construction.The combined height and area of alteration, repair,addition and change of occupancy of exist- the existing building and the new addition shall not exceed ing structures,including historic and moved structures,as ref- the height and area allowed by Chapter 5 of the Interna- erenced in Section 101.5.3.The provisions of this chapter are tional Building Code.Where a fire wall that complies with intended to maintain or increase the current degree of public Section 706 of the International Building Code is provided safety, health and general welfare in existing buildings while between the addition and the existing building.the addition permitting repair, alteration, addition and change of occu- shall be considered a separate building. pancy without requiring full compliance with Chapters 4 through 12,except where compliance with other provisions of [13] 1301.2.4 Alterations and repairs.An existing building this code is specifically required in this chapter. or portion thereof that does not comply with the require- ments of this code for new construction shall not be altered or repaired in such a manner that results in the building repalrs, additions and changes of occupam,y to existing being less safe or sanitary than such building is currently.If, structures shall comply with the provisions of this chapter or in the alteration or repair;the current level of safety or sani- with one of the methods provided in Section 101.5. tation is to be reduced,the portion altered or repaired shall [B] 1301.2 Applicability.Structures existing prior to[DATE TO conform to the requirements of Chapters 2 through 12 and BE INSERTED BY THE JURISDICTION]. Note: it is recommended Chapters 14 through 33 of the International Building Code. that this date coincide with the effective date of building codes within the jurisdiction],in which there is work involving addi- [B] 1301.2.5 Accessibility requirements. All portions of the buildings proposed For change of occupancy shall con- Horns, alterations or change 3 08. s of occupancy shall be made to conform to the requirements of this chapter or the provisions of Form to the accessibility provisions of Section 3 Chapters 4 through 12. The provisions of Sections 1301.2.1 [1311301.3 Acceptance.For repairs,alterations,additions,and through 1301.2.5 shall apply to existing occupancies that will changes of occupancy to existing buildings that are evaluated continue to be,or are proposed to be,in Groups A,B.E,F,M, in accordance with this section, compliance with this section R. and S. These provisions shall not apply to buildings with shall be accepted by the code official. occupancies in Group}3 or Group I. [B] 1301.3.1 Hazards.Where the code oB7cial determines [B] 1301.2.1 Change in occupancy. Where an existing that an unsafe condition exists as provided for in Section building is changed to a new occupancy classification and 116, such unsafe condition shall be abated in accordance this section is applicable, the provisions of this section for with Section 116. the new occupancy shall be used to determine compliance with this code. [B11301.3.2 Compliance with other codes.Buildings that are evaluated in accordance with this section shall comply io 1 f the 2 Partial it change in occupancy. Where a por- with the International Fire Codeand International Pfnperty tion of the building is changed to a new occupancy classifi- Maintenance Code. cation and that portion is separated from the remainder of the building with fire barrier wall assemblies having a [B] 1301.3.3 Compliance with flood hazard provisions. fire-resistance rating as required by Table 508.4 of the Inter- In flood hazard areas,buildings that are evaluated in accor- national Building Code or Section R317 of the Interim- dance with this section shall comply with Section 1612 of tional Residential Code for the separate occupancies, or the International Building Code if the work covered by this with approved compliance alternatives,the portion changed section constitutes substantial inrprovernent. shall be made to conform to the provisions of this section. W [131 1301.4 Investigation and evaluation.For proposed work Where a portion of the building is changed to a new occu- covered by this chapter, the building owner shall cause the pancy classification and that portion is not separated from existing building to be investigated and evaluated in accor- the remainder of the building with fire separation assem- dance with the provisions of Sections 1301.4 through 1301.9. blies having a fire-resistance rating as required by Table 508.4 of the International Building Code or Section R317 of [131 1301.4.1 Structural.analysis.The owner shall have a the International Residential Code for the separate occu- structural analysis of the existing building made to deter- pancies,or with approved compliance alternatives,the pro- mine adequacy of structural systems for the proposed alter- visions of this section which apply to each occupancy shall ation, addition or change ofocrupanry.The analysis shall apply to the entire building.Where there are conflicting pro- demonstrate that the building with the work completed is visions,those requirements which secure the greater public capable of resisting the loads specified in Chapter 16 of the safety shall apply to the entire building or structure. International Building Code. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" 59 PERFORMANCE COMPLIANCE METHODS (AH)—(EBH) [B]1301.4.2 Submittal.The results of the investigation and Height value,feet= 12 5 x CF evaluation as required in Section 1301.4. along with pro- (Equation(13-1) posed compliance alternatives, shall be submitted to the code official. Height value,stories (AS—EBS)x CF [B] 1301.4.3 Determination of compliance.The code olr- (Equation 13-2) cial shall determine whether the existing building,with the proposed addition. alteration, or change of occupancy, where: complies with the provisions of this section in accordance AH = Allowable height in feet(mm)from Table 503 of with the evaluation process in Sections 1301.5 through the International Building Code, 1301.9. EBH= Existing building height in feet (mm). [B] 1301.5 Evaluation.The evaluation shall be comprised of AS = Allowable height in stories from Table 503 of the three categories: fire safely, means of egress, and general International Building Code. safety,as described in Sections 1301.5.1 through 1301.5.3. EBS= Existing building height in stories. [B] 1301.5.1 Fire safety.Included within the fire safety cat- CF = 1 if(AH)— (EBH)is positive. egory are the structural fire resistance,automatic fire detec- tion,fire alarm,and tire-suppression system features of the CF = Construction-type factor shown in Table facility. 1301.6.6(2) if (AH)-- (EBH)is negative. [B] 1301.5.2 Means of egress. Included within the means Nate:Where mixed occupancies are separated and indi- of egress category are the configuration,characteristics,and vidually evaluated as indicated in Section 1301.6, the support features for means of egress in the facility, values AH, AS, EBH, and EBS shall be based on the height of the occupancy being evaluated. [B] 130I.5.3 General safety. Included within the general safety category are the fire safety parameters and the [B] 1301.6.2 Building area. The value for building area means-of-egress parameters. shall be determined by the formula in Section 1301.6.2.2. Section 503 of the International Building Code and the for- [B] 1301.6 Evaluation process.The evaluation process speci- mula in Section 1301.6.2.1 shall be used to determine the fied herein shall be followed in its entirety to evaluate existing allowable area of the building.This shall include any allow- buildings. Table 1301.7 shall be utilized for tabulating the able increases due to frontage and automatic sprinklers as results of the evaluation. References to other sections of this provided for in Section 506 of the International Building code indicate that compliance with those sections is required in Code. Subtract the actual building area from the allowable order to gain credit in the evaluation herein outlined.In apply- area and divide by 1,200 square feet(112 nil).Enterthe area ing this section to a building with mixed occupancies, where value and its sign (positive or negative) in Table 1301.7 the separation between the mixed occupancies does not qualify under Safety Parameter 1301.6.2, Building Area, for fire for any category indicated in Section 1301.6.16, the score for safety, means of egress and general safety. In determining each occupancy shall be determined,and the lower score deter- the area value, the maximum permitted positive value for inined for each section of the evaluation process shall apply to area is 50 percent of the fire safety score as listed in Table the entire building. 1301.8,Mandatory Safety Scores. Where the separation between the mixed occupancies quali- [B] 1301.6.2.1 Allowable area formula.The following fies for any category indicated in Section 1301.6.16, the score formula shall be used in computing allowable area: for each occupancy shall apply to each portion of the building based on the occupancy of the space. A., =(I+1,+1,)x A, (Equation 13-3) [B]1301.6.1 Building height.The value for building height shall be the lesser value determined by the forniula in Sec- tion 1301.6.1.1. Chapter 5 of the International Building A, = Allowable area. Code,including allowable increases due to automatic sprin- A, = Tabular area per story in accordance with Table klers as provided for in Section 504.2 of the International 503 (square feet) of the International Building Building Code, shall be used to determine the allowable Code. Height of the building. Subtract the actual building height from the allowable height and divide by 12112 feet (3810 1, = Area increase factor for sprinklers(Section 506.3 mm). Enter the height value and its sign (positive or nega- of the International Building Code). tive) in Table 1301.7 under Safety Parameter I301.6.1. 1, = Area increase factor for frontage (Section 506.2 Building Height, for fire safety,means of egress,and gen- of the International Building Code). eral safety.The maximum score for a building shall be 10. [B] 1301.6.2.2 Area formula. The following formula [B]1301.6.1.1 Height formula.The following formulas shall be used in computing the area value.Determine the shall be used in computing the building height value. area value for each occupancy floor area on a 60 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE°` PERFORMANCE COMPLIANCE METHODS floor-by-floor basis. For each occupancy. choose the [B] 1301.6.4 Tenant and dwelling unit separations.Eval- minimum area value of the set of values obtained for the uate the fire-resistance rating of floors and walls separating particular occupancy, tenants, including dwelling units, and not evaluated under Sections 1301.6.3 and 1301.6.5. Under the categories and Allowable Actual Actual occupancies in Table 1301.6.4, determine the appropriate Area value,= area, 1^ area, * area„ P 1200 square feet Allowable Allowable value and enter that value in Table 1301.7 under Safety area, area„ Parameter I301.6.4,Tenant and Dwelling Unit Separation, for Fire safety,means of egress,and general safely. (Equation 13-4) TABLE 1301.6.4 SEPARATION VALUES where: -- �__ CATEGORIES i = Value for an individual separated occupancy on a - - -.- OCCUPANCY a b C d e floor. - —- —+-- - - n Number of separated occupancies on a floor. A-1 T� 0 0 0 - 0 1 [B] 1301.6.3 Compartmentation. Evaluate the compart _ A-2 -5 -3 0 1 3 - ments created by fire barrier walls which comply with Sec- R -4 -2 0 2 4 tions 1301.6.3.1 and 1301.6.3.2 and which are exclusive of -the wall elements considered under Sections 1301.6.4 and A-3.A-4,B,E.F,M,S-1 -4 -3 0 2 4 1301.6.5.Conforming compartments shall be figured as the S-2 -5 -2 0 2 4 net area and do not include shafts,chases,stairways,walls, or columns.Using Table 1301.6.3,determine the appropri- [B]1301.6.4.I Categories.The categories for tenant and ate coin partmentation value (CV) and enter that value into dwelling unit separations are: Table 1301.7 under Safety Parameter 1301.6.3. Compartmentation, for fire safety, means of egress, and 1. Category a--No fire partitions, incomplete fire general safety. partitions:no doors;doors not self-closing or auto- [B] 1301.6.3.1 Wall construction.A wall used to create matic closing. separate compartments shall be a fire barrier conforming 2• Category b—Fire partitions or floor assembly less to Section 707 of the International Building Code with a than 1-hour fire-resistance rating or not con- fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 hours.Where the structed in accordance with Section 709 or 712 of building is not divided into more than one compartrnenl, the International Building Code,respectively. the compartment size shall be taken as the total floor area 3. Category c—Fire partitions with 1-hour or greater on all floors.Where there is more than one compartment fire-resistance rating constructed in accordance within a story, each compartmented area on such story with Section 709 of the International Building shall be provided with a horizontal exit conforming to Code and floor assemblies with 1-hour but less Section 1025 of the International Building Code. The [ban 2-hour fire-resistance rating constructed in fire door serving as the horizontal exit between compart- accordance with Section 712 of the International ments shall be so installed,fitted,and gasketed that such Building Code or with only one tenant within the fire door will provide a substantial barrier to the passage fire area. of smoke. 4. Category d—Fire barriers with 1-hour but less [B] 1301.6.3.2 Floor/ceiling construction.A floor/ceil- than 2-hour fire-resistance rating constructed in ing assembly used to create compartments shall conform accordance with Section 707 of the International to Section 712 of the International Building Code and Building Codeand floor assemblies with 2-hour or shall have fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 hours. greater fire-resistance rating constructed in accor- TABLE 1301.6.3 COMPARTMENTATION VALUES CATEGORIES a b c d e Compartment size equal to or Compartment size of Compartment size of Compartment size of Compartment size of OCCUPANCY greater than 15,000 square feet 10,000 square feet 7,500 square feet 5,000 square feet 2,500 square feet or less A-1,A-3 0 6 10 14 18 A-1 0 4 10 14 18 A-4.B,E.S-2 0 5 10 15 20 — 1 F.M.R.S-1 0 4 10 16 22 Fur 51: I square foot=0.0929m'. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE* 61 PERFORMANCE COMPLIANCE METHODS dance with Section 712 of the International Build- International Building Code,enter a value of 2.The maxi- ing Code. mum positive value for this requirement shall be 2. 5. Category a—Fire barriers and floor assemblies with 2-hour or greater fire-resistance rating and TABLE 1301.6.6(1) constructed in accordance with Sections 707 and VERTICAL OPENING PROTECTION VALUE 712 of the International Building Code, respec- PROTECTION VALUE tively. - None(unprotected opening) -2 times number of floors connected [B] 1301.6.5 Corridor walls. Evaluate the fire-resistance - fl- rating and degree of completeness of walls which create Less than 1 hour -1 times number of floors connected corridors serving the floor and Ihat are constructed in accor- 1 io less than 2 hours 1 dance with Section 1018 of the International Building Code This evaluation shall not include the wall elements 2 hours or more 2 considered under Sections 1301.6.3 and 1301.6.4. Under the categories and groups in Table 1301.6.5.deten-nine the TABLE 1301.6.6(2) appropriate value and enter that value into Table 130I.7 CONSTRUCTION-TYPE FACTOR under Safety Parameter 1301.6.5, Corridor Walls, for fire F TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION safety, means of egress,and general safety. C IA Is IIA IIB IIIA IIIB IV VA VB TABLE 1301.6.5 T CORRIDOR WALL VALUES R 1.2 1.5 2.2 3.5 2.5 3.5 2.3 3.3 7 CATEGORIES OCCUPANCY a b C. d, [111 1301.6.6.1 Vertical opening formula.The follow- ing formula shall be used in computing vertical opening A-1 -10 -4 0 2 value. A-2 -30 -12 U 2 1,'0=PV x CF (Equation 13-5) A-3,F.M.R.S-1 -7 -3 0 2 A-4,13,E.S-2 -5 -2 0 5 where: a. Corridors not providing at least one-half the travel distance for all occupants V0= Vertical opening value. on a floor shall use Category b. PV= Protection value From Table 1301.6.6.(1). [B] 1301.6.5.1 Categories. The categories for corridor CF= Construction type factor from Table walls are: 1301.6.6.(2), 1. Category a—No fire partitions; incomplete fire [B] 1301.6.7 HVAC systems. Evaluate the ability of the partitions;no doors; or doors not self-closing. HVAC system to resist the movement of smoke and fire 2. Category b—Less than 1-hour fire-resistance rat- beyond the point of origin,Under the categories in Section ing or not constructed in accordance with Section 1301.6.7.1, determine the appropriate value and enter that 709.4 of the International Building Code. value into Table 1301.7 under Safety Parameter 1301.6.7, HVAC Systems,for fire safety,means of egress,and general 3. Category c-1-hour to less than 2-hour fire-resin- safety. lance rating,with doors conforming to Section 715 of the International Building Code or Mthout cor- [B] 1301.6.7.1 Categories. The categories for HVAC ridors as permitted by Section 1018 of the Interrra_ systems are: tional Building Code. 1. Category a—Plenums not in accordance with Sec- t. Category d-2-hour or greater fire-resistance rat- tion 602 of the International Mechanical Code. ing, with doors conforming to Section 715 of the -10 points. International Building Code. 2. Category b—Air movement in egress elements not [B] 1301.6.6 Vertical openings. Evaluate the fire-resis- in accordance with Section 1019,5 of the Intei7ra- lance rating of exit enclosures, hoistways. escalator open- tional Building Code. -5 points. ings, and other shaft enclosures within the building, and 3. Category c—Both Categories a and b are applica- openings between two or more floors. Table 130I.6.6(I) ble.-15 points. contains the appropriate protection values. Multiply that 4. Category d—Compliance of the HVAC system value by the construction type factor found in Table 1301.6.6(2). Enter the vertical opening value and its sign with Section 1018.5 of the International Building (positive or negative)in Table 1301.7 under Safety Parame- Code and Section of the International ter 1301.6.6, Vertical Openings, for fire safety, means of Mechanical Code.0 points. egress, and general safety. If the structure is a one-story 5. Category e—Systems serving one story; or a cen- building or if all the unenclosed vertical openings within the tral bailer/chiller system without ductwork con- building conform to the requirements of Section 708 of the netting two or more stories.+5 points. 62 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' PERFORMANCE COMPLIANCE METHODS [B]1301.6.8 Automatic fire detection.Evaluate the smoke cation appliances in accordance with Section detection capability based on the location and operation of 907.5.2 of the International Building Code. automatic fire detectors in accordance with Section 907 of 3. Category c—Fire alarm system in accordance with the International Building Code and the International Section 907 of the International Building Code. Alecliauical Code.Under the categories and occupancies in Table 1301.6.8, determine the appropriate value and enter 4. Category d—Category c plus a required emer- that value into Table 1301.7 under Safety Parameter gency voice/alarm communications system and a 1301.6.8, Automatic Fire Detection, for fire safety, means fire command station that conforms to Section of egress,and general safety. 403.4.5 of the International Building Code and contains the emergency voice/alarm communica- TABLE 1301.6.8 tions system controls, fire department communi- AUTOMATIC FIRE DETECTION VALUES cation system controls, and any other controls CATEGORIES specified in Section 911 of the International OCCUPANCY a b C d e Building Codewhere those systems are provided. A-1.A-3.F.M,R,S-1 -10 -5 0 2 6 [B] 1301.6.10 Smoke control.Evaluate the ability of a nat- A-2 -25 -5 0 5 9 ural or mechanical venting,exhaust,or pressurization sys- - - tem to control the movement of smoke from a fire.Under the A-4.B.E.S-2 -4 -2 0 4 8 categories and occupancies in Table 1301.6.10. determine [B]1301.6.8.1 Categories.The categories for automatic the appropriate value and enter that value into Table 1301.7 fire detection are: under Safety Parameter 1301.6.10, Smoke Control, for means of egress and general safety. 1. Category a—None. TABLE 1301.6.10 2. Category b—Existing smoke detectors in HVAC SMOKE CONTROL VALUES systems and maintained in accordance with the CATEGORIES International Fire Code. OCCUPANCY a c_ d e r 3. Category c—Smoke detectors in HVAC systems. A-1,A-2,A-3 0 1� 2 3 6 J 6 The detectors are installed in accordance with the A-4,E 0 0 0 1 3 5 requirements for new buildings in the Interns - - - tional Mechanical Code. B.M.R 0 2' 3' 3" 3° - 4� 4. Category d—Smoke detectors throughout all floor F.S 0 2- 2° 3° 3- 3- areas other than individual sleeping units, tenant a. This value shall be 0 if compliance with Category d or a in Section spaces and dwelling units. 1201.6.8.1 has not been obtained. 5. Category a—Smoke detectors installed through- [B] 1301.6.10.1 Categories. The categories for smoke out the fire area. control are: [B]1301.6.9 Fire alarm systems.Evaluate the capability of 1. Category a—None. the fire alarm system in accordance with Section 907 of the 2. Category b—The building is equipped throughout International Building Code. Under the categories and with an automatic sprinkler system. Openings are occupancies in Table 1301.6.9, determine the appropriate provided in exterior walls at the rate of 20 square feet value and enter that value into Table 1301.7 under Safety (1.86 MI)per 50 linear feet(15 240 mm)of exterior Parameter 1301.6.9, Fire Alarm System, for fire safety, wall in each story and distributed around the building means of egress,and general safety. perimeter at intervals not exceeding 50 feet(15 240 mm).Such openings shall be readily openable from TABLE 7STEM9 the inside without a key r separate lool and shall be FIRE ALARM SYSTEM VALUES y 1� provided with ready access thereto.In lieu of opera- ble openings, clearly and permanently marked tem- OCCUPANCY a b- c d pered glass panels shall be used. A-I,A-2,A-3,A-4.B.E.R -10 -5 0 5 3. Category c—One enclosed exit stairway, with F.M,S 0 5 10 15 ready access thereto,from each occupied floor of a. For buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system,add the building. The stairway has operable exterior 2 points for activation by a sprinkler miler-now device. windows,and the building has openings in aecor- [13] 1301.6.9.1 Categories.The categories for fire alarm dance with Category b, systems are: 4. Category d—One smokeproof enclosure and the building has openings in accordance with Cate- 1. Category a—None. gory b. 2. Category b—Fire alarm system with manual fire 5. Category e—The building is equipped throughout alarm boxes in accordance with Section 907.3 of with an automatic sprinkler system. Each floor the International Building Code and alarm notiFi- area is provided with a mechanical air-handling 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODEQ 63 PERFORMANCE COMPLIANCE METHODS system designed to accomplish smoke contain- shall be located a distance apart from each other ment. Return and exhaust air shall be moved equal to not less than that specified in Section directly to the outside without recirculation to 1015.2 of the International Building Code. other floor areas of the building under floor condi- 5. Category e--The area being evaluated meets both tions.The system shall exhaust not less than six air Categories c and d. changes per hour from the floor area.Supply air by mechanical means to the floor area is not required. TABLE 1301.6.11(1) Containment of smoke shall be considered as con- EGRESS WIDTH PER OCCUPANT SERVED fining smoke to the floor area involved without WITHOUT SPRINKLER WITH SPRINKLER migration to other floor areas.Any other tested and SYSTEM sysTEnn' approved design that will adequately accomplish Other Wass other egress Stairways components Stairways components smoke containment is permitted, (inches per (inches per (inches per (inches per OCCUPANCY occupancy) occupant) occupant) occupant) 6. Category f—Each stairway shall be one of the fol- lowing: a smokeproof enclosure in accordance Occupancies with Section 1022.9 of the International Building other than tlinse 0.3 01 0.2 0.15 Code: pressurized in accordance with Section listed below 909,20.5 of the International Building Code; or Hazardous:H 1, Not Not 0.3 0.2 shall have operable exterior windows. H-2.H-3,HA permitted permitted [B] 1301.6.11 Means-of-egress capacity and number. Institutional:1-2 Not Not 0.3 0.2 Evaluate the means-of-egress capacity and the number of permitted permitted exits available to the building occupants. In applying this For St: 1 inch=25.4 mm. section,the ineans of egress are required to conform to the a.Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accor- following sections of the International Building Code: dance with Section 003.1.1 or 903,3.1.2. 1003.7, 1004, 1005.1. 1014.2, 1014.3, 1015.2, 1021, TABLE 1301.6.11(2) t025.1, 1027.2, 1027.6, 1028,2, 1028.3, 1028.4 and 1029. MEANS OF EGRESS VALUES [except that the minimum width required by this section shall be detennined solely by the width for the required CATEGORIES capacity in accordance with Table 1301.6.11(1)],The num- OCCUPANCY a-, b c d e ber of exits credited is the number that is available to each A-1.A-2.A-3.A-4.E -10 0 2 S 10 occupant of the area being evaluated. Existing fire escapes — shall be accepted as a component in the means of egress M -3 T 0 1 _ 2 4 when conforming to Section 705.3.1.2. Under the catego- g F S 1 0 4 0 4 ries and occupancies in Table 1301.6.11(2), determine The - appropriate value and enter that value into Table 1301.7 R -3 0 0 0 0 under Safety Parameter 1301.6.11, Means-of-Egress a. The values indicated are for buildings six stories or less in height-For build Capacity, For means of egress and general safety. togs over six stories above grade plan.add an additional-10 points. [B] 1301.6.11.1 Categories. The categories for [B] 1301.6.12 Dead ends. In spaces required to be served means-of-egress capacity and number of exits are: by more than one means of egress,evaluate the length of the I. Category a—Compliance with the minimum exit access travel path in which the building occupants are required means-of-egress capacity or number of confined to a single path of travel.Under the categories and exits is achieved through the use of a fire escape in occupancies in Table 1301.6.12, determine the appropriate accordance with Section 605.3.1.2. value and enter that value into Table 1301.7 under Safety 2. Category b—Capacity of the means of egress com- Parameter 1301.6.12, Dead Ends, for means of egress and plies with Section 1004 of the International Build- general safety. ing Code, and the number of exits complies with TABLE 1301.6.12 the minimum number required by Section 1021 of DEAD-END VALUES the International Building Code. CATEGORIES" 3. Category c—Capacity of the means of egress is OCCUPANCY a b c equal to or exceeds 125 percent of the required A-1.A-3.A-4.B.F.M.R,S -2 0 2 means-of-egress capacity, the means of egress A-2,E -2 0 2 complies with the minimum required width — - dimensions specified in the International Building a. For dead-end distances between categories, the dead end value shall he Code, and the number of exits complies with the obtained by linear interpolaiton. minimum number required by Section 1021of the [B] 1301.6.12.1 Categories.The categories for dead ends International Building Code. are: 4. Category d—The number of exits provided 1. Category a—Dead end of 35 feet (10 670 mm) in exceeds the number of exits required by Section nonsprinklered buildings or 70 feet (21 340 inns) 1021 of the International Building Code. Exits in sprinklered buildings. 64 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' PERFORMANCE COMPLIANCE METHODS 2. Category b—Dead end of 20 feet(6096 nun);or 50 Table 1301.6.15, determine the appropriate value and enter feet (15 240 min) in Group B in accordance with that value into Table 1301.7 under Safety Parameter Section 1018.4, Exception 2 of the International 1301.6.15,Means-of-Egress Emergency Lighting,for means Building Code. of egress and general safety. 3. Category c—No dead ends; or ratio of length to TABLE 1301.6.15 width (Uii) is less than 2.5:1. MEANS-OF-EGRESS EMERGENCY LIGHTING VALUES [Bj 1301.6.13 Maximum exit access travel distance to an NUMBER OF EXITS REQUIRED BY CATEGORIES exit.Evaluate the length of exit access travel to an approved SECTION 1014 OF THE - exit. Determine the appropriate points in accordance with INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE a b C- - - ---�- the following equation and enter that value into Table Two or more exits - NP 0 4 1301,7 under Safety Parameter 1301.6.13, Maximum Exit Minimum of one exit 0 1 1 Access Travel Distance for means of egress and general safety.The maximum allowable exit access travel distance NP=Not permitted. shall be determined in accordance with Section 1016.1 of [B] 1301.6.15.1 Categories. The categories for the International Building Code. means-of-egress emergency lighting are: Maximum allowable_Maximum actual 1. Category a--Means-of-egress lighting and exit Points=20x travel distance travel distance signs not provided with emergency power in Maximum allowable travel distance accordance with Section 2702 of the Lueinational (Equation 13-6) Building Code. 2. Category b--Means-of-egress lighting and exit [B] 1301.6.14 Elevator control.Evaluate the passenger ele- signs provided with emergency power in accor- vator equipment and controls that are available to the fire dance with Section 2702 of the Iriternational department to reach all occupied floors.Elevator recall con- Building Code. trols shall be provided in accordance with the InteMational F1t-e Code. Under the categories an occupancies in Table 3. Category c—Emergency power provided to 1301.6.14, determine the appropriate value and enter that means-of egress lighting and exit signs, which value into Table 1301.7 under Safety Parameter 1301.6.14, provides protection in the event of power failure to Elevator Control,for fire safety,means of egress,and general the site or building. safety.The values shall be zero for a single story building. [B] 1301.6.16 Mixed occupancies. Where a building has TABLE 1301.6.14 two or more occupancies that are not in the same occupancy ELEVATOR CONTROL VALUES classification,the separation between the mixed occupancies CATEGORIES shall be evaluated in accordance with this section. Where ELEVATOR TRAVEL a b c d there is no separation between the mixed occupancies or the Less than 25 feet of travel above or below separation between mixed occupancies does not qualify for the primacy level of elevator access for -2 0 0 +2 any of the categories indicated in Section 1301.6,16.t, the emergency fire-fighting or rescue personnel building shall be evaluated as indicated in Section 1301.6. l and the value for mixed occupancies shall be zero.Under the Travel l categories and occupancies in Table 1301.6.16,determine the primary level feet el of ell more above elevator access for below the 4 NP 0 +4 appropriate value and enter that value into Table 1301.7 emergenc�re-fighting or rescue personnel under Safety Parameter 1301.6.16,Mixed Occupancies,for For SI: 1 foot=304.6 mm. fire safety and general safety. For buildings without mixed NP=Not permitted. occupancies, the value shall be zero. [1111301.6.14.1 Categories.The categories for elevator controls are: TABLE 1301.6.16 MIXED OCCUPANCY VALUES' 1. Category a—No elevator. CATEGORIES 2. Category b—Any elevator without Phase 1 and Il OCCUPANCY a b c recall. A-1.A-2_R 10 0 T 10 3. Category c—All elevators with Phase I and I1 L A-3,A-4,B.E.F.M.S _ -5 0 5 recall as required by the International Fire Code. --- - a. For fire-resistance ratings between categories,the value shall be obtained by 4. Category d—All meet Category c; Or Category b linear interpolation. where permitted to be without recall; and at least one elevator that complies with new construction [B] 1301.6.16.1 Categories. The categories for mixed requirements serves all occupied floors. occupancies are: IN 1301.6.15 Means-of-egress emergency lighting.Evalu- 1. Category a-0ccupancies separated by minimum ate the presence of and reliability of means-of-egress emer- 1-hour fire barriers or minimum 1-hour horizontal gency lighting. Under the categories and occupancies in assemblies,or both. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 65 PERFORMANCE COMPLIANCE METHODS 2. Category b—Separations between occupancies in dance with Chapter 9 of the International Building accordancewith Section 508.4 of the International Code, Building Code. [B] 1301.6.18 Standpipes. Evaluate the ability to initiate 3. Category c—Separations between occupancies attack on a fire by making supply of water available readily having a fire-resistance raring of not less than through the installation of standpipes in accordance with twice that required by Section 508,4 of the Inter- Section 905 of the International Building Code. "Required national Building Code. Standpipes"shall be based on the requirements of the Inter- [B] 1301.6.17 Automatic sprinklers. Evaluate the ability national Building Code.Under the categories and occupan- to suppress a fire based on the installation of an automatic cies in Table 1301.6.18,determine the appropriate value and sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 of enter that value into Table 1301.7 under Safety Parameter the International Building Code. "Required sprinklers" 1301.6.18,Standpipes,for fire safety,means of egress,and shall be based on the requirements of this code. Under the general safety. categories and occupancies in Table 1301.6.17, determine [B] 1301.6.18.1 Standpipe catagories.The categories the appropriate value and enter that value into Table 1301.7 for standpipe systems are: under Safety Parameter 1301.6.17, Automatic Sprinklers, 1. Category a—Standpipes are required;standpipe is for fire safety, means of egress divided by 2, and general not provided or the standpipe system design is not safety. High-rise buildings defined in Section 403.1 of the in compliance with Section 905.3 of the Interim- International Building Code that undergo a change ofoccu- tional Building Code. pancy to Group R shall be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 2. Category b—Standpipes are not required;none are 403.2 of the International Building Code and Chapter 9 of provided. the International Building Code. 3. Category c—Standpipes are required; standpipes TABLE 1301.6.17 are provided in accordance with Section 905 of the SPRINKLER SYSTEM VALUES International Building Code. CATEGORIES 4. Category d—Standpipes are not required; OCCUPANCY as b' C d e t standpipes are provided in accordance with Sec- A-1.A-3,F,M,R,S-1 -6 -3 0 2 4 6 tion 905 of the International Building Code. TABLE 1301.6.18 A-2 -4 -2 0 1 2 4 STANDPIPE_ SYSTEM VALUES A-4.B,E.S-2 -12 -6 ; 0 3 6 12 CATEGORIES a. These options cannot be taken If Category a in Section 1301.6.l8 is used. OCCUPANCY as b C d [B] 1301.6.17.1 Categories. The categories for auto- A-1,A-117,M.R.S-1 -6 0 4 6 matic sprinkler system protection are: A-2 -4 0 2 4 1. Category a—Sprinklers are required throughout; A-4.B.E,S-2 -12 0 6 12 sprinkler protection is not provided or the sprin kler system design is not adequate for the hazard a. This option cannot be taken if Category a or Category b in SCCtIUp 1361.6.17 protected in accordance with Section 903 of the "u' Imernational Building Code. [B] 1301.6.19 Incidental accessory occupancy. Evaluate [lie protection of incidental accessory occupancies in accor- 2. Category b—Sprinklers are required in a portion dance with Section 508.2.5 of the International Building of the building; sprinkler protection is not pro- Code. Do not include those where this code requires sup- vided or the sprinkler system design is not ade- pression throughout the building including covered mall quate for the hazard protected in accordance with buildings,high-rise buildings,public garages and unlimited Section 903 of the International Building Code. area buildings. Assign the lowest score from Table 3. Category c—Sprinklers are not required;none are 1301.6.19 for the building or floor area being evaluated.If provided. there are no specific occupancy areas in the building or floor 4. Category d—Sprinklers are required in a portion area being evaluated,the value shall be zero. of the building; sprinklers are provided in such [B] 1301.7 Building score. After determining the appropriate portion; the system is one that complied with the data from Section 1301.6,enter those data in Table 1301.7 and code at the time of installation and is maintained total the building score. and supervised in accordance with Section 903 of [B] 1301.8 Safety scores.The values in Table 1301.8 are the the International Building Code. required mandatory safety scores for the evaluation process 5. Category e—Sprinklers are required throughout; listed in Section 1301.6. sprinklers are provided throughout in accordance [B] 1301.9 Evaluation of building safety. The mandatory with Chapter 9 of the International Building Code. safety score in Table 1301.8 shall be subtracted from the build- 6. Category f—Sprinklers are not required through- ing score in Table 1301.7 for each category. Where the final out; sprinklers are provided throughout in actor- score for any category equals zero or more, the building is in 66 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE°` PERFORMANCE COMPLIANCE METHODS compliance with the requirements of this section for that Cate- gory.Where the final score for any category is less than zero, the building is not in compliance with the requirements of this section. [131 1301.9.1 Mixed occupancies. For mixed occupancies, the following provisions shall apply: 1. Where the separation between mixed occupancies does not qualify for any category indicated in Section 1301.6.16. the mandatory safety scores for the occu- pancy with the lowest general safety score in Table 1301.8 shall be utilized. (See Section 1301.6.) 2. Where the separation between mixed occupancies qualifies for any category indicated in Section 1301.6.16,the mandatory safety scores for each occu- pancy shall be placed against the evaluation scores for the appropriate occupancy. TABLE 1301.6.19 INCIDENTAL ACCESSORY OCCUPANCY AREA VALUES' PROTECTION PROVIDED PROTECTION REQUIRED BY TABLE 508.2.5 OF THE 1 hour and 2 hours and INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE None 1 hour AFSS AFSS with SP AFSS 2 hours AFSS 2 hours and AFSS -4 -3 -2 -2 -1 -2 0 2 hours,or 1 hour and AFSS -3 -2 1 -1 0 0 0 hour and AFSS -3 -2 1 -1 0 -1 0 I hour -1 0 -1 -1 0 0 1 hour,or AFSS with SP -1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 AFSS with SP -1 -1 -1 -1 0 -1 0 1 hour or AFSS -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 a. AFSS=Autarnatic fire suppression system;SP=Smoke partitions(See IBC Section 508.2.5). Now For Table 1301.7,,ire page 68 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' 67 PERFORMANCE COMPLIANCE METHODS TABLE 1301.7 SUMMARY SHEET—BUILDING CODE Existing occupancy Proposed occupancy Year building was constructed Number of stories Height in feet Type of construction Area per floor Percentage of open perimeter increase 06 Completely suppressed: Yes No Corridor wall rating Compartmentation: Yes No Required door closers: Yes No Fire-resistance rating of vertical opening enclosures 7vpe of HVAC systern serving number of floors .Automatic fire detection: Yes No Type and location Fire alarm system: Yes No Type Smoke control: Yes No Type Adequate exit routes: Yes No Dead ends: Yes No Maximun exit access travel distance _ Elevator controls: Yes No Means of egress emergency lighting: Yes No Mixed occupancies: Yes No SAFETY PARAMETERS FIRE SAFETY(FS) MEANS OF EGRESS(ME) GENERAL SAFETY(GS) 1301.6.I Building Height 1301.6.2 Building Area 1301.6.3 Compartmentation 1301.6.4 Tenant and Dwelling Unit Separations 1301.6.5 Corridor Walls 1301.6.6 Vertical Openings 1301.6.7 HVAC Systems 1301.6.8 Automatic Fire Detection 1301.6.9 Fire Aiarm System 1301.6.10 Smoke control 1301.6.11 Means of Egress " 1301.6.12 Dead ends 1301.6.13 Maximum Exit Access Travel Distance * , 1301.6.14 Elevator Control , , , 1301.6.15 Means of Egress Emergency Lighting 3412.6.16 Mixed Occupancies 3412.6.17 Automatic Sprinklers 3412.6.18 Standpipes " 3412.6.19 Incidental Accessory Occupancy 2= Building scare—total value 'Nn applicable value to be inserted. 68 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' PERFORMANCE COMPLIANCE METHODS TABLE 1301.0 MANDATORY SAFETY SCORES` OCCUPANCY FIRE SAFETY(MFS) MEANS OF EGRESS(MME) GENERAL SAFETY(MGS) A-1 20 3I 31 A-2 21 32 32 A-3 22 33 33 A-4,E 29 40 40 B 30 40 40 F 24 34 34 - - M- 23 _ .. __._ -.40 _ 40 R 21 38 38 S-1 19 29 29 S-2 29 39 39 a. MFS = Mandatory Fire Safety MME = Mandatory Means of Egress MGS = Aandatory General Safety TABLE 1301.9 EVALUATION FORMULAS' FORMULA T1201.7 T1201.8 SCORE PASS FAIL FS . MFS > 0 (FS) (MFS) _ ME- MME >_ 0 (ME) (MME) _ GS MGS ? 0 (GS - (MGS) a FS = Fite Safely MFS = Mandatory Fire Safetn ME = Means of Egress MME = Mandatory Means of Egrob% GS = General Safety MGS = Mandatory General Safew 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" 69 70 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' CHAPTER 14 CONSTRUCTION SAFEGUARDS SECTION 1401 rizes the sidewalk to be fenced or closed.Walkways shall be GENERAL of sufficient width to accommodate the pedestrian traffic, but in no case shall they be less than 4 feet (1219 turn) in [B] 1401.1 Scope.The provisions of this chapter shall govern width.Walkways shall be provided with a durable walking safety during construction that is under the jurisdiction of this surface. Walkways shall be accessible in accordance with code and the protection of adjacent public and private proper- Chapter 11 of the International Building Cade and shall be ties. designed to support all imposed loads and in no case shall [B] 1401.2 Storage and placement. Construction equipment the design live load be less than 150 pounds per square foot and materials shall be stored and placed so as not to endanger (pso (7.2 kNlmz). the public,the workers or adjoining property for the duration of the construction project. [B] 1401.6.2 Directional barricades. Pedestrian traffic shall be protected by a directional barricade where the walk- 1401.3 Alterations, repairs, and additions. Required exits, way extends into the street.The directional barricade shall existing structural elements,fire protection devices,and sani- be of sufficient size and construction to direct vehicular traf- tary safeguards shall be maintained al all times during alter- fic away from the pedestrian path, ations,repairs,or additions to any building or structure. Exceptions: [B] 1401.6.3 Construction railings.Construction railings shall be at least 42 inches(1067 mm)in height and shall be 1. When such required elements or devices are being sufficient to direct pedestrians around construction areas. altered or repaired, adequate substitute provisions shall be made. IN 1401.6.4 Barriers. Barriers shall be a minimum of 8 2. When the existing building is not occupied. feet(2438 mm) in height and shall be placed on the side of the walkway nearest the construction.Barriers shall extend [B] 1401.4 Manner of removal. Waste materials shall be the entire length of the construction site.Openings in such removed in a manner which prevents injury or damage to per- barriers shall be protected by doors which are normally kept sons,adjoining properties,and public rights-of-way. closed. [B] 1401.5 Facilities required.Sanitary facilities shall be pro- vided during construction or demolition activities in accor- [B] 1401.6.4.1 Barrier design. Barriers shall be dance with the International Plumbing Code. designed to resist loads required in Chapter 16 of the International Building Code unless constructed as fol- [B] 1401.6 Protection of pedestrians. Pedestrians shall be lows: protected during construction and demolition activities as required by Sections 1401.6.1 through 1401.6.7 and Table 1. Barriers shall be provided with 2 x 4 top and hot- 1401.6. Signs shall be provided to direct pedestrian traffic. tom plates. I [B] 1401.6.1 Walkways.A walkway shall be provided for 2. The barrier material shall be a minimum of;14 inch pedestrian travel in front of every construction and demoli- (19.1 mm) inch boards or t/q inch (6.4 min) wood tion site unless the applicable governing authority autho- structural use panels. (B]TABLE 1401.6 PROTECTION OF PEDESTRIANS HEIGHT OF CONSTRUCTION DISTANCE OF CONSTRUCTION TO LOTLINE TYPE OF PROTECTION REQUIRED Less than 5 feet Construction railings 8 feet or less 5 feet or more None Less than 5 feet Barrier and covered walkway 5 feet or more.but not more than one-fourth Barrier and covered walkway the height of construction More than 8 feet 5 feel or more,but between one-fourth and one-half the height of construction Barrier 5 feet or more,but exceeding one-half the None height or construction For SL 1 foot=304.8 mm 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' 71 CONSTRUCTION SAFEGUARDS 3. Wood structural use panels shall be bonded with other obstructions and leavesuch public property in as good an adhesive identical to that for exterior wood a condition as it was before such work was commenced. structural use panels. [B] 1901.6.7 Adjacent to excavations. Every excavation 4. Wood structural use panels'/,inch(6.4 mm)or►]Er on a site located 5 feet(1524 min) or less from the street lot inch (23.8 mm) in thickness shall have studs line shall be enclosed with a barrier not less than 6 feet(1829 spaced not more than 2 feet (610 min) on center. min)high.Where located more than 5 Feet(I524 mm)from 5. Wood structural use panels I&inch(9.5 mm)or'11 the street lot line,a barrier shall be erected when required by inch (12.7 min) in thickness shall have studs the code ofliriaL Barriers shall be of adequate strength to spaced not more than 4 feet (1219 mm) on center, resist wind pressure as specified in Chapter 16 of the IritPr- provided a 2 inch by 4 inch (51 mm by 102 mm) tiationa18ui1ding Code. stiffener is placed horizontally at the mid height where the stud spacing exceeds 2 feet(610 mm)on center. [B] SECTION 1402 PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY 6. Wood structural use panels 3/8 inch (15.9 mm) or 1402.1 Protection required. Adjoining public and private thicker shall not span over 8 feet (2438 mm). property shall be protected from damage during construction [B] 1401.6.5 Covered walkways.Covered walkways shall and demolition work.Protection must be provided for footings, have a minimum clear height of 8 feet (2438 mm) as mea- foundations,party walls,chimneys,skylights and roofs.Provi- sured from the Floor surface to the canopy overhead.Ade- sions shall be made to control water run-off and erosion during quate lighting shall be provided at all times. Covered construction or demolition activities. The person making or walkways shall be designed to support all imposed loads.In causing an excavation to be made shall provide written notice no case shall the design live load be less than 150 psf(7.2 to the owners of adjoining buildings advising them that the kN/►n1) for the entire structure. excavation is to be made and that the adjoining buildings should be protected. Said notification shall be delivered not Exception: Roofs and supporting structures of covered less than 10 days prior to the scheduled starting date of the walkways for new,light-frame construction not exceed- excavation. ing two stories above grade plane are permitted to be designed fora live load of 75 psf(3.6 kN/mz)or the loads imposed on them,whichever is greater. In lieu of such [B] SECTION 1403 designs, the roof and supporting structure of a covered TEMPORARY USE OF STREETS,ALLEYS AND walkway are permitted to be constructed as follows: PUBLIC PROPERTY L Footings shall be continuous 2 x 6 members. 1403.1 Storage and handling of materials. The temporary use of streets or public property for the storage or handling of 2. Posts not less than 4 x 6 shall be provided on both materials or equipment required for construction or demoli- sides of the roof and spaced not more than 12 feet tion, and the protection provided to the public shall comply (3658 mm) on center. with the provisions of the applicable governing authority and 3. Stringers not less than 4 x 12 shall be placed on this chapter. edge upon the posts. 1403.2 Obstructions. Construction materials and equipment 4• Joists resting on the stringers shall be at least 2 x g shall not be placed or stored so as to obstruct access to fire and shall be spaced not more than 2 feet(6 10 mm) hydrants,standpipes,fire or police alarm boxes,catch basins or manholes, nor shall such material or equipment be located on center. within 20 feet(6.1 m)of a street intersection,or placed so as to 5. The deck shall be planks at least 2 inches(51 mm) obstruct normal observations of traffic signals or to hinder the thick or wood structural panels with an exterior use of public transit loading platforms. exposure durability classification at least 1313,inch 1403.3 Utility fixtures. Building materials, fences, sheds or (18.3 mm) thick nailed to the joists. any obstruction of any kind shall not be placed so as to obstruct 6. Each post shall be knee-braced to joists and string- free approach to any fire hydrant, fire department connection, ers by 2 x 4 minimum members 4 feet (1219 mm) utility pole,manhole,fire alarm box,or catch basin,or so as to long. interfere with the passage of water in the gutter. Protection against damage shall be provided to such utility fixtures during 7. A 2 x 4 minimum curb shall be set on edge along the progress of the work, but sight of them shall not be the outside edge of the deck. obstructed. [B] 1401.6.6 Repair, maintenance and removal. Pedes- trian protection required by Section 1401.6 shall be main- tained in place and kept in good order for the entire length of SECTION 1404 time pedestrians may be endangered. The owner or the FIRE EXTINGUISHERS owner's agent, upon the completion of the construction [F]1404.1 Where required.All structures under construction, activity, shall immediately remove walkways. debris and alteration, or demolition shall be provided with not less than 72 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' CONSTRUCTION SAFEGUARDS one approved portable fire extinguisher in accordance with 905 of the International Building Code as to capacity,out- Section 906 of the International Fire Code and sized for not lets and materials. less than ordinary hazard as follows: 1. At each stairway on all floor levels where combusti- [F] SECTION 1407 ble materials have accumulated. AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM 2. In every storage and construction shed. 1407.1 Completion before occupancy.In portions of a build- 3. Additional portable fire extinguishers shall be pro- ing where an automatic sprinkler system is required by this vided where special hazards exist including,but not code,it shall be unlawful to occupy those portions of the build- limited to,the storage and use of flammable and com- ing until the automatic sprinkler system installation has been bustible liquids. tested and approved,except as provided in Section 110.3. [B]1404.2 Fire hazards.The provisions of this code and of the 1407.2 Operation of valves. Operation of sprinkler control International Fire Code shall be strictly observed to safeguard valves shall be permitted only by properly authorized person- againstallfirehazardsattendantupon construction operations. nel and shall be accompanied by notification of duly desig- nated parties.When the sprinkler protection is being regularly turned off and on to facilitate connection of newly completed [B] SECTION 1405 segments, the sprinkler control valves shall be checked at the EXITS end of each work period to ascertain that protection is in ser- 1405.1 Stairways required. Where an existing building vice. exceeding 50 feet(15 240 min)in height is altered,at least one temporary lighted stairway shall be provided unless one or SECTION 1408 more of the permanent stairways is available for egress as the ACCESSIBILITY construction progresses. 1405.2 Maintenance of exits. Required means of egress shall 1408.1 Construction sites. Structures, sites, and equipment be maintained at all times during alterations,repairs and addi- directly associated with the actual process of construction, tions to any building. including but not limited to scaffolding, bridging, material hoists, material storage, or construction trailers are not Exception: Approved temporary means of egress systems required to be accessible. and facilities. [F] SECTION 1409 [F] SECTION 1406 WATER SUPPLY FOR FIRE PROTECTION STANDPIPE SYSTEMS 1409.1 When required. An approved water supply for fire 1406.1 Where required. Buildings required to have a protection,either temporary or permanent,shall be made avail- standpipe system in accordance with this code shall be pro- able as soon as combustible material arrives on the site. vided with not less than one standpipe for use during construc- tion. Such standpipes shall be installed where the progress of construction is not more than 40 feet (12 192 mm) in height above the lowest level of fire department access. Such standpipe shall be provided with fire department hose connec- tions at accessible locations adjacent to usable stairs. Such standpipes shall be extended as construction progresses to within one floor of the highest point of construction having secured decking or flooring. 1406,2 Buildings being demolished.Where a building or por- tion of a building is being demolished and a standpipe is exist- ing within such a building,such standpipe shall be maintained in an operable condition so as to be available for use by the fire department. Such standpipe shall be demolished with the building but shall not be demolished more than one floor below the floor being demolished. 1406.3 Detailed requirements. Standpipes shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 9 of the Interna- tional Building Code. Exception: Standpipes shall be either temporary or perma- nent in nature,and with or without a water supply.provided that such standpipes conform to the requirements of Section 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE` 73 74 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' CHAPTER 15 REFERENCED STANDARDS This chapter lists the standards that are referenced in various sections of[his document. The standards are listed herein by the promulgating agency of the standard, the standard identification, the effective date and title, and the section or sections of this document that reference the standard.The application of the referenced standards shall be as specified in Section 102.4. American Stx ivt%of Civil Engineers Structural Engineering Institute 1601 Alexander Bell Drive AS C E Reston.VA 20191-4400 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title _ _ section number 7 05 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures with Supplement No.I .......101.5.4.1.A104.A506.1.A507.1 31-03 Selsrrtic Evaluation of Existing Buildings.... . .. .. ... .... .......... .. ..101.5 4.Table IOL5.4 1,101 5.4.2 41 -06 Seismic Rehabilitation of Existh g Buildings ............................................Table 101.5.4.1.101.5.4.2 American Society of Heating,Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers ASHRAE Atlanta.ta.G Circle,NE Atlanta.GA 30329 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number 62-04 Ventilation for Arcepia hlc Indoor Air Quality...................................... .....................709.2 American Society of Mechanical Engineers AS E 3 Park Avenue New York.NY 10016 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number A17.]1CSA B44 2007 Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators ................................................310.8.2.605.1.2,802.1.2 A17.3 -2002 Safetv Code for Existing Elevators and Escalators.... . .. .. .. ........ 802.1.2 A18.1--2005 Safety Standard for Platform Lifts and Stainsay Chair Lifts.........................................310.8.3.505.1.3 ASTM International ASTM 100 Barr Harbor Drive West Conshohocken.PA 19428 2959 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number C 90-03 Standard Specification for Load bearing Concrete Masonry Units............ . . . ...... ..... .......A505.2.3 C 496 -96 Standard Test Method for Splitting Tensile Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens........ .. .....A 104,A 106.3.3.2 E 519 00el Standard Test Method for Diagonal Tension(Shear)in Masonry Assemblages ........................At 04.A 106.3.3.2 United States Department of Commerce D O 1401 Constitution Avenue.NW Washington,DC 20230 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number PS l 07 Structural Plywood ............ PS 2- 04 Performance Standard for Wood-based Structural-use Panels............ .............................. ....A30Z 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE` 75 REFERENCED STANDARDS ICC International Code Council,Inc. 500 New terse} Avenue.NW.6th Floor Washington.D( 20001 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number IBC 09 International Building Code .... ..........101, 106, 109, 110,202,307,310.401,501.502,506.601.602.605.606, 701.702.703.704,705,706.707.804.805,807.901.902.907.911.912,1002.1003, 1004, 1101.1102.1103. 1104,1105,1201. 1202.1301.1401,1406 ICC Al 17.1 -03 Guidelines for Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities ................ .. 310.G.310.8.2.605.1,605.1.2.605-13, IECC 09 International Energy Conservation Coda ................................. .............602.4.607.1.711.1.808.1. IFC 09 [mernationai Fire Code' ... 101.4 2.10 1,5A.703.2.1.703.2.3.704.4.1.1,704.4.1.2.704.4 1.3.704.4.1.4. 70.1.4.1 5,704.4.1.6,70,4.4.1.7,704.4.3. 12012, 1301.3.2,1301.6 8 1, 1301.6.14. 1301.6.14.1.1404.1.14042 IFGC 09 International Fuel Gas Coda ..................................................................307.7.602.4.1 IMC-09 international Mechanicai Cade' .. ...... . ... .. .... ..........307.8.602.4.709.1.802.1.1. 802.2.1,909.1,1301.6.7.1,1301.6.8,1301.6.8.1 1 P 09 International Plumbing Code ............. .. .... .... ......307.9.509 1,602.4,710.1,910.2.910.3.910.5.1401.5 IPMC--09 International Property Maintenance Code ......... ... .. .................101-4.2.1201.2.1301.3.2 IRC 09 International Residential Code. . ................. ............101.4.1.502.3.506,606.2.1,607.1.707.4.708.3.711.1 807.4.807.4.2,808.1.1003.2.1003.3.1003.4, 1004.1,1202.1, 1202.2.1202.2.1, 1202.3,1202.4. 1202.5.1301.2.2.1301,2.3 NFPA I Balrc l Fire h Pardon Agency 1 Battcr�mareli Park Quincy.MA 02269 9101 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title sec tion_n_umb_e_r NFPA 13R- 07 inslallatiun of Sprinkler Systems in Residential Occupancies up to and Including Four Stories in Heighl ........ . .. . ... ............. ............. ................704.2.5 NFPA 70 05 National Eleurical Code .... . ..... .. .507.1.1,507.1.2,507.1-3.507,1,4.507,1,5 NFPA 72- 07 National Flre Alarm Code...... ....................................... .............. ........704.2.5.704.4 NFPA 99 05 Health Care Facilities......... .. .. .. .... ..... .. .. ..... ..............507.1.4 NFPA 101 06 Life Safety Code... .................................... ..... .......................705.2 76 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE Appendix A: Guidelines for the Seismic Retrofit of Existing Buildings CHAPTER Al SEISMIC STRENGTHENING PROVISIONS FOR UNREINFORCED MASONRY BEARING WALL BUILDINGS SECTION A101 DIAPHRAGM EDGE.The intersection of the horizontal dia- PURPOSE phragm and a shear wall. The purpose of this chapter is to promote public safety and wel- DIAPHRAGM SHEAR CAPACITY. The unit shear value fare by reducing the risk of death or injury that may result from times the depth of the diaphragm, r.D. the effects of earthquakes on existing unreinforced masonry INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE.The 2009Interna- bearing wall buildings. clonal Building Code(IBC). The provisions of this chapter are intended as minirnurn standards for structural seismic resistance,and are established NORMAL WALL. A wall perpendicular to the direction of primarily to reduce the risk of life loss or injury. Compliance seismic forces. with these provisions will not nec essarily prevent loss of life or OPEN FRONT.An exterior building wall line without vertical injury, or prevent earthquake damage to rehabilitated build- elements of the lateral-force-resisting system in one or more ings. stories. POINTING.The partial reconstruction of the bed joints of an SECTION A102 unreinforced masonry wall as defined in UBC Standard 21-8. SCOPE RIGID DIAPHRAGM.A diaphragm of reinforced concrete A102.1 General.The provisions of this chapter shall apply to construction supported by concrete beams and columns or by all existing buildings having at least one unreinforced masonry structural steel beams and columns. bearing wall.The elements regulated by this chapter shall be UNREINFORCED MASONRY.Includes burned clay,con- determined in accordance with Table Al-A. Except as pro- crete or sand-lime brick: hollow clay or concrete block: plain vided herein, other structural provisions of the building code concrete: and hollow clay tile. These materials shall comply shall apply. This chapter does not apply to the alteration of with the requirements of Section A106 as applicable. existing electrical, plumbing, mechanical or fire safety sys- tems. UNREINFORCED MASONRY BEARING WALL. A URM wall that provides the vertical support for the reaction of A 1022 Essential and hazardous facilities.The provisions of floor or roof-framing members. this chapter shall not apply to the strengthening of buildings or structures in Occupancy Category III when assigned to Seismic UNREINFORCED MASONRY(URM)WALL.A masonry Design Category C.D.or E or buildings or structures in Occu- wall that relies on the tensile strength of masonry units,mortar pancy Category IV. Such buildings or structures shall be and grout in resisting design loads, and in which the area of strengthened to meet the requirements of the International reinforcement is less than 25 percent of the minimum ratio Building Code for new buildings of the same occupancy cate- required by the building code for reinforced masonry. gory or other such criteria that have been established by the YIELD STORY DRIFT.The lateral displacement of one level jurisdiction. relative to the level above or below at which yield stress is first developed in a frame member. SECTION A103 DEFINITIONS SECTION A104 For the purpose of this chapter,the applicable definitions in the SYMBOLS AND NOTATIONS building code shall also apply. For the purpose of this chapter,the following notations supple- BUILDING CODE.The code currently adopted by the juris- ment the applicable symbols and notations in the building diction for new buildings. code. COLLAR JOINT. The vertical space between adjacent a„ = Diameter of core multiplied by its length or the wythes.A collar joint may contain mortar or grout. area of the side of a square prism. CROSSWALL.A new or existing wall that meets the require- A = Cross-sectional area of unreinforced masonry pier merits of Section Al 11.3 and the definition of Section Al 11.3. or wall,square inches (101 m2). A crosswall is not a shear wall. Ar, = Total area of the bed joints above and below the CROSSWALL SHEAR CAPACITY. The unit shear value test specimen for each in-place shear test,square times the length of the crosswall, r,L,. inches (10 6 in'). 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE* 77 APPENDIX A D = In-plane width dimension of pier, inches(10.3 m), 1; = Pier rocking shear capacity of any URM wall or or depth of diaphragm,feel (m), wall pier,pounds (N). DCR= Demand-capacity ratio specified in Section v, = Mortar shear strength as specified in Section A111.4.2. A106.3.3.5,pounds per square inch (kPa). A,, = Compressive strength of masonry, 1,,,,, = Load at incipient cracking for each in-place shear f Tensile-splitting strength of masonry. test per UBC Standard 21-6, pounds (kN). F, = Force applied to a wall at level x,pounds (N). t',,, = Mortar shear test values as specified in Section H = Least clear height of opening on either side of a A106.3.3.5,pounds per square inch (kPa). pier,inches (10 3In). r„ = Unit shear capacity value for a diaphragm sheathed with any of the materials given in Table 10 = Height-to-thickness ratio of URM wall.Height,h, AI-D or Ai-E, pounds per foot (N/nt). is measured between wall anchorage levels and/or slab-on-grade. V,,, m Total shear Force resisted by a shear wall at the L = Span of diaphragm between shear walls, or span level under consideration,pounds (N). between shear wall and open front, feet (in). 14' = Total seismic dead load as defined in the building L, = Length of crosswall,Feet (in). code,pounds (N). It = Total dead load tributary to a diaphragm level, L, = EFfectivespan for an open-front building specified pounds (N). in Section A111.8, feet (in). IV,, = Total dead load of a URM wall above the level P = Applied force as determined by standard test under consideration or above an open-front build- method of ASTM C 496 or ASTM E 519,pounds ing, pounds (N). (N). 61,,, = Dead load of a URM wall assigned to level x half- Pl, = Superimposed dead load at the location under con- way above and below the level under consider- sideration, pounds (kN), For determination of the ation,pounds (N). rocking shear capacity,dead load at the top of the pier under consideration shall be used. 7-v,,D = Sum of diaphragm shear capacities of both ends of the pf,.! = Press resulting from the dead plus actual live load diaphragm,pounds (N). in place at the time of testing, pounds per square =r;p= For diaphragms coupled with crosswalls, t,,D inch (kPa). includes the sum of shear capacities of both ends of P„ Weight of wall,pounds (N). diaphragms coupled at and above the level under consideration.pounds (N). R = Response modification factor for Ordinary plain E Wa = Total dead load of all the diaphragms at and above masonry shear walls in Bearing Wall System from the level under consideration,pounds(N). Table I2.2-1 of ASCE 7,where R= 1.5. Sus = Design spectral acceleration at short period, in g units. SECTION A105 Sill = Design spectral acceleration at 1-second period,in GENERAL REQUIREMENTS g units. A105.1 General.The seismic-force-resisting system specified v, = The shear strength of any URM pier, v A11.5 in this chapter shall comply with the building code,except as pounds (N) modified herein. r, = Unit shear capacity value for a crosswall sheathed A105.2 Alterations and repairs. Alterations and repairs with any of the materials given in Table AI-D or required to meet the provisions of this chapter shall comply Al-E,pounds per foot (N/m), with applicable structural requirements of the building code unless specifically provided for in this chapter. v = Shear strength of unreinforced masonry, pounds per square inch (kPa). A105.3 Requirements for plans.The following construction information shall be included in the plans required by this V, = The shear strength of any URM pier or wall,pounds chapter: (N) 1. Dimensioned floor and roof plans showing existing [„ = Total shear capacity of crosswalls in the direction walls and the size and spacing of floor and roof-framing of analysis immediately above the diaphragm members and sheathing materials.The plans shall indi- level being investigated, v,L„ pounds (N). cate all existing and new crosswalls and shear walls and V,, = Total shear capacity of crosswalls in the direction their materials of construction. The location of these of analysis immediately below the diaphragm walls and their openings shall be fully dimensioned and level being investigated, v,L,,pounds (N). drawn to scale on the plans. 1,', = Shear force assigned to a pier on the basis of its rel- 2. Dimensioned wall elevations showing openings, piers: ative shear rigidity,pounds (N). wall classes as defined in Section A106.3.3.8,thickness, 78 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" APPENDIX A heights,wall shear test locations,cracks or damaged por- 3. The compressive strength of plain concrete walls shall be tions requiring repairs,the general condition of the mor- determined based on cores taken from each class of con- tar joints, and if and where pointing is required.Where Crete wall.The location and number of tests shall be the the exterior face is veneer, the type of veneer, its thick- same as those prescribed for tensile-splitting strength ness and its bonding and/or ties to the structural wall tests in Sections A106.3.3.3 and A106.3.3.4, or in Sec- masonry shall also be noted. tion A108.1. 3. The type of interior wall and ceiling materials,and fram- The use of materials not specified herein or in Section ing. A108.1 shall be based on substantiating research data or engi- 4. The extent and type of existing wall anchorage to floors neering judgment,with the approval of the building official. and roof when used in the design. A106.3 Existing unreinforced masonry. 5. The extent and type of parapet corrections that were pre- A106.3.1 General. Unreinforced masonry walls used to viously performed, if any. carry vertical loads or seismic forces parallel and perpendic- ular to the wall plane shall be tested as specified in this sec- 6. Repair details. if any, of cracked or damaged unrein- lion.All masonry that does not meet the minimum standards forced masonry walls required to resist forces specified established by this chapter shall be removed and replaced in this chapter. with new materials,or alternatively,shall have its structural 7. All other plans,sections and details necessary to delin- functions replaced with new materials and shall be anchored eate required retrofit construction. to supporting elements. 8. The design procedure used shall be stated on both the A106.3.2 Lay-up of walls. plans and the permit application. A106.3.2.1 Multiwythe solid brick. The facing and 9. Details of the anchor prequalification program required backing shall be bonded so that not less than 10 percent by UBC Standard 21-7, if used, including location and of the exposed face area is composed of solid headers results of all tests. extending not less than 4 inches(102 mm)into the back- A105.4 Structural observation, testing and inspection. ing. The clear distance between adjacent full-length Structural observation,in accordance with Section 1709 of the headers shall not exceed 24 inches (610 mm) vertically International Building Code,shall be required for all structures or horizontally. Where the backing consists of two or in which seismic retrofit is being performed in accordance with more wythes. the headers shall extend not less than 4 this chapter. Structural observation shall include visual inches(102 mm)into the most distant wythe,or[he back- oservation of work for conformance with the approved con- ing wythes shall be bonded together with separate head- struction documents and confirmation of existing conditions ers with their area and spacing conforming to the assumed during design. foregoing. Wythes of walls not bonded as described above shall be considered veneer. Veneer wythes shall Structural testing and inspection for new construction mate- not be included in the effective thickness used in calcu- rials shall be in accordance with the building code, except as lating the height-to-thickness ratio and the shear capacity modified by this chapter. of the wall. Exception: Veneer wythes anchored as specified in the building code and made composite with backup SECTION A106 masonry may be used for calculation of the effective MATERIALS REQUIREMENTS thickness,where Sp,exceeds 0.3. A106.1 General. Materials permitted by this chapter, includ- A106.3.2.2 Grouted or ungrouted hollow concrete or ing their appropriate strength design values and those existing clay block and structural hollow clay tile. Grouted or configurations of materials specified herein, may be used to ungrouted hollow concrete or clay block and structural meet the requirements of this chapter. hollow clay tile shall be laid in a running bond pattern. A106.2 Existing materials.Existing materials used as part of A106.3.2.3 Other lay-up patterns. Lay-up patterns the required vertical-load-carrying or lateral-Force-resisting other than those specified in Sections A106.3.2.1 and system shall be in sound condition, or shall be repaired or A106.3.2.2 above are allowed if their performance can removed and replaced with new materials. All other be justified. unreinforced masonry materials shall comply with the follow- A106.3.3 Testing of masonry. ing requirements: A106.3.3.1 Mortar tests. The quality of mortar in all I. The lay-up of the masonry units shall comply with Sec- masonry walls shall be determined by performing tion A 106.3.2,and the quality of bond between the units in-place shear tests in accordance with the following: has been verified to the satisfaction of the building offi- 1. The bed joints of the outer wythe of the masonry cial; should be tested in shear by laterally displacing a 2. Concrete masonry units are verified to be load-bearing single brick relative to the adjacent bricks in the units complying with UBC Standard 21-4 or such other same wythe. The head joint opposite the loaded standard as is acceptable to the building official; and end of the test brick should be carefully excavated 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE* 79 APPENDIX A and cleared.The brick adjacent to the loaded end variations in the condition of the interior surfaces due to of the test brick should be carefully removed by deterioration caused by leaks and condensation of water sawing or drilling and excavating to provide space and/or by the deleterious effects of other substances con- for a hydraulic ram and steel loading blocks.Steel rained within the building.The exact test locations shall blocks, the size of the end of the brick, should be be determined at the building site by the engineer or used on each end of the rain to distribute the load to architect in responsible charge of the structural design the brick.The blocks should not contact the mortar work.An accurate record of all such tests and their loca- joints.The load should be applied horizontally,in lions in the building shall be recorded,and these results the plane of the wythe.The load recorded at first shall be submitted to the building department for movement of the test brick as indicated by spalling approval as part of the structural analysis. of the face of the mortar bed joinis is V,,.,,in Equa- A106.3.3.4 Number of tests.The minimum number of tion (A1-3). tests per class shall be as follows: 2. Alternative procedures for testing shall be used where in-place testing is not practical because of 1. At each of both the first and top stories, not less crushing or other failure mode of the masonry unit than two tests per wall or line of wall elements pro- (see Section A106.3.3.2). viding a common line of resistance to lateral forces. A106.3.3.2 Alternative procedures for testing masonry. The tensile-splitting strength of existing 2. Al each of all other stories, not less than one test masonry, 1;,. or the prism strength of existing masonry, per wall or line of wall elements providing a com- I',,,may be determined in accordance with one of the fol- mon line of resistance to lateral forces. lowing procedures: 3. In any case,not less than one test per 1,500 square 1. Wythes of solid masonry units shall be tested by feet (139.4 ml) of wall surface and not less than a sampling the masonry by drilled cores of not less total of eight tests. than 8 inches (203 mm) in diameter. A bed joint A106.3.3.5 Minimum quality of mortar. intersection with a head join)shall be in the center of the core.The tensile-splitting strength of these 1. Mortar shear lest values, v,,, in pounds per square cores should be determined by the standard test inch(kPa)shall be obtained for each in-place shear method of ASTM C 496. The core should be test in accordance with the following equation: placed in the test apparatus with the bed joint 45 v,,,=(1,,.,/A,,1-Pn,L (Equation A1-3) degrees from the horizontal. The tensile-splitting strength should be determined by the following 2. Individual unreinforced masonry walls with v, equation: consistently less than 30 pounds per square inch (207 kPa) shall be entirely pointed prior to retest- f� = 2P (Equation Al-1) ing. na„ 3. The mortar shear strength,v„is the value in pounds 2. Hollow unit masonry constructed of per square inch (kPa) that is exceeded by 80 per- through-the-wall units shall be tested by sampling cent of the mortar shear test values, the masonry by a sawn square prism of not less 4. Unreinforced masonry with mortar shear strength, than 18 inches square (11 613 mm2). The ten- i„ less than 30 pounds per square inch (207 kPa) silo-splitting strength should be determined by the shall be removed, pointed and retested or shall standardiest method of ASTM E 519.The diago- have its structural function replaced, and shall be naI of the prism should be placed in a vertical posi- anchored to supporting elements in accordance tion. The tensile-splitting strength should be with Sections A106.3.1 and A113.9. When exist- determined by the following equation: ing mortar in any wythe is pointed to increase its 0.494P shear strength and is retested,the condition of the fV,= (Equation Al-2) g a„ mortar in the adjacent bed joints of the inner wythe 3. An alternative to material testing is estimation of or wythes and the opposite outer wythe shall be the f,,,of the existing masonry. This alternative examined for extent of deterioration. The shear should be limited to recently constructed masonry. strength of any wall class shall be no greater than The determination of f.,,requires that the unit cor- that of the weakest wythe of that class. respond to a specification of the unit by an ASTM A106.3.3.6 Minimum quality of masonry. standard and classification of the mortar by type. I. The minimum average value of tensile-splitting A106.3.3.3 Location of tests. The shear tests shall be strength determined by Equation(A1-1)or(A1-2) taken at locations representative of the mortar conditions shall be 50 pounds per square inch (344.7 kPa). throughout the entire building,taking into account varia- The minimum value of!;,determined by categori- tions in workmanship at different building height levels, zation of the masonry units and mortar should be variations in weathering of the exterior surfaces, and 1,000 pounds per square inch (6895 kPa). so 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE APPENDIX A 2. Individual unreinforced masonry walls with aver- Standard 21-7. New bolts that extend through the wall with age tensile-splitting strength of less than 50 pounds steel plates on the far side of the wall need not be tested. per square inch(344.7 kPa)shall be entirely pointed Exception:Special inspection in accordance with the build- prior to retesting. ing code may be provided during installation of new 3. Hollow unit unreinforced masonry walls with esti- anchors in lieu of testing. mated prism compressive strength of less than All new embedded bolls resisting tension Forces or a combi- 1,000 pounds per square inch (6895 kPa) shall be nation of tension and shear forces shall be subject to periodic grouted to increase the average net area compres- special inspection in accordance with the building code, prior sive strength. to placement of the bolt and grout or adhesive in the drilled A106.3.3.7 Collar joints. The collar joints shall be hole.Five percent of all bolts resisting tension forces shall be inspected at the test locations during each in-place shear subject to a direct-tension test, and an additional 20 percent test, and estimates of the percentage of adjacent wythe shall be tested using a calibrated torque wrench.Testing shall surfaces that are covered with mortar shall be reported be performed in accordance with UBC Standard 21-7. New along with the results of the in-place shear tests. through-bolts need not be tested. A106.3.3.8 Unreinforced masonry classes. Existing unreinforced masonry shall be categorized into one or SECTION A10B more classes based on shear strength, quality of con- DESIGN STRENGTHS struction,state of repair,deterioration and weathering,A class shall be characterized by the allowable masonry A108.1 Values. shear stress determined in accordance with Section 1. Strength values for existing materials are given in Table A108.2.Classes shall be defined for whole walls,not for AI-D and for new materials in Table Al-E. small areas of masonry within a wall. 2. Capacity reduction Factors need not be used. A106.3.3.9 Pointing. Deteriorated mortar joints in unreinforced masonry walls shall be pointed according 3. The use of new materials not specified herein shall be to UBC Standard 21-8.Nothing shall prevent pointing of based on substantiating research data or engineering any deteriorated masonry wall joints before the tests are judgment,with the approval of the building official. made,except as required in Section A107.1. A108.2 Masonry shear strength.The unreinforced masonry shear strength. v,,,,shall be determined for each masonry class from one of the following equations: SECTION A107 1. The unreinforced masonry shear strength, v, shall be QUALITY CONTROL determined by Equation (A1-4) when the mortar shear A107.1 Pointing.Preparation and mortar pointing shall be per- strength has been determined by Section A 106.3.3.1. formed with special inspection. 0.75P1, Exception: At the discretion of the building official, inci- VD,=0,56v,+ � (Equation Al-4) dental pointing may be performed without special inspec- tion. The mortar shear strength values, v,,shall be determined A107.2 Masonry shear tests. In-place masonry shear tests in accordance with Section 106.3.3.5 and shall not shall comply Nvith Section A106.3.3.1.Testing of masonry for exceed 100 pounds per square inch (689.5 kPa) for the determination of tensile-splitting strength shall comply with determination of r,,. Section A106.3.3.2. 2. The unreinforced masonry shear, v,,,,shall be determined A107.3 Existing wall anchors.Existing wall anchors used as by Equation (Al-5) when tensile-splitting strength has all or part of the required tension anchors shall be tested in pull- been determined in accordance with Section A106.3.3.2, out according to UBC Standard 21-7.The minimum number of Item 1 or 2. anchors tested shall be four per floor,with two tests at walls p with joists framing into the wall and two tests at walls with vm =0.8 f" +05 (Equation Al-5) joists parallel to the wall,but not less than 10 percent of the total number of existing tension anchors at each level. 3. When r has been estimated by categorization of the A107.4 New bolts.All new embedded bolts shall be subject to units and mortar in accordance with Section 2105.2.2.1 periodic special inspection in accordance with the building of the International Building Code, the unreinforced code,prior to placement of the bolt and grout or adhesive in the masonry shear strength, v,,,,shall not exceed 200 pounds drilled hole.Five percent of all bolts that do not extend through per square inch(1380 kPa)or the lesser of the following: the wall shall be subject to a direct-tension test, and an addi- a) 2.5 I" or tional 20 percent shall be tested using a calibrated torque "' wrench. Testing shall be performed in accordance with UBC b) 200 psi or 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE` 81 APPENDIX A c)i•+0.75 PA (Equation Al-6) forth in Table Al-B need not be analyzed for out-of-plane loading. Unreinforced masonry walls For Sl: 1 psi= 6.895 kPa. that exceed the allowable h!t ratios of Table Al-B where: shall be braced according to Section A113.5. 2. Parapets complying with Section A113.6 need not be v = 62.5 psi (430 kPa) for running bond masonry not analyzed for out-of-plane loading. grouted solid. 3. Walls shall be anchored to floor and roof diaphragms v =100 psi (690 kPa) for running bond masonry in accordance with Section Al 13.1. grouted solid. A110.3 In-plane loading of URM shear walls and frames. v 25 psi 0 70 kPa) for stack bond grouted solid. Vertical lateral-load-resisting elements shall be analyzed in A108.3 Masonry compression. Where any increase in dead accordance with Section Al 12. plus live compression stress occurs, the compression stress in A110.4 Redundancy and overstrength factors. Any redun- unreinforced masonry shall not exceed 300 pounds per square dancy or overstrength factors contained in the building code inch (2070 kPa). may be taken as unity.The vertical component of earthquake A108.4 Masonry tension. Unreinforced masonry shall he load (E,) may be taken as zero. assumed to have no tensile capacity. A108.5 Existing tension anchors.The resistance values of the SECTION A111 existing anchors shall be the average of the tension tests of SPECIAL PROCEDURE existing anchors having the same wall thickness and joist ori- entation. A111.1 Limits for the application of this procedure. The A108.6 Foundations.For existing foundations,new total dead special procedures of this section may be applied only to build- loads may be increased over the existing dead load by 25 per- ings having the following characteristics: cent.New total dead load plus live load plus seismic forces may 1. Flexible diaphragms at all levels above the base of the be increased over the existing dead load plus live load by 50 structure. percent. Higher values may be justified only in conjunction 2. Vertical elements of the lateral-force-resisting system with a geolechnical investigation. consisting predominantly of masonry or concrete shear walls. SECTION A109 3. Except for single-story buildings with an open front on ANALYSIS AND DESIGN PROCEDURE one side only, a minimum of two lines of vertical ele- inents of the lateral-force resisting system parallel to A109.1 General.The elements of buildings hereby required to each axis of the building (see Section A111.8 for be analyzed are specified in Table Al-A. open-front buildings). A109.2 Selection of procedure. Buildings with rigid dia- A111.2 Lateral forces on elements of structures. With the phragms shall be analyzed by the general procedure of Section exception of the provisions in Sections AI I IA through A110, which is based on the building code. Buildings with A111.7, elements of structures shall comply with Sections flexible diaphragms shall be analyzed by the general procedure A 110.2 through A 110.4. or,when applicable,may be analyzed by the special procedure of Section AI IL A111.3 Crosswalls.Crosswalls shall meet the requirements of this section. A111.3.1 Crosswall definition. A crosswall is a SECTION A110 wood-framed wall sheathed with any of the materials GENERAL PROCEDURE described in Table A]-D or Al-E or other system as defined A110.1 Minimum design lateral forces. Buildings shall be in Section All 1.3.5. Crosswalls shall be spaced no more analyzed to resist minimum lateral forces assumed to act non- than 40 feet(12 192 mm)on center measured perpendicular concurrently in the direction of each of the main axes of the to the direction of consideration,and shall be placed in each structure in accordance with the following: story of the building. Crosswalls shall extend the full story 0.755„,Gl' height between diaphragms. V= R (Equation Al-7) Exceptions: 1. Crosswalls need not be provided at all levels when A110.2 Lateral forces on elements of structures. Parts and used in accordance with Section Al 11.4.2,Item 4. portions of a structure not covered in Sections Al 10.3 shall be 2, Existing Crosswalls need not be continuous below analyzed and designed per the current building code, using a wood diaphragm at or within 4 feet(1219 mm)of force levels defined in Section Al 10.1. grade,provided: Exceptions: 2.1. Shear connections and anchorage require- 1. Unreinforced masonry walls for which ments of Section Al 11.5 are satisfied at all height-lo-thickness ratios do not exceed ratios set edges of the diaphragm. 82 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' APPENDIX A 2.2. Crosswalls with total shear capacity of 4. For a roof diaphragm and the diaphragm directly 0.5Sf„Z W,interconnect the diaphragm to below,if coupled by crosswalls: the foundation. DCR=2.1S!„EW,111:v,D (Equation Al-12) 2.3. The demand-capacity ratio of the dia- phragm between the crosswalls that are Al 11.4.3 Chords.An analysis for diaphragm flexure need continuous to their foundations does not not be made,and chords need not be provided. exceed 2.5,calculated as follows: A111.4.4 Collectors. An analysis of diaphragm collector (21 S,,,W,+V„) forces shall be made for the transfer of diaphragm edge DCR=. Z, D (Equation Al-8) shears into vertical elements of the lateral-force-resisting system.Collector forces may be resisted by new or existing All 1.3.2 Crosswall shear capacity.Within any 40 feet(12 elements. 192 mm) measured along the span of the diaphragm. the AI11.4.5 Diaphragm openings. sum of the crosswall shear capacities shall be at least 30 per- cent of the diaphragm shear capacity of the strongest dia- I. Diaphragm forces at corners of openings shall be phragm at or above the level under consideration. investigated and shall be developed into the dia- A111.3.3 Existing crosswalls. Existing crosswalls shall phragm by new or existing materials. have a maximum height-to-length ratio between openings 2. In addition to the demand-capacity ratios of Section of 1.5 to 1. Existing crosswall connections to diaphragms Al 11.4.2,the demand-capacity ratio of the portion of need not be investigated as long as the crosswall extends to the diaphragm adjacent to an opening shall be calcu- the Framing of the diaphragms above and below, lated using the opening dimension as the span. A111.3.4 New crosswalls. New crosswall connections to 3. Where an opening occurs in the end quarter of the dia- the diaphragm shall develop the crosswall shear capacity. phragm span, the calculation of v,,D for the New crosswalls shall have the capacity to resist an overturn- demand-capacity ratio shall be based on the net depth ing moment equal to the crosswall shear capacity times the of the diaphragm. story height. Cross�vall overturning moments need not be A111.5 Diaphragmshear transfer.Diaphragms shall be con- cumulative over more than two stories. nected to shear walls with connections capable of developing A111.3.5 Other crosswall systems.Other systems,such as the diaphragm-loading tributary to the shear wall given by the moment-resisting frames, may be used as crosswalls pro- lesser of the following formulas: vided that the yield story drift does not exceed 1 inch(25.4 V=1.2Sr„C,,K1, (Equation AI-13) mm) in any story. using the C,,values in Table Al-C,or A111.4 Wood diaphragms. V=t;,D (Equation Al-14) A111.4.1 Acceptable diaphragm span. A diaphragm is acceptable if the point(L,DCA� on Figure AI-1 falls within Al 11.6 Shear walls(In-plane loading). Region 1, 2 or 3. All 1.6.1 Wall story force.The wall story force distributed A111.4.2 Demand-capacity ratios. Demand-capacity to a shear wall at any diaphragm level shall be the lesser ratios shall be calculated for the diaphragm at any level value calculated as: according to the following formulas: F,,,=US,(91, + W,12) (Equation Al-15) 1. For a diaphragm without qualifying crosswalls at lev- els immediately above or below: but need not exceed DCR=2.I Sn,W,1Y,r;,D (Equation Al-9) F„,=0.8Si„ffl.,+ v;D (Equation Al-16) 2. For a diaphragm in a single-story building with quail- A111.6.2 Wall story shear.The wall story shear shall be the Eying crosswalls,or for a roof diaphragm coupled by sum of the wall story forces at and above the level of consid- crosswalls to the diaphragm directly below: oration. DCR=2.1 Sr„W,,1(Y,v,D+ V J (Equation Al-10) V,=ZF,,, (Equation Al-l7) 3. For diaphragms in a multistory building with qualify- A111.6.3 Shear wall analysis. Shear walls shall comply ing crosswalls in all levels: with Section A112, A111.6.4 Moment frames. Moment frames used in place DCR=2.1 S!„E id,,l(EE t;D+ l ,J (Equation Al-11) of shear walls shall be designed as required by the building DCRshall be calculated at each level for the set of code,except that the forces shall be as specified in Section diaphragms at and above the level under consider- Al 11.6.1,and the story drift ratio shall be limited to 0.015, ation.In addition,the roof diaphragm shall also meet except as further limited by Section Al 12.4.2. the requirements of Equation (A I-f 0). Al 11.7 Out-of-plane forces—unreinforced masonry walls. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' 03 APPENDIX A A]11.7.1 Allowable unreinforced masonry wall 2.1. Rocking controlled mode. When the pier height-to-thickness ratios. The provisions of Section rocking shear capacity is less than the pier A110.2 are applicable, except the allowable shear capacity,i.e.. V,< V,for each pier in a height-to-thickness ratios given in Table A1-13 shall be level,forces in the wall at that level, t„ shall determined from Figure Al-1 as follows: be distributed to each pier in proportion to 1. In Region 1, height-to-thickness ratios For buildings PD/H. with crosswalls may be used if qualifying crosswalls For the wall at that level: are present in all stories. 2. In Region 2, height-to-thickness ratios for buildings 0.7 V <E V (Equation Al-22) with crosswalls may be used whether or not qualify- 2.2. Shear controlled mode.Where the pier shear ing crosswalls are present. capacity is less than the pier rocking capacity, 3. ]n Region 3, height-to-thickness ratios for "all other i.e., 1!,< V,in at least one pier in a level,forces buildings" shall he used whether or not qualifying in the wall at the level. V,,,shall be distributed crosswalls are present. to each pier in proportion to D/H. A111.7.2 Walls with diaphragms in different regions. For each pier at that level: When diaphragms above and below the wall under consid- eration have demand-capacity ratios in different regions of V,< V, (Equation A1-23) Figure Al-1, the lesser height-to-thickness ratio shall be and used. Al 11.8 Open-front design procedure.A single-story build- V,< V (Equation Al-24) ing wi th an open front on one side and crosswalls parallel to the open front may be designed by the following procedure: If 1 J,< i,,For each pier and V,> V,for one or more piers, such piers shall he omitted from 1. Effective diaphragm span. L„ for use in Figure Al-1 the analysis. and the procedure shall be re- shall be determined in accordance with the follox inp peated for the remaining piers,unless the wall formula: is strengthened and reanalyzed. L,=2[(W„lIQL+L] (Equation Al-18) 3. Masonry pier tension stress.Unreinforced masonry 2. Diaphragm demand-capacity ratio shall be calculated as: wall piers need not be analyzed For tension stress. DCR=2.12SIn(W,,+ 14 A(v„D) + i j A112.2.3 Shear walls without openings.Shear walls with- (Equation Al-19) out openings shall be analyzed the same as for walls with openings,except that 1,shall be calculated as follows: SECTION A112 V,=0.9(P„+0.5P„)D!H (Equation AI-25) ANALYSIS AND DESIGN A112.3 Plywood-sheathed shear walls. Plywood-sheathed A112.1 General.The following requirementsare applicable to shear walls may be used to resist lateral forces for buildings both the general procedure and the special procedure for ana- with flexible diaphragms analyzed according to provisions of lyzing vertical elements of the lateral-force-resisting system. Section Al 11.Plywood-sheathed shear walls may not be used to share lateral forces with other materials along the same line A112.2 Existing unreinforced masonry walls. of resistance. A112.2.1 Flexural rigidity.Flexural components of deflec tion may be neglected in determining the rigidity of an A112.9 Combinations of vertical elements. unreinforced masonry wall. A112.4.1 Lateral-force distribution. Lateral forces shall A112.2.2 Shear walls with openings. Wall piers shall be be distributed among the vertical-resisting elements in pro- analyzed according to the following procedure, which is portion to their relative rigidities, except that diagramed in Figure A1-2. moment-resisting Frames shall comply with Section 1. For any pier. A 112.4.2. 1.1.The pier shear capacity shall be calculated as: A1114.2 Moment-resisting frames. Moment-resisting _ frames shall not be used with an unreinforced masonry wall 11,—i f4/1.5 (Equation Al-20) in a single line of resistance unless the wall has piers that 1.2.The pier rocking shear capacity shall be calcu- have adequate shear capacity to sustain rocking in accor- lated as: dance with Section All 2.2.2,The frames shall be designed V,=0.9PI,D/H (Equation Al-21) in accordance with the building code to carry 100 percent of the lateral forces tributary to that line of resistance,as deter- 2. The wall piers at any level are acceptable if they com- mined from Equation (A1-7).The story drift ratio shall be ply with one of the following modes of behavior: limited to 0.0075. 84 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' APPENDIX A SECTION A113 detailed to minimize the horizontal displacement of the wall DETAILED SYSTEM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS by the vertical displacement of the floor or roof. A113.1 Wall anchorage. A113.6 Parapets. Parapets and exterior wall appendages not A113.1.1 Anchor locations. Unreinforced masonry walls conforming to this chapter shall be removed. or stabilized or shall be anchored at the roof and floor levels as required in braced to ensure that the parapets and appendages remain in Section A]10.2. Ceilings of plaster or similar materials, their original positions. when not attached directly to roof or floor framing and The maximum height of an unbraced unreinforced masonry where abutting masonry walls,shall either be anchored to parapet above the lower of either the level of tension anchors or the walls at a maximum spacing of 6 feet(1829 min),or be the roof sheathing shall not exceed the height-to-thickness ratio removed. shown in Table A I-F.If the required parapet height exceeds this Al13.1.2 Anchor requirements.Anchors shall consist of maximum height, a bracing system designed for the forces bolts installed through the wall as specified in Table Al-E, determined in accordance with the building code shall support or an approved equivalent at a maximum anchor spacing of the lop of the parapet. Parapet corrective work must be per- 6 feet (1829 utm). All wall anchors shall be secured to the formed in conjunction with the installation of tension roof joists to develop the required forces. anchors. A113.1.3 Minimum wall anchorage. Anchorage of The minimum height of a parapet above any wall anchor masonry walls to each floor or roof shall resist a minimum shall be 12 inches (305 mm), force determined as US,,,times the tributary weight or 200 pounds per linear foot (2920 N/m), whichever is greater, Exception.if a reinforced concrete beam is provided at the acting nonnal to the wall at the level of the floor or roof. top of the wall,the minimum height above the wall anchor Existing wall anchors,if used,must meet the requirements may be 6 inches (152 mm). of this chapter or must be upgraded. A113.7 Veneer. A113.1.4 Anchors at corners.At the roof and floor levels, 1. Veneer shall be anchored with approved anchor ties con- both shear and tension anchors shall be provided within 2 forming to the required design capacity specified in the feet(610 mm)horizontally from the inside of the corners of building code and shall be placed at a maximum spacing the walls. of 24 inches (610 mm) with a maximum supported area A113.2 Diaphragm shear transfer. Bolts transmitting shear of 4 square feet (0.372 in'). forces shall have a maximum boll spacing of 6 feet (1829 mm) Exception: Existing anchor ties for attaching brick and shall have nuts installed over malleable iron or plate wash- veneer to brick backing may be acceptable,provided ers when bearing on wood.and heavy-cut washers when bear- the ties are in good condition and conform to the Pol- ing on steel. lowing minimum size and material requirements. A113.3 Collectors. Collector elements shall be provided that are capable of transferring the seismic Forces originating in Existing veneer anchor ties may be considered ade- other portions of the building to the element providing the quote if they are of corrugated galvanized iron strips resistance to those forces. not less than 1 inch(25.4 mm) in width,8 inches(203 mm) in length and 1/u,inch (1.6 mm) in thickness,or A113.4 Ties and continuity.Ties and continuity shall conform the equivalent. to the requirements of the building code. 2. The location and condition of existing veneer anchor ties A113.5 Wall bracing. shall be verified as follows: Al 13.5.1 General. Where a wall height-lo-thickness ratio 2.1. An approved testing laboratory shall verify the exceeds the specified limits, the wall may be laterally sup- location and spacing of the ties and shall submit a ported by vertical bracing members per Section Al 13.5.2 or report to the building official for approval as part by reducing the wail height by bracing per Section of the structural analysis. A113.5.3. 2.2.The veneer in a selected area shall be removed to Al 13.5.2 Vertical bracing members. Vertical bracing expose a representative sample of lies (not less members shall be attached to floor and roof construction for than four)for inspection by the building official. their design loads independently of required wall anchors. Horizontal spacing of vertical bracing members shall not A113.8 Nonstructural masonry walls. Unreinforced exceed one-half of the unsupported height of the wall or 10 masonry walls that carry no design vertical or lateral loads and feet (3048 mm). Deflection of such bracing members at that are not required by the design to be part of the lateral-Force design loads shall not exceed one-tenth of the wall thick- resisting system shall be adequately anchored to new or exist- ness. ing supporting elements. The anchors and elements shall be Al 13.5.3 Intermediate wall bracing.The wall height may designed for the out-of-plane forces specified in the building be reduced by bracing elements connected to the floor or code. The height- or length-to-thickness ratio between such roof. Horizontal spacing of the bracing elements and wall supporting elements for such walls shall not exceed nine. anchors shall be as required by design,but shall not exceed 6 A113.9 Truss and beam supports.Where trusses and beams feet (1829 mm) on center. Bracing elements shall be other than rafters or joists are supported on masonry,independ- 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE* 85 APPENDIX A ent secondary columns shall be installed to support vertical loads of the roof or floor members. Exception: Secondary supports are not required where Sp, is less than 0.3g. A113.10 Adjacent buildings. Where elements of adjacent buildings do not have a separation of at least 5 inches (127 min), the allowable height-to-thickness ratios for "all other buildings"per Table A I-B shall be used in the direction of con- sideration. SECTION A114 WALLS OF UNBURNED CLAY, ADOBE OR STONE MASONRY A114.1 General. Walls of unburned clay, adobe or stone masonry construction shall conform to the following: 1. Walls of unburned clay, adobe or stone masonry shall not exceed a height- or length-to-thickness ratio speci- fied in Table AI-G, 2. Adobe may be allowed a maximum value of 9 pounds per square inch(62.1 kPa)for shear unless higher values are justified by test. 3. Mortar For repointing may be of the same soil coinposi- tion and stabilization as the brick,in lieu of cement-mor- tar. 86 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' APPENDIX A TABLE Al-A—ELEMENTS REGULATED BY THIS CHAPTER Sm BUILDING ELEMENTS 2 0.067 -0.133 0.133 <0.20 0.20 <0.30 0.30 Parapets X X X X Walls,anchorage X X X X Walls,h/lratios X X X Walls,in-plane shear X X X Diaphragms' X X Diaphragms,shear transfer' X X X Diaphragms,demand-capacity ratios" X X a. Applies only to buildings designed according to the general procedures of Secllon A 110. b. Applies only to buildings designed according to the special procedures of Section A111. TABLE Al-B--ALLOWABLE VALUE OF HEIGHT-TO-THICKNESS RATIO OF UNREINFORCED MASONRY WALLS Sm?0.4 BUILDINGS Sm-0.4 WALL TYPES 0.139'5m<0.259 0.258<Sm<0.49 WITH CW6SSWALLS° ALL OTHER BUILDINGS Walls of one-story buildings 20 16 166` 13 First-story wall of multistory building 20 18 16 15 Walls in top story of multistory building 14 14 146` 9 All other walls 20 16 16 13 a. Applies in the special procedures of Section Al I I only.See Sectlon A111.7 for other restrictions. b. Thisvalucotheight-ioihic kncssratiomaybeusedonl ywheremuriarsheartestsestablishatestedmortarshear strength,} of not less than 100 pounds per square inch(690 kPa).This value may also be used where(lie tested mortar shear strength is not less than 60 pounds per square iucb(414 kPa),and where a-visual exami- nation of the collar joint indicates not less than 50-percent mortar coverage. c. Where a visual examination of the collar juint indicates riot less than 50 perccm mortar cuwerage.and the tested mortar shear strength.r,N greater than 30 pounds per square inch(207 kPa)but less than b0 pounds per square Inch(414 kPa),the allowable height to thickness ratio may be determined by linear interpolation between the larger and smaller ratios In direct proportion to the tested mortar shear strength TABLE Al-C—HORIZONTAL FORCE FACTOR,Cp CONFIGURATION OF MATERIALS Cp Roofs with straight or diagonal sheathing and roofing applied directly to the sheathing,or floors with straight 0.50 tongue-and-groove sheathing. Diaphragms with double or mulitple layers of boards with edges offset,and blocked plywood systems. 0.75 Diaphragms of metal deck without topping: Minimal welding or mechanical attachment. 0.6 Welded or mechanically attached for seismic resistance. 0.68 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' 87 APPENDIX A TABLE AI•D—STRENGTH VALUES FOR EXISTING MATERIALS STRENGTH VALUES EXISTING MATERIALS OR CONFIGURATION OF MATERIALS" a 14.594 for Nlm Horizontal Roofs with straight sheathing and roofing applied directly to the sheathing. 300 lbs,per ft.for seismic shear diaphragms Roofs with diagonal sheathing and roofing applied directly to the sheathing. 750 lbs,per ft.for seismic shear Floors with straight tongue-and-groove sheathing. 300 tbs.per ft.for seismic shear Floors with straight sheathing and finished wood flooring with board edges offset or 1,500 lbs.per ft.for seismic shear perpendicular. Floors with diagonal sheathing and finished wood flooring. 1,800 lbs.per ft.for seismic shear Metal deck welded with minimal welding.' 1.800 Ibs,per ft.for seismic shear Metal deck welded for seismic resistance." 3.000 tbs.per ft.for seismic shear Crosswallsh Piaster on wood or metal lath. 600 tbs.per ft. for seismic shear Plaster on gypsum lath. 550 tbs.per ft.for seismic shear Gypsum wallboard,unblocked edges. 200 tbs.per ft.for seismic shear Gypsum wallboard,blocked edges. 400 tbs.per ft.for seismic shear Existing Plain concrete footings. f'= 1,500 psi (10.34 MPa)unless footing,wood otherwise shown by tests framing, structural steel. Douglas fir wood. Saute as D.F.No. 1 reinforcing Reinforcing steel. F,=40.000 psi (124.1 N1mm2) steel maximum Structural steel. T%=33.000 psi (137.9 Nlmmr) maximum a. Material must be sound and In good condition. b. Shear values of these materials may be combined.except the local combined value should not exceed 900 pounds per foot(1369 N/m). c. Minimum 22-gage steel deck with welds to supports satisfying the standards of the Steel Deck Institute. d. Minimum 22 gage steel deck with;;�plug welds at an average sparing not exceeding 8 inches(203 mm)and with side[ap welds appropriate for the deck span. 88 21109 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" APPENDIX A TABLE All-E—STRENGTH VALUES OF NEW MATERIALS USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION NEW MATERIALS OR CONFIGURATION OF MATERIALS STRENGTH VALUES Horizontal Plywood sheathing applied directly over existing straight sheathing with diaphragms ends of plywood sheets bearing on joists or rafters and edges of plywood 675 lbs.per ft. located on center of individual sheathing boards. Plywood sheathing applied directly over wood studs;no value should be 1.2 times the value specified in the current given to plywood applied over existing plaster or wood sheathing. building code. Crosswalls Drywall or plaster applied directly over wood studs. The value specified in the current building code. Drywall or plaster applied to sheathing over existing wood studs. 50 percent of the value specified in the current building code. Bolts extending emircly through unreinforced masonry wall secured with 5,400 lbs.per bolt Tension bolts" bearing plates on far side of a three-tvyihe-minimum wall with at least 30 2,700 lbs.for nvo wythe walls square incites of areal,` Bolts embedded a minimum of 8 inches into unreinforced masonry walls; The value for plain masonry specified for Shear bolts` bolts should be centered in 2112-inch-diameter holes with dry-pack or solid masonry in the current building nonshrink grout around the circumference of the bolt. code;no value large[than those given for 14-inch bolts should be used, Through-bolls—bolts meeting the requirements for shear and for tension Tension—same as for tension bolts bolts."I - —" Shear—same as for shear bolts Combined tension — – and shear bolts Embedded bolts—bolts extending to the exterior face of the wall with a Tension-3.600 lbs.per bolt 211,-inch round plate under the head and drilled at an angle of 221/2 Shear—same as for shear bolts degrees to the horizontal;installed as specified for shear bolts.e.b.� Infi lied walls Reinforced masonry infilled openings in existing unreinforced masonry Same as values specified for unreinforced walls;provide keys or dowels to match reinforcing. masonry walls Reinforced masonry's Masonry piers and walls reinforced per the current building code. The value specified in the current building code for strength design. Reinforced concreted Concrete footings.walls and piers reinforced as specified in the current The value specified in the current building building code. code for strength design. For SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm.I square Inch=645.16 nuti, 1 pound=4.4 N. a. Embedded bolts to be tested as specified in Section A 107.4. b. Bolts to be rlr inch 112.7 mm)minimum in diameter. c. Drilling for bolisand dowel-,shall be done with an electric rotary drIlt impact lools should not be used for drilling holes or lighteninganchors and shear bolt nuts. d. No load factors or capacity reduction factor shall be used. e. Other bolt sizes.values and installation methods niay be used.provided a testing program Is conducted in accordance with UBC Standard 21 7.The useable%alue shall be determined by multiplying the calculated allowable value.as determined by UBC Standard 21-7.by 3.0,and the useable value shall be limited to a maxi- mum of 1.5 rimes the value given In the table.Bolt spacing shall not exceed G feet(1829 mm)on centerand shall not he lessthan 12 inches(305 mm)on center. TABLE Al-F—MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE HEIGHT-TO-THICKNESS RATIOS FOR PARAPETS S,„ 0.139 t Sp,-0.259 0.259<SD,:0.49 Sm?0.49 Maximum allowable height-to-thickness ratios 2.5 2.5 1.5 TABLE AI-G—MAXIMUM HEIGHTTO-THICKNESS RATIOS FOR ADOBE OR STONE WALLS Syr 0.139rSa,<0.259 0.259asp,<0.49 So,>0.49 One-story buildings 12 10 8 Two-story buildings First story 14 11 9 Second story 12 10 8 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" as APPENDIX A 540 480 420 d IWi 360 s d E Oa: Z® 300 W M go � 240 CL v 180 1 120 O 1 r 60 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 DEMAND-CAPACITY RATIO, DCR 1. Region of demand-capacity ratios where crosswalls may be used to increase h/t ratios. 2. Region of demand-capacity ratios where h/t ratios of"buildings with crosswalls" may be used, whether or not crosswalls are present. 3. Region of demand-capacity ratios where h/t ratios of"all other buildings"shall be used, whether or not crosswalls are present. FIGURE Al-1 ACCEPTABLE DIAPHRAGM SPAN 90 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE APPENDIX A 0.7 V„x sEvr OK ROCKING SHEAR IS V,<V, ADI=OVATE:ROCKING IN EACH PIER OF PJER S`YMM IS SAFE SHEAR FORCE IN AN ROCKJNG INDIVIDUAL PIER IS CONTROLLED PROPORTIONAL TO 0.T U >%V �MENGTHEN �IrIODE PDDIN. INDIVIDUAL "` L PIERSCAN ROCK AENtiN MPARE SAFELY PIER SYST M IS NOT ND Vp ADEOUATE [IN!AA CH PIE R SHEAR OONTROLLED MODE V, >V, V,a V OMIT MOM � IN AT LEAST 3 INATOST ANALYSIS ANY —�3 10NE PIER ONE PIER PIER WITH Vr S VN DISTRIBUTION OF RETURN V r V, SHEAR FORCES IN PIERS PIERS CANNOT SE ALL LpPIE AETERMINI3 V,? V OK RELATIVE IN ALL PI&S RIGIDITY ANALYSIS SHEAR STRESS IS SHEAR FORCE IN AN OK INDIVIDUAL PIER IS PROPORTIONALTO L?lN Vp ?Va STRENGTHEN IN ANY WALL 3 PIER PIER IS OVERSTRESSED RETURN IN SHE=AR V, . Allowable shear strmVlh of a pier. Vp a Shear force assigned to a pier on the basis of a relative sheer rigidity anaysis. V, - Roclring shear cgmdy of pier. V,* - Total suer farce resisted by the wall. X V, . Rocking shear capacity of all piers in thewall. FIGURE A1-2 ANALYSIS OF URM WALL IN-PLANE SHEAR FORCES 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE00 91 92 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' CHAPTER A2 EARTHQUAKE HAZARD REDUCTION IN EXISTING REINFORCED CONCRETE AND REINFORCED MASONRY WALL BUILDINGS WITH FLEXIBLE DIAPHRAGMS SECTION A205 SECTION A201 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PURPOSE A205.1 General.The seismic-resisting elements specified in The purpose of this chapter is to promote public safety and wel- this chapter shall comply with provisions of Section 1613 of I fare by reducing the risk of death or injury that may result from the International Building Code,except as modified herein. the effects of earthquakes on reinforced concrete and rein- A205.2 Alterations and repairs. Alterations and repairs forced masonry wall buildings with flexible diaphragms. required to meet the provisions of this chapter shall comply Based on past earthquakes, these buildings have been catego- with applicable structural requirements of the building code rized as being potentially hazardous and prone to significant unless specifically modified in this chapter. damage, including possible collapse in a moderate to major earthquake.The provisions of this chapter are minimum stan- A205.3 Requirements for plans. The plans shall accurately dards for structural seismic resistance established primarily to reflect the results of the engineering investigation and design reduce the risk of life loss or injury on both subject and adjacent and shall show all pertinent dimensions and sizes For plan properties. These provisions will not necessarily prevent loss review and construction.The following shall he provided: of life or injury, or prevent earthquake damage to an existing building that complies with these standards. 1. Floor plans and roof plans shall show existing framing construction, diaphragm construction, proposed wall anchors. cross-ties and collectors. Existing nailing, anchors,cross-ties and collectors shall also be shown on SECTION A202 the plans if they are considered part of the lat- SCOPE oral-force-resisting systems. The provisions of this chapter shall apply to wall anchorage 2. At elevations where there are alterations or damage, systems that resist out-of plane forces and to collectors in details shall show roof and floor heights,dimensions of existing reinforced concrete or reinforced masonry buildings openings, location and extent of existing damage and with flexible diaphragms. Wall anchorage systems that were proposed repair. designed and constructed in accordance with the 1997 Uniform Building Code, 1999 BOCA National Building Code, 1999 3. Typical wall panel details and sections with panel thick- Standard Building Code or the 2000 and subsequent editions of pros, height, pilasters and location of anchors shall be the International Building Code shall be deemed to comply provided. with these provisions. 4. Details shall include existing and new anchors and the method of developing anchor forces into the diaphragm framing, existing and/or new cross-ties, and existing SECTION A203 and/or new or improved support of roof and floor girders DEFINITIONS at pilasters or walls. For the purpose of this chapter, the applicable definitions in 5. The basis for design and the building code used for the Chapters 16, 19, 21, 22 and 23 of the Imernalional Building design shall be slated on the plans. Code and the following shall apply: A205.4 Structural observation, testing and inspection. FLEXIBLE DIAPHRAGMS.Roofs and floors including,but Structural observation,in accordance with Section 1709 of the not limited to, those sheathed with plywood, wood de(king International Building Code,shall be required for all structures in which seismic retrofit is being performed in accordance with (1 by or 2-by) or metal decks without concrete topping slabs. this chapter.Structural observation shall include visual obser- vation of work for conformance with the approved construc- tion documents and confirmation of existing conditions SECTION A204 assumed during design. SYMBOLS AND NOTATIONS Structural testing and inspection for new construction mate- For the purpose of this chapter, the applicable symbols and rials shall be in accordance with the building code,except as notations in the International Building Code shall apply. modified by[his chapter. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE* 93 APPENDIX A SECTION A206 A206.4 Anchorage at pilasters.Anchorage at pilasters shall ANALYSIS AND DESIGN be designed for the tributary wall-anchoring load per Section A206.1 Reinforced concrete and reinforced masonry wall A206.1,considering the wall as a two-way slab.The edges of anchorage.Concrete and masonry walls shall be anchored to the two-way slab shall be considered fixed when there is conti- nuity at pilasters and shall be considered pinned at roof and all floors and roofs that provide lateral support For the wall.The floor. The pilasters or the walls immediately adjacent to the anchorage shall provide a positive direct connection between pilasters shall be anchored directly to the roof framing such that the wall and floor or roof construction capable of resisting 75 the existing vertical anchor bolls at the top of the pilasters are percent of the horizontal forces specified in Section 1613 of the bypassed without permitting tension or shear failure at the top Imo7rational Building Code. of the pilasters. A206.2 Special requirements for wall anchorage systems. Exception:if existing vertical anchor bolts at the top of the The steel elements of the wall anchorage system shall be pilasters are used for the anchorage,additional exterior con- designed in accordance with the building code without the use finement shall be provided as required to resist the total of the 1.33 short duration a]lowable stress increase when using anchorage force. allowable stress design. The minimum anchorage force at a floor or roof between the Wall anchors shall be provided to resist out-of-plane forces, pilasters shall be that specified in Section A206.1. independent of existing shear anchors. A206.5 Symmetry.Symmetry of wall anchorage and continu- Exception: Existing cast-in-place shear anchors are ity connectors about the minor axis of the framing member is allowed to be used as wall anchors if the tie element can be required. readily attached to the anchors,and if the engineer or archi- tect can establish tension values for the existing anchors Exception: Eccentricity may be allowed when it can be through the use of approved as-built plans or testing and shown that all components of forces are positively resisted. through analysis showing that the bolts are capable of resist- The resistance must be supported by calculations or tests. ing the total shear load (including dead load) while being A206.6 Minimum member size. Wood members used to acted upon by the maximum tension force due to an earth- develop anchorage forces to the diaphragm must be at least quake.Criteria for analysis and testing shall be determined 3-inch (76 mm) nominal members for new construction and by the building official. replacement. All such members must be checked for gravity Expansion anchors are only allowed with special inspection and earthquake loading as part of the wall-anchorage system. and approved testing for seismic loading. Exception: Existing 2-inch (51 mm) nominal members Attaching the edge of plywood sheathing to steel ledgers is may be doubled and intemailed to meet the strength require- not considered compliant with the positive anchoring require- ment. menu of this chapter.Attaching the edge of steel decks to steel A206.7 Combination of anchor types. New anchors used in ledgers is not considered as providing the positive anchorage of combination on a single framing member shall be of compati- this chapter unless testing and/or analysis are performed to ble behavior and stiffness. establish shear values for the attachment perpendicular to the edge of the deck.Where steel decking is used as a wall anchor A206.8 Anchorage at interior walls. Existing interior rein- system,the existing connections shall be subject to field verifi- forced concrete or reinforced masonry walls that extend to the cation and the new connections shall be subject to special floor above or to the roof diaphragm shall be anchored for inspection. out-of-plane forces per Sections A206.1 and A206.3.Walls extending through the roof diaphragm shall be anchored for A206.3 Development of anchor Ioads into the diaphragm, out-of-plane forces on both sides, and continuity ties shall be Development of anchor loads into roof and floor diaphragms spliced across or continuous through the interior wall to pro- shall comply with Section 1613 of the International Building vide diaphragm continuity. Code using horizontal forces that are 75 percent of those used A206.9 Collectors. If collectors are not present at reentrant for new construction. corners or interior shear walls,they shall be provided.Existing Exception: If continuously tied girders are present, the or new collectors shall be designed for the capacity required to maximum spacing of the continuity ties is the greater of the develop into the diaphragm a force equal to the lesser of the girder spacing or 24 feet (7315 mm). rocking or shear capacity of the reentrant wall or the tributary shear based on 75 percent of the horizontal forces specified in In wood diaphragms, anchorage shall not be accomplished Chapter 16 of the 1weruational Building Code.The capacity of by use of toenails or nails subject to withdrawal.Wood ledgers. the collector need not exceed the capacity of the diaphragm to top plates or framing shall not be used in cross-grain bending or deliver loads to the collector. A connection shall be provided cross-grain tension. The continuous ties required in Section from the collector to the reentrant wall to transfer the full col- 1613 of the International Building Code shall be in addi tion to lector force(load).if a truss or beam other than a rafter or purlin the diaphragm sheathing, is supported by the reentrant wall or by a column integral with Lengths of development of anchor loads in wood dia- the reentrant wall, then an independent secondary column is phragms shall be based on existing Field nailing of the sheath- required to support the roof or floor members whenever rock- ing unless existing edge nailing is positively identified on the ing or shear capacity of the reentrant wall is less than the tribu- original construction plans or at the site. tary shear. 94 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE* APPENDIX A A206.10 Mezzanines. Existing mezzanines relying on rein- forced concrete or reinforced masonry walls for vertical and/or lateral support shall be anchored to the walls for the tributary mezzanine load.Walls depending on the mezzanine for lateral support shall be anchored per Sections A206.1, A206.2 and A206.3. Exception: Existing mezzanines that have independent lat- eral and vertical support need not be anchored to the walls. SECTION A207 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION All materials permitted by the building code, including their appropriate strength or allowable stresses,may be used to meet the requirements of this chapter. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODEv 95 96 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE CHAPTER A3 PRESCRIPTIVE PROVISIONS FOR SEISMIC STRENGTHENING OF CRIPPLE WALLS AND SILL PLATE ANCHORAGE OF LIGHT, WOOD-FRAME RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS SECTION A301 The provisions of this chapter maybe used to strengthen his- GENERAL brie structures, provided they are not in conflict with other related provisions and requirements that may apply. A301.1 Purpose.The provisions of this chapter are intended to A301.3 Alternative design procedures.When analysis by an promote public safety and welfare by reducing the risk of earth- quake-induced damage to existing wood-frame residential engineer or architect is required in accordance with Section buildings.The requirements contained in this chapter are pre- A301.2,such analysis shall be in accordance with all require- scriptive minimum standards intended to improve the seismic ments of the building code,except that the base shear may be performance of residential buildings; however, they will not taken as 75 percent of the horizontal forces specified in the building code. necessarily prevent earthquake damage. This chapter sets standards for strengthening that may be approved by the building official without requiring plans or SECTION A302 calculations prepared by an architect or engineer. The provi- DEFINITIONS sions of this chapter are not intended to prevent the use of any material or method of construction not prescribed herein.The For the purpose of this chapter, in addition to the applicable building official may require that construction documents for definitions in the building code, certain additional terms are strengthening using alternative materials or methods be pre- defined as follows: pared by an architect or engineer. CHEMICAL ANCHOR. An assembly consisting of a A301.2 Scope.The provisions of this chapter apply to residen- threaded rod,washer,nut and chemical adhesive approved by tial buildings of Iight-frame wood construction assigned to the building official for installation in existing concrete or Seismic Design Category C,D or E of the Inteivational Build- masonry. ing Code containing one or more of the structural weaknesses specified in Section A303. COMPOSITE PANEL. A wood structural panel product composed of a combination of wood veneer and wood-based Exception: The provisions of this chapter do not apply to material,and bonded with waterproof adhesive. the buildings, or elements thereof, listed below. These buildings or elements require analysis by an engineer or CRIPPLE WALL. A wood-frame stud wall extending from architect in accordance with Section A301.3 to determine the top of the foundation to the underside of the lowest floor appropriate strengthening: framing. 1. Group R-1, R-2 or R-4 occupancies with more than EXPANSION BOLT. A single assembly approved by the four dwelling units. building official for installation in existing concrete or 2. Buildings with a lateral-force-resisting system using masonry.For the purpose of this chapter,expansion bolts shall poles or columns embedded in the ground. contain a base designed to expand when properly set,wedging the bolt in the pre-drilled hole. Assembly shall also include 3. Cripple walls that exceed 4 feet(1219 mm)in height. appropriate washes and nut. 4. Buildings exceeding three stories in height and any ORIENTED STRAND BOARD(OSB).A mat-Formed wood three-story building with cripple wall studs exceeding structural panel product composed of thin rectangular wood 14 inches (356 mm) in height. strands or wafers arranged in oriented layers and bonded with 5. Buildings where the building official determines that waterproof adhesive. conditions exist that are beyond the scope of the pre- PERIMETER FOUNDATION.A foundation stem that is scriptive requirements of this chapter. ons y located under the exterior walls of a building. 6. Buildings or portions thereof constructed on concrete slabs on grade. PLYWOOD. A wood structural panel product composed of The details and prescriptive provisions herein are not sheets of wood veneer bonded together with the grain of adja- intended to be the only acceptable strengthening methods per- cent layers oriented at right angles to one another. mitted. Alternative details and methods may be used when SNUG-TIGHT.As tight as an individual can torque a nut on a approved by the building official.Approval of alternatives shall bolt by hand, using a wrench with a l0-inch-long (254 rnm) be based on test data showing that the method or material used handle, and the point at which the full surface of the plate is at least equivalent in terms of strength,deflection and capac- washer is contacting the wood member and slightly indenting ity to that provided by the prescriptive methods and materials. the wood surface. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODEQO 97 APPENDIX A WAFERBOARD.A mat-formed wood structural panel prod- ening may be used,provided such systems are designed by uct composed of thin reclangularwood wafers arranged in ran- an engineer or architect and are approved by the building dom layers and bonded with waterproof adhesive. official. WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL.A structural panel product A304.1.2 Condition of existing wood materials.All exist- composed primarily of wood and meeting the requirements of ing wood materials that will be a part of the strengthening United States Voluntary Product Standard PS 1 and United work (sills,studs,sheathing,etc.)shall be in a sound condi- States Voluntary Product Standard PS 2.Wood structural pan- tion and free from defects that substantially reduce the els include all-veneer plywood,composite panels containing a capacity of the member. Any wood material found to con- combination of veneer and wood-based material, and tain fungus infection shall be removed and replaced with mat-Formed panels such as oriented strand board and new material.Any wood material found to be infested with waferboard. insects or to have been infested with insects shall be strengthened or replaced with new materials to provide a net dimension of sound wood at least equal to its undamaged SECTION A303 original dimension. STRUCTURAL WEAKNESSES A304.1.3 Floor joists not parallel to foundations. Floor For the purpose of this chapter,structural weaknesses shall be joists framed perpendicular or at an angle to perimeter foun- as specified below. dations shall be restrained either by an existing nominal 1. Sill plates or floor framing that are supported directly on 2-inch-wide (51 nun) continuous rim joist or by a nominal the ground without an approved foundation system. 2-inch-wide(51 mm)full-depth blocking between alternate 2. A perimeter foundation system that is constructed only joists in one-and two-story buildings, and between each of wood posts supported on isolated pad footings. joist in three-story buildings. Existing blocking for multi- story buildings must occur at each joist space above a braced 3. Perimeter foundation systems that are not continuous. cripple wall panel. Exceptions: Existing connections at the top and bottom edges of an 1. Exist ing single-story exterior walls not exceed- existing rim joist or blocking need not be verified in ing 10 feet (3048 mm) in length, forming an one-story buildings.In multistory buildings,the existing top extension of floor area beyond the lime of an edge connection need not be verified:however,the bottom existing continuous perimeter Foundation. edge connection to either the foundation sill plate or the top plate of a cripple wall shall be verified.The minimum exist- 2. Porches,storage rooms and sauces.spaces not ing bottom edge connection shall consist of 8d toenails containing fuel burning appliances. spaced 6 inches(152 mm)apart fora continuous rim joist.or 4. A perimeter foundation system that is constructed of three 8d toenails per block. When this minimum bottom unreinforced masonry or stone. edge-connection is not present or cannot be verified,a sup- 5. Sill plates that are not connected to the foundation or that plemental connection installed as shown in Figure A3-8 are connected with less than what is required by the shall beprovided. building code. Where an existing continuous rim joist or the minimum Exception: When approved by the building official, existing blocking does not occur, new 3/,-inch (19 mm) connections ofasill plate to the foundation madewith wood structural panel blocking installed tightly between other than sill bolts may be accepted if the capacity of floor joists and nailed as shown in Figure A3-8 shall be pro- the connection is equivalent to that required by the vided at the inside face of the cripple wall.In lieu of 3/4-inch building code. (19 mm) wood structural panel blocking, tightfitting, full-depth 2-inch (51 mm) blocking may be used. New 6. Cripple walls that are not braced in accordance with the blocking may be omitted where it will interfere with vents or requirements of Section A304.4 and Table A3-A, or plumbing that penetrates the wall. cripple walls not braced with diagonal sheathing or wood structural panels in accordance with the building code. A304.1.4 Floor joists parallel to foundations. Where existing floor joists are parallel to the perimeter founda- tions,the end joist shall be located over the foundation and, SECTION A304 except for required ventilation openings.shall be continu- STRENGTHENING REQUIREMENTS ous and in continuous contact with the foundation sill plate A304.1 General. or the top plate of the cripple wall.Existing connections at the top and bottom edges of the end joist need not be verified A304.1.1 Scope. The structural weaknesses noted in Sec- in one-story buildings.In multistory buildings,the existing tion A303 shall be strengthened in accordance with the top edge connection of the end joist need not be verified: requirements of this section. Strengthening work may however, the bottom edge connection to either the founda- include both new construction and altercation of existing tion sill plate or the top plate of a cripple wall shall be veri- construction. Except as provided herein, all strengthening Pied. The minimum bottom edge connection shall be 8d work and materials shall comply with the applicable provi- toenails spaced 6 inches (152 mm) apart. if this minimum sions of the building code.Alternative methods of strength- bottom edge connection is not present or cannot be verified, 98 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE APPENDIX A a supplemental connection installed as shown in Figure and the sill platy.The nut shall be tightened to a snug-tight A3-9 shall be provided. condition after curing is complete for chemical anchors and A304.2 Foundations. after expansion wedge engagement for expansion bolts.The installation of nuts on all bolts shall be subject to verifica- A3042.1 New perimeter foundations. New perimeter tion by[he building official.Where existing conditions pre- foundations shall be provided for structures with the struc- vent anchor or bolt installation through the sill plate, this tural weaknesses noted in Items 1 and 2 of Section A303. connection may be made in accordance with Figure A3-4A, Soil investigations or geotechnical studies are not required A34B or A34C. The spacing of these alternate connec- for this work unless the building is located in a special study tions shall comply with the maximum spacing requirements zone as designated by the jurisdiction or other public of Table A3-A. Expansion bolts shall not be used when the agency. installation causes surface cracking of the foundation wall A304.2.2 Foundation evaluation by an engineer or at the location of the bolt. architect. Partial perimeter foundations or unreinforced A304.3.2 Placement of chemical anchors and expansion masonry foundations shall be evaluated by an engineer or bolts.Chemical anchors or expansion bolts shall be placed architect for the force levels noted in Section A301.3.Test within 12 inches (305 mm),but not less than 9 inches(229 reports or other substantiating data to determine existing mm),from the ends of sill plates and shall be placed in the foundation material strengths shall be submitted for review. center of the stud space closest to the required spacing.New When approved by the building official, these foundation sill plates may be installed in pieces when necessary systems may be strengthened in accordance with the recom- because of existing conditions. For lengths of sill plate mendations included with the evaluation in lieu of being greater than 12 feet (3658 mm), anchors or bolts shall be replaced. spaced along the sill plate as noted in Table A3-A.For other Exception: In lieu of testing existing foundations to lengths of sill plate,see Table A3-B.For lengths of sill plate determine material strengths,and when approved by the less than 30 inches(762 mm),a minimum of one anchor or building official,a new nonperimeter foundation system bolt shall be installed. designed for the forces noted in Section A301.3 may be Exception: Where physical obstructions such as fire- used to resist all exterior wall lateral forces. places, plumbing or heating ducts interfere with the A3042.3 Details for new perimeter foundations.All new placement of an anchor or bolt.the anchor or bolt shall be perimeter foundations shall he continuous and constructed placed as close to the obstruction as possible,but not less according to one of the details shown in Figure A3-1 or than 9 inches (229 mm) from the end of the plate.Cen- A3-2. ter-to-center spacing of the anchors or bolts shall be Exceptions: reduced as necessary to provide the minimum total num- ber of anchors required based on the full length of the 1. When approved by the building official,the exist- wall. Center-to-center spacing shall not be less than 12 ing clearance between existing floor joists or gird- inches (305 mm). ers and existing grade below the floor need not A304.3.3 New perimeter foundations.Sill plates for new comply with the building code. perimeter foundations shall be bolted as required by Table 2. When approved by the building official,and when A3-A and as shown in Figure A3-1 or A3-2. designed by an engineer or architect,partial perim- A304.4 Cripple wall bracing. eter foundations may be used in lieu of a continu- ous perimeter foundation. A304.4.1 General. Exterior cripple walls not exceeding 4 A304.2.4 Required compressive strength. New concrete feet (1219 mm) in height shall use the prescriptive bracing foundations shall have a minimum compressive strength of method listed below.Cripplewalls over4 feet(1219 mm)in 2,500 pounds per square inch (17.24 MPa) at 28 days. height require analysis by an engineer or architect in accor- dance with Section A301.3. A304.2.5 New hollow-unit masonry foundations. New hallow-unit masonry foundations shall be solidly grouted. A304.4.1.1 Sheathing installation requirements. Mortar shall be Type M or S, and the grout and masonry Wood structural panel sheathing shall not be less than units shall comply with the building code. 132-inch (12 mm) thick and shall be installed in accor- dance with Figure A3-5 or A3-6.All individual pieces of A304.2.6 Reinforcing steel.Reinforcing steel shall comply wood structural panels shall be nailed with 8d common with the requirements of the building code. nails spaced 4 inches(102 mm)on center at all edges and A304.3 Foundation sill plate anchorage. 12 inches(305 rnm) on center at each intermediate sup- port with not less than two nails for each stud.Nails shall A304.3.1 Existing perimeter foundations. When the be driven so that[heir heads are flush with the surface of building has an existing continuous perimeter foundation, the sheathing and shall penetrate the supporting member all perimeter wall sill plates shall be bolted to the foundation a minimum of 1 112 inches(38 mm).When a nail fractures with chemical anchors or expansion bolts in accordance the surface,it shall be left in place and not counted as part with Table A3-A. of the required nailing. A new 8d nail shall be located Anchors or bolts shall be installed in accordance with within 2 inches (51 mm) of the discounted nail and be Figure A3-3,with the plate washer installed between the nut hand-driven flush with the sheathing surface. All hori- 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE° 99 APPENDIX A zontal joints must occur over nominal 2-inch by 4-inch cripple wall height,braced panels shall not be located where (51 mm by 102 mm)blocking installed with the nominal the opening occurs.See Figure A3-7. 4-inch (102 mm) dimension against the face of the ply- Exception: For homes with a post and pier foundation wood. system where a new continuous perimeter foundation Vertical joints at adjoining pieces of wood structural system is being installed, new ventilation shall be pro- panels shall be centered on existing studs such that there vided in accordance with the building code. is a minimum 14 inch (3.2 mm) between the panels, and A304.5 Quality control. All work shall be subject to such that the nails are placed a minimum of/,inch(12.7 inspection by the building official including,but not limited min) from the edges of the existing stud. Whem such to: edge distances cannot be maintained because of the 1. Placement and installation of new chemical anchors width of the existing stud,a new stud shall be added adja- or expansion bolts installed in existing foundations. cent to the existing studs and connected in accordance Special inspection is not required for chemical with Figure A3-7. anchors installed in existing foundations regulated by A304.4.2 Distribution and amount of bracing.See Table the prescriptive provisions of this chapter. A3-A and Figure A3-10 for the distribution and amount of 2. Installation and nailing of new cripple wall bracing. bracing required for each wall line. Each braced panel 3. Any work may be subject to special inspection when length must be at least two times the height of the cripple required by the building official in accordance with stud.Where the minimum amount of bracing prescribed in the building code. Table A3-A cannot be installed along any walls,the bracing must be designed in accordance with Section A301.3. A304.6 Phasing of the strengthening work. When approved by the building official, the strengthening work Exception: Where physical obstructions such as fire- contained in this chapter may be completed in phases.The places. plumbing or heating ducts interfere with the strengthening work in any phase shall be performed on two placement of cripple wall bracing,the bracing shall then parallel sides of the structure at the same time. be placed as close to the obstruction as possible.The total amount of bracing required shall not be reduced because of obstructions. A304.4.3 Stud space ventilation.When bracing materials are installed on the interior face of studs forming an enclosed space between the new bracing and the existing exterior finish, each braced stud space must be ventilated. Adequate ventilation and access for future inspection shall be provided by drilling one 2-inch to 3-inch--diameter (51 mm to 76 mm) round hole through the sheathing, nearly centered between each stud at the top and bottom of the crip- ple wall.Such holes should be spaced a minimum of t inch (25 nim)clear from the sill or top plates.In stud spaces con- taining sill bolts, the hole shall be located on the center line of the sill bolt but not closer than 1 inch(25 mm)clear from the nailing edge of the sheathing. When existing blocking occurs within the stud space, additional ventilation holes shall be placed above and below the blocking,or the existing block shall be removed and a new nominal 2-inch by 4-inch (51 mm by 102 mm)block shall be installed with the nomi- nal 4-inch (102 nim) dimension against the face of the ply- wood.For stud heights less than 18 inches(457 min), only one ventilation hole need be provided. A304.4.4 Existing underfloor ventilation.Existing under- floor ventilation shall not be reduced without providing equivalent new ventilation as close to the existing ventila- tion as possible.Braced panels may include underfloor ven- tilation openings when the height of the opening.measured from the top of the foundation wall to the top of the opening, does not exceed 25 percent of the height of the cripple stud wall; however,the length of the panel shall be increased a distance equal to the length of the opening or one stud space minimum. Where an opening exceeds 25 percent of the 100 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" APPENDIX A TABLE A3-A—SILL PLATE ANCHORAGE AND CRIPPLE WALL BRACING AMOUNT OF BRACING FOR EACH WALL LINE-k- A Combination of Exterior Walls Finished NUMBER OF with Portland Cement Plaster and Roofing STORIES ABOVE MINIMUM SILL PLATE CONNECTION Using Clay Tile or Concrete Tile Weighing CRIPPLE WALLS AND MAXIMUM SPACING b More than 6 psf(Z97 Nlmz) All Other Conditions One story th inch(12.7 mm)spaced 6 feet,0 inch(1829 Each and and not less than 50 percent Each end and not less than 40 mm)center-to-center with washer plate of the wall length percent of the wall length tlz inch(12.7 mn1)spaced 4 feet,0 inch(12 19 Each end and not less than 70 percent Each end and not less than 50 Two stories mm)center-to-center with washer plate;or 5/g of the wall length percent of the wall length inch (15.9 nim)spaced 6 feet.0 inch(1829 min) center-to-center with washer plate Three stories 1/s inch(15.9 n1m)spaced 4 feet.0 inch(1219 100 percent of the wall lengthy Each end and not less than 80 mm)center-to-center with washer plate percent of the wall length[ a. Sill plate anchors shall be chemical anchors or expansion bolts in accordance with Section A304.3.1, h. All washer plates shall be 2 Inches by 2 Inches by'/,inch(51 mm by 51 mm by 4.8 mm)minimum. c. See Figure A3 10 for braced panel layout. d. Braced panels at ends of walls shall be located as near to the end as possible. e. All panels along a wall shall be nearly equal in length and shall be nearly equal in spacing along the length of the wall. f The minimum required underfloor ventilation openings are permitted in accordance with Section A304.4.4. TABLE A3-B—SILL PLATE ANCHORAGE FOR VARIOUS LENGTHS OF SILL PLATE" LENGTHS OF SILL PLATE Less than 12 feet(3656 mm)to Less than 6 feet(1629 mm) Less than 30 inches NUMBER OF STORIES 6 feet(1029 mm) to 30 inches(762 mm) footnote(762 mm)` One story Three connections Two connections One connection Two stories Four connections for I/z-inch(12.7 mn1)anchors or bolts or Two connections One connection Three connections for 54-inch(15.9 mm)anchors or bolts Three stories Four connections Two connections One connection a Connections shall he either chemical anchors or expansion bolts. b. See Section A304.3.2 For minimum end distances. c. Connections shall be placed as near to the center of the length of plate as possible. TABLE A3—C—NOT USED 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODER 101 APPENDIX A MINIMUM FOUNDATION DIMENSIONS MINIMUM FOUNDATION REINFORCING NUMBER OF STORIES W F Dr b.c T N VERTICAL REINFORCING 1 12 inches 6 inches 12 inches 6 inches <24 inches Single-pour wall and Footing poured (305 mm) (152 mm) (305 mm) (152 mm) (610 mm) footing separate from wall 2 15 inches 7 inches 18 inches 8 inches >_36 inches #4 @ 48 inches #4 @ 32 inches (381 mm) (178 mm) (457 mm) (203 mm) (914 mm) (1219 mm) on center (813 mm) on center 3 18 inches 8 inches 24 inches 10 inches >36 inches #4 @ 48 inches #4 @ 18 inches (457 mm) (203 mm) (610 mm) (254 mm) (914 mm) (12 19 mm) on center (457 mm)on center a. Where frost conditions occur.the minimum depth shall extend belmv the frost line. b. The ground surface along the interior side of the foundation may be excavated to the elev'atian of the top of the footing. C. When expansive soil is encountered,the fuundalion depth and reinforcement shall be as directed by the wilding official. EXISTING STUD WALL WITH 2x SILL PLATE EXISTING WOOD FINISH FLOORING OVER 1x DIAGONAL SUBFLOOR OR OTHER SHEATHING MATERIAL EXISTING 2x BLOCKING OR RIM JOIST WITH EXISTING TOENAILS SEE SECTION A304.11 EXISTING FLOOR FRAMING EXISTING 2.2x OR 1-2x PLATE EXISTING CRIPPLE STUD WALL SILL BOLTS SPACED AS REQUIRED BY SECTION A304 3 2 AND TABLE A3-A SILL PLATE SEE FIGURE A3.3 FOR PLATE WASHER REQUIREMENTS I t #4 CONTINUOUS 6 t IN MIN 7 IN MIN T EXISTING GROUND LEVEL Fu �z v w 144 CONTINUOUS REQUIRED ONLY WHEN STEM z WALL IS POURED IN SECTIONS AROUND THE PERIMETER OF THE STRUCTURE xz O u�w COLD JOINT WHEN FOOTING AND STEM WALL ' O ! ARE POURED SEPARATELY x I 144 CONTINUOUS IN FOOTING W For SI: l inch=25.4 mm, l foot=304.8 mm. NOTE:See Figure A3-5 or A3 6 for cripple wall bracing. FIGURE A3-1—NEW REINFORCED CONCRETE FOUNDATION SYSTEM 102 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' APPENDIX A MINIMUM FOUNDATION DIMENSIONS MINIMUM FOUNDATION REINFORCING NUMBER OF VERTICAL HORIZONTAL STORIES W F D'b.. T H REINFORCING REINFORCING 1 12 inches 6 inches 12 inches 6 inches S 24 inches #4 @ 24 inches #4 continuous at top of (305 mm) (152 mm) (305 mm) (152 mm) �, (6 10 mm) (610 mm)on center stem wall 2 I5 inches 7 inches 18 inches 8 inches >_24 inches #4 @ 24 inches #4 @ 16 inches (381 mm) (178 mm) (457 mm) (2031 (610 mm) (610 n1m)on center (406 mm)on center 18 inches 8 inches 24 inches 10 inches ?36 inches #4 @ 24 inches #4 @ 16 inches 3 (457 mm) (203 mm) (610 mm) (254 mm) (914 mm) (610 mm)on center (406 mm)on center a. Where frost conditions occur.the minimum depth shall extend below the frost line. b. The ground surface along the interior side of tins foundation may be emcavated to the elevation of the top of the footing. c. When expansive soil is encountered,the foundation depth and reinforcement shall be as directed by the Luilding official. EXISTING STUD WALL WITH 2x SILL PLATE EXISTING WOOD FINISH FLOORING OVER 1x DIAGONAL SUBFLOOR OR OTHER SHEATHING MATERIAL OVER EXISTING FLOOR FRAMING EXISTING 2x BLOCKING OR RIM JOIST WITH FXISTING TOENAILS.SEE SECTION A304 1.3 EXISTING 2.2x OR 1.2x PLATE EXISTING CRIPPLE STUD WALL SILL BOLTS SPACED AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 2 6 SILL PLATE WITH 1 IN OF A304.3.2 AND TABLE A3 A SE E FIGURE A3.3 DRYPACK FOR FULL BEARING FOR PLATE WASHER REQUIREMENTS 1-E4 CONTINUOUS AT TOP OF WALL 7 I MIN 6 I MIN Z v iY EXISTING GROUND ❑w LEVEL �z w- sa z T w 6U O= p 2 144 CONTINUOUS IN FOOTING Fl — — — i W� For SI: I inch 25.4 mm, 1 foot=304-8 mm. NOTE:See Figure A3-5 or A3-6 for cripple call bracing. FIGURE A3-2—NEW HOLLOW-MASONRY UNIT FOUNDATION WALL 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE 103 APPENDIX A EXISTING STUD WALL WITH 2x SILL PLATE EXISTING WOOD FINISH FLOORING OVER 1x DIAGONAL SUBFLOOR OR OTHER EXISTING 2x BLOCKING OR RIM SHEATHING MATERIAL OVER EXISTING JOIST WITH EXISTING TOENAILS. FLOOR FRAMING SEE SECTION A304.1.3 EXISTING 2.2x OR 1-2x PLATE EXISTING CRIPPLE STUD WALL CHEMICAL ANCHOR OR EXPANSION BOLT WITH PLATE WASHER AND NUT, AND SIZE AND SPACING AS REQUIRED BY SECTION A304.3.2 AND TABLE A3-A FILL ANNULAR SPACE IN SILL EXISTING SILL PLATE PLATE WITH CHEMICAL ADHESIVE EXISTING FOUNDATION WALL 4 IN.MIN 1 _ EXISTING GROUND LEVEL 211z IN,MIN For SL 1 inch=25.4 rrim. NOTES: 1. Plate washers shall comply with the follmving, in,anchor or bolt 2 in.x 2 in.x'l,r,in. /A in.anchor or bolt–2 in.x 2 In,x'lt,,in. 2. See Figure A3 5 or A3-6 for cripple wall bracing. FIGURE A3-3—SILL PLATE BOLTING TO EXISTING FOUNDATION 104 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' APPENDIX A EXISTING STUD WALL WITH 2x SILL PLATE EXISTING WOOD FINISH FLOORING OVER 1x EXISTING 2x BLOCKING OR AIM / DIAGONAL SUBFLOOR OR OTHER SHEATHING JOIST WITH EXISTING !< MATERIAL OVER EXISTING FLOOR FRAMING TOENAILS. SEE SECTION A304.1.3 EXISTING MUD SILL 27,IN.WN 7 x '/,t x 9-IN.LONG PLATE WITH TWO'lt-IN:DIAMETER EXISTING FOUNDATION WALL CHEMICAL ANCHORS OR EXPANSION BOLTSTO FOUNDATION WALL ANC THREE%-IN-DIAMETER LAG SCREWS PREORILLED - - - INTO MUD SILL,PROVIDE SINGLE PIECE WOOD S'T'RUCTURAL EXISTING GROUND LEVEL PANEL SHIM OR MULTIPLE LAYERS OF WOOD STRUCTURAL L__c4z PANEL BETWEEN PLATE AND SILL WHEN SPACING EXCEEDS 'F,;,IN.AND ISILESSTHAN OR EOUAL.TO3/,IN.SEETABLE A3-A FOR SPACING, 4 IN.MIN 1 FT.5 IN.MIN N,IN. r:_IN,MIN, 31,rIN.-DIAMETER LAG SCREW 211,1N.MIN.INTO SILL 7 IN. ala IN SINGLE PIECE SHIM 4- + s/10 N.-DIAMETER LAG SCREW 1 IN,LONG 111N. » 7 IN.x S IN.PLATE —9 IN. CONNECTION WHEN SHIM SPACE EXCEEDS'/.IN- IN WIDTH UP TO 211,IN. HOLE DIAMETER SHALL NOT EXCEED CONNECTOR OIAMETER 13Y MORE THAN 1),,IN. For SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm,1 fool=3D4.8 mm. NDTE.If shim spate exceeds 2'1z in.,alternate derails will be required. FIGURE A3.4A—SILL PLATE BOLTING IN EXISTING FOUNDATION—ALTERNATE 20091NTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE 1D5 APPENDIX A EXISTING END FLOOR JOIST WITH EXISTING TOENAILS. SEE SECTION A304.1.4. EXISTING 2x MUD SILL 4 IN.MIN EXISTING FOUNDATION WALL 7 x 316 x 9-IN,-LONG PLATT=. SEE FIGURE A3-4A FOR CONNECTIONS, 77777�� .� 4 !N.MIN For SI: 1 incit=25 4 mm. FIGURE A34B—SILL PLATE BOLTING TO EXISTING FOUNDATION WITHOUT CRIPPLE WALL AND FRAMING PARALLEL TO THE FOUNDATION WALL SINGLE'PIECE SHIM PLACED FOR FULL CONTACT WITH PLATE.SEE FIGURE A34A FOR BOLT AND LAG SCREW SITES AND REQUIREMENTS, BEVELED WASHER REQUIRED 4 IN,MIN 7 x 3/16 x 9-IN.PLATE. 4 IN.MIN ALTERNATE CONNECTION FOR BATTERED FOOTING For Sl- 1 inch 25.4 mm. FIGURE A3.4C—SILL PLATE BOLTING IN EXISTING FOUNDATION—ALTERNATE 106 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' APPENDIX A EXISTING STUD WALL WITH 2x SILL PLATE EXISTING WOOD FINISH FLOORING OVER 1x DIAGONAL SUBFLOOR OR EXISTING 2x BLOCKING OR RIM JOIST i' OTHER SHEATHING MATERIAL OVER WITH EXISTING TOENAILS. JL— EXISTING FLOOR FRAMING SEE SECTION A304.1.3. GALVANIZED NAILS AT 4 1N.ON CENTER PER SECTION A304.4.1.1 15132-IN.-THICK WOOD EXISTING 2-2x STRUCTURAL PANEL. OR 1-2x PLATE SEE FIGURE A3-7 FOR PANEL AND NAILING LAYOUT. EXISTING CRIPPLE STUD WALL GALVANIZED NAILS AT 4 IN.ON CENTER EXISTING 2x MUD SILL PER SECTION A304.4.1.1 EXISTING FOUNDATION WALL EXISTING GROUND LEVEL For SI: 1 inch=25.4 rnm- NOTE:See figure A3-3 for sill plate boiling. FIGURE A3.5—CRIPPLE WALL BRACING WITH WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL ON EXTERIOR FACE OF CRIPPLE STUDS 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' 107 APPENDIX A EXISTING STUD WALL WITH 2x SILL PLATE EXISTING WOOD FINISH FLOORING OVER 1x DIAGONAL SUBFLOOR OR EXISTING 2x BLOCKING OR RIM OTHER SHEATHING MATERIAL OVER JOIST WITH EXISTING TOENAILS. EXISTING FLOOR FRAMING SEE SECTION A304.1.3. EXISTING 2-2x OR 1-2x PLATE EDGE NAILING PER SECTION A304.4.1.1 EXISTING CRIPPLE STUD WALL--,,,, 15/,,-IN -THICK WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL. SEE FIGURE A3-7 FOR PANEL AND NAILING LAYOUT. NEW 2x BLOCKING WITH 4-10d NAILS EACH BLOCK TO SILL EXISTING 2x MUD SILL EXISTING FOUNDATION WALL EXISTING GROUND LEVEL For S1' 1 inch=25A mm. NOTE:See Figufc A3 3 for illl plate baking FIGURE A3-6—CRIPPLE WALL BRACING WITH WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL ON INTERIOR FACE OF CRIPPLE STUDS 108 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' APPENDIX A EXISTING CRIPPLE STUDS SEE ALTERNATES BELOW FOR VERTICAL PANEL JOINTS Bd NAILS AT 12 IN.ON CENTER AT INTERMEDIATE STUDS.MIN 2 NAILS EACH STUD. 2x BLOCKING FLAT ABOVE VENT OPENING. CONNECT TO STUDS WITH SHEET METAL CONNECTORS, 2-IN.-TO 3-IN.-DIAMETER VENTILATION HOLES.SEE SECTION A304.4.1 o /_ __0 : �o 11N. Bd NAILS AT 4 IN.ON CENTER 0.75N MIN CLEAR ON ALL EDGES OF EACH H INDIVIDUAL PIECE j 11N. CLEAR a oL EXISTING VENT GROUND LEVEL SILL BOLT EXISTING FOUNDATION WALL EXISTING STUO� EXISTING IN.MIN fNEW 2x CRIPPLE STUD NAILED TO EXISTING STUD WITH 16d COMMON NAILS AT 6 IN.ON CENTER AT WOOD —'/,IN,MIN STRUCTURAL PANEL JOINT. '121N.MIN 3 NAILS MIN. '121N.MIN '/,IN,MfN ,� IN.MIN 'zIN.MIN Z '181W MIN 11B IN.MIN VERTICAL SPLICE AT DOUBLE STUD VERTICAL SPLICE AT SINGLE STUD For Sl: I inch=25.4 mm. FIGURE A3-7—PARTIAL CRIPPLE STUD WALL ELEVATION 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODET 109 APPENDIX A EXISTING 1-2x Oft 2.2x PLATE NEW 2x BLOCK BETWEEN EACH STUD WHEN EXISTING NEW,/,-IN.WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL BLOCKING CRIPPLE STUD WALL HAS SINGLE INSTALLED TO FIT TIGHTLY BETWEEN FLOOR JOISTS. TOP PLATE.NAIL TO TOP PLATE NAIL WITH Bd NAILS AT 4 IN.ON CENTER TO TOP PLATE WITH 3-16d NAILS. OR SILL PLATE.SPACE BLOCKS AS FOLLOWS: 3-STORY: EVERY JOIST SPACE EXISTING CRIPPLE STUD WALL. SEE FIGURE A3-5 2 STORY: EVERY JOIST SPACE ABOVE BRACED FOR BRACING. PANELS,ALTERNATE JOIST SPACES AT OTHER LOCATIONS 1-STORY: ALTERNATE JOIST SPACES NEW 2x SOLID BLOCKING INSTALLED TO FIT TIGHTLY BETWEEN FLOOR JOISTS FRAMING CLIP FLAT EACH BLOCK TO PLATE WITH A HORIZONTAL CAPACITY OF 450 POUNDS Fur SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm. 1 pound=4.4 N. FIGURE A3-8—ALTERNATE BLOCKING WHERE RIM JOIST OR BLOCKING HAS BEEN OMITTED 110 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" APPENDIX A NEW 2x BLOCKING WITH 8d SHORT(2-IN.LONG)NAILS AT 4 IN.ON CENTER[OR NO.6 x 2-1N.ROUNDHEAD WOOD SCREWS]TO FLOOR SHEATHING.PRENAIL WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL BLOCK TO 2x BLOCK WITH 8d x 2'!2-1N.-LONG COMMON NAILS AT 4 IN.ON CENTER BEFORE CONNECTING ASSEMBLY 70 FLOOR SHEATHING. EXISTING END FLOOR JOIST EXISTING 1-2x OR 2-2x PLATE NEW 2x BLOCKING AT 4 FT O IN,ON CENTER, INSTALL WHEN EXISTING END JOIST IS NOT CONNECTED TO TOP PLATE OR SILL PLATE. NEW 2x BLOCK BETWEEN EACH STUD WHEN EXISTING CRIPPLE STUD WALL HAS SINGLE 70P PLATE.NAIL TO TOP PLATE WITH 3-16d NAILS. NEW 31„ [N.WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL BLOCKING CONTINUOUS OVER BRACED PANELS WITH 8d NAILS AT 4 IN.ON CENTER TO PLATE.SEE FIGURE FOR SPACING REQUIREMENTS BETWEEN BLOCKS. EXISTING CRIPPLE STUD WALL. SEE FIGURE A3-5 FOR BRACING. NEW 2x BLOCKING AT 4 FT ON CENTER(SEE ABOVE) SHEET METAL FRAMING CLIP NAILED TO BLOCK WITH 8d SHORT NAILS.CONNECT TO TOP PLATE OF CRIPPLE STUD WALL WITH 2-NO.8 x 1'12-1N.-LONG WOOD SCREWS. Pnr SI: 1 inch 25.4 mm.I Fcmt 304.8 mm. FIGURE A3.9—CONNECTION OF CRIPPLE WALL TO FLOOR SHEATHING WHEN FLOOR FRAMING IS PARALLEL TO WALL 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE* 111 APPENDIX A REQUIRED BRACING FOR 1-STORY BUILDING 30 FT. f —11 FT.10 IN.—+ -11 FT.10 IN. +� 5 FT.4 IN. t it FT. *5 FT.4 IN. 3 1 I 1 4 FT. Il I i U 4 FT LU J J 4 FT. NOTES: C7 2 1. Bracing shown assumes cripple stud height of 24 in. 0 2. Minimum panel length shall be two times the cripple Stud L6 wall height. 5 FT.4 IN. } 3. All panels along a wall shall be nearly equal in length and 0 0 nearly equal in spacing along the wall. Wherever possible, panels Should be laid out to begin and end on studs while F-- maintaining required panel lengths This may require the 4 FT. ti of 0 occasional addition of a new stud. 0 0 Z Q LL z L) 1 U 5 FT.4 IN. m Co 0 LU L LU CY 4F cc x U a 4 FT. Uj LL 2 FT 2 FT.r 8 IN. 18 IN. 4 FT. 8 FT. a' T. e FT. . REQUIRED BRACING FOR 3-STORY BUILDING Bracing determination: 1-story buildincreach end and not less than 40%of wall length' Transverse wall--30 ft.Y 0.40=12 ft.minimum panel length 4 ft.0 in. 2-5tory building--each end and not less than 50%of wall length. Longitudinal wall-40 ft.x 0.50=20 ft.0 in.minimum of bracing. 3-story building—ach end and not less than 80%of wall length.' Transverse wall-30 ft.- 0.80=24 fl.0 in.minimum of bracing. 'See Table A3-A for buildings with both plaster walks and roofing exceeding 8 psf(287 Nlm`), For SL 1 inch=25.4 rnm. 1 foot=304.8 mm. FIGURE A3.10—FLOOR PLAN—CRIPPLE WALL BRACING LAYOUT 112 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' CHAPTER A4 EARTHQUAKE HAZARD REDUCTION IN EXISTING WOOD-FRAME RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS WITH SOFT, WEAK OR OPEN-FRONT WALLS SECTION A401 CRIPPLE WALL. A wood-Frame stud wall extending from GENERAL the top of the foundation wall to the underside of the lowest A401.1 Purpose. The purpose of this chapter is to promote floor framing. public welfare and safety by reducing the risk of death or injury DWELLING UNIT.Any building or portion thereof for not that may result from the effects of earthquakes on existing more than one family that contains living facilities,including wood-frame, multiunit residential buildings. The ground provisions for sleeping, eating, cooking and sanitation as motions of past earthquakes have caused the loss of human life, required by the building code or congregate residence for 10 or personal injury and property damage in these types of build- fewer persons. ings.This chapter creates minimum standards to strengthen the EXPANSION ANCHOR. An approved mechanical fastener more vulnerable portions of these structures. When fully fol- lowed, these minimum standards will improve the perfor- placed in hardened concrete that is designed to expand in a rnance of these buildings but will not necessarily prevent all self-drilled or pre-drilled hole of a specified size and engage earthquake-related damage, the sides of the hole in one or more locations to develop shear and/or tension resistance to applied loads without grout,adhe- A401.2 Scope.The provisions of this chapter shall apply to all sive or drypack. existing Occupancy Group R-1 and R-2 buildings of wood con- struction or portions thereof where: GROUND FLOOR. Any floor whose elevation is immedi- ately accessible from an adjacent grade by vehicles or pedestri- 1. The ground floor portion of the wood-frame structure ans.The ground floor portion of the structure does not include contains parking or other similar open floor space,which any floor that is completely below adjacent grades. causes soft, weak or open-front wall lines as defined in this chapter, and there exists one or more stories above, GUESTROOM. Any room or rooms used or intended to be or used by a guest for sleeping purposes. Every 100 square feet 2. The walls of any story or basement of wood construction (9.3 mz)of superficial floor area in a congregate residence shall are laterally braced with nonconforming structural mate- be considered a guestroom. rials as defined in this chapter, a soft or weak wall line HOTEL. Any building containing six or more guestrooms exists as defined in this chapter and there exist two or intended or designed to be used,rented, hired out to be occu- more stories above. pied,or that are occupied,for sleeping purposes by guests. 3. The structure is assigned to Seismic Design Category C, LIFE SAFETY PERFORMANCE LEVEL. The building D or E. performance level that includes significant damage to both structural and nonstructural components during a design earth- quake, though at least some margin against either partial or SECTION A402 total structural collapse remains. Injuries may occur, but the DEFINITIONS level of risk for life-threatening injury and entrapment is low. Notwithslanding the applicable definitions,symbols and nota- LODGING HOUSE.Any building or portion thereof contain- tions in the building code,the following definitions shall apply ing at least one but not more than five guest rooms where rent is for the purposes of this chapter: paid in money,goods,labor or otherwise. APARTMENT HOUSE.Any building or portion thereof that MOTEL.Motel shall mean a hotel as defined in this chapter. contains three or more dwelling units.For the purposes of this chapter, "apartment house" includes residential condomini- MULTIUNIT RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS. Hotels,lodg- ums. ing houses,congregate residences and apartment houses. ASPECT RATIO. The span-width ratio for horizontal dia- NONCONFORMING STRUCTURAL MATERIALS. phragms and the height-length ratio for vertical diaphragms. Wall bracing materials other than wood structural panels or CONGREGATE RESIDENCE. A congregate residence is diagonal sheathing. any building or portion thereof for occupancy by other than a OPEN-FRONT WALL LINE.An exterior wall line,without family that contains facilities for living,sleeping and sanitation vertical elements of the lateral-force-resisting system, that as required by the building code and that may include facilities requires tributary seismic forces to be resisted by diaphragm for eating and cooking.A congregate residence may be a shel- rotation or excessive cantilever beyond parallel lines of shear ter,convent,monastery.dormitory,fraternity or sorority house, walls.Diaphragms that cantilever more than 25 percent of the but does not include jails, hospitals,nursing homes,hotels or distance between lines of lateral-force-resisting elements from lodging houses. which the diaphragm cantilevers shall be considered excessive. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING COW 113 APPENDIX A Exterior exit balconies of 6 feet (1829 ruin) or less in width ground floor area,then only the wall lines in the open,weak shall not be considered excessive cantilevers. or soft directions of the enclosed parking area need comply RETROFIT. An improvement of the lateral-force-resisting with the provisions of this chapter. systein by altem on of existing structural elements or addition A403.3 Design base shear. The design base shear in a given of new structural elements. direction shall be 75 percent of the value required for similar SOFT WALL LINE.A wall line whose lateral stiffness is less new construction in accordance with the building code. than that required by story drift limitations or deformation A403.4 Vertical distribution of forces.The total seismic force compatibility requirements of this chapter.In lieu of analysis,a shall be distributed over the height of the structure as for new soft wall line may be defined as a wall line in a story where the construction in accordance with the building code.Distribution story stiffness is less than 70 percent of the story above for the of force by story weight shall be permitted for two-story build- direction under consideration. ings.The value of Rused in the design of any story shall be less STORY.A story as defined by the building code,including any than or equal to the value of Rused in the given direction for the basement or underfloor space of a building with cripple walls story above. exceeding 4 feet (12I9 mm) in height. A403.5 Weak story limitation. Every weak story shall be STORY STRENGTH.The total strength of all seismic-resist- strengthened to the lesser of: ing elements sharing the same story shear in the direction under 1. O„times the story shear prescribed by Sections A403.3 consideration. and A403.4. WALL LINE.Any length of wall along a principal axis of the 2. In two-story buildings up to 30 feet(9144 mm)in height, building used to provide resistance to lateral loads. Parallel 65 percent of the strength of the story above.In all other wall lines separated by less than 4 feet(1219 mm)shall be con- buildings,80 percent of the strength of the story above. sidered one wall line for the distribution of loads. WEAK WALL LINE. A wall line in a story where the story A403.6 Story drift limitation.The calculated story drift for strength is less than 80 percent of the story above in the direc- each retrofitted story shall not exceed the allowable deforma- tion compatible with all vertical-load-resisting elements and under consideration. 0.025 times the story height.The calculated story drift shall not be reduced by the effects of horizontal diaphragm stiffness but SECTION A403 shall be increased when these effects produce rotation. Drift ANALYSIS AND DESIGN calculations shall be in accordance with the building code. A403.1 General. Buildings within the scope of this chapter The effects of rotation and soil stiffness shall be included in shall be analyzed, designed and constructed in conformance the calculated story drift when lateral loads are resisted by ver- with the building code,except as modified in this chapter. tical elements whose required depth of embedment is deter- mined by pole formulas.The coefficient of subgrade reaction Exception: Buildings for which the prescriptive measures used in the deflection calculations shall be provided from an provided in Section A405 apply and are used, approved geotechnical engineering report or other approved No alteration of the existing lateral-force-resisting or verti- methods. cal-load-carrying system shall reduce the strength or stiffness A403.7 P -A effects. The requirements of the building code of the existing structure.When any portion of a building within shall apply, except as modified herein. All structural framing the scope of this chapter is constructed on or into a slope elements and their connections not required by design to be steeper than one unit vertical in three units horizontal, the lat- part of the lateral-force-resisting system shall be designed era]-Force-resisting system at and below the base level dia- and/or detailed to be adequate to maintain support of design phragm shall be analyzed for the effects of concentrated lateral dead plus live loads when subjected to the expected deforma- forces at the base caused by this hillside condition. tions caused by seismic forces.The stress analysis of cantilever A403.2 Scope of analysis.This chapter requires the alteration, columns shall use a buckling factor of 2.1 for the direction nor- repair,replacement or addition of structural elements and their mal to the axis of the beam. connections to meet the strength and stiffness requirements A403.8 Ties and continuity.All parts of the structure included herein. The lateral-load-path analysis shall include the resist- in the scope of Section A403.2 shall be interconnected as ing elements and connections from the wood diaphragm imme- required by the building code. dialely above any soft, weak or open-front wall lines to the foundation soil interface or to the uppermost floor or roof of a A403.8.1 Cripple walls. Cripple walls braced with Type I structure below.Stories above the uppermost story with nonconforming structural materials shall be braced in a soft,weak or open-front wall line need not be modified.The accordance with this chapter.When a single top plate exists lateral-load-path analysis for added structural elements shall in the cripple wall,all end joints in the top plate shall be tied. also include evaluation of the allowable soil-bearing and lateral Ties shall be connected to each end of the discontinuous top pressures in accordance with the building code. plate and shall be equal to one of the following: Exception: When an open-front, weak or soft wall line 1. Three-inch by 6-inch (76 mm by 152 mm), 18-gage exists because of parking at the ground floor of a two-story galvanized steel,nailed with six 8d common nails at building and the parking area is less than 20 percent of the each end. 114 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' APPENDIX A 2. One and one-fourth-inch by 12-inch (32 mm by 305 the allowable story drift and allowable shear capacities mm), 18-gage galvanized steel, nailed with six 16d are not exceeded. common nails at each end. A403.11.2.2 Openings.Shear walls are permitted to be 3. Two-inch by 4-inch by 12-inch (51 mm by l02 mm designed For continuity around openings in accordance by 305 mm)wood blocking,nailed with six l6d com with the building code. Blocking and steel strapping man nails at each end. shall be provided at corners of the openings to transfer A403.9 Collector elements. Collector elements shall be pro- forces from discontinuous boundary elements into vided that can transfer the seismic forces originating in other adjoining panel elements.Alternatively,perforated shear portions of the building to the elements within the scope of Sec- wall provisions of the building code are permitted to be tion A403.2 that provide resistance to those forces. used. A403.10 Horizontal diaphragms.The strength of an existing A403.112.3 Wood species of framing members. horizontal diaphragm sheathed with wood structural panels or Allowable shear values for wood structural panels shall diagonal sheathing need not be investigated unless the dia- consider the species of the framing members.When the phragm is required to transfer lateral forces from vertical ele- allowable shear values are based on Douglas fir-larch ments of the seismic-force-resisting system above the framing members,and framing members are constructed diaphragm to elements below the diaphragm because of an off- of other species of lumber, the allowable shear values set in placement of the elements, shall be multiplied by the following factors:0.82 for spe- Wood diaphragms with stories above shall not be allowed to cies with specific gravities greater than or equal to 0.42 transmit lateral forces by rotation or cantilever except as but less than 0.49, and 0.65 for species with specific allowed by the building code;however,rotational effects shall gravities less than 0.42.Redwood shall use 0.65 and hem be accounted for when unsymmetric wall stiffness increases fir shall use 0.82,unless otherwise approved. shear demands. A403.11.3 Substitution for 3-inch (76 mm) nominal Exception:Diaphragms that cantilever 25 percent or less of width framing members. Two 2-inch (51 mm) nominal the distance between lines of lateral-load-resisting elements width framing members shall be permitted in lieu of any from which the diaphragm cantilevers may transmit their required 3-inch (76 mm) nominal width framing member shears by cantilever, provided that rotational effects on when the existing and new framing members are of equal shear walls parallel and perpendicular to the load are taken dimensions,when they are connected as required to transfer into account. the in-plane shear between them, and when the sheathing A403.11 Wood-framed shear walls. Wood-framed shear fasteners are equally divided between them, walls shall have strength and stiffness sufficient to resist the A403.11.4 Hold-down connectors. seismic loads and shall conform to the requirements of this sec- tion. A403.11.4.1 Expansion anchors in tension.Expansion A403.11.1 Gypsum or cement plaster products.Gypsum anchors that provide tension strength by friction resis- or cement plaster products shall not be used to provide lat- tance shall not be used to connect hold-down devices to eral resistance in a soft or weak story or in a story with an existing concrete or masonry elements. Expansion open-front wall line,whether or not new elements are added anchors that provide tension strength by bearing (corn- to mitigate the soft,weak or open-front condition. monly referenced as "undercut" anchors) shall be per- mitted. A403.11.2 Wood structural panels. A403.11.42 Required depth of embedment. The A403.11.2.1 Drift limit. Wood structural panel shear required depth of embedment or edge distance for the walls shall meet the story drift limitation of Section anchor used in the hold-do«vn connector shall be pro- A403.6. Conformance to the story drift limitation shall vided in the concrete or masonry below any plain con- be determined by approved testing or calculation,not by crete slab unless satisfactory evidence is submitted to the the use of an aspect ratio.Calculated deflection shall be building official that shows that the concrete slab and determined according to International Building Code footings are of monolithic construction. Equation 23-1 and shall be increased by 25 percent.Con- tribution to the shear wall deflection from the anchor or A403.11.4.3 Required preload of bolted hold-down tie-down slippage shall also be included. The slippage connectors. Bolted hold-down connectors shall be contribution shall include the vertical elongation of the preloaded to reduce slippage of the connector. connector metal components,the vertical slippage of the Preloading shall consist of tightening the nut on the ten- connectors to framing members, localized crushing of sion anchor after the placement but before the tightening wood due to bearing loads and shrinkage of the wood of the shear bolts in the panel boundary flange member. elements because of changes in moisture content as a The tension anchor shall be tightened until the shear result of aging.The total vertical slippage shall be multi- bolts are in firm contact with the edge of the hole nearest plied by the shear panel aspect ratio and added to the total the direction of the tension anchor. Hold-down connec- horizontal deflection, Individual shear panels shall be tors with self jigging bolt standoffs shall be installed in a permitted to exceed the maximum aspect ratio,provided manner to permit preloading. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" 115 APPENDIX A SECTION A404 foundation and nailed to the sill may be used, such as an PHASED CONSTRUCTION approved connector. The work specified in Ibis chapter shall be permitted to be done A405.2.2 Connection to floor above.Shear wall top plates in the following phases. Work shall start with Phase 1 unless shall be connected to blacking or rim joist at upper floor otherwise approved by the building official.When the building with a minimum of 18-gage galvanized steel angle clips 4'/z does not contain the conditions associated with the given inches(114 mm)long with 12-8d nails spaced no fartherthan phase,the work shall proceed to the next phase. 16 inches(406 mm)on center,or by equivalent shear transfer Phase 1 Work.The first phase shall include all work in[lie methods. lowest story with a soft.weak or open-front wall line and all A405.2.3 Shear wall sheathing.The shear wall sheathing foundation work. shall be a minimum of"/32 inch(11.9 mm)5-Ply Structural 1 Phase 2 Work. The second phase shall include with IOd nails at 4 inches (102 mm) on center at edges and wood-framed walls in any story with two or more stories above 12 inches (305 mm) on center at field; blocked all edges that are laterally braced with nonconforming structural materi- with 3 by 4 or larger.Where existing sill plates are less than als. 3-by thick.place flat 2-by on top of sill between studs,with flat 18-gage galvanized steel clips 4'/,inches(114 mm)long Phase 3 Work. The third and final phase shall include all with 12-8d nails or 3/,4-inch-diameter'(9.5 mm) lags through required work not performed in Phase 1 or Phase 2. blocking For shear transfer to sill plate.Stagger nailing from wall sheathing between existing sill and new blocking. Anchor new blocking to foundation as specified above. SECTION A405 A405.2.4 Shear wall hold-downs.Shear walls shall be pro- PRESCRIPTIVE MEASURES vided with hold-down anchors at each end.Two hold-down FOR WEAK STORY anchors are required at intersecting comers. Hold-downs A405.1 Limitation. These prescriptive measures shall apply shall be approved connectors with a minimum only to two-story buildings and only when deemed appropriate '/R inch-diameter(15.9 rmn)threaded rod or other approved by the code olTcial.These prescriptive measures rely on rota- anchor with a minimwn allowable load of 4,000 pounds lion of the second floor diaphragm to distribute the seismic (17.8 kN).Anchor embedment in concrete shall not be less load between the side and rear walls of the ground floor open than 5 inches (127 mm). Tie-rod systems shall not be less area. In the absence of an existing floor diaphragm of wood than '/B inch (15.9 mm) in diameter unless using high structural panel or diagonal sheathing,a new wood structural strength cable.Threaded rod or high strength cable elonga- panel diaphragm of minimum thickness of j/,inch(19 mm)and tion shall not exceed 54 inch(15.9 mm)using design forces. with 1 Od common na!Is at 6 inches(152 rnm)on center shall be applied. A405.1.1 Additional conditions.To qualify for these pre- SECTION A406 scriptive measures, the following additional conditions MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION need to be satisfied by the retrofitted structure: A406.1 New materials.All materials approved by the building 1. Diaphragm aspect ratio L/W is less than 0.67,where code, including their appropriate allowable stresses and limit- W is the diaphragm dimension parallel to the soft, ing aspect ratios,shall be permitted to meet the requirements of weak or open-front wall line and L is the distance in this chapter. the orthogoal direction between that wall line and the A406.2 Allowable foundation and lateral pressures.The use rear wall of the ground floor open area. of default values from the building code for continuous and iso- 2. Minimum length of side shear walls= 20 feel (6096 lated concrete spread footings shall be permitted.For soil that mm). supports embedded vertical elements, SectionA403.6 shall apply. 3. Minimum length of rear shear wail=three-fourth of A406.3 Existing materials.Ali existing materials shall be in rear wall. sound condition and constructed in general conformance to the 4. No plan or vertical irregularities other than a soft, building code before they are permitted to be used to resist the weak or open-front wall line. lateral loads prescribed in this chapter. The verification of 5. Roofing weight less than or equal to 5 pounds per existing materials conditions and their conformance to these square fool (240 N/ml). requirements shall be made by physical observation reports. 6. Aspect ratio of the full second floor diaphragm meets material testing or record drawings as determined by the struc- the requirements of the building code for new con- tural designer and as approved by the building official. struction. A406.3.1 Horizontal wood diaphragms.Allowable shear A405.2 Minimum required retrofit. values for existing horizontal wood diaphragms that require analysis under Section A403.10 are permitted to be taken A405.2.1 Anchor bolt size and spacing.The anchor bolt from TableA4-A.The values in Table A4-A shall be used for size and spacing shall be a minimum of'/a inch(19 rnm) in allowable stress design. Design forces based on strength diameter at 32 inches (813 mm) on center.Where existing design shall be reduced to allowable stress levels before bolts are inadequate,new steel plates bolted to the side of the comparison with the limiting values in the table. 116 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" APPENDIX A A406.3.2 Wood-structural-panel shear walls. and end distance:the location and size of all shear walls and A406.3.2.1 Allowable nail slip values.The use of box all columns for braced frames or moment frames: refer- nails and unseasoned Iumber are permitted to be enced details for the connection of shear walls, braced assumed.When the required drift calculations of Section frames or moment-resisting frames to their footing;and ref- A403.11.2.1 rely on the slip values for common nails or erenced sections for any grade beams and footings. surfaced dry lumber, their use in construction shall be A407.3.2 Framing plan elements.The framing plan shall verified by exposure.The design value of the box nails include[he length,location and material of shear walls;the shall be assumed to be similar to that of common nails location and material of frames:references on details for the having the same diameter. Verification of surfaced dry column-to-beam connectors,beam-to-wall connections and lumber shall be by identification conforming to the shear transfers at floor and roof diaphragms: and the building code. required nailing and length for wall top plate splices. A406.3.2.2 Plywood panel construction.When verifi- A407.3.3 Shear wall schedule, notes and details. Shear cation of the existing plywood materials is by use of walls shall have a referenced schedule on the plans that record drawings alone, the panel construction for ply- includes the correct shear wall capacity in pounds per foot wood shall be assumed to be of three plies.The plywood (N/m); the required fastener type, length. gauge and head modulus "G"shall be assumed equal to 50.000 pounds size:and a complete specification for the sheathing material per square inch (345 MPa). and its thickness.The schedule shall also show the required location of 3-inch(76 mm) nominal or two 2-inch(51 mm) A406.3.3 Existing wood framing. Wood framing is per- nominal edge members: the spacing of shear transfer ele- mitted to use the design stresses specified in the building ments such as framing anchors or added sill plate nails;the code under which the building was constructed or other required hold-down with its bolt,screw or nail sizes;and the stress criteria approved by the building official. dimensions,lumber grade and species of the attached fram- A406.3.4 Structural steel.All existing structural steel shall ing member. be permitted to use the allowable stresses for Grade A36. Notes shall show required edge distance for fasteners on Existing pipe or tube columns shall be assumed to be of structural wood panels and framing members; required minimum wall thickness unless verified by testing or expo- flush nailing at the plywood surface; limits of mechanical sure. penetrations; and the sill plate material assumed in the A406.3.5 Strength of concrete.All existing concrete foot- design.The limits of mechanical penetrations shall also be ings shall be permitted to be assumed to be plain concrete detailed showing the maximum notching and drilled hole with a compressive strength of 2,000 pounds per square sizes. inch (13.8 MPa). Existing concrete compressive strength A407.3.4 General notes. General notes shall show the taken greater than 2,000 pounds per square inch(13.8 MPa) requirements for material testing, special inspection and shall be verified by testing, record drawings or department structural observation. records. A406.3.6 Existing sill plate anchorage. Existing cast-in- SECTION A408 place anchor bolts shall be permitted to use the allowable QUALITY CONTROL service loads for bolts with proper embedment when used for shear resistance to lateral loads. A408.1 Structural observation, testing and inspection. Structural observation,in accordance with Section 1709 of the Irtter•natiorral Building Code,shall be required For al l structures SECTION A407 in which seismic retrofit is being performed in accordance with INFORMATION REQUIRED TO BE ON THE PLANS [his chapter.Structural observation shall include visual obser- A407.1 General.The plans shall show all information neces- vation of work for conformance with the approved construc- sary for plan review and for construction and shall accurately tion documents and confinnation of existing conditions reflect the results of the engineering investigation and design, assumed during design. The plans shall contain a note that slates that this retrofit was Structural testing and inspection for new construction mate- designed in compliance with the criteria of this chapter. rials shall be in accordance with the building code. except as A407.2 Existing construction.The plans shall show existing modified by this chapter. diaphragm and shear wall sheathing and framing materials; fastener type and spacing; diaphragm and shear wall connec- tions; continuity ties: and collector elements. The plans shall also show the portion of the existing materials that needs verifi- cation during construction. A407.3 New construction. A407.3.1 Foundation plan elements.The foundation plan shall include the size, type, location and spacing of all anchor bolts with the required depth of embedment, edge 2009 INTERNATIONAL_EXISTING BUILDING CODED 117 APPENDIX A TABLE A4-A--ALLOWABLE VALUES FOR EXISTING MATERIALS EXISTING MATERIALS OR ALLOWABLE VALUES CONFIGURATIONS OF MATERIALS° ■14.594 for Nim 1. Horizontal diaphragms' l.l. Roofs with straight sheathing and roofing applied directly to the sheathing -100 lbs,per ft.for seismic shear 1.2. Roofs with diagonal sheathing and roofing applied directly to the sheathing 250 tbs,per ft.for seismic shear 1.3. Floors with straight tongue-and-groove sheathing 100 lbs.per ft.for seismic shear 1.4. Floors with straight sheathing and finished wood flooring with board edges 500 lbs,per ft. For seismic shear offset or perpendicular 1.5. Floors with diagonal sheathing and finished wood flooring 600 lbs.per ft. for seismic shear 2. crosswalls' Per side: 2.1. Plaster on wood or metal lath 200 lbs.per ft.for seismic shear 2.2. Plaster on gypsum lath 175 lbs.per ft.for seismic shear 2.3. Gypsum wallboard,unblocked edges 75 lbs.per ft, for seismic shear 2.4. Gypsum wallboard,blocked edges 125 tbs.per ft. for seismic shear 3. Existing Footings,wood framing,structural steel and reinforced steel 3.1. Plain concrete footings f,'= 1,500 psi (10.3 MPa) unless otherwise shown by testsd 3.2. Douglas fir wood Allowable stress same as D.F.No. Id 3.3. Reinforcing steel f,= 18,000 psi (124 MPa) maximums 3.4. Structural steel f,=20.000 psi (138 MPa) maximumd Fur Sl: 1 foot=304.8 mm. a. Material must be sound and In good condition. b. A one-third Increase in allotvable stress is not allon ed. c. Shear value s of these materials may be combined.accept the total combined,.slue shall not exceed 300 pounds per foot. d. Stresses given may be increased for combination of loads as specified in the building code. lie 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' CHAPTER A5 EARTHQUAKE HAZARD REDUCTION IN EXISTING CONCRETE BUILDINGS SECTION A501 struction practices prevalent at the time of construction, shall PURPOSE be considered when determining material properties. The purpose of this chapter is to promote public safety and wel- For Tier 3 analyses, expected material properties shall be fare by reducing the risk of death or injury that may result from used in lieu of nominal properties in the calculation of strength, the effects of earthquakes on concrete buildings and concrete stiffness and deformabiltity of building components. frame buildings. The procedure for testing and determination of material The provisions of this chapter are intended as minimum properties shall be from Section 6.2 of ASCE 41-06. standards for structural seismic resistance,and are established A503.3 Structural observation, testing and inspection. primarily to reduce the risk of life loss or injury. Compliance Structural observation,in accordance with Section 1709 of the with the provisions in this chapter will not necessarily prevent International Building Code shall be required for all structures loss of fife or injury or prevent earthquake damage to the reha- in which seismic retrofit is being performed in accordance with bilitated buildings. this chapter.Structural observation shall include visual obser- vation of work for conformance with the approved construc- tion documents and confirmation of existing conditions SECTION A502 assumed during design. SCOPE Structural testing and inspection for new construction mate- The provisions of this chapter shall apply to all buildings hav- rials shall be in accordance with the building code, except as ing concrete floors or roofs supported by reinforced concrete modified by this chapter, walls or by concrete frames and columns.This chapter shall not apply to buildings with roof diaphragms that are defined as flexible diaphragms by the building code,and shall not apply to SECTION A504 concrete frame buildings with masonry infilled walls. SITE GROUND MOTION Buildings that were designed and constructed in accordance with the seismic provisions of the 1993 BOCA National Build- A504.1 Site ground motion for Tier 1 analysis.The earth- ing Code,the 1994 Standard Building Code,the 1976 Uniform quake loading used for the determination of demand on ele- Building Code,the 2000 International Building Code or later ments of the structure shall correspond to that required by editions of these codes shall be deemed to comply with these ASCE 31 Tier 1. provisions, unless the seismicity of the region has increased A504.2 Site ground motion for Tier 2 analysis. The earth- since the design of the building. quake loading used for the determination of demand on ele- Exception: This chapter shall not apply to concrete build- ments and the structure shall conform to 75 percent of that ings where Seismic Design Category A is permitted. required by the building code. A504.3 Site ground motion for Tier 3 analysis. The site SECTION A503 ground motion shall be an elastic design response spectrum prepared in conformance with the building code but having GENERAL REQUIREMENTS spectral acceleration values equal to 75 percent of the code A503.1 General.This chapter provides a three-tiered proce- design response spectrum. The spectral acceleration values dure to evaluate the need for seismic rehabilitation of existing shall be increased by the occupancy importance factor when concrete buildings.The evaluation shall show that the existing required by the building code. buildingis in compliance with the appropriate part of the evalu- ation procedure as described in Sections A507, A508 and A509,or shall be modified to conform to the respective accep- SECTION A505 tance criteria.This chapter does not preclude a building from TIER 1 ANALYSIS PROCEDURE being evaluated or modified to conform to the acceptance crite- A505.1 General.Structures conforming to the requirements of ria using other well-established procedures, based on rational the ASCE 31 Tier 1, Screening Phase, are permitted to be methods of analysis in accordance with principles of mechan- shown to be in conformance with this chapter by submission of ics and approved by the authority having jurisdiction. a report to the building official as described in this section. A503.2 Properties of cast-in-place materials.Except where specifically permitted herein, the stress-strain relationship of A505.2 Evaluation report.The registered design professional concrete and reinforcement shall be determined from pub- shall prepare a report summarizing the analysis conducted in lished data or by testing.All available information, including compliance with this section. As a minimum, the report shall building plans, original calculations and design criteria, site include the following items: observations,testing and records of typical materials and con- 1. Building description. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE 119 APPENDIX A 2. Site inspection summary. 3. The building has a vertical geometric irregular- 3. Summary of reviewed record documents. ity.Vertical geometric irregularity shall be con- sidered to exist where the horizontal dimension 4. Earthquake design data used for the evaluation of the of the lateral-force-resisting system in any story building. is more than 130 percent of that in an adjacent 5. Completed checklists, story. 6. Quick-check analysis calculations. 4, The building has a nonorthogonal lateral-force- 7. Summary of deficiencies. resisting system. A506.3 Analysis procedure.A structural analysis shall be per- formed for at]structures in accordance with the requirements SECTION A506 of the building code,except as modified in Section A506.The TIER 2 ANALYSIS PROCEDURE response modification factor,R.shall be selected based on the type of seismic-force-resisting system employed and shall A506.1 General.A Tier 2 analysis includes an analysis using comply with the requirements of Section 506.1.1.2. the following linear methods: Static or equivalent lateral force procedures. A linear dynamic analysis may be used to deter- A506.3.1 Mathematical model. The three-dimensional mine the distribution of the base shear over the height of the mathematical model of the physical structure shall represent structure.The analysis,as a minimum,shall address all polen- the spatial distribution of mass and stiffness of the structure tial deficiencies identified in Tier 1,using procedures specified to an extent that is adequate for the calculation of the signifi- in this section. cant Features of its distribution of lateral forces.All concrete and masonry elements shall be included in the model of the If a Tier 2 analysis identifies a nonconforming condition, physical structure. such condition shall be modified to conform to the acceptance criteria. Alternatively, the design professional may choose to Exception: Concrete or masonry partitions[hat are iso- perform a Tier 3 analysis to verify the adequacy of the struc- ture. above. A506.2 Limitations.A Tier 2 analysis procedure may be used Cast-in-place reinforced concrete floors with if: span-to-depth ratios less than three-to-one may be assumed to be rigid diaphragms. Other floors, including floors con- 1. There is no in-plane offset in the lateral-force-resisting strutted of precast elements with or without a reinforced system. concrete topping,shall be analyzed in conformance with the 2. There is no out-of-plane offset in the lateral-force-resist- building code to detennine if they must be considered ing system. semi-rigid diaphragms. The effective in-plane stiffness of the diaphragm, including effects of cracking and disconti- 3. There is no torsional irregularity present in any story.A nuity between precast elements.shall be considered. Park- torsional irregularity may be deemed to exist in a story ing structures that have ramps rather than a single floor level when the maximum story drift,computed including acci- shall be modeled as having mass appropriately distributed dental torsion.at one end of the structure transverse to an on each ramp.The lateral stiffness of the ramp may be cal- axis is more than 1.2 times the average of the story drifts culated as having properties based on the untracked cross at the two ends of the structure. section of the slab exclusive of beams and girders. 4. There is no weak story irregularity at any floor level on A506.3.2 Component stiffness.Component stiffness shall any axis of the building.A weak story is one in which the be calculated based on the approximate values shown in I story strength is less than 80 petcom of that in the story Table 6-5 of ASCE 41. above.The story strength is the total strength of all seis- mic-resisting elements sharing the story shear For the A506.4 Design,detailing requirements and structural com- direction under consideration. ponent load effects.The design and detailing of new compo- nents of the seismic-Force-resisting system shall comply with Exception: Static or equivalent lateral force proce- the requirements of the International Building Code, unless duns shall not be used if: specifically modified herein. 1. The building is more than 100 feet(30 480 mm) A506.5 Acceptance criteria. The calculated strength of a in height. member shall not be less than the load effects on that member, 2. The building has a vertical mass or stiffness A506.5.1 Load combinations.For load and resistance fac- irregularity (soft story).Mass irregularity shall for design (strength design), structures and all portions be considered to exist where the effective mass thereof shall resist the most critical effects from the combi- of any story is more than t50 percent of the nations of factored loads prescribed in the building code. effective mass of any adjacent story. A soft story is one in which the lateral stiffness is less Exception: For concrete beams and columns,the shear than 70 percent of that in the story above or less effect shall be determined based on the most critical load than 80 percent of the average stiffness of the combinations prescribed in the building code.The shear three stories above. load effect,because of seismic forces,shall be multiplied 120 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" APPENDIX A by a factor of Cd.but combined shear load effect need not be greater than Ve as calculated in accordance with Equation (A54). M ► and M,,,, are the end moments, assumed to be in the same direction (clockwise or coun- ter clockwise),based on steel tensile stress being equal to 1.25 f„where f,is the specified yield strength. MI"r+ Af,,z bS; V. = L } Z (Equation A5 4) where: 1V, = Total gravity loads on the beam. A506.5.2 Determination of the strength of members.The strength of a member shall be determined by multiplying the nominal strength of the member by a strength reduction fac- tor. �. The nominal strength of the member shall be deter- mined in accordance with the building code. SECTION A607 TIER 3 ANALYSIS PROCEDURE A507.1 General.A Tier 3 evaluation shall be performed using the nonlinear procedures of Section 6.3.1.2.2.of ASCE 41.The general assumptions and requirements of Section 6.0,exclud- ing concrete frames with infills shall be used in the evaluation. Site-ground motions in accordance with Section A504.3 are pennitted for this evaluation. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE* 121 122 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' APPENDIX A REFERENCED STANDARDS American Societe Civil Engineers 1801 Alexander Bell[l Drier AS C E Reston.VA 20191-4400 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number 7 05 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures with Supplement No. l.................... .........A104 31--03 Seismic Evaluation of Existing Buildings.......................................................A506.1.A507.1 ASTM International A{�T�/� 100 Barr Harbor Drive S 1 ��/� West Conshohocken,PA 19428-2959 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number C90 2003 Standard Specification for Load-bearing Concrete Masonry Units............... ....... ................ .A505.2.3 C496— 96 Standard Test Method for Splitting Tensile Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens.................A104.A 106.3.3.2 E519-00el Standard Test Method for Diagonal Tension(Shear)in Masonry Assemblage~ .. .. . ... ..... .. ..AW4,A106.3 3.2 U.S.Depaitniem of Commerce National Institute of Standards and Technology D O 100 Bureau Drive Stop 3460 Gaithersburg,MD 20899 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number PS-1 95 Construction and Industrial Plyssuod ...................................................... ... ........A302 PS-2-92 Performance Standard for Wood based Structural use Panels. ..... .. ........................... .........A302 International Code Council I 500 New Jcrsev Avenue.NW.6th Floor Washington,DC 20001 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number BNBC—93 BOCA National Building Code'........................................... ....... . .... ....A502 BNBC96 BOCA National Building Code . ..A502 BNBC 99 BOCA Nalional Building Code'. .................................... .... . . . .. . . . .A202 IBC 00 International Building CWe' ................................................... ................A202.A502 IBC 03 International Building Code. ...................... ... .... .. . ..................................A502 IBC-06 International Building Code.. ... . . .. . ............... ...............A102.2,A103,A108.2.A203.A206.2, A301.2.A403.11.2.1,A408.1.A505.2.3,A505.3,A508,4,A205.4 SEC—94 Standard Building Code ............................................... .. .. . . . .. ........ ...A502 SBC 97 Standard Building Code. ............................................................................A502 SBC—99 Standard Building Coda ................. ...... . .. ...... ......A202 UBC 76 Uniform Building Code..............................................................................A502 UBC-- 97 Uniform Building Code .................. .. .....A 102.2.A 101 A 104.A 108.2.A202,A203.A206.2.A301.2. A401.2.A403.1.A403.2.A403.3.A403A-A405 23.A403.7. A403.11.2.2.A406.2,A406.3.2.1,A408.1.A502 UBC—Standard 21-4 Holloss and Solid Load-bearing Concrete Masonry Units.... .. ....... .... .... . ..................A106.2 UBC—Standard 21 6 In place Masonry Shear Tests..... ..... .... ........... .. ... .. . . .........................A104 UBC- Standard 21-7 Tests of Anchors in Unreinforced Masonry.. .. . ................. .... . ..A105.3,A107.3,A107 4,Table AI-E UBC Standard 21-8 Pointing of Unreinforced Mawnry W lls.. .... .......................... A103,A106.3.3.9 UBC Standard 23-2 Construction and Industrial Plyss 9od..............................................................A403.11.2.1 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE* 123 APPENDIX B SUPPLEMENTARY ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR EXISTING BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES The pnntiisions contained in this appendix are not mandatory,unless specifically referenced in the adopting ordinance. SECTION 103 1966 [(16 U.S.C. 470a(c)] and implementing regulations QUALIFIED HISTORICAL BUILDINGS (36 CFR 61.5). the responsibility shall be permitted to be AND FACILITIES carried out by the appropriate local government body or B101.1 General. Qualified historic buildings and facilities official. shall comply with Sections 13101.2 through B101.5. B101.5 Displays. In qualified historic buildings and Facilities B101.2 Qualified historic buildings and facilities.These pro- where alternative requirements of Section 1005 are permitted.displays and written information shall be located where [bey cedures shall apply to buildings and facilities designated as his can be seen by a seated person. Exhibits and signs displayed toric structures that undergo alterations or a rhange of horizontally shall be 44 inches(1120 min)maximum above the occupancy. floor. B101.3 Qualified historic buildings and facilities subject to Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act. Where an alteration or change of occupancy is undertaken to a SECTION 102 qualified historic building or facility that is subject to Section FIXED TRANSPORTATION FACILITIES 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act, the federal AND STATIONS agency with jurisdiction over the undertaking shall Follow the B102.1 General. Existing fixed transportation facilities and Section 106 process.Where the state historic preservation off- stations shall comply with Section 13102.2. cer or Advisory Council on Historic Preservation determines thal compliance with the requirements for accessible routes. B102.2 Existing facilities--key stations.Rapid rail,light rail, ramps. entrances,or toilet facilities would threaten or destroy commuter rail, intercity rail, high-speed rail and other fixed the historic significance of the building or facility,the altema- guide-way systems,altered stations,and intercity rail and key tive requirements of Section 1005 for that element are permit- stations, as defined under criteria established by the Depart- led. ment of Transportation in Subpart C of 49 CFR Part 37,shall B101.4 Qualified historic buildings and facilities not sub- comply with Sections 13 102.2.1 through 8102.2.3. ject to Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation B102.2.1 Accessible route. At least one accessible route Act.Where an alteration or change ofoccupancy is undertaken from an accessible entrance to those areas necessary for use to a qualified historir building or Facility that is not subject to of the transportation system shall be provided.The accessi- Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act,and the ble route shall include the features specified in Appendix entity undertaking the alterations believes that compliance E109.2 of the International BuildingCode,except that esca- with the requirements for accessible routes,ramps,entrances, lators shall comply with International Building Code Sec- or toilet facilities would threaten or destroy the historic signifi tion 3005.2.2. Where technical unfeasibility in existing cance of the building or facility,the entity shall consult with the stations requires the accessible route to lead from the public slate historic preservation officer.Where the slate historic pres- way to a paid area of the transit system, an accessible fare ervation officer determines that compliance with the accessi- collection machine complying with International Building bility requirements for accessible routes, ramps,entrances,or Code Appendix E109.2.3 shall be provided along such toilet facilities would threaten or destroy the historical signifi- accessible route. cance of the building or facility,the alternative requirements of B102.2.2 Platform and vehicle floor coordination. Sta- Section 1005 for that element are permitted. tion platforms shall be positioned to coordinate with vehi- 13101.4.1 Consultation with interested persons. Inter- cles in accordance with applicable provisions of 36 CFR ested persons shall be invited to participate in the consulta- Part 1192.Low-level platforms shall be 8 inches (250 mm) tion process, including state or local accessibility officials, minimum above top of rail. individuals with disabilities,and organizations representing Exception:Where vehicles are boarded from sidewalks individuals with disabilities. or street-level,low-level platforms shall be permitted to B101.4.2 Certified local government historic preserva- be less than 8 inches (250 mm). tion programs. Where the state historic preservation ofli- B102.2.3 Direct connections. New direct connections to cer has delegated the consultation responsibility for commercial,retail,orresidential facilities shall,to the maxi- purposes of this section to a local government historic pres- mum extent feasible, have an accessible route complying ervation program that has been certified in accordance with with Section 506.2 from the point of connection to boarding Section 101 of the National Historic Preservation Act of platforms and transportation system elements used by the 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE 125 APPENDIX B public. Any elements provided to facilitate future direct connections shall be on an accessible route connecting boarding platforms and transportation system elements used by the public. SECTION B103 DWELLING UNITS AND SLEEPING UNITS B103.1 Communication features.Where dwelling units and sleeping units are altered or added,the requirements of Section E104.3 of the International Building Code shall apply only to the units being altered or added until the number of units with accessible communication features complies with the mini- mum number required for new construction. SECTION B104 REFERENCED STANDARDS Y3.H626 2P National Historic Preservation J101.2, 431933 Act of 1966,as amended J 101.3,3rd Edition,Washington,DC: J101.3.2 US Government Printing Office, 1993. 2009 International Building Code, Washington. DC: Interna- tional Code Council,2002. 49 CFR Part 37.43 (c),Alteration of Transportation Facilities by Public Entities, Department of Transportation, 400 71h Street SW,Room 8102,Washington,DC 20590-0001. 126 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE4 RESOURCE A GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES Introduction The International Existing Building Code(IEBC) is a comprehensive code with the goal of addressing all aspects of work taking place in existing buildings and providing user friendly methods and tools for regulation and improvement of such buildings.This resource document is included within the cover of the IEBC with that goal in mind and as a step towards accomplishing that goal. In the process of repair and alteration of existing buildings,based on the nature and the extent of the work,the IEBC might require certain upgrades in the fire resistance rating of building elements,at which time it becomes critical for the designers and the code officials to be able to determine the fire resistance rating of the existing building elements as part of the overall evaluation for the assessment of the need for improvements.This resource document provides a guideline for such an evaluation for fire resistance rat- ing of archaic materials that is not typically found in the modern model building codes. Resource A is only a guideline and is not intended to be a document for specific adoption as it is not written in the format or language of 1CC's International Codes and is not subject to the code development process. PURPOSE The Guideline on Fire Ratings ofArrhaic Matefials and Assemblies focuses upon the fire-related performance of archaic construc- tion. "Archaic" encompasses construction typical of an earlier time,generally prior to 1950. "Fire-related performance" includes fire resistance, flame spread,smoke production,and degree of combustibility. The purpose of this guideline is to update the information which was available at the time of original construction,for use by architects,engineers,and code officials when evaluating the fire safety of a rehabilitation project.In addition,information relevant to the evaluation of general classes of materials and types of construction is presented for those cases when documentation of the fire performance of a particular archaic material or assembly cannot be found. It has been assumed that the building materials and their fastening,joining, and incorporation into the building structure are sound mechanically.Therefore,some determination must be made that the original manufacture,the original construction practice. and the rigors of aging and use have not weakened the building.This assessment can often be difficult because process and quality control was not goad in many industries,and variations among locally available raw materials and manufacturing techniques often resulted in a product which varied widely in its strength and durability.The properties of iron and steel,for example,varied widely, depending on the mill and the process used. There is nothing inherently inferior about archaic materials or construction techniques.The pressures that promote fundamental change are most often economic or technological—matters not necessarily related to concerns for safety.The high cost of labor made wood lath and plaster uneconomical.The high cost of land and the congestion of the cities provided the impetus for high-rise construction.Improved technology made it possible.The difficulty with archaic materials is not a question of suitability,but famil- iarity. Code requirements for the fire performance of key building elements (e.g.,walls,floor/ceiling assemblies,doors,shaft enclo- sures) are stated in performance terms:hours of fire resistance.It matters not whether these elements were built in 1908 or 1980, only that they provide the required degree of fire resistance.The level of performance will be defined by the local community,pri- marily through the enactment of a building or rehabilitation code.This guideline is only a lool to help evaluate the various building elements,regardless of what the level of performance is required to be. The problem with archaic materials is simply that documentation of their fire performance is not readily available.The applica- tion of engineering judgment is more difficult because building officials may not be familiar with the materials or construction method involved.As a result,either a full-scale fire test is required or the archaic construction in question removed and replaced. Both alternatives are time consuming and wasteful. This guideline and the accompanying Appendix are designed to help fill this information void.By providing the necessary docu- mentation. there will be a firm basis for the continued acceptance of archaic materials and assemblies. 20119 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE 127 RESOURCE A 1 red oak is 100. (Materials with a flame spread greater[Iran red FIRE-RELATED PERFORMANCE OF ARCHAIC oak have an FSR greater than 100.)The scale is divided into dis- MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES tinct groups or classes.The most commonly used flame spread classifications are:Classl orA*,with a 0-25 FSR;Class 11 or B, with a 26-75 FSR; and Class III or C,with a 76-200 FSR,The 1 NFPA Life Safety Code also has a Class D (201-500 FSR) and FIRE PERFORMANCE MEASURES Class E (over 500 FSR) interior finish. This guideline does not specify the level of performance These classifications are typically used in modern building required for the various building components. These require- codes to restrict the rate of fire spread.Only the first three clas- ments are controlled by the building occupancy and use and are sifications are normally permitted, though not all classes of set forth in the local building or rehabilitation code, materials can be used in all places throughout a building.For The fire resistance of a given building element is established example,the interior finish of building materials used in exits by subjecting a sample of the assembly to a"standard" fire test or in corridors leading to exits is more strictly regulated than which follows a "standard" time-temperature curve. This test materials used within private dwelling units. method has changed little since the 1920s.The test results tabu- In general, inorganic archaic materials (e.g., bricks or tile) lated in the Appendix have been adjusted to reflect current test can be expected to be in Class 1.Materials of whole wood are methods. mostly Class II. Whole wood is defined as wood used in the The current model building codes cite other fire-related same form as sawn from the tree.This is in contrast to the con- properties not always tested for in earlier years:flame spread, temporary reconstituted wood products such as plywood, smoke production, and degree of combustibility. However, fiberboard,hardboard•or particle board.If the organic archaic they can generally be assumed to fall within well defined val- material is not whole wood, the flame spread classification ues because the principal combustible component of archaic could be well over 200 and thus would be particularly unsuited materials is cellulose. Smoke production is more important for use in exits and other critical locations in a building.Some today because of the increased use of plastics. However, the plywoods and various wood Fiberboards have flame spreads early flame spread tests, developed in the early 1940s, also over 200.Although they can be treated with fire retardants to included a test for smoke production. reduce their flame spread,it would be advisable to assume that all such products have a flame spread over 200 unless there is "Plastics," one of the most important classes of contempo- information to the contrary. rary materials,were not found in the review of archaic materi- als. If plastics are to be used in a rehabilitated building, they should be evaluated by contemporary standards. Information Smoke Production and documentation of their fire-related properties and perfor- mance is widely available. The evaluation of smoke density is part of the ASTM E 84 Flame spread,smoke production and degree of combustibil- tunnel test. For the eight species of lumber shown in the table ity are discussed in detail below.Test results for eight common above,the highest levels are 275-305 for Yellow Pine,but most species of lumber,published in an Underwriter's Laboratories' of the others are less smoky than red oak which has an index of 100.The advent of plastics caused substantial increases in the report (104),are noted in the following table: smoke density values measured by the tunnel lest.The ensuing TUNNEL TEST RESULTS FOR EIGHT SPECIES OF LUMBER limitation of the smoke production for wall and ceiling materi- als by the model building codes has been a reaction to the intro- SPECIES OF FLAME FUEL SMOKE LUMBER SPREAD CONTRIBUTED DEVELOPED duction of plastic materials.In general,cellulosic materials fall in the 50-300 range of smoke density which is below the gen- Westem While Pine 75 50-60 50 oral limitation of 450 adopted by many codes. Northern White Pine 120-215 120-140 60.65 Ponderosa Pine 80-215 120-135 100-110 Degree of Combustibility Yellow Pine 180-190 130-145 275.305 The model building codes tend to define "noncom- Red Gum 140-155 125-175 40-60 bustibility"on the basis of having passed ASTM 13136 or if the ---- material is totally inorganic.The acceptance of gypsum wall- Yellow Birch 105-110 100-105 45-65 board as noncombustible is based on limiting paper thickness Douglas Fir 65-100 50-80 10-100 to not over 11H inch and a 0-50 flame spread rating by ASTM E 84.At times there were provisions to define a Class 1 or A mate- Flame Spread riot(0-25 FSR)as noncombustible,but this is not currently rec- ognized by most model building codes. The flame spread of interior finishes is most often measured If there is any doubt whether or not an archaic material is by the ASTM E 84`tunnel test."This test measures how far and noncombustible, it would be appropriate to send out samples how fast the flames spread across the surface of the test sample. for evaluation. If an archaic material is determined to be The resulting flame spread rating(FSR) is expressed as a num- noncombustible according to ASTM E 136,it can be expected ber on a continuous scale where cement-asbestos board is 0 and that it will not contribute fuel to the fire. ore codes arc Roman numerals,others use letters 128 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE RESOURCE A 1.2 in the plans, as well as incorporate any later alterations or COMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION TYPES changes to the building.Earlier editions of the local building code should be on file with the building official.The code in One of the earliest forms of timber construction used exte- effect at the time of construction will contain fire performance rior load-bearing masonry walls with columns and/or wooden criteria. While this is no guarantee that the required perfor- walls supporting wooden beams and floors in the interior of the mance was actually provided, it does give the investigator building. This form of construction, often called "mill" or some guidance as to the level of performance which may be "heavy timber" construction, has approximately 1 hour fire expected. Under some code administration and enforcement resistance. The exterior walls will generally contain the fire systems, the code in effect at the time of construction also within the building, defines the level of performance that must be provided at the With the development of dimensional lumber, there was a time of rehabilitation. switch from heavy timber to"balloon frame"construction.The Figure 1 illustrates one method for organizing preliminary balloon frame uses load-bearing exterior wooden walls which field notes. Space is provided for the materials, dimensions, have long timbers often extending from foundation to roof. and condition of the principal building elements.Each floor of When longer lumber became scarce,another form of conslruc- the structure should be visited and the appropriate information lion, "platfonn" framing, replaced the balloon framing. The obtained.In practice,there will often be identical materials and difference between the two systems is significant because plat- construction on every floor, but the exception may be of vital form Framing is automatically fire-blocked at every floorwhile importance.A schematic diagram should be prepared of each balloon framing commonly has concealed spaces that extend floor showing the layout of exits and hallways and indicating unblocked from basement to attic.The architect,engineer,and where each element described in the field notes fits into the code official must be alert to the details of construction and the Structure as a whole.The exact arrangement of interior walls ease with which fire can spread in concealed spaces, within apartments is of secondary importance from a fire safety point of view and need not be shown on the drawings unless 2 these walls are required by code to have a fire resistance rating. BUILDING EVALUATION The location of stairways and elevators should be clearly A given rehabilitation project will most likely go through marked on the drawings.All exterior means of escape(e.g.,fire several stages.The preliminary evaluation process involves the escapes) should be identified. designer in surveying the prospective building.The fire resis- The following notes explain the entries in Figure 1. tance of existing building materials and construction systems is Exterior Rearing • Many old buildings utilize heavily identified; potential problems are noted for closer study. The constructed walls to support the floor/ceiling assemblies at the final evaluation phase includes:developing design solutions to exterior of the building.There may be columns and/or interior upgrade the fire resistance of building elements, if necessary: bearing walls within the structure,but the exterior walls are an preparing working drawings and specifications:and the secur- important factor in assessing the fire safety of a building. ing of the necessary code approvals. The field investigator should note how the floor/ceiling assemblies are supported at the exterior of the building.if col- 2.1 umns are incorporated in the exterior walls, the walls may be PRELIMINARY EVALUATION considered non-bearing. A preliminary evaluation should begin with a building sur- Interior Bearing Walls:I l maybe difficult to determine whether vey to determine the existing materials. the general arrange- or not an interior wall is load bearing,but the field investigator ment of the structure and the use of the occupied spaces,and the should attempt to make this determination.At a later stage of details of construction. The designer needs to know "what is the rehabilitation process, this question will need to be deter- there"before a decision can be reached about what to keep and mined exactly.Therefore,the Field notes should be as accurate what to remove during the rehabilitation process.This pre]imi- as possible. nary evaluation should be as detailed as necessary to make ini- Walls:The fire resistance of the exterior tial plans. The fire-related properties need to be determined walls is important for two reasons.These walls (both bearing from the applicable building or rehabilitation code, and the and non-bearing) are depended upon to:a}contain a fire within materials and assemblies existing in the building then need to the building of origin: or b) keep an exterior fire outside the be evaluated for these properties.Two work sheets are shown building. It is therefore important to indicate on the drawings below to facilitate the preliminary evaluation. where any openings are located as well as the materials and Two possible sources of information helpful in the prelimi- construction of all doors or shutters.The drawings should indi- nary evaluation are the original building plans and the build- tale the presence of wired glass,its thickness and framing,and ing code in effect at the time of original construction.Plans identify the materials used for windows and door frames.The may be on file with the local building department or in the protection of openings adjacent to exterior means of escape offices of the original designers (e.g.. architect,engineer) or (e.g..exterior stairs,fire escapes)is particularly important.The their successors.If plans are available.the investigator should ground floor drawing should locate the building on the prop- verify that the building was actually constructed as called for erty and indicate the precise distances to adjacent buildings. Problems providing adequate exiting are discussed at length in 1he Fgrrss Guidelim for Residential Rehabilitation 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" 129 RESOURCE A FIGURE 1 PRELIMINARY EVALUATION FIELD NOTES Building Element Materials Thickness Condition Notes Exterior Bearing Walls Interior Bearing Walls Exterior Nonbearing Walls Interior Nonbearing A Walls or Partitions: B Structural Frame: 'Columns Beams Other FloorlCeiling Structural System Spanning Roofs Doors (including frame and hardware): a) Enclosed vertical exitway b) Enclosed horizontal exitway c) Other Interior Nonbearing Walls (Partitions): A partition is a "wall elements should be measured and indicated on the drawings. that extends from floor to ceiling and subdivides space within For instance,if there are ten inch square columns located on a any story of a building." (48)Figure 1 has two categories (A& thirty foot square grid throughout the building,this should be B) for Interior Nonbearing Walls (Partitions) which can be noted.The structural material and cover or protective materials used for different walls,such as hallway walls as compared to should be identified wherever possible. The thickness of the inter-apartment walls.Undersome circumstances theremay be cover materials should be determined to an accuracy of± V, only one type of wall construction; in others. three or more inch.As discussed above,the preliminary field survey usually types of wall construction may occur. relies on accidental openings in the cover materials rather than The field investigator should be alert for differences in func- a systematic coring technique. tion as well as in materials and construction details.In general, Floor/Ceiling Structural.Systems:The span between supports the details within apartments are not as important as the major should be measured.If possible,a sketch of the cross-section of exit paths and stairwells. The preliminary field investigation the system should be made. If there is no location where acci- should attempt to determine the thickness of all walls. A tern dental damage has opened the floor/ceiling construction to introduced below called"thickness design"will depend on an visual inspection,it is necessary to make such an opening.An accurate (± Y, inch) determination. Even though this initial evaluation of the fire resistance of a floor/ceiling assembly field survey is called "preliminary," the data generated should requires detailed knowledge of the materials and their arrange- be as accurate and complete as possible. men[.Special attention should be paid to the cover on structural The field investigator should note the exact location from steel elements and thecondition of suspended ceilingsandsim- which observations are recorded. For instance, if a hole is filar membranes. found through a stairwell wall which allows a cataloguing of Roofs: The preliminary field survey of the roof system is ini- the construction details, the field investigation notes should tially concerned with water-tightness. However, once it is reflect the location of the"find."At the preliminary stage it is apparent that the roof is sound for ordinary use and can be not necessary to core every wall; the interior details of con- retained in the rehabilitated building, it becomes necessary to struction can usually be determined at some location, evaluate the fire performance.The field investigator must mea- Structural Fraine:There may or may not be a complete skeletal sure the thickness and identify the types of materials which frame,but usually there are columns,beams,trusses.or other have been used. Be aware that there may be several layers of like elements. The dimensions and spacing of the structural roof materials. 130 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE* RESOURCE A Doors. Doors to stairways and hallways represent some of the "secureness"of the attachment and the general condition of the most important fire elements to be considered within a build- layers and facings should be noted here. ing.The uses of the spaces separated largely controls the level Notes-The"Notes"column can be used for many purposes,but of fire performance necessary.Walls and doors enclosing stairs it might be a good idea to make specific references to other field or elevator shafts would normally require a higher level of per- notes or drawings. formance than between a the bedroom and bath.The various uses are differentiated in Figure 1. After the building survey is completed, the data collected must be analyzed.A suggested work sheet for organizing this Careful measurements of the thickness of door panels must information is given below as Figure 2. be made,and the type of core material within each door must be The required fire resistance and flame spread for each build- determined.It should be noted whether doors have self-closing ing element are normally established by the local building or devices; [tie general operation of the doors should be checked, rehabilitation code.The fire performance of the existing mate- The latch should engage and the door should fit tightly in the gals and assemblies should then be estimated,using one of the frame.The hinges should be in good condition.If glass is used techniques described below. If the fire performance of the in the doors,it should be identified as eitherplain glass orwired existing building element(s) is equal to or greater than that glass mounted in either a wood or steel frame. required, the materials and assemblies may remain.If the fire Materials:The field investigator should be able to identify ordi- performance is less than required, then corrective measures nary building materials. In situations where an unfamiliar must be taken. material is found, a sample should be obtained. This sample The most common methods of upgrading the level of protec- should measure at least 10 cubic inches so that an ASTM E 136 tion are to either remove and replace the existing building ele- Fire test can be conducted to determine if it is combustible. ment(s) or to r*epair and upgrade the existing materials and Thickness.The thickness of all materials should be measured assemblies.Other fire protection measures,such as automatic accurately since,under certain circumstances, the level of fire sprinklers or detection and alarm systems, also could be con- resistance is very sensitive to the material thickness. sidered,though they are beyond the scope of this guideline.If the upgraded protection is still less than that required or Condition-The method of attaching the various layers and fac- deemed to be acceptable,additional corrective measures must ings to one another or to the supporting structural element be taken.This process must continue until an acceptable level should be noted under the appropriate building element.The of performance is obtained. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODEw 131 RESOURCE A FIGURE 2 PRELIMINARY EVALUATION WORKSHEET Required Required Estimated Estimated Method Estimated Building Element Fire Flame Fire Flame of Upgraded Notes Resistance Spread Resistance Spread Upgrading Protection Exterior Bearing Walls Interior Bearing Walls Exterior Nonbearing Walls Interior A Nonbearing - - -- Walls or Partitions: B Structural Frame: Columns Beams Other Floor/Ceiling Structural System Spanning Roofs Doors(including frame and hardware): a) Enclosed vertical exitway b) Enclosed horizontal exitway c)Others 2,2 that every wall assembly listed in that table has a fire resistance FIRE RESISTANCE OF EXISTING of less than 2 hours. If the building code required the wall to BUILDING ELEMENTS have 2 hours fire resistance, the designer,with a minimum of effort, is made aware of a problem that requires closer study. The fire resistance of the existing building elements can be estimated from the tables and histograms contained in the Suppose the code had only required a wall of l hour fire Appendix.The Appendix is organized first by type of building resistance.The histogram shows far fewer complying elements element:walls,columns,floor/ceiling assemblies,beams,and (19) than noncomplying ones (77). if the existing assembly is doors. Within each building element, the tables are organized not one of the 19 complying entries,there is astrong possibility by type of construction (e.g., masonry, metal, wood frame), the existing assembly is deficient.The histograms can also be and then further divided by minimum dimensions or thickness used in the converse situation. if the existing assembly is not of the building element. one of the smaller number of entries with a lower than required A histogram precedes every table that has 10 or more entries. fire resistance,there is a strong possibility the existing assem- The X-axis measures fire resistance in hours;the Y-axis shows bly will be acceptable. the number of entries in that table having a given level of fire Atsome point.the existing building component or assembly resistance. The histograms also contain the location of each must be located within the tables,Otherwise,the fire resistance entry within that table for easy cross-referencing. must be determined through one of the other techniques pre- The histograms, because they are keyed to the tables, can sented in the guideline.Locating the building component in the speed the preliminary investigation. For example,Table 1.3.2, Appendix Tables riot only guarantees the accuracy of the fire iibod Fiarne Wills 4" to Less Than G" Thick, contains 96 resistance rating,but also provides a source of documentation entries.Rather than study each table entry,the histogram shows for the building official. 132 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® RESOURCE A 2.3 determined for the project.This may involve local building and EFFECTS OF PENETRATIONS IN FIRE fire officials reviewing the preliminary evaluation as depicted RESISTANT ASSEMBLIES in Figures 1 and 2 and the field drawings and notes.When nec- essary, provisions must be made to upgrade existing building There are often many features in existing walls or floor/coil- elements to provide the required level of fire performance. ing assemblies which were not included in the original certifi- cation or fire testing. The most common examples are pipes There are several approaches to design solutions that can and utility wires passed through holes poked through an assem- make possible the continued use of archaic materials and bly, During the life of the building, many penetrations are assemblies in the rehabilitated structure. The simplest case added,and by the time a building is ready for rehabilitation it is occurs when the materials and assembly in question are found not sufficient to just consider the fire resistance of the assembly within the Appendix Tables and the fire performance proper- as originally constructed.It is necessary to consider all penetra- ties satisfy code requirements.Other approaches must be used, tions and their relative impact upon fire performance. For though, if the assembly cannot be found within the Appendix instance, the fire resistance of the corridor wall may be less or the fire performance needs to be upgraded. These important than the effect of plain glass doors or transoms. In approaches have been grouped into two classes: experimental fact,doors are the most important single class of penetrations. and theoretical. A fully developed fire generates substantial quantities of heat and excess gaseous fuel capable of penetrating any holes 3.1 which might be present in the walls or ceiling of the fire com- THE EXPERIMENTAL APPROACH partment. hi general,this leads to a severe degradation of the fire resistance of those building elements and to a greater potential for fire spread.This is particularly applicable to pene If a material or assembly found in a building is not listed in trations located high in a compartment where the positive pres- the Appendix Tables,there are several other ways to evaluate sure of the fire can force the unburned gases through the fire performance. One approach is to conduct the appropriate penetration. fire test(s) and thereby determine the fire-related properties directly.There are a number of laboratories in the United Stales Penetrations in a floor/ceiling assembly will generally com- which routinely conduct the various fire tests.A current list can pletely negate the barrier qualities of the assembly and will lead be obtained by writing the Center for Fire Research.National to rapid spread of Fire to the space above.It will not be a prob- Bureau of Standards,Washington, D.C. 20234. lent, however, if the penetrations are filled with noncom- bustible materials strongly fastened to the stricture.The upper The contract with any of these testing laboratories should half of walls are similar to the floor/ceiling assembly in that a require their observation of specimen preparation as well as the positive pressure can reasonably be expected in the top of the testing of the specimen.A complete description of where and room,and this will push hot and/or burning gases through the how the specimen was obtained from the building, the trans- penetration unless it is completely sealed. portation of the specimen,and its preparation for testing should be noted in detail so that the building official can be satisfied Building codes require doors installed in fire resistive walls that the fire test is representative of the actual use. to resist the passage of fire for a specified period of time.If the door to a fully involved room is not closed,a large plume of fire The test report should describe the fire test procedure and the will typically escape through the doorway preventing anyone response of the material or assembly. The laboratory usually from using the space outside the door while allowing the fire to submits a cover letter with the report to describe the provisions spread. This is why door closers are so important. Glass in of the fire test that were satisfied by the material or assembly doors and transoms can be expected to rapidly shatter unless under investigation.A building official will generally require constructed of listed or approved wire glass in a steel frame.As this cover letter,but will also read the report to confirm that the with other building elements, penetrations or non-rated por- material or assembly complies with the code requirements. tions of doors and transoms must be upgraded or otherwise Local code officials should be involved in all phases of the test- protected. ing process. Table 5.1 in Section V of the Appendix contains 41 entries of The experimental approach can be costly and time consum- doors mounted in sound tightfitting frames.Part 3.4 below out- ing because specimens must be taken from the building and lines one procedure for evaluating and possibly upgrading transported to the testing laboratory. When a load bearing existing doors. assembly has continuous reinforcement, the test specimen must be removed from the building, transported,and tested in one piece. However, when the fire performance cannot be 3 determined by other means, there may be no alternative to a FINAL EVALUATION AND DESIGN SOLUTION full-scale test. The final evaluation begins after the rehabilitation project A "nonstandard" small-scale test can be used in special has reached the final design stage and the choices made to keep cases. Sample sizes need only be 10-25 square feet (0.93-2.3 certain archaic materials and assemblies in the rehabilitated mr),while full-scale tests require test samples of either 100 or building. The Final evaluation process is essentially a more 180 square feet (9.3 or 17 m2) in size.This small-scale test is refined and detailed version of the preliminary evaluation.The best suited for testing nonload-bearing assemblies against ther- specific fire resistance and flame spread requirements are coal transmission only. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" 133 RESOURCE A 3.2 layers increase both the resistance to heat flow and the heat THE THEORETICAL APPROACH capacity of the construction. This,in turn, reduces the rate of temperature rise at the unexposed surface. There will be instances when materials and assemblies in a This rule is not just restricted to"lhennal"performance but building undergoing rehabilitation cannot be Found in the Appendix fables. Even where test results are available for affects the other fire tell criteria: direct flame passage, cotton waste ignition,and load bearing performance,more or less similar construction,the proper classification may performance,This means that certain restrictions must be imposed on the materials to be not be immediately apparent. Variations in dimensions, load- ing conditions, materials, or workmanship may markedly added and on the loading conditions. One restriction is that a ne layer,if applied to the exposed surface,musk not produce affect the performance of the individual building elements,and new layer,the stresses in the construction,i.e.,its thermal the extent of such a possible effect cannot be evaluated from the expansion characteristics must be similar to those of the adja- cent tables. cent layer.Each new layer must also be capable of contributing Theoretical methods being developed offer an alternative to enough additional strength to the assembly to sustain the added the full-scale fire tests discussed above. For example, Section dead load.If this requirement is not fulfilled,the allowable live 4302(b) of the 1979 edition of the Uniform Building Corte spe- load must be reduced by an amount equal to the weight of the cifically allows an engineering design For fire resistance in lieu new layer.Because of these limitations,this rule should not be of conducting Full-scale tests. These techniques draw upon applied without careful consideration. computer simulation and mathematical modeling, tbermody- Particular care must be taken if the material added is a good namics.heat-flow analysis,and materials science to predict the thermal insulator.Properly located,the added insulation could fire performance of building materials and assemblies. improve the "thermal' performance of the assembly. lmprop- One theoretical method, known as the "Ten Rules of Fire erly Iocated, the insulation could block necessary thermal Endurance Ratings," was published by T. Z. Harmathy in the transmission through the assembly, thereby subjecting the May, 1965 edition of Fire Technology. (35) Harmathy's Rules structural elements to greater temperatures for longer periods provide a foundation for extending the data within the Appen- of tithe,and could cause premature structural failure of the sup- dix Tables to analyze or upgrade current as well as archaic porting members. building materials or assemblies. Rule 3:The fire endurance of constructions containing contin- uous air gaps or,cavities is greater than the lire endurance of HARMATHY'S TEN RULES s1nr11ar constructions of the sanie weight,but containing noair gaps or ca t ities. Rule 1: The "thermal"'fire endurance ofa construction con- By providing for voids in a construction, additional sisting ofa number ofparallel layers isgreater than thesunr of resistances are produced in the path of heat flow. Numerical the °then final"fire endurances character istic of the individual heat flow analyses indicate that a 10 to 15 percent increase in layers when exposed separately to fire, fire endurance can be achieved by creating an air gap at the The minimum performance of an untested assembly can be midplane of a brick wall. Since the gross volume is also estimated if the fire endurance of the individual components is increased by the presence of voids, the air gaps and cavities known. Though the exact rating of the assembly cannot be have a beneficial effect on stability as well.However,construc- stated,the endurance of the assembly is greater than the sum of tions containing combustible materials within an air gap may the endurance of the components. be regarded as exceptions to this rule because of the possible When a building assembly or component is found to be defi- development of burning in the gap. cient,the fire endurance can be upgraded by providing a pro- There are numerous examples of this rule in the tables.For tective membrane. This membrane could be a new layer of instance: brick,plaster,or drywall.The fire endurance of this membrane Table 1.1.4;Item W-8-M-82:Cored concrete masonry,nom- is called the "finish rating." Appendix Tables 1.5.1 and 1.5.2 inal 8 inch thick wall with one unit in wall thickness and with contain the finish ratings for the most commonly employed 62 percent minimum of solid material in each unit,load bearing materials. (See also the notes to Rule 2). (80 PSI).Fire endurance: 2111 hours. The lest criteria for the finish rating is the same as for the Table 1.1.5: Item W-10-M-11: Cored concrete mansonry. thermal fire endurance of the total assembly:average tempera- nominal 10 inch thick wall with two units in wall thickness and ture increases of 250°F (121°C) above ambient or 325°F a 2-inch(51 min)airspace,load bearing(80 PSI).Theunits are (163°C) above ambient at any one place with the membrane essentially the same as item W-8-M-82. Fire endurance: 3111 being exposed to the fire.The temperature is measured at the hours. interface of the assembly and the protective membrane. These walls show l hour greater fire endurance by the addi- Rule 2.The fire endurance ofa construction does not decrease tion of the 2-inch (51 mm) air space. with the addition of further layers. Rule 4: The farther an air gap or cavity is located from the Harmathy notes that this rule is a consequence of the previ- exposed surface, the more beneficial is its effect on the fire ous rule. Its validity follows from the fact that the additional endurance. he-themial"tire endurance is the time at which the average temperature on the unexposed side ofa construction exceeds Its Initial value by 250'when the other side is exposed to the"standard"fire specified by ASTM Test Method E 19. 134 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE° RESOURCE Radiation dominates the heat transfer across an air gap or cav- Rule rJ:Load-supporting elements,such as bears,girders and ity, and it is markedly higher where the temperature is higher. joists, yield higher f RESOURCE A FIRE FIRE 11 CZ t12 1, LZ 1, l2 t, t2 112>11 +t2 L2>t1 I2ut, t2>t1 RULE 1 RULE 2 RULE 3 RULE 4 i > > / FIRE o a o a FIRE FIRE FIRE N Z 0 o o U U U U S 3 2 O S p 2 1, t2 t, 12 t, t2 1, t2 11 Te t, >to t, t2 1, >t2 RULE 5 RULE 6 RULE 7 RULE 6 BEAM TESTED AS BEAM TESTED FOR THE FLOOR FOR A BEAM WHEN PART OF FLOOR SEPARATELY ASSEMBLY TESTED SEPARATELY t, tz - ... .... °oo t, LZ A B t,>t2 BEAM A CAN BE REPLACED BY BEAM B IF l2>t, RULE 9 RULE 10 Diagrammatic illustration of ten rules. l=fire endurance EXAMPLE APPLICATION OF HARMATHY'S RULES (2) Bricks of this thickness yield fire endurances of approxi- The follo��ing examples,based in whole or in part upon those mately 75 minutes (Table 1.1.2,Item W-4-M-2). presented in Harmathy's paper(35),show how the Rules can be (3)The 1'/,-inch (32 mm) thick plywood has a finish rating of applied to practical cases. 30 minutes. Example 1 (4)The 31,,-inch(9.5 mm)gypsum wallboard has a finish rating of 10 minutes. Problem (5) Using the recommended values from the tables and apply- A contractor would like to keep a partition which consists of a ing Rule 1,the fire endurance(FI)of the assembly is larger than 3'-'/,-inch (95 mm) thick layer of red clay brick,a 1114-inch (32 the sum of the individual layers,or mm)thick layer of plywood.and a V.inch(9.5 mm)thick layer of gypsum wallboard, al a location where 2-hour fire endur- FI>75 +30+ 10= 115 minutes ante is required.Is this assembly capable of providing a 2-hour Discussion i protecton? protect This example illustrates how the Appendix Tables can be uti- lized to determine the fire resistance of assemblies not explic- (1)This partition does not appear in the Appendix Tables. itly listed. 136 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" RESOURCE A Example 2 Doscuccion Problem (1)The additional plaster has at least three effects: (1) A number of buildings to be rehabilitated have the same a) The layer of plaster is increased and thus there is a gain of type of roof slab which is supported with different structural fire endurance(Rule 1). elements. b) There is a gain due to shifting the air gap farther from (2) The designer and contractor would like to determine the exposed surface (Rule 4). whether or not this roof slab is capable of yielding a 2-hour fire c) There is more moisture in the path of heat flow to the endurance.According to a rigorous interpretation ofASTM E structural elements (Rules 7 and 8). 119,however,only the roof assembly,including the roof slab as well as the cover and the supporting elements,can be subjected (2) The increase in fire endurance would be at least as large as to a fire test.Therefore,a fire endurance classification cannot that of the finish rating for the added thickness of plaster. The be issued for the slabs separately. combined effects in (1) above would further increase this by a factor of 2 or more.depending upon the geometry of the assem- (3) The designer and contractor believe this slab will yield a bly. 2-hour fire endurance even without the cover,and any beam of at least 2-hour fire endurance will provide satisfactory support. Example 4 Is it possible to obtain a classification for the slab separately? Problem Solution The fire endurance of item W-10-M-1 in Table 1.1.5 is 4 hours. This wall consists of two 3314-inch (95 mm) thick layers of (1) The answer to the question is yes. structural tiles separated by a 2-inch (51 mm) air gap and (2)According to Rule 10 it is not contrary to common sense to 314-inch (19 mm) portland cement plaster or stucco on both testand classify roofs and supporting elements separately.Fur- sides. if the actual wall in the building is identical to item thermore,according to Rule 2.if the roof slabs actually yield a W-10-M-1 except that it has a 4-inch(102 mm)air gap,can the 2 hour fire endurance,the endurance of an assembly,including fire endurance be estimated at 5 hours? the slabs,cannot be less than 2 hours. Solution (3)The recommended procedure would be to review the tables The answer to the question is no for the reasons contained in to see if the slab appears as part of any tested roof or floorlceil- Rule 5. ing assembly.The supporting system can be regarded as sepa- rate from the slab specimen, and the fire endurance of the Example 5 assembly listed in the table is at least the fire endurance of the Problem slab.There would have to bean adjustment For the weight of the In order to increase the insulating value of its precast roof slabs, roof cover in the allowable load if the test specimen did not con- a company has decided to use two 1 ayers of different concretes. tain a cover. The lower layer of the slabs,where the strength of the concrete (4)The supporting structure or element would have to have at is immaterial (all the tensile load is carried by the steel rein- least a 2-hour fire endurance when tested separately. forcement),would be made with a concrete of low strength but Uiscussinn good insulating value. The upper layer,where the concrete is If the tables did not include tests on assemblies which con- supposed to carry the compressive load,would remain the orig- tained the slab, one procedure would be to assemble the roof inal high strength, high thermal conductivity concrete. How will the Fire endurance of the slabs be affected by the change? slabs on any convenient supporting system (not regarded as part of the specimen) and to subject them to a load which, Solution besides the usually required superimposed load,includes some The effect on the thermal fire endurance is beneficial: allowances for the weight of the cover. (1) The total resistance to heat flow of I1te new slabs has been Example 3 increased due to the replacement of a Iayerof high thermal con- Problem ductivity by one of low conductivity. A steel foisted floor and ceiling assembly is known to have (2)The layer of low conductivity is on the side more likely to be yielded a fire endurance of 1 hour and 35 minutes.At a certain exposed to fire,where it is more effectively utilized according location,a 2-hour endurance is required.What is the most eco- to Rule 6.The layer of low thermal conductivity also provides nomical way of increasing the fire endurance by at least 25 better protection for the steel reinforcement,thereby extending minutes? the time before reaching the temperature at which the creep of S4 steel becomes significant. 11tt1�n (1)The most effective technique would be to increase the ceil- 3.3 ing plaster thickness.Existing coals of paint would have to be "THICKNESS DESIGN"STRATEGY removed and the surface properly prepared before the new plaster could be applied. Other materials (e.g., gypsum wall- The "thickness design" strategy is based upon Harrnathy's board) could also be considered. Rules 1 and 2.This design approach can be used when the con- (2) There may be other techniques based on other principles. struction materials have been identified and measured,but the but an examination of the drawings would be necessary. specific assembly cannot be located within the tables. The 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE* 137 RESOURCE A tables should be surveyed again for thinner walls of like mate- door is expected.Because doors upgraded after an initial fail- rial and construction detail that have yielded the desired or ure must be tested again,there is a potential savings of time and greater fire endurance.if such an assembly can be found,then money. the thicker walls in the building have more than enough fire The most common problems encountered are plain glass, resistance.The thickness of the walls thus becomes the princi- panel inserts of insufficient thickness, and improper fit of a pal concern. door in its frame.The latter problem can be significant because This approach can also be used for floor/ceiling assemblies, a fire can develop a substantial positive pressure, and the fire except that ttte thickness of the cover*and the slab become the will work its way through otherwise innocent-looking gaps central concern. The fire resistance of the untested assembly between door and frame. will be at least the fire resistance of an assembly listed in the One approach to solving these problems is as follows.The table having a similar design but with less cover and/or thinner slabs.For other structural elements(e.g.,beams and columns), plain glass is replaced with approved or listed wire glass in a steel Frame. The panel inserts can be upgraded by adding an the clement listed in the table must also be of a similar design but with less cover thickness. additional layer of material. Gypsum wallboard is often used for this purpose.Intumescent paint applied to the edges of the door and frame will expand when exposed to fire,forming an 3.4 effective seal around the edges.This seal,coupled with the gen- EVALUATION OF DOORS erally even thermal expansion of a wood door in a wood frame, can prevent the passage of flames and other fire gases.Figure 3 A separate section on doors has been included because the below illustrates these solutions. process for evaluation presented below differs From those sug- Because the interior construction of a door cannot be deter- gested previously for other building elements.The impact of mined by a visual inspection, there is no absolute guarantee unprotected openings or penetrations in fire resistant assem- that the remaining doors are identical to the one(s) removed blies has been detailed in Part 2.3 above.It is sufficient to note from the building and tested.But thesame is true For doors con- here that openings left unprotected will likely lead to failure of the barrier under actual fire conditions. Doors today, and reason and judgment must be applied. Doors that appear identical upon visual inspection can be Far other types of building elements(e.g.,beams,columns), weighed.If the weights are reasonably close,the doors can be the Appendix Tables can be used to establish a minimum level assumed to be identical and therefore provide the same level of of fire performance. The benefit to rehabilitation is that the fire performance.Another approach is to fire test more than one need for a full-scale fire test is then eliminated.For doors,how- door or to dismantle doors selected at random to see if they had ever, this cannot be done. The data contained in Appendix been constructed in the same manner.Original building plans Table 5.1,Resistance of Doors to Fire Exposure.can only pro- showing door details or other records showing that doors were vide guidance as to whether a successful fire test is even feast- purchased at one time or obtained from a single supplier can ble. also be evidence of similar construction. For example,a door required to have 1 hour fire resistance is More often though,it is what is visible to the eye that is most noted in the tables as providing only 5 minutes.The likelihood significant.The investigator should carefully check the condi- of achieving the required I hour,even if the door is upgraded,is tion and fit of the door and frame,and for frames out of plumb remote.The ultimate need for replacement of the doors is rea- or separating from the wall. Door closers, latches,and hinges sonably clear,and the expense and time needed for testing can must be examined to see that they function properly and are be saved.However,if the performance documented in the table tightly secured. If these are in order and the door and frame is near or in excess of what is being required, then a fire test have passed a full-scale test,there can be a reasonable basis for should be conducted.The test documentation can then be used allowing the existing doors to remain. as evidence of compliance with the required level of perfor- mance. The table entries cannot be used as the sole proof of perfor- 4 mance of the door in question because there are too many SUMMARY unknown variables which could measurably affect fire perfor- mance.The wood may have dried over the years;coats of flam- This section summarizes the various approaches and design mable varnish could have been added.Minor deviations in the solutions discussed in the preceding sections of the guideline. internal construction of a door can result in significant differ- The term "structural system" includes: frames, beams, col- ences in performance. Methods of securing inserts in panel umns, and other structural elements. "Cover" is a protective doors can vary.The major non-destructive method of analysis, layer(s)of materials or membrane which slows the flow of heat an x-ray, often cannot provide the necessary detail. It is for to the structural elements.It cannot be stressed too strongly that these,and similar reasons,that a fire test is still felt to be neces- the fire endurance of actual building elements can be greatly nary, reduced or totally negated by removing part of the cover to It is often possible to upgrade the fire performance of an allow pipes. ducts. or conduits to pass through the element, existing door.Sometimes,-as is"and modified doors are evalu- This must be repaired in the rehabilitation process. ated in a single series of tests when failure of the unmodified The following approaches shall be considered equivalent. Cover:the protective laver or membrane of material which slmvs the ntnv of heat to the structural elements. 138 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' RESOURCE A FIGURE 3 MODIFICATION DETAILS li w lie A ORIGINAL WOOD FRAME T GLASS(WIRED) RATED METAL FRAME a114' I�1 A MODIFIED THRU BOLTS INTUMESCENT PAINT tb.. � PLYWOOD B ORIGINAL B GYPSUM WALLBOARD OAK BATTEN 5' B MODIFIED TEST DOOR INTUMESCENT PAINT 4.1 The fire resistance of a building element can be established tural elements,the element listed in the table must be of a simi- frorn the Appendix Tables.This issubject to the following limi- lar design but with less cover thickness.The fire resistance in tations: all instances shall be the fire resistance recommended in the The building element in the rehabilitated building shall table.This is subject to the following limitations: be constructed of the same materials with the same nom- The actual element in the rehabilitated building shall be inal dimensions as slated in the tables. constructed of the same materials as listed in the table. All penetrations in the building element or its cover for Only the following dimensions may vary from those services such as electricity,plumbing, and HVAC shall specified: for walls, the overall thickness must exceed be packed with noncombustible cementitious materials that specified in the table; for floor/ceiling assemblies, and so fixed that the packing material will not fall out the thickness of the cover and the slab must be greater when it loses its water of hydration. than, or equal to, that specified in the table: for other The effects of age and wear and tear shall be repaired so that structural elements, the thickness of the cover must be the building element is sound and the original thickness of all greater than that specified in the table. components,particularly covers and floor slabs,is maintained. All penetrations in the building element or its cover for This approach essentially follows the approach taken by services such as electricity,plumbing,or HVAC shall be model building codes. The assembly must appear in a table packed with noncombustible cementitious materials and either published in or accepted by the code for a given fire resis- so fixed that the packing material will not fall out when tance rating to be recognized and accepted. it loses its water of hydration. 4.2 The lire resistance of a building element which does not The effects of age and wear and tear shall he repaired so explicitly appear in the Appendix Tables can be established if that the building element is sound and the original thick- one or more elements of same design but different dimensions ness of all components, particularly covers and floor have been listed in the tables. For walls, the existing element slabs,is maintained. must be thicker than the one listed. For floor/ceiling assern- This approach is an application of the "thickness design" blies,the assembly listed in the table must have the same or less concept presented in Part 3.3 of the guideline.There should be cover and the same or thinner slab constructed of the same many instances when a thicker building element was utilized material as the actual floor/ceiling assembly. For other strut- than the one listed in the Appendix Tables.This guideline rec- 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE 139 RESOURCE A ognizes the inherent superiority of a thicker design. Note: "thickness design" for floor/ceiling assemblies and structural elements refers to cover and slab thickness rather than total thickness. The"thickness design" concept is essentially a special case of Harmathy's Rules (specifically Rules 1 and 2). It should be recognized that the only source of data is the Appendix Tables. If other data are used, it must be in connection with the approach below. 4.3 The fire resistance of building elements can be established by applying Harmaihy's Ten Rules of Fire Resistance Ratings as set forth in Part 3.2 of the guideline.This is subject to the fol- lowing limitations: The data from the tables can be utilized subject to the limitations in 4.2 above. Test reports from recognized journals or published pa- pers can be used to support data utilized in applying Harmathy's Rules. Calculations utilizing recognized and well established computational techniques can be used in applying Harmathy's Rules.These include,but are not limited to, analysis of heat flow, mechanical properties, denec- tions.and load bearing capacity. 140 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" APPENDIX Introduction The fire resistance tables that follow are a part of Resource A and provide a tabular form of assigning fire resistance ratings to vari- ous archaic building elements and assemblies. These tables for archaic materials and assemblies do for archaic materials what Tables 720.1(1),720.1(2),and 720.1(3)of the Inter- national Building Cade do for more modern building elements and assemblies.The fire resistance tables of Resource A should be used as described in the "Purpose and Procedure" that follows the table of contents for these tables. RESOURCE A TABLE OF CONTENTS Purpose and Procedure 143 Section I—Walls 1.1.1 Masonry 0 in.-4 in.thick 144 1.1.2 Masonry 4 in. -6 in. thick 148 1.1.3 Masonry 6 in. -8 in.thick 157 1.1.4 Masonry 8 in. - I0 in. thick 163 1.1.5 Masonry 10 in.- 12 in. thick 172 1.1.6 Masonry 12 in.- 14 in,thick 176 1.1.7 Masonry 14 in.or more thick 183 1.2.1 Metal Frame 0 in.-4 in. thick 186 1.2.2 Metal Frame 4 in.- 6 in.thick 190 1.2.3 Metal Frame 6 in.-8 in. thick 192 1.2.4 Metal Frame 8 in. - 10 in. thick 193 1.3.1 Wood Frame 0 in.-4 in.thick 194 1.3.2 Wood Frame 4 in.-6 in. thick 195 1.3.3 Wood Frame 6 in. -8 tn.thick 203 1.4.1 Miscellaneous Materials 0 in. -4 in.thick 203 1.4.2 Miscellaneous Materials 4 in. -6 in.thick 204 1.5.1 Finish Ratings—Inorganic Materials Thickness 205 1.5.2 Finish Ratings—Organic Materials Thickness 206 Section II—Columns 2.1.1 Reinforced Concrete Min.Dim.0 in. -6 in. 207 2.1.2 Reinforced Concrete Min.Dim. 10 in.- 12 in. 207 2.1.3 Reinforced Concrete Min.Dim. 12 in.- 14 in. 211 2.1.4 Reinforced Concrete Min.Dim. 14 in.- 16 in. 212 2.1.5 Reinforced Concrete Min.Dim. 16 in. - 18 in. 213 2.1.6 Reinforced Concrete Min.Dim. 18 in. -20 in. 215 2.13 Reinforced Concrete Min.Dim.20 in. -22 in. 216 2.1.8 Hexagonal Reinforced Concrete Diameter- 12 in. - t4 in. 217 2.1.9 Hexagonal Reinforced Concrete Diameter- 14 in. - 16 in. 218 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODER 141 RESOURCE A 2.1.10 Hexagonal Reinforced Concrete Diameter- 16 in.- 18 in. 218 2.1.11 Hexagonal Reinforced Concrete Diameter-20 in. - 22 in. 218 2.2 Round Cast Iron Columns Minimum Dimension 219 2.3 Steel—Cypsum Encasements Minimum Area of Solid Material 220 2.4 Timber Minimum Dimension 221 2.5.1.1 Steel/Concrete Encasements Minimum Dimension less than 6 in. 221 2.5.1.2 Steel/Concrete Encasements Minimum Dimension 6 in. -8 in. 222 2.5.1.3 Steel/Concrete Encasements Minimum Dimension 8 in. - 10 in. 223 2.5.1,4 Steel/Concrete Fricasements Minimum Dimension 10 in. - 12 in. 225 2.5.1.5 Steel/Concrete Encasements Minimum Dimension 12 in. - 14 in. 230 2.5.1.6 Steel/Concrete Encasements Minimum Dimension 14 in. - 16 in. 232 2.5.1.7 Steel/Concrete Encasements Minimum Dimension 16 in. - 18 in. 233 2.5.2.1 Steel/Brick and Block Encasements Minimum Dimension 10 in. - 12 in. 234 2.5.2.2 Steel/Brick and Block Encasements Minimum Dimension 12 in.- 14 in. 234 2.5.2.3 Steel/Brick and Block Encasements Minimum Dimension 14 in. - 16 in, 235 2.5.3.1 Steel/Plasler Encasements Minimum Dimension 6 in.- 8 in. 235 2.5.3.2 SteelMasler Encasements Minimum Dimension 8 in. - 10 in. 236 2.5.4.1 Steel/Miscellaneous Encasements Minimum Dimension 6 in. -8 in. 236 2.5.4.2 Steel/Miscellaneous Encasements Minimum Dimension 8 in. - 10 in. 236 2.5.4.3 Steel/Miscellaneous Encasements Minimum Dimension 10 in.- 12 in. 237 2.5.4.4 Steel/Miscellaneous Encasements Minimum Dimension 12 in.- I4 in. 237 Section III—Floor/Ceiling Assemblies 3.1 Reinforced Concrete Assembly thickness 238 3.2 Steel Structural Elements Membrane thickness 244 3.3 Wood Joist Membrane thickness 251 3.4 Hollow Clay Tile with Reinforced Concrete Assembly thickness 256 Section IV—Beams 4.1.1 Reinforced Concrete Depth- 10 in. - 12 in. 259 4.1.2 Reinforced Concrete Depth- 12 in. - 14 in. 262 4.1.3 Reinforced Concrete Depth- 14 in. - 16 in. 264 4.2.1 Reinforced Concrele/Unprolected Depth- 10 in.- 12 in. 265 4.2.2 Steel/Concrete Protection Depth - 10 in.- 12 in. 265 Section V—Doors 5.1 Resistance of Doors to Fire Exposure Thickness 266 142 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE° RESOURCE PURPOSE AND PROCEDURE 4. Performance: This heading is subdivided into two col- The tables and histograms which follow are to be used only umns.The column labeled"Load"will either list the load within the analytical framework detailed in the main body of that the building element was subjected to during the fire this guideline. test or it will contain a note number which will list the load and any other significant details.If the building ele- Histograms precede any table with 10 or more entries.The ment was not subjected to a load during the test,this col- use and interpretation of these histograms is explained in Part 2 umn will contain "n/a," which means "not applicable." of the guideline.The tables are in a format similar to that found in the model building codes. The following example, taken The second column under performance is labeled "Time" and denotes the aqua] fire endurance time from an entry in Table 1.1.2,best explains the table format. observed in the fire lest. 1. Item Code:The item code consists of a four place series in the general form w-x-y-z in which each member of the 5. Reference Number: This heading is subdivided into series denotes the following: three columns: Pre-BM5-92; BMS-92: and Post-BMS-92.The table entry under this column is the w = Type of building element (e.g., W=Walls; number in the Bibliography of the original source refer- F=Floors.etc.) ence for the test data. x = The building element thickness rounded down 6. Notes: Notes are provided at the end of each table to to the nearest one inch increment (e.g., 45/s allow a more detailed explanation of certain aspects of inches is rounded off to 4 inches) the test. In certain tables the notes given to this column y = The general type of material from which the have also been listed under the "Construction Details" building element is constructed (e.g., and/or"Load"columns. M=Masonry:W=Wood,etc.) 7. Rec Hours: This column lists the recommended lire z = The item number of the particular building ele- endurance rating, in hours, of a building element. In ment in a given table some cases,the recommended fire endurance will be less than that listed under the "Time" column. In no case is The item code shown in the example W-4-M-50 the "Rec Hours" greater than given in the "Time" col- denotes the following: umn. W= Wall, as the building element 4 = Wall thickness in the range of 4 inches (102 min) to less than 5 inches (127 mm) M = Masonry construction 50= The 50th entry in Table 1.1.2 2. The specific name or heading of this column identifies the dimensions which,if varied, has the greatest impact on fire resistance.The critical dimension for walls, the example here,is thickness.It is different for other build- ing elements(e.g.,depth for beams;membrane thickness for some floor/ceiling assemblies).The table entry is the named dimension of the building element measured at the time of actual testing to within±V,inch(3.2 min)tol- erance.The thickness tabulated includes facings where facings are a part of the wall construction. 3. Construction Details:The construction details provide a brief description of the manner in which the building ele- ment was constructed. PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE. POST. REC, CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS Core:structural clay tile,See notes W-4-M-50 4'Is' 12, 16,21:Facings on unexposed n/a 25 min. 1 3,4,24 113 side only,see note 18 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' 143 RESOURCE A SECTION I -WALLS FIGURE 1.1.1—WALLS—MASONRY Q"TO LESS THAN 4"THICK NUMBER OF The number in each box is ASSEMBLIES keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table. 10 For example: W-3- -20 20 79 5 – 18 14 17 13 5 12 15 4 8 22 6 11 10 9 16 3 7 1 21 2 0 0 1 2 3 4 FIRE RESISTANCE RATING(HOURS) TABLE 1.1.1—MASONRY WALLS 0"TO LESS THAN 4"THICK PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS W 2 A4 1 2t/4" Solid partition;'/4"gypsum plank- 10'x NIA 1 hr.22 7 1 1 tl 1'6"; 14"plus gypsum plaster each side. min. Concrete block(18"x 9"x 3")or fuel W-3-NI-2 3" ash.portland cement and plasticizer: NIA 2 1trs. 7 2.3 2 cemenllsand mortar. W-2-M-3 2" Solid gypsum block wall:No facings NIA 1 hr. 1_ 4 1 1 W-3-M-4 3" Solid gypsum blocks.laid in 1:3 sanded NIA 1 hr. 1 4 1 gypsum mortar. Magnesium oa-ysulfatc wood fiber W-3-M-5 3" blocks: 2"thick.laid in portland N/A 1 hr. 1 4 1 cement-lime mortar:Facings: tl,"of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster on both sides. Magnesium oxysulrale bound wood W-3-M-6 3" fiber blacks:3"thick:laid in Portland N/A 2 hrs, 1 4 2 cement-lime mortar:Facings: I/,"of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster on both sides. (Continued) 144 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' RESOURCE A TABLE 1.1.1-1MASONRY WALLS 0"TO LESS THAN 4"THICK—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST• REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS Clay Lite:Ohio fire clay;single cell thick;Face I hr. 5.6.7. W-3-M-7 3" plaster:s/x"(both sides) 1:3 sanded gypsum: NIA 6 min. 0 2 11. 12, 1 Design"E."Construction"A." 39 Clay tile:Illinois surface clay:single cell thick: I hr, 5.8.9. W-3-M-8 3" Face plaster:'/a" (both sides) 1:3 sanded NIA 1 min 2 11, 12, 1 gypsum;Design"A."Construction"E." 39 Clay tile:Illinois surface clay:single cell(hick: 5. 10. W-3-M-9 3" No face plaster;Design'A"Construction"C." NIA 25 min. 2 11, 12, /3 39 8"x 47)s"glass blocks:weight 4 lbs.each: W-3-M-10 3'Ix" porlland cement-lime mortar:horizontal mortar NIA 15 min. 1 4 1I4 Joints reinforced with metal lath. W-3-M-11 3" Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 14, 18. 13: NIA 10 min. 1 5, 11.26 Ilir _ No facings. _ W-3-M-12 3" Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 14, 19,23: NIA 120 min 1 5, 11,26 V, No facings. W-3-M-13 35lx" Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 14. 18.23: NIA 20 min. 1 5, 11.26 V, Facings:unexposed side;see Note 20. W-3-M-14 351H" Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 14, 19,23: NIA 20 min. 1 5, 11,26 113 Facings:unexposed side only:see Note 20. W-3-M-15 3s/a' Core:clay structural tile;see Notes 14, 18,23; NIA 30 min, I 5. 11,26 i�z Facings:side exposed to fire:see Note 20. W-3-M-16 3518' Core:clay structural tile;see Notes 14, 19123; NIA 45 min. 1 5, 11.26 3I4 Facings:side exposed to fire:see Note 20. W-2-M-17 2" 2"(hick solid gypsum blocks;see Note 27. NIA I hr. 1 27 1 W-3-M-18 3" Core:3"thick gypsum blocks 70%solid;see NIA 1 hr, 1 27 1 Note 2:No facings. W-3-M-19 3" Core:hollow concrete units;see Notes 29.35. N/A 1 hr. 1 27 1 36.38;No facings. W-3-M-20 3" Core:hollow concrete units;see Notes 28.35. NIA 1 hr. 1 1 36,37.38;No facings. W-3-M-21 3111" Core:hollow concrete units:see Notes 28,35. NIA 1112 hrs. I 11I2 36,37,38;Facings:one side:see Note 37. 1Corrtinued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE 145 RESOURCE A TABLE 1.1.1-MASONRY WALLS 0"TO LESS THAN 4"THICK-continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 SMS•92 NOTES HOURS Core:hollow concrete units:see W-3-M-22 3t/1" Notes 29,35,36,38:Facings:one N/A 111,firs. side.see Now 37. For Sl: 1 inch=25 4 mm, 1 pound per square inch=0.00689MPa.°C=[(°F1-321/1.8. Notes: 1.Failure mode-Flame thru. 2.Passed 2-hour fire test(Grade"C"fire res.-Brilish). 3.Passed hose stream test. 4.Tested at NBS under ASA Spec.No.A2-1934.As nonload bearing partitions. 5.Tested at NBS under ASA Spec.No.42-1934(ASTM C 19-33)except that hose stream testing where carried was run on test specimens exposed for full lest dura- tion,not for a reduced period as is contemporarily done 6 Failure by thermal criteria-maximum temperature rise 325`F. 7 Hose stream failure. 8.Hose stream pass. 9.Specimen removed prior to any failure occurring. 10.Failure mode-collapse. 11.For clay rile walls,unless the source or density of the clay can be positi�vlv identified or determined,it is suggested that the lowest hourly rating for the fire endur ante of a clay tile partition of that thickness be follmved.Identified sources of clay showing longer fire endurance can lead to longer time recommendations. 12.See appendix for construction and design details for clay the walls. 13 Load:80 psi for gross wall area. 14.One cell in wall thlckness 15.Two cells in wall thickness. 16.Double shel Is plus one cell in wall thickness. 17.One cell In wall thickness,cells filled with broken tile.crushed stone,slag cinders or sand mixed with mortar. 18.Dense hard burned clay or shale tile. l9.Medium-burned clay tile. 20.Not less than'!,inch thickness of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster. 21.Units of not less than 30 percent solid material. 22.Units of not less than 40 percent uilld niaterlal. 23.Units of not less than 50 percent solid material. 24.Units of not less than 45 percent solid material. 25.Units of not less than 60 percent solid material. 26.All tiles laid in portland cement lime mortar. 27.Blocks laid in 1:3 sanded gypsum mortar colds in blocks not to exceed 30 percent. 28.Units of expanded slag or pumice aggregate. 29.Units of crushed limestone.blast furnace.slag.cinders and expanded clay or shale. 30.Units of calcareous sand and gravel.Coarse aggregate.60 percent or more calcite and dolomite. 31.Units of siliceous sand and gravel.Ninety percent or more quartz,cheri or(lint. 32.Unit at least 49 percent solid. 33.Unit at least 62 percent solid. 34.Unit at least 65 percent solid. 35.Unit at least 73 percent solid. 36.Ratings based on one unit and one cell in wall thickness. 37.Minimum of t/1 Inch 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster. 38.Nonload bearing. 39.See Clay Tile Partition Design Construction drawings.beleny. (Coutinued) 146 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE RESOURCE A TABLE 1.1.1—MASONRY WALLS 0"TO LESS THAN 4"THICK—continued 12" h 12" � 12" 0 CHECKERBOARD-C ALTERNATE-G 12." 12„ 12" A B C 4„ 4,. 12" 12" $" I�1 51� 0 F G 0 END-E m SIDE-S �12" � /12 � 12" 12.. 0 D E DESIGNS OF TILES USED IN FIRE-TEST PARTITIONS THE FOUR TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION USED IN FIRE-TEST PARTITIONS 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE 147 RESOURCE A FIGURE 1.1.2—MASONRY WALLS 4"TO LESS THAN 6"THICK NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 99 15 --- _71 104 70 1031 62 110 i 95 56 92 90 The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the 55 106 91 105 86 tem Code column in the Table. 51 _80 84 97 98 79 For example: 50 10_9 77 81 _87 96_ 35 W 5•M 108 41 76 74 80 _85 89 31 100 43 72 73 75 _78 68 25 94 42 63 64 65 69 67 20 102 93 41 _50 5_9 60 _66 _22 12 101 108 54 40 57 53 45� 61 21 11 83 1 30 46 37 52 49 j 44 32 13 10 15 82 29 39 16 48 33 34 9 6 6 14 �26 27 107 0 3B 36 4 24 17 2 �3 5 1 7 23 119 10 2B 0 1 2 3 4 FIRE RESISTANCE RATING(HOURS) TABLE 1.1.2—MASONRY WALLS 4"TO LESS THAN 6"THICK PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST. REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS Solid 3"thick,gypsum blocks laid in W-4-M-1 4„ 1:3 sanded gypsum mortar:Facings: NIA 2 hrs. 1 1 2 1/2"of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster (both sides). W-4-M-2 4" Solid clay or shale brick. NIA 1 hr. 1 1,2 11/4 15 min W-4-M-3 4" Concrete:No facings. NIA 1 hr. 1 I 11h 30 min. Clay tile:Illinois surface clay;single W-4-M-4 4" cell thick;No face plaster;Design NIA 25 min. 2 3-7.36 1I3 "B,"Construction"C." W-4-M-5 4" Solid sand-firne brick. NIA I hr. ] 1 1314 45 min. Solid wall;3"thick block:'12"plaster W-4-M-13 4„ each side; 17311"x 836"x 4""Breeze NIA 1 hr. 7 2 1314 Blocks":portland cement/sand 52 min. mortar. Concrete(4020 psi);Reinforcement: 2 firs. W-4-M-7 4" vertical 34":horizontal 44":6"x 6" NIA 10 min. 7 2 2 grid. Concrete wall (4340 psi crush): 1 hr. W-4-M-8 4" reinforcement'/4"diameter rebar on NIA 40 min. 7 2 113 8"centers(vertical and horizontal). ICo tf„nued) 148 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' RESOURCE A TABLE 1.1.2—MASONRY WALLS 4"TO LESS THAN 6"THICK—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM - - - PRE- POST- REC. CODE - THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD L TIME BMS792 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 4311 fi"x 211g"cellular fletton brick (1873 psi)with 112"sand mortar;bricks are W-4-M-9 43116" U-shaped vielding hollow cover NIA 25 min. 7 2 1113 (approx.2"x 4") in final cross-section configuration. W-4-M-10 41/4" 41/4"x 21/z"Ileuon(1831 psi)brick in 11,' NIA 1 hr. 7 2 1314 sand mortar. 53 min W-4-M-11 41/4" Iz grout. London stock(683 psi)brick; NIA 52 min. 7 2 lj/4 1 --- W-4-M-12 41/z" V,`Lei sand mortar. brick i NIA 56 min. 7 6 1314 (4465 p W-4-M-13 4114" 4114"x 2112"stairfoot brick(7527 psi) 112" NIA I hr. 7 2 1112 sand mortar. 37 min. W-4-M-14 41/4 41/4"x 2112'sand-lime brick(2603 psi) 112" NIA 2 h15' 7 2 2 sand mortar. 6 min. W-4-M-15 41/4" 4114"x 21/2'concrete brick(2527 psi) 113' NIA 2 hrs. 7 2 2 sand mortar. 10 min. 4"thick clay tile;Ohio fire clay;single cell W-4-M-16 4112" thick:No plaster exposed face: 112" 1:2 NIA 31 min. 2 3-6,36 112 gypsum back face:Design"F," ConslruclioIl "S.' 4"thick clay tile;Ohio fire clay;single cell W-4-M-17 41/2" thick;Plaster exposed face:112"1:2 sanded 80 psi 50 min. 2 3-5,8. 3/4 gypsum.Back Face:none;Construction 36 - "S." Design"F." + - W-4-M-18 41/z" Core:solid sand-lime brick; 1/L"sanded 80 psi 3 hrs. 1 1. 11 3 gypsum plaster facings on both sides. W-4-M-19 41/2" Core:solid sand-lime brick; 112"sanded 80 psi 12 hrs. 1 1, 11 2112 gypsum plaster facings on both sides. 30 min. W-4-M-20 41/z" Core:concrete brick 112"of 1:3 sanded 80 psi 2 hrs. 1 1, 11 2 gypsum plaster facings on both sides. Core:solid clay or shale brick; I/,"thick, W-4-M-21 4112" 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on fire 80 psi 45 min. 1 1.2. 11 13/4 sides. 4"thick clay tile:Ohio fire clay;single cell { thick;cells filled with cement and broken 1 hr. 2.3-5. ; W-4-M-22 4 I4" the concrete:Plaster on exposed face:none N/A q8 min. 2 9.36 l / on unexposed face:314" 1:3 sanded gypsum: Design"G,"Construction"E." i 4"thick clay tile;Ohio fire clay;Single cell, thick;cells filled with cement and broken W 4-M-23 4'414 the concrete:No plaster exposed faced: NIA 2 hrs. 2 2,3-5. 2 314"neat gypsum plaster on unexposed 14 min. 9.36 face:Design"G."Construction"E." (Continued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 149 RESOURCE A TABLE 1.1.2—MASONRY WALLS 4"TO LESS THAN 6"THICK—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST. REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME SMS-92 SMS-92 BMS•92 NOTES HOURS 3"x 13"air space; I"thick metal reinforced 2,250 W-5-M-24 5" concrete facings on both sides;faces lbs.lft. 45 min. 1 1 '/� connected with wood splines. Core:3"thick void filled with"nondulaled" W-5-M-25 5" mineral wool weighing 10 lbs.1ft.1: 1"thick 2,250 2 lirs. I 1 2 metal reinforced concrete facings on both lbs.lft. sides, W-5-M-26 5" Core:solid clay or shale brick: '/z"thick, 1:3 40 psi 2 hrs. 1 1 2 11 2112 sanded gypsum plaster Facings on both sides. 30 min. Care:solid 4"thick gypsum blocks,laid in W-5-M-27 5" 1:3 sanded gypsum mortar; 112"of 1:3 sanded NIA 3 hrs. 1 1 3 gypsum plaster facings on both sides. Core:4"thick hollow gypsum blocks with W-5-M-28 5" 30%voids:blocks laid in I:3 sanded gypsum NIA 4 hrs. 1 1 4 mortar:No facings. W-5-M-29 5" Core:concrete brick; 111"of 1:3 sanded 160 psi 3 hrs. 1 1 3 gypsum plaster facings on both sides. 4"thick clay tile:Illinois surface clay;double 2 hrs. 2-5,9, W-5-M-30 5111" cell thick;Plaster:5/8"sanded gypsum 1:3 N/A 53 min. 2 36 2 s/q both faces:Design"D."Construction"S." 4"thick clay tile;New Jersey fire clay; W-5-M-31 5114" double cell thick:Plaster: '/x'sanded gypsum N/A I hr. 2.5.9, 13/4 1:3 both faces:Design"D."Construction 52 min. 36 "S. 4"thick clay tile;New Jersey fire clay:single 1 hr. 2-5.9. W-5-M-32 51/4" cell thick:Plaster:'/,"sanded gypsm 1:3 both NIA 34 min. 2 2 36 1 ,, faces:Design"D."Consuuciion "S." 4"thick clay tile;New Jersey fire clay:single W-5-M-33 5114" cell thick;Face plaster: s4"both sides; 1:3 N/A 50 min. 2 3-5,8, i= sanded gypsum;Design"B," Construction 36 4"thick clay the:Ohio fire clay:single cell I hr W-5-M-34 5;/4" thick-,Face plaster:s/H'both sides: 1:3 sanded NIA 19 min. 2 2-5 369 gypsum;Design"B,"Construction"A." 4"thick clay tile:Illinois surface clay:single W-5-M-35 5114" cell thick:Face plaster:`a"both sides: 1,3 NIA 1 hr. 2 2-5, 10 13/4 sanded gypsum:Design"B,"Construction 59 min. 36 "5 W-5-M-36 4" Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 12, 16, NIA 15 min. 1 3,4,24 111 21;No facings, (Continuedl 150 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' RESOURCE A TABLE 1.1.2-MASONRY WALLS 4"TO LESS THAN 6"THICK-continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS•92 i NOTES HOURS W-4-M-37 4" Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 12, 17, NIA 25 min. 1 3,4,24 `13 21:No facings. W-4-M-38 4' Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 12, 16. NIA 10 min. 1 3,4,24 116 20;No facings. W-4-M-39 4° Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 12, 17, NIA 20 min. 1 3,4,24 1/3 20:No facings. W-4-M-40 4„ Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 13, 16, NIA 30 min. 1 3,4,24 '/Z 23:No facings. W-4-M-41 4" Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 13, 17. NIA 35 min. 1 3,4.24 23:No facings. W-4-M-42 4„ Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 13, 16. NIA 25 min. 1 3,4,24 113 21;No facings. W-4-M-43 q Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 13. I7. NIA 30 min. 1 3.4.24 '12 21;No facings. Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 15, 16, NIA 1 hr. W-4-M-44 q„ I 14,24 24 1`h _- 20:No facings - - 15 min. - - -- - W-4-M-45 4 Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 15. 17. NIA 1 hr. 1 3.4,24 1'14 20:No facings. 15 min. _-- _- W-4-M-46 4° Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 14, IG. NIA 20 min. 1 3,4,24 113 .22;No facings. - - . - - W-4-M-47 4" Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 14, 17, NIA 25 min. 1 3.4.24 1/3 22;No facings. W-4-M-48 4114" Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 12, 16, NIA 45 min. 1 3,4,24 314 21:Facings:both sides;see Note 18- - - - - - W-4-M-49 014" Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 12, 17, NIA 4 1 hr. 1 3,4,24 I 21;Facings:both sides;see Note 18. Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 12, 16. W-4-M-50 4'/K" 21;Facings:unexposed side only:see NIA 25 min. 1 3.4.24 1/3 Note 18. Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 12, 17, W-4-M-51 4'IH" 21:Facings:unexposed side only:see NIA 30 min. 1 3,4,24 'IZ Note 18. Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 12, 16, W-4-M-52 4"la" 21:Facings:unexposed side only;see NIA 45 min. 1 3.4.24 '14 Note 18. W-4-M-53 4'IH` Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 12, 17, NIA 1 hr. 1 3.4.24 1 21:Facings:fire side only:see Note 18. W-4-M-54 q`'!k' Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 12, 16, NIA 20 min. 1 3.4,24 1/3 20:Facings:unexposed side;see Note 18. W-4-M-55 4'IH' Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 12, 17. NIA 25 min. 1 3,4,24 113 2U:Facings:exposed side;see Note I8. W-4-M-56 4'/x, Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 12. 16, N/A 30 min. 1 3.4.24 '/Z 20;Facings:fire side only;see Note 18, W-4-M-57 4'IH" Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 12, 17. NIA 45 min. 1 3,4,24 314 20;Facings:fire side only;see Note 18. (Con inued) 2DO9INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE* 151 RESOURCE A TABLE 1.1.2—MASONRY WALLS 4"TO LESS THAN 6"THICK—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS W-4-M-58 A'/k" Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 13. 16,23: NIA 40 min. 1 3,4,24 21 Facings:unexposed side only:see Note 18. a W-4-M-59 4'/H" Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 13, 17,23: NIA I hr. 1 3,4,24 1 Facings:unexposed side only:see Note 18. W-4-M-60 45IN" Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 13. 16.23: NIA 1 hr. 1 3.4.24 0!4 Facings:fire side only:see Note 18. 15 min. W-4-M-61 4'/a" Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 13, 17,23: NIA I hr. I 3 4 24 1'/z Facings:fire side only:see Note IS. 30 min. W-4-M-62 451x" Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 13, 16.21: N/A 35 min. 1 3,4,24 Yz Facings:unexposed side only;see Note 18. Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 13, 17,21; W-4-M-63 4'Ia" Facings:unexposed face only:see Note 18. NIA 45 min. 1 3,4,24 3 Iq W-4-M-64 q�/,," Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 13. 16,23; NIA 1 hr. 1 3,4,24 1 Facings:exposed face only;see Note 18. W-4-M-65 451s" Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 13, 17.21; NIA 1 hr. 1 3.4.24 1'/q Facings:exposed side only;see Note 18. 15 min. W-4-M-66 4Vjj" Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 15, 17,20; NIA 1 hr. 1 3A24 24 I'/ Facings:unexposed side only:see Note 18 30 min. z W-4-M-67 1''/H" Core:structural clay tile.see Notes 15. 16,20; NIA 1 hr. 1 3.4,24 1Y q Facings:exposed side only;see Note 18. 45 min. W-4-M-68 45/p" Core:structural clay tile-,see Notes 15. 17,20: NIA 1 hr. I 3,4.24 13/q Facings:exposed side only;see Note 18. 45 min. W-4-M-69 4 Ix" Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 15, 16,20: NIA 1 hr. 1 3,4,24 1'tIq Facings:unexposed side only:see Note 18. 30 min. W-4-M-70 4 51x" Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 14, 16.22: NIA 30 min. 1 3,4,24 1/ Facings:unexposed side only:see Note 18. W-4-M-71 451x" Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 14, 17.22; NIA 35 min. 1 3.4.24 112 Facings:exposed side only:see Note 18. W-4-M-72 VIM" Facings:structural clay tile:see Notes 14. 16.22; NIA 45 min. 1 3,4,24 �/q Facings:fire side of Nvall only:see Note 18. W-4-M-73 451x Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 14, 17.22: NIA I hr. 1 3.4.24 1 Facings:fire side of wall only;see Note 18. W-4-M-74 5'/4" Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 12, 16,21: NIA 1 hr. 1 3,4,24 1 Facings:both sides;see Note I8. (Continued) 152 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" RESOURCE A TABLE 1.1.2—MASONRY WALLS 4°TO LESS THAN 6"THICK—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS W-5-M-75 51/4" Core:structural clav tile;see Notes 12, 17, NIA 1 hr. 1 3,4,24 1114 21:Facings:both sides,see Note 18 15 min. W-5-M-76 51/4" Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 12. 16. NIA 45 min. 1 3.4.24 314 20:Facings:both sides;see Note 18. W-5-M-77 5114" Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 12, 17, NIA 1 hr. 1 3.4,24 1 20;Facings:both sides:see Nate 18. W-5-M-78 5113" Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 13. 16. NIA 1 hr. 1 3,4.24 "/2 23:Facings:both sides of wall;see Note 18. 30 min. W-5-M-79 5114" Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 13,17, NIA 2 hrs. 1 3.4,24 2 23;Facings:both sides of wall;see Note 18. y W-5-M-80 511.4' Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 13. 16. NIA 1 hr. 1 3,4.24 111 21:Facings:both sides of wall:see Note 18, 15 min. 4 W-5-M-81 5114" Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 13,16, NIA 1 hr. 1 3,4,24 1112 y 21;Facings:both sides of wall;see Note 18. 30 min. W-5-M-82 544" Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 15, 16. NIA 2 firs. 1 3,4,24 2112 20;Facings:both sides;see Note 18. 30 min. W-5-M-83 544" Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 15, 17, NIA 2 hrs. 1 3 4 24 2112 20:Facings:both sides.see Note 18. 30 min. W-5-M-84 5114" Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 14, 16, NIA 1 hr. 1 3,4,24 1114 22;Facings:both sides of wall;see Note 18. 15 min. W-5-M-85 5114" Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 14, 17, NIA 1 hr. 1 3,4,24 1112 22;Facings:both sides of wall;see Note 18. 30 min. W-4-M-86 4" Core:3"thick gypsum blocks 70':b solid:see NIA 2 hrs. 1 2 Note 26;Facings:both sides;see Note 25. W-4-M-87 4" Core:hollow concrete units;see Notes 27,34, NIA 1 hr. 1 11/2 35:No facings. 30 min. W-4-M-88 4" Core:hollow concrete units:see Notes 28,33. NIA 1 hr. 1 1 35:No facings. W-4-M-89 4" Core:hollow concrete units;see Notes 28,34, NIA I hr. 1 131, 35:Facings:both sides:see Note 25. 45 min. W-4-M-90 4„ Core:hollow concrete units;see Notes 27,34„ NIA 2 firs. 1 2 35:Facings:both sides:see Note 25. W-4-M-91 4" Core:hollow concrete units;see Notes 27,32. NIA 1 hr. I 1114 35;No facings. 15 min. W-4-M-92 4" Core:hollow concrete units:see Notes 28,34, NIA 1 hr. 1 1114 35:No facings. 15 min. W-4-M-93 4" Core:hollow concrete units:see Notes 29,32. NIA 20 min. 1 113 35;No facings. (Continued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODER 153 RESOURCE A TABLE 1.1.2—MASONRY WALLS 4"TO LESS THAN 6"THICK—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME SMS-92 SMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS W-4-M-94 4" Core:hollow concrete units:see Notes 30, NIA 15 min. 1 114 34.35;No facings. W-4-M-95 41/z" Core:hollow concrete units;see Notes 27, NIA 2 hrs. 1 2 34,35;Facings:one side only.,see Note 25. W-4-M-96 4tlz" Core;hollow concrete units:see Notes 27. NIA 1 hr. 1 131 32,35;Facings:one side only;see Note 25. 45 min. 4 W-4-M-97 Core:hollow concrete units;see Notes 28, NIA I hr' 33.35:Facings:one side:see Note 25. 30 min. W4-M-98 41lz" Core:hollow concrete units;see Notes 28. N/A I hr, 1 l{/4 34,35;Facings:one side only;see Note 25. 45 min. W-4-M-99 4111" Core:hollow concrete units;see Notes 29, NIA 30 min. 32,35:Facings:one side:see Note 25. W-4-M-100 4'll' Corp:hollow concrete units:see Notes 30. NIA 20 min. 1 113 34,35;Facings:one side;see Note 25. W-5-M-101 5" Core:hollow concrete units:see Notes 27, NIA 2 hrs. 1 2'/2 34.35:Facings:both sides:see Note 25. 30 min. W-5-M-102 5" Core:hollow concrete units;see Notes 27, NIA 2 hrs' 1 211z 32,35:Facings:both sides;see Note 25. 30 min. W-5-M-103 5" Core:hollow concrete units:see Notes 28, NIA 2 hrs. 1 2 33.35;Facings:both sides;see Note 25. W-5-M-104 51• Core:hollow concrete units:see Notes 28, NIA 2 hrs. 1 2 31,35;Facings:both sides;see Note 25. W-5-M-105 5" Core:hollow concrete units:see Notes 29. NIA 1 hr. 1 1314 32.35:Facings:both sides;see Note 25. 45 min. W-5-M-106 5" Core:hollow concrete units;see Notes 30, NIA I hr. 1 1 34,35;Facings:both sides:see Note 25. W-5-M-107 5" Core:5"thick solid gypsum blocks;see NIA 4 hrs. 1 4 Note 26:No facings. W-5-M-108 5" Core:4"thick hollow gypsum blocks:see N/A 3 hrs. 1 3 Note 26;Facings:both sides;see Note 25. W-5-M-109 4" Concrete with 4"x 4"No.6 welded wire 100 psi 45 min. 43 2 314 mesh at wall center. (Continued) 154 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE° RESOURCE A TABLE 1.1.2-MASONRY WALLS 4"TO LESS THAN 6"THICK-continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 SMS•92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS W-4-M-110 4" Concrete with 4"x 4"No.6 welded wire N/A I hr. - 43 2 11/, rnesh at wall center. 15 min. for S1- 1 inch=25.4 mm.1 pound per square Inch=0.00689MPa. Notes: ].Tested as NBS under ASA Spec.No.A 2-1934. 2.Failure mode-maximum temperature rise. 3.Treated at NIBS under ASA Spec.No.42-1934(ASTM C 19-53)except that hose stream testing where carried out was run on test specimens exposed for full test duration,not for or reduced period as is contemporarily done. 4.For clay the walls.uniess the source the clay can be positively identified,it is suggested that the most pessimistic hour rating for the fire endurance of a clay tile partition of that thickness to be follmved.Idei i iFed sources of clay showing longer fire endurance can lead to longer time recommendations. 5.See appendix for construction and design details for clay rile walls. 6.Failure mode-flame thru or crack formation shaving flames. 7.Hole formed at 25 minutes:partition collapsed at 42 minutes or removal from furnace. S.Failure mode-collapse. 9.Hose stream pass. 10.Hose stream hole formed in specimen. 11.Load:80 psi for gross wall cross sectional area. 12.One cell In wall thickness. 13.Two cells in wall thickness. 14.Double cells plus one cell in Mall thickness. 15.One cell In wall thickness.cells filled with broken tile.crushed stone,slag,cinders or sand mixed with mortar. 16.Dense hard-burned clay or shale tile. 17.Medium-burned clay tile. 18.Not less than V,inch thickness of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster. 19.Units of not less than 30 percent solid material. 20.Units of not less than 40 percent solid material. 21.Units of not less than 50 percent solid material. 22.Units of not less than 45 percent solid material. 23.Units of not less than 60 percent solid material. 24.All tiles laid in poriland cement-lime mortar. 25.Minimum'1z Inch- 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster. 26.Laid in 1:3 sanded gypsum mortar Voids In hollow units not to exceed 30 percent. 27.Units of expanded slag or pumice aggregate. 28.Units of crushed limestone,blast furnace slag,cinders and expanded clay or shale. 29.Units of calcareous sand and gravel.Coarse aggregate.60 percent or more calcite and dolomite. 30.Units of siliceous sand and gravel.Ninety percent or more quarm chert or flint. 31.Unit at least 49 percent solid. 32.Unit at]cast 62 percent solid. 33.Unit at least 65 percent solid. 34.Unit at least 73 percent solid. 35.Ratings based on one unit and one cell in wall thickness. 36-See Clay Tiie Partition Design Construction drawings,below. (Continued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' 155 RESOURCE A TABLE 1.1.2—MASONRY WALLS 4"TO LESS THAN 6"THICK—continued "" 12 12° 12 0 CHECKERBOARD-C ALTERNATE-G 2" 12 � e e A B C m 12' 12" 5" F G END-E SIDE-S O 12 �D i 2" 12" Q D E DESIGNS OF TILES USED IN FIRE-TEST PARTITIONS THE FOUR TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION USED IN FIRE-TEST PARTITIONS 156 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" RESOURCE A FIGURE 1.1.3—MASONRY WALLS 6"TO LESS THAN B"THICK NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES AL 10 66 65 fib The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table 58 fit – – For example 26 48 53 34 55 W-6- -63 25 41 49 50 52 5 – ------ – --- 21 29 39 43 44 36 12 28 31 42 16 35 61 63 10 22 27 30 40 15 34 57 46 56 60 9 13 23 24 32 59 B 33 51 45 20 3B 47 11 2 3 14 4 Ba t 5 t 7 6 18 17 19 37 1 Q 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 FIRE RESISTANCE RATING(HOURS) TABLE 1.1.3—MASONRY WALLS 6"TO LESS THAN 6"THICK PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM i PRE- i POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 SMS-9Z BMS•92 NOTES HOURS Core:5"thick,solid gypsum blocks laid in W-6-M-1 61, 1:3 sanded gypsum mortar,V,"of 1:3 NIA 6 hrs. 1 6 sanded gypsum plaster facings on both sides. 6"clay tile:Ohio fire clay:single cell W-6-M-2 6" thick:No plaster:Design"C,"Construction NIA 17 min. 2 16355 1l4 6"clay tile;Illinois surface clay;double W-6-M-3 6" cell thick:No plaster;Design"E," NIA 45 min. 2 1-4.7. 5 31a Construction"C." 6"clay tile:New Jersey fire clay;double 1 hr. 1-4.8, W-6-M-4 6" cell thick:No plaster; Design"E." NIA I min 2 55 1 Construction S." 6"clay tile;Illinois surface clay;double W-7-M-5 7th" cell thick;Plaster:`/,%"- 1:3 sanded gypsum NIA 1 2 1-4,55 1% both faces:Design"E."Construction"A." 41 mi n. 6"clay tile;New Jersey 1-4.fire clay;double 2 hrs. 9, W-7-M-6 7119" cell thick:Plaster: 'IK'- 1:3 sanded gypsum NIA 23 min. 2 4. 21/3 both faces;Design"E,"Construction 'S." 6"clay tile;Ohio fire clay;single cell I fir.W-7-M-7 7119" thick:Plaster:5/8"sanded gypsum; 1:3 both NIA 54 min. 2 1-4.9. 55231, faces; Design"C."Construction"A." (Cnnrirrued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' 157 RESOURCE A TABLE 1.1.3—MASONRY WALLS 6"TO LESS THAN 8"THICK—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM THICKNE PRE. POST- REC. CODE SS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 6"clay tile'.Illinois surface clay;single cell I,3,4.9, W-7-M-8 V14" thick;Plaster: '/x"sanded gypsum 1:3 both NIA 2 hrs. 2 10.55 2 faces:Design"C."Construction"S." 6"clay tile;Illinois surface clay;single cell W-7-M-8a 71/4" thick; Plaster:'/x"sanded gypsum 1:3 both NIA I 23 min m 2 1 10.55 0.55 5 1314 faces:Design°C."Construction"E." W-6-M-9 6" Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 12, 16, NIA 20 min. 1 3,5.24 1l3 20:No facings. W-G-M-10 G" Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 12. 17, NIA 25 min. 1 3,5,24 113 20:No facings. W-6-M-11 6" Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 12. 16. NIA 15 min. 1 3,5,24 114 19;No facings. W-6-M-12 6" Core:structural clav tile:see Notes 12. 17, NIA 20 min. 1 3,5,24 1/3 19;No facings, W-6-M-13 6" Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 13, 16, NIA 45 min. 1 3.5,24 314 22;No facings. W-6-M-14 6" Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 13. 17. NIA 1 hr. 1 3.5,24 1 22;No facings. W-6-M-15 6„ Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 15, 17, NIA 2 hrs. 1 3.5,24 2 19:No facings. W-6-M-16 6" Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 15. 16, NIA 2 hrs. 1 3,5,24 2 19:No facings. W-G-M-17 6" Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 12,34. 80 psi 3 hrs. 1 5,25 31/2 36,38,41:No facings. 30 min. W-6-M-18 6" Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 12.33, 80 psi 3 hrs. 1 5.25 3 36,38,41:No facings. W-6-M-19 6t12" Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 12.34, 80 psi 4 lirs. 1 5.25 4 36.38.41:Facings:side 1:see Note 35. W-6-M-20 6'Il' Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 12,33, 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 5.25 4 36.38.41; Facings:side 1:see Note 35. Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 12. 16. W-6-M-21 6'/„" 20;Facings:unexposed face only;see Note NIA 30 min. 1 3,5,24 tiz 18. Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 12, 17, W-6-M-22 6 1x" 20;Facings:unexposed face only:see Nate NIA 40 min. 1 3.5,24 Zia 18. Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 12, 16, W-6-M-23 6'4" 20:Facings:exposed face only;see Note NIA 1 hr. 1 3,5,24 1 18. Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 12, 17, 1 hr. W-6-M-24 6''1x" 20:Facings:exposed face only;see Note NIA 5 min. 1 3,5.24 1 18. Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 12, 16. W-6-M-25 6'/x" 19;Facings:unexposed side only;see Note NIA 25 min. 1 3,5,24 113 18. (Continued) 158 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' RESOURCE A TABLE 1.1.3—MASONRY WALLS 6"TO LESS THAN B"THICK—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC, CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS W-6-M-26 6''18'• Core:structural clay tile;sec Notes 12,7, ]9' NIA 30 min. 1 3,5,24 '/z Facings:unexposed face only;see Note 18. W-6-M-27 6`'18" Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 12, 16, 19: NIA 1 hr. 1 1 3,5,24 1 Facings:exposed side only;see Note 18. W-6-M-28 W'/8" Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 12, 17, 19: NIA 1 hr. 1 3,5,24 1 Facings:fire side only,see Note 18. W-6-M-29 61/8" Core.structural clay tile:see Notes 13, 16,22: NIA 1 hr. 1 3,5,24 1 Facings:unexposed side only;see Note 18. W-6-M-30 6`YH" Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 13. 17,22: NIA 1 hr. 1 3,5,24 1114 Facings:unexpnuxl side only;see Note 18. 1 15 min. W-6-M-31 65IN" Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 13. 16,22: NIA 1 hr. 1 3.5.24 11/4 Facings:fire side only:see Note 18. 15 min. W-6-M-32 6'181, Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 13. 17.22:' NIA 1 hr. 1 3,5,24 1112 Facings:fire side only;see Note 18. 30 min. W-6-M-33 G'18" Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 15. 16, 19; NIA 2 hrs. 1 3,5,24 2112 Facings:unexposed side only;see Note I B. 30 min. W-6-M-34 6518" Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 15, 17, 19; NIA 2 hrs. 1 3,5,24 2112 Facings:unexposed side only;see Note 18. 30 min. W-6-M-35 6518" Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 15, 16, 19; NIA 2 hrs. 1 3,5,24 21/2 Facings:fire side only:see Note 18. 30 min. W-6-M-36 6518" Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 15, 17, 19: NIA 2 hrs. 1 3,5,24 2112 Facings:fire side only:see Note 18. 30 min. W-6-M-37 7" Cored concrete masonry:see Notes 12,34.36. 80 si 5 hrs. 1 5.25 5 38,41:see Note 35 for facings on both sides, p 1 -- - W-6-M-38 7" Cored concrete masonry:see Notes 12,33.36, 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 5.25 5 38,41;see Note 35 for facings. W-6-M-39 7'14" Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 12, 16.20: NIA 1 hr. 1 3,5.24 1114 Facings:both sides:see Note 18. 15 min. W-6-M-40 71/4" Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 12, 17,20: NIA 1 hr. 1 3.5.24 1112 Facings:both sides;see Note 18. 30 min. W-6-M-41 7114" Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 12. 16. 19:' NIA I hr. 1 3.5.24 11/4 Facings:both sides:see Note IS. 15 min. . W-6-M-42 7119" Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 12, 17, 19; NIA I hr. 1 3,5,24 I1/2 Facings:both sides:see Note 18. 30 min. (CmUnued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE* 159 RESOURCE A TABLE 1.1.3—MASONRY WALLS 6"TO LESS THAN 8"THICK—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE. POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS W-7-M-43 7114" Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 13, 16, NIA I hr. 1 3,5 24 11/z 22;Facings:both sides of wall;see Note I8. 30 min. W-7-M-44 7114" Core:structural clay tile:see Notes 13. 17. NIA 2 hrs. 1 3,5,24 111z 22:Facings:both sides of wall:see Note 18. W-7-M-45 7114" Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 15, 16, NIA 3 Itrs. 1 3,5.24 3112 19; Facings:both sides;see Note 18. 30 min. W-7-M-46 711," Core:structural clay tile;see Notes 15, 17, NIA 3 hrs. 1 3.5,24 3112 19;Facings:both sides;see Note 18. 30 min. W-6-M-47 6- Core:5"thick solid gypsum blocks;see Note NIA 6 hrs. 1 6 45:Facings:both sides:see Note 45. W-6-M-48 6^ Core:11011OW concrete units;see Notes 47, NIA I hr. I I11a 50,54;No facings. 15 min. W-6-M-49 6" Core:hollow concrete units:see Notes 46. NIA I hr. I 1112 50,54;No facings. 30 min, W-6-M-50 61, Core:hollow concrete units;see Notes 46, NIA 2 hrs. 1 2 41,54:No facings. W-6-M-51 6" Core:hollow concrete units:see Notes 46. N/A 3 1trs. 1 3 53.54;No facings. W-6-M-52 6" Core:hollow concrete units;see Notes 47. NIA 2 hrs. I 2111 53,54:No facings, 30 min. W-6-M-53 6" Core:hollow concrete units;see Notes 47, NIA 1 hr. 1 1111 51,54:No facings. 30 min. W-6-M-54 6111" Core:hollow concrete units;see Notes 46, NIA 2 hrs. 1 2 50.54:Facings:one side only;see Note 35. W-6-M-55 6112" Core:hollow concrete units:see Notes 4,51, NIA 2 hrs. I 2112 54;Facings:one side;see Note 35. 30 min. W-6-M-56 6'/z" Core.hollow concrete units:see Notes 46. NIA 4 hrs. 1 4 1 53,54;Facings:one side;see Note 35. W-6-M-57 6111" Core:hollow concrete units;see Notes 47, NIA 3 hrs, 1 3 53.54:Facings:one side:see Note 35. W-6-M-58 6111 Core:hollow concrete units;see Notes 47, NIA 2 hrs. 1 2 51,54:Facings:one side:see Note 35. W-6-M-59 611e Core:hollow concrete units;see Notes 47, N/A I hr. I 50,54:Facings:one side;see Note 35. 45 min. W-7-M-60 7" Core:hollow concrete units:see Notes 46, NIA 5 hrs. 1 5 53,54;Facings:both sides;see Note 35. W-7-M-61 7" Core:hollow concrete units:see Notes 46. NIA 3 Itrs. 1 3112 51,54:Facings:both sides:see Note 35. 30 min. 1Continued) 160 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODEa RESOURCE A TABLE 1.1.3-MASONRY WALLS 6"TO LESS THAN 8"THICK-continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST. REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS W-7-M-62 7" Core:hollow concrete units:see Notes 46. N/A 2 hrs' 1 2112 50.54:Facings:both sides;see Note 35. 30 min. W-7-M-63 7" Core:hollow concrete units:see Notes 47, N/A 4 hrs. 1 4 53.54;Facings:both sides;see Note 35. W-7-M-64 7" Core:hollow concrete units:see Notes 47, N/A 2 hrs. 1 2112 51,54;Facings:both sides;see Note 35. 30 rnin. W-7-M-65 7" Core:hollow concrete units;see Notes 47. NIA 2 hrs. 1 2 50,54;Facings:both sides;see Note 35. Concrete wall with 4"x 4"No.6 wire 2 hrs.W-6-M-66 6" fabric(welded) near wall center For NIA 30 min. 43 2 2112 reinforcement. For SI- 1 inch=25.4 min.1 pound per square Inch=0.00689 MPa. Notes: 1.Tested at NBS under ASA Spec.No.43 1934(ASTM C 1953)except that hose stream testing where carried out was run on test specimens exposed for full test duration.not for a reduced period as is contemporarily done. 2.Failure by thermal criteria-maximum temperature rise. 3.For clay tile walls,unless the source or density of the clay can he positively identified or determined,it is suggested that the Invest hourly rating for the fire endur- ance of a clay the partlilun of that thickness be follorced.Identified sources of clay showing longer fire endurance can lead to longer time recommendations. 4.See Note 55 for construction and design details for clay file walls. 5.7ested at NBS under ASA Spec.No.A2.1934. 6.Failure mode-collapse. 7.Collapsed on removal from furnace at 1 hour 9 minutes. B.Hose stream-failed. 9.Hose stream-passed. 10.No end point met In test. 11.Wall collapsed at 1]tour 28 minutes. 12.One cell In wall thickness. 13.Two cells in wall thickness. 14.Double shells plus one cell in wall thickness. 15.One cell in wall thickness.cells filled with broken tile,crushed stone.slag,cinders or sand mixed with mortar. 16.Dense hard-burned clay or shale tile. IT Medium-burned clay tile. 18.Not less than"/s inch thickness of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster. 19.Units of not less than 30 percent solid material. 20.Units of not less than 40 percent solid material. 21.Units of not less than 50 percent solid material. 22.Units of not less than 45 percent solid material. 23.Units of not less than 60 percent solid material. 24.All tiles laid in portland cement-lime mortar. 25.Load:80 psi for gross cross sectional area of wall. 26.Three cells in wall thickness. 27.Minimum percent of solid material In concrete units=52. 28.Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units=54. 29.Minimum percent of solid material In concrete units=55. 30.Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units=57. 3 L Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units=62. 32.Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units=65. 33.Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units=70. 34.Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units=76. 35.Not less than ih inch of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster. 36.Noncombustible or no members framed into wall. 37.Combustible members framed into wall. 38.One unit in wall thickness. 39.Two units in wall thickness. (Corrrinued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 161 RESOURCE TABLE 1.1.3—MASONRY WALLS 6"TO LESS THAN B"THICK--continued 40.Three units in wall thickness. 41.Concrete units made with expanded slag or pumice aggregates. 42.Concrete units made with expanded burned clay or shale,crushed limestone.air cooled slag or cinders. 43.Concrete units made with calcareous sand and gravel.Coarse aggregate,60 percent or more calcite and dolomite. 44.Concrete units made with siliceous sand and gravel.Ninety percent or more quartz.chert or flint. 45.Laid in 1:3 sanded gypsum mortar. 46 Units of expanded slag or pumice aggregate 47.Units of crushed limestone.blast furnace,slag.cinder and expanded clay or shale. 4S Units of calcareous sand and gravel.Coarse aggregate,60 percent or more calcite and dolomite. 49.Units of Siliceous sand and gravel.Ninety percent or more quartz,chert or flint. 50.Unit minimum 49 percent solid. 51.Unit minimum 62 percent solid. 52.Unit minimum 65 percent solid. 53.Unit minimum 73 percent solid. 54.Ratings based on one unit and one cell in wall section. 55.See Cla),Tile Partition Design Construction drag ings,below. � 12 12 12 CHECKERBOARD-C ALTERNATE4G 12 12 12 A B C \I4 114 12 12 F G END-E SIDE-S X14 � 6 a 1�� � �12��� � 0 12 12 D E DESIGNS OF TILES USED IN FIRE-TEST PARTITIONS THE FOUR TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION! USED IN FIRE-TEST PARTITIONS 162 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE° RESOURCE A FIGURE 1.1.4—MASONRY WALLS e"TO LESS THAN 10"THICK NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 15 109 110 104 _97 10_7 10_1 — 95 94 114 65 The number in each box is -- -- -- -- keyed to the last number in the 91 96 92 113 5B Item Code column in the Table. 10 -- -- -- -- -- 79 93 80 85 111 56 For example: 112 75 69 78 76 106 _55 W-9- -66 102 99 45 84 69 _73 105 54 83 81 43 _49 68 _72 _90 53 57 77 39 41 98 67 70 86 52 12 47 37 38 82 62 108 61 74 51 66 10 16 35 36 42 44 100 50 64 32 63 0 6 14 34 20 40 71 48 33 30 59 — - 1-9— -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 88 4 8 5 11 17 29 46 31 19 25 28 60 87 2 1 3 1-7 13 15 24 21 16 22 23 27 26 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 FIRE RESISTANCE RATING(HOURS) TABLE 1.1.4—MASONRY WALLS B"TO LESS THAN 10°THICK PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS Core:clay or shale structural tile:Units in W-8-M-1 8" wall thickness: 1;Cells in wall thickness:2: 80 psi 15 min. 1 1.20 ln(4 Minimum%solids in units:40. Core:clad or sliale structural tile:Units in wall thickness: 1:Cells in wall thickness:2: W-8-M-2 8" Minimum%solids in units:40;No Facings; 80 psi 45 min. 1 1.20 3'q Result for wall with combustible members framed into interior. Core:clay or shale structural tile:Units in W-8-M-3 8" wall thickness: 1;Cells in wall thickness:2; 80 psi 30 min. 1 1.20 11/1 Minimum%solids in units:43. Core:clay or shale structural tile:Units in W-8-M-4 8" wall thickness: 1:Cells in wall thickness-2; 80 psi 45 min. 1 1.20 3/4 Minimum%solids in units:43;No facings: Combustible members framed into wall. See I hr. 1,2,5. W-8-M-5 8" Core:clay or shale structural tile;No facings. Notes 30 min. l 10. 18. 11/z 20.21 (Conrinued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' 163 RESOURCE A TABLE 1.1.4—MASONRY WALLS 8"TO LESS THAN 10"THICK—continued PERFORMANCE REFER_ ENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 13MS 792 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 1,2,5. W-8-M-6 8" Care:clay or shale structural tile;No facings. Notes 45 min. 1 10,19, 3/a 20.21 1.2.5. W-8-M-7 8" Core:clay or shale structural tile;No facings Notes 2 hrs. 1 13, 18, 2 20,21 See I hr. 1,2,5. W-8-M-8 8" Core:clay or shale structural tile;No facings. Notes 45 min. 1 13, 19, 1 t14 - -- - - 20,21 See I hr. 1.2,6, W-8-M-9 8" Core:clay or shale structural tile:No facings. Notes 15 min. 1 9. 18. 1'l4 20,21 See 1,2.6. W-8-M-10 8" Core:clay or shale structural tile-,No facings. Notes 45 min. 1 9, 19, 314 20,21 See 1,2,6, W-8-M-11 8" Core.clay or shale structural tile;No facings. Notes 2 hrs. 1 10, 18, 2 _. .. 20.21 1,2,6. W-8-M-12 8" Core:clay or shale stntctural tile;No facings. See otes 45 min. 1 10. 19, 314 20,21 See 2 hrs. 1,3.6. W-8-M-13 8" Core:clay or shale structural tile.No facings. Notes 30 min. 1 12, 18. 21/z _- 20.21 1,2,6, W-8-M-14 8" Care:clay or shale structural tile:No facings. Notes 1 hr. 1 12, 19. 1 - — -- - -- 20,21 1.2,6. W-8-M-15 8" Core:clay or shale structural tile;No facings. Noes 3 hrs, 1 16. 18. 3 20,21 1,2,6, W-8-M-16 8" Core:clav or shale structural tile:No facings, See otes 15 min. • 1 16, 19, "/4 20,21 Cared clay or shale brick;Units in wall W-8-M-17 8" thickness: 1:Cells in wall thickness: 1: See 2 hrs. 1 1,44 2112 Minimum'Yo solids:70;No facings. Notes 30 min, Cored clay or shale brick;Units in wall W-8-M-18 8" thickness:2:Cells in wall thickness:2: See 5 hrs. 1 1,45 5 Minimum solids:87:No facings. Notes W-8-M-19 8" Core:solid clay or shale brick;No facings. Notes 5 hrs. 1 1,22.45 5 W-8-M-20 8" Core:hollow rolok of clay or shale. See 2 hrs. 1 1.22,45 2112 Notes 30 min. W-8-M-21 8„ Core:hollow rolok bak of clay or shale;No See 4 hrs. I 1.45 4 facings. Notes W-8-M-22 8" Core:concrete brick;No facings. Notes 6 hrs. 1 1,45 6 W-8-M-23 8" Core:sand-line brick;No facings. Notes 7 hrs. 1 1.45 7 (Conthruedl 164 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE RESOURCE A TABLE 1.1.4—MASONRY WALLS 8"TO LESS THAN 10"THICK—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS W-8-M-24 8" Core:4",40%solid clay or shale structural See 3 hrs. 1 1.20 31/1 tile: 1 side 4"brick facing. _ — Notes 30 min. — - _ - Concrete wall (3220 psi):Reinforcing 22,200 W-8-M-25 8" vertical rods I"from each face and 1" lbs./ft. 6 hrs. 7 6 diameter:horizontal rods s/j'diameter. W-8-M-213 8" Core:sand-line brick: '12"of 1:3 sanded See 9 hrs. 1 1.45 9 gypsum plaster facings on one side. Notes W-8-M-27 8112" Core:sand-line brick; '/2"of 1:3 sanded See 8 hrs. 1 1,45 8 gypsum plaster facings on one side. Notes W-8-M-28 8'12" Core:concrete; 112"of 1:3 sanded gypsum See plaster facings on one side. Notes 7 hrs. 1 1,45 7 Core:hollow rolok of clay or shale; 112"of see W-8-M-29 8'1z" 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on one Notes 3 hrs. 1 1,45 3 side. W-8-M-30 81/2" Core:solid clay or shale brick 1/2"thick, 1:3 See 1.22, sande�psun�lasler faci�s on one side. Notes T 6 hrs. 1 45 G Core:cored clay or shale brick;Units in W-8-M-31 8112" wall thickness: 1:Cells�n wall thickness: I: See 4 hrs. 1 1,.44 4 Minimum X,solids:70; /r of 1:3 sanded Notes gypsum plaster facings on both sides. Care:cored clay or shale brick:Units in W-8-M-32 81/2" wall thickness:2;Cells�n wall thickness:2; See 6 hrs. 1 1,45 G Minimum%solids:87; 12 of 1:3 sanded Notes gypsum plaster facings on one side. Core:hallow rolok bak of clay or shale; '/2" See W-8-M-33 8'12" of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster Facings on one Notes 5 hrs. I 1.45 5 side. Care:clay or shale structural tile:Units in W-8-M-34 8518" wall thickness: 1:Cells in wall thickness:2; See 2 hrs. 1 1 2021 2 Minimum%solids in units:40; 18"of 1:3 Notes sanded gypsum plaster facings on one side. Core:clay or shale structural tile:Units in W-8-M-35 85/8" wall thickness: 1;Cells in wall thickness:2; See 1 hr. 1 1,20. 1 i12 Minimum%solids in units:40:Exposed Notes 30 min. 21 face:Vjj"of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster. (Continued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE 165 RESOURCE A TABLE 1.1.4—MASONRY WALLS 8"TO LESS THAN 10"THICK—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 EMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS Core:clay or shale structural tile;Units in W-8-M-36 $51�' tival]thickness: I;Cells in wall thickness:2: See 2 hrs. 1 20, 2 Minimum Y.solids in units:43:5/R of 1:3 Notes 21 sanded gypsum plaster racings on one side. Core:clay or shale structural tile:Units in wall thickness: 1;Cells in wall thickness: 2: See 1 hr. 1.20, W-8-M-37 851"" Minimum%solids in units:43;51""of 1:3 1 11/2 sanded gypsum plaster or the exposed face Notes 30 min. 21 only. Core:clay or shale structural tile:Facings: See 1,2'5, W-8-M-38 8'�x„ side 1:see Note 17. Notes 2 lirs. 1 W. M. 2 20,21 — Core:clay or shale structural tile;Facings: See 1 hr. 1,2,5, W-8-M-39 8. exposed side only:see Note I7. Notes 30 min. 1 10, 19, 1112 20,21 Core:clay or shale structural tile:Facings: See 1,2,5, W-8-M-40 8'�x" exposed side only:see Nate 17. Notes 3 hrs. S 13, 18. 3 20.21 ' Corr:clay or shale structural tile: Facings: See GG-8-M-41 8 fix exposed side only; 20.2 21 see Note 17. Notes 2 hrs. 1 13, 2 1 Core:clay or shale structural tile:Facings: See 2 hrs. 1,2,9, t W-8-M-42 8'�x„ side I:see Note 17. Notes 30 min. 1 18-20. 2'/2 21 Core:clay or shale structural tile:Facings: See 1 hr. 1,2,6, W-8-M-43 8'�K` exposed side only;see Note 17. Notes 30 min. 1 9' 19, 1 1/z 20.21 Core:clay or shale structural tile:Facings: See 1,2, W-8-M-44 8'�" side 1,see Note 17;side 2,none. Notes 3 hrs. 1 10. 18. 3 20.21 Core:clay or shale structural tile:Facings: See 1 hr. 1,2,6, W-8-M-45 8'�"" fire side only;see Note 17. Notes 30 min. 1 10. 19, 11 IZ 20.21 Core:clay or shale structural tile,Facings: See 3 hrs. 1,2,6, W-8-M-46 8'�x` side 1,see Note 17:side 2,none. Notes 30 min. 1 12' 18, 31/2 20,21 Core:clay or shale structural tile:Facings: See 1 hr. 1,2,6. W-8-M-47 85/,' exposed side only;see Note 17. Notes 45 min. 1 12' 19' 1'/, 20.21 Core:clay or shale structural tile;Facings: See 1,2,6. W-8-M-48 $fix" side 1.see Note]7:side 2,none. Notes 4 hrs. 1 I6, 18, 4 20.21 Core:clay or shale structural tile:Facings: See 1'2,6. W-8-M-49 fire` fire side only:see Note 17. Notes 2 hrs. 1 I6, 19. 2 20.21 fC'ontinurdl 166 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE°' RESOURCE TABLE 1.1.4—MASONRY WALLS 8"TO LESS THAN 10"THICK—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC, CODE THICKNESS. CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS Core:4",40`:b solid clay or shale clay See W-8-M-50 851x" structural tile;4"brick plus 5/8"of 1:3 sanded Notes 4 hrs. t 1 1.20 4 gypsum plaster Facings on one side. 8319"x 21/,"and 4"x 2'/z'cellular fletton W-8-M-51 8319" (1873 psi)single and triple cell hollow brick s tonlft. 6 hrs. 7 23,29 6 set in 112"sand mortar in alternate courses. W-8-M-52 8314" 83/4"thick cement brick(2527 psi)with P.C. 3.6 6 hrs. 7 23.24 6 and sand mortar. tons/ft. W-8-M-53 8314" 83/a"x 211z'fiction brick (1831 psi)in 112" 3.6 6 hrs. 7 23.24 6 sand mortar. tons/ft. W-8-M-54 8314" 81I, Ilsand don stock brick(683 psi) in to7.2 6 hrs. 7 23,24 6 P.C. W-9-M-55 9" 9"x 2112"Leicester red wire-cut brick(4465 6.0 6 hrs. 7 23,Z4 6 psi)in'1z"P.C.-sand mortar. tons/ft. W-9-M-56 91, 9"x 3"sand-lime brick(2603 psi) in P.C. 3.6 6 hrs. 7 23.24 6 -sand mortar. _ _ _ t_onslft. W-9-M-57 9" 2layers 271A"netion brick(19 10 psi)with 1.5 32 ----- - - 7 23.25 `13 31/,"air space:Cement and sand mortar. tons/ft. W-9-M-58 9" 9"x 3"stairfoot brick(7527 psi)in 11z" 7.2 6 hrs. 7 23.24 6 sand-cement mortar. — tons/ft. L W-9-M-59 9•• Core:solid clay or shale brick; '/?"thick; 1:3 See 7 hrs. 1 1,22.45 7 sanded gypsum plaster facings on both sides. Notes W-9-M-60 91, Core:concrete brick; 112"of 1:3 sanded See 8 hrs 1 1,45 8 gypsum plaster Facings on both sides. Notes W-9-M-61 91, Core:hollow rolok of clay or shale; 112"of 1:3 See 4 hrs. 1 1,45 4 sanded gypsum plaster facings on both sides. Notes Cored clay or shale brick:Units in wall W-9-M-62 91, thickness: 1:Cells in wall thickness: 1; See 3 hrs. 1 I,44 3 Minimum%solids:70;1/2"of 1:3 sanded Notes gypsum plaster Facings on one side. Cored clay or shale brick;Units in wall W-9-M-63 9" thickness:2:Cells in wall thickness:2: See 7 hrs. 1 1,45 7 Minimum%solids:87;'1x"of 1:3 sanded Notes gypsum plaster facings on both sides. W-9-M-64' 9 M 64 9 10" Core:cavity wall of clay or shale brick;No See 5 hrs. 1 1,45 5 facings. Notes Core:cavity construction or clay or shale See W-9-M-65 9-10" brick: 1/2"of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster Notes 6 hrs, 1 1,45 6 facings on one side, (Continued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE's 167 RESOURCE A TABLE 1.1.4—MASONRY WALLS 8"TO LESS THAN 10"THICK—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS - 1 Core:cavity construction of clay or shale W-9-M-66 9-10" brick:tl,"of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster Notes 7 hrs. 1 1,45 7 facings on both sides. Core;clay or shale structural tile;Units in wall thickness: 1;Cells in wall thickness: See W-9-M-67 91)4" 2;Minimum`%,solids in units:40:'/H'of Notes 3 hrs. 1 1210 3 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on both sides, Core:clay or shale structural tile;Units in mall thickness: 1;Cells in wall thickness: W-9-M-68 9114" 2;Minimum'7,solids in units:43:51H"of Notes 3 Ins. 1 1210'3 ee 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on both sides. r Core:clay or shale structural tile; See 1,2,5. W-9-M-69 9 /4, Facings:sides 1 and 2:see Note 17. Notes 3 hrs. 1 10, 18, 3 20,21 r Core:clay or shale structural tile; See 1,2,5, W-9-M-70 9 14 Facings:sides 1 and 2:see Note 17. Notes 4 hrs. 1 I3, I8. 4 20.21 Core:clay or shale structural tile: See 3 hrs, 1.2'6, W-9-M-71 9 !4 Facings:sides 1 and 2:see Note 17. Notes 30 min. 1 9. 18. 3112 20.21 Core:clay or shale structural tile; See 1.2,6, W-9-M-72 /4" Facings:sides 1 and 2:see Note 17. Notes 4 hrs. 1 10. 18. 4 20,21 , , 4 1 4-73 9'14" Core:clay or shale structural tile; See 12181,2,6. W-9-NI-73 sides 1 and 2:see Note 17. Notes q hrs. 12 18 r Core:clay or shale structural tile; See 1.2.6 W-9-M-74 914 Facings:sides 1 and 2;see Note 17. Notes 5 hrs, 1 16, 18, 5 20.21 W-9-M-75 81' Cored concrete masonry:see Notes 2, 19, 80 psi I hr. 1 1.20 1 r12 26,34.40:No facings. 30 min. W-8-M-76 81, Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 2, 18, 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1.20 4 26,34,40:No facings W-8-M-77 8" Cored concrete masonry:see Notes 2, 19, 80 psi 1 hr. 1 1.20 1 114 26.31.40:No facings. 15 min. W-8-M-78 81, Cored concrete masonry:see Notes 2, 18. 80 psi 3 hrs. 1 1,20 3 26.31.40:No facings. W-8-M-79 8" Cored concrete masonry:see Notes 2. 19. 80 psi 1 hr. 1 1.20 1112 26,36,42;No facings. 30 min. W-8-M-80 8« Cored concrete masonry.see Notes 2. 18, 80 psi 3 hrs. 1 1.20 3 26,36,41;No facings. (Continued) 168 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' RESOURCE A TABLE 1 1.4—MASONRY WALLS 8"TO LESS THAN 10"THICK--continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE• POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES 1 HOURS W-8-M-81 8° Cored concrete masonry:see Notes 2. 19.26, 80 psi 1 hr. 1 1,20 1 34,41;No facings. W-8-M-82 8,. Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 2, 18.26, 80 psi 2 hrs, 1 1.20 2111 34.41:No facings. 30 min, W-8-M-83 8" Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 2. 19,26, 80 psi 45 min. 1 1.20 3/4 29.41:No facings. W-8-M-84 8" Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 2, 18,26, 80 psi 2 hrs. 1 1.20 2 29,41:No facings. W-8-M-85 8'12" Cored concrete masonry:see Notes 3, 18,26, 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1,20 4 34,41:Facings:21/4"brick. W-8-M-86 8" Cored concrete masonry:see Notes 3, 18,26, 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1,20 5 34,41:Facings:31/4"brick face. W-8-M-87 8„ Cored concrete masonry:see Notes 2, 19,26, 80 psi 12 min. 1 1,20 1/5 30.43:No facings. W-8-M-88 81, Cored concrete masonry:see Notes 2, 18,26, 80 psi 12 min. 1 1,20 115 30,43:No facings, W-8-M-89 Bali' Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 2. 19,26, 80 psi 2 hrs. 1 1.20 2 34,40:Facings:fire side only:see Note 38. p W-8-M-90 8'1�' Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 2. 18,26, 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1.20 5 34,40;Facings:side 1:see Note 38. W-8-M-91 81/1 Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 2, 19,26, 80 psi 1 hr. 1 120 131 31,40;Facings:fire side only;see Nate 38. 45 min. W-8-M-92 8111" Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 2. 18,26, 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1.20 4 31,40;Facings:one side;see Note 38. W-8-M-93 SIIz" Cared concrete masonry:see Notes 2. 19.26. 80 si 2 hrs. 1 1.20 2 36,41:Facings:fire side.only;see Note 38. p W-8-M-94 8112" Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 2, 18,26, 80 si 4 hrs. 1 1.20 4 36,41:Facings:fire side only:see Note 38. p W-8-M-95 8112" Cored concrete masonry:see Notes 2, 19,26, 80 psi I hr. 1 1.20 IV, 34.41:Facings:fire side only:see Note 38. 30 min. W-8-M-96 8 11 Cored concrete masonry-.see Notes 2, 18,26, 80 psi 3 hrs. 1.20 3 34,41:Facings:one side:see Note 38. W-8-M-97 8114" Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 2. 19,26, 80 psi 1 hr. 1 1.20 11/z 29.41:Facings:fire side only:see Note 38. 30 min. (Cominued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' 169 RESOURCE A TABLE 1.1.4—MASONRY WALLS 8"TO LESS THAN 10"THICK—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS W-8-M-98 8112' Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 2, 18, 80 psi 2 hrs. 1 1.20 2112 26.29.41: Facings:one side;see Note 38. 30 min, W-8-M-99 8'12' Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 3, I9. 80 psi 1 hr. 1 1,20 1114 23.27.41:No facings. 15 min. W-8-M-100 8112" Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 3, 18, 80 psi 3 hrs. 1 1.20 3112 23,27,41:No facings, 30 min. -i Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 3, 18, W-8-M-101 8112' 26.34,41:Facings:3,/4"brick face.one 80 psi 6 hrs. 1 1.20 6 side only.see Note 38. Cored concrete masonry:see Notes 2, 19, W-8-M-102 8'12" 26,30,43:Facings:fire side only:see Note 80 psi 30 min. 1 1.20 112 38. Cored concrete masonry.see Notes 2, 18, W-8-M-103 8'i2" 26,30.43:Facings:one side only:see Nate 80 psi 12 min. 1 1,20 115 38. W-8-M-104 9„ Cored concrete masonry:see Notes 2. 18. 80 psi 6 hrs. 1 1.20 6 26.34.40;Facings:both sides;see Note 38. W-8-M-I05 9„ Cored concrete masonry:see Notes 2. 18. 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1.20 5 26.31,40;Facings:bath sides;see Note 38. Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 2, 18, W-8-M-106 9" 26,36,41;Facings:both sides of wall:see 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1,20 5 Note 38. W-8-M-107 91, Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 2, I8, 80 si 4 hrs. 1 1.20 4 26,34,41:Facings:both sides:see Note 38. p W-8-M-108 g„ Cared concrete masonry;see Notes 2, 18, 80 psi 3 hrs. 1 1,20 3112 26.29.41:Facings:both sides;see Note 38. 30 min. Cored concrete masonry:see Notes 3, 19. 1 hr. W-8-M-109 9" 23.27.40;Facings:fire side only;see Note 80 psi 45 min. 1 1.20 1314 38. Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 3. 18, W-8-M-110 9" 23,27,41:Facings:one side only;see Note 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1,20 4 38. Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 3, 18, W-8-M-111 91, 26,34.41:2114"brick face on one side only; 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1,20 5 see Note 38. W-8-M-112 91, Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 2, 18, 80 psi 30 min. 1 1.20 112 26,30,43;Facings:both sides:see Note 38. (Cortrinued7 170 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODED RESOURCE A TABLE 1.1.4-MASONRY WALLS 8"TO LESS THAN 10"THICK--continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS Cored concrete masonry:see Notes 3. W-9-M-113 2" 18,2127,41;Facings:both sides;see 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1.20 5 Note 38. W-8-M-114 8" 200 psi 5 hrs. 43 22 5 Fur Sl: 1 inch=25.4 mm.1 pound per square inch=0.00689 MPa. Notes; ].Tested at NBS under ASA Spec.No 43-1934(ASTM C 19-53). 2.One unit in wall thickness. 3.Two units in wall thickness. 4.Two or three units in wall thickness. 5.Two cells in wall thickness. 6.Three or four cells in wall thickness. 7.Four or five cells in wall thickness. 8.Five or six cells in wall thickness. 9.Minimum percent of solid materials in units=40"¢x. 10.Minimum percent of solid materials in units=43%, 11.Minimum percent of solid materials in units=46%. 12.Minimum percent of solid materials in units=48%. 13.Minimum percent of solid materials in units=49`X. 14.Minimum percent of solid materials in units=45%, 15.Minimum percent of solid materials in units=51%, 16.Minimum percent of solid materials in units=53`X,. 17.Not less dean'/„inch thickness of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster. 18.Noncombustible or no members framed into stall. 19.Combustible members framed Into wall. 20.Load:80 psi for gross cross-sectional area of mall. 21.Portland cement-lime mortar. 22.Failure mode thermal. 23.British test. 24.Passed all criteria. 25 Failed by sudden collapse with no preceding signs of impending failure. 26,One cell in wall thickness. 27.Two cells in wall thickness. 28.Three cells in wall thickness 29.Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units=52. 30.N1111imum percent of solid material in concrete units=54. 31.Minimum percent of solid material in concrete unitS=55. 32.Mlnimum percent of solid material in concrete units=57. 33.Mlnimum percent of solid material in concrete units=60. 34.Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units=62- 35.Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units�65. 36.Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units=70. 37.Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units=76. 38.Not less than V=inch of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster. 39.Three units In wall thickness. 40.Concrete units made with expanded slag or pumice aggregates. 41.Concrete units made with expanded burned clay or shale,crushed limestone,air cooled slag or cinders. 42.Concrete units made with calcareous sand and gravel.Coarse aggregate.60 percent or more calcite and dolomite. 43.Concrete units made w1[h siliceous sand and gravel.Ninety percent or more quartz,chert and dolomite. 44.Load: 120 psi for gross cross-sectional area of wall- 45.Load: 160 psi for gross cross-sectional area of wall. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" 171 RESOURCE A FIGURE 1.1.5—MASONRY WALLS 10"TO LESS THAN 12"THICK NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES The number in each box is 10 keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table For example: W-11- -33 23 24 32 33 5— -------- -- -- 10 22 31 30 9 20 25 26 28 8 16 7 21 19 6 12 F27 3 17 15 2 4 18 13 11 1 5 14 29 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 FIRE RESISTANCE RATING (HOURS) TABLE 1.1.5—MASONRY WALLS 10"TO LESS THAN 12"THICK PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BARS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS Core:two 3-14 40% solid clay or shale W-10-M-1 10" structural tiles with 2"air space between: Facings:a/;,portland cement plaster on 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1,20 4 stucco on both sides. W-10-M-2 10" ee Notes 3, 19,27,34.40:i r)facings.cavity; 80 psi 30 min. I 1.2o 1112 W-10-M-3 10" Cored concrete masonry:see Notes 3, 18,27, 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1.20 4 34,40:No facings. W-10-M-4 10" Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 2, 19.26,34,40:No facings. 80 psi 2 hrs. 1 120 2 W-10-M-5 10" Cored concrete masonry:see Notes 2. 18.26. 80 psi 5 lirs. 1 1.20 5 3140;No facings. W-10-M-6 10" Cored concrete masonry:see Notes 2. 19.26. 80 psi 1 hr. 1 1,20 1 t)z 33.41:No facings. 30 min W-10-M-7 10" Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 2, 18,26, 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1,20 4 33,41;No facings. (Continued) 172 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" RESOURCE A TABLE 1.1.5-MASONRY WALLS 1D"TO LESS THAN 12"THICK-continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS•92 NOTES HOURS Cored concrete masonry(cavity type 2"air W-10 M 8 Ib" space);see Notes 3,19,27,34,42:No 80 psi 15min 1 1.20 1114 facings. Cored concrete masonry(cavity type 2"air W-I0-M-9 14" space):see Notes 3, 18.27.34.42;No 80 psi 15 min. 1 1.20 1114 facings. Cored concrete masonry(cavity type 2"air W-10-M-10 10" space):see Notes 3. 19,27,34,41:No 80 psi 15 min. 1 1.20 111, facings. _ Cored concrete masonry(cavity type 2"air ---- -- W-10-M-I1 IQ" space);see Notes 3. 18,27.34.41:No 80 psi 30 min. I 1 1.20 31/z facings. 9"thick concrete black(113/4"x 9"x 41/4"} W-10-M-12 10" with two 2"thick voids included;I&"P.C. N/A 1 hr' 7 23,44 131, plaster 1/N"neat gypsum- 53 min. Holly clay the block wall-8'12"block with W-I0-M-13 10" two 3"voids in each 8112"section:3141, NIA 42 min. 7 23,25 2112.. gypsum plaster-each face. Two layers 4114"brick with V/2"air space; W-10-M-14 10" No ties sand cement mortar. (Fletion brick- NIA 6 hrs. 7 23.24 6 1910 psi). Two layers 4114"thick Fletton brick(1910 W-10-M-15 10" psi); I11z"air space;Ties: 18"o.c.vertical;3' NIA 6 hrs. 7 23.24 6 o.c.horizontal. Cored concrete masonry;2"air cavity;see W-10-M-16 l0'lz" Notes 3, 19,27,34,40;Facings:fire side 80 psi 2 hrs. 1 1,20 2 only;see Note 38. W-10-M-17 101/2 Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 3, 18,27, 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1.20 5 34,40;Facings:side 1 only;see Note 38. W-10-M-18 10112" Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 2, 19,26, 80 psi 2 hrs, 1 1 20 2112 33,40:Facings:fire side only:see Note 38. 30 min. W-10-M-19 101le" Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 2, 18,26. 80 psi 6 hrs. 1 1.20 6 33,40;Facings:one sidf:see Note 38. Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 2, 19,26, W-10-M-20 1011z" 33,41;Facings:fire side of wall only;see 80 psi 2 hrs. 1 1,20 2 Note 38. W-10-M-21 101/z" Cored concrete masonry:see Notes 2, 18,26, 80 psi 5 hrs, 1 1.20 5 33,41;Facings:one side only;see Note 38. Cored concrete masonry(cavity type 2"air W-10-M-22 1011x" space);see Notes 3,19,27,34,42:Facings: 80 psi 45 min. 1 1.20 1314 fire side only;see Note 38. (Continued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE° 173 RESOURCE A TABLE 1.1.5—MASONRY WALLS 10"TO LESS THAN 12"THICK—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST. REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS42 BMS-92 BM_S_-92 NOTES_ HOURS Cored concrete masonry(cavity type 2"air W-10-M-23 IOilz" space);see Notes 3. 18.27,34.42:Facings:one 80 psi 15 min. 1 1,20 11/4 side only:see Note 38. Cored concrete masonry(cavity type 2"air W-10-M-24 10t/z" space);see Notes 3. 19.27.34.41:Facings:fire 80 psi 2 hrs. 1 L20 2 side only;see Note 38- Cored concrete masonry(cavity type 2"air W-10-M-25 10112" space);see Notes 3, 18,27,34,41:Facings:one 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1,20 4 side only;see Note 38. Core:8".4W6 solid the plus 2"furring tile; W-10-M-26 '/s'sanded gypsum plastf,r between file types; 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1.20 5 a Facings.both sides'/;"portland cement plaster or stucco. Core:8".40 solid the plus 2"furring tile; W-10-M-27 10�a' sanded gypsum plaster between tile BO psi 1 1.20 3112 Fac ngs:oe Si4 P ortl ndcementP laster or 30 min. stucco. W-11-M-28 11' Cored concrete masonry:see Notes 3. 18,27, g0 psi fi hrs. 1 I,20 6 34,40:Facings:both sides;see Note 38. W-11-M-29 11•• Cored concrete masonry:see Notes 2. 18.26. 80 psi 7 hrs. I 1,20 7 33.40;Facings:both sides;see Note 38. W-1 I-M-30 11•• Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 2. 18,26, 80 si 6 hrs. 1 120 6 33.41:Facings:both sides of wall;see Note 38.. P Cored concrete masonry(cavity type 2"air W-I I-M-31 11" space):see Notes 3, 18,27,34,42;Facings: 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 I.20 5 both sides:see Note 38. Cored concrete masonry(cavity ivpe 2"air W-11-M-32 I1" space);see Notes 3, 18,27,34,41:Facings: 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1,20 5 both sides:see Note 38. (Continued) 174 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' RESOURCE A TABLE 1.1.5-MASONRY WALLS 10"TO LESS THAN 12"THICK-continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS•92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS Two layers brick(4112"Melton.2,428 psi) W-11-M-33 11" 2"air space;gah,anized ties; IS"o.c.- 3 tons/ft. 6 hrs. 7 23,24 6 horizontal: 3'o.c.-vertical. For SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm, 1 pound per square Inch=0.00689h4Pa. Notes: 1.Tested at NBS-ASA Spec.No.A2-1934. 2.One unit in wall thickness. 3.Two units in wall thickness. 4.Two or three units in wall thickness. 5.Two cells install thickness. 6.Three or four cells In wall thickness. 7. Four or live cells in wall thickness. S.five or six cells in wall thickness. 9.Minimum percent of solid materials in units=404x. 10.Minimum percent of solid materials in units=439d,. i 1.Minimum percent of solid materials in units=46`%�- 12.Minimum percent of solid materials in units=484L. 13.Minimum percent of solid materials in units=49". 14.Minimum percent of solid materials in units=45%. 15.Minimum percent of solid materials in unlis=51`, 1 G.Minimum percent of solid materials in units=53% 17.Not less than'/.inch thickness of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster. IS.Noncombustible or no members framed into wall. 19.Combustible members framed into wall. 20.Load:80 psi for gross cross sectional area of wall. 21.Portland cement-lime mortar. 22.Failure mode-thermal. 23.British Lest. 24.Passed all criteria. 25.failed by sudden collapse with no preceding signs of impending failure. 26.One cell in wall thickness. 27.Two cells in wall thickness. 28.Three cells In wall thickness. 29.Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units=52%. 30.Minimum percent of solid material In concrete units=5440. 31.Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units=55%. 32.Minimum percent of solid material In concrete units=57%. 33.Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units=60%. 34.Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units=62%, 35.Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units=65°x. 36.Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units=70%, 37.Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units=76%. 38.Not less than'/,inch of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster. 39.Three units in wall thickness. 40.Concrete units made with expanded slag or pumice aggregates. 41.Concrete units made with expanded turned clay or shale,crushed limestone.air cooled Slag or cinders. 42.Concrete units made with calcareous sand and gravel.Coarse aggregate.60 percent or more calcite and dolomite. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 175 RESOURCE A FIGURE 1.1.6—MASONRY WALLS 12"TO LESS THAN 14"THICK NUMBER IF The n�in ASSEMBLIES keyed the the 81 84 Item Cle. 10 For example: 80 83 – W-12- -42 76 82 42 64 87 7 8 39 59 61 77 37 50 58 47 63 B5 34 – 46 48 60 62 57 31 49 79 23 73 30 44 53 55 56 27 45 75 9 70 51 26 20 22 52 54 21 41 72 7 fib 74 33 18 14 16 17 29 8 36 68 4 24 43 35 38 67 32 28 72 11 13 ]19 19 3 25 fi5 8fi 2 10 7 5 6 40 59 71 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 a 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 FIRE RESISTANCE RATING(HOURS) TABLE 1.1.6—MASONRY WALLS 12"TO LESS THAN 14"THICK PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST. REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAM TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS W-12-M-1 12" Core:solid clay or shale brick;No facings. NIA 12 firs. 1 1 12 W-12-M-2 12" Core:solid clay or shale brick;No facings. 160 psi 10 firs. 1 1.44 10 W-12-M-3 12" Care;hollow rolok of clay or shale:No 160 psi 5 firs. 1 1.44 5 facings. W-12-M-4 12" Core:hollow rolok balk of clay or shale; 160 psi 10 hrs. 1 1.44 10 No facings. W-12-M-5 12" Core:concrete brick:No facings. 160 psi 13 firs. 1 1.44 13 W-12-M-6 12" Core:sand-time brick;No facings. NIA 14 firs. 1 1 14 W-12-M-7 12" Core:sand-lime brick;No facings. 160 psi 10 firs. 1 1,44 10 Cored clay or shale brick;Units in wall W-12-M-8 12" thickness: 1;Cells in wall thickness:2: 120 psi 5 firs. 1 1.45 5 Minimum%solids:70;No facings. Cored clay or shale brick;Units in wall W-12-M-9 12" thickness:3;Cells in wall thickness:3: 160 psi 10 firs. 1 1.44 10 Minimum%solids:87;No facings. (Con inued) 176 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING COD£a RESOURCE A TABLE 1.1.6-MASONRY WALLS 12"TO LESS THAN 14"THICK-continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCENUM13ER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE_ THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME. t3M5-92 BMS-92 BMS•92 NOTES HOURS Cored clay or shale brick;Units in wall W-12-M-10 12" thickness:3;Cells in wall thickness:3: NIA 11 firs. I 1 11 Minimum%solids:87;No facings. _ W-I2-M-11 12" Core:clay or shale structural tile;see 80 psi 2 hrs. 1 1,20 2112 Notes 2,6.9. 18;No facings. r W-12-M-12 12" Core:clay or shale structural tile;see 80 psi 2 hrs. 1 1,20 2 Notes 2,4,9. 19:No facings. _ W 12-M-13 12" Core:clay or shale structural tile:see 80 psi 3 firs. 1 I,20 3 Notes 2,6, 14. 19:No facings. _ W-12-111,14 12" Core:clay or shale structural tile;see 80 psi 2 hrs' I 1 1 20 211z Notes 2.6. 14, 18;No facings. _. 30 min. W-12-M-15 12" Core:clay or shale structural tile:see 80 psi 3 hrs. 1 1.20 31l2 Notes 2,4, 13, 18;No faclngs. _ - 30 min. W-12-M-16 12" Core:clay or shale structural tile:see 80 psi 3 hrs. 1 1.20 3 Notes 2.4. 13, 19;No facings. _ W-12-M-17 12" Core:clay or shale structural tile:see 80 psi 3 hrs. 1 1,20 3112 Notes 3,6,9, 18;No ngs.faci 30 nun. W-12-M-18 12" Core:clay or shale structural tile;see 80 psi 2 hrs. 1 1.20 2 Notes 3,6.9, 19;No facings. _ W-12-M-19 12" Core:clay or shale structural tile;see 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1 20 4 Notes 3,6, 14. 18;No facings. W-12-M-20 I2" Core:clay or shale structural tile;see 80 psi 2 hrs. ' 1 1.20 2'/z Notes 3.6. 14, 19;No facings. _ _ 30 min. W-12-M-21 12•' Core:clay or shale structural tile;see 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1.20 5 Notes 3.6. 16, 18,No facings. W 12-M 22 12„ Core:clay or shale structural tile;see 80 psi 3 hrs. 1 1.20 3 Notes 3.6. 16, 19:No facings. W-12-M-23 12" Core:8",70%solid clay or shale structural 80 psi 10 hrs. 1 1.20 10 tile:4"brick facings on one side.W-12-M-24 12" Core:8",70%solid clay or shale structural NIA 11 hrs. 1 1 11 tile;4"brick facings on one side. ---- W-12-M-25 12" Core:8",40°b solid clay or shale structural 80 psi 6 hrs. 1 1.20 6 tile;4"brick facings on one side. W-12-M-26 12" Cored concrete masonry:see Notes 1 9. 80 psi 2 hrs. 1 1,20 2 15, 16,20;No facings._ W-12-M-27 12" Cored concrete masonry,see Notes 2, 18. 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1,20 5 26,34,41;No facings. W-12-M-28 12•, Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 2, 19, 80 psi I hr. 1 1,20 1'Iz 26,31.41;No facings. 30 min. W-12-M-29 12" Cared concrete masonry:see Notes 2, 18, 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1.20 4 26,31,41;No Facings. (Continued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE 177 RESOURCE A TABLE 1.1.6—MASONRY WALLS 12"TO LESS THAN 14"THICK—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMB_ ER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS_-92 NOTES HOURS W-12-M-30 12" Cored concrete masonry:see Notes 3. 19. S0 psi 2 hrs. 1 1.20 2 27,31.43;No facings. lit-12-M-31 12" Cored concrete otasoury:see Notes 3. 18. 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1.20 5 27.31,43;No facings. W-12-M-32 12" Cored concrete masonry:see Notes 2. 19. 80 psi 25 min. 1 1.20 1/3 26,32.43;No facings. ___ W-12-M-33 12" Cored concrete masonry:see Notes 2. 18. 80 psi 25 min. 1 1.20 V, 26,32,43:No facings. _ W-12-M-34 12'll' Corp:solid clay or shale brick: I1,"of 1:3 160 psi 10 hrs. 1 1.44 10 sanded gypsum plaster facings on one side. W-12-M-35 12�1�" Care:solid clay or shale brick: 1/,'of 1:3 NIA 13 hrs. 1 1 13 sanded gypsum plaster facings on one side.. T _ Core:hollow rolok of clay or shale;V,"of W-12-M-36 12112" 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on one 160 psi 6 hrs. 1 1.44 6 side. Core:hollow rolok bak of clay or shale: W-12-M-37 12114" '/,"of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings 160 psi 10 hrs. 1 1.44 10 on one side. W-12-M-38 12'12" Core:concrete: L12"of 1:3 sanded gypsum 160 psi 14 hrs. 1 1.44 14 plaster facings on one side. W-12-M-39 12"12" Core:sand-lime brick: V,"of 1:3 sanded 160 psi 10 Itrs. 1 1.44 10 gypsum plaster facings on one side. W-12-M-40 12"1x' Core:sand-lime brick: 111'of 1:3 sanded N/A 15 hrs. 1 1 15 gypsum plaster facings on one side. Cored clay or shale brick:Units in wall W-12-M-41 1211z' thickness: 1;Cells in wall thickness:2; 120 psi 6 hrs. 1 1.45 6 Minimum%solids:70; /, of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on one side. Cored clay or shale brick;Units in wall W-12-M-42 12t11" thickness:3:Cells in wall thickness:3: 160 psi 10 hrs. 1 1 44 10 Minimum%solids:87; /Z"of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on one side. Cored clay or shale brick;Units in wall W-12-NI-43 12,11" thickness:3:Cells in wall thickness-3; NIA 12 hrs. 1 1 12 Minimum%solids:87: Ile"of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on one side. (Continued) 178 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' RESOURCE A TABLE 1.1.6—MASONRY WALLS 12"TO LESS THAN 14"THICK—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST. REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS W-12-M-44 12111" Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 2, 19,26, 80 psi 2 hrs. 1 1.20 211, 34.41:Facings:fire side only:see Note 38. p 30 nun. Cored concrete masonry:see Notes 2, 18,26, W-12-M-45 12112" 34.39.41;Facings:one side only:see Note 80 psi 6 hrs, 1 1.20 6 38. W-12-M-46 1211," Cored concrete masonry:see Notes 2, 19,26, 80 si 2 hrs. 1 1.20 2 31.41;Facings:fire side only:see Note 38. p Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 2, 18,26, W-12-M-47 1211x' 31,4I:Facings:one side of wall only;see 80 psi 1 5 hrs. 1 1.20 5 Note 38. W-12-M-48 12'/Z` Cored concrete ruasonrv;see Notes 3, 19,27, SOPS' 2 hrs' 1 1.20 2111 31,43;Facings:lire sidr only:see Note 38. p 30 min. W-12-M-49 1211z" Cored concrete masourv;see Notes 3, 18,27, 80 si 6 hrs. 1 1.20 6 31,43:Facings:one side only:see Note 38. p W-12-M-50 12112' Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 2, 19,26, 80 psi 2 hrs. 1 1.20 211, _ 32,43;Facings:fire side only:see Nate 38. 30 min, W-12-M-51 1211"' Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 2, 18,26. 80 psi 25 min. 1 1.20 113 32,43;Facings:one side only;see Note 38. W-12-M-52 125/8" Clay or shale structural tile:see Notes 2.6,9, 80 psi 3 hrs' 1 1.20 311z 18:Facings:side I,see Note 17;side 2,none. 30 min. W-12-M-53 1218 Clay or shale structural tile:see Notes 2.6.9. 80 psi 3 hrs. 1 1,20 3 19:Facings:fire side only:see Note-1 T Clay or shale structural tile;see Notes 2,6, W-i2 M 54 12518" 14, 19:Facings:side 1,see Note 17:side 2, 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1,20 4 none. Clay or shale structural tile;see Notes 2,6, W-12-M-55 12''/,` 14, 18:Facings:exposed side only;see Note 80 psi 30 min. 1 1,20 311, 17. Clay or shale structural tile;see Notes 2.C W-12-M-56 12%" 13. 18;Facings:side 1,see Note 17:side 2, 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1.20 4 none. W 12-M-57 1251811 Clay or shale structural tile;see Notes 1.4. 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1 20 4 13, 19;Facings:fire side only;see Note 17. M W-I2-M-58 12518" Clay or shale structural tile:see Notes 3,6.91 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1.20 4 18;Facings:side 1,see Note 17;side 2,none. W-12-M-59 12518" Clay or shale structural tile:see Notes 3.6.9. 80 psi 3 hrs. 1 1 20 3 19;Facings: fire side only;see Note 17. (Continued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" 179 RESOURCE A TABLE 1.1.6—MASONRY WALLS 12"TO LESS THAN 14"THICK—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS Clay or shale structural tile;see Notes 3,6, W-12-M-60 1251x" 14, 18:Facings:side 1,see Note 17;side 2. 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1.20 5 none. W-12-M-61 12i/„" Clay or shale structural tile:see Notes 316. 80 psi 3 hrs. 1 1.20 3112 14, 19;Facings:fire side only:see Note 17. 30 min. Clay or shale structural tile:see Notes 3.6, W-12-M-62 12"/x" 16, 18:Facings:side 1,see Note 17;side 2. 80 psi 6 hrs. 1 1,20 6 none. W-12-M-63 12,,, Clay or shale structural tile:see Notes 3.6, 84 psi 4 lirs. 1 1.20 4 16. 19;Facings:fire side only-,see Note 17. Core:8".40 solid clay or shale structural W-12-M-64 12"18" tile,Facings:4"brick plus'/,'of 1:3 sanded 80 psi 7 hrs, 1 1.20 7 gypsum plaster on one side. W-13-M-65 13" Core:solid clay or shale brick: 'I,"of 1:3 160 psi 12 hrs. 1 1,44 12 sanded gypsum plaster facings on both sides. W-13-M-66 13" Core:solid clay or shale brick: 111'of 1:3 NIA 15 hrs. 1 1.20 15 sanded gypsum plaster facings on both sides. W-13-M-67 13" Core:solid clay or shale brick; 117"of 1:3 NIA 15 hrs. 1 1 15 sanded gypsum plaster facings on both sides. Core:hollow rolok of clay or shale: 112"of W-13-M-68 13" 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on both 80 psi 7 hrs. 1 1.20 7 sides. W-13-M-69 13" Core:concrete brick; 1Iz'of 1:3 sanded 160 psi 16 hrs. 1 1.44 16 gypsum plaster facings on both sides. W-13-M-70 13" Core:sand-lino brick; 112"of 1:3 sanded 160 psi 12 hrs. 1 1,44 12 gypsum plaster facings on both sides. W-13-M-71 13" Core:sand-lime brick; 112"of 1:3 sanded NIA 17 hrs. 1 1 17 gypsum plaster facings on both sides. Cored clay or shale brick:Units in wall W-13-M-72 13" thickness: 1:Cells in wall thickness:2: 120 psi 7 hrs. 1 1.45 7 Minimum /o solids:70; 17"of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on both sides. Cored clay or shale brick;Units in wall W-13-M-73 13" thickness:3:Cells in wall thickness:3: 160 psi 12 hrs. 1 1.44 12 Minimum%solids:87:112"of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on both sides. Cored clay or shale brick;Units in wall W-13-M-74 13" thickness:3:Cells in wall thickness:2; NIA 14 firs. 1 1 14 Minimum%solids:87:1/2"of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on both sides. (Continued) 180 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" RESOURCE TABLE 1.1.6—MASONRY WALLS 12"TO LESS THAN 1b"THICK—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC, CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 SMS•92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS W-13-M-75 i3" Cored concrete masonry:see Notes 18,23. 80 psi 7 hrs. 1 1.20 7 28,39,41;No facings. W-13-M-76 13" Cored concrete masonry:see Notes 19,23. 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1.20 4 28,39,41;No facings. W-13-M-77 13" Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 3, 18, 80 psi 6 hrs. 1 1.20 6 V.31,43:Facings:both sides:see Note 38. W-13-M-78 13" Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 2, 18, 80 psi 6 hrs. 1 1.20 6 26,31,41;Facings:both sides:see Note 38. Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 2,18, W-13-M-79 13" H.34.41:Facings:both sides of wall:see 80 psi 7 hrs. 1 1.20 7 Note 38. W-13-M-80 13114" Core:clay or shale structural tile;see Notes 80 psi 4 hrs, 1 1,20 4 Z.6,9, 18:Facings:both sides:see Note 17. Core:clay or shale structural tile;see Notes W-13-M-81 13114" 2,6, 14, 19;Facings:both sides:see Note 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1,20 4 17. r Care:clay or shale structural tile;see Notes W-13-M-82 13`14" 2.4. 13. 18:Facings:both sides:see Note 80 psi 6 hrs. 1 1,20 6 17. W-13-M-83 131/4" Core:clay or shale structural tile;see Notes 3.6.9, 18:Facings:both sides:see Note 17. 80 psi 6 hrs. 1 I.20 6 Core:clay or shale structural tile;see Notes W-13-M-84 13'14" 3,6, 14, 18:Facings:both sides;see Note 80 psi 6 hrs. 1 I,20 6 17. Core:clay or shale structural tile;see Notes W-13-M-85 1314" 3,6, 16, 18;Facings:both sides;see Note 80 psi 7 hrs. 1 1.20 7 17. Cored concrete masonry;see Notes 18,23, W-13-M-86 13°/z" 28,39,41:Facings:one side only:see Note 80 psi 8 hrs. 1 1,20 8 38. (Cominued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" lei RESOURCE A TABLE 1.1.6-MASONRY WALLS 12"TO LESS THAN 14"THICK-continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BM&92 NOTES HOURS Cored concrete masonry:see Notes 19.23, W-13-M-87 131/2" 28,39,41;Facings:fire side only:see 80 psi 5 firs. 1 1,20 5 Note 38. Fur 51: 1 inch=25.4 mm,1 pound per square inch=0.00689 MPa. Notes: 1.Tested at NB5-ASA Spec.No.A2-1934. 2.One unit in wall thickness. 3.Two units in wall thickness. 4.Tw•o or three units In wall thickness 5.Tw•o cells in wall thickness. 6.Three or four cells In wall thickness. 7.Four or five cells in wall thickness. 8.Five or six cells in wall thickness. 9.Minimum percent of solid materials in units=4V;,. 1 n.Minimum percent of solid materials in units=43%, l 1.Minimum percent of solid materials in units=461h, 12.Minimum percent of solid materials in units=4V'"'. 13.Minimum percent of solid materials in units=499."'. 14.Minimum percent of solid materials in units=451, 15.Minimum percent of solid materials in units=51%, 16 Minimum percent of solid materials In units=53%, 17 Nut less than'1„inch thickness of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster. IS.Noncombustible or no members Framed into wall. 19.Combustible members framed into wall. 20.Load:60 psi for gross area. 21.Portland cement lime mortar. 22.Failure mode-thermal. 23-British test. 24.Passed all criteria. 25.Failed by sudden collapse with no preceding signs of impending failure. 26.One cell in wall thickness. 27.Two cells in wall thickness. 28.Three cells In wall thickness. 29.Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units=52%, 30.Nlinimum percent of solid material in concrete units=54"L. 31.Minimum percent of solld material In concrete units=55"L. 32.Minimum percent of solld material in concrete units=57'0. 33.Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units=60`x,. 34.Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units=62%, 35.Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units=65%, 36.Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units=70%, 37.Minimum percent of solid material In concrete units=76`.1',. 38.Not less than V,inch of 1.3 sanded gypsum plaster. 39.Three units in wall thickness. 40.Concrete units made with expanded slag or pumice aggregates. 41.Concrete units made with expanded burned clay or shale,crushed limestone,air cooled Slag or cinders. 42.Concrete units made with calcareous sand and gravel.Coarse aggregate,60 percent or more calcite and dolomite. 43.Concrete units made with siliceous sand and gravel.Ninety percent or more quartz,chert or flint. 44.Load: 1GO psi of gross wall cross sectional area. 45.Load: 120 psi of gross wall cross sectional area. 102 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE°` RESOURCE FIGURE 1.1.7—MASONRY WALLS 14"OR MORE THICK NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 10 The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table For example: W17• •28 5 17 22 15 19 24 27 2B 9 14 16 26 21 29 5 7 �11 13 18 10 23 8 2J5 2 4 6 8 1 12 20 30 31 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 B 9 10 11 12 13 14 FIRE RESISTANCE RATING(HOURS) TABLE 1.1.7—MASONRY WALLS 14"OR MORE THICK PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE. POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS W-14-M-1 14" Core:cored masonry;see Notes 18,28,33, 80 psi 9 hrs, 1 1.20 9 39,41;Facings:both sides;see Note 38. W-16-M-2 16" Core:clay or shale structural tile;see Notes 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1,20 5 4.7.9. 19;No facings. W-16-M-3 16" Core:clay or shale structural tile:see Notes 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1.20 4 4.7.9. 19:No facings. W-16-M-4 16" Core:clay or shale structural tile;see Notes 80 psi 6 hrs. 1 1.20 6 4.7, 10, 18:No facings. W-16-M-5 16" Core:clay or shale structural tile;see Notes 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1.20 4 4.7, 10, 19;No facings. W-16-M-6 16" Core:clay or shale structural tile;see Notes 80 psi 7 hrs. 1 1.20 7 4.7. 11. 18:No facings. W-I6-M-7 16" Core:clay Or Shale structural tile:see Notes 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1.20 5 4.7. 11. 19:No facings. W-16-M-8 16° Core:clay or shale structural tile;see Notes 80 psi 8 hrs, 1 1.20 8 4.8. 13. 18;No facings. W-16-M-9 16" Core:clay or shale structural tile:see Notes 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1.20 5 4,8. 13, 19;No facings. W-16-M-10 16" Core:clay or shale structural tile:see Notes 80 psi 9 hrs. 1 1,20 9 4.8. 15, 18:No facings. W-16-M-11 16" Core:clay Or shale structural file:see Notes 80 psi 6 hrs. 1 1.20 6 3.7. 14. 18;No facings, (Continued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' 183 RESOURCE A TABLE 1.1.7—MASONRY WALLS 14"OR MORE THICK—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS W-16-M-12 1G" Core:clay or shale structural tile;sec 80 psi ]0 hrs. 1 1,20 10 Notes 4,8, 16, 18:No ratings. W-16-M-13 16" Core:clay or shale structural tile;see 80 psi 7 hrs. 1 1.20 7 Notes 4,6, 16, 19:No facings. Core:clay or shale structural tile:see W-16-M-14 1G'Ix" Notes 4,7,9. 18;Facings:side 1,see Note 80 psi 6 hrs, 1 1.20 6 17:side 2,none. Core:clay or shale structural tile:see W-16-M-15 16'iti` Notes 4,7,9, 19;Facings:fire side only, 80 psi 5 firs. 1 1,20 5 see Note 17. Core:clay or shale structural life;see W-16-M-16 16'1x" Notes 4,7, 10, 18;Facings:side 1,see 80 psi 7 hrs. 1 1.20 7 Note 17:side 2,none. Core:clay or shale structural tile;see W-16-M-17 16'1x" Notes 4,7. 10. 19:Facings:lire side only; 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1,20 5 see Note 17. Core:clay or shale structural tile;see W-I6-M-18 1G'/x" Notes 4,7. if 18;Facings:side 1,see 80 psi 5 firs. 1 1.20 5 Note 17'side 2,none. Core:clay or shale structural tile;see W-I6-M-19 IG'/x" Notes 4,7. 11, 19:Facings: [ire side only; 80 psi 6 hrs. 1 1 20 6 see Note 17. Core:clay or shale structural tile;see W-16-M-20 16'1x" Notes 4,8, 13. 18:Facings:sides 1 and 2; 80 psi I I ]trs. 1 1.20 11 see Note 17. Core:clay or shale structural tile:see W-16-M-21 Wix" Notes 4,8, 13 18:Facings:side 1,see 80 psi 9 hrs. I 1.20 9 Nate 17:side 2,none. Core:clay or shale structural tile:see W-16-M-22 16"is" Notes 4.8. 13, 19;Facings:fire side only; 80 psi 6 hrs. 1 1.20 6 see Note 17. Core:clay or shale structural tile:see W-16-M-23 16"/„" Notes 4,8, 15, 18:Facings:side 1,see 80 psi 10 hrs. 1 1.20 10 Note 17;side 2.none. Core:clay or shale structural tile:see W-16-M-24 16'18" Notes 4,8, 15, 19;Facings:fire side only: 80 psi 7 hrs. 1 1.20 7 see Note 17. Core:clay or shale structural tile:see W-16-M-25 16'1x" Notes 4,6, 16, 18;Facings:side 1,see 80 psi 11 hrs. 1 1,20 11 Note 17:side 2,none. Core:clay or shale structural tile:see W-16-M-26 i6'ix" Notes 4,6, 16, 19;Facings:fire side only: 80 psi 81trs. 1 I,20 8 see Note 17. Core:clay or shale structural tile;see W-17-M-27 1V14" Notes 4,7.9. 18:Facings:sides 1 and 2; 80 psi 8 hrs. 1 1,20 8 see Note 17. Core:clay or shale structural tile;see W-17-M-28 17`id" Notes 4.7. 10. 18:Facings:sides 1 and 2; 80 psi 9 hrs. 1 1,20 9 see Note 17. (Continued) 184 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' RESOURCE TABLE 1.1.7-MASONRY WALLS 14"OR MORE THICK-continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS W-17-M-29 17114" Core:clay or shale structural tile:see Notes 9. 80 si 10 hrs. I 1,20 10 7. 1 I, 18:Facings:sides I and 2;see Note 17. p W-17-M-30 17114" Core:clay or shale structural tile:see Notes 9. 80 psi 12 hrs. 1 1,20 12 8. 15. 18:Facings:sides 1 and 2:see Note 17. W-17-M-31 17114" Core:clay or shale structural tile:see Notes 4. 80 si 13 hrs. 1 1,20 I3 6. 16. 18:Facings:sides 1 and 2;see Note 17. p For SL 1 Inch=25.4 rum,1 pound per square Inch=0.00689 MPa. Notes: 1.Tested at NBS-ASA Spec.No.A2-1934. 2.One unit in wall thickness. 3.Two units In wall thickness. 4.Two or three units in wall thickness. 5.Two cells in wall 1hicknesa. 6.Three or four rells in wall thickness. 7.four or five cells in wall thickness. S.five or six cells in wall thickness. 9.Minimum percent of solid materials in units=40% 10.Minimum percent of solid materials in units=43%. 11.Minimum percent of solid materials in units=4616. 12.Minimum percent of solid materials in units=4189,'., 13.Minimum percent of solid materials in units=49 1,','. 14.Minimum percent of solid materials In units=45'No, 15.Minimum percent of solid materials In units=51% 16.Minimum percent of solid materials in units=53%j 17.Not less than"/w inch thickness of i:3 sanded gypsum plaster. 18.Noncombustible or no members framed Into wall. 19.Combustible members framed into wall. 20.Load:80 psi for gross area. 21.Portland cement-lime mortar. 22.Failure mode-thermal. 23.British test 24.Passed all criteria. 25.Failed by sudden collapse with no preceding signs of impending failure. 26.One cell in wall thickness. 27.Two cells in wall thickness. 28.Three cells in wall thickness. 29.Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units=52%. 30.Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units=54%. 31.Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units=55%. 32.Minimum percent of solid material In concrete units=57`T6. 31 Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units=60';). 34-Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units. 62"x. 35 Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units=65"x. 36.Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units=70%, 37.Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units=761n, 38.Not less than`IZ inch of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster. 39.Three units In wall thickness. 40.Concrete units made with expanded slag or pumice aggregates. 41.Concrete units made with expanded burned clay or shale.crushed limestone,air cooled slag or cinders. 42.Concrete units made with calcareous sand and gravel.Coarse aggregate,60 percent or more calcite and dolomite. 43 Concrete units made with siliceous sand and gravel.Ninety percent or more quartz,chert or Slim. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" 105 RESOURCE A FIGURE 1.2.1—METAL FRAME WALLS 0"TO LESS THAN 4"THICK NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES AL 15 36 32 31 The number in each box is 10 -- keyed to the last number in the 29 Item Code column in the Table. 24 For example: —23 21 26 20 5 -- -- 16 14 9 30 13 34 4 2512 3527 2 221-7- 28 19 10 33 0 15 1 8 3 11 6 5 18 17 0 1 2 3 4 FIRE RESISTANCE RATING(HOURS) TABLE 1.2.1—METAL FRAME WALLS 0"TO LESS THAN 4"THICK PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS Core:steel channels having three rows of 4"x 1/K'staggered slots in web:core filled W-3-Me-1 3" with heat expanded vermiculite weighing NIA 25 min. I 113 1.5 lbsdfuz of wall area:Facings:sides l and 2. 18 gage steel,spot welded to core. Core:steel channels having three rows of 4"x 11x'staggered slots in web;core Celled W-3-Me-2 3" with heat expanded vermiculite weighing NIA 30 min. I 112 2 lbs,/ft.z of wall area; Facings:sides 1 and 2, 18 gage steel,spot welded to core. Solid partition:31x"tension rods(vertical) T o.c.with metal lath:Scratch coal: W-3-Me-3 211z" cement/saud/lime plaster:Float coats: NIA 1 hr. 7 1 1 cement/sand/lime plaster;Finish coats:neat gypsum plaster. Solid wall:steel channel per Note 1: W-2-Me-4 2" 2"thickness of 1:2: 1:3 portland cement NIA 30 min. 1 112 on metal lath. (Continved) 186 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE° RESOURCE A TABLE 1.2.1—METAL FRAME WALLS 0"TO LESS THAN 4"THICK—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS Solid wall:steel channel per Note 1: W-2-Me-5 2" 2"thickness of neat gypsum plaster on NIA . 45 min, I 1314 metal lath. Solid wall:steel channel per Note 1 1 hr. W-2-Me-6 2" 2"thickness of 1:111?; 1:111,gypsum plaster NIA 30 min. 1 1112 on metal lath. Solid wall:steel channel per Note 2: W-2-Me-7 2" 2"thickness of 1:1: 1:1 gypsum plaster NIA 1 hr. 1 1 on metal lath. Solid wall:steel channel per Note 1: W-2-Me-8 2" 2"thickness of 1:2; 1:2 gypsum plaster NIA 45 min. 1 314 on metal lath. Solid wall:steel channel per Note 2; W-2-Me-9 211," 2114"thickness of 1:2; 1:3 portland cement NIA 30 min. ] 1)2 on metal lath. -�- Solid wall:steel channel per Note 2; W-2-Me-10 21/4" 2114"thickness of neat gypsum plaster on N/A 2 hrs. 1 2 metal lath. - Solid wall:steel channel per Note 2; 1 hr, W-2-Me-11 21/4" 2114"thickness of 1:'/Z; 1:'/2 gypsum plaster N/A 45 min. 1 1314 on metal lath. Solid wall:steel channel per Note 2; 1 hr. W-2-Me-12 21/4" 2114"thickness of 1:1; 1:1 gypsum plaster N/A 15 min 1 1114 on metal lath. Solid wall:steel channel per Note 2; W-2-Me-13 21/4" 21/4"thickness of 1:2: 1:2 gypsum plaster NIA 1 hr. 1 1 on metal lath. Solid wall:steel channel per Note I; W-2-Me-14 2112" 2112"thickness of 4.5:1:7;4.5:1:7 portland N/A 1 hr. 1 1 cement,sawdust and sand spraved on wire mesh;see Note 3. Solid wall:steel channel per Note 2: W-2-Me-15 2112" 2'li"thickness of]:4; 1:4 portland cement NIA 20 min. 1 1/3 sprayed on wire mesh;see Note 3. Solid wall:steel channel per Note 2; W-2-Me-1G 21/2" 21/Z"thickness of 1:2; 1:3 portland cement NIA 30 min. 1 =12 on metal lath. Solid wall:steel channel per Nate 2: 2 hrs. W-2-Me-17 2'/2" 21/2"thickness of neat gypsum plaster on NIA 30 min. 1 21/2 metal lath. Solid wall:steel channel per Note 2; W-2-Me-18 2'/2" 2112"thickness of 1:1/2: 1:11,gypsum plaster N/A 2 hrs. 1 2 on metal lath. Solid wall:steel channel per Note 2; W-2-Me-19 2'/2" 2112"thickness of 1:1; 1:1 gypsum plaster NIA 30 min. 1 11/2 on metal lath. Solid wall:steel channel per Nate 2; W-2-Me-20 21/2 21/2'thickness of 1:2: 1:2 gypsum plaster NIA 1 hr. 1 1 on metal lath. (Continued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 187 RESOURCE A TABLE 1.2.1—METAL FRAME WALLS 0"TO LESS THAN 4"THICK—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS Solid wall:steel channel per Note 2: W-2-Me-21 2111" 2111"thickness of 1:2; 1:3 gypsum plaster NIA I hr. 1 I on metal lath. Core:steel channel per Note 2; 1:2; 1:2 W-3-Me-22 3" gypsum piaster on 314"soft asbestos lath; N/A 45 min. 1 314 plaster thickness 2"_ Solid wall:steel channel per Note 2; W-3-Me-23 3112" 21/,"thickness of 1:2: 1:2 gypsum plaster NIA 1 hr. 1 on 314"asbestos lath. Solid wall:steel channel per Note 2;lath W-3-Me-24 31/i' over and 1:2111: 1:2'12 gypsum plaster on NIA I hr. I 1 magnesium okvsulfatc`rood fiberboard:plaster thickness 2111". Core:steel studs;see Note 4;Facings: W-3-Me-25 3112" 314"thickness of 1x,'3,,:2; 1:11311:3 portland N/A 45 min. 1 314 cement and asbestos fihel plaster. Core:steel studs;see Note 4:Facings: W-3-Me-26 3'11" both sides'/,"thickness of 1:2; 1:3 NIA 30 min. 1 111 portland cement. Core:steel'studs:see Note 4;Facings: W-3-Me-27 3112" both sides /4"thickness of neat gypsum NIA 30 min. 1 1112 plaster. Core:steel studs:see Note 4: Facings: 1 hr. W-3-Me-28 3112" both sides 314"thickness of 1:1/2: 1:'/, NIA ]5 min 1 11/4 gypsum plaster. Core:steel studs:see Note 4:Facings: W-3-Me-29 3111 both sides 314"thickness of 1:2; 1:2 NIA 1 hr. I gypsum plaster. Core:steel studs:see Note 4;Facings: W-3-Me-30 3111" both sides 3/4"thickness of 1:2: 1:3 N/A 45 min. 1 314 gypsum plaster. Core:steel studs:see Note 4:Facings: W-3-Me-31 3314" both sides'/A"thickness of 1:1l3i1:2; 1:1/311: NIA I hr. 1 1 3 portland cement and asbestos fiber plaster. Core:steel studs:see Note 4:Facings: W-3-Me-32 33/4" both sides'/H"thickness of 1:2; 1:3 NIA 45 min. 1 314 portland cement. Core:steel studs;see Note 4:Facings: W-3-Me-33 3314" both sides 1/,"thickness of neat gypsum NIA 2 hrs. I 2 plaster. Core:steel studs;see Note 4:Facings. 1 hr W-3-Me-34 3314" both sides%"thickness of 1:111; 1:'/Z NIA 30 min. 1 1'11 gypsum plaster. Core:steel studs:see Note 4;Facings: I hr. W-3-Me-35 3'i/4" both sides I/a"thickness of 1:2; 1:2 NIA 15 min I ]114 gypsum plaster. (Continued) 188 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' RESOURCE A TABLE 1.2.1—METAL FRAME WALLS 0"TO LESS THAN 4"THICK—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS Core:steel:see[Vote 4:Facings:rI„" W-3-Me-36 3314" thickness of 1:2: 1:3 gypsum plaster on NIA I hr. 1 both sides. For Sl: 1 inch=25.4 mm. Notes: 1. Failure mode local temperature rise-back face. 2. Three-fourths inch or 1 inch channel framing-hot rolled or strip steel channels. 3. Reinforcement is 4-inch square mesh of No.G wire welded at intersections(no channels). 4. Ratings are for any usual type of nonload-bearing metal framing providing 2 inches(or more)air space. General Note: The construction details of the wall assemblies,are as complete as the source documentation will permit.Data on the method of attachment of Facings and the gauge of steel studs was prm-lded when known.The cross sectional area of the steel stud can be computed.thereby permitting a reasoned estimate of actual loading conditions.For load-bearing assembliess the maximum allowable stress for the steel studs has been pro`ided in the table"Notes."More often.it is the thermal pruperties of the facing materials,rather than the specific gauge of the steel,that will determine the degree of fire resistance.This is particularly true for nonbearing wall assemblies. 2D09 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE* 189 RESOURCE A FIGURE 1.2.2—METAL FRAME WALLS 4"TO LESS THAN 6"THICK NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 10 The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table. For example: 5 W 5-M -11 8 7 9 10 11 5 1 4 6 3 2 0 I I I I 0 1 2 3 4 FIRE RESISTANCE RATING(HOURS) TABLE 1.2.2—METAL FRAME WALLS 4"TO LESS THAN 6"THICK PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC, CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 3"cavity with 16 ga.channel studs(3112" 0.0 of'1�"x r/,"channel and 3"spacer: Metal lath on ribs with plaster(three coals) 1 hr. W-5-Me-1 5112" '14"over face of lath;Plaster(each side): NIA 11 min. 7 1 1 scratch coat,cement111melsand with hair: float coat.cemenUlimelsand:finish coat. neat gypsum. W-4-Me-2 4" Core:steel studs:see Note 2; Facings:both NIA 2 hrs. 1 2112 sides 1"thickness of neat gypsum plaster. 30 min. Core:steel studs;see Note 2:Facings:both WA-Me-3 4" sides 1"thickness of 1:112: 1:4,gypsum NIA 2 hrs. 1 2 plaster. W-4-Me-4 4" Core:steel;see Note 2.Facings:both sides N/A I hr. 1 ]11a 1"thickness of 1:2: 1:3 gypsum plaster. 15 min, Core:lightweight steel studs 3"in depth; WA-Me-5 4 Facings:both sides 314"thick sanded gypsum See 45 min. 1 5 314 plaster. 1:2 scratch coat. 1:3 brown coat Note 4 applied on metal lath. Core:lightweight steel studs 3"in depth; See I hr. W-4-Me-6 41/2" Facings:both sides'/4"thick neat gypsum Note 4 30 min. 1 5 1112 plaster on metal lath. (Conti r„e0 190 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE* RESOURCE TABLE 1.2.2—METAL FRAME WALLS R"TO LESS THAN 6"THICK—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS Core lightweight steel studs 3"in depth: W-4-Me-7 411r' Facings:both sides 314"thick sanded See I hr. 1 5 1 gypsum plaster, 1:2 scratch and brown Note 4 coats applied on metal lath. Core:lightweight steel studs 3"in depth: W-4-Me-8 4314" Facings:both sides 7/8"thick sanded See 1 hr. 1 5 gypsum te plasr. 1:2 scratch coat. 1:3 brown Note 4 coat,applied on metal lath. Core:lightweight steel studs 3"in depth; W-4-Me-9 4314" Facings:both sides 7/x"thick sanded See 1 hr. 1 5 11/, gypsum plaster. 1:2 scratch and 1:3 brown Note 4 15 min. coats applied on metal lath. _- Core:lightweight steel studs 3"in depth: See W-5-Me-1U 5" Facings:both sides I"thick neat gypsum Note 4 2 hrs. 1 5 2 plaster on metal lath. Core:lightweight steel studs 3"in depth; See 2 W-5-Me-11 5" Facings:both sides I"thick neat gypsum Note 4 30 mein. 1 5.6 2'/z plaster on metal lath. For Sl: 1 inch=25A mm. I pound per square inch=0.00689 MPa Notes: 1. Failure mode-local back face temperature rise. 2. Ratings are for any usual type of nonbearing metal framing prmiding a minimum 2 inches air space. 3. Facing materials secured to lightweight steel studs not less than 3 inches deep. 4. Rating based on loading to develop a maximum stress of 7270 psi for net area of each stud. 5. Spacing of steel studs must be su6icieni to develop adequate rigidity in the metal-lath or gypsum-plaster base. 6. As per Note 4 but load/stud not to exceed 5120 psi. General Note: The construction details of the wall assemblies are as complete as the source documentation will permit.Data an the method of attachment of kings and the gauge of steel studs was provided when known.The cross sectional area of the steel stud can be computed,thereby permitting a reasoned estimate of actual loading conditions.For load bearing assemblies,the maximum allowable stress for the steel studs has been provided In the table"Notes"More often,it is the thermal propeuic•s of the facing materials,rather than the specific gauge of the steel.that will determine the degree of fire resistance.This is particularly true fur nonbearing wall assemblies. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 191 RESOURCE A TABLE 1.2.3—METAL FRAME WALLS 6"TO LESS THAN 8"THICK PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER_ ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS•92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS On one side of 1"magnesium oxysulfate wood fiberboard sheathing attached to steel studs(see Notes I and 2). 1"air space. W G Me I G'IH" 3314"brick secured with metal lies to steel See I hr, 1 I 13�t frame every fifth course:Inside facing of Note 2 45 min. 1/n" 1:2 sanded gypsum plaster on metal lash secured directly to studs.Plaster side exposed to fire. On one side of 1"magnesium oxysulfate wood fiberboard sheathing attached to steel studs(see Notes 1 and 2), 1"air space. W G Me-2 G'IH` 3`11"brick secured with metal ties to steel See 4 hrs. 1 1 9 frame every fifth course;Inside facing of Note 2 7/8" 1:2 sanded gypsum plaster on metal lath secured directly to studs:Brick face exposed to fire. On one side of 1"magnesium oxysulfate wood fiberboard sheathing attached to steel studs(see Notes 1 and 2), 1"air space, 331,"brick secured with metal ties to steel See W-6-Me-3 G�x frame every fifth course;Inside facing of Note 2 2 hrs. 1 1 2 r/H"vermiculite plaster on metal lath secured directly to studs;Plaster side exposed to fire. For SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm.1 pound ix-r square inch=0.00689MPa. Notes: 1. Ligbttwelght steel studs(minimum 3 inches deep)used.Stud spacing dependent on loading.but in each case.spacing is to be such that adequate rigidity is provided to the metal lath plaster base. 2 Load it such that stress dcmloped in studs is not greater than 5120 psi calculated from net stud area. General Note: The construction details of the Hall assemblies are as complete as the source documentation will permit.Data on the method of attachment of facings and the gauge of sicvl studs was provided when known.The cross sectional area of the steel stud can be computed,thereby permitting a reasoned estimate of actual inading conditions.For load-bearing assemblies,the maximum allowable stress for the steel studs has been provided in the table"Notes"More often,it is the thermal proper ues of the facing materials.rather than the specific gauge of the steel,that will determine the degree of fire resistance.This is particularly true for nonbearing wall assemblies. 192 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' RESOURCE A TABLE 1.2.4—METAL FRAME WALLS 8"TO LESS THAN 10"THICK PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS On one side of Uz'wood fiberboard sheathing next to studs,3/4"air space formed with 314"x I`'1i,"wood strips placed over the fiberboard and secured to the studs,paper backed wire lath nailed to Strips 3'/4"brick veneer held W-9-Me-1 9'/16" in place by filling a 314"space between See 1 hr. 1 1 13/4 the brick and paper backed lath with Note 2 45 rnin. inoriar:Inside facing of 3/4"neat gypsum plaster on metal lath attached to`'lit"plywood strips secured to edges of steel studs;Rated as combustible because of the sheathing: See Notes I and 2:Plaster exposed. W-9-Me-2 91/16 Same as above with brick exposed. Note 2 4 hrs. 1 1 4 On one side of paper backed wire lath. attached to studs and 3314"brick veneer held in place by lilting a I" space between the brick and lath with mortar;Inside facing of 1"paper- enclosed mineral wool blanket See W-8-Me-3 B`/z" weighing 0.6 lb./ft.l attached to studs. Note 2 4 hrs. 1 1 4 meta{lath or paper backed wire lath laid over the blanket and attached to the studs.314"sanded gypsum plaster 1:2 for the scratch coat and 1:3 for the brown coat;See Notes I and 2: Plaster face exposed. W-B-Me-4 81/1 Same as above with brick exposed. Note 2 5 hrs. 1 1 5 Fur SL i inch=25A mm, i pound per square inch=0.00689MP2. Notes: I Lightweight steel studs'3 inches in depth.Stud spacing dependent on loading.but in any care,the spacing is to be such that adequate rigidity is provided to the metal-lath plaster base. 2. Load is such that stress developed in surds is<5120 psi calculated from the net area of the stud. General Note: The construction details of the wall assemblies are as complete as the source documentation will permit.Data on the method of attachment of facings and the gauge of steel studs was provided when known.The cross sectional area of the steel stud can be computed.ihcrebv permitting a reasoned estimate of actuai loading conditions.Por load-bearing assemblies.the maximum allowable sires"for the steel studs has been provided in the table"Notes'More often.it is the thermal proper ties Of[he facing materials.rather than the specific gauge of the steel.that will determine the degree of fire resistance.This is particularly true fur nonbearing wall assemblies. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODEa 193 RESOURCE A TABLE 1.3.1—WOOD FRAME WALLS 0"TO LESS THAN 4"THICK PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE. POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS W-3-W-1 3`/a° Solid wall: gypsum 21/4"wood-wool oolleslab core; N/A 2 hrs. 7 1.6 2 W-3-W-2 371x., 2 x 4 stud wall:1/1h"thick cement asbestos 360 psi 10 min. 1 2-5 111; board on both sides of wall. net area W-3-W-3 371µ, Same as Get'-3-W-2 but stud cavities filled 360 psi 40 thin. 1 2-5 213 with I lb.1ft.2 mineral wool Batts. net area fur Sl: 1 inch=25 4 mm. 1 pound per square Inch=0.00689MPa. Notes: I. Achieved"Grade C"fire resistance(British). 2. Nominal 2A wood studs of No. I common or better lumbar set edgovise,2'4 plates at top and bottom and blocking at mid height of call. 3 All horizuntal Joints In facing material backed by 2'4 blocking in wall. 4. Load:360 psi of net stud truss sectional area. 5. Facings secured with Gd casing nails.Nail holes predrilled and 0.02 inch to 0.03 inch smaller than nail diameter. 6.The wood-wool core is a pressed excelsior slab which possesses Insulating properties similar to cellulosic insulation. 194 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' RESOURCE A FIGURE 1.3.2—WOOD FRAME WALLS 4"TO LESS THAN 6"THICK NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 30 �2 ..91 3-5-3 The number in each box Is 20 keyed to the last number in the -a0 Item Code column in the Table. 13 _ffl 7 For example: w•5- •ss 4 10 4 it 43 eAa _2 .-35 1D _ _151i 4 0 0 1 2 3 4 FIRE RESISTANCE RATING(HOURS) TABLE 1.3.2—WOOD FRAME WALLS 4"TO LESS THAN 6"THICK PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS W-4-W-1 4" 2"x 4"stud wall:3/11"CAB:no insulation: 35 min. 10 min. 4 1.10 t/r, Design A. W-4-W-2 4118 2"x 4"stud wall:311(,"CAB:no insulation; 38 min. 9 min. 4 1-10 1/6 Design A. W-4-W-3 4314" 2"x 4"stud wall:'/,];"CAB and 31y" fit min. 64 min. 4 1-10 1 gypsum board face(both sides);Design B. 2"x 4"stud wall:3116"CAB and 4z" Greater W-5-W-4 5" gypsum board (both sides);Design B. 79 min. than 90 4 1-10 1 min. W-4-W-5 4313„ 2"x 4"stud wall:3/11,"CAB and 318" 45 min. 45 min. 4 1-12 — gypsum board (both sides);Design B. W-5-W-6 5" 2"x 4"stud wall:3/t,;"CAB and 112" 45 min. 45 min. 4 1 10. — gypsum board face(bosh sides);Design B. 12, 13 W-4-W-7 4" 2"x 4"stud wall:3116"CAB face:31/2' 40 min. 42 min. 4 1-10 `l3 mineral wool insulation;Design C. W-4-W-8 4" 2"x 4"stud wall-311,'CAB face;311," 46 min. 46 min. 4 1-10. z13 mineral wool insulation:Design C. 43 W-4-W-9 4„ 2"x 4"stud Wall:31t,,'CAB face;3111 30 min. 30 min. 4 1 10. — mineral wool insulation:Design C. 12. 14 (Continued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE 195 RESOURCE A TABLE 1.3.2—WOOD FRAME WALLS 4"TO LESS THAN 6"THICK—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM THICKNES PRE- POST- REC. CODE 5 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 SMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS W-4-W-10 4=1k' 2"x 4"stud wall;3/t6"CAB face:311,"mineral — 30 min. 4 1-8. 12. — wool insulation;Design C, 14 2"x 4"stud wall;3116"CAB face;°/H'gypsum WA-W-11 4314" strips over studs:511,"mineral wool insulation: 79 thin. 79 min, 4 1 10 1 Design D. 2"x 4"stud wall:'/,"CAB face:3/H'gypsum W-4-W-12 4`14" strips al stud edges:7112'mineral wool 82 min. 82 min. 4 1-10 1 insulation;Design D. 2"r 4"stud wall:311,;"CAB face:'/t;"gypsum W-4-W-13 014" board strips over studs:5112'mineral wool 30 min. 30 min. 4 1-12 — insulation;Design D. 2"x 4"stud wall:31,6"CAB face:%"gypsum W-4-W-14 4314" board strips over studs;7"mineral wool 30 min. 30 min. 4 1-12 — insulation:Design D. 2"x 4"stud wall:Exposed face:CAB shingles W-5-W-15 5111' over 1"x 6":Unexposed face: '/K"CAB sheet: 34 min. — 4 1 10 112 7116"fiberboard(wood):Design E. 2"x 4"stud wall;Exposed race: I/s"CAB W-5-W-16 511�" sheet:7116"fiberboard' Unexposed face:CAB 32 min. 33 min. 4 1.10 112 shingles over 1"),6":Design E. 2"x 4"stud wall;Exposed face:CAB shingles W-5-W-17 51/2" over 1"x 6":Unexposed face: '!,"CAB sheet: 51 min. — 4 1 10 31 gypsum at stud edges;3112"mineral wood ° insulation;Design F. 2"x 4"stud wall:Exposed face: V,"CAB W-5-W-18 5'12' sheet:gypsum board at stud edges:Unexposed 42 min. — 4 1-10 213 face:CAB shingles over 1"x 6";3'12"mineral wool insulation;Design F. 2"x 4"stud wall;Exposed face:CAB shingles W-5-W-19 511H« over 1"x 6";Unexposed face: I/,"CAB sheet; 74 min. 85 min. 4 1-10 1 gypsum board at stud edges;511,"mineral wool insulation;Design G. 2"x 4"stud wall:Exposed face: 'IH"CAB sheet:gypsum board at 3116'stud edges.7116' W-5-W-20 55/„" fiberboard:Unexposed face:CAB shingles 79 rain. 85 min. 4 1-10 1'i4 over 1"x 6":5112"mineral wool insulation: Design G. 2"x 4"stud wall:Exposed face;CAB shingles W-5-W-21 5/x" 1"x 6"sheathing;Unexposed face:CAB sheet: 38 min. 38 min. 4 1-10. — gypsum board at stud edges;5112"mineral wool 12, 14 insulation;Design G. (Continued) 196 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' RESOURCE A TABLE 1.3.2—WOOD FRAME WALLS 4"TO LESS THAN 6"THICK—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS: CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 : BMS-92 13MS-92 NOTES HOURS 2"x 4"stud wall:Exposed face:CAB sheet; W-5-W-22 5611j" gypsum board at stud edges:Unexposed 38 min. 1 38 min. 4 1-12 — face:CAB shingles 1 x 6 sheathing:5112' mineral wool insulation;Design G. W-6-W-23 6" 2"x 4"stud wall; 16"o.c.;112"gypsum board N/A 60 min. 7 15 1 each side: 111"gypsum plaster each side. W-6-W-24 6" 2"x 4"stud wall; 16"o.c.;112"gypsum board N/A 68 min. 7 16 1 each side; 1/Z"gypsum plaster each side. W-6-W-25 6,Ix" 2"x 4"stud wall: 18"o.c..314"gypsum plank N/A 80 min. 7 15 1113 each side; !16"gypsum plaster each side. W-5-W-26 511x" 2"x 4"stud wall: 16"O.C.;31x"gypsum board N/A 37 min. 7 15 111 each side; !1 f"gypsum plaster each side. W-5-W-27 5314" 2"x 4"stud wall: 16"o.c.;31x"gypsum lath NIA 52 min. 7 15 31 each side; 1!?"gypsum plaster each side. 4 W-5-W-28 5" 2"x 4"stud wall: 16"o.c.:111"gypsum board NIA 37 min. 7 16 112 each side. _ 2"x 4"stud wall; 1/-"fiberboard both sides W 5-W-29 5" 14%M.C.with F.R.pain(at 35 gm./ft?. NIA 28 min. 7 15 113 W-4-W-30 4314'. 2"x 4"stud wall:Fire side:111"(wood) N/A 17 min. 7 15. 16 114 fiberboard:Back side: /9 CAB: 16 o.c. 2"x 4"stud wall: 16"o.c.; 112"fiberboard W-5-W-31 51/8' insulation with 1132"asbestos(both sides of NIA 50 min. 7 16 31 each board). W-4-W-32 4114" 2"x 4"stud wall: Sh;"thick gypsum See 25 min. 1 17, 18, 113 wallboard on both faces.insulated cavities. Nate 23 23 W-4-W-33 4112' 2"x 4"stud wall; '1,"thick gypsum See 40 min. 1 17.23 113 wallboard on both laces. Note 17 W-4-W-34 411 ' 2"x 4"stud wall: '12"thick gypsum See 45 min. 1 17. 18. 3I4 wallboard on both faces:insulated cavities. Note 17 23 W-4-W-35 4111' 2"x 4"stud wall: `12"thick gypsum N/A I hr. 1 17. 18. 1 wallboard on both faces:insulated cavities. 24 W-4-W-36 4112" 2"x 4"stud wall: 112"thick. 1.1 lbs.Ift 1 wood See 15 min. 1 17.23 114 fiberboard sheathing on both faces. Note 23 W-4-W-37 4112° 2"x 4"stud wall: 11,'thick.0.7 lb./ft 2 wood See 10 min. 1 1 17.23 11r, fiberboard sheathing on both faces. Note 23 2"x 4"stud wall: 112"thick,flameproofed 1.6 W-4-W-38 . 4112" lbs.lf1.2 wood fiberboard sheathing on both Note 23 30 min. 1 17.23 112 faces. (Continued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODED 197 RESOURCE A TABLE 1.3.2—WOOD FRAME WALLS 4"TO LESS THAN 6"THICK--continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS W-4-W-39 41/2" 2"x 4"stud wall:t/z"thick gypstint See 1 hr. 1 17. 18. 1 wallboard on both faces: insulated cavities. Note 23 23 W-4-W-40 41.1 2"x 4"stud wall;112"thick, 1:2; 1:3 See 30 min. 1 17,21. I/z gypsum plaster on wood lath on both faces. Note 23 23 2"x 4"stud walk '/' 1:2; 1:3 gypsum W-4-W-41 Atli" plaster on wood lath on both faces; See 1 hr. 1 17. 18. 1 insulated cavities. Note 23 21,24 W-4-W-42 41121' 2"x 4"stud wall; °l,". 1:5; 1:7.5 lime See 30 min. 1 17,21, t/z plaster on wood lath on both wall faces. Note 23 23 1 2"x 4"stud wall:112"thick 1:5: 1:7.5 litre See 17. 18. W-4-W-43 4 /2" plaster on wood lath on both faces; Note 23 ' 45 min. 1 21 23 /a insulated cavities. 2"x 4"stud wall:3/16"thick W-4-W-44 4�'lx" cement-asbestos 76.27 Note 23 ent-asbestos over3/H"thick gypsum See 1 hr. 1 2 1 board on both races. 2"x 4"stud wall;studs faced with 4"wide W-4-W-45 4'a" strips of%"thick gypsum board:3116"thick See I hr. 1 23'25, 1 gypsum cement-asbestos board on both Nate 23 27.28 faces;insulated cavities. W-4-W-46 4'l8" Same as W-4-W-45 but nonload bearing. N/A 1 hr. I 24 28 l-/4 15 min. 2"x 4"stud wall:3116'thick See 1 hr. 23,25, W-4-W-47 4118" cement-asbestos board over 112"thick Note 23 15 min. 1 26,27 I t la gypsum sheathing on both faces. W-4-W-48 411x" Same as W-4-W-47 but nonload bearing. NIA I hr' 1 24,27 1112 30 min. 2"x 4"stud wall;Exterior face:311"wood sheathing;asbestos felt 14 1bs.1100 ft.2 and 18,23, W-5-W-49 5" 5132"cernent-asbestos shingles:Interior See 40 min. 1 25,26, 2/3 face:4"wide strips of 11K'gypsum board Note 23 29 over studs;wall faced with'/16'thick cement-asbestos board. 2"x 4"stud wall:Exterior face:as per W-5-W-49: Interior race:'I,,"composite W-5-W-50 5" board consisting of 7/16"thick wood See 30 min. 1 23.25. 1/z . fiberboard faced with'? "thick Note 23 26.30 cement-asbestos board;Exterior side exposed to fire. W-5-W-51 5" Same as W-5-W-50 but interior side See 30 min. 1 23.25. 112 exposed to fire. Note 23 26 W-5-W-52 5" Same as W-5-W-49 but exterior side See 45 min. 1 18,23' 3l4 exposed to fire, Note 23 25.26 W-5-W-53 5" 2"x 4"stud wall;3I4"thick T&G wood See 20 min. 1 17.23 1l3 boards on both sides. Note 23 1Conrinuedl 198 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' RESOURCE A TABLE 1.3.2—WOOD FRAME WALLS 4"TO LESS THAN 6"TRICK—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS•92 i. BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS Same as W-5-W-53 but with insulated See 1 17, 18, 112 W-5-W-54 5" cavities. Note 23 35 min. 23 2"x 4"stud wall;314"thick T&G wood See W-5-W-55 5" boards on both sides with 30 Ibs./100 ft.2, Note 23 45 min. 1 17.23 asbestos;paper,between studs and boards. 2"x 4"stud wall: '/i"thick, 1:2: 1:3 W-5-W-56 5" gypsum plaster on metal lath on both sides Noe 23 45 min. 1 17.21 ' of wall. 2"x 4"stud wall:3/4"thick 2:1:8;2:1:12 See W-5-W-57 5" lime and Keene's cement plaster over Noe 23 45 min. 1 17231` 11z metal lath on both sides of wall, 2"x 4"stud wall;314"thick 2:1:8:2:1:10 See W-5-W-58 5" lime portland cement plaster over metal Note 23 30 min. 1 17,31 112 lath on both sides of wall. W-5-W-59 5" 2"x 4"stud wall:314"thick 1:5: 1:7.5 lime See 30 min. 1 17,21. 112 plaster on metal lath on both sides of wall. Note 23 23 2"x 4"stud wall:3!,"thick 1:'131,:2: 1:'/3,,:3 s See W-5-W-60 5" portland cement,asbestos fiber plaster on Note 23 . 45 min. . I 17.21. 414 metal lath on both sides of wall. 2"x 4"stud wall;314"thick 1:2: 1:3 W-5-W-61 5" portland cement plaster on metal lath on Note 23 30 min. 1 1231' 112 both sides of wall. W-5-W-62 5" 2"x 4"stud wall:314"thick neat gypsum NIA 1 hr. - -� - 1 - 17,22. 1112 plaster on metal lath on both sides of wall. _ 30_min. 24 W-5-W-63 5" 2"x 4"stud wall:314"thick neat gypsum See I hr. --1- IT 21, 1112 plaster on metal lath on both sides of wall. Note 23 30 min. 23 2"x 4"stud wall;3/4"thick 1:2; 1:2 See 1 hr. W-5-W-64 5" gypsum plaster on metal lath on both sides Note 23 30 min. 1 17 17,. 18 8, 1 L/2 of wall:insulated cavities. 21.23 W-5-W-65 5" 2"x 4"stud wall:same as W-5-W-64 but See I fir. 1 17.21. 1 cavities not insulated. Note 23 23 2"x 4"stud wall:314"thick 1:2: 1:3 See 1 hr- 17. 18. t 1 W-5-W-66 5" gypsum plaster on metal lath on both sides Note 23 15 min. 1 21,23 l4 of wall-,insulated cavities. Same as W-5-W-49 except cavity W-5-W-67 51111;" insulation of 1.75 lbs.'ft.2 mineral wool See 1 hr, 1 23,26, 1114 bats;rating applies when either wall side Note 23 15 min. 25 exposed to fire. 2"x 4"stud wall,If$"thick 1:2-. 1:3 W-5-W-68 5114" gypsum plaster on metal lath on both sides See ] hr. 1 21 23 Note 23 30 ruin. 21 1112 of wall;insulated cavities. ,23 (Continued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE RESOURCE A TABLE 1.3.2—WOOD FRAME WALLS 4"TO LESS THAN 6"THICK—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 2"x 4"stud wall:118`thick neat gypsum W-5-W-69 5111" plaster applied on metal lath on both sides of NIA 45 min 1 124 2, 1314 wall. 2"x 4"stud wall; 1 'thick neat gypsum W-5-W-70 5111" plaster on 318"plain gypsum lath on both See 1 hr. 1 !7,22, 1 sides of wall. Note 23 23 2"x 4"stud wall:112"thick or 1:2: 1:2 gypsum plaster on 318„thick plain gypsum See W-5-W-71 51/4" lath with 131,"x 13/4"metal lath pads nailed Note 23 1 hr' l 1 231 ] 8"o.c.vertically and 16"o.c.horizontally on both sides of wall, 2"x 4"stud wall; 112"thick of 1:2; 1:2 W-5-W-92 5111" gypsuni plaster on-%"perforated gypsum See I hr. 1 17.21. 1 lath,one"14"diameter hole or larger per 16" Note 23 23 square of lath surface,on both sides of wall. 2"x 4"stud wall: 112"thick of 1:2; 1:2 W-5-W-73 5114" gypsum plaster on 3111"gypsum lath(plain, See 45 min. 1 17,21 3(1 indented or perforated)on both sides of wall. Note 23 23 2"x 4"stud wall;118"thick of 1:2; 1:3 W-5-W-74 5114" gypslun plaster over metal lath on bath sides Note e23 1 hr. ! 1 231' 1 orwall. 1 1 2"x 4"stud wall;118"thick of 1:1/3,,:Z: See 17,21, W-5-W-75 514" 1: l3<,:3 portland cement,asbestos plaster Note 23 1 hr' 1 23 1 applied over metal lath on bath sides of wall. 2"x 4"stud wall;1/8"thick of 1:2; 1:3 See W-5-W-76 5111" portland cement plaster over metal lath on Note 23 45 mm. 1 1 231 314 both sides of wall. 2"x 4"stud wall; 1"thick neat gypsum W-5-W-77 5111" plaster over metal lath on both sides of wall; NIA 2 hrs. 1 !24 2' 2 nonload bearing. 2"x 4"stud wall;111"thick of 1:2; 1:2 See W-5-W-78 5'12" gypsum plaster on 112"thick,0.7 lb./ft?wood Note 23 35 min. 1 1 231 11z fiberboard on both sides of wall. 2"x 4"wood stud wall: "2"thick of 1:2; 1:2 W-4-W-79 4314" gypsum plaster over brood lath on both sides NIA I hr. 43 35.38 1 of wall;mineral wool insulation. W-4-W-8Q 4314" Same as W-4-W-79 but uninsulated. NIA 35 min. 43 21351 112 2"x 4"wood stud wall;112"thick of 3:1:8; W-4-W-81 4314 3:1:12 lime.Keene's cement,sand plaster N/A I hr. 43 21,31, 1 over wood lath on both sides of wall:mineral 35,40 wool insulation, (Continued) 200 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE° RESOURCE A TABLE 1.3.2—WOOD FRAME WALLS 4"TO LESS THAN 6"THICK—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS•92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS i 2"x 4"wood stud wall;112"thick of 1:611; W-4-W-82 431,„ 1:6114 time Keene's cement plaster over NIA 30 min. 43 21.31, tl2 N400d lath on bath sides of wall:mineral 35.40 wool insulation. 2"x 4"wood stud wall:112"thick of 1:5: W-4-W-83 4311" 1:7.5 lime plaster over wood lath on both N/A 30 min. 43 21351 112 sides of wall. 2"x 4"wood stud wall;11 1,6"thick of 1:5: W-5-W-84 511," 1:7.5 lime plaster over wood lath on both NIA 45 min, 43 35,39 311 sides of wall:mineral wool insulation. _ 2"x 4"wood stud wall-,3!4"thick of 1:5: 1:7 W-5-W-85 5114" lime plaster over wood lath on both sides of NIA 40 min. 43 1 40 213 wall:mineral wool insulation. 2"x 4"wood stud wall; '/,"thick of 2:1:12 lime,Keene's cement and sand scratch coat; W-5-W-86 5111" 112"thick 2:1:18 lime.Keene's cement and NIA 1 hr. 43 21, 1 sand brown coal over wood lath on both 35.40 sides of wall;mineral wool insulation. 2"x 4"wood stud wall; 1!-,"thick of 1:2; 1:2 W-5-W-87 5114" gypsum plaster over%"plaster board on NIA 45 min. 43 21.31 314 both sides of wall. 2"x 4"wood stud wall:112"thick of 1:2: 1:2 W-5-W-88 5114" gypsum plaster over%"gypsum lath on N/A 45 min. 43 21.31 '14 both sides of wall. 2"x 4"wood stud wall;112"thick of 1:2; 1.2 21 31 W-5-W-89 5111" gypsum plaster over 3!R'gypsum lath on NIA 1 hr. 43 33 both sides of wall. 2"x 4"wood stud wall:112"thick veal 21,22, W-5-W-90 5114" plaster over 3/H"thick gypsum lath on both NIA 1 hr. 43 31 1 sides of wall. 2"x 4"wood stud wall:112"thick of 1:2: 1:2 W-5-W-91 5114" gypsum plaster over 31K'thick indented NIA 45 min. 43 21,31 314 gypsum lath on both sides of wall. 2"x 4"wood stud wall:1/2"thick of 1:2; 1:2 W-5-W-92 5114" gypsum plaster over Ns"thick perforated NIA 45 min. 43 21341 311 gypsum lath on both sides of wall. 2"x 4"wood stud wall;11z"thick of 1:2; 1:2 W.5-W-93 5114" gypsum plaster over%"perforated gypsum NIA 1 hr. 43 21.31 1 lath on both sides of wall. 2"x 4"wood stud wall: 112"thick of I:2: 1:2 W-5-W-94 5114" gypsum plaster over 3!R'thick perforated NIA 45 min, 43 21341' 31� gypsum lath on both sides of wall. (Conrinued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE* 201 RESOURCE A TABLE 1.3.2-WOOD FRAME WALLS 4'•TO LESS THAN 6"THICK-continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 2"X 4"snood said%sall: 'L"thick of 1:2; 1:2 44'-5-14'-95 51/1•• gypsum piaster aver'/,"thick goad NIA 35 tiro. 43 L1361' fiberboard plaster base on bath sides of wall. 2" x 4"wood stud mall: '/2"thick of 1:2; 1:2 Nr-5-w-9G 5'/1" gypsum plasler oyer'IH'thick flarnc•proofUd NIA I llr. 43 2137 1' 1 snood fiberboard on both sides of wall. For Sl l inch=25.4 turn. 1 foot=305 mm. l pound=0.004448kN, l pound per square inch=0.00689 NIPa. f pound per square foul=47 9 Nlm`. Notes: 1.All spe(miens 8 feet nr 8 feet 8 In(-Ile'%by 10 feel 4 inche%.i.e.one llalf of furnace size.See Nnu•42 for design miss section 2.Specimens tested in landem(nm per exposure) 3.Tc%1 per ASA No A2 1934 esc vin where unloaded.Also,panel%sti r•re of"hall" size of furnace opening.Time Value SigntFe%a thermal failure time. 4.Two int h by 4 inch%suds 16 inches on utter_when•10 feet 4 inche%,blorkiug al 2 foot 4 inch height 5.Fat ing 4 feet b'v 8 feet,t erneul asbestos board sheet%.'ton inch this k 6.Sheatfdlig(diagonal).i Y,7 inch by 5'!,inch, 1 tnch by 6 inches pine. 7.Fat ing shingles:24 f itches bs 12 inches by 7,,hit It u here used. 8.A%bestns felt:a%pbalt%at berweem sheathing and Shingle% 9.Load:30.500 pounds or 360 psO tud where load was Iested. 10.Walls were tested Ix-vond achievement of first test end point.A load bearing tune in excel,%of perlurmance lime indicates that although thermal criteria were exceeded,load hearing ahilits cuntilued. I l Wall wa%r:ded for un(•hour cumbuslible use fn original sourer•. 12 Hww%team test sperimen.See table rntry ut Sli ilar design ahtne for re,uriunended rating. I3 Rated one arid cone-fourth hour load hearing.Rated one and one-half bcourtwnload bearing. 14.Failed Muse stream 15.Test terminated due to dame penetration. 16.Test remoinaled ]toad hack fare[enufx earner rise 17.Nominal 2 inch b}4 inch stood%utd%n1'No.I common or hewer lumber set edgewi%e Twu-inrh bs four-inch phtles at top and bottom and blix kmgat inid height ul%sail. 18.Ca%ity insulation consists of rock wool bats 10 Ib.1fL:of filled cavity area. 19 Cavity insulation(unsists of glass wool bats 0 6 lbAL'ut tilled c'ayit,area 20.Cavity insulation consists of blOW11-in forrk%%oul 2 n lb%.Ift.'of filled cavils'area 21 Mix proportion%for pla%tt•rvd walls a%I'olluns:lir%t Tali"indicates scrau h coat mix,weight of dry'plaster:dry sand:second ratio indicates limmi coat mix. 22 "Neat-plaster i%taken 10 mean U11%anded wuod-Hher gypsum plaster. 23.Load:360 psi of net stud c00%%srrtirtnal area. 24 Rated as nonload bearing. 25 Nominal 2 inch bs 4 inch studs per Note 17.%pared at 16 inches on renter 26 Horizontal joints in facing material supported by 2 inch b'v 4 inch blocking aflhin wall. 27.Facings secured will 6d rasing nail%.Nail holes predrilled and%sere 0.02 to 0.03 inch smaller than nail diamete, 28.Ca%it% insulation consists of mineral%%vul bats neighing 2 Ibs.lft.-'of filled(ayity area. 29 Interior wall fare exposed hl fire•. 30.Exterior wall faced exposed to fire. 31.Nominal 2-inch by 4-inch stud%of yellm%pine or Douglas-fir spared 16 inches on center in a single roes. 32.Studs as in Note 31 except double tuns,wish stuck in nn%%staggered 33.Six n 111118 nail%with metal-lath pad%around heats to each 16-inch by 48-inrh laili. 34.Areas of holes less than 2'11 percent of area of lath 35.Wood laths were nailed with either 3d or 4d nails.one nail to each bearing.and the end joining broken vvery smenih course. 36.One-half inch thick frbcrboard placer base nailed with 3d or 4d common%%ire nails spaced 4[n 6 inches on center 37 Seven eighths inch thick fiberboard plaster base nailed with 5d tuminon wire nails spared 4 to 6 inclx•s oil renter 38 Mineral wocxf bats 1.05 to 1.25 Ih%./fl;with waterproofed-paper backing. 39.Blown-in mineral wcwl fusUlali(ut.2 2 Ihs.lft" 40.Mineral wool bats. 14 lbs./ft.'with ssatrrproofe(I paper backing 41 Mineral snood bats.0.911011.' 42 See•null design diagram.below A C E G B ❑ F 43.Duplicate spe(inm>n OF"'4-W-7.tested%imultaneou%f%with W-4 W 7 in 18-Inut test hlrnme. 202 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' RESOURCE TABLE 1.3.3—WOOD FRAME WALLS 6"TO LESS THAN 8"THICK PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST. REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 2 x 4 stud wall:112"thick. 1:2: 1:2 gypsum See W-6-W-1 6`1a" plaster on 718"flameproofed wood fiberboard Note 3 1 hr. 1 1.3 1 weighing 2.8 lbs.lft.1 on both sides of wall, 2 x 4 stud wall;112"thick, 1:3: 1:3 gypsum See W-6-W-2 611," plaster on 1"thick magnesium oxysulfate Note 3 45 min. 1 1-3 alt wood fiberboard on both sides of wall. Double row of 2 x 4 studs,112'thick of 1:2: W-7-W-3 71/I" 1:2 gypsum plaster applied over 318"thick NIA 1 hr. 43 2.4,5 1 Perforated gypsum lath on both sides of wall; mineral wool insulation. Double row of 2 x 4 studs,5/8"thick of L-2; W-7-W-4 7111,. 1:2 gypsum plaster applied over 3!H"thick NIA 1 hr. 43 2.4 perforated gypsum lath over laid with 2"x 2". 15 ntin. 16 gage wire fabric.on both sides of wall, For SL 1 inch 25.4 mm, 1 pound=0.004448 kN, 1 pound per square Inch=0.00689 h4Pa,1 pound per square foot=47.9 Nirn2. Notes: l. Nominal 2-inch by 4-inch snood studs of No.I common or better lumber set edgewise.Tsvo-inch by 4-Inch plates at top and bottom and blocking at mid height of wall. 2. Mix proportions for plastered walls as fullmvs:first ratio indicates scratch coat mix,weight of dry plaster.dry sand;second ratio indicates brava coal mix. 3. Load:360 psl of net stud cross sectional area. 4. Nominal 2 inch by 4-inch studs of ve Ilrnv pine of Douglas-fir spaced 16 inches in a double rmv,with studs in roses staggered. 5. Mineral wool bats,0.19 Ih.10. TABLE 1.4.1—MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS WALLS 0"TO LESS THAN 4"THICK PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST. REC, CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS Glass brick wall: (bricks 53/4"x 5311"x W-3-Mi-1 37I8" 3718") U.,"mortar bed,cement/lime/sand: NIA I fir. 7 1.2 1 mounted in brick(9")wall with mastic and 1/2"asbestos rope. Cure:2"magnesium oxysulfate W-3-Mi-2 3" wood-fiber blocks:laid in portland NIA I hr. 1 3 1 cement-lime mortar; Facings:on both sides:see Note 3. Care:8"><4718"glass blocks 3718"thick W-3-Mi-3 318 weighing 4 lbs.each;laid in portland NIA 15 min, 1 tla cement-lime mortar:horizontal mortar joints reinforced with metal lath. For Sl: 1 inch=25.4 mm, 1 pound=0.004448 kN. Notes: 1. No failure reached at 1 hour. 2. These glass blocks are assumed to be solid based on other test data available for similar but holism units which shmv significantly reduced fire endurance 3. Minimum of 112 inch of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster required to develop this rating. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE* 203 RESOURCE A TABLE 1.4.2—MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS WALLS 4"TO LESS THAN 6`THICK PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST. REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS Core:3"magnesium oxysulfate W-4-Mi-1 V wood-fiber blocks;laid in portland NIA 21us. 1 2 cement mortar: Facings:both sides:see Note 1. Fur SI. I inch=25 4 mn� Notes: 1. One-half inch sanded gvpsum plaster.Voids in bollm blacks Ln be not more than 30 percent. 204 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE° RESOURCE FIGURE 1.5.1—FINISH RATINGS—INORGANIC MATERIALS NUMBLR OF ASSEMBLIES 10— The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table. For example: F.R 1 14 5 15 16 14 7 12 S 6 11 2 13 4 3 10 1 9 fl 0 0 12 24 36 48 60 FIRE RESISTANCE RATING(HOURS) TABLE 1.5.1—FINISH RATINGS—INORGANIC MATERIALS T PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER i-- REC. ITEM PRE- POST. F.R. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS FINISH RATING BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES (MIN.) FR-I-1 9116" 3!H"gypsum wallboard raced with'/If," 20 minutes 1 1.2 15 cement-asbestos board. F.R.-I-2 Ili 16" 112"gypsum sheathing raced with'llfi' 20 minutes 1 1.2 20 cement-asbestos board. F.R.-I-3 alts" 3/16"cement-asbestos board over 10 minutes 1 1 2 5 uninsulated cavity. F.R.-I-4 3116" alts"cement-asbestos board over insulated 5 minutes I 1,2 5 cavities. F.R.-I-5 3la" 31,"thick 1:2; 1:3 gypsum plaster over paper 20 minutes 1 1,2,3 20 backed[petal lath. F.R.-I-6 3!4" 3!1"thick portland cement plaster on metal 10 minutes 1 1,2 10 lath. F.R.-I-7 314" 3/q"thick 1:5; 1:7.5 lime plaster on metal 10 minutes 1 1,2 10 lath. F.R.-I-8 1" 1"thick neat gypsum plaster on metal lath. 35 minutes 1 1,2,4 35 F.R,-I-9 31," 3/,"thick neat gypsum plaster on metal lath. 30 minutes 1 1,2,4 30 F.R.-I-10 3/q" 3/4"thick 1:2; 1:2 gypsum plaster on metal I5 minutes I 1,2,3 15 lath. ERA-11 [I1' Same as F.R.-1.7.except 112"thick on wood 15 minutes 1 1,2,3 15 lath. F,R. 1 ]2 1/2' 112"thick 1:2; I:3 gypsum plaster on wood lath. 15 minutes 1 1,2,3 ]5 (Cantinued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE 205 RESOURCE A TABLE 1.5.1—FINISH RATINGS—INORGANIC MATERIALS—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER AEC. ITEM PRE- POST- F.R. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS FINISH RATING BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES (MIN.) F.R.-1.13 tlx" t1z"thick 1:2: 1:2 gypsum plaster on 31x" 30 minutes 1 1,2,3 30 perforated gypsum lath. F.R.-I.14 71x„ 1!2"thick 1:2: 1:2 gypsum plaster on 318" 20 minutes I 1,2,3 20 thick plain or indented gypsum plaster. F.R.-I-15 31x" 3/x"gypsurn wallboard. 10 minutes 1 1 2 10 F.R.-I-1 G '12" 112"gypsum wallboard. 5 minutes 1 1.2 15 For SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm.'C=If°F)-32111.8. Notes: 1 The finish rating is the time required in obtain an average temix-rature rise of 250`F,or a single point rise of 325`F,at the interface between the material]ring rated and the substrate being protected. 2. Tested in accordance with[he Standard Specifications for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials,ASA No.A2.1932. 3. Mix proportions for plasters as follows.first ratio,dry weight of plaster:dry weight of sand for scratch coat;second ratio.plaster:sand for bravn coat. 4. Neal plaster means unsanded wood-fiber gypsum plaster. General Note: The finish rating of modern building materials can be found in the current literature. TABLE 1.5.2—FINISH RATINGS—ORGANIC MATERIALS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER REC. ITEM PRE- POST- F.A. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS FINISH RATING 13MS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES (MIN.) F.R.-0.1 9ltt;' r/tx"wood fiberboard faced with tlH' 15 minutes 1 1 2 15 cement-asbestos board. 313"wood sheathing.asbestos fell weighing F.R.-0-2 3 14 Ibs.1100 ft.2 and'is,"cement-asbestos 20 minutes I 1,2 20 shingles. 1"thick magnesium oxysulfate wood F.R.-O.3 I t/2" fiberboard faced with 1:3: 1:3 gypsum 20 minutes 1 1,2,3 20 plaster,t12'thick. F.R.-0.4 112 112"thick wood fiberboard. 5 minutes 1 1 2 5 F.R,-0.5 t12" t11"thick flameproofed wood fiberboard. 10 minutes 1 1.2 10 F,R.-O-G 1" t/2"thick wood fiberboard faced with t12" 15 minutes 1 1,2,3 30 thick 1:2: 1:2 gypsum plaster. 71x"thick flanteproofed wood fiberboard F.R.-O-7 x" faced with 1/2"thick 1:2: 1:2 gypsum 30 minutes 1 1 2.3 30 plaster. F.R.-O-8 1 t!4" 1 t!4"thick plywood. 30 minutes 35 30 For Sl: I inch=25.4 mm. 1 pound m 0.004448 kN.I pound per square foot 47.9 Nlm"°C=[ff)-321/1.8. Notes: 1. The finish rating is the time requires]to obtain an average temperature rise of 250`F,or a single point rise of 325'F.at the interface between the material being rated and he substrate being protected. 2.Tested in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials,ASA No.A2-1932. 3. Plaster ratios as follows:first ratio is for scraic It coat,weight of dry plaster:weight of dry sand;second ratio is for the bravn coat. General Note: The finish rating of thinner materials,particularly thinner%%Ws,have not been listed because the possible effects of shrinkage,warpage and aging cannot be predicted. 206 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE RESOURCE A SECTION II—COLUMNS TABLE 2.1.1—REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS MINIMUM DIMENSION 0"TO LESS THAN 6" PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE. POST- ! REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 6"x 6"square columns;gravel aggregate concrete (4030 psil: C-6-RC-1 G" Reinforcement:vertical,four 34.7 tons 62 nun. 7 I,2 1 rebars;horizontal,511(i"ties at 6" pitch;Cover: 1". 6"x 6"square columns:gravel aggregatu Concrete(4200 psi); C-6-RC-2 6" Reinforcement:vertical,four I/{" 21 Ions 69 min. 7 1.2 1 rebars;horizontal.511,i"ties at 6" pitch;Cover; P. Notes: 1. Cullapu. 2. British Test. FIGURE 2.1.2—REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS MINIMUM DIMENSION 10"TO LESS THAN 12" NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES AL 15 25 23 10 2 The number in each box is ?? keyed to the last number in the 21 Item Code column in the Table. 19 For example: 78 C-11-R -14 15 5 -- fi 5 4 26 24 B 3 10 20 1 12 13 7 2 11 9 14 16 17 0 0 1 2 3 4 FIRE RESISTANCE RATING (HOURS) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' 207 RESOURCE A TABLE 2,1.2—REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS MINIMUM DIMENSION 10"TO LESS THAN 12" PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE- POST- REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 SMS-92 NOTES HOURS 10"square columns:aggregate C-10-RC-1 10" concrete(4260 psi).Reinforcement: 92.2 1 hr. 7 1 1 vertical.four I'/4"rebars:horizontal, tons 2 min. 3 18'ties al 6"pitch:Cover: 1 114". 10"square columns;aggregate C-10-RC-2 10" concrete(2325 psi):Reinforcement: 46.7 1 hr. 7 1 131 vertical,four tlz"rebars:horizontal, tons 52 min. 5/16"ties at 6"pitch:Cover: V. 10"square columns:aggregate C-10-RC-3 10" concrete(5370 psi):Reinforcement: 46.5 2 hrs. 7 2.3. 11 2 vertical,four 112"rebars;horizontal. tons 'Its'ties at 6"pitch:Cover: P. 10"square columns;aggregate C-10-RC-4 10" concrete(5206 psi):Reinforcement: 46.5 2 hrs. 7 2,7 2 vertical,four 1/2"rebars;horizontal, tons 'Its'ties at 6"pitch:Cover: 1". 10"square columns;aggregate C-10-RC-5 10" concrete(5674 psi);Reinforcement: 46.7 2 hrs. 7 1 2 vertical,four 112"rebars:horizontal, tons jlls'ties at G"pitch;Cover: 1 I0"square columns:aggregate C-10-RC-6 10" concrete(5150psi);Reinforcement: 66 1 hr. 7 1 13/4 vertical,four 1 t/,"rebars;horizontal, tons 43 min. Shf"ties at 6"pitch:Cover: V. 10"square columns:aggregate C-IO-RC-7 10" concrete(5580 psi):Reinforcement: 62.5 1 hr. 7 1 111, vertical,four /Z"rebars:horizontal, tons 38 min. '!16"lies at 6"pitch:Cover: I V,". 10"square columns:aggregate C-10-RC-8 10" concrete(4080 psi):Reinrorcement: 72.8 1 hr. 7 1 131 vertical,four 11/H'rebars:horizontal, Ions 48 min. 4 /16'ties at 6"pitch;Cover: 11 18". 10"square columns:aggregate C-10-RC-9 10" concrete(2510 psi):Reinrorcement: 5I 2 hrs. 7 1 211 vertical,four 112"rebars;horizontal, tons 16 min. ° 'hs'ties at 6"pitch;Cover: I". 10"square columns:aggregate C-10-RC-10 10" concrete(2170 psi):Reinrorcement: 45 2 hrs. 7 12 211 vertical,four 112"rebars;horizontal. tons 14 min. 4 '/1 fi"ties at 6"pitch:Cover: I"- 10"square columns;gravel aggregate C-10-RC-11 10" concrete(4015 psi):Reinforcement 46.5 2 hrs. 7 1 2 vertical,four 1/2"rebars:horizontal, tons 6 min. 'hfi"ties at 6"pitch:Cover: (Conrrnuedl 208 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING COW RESOURCE A TABLE 2.1.2—REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS MINIMUM DIMENSION 10'TO LESS THAN 12"—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE- POST- REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 j BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 1 V square columns;gravel aggregate C-1I-RC-12 III, concrete(4 150 psi):Reinforcement: 61 1 hr. 7 1 11/4 vertical,four 1'/4"rebars;horizontal, tons 23 min. 3/a"lies at 711,'pitch:Cover: 1111" 1"square columns;gravel aggregate C-I I-RC-13 11" concrete(4380 psi):Reinforcement: 61 1 hr. 7 1 11/4 vertical,four F/4"rebars:horizontal, tons 26 min. ties at 7'!Z'pitch;Cover: 1111". I V square columns:gravel aggregate concrete(4140 psi):Reinforcement: 61 3 hrs. C-I1-RC-14 11" vertical,four 1'/,"rebars;horizontal. tons 9 min. 7 1 3 31H"ties at 71/2"pitch:steel mesh around reinforcement;Cover: 1112". 11"square columns:slag aggregate C-I1-RC-I5 11" concrete(3690 psi):Reinforcement: 91 I 2 hrs. 7 2,3,4,5 2 vertical,four 144"rebars:horizontal. tons 3/8"ties at 7112"pitch:Cover: 1'11". 11"square columns:limestone aggregate concrete(5230 psi); C-11-RC-16 11" Reinforminetu:vertical,four 1114" tons 41 min. 7 1 3117 rebars:horizontal.'Is"ties at 7111" pitch;Cover: I11i'. 11"square columns:limestone aggregate concrete(5530 psi); C-11-RC-17 11" Reinforcement:vertical,four 1114" 91.5 ons 47 m n, 7 1 31/1 rebars;horizontal,318'ties at 711,' pitch;Cover: I11z'. 11"square columns:limestone aggregate concrete(5280 psi); 91.5 C-11-RC-18 11" Reinforcement:vertical,four 1114" tons 2 hrs. 7 2.3.4.6 2 rebars;horizontal,3/A"ties at 711,' pitch;Cover: 1'17" 11"square columns;limestone aggregate concrete(4180 psi); 71.4 C-11-RC-19 I I" Reinforcement-vertical,four Ila" tons 2 hrs' 7 2.7 2 rebars;horizontal.Ys"ties at 7"pitch: Cover: 1111". I V square columns:gravel concrete (4530 psi): Reinforcement:vertical, 58.8 C-11-RC-20 11" four''/F"rebars;horizontal,34"ties at 2 Itrs. 7 2,3,9 7"pitch:Cover: 11/1"with 1!7" ions plaster. 11"square columns;gravel concrete 11-RC-21 11° (3520 psi): Reinforcement:vertical. Variable 1 hr- C- 7 1,8 2 four'I"rebars:horizontal,1/,"ties at 24 min. 7"pitch,Cover: 1117". (Cantinued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE` 209 RESOURCE A TABLE 2.1.2—REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS MINIMUM DIMENSION 10"TO LESS THAN 12"—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE- POST- REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 11"square colurnns:aggregate concrete(3714 psi);Reinforcement: 58.8 C-11-RC-22 I1" vertical,four 5/j,"rebars:horizontal. Ions 2 hrs. 7 2.3, 14 2 3/8"ties at 7"pitch:Cover: 1112". 11"square columns;aggregate concrete(3190 psi):Reinforcement: 58.8 C-1 I-RC-23 III, vertical.four"18"rebars;horizontal, tons 2 hrs. 7 2,3. 14 2 3/H"lies at 7"pitch;Cover: "12". 11"square columns;aggregate C-I I-RC 24 I I" concrete(4860 psi);Reinforcement: 86.1 1 hr. 7 1 1t/3 vertical,four /,,"rebars;horizontal, tons 20 min. ties at 7"pitch.Cover: 1 t/Z". 11"square columns:aggregate C-I 1-RC-25 IV concrete(4850 psi):Reinforcement: 58.8 1 hr. 7 1 1314 vertical,four 5/s"rebars:horizontal, tons 59 min. 3/8'ties at 7"pitch;Cover: I tlt". 1 I"square columns:aggregate C-11-RC-26 I1" concrete(3834 psi);Reinforcement: 71.4 53 min. 7 1 3/A vertical,four`'/H"rebars;horizontal, tons shry'ties at 41/2"pitch:Cover: 1 tl,". Fur 51: I inch=25.4 ntm, I pound per square inch=0.00680 NIPa, 1 ton=8.896 kN. Notes: 1.Failure mode collapse. 2.Passed 2 hour fire exposure. 3.Passed hose stream test. 4.Reloaded effectively after 48 hours but collapsed at load in excess of original test load. 5.Failing load was 150 tuns. 6.Failing load was 112 tons. 7.Failed during hose stream test. 8.Range of load 58.8 tons(initial)to 92 tuns(92 atinutes)to 60 tons(80 minutes). 9.Collapsed at 44 tons in reload after 96 hours. 10 Withstood reload after 72 hours. 11 Collapsed on reload after 48 hours 210 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" RESOURCE A TABLE 2.1.3—REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS MINIMUM DIMENSION 12"TO LESS THAN 14" PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE- POST- REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 ; NOTES HOURS 12"square columns:gravel aggregate C-12-RC-1 12" concrete(2647 psi); Reinforcement: 78.2 36 min. 1 7 1 11 vertical,four'!,"rebars;horizontal, tons 1 5/16"ties al 4111"pitch;Cover:2". Reinforced columns with I I/", C-12-RC-2 12" concrete outside of reinforced steel; _ 6 hrs. 1 2.3 6 Gross diameter or side of column: 12":Group 1,Column A. C-12-RC-3 12" Description as per C-12-RC-2; T 4 hrs. 1 2.3 4 Group 1,Column B. C-12-RC-4 12" Description as per C-12-RC-2: _ 4 hrs. 1 2,3 4 Group 11,Column A. C-12-RC-5 12" Description as per C-12-RC-2; _ 2 hrs. 1 2.3 2111 Group IL Column B. 30 min. C-12-RC-6 121, Description as per C-12-RC-2: _ 3 hrs. 1 2.3 3 Group III.Column A. C-12-RC-7 12" Description as per C-12-RC-2: _ 2 hrs 1 2.3 2 Group 111 Column B. C42-RC-8 12" Description as per C-12-RC-2; _ 2 hrs. 1 2.3 2 Group 1V.Column A. C-12-RC-9 12" Description as per C-12-RC-2; _ I hr. 1 2.3 1111 Group IV,Column B. 30 min. For SL l inch=25.4 mm.I pound per square inch=0.00689 MPa.1 pound per square yard=5.3 NIm'. Notes: I. Failure mode-unspecified structural. 2. Group l: includes concrete lhaving calcareous aggregate containing a combined total of not more than 10 percent of quarm chert and flint for the coarse aggro gate. Group II: includes concrete having trap-rock aggregate applied without metal ties and also concrete having cinder,sandstone or granite aggregate if held in place with wire mesh or expanded metal having not larger than 4-inch mesh.weighing not less than 1.7 lbs./yd.`,placed not mot c t ha n I inch from the surface of the concrete. Group 111: includes concrete having cinder.sandstone or granite aggregate tied with No.5 gage steel wive,wound spirally over the column section on a pitch of B inches.or equivalent ties.and concrete having siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz,chert and flint,if held in place with wire mesh or expanded metal having not large[than 4-inch mesh,weighing not less than 1.7 lbs.lyd!,placed not more than l inch from the surface of the concrete. Group IV: Includes concrete having siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz,chert and flint.and tied with No.5 gage steel wire wound spirally over the column section on a pitch of 8 inches,or equivalent ties. 3. Groupingsofaggrrgaresandtiesarethesameasforst ructuralsteelcol umnspiut ecledsolidlywithconcret e,thetiestobeplacedovertheverticalreinforcingbars and thi,mesh where required,to be placed within 1 inch from the surface of the column. Column A: working loads are assumed as carried by the area of the column Inside of the lines circumscribing Elie reinforcing steel. Column B: working loads are assumed as carried by the gross area of the column. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODER 211 RESOURCE A TABLE 2.1.4—REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS MINIMUM DIMENSION 14"TO LESS THAN 16" PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE- POST- REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 14"square columns:gravel aggregate concrete(4295 psi):Rcinl'orcemeni: 86 1 hr. C-14-RC-1 14" vertical four 3Ia"rebars:horizontal: tons 22 min, 7 I 1 11q"lies at 9"pitch;Cover: 1111" Reinforced concrete columns with C-14-RC-2 14" 1 Ve"concrete outside reinforcing _ 7 hrs. 1 2.3 7 steel:Gross diameter or side of column: 12":Group 1,Column A- C-14-RC-3 14" Description as per C-14-RC-2: _ 5]its. 1 2.3 5 Group 11,Column B. C-14-RC-4 14" Description as per C-14-RC-2: _ 5 hrs. l 2,3 5 Group III,Column A. C-14-RC-5 14" Description as per C-14-RC-2: _ 3 hrs. 1 2.3 3112 Group 1V,Column B. 30 min. C-14-RC-6 14" Description as per C-14-RC-2: _ 4 hrs. 1 2,3 4 Group III.Column A. C-14-RC-7 14" Description as per C-14-RC-2: _ 2 hrs, 1 2 3 2112 Group III Column B. 30 min. C-14-RC-8 14" Description as per C-14-RC-2: _ 2 hrs. 1 2,3 2112 Group IV.Column A. 30 min. C-14-RC-9 14 Description as per C-I4-RC-2: _ 1 hr. 1 ` 2.3 1112 Group IV,Column B. 30 min. For 51: I inch=25 4 mm. 1 pound per square inch=0.00669 MPa.1 pound per square yard=5.3 Nlm'. Notes: 1. Failure mode-main rebars buckled between links at various points. 2. Group l: includes concrete having calcareous aggregate containing acombinedtolalofnotmurelhan10percentofquartz.cheriand flint forthe coarse aggre- gate. Group 1I: includes concrete having trap-rock aggregare applied without metal ties and also concrete having cinder,sandstone or granite aggr cgate,if held in place with wire mesh or expo nded mesa I having not larger than 4-inch mesh,weighing not less than 1.7lbs,lvd.`.placed not m ore han l inch from the surface of the concrete. Group III: includes concrete haN ing cinder.sandstone or granite aggregate tJvdN%1(hNo.5 gage steel wire.wound spirally over the columnseciiononapitrhof 8 inches,or equivalent ties,and concrete having siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 percent or more Of quart,Cheri and flint.if held In place with wire mesh or expanded metal having not larger than 4-Inch mesh,weighing not less than 1.7 lbs./yd.`,placed not more than 1 inch from the surface of the concrete. Group IV: includes concrete having siliceous aggr egan I conlalning a combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz.Cheri and flint,and tied with No.5 gage steel wire wound spirally over the culumn section On a pitch of 8 inches.Or equivalent Iles. 3. Grouping~of aggregates and tiesare the same as for structural steel columns protecied solidlywith concrete,the Iles to be placed over the vertical reinforcing bars and the mesh n here inquired,to be placed within 1 inch from the surface of the column. Column A: working loads are assumed as carried by the area of the column inside of the lines circumscribing the reinforcing steel Column B: working loads are assumed as carried by the gross area of the column. 212 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE RESOURCE A FIGURE 2.1.5—REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS MINIMUM DIMENSION 16"TO LESS THAN 19" NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 10 The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the stem Code column in the Table. For example: 5 C-1fi-Rt� 11 3 _6 1 2 10 9 7 11 5 4 0 1 2 3 q 5 6 7 g 9 10 FIRE RESISTANCE RATING(HOURS) TABLE 2.1.5—REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS MINIMUM DIMENSION 16"TO LESS THAN 18" PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE- POST- REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS•92 BMS•92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 16"square columns:gravel aggregate concrete(4550 psi):Reinforcement: vertical,eight 1318"rebars;horizontal, C-16-RC-1 16" Vns"ties at 6"pitch 13/x"below 237 1 hr 7 1,2.3 1 column surface and 51,6"ties at 6" tons pitch linking center rebars of each face forming a smaller square in column cross section. 16"square columns:gravel aggregate C-16-RC-2 16" concrete(3360 psi);Reinforcement: 210 21irs 7 2,4,5, 2 vertical,eight 1 3/8"rebars:horizontal, tons 6 s/t,"ties at 6"pitch;Cover. 13/d". 16"square columns:gravel aggregate C-16-RC-3 16" concrete(3980 psi): Reinforcement. 123.5 21irs. 7 2,9.7 2 vertical,four'Is"rebars:horizontal, tons 34"ties at 6"pitch;Cover: P. Reinforced concrete columns with C-16-RC-4 16" 1111'concrete outside reinforcing _ 9 hrs. 1 8.9 9 steel:Gross diameter or side of column: 16":Group I.Column A. C-16-RC-5 16" Description as per C-16-RC-4: _ 6 hrs. 1 8.9 6 Group 1.Column B. (Confirmed) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE 213 RESOURCE A TABLE 2.1.S—REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS MINIMUM DIMENSION 16"TO LESS THAN 16"—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE- POST. REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS C-16-RC-6 16" Description as per C-16-RCA _ 6 hrs. 1 8,9 6 Group II,Column A. C-16-RC-7 16" Description as per C-16-RC-4; _ 4 hrs. 1 8.9 4 Group II.Column B. C-16-RC-8 16" Description as per C-16-RC-4: _ 5 hrs. 1 8,9 5 Group III.Column A. C-16-RC-9 16" Description as per C-16-RC-4; _ 3 hrs. 1 8.9 311z Group III,Column B. 30 min. C-16-RC-10 16" Description as per C-16-RC-4; _ 3 hrs. 1 8.9 3 Group IV.Column A. C-16-RC-11 16" Description as per C-16-RCA: _ 2 hrs. 1 8.9 2 Group IV,Column B. Fur 5I: 1 inch=-25.4 mm. 1 pound per square inch=0.00689 NI!Pa.1 pound per square yard=5.3 Nlm'. Notes: 1. Column passed 1 hour fire lest. 2 Column passed hose stream lest. 3. No reload specified. 4. Column passed Z-hour Fire test 5. Column reloaded successfully after 24 hours. 6 Reinforcing details same as C-16-RC-I. 7. Column passed reload after 72 hours. 8. Group l: includes concrete having calcareous aggregate containing a combined total of not morethan 10 percent of quartz,chertand flint for ibectiarwaggre- gate. Group 11: includes concrete having trap-rock aggregate applied without metal ties and also concrete having cinder,sandstone or granite aggregate.if held in place withwire mesh orexpanded m oal having not larger than 4-inch mesh.weighing not less than 1.7 lbs.lvd.',placed not more than 1 inch from the surface of the concrete. Group III: includes concrete having cinder,sandstone or granite aggregate tied with No.5 gage steel wire,wound spirally overthecolumn section onapitrhof 8 inches,or equivalent lies.and concrete having siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz,chart and fllnl,If held in place with wire mesh or expanded metal having not larger than 4-inch mesh,weighing not less than 1.7 Ibs.lyd.,placed not more than 1 inch Front the surface of the concrete. Group IV includes concrete having siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz,chert and flint.and tied with No.5 gage steel wire wound spirally over the column sec Lion on a pitch of 8 inches,or equh,alent ties. 9. Groupings ofaggcrgates and ties are thesame as for structural steel columns protected solidly with concrete.the ties tobe placed over the vertical relnforringbars and the mesh vcherc requlred,to be placed within l inch from the surface of the column. Culumn A; working loads arc assumed as carried by the area of the column inside of the lines circumscribing the reinforcing steel. Column B: working loads are assumed as carried by the gross area of the column. 214 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE° RESOURCE A TABLE 2.1.6—REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS MINIMUM DIMENSION 18"TO LESS THAN 20" PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE- POST- REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 SMS•92 NOTES HOURS Reinforced concrete columns with C-18-RC-1 18" 1112„concrete outside reinforced _ 11 hrs. I 1,2 11 steel;Gross diameter or side of column: 1S";Group 1,Column A. C-18-RC-2 18" Description as per C-18-RC-1; _ 8 hrs. 1 1.2 8 Group 1,Column B. Description as per C-I8-RC-1; C 18-RC-3 18" 'Group II,Column A. — 7 hrs. 1 l e 2 7 C-18-RC-4 18" Description as per C-18-RC-1; _ 5 hrs. 1 L2 5 Group 11,Column B. C-18-RC-5 18" Description as per C-18-RC-1; _ 6 hrs. 1 1.2 6 1 Group 111,Column A. C-18-RC-6 18" Description as per C-18-RC-1; _ 4 hrs. 1 1.2 4 Group 111,Column B. C-18-RC-7 18" Description as per C-18-RC-1; _ 3 hrs. 1 1.2 3112 Group IV.Column A. 30 min. C-18-RC-8 18" Description as per C-18-RC-l; _ 2 hrs. I 1 2 2112 Group IV,Column B. 30 min. For 51: 1 Inch=25.4 min.1 pound per square yard=5.3 N/m'. Notes: 1. Group l: includes concrete having calcareousaggregate containing acombinedtotalof not morethanlopercentof quartz.chertand flint fordwcoarseaggre gate. Group II: includes concrete having trap-rock aggregate applied without metal ties and also concrete having cinder,sandstone or granite aggregate.if held in placewit hwiremeshorexpandednteta l having not larger than 4-inch mesh,weighing not less than 1.7lbs.lyd.'.placed not ri iethan1Inchfromthe surface of the concrete. Group III: includes concrete having cinder,sandstone or granite aggregate tied with No.5 gage steel wire.wound spirally over the column section on a pitch of 8 inches,or equivalent ties and concrete having siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz,chert and flint.If held in place with wire mesh or expanded ntetal hating not larger than 4-inch mesh,weighing not less than 1.7 lbs./yd:,placed not more than i Inch from the surface of the concrete. Group IV: includes concrete having siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 per(ow nr more of quartz,chert and flint and,tied with No.5 gage steel wire wound spirally aver the column section on a pitch of 8 inches,or equivalent ties. 2. Groupings ofaggregat esandtiesarethesameasforstructuralsteelcol umnsprotect edsolidl ywithconcrete.theties tobeplacedoverthever ticalreinforcingbars and the mesh NN here required,to be placed within 1 inch from thesurface of the column. Column A: working loads are assumed as carried by the area of the column inside of the lines circumscribing the reinforcing steel Column B: working loads are assumed as carried by the gross area of the column 2D09 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" 215 RESOURCE A FIGURE 2.1.7—REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS MINIMUM DIMENSION 20"TO LESS THAN 22" NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 10 The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table. For example: 5 C•20-R •6 2 J3' Z-F- 0 1 10 9 7 8 � 4 D 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 6 9 10 11 12 FIRE RESISTANCE RATING(HOURS) TABLE 2.1.7—REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS MINIMUM DIMENSION 20"TO LESS THAN 22" PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE- POST- REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 20"square columns;gravel aggregate C-20-RC-1 20" concrete(6690 psi): Reinforcement: 367 2 hrs. 7 1,2.3 2 vertical,four 1'14"rebars;horizontal, tons a/K"wire a""pitch;Cover 1"/4", 20"square columns;gravel aggregate concrete(4334 psi);Rein£orcemenl: 327 C-20-RC-2 20" vertical,four 1314"rebars;horizontal. tons 2 1us. 7 I,2,4 2 {/H"ties at 6"pitch;Cover 13l4". 20"square colurnw gravel aggregate C-20-RC-3 20t/4" concrete(4230psi),Reinforcement: 199 2 hrs. 7 5 vertical,four 1 1/,"rebars:horizontal. tons 56 min. i/K"wire at 5"pitch;Cover I Vh". Reinforced concrete columns with C-20-RC-4 20" Ill,"concrete outside of reinforcing _ 12 hrs. 1 G.7 12 steel:Gross diameter or side of column:20 Group 1,Column A. C-20-RC-5 20" Description as per C-20-RC-4: _ 9 hrs. 1 6.7 9 Group I.Column B. Description as per C-20-RC-4: C-20-RC-6 20" Group 11.Column A. — 9 hrs. 1 G.7 9 (Cominued) 216 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODED RESOURCE A TABLE 2.1.7—REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS MINIMUM DIMENSION 20"TO LESS THAN 22"—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE- POST- REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS C-20-RC-7 20" De,, l iption as per C-20-RCA: _ 6 hrs 1 6.7 6 Group II.Column B. C-20-RC-8 20" Description as per C-20-RC-4; _ 7 hrs. 1 6.7 7 Group III,Column A. C-20-RC-9 PO Description as per C-20-RC-4; _ 5 hrs. I 6.7 5 Group 111.Column B. C-20-RC-10 20" Description as per C-20-RCA: _ 4 hrs. 1 6,7 4 Group IV.Column A. C-20-RC-11 20" Description as per C-20-RC-4; 3 hrs. 1 6.7 3 Group IV.Column B. For 51. I inch=25.4 mm,1 pound per square yard=5.3 N1m1,1 ton=8.896W Notes: 1 Passed 2-hour fire test. 2 Passed hose stream test. 3 Failed during reload at 300 tons. 4. Passed reload after 72 hours. 5. Failure mode collapse. 6. Group l: includes concrete having calcareous aggregate containing a combined total of not morelhan 10 percentof quartz,chertand flint for the coarseaggre- gate. Group 11: includes concrete having trap-rock aggregate applied without metal ties and also concrete having cinder,sandstone or granite aggregate.if held in place with%%ire mesh or expanded metal having not larger than 4-inch mesh.weighing not less than 1.7lbs-lyd.'.placed not inuic than I Inch from the surface of the concrete. Group Ill: includes concrete having cinder,sandstone or granite aggregate tied with No.5 gage steel wire,wound spirally over 1he column section on a pltch of 8 Inches.or equivalent tles,and concrete having siliceous aggregates containinga combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz,chert and flint.if held in place with wire mesh or expanded metal having not larger than 4-inch mesh,weighing not less than 1.7 Ibs.Ivd.',placed not more than 1 inch from the surface of the concrete. Group IV: includes concrete having siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz,chert and[lint,and tied with No.5 gage steel wire wound spirally over the column section on a pitch of 8 inches,or cquivalem ties. 7. G full pi I Igs of aggrugates ai id I&S are the sarne as for structural steel columns protected solidly with concrete.the ties tube placed over tire vertical reinforcing bar.% and the mesh where required.to be placed within 1 Inch from the surface of the column. Column A: working loads are assumed as carried by the area of the column inside of the lines circumscribing the relnforring steel. Column B: working loads are assumed as carried by the gross area of the column. TABLE 2.1.8—HEXAGONAL REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS MINIMUM DIMENSION 12"TO LESS THAN 14" PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE- POST- REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 12"hexagonal columns;gravel aggregate concrete(4420 psi); C-12-HRC-1 12" Reinforcement:vertical,eight 112" 88 tons 58 min. 7 1 31q rebars;horizontal,51,6"helical winding at 1112"pitch:Cover: 112". 12"hexagonal columns:gravel aggregate concrete(3460 psi); 79.7 C-12-HRC-2 12" Reinforcement:vertical,eight 111" 1 hr. 7 2 1 rebars;hori-zontal.'11fi"helical tons winding at 1112"pitch;Cover: 112". Fur Si: 1 inch=25.4 mm. 1 pound per square inch=0.00689 MPa. l ton 8.896 kN. Notes: 1. Failure mode-collapse. 2. Test stopped at I hour. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE` 217 RESOURCE A TABLE 2.1.9—HEXAGONAL REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS MINIMUM DIMENSION 14"TO LESS THAN 16" PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE- POST- REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 14"hexagonal columns:gravel aggregate concrete (4970 psi); C-14-HRC-1 14" Reinforcement.vertical,eight 1/2" 90 tons 2 hrs. 7 I.2.3 2 rebars:horizontal,'/,,"helical winding on 2"pitch;Cover: 112'. Far SI: 1 inch=25-4 mm, I ixtund per square Inch=0 00689 MPa.1 ton=8896 kN. Notes: 1. Withstood 2-hour lire test. 2. Withstood hose stream test. 3. Withs€od reload after 48 hours TABLE 2.1.10—HEXAGONAL REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS DIAMETER—16"TO LESS THAN 18" PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE- POST- REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 16"hexagonal columns:gravel concrete(6320 psi):Reinforcement: C-16-HRC-1 16" vertical,eight:,/N"rebars;horizontal, to4�55 55 n in, 7 1 131, '116"helical winding on 314"pitch; Cover: 112". 16"hexagonal columns;gravel aggregate concrete(5580 psi); C-16-HRC-2 16" Reinforcement:vertical.eight 5/81, 124 tons 2 hrs. 7 2 2 rebars;horizontal,511r,"helical winding on is/a"pitch:Cover:112" rur SL l Inch 25.4 mm.I pound per square Inch=0.00689 MPa,1 ton=8.895 kN. Notes: 1. Failure mode-collapse. 2. Failed on furnace rernmal. TABLE 2.1.11—HEXAGONAL REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS DIAMETER—20"TO LESS THAN 22" PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE. POST- REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 SMS•92 NOTES HOURS 20"hexagonal columns:gravel concrete(6080 psi);Reinforcrtnent: C-20-HRC-1 2D" vertical.314"rebars;horizontal,Vr," tons 2 hrs. 7 1 2 helical winding on 1314"pitch;Cover: t12.r 20"hexagonal columns:gravel C-20-HRC-2 20" concrete 15080 psi):Reinforcement_ 184 2 hrs. 7 2 3 4 211 vertical, SI4"rebars:horizontal,5/16" tons 15 min. 4 wire on 13/4"pitch;Cover: '12". For SI: inch 25.4 mm,1 pound per square inch=0.00689 MPa,1 ton=8.896 kN. Notes: 1. Column collapsed on furnace removal. 2. Passed 2'1,-hour fire test. 3. Paswd hose stream test. 4. Withstood reload after 48 hours. 218 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" RESOURCE A TABLE 2.2—ROUND CAST IRON COLUMNS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE- POST- REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS C-7-CI-1 7"O.D. Column:.6"minimum metal — 30 min. 1 112 thickness:unprotected. Column:.6"minimum metal C-7-CI-2 7"OR thickness concrete filled,outside — 45 min. I 31a unprotected. Column:.6"minimum ruetal C-11-CI-3 I I"O.D. thickness:Protection: I I/t"portland — 3 hrs. 1 3 cement plaslcr on high ribbed metal lath,'/2"broken air space. 'Column:.6"minimum metal C-11-CI-4 11"O.D. .thickness:Protection:2"concrete — 2 hrs. 1 21/1 other than siliceous aggregate. 30 min, Column:7"O.D..6"rninimum metal C-12-CI-5 12.5"O.D. thickness;Protection:2"porous _ 3 hrs. 1 3 hollow tile.314"mortar between the and column,outside wire ties. C-7-CI-6 7.6"O.D. Column:7"I.D.,?', "minimum metal 30 min. 1 112 thickness,concrete filled unprotected. Column:8"I.D.,3ltri'minimum metal C-8-CI-7 8,6"O.D. thickness;concrete filled reinforced _ I hr. I with four 3112"x 3/H"angles,in fill: unprotected outside. For 51: 1 Inch=25,4 mm. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE* 219 RESOURCE A FIGURE 2.3---STEEL COLUMNS—GYPSUM ENCASEMENTS NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES AL 10 The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the 5 Item Code column to the Table. For example: C-SG 13 11 12 9 B 5 10 6 1 3 2 7 4 rl 3 0— 0 1 2 3 4 5 5 7 8 9 10 FIRE RESISTANCE RATING(HOURS) TABLE 2.3—STEEL COLUMNS—GYPSUM ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER AREA OF ITEM SOLID PRE- POST- REC. CODE MATERIAL CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS Steel protected with 314" 1:3 sanded C-SG-1 — gypsum or 1" 1:2112 portland cement — 1 hr. I 1 plaster on wire or lath;one layer. C-SG-2 — Same as C-SG-1;two layers. — 2 hrs. 1 21/z 30 min. 2"solid blocks with wire mesh in C-SG-3 130 in.z horizontal joints: 1"mortar on flange; — 2 hrs. 1 2 reentrant space Filled with block and mortar. C-SG-4 150 in.2 Same as C-130-SG-3 with I/,"sanded — 5 hrs. 1 5 gypsum plaster, 2"solid blocks with wire mesh in C-SG-5 130 in.2 horizontal joints: 1"mortar on flange: — 2 hrs. 1 211, reentrant space filled with gypsum 30 min, concrete. C-SG-G 150 in.? Same as C-130-SG-5 with 112"sanded — 5 hrs. 1 5 gypsum plaster. 4"solid blocks with wire mesh in C-SG-7 300 in.2 horizontal joints; I"mortar on flange: — 4 lirs. 1 4 reentrant space filled with block and mortar. C-SG-8 300 in.2 Same as C-300-SG-7 with reentrant 5 hrs, 1 5 space filled with gypsum concrete. 220 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE'. RESOURCE A TABLE 2.3—STEEL COLUMNS—GYPSUM ENCASEMENTS—continued MINIMUM PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER AREA OF ITEM SOLID PRE- POST- REC, CODE MATERIAL CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME 13MS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 2"solid blocks with cramps at C-SG-9 85 in,2 horizontal joints;mortar on flange — 2 hrs. 1 21/2 only at horizontal joints;reentrant 30 min. space not filled. C-SG-10 105 in,? Same as C-85-SG-9 with i12"sanded __ 4 hrs. ] 4 gypsum plaster. 3"hollow blocks with cramps at C-SGA 1 95 In.2 horizontal joints;mortar on flange — 2 hrs. I 21lr only at horizontal joints:reentrant 30 min. space not filled. C-SG-12 120 in! Same as C-95-SG-1 I with 112"sanded — 5 hrs. 1 5 gypsum plaster. 2"neat fibered gypsum reentrant C-SG-13 130 in.' space filled poured solid and — 7 hrs. 1 7 reinforced with 4"x 4"wire mesh 112"sanded gypsum plaster. For SL 1 inch A 25.4 ntm,1 square inch=G45 mm. TABLE 2.4—TIMBER COLUMNS MINIMUM DIMENSION PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE- POST- REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS C-11-TC-1 11" With unprotected steel plate cap. — 30 min. 1 1.2 112 C-11-TC-2 I1" With unprotected cast iron cap and — 45 min. 1 1,2 314 pintle. C-I 1-TC-3 11" With concrete or protected steel or — 1 hr. 1 1,2 1'14 cast iron cap. 15 min. With%"gypsum wallboard over I hr. C-11-TC-4 11" column and over cast iron or steel — 15 min 1 1,2 1 114 cap. With 1"portiand cement plaster on C-11-TC-5 11" wire lath over column and over cast — 2 hrs. 1 1.2 2 iron or steel cap:314"air space. For Sl: 1 inch=25.4 mm,1 square inch=G45 nine:. Notes: 1. Minimum area- 120 square inches. 2. Type of wood:long leaf pine or Douglas fir. TABLE 2.5.1.1—STEEL COLUMNS—CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION LESS THAN 6" PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE- POST- REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME 13MS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 5"x 6"outer dimensions;4"x 3"x C-5-SC-1 5" 10 lbs."H"beam;Protection:gravel 12 tons I hr. 7 1 1'/ concrete{4900 psi}6"x 4"- 13 SWG 29 min. 4 Mesh. Fur SI: l inch=25.4 mm.1 pound per square inch=0.00689 MPa,1 ion=8.890 kN. Notes: 1. Failure mode-collapse. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE* 221 RESOURCE A TABLE 2.5.1.2—STEEL COLUMNS—CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS 6"TO LESS THAN 8"THICK PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE. POST- REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES FLOURS 7"x 8"column:4"x 3"x 10 lbs."H" C-7-SC-1 7" beam:Protection:brick filled 12 tons 2 hrs. 7 1 231 concrete(6220 psi):6"x 4"mesh- 46 min, ; 13 SWG: 1"below column surface. 7"x 8"column;4"x 3"x 10 lbs."H" C-7-SC-2 7" beam;Protection:gravel concrete 12 tons 3 hrs. 7 1 3 (5140 psi):6"x 4" 13 SWG mesh 1" 1 min. below surface. 7";K 8"column:4"x 3"x 101bs.°H" C-7-SC-3 7" beam;Protection:concrete(4540 12 tons 3 hrs. 7 1 3 psi);6"x 4"- 13 SWG mesh; 1" 9 min. below column surface. 7"x 8"column:4"x 3"x 101bs. "H" C-7-SC-4 7" beam:Protection:gravel concrete 12 tons 50 hrs. to 7 1 231, (5520 psi);4"x 4"mesh: 16 SWG. Por Sl: 1 Inch=25.4 mm. 1 pound per square inch=0.00689 AiPa. 1 ton=8.896 kN Notes: 1. Failure mode collapse. 222 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE° RESOURCE A FIGURE 2.5.1.3—STEEL COLUMNS—CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 6"TO LESS THAN 10" NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 10 The number in each box is keyed to the last number In the Item Cade column in the Table. 5 For example: C•9•S •g 11 10--- 7 6 5 9 J/// 3 2 1 4 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 FIRE RESISTANCE RATING(HOURS) TABLE 2.5.1.3—STEEL COLUMNS—CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION B"TO LESS THAN 10" PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE. POST- REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 8112"x 10"column;6"x 4112"x 20 C-8-SC-1 8111" lbs,"H"beam:Protection:gravel 39 tons 3 hrs. 7 1 3 concrete(5140 psi):6"x 4"- 13 8 min. SWG mesh. 8"x 10"column;8"x 6"x 35 lbs."1" C-8-SC-2 81, beam:Protection:gravel concrete 90 tons 2 hrs' 7 1 2 (4240 psi):6"x 4"- 13 SWG mesh: 1 min. 111"cover. 8"x 10"concrete encased column:8" Y 6"x 35 Ibs."H"beam:protection: 1 hr, C-8-SC-3 8" aggregate concrete(37 50 psi) 4" 90 tons 58 min. 7 1 131, mesh- 16 SWG reinforcing '12" below column surface. C-8-SC-4 8" 6"x 6"steel column;2"outside _ 5 hrs, 1 2 5 protection;Group 1. C-8-SC-5 all 6"x 6"steel column:2"outside _ 3 hrs. 1 2 311, protection;Group ll. 30 min. C-8-SC-6 81, 6"x 6"steel column;2"outside _ 2 hrs. 1 2 2112 protection:Group 111. 30 min. C-8-SC-7 go, 6"x 6"steel column:2"outside _ 1 hr. protection;Group IV. 45 min. (Continued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' 223 RESOURCE A TABLE 2.51.3—STEEL COLUMNS—CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 8"TO LESS THAN 10"—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE- POST- REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS C-9-SC-8 91, 6"x 6"steel column;3"outside _ 7 hrs. 1 2 7 protection;Group I. C-9-SC-9 91, 6"x 6"steel column;3"outside _ 5 hrs. 1 2 5 protection;Group II. C-9-SC-10 91, 6"x 6"steel column:3"outside 3 hrs. 1 2 3112 protection;Group III. 30 min. C-9-SC-11 91, 6"x 6"steel column;3"outside _ 2 hrs. 1 2 2112 protection:Group TV. 30 min. fur SI: I inch=25.4 mm. I pound=0.004448 kN. 1 pound per square inch=0.00689 h1 Pa, l pound per square yard=5.3 Nlm-', 1 ton=8.896 kN. Notes: 1. failure mode-collapse. 2. Groupli includes concrete having calcareous aggregate containing a combined total of not more than 10 percent of quartz.chert and flifn for the coarse aggre- gate Group 11: includes concrete having trap-rock aggregate applied without metal ties and also concrete having cinder,sandstone or granite aggregate,if held in place with wire mesh or expanded metal having not larger than 4-inch mesh,weighing not less than 1.7 lbs./vd.`.placed not more than l inch from the surface of the concrete. Group III: includes concrete having cinder.sandstone or granite aggregate tied with No.5 gage steel wire,wound spirally over the column section on a pitch of 8 inches,or equivalent ties,and concrete having siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz,chert and flint.if held in place with wire mesh or expanded metal having not larger than 4-inch mesh,weighing not less than 1.7 lbs.lyd.`,placed not more than]inch From the surface of the concrete. Group IV: includes concrete having siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz,cheri and ninl,and lied with No.5 gage steel wire wound spirally over the column section on a pitch of 8 inches,or equivalent tics. 224 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE` RESOURCE A FIGURE 2.5.1.4—STEEL COLUMNS—CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 10"TO LESS THAN 12" NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES AL 10 The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table. For example: C11 SC34 36 35 31 30 5 -- -- 22 28 16 19 12 15 34 32 18 4 13 29 21 20 17 3 B 10 27 24 Ell 7 9 19 1 5 2 6 23 26 F33] 25 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 FIRE RESISTANCE RATING (HOURS) TABLE 2.5.1.4—STEEL COLUMNS—CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 10"TO LESS THAN 12" PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE. POST- REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME SMS-92 BMS-92 BMS•92 NOTES HOURS 10"r 12"concrete encased steel column;8"x 6"x 35 lbs."H"beam; 3 hrs. C-10-SC-1 10" Protection:gmvel aggregate concrete 90 tons 7 min 7 1.2 3 (3640 psi):Mesh 6"x 4"13 SWG. 1" below column surface. I0"x 16"column;8"x 6"x 35 lbs. C-10-SC-2 10" "H"beam:Protection:clay brick 90 tons 4 hrs. 7 2 4 concrete(3630 psi):6"x 4"mesh: 13 6 min. SWG. 1"below column surface. 10"x 12"column;8"x 6"x 35 lbs. "H"beam:Protection:crushed stone 3 hrs. C-10-SC-3 10" and sand concrete(3930 psi):6"x 4" 90 tons 17 min. 7 2 3�/4 - 13 SWG mesh; 1"below column surface. 10"x 12"column:8"x 6"x 35 lbs. "H"beam;Protection:crushed basalt C-10-SC-4 l0" and sand concrete(4350 psi);6"x 4" 90 tons 22 min 7 2 3113 - 13 SWG mesh: 1"below column surface. (Continued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE 225 RESOURCE A TABLE 2.5.1.4—STEEL COLUMNS—CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 10"TO LESS THAN 12"—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE. POST- REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 10"x 12"column;8"x 6"x 35 tbs. C-10-SC-5 10" ­H"beam:Protection:gravel 90 tons 3 hrs. 7 2 31/Z aggregate concrete (5570 psi):6"x 4" 39 min. mesh; 13 SWG. 10" x 16"column;8"x 6"x 35 lbs. C-10-SC-6 10" "I"beam:Protection:gravel concrete 90 tons 4 hrs' 7 2 411, (4950 psi):mesh;6"x 4" 13 SWG 1" 32 min. below column surface. 10"x 12"concrete encased steel column.8"x 6"x 35 lbs. "H"beam: C-10-SC-7 10" Protection:aggregate concrete(1370 90 Ions 2 hrs. 7 3.4 2 psi);6"x 4"mesh; 13 SWG reinforcing i"below column surface. 10"x 12"concrete encased steel column;B"x 6"x 35 lbs."H" column:Protection:aggregate C-10-SC-8 10" concrete(4000 psi): 13 SWG iron 86 tons 36 min 7 2 311, wire loosely around column at 6" pitch about 2"beneath column surface. 10"x 12"concrete encased steel C-10-SC-9 101• column;8"x 6"x 35 lbs."H"beam; 86 tons 2 hrs. 7 2 2 Protection:aggregate concrete(3290 8 min. psi):2"cover minimum. 10"x 14"concrete encased steel column:8"x 6"x 35 tbs. "1.1" C-10-SC-10 10" column;Protection:crushed brick 90 tans 4 hrs' 7 2 4113 filled concrete(5310 psi);6"x 4" 28 min. mesh: 13 SWG reinforcement I" below column surface. 10"x 14"concrete encased column: 8"x 6"35 lbs."H"beam;Protection: 1 hr. C-10-SC-11 10" aggregate concrete(342 psi):6"x 4" 90 tons 2 min. 7 2 1 mesh; 13 SWG reinforcement 1" below surface. 10"x 12"concrete encased steel column;8"x 6"x 35 tbs, "H"beam: Protection:aggregate concrete(4480 3 hrs. C-10-SC-12 10" psi):four 31,"vertical bars at"H" 90 tons 2 min 7 2 3 beam edges with'11f"spacers at beam. surface at 3'pitch and ",fi"binders at 10"pitch;2"concrete cover. (Continu(W) 226 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' RESOURCE TABLE 2.5.1.4—STEEL COLUMNS—CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 10"TO LESS THAN 12"--continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE- POST- REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 10"x 12"concrete encased steel column:8"x 6"x 35 lbs,"H"beam: i Protection:aggregate concrete(5070 psi):6",x 4"mesh: 13 SWG C-10-SC-13 10" reinforcing at 6"beam sides wrapped 90 tons 1 3 hrs. 7 2 3319 and held by wire ties across(open)8" 59 min. i beam face:reinforcements wrapped in 6"x 4"mesh: 13 SWG throughout; I/,"cosier to column surface. 10"x 12"concrete encased steel column;8"x 6"x 35 lbs."H"beam; Protection:aggregate concrete(44 10 C-10-SC-14 10" psi);6"x 4"mesh; 13 SWG 90 tons 50 2 hrs. min. 7 2 2'/, reinforcement 114"g below column surface; t/l"limestone cement plaster with 31R"gypsum plaster finish. 10"x 12"concrete encased steel column;8"x 6"x 35 lbs."H"beam; C-10-SC-15 10" Protection:crushed clay brick filled g0 Ions ' 3 firs. 7 2 3j/4 concrete(4260 psi);6 x 4"mesh; 13 54 min. SWG reinforcing 1"below column surface. 10"x 12"concrete encased steel column:8"x 6"x 35 lbs."H"beam: C-10-SC-16 10" Protection:limestone aggregate 90 tons 3 hrs. 7 2 3;19 concrete(4350 psi):6"x 4"mesh; 13 54 min. SWG reinforcing 1"below column surface. 10"x 12"concrete encased steel column;8"x 6"x 35 lbs. "H"beam; C-10-SC-17 10" Protection:limestone aggregate 90 tons 3 hrs. 7 4.5 3 concrete(5300 psi).6"x 4"; 13 SWG wire mesh 1"below column surface. 10"x 12"concrete encased steel column:8"x 6"x 35 lbs. "H"beam: C-10-SC-18 101, Protection:limestone aggregate g0 tons 3 hrs. 7 4.5 3 concrete(4800 psi)Nvith 6"x 4": 13 SWG mesh reinforcement 1"below surface. 10"x 14"concrete encased steel column: 12"x 8"x 65 lbs."H"beam; 2 hrs. C-10-SC-19 10" Protection:aggregate concrete(3900 118 tons 42 min 7 2 2 psi);4"mesh; 16 SWG reinforcing '/r"below column surface, 10"x 14"concrete encased steel column: 12"x 8"x 65 lbs."H"beam: 2 hrs. C-10-SC-20 10" Protection:aggregate concrete(4930 177 tons 8 min 7 2 2 psi);4"mesh: 16 SWG reinforcing U,"below column surface. (Continued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE 227 RESOURCE A TABLE 2.5.1.4—STEEL COLUMNS—CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 10"TO LESS THAN 12"—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE- POST. REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 SMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 10`4,"x I Via"concrete encased steel column;8"x 6"x 35 lbs. "H"beam; C-10-SC-21 IOjIR' Protection:aggregate concrete(835 90 tons 2 hrs. 7 3.4 2 psi)with 6 x 4"mesh: 13 SWG reinforcing 1 3l16'below column surface;3/16'gypsum plaster finish. 11"x 13"concrete encased steel column;8"),6"x 35 lbs, "H"beam: Protection: "open texture"brick filled C-11-SC-22 III, concrete (890 psi)with 6"x 4"mesh; 901ons 3 hrs. 7 6,7 3 13 SWG reinforcink 1 r/?"below column surface;318"lime cement plaster; 11K"gypsum plaster finish. 11"x 12"column;4"x 3"x 10 lbs. C-11-SC-23 H" "H"beam;gravel concrete(4550 12 tons 6 his. 7 7,8 6 psi):6"x 4"- 13 SWG mesh reinforcing; I"below column surface. I"x 12"column:4"x 3"x 10 lbs. "H"beam;Protection:gravel C-1 I-SC-24 III, aggregate concrete (3830 psi);with 16 tons 5 hrs.32 ruin. 7 2 5i`Z 4"x 4"mesh: 16 SWIG. III below column surface. C-10-SC-25 10" 6"x 6"steel column with 4"outside _ 9 hrs. 1 9 9 protection;Group I. C-10-SC-26 I0" Description as per C-SC-25;Group _ 7 hrs. 1 9 7 C-10-SC-27 10" Description as per C-10-SC-25; _ 5 hrs. 1 9 5 Group 111. C-10-SC-28 10" Description as per C-10-SC-25; _ 3 hrs. 1 9 3112 Group IV. 30 min. C-10-SC-29 10" 8"x 8"steel column with 2"outside _ 6 hrs. 1 9 6 protection:Group 1. C-10-SC-30 10" Description as per C-10-SC-29; _ 4 hrs. 1 9 4 Group 11. C-10-SC-31 10" Description as per C-10-SC-29: _ 3 hrs. 1 9 3 Group III. C-10-SC-32 10" Description as per C-10-SC-29: _ 2 hrs. 1 9 2 Group IV. C-11-SC-33 11" 8"x 8"steel column with 3"outside 8 hrs. 1 9 8 protection;Group I. C-I 1-SC-34 III, Description as per C-10-SC-33: 6 hrs. 1 9 6 Group II. C-I I-SC-35 11" Description as per C-10-SC-33; _ 4 hrs. 1 9 4 Group III. fContinued) 228 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE'' RESOURCE A TABLE 2.5.1.4—STEEL COLUMNS—CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 10"TO LESS THAN 12'—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE- POST- REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS•92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS C-11-SC-36 ]Y, Description as per C-1 O-SC-33; _ 3 hrs. 1 9 3 Group IV. For S: 1 inch=25.4 mm, 1 pound=0.004448 kN.1 pound per square inch=0.00689 NIPa, 1 pound per square yard=5.3 N/ml, 1 ton=8.896 kN. Notes: 1. Tested under total restraint load to pre%vni expansion-minimum load 90 tons. 2. failure mode collapse. 3. Passed 2-hour fire test(Grade"C,"British). 4 Passed hose stream test. 5. Column tested and passed 3 hour grade fire resistance(British). 6. Column passed 3-hour fire test. 7. Column collapsed during hose stream testing. 8. Column paced G-hour fire test. 9 Group 1: includes concrete having calcareous aggregate comaininga combined total of not more than 10 percent of quartz,chert and flint for the coarse aggre- gate. Group II: includes concrete having trap-rock aggrcgatc applied without metal ties and also concrete having cinder,sandstone or granite aggregate If held in placewithwire mesh or expanded metal having not larger than4 inch mesh.weighingnotl ess than 1.7l bs.lyd.-,placed not more than I Inch front the surface of the concrete- Group III: includes concrete hay iu,cinder.sandstone or granite aggregate tied with No,5 gage steel wire.wound spirally over the column section on a pitch of 8 inches,or equivalent sees.and concrele ha.ing siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz.chert and flint,if held in place with wire mesh ar expanded metal having not larger than 4-inch mesh,weighing nw less than 1.7 lbs./vd.`,placed not more than 1 inch from the surface of the concrete. Group IV: includes concrete having siliceous aggregates contalning a combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz,chert and flint,and fled with No.5 gage steel wire wound spirally over the column section on a pitch of 8 inches,or equivalent tles 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING 13UILDING CODE* 229 RESOURCE A FIGURE 2.5.1.5—STEEL COLUMNS—CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 12"TO LESS THAN 14" NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 10 The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table. For example: 5 C-13-SC 15 3 17 12 5 16 15 13 2 1 9 4 11 8 10 7 14 6 0- 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 9 10 11 FIRE RESISTANCE RATING(HOURS) TABLE 2.5.1.5—STEEL COLUMNS—CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 12"TO LESS THAN 14" PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE- POST- REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 12"x 14"concrete encased steel column;8"x 6"x 35 lbs."H"beam: 120 3 C-12-SC-1 12" Protection:aggregate concrete(4150 toio 24 min. 7 1 31/3 psi)with 4"mesh: 16 SWG reinforcing I"below column surface. 12"x 16"concrete encased column: 8"x 6"x 35 lbs."H"beam; C-12-SC-2 12" Protection:aggregate concrete(4300 90 tons 52 min . 7 1 2.14 psi)with 4"mesh; 16 SWG reinforcing 1"below column surface. 12"x 16"concrete encased steel column; 12".x 8"x 65 lbs. "H" C-12-SC-3 12" column:Protection:gravel aggregate 177 tons 2 hrs. 7 1 21/2 concrete(3550 psi)with 4"mesh: 16 31 min. SWG reinforcement 1"below column surface. 12"x 16"concrete encased column: 12"x 8"x 65 lbs."H"beam; C-12-SC-4 12" Protection:aggregate concrete(3450 118 4 hrs. 7 1 I psi)with 4"mesh: 16 SWG tons 4 min. reinforcement 1"below column surface. Wantinvedl 230 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' RESOURCE A TABLE 2.5.1.5—STEEL COLUMNS—CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 12"TO LESS THAN W—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE- POST- REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS42 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 12'11"x 14"column;6"x 4r12"_' 20 lbs. ­H"beam: Protection:gravel aggregate C-12-SC-5 12111" concrete(3750 psi)with 4"x 4"mesh; I6 52 tons 4 hrs. 7 1 4113 SWG reinforcing 1"below column 29 min. surface. C-12-SC-6 12" 8"x 8"steel column;2"outside — 11 hrs. 1 2 11 protection:Group I. C-12-SC-7 12" Description as per C-12-SC-6:Group II. — 8 hrs. 1 2 8 C-12-SC-8 12" Description as per C-12-SC-6:Group III. — 6 hrs, 1 2 6 C-12-SC-9 12" Description as per C-12-SC-6;Group IV. — 4 hrs. 1 2 4 C-12-SC-10 12" 10"x 10"steel column:2"outside — 7 hrs. 1 2 7 protection;Group 1. C-12-SC-11 12" Description as per C-12-SC-10;Group II. — 5 hrs. 1 2 5 C-12-SC-12 12" Description as per C-12-SC-10:Group 111. — 4 hrs. 1 2 4 C-12-SC-13 12" Description as per C-12-SC-10;Group IV. 2 hrs' 1 2 2t/1 - - 30 min. C-13-SC-14 13" 10"x 10"steel column;3"outside 10 hrs. 1 2 10 protection;Group I. C-13-SC-15 13" Description as per C-12-SC-14:Group 11. — 7 hrs. 1 2 7 C-13-SC-16 13" Description as per C-12-SC-14;Group III. — 5 hrs. 1 2 5 C-13-SC-17 13" Description as per C-12-SC-14:Group IV. — 3 hrs. 1 2 3112 30 min. Cur SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm. 1 pound=0 004448 kN.1 pound per square inch=0.00689 MPa.I pound per square yard=5.3 N/m°.1 ton=8.89G kN. Notes: 1. Failure mode-collapse. 2. Group l: includes concrete havingcalcareous aggregate containing acombinedtotalofnotmorethanl0percentofquarmchert and flint for the coarseaggre- gate. Group I1: includes concrete having trap-rock aggregatr applied without metal ties and also concrete having cinder,sandstone or granite aggregate.if held in place with wire mesh ur expanded metal having not larger[ban 4-inch mesh,weighing not less than L7 lbs./yd.'.placed not more than 1 inch from the surface of the concrete. Group 111: includes concrete having cinder.sandstone or granite aggregate tied with No.5 gage steel wire,wound splraily over the column section on a pitch of 8 inches,or equivalent ties,and concrete having siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz,cheri and flint.if held in place with wire mesh or expanded cnerdl having not larger than 4-inch mesh.weighing not less than 1.7lbs.lvd.-,placed not more than 1 inch from the surface of[lie concrete. Group 1V: includes concrete having siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 percent or more of quarm chert and flint,and tied with No.5 gage steel wire wound spirally over the column section on a pitch of 8 inches,or equivalent ties. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE` 231 RESOURCE A FIGURE 2.5.1.6—STEEL COLUMNS—CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 14"TO LESS THAN 16" NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 10 The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table For example: 5 C-1 s-SC 12 14 9 73 12 F10 2 1 6 B 5 7 A 17 3 0— 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 g 9 10 11 12 FIRE RESISTANCE RATING(HOURS) TABLE 2.5.1.6—STEEL COLUMNS—CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 14"TO LESS THAN 16" PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE- POST- REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 24"x 16"concrete encased steel column;8"x 6"x 35 lbs. "H" C-14-SC-1 14" column:Protection:aggregate 90 tons 3 hrs. 7 1 3 concrete(4 240 psi):4"mesh- 16 40 min. SWG reinforcing 1"below column surface. 14"x 18"concrete encased steel column; 12"x 8"x 65 lbs."H"beam;: C-14-SC-2 14" Protection:gravel aggregate concrete 177 3 hrs. 7 I 3 (4000 psi)with 4"- 16 SWG wire i tons 20 min. mesh reinforcement 1"below column surface. C-14-SC-3 14" 10"x 10"steel column:4"outside — 12 hrs. 1 2 12 protection;Group 1. Description as per C-14-SC-3: C-14-SC-4 14" Group II. — 9 hrs. 1 2 9 C-14-SC-5 14" Description as per C-14-SC-3; — 7 hrs. 1 2 7 Group III. C-14-SC-6 14" Description as per C-I4-SC-3; — 5 hrs. 1 2 5 Group IV. C-14-SC-7 14" 12"x 12"steel column;2"outside — 8 hrs, 1 2 8 protection;Group 1. C-14-SC-8 14" Description as per C-14-SC-7: — 6 hrs. 1 2 6 Group 11. (Continued) 232 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' RESOURCE A TABLE 2.5.1.6—STEEL COLUMNS—CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 14"TO LESS THAN 16"—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE- POST- REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME 13MS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS C-14-SC-9 14" Description as per C-14-SC-7;Group I11. _ 5 hrs. 1 _ 2 5 C-14-SC-10 14" Description as per C-14-SC-7;Group IV — 3 hrs. 1 2 3 C-15-SC-11 15" 12"x 12"steel column:3"outside — 11 hrs. 1 2 11 protection;Group I. C-15-SC-12 15" Description as per C-15-SC-11: — 8 hrs. 1 2 8 Group 11. C-15-SC-13 15" Description as per C-15-SC-11: — 16 hrs. 1 2 6 Group III. C-15-SC-14 15" Description as per C-15-SC-11: 4 hrs. 1 2 4 Group IV. For SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm. I pound=0.004448 kN.1 pound per square inch=0.00689 MPa.1 pound per square yard=5.3 N/mz.1 ton=8 896 kN. Notes: I. Collapse. 2. Group I: includes concrete having calcareous aggregate contabibiga combined total of not morethan 10 percentof quartz.chert and flint for the coarse aggre- gate. Group 11: Includes concrete having trap-rock aggregate applied without metal ties and also concrete having cinder.sandstone or granite aggregate• if held In plate with wire mesh or expanded metal having not larger than 4-inch mesh,weighing not less than 1.71bI placed not mare than I inch from the surface of the concrete. Group III: includes concrete having cinder,sandstone or granite aggregate tied with No.5 gage steel wire.wound spirally over the column section on a pitch of 8 Inches,or equivalent ties,and concrete ha,,i ng siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz.chert and flint.if held in place with wire mesh or expanded metal having not larger than 4-inch mesh,weighing not less than 1.7 lbs.lyd.',placed not more than 1 inch from the surface of the concrete. Group IV: includes concrete havine,siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz.chert and flint.and tied with No.5 gage steel wire wound spiral Iv over[he column section on a pitch of 8 inr[res,or equivalent ties. TABLE 2.5.1.7—STEEL COLUMNS—CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 16"TO LESS THAN IS" PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE- POST- REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS C-16-SC-13 16" 12"x 12"steel column;4"outside — 14 hrs. 1 1 14 protection:Group 1. C-16-SC-2 16" Description as per C-16-SC-I;Group 11. — 10 hrs. 1 1 10 C-16-SC-3 16" Description as per C-16-SC-1; — 8 hrs. I 1 8 Group III, C-16-SC-4 16° Description as per C-16-SC-I; — 5 hrs 1 1 5 Group IV. For Sh I inch 25 4 mm. Notes: 1. Group l: includes concrete having calcareonsaggregaieconiainingacombinedtotalof not morethan10 percent ofquartz.chert andflintforthecoan;eaggre- gate. Group 11: Includes concrete having trap-rock aggregate applied without metal ties and also concrete having cinder,sandstone or granite aggregate.if held in place with wire mesh or expanded nictal having not larger than 4-inch mesh,weighing not less than 1.71bs.lyd.',p laced not more than 1 inch from the surface of the concrete. Group III: includes concrete having cinder.sandstone or granite aggregate(led with Nu.5 gage steel wire.wound spirally over the column section on a phch of 8 inches,or equivalent ties,and concrete having siliceous aggregarra containing a combined total of 60 percen(or more of quartz,chert and flint,if held in place with wire mesh or expanded metal having not larger than 4 inch mesh,weighing not less than 1.7 Ibs.lyd.',placed no(more than I inch from[he surface of the concrete. Group IV: includes concrete having siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz,chert and flint.and tied with No.5 gage steel wire cs ound spirally over the column section on a pitch of 8 inches,or equivalent ties. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE* 233 RESOURCE A TABLE 2.5.2.1—STEEL COLUMNS—BRICK AND BLOCK ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 10"TO LESS THAN 12" PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE. POST- REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 10111"x 13"brick encased steel columns;8"x 6"x 35 lbs."H"beam; Protection.Fill of broken brick and C-10-SB-1 lot/z" mortar:2"brick on edge;joints 90 tons 3 hrs. 7 1 3 broken in alternate courses: 6 min. cement-sand grout; 13 SWG wire reinforcement in every third horizontal joint. 1011z"x 13"brick encased steel columns:8"x 6"x 35 lbs."H"beam: C-10-SB-2 101/2" Protection:2"brick;joints broken in 90 tons 2 hrs. 7 2.3.4 2 alternate courses;cement-sand grout; 13 SWG iron wire reinforcement in alternate horizontal joints. 10"x 12"block encased columns:8" x 6"x 35 lbs. "H"beam:Protection: C-10-SB-3 10" 2"foamed slag concrete blocks; 13 90 tons 2 hrs. 7 5 2 SWG wire at each horizontal joint; mortar at each joint. 101/z"x 12"block encased steel columns;8"x 6"x 35 lbs."H"beam; C-10-SB-4 10t/z" Protection:gravel aggregate concrete 86 tons 56 min. 7 1 314 fill(unconsolidated) 2"thick hollow clay tiles with mortar at edges. 101/2"x 12"block encased steel C-10-SB-5 101/2" columns;8"x 6"x 35 lbs."H"beam; 86 tons 22 min. 7 1 114 Protection:2 hollow clay tiles with mortar at edges. For SL 1 inch=25.4 mm.1 pound=0.004448 kN. 1 tun=8.896 kN. Notes: I. Failure mode-collapse. 2. Passed 2-Lour fire test(Grade"C"-British). 3. Passed hose stream test. 4 Passed reload test. 5. Passed 2-hour fire exposure but collapsed immediately follmving hose stream test. TABLE 2.5.2.2---STEEL COLUMNS—BRICK AND BLOCK ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 12"TO LESS THAN 14" PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE- POST- REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 12"x 15"brick encased steel columns;8"x 6"x 35 lbs."H"beam: C-12-SB-1 12" Protection:2518"thick brick;joints 90 tons I [if. 7 1 1,314 broken in alternate courses; 49 min. cement-sand grout;fill of broken brick and mortar. 1 For SI: 1 inch 25.4 mm. 1 pound=0.004448kN.1 ton=8.896 kN. Notes: 1. Failure mode-collapse. 234 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE RESOURCE A TABLE 2.5.2.3—STEEL COLUMNS—BRICK AND BLOCK ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 14"TO LESS THAN 16" PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE- POST- REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 I BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 15"x 17"brick encased steel columns-,8"x 6"x 35 lbs."H"beam; C-15-SB-1 15" Protection:4112'thick brick;joints 45 tons 6 hrs. 7 1 G broken in alternate courses: cement-sand grout:fill of broken brick and mortar. 15"x 17"brick encased steel columns;8"x G"x 35 lbs."H"beam; C-15-SB-2 15" Protection.Fill of broken brick and 86 tons 6 hrs. 7 2,3,4 G mortar:4112"brick:joints broken in alternate courses-,cement-sand grout. 15"x 18"brick encased steel C-15-SB-3 15" columns:8"x G"x 35 lbs."H"beam: 90 tons 4 firs. 7 5.6 4 Protection:4'12"brick work:joints alternating;cement-sand grout. 14"x 16"block encased steel columns;8"x 6"x 35 lbs."H"beam: C-15-SB-4 14" Protection:4"thick foam slag 90 tons 5 hrs. 7 7 d314 concrete blocks; 13 SWG wire 52 min. reinforcement in each horizontal joint:mortar in joints. Fur 51: I inch m25.4 mm.1 pound=0.004448 kN,1 ton=8.896 kN. Notes: 1. Only a nominal load was applied to specimen. 2. Passed 6-hour fare test(Grade"A°-British), 3. Passed(6 minute)hose stream test, 4 Reload not spec lfled. 5. Passed 4-hour fire exposure. G Failed by collapse between first and second minute of hose stream exposure. 7. Mode of failure-collapse. TABLE 2.5.3.1—STEEL COLUMNS—PLASTER ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 6"TO LESS THAN B" PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE- POST. REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 711,"x 911,"plaster protected steel C-7-SP-1 7112" columns:8"x 6"x 35 lbs, "H"beam: 90 tons 57 min. 7 1 314 Protection:24 SWG wire metal lath: 1114"lime plaster. 77Is"x 10"plaster protected steel columns:8"x 6"x 35 lbs. "H"beam; 'Protection:318"gypsum bal wire 1 hr. C-7-SP-2 718 wound with 16 SWG wire helically 90 tons 13 min. 7 1 1 wound at 4"pitch; 1/2"gypsum plaster. 71/4"x 931s'plaster protected steel columns:8"x 6"x 35 lbs. "H"beam; 1 hr. C-7-SP-3 71/1" Protection:318"gypsum board:wire 90 tons 14 min. 7 1 1 helically wound 16 SWG at 4"pitch: 114"gypsum plaster finish. Notes: 1. Failure mode collapse. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE` 235 RESOURCE A TABLE 2.5.3.2—STEEL COLUMNS—PLASTER ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 8"TO LESS THAN 10" PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE- POST- REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 8"x 10"plaster protected steel C-8-SP-1 8" columns:8"x 6"x 35 lbs. "H"beam: 86 tons 1 hr. 7 1 Protection:24 SWG wire lath: 1" 23 min, gypsum plaster. 8111"x 10112"plaster protected steel C-8-SP-2 8111" columns;8"x 6"x 35 lbs."H"beam: 90 tans I hr' 7 I 111 Protection:24 SWG metal lath wrap; 36 min. 2 1114"gypsum plaster. 9"x II"plaster protected steel columns:8"x 6"x 35 lbs. "H"beam: Protection:24 SWG metal lath wrap: I hr. C-9-SP-3 9" 118"M.S.ties at 12"pitch wire nesting 90 tons 33 min. 7 1 1112 ltli"x 22 SWG between first and second plaster coats; 1112"gypsum plaster. 8311"x 10314"plaster protected steel columns:8"x 6"x 35 lbs. "H"beam: C-8-SP-4 8�/a" Protection:3/.,"gypsum board;wire 90 tons 2 hrs. 7 2,3,4 2 wound spirally (*16 SWG)at 1111" pitch: 112"gypsum plaster. For SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm. 1 pnund=0.004448 kN,i ton=8.89G kN. Notes: 1. Failure mode-collapse. 2. Passed 2 hour Fire exposure test(Grade-C'-British). 3. Passed hose stream test. TABLE 2.5.4.1---STEEL COLUMNS—MISCELLANEOUS ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 6"TO LESS THAN 8" PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE- POST- REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 13MS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 751,'x 9111"(asbestos plaster) T protected steel columns:8"x 6"x 35 1 hr. C-7-SM-1 T'/8" lbs. "H"beam:Protection:20 gage 90 tons 52 min. 7 I 111"metal lath;9116"asbestos plaster (minimum). Far Sl: 1 inch=25.4 mm. 1 pound=0.004448 kN,1 ton=H.896 kN. Notes: 1. Failure mode-collapse. TABLE 2.5.4.2—STEEL COLUMNS—MISCELLANEOUS ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION B"TO LESS THAN 10" PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE- POST. REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 9518"x 11318"asbestos slab and cement plaster protected columns;8" C-9-SM-1 9518" x 6"x 35 lbs. `H"beam;Protection: 90 tons 2 hrs. 7 1.2 2 1"asbestos slab;wire wound:'1P" plaster. For Sl: 1 Inch m 25.4 mm. i pound=0.004448 kN.1 ton=8,896 kN. Notes: 1. Passed 2 hour fire exposure test. 2. Collapsed during hose stream test. 236 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' RESOURCE A TABLE 2.5.4.3—STEEL COLUMNS—MISCELLANEOUS ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 10"TO LESS THAN 12" PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE- POST- REC, CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 10/1'x 131/2"wood wool and plaster prouecied steel columns;8"x 6"x 35 C.I I-SM-1 ]I t!2" lbs. "H"beam:Protection: 90 tons 2 hrs. 7 1.2,3 2 wood-wool-cement paste as fill and to 2"cover over beam;3/,"gypsum plaster finish. 10"x 12"asbestos protected steel C-10-SM-1 10" columns;8"x 6"x 35 lbs. "H"beam; 90 tons 4 hrs. 7 2,3,4 4 Protection:sprayed on asbestos paste to 2"cover over column. For SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm. 1 pound=0.004448 kN.1 ton=H.896 kN. Notes: 1 Passed 2 hour fire exposure(Grade"C`-British). 2. Passed hose dream lest. 3 Passed reload lest. 4. Passed 4 hour fire exposure lest. TABLE 2.5.4.4—STEEL COLUMNS—MISCELLANEOUS ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 12"TO LESS THAN 14" PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM PRE- POST- REC. CODE DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 12"x 14114"cement and asbestos I t protected columns:8"x 6"x 35 Ills. "H" beam:Protection:fill of asbestos packing piecr.s 1"thick 1'3"o.c.; 4 hrs. C-12-SM-1 12" cover of 2"molded asbestos inner 86 tons 43 min 7 1.2.3 4213 layer: 1"molded asbestos outer layer; held in position by 16 SWG nichrome,wire ties:wash or refractory cement on outer surface. For SI:1 inch=25.4 mm, 1 pound=0.004448 kN.1 ton=8.896 kN. Notes: 1. Passed 4 hour fire exposure(Grade"B"-British). 2. Passed hose stream test. 3. Passed reload test. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" 237 RESOURCE A SECTION III—FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES FIGURE 3.1—FLOORICEILING ASSEMBLIES—REINFORCED CONCRETE NUMBER OF The number in each box is ASSEMBLIES keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table. 10 For example: FC-7.R -40 49 50 48 42 23 39 40 45 20 33 36 5 – – – – 44 46 18 21 34 17 41 16 13 29 43 14 19 10 11 35 28 30 4 12 8 9 26 25 38 5 3 47 1 7 15 2 22 24 27 31 6 32 37 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 FIRE RESISTANCE RATING(HOURS) TABLE 3.1—FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES—REINFORCED CONCRETE PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM ASSEMBLY PRE- POST. REC, CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS V/4"thick floor;3'/.,"(5475 psi) concrete deck; '/i'plaster under deck; 3/,,'main reinforcement bars at 5111" F/C-3-RC-1 3114" pitch with 7/8"concrete cover;3/x" 195 psf 24 min. 7 1.2 113 main reinforcement bars at 4111"pitch perpendicular with tll'concrete cover; 13'1"span restrained. 31/4"deep(3540 psi)concrete deck; 31x"main reinforcement bars at 51/2" FIC-3-RC-2 3114" pitch with'Is"cover: `"main 195 psr 2 hrs. 7 1 3.4 2 reinforcement bars at 9 i? pitch perpendicular with 111"cover; 131" span restrained. 3114"deep(4175 psi) concrete deck: 3/H'main reinforcement bars at 511z" F/C-3-RC-3 31/4" pitch with T!H'cover;3/ 'main 195 psf 31 min. 7 L5 1/z reinforcement bars at 41/2"pitch perpendicular with 112"cover; 131" span restrained. (Cominuedl) 238 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' RESOURCE A TABLE 3.1—FLOORICEILING ASSEIVIBLIES—REINFORCED CONCRETE—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM ASSEMBLY PRE. POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 3114"deep(4355 psi)concrete deck: 3/H"main reinforcement bars at 511," F/C-3-RC-4 3114" pitch with 7IH°cover;3/ "main 195 psf 41 min. : 7 1.5,6 reinforcement bars at 411,"pitch perpendicular with 112"cover: 13'1" span restrained. 3114"thick(3840 psi)concrete deck; 3/,"main reinforcement bars at 5112" F/C-3-RC-5 3114" pitch with 7111"cover:s/H"main 195 psf 1 hr. 7 1.5 1 reinforcement bars at 4 /2"pitch 5 min. perpendicular with 112"cover: 13'1" span restrained. 4114"thick;3114"(4000 psi)concrete deck; 1"sprayed asbestos lower surface:slh"main reinforcement bars FIC-4-RC-6 41/4" al 571,11 pitch with 71H"concrete cover: 195 psf 4 hrs. 7 1,7 4 34"main reinforcement bars at 4112' pitch perpendicular with 112"concrete cover; 13'l"span restrained. 4" (5025 psi)concrete deck; 114" reinforcement bars at 711,"pitch with I hr F/C-4-RC-7 4" 314°cover,%"main reinforcement 140 psf 16 min. ' 7 1,2 1114 bars at 3314"pitch perpendicular with '/,"cover: 131"span restrained. 4"(hick(4905 psi) deck:1/4" reinforcement bars at 711,"pitch with 1 hr. FIC-4-RC-8 4" 1/H"cover;3!H'main reinforcement 100 psf 7 1.2 1113 bars at 3314"pitch perpendicular with 23 min. 112'cover: 13'1"span restrained. 4"deep(4370 psi): 1/4"reinforcement bars at 6"pitch with 314"cover: 114" FIC-4-RC-9 4" main reinforcement bars at 4"pitch 150 psf 2 hrs. 7 1.3 2 perpendicular with 111"cover; 131" span restrained. 4"thick(5140 psi)deck; 114" reinforcement bars at 711,"pitch with PC-4-RC-10 4" 7 11"cover;3181,main reinforcement 140 psf ]fi min 7 1,5 1114 bars at 3314"pitch perpendicular with 1/1"cover: 131"span restrained. 4"thick(4000 psi) concrete deck:3" x 1112'x 4 lbs.R.S.J.:2'6"C.R.S.: FIC-4-RC-11 4" flush with top surface;4"x 6"x 13 150 psf 2 hrs. 7 1,3 2 SWG mesh reinforcement 1"from bottom of slab:6'6"span restrained. 4"deep(2380 psi)concrete deck:3" x 1111"x 4 lbs.R.S.J.:2'6"C.R.S.; FIC-4-RC-12 4" flush with lop surface:4"x 6"x 13 150 psf 31min 7 1.2 1 SWG mesh reinforcement 1"from bottom surface;6'6"span restrained. (Covuinued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" 239 RESOURCE A TABLE 3.1—FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES—REINFORCED CONCRETE—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM ASSEMBLY PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 4111'thick(5200 psi)deck;114" reinforcement bars at 711,"pitch with PC-4-RC-13 4112 '18"cover;34"main reinforcement 140 psf 2 hrs. 7 1.3 2 bars at 3314"pitch perpendicular wills 112'cover; 13'1"span restrained. 4111"deep (2525 psi)concrete deck: 113"reinforcement bars at 711,"pitch FIC-4-RC-14 4112, with 7is"cover:'18"maim 150 psf 42 min. 7 1.5 213 reinforcement bars at 3318' pitch perpendicular with 112'cover; 13'1" span restrained. 4112"deep(4830 psi) concrete deck: 1 t/,"x No. 15 gauge wire mesh',,/,t" FIC-4-RC-15 4112" reinforcement bars at 15"pitch with 75 psf 1 hr. 7 18 111, 1"cover; /1'main reinforcement 32 min. bars at 6"pitch perpendicular with 111"cover: 12'span simply supported. 4'I,"deep(4595 psi)concrete deck; 114"reinforcement bars al 7112'pitch FIC-4-RC-16 4111" Willi 718"cover:%"main 75 psf 1 hr. 7 1.8 1113 reinforcement bars at 3112"pitch 20 min. perpendicular with 112'cover; 12' span simply supported. 41/2"deep (3625 psi)concrete deck; 114"reinforcement bars at 7111"pitch FIC-4-RC 17 9112" with 71x"cover;31x"main 75 psf 35 min. 7 1.8 1I2 reinforcement bars at 312"pitch perpendicular with 1/,"cover; 12' span simply supported. 4111"deep(4410 psi)concrete deck; 114"reinforcement bars at 7111"pitch FIC-4-RC-18 41/1" with 718"cover:318"main 85 psf I hr. 7 1,8 1113 reinforcement bars at 3 12 pitch 27 min. perpendicular with 112"cover: 12' span simply supported. 4112"deep(4850 psi)deck;'/8" reinforcement bars at 15"pitch with 2 hrs FIC-4-RC-19 4111" 1"cover; 11,"main reinforcement 75 psf 15 min. 7 1.9 1114 bars at 6"pitch perpendicular with 111"cover; 12'span simply supported. 4111"deep(3610 psi)deck:1/4" reinforcement bars at 7112"pitch with FIC-4-RC-20 4112" 718"cover:14"main reinforcement 75 psf 22 n1 in. 7 1.8 1113 bars at 3112"pitch perpendicular with '/,"cover: 12'span simply supported. 5"deep;4'11"(5830 psi)concrete deck; 1I,"plaster finish bottom of slab:114"reinforcement bars at 7lie" FIC-5-RC-21 5" pitch with 118"cover;34"main 69 psf 2 hrs. 7 1,3 2 reinforcement bars at 3111'pitch perpendicular with 112"cover; 12' span simply supported. (('arurnuc•dl 240 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE° RESOURCE A TABLE 3.1—FLOORICEI LING ASSEMBLIES—REINFORCED CONCRETE—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM ASSEMBLY PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 13MS-92 NOTES HOURS 4112"(5290 psi) concrete deck-, plaster finish bottom of slab; '/.," FIC-5-RC-22 5" reinforcement bars at 7112"pitch with No load 2 hrs. 7 1, ]0. 2114 '1R'cover:% main reinforcement 28 min. bars at 3112"pitch perpendicular with '11"cover; 12'span simply supported. 5"(3020 psi)concrete deck;3"x F/G5-RC-23 5" 1'11"x 4 lbs.R.S.J.:2'C.R.S.with 1" 172 psf 1 hr. 7 1.2. 12 1111 ! cover on bottom and top flanges:8' 24 min. span restrained. 5"(5180 psi)concrete deck; 1/2" , retarded plaster underneath slab: FIC-5-RC-24 5111" reinforcement bars al 7112"pitch with 60 psf 2 hrs. 7 1. 10 2;14 13/,,"cover; /,"main reinforcement 48 min. bars at 3'li"pitch perpendicular with 1"cover: 12'span simply supported. 6"deep (4800 psi)concrete deck: 114" reinforcement bars al 7'/,"pitch with FIC-6-RC-25 6" '1X"cover;;la"main reinforcement 195 psf 4 hrs. 7 1.7 4 bars at 3'12"pitch perpendicular with 71,"cover; 13'1"span restrained. 6"(4650 psi)concrete deck; 114" reinforcement bars at 7112"pitch with 2 hrs. F/C-6-RC-26 6" 71K"cover;'1H'main reinforcement 195 psf 23 min. 7 1.2 2114 bars at 3112"pitch perpendicular with '/?"cover: 13'1"span restrained. 6"deep(6050 psi) concrete deck; 114" reinforcement bars at 71/2"pitch 7181' F1C-6-RC-27 6" cover:'/so'reinforcement bars at 3112" 195 psf 30 min . 7 1. 10 3112 pitch perpendicular with 112"cover: 13'1"span restrained. 6"deep(5180 psi) concrete deck; 114" - reinforcement bars at 8"pitch-1/4" F/C-6-RC-28 6" cover; '114"reinforcement bars at 5112" 150 psf 4 hrs. 7 1.7 4 pitch perpendicular with 112'cover; 13'1"span restrained. 6"thick(4 180 psi)concrete deck: F/C-6-RC-29 6" 4"x 3"x 10 lbs.R.S.J.;2'6"C.R.S. 160 psf 3 hrs. 7 1. 10 3.4/4 with 1"cover on both top and bottom 48 min, flanges: 13'1"span restrained. 6"thick(3 20 psi) concrete deck; F/C-6-RC-30 6" 4"x 3"x 10 lbs.R.S.J.:TV C.R.S. 115 psf 29 min. 7 1,5, 13 1/4 with 1"cover on both top and bottom flanges; IT span simply supported. 6"deep(3450 psi)concrete deck: FIC-6-RC-31 6" 4"x V/4"x 5 lbs.R.S.J.;2'6"C.R.S. 25 sf 3 hrs. 1 with 1"cover on both top and bottom p 35 min. 7 1,2 3!2 flanges; 12'span simply supported. (Continued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE 241 RESOURCE A TABLE 3.1—FLOORICEILING ASSEMBLIES—REINFORCED CONCRETE—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM ASSEMBLY PRE. POST. REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 6"deep(4460 psi)concrete deck; FIC-6-RC-32 6" 4"x 1'4/4"x 5 lbs.R.S.J.;2'C.R.S.: 60 psf 4 hrs. 7 1, 10 4112 with 1"cover on both lop and bottom 30 min. flanges; 12'span simply supported. 6"deep(4360 psi)concrete deck: FIC-6-RC-33 6" 4"x 1314"x 5 lbs.R.S.J.;2'C.R.S.; 60 psf 2 hrs. 7 1.3 2 with 1"cover on both top and bottom flanges: ]3']"span restrained. 6114"thick;4'/1"(5120 psi) concrete core: 1"T&G board flooring; 112" plaster undercoat:4"x 3"x 10 lbs. FIC-6-RC-34 6114" R.S.J.:T C.R.S.flush with lop 100 psf 4 hrs. 7 1.7 4 surface concrete: 12'span simply supported:2"x 1'3"clinker concrete insert. 4314" (3600 psi)concrete core: 1" T&G board flooring: '12"plaster FIC-6-RC-35 6114" undercoat;4",<3"x 10 lbs.R.S.J.;3' 100 psf 2 hrs. 7 1.5 2112 C.R.S.:flush with top surface 30 min. concrete: 12'span simply supported; 2"x 1'3"clinker concrete insert. 4314"(2800 psi) concrete core: 1" T&G board flooring: 111"plaster FIC-6-RC-36 6114" undercoat:4"x 3"x 101bs.R.S.J.;3' 80 psf 4 firs. 7 1.7 4 C.R.S.;flush with top surface concrete; 12"span simply supported: 2"x 1'3"clinker concrete insert. (3640 psi)concrete deck: 114" reinforcement bars at 6"pitch with FIC-7-RC-37 7" V/,"cover; 114"reinforcement bars at 169 psf 6 hrs. 7 1, 14 6 5"pitch perpendicular with 1'11' cover: 131"span restrained. (4060 psi)concrete deck;4"x 3"x 10 lbs.R.S.J.:2'6"C.R.S.with 11/Z" FIC-7-RC-38 7" cover on both top and bottom flanges: 175 psf 6 hrs. 7 1, 14 6 4"x 6"x 13 SWG mesh reinforcement 1'11'from bottom of slab; ]TIFF span restrained. 5'/j" (4010 psi)concrete core; 1" T&G board flooring: 112"plaster undercoat;4"x 3"x 10 lbs.R.S.J.: FIC-7-RC-39 7114" 2'6"C.R.S.: 1"down from top surface 95 psf 2 ltrs. 7 1.3 2 of concrete: I T simply supported span;2"x 1'3"clinker concrete insert 5;14"(3220 psi)concrete core: 1" T&G flooring; 112"plaster undercoat; FIC-7-RC-40 7114" 4"x 3"x 10 lbs. R.S.J.:2'6"C.R.S.; 95 psf 4 hrs. 7 1 7 4 1"down from top surface of concrete; 12'simply supported span:2"x 1'3" clinker concrete insert. (Cwlrinu�dl 242 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' RESOURCE TABLE 3.1—FLOORICEILING ASSEMBLIES—REINFORCED CONCRETE—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM ASSEMBLY PRE- POST- REC, CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME 13MS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS Ribbed floor.see Note I5 for details;slab 2111"deep(3020 psi): 114"reinforcement FIC-7-RC-41 t 10" bars at 6"pitch with"i/4"cover;beams 195 sf 1 hr. 7 1,2 15 1 (214 Slab) 7112"deep x 5"wide;24"C.R.S.;Vm" p 4 min. reinforcement bars two rows 11,"vertically apart with I"cover; 13'1"span restricted. FIC-5-RC-42 5111" Composite ribbed concrete slab assembly, See 2 hrs. 43 16. 17 2 see Now 17 for details. Note 16 FIC-3-RC-43 3" 2500 psi concrete,'/8"cover;fully See 30 min. 43 16 112 restrained at test. Note 16 F/C-3-RC-44 3" 2000 psi concrete;5/,"cover;free or partial See 45 min. 43 16 314 restraint at test. Note 16 FIC-4-RC-45 4" 2500 psi concrete:5/x"Cover;fully See 40 min. 43 16 213 restrained at test. Nate 16 FlC-4-RC-46 4" 2000 psi concrete:314"rover; free or partial. See 1 hr. 43 16 1114 restraint at test. Note 16 15 min. F1C-5-RC-47 y, 2500 psi concrete;314"cover;fully See 1 hr. 43 16 I restrained at test. Note 16 FIC-5-RC-48 5" 2000 psi concrete;314"cover;free or partial; See 1 hr. 43 16 1112 restraint at test. Note 16 30 min. FIC-6-RC-49 6" 2500 psi concrete; 1"cover;fully See 1 hr. 43 16 1112 restrained at test. Note 16 30 min. FlC-6-RC-50 6" 2000 psi concrete; 1"cover;free or partial See 2 hrs. 43 16 2 restraint at test. Note 16 For Sl: I inch=25.4 min.I foal=305 mm, I pound per square inch=0.00669 h1Pa. I pound per square foot 47.9 Nimt. Notes: 1. British test. 2. Failure mode-local back face temperature rise. 3. Tested for Grade"C"(2 hour)fire resistance. 4. Collapse imminent following hose stream. 5. Failure mode-flame thru. 6. Void formed with explosive force and report. T Achieved Grade"B"(4 hour)fire resistance(British). 8. Failure mode-collapse. 9. Test was run to 2 hours.but specimen was partially supported by the furnace at 1'!,hours. 10.Failure mode-average back face temperature. 11.Recommended endurance for nonload bearing performance only. 12.Floor maintained load bearing ability to 2 hours at which point test%%as terminated. 13.Test was run to 3 hours at which time failure mode 2(above)was reached in spite of crack formation at 29 minutes. 14.Tested for Grade"A"(6 hour)fire resistance. 15. S[AB 2'!"TH1C1( '1s-REINFORCEMENT BARS AT / 6-PITCH WITH'!,"COVER 7 V' BEAMS AT 74"CRS :Lu i 1 1 r- 7) '1A,"RERS INFORCEMENT 16.Load unspecified. 17.Total assembly thickness V inches.Three-Inch[hick blocks of molded excelsior landed with putilaud cement used as Inserts with 2'/ inch rover(concrete) above blocks and'/,-inch gypsum plaster below.Nine-inch wide ribs containing reinforcing stecl of unspecified size interrupted 20-inch wide segments of slab composite(i.e..plaster,excelsior blocks.concrete cover). 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE* 243 RESOURCE A FIGURE 3.2—FLOORICEILING ASSEMBLIES—STEEL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS NUMBER OF The number in each box is ASSEMBLIES keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table. 10 For example: FC- •51} 51 4 47 49 5— — 50 44 47 38 39 40 42 43 46 37 26 29 21 41 31 22 35 36 2 12 B 25 14 19 30 27 1B 32 15 48 34 1 7 5 3 101171131 24 4 9 11 6 20 33 16 23 26 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 FIRE RESISTANCE RATING(HOURS) TABLE 3.2—FLOORICEILING ASSEMBLIES—STEEL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MEMBRANE PRE- POST. REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS•92 HMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS FIC-S-1 0" 10'x 13'6";S.J. 103-24"o.c.; 145 psf 7 min. 3 1.2,3. 0 Deck:2"concrete:Membrane:none. 8 FIC-S-2 0" 10' x 13'6'°S.J. 103-24"o.c.: 115 psf 7 min. 3 1.2.3. 0 Deck:2"concrete;Membrane:none 8 10'x 13'6":S.J. 103-24"o.c.: Deck:2"concrete 1;2:4:Membrane: FIC-S-3 112" furring 12"o.c.;Clips A.B.G;No 145 psf 15 min. 3 2,3,8 ]1/, extra reinforcement; '/,"plaster- 1.5:2.5. 10'x 13'6":S.J. 103-24"o.c.: Deck:2"concrete 1:2:4:Membrane: FIC-S-4 '/�' furring 16"o.c.:Clips D,E,F,G: 145 psf 9G min. 3 3.8 2314 Diagonal wire reinforcement: 112" plaster- 1.5:2.5. 10'x 13'6";S.J. 103-24"o.c.: Deck:2"concrete 1:2:4;Membrane: FIC-S-5 '12" furring 16"o.c.;Clips A.B.G;No 145 psf 41 h n 3 2,18 1 extra reinforcement: 112"plaster 1.5:2.5. (Continued) 244 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' RESOURCE A TABLE 3.2—FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES—STEEL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MEMBRANE PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 10'x 13'6";S.J. 103-24"o.c.;Deck: FIC 5 G tlz" 2"concrete 1:2:4;Membrane:furring 145 sF 3 hrs. 3 2,3,8 211 16"o.c.;Clips D.E.F.G:Hexagonal p 28 min. 3 mesh reinforcement; t12"plaster. 10'x 13'6";S.J. 103-24"o.c.:Deck: 4 tbs,rib lath:6"x 6"- 10 x 10 ga. F1C S 7 t/j' reinforcement;2"deck gravel NIA 55 min. 3 5.B 314 concrete:Membrane:furring 16' o.c,:Clips C.E;Reinforcement: none; Y,"plaster- 1.5:2.5 mill mix. Spec.9'x 4'4";S.J. 103 bar joists- 18"o.c.:Deck:4 tbs.rib lath base: 6"x 6"- 10 x 10 ga.reinforcement; FIC-S-8 'li" 2"deck 1:2:4 gravel concrete; 300 psf 10 mill, 3 2,3.8 1 Membrane:furring.31,1"C.R.S., 16" o.c,;Clips C.E:Reinforcement: none; 112"plaster- 1.5:2.5 mill mix. 10'x 13'6";S.J. 103-24"o.c.:Deck: 2"concrete 1:2A Membrane:furring FIC-S-9 '/H" 12"o.c.:Clips A.B.G;Extra"A" 145 psf 3 hrs. 3 6.8 3 clips reinforcement;%"plaster- 1.5:2; 1.5:3. 18'x 13'G":Joists,S.J. 103.24"o.c.: Deck:4 tbs.rib lath:6"x 6"- 10 x 10 ga.reinforcement:2"deck 1:2:3.5 1 hr. F/C-S-10 'le" gravel concrete;Membrane:furring, 145 psf 25 min. 3 2,3,8 11/' spacing 16"o.c.:Clips C,E; Reinforcement:none:5/s"plaster- 1.5:2.5 mill mix. 10'x 13'6":S.J. 103-24"o.c.:Deck: 2"concrete 1:2:4:Membrane:furring 3 hrs. F/C-S-11 51s" 12"o.c.;Clips D,E.F.G:Diagonal 145 psf 15 min. 3 2,4.8 3114 wire reinforcement;51,"plaster- 1.5:2:0.5:3. 10'x 13'6";Joists.S.J. 103-24" Deck:3.4 lbs.rib lath;6"x 6"- 10 x 10 ga.reinforcement;2"deck 1:2:4 F/C-S-12 /x' gravel concrete;Membrane:furring 145 psf 1 hr. 3 7,8 1 16"o.c.:Clips D.E.F.G: Reinforcement:none:516"plaster- 1.5:2.5. Spec.9'x 4'4";S.J. 103- 18"o.c.; Deck:4 tbs.rib lath,6",,,6"- 10 x 10 ga.reinforcement;2"deck 1:2:4 FIC-S-13 314" gravel concrete;Membrane:furring, 300 psf 56 min. 3 3.8 1314 314"C.R.S., 16"o.c.-.Clips C.E: Reinforcement:none;314"plaster- 1.5:2.5 mill mix. (Continued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" 245 RESOURCE A TABLE 3.2—FLOORICEILING ASSEMBLIES—STEEL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS—continued- PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MEMBRANE PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS Floor finish: 1"concrete;plate cont. FIC-S-14 'Ix„ I/,"rods 12'olbs.7 ,"gyP um sand Ceiling 105 psf 35 min. G 2,4.9, ]0 1'12 plaster. Floor Ctnish: 1 t/,"L.W.concrete;tlz" limestone cement:plate con(.weld; 3 hrs. FIC-S-15 1" 5"- 10 lbs."1"beams;Ceiling: t/a" 165 psf 20 min. 6 4.91 11 31/, rods 12"o.c.tack welded to beams metal lath: 1"P.C.plaster. 10'x 13'6";S.J. 103-24"o.c.;Deck: 2"concrete 1:2:4:Membrane:furring 4 hrs. FIC-S-16 I" 12"o.c.;Clips D.E.F,G:Hexagonal 145 psf 26 min. 3 2,4,8 4113 niesh reinforcement; I"thick plaster- 1.5:2; 1.5:3. 10'x 13'6";Joists-S.J. 103-24" o.c.: Deck:3.4 lbs.rib lath;6"x 6"- FIC-S-17 1„ 10 x 10 ga.reinforcement:2"deck 145 psf I hr. 3 2,4,8 1�l3 1:2:4 gravel concrete;Membrane: 42 min. furring 113"o.c.;Clips D,E,F.G; I" plaster. 10'x 13'6":S.J. 103-24"o.c.:Deck; FIC S 18 1 t/x' 12" .c r Clips C.E.F.G:Diagonal furring 145 psf 44 min. 3 2,4,8 2213 wire reinforcement: 1 tlx"plaster. 10'x 13'6";Joists-S.J. 103-24" o.c.; Deck: 1'I,"gypsum concrete FIC-S-19 1'1x" over: tll"gypsum board:Membrane: 145 psf 40 min. 3 2'3.8 12/3 furring 12"o-c.;Clips D.E,F,G: 1'1x"plaster- 1.5:2; 1.5:3. 21lr"cinder concrete; I/,"topping: plate 6"welds 12"o.c.;5"- 18.9 tbs. FIC-S-20 1'1x" "H"center.5"- 10 lbs."I"ends: 1" 150 psf 43 m n. 6 2.4.9. 11 31/3 channels 18"o.c.: 1118"gypsum sand plaster. 10'x ]TV:Joists-S.J. 103-24" o.c.;Deck: 1'/,"gypsum concrete FIC-S-21 1'la" Over: 112"gypsum board base; 145 psf 98 min. 3 2,3,8 121, Membrane:furring 12"o.c.;Clips D, E.F.G; 11/4"plaster- 1.5:2; 1.5:3. Floor finish: ltlz"limestone concrete; th"sand cement topping:plate to FIC-S-22 1114. beams 311,": 12"o.c.welded;5"- 10 292 psf 2 hrs. 6 2,4.9, 10 2319 lbs."1"beams; I"channels IS"o.c.; 45 min. , "/4"wood fiber gypsum sand plaster on metal lath. 211,"L.W. (gas exp.)concrete:Deck: 1/2"topping;plate W/a"welds 12" FIC-S-23 It/ o.c.;Beams:5"- 18.9 lbs."H"center; 150 psf 4 hrs. 6 2,4,9 4`13 5"- 10 lbs."I"ends;Membrane: I" 42 min, channels 18"o.c.; V/,`gypsum sand plaster. ICGll inuedll 246 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING 13UILDING CODE' RESOURCE A TABLE 3.2—FLOOWCEILING ASSEMBLIES—STEEL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MEMBRANE PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS Floor finish: 1 tl1"limestone concrete- I/,"cement topping;plate 3112"- 12" FIC-S-24 1111 o.c.welded:5"- 10 lbs. "I"beams: 292 psf ! 32 min. 6 2.4,9. 10 2112 Ceiling: 1"channels 18"ox.: 11/?" gypsum plaster. Floor finish: 1111"gravel concrete on exp.metal;plate coat.weld:4"-7.7 FIC-S-25 11/ " lbs."I"beams;Ceiling: 1/4"rods 12" 70 psf 24 min, 6 2.4.9, 10 1113 ox.welded to beams; 1112"fiber I gypsum sand plaster. Floor finish:bare plate 6114"welding - 12"ox.-,5"- 18.9 lbs. "H"girders FIC-S-26 2112" {inner};5"- 10 lbs"1"gig ders(two 122 ps£ 1 hr. 6 7.9, 11 1 outer): I channels 18 o.c.;2" reinforced gypsum tile: 112"gypsum sand plaster, Floor finish:2"gravel concrete;plate FIC-S-27 211?' to beams 3111"- 12"o.c.welded:4"- 105 psf 2 hrs. 6 2,4,9, 10 21/2 7.7 lbs."I"beams:2"gypsum ceiling 31 min. tiles:112" 1:3 gypsum sand plaster. Floor finish: 1112"gravel concrete; 112"gypsum asphalt:plate continuous weld;4"-7.7 lbs. "I"beams; 12"- FIC-S-28 2112" 31.8 lbs."I"beams-girder at 5'From 200 psf 55 firs.13 6 2,4,9, 11 4213 one end: 1"channels 18"ox.;2" reinforcement gypsum tile; 112" 1:3 gypsum sand plaster, Floor:2"reinforced concrete or 2" precast reinforced gypsum tile: Ceiling:314"ponland cement-sand plaster 1:2 for scratch coat and 1:3 for FIC-S-29 314" brown coat with 15 tbs.hydrated lime No ee12 30 min, 1 1 12. 13. 14 1112 and 3 tbs.of short asbestos fiber bag per cement or 314"sanded gypsum plaster 1:2 for scratch coat and 1:3 for brown coat. Floor:211}"reinforced concrete or 2" reinforced gypsum tile;the latter with FIC-S-30 3/a" 114"mortar finish:Ceiling:314"sanded Note 12 2 hrs. 1 12. 13. 14 2 gypsum plaster; 1:2 for scratch coat and 1:3 for brown coat Floor:2112"reinforced concrete or 2" reinforced gypsum tile;the latter with FIC-S-31 314 114"mortar finish:Ceiling: 1"neat See 2 hrs. 1 12. 13. 14 2112 gypsum plaster or"/4"gypsum- Note 12 30 min. vermiculite plaster.ratio of gypsum to line vermiculite 2:1 to 3:1. (Continued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE 247 RESOURCE A TABLE 3.2—FLOO RICE]LING ASSEMBLIES—STEEL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MEMBRANE PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS•92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS Floor:21ly"reinforced concrete or 2" reinforced gypsum tile:the latter with FIC-5-32 mlm. ply" rt moar finish;Ceiling: 1"neat See 3 firs. 1 12, 13. 14 3 gypsum plaster or 3/m"gypsum- Note 12 vermiculite plaster,ratio of gypsum to fine vermiculite 2:1 to 3:1, Floor:2e1y"reinforced concrete or 2" reinforced gypsum slabs:the latter FIC-S-33 I" with fly"mortar finish;Ceiling: 1" See 4 firs, 1 12, 13, 14 4 gypsum-vermiculite plaster applied Note 12 on metal lath and ratio 2:1 to 3:1 gypsum to vermiculite by weight. Floor:2"reinforced concrete or 2" precast reinforced Portland cement concrete or gypsum slabs-,precast slabs to be finished with 1/4"mortar FIC-S-34 2t1y" top coat:Ceiling:2"precast Note c12 4 firs. 1 12, 13. 14 4 reinforced gypsum tile.anchored into beams with metal ties or clips and covered with t/,' 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster. Floor: 1:3:6 portland cement,sand and gravel concrete applied directly to the top of steel units and Illy"thick FIC-S-35 1" at top of cells,plus 112" 1:21/2" See 3 firs. 1 15, 16. 3 cement-sand finish,total thickness at Note 15 17, 18 top of cells,2":Ceiling: l"neat gypsum plaster,back of lath 2"or more from underside of cellular steel. Floor:saute as FIC-S-35:Ceiling: I" gypsum-vermiculite plaster(ratio of FIC-S-36 1" gypsum to vermiculite 2:1 to 3:1),the SCe 4 firs. 1 1516 . , 4 back of lath 2"or more from Note 15 17, 18 under-side of cellular steel. Floor:same as FIC-S-35:Ceiling: I" FIC-S-37 1" neat gypsum plaster:back of lath 9" See 4 hrs. 1 15, 16, 4 or more from underside of cellular Note 15 I7, 18 steel. Floor:same as FIC-S-35:Ceiling: I" gypsum-vermiculite plaster(ratio of See FIC-S-38 I" gypsum to vermiculite 2:1 to 3:1),the Noe 15 5 firs. 1 17.1$ 5 back of lath being 9"or more from underside of cellular steel. Floor:asbestos paper 14 Ibs.1100 V cemented to steel deck with FIC-S-39 31m" waterproof linoleum cement,wood See I hr. 1 19,20. 1 screeds and 1I8"wood floor;Ceiling: Note 19 21.22 314"sanded gypsum plaster 1:2 for scratch coat and 1:3 for brown coat. (Continued) 248 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' RESOURCE A TABLE 3.2—FLOORICEILING ASSEMBLIES—STEEL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MEMBRANE PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME 13MS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS Floor: 1 1 1:2:4 portland cement F/C-S-40 3/4„ concrete;Ceiling:s/.,"sanded gypsum See 1 hr. 1 19,20, 1112 plaster 1:2 for scratch coat and 1:3 for Note 19 30 min. 1 21,22 z brown coat. Floor:2". 1:2:4 portland cement F/C-S-41 3/4rr concrete:Ceiling:314"sanded gypsum See 2 hrs. 1 19.20. 2 plaster, 1:2 for scratch coat and 1:3 Note 19 21,22 for brown coat. Floor:2", 1:2.4 portland cement concrete;Ceiling: 1"portland FIC-S-42 1" cement-sand plaster with 10 lbs.of See 2 hrs. 1 19,20, 2 hydrated lime for @ bag of cement Note 19 21.22 1:2 for scratch coal and 1:2112"for brown coal. i Floor:2", 1:2:4 portland cement See 2 Itrs. 19.20, FIC-S-43 I I2" concrete;Ceiling: 1112", 1:2 sanded ]vote 19 30 min. 1 21.22 2112 gypsum plaster on ribbed metal lath. Floor:2". 1:2A portland cement See 2 hrs. 19,20. FIC-5.44 11/x" concrete-,Ceiling: 1118", 1:1 sanded Note 19 30 min. 1 21,22 2 1/z gypsum plaster. Floor:21�',", 1:2A portland cement hrs.ace 2 F/C-S-45 I' concrete;Ceiling: 1'. 1:2 sanded Note 19 32 min. 1 21,22 19,20, 2112 gypsum plaster. Floor:211,", 1:2:4 portland cement 3 concrete,Ceiling: V neat gypsum See 19,20, FIC-S-46 I4. plaster or /4"gypsum-vermiculite Note 19 3 hrs. 1 21.22 3 plaster,ratio of gypsum to vermiculite 2:1 to 3.1. Floor:2112". 1:2:4 portland cement, sand and cinder concrete plus'Iz", FIC-S-47 111x 1:2'1,"cement-sand finish:total Note 19 3 hrs. 1 21'22' 3 thickness 3":Ceiling: 1118", 1:1 sanded gypsum plaster. Floor:2'12",gas expanded portland cement-sand concrete plus 112 1:2.5 See 3 hrs. 19,20, FIC-S-48 1'1x" cement-sand finish;total thickness Nate 19 30 min. 1 21.22 3t 12 3":Ceiling: 1118 1:1 sanded gypsum plaster. Floor:21/,", 1:2:4 portland cement concrete:Ceiling: 1"gypsum- See 19.20, FIC 5 99 1' vermiculite plaster:ratio of gypsum Note 19 4 hrs. 1 21.22 4 to vermiculite 2:1 to 3:1. Floor:2". 1:2A portland cement 1 concrete:Ceiling:2"interlocking See 19.20. FIC-S-50 2/�' gypsum the supported on upper face Note 19 2 hrs. 1 21 22 2 of lower flanges of beams.112" 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster. (C onanued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 249 RESOURCE A TABLE 3.2—FLOORICEILING ASSEMBLIES—STEEL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MEMBRANE PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS•92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS Floor:2". 1:2:4 portland cement concrete:Ceiling:2"precast metal reinforced gypsum tilt [It' 1:3 See FIC-S-51 21/1" sanded gypsum piaster(tile clipped Note 19 4 hrs. 1 21 22 4 to channels which are clipped(o lower flanges of beams). Fur SL 1 inch=25.4 mm.1 fool=305 mm.1 pound per square inch=0.00689NIPa.1 pound Iter square foot=47.9 Nhu'. Notes: 1 No protective membrane over structural steel. 2. Performance time indicates first endpoint reached only several tests were continued to points where other failures occurred. 3. Load failure. 4. Thermal failure. 5. This is an estimated lime u)load hearing failure.The same joist and deck specimen was used for a later test with different membrane protection. 6. Test slopped at 3 hours to reuse specimen:no endpoint reached. 7. Test slopped al 1 hour to reuse specimen:no endpoint reached. 8. All plaster used=gypsum. 9. Specimen size- 18 feet by 13`! inches.Flom deck-base material-'1,-inch by 18 font steel plate welded to"I"beams i0.-I-beams 24 inches o.c 11.1"beams-48 inches o.c. 12.Apply to Opel]Wvbjoists.pressed steel joists or rolled steel beams,which are not stressed beyond 18.0001Us,lin.-.in flexure for open-web pressed or light rolled joists,and 20.000 lbs.lio`for American standard or heavier rolled beams. 13.Ratio of weight of portland cement to fine and coarse aggregates combined for Moor slabs shall not be less than III.- 14.Plaster for ceiling shall be applied on metal lath which shall be lied to supports to give[lie equivalent of single NO. 18 gage steel wires 5 inches o.c. 15 Load:maximum fiber stress in steel not to exceed 16.000 psi. 16.Prefabricated units 2 feel wide with length equal to thespan,composed of two pieces of No.18 gage formed steel welded together to give four longitudinal cells. 17.Depth not less than 3 inches and distance between cells no less than 2 inches. 18.Ceiling:metal lath tied to furring channels secured to runner channels hung from cellular steel. 19.Load:rolled steel supporting beams and steel plate lease shall not be stressed bci,olid 20.000 psi in flexure. Formed steel(with n°idc upper flange)construction shall nut be stressed bctimnd 16.000 psi. 20.Sonic type of expanded metal or woven wire shall he embedded to prevent cracking In concrete flooring 21.Ceiling plaster shall be metal lath wired to rods or channels which are clipped or welded to steel construction.Lath shall be no smaller than 18 gage steel wire and not more than 7 Inches o.c. 22.Them curing rods or channels shall be at least as effective as single /„-inch rods with 1 inch of their length bent over the louver flanges of beams vyitli the rods or channels tied to this clip with 14 gage iron wire 250 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' RESOURCE A FIGURE 3.3—FLOORICEtLING ASSEMBLIES—WOOD JOIST NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 15 The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the 34 Item Code column in the Table. For example: ^33 10 _32 FIC- -42 31 30 —21--38— 29 18 37 42 28 15 35 41 ~27 10 20 39 24 8 17 36 26 18 4 13 22 25 9 3 7 15 23 2 1 5 6 11 40 14 12 0 1 2 3 4 FIRE RESISTANCE RATING(HOURS) TABLE 3.3—FLOORICEILING ASSEMBLIES—WOOD JOIST PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MEMBRANE PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 12'clear span-2"x 9"wood joists: 1 18"o.c.;Deck: 1"T&G;Filler:3"or F/C-W-1 "Is' ashes on V."boards nailed to joist 60 psf 36 min. 7 1.2 sides 2"from bottom:2"air space: Membrane:3/41"gypsum board. 12'clear span- 2"x 7"joists; 15" FIC-W-2 'It" o.c.:Deck: I"nominal lumber; 60 psf 22 min, 7 1 2.3 'I4 Membrane: 112"fiber board. 12'clear span-2"x 7"wood joists; FIC-W-3 'lz° 16"o.c.:2"x 1'!2"bridging at center; 30 psf 28 min. 7 I,3, 15 113 Deck: I"T&G::Membrane: 12"fiber board:2 coats"distemper"paint. 12'clear span-2"x 7"wood joists; 16"o.c.:2"x 1 II,"bridging at center FIC-W-4 316" span: Deck: 1"nominal lumber: 30 psf 32 min. 7 L2 112 Membrane 10'fiberboard under 3/16"gypsum plaster. F/C-W 5 ,1H" As per previous FIC-W-4 except 70 psf 48 min. 7 1,2 314 membrane is /R"time plaster. As per previous FIC-W-5 except FIC-W-6 1x" membrane is`'IH"gypsum plaster on 70 psf 49 min. 7 1,2 314 22 gage 3/A"metal lath. (Continued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' 251 RESOURCE A TABLE 3.3—FLOORICEILING ASSEMBLIES—WOOD JOIST—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MEMBRANE PRE- POST. REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS As per previous F/C-W-G except F/C-W-7 �1z membrane is I/Z"fiber board under 60 psf 43 min. 7 1,Z.3 213 I/Z"gypsum plaster. FIC-W-8 112" As per previous F/C-W-7 except 60 psf 33 min. 7 I.2.3 i/Z membrane is 1z'gypsum board. 12'clear span-2")<7"wood joists; 15"o.c.;2"x V/,"bridging at center; FIC-W-9 glib' Deck: 1"nominal lumber: 60 psf 24 min. 7 1.2.3 113 Membrane:3/R"gypsum board:31ir" gypsum plaster. FIC-W-10 5/8" As per FIC-W-9 except membrane is 60 psf 27 min. 7 1.2.3 1/3 I/,"gypsum plaster on wood lath, 12'clear span-2"x 9"wood joists; 15"o.c.:2"x 1'1,"bridging at center span;Deck: 1"T&G:Membrane: original ceilingjoists have 3/8"plaster FIC W 11 7/811 on wood lath;4"metal hangers 75 psf I hr, 7 1.2 1 attached below joists creating 15" 10 min. chases filled with mineral wool and closed with 7/8"plaster(gypsum)on %"S.W.M.metal lath to form new ceiling surface. 12'clear span-2"x 9"wood joists: 15"o.c.;2"x 1111"bridging at center: Deck: I"T&G;Membrane:3" F/C-W-12 718- mineral wood below joists:3" 75 psf 2 hrs. 7 1.4 2 hangers to channel below joists: gypsum plaster on metal lath attached to channels. 12'clear span-2"x 9"wood joists; 16"o.c.;2"x 1112"bridging at center span;Deck: 1"T&G on 1"bottonis FIC-W-13 7181, oil 314"glass wool strips on 314" 60 psf 41 min. 7 1.3 2/3 gypsum board nailed to joists: Membrane:3/,"glass wool strips on joists:3!H'perforated gypsum lath: tI,"gypsum plaster. 12'clear span-2"x 9"wood joists: 15"o.c.:Deck: 1"T&G:Membrane: FIC-W-14 7/A boards ailedrto joists,wood lath GD psf 40 min. 7 1,5 1213 nailed to 1"x 11/4"straps 14 o.c. across joists:71,'gypsum plaster. 12'clear span-2"x 9"wood joists, 18"o.c.;Deck: I"T&G:Membrane: 2"foam concrete on'/z"boards FIC-W-I5 71x" nailed to joist sides 2"from joist 60 psf 53 min. 7 1.2 314 bot(orn:2"airspace: 1"x V/I"wood straps 14"o.c.across joists: 7/,"lime plaster on wood lath. 1Coutinued) 252 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' RESOURCE A TABLE 3.3—FLOORICEILING ASSEMBLIES—WOOD JOIST---continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MEMBRANE PRE. POST. REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-02 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 12'clear span-2"x 9"wood joists: Deck: 1"T&G:Membrane:3"ashes F/C-W-I6 718" on'/e"boards nailed to joist sides 2" 60 psf 28 min. 7 1.2 1/3 From joist bottom,2"airspace-, 1"x 1'I4"wood straps 14"o.c.;741' gypsum plaster on wood lath. FIC-W-17 7/K" As per previous FIC-W-16 but with 60 psf 41 min. 7 1,2 21, lime plaster mix. 12'clear span-2"x 9"wood joists; FIC-lh'-18 7/x„ 18"o.c.;2"x I'/,"bridging 7t center; 60 psf 36 min. 7 1,2 `Iz Deck: 1"T&G;Membranc: /8" gypsum plster on wood lath. As per previous FIC-W-18 except FIC W 19 71g' with lime plaster membrane and deck 60 psf 19 min. 7 I 2 `la is 1"nominal boards(plain edge). FIC-W-20 7/H" As per F/C-W-19,except deck is 1" 60 psf 43 min. 7 1,2 z/3 T&G boards. 12'clear span-2"x 9"wood joists: 16"o.c.:2"x 1'/2"bridging at center: F/C-W-21 1" Deck: 1"T&G;Membrane:318" 70 psf 29 min. 7 1.2 1/3 gypsum base board:5/e"gypsum plaster, 12'clear span-2"x 9"wood joists: 16"o.c.:2"x 2"wood bridging at FIC-W-22 I'!H' center;Deck: I"T&G;Membrane: 60 psf I hr. 7 1 2.3 1 hangers.channel with -1A "gypsum baseboard affixed under 3/.,"gypsum plaster. Deck: 1"nominal lumber;Joists:2"x FIGW-23 3IB" 7"; 15"o.c.:Membrane:318" 60 psf I 1 Nr min. 12 2,13 'I' plasterboard with plaster skim coat. FIC-W-24 �/i" Deck: I"T&G lumber;Joists:2"x 9": 60 psf 18 min. 12 2.7 'h 16"o.c.:Membrane: /z plasterboard. Deck: 1"T&G lumber:Joists:2"x FIC-W-25 `ll" 7 16"o.c.;Membrane: Vr'fiber 30 psf 8 min. 12 2.8 2115 insulation board. Deck: 1"nominal lumber;Joists:2"x FIC-W-26 '/z" 7 15"o.c.;Membrane:'1z'fiber 60 psf 8 min. 12 2,9 2115 insulation board. Deck: 1"nominal lumber:Joists:2"x FIC-W-27 518 7"; 15"o.c.;Membrane:51g'gypsum 60 psf 17 min. 12 2, 10 `la plaster on wood lath. Deck: 1"T&G lumber;Joists:2"x F/C-W-28 5/K" 9": 16"o.c.;Membrane: 112"fiber 60 psr 20 min. 12 2. 1 I 1/3 insulation board;'I,"plaster. FIC-W-29 Me brans Exposed wood joists. [�Io eSee 13 15 min- 1 13119 '/4 (Conlinued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE 263 RESOURCE A TABLE 3.3—FLOOWCEILING ASSEMBLIES—WOOD JOIST—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MEMBRANE PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS Gypsum wallboard:31x'or 1<2"with 1'/2"No. 15 gage nails with 3/16" F/C-W-30 31n heads spaced 6"centers with asbestos Noteel3 25 min. 1 13.119 `I2 paper applied with paperhangers' paste and finished with casein paint. Gypsum wallboard:112'with 1314" FIC-W-31 `/Z' No. 12 gage nails with I/,"heads.6" Note el3 25 min. l 1314 112 o.c.,and finished with casein paint. Gypsum wallboard:112"with 11/2" No. 12 gage nails with 11i"heads, 18" o.c.,with asbestos paper applied with FIC-W-32 112" paperhangers'paste and secured With See 30 min. 1 1, 11 4 1/2 1'/2'No. 15 gage nails with Note 13 13, 1 heads and finished with casein paint: combined nail spacing 6"o.c. Gypsum wallboard:two layers 3/H" FIC-W-33 '/ts` secured with 11/Z'No. 15 gage nails Noteel3 30 min. 1 13114 t /2 with 3/H'heads,6"o.c. Perforated gypsum lath:31H", FIC-W-34 t/t" plastered with 1'/,%"No. 13 gage nails See 30 min. 1 1, 12, `/z With 51,"heads,4' o.c.: 12"sanded Note 13 13. 14 gypsum plaster. t Same as FIC-W-34.ca3ept with 11/,I" See I, 12, 3 FIC-W-35 /I" No. 13 gage nails with 1,"heads.4" Note 13 45 min. 1 13. 14 19 O.C. Perforated gypsurn lath:%'%nailed with 1 I/,I"No. 13 gage nails with 31a" F/C-W-36 112' heads,4"o.c.:joints covered with 3" See I hr. 1 1, 12. 1 strips of metal lath with 13/4"No. 12 Note 13 13. 14 nails with 1Ii"heads.5"o.c.: 1/2" sanded gypsum plaster. Gypsum lath:%"and lower layer or 315"perforated gypsum lath nailed FIC-W-37 `Iz" with 1314"No. 13 nails with'lis" Noteel3 45 min. 1 13,1 4 3/a heads.4"o.c.: 'U'sanded gypsum plaster or 1/2'Portland cement plaster. Metal lath:.nailed with 11/4"No. 11 FIC-W-38 314" nails with N"heads or 6d common See 45 min. 1 1. 12' 3/, driven 1 and bent over,6"o.c.: 14' Note 13 13. 14 sanded gypsum plaster. Same as FIC-W-38,except nailed FIC-W-39 3/a" with 1 Ili"No. l 1 barbed roof nails Note el3 1 hr. 1 13 114 1 With lhg'heads.6"c.c. (Continued) 254 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' RESOURCE A TABLE 3.3—FLOORICEl LING ASSEMBLIES—WOOD JOIST---continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MEMBRANE PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS Same as FIC-W-38,except with lath nailed to joists with additional supports for lath 27"o.c.:attached to FIC-W-40 3/4" alternate joists and consisting of two See I hr. 1 1. 12. lrlo nails driven 1 la',2"above botloin on Note 13 15 min. 13, 14 opposite sides of the joists,one loop of No. 18 wire slipped over each nail; the ends twisted together below lath. Metal lath:nailed with 1112"No. 11 barbed roof nails with 1l16"heads.6 o.c-.Willi'la"portland Cement plaster FIC-W-4I s/a" for scratch coal and 1:3 for brown Notee13 1 hr. 1 13 114 coat,3 Ibs,of asbestos fiber and 15 lbs.of hydrated lime/94 lbs.bag of cement. Metal lath:nailed with 8d.No. l I1/z gage barbed box nails,2112"driven, FIC-W-42 314" 11/.,"on slant and bent over.6"o.c.: Note See l3 1 hr. 1 13', 1 '14"sanded gypsum plaster. 1:2 for scratch coat and 1:3 for below coat. Far 5I: 1 inch=25.4 mm. 1 foot=305 mm. I pound per square inch=0.00689 MPa.I pound per square foot=47.9 N/m1. Notes: I. Thickness indicates thickness of first membrane protection on ceiling surface. 2. Failure mode-flame thru. 3. Failure mode-collapse. 4. No endpoint reached at termination of test. 5. failure Imminent test terminated. 6. Joist failure- 11.5 minutes;Flame ihru- 13 minutes:collapse-24 minutes. 7. Joist failure- 17 minutes:flame ihty- 18 minutes:collapse-33 minutes. 8. Joist failure- 18 minutes;flame 1hru 8 minutes:collapse-30 minutes. 9. Joist failure- 12 minutes;flame thru-8 minutes:collapse-22 minutes. 10.Joist failure- 11 minutes:flame thru- 17 mhtutes:collapse 27 minutes. 11.Joist failure 17 minutes:flame ihru-20 minutes:collapse-43 minutes. 12.Joists:2-inch by 10-inch southern pine or Douglas Fir:No. I common or better.Subfloor: '1,-inch wood sheating diapluagm of asbestos paper,and Rntsh of tongue-and-groove wood flooring. 13.Loadings:not more than 1.000 psi maximum fiber stress in joists. 14.Perforations in gypsum lath are to be not less than'/,-inch diameter Willi one perforation for not more than 161in.-diameter. 15."Distemper"is a British term for a v6aler-based paint such as white wash or calcimine, 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODEQO 255 RESOURCE A FIGURE 3.4—FLOORlCEILING ASSEMBLIES--HOLLOW CLAY TILE WITH REINFORCED CONCRETE NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 10 The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table. For example: 5 -2 FIC-H 13 11 5 9 10 12 3 1 4 7 2 8 6 a 0 1 2 3 4 FIRE RESISTANCE RATING(HOURS) TABLE 3.4—FLOOWCEILING ASSEMBLIES—HOLLOW CLAY TILE WITH REINFORCED CONCRETE PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM ASSEMBLY PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS Cover: 1'I,"concrete(6080 psi): three cell fiullow clay tiles. 12"x 12" FIC-HT 1 6" x 4":31/4"concrete bm%vecn tiles 75 sf 2 hrs. 7 1.2.3 2 including two'I,"rebars with 3!4" p 7 min. concrete cover'.112"plaster cover. lower. Cover: 114"concrete(5840 psi): three cell hollow clay tiles, 12"x 12" x 4":3'14"concrete between tiles FIC-HT-2 6" including two'I,"rebars each with 61 psf 23 hn n 7 3.4.6 3`l3 'h"concrete cover and 5/H"filler tiles between hollow tiles; 112"plaster cover,lower. Cover: 1112"concrete(6280 psi): three cell hollow clay tiles. I2"x 12" FIC-HT-3 G" x 4":3'!4"concrete between tiles 122 psf 2 hrs. 7 1°$'S' 2 including two'!,"rebars with'/," cover: V2"plaster cover.lower. Cover: VI,"concrete(6280 psi): three cell hollow clay tiles, 12"x 12" FIC-HT-4 G" x 4":3114"concrete between(ties 115 psf 23 min, 7 1,3'7 211, including two 112"rebars with 3/4" cover:1/1"plaster cover,lower. (Cominued) 256 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE°` RESOURCE A TABLE 3A—FLOORICEILING ASSEMBLIES—HOLLOW CLAY TILE WITH REINFORCED CONCRETE—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM ASSEMBLY PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS•92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS Cover: I','�"concrete(6470 psi): three cell hclhnt clay tiles, 12"x 12" F/C-HT-5 6" x 4";31f4"concrete between tiles 122 psf 2 hrs. 7 1. 8 5. 2 including two 112"rebars with 112" 8 cover:'/,"plaster cover,lower. Floor cover: 1 112"gravel cement (4300 psi);three cell, 12"x 12"x 6": FIC-HT-6 8" 3112"space between tiles including 165 psf 4 hrs. 7 1,3,9. 4 two'12"rebars with 1"cover from 10 concrete bottom; 112„plaster cover. lower. Deck:71x"T&G on 2"x 1112"bottoms (18"o.c.) 1 II['concrete cover(4600 FIC-HT-7 9"(Wont,) Psi):three cell hollow clay tiles, 95 sf 2 hrs' 7 4, 11, 2'/ 12 x 12 x 4":3"concrete between P 26 min. 12. 13 3 tiles including one 314"rebar 314"from tile bottom:s!4"plaster cover. Deck:llH"T&G on 2"x 1 112"bottoms (18"o.c.) 1'/Z"concrete cover(3850 F/C-HT-8 9"(nom.) Psi):three cell hollow clay files, 95 psf 3 hrs. 7 4, 11. 12"x 12"x 4":3 concrete between 28 min. 12. 13 tiles including one 314"rebar 314"from tile bottoms; I/,"plaster cover. Deck:718'T&G on 2"x 1 t1z'bottoms (IB"o.c.) V12"concrete cover(4200 FIC-HT-9 9"(nom.) Psi):three cell hollow clay tiles, 95 psf 2 hrs. 7 3.5.8. 12"x 12"x 4";3"concrete between 14 min. 11 tiles including one 314"rebar 314"from tile bottoms; '/z"plaster cover. Fire clay the(4"thick): 1'Iz"concrete FIGHT-10 51/21, cover;for general details,see Note Note 14 1 hr. 43 15 1 FIC-HT-11 8" Fire clay the(6"thick);2"cover. Noe 14 1 hr. 43 15 1 FIC-HT-12 5112„ Fire clay tile(4"thick): 1112"cover: See 1 hr. 43 15 1'Iz la gypsum plaster,lower. Note 14 30 min. FIC-HT-13 81, Fire clay tile(6"thick):2"cover; See 2 hrs. 43 15 'is"gypsum plaster,lower. Note 14 e For SI: 1 inch=25 4 mm, 1 foot=305 mm, 1 found per square Inch=0.00689MPa. 1 pound per square Foot=47.9 Nhnz. Notes: C1 31+RS t Is . A i I I - BARS'l, DIAM.1' WITH 414"COVER —'I, PLASTER(2 COATS) OF CONCRETE iST LIME-CEMENTSAND 2ND GYPSUM(NEAT) 1. A generalized cross section of this floor type rollays. 2. Failure node-structural. 3. Plaster:base coat-lime-cement sand;lop coal gypsum(neat). 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 257 RESOURCE A TABLE 3.4—FLOORICEILING ASSEMBLIES—HOLLOW CLAY TILE WITH REINFORCED CONCRETE—continued 4.Failure mode-collapse. 5.Test stopped before any endpoints were reached. G.A generalized cross section of this fluor IYpv follows:. l 1. 1314 I� CRS. ��Iz CRS. 11� El BARS 11Z DIAM. WITH 31. COVER TILES (12 x 12 x 4) 'A PLASTER (2 COATS) 7.Failure mode-thermal hack face ternivrature rise. 8.Passed hose stream test. 9.Failed hose siream lest. '!e'T&G BOARDING 2 , 1'I,-BATTENS® 18 CRS GI FLOOR GI-1 PS 1'5' CRS SECURED TO CLIPS .� !❑❑❑ ❑ 1111, TILES(12 x 12 x 4') BARS');DIAM,W1TH'I; PLASTER(2 COATS) COVER OF CONCRETE 1ST LIME CEMENT-SAND 2ND GYPSUM(NEAT) 1 O.Test stopped at 4 hours before any end fKAnts were reached. 11.A generalized cross section of this floor type follows: 12.Plaster:base coal-retarded hemlbvdrale gypsum-sand:second coat-neat gvpsum. 13.Concrete in Item 7 Is P.C.based but with crushed brick aggregates while in Item S river sand and river gravels are used with the P.C. 14.Load-unspecified. 15.The 12 inch by 12 inch tire clav tiles were laid end to end In rows spaced 2'Ir inches or 4 Inches apart.The reinforcing steel was placed between these rows and the concrete cast around them and over the tile to form the struuural floor. 258 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' RESOURCE A SECTION IV—BEAMS TABLE 4.1.1—REINFORCED CONCRETE BEAMS DEPTH 10"TO LESS THAN 12" PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE DEPTH CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 24"wide r 11"deep reinforced 4 hrs. - B-11-RC-1 11" concrete"T"beam (3290 psi): 8.8 tons 2 min 7 1,2. 14 4 Details:see Note 5 figure. 24"wide x 10"deep reinforced B-10-RC-2 10" concrete"T"beam (4370 psi): 8.8 tons 53 min. 7 1.3 1'{14 Details:see Note 6 figure. 24"wide x 10112"deep reinforced B-10-RC-3 10'12" concrete"T"beam (4450 psi)-, 8.8 tons 2 hrs' 7 1.3 2�1 3 Details:see Note 7 figure. 40 min. 24"wide x I V deep reinforced 3 hrs. B-11-RC-4 11" concrete"T"beam (2400 psi): 8.8 tons 32 min 7 1,3, 14 3112 Details:see Note 8 figure. 24"wide x 11"deep reinforced 3 hrs. B-1 I-RC-5 11" concrete"T"beam(4250 psi); 8.8 tons 3 min. 7 1,3, 14 3 Details:see Note 9 figure. Concrete flange:4"deep x 2'wide (4895 psi) concrete:Concrete beam: 7"deep x 6112"wide beam;"I"beam reinforcement; 10"x 4112"x 25 lbs. R.S.J.: 1"cover on flanges;Flange B-11-RC-6 I1" reinforcement:31H"diameter bars at 10 tons 6 hrs. 7 1.4 6 6"pitch parallel to"T'': 114"diameter bars perpcndicuIar to"T":Beam reinforcement:4"x 6"wire mesh No. 13 SWG:Span: 11'restrained; Details:see Note 10 figure. Concrete flange: 6"deep x 1'6112" wide(3525 psi) concrete;Concrete beam:5"deep x 8"wide precast concrete blocks 8314"long; "I"beam reinforcement:7"x 4"x 16 lbs. B-11-RC-7 11" R.S.J.:2"cover on bottom; 1112' 3.9 Ions 4 hrs. 7 1,2 4 cover on top;Flange reinforcement: two rows'/2"diameter rods parallel to"T":Beam reinforcement: 1/H"wire mesh perpendicular to 1 Span: 1'3" simply supported:Details:see Note 11 figure. Concrete flange:4"deep x 2'wide (3525 psi)concrete:Concrete beam 7"deep x 4'1,"wide: (scaled from drawing): "C' beam reinforcement: 10"x 41/z"x 25 lbs.R.S.J.;no B-11-RC-8 11" 10 tons 4 hrs. i 7 1,2, 12 4 concrete cover on bottom;Flange reinforcement::+h;"diameter bars at 6 pitch parallel to"T";1/4"diameter bars perpendicular to"T".Span: 11' restricted. fConwille-W 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE* 259 RESOURCE A TABLE 4.1.1—REINFORCED CONCRETE BEAMS DEPTH 10"TO LESS THAN 12"—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE. POST- REC. CODE DEPTH CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS•92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 24"wide x I 1 1/,"deep reinforced 3 hrs. 13-11-RC-9 11'12" concrete"T"beam (4390 psi)-. 8.8 tons 24 min. 7 1 3 3113 Details:see Note 12 figure. For SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm. 1 foot=305 mm.I pound=0.009448 kN.I pound per square Inch=0.00689 MPa, I ton=8.896 kN. Notes: 1. load concentrated at mid span. 2. Achieved 4 hour performance(Class'B.'British►. 3. Failure mode collapse. 4. Achieved 6 hour performance(Class"A."British). 5. G. lE2 DIA. 2 t 2z�� lftz DIA. �._,__— 2 12 2z BARS AT 62 BARS AT 62 CRS. t 22 42 CRS. 22 42 'IA2 DIA.BARS 11=2 5'122 '42 DIA.BARS 122 511,2 3142 Q[A-BARS 1'!,2 COVER '!42 DIA.BAR5 1V22 COVER 'l,r,2 DIA.STIRRUPS �1,�7 '!,�'DIA.STIRRUPS ► 1122 AT 32 CRS. 1,! 2 AT 32 CRS. 1/22 a 31122 gi112 7. 8. 2 31," DIA. 12 22 IH'DIA. s 2 12 z2 1 BARS AT 61 BARS AT 62 CRS. 22 42 CRS. 22 42 '1�2 DIA.BARS 122 51122 31,2 DIA.BARS �!�? 5'1,2 '14 DIA.BARS �12 COVER '142 DIA.BARS l 1112? COVER SI,,,2 DIA.STIRRUPS � 5!162 DIA.STIRRUPS AT 32 CRS. 12 AT 32 CRS. H 1111' 12—. 11122 33122 31122 9. 10. 31,2 DIA. 2 12 22 2 12 2, BARS AT 62 2 2 CRS. 2 42 2 92 '!82 DIA.BARS �1?2 5'1,2 1142 DIA.BARS BAR5 AT 62 3142 D[A.BARS 1'1,�COVER 102 � 411,2 25 LB.R.S.J 12 PITCH 51,62 DIA.STIRRUPS 42 ' 62 WIRE MESH AT 3"CRS. 1�!2 -111,2 OF NO.13 S.W.G 6,122 z 3'1,2 z (Collrinueff) 260 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' RESOURCE A TABLE 4.1.1—REINFORCED CONCRETE SEAMS DEPTH 10"TO LESS THAN 12"—continued IL 12. 11' 1 103/M I I 2. '/2" DIA.RODS A B"PITCH 2.• 4" 4"TILE Q PLASTER 4^ :/A"DIA.OARS 2"BOTTOM— / 11e"WIRE fli DIM BARS AT W PITCH COVE 7'x 4"x iS LB.R.S.J. I \�PRECAST CONCRETE yp"x I.B.R; STRIP OIL f9pLLOyV TILE 25 .RS.J. FLOOR CONSISTING OF BLOCKS.8'1""LANG REINFORCED CONCRETE RIBS,9J4"WIDE WITH 12"x 6"x 4" HOLLOW CLAY PILES. SPAN AND END CONDITIONS-1 0'-3-(CLEAR). SIMPLY SUPPORTED. 14. The different performances achieved by B-11-RC-1. B-11-RC-4 and B-11-RC-5 are attributable to differences in concrete aggregate c umposi- tlons reported in the source document but unrepuried In this tabie.This 3/. DIA.BAPS demonstrates the significance of material composition in addition to other A ew CRS. details. 2 2 I 2" N,1 DIA.BARS 2"COVER 311,"DIA.STIRRUPS—/ t_ AT 3"CRS. 2,•i_JI 3'IQ 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING COD0 261 RESOURCE A TABLE 4.1.2—REINFORCED CONCRETE BEAMS DEPTH 12"TO LESS THAN 14" PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE DEPTH CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 12"x 8"section:4160 psi aggregate B-12-RC-1 12" concrete;Reinforcement:4-'!4"reban 5 5 tons 2 hrs. 7 1 2 at corners: 1"below each surface: 1!1" stirrups 10"o.c- I Concrete flange:4"deep x 2'wide (3045 psi)concrete at 35 days: Concrete beam:8"deep;"I"beam reinforcement: 10"x 411,"x 25 lbs. R.S.J.: 1"cover on flanges:Flange B-12-RC-2 12" reinforcement:11k"diameter bars at 10 tons 4 hrs. 7 2.3.5 4 6"pitch parallel to"T": 'h"diameter bars perpendicular to"T":Beans reinforcement:4"x 6"wire mesh No. 13 SWG:Span: 10'3"simply supported. Concrete flange:4"deep x 2'wide (3825 psi) concrete at 46 days; Concrete beam:9"deep x 81/z"wide: (scaled from drawing):'T beam reinforcenlenC 10"x 411,"x 25 lbs. B-13-RC-3 13" R.S.J.:3"cover on bottom flange; I" 10 tons 6 hrs. 7 2 3,G, 4 cover on top flange; Flange 8.9 reinforcement:3/s"diameter bars at 6"pitch parallel to"T": 111"diameter bars perpendicular to"T";Beam reinforcement:4"x 6"wire mesh No. 13 SWG:Span: 11'restrained. Concrete flange:4"deep x 2'wide (3720 psi) concrete at 42 days; ` Concrete bearn:8"deep x W/2"wide: (scaled from drawing):"1"beam reinforcement: 10"x 41/,"x 25 lbs. B-12-RC-4 12" R.S.J.;2"cover bottom 11ange- I" 10 tons G hrs. 7 1.3.4. 4 cover top flange;Flange 7.8.9 reinforcement:.,/,"diameter bars at 6"pitch parallel to"T": 111"diameter bars perpendicular to"T":Beam reinforcement:4"x 6"wire mesh No. 13 SWG;Span: 11'restrained. For Sl: 1 inch 25.4 mm.1 foot=305 mm.1 pound=0.004418 kN.1 pound per square inch =0.00689 h9 Pa. 1 ton=8.896 kN Notes: 1 Qualified for 2 hour use.(Grade"C;'British)Test included hose simam and reload at 48 hours. 2. Load concentrated at mid span. 3. British test. 4. British test-qualified for 6 hour use(Grade'A"). (Confinaed) 262 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE` RESOURCE A TABLE 4.1.2—REINFORCED CONCRETE BEAMS DEPTH 12"TO LESS THAN 14"—continued 5. 6. 6,. 1" �.. 14" I — 1 4 'y"DIA.BARS 319"AIA.BARS —'+ DIA,BARS AT V PITCH '144 DIA BARS AT 8'PITCH 4" • 6" 10"x 4il�' 4" �----10'-x 41/ WlR MESH— 25 LB.R.S.J 25 L9.R.S.J. OF NO. 13 S.W.G WIRE MESH OF �3" 1^ 1"COVER N0.13 S.W.G 1 f 7. 8. See Table 4.1.3.Note 5. 4„ DI&BARS 9. Hourly rating based upon 8.12-RC-2 abrn•e. It,"DIA.BARS AT 6'PITCH 44 6"MESH QF–' 1 Ov x 411" WIRE; 2„ 25 LB.R.S.J. NO.13 S.W.G 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" 263 RESOURCE A TABLE 4.1.3—REINFORCED CONCRETE BEAMS DEPTH 14"TO LESS THAN 16" PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE DEPTH CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS Concrete flange:4"deep x 2'wide (3290 psi)concrete:Concrete beam: 10"deep x 8112"wide:"I"beam reinforcement: 10"x 4112"x 25 ibs. R.S.J.:4"cover on bottom flange: 1" B-15-RC-1 15" cover on top flange:Flange 10 tons 6 hrs. 7 152G3 4 reinforcement:'-,/,"diameter bars at 6"pitch parallel to"T"; '!4"diameter bars perpendicular to"T";Beam reinforcement:4"X 6"wire mesh No. 13 SWG:Span. 11'restrained. Concrete flange:4"deep x 2'wide (4820 psi) concrete:Concrete beam: 10"deep x 8111"wide;"I"beans reinforcement: 10"x 4112"x 25 lbs. R.S.J.; 1"cover over wire mesh on B-15-RC-2 15" bottom flange: 1"cover art top 10 tons 6 hrs. 7 1.2.4. 4 flange:Flange reinforcement:1/," 5,13 diameter bars at 6"pitch parallel to "T": '/4"diameter bars perpendicular to"T":Beam reinforcement:4"x 6" wire mesh No. 13 SWG;Span: I I' restrained. Fur SI: I inch=25.4 mm. 1 foot. 305 mm.I pound 0.004448kN.l pound per square inch=0.00689 MPa.I [on=8.696 kN. Notes: I. Load concentrated at mid span. 2. Achieved 6 hour fire rating(Grade"A,"British). 3. 4 2' 2' 4', q, ," D1A 31s"OIA.BARS AT 119"❑IA.BARS AT ! BARS 6 PITCH BAS IIA. 6" PITCH 10"x4112„ 1V" x411 r 4" Y f3" 25 LB,R.S.J. 4"r 6" 25 I.B.R.S.J. WIRE`MESH 2' WIRE MESH 2 OF NO. 13 ---- OF NO. 13 � 2 S.W.0 �all 2 S.W.G 5. Section 43.147 of the 1979 edition of the Uniform Building Code Standards provides: "A restrained condition inFiire tests.asnSedin this standard.is one in which expansion at the supporisofaload carrying element resulting from the effects ofthe fire is resisted by forces external to the element.An unrestrained condition is one in which the load-carving element is free to expand and rotate at Its support. "(R)esiraint In buildings is defined as follows:Floor and roof assemblies and individual trams in buildings shall be considered restrained when the surrounding or supporting structure is capable of resisting the thermal expansion throughout the range of anticipated elevated temperatures.Construction not complying. .is assumed to be free to rotate and expand and shall be considered as unrestrained. "Resiralnt may be provided by the lateral stiffness of supports for floor and roof assemblies and intermediate beams forming part of the assembly.In order to develop restraint,connections must adequately transfer thermal thrusts to such supports.The rigidity of adjoining panels or structures stall be considered in assessing[he capability of a structure to resist therm expansion." Because it is difficult to determine whether an exist tug building's structural system is capable of providing[he required restraint,the Itnver hourly ratings of a sirni lar but unrestrained assembly have been recommended. 6. Hourly rating based upon Table 4.2.1.Item B-12-RC-2. 264 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE° RESOURCE A TABLE 4.2.1—REINFORCED CONCRETE BEAMS—UNPROTECTED DEPTH 10"TO LESS THAN 12" PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM - PRE- - - - POST. REC. CODE DEPTH CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS•92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS B-SU-1 10" 10"x 4112"x 25 lbs."1"beam. 10 tons 39 min. 7 1 For SL 1 inch=25.4 mm.i pound 0.004448 kN.1 ton=8.896 kN. Notes: 1. Clm[entraled at mid span. TABLE 4.2.2—STEEL BEAMS—CONCRETE PROTECTION DEPTH 10"TO LESS THAN 12" PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM PRE- POST- REC. CODE DEPTH CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LOAD TIME BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES HOURS 10"x 8"rectangle;aggregate concrete(4170 psi)with 1"top cover B-SC-1 10" and 2"bottom raver:No. 13 SWG 3.9 tons 3 hrs. 7 1,2,3 3 111 iron wire loosely wrapped at 46 ntin. approximately 6"pitch about 7"x 4"x 16 lbs. "I"beam. 10"x 8"rectangle;aggregate concrete(3630 psi)with 1"tap cover B-SC-1 10,, and 2"bottom cover;No. 13 SWG 5.5 tons 5 hrs. 7 1 4.5, 3111 iron wire loosely wrapped at 26 rain. 6.7 approxitnawly 6"pitch about 7"x 4"x 16 tbs. "I"beam. Fur S1: 1 inch=25.4 mm.1 pound=0.004448 kN. 1 pound per square Inch=0.00689 MPa.1 Inn=8.896 kN. Notes: 1. Load concentrated at mid span. 2. Specimen 10-foot 3-inch clear span simply supported. 3. Passed Grade"C'fire resistance(British)including hnse stream and reload. 4. Specimen i 1-foot clear span-restrained. 5. Passed Grade"B'fire resistance(British)including hose stream and reload. 6. See Table 4.1.3.Note 5. 7. Hourly rating based upon B-SC 1 abmv. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" 265 RESOURCE A SECTION V--DOORS FIGURE 5.1—RESISTANCE OF DOORS TO FIRE EXPOSURE NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES The number in each box is 10 keyed to the fast number to the Item Code column in the Table. For example. -32 32 5 — 41 31 27 38 40 20 39 30 26 3 37 18 22 13 25 2 19 17 7 36 21 10 12 16 1 4 5 6 29 8 9 23 11 14 24 28 33 15 3s 34 0 0 20 40 60 Bo EFFECTIVE BARRIERTIME(MINUTES) TABLE 5.1—RESISTANCE OF DOORS TO FIRE EXPOSURE PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER DOOR ITEM MINIMUM EFFECTIVE EDGE PRE- POST- REC, CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS BARRIER FLAMING BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES {MIN.) D I 3/H Panel door:pine perimeter(13/,"): 5 min. N/A 90 1.2 5 painted (enamel). 10 sec. D-2 3/H As above,with two coats U.L.listed 5 min. 5 min. 90 1 2.7 5 intumescent coating. 30 sec. D-3 3/H As D-1.with standard primer and flat 5 min. N/A 90 1.3.4 5 interior paint. 55 sec. As D-1,with panels covered each side with 112'plywood;edge grouted 11 r11in. 3 in!n. DA 2"/s" with sawdust filled plaster:door 15 sec. 45 sec. 90 1.2.5.7 10 faced with 1/R"hardboard each side: paint see(5). As D-1.except surface protected with D-5 31K" glass fiber reinforced intumescent fire 16 min, N/A 90 1.3.4.7 15 retardant coating. Door detail:As D-4,except with 1/8" D-6 )�/k cement asbestos board facings with 17 min 10 min. 90 1,3,4 15 aluminum foil;door edges protected 15 sec. by sheet metal. Door detail With 1/M"hardboard cover D-7 I3/n^ each side as facings;glass fiber 20 min. N/A 90 1.3.4.7 20 reinforced intumescent coating applied. Door detail same as D-4:paint was 24 min. 1.3.4. D-8 1'Ix glass reinforced epoxy intumescent. 2G min. 45 sec. 90 6.7 25 fC'ontinued) 266 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" RESOURCE A TABLE 5.1—RESISTANCE OF DOORS TO FIRE EXPOSURE—continued DOOR PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM MINIMUM EFFECTIVE EDGE PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS i CONSTRUCTION DETAILS BARRIER FLAMING BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES (MIN.) D-9 I:yk, Door detail same as D-4 with facings of 118" I 29 min. 3 min. 90 1,2 5 cement asbestos board. 15 sec. D-10 1510" As per D-9. 31 min. 7 min. 90 1,14 6 30 sec. 20 sec. As per D-7;painted with epoxy intumescent 36 min. D-11 1 1H coating including glass fiber roving. 25 sec. NIA 90 1.3.4 35 D-12 1'18" As per D-4 with intumescent fire retardant paint. 37 min. 24 min. 90 1,3,4 30 30 sec. 40 sec. D-13 1111" As per D-4,except with 24 ga.galvanized sheet 39 min. 39 min. 90 I,3.4 39 (nom.) metal facings. D-14 1510" As per D-9. 41 min. 17 min. 90 1 3,4,6 20 30 sec. 20 sec. D-15 — Class C steel fire door. 60 min. 58 min. 90 7.8 60 D-16 — Class B steel fire door. 60 min. 57 min. 90 7,13 60 Solid core flush door:core staves laminated to D 17 131° 12 facings letin not doorcframe for doorplywood 3 clearance 15 min. 13 min. 37 11 13 between door and wood frame. D-18 13/4" As per D-17. 14 min. 13 min. 37 11 13 D-19 13!41, Door same as D-17.except with 16 ga,steel:3132" 12 min. — 37 9. 11 10 door frame clearance. D-20 1314" As per D-19. 16 min. — 37 10, 11 10 D-21 l t14'. Doors as per D-17:intumescent paint applied to 26 min. — 37 11 25 top and side edges. Door as per D-17,except with 112"x 118"steel strip D-22 1314" set into edges of door at top and side facing stops; 18 min. 6 min. 37 11 18 matching strip on stop. D-23 1314" Solid oak door. 36 min. 22 min. 15 13 25 D-24 1718" Solid oak door. 45 min. 35 min. 15 13 35 D--25 1718" Solid teak door. 58 min. 34 min. 15 13 35 D-26 17!0,1 Solid (pitch)pine door. 57 min. 36 min. 15 13 35 D-27 1710" Solid deal (pine)door. 57 min. 30 min. 15 13 30 D-28 17/d" Solid mahogany door. 49 rain. 40 min. 15 13 45 D-29 17(8" Solid poplar door. 24 min. 3 min. 15 13. 14 5 D-30 1718" Solid oak door. 40 min. 33 min, 15 13 35 D-31 1718" Solid walnut door. 40 min. 15 min. 15 13 20 D-32 2118" Solid Quebec pine. 60 min_ 60 min. 15 13 60 D-33 25/8" Solid pine door. 55 min. 39 min. 15 13 40 D-34 2110" Solid oak door. 69 min. 60 min. 15 13 60 D-35 254" Solid teak door. 65 min. 17 min. 15 13 60 D-36 J1/2" Solid softwood door. 23 min. 8.5 min. 15 13 10 D-37 3141, Panel door. 8 min. 7.5 min, 15 13 5 D-38 5116" Panel door. 5 min. 5 min. 15 13 5 (Continued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODED 267 RESOURCE TABLE 5.1—RESISTANCE OF DOORS TO FIRE EXPOSURE—continued PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER DOOR - ITEM MINIMUM EFFECTIVE EDGE PRE- POST- REC. CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS BARRIER FLAMING BMS-92 BMS-92 BMS-92 NOTES (MIN.) D-39 314" Panel door,fire retardant treated. 17112 min. 3 min. 15 13 8 D-40 314" Panel door,fire retardant treated. 811,min. 8112 min. 15 13 8 D-41 314 Panel door.fire retardant treated. 16'114 min. 11111 min. 15 13 8 For SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm.1 foot m 305 mm. Notes: 1.All door frames were of standard lumber construction. 2 Wood door stop protected by asbestos millboard. 3.Wood door stop protected by sheet metal. 4.Door frame protected with sheet metal and weather strip. 5.Surface painted with intumescent coaling. G.Dour edge sheet metal protected. 7.Door edge intumescent paint protected. 8.Formal steel frame and door stop. 9.Door opened into furnace at 12 feet. 10.Similar dour opened into furnace at 12 feet, t. 11.The doors repurwd in these tests represent the type contemporaries used as 20-rnlnule solid core wood doors.The test resulls demonstrate the necessity of having wall anchored metal frames,minimum cleaners possible between door,frame and slops.They also indicate the utility of long throw larches and the possible use of Intumescent paints to seal doors to frames in went of a fire. 12.MIninium norking clearance and good latch closure are absolute necessities for effective contalnment for all such wnrking door assemblies. 13.Based on British tests. 14.Failure at door-frame interface. 268 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' Bibliography 1.Central Housing Committee on Research, Design, and Construction: Subcommittee on Fire Resistance Classifications, "Fire-Resistance Classifications of Building Constructions," Building Materials and Structures, Report BMS 92,National Bureau of Standards,Washington,Oct. 1942, (Available from NTIS No.COM-73-10974) 2.Foster,H.D.,Pinkston,E.R.,and Ingberg.S.H.,"Fire Resistance of Structural Clay Tile Partitions,"Building Materials and Structures, Report BMS 113,National Bureau of Standards,Washington.Oct. 1948. 3. Ryan,J.V.,and Bender,E.W.,"Fire Endurance of Open-Web Steel-Joist Floors with Concrete Slabs and Gypsum Ceilings," Building Materials and Structures.Report BMS 141,National Bureau of Standards,Washington,Aug. 1954. 4,Mitchell,N.D., "Fire Tests of Wood-Framed Walls and Partitions with Asbestos-Cement Facings." Building Materials and Structures. Report BMS 123,National Bureau of Standards,Washington,May 1951. 5.Robinson, H. E., Cosgrove, L. A., and Powell, F.J., "Thermal Resistance of Airspace and Fibrous Insulations Bounded by Reflective Surfaces," Building Materials and Structures, Report BMS 151,National Bureau of Standards,Washington, Nov. 1957. 6.Shoub,H.,and Ingberg,S.H.,"Fire Resistance of Steel Deck Floor Assemblies,"Building Science Series,11,National Bureau of Standards,Washington,Dec. 1967. 7. Davey,N.,and Ashton,L.A.,"Investigations on Building Fires,Part V:Fire Tests of Structural Elements,"National Building Studies, Research Paper,No. 12,Dept.of Scientific and Industrial Research (Building Research Station),London, 1953. 8,National Board of Fire Underwriters,Fire Resistance Ratings ofBeam,Girder,and Truss Protections, Ceiling Constructions, Column Protections,Floor and Ceiling Constructions,Roof Constructions, Walls and Partitions, New York. April 1959. 9. Mitchell,N.D.,Bender,E.D.,and Ryan,J.V.,"Fire Resistance of Shutters for Moving-Stairway Openings,"BuildingMateri- als and Structures,Report BMS 129,National Bureau of Standards,Washington,March 1952. 10.National Board of Fire Underwriters,National Building Code;an Ordinance Pro vidirrg for FireLinrits,and Regulations Gov- erning the Construction,Alteration, Equipment, or Romoval of Buildings or Structures. New York, 1949. 1.1.Department of Scientific and Industrial Research and of the Fire Offices' Committee, Joint Committee of the Building Research Board,"Fire Gradings of Buildings,Part l:General Principles and Structural Precautions."Post-WarBuildingStud- ies.No. 20,Ministry of Works,London, 1946. 12,Lawson,D.I.,Webster,C.T.,and Ashton, L.A., "Fire Endurance of Timber Beams and Floors,"National Building Studies. Bulletin,No.13,Dept.of Scientific and Industrial Research and Fire Offices'Committee(Joint Fire Research Organization), London, 1951. 13.Parker,T. W., Nurse, R.W., and Bessey, G.E., "Investigations on Building Fires.Part I:The Estimation of the Maximum Temperature Attained in Building Fires fro►u Examination of the Debris,and Part II:The Visible Change in Concrete or Mor- tar Exposed to High Temperatures," National Building Studies,Technical Paper, No. 4, Dept. of Scientific and Industrial Research (Building Research Station),London, 1950. 14. Bevan,R.C..and Webster,C.T.,"Investigations on Building Fires,Part III:Radiation from Building Fires,"National Build- ing Studies.Technical Paper,No.5,Dept.of Scientific and Industrial Research(Building Research Station),London,1950. 15.Webster, D.J., and Ashton, L.A., "Investigations on Building Fires,Part IV: Fire Resistance of Timber Doors," National Building Studies,Technical Paper,No.6, Dept. of Scientific and Industrial Research (Building Research Station).London, 1951. 16. Kidder,F. E.,Architects'and Builders'Handbook:Data for Architects.Structural Engineers. Contractors, and Draughts- men.comp.by a Staff of Specialists and H.Parker,editor-in-chief, 18th ed.,enl.,J.Wiley,New York, 1936. 17. Parker,H.,Gay, C.M.,and MacGuire,J.W.,Materials and Methods ofArchitectural Construction.3rd ed..J.Wiley,New York, 1958. 18.Diets,A. G.H.,Dwelling House Construction,The MIT Press,Cambridge, 1971. 19. Crosby,E.U.,and Fiske,H.A..Handbook ofFire Protection,51h ed.,The Insurance Field Company,Louisville,Ky.,1914, 20.Crosby,E.U.,Fiske,H.A.,and Forster,H.W.,Handbook ofFire Protection,8th ed.,R.S.Moulton,general editor,National Fire Protection Association,Boston, 1936. 21.Kidder, F. E., Building Construction and Superintendence, rev. and enl., by T. Nolan, W. T. Comstock, New York, 1909-1913, 2 vols. 22.National Fire Protection Association,Committee on Fire-Resistive Construction, The Baltimore Conflagration.2nd ed.,Chi- cago, t 904. 23.Przetak,L., Standard Details for Fire-Resistive Building Construction.McGraw-Hill Book Co.,New York, 1977, 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE 269 RESOURCE A 24, Hird,D.,and Fischl,C.F.,"Fire Hazard of Internal Linings,"National BuildnrgStudies,Special Report,No.22,Dept.of Sci- entific and Industrial Research and Fire Offices' Committee (Joint Fire Research Organization), London, 1954. 25.Menzel, C.A., Tests of the Fire-Resistance and Strength of Walls Concrete Masonry•Units, Portland Cement Association, Chicago. 1934. 26. Hamilton,S.B., "A Short History of the Structural Fire Protection of Buildings Particularly in England." National Building Studies,Special Report,No.27, Dept.of Scientific and Industrial Research (Building Research Station),London, 1958. 27.Sachs.E.O.,and Marsland.E.,"The Fire Resistance of Doors and Shutters being Tabulated Results of Fire Tests Conducted by the Committee."Journal of the British Fire Prevention Committee,No.VII,London, 1912. 28. Egan,M. D., Concepts in Building Firesafety,J.Wiley,New York, 1978. 29.Sachs,E.0.,and Marsland.E.,"The Fire Resistance of Floors being Tabulated Results of Fire Tests Conducted by the Com- mittee,"Journal of the British Fire Prevention Committee,No.VI, London, 1911. 30. Sachs, E. 0.,and Marsland,E., "The Fire Resistance of Partitions being Tabulated Results of Fire Tests Conducted by the Committee,"Journal of the British Fire Prevention Committee,No.IX.London, 1914. 31, Ryan,J, V.,and Bender, E. W.. "Fire Tests of Precast Cellular Concrete Floors and Roofs," National Bureau ofStandards Monograph, 45,Washington,April 1962. 32. Kingberg, S. H., and Foster, H. D., "Fire Resistance of Hollow Load-BearingWall Tile," National Bureau of Standards Research Paper,No.37, (Reprint from NBSJournal of Research,Vol.2) Washington, 1929. 33.Hull,W.A..and Ingberg,S.H.,"Fire Resistance of Concrete Columns," Technologic Papers ofthe Bureau ofStandards.No. 272,Vol. 18,Washington, 1925,pp.635-708. 34.National Board of Fire Underwriters, Fire Resistance Ratings ofLess than One Hour, New York,Aug. 1956. 35. Harmathy,T. Z., "Ten Rules of Fire Endurance Rating," Fire Technology,Vol. 1,May 1965,pp.93-102. 36.Son,B.C.."Fire Endurance Test on a Steel Tubular Column Protected with Gypsum Board,"National Bureau ofStandards. NBSIR,73-165,Washington, 1973, 37. Galbreath,M., "Fire Tests of Wood Door Assemblies," Fire Study, No. 36, Div, of Building Research. National Research Council Canada, Ottawa,May 1975. 38.Morris,W.A., "An Investigation into the Fire Resistance oFTimber Doors,"Fire Research Note,No.855,Fire Research Sta- tion, Boreham Wood,Jan. 1971. 39. Hall, G. S., "Fire Resistance Tests of Laminated Timber Beams," Timber Association Research Report, WRJRRIl, High Sycombe,July 1968. 40. Goalwin,D.S.,"Fire Resistance of Concrete Floors,"Building Materials and Structures,Report BMS 134,National Bureau of Standards,Washington,Dec. 1952. 41.Mitchell,N.D.,and Ryan.J.V.,"Fire Tests of Steel Columns Encased with Gypsum Lath and Plaster,"Bu11d7rigMater'ialsand Structures, Report BMS 135, National Bureau of Standards,Washington,April 1953. 42. Ingberg. S.H., "Fire Tests of BrickWalls," Building Materials and Structures, Report BMS 143,National Bureau of Stan- dards,Washington, Nov. 1954. 43. National Bureau of Standards, "Fire Resistance and Sound-Insulation Ratings for Walls,Partitions,and Floors." Technical Report on Building Materials. 44,Washington, 1944. 44. Malhotra,H.L.,"Fire Resistance of Brick and Block Walls,"Fire Note,No.6,Ministry of Technology and Fire Offices'Com- mittee Joint Fire Research Organization,London, HMSO, 1966. 45,Mitchell,N.D.. "Fire Tests of Steel Columns Protected with Siliceous Aggregate Concrete," Building Materials and Struc- tures,Report BMS 124,National Bureau of Standards,Washington,May 1951. 46. Freitag.J.K.,Fire Prevention and Fire Protection as Applied to Building Construction;a Handbook of Theoryand Practice, 2nd ed..J.Wiley,New York, 1921. 47. Ingberg, S. H., and Mitchell,N. D., "Fire Tests of Wood and Metal-Framed Partition," Building Materials and Structures. Report BMS 71,National Bureau of Standards,Washington, 1941. 48.Central Housing Committee on Research,Design,and Construction,Subcommittee on Definitions, "A Glossary of Housing Terms," Building Materials and Structures. Report BMS 91,National Bureau of Standards,Washington,Sept. 1942. 49.Crosby,E.U.,Fiske,H.A.,and Forster,H.W.,Handbook ofFireProtection,7th ed.,D.Van Nostrand Co.,New York 1924, 50. Bird,E. L., and Docking,S.J., Fire in Buildings.A. & C. Black, London, 1949, 51.American Institute of Steel Construction,Fire Resistant Construction in Modern Steel-Framed Buildings,New York,1959, 270 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® RESOURCE A 52. Central Dockyard Laboratory,"Fire Retardant Paint Tests-a Critical Review,"CDLTechnical Memorandum,No.P87173.H. M.Naval Base,Portsmouth,Dec. 1973. 53.Malhotra, H. L., "Fire Resistance of Structural Concrete Beams." Fire Research Note. No. 741, Fire Research Station, Borehamwood,May 1969. 54.Abrams,M.S.,and Gustaferro,A.H., "Fire Tests of Poke-Thru Assemblies,"Research and Development Bulletin, 1481-1, Portland Cement Association,Skokie, 1971, 55. Bulien,M.L., "A Note on the Relationship between Scale Fire Experiments and Standard Test Results,"Building Research Establishment Note,N51175, Borehamwood,May 1975. 56.The America Fore Group of Insurance Companies.Research Department,Sane Characteristic Fires in Fire Resistive Build- ings, Selected from twenty years record in the files of the N.F.P.A. "Quarterly,"New York,c. 1933. 57.Spiegelhalter,F.,"Guide to Design of Cavity Barriers and Fire Stops," Current Paper,CP 7177,Building Research Establish- ment, Borehamwood, Feb. 1977. 58.Wardle,T.M."Notes on the Fire Resistance of Heavy Timber Construction,"Information Series,No.53,New Zealand Forest Service,Wellington, 1966. 59. Fisher, R. W., and Smart, P. M. T., "Results of Fire Resistance Tests on Elements of Building Construction," Building Research Establishment Report, G R6.London, HMSO, 1975. 60.Serex,E.R.,"Fire Resistance of Alta Bates Gypsum Block Non-Load Bearing Wall,"Report to Alta Bates Community Hospi- tal, Structural Research Laboratory Report, ES-7000.University of Calif., Berkeley, 1969, fit.Thomas, F. G., and Webster,C.T., "Investigations on Building Fires,Part VI:The Fire Resistance of Reinforced Concrete Columns,"National Building Studies.Research Paper,No.18,Dept.of Scientific and Industrial Research(Building Research Station), London, HMSO, 1953. 62. Building Research Establishment, "Timber Fire Doors." Digest, 220, Borehamwood,Nov. 1978. 63.Massachusetts State Building Code:Recommended Provisions,Article 22: Repairs,Alterations,Additions,and Change of Use of Existing Buildings, Boston. Oct. 23, 1978. 64. Freitag,J.K.,Architectural Engineering:with Especial Reference to High Building Construction,Including Many Examples of Prominent Office Buildings. 2nd ed.,rewritten,J.Wiley,New York, 1906. 65,Architectural Record, Sweet's Indexed Catalogue ofBuilding Construction for the Year 1906, New York, 1906. 66. Dept.of Commerce,Building Code Committee,"Recommended Minimum Requirements for Fire Resistance in Buildings," Building and Housing. No. 14,National Bureau of Standards,Washington, 1931. 67.British Standards Institution,"Fire Tests on Building Materials and Structures."British Standards.476,Pt.1,London,1953. 68. Lbnberg-Holm, K., "Glass," The Architectural Record,Oct. 1930,pp.345-357. 69.Structural Clay Products Institute. "Fire Resistance," Technical Notes on Brick and Tile Construction. 16 rev.,Washington, 1964. 70.Ramsey, C. G., and Sleeper, H. R., Architectural Graphic Standards for Architects, Engineers, Decorators, Builders, and Draftsman.3rd ed.,J.Wiley,New York, 1941. 71. Underwriters' Laboratories, Fire Protection Equipment List,Chicago,Jan. t957. 72.Underwriters' Laboratories,Fire Resistance Directory:with Hourly Ratings for Beanrs. Columns,Floor's,Roofs, 14'alls,and Partitions.Chicago,Jan. 1977. 73.Mitchell,N. D., "Fire Tests of Gunite Slabs and Partitions." Building Materials and Structures.Report BMS 131, National Bureau of Standards,Washington,May 1952. 74.Woolson,I.H.,and Miller,R.P.,"FireTestsof Floors in the United States,"Proceedings InternationalAssociation for Testing Materials,VIth Congress.New York, 1912, Section C.pp.36-41. 75.Underwriters' Laboratories, "An Investigation of the Effects of Fire Exposure upon Hollow Concrete Building Units,Con- ducted for American Concrete Institute, Concrete Products Association, Portland Cement Association,Joint Submittors," Retardant Report,No. 1555, Chicago,May 1924. 76.Dept. of Scientific & Industrial Research and of the Fire Offices' Committee, Joint Committee of the Building Research Board. "Fire Gradings of Buildings. Part IV: Chimneys and Flues," Post-Mar Building Studies, No. 29, London, HMSO, 1952. 77.National Research Council of Canada. Associate Committee on the National Building Code, Fire Performance Ratings, Suppl. No. 2 to the National Building Code of Canada, Ottawa, 1965. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE 271 RESOURCE A 78.Associated F ac Cory Mutual Fire insurance Companies,The National Board of Fire Underwriters,and the Bureau of Standards, Fire Tests ofl3uilding Columns;an Eaperirnerrtal111i Psligation of the Resistance of Columns.Loaded and Exposed to Fire or toFireand Water,tvithRecord ofCharacteristicEfects,Jointly Conducted at Underwriters.Laboratories,Chicago,1917-19. 79. Malhotra,H.L.,"Effect of Age on the Fire Resistance of Reinforced Concrete Columms,"Fire Research Memorandum,No.1, Fire Research Station, Borehamwood,April 1970. 80. Bond,H.,ed.,Research on Fire:a Description ofthe Facilities,Personnel and Management ofAgencies Engaged in Research on Fire,a Staff Report,National Fire Protection Association,Boston, 1957. 81. California State Historical Building Code.Draft, 1978. 82.Fisher,F.L„et al.,"A Study of Potential Flashover Fires in Wheeler Hall and the Results from a Full Scale Fire Test of a Modi- fied Wheeler Hall Door Assembly,"Fire Research Laboratory Report.UCX 77-3;UCX-2480,University of Calif.,Dept.of Civil Eng.,Berkeley, 1977. 83.Freitag,J. K., The Fireproofing of Steel Buildings. 1st ed.,J.Wiley,New York, 1906. 84.Gross, D., "Field Burnout Tests of Apartment Dwellings Units," BuildmgSelence Series, 10,[National Bureau of Standards, Washington, 1967. 85.Dunlap,M.E.,and Cartwright,F.P.,"Standard Fire Tests for Combustible BuildingMaterials,"Proceedings oftheAmericalr Society for Testing Materials,vol.27,Philadelphia, 1927,pp. 534-546. 86.Menzel,C.A.,"Tests of the Fire Resistance and Stability of Walls of Concrete Masonry Units,"Proceedings oftheAmerican Society for Testing Materials,vol.31.Philadelphia, 1931,pp.607-660. 87.Steiner,A.J.,"Method of Fire-Hazard Classification of Building Materials,"Bulletin ofilreAmerlcan SocfetyforTestingarrd Materials,March 1943,Philadelphia, 1943, pp. 19-22. 88.Heselden, A. J. M., Smith, P. G., and Theobald, C. R., "Fires in a Large Compartment Containing Structural Steelwork; Detailed Measurements of Fire Behavior,°Fire Research Note,No.646,Fire Research Station,Borehamwood,Dec.1966. 89.Ministry of Technology and Fire Offices Committee Joint Fire Research Organization,"Fire and Structural Use of Timber in Buildings;Proceedings of the Symposium Held at the Fire Research Station,Borehamwood,Herts on 25th October, 1967," S}nrposfunr, No. 3, London, HMSO 1970. 90.Shoub,H.,and Gross, D., "Doors as Barriers to Fire and Smoke," Building Science Series,3,National Bureau of Standards, Washington, 1966. 91,Ingberg,S.H., "The Fire Resistance of Gypsum Partitions,"Proceedings of the American Society for Testing and Materials, vol.25,Philadelphia, 1925,pp.299-314. 92. Ingberg,S.H.."Influence ofMineral Composition of Aggregates on Fire Resistance of Concrete,"Proceedings ofthe Ameri- can Society for Testing and Materials,vol. 29, Philadelphia. 1929,pp.824-829. 93. Ingberg,S.H., "The Fire Resistive Properties of Gypsum," Proceedings of the American Society for Testing and Materials, vol. 23.Philadelphia, 1923,pp,254-256, 94. Gottschalk,F.W., "Some Factors in the Interpretation of Small-Scale Tests for Fire-Retardant Wood," Bulletin oftheAn7e1.1- can Society for Testing and Materials, October 1945,pp.40-43. 95.Ministry ofTechnology and Fire Offices'Committee Joint Fire Research Organization,"Behaviour of Structural Steel in Fire; Proceedings of the Symposium Held al the Fire Research Station Borehamwood,Herts on 24th January, 1967," Symposium, No.2,London, HMSO, 1968, 96. Gustaferro,A.H.,and Martin,L.D.,Design for Fire Resistance ofPre-cast Concrete,prep.for the Prestressed Concrete Insti- tute Fire Committee, 1st ed.,Chicago, PCI. I977. 97. "The Fire Endurance of Concrete; a Special Issue," Concrete Construction,vol. 18,no.8,Aug. 1974,pp. 345-440. 98.The British Constructional Steelwork Association,"Modern Fire Protection for Structural Steelwork," Publication,No.FPI, London, 1961. 99. Underwriters'Laboratories,"Fire Hazard Classification of Building Materials,"Bulletin.No.32,Sept.1944,Chicago,1959, 100. Central Housing Committee on Research. Design, and Construction. Subcommittee on Building Codes, "Recommended Building Code Requirements for New Dwelling Construction with Special Reference to War Housing; Report," Building Materials and Structures,Report BM 88,National Bureau of Standards,Washington,Sept. 1942. 10 1. De Coppet Bergh,D., Safe Building Construction:a Treatise Giving in Simplest Forms Possible Practical and Theoretical Rules and Formulae Used in Construction ofBuildhrgs and General Instruction,new ed., thoroughly rev.Macmillan Co., New York, 1908. 272 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODED RESOURCE A 102. C7,clopedia of Fire Prevention acrd Insurance;a General Reference Work on Fire and Fire Losses,Fireproof Construction, Building Inspection...,prep.by architects,engineers,underwriters and practical insurance men.American School of Corre- spondence,Chicago, 1912. 103.Setchkin,N.P.,and Ingberg.S.H.,"Test Criterion for an Incombustible Material," Proceedings ofthe American Society for Testing Materials,vol. 45,Philadelphia. 1945,pp.866-877. 104. Underwriters'Laboratories,"Report on Fire Hazard Classification of Various Species of Lumber,"Retardant.3365,Chicago, 1952. 105.Steingiser,S., "A Philosophy of Fire Testing,"Journal of Fire & Flammability,vol.3,July 1972,pp.238-253. 106. Yuill, C.H., Bauerschlag,W.H.,and Smith,H.M., "An Evaluation of the Comparative Performance of 2.4.1 Plywood and Two-Inch Lumber Roof Decking under Equivalent Fire Exposure." Fire Protection Section, Final Report, Project No. 717A-3-211,Southwest Research Institute,Dept.of Structural Research,San Antonio, Dec. 1962. 107.Ashton,L.A.,and Smart,P.M.T.,Sponsored Fire-Resistance Tests on Structural Elements,London,Dept.of Scientific and Industrial Research and Fire Offices. Committee,London, 1960. 108.Butcher,E.G.,Chitt v,T.B.,and Ashton,L.A.,"The Temperature Attained by Steel in Building Fires,"Fire Research Techni- cal Paper,No. 15,Ministry of Technology and Fire Offices.Committee,Joint Fire Research Organization,London,HMSO, 1966. 109.Dept.of the Environment and Fire Offices'Committee,Joint Fire Research Organization,"Fire-Resistance Requirements for Buildings-a New Approach; Proceedings of the Symposium Held at the Connaught Rooms,London,28 September 1971," Symposium, No.5, London, HMSO, 1973. 110.Langdon Thomas,G.J.,"Roofs and Fire,"Fire Note,No.3,Dept.of Scientific and Industrial Research and Fire Offices'Com- mittee,Joint Fire Research Organization,London, HMSO, 1963. 111.National Fire Protection Association and the National Board of Fire Underwriters, Report on Fire the Edison Phonograph Works,Thomas A. Edison,Inc.,West Orange,N.J.,December 9, 1914,Boston, 1915. 112.Thompson,J. P., Fire Resistance of Reinforced Concrete Floors,Portland Cement Association,Chicago, 1963. 113.Forest Products Laboratory."Fire Resistance Tests of Plywood Covered Wall Panels,"Information reviewed and reaffirmed, Forest Service Report,No. 1257,Madison,April 1961. 114.Forest Products laboratory, "Charring Rate of Selected Woods-Transverse to Grain," Forest Service Research Paper,FLP 69,Madison,April 1967. 115. Bird,G.1.,"Protection of Structural Steel Against Fire,"Fire Note,No.2,Dept.of Scientific and Industrial Research and Fire Offices' Committee,Joint Fire Research Organization, London, HMSO, 1961. 116. Robinson,W. C.. The Parker Building Fire,Underwriters' Laboratories,Chicago,c. 1908. 117. Ferris,J.E.,"Fire Hazards of Combustible Wallboards," Commonwealth Experimental Building Station Special Report.No. 18,Sydney.Oct. 1955. 118.Markwardt,L.J.,Bruce,H.D.,and Frras,A.D., "Brief Description of Some Fire-Test Methods Used for Wood and Wood Base Materials," Forest Service Report,No. 1976,Forest Products Laboratory,Madison, 1976. 119. Foster,H.D.,Pinkston,E.R.,and Ingberg,S.H.,"Fire Resistance of Walls of Gravel-Aggregate Concrete Masonry Units," Building Materials and Structures.Report,BMS 120,National Bureau of Standards,Washington,March 1951. 120.Foster, H. D., Pinkston, E.R., and Ingberg, S. H., "Fire Resistance of Walls of Lightweight-Aggregate Concrete Masonry Units," Building Materials and Structures. Report BMS 117,National Bureau of Standards,Washington,May 1950, 12 1.Structural Clay Products Institute,"Structural Clay Tile Fireproofing," Technical Notes on Brick&Tile Construction,vol. 1, no. 11,San Francisco,Nov. 1950. 122.Structural Clay Products Institute,"Fire Resistance Ratings of Clay Masonry Walls-I," Technical Notes on Brick&Tile Con- struction.vol.3,no. 12,San Francisco,Dec. 1952. 123.Structural Clay Products Institute."Estimating the Fire Resistance of Clay Masonry Walls-II," Technical Notes on Brick& Tile Construction,vol. 4,no. 1,San Francisco,Jan. 1953. 124.Building Research Station, "Fire:Materials and Structures," Digest,No. 106,London, HMSO, 1958. 125.Mitchell, N. D., "Fire Hazard Tests with Masonry Chimneys," NFPA Publication,No. Q-43-7,Boston,Oct. 1949. 126.ClintonWire Cloth Company,Some Test Data on FireproofFloorConstr•uctiorrRelatirngto Cinder Concrete, Terra Cotta and G}psum,Clinton, 1913. 127.Structural Engineers Association of Southern California,Fire Ratings Subcommittee,"Fire Ratings,a Report,"part of Annual Report,Los Angeles, 1962, pp. 30-38. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE 273 RESOURCE A 128.Lawson,D.1.,Fox,L.L.,and Webster,C.T., "The Healing of Panels by Flue Pipes," Fire Research,Special Report,No. 1, Dept.of Scientific and Industrial Research and Fire Offices' Committee,London,HMSO, 1952. 129.Forest Products Laboratory,"Fire Resistance of Wood Construction,"Excerpt From`Wood Handbook-Basic Information on Wood as a Material of Construction with Data for its Use in Design and Specification,'Dept.ofAgriculture Handbook,No.72, Washington, 1955,pp. 337-350. 130.Goalwin,D.S., "Properties of Cavity Walls."Building Materials and Structures.Report BMS 136,National Bureau of Stan- dards.Washington, May 1953. 131. Humphrey,R.L.,"The Fire-Resistive Properties of Various Building Materials," Geological Sure ey Bulletin.370,Washing- ton, 1909. 132. National Lumber Manufacturers Association, "Comparative Fire Test on Wood and Steel Joists," Technical Report.No. 1, Washington, 1961. 133.National Lumber Manufacturers Association,"Comparative Fire Test of Timber and Steel Beams," Technical Report,No.3. Washington. 1963. 134.Malholra,H.L.,and Morris,W.A.,"Tests on Roof Construction Subjected to External Fire,"Fire Note,No.4,Depl.of Scien- tific and Industrial Research and Fire Offices' Committee,Joint Fire Research Organization,London, HMSO, 1963. 135. Brown,C.R.,"Fire Tests of Treated and Untreated Wood Partitions,"Research Paper,RP 1076.part of,Journal ofResearch of the National Bureau of Standards, vol. 20,Washington,Feb. 1938,pp. 217-237. 136. Underwriters'Laboratories,"Report on Investigation of Fire Resistance of Wood Lath and Lime Plaster Interior Finish,"Pub- lication,SP. I. 230, Chicago,Nov. 1922. 137, Underwriters' Laboratories, "Report on Interior Building Construction Consisting of Metal Lath and Gypsum Plaster on Wood Supports." Retardant,No. 1355,Chicago, 1922. 138. Underwriters'Laboratories,"An Investigation of the Effects of Fire Exposure upon Hollow Concrete Building Units,"Retar- dant,No. 1555, Chicago,May 1924. 139.Moran,T.H.,"Comparative Fire Resistance Ratings of Douglas Fir Plywood,"Douglas Fir Plyvoodilssoclation Laboratory Bulletin, 57-A,Tacoma, 1957. 140. Gage Babcock& Association, "The Performance of Fire-Protective Materials under Varying Conditions of Fire Severity," Report 6924, Chicago. 1969. 141.International Conference of Building Officials, Uniform Building Code(1979 ed.),Whittier,CA, 1979. 142.Babrauskas,V.,and Williamson,R.B.,"The Historical Basis of Fire Resistance Testing,Part I and Part II,"Fire Technology, vol. 14,no.3 & 4.Aug. & Nov. 1978,pp. 184-194.205, 304-316. 143. Underwriters' Laboratories, "Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials," 8th ed., Standard for Safety,UL263,Chi- cago, 1971. 144.Hold, H.G., Fire Protection in Buildings,Crosby, Lockwood,London, 1913. 145.Kollbrunner,C.F., "Steel Buildings and Fire Protection in Europe."Journal of the Structural Division.ASCE,vol.85,no. ST9,Proc.Paper 2264,Nov. 1959.pp. 125-149. 146,Smith,P.,"Investigation and Repair of Damage to Concrete Caused by Formwork and Falsework Fire,"Journal oftheAmeri- can Concrete Institute,vol.60,Title no. 60-66. Nov. 1963,pp. 1535-1566. 147. "Repair of Fire Damage," 3 parts, Concrete Construction.March-May, 1972. 148. National Fire Protection Association,National Fire Codes:a Compilation ofNFPA Codes,Standards,Recommended Prac- tices and Manuals. 16 vols., Boston, 1978. 149. Ingberg,S.H. "Tests of Severity of Building Fires," NFPA Quarterly.vol. 22,no. 1,July 1928, pp.43-61. 150. Underwriters'Laboratories."Fire Exposure Tests of OrdinaryWood Doors,"Bulletin ofResearch,no.6,Dec.1938,Chicago, 1942. 151. Parson, H., "The Tall Building under Test of Fire," Red Book,no. 17, British Fire Prevention Committee,London, 1899. 152. Sachs,E.O.,"The British Fire Prevention Committee Testing Station,"Red Book,no.13,British Fire Prevention Committee, London, 1899. 153.Sachs,E.0.,"Fire Tests with Unprotected Columns,"Red Book.no.11,British Fire Prevention Committee,London,1899. 154.British Fire Prevention Committee,"Fire Tests with Floors a Floor by the Expended Metal Company."Red Book,no. 14.Lon- don, 1899. 155. Engineering News.vol. 56.Aug.9, 1906,pp. 135-140. 274 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® RESOURCE 156. Engineering News,vol.36,Aug.6, 1896,pp.92-94. 157. Bauschinger,J., Mittheilungen de Mech.-Tech. Lab. der K. Tech. Nochschule,Munchen,vol. 12, 1885. 158. Engineering News,vol. 46, Dec. 26, 1901, pp.482-486,489-490. 159. The American Architect and Building News,vol. 31,March 28, 1891,pp. 195-201. 160.British Fire Prevention Committee, First International Fire Prevention Congress, Official Congress Report,London, 1903. 161.American Society For Testing Materials,Standard Specifiications forFire Tests ofMaterials and Construction(09-18).Phil- adelphia, 1918. 162.International Organization For Standardization,Fire Resistance Tests on Elements of Building Construction(R834).London. 1968. 163.Engineering Record,vol,35,]an.2, 1897,pp.93-94;May 29, 1897,pp.558-560;vol.36,Sept. 18, 1897,pp.337-340;Sept. 25, 1897,pp. 359-363; Oct. 2, 1897,pp. 382-387;Oct. 9, 1897,pp.402-405. 164.Babrauskas,Vytenis."Fire Endurance in Buildings,"PhD Thesis.Fire Research Group,Report,No.UCB FRG 76-16,Uni- versity of California, Berkeley. Nov. 1976. 165.The Institution of Structural Engineers and The Concrete Society,Fir•eResistance ofConcrete Stuuctut-es.London,Aug. 1975. 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" 275 276 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' INDEX A C ACCESSIBILITY 107.2, 505, 605, 310 CARPET 105.2, 602.2 701.1, 706, 801.2, 806, 906, 912.8, CEILING . , . 701.3, 703.2.1, 703.4 1001.2, 1005,1104.1, 1105.15, 1301.2.5, 708.1, 912.3.1, 1103.5, 1301.6.3.2 1408, Appendix B CERTIFICATE OF ADDITIONS 101.2, 101.3, 104.2, OCCUPANCY 110, 307.2, 901.4 105.2.2, 106.1.2, 115.5, 202, 308.5, CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY 101.2, 101.3, 104.2, 407, Chapter 10, 1301.1, 106.2, 115.5, 202, 305, 310.4, 406, 807.4.1, 1301.2.3, 1401.3 Chapter 9, 1101.1, 1101.2, 1101.4, ADMINISTRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 1 1105, 1201.2, 1301.1, 13 01.2.2 ALTERATIONS . . . . . . 101.2, 101.3, 101.8, CODE OFFICIAL . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 1, 104, 202, 104.2, 105-1.1, 105.1.2, 108.2, 115.5, 705.2, 807.5.1, 907.3.1, 1101.2, 202, 303, 310.6, 310.7, 310.8, 1101.3, 1103, 1105, 1202.7, 1301.3 Chapter 6, Chapter 7, Chapter 8, COMPARTMENTATION . . . . . . . . . .703.3.1, 1301.6.3, 807.4, 907.3.1, 1001.3, 1104, Table 1301.6.3, Table 1301.7 1301.2, 1301.2.4, 1401.3 COMPLIANCE METHODS . . . . . . . . . . 101.5, 301 1 1 Level 1 104.2.1, 202, 403, 404.2, 401.1.1,1301.1.1 405.2, Chapter 6, 701.2 Prescriptive compliance method . . . . . . . . . . 101.5.1, Level 2 . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 106.1.2, 202, 404, Chapter 7 Chapter 3 Level 3 , , . . . . 106.1.2, 202, 405, Chapter 8, 907.3.1 Work area compliance method. . . . . . . . . . . . 101.5.2 ALTERNATIVE MATERIALS,DESIGN, Classification or work . . . . . . . . . . . AND METHODS OF . . . .Chapter 4 CONSTRUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.11, 104.11.1 Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 5 APPEALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116.6 Alteration Level 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 6 APPLICABILITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102, 104-2.1, 1301.2 Alteration Level 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 7 ARCHITECT(see REGISTERED DESIGN Alteration Level 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 8 PROFESSIONAL) Change or occupancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 9 AREA(see BUILDING) Additions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 10 Historic buildings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 11 B Relocated buildings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 12 BOARD OF APPEALS 104.8, 112 Performance compliance method . . . . . . . 101.5.3, ° ° ° ° � � � ° ° � ° � Chapter 13 BUILDING CONFLICT. . . . .102.1, 113.1 Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .912.5, Table 912.5, CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. 04.2, 105.3, 912.5.1, 912.5.2, 1002, 1105.2, 105.4, 106, 113.4, 401.2 1301.2.3, 1301.6.2, Table 1307.1 Dangerous. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202, 1102.2 CONSTRUCTION SAFEGUARDS . . . . : . . . . . . . : . .101.6, Chapter 14 Existing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202, 706.2, CORRIDOR 902.1, 908, 912, 1002, 1003, 1301.2.3 Height. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .912.5, Table 912.5, Dead-end , . , . . . , . : . . , _ . ,701.3, 705.6, 912.4.1 912.5.1, 912.5.2, 1002, 1301.2.3, Doors 705.51, 912.4.1 1301.6.1, Table 1307.1 Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . .705.5.3, 705.5.4, 912.4.1 Historic . . . . . , . . . . . .202, 306.1, 308.9, 408, 501.1, 601.1, Chapter 11, 6101.1, p 8101.2, 13101.3, 13101.4 Relocated 101.2, 120.1, 309.1, 409, 1102.3, DEFINITIONS . . . . , . . . . . .202 1202.2, 120221, 1202.7 DEMOLITION 101.6, 104.2, 106.2, 108.5, Underground 902.2 113.2, 117, 1401.5, 1401.6, Unsafe. 115, 202 1402.1, 1403.1, 1404.1 BUILDING ELEMENTS DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING SAFETY . . . . . . . . 103, AND MATERIALS. 502, 602, 803, 903 104.10, 105.3, 109.3.7, 110.2 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE' 277 INDEX E LOAD-BEARING ELEMENT . . . . . . . 105.2.2, 202 EGRESS (see MEANS OF EGRESS) ELECTRICAL . . . , . . . . .. . 105.2, 307.6, 507, 708, 908 m ELEVATOR. . . . . 310.8.2, 605.1.2, 802.1.2, 1301.6.14, "fable 1301.6.14, Table 1301.7 MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . 101.8, 105.2, 310.2, 1401.6.6 EMERGENCY POWER. . , . . . . . . 705.4.5, 1301.6.15.1 MEANS OF EGRESS. . . . . . . . 106.1.2, 504, 604, 705, ENERGY. . . .. . . . . . . : . . . . . 307.5, 607, 711, 808 805, 905, 912.4,1101.3, ENGINEER (see REGISTERED DESIGN 1103.3, 1105.6, 1301.5, 1301.6.11, PROFESSONAL) Table 1301.6.11, 1301.6.15, Table 1301.6.15, EXISTING (see BUILDING) Table 1301.7, Table 1301.8 EXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .703.2.1, 703.4, 705.3, MECHANICAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105.2, 307.8, 705.8, Table 912.4, 912.4.1, 1002.2, 508, 602.4, 709, 802.2, 802.2.1, 909 1103, 1105, 1301.6.11, 1301.6.13 MOVED BUILDINGS (see BUILDING,RELOCATED) F FIRE ESCAPES. . . . . . . . . . 305.1, 305.2, 305.3, 305.5 0 FIRE PROTECTION. . . . . . . . 106.1.1.1, 503, 603, 704, 904, 1002.3, 1401.1, 1406.4 OCCUPANCY GROUP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 9 FIRE RATINGS . . . . . . . , Resource A OPENINGS . . . . . . . . 106.1.3, 116.2, 703.2, 705.3.1.1, FIRE SAFETY. . . . . . . . _ _ . . . . . . . . 101.8, 104.10, 705.3.1.2, 705.4.3, 705.5, 705.5.3, 107.2, 1001.2, 1103, 705.5.4, 803.1, 912.4.1, 1002.2, 1102.3, 1301.5, 1301.6, Table 1301.7, 1103.3, 1105.3, 1105.6, 1301.6.6, Table 1301.8, Table 1301.9 Table 1301.6.6(l), 1301.6.10.1,Table 1301.7 FLAME SPREAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x603.1 FLOOD HAZARD AREA. . . . . 109.3.3, 202, 308.2, P 501.3, 507.2.5, 601.3, 1001.1, 1003.5, 1101.4, 1202.6, 1301.3.3 FUEL GAS. 105.2, 307.7, 602.3.1 PERMITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.2, 105, 106.1, 106.2, 106.3, 107.1, 107.4, 108.1, 108.2, 108.3, 108.4, 108.5, 109.1, 109.2, G 109.3.9, 109.5, 606.2.1 GLASS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306, 502.2, 705.5.1, 705.5.2, PLUMBING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105.2, 307.9, 509, 1105.8, 1301.6.10.1 602.4, 710, 910 GUARDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .703.5, 705.10, 912.4.5, PRIMARY FUNCTION. . . . . . . . . . . .202, 310.7, 605.2 1103.9,1103.10 H R HANDRAILS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .705.9, RAMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310.8.5, 605.1.4 912.4.4, 1103.9 HAZARD CATEGORIES . . . . . . . . . . . .907.3.1, 912.4, REFERENCED STANDARDS . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 15 Table 912.4, 912.5, Table 912.5, REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL. . . . . . 106.1 912.6, Table 912.6 REHABILITATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101.7, 202, HEIGHT(see BUILDING) 704.4.3 HIGH-RISE BUILDING . . . . . . . . . . . . .704.2.1, 802.1, REPAIR. . . . . . . . . . . . . 105.2, 105.2.1, 105.2.2, 116.4, 804.1.1, 1301.6.15 116.5, 202, 402, Chapter 5, 1102, 1202.7, 1301.2.4, 1401.3, 1401.6.6 I INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . 104.4, 104.6, 104.7, 105.2, S 106.1, 106.3.1, 106.6.1, 109, 1202.7 SAFEGUARDS DURING CONSTRUCTION (see L CONSTRUCTION SAFEGUARDS) LIVE LOAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202, 705.3.1.2.2, SAFETY PARAMETERS 1301-5.3, 1301.6, 1105.13, 1106.1, 1401.61, 1401.6.5 Table 1301 7 278 2DO9 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE" INDEX SEISMIC FORCES w IBC level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101.5.41 WIND LOAD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .807.5.1, 907.2, 1202.3 Reduced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101.5.4.2 SEISMIC LOADS. . . . . . . . . . . . . .202, 807.4.1, 907.3, 912.6.1, 1202.4 SEISMIC RETROFIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix A SHAFT ENCLOSURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . 912.7,1301.6.6 SMOKE ALARMS 704.4.3, 1004 SNOW LOAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .707.4.3, 907.2, 1003.4, 1202.5 SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY . 702, 802, 902, 908.1, 1101.3 SPRINKLER SYSTEM 703.2.1, 704.2, 804.1, 1301.6.17, Table 1301.6.17, 1407 STAIRWAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307.3, 310.8.4, 703.2.1, 703.2.2, 703.2.3, 705.9.1, 708.3.5, 803.1, 912.4, 912.4.1, 912.4.2, 912.4.3, 912.4.4, 1103.3, 1103.6, 1103.9, 1105.6, 1105.11, 1105.13, 1405.1 STANDPIPE SYSTEMS. . . . . ,. 704.3, Table 1301.6.18, 1301.6.18.1, 1406.1 STRUCTURAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102.4.1, 104.10, 115.1, 302.2, 302.6.6, 305.4, 506, 606, 707, 807, 907, 1003, 1106 STRUCTURAL ALTERATION—LIMITED. . . . . . 807.4.3 SUBSTANTIAL DAMAGE . , . . . . 202, 506.2.2, 506.2.3 SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENT . . . . . . . 109.3.3, 202, 601.3, 1003.5, 1101.4, 1301.3.3 SUBSTANTIAL STRUCTURAL ALTERATION. 807.5.2 SUBSTANTIAL STRUCTURAL DAMAGE. . . . . . . 202, 506.2.2, 506.2.3 T TECHNICALLY INFEASIBLE , , . , , . . . . . , 202, 605.1, 605.1.6, 6051.9, 605.1.10, 912.8, 1104.1, 1105.15 TEMPORARY STRUCTURE , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 TESTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104.11.1; 106.1, 1301.6.10.1, 1407.1 U UNSAFE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115, 202, 908.2, 1106.2 UTILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111, 708.3.6, 1403.3 V VERTICAL OPENING PROTECTION . . . . . . , . .703.2, 803.1, 912.7.3, 912.7.4,1301.6.6, Table 1301.6.6(1), Table 1301.7 VIOLATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101.8, 113 2009 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE 279 icy Get Your Codes Electronically— Anytime, Anywhere Access Codes 24/7 Online at wwwOPOida.biz P!iFI:EN11UN0 !. Need your codes right away? Access the most comprehensive online source of information for building and construction codes available. 14emit n*0)dMar*QxWs and suMsrdsvW^dtn e Selections available on www.eCodes.biz include: �°nala+d.*�nihte • International Codes' • State and City Codes Ip�,��aVIMl m 1r+.m A� o*na • Legacy Codes • Standards • Commentaries • Plan Review Records and Checklists DOWNLOAD: ,. • Manuals • Software Products are In PUF file format NOW AVAILABLE-Take advantage of the new Enhanced and area;toblefar immediate dwh ate g � download;to be openedwrth eCodes Premium with the most powerful tools for working with AdobeAcrobat]Reader. � 4 kU...aw ,,,—t. ,bL. and collaborating on the codes through a web-based,global access uyrar. subscription service.With eCodes Premium,you can: —Document Compare You can compare different versions FRIEF. and/or years of the same code or standard. - —- - -Create customized online libraries by purchasing different freE E-Corks miiludesek" �Lje ud et oral radar 1ltevred ICC products and other third-party references and standards. onbnriKi wa io the uzwr. —Add notes,graphics,hyperlinks to other web sites,and other LmmMom documents to your reference material section by section. —New keyword and highlighting search features. —Receive automatic updates of code changes. —Copy, pasteandprintfromyourLibrary. Allorr bftisrst""purrh*srr ,al OVO ipnd 0 products.and jeCodes Premium is Macintosh and Windows compatible) �fijr*directV to the end Laer- eCodes User Options dtbwyou to decide how eCodes work best foryou: immmw eCodes Premium,eCodes Downloadj Free eCodes,and more.. GO [DIGITAL! www.t,_bCDft.biz I iupport a}L' odes.biz a. a Don't Miss Out On Valuable ICC Membership Benefits. h_ F Join ICC Today! � . Join the largest and most respected building code and safety organization. As an official member of the International Code Council , these great ICC benefits are at your fingertips. EXCLUSIVE MEMBER DISCOUNTS F ICC members enjoy exclusive discounts on codes,technical — y publications,seminars,plan reviews,educational materials, ` — videos,and other products and services. functions more effectively and with greater efficiency. Members TECHNICAL SUPPORT also enjoy special educational offerings that provide a forum to learn about and discuss current and emerging issues that affect ICC members get expert code support services, the building industry. opinions,and technical assistance from experienced engineers and architects,backed by ENHANCE YOUR CAREER " the world's leading repository of code publications. ICC keeps you current on the latest building codes,methods,and materials,Our conferences, r Ike I FREE CODE—LATEST EDITION job postings,and educational programs can also , Most new individual members receive a free help you advance your career. code from the latest edition of the International Codes, New corporate and governmental CODE NEWS members receive one set of major ICC members have the inside track for International Codes(Building. Residential, code news and industry updates via e-mails, Fire,Fuel Gas, Mechanical, Plumbing, newsletters,conferences,chapter meetings,networking,and the Private Sewage Disposal). ICC website(WNv%v.iccsafe.org). Obtain code opinions,reports, FREE CODE MONOGRAPHS adoption updates,and more. Without exception, ICC is your number one source for the very latest code and safety standards Code monographs and other materials on proposed International information. Code revisions are provided free to ICC members upon request. MEMBER RECOGNITION ICC BUILDING SAFETY JOURNAL' Improve your standing and prestige among your peers. A subscription to our official magazine ICC member cards,wall certificates,and logo decals identify is included with each membership.The your commitment to the community and to the safety of people magazine offers insightful articles authored worldwide. by world-renowned code experts,plus code interpretations,job listings,event calendars, ]CC NETWORKING and other useful information. ICC members Take advantage of exciting new opportunities may also enjoy a subscription to an electronic to network with colleagues,future employers, newsletter. potential business partners,industry experts,and PROFESSIONAL more than 40,000 ICC members. ICC also has over 300 chapters across North America and DEVELOPMENT around the globe to help you stay informed on Receive"Member Onlv Discounts" for local events,to consult with other professionals, on-site training, institutes,symposiums, and to enhance your reputation in the local community. audio virtual seminars,and on-line training! ICC delivers educational programs that enable members to transition to the For more information about membership ]-Codes',interpret and enforce codes,perform plan reviews, or to join ICC,visit www.iccsafe.org/members design and build safe structures,and perform administrative or call toll-free 1-8884CCSAFE(422-7233),x33804 IC�G INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL Peopte He[ping._ a t' � I5� ti �j :INTRODUCING SAVE TM Sustainable Attributes Verification and Evaluation`"—New from IMES�' The new SAVE"program from ICC-ES provides the most trusted third-party verification available today for sustainable construction products. Under this program,ICC-ES evaluates and confirms product's sustainable attributes.The SAVE" program may also assist in identifying products that help qualify for points under major green rating systems such as US Green Building Council's LEED, Green Building Initiative's Green Globes or ICC/NAHB's proposed National Green Building Standard (NGBS).When it comes to making sure that products possess the sustainable attributes claimed,you can trust ICC-ES SAVE. FOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUT SAVE: 1-800-423-6587 1 www.icc-es.org/sage t ICC EVALUATION Code Council Training WHAT You Want, WHEN You Want It,WHERE You Want It, HOW You Want It,WHO You Want CLASSROOM TRAINING •You select the topic • You select:the date You select the location : •You select t he inskruciar s ICCCAMPLIS-DRG ■ +Ava;t�Lbie 24/7 - +access to e nlirie courses for 99 days ■ Certification Practice cou rse;allow pu to build study skills Still need something more?The International Code Councils staff of technical experts and instructional designers will customize trainingto-meet your needs.Need local amendments added to the training?Want a topic you don't see?Contact the training department and get the answers to your training needs. Ready to earn your degree?Red Rocks Community College,in partnership with the International Code Council,offers an online degree in Building Code Administration. Code Council Training and Education Your One-Stop Training Solution FIND OUT MORE TODAY! 1-888-ICC-SAFE (422-7233), x33818 www.iccsafe.org/trainingO9 1 A MEM OED Or T"r— INI-rERNA-MC3 dA,I.. CODE FAMILY' ICC ry INTEFLNATIONAL- BUIL.DiNE3 CEICAE'`" it w V L CC Web Site: www.icesafe.org Support. 1-888-422-7233, ext. 33822 INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL -mail: support(keeodes.biz Electronic Media Store: www.ecodes.biz .1�009 International Buildinor Code Uildina Code ternationally,code off lcfaIs recognize the need for a modern, up-to-date building code addressing the design and Installation of building systems through requirements am phasizin9 perrormancc. The International Building Ctadee, In this 2009 edition, is designed to meet these needs through model code regulations that safeguard the public health and safety In all comrnuntties, large and small. Document M 9000.19304-71F60-00C�[�h�7�� Automatically sign me Into thin docamant in the future (Do not selea lids when using .a public comPuRer) rdd Uninstall License Check For Updates - r - t. This dioc>rlment has lbeer-3 protected by !CC using prcitectedi tif, a document rights managernerit and tra[lking techn[oiGgy that helps pubiis.hers protect and sell ilectrr,nic c<,ntLtnt. With pmlrectedpdf yQLi Can manage document acres5, p6nting and updabE dmumanl: versiurts, ic,Copy;ight ?00�:--2DOG Vitaiuni Svsti,+ns i-rr- All Riaghts Poserveld.. pleas' vislc '- "% .I}"I _C .'I ,1 e1,.;i=1' for TGl rn'$ or Use and PF7Vacy PD kcy PREFACE Introduction Internationally,code officials recognize the need for a modern,up-to-date building code addressing the design and installation of building systems through requirements emphasizing performance. The International Building Code', in this 2009 edition, is designed to meet these needs through model code regulations that safeguard the public health and safety in all communities,large and small. This comprehensive building code establishes minimum regulations for building systems using prescriptive and perfor- mance-related provisions, It is founded on broad-based principles that make possible the use of new materials and new building designs.This 2009 edition is fully compatible with all the International Codes' (I-Codes") published by the International Code Council (ICC)', including the International Energy Conservation Code'. International Existing Building Code', International Fire Code', International Fuel Gas Code', International Mechanical Code`, ICC Performance Code', International Plumbing Code', International Private Sewage Disposal Code'. International Property Maintenance Code`, International Residential Code',International Ivildland-Urban Interface Coder"and International Zoning Code'. The International Building Code provisions provide many benefits,among which is the model code development process that offers an international forum for huilding professionals to discuss performance and prescriptive code requirements.This forum pro- vides an excellent arena to debate proposed revisions.This model code also encourages international consistency in the application of provisions. Development The first edition of the International Building Code(2000) was the culmination of an effort initiated in 1997 by the ICC. This included five drafting subcommittees appointed by ICC and consisting of representatives of the three statutory members of the International Code Council at that time,including.Building Officials and Code Administrators International,Inc. (BOCA),Inter- national Conference of Building Officials(ICBO)and Southern Building Code Congress International(SBCCI).The intent was to draft a comprehensive set of regulations for building systems consistent with and inclusive of the scope of the existing model codes. Technical content of the latest model codes promulgated by BOCA,ICBO and SBCCI was utilized as the basis far the development, followed by public hearings in 1997,1998 and 1999 to consider proposed changes.This 2009 edition presents the code as originally issued,with changes reflected in the 2003 and 2006 editions and further changes approved through the ICC Code Development Pro- cess through 2008,A new edition such as this is promulgated every 3 years. This code is founded on principles intended to establish provisions consistent with the scope of a building code that adequately protects public health,safety and welfare;provisions that do not unnecessarily increase construction costs;provisions that do not restrict the use of new materials,products or methods of construction;and provisions that do not give preferential treatment to par- ticular types or classes of materials,products or methods of construction. Adoption The International Building Code is available for adoption and use by jurisdictions internationally. Its use within a governmental jurisdiction is intended to be accomplished through adoption by reference in accordance with proceedings establishing the jurisdic- tion's laws.At the time of adoption,jurisdictions should insert the appropriate information in provisions requiring specific local information,such as the name of the adopting jurisdiction.These locations are shown in bracketed words in small capital letters in the code and in the sample ordinance.The sample adoption ordinance on page xv addresses several key elements of a code adoption ordinance, including the information required for insertion into the code text. Maintenance The International Building Code is kept up to date through the review of proposed changes submitted by code enforcing ofRcials, industry representatives,design professionals and other interested parties.Proposed changes are carefully considered through an open code development process in which all interested and affected parties may participate. The contents of this work are subject to change both through the Code Development Cycles and the governmental body that enacts the code into law.For more information regarding the code development process,contact the Code and Standard Develop- ment Department of the International Code Council. While the development procedure of the International Building Code assures the highest degree of care,ICC,its members and those participating in the development of this code do not accept any liability resulting from compliance ornoncompliance with the provisions because ICC does not have the power or authority to police or enforce compliance with the contents of this code.Only the governmental body that enacts the code into law has such authority. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' lit Letter Designations in Front of Section Numbers In each code development cycle,proposed changes to the code are considered at the Code Development Hearings by the applicable ICC Code Development Committee,whose action constitutes a recommendation to the voting membership for final action on the proposed change.Proposed changes to a code section that has a number beginning with a letter in brackets are considered by a dif- ferem code development committee. For example. proposed changes to code sections that have [F] in front of them (e.g., [F] 903.1.1.1) are considered by the ICC Fire Code Development Committee at the code development hearings. The content of sections in this code that begin with a letter designation are maintained by another code development committee in accordance with the following: [E] = International Energy Conservation Code Development Committee; [EBI = International Existing Building Code Development Committee; [F] = International Fire Code Development Committee; [FG] = International Fuel Gas Code Development Committee; [M] = International Mechanical Code Development Committee; and [P] = International Plumbing Code Development Committee. Marginal Markings Solid vertical lines in the margins within the body of the code indicate a technical change from the requirements of the 2006 edition, Deletion indicators in the form of an arrow(no) are provided in the margin where an entire section,paragraph,exception or table has been deleted or an item in a list of items or a table has been deleted. Chapter 7 user note:Chapter 7 of the code has been reorganized from the 2006 edition as a result of an approved code change proposal.This proposal renumbered what was Section 714 in the 2006 edition to Section 704 in this edition,which in turn resulted in renumbering Sections 704 through 713 in the 2006 edition to Sections 705 through 714 in this edition. Marginal markings are included at each section number but have not been included to reflect the subsection renumbering. Coordination between the International Building and Fire Codes Because the coordination of technical provisions is one of the benefits of adopting the ICC family ofmodel codes,users will find the ICC codes to be a very flexible set of model documents. To accomplish this flexibility some technical provisions are duplicated in some of the model code documents. While the International Codes are provided as a comprehensive set of model codes for the built environment,documents are occasionally adopted as a stand-alone regulation. When one of the model documents is adopted as the basis of a stand-alone code,that code should provide a complete package of requirements with enforcement assigned to the entity for which the adoption is being made. The model codes can also be adopted as a family of complimentary codes. When adopted together there should be no conflict of any of the technical provisions.When multiple model codes are adopted in a jurisdiction it is important for the adopting authority to evaluate the provisions in each code document and determine how and by which agency(ies)they will be enforced. It is important, therefore,to understand that where technical provisions are duplicated in multiple model documents that enforcement duties must be clearly assigned by the local adopting jurisdiction.ICC remains committed to providing state-of-the-art model code documents that,when adopted locally,will reduce the cost to government of code adoption and enforcement and protect the public health, safety and welfare. Italicized Terms Selected terms set forth in Chapter 2, Definitions, are italicized where they appear in code text (except those in Sections 1903 through 1908 where italics indicate provisions that differ from ACI 318). Such terms are not italicized where the definition set forth in Chapter 2 does not impart the intended meaning in the use of the term.The terms selected have definitions which the user should read carefully to facilitate better understanding of the code. iv 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE'` Effective Use of the International Building Code The International Building Code (IBC') is a model code that provides minimum requirements to safeguard the public health, safety and general welfare of the occupants of new and existing buildings and structures.The IBC is fully compatible with the ICC family of codes,including: Inter-national Energy Conservation Code' (IECC'),International Exisihig Building Code` (IEBC'), International Fire Code' (IFC'), International Fuel Gas Code' (IFGCI), International Mechanical Code` (IMC`),ICCPei7or•- rnarnce Code' (ICCPC"),Inter national Plumbing Code' (IPCk).InternationalPrivateSewageDisposal Code' (IPSDC'),Interna- tional Proport) Maintenance Code' (IPM C'), International Residential Code' (IRC').International Wildland-Urban Interface Coder ' (IWLiIC') and International Zoning Code' (IZC1). The IBC addresses structural strength,means of egress,sanitation,adequate lighting and ventilation,accessibility,energy con- servation and life safety in regards to new and existing buildings.facilities and systems.The codes are promulgated on a 3-year cycle to allow for new construction methods and technologies to be incorporated into the codes.Alternative materials,designs and meth- ods not specifically addressed in the code can be approved by the code official where the proposed materials,designs or methods comply with the intent of the provisions of the code (see Section 104.11). The IBC applies to all occupancies,including one-and two-family dwellings and townhouses that are not within the scope of the 1RC.The IRC is referenced for coverage of detached one-and two-Family dwellings and townhouses as defined in the Exception to Section 10I.2 and the definition for "townhouse" in Chapter 2. The IBC applies to all types of buildings and structures unless exempted.Work exempted from permits is listed in Section 105.2. Arrangement and Format of the 2009 IBC Before applying the requirements of the IBC,it is beneficial to understand its arrangement and formal.The IBC.like other codes published by ICC, is arranged and organized to follow sequential steps that generally occur during a plan review or inspection. Chapters Subjects 1-2 Administration and definitions 3 Use and occupancy classifications 4.31 Special requirements For specific occupancies or elements 5-6 Height and area limitations based on type of construction 7-9 Fire resistance and protection requirements 10 Requirements for evacuation 11 Specific requirements to allow use and access to a building for persons with disabilities 12-13.27-30 Building systems,such as lighting.HVAC,plumbing fixtures,elevators 14-26 Structural components—performance and stability 32 Encroachment outside of property lines 33 Safeguards during construction 34 Existing building allowances 35 Referenced standards Appendices A-K Appendices 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" u The IBC requirements for high hazard, fire-resistance-rated construction. interior finish, fire protection systems, means of egress,emergency and standby power,and temporary structures are directly correlated with the requirements of the IFC.The fol- lowing chapters/sections of the IBC are correlated to the IFC: IBC IFC ChaplerlSeclion Chapter/Section Subject Sections 307,414,415 Chapters 27-44 High-hazard requirements Chapter 7 Chapter 7 Fire-resistance-rated construction Chapter 8 Chapter 8 Interior finish,decorative materials and furnishings Chapter 9 Chapter 9 Fire protection systems Chapter 10 Chapter 10 Means of egress Chapter 27 Section 604 Standby and emergency power Section 3103 Chapter 24 Temporary structures The 113C requirements for smoke control systems.and smoke and fire dampers are directly correlated to the requirements of the IMC.IBC Chapter 28 is a reference to the IMC and the IFGC for chimney,fireplaces and barbeques,and all aspects of mechanical systems.The following chapters/sections of the IBC are correlated with the IMC: IBC IMC Chapter/Section ChaplerlSeclion Subject Section 716 Section 607 Smoke and fire dampers Section 909 Section 513 Smoke control The 113C requirements for plumbing fixtures and toilet rooms are directly correlated to the requirements of the IPC.The following chapters/sections of the IBC are correlated with the IPC: IBC IPC ChaplerlSection ChaplerlSeclion Subject Chapter 29 Chapters 3&4 Plumbing fixtures and facilities The following is a chapter-by-chapter synopsis of the scope and intent of the provisions of the International Building Code. Chapter 1.Scope and Administration.Chapter 1 establishes the limits of applicability of the code and describes how the code is to be applied and enforced.Chapter 1 is in two parts.Part 1--Scope and Application(Sections 101--102)and Part 2--Administration and Enforcement (Sections 103-116).Section 101 identifies which buildings and structures come under its purview and references other ICC codes as applicable.Standards and codes are scoped to the extent referenced (see Section 102.4), The building code is intended to be adopted as a legally enforceable document and it cannot be effective without adequate provi- sions for its administration and enforcement. The provisions of Chapter 1 establish the authority and duties of the code official appointed by the jurisdiction having authority and also establish the rights and privileges of the design professional,contractor and property owner. Chapter 2 Definitions.All terms that are defined in the code are listed alphabetically in Chapter 2.Terms are defined in Chapter 2 or there is a reference to the section where the definition is located.While a defined term may be listed in one chapter or another,the meaning is applicable throughout the code. Codes are technical documents and every word, term and punctuation mark can impact the meaning of the code text and the intended results.The code often uses terms that have a unique meaning in the code and the code meaning can differ substantially from the ordinarily understood meaning of the term as used outside of the code.Where understanding of a term's definition is espe- cially key to or necessary for understanding a particular code provision,the tetra is shown in italicswherever it appears in the code. Vi 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" This is true only for those terms that have a meaning that is unique to the code.In other words,the generally understood meaning of a tern or phrase might not be sufficient or consistent with the meaning prescribed by the code;therefore. it is essential that the code-defined meaning be known. Definitions are deemed to be of prime importance in establishing the meaning and intent of the code text that uses the terms.The user of the code should be familiar with and consult this chapter because the definitions are essential to the correct interpretation of the code and because the user may not be aware that a term is defined. Chapter 3 Use and Occupancy Classification.Chapter 3 provides for the classification of buildings,structures and parts thereof based on the purpose or purposes for which they are used.Section 302 identifies the groups into which all buildings,structures and parts thereof must be classified.Sections 303 through 312 identify the occupancy characteristics of each group classification,In some sections,specific group classifications having requirements in common are collectively organized such that one term applies to all. For example, Groups A-1, A-2, A-3, A-4 and A-5 are individual groups for assembly-type buildings. The general term "Group A,"however,includes each of these individual groups.Other groups include Business(13).Educational (E),Factory (F-1, F-2),High Hazard(H-1,H-2,H-3,H-4,H-5),Institutional(I-1,1-2,1-3,1-4),Mercantile(M),Residential(R-1,R-2,R-3,R-4),Stor- age (S-1,S-2) and Utility (U).In some occupancies,the smaller number means a higher hazard, but that is not always the case. Defining the use of the buildings is very important as it sets the tone for the remaining chapters of the code.Occupancy works with the height,area and construction type requirements in Chapters 5 and 6,as well as the special provisions in Chapter 4,to deter- mine "equivalent risk," or providing a reasonable level of protection or life safety for building occupants.The determination of equivalent risk involves three interdependent considerations: (1)the level of fire hazard associated with the specific occupancy of the facility:(2)the reduction of fire hazard by limiting the floor area(s)and the height of the building based on the fuel load(combus- tible contents and burnable building components) and (3) the level of overall fire resistance provided by the type of construction used for the building.The greater the potential fire hazards indicated as a function of the group,the lesser the height and area allow- ances for a particular construction type. Occupancy classification also plays a key part in organizing and prescribing the appropriate protection measures. As such, threshold requirements for fire protection and means of egress systems are based on occupancy classification (see Chapters 9 and 10).Other sections of the code also contain requirements respective to the classification of building groups.For example,Section 706 deals with requirements for f ire wall fire-resistance ratings that are tied to the occupancy classification of a building and Section 803.9 contains interior finish requirements that are dependent upon the occupancy classification.The use of the space,rather than the occupancy of the building is utilized for determining occupant loading (Section 1004) and live loading (Section 1607). Chapter 4 Special Detailed Requirements Based On Use and Occupancy.Chapter 4 contains the requirements for protecting special uses and occupancies,which are supplemental to the remainder of the code. Chapter 4 contains provisions that may alter requirements found elsewhere in the code; however, the general requirements of the code still apply unless modified within the chapter.Forexample,the height and area limitations established in Chapter 5 apply to all special occupancies unless Chapter 4 con- tains height and area limitations.in this case,the limitations in Chapter 4 supersede those in other sections.An example of this is the height and area limitations For open parking garages given in Section 406.3.5,which supersede the limitations given in Section 503. In some instances,it may not be necessary to apply the provisions of Chapter 4.For example,if a covered mall building complies with the provisions of the code for Group M.Section 402 does not apply;however,other sections that deal with a use,process or operation must be applied to that specific occupancy,such as stages and platforms,special amusement buildings and hazardous materials (Sections 410,411 and 414). The chapter includes requirements for buildings and conditions that apply to one or more groups,such as high-rise buildings, underground buildings or atriums.Special uses may also imply specific occupancies and operations,such as for Group H,hazard- ous materials, application of flammable finishes, drying rooms, organic coatings and combustible storage or hydrogen cutoff rooms,all of which are coordinated with the IFC.Unique consideration is taken for special use areas,such as covered mall build- ings, motor-vehicle-related occupancies. special amusement buildings and aircraft-related occupancies. Special facilities within other occupancies are considered, such as stages and platforms, motion picture projection rooms and storm shelters.Finally, in order that the overall package of protection features can be easily understood,unique considerations for specific occupancies are addressed: Groups I-1, 1-2,1-3, R-1, R-2,R-3 (by definition R-4),ambulatory care facilities and live/work units. Chapter 5 General Building Heights and Areas.Chapter 5 contains the provisions that regulate the minimum type of construc- tion for area limits and height limits based on the occupancy of the building.Height and area increases(including allowances for basements,mezzanines and equipment platforms)are permitted based on open frontage for fire department access,and the type of sprinkler protection provided and separation(Sections 503-506,509).These thresholds are reduced for buildings over three stories in height in accordance with Section 506.4.1.Provisions include the protection and/or separation of incidental accessory occupan- cies(Table 508.2.5),accessory occupancies(Sections 508.2)and mixed uses in the same building(Sections 506.5,508.1508.4 and 509). Unlimited area buildings are permitted in certain occupancies when they meet special provisions (Section 507). 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE vii Table 503 is the keystone in setting thresholds for building size based on the building's use and the materials with which it is con- structed.If one then looks at Table 503,the relationship among group classification,allowable heights and areas and types of con- struction becomes apparent.Respective to each group classification,the greater the fire-resistance rating of structural elements,as represented by the type of construction,the greater the floor area and height allowances.The greater the potential fire hazards indi- cated as a function of the group,the lesser the height and area allowances for a particular construction type. Chapter 6 Types of Construction.The interdependence of these fire safety considerations can be seen by first looking at Tables 601 and 602,which show the fire-resistance ratings of the principal structural elements comprising a building in relation to the five classifications for types of construction.Type I construction is the classification that generally requires the highest fire-resistance ratings for structural elements,whereas Type V construction,which is designated as a combustible type of construction,generally requires the least amount of fire-resistance-rated structural elements.The greater the potential fire hazards indicated as a function of the group,the lesser the height and area allowances for a particular construction type.Section 603 includes a list of combustible ele- ments that can be part of a noncombustible building (Types I and 11 construction). Chapter 7 Fire and Smoke Protection Features.The provisions of Chapter 7 present the fundamental concepts of fire perfor- mance that all buildings are expected to achieve in some form.This chapter identifies the acceptable materials,techniques and meth- ods which proposed construction can be designed and evaluated against to determine a building's ability to limit the impact of Fire. The fire-resistance-rated construction requirements within Chapter 7 provide passive resistance to the spread and effects of fire. Types of separations addressed include fire walls,fire barriers,fire partitions,horizontal assemblies,smoke barriers and smoke par- titions.A fire produces heat that can weaken structural components and smoke products that cause property damage and place occu- pants al risk.The requirements of Chapter 7 work in unison with height and area requirements(Chapter 5),active Fire detection and suppression systems (Chapter 9) and occupant egress requirements (Chapter 10) to contain a fire should it occur while helping ensure occupants are able to safely exit. Chapter 8 Interior Finishes.This chapter contains the performance requirements for controlling fire growth within buildings by restricting interior finish and decorative materials.Past fire experience has shown that interior finish and decorative materials are key elements in the development and spread of fire.The provisions of Chapter 8 require materials used as interior Finishes and deco- rations to meet certain flame-spread index or flame-propagation criteria based on the relative fire hazard associated with the occu- pancy. As smoke is also a hazard associated with fire, this chapter contains limits on the smoke development characteristics of interior finishes.The performance of the material is evaluated based on test standards. Chapter 9 Fire Protection Systems.Chapter 9 prescribes the minimum requirements for active systems of fire protection equip- ment to perform the following functions:detect a fire;alert the occupants or fire department of a fire emergency;and control smoke and control or extinguish the fire.Generally,the requirements are based on the occupancy.the height and the area of the building, because these are the factors that most affect fire-fighting capabilities and the relative hazard of a specific building or portion thereof.This chapter parallels and is substantially duplicated in Chapter 9 of the International Fire Code(IFC); however,the IFC Chapter 9 also contains periodic testing criteria that are not contained in the IBC. In addition,the special fire protection system requirements based on use and occupancy found in IBC Chapter 4 are duplicated in IFC Chapter 9 as a user convenience. Chapter 10 Means of Egress.The general criteria set forth in Chapter 10 regulating the design of the means of egress are estab- lished as the primary method for protection of people in buildings by allowing timely relocation or evacuation of building occu- pants.Both prescriptive and performance language is utilized in this chapter to provide for a basic approach in the determination of a safe exiting system for all occupancies.It addresses all portions of the egress system(i.e.,exit access,exits and exit discharge)and includes design requirements as well as provisions regulating individual components.The requirements detail the size, arrange- ment,number and protection of means of egress components.Functional and operational characteristics also are specified for the components that will permit their safe use without special knowledge or effort.The means of egress protection requirements work in coordination with other sections of the code,such as protection of vertical openings(see Chapter 7),interior finish(see Chapter 8),fire suppression and detection systems(see Chapter 9)and numerous others,all having an impact on life safety.Chapter 10 of the IBC is duplicated in Chapter 10 of the IFC:however,the IFC contains two additional sections on the means of egress system in exist- ing buildings. Chapter 11 Accessibility.Chapter 11 contains provisions that set forth requirements for accessibility of buildings and their associ- ated sites and facilities for people with physical disabilities.The fundamental philosophy of the code on the subject of accessibility is that everything is required to be accessible.This is reflected in the basic applicability requirement (see Section 1103.1). The code's scoping requirements then address the conditions under which accessibility is not required in terms of exceptions to this gen- eral mandate.While the IBC contains scoping provisions for accessibility(e.g.,what,where and how many), [CC/ANSI Al 17.1, Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities,is the referenced standard for the technical provisions (i.e.,how). There are many accessibility issues that not only benefit people with disabilities,but also provide a tangible benefit to people without disabilities.This type of requirement can be set forth in the code as generally applicable without necessarily identifying it Viii 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" specifically as an accessibility-related issue.Such a requirement would then be considered as having been "mainstreamed." For example,visible alarms are located in Chapter 9 and ramp requirements are addressed in Chapter 10, Accessibility criteria for existing buildings are addressed in Section 3411.Appendix E is supplemental information included in the code to address accessibility for items in the new Americans with Disabilities Act/Architectural Barriers Act Accessibility Guidelines (ADA/ABA)that were not typically enforceable through the standard traditional building code enforcement approach system (e.g., beds, room signage). The International Residential Code(IRC) references Chapter I 1 for accessibility provisions: therefore,this chapter may be applicable to housing covered under the IRC. Chapter 12 Interior Environment.Chapter 12 provides minimum standards for the interior environment of a building.The stan- dards address the minimum sizes of spaces,minimum temperature levels,and minimum light and ventilation levels.The collection of requirements addresses limiting sound transmission through walls, ventilation of attic spaces and under floor spaces (crawl spaces). Finally,the chapter provides minimum standards for walls,partitions and floors to resist water intrusion and damage in rooms such as toilet and shower facilities,where water is frequently in use. Chapter 13 Energy Efficiency.The purpose of Chapter 13 is to provide minimum design requirements that will promote efficient utilization of energy in buildings.The requirements are directed toward the design of building envelopes with adequate thermal resistance and low air leakage,and toward the design and selection of mechanical,water heating.electrical and illumination systems that promote effective use of depletable energy resources. For the specifics of these criteria, Chapter 13 requires design and con- struction in compliance with the International Energy Conservation Code(IECC). Chapter 14 Exterior Walls.This chapter addresses requirements for exterior walls of buildings.Minimum standards for wall cov- ering materials,installation of wall coverings and the ability of the wall to provide weather protection are provided.This chapter also requires exterior walls that are close to lot lines,or that are bearing walls for certain types of construction,to comply with the minimum fire-resistance ratings specified in Chapters 6 and 7.The installation of each type of wall covering,be it wood,masonry, vinyl,metal composite material or an exterior insulation and finish system,is critical to its long-term performance in protecting the interior of the building from the elements and the spread of fire.Special attention to the use of combustible materials on the exterior of the building such as balconies,eaves, decks and architectural trim is the focus of Section 1406. Chapter 15 Roof Assemblies and Rooftop Structures.Chapter 15 provides standards for both roof assemblies as well as struc- tures which sit on top of the roof of buildings.The criteria address roof construction and covering which includes the weather-pro- tective barrier at the roof and,in most circumstances,a fire-resistant barrier.The chapter is prescriptive in nature and is based on decades of experience with various traditional materials.These prescriptive rules are very important for satisfying performance of one type of roof covering or another.Section 1509 addresses rooftop structures including penthouses, tanks, towers and spires. Rooftop penthouses larger than prescribed in this chapter must be treated as a story under Chapter 5. Chapter 16 Structural Design.Chapter 16 prescribes minimum structural loading requirements for use in the design and construc- tion of buildings and structural components.It includes minimum design loads,as well as permitted design methodologies.Stan- dards are provided for minimum design loads(live,dead,snow,wind,rain,flood and earthquake as well as load combinations).The application of these loads and adherence to the serviceability criteria will enhance the protection of life and property.The chapter references and relies on many nationally recognized design standards.A key standard is the American Society of Civil Engineer's Minimum Design Loads forBuildin,s and Other Structures(ASCE 7).Structural design needs to address the conditions of the site and location.Therefore maps of rainfall,seismic,snow and wind criteria in different regions are provided. Chapter 17 Structural Tests and Special Inspections.Chapter 17 provides a variety of procedures and criteria for testing materi- als and assemblies,for labeling materials and assemblies,and for special inspection of structural assemblies.This chapter expands on the requirements of Chapter 1 regarding the roles and responsibilities of the building official regarding approval of building com- ponents.It also provides additional duties and responsibilities for the owner,contractor,design professionals and special inspectors. Proper assembly of structural components, proper quality of materials used, and proper application of materials are essential to ensuring that a building,once constructed,complies with the structural and fire-resistance minimums of the code and the approved design.To determine this compliance often requires continuous or frequent inspection and testing.Chapter 17 establishes these spe- cial inspection and testing standards as well as reporting of the work to the building official. Chapter Ili Soils and Foundations.Chapter 18 contains minimum requirements for design,construction and resistance to water intrusion of foundation systems for buildings and other structures.II provides criteria for the geotechnical and structural consider- ations in the selection and installation of adequate support for the loads transferred from the structure above.The uncertainties of foundation construction make it extremely difficult to address every potential failure within the text of the code. The chapter includes requirements for soils investigation and site preparation for receiving a foundation including the allowed load-bearing val- ues for soils and for protecting the foundation from water intrusion.Section 1808 addresses the basic requirements for all founda- tion types.Later sections address Foundation requirements that are specific to shallow foundations and deep foundations.Due care 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" ix must be exercised in the planning and design of foundation systems based on obtaining sufficient soils information, the use of accepted engineering procedures,experience and good technical judgment. Chapter 19 Concrete.This chapter provides minimum accepted practices to the design and construction of buildings and structural components using concrete—both plain and reinforced.Chapter 19 is formatted to parallel American Concrete Institute(ACI)318, Building Code Requirements for•Str•uctura1 Concrete.The chapter also includes references to additional standards.Structural con- crete must be designed and constructed to comply with this code and all listed standards.There are specific sections of the chapter addressing concrete slabs,anchorage to concrete,shotcrete,reinforced gypsum concrete and concrete-filled pipe columns.Because of the variable properties of material and numerous design and construction options available in the uses of concrete,due care and control throughout the construction process is necessary. Chapter 20 Aluminum.Chapter 20 contains standards for the use of aluminum in building construction.Only the structural appli- cations of aluminum are addressed.The chapter does not address the use of aluminum in specialty products such as storefront or window framing or architectural hardware.The use of aluminum in heating,ventilating or air-conditioning systems is addressed in the International Mechanical Code(1MC).The chapter references national standards from the Aluminum Association for use of aluminum in building construction,AA ASM 35,Aluminum Sheet Metal l4bAin Building Construction,and AA ADM 1.Alumi- num Design Manual.By utilizing the standards set forth,a proper application of this material can be obtained. Chapter 21 Masonry.This chapter provides comprehensive and practical requirements for masonry construction.The provisions of Chapter 21 require minimum accepted practices and the use of standards for the design and construction of masonry structures. The provisions address:material specifications and test methods:types of wall construction:criteria for engineered and empirical designs;required details of construction including the execution of construction. Masonry design methodologies including allow- able stress design,strength design and empirical design are covered by provisions of the chapter. Also addressed are masonry fire- places and chimneys.masonry heaters and glass unit masonry. Fire-resistant construction using masonry is also required to comply with Chapter 7. Masonry foundations are also subject to the requirements of Chapter 18. Chapter 22 Steel.Chapter 22 provides the requirements necessary for the design and construction of structural steel (including composite construction),cold-Formed steel,steel joists,steel cable structures and steel storage racks.The chapter specifies appro- priate design and construction standards for these types of structures.It also provides a road map of the applicable technical require- ments for steel structures. Steel is a noncombustible building material commonly associated with Types 1 and II construction: however,it is permitted to be used in all types of construction,The code requires that materials used in the design of structural steel members conform to designated national standards.Chapter 22 is involved with the design and use of steel materials using the speci- fications and standards of the American Institute for Steel Construction,the American Iron and Steel Institute,the Steel Joist Insti- tute and the American Society of Civil Engineers. Chapter 23 Wood. This chapter provides minimum guidance for the design of buildings and structures that use wood and wood-based products in their framing and fabrication. The chapter is organized around three design methodologies: allowable stress design(ASD),load and resistance-factor design(LRFD)and conventional light-frame construction.Included in the chapter are references to design and manufacturing standards for various wood and wood-based products:general construction require- ments;design criteria for lateral-Force-resisting systems and specific requirements for the application of the three design methods. In general,only Type III,IV or V buildings may be constructed of wood.Accordingly Chapter 23 is referenced when the combina- tion of the occupancy(determined in Chapter 3)and the height and area of the building(determined in Chapter 5)indicate that con- struction can be Type III,IV or V. Chapter 24 Glass and Glazing.This chapter establishes regulations for glass and glazing used in buildings and structures that, when installed,are subjected to wind,snow and dead loads.Engineering and design requirements are included in the chapter.Addi- tional structural requirements are found in Chapter 16.A second concern of this chapter is glass and glazing used in areas where it is likely to have an impact on the occupants.Section 2406 identifies hazardous locations where glazing installed must either be safety glazing or blocked to prevent human impact.Safety glazing must meet stringent standards and be appropriately marked or identi- fied.Additional standards for glass and glazing in guards,handrails,elevator hoistways and elevator cars,and in athletic facilities are provided. Chapter 25 Gypsum Board and Plaster.Chapter 25 contains the provisions and referenced standards that regulate the design, construction and quality of gypsum board and plaster.These represent the most common interior and exterior finish materials in the building industry.This chapter primarily addresses quality-control-related issues with regard to material specifications and installa- tion requirements.Most products are manufactured under the control of industry standards.The building official or inspector pri- marily needs to verify that the appropriate product is used and properly installed for the intended use and location,While often simply used as wall and ceiling coverings,proper design and application are necessary to provide weather resistance and required fire protection for both structural and nonstructural building components. Chapter 26 Plastic.The use of plastics in building construction and components is addressed in Chapter 26.This chapter provides standards addressing foam plastic insulation, foam plastics used as interior finish and Irim,and other plastic veneers used on the X 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' inside or outside of a building.Plastic siding is regulated by Chapter 14.Sections 2606 through 2611 address the use of light-trans- mitting plastics in various configurations such as walls.roof panels, skylights,signs and as glazing.Requirements for the use of fiber reinforced polymers. fiberglass reinforced polymers and reflective plastic core insulation are also contained in this chapter. Some plastics exhibit rapid flame spread and heavy smoke density characteristics when exposed to fire.Additionally,exposure to the heat generated by a fire can cause some plastics to deform,which can affect their performance.The requirements and limitations of this chapter are necessary to control the use of plastic and foam plastic products such that they do not compromise the safety of building occupants. Chapter 27 Electrical.Since electrical systems and components are an integral part of almost all structures,it is necessary for the code to address the installation of such systems. For this purpose,Chapter 27 references the National Electrical Code(NEC).In addition,Section 2702 addresses emergency and standby power requirements.Such systems must comply with the International Fire Code(IFC)and referenced standards.This section also provides references to the various code sections requiring emergency and standby power,such as high-rise buildings and buildings containing hazardous materials. Chapter 28 Mechanical Systems. Nearly all buildings will include mechanical systems,This chapter provides references to the International Mechanical Code(IMC) and the International Fuel Gas Code(IFCC) for the design and installation of mechanical systems.In addition, the chapter references Chapter 21 of the IBC for masonry chimneys,fireplaces and barbecues. Chapter 29 Plumbing Systems.Chapter 29 regulates the minimum number of plumbing fixtures that must be provided for every type of building,This chapter also regulates the location of the required fixtures in various types of buildings and the construction of toilet rooms.This section requires separate facilities for males and females except for certain types of small occupancies.The regu- lations in this chapter come directly from Chapters 3 and 4 of the International Plumbing Code(IPC). Chapter 30 Elevators and Conveying Systems.Chapter 30 provides standards for the installation of elevators into buildings.Ref- erenced standards provide the requirements for the elevator system and mechanisms.Detailed standards are provided in the chapter for hoistway enclosures,hoistway venting and machine rooms.New provisions are added in the 2009 IBC for Fire Service Access Elevators required in high-rise buildings and for the optional choice of Occupant Evacuation Elevators (see Section 403). Chapter 31 Special Construction.Chapter 31 contains a collection of regulations for a variety of unique structures and architec- tural features. Pedestrian walkways and tunnels connecting two buildings are addressed in Section 3104.Membrane and air-sup- ported structures are addressed by Section 3102.Safeguards for swimming pool safety are found in Section 3109.Standards for temporary structures, including permit requirements are provided in Section 3103. Structures as varied as awnings, marquees, signs,telecommunication and broadcast towers and automatic vehicular gates are also addressed (see Sections 3105 through 3108 and 3110). Chapter 32 Encroachments into the Public Right-of-way.Buildings and structures from time to time are designed to extend over a property line and into the public right-of-way.Local regulations outside of the building code usually set limits to such encroach- ments,and such regulations take precedence over the provisions of this chapter.Standards are provided for encroachments below grade for structural support,vaults and areaways.Encroachments above grade are divided into below 8 feet,8 feet to 15 feet,and above 15 feet,because of headroom and vehicular height issues.This includes steps,columns,awnings.canopies,marquees,signs, windows, balconies. Similar architectural features above grade are also addressed. Pedestrian walkways must also comply with Chapter 31. Chapter 33 Safeguards During Construction.Chapter 33 provides safety requirements during construction and demolition of buildings and structures.These requirements are intended to protect the public from injury and adjoining property from damage.In addition the chapter provides for the progressive installation and operation of exit stairways and standpipe systems during construc- tion. Chapter 34 Existing Structures.The provisions in Chapter 34 deal with alternative methods or reduced compliance requirements when dealing with existing building constraints.This chapter allows for a controlled departure from full compliance with the techni- cal codes,without compromising the minimum standards for fire prevention and life safety features of the rehabilitated building. Provisions are divided by addition,alterations,repairs,change of occupancy and moved structures.There are further allowances for registered historic buildings. There are also special allowances for replacement of existing stairways, replacement of glass and accessibility requirements.The fire escape requirements in Section 3406 are consistent with the.fire escape requirements in Section 1030 of the International Fire Code(IFC). Section 3412, Compliance Alternatives, allows for existing buildings to be evaluated so as to show that alterations,while not meeting new construction requirements,will improve the current existing situation.Provisions are based on a numerical scoring system involving 18 various safety parameters and the degree of code compliance for each issue. Chapter 34 is repeated in the International Existing Building Code(IEBC).Sections 3402 through 3409 are repeated as IEBC Chapter 3 and Section 3410 as Chapter 13. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' xi Chapter 35 Referenced Standards.The code contains numerous references to standards that are used to regulate materials and methods of construction.Chapter 35 contains a comprehensive list of all standards that are referenced in the code, including the appendices.The standards are part of the code to the extent of the reference to the standard(see Section 102.4).Compliance with the referenced standard is necessary for compliance with this code.By providing specifically adopted standards,the construction and installation requirements necessary for compliance with the code can be readily determined. The basis for code compliance is, therefore,established and available on an equal basis to the building code official,contractor,designer and owner. Chapter 35 is organized in a manner that makes it easy to locate specific standards.It lists all of the referenced standards,alpha- betically,by acronym of the promulgating agency of the standard.Each agency's standards are then listed in either alphabetical or numeric order based upon the standard identification.The list also contains the title of the standard:the edition(date)of the standard referenced:any addenda included as part of the ICC adoption:and the section or sections of this code that reference the standard. Appendices.Appendices are provided in the IBC to offer optional or supplemental criteria to the provisions in the main chapters of the code.Appendices provide additional information for administration of the Department of Building Safety as well as standards not typically administered by all building departments.Appendices have the same force and effect as the first 35 chapters of the IBC only when explicitly adopted by the jurisdiction. Appendix A Employee Qualifications.Effective administration and enforcement of the family of International Codes depends on [lie training and expertise of the personnel employed by the jurisdiction and his or her knowledge of the codes.Section 103 of the code establishes the Department of Building Safety and calls for the appointment of a building official and deputies such as plans examiners and inspectors.Appendix A provides standards For experience,training and certification for the building official and the other staff mentioned in Chapter 1. Appendix B Board of Appeals.Section 112 of Chapter 1 requires the establishment of a board of appeals to hear appeals regarding determinations made by the building official.Appendix B provides qualification standards for members of the board as well as operational procedures of such board. Appendix C Group U-Agricultural Buildings.Appendix C provides a more liberal set of standards for the construction of agri- cultural buildings.rathertlian strictly following the Utility building provision,reflective of their specific usage and limited occupant load.The provisions of the appendix,when adopted,allow reasonable heights and areas commensurate with the risk of agricultural buildings. Appendix D Fine Districts.Fire districts have been a tool used to limit conflagration hazards in areas of a city with intense and con- centrated development.More frequently used under the model codes which preceded the International Building Code(IBC),the appendix is provided to allow jurisdictions to continue the designation and use of fire districts.Fire District standards restrict certain occupancies within the district,as well as selling higher minimum construction standards. Appendix E Supplemental Accessibility Requirements.The Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board(U.S. Access Board) has revised and updated its accessibility guidelines for buildings and facilities covered by the Americans with Dis- abilities Act (ADA) and the Architectural Barriers Act (ABA). Appendix E includes scoping requirements contained in the new ADA/ABA Accessibility Guidelines that are not in Chapter 1 I and not otherwise mentioned or mainstreamed throughout the code. Items in the appendix deal with subjects not typically addressed in building codes (e.g.,beds,room signage,transportation facili- ties). Appendix F Rodentproofing.The provisions of this appendix are minimum mechanical methods to prevent the entry of rodents into a building.These standards,when used in conjunction with cleanliness and maintenance programs.can significantly reduce the potential of rodents invading a building. Appendix G Flood-resistant Construction. Appendix G is intended to fulfill the flood-plain management and administrative requirements of the National Flood Insurance Program(NF1P) that are not included in the code.Communities that adopt the Inter- national Building Code(IBC)and Appendix G will meet the minimum requirements of NFIP as set forth in Title 44 of the Code of Federal Regulations. Appendix H Signs.Appendix H gathers in one place the various code standards that regulate the construction and protection of out- door signs.Whenever possible,the appendix provides standards in performance language,thus allowing the widest possible appli- cation. Appendix I Patio Covers. Appendix 1 provides standards applicable to the construction and use of patio covers.It is limited in application to patio covers accessory to dwelling units.Covers of patios and other outdoor areas associated with restaurants,mer- cantile buildings,offices,nursing]tomes or other nondwelling occupancies would be subject to standards in the main code and not this appendix. Appendix J Grading. Appendix J provides standards for the grading of properties. The appendix also provides standards for administration and enforcement of a grading program including permit and inspection requirements. Appendix J was originally xii 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" developed in the 1960s and used for many years in jurisdictions throughout the western states.It is intended to provide consistent and uniform code requirements anywhere grading is considered an issue. Appendix K Administrative Provisions.Appendix K primarily provides administrative provisions For jurisdictions adopting and enforcing NFPA 70—the National Electrical Code(NEC),The provisions contained in this appendix are compatible with adminis- trative and enforcement provisions contained in Chapter 1 of the IBC and the other International Codes.Annex H of NFPA 70 also contains administrative provisions for the NEC;however,some of its provisions are not compatible with IBC Chapter 1.Section K110 also contains technical provisions that are unique to this appendix and are in addition to technical standards of NFPA 70. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' xiii ORDINANCE The International Codesare designed and prouiulgaled to be adopted by reference by ordinance.Jurisdictions wishing to adopt the 2009 International Building Codeas an enforceable regulation governing structures and premises should ensure that certain factual information is included in the adopting ordinance at the time adoption is being considered by the appropriate governnienial body. The following sample adoption ordinance addresses several key elements of a code adoption ordinance,including the information required for insertion into the code text, SAMPLE ORDINANCE FOR ADOPTION OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE ORDINANCE NO. An ordinance of the[JURISDICTION]adopting the 2009 edition of the International Building Code,regulating and governing the conditions and maintenance of all property,buildings and structures:by providing the standards for supplied utilities and facilities and other physical things and conditions essential to ensure that structures are safe,sanitary and fit for occupation and use:and the condemnation of buildings and structures unfit for human occupancy and use and the demolition of such structures in the[JURISDIC- TION];providing for the issuance of permits and collection of fees therefor;repealing Ordinance No. of the[JURISDICTION] and all other ordinances and parts of the ordinances in conflict therewith. The[GOVERNING BODY] of the[JURISDICTION]does ordain as follows: Section 1.That a certain document,three(3) copies of which are on file in the office of the[TITLE OF JURISDICTION'S KEEPER OF RECORDS]of[NAME OF JURISDICTION],being marked and designated as the Interrnatiornal Building Code,2009 edition,including Appendix Chapters[FILL IN THE APPENDIX CHAPTERS BEING ADOPTED] (see International Building Code Section 101.2.1,2009 edition),as published by the International Code Council,be and is hereby adopted as the Building Code of the[JURISDICTION],in the State of[STATE NAME]for regulating and governing the conditions and maintenance of all property,buildings and structures:by providing the standards forsupplied utilities and facilities and other physical things and conditions essential to ensure that structures are safe,sanitary and fit for occupation and use;and the condemnation of buildings and structures unfit for human occupancy and use and the demolition of such structures as herein provided:providing for the issuance of permits and collection of fees therefor; and each and all of the regulations, provisions, penalties,conditions and terms of said Building Code on file in the office of the [JURISDICTION]are hereby referred to,adopted,and made a part hereof,as if fully set out in this ordinance,with the additions,inser- tions,deletions and changes, if any,prescribed in Section 2 of this ordinance. Section 2.The following sections are hereby revised: Section 101.1. Insert: [NAME OF JURISDICTION] Section 1612.3.Insert: [NAME OF JURISDICTION] Section 1612.3.Insert: [DATE OF ISSUANCE] Section 3412.2.Insert: [DATE IN ONE LOCATION] Section 3. That Ordinance No. of[JURISDICTIONI entitled [FILL IN HERE THE COMPLETE TITLE OF THE ORDINANCE OR ORDINANCES IN EFFECT ATTHE PRESENT TIME SO THAT THEY WILL BE REPEALED BY DEFINITE MENTION]and all other ordinances or parts of ordinances in conflict herewitli are hereby repealed. Section 4.That if any section,subsection,sentence,clause or phrase of this ordinance is,for any reason,held to be unconstitutional, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this ordinance.The[GOVERNING BODY]hereby declares that it would have passed this ordinance.and each section,subsection,clause or phrase thereof,irrespective of the fact that any one or more sections,subsections,sentences,cIauses and phrases be declared unconstitutional, Section 5.That nothing in this ordinance or in the Building Code hereby adopted shall be construed to affect any suit or proceeding impending in any court,or any rights acquired.or liability incurred,or any cause or causes of action acquired or existing,under any act or ordinance hereby repealed as cited in Section 3 of this ordinance;nor shall any just or legal right or remedy of any character be lost,impaired or affected by this ordinance. Section 6.That the[JURISDICTION'S KEEPER OF RECORDS]is hereby ordered and directed to cause this ordinance to be published. (An additional provision may be required to direct the number of times the ordinance is to be published and to specify that it Is to be in a newspaper in general circulation.Posting may also be required.) Section 7. That this ordinance and the rules, regulations, provisions, requirements, orders and matters established and adopted hereby shall take effect and be in full force and effect[TIME PERIOD]from and after the date of its final passage and adoption. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' xV xvi 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE` TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER 1 SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION. .. . 1 312 Utility and Miscellaneous Group U . ... . . . . . . . 36 PART 1—SCOPE AND APPLICATION. . .. . .... .. . 1 CHAPTER 4 SPECIAL DETAILED Section REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY .......... 37 101 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Section 102 Applicability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 401 Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . 37 PART 2—ADMINISTRATION AND 402 Covered Mall and Open Mall Buildings . . . ... . 37 ENFORCEMENT . .. ... .... ... ..... .. .. 2 403 High-rise Buildings. .. . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . 40 103 Department of Building Safety. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 2 404 Atriums. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 43 104 Duties and Powers of Building Official. . . . . . . 2 405 Underground Buildings. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 44 105 Permits .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 406 Motor-vehicle-related Occupancies . ... . . . . . . . 45 106 Floor and Roof Design Loads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 407 Group I-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 49 107 Submittal Documents . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 5 408 Group 1-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 50 108 Temporary Structures and Uses . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . 6 409 Motion Picture Projection Rooms . . . . . . .. . . . . 52 109 Fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . ... . . . . . .. . . . . . 6 410 Stages and Platforms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 53 110 Inspections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 411 Special Amusement Buildings . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 54 111 Certificate of Occupancy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 412 Aircraft-related Occupancies . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 55 112 Service Utilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 413 Combustible Storage. I . . . . . I . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 58 113 Board of Appeals. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 414 Hazardous Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 58 114 Viol ations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 415 Groups H-1, H-2, H-3, H-4 and H-5 . . . . . . . . . . 62 115 Stop Work Order . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . 9 416 Application of Flammable Finishes . . .. . . . . . . . 74 116 Unsafe Structures and Equipment . . . . . .. . . . . . . 9 417 Drying Rooms . . . . . .. . . . . CHAPTER 2 DEFINITIONS . .. ..... ... . ...... . 11 418 Organic Coatings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 75 Section 419 Live/work Units. . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 75 201 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 420 Groups 1-1, R-1, R-2, R-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 76 202 Definitions . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 421 Hydrogen Cutoff Rooms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 76 422 Ambulatory Health Care Facilities. . . ... . . . . . . 77 CHAPTER 3 USE AND OCCUPANCY 423 Storm Shelters . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 CLASSIFICATION . ... .... .... . .. 23 Section CHAPTER 5 GENERAL BUILDING 301 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 23 HEIGHTS AND AREAS... ........ 79 302 Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 23 Section 303 Assembly Group A . . . . . . . .. . ... . . . . . .. . . . . 23 501 General. .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . , . . ., : . . . . . . . . 79 304 Business Group B . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . .. . 24 502 Definitions ,. . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . , .. . . . . .. . , 79 305 Educational Group E. . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . 24 503 General Building Height and Area Limitations..79 306 Factory Group F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 24 504 Building Height. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 79 307 High-hazard Group H . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 25 505 Mezzanines.. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 81 308 Institutional Group 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 506 Building Area Modifications . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 82 309 Mercantile Group M . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 507 Unlimited Area Buildings. .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 83 310 Residential Group R . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 508 Mixed Use and Occupancy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 84 311 Storage Group S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 35 509 Special Provisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE xvii TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER 6 TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION.. . ... 89 CHAPTER 9 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS. .. 181 Section Section 601 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 901 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 181 602 Construction Classification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 902 Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . .. . . . . . . . . . .. 181 603 Combustible Material in 903 Automatic Sprinkler Systems. . .. . . . . . ... . .. 184 Type I and II Construction .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 904 Alternative Automatic Fire-extinguishing Systems. . . . . . . . . ... . . . 188 CHAPTER 7 FIRE AND SMOKE 905 Standpipe Systems. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 PROTECTION FEATURES.. ... . .. 93 906 Portable Fire Extinguishers.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. I92 Section 907 Fire Alarm and Detection Systems. . . . . . . . . . . 194 701 General. . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 93 908 Emergency Alarm Systems.. . . . . . . . . ... . . .. 204 702 Definitions . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 909 Smoke Control Systems . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 204 703 Fire-resistance Ratings and Fire Tests . . . . . . . . . 94 910 Smoke and Heat Vents. . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . 211 704 Fire-resistance Rating of 911 Fire Command Center. . . . ... . .. . . . . . . .. . . . 213 Structural Members. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 912 Fire Department Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 214 705 Exterior Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 913 Fire Pumps. .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 214 706 Fire Walls. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 914 Emergency Responder Safety Features . . .. . . . 215 707 Eire Barriers . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 915 Emergency Responder Radio Coverage.. . . . . . 215 708 Shaft Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 709 Fire Partitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 CHAPTER 10 MEANS OF EGRESS .. ..... . ... . 217 710 Smoke Barriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Section 711 Smoke Partitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 1001 Administration. . . . . . . . . ... . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 217 1002 Definitions . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. 217 712 Horizontal Assemblies . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 713 Penetrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 1003 General Means of Egress .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 218 714 Fire-resistant Joint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 1004 Occupant Load. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 219 1005 Egress Width . . . . . . . . . . . ... . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 221 715 Opening Protectives. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 1006 Means of Egress Illumination. . .. . . . ... . . . . . 221 716 Ducts and Air Transfer Openings. . . . . . . . . . . . 117 1007 Accessible Means of Egress. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 222 717 Concealed Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 121 1008 Doors. Gates and Turnstiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 718 Fire-resistance Requirements for Plaster. . . . . . 124 1009 Stairways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 719 Thermal- and Sound-insulating Materials . . . . . 124 1010 Ramps. . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720 Prescriptive Fire Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 1011 Exit Signs. . .. . . . .. . . .. . . . . . .. . . . 234 721 Calculated Fire Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 1012 Handrails . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 235 1013 Guards . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 CHAPTER 8 INTERIOR FINISHES ... ... . .. .. 175 1014 Exit Access. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Section 1015 Exit and Exit Access Doorways . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 801 General. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 1016 Exit Access Travel Distance. . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . 240 802 Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 1017 Aisles . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 240 803 Wall and Ceiling Finishes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 1018 Corridors . . . .. . . . . . . . . .... . . . .. . . . . .. . . . 241 804 Interior Floor Finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I78 1019 Egress Balconies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 805 Combustible Materials in Type 1 1020 Exits . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 and I1 Construction . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 1021 Number of Exits and Continuity 243 . . . . . 178 y. . . . . . . . . . . . . 806 Decorative Materials and Trim. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 1022 Exit Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 807 Insulation ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . 179 1023 Exit Passageways. . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 808 Acoustical Ceiling Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 1024 Luminous Egress Path Markings . . . . . .. . . . . . 246 xviii 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' TABLE OF CONTENTS 1025 Horizontal Exits. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 247 1408 Exterior Insulation and 1026 Exterior Exit Ramps and Stairways . . . . . . . . . . 248 Finish Systems (EIFS). . . . . . . . . . . 285 1027 Exit Discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 249 CHAPTER 15 ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND 1028 Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . 250 ROOFTOP STRUCTURES.. .. ....287 1029 Emergency Escape and Rescue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Section CHAPTER 11 ACCESSIBILITY.. ......... .. ... 257 1501 General. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Section 1502 Definitions ... . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . 287 1101 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 257 1503 Weather Protection . ... . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. 287 1504 Performance Requirements. . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . 288 1102 Definitions . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 257 1505 Fire Classification . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 289 1103 Scoping Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 1104 Accessible Route. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . 258 1506 Material s. . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . 289 1105 Accessible Entrances. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 259 1507 Requirements for Roof Coverings . . . . . . . . . .. 290 1106 Parking and Passenger Loading Facilities . . . . . 260 1508 Roof Insulation . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 1 1107 Dwelling Units and Sleeping Units . . . . . . . . . . 260 509 Rooftop Structures. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 300 1108 Special Occupancies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 1510 Reroofing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . 301 1109 Other Features and Facilities .. . ... . .. . . . . . . 266 CHAPTER 16 STRUCTURAL DESIGN . ........ 303 1110 Signage. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 269 Section CHAPTER 12 INTERIOR ENVIRONMENT . .. .. 271 1601 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Section 1602 Definitions and Notations. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 303 1201 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 1603 Construction Documents. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 304 1202 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 271 1604 General Design Requirements . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 305 1203 Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . ... . . . .. 271 1605 Load Combinations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 308 1204 Temperature Control . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 1606 Dead Loads . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 309 1205 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 272 1607 Live Loads . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 1206 Yards or Courts . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 1608 Snow Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . 315 1207 Sound Transmission . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . .. 273 1609 Wind Loads . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . ... .. . . . . 315 1208 Interior Space Dimensions .. . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . 273 1610 Soil Lateral Loads. . ... . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 331 1209 Access to Unoccupied Spaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 1611 Rain Loads. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 332 1210 Surrounding Materials. . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . 274 1612 Flood Loads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. .. . . 338 1613 Earthquake Loads . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . ... . . . . . 340 CHAPTER 13 ENERGY EFFICIENCY. .... .. ... 275 1614 Structural Integrity . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 345 Section 1301 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 CHAPTER 17 STRUCTURAL TESTS AND SPECIAL INSPECTIONS .... .. ..367 CHAPTER 14 EXTERIOR WALLS ..... ... .. ... 277 Section Section 1701 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 367 1401 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 1702 Definitions... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . ... . 367 1402 Definitions . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 277 1703 Approvals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . 367 1403 Performance Requirements. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 277 1704 Special Inspections . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 368 1404 Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . — . 278 1705 Statement of Special Inspections . . . . . . .. . . . . 379 1405 Installation of Wall Coverings . . . . . . . . . . . — 279 1706 Special Inspections for Wind Requirements . . . 381 1406 Combustible Materials on the 1707 Special Inspections for Seismic Resistance.. . . 381 Exterior Side of Exterior Walls . . .. . . . . . . . 283 1708 Structural Testing for Seismic Resistance . .. . . 382 1407 Metal Composite Materials (MCM). . . . . . . . . . 284 1709 Contractor Responsibility.. . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . 383 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' Ax TABLE OF CONTENTS 1710 Structural Observations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 CHAPTER 21 MASONRY . . ..... .. .. . ..... .... 429 1711 Design Strengths of Materials . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 383 Section 1712 Alternative Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 2101 General. . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 429 1713 Test Safe Load. . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 2102 Definitions and Notations.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429 1714 In-situ Load Tests . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 2103 Masonry Construction Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . 432 1715 Preconstruction Load Tests. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 2104 Construction. . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 433 1716 Material and Test Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385 2105 Quality Assurance . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 434 2106 Seismic Design . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435 CHAPTER 18 SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS ... ..387 2107 Allowable Stress Design. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435 Section 2I08 Strength Design of Masonry . . . . 436 g g Y. . . . . . . . . . . . 1801 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 2109 Empirical Design of Masonry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436 1802 Definitions . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 2110 Glass Unit Masonry. ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 438 1803 Geotechnical Investigations . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 2111 Masonry Fireplaces. ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 438 1804 Excavation. Grading and Fill . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 2112 Masonry Heaters . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440 1805 Dampproofing and Waterproofing . . . . . . .. . . . 390 2113 Masonry Chimneys . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441 1806 Presumptive Load-bearing Values of Soils . . . . 391 1807 Foundation Walls. Retaining Walls and CHAPTER 22 STEEL ... ........ .. .. .. ..... ... 447 Embedded Posts and Poles . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 392 Section 1808 Foundations . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 2201 General. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . ... . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . 447 1809 Shallow Foundations. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 402 2202 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447 1810 Deep Foundations . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403 2203 Identification and Protection of Steel for Structural Purposes ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447 CHAPTER 19 CONCRETE . .... ... .... ... .... . 417 2204 Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447 Section 2205 Structural Steel . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447 1901 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 2206 Steel Joists . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448 1902 Definitions . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 2207 Steel Cable Structures. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449 1903 Specifications for Tests and Materials. . . . . . . . 417 2208 Steel Storage Racks. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449 1904 Durability Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 2209 Cold-formed Steel . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 449 1905 Concrete Quality,Mixing and Placing. . . . . . . . 419 2210 Cold-formed Steel Light-frame Construction . . 449 1906 Formwork, Embedded Pipes and Construction Joints . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420 CHAPTER 23 WOOD .. ..... ..... ... .. ..... ... 451 1907 Details of Reinforcement . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 420 Section 1908 Modifications to ACI 318 . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420 2301 General. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451 1909 Structural Plain Concrete . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 2302 Definitions . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 451 1910 Minimum Slab Provisions. ... . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 423 2303 Minimum Standards and Quality . . . . , . . . . . . . 452 1911 Anchorage to Concrete--Allowable 2304 General Construction Requirements. . . . . . . . . . 456 Stress Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424 2305 General Design Requirements for 1912 Anchorage to Concrete—Strength Design. . . . .424 Lateral-force-resisting Systems . . . . . . . . . . . 466 1913 Shotcrete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425 2306 Allowable Stress Design. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468 1914 Reinforced Gypsum Concrete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426 2307 Load and Resistance Factor Design . . . . . . . . . . 469 1915 Concrete-filled Pipe Columns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426 2308 Conventional Light-frame Construction .. . . . . 469 CHAPTER 20 ALUMINUM.. .... .. .... .. .... .. 427 CHAPTER 24 GLASS AND GLAZING.. ..... ... 521 Section Section 2001 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 427 2401 General. .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521 2002 Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427 2402 Definitions .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 521 xx 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' TABLE OF CONTENTS 2403 General Requirements for Glass. .. . . . .. . . . . . 521 CHAPTER 27 ELECTRICAL ....... ........... 545 2404 Wind, Snow, Seismic and Section Dead Loads on Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521 2701 General. . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 545 2405 Sloped Glazing and Skylights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523 2702 Emergency and Standby Power Systems. . . ...545 2406 Safety Glazing. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 524 2407 Glass in Handrails and Guards. . . . .. . .. . . . . . 526 CHAPTER 28 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS .......547 2408 Glazing in Athletic Facilities . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 526 Section 2409 Glass in Elevator Hoisnvays and 2801 General. . : . . ... . . . . . 547 Elevator Cars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527 CHAPTER 29 PLUMBING SYSTEMS .. ........ 549 CHAPTER 25 GYPSUM BOARD Section AND PLASTER ... ... ..... ... ... 529 2901 General. . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 549 Section 2902 Minimum Plumbing Facilities . 549 2501 General. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 529 2903 Toilet Room Requirements. . . . . . . . . ... . . ... 552 2502 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529 2503 Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ... . . . . . . . . . . 529 CHAPTER 30 ELEVATORS AND 2504 Vertical and Horizontal Assemblies. . . . . . . . . . 529 CONVEYING SYSTEMS..... . ...553 2505 Shear Wall Construction . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . 529 Section 2506 Gypsum Board Materials . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530 3001 General. . .... . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . ... 553 2507 Lathing and Plastering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530 3002 Hoistway Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . 553 250$ Gypsum Construction .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530 3003 Emergency Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 553 2509 Gypsum Board in Showers and 3004 Hoistway Venting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. 554 Water Closets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531 3005 Conveying Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. 554 2510 Lathing and Furring for Cement 3006 Machine Rooms. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 555 Plaster (Stucco) . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 532 3007 Fire Service Access Elevator . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . 555 2511 Interior Plaster. . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 532 3008 Occupant Evacuation Elevators . . . . . . . .. . . . . 556 2512 Exterior Plaster . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533 2513 Exposed Aggregate Plaster. . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . 533 CHAPTER 31 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION.. ....559 Section CHAPTER 26 PLASTIC. ... .. .... ... .... ... .. . 535 3101 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559 Section 3102 Membrane Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559 2601 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 535 3103 Temporary Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560 2602 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 535 3104 Pedestrian Walkways and Tunnels. .. .. . . . . . . 560 2603 Foam Plastic Insulation. . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 535 3105 Awnings and Canopies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561 2604 Interior Finish and Trim . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 538 3106 Marquees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562 2605 Plastic Veneer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539 3107 Signs. . . . .... . . . . . .. . ... . . . . . . . . .... . .. . 562 2606 Light-transmitting Plastics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539 3108 Telecommunication and Broadcast Towers . . . . 562 2607 Light-Iransmilting Plastic Wall Panels.. . . . . . . 540 3109 Swimming Pool Enclosures and Safety Devices. .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 562 2608 Light Transmitting Plastic Glazing. . . . . . . • • • • 541 3110 Automatic Vehicular Gates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 563 2609 Light-Iransmitting Plastic Roof Panels . . . . . . . 541 2610 Light-transmitting Plastic Skylight Glazing . . . 542 CHAPTER 32 ENCROACHMENTS INTO THE 2611 Light-transmitting Plastic Interior Signs . . . . . . 542 PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY ... ..... 565 2612 Fiber Reinforced Polymer and Section Fiberglass-reinforced Polymer . . .. . . . . . . . . 543 3201 General. . . ... . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565 2613 Reflective Plastic Core Insulation . .. . . . . . . . . 544 3202 Encroachments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" xxi TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER 33 SAFEGUARDS DURING APPENDIX C GROUP U--AGRICULTURAL CONSTRUCTION . . ... .... .. . ... 567 BUILDINGS .. ... ..... . ....... .. 611 Section Section 3301 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 567 C101 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611 3302 Construction Safeguards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567 C102 Allowable Height and Area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611 3303 Demolition. . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 567 C103 Mixed Occupancies. . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611 3304 Site Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567 C104 Exits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611 3305 Sanitary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567 APPENDIX D FIRE DISTRICTS ..... .. . ... ... . 613 3306 Protection of Pedestrians. . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . 568 Section 3307 Protection of Adjoining Property. . . . . . . . . . . . 569 D101 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 613 3308 Temporary Use of Streets, Alleys and D102 Building Restrictions. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613 Public Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569 3309 Fire Extinguishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569 D103 Changes to Buildings . . . ... . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 614 D104 Buildings Located Partially in the 3310 Means of Egress. .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 569 Fire District . . . . . .. ... . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 614 3311 Standpipes . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 569 D105 Exceptions to Restrictions in Fire District. . . . . 614 3312 Automatic Sprinkler System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570 D106 Referenced Standards . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 615 CHAPTER 34 EXISTING STRUCTURES.. .... ..571 APPENDIX E SUPPLEMENTARY ACCESSIBILITY Section REQUIREMENTS ... ... . ...... .. 617 3401 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 571 Section 3402 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 571 E101 General. . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617 3403 Additions . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572 E102 Definitions. . . . . . . .. . . . ... . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 617 3404 Alterations . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572 E103 Accessible Route. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 617 3405 Repairs . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 573 E104 Special Occupancies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617 3406 Fire Escapes. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 579 E105 Other Features and Facilities . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 618 3407 Glass Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575 E106 Telephones. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618 3408 y. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575 anc Change of Occupancy E107 Signage. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619 P 3909 Historic Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 575 E108 Bus Stops . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620 1:109 Transportation Facilities and Stations . . . . . .. . 620 3910 Moved Structures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575 E110 Airports . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621 3411 Accessibility for Existing Buildings . . . . . . . . . 575 E111 Referenced Standards . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621 3412 Compliance Alternatives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577 APPENDIX F RODENTPROOFING .... .. ... ... 623 CHAPTER 35 REFERENCED STANDARDS.. . .. 587 Section F101 General. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 623 APPENDIX A EMPLOYEE QUALIFICATIONS . ... .. . .. ..... 607 APPENDIX G FLOOD-RESISTANT Section CONSTRUCTION ..... .. ..... ... 625 A101 Building Official Qualifications. . . . . . . . .. . . . 607 Section A102 Referenced Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607 G101 Administration. . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 625 G102 Applicability . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625 APPENDIX B BOARD OF APPEALS . . .. ....... 609 G103 Powers and Duties... . . . ... . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 625 Section G104 Permits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626 B101 General. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609 G105 Variances . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 626 xxii 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® TABLE OF CONTENTS C201 Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627 J107 Fills. . . . .. . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638 G301 Subdivisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628 J108 Setbacks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. 638 G401 Site Improvement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628 J109 Drainage and Terracing.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 640 G501 Manufactured Homes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628 J110 Erosion Control . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 640 G601 Recreational Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628 J111 Referenced Standards . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 640 G701 Tanks . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629 G801 Other Building Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629 APPENDIX K ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS ... .. .. .. .... .... . . 641 G901 Temporary Structures and Temporary Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 629 Section G1001 Utility and Miscellaneous Croup U . . .. . . . . . . 629 K101 General. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 641 G1101 Referenced Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 630 K102 Applicability .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641 K103 Permits . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 641 APPENDIX H SIGNS.... .... . .. .. ... .. ... ... .. 631 K104 Construction Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642 Section K105 Alternative Engineered Design. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642 H101 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631 K106 Required Inspections. . . . . . . . . . . . 642 H102 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631 K107 Prefabricated Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 642 H103 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631 K108 Testing . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643 H104 Identification . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631 K109 Reconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643 H105 Design and Construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632 K110 Condemning Electrical Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . 643 H106 Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 632 K1I1 Electrical Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643 1-1107 Combustible Materials . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . 632 INDEX. .. . ... .... . ..... ..... . ... . . ... .... . ... 645 H108 Animated Devices . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 632 H109 Ground Signs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632 HI10 Roof Signs .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633 HI I I Wall Signs . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633 H112 Projecting Signs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633 H113 Marquee Signs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634 H114 Portable Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634 H115 Referenced Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634 APPENDIX I PATIO COVERS. .. . ... .. ... ... .. 635 Section I101 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 635 I102 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 635 I103 Exterior Openings . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 635 I104 Structural Provisions.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 635 APPENDIX J GRADING.... . .. .. .. .. ... .... .. 637 Section J101 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637 J102 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637 J103 Permits Required. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637 J104 Permit Application and Submittals. . . . . . . . . . . 637 J105 Inspections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638 J106 Excavations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' xxiii xxiv 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' CHAPTER 1 1 SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION 1 PART 1—SCOPE AND APPLICATION equipment,appliances,fixtures,fittings and appurtenances, and where connected to a water or sewage system and all aspects of a medical gas system.The provisions of the lnter- SECTION 101 national Private Setvage Disposal Code shall apply to pri- GENERAL vate sewage disposal systems. 101.1 Title.These regulations shall be known as the Building 101.4.4 Property maintenance. The provisions of the Code of (NAME OF JURISDICTION), hereinafter referred to as International Property Maintenance Code shall apply to "this code." existing structures and premises; equipment and facilities; 101.2 Scope.The provisions of this code shall apply to the con- light, ventilation, space heating, sanitation, life and fire safety hazards; responsibilities of owners, operators and struction, alteration, movement, enlargement, replacement, occupants; and occupancy of existing premises and struc- repair, equipment, use and occupancy, location, maintenance, tares. removal and demolition of every building or structure or any appurtenances connected or attached to such buildings or 101.4.5 Fire prevention. The provisions of the Interna- structures. tional Ffir Code shall apply to matters affecting or relating Exception: Detached one- and two-family dwellings and to structures,processes and premises from the hazard of Fire multiple single-family dwellings (townhouses) not more and explosion arising from the storage, handling or use of structures,materials or devices;From conditions hazardous than three stories above grade plane in height with a sepa- to life,property or public welfare in the occupancy of struc- rate means o1'egra?ss and their accessory structures shall tares or premises; and From the construction, extension, comply with the International Residential Code. repair, alteration or removal of fire suppression and alarm 101.2.1 Appendices.Provisions in the appendices shall not systems or fire hazards in the structure or on the premises apply unless specifically adopted. from occupancy or operation. 101.3 Intent.The purpose of this code is to establish the mini- 101.4.6 Energy.The provisions of the Luternational Energy mum requirements to safeguard the public health, safety and Conservation Code shall apply to all matters governing the general welfare through structural strength. means of egress design and construction of buildings for energy efficiency. facilities, stability, sanitation, adequate light and ventilation, energy conservation,and safety to life and property from fire and other hazards attributed to the built environment and to SECTION 102 provide safety to fire fighters and emergency responders dur- APPLICABILITY ing emergency operations. 102.1 General. Where there is a conflict between a general 101.4 Referenced codes. The other codes listed in Sections requirement and a specific requirement, the specific require- 101.4.1 through 101.4.6 and referenced elsewhere in[his code ment shall be applicable.Where,in any specific case,different shall be considered part of the requirements of this code to the sections of this code specify different materials, methods of prescribed extent of each such reference. construction or other requirements, the most restrictive shall 101.4.1 Gas.The provisions of the International Fuel Gas govern, Code shall apply to the installation of gas piping from the 102,2 Other laws. The provisions of this code shall not be point of delivery,gas appliances and related accessories as deemed to nullify any provisions oflocal,stateorfederal law. covered in this code.These requirements apply to gas piping systems extending from the point of delivery to the inlet 102.3 Application of references.References to chapter or sec- connections of appliances and the installation and operation tion numbers, or to provisions not specifically identified by of residential and commercial gas appliances and related number,shall be construed to refer to such chapter,section or accessories. provision of this code. 101.4.2 Mechanical. The provisions of the International 102.4 Referenced codes and standards.The codes and stan- Mechanical Code shall apply to the installation,alterations, dards referenced in this code shall be considered part of the repairs and replacement of mechanical systems, including requirements of this code to the prescribed extent of each such equipment, appliances, fixtures, fittings and/or appurte- reference.Where differences occur between provisions of this nances, including ventilating, heating, cooling, air-condi- code and referenced codes and standards,the provisions of this tioning and refrigeration systems, incinerators and other code shall apply. energy-related systems. 102.5 Partial invalidity.In the event that any part or provision 101.4.3 Plumbing. The provisions of the International of this code is held to be illegal or void,this shall not have the Plumbing Code shall apply to the installation, alteration, effect of making void or illegal any of the other parts or provi- repair and replacement of plumbing systems, including sions. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 1 SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION 102.6 Existing structures.The legal occupancy of any struc- 104.5 Identification.The building official shall carry proper ture existing on the date of adoption of this code shall he per- identification when inspecting structures or premises in the mitted to continue without change, except as is specifically performance of duties under this code. covered in this code, the international Property Maintenance 104.6 Right of entry.Where it is necessary to make an inspec- Code or the International Flip Code,or as is deemed necessary tion to enforce the provisions of this code,or where the build- by the building official for the general safety and welfare of the ing olricial has reasonable cause to believe that there exists in a occupants and the public. structure or upon a premises a condition which is contrary to or in violation of this code which makes the structure or premises 1 PART 2--ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT unsafe,dangerous or hazardous,the building official is autho- rized to enter the structure or premises at reasonable times to inspect or to perform the duties imposed by this code,provided SECTION 103 that if such structure or premises be occupied that credentials DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING SAFETY be presented to the occupant and entry requested.If such struc- ture or premises is unoccupied, the building official shall first 103.1 Creation of enforcement agency. The Department of make a reasonable effort to locate the owner or other person Building Safety is hereby created and the official in charge having charge or control of the structure or premises and thereof shall be known as the building official. request entry.If entry is refused,the building olTcialshall have 103.2 Appointment.The building official shall be appointed recourse to the remedies provided by law to secure entry. by the chief appointing authority of the jurisdiction. 104.7 Department records. The building official shall keep 103.3 Deputies.In accordance with the prescribed procedures official records of applications received, permits and certi6- of this jurisdiction and with the concurrence of the appointing sates issued,fees collected, reports of inspections,and notices authority, the building official shall have the authority to and orders issued.Such records shall be retained in the official appoint a deputy building official, the related technical offi- records for the period required for retention of public records. cers, inspectors, plan examiners and other employees. Such 104.8 Liability.The building official,member of the board of employees shall have powers as delegated by the building offi- appeals or employee charged with the enforcement of this cial. For the maintenance of existing properties,see the Inter- code,while acting for the jurisdiction in good faith and without national Property Maintenance Code, malice in the discharge of the duties required by this code or other pertinent law or ordinance,shall not thereby be rendered liable personally and is hereby relieved from personal liability SECTION 104 for any damage accruing to persons or property as a result of DUTIES AND POWERS OF BUILDING OFFICIAL any act or by reason of an act or omission in the discharge of 104.1 General.The building official is hereby authorized and official duties. Any suit instituted against an officer or directed to enforce the provisions of this code. The building employee because of an act performed by that officer or official shall have the authority to render interpretations of this employee in the lawful discharge of duties and under the provi- code and to adopt policies and procedures in order to clarify the sions of this code shall be defended by legal representative of application of its provisions.Such interpretations,policies and the jurisdiction until the final termination of the proceedings. procedures shall be in compliance with the intent and purpose The building official or any subordinate shall not be liable for of this code. Such policies and procedures shall not have the cost in any action,suit or proceeding that is instituted in pursu- effect of waiving requirements specifically provided for in this ance of the provisions of this code. code. 104.9 Approved materials and equipment.Materials,equip- 104.2 Applications and permits. The building of icial shall ment and devices appros,ed by the building offirial shall be receive applications,review construction documents and issue constructed and installed in accordance with such approval. permits for the erection,and alteration,demolition and moving 104.9.1 Used materials and equipment.The use of used of buildings and structures,inspect the premises for which such materials which meet the requirements of this code for new pernrltshave been issued and enforce compliance with the pro- materials is permitted, Used equipment and devices shall visions of this code. not be reused unless approved by the building officlaL 104.3 Notices and orders.The building official shall issue all 104.10 Modifications. Wherever there are practical difficul- necessary notices or orders to ensure compliance with this ties involved in carrying out the provisions of this code, the code. building official shall have the authority to grant modifications 104.4 Inspections.The building official shall make all of the for individual cases,upon application of the owner or owner's required inspections, or the building official shall have the representative,provided the building officialshall first find that authority to accept reports of inspection by approwdagencies special individual reason makes the strict letter of this code or individuals. Reports of such inspections shall be in writing impractical and the modification is in compliance with the and be certified by a responsible officer of such approved intent and purpose of this code and that such modification does agencyor by the responsible individual.The building official is not lessen health,accessibility,life and fire safety,or structural authorized to engage such expert opinion as deemed necessary requirements. The details of action granting modifications to report upon unusual technical issues that arise,subject to the shall be recorded and entered in the files of the department of approval of the appointing authority. building safety. 2 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION 104.11 Alternative materials, design and methods of con- provisions of this code or any other laws or ordinances of this struction and equipment.The provisions of this code are not jurisdiction, Permits shall not be required for the following: intended to prevent the installation of any material or to pro- Building: hibit any design or method of construction not specifically pre- scribed by this code, provided that any such alternative has 1. One-story detached accessory structures used as been approved. An alternative material, design or method of tool and storage sheds,playhouses and similar uses, construction shall be approved where the building off7rial finds provided the floor area does not exceed 120 square that the proposed design is satisfactory and complies with the feet (l I MI. intent of the provisions of this code, and that the material, 2. Fences not over 6 feet (1829 mm) high. method or work offered is,for the purpose intended,at least the equivalent of that prescribed in this code in quality,strength, 3. Oil derricks, effectiveness,fire resistance,durability and safety. 4. Retaining walls that are not over 4 feet(1219 mm)in 104.11.1 Research reports.Supporting data,where neces- height measured from the bottom of the footing to sary to assist in the approval of materials or assemblies not the top of the wall,unless supporting a surcharge or specifically provided for in this code,shall consist of valid impounding Class I,I1 or IIIA liquids. research reports from approved sources. 5. Water tanks supported directly on grade if the 104.11.2 Tests.Whenever there is insufficient evidence of capacity does not exceed 5,000 gallons (18 925 Q compliance with the provisions of this code, or evidence and the ratio of height to diameter or width does not exceed 2:1. that a material or method does not conform to the require- ments of this code, or in order to substantiate claims for 6. Sidewalks and driveways not more than 30 inches alternative materials or methods, the building of icial shall (762 mm) above adjacent grade, and not over any have the authority to require tests as evidence of compliance basement or story below and are not part of an to be made at no expense to the jurisdiction. Test methods accessible route. shall be as specified in this code or by other recognized test 7. Painting,papering,tiling,carpeting,cabinets,coun- standards. In the absence of recognized and accepted lest ter tops and similar finish work. methods,the building official shall approve the testing pro cedures. Tests shall be performed by an approved agency. 8. Temporary motion picture, television and theater Reports of such tests shall be retained by the building offi- cial for the period required for retention of public records. 9. Prefabricated swimming pools accessory to a Group R-3 occupancy that are less than 24 inches(610 mm) deep,do not exceed 5,000 gallons(18 925 Q and are SECTION 105 installed entirely above ground. PERMITS 10. Shade cloth structures constructed for nursery or 105.1 Required.Any owner or authorized agent who intends agricultural purposes, not including service sys- to construct, enlarge,alter,repair, move,demolish, or change tems. the occupancy of a building or structure, or to erect, install, 11. Swings and other playground equipment accessory enlarge,alter,repair,remove,convert or replace any electrical, to detached one-and two-family duvellings. gas,mechanical or plumbing system, the installation of which 12. Window atvnings supported by an exterior Roll that is regulated by this code,or to cause any such work to be done, do not project more than 54 inches(1372 mm)from shall first make application to the huilding official and obtain the exterior Rall and do not require additional sup- the required permit. port of Groups R-3 and U occupancies. 105.1.1 Annual permit.In lieu of an individual permit for 13. Nonfixed and movable fixtures,cases,racks,coun- each alteration to an already approved electrical, gas, ters and partitions not over 5 feet 9 inches (1753 mechanical or plumbing installation,the building ofcial is mm) in height. authorized to issue an annual perntitupon application there- for to any person,firm or corporation regularly employing Electrical: one or more qualified Iradepersons in the building,structure Repairs and maintenance: Minor repair work,includ- or on the premises owned or operated by the applicant for ing the replacement of lamps or the connection of the permit. approved portable electrical equipment to approvedper- 105.1.2 Annual permit records. The person to whom an manently installed receptacles. annual permit is issued shall keep a detailed record of alter- Radio and television transmitting stations:The provi- ations made under such annual permit.The building official sions of this code shall not apply to electrical equipment shall have access to such records at all times or such records used for radio and television transmissions,but do apply shall be filed with the building official as designated. to equipment and wiring for a power supply and the 105.2 Work exempt from permit. Exemptions from permit installations of lowers and antennas. requirements of this code shall not be deemed to grant authori- Temporary testing systems: A permit shall not be zation for any work to be done in any manner in violation of the required for the installation of any temporary system 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 3 SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION required for the testing or servicing of electrical equip- equipment that is under the ownership and control of public ment or apparatus. service agencies by established right. Gas: 105.3 Application for permit.To obtain a permit, the appli- 1. Portable heating appliance. cant shall first file an application therefor in writing on a form furnished by the department of building safety for that purpose. 2. Replacement of any minor part that does not alter Such application shall: approval of equipment or make such equipment 1, Identify and describe the work to be covered by the per- unsafe. mit for which application is made. Mechanical: 2. Describe the land on which the proposed work is to be 1. Portable heating appliance. done by legal description, street address or similar 2. Portable ventilation equipment. description that will readily identify and definitely locate 3. Portable cooling unit. the proposed building or work. 4. Steam,hot or chilled water piping within any heating 3. Indicate the use and occupancy for which the proposed or cooling equipment regulated by this code, work is intended. 5. Replacement of any part that does not alter its 4. Be accompanied by construction documents and other approval or make it unsafe. information as required in Section 107. 6. Portable evaporative cooler. 5. State the valuation of the proposed work. 7. Self-contained refrigeration system containing 10 6. Be signed by the applicant,or the applicant's authorized pounds (5 kg) or less of refrigerant and actuated by agent. motors of 1 horsepower(746 W) or less. 7. Give such other data and information as required by the Plumbing: building official, I. The slopping of leaks in drains,water,soil,waste or 105.3.1 Action on application.The building official shall pp g examine or cause to be examined applications for permits vent pipe, provided, however, that t any concealed and amendments thereto within a reasonable time after fil- trap, drain pipe, water, soil, waste or vent pipe ing.if the application or the construction documents do not becomes defective and it with n es necessary to conform to the requirements of pertinent laws,the building remove and replace the same with new material,such official shall reject such application in writing, stating the work shall be considered as new work and a permit reasons therefor.If the building official is satisfied that the shall be obtained and inspection made as provided in proposed work conforms to the requirements of this code this code. and laws and ordinances applicable thereto, the building 2. The clearing of stoppages or the repairing of leaks in official shall issue a permit therefor as soon as practicable. pipes,valves or fixtures and the removal and reinstal- 105.3.2 Time limitation of application.An application for lation of water closets, provided such repairs do not a permit for any proposed work shall be deemed to have involve or require the replacement or rearrangement been abandoned 180 days after the date of filing,unless such of valves,pipes or fixtures. application has been pursued in good faith or a permit has 105.2.1 Emergency repairs. Where equipment replace- been issued;except that the building official is authorized to meats and repairs must be performed in an emergency situa- grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods tion, the permit application shall be submitted within the not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be next working business day to the building omcial. requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. 105.2.2 Repairs.Application or notice to the building oIr- 105.4 Validity of permit.The issuance or granting of a permit cial is not required for ordinary repairs to structures, shall not be construed to be a permit for,or an approval of,any replacement of lamps or the connection of appro ed porta- violation of any of the provisions of this code or of any other ble electrical equipment to approved permanently installed ordinance of the jurisdiction. Permits presuming to give receptacles.Such repairs shall not include the cutting away authority to violate or cancel the provisions of this code or of any wall,partition or portion thereof,the removal or cut- other ordinances of the jurisdiction shall not be valid.The issu- ting of any structural beam or load-bearing support, or the ante of a pernut based on construction documents and other removal or change of any required means of egress,or rear- data shall not prevent the building official from requiring the rangement of parts of a structure affecting the egress correction of errors in the construction documents and other requirements;nor shall ordinary repairs include addition to, data.The building official is also authorized to prevent occu- alteration of, replacement or relocation of any standpipe, panty or use of a structure where in violation of this code or of water supply.sewer,drainage,drain leader,gas,soil,waste, any other ordinances of this jurisdiction. vent or similar piping,electric wiring or mechanical orother 105.5 Expiration. Every parmit issued shall become invalid work affecting public health or general safety. unless the work on the site authorized by such permit is com- 105.2.3 Public service agencies. A permit shall not be menced within 180 days after its issuance,or if the work autho- required for the installation,alteration or repair of genera- rized on the site by such permitis suspended or abandoned fora tion,transmission,distribution or metering or other related period of 180 days after the time the work is commenced.The 4 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION building official is authorized to grant,in writing,one or more and show in detail that it will conform to the provisions of extensions of time, for periods not more than 180 days each. this code and relevant laws, ordinances, rules and regula- The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable lions,as determined by the building olliciaL cause demonstrated. 107.2.2 Fire protection system shop drawings.Shop draw- 105.6 Suspension or revocation. The building official is ings for the flip piutertion sysiem(s)shall be submitted to authorized to suspend or revoke a permit issued under the pro- indicate conformance to this code and the construction docu- visions of this code wherever the permit is issued in error or on rnenis and shall be approvedprior to the start of system instal- the basis of incorrect,inaccurate or incomplete information,or lation. Shop drawings shall contain all information as in violation of any ordinance or regulation or any of the provi- required by the referenced installation standards in Chapter 9. sions of this code. 105.7 Placement of permit.The building permit or copy shall 107.2.3 Means of egress.The construction documents shall show in sufficient detail the location,construction,size and e ct.kept an the site of the work until the completion of the pro character of all portions of the means of egress in comph- je ante with the provisions of this code.In other than occupan- cies in Groups R-2, R-3, and 1-1, the construction SECTION 106 documents shall designate the number of occupants to be FLOOR AND ROOF DESIGN LOADS accommodated on every floor,and in all rooms and spaces. 106.1 Live loads posted.Where the live loads For which each 107.2.4 Exterior wall envelope. Construction documents floor or portion thereof of a commercial or industrial building for all buildings shall describe the exterior wall envelope in is or has been designed to exceed 50 psF(2.40 kNlm2), such sufficient detail to determine compliance with this code. design live loads shall be conspicuously posted by the owner in The construction documents shall provide details of the that part of each storyin which they apply,using durable signs. exterior hall envelope as required,including flashing,inter- It shall be unlawful to remove or deface such notices sections with dissimilar materials,corners,end details,con- 106.2 intersections at roof,eaves or parapets,means of 106.2 Issuance of certificate of occupancy. A certificate of drainage, water-resistive membrane and details around occupancy required by Section 11 I shall not be issued until the openings. floor load signs,required by Section 106.1,have been installed. 106.3 Restrictions on loading.It shall be unlawful to place,or The construction documents shall include manufac- cause or permit to be placed,on any floor or roof of a building. turer's installation instructions that provide supporting doc- structure or portion thereof,a load greater than is permitted by umentation that the proposed penetration and opening this code. details described in the construction documents maintain the weather resistance of the exterior wall envelope. The supporting documentation shall fully describe the exterior SECTION 107 uallsystem which was tested,where applicable,as well as SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS the test procedure used. 1071 General. Submittal documents consisting of construe- 107.2.5 Site plan.The construction documents submitted tion documents,statement of special inspections,geotechnicaI with the application For permit shall be accompanied by a report and other data shall be submitted in two or more sets site plan showing to scale the size and location of new con- with each permit application. The construction documents struction and existing structures on the site,distances From shall be prepared by a irgistered design professional where lot lines,the established street grades and the proposed fin- required by the statutes of the jurisdiction in which the project ished grades and, as applicable, flood hazard areas, is to be constructed.Where special conditions exist,the build- f7oodways, and design flood elevations; and it shall be ing olrcial is authorized to require additional construction doe- drawn in accordance with an accurate boundary line survey. unrents to be prepared by a registered design professional. In the case of demolition,the site plan shall show construc- Exception:The building olFcial is authorized to waive the tion to be demolished and the location and size of existing submission of construction documents and other data not structures and construction that are to remain on the site or required to be prepared by a registered design professional plot.The building official is authorized to waive or modify if it is Found that the nature of the work applied For is such the requirement for a site plan when the application for per- that review of construction docarnents is not necessary to rnit is for alterationor repair or when otherwise warranted. obtain compliance with this code. 107.2.5.1 Design flood elevations.Where design flood 107.2 Construction documents. Construction docurrrents elevations are not specified,they shall be established in shall be in accordance with Sections 107.2.l through 107.2.5. accordance with Section 1612.3.1. 107.2.1 Information on construction documents. Con- 107.3 Examination of documents.The building official shall struction documents shall be dimensioned and drawn upon examine or cause to be examined the accompanying submittal suitable material. Electronic media documents are permit- documents and shall ascertain by such examinations whether ted to be submitted when approved by the building ofliciaL the construction indicated and described is in accordance with Construction documentsshall be of sufficient clarity to indi- the requirements of this code and other pertinent laws or ordi- cate the location, nature and extent of the work proposed nances. 2009 INTERNATIONAL_BUILDING CODE® 5 SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION 107.3.1 Approval of construction documents. When the Documents for deferred submittal items shall be sub- buildirrg official issues a permit,the construction documents mitted to the registered design professional in responsi- shall be approved,in writing or by stamp,as"Reviewed for ble charge who shall review them and forward them to Code Compliance." One set of construction documents so the building official with a notation indicating that the reviewed shall be retained by the building ollicial.The other deferred submittal documents have been reviewed and set shall be returned to the applicant,shall be kept at the site found to be in general conformance to the design of the of work and shall be open to inspection by the huilding olfr- building. The deferred submittal items shall not be cial or a duly authorized representative. installed until the deferred submittal documents have 107.3.2 Previous approvals. This code shall not require been approved by the building official, changes in the construction documents,construction or des- 107.4 Amended construction documents. Work shall be ignated occupancy of a structure for which a lawful perruit installed in accordance with the approved construction docu- has been heretofore issued or otherwise lawfully autho- meats,and any changes made during construction that are not rized, and the construction of which has been pursued in in compliance with the approved construction documents shall good faith within 180 days after the effective data of this be resubmitted for approval as an amended set of construction code and has not been abandoned. documents. 107.3.3 Phased approval. The building official is autho- 107.5 Retention of construction documents. One set of rized to issue a permit for the construction of foundations or approved construction documents shall be retained by the any other part of a building or structure before the construe- building olrcial for a period of not less than 180 days from date tion documents for the whole building or structure have of completion of the permitted work,or as required by state or been submitted, provided that adequate information and local laws. detailed statements have been filed complying with perti- nent requirements of this code. The holder of such permit SECTION 108 for the foundation or other parts of a building or structure shall proceed at the holder's own risk with the building oper- TEMPORARY STRUCTURES AND USES ation and without assurance that a permit for the entire 108.1 General.The building official is authorized to issue a structure will be granted. perin tfor temporary structures and temporary uses.Such per- mitsshall be limited as to time of service,but shall not be per- mitted for more than 180 days. The building official is 107.3.4.1 General.When it is required that documents authorized to grant extensions for demonstrated cause. be prepared by a registered design professional, the 108.2 Conformance.Temporary structures and uses shall con- building oBlcialshall be authorized to require the owner form to the structural strength, fire safety, means of egmss, to engage and designate on the building permit applica- accessibility, light, ventilation and sanitary requirements of Lion a registered design professional who shall act as the this code as necessary to ensure public health.safety and gen- registered design professional in responsible charge. if eral welfare. the circumstances require, the owner shall designate a responsible substitute registered design professional in e, 108.3 Temporary power.The building olhcialisouthorized to chargewho shall perform the duties required of the origi- give permission to temporarily supply and use power in parr of nal registered design professional irrresporrslble rhargr, an electric installation before such installation has been fully The building official shall be notified in writing by the completed and the final certificate of completion has been owner if the registered design professional in responsible issued. The part covered by the temporary certificate shall charge is changed or is unable to continue to perform the heat or power e requirements specified fortemporarylighting, duties. heal or power in NFPA 70. The registered design professional in responsible 108.4 Termination of approval.The buildingolTicial is autho- charge shall be responsible for reviewing and coordinat- rized to terminate such permit for a temporary structure or use ing submittal documents prepared by others, including and to order the temporary structure or use to be discontinued. phased and deferred submittal items, for compatibility with the design of the building. SECTION 109 107.3.4.2 Deferred submittals.For the purposes of this FEES section,deferred submittals are defined as those portions 109.1 Payment of fees. A perruit shall not be valid until the of the design that are not submitted at the time of the fees prescribed by law have been paid,nor shall an amendment application and that are to be submitted to the building to a permit be released until the additional fee,if any,has been official within a specified period. paid. Deferral of any submittal items shall have the prior 109.2 Schedule of permit fees.On buildings,structures,elec- approval of the building official. The registered design trical, gas, mechanical, and plumbing systems or alterations professional in responsible charge shall list the deferred requiring a permit, a fee for each permit shall be paid as submittals on the construction documents for review by required,in accordance with the schedule as established by the the building olTrcial. applicable governing authority. 6 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION 109.3 Building permit valuations.The applicant for a perirut 110.3.2 Concrete slab and under-floor inspection. Con- shall provide an estimated permit value at time of application. crete slab and under-floor inspections shall be made after Permit valuations shall include total value of work, including in-slab or under-floor reinforcing steel and building service materials and labor,for which the permit is being issued,such equipment,conduit,piping accessories and other ancillary as electrical,gas,mechanical,plumbing equipment and perma- equipment items are in place. but before any concrete is nent systems.If,in the opinion of the building olFicial,the valu- placed or floor sheathing installed, including the subfloor. ation is underestimated on the application,the permitshall be denied, unless the applicant can show detailed estimates to 110.3.3 Lowest floor elevation.In flood hazard areas,upon meet the approval of the building official.Final building permit placement of the lowest floor,including the basement,and valuation shall be set by the building official. prior to further vertical construction,the elevation certifica- tion required in Section 1612.5 shall be submitted to the 109.4 Work commencing before permit issuance.Any person building ofi-ciaL who commences any work on a building,structure, electrical. gas,mechanical or plumbing system before obtaining the neces- made a4 Frame inspection. Framing inspections shall be m sary permits shall be subject to a fee established by the building made fter the roof deck or sheathing, all Framing, ofllcial that shall be in addition to the required permit fees. f reblocking and bracing are in place and pipes. chimneys and vents to be concealed are complete and the rough elec- 109.5 Related fees.The payment of the fee for the construe- Irical, plumbing, heating wires, pipes and ducts are tion, alteration, removal or demolition for work done in approved. connection to or concurrently with the work authorized by a building permit shall not relieve the applicant or holder of the 1I0.3.5 Lath and gypsum board inspection. Lath and gypsum board inspections shall be made after lathing and permit from the payment of other fees that are prescribed by law. gypsum board, interior and exterior, is in place,but before any plastering is applied or gypsum board joints and fasten- 109.6 Refunds.The building official is authorized to establish ers are taped and finished. a refund policy. Exception:Gypsum board that is not part of a lire-resis- tance-rated assembly or a shear assembly, SECTION 110 110.3.6 Fire- and smoke-resistant penetrations.Protec- INSPECTIONS tion of joints and penetrations in fire-resistance-rated assemblies, smoke barrieis and smoke partitions shall not 110.1 General. Construction or work for which a permit is be concealed from view until inspected and approved. required shall be subject to inspection by the building official and such construction or work shall remain accessible and 110.3.7 Energy efficiency inspections. Inspections shall exposed for inspection purposes until approved Approval as a be made to determine compliance with Chapter 13 and shall result of an inspection shall not be construed to be an approval include, but not be limited to, inspections for: envelope of a violation of the provisions of this code or of other ordi- insulation R-and U-values,fenestration U-value,duct sys- nances of the jurisdiction. Inspections presuming to give tem R value,and HVAC and water-heating equipment effi- authority to violate or cancel the provisions of this code or of ciency. other ordinances of the jurisdiction shall not be valid.It shall be 110.3.8 Other inspections. In addition to the inspections the duty of the permit applicant to cause the work to remain specified above,the building official is authorized to make accessible and exposed for inspection purposes. Neither the or require other inspections of any construction work to building official nor the jurisdiction shall be liable for expense ascertain compliance with the provisions of this code and entailed in the removal or replacement of any material required other laws that are enforced by the department of building to allow inspection. safety. 1102 Preliminary inspection. Before issuing a permit, the 110.3.9 Special inspections. For special inspections, see building official is authorized to examine or cause to be exam- Section 1704. ined buildings,structures and sites for which an application has been filed. 110.3.10 Final inspection. The final inspection shall be 110.3 Required inspections.The building ofTicial,upon noti- made after all work required by the building permit is com- fication, shall make the inspections set forth in Sections pleted. 110.3.1 through t.103,10, 110.4 Inspection agencies.The building olrcial is authorized to accept reports of approved inspection agencies, provided 110.3.1 Footing and foundation inspection. Footing and such agencies satisfy the requirements as to qualifications and foundation inspections shall be made after excavations for reliability. footings are complete and any required reinforcing steel is in place.For concrete foundations,any required forms shall 110.5 Inspection requests.It shall be the duty of the holder of be in place prior to inspection.Materials for the foundation the building permit or their duly authorized agent to notify the shall be on the job,except where concrete is ready mixed in building official when work is ready for inspection.It shall be accordance with ASTM C 94, the concrete need not be on the duty of the pei mit holder to provide access to and means for the job. inspections of such work that are required by this code. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 7 SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION 110.6 Approval required.Work shall not be done beyond the building official shall set a time period during which the tempo- point indicated in each successive inspection without first rary certificate of occupancy is valid. obtaining the approval of the building ofcfal. The building 111.4 Revocation. The building official is authorized to, in olflcfal,upon notification,shall make the requested inspections writing,suspend or revoke a certilicate of occupancy or com- and shall either indicate the portion of the construction that is pletion issued under the provisions of this code wherever the satisfactory as completed,or notify the permit holder or his or certificate is issued in error, or on the basis of incorrect infor- her agent wherein the same fails to comply with[his code.Any mation supplied,or where it is determined that the building or portions that do not comply shall be corrected and such portion structure or portion thereof is in violation of any ordinance or shall not be covered or concealed until authorized by the build- regulation or any of the provisions of this code. fng olncial. SECTION 111 SECTION 112 CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY SERVICE UTILITIES 111.1 Use and occupancy. No building or structure shall be 112.1 Connection of service utilities. No person shall snake used or occupied, and no change in the existing occupancy connections from a utility, source of energy, fuel or power to classification of a building or structure or portion thereof shall any building or system that is regulated by this code for which a be made, until the building official has issued a certificate of permit is required,until released by the building official. occupancy therefor as provided herein.Issuance of a certificate 112.2 Temporary connection.The building olrcial shall have of occupancy shall not be construed as an approval of a viola- the authority to authorize the temporary connection of the tion of the provisions of this code or of other ordinances of the jurisdiction. building or system to the util ity source of energy.Fuel or power. I Exception: Certificates of occupancy are not required for 112.3 Authority to disconnect service utilities.The building work exempt from permits under Section 105.2. official shall have the authority to authorize disconnection of utility service to the building,structure or system regulated by 111.2 Certificate issued. After the building official inspects this code and the referenced codes and standards set forth in the building or structure and finds no violations of the provi- Section 101.4 in case of emergency where necessary to elimi- sions of this code or other laws that are enforced by the depart- nate an immediate hazard to life or property or when such util- ment of building safely, the building official shall issue a ity connection has been made without the approval required by certificate of occupancy that contains the following; Section 112.1 or 112.2. The building official shall notify the 1. The building permit number. serving utility,and wherever possible the owner and occupant of the building, structure or service system of the decision to 2. The address of the structure. disconnect prior to taking such action. If not notified prior to 3. The name and address of the owner. disconnecting,the owner or occupant of the building,structure 4. A description of that portion of the structure for which or service system shall be notified in writing,as soon as practi- [he certificate is issued. cal thereafter. 5. A statement that the described portion of the structure has been inspected for compliance with the require- SECTION 113 ments of this code for the occupancy and division of BOARD OF APPEALS occupancy and the use for which the proposed occu- pancy is classified. 113.1 General.In order to hear and decide appeals of orders, 6. The name of the building olpcial. decisions or determinations made by the building official rela- tive to the application and interpretation of this code,there shall 7. The edition of the code under which the permit was be and is hereby created a board of appeals. The board of issued. appeals shall be appointed by the applicable governing author- 8. The use and occupancy,in accordance with the provi- ity and shall hold office at its pleasure.The board shall adopt sions of Chapter 3. rules of procedure for conducting its business. 9. The type of construction as defined in Chapter 6. 113.2 Limitations on authority. An application for appeal 10. The design occupant load. shall be based on a claim that the true intent of this code or the rules legally adopted thereunder have been incorrectly inter- 11. if an automatic sprinkler system is provided,whether preted, the provisions of this code do not fully apply or an the sprinkler system is required. equally good or better form of construction is proposed. The 12. Any special stipulations and conditions of the building board shall have no authority to waive requirements of this Permit. code. 111.3 Temporary occupancy.The building official is autho- 113.3 Qualifications. The board of appeals shall consist of rized to issue a temporary certificate of occupancy before the members who are qualified by experience and training to pass completion of the entire work covered by the permit,provided on matters pertaining to building construction and are not that such portion or portions shall be occupied safely. The employees of the jurisdiction. 8 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION SECTION 114 tilation,or which constitute a fire hazard,or are otherwise dan- VIOLATIONS gerous to human life or the public welfare,or that involve ille- 114.1 Unlawful acts.It shall be unlawful for any person, firm gal or improper occupancy or inadequate maintenance,shall be or corporation to erect, construct, alter, extend, repair, move, deemed an unsafe condition. Unsafe structures shall be taken remove, demolish or occupy any building,structure or equip- down and removed or made safe,as the building ofl7cial deems ment regulated by this code,or cause same to be done,in con- necessary and as prodded for in thissection.A vacantstructure flict with or in violation of any of the provisions of this code. that is not secured against entry shall be deemed unsafe. 114.2 Notice of violation.The building official is authorized to 116.2 Record.The building official shall cause a report to be serve a notice of violation or order on the person responsible filed on an unsafe condition. The report shall state the occu- for the erection, construction, alteration, extension, repair, panty of the structure and the nature of the unsafe condition. moving, removal• demolition or occupancy of a building or 116.3 Notice.if an unsafe condition is Found•the building olr- structure in violation of the provisions of this code,or in viola- cial shall serve on the owner,agent or person in control of the tion of a permit or certificate issued under the provisions of this structure,a written notice that describes the condition deemed code. Such order shall direct the discontinuance of the illegal unsafe and specifies the required repairs or improvements to be action or condition and the abatement of the violation. made to abate the unsafe condition,or that requires the unsafe 114.3 Prosecution of violation.if the notice of violation is not structure to be demolished within a stipulated time.Such notice complied with promptly, the building official is authorized to shall require the person thus notified to declare immediately to request the legal counsel of the jurisdiction to institute the the building official acceptance or rejection of the terms of the appropriate proceeding at law or in equity to restrain,correct or order. abate such violation,or to require the removal or termination of 116.4 Method of service.Such notice shall be deemed prop- the unlawful occupancy of the building or structure in violation erly served if a copy thereof is (a) delivered to the owner per- of the provisions of this code or of the order or direction made sonally-,(b)sent by certified or registered mail addressed to the pursuant thereto. owner at the last known address with the return receipt 114.4 Violation penalties. Any person who violates a provi- requested;or(c)delivered in any other manner as prescribed by Sion of this code or fails to comply with any of the requirements local law.If the certified or registered letter is returned showing that the letter was not delivered,a copy thereof shall be posted thereof or who erects,constructs,alters or repairs a building or in a conspicuous place in or about the structure affected bysuch structure in violation of the a pptnvPa'ronstruction documents notice.Service of such notice in the foregoing manner upon the or directive of the building official,or of a permit or certificate owner's agent or upon the person responsible for the structure issued under the provisions of this code,shall be subject to pen- shall constitute service of notice upon the owner. aloes as prescribed by law. 116.5 Restoration.The structure or equipment determined to be unsafe by the building olTcial is permitted to be restored to a SECTION 115 safe condition.To the extent that repairs, alterations or addi- STOP WORK ORDER tions are made or a change of occupancy occurs during the res- toration of the structure,such repairs,alterations,additionsor 115.1 Authority. Whenever the building official finds any change of occupancy shall comply with the requirements of work regulated by this code being performed in a manner either Section I05.2.2 and Chapter 34, contrary to the provisions of this code or dangerous or unsafe, the building official is authorized to issue a stop work order. 115.2 Issuance. The stop work order shall be in writing and shall be given to the owner of the property involved,or to the owner's agent,or to the person doing the work.Upon issuance of a stop work order, the cited work shall immediately cease. The stop work order shall state the reason for the order,and the conditions under which the cited work will be permitted to resume. 115.3 Unlawful continuance.Any person who shall continue any work after having been served with a stop work order• except such work as that person is directed to perform to remove a violation or unsafe condition,shall be subject to pen- alties as prescribed by law. SECTION 116 UNSAFE STRUCTURES AND EQUIPMENT 116.1 Conditions.Structures or existing equipment that are or hereafter become unsafe, insanitary or deficient because of inadequate rueans ofegipss facilities,inadequate light and ven- 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 9 10 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE` CHAPTER 2 DEFINITIONS SECTION 201 AIR-INFLATED STRUCTURE.See Section 3102.2. GENERAL AIR-SUPPORTED STRUCTURE.See Section 3102.2. 201.1 Scope.Unless otherwise expressly stated,the following Double skin. See Section 3102.2. words and terms shall, for the purposes of this code, have the meanings shown in this chapter. Single skin.See Section 3102.2. 201.2 Interchangeability. Words used in the present tense AISLE.See Section 1002.1. include the future; words stated in the masculine gender AISLE ACCESSWAY.See Section 1002.1. include the feminine and neuter;the singular number includes the plural and the plural,the singular. [F] ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE. See Section 902.1. 201.3 Terms defined in other codes. Where terms are not defined in this code and are defined in the International Fuel IF] ALARM SIGNAL.See Section 902.1. Gas Code.International Fire Code,International Mechanical IF) ALARM VERIFICATION FEATURE. See Section Code or International Plumbing Code,such terns shall have 902.1. the meanings ascribed to them as in those codes. ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN.See Section 1602.1. 201.4 Terms not defined. Where terms are not defined ALTERATION.Any construction or renovation to an existing through the methods authorized by this section, such terms structure other than repair or addition, shall have ordinarily accepted meanings such as the context implies. ALTERNATING TREAD DEVICE.See Section 1002.1. AMBULATORY HEALTH CARE FACILITY.Buildings or portions thereof used to provide medical,surgical,psychiatric, SECTION 202 nursing or similar care on a less than 24-hour basis to individu- DEFINITIONS als who are rendered incapable of self-preservation. AAC MASONRY.See Section 2102.1. ANCHOR.See Section 2102.1. ACCESSIBLE.See Section 1102.1. ANCHOR BUILDING.See Section 402.2. ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS.See Section 1002.1. ANCHORED MASONRY VENEER.See Section 1402.1. ACCESSIBLE ROUTE.See Section 1102.1. ANNULAR SPACE.See Section 702.1. ACCESSIBLE UNIT.See Section 1102.1. IF] ANNUNCIATOR.See Section 902.1. ACCREDITATION BODY.See Section 2302.1. APPROVED.Acceptable to the code official or authority hav- ADDITION.An extension or increase in Door area or height ing jurisdiction. of a building or structure. APPROVED AGENCY.See Section 1702.1. ADHERED MASONRY VENEER.See Section 1902.1. APPROVED FABRICATOR.See Section 1702.1, ADOBE CONSTRUCTION.See Section 2102.1. APPROVED SOURCE.An independent person,firm or cor- Adobe,stabilized.See Section 2102.1. poration, approved by the building official,who is competent and experienced in the application of engineering principles to Adobe,unstabilized.See Section 2102.1. materials,methods or systems analyses. [F] AEROSOL.See Section 307.2. ARCHITECTURAL TERRA COTTA.See Section 2102.1. Level 1 aerosol products.See Section 307.2. AREA(for masonry).See Section 2102.1. 1 Level 2 aerosol products.See Section 307.2. Bedded.See Section 2102.1. Level 3 aerosol products.See Section 307.2. Gross cross-sectional.See Section 2102.1. IF] AEROSOL CONTAINER.See Section 307.2. Net cross-sectional.See Section 2102.1. 1 AGGREGATE.See Section 1502.1. AREA,BUILDING.See Section 502.1. AGRICULTURAL, BUILDING. A structure designed and AREA OF REFUGE.See Section 1002.1. constructed to house farm implements,hay,grain,poultry,live- stock orother horticultural products.This structure shall not be AREAWAY.A subsurface space adjacent to a building open at a place of human habitation or a place of employment where the top or protected at the top by a grating or guard agricultural products are processed, treated or packaged, nor ASSISTED LIVING FACILITIES.See Section 310.2,"Res- shall it be a place used by the public. idential Care/Assisted living facilities." 2DO9 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 11 DEFINITIONS ATRIUM.See Section 404.1.1. BUILDING LINE.The line established by law,beyond which ATTIC.The space between the ceiling beams of the top stor), a building shall not extend, except as specifically provided by and the roof rafters, law. ]F] AUDIBLE ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE. BUILDING OFFICIAL. The officer or other designated See Section 902.1. authority charged with the administration and enforcement of this code. or a duly authorized representative. AUTOCLAVED AERATED CONCRETE(AAC).See Sec BUILT-UP ROOF COVERING.See Section 1502.1. tion 2102.1. � ]F] AUTOMATIC.See Section 902.1. CABLE-RESTRAINED, AIR-SUPPORTED STRUC- ]F] AUTOMATIC FIRE-EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM. TURE.See Section 3102.2. See Section 902.1. CANOPY. A permanent structure or architectural projection of rigid construction over which a covering is attached that pro- ]F] AUTOMATIC SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM. See vides weather protection, identity or decoration, and shall be Section 902.1, structurally independent or supported by attachment to a build- IF] AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM. See Section ing on one end and by not less than one stanchion on the outer 902.1, end. [F] AVERAGE AMBIENT SOUND LEVEL. See Section [F] CARBON DIOXIDE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS. 902.1. See Section 902.1. AWNING. An architectural projection that provides weather CAST STONE.See Section 2102.1. protection, identity or decoration and is wholly supported by [F] CEILING LIMIT.See Section 902.1. the building to which it is attached.An aivnirg is comprised of a lightweight frame structure over which a covering is attached. CEILING RADIATION DAMPER.See Section 702.1. BACKING.See Section 1402.1. CELL.See Section 408.1.1. [F] BALED COTTON.See Section 307.2. CELL(masonry).See Section 2102.1. [F] BALED COTTON, DENSELY PACKED. See Section CELL TIER.See Section 408.1.1. 307.2. CEMENT PLASTER.See Section 2502.1. 1 BALLAST.See Section 1502.1. CERAMIC FIBER BLANKET.See Section 721.1.1. [F] BARRICADE. See Section 307.2. CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE.See Section 1702.1. Artificial barricade.See Section 307.2. CHILD CARE FACILITIES.See Section 308.3.1. 1 Natural barricade.See Section 307.2. CHIMNEY.See Section 2102.1. BASE FLOOD.See Section 1612.2. BASE FLOOD ELEVATION.See Section 1612.2. CHIMNEY TYPES.See Section 2102.1. BASEMENT(for other than flood loads).See Section 502.1. High-heat appliance type. See Section 2102.1. BASEMENT (for flood loads). Sec Section 1612.2. Low-heat appliance type.See Section 2102.1, BEARING WALL STRUCTURE.See Section 1614.2. Masonry type.See Section 2102.1. BED JOINT.See Section 2102.1. Medium-heat appliance type.See Section 2102.1. BLEACHERS.See Section 1002.1. CIRCULATION PATH.See Section 1102.1. BOARDING HOUSE.See Section 310.2. ]F] CLEAN AGENT.See Section 902.1. [F] BOILING POINT.See Section 307.2. CLEANOUT.See Section 2102.1. BOND BEAM.See Section 2102.1. CLINIC,OUTPATIENT.See Section 304.1.1. 1 BRACED WALL LIME.Sec Section 2302.1. F CLOSED SYSTEM.See Section 307.2. � ] BRACED WALL PANEL.See Section 2302.1. COLLAR JOINT.See Section 2102.1. BRICK.See Section'2102.1. COLLECTOR.See Section 2302.1. � Calcium silicate(sand lime brick).See Section 2102.1. COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER. See Section Clay or shale.See Section 2102.1. 702.1. Concrete.See Section 2102.1. ]F] COMBUSTIBLE DUST.See Section 307.2. BUILDING.Any structure used or intended for supporting or (F] COMBUSTIBLE FIBERS.See Section 307.2. sheltering any use or occupancy. ]F] COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID.See Section 307.2, 1 BUILDING ELEMENT.See Section 702.1. Class II.See Section 307.2. 12 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE DEFINITIONS Class IIIA.See Section 307.2, COURT.An open,uncovered space,unobstructed to the sky, Class II1B.See Section 307.2. bounded on three or more sides by exterior building walls or other enclosing devices. COMMON USE.See Section 1102.1. COVER.See Section 2102.1. COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL. See Section COVERED MALL BUILDING.See Section 402.2. 1002.1. Mall.See Section 402.2. [F] COMPRESSED GAS.See Section 307.2. Open mall.See Section 902.2, COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF MASONRY. See Sec- tion 2102.L Open mall building.See Section 402.2. CONCRETE, CARBONATE AGGREGATE. See Section CRIPPLE WALL.See Section 2302.1. 721.1.1. [F] CRYOGENIC FLUID.See Section 307.2. CONCRETE,CELLULAR.See Section 721.1.1, DALLE GLASS.See Section 2402.1. CONCRETE, LIGHTWEIGHT AGGREGATE. See Sec- DAMPER.See Section 702.1. tion 721.1.1. DANGEROUS.See Section 3402.1. I CONCRETE,PERLITE.See Section 721.1.1. [F] DAY BOX.See Section 307.2. CONCRETE,SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT.See Section 721.1.1. DEAD LOADS.See Section 1602.1. CONCRETE, SILICEOUS AGGREGATE. See Section DECORATIVE GLASS.See Section 2402.1. 721.1.1. [F] DECORATIVE MATERIALS. All materials applied CONCRETE,VERMICULITE.See Section 721.1.1. over the building interior finish for decorative, acoustical or CONGREGATE LIVING FACILITIES.See Section 310.2. other effect (such as curtains,draperies,fabrics,streamers and surface coverings), and all other materials utilized for decora- CONNECTOR.See Section 2102.1. tive effect (such as batting, cloth, cotton, hay, stalks, straw, [F]CONSTANTLY ATTENDED LOCATION.See Section vines, leaves, trees, moss and similar items), including foam 902.1. plastics and materials containing foam plastics. Decorative materials do not include floor coverings. ordinary window CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. Written, graphic and shades, interior finish and materials 0.025 inch (0.64 mm) or pictorial documents prepared or assembled for describing the less in thickness applied directly to and adhering tightly to a design,location and physical characteristics of the elements of substrate. a project necessary for obtaining a building permit. DEEP FOUNDATION.See Section 1802.1. I CONSTRUCTION TYPES.See Section 602. [F] DEFLAGRATION.See Section 307.2. Type 1. See Section 602.2. [F] DELUGE SYSTEM.See Section 902.1. Type II.See Section 602.2. DESIGN DISPLACEMENT.See Section 1908.1.1. Type III.See Section 602.3. DESIGN EARTHQUAKE GROUND MOTION.See Sec- Type IV.See Section 602.4, tion 1613.2. Type V.See Section 602.5. DESIGN FLOOD.See Section 1612,2, ]F] CONTINUOUS GAS DETECTION SYSTEM. See DESIGN FLOOD ELEVATION.See Section 1612.2. Section 415.2. DESIGN STRENGTH.See Section 1602.1. ]F] CONTROL AREA. See Section 307.2. DESIGNATED SEISMIC SYSTEM.See Section 1702.1. CONTROLLED LOW-STRENGTH MATERIAL. A [F] DETACHED BUILDING.See Section 415.2. self-compacted, cementitious material used primarily as a DETAILED PLAIN CONCRETE STRUCTURAL WALL. backfllI in place of compacted fill. See See tion 1908.1.1. ICONVENTIONAL LIGHT-FRAME CONSTRUCTION. DETECTABLE WARNING.See Section 1102.1. See Section 2302.1. CORRIDOR.See Section 1002,1. [F] DETECTOR,HEAT.See Section 902.1. CORROSION RESISTANCE. The ability of a material to [F] DETONATION.See Section 307.2. withstand deterioration of its surface or its properties when DETOXIFICATION FACILITY.See Section 308.3.1. exposed to its environment. DIAPHRAGM.See Sections 1602.1 and 2302.1. [F] CORROSIVE.See Section 307.2. Diaphragm,blocked.See Section 1602.1. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 13 DEFINITIONS Diaphragm, boundary.See Section 1602.1. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. See Section 1612.2. Diaphragm,chord.See Section 1602.1. EXISTING STRUCTURE.See Sections 1612.2 and 3402.1. Diaphragm,flexible.See Section 1602.1. EXIT.See Section 1002.1. Diaphragm,rigid.See Section 1602,1, EXIT ACCESS.See Section 1002.1. Diaphragm,unblocked.See Section 2302.1. EXIT ACCESS DOORWAY,See Section 1002.1. 1 DIMENSIONS.See Section 2102.1. EXIT DISCHARGE.See Section 1002.1, Actual. See Section 2102.1. EXIT DISCHARGE,LEVEL OR See Section 1002.1. Nominal.See Section 2102.1. EXIT ENCLOSURE.See Section 1002.1. Specified.See Section 2102.1. EXIT,HORIZONTAL. See Section 1002.1. [F] DISPENSING.See Section 307.2. EXIT PASSAGEWAY. See Section 1002.1. DOOR,BALANCED.See Section 1002,1. EXPANDED VINYL WALL COVERING. See Section 802.1. DORMITORY. See Section 310.2. DRAFTSTOP.See Section 702.1. [F] EXPLOSION. See Section 307.2. DRAG STRUT.See Section 2302.1. [F] EXPLOSIVE.See Section 307.2. IDRILLED SHAFT.See Section 1802.1. High explosive.See Section 307.2. Low explosive.See Section 307.2. Socketed drilled shaft. See Section 1802.1. Mass detonating explosives.See Section 307.2. Section 902.1.DRY-CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHING AGENT. See UNIDOTn Class 1 Explosives.See Section 307.2. DRY FLOODPROOFING.See Section 1612.2. Division 1.1. See Section 307.2. DURATION OF LOAD.See Section 1602.1. Division 1.2.See Section 307.2. DWELLING. A building that contains one or two dwelling Division 1.3.See Section 307.2. units used,intended or designed to be used,rented,leased,let Division 1.4.See Section 307.2. or hired out to be occupied for living purposes. Division 1.5.See Section 307.2. DWELLING UNIT.A single unit providing complete, inde- Division 1.6.See Section 307.2. pendent living facilities for one or more persons,including per- manent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking and EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM(EIFS). sanitation. See Section 1402.1. DWELLING UNIT OR SLEEPING UNIT, MULTI- EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM STORY.See Section 1102.1. (E1FS) WITH DRAINAGE.See Section 1402.1. DWELLING UNIT OR SLEEPING UNIT, TYPE A. See EXTERIOR SURFACES.See Section 2502.1, Section 1102.1. EXTERIOR WALL.See Section 1402.1. DWELLING UNIT OR SLEEPING UNIT, TYPE B. See EXTERIOR WALL COVERING.See Section 1402.1. Section 1102.1. EXTERIOR WALL ENVELOPE.See Section 1402.1. EGRESS COURT.See Section 1002.L F RATING.See Section 702.1, 1 ELEVATOR GROUP.See Section 902.1. FABRIC PARTITION.See Section 1602.1. [F] EMERGENCY ALARM SYSTEM. See Section 902.1. FABRICATED ITEM.See Section 1702.1. [F] EMERGENCY CONTROL STATION. See Section [F] FABRICATION AREA.See Section 415.2. 415.2. EMERGENCY ESCAPE AND RESCUE OPENING. See FACILITY.See Section 1102.1. Section 1002.I. FACTORED LOAD.See Section 1602.1. [F] EMERGENCY VOICEIALARM COMMUNICA- FIBER CEMENT SIDING.See Section 1402.1. TIONS.See Section 902.1. FIBER REINFORCED POLYMER.See Section 2602.1. EMPLOYEE WORK AREA.See Section 1102.1. Fiberglass Reinforced Polymer.See Section 2602.1. EQUIPMENT PLATFORM.See Section 502.1. FIBERBOARD.See Section 2302.1. ESSENTIAL FACILITIES.See Section 1602.1. FIRE ALARM BOX,MANUAL.See Section 902.1. [F] EXHAUSTED ENCLOSURE.See Section 415.2. [F] FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT.See Section 902.1. 14 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' DEFINITIONS [F] FIRE ALARM SIGNAL.See Section 902.1. FLOOD DAMAGE-RESISTANT MATERIALS. See Sec- IF] FIRE ALARM SYSTEM.See Section 902.1. Lion 1612.2. FIRE AREA.See Section 902.1. FLOOD HAZARD AREA. See Section 1612.2. FIRE BARRIER.See Section 702.1. FLOOD HAZARD AREA SUBJECT TO HIGH-VELOC- IF] FIRE COMMAND CENTER. See Section 902.1. ITY WAVE ACTION.See Section 1612.2. FIRE DAMPER,See Section 702.1. FLOOD INSURANCE RATE MAP (FIRM). See Section 1612.2. ]F] FIRE DETECTOR,AUTOMATIC.See Section 902.1. FLOOD INSURANCE STUDY.See Section 1612.2. FIRE DOOR.See Section 702.1. FLOODWAY.See Section 1612.2. FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY.See Section 702.1. FLOOR AREA,GROSS.See Section 1002.1. FIRE EXIT HARDWARE.See Section I002.1. FLOOR AREA,NET.See Section 1002.1. ]F] FIRE LANE. A road or other passageway developed to FLOOR FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY.See Section 702.1. allow the passage of fire apparatus.A I1rn lane is not necessar- ily intended for vehicular traffic other than fire apparatus. FLY GALLERY.See Section 410.2. FIRE PARTITION.See Section 702.1. [F] FOAM-EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS. See Section FIRE PROTECTION RATING.See Section 702.1. 902.1. [F] FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM. See Section 902.1. FOAM PLASTIC INSULATION. See Section 2602.1. FIRE RESISTANCE.See Section 702.1. FOLDING AND TELESCOPIC SEATING. See Section 1002.1. FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING.See Section 702.1. FOOD COURT.See Section 402.2. FIRE-RESISTANT JOINT SYSTEM.See Section 702.1. FOUNDATION PIER.See Section 2102.1. [F) FIRE SAFETY FUNCTIONS.See Section 902.1. FRAME STRUCTURE.See Section 1614.2. 1 FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE.See Section 702.1. IF] GAS CABINET.See Section 915.2. FIRE WALL.See Section 702.1. [F] GAS ROOM. See Section 415.2. FIRE WINDOW ASSEMBLY.See Section 702.1. ]F]GASEOUS HYDROGEN SYSTEM.SeeSection 421.2, FIREBLOCKING.See Section 702.1. GLASS FIBERBOARD.See Section 721.1.1. FIREPLACE.See Section 2102.1. FIREPLACE THROAT.See Section 2102.1. GLUED BUILT-UP MEMBER. See Section 2302.1. GRADE FLOOR OPENING. A window or other opening [F] FIREWORKS. See Section 307.2. located such that the sill height of the opening is not more than Fireworks, 1.3G. See Section 307.2. 44 inches(I 118 mm)above or below the finished ground level Fireworks, 1AG. See Section 307.2. adjacent to the opening. 1 FIXED BASE OPERATOR(FBO).See Section 412.2. GRADE (LUMBER).See Section 2302.1. FLAME SPREAD.See Section 802.1. GRADE PLANE.See Section 502.1. FLAME SPREAD INDEX,See Section 802.1. GRANDSTAND.See Section 1002.1. [F] FLAMMABLE GAS.See Section 307.2. GRIDIRON. See Section 410.2. [F] FLAMMABLE LIQUEFIED GAS.See Section 307.2. GROSS LEASABLE AREA.See Section 402.2. [F] FLAMMABLE LIQUID.See Section 307.2. GROUTED MASONRY.See Section 2102.1. Class IA. See Section 307.2. Grouted hollow-unit masonry.See Section 2102.1. Class IB.See Section 307.2. Grouted multiwythe masonry.See Section 2102.1. Class IC. See Section 307.2. GUARD.See Section 1002.1. [F] FLAMMABLE MATERIAL.See Section 307.2. GYPSUM BOARD.See Section 2502.1. [F] FLAMMABLE SOLID.See Section 307.2. GYPSUM PLASTER.See Section 2502.1. [F]FLAMMABLE VAPORS OR FUMES.See Section 415.2. GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER. See Section 2502.1. [F] FLASH POINT.See Section 307.2. HABITABLE SPACE.A space in a building for living,sleep- ing,eating or cooking.Bathrooms,toilet rooms,closets,halls, storage or utility spaces and similar areas are not considered FLOOD OR FLOODING.See Section 1612.2. habitable spaces. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 15 DEFINITIONS [F] HALOGENATED EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS.See INTERLAYMENT.See Section 1502.1. Section 902.1. INTUMESCENT FIRE-RESISTANT COATINGS. See I [F] HANDLING. See Section 307.2. Section 1702.1. HANDRAIL. See Section 1002.1. JOINT.See Section 702.1. HARDBOARD.See Section 2302.1. JURISDICTION. The governmental unit that has adopted [F] HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. See Section 307.2. this code under due legislative authority. IF] HAZARDOUS PRODUCTION MATERIAL (HPM). LABEL.An identification applied on a product by the manu- See Section 415.2. facturer that contains the name of the manufacturer, the func- tion and performance characteristics of the product or material, HEAD JOINT.See Section 2102.1. and the name and identification of an approved ageilcyand that indicates that the representative sample of the product or mate- rial has been tested and evaluated by an approved agertcy(see HEIGHT,BUILDING.See Section 502.1. Section 1703.5 and "Inspection certificate," "Manufacturer's HEIGHT,WALLS.See Section 2102,1. designation" and °Mark"). I HELICAL PILE.See Section 1802.I. LABELED. Equipment, materials or products to which has been affixed a label,seal,symbol or other identifying mark of a HELIPORT.See Section 412.2. nationally recognized testing laboratory,inspection agency or HELISTOP.See Section 412.2. other organization concerned with product evaluation that HIGH-RISE BUILDING.A building with an occupied floor maintains periodic inspection of the production of the located more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) above the lowest level above-labeled items and whose labeling indicates either that the equipment, material or product meets identified standards of fire department vehicle access. or has been tested and found suitable for a specified purpose. [F] HIGHLY TOXIC.See Section 307.2. LIGHT-DIFFUSING SYSTEM. See Section 2602.1. HISTORIC BUILDINGS.Buildings that are listed in or eligi- LIGHT-FRAME CONSTRUCTION.A type of construction ble for listing in the National Register of Historic Places, or whose vertical and horizontal structural elements are primarily designated as historic under an appropriate state or local law formed by a system of repetitive wood or cold-formed steel (see Sections 3409 and 3411.9). framing members. HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLY.See Section 702.1. LIGHT-TRANSMITTING PLASTIC ROOF PANELS. HOSPITALS AND MENTAL HOSPITALS. See Section See Section 2602.1. 308.3.1. LIGHT-TRANSMITTING PLASTIC WALL PANELS. HOUSING UNIT.See Section 408.1.1. See Section 2602.1. [F] HPM FLAMMABLE LIQUID.See Section 415.2. LIMIT STATE.See Section 1602.1. [F] HPM ROOM.See Section 415.2. IF] LIQUID.See Section 415.2. HURRICANE-PRONE REGIONS.See Section 1609.2. IF] LIQUID STORAGE ROOM.See Section 415.2. [F] HYDROGEN CUTOFF ROOM.See Section 421.2. [F] LIQUID USE, DISPENSING AND MIXING ROOM. [F] IMMEDIATELY DANGEROUS TO LIFE AND See Section 415.2. HEALTH (IDLH).See Section 415.2. LISTED.Equipment,materials,products or services included IMPACT LOAD.See Section 1602.1. in a list published by an organization acceptable to the code official and concerned with evaluation of products or services [F] INCOMPATIBLE MATERIALS.See Section 307.2. that maintains periodic inspection of production of listed 1 [F] INERT GAS.See Section 307.2. equipment or materials or periodic evaluation of services and whose listing states either that the equipment,material,product [F] INITIATING DEVICE.See Section 902.1. or service meets identified standards or has been tested and INSPECTION CERTIFICATE.See Section 1702.1. found suitable for a specified purpose. INTENDED TO BE OCCUPIED AS A RESIDENCE.See LIVE LOADS. See Section 1602.1. Section 1102.1. LIVE LOADS (ROOF).See Section 1602.1. INTERIOR FINISH.See Section 802.1. LOAD AND RESISTANCE FACTOR DESIGN (LRFD). INTERIOR FLOOR FINISH. See Section 802.1. See Section 1602.1. I [F] INTERIOR FLOOR-WALL BASE.See Section 802.1. LOAD EFFECTS.See Section 1602.1. INTERIOR SURFACES.See Section 2502.1. LOAD FACTOR.See Section 1602.1. INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISH. See Section LOADS.See Section 1602.1. 802.1. LOT.A portion or parcel of land considered as a unit. 16 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® DEFINITIONS LOT LINE. A line dividing one lot from another, or from a MEMBRANE-PENETRATION FIRESTOP. See Section street or any public place. 702.1. IF] LOWER FLAMMABLE LIMIT (LFL). See Section MENTAL HOSPITALS.See Section 308.3.1. 1 415.2. MERCHANDISE PAD.See Section 1002.1. LOWEST FLOOR.See Section 1612.2. METAL COMPOSITE MATERIAL (MCM). See Section MAIN WINDFORCE-RESISTING SYSTEM.See Section 1402.1. 1702.1. METAL COMPOSITE MATERIAL (MCM) SYSTEM. (F] MANUAL FIRE ALARM BOX.See Section 902.1. See Section 1402.1. MANUFACTURER'S DESIGNATION. An identification METAL ROOF PANEL.See Section 1502.1. applied on a product by the manufacturer indicating that a METAL ROOF SHINGLE.See Section 1502.1. product or material complies with a specified standard or set of rules (see also "Inspection certificate," "Label' and "Mark"). MEZZANINE.See Section 502.1. MARK.An identification applied on a product by the manu- MICROPILE.See Section 1802.1. faclurer indicating the name of the manufacturer and the func- MINERAL BOARD.See Section 721.1.1. tion of a product or material (see also "Inspection certificate." MINERAL FIBER.See Section 702.L "Label' and "Manufacturer's designation"). MARQUEE. A permanent roofed structure attached to and MINERAL WOOL.See Section 702.1. supported by the building and that projects into the public MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOF COVERING. See Section right-of-way. 1502.1. MASONRY.See Section 2102.1. MORTAR.See Section 2102.1. Ashlar masonry.See Section 2102.1. MORTAR,SURFACE-BONDING.See Section 2102.1. Coursed ashlar. See Section 2102.1. MULTILEVEL ASSEMBLY SEATING. See Section Glass unit masonry.See Section 2102.1. 1102.1. Plain masonry.See Section 2102.1. IF]MULTIPLE-STATION ALARM DEVICE.See Section 902.1. Random ashlar.See Section 2102.1. Reinforced masonry.See Section 2102.1. 902 MULTIPLE-STATION SMOKE ALARM.See Section Solid masonry.See Section 2102.1. MULTISTORY UNITS.See Section 1102.1. Unreinforced (plain) masonry.See Section 2102.1. NAILING,BOUNDARY.See Section 2302.1. MASONRY UNIT.See Section 2102.1. NAILING,EDGE.See Section 2302.1. Clay.See Section 2102.1. NAILING,FIELD.See Section 2302.1. Concrete.See Section 2102.1. NATURALLY DURABLE WOOD.See Section 2302.1. Hollow.See Section 2102.1. Decay resistant.See Section 2302.1. Solid.See Section 2102.1. Termite resistant.See Section 2302.1. IMASTIC FIRE-RESISTANT COATINGS. See Section NOMINAL LOADS.See Section 1602.1. 1702.1. NOMINAL SIZE(LUMBER).See Section 2302.1. MAXIMUM CONSIDERED EARTHQUAKE GROUND NONCOMBUSTIBLE MEMBRANE STRUCTURE. See MOTION.See Section 1613.2. � Section 3102.2. MEANS OF EGRESS.See Section 1002.1. IF] NORMAL TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE MECHANICAL-ACCESS OPEN PARKING GARAGES. (NTP).See Section 415.2. See Section 406.3.2. NOSING.See Section 1002.1. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCREEN. See Section NOTIFICATION ZONE.See Section 902.1. I 1502.1. MECHANICAL SYSTEMS.See Section 1613.2, IF] NUISANCE ALARM.See Section 902.1. MEMBRANE-COVERED CABLE STRUCTURE. See NURSING HOMES.See Section 308.3.1. 1 Section 3102.2. OCCUPANCY CATEGORY.See Section 1602.1. MEMBRANE-COVERED FRAME STRUCTURE. See OCCUPANT LOAD.See Section 1002.1. Section 31022. OCCUPIABLE SPACE.A room or enclosed space designed MEMBRANE PENETRATION.See Section 702.1. for human occupancy in which individuals congregate for 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 17 DEFINITIONS in amusement,educational or similar purposes or in which occu- PINRAIL.See Section 410.2. pants are engaged at labor,and which is equipped with meads PLASTIC,APPROVED. See Section 2602.1. of egress and light and ventilation facilities meeting the requirements of this code. PLASTIC GLAZING.See Section 2602.1. I�r OPEN PARKING GARAGE.See Section 406.3.2. PLATFORM.See Section 410.2. [F] OPEN SYSTEM.See Section 307.2. POSITIVE ROOF DRAINAGE.See Section 1502.1. IF] OPERATING BUILDING.See Section 307.2. PREFABRICATED WOOD I-JOIST.See Section 2302.1. ORDINARY PRECAST STRUCTURAL WALL.See Sec- PRESTRESSED MASONRY.See Section 2102.1. tion 1908.1.1. PRIMARY FUNCTION. See Section 3402.1. ORDINARY REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUC- TURAL PRIMARY STRUCTURAL FRAME. The primary struc- tural frame shall include all of the following structural mem- ORDINARY STRUCTURAL PLAIN CONCRETE bers: WALL.See Section 1908.1.1. 1. The columns, IF] ORGANIC PEROXIDE.See Section 307.2. 2. Structural members having direct connections to the col- Class I.See Section 307.2. umns.including girders,beams,trusses and spandrels; Class II.See Section 307.2, 3. Members of the floor construction and roof construction Class III. See Section 307.2. having direct connections to the columns: and Class IV.See Section 307.2. 4. Bracing members that are essential to the vertical stabil- ity of the primary structural frame under gravity loading Class V.See Section 307.2. shall be considered part of the primary structural frame Unclassified detonable.See Section 307.2. whether or not the bracing member carries gravity loads. ORTHOGONAL.See Section 1613.2. PRISM.See Section 2102.1. OTHER STRUCTURES.See Section 1602.1. PROSCENIUM WALL.See Section 410.2. OWNER. Any person, agent. firm or corporation having a PUBLIC ENTRANCE.See Section 1102,1, legal or equitable interest in the property. PUBLIC-USE AREAS. See Section 1102.1. IF] OXIDIZER. See Section 307.2. PUBLIC WAY.See Section 1002.1. Class 4.See Section 307.2. [F] PYROPHORIC.See Section 307.2. Class 3.See Section 307.2. [F] PYROTECHNIC COMPOSITION.See Section 307.2. Class 2.See Section 307.2. RAMP.See Section 1002.1. Class i.See Section 307.2. � RAMP-ACCESS OPEN PARKING GARAGES. See Sec- IF] OXIDIZING GAS,See Section 307.2. (ion 406.3.2. PANEL (PART OF A STRUCTURE). See Section 1602.1. (F] RECORD DRAWINGS.See Section 902.1. PANIC HARDWARE.See Section 1002.1. REFLECTIVE PLASTIC CORE FOIL INSULATION. PARTICLEBOARD.See Section 2302.1. An insulation material packaged in rolls, that is less than 0.5 PENETRATION FIRESTOP.See Section 702.1. inches thick, with at least one exterior low emittance surface (0.1 or less) and a core material containing voids or cells. PENTHOUSE.See Section 1502.1. REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL,.An individual PERMIT. An official document or certificate issued by the who is registered or licensed to practice their respective design authority having jurisdiction which authorizes performance of profession as defined by the statutory requirements of the pro- a specified activity. fessional registration laws of the state or jurisdiction in which PERSON. An individual, heirs, executors, administrators or the project is to be constructed. assigns,and also includes a firm,partnership or corporation,i Is REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL IN RESPON- or their successors or assigns,or the agent of any of the afore- SIBLE CHARGE. A registered design professional engaged said. by the owner to review and coordinate certain aspects of the PERSONAL CARE SERVICE.See Section 310.2. project,as determined by the building official.for compatibil- ity with the design of the building or structure, including PHOTOLUMINESCENT,See Section 1002.1. submittal documents prepared by others, deferred submittal (F] PHYSICAL HAZARD.See Section 307.2. documents and phased submittal documents. (F] PHYSIOLOGICAL WARNING THRESHOLD RELIGIOUS WORSHIP,PLACE OF.A building or portion ~ LEVEL.See Section 415.2. thereof intended for the performance of religious services. 18 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' DEFINITIONS REPAIR.The reconstruction or renewal of any part of an exist- SHALLOW FOUNDATION.See Section 1802.1. 1 ing building for the purpose of its maintenance. SHEAR WALL.See Sections 2102.1 and 2302.1. REROOFING.See Section 1502.1. Detailed plain masonry shear wall. See Section 2102.1. RESIDENTIAL AIRCRAFT HANGAR.See Section 412.2. Intermediate prestressed masonry shear wall.See Sec- RESIDENTIAL CARE/ASSISTED LIVING FACILI- tion 2102.1. TIES.See Section 310.2. Intermediate reinforced masonry shear wall.See Section RESISTANCE FACTOR.See Section 1602.1. 2102.1. RESTRICTED ENTRANCE.See Section 1102.1. Ordinary plain masonry shear wall.See Section 2102.1. RETRACTABLE AWNING.See Section 3105.2. Ordinary plain prestressed masonry shear wall.See Sec- ROOF ASSEMBLY.See Section 1502.1. tion 2102.1. ROOF COVERING.See Section 1502.1. Ordinary reinforced masonry shear wall. See Section ROOF COVERING SYSTEM.See Section 1502.1. 2102.1. ROOF DECK.See Section 1502.1. Perforated shear wall.See Section 2302.1. ROOF RECOVER.See Section 1502.1. Perforated shear wall segment.See Section 2302.1. ROOF REPAIR.See Section 1502.1. Special prestressed masonry shear wall. See Section ROOF REPLACEMENT.See Section 1502.1. 2102.1. ROOF VENTILATION.See Section 1502.1. Special reinforced masonry shear wall. See Section 2102.1. ROOFTOP STRUCTURE.See Section 1502.1. SHELL.See Section 2102.1. RUBBLE MASONRY.See Section 2102.1. SINGLE-PLY MEMBRANE.See Section 1502.1. Coursed rubble.See Section 2102.1. Random rubble.See Section 2102.1. [F] SINGLE-STATION SMOKE ALARM. See Section 902.1. Rough or ordinary rubble.See Section 2102.1. SITE.See Section 1102.1. RUNNING BOND.See Section 2102.1. SITE CLASS.See Section 1613.2. 1 SALLYPORT.See Section 408.1.1. SITE COEFFICIENTS.See Section 1613.2. SCISSOR STAIR.See Section 1002.1. SITE-FABRICATED STRETCH SYSTEM. See Section I SCUPPER.See Section 1502.1. 802.1. SECONDARY MEMBERS.The following structural mem- SKYLIGHT,UNIT.A factory-assembled.glazed fenestration bers shall be considered secondary members and not part of the unit, containing one panel of glazing material that allows for primary structural frame: natural lighting through an opening in the roof assembly while 1. Structural members not having direct connections to the preserving the weather-resistant barrier of the roof. columns; SKYLIGHTS AND SLOPED GLAZING. Glass or other 2. Members of the floor construction not having direct con- transparent or translucent glazing material installed al a nections to the columns, and slope of 15 degrees(0.26 rad)or more from vertical.Glazing 3. Bracing members other than those that are part ofthepri- material in skylights. including unit skylights. solariums, sunrooms,roofs and sloped walls.are included in this defini- marystructural frame. tion. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY.See Section 1613.2. SLEEPING UNIT. A room or space in which people sleep, SEISMIC-FORCE-RESISTING SYSTEM. See Section which can also include permanent provisions for living,eating. 1613.2. and either sanitation or kitchen facilities but not both. Such SELF-CLOSING.See Section 702.1. rooms and spaces that are also part of a dwelling unit are not 1 SELF-LUMINOUS.See Section 1002.1. sleeping units. SELF-SERVICE STORAGE FACILITY. See Section IF] SMOKE ALARM.See Section 902.1. 1102.1. SMOKE BARRIER.See Section 702.1. [F] SERVICE CORRIDOR. See Section 415.2. SMOKE COMPARTMENT.See Section 702.1. SERVICE ENTRANCE.See Section 1102.1. SMOKE DAMPER.See Section 702.1. SHAFT.See Section 702.1. IF] SMOKE DETECTOR.See Section 902.1. SHAFT ENCLOSURE.See Section 702.1. SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEX. See Section 802.1. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 19 DEFINITIONS SMOKE-PROTECTED ASSEMBLY SEATING. See Sec- [Fl STORAGE,HAZARDOUS MATERIALS.See Section tion 1002.1. 415.2. SMOKEPROOF ENCLOSURE.See Section 902.1. STORM SHELTER.See Section 423.2. [F] SOLID.See Section 415.2. Community storm shelter.See Section 423.2. SPECIAL AMUSEMENT BUILDING. See Section 411.2. Residential storm shelter.See Section 423.2. SPECIAL FLOOD HAZARD AREA. See Section 1612.2. STORY.That portion of a building included between the upper SPECIAL INSPECTION.See Section 1702.1. surface of a floor and the upper surface of the floor or roof next above(also see`Basement," "Mezzanine"and Section 502.1). SPECIAL INSPECTION, CONTINUOUS. See Section It is measured as the vertical distance from top to top of two 1702.1. successive tiers of beams or finished floor surfaces and,for the SPECIAL INSPECTION,PERIODIC.See Section 1702.1. topmost story, from the top of the floor finish to the top of the ceiling joists or,where there is not a ceiling, to the top of the 1 SPECIAL STRUCTURAL WALL. See Section 1908.1.1. roof rafters. SPECIFIED.See Section 2102.1. STORY ABOVE GRADE PLANE.Any story having its fin- SPECIFIED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF ished floor surface entirely above gradeplane.or in which the MASONRY (f',,,).See Section 2102.1. finished surface of the floor next above is: SPLICE.See Section 702.1. 1. More than 6 feet (1829 mm) above grade plane:or SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTANT MATERIALS.See Section 2. More than 12 feet(3658 mm) above the finished ground 1702.1. level at any point. STACK BOND.See Section 2102.1. STRENGTH.See Section 2102.1. STAGE.See Section 410.2. Design strength.See Section 2102.1. STAIR.See Section 1002.1. Nominal strength.See Sections 1602.1 and 2102.1. STAIRWAY.See Section I002.1. Required strength.See Sections 1602.1 and 2102.1. STAIRWAY,EXTERIOR.See Section 1002.1. STRENGTH DESIGN.See Section 1602.1. STAIRWAY,INTERIOR.See Section 1002.1. STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE LUMBER. See Section STAIRWAY,SPIRAL.See Section 1002.1. 2302.1. [F] STANDPIPE SYSTEM, CLASSES OF. See Section Laminated veneer lumber(LVL).See Section 2302.1. 902.1. Parallel strand lumber (PSL). See Section 2302.1. Class I system.See Section 902.1. STRUCTURAL GLUED-LAMINATED TIMBER. See Class II system. See Section 902.1. Section 2302.1. Class III system.See Section 902.1. STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION.See Section 1702.1. [F] STANDPIPE,TYPES OF.See Section 902.1. STRUCTURE.That which is built or constructed. Automatic dry.See Section 902.1. SUBDIAPHRAGM.See Section 2302.1. Automatic wet.See Section 902.1. SUBSTANTIAL DAMAGE.See Section 1612.2. Manual dry.See Section 902.1. SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENT.See Section 1612.2. Manual wet.See Section 902.1. SUBSTANTIAL STRUCTURAL DAMAGE. See Section Semiautomatic dry.See Section 902.1. 3402.1. START OF CONSTRUCTION.See Section 1612.2, SUITE.See Section 1002.1. STEEL CONSTRUCTION,COLD-FORMED.See Section SUNROOM.See Section 1202.1. 2202.1. [F] SUPERVISING STATION.See Section 902.1. STEEL JOIST.See Section 2202.1. [F] SUPERVISORY SERVICE.See Section 902.1. STEEL MEMBER,STRUCTURAL.See Section 2202.1. [F] SUPERVISORY SIGNAL.See Section 902.1. STEEP SLOPE.A roof slope greater than two units vertical in [F]SUPERVISORY SIGNAL-INITIATING DEVICE.See 12 units horizontal (17-percent slope). Section 902.1. STONE MASONRY.See Section 2102.1. SWIMMING POOLS.See Section 3109.2. Ashlar stone masonry.See Section 2102.1. T RATING.See Section 702.1. Rubble stone masonry.See Section 2102.1. TECHNICALLY INFEASIBLE.See Section 3402.1. 20 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' DEFINITIONS TENT.A structure,enclosure or shelter,with or without side- through that material or assembly.Vapor retarder class shall be walls or drops, constructed of fabric or pliable material sup- defined using the desiccant method of ASTM E 96 as follows: ported in any manner except by air or the contents it protects. Class I: 0.1 perm or less. THERMAL ISOLATION.See Section 1202.1. Class 11: 0.1 <perm<_ 1.0 perm. THERMOPLASTIC MATERIAL.See Section 2602.1. Class III: 1.0<perm 5 10 perm. THERMOSETTING MATERIAL,See Section 2602.1. VEHICLE BARRIER SYSTEM.See Section 1602.1. THIN-BED MORTAR. See Section 2102.1. VEHICULAR GATE.See Section 3110.2. THROUGH PENETRATION.See Section 702.1. VENEER.See Section 1402.1. THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM. See VENTILATION. The natural or mechanical process of sup- Section 702.1. plying conditioned or unconditioned air to, or removing such TIE-DOWN (HOLD-DOWN).See Section 2302.1. air from,any space. TIE,LATERAL.See Section 2102.1. VINYL SIDING.See Section 1402.1. TIE,WALL.See Section 2102.1. IF] VISIBLE ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE. See Section 902.1. TILE.See Section 2102.1. WALKWAY,PEDESTRIAN.A walkway used exclusively as TILE,STRUCTURAL CLAY.See Section 2102.1. a pedestrian trafficway. IF]TIRES,BULK STORAGE OR See Section 902.1. WALL.See Section 2102.1. TOWNHOUSE.A single-family dwelling unit constructed in Cavity wall.See Section 2102.1. a group of three or more attached units in which each unit extends from the foundation to roof and with open space on at Composite wall. See Section 2102.1. least two sides. Dry-stacked,surface-bonded wall.See Section 2102.1. IF]TOXIC.See Section 307.2. Masonry-bonded hollow wall.See Section 2102.1. TRANSIENT.See Section 310.2. Parapet wall.See Section 2102.1. 1 TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT.See Section 412.2. WALL, LOAD-BEARING. Any wall meeting either of the TREATED WOOD.See Section 2302.1. Following classifications: 1. Any metal or wood stud wall that supports more than 100 Fire-retardant-treated wood.See Section 2302.1, pounds per Iinear Foot (1459 Nhn) of vertical load in Preservative-treated wood.See Section 2302.1. addition to its own weight. TRIM.See Section 802.1. 2. Any masonry or concrete wall that supports more than 200 pounds per linear foot(2919 N/m)of vertical load in IF]TROUBLE SIGNAL.See Section 902.1. addition to its own weight. TYPE A UNIT. See Section 1102.1. WALL,NONLOAD-BEARING.Any wall that is not a load- TYPE B UNIT.See Section 1102.1. bearing wall. UNDERLAYMENT See Section 1502.1. WALL PIER.See Section 1908.1.1. IF] UNSTABLE (REACTIVE) MATERIAL. See Section IF] WATER-REACTIVE MATERIAL.See Section 307.2. 307.2. Class 3.See Section 307.2. Class 4.See Section 307.2. Class 2.See Section 307.2. Class 3.See Section 307.2. Class 1.See Section 307.2. Class 2.See Section 307.2. WATER-RESISTIVE BARRIER. See Section 1402.1. Class 1.See Section 307.2. WEATHER-EXPOSED SURFACES.See Section 2502.1. IF] USE (MATERIAL).See Section 415.2. WEB.See Section 2102.1. VAPOR-PERMEABLE MEMBRANE.A material or cover- IF] WET-CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM.See ing having a permeance rating of 5 perms(52.9 x I RIO kg/Pa•s• nil) Section 902.1. or greater, when tested in accordance with the desiicant method WHEELCHAIR SPACE.See Section 1102.1. using Procedure A of ASTM E 96. A vapor-permeable material permits the passage of moisture vapor, WIND-BORNE DEBRIS REGION.See Section 1609.2. IVAPOR RETARDER CLASS. A measure of a material or WINDER.See Section 1002.1. assembly's ability to limit the amount of moisture that passes WIRE BACKING.See Section 2502.1. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 21 DEFINITIONS IF] WIRELESS PROTECTION SYSTEM. See Section 902.1. WOOD SHEAR PANEL.See Section 2302.1. WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL.See Section 2302.1. Composite panels.See Section 2302.1. Oriented strand board (OSB).See Section 2302.1. Plywood.See Section 2302.1. IF] WORKSTATION.See Section 415.2. WYTHE.See Section 2102.1. YARD.An open space,other than a court,unobstructed From the ground to the sky, except where specifically provided by this code,on the lot on which a building is situated. IF] ZONE.See Section 902.1. 1 ZONE,NOTIFICATION.See Section 902.1. 22 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE` CHAPTER 3 USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION SECTION 301 2• A room or space used for assembly purposes with an GENERAL occupant load of less than 50 persons and accessory to another occupancy shall be classified as a Group B 301.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall control the occupancy or as part of that occupancy. classification of all buildings and structures as to use and occu- 3. A room or space used for assembly purposes that is pancy. less than 750 square feel(70 m')in area and accessory to another occupancy shall be classified as a Group B SECTION 302 occupancy or as part of that occupancy. CLASSIFICATION 4, Assembly areas that are accessory to Group E occu- pancies are not considered separate occupancies 302.1 General. Structures or portions of structures shall be except when applying the assembly occupancy classified with respect to occupancy in one or more of the requirements of Chapter 11, groups listed below. A room or space that is intended to be occupied at different times for different purposes shall comply 5. Accessory religious educational rooms and religious with all of the requirements that are applicable to each of the auditoriums with occupant loads of less than 100 are purposes for which the room or space will be occupied.Struc- not considered separate occupancies. lures with multiple occupancies or uses shall comply with Sec- Assembly occupancies shall include the following: tion 508.Where a structure is proposed for a purpose that is not specifically provided for in this code, such structure shall be A-1 Assembly uses,usually with fixed seating,intended for classified in the group that the occupancy most nearly resem- the production and viewing of the performing arts or bles,according to the fire safety and relative hazard involved. motion pictures including,but not limited to: 1. Assembly (see Section 303): Groups A-1, A-2, A-3, Motion picture theaters A-4 and A-5 Symphony and concert halls 2. Business (see Section 304): Group B Television and radio studios admitting an audience Theaters 3. Educational (sec Section 305):Group E 4. Factory and Industrial (see Section 306): Groups F-1 A-2 Assembly uses intended for food and/or drink con- and F-2 sumption including,but not limited to: 5- High Hazard (see Section 307):Groups H-1,H-2,H-3, Banquet halls Night clubs H-4 and H-5 Restaurants 6. Institutional (see Section 308):Groups 1-1,I-2,1-3 and Taverns and bars 1-4 A-3 Assembly uses intended for worship, recreation or 7. Mercantile (see Section 309): Group M amusement and other assembly uses not classified else- 8. Residential (see Section 310): Groups R-1, R-2, R-3 where in Group A including,but not limited to: and R-4 Amusement arcades 9. Storage (see Section 311): Groups S-1 and S-2 Art galleries 10. Utility and Miscellaneous(see Section 312):Group U Bowling alleys Community lialls Courtrooms SECTION 303 Dance halls (not including food or drink consump- ASSEMBLY GROUP A lion) Exhibition halls 303.1 Assembly Group A. Assembly Group A occupancy Funeral parlors includes,among others,the use of a building or structure,or a Gymnasiums (without spectator seating) portion thereof,for the gathering of persons for purposes such Indoorswimming pools(without spectator seating) as civic,social or religious functions;recreation,food or drink Indoor tennis courts (without spectator seating) consumption or awaiting transportation. Lecture halls Exceptions: Libraries Museums 1. A building or tenant space used for assembly pur- Places of religious worship poses with an occupant load of less than 50 persons Pool and billiard parlors shall be classified as a Group B occupancy. Waiting areas in transportation terminals 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE` 23 USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION A-4 Assembly uses intended for viewing of indoor sporting portion thereof, by six or more persons at any one time for events and activities with spectator seating including, educational purposes through the 12th grade.Religious educa- but not limited to: tional rooms and religious auditoriums,which are accessory to Arenas places ofneligious itorship in accordance with Section 303.1 Skating rinks and have occupant loads of less than 100,shall be classified as Swimming pools A-3 occupancies. Tennis courts 3052 Day care.The use of a building or structure, or portion A-5 Assembly uses intended for participation in or viewing thereof,for educational,supervision or personal carp services outdoor activities including,but not limited to: for more than five children older than 2'1,years of age,shall be Amusement park structures classified as a Group E occupancy. Bleachers Grandstands Stadiums SECTION 306 FACTORY GROUP F 306.1 Factory Industrial Group F.Factory Industrial Group SECTION 304 F occupancy includes, among others. the use of a building or BUSINESS GROUP B structure,or a portion thereof,for assembling,disassembling, 304.1 Business Group B. Business Group B occupancy fabricating,finishing,manufacturing,packaging,repair orpro- includes,among others,the use of a building or structure,or a cessing operations that are not classified as a Group H hazard- portion thereof,for office,professional or service-type transac- ous or Group S storage occupancy. tions, including storage of records and accounts. Business 306.2 Factory Industrial F-1 Moderate-hazard Occupancy. occupancies shall include,but not be limited to,the following: Factory industrial uses which are not classified as Factory Airport traffic control towers Industrial F-2 Low Hazard shall be classified as F-1 Moderate 1 Ambulatory health care facilities Hazard and shall include,but not be limited to,the following: Animal hospitals, kennels and pounds Aircraft (manufacturing, not to include repair) Banks Appliances Barber and beauty shops Athletic equipment Car wash Automobiles and other motor vehicles Civic administration Bakeries Clinic—outpatient Beverages:over 16-percent alcohol content Dry cleaning and laundries: pick-up and delivery stations Bicycles and self-service Boats Educational occupancies for students above the 12thgrade Brooms or brushes Electronic data processing Business machines Laboratories: testing and research Cameras and photo equipment Motor vehicle showrooms Canvas or similar fabric Post offices Carpets and rugs (includes cleaning) Print shops Clothing Professional services (architects,attorneys,dentists,physi- Construction and agricultural machinery cians.engineers,etc.) Disinfectants Radio and television stations Dry cleaning and dyeing Telephone exchanges Electric generation plants Training and skill development not within a school or aca- Electronics demic program Engines (including rebuilding) 304.1.1 Definitions.The following words and terms shall, Food processing for the purposes of this section and as used elsewhere in this Furniture code,have the meanings shown herein. Hemp products Jute products CLINIC, OUTPATIENT. Buildings or portions thereof Laundries used to provide medical care on less than a 24-hour basis to Leather products individuals who are not rendered incapable ofself-preserva- Machinery tion by the services provided. Metals Millwork (sash and door) Motion pictures and television filming(without spectators) SECTION 305 Musical instruments EDUCATIONAL GROUP E Optical goods 305.1 Educational Group E.Educational Group E occupancy Paper mills or products includes,among others, the use of a building or structure,or a Photographic film 24 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION Plastic products ings or areas conform to the requirements of Section Printing or publishing 416 and the International Fire Code. Recreational vehicles 2. Wholesale and retail sales and storage of Flammable Refuse incineration and combustible liquids in mercantile occupancies Shoes conforming to the Luernational Fire Code. Soaps and detergents Textiles 3. Closed piping system containing flammable or Tobacco combustible liquids or gases utilized for the opera- Trailers tion of machinery or equipment. Upholstering 4. Cleaning establishments that utilize combustible Wood; distillation liquid solvents having a flash point of 1407(60°C) Woodworking (cabinet) or higher in closed systems employing equipment 306.3 Factory Industrial F-2 Low-hazard Occupancy.Fac- listed by an approved testing agency,provided that tory industrial uses that involve the fabrication or manufactur this occupancy is separated From all other areas of ing of noncombustible materials which during finishing, the building by 1-hour fire barriers constructed in packing or processing do not involve a significant fire hazard accordance with Section 707 or 1-hour horizontal shall be classified as F-2 occupancies and shall include,but not assemblies constructed in accordance with Section be limited to,the following: 712,or both. Beverages: up to and including 16-percent alcohol content 5. Cleaning establishments that utilize a liquid solvent Brick and masonry having a flash point at or above 200°F (93°C). Ceramic products 6. Liquorstores and distributors without bulk storage. Foundries 7. Refrigeration systems. Glass products Gypsum 8. The storage or utilization of materials for agricul- Ice tural purposes on the premises. Metal products (fabrication and assembly) 9. Stationary batteries utilized for facility emergency power, uninterrupted power supply or telecommu- nication facilities, provided that the batteries are SECTION 307 provided with safety venting caps and ventilation is HIGH-HAZARD GROUP H provided in accordance with the International [F]307.1 High-hazard Group H.High-hazard Group H occu- Itlechanical Code. pancy includes, among others, the use of a building or struc- 10. Corrosives shall not include personal or household ture. or a portion thereof, that involves the manufacturing, products in their original packaging used in retail processing,generation or storage of materials that constitute a display or commonly used building materials. physical or health hazard in quantities in excess of those 11. Buildings and structures occupied for aerosol stor- allowed in control airascomplying with Section 414,based on age shall be classified as Group S-1, provided that the maximum allowable quantity limits for control areas set such buildings conform to the requirements of the forth in Tables 307.1(1) and 307.1(2).Hazardous occupancies International Fire Code. are classified in Groups H-1,H-2,H-3,H-4 and H-5 and shall be in accordance with this section,the requirements of Section 12. Display and storage nonflammable solid and non 415 and the International Fire Code. Hazardous materials flammable or noncombustible liquid hazardous stored,or used on top of roofs or canopies shall be classified as materials quantities not exceeding the maximum outdoor storage or use and shall comply with the International allowable quantity per control area in Group M or S Fire Code. occupancies complying with Section 914.2.5. Exceptions:The following shall not be classified as Group 13. The storage of black powder,smokeless propellant H, but shall be classified as the occupancy that they most and small arms primers in Groups M and R-3 and nearly resemble. special industrial explosive devices in Groups B,F, M and S. provided such storage conforms to the 1. Buildings and structures occupied for the applica- quantity limits and requirements prescribed in the tion of flammable finishes,provided that such build- International Fire Code. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 25 USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION O W u,r_,QQnQ �-. N...�Cit7 vo MOCM Z Z Z oo•-'ZZoZ Z �'^• c% Z zZ oH"Zz aVV F a .r yQ"' � J WN �� p O Q Q Q Q NN.a-.Q�N� ¢_ _¢ ¢ Ln Q N p Le .a Nz O n �-. .__.V z Z Z Z �: zZpZ Z Z Z N ZZ C ^'NZZ. CNL;� r F � I N A, CL d Q Q Q J Q QQQQ¢QQ cQ Q Q Q ., ...a QQQddd QQQQ _ C7 � Z Z Z Z z Z Z Z Z Z Z ZZ' OZ Z _ Z Z' Z2 ZZZZZZ' zzzz� J ^ V W - {� ~ yCO 2 VV1 IL o e,� dL=;d d' c Q d ¢' N^��n� � �� oo. NM N L'J tf7; NN G�N� �O � .N- G �� .N-i NVu•7 Q W a o �M � Z Z e Z " CD6 sZoZ z� �� = Z ZZ Q` n Z G o N° Z O as Z � Zi O, w N� Q. Cv ¢ C Q Q Q Q NN a flQ NQ Q Q Q N Q Q N �N.�.a Nc ° :2 Z Z Z Z Z °Q - 'nZGZ Z Z Z ZZ o "'Lm ZZ aN�o W, q. pp, ;ua, Q 4 Q QI .a' d ddd6�6Q QQ°Z d pQl c99� z Z Z z Z zl zzz',ZZZZ Z z Z, zz ZZZZZZ ZZZZ v �Q a W 2 -- -- J M W C O as w 0— FW Q OTC O'. QQ ^9 .a.a ° •O C• LL d' G GO u7 u7 �C C ��� i7 GOi '—' 'o N M N Z Z Z �' �„' Z z Z U"7 CC.,N N Z Z�. v tt�', N Z Z-.� .--i i,[-.0 cr;l Ln y - - - - - Z c O 4 a•._ en c in O C N ZW M J y O M � .T.�rQ QI M; =C+7 C.]�. .-.� N Nei C' , M Q¢ ^'NL�7 m-4t I w m -j<(.7 NN� Y Y .Y-i _�-. .T. ���.r..�.�'. .�. r� O x O x Z xr'T'.xi.ra 7rZ r��.,Z' M &c'W xx i x J N d W ^c Ca O 2 0 0 0 2Co ;o L =>o Q cnN ar U U ^ Qd v CO G v: O r, E a, R p u L- a a F U u E E 7 R ti ti SCJ w oP CC E E E E do N C C G �. �. >, K R cu 5 E J U U U U U U w [i Lu u. u u. S O Q 26 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION c_ — c oco v y �C ¢< w ao v a c ¢Q u E c h V7,J b •- 3 ° s Q li J � U W' - C c eN c -E 2 Via Qim �_ c Zn ��vZ 'nVZ oG u cn 0. N P ` R •E Z w > x a in CL a—Q, Q:o U7 Ln Z ro (Cp v O c H H o ` v •�}c' V V7 m •°=b Yrz h u M v; I•L c E C Q oYp dQ r cm7�V u Z, ° r. Cd c x C�o az NW u o ? fi m c c x c`c vsy� �c �S . r E — c PIN m rQ Em ° G c c � . LL cc > C r m m a3 pea N e L °0 $, o N d 4 °W � r I M y c V M G E e J W 4 py C ¢C 3 ry 0 E O ° y .0 N C '� y •L Z`r `.'n°Z' G �°Z E E c o ° c o o c a :LL Q Q a s c s a , ^ o ° m Z p G 7G tit b m [. O ti e cy v: L G ro C Q y G N b l� .. C 0 I C v1 C T, 0 a'E _ �, ^�•7 o z inn z w .� �' per, 'rr. c `c G u ti Zz na 3 3 r G S G V tin �t7 .� C m ` o ° p •4 n y n > .0 H 22uiw G O m _ R �i7 C m ro c E Cie Z WSJ—O, N G c a E'G 3 a E y io ° u L r a ° C m Q z�m w 5 m ° E: E " a rK 0 a¢q 1Zw x x' x cx xZ s u w nec > •o c `e o Y '� em W p J q V a'h " a c v k ca n ° c a 4 J JJ7X " x ° air a w _ a Z, c r me '"z '3 ° Rro m �yraa a J y O i� 0 ✓� N v: m C >,. a 7 C G v cc 0 Q d Gi ¢ Q'M N '--� Ch N .r II c �.. O C u i E id >,^ c, c a m a Z •a ti m a.._ m E E c c i _R v c V E� � CVC� = cC0SmnEv i2 T.E y E o .a m T v ° E m a m ° m c C c H E —V) Q' E Q C - 7 C C C = = C G •G C tz 00 0 ' C z G R a � s L v ° y 0 �' 0 7 7p JC d J % II 'C u G a •y p 0 l0 G rr. J R G .v G :v i C _� O L O cd _C L c•>, C E C °• aC C C v w' E .O Y C E E C C G C E ° y C `7 Y O .Q '� C L' eq ' '' u C o ' C'� E E e".' E _ °� E _ °L l e a 3 .° CC .E c a i J c a ° °° $ a 'x E coc = n C c o R y yi c .1 a a CJ G 7 G G C K v] u o u a °np E ) `a c m Z A a L; •° c: ti: cos .: ._,�e ^ $ d c d. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODER 27 USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION [F]TABLE 307.1(2) MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL_AREA_ OF HAZARDOUS MATERIAL POSING A HEALTH HAZARD`,e,`•' STORAGE USE-CLOSED SYSTEMS`[ USE-OPEN SYSTEMS° Solid pounds Liquid gallons Gas(cubic feel Solid Liquid gallons Gas(cubic feet Solid Liquid gallons MATERIAL (cubic feet) (pounds)', at NTP)° pounds° (pounds)° at NTP)° pounds' _ (pounds)` Gaseous 810, Gaseous 810t Corrosive 5,000 500 Liquefied 5,000 500 Liquefied 1,000 100 (150)], (150)" Highly toxic 10 (10)h Gaseous 209 10 (10)' Gaseous 209 3 (3)' (? Y Liquefied (4)9 t Liquefied (4)9'' Gaseous 8101 Gaseous 810t Toxic 500 (500)h Liquefied 500 (500)' Liquefied 125 (125) (150)'L]' (150)f.n For SI: I cubic foot=0.028 ni', I pound=0.454 kg, I gallon=3.785 L. a. For use of control areas,see Section 414.2. b. In retail and wholesale sales occupancies.the quantities of medicines,foodstuffs,consumer or industrial products and cosmetics,containing not more than 50 per- cent by volume of water-miscible liquids and with the remainder of the solutions not being flammable.shall not be limited,provided that such materials are pack- aged in individual containers not exceeding 1.3 gallons. c. For storage and display quantities in Group M and storage quantities In Group S occupancies complying with Section 414.2.5,see Tables 4I4.2.5(I)and 414.2.5(2). d. The aggregate quantity in use and storage shall not exceed the quantity listed for storage. e. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent in buildings equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.Where Note f also applies.the increase for loth notes shall be applied accumulatively. f. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 per�ent when stored In approved storage cabinets,gas cabinets or exhausted enclosures as specified in the rt International Firr Code.Where Note a also applies,the increase for both notes shall be applied accunmlati,,oly. III g. Allowed only when stored in approved exhausted gas cabinets or exhausted enclosures as Willed in the International Fim Code. h. Quantities in parenthesis indicate quantity units in parenthesis at the head of each column. i. For gallons or liquids,divide the amount in pounds by 10 in accordance with Section 2703.1.2 of the international Fire Code. 307.1.1 Hazardous materials.Hazardous materials in any wire; also includes linters (lint removed from the cottonseed) quantity shall conform to the requirements of this code, and motes (residual materials from the ginning process). including Section 414,and the International Flne Code. BALED COTTON,DENSELY PACKED.Cotton made into [F] 307.2 Definitions. The following words and terms shall, banded bales with a packing density of at least 22 pounds per for the purposes of Ibis section and as used elsewhere in this cubic foot(360 kg(m3).and dimensions complying with the fol- code,have the meanings shown herein. lowing; a length of 55 inches (1397 t 20 mm), a width of 21 AEROSOL.A product that is dispensed from an aerosol con- inches(533.4 t 20 mm)and a height of 27.6 to 35.4 inches(701 tainer by a propellant. to 899 mm). Aerosol products shall be classified by means of the calcula- BARRICADE.A structure that consists of a combination of tion of their chemical heats of combustion and shall be desig- walls,floor and roof,which is designed to withstand the rapid nated Level 1, 2 or 3. release of energy in an explosion and which is fully confined, partially vented or fully vented; or other effective method of Level 1 aerosol products.Those with a total chemical heat shielding from explosive materials by a natural or artificial bar- of combustion that is less than or equal to 8,600 British ther- rier. mal units per pound (Btu/lb) (20 kJ/g). Artificial barricade. An artificial mound or revetment a Level 2 aerosol products.Those with a total chemical heat minimum thickness of 3 feet (914 mm). of combustion that is greater than 8,600 Btu/1b(20 k]/g),but less than or equal to 13,000 Btuhb (30 kJ/g). Natural barricade.Natural features of the ground.such as Level 3 aerosol products.Those with a total chemical heat hills, or timber of sufficient density that the surrounding combustion that is greater than 13,000 Btu/lb (30 kj1g). exposures that require protection cannot be seen from the magazine or building containing explosives when the trees AEROSOL CONTAINER.A metal can or a glass or plastic are bare of leaves. bottle designed to dispense an aerosol.Metal cans shall be lim ited to a maximum size of 33.8 fluid ounces(1000 ml).Glass or BOILING POINT.The temperature at which the vapor pres- plastic bottles shall be limited to a maximum size of 4 fluid sure of a liquid equals the atmospheric pressure of 14.7 pounds ounces (118 ml). per square inch (psi) (101 kPa) gage or 760 min of mercury. Where an accurate boiling point is unavailable for the material BALED COTTON. A natural seed fiber wrapped in and in question,or for mixtures which do not have a constant boil- secured with industry accepted materials,usually consisting of ing point,for[lie purposes of this classification,the 20-percent burlap,woven polypropylene,polyethylene or cotton or sheet evaporated point of a distillation performed in accordance with polyethylene,and secured with steel,synthetic or wire bands or ASTM D 86 shall be used as the boiling point of the liquid. 28 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION CLOSED SYSTEM. The use of a solid or liquid hazardous hazard properties ofwhich are represented by the proper- material involving a closed vessel or system that remains ties of the mixture as a whole. closed during normal operations where vapors emitted by the CONTROL AREA.Spaces within a building where quanti- product are not liberated outside of the vessel or system and the ties of hazardous materials not exceeding the maximum allow- product is not exposed to the atmosphere during normal opera- able quantities per contra!area are stored,dispensed,used or lions: and all uses of compressed gases. Examples of closed handled. See also the definition of"Outdoor control area" in systems for solids and liquids include product conveyed the International Fine Code. through a piping system into a closed vessel,system or piece of equipment. CORROSIVE.A chemical that causes visible destruction of, COMBUSTIBLE DUST.Finely divided solid material that is or irreversible alterations in,living tissue by chemical action at 420 microns or less in diameter and which,when dispersed in the point of contact.A chemical shall be considered corrosive air in the proper proportions,could be ignited by a flame,spark if,when tested on the intact skin of albino rabbits by the method or other source of ignition.Comhustible dust will pass through described in DOTn 49 CFR, Part 173.137, such a chemical a U.S.No.40 standard sieve, destroys or changes irreversibly the structure of the tissue at the point of contact following an exposure period of 4 hours.This COMBUSTIBLE FIBERS.Readily ignitable and free-burn- term does not refer to action on inanimate surfaces. ing materials in a fibrous or shredded form,such as cocoa fiber, CRYOGENIC FLUID.A liquid having a boiling point lower cloth,cotton,excelsior,hay,hemp,henequen,istle,jute,kapok, than -150°F (-101°C) at 14.7 pounds per square inch atmo- oakum,rags,sisal,Spanish moss,straw,tow,wastepaper,cer- sphere (psia) (an absolute pressure of 101 kPa). tain synthetic fibers or other like materials.This definition does not include densely packed baled cotton. DAY BOX. A portable magazine designed to hold explosive COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID. A liquid having a closed cup materials constructed in accordance with the requirements for flash point at or above 100°F(38°C).Combustible liquids shall a Type 3 magazine as defined and classified in Chapter 33 of be subdivided as follows: the International Fire Code. Class II.Liquids having a closed cup flash point at or above DEFLAGRATION. An exothermic reaction, such as the 100°F (38°C) and below 140°F (60°C). extremely rapid oxidation of a flammable dust or vapor in air, in which the reaction progresses through the unburned material Class IIIA. Liquids having a closed cup flash point at or at a rate less than the velocity of sound.A deflagration can have above 140°F (60°C) and below 200°F(93°C). an explosive effect. Class II1H. Liquids having a closed cup flash point at or DETONATION.An exothermic reaction characterized by the above 200°F (93°C). presence of a shock wave in the material which establishes and maintains the reaction.The reaction zone progresses through The category of combuslible liquids does not include com- the material at a rate greater than the velocity of sound. The pressed gases or cryogenic fluids. principal healing mechanism is one of shock compression. COMPRESSED GAS. A material, or mixture of materials. Detonations have an explosive effect. that: DISPENSING. The pouring or transferring of any material 1. Is a gas at 68°F (20°C) or less at 14,7 pounds per square from a container,tank or similar vessel,whereby vapors,dusts, inch atmosphere (psia) (101 kPa) of pressure:and fumes,mists or gases are liberated to the atmosphere. 2. Has a boiling point of 687 (20°C) or less at I4.7 psia EXPLOSION. An effect produced by the sudden violent (101 kPa) which is either liquefied, nonliquefied or in expansion of gases, which may be accompanied by a shock solution,except those gases which have no other health- wave or disruption, or both, of enclosing materials or struc- or physical-hazard properties are not considered to be tures.An explosion could result from any of the following: compressed until the pressure in the packaging exceeds 1. Chemical changes such as rapid oxidation, deflagration 41 psia (282 kPa) at 68`F (20 0C). or detonation,decomposition of molecules and runaway The states of a compressed gas are categorized as follows: polymerization (usually detonations). 1. Nonliquefied compressed gases are gases, other than 2. Physical changes such as pressure tank ruptures. those in solution, which are in a packaging under the 3, Atomic changes (nuclear fission or fusion). charged pressure and are entirely gaseous at a tempera- ture of 68°F (20°C). EXPLOSIVE.A chemical compound,mixture or device,the primary or common purpose of which is to function by explo- 2. Liquefied compressed gases are gases that,in a packag- sion.The term includes,but is not limited to, dynamite,black ing under the charged pressure, are partially liquid at a powder,pellet powder,initiating explosives,detonators,safety temperature of 68"F (20°C). fuses.squibs,detonating cord,igniter cord,igniters and display 3. Compressed gases in solution are nonliquefied gases that fireworks, 1.3G (Class B. Special). are dissolved in a solvent. The term"explosive"includes any material determined to be 4. Compressed gas mixtures consist of a mixture of two or within the scope of USC Title 18:Chapter 40 and also includes more compressed gases contained in a packaging, the any material classified as an explosive other than consumer 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 29 USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION fireworks, 1AG (Class C,Common) by the hazardous ntateri- Division 1.6.Extremely insensitive articleswhich do not als regulations of DOTn 49 CFR Parts 100-185. have amass explosion hazard.This division is comprised of articles that contain only extremely insensitive deto- High explosive. Explosive material, such as dynamite. Hating substances and which demonstrate a negligible which can be caused to detonate by means of a Na. 8 test blasting cap when unconfined. probability of accidental initiation or propagation. FIREWORKS.Any composition or device for the purpose of Low explosive. Explosive material that will burn or defla- producing a visible or audible effect for entertainment pur- grate when ignited. It is characterized by a rate of reaction poses by combustion,deflagration or detonation that meets the that is less than the speed of sound.Examples of low explo- definition of I AG fireworks or 1.3G fireworks as set forth sives include, but are not limited to, black powder; safety herein. fuse; igniters: igniter cord: fuse lighters: fireworks, 1.3G (Class B. Special) and propellants. 13C. Fireworks, 1.3G. (Formerly Class B, Special Fireworks.) Large fireworks devices, which are explosive materials, Mass-detonating explosives. Division 1.1, 1.2 and 1.5 intended for use in fireworks displays and designed to pro- explosives alone or in combination, or loaded into various duce audible or visible effects by combustion,deflagration types of ammunition or containers. most of which can be or detonation.Such 1.3G fireworks include,but are not lim- expected to explode virtually instantaneously when a small ited to,firecrackers containing more than 130 milligrams(2 portion is subjected to fire,severe concussion, impact,the grains) of explosive composition, aerial shells containing impulse of an initiating agent or the effect of a considerable more than 40 grams of pyrotechnic composition, and other discharge of energy from without. Materials that react in display pieces which exceed the limits for classification as this manner represent a mass explosion hazard. Such an 1.4G fireworks.Such 1.3G fireworks are also described as explosive will normally cause severe structural damage to fireworks, UN0335 by the DOTn. adjacent objects.Explosive propagation could occur imme diately to other items of ammunition and explosives stored Fireworks,l.4G.(Formerly Class C,Common Fireworks.} sufficiently close to and not adequately protected From the Small fireworks devices containing restricted amounts of initially exploding pile with a time interval short enough so pyrotechnic composition designed primarily to produce vis that two or more quantities must be considered as one For ible or audible effects by combustion.Such 1 AG Fireworks quantity-distance purposes. which comply with the construction,chemical composition and labeling regulations of the DOTn for fireworks, UN/DOTn Class 1 explosives. The former classification UN0336,and the U.S,Consumer Product Safety Commis- system used by DOTn included the terms"high"and "low" lion (CPSC) as set forth in CPSC 16 CFR:Paris 1500 and explosives as defined herein. The Following terms further 1507, are not explosive materials for the purpose of this define explosives under the current system applied by code. DOTn for all explosive materials defined as hazard Class 1 FLAMMABLE GAS.A material that is a gas at 68°F(20°C) materials. Compatibility group letters are used in concert or less at 14.7 pounds per square inch atmosphere (psia) (101 with the division to specify further limitations on each divi- kPa) of pressure {a material that has a boiling point of 687 sion noted(i.e.,the letter G identifies the material as a pyro- (20°C) or less at 14.7 psia (101 kPa)l which: technic substance or article containing a pyrotechnic substance and similar materials). 1. Is ignitable at 14.7 psia(101 kPa)when in a mixture of 13 Division 1.1.Explosives that have a mass explosion haz- percent or less by volume with air:or ard. A mass explosion is one which affects almost the 2• Has a flammable range at 14.7 psia(101 kPa)with air of entire load instantaneously. at least 12 percent,regardless of the lower limit. Division 1.2. Explosives that have a projection hazard The limits specified shall be determined at 14.7 psi(101 kPa) but not a mass explosion hazard. of pressure and a temperature of 68°F (20°C) in accordance with ASTM E 681. Division 1.3. Explosives that have a fire hazard and FLAMMABLE LIQUEFIED GAS.A liquefied compressed either a minor blast hazard or a minor projection hazard gas which,under a charged pressure,is partially liquid at a tem- or both,but not a mass explosion hazard, perature of 68°F (20°C) and which is flammable. Division 1.4. Explosives that pose a minor explosion FLAMMABLE LIQUID.A liquid having a closed cup Flash hazard.The explosive effects are largely confined to the point below 100°F(38°C).Flammable liquids are further caie- package and no projection of fragments of appreciable gorized into a group known as Class I liquids.The Class I cate- size or range is to be expected.An external fire must not gory is subdivided as follows: cause virtually instantaneous explosion of almost the entire contents of the package. Class IA.Liquids having a flash point below 73°F (23°C) and a boiling point below 100°F(38°C). Division 1.5.Very insensitive explosives. This division Class IB. Liquids having a flash point below 73°F (23°C) is comprised of substances that have a mass explosion and a boiling point at or above 100`F (38°C). hazard,but that are so insensitive there is very little prob- ability of initiation or of transition from burning to deto- Class IC. Liquids having a flash point at or above 73°F nation under normal conditions of transport. (23°C) and below 100°F (38°C). 30 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION The category of flammable liquids does not include com- material shall be performed by experienced,technically compe- pressed gases or cryogenic fluids. tent persons. FLAMMABLE MATERIAL. A material capable of being INCOMPATIBLE MATERIALS. Materials that, when readily ignited from common sources of heat or at a temperature mixed, have the potential to react in a manner [hat generates of 600°F (316°C) or less. heat,fumes,gases or byproducts which are hazardous to life or FLAMMABLE SOLID.A solid,other than a blasting agent or property, explosive, that is capable of causing fire through friction, INERT GAS.A gas that is capable of reacting with other male- absorption or moisture, spontaneous chemical change, or rials only under abnormal conditions such as high tempera- retained heat from manufacturing or processing,or which has an tures, pressures and similar extrinsic physical forces. Within ignition temperature below 212°F (100°C) or which bums so the context of the code,inert gases do not exhibit either physi- vigorously and persistently when ignited as to create a serious cal or health properties as defined(other than acting as a simple hazard. A chemical shall be considered a flammable solid as asphyxiant) or hazard properties other than those of a com- determined in accordance with the test method of CPSC 16 pressed gas. Some of the more common inert gases include CFR; Part 1500.44,if it ignites and burns with a self-sustained argon,helium, krypton,neon,nitrogen and xenon. flame at a rate greater than 0.t inch(2.5 mm)per second along its OPEN SYSTEM.The use of a solid or liquid hazardous mate- major axis. rial involving a vessel or systent that is continuously open to the FLASH POINT.The minimum temperature in degrees Fahren- atmosphere during normal operations and where vapors are licit at which a liquid will give off sufficient vapors to form an liberated,or the product is exposed to the atmosphere during ignitable mixture with air near the surface or in the container,but normal operations. Examples of open systems for solids and will not sustain combustion.The flash point of a liquid shall be liquids include dispensing from or into open beakers or con- determined by appropriate test procedure and apparatus as spec- tainers,dip tank and plating tank operations. ified in ASTM D 56,ASTM D 93 or ASTM D 3278. OPERATING BUILDING.A building occupied in conjunc- HANDLING.The deliberate transport by any means to a point lion with the manufacture, transportation or use of explosive of storage or use. materials.Operating buildings are separated from one another with the use of intraplant or intraline distances. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS.Those chemicals or substances ORGANIC PEROXIDE.An organic compound that contains that are physical hazards or health hazards as defined and classi- the bivalent-O-O-structure and which may be considered to be lied in this section and the International Fh-e Code,whether the a structural derivative of hydrogen peroxide where one or both materials are in usable or waste condition. of the hydrogen atoms have been replaced by an organic radi- HEALTH HAZARD.A classification of a chemical for which cal.Organic peroxides can pose an explosion hazard (detona- there is statistically significant evidence that acute or chronic tion or deflagration) or they can be shock sensitive.They can health effects are capable of occurring in exposed persons.The also decompose into various unstable compounds over an term"health hazard" includes chemicals that are toxic or highly extended period of time. toxic,and corrosive. Class I.Those formulations that are capable of deflagration HIGHLY TOXIC.A material which produces a lethal dose or but not detonation. lethal concentration that falls within any of the following catego- Class 11.Those formulations that burn very rapidly and that ries: pose a moderate reactivity hazard. 1. A chemical that has a median lethal dose(LD5,,}of 50 mil- Class III. Those formulations that burn rapidly and that ligrains or less per kilogram of body weight when admin- pose a moderate reactivity hazard. istered orally to albino rats weighing between 200 and 300 Class IV.Those formulations that burn in the same manner grams each. as ordinary combustibles and that pose a minimal reactivity 2. A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD5J of 200 hazard. milligrams or less per kilogram of body weight when Class V. Those formulations that burn with less intensity administered by continuous contact for 24 hours(or less if than ordinary combustibles or do not sustain combustion death occurs within 24 hours)with the bare skin of albino rabbits weighing between 2 and 3 kilograms each. and that pose no reactivity hazard. 3. A chemical that has a median lethal concentration (LC,J Unclassified detonable.Organic peroxides that are capable in air of 200 parts per million by volume or less of gas or of detonation. These peroxides pose an extremely high vapor, or 2 milligrams per liter or less of mist, fume or explosion hazard through rapid explosive decomposition. dust, when administered by continuous inhalation for 1 OXIDIZER. A material that readily yields oxygen or other hour(or less if death occurs within l hour) to albino rats oxidizing gas,or that readily reacts to promote or initiate com- weighing between 200 and 300 grams each. bustion of combustible materials and. if heated or contami- Mixtures of these materials with ordinary materials,such as nated,can result in vigorous self-sustained decomposition. water, might not warrant classification as highly toxic. While Class 4.An oxidizer that can undergo an explosive reaction this system is basically simple in application,any hazard evalua- due to contamination or exposure to thermal or physical lion that is required for the precise categorization of this type of shock and that causes a severe increase in the burning rate of 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 31 USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION combustible materials with which it comes into contact. Class 4.Materials that in themselves are readily capable of Additionally, the oxidizer causes a severe increase in the detonation or explosive decomposition or explosive reac- burning rate and can cause spontaneous ignition of combus- tion at normal temperatures and pressures. This class tibles, includes materials that are sensitive to mechanical or local- Class 3. An oxidizer that causes a severe increase in the ized thermal shock at normal temperatures and pressures. burning rate of combustible materials with which it comes Class 3.Materials that in themselves are capable of detona- in contact. tionor of explosive decomposition or explosive reaction but Class 2.An oxidizer that will cause a moderate increase in which require a strong initiating source or which must be the burning rate of combustible materials with which it heated under confinement before initiation. This class includes materials that are sensitive to thermal or mechani- cal shock at elevated temperatures and pressures. Class 1.An oxidizer that does not moderately increase the Class 2.Materials that in themselves are normally unstable burning rate of combustible materials. and readily undergo violent chemical change but do not det- OXIDIZING GAS. A gas that can support and accelerate onate.This class includes materials that can undergo chemi- combustion of other materials. cal change with rapid release of energy at normal temperatures and pressures, and that can undergo violent PHYSICAL HAZARD. A chemical for which there is evi- chemical change at elevated temperatures and pressures. dence that it is a combustible liquid,cryogenic Fluid,explosive, Flammable(solid,liquid or gas),organic peroxide(solid or liq- Class 1.Materials that in themselves are normally stable but uid), oxidizer (solid or liquid), oxidizing gas, pyrophoric which can become unstable at elevated temperatures and (solid,liquid or gas),unstable (reactive)material (solid,liquid pressure. or gas) or water-reactive material (solid or liquid). WATER-REACTIVE MATERIAL. A material that PYROPHORIC. A chemical with an autoignition tempera- explodes:violently reacts: produces flammable, toxic or other ture in air,at or below a temperature of 1307 (54.4°C). hazardous gases:or evolves enough heat to cause autoignition or ignition of combustibles upon exposure to water or mois- PYROTECHNIC COMPOSITION. A chemical mixture ture.Water-reactive materials are subdivided as follows: that produces visible light displays or sounds through a Class 3.Materials that rem explosively with water without self-propagating, heat-releasing chemical reaction which is requiring heat or confinement. initiated by ignition. TOXIC.A chemical falling within any of the following cate- Class Z.Materials that react violently with water or have the ability to boil water. Materials that produce flammable. goriest toxic or other hazardous gases or evolve enough heat to 1. A chemical that has a median lethal dose(LD5j of more cause autoignition or ignition of combustibles upon expo- than 50 milligrams per kilogram. but not more than 500 sure to water or moisture. milligrams per kilogram of body weight when adminis- Class 1.Materials that react with water with some release of tered orally to albino rats weighing between 200 and 300 energy,but not violently. grams each. 2. A chemical that has a median lethal dose(LDS of more [F] 307.3 High-hazard Group H-1.Buildings and structures than 200 milligrams per kilogram, but not more than containing materials that pose a detonation hazard shall be 1,000 milligrams per kilogram of body weight when classified as Group H-1.Such materials shall include,but not administered by continuous contact for 24 hours(or less be limited to,the following: if death occurs within 24 hours) with the bare skin of Detonable pyrophoric materials albino rabbits weighing between 2 and 3 kilograms each. Explosives: 3. A chemical that has a median lethal concentration(LC5„) Division 1.1 in air of more than 200 parts per million,but not more Division 1.2 than 2,000 parts per million by volume of gas or vapor,or Division 1.3 more than 2 milligrams per liter but not more than 20 mil- ligrams per liter of mist, fume or dust, when adminis- Exception:Materials that are used and maintained in tered by continuous inhalation for 1 hour(or less if death a form where either confinement or configuration will occurs within 1 hour) to albino rats weighing between not elevate the hazard from a mass fire to mass explo- 200 and 300 grams each. sion hazard shall be allowed in H-2 occupancies. UNSTABLE (REACTIVE) MATERIAL. A material,other Division 1.4 than an explosive,which in the pure state or as commercially Exception: Articles, including articles packaged for produced, will vigorously polymerize, decompose, condense shipment,that are not regulated as an explosive under or become self-reactive and undergo other violent chemical Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms regula- changes,including explosion,when exposed to heat,friction or tions, or unpackaged articles used in process opera- shock, or in the absence of an inhibitor, or in the presence of tions that do not propagate a detonation or contaminants, or in contact with incompatible materials. deflagration between articles shall be allowed in H-3 Unstable (reactive) materials are subdivided as follows: occupancies. 32 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION Division 1.5 as Group H-5.Such facilities and areas shall be designed and Division 1.6 constructed in accordance with Section 415.8. Organic peroxides,unclassified detonable [F]307.8 Multiple hazards.Buildings and structures containing Oxidizers,Class 4 a material or materials representing hazards that are classified in Unstable(reactive)materials,Class 3 detonable and Class 4 one or more of Groups H-1,H-2,H-3 and H-4 shall conform to the [F] 307,4 High-hazard Group H-2.Buildings and structures code requirements for each of the occupancies so classified. containing materials that pose a deflagration hazard or a hazard from accelerated burning shall be classified as Group H-2. SECTION 308 Such materials shall include,but not be limited to,the follow- INSTITUTIONAL GROUP I ing: Class I,I1 or IIIA flammable or combustible liquids which 308.1 Institutional Group I.Institutional Group 1 occupancy are used or stored in normally open containers or sys- includes,among others,the use of a building or structure,or a tems, or in closed containers or systems pressurized at Portion thereof,in which people are cared for or live in a super- more than 15 psi (103.4 kPa) gage. vised environment, having physical limitations because of Combustible dusts health or age are harbored for medical treatment or other care Cryogenic fluids,flammable or treatment,or in which people are detained for penal or cor- Flammable gases rectional purposes or in which the liberty of the occupants is Organic peroxides, Class I restricted. Institutional occupancies shall be classified as Group 1-1.1-2,I-3 or I-4, Oxidizers,Class 3, that are used or stored in normally open containers or systems,or in closed containers or systems 308.2 Group I-1. This occupancy shall include buildings, pressurized at more than 15 psi (103 kPa)gage structures or parts thereof housing more than 16 persons,on a Pyrophoric liquids,solids and gases,nondetonahle 24-hour basis,who because of age. mental disability or other Unstable (reactive) materials,Class 3,nondetonahle reasons,live in a supervised residential environment that pro- Water-reactive materials,Class 3 vides personal carp services. The occupants are capable of responding to an emergency situation without physical assis- tance from staff.This group shall include,but not be limited to, containing materials that readily support combustion or that the following: pose a physical hazard shall be classified as Group H-3. Such materials shall include,but not be limited to,the following: Alcohol and drug centers Assisted living facilities Class I, 11 or IIIA flammable or combustible liquids that Congregate care facilities are used or stored in normally closed containers or Convalescent facilities systems pressurized at 15 pounds per square inch gauge Group homes (103.4 kPa) or less Halfway houses Combustible fibers,other than densely packed baled cotton Residential board and care facilities Consumer fireworks, IAG (Class C,Common) Social rehabilitation facilities Cryogenic fluids, oxidizing Flammable solids A facility such as the above with five or fewer persons shall Organic peroxides,Class Il and III be classified as a Group R-3 or shall comply with the Interrra- Oxidizers,Class 2 tional Residential Code in accordance with Section 101.2. A Oxidizers,Class 3,that are used or stored in normally facility such as above,housing at least six and not more than 16 closed containers or systems pressurized at 15 pounds per persons,shall be classified as Group R-4. square inch gauge (103 kPa) or less 308.3 Group I-2.This occupancy shall include buildings and Oxidizing gases structures used for medical, surgical, psychiatric, nursing or Unstable (reactive) materials,Class 2 custodial care for persons who are not capable of self-preserva- Water-reactive materials, Class 2 tion.This group shall include,but not be limited lo,the follow- ]F] 307.6 High-hazard Group H-4.Buildings and structures ing: which contain materials that are health hazards shall be classi- Child care facilities fied as Group H-4.Such materials shall include,but not be lim- Detoxification facilities ited to,the following: Hospitals Corrosives Mental hospitals m h Nursing homes Highly toxic materials � Toxic materials 308.3.1 Definitions.The following words and terms shall, [F] 307.7 High-hazard Group H-5 structures.Semiconduc- For the purposes of this section and as used elsewhere in this for fabrication facilities and comparable research and develop code, have the meanings shown herein. ment areas in which hazardous production materials (HPM) CHILD CARE FACILITIES. Facilities that provide are used and the aggregate quantity of materials is in excess of care on a 24-hour basis to more than five children, 2112 those listed in Tables 307.1(1) and 307.1(2) shall be classified years of age or less. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 33 USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION DETOXIFICATION FACILITIES. Facilities that 308.4.5 Condition 5. This occupancy condition shall serve patients who are provided treatment for substance include buildings in which free movement is restricted from abuse on a 24-hour basis and who are incapable of an occupied space. Staff-controlled manual release is pro- self-preservation or who are harmful to themselves or vided to permit movement from sleeping units activity others. spaces and other occupied areas within the smoke cornpart- HOSPITALS AND MENTAL HOSPITALS. ment to other smoke compartments. Buildings or portions thereof used on a 24-hour basis for 308.5 Group 1-4,day care facilities.This group shall include the medical,psychiatric,obstetrical orsurgical treatment buildings and structures occupied by persons of any age who of inpatients who are incapable of self-preservation. receive custodial care for less than 24 hours by individuals other than parents or guardians,relatives by blood,marriage or NURSING HOMES.Nursing homes are long-term care adoption,and in a place other than the home of the person cared facilities on a 24-hour basis,including both intermediate for.A facility such as the above with five or fewer persons shall care facilities and skilled nursing facilities.serving more be classified as a Group R-3 or shall comply with the Interna- than five persons and any of the persons are incapable of tional Residential Code in accordance with Section 101.2. self-preservation. Places of worship during religious functions are not included. 308.4 Group I-3.This occupancy shall include buildings and 308.5.1 Adult care facility.A facility that provides accom- structures that are inhabited by more than five persons who are modations For less than 24 hours for more than five unre- under restraint or security. An 1-3 facility is occupied by per- lated adults and provides supervision and personal care sons who are generally incapable of self-preservation due to servlcesshalI be classified as Group 1-4. security measures not under the occupants'control.This group shall include,but not be limited to, the following: Exception: A facility where occupants are capable of responding to an emergency situation without physical Correctional centers assistance From the staff shall be classified as Group R-3. Detention centers Jails 308.5.2 Childcare facility.A facility that provides supervi- Prerelease centers Sion and personal care on less than a 24-hour basis for more Prisons than five children 211,years of age or less shall be classified Reformatories as Group 1-4. Buildings of Group 1-3 shall be classified as one of the occu- Exception: A child day care facility that provides care pancy conditions indicated in Sections 308.4.1 through for more than five but no more than 100 children 2112 308.4.5 (see Section 408.1). years or less of age, where the rooms in which the chil- dren are cared for are located on a level ofexit discharge 308.4.1 Condition 1. This occupancy condition shall serving such rooms and each of these child care rooms include buildings in which free movement is allowed from has an exit door directly to the exterior,shall be classified sleeping areas,and other spaces where access or occupancy as Group E. is permitted, to the exterior via means of egress without restraint. A Condition 1 facility is permitted to be con- structed as Group R. SECTION 309 308.4.2 Condition 2. This occupancy condition shall MERCANTILE GROUP M include buildings in which free movement is allowed from 309.1 Mercantile Group M.Mercantile Group M occupancy sleeping areas and any other occupied smoke compartment includes,among others, the use of a building or structure or a to one or more other smoke compartments. Egress to the portion thereof, for the display and sale of merchandise and exterior is impeded by locked exits. involves stocks of goods, wares or merchandise incidental to 308.4.3 Condition 3. This occupancy condition shall such purposes and accessible to the public. Mercantile occu- include buildings in which free movement is allowed within pancies shall include,but not be limited to, the following: individual smoke compartments,such as within a residen- Department stores tial unit comprised of individual sleeping units and group Drug stores activity spaces, where egress is impeded by remote-con- Markets trolled release of means of egress from such a smoke com- Motor fuel-dispensing facilities partment to another smoke compartment. Retail or wholesale stores 308.4.4 Condition 4. This occupancy condition shall Sales rooms include buildings in which free movement is restricted from 309.2 Quantity of hazardous materials.The aggregate quan- an occupied space.Remo te-controIledrelease is provided to lily of nonflammable solid and nonflammable or permit movement from sleeping units, activity spaces and noncombustible liquid hazardous materials stored or displayed other occupied areas within the smoke compartment to in a single control area of a Group M occupancy shall not other smoke compartments. exceed the quantities in Table 414.2.5(1). 34 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION SECTION 310 310.2 Definitions.The following words and terms shall,For the RESIDENTIAL GROUP R purposes of this section and as used elsewhere in this code, 310.1 Residential Group R. Residential Group R includes, have the meanings shown herein. among others, the use of a building or structure, or a portion BOARDING HOUSE.A building arranged or used for lodg- thereof,for sleeping purposes when not classified as an Institu- ing for compensation.with or without meals,and not occupied tional Group 1 or when not regulated by the International Resi- as a single-family unit. dential Code in accordance with Section 1012. Residential CONGREGATE LIVING FACILITIES.A building or part occupancies shall include the following: thereof that contains sleeping units where residents share bath- R-1 Residential occupancies containing sleeping units where room and/or kitchen facilities. the occupants are primarily transient in nature, including: DORMITORY. A space in a building where group sleeping Boarding houses(transient) accommodations are provided in one room, or in a series of Hotels (transient) closely associated rooms,for persons not members of the same Motels (transient) family group,under joint occupancy and single management, Congregate living facilities (transient) with 10 or fewer as in college dormitories or fraternity houses. occupants are permitted to comply with the construction PERSONAL CARE SERVICE.The care of residents who do requirements for Group R-3. not require chronic or convalescent medical or nursing care. R-2 Residential occupancies containing sleeping units or more Personal care involves responsibility for the safety of the resi- than two dwelling units where the occupants are primarily per dent while inside the building. manent in nature,including: RESIDENTIAL CARE/ASSISTED LIVING FACILI- TIES.A building or part thereof housing persons,on a 24-hour Apartment houses basis,who because of age, mental disability or other reasons, Boarding houses{nontransicnt) live in a supervised residential environment which provides Convents personal care services.The occupants are capable of respond- Dormitories ing to an emergency situation without physical assistance from Fraternities and sororities staff.This classification shall include,but not be limited to,the Hotels (nontransicnt) following: residential board and care facilities,assisted living M 1 Live/work units facilities,halfway houses,group homes,congregate care facili- V atels (nontransicnt)acation timeshare properties Monasteries ties,social rehabilitation facilities,alcohol and drug abuse cen- ters and convalescent facilities. V TRANSIENT.Occupancy of a dwelling unit or sleeping unit Congregate living facilities with 16 or fewer occupants are for not more than 30 days. permitted to comply with the construction requirements for Group R-3. R-3 Residential occupancies where the occupants are primar- SECTION 311 ily permanent in nature and not classified as Group R-1, R-2, STORAGE GROUP S R-4 or 1, including: 311.1 Storage Group S.Storage Group S occupancy includes. Buildings that do not contain more than two dwelling units. among others, the use of a building or structure, or a portion Adult care facilities that provide accommodations for five thereof, for storage that is not classified as a hazardous occu- or fewer persons of any age for less than 24 hours. pancy. Child care Facilities that provide accommodations for five or 311.2 Moderate-hazard storage, Group S-1. Buildings fewer persons of any age for less than 24 hours. occupied for storage uses that are not classified as Group S-2, Congregate living facilities with 16 or fewer persons. including,but not limited to,storage of the following: Adult care and child care facilities that are within a sin- Aerosols, Levels 2 and 3 gle-family home are permitted to comply with the Interna- Aircraft hangar (storage and repair) 1 tional Residential Code. Bags: cloth,burlap and paper R-4 Residential occupancies shall include buildings arranged Bamboos and rattan for occupancy as residential care/assisted living facilities Baskets including more than five but not more than 16 occupants, Belting: canvas and leather excluding staff. Books and paper in rolls or packs Boots and shoes Group R-4 occupancies shall meet the requirements for con- Buttons,including cloth covered,pearl or bone struction as defined for Group R-3, except as otherwise pro- Cardboard and cardboard boxes vided for in this code or shall comply with the International Clothing,woolen wearing apparel Residential Code provided the building is protected by an auto- Cordage niatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section Dry boat storage (indoor) 903.2.7. Furniture 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 35 USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION Furs SECTION 312 Glues,mucilage,pastes and size UTILITY AND MISCELLANEOUS GROUP U Grains 312.1 General.Buildings and structures of an accessory char- Horns and combs,other than celluloid acter and miscellaneous structures not classified in any specific Leather occupancy shall be constructed, equipped and maintained to Linoleum conform to the requirements of this code commensurate with Lumber the fire and life hazard incidental to their occupancy.Group U Motor vehicle repair garages complying with the maximum shall include,but not be limited to,the following: allowable quantities of hazardous materials listed in Table 307.1(1) (see Section 406.6) Agricultural buildings Photo engravings Aircraft hangars,accessory to a one-or two-family Resilient flooring residence (see Section 412.5) Silks Barns Soaps Carports Sugar Fences more than 6 feet (1829 mm) high Tires,bulk storage of Grain silos,accessory to a residential occupancy Tobacco,cigars,cigarettes and snuff Greenhouses Upholstery and mattresses Livestock shelters Wax candles Private garages Retaining walls 311.3 Low-hazard storage,Group S-2.Includes,among oth- Sheds ers,buildings used for the storage of noncombustible materials Stables such as products on wood pallets or in paper cartons with or Tanks without single thickness divisions:or in paper wrappings,Such Towers products are permitted to have a negligible amount of plastic trim,such as knobs.handles or Film wrapping.Group S-2 stor- age uses shall include,but not be limited to,storage of the fol- lowing: Asbestos I Beverages up to and including 16-percent alcohol in metal, glass or ceramic containers Cement in bags Chalk and crayons Dairy products in nonwaxed coated paper containers Dry cell batteries Electrical coils Electrical motors Empty cans Food products Foods in noncombustible containers Fresh fruits and vegetables in nonplastic trays or containers Frozen foods Glass Glass bottles,empty or filled with noncombustible liquids Gypsum board Inert pigments Ivory Meats Metal cabinets Metal desks with plastic tops and trim Metal parts Metals Mirrors Oil-filled and other types of distribution transformers Parking garages. open or enclosed Porcelain and pottery Stoves Talc and soapsiones Washers and dryers 36 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' CHAPTER 4 SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY SECTION 401 lishments,entertainment and amusement facilities,offices, SCOPE and other similar uses,wherein two or more tenants have a 401.1 Detailed use and occupancy requirements.In addition main entrance into one or more open malls.For the purpose of Chapter A of the International Building Gode, anchor- the provisions of this chapter apply to the special uses and to the occupancy and construction requirements in this code, buildings are not considered as a parr of the open mall build- occupancies described herein. ing. FOOD COURT.A public seating area located in the mall that serves adjacent food preparation tenant spaces. SECTION 402 COVERED MALL AND OPEN MALL BUILDINGS GROSS LEASABLE AREA. The total floor area designed for tenant occupancy and exclusive use. The area of tenant 402.1 Scope. The provisions of this section shall apply to occupancy is measured from the centerlines of joint partitions buildings or structures defined herein as covered mall buildings to the outside of the tenant walls. All tenant areas, including not exceeding three floor levels at any point nor more than three areas used for storage, shall be included in calculating gross stories above grade plane. Except as specifically required by leasable area. this section, covemd mall buildings shall meet applicable pro- visions of this code. 402.3 Lease plan.Each covered mall buildingowner shall pro- Exceptions: vide both the building and fire departments with a lease plan showing the location of each occupancy and its exits after the 1. Foyers and lobbies of Groups B.R-1 and R-2 are not certificate of occupancy has been issued.No modifications or required to comply with this section, changes in occupancy or use shall be made from that shown on 2. Buildings need not comply with the provisions of this the lease plan without prior approval of the building o>rcial, section when they totally comply with other applica- 402.4 Means of egress.Each tenant space and the covered mall ble provisions of this code. buildingshall be provided with means ofegressas required by 402.2 Definitions.The following words and terms shall,for the this section and this code.Where there is a conflict between the purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this code, requirements of this code and the requirements of this section, have the meanings shown herein. the requirements of this section shall apply. ANCHOR BUILDING. An exterior perimeter building of a 402.4.1 Determination of occupant load. The occupant group other than H having direct access to a covered mall build- load permitted in any individual tenant space in a covered ing but having required means of egress independent of the mall building shall be determined as required by this code. mall. Means of egresss requirements for individual tenant spaces COVERED MALL BUILDING.A single building enclosing shall be based on the occupant load thus determined. a number of tenants and occupants,such as retail stores,drink- 402.4.1.1 Occupant formula. In determining required ing and dining establishments, entertainment and amusement meads ofegress of the mall,the number of occupants for facilities,passenger transportation terminals,offices and other whom means of egress are to be provided shall be based similar uses wherein two or more tenants have a main entrance on gross leasable area of the covered mall building into one or more malls.For the purpose of this chapter,anchor 6uildin s shall not be considered as a art of the covered mall {excluding anchor buildings) and the occupant load fac- g p for as determined by the following equation. building,The term"covemmd mall building"shall include open mall buildings as defined below. OLF=(0.00007) (GLA)+25 (Equation 4-1) Mall.A roofed or covered common pedestrian area within a where: covered mall building that serves as access for two or more tenants and not to exceed three levels that are open to each OLF = The occupant load factor (square feet per per- other.The term "mall" shall include open malls as defined son). below. GLA = The gross leasable area (square feet). Open mall.An unroofed common pedestrian way serving a Exception;Tenant spaces attached to a covered mall number of tenants not exceeding three levels.Circulation at building but with a means of egress system that is levels above grade shall be permitted to include open exte- totally independent of the covered mall buildingshall rior balconies leading to exits discharging at grade. not be considered as gross leasable area for determin- Open mall building.Several structures housing a number ing the required means of egress for the covered mall of tenants,such as retail stores, drinking and dining estab- building. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 37 SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY 402.4.1.2 OLF range.The occupant load factor(OLF) 402.4.6 Service areas fronting on exit passageways. is not required to be less than 30 and shall not exceed 50. Mechanical rooms,electrical rooms.building service areas 402.4.1.3 Anchor buildings. The occupant load of and service elevators are permitted to open directly into exit passageways, provided the exit passageway is separated anchor buildings opening into the mall shall not be From such roams with not less than 1-hour fire barriers con- included in computing the Iola]number of occupants for structed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal the mall. assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712, or 402.4.1.4 Food courts. The occupant load of a food both.The minimum fire protection ratingof openings in the court shall be determined in accordance with Section frre barriers shall be 1 hour. 1004. For the purposes of determining the means of 402.5 Mall width.For the purpose of providing required egress, egress requirements far the mall,the food court occupant malls are permitted to be considered as corridors but need not load shall be added to the occupant load of the covered comply with the requirements of Section 1005.1 of this code mall building as calculated above, where the width of the mall is as specified in this section, 402.4.2 Number of means of egress. Wherever the dis- 402.5.1 Minimum width.The minimum width of the mall tance of travel to the mall from any location within a tenant shall be 20 feet (6096 mm).The mall width shall he suffi- space used by persons other than employees exceeds 75 cient to accommodate the occupant loadserved.There shall feet(22 860 mm) or the tenant space has an occupant load be a minimum of 10 feet (3048 mm) clear exit width to a of 50 or more. not less than two means of egress shall be height of 8 feet(2438 mm) between any projection of a ten- provided. ant space bordering the mall and the nearest kiosk,vending 402.4.3 Arrangements of means of egress. Assembly machine, bench, display opening, food court or other occupancies with an occupant load of 500 or more shall be obstruction to means of egress travel. so located in the covered mall building that their entrance 402.5.2 Minimum width open mall.The minimum floor will be immediately adjacent to a principal entrance to the and roof opening width above grade shall be 20 feet (9096 mall and shall have not less than one-half of their required mm) in open malls. means of egress opening directly to the exterior of the cov- 402.6 Types of construction. The area of any covered mall eyed mall building, building,including anchor buildings,of Types 1,I1,III and IV 402.4.3.1 Anchor building means of egress. Required construction, shall not be limited provided the covered mall means of egress for anchor buildings shall be provided building and attached anchor buildings and parking garages independently from the mall means of egress system. are surrounded on all sides by a permanent open space of not The occupant load of anchor buildings opening into the less than 60 feet(18 288 mm) and the anchor buildings do not mall shall not be included in determining means ofegr ess exceed three stories above grade plane.The allowable height requirements for the mall. The path of egress travel of and area of anchor buildings greater than three stories above malls shall not exit through anchor buildings,Malls ter- grade plane shall comply o ith Section 503, as modified by urinating at an anchor buildingwhere no other means of Sections 504 and 506.The construction type of open parking egress has been provided shall be considered as a garages and enclosed parking garages shall comply with Sec- dead-end mall. tions 406.3 and 406.4,respectively. 402.4.4 Distance to exits. Within each individual tenant 402.6.1 Reduced open space.The permanent open space of space in a covered mall building,the maximum distance of 60 feet(18 288 mm) shall be permitted to be reduced to not travel from any point to an exit or entrance to the mall shall less than 40 feet(12 192 mm),provided the following requ- not exceed 200 feet (60 960 mm). irements are met: The maximum distance of travel from any point within a 1. The reduced open space shall not be allowed for more mall to an exit shall not exceed 200 feet (60 960 mm). than 75 percent of the perimeter of the covered mall building and anchor buildings.402.4.5 Access to exits. Where more than one exit is 2. The exterior wall facing the reduced open space shall required,they shall be so arranged that it is possible to travel have a minimum flee-resistance rating of 3 hours. in either direction from any point in a mall to separate exits. The minimum width of an exitpassagewayor corridor from 3. Openings in the exterior wall facing the reduced open a mall shall be 66 inches (1676 mm). space shall have opening protectives with a minimum Exception: Dead ends not exceeding a length equal to fire protection rating of 3 hours. twice the width of the mall measured at the narrowest 4. Group E,H,I or R occupancies are not within the cov- location within the dead-end portion of the mall. ered mall building or anchor stores. 402.4.5.1 Exit passageways. Where exit passageways 402.7 Fire-resistance-rated separation. Fire-resis- provide a secondary means of egress from a tenant space, tance-rated separation is not required between tenant spaces doorways to the exit passageway shall be protected by and the mall. Fire-resistance-rated separation is not required 1-hour fire door assemblies that are self- or automatic- between a food court and adjacent tenant spaces or the mall. closing by smoke detection in accordance with Section 402.7.1 Attached garage.An attached garage for the stor- 715.4.8.3. age of passenger vehicles having a capacity of not more than 38 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY nine persons and open parkinggarages shall be considered 402.10 Smoke control. Where a covered mall building con- as a separate building where it is separated from the covered tains an atrium, a smoke control system shall be provided in mall building by not less than 2-hour fire barriers con- accordance with Section 404.5. strutted in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal Exception: A smoke control system is not required in cov- assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712, or eyed mall buildings when an atrium connects only two sto- both. ties. Exception: Where an open pafkinggarage or enclosed 402.11 Kiosks. Kiosks and similar structures (temporary or parking garage is separated from the covered mall build- permanent) shall meet the following requirements: ing or anchor building a distance greater than 10 feet (3048 mm), the provisions of Table 602 shall apply. L Combustible kiosks or other structures shall not be Pedestrian walkways and tunnels that attach the open located within the mail unless constructed of any of the parking garage or enclosed parking garage to the co v- following materials: eyed mall building or anchor building shall be con- I.I. Fire-retardant-treated wood complying with strutted in accordance with Section 3104. Section 2303.2. 402.7.2 Tenant separations. Each tenant space shall be 1.2. Foam plastics having a maximum heat-release separated from other tenant spaces by a fire partition corn- rate not greater than 100 kilowatts (105 Btu/h) plying with Section 709. A tenant separation wall is not when tested in accordance with the exhibit booth required between any tenant space and the mall. protocol in UL 1975, 402.7.3 Anchor building separation.An anchor building 1.3. Aluminum composite material (ACM) having a shall be separated from the covered mall building by fire flame spread index of not more than 25 and a nalls complying with Section 706. smoke-developed index of not more than 450 when tested as an assembly in the maximum Exception:Anchor buildings of not more than three sto- thickness intended for use in accordance with ries above grade plane that have an occupancy classic- ASTM E 84 or UL 723. cation the same as that permitted for tenants of the covered mall building shall be separated by 2-hour 2• Kiosks or similar structures located within the mall shall fire-resistive flrp barriers complying with Section 707. be provided with approved fire suppression detection devices. 402.7.3.1 Openings between anchor building and 3. The minimum horizontal separation between kiosks or mall. Except for the separation between Group R-1 groupings thereof and other structures within the mall sleeping units and the mall, openings between anchor shall be 20 feet (6096 mm). buildings of Type IA. IB, IIA and IIB construction and the mall need not be protected. 4. Each kiosk or similar structure or groupings thereof shall 402.8 Interior finish.Interior wall and ceiling finishes within have a maximum area of 300 square feet (28 m2). the mall and exitsshall have a minimum flamespreadindexand 402.12 Children's playground structures. Structures smoke-developed index of Class B in accordance with Chapter intended as children's playgrounds that exceed 10 feet (3048 8.Interiorfloorfrnishesshall meet the requirements of Section mm)in height and 150 square feet(14 m2) in area shall comply 804. with Sections 402.12.1 through 402.12.4. IF] 402.9 Automatic sprinkler system. The coveted mall 402.12.1 Materials.Children's playground structures shall buildingand buildings connected shall be equipped throughout be constructed of noncombustible materials or of combusti- with an autornaticsprinklersystemin accordance with Section ble materials that comply with the following: 903.3.1.1,which shall comply with the following: 1. Fire-retardant-treated wood. I. The automatic sprinkler system shall be complete and 2. Light-transmitting plastics complying with Section operative throughout occupied space in the coverednrall 2606, building prior to occupancy of any of the tenant spaces. 3. Foam plastics (including the pipe foam used in Unoccupied tenant spaces shall be similarly protected soft-contained play equipment structures) having a unless provided with approved alternative protection. maximum heat-release rate not greater than 100 2. Sprinkler protection for the mall shall be independent kilowatts when tested in accordance with UL 1975, from that provided for tenant spaces or anchors. Where 4. Aluminum composite material (ACM) meeting the tenant spaces are supplied by the same system,they shall requirements of Class A interiorfinish in accordance be independently controlled. with Chapter 8 when tested as an assembly in the Exception: An automatic sprinkler system shall not be maximum thickness intended for use, required in spaces or areas of open parking garages con- 5. Textiles and films complying with the flame propaga- structed in accordance with Section 406.3. tion performance criteria contained in NFPA 701. (F] 402.9.1 Standpipe system.The covered mall building 6. Plastic materials used to construct rigid components shall be equipped throughout with a standpipe system as of soft-contained play equipment structures (such as required by Section 905.3.3. tubes,windows,panels,junction boxes,pipes,slides 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 39 SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY and decks) exhibiting a peak rate of heat release not 402.16 Plastic signs.Plastic signs affixed to the storefront of exceeding 400 kW/m'«hen tested in accordance with any tenant space facing the mall shall be limited as specified in ASTM E 1354 at an incident heat flux of 50 kW/m2 in Sections 402.16.1 through 402.16.5.2. the horizontal orientation at a thickness of 6 mm. 402.16.I Area.Plastic signs shall not exceed 20 percent of 7. Ball pool balls,used in soft-contained play equipment the wall area facing the mall. structures. having a maximum heat-release rate not greater than 100 kilowatts when tested in accordance 402.16.2 Height and width.Plastic signs shall not exceed a with UL 1975.The minimum specimen test size shall height of 36 inches(914 mm),except that if the sign is verti- be 36 inches by 36 inches(914 min by 914 mm)by an cal,the height shall not exceed 96 inches(2438 mm)and[he average of 21 inches (533 mm) deep, and the balls width shall not exceed 36 inches (914 mm). shall he held in a box constructed of galvanized steel 402.16.3 Location. Plastic signs shall be located a mini- poultry netting wire mesh. mum distance of 18 inches(457 mm)from adjacent tenants. 8. Foam plastics shall be covered by a fabric,coating or 402.16.4 Plastics other than Foam plastics.Plastics other film meeting the flame propagation performance cri- than foam plastics used in signs shall be light-transmitting feria of NFPA 701. plastics complying with Section 2606.4 or shall have a 9. The floor covering placed under the children's play- self-ignition temperature of 650°F(343°C)or greater when ground structure shall exhibit a Class I inter'Iorfloor tested in accordance with ASTM D 1929, and a flame finish classification. as described in Section 804, spread index not greater than 75 and smoke-developed when tested in accordance with NFPA 253. index not greater than 450 when tested in the manner 402.12.2 Fire protection.Children's playground structures intended for use in accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723 located within the mall shall be provided with the same level or meet [lie acceptance criteria of Section 803.1.2.1 when of approved fire suppression and detection devices required tested in accordance with NFPA 286. for kiosks and similar structures. 402.16.4.1 Encasement. Edges and backs of plastic 402.12.3 Separation. Children's playground structures signs in the mall shall be fully encased in metal. shall have a minimum horizontal separation from other 402.16.5 Foam plastics. Foam plastics used in signs shall structures within the mall of 20 feet (6090 mm). have flame-retardant characteristics such that the sign has a 402.12.4 Area limits. Children's playground structures maximum heat-release rate of 150 kilowatts when tested in shall not exceed 300 square feet (28 m2) in area, unless a accordance with UL 1975 and the foam plastics shall have special investigation hasdemonstrated adequate fire safety. the physical characteristics specified in this section. Foam plastics used in signs installed in accordance with Section 402.13 Security grilles and doors.Horizontal sliding or verti- 402.16 shall not be required to comply with the flame cal security grilles or doors that are a part of a required means of spread and smoke-developed indexes specified in Section egmss shall conform to the following: 2603.3. 1. They shall remain in the full open position during the 402.16.5.1 Density.The minimum density of foam plas- period of occupancy by the general public. tics used in signs shall not be less than 20 pounds per 2. Doors or grilles shall not he brought to the closed posi- cubic foot (pcf7 (320 kg1m3). tion when there are 10 or more persons occupying spaces 402.16.5.2 Thickness. The thickness of foam plastic served by a single exit or 50 or more persons occupying signs shall not be greater than '/,inch (12.7 mm). spaces served by more than one exit. rifles shall be o enable from within with- [F]402.17 Fire department access to equipment.Rooms or 3. The doors or g p areas containing controls for air-conditioning systems, auto- out the use of any special knowledge or effort where the matic fire-extinguishing systems or other detection, suppms- space is occupied. sion or control elements shall be identified for use by the fire 4. Where two or more exits are required, not more than department. one-half of the exi[sshall be permitted to include either a horizontal sliding or vertical rolling grille or door. [F]402.14 Standby power. Covered mall buildings exceeding SECTION 403 50,000 square feet (4645 ml shall be provided with standby HIGH-RISE BUILDINGS power systems that are capable of operating the emergency 403.1 Applicability. High-rise buildings shall comply with voice/alarm communication system. Sections 403.2 through 403.6. [F]402.15 Emergency voice/alarm communication system. Exception:The provisions of Sections 403.2 through 403.6 Covered mall buildings exceeding 50.000 square feet (4645 shall not apply to the following buildings and structures: MI) in total floor area shall be provided with an emergency 1. Airport traffic control towers in accordance with Sec- voice/alarm communication system. Emergency voice/alarm lion 412.3. communication systems serving a mall,required or otherwise, shall be accessible to the fire department.The system shall be 2. Open parking garages in accordance with Section provided in accordance with Section 907.5.2.2. 406.3. 40 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY 3. Buildings with a Group A-5 occupancy in accordance Level 2 as measured by the test method described in with Section 303.1. ASTM C 1629/C 1629M. 4. Special industrial occupancies in accordance with 403.2.3.2 Wall assembly materials.The face of the wall Section 503.1.1. assemblies making up the exit enclosures and elevator 5. Buildings with a Group H-1,H-2 or H-3 occupancy in hoistway enclosures that are not exposed to the interior accordance with Section 415. of the exit enclosure or elevator hoistway enclosure shall be constructed in accordance with one of the following 403.2 Construction. The construction of high-rise buildings methods: shall comply with the provisions of Sections 403.2.1 through 403.2.4. 1. The wall assembly shall incorporate not less Than two layers of impact-resistant construction board 403.2.1 Reduction in fire-resistance rating. The each of which meets or exceeds Hard Body Impact pre-resistance-raring reductions listed in Sections Classification Level 2 as measured by the test 403.2.1.1 and 403.2.1.2 shall be allowed in buildings that method described in ASTM C 1629/C 1629M. have sprinkler control valves equipped with supervisory ini- 2. The wall assembly shall incorporate not less than tiating devices and water-flow initiating devices for each one layer of impact-resistant construction material floor. that meets or exceeds Hard Body Impact Classifi- 403.2.1.1 Type of construction. The following reduc- cation Level 3 as measured by the test method tions in the minimum fire-resistance rating of the build- described in ASTM C 16291C 1629M. ing elements in Table 601 shall be permitted as follows: 3. The wall assembly incorporates multiple Iayers of 1. For buildings not greater than 420 feet (128 m) in any material,tested in tandem,that meet or exceed building height, the fire-resistance rating of the Hard Body Impact Classification Level 3 as mea- building elements in Type IA construction shall be sured by the test method described in ASTM C permitted to be reduced to the minimum fire-rests- 1629/C 1629M. tanceratingsfor the building elements in Type IB. 403.2.3.3 Concrete and masonry walls. Concrete or Exception:The required flip-resistance rating masonry walls shall be deemed to satisfy the require- of columns supporting floors shall not be per- ments of Sections 403.2.3.1 and 403.2.3.2. mitted to be reduced. 403.2.3.4 Other wall assemblies.Any other wall assem- 2. In other than Group F-l. M and S-1 occupancies. bly that provides impact resistance equivalent to that the fire-resistance rating of the building elements required by Sections 403.2.3.1 and 403.2.3.2 for Hard in Type 1B construction shall be permitted to be Body Impact Classification Level 3, as measured by the reduced to the fire-resistance ratingsin Type 11A. test method described in ASTM C 16291C 1629M,shall 3. The building height and build/jig area limitations be permitted. of a building containing building elements with 403.2.4 Sprayed fire-resistant materials (SFRM). The reduced fire-resistance ratings shall be permitted bond strength of the SFRM installed throughout the build- to be the same as the building without such reduc- ing shall be in accordance with Table 403.2.4. tions. TABLE 403.2.4 403.2.1.2 Shaft enclosures. For buildings not greater MINIMUM BOND STRENGTH than 420 feet (128 m) in building freight, the required HEIGHT OF BUILDING' SFRM MINIMUM BOND STRENGTH fire-resistance ratingof the fire barriers enclosing verti- Up to 420 feet 430 psf cal shafts, other than exit enclosures and elevator - — hoistway enclosures,is permitted to be reduced to 1 hour Greater than 420 feet 1.000 psf where automatic sprinklers are installed within the shafts for Sl: 1 foot=304.8 mm.1 pound per square foot(psf)=0.0479 kWlm'. at the top and at alternate floor levels. a Above the lowest level of Tire department vehicle access. 403.22 Seismic considerations. For seismic consider- [F] 403.3 Automatic sprinkler system. Buildings and struc- ations,see Chapter 16, lures shall be equipped throughout with an autonraticsprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and a secondary 403.2.3 Structural integrity of exit enclosures and eleva- water supply where required by Section 903.3.5.2. for hoistway enclosures. For high-rise buildings of occu- pancy category III or IV in accordance with Section 1604.5, Exception: An automatic sprinkler system shall not be and for all buildings that are more than 420 feet (128 m) in required in spaces or areas of: building height, exit enclosures and elevator hoistway 1. Open parking garages in accordance with Section enclosures shall comply with Sections 403.2.3.1 through 406.3. 403.2.3.4. 2. Telecommunications equipment buildings used 403.2.3.1 Wall assembly.The wall assemblies making exclusively for telecommunications equipment,asso- up the exit enclosures and elevator hoistway enclosures ciated electrical power distribution equipment, bat- shall meet or exceed Soft Body impact Classification teries and standby engines,provided that those spaces 2DO9 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 41 SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY or areas are equipped throughout with an automatic be less than 40 square feet (3.7 m2) per 501inear feet fire detection system in accordance with Section (15 240 min) of perimeter. 907.2 and are separated from the remainder of the Exceptions: building by not less than 1-hour lire barriers con- structed in accordance with Section 707 or not less 1. In Group R-1 occupancies, each sleeping than 2-hour horizontal assemblies constructed in unit or suite having an exterior wallshalI be accordance with Section 712,or both. permitted to be provided with 2 square feet (0.19 mz) of venting area in lieu of the area [F] 403.3.1 Number of sprinkIer risers and system specified in Item 1. design. Each sprinkler system zone in buildings that are more than 420 feet (128 m) in building height shall be sup- 2. Windows shall be permitted to be fixed pro- plied by a minimum of two risers. Each riser shall supply vided that glazing can be cleared by fire sprinklers on alternate floors. If more than Iwo risers are fighters. provided for a zone,sprinklers on adjacent Floors shall not 2. Mechanical air-handling equipment providing one be supplied from the same riser, exhaust air change every 15 minutes for the area [F] 403.3.1.1 Riser location. Sprinkler risers shall be involved. Return and exhaust air shall be moved placed in exit enclosures that are remotely located in directly to the outside without recirculation to other accordance with Section 1015.2. portions of the building. [F] 403.3.2 Water supply to required fire pumps. 3. Any other approved design that will produce equiva- Required fire pumps shall be supplied by connections to a lent results. minimum of two water mains located in different streets. [F]403.4.7 Standby power.A standby power system com- Separate supply piping shall be provided between each con- plying with Chapter 27 shall be provided for standby power nection to the water main and the pumps. Each connection loads specified in Section 403.4.7.2. and the supply piping between the connection and the [F]403.4.7.1 Special requirements for standby power pumps shall be sized to supply the flow and pressure systems.If the standby system is a generator set inside a required for the pumps to operate. building, the system shall be located in a separate room Exception:Two connections to the same main shall be enclosed with 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accor- pennitted provided the main is valved such that an inter- dance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies con- ruption can be isolated so that the water supply will con- strutted in accordance with Section 712,or both.System tinue without interruption through at least one of the supervision with manual start and transfer features shall connections. be provided at the fire command center. 403.4 Emergency systems. The detection, alarm and emer- [F] 403.4.7.2 Standby power loads.The following are gency systems of high-rise buildings shall comply with Sec- classified as standby power loads: tions 403A.1 through 403.4.8. 1. Power and lighting for the fire command center [F] 403.4.1 Smoke detection. Smoke detection shall be required by Section 403.4.5; provided in accordance with Section 907.2.13.1. 2. Ventilation and automatic fire detection equip- IF]403.4.2 Fire alarms systems.A fire alarm system shall ment for smokeproof enclosures;and be provided in accordance with Section 907.2.13. 3. Standby power shall be provided for elevators in [F]403.4.3 Emergency voice/alarm communication sys- accordance with Sections 1007.4,3003, 3007 and tem. An emergency voicelalarm communication system 3008, shall be provided in accordance with Section 907.5.2.2. [F] 403.4.8 Emergency power systems. An emergency [F]403.4.4 Emergency responder radio coverage.Emer- power system complying with Chapter 27 shall be provided I gency responder radio coverage shall be provided in accor for emergency power loads specified in Section 403.9.8.1. dance with Section 510 of the International Fire?Code. [F] 403.4.8.1 Emergency power loads. The following [F] 903.9.5 Fire command. A fire command center com- are classified as emergency power loads: plying with Section 911 shall be provided in a location 1. Exit signs and means of egress illumination approved by the fire department. required by Chapter 10; 403.4.6 Smoke removal. To facilitate smoke removal in 2. Elevator car lighting; post-fire salvage and overhaul operations, buildings and 3. Emergency voice/alarm communications systems; structures shall be equipped with natural or mechanical ven- 4. Automatic fire detection systems; tilation for removal of products of combustion in accor- dance with one of the following: 5. Fire alarm systems:and 1. Easily identifiable, manually operable windows or 6. Electrically powered fire pumps. panels shall be distributed around the perimeter of 403.5 Means of egress and evacuation.The means ofegrrss each floor at not more than 50-foot(15 240 min)inter- in high-rise buildings shall comply with Sections 403.5.1 vals.The area of operable windows or panels shall not through 403.5.6. 42 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY 403.5.1 Remoteness of exit stairway enclosures. The general public use shall be permitted to be used for occupant I required exitstairtivayenciosures shall be separated by a dis- self-evacuation. tance not less than 30 feet (9144 mm) or not less than one-fourth of the length of the maximum overall diagonal dimension of the building or area to be served,whichever is SECTION 404 less. The distance shall be measured in a straight line ATRIUMS between the nearest points of the exit stairway enclosures. 404.1 General.In other than Group H occupancies.and where In buildings with three or more exit stainvayenciosures,at permitted by Exception 5 in Section 708.2, the provisions of least two of the exit stairway enclosures shall comply with this section shall apply to buildings or structures containing this section.Interlocking or scissor stairs shall be counted vertical openings defined herein as "Atriums." as one exit stairway. 404.1.1 Definition.The following word and term shall,for 403.5.2 Additional exit stairway.For buildings other than the purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this Group R-2 that are more than 420 feel (128 m) in building code,have the meaning shown herein. height, one additional exit stairs+ay meeting the require- ATRIUM. An opening connecting two or more stories merits of Sections 1009 and 1022 shall be provided in addi- other than enclosed stalnvays,elevators,hoistways,escala- tion to the minimum number of exits required by Section tors, plumbing, electrical, air-conditioning or other equip- 1021.1. The total width of any combination of remaining exit stairways with one exit stairsi ay removed shall not be ment, which is closed at the top and not defined as a ma]]. Stories,as used in this de less than the total width required by Section 1005.1.Scissor definition,do not include balconies Within assembly groups or m stairs shall not be considered the additional exit stairway mezzanines that comply with required by this section. Section 505. Exception: An additional exit stairway shall not be 404.2 Use.The floor of the atrium shall not be used for other required to be installed in buildings having elevators than low fire hazard uses and only apprnvedmaterials and dec- used for occupant self-evacuation in accordance with orations in accordance with the International Fire Code shall Section 3008. be used in the atrium space. 403.5.3 Stairway door operation. Stairway doors other Exception:The atrium floor area is permitted to be used for than the exit discharge doors shall be permitted to be locked any approved use where the individual space is provided from the stairway side.Stairway doors that are locked From with an automatiesprinklersystern in accordance with See- the stairway side shall be capable of being unlocked simul- taneously without unlatching upon a signal from the fire [F] 404.3 Automatic sprinkler protection. An approved command center. automatic sprinkler system shall be installed throughout the 403.5.3.1 Stairway communication system. A tele- entire building, phone or other two-way communications system con- Exceptions: nected to an approved constantly attended station shall 1. That area of a building adjacent to or above the atrium be provided at not less than every fifth floor in each stair- need not be sprinklered provided that portion of the nay where the doors to the stainvavare locked. building is separated from the atrium portion by not 403.5.4 Smokeproof exit enclosures.Every required level less than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accor- exit stairway serving floors more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) dance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies con- above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access structed in accordance with Section 712,or both. shall comply with Sections 909.20 and 1022.9. 2. Where the ceiling of the atrium is more than 55 feet 403.5.5 Luminous egress path markings. Luminous (16 764 mm) above the floor,sprinkler protection at is not required. egress path markings shall be provided in accordance with the ceiling of the atrium Section 1024. [F]404.4 Fire alarm system.A fire alarm system shall be pro- I 403.5.6 Emergency escape and rescue.Lmergency escape vided in accordance with Section 907.2.14. and rescue openings required by Section 1029 are not 404.5 Smoke control. A smoke control system shall be required. installed in accordance with Section 909. 403.6 Elevators. Elevator installation and operation in Exception: Smoke control is not required for atriums that high-rise buildings shall comply with Chapter 30 and Sections connect only two stories. 403.6.1 and 403.6.2. 404.6 Enclosure of atriums.Atrium spaces shall be separated 403.6.1 Fire service access elevator. In buildings with an from adjacent spaces by a 1-hour lire barrier constructed in occupied floor more than 120 feet (36 576 mm) above the accordance with Section 707 or a horizontal assembly con- lowest level of fire department vehicle access, a minimum structed in accordance with Section 712,or both. of one fire service access elevator shall be provided in actor- Exceptions: dance with Section 3007. 1. A glass wall forming a smoke partition where auto- 403.6.2 Occupant evacuation elevators. Where installed matic sprinklers are spaced 6 feet (1829 mm) or less in accordance with Section 3008, passenger elevators for along both sides of the separation wall,or on the room 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 43 SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY side only if there is not a walkway on the atrium side, kler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, and between 4 inches and 12 inches(102 mm and 305 Water-flow switches and control valves shall be supervised in mm) away from the glass and designed so that the accordance with Section 903.4. entire surface of the glass is wet upon activation of the 405.4 Compartmentation. Compartmentation shall be in sprinkler system without obstruction.The glass shall accordance with Sections 405.4.1 through 405.4.3. be installed in a gasketed frame so that the framing system deflects without breaking (loading) the glass 405.4.1 Number of compartments. A building having a before the sprinkler system operates. floor level more than 60 feet(18 288 mm)below the finished 2. A glass-block wall assembly in accordance with Sec- floor of the lowest level of exit discharge shall be divided tion 2110 and having a 1/4-hour lire protection rating. into a minimum of two compartments of approximately equal size.Such compartmentation shall extend through the 3. The adjacent spaces of any three floors of the atrium highest level ofexit discharge serving the underground por- shall not be required to be separated from the atrium tions of the building and all levels below. where such spaces are accounted for in the design of the smoke control system. Exception:The lowest storyneed not be compartmented [F] 404.7 Standby power. Equipment required to provide where the area does not exceed 1,500 square feet (139 mr) and has an occupant load of less than 10. smoke control shall be connected to a standby power system in accordance with Section 909.11. 405.4.2 Smoke barrier penetration. The compartments 404.8 Interior finish.The interior linish of walls and ceilings shall be separated from each other by a smoke barrier in of the atrium shall not be less than Class B with no reduction in accordance with Section 710.Penetrations between the two class for sprinkler protection. compartments shall be limited to plumbing and electrical piping and conduit that are firestopped in accordance with 404.9 Travel distance. In other than the lowest level of the Section 713. Doorways shall be protected by lire door atriurn, where the required means of egress is through the assembliesthal are automatic-closing bysmoke detection in atrium space, the portion of exit access travel distance within accordance with Section 715.4.8.3 and are installed in the atrium space shall not exceed 200 feet (60 960 mm).The accordance with NFPA 105 and Section 715.4.3. Where travel distance requirements for areas of buildings open to the provided,each compartment shall have an air supply and an atrium and where access to the exits is not through the atrium, exhaust system independent of the other compartments. shall comply with the requirements of Section 1016. 405.4.3 Elevators. Where elevators are provided, each compartment shall have direct access to an elevator,Where SECTION 405 an elevator serves more than one compartment,an elevator UNDERGROUND BUILDINGS lobby shall be provided and shall be separated from each compartment by a smoke barrierin accordance with Section 405.1 General.The provisions of this section apply to building 710. Doors shall be gasketed,have a drop sill and be auto- spaces having a floor level used for human occupancy more matic-closing by smoke detection in accordance with Sec- than 30 feet (9144 mm) below the finished floor of the lowest tion 715.4.8.3. level of exit discharge. Exceptions: [F] 405.5 Smoke control system. A smoke control system shall be provided in accordance with Sections 405.5.1 and I. One-and two-family dwellings.sprinklered in accor- 405.5,2. dance with Section 903.3.1.3. [F] 405.5.1 Control system. A smoke control system is 2. Parking garages with automatic sprinkler systems in required to control the migration of products of combustion compliance with Section 405.3. in accordance with Section 909 and the provisions of this 3. Fixed guideway transit systems. section.Smoke control shall restrict movement of smoke to 4. Grandstands, bleachers,stadiums,arenas and similar the general area of fire origin and maintain means ofegress facilities. in a usable condition. 5. Where the lowest story is the only ,story that would IF] 405.5.2 Compartment smoke control system.Where qualify the building as an underground building and compartmentation is required,each compartment shall have has an area not exceeding 1,500 square feet (139 nil) an independent smoke control system.The system shall be and has an occupant load less than 10. automatically activated and capable of manual operation in accordance with Sections 907.2.18 and 907.2.19. 6. Pumping stations and other similar mechanical spaces intended only for limited periodic use by ser- [F] 405.6 Fire alarm systems. A fire alarm system shall be vice or maintenance personnel. provided where required by Sections 907.2.18 and 907.2.19. 405.2 Construction requirements.The underground portion 405.7 Means of egress.Meares ofegressshall be in accordance of the building shall be of Type 1 construction. with Sections 4053.1 and 405.7.2. [F] 405.3 Automatic sprinkler system.The highest level of 405.7.1 Number of exits.Each floor level shall be provided exit dischargPserving the underground portions of the building with a minimum of two exits. Where compartmentation is and all levels below shall be equipped with an automaticsprin- required by Section 405.4, each compartment shall have a 44 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY minimum of one exit and shall also have an exit accessdoor- to be 3,000 square feet (279 ml)when the following provi- way into the adjoining compartment. sions are met: 405.7.2 Smokeproof enclosure. Every required stairtvay 1. For a mixed occupancy building,the exterior walland serving floor levels more than 30 feet(9144 mm)below the opening protection for the Group U portion of the finished floor of its level ofexit discharge shall comply with building shall be as required for the major occupancy the requirements for a smokeproof enclosure as provided in of the building.Forsuch a mixed occupancy building, Section 1022.9. the allowable floor area of the building shall be as per- 1F 1 405.8 Standby power.A standby power system complying mitted for the major occupancy contained therein. with Chapter 27 shall be provided standby power loads speci- 2. For a building containing only a Group U occupancy, fied in Section 405.8.1, the exterior ivall shall not be required to have a IF] fire-resistance rating and the area of openings shall la si fled 1 Standby power loads.The following loads are not be limited when the fire separation distance is 5 classified as standby power loads: feet (1524 mm) or more. 1. Smoke control system. More than one 3,000-square-foot (279 m2) Group U 2. Ventilation and automatic fire detection equipment occupancy shall be permitted to be in the same building, for Smokeproof enclosures. provided each 3,000-square-foot(279 m2)area is separated 3. Fire pumps. by fire walls complying with Section 706. Standby power shall be provided for elevators in accor- 406.1.3 Garages and carports.Carports shall be open on at dance with Section 3003. least two sides. Carport floor surfaces shall be of approved noncombustible material.Carports not open on at least two [F] 405.8.2 Pick-up time.The standby power system shall sides shall be considered a garage and shall comply with the pick up its connected loads within 60 seconds of failure of provisions of this section far garages. the normal power supply. Exception: Asphalt surfaces shall be permitted at [F] 405.9 Emergency power. An emergency power system ground level in carports. complying with Chapter 27 shall be provided for emergency power loads specified in Section 405.9.1. The area of floor used for parking of automobiles or other vehiclesshall be sloped to facilitate the movement of liquids [F] 405.9.1 Emergency power loads.The following loads to a drain or toward the main vehicle entry doorway. are classified as emergency power loads: 406.1.4 Separation.Separations shall comply with the Fol- f. Emergency voice/alarm communications systems. lowing: 2. Fire alarm systems. 1. The private garage shall be separated from the dwell- 3. Automatic fire detection systems. ing unit and its attic area by means of a minimum 4. Elevator car lighting. '/,-inch (12.7 mm) gypsum board applied to the garage side.Garages beneath habitable roams shall be 5. Means ofegress and exit sign illumination as required separated from all habitable rooms above by not less by Chapter 10. than a 5/,%-inch (15.9 mm) Type X gypsum board or [F]405.10 Standpipe system.The underground building shall equivalent. Door openings between a private garage be equipped throughout with a standpipesystem in accordance and the dwelling unit shall be equipped with either with Section 905. solid wood doors or solid or honeycomb core steel doors not less than 1318 inches (34.9 mm) thick, or doors in compliance with Section 715.4.3. Openings SECTION 406 from a private garage directly into a roam used for MOTOR-VEHICLE-RELATED OCCUPANCIES sleeping purposes shall not be permitted.Doors shall 406.1 Private garages and carports. be self-closing and self-latching. 406.1.1 Classification.Buildings or parts of buildings clas- 2. Ducts in a private garage and ducts penetrating the sified as Group U occupancies because of the use or charac- walls or ceilings separating the dwelling unit from the ter of the occupancy shall not exceed 1,000 square feet (93 garage shall be constructed of a minimum 0.019-inch m2) in area or one storyin height except as provided in Sec- (0.48 mm)sheet steel and shall have no openings into lion 406.1.2. Any building or portion thereof that exceeds the garage. the limitations specified in this section shall be classified in 3. A separation is not required between a Group R-3 and the occupancy group other than Group U that it most nearly U carport,provided the carport is entirely open on two resembles. or more sides and there are not enclosed areas above. 406.1.2 Area increase. Group U occupancies used for the 406.1.5 Automatic garage door openers. Automatic I storage of private or pleasure-type motor vehicles where no garage door openers, if provided, shall be listed in accor- repair work is completed or fuel is dispensed are permitted dance with UL 325. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 45 SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY 406.2 Parking garages. 406.3 Open parking garages. 406.2.1 Classification.Parking garages shall be classified 406.3.1 Scope.Except where specific provisions are made as either open,as defined in Section 406.3.or enclosed and in Sections 406.3.2 through 406.3.13,other requirements of shall meet the appropriate criteria in Section 406.4.Also see this code shall apply. Section 509 for special provisions for parking garages. 406.3.2 Definitions.The following words and terms shall, 4062.2 Clear height.The clear height of each floor level in for the purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this vehicle and pedestrian traffic areas shall not be less than 7 code, have the meanings shown herein. feet(2134 mm).Vehicle and pedestrian areas accommodat- MECHANICAL-ACCESS OPEN PARKING GARAGES. ing van-accessible parking required by Section 1106.5 shall Open parking garages employing parking machines, lifts, conform to ICC A117.1. elevators or other mechanical devices for vehicles moving 406.2.3 Guards. Guards shall be provided in accordance from and to street level and in which public occupancy is with Section 1013. Guards serving as vehicle barrier sys- prohibited above the street level. tems shall comply with Sections 406.2.4 and 1013. OPEN PARKING GARAGE. A structure or portion of a 406.2.4 Vehicle barrier systems. Vehicle barrier systems structure with the openings as described in Section not less than 2 feet 9 inches(835 mm)high shall be placed at 406.3.3.1 on two or more sides that is used for the parking or the end of drive lanes, and at the end of parking spaces storage of private motor vehicles as described in Section where the vertical distance to the ground or surface directly 406.3.4• below is greater than I foot (305 min). Vehicle barrier sys- RAMP-ACCESS OPEN PARKING GARAGES. Open tems shall comply with the loading requirements of Section parking garages employing a series of continuously rising 1607.7.3. floors or a series of interconnecting ramps between floors Exception:Vehicle storage compartments in a mechani- permitting the movement of vehicles under their own power cal access parking garage. from and to the street level. 406.2.5 Ramps. Vehicle ramps shall not be considered as 406.3.3 Construction. Open parking garages shall be of required exits unless pedestrian facilities are provided. Type 1, II or IV construction. Open parking garages shall Vehicle ramps that are utilized for vertical circulation as meet the design requirements of Chapter 16. For vehicle well as for parking shall not exceed a slope of 1:15 (6.67 barrier systems,see Section 406.2.4. percent). 406.3.3.1 Openings. For natural ventilation purposes, 406.2.6 Floor surface.Parking surfaces shall be of concrete the exterior side of the structure shall have uniformly dis- or similar noncombustible and nonabsorbent materials. tributed openings on two or more sides.The area of such openings in exterior walls on a tier must be at least 20 The area of floor used for parking of automobiles or other percent of the total perimeter wall area of each tier.The vehicles shall be sloped to facilitate the movement of liquids aggregate length of the openings considered to be pro- to a drain or toward the main vehicle entry doorway, viding natural ventilation shall constitute a minimum of Exceptions: 40 percent of the perimeter of the tier.Interior walls shall 1. Asphalt parking surfaces shall be permitted at be at least 20 percent open with uniformly distributed ground level. openings. 2. Floors of Group S-2 parking garages shall not be Exception: Openings are not required to be distrib- required to have a sloped surface. used over 40 percent of the building perimeter where the required openings are uniformly distributed over 406.2.7 Mixed occupancy separation. Parking garages two opposing sides of the building. shall be separated from other occupancies in accordance 406.3.4 Uses. Mixed uses shall be allowed in the same with Section 508.1. building as an open parking garage subject to the provisions 4062.$ Special hazards. Connection of a parking garage of Sections 4023.1, 406.3.13, 508.1, 509.3, 509.4 and with any room in which there is a fuel-fired appliance shall 509.7. be by means of a vestibule providing a two-doorway separa- 406.3.5 Area and height.Area and height of open parking tion. garages shall be limited as set forth in Chapter 5 for Group Exception:A single door shall be allowed provided the S-2 occupancies and as further provided for in Section sources of ignition in the appliance are at least 18 inches 508.1. (457 mm) above the floor. 406.3.5.1 Single use.When the open parking garage is 406.2.9 Attached to rooms. Openings from a parking used exclusively for the parking or storage of private garage directly into a room used for sleeping purposes shall motor vehicles, with no other uses in the building. the not be permitted. area and height shall be permitted to comply with Table 46 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY 406.3.5, along with increases allowed by Section Open parking garages of Type 1I construction, with all 406.3.6. sides open, shall be unlimited in allowable area where the Exception: The grade-level tier is permitted to con- 6irilding height does not exceed 75 feet (22 860 mm).For a tain an office,waiting and toilet rooms having a total side to be considered open,the total area of openings along combined area of not more than 1,000 square feet (93 the side shall not be less than 50 percent of the interior area m2). Such area need not be separated from the open of the side at each tier and such openings shall be equally parking garage. distributed along the length of the tier.All portions of tiers shall be within 200 feet(60 960 mm)horizontally from such In open parking garages having a spiral or sloping openings or other natural ventilation openings as defined in floor, the horizontal projection of the structure at any Section 406.3.3.1.These openings shall be permitted to be cross section shall not exceed the allowable area per provided in courts with a minimum dimension of 20 feet parking tier.In the case of an open par king garage hav- (6096 mm) for the full width of the openings. ing a continuous spiral floor, each 9 feet 6 inches (2896 mm) of height,or portion thereof,shall be considered a 406.3.7 Fire separation distance.Exterior ivallsand open- tier, ings in exterior wallsshall comply with Tables 601 and 602. The distance to an adjacent lot Irne shall be determined in The clear height of a parking tier shall not be less than accordance with Table 602 and Section 705. 7 feet(2134 mm),except that a lower clear height is per- mitted in mechanical-access open parking garages 406.3.6 Means of egress.Where persons other than parking where approved by the building of11c1aL attendants are permitted, open parking garages shall meet 406.3.6 Area and height increases.The allowable area and the rrreans of egress requirements of Chapter 10.Where no persons other than parking attendants are permitted, there height of open parkinggarages shall be increased in actor- shall not be less than two 36-inch-wide(914 inm) exit stair= dance wi th the provisions of this section.Garages with sides ways. Lifts shall be permitted to be installed for use of open on three-fourths of the building's perimeter are permit- employees only.provided they are completely enclosed by ted to be increased by 25 percent in area and one tier in noncombustible materials. height.Garages with sides open around the entire building's perimeter are permitted to be increased by 50 percent in area 406.3.9 Standpipes. Standpipes shall be installed where and one tier in height.For a side to be considered open under required by the provisions of Chapter 9. the above provisions, the total area of openings along the side shall not be less than 50 percent of the interior area of 406.3.10 Sprinkler systems.Where required by other pro- side shall at each tier and such openings shall be equally dis- visions of this code, automatic sprinkler systems and tributed along the length of the tier. standpipes shall be installed in accordance with the provi- sions of Chapter 9. Allowable tier areas in Table 406.3.5 shall be increased for open parking garages constructed to heights less than 406.3.11 Enclosure of vertical openings. Enclosure shall the table maximum.The gross tier area of the garage shall not be required for vertical openings except as specified in not exceed that permitted for the higher structure. At least Section 406.3.8. three sides of each such larger tier shall have continuous 406.3.12 Ventilation.Ventilation,other than the percentage horizontal openings not less than 30 inches (762 mm) in of openings specified in Section 406.3.3.1, shall not be clear height extending For at least 80 percent of the length of required. the sides and no part of such larger tier shall be more than 200 feet(60 960 mm)horizontally from such an opening.In 406.3.13 Prohibitions.The following uses and alterations addition,each such opening shall face a street or yawl ac.ces- are not permitted: sible to a street with a width of at least 30 feet(9144 mm)for 1. Vehicle repair work. the full length of the opening,and standpipes shall be pro- vided in each such tier. 2. Parking of buses,trucks and similar vehicles. TABLE 406.3.5 OPEN PARKING GARAGES AREA AND HEIGHT HEIGHT(in tiers) Mechanical access AREA PER TIER Automatic sprinkler system TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION (s4uare feet) Ramp access _ No Yes IA Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited_ Unlimited IB Unlimited _ 12 tiers Y 12 tiers 18 tiers IIA 50.000 10 tiers 10 tiers 15 tiers IIB 50.000 8 tiers 8 tiers 12 tiers 1V 50.000 4 tiers 4 tiers 4_ti_ers For SI: I square foot=0.0929 mt. - 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE6 47 SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY 3. Partial or complete closing of required openings in located on the roof of the canopy shall be in accordance exterior walls by tarpaulins or any other means. with the following: 4. Dispensing of fuel. 1, The canopy shall meet or exceed Type 1 construc- 406.4 Enclosed parking garages. tion requirements. 2. Operations located under canopies shall be limited 406.4.1 Heights and areas. Enclosed vehicle parking to refueling only. garages and portions thereof that do not meet the definition 3, The canopy shall be constructed in a manner that of open parking garages shall be limited to the allowable prevents the accumulation of hydrogen gas. heights and areas specified in Table 503 as modified by Sec- tions 504, 506 and 507.Roof parking is permitted. 406.6 Repair garages. 406.4.2 Ventilation.A mechanical ventilation system shall 406.6.1 General. Repair garages shall be constructed in be provided in accordance with the International Mechani- accordance with the Iramernational Fire Code and Sections cal Code. 406.6.1 through 406.6.6. This occupancy shall not include motor fuel-dispensing facilities, as regulated in Section 406.5 Motor fuel-dispensing facilities. 406.5. 406.5.1 Construction. Motor fuel-dispensing facilities 406.6.2 Mixed uses. Mixed uses shall be allowed in the shall be constructed in accordance with the International same building as a repair garage subject to the provisions of Fire Code and Sections 406.5.1 through 406.5.3. Section 508.1. 406.5.2 Vehicle fueling pad.The vehicle shall be fueled on 406.6.3 Ventilation. Repair garages shall be mechanically noncoated concrete or other approved paving material hav- ventilated in accordance with the International Mechanical ing a resistance not exceeding 1 megohrn as determined by Code. The ventilation system shall be controlled at the the methodology in EN 1081. entrance to the garage. 406.5.3 Canopies. Canopies under which fuels are dis- 406.6.4 Floor surface.Repair garage floors shall be of con- pensed shall have a clear, unobstructed height of not less crete or similar noncombustible and nonabsorbent materi- than 13 fect 6 inches(4115 mm)to the lowest projecting ele- als. ment in the vehicle drive-through area. Canopies and their Exception: Slip-resistant, nonabsorbent, interior floor supports over pumps shall be of noncombustible materials, linishes having a critical radiant flux not more than 0.45 fire-retanlant-treated wood complying with Chapter 23, Wlcmz,as determined by NFPA 253,shall be permitted. wood of Type IV sizes or of construction providing 1-hour 406.6.5 Heating equipment. Heating equipment shall be fire resistance. Combustible materials used in or on a can- installed in accordance with the International Mechanical opy shall comply with one of the following: Code I. Shielded from the pumps by a noncombustible ele- [F]406.6.6 Gas detection system.Repair garages used for merit of the canopy,or wood of Type IV sizes; repair of vehicles fueled by nonodorized gases, such as 2. Plastics covered by aluminum facing having a mini- hydrogen and nonodorized LNG.shall be provided with an mum thickness of 0.010 inch (0.30 mm) or corro- approved flammable gas detection system. sion-resistant steel having a minimum base metal [F]406.6.6.1 System design.The flammable gas detec- thickness of 0.016 inch (0.41 mot).The plastic shall tion system shall be calibrated to the types of fuels or have a !lame spread index of 25 or less and a gases used by vehicles to be repaired.The gas detection smoke-developed index of 450 or less when tested in system shall be designed to activate when the level of the form intended for use in accordance with ASTM E flammable gas exceeds 25 percent of the lower explosive 84 or UL 723 and a self-ignition temperature of 650°F limit.Gas detection shall also be provided in lubrication (343°C) or greater when tested in accordance with or chassis repair pits of garages used for repairing ASTM D 1929; or nonodorized LNG-fueled vehicles. 3. Panels constructed of light-transmitting plastic mate- [F]406.6.6.2 Operation.Activation of the gas detection rials shall be permitted to be installed in canopies system shall result in all of the following: erected over motor vehicle fuel-dispensing station 1. Initiation of distinct audible and visual alann sig- fuel dispensers, provided the panels are located at nals in the repair garage. least 10 feet (3048 mm) from any building on the same lot and face yards or streets not less than 40 feet 2. Deactivation of all heating systems located in the (12 192 mm) in width on the other sides.The aggre- repair garage. gate areas of plastics shall not exceed 1,000 square 3. Activation of the mechanical ventilation system, feet (93 mz). The maximum area of any individual where the system is interlocked with gas detection. panel shall not exceed 100 square feet (9.3 mz). [F]406.6.6.3 Failure of the gas defection system.Fail- 406.5.3.1 Canopies used to support gaseous hydrogen ure of the gas detection system shall result in the deacti- systems. Canopies that are used to shelter dispensing vation of the heating system, activation of the operations where flammable compressed gases are mechanical ventilation system when the system is inter- 40 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY locked with the gas detection system and cause a trouble 4072.4 Gift shops. Gift shops less than 500 square feet signal to sound in an approved location. (46.5 mz) in area shall be permitted to be open to the corri- dor provided the gift shop and storage areas are fully sprinklered and storage areas are protected in accordance SECTION 407 with Section 508.2.5. GROUP 1-2 407.3 Corridor walls. Corridor walls shall be constructed as 407.1 General. Occupancies in Group I-2 shall comply with smoke partitions in accordance with Section 711. the provisions of Sections 407.1 through 407.9 and other appli- 407,3.1 Corridor doors. Corridor doors,other than those cable provisions of this code. in a wall required to be rated by Section 508.2.5 or for the 4072 Corridors. Corridors in occupancies in Group 1-2 shall enclosure of a vertical opening or an exit,shall not have a be continuous to the exits and separated from other areas in required pre protection ratirrgand shall not be required to be accordance with Section 407.3 except spaces conforming to equipped with self-closing or automatic-closing devices, Sections 407.2.1 through 407.2.4, but shall provide an effective barrier to limit the transfer of smoke and shall be equipped with positive latching.Roller 407.2.1 Waiting and similar areas.Waiting areas and sim- latches are not permitted.Other doors shall conform to Sec- ilar spaces constructed as required for corridors shall be Non 715.4. permitted to be open to a corridor,only where all of the fol- lowing criteria are met: 407.32 Locking devices. Locking devices that restrict access to the patient room from the corridor, and that are I 1. The spaces are not occupied for patient sleepinrg units, operable only by staff from the corridor side, shall not treatment rooms, hazardous or incidental accessory restrict the means ofegress from the patient room except for occupancies in accordance with Section 508.2. patient rooms in mental health facilities. 2. The open space is protected by an automatic fire 407.4 Smoke barriers. Smoke barriers shall be provided to detection system installed in accordance with Section subdivide every storyused by patients for sleeping or treatment 907. and to divide other stories with an occupant load of 50 or more 3. The corridors onto which the spaces open, in the persons, into at least two smoke compartments. Such stories same smoke compartment, are protected by an auto- shall be divided into smoke compartments with an area of not matic fire detection system installed in accordance more than 22,500 square feet(2092 m2)and the travel distance with Section 907,or the smoke compartment in which from any point in a smoke compartment to a smoke barrier the spaces are located is equipped throughout with doorshall not exceed 200 feet(60 960 mm).The smoke barrier quick-response sprinklers in accordance with Section shall be in accordance with Section 710. 903.3.2. 407.4.1 Refuge area.At least 30 net square feet(2.8 mz)per 4. The space is arranged so as not to obstruct access to patient shall be provided within the aggregate area of corri- the required exits. dors, patient rooms, treatment rooms, lounge or dining 407.2.2 Nurses'stations. Spaces for doctors' and nurses' areas and other low-hazard areas on each side of each smoke charting,communications and related clerical areas shall be barrier.On floors not housing patients confined to a bed or permitted to be open to the corridor,when such spaces are litter,at least 6 net square feet (0.56 in') per occupant shall constructed as required for corridors. be provided on each side of each sntoke barrier for the total number of occupants in adjoining smoke compartments. 407.2.3 Mental health treatment areas. Areas wherein 407.4.2 Independent egress. A ineans of egress shall be mental health patients who are not capable of self-preserva- provided from each smoke compartment created by smoke tion are housed,or group meeting or multipurpose therapeu tic spaces other than incidental accessory occupancies in barriers without having to return through the smoke com- accordance with Section 508.2.5, under continuous super- vision by facility staff,shall be permitted to be open to the 407.4.3 Horizontal assemblies. Horizontal assemblies corridor,where the following criteria are met: supporting smoke barriers required by this section shall be 1. Each area does not exceed 1,500 square feet(140 m2). designed to resist the movement of smoke and shall comply with Section 712.9. 2. The area is located to permit supervision by the facil- ity staff. [F]407.5 Automatic sprinkler system.Smoke compartments containing patient sleeping Units shall be equipped throughout 3. The area is arranged so as not to obstruct any access to with an automatic sprinklersystein in accordance with Section the required exits 903.3.1.1. The smoke compartments shall be equipped with 4. The area is equipped with an automatic fire detection approved quick-response or residential sprinklers in accor- system installed in accordance with Section 907.2. dance with Section 903.3.2, 5. Not more than one such space is permitted in any one ]F]407.6 Fire alarm system.A Fire alarm system shall be pro- I smoke compartment. vided in accordance with Section 907.2.6. 6. The walls and ceilings of the space are constructed as [F] 407.7 Automatic fire detection. Corridors in nursing required for corridors. homes (both intermediate care and skilled nursing facilities), 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 49 SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY detoxification facilities and spaces permitted to be open to the Means of egress From detention and correctional occupan- corridorsby Section 407.2 shall be equipped with an automatic cies that traverse other use areas shall,as a minimum,conform fire detection system.Hospitals shall be equipped with smoke to requirements for detention and correctional occupancies. detection as required in Section 407.2. Exception:It is pennissible to exit through a horizontal exit Exceptions: into other contiguous occupancies that do not conform to 1. Corridor smoke detection is not required where detention and correctional occupancy egress provisions but patient sleeping units are provided with smoke detec- that do comply with requirements set forth in the appropri- tors that comply with UL 268. Such detectors shall ate occupancy, as long as the occupancy is not a Group H provide a visual display on the corridor side of each use. patient sleeping unit and an audible and visual alarm 408.3 Means of egress.Except as modified or as provided For at the nursing station attending each unit, in this section, the provisions of Chapter 10 shall apply. 2. Corridor smoke detection is not required where 408.3.1 Door width.Doors to resident sleeping units shall patient sleeping unit doors are equipped with auto- have a clear width of not less than 28 inches (711 mm). matic door-closing devices with integral smoke 408.3.2 Sliding doors.Where doors in a means ofegress are detectors on the unit sides installed in accordance of the horizontal-sliding type,the force to slide the door to its with their listing,provided that the integral detectors fully open position shall not exceed 50 pounds(220 N)with a perform the required alerting function. perpendicular force against the door of 50 pounds(220 N). 407.8 Secured yards.Grounds are permitted to be Fenced and 408.3.3 Guard tower doors.A hatch or trap door not less gates therein are permitted to be equipped with locks,provided a that safe dispersal areas having 30 net square feet (2.$ml) for than 16 square feet (610 m) in area through the Floor and bed and litter patients and 6 net square Feel(0.56 ml)for ambu_ having minimum dimensions of not less than 2 feet (610 latory patients and other occupants are located between the mm) in any direction shall be permitted to be used as a por- building and the fence.Such provided safe dispersal areas shall lion of the rueans of egress From guard towers. not be located less than 50 feet(15 240 mm) from the building 408.3.4 Spiral stairways.Spiral stairways that conform to they serve. the requirements of Section 1009.9 are permitted for access I407.9 Hyperbaric facilities.Hyperbaric facilities in Group I-2 to and between staff locations. occupancies shall meet the requirements contained in Chapter 408.3.5 Ship ladders. Ship ladders shall be permitted for 20 of NFPA 99. egress from control rooms or elevated facility observation I rooms in accordance with Section 1009.11. SECTION 408 408.3.6 Exit discharge. Exits are permitted to discharge GROUP 1-3 into a fenced or walled courtyard.Enclosed yards or courts shall be of a size to accommodate all occupants,a minimum 408.1 General. Occupancies in Group I-3 shall comply with of 50 feet(15 240 mm) from the building with a net area of the provisions of Sections 408.1 through 408.10 and other 15 square feet(1.4 m') per person. applicable provisions of this code (see Section 308.4). 408.3.7 Sallyports. A sallyport shall be permitted in a 408.1.1 Definition.The Following words and terms shall, means of egress where there are provisions for continuous for the purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this and unobstructed passage through the sallyport during an code,have the meanings shown herein. emergency egress condition. CELL.A room within a housing unit in a detention or cor- 408.3.8 Exit enclosures. One of the required exit enclo- rectional facility used to confine inmates or prisoners. sums in each building shall be permitted to have glazing CELL TIER.Levels of cells vertically stacked above one installed in doors and interior walls at each landing level another within a housing unit. providing access to the enclosure,provided that the follow- HOUSING UNIT.A dormitory or a group of cells with a ing conditions are met: common dayroom in Group 1-3. 1. The exit enclosure shall not serve more than four floor levels. SALLYPORT.A security vestibule with two or more doors or gates where the intended purpose is to prevent continuous 2• Exit doors shall not be less than 3/,-hour fire door and unobstructed passage by allowing the release of only assemblies complying with Section 715.4 one door or gate at a time. 3. The total area of glazing at each floor level shall not 408.2 Other occupancies.Buildings or portions of buildings exceed 5,000 square inches(3 in')and individual pan- in Group 1-3 occupancies where security operations necessitate els of glazing shall not exceed 1,296 square inches the locking of required means ofegressshall be permitted to be (0.84 in'). classified as a different occupancy. Occupancies classified as 4. The glazing shall be protected on both sides by an other than Group 1-3 shall meet the applicable requirements of automatic sprinkler system. The sprinkler system this code for that occupancy provided provisions are made for shall be designed to wet completely the entire surface the release of occupants at all times. of any glazing affected by fire when actuated. so 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY 5. The glazing shall be 1n a gasketed frame and installed 408.5.1 Floor openings.Openings in floors within a hous- in such a manner that the Framing system will deflect ing unit are permitted without a shaft enclosure,provided all without breaking(loading) the glass before the sprin- of the following conditions are met: kler system operates. 1. The entire normally occupied areas so interconnected 6. Obstructions, such as curtain rods, drapery traverse are open and unobstructed so as to enable observation rods,curtains,drapes or similar materials shall not be of the areas by supervisory personnel; installed between the automatic sprinklers and the 2. Means of egress capacity is sufficient for all occu- glazing. pants from all interconnected cell tiers and areas: 408.4 Locks.Egress doors are permitted to be locked in actor- 3. The height difference between the floor levels of the dance with the applicable use condition. Doors from a refuge highest and lowest cell tiers shall not exceed 23 feet area to the exterior are permitted to be locked with a key in lieu (7010 mm):and of locking methods described in Section 408.4.1.The keys to unlock the exterior doors shall be available at all times and the Egress from any portion re the cell tier n an exit more than or exit access door shall not re locks shall be operable from both sides of the door. quire travel on one additional floor level within the housing unit. 408.4.1 Remote release.Remote release of locks on doors 408.5.2 Shaft openings in conununicating floor levels. in a means ofegmssshall be provided with reliable means of Where a floor opening is permitted between communicat- operation,remote from the resident living areas, to release ing floor levels of a housing unit in accordance with Section locks on all required doors.In Occupancy Conditions 3 or 4, 908,5,1,plumbing chases serving vertically staked individ- the arrangement, accessibility and security of the release ual cells contained with the housing unit shall be permitted mechanism(s)required for egress shall be such that with the without a shaft enclosure. minimum available staff at any time,the lock mechanisms are capable of being released within 2 minutes. 408.6 Smoke barrier. Occupancies in Group 1-3 shall have smoke barriers complying with Sections 408.8 and 710 to Exception:Provisions for remote locking and unlocking divide every story occupied by residents for sleeping, or any of occupied rooms in Occupancy Condition 4 are not other storyhaving an occupant loadof 50 or more persons,into required provided that not more than 10 locks are neces- at least two smoke compartments. sary to be unlocked in order to move occupants from one Exception:Spaces having a direct exit to one of the follow- smoke compartment to a refuge area within 3 minutes. ing, provided that the locking arrangement of the doors The opening of necessary locks shall be accomplished involved complies with the requirements for doors at the with not more than two separate keys. smoke barrier for the use condition involved: 408.4.2 Power-operated doors and locks.Power-operated 1. A public tray. sliding doors or power-operated locks for swinging doors 2. A building separated from the resident housing area shall be operable by a manual release mechanism at the door,and either emergency power or a remote mechanical by a 2 Fire-resistance-rated assembly or 50 feel operating release shall be provided. (15 240 0 m mm) of open space. 3. A secured yard or court having a holding space 50 Exception:Emergency power is not required in facilities feet(15 240 mm)from the housing area that provides with 10 locks or less complying with the exception to 6 square feet (0.56 m') or more of refuge area per Section 408.4.1. occupant, including residents,staff and visitors. 408.4.3 Redundant operation. Remote release, mechani- 408.6.1 Smoke compartments.The maximum number of tally operated sliding doors or remote release,mechanically residents in any smoke compartment shall be 200. The operated locks shall be provided with a mechanically oper- travel distance to a door in a smoke barrier from any room ated release mechanism at each door, or shall be provided door required as exit access shall not exceed 150 feet (45 with a redundant remote release control. 720 mm).The travel distance to a door in a smoke barrier from any point in a room shall not exceed 200 feet (60 960 408.4.4 Relock capability.Doors remotely unlocked under mm). emergency conditions shall not automatically relock when closed unless specific action is taken at the remote location 408.6.2 Refuge area.At least 6 net square feel(0.56 ml)per to enable doors to relock. occupant shall be provided on each side of each smoke bar- rier for the total number of occupants in adjoining smoke 408.5 Protection of vertical openings. Any vertical opening compartments.This space shall be readily available wher- shall be protected by a shaft enclosure in accordance with Sec- ever the occupants are moved across the smoke barrier in a tion 708,or shall be in accordance with Section 408.5.1. fire emergency. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 61 SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY 408.6.3 Independent egress. A means of egress shall be engineered smoke control system to provide a tenable environ- provided from each smoke compartment created by smoke ment for exiting from the smoke compartment in the area of fire barriers without having to return through the smoke com- origin in accordance with Section 909 for each windowless partment from which means of egress originates. smoke compartment. 408.7 Security glazing.In occupancies in Group 1-3,windows [F] 408.10 Fire alarm system. A lire alarm system shall be and doors in 1-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance provided in accordance with Section 907.2.6.3. with Section 707,fire partitions constructed in accordance with Section 709 and smoke barriers constructed in accordance with Section 710 shall be permitted to have security glazing SECTION 409 installed provided that the following conditions are met. MOTION PICTURE PROJECTION ROOMS I, Individual panels of glazing shall not exceed 1,296 409.1 General. The provisions of Sections 409.1 through square inches (0.84 m2). 409.5 shall apply to rooms in which ribbon-type cellulose ace- s. The glazing shall be protected on both sides by an auto- tate or other safety film is utilized in conjunction with electric matic sprinkler system. The sprinkler system shall he arc, xenon or other light-source projection equipment that designed to, when actuated, wet completely the entire develops hazardous gases, dust or radiation. Where cellulose surface of any glazing affected by fire. nitrate film is utilized or stored,such rooms shall comply with NFPA 40. 3. The glazing shall be in a gasketed frame and installed in such a manner that the framing system will deflect with- 409.1.1 Projection room required. Every motion picture out breaking(loading) the glass before the sprinkler sys- machine projecting film as mentioned within the scope of tem operates, this section shall be enclosed in a projection room.Appurte- nant electrical equipment, such as rheostats. transformers 4. Obstructions,such as curtain rods,drapery traverse rods, and generators,shall be within the projection room or in an curtains,drapes orsimilar materials shall not be installed adjacent room of equivalent construction. between the automatic sprinklers and the glazing. 408.8 Subdivision of resident housing areas.Sleeping areas 409.2 Construction of projection rooms. Every projection room shall be of permanent construction consistent with the and any contiguous day room, group activity space or other construction requirements for the type of building in which the common spaces where residents are housed shall be separated projection room is located.Openings are not required to be pro- from other spaces in accordance with Sections 408.8.1 through tected. 408.8.4. The room shall have a floor area of not less than 80 square 408.8.1 Occupancy Conditions 3 and 4. Each sleeping feet (7.44 mz) for a single machine and at least 40 square feet area in Occupancy Conditions 3 and 4 shall be separated (3.7 m')for each additional machine.Each motion picture pro- from the adjacent common spaces by a smoke-tight parti- jector,floodlight,spotlight or similar piece of equipment shall tion where the travel distance from the sleeping area have a clear working space of not less than 30 inches by 30 through the common space to the corridor exceeds 50 feet inches (762 mm by 762 mm) on each side and at the rear (15 240 mm), thereof,but only one such space shall be required between two 408.8.2 Occupancy Condition 5. Each sleeping area in adjacent projectors.The projection room and the rooms appur- Occupancy Condition 5 shall be separated from adjacent tenant thereto shall have a ceiling height of not less than 7 feet 6 sleeping areas, corridors and common spaces by a smoke- inches (2286 mm). The aggregate of openings for projection tight partition.Additionally,common spaces shall be sepa- equipment shall not exceed 25 percent of the area of the wall rated from the corridorby a smoke-tight partition. between the projection room and the auditorium. Openings 408.8.3 Openings in room face. The aggregate area of shall be provided with glass or other approvedmaterial,so as to openings in a solid sleeping room face in Occupancy Condi- close completely the opening. tions 2,3,4 and 5 shall not exceed 120 square inches(77 419 409.3 Projection room and equipment ventilation.Ventila- mmz).The aggregate area shall include all openings includ- Icon shall be provided in accordance with the International ing door undercuts,food passes and grilles.Openings shall Mechanical Code. be not more than 36 inches (914 mm) above the floor. In 409.3.1 Supply air.Each projection room shall be provided Occupancy Condition 5, the openings shall be closeable with adequate air supply inlets so arranged as to provide from the room side. well-distributed air throughout the room. Air inlet ducts 408.8.4 Smoke-tight doors.Doors in openings in partitions shall provide an amount of air equivalent to the amount of required to be smoke tight by Section 408.8 shall be sub- air being exhausted by projection equipment.Air is permit- stantial doors,of construction that will resist the passage of ted to be taken from the outside; from adjacent spaces smoke. Latches and door closures are not required on cell within the building, provided the volume and infiltration doors. rate is sufficient;or from the building air-conditioning 5y5- 408.9 Windowless buildings.For[lie purposes of this section, tem, provided it is so arranged as to provide sufficient air a windowless building or portion of a building is one with when other systems are not in operation. nonopenable windows,windows not readily breakable orwith- 409.3.2 Exhaust air.Projection rooms are permitted to be out windows.Windowless buildings shall be provided with an exhausted through the lamp exhaust system. The lamp 52 2009 INTERNATIONAL 13UILDING CODE' SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY exhaust system shall be positively interconnected with the 410.3 Stages. Stage construction shall comply with Sections lamp so that the lamp will not operate unless there is the 410.3.1 through 410.3.7. required airflow. Exhaust air ducts shall terminate at the 410.3.1 Stage construction.Stages shall be constructed of exterior of the building in such a location that the exhaust air materials as required for floors for the type of construction cannot be readily recirculated into any air supply system. of the building in which such stages are located. The projection room ventilation system is permitted to also serve appurtenant rooms,such as the generator and rewind Exceptions: rooms. 1. Stages of Type IIB or IV construction with a nomi- 409.3.3 Projection machines. Each projection machine nal 2-inch (51 mm) wood deck, provided that the shall be provided with an exhaust duct that will draw air stage is separated from other areas in accordance from each lamp and exhaust it directly to the outside of the with Section 410.3.4. building.The lamp exhaust is permitted to serve to exhaust 2. In buildings of Types lIA,111A and VA construc- air from the projection room to provide room air circulation, tion, a fire-resistance-rated floor is not required, Such ducts shall be of rigid materials,except for a flexible provided the space below the stage is equipped connector approved for the purpose.The projection lamp or with an automatic fire-extinguishing system in projection room exhaust system,or both,is permitted to be accordance with Section 903 or 904. combined but shall not be interconnected with any other exhaust or return system,or both,within the building, 1 In all types of construction,the finished floor shall be constructed of wood or approved noncombustible 409.4 Lighting control.Provisions shall be made for control materials. Openings through stage floors shall be of the auditorium lighting and the means ofegress lighting sys- equipped with tight-fitting, solid wood trap doors tems of theaters from inside the projection room and from at with approved safety locks. least one other convenient point in the building. 910.3.1.1 Stage height and area. Stage areas shall be 409.5 Miscellaneous equipment.Each projection room shall measured to include the entire performance area and be provided with rewind and film storage facilities. adjacent backstage and support areas not separated from the performance area by Gre-resistance-rated construc- tion. Stage height shall be measured from the lowest SECTION 410 point on the stage floor to the highest point of the roof or STAGES AND PLATFORMS floor deck above the stage. 410.1 Applicability.The provisions of Sections 410.1 through 410.3.2 Galleries, gridirons, catwalks and pinrads. 410.7 shall apply to all parts of buildings and structures that Beams designed only for the attachment of portable or fixed contain stages or platforms and similar appurtenances as herein theater equipment,gridirons,galleries and catwalks shall be defined. constructed of approved materials consistent with the 410.2 Definitions.The following words and terms shall,for the requirements for the type of construction of the building; purposes of this section and as used elsewhere in this code, and a fire-resistance rating shall not be required. These have the meanings shown herein, areas shall not be considered to be floors, stories, mezza- FLY GALLERY.A raised floor area above a stage from which nines or levels in applying this code. the movement of scenery and operation of other stage effects Exception: Floors of fly galleries and catwalks shall be are controlled. constructed of any approved material. GRIDIRON. The structural framing over a stage supporting 410.3.3 Exterior stage doors. Where protection of open- equipment for hanging or flying scenery and other stage ings is required, exterior exit doors shall be protected with effects. fire door assemblies that comply with Section 715.Exterior openings that are located on the stage for means of egress or PINRAIL.A rail on or above a stage through which belaying loading and unloading purposes, and that are likely to be pins are inserted and to which lines are fastened. open during occupancy of the theater,shall be constructed PLATFORM.A raised area within a building used for wor- with vestibules to prevent air drafts into the auditorium. ship, the presentation of music, plays or other entertainment: 410.3.4 Proscenium wall.Where the stage height is greater the head table for special guests; the raised area for lecturers than 50 feet(15 240 mm), all portions of the stage shall be and speakers;boxing and wrestling rings;theater-in-the-round completely separated from the seating area by a proscenium stages; and similar purposes wherein there are no overhead wall with not less than a 2-hour fire-resistance rating hanging curtains, drops, scenery or stage effects other than extending continuously from the foundation to the roof. lighting and sound. A temporary platform is one installed for not more than 30 days. 410.3.5 Proscenium curtain.Where a proscenium wall is required to have a fire-resistance rating,the stage opening PROSCENIUM WALL. The wall that separates the stage shall be provided with a fire curtain complying with NFPA From the auditorium or assembly seating area. 80 or an appr-oved water curtain complying with Section STAGE.A space within a building utilized for entertainment 903.3.1.1 or, in facilities not utilizing the provisions of or presentations, which includes overhead hanging curtains, smoke-protected assembly seating in accordance with Sec- drops,scenery or stage effects other than lighting and sound. tion 1028.6.2,a smoke control system complying with Sec- 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 63 SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY I tion 909 or natural ventilation designed to maintain the for stage heights greater than 50 feet (15 240 mm) and 1 smoke level at least 6 feet (1829 mm)above the floor of the hour for stage heights of 50 feet (15 240 mm) or less. rneans of egress. 410.5.2 Separation from each other. Dressing rooms, 410.3.6 Scenery. Combustible materials used in sets and scene docks, property rooms, workshops, storerooms and scenery shall meet the fire propagation performance criteria compartments appurtenant to the stage shall be separated of NFPA 701,in accordance with Section 806 and the Inter- from each other by not less than 1-hour lire barriers con- national Fire Code.Foam plastics and materials containing structed in accordance with Section 707 or borizontal foam plastics shall comply with Section 2603 and the Inter- assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712,or national Fire Code. both. 410.3.7 Stage ventilation. Emergency ventilation shall be 410.5.3 Stage exits.At least one apprnved means of egress provided for stages larger than 1.000 square feet (93 mr) in shall be provided from each side of the stage and from each floor area,or with a stage height greater than 50 feel(15 240 side of the space under the stage. At least one means of mm).Such ventilation shall comply with Section 410.3.7.1 escape shall be provided from each fly gallery and from the or 410.3.7.2. gridiron. A steel ladder, alternating tread device or spiral 410.3.7.1 Roof vents.Two or more vents constructed to stairway is permitted to be provided from the gridiron to a open automatically by appmved heat-activated devices scuttle in the stage roof. and with an aggregate clear opening area of not less than [F] 410.6 Automatic sprinkler system. Stages shall be 5 percent of the area of the stage shall be located near the equipped with an automatic fire-extinguishing system in center and above the highest part of the stage area.Sup- accordance with Chapter 9. Sprinklers shall be installed under plemental means shall be provided for manual operation the roof and gridiron and under all catwalks and galleries over of the ventilator.Curbs shall be provided as required for the stage.Sprinklers shall be installed in dressing rooms,per- skylights in Section 2610.2.Vents shall be labeled. former lounges, shops and storerooms accessory to such [F] 410.3.7.2 Smoke control. Smoke control in accor- stages. dance with Section 909 shall be provided to maintain the Exceptions: smoke layer interface not less than 6 feet (1829 mm) above the highest level of the assembly seating or above 1. Sprinklers are not required under stage areas less than the top of the proscenium opening where a proscenium 4 feet (1219 mm) in clear height that are utilized wall is provided in compliance with Section 410.3.4. exclusively for storage of tables and chairs,provided the concealed space is separated from the adjacent 410.4 Platform construction. Permanent platforms shall be spaces by not less than 'la-inch (15.9 mm) Type X constructed of materials as required for the type of construction gypsum board. of the building in which the permanent platform is located.Per- manent platforms are permitted to be constructed of lrrn-retar- 2• Sprinklers are not required for stages 1,000 square dant-treated wood For Types I,II and IV construction where the feet(93 ml)or less in area and 50 feet(15 240 mm)or platforms are not more than 30 inches (762 mm) above the less in height where curtains. scenery or other com- main floor,and not more than one-third of the room Floor area bustible hangings are not retractable,,ertically.Com- and not more than 3,000 square feet(279 ml)in area.Where the bustible hangings shall be limited to a single main space beneath the permanent platform is used for storage or any curtain,borders,legs and a single backdrop. purpose other than equipment, wiring or plumbing, the floor 3. Sprinklers are not required within portable orchestra assembly shall not be less than 1-hour fire-resistance-rased enclosures on stages. construction.Where the space beneath the permanent platform is used only for equipment,wiring or plumbing,the underside F]410.7 Standpipes.Standpipe systems shall be provided in a of the permanent platform need not be protected, accordance with Section 905. 410.4.1 Temporary platforms. Platforms installed for a period of not more than 30 days are permitted to be con- SECTION 411 structed of any materials permitted by the code.The space SPECIAL AMUSEMENT BUILDINGS between the floor and the platform above shall only be used for plumbing and electrical wiring to platform equipment. 411.1 General.Special amusement buildings having an occu- 410.5 Dressing and appurtenant rooms.Dressing and appur- pant load of 50 or more shall comply with the requirements for the appropriate Group A occupancy and Sections 411.1 tenant rooms shall comply with Sections 410.5.1 through through 411,8.Amusement buildings having an occupant load 410.5.3. of less than 50 shall comply with the requirements for a Group 410.5.1 Separation from stage. The stage shall be sepa- B occupancy and Sections 411.1 through 411.8. rated from dressing rooms, scene docks, property rooms, Exception: Amusement buildings or portions thereof that workshops, storerooms and compartments appurtenant to are without walls or a roof and constructed to prevent the the stage and other parts of the building by I1rr barriers con- accumulation of smoke. structed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712,or For Flammable decorative materials, see the International both.The minimum lire-resistance rating shall be 2 hours Fire Code. 54 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY 411.2 Definition.The following word and term shall, for the SECTION 412 purpose of this section and as used elsewhere in this code,have AIRCRAFT-RELATED OCCUPANCIES the meaning shown herein. 412.1 General. Aircraft-related occupancies shall comply SPECIAL AMUSEMENT BUILDING. A special amuse- with Sections 412.1 through 412.7 and the International Fire rnent building is any temporary or permanent building or por- Code. tion (hereof that is occupied for amusement,entertainment or 412,2 Definitions.The following words and terms shall,for the educational purposes and that contains a device or system that purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this code, conveys passengers or provides a walkway along, around or have the meanings shown herein. over a course in any direction so arranged that the means of egress path is not readily apparent due to visual or audio dis- FIXED BASE OPERATOR (FBO).A commercial business tractions or is intentionally confounded or is not readily avail- granted the right by the airport sponsor to operate on an airport able because of the nature of the attraction or mode of and provide aeronautical services,such as fueling, hangaring, conveyance through the building or structure. tic-down and parking,aircraft rental,aircraft maintenance and [F]411.3 Automatic fire detection.Special amusement build flight instruction. ings shall be equipped with an automatic fire detection system HELIPORT.An area of land or water or a structural surface in accordance Wih Section 907. [hat is used,or intended for the use,for the landing and taking off of helicopters,and any appurtenant areas that are used,or [F] 411.4 Automatic sprinkler system. Special amusement intended for use,for heliport buildings or other heliport facili- buildings shall be equipped throughout with an automatic ties. sprinklersystem in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.Where the special amusement building is temporary, the sprinkler HELISTOP.The same as "heliport," excrpt that no fueling, water supply shall be of an approved temporary means. defueling,maintenance,repairs or storage of helicopters is per- mitted. Exception:Automatic sprinklers are not required where the RESIDENTIAL AIRCRAFT HANGAR. An accessory total floor area of a temporary special amusement building Y is less than 1,000 square feet(93 m2)and the travel distance building less than 2,000 square feet(186 m2)and 20 feet(6096 from any point to an exit is less than 50 feet (15 240 mm), mm) in building height constructed on a one- or two-family property where aircraft are stored.Such use will be considered (F] 411.5 Alarm. Actuation of a single smoke detector, the as a residential accessory use incidental to the dwelling. automatic sprinkler system or other automatic fire detection device shall immediately sound an alarm at the building at a TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT.Aircraft based at another location constantly attended location from which emergency action can and at the transient location for not more than 9D days. be initiated including the capability of manual initiation of 412.3 Airport traffic control towers. requirements in Section 907.2.12.2. 412.3.1 General. The provisions of Sections 412.3.t IF]411.6 Emergency voice/alarm communications system, through 412.3.6 shall apply to airport traffic control towers An emergency voice/alarm communications system shall be not exceeding 1,500 square feet(140 m2)per floor occupied provided in accordance with Sections 907.2.12 and 907.5.2.2, only for the following uses: which is also permitted to serve as a public address system and 1. Airport traffic control cab. shall be audible throughout [he entire special amusement building. 2. Electrical and mechanical equipment roams. 411.7 Exit marking. Exit signs shall be installed at the 3. Airport terminal radar and electronics rooms. required exit or exit access doorways of amusement buildings 4. Office spaces incidental to the tower operation. in accordance with this section and Section 1011. Approved directional exit markings shall also be provided, Where nlir- 5. Laungesforemp]oyees.includingsanitary facilities. rors,mazes or other designs are utilized that disguise the path 412.3.2 Type of construction.Airport traffic control tow- of egress travel such that they are not apparent, appn)�ed and ers shall be constructed to comply with the height and area listedlow-level exit signs that comply with Section 1011.4,and limitations of Table 412.3.2. directional path markings listed in accordance with UL 1994, TABLE 412.3.2 shall be provided and located not more than 8 inches(203 mm) HEIGHT AND AREA LIMITATIONS FOR AIRPORT above the walking surface and on or near the path of egress TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWERS travel. Such markings shall become visible in an emergency. TYPE of HEIGHT' MAXIMUM AREA The directional exit marking shall be activated by the automatic CONSTRUCTION (feeU _ - (square feet) fire detection system and the automatic sprinkler system in IA Unlimited _ 1,500 _ accordance with Section 907.2.12.2. IB 240 1,500 411.7.1 Photo luminescent exit signs.Where photo lumi- IIA 100 1,500 nescent exit signs are installed, activating light source and - - - - viewing distance shall be in accordance with the listing and 1113 _ 85 1,500 markings of the signs. _ IIIA _ 65 1,500 411.8 Interior finish. The interior Trish shall be Class A in For SL 1 foot=304.8 mm.1 square Got=0.0929 mz. accordance with Section 803.1. a Height io be measured from grade plane to cab floor. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 55 SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY 412.3.3 Egress. A minimum of one exit stairlvay shall be 412.4.4 Heating equipment. Heating equipment shall be permitted for airport traffic control towers of any height pro- placed in another room separated by 2-hour fire barriers vided that the occupant load per floor does not exceed 15. constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal The stairway shall conform to the requirements of Section assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712,or 1009. The stairway shall be separated from elevators by a both. Entrance shall be from the outside or by means of a minimum distance of one-half of the diagonal of the area vestibule providing a two-doorway separation. served measured in a straight line.The exit stairwayand ele- Exceptions: vator hoistway are permitted to be located in the same shaft enclosure,provided they are separated from each other by a 1. Unit heaters and vented infrared radiant heating 4-hour fire barrierhaving no openings.Such stairwa}shall equipment suspended at least 10 feet (3048 mm) be pressurized to a minimum of 0.15 inch of water column above the upper surface of wings or engine enclo- (43 Pa) and a maximum of 0.35 inch of water column (101 sures of the highest aircraft that are permitted to be Pa) in the shaft relative to the building with stairway doors housed in the hangar and at least 8 feet(2438 mm) closed.Stairways need not extend to the roof as specified in above the floor in shops,offices and other sections Section 1009.11. The provisions of Section 403 do not of the hangar communicating with storage or ser- apply, vice areas. Exception: Smokeproof enclosures as set forth in Sec- 2. A single interior door shall be allowed, provided tion 1022.9 are not required where required stainvays the sources of ignition in the appliances are at least are pressurized. 18 inches (457 mm) above the floor. [F]412.3.4 Automatic fare detection systems.Airport traf- 412.4.5 Finishing.The process of"doping," involving use fic control towers shall be provided with an automatic fire of a volatile flammable solvent,or of painting,shall be car- detection system installed in accordance with Section ried on in a separate detached building equipped with auto- 907.2. matic fire-extinguishing equipment in accordance with Section 903. [F] 412.3.5 Standby power.A standby power system that 412.4.6 Fire suppression. Aircraft hangars shall be pro conforms to Chapter 27 shall be provided in airport traffic control towers more than 65 feet (19 812 mm) in height. vided with a fire suppression system designed in accordance Power shall be provided to the following equipment: with NFPA 409,based upon the classification for the hangar given in Table 412.4.6. 1. Pressurization equipment,mechanical equipment and lighting. Exception: When a fixed base operator has separate repair facilities on site, Group II hangars operated by a 2. Elevator operating equipment. fixed base operator used for storage of transient aircraft 3. Fire alarm and smoke detection systems. only shall have a fire suppression system,but the system 412.3.6 Accessibility.Airport traffic control towers need not is exempt from foam requirements. be accessible as specified in the provisions of Chapter 11. 412.4.6.1 Hazardous operations. Any Group Ill air- craft hangar according to Table 412.4.6 that contains 412.4 Aircraft hangars. Aircraft hangars shall be in accor hazardous operations including, but not limited to, the dance with Sections 412.4.1 through 412.4.6. following shall be provided with a Group f or 11 fire sup- 412.4.1 Exterior walls.Exterior walls located less than 30 pression system in accordance with NFPA 409 as appli- feet (9144 mm) from lot lures or a public way shall have a cable: fire-resistance rating not less than 2 hours. 1. Doping. 412.4.2 Basements.Where hangars have basements,floors 2. Hot work including, but not limited to, welding, over basements shall be of Type IA construction and shall be torch cutting and torch soldering. made tight against seepage of water, oil or vapors. There 3. Fuel transfer. shall be no opening or communication between basements and the hangar.Access to basements shall be from outside 4. Fuel tank repair or maintenance not including only, defueled tanks in accordance with NFPA 409, 412.4.3 Floor surface.Floors shall be graded and drained inerted tanks or tanks that have never been fueled. to prevent water or fuel from remaining on the floor. Floor 5. Spray finishing operations. drains shall discharge through an oil separator to the sewer 6. Total fuel capacity of all aircraft within the or to an outside vented sump. unsprinklered single fire area in excess of 1,600 Exception: Aircraft hangars with individual lease gallons (6057 L). spaces not exceeding 2,000 square feet (186 m')each in 7. Total fuel capacity of all aircraft within the maxi- which servicing, repairing or washing is not conducted mum single fire area in excess of 7,500 gallons and fuel is not dispensed shall have floors that are graded (28 390 Q for a hangar with an automatic sprin- toward the door, but shall not require a separator. klersystem in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. 56 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY [Fl TABLE 412.4.6 HANGAR FIRE SUPPRESSION REQUIREMENTS&b,c TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION MAXIMUM SINGLE - — .--._ . . FIRE AREA,SQ.FT. IA 1B IIA 1113 IIIA IIIB IV VA VB z 40,001 Group I Group I Group I Group I Group I Group I Group I Group I Group 1 40,000 Group I] Group II Group 11 Group 11 Group II Group II Group II Group II Group ll 30,000 Group III Group II Group It Group Il Group II Group II Group II Group II Group II 20,000 Group III ! Group III Group 11 Group Il Group II Group II Group 11 Group II Group 11 15,000 Group III Group III Group 111 Group 11 Group III Group I] Group III Group I1 Group ll 12,000 Group III Group III I Group Ill Group III Group III j Group III Group III Group II Group Il 8,000 Group 111 Group III Group 111 Group III Group III Group III Group III Group III Group_II 5,000 Group lit Group III Group IN Group III Group III Group III Group III Group III Group III For Sl: 1 foot=304.8 mm,I square foot=0.0929 mZ. a. Aircraft hangars with a door height greater than 28 Feet shall be provided with fire suppression for a Group I hangar regardless of maximum fire area. b. Groups shall be as classified in accordance with NFPA 409. r. Membrane structures complying with Section 3102 shall he classified as a Group IV hangar. 412.4.6.2 Separation of maximum single fire areas.Max- 412.5.5 Height and area limits. Residential aircraft han- imum single life areas established in accordance with han- gars shall not exceed 2,000 square feet(186 ml)in area and gar classification and construction type in Table 412.4.6 20 feet (6096 mm) in building heiglit. shall be separated by 2-hour fie walls constructed in actor- ]F] 412.6 Aircraft paint hangars. Aircraft painting opera- dance with Section 706, tions where flammable liquids are used in excess of the maxi- 412.5 Residential aircraft hangars. Residential aircraft han- mum allowable quantities per contful area Iisted in Table gars as defined in Section 412.2 shall comply with Sections 307.7(1) shall be conducted in an aircraft paint hangar that 412.5.1 through 412.5.2, complies with the provisions of Sections 412.6.1 through 412.5.1 Fire separation.A hangar shall not be attached to a 412.6.6. dwelling unless separated by a fife barrier having a ]F]412.6.1 Occupancy group.Aircraft paint hangars shall fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 hour. Such separa- be classified as Group H-2. Aircraft paint hangars shall lion shall be continuous from the foundation to the under- comply with the applicable requirements of this code and side of the roof and unpierced except for doors leading to the the International Fife Code for such occupancy. dwelling unit Doors into the dwelling unit must be 412.6.2 Construction.The aircraft paint hangar shall be of equipped with self-closing devices and conform to the Type I or I1 construction. requirements of Section 715 with at least a 4-inch(102 mm) noncombustible raised sill.Openings from a hanger directly [F]412.6.3 Operations.Only those flammable liquids nec- into a room used for sleeping purposes shall not be permit- essary for painting operations shall be permitted in quantities ted. less than the maximum allowable quantities per control area 412.5.2 Egress.A hangar shall provide two means ofegress. in Table 307.1(1).Spray equipment cleaning operations shall One of the doors into the dwelling shall be considered as be conducted in a liquid use,dispensing and mixing room, meeting only one of the two means of egress. IF]412.6.4 Storage.Storage of flammable liquids shall be IF] 412.5.3 Smoke alarms. Smoke alarms shall be pro- in a liquid storage room. vided within the hangar in accordance with Section [F] 412.6.5 Fire suppression.Aircraft paint hangars shall 907.2.21. be provided with fire suppression as required by NFPA 409. 412.5.4 Independent systems. Electrical, mechanical and 412.6.6 Ventilation. Aircraft paint hangars shall be pro- plumbing drain, waste and vent (DWV) systems installed vided with ventilation as required in the International within the hangar shall be independent of the systems Mechanical Code. installed within the dwelling. Building sewer lines shall be 412.7 Heliports and helistops. Heliports and helistops shall permitted to be connected outside the structures. be permitted to be erected on buildings or other locations where Exception: Smoke detector wiring and feed for electri- they are constructed in accordance with Sections 412.7.1 cal subpanels in the hangar. through 412.7.4. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 57 SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY 412.7.1 Size. The landing area for helicopters less than the International Mechanical Code and the International 3,500 pounds(1588 kg)shall be a minimum of 20 feet(6096 Fire Code. min) in length and width. The landing area shall be sur rounded on allsidesby a clear area]raving a minimum aver- [F] 414.1.2.1 Aerosols. Level 2 and 3 aerosol products age width at roof level of 15 feel (4572 mm) but with no shall be stored and displayed in accordance with the width less than 5 feet (1524 mm)• International Fire Code,See Section 311.2 and the Inter- national Fire Code for occupancy group requirements. 412.7.2 Design. Helicopter landing areas and the supports thereof on the roof of a building shall be noncombustible [F] 414.1.3 Information required. A report shall be sub- construction.Landing areas shall be designed to confine any nutted to the building official identifying the maximum flammable liquid spillage to the landing area itself and pro- expected quantities of hazardous materials to be stored, visions shall he made to drain such spillage away from any used in a closed system and used in an open system,and sub- exit or stab wayserving the helicopter landing area or from a divided to separately address hazardous material classifica- structure housing such exit or stairway. For structural tion categories based on Tables 307.1(1) and 307.1(2).The design requirements,see Section 1605.4. methods of protection from such hazards,including but not limited to corntrnl areas, fire protection systems and Group 412.7.3 Means of egress. The means of egress From heli H occupancies shall be indicated in the report and on the ports and helistops shall comply with the provisions of construction documents. The opinion and report shall be Chapter 10.Landing areas located on buildings orsiructures prepared by a qualified person, firm or corporation shall have two or more means of egress. For landing areas approved by the building official and provided without less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in length or less than 2,000 charge to the enforcing agency. square feet (186 ml) in area,the second means of egress is permitted to be a fire escape,alteivating tread det iceor lad- For buildings and structures with an occupancy in Group der leading to the floor below. H, separate floor plans shall be submitted identifying the 412.7.4 Rooftop heliports and helistops. Rooftop heli- locations of anticipated contents and processes so as to ports and helistops shall comply with NF PA 418. reflect the nature of each occupied portion of every building and structure. IF]414.2 Control areas.Control areas shall comply with Sec- SECTION 413 tions 414.2.1 through 414.2.5 and the International Fire Code. COMBUSTIBLE STORAGE 414.2.1 Construction requirements. Control areas shall 413.1 General. High-piled stock or rack storage in any occu- be separated from each other by fire barriers constructed in pancy group shall comply with the International Fire Code. accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies con- 413.2 Attic, under-floor and concealed spaces. Attic, structed in accordance with Section 712,or both. under-floor and concealed spaces used for storage of combusti ble materials shall be protected on the storage side as required [F] 4I4.2.2 Percentage of maximum allowable quanti- for 1-hour fire-resistance-rated construction. Openings shall ties. The percentage of maximum allowable quantities of be protected by assemblies that are self-closing and are of hazardous materials per control area permitted at each floor noncombustible construction or solid wood core not less than level within a building shall be in accordance with Table 1-1/,inch (45 mm) in thickness. 414.2.2. Exceptions: [F] 414.2.3 Number. The maximum number of control 1. Areas protected by appr•ovedautorrraticspr•inklersys- areas within a building shall be in accordance with Table 414.2.2. terns. 2. Group R-3 and U occupancies. 414.2.4 Fire-resistance-rating requirements. The re- quired fire-resistance intiug for fire barriers shall be in accordance with Table 414.2.2. The floor assembly of the SECTION 414 controlareaand the construction supporting the floor of the HAZARDOUS MATERIALS control area shall have a minimum 2-hour fire-resistance [F] 414.1 General.The provisions of Sections 414.1 through rating. 414.7 shall apply to buildings and structures occupied for the Exception: The floor assembly of the control area and manufacturing, processing, dispensing, use or storage of haz- the construction supporting the floor of the control area ardous materials, are allowed to be 1-hour fire-resistance rated in buildings [F] 414.1.1 Other provisions. Buildings and structures of Types IIA, IIIA and VA construction, provided that with an occupancy in Group H shall also comply with the both of the following conditions exist: applicable provisions of Section 415 and the International 1. The building is equipped throughout with an auto- FrP Code, matic sprinkler system in accordance with Section [F]414.1.2 Materials.The safe design of hazardous mate- 903.3.1.1; and rial occupancies is material dependent. Individual material 2. The building is three stories or less above grade requirements are also found in Sections 307 and 415,and in plane. 58 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY (F]TABLE 414.2.2 DESIGN AND NUMBER OF CONTROL AREAS PERCENTAGE OF THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE NUMBER OF CONTROL FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING FLOOR LEVEL QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA' AREAS PER FLOOR FOR FIRE BARRIERS IN HOURSe Higher than 9 5 1 2 7-9 5 2 2 6 12.5 2 2 Above grade 5 12.5 2 2 plane 4 12.5 2 2 3 50 2 1 2 75 3 1 1 100 4 1 Below grade 1 75 3 1 plane 2 50 2 1 f Lower than.2 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed a. Percentages shall be of the maximum allowable quantity per control area shown in Tables 307.1(1)and 307.1(2).with all increases allowed in the notes to those tables. b. Fire barriers shall include walls and floors as necessary to provide separation from other portions of the buiiding. [F]414.2.5 Hazardous material in Group M display and Emissions generated at workstations shall be confined to the storage areas and in Group S storage areas.The aggre- area in which they are generated as specified in the Interna- gate quantity of nonflammable solid and nonflammable or tlonal Flip Code and the International Mechanical Code. noncombustible liquid hazardous materials permitted The location of supply and exhaust openings shall be in within a single contfnl area of a Group M display and stor- accordance with the hilemiational Mechanical Code.Exhaust age area,a Group S storage area or an outdoor conaul area air contaminated by highly toxic material shall be treated in is permitted to exceed the maximum allowable quantities accordance with the International Fire Code. per control area specified in Tables 307.1(1) and 307.1(2) without classifying the building or use as a Group H occu- A manual shutoff control for ventilation equipment required pancy,provided that the materials are displayed and stored by this section shall be provided outside the room adjacent to in accordance with the International Fire Code and quanti- the principal access door to the room.The switch shall be of the ties do not exceed the maximum allowable specified in break-glass type and shall be labeled: VENTILATION SYS- Table 414.2.5(1). TEM EMERGENCY SHUTOFF. In Group M occupancy wholesale and retail sales uses, [FJ 414.4 Hazardous material systems. Systems involving indoor storage of flammable and combustible liquids shall hazardous materials shall be suitable for the intended applica- not exceed the maximum allowable quantities per control tion. Controls shall be designed to prevent materials from area as indicated in Table 414.2.5(2), provided that the entering or leaving processor reaction systems at other than the materials are displayed and stored in accordance with the intended time, rate or path. Automatic controls, where pro- Ilternational Fire Code. vided.shall be designed to be fail safe. The maximum quantity of aerosol products in Group M [F]414.5 Inside storage,dispensing and use.The inside stor- oc cupancy retail display areas, storage areas adjacent to age,dispensing and use of hazardous materials in excess of the retail display areas and retail storage areas shall be in actor- maximum allowable quantities per control ai-ea of Tables dance with the International Fire Code. 307.1(1) and 307.1(2) shall be in accordance with Sections 414.5.1 through 414.5.5 of this code and the International Fire [F] 414.3 Ventilation.Rooms,areas or spaces of Group H in Code. which explosive, corrosive, combustible. flammable or [F] 414.5.1 Explosion control. Explosion control shall be highly toxic dusts,mists,fumes,vapors or gases are or maybe provided in accordance with the International FIB Code as emitted due to the processing, use, handling or storage of required by Table 414.5.1 where quantities of hazardous materials shall be mechanically ventilated as required by the materials specified in that table exceed the maximum allow- International Fire Code and the International Mechanical able quantities in Table 307.1(1) or where a structure,room Code. or space is occupied for purposes involving explosion haz- Ducts conveying explosives or flammable vapors, fumes or ards as required by Section 415 or the International Fine dusts shall extend directly to the exterior of the building with- Code. out entering other spaces.Exhaust ducts shall not extend into or [F] 414.5.2 Monitor control equipment.Monitor control through ducts and plenums. equipment shall be provided where required by the Interna- Exception: Ducts conveying vapor or fumes having flam- tlonal Fire Code. mable constituents less than 25 percent of their lower flam- [F] 414.5.3 Automatic fire detection systems. Group H mable limit (LFL) are permitted to pass through other occupancies shall be provided with an automatic fire detec- spaces. lion system in accordance with Section 907.2. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 59 SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY IF]TABLE 414.2.5(1) MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER INDOOR AND OUTDOOR CONTROL AREA IN GROUP M AND S OCCUPANCIES NONFLAMMABLE SOLIDS AND NONFLAMMABLE AND NONCOMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS" ,' CONDITION MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA Solids Liquids Material' Class pounds __gallons A.Health-hazard materials--nonflammable and noncombustible solids and liquids 1.Corrosives''- Not Applicable 9.750 975 2.Highly toxics Not Applicable 201'` 21'T 3.Toxicsr'` Not Applicable 1.000 100 B.Physical-hazard materials---nonflammable and noncombustible solids and liquids 4 Not Allowed No(Allowed 1508 3 1, - - -- 1.Oxidizers', — ---–- 115 2 2,25011 225 1 18,0001.1 1,8001 1 4 Not Allowed Not Allowed 3 550 55 r' 2.Unstable(reac(ives) _2 — _...__ 1.150 — - — - 115 1 Not Limited Not Limited 36` -- 550 55 3.Water(reactives) 2r'' 1.150 115 -- -1 - Not Limited L Not Limited Fur S3: 1 pound�0.454 kg,l gaIlon. 3.7851_. a. Hazard categories are as specified In the International Fire Code. It. Maximum allowable quantities shall be Increased 100 prroul In buildings that are sprinklered in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.When Note c also applies.the increase for both notes shall be applied accumulamel_v c. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent when stored in approved storage cabinets.In accordance with the International Fire Code When Note b also applies.the increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively. d. See Table 414.2.2 for design and number of control areas. e. Allowable quantities for other hazardous material categories shall be in accordance with Section 307. f. Maximum quantities shall be increased 100 percent in outdoor control areas. g. Maximum amounts are permitted to be increased to 2.250 pounds when individual packages are in the original sealed containers from the manufacturer or packager and do not exceed 10 pounds each. h. Maximum amounts are permitted to be increased to 4.500 pounds when individual packages are in the original sealed containers from the manufacturer or packager and do not exceed 10 pounds each. i. The permitted quantities shall not be limited in a building equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler systcm in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. j. Quantities are unllmited In an outdoor control area. TABLE IF]474.2.5(2) MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY OF FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS IN WHOLESALE AND RETAIL SALES OCCUPANCIES PER CONTROL AREA' MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA(gallons) Sprinklered In accordance with Tables Sprinklered in accordance with note b 3404.3.6.3(4)through 3404.3.6.3(6)and Table TYPE OF LIQUID _ densities and arrangements _ 3404_.3_,_7.5.1 or the international Fire Code Nonspnnk_leted Class IA _ 60 _ 60 30 Class IB,IC,11 and IIIA 7,500' 15.000` 1.600 4 Class QIB Unlimited Unlimited 11200 For SI: 1 foot=304.8 mm.1 square foot�0.0929 m',1 gallon=3.785 L.1 gallon per minute per square foot=40.75 Liminhnz. a. Control areas shall be separated from each other by not less than a 1-hour fire barrier wall. b. To be considered as sprinklered,a building shall be equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system with a design providing minimum densities as follows: 1. For uncartoned commodities on shelves 6 feet or less in height where the ceiling height does not exceed 18 feet,quantities are those permitted with a mini- mum sprinkler design density of Ordinary Hazard Group 2. 2. For cartoned.palletized or racked commodities where storage is 4 feet 6 inches or less in height and where the ceiling height does not exceed 18 feet,quanti- ties are those permitted with a minimum sprinkler design densin of 0.21 gallon per minute per square foot over the most remote 1.500-square-foot area. C, Where wholesale and retail sales orstorageareasexceed50.000squarefeetinarea.Themaximumal lowablequantitiesareallowed tobe increasedby2percentfor each 1.000 square feet of area In excess of 50,000 square feet,up to a maximum of 100 percent of the table amounts.A control area separation is not required.The cumulative amounts.including amounts attained by having an additional control area.shall not exceed 30.000 gallons, 60 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY [F]TABLE 414.5.1 EXPLOSION CONTROL_R_EQUIREM_ENTS• EXPLOSION CONTROL METHODS Explosion(deflagration)venting or explosion(deflagration) MATERIAL CLASS Barricade construction prevention systemsa HAZARD CATEGORY j Combustible dusts` — Not Required Required Cryogenic flammables — Not Required Required Division 1.I Required Not Required Division 1.2 Required Not Required Explosives Division 1.3 Not Required Required Division 1.4 Not Required Required Division 1.5 Required Not Required Division 1.6 Required Not Required Flammable gas Gaseous Not Required Required Liquefied Not Required ; Required Flammable liquid IAd Not Required Required IB" Not Required I Required — --- 4— - + Organic peroxides U Required Not Permitted I Required Not Permitted Oxidizer liquids and solids 4 Required ! Not Permitted Pyrophoric gas — Not Required Required 4 Required Not Permitted Unstable(reactive) 3 Detonable Required Not Permitted 3 Nondetonable Not Required Required Water-reactive liquids and solids 3 Not Required Required — — ,-- 2R _ — Not Required Required SPECIAL USES Acetylene generator rooms — Not Required Required Grain processing — Not Required Required Liquefied petroleum gas-distribution facilities — Not Required Required Where explosion hazards exist' I Detonation Required Not Permitted Deflagration Not Required Required a. See Section 414.1.3. h. See the International Rim Code. c. As generated during manufacturing or processing.See definition of"Combustible dust"in Chapter 3. d. Storage or use. e. In open use or dispensing. IF. Rooms containing dispensing and use of hazardous materials when an explosive environment can occur because of the characteristics or nature of the hazardous materials or as a result of the dispensing or use process. g. A method of explosion control shall be prm-lded when Class 2 grater-reactive materials can form potentially explosive mixtures. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 61 SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY [F]414.5.4 Standby or emergency power.Where mechan- [F] 414.7 Emergency alarms. Emergency alarms for the ical ventilation, treatment systems, temperature control, detection and notification of an emergency condition in Group alarm, detection or other electrically operated systems are H occupancies shall be provided as set forth herein. required,such systems shall be provided with an emergency [F] 414.7.1 Storage. An approved manual emergency or standby power system in accordance with Chapter 27. alarm system shall be provided in buildings,rooms or areas Exceptions: used for storage of hazardous materials. Emergency 1. Mechanical ventilation for storage of Class IB and alarm-initiating devices shall be installed outside of each Class IC flammable and combustible liquids in interior exit or exit access door of storage buildings,rooms closed containers not exceeding 6.5 gallons(25 L) orareas.Activation of an emergency alarm-initiating device capacity. shall sound a local alarm to alert occupants of an emergency situation involving hazardous materials. 2. Storage areas for Class 1 and 2 oxidizers. IF]414.7.2 Dispensing,use and handling.Where hazard- 3. Storage areas for Class 11, III, 1V and V organic ous materials having a hazard ranking of 3 or 4 in accor- peroxides. dance with NFPA 701 are transported through corridors or 4. Storage, use and handling areas for asphyxiant, exit enclosures,there shall be an emergency telephone sys- irritant and radioactive gases. tem,a local manual alarm station or an approved alarm-ini- tiating device at not more than 150-Foot (45 720 mm) 5. For storage,use and handling areas for highly toxic intervals and at each exit and exit access doorway through- or toxic materials, see Sections 3709.2.2.8 and out the transport route. The signal shall be relayed to an 3704.3.4.2 of the Itternational Fire Code. approved central, proprietary or remote station service or 6. Standby power for mechanical ventilation, treat- constantly attended on-site location and shall also initiate a ment systems and temperature control systems local audible alarm. shall not be required where an approved fail-safe [F] 414.7.3 Supervision. Emergency alarm systems shall engineered system is installed. be supervised by an approved central,proprietary or remote IF] 414.5.5 Spill control, drainage and containment. station service or shall initiate an audible and visual signal at Roorns,buildings or areas occupied for the storage of solid a constantly attended on-site location. and liquid hazardous materials shall be provided with a means to control spillage and to contain or drain off spillage and fire protection water discharged in the storage area SECTION 415 where required in the I temiational Fire Code.The methods GROUPS H-1, H-2,H-3,H-4 AND H-5 of spill control shall be in accordance with the International [F] 415.1 Scope. The provisions of Sections 415.1 through Firs'Code. 415.8 shall apply to the storage and use of hazardous materials [Fj 414.6 Outdoor storage,dispensing and use.The outdoor in excess of the maximum allowable quantities per conttal area storage, dispensing and use of hazardous materials shall be in listed in Section 307.1.Buildings and structures with an occu- accordance with the International Fire Code. panty in Group H shall also comply with the applicable provi- IF]414.6.1 Weather protection.Where weather protection sions of Section 414 and the International Fire Code. is provided for sheltering outdoor hazardous material stor- [F] 415.2 Definitions. The following words and terms shall, age or use areas, such areas shall be considered outdoor for the purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in the storage or use when the weather protection structure com- code,have the meanings shown herein. plies with Sections 414.6.1.1 through 414.6.1.3. [F] CONTINUOUS GAS DETECTION SYSTEM. A gas [F] 414.6.1.1 Walls.Walls shall not obstruct more than detection system where the analytical instrument is maintained one side of the structure. in continuous operation and sampling is performed without interruption.Analysis is allowed to be performed on a cyclical Exception: Walls shall be permitted to obstruct por- basis at intervals not to exceed 30 minutes, tions of multiple sides of the structure, provided that the obstructed area does not exceed 25 percent of the [F]DETACHED BUILDING.A separate single story build- structure's perimeter. ing,without a basement or crawl space,used for the storage or use of hazardous materials and located an appr-oved distance [F] 414.6.1.2 Separation distance. The distance from from all structures. the structure to buildings,lot lines,public tt ays or means of egress to a public way shall not be less than the dis- [F] EMERGENCY CONTROL STATION. An approved o nee required for s outside hazardous material storage location on the premises where signals from emergency equip- or use area without weather protection. ment are received and which is staffed by trained personnel. IF] 414.6.1.3 Noncombustible construction.The overhead IF] EXHAUSTED (ENCLOSURE.An appliance or piece of structure shall be of approved noncombustible constriction equipment that consists of a top,a back and two sides providing with a maximum area of 1,500 square feet(140 ml). a means of local exhaust for capturing gases,fumes,vapors and mists.Such enclosures include laboratory hoods,exhaust Fume Exception: The increases permitted by Section 506 hoods and similar appliances and equipment used to locally apply. retain and exhaust the gases,fumes,vapors and mists that could 62 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY be released.Rooms or areas provided with general ventilation, [F] LIQUID USE,DISPENSING AND MIXING ROOM. in themselves,are not exhausted enclosures. A room in which Class 1,II and IIIA flammable or combustible [F] FABRICATION AREA.An area within a semiconductor liquids are used,dispensed or mixed in open containers. fabrication facility and related research and development areas [F] LOWER FLAMMABLE LIMIT(LFL).The minimum in which there are processes using hazardous production mate- concentration of vapor in air at which propagation of flame will rials.Such areas are allowed to include ancillary rooms or areas occur in the presence of an ignition source.The LFL is some- such as dressing rooms and offices that are directly related to times referred to as"LEL"or"lower explosive limit." the fabrication area processes. [F] NORMAL TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE [F] FLAMMABLE VAPORS OR FUMES.The concentra- (NTP).A temperature of 70°F(21'C)and a pressure of 1 atmo- tion of flammable constituents in air that exceed 25 percent of sphere [14.7 psia (101 kPa)], their lower flammable limit (LFL). [F]GAS CABINET.A full enclosed,noncombustible enclo- [F] PHYSIOLOGICAL WARNING THRESHOLD y LEVEL. A concentration of air-borne contaminants, normally sure used to provide an isolated environment for compressed expressed in parts per million(ppm)or milligrams per cubic meter gas cylinders in storage or use. Doors and access ports for (mglm3), that represents the concentration at which persons can exchanging cylinders and accessing pressure-regulating con- sense the presence of the contaminant due to odor, irritation or trols are allowed to be included. other quick-acting physiological response. When used in [F]GAS ROOM.A separately ventilated,fully enclosed room conjunction with the permissible exposure.limit(PEL)the physio- in which only compressed gases and associated equipment and logical warning threshold levels are those consistent with the classi- supplies are stored or used. fication system used to establish the PEL. See the definition of [F] HAZARDOUS PRODUCTION MATERIAL (HPM). "Permissible exposure limit(PEL)"in the Intemational Fim Corte A solid,liquid or gas associated with semiconductor manufac- [F] SERVICE CORRIDOR.A fully enclosed passage used turing that has a degree-of-hazard rating in health, for transporting HPM and purposes other than required means flammability or instability of Class 3 or 4 as ranked by NFPA ofegress 704 and which is used directly in research, laboratory or pro- [F]SOLID.A material that has melting point,decomposes or duction processes which have as their end product materials sublimes at a temperature greater than 68°F (20°C). that are not hazardous. ]F] HPM FLAMMABLE LIQUID. An HPM liquid that is [F] STORAGE,HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. defined as either a Class I flammable liquid or a Class II or 1. The keeping, retention or leaving of hazardous materials Class IIIA combustible liquid. inclosed containers,tanks,cylinders or similar vessels,or [F]HPM ROOM.A room used in conjunction with or serving 2. Vessels supplying operations through closed connec- a Group H-5 occupancy, where HPM is stored or used and tions to the vessel. which is classified as a Group H-2,H-3 or H-4 occupancy. [F]USE(MATERIAL).Placing a material into action,includ- [F] IMMEDIATELY DANGEROUS TO LIFE AND ing solids,liquids and gases. HEALTH (IDLH). The concentration of air-borne contami- [F]WORKSTATION.A defined space or an independent prin- nants which poses a threat of death,immediate or delayed per- cipal piece of equipment using HPM within a fabrication area manent adverse health effects, or effects that could prevent where a specific function. laboratory procedure or research escape from such an environment.This contaminant concentra- activity occurs.Appint ed or listed hazardous materials storage tion level is established by the National Institute of Occupational cabinets,flammable liquid storage cabinets or gas cabinets serv- Safety and Health (NICSH) based on both toxicity and ing a workstation are included as part of the workstation. A flammability. It generally is expressed in parts per million by workstation is allowed to contain ventilation equipment, fire volume(ppm vlv)or milligrams per cubic meter(mg/m).If ade- protection devices, detection devices, electrical devices and quate data do not exist for precise establishment of 1DLH con- other processing and scientific equipment. centrations, an independent certified industrial hygienist, industrial toxicologist, appropriate regulatory agency or other [F] 415.3 Fire separation distance. Group H occupancies source approved by the building official shall make such shall be located on property in accordance with the other provi- determination. sions of this chapter. In Groups H-2 and H-3,not less than 25 [F]LIQUID.A material that has a melting point that is equal to Percent of the perimeter wall of the occupancy shall be an exte- or less than 68°F(20°C)and a boiling point that is greater than rior wall. 68°F (20°C) at 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute (psia) Exceptions: (101 kPa). When not otherwise identified, the term "liquid" 1. Liquid use, dispensing and mixing rooms having a includes both flammable and combustible liquids. floor area of not more than 500 square feet (46.5 nib [F] LIQUID STORAGE ROOM. A room classified as a need not be located on the outer perimeter of the Group H-3 occupancy used for the storage of flammable or building where they are in accordance with the Inter- combustible liquids in a closed condition. national Fire Code and NFPA 30. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 63 SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY 2, Liquid storage rooms having a floor area of not more purpose, shall not exceed one story in height and be without than 1,000 square feet (93 ml) need not be located on basements, crawl spaces or other under-floor spaces. Roofs the outer perimeter where they are in accordance with shall be of lightweight construction with suitable thermal insu- the international Fire Code and NFPA 30. lation to prevent sensitive material from reaching its decompo- 3. Spray paint booths that comply with the International sition temperature. Group H-1 occupancies containing Fire Code need not be located on the outer perimeter. materials that are in themselves both physical and health haz- ards in quantities exceeding the maximum allowable quantities [F] 415.3.1 Group H occupancy minimum fire separa- per contiol area in Table 307.1.(2) shall comply with require- tion distance.Regardless of any other provisions,buildings men is for both Group H-1 and H-4 occupancies. containing Group H occupancies shall be set back to the minimum lire separation distance as set Forth in Items 1 [F] 415.4.1 Floors in storage rooms. Floors in storage through 4 below, Distances shall be measured from the areas for organic peroxides,pyrophoric materials and unsta- ible construction. including those ble(reactive)materials shall be of liquid tight,noncombust- walls enclosing the occupancy to lot lines, a public way.Distances to assumed lot lines established for the purpose of determining exterior ivall and opening [F] 415.5 Special provisions for Groups H-2 and H-3 occu- protection are not to be used to establish the minimum flm pancies.Groups H-2 and H-3 occupancies containing quanti- separation distance for buildings on sites where explosives ties of hazardous materials in excess of those set forth in Table are manufactured or used when separation is provided in 415.3.2 shall be in buildings used for no other purpose, shall accordance with the quantity distance tables specified for not exceed one story in height and shall be without basements, explosive materials in the International Fire Code, crawl spaces or other under-floor spaces. 1. Group H-1.Not less than 75 feet(22 860 mm)and not Groups H-2 and H-3 occupancies containing water-reactive less than required by the International Fire Code. materials shall be resistant to water penetration.Piping for con- Exceptions: veying liquids shall not be over or through areas containing water reactives, unless isolated by approved liquid-tight con- I. Fireworks manufacturing buildings sepa- struction. rated in accordance with NFPA 1124. Exception: Fire protection piping. 2. Buildings containing the following materi als when separated in accordance with Table [F] 415.5.1 Floors in storage rooms. Floors in storage 415.3.1: areas for organic peroxides, oxidizers, pyrophoric materi- als, unstable (reactive) materials and water-reactive solids 2.1. Organic peroxides, unclassified and liquids shall be of liquid-tight, noncombustible con- detonable. struction. 2.2. Unstable reactive materials,Class 4. [F]415.5.2 Waterproof room.Rooms or areas used for the 2.3. Unstable reactive materials, Class 3 storage of water-reactive solids and liquids shall be con- detonable. structed in a manner that resists the penetration of water 2.4. Detonable pyrophoric materials. through the use of waterproof materials. Piping carrying water for other than approved automatic fire sprinkler sys- 2. Group H-2. Not less than 30 feet (9144 mm) where tems shall not be within such rooms or areas. the area of the occupancy exceeds 1.000 square feet (93 ml) and it is not required to be located in a [F]415.6 Group H-2.Occupancies in Group H-2 shall be con- detached building, structed in accordance with Sections 415.6.1 through 415.6.4 and the International Fire Code. 3. Groups H-2 and H-3. Not less than 50 feet (15 240 mm)where a detached building is required(see Table [F] 415.6.1 Combustible dusts, grain processing and 415.3.2). storage. The provisions of Sections 415.6.1.1 through 415.6.1.6 shall apply to buildings in which materials that 4. Groups H-2 and H-3.Occupancies containing materi- produce combustible dusts are stored or handled.Buildings als with explosive characteristics shall be separated as that store or handle combustible dusts shall comply with the required by the International Fire Code."'here sepa- applicable provisions of NFPA 61, NFPA 85, NFPA 120, rations are not specified, the distances required shall NFPA 484, NFPA 654, NFPA 655 and NFPA 664,and the not be less than the distances required by Table International Fine Code. 415.3.1. [F] 415.3.2 Detached buildings for Group H-1, H-2 or [F] 415.6.1.1 Type of construction and height excep- tions.Buildings shall be constructed in compliance with H-3 occupancy. The storage of hazardous materials in the height and area limitations of Table 503 for Group excess of those amounts listed in Table 415.3.2 shall be in H-2;except that where erected of Type I or 11 construc- accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 415.4 tion, the heights and areas of grain elevators and similar and 415.5. Where a detached building is required by Table structures shall be unlimited,and where of Type IV con- 415.3.2,there are no requirements for wall and opening pro- struction, the maximum height shall be 65 feet (19 812 tection based on fire separation distance. mm)and except further that,in isolated areas,the maxi- [F] 415.4 Special provisions for Group H-1 occupancies. mum height of Type IV structures shall be increased to Group H-1 occupancies shall be in buildings used for no other 85 feet (25 908 mm). 64 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY [F]TABLE 415.3.1 MINIMUM SEPARATION DISTANCES FOR BUILDINGS CONTAINING EXPLOSIVE MATERIALS MINIMUM DISTANCE(feet) QUANTITY OF EXPLOSIVE MATERIAL' Lot linese and inhabited buildings` Pounds over pounds not over Barricaded° Unbarricaded Separation of magazfneSd," 2 5 70 140 12 ---- s - to � 90 _ ]sn ]s i 10 20 110 220 - 20 a 20 30 12_5 250 22 30 40 140 280 24 40 50 150 300 28 50 75 170 34_0 30 75 100 190 380 32 ` 100 125 200 -_400 36 125 150 215 430 38 150 200 235 470_ 42_ 200 250 255 510 46 250 300 270 540 48 300 400 295 590 54 400 500 320 640 58 500 600 340 _ 680 _ _ 62 600 700 355 710 64 -- - - 700 800 375 _750 _ 66 800 900 390 780 _ 70 900 1.000 400 800 72 1.000 1.200 425 _ 850 78 1.200 1.400 450 900 82 1.400 1.600 470 940 86 1.600 1.800 490 980 88 1,800 2,000 505 1.010 - 90 2.000 2,500 545 1,090 l 98 2.500 3.000 580 1,160 104 3.000 4.00_0 635 _ 1,270 116 -4.000 5.000 685 - 1.370 _ 122 5.000 6.000 730 1,460 130 6.000 7.000 770 1.540 136 7.000 8,000 800 _ 1.600 --- - 144 8.000 9,000 835 1,670 150 9.000 10.000 865 1,730 156 10,000 - - 12.000 _ 875 1.750 - -- 164 12.000 14.000 _ _ 885 _1 1.770 174 14.000 16.000 900 1.801 180 16,000 18,000 _ _ 940 1.880 188 18,000 20.000 975 1.950 196 20.000 25.000 1,055 2.000 210 25.000 30.000 11130 2.000 224 30,000 35.000 1,205 2.000 238 35,000 40.000 1.275 2.000 248 (cowiriuNd) 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 65 SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY TABLE 415.3.1-continued MINIMUM SEPARATION DISTANCES FOR BUILDINGS CONTAINING EXPLOSIVE MATERIALS MINIMUM DISTANCE(feet) QUANTITY OF EXPLOSIVE MATERIAL' Lot lines°and inhabited buildings` Pounds over Pounds not over Barricaded" Unbarricaded Separation of magazines",a.i 40.000 45.000 1.340 2.000 258 45.000 50.000 1,400 2,000 270 50.000 55.000 1.460 2.000 280 55,000 60.000 1.515 2.000 290 _ 60.000 65.000 1.565 2.000 300 65.000 70.000 1,610 2,000 310 70,000 75.000 1,655 2,000 320 75,000 80.000 1.695 2.000 330 80.000 85.000 1.730 2,000 340 85,000 90.000 1.760 2,000 350 90.000 95.000 1,790 _ 2.000 360 95.000 100.000 1.815 2.000 370 100.000 110.000 1.835 2.000 390 110,000 120,000 1,855 2,000 410 120,000 130.000 1,875 _ 2.000 430 i 30,000 140.000 1.890 2,000 450 140.000 150,000 1.900 2.000 470 150,000 160,000 1,935 2.000 490 160,000 170.000 1,965 2.000 510 170,000 180.000 1.990 2.000 530 180.000 190.000 2,010 2,010 550 190,000 200.000 2,030 2,030 570 200,000 210.000 2.055 2.055 590 210.000 230.000 - - - 2.100 - --- 2.100 A 630 230,000 250.000 2,155 2.155 670 250,000 275.000 2,215 2,215 720 275,000 _ 300.000 2.275 2.275 770 For 51: 1 pound=0.454 kg. I foot=304.8 mm,1 square foot=0.0929 m=. a. The number of pounds of explosives listed is the number of pounds of trinitrotoluene(TNT)or the equivalent pounds of other explosive. b. The distance listed Is the distance to lot line,including tat lines at public stays. c. For[he purpose of this table,an inhabited building is any building On the same lot that is regularly occupied by people.Where two or more buildings containing explosives Or magazines ate located on the same lot,each building or magazine shall compy with the mi nimum distances specified from inhabited buildings and, in addition,they shall be separated from each other by not less than the distance shown for"Separation of magazines."except that the(juautity of explosive materi- als contained In detonator buildings or magazines shall govern in regard to the spacing Of said detonator buildings or magazines from bui Idings Or magazines con- taining other explosive materials.If'any two or more buildings or magazines are separated from each other by less than the specl Red`Separation of Magazines" distances,then such two or more buildings nr magazines,as a group,shall be considered as one building or magazine.and the total quantity of explosive materials stored in such group shall be treated as if the explosive scerc in a single building or tuagazioc located on the site of any building or magazine of the group,and shall comply with the minimum distance specified from other magazines or Inhabited buildings. d. Barricadesshall effec lively screen the building containing explosives frorn other buildings.public ways Or T11aga7i OPS.Where mounds or revetted walls ofearth are used for barricades,ihe)shall not be less than 3 feet in thickness.A straight line from the top of any side mall of the building containing explosive materials to the eave line of any other building.magazine or a point 12 feet above The centerline of a public way shall pass through the barricades. e. Magazine Is a building or structure.other than anuperatingbu11 ding,a PpTovcd for storage of explosive materials.Portable or mobile magazi nes not exceeding 120 square feet in area need not comply with the requirements of this code,however,all magazines shall comply with the International Fier Code f. The distance listed is permllled to be reduced by 50 percent where approved natural or artificial barriers are provided in accordance ss9th the requirements in Note d. 66 2009 INTERNATIONAL_BUILDING CODE' SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY IF]TABLE 415.3.2 DETACHED BUILDING REQUIRED A DETACHED BU_ILDING IS REQUIRED WHEN THE QUANTITY OF MATERIAL EXCEEDS THAT LISTED HEREIN Material _ Class Solids and Liquids(tons),a Gases(cubic feety.h Division 1.1 Maximum Allowable Quantity Division 1.2 Maximum Allowable Quantity Division 1.3 Maximum Allowable Quantity Explosives Division 1.4 Maximum Allowable Quantity Not Applicable Division 1.41 1 Division 1,5 Maximum Allowable Quantity Division 1.6 Maximum Allowable Quantity _ Oxidizers Class 4 Maximum Allowable Quantity+ Maximum Allowable Quantity Unstable(reac(ives)detonable I Class 3 or 4 M_aximum Allowable Quantity t Maximum Allowable Quantity Oxidizer,liquids and solids Class 3 1,200 Not Applicable Class 2 2,000 Not Applicable Detonable Maximum Allowable Quantity Not Applicable Organic peroxides Class I Maximum Allowable Quantity Not Applicable Class II 25 Not Applicable ___Class III 50 NotApplicable Unstable(reactives)nondetonable I Class 3 1 2,000 Class 2 25 10,000 Water reactives Class 3 1 Not Applicable Class 2 25 _ Not Applicable Pyrophoric gases _Not Applicable Not Applicable 2,000 For Sl: 1 ton=906 kg,1 cubic foot=0.02832 m'.1 pound=0.454 kg. a. For materials that are detonable,the distance to other buildings or lot lines shall be as specified in Table 415.3.1 based on trinitrotoluene(TNT)equivalence of the material.For materials classified as explosives,see Chapter 33 the International Firr Code.For all other materials,the distance shall be as indicated in Section 415.3.1. b. "Maximum A]knvable Quantity"means the maximum allowable quantity per control area set forth in Table 307.7(1). c. Limited to Division 1.4 materials and articles,including articles packaged for shipment.that are not regulated as an explosive under Bureau of Alcohol.Tobacco and Firearms(BATF)regulations or unpackaged articles used In process operations that do not propagate a detonation or deflagration between articles,providing the net explosive weight of individual articles does not exceed 1 pound. [F] 415.6.1.2 Grinding rooms. Every room or space structures on the same lot shall be constructed of not less occupied for grinding or other operations that produce than Type IB construction. Where more than 30 feet combustible dusts shall be enclosed with lire barriers (9144 mm)from interior lot Imes,or where erected along constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizon- a railroad right-of-way, the minimum type of construc- tal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section tion of such structures not more than 65 feet(19 812 mm) 712, or both, The minimum fire-resistance rating shall in building height shall be Type IV. be 2 hours where the area is not more than 3,000 square feet(279 ml),and 4 hours where the area is greater than [F] 415.6.2 Flammable and combustible liquids. The 3,000 square feel (279 mz). storage, handling, processing and transporting of flamma- ble and combustible liquids in Groups H-2 and H-3 occu- [F]415.6.1.3 Conveyors.Conveyors,chutes,piping and pancies shall be in accordance with Sections 415.6.2.1 similar equipment passing through the enclosures of through 415.6.2.10,the International Mechanical Code and rooms or spaces shall be constructed dirt t ight and vapor the International Fh-e Code. tight, and be of appruved nonconlhustiblc materials complying with Chapter 30. [F] 415.6.2.1 Mixed occupancies. Where the storage [F] 415.6.1.4 Explosion control. Explosion control tank area is located in a building of two or more occupan- shall be provided as specified in the International Fire cies and the quantity of liquid exceeds the maximum Code, or spaces shall be equipped with the equivalent allowable quantity for one control area, the use shall be mechanical ventilation complying with the International completely separated from adjacent occupancies in Mechanical Code. accordance with the requirements of Section 508.4. [F] 415.6.1.5 Grain elevators. Grain elevators, malt [F] 415.6.2.1.1 Height exception. Where storage houses and buildings for similar occupancies shall not be tanks are located within a building no more than one located within 30 feet (9144 mm) of interior lot lines or story above giade plane,the height limitation of Sec- structures on the same lot,except where erected along a tion 503 shall not apply for Group H. railroad right-of-way. [F] 415.6.2.2 Tank protection. Storage ranks shall be I [F] 415.6.1.6 Coal pockets. Coal pockets located less noncombustible and protected from physical damage. than 30 feet (9144 mm) from interior lot lines or from Fire barriers or horizontal assemblies or both around the 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 67 SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY storage tank(s) shall be permitted as the method of pro- IF] 415.6.4 Dry cleaning plants. The construction and tection from physical damage. installation of dry cleaning plants shall be in accordance [F] 415.6.2.3 Tanks. Storage tanks shall be approved With the requirements of this code, the International tanks conforming to the requirements of the Interna- Nfechanical Code, the International Plumbing Code and clonal Firy Code. NFPA 32.Dry cleaning solvents and systems shall be cIassi- fied in accordance with the International Fire Code. [F] 415.6.2.4 Suppression. Group H shall be equipped [F] 415.7 Groups H-3 and H-4.Groups H-3 and H-4 shall be throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler sys- constructed in accordance with the applicable provisions of ten), installed in accordance with Section 903. this code and the International Fier Code. IF]415.62.5 Leakage containment.A liquid-tight con- [F] 415.7.1 Flammable and combustible liquids. The tainment area compatible with the stored liquid shall be storage, handling, processing and transporting of flamma- provided.The method of spill control, drainage control ble and combustible liquids in Group H-3 occupancies shall and secondary containment shall be in accordance with be in accordance with Section 415.6.2. the International Fire Code. IF]415.72 Gas rooms.When gas rooms are provided,such Exception: Rooms where only double-wall storage rooms shall be separated from other areas by not less than tanks conforming to Section 415.6.2.3 are used to 1-hour Pre barriers constructed in accordance with Section store Class I,II and IIIA flammable and combustible 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance liquids shall not be required to have a leakage contain- with Section 712,or both. ment area. [F] 415.7.3 Floors in storage rooms. Floors in storage IF] 415.62.6 Leakage alarm. An approved automatic areas for corrosive liquids and highlytoxicor 10hlCmaterial5 alarm shall be provided to indicate a leak in a storage shall be of liquid-tight,noncombustible construction, tank and room.The alarm shall sound an audible signal, IF] 415.7.4 Separation—highly toxic solids and liquids. 15 dBa above the ambient sound level,at every point of Highly toxic solids and liquids not stored in approved haz- entry into the room in which the leaking storage tank is ardous materials storage cabinets shall be isolated from located.An apprnvedsign shall be posted on every entry other hazardous materials storage by not less than 1-hour door to the tank storage room indicating the potential Fir barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or hazard of the interior room environment,or the sign shall horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Sec- state: WARNING, WHEN ALARM SOUNDS, THE ENVIRONMENT WITHIN THE ROOM MAY BE lion 712,or both. HAZARDOUS. The leakage alarm shall also be super- IF] 415.8 Group H-5. vised in accordance with Chapter 9 to transmit a trouble IF] 415.8.1 General. In addition to the requirements set signal. forth elsewhere in this code, Group H-5 shall comply with [F] 415.6.2.7 Tank vent.Storage tank vents for Class 1, the provisions of Sections 415.8.I through 415.8.11 and the II or IIIA liquids shall terminate to the outdoor air in International Fire Code. accordance with the International Fire Code. IF] 415.8.2 Fabrication areas. IF]415.6.2.8 Room ventilation.Storage tank areas stor- IF] 415.8.2.1 Hazardous materials in fabrication ing Class I, Il or IIIA liquids shall be provided with areas. mechanical ventilation.The mechanical ventilation sys- tem shall be in accordance with the International [F]415.8.2.1.1 Aggregate quantities.The aggregate Mechanical Code and the International Fire Code. quantities of hazardous materials stored and used in a single fabrication area shall not exceed the quantities IF] 415.6.2.9 Explosion venting.Where Class I liquids set forth in Table 415.8.2.1.1. are being stored,explosion venting shall be provided in accordance with the International FIlP Code. Exception: The quantity limitations for any haz- ard category in 'fable 415.8.2.1.1 shall not apply ]F] 415.6.2.10 Tank openings other than vents.Tank where the fabrication area contains quantities of openings other than vents from tanks inside buildings hazardous materials not exceeding the maximum shall be designed to ensure that liquids or vapor concen- allowable quantities per control area established trations are not released inside the building. by Tables 307.1(1) and 307.1(2). IF] 415.6.3 Liquefied petroleum gas facilities.The con- IF] 415.8.2.1.2 Hazardous production materials. struction and installation of liquefied petroleum gas facili- The maximum quantities of hazardous production ties shall be in accordance with the requirements of this materials (HPM) stored in a single fabrication area code. the International Fire Code, the International shall not exceed the maximum allowable quantities Mechanical Code, the International Fuel Gas Code and per control area established by Tables 307.1(1) and NFPA 58. 307.1(2). r 68 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY [F]TABLE 415.8.2.1,1 QUANTITY LIMITS FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IN A SINGLE FABRICATION AREA IN GROUP H-5' SOLIDS LIQUIDS GAS HAZARD CATEGORY (pounds per square feel) (gallons per square feel) (Feet3 0 NTPlsquare feet] PHYSICAL-HAZARD MATERIALS Combustible dust - - Note b Not Applicable Not Applicable_ Combustible fiber Loose Note b Baled Notes b,c Not Applicable Not Applicable Combustible liquid 11 0.01 I]IB Not Applicable Not L limited Not Applicable Combination Class 1.]i and I][A 0'04 Cryogenic gas Flammable Not Applicable Not Applicable Note Oxidizing Explosives __ _ _ Note b _ - —Note b Note b Flammable gas Gaseous Note d Liquefied Not Applicable Not Applicable Note d Flammable liquid IA 0.0025 IB 0.025 IC Not Applicable 0.025 Not Applicable Combination Class IA,IB and]C 0.025 Combination Class 1.]i and I11A 0'04 Flammable.solid _ _ -- 0.001 Not Applicable Not Applicable Oigamc peroxide Unclassified delonable Note b Class I Note b Class 11 0.025 Nat Applicable Not Applicable Class III 0.1 Class IV Not Limited Class V Not limited Oxidizing gas Gaseous 1.25 Liquefied 1.25 Not Applicable Not Applicable Combination of gaseous and liquefied 1'25 Oxidizer Class 4 None b Note b Class 3 0.003 0.03 Class 2 0.003 0.03 Not Applicable Class 1 0,003 0.03 Combination Class 1.2.3 0.003 0.03 Pyrophoric material - Note b 4 - 0.00125 Notes d and e Unstable reactive Class 4 Note b Note b Note b Class 3 0,025 0.0025 Note b Class 2 0.1 0.01 Note b Class I Not Limited Not Limited Not Limited Water reactive Class 3 Not(,b 0.00125 Class 2 0.25 0.025 Not Applicable Class 1 Not Limited Not Limited HEALTH-HAZARD MATERIALS Corrosives Not Limited Not Limited Not Limited Highly toxic Not Limited Not Limited Nate d Toxics Not Limited Not Limited _ Note d For SI: 1 pound per square foot=4.882 kglm'. l gallon per square foot=40.7 Llm',1 cubic fool @ NTP/square foot=0.305 m'@ NTPlm1. 1 cubic fool=0.02832 m'. a. Hazardous materials%,within piping shall not be included in the calculated quantities. b. Quantity of hazardous materials in a single fabrication shall not exceed the maximum allowable quantities per control area in Tables 307.1(1)and 307.1(2). c. Densely packed baled colton that complies with the packing requirements of ISO 8115 shall not be included in this material class. d. The aggregate quantity of flammable,pyrophoric,toxic and highly toxic gases shall not exceed 9,000 cubic feet at NTP. e. The aggregate quantity of pyrophoric gases in the building shall not exceed the amounts set forth In Table 415.3.2. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 69 SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY IF] 415.8.2.2 Separation. Fabrication areas, whose Exhaust ducts penetrating occupancy separations sizes are limited by the quantity of hazardous materials shall be contained in a shaft of equivalent fire-resis- allowed by Table 415.8,2.1.1, shall be separated from tance-rated construction. Exhaust ducts shall not pene- each other, from cor'r'idors and from other parts of the trate fire walls. building by not less than 1-hour Cre barriers constructed Firms dampers shall not be installed in exhaust ducts. in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712, or both. [F] 415.8.2.7 Transporting hazardous production Exceptions: materials to fabrication areas. HPM shall be trans- ported to fabrication areas through enclosed piping or 1. Doors within such fire barrier walls,including tubing systems that comply with Section 415.8.6.1, doors to corridors, shall be only self-closing through service corridors complying with Section fire door assemblies having a lire protection 415.8.4,or in corridors as permitted in the exception to rating of not less than 3/,hour. Section 415.8.3. The handling or transporting of HPM 2. Windows between fabrication areas and cor- within service corridors shall comply with the Interna- ridors are permitted to be fixed glazing listed tional Fire Code. and labeled for a lire protection rating of at [F] 415.8.2.8 Electrical. least 114 hour in accordance with Section 715. [F] 415.8.2.8.1 General. Electrical equipment and IF] 415.8.2.3 Location of occupied levels. Occupied devices within the fabrication area shall comply with levels of fabrication areas shall be located at or above the NFPA 70.The requirements For hazardous locations first story above grade plane. need not be applied where the average air change is at IF]415.8.2.4 Floors.Except for surfacing,floors within least four times that set forth in Section 415.8.2.6 and fabrication areas shall be of noncombustible construe- where the number of air changes at any location is not tion. less than three times that required by Section 415.8.2.6.The use of recirculated air shall be permit- Openings through floors of fabrication areas are per- ted. mitted to be unprotected where the interconnected levels are used solely for mechanical equipment directly [F]415.8.2.82 Workstations.Workstations shall not related to such fabrication areas (see also Section be energized without adequate exhaust ventilation. 415.8.2.5). See Section 415.8.2.6 for workstation exhaust venti- Floors forming a part of an occupancy separation shall lation requirements. be liquid tight. IF]415.8.3 Corridors. Corrldorsshall comply with Chap- ter 10 and shall be separated from fabrication areas as speci- [F]415.8.2.5 Shafts and openings through floors.Ele- fi ed in Section 415.8.2.2, Corridors shall not contain HPM vator shafts, vent shafts and other openings through and shall not be used for transporting such materials,except floors shall be enclosed when required by Section 708. through closed piping systems as provided in Section Mechanical,duct and piping penetrations within a fabri- 415.8.6.3. cation area shall not extend through more than two floors. The annular space around penetrations for Exception:Where existing fabrication areas are altered cables,cable trays,tubing,piping,conduit or ducts shall or modified,HPM is allowed to be transported inexisting be sealed at the floor level to restrict the movement of air. corridors,subject to the following conditions: The fabrication area, including the areas through which 1. Corridors. Corridors adjacent to the fabrication the ductwork and piping extend, shall be considered a area where the alteration work is to be done shall single conditioned environment. comply with Section 1018 for a length determined IF] 415.8.2.6 Ventilation. Mechanical exhaust ventila- as follows: tion at the rate of not less than 1 cubic foot per minute per 1.1.The length of the common wall of the cor- square foot 10.0051 ml/(s•m')]of floor area shall be pro- ridor and the fabrication area; and vided throughout the portions of the fabrication area where HPM are used or stored.The exhaust air duct sys- 1.2. For the distance along the corridor to the tem of one fabrication area shall not connect to another point of entry HPM into the corridor duct system outside that fabrication area within the serving that fabrication area. building. 2. Emergency alarm system.There shall be an emer- A ventilation system shall be provided to capture and gency telephone system,a local manual alarm sta- exhaust gases,fumes and vapors at workstations. tion or other approved alarm-initiating device within corridorsat not more than 150-Foot(45 720 Two or more operations at a workstation shall not be mm) intervals and at each exit and doorway. The connected to the same exhaust system where either one signal shall be relayed to an approvedcentral,pro- or the combination of the substances removed could con- prietary or remote station service or the emergency slitute a fire, explosion or hazardous chemical reaction control station and shall also initiate a local audible within the exhaust duct system, alarm. 70 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY 3. Pass-throughs. Self-closing doors having a fire [F] 415.8.5 Storage of hazardous production materials. protection ratingof not less than 1 hour shall sepa- rate pass-throughs from existing corridors. [F] 415.8.5.1 General. Storage of HPM in fabrication Pass-throughs shall be constructed as required for areas shall be within approved or bstedstorage cabinets the corridors and protected by an approved auto- or gas cabinets or within a workstation. The storage of matic fire-extinguishing system. HPM in quantities greater than those listed in Section 1804.2 of the International Fire Code shall be in liquid [F] 415.8.4 Service corridors. storage rooms,HPM rooms or gas rooms as appropriate [F] 415.8.4.1 Occupancy. Service corridors shall be for the materials stored.The storage of other hazardous classified as Group H-5. materials shall be in accordance with other applicable [F]415.8.4.2 Use conditions.Service corridors shall be provisions of this code and the loternational Fire Code. separated from corridors as required by Section [F] 415.8.5.2 Construction. 415.8.2.2. Service corridors shall not be used as a required corridor. [F] 415.8.5.2.1 HPM rooms and gas rooms. HPM [F]415.8.4.3 Mechanical ventilation.Service corridors rooms and gas rooms shall be separated from other shall be mechanically ventilated as required by Section areas by fire barriers constructed in accordance with 415.8.2.6 or at not less than six air changes per hour. Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in whichever is greater. accordance with Section 712,or both.The minimum fire-resistance rating shall be 2 hours where the area [F] 415.8.4.4 Means of egress.The maximum distance is 300 square feet(27.9 mz)or more and I hour where of travel from any point in a service corridor to an exit, the area is less than 300 square feet(27.9 ml). exit access corridor or door into a fabrication area shall not exceed 75 feet (22 860 mm). Dead ends shall not [F] 415.8.5.2.2 Liquid storage rooms. Liquid sior- exceed 4 feet(1219 mm)in length.There shall be not less age rooms shall be constructed in accordance with the than two exits,and not more than one-half of the required following requirements: means of egress shall require travel into a fabrication area. Doors from service corridors shall swing in the 1. Rooms in excess of 500 square feet {46.5 m2) direction of egress travel and shall be self-closing, shall have at least one exterior door approved for fire department access. [F] 415.8.4.5 Minimum width. The minimum clear 2. Rooms shall be separated from other areas by width of a service corridor shall be 5 feet(1524 mm),or 33 inches (838 mm) wider than the widest cart or truck rte barriers constructed in accordance with used in the corridor,whichever is greater. Section 707 or horizontal assemblies con- structed in accordance with Section 712, or [F] 415.8.4.6 Emergency alarm system. Emergency both.The fire-resistance ratingshall be not less alarm systems shall be provided in accordance with this than 1 hour for rooms up to 150 square feet section and Sections 414.7.1 and 414.7.2.The maximum (13.9 nil)in area and not less than 2 hours where allowable quantity per control area provisions shall not the room is more than 150 square feet(13.9 rot) apply to emergency alarm systems required for HPM. in area. [F] 415.8.4.6.1 Service corridors. An emergency 3. Shelving,racks and wainscotting in such areas alarm system shall be provided in service corridors, shall be of noncombustible construction or with at least one alarm device in each service corridor. wood of not less than 1-inch (25 mm) nominal [F]415.8.4.6.2 Exit access corridors and exit enclo- thickness. sures. Emergency alarms for exit access corridors 4. Rooms used for the storage of Class 1 flamma- and exit enclosures shall comply with Section ble liquids shall not be located in a basement. 414.7.2. [F]415.8.5.2.3 Floors.Except for surfacing,floors of [F] 415.8.4.6.3 Liquid storage rooms,HPM rooms HPM rooms and liquid storage rooms shall be of and gas rooms.Emergency alarms for liquid storage noncombustible liquid-tight construction. Raised rooms,HPM rooms and gas rooms shall comply with grating over floors shall be of noncombustible materi- Section 414.7.1. als. [F] 415.8.4.6.4 Alarm-initiating devices. An approved emergency telephone system, local alarm [F]415.8.5.3 Location.Where HPM rooms,liquid stor- manual pull stations,or other approved alarm-initiat- age rooms and gas rooms are provided,they shall have at ing devices are allowed to be used as emergency least one exterior walland such wall shall be not less than a]arm-initiating devices. 30 feet(9144 mm)from lot litres,including lot linesadja- [F] 415.8.4.6.5 Alarm signals. Activation of the cent to public ways. emergency alarm system shall sound a local alarm [F] 415.8.5.4 Explosion control. Explosion control and transmit a signal to the emergency control station. shall be provided where required by Section 414.5.1. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 71 SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY [F] 415.8.5.5 Exits. Where two exits are required from [F] 415.8.6.3 Installations in corridors and above HPM rooms, liquid storage rooms and gas rooms, one other occupancies.The installation of HPM piping and shall be directly to the outside of the building, tubing within the space defined by the walls of corridors [F]415.8.5.6 Doors.Doors in a fire barrierwall,includ- and the floor or roof above,or in concealed spaces above ing doors to corridors, shall be self-closing pr-e door other occupancies, shall be in accordance with Section assemblies having a &-e-protection rating of not less 415.8.6.2 and the following conditions: than 3/,hour. 1. Automatic sprinklers shall be installed within the [F] 415.8.5.7 Ventilation. Mechanical exhaust ventila- space unless the space is less than 6 inches (152 tion shall be provided in liquid storage rooms, HPM mm) in the least dimension. rooms and gas rooms at the rate of not less than 1 cubic 2. Ventilation not less than six air changes per hour foot per minute per square foot (0.044 Lls/ml) of floor shall be provided. The space shall not be used to area or six air changes per hour,whichever is greater,for convey air from any other area. categories of material. 3. Where the piping or tubing is used to transport Exhaust ventilation for gas rooms shall be designed to HPM liquids, a receptor shall be installed below operate at a negative pressure in relation to the surround- such piping or tubing. The receptor shall be ing areas and direct the exhaust ventilation to an exhaust designed to collect any discharge or leakage and system. drain it to an approved location.The 1-hour enclo- 1171 415.8.5.8 Emergency alarm system.An approved sure shall not be used as part of the receptor. emergency alarm system shall be provided for HPM 4. HPM supply piping and tubing and nonmetallic rooms, liquid storage rooms and gas rooms. waste lines shall be separated Frain the corridor Emergency alarm-initiating devices shall be installed and from occupancies other than Group H-5 by outside of each interior exit door of such rooms. pre barriers that have a pre-resistance rating of not less than 1 hour. Where gypsum wallboard is Activation of an emergency alarm-initiating device used,joints on the piping side of the enclosure are shall sound a local alarm and transmit a signal to the not required to be taped,provided the joints occur emergency control station. over framing members. Access openings into the An approved emergency telephone system, local enclosure shall be protected by approved fire pro- alarm manual pull stations or other approved alarm-initi- section-rated assemblies. ating devices are allowed to be used as emergency 5. Readily accessible manual or automatic remotely alarm-initiating devices. activated fail-safe emergency shutoff valves shall [F] 415.8.6 Piping and tubing. be installed on piping and tubing other than waste [F]415.8.6.1 General.Hazardous production materials lines at the following locations: piping and tubing shall comply with this section and 5.1. At branch connections into the fabrication ASME 1331.3. area. [F] 415.8.6.2 Supply piping and tubing. 5.2. At entries into corridors. [F]415.8.6.2.1 HPM having a health-hazard rank- Exception: Transverse crossings of the ing of 3 or 4. Systems supplying HPM liquids or corridors by supply piping that is gases having a health-hazard ranking of 3 or 4 shall be enclosed within a ferrauS pipe or tube for welded throughout, except for connections, to the the width of the corridorneed not comply systems that are within a ventilated enclosure if the with Items 1 through 5. material is a gas, or an approved method of drainage [F] 415.8.6.4 Identification. Piping, tubing and HPM or containment is provided for the connections if the waste lines shall be identified in accordance with ANSI material is a liquid. A13.1 to indicate the material being transported. ]F] 415.8.6.2.2 Location in service corridors.Haz- [F]415.8.7 Continuous gas detection systems.A continu- ardous production materials supply piping or tubing ous gas detection system shall be provided for HPM gases in service corridors shall be exposed to view. when the physiological warning threshold level of the gas is [F] 415.8.6.2.3 Excess flow control. Where HPM at a higher level than the accepted PEL for the gas and for gases or liquids are carried in pressurized piping flammable gases in accordance with Sections 415.8.7.1 and above 15 pounds per square inch gauge(psig) (103.4 415.8.7.2. kPa), excess flow control shall be provided. Where the piping originates from within a liquid storage [F]415.8.7.1 Where required.A continuous gas detec- tion system shall be .1 through 415.8.7.1.4. provided in the areas identified in room,HPM room or gas room, the excess flow can- Sections 415.8.7.1.1 Irol shall be located within the liquid storage room, HPM room or gas room.Where the piping originates [F] 415.8.7.1.1 Fabrication areas.A continuous gas from a bulk source, the excess flow control shall be detection system shall be provided in fabrication located as close to[he bulk source as practical. areas when gas is used in the fabrication area. 72 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY [F] 415.6.7.1.2 HPM. rooms. A continuous gas valve in the gas cabinet or exhausted enclosure detection system shall be provided in HPM rooms for the specific gas detected shall automatically when gas is used in the room. close. [F] 415.8.7.1.3 Gas cabinets,exhausted enclosures 2. Where the gas detection sampling point initiat- and gas roams. A continuous gas detection system ing the gas detection system alarm is within a shall be provided in gas cabinets and exhausted enclo- room and compressed gas containers are not in sures.A continuous gas detection system shall be pro- gas cabinets or an exhausted enclosure, the vided in gas rooms when gases are not located in gas shutoff valves on all gas lines for the specific cabinets or exhausted enclosures, gas detected shall automatically close. [F] 415.8.7.1.4 Corridors. When gases are trans- 3. Where the gas detection sampling point initiat- ported in piping placed within the space defined by ing the gas detection system alarm is within a the walls of a corridor and the floor or roof above the piping distribution manifold enclosure, the corridor,a continuous gas detection system shall be shutoff valve supplying the manifold for the provided where piping is located and in the corridor. compressed gas container of the specific gas Exception: A continuous gas detection system is detected shall automatically close. not required for occasional transverse crossings of Exception: Where the gas detection sampling the corridors by supply piping that is enclosed in a point initiating the gas detection system alarm is at ferrous pipe or tube for the width of the corridor. the use location or within a gas valve enclosure of a [F] 415.8.7.2 Gas detection system operation. The branch line downstream of a piping distribution manifold, the shutoff valve For the branch line continuous gas detection system shall be capable of located in the piping distribution manifold enclo- monitoring the room,area or equipment in which the gas p p g is located at or below all the following gas concentra- sure shall automatically close. tions: [F]415.8.8 Manual fire alarm system.An apprnti edman- 1. Immediately dangerous to life and health (IDLH) ual fire alarm system shall be provided throughout buildings values when the monitoring point is within an containing Group H-5.Activation of the alarm system shall exhausted enclosure, ventilated enclosure or gas initiate a local alarm and transmit a signal to the emergency cabinet. control station.The fire alarm system shall be designed and installed in accordance with Section 907. 2. Permissible exposure limit (PEL) levels when the monitoring point is in an area outside an exhausted [F] 415.8.9 Emergency control station. An emergency enclosure,ventilated enclosure or gas cabinet. control station shall be provided in accordance with Sec- 3. For flammable gases, the monitoring detection tions 415.8.9.1 through 415.8.9.3. threshold level shall be vapor concentrations in [F] 415.6.9.1 Location.The emergency control station excess of 25 percent of the lower flammable limit shall be located on the premises at an approved location (LFL)when the monitoring is within or outside an outside the fabrication area. exhausted enclosure, ventilated enclosure or gas [F]415.8.9.2 Staffing.Trained personnel shall continu- cabinet. ously staff the emergency control station. 4. Except as noted in this section, monitoring for highly toxic and toxic gases shall also comply with [F] 415.8.9.3 Signals. The emergency control station Chapter 37 of the International Fire Code. shall receive signals from emergency equipment and alarm and detection systems. Such emergency equip- [F] 415.8.7.2.1 Alarms. The gas detection system ment and alarm and detection systems shall include.but shall initiate a local alarm and transmit a signal to the not be limited to,the following where such equipment or emergency control station when a short-term hazard systems are required to be provided either in this chapter condition is detected.The alarm shall be both visual or elsewhere in this code: and audible and shall provide warning both inside and 1. Automatic sprinkler system alarm and monitoring outside the area where the gas is detected.The audible systems. alarm shall be distinct from all other alarms. [F]415.8.7.2.2 Shutoff of gas supply.The gas detec- 2. Manual fire alarm systems. tion system shall automatically close the shutoff valve 3. Emergency alarm systems. at the source on gas supply piping and tubing related 4. Continuous gas detection systems. to the system being monitored for which gas is 5. Smoke detection systems, detected when a short-term hazard condition is detected. Automatic closure of shutoff valves shall 6. Emergency power system. comply with the following: 7, Automatic detection and alarm systems for 1. Where the gas detection sampling point initiat- pyrophoric liquids and Class 3 water-reactive liq- ing the gas detection system alarm is within a uids required in Section 1805.2.3.4 of the Interna- gas cabinet or exhausted enclosure. the shutoff tional Fire Code, 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 73 SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY 8. Exhaust ventilation flow alarm devices for nonmetallic exhaust ducts when all of the following con- pyrophoric liquids and Class 3 water-reactive liq- ditions apply: uids cabinet exhaust ventilation systems required 1. Where the largest cross-sectional diameter is equal in Section 1805.2.3.4 of the International Fire to or greater than 10 inches (254 mm). Code. [F] 415.810 Emergency power system. An emergency 2. The ducts are within the building. power system shall be provided in Group H-5 occupancies 3. The ducts are conveying Flammable gases,vapors where required in Section 415.8.10.1. The emergency or fumes. power system shall be designed to supply power automati- ]F] 415.8.11.3 Combustible nonmetallic exhaust cally to required electrical systems when the normal electri- ducts. Automatic sprinkler system protection shall be cal supply system is interrupted. provided in combustible nonmetallic exhaust ducts [F] 915.6.10.1 Required electrical systems. Emer- where the largest cross-sectional diameter of the duct is gency power shall be provided for electrically operated equal to or greater than 10 inches (254 mm). equipment and connected control circuits for the follow- Exceptions: ing systems: 1. Ducts listed or approved for applications with- 1. HPM exhaust ventilation systems, out automatic fire sprinkler system protection. 2. HPM gas cabinet ventilation systems. 2. Ducts not more than 12 feet (3658 mm) in 3. HPM exhausted enclosure ventilation systems. length installed below ceiling level. 4. HPM room ventilations stems. [F] 415.8.11.4 Automatic sprinkler locations. Sprin- g as y kler systems shall be installed at 12-foot (3658 mm) 5. HPM gas detection systems. intervals in horizontal ducts and at changes in direction. 6. Emergency alarm systems. In vertical ducts, sprinklers shall be installed at the top and at alternate floor levels. 7. Manual fire alarm systems. 8. Automatic sprinkler system monitoring and SECTION 416 alarm systems. APPLICATION OF FLAMMABLE FINISHES 9. Automatic alarm and detection systems for [F]416.1 General.The provisions of this section shall apply to pyrophoric liquids and Class 3 water-reactive the construction, installation and use of buildings and struc- liquids required in Section 1805.2.3.4 of the tures, or parts thereof, for the spraying of flammable paints, International Fire Code. varnishes and lacquers or other flammable materials or mix- 10. Flow alarm switches for pyrophoric liquids and lures or compounds used for painting, varnishing, staining or Class 3 water-reactive liquids cabinet exhaust similar purposes.Such construction and equipment shall com- ventilation systems required in Section ply with the International Fire Code. 1805.2.3.4 of the International Fire Code. [F] 416.2 Spray rooms.Spray rooms shall be enclosed with 11. Electrically operated systems required elsewhere not less than 1-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance in this code or in the International Fire Code with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in applicable to the use, storage or handling of accordance with Section 712, or both. Floors shall be water- HPM. proofed and drained in an approved manner. [F] 415.8.10.2 Exhaust ventilation systems. Exhaust [F] 4162.1 Surfaces.The interior surfaces of spray rooms ventilation systems are allowed to be designed to operate shall be smooth and shall be so constructed to permit the at not less than one-half the normal fan speed on the free passage of exhaust air from all parts of the interior and emergency power system where it is demonstrated that to facilitate washing and cleaning,and shall be so designed the level of exhaust will maintain a safe atmosphere. to confine residues within the room.Aluminum shall not be [F] 415.8.11 Automatic sprinkler system protection in used. exhaust ducts for HPM. [F] 416.3 Spraying spaces. Spraying spaces shall be venti- lated with an exhaust system to prevent the accumulation of [F] 415.8.11.1 Exhaust ducts for HPM. An approved flammable mist or vapors in accordance with the International automatic sprinklersystem shall be provided in exhaust Mechanical Code. Where such spaces are not separately ducts conveying gases, vapors, fumes, mists or dusts enclosed, noncombustible spray curtains shall be provided to generated from HPM in accordance with this section and restrict the spread of flammable vapors. the International Mechanical Code ]F] 416.3.1 Surfaces. The interior surfaces of spraying [F] 415.8.11.2 Metallic and noncombustible nonme- spaces shall be smooth and continuous without edges;shall taltic exhaust ducts. An approved automatic sprinkler be so constructed to permit the free passage of exhaust air system shall be provided in metallic and noncombustible from all parts of the interior and to facilitate washing and 74 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY cleaning:and shall be so designed to confine residues within accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies con- the spraying space.Aluminum shall not be used. structed in accordance with Section 712,or both. [F]416.4 Spray booths.Spray booths shall be designed,con- [F]418.6 Finished products.Storage rooms for finished prod- structed and operated in accordance with the International Fire ucts that are flammable or combustible liquids shall be sepa- Code. rated from the processing area by not less than 2-hour riF [F] 416.5 Fire protection. An automatic fire-extinguishing barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or hori- system shall be provided in all spray,dip and immersing spaces zontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712, and storage rooms and shall be installed in accordance with or both. Chapter 9. SECTION 419 SECTION 417 LIVEIWORK UNITS DRYING ROOMS 419.1 General.A live/work unit is a dwelling unit or sleeping [F]417.1 General.A drying room or dry kiln installed within a unit in which a significant portion of the space includes a non- building shall be constructed entirely of approved residential use that is operated by the tenant and shall comply noncombustible materials or assemblies of such materials reg- with Sections 419.1 through 419.8. ulated by the apptnved rules or as required in the general and Exception: Dwelling or sleeping units that include an specific sections of Chapter 4 for special occupancies and office that is less than 10 percent of the area of the dwell- where applicable to the general requirements of Chapter 28. ing unitshall not be classified as a live/work unit. [F]417.2 Piping clearance.Overhead healing pipes shall have 419.1.1 Limitations. The following shall apply to all a clearance of not less than 2 inches(51 mm)from combustible live/work areas: contents in the dryer. [F] 417.3 Insulation.Where the operating temperature of the 1. The live/work unit is permitted to be a maximum of dryer is 175°F(79°C) or more,metal enclosures shall be insu- lated from adjacent combustible materials by not less than I2 2. The nonresidential area is permitted to be a maximum inches (305 mm) of airspace,or the metal wails shall be lined 50 percent of the area of each live/work unit; with 1/4-inch(6.35 mm)insulating mill board or other approved 3. The nonresidential area function shall he limited to equivalent insulation. the first or main floor only of the live/work unit;and [F] 417.4 Fire protection. Drying rooms designed for 4. A maximum of five nonresidential workers or high-hazard materials and processes, including special occu- employees are allowed to occupy the nonresidential pancies as provided for in Chapter 4,shall be protected by an area at any one time. approvedautomalic fire-extinguishing system complying with P the provisions of Chapter 9, 419.2 Occupancies. Live/work units shall be classified as a Group R-2 occupancy.Separation requirements found in Sec- tions 420 and 508 shall not apply within the live/work unit SECTION 418 when the live/work unit is in compliance with Section 419. ORGANIC COATINGS High-hazard and storage occupancies shall not be permitted in a live/work unit.The aggregate area of storage in the nonresi- [F] 416.1 Building features. Manufacturing of organic coat denlial portion of the live/work unit shall be limited to 10 per- ings shall be done only in buildings that do not have pits or cent of the space dedicated to nonresidential activities. basements. 419.3 Means of egress.Except as modified by this section,the [F] 418.2 Location. Organic coating manufacturing opera- provisions for Group R-2 occupancies in Chapter 10 shall lions and operations incidental to or connected therewith shall apply to the entire livelwork unit. not be located in buildings having other occupancies. [F]418.3 Process mills.Mills operating with close clearances 419.3.1 Egress capacity.The egress capacity for each ele- and that process flammable and heat-sensitive materials,such ment of the live/work unit shall be based on the occupant load for the function served in accordance with Table as nitrocellulose, shall be located in a detached building or 1004.1.1. noncombustible structure. [F]418.4 Tankstorage.5lorageareas for F]ammableand com- 419.3.2 Sliding doors.Where doors in a means ofegressare of the horizontal-sliding type, the force to slide the door to bustible liquid tanks inside of structures shall be located at or its fully open position shall not exceed 50 pounds (220 N) above grade and shall be separated from the processing area by with a perpendicular force against the door of 50 pounds not less than 2-hour pre barriers constructed in accordance (220 N). with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712,or both. 419.3.3 Spiral stairways.Spiral stairways that conform to [F]418.5 Nitrocellulose storage.Nitrocellulose storage shall the requirements of Section 1009.9 shall be permitted. be located on a detached pad or in a separate structure or a room 419.3.4 Locks.Egress doors shall be permitted to be locked enclosed with no less than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in in accordance with Exception 4 of Section 1008.1.9.3. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 75 SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY 419.4 Vertical openings.Floor openings between floor levels [F] 421.4 Design and construction. Hydrogen cutoff rooms of a live/work unit are permitted without enclosure. shall be classified with respect to occupancy in accordance 419.5 Fire protection. The live/work unit shall be provided with Section 302.1 and separated from other areas of the build- with a monitored fire alarm system where required by Section ing by not less than 1-hour fire barriers constructed in accor- 907.2.9 and an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with dance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in Section 903.2.8. accordance with Section 712,or both;or as required by Section 419.6 Structural. Floor loading for the areas within a 508.2,508.3 or 508.9,as applicable. live/work unit shall be designed to conform to Table 1607.1 [F]421.4.1 Opening protectives.Doors within the Irre bar- based on the function within the space. tiers, including doors to eorridois,shall be self-closing in 419.7 Accessibility. Accessibility shall be designed in accor- accordance with Section 715. Interior door openings shall dance with Chapter I I. be electronically interlocked to prevent operation of the hydrogen system when doors are opened or ajar or the room 419.8 Ventilation.The applicable requirements of the Interna- shall be provided with a mechanical exhaust ventilation sys- tional Mechanical Code shall apply to each area within the tern designed in accordance with Section 421.4.1.1. five/work unit for the function within that space. [F] 421.4.1.1 Ventilation alternative.When an exhaust system is used in lieu of the interlock system required by SECTION 420 Section 421.4.1,exhaust ventilation systems shall oper- GROUPS 1-1, R-1, R-2, R-3 ate continuously and shall be designed to operate at a negative pressure in relation to the surrounding area.The 420.1 General.Occupancies in Groups 1-1,R-1, R-2 and R-3 average velocity of ventilation at the face of the door shall comply with the provisions of this section and other appli- opening with the door in the fully open position shall not cable provisions of this code. be less than 60 feet per minute(0.3048 m/s)with a mini- 420.2 Separation walls.Walls separating dielling unitsin the mum of 45 feet per minute (0.2287 m/s) at any point in same building, walls separating sleeping units in the same the door opening. building and walls separating dwelling or sleeping units from other occupancies contiguous to them in the same building [F] 421.4.2 Windows.Operable windows in interior walls shall not be perm shall be constructed as lire partitions in accordance with Sec- permitted. Fixed windows shall be permitted tion 709. when in accordance with Section 715. 420.3 Horizontal separation. Floor assemblies separating [F] 421.5 Ventilation. Cutoff rooms shall be provided with dwelling units in the same buildings,floor assemblies separat- mechanical ventilation in accordance with the applicable pro- ing sleeping units in the same building and floor assemblies visions for repair garages in Chapter 5 of the International separating dwelling or sleeping units from other occupancies Mechanical Code. contiguous to them in the same building shall be constructed as horizontal assemblies in accordance with Section 712. [F]421.6 Gas detection system.Hydrogen cutoff rooms shatl be provided with an approved flammable gas detection system in accordance with Sections 421.6.1 through 421.6.3. SECTION 421 [F] 421.6.1 System design. The flammable gas detection HYDROGEN CUTOFF ROOMS system shall be listed for use with hydrogen and any other [F] 421.1 General. When required by the International Firy flammable gases used in the room.The gas detection system Code, hydrogen cutoff rooms shall be designed and con- shall be designed to activate when the level of flammable strutted in accordance with Sections 421.1 through 421.8. gas exceeds 25 percent of the lower flammability limit [F] 421.2 Definitions.The following words and terms shall, (LFL) for the gas or mixtures present at their anticipated for the purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this temperature and pressure. code, have the meanings shown herein. [F]421.6.2 Operation.Activation of the gas detection sys- [F] GASEOUS HYDROGEN SYSTEM. An assembly of tem shall result in all of the following: piping,devices and apparatus designed to generate,store,con- 1. Initiation of distinct audible and visual alarm signals tain.distribute or transport a nontoxic,gaseous hydrogen-con- both inside and outside of the cutoff room. taining mixture having at least 95-percent hydrogen gas by 2, Activation of the mechanical ventilations stem. volume and not more than I-percent oxygen by volume.Gas- y eous hydrogen systems consist of items such as compressed [F]421.6.3 Failure of the gas detection system.Failure of gas containers,reactors and appurtenances,including pressure the gas detection system shall result in activation of the regulators• pressure relief devices, manifolds, pumps, corn- mechanical ventilation system,cessation of hydrogen gen- pressors and interconnecting piping and tubing and controls. eration and the sounding of a trouble signal in an approved [F]HYDROGEN CUTOFF ROOM.A room or space that is location. intended exclusively to house a gaseous hydrogen system. IF] 421.7 Explosion control.Explosion control shall be pro- [F] 421.3 Location. Hydrogen cutoff rooms shall not be vided in accordance with Chapter 9 of the International Fire located below grade. Code. 76 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY [F] 421.8 Standby power. Mechanical ventilation and gas Residential storm shelter. A storm shelter serving occu- detection systems shall be connected to a standby power sys- pants of divelling units and having an occupant load not tern in accordance with Chapter 27. exceeding 16 persons. SECTION 422 AMBULATORY HEALTH CARE FACILITIES 422.1 General.Occupancies classified as Group B ambulatory health care facilities shall comply with the provisions of Sec- tions 422.1 through 422.6 and other applicable provisions of this code. 422.2 Smoke barriers. Smoke barriers shall be provided to subdivide every ambulatory care facility greater than 10,000 square feet (929 m2) into a minimum of two smoke compart- ments per story.The travel distance from any point in a smoke compartment to a smoke barrier door shall not exceed 200 feet (60 960 inn), The smoke barrier shall be installed in accor- dance with Section 710. 422.3 Refuge area. At least 30 net square feet (2.8 ml) per nonambulatory patient shall be provided within the aggregate area of corridors, patient rooms, treatment rooms, lounge or dining areas and other low-hazard areas on each side of each smoke barrier. 422.4 Independent egress. A means of egress shall be pro- vided from each smoke compartment created by smoke barri- ers without having to return through the smoke compartment From which means of egress originated. 422.5 Automatic sprinkler systems.Automatic sprinklersys- tems shall be provided for ambulatory care facilities in accor- dance with Section 903.2.2. 422.6 Fire alarm systems. A fire alarm system shall be pro- vided in accordance with Section 907.2.2.I. SECTION 423 STORM SHELTERS 423.1 General.In addition to other applicable requirements in this code, storm shelters shall be constructed in accordance with ICC-500. 423.1.1 Scope. This section applies to the construction of storm shelters constructed as separate detached buildings or constructed as safe rooms within buildings for the purpose of providing safe refuge from storms that produce high winds, such as tornados and hurricanes. Such structures shall be designated to be hurricane shelters, tornado shel- ters,or combined hurricane and tornado shelters. 423.2 Definitions.The following words and terms shall,for the purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this code, have the meanings shown herein. STORM SHELTER. A building, structure or portions(s) thereof, constructed in accordance with ICC 500 and desig- nated for use during a severe wind storin event.such as a hurri- cane or tornado. Community storm shelter.A storm shelter not defined as a "Residential Storm Shelter." 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 77 78 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' CHAPTER 5 GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS MEZZANINE. An intermediate level or levels between the SECTION 501 floor and ceiling of any story and in accordance with Section GENERAL 505, 501.1 Scope.The provisions of this chapter control the height and area of structures hereafter erected and additions to exist- SECTION 503 ing structures. GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHT AND [F] 501.2 Address identification.New and existing buildings AREA LIMITATIONS shall be provided with approved address numbers or letters. 503.1 General.The building height and area shall not exceed Each character shall be a minimum 4 inches(102 mm)high and the limits specified in Table 503 based on the type of construc- a minimum oF0.5 inch(12.7 mm)wide.They shall be installed tion as determined by Section 602 and the occupancies as on a contrasting background and be plainly visible from the determined by Section 302 except as modified hereafter.Each street or road fronting the property.Where access is by means portion of a building separated by one or more fire walls com- of a private road and the building address cannot be viewed plying with Section 706 shall be considered to be a separate from the public Hay,a monument,pole or other approvedsign building. or means shall be used to identify the structure. 503.1.1 Special industrial occupancies. Buildings and structures designed to house special industrial processes that require large areas and unusual building heights to SECTION 502 accommodate craneways or special machinery and equip- DEFINITIONS ment, including, among others, rolling mills; structural 502.1 Definitions.The following words and terms shall,For the metal fabrication shops and Foundries; or the production purposes of[his chapter and as used elsewhere in this code, and distribution of electric, gas or steam power, shall be have the meanings shown herein. exempt from the building height and area limitations of Table 503. AREA, BUILDING. The area included within surrounding exterior walls (or exterior walls and fire walls) exclusive of 503.1.2 Buildings on same lot.Two or more buildings on vent shafts and courts.Areas of the building not provided with the same lot shall be regulated as separate buildings or shall surrounding walls shall be included in the buildingarea if such be considered as portions of one building if the building areas are included within the horizontal projection of the roof height of each building and the aggregate building area of or floor above, the buildings are within the limitations of Table 503 as mod- ified by Sections 504 and 506.The provisions of this code BASEMENT.A storythat is not a stotyabovegrade plane(see applicable to the aggregate building shall be applicable to "Story above grade plane" in Section 202). each building. The definition of"Basement" does not apply to the provi- 503.1.3 Type I construction.Buildings of Type I construc- sions of Section 1612 for 11ood loads (see"Basement"in Sec- tion permitted to be of unlimited tabular building heights tion 1612.2). and areas are not subject to the special requirements that EQUIPMENT PLATFORM. An unoccupied, elevated plat- allow unlimited area buildings in Section 507 or unlimited budding height in Sections 503.1.1 and 504.3 or increased form used exclusively For mechanical systems or industrial building heights and areas For other types of construction. process equipment, including the associated elevated walk- ways,stairs,alternating tread devicesand ladders necessary to access the platform (see Section 505.5). SECTION 504 GRADE PLANE.A reference plane representing the average BUILDING HEIGHT of finished ground level adjoining the building at exterior 504.1 General. The building height permitted by Table 503 walls. Where the finished ground level slopes away From the shall be increased in accordance with this section. exterior walls, the reference plane shall be established by the lowest points within the area between the building and the lot Exception: The building height of one-story aircraft han- Une or.where the lot line is more than 6 Feet (1829 mm) from gars,aircraft paint hangars and buildings used for the manu- thebuilding,between the building and a point 6 feet(1829 mm) facturing of aircraft shall not be limited if the building is from the building. provided with an automatic fire-extinguishing system in accordance with Chapter 9 and is entirely surrounded by HEIGHT, BUILDING. The vertical distance from grade public waysor}ardsnot less in width than one and one-half plane to the average height of the highest roof surface. times the building height. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 79 GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS TABLE 503 ALLOWABLE BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS' Building height limitations shown in feet above grade plane.Story limitations shown as stories above grade plane. Building area limitations shown in square feet,as determined by the definition of"Area,building,"per story _ TYPE of CONSTRUCTION TYPE I TYPE II TYPE III TYPE IV TYPE V A B _ A _ B _A B HT A a HEIGHT(fee(I UI, 16(1 65 55 65 55 65 so 40 STORIES(S) GROUP AREA(A) A I S UL 5 3 - 2 3 2 3 2 -- - 1 A UL UL 15,500_ 1 8,50 14,000 8.500. 15,00_0 11,500 5.500 A2 S UL 11 3 2 3 2 3 2 1 A UL UL 15.500 9.500 14,000 9,500_ 15.000 11,500 6.000 A-3 S UL 11 3 2 3 2 3 -2 1 A UL _ UL 15,500 9_,500 14.000 9.500 15,000 11.500 6.000 A l S III. 11 3 2 3 2 3 2 1 A _ UL i_ UL 1_5.500 9_.500_ 14,000 9.500 1_5.000 __11,500_ 6,000 A 5 S Ul UL UL T LT Ul. Cl. UL UI. UL � A Ul. UL UL Ul. Ul-. UL UL UE._ UL B S Ul. 11 5 3 5 3 5 3 2 A UL UL 37.500 23.000 28,500 19,000 36.000 18,000 9,000 I F A UL Ul. 2650 11.500 23.500 14.500 25,500 18,500 9.500 j P I 9 -,- 2 3 2 - 4 2 --- 1 _A__ L'I° UL 25.000 15,500 19,00 12,000 - 33.500 -14,000 8.500 r_Z S UL 11 5 3 4 3 5 3 2 A U!. UL 37.500_ 23.000 28_.500_ 1811.00 50,50.0 - ZI.00 13,0_0 H-1 S 1 l l I 1 [ 1 1 NP A 21,000 11,0.0 7,00 T 9,50_0 7,00 -10.500 7,50- NP He S UL 3 2 1 2 I I 2 I l T A 21,00 IG,500- 11,000 7.00 9.500 7.00 10,500_ 7.50 3_,0_00_ H-3e S UL 6 4 2 4 2 4 2 1 A UL 60.000_ 26_,50 14,00 17_,500_ 13,00.0 2.5_.500 10.00 5000 H4 S UL 7 5 3 5 3 5 3 2 A UL �_UL _ 37.50 17.5.00 2.11.50_ 17.51* 36.000_ 18,0_0_ 6_,500_ H-5 S 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 A UL UL 37,50 23.1)0(1 - - 28,500 _ 19.000 36,00 18_,000 8,000 I I S UL 9 4 3 4 3 4 3 Z A UL 55110 _ 19,00 10.000 -16.500 __ 10.00 18.000-- 10.500 _5_ 1 2 S UL 4 2 l 1 NP l I NP A _ t UL UL 15,000 11.1*0 I 12,000 KP 12,00 9,500 NP 1-3 -S L1 I 4 2. 1 - 2 ---- 1 2 2 - � 1 - A UL UI. 15.000 10.00 10,50 7,500 _ 12,00 7.500 5,00 _ ]-q__-_,_. S Ll - 5 3 2 3 2 3 l I - -A _ L•_L 60.500 _ 26,500 _ 1_3,00 23.50 13.00 25,500 18.500 I 9,00 M S U11- 11 1 2 4 2 4 3 I U__ _ UL _21.50 12,50 18.50 _ 12,500 _ -20.50 14.00_ 9.00_. R-1 S UI 11 4 1 4 4-- 4 3 - 2 A _ U!. UL 24.000- 16.60 24.00 16.00 2.0,50 12,00_ _ 7.00 R-2 5 UI° 11 4 4 4 4 4 3 2 A PI, UL 24.00_ 16000 24,000 1.6_,0_0 20500 1_2,00_ 7,000 R-3 S UL 11 4 4 1 4 4 3 3 A Ul. UL UL UL_ UL _ UL _ UL Ul. UL R4 S LT 11 4 4 4 4 4 3 2 A UL UL 24.000 16,00_0 1 24,000 -, 16,00 20.50.0 12,00__ 1.000 [ 51 S UL 11 4 2 3 2 4 3 1 A UL 48,00 26 000 17.500 26,00 17.50 25,500 14.00 9,00 ` I S �- -- -UL � 11 5 3 - - - - 4 3 - 5 4 - _- Z S 2 7 A UL 79.00 _ _39,00 _ 26,00 _ 39,000 26,000 38,500 21,00 _ 13.501) U. S UL 5 4 Z 3 2 4 2 1 A UL 35,500 19.00 8.50 _14,00 8,500 18,00_ 9110_^ 5,500 _ For Sl: 1 foul=304.8 mm.1 square foot=0.0929 mZ. A=building area per story,S=-stories above grade plane.UL=Unlimited,NP=Not permitted. a. See the following sections for general exceptions to Table 503: 1 Section 504.2,Allowable building height and story increase due to automatic sprinkler system installation. 2. Section 506.2,Allowable building area increase due to street frontage. 3. Section 506.3,Allowable building area increase due to automatic sprinkler system installation. 4. Section 507,Unlimited area buildings. b. For open parking structures,see Section 406.3. c. For private garages,see Section 406.1. d. See Section 415.5 for limitations. 80 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS 504.2 Automatic sprinkler system increase.Where a build- 2. The aggregate area of mezzanines in buildings and ing is equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprin- structures of Type 1 or Il construction shall not exceed kler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, the value one-half of the floor area of the room in buildings and specified in Table 503 for maximum building height is structures equipped throughout with an approved increased by 20 feet (6096 mm) and the maximum number of automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Sec- stories is increased by one. These increases are permitted in tion 903.3.1.1 and an approved emergency addition to the building area increase in accordance with Sec- voice/alarm communication system in accordance tions 506.2 and 5063. For Group R buildings equipped with Section 907.5.2.2. throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system in 505.3 Egress.Each occupant of a mezzanine shall have access accordance with Section 903.3.1.2,the value specified in Table to at least two independent means ofegress where the common 503 for maximum building height is increased by 20 feet(6096 path ofegress tra vel exceeds the limitations of Section 1014.3. mm) and the maximum number of stories is increased by one, Where a stairway provides a means of exit accessfrom a mez- but shall not exceed 60 feet(18 288 imn)or four stories,respec- zanine,the maximum travel distance includes the distance trav- tively. eled on the stairway measured in the plane of the tread nosing. Exceptions: Accessible means of egress shall be provided in accordance I. Buildings, or portions of buildings, classified as a with Section 1007. Group 1-2 occupancy of Type HB. IIl. IV or V con- Exception: A single means of egress shall be permitted in struction. accordance with Section 1015.1. 2. Buildings, or portions of buildings, classified as a 505.4 Openness.A mezzanine shall be open and unobstructed Group H-1, H-2. H-3 or H-5 occupancy. to the room in which such niezzanineis located except for walls 3. Fire-resistance rating substitution in accordance not more than 42 inches (1067 mm) high,columns and posts. with Table 601.Note d. Exceptions: 504.3 Roof structures.Towers,spires,steeples and other roof structures shall be constructed of materials consistent with the 1. Mezzanines or portions thereof are not required , required type of construction of the building except where open to the room in which the mezzanines are locaatt edd, other construction is permitted by Section 1509.2.4, Such provided that the occupant load of the aggregate area structures shall not be used for habitation or storage.The struc- tures shall be unlimited in height if of noncombustible materi- 2. A mezzanine having two or more means of egress is als and shall not extend more than 20 feet(6096 mm)above the not required to be open to the room in which the mez- allowable building height if of combustible materials (see zanine is located if at least one of the means ofegress Chapter 15 for additional requirements). provides direct access to an exit from the mezzanine level. SECTION 505 3. Mezzanines or portions thereof are not required to be open to the room in which the mezzanines are located, MEZZANINES provided that the aggregate floor area of the enclosed 505.1 General. A mezzanine or mezzanines in compliance space does not exceed 10 percent of the mezzanine with Section 505 shall be considered a portion of the story in area. which it is contained. Such mezzanines shall not contribute to 4. In industrial facilities, nierzanines used for control either the building area or number of stories as regulated by equipment are permitted to be glazed on all sides. Section 503.1.The area of the mezzanine shall be included in determining the fire area defined in Section 902. The clear 5. In occupancies other than Groups H and 1,that are no height above and below the mezzanine floor construction shall more than two stories above grade plane and not be less than 7 feet(2134 mm). equipped throughout with an automaticsprinklersys- 505.2 Area limitation.The aggregate area of a mezzanine or tear in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, a mezza- mezzanines within a room shall not exceed one-third of the nine having two or more means ofegress shall not be floor area of that room or space in which they are located.The required to be open to the room in which the mezza- nine is located. enclosed portion of a room shall not be included in a determina tion of the floor area of the room in which the mezzanine is 505.5 Equipment platforms. Equipment platforms in build- located.In determining the allowable mezzanine area,the area ings shall not be considered as a portion of the floor below. of the mezzanine shall not be included in the floor area of the Such equipment platforms shall not contribute to either the room. building area or the number of stories as regulated by Section Exceptions: 503.1.The area of the equipment platform shall not be included in determining the fire area in accordance with Section 903. 1. The aggregate area of mezzanines in buildings and Equipment platformsshali not be a part of any mezzanine and structures of Type I or II construction for special such platforms and the walkways, stairs, alternating tread industrial occupancies in accordance with Section devices and iadders providing access to an equipment platform 503.1.1 shall not exceed two-thirds of the floor area of shall not serve as a part of the means ofegress from the build- the room, ing. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 81 GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS 505.5.1 Area limitations.The aggregate area of all equip- where the value of Wis greater than or equal to 20 feet(6096 mentplatforniswithin a room shall not exceed two-thirds of mm). Where the value of Wexceeds 30 feet (9144 mm), a the area of the room in which they are located. Where an value of 30 feet (9 144 mm) shall be used in calculating the equipment platform is located in the same room as a mezza- weighted average,regardless of the actual width of the open nine,the area of the mezzanine shall be determined by Sec- space.Where two or more buildings are on the same lot, W [ion 505.2 and the combined aggregate area of the shall be measured from the exterior face of a building to the equipment platforms and mezzanines shall not exceed exterior face of an opposing building,as applicable. two-thirds of the room in which they are located, Exception:The value of Wdivided by 30 shall be per- [F] 505.5.2 Fire suppression.Where located in a building milted to be a maximum of 2 when the building meets all that is required to be protected by an automatic sprinkler requirements of Section 507 except for compliance with system, equipment platforms shall be fully protected by the 60-Foot(18 288 mm)public wayoryardrequirement, sprinklers above and below the platform,where required by as applicable. the standards referenced in Section 903.3. 50622 Open space limits.Such open space shall be either 505.5.3 Guards. Equipment platforms shall have guards on the same lot or dedicated for public use and shall be where required by Section 1013.1. accessed from a street or approved fire lane. 506.3 Automatic sprinkler system increase.Where a build- SECTION 506 ing is equipped throughout with an approved automaticsprin- BUILDING AREA MODIFICATIONS klersystern in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1,the building area limitation in Table 503 is permitted to be increased by an 506.1 General.The building areas limited by Table 503 shall additional 200 percent(1,=2)for buildings with more than one be permitted to be increased due to frontage (1d and automatic story above grade plane and an additional 300 percent (1=3) sprinklersystem protection (])in accordance with the follow- for buildings with no more than one story above grade plane. ing: These increases are permitted in addition to the height and A, =l A, +[A,x 1,1+[A,x 1,] (Equation 5-1) story increases in accordance with Section 504.2. Exception:The building area limitation increases shall not where: be permitted for the following conditions: A,, = Allowable building area per story(square feet). 1. The automatic sprinkler system increase shall not A, = Tabular building area per story in accordance with apply to buildings with an occupancy in Group H-1. Table 503 (square feet). 2. The automatic sprinkler system increase shall not 1, = Area increase factor due to frontage as calculated in apply to the building area of an occupancy in Group accordance with Section 506.2. H-2 or H-3. For buildings containing such occupan- 1, = Area increase factor due to sprinkler protection as cal- cies,the allowable building area shall be determined culated in accordance with Section 506.3. in accordance with Section 508,4.2.with the sprinkler system increase applicable only to the portions of the 506.2 Frontage increase.Every building shall adjoin or have building not classified as Group H-2 or H-3. access to a public way to receive a building area increase for 3. Fire-resistance rating substitution in accordance frontage.Where a building has more than 25 percent of its per- with Table 601,Note d. imeter on a public wayor open space having a minimum width of 20 feet(6096 mm),the frontage increase shall be determined 506.4 Single occupancy buildings with more than one story. in accordance with the following: The total allowable building area of a single occupancy build- ing with more than one story above grade plane shall be deter- 1, =.]F/P-0.25]!4130 (Equation 5-2) mined in accordance with this section. The actual aggregate building area at all stories in the building shall not exceed the where: total allowable building area. It = Area increase due to frontage. Exception: A single basement need not be included in the F = Building perimeter that fronts on a public mayor open total allowable building area,provided such basement does space having 20 feet (6096 mm) open minimum width not exceed the area permitted for a building with no more (feet). than one story above grade plane. P = Perimeter of entire building (feet). 506.4.1 Area determination.The total allowable building {3r = Width of public wayor open space(feet)in accordance area of a single occupancy building with more than one with Section 506.2.1. storyabovegradeplaneshall be determined by multiplying 506.2.1 Width limits. The value of Wshall be at least 20 the allowable building area per stor},(A,J,as determined in feet(6096 mm).Where the value of Wvaries along the per- Section 506.1,by the number of stories abovegrade plane imeter of the building, the calculation performed in accor- as listed below: dance with Equation 5-2 shall be based on the weighted 1. For buildings with two stories above grade plane, average of each portion of exterior wall and open space multiply by 2: 82 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS 2. For buildings with three or more stories abovegrade by the public shall not be limited in height,provided plane,multiply by 3: and that such buildings conform to the requirements of 3. No story shall exceed the allowable building area per Sections 507.3,903.3.1.1 and Chapter 23 of the Inter- story (A), as determined in Section 506.1, for the national Fire Code. occupancies on that story: 2. The automatic sprinklersysterrr shall not be required Exceptions: in areas occupied for indoor participant sports, such as tennis,skating,swimming and equestrian activities 1. Unlimited area buildings in accordance with Sec- in occupancies in Group A-4,provided that: tion 507. 2.1. Exit doors directly to the outside are provided 2. The maximum area of a building equipped for occupants of the participant sports areas; throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in and accordance with Section 9033.12 shall be deter 2 mined by multiplying the allowable area per story .2•The building is equipped with a fire alarm sys cc with manual (A),as determined in Section 506.1, by the num- a fire alarm boxes installed in ber of stories above grade plane. accordance with Section 907. 506.5 Mixed occupancy area determination.The total allow- 507.3.1 Mixed occupancy buildings with Groups A-1 able building area for buildings containing mixed occupancies and A-2. Group A-1 and A-2 occupancies of other than shall be determined in accordance with the applicable provi- Type V construction shall be permitted within mixed occu- sions of this section.A single basement need not be included in panty buildings of unlimited area complying with Section the total allowable building area,provided such basement does 507.3,provided: not exceed the area permitted for a building with no more than 1. Group A-1 and A-2 occupancies are separated from one story above grade plane. other occupancies as required for separated occupan- 506.5.1 No more than one story above grade plane. For ties in Section 508.4.4 with no reduction allowed in buildings with no more than one story above grade plane thelire-resistanceratingof the separation based upon and containing mixed occupancies, the total building area the installation of an automatic sprinkler system: shall be determined in accordance with the applicable provi- 2. Each area of the pore ions of the building used for sions of Section 508.1. Group A-1 or A-2 occupancies shall not exceed the 506.5.2 More than one story above grade plane. For maximum allowable area permitted for such occu- buildings with more than one story abovegrade plane and panties in Section 503.1;and containing mixed occupancies,each story shall individually 3. All exit doors from Group A-1 and A-2 occupancies comply with the applicable requirements of Section 508.1. shall discharge directly to the exterior of the building. For buildings with more than three stories above grade 507.4 Two story.The area of a Group B,F,M or S building no plane,the total buildirrgarpa shall be such that the aggregate more than two stories above grade plane shall not be limited sum of the ratios of the actual area of each story dNided by when the building is equipped throughout with an automatic the allowable area of such stories based on the applicable sprinklersystem in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, and is Provisions of Section 508.1 shall not exceed 3. surrounded and adjoined by public ways or yards not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in width. SECTION 507 507.5 Reduced open space.The public ways or yards of 60 UNLIMITED AREA BUILDINGS feet (18 288 mm) in width required in Sections 507.2, 507.3, 507.1 General.The area of buildings of the occupancies and 507.4,507.6 and 507.11 shall be permitted to be reduced to not configurations specified herein shall not be limited. less than 40 feet (12 192 mm) in width provided all of the fol- lowing requirements are met: 507.2 Nonsprinklered,one story.The area of a Group F-2 or S-2 building no more than one story in height shall not be lim- 1. The reduced width shall not be allowed for more than 75 iced when the building is surrounded and adjoined by public percent of the perimeter of the building. ways or yards not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in width. 2. The exterior walls facing the reduced width shall have a 507.3 SprhWered,one story.The area of a Group B,F,M or S minimum lire-resistance rating of 3 hours. building no more than one storyabovegradeplane,or a Group 3. Openings in the exterior walls facing the reduced width A-4 building no more than one storyabove grade plane of other shall have opening protectives with a minimum fire pro- than Type V construction,shall not be limited when the build- tection rating of 3 hours. ing is provided with an automatic sprinklersysterrr throughout 507.6 Group A-3 buildings of Type II construction.The area in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and is surrounded and of a Group A-3 building no more than one story above grade adjoined by public ways or yards not less than 60 feet (18 288 plane, used as a place of religious worship. community hall, mm) in width. dance hall, exhibition hall, gymnasium, lecture hall, indoor Exceptions: swimming pool or tennis court of Type Il construction, shall 1. Buildings and structures of Types I and II construe- not be limited when all of the following criteria are met: tion for rack storage facilities that do not have access 1. The building shall not have a stage other than a platform. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 83 GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS 2. The building shall be equipped throughout with an auto- to the outside of the building complying with Section matic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 1020, 903.3.1.1. 2. The building is equipped throughout with an automatic 3. The building shall be surrounded and adjoined by public sprinklers}stem in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. ways or yards not less than 60 feet(18 288 mm)in width. 3. The building is surrounded and adjoined by public trays 507.7 Group A-3 buildings of Types III and IV construe- or yards not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in width. tion.The area of a Group A-3 building no more than one story 507.11 Motion picture theaters. In buildings of Type II con- above grade plane.used as a place ofrrligious worship,cam- struclion, the area of a motion picture theater located on the munity hall, dance hall, exhihition hall, gymnasium, lecture first story above grade plane shall not be limited when the hall, indoor swimming pool or tennis court of Type III or IV building is provided with an automatic sprinkler system construction,shall not be limited when all of the following cri- throughout in accordance with Section 903.3.1,1 and is sur- teria are met: rounded and adjoined by public trays or yards not less than 60 1. The building shall not have a stage other than a platform. feet (18 288 mm) in width. 2. The building shall be equipped throughout with an auto- 507.12 Covered mall buildings and anchor stores.The area matte sprinkler system in accordance with Section of coveird mall buildings and anchor stores not exceeding 903.3.1,1. three stories in height that comply with Section 402.6 shall not be limited. 3. The assembly floor shall be located at or within 21 inches (533 mm) of street or grade level and all exits are pro- vided with ramps complying with Section 1010.1 to the SECTION 508 street or grade level, MIXED USE AND OCCUPANCY 4, The building shall be surrounded and adjoined by public 508.1 General.Each portion of a building shall be individually naysor yardsnot less than 60 feet(18 288 mm)in width. classified in accordance with Section 302.1.Where a building 507.8 Group H occupancies.Group H-2,H-3 and H-4 occu- contains more than one occupancy group, the building or por- pancies shall be permitted in unlimited area buildings contain- tion thereof shall comply with the applicable provisions of Sec- ing Group F and S occupancies, in accordance with Sections tion 508.2,508.3 or 508.4,or combination of thesesections. 507.3 and 507.4 and the limitations of this section.The aggre- Exceptions: gate floor area of the Group H occupancies located at the per- 1. Occupancies separated in accordance with Section imeter of the unlimited area building shall not exceed 10 509 percent of the area of the building nor the area limitations for the Group H occupancies as specified in Table 503 as modified 2. Where required by Table 415.3.2, areas of Group by Section 506.2,based upon the percentage of the perimeter H-1, H-2 and H-3 occupancies shall be located in a of each Group H floor area that fronts on a street or other unoc- separate and detached building or structure. cupied space.The aggregate floor area of Group H occupancies 3. Uses within live/work units,complying with Section not located at the perimeter of the building shall not exceed 25 419,are not considered separate occupancies. percent of the area limitations for the Group H occupancies as specified in Table 503.Group H occupancies shall be separated 508.2 Accessory occupancies. Accessory occupancies are from the rest of the unlimited area building and from each other those occupancies that are ancillary to the inain occupancy of in accordance with Table 508.4. For two-story unlimited area the building or portion thereof. Accessory occupancies shall buildings,the Group H occupancies shall not be located more comply with the provisions of Sections 508.2.1 through than one story above grade plane unless permitted by the 508.2.5.3• allowable height in stories and feet as set forth in Table 503 508.2.11 Area limitations. Aggregate accessory occupan- based on the type of construction of the unlimited area build- cies shall not occupy more than 10 percent of the building ing. area of the story in which they are located and shall not 507.9 Aircraft paint hangar.The area of a Group H-2 aircraft exceed the tabular values in Table 503, without building paint hangar no more than one story above grade plane shall area increases in accordance with Section 506 for such accessory occupancies. not be limited where such aircraft paint hangar complies with the provisions of Section 412.6 and is surrounded and adjoined 508.2.2 Occupancy classification.Accessory occupancies by public waysor yards not less in width than one and one-half shall be individually classified in accordance with Section times the building height. 302.1.The requirements of this code shall apply to each por- tion of the building based on the occupancy classification of 507.10 Group E buildings.The area of a Group E building no that space. more than one story above grade plane,of Type I1,IIIA or IV construction,shall not be limited when all of the following cri - teria are met: able building area and height of the building shall be based on the allowable building area and height for the main occu- 1. Each classroom shall have not less than two means of panty in accordance with Section 503.1.The height of each egress,with one of the means ofegress being a direct exit accessory occupancy shall not exceed the tabular values in 84 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS Table 503, without increases in accordance with Section 508.2.5 shall be separated from the remainder of the 504 for such accessory occupancies. The building area of building or equipped with an automatic fire-extinguishing the accessory occupancies shall be in accordance with Sec- system,or both,in accordance with Table 508.2.5. tion 508.2.1. Exception:Incidental accessory occupancies within and 508.2.4 Separation of occupancies. No separation is serving a dwelling unit are not required to comply with required between accessory occupancies and the main this section. occupancy. 508.2.5.1 Fire-resistance-rated separation. Where Exceptions: Table 508.2.5 specifies a fire-resistance-rated separa- 1. Group H-2,H-3.H-4 and H-5 occupancies shall be tion,the incidental accessory occupancies shall be sepa- separated from all other occupancies in accor- rated from the remainder of the building by a}Ire barrier dance with Section 508.4. constructed in accordance with Section 707 or a horizon- tal assembly constructed in accordance with Section 2. Incidental accessory occupancies required to be 712,or both. Construction supporting 1-hour fire-resis- separated or protected by Section 508.2.5. tance-rated fire barriers or horizontal assemblies used 3. Group 1-1, R-1, R-2 and R-3 dwelling units and for incidental accessory occupancy separations in build- sleeping units shall be separated from other dwell- ings of Type 118, JI1H and VB construction are not ing or sleeping units and from accessory occupan- required to be fire-resistance rated unless required by cies contiguous to them in accordance with the other sections of this code. requirements of Section 420. 508.2.5.2 Nonfire-resistance-rated separation and 508.2.5 Separation of incidental accessory occupancies. protection. Where Table 508.2.5 permits an automatic The incidental accessory occupancies listed in Table fire-extinguishing system without a fire barrier,the inci- TABLE 508.2.5 INCIDENTAL ACCESSORY OCCUPANCIES ROOM OR AREA SEPARATION AND/OR PROTECTION Furnace room where any piece of equipment is over 400,000 Btu per I hour or provide automatic fire-extinguishing system hourinput Rooms with boilers where the largest piece of equipment is over 15 1 hour or provide automatic fire-extinguishing system psi and 10 horsepower Refrigerant machinery room 1 hour or provide automatic sprinkler system Hydrogen cutoff rooms,not classified as Group H 1 hour in Group B,F.M.S and U occupancies:2 hours in Group A. E,1 and R occupancies. Incinerator rooms 2 hours and automatic sprinkler system Paint shops,not classified as Group H,located in occupancies other 2 hours;or I hour and provide automatic lire-extinguishing system than Group F Laboratories and vocational shops,not classified as Group H.located 1 hour or provide automatic fire-extinguishing system in a Group E or 1-2 occupancy Laundry rooms over 100 square feet I hour or provide automatic fire-extinguishing system Group 1-3 cells equipped with padded surfaces ] hour Group 1-2 waste and linen collection rooms 1 hour Waste and linen collection rooms over 100 square feet 1 hour or provide automatic fire-extinguishing system Stationary storage battery systems having a liquid electrolyte capacity of more than 50 gallons,or a lithium-ion capacity of 1,000 1 hour in Group B,F,M.S and U occupancies;2 hours in Group A. pounds used for Tactility standby power,emergency power or E.1 and R occupancies. uninterrupted power supplies Rooms containing fire pumps in nonhigh-rise buildings 2 hours:or 1 hour and provide automatic sprinkler system throughout the building Rooms containing fire pumps in high-rise buildings 2 hours For Sl: 1 square Foot=0.0929 m2.1 pound per square inch(psi)=6.9 0a.I British thermal unit(B(u}per hour"0.293 watts.1 horsepower=746 watts. 1 gallon=3.785 L. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 85 GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS dental accessory occupancies shall be separated from the tion of that space except that the most restrictive applicable remainder of the building by construction capable of provisions of Section 403 and Chapter 9 shall apply to the resisting the passage of smoke. The walls shall extend building or portion thereof in which the nonseparated occu- from the top of the foundation or floor assembly below to pancies are located. the underside of the ceiling that is a component of a 508.3.2 Allowable building area and height.The allow- fire-resistance-rated floor assembly or roof assembly able huildirrg area and height of the building or portion above or to the underside of the floor or roof sheathing, thereof shall be based on the most restrictive allowances for deck or slab above. Doors shall be self- or automatic closing upon detection of smoke in accordance with Sec- the occupancy groups under consideration for the type of tion 715.4.8.3,Doors shall not have air transfer openings construction of the building in accordance with Section and shall not be undercut in excess of the clearance per- 503.1. mitted in accordance with NFPA 80.Walls surrounding 508.3.3 Separation. No separation is required between the incidental accessory occupancy shall not have air nonseparated occupancies. transfer openings unless provided with smoke dampers in accordance with Section 711.7. Exceptions: 508.2.5.3 Protection. Except as specified in Table 1. Group H-2.H-3.H-4 and H-5 occupancies shall be 508.2.5 for certain incidental accessory occupancies, separated from all other occupancies in accor- where an automatic fire-extinguishing system or an dance with Section 508.4. automatic sprinkler,system is provided in accordance 2. Group 1-1. R-1, R-2 and R-3 divelling units and with Table 508.2.5,only the space occupied by the inci- sleeping units shall be separated from other dwell- dental accessory occupancy need be equipped with such ing or sleeping units and from other occupancies a system, contiguous to them in accordance with the require- 508.3 Nonseparated occupancies. Buildings or portions of ments of Section 420. buildings that comply with the provisions of this section shall 508.4 Separated occupancies.Buildings or portions of build- be considered as nonseparated occupancies. ings that comply with the provisions of this section shall be 508.3.10 ccupancy classification.Nonseparated occupan- considered as separated occupancies, cies shall be individually classified in accordance with Sec- 508.4.1 Occupancy classification.Separated occupancies lion 302.1.The requirements of this code shall apply to each shall be individually classified in accordance with Section portion of the building based on the occupancy classifica- 302.1. Each separated space shall comply with this code TABLE 508.4 REQUIRED SEPARATION OF OCCUPANCIES(HOURS) M,E I- 1.3,1.4 1.2 R F-2.5.2',U 1 8,F-1,M,S-1 H•1 H-2 H-3,H4,H-5 OCCUPANCY S NS S NS S NS S NS EN NS S NS S NS S NS S NS All E N N 1 2 2 NP 1 2 1 1 2 NP NP 3 4 2 3d 1-I. 1-3.I-4 — — N N 2 NP 1 NP 2 1 2 NP NP 3 NP 2 NP I-2 — — — — N N 2 NP NP 2 NP NP NP 3 NP 2 NP R — — — — — — N N V 1 2 1 2 NP NP 3 NP 2 NP F-2.S-211.iI — — — — — — -- N N 1 2 NP NP 3 4 2 3a B.F-1,M. — — — — — — — — — — N N NP NP 2 3 1 241 S-1 H-1 — — — — — — — — — — — — N NP NP NP NP NP H-2 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — N NP I NP H-3,H-4.H-5 For SL 1 square foot=0.0929 ml. S = Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. NS = Buildings not equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. N = No separation requirement. NP = Not permitted. a. For Group H-5 occupancies,see Section 903.2.5.2. A b. The required separation from areas used Only for private Or pleasure vehicles shall be reduced by l hour but to not less than 1 hour. c. See Section 406.1.4. d. Commercial kitchens need not be separated from the restaurant seating areas that they serve. e. Separation is no[required between occupancies of the same classification. f. For H-5 occupancies.see Section 415.8.2.2. as 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS based on the occupancy classification of that portion of the above the horizontal assembly shall be permitted to building. have a 1-hour firr-resistance rating,provided: 508.4.2 Allowable building area.In each story, the build- 1. The building above the horizontal assemblyis ing area shall be such that the sum of the ratios of the actual not required to be of Type I construction; building area of each separated occupancy divided by the 2. The enclosure connects less than four stories, allowable building area of each separated occupancy shall and not exceed 1. 3. The enclosure opening protectives above the 508.4.3 Allowable height.Each separated occupancy shall horizontal assembly have a minimum 1-hour comply with the building height limitations based on the fire protection rating type of construction of the building in accordance with Sec 5. The building or buildings above the horizontal assembly Sec- tion 503.1. shall be permitted to have multiple Group A occupancy Exception: Special provisions permitted by Section uses, each with an occupant load of less than 300, or 509. Group 13,M,R or S occupancies. 508.4.4 Separation.Individual occupancies shall be sepa- 6. The building below the horizontal assemblyshall be pro- rated from adjacent occupancies in accordance with Table tected throughout by an approved automatic sprinkler 508.4. system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, and shall 508.4.4.1 Construction. Required separations shall be be permitted to be any of the following occupancies: fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 6.1. Group S-2 parking garage used for the parking or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with and storage of private motor vehicles; Section 712,or both,so as to completely separate adja- 6.2. Multiple Group A,each with an occupant loadof cent occupancies. less than 300; 6.3. Group B; SECTION 509 6.4. Group M; SPECIAL PROVISIONS 6.5. Group R; and 509.1 General.The provisions in this section shall permit the 6.6. Uses incidental to the operation of the building use of special conditions that are exempt from,or modify, the (including entry lobbies, mechanical rooms, specific requirements of this chapter regarding the allowable storage areas and similar uses). heights and areas of buildings based on the occupancy classifi- 7, The maximum building height in feet (mm) shall not cation and type of construction,provided the special condition exceed the limits set forth in Section 503 for the building complies with the provisions specified in this section for such having the smaller allowable height as measured from condition and other applicable requirements of this code.The the grade plane. provisions of Sections 509.2 through 509.8 are to be consid- ered independent and separate from each other. 509.3 Group S-2 enclosed parking garage with Group S-2 509.2 Horizontal building separation allowance.A building open parking garage above.A Group S-2 enclosed parking shall be considered as separate and distinct buildings for the garage with no more than one story above grade plane and purpose of determining area limitations, continuity of fire located below Group S-2 open parking garageshall be classi- ivalls,limitation of number of stories and type of construction Pied as a separate and distinct building for the purpose of deter- where all of the following conditions are met: mining the type of construction where all of the following conditions are met: 1. The buildings are separated with a horizontal assembly 1. The allowable area of the building shall be such that the having a minimum 3-hour fire-resistance rating. sum of the ratios of the actual area divided by the allow- 2. The building below the horizontal assembly is no more able area for each separate occupancy shall not exceed 1. than one story above grade plane. 2. The Group S-2 enclosed parking garage is of Type I or II 3. The building below the horizontal assembly is of Type construction and is at least equal to the fire-resistance TA construction. requirements of the Group S-2 open parking garage. 4. Shaft, stah-ii ay. ramp and escalator enclosures through 3. The height and the number of tiers of the Group S-2 open I the horizontal assembly shall have not less than a 2-hour parking garage shall be limited as specified in Table fire-resistance rating with opening protectives in actor- 406.3.5. dance with Section 715.4. 4. The floor assembly separating the Group S-2 enclosed Exception:Where the enclosure walls below the hoe- parking garage and Group S-2 open parkinggarage shall izontal assembly have not less than a 3-hour fire-rrsis- be protected as required for the floor assembly of the tance rating with opening protectives in accordance Group S-2 enclosed parking garage. Openings between with Section 715,4. the enclosure walls extending the Group S-2 enclosed parking garage and Group S-2 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 87 GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS open parking garage.except exit openings,shall not be shown in Table 601. Alfeans of egress for the upper occu- required to be protected. pancy shall conform to Chapter 10 and shall be separated 5. The Group S-2 enclosed parking garage is used exclu- from the parking occupancy by fire barriers having at least a sively for the parking or storage of private motor vehi- 2-hour fire-resistance rating as required by Section 706 cles.but shall be permitted to contain an office,waiting with self-closing doors complying with Section 715 or hori- room and toilet room having a total area of not more than zontal assemblies having at least a 2-hour flne-resistance 1,000 square feet (93 ntz), and mechanical equipment rating as required by Section 712, with self-closing doors rooms incidental to the operation of the building. complying with Section 715.Means ofegress from the open parking garage shall comply with Section 406.3. 509.4 Parking beneath Group R. Where a maximum one 509.8 Group$or M with Group S-2 open parking garage. storyaboi egrade plane Group S-2 parking garage,enclosed or Group B or M occupancies located no higher than the first story open,or combination thereof,of Type I construction or open of Type IV construction,with grade entrance,is provided under a above grade plane shall be considered as a separate and distinct building of Group R,the number of stories to be used in deter- building for the purpose of determining the type of construc- mining the minimum type of construction shall be measured tion where all of the following conditions are met: from the floor above such a parking area.The floor assembly I. The buildings are separated with a horizontal assembly between the parking garage and the Group R above shall com- having a minimum 2-hour fire-resistance rating. ply with the type of construction required for the parking 2. The occupancies in the building below the horizontal garage and shall also provide a fire-resistance rating not less assembly are limited to Groups B and M. than the mixed occupancy separation required in Section 3. The occupancy above the horizontal assenrbl is limited 508.4. p y y 509.5 Group R-1 and R-2 buildings of Type IIIA construc- to a Group S-2 open parking garage. tion.The height limitation for buildings of Type IIIA construe- 4. The building below the horizontal assembly is of Type I tion in Groups R-I and R-2 shall be increased to six storiesand or Il construction but not less than the type of construc- 75 feet (22 860 mm) where the first floor assembly above the tion required for the Group S-2 open parking garage basement has a fire-resistance rating of not less than 3 hours above. and the floor area is subdivided by 2-hour fire-resistance-rated 5. The height and area of the building below the horizontal fire tvalls into areas of not more than 3,000 square feet (279 assembly does not exceed the limits set forth in Section m?), 503. 509.6 Group R-1 and R-2 buildings of Type IIA construe- 6. The height and area of the Group S-2 open parking tion.The height limitation for buildings of Type IIA construe- garage does not exceed the limits set forth in Section tion in Groups R-1 and R-2 shall be increased to nine stories 4063.The height,in both feet and stories,of the Group and 100 feet (30 480 mm) where the building is separated by S-2 open parking garage shall be measured from grade not less than 50 feet (15 240 mm) from any other building on planeand shall include the building below the horizontal the lot and from lot lines, the exits are segregated in an area assembly. enclosed by a 2-hour fire-resistance-rated fire walland the first 7. Exits serving the Group S-2 open parking garage dis- floor assembly has a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1112 charge directly to a street or public wayand are separated hours. from the building below the horizontal assembly by 509.7 Open parking garage beneath Groups A,I,B,M and 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Sec- R. Open parking garages constructed under Groups A.I,B,M tion 707 or 2-hour horizontal assemblies constructed in and R shall not exceed the height and area limitations permitted accordance with Section 712,or both. under Section 406.3.The height and area of the portion of the 509.9 Multiple buildings above Group S-2 parking garages. building above the open parking garage shall not exceed the Where two or more buildings are provided above the horizon- limitations in Section 503 for the upper occupancy.The height, tal assembly separating a Group S-2 open or closed parking in both feet and stories,of the portion of the building above the garage from the buildings above in accordance with the special open parkfnggarageshall be measured from grade plane and provisions in Sections 509.2, 509.3 or 509.8, the buildings shall include both the open parking garage and the portion of above the horizontal assembly shall be regarded as separate the building above the parking garage. and distinct buildings from each other and shall comply with all 509.7.1 Fire separation.Fire barriers constructed in accor- other provisions of this code as applicable to each separate and dance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies con- distinct building. structed in accordance with Section 712 between the parking occupancy and the upper occupancy shall corre- spond to the required fire-resistance eating prescribed in Table 508.4 for the uses involved.The type of construction shall apply to each occupancy individually, except that structural members,including main bracing within the open parking structure, which is necessary to support the upper occupancy, shall be protected with the more restrictive fire-resistance-rated assemblies of the groups involved as 88 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" CHAPTER 6 TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION 602.1.1 Minimum requirements. A building or portion SECTION 601 thereof shall not be required to conform to the details of a GENERAL type of construction higher than that type which meets the 601.1 Scope.The provisions of this chapter shall control the minimum requirements based on occupancy even though classification of buildings as to type of construction. certain features of such a building actually conform to a higher type of construction. 602.2 Types I and II.Types I and Il construction are those SECTION 602 types of construction in which the building elements listed in CONSTRUCTION CLASSIFICATION Table 601 are of noncombustible materials,except as permitted 602.1 General. Buildings and structures erected or to be in Section 603 and elsewhere in this code. erected,altered or extended in height or area shall be classified 602.3 Type M.Type III construction is that type of construc- in one of the five construction types defined in Sections 602,2 tion in which the exterior walls are of noncombustible materi- through 602.5. The building elements shall have a Cure-resis- als and the interior building elements are of any material Lance rating not less than that specified in Table 601 and exte- permitted by this code. Fire-retardant-treated wood framing rior walls shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that complying with Section 2303.2 shall be permitted within exte- specified in Table 602.Where required to have a fife-resistance rior wall assemblies of a 2-hour rating or less. rating by Table 601, building elements shall comply with the 60ZA Type IV.Type IV construction (Heavy Timber, HT) is applicable provisions of Section 703.2.The protection of open- that type of construction in which the exterior walls are of ings,ducts and air transfer openings in building elements shall noncombustible materials and the interior building elements not be required unless required by other provisions of this code. are of solid or laminated wood without concealed spaces.The TABLE 601 FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS(hours) TYPE I TYPE II TYPE III TYPE IV TYPE V BUILDING ELEMENT A B A° a A° B HT Ad B Primary structural framer 3, 2" 1 0 1 0 HT 1 0 I (see Section 202) t Bearing walls Exteriorf e 3 2 1 0 2 2 2 1 0 Interior 3d 2a 1 0 1 0 VHT I 0 Nonbearing walls and partitions Exterior See Table 602 Nonbearing walls and partitions Interior' 0 0 0 0 0 D See Section 602.4.6�0 0 Floor construction and secondary 2 2 1 0 1 0 HT 1 0 members(see Section 202) Roof construction and secondary ItiZb In,r 1t„ 01 1[' D HT lb, 0 members(see Section 202) For SI: I foot=304.8 mm. a. Roof supports:Fire-resistance ratings of primary structural frame and bearing walls are permitted to be reduced by I hour where supporting a roof only j b. Except in Group F-1,H.M and 5-1 occupancies fire protection of structural members shall not be required.Including protection of roof framing and decking where every part of the roof construction is 20 feet or more above any floor immediately below.Fire-retardant treated wood members shall be allowed to be used for such unprotected members. c. In all occupancies.heavy timber shall be allowed where a I-hour or less fire-resistance rating is required. d. An approved aut on iatic sprinkler system in accordance with Sectlon 903.3.1.1 shall be allowed to be substituted for l-hour Fire-resistance-rated construction,pro- �ided such system is not otherwise required by other provisions of[he code or used for an allowable area increase in accordance with Section 506.3 Oran allowable height increase In accordance with Section 504.2.The I-hour substitution for the fire resistance of exterior walls shall not be permitted. e. Not less than the fire-resistance rating required by other sections of this code. f. Not less than the fire-resistance rating based on fire separatlon distance(see Table 602). g. Not less than the fire resistance rating as referenced in Section 704.10 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" B9 TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION details of Type IV construction shall comply with the provi- supporting floor loads shall have members of not less than 8 sions of this section. Firr-retardant-trrated ivood framing inches (203 min) nominal in any dimension. complying with Section 2303.2 shall be permitted within exte- 602.4.3 Roof framing. Wood-frame or glued-laminated rior wall assemblies with a 2-hour rating or less. Minimum arches for roof construction, which spring from the floor solid sawn nominal dimensions are required for structures built line or from grade and do not support floor loads,shall have using Type IV construction (HT). For glued-laminated rnem- members not less than 6 inches(152 mm)nominal in width bers the equivalent net finished width and depths correspond- and have not less than 8 inches(203 mm) nominal in depth ing to the minimum nominal width and depths of solid sawn for the lower half of the height and not less than 6 inches lumber are required as specified in Table 602.4. (152 mm) nominal in depth for the upper half. Framed or 602.4.1 Columns. Wood columns shall be sawn or glued glued-laminated arches for roof construction that spring laminated and shall not be less than 8 inches (203 min), from the lop of walls or wall abutments, framed timber nominal,in any dimension where supporting floor loads and trusses and Other roof framing,which do not support floor not less than 6 inches (152 min) nominal in width and not loads,shall have members not less than 4 inches (102 min) less than 8 inches (203 mm) nominal in depth where sup- nominal in width and not less than 6 inches(152 mm)nomi- porting roof and ceiling loads only. Columns shall be con- nal in depth.Spaced members shall be permitted to be com- tinuous or superimposed and connected in an appi-oved posed of two or more pieces not less than 3 inches(76 mm) manner. nominal in thickness where blocked solidly throughout 602.4.2 Floor framing.Wood beams and girders shall be of their intervening spaces or where spaces are tightly closed sawn or glued-laminated timber and shall be not less than 6 by a continuous wood cover plate of not less than 2 inches inches (152 mm) nominal in width and not less than 10 (51 mm) nominal in thickness secured to the underside of inches (254 min) nominal in depth. Framed sawn or the members.Splice plates shall be not less[ban 3 inches(76 glued-laminated timber arches,which spring from the floor mm) nominal in thickness. Where protected by apptnved line and support floor loads,shall be not less than 8 inches automatic sprinklers under the roof deck,framing members (203 mm)nominal in any dimension.Framed timber trusses shall be not less than 3 inches (76 mm) nominal in width. TABLE 602 FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING REQUIREMENTS FOR EXTERIOR WALLS BASED ON FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE'- FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE=X OCCUPANCY OCCUPANCY OCCUPANCY (feet) TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION GROUP H` GROUP F•1,M,S-19 GROUP A,B,E,F-2,I,R,S-29,Uh X<51 All 3 2 1 5SX<10 IA 3 2 1 Others 2 1 1 IA.IB 2 1 id 10:5 X<30 IIB.VB 1 0 0 Others 1 1 Id X?30 All 0 0 0 For 51: 1 foot=304.8 mm. a. Load-bearing exterior walls shall also comply with the fire-resistance rating requirements of Table 601. b. For special requirements for Group U occupancies,see Section 406.1.2. c. See Section 706.1.1 for party galls. d. Open parking garages complving with Section 406 shall not be required to have a tire-resistance rating. e. The fire-resistance rating of an exterior wall is determined based upon the fire separation distante of the exterior wall and the story in which the wall Is located. f. For special requirements for Group H occupancies,see Section 415.3. g. For special requirements for Group S aircraft hangs,see Section 412.4.1. TABLE 602.4 WOOD MEMBER SIZE MINIMUM NOMINAL SOLID SAWN SIZE MINIMUM GLUED-LAMINATED NET SIZE Width,inch Depth,inch Width,inch Depth,inch 8 8 63/, 8114 6 10 5 101/, G 8 S $tlg -- 1-- -- 1 4 6 3 6 7/8 For SI: 1 inch=25A rum. 90 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION 602.4.4 Floors. Floors shall be without concealed spaces. 2. Insulation installed between a finished floor Wood floors shall be of sawn or glued-laminated planks, and solid decking without intervening airspace splined or tongue-and-groove,of not less than 3 inches (76 shall be allowed to have a flanrespread indexof mm) nominal in thickness covered with 1-inch (25 mm) not more than 200, nominal dimension tongue-and-groove Flooring,laid cross- 2. Foam plastics in accordance with Chapter 26. wise or diagonally,or 0.5-inch (12.7 mm) particleboard or planks not less than 4 inches(102 mm)nominal in width set 3. Roof coverings that have an A,B or C classification. on edge close together and well spiked and covered with 4. Interior 17oor finish and floor covering materials 1-inch (25 mm) nominal dimension flooring or 151,2-inch installed in accordance with Section 804, (12 mm) wood structural panel or 0.5-inch (12.7 mm) 5. Millwork such as doors, door frames. window sashes particleboard. The lumber shall be laid so that no continu- and frames. ous line of joints will occur except al points of support. Floors shall not extend closer than 0.5 inch (12.7 mm) to 6. Interior wall and ceiling finishes installed in accor- walls.Such 0.5-inch (12.7 mm)space shall be covered by a dance with Sections 801 and 803. molding fastened to the wall and so arranged that it will not 7. Trim installed in accordance with Section 806. obstruct the swelling or shrinkage movements of the floor. Corbeling of masonry walls under the floor shall be permit- 8. Where not installed over 15 feet {9572 mm) above ted to be used in place of molding. grade, show windows, nailing or Furring strips and wooden bulkheads below show windows, including 602.4.5 Roofs.Roofs shall be without concealed spaces and their frames,aprons and show cases. wood roof decks shall be sawn or glued laminated,splined 9. Finish flooring installed in accordance with Section or tongue-and-groove plank,not less than 2 inches(51 nim) 805 nominal in thickness. 1'/H-inch-(hick (32 mm) wood struc- tural panel(exteriorglue),or of planks not less than 3 inches 10. Partitions dividing portions of stores,offices or similar (76 mm) nominal in width, set on edge close together and places occupied by one tenant only and that do not laid as required for floors. Other types of decking shall be establish a corridor serving an occupant load of 30 or permitted to be used if providing equivalent fire resistance more shall be permitted to be constructed of fire-retar- and structural properties. dart-treated wood, 1-hour fire-resistance-rated con- struction or of wood panels or similar light construction 602.4.6 Partitions. Partitions shall be of solid wood con- up to 6 feet (18 29 mm) in height. struction formed by not less than Iwo layers of]-inch (25 11. Stages and platforms constructed in accordance with mm) matched boards or laminated construction 4 inches (102 nun)thick,or of 1-hour fire-resistance-rated construc- tion. 12. Combustible exterior wall coverings, balconies and similar projections and bay or oriel windows in accor- 602.4.7 Exterior structural members.Where a horizontal dance with Chapter 14. separation of 20 feet(6096 mm)or more is provided,wood columns and arches conforming to heavy timber sizes shall 13. Blocking such as for handrails,millwork,cabinets and be permitted to be used externally. window and door frames. 602.5'Type V.Type V construction is that type of construction 14. Light-transmittingplaslics as permitted by Chapter26. in which the structural elements, exterior malls and interior 15. Mastics and caulking materials applied to provide flex- walls are of any materials permitted by this code. ible seals between components of exterior wall con- struction. 16. Exterior plastic veneer installed in accordance with SECTION 603 Section 2605.2. COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL IN TYPE 1 17. Nailing or furring strips as permitted by Section 803.4. AND II CONSTRUCTION 18. Heavy timber as permitted by Note c to Table 601 and 603.1 Allowable materials. Combustible materials shall be Sections 602.4.7 and 1406.3. permitted in buildings of Type I or II construction in the follow- 19. Aggregates, component materials and admixtures as ing applications and in accordance with Sections 603.1.1 permitted by Section 703.2.2. through 603.1.3: 20. Sprayed fire-resistant materials and intumescent and 1. Thermal and acoustical insulation, other than foam mastic fire-resistant coatings,determined on the basis plastics, having a flame spread index of not more than of lire-resistance tests in accordance with Section 25. 703.2 and installed in accordance with Sections Exceptions: 1704.12 and 1704.13,respectively. 1. Insulation placed between two layers of 21, Materials used to protect penetrations in Fire-resis- noncombustible materials without an imerven- tance-rated assembliesin accordancewith Section 713. ing airspace shall be allowed to have a flame 22. Materials used to protect joints in Fire-resistance-rated spread index of not more than 100. assemblies in accordance with Section 714. 2009 INTERNATIONAL 13UILDING CODE" 91 TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION 23. Materials allowed in the concealed spaces of buildings of Types 1 and I1 construction in accordance with Sec- tion 717.5. 24. Materials exposed within plenums complying with Section 602 of the International Mechanical Code. 25. Fire-retardant-treated tit ood shall be permitted in: 25.1. Nonbearing partitions where the required fire-resistance rating is 2 hours or less. 25.2. Nonbearing exterior walls where no fire rating is required. 25.3. Roof construction, including girders, trusses. framing and decking. Exception:In buildings of Type IA construc- tion exceeding two stories abouegrade plane. flip-rrtardlunt-treated wood is not permitted in roof construction when the vertical distance from the upper floor to the roof is less than 20 feet (6096 mm). 603.1.1 Ducts.The use of nonmetallic ducts shall be per- milled when installed in accordance with the limitations of the International Mechanical Code. 603.1.2 Piping. The use of combustible piping materials shall be permitted when installed in accordance with the limitations of the International Mechanical Code and the International Plumbing Code. 603.1.3 Electrical. The use of electrical wiring methods with combustible insulation, tubing, raceways and related components shall be permitted when installed in accor- dance with the limitations of this code. 92 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' CHAPTER 7 1 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES SECTION 701 FIRE DOOR.The door component of a fire door assembly. GENERAL FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY. Any combination of a fire doof; 701.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall govern the frame,hardware and other accessories that together provide a materials,systems and assemblies used for structural Afire resis- specific degree of fire protection to the opening. tanceand fire-resistance-rated construction separation of adja- FIRE PARTITION. A vertical assembly of materials cent spaces to safeguard against the spread of fire and smoke designed to restrict the spread of fire in which openings are pro- within a building and the spread of fire to or from buildings. tested. FIRE PROTECTION RATING.The period of time that an SECTION 702 opening protective will maintain the ability to confine a fire as DEFINITIONS determined by tests prescribed in Section 715. Ratings are 702.1 Definitions.The following words and terms shall,for the stated in hours or minutes. purposes of this chapter, and as used elsewhere in this code, FIRE RESISTANCE. That property of materials or their have the meanings shown herein. assemblies that prevents or retards the passage of excessive ANNULAR SPACE. The opening around the penetrating heat,hot gases or flames under conditions of use. item. FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING.The period of time a build- BUILDING ELEMENT.A fundamental component of build- ing element, component or assembly maintains the ability to ing construction,listed in Table 601,which may or may not be confine a fire,continues to perform a given structural function, of fire-resistance-rated construction and is constructed of or both, as determined by the tests, or the methods based on materials based on the building type of construction. tests,prescribed in Section 703. CEILING RADIATION DAMPER.A listeddevice installed FIRE-RESISTANT JOINT SYSTEM. An assemblage of in a ceiling membrane of a fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling or specific materials or products that are designed, tested and roof/ceiling assembly to limit automatically the radiative heat fire-resistance rated in accordance with either ASTM E 1966 or transfer through an air inlet/outlet opening. UL 2079 to resist for a prescribed period of time the passage of fire through joints made in or between fire-resistance-rated COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER. A listed assemblies. device installed in ducts and air transfer openings designed to close automatically upon the detection of heat and resist the FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE. The distance measured passage of flame and smoke.The device is installed to operate from the building face to one of the following: automatically, controlled by a smoke detection system, and 1. The closest interior lot lime; where required.is capable of being positioned from a fire com- 2. To the centerline of a street,an alley or public way;or mand center. DAMPER. See "Ceiling radiation damper;" "Combination 3. To an imaginary line between two buildings on the prop- finelsmoke damper." "Fire damper' and "Smoke damper." erty. DRAFTSTOP.A material,device or construction installed to The distance shall be measured at right angles from the face of the wall. restrict the movement of air within open spaces of concealed areas of building components such as crawl spaces,floor/cell- FIRE WALL. A fire-resistance-rated wall having protected ing assemblies, roof/ceiling assemblies and attics. openings,which restricts the spread of fire and extends contin- F RATING. The time period that the through-penetration uously from the foundation to or through the roof,with suffi- I firestop systen)limits the spread of fire through the penetration cient structural stability under fire conditions to allow collapse when tested in accordance with ASTM E 814 or UL 1479, of construction on either side without collapse of the wall. FIRE BARRIER. A fire-resistance-rated wall assembly of FIRE WINDOW ASSEMBLY. A window constructed and materials designed to restrict the spread of fire in which conti- glazed to give protection against the passage of fire. nuity is maintained. FIREBLOCKING.Building materials or materials for use as I FIRE DAMPER. A listed device installed in ducts and air Fireblocking, installed to resist the free passage of flame to transfer openings designed to close automatically upon detec- other areas of the building through concealed spaces. tion of heat and resist the passage of flame. Fire dampers are FLOOR FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY.A combination of a fire classified for use in either static systems that will automatically door;a frame,hardware and other accessories installed in a hor- shut down in the event of a fire,or in dynamic systems that con- izontal plane,which together provide a specific degree of fire tinue to operate during a fire.A dynamic fire damper is tested protection to a through-opening in a fire-resistance-rated floor and rated for closure under elevated temperature airflow. (see Section 712.8). 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 93 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLY. A fire-resis tance-rated floor of time the spread of fire through penetrations. The F and T or roof assembly of materials designed to restrict the spread of rating criteria for penetration firest op systems shall be in accor- fire in which continuity is maintained. dance with ASTM E 814 or UL 1479.See definitions of F rat- JOINT.The linear opening in or between adjacent fire-resis- ing" and "T rating." tance-rated assemblies that is designed to allow independent movement of the building in any plane caused by[hernial,seis- inic.wind or any other loading. SECTION 703 MEMBRANE PENETRATION.An opening made through FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS AND FIRE TESTS one side (wall,floor or ceiling membrane) of an assembly. 703.1 Scope. Materials prescribed herein for fire rnsistance MEMBRANE-PENETRATION FIRESTOP. A material, shall conform to the requirements of this chapter. device or construction installed to resist for a prescribed time 703.2 Fire-resistance ratings. The fire-resistance rating of period the passage of flame and heat through openings in a pro- building elements, components or assemblies shall be deter- tective membrane in order to accommodate cables.cable trays, mined in accordance with the test procedures set forth in conduit,tubing, or similar items. ASTM E 119 or UL 263 or in accordance with Section 703.3. g'p p es Where materials,systems or devices that have not been tested MINERAL FIBER.Insulation composed principally of fibers as part of a fire-resistance-rated assembly are incorporated into manufactured from rock,slag or glass,with or without binders. the building element, component or assembly, sufficient data MINERAL WOOL.Synthetic vitreous fiber insulation made shall be made available to the building official to show that the by melting predominately igneous rock or Furnace slag, and required fire-resistance rating is not reduced. Materials and other inorganic materials,and then physically forming the melt methods of construction used to protect joints and penetrations into fibers. in tire-resistance-rated building elements, components or PENETRATION FIRESTOP. Athrough-penetration assemblies shall not reduce the required fire-resistance rating. firestop or a membrane penetration flfestop. Exception: In determining the fire-resistance rating of SELF-CLOSING.As applied to a fire door or other opening exterior bearing walls,compliance with the ASTM E 119 or UL 263 criteria for unexposed surface temperature rise and protective, means equipped with an device that will ensure ignition of cotton waste due to passage of flame or gases is closing after having been opened. required only for a period of time corresponding to the SHAFT. An enclosed space extending through one or more required fire-resistance rating of an exterior nonbearing stories of a building, connecting vertical openings in succes- wall with the same fire separation distance,and in a build- sive Floors,or floors and roof. ing of the same group, When the fire-resistance rating SHAFT ENCLOSURE. The walls or construction forming determined in accordance with this exception exceeds the the boundaries of a shaft, fire-resistance ratfngdetermined in accordance wi th ASTM E 119 or UL 263,the fire exposure time period,water pres- SMOKE BARRIER.A continuous membrane,either vertical sure and application duration criteria for the hose stream test or horizontal,such as a wall,floor or ceiling assembly. that is of ASTM E 119 or UL 263 shall be based upon the designed and constructed to restrict the movement of smoke. fret-resistance rating determined in accordance with this SMOKE COMPARTMENT. A space within a building exception. enclosed by sm ke barriers on all sides,including the top and 703.2.1 Nonsymmetrical wall construction.Interior walls bottom. and partitions of nonsymmetrical construction shall be SMOKE DAMPER.A fisted device installed in ducts and air tested with both faces exposed to the furnace, and the transfer openings designed to resist the passage of smoke.The assigned fire-resistance ratingshall be the shortest duration device is installed to operate automatically, controlled by a obtained from the two tests conducted in compliance with smoke detection system, and where required, is capable of ASTM E 119 or UL 263. When evidence is furnished to being positioned from a fire command center, show that the wall was tested with the least fire-resistant side SPLICE.The result of a factory and/or field method of joining exposed to the furnace,subject to acceptance of the building or connecting wo or more lengths of a file-resistant 'Dints s- ofrcfal, the wail need not be subjected to tests From the g g y opposite side (see Section 705.5 for exterior walls). tem into a continuous entity. 703.2.2 Combustible components. Combustible aggre- T RATING.The time period that the penetration fireslop sys- gates are permitted in gypsum and portland cement concrete tem,including the penetrating item,limits the maximum tem- mixtures for fire-resistance-rated construction.Any compo- perature rise to 325°F (163°C) above its initial temperature nent material or admixture is permitted in assemblies if the through the penetration on the nonfire side when tested in resulting tested assembly meets the fire-resistance test accordance with ASTM E 814 or UL 1479. requirements of this code. THROUGH PENETRATION. An opening that passes 703.2.3 Restrained classification. Eire-resistance-rated through an entire assembly. assemblies tested under ASTM E 119 or UL 263 shall not be ITHROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM. An considered to be restrained unless evidence satisfactory to assemblage of specific materials or products that are designed, the building official is furnished by the registered design tested and fire-resistance rated to resist for a prescribed period professional showing that the construction qualifies for a 94 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES restrained classification in accordance with ASTM E 119 or shall be effectively and permanently identified with signs or UL 263. Restrained construction shall be identified on the stenciling.Such identification shall: plans. 1. Be located in accessible concealed floor,floor-ceiling or 703.3 Alternative methods for determining fire resistance. atticspaces: The application of any of the alternative methods listed in this 2. Be repeated at intervals not exceeding 30 feet(914 mm) section shall be based on the fire exposure and acceptance crite- measured horizontally along the wall or partition;and ria specified in ASTM E 119 or UL 263.The required fire nesis tance of a building element,component or assembly shall be 3. Include lettering not less Than 0.5 inch {12.7 mm) in permitted to be established by any of the following methods or height, incorporating the suggested warding: "FIRE procedures: AND/OR SMOKE BARRIER PROTECT ALL OPENINGS," or other wording. 1. Fire-resistance designs documented in sources. Exception: Walls in Group R-2 occupancies that do 2. Prescriptive designs of fire-resistance-rated building not have a removable decorative ceiling allowing elements, components or assemblies as prescribed in access to the concealed space. Section 720. 3. Calculations in accordance with Section 721. 4. Engineering analysis based on a comparison of building SECTION 704 element, component or assemblies designs having FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING OF pre-resistance ratings as determined by the test proce- STRUCTURAL MEMBERS dures set forth in ASTM E 119 or UL 263. 704.1 Requirements.The fire-resistance ratings of structural 5. Alternative protection methods as allowed by Section members and assemblies shall comply with this section and the requirements for the type of construction as specified in Table 104.11. 601.The fire-resistance ratings shall not be less than the rat- 703.4 Noncombustibility tests.The tests indicated in Sections ings required for the fire-resistance-rated assemblies supported 703.4.1 and 703.4.2 shall serve as criteria for acceptance of by the structural members. building materials as set forth in Sections 602.2, 602,3 and Exception: Fire barriers, fire partitions, smoke barriers 602.4 in Type 1, 1I, III and IV construction. The term and horizontal assemblies as provided in Sections 707.5, "noncombustible" does not apply to the Flame spread charac- 709.4, 710.4 and 712.4,respectively. teristics ofinteriorfinishor trim materials.A material shall not be classified as a noncombustible building construction mate- 704.2 Column protection.Where columns are required to be rial if it is subject to an increase in combustibility or flame fire-resistance rated,the entire column shall be provided indi- spread beyond the limitations herein established through the vidual encasement protection by protecting it on all sides for effects of age,moisture or other atmospheric conditions. the full column length, including connections to other struc- tural members, with materials having the required fire-resis- 703.4.1 Elementary materials. Materials required to be tance rating.Where the column extends through a ceiling,the noncombustible shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E encasement protection shall be continuous from the top of the 136. foundation or floor/ceiling assembly below through the ceiling 703.4.2 Composite materials. Materials having a struc- space to the top of the column, tural base of noncombustible material as determined in 704.3 Protection of the primary structural frame other accordance with Section 703.4.1 Ndth a surfacing not more than columns.Members of the primary structural frame other than 0.125 inch (3.18 mm) thick that has a flame spread than columns that are required to have a fire-resistance rating index not greater than 50 when tested in accordance with and support more than two Floors or one floor and roof,or sup- ASTM E 84 or UL 723 shall be acceptable as port a load-bearing ivall or a nonload-bearing wall more than noncombustible materials. two stories high,shall be provided individual encasement pro- 703.5 Fire-resistance-rated glazing. Fire-resistance-rated tection by protecting them on all sides for their full length, glazing, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 119 or UL including connections to other structural members,with mate- 263 and complying with the requirements of Section 707,shall rials having the required fire-resistance rating. be permitted.Fire-resistance-rated glazing shall bear a label or Exception: Individual encasement protection on all sides other identification showing the name of the manufacturer,the shall be permitted on all exposed sides provided the extent test standard and the identifier"W-XXV where the"XXX"is of protection is in accordance with the required Fire-resis- the fire-resistance rating in minutes. Such label or identifca- tance rating,as determined in Section 703. lion shall be issued by an agency and shall be permanently 704.4 Protection of secondary members. Secondary mem- afFixed to the glazing. hers that are required to have afire-resistance rating shall be 703.6 Marking and identification. Fire walls, fire barriers, protected by individual encasement protection, by the mem- pre partitions, smoke barriers and smoke partitions or any brane or ceiling of a horizontal assernblY in accordance with other wall required to have protected openings or penetrations Section 712,or by a combination of both. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 95 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 704.4.1 Light-frame construction.King studs and bound- assemblies designed to provide the same degree of fire resis- ary elements that are integral elements in load-bearing tance as the structural element in which it is installed when tvallsof light-frame construction shall be permitted to have tested in accordance with ASTM E 119 or UL 263(see Section required l3ie-resistance ratings provided by the membrane 703.2). protection provided for the load-bearing ivall, Such isolation system protection applied to isolator units 704.5 Truss protection.The required thickness and construe- shall be capable of retarding the transfer of heat to the isolator tion of fire-resistance-rated assemblies enclosing trusses shall unit in such a manner that the required gravity load-carrying be based on the results of full-scale tests or combinations of capacity of the isolator unit will not be impaired after exposure tests on truss components or on approved calculations based on to the standard time-temperature curve fire test prescribed in such tests that satisfactorily demonstrate that the assembly has ASTM E 119 or UL 263 for a duration not less than that the required fire resistance, required for the fire-resistance rating of the structure element 704.6 Attachments to structural members. The edges of in which it is installed. lugs,brackets,rivets and bolt heads attached to structural mem- Such isolation system protection applied to isolator units bers shall be permitted to extend to within 1 inch(25 mm)of the shall be suitably designed and securely installed so as not to surface of the fire protection, dislodge,loosen,sustain damage or otherwise impair its ability 704.7 Reinforcing. Thickness of protection for concrete or to accommodate the seismic movements for which the isolator masonry reinforcement shall be measured to the outside of the unit is designed and to maintain its integrity for the purpose of reinforcement except that stirrups and spiral reinforcement ties providing the required fire-resistance protection. are permitted to project not more than 0.5-inch(12.7 mm)into 704.13 Sprayed fire-resistant materials (SFRM). Sprayed the protection. fire-resistant materials (SFRM) shall comply with Sections 704.6 Embedments and enclosures. Pipes, wires, conduits, 704.13.1 through 704,13.5. ducts or other service facilities shall not be embedded in the 704.13.1 Fire-resistance rating.The application of SFRM required lire protective covering of a structural member that is shall be consistent with the fire-resistance rating and the required to be individually encased. listing, including, but not limited to, minimum thickness 704.9 Impact protection. Where the fire protective covering and dry density of the applied SFRM, method of applica- of a structural member is subject to impact damage from mov- tion, substrate surface conditions and the use of bonding ing vehicles,the handling of merchandise or other activity,the adhesives,sealants,reinforcing or other materials. fire protective covering shall be protected by corner guards or by a substantial jacket of meta]or other noncombustible mate_ 709.13.2 Manufacturer's installation instructions. The riot to a height adequate to provide full protection,but not less application of SFRM shall be in accordance with the manu- rial 5 feet (1524 qua from the finished floor, facturer's installation instructions. The instructions shall include, but are not limited to, substrate temperatures and Exception: Corner protection is not required on concrete surface conditions and SFRM handling, storage, mixing, columns in open or enclosed parking garages. conveyance,method of application,curing and ventilation. 704.10 Exterior structural members. Load-bearing strut- 704.13.3 Substrate condition.The SFRM shall be applied tural members located within the exterior malls or on the out- to a substrate in compliance with Sections 704.13.3.1 side of a building or structure shall be provided with the highest through 704.13.3.2. flip-resistance rating as determined in accordance with the fol- lowing: 704.13.3.1 Surface conditions. Substrates to receive 1. As required by Table 601 for the type of building cle- SFRM shall be free of dirt, oil, grease, release agents, loose scale and any other condition that prevents ment based on the type of construction of the building: adhe- sion.The substrates shall also be free of primers,paints 2. As required by Table 601 for exterior bearing walls and encapsulants other than those fire tested and listed by based on the type of construction;and a nationally recognized testing agency.Primed,painted 3. As required by Table 602 for exterior walls based on the or encapsulated steel shall be allowed.provided that test- fire separation distance. ing has demonstrated that required adhesion is main- 704.11 Bottom flange protection. Fire protection is not tained. required at the bottom flange of lintels,shelf angles and plates, 704.13.3.2 Primers, paints and encapsulants. Where spanning not more than 6 feet (1829 mm) whether part of the the SFRM is to be applied over primers, paints or primary structural frame or not,and from the bottom flange of encapsulants other than those specified in the listing,the lintels,shelf angles and plates not part of the primary structural material shall be field tested in accordance with ASTM E frame,regardless of span. 736.Where testing of the SFRM with primers,paints or 704.12 Seismic isolation systems. Fire-resistance ratings for encapsulants demonstrates that required adhesion is the isolation system shall meet the fire-resistance rating maintained, SFRM shall be permitted to be applied to required for the columns,walls or other structural elements in primed,painted or encapsulated wide flange steel shapes which the isolation system is installed in accordance with Table in accordance with the following conditions: 601.Isolation systems required to have a fire-resistance rating 1. The beam flange width does not exceed 12 inches shall be protected with approved materials or construction (305 mm);or 96 2009 INTERNATIONAL 13UILDING CODE' FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 2. The column flange width does not exceed 16 705.2.2 Type III,IV or V construction.Projections from inches (400 mm);or walls of Type 1I1, IV or V construction shall be of any 3. The beam or column web depth does not exceed 16 approved material. inches (400 mm). 705.2.3 Combustible projections. Combustible projec- 4. The average and minimum bond strength values tions located where openings are not permitted or where shall be determined based on a minimum of five protection of openings is required shall be of at least 1-hour bond tests conducted in accordance with ASTM E fire-resistance-rated construction, Type IV construction, 736. Bond tests conducted in accordance with Are-retardant-treated wood or as required by Section ASTM E 736 shall indicate a minimum average 1406.3. bond strength of 80 percent and a minimum indi- Exception:Type V construction shall be allowed for R-3 vidual bond strength of 50 percent, when com- occupancies. pared to the bond strength of the SFRM as applied 705.3 Buildings on the same lot. For the purposes of deter- to clean uncoated /8-inch-thick(3-mm)steel plate. mining the required wall and opening protection and roof-cov- 704.13.4 Temperature.A minimum ambient and substrate ering requirements,buildings on the same lot shall be assumed temperature of 40°F (4.44°C) shall be maintained during to have an imaginary line between them. and for a minimum of 24 hours after the application of the Where a new building is to be erected on the same lot as an SFRM, unless the manufacturer's installation instructions existing building, the location of the assumed imaginary line allow otherwise. with relation to the existing building shall be such that the exte- 704.13.5 Finished condition. The finished condition of rior►valland opening protection of the existing building meet SFRM applied to structural members or assemblies shall the criteria as set forth in Sections 705.5 and 705.8. not,upon complete drying or curing,exhibit cracks,voids, Exception: Two or more buildings on the same lot shall spalis. delamination or any exposure of the substrate. Sur- either be regulated as separate buildings or shall be consid- face irregularities of SFRM shall be deemed acceptable. ered as portions of one building if the aggregate area of such buildings is within the limits specified in Chapter 5 for a sin- gle building. Where the buildings contain different occu- I SECTION 705 pancy groups or are of different types of construction, the EXTERIOR WALLS area shall be that allowed for the most restrictive occupancy or construction. 705.1 General.Exterior walls comply with this section. 705.4 Materials.Exterior walls shaII be of materials permitted 705.2 Projections. Cornices, cave overhangs, exterior balco- by the building type of construction. nies and similar projections extending beyond the exteriorwall 705.5 Fire-resistance ratings. Exterior walls shall be shall conform to the requirements of this section and Section fire-resistance rated in accordance with Tables 601 and 602 and 1406. Exterior egress balconies and exterior exit stairvoys this section. The required Alp-resistance rating of exterior shall also comply with Sections 1019 and 1026, respectively. walls with a fire separation distance of greater than 10 feet Projections shall not extend beyond the distance determined by (3048 mm)shall be rated for exposure to fire from the inside. the following three methods, whichever results in the lesser The required rip-resistance rating of exterior walls with a fire projection: separation distance of less than or equal to 10 feet(3048 mm) I. A point one-third the distance from the exterior face of shall be rated for exposure to fire from both sides. the wall to the lot line where protected openings or a 705.6 Structural stability.The wall shall extend to the height combination of protected and unprotected openings are required by Section 705.11 and shall have sufficient structural required in the exterior wall. stability such that it will remain in place for the duration of time 2. A point one-half the distance from the exterior face of the indicated by the required Are-resistance rating. wall to the lot linewhere all openings in the exteriortvall 705.7 Unexposed surface temperature. Where protected are permitted to be unprotected or the building is openings are not limited by Section 705.8,the limitation on the equipped throughout with an automaticsprinklersystem rise of temperature on the unexposed surface of exterior walls installed under the provisions of Section 705.8.2. as required by ASTM E 119 or UL 263 shall not apply.Where 3. More than 12 inches (305 mm) into areas where open- protected openings are limited by Section 705.8,the limitation ings are prohibited. on the rise of temperature on the unexposed surface of exterior walls as required by ASTM E 119 or UL 263 shall not apply Buildings on the same lot and considered as portions of one provided that a correction is made for radiation from the unex- building in accordance with Section 705.3 are not required to posed exterior wall surface in accordance with the following comply with this section. formula: 705.2.1 Type I and II construction.Projections from walls A,.=A+(Afx F„J (Equation 7-1) of Type 1 or II construction shall be of noncombustible materials or combustible materials as allowed by Sections ►^'here: 1406.3 and 1406.4. A,. = Equivalent area of protected openings. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 97 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES A = Actual area of protected openings. 1.2. Where the wall faces an unoccupied space. A, = Area of exterior mall surface in the story under consid- The unoccupied space shall be on the same eration exclusive of openings, on which the tempera- Iot or dedicated for public use,shall not be ture limitations of ASTM E 119 or UL 263 for wal Is are less than 30 feet (9144 mm) in width and exceeded. shall have access From a street by a posted fire lane in accordance with the Interna- F_ = An "equivalent opening factor" derived from Figure tional Fire Code. 705.7 based on the average temperature of the unex- posed wall surface and the fire-resistance rating of the 2• Buildings whose exterior bearing walls, exterior wall. nonbearing walls and exterior primary structural frame are not required to be fire-resistance rated 705.8 Openings.Openings in exterior tvalls shall comply with shall be permitted to have unlimited unprotected Sections 705.8.1 through 705.8.6. openings. 705.8.1 Allowable area of openings.The maximum area of 705.8.2 Protected openings.Where openings are required to be protected, fire doors and fire shutters shall comply unprotected and protected openings permitted in an exterior with Section 715.4 and Ilfie ivindoiv assemblies shall comply ivallin any storyof a building shall not exceed the percent- with Section 715.5. ages specified in Table 705.8. Exception: Opening protectives are not required where Exceptions: the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 1. In other than Group H occupancies, unlimited and the exterior openings are protected by a water curtain unprotected openings are permitted in the first using automatic sprinklers approved for that use, story above grade either: 705.8.3 Unprotected openings.Where unprotected open- 1.1. Where the wall faces a street and has a fire ings are permitted,windows and doors shall be constructed separation distance of more than 15 feet of any approved materials. Glazing shall conform to the (4572 mm);or requirements of Chapters 24 and 26. 1.0 0.9 0.8 LL D.7 _ Ys r' a 0.6 C 0.5 - - 0 m 0.4 Z _F :3 is I E w 0.3 .• 0.2 tt t 4r S - *1 0.1 - 0 200ry 400 600 800 1,000 1,200 1,400 1,600 1,800 2,000 Average temperature of unexposed surface(°F) For 5L• °C=I(°F)-321/1.8. FIGURE 705.7 EQUIVALENT OPENING FACTOR 98 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE'' FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 705.8 MAXIMUM AREA OF EXTERIOR WALL OPENINGS BASED ON FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE AND DEGREE OF OPENING PROTECTION FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE (feet) DEGREE OF OPENING PROTECTION ALLOWABLE AREA' Unprotected,Nonsprinklered(UP.NS) Not Permitted 0 to less than 31' Unprotected,Sprinklered (UP,S)' Not Permitted Protected (P) Not Permitted Unprotected,Nonsprinklered(UP,NS) Not Permitted 3 to less than 5d P Unprotected,Sprinklered (UP.S)' 15% Protected (P) 15%a Unprotected.Nonsprinklered(UP,NS) 10V 5 to less than I 1 Unprotected.Sprinklered (UP,S)'� 25% Protected(P) 25% Unprotected.Nonsprinklered(UP,NS) 15%, 10 to less than 15�cg Unprotected,Sprinklered (UP,S)' — 45%a Protected (P) 45%a Unprotected.Nonsprinklered(UP,NS) 25% 15 to less than 201 R Unprotected,Sprinklered (UP,S) 75% - -- - Protected (p)- Unprotected,Nonsprinklered(UP,,NS) 45% 20 to less than 251 k Unprotected,Sprinklered (UP_S)' No Limit Protected (P) No Limit Unprotected,Nonsprinklered(UP,NS) 70% 25 to less than 301 9 Unprotected,Sprinklered (UP.S)' No Limit Protected (P) No Limit Unprotected. Nonsprinklered (UP,NS) No Limit 30 or greater Unprotected,Sprinklered (UP,S)' Not Required Protected (P) Not Required For SI: 1 foot�304,8 mm. URNS = Unprotected openings in buildings not equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. UP,S = Unprotected openings in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1. P = Openings protected with an opening protecth-c assembly in accordance with Section 705.82. a. Values indicated are the percentage of the area of the exterior wall,per story, b. For the requirements for fire walls of buildings with differing heights.see Section 706.6.1. c. For openings in a fire wall for buildings on the same lot.see Section 706.8. d.The maximum percentage of unprotected and protected openings shall be 25 percent for Group R 3 occupancies. e. Unprotected openings shall not be permitted for openings with a fire separation distance of less than 15 feet for Group 14-2 and H-3 occupancies. f. The area of unprotected and protected openings shall not be limited for Group R-3 occupancies,with afire separation distance of 5 feet or greater. g.The area of openings in an open parking structure with a fire separation distance of 10 feet or greater shall not be limited. Ii. Includes buildings accessory to Group R 3. i. Not applicable to Group H-1.H-2 and H-3 occupancies. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 99 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 705.8.4 Mixed openings.Where both unprotected and pro- 705.3 are not required to comply with Section I tected openings are located in the exterior wall in any story 705.8.6. of a building,the total area of openings shall be determined 705.9 Joints.Joints made in orbehveen exterior walls required in accordance with the following: by this section to have a Hire-resistance rating shall comply (AW a)+(Aja j S 1 (Equation 7-2) with Section 714. where: Exception: Joints in exterior walls that are permitted to have unprotected openings. AF, = Actual area of protected openings, or the equivalent area of protected openings, A, (see Section 705.7). 705.9.1 Voids, The void created at the intersection of a floor/ceiling assembly and an exterior curtain wall assem- a,, = Allowabie area of protected openings. bly shall be protected in accordance with Section 714.4. A„ = Actual area of unprotected openings. 705.10 Ducts and air transfer openings.Penetrations by air a„ = Allowable area of unprotected openings. ducts and air transfer openings in fire-resistance-rated exterior 705.8.5 Vertical separation of openings.Openings in exte- walls required to have protected openings shall comply with rior•walls in adjacent storiesshall be separated vertically to Section 716. protect against lire spread on the exterior of the buildings Exception: Foundation vents installed in accordance with where the openings are within 5 feet (1524 mm) of each this code are permitted. other horizontally and the opening in the lower sioiyis not a protected opening with a fire protection rating of not less 705.11 Parapets.Parapets shall be provided on exterior walls than 3/4 hour.Such openings shall be separated vertically at of buildings. least 3 feet(914 mm) by spandrel girders, exterior walls or Exceptions:A parapet need not be provided on an exterior othersimilar assemblies that have a fire-resistance ratingof w•allwhere any of the following conditions exist: at least 1 hour or by flame barriers that extend horizontally 1. The wall is not required to be fire-resistance rated in at least 30 inches(762 mm)beyond the exterior wall.Flame barriers shall also have a fire-resistance rating of at least 1 accordance with Table 602 because of lireseparation hour.The unexposed surface temperature limitations speci- fied in ASTM E 119 or UL 263 shall not apply to the flame 2. The building has an area of not more than 1,000 barriers or vertical separation unless otherwise required by square feet (93 ml) on any floor. the provisions of this code. 3. Walls that terminate at roofs of not less than 2-hour Exceptions: fire-resistance-rated construction or where the roof, 1. This section shall not apply to buildings that are including the deck or slab and supporting construe- three stories or less above grade plane. tion,is constructed entirely of noncombustible mate- rials. 2. This section shall not apply to buildings equipped 4. One-hour fire-resistance-rated exterior walls that ter- throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in nlinate at the underside of the roof sheathing,deck or accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2. slab,provided: 3. Open parking garages. 4.1. Where the roof/ceiling framing elements are 705.8.$Vertical exposure. For buildings on the same lot, parallel to the walls. such framing and ele- opening proteclives having a lire protection, eating of not ments supporting such framing shall not be of less than 3/4 hour shall be provided in every opening that is less than 1-hour Fire-resistance-rated son- less than 15 feet (4572 mm) vertically above the roof of an struction for a width of 4 feet (1220 mm) for adjacent building or structure based on assuming an imagi- Groups R and U and 10 feet (3048 mm) for nary line between them. The opening protectives are other occupancies,measured from the interior required where the lire separation distance between the side of the wall. imaginary line and the adjacent building or structure is less 4,2. Where roof/ceiling framing elements are not than 15 feet (4572 mm). parallel to the wall, the entire span of such Exceptions: framing and elements supporting such fram- 1. Opening protectives are not required where the ing shall not be of less than 1-hour fire-resis- roof assembly of the adjacent building or structure tance-rated construction. has a pre-resistance rating of not less than 1 hour 4.3. Openings in the roof shall not be located Fora minimum distance of 10 feet(3048 mm)from within 5 feet(1524 mm)of the 1-hour Fire-re- the exterior wall Facing the imaginary line and the sstance-rated exterior wall for Groups R and entire length and span of the supporting elements U and 10 feet (3048 mm) for other occupan- for the fire-resistance-rated roof assembly has a cies. measured from the interior side of the pre-resistance rating of not less than 1 hour. wall. 2. Buildings on the same lot and considered as por- 4.4. The entire building shall be provided with not tions of one building in accordance with Section less than a Class B roof covering. 100 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODES FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 5. In Groups R-2 and R-3 where the entire building is duration of time indicated by the required fire-resistance rat- provided with a Class C roof covering, the exterior ing. wallshall be permitted to terminate at the underside of 706.3 Materials. Fire walls shall be of any approved the roof sheathing or deck in Type III,IV and V con- noncombustible materials. struction,provided: 5.1. The roof sheathing or deck is constructed of Exception: Buildings of Type V construction, approved noncombustible materials or of 706.4 Fire-resistance rating.Fie wallsshall have a Grp-irsis- fif e-retar dant-treated wood for a distance of 4 tance rating of not less than that required by Table 706.4. feet (1220 mm); or TABLE 706.4 5.2. The roof is protected with 0.625-inch (16 FIRE WALL FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS mm) Type X gypsum board directly beneath GROUP FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING(hours) the underside of the roof sheathing or deck, A B,E,H-4,1,R-1,R-2,U 3a supported by a minimum of nominal 2-inch , (51 mm) ledgers attached to the sides of the F-1.H-3e.H-5,M,S-1 3 roof framing members for a minimum dis- H-1.H-2 41' tance of 4 feet(1220 min). — 6. Where the wall is permitted to have at least 25 percent F-?.S-2,R-3,_RA 2 of the exterior wall areas containing unprotected a. In Type II or V construction.walls shall be permitted to have a 2-hour openings based on fire separation distance as deter- fire-resistance rating. mined in accordance with Section 705.8. b. For Group H-1.H-2 or H-3 buildings.also see Sections 415.4 and 415.5. 705.11.1 Parapet construction. Parapets shall have the 706.5 Horizontal continuity. Fite walls shall be continuous same life-resistance rating as that required for the support- from exterior wall to exterior wall and shall extend at least 18 ing wall, and on an_y side adjacent to a roof surface, shall inches(457 mm)beyond the exteriorsurface of exterior walls. have noncombustible faces for the uppermost t8 inches (457 mm),including count erflashing and coping materials. Exceptions: The height of the parapet shall not be less than 30 inches 1. Fife walls shall be permitted to terminate at the inle- (762 mm) above the point where the roof surface and the rior surface of combustible exterior sheathing or sid- wall intersect. Where the roof slopes toward a parapet at a ing provided the exterior wall has a fire-resistance slope greater than two units vertical in 12 units horizontal rating of at least 1 hour for a horizontal distance of at (16.7-percent slope), the parapet shall extend to the same least 4 feet(12 20 mm) on both sides of the fire wall. height as any portion of the roof within a fire separation dis- Openings within such exterior balls shall be pro- tance where protection of wall openings is required, but in tected by opening protectives having a fire protection no case shall the height be less than 30 inches (762 mm). rating of not less than 314 hour. ~ 2. Fire walls shall be permitted to terminate aI the inte- rior surface of noncombustible exterior sheathing, SECTION 706 exterior siding or other noncombustible exterior fin- FIRE WALLS ishes provided the sheathing,siding,or other exterior 706.1 General.Each portion of a building separated by one or noncombustible finish extends a horizontal distance more fire Balls that comply with the provisions of this section of at least 4 feet (1220 mm) on both sides of the fire shall be considered a separate building.The extent and location wall. of such fife wallsshall provide a complete separation.Where a 3. Fire walls shall be permitted to terminate at the inte- fire tvall also separates occupancies that are required to be sep- rior surface of noncombustible exterior sheathing arated by a fine barrier wall.the most restrictive requirements where the building on each side of the lire wall is pro- of each separation shall apply. tected by an automatic.sprinkler system installed in 706.1.1 Party walls.Any wall located on a lot line between accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2. adjacent buildings,which is used or adapted for joint service 706.5.1 Exterior walls.Where the fire wall intersects exte- between the two buildings,shall be constructed as a fire wall rior walls,the fine-resistance rating and opening protection in accordance with Section 706. Party walls shall be con- of the exterior wallsshall comply with one of the following: strutted without openings and shall create separate build- 1. The exterior walls on both sides of the fire wall shall ings. have a 1-hour fire fesistanceratingwith 314-hour pro- Exception: Openings in a party wall separating an section where opening protection is required by Sec- anchor building and a mall shall be in accordance wi Ih tion 705.8.The fire-resistance rating of the exterior' Section 402.7.3.1. wall shall extend a minimum of 4 feet (1220 mm) on each side of the intersection of the fire wallto exterior 706.2 Structural stability. Fire walls shall have sufficient wall.Exterior wall intersections at lire ivallst hat form structural stability under fire conditions to allow collapse of an angle equal to or greater than 180 degrees (3.14 construction on either side without collapse of the wall for the rad) do not need exterior wall protection. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 101 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 2. Buildings or spaces on both sides of the intersecting 2. Two-hour fire-resistance-rated walls shall be permit- fire wall shall assume to have an imaginary lot line at ted to terminate at the underside of the roof sheathing, the lire wall and extending beyond the exterior of the deck or slab,provided: pre wall.The location of the assumed line in relation 2.1. The lower roof assembly within 4 feet (1220 to the exterior walls and the pre wall shall be such that mm) of the wall has not less than a 1-hour the exterior wall and opening protection meet the fire-resistance rating and the entire length requirements set forth in Sections 705.5 and 705.8. and span of supporting elements for the rated Such protection is not required for exterior rvalls ter- roof assembly has a fire-resistance rating of urinating at fire +valls that form an angle equal to or not less than i hour, greater than 180 degrees (3.14 rad). 706.5.2 Horizontal projecting elements. Fire +balls shall 2.2. Openings within 9 feet et (1220 mm) of the the roof shall not pre e wall.located extend to the outer edge of horizontal projecting elements such as balconies,roof overhangs,canopies,marquees and 2.3. Each building shall be provided with not less similar projections that are within 4 feet (1220 mm) of the than a Class B roof covering. pin wall. 3. Walls shall be permitted to terminate at the underside Exceptions: of noncombustible roof sheathing, deck or slabs where both buildings are provided with not less than a 1. Horizontal projecting elements without concealed Class B roof covering.Openings in the roof shall not spaces, provided the exterior wall behind and be located within 4 feet (1220 mm) of the pre+vall. below the projecting element has not less than 1-hour fire-resistance-rated construction for a dis- 4. In buildings of Type III,IV and V construction,walls tance not less than the depth of the projecting ele- shall be permitted to terminate at the underside of ment on both sides of the pre wall Openings combustible roof sheathing or decks,provided: within such exterior walls shall be protected by 9.1. There are no openings in the roof within 4 feel opening protectives having a pre protection rating (1220 mm) of the fire wall, of not less than 315 hour. 4.2. The roof is covered with a minimum Class 13 2. Noncombustible horizontal projecting elements roof covering,and with concealed spaces, provided a minimum 1-hour Fire-resistance-rated wall extends through 4.3.The roof sheathing or deck is constructed of the concealed space.The projecting element shall pre-retardant-treated wood for a distance of 4 be separated from the building by a minimum of feet(1220�nm)on bosh sides of the wall or the 1-hour fire-resistance-rated construction for a dis roof is protected with 1/g-inch(15.9 mm)Type tance on each side of the pre wall equal to the depth X gypsum board directly beneath the under- of the projecting element.The wall is not required side of the roof sheathing or deck,supported to extend under the projecting element where the by a minimum of 2-inch (51 mm) nominal building exterior wall is not less than 1-hour ledgers attached to the sides of the roof fram- Fire-resistance rated for a distance on each side of ing members for a minimum distance of 4 feet the pre wall equal to the depth of the projecting (12 20 mm) on both sides of the pre wall. element.Openings within such emerior wallsshall 5. In buildings designed in accordance with Section be protected by opening protectives having a fire 509.2,pre walls located above the 3-hour horizontal protection rating of not less than 314 hour. asseinblj,required by Section 509.2, Item 1 shall be 3. For combustible horizontal projecting elements permitted to extend from the top of this horizontal with concealed spaces, the fire wall need only assembly. extend through the concealed space to the outer 706.6.1 Stepped buildings.Where a pre wall serves as an edges of the projecting elements.The exterlor wall exterior wall for a building and separates buildings having behind and below the projecting element shall be different roof levels,such wall shall terminate at a point not of not less than 1-hour fire-resistance-rated con- less than 30 inches (762 mm) above the lower roof level, struction for a distance not less than the depth of provided the exterior wall For a height of 15 feet(4572 mm) the projecting elements on both sides of the free above the lower roof is not less than 1-hour fire-resis- +vall.Openings within such exterior walls shall be tance-rated construction from both sides with openings pro- protected by opening protectives having a tected by fire assemblies having a pre protection rating of fire-protection rating of not less than 31.i hour. not less than 315 hour. 706.6 Vertical continuity. Fire walls shall extend from the Exception: Where the pyre wall terminates at the under- foundation to a termination point at least 30 inches (762 mm) side of the roof sheathing,deck or slab of the lower roof, above both adjacent roofs. provided: Exceptions: 1. The lower roof assembly within 10 feet(3048 mm) 1. Stepped buildings in accordance with Section of the wall has not less than a 1-hour pre-resis- 706.6.1. tanceratfngand the entire length and span of sup- 102 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES porting elements for the rated roof assembly has a 707.3.3 Exit passageway.The fire-resistance rating of the fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 hour, fire barrier separating building areas from an exit passage- 2, Openings in the lower roof shall not be located way shall comply with Section 1023.3. within 10 feet (3048 mm) of the fire wall. 707.3.4 Horizontal exit. The fire-resistance raring of the 706.7 Combustible Framing in fire walls.Adjacent combusti- separation between building areas connected by a horizon- ble members entering into a concrete or masonry fire wall from tal exitshall comply with Section 1025.1, opposite sides shall not have less than a 4-inch (102 mm) dis- 707.3.5 Atriums.The fire-resistance rating of the lire bar- tance between embedded ends. Where combustible members rierseparating atriums shall comply with Section 404.6. frame into hollow walls or walls of hollow units,hollow spaces shall be solidly filled for the full thickness of the wall and for a 707.3.6 Incidental accessory occupancies. The fire bar- distance not less than 4 inches (102 mm) above, below and rierseparating incidental accessory occupancies from other between the structural members,with noncombustible materi- spaces in the building shall have a fire-resistance rating of als approved for flreblocking, not less than that indicated in Table 508.2.5. 706.8 Openings.Each opening through a fire wallshall be pro- 707.3.7 Control areas. Fire barriers separating control tected in accordance with Section 715.4 and shall not exceed areas shall have a fire-resistance ratmgof not less than that 156 square feet (15 in'). The aggregate width of openings at required in Section 414.2,4, any floor level shall not exceed 25 percent of the length of the 707.3.8 Separated occupancies.Where the provisions of wall. Section 508.4 are applicable, the fire barrier separating Exceptions: mixed occupancies shal l have a fire-resistance rating of not less than that indicated in Table 508.4 based on the occupan- t. Openings are not permitted in party walls constructed ties being separated. in accordance with Section 706.1,1, 707.3.9 Fire areas.The lire barriers or horizontal assem- 2. Openings shall not be limited to 156 square feet (15 blies, or both, separating a single occupancy into different nil) where both buildings are equipped throughout fire areas shall have a fim-resistance rating of not less than with an automatic sprinklersystem installed in accor- that indicated in Table 707.3.9.The fire barriersor horizon- dance with Section 903.3.1.1, talassemblies,or both,separating Greareasof mixed occu- 706.9 Penetrations. Penetrations of fire walls shall comply pancies shall have a fife-resistance ratingof not less than the with Section 713. highest value indicated in Table 707.3.9 for the occupancies under consideration, 706.10 Joints.Joints made in or between Are walls shall com- ply with Section 714, TABLE 707.3.9 706.11 Ducts and air transfer openings.Ducts and air trans- FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE fer openings shall not penetrate fire walls. BARRIER ASSEMBLIES OR HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLIES BETWEEN FIRE AREAS Exception:Penetrations by ducts and air transfer openings OCCUPANCY GROUP FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING(hours) of fire walls that are not on a lot line shall be allowed pro- -- - - vided the penetrations comply with Section 716. The size H-1,H-2 4 and aggregate width of all openings shall not exceed the lim- F-1,H-3,S-1 3 itations of Section 706.8. — A.B,E,F-2,H-4,H-5, 2 1,M,R,S-2 I SECTION 707 _ _ U i 1 FIRE BARRIERS 707.1 General.Fire barriers installed as required elsewhere in 707.4 Exterior walls.Where exterior walls serve as a part of a this code or the International Fire Code shall comply with this required fire-resistance-rated shaft or exit enclosure,or separa- section. tion,such walls shall comply with the requirements of Section 707.2 Materials.Fire barriersshall be of materials permitted 705 for exterior wallsand the fire-resistance-rated enclosure or by the building type of construction. separation requirements shall not apply. 707.3 Fire-resistance rating.The flip-resistance rating of fire Exception: Exterior walls required to be lire-resistance barriers shall comply with this section. rated in accordance with Section 1019 for exterior egress balconies, Section 1022.6 for exit enclosures and Section 707.3.1 Shaft enclosures.The Fire-resistance rating of the 1026.6 for exterior exit ramps and staintays. fire barrierseparating building areas from a shaft shall com- 707.5 Continuity.Fire barriers shall extend from the top of the ply with Section 708.4, floor/ceiling assembly below to the underside of the floor or 707.3.2 Exit enclosures. The fire-resistance rating of the roof sheathing, slab or deck above and shall be securely fire bare ierse.parating building areas from an exitshall com- attached thereto.Such fire barrlersshall be continuous through ply with Section 1022.1. concealed spaces,such as the space above a suspended ceiling. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 103 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 707.5.1 Supporting construction. The supporting con- 707.8 Joints.Joints made in or between fire barriers,and joints struction for a flip barrier shall be protected to afford the made at the intersection of lire barriers with underside of the required fire-resistance rating of the fire barrier supported, floor or roof sheathing,slab or deck above,shall comply with Hollow vertical spaces within a fire barrier shall be Section 714. fireblocked in accordance with Section 717.2 at every floor level. 707.9 Ducts and air transfer openings.Penetrations in a fire barrier by ducts and air transfer openings shall comply with Exceptions: Section 716. 1. The maximum required fire-resistance rating for assemblies supporting fire barriers separating tank storage as provided for in Section 415.6.2.1 SECTION 708 shall be 2 hours.but not less than required by Table SHAFT ENCLOSURES 601 for the building construction type. 2. Shaft enclosures shall be permitted to terminate at 708.1 General.The provisions of this section shall apply to a top enclosure complying with Section 708.12. shafts required to protect openings and penetrations through 3. Supporting construction for 1-hour fire barriers floor/ceiling and roof/ceiling assemblies. Shaft enclosures required by Table 508.2.5 in buildings of Type shall be constructed as fire barriers in accordance with Section IIB.IIIB and VB construction is not required to be 707 or horizontal assemblies in accordance with Section 712, fire-resistance rated unless required by other sec- or both. tions of this code. 708.2 Shaft enclosure required. Openings through a 707.6 Openings.Openings in a fire barder•shall be protected floor/ceiling assembly shall be protected by a shaft enclosure in accordance with Section 715.Openings shall be limited to a complying with this section. maximum aggregate width of 25 percent of the length of the Exceptions: wall, and the maximum area of any single opening shall not exceed 156 square feet (15 m2). Openings in exit enclosures 1. A shaft enclosure is not required for openings totally and exit passageways shall also comply with Sections 1022.3 within an individual residential dwelling unit and and 1023.5,respectively, connecting four stories or less. Exceptions: 2. A shaft enclosure is not required in a building 1. Openings shall not be limited to 156 square feet (15 equipped throughout with an automaticsprittklersys- rn2) where adjoining floor areas are equipped tenpin accordance with Section 903,3.1.1 for an esca- throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in lator opening or stairway that is not a portion of the accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. means of egress protected according to Item 2.1 or 2.2. 2. Openings shall not be limited to 156 square feet (15 m') or an aggregate width of 25 percent of the length 2.1. Where the area of the floor opening between of the wall where the opening protective is a fire door. stories does not exceed twice the horizontal serving an exit enclosure. projected area of the escalator or stainvayand the opening is protected by a draft curtain and 3. Openings shall not be limited to 156 square feet (15 closely spaced sprinklers in accordance with MI) or an aggregate width of 25 percent of the length NFPA 13, In other than Groups B and M,this of the wall where the opening protective has been application is limited to openings that do not tested in accordance with ASTM E 119 or UL 263 and connect more than four stories. has a minimum fire-resistance rating not less than the fire-resistance rating of the wall. 2.2. Where the opening is protected by approved power-operated automatic shutters at every 4. Fire window assemblies permitted in atrium separa- penetrated floor. The shutters shall be of tion walls shall not be limited to a maximum aggre- noncombustible construction and have a gate width of 25 percent of the length of the wall. fire-resistance rating of not less than 1.5 5. Openings shall not be limited to 156 square feet (15 hours.The shutter shall be so constructed as to M2) or an aggregate width of 25 percent of the length close immediately upon the actuation of a of the wall where the opening protective is a fire door smoke detector installed in accordance with assembly in a lire barrier separating an exitenclosure Section 907.3 and shall completely shut off from an exit passageway in accordance with Section the well opening.Escalators shall cease oper- 1022.2.1. ation when the shutter begins to close. The 707.7 Penetrations.Penetrations of fire barriers shall comply shutter shall operate at a speed of not more than 30 feet per minute(152.4 minds)and shall with Section 713. be equipped with a sensitive leading edge to 707.7.1 Prohibited penetrations.Penetrations into an exit arrest its progress where in contact with any enclosure or an exit passageway shall be allowed only when obstacle, and to continue its progress on re- permitted by Section 1022.4 or 1023.6, respectively. lease therefrom. 104 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODIEr FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 3. A shaft enclosure is not required for penetrations by supply duct systems when such duct system is con- pipe, tube,conduit, wire,cable and vents protected tained within and serves only the parking garage. in accordance with Section 713.4. 16. Where permitted by other sections of this code. 4. A shaft enclosure is not required for penetrations by 708.3 Materials.The shaft enclosure shall be of materials per- ducts protected in accordance with Section 716.6. mitted by the building type of construction. Grease ducts shall be protected in accordance with the International Mechanical Code. 708.4 Fire-resistance rating. Shaft enclosures shall have a 5. In other than Group H occupancies, a shaft enclo- fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 hours where connecting sure is not required for floor openings complying four storiesor more,and not less than 1 hour where connecting with the provisions for atriums in Section 404. less than four stories.The number of stories connected by the shaft enclosure shall include any basements but not any nnezza- 6. A shaft enclosure is not required for approved nines. Shaft enclosures shall have a lire-resistance rating not masonry chimneys where annular space is less than the floor assembly penetrated, but need not exceed 2 fireblocked at each floor level in accordance with hours.Shaft enclosures shall meet the requirements of Section Section 717.2.5. 703.2.1. 7. In other than Groups I-2 and I-3.a shaft enclosure is 708.5 Continuity.Shaft enclosures shall be constructed as fire not required for a floor opening or an air transfer barriers in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assern- opening that complies with the following: blies constructed in accordance with Section 712,or both,and 7.1. Does not connect more than two stories. shall have continuity in accordance with Section 707.5 for fire barriersor Section 712.4 for horizontal assembliesas applica- ble. tem. 7.3. Is not concealed within the construction of a 708.6 Exterior walls.Where exterior walls serve as a part of a wall or a floor/ceiling assembly. required shaft enclosure, such walls shall comply with the requirements of Section 705 for exterior walls and the 7.4. Is not open to a corridor in Group 1 and R oc- tire-resistance-rated enclosure requirements shall not apply. cupancies. Exception: Exterior walls required to be fire-resistance 7.5. Is not open to a corridor on nonsprinklered rated in accordance with Section 1019.2 for exterior egress floors in any occupancy. balconies, Section 1022.6 for exit enclosures and Section 7.6. Is separated from floor openings and air trans- 1026.6 for exterior exit ramps and stainvays. fer openings serving other floors by construe- 708.7 Openings. Openings in a shaft enclosure shall be pro- tion conforming to required shaft enclosures. tected in accordance with Section 715 as required for fine bar7-1- 7.7. Is limited to the same smoke compartment, ers. Doors shall be self- or automatic-closing by smoke detection in accordance with Section 715.4.8.3. 8. A shaft enclosure is not required For automobile ramps in open and enclosed parking garages con- 708.7.1 Prohibited openings. Openings other than those structed in accordance with Sections 406.3 and necessary for the purpose of the shaft shall not be permitted 406.4,respectively. in shaft enclosures. 9. A shaft enclosure is not required for floor openings 708.8 Penetrations.Penetrations in a shaft enclosure shall be between a mezzanine and the floor below. protected in accordance with Section 713 as required for fire 10. A shaft enclosure is not required For joints protected barriers by a fire-resistant joint system in accordance with 708.8.1 Prohibited penetrations. Penetrations other than Section 714. those necessary for the purpose of the shaft shall not be per- 11. A shaft enclosure shall not be required for floor mitted in shaft enclosures. openings created by unenclosed stairs or ramps in 708,9 Joints.Joints in a shaft enclosure shall comply with Sec- accordancewith Exception 3 or el in Section 1016.1. tion 714. 12. Floor openings protected by Floor fire doors in 708.10 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations of a accordance with Section 712.8. shaft enclosure by ducts and air transfer openings shall comply 13. In Group I-3 occupancies, a shaft enclosure is not with Section 716. required for floor openings in accordance with Sec- 708.11 Enclosure at the bottom.Shafts that do not extend to tion 408.5. the bottom of the building or structure shall comply wi th one of 14. A shaft enclosure is not required for elevator the following: hoistways in open or enclosed parking garages that l They shall be enclosed at the lowest level with construc- serve only the parking garage. lion of the same fire-resistance raringas the lowest floor 15. In open or enclosed parking garages a shaft enclo- through which the shaft passes,but not less than the rat- sure is not required to enclose mechanical exhaust or ing required for the shaft enclosure. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 105 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 2. They shall terminate in a room having a use related to the 708.13.2 Materials. A shaft enclosure containing a refuse purpose of the shaft.The room shall be separated from or laundry chute shall be constructed of materials as permit- the remainder of the building by prebarrlersconstructed ted by the building type of construction. in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies 708.13.3 Refuse and laundry chute access rooms.Access constructed in accordance with Section 712,or both.The openings for refuse and laundry chutes shall be located in fire-resistance ratingand opening protectives shall be at rooms or compartments enclosed by not less than 1-hour least equal to the protection required for the shaft enclo- pre barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or sure. horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Sec- 3. They shall be protected by approved pre dampers tion 712, or both.Openings into the access rooms shall be installed in accordance wish their listing at the lowest protected by opening protectives having a pre protection floor level within the shaft enclosure. rating of not less than /,r hour.Doors shall be self- or auto- matic-closing upon the detection of smoke in accordance Exceptions: with Section 715.4.8.3. 1. The fire-resistance-rated room separation is not 708.13.4 Termination room. Refuse and laundry chutes required,provided there are no openings in or pen- shall discharge into an enclosed room separated from the etrations of the shaft enclosure to the interior of the remainder of the building by not less than 1-hour lire barri- building except at the bottom. The bottom of the ers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizon- shaft shall be closed off around the penetrating tat assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712, items with materials permitted by Section 717.3.1 or both. Openings into the termination room shall be pro- for draftstopping, or the room shall he provided tected by opening protect Ives having a pip protection rating with an approved automatic fire suppression sys- of not less than 1/4 hour. Doors shall be self- or auto- tern. matic-closing upon the detection of smoke in accordance 2. A shaft enclosure containing a refuse chute or with Section 715.4.8.3.Refuse chutes shall not terminate in laundry chute shall not be used for any other pur- an incinerator room.Refuse and laundry rooms that are not pose and shall terminate in a room protected in provided with chutes need only complywith Table 508.2.5. accordance with Section 708.13.4. 708.13.5 Incinerator room. Incinerator rooms shall com- 3. The fire-resistance-rated room separation and the ply with Table 508.2.5. protection at the bottom of the shaft are not 708.13.6 Automatic sprinkler system.An approved auto- required provided there are no combustibles in the maticsprinklersystem shall be installed in accordance with shaft and there are no openings or other penetra- Section 903.2.11.2. tions through the shaft enclosure to the interior of 708.14 Elevator,dumbwaiter and other hoistways.Elevator, the building. dumbwaiter and other hoistway enclosures shall be con- 708.12 Enclosure at the tap.A shaft enclosure that does not strutted in accordance with Section 708 and Chapter 30. extend to the underside of the roof sheathing,deck or slab of the 708.14.1 Elevator lobby.An enclosed elevator lobby shall building shall be enclosed at the top with construction of the be provided at each floor where an elevator shaft enclosure same firr-resistance rating as the topmost floor penetrated by connects more than three stories.The lobby enclosure shall the shaft,but not less than the pre-resistance rating required for separate the elevator shaft enclosure doors from each floor the shaft enclosure. by pre partitions.In addition to the requirements in Section 709 for pre partitions,doors protecting openings in the el e- 708.13 Refuse and laundry chutes. Refuse and laundry vator lobby enclosure walls shall also comply with Section chutes, access and termination rooms and incinerator rooms 715.4.3 as required for corridor walls and penetrations of shall meet the requirements of Sections 708.13.1 through the elevator lobby enclosure by ducts and air transfer open- 708.13.6. ings shall be protected as required for corridors in accor- dance with Section 716.5.4.1.Elevator lobbies shall have at Exception: Chutes serving and contained within a single least one means of egress complying with Chapter 10 and dtt ellrng unit. other provisions within this code. 708.13.1 Refuse and laundry chute enclosures. A shaft Exceptions: enclosure containing a refuse or laundry chute shall not be 1. Enclosed elevator lobbies are not required at the used for any other purpose and shall be enclosed in accor- street floor, provided the entire street floor is dance with Section 708.4.Openings into the shaft, includ- equipped with an automatic sprinkler system in ing those from access rooms and termination rooms,shall accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. be protected in accordance with this section and Section 715.Openings into chutes shall not be located in corridors. 2. Elevators not required to be located in a shaft in Doors shall be self-or automatic-closing upon the actuation accordance with Section 708.2 are not required to of a smoke detector in accordance with Section 715.4.8.3, have enclosed elevator lobbies. except that heat-activated closing devices shall be permitted 3. Enclosed elevator lobbies are not required where between the shaft and the termination room. additional doors are provided at the hoistway 106 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES opening in accordance with Section 3002.6. Such 708.14.2.4 Fan system.The fan system provided for the doors shall be tested in accordance with UL 1784 pressurization system shall be as required by this section. without an artificial bottom seal. 708.14.2.4.1 Fire resistance. When Iocated within 4. Enclosed elevator lobbies are not required where the building,the fan system that provides the pressur- the building is protected by an autornaticsprurkler ization shall be protected with the same fire-resis- system installed in accordance with Section lance rating required for the elevatorshaft enclosure. 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2. This exception shall not 708.14.2.4.2 Smoke detection.The fans stein shall apply to the following: be equipped with a smoke detector that will automati- 4.1, Group 1-2 occupancies; cally shut down the fan system when smoke is 4,2. Group 1-3 occupancies;and detected within the system. 4.3. High-rise buildings. 708.14.2.4.3 Separate systems. A separate fan sys- I 5. Smoke partitions shall be permitted in lieu of fire tem shall be used for each elevator hoistway. partitions to separate the elevator lobby at each 708.14.2.4.4 Fan capacity. The supply fan shall floor where the building is equipped throughout either be adjustable with a capacity of at least 1,000 with an automatic sprinkler system installed in cfm(.4719 mils)per door,or that specified by a regis- accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.In tered design professional to meet the requirements of addition to the requirements in Section 711 for a designed pressurization system, smoke partitions,doors protecting openings in the 708.14.2.5 Standby power. The pressurization system smoke partitions shall also comply with Sections shall be provided with standby power from the same 711.5.2, 711.5.3, and 715.4.8 and duct penetra- source as other required emergency systems for the tions of the smoke partitions shall be protected as building, required for corridors in accordance with Section 716.5.1.1. 708.14.2.6 Activation of pressurization system. The 6. Enclosed elevator lobbies are not required where elevator pressurization system shall be activated upon the elevator hoistway is pressurized in accordance activation of the building fire alarm system or upon acti- with Section 708.14.2. vation of the elevator lobby smoke detectors.Where both a building fire alarm system and elevator lobby smoke 7. Enclosed elevator lobbies are not required where detectors are present,each shall be independently capa- the elevator serves only open parking garages in ble of activating the pressurization system. accordance with Section 406.3. 708.142.7 Special inspection. Special inspection for I 708.14.1.1 Areas of refuge.Areas of refuge shall be pro- performance shall be required in accordance with Sec- vided as required in Section 1007. tion 909.18.8.System acceptance shall be in accordance 708.14.2 Enclosed elevator lobby. Where elevator hoist- with Section 909.19. way pressurization is provided in lieu of required enclosed 708.14.2.8 Marking and identification.Detection and elevator lobbies, the pressurization system shall comply control systems shall be marked in accordance with Sec- with this section. tion 909.14. 708.14.2.1 Pressurization requirements. Elevator 708.14.2.9 Control diagrams. Control diagrams shall hoistways shall be pressurized to maintain a minimum be provided in accordance with Section 909.15. positive pressure of 0.10 inches of water (25 Pa) and a maximum positive pressure of 0.25 inches of water(67 708.14.2.10 Control panel. A control panel complying Pa)with respect to adjacent occupied space on all floors. with Section 909.16 shall be provided. This pressure shall be measured at the midpoint of each 708.14.2.11 System response time. Hoistway pressur- hoistway door,with all elevator cars at the floor of recall ization systems shall comply with the requirements for and all hoistway doors on the floor of recall open and all smoke control system response time in Section 909.17. other hoistway doors closed.The opening and closing of hoistway doors at each level must be demonstrated dur- ing this test.The supply air intake shall be from an out- SECTION 709 side, uncontaminated source located a minimum FIRE PARTITIONS distance of 20 feet(6096 mm) from any air exhaust sys- tem or outlet. 709.1 General. The following wall assemblies shall comply with this section. 708.14.2.2 Rational analysis.A rational analysis com- plying with Section 909.4 shall be submitted with the 1. Walls separating duelling units in the same building as construction documents. required by Section 420.2. 708.14.2.3 Ducts for system. any duct system that is 2. Walls separating sleeping units in the same building as part of the pressurization system shall be protected with required by Section 420.2. the same fire-resistance rating as required for the eleva- 3. Walls separating tenant spaces in cov Bred mall buildings for shaft enclosure. as required by Section 402.7.2. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUDDING CODE' 107 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 4. Corridor walls as required by Section 1018.1. exceed four stories above grade plane, provided the 5. Elevator lobby separation as required by Section attic space is subdivided by draftstopping into areas 708.14.1. not exceeding 3,000 square Feet (279 m') or above 709.2 Materials.The walls shat]be of materials permitted by every two dwelling units,whichever is smaller. the building type of construction. 6. Fireblocking or draftstopping is not required at the partition line in buildings equipped with an automatic 709.3 Fire-resistance rating. Fire partitions shall have a sprinkler system installed Throughout in accordance flip-resistance rating of not less than I hour. with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2, provided that Exceptions: automatic sprinklers are installed in combustible 1. Corridor walls permitted to have a'1,hour fire-resis- floor/ceiling and roof/ceiling spaces. tance rating by Table 1018.1. 709.5 Exterior walls.Where exterior walls serve as a part of a 2, Divellvng unit and sleeping unit separations in build- required fire-resistance-rated separation,such walls shall com- ings of Type IIB,IIIB and VB construction shall have ply with the requirements of Section 705 for exterior walls,and fire-resistance ratings of not less than 1, hour in the fire-resistance-rated separation requirements shall not apply buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section Exception: Exterior walls required to be fire-resistance 903.3.1.1. rated in accordance with Section 1019.2 For exterior egress 709.4 Continuity. Eire partitions shall extend from the tap of balconies, Section 1022.6 for exit enclosures and Section 1026.6 Far exterior exit ramps and stairways. the foundation or floor/ceiling assembly below to the under side of the floor or roof sheathing,slab or deck above or to the 709.6 Openings.Openings in a 6repartitionshall be protected fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assembly in accordance with Section 715. above, and shall be securely attached thereto. If the partitions 709.7.Penetrations.Penetrations of lire partitions shall com- are not continuous to the sheathing, deck or slab, and where ply with Section 713. constructed of combustible construction,the space between the 709.8 Joints.Joints made in or between flir partitions shall ceiling and the sheathing, deck or slab above shall be comply with Section 714. fireblocked or draftstopped in accordance with Sections 717.2 and 717.3 at the partition line. The supporting construction 709.9 Ducts and air transfer openings.Penetrations in a flip shall be protected to afford the required fire-resistance rating partition by duels and air transfer openings shall comply with of the wall supported,except for walls separating tenant spaces Section 716. in covered mall buildings, walls separating dwelling units, walls separating sleeping units and corridorwalls in buildings of Type IIB, IIIB and VB construction. SECTION 710 Exceptions: SMOKE BARRIERS 1. The wall need not be extended into the crawl space 710.1 General.Smoke barriersshall comply with this section. below where the floor above the crawl space has a 710.2 Materials.Smoke barriers shall be of materials permit- minimum 1-hour fire-resistance rating. ted by the building type of construction. 2. Where the room-side fire-resistance-rated membrane 710.3 Fire-resistance rating. A 1-hour fire-resistance rating of the corridor is carried through to the underside of is required For smoke barriers. the floor or roof sheathing,deck or slab of a fire-resis- Exception: Smoke barriers constructed of minimum tance-rated floor or roof above,the ceiling of the cor- 0.10-inch-thick(2.5 mm) steel in Group I-3 buildings. ridor•shall be permitted to be protected by the use of ceiling materials as required for a I-hour fire-resis- 710.4 Continuity. Smoke barriers shall form an effective tance-rated floor or roof system. membrane continuous from outside wall to outside wall and from the top of the foundation or floor/ceiling assembly below 3. Where the corridor ceiling is constructed as required to the underside of the floor or roof sheathing, deck or slab for the corridor walls, the walls shall be permitted to above,including continuity through concealed spaces,such as terminate at the upper membrane of such ceiling those found above suspended ceilings, and interstitial struc- assembly. tural and mechanical spaces.The supporting construction shall 4. The fire partitions separating tenant spaces in a cov- be protected to afford the required fire-resistance rating of the ered mall building,complying with Section 402.7.2, wall or floor supported in buildings of other than Type I1B,IIIB are not required to extend beyond the underside of a or VB construction. ceiling that is not part of a fire-resistance-rated assem- Exception:Smoke-barrier walls are not required in intersti- bly. A wall is not required in attic or ceiling spaces tial spaces where such spaces are designed and constructed above tenant separation walls. with ceilings that provide resistance to the passage of fire 5. Fireblocking or draftstopping is not required at the and smoke equivalent to that provided by the smoke-barrier partition line in Group R-2 buildings that do not walls. 108 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 710.5 Openings. Openings in a smoke barrier shall be pro- tore test and the elevated temperature exposure test. tected in accordance with Section 715. Installation of smoke doors shall be in accordance with I Exceptions: NFPA 105. 1. In Group I-2,where doors are installed across corri- 711.5.3 Self-or automatic-closing doors.Where required dors,a pair of opposite-swinging doors without a cen- elsewhere in the code, doors in smoke partitions shall be ter mullion shall be installed having vision panels self or automatic-closing by smoke detection in accordance with fire-protection-rated glazing materials in with Section 715.4.8.3. fire-protection-rated frames, the area of which shall 711.6 Penetrations and joints.The space around penetrating not exceed that tested.The doors shall be close fitting items and in joints shall be filled with an approved material to within operational tolerances, and shall not have limit the free passage of smoke. undercuts in excess of 314-inch,louvers or grilles.The 711.7 Ducts and air transfer openings.The space around a doors shall have head and jamb stops, astragals or duct penetrating a smoke partition shall be filled with an rabbets at meeting edges and shall be automatic-clos- approvedmaterial to limit the free passage of smoke.Air trans- ing by smoke detection in accordance with Section fer openings in smoke partitions shall be provided with a smoke 715.4.8.3. Where permitted by the door manufac- damper complying with Section 716.3.2.2. turer's listing, positive-latching devices are not required. Exception; Where the installation of a smoke damper will 2. In Group I-2, horizontal sliding doors installed in interfere with the operation of a required smoke control sys- accordance with Section 1008.1.4.3 and protected in tem in accordance with Section 909. approved alternative accordance with Section 715. protection shall be utilized. 710.6 Penetrations.Penetrations of smokebarriersshall com- ply with Section 713. SECTION 712 710.7 Joints.Joints made in or between sinoke barriers shall HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLIES comply with Section 714. 712.1 General. Floor and roof assemblies required to have a 710.8 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations in a fire-resistance rating shall comply with this section. smoke barrier by ducts and air transfer openings shall comply Nonfire-resistance-rated floor and roof assemblies shall com- with Section 716. ply with Section 713.4.2. 712.2 Materials. The floor and roof assemblies shall be of I SECTION 711 materials permitted by the building type of construction. SMOKE PARTITIONS 712.3 Fire-resistance rating. The fire-resistance rating of floor and roof assemblies shall not be less than that required by 711.1 General. Smoke partitions installed as required else- the building type of construction. Where the floor assembly where in the code shall comply with this section, separates mixed occupancies, the assembly shall have a 711.2 Materials.The walls shall be of materials permitted by fire-resistance rating of not less than that required by Section the building type of construction. 508.4 based on the occupancies being separated. Where the 711.3 Fire-resistance rating.Unless required elsewhere in the floor assembly separates a single occupancy into different fire code,smoke partitions are not required to have a!ire-iesistance areas, the assembly shall have a Bin-resistance rating of not less than that required by Section 707.3.9. Horizontal assem- rating. blies separating dwelling units in the same building and hori- 711.4 Continuity.Smoke partitions shall extend from the top zontal assemblies separating sleeping units in the same of the foundation or floor below to the underside of the floor or building shall be a minimum of 1-hour fire-resistance-rated roof sheathing, deck or slab above or to the underside of the construction. ceiling above where the ceiling membrane is constructed to Exception: Dwelling unit and sleeping unit separations in limit the transfer of smoke. buildings of Type I113,IIIB and VB construction shall have 711.5 Openings.Windows shall be sealed to resist the free pas- fire-resistance ratings of not less than ',hour in buildings sage of smoke or be automatic-closing upon detection of smoke. equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in Doors in smoke partitions shall comply with this section, accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. 711.5.1 Louvers. Doors in smoke partitions shall not 712.3.1 Ceiling panels.Where the weight of lay-in ceiling include louvers. panels,used as part of fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling or 711.5.2 Smoke and draft control doors. Where required roof/ceiling assemblies,is not adequate to resist an upward elsewhere in the code,doors in smoke partitions shall meet force of 1 pound per square foot (48 Pa), wire or other the requirements for a smoke and draft control door aysem- approved devices shall be installed above the panels to pre- bly tested in accordance with UL 1784.The air leakage rate vent vertical displacement under such upward force. of the door assembly shall not exceed 3.0 cubic feet per min- 712.3.2 Access doors. Access doors shall be permitted in ute per square foot(0.015424 ml/(s•mz))of door opening at ceilings of fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling and rooflceil- 0.10 inch (24.9 Pa) of water for both the ambient tempera- Ing assemblies provided such doors are tested in accordance 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 109 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES with ASTM E 119 or UL 263 as horizontal assemblies and tion 708.14.1. Openings through horizontal assemblies shall labeled by an approved agency for such purpose. be protected by shaft enclosures complying with Section 708. 712.3.3 Unusable space. In 1-hour fire-resistance-rated Horizontal assembliesshall not be allowed to have unprotected floor assemblies,the ceiling membrane is not required to be vertical openings. installed over unusable crawl spaces. In 1-hour fire-resis- lance-rated roof assemblies, the floor membrane is not required to be installed where unusable attic space occurs SECTION 713 I above. PENETRATIONS 712.4 Continuity. Assemblies shall be continuous without 713.1 Scope.The provisions of this section shall govern the openings.penetrations or joints except as permitted by this sec- materials and methods of construction used to protect through tion and Sections 708.2,713.4,714 and 1022.1. Skylights and penetrations and membrane penetrations of horizontal assem- other penetrations through a fire-resistance-rated roof deck or blies and fire-resistance-rated wall assemblies. slab are permitted to be unprotected, provided that the strut tural integrity of the fire-resistance-rated roof assembly is 713.1.1 Ducts and air transfer openings.Penetrations of maintained. Unprotected skylights shat] not be permitted in fire-resistance-rated walls by ducts that are not protected with dampers shall comply roof assemblies required to be fire-resistance rated in actor- ply with Sections 713.2 through dance with Section 704.10.The supporting construction shall 713.3.3. Penetrations of horizor,ta! assemblies not pro- be protected to afford the required fire-resistance Hating of the tected with a shaft as permitted by Exception 4 of Section horizontal prprotected assembly supported. 708.2,and not required to be protected with fire dampers by other sections of this code,shall comply with Sections 713.4 Exception: In buildings of Type fIB,11113 or VB construe- through 713.4.2.2. Ducts and air transfer openings that are tion,the construction supporting the horizontal assembly is protected with dampers shall comply with Section 716. not required to be fire-resistance-rated at the following: 713.2 Installation details.Where sleeves are used,they shall 1. Horizontal assemblies at the separations of incidental be securely fastened to the assembly penetrated. The space uses as specified by Table 508.2.5, provided the between the item contained in the sleeve and the sleeve itself required lire-resistance rating does not exceed 1 and any space between the sleeve and the assembly penetrated hour. shall be protected in accordance with this section. Insulation 2. Horizontal assemblies at the separations of dwelling and coverings on or in the penetrating item shall not penetrate unitsand sleeping unitsas required by Section 420.3. the assembly unless the specfFic material used has been tested 3. Horizontal assemblies at smoke barriers constructed as part of the assembly in accordance with this section, in accordance with Section 710. 713.3 Fire-resistance-rated walls. Penetrations into or 712.5 Penetrations. Penetrations of horizontal assemblies through fire walls, pre barriers, smoke barrier walls and lire shall comply with Section 713. partitions shall comply with Sections 713.3.1 through 713.3.3. Penetrations in smoke barrier walls shall also comply with 712.6 Joints.Joints made in or between horizontal assemblies Section 713.5. shall comply with Section 714.The void created at the intersec- tion of a floor/ceiling assembly and an exterior curtain wall 713.3.1 Through penetrations. Through penetrations of assembly shall be protected in accordance with Section 714.4. fire-resistance-rated walls shall comply with Section 712.7 Ducts and air transfer openings.Penetrations in hori 713.3.1.1 or 713.3.I.2. zontal assemblies by ducts and air transfer openings shall com- Exception: Where the penetrating items are steel, fer- ply with Section 716. rous or copper pipes, tubes or conduits, the annular 712.8 Floor fire door assemblies.Floor fire door assemblies space between the penetrating item and the fire-resis- used to protect openings in fire-resistance-rated floors shall be tance-rated wall is permitted to be protected as follows: tested in accordance with NFPA 288, and shall achieve a 1. In concrete or masonry walls where the penetrat- fire-resistance rating not less than the assembly being pene- ing item is a maximum 6-inch (152 mm) nominal trated. Floor fire door assemblies shall be labeled by an diameter and the area of the opening through the approved agen y.The label shall be permanently affixed and wall does not exceed 144 square inches (0.0929 shall specify the manufacturer, the test standard and the m2),concrete,grout or mortar is permitted where it fire-resistance rating. is installed the full thickness of the wall or the 712.9 Smoke barrier. Where horizontal assemblies are thickness required to maintain the fire-resistance required to resist the movement of smoke by other sections of rating,or this code in accordance with the definition of smoke barrier, 2. The material used to fill the annular space shall penetrations and joints in such horizontal assemblies shall be prevent the passage of flame and hot gases suffi- protected as required for smoke barriers in accordance with cient to ignite cotton waste when subjected to Sections 713.5 and 714.6.Regardless of the number of stories ASTM E 119 or UL 263 time-temperature fire connected by elevator shaft enclosures,doors located in eleva- conditions under a minimum positive pressure dif- tor shaft enclosures that penetrate the horizontal assemblyshalI ferential of 0.01 inch(2.49 Pa)of water at the loca- be protected by enclosed elevator lobbies complying with Sec- tion of the penetration for the time period 110 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES equivalent to the fire-resistance rating of the con- 2.3. By protecting both boxes with listed putty struction penetrated, pads;or 713.3.1.1 Fire-resistance-rated assemblies. Penetra- 2.4. By other listedmaterials and methods. tions shall be installed as tested in an approved lire-resis- 3. Membrane penetrations by electrical boxes of any tance-rated assembly. size or type, which have been listed as part of a 713.3.1.2 Through-penetration firestop system. wall opening protective material system for use in Through penetrations shall be protected by an approved fire-resistance-rated assemblies and are installed penetration firestop system installed as tested in accor- in accordance with the instructions included in the dance with ASTM E 8I4 or UL 1479.with a minimum listing. positive pressure differential of 0.01 inch (2.49 Pa) of 4. Membrane penetrations by boxes other than elec- water and shall have an F rating of not less than the trical boxes, provided such penetrating items and required fire-resistance rating of the wall penetrated. the annularspace between the wall membrane and 713.3.2 Membrane penetrations.Membrane penetrations the box, are protected by an approved membrane shall comply with Section 713.3.1. Where walls or parti- penetration firestop system installed as tested in tions are required to have a fire-resistance rating,recessed accordance with ASTM E 814 or UL 1479,with a fixtures shall be installed such that the required lire-resis- minimum positive pressure differential of 0.01 lance will not be reduced. inch(2.49 Pa) of water,and shall have an F and T rating of not less than the required fire-resistance Exceptions: rating of the wall penetrated and be installed in 1. Membrane penetrations of maximum 2-hour accordance with their listing. fire-resistance-rated walls and partitions by steel 5. The annular space crealed by the penetration Oran electrical boxes that do not exceed 16 square automatic sprinkler, provided it is covered by a inches(0.0103 m2)in area,provided the aggregate metal escutcheon plate. area of the openings through the membrane does not exceed 100 square inches (0.0645 ml) in any 713.3.3 Dissimilar materials.Noncombustible penetrating 100 square feet(9.29 mz)of wall area.The annular items shall not connect to combustible items beyond the space between the wall membrane and the box point of Firestopping unless it can be demonstrated that the shall not exceed V inch (3.1 mm).Such boxes on fire-resistance integrity of the wall is maintained. opposite sides ofthe wall or partition shall be sepa- 713.4 Horizontal assemblies. Penetrations of a floor, rated by one of the following: floor/ceiling assembly or the ceiling membrane of a roof/ceil- 1.1. By a horizontal distance of not less than 24 ing assembly not required to be enclosed in a shaft by Section inches (610 mm) where the wall or parti- 708.2 shall be protected in accordance with Sections 713.4.1 tion is constructed with individual through 713.4.2.2, noncom municating stud cavities; 713.4.1 Fire-resistance-rated assemblies.Penetrations of 1.2. By a horizontal distance of not less than the the fire-resistance-rated floor, floor/ceiling assembly or the depth of thewall cavity where the wall cav- ceiling membrane of a roof/ceiling assembly shall comply ity is filled with cellulose loose-fill, with Sections 713.4.1.1 through 713.4.1.4. Penetrations in rockwool or slag mineral wool insulation; horizontal smoke barriers shall also comply with 713.5. 1.3. By solid fireblocking in accordance with 713.4.1.1 Through penetrations.Through penetrations Section 717.2.1; of fire-resistance-rated horizontal assemblies shall com- 1.4. By protecting both outlet boxes with listed ply with Section 713.4.1.1.1 or 713.4.1.1,2. putty pads; or Exceptions: 1.5. By other listed materials and methods. 1. Penetrations by steel, ferrous or copper con- 2. Membrane penetrations by listed electrical boxes duits, pipes, tubes or vents or concrete or of any material, provided such boxes have been masonry items through a single fire-resistance- tested for use in fire-resistance-rated assemblies rated floor assembly where the annular-space is and are installed in accordance with the instruc- protected with materials that prevent the pas- tions included in the listing. The annular space sage of flame and hot gases sufficient to ignite between the wall membrane and the box shall not cotton waste when subjected to ASTM E 119 or exceed 1I8 inch (3.1 mm) unless listed otherwise. UL 263 time-temperature fire conditions under Such boxes on opposite sides of the wall or parti- a minimum positive pressure differential of tion shall be separated by one of the following: 0.01 inch (2.49 Pa) of water at the location of the penetration for the time period equivalent to 2.1. By the horizontal distance specified in the the fire-resistance rating of the construction listing of the electrical boxes; penetrated.Penetrating items with a maximum 2.2. By solid fireblocking in accordance with 6-inch(152 mm)nominal diameter shall not be Section 717.2.1; limited to the penetration of a single fire-resis- 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 111 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES lance-rated floor assembly,provided the aggro- boxes that do not exceed 16 square inches (10 gate area of the openings through the assembly 323 mm') in area,provided the aggregate area does not exceed 144 square inches (92 900 of such penetrations does not exceed 100 mmr) in any 100 square feet (9.3 nil) of floor square inches (44 500 mm2) in any 100 square area. feet (9.29 ml) of ceiling area, and the annular 2. Penetrations in a single concrete floor by steel, space between the ceiling membrane and the ferrous or copper conduits,pipes,tubes or vents box does not exceed 1,inch(3.2 mm). with a maximum 6-inch (152 mm) nominal 3. Membrane penetrations by electrical boxes of diameter, provided the concrete,grout or mor- any size or type,which have been listed as part tar is installed the full thickness of the floor or of an opening protective material system for the thickness required to maintain the use in horizontal assemblies and are installed in pre-resistance rating. The penetrating items accordance with the instructions included in the shall not be limited to the penetration of a single listing. concrete floor,provided the area of the opening 4. Membrane penetrations by listed electrical through each floor does not exceed 144 square boxes of any material, provided such boxes inches (92 900 mm2). have been tested for use in fire-resistance-rated 3. Penetrations by listed electrical boxes of any assemblies and are installed in accordance with material,provided such boxes have been tested the instructions included in the listing. The for use in fire-resistance-rated assemblies and annular space between the ceiling membrane installed in accordance with the instructions and the box shall not exceed 1l8 inch (3.2 mm) included in the listing. unless listed otherwise. 713.4.1.1.1 Installation. Through penetrations shall 5. The annular space created by the penetration of be installed as tested in the approved lire-resis- a fire sprinkler, provided it is covered by a tance-rated assembly. metal eschutcheon plate. 713.4.1.1.2 Through-penetration firestop system. 713.4.1.3 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetra- Tbrough penetrations shall be protected by an tions of horizontal assemblies by ducts and air transfer approved through-penetration firestop systen! openings shall comply with Section 716. installed and tested in accordance with ASTM E 814 713.4.1.4 Dissimilar materials.Noncombustible pene- or UL 1479,with a minimum positive pressure differ- tracing items shall not connect to combustible materials ential of 0.01 inch of water(2.49 Pa).The system shall beyond the point of firestopping unless it can be demon- have an F rating/T rating of not less than 1 hour but not strated that the fire-resistance integrity of the horizontal less than the required rating of the floor penetrated, assembly is maintained. I Exception: Floor penetrations contained and 713.4.2 Nonfire-resistance-rated assemblies. Penetra- located within the cavity of a wall above the floor tions of nonrire-resistance-rated floor or floor/ceiling or below the floor do not require a T rating. assemblies or the ceiling membrane of a nonFire-resistance- 713.4.1.2 Membrane penetrations. Penetrations of rated roof/ceiling assembly shall meet the requirements of membranes that are part of a horizontal assembly shall Section 708 or shall comply with Section 713.4.2.1 or comply with Section 713.4,1.1.1 or 713.4.1.1.2. Where 713.4.2.2. floor/ceiling assemblies are required to have a pro-r-esis- 713.41.1 Noncombustible penetrating items. lance rating,recessed fixtures shall be installed such that Noncombustible penetrating items that connect not more the required fire resistance will not be reduced, than three stories are permitted,provided that the annu- Exceptions: larspace is filled to resist the free passage of flame and the products of combustion with an approved 1. Membrane penetrations by steel, ferrous or noncombustible material or with a rill, void or cavity copper conduits, pipes, tubes or vents, or con- material that is tested and classified for use in crete or masonry items where the annularspace through-penetration firestop systems. is protected either in accordance with Section 713.4.1.1 or to prevent the free passage of 713.4.2.2 Penetrating items.Penetrating items that con- flame and the products of combustion. The nect not more than two stories are permitted, provided aggregate area of the openings through the that the annularspaceis filled with an approvedmaterial membrane shall not exceed 100 square inches to resist the free passage of flame and the products of (64 500 mm2)in any 100 square feet(9.3 mz)of combustion. ceiling area in assemblies tested without pene- 713.5 Penetrations in smoke barriers.Penetrations in smoke trations. barrlers shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of I 2. Ceiling membrane penetrations of maximum UL 1479 for air leakage.The air leakage rate of the penetration 2-hour horizontal assemblies by steel electrical assemblies measured at 0.30 inch(7.47 Pa)of water in both the 112 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES ambient temperature and elevated temperature tests,shall not furnace,subject to acceptance of the building official,the wall exceed: need not be subjected to tests from the opposite side. 1. 5.0 cfm per square foot(0.025m3/s.ml) of penetration Exception:For exterior ivallswith a horizontal limsepara- opening for each through-penetratiorrrrestopsystern;or tion distance grea ter than 5 feet(1524 mm),the joint system 2. A total cumulative leakage of 50 cfm(0.024611s)for any shall be required to be tested for interior fire exposure only. 100 square feet (9.3 mz) of wall area,or floor area. 714.4 Exterior curtain walltfloor intersection. Where fire resistance-rated floor or floor/ceiling assemblies are required, voids created at the intersection of the exterior curtain wall I SECTION 714 assemblies and such floor assemblies shall be sealed with an FIRE-RESISTANT JOINT SYSTEMS approved system to prevent the interior spread of fire. Such 714.1 General. Joints installed in or between fire-resis- systems shall be securely installed and tested in accordance tance-rated walls,floor or floor/ceiling assemblies and roofs or with ASTM E 2307 to prevent the passage of flame for the time roof/ceiling assemblies shall be protected by an approved period at least equal to the lire-resistance rating of the floor fire-resistant joint system designed to resist the passage of fire assembly and prevent the passage of heat and hot gases suffi- For atime period not less than the required lire resistance rat cient to ignite cotton waste.Height and fire-resistance require- ing of the wall,floor or roof in or between which it is installed. menu For curtain wall spandrels shall comply with Section Fire-resistant joint systems shall be tested in accordance with 705.8.5. Section 714.3. The void created at the intersection of a 714.4.1 Exterior curtain walllnonfre-resistance-rated floor/ceiling assembly and an exterior curtain wall assembly floor assembly intersections.Voids created at the intersec- shall be protected in accordance with Section 714.4. tion of exterior curtain wall assemblies and nonfire-resis- Exception:Flie-resistantjointsystemsshall not be required Lance-rated floor or floor/ceiling assemblies shall be sealed with an approved material or system to retard the interior For joints in all of the Following locations: spread of fire and hot gases between stories. 1. Floors within a single dwelling unit. 714.5 Spandrel wall.Height and fire-resistance requirements 2. Floors where the joint is protected by a shaft enclo- for curtain wall spandrels shall comply with Section 705.8.5. sure in accordance with Section 708. Where Section 705.8.5 does not require a fire-resistance-rated 3. Floors within atriums where the space adjacent to the spandrel wall, the requirements of Section 714.4 shall still atrium is included in the volume of the atrium for apply to the intersection between the spandrel wall and the smoke control purposes. floor. 4. Floors within malls. 714.6 Fire-resistant joint systems in smoke barriers. Fire-resistant joint systems in smoke barriers,and joints at the 5. Floors and ramps within open and enclosed parking intersection of a horizontal smoke barrier and an exterior cur- garages or structures constructed in accordance with tain wall,shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of Sections 406.3 and 406.4,respectively. UL 2079 for air leakage.The air leakage rate of the joint shall 6. Mezzanine floors. not exceed 5 cfm per lineal foot (0.00775 mYs •m) of joint at 7. Walls that are permitted to have unprotected open- 0.30 inch (7.47 Pa) of water for both the ambient temperature ings. and elevated temperature tests. 8. Roofs where openings are permitted. 9. Control joints not exceeding a maximum width of SECTION 715 0.625 inch (15.9 mm) and tested in accordance with OPENING PROTECTIVES ASTM E 119 or UL 263. 715.1 General.Opening protectives required by other sections 714.2 Installation. Fire-resistant joint systems shall be of this code shall comply with the provisions of this section. securely installed in or on the joint for its entire length so as not 715.2 Fire-resistance-rated glazing. Fire-resistance-rated to dislodge,loosen or otherwise impair its ability to accommo- glazing tested as part of a fire-resistance-rated wall assembly in date expected building movements and to resist the passage of accordance with ASTM E 119 or UL 263 and labeled in accor- fire and hot gases. dance with Section 703.5 shall be permitted in fire doors and 714.3 Fire test criteria. Fire-resistant joint systems shall be fire window assemblies in accordance with their listings and tested in accordance with the requirements of either ASTM E shall not otherwise be required to comply with this section. 1966 or UL 2079.Nonsymmetrical wall joint systems shall be 715.3 Alternative methods for determining fire protection tested with both faces exposed to the furnace,and the assigned ratings. The application of any of the alternative methods fire-resistance rating shall be the shortest duration obtained listed in this section shall be based on the fire exposure and from the two tests.When evidence is furnished to show that the acceptance criteria specified in NFPA 252,NFPA 257 or UL 9. wall was tested with the least fire-resistant side exposed to the The required fire resistance of an opening protective shall be 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 113 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES permitted to be established by any of the following methods or level in the furnace shall be established at 40 inches (1016 procedures: mm) or less above the sill. 1. Designs documented in approved sources. 715.4.2 Other types of assemblies. Fire door assemblies 2. Calculations performed in an approved manner. with other types of doors,including swinging elevator doors and fire shutter assemblies, shall be tested in accordance 3. Engineering analysis based on a comparison of opening with NFPA 252 or UL 1013.The pressure in the furnace shall protective designs having fire protection ratings as be maintained as nearly equal to the atmospheric pressure as determined by the test procedures set forth in NFPA 252, possible.Once established,the pressure shall be maintained NFPA 257 or UL 9. during the entire test period. 4. Alternative protection methods as allowed by Section 715.4.3 Door assemblies in corridors and smoke barri- 104.11. ers. Fire door assemblies required to have a minimum fire 715.4 Fire door and shutter assemblies.Approved rrn door protection rating of 20 minutes where located in corridor and fire shutter assemblies shall be constructed of any material walls or smoke barrierwalls having a fire-resistance rating or assembly of component materials that conforms to the test in accordance with Table 715.4 shall be tested in accordance requirements of Section 715.4.1,715.4.2 or 715.4.3 and the fire with NFPA 252 or UL l OC without the hose stream test. protection rating indicated in Table 715.4. Fire door frames Exceptions: with transom lights, sidelights or both shall be permitted in accordance with Section 715.4.5. Fire door assemblies and 1. Viewports that require a hole not larger than 1 inch shutters shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of (25 mm)in diameter through the door,have at least this section and NFPA 80. a 0.25-inch-thick (6.4 mm) glass disc and the holder is of metal that will not melt out where sub- Exceptions: ject to temperatures of 1,7007 (927°C). 1. Labeled protective assemblies that conform, to the 2. Corridor•door assemblies in occupancies of Group requirements of this section or UL 10A,UL 14B and I-2 shall be in accordance with Section 407.3.1. UL. 14C for tin-clad fire door assemblies. 2. Floor fife door assemblies in accordance with Section 3. Unprotected openings shall be permitted for corri- dorsin mullitheater complexes where each motion 712.8• picture auditorium has at least one-half of its 715.4.1 Side-hinged or pivoted swinging doors.Fire door required exit or exit access doorways opening assemblies with side-hinged and pivoted swinging doors directly to the exterior or into an exit passageway. shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 252 or UL 10C. 4. Horizontal sliding doors in smoke barriers that After 5 minutes into the NFPA 252 test,the neutral pressure comply with Sections 408.3 and 408.8.4 in occu- pancies in Group 1-3. TABLE 715.4 FIRE DOOR AND FIRE SHUTTER FIRE PROTECTION RATINGS REQUIRED ASSEMBLY RATING MINIMUM FIRE DOOR AND FIRE TYPE OF ASSEMBLY (hours) SHUTTER ASSEMBLY RATING(hours) 4 3 Fire walls and fire barriers having a required fire-resistance 3 3d rating greater than 1 hour 2 1'1z 1 llz 1 t/z Fire barriers having a required tire-resistance rating of 1 hour: Shaft,exit enclosure and exit passageway walls 1 1 Otber fire barriers 1 314 Fire partitions: Corridor walls 1 113 b a.5 113 b Other lire partitions 1 314 0.5 113 3 1111 Exterior walls 2 1112 1 3f4 Smoke barriers 1 113 b a. Two doom cacti wilh afire Protection rating(if I'/z hours.installed on opposite sides ofilie same openIng in a fire wall,sliall be deemed equWalent in fire protection rating to one 3-hour fire door. b. For testing requirements.see Section 715.4.3. 114 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 715.4.3.1 Smoke and draft control. Fire door assem- required for fire doors in exit enclosures and exit blies shall also meet the requirements for a smoke and passageways by Section 715.4.4, the maximum trans- draft control door assembly tested in accordance with milted temperature end point. Smoke and draft control UL 1784.The air leakage rate of the door assembly shall doors complying with UL 1784 shall be labeled as such not exceed 3.0 cubic feet per minute per square fool and shall also comply with Section 715.4.6.3. Labels (0.01524 m3/s - nil) of door opening at 0.10 inch (24.9 shall be approved and permanently affixed. The label Pa) of water for both the ambient temperature and ele- shall be applied at the factory or location where fabrica- vated temperature tests. Louvers shall be prohibited. tion and assembly are performed. Installation of smoke doors shall be in accordance with 715.4.6.2 Oversized doors. Oversized fire doors shall NFPA 105. bear an oversized fire door-label by an approved agency 715.4.3.2 Glazing in door assemblies. In a 20-minute or shall be provided with a certificate of inspection fur- fire doorassembly,the glazing material in the door itself nished by an approved testing agency.When a certificate shall have a minimum fire-protect ion-rated glazing of 20 of inspection is furnished by an approved testing agency, minutes and shall be exempt from the hose stream test. the certificate shall state that the door conforms to the Glazing material in any other part of the door assembly, requirements of design, materials and construction, but including transom lights and sidelights.shall be tested in has not been subjected to the fire test. accordance with NFPA 257 or UL 9.including the hose 715.4.6.3 Smoke and draft control door labeling stream test,in accordance with Section 715.5. requirements. Smoke and draft control doors comply- 715.4.4 Doors in exit enclosures and exit passageways. ing with UL 1784 shall be labeled in accordance with Fire door assemblies in exit enclosures and exit passage- Section 715.4.6.1 and shall show the letter"S"on the fire ways shall have a maximum transmitted temperature end rating label of the door.This marking shall indicate that point of not more than 450°F (250°C) above ambient at the the door and frame assembly are in compliance when end of 30 minutes of standard fire test exposure. listed or labeled gasketing is also installed. Exception:The maximum transmitted temperature rise 715.4.6.4 Fire door frame labeling requirements.Fire is not required in buildings equipped throughout with an door frames shall be labeled showing the names of the autarnatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with manufacturer and the third-party inspection agency. Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2. 715.4.7 GIazing material. Fire-protection-rated glazing 715.4.4.1 Glazing in doors.Fire-protection-rated glaz- conforming to the opening protection requirements in See- ing in excess of 100 square inches (0.065 in') shall be tion 715.4 shall be permitted in fire door assemblies. permitted in fire doorassemblies when tested as compy- 715.4.7.1 Size limitations.Fire-protection-rated glazing nents of the door assemblies and not as glass lights,and shall have a maximum transmitted temperature rise of used in Imp doors shall comply with the size limitations 450°F (250°C) in accordance with Section 715.4.4, of NFPA 80. Exception: The maximum transmitted temperature Exceptions: rise is not required in buildings equipped throughout 1. Fire-protection-rated glazing in fire doors with an automatic sprirnklersystern installed in accor- located in fire walls shall be prohibited except dance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2, where serving in a fire door-in a horizontal exit, 715.4.5 Fire door frames with transom lights and side- a self-closing swinging door shall be permitted lights.Door frames with transom lights.sidelights,or both, to have a vision panel of not more than 100 shall be permitted where a 314-hour fire protection rating or square inches (0.065 m2) without a dimension less is required in accordance with Table 715.4.Where a fire exceeding 10 inches(254 mm). protection rating exceeding 314-hour is required in accor- 2. Fire-protection-rated glazing shall not be dance with Table 715.4, fire door frames with transom installed in fire doors having a V1,-hour fire lights,sidelights,or both,shall be permitted where installed protection rating intended for installation in with fire-resistance-rated glazing tested as an assembly in firebarriers,unless the glazing is not more than accordance with ASTM E 119 or UL 263. 100 square inches (0.065 mg in area. 715.4.6 Labeled protective assemblies. Fire door assem- 715.4.7.2 Exit and elevator protectives. Approved blies shall be labeled by an approved agency. The labels fire-protection-rated glazing used in firedoorassemblies shall comply with NFPA 80, and shall be permanently in elevator and exit enclosures shall be so located as to affixed to the door or frame. furnish clear vision of the passageway or approach to the 715.4.6.1 Fire door labeling requirements.Fire doors elevator,ramp or stafrivay. shall be labeled showing the name of the manufacturer or 715.4.7.3 Labeling. Fire-protection-rated glazing shall other identification readily traceable back to the manu- bear a label or other identification showing the name of facturer,the name or trademark of the third-party inspec- the manufacturer, the test standard and information tion agency, the fire protection rating and. where required in Section 715.5.9.1 that shall be issued by an 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 115 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES appmvedagenr},and shall be permanently affixed to the 3. Doors that protect openings in walls that are glazing. capable of resisting the passage of smoke in 715.4.7.3.1 identification. For fire protection-rated accordance with Section 508.2.5.2. glazing, the label shall bear the following four-part 4. Doors installed in smoke barriers in accordance identification: "D-H or NH-T or NT-XXX." "D" with Section 710.5. indicates that the glazing shall be used in fire door 5. Doors installed in lire partitions in accordance assemblies and that the glazing meets the fire protec- with Section 709.6. tion requirements of NFPA 252. "H" shall indicate 6, Doors installed in a fire wall in accordance with that the glazing meets the hose stream requirements of Section 706.8. NFPA 252. "NH"shall indicate that the glazing does not meet the hose stream requirements of the test."T" 7. Doors installed in shaft enclosures in accordance shall indicate that the glazing meets the temperature with Section 708.7. requirements of Section 715.4.4.1. "NT" shall indi- 8. Doors installed in refuse and laundry chutes and cate that the glazing does not meet the temperature access and termination rooms in accordance with requirements of Section 715.4.4.1. The placeholder Section 708.13. "XXX" shall specify the fire-protection-rating period,in minutes. 9. Doors installed in the walls for comparlmentation of underground buildings in 715.4.7.4 Safety glazing. Fire-protection-rated glazing accordance with Section 405.4.2. installed in fire doorsin areas subject to human impact in 10. Doors installed in the elevator lobby walls of hazardous locations shall comply with Chapter 24. underground buildings in accordance with Sec- 715.4.8 Door closing. Fire doors shall be self- or auto- tion 405.4.3. rnatic-closing in accordance with this section. 11. Doors installed in smoke partitions in accordance Exceptions: with Section 711.5.3. 1. Fire doors located in common walls separating 715.4.8.4 Doors in pedestrian ways.Vertical sliding or sleeping units in Group R-1 shall be permitted vertical rolling steel fire doors in openings through without automatic-or self-closing devices. which pedestrians travel shall be heat activated or acti- vated by smoke detectors with alarm verification. 2. The elevator car doors and the associated hoistway 715.4.9 Swinging fire shutters.Where fire shutters of the enclosure doors at the floor level designated for swinging type are installed in exterior openings, not less recall in accordance with Section 3003.2 shall be permitted to remain open during Phase 1 emer- than one row in every three vertical rows shall be arranged to pe germs recall operation. be readily opened from the outside, and shall be identified by distinguishing marks or letters not less than 6 inches(152 715.4.8.1 Latch required.Unless otherwise specifically mm) high. permitted, single fire doors and both leaves of pairs of 715.4.10 Rolling fire shutters. Where fire shutters of the side-hinged swinging fire doors shall be provided with rolling type are installed, such shutters shall include an active latch bolt that will secure the door when it is approved automatic-closing devices. closed. 715.5 Fire-protection-rated glazing.Glazing in fire tvindow 715.4.8.2 Automatic-closing fire door assemblies. assemblies shall be fire-protection rated in accordance with Automatic-closing fire door assemblies shall be this section and Table 715.5. Glazing in lire door assemblies self-closing in accordance with NFPA 80. shall comply with Section 715.4.7.Fire-protection-rated glaz- 715.4.8.3 Smoke-activated doors. Autoratic-closing ing shall be tested in accordance with and shall meet the accep- doors installed in the following locations shall be auto- tance criteria of NFPA 257 or UL 9. Fire-protection-rated matic-closing by the actuation of smoke detectors glazing shall also comply with NFPA 80. Openings in installed in accordance with Section 907.3 or by loss of nonfire-resistance-rated exterior tvall assemblies that require power to the smoke detector or hold-open device.Doors protection in accordance with Section 705.3,705.8,705.8.5 or that are automatic-closing by smoke detection shall not 705.8.6 shall have a fire-protection rating of not less than j1A have more than a 10-second delay before the door starts hour. to close after the smoke detector is actuated: Exceptions: 1. Doors installed across a corridor. 1. Wired glass in accordance with Section 715.5.4. 2. Doors that protect openings in exits or corridors 2. Fire protection-rated glazing in 0.5-hour fire-resis- required to be of fire-resistance-rated construc- tance-rated partitions is permitted to have an lion. 0.33-hour fire-protection rating. 116 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 715.5 TABLE 715.5.4 FIRE WINDOW ASSEMBLY FIRE PROTECTION RATINGS LIMITING SIZES OF WIRED GLASS PANELS MINIMUM FIRE OPENING FIRE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM MAXIMUM REQUIRED WINDOW PROTECTION AREA HEIGHT WIDTH ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY RATING _ (square inches) (inches) I (inches) TYPE OF ASSEMBLY RATING(hours) RATING(hours] 3 borer$ 4 0 {) Fire walls - All _ _ NPd 1112-hour doors in 0 0 0 >1 NP' exterior walls Fire barriers — - 1 314 1 and 1112 hours 100 33 10 Interior walls - Smoke barriers 1 314 hour _ 1.296 _ 54 54 1 314 120 minutes Not Limited Not Limited Not Limited Fire partitions t — _!z 1/3 _ Fire window 1,296 54 54 t assemblies _ Exterior walls >11 4Z For 5I: pinch® ,. mm.I square inch 695.2 mm?. Party wall All _4 NP 715.5.7 Window mullions. Metal mullions that exceed a NP�Not permitted. nominal height of 12 feet(3658 mm)shall be protected with a. Not permitted except as specified in Section 715.2, materials to afford the same fire-resistance rating as 715.5.1 Testing under positive pressure.NFPA 257 or UL required for the wall construction in which the protective is 9 shall evaluate fire-protection-rated glazing under positive located. pressure.Within the first 10 minutes of a test,the pressure in 715.5.8 Interior fire window assemblies. Fire-protec- the furnace shall be adjusted so at least two-thirds of the test tion-rated glazing used in Fire window assemblies located in specimen is above the neutral pressure plane,and the neutral fire partitions and fire barriers shall be limited to use in pressure plane shall be maintained at that height for the bal- assemblies with a maximum fire-resistance rating of I hour ance of the test. in accordance with this section. 715.5.2 Nonsymmetrical glazing systems.Nonsymmetri- 715.5.8.1 Where 314-hour fire protection window cal fire-protection-rated glazing systems in fife partitions, assemblies permitted. Fire-protection-rated glazing fire barriers or in exterior walls with a fire separation dis- requiring 45-minute opening protection in accordance ranee of 5 feet (1524 mm) or less pursuant to Section 705 with Table 715.5 shall be limited to fire partitions shall be tested with both faces exposed to the furnace, and designed in accordance with Section 709 and fire barri- the assigned ffrepfotection ratingshall be the shortest dura- ers utilized in the applications set forth in Sections lion obtained from the two tests conducted in compliance 707.3.6 and 707.3.8 where the file-resistance rating does with NFPA 257 or UL 9. not exceed 1 hour. 715.5.3 Safety glazing. Fire-protection-rated glazing 715.5.8.2 Area limitations. The total area of windows installed in fife window assemblies in areas subj ecl to shall not exceed 25 percent Of the area of a common wall human impact in hazardous locations shall comply with with any room. Chapter 24. 715.5.9 Labeling requirements. Fire-protection-rated 715.5.4 Wired glass. Steel window Frame assemblies of glazing shall bear a label or other identification showing the 0.125-inch (3.2 mm) minimum solid section or of not less name of the manufacturer,the test standard and information than nominal 0.048-inch-thick(1.2 mm)formed sheet steel required in Section 715.5.9.1 that shall be issued by an members fabricated by pressing, mitering, riveting, inter- approved agency and shall be permanently affixed to the locking or welding and having provision for glazing with glazing. '14-inch(6.4 mm)wired glass where securely installed in the 715.5.9.1 Identification.For fire-protection-rated glaz- building construction and glazed with 114-inch (6.4 mm) ing,the labelshall bear the following two-part identifica- labeled wired glass shall be deemed to meet the require- lion: "OH — XXX." "OH" indicates that the glazing ments for a 3/a-hour fur tvindowassembly.Wired glass pan- meets both the fire protection and the hose-stream els shall conform to the size limitations set forth in Table requirements of NFPA 257 or UL 9 and is permitted to be 715.5.4. used in openings. "XXX" represents the fire-protection 715.5.5 Nonwired glass.Glazing other than wired glass in rating period,in minutes,that was tested. fire window assemblies shall be fire-protection-rated glaz- ing installed in accordance with and complying with the size SECTION 716 limitations set forth in NFPA 80. DUCTS AND AIR TRANSFER OPENINGS 715.5.6 Installation.Fire-protection-rated glazing shall be 716.1 General.The provisions of this section shall govern the in the fixed position or be automatic-closing and shall be protection of duct penetrations and air transfer openings in installed in approved frames. assemblies required to be protected. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 117 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 716.1.1 Ducts that penetrate fire-resistance-rated TABLE 716.3.2,1 assemblies without dampers. Ducts that penetrate FIRE DAMPER RATING fire-resistance-rated assemblies and are not required by this TYPE of MINIMUM DAMPER RATING section to have danrpersshall comply with the requirements PENETRATION _ (hours) of Sections 713.2 through 713.3.3.Ducts that penetrate hor_ Less than 3-hour fire-resistance-rated 1.5 Izontal assemblies not required to be contained within a assemblies shaft and not required by this section to have dampers shall 3-hour or greater fire-resistance-rated 3 comply with the requirements of Sections 713.4 through assemblies J 713.4.2.2. 716.1.1.1 Ducts that penetrate nonfire-resis- 716.3.2.3 Combination fire/smoke damper ratings. dance-rated assemblies.The space around a duct pene- Corrrbination firelsmoke dampers shall have the mini- trating a nonfire-resistance-rated floor assembly shall mum Are protection rating specified for fire dampers in comply with Section 716.6.3. Table 716.3.2.1 for the type of penetration and shall also have a minimum Class 11 leakage rating and a minimum 716.2 installation. Fitz'dampers, smoke dampers, combirra- elevated temperature rating of 250'F (121'Q. tion finelsmoke dampers and ceilingradlation dampers located within air distribution and smoke control systems shall be 716.3.3 Damper actuation, Damper actuation shall be in installed in accordance with the requirements of this section, accordance with Sections 716.3.3,1 through 716.3.3.4 as the manufacturer's installation instructions and the dampers' applicable. listing. 716.3.3.1 Fire damper actuation device. The fire 716.2.1 Smoke control system.Where the installation of a damper•actuation device shall meet one of the following fire damper will interfere with the operation of a required requirements: smoke control system in accordance with Section 909, approved alternative protection shall be utilized. Where 1. The operating temperature shall be approximately mechanical systems including ducts and darnpers utilized 5 O(10°C)above the normal temperature within for normal building ventilation serve as part of the smoke the duct system, but not less than 160°F (71°C), control system, the expected performance of these systems 2. The operating temperature shall be not more than in smoke control mode shall be addressed in the rational 350°F (177°C) where located in a smoke control analysis required by Section 909.4. system complying with Section 909. 716.2.2 Hazardous exhaust ducts. Firr dampers for haz- 716.3.3.2 Smoke damper actuation. The smoke ardous exhaust duct systems shall comply with the Interna- damper shall close upon actuation of a listed smoke tional Mechanical Code. detector or detectors installed in accordance with Section 1 716.3 Damper testing,ratings and actuation. Damper lest- 907.3 and one of the following methods,as applicable: ing,ratings and actuation shall be in accordance with Sections 716.3.1 through 716.3.3. 1. Where a smoke damper•is installed within a duct,a smoke detector shall be installed in the duct within 716.3.1 Damper testing. Dampers shall be listed and bear 5 feet(1524 mm)of the darnperwith no air outlets the label of an approved testing agency indicating compli- or inlets between the detector and the damper.The ance with the standards in Ibis section. Fire dampers shall detector shall be listed for the air velocity,temper- comply with the requirements of UL 555.Only fire dampers ature and humidity anticipated at the point where it labeled for use in dynamic systems shall be installed in heat- is installed.Other than in mechanical smoke con- ing, ventilation and air-conditioning systems designed to trol systems. dampers shall be closed upon fan operate with fans on during a fire. Smoke dampers shall shutdown where local smoke detectors require a comply with the requirements of UL 555S. Combination minimum velocity to operate. Crirlsmoke dampers shall comply with the requirements of 2. Where a smoke damper is installed above smoke both UL 555 and UL 555S. Ceiling radiation dampersshal] comply with the requirements of GL 555C. barrier doors in a smoke barrier, aspot-type detector listed for releasing service shall be 7163.2 Damper rating.Damperraiings shall be in accor- installed on either side of the smoke barrier door dance with Sections 716.3.2.1 through 716.3.2.3. opening, 716.3.2.1 Fire damper ratings.Flm dampers shall have 3. Where a smoke damper is installed within an air the minimum fire protection rating specified in Table transfer opening in a wall, a spot-type detector 716.3.2.1 for the type of penetration, listedfor releasing service shall be installed within 716.3.2.2 Smoke damper ratings.Smoke damper leak- 5 feet (1524 mm) horizontally of the damper. age ratings shall not be less than Class II.Elevated tem- 4. Where a smoke damper is installed in a corridor perature ratings shall not be less than 2507 (12 VC). wall or ceiling,the danrpershall be permitted to be 118 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES controlled by a smoke detection system installed in 2. Ducts are used as part of an approved smoke con- the corridor. trol system in accordance with Section 909 and 5. Where atotal-coverage smoke detector system is where the use of a fire danrperwould interfere with operation of a smoke control system. provided within areas served by a heating,ventila- tion and air-conditioning (HVAC) system,smoke 3. Such walls are penetrated by ducted HVAC sys- darnpers shall be permitted to be controlled by the tems, have a required ire-resistance racing of 1 smoke detection system. hour or less,are in areas of other than Group H and are in buildings equipped throughout with an auto- 716.3.3.3 Combination firelsmoke damper actuation. nratfc sprlrrkler system in accordance with Section auto- Combination freJsfrroke damper actuation shall be in 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2. For the purposes of Ibis accordance with Sections 716.3.3.1 and 716.3.3.2. Corer- exception,a ducted HVAC system shall be a duct bination firelsmoke dampers installed in smoke control system for conveying supply,return or exhaust air system shaft penetrations shall not be activated by local as part of the structure's HVAC system. Such a area smoke detection unless it is secondary to the smoke duct system shall be constructed of sheet steel not management system controls. less than No. 26 gage thickness and shall be con- 716.3.3.4 Ceiling radiation damper actuation. The tinuous from the air-handling appliance or equip- operating temperature of a ceiling radiation damper ment to the air outlet and inlet terminals. actuation deviceshallbe50°F(27.8°C)above thenormal 716,5,2,1 Horizontal exits. A listed smoke damper temperature within the duct system, but not less than designed to resist the passage of smoke shall be provided t60°F (71°C). at each point a duct or air transfer opening penetrates a 716.4 Access and identification. hire and smoke dampers fire barrier that serves as a horizontal exit. shall be provided with an approved means of access,which is 716.5.3 Shaft enclosures.Shaft enclosures that are permit- large enough to permit inspection and maintenance of the led to be penetrated by duels and air transfer openings shall damper and its operating parts.The access shall not affect the be protected with approved fire and smoke dampers integrity of fire-resistance-rated assemblies.The access open- installed in accordance with their listing. ings shall not reduce the fire-resistance rating of the assembly. Exceptions: Access points shall be permanently identified on the exterior by a label having letters not less than '/Z inch (12.7 mm) in 1. Fire dampers are not required at penetrations of height reading:FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER,SMOKE DAMPER shafts where: or FIRE DAMPER.Access doors in ducts shall be tight fitting 1.1. Steel exhaust subducts are extended at and suitable for the required duct construction. least 22 inches (559 mm) vertically in 716.5 Where required. Fie darrrpers, smoke dampers and exhaust shafts,provided there is a continu- combination pre/smoke dampers shall be provided at the loca- ous airflow upward to the outside;or tions prescribed in Sections 716.5,t through 716.5.7 and 1.2. Penetrations are tested in accordance with 716.6.Where an assembly is required to have both fire dampers ASTM E 119 or UL 263 as part of the and smoke dampers,combination firelsmoke dampers or a fire lire-resistance-rated assembly; or damper and a smoke damper shall be required. 1.3. Ducts are used as part of an approved 716.5.1 Fire walls.Ducts and air transfer openings permit- smoke control system designed and led in fire malls in accordance with Section 706.11 shall be installed in accordance with Section 909 protected with listed fire darrrpers installed in accordance and where the fire damper will interfere with their listing. with the operation of the smoke control system;or 716.5.1.1 Horizontal exits. A listed smoke damper 1.4.The penetrations are in parking garage designed to resist the passage of smoke shall be provided exhaust or supply shafts that are separated at each point a duct or air transfer opening penetrates a fire wall that serves as a horizontal exit. from other building shafts by not less than 2-hour fire-resistance-rated construction. 716.5.2 Fire barriers. Ducts and air transfer openings of 2, In Group B and R occupancies equipped through- fire barriers shall be protected with appr-oved file dampers out with an automatic sprinkler system in accor- installed in accordance with their listing. Ducts and air dance with Section 903.3.1.1, smoke dampers are transfer openings shall not penetrate exit enclosures and exit not required at penetrations of shafts where: passageways except as permitted by Sections 1022.4 and 1023.6. respectively. 2.1. Kitchen,clothes dryer,bathroom and toilet room exhaust openings are installed with Exception: Fire dampers are not required at penetra- steel exhaust subducts,having a minimum tions of fire barriers where any of the following apply: wall thickness of 0.187-inch (0.4712 mot) 1. Penetrations are tested in accordance with ASTM (No. 26 gage): I E 119 or UL 263 as part of the fire-resistance-rated 2.2. The subducts extend at least 22 inches(559 assembly. rnm) vertically;and 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 119 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 2.3. An exhaust fan is installed at the upper ter- 0.060-inch(38 mm by 38 mm by 1.52 min) minus of the shaft that is powered continu- steel retaining angles.The retaining angles ously in accordance with the provisions of shall be secured to the sleeve and the wall Section 909.11,so as to maintain a contin- with No. 10 (M5) screws. The annular uous upward airflow to the outside. spacebetween the steel sleeve and the wall 3. Smoke dampers are not required at penetration of opening shall be filled with mineral wool exhaust or supply shafts in parking garages that are batting on all sides. separated from other building shafts by not less 716.5.4.1 Corridors.Alistedsrnokedamperdesigned to than 2-hour fire-resistance-rated construction. resist the passage of smoke shall be provided at each 4. Smoke dampers are not required at penetrations of point a duct or air transfer opening penetrates a corridor shafts where ducts are used as part of an approved enclosure required to have smoke and draft control doors mechanical smoke control system designed in in accordance with Section 715.4.3. accordance with Section 909 and where the smoke Exceptions: damper will interfere with the operation of the I. Smoke dampers are not required where the smoke control system. building is equipped throughout with an 5. Fire dampers and combination fire/smoke damp- approved smoke control system in accordance ers are not required in kitchen and clothes dryer with Section 909, and smoke dampers are not exhaust systems when installed in accordance with necessary for the operation and control of the the International Mechanical Code. system. 716.5.4 Fire partitions. Ducts and air transfer openings 2. Smoke dampers are not required in corridor that penetrate fire partulonsshall be protected with listed penetrations where the duct is constructed of lire dampers installed in accordance with their listing. steel not less than 0.019 inch (0.48 mm) in Exceptions: In occupancies other than Group H, fire thickness and there are no openings serving the dampers are not required where any of the following corridor. apply: 716.5.5 Smoke barriers.A listed smoke damper designed 1. Corridor walls in buildings equipped throughout to resist the passage of smoke shall be provided at each point with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance a duct or air transfer opening penetrates a smoke barrier: with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 and the duct is Smoke dampers and smoke damper actuation methods shall protected as a through penetration in accordance comply with Section 716.3.3.2. with Section 713. Exception: Smoke dampers are not required where the 2. Tenant partitions in covered mall buildings where openings in ducts are limited to a single smoke comparl- the walls are not required by provisions elsewhere ment and the ducts are constructed of steel. in the code to extend to the underside of the floor or 716.5.6 Exterior walls. Ducts and air transfer openings in roof sheathing,slab or deck above. fire-resistance-rased exterior walls required to have pro- 3. The duct system is constructed of approved mate- lected openings in accordance with Section 705.10 shall be rials in accordance with the InternationalMechan_ protected with listed fire dampers installed in accordance ical Code and the duct penetrating the wall with their listing. complies with all of the following requirements: 716.5.7 Smoke partitions.Allstedsmoke damper designed 3.1. The duct shall not exceed 100 square to resist the passage ofsmoke shall be provided at each point inches (0.06 m2). that an air transfer opening penetrates a smoke partition. Smoke dampers and smoke darnperactuation methods shall 3.2. The duct shall be constructed of steel a comply with Section 716.3.3.2. minimum of 0.0217 inch (0.55 mm) in thickness. Exception: Where the installation of a smoke damper will interfere with the operation of a required smoke con- 3.3.The duct shall not have openings that com- trol system in accordance with Section 909, approved municate the corridorwith adjacent spaces alternative protection shall be utilized. or rooms. 716.6 Horizontal assemblies. Penetrations by ducts and air 3.4. The duct shall be installed above a ceiling. transfer openings of a floor, A oorlceiling assembly or the ceil- 3.5. The duct shall not terminate at a wall regis- ing membrane of a roof/ceiling assembly shall be protected by ter in the fire-resistance-rated wall. a shaft enclosure that complies with Section 708 or shall com- 3.6. A minimum 12-inch-long (305 mm) by ply with Sections 716.6.1 through 716.6.3. 0.060-inch-thick (1.52 mm) steel sleeve 716.6.1 Through penetrations. In occupancies other than shall be centered in each duct opening.The Groups 1-2 and 1-3,a duct constructed of approved materials sleeve shall be secured to both sides of the in accordance with the International Mechanical Code that wall and all four sides of the sleeve with penetrates a fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling assembly minimum 1'12-inch by 1112-inch by that connects not more than two stories is permitted without 120 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES shaft enclosure protection, provided a listed fire damper is dampers are not required where either of the following installed at the floor line or the duct is protected in accor- applies: dance with Section 713.4. For air transfer openings, see 1. Tests in accordance with ASTM E 119 or UL 263 Exception 7 to Section 708.2. have shown that ceilingradiation dampers are not Exception:A duct is permitted to penetrate three floors necessary in order to maintain the fire-resistance or less without a fire damper at each floor,provided such rating of the assembly. duct meets all of the following requirements: 2. Where exhaust duct penetrations are protected in 1. The duct shall be contained and located within the accordance with Section 713.4.1.2, are located cavity of a wall and shall be constructed of steel within the cavity of a wail and do not pass through having a minfrnum wall thickness of 0.187 inches another dwelling unit or tenant space. (0.4712 mm) (No. 26 gage). 716.6.3 Nonfire-resistance-rated floor assemblies. Duct 2. The duct shall open into only one dwelling or systems constructed of appmred materials in accordance sleeping unit and the duct system shall be continu- with the International Mechanical Code that penetrate ous from the unit to the exterior of the building. nonfire-resistance-rated floor assemblies shall be protected by any of the Following methods: 3. The duce shall not exceed 4-inch (102 mm) nomi- 1. A shaft enclosure in accordance with Section 70$. nal diameter and the total area of such ducts shall not exceed 100 square inches (0.065 in) in any 2. The duct connects not more than two stories,and the 100 square feet (9.3 ml) of floor area. annular space around the penetrating duct is pro- 4. The annular space around the duct is protected tected with an approvednoncombusliblematerial that with materials that prevent the passage of flame resists the free passage of flame and the products of and hot gases sufficient to ignite cotton waste combustion. where subjected to ASTM E 119 or UL 263 3. The duct connects not more than three stories,and the time-temperature conditions under a minimum annular space around the penetrating duct is pro- positive pressure differential of 0.01 inch(2.49 Pa) tected with an approved noncombustible material that of water at the location of the penetration for the resists the free passage of flame and the products of time period equivalent to the fire-resistance rating combustion and a firedamperis installed at each floor of the construction penetrated. line. 5. Grille openings located in a ceiling of a fire-resis- Exception:Fire dampers are not required inducts Lance-rated floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assembly within individual residential dwelling units. shall be protected with a listed ceiling radiation 716.7 Flexible ducts and air connectors.Flexible ducts and damper installed in accordance with Section air connectors shall not pass through any fire-resistance-rated 716.6.2.1. assembly. Flexible air connectors shall not pass through any 716.6.2 Membrane penetrations. Ducts and air transfer wall,floor or ceiling. openings constructed of approved materials in accordance with the International Mechanical Code that penetrate the ceiling membrane of a fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling or SECTION 717 roof/ceiling assembly shall be protected with one of the fol- CONCEALED SPACES lowing: 717.1 General. Fireblocking and draftstopping shall be 1. A shaft enclosure in accordance with Section 708. installed in combustible concealed locations in accordance 2. A listed ceiling radiation damperinstalled at the ceil- with this section. Fireblocking shall comply with Section ing line where a duct penetrates the ceiling of a 717.2. Draftstopping in floor/ceiling spaces and attic spaces Fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling or rooflceiling shall comply with Sections 717.3 and 717.4,respectively.The assembly. permitted use of combustible materials in concealed spaces of buildings of Type I or 11 construction shall be limited to the 3. A listed telling radiation damperinstalled at the ceil- applications indicated in Section 717.5. ing line where a diffuser with no duct attached pene- trates the ceiling of a fire-resistance-rated 717.2 Fireblocking.In combustible construction,fireblocking floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assembly. shall be installed to cut oft'concealed draft openings(both ver- tical and horizontal)and shall form an effective barrier between 716.6.2.1 Ceiling radiation dampers.Ceiling radiation floors, between a top story and a roof or attic space. dampers shall be tested as part of a fire-resistance-rated Fireblocking shall be installed in the locations specified in Sec- floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assembly in accordance with lions 717.2.2 through 717.2.7. ASTM E 119 or UL 263.Ceiling radiation dampeisshall 717.2.1 Fireblocking materials.Fireblocking shall consist be installed in accordance with the details listed in the fire-resistance-rated assembly and the manufacturer's of the Following materials: installation instructions and the listing. Cellingradiation 1. Two-inch (51 mm) nominal lumber. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 121 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 2. Two thicknesses of 1-inch (25 mm) nominal lumber of the run. Enclosed spaces under stairs shall also comply with broken lap joints. with Section 1009.6.3. 3. One thickness of 0.719-inch (18.3 mm) wood struc- 717.2.5 Ceiling and floor openings. Where required by tural panels with joints backed by 0.719-inch (18.3 Exception 6 of Section 708.2, Exception 1 of Section mm) wood structural panels. 713.4.1.2 or Section 713.4.2, Fireblocking of the annular 4. One thickness of 0.75-inch (19.1 mm) particleboard space around vents,pipes,ducts,chimneys and fireplaces at with joints backed by 0.75-inch (19 mm) ceilings and floor levels shall be installed with a material particleboard. specifically tested in the farm and manner intended for use to demonstrate its ability to remain in place and resist the 5. One-half-inch (12.7 mm) gypsum board. free passage of flame and the products of combustion. 6. One-fourth-inch (6.4 mm) cement-based millboard. 717.2.5.1 Factory-built chimneys and fireplaces.Fac- 7. Batts or blankets of mineral wool, mineral fiber or tory-built chimneys and fireplaces shall be fireblocked in other approve edmaterials installed in such a manner as accordance with UL 103 and UL 127. to be securely retained in place. 717.2.6 Architectural trim.Fireblocking shall be installed 717.2.1.1 Batts or blankets of mineral wool or mineral within concealed spaces of exterior wall finish and other fiber.Batts or blankets of mineral wool or mineral fiber exterior architectural elements where permitted to be of or other approved nonrigid materials shall be permitted combustible construction as specified in Section 1406 or for compliance with the 10-fool (3048 mm) horizontal where erected with combustible frames,at maximum inter- fireblocking in walls constructed using parallel rows of vals of 20 feet (6096 mm), so that there will be no open studs or staggered studs. space exceeding 100 square feet(9.3 m3).Where wood fur- 717.2.1.2 Unfaced fiberglass. Unfaced fiberglass bait ring strips are used,they shall be of approvedwood of natu- insulation used as fireblocking shall fill the entire cross ral decay resistance or preservative-treated wood. If section of the wall cavity to a minimum height of 16 noncontinuous.such elements shall have closed ends,with inches(406 mm)measured vertically.When piping,con- at least 4 inches(102 mm) of separation between sections. duit or similar obstructions are encountered, the insula- Exceptions: tion shall be packed tightly around the obstruction. 1. Fireblocking of cornices is not required in sin- 717.2.1.3 Loose-fill insulation material. Loose-fill gle-family dwellings.Fireblocking of cornices of a insulation material, insulating foam sealants and caulk two-family dwelling is required only at the line of materials shall not be used as a flreblock unless specifi- dtivelling unit separation. cally tested in the form and manner intended for use to demonstrate its ability to remain in place and to retard the 2. Fireblocking shall not be required where installed spread of fire and hot gases. on noncombustible framing and the face of the exterior wall Finish exposed to the concealed space 717.2.1.4 Fireblocking integrity. The integrity of is covered by one of the following materials: fireblocks shall be maintained. 2.1. Aluminum having a minimum thickness of 717.2.1.5 ]Double stud walls. Batts or blankets of min- 0.019 inch (0.5 mm). eral or glass fiber or other approved nonrigid materials 2.2. Corrosion-resistant steel having a base shall be allowed as fireblocking in walls constructed metal thickness not less than 0.016 inch using parallel rows of studs or staggered studs. (0.4 mm) at any point. 717.2.2 Concealed wall spaces.Fireblocking shall be pro- 2.3. Other approved noncombustible materi- vided in concealed spaces of stud walls and partitions, als. including furred spaces,and parallel rows of studs or stag- gered studs,as follows: 717.2.7 Concealed sleeper spaces. Where wood sleepers are used for laying wood flooring on masonry or concrete 1. Vertically at the ceiling and floor levels. fire-resistance-rated floors,the space between the floor slab 2, Horizontally at intervals not exceeding 10 feet(3048 and the underside of the wood flooring shall be filled with an mm). approved material to resist the free passage of flame and products of combustion or fireblocked in such a manner that 717.2.3 Connections between horizontal and vertical there will be no open spaces under the flooring that will spaces.Fireblocking shall be provided at interconnections exceed 100 square feet(9.3 m2) in area and such space shall between concealed vertical stud wall or partition spaces and be filled solidly under permanent partitions so that there is concealed horizontal spaces created by an assembly of floor no communication under the flooring between adjoining joists or trusses, and between concealed vertical and hori- rooms. zontal spaces such as occur at soffits, drop ceilings, cove ceilings and similar locations. Exceptions: 717.2.4 Stairways.Fireblocking shall be provided in con- 1. Fireblocking is not required for slab-on-grade cealed spaces between stairstringers at the top and bottom floors in gymnasiums. 122 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE` FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 2. Fireblocking is required only at the juncture of unit separation walls that do not extend to the underside of each alternate lane and at the ends of each lane in a the roof sheathing above. bowling facility. 717.3 Draftstopping in floors. In combustible construction, Exceptions: draftstopping shall be installed to subdivide floor/ceiling 1. Where corridor walls provide a sleeping unit or assemblies in the locations prescribed in Sections 717.3.2 dwelling unit separation, draftstopping shall only through 717.3.3. be required above one of the corridor walls. 717.3.1 Draftstopping materials.Draftstopping materials 2. Draftstopping is not required in buildings shall not be less than!r-inch (12.7 mm) gypsum board, equipped throw hout with an automatic sprinkler '/,,-inch (9.5 mm) wood structural panel,SIR-inch (9.5 min) syste in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. particleboard, 1-inch (25-mm) nominal lumber, cement fiberboard. baits or blankets of mineral wool or glass fiber, 3. In occupancies in Group R-2 that do not exceed or other approved materials adequately supported. The four stories above grade plane, the attic space integrity of draftstops shall be maintained. shall be subdivided by draftstops into areas not 717.3.2 Groups R-1, R-2, R-3 and R-4. Draftstopping exceeding 3,000 square feet (279 mz) or above shall be provided in floor/ceiling spaces in Group R-1 build- every two dwelling units,whichever is smaller. ings, in Group R-2 buildings with three or more dwelling 4. Draftstopping is not required in buildings units,in Group R-3 buildings with two dwelling units and in equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler Group R-4 buildings. Draftstopping shall be located above system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.2,pro- and in line with the dwelling unit and sleeping unit separa- vided that automatic sprinklers are also installed in tions. the combustible concealed spaces. Exceptions: 717.4.3 Other groups. Draftstopping shall be installed in 1. Draftstopping is not required in buildings attics and concealed roof spaces, such that any horizontal equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler area does not exceed 3,000 square feet (279 ml). s}stem in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. 2. Draftstopping is not required in building s Exception: Draftstopping is not required in buildings equipped throughout with an autornatiesprinklersystem equipped throughout with an ied automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.2, pro-in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. vided that automatic sprinklers are also installed in 717.5 Combustible materials in concealed spaces in Type I the combustible concealed spaces. or II construction.Combustible materials shall not be permit- 717.3.3 Other groups.In other groups,draftslopping shall ted in concealed spaces of buildings of Type I or I1 construc- be installed so that horizontal floor areas do not exceed tion. 1,000 square feet (93 m2). Exception: Draftstopping is not required in buildings Exceptions: equipped throughout with an automaticsprinklersystem 1. Combustible materials in accordance with Section in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. 603. 717.4 Draftstopping in attics. In combustible construction, 2. Combustible materials exposed within plenums com- draftstopping shall be installed to subdivide attic spaces and plying with Section 602 off he InternationalMechan- concealed roof spaces in the locations prescribed in Sections ical Code. 71 7.4.2 and 717.4.3.Ventilation of concealed roof spaces shall be maintained in accordance with Section 1203.2. 3, Class A interior finish materials classified in accor- 717.4.1 Draftstopping materials. Materials utilized for dance with Section 803. draftstopping of attic spaces shall comply with Section 4. Combustible piping within partitions or shaft enclo- 717.3.1. sures installed in accordance with the provisions of 717.4.1.1 Openings.Openings in the partitions shall be this code. protected by self-closing doors with automatic latches 5. Combustible piping within concealed ceiling spaces constructed as required for the partitions. installed in accordance with the International 717.4.2 Groups R-1 and R-2. Draftstopping shall be pro Mechanical Code and the International Plumbing vided in attics,mansards,overhangs or otlier concealed roof Code. spaces of Group R-2 buildings with three or more dwelling 6. Combustible insulation and covering on pipe and tub- unitsand in all Group R-1 buildings.Draftstopping shall be ing,installed in concealed spaces other than plenums, installed above.and in line with,sleeping unit and dwelling complying with Section 719.7. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 123 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES SECTION 718 719.2 Concealed installation. Insulating materials, where FIRE-RESISTANCE REQUIREMENTS concealed as installed in buildings of any type of construction, FOR PLASTER shall have a flame spread index of not more than 25 and a 718.1 Thickness of plaster.The minimum thickness of gyp- smoke-developed index of not more than 450. sum plaster or porlland cement plaster used in a lire-resin- Exception: Cellulose loose-fill insulation that is not spray tance-rated system shall be determined by the prescribed fire applied.complying with the requirements of Section 719.6, tests.The plaster thickness shall be measured from the face of shall only be required to meet the smoke-developed index of the lath where applied to gypsum lath or metal lath. not more than 450. 718.2 Plaster equivalents. For fire-resistance purposes, L12 719.2.1 Facings.Where such materials are installed in con- inch (12.7 mm) of unsanded gypsum plaster shall be deemed cealed spaces in buildings of Type 111,IV or V constriction, equivalent to 31,inch (19.1 nim) of one-to-three gypsum sand the flame spread and smoke-developed limitations do not plaster or 1 inch (25 mm) of portland cement sand plaster. apply to facings, coverings, and layers of reflective foil 718.3 Noncombustible furring. In buildings of Type 1 and 1I insulation that are installed behind and insubstantial contact construction, plaster shall be applied directly on concrete or with the unexposed surface of the ceiling,wall or floor fin- masonry or on approved noncombustible plastering base and ish. furring. Exception:All layers of single and multilayer reflective I 718.4 Double reinforcement.Plaster protection more than 1 plastic core insulation shall comply with Section 2613. inch (25 min) in thickness shall be reinforced with an addi- 719.3 Exposed installation. Insulating materials, where tional layer of approved lath embedded at least 314 inch (19.1 exposed as installed in buildings of any type of construction, mm) from the outer surface and fixed securely in place. shall have a flame spread index of not more than 25 and a Exception: Solid plaster partitions or where otherwise smoke-developed index of not more than 450, determined by fire tests. Exception: Cellulose loose-fill insulation that is not spray 718.5 Plaster alternatives for concrete. In reinforced con- applied complying with the requirements of Section 719.6 Crete construction,gypsum shal l only be required to meet the smoke-developed index of plaster or porlland cement plaster is not more than 450. permitted to be substituted for Y, inch (12.7 mm) of the required poured concrete protection, except that a minimum 719.3.1 Attic floors.Exposed insulation materials installed thickness of 31e inch(9.5 mm) of poured concrete shall be pro- on attic floors shall have a critical radiant flux of not less vided in reinforced concrete floors and 1 inch(25 mm)in rein- than 0.12 wait per square centimeter when tested in accor- forced concrete columns in addition to the plaster finish.The dance with ASTM E 970. concrete base shall be prepared in accordance with Section 719,4 Loose-fill insulation. Loose-fill insulation materials 2510.7. that cannot be mounted in the ASTM E 84 or UL 723 apparatus without a screen or artificial supports shall comply with the flame spread and smoke-developed limits of Sections 719.2 SECTION 719 and 719.3 when tested in accordance with CANIULC 5102.2, THERMAL-AND SOUND-INSULATING MATERIALS Exception: Cellulose loose-fill insulation shall not be 719.1 General.Insulating materials,including facings such as required to be tested in accordance with CAN/ULC S 102.2, vapor retarders and vapor-permeable membranes,similar cov- provided such insulation complies with the requirements of Brings and all layers of single and multilayer reflective foil Section 719.2 or 719.3,as applicable, and Section 719.6. insulations,shall comply with the requirements of this section. Where a flame spread index or a smoke-developed index is 719.5 Roof insulation.The use of combustible roof insulation specified in this section, such index shall be determined in not complying with Sections 719.2 and 719.3 shall be permit- accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723.Any material that is ted in any type of construction provided it is covered with subject to an increase in flame spread index or smoke-devel- approved roof coverings directly applied thereto. oped index beyond the limits herein established through the 719.6 Cellulose loose-fill insulation.Cellulose loose-fill insu- effects of age, moisture or other atmospheric conditions shall lation shall comply with CPSC 16 CFR,Part 1209 and CPSC not be permitted. 16 CFR,Part 1404. Each package of such insulating material Exceptions: shall be clearly labeled in accordance with CPSC 16 CFR,Part 1209 and CPSC 16 CFR,Part 1404. 1. Fiberboard insulation shall comply with Chapter 23. 719.7 Insulation and covering on pipe and tubing. Insula- 2. Foam plastic insulation shall comply with Chapter 26. tion and covering on pipe and tubing shall have a flame spread 3. Duct and pipe insulation and duct and pipe coverings index of not more than 25 and a smoke-developed index of not and linings in plenums shall comply with the Interria- more than 450. tional MPchaMca!Code. Exception: Insulation and covering on pipe and tubing 4. All layers of single and multilayer reflective plastic installed in plenums shall comply with the International core insulation shall comply with Section 2613. Mechanical Code. 124 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES SECTION 720 dons having a reduced cover are assumed to be fully PRESCRIPTIVE FIRE RESISTANCE effective. 720.1 General.The provisions of this section contain prescrip- tive details of fire-resistance-rated building elements, compo- SECTION 721 nents or assemblies. The materials of construction listed in Tables 720.1(1), 720.1(2), and 720.1(3) shall be assumed to CALCULATED FIRE RESISTANCE have the fire-resistance ratings prescribed therein. Where 721.1 General.The provisions of this section contain proce- materials that change the capacity for heat dissipation are dures by which the fire resistanceof specific materials or com- incorporated into a fire-resistance-rated assembly, fire test binations of materials is established by calculations. These results or other substantiating data shall be made available to procedures apply only to the information contained in this sec- the building ollicial to show that the required fire-resis- tion and shall not be otherwise used.The calculated fire resis- tance-rating time period is not reduced. tance of concrete, concrete masonry and clay masonry 720.1.1 Thickness of protective coverings.The thickness assemblies shall be permitted in accordance with ACI of fire-resistant materials required for protection of struc- 216.IITMS 0216.The calculated fire resistanceof steel assem- tural members shall be not less than set forth in Table blies shall be permitted in accordance with Chapter 5 of ASCE 29. The calculated fire resistance of exposed wood members shown 1), except as modified in this protect The figures and wood decking shall be permitted in accordance with Chap- and shall not include any hollow space in back of the protec mood Construction (NDS). lion. 721.1.1 Definitions.The following words and terms shall, 720.L2 Unit masonry protection. Where required, meta] For the purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this ties shall be embedded in bed joints of unit masonry for pro- code, have the meanings shown herein. tection of steel columns. Such ties shall be as set forth in Table 720.1(1) or be equivalent thereto. CERAMIC FIBER BLANKET. A mineral wool insula- tion material made of alumina-silica fibers and weighing 4 720.1.3 Reinforcement for cast-in-place concrete col- to 10 pounds per cubic foot (pcf) (64 to 160 kg/m'). umn protection.Cast-in-place concrete protection for steel columns shall be reinforced at the edges of such members CONCRETE, CARBONATE AGGREGATE. Concrete with wire ties of not less than 0.18 inch(4.6 mm)in diameter made with aggregates consisting mainly of calcium or mag- wound spirally around the columns on a pitch of not more nesium carbonate,such as limestone or dolomite,and con- than 8 inches (203 mm) or by equivalent reinforcement. taining 40 percent or less quartz,chert or flint. 720.1.4 Plaster application.The finish coat is not required CONCRETE, CELLULAR. A lightweight insulating for plaster protective coatings where they comply with the concrete made by mixing a preformed foam with portland design mix and thickness requirements of Tables 720.1(1), cement slurry and having a dry unit weight of approxi- 720.1(2) and 720.1(3). mately 30 pcf(480 kg/m3). 720.1.5 Bonded prestressed concrete tendons.For mem- CONCRETE, LIGHTWEIGHT AGGREGATE. Con- bers having a single tendon or more than one tendon crete made with aggregates of expanded clay,shale,slag or installed with equal concrete cover measured from the near- slate or sintered fly ash or any natural lightweight aggregate est surface,the cover shall not be less than that set forth in meeting ASTM C 330 and possessing equivalent fire-resis- Table 720.1(1). For members having multiple tendons Ianceproperties and weighing 85 to 115 pcf(1360 to 1840 installed with variable concrete cover, the average tendon kg/m 3). cover shall not be less than that set forth in Table 720.1(1). CONCRETE, PERLITE. A lightweight insulating con- provided: crete having a dry unit weight of approximately 30 pcf(480 1. The clearance from each tendon to the nearest kgtm3)made with perlite concrete aggregate.Perlile aggre- exposed surface is used to determine the average gate is produced from a volcanic rock which,when heated, cover. expands to form a glass-like material of cellular structure. 2. In no case can the clear cover for individual tendons CONCRETE, SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT. Concrete made be less than one-half of that set forth in Table with a combination of expanded clay, shale, slag, slate, 720.1(1).A minimum cover of 31,inch(19.1 mm)for sintered fly ash,or any natural lightweight aggregate meet- slabs and 1 inch(25 mm)for beams is required for any ing ASTM C 330 and possessing equivalent Fire-resistance aggregate concrete. properties and natural sand. Its unit weight is generally between 105 and 120 pcf(1680 and 1920 kg/m'), 3. For the purpose of establishing afire-resistance rat- CONCRETE, SILICEOUS AGGREGATE. Concrete ing,tendons having a clear covering less than that set forth in Table 720.1(1)shall not contribute more than made with normal-weight aggregates consisting mainly of 50 percent of the required ultimate moment capacity silica or compounds other than calcium or magnesium car- for members Iess than 350 square inches(0.226 ml)in bonate,which contains more than 40-percent quartz,chert cross-sectional area and 65 percent for larger mem- or flint. bers. For structural design purposes, however, ten- (Section 721.1.1.Definitions,continued on page 146) 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 125 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 720.1(1) MINIMUM PROTECTION OF STRUCTURAL PARTS BASED ON TIME PERIODS FOR VARIOUS NONCOMBUSTIBLE INSULATING MATERIALS'" MINIMUM THICKNESS OF INSULATING MATERIAL FOR THE FOLLOWING FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS(inches) STRUCTURAL - PARTS TO BE ITEM 4 3 2 PROTECTED NUMBER INSULATING MATERIAL USED hour hour hour hour_ 1-1.1 Carbonate,lightweight and sand-lightweight aggregate concrete,members 6"x 6"or 211 2 1'1 1 greater(not including sandstone,granite and siliceous gtavel).a ,z+ 1-1.2 Carbonate,lightweight and sand-lightweight aggregate concrete,members 8"x 8"or 2 1'/, 1 i I greater(not including sandstone,granite and siliceous gravel),' Carbonate,lightweight and sand-lightweight aggregate concrete,members t 12"x 12"or greater{not including sandstone.granite and siliceousgravel).� 1 12 1 1 1 1-1.4 Siliceous aggregate concrete and concrete excluded in Item 1-1.1,members 6"x 6" 3 2- it 1'Iz�1 or greater_ L 1-1.5 Siliceous aggregate c•onc•rete and concrete excluded in Item 1-1.1,members 8"x 8" zt1 1 2 1 1 or greater a- — 2 i Siliceous aggregate concrete and concrete excluded in Item 1-1.1,members I-1.6 12"x 12"or greater.a 2 1 1—�-1- 1-2.1 Clay or shale brick with brick and mortar fill., — 33 1 — -- -21/4 1-3.1 4"hollow clay tile in two 2"layers: 112'mortar between tile and column:3/8"metal 4 7— - — mesh 0.046"wire diameter in horim_ joints;the ill.a 2"hollow clay tile:31q"mortar between tile and column:318"metal mesh 0.046"wire 1-3.2 diameter in horizontal joints:limestone concrete flll:a plastered with 314"gypsum 3 - -plaster. _ 2"hollow clay tile with outside wire lies 0.08"diameter at each course of tile or 318"y 1-3.3 metal mesh 0.046"diameter wire in horizontal joints:limestone or trap-rock - 1.Steel columns concrete fill'extending 1"outside column on all sides. and ail of primary 1-3.4 2"hollow clay tile with outside wire ties 0.08"diameter at each course or Iile with or — trusses without concrete fill: '1,"mortar between file and column. — — 2 Cement plaster over metal lath wire tied to-14'coid-rolled vertical channels with 1-4.1 0.049"(No. 18 S.W.gage)wire ties spaced 3"to 6"on center.Plaster mixed I — — 21/2n 14 1 --- 1:2 /by volume,cement to sand. Vermiculite concrete, 1:4 mix by volume over paperbacked wire fabric lath wrapped directly around column with additional 2"x 2"0.065"10.065" (No. 16116 B.W.gage) 1-5.1 wire fabric placed 314"from outer concrete surface.Wire fabric tied with 0.049" (No. 2 — — — 18 B.W.gage)wire spaced 6"on center for inner layer and 2"on center for outer --- layer. _ Perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster over metal lath wrapped around column and 1-6.1 furred 111,"from column flanges.Sheets lapped at ends and tied at 6"intervals with 1 t1z 1 — — 0049" (No. 18 B.W.gage)tie wire,Plaster pushed through to flanges. - Perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster over self-furring metal lath wrapped directly 1-6.2 around column,lapped l"and tied at 6"intervals with 0.049"(No. 18 B.W.gage) 1314 1318 I — wire. 1-6.3 Per lite or vermiculite gypsum plaster on metal lath applied to 314"cold-rolled 111 — — — _— channels spaced 24"aEart vertically and wrapped flatwise around column. z Perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster over two layers of 112"plain full-length gypsum; lath applied tight to column flanges.Lath wrapped with 1"hexagonal mesh of No. 1-6.9 20 gage wire and tied with doubled 0.035"diameter(No. 18 B.W.gage)wire ties 211 2 — — spaced 23"on center.For three-coat work,the plaster mix for the second coat shall not exceed 100 pounds of gypsum to 2112 cubic feet of aggregate for the 3-hour - - system. - - (continued) 126 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 720.1(1)—continued MINIMUM PROTECTION OF STRUCTURAL PARTS BASED ON TIME PERIODS FOR VARIOUS NONCOMBUSTIBLE INSULATING MATERIALS' MINIMUM THICKNESS OF INSULATING MATERIAL FOR THE FOLLOWING FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS(inches) STRUCTURAL — PARTS TO 13E ITEM 4 3 2 1 PROTECTED NUMBER INSULATING MATERIAL USED hour hour hour hour Perlite or vermiculate,gypsum plaster over one layer of I/2"plain full-length gypsum lath applied tight to column flanges.Lath tied with doubled 0.049"(No. 18 B.W. 1-6.5 gage)wire ties spaced 23"an center and scratch coat wrapped with 1"hexagonal 2 — mesh 0,035" (No.20 B.W.gage)wire fabric.For three-coat work,the plaster mix for the second coat shall not exceed 100 pounds of gypsum to 21/2 cubic feet of aggregate. Multiple layers of I/2"gypsum wallboard'adhesively"secured to column flanges and successive layers.Wallboard applied without horizontal joints.Comer edges of each 1-7.1 layer staggered.Wallboard layer below outer layer secured to column-,itlt doubled — — 2 1 0.049" (No. 18 B.W.gage)steel wire ties spaced 15"on center.Exposed corners taped and treated. Three layers of Type X gypsum wallboard."First and second layer held in place by 1/8"diameter by 13/,"long ring shank nails with 5/16"diameter heads spaced 24" 1-7.2 on center at corners.Middle layer also secured with metal straps at mid-height and — — 1718 — 18"from each end.and by metal corner bead at each corner held by the metal straps. Third layer attached to corner bead with I"long gypsum wallboard screws spaced 12"on center. 1.Steel columns Three layers of 518"Type X gypsum wallboard,1 each layer screw attached to 1518" and all of steel studs 0.018"thick(No.25 carbon sheet steel gage) at each corner of column. primary trusses 1-7.3 Middle layer also secured with 0.049"(No. 18 B.W.gage)double-strand steel wire (continued) lies,24"on center.Screws are No.6 by 1"spaced 24"on center for inner layer.No. 6 by 1'18"spaced 12"on center for middle layer and No.8 by 21/4"spaced 12"on center for outer layer. — Wood-fibered gypsum plaster mixed 1:1 by weight gypsum-to-sand aggregate applied over metal lath.Lath lapped 1"and tied 6"on center at all end,edges and spacers with 0.049" (No. 18 B.W.gage)steel tie wires.Lath applied over 1h"spacers 1-8.1 made of 3/4"furring channel with 2"legs bent around each corner.Spacers located 1"from top and bottom of member and a maximum of 40"on center and wire tied with a single strand of 0.049"(No. 18 B.W.gage)steel tie wires.Corner bead tied to the lath at 6"on center along each corner loprovide plaster thickness. _ Minimum W8x35 wide flange steel column(w/d>0.75)with each web cavity filled even with the flange tip with normal weight carbonate or siliceous aggregate concrete(3.000 psi minimum compressive strength with 145 pcf±3 pcf unit weight).Reinforce the concrete in each web cavity with a minimum No.4 deformed See 1-9.1 reinforcing bar installed vertically and centered in the cavity,and secured to the — — — Note column web with a minimum No.2 horizontal deformed reinforcing bar welded to n the web every I8"on center vertically.As an alternative to the No.4 rebar,3/4" diameter by 3"long headed studs,spaced at 12"on center vertically,shall be welded on each side of the web ntidwav between the column flanges. Carbonate,lightweight and sand-lightweight aggregate concrete(not including 2-1.1 sandstone,granite and siliceous gravel)with 3"or finer metal mesh placed 1"from 2 1 112 f ] the finished surface anchored to the top flange and providing not less than 0.025 2.Webs or square inch of steel area per foot in each direction. flanges of Siliceous aggregate concrete and concrete excluded in Item 2-1.1 with 3"or finer steel beams and 2-1.2 metal mesh placed 1"from the finished surface anchored to the top flange and 2'12 2 11/2 1 girders providing not less than 0,025 square inch of steel area per foot in each direction. Cement plaster on metal lath attached to 3/4"cold-rolled channels with 0.04"(No. 18 2-2.1 B,W,gage)wire ties spaced 3"to 6"on center.Plaster mixed 1:2 11z by volume, — — 2112° 718 cement to sand. (continued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 127 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 720.1(1)—continued MINIMUM PROTECTION OF STRUCTURAL PARTS BASED ON TIME PERIODS FOR VARIOUS NONCOMBUSTIBLE INSULATING MATERIALS'" MINIMUM THICKNESS OF INSULATING MATERIAL FOR THE FOLLOWING FIRE-RESISTANCE STRUCTURAL PERIODS(inches) - PARTS TO BE ITEM I 4 3 2 1 t PROTECTED NUMBER INSULATING MATERIAL USED hour hour I hour hour Vermiculite gypsum plaster on a metal lath cage,wire tied to 0.165"diameter(No.8 2-3.1 B.W.gage)steel wire hangers wrapped around beam and spaced 16"on center. Metal lath ties spaced approximate 5"on center at cage sides and bottom. Two layers of Type X gypsum wallboard are attached to U-shaped brackets spaced 24"on center.0.018"thick(No.25 carbon sheet steel gage) 1518"deep by 1" galvanized steel runner channels are first installed parallel to and on each side of the top beam flange to provide a '/Z"clearance to the flange.The channel runners are attached to steel deck or concrete floor construction with approved fasteners spaced 12"on center.U-shaped brackets are formed from members identical to the channel runners.At the bent portion of the U-shaped bracket,the flanges of the channel are cut out so that 1518"deep corner channels can be inserted without attachment parallel to each side of the lower flange. 2-4.1 As an alternate,0.021"thick(No.24 carbon sheet steel gage) 1"x 2"runner and — corner angles may be used in lieu of channels,and the web cutouts in the U-shaped brackets may be omitted.Each ankle is attached to the bracket with '/Z"-long No.8 2.Webs or self-drilling screws.The vertical legs of the U-shaped bracket are attached to the flanges or steel runners with one 112"long No.8 self-drilling screw.The completed steel framing beams and provides a 2118'and 1'12"space between the inner layer of wallboard and the sides girders and bottom of the steel beam,respectively.The inner layer of wallboard is attached (continued) to the top runners and bottom corner channels or corner angles with 1'/," long No.6 self-drilling screws spaced 16"on center.The outer layer of wallboard is applied with No.6 self-drilling screws spaced 8"on center.The bottom corners are reinforced wilh metal comer beads. Three layers of Type X gypsum wallboard,attached to a steel suspension system as described immediately above utilizing the 0.018"thick(No.25 carbon sheet steel gage) 1"x 2"lower corner angles.The framing is located so that a 2118"and 2"space is provided between the inner layer of wallboard and the sides and bottom of the beam,respectively.The first two layers of wallboard are attached as described 2-4.2 immediately above.A layer of 0.035"thick(No.20 B.W.gage) 1"hexagonal — galvanized wire mesh is applied under the soffit of the middle layer and up the sides " approximately 2".The mesh is held in position with the No.6 1'/3"-long screws installed in the vertical leg of the bottom corner angles.The outer layer of wallboard is attached with No.6 2'l,"-long screws spaced 8"on center.One screw is also installed at the mid-depth of the bracket in each layer.Bottom corners are finished as described above. 3.Bonded Carbonate.lightweight,sand-lightweight and siliceous'aggregate concrete 4" 3K 2'12 1112 pretensioned Beams or girders reinforcement in 3-1.1 prestressed h 2 1112 1 concre(ee Solid slabs Carbonate,lightweight,sand-lightweight and siliceous'aggregate concrete Unrestrained members: 4-1.1 Solid slabsh — 2 1112 4.Bonded or Beams and girders' unbonded 8"wide 4112 2112 1 IV' post-tensioned greater than 12"wide _ _ 3 2'/Z 2 1112 tendons in Carbonate,lightweight,sand-lightweight and siliceous aggregate prestressed Restrained members:k concrete'' Solid slabs' 1114 1 314 — 9 1.2 Beams and girders' 8"wide 2112 2 1'14 — greater than 12"wide 2 1314 111, — (C'onfi 7t ed) 128 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 720.1(1)—continued MINIMUM PROTECTION OF STRUCTURAL PARTS BASED ON TIME PERIODS FOR VARIOUS NONCOMBUSTIBLE INSULATING MATERIALS'" MINIMUM THICKNESS OF INSULATING MATERIAL FOR THE FOLLOWING FIRE.RESISTANCE 1 PERIODS(inches) STRUCTURAL PARTS TO BE ITEM 4 3 2 1 PROTECTED NUMBER INSULATING MATERIAL USED hour hour hour hour 5.Reinforcing Carbonate,lightweight and sand-lightweight aggregate concrete,members 12"or steel in reinforced larger.square or round. (Sire limit does not apply to beams and girders monolithic 1 t/z 1'/Z 1'IZ 1'/z concrete columns, 5-1.1 with floors.) beams girders and Siliceous aggregate concrete,members 12"or larger,square or round. (Size limit 2 )V, IV, IV, trusses does not apply to beams and girders monolithic with floors.) 6.Reinforcing 6-1.1 Carbonate,lightweight and sand-lightweight aggregate concrete, 1'/9 1'19 1 3/9 steel in reinforced 1:t/ T 3 concrete joists' 6-1.2 Siliceous aggregate concrete. 9 1 !r I /9 7.Reinforcing and 7-1.1 Carbonate,lightweight and sand-lightweight aggregate concrete. 3/ tie rods in floor and roof slabs' 7-1.2 Siliceous aggregate concrete. 1'/9 1 la 31� For SL 1 inch=25.4 mm,1 square inch-645.2 mm', 1 cubic foot=0.0283 m', I pound per cubic foot=16.02 kghn'. a. Reentrant parts of protected members to be filled solidly. b. Two layers of equal thickness with a'/x-inch airspace between c. For all of the construction with gypsum wallboard described in Table 720.1(1),gypsum base for veneer plaster of the same size,thickness and cure type shall be I permitted to be substituted for gypsum wallboard,provided attachment is identical to that specified for Ihewallboard and the joints on The face layer are reinforced, and the entire surface is cowed with a minimum of'/,,inch gypsum veneer plaster. d. An approved adhesive qualified under ASTM E 119 or UL 263. e. Where lightweight or sand lightweight tontrete having an oven dry weight of 110 pounds per cubic fool or less is used,the tabulated minimum cover shall be per- mitted to he reduced 25 percent.except that in no case shall the cover bc•less than'i,inch In slabs or 1'/z inches in beams or girders. f. For solid slabs of siliceous aggregate concrete,increase tendon cover 20 percent. g. Adequate provisions against spallingshall be provided by U-shaped or hooped stirrups spaced not to exceed the depth of the member with a clearcover of 1 inch. It, Prestressed slabs shall have a Thickness not less than that required in Table 720.1(3)for the respective Fire-resistance time period. L Fire coverage and end anchorages shall be as follows:Cover[o the prestressing steel at the anchor shall be'/Z inch greater than that required away from the anchor. Minimum cover to steel-bearing plate shall be 1 inch in beams and L'14 inch in slabs. J. For beam widths between 8 inches and 12 inches,cover thickness shall be permitted to be determined by interpolation. k. Interior spans of continuous slabs,beams and girders shall be permitted to be considered restrained. I For use with concrete slabs having a comparable fire endurance where members are framed into the structure in such a manner as to provide equivalent perfor- mance to that of monolithic concrete construction. m.Generic fire-resistance ratings(those not designated as PROPRIETARY*in the listing)in GA 600 shall be accepted as If herein listed. n. No additional insulating material N required on the exposed outside face of the column flange to achieve a 1-hour fire-resistance rating. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 129 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 720.1(2) RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS'°P MINIMUM FINISHED THICKNESS FACE-TO-FACE° (inches) _ ITEM 4 3 2 1 MATERIAL NUMBER CONSTRUCTION hour hour hour hour 1-1.1 Solid brick of clay or shale`. 6 4.9 3.8 2.7 1-1.2 Hollow brick,not filled. 5.0 4.3 3.4 2.3 1-I.3 Hollow brick unit wall,grout or filled with perlite vermiculite or expanded shale 6.6 5.5 4.4 3.0 1.Brick of clay or aggregate. --- - - -- shale 4"nominal thick units at least 75 percent solid backed with a hat-shaped metal furring channel 314"thick formed from 0.021"sheet metal attached to the brick i 1-2.1 wall on 24"centers with approved Fasteners,and 112" Type X gypsum wallboard - - 5`` - attached to the metal furring strips with 1"-long Type S screws spaced 8"on _ center. 2.Combination of 2-1.1 4"solid brick and 4"tile(at least 40 percent solid). ! 8 - - clay brick and - I load-bearing 2-1.2 4"solid brick and 8"tile(at least 40 percent solid). 12 - - hollow clay tile 3-1.111, Expanded slag or pumice. 4.7 4.0 3.2 2.1 3.Concrete 3-1.21 x Expanded clay,shale or slate. _- 5.1 4,4 3.6 I 2.6 i masonry units 3-1.31 Limestone,cinders or air-cooled slag. 5.9 5.0 4.0 2.7 3-1.4f-9 Calcareous or siliceous gravel. 6.2 5.3 _ 4.2 2.8 Siliceous aggregate concrete. 7.0 6.2 5.0 3.5 Carbonate aggregate concrete. 6.6 5.7 4.6 3.2 4.Solid concretek 4.1.1 - - - - Sand-lightweighl concrete. i 5.4 4.6 3.8 2.7 Lightweight concrete. 5.1 4.4 3.6 2.5 - - - - + One 2"unit cored 15 percent maximum and one 4"unit cored 25 percent 5.1.1 maximum with 314"mortar-Filled collar joint.Unit positions reversed in alternate - 6% - courses. One 2"unit cored 15 percent maximum and one 4"unit cored 40 percent 5-1.2 maximum with 314"mortar-filled collar joint.Unit positions side with 314"gypsum - 631 - - plaster.Two wythes tied together every fourth course with No.22 gage 4 corrugated metal ties. 5.Glazed or 5-1.3 One unit with three cells in wall thickness,cored 29 percent maximum. _n 6 - unglazed facing One 2"unit cored 22 percent maximum and one 4"unit cored 41 percent tile,nonload- maximum with 1/4"mortar-filled collar joint.Two wythes tied together every bearing 5-1.4 third course with 0.030"(No.22 galvanized sheet steel gage)corrugated metal 6 - ties. 5-1.5 One 4"unit cared 25 percent maximum with 314"gypsum plaster on one side. - - 4314 - 5-1.6 One 4"unit with two cells in wall thickness,cored 22 percent maximum. - - - 4 5-1.7 One 4"unit cored 30 percent maximum with 314"vermiculite gypsum plaster on - - 411 one side. 2 5-1.8 One 4"unit cored 39 percent maximum with 3/a"gypsum plaster on one side. - 4112 (Continved) 130 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 720.1(2)—continued RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS P MINIMUM FINISHED THICKNESS FACE-TO-FACE e (inches) ITEM - 4 3 - 2 1 MATERIAL NUMBER CONSTRUCTION hour hour hour hour 319"by 0.055"(No. 16 carbon sheet steel gage)vertical cold-rolled channels, 16" on center with 2.6-pound flat metal lath applied to one face and tied with 0.049" _ 6-1.1 (No. 18 B.W.Gage)wire at 6"spacing.Gypsum plaster each side mixed 1:2 by — — 2,t weight_gy_sum to sand aggregate, 314"by 0.05"(No. 16 carbon sheet steel gage)cold-rolled channels 16"on center with metal lath applied to one face and tied with 0.049"(No. 18 B.W.gage)wire 6-1.2 at 6"spacing.Perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster each side,For Ihree-coat — — 2112d 2d work,the plaster mix for the second coat shall not exceed 100 pounds of gypsum to 2112 cubic feel of aggregate for the 1-hour system. — 6.Solid gypsum 319"by 0.055"(No. 16 carbon sheet steel gage)vertical cold-rolled channels, 16" plaster 6-1.3 on center with 318"gypsum lath applied to one face and attached with sheet metal — — — 2d cliRss.Gypsum plaster each side mixed 1:2 by wegh ('88 c. Studless with 112"full-length plain gypsum lath and gypsum plaster each side. 6-2.1 Plaster mixed 1:1 for scratch coat and 1:2 for brown coat,by weight,gypsum to — — — 2d sand aggregate. 6-2.2 Studless with 112"full-length plain gypsum lath and perlite or vermiculite gypsum — — 2y2d 2d plaster each side. Studless partition with 3/g"rib metal lath installed vertically adjacent edges tied 6-2.3 G"on center with No. 18 gage wire ties,gypsum plaster each side mixed 1:2 by — — — 2d weight,gypsum to sand aggregate. Perlite mixed in the ratio of 3 cubic feet to 100 pounds of portland cement and 7.Solid perlite machine applied to stud side of 1112'mesh by 0.058-inch(No. 17 B.W.gage) and portland 7-1.1 paper-backed woven wire fabric lath wire-tied to 4"-deep steel trussed wirer studs — — 3118° — cement 16"on center.Wire ties of 0.049"(No. 18 B.W.gage)galvanized steel wire 6"on center vertically. 8.Solid neat wood 314"by 0.055-inch(No. 16 carbon sheet steel gage)cold-rolled channels,12"on fibered gypsum 8-1,1 center with 2.5-pound flat metal lath applied to one face and tied with 0.049" — — 21' — plaster (No. 18 B.W.gage)wire at 6"spacing.Neat gypsum lap ster applied each side. 9.Solid wallboard One full-length layer%"Type X gypsum wallboard'laminated to each side of 1" partition 9-1.1 full-length V-edge gypsum coreboard with approved laminating compound. — — 2d — Vertical joints of face laver and coreboard staggered at least 3". One full-length layer of 518"Type X gypsum wallboard'attached to both sides of wood or metal top and bottom runners laminated to each side of 1"x 6" 10-1.1 full-length gypsum coreboard ribs spaced 2"on center with approved laminating — — — 2114° 10.Hollow compound.Ribs centered at vertical joints of face plies and joints staggered 24" (studless)gypsum in opposing faces.Ribs may be recessed 6"from the top and bottom. wallboard 1"regular gypsum V-edge full-length backing board attached to both sides of partition wood or metal lop and bottom runners with nails or 151g"drywall screws at 24" 10-1.2 on center.Minimum width of rumors 1518".Face layer of t/Z"regular full-length — 4518d — gypsum wallboard laminated to outer faces of backing board with approved laminating compound. l_ (continued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 131 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 720.1(2)—continued RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS"°P MINIMUM FINISHED THICKNESS FACE-TO-FACO (inches) ITEM 4 3 2 1 MATERIAL NUMBER CONSTRUCTION hour hour hour hour 3'14"x 0.044" (No. 18 carbon sheet steel gage)steel studs spaced 24"on center. 11-1.1 51H"gypsum plaster on metal lath each side mixed 1:2 by weight,gypsum to — — — 4314d sand aggregate. w 331„"x 0.055"(No. 16 carbon sheet steel gage) approved nailable''sluds spaced 11-1.2 24"on center.'/K"neat gypsum wood-fibered plaster each side over 31H"rib — — 551 — metal lath nailed to studs with 6d common nails.8"on center.Nails driven 8 11.Noncombustible 1114"and bent over. studs—interior 4"x 0.044"(No. 18 carbon sheet steel gage)channel-shaped steel studs at 16" partition with plaster on center.On each side approved resilient clips pressed onto stud flange at 16" each side 11-1.3 vertical spacing.1'4"pencil rods snapped into or wire lied onto outer loop of — 7'1x`' — clips,metal lath wire-tied to pencil rods at 6"intervals, l"perlite gypsum .plaster.each side. 2112"x 0.044"(No. 18 carbon sheet steel gage)steel studs spaced 16"on center,+ 11-1.4 Wood fibered gypsum plaster mixed 1:I by weight gypsum to sand aggregate — — 41/ J — applied on 314-pound metal lath wire lied to studs,each side.314"plaster applied 4 over each face,including finish coat. 2"x 4"wood studs 16"on center with 518"gypsum plaster on metal lath.Lath 12-1.1'n, attached by 4d common nails bent over or No. 14 gage by 1'14"by 314"crown — — — 51/ width staples spaced 6"on center.Plaster mixed 1:1 Y?for scratch coat and 1:3 H for brown coat,by weight,gypsum to sand aggregate. 2"x 4"wood studs 1 G"on center with metal lath and 718"neat wood-fibered 12-1.2' gypsum plaster each side.Lath attached by 6d common nails.7"on center. — — 5L/,d — 12.Wood studs ,Nails driven 111d"and bent over. Interior partition - - -- - - willt plaster each 2"x 4"wood studs 16"on center with 318"perforated or plain gypsum lath and side 12-1.31 112„gypsum plaster each side.Lath nailed with 11/8'by No. 13 gage by 19164" — — — 511 head plasterboard blued nails.4"on center.Plaster mixed 1:2 by weight. gypsum to sand aggregate. 2"x 4"wood studs 16"on center with 318"Type X gypsum lath and'I2"gypsum 12-1.41 plaster each side.Lath nailed with 1 Iig"by No. 13 gage by 19/6j"head — — 511 plasterboard blued nails,5"on center.Plaster mixed 1:2 by weight,gypsum to 4 sand aggregate. 0.018" (No.25 carbon sheet steel gage) channel-shaped studs 24"on center with one full-length layer of fi"Type X gypsum wallhoards applied vertically attached with 1"long No.6 drywall screws to each stud.Screws are 8"on 13-1.1 center around the perimeter and 12"on center on the intermediate stud.The — — — 27/d wallboard may be applied horizontally when attached to 351R'studs and the " horizontal joints are staggered with those on the opposite side.Screws for the horizontal application shall be 8"on center al vertical edges and 12"on center 13.Noncombustible _;al intermediate studs. studs—interior 0.018"(No.25 carbon sheet steel gage)channel-shaped studs 25"on center partition with with two full-length layers or'I,"Type X gypsum wallboards applied vertically gypsum wallboard each side.First layer attached with 1"-long,No.6 drywall screws,8"on center each side 13-1.2 around the perimeter and 12"on center on the intermediate stud.Second layer — — 3'/Ha — applied Frith vertical joints offset one stud space from first layer using 15/H" long.No.6 drywall screws spaced 9"on center along vertical joints. l2"on center at intermediate studs and 24"on center along top and bottom runners. 0.055" (No. 16 carbon sheet steel gage)approved nailable metal studs"24"on 13-1.3 center with full-length 5/g"Type X gypsum wallboard"applied vertically and — — — 471 nailed 7"on center with 6d cement-coaled common nails.Approved metal e fastener grips used with nails at vertical bull joints along-studs. (continued) 132 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE`S FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 720.1(2)—continued RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VAR_IOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS'°P MINIMUM FINISHED THICKNESS FACE-TO-FACFb (inches) ITEM , 3 — -2 - 1- MATERIAL NUM_BER _ CONSTRUCTION hour_ hour hour hour 2"x 4"wood studs 16"on center with two layers of 318"regular gypsum wallboard°each side,4d cooler"or wallboard'nails al 8"on center first layer,5d 14-1.1h m cooler"or wallboard"nails at 8"on center second layer with laminating — — — 5 compound between layers.joinis staggered.First layer applied full length vertically.second layer applied horizontally or vertically. 2"x 4"wood studs 16"on center with two layers 112"regular gypsum wallboard" 14-1.21 m"applied vertically or horizontally each sid0 joints staggered.Nail base layer — — — 51 with 5d cooler"or wallboards nails at 8"on center face layer with 8d cooler°or z wallboards nails at 8"on center. 2"x 4"wood studs 24"on center with 5/g'Type X gypsum wallboard"applied y 14-1.31"' vertically or horizontally nailed with 6d cooler°or wallboard'nails at 7"on — - 41i4 14.Wood center with end joints on nailing members.Stagger joints each side. studs—interior -- — -— - partition with 2"x 4"fire-retardant-treated wood studs spaced 24"on center with one layer or gypsum wallboard 144.41 '/s"Type X gypsum wallboard"applied with face paper grain (long dimension) each side parallel to studs Wallboard attached with 6d cooler"or wallboard"nails at 7"on a center. _ 2"x 4"wood studs 16"on center with two layers'/8"Type X gypsum wallhoard'each side.Base layers applied vertically and nailed with 6d coolers 14-1.51 m or wallboards nails at 9"on center.Face layer applied vertically or horizontally — — 6 — and nailed with 8d cooler"or wallboard"nails at 7"on center.For nail-adhesive application,base layers are nailed 6"on center.Face layers applied with coating of approved wallboard adhesive and nailed 12"on center. 2"x 3"fire-retardant-treated wood studs spaced 24"on center with one layer or 14-1.61 318"Type X gypsum wallboard'applied with face paper grain(long dimension) — — — 35!d at right angles to studs.Wallboard attached with 6d cement-coaled box nails ,spaced 7"on center. Exterior surface with 314"drop siding over 1/2'gypsum sheathing on 2"x 4" wood studs at 16"on center,interior surface treatment as required for 15-1.11 m I-hour-rated exterior or interior 2"x 4"wood stud partitions.Gypsum sheathing Varies nailed with 1314"by No. 11 gage by 7116"head galvanized nails at 8"on center. Siding nailed with 7d galvanized smooth box nails. - 2"x 4"wood studs 16"on center with metal lath and 341"cement plaster on each 15-1.21 m side.Lath attached with 6d common nails 7"on center driven to 1"minimum penetration and bent over.Plaster mix 1:4 for scratch coat and 1:5 for brown 15.Exterior or coat,t}y volume.cement to sand, _ interior walls 2"x 4"wood studs 16"on center with 1/8"cement plaster(measured from the 15 1.3t m!face of studs)on the exterior surface with interior surface treatment as required — — — Varies for interior wood stud partitions in this table.Plaster mix 1:4 for scratch coal and 1:5 for brown coat,by volume,cement to sand. 351$"No. 16 gage noncombustible studs 16"on center with 718"cement plaster (measured from the face of the studs)on the exterior surface with interior 15.1.4 surface treatment as required for interior,nonbearing,noncombustible stud — — — Variesd' partitions in this table.Plaster mix 1:4 for scratch coat and 1:5 for brown coat, by volume,cement to sand. (continued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 133 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 720.1(2)—continued RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS•°P MINIMUM FINISHED THICKNESS FACE-TO-FACE° (inches) ITEM 4 3 2 1 MATERIAL NUMBER CONSTRUCTION hour hour hour hour 2114"x 3314"clay face brick with cored holes over'/,'gypsum sheathing on exterior surface of 2"x 4"wood studs at 16"on center and two layers'/,"Type X gypsum wallboards on interior surface.Sheathing placed horizontally or vertically with vertical joints over studs nailed 6"on center with 1314"x No. I I gage by ,',(,`head galvanized nails.Inner laver of wallboard placed horizontally a or vertically and nailed 8"on center with 6d cooler"or wallboard"nails.Outer layer of wallboard placed horizontally or vertically and nailed 8"on center with 10 — 8d cooler"or wallboard"nails.All joints staggered with vertical joints over studs.Outer layer joints taped and finished with compound.Nail heads covered with joint compound.0.035 inch(No.20 galvanized sheet gage) corrugated galvanized steel wall ties 314"by 6118"attached to each stud with two 8d cooler" or wallboard"nails every sixth course of bricks. 2"x 6"fire-retardant-treated wood studs 16"on center.Interior face has two layers of 518"Type X gypsum with the base layer placed vertically and attached with 6d box nails 12"on center.The face layer is placed horizontally and attached with 8d box nails 8"on center at joints and 12"on center elsewhere, The exterior face has a base layer of 518"Type X gypsum sheathing placed vertically with 6d box nails 8"on center at joints and 12"on center elsewhere. An approved building paper is next applied,followed by self-furred exterior lath — attached with 2112",No. 12 gage galvanized roofing nails with a 318"diameter head and spaced 6"on center along each stud.Cement plaster consisting of a'12" brown coat is then applied.The scratch coat is mixed in the proportion of 1:3 by weight,cement to sand with 10 pounds of hydrated lime and 3 pounds of approved additives or admixtures per sack of cement.The brown coat is mixed in the proportion of 1:4 by weight.cement to sand with the same amounts of hydrated lime and approved additives ur admixtures used in the scratch coat. 2"x 6"wood studs 16"on center.The exterior face has a layer of stn"Type X 15.Exterior or gypsum sheathing placed vertically with 6d box nails 8"on center at joints and interior walls 12"on center elsewhere.An approved building paper is next applied.followed (continued) by 1"by No. 18 gage self-furred exterior lath attached with 8d by 2112'long galvanized roofing nails spaced 6"on center along each stud.Cement plaster consisting of a'IZ"scratch coat,a bonding agent and a 112"brown coat and a finish coat is then applied.The scratch coat is mixed in the pmpurtion of 1:3 by weight,cement to sand with 10 pounds of hydrated lime and 3 pounds of 15-1.71 m approved additives or admixtures per sack of cement.The brown coat is mixed in the proportion of 1:4 by weight,cement to sand with the same amounts of hydrated lime and approved additives or admixtures used in the scratch coat. The interior is covered with 318"gypsum lath with 1"hexagonal mesh of 0.035 inch(No.20 B.W.gage)woven wire lath furred out 5116"and 1"perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster.Lath nailed with 1118"by No. 13 gage by 19/6,"head plasterboard glued nails spaced 5"on center.Mesh attached by 1'r4"by No. 12 gage by 318"head nails with 31H"furrings,spaced 8"on center.The plaster mix .shall—not exceed 100 pounds of gyRsum to 2'1,cubic rector aggregate. — 2"x 6"wood studs 16"on center.The exterior face has a layer of 51f,"Type X gypsum sheathing placed vertically with 6d box nails 8"on center at joints and 12"on center elsewhere.An approved building paper is next applied,followed by I V?"by No. 17 gage self-furred exterior lath attached with 8d by 2'I2"long galvanized roofing nails spaced 6"on center along each stud.Cement plaster consisting of a 112"scratch coat,and a 112"brown coat is[hen applied.The plaster may be placed by machine.The scratch coat is mixed in the proportion of 15-1.81"' 1:4 by weight,plastic cement to sand.The brown coat is mixed in the proportion — — 8318 of 1:5 by weight,plastic cement to sand.The interior is covered with 318" gypsum lath with 1"hexagonal mesh of No.20 gage woven wire lath furred out 1 6'and 1"perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster.Lath nailed with 1'ls"by No. 13 gage by 19154"head plasterboard glued nails spaced 5"on center.Mesh attached by 1314"by No. 12 gage by 3/H"head nails with 318'furrings,spaced 8" on center.The plaster mix shall not exceed 100 pounds of gypsum to 2'/z cubic feet of aggregate. _ (continued) 134 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 720.1(2)—continued RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS °P MINIMUM FINISHED i THICKNESS FACE-TO-FACE° (inches) ITEM MATERIAL NUMBER CONSTRUCTION 4 hour 3 hour 2 hour'1 hour 4"No. 18 gage.nonload-bearing metal studs, 16"on center,with 1"portland cement lime plaster[measured from the back side of the 314-pound expanded metal lath[on the exterior surface.Interior surface to be covered with I"of 15-1.9 gypsum plaster on 3/,-pound expanded metal lath proportioned by weight---1:2 — T 61/,d — for scratch coat, 1:3 for brown,gypsum to sand.Lath on One side of the partition fastened to 1/4"diameter pencil rods supported by No.20 gage metal clips, located 16"on center vertically,on each stud.3"thick mineral fiber insulating batts friction fitted between the studs. Steel studs 0.060"thick,4"deep or 6"at 16"or 24"centers.with '/r"Glass Fiber Reinforced Concrete(GFRC)on the exterior surface.GFRC is attached with flex anchors at 24"on center,with 5"leg welded to studs with two 112'-long flare-bevel welds,and 4"foot attached to the GFRC skin with s/s"thick GFRC 15-1.10 bonding pads that extend 2'1z"beyond the flex anchor foot on both sides.Interior — 611 — surface to have two layers Of Type X gypsum wallboard.°The first layer of z wallboard to be attached with 1"-long Type S buglehead screws spaced 24"on center and the second layer is attached with 1'/R•'-long Type S screws spaced at 12"on center.Cavity is to be filled with 5"Of 4 pef(nominal) mineral fiber Batts. GFRC has 1112"returns packed with mineral fiber and caulked on the exterior. Steel studs 0.060"thick,4"deep or 6"at 16"or 24"centers,respectively,with 112"Glass Fiber Reinforced Concrete(GFRC)on the exterior surface.GFRC is attached with flex anchors at 24"on center,with 5"leg welded to studs with two 10"-long flare-bevel welds,and 4"fool attached to the GFRC skin with'1/8"-thick 15-1.11 GFRC bonding pads that extend 211.,"beyond the flex anchor foot on both sides. — — — 611, Interior surface to have one layer of`Is"Type X gypsum wallboard',attached with 1114"-long Type S buglehead screws spaced 12"on center.Cavity is to be filled with 5"of 4 pef(nominal)mineral fiber Batts.GFRC has 1112"returns 15.Exterior or packed with mineral fiber and caulked on the exterior. interior walls �- (continued) 2"x 6"wood studs at 16"with double top plates,single bottom plate:interior and exterior sides covered with'It ;"Type X gypsum wallboard.4'wide,applied I5-I.12'1 horizontally or vertically with vertical joints over studs,and fastened with 2114" — — 6314 Type S drywall screws,spaced 12"on center.Cavity to be filled with 511," mineral wool insulation. _ J 2"x 6"wood studs at 16"with double top plates,single bottom plate;interior and exterior sides covered with 51,"Type X gypsum wallboard.4'wide,applied 15-1.13'1 vertically with all joints over framing or blocking and fastened with 2114"Type 5 — — — 63}4 drywall screws,spaced 12"on center.R-19 mineral fiber insulation installed In stud cavity. 2"x 6"wood studs at 16"with double top plates,single bottom plate:interior and 15-1.1411 exterior sides covered with"IN'Type X gypsum wallboard.4'wide,applied — — — 631 horizontally or vertically with vertical joints over studs,and fastened with 2114" 4 Type S drywall screws,spaced 7"on center. 2"x 4"wood studs at 16"with double top plates,single bottom plate:interior and exterior sides covered with I/,"Type X gypsum wallboard and sheathing. 15-1.154 respectively,4'wide,applied horizontally or vertically with vertical joints over — — — 4314 studs.and fastened with 21/4"Type S drywall screws,spaced 12"on center. ---.-Cavity.(o be filled with 3112"mineral wool insulation. 2"x 6"wood studs at 24"centers with double top plates.single bottom plate: interior and exterior side covered with two layers of 5/,"Type X gypsum wallboard,4'wide,applied horizontally with vertical joints over studs.Base layer 15-1.16'1 fastened with 21/4"Type S drywall screws,spaced 24"On center and face layer — — 7314 fastened with Type S drywall screws,spaced 8"on center,wallboard joints covered with paper tape and joint compound,fastener heads covered wi(h join( compound,Cavity to be filled with 5'/2•'mineral wool insulation. (continued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 135 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 720.1(2)—continued RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS',O•P MINIMUM FINISHED THICKNESS FACE-TO-FACE° (inches) ITEM -- MATERIAL NUMBER CONSTRUCTION 4 hour 3 hour 2 hour 1 hour 3518"No. 16 gage steel studs at 24"on center or 2"x 4"wood studs at 24"on center.Metal lath attached to the exterior side of studs with minimum 1"long No.6 drywall screws at 6"on center and covered with minimum 314"thick portland cement plaster.Thin veneer brick units of clay or shale complying with 15-2.1 n ASTM C 1088,Grade TBS or better,installed in running bond in accordance 6 with Section 1405.10.Combined total thickness of the portland cement plaster, mortar and thin veneer brick units shall be not less than 1314".Interior side covered with one layer of%"thick Type X gypsum wallboard attached to studs with 1"long No.6 drywall screws at 12"on center. 3518"No. 16 gage steel studs at 24"on center or 2"x 4"wood studs at 24"on center.Metal lath attached to the exterior side of studs with minimum 1"long No.6 drywall screws al 6"on center and covered with minimum 314"thick portland cement plaster.Thin veneer brick units of clay or shale complying with 15-2.2,' ASTM C 1088,Grade TBS or better,installed in running bond in accordance 6718 with Section 1405.10.Combined total thickness of the portland cement plaster. mortar and thin veneer brick units shall be not less than 2".Interior side covered 15.Exterior or with two layers of 518"thick Type X gypsum wallboard.Bottom layer attached to interior walls studs with 1"long No.6 drywall screws at 24"on center.Top layer attached to (continued) studs with I'/s"long No.6 drywall screws at 12"on center. 3518"No. 16 gage steel studs at 16"on center or 2"x 4"wood studs at 16"on center.Where metal lath is used,attach to the exterior side of studs with minimum I"long No.6 drywall screws at 6"on center.Brick units of clay or 15.2.31 shale not less than 2518'thick complying with ASTM C 216 installed in 7711, accordance with Section 1405.6 with a minimum 1"air space.Interior side covered with one layer of 5/8"thick Type X gypsum wallboard attached to studs with 1"long No.6 drywall screws at 12"on center. 3518"No. 16 gage steel studs at 16"on center or 2"x 4"wood studs at 16"on center.Where metal lath is used,attach to the exterior side of studs with minimum 1"long No.6 drywall screws at 6"on center.Brick units of clay or 15-2.4d shale not less than 2518"thick complying with ASTM C 216 installed in 811 accordance with Section 1405.6 with a minimum 1"air space.Interior side � covered with two layers of 518"thick Type X gypsum wallboard.Bottom layer attached to studs with 1"long No.6 drywall screws at 24"on center.Top layer attached to studs with 1614"long No.6 drywall screws at I2"on center. 2"x 4"wood studs at 1 G"centers with double top plates.single bottom plate; 16.Exterior walls interior side covered with%"Type X gypsum wallboard,4'wide,applied rated for fire horizontally unblocked,and fastened with 2114"Type S drywall screws.spaced resistance from 12"on center,wallboard joints covered with paper tape and joint compound. the inside only in 16-1.1', fastener heads covered with joint compound.Exterior covered with SIR"wood accordance with structural panels,applied vertically,horizontal joints blocked and fastened with Section 705.5. 6d common nails(bright)— 12"on center in the field,and G"on center panel edges.Cavity to be filled with 3'?;"mineral wool insulation.Rating established for exposure from interior side only. (Continued) 136 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 720.1(2)—continued RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS'°e MINIMUM FINISHED THICKNESS FACE-TO-FACEh ITEM (inches) MATERIAL NUMBER CONSTRUCTION 4 hour 3 hour 2 hour 1 hour 2"x 6"(51nun x 152 nun)wood studs at 16"centers with double top plates,single bottom plate;interior side covered with 51R'Type X gypsum wallboard,4'wide. applied horizontally or vertically with vertical joints over studs and fastened with '2'/,"Type S drywall screws,spaced 12"on center,wallboard joints covered with 16-1.24 paper tape and joint compound,fastener heads covered with joint compound,exterior — — 6/16 side covered with'/is'wood structural panels fastened with 6d common nails(bright) 16.Exterior walls spaced 12"on center in the field and b"on center along the panel edges.Cavity to be rated for fire filled with 51/2"mineral wool insulation.Rating established from the gypsum-covered resistance from side only. the inside only in ` accordance with 2"x 6"wood studs at 16"centers with double top plates,single bottom plates; Section 705.5. interior side covered with 6/H'Type X gypsum wallboard.4'wide.applied (continued) vertically with all joints over framing or blocking and fastened with 2'1a"Type S drywall screws spaced 7"on center.Joints to be covered with tape and joint 16-1.3 compound.Exterior covered with 318"wood structural panels.applied vertically — — — 6112 with edges over framing or blocking and fastened with 6d common nails(bright) at 12"on center in the field and 6"on center on panel edges.R-19 mineral fiber insulation installed in stud cavity.Rating established from the gypsum-covered side only. For SI: l inch=25.4 mm, 1 square inch=645.2 mnF.1 cubic foot=0.0283 m3, a, Staples with equivalent holding power and penetration shall be permitted to be used as alternate fasteners to nails for attachment to wood framing. b. Thickness shown for brick and clay the Is nominal thicknesses unless plastered,in which case thicknesses are net.Thickness shown for concrete masonry and day masonry is equivalent thickness defined in Section 721.3.1 for concrete masonry and Section 721.4.1.1 for clay masonry.Where all cells are solid grouted or filled with silicone-treated perlite loose-fill insulatlon;vermiculite loose-lilt insulation;or expanded clay shale or slate lightweight aggregate the equivalent thickness shall be the thickness of the block or brick usingspecified dimensions as defined in Chapter 21.Equivalent thickness may also tncludc the thickuessuf applied plas- ter and lath or gypsum wallboard.where specified. c. For units in which the net cross-sectional area of cored brick in any plane parallel to the surface containing the cures is at leas(75 percent of the gross cross-sec- tional area measured In the same plane. d. Shall be used for nonbearing purposes only. e. For all of the construction with gypsum wallboard described in this(able.gypsum base for veneer plaster of the same size,thickness and core type shall be permit- ted to be substituted for gypsum wailboard.provided attachment is jdcnecal to that specified for the wallboard,and the joints on the face laver are reinforced and the entire surface Is covered with a minimum of /,r,•inch gypsum veneer plaster. f. The fire-resistance time period for concrete masunry units meeting the equivalent thicknesses required for a 2-hour fire-resistance rating in Item 3.and having a thickness of not less than 7%inches is 4 hours when cores which are not grouted are filled with silicone treated perlite loose-fill Insulation;vermiculite loose-Fill insulation;or expanded clay,shale or slate lightweight aggregate,sand or slag having a maximum particle size of'ix inch. g. The fire resistance rating of concrete masoun'units composed of a combination of aggregate types or where plaster is applied directly to the concrete masonry shall be determined in accordance with ACI 21 G i/TMs 0216.Lightweight aggregates shall have a maximum i uritbmed density of 65 pounds per cubic foot. It. See also Note b.The equivalent thIcknessshall be permitted to Include the IhIckness of cement plaster or 1.5 times the thickness o1gypsurn plaster applied In accor- dance with the requirements of Chapter 25. i. Concrete walls shall be reinforced with horizontal and vertical temperature reinforcement as required by Chapter 19. j. Studs are welded truss wire studs with 0.18 inch(No.7 S.W.gage)flange wire and 0,18 inch(No.7 S.W.gage)truss wires k. Nailable metal studs consist of two channel studs spot welded back to back with a crimped web forming a nailing groove. 1. Wood structural panels shall be permitted to be installed between the fire pt oiectiun and the wood studs on either(he interior or exterior side of(he wood frame assemblies in this table.provided the length of the fasteners used to attach the fire protection is increased by an amount at least equal to the thickness of the wood structural panel. m.The design stress of studs shall be reduced to 78 percent of allowable P,with the maximum not greater than 78 percent of the calculated stress with studs having a slenderness ratio I/dof 33. n. For properties of cooler or wallboard nails.see ASTM C 514,ASTM C 547 or ASTM F 1667. o. Generic fire-resistance ratings(those not designated as PROPRIETARY'in The listing)in the GA 600 shall be accepted as if herein listed. p. NCMA TEK 5-8A shall be permitted for the design of fire walls. q. The design stress of studs shall be equal to a maximum of 100 percent of the allowable P,calculated in accordance with Section 230G. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 137 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 720.1(3) MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMS",q THICKNESS OF FLOOR MINIMUMTHICKNESS OR ROOF SLAB OF CEILING (inches) (inches) FLOOR OR ROOF ITEM 4 3 2 1 4 1 3 2 1 1 CONSTRUCTION NUMBER CEILING CONSTRUCTION hour hour hour hour hour hour hour hour 1.Siliceous _ _ _ _ - I _ _ _ _ 1-1.1 7_0 G.2 5.0 3.5 aggregate concrete 2.Carbonate Slab(no ceiling required).Minimum cover over aggregate concrete 2-1.1 3onpresiressed reinforcement shall not be less than 6_6 5.7 4.6 3.2 - - - - 3.Sand-lightweight concrete ! 3-1.1 5.4 4.6 3.8 2.7 - - - 4.Lightweight concrete 4-1.1 5.1 4.4 3.6 2.5 - - - - Slab with suspended ceiling of vermiculite gypsum plaster over metal lath attached to 314"cold-rolled 3 5 I.l channels spaced 12"on center.Ceiling located 6" 3 2 - - 1 li - I minimum below joists. -- - - -- 318"Type X gypsum wallboard'attached to 0.018 inch(No.25 carbon sheet steel gage)by 118'deep by 2'/R"hat-shaped galvanized steel channels with 1"-long No.6 screws.The channels are spaced 24" on center,span 35"and are supported along their 5.Reinforced length at 35"intervals by 0.033"(No.21 galvanized concrete sheet gage)galvanized steel flat strap hangers having formed edges that engage the lips of the 5-2.1 channel.The strap hangers are anached to the side - ; - 2117 - - - sls of the concrete joists with 5132"by 1'14"long power-driven fasteners.The wallboard is installed with the long dimension perpendicular to the Channels.All end joints occur on channels and supplementary channels are installed parallel to the main channels. 12"each side,at end joint occurrences.The finished ceiling is located _ approximately 12"below the soffit of the floor slab. Gypsum plaster on metal lath attached to the bottom cord with single No. 16 gage or doubled No. 18 6 1 1 gage wire ties spaced 6"on center.Plaster mixed 1:2 - - 2117 2114 - . - 314 5/6 for scratch coat,1:3 for brown coat,by weight, gypsum to sand aggregate for 2-hour system.For 3-hour systcm plaster is scat. - Vermiculite gypstun plaster on metal lath attached to 6-2.1 the bottom chord with single No.16 gage or doubled - 2 0.049-inch No.18 B.W.gage)wire ties 6"on center. Cement plaster over metal lath attached to the bottom chord of joists with single No. 16 gage or doubled 0.049"(No. 18 B.W.gage)wire ties spaced 6.Steel joists constructed with 6-3.1 6"on center.Plaster mixed 1:2 for scratch coat. 1:3 - - - 2 --- - -- 'Id' a poured reinforced concrete for brown coat for 1-hour system and 1:1 for scratch Slab on metal lath forms or coat. 1:1 112 for brown coat for 2-hour system,by steel form unitsd e weight.cement to sand. - Ceiling of 518"Type X wallboard'attached to TIA" deep by 2'/R"by 0.021 inch(No.25 carbon sheet steel gage)bai-shaped furring channels 12"on 6-4.1 center with 1"long No.6 wallboard screws at 8"on - - 2112 - - -- 518 - center.Channels wire tied to bottom chord of joists with doubled 0.049 inch(No. 18 B.W.gage)wire or suspended below.joists on wire hangers.9 Wood-ffbered gypsum plaster mixed 1:1 by weight gypsum to sand aggregate applied over metal lath. 6-5.1 Lath tied G"on center to 314"channels spaced 13117" - - 211 - - 3/ - on center.Channels secured to joists at each e T 4 intersection with two strands of 0.049 inch(No. 18 B.W.gage)galvanized wire. -(continued) 138 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 720.1(3)--continued MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMS',4 THICKNESS OF FLOOR MINIMUM THICKNESS OR ROOF SLAB OF CEILING (inches) (inches) FLOOR OR ROOF ITEM 4 3 2 1 1 4 1 3 2 1 CONSTRUCTION _ _NUMBER CEILING CONSTRUCTION hour I hour hour hour:hour_ hour hour hour 7.Reinforced concrete slabs 7-1.1 s/d"gypsum plaster on bottom of floor or roof — — 81' andjoists with hollow clay the construction. fillers laid end to end in rows 211,"or more apart: reinforcement placed between 7-1.2 None — — — 51 1z — — — rows and concrete cast around and over tile. 8.Steel joists constructed with a reinforced concrete slab on Vermiculite gypsum plaster on metal lath attached top poured on a 112"deep steel 8-1.1 to 3/4"cold-rolled channels with 0.049" (No. 18 21 1z — — — 3/4 — — — deuk." B.W.gage)wire ties spaced 6"on center. Suspended ceiling of vermiculite gypsum plaster base coat and vemriculite acoustical plaster on metal lath attached at 6"intervals to 314"cold-rolled 9.3"deep cellular steel deck channels spaced 12"on center and secured to 11/2" with concrete slab on top.Slab 9.1,1 cold-,oiled channels spaced 36"on center with ; 2112 — — — I'/*" — — — thickness measured to top. 0.065 (No. 16 B.W.gage)wire. I'/?"channels supported by No.8 gage wire hangers at 36"on center.Beams within envelope and with a 21/2" airspace between beam soffit and lath have a 4-hour rating_ 10. 1%"-deep steel roof deck Ceiling of gypsum plaster on metal lath.Lath � on steel framing.Insulation attached to 1/4"furring channels with 0.049"(No. 18! board,30 pcf density. B.W.gage)wire ties spaced 6"on center.3/4" composed of wood fibers with channel saddle lied to 2"channels with doubled I cement binders of thickness 10-1.1 0.065"(No. 16 B.W.gage)wire ties.2"channels — — 17/s I — — 3/41 3111 shown bonded to deck with spaced 36"on center suspended 2"below steel unified asphalt adhesive. framing and saddle-tied with 0.165"(No.8 B.W. Covered with a Class A or B gage)wire.Plaster mixed 1:2 by weight. roof covering. gypsum-to-sand aggregate, Ceiling of gypsum plaster on metal lath.Lath attached to 314"furring channels with 0.049"(No. 181 B.W.gage)wire ties spaced 6"on center.314" 11. 1'!2"-deep steel roof deck channels saddle tied to 2"channels with doubled j on steel-framing wood fiber 0.065"(No. 16 B.W.gage)wire ties.2"channels insulation board. 17.5 pcf I 1 1 1 spaced 36"on center suspended 2"below steel — — 11/2 1 — — 2/xk 3111 density on top applied over a framing and saddle tied with 0.165 (No.8 B.W. 15-lb asphalt-saturated felt. gage)wire.Plaster mixed 1:2 for scratch coat and Class A or B roof covering. 1:3 for brown coat.by weight,gypsum-to-sand i aggregate for 1-hour system.For 2-hour system, plaster mix is 1:2 by weight,gypsum-to-sand aggregate. (continued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 139 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 720.1(3)—continued MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMS',4 THICKNESS OF FLOOR MINIMUM THICKNESS OR ROOF SLAB OF CEILING (inches) (inches) FLOOR OR ROOF ITEM 4 3 2 1 4 1 3 2 1 CONSTRUCT_ION NUMBER CEILING CONSTRUCTION hour hour hour hour hour!hour hour_hour 12. 1 112"deep steel roof deck - - - on steel-framing insulation of rigid board consisting of expanded perlite and fibers impregnated with integral Gypsum vermiculite plaster on metal lath wire tied asphalt waterproofing:density at G"inter als to {I f'furring channels spaced 12"on to 12 pcf y 1 2"w d metal 12-1.1 center and wire tied to 2"runner channels spaced 718 roof deck by !2„wide ribbons 32"on center.Runners wire tied to bottom chord of + of waterproof,cold-process liquid adhesive spaced 6" steel joists. apart.Steel joist or light steel construction with metal roof deck,insulation,and Class A or B built-up roof covering.` Gypsum plaster over{/8"Type X gypsum lath.Lath initially applied with not less than four 1'!8"by No. 13 gage by 19/6 4"head plasterboard blued nails per bearing.Continuous stripping over lath along all joist lines.Stripping consists of 3"wide strips of metal lath attached by 1'/2"by No. 11 gage by'12" head roofing nails spaced 6"on center.Alternate 13-1.1 stripping consists of 3"wide 0.049"diameter wire — — — — — — — 718 stripping weighing 1 pound per square yard and attached by No.16 gage by 1112"by 1k,"crown width staples,spaced 4"on center.Where alternate I stripping is used,the lath nailing may consist of two 13.Double wood floor over nails al each end and one nail at each intermediate wood joists spaced 16"on bearing.Plaster mixed 1:2 by weight, center.m" gypsum-to-sand aggregate. Cement or gypsum plaster on metal lath.Lath Fastened with 1'1?"by No. 11 gage by 7116"head 13-1.2 barbed shank roofing nails spaced 5"on center. — — — — — — 5/a Plaster mixed 1:2 for scratch coat and 1:3 for brown coat,by weight,cement to sand aggregate. Perlite Or vermiculite gypsum plaster on metal lath 13-13 secured to joists with 1'/,"by No. 11 gage by 7/16" — — — — — — 5!A head barbed shank roofing nails spaced 5"on center. Ill"Type X gypsum wallboard` nailed to joists with 13-1.4 5d cooler'or wallboard"nails at 6"on center.End — — — — — — — _joints of wallboard centered on joists. 112"-thick wood fiberboard weighing 15 to 18 14.Plywood stressed skin panels consisting of Y8"-thick pounds per cubic foot installed with long dimension interior C-D (exterior glue) parallel to stringers or 3/,"C-D(exterior glue) top stressed skin on 2"x 6" plyAvood glued and/or nailed to stringers.Nailing to be with 5d cooler"or wallboard"nails at 12"on nominal{minimum)stringers. 14-1.1 center.Second layer of 112"Type X gypsum — — — — — — — 1 Adjacent panel edges joined with$d common wire nails wallboard`applied with long dimension spaced 6"on center.Stringers perpendicular to joists and attached with 8d cooler" spaced 12"maximum on or wallboard'nails at 6"on center al end joints and 8"on center elsewhere.Wallboard joints staggered center. with respect to fiberboard joints. (continued) 140 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 720.1(3)—continued MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMS'-4 THICKNESS OF FLOOR MINIMUM THICKNESS OR ROOF SLAB OF CEILING (inches) (inches) FLOOR OR ROOF ITEM 4 3 2 1 4 1 3 2 1 CONSTRUCTION NUMBER CEILING CONSTRUCTION hour hour hour hour hour l hour hour hour 15.Vermiculite concrete slab proportioned 1:4 (portland cement to vermiculite aggregate) on a 1'Ir"-deep steel dock supported on i individually protected steel framing.Maximum span of 15-I.1 None — - — 31 — deck 6'-10"where deck is less than 0.019 inch(No.26 carbon steel sheet gage)or greater.Slab reinforced with 4"x 9"0.10910.083"(No.'s/14 B.W.gage)welded wire mesh. - - 16.Perlite concrete slab proportioned 1:6(portland cement to perlite aggregate) on a 114,"-deep steel deck supported on individually 16-1.1 None — — — 3'/J — — — — protected steel framing.Slab reinforced with 4"x 8" 0.10910.083"(No.14114 B,W. gage) welded wire mesh. 17.Perlite concrete slab proportioned 1:6(portland cement to petlile aggregate) Perlite gypsum plaster on metal lath wire tied to 1/4" on a 91,6"-deep steel deck 17.1.1 furring channels attached with 0.065"(No. 16 B.W. — 21' 2e supported by steel joists 4'on gage)wire ties to lower chord of joists. center.Class A or B roof covering on top. 18.Perlite concrete slab proportioned 1:6(portland cement to perlite aggregate) on 1'14"-deep steel deck supported on individually protected steel framing. Maximum span of deck 6'-10" where deck is less than 0.019" 18-1.1 None — 2'/4P 2'/4P — — — — — (No.26 carbon sheet steel gage)and 8'-0"where deck is 0.019"(No.26 carbon sheet steel gage)or greater,Slab reinforced with 0.042"(No. 19 B.W.gage)hexagonal wire mesh.Class A or B roof covering on top.-- — --- - ---- - - (continue(l) 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 141 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 720.1(3)—continued MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMS'-v THICKNESS OF FLOOR OR MINIMUM THICKNESS ROOF SLAB OF CEILING FLOOR OR ROOF ITEM (inches) (inches) CONSTRUCTION NUMBER CEILING CONSTRUCTION 4 hour 3 hour.2 hour 1 hour 4 hour.3 hour',2 hour 1 hour 19,Fluor and beam construction consisting of Suspended envelope ceiling of perlite � 3"-deep cellular steel floor gypsum plaster on metal lath attached to unit mounted on s steel /1"cold-rolled channels.secured to 1 t 11" 19 1.1 cold-rolled channels spaced 42"on center members with n 2t, (proportion with portland Supported by 0.203 inch(No.6 B.W.gage) cement to perlite wire 36"on center.Beams in envelope with aggregate) perlite-concrete 3"minimum airspace between beam soffit and lath have a 4-hour rating. floor slab on top. ` 20.Perlite concrete proportioned 1:6(portland cement to perlite I aggregate) pound to t/x thickness above top of corrugations of 15116'-deep galvanized steel deck maximum span W-0"for 0.024"(No.24 galvanized ` sheet gage)or 6'0"for 0.019" (No.26 galvanized sheet gage) with deck I supported by individually protected steel framing. Approved polystyrene 20-1.1 None — — Varies — — — — — foam plastic insulation board having a flame spread not exceeding 75 (1"to 4"thickness)with vent boles that approximate 3 percent of the board surface area placed on top of pertite slurry.A 2'by 4'insulation board contains six 2"J.," diameter holes.Board covered with 21l4" minimum perlite concrete slab. (continued) 142 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE` FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 720.1(3)—continued MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMSc9 THICKNESS OF FLOOR OR MINIMUM THICKNESS ROOF SLAB OF CEILING (inches) (inches) FLOOR OR ROOF ITEM 4 3 2 1 4 1 3 2 1 CONSTRUCTION NUMBER CEILING CONSTRUCTION hour hour, hour hour hour hour hour hour (coruirrued) i _ 20.Slab reinforced with mesh consisting of 0.042"(No. 19 B.W.gage)galvanized steel I I wire twisted together to form 2"hexagons with straight 0.065"(No. 16 B.W.gage) i galvanized steel wire woven 20 I.I None — — Varies into mesh and spaced 3". — — — Alternate slab reinforcement ! shall be permitted to consist of 4"x 8",0.10910.238"(No. 1214 B.W.gage).or 2"x 2", 0.08310.083" (No. 14114 B.W. gage)welded wire fabric.Class A or B roof covering on top. _ 21.Wood joists,wood]-joists, i floor trusses and flat or pitched Base layer 518"Type X gypsum wallboard applied roof trusses spaced a maximum at right angles(o joist or truss 24"o.c.with 11/4" r 24"o.c.with'/,"wood Type S or Type W drywall screws 24"o.c.Face structural panels with exterior layer '/8"Type X gypsum wallboard or veneer glue applied at right angles to 21-1.1 base applied at right angles to joist or truss — — — Varies top of joist or top chord of through base layer with 1718"Type S or Type W 4 trusses with 8d nails.The wood drywall screws 12"o.c.at joints and intermediate structural panel thickness shall joist or truss.Face layer Type G drywall screws not be less than nominal '/," placed 2"back on either side of face layer end nor less than required by joints, 12"o.c. Chapter 23. 22.Steel joists,floor trusses Base layer 518"Type X gypsum board applied at and flat or pitched roof trusses right angles to steel framing 24"on center with 1" spaced a maximum 24"o.c. Type S drywall screws spaced 24"on center.Face with 112"wood structural panels layer-"/8"Type X gypsum board applied at right with exterior glue applied at angles to steel framing attached through base right angles to top of joist or 22-1.1 layer with 1518"Type S drywall screws 12"on — — — Varies — — — V/4 top chord of trusses with No.8 center at end joints and intermediate joints and screws.The wood structural 1'/2"Type G drywall screws 12 inches on center panel thickness shall not be less placed 2"back on either side of face layer end than nominal'/,"nor less than joints.Joints of the face layer are offset 24"from required by Chapter 23. the joints of the base layer. 23.Wood 1-joist{minimum joist depth 9114"with a minimum flange depth of'Sh5" and a minimum flange cross- '!t"deep single leg resilient channel 16"on center, ! sectional area of 2.3 square I inches}at 24"o.c.spacing with (channels doubled at wallboard end joints),placed perpendicular to the furring strip and joist and ] inch by 4 inch(nominal) attached to each joist by 1'/8"Type S drywall wood furring strip spacer screws.sea"Type C gypsum wallboard applied 5 applied parallel to and covering 23.1,I to the channel with end oints — — — Varies — — — 18 the bottom of the bottom flange perpendicular 1 of each member,tacked in staggered at lease 4'and Fastened with 11/8! Type place.2"mineral S drywall screws spaced 7"on center.Wallboard neral wool , (nominal) joints to be taped and covered with joint insulation. n al installed adjacent to the bottom compound, flange of the I joist and supported by the 1"x 4" furring strip spacer. (continued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 143 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 720.1(3)—continued MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMS-9 THICKNESS OF FLOOR OR MINIMUM THICKNESS ROOF SLAB OF CEILING (inches) (inches) FLOOR OR ROOF ITEM 4 3 2 1 4 3 1 Z 1 CONSTRUCTION NUMBER CEILING CONSTRUCTION hour hour hour hour hour hour hour hour 24.Wood I joist(minimum Minimurn 0.026"thick hat-shaped channel 16" 1-joist depth 9114"with a o.c-(channels doubled at wallboard end joints). minimum flange depth of 1112" placed perpendicular to the joist and attached to and a minimum flange each joist by 1518'Type S drywall screws.s/K' cross-sectional area of 5.25 24-1.1 Type C gypsum wallboard applied — — — Varies — s/g square inches;rninimunt web perpendicular to the channel with end joints — — I thickness of 31e") @ 24"o.c.. staggered and fastened with 1116"Type S 1112"mineral wool insulation drywall screws spaced 12"o.c.in the Field and (2.5 pcf nominal)resting on 8"o.c-at the wallboard ends.Wallboard joints hat-shaped furring channels. to be taped and covered with joint compound. - - - — 25.Wood 1-joist(minimum Minimum 0.019"thick resilient channel 16"ox. � ]-joist depth 9114"with a (channels doubled at wallboard endjoints), I minimum flange depth of 1112" placed perpendicular to the joist and attached to i and a minimum flange each joist by 1'/8'Type S dtytvali screws. cross-sectional area of 5. —25 25 ] ] Type C gypsum wallboard applied �- — Varies — — 51 square inches;minimum web perpendicular to the channel with end joints e thickness of r/u,") @ 24"o.c.. staggered and fastened with 1"Type S dr}wall IIZ"mineral wool insulation screws spaced 12"ox.in the field and 8"o.c.at (2,5 per—nominal)resting on the wallboard ends.Wallboard joints to be taped resilient channels. and covered witltjoint compound. Two layers of';L"Type X gypsum wallboard applied with the lung dimension perpendicular to the I joists with end joints staggered.The base layer is fastened with 1'18'Type S drywall 26.Wood]-joist (minimum screws spaced 12"o.c.and the face layer is 1-joist depth 9114"with a fastened with 2"Type S drywall screws spaced minimum flange thickness of 12"o.c.in the field and 8"ox.on the edges. 11/Z"and a minimum flange 26-1.1 Face layer end joints shall not occur on the same — — — Varies cross-sectional area of 2.25 l joist as base layer end juints and edge joints square inches;minimum web shall be offset 24"from base layer joints.Face thickness of 318') @ 24"o.c. layer to also be attached to base layer with 1 112" Type G drywall screws spaced 8"o.c.placed 6" from face layer end joints.Face layer wallboard joints to be(aped and covered with joint compound. Minimum 0.019"(hick resilient channel 16"o.c. (channels doubled at wallboard end joints). placed perpendicular to(he joist and attached to each joist by 1'/K'Type S drywall screws.Two layers of 112"Type X gypsum wallboard applied 27.Wood]-joist(minimum with the long dimension perpendicular to the I-joist depth 91/2"with a 1-joists with end joints staggered.The base layer minimum flange depth of is fastened with 11/4"Type S drywall screws 11'/ti"and a minimum flange 27-1.1 spaced 12"ox.and the face layer is fastened — _ � Varies cross-sectional area of 1.95 with 15/,"Type S drywall screws spaced 12" I square inches;minimum web o.c.Face layer end joints shall no(occur on the thickness of 3/s") @ 24"o.c. same 1-j oist as base layer end joints and edge joints shall be offset 24"from base layer joints. Face layer to also be attached to base layer with i 1112"Type G drywall screws spaced 8"o.c. placed 6"from face layer end joints.Face layer wallboard joints to be(aped and covered with joint compound. (continued) 144 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 720.1(3)—continued MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMS',g THICKNESS OF FLOOR OR MINIMUM THICKNESS ROOF SLAB OF CEILING (inches) (inches) FLOOR OR ROOF ITEM 4 3 2 1 4 3 ' 2 CONSTRUCTION NUMBER CEILING CONSTRUCTION hour hour hour hour hour hour'hour; hour Base layer of%"Type C gypsum wallboard attached directly to 1-joists with I'/,"Type S drywall screws spaced 12"o.c.with ends 28.Wood I joist{minimum staggered.Minimum 0.0179"thick hat-shaped 1-joist depth 9114"with a /B inch furring channel 16 o.c. (channels minimum flange depth of doubled at wallboard end joints),placed I tli"and a minimum flange perpendicular to the joist and attached to each cross-sectional area of 225 joist by 15/8"Type S drywall screws after the square inches;minimum web base layer of gypsum wallboard has been 3 thickness of 3/a') @ 24"o.c. 28-1.1 applied.The middle and face layers of !a Type — — — .Varies — — 2/4 — Unlaced fiberglass insulation C gypsum wallboard applied perpendicular to is installed between the (be channel with end joints staggered.The ]-joists supported on the middle layer is fastened with I"Type S drywall upper surface to the flange 6y screws spaced 12"o.c.The face layer is applied stay wires spaced 12"o.c. parallel to the middle layer but with the edge joints offset 24"from those of the middle layer and fastened with 1518"Type S drywall screws 8"o.c.The joints shall be(aped and covered with joint compound. Base layer 5!g'Type X gypsum board applied perpendicular to bottom of framing members with 1113"Type S-12 screws spaced 12"o.c. 29.Channel-shaped 18 gage Second layer'/b"Type X gypsum board steel joists(minimum depth attached perpendicular to framing members with 8")spaced a maximum 24" 15/R"Type S-12 screws spaced 12"o.c.Second o.c.supporting layer joints offset 24"from base layer.Third tongue-and-groove wood layer 1g'Type X gypsum board attached structural panels(nominal 29-1.1 perpendicular to framing members with 23/8" — — Varies' — — — 1 3318 — Type S-12 screws spaced 12"o.c.Third layer minimum 3/a"thick}applied joints offset 12"from second layer joints. perpendicular to framing members.Structural panels � Hat-shaped /H inch rigid furring channels attached with 1-518"Type I applied at right angles to framing members over 1� S-12 screws spaced 12"e third layer with two 2%"Type S-12 screws al each framing member.Face layer 5/H"Type X gypsum board applied at right angles to furring channels with 111F"Type S screws spaced l2" - - - -L O.C. -- 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 145 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES Table 720.1(3)Notes. For SL 1 inch=25,4 mm, I fool=304.8 mm. I pound=0.454 kg,1 cubic foot=0.0283m'. 1 pound per square inch=6.895 kPa,1 pound per lineal foot=1.4882 kg/m. a. Staples with equivalent holding power and penetration shall be permitted to be used as altemate fasteners to nails for attachment to wood framing b. When the slab is in an unrestrained condition,minimum reinforcement cover shall not be less than 1"I.inches for 4-hour(siliceous aggregate only);I'! inches for 4-and 3 hour; 1 inch for 2 hour(siliceous aggregate only);and'.?,inch for all other restrained and unrestrained conditions. c. For all of the construction with gypsum wallboard described in this table,gypsum base for veneer plaster of the same size,thickness and core type shall be permit- ted to be substituted for gypsum wallboard,provided attachment is identical to that specified for the wallboard,and the joints on the face layer are reinforced and the entire surface is covered with a minimum of'Ire,-inch gypsum veneer plaster. d. Slab thickness over steel joists measured at the joists far metal lath form and at the top of the form for steel form units. e. (a)The maximum allowable stress level for H-Series joists shall not exceed 22.000 psi. (b)The allowable stress for K-Series joists shall not exceed 26,000 psi,the nominal depth of such joist shall not be less titan 10 Inches and the nominal joist weight shall not be less than 5 pounds per lineal foot. f. Cement plaster with 15 pounds of hydrated time and 3 pounds of approved additives or admixtures per bag of cement. g. Gypsum wallboard ceilings attached to steel hauling shall be permitted to be suspended wish 1 V.inch cold formed c arrying channels spaced 48 inches on center, which are suspended n hii Igo.8 SWG galvanised wire bangers spaced 48 inches on center.Cross-furring channels are tied to the carrying channels with No.18 SWG galvanized wire hangers spaced 48 inches on center.Cross furring channels are tied to the carrying channels with No.18 SWG galvanized wire(double strand)and spaced as required for direct attachment to the framing.This alternative is also applicable to those steel framing assemblies recognized under Note q. h. Six-inch hollow clay tile with 2-inch concrete slab above. I. Four-Inch hollow clay the with IV`inch concrete slab above. j. Thickness measured to bottom of steel farm units. k. Five-eighths inch of srrmicuille gypsum plaster plus if,inch of approved vermiculite acoustical plastic. I. Furring channels spaced 12 inches on center. m.Double wood floor shall be permitted to be either of the following: (a) Suhfloor of 1-inch nominal boarding,a layer of asbestos paper weighing not less than 14 pounds per 100 square feel and a layer of 1-inch nominal tongue-and-groove finished flooring;or (M Suhfloor of 1-inch nominal tongue and-groove boarding or "l.,_-inch wood structural panels with exterior glue and a laver of I•inch nominal tongue-and-groove finished flooring or"/h2 inch wood structural panel finish flooringora layer ofTypel Grade Ni-1 particleboard not l"sihan`/R-inch thick. n. The ceiling shall be permitted to be omitted over unusable space,and flooring shall be permitted to be omitted where unusable space occurs above. o. For properties of cooler or wallboard nails.see ASTM C 514,ASTM C 547 or ASTNI F 1667. p. Thickness measured on top of steel deck unit. q. Generic fire-resistance ratings(those not designated as PROPRIETARY'in the listing)In the GA 600 shall be accepted as If herein listed. (Section 721.1.1 continued horn page 125) flat vertical surfaces,the equivalent thickness is the same CONCRETE,VERMICULITE.A lightweight insulating as the actual thickness. The values in Table 721.2.1.1 concrete made with vermiculite concrete aggregate which is apply to plain,reinforced or prestressed concrete walls. laminated micaceous material produced by expanding the TABLE 721.2.1.1 ore at high temperatures.When added to a portland cement MINIMUM EQUIVALENT THICKNESS OF CAST IN-PLACE OR slurry the resulting concrete has a dry unit weight of approx- PRECAST CONCRETE WALLS,LOAD-BEARING OR imately 30 pcf(480 kglm3). NONLOAD-BEARING GLASS FIBERBOARD. Fibrous glass roof insulation MINIMUM SLAB THICKNESS(inches) FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING OF consisting of inorganic glass fibers formed into rigid boards CONCRETE - -- using a binder. The board has a top surface faced with TYPE 1-hour 11I.-hour 2-hour 3-hour 4-hour asphalt and krafl reinforced with glass fiber. Siliceous 3.5 4.3 5.0 6.2 7.0 MINERAL BOARD. A rigid felted thermal insulation Carbonate 3.2 4.0 4.6 5.7 6.6 board consisting of either felted mineral fiber or cellular - - beads of expanded aggregate formed into flat rectangular Sand-Lightweight 2.7 3.3 3.8 4.6 5.4 units. � - - - Lightweight 2.5 3.1 3.6 4.4 5.1 721.2 Concrete assemblies. The provisions of this section - -- - - - -- contain procedures by which the fire-resistance ratings of con- For SI: 1 inch=25.4 rum. crete assemblies are established by calculations. 721.2.1.1.1 Hollow-core precast wall panels. For 7212.1 Concrete walls.Cast-in-place and precast concrete hollow-core precast concrete wall panels in which the walls shall comply with Section 721.2.1.1.MultiNvythe con- cores are of constant cross section throughout the crete walls shall comply with Section 721.2.1.2. joints length, calculation of the equivalent thickness by between precast panels shall comply with Section dividing the net cross-sectional area (the gross cross 721.2.1.3.Concrete walls with gypsum wallboard or plaster section minus the area of the cores)of the panel by its finish shall comply with Section 721.2.1.4. width shall be permitted. 721.2.1.1 Cast-in-place or precast walls. The mini- 721.2.1.1.2 Core spaces filled.Where all of the core lnum equivalent thicknesses of cast-in-place or precast spaces of hollow-core wall panels are filled with concrete walls for file-resistance ratings of 1 hour to 4 loose-fill material, such as expanded shale, clay, or hours are shown in Table 721.2.1.1. For solid walls with slag, or vermiculite or perlite, the Gee-resistance rat- 146 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES mg of the wall is the same as that of a solid wall of the same concrete type and of the same overall thickness. IF INCJIDEW TE INSM WYTWE SIILJCEOUS 721.2.1.1.3 Tapered cross sections.The thickness of panels with tapered cross sections shall be that deter- !,� 2y + + mined at a distance 2t or 6 inches (152 mm), which- 3 w. ever is less, from the point of minimum thickness, W� 1Ic 2 ,hr. where t is the minimum thickness. W 7211.1.1.4 Ribbed or undulating surfaces. The o THlcinCEss OF INSIDE WYME.INCtES 5 equivalent thickness of panels with ribbed or undulat- OUTSIDE 2YYTHE OUTSIDE VVrrr1E ing surfaces shall be determined by one of the follow- a CARBONATE 6 SILICEOUS ing expressions: 4 4 For s>4t,the thickness to be used shall bet s O " 1 1M. Fors<_2t,the thickness to be used shall be 1,. 1hr. � cf�t 1 2 9 4 9 For 4t>s>2t, the thickness to be used shall be 1 2 S + 5 MCKESSOFINSMWYTHEOFSrwo-LIGHM GH7COKRETF,INCHES t+ 4t-1 t t (Equation 7-3) ror sl: 1 inch=25.4 mm. S e FIGURE 721.2.1.2 FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS OF where; TWO•WYTHE CONCRETE WALLS s = Spacing of ribs or undulations. 721.2.1.2.1 Two or more wythes.The rtt?-it-sistance I = Minimum thickness. ratingfor wall panels consisting of two or more wythes t,. = Equivalent thickness of the panel calculated shall be permitted to be determined by the formula: as the net cross-sectional area of the panel di- R=(RI°59+R20 59+...+R„('S9)1' (Equation 7-4) vided by the width, in which the maximum thickness used in the calculation shall not ex- where: ceed 2t. R=The fire endurance of the assembly,minutes. 721.2.1.2 Multiwythe walls. For walls that consist of Rt,Rz,and&=The fire endurances of the individual two wythes of different types of concrete, the Rte-resis- wythes,minutes.Values of R.11 11 for use in Equation 7-4 tance ratings shall be permitted to be determined from are given in Table 721.2.1.2(1), Calculated fire-resis- Figure 721.2.1.2. tance ratings are shown in Table 721.2.1.2(2). TABLE 721.2.1.2(1) VALUES OF-R,0-59 FOR USE IN EQUATION 7-4 THICKNESS OF MATERIAL(inches) TYPE OF MATERIAL 1 112 2 2112 3 3 11 2 4 4112 _5 $1/7_T 6 6112 7 - Siliceous aggregate concrete 5.3 6.5 8.1 9.5 11.3 13.4 14.9 16.9 I8.8 20.7 22.8 25.1 Carbonate aggregate 5.5 7.1 8.9 10.4 12.0 14.0 16.2 18.1 20.3 21.9 24.7 27.2' concrete I Sand-lightweight concrete 6.5 8.2 10.5 12.8 15.5 18.1 20.7 23.3 26.0c Note c Note c Note c co Lightweight concrete 6.6 8.8 11.2 13.7 16.5 19.1 21.9 24.7 27.8f Now c Note c Note c Insulating concreted 9.3 13.3 16.6 18.3 23.1 26.5c Note c Note c Note c Note c Note c Note c Airspace"- - - - -- - - - - - - ---For SP l inch=25.4 mm.1 pound pei cubic foot=16.02 kghn'. a. Dry unit weight of 35]x f or less and consisting of cellular.perlite or vermiculite concrete. b. The R,p 59 value for one'/z'to 3'12"airspace is 3.3.The R„""'value for two'/,"to 3'!2'airspaces Is 6.7. c. The fire-resistance rating for this thickness exceeds 4 hours. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 147 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.2.1.2(2) for fire-resistance ratings of 1 hour to 4 hours. For FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS BASED ON R°5B joint widths between 31a inch(9.5 mm) and 1 inch(25 R•,MINUTES __ Rose mm),the thickness of ceramic fiber blanket is allowed 60 11.20 to be determined by direct interpolation.Other tested 120 16.85 and labeled materials are acceptable in place of I80 21.41 ceramic fiber blankets. 240 2$37. 721.2.1.4 Walls with gypsum wallboard or plaster fin- a. Based on Equation 7-4. ishes.The rip-resistance rating of cast-in-place or pre- 721.2.1.2.2 Foam plastic insulation.The fire-resis- cast concrete walls with finishes of gypsum wallboard or tance ratings of precast concrete wall panels consist- plaster applied to one or both sides shall be permitted to ing of a layer of foam plastic insulation sandwiched be. calculated in accordance with the provisions of this between two wythes of concrete shall be permitted to section. be determined by use of Equation 7-4. Foam plastic 721.2.1.4.1 Nonfire-exposed side.Where the finish insulation with a total thickness of less than 1 inch(25 of gypsum wallboard or plaster is applied to the side mm) shall be disregarded.The R„value for thickness of the wall not exposed to lire,the contribution of the of foam plastic insulation of 1 inch (25 min) or finish to the total flip-resistance rating shall be deter- greater,for use in the calculation.is 5 minutes:there- mined as follows., The thickness of the finish shall fore R,°59= 2.5. first be corrected by multiplying the actual thickness 721.2.1.3 Joints between precast wall panels. Joints of the finish by the applicable factor determined from between precast concrete wall panels which are not insu- Table 721.2.1.4(1) based on the type of aggregate in laced as required by this section shall be considered as the concrete. The corrected thickness of finish shall openings in walls.Oninsulated joints shall be included in then be added to the actual or equivalent thickness of determining the percentage of openings permitted by concrete and gre-resistance rating of the concrete and Table 705.8. Where openings are not permitted or are finish determined from Table 721.2.1.1, Figure required by this code to be protected, the provisions of 7212.12 or Table 721.2.1.2(1). this section shall be used to determine the amount of joint 721.2.1.4.2 Fire-exposed side.Where gypsum wall- insulation required.Insulated joints shall not be consid- board or plaster is applied to the fire-exposed side of ered openings for purposes of determining compliance the wall, the contribution of the finish to the total with the allowable percentage of openings in Table fire-resistance rating shall be determined as follows: 705.8. The time assigned to the finish as established by Table 721.2.1.3.1 Ceramic fiber joint protection. Figure 721.2.1.4(2) shall be added to the fire-resistance rat- 721.2.1.3.1 shows thicknesses of ceramic fiber blan- ing determined from Table 721.2.1.1 or Figure kets to be used to insulate joints between precast con- 721.2.1.2, or Table 721.2.1.2(1) for the concrete crete wall panels for various panel thicknesses and for alone, or to the rating determined in Section joint«idihs of 3/K inch (9.5 mm) and 1 inch (25 min) 721.2.1.4.1 for the concrete and finish on the nonFire-exposed side. 4 1 INCH JOINT WIDTH r 7 INCH MAXIMUM REGARDLESS OF OPENING RATING 3 l < w d CERAMIC FIBER BLANKET 2 ` J� ' W H 2 03 4 `5 a 7 a + ~ PANEL THICKNESS,INCHES U 9 U INCH JOINT WIDTH 8 JOINT y WIDTH 2 3 hr. 2 hr. W Z CARBONATE OR SILICEOUS AGGREGATE 1 CONCRETE SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT �� • --- OR LIGHTWEIGHT 03 4 5 a 7 g CONCRETE For$I: 1 indi 25A mm. PANEL THICKNESS.INCHES = FIGURE 721.2.1.3.1 CERAMIC FIBER JOINT PROTECTION 148 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.2.1.4(1) MULTIPLYING FACTOR FOR FINISHES ON NONFIRE-EXPOSED SIDE OF WALL TYPE OF AGGREGATE USED IN CONCRETE OR CONCRETE MASONRY Concrete:lightweight Concrete Masonry: Concrete:siliceous Concrete:sand-lightweight concrete masonry units or carbonate Concrete Masonry:clay tile; of expanded shale, Concrete Masonry: Concrete Masonry: hollow clay brick;concrete expanded clay, concrete masonry units TYPE OF FINISH APPLIED TO CONCRETE OR siliceous or carbonate; masonry units of expanded expanded slag,or of expanded slag, CONCRETE MASONRY WALL solid clay brick shale and<20%sand pumice<20%sand expanded clay,or pumice Portland cement-sand piaster. 1.00 0.75a 0.75" 0.50a Gypsum-sand plaster 1.25 1.00 _ 1.00 L00 Gypsum-vermiculite or per]ite plaster 1.75 1.50 1.25 1.25 Gypsum wallboard 3,00 2.25 2.25 2.25 For SI: t inch=25.4 mm. a. For pmrlland cement-sand plaster'/,inch or less In thickness and applied directly to the concrete or concrete masonry on the nonftre-exposed side of the wall,the mul liplyinR factor shall he 1.00. TABLE 721.2.1.4(2) TIME ASSIGNED TO FINISH MATERIALS ON FIRE-EXPOSED SIDE OF WALL FINISH DESCRIPTION TIME(minute) Gypsum wallboard %inch 10 'Iz inch 15 31S inch 20 2 layers of V.inch 25 1 layer 318 inch. 1 layer 112 inch 35 2 layers 112 inch 40 Type X gypsum wallboard '12 inch 25 3/R inch 40 Portland cement-sand plaster applied directly to concrete masonry See Note a Portland cement-sand plaster on metal lath 314 inch 20 718 inch 25 1 inch 30 Gypsunt sand plaster on 318-inch gypsum lath I/-inch 35 1/8 inch 40 31t inch 50 Gypsum sand piaster on metal lath 31a inch 50 7/8 inch 60 1 inch 80 For SI: 1 inch=-25.4 mm. a. The actual thickness of ponland cement.sand plaster.provided it is'Ir inch or less in thickness.shall he permitted to be included in determining the equivalent thickness of the masonry for use in Table 721.3.2. 721.2.1.4.3 Nonsymmetrical assemblies.For a wall 721.2.1.4.4 Minimum concrete fire-resistance rat- having no finish on one side or different types or ing.Where finishes applied to one or both sides of a thicknesses of finish on each side,the calculation pro- concrete wall contribute to the fire-resistance rating, cedures of Sections 721.2.1.4.1 and 721.2.1.4.2 shall the concrete alone shall provide not less than one-half be performed twice,assuming either side of the wall of the total required fire-resistance rating. Addition- to be the fire-exposed side.The lire-resistance rating ally,the contribution to the fire r-esistanceof the finish of the wall shall not exceed the lower of the two val- on the nonfire-exposed side of a load-bearing stall ues. shall not exceed one-half the contribution of the con- Exception:For an exterior mall with a fhesepara- crete alone. I tion distance greater than 5 feet(1524 mm)the fire 721.2.1.4.5 Concrete finishes. Finishes on concrete shall be assumed to occur on the interior side only, walls that are assurned to contribute to the total 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE` 149 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES iim-resistance ratingof the wall shall comply%vith the installation requirements of Section 721.3.2.5. 1+ 4t_I to—1 (Equation 7-5) 721.2.2 Concrete floor and roof slabs. Reinforced and s prestressed floors and roofs shall comply with Section 721.2.2.1. Multicourse floors and roofs shall comply with where: Sections 721.2.2.2 and 721.2,2.3,respectively. s = Spacing of ribs or undulations. 721.2.2.1 Reinforced and prestressed floors and t = Minimum thickness. roofs.The minimum thicknesses of reinforced and pre- stressed concrete floor or roof slabs for fire-resistance 1, = Equivalent thickness of the slab calculated as ratingsof 1 hour to 4 hours are shown in Table 721.2.2.1. the net area of the slab divided by the width,in TABLE 721.2.2.1 which the maximum thickness used in the cal- MINIMUM SLAB THICKNESS(inches) culation shall not exceed 21. FIRE-RESISTANCE_RATING(hour) CONCRETE TYPE 1 1112, 2 3 4 Siliceous 3.5 4.3 5.0 62 7.0 Carbonate 3.2 4.0 4.6 5.7 6.6 —�---I Sand-]ighthveight 2.7 3_3_ 3.8 4.6 _ _5.4 _ NEGLECT MADEDARV''NCAUX TIONOFEOMMENTTHX*WSs Lightweight 2.5- 3.1 3.6 4,4 5.1 For SI: I rich=25.4 mm. 721.2.2.1.1 Hollow-core prestressed slabs.For hol- low-core prestressed concrete slabs in which the cores are of constant cross section throughout the length, the equivalent thickness shall be permitted to be For SL 1 inch 25.4 mm. obtained by dividing the net cross-sectional area of FIGURE 721.2.2.1.3 the slab including grout in the joints, by its width. SLABS WITH RIBBED OR UNDULATING SOFFITS 721.2.2.1.2 Slabs with sloping soffits.The thickness 721.2.2.2 Multicourse floors. The rip-resistance rat- of slabs with sloping soffits (see Figure 721.2.2.1.2) ings of floors that consist of a base slab of concrete with a shall be determined at a distance 2t or 6 inches (152 topping (overlay) of a different type of concrete shall mm), whichever is less, from the point of minimum comply with Figure 721.2.2.2. thickness.where t is the minimum thickness. CARBONATE BASE BLXX-auS BASE O0 a 3 DETERMINE THICKNESS HERE— 4 4 4 hP. 4 a< 9 hr - 9 3hr. 2 the 2 1hr 2t OR 8 INCHES, ° ' 2 a a 6 ° T 2 a 4 a WHICHEVER IS LESS THKMEas of WRwu wBGHr CONE BASE SLAB,INCKES CARBONATEOVERLAY SA"OUB OVERLAY For 51. 1 inch=25.4 mm. a a � 4 FIGURE 721.2.2.1.2 DETERMINATION OF SLAB THICKNESS a 4i< FOR SLOPING SOFFITS >a- } 2 M. a hr. 721.2.2.1.3 Slabs with ribbed soffits.The thickness ' 1 ' of slabs with ribbed or undulating soffits (see Figure or x a a ° i z 3 A A t s 721.2.2.1.3)shall be determined by one of the follow- Tw4zz� BAno ,E sw Names ing expressions,whichever is applicable: r� rr Rroa mm. For s>4t,the thickness to be used shall be t for 51: 1 inch=25.A Fors<_21,the thickness to be used shall bet FIGURE 721.2.2.2 FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR TWO-COURSE For 4t>s> 2t,the thickness to be used shall be CONCRETE FLOORS 150 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE"' FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 721.2.2.3 Multicourse roofs.The grr-resistance ratings of roofs which consist of a base slab of concrete with a I CELLULAR CONCRETE CONCRETE- topping (overlay) of an insulating concrete or with an insulating board and built-up roofing shall comply with rw K*wrzum RMICEO SBUE sANDLWA4 WJffBASE Figures 7212.2.3(1) and 721.2.2.3(2). x 4 «� z 721.2.2.3.1 Heat transfer. For the transfer of heat, ' + three-ply built-up roofing contributes 10 minutes to ° x 4 ° 2 4 ° 2 4 TMCO*53 of CONORETE B&%BLAB.RICHES the fire-resistance rating. The ff>?-resistance rating for concrete assemblies such as those shown in Figure I FUMITE M11`REre 721.2.2.3(1) shall be increased by 10 minutes. This . "0°'C*W'E' increase is not applicable to those shown in Figure l"! CANHONATE BASE ; SIAX-OUS BABE SANDUcaT,REBYIT BASE 721.2.2.3(2). Sr , , 3 721.2.2.4 Joints in precast slabs.Joints between adja- ,k , ,h , „2W cent precast concrete slabs need not be considered in cal- culating the slab thickness provided that a concrete ° x TWBA4E890F CONCNETE 819E SII9,NGf9 ' topping at least 1 inch (25 mm) thick is used.Where no concrete topping is used,joints must be grouted to a CONCRETE°ON;�`E depth of at least one-third the slab thickness at the joint, CARBONA,EBABE snioEOUSBIas slrVtxr,rvrocxr BASE but not less than 1 inch (25 mm), or the joints must be made fire resistant by other approved methods. ' k W z x 721.2.3 Concrete cover over reinforcement. The mini- + "� t��Alzl ^' mum thickness of concrete cover over reinforcement in con- O x , ° x 4 ° x , crete slabs, reinforced beams and prestressed beams shall THDOV=OF GONCRETE BASE SLAB,INMES comply with this section. For 51: 1 inch 25.9 mm. 721.2.3.1 Slab cover. The minimum thickness of con- FIGURE 721.2.2.3(1) crete cover to the positive moment reinforcement shall FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR CONCRETE comply with Table 721.2.3(1) for reinforced concrete ROOF ASSEMBLIES and Table 721.2.3(2) for prestressed concrete. These tables are applicable for solid or hollow-core one-way or HuMARD"'+Y Buarw aoaFi� two-way slabs with flat undersurfaces.These tables are MINERALBCAAO applicable to slabs that are either cast in place or precast. I CWCRETE... For precast prestressed concrete not covered elsewhere, the procedures contained in PCI MNL 124 shall be q acceptable. $V 'CARI&ONAre M-M 3SIL[0E0DUUAW samixu TY4EWTaASE 721.2.3.2 Reinforced beam cover.The minimum thick- ccl ness of concrete cover to the positive moment reinforce- ment (bottom steel) for reinforced concrete beams is Z °, �2 8 , shown in Table 7 21.2.3(3)for fine-nesistance ratings of I TnICIMSS C F CaNCRETE eASE S1AB tw-%" hour to 4 hours. 721.2.3.3 Prestressed beam cover.The minimum thick- ness of concrete cover to the positive moment SfANDAM3-PLY prestressing tendons (bottom steel) for restrained and WW4W x140 unrestrained prestressed concrete beams and stemmed GLASS • ,oor,atE.,E, units shall comply with the values shown in Tables 721.2.3(4) and 721.2.3(5) form-resistanceratingsof 1 hour to 4 hours. Values in Table 721.2.3(4) apply to _ C-NUX KAI LU 5M=EO+,9B„s° swo-.i�Nnvuc„,wac beams 8 inches (203 mm) or greater in width.Values in 3 2 Table 721.2.3(5) apply to beams or stems of any width, iai .�. z alr' x xm.. \ 3M. provided the cross-section area is not less than 40 square inches (25 806 mm ).In case of differences between the values determined from Table 721.2.3(4) or 721.2.3(5), THR:IH E8a 89 OF CONCRETE MAE SLAB.INDIES it is permitted to use the smaller value. The concrete cover shall be calculated in accordance with Section For 5I. 1 inch=25.4 mm. 721.2.3.3.1. The minimum concrete cover for FIGURE 721.2.2.3(2) nonpresiressed reinforcement in prestressed concrete FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR CONCRETE beams shall comply with Section 721.2.3.2. ROOF ASSEMBLIES 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 151 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.2.3(1) COVER THICKNESS FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE FLOOR OR ROOF SLABS(inches) FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING(hours) Restrained Unrestrained CONCRETE AGGREGATE TYPE 1 1'12 - 2 3 4 1 1'12 Z 3 4 Siliceous 314 3/4 3/q 3/ 314 314 1 1114 1''18 Carbonate 3/4 3/4 314 314 314 314 314 31 1114 11lq Sand-lightweight or lightweight 1 3/4 314 3/4 314 314 3/4 3/4 31 11/4 1114 For SI: 1 inch 25.4 mm TABLE 721.2.3(2) COVER THICKNESS FOR PRESTRESSED CONCRETE FLOOR OR ROOF SLABS(inches) FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING(hours) Restrained Unrestrained CONCRETE AGGREGATE TYPE 1 1112 2 3 4 1 1'!2 2 3 4 Siliceous 3/ 3/ 3/ 3/ 3/ 11/8 111 11/1 231 231 Carbonate - —3/q 3/4 314 3/4 314 1 134 1'/, 211, 21/4 Sand-lightweight,or lightweight 314 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/q 1 - 131, 1112 2 21/4 For Si: 1 inch=25.4 mm. TABLE 721.2.3(3) MINIMUM COVER FOR MAIN REINFORCING BARS OF REINFORCED CONCRETE BEAMS` (APPLICABLE TO ALL TYPES OF STRUCTURAL CONCRETE) RATING(hours) RESTRAINED OR BEAM WIDTH° - - -- ----- -- --- - UNRESTRAINED' (inches) 1 1112 2 3 4 5 314 314 314 13 11/40 Restrained 7 3/4 3/4 314 3/4 3/q > 10 - ---- 3/4 3/4 314 - -..--3/,— - — 314 - 5 3/4 1 11/4 — Unrestrained 7 3/4 '14 3/4 1314 3 > 10 314 3Iq 3Iq L 131. For SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm. 1 foot=304.8 mm. a. Tabulated values for restrained assemblies apply to beams spaced more than 4 feet on center.For restrained beams spaced 4 feet or less on center.minimum cover of;/4 inch is adequate for ratings of 4 hours or less. b. For beam widths between the tabulated values,the minimum cover thickness can be determined by direct interpolation. c. The cover for an individual reinforcing bar is the minimum thickness ofconcretebetsween thesurfaceofthe bar and the f ire-cxpusedsill face:)t the beam.For beams in which several bars are used.the cover for corner bars used in the calculation shall be reduced to one-half of the actual value.The corer for an individual bar must be not less than one-half of the value given in Table 721.23(3)nor less than'/ inch. TABLE 721.2.3(4) MINIMUM COVER FOR PRESTRESSED CONCRETE BEAMS 8 INCHES OR GREATER IN WIDTH FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING(hours) RESTRAINED OR CONCRETE BEAM WIDTH° - - -- - UNRESTRAINEW AGGREGATE TYPE (inches) 1 —� 1'1� 2 - 3 4 Carbonate or siliceous 8 1112 11/2 1112 13/40 2112° Restrained Carbonate or siliceous ? 12 11/2 1112 1112 ' 1112 17/x0 Sand lightweight 8 11/2 11/2 1112 1112 2a Sand lightweight 12 1 V, 1 112 1[12 i 11/2 1540 Carbonate or siliceous 8 11/2 13/4 2112 5` — Unrestrained Carbonate or siliceous ? 12 1112 11/2 17/xa 2112 3 Sand lightweight 8 1112 1111 2 3114 — Sand lightweight ? 12 - ---11/2 - 1'/2 — 1'1, 2 2112 For 51: 1 inch=25.4 mm.I foot=304.8 mm. a. Tabulated values for restrained assemblies apply to beams spaced more than 4 feet on center.For restrained beams spaced 4 feet or less on center.minimum cover of 11,inch is adequate for 4-hour ratings or less. b. For beam widths between 8 inches and 12 inches,minimum ewer thickness can be determined by direct interpolation. c. Not practical for 8-inch-wide beam but shown for purposes of interpolation. 152 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODIEe FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.2.3(5) MINIMUM COVER FOR PRESTRESSED CONCRETE BEAMS OF ALL WIDTHS RESTRAINED OR CONCRETE BEAM AREA FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING(hours) UNRESTRAINEW AGGREGATE TYPE A(square inches) T 1 Vi, — 2 3 — 4 All _ 410<_A<_150_ 1'!2 _ 111 2 _ 21!z _ - Carbonate or 150 a A<_300 11!2 - ]'/ _1'I2 W 1�_ -2'f� Restrained - sificeous 300<A 1'/2 ]'!e 1'I _ 1'1 2 - - -Sand lightweight 150<A 11!2 -1 � 1'/2 1'1 ---2 - t All 40!5 A<_ 150 2 21lL - - - Carbonate or 150<A s 300 1 / 11/d 21/2 Unrestrained - �—"--- a --z ��- - - ---- -i siliceous _300<A 1'/_ 1'!z I _ 2 3` _ - 41 Sand lightweight 150 s A 11!2 1 11 2 I_ 3� 4' 1 For Sl: I inch=25.4 nim,1 foot=304.8 mm. a. Tabulated Values for restrained assemblies apply to beams spaced more than 4 feel on center.For restrained beams spared 4 feet or less on center.minimum cover of inch is adequate for 4-hour ratings or less. b. The cross-sectional area of a stem is permitted to Include a portion of the area in the Flange,provided the width of the flange used in the calculation does not exceed three times the average width of the stem. c. U-shaped or hooped stirrups spaced not to exceed the depth of the member and having a nunimum cover of 1 inch shall be prurvided. 7211.3.3.1 Calculating concrete cover. The con- 721.2.4.1 Minimum size.The minimum overall dimen- crete cover for an individual tendon is the minimum sions of reinforced concrete columns for fire-resistance thickness of concrete between the surface of the ten- ratings of 1 hour to 4 hours for exposure to fire on all don and the Fire-exposed surface of the beam,except sides shall comply with this section. that for ungrouted ducts, the assumed cover thick- ness is the minimum thickness of concrete between 721.2.4.1.1 Concrete strength less than or equal to the surface of the duct and the fire-exposed surface 12,000 psi.For columns made with concrete having a of the beam. For beams in which two or more ten- specified compressive strength, f'„ of less than or dons are used,the cover is assumed to be the average equal to 12.000 psi (82.7 MPa),the minimum dimen- of the minimum cover of the individual tendons.For sion shall comply with Table 721.2.4. corner tendons(tendons equal distance from the bot- tom and side),the minimum cover used in the calcu- 721.2.4.1.2 Concrete strength greater than 12,000 lation shall be one-half the actual value. For psi.For columns made with concrete having a speci- stemmed members with two or more prestressing lied compressive strength,f'„greater than 12,000 psi tendons located along the vertical centerline of the (82.7 Wit), for fire-resistance ratings of 1 hour to 4 stem,the average cover shall be the distance from the hours the minimum dimension shall be 24 inches(610 bottom of the member to the centrofd of the tendons, mm). The actual cover for any individual tendon shall not 721.2.4.2 Minimum cover for RIC columns.The mini- be less than one-half the smaller value shown in mum thickness of concrete cover to the main longitudi- Tables 721.2.3(4)and 721.2.3(5),or 1 inch(25 mm), nal reinforcement in columns, regardless of the type of whichever is greater. aggregate used in the concrete and the specified com- 721.2.4 Concrete columns. Concrete columns shall com- pressive strength of concrete,f',,shall not be less than I ply with this section. inch(25 mm)times the number of hours of required file resistance or 2 inches (51 mm),whichever is less. TABLE 721.2.4 721.2.4.3 Tie and spiral reinforcement. For concrete MINIMUM DIMENSION OF CONCRETE COLUMNS{inches} P - -- - columns made with concrete having a specified com- FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING(hours) TYPES OF _ -- -- - -- I pressive strength,) ,greater than 12,000 psi(82,7 MPa), CONCRETE _ — 1 — 1it= Y 3' 4h tie and spiral reinforcement shall comply with the fol- Siliceous 8 _ 9 _ 10 _ 12 14 lowing; Carbonate _ - 8 9 10 11 12 1. The free ends of rectangular ties shall terminate with a 135-degree(2.4 rad)standard tie hook. Sand-lightweight 8 81!z 9 101!Z 12 - 2. The free ends of circular ties shall terminate with a For Sl: 1 inch�25 mm. 90-degree (1.6 rad)standard lie hook. a. The minimum dimension is permitted to be reduced to 8Inches for rectangu- lar columns with nvo parallel sides at least 36 inches In length. 3. The free ends of spirals, including at lap splices, h. The minimum dimension Is permitted to be reduced to 10 inches for recian- shall terminate with a 90-degree(1.6 rad)standard gular columns with two parallel sides at least 36 Inches in length. tie hook. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 153 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES The hook extension at the free end of ties and Spirals 721.3.1.2 Ungrouted or partially grouted construc- shall be the larger of six bar diameters and the extension tion. T, shall be the value obtained for the concrete required by Section 7.1.3 of ACI 318. Hooks shall pro- masonry unit determined in accordance with ASTM C ject into the core of the column. 140, 721.2.4.4 Columns built into walls. The minimum 721.3.1.3 Solid grouted construction. The equivalent dimensions of Table 721.2.4 do not apply to a reinforced thickness, T,,of solid grouted concrete masonry units is concrete column that is built into a concrete or masonry the actual thickness of the unit. wall provided all of the following are met: 721.3.1.4 Airspaces and cells filled with loose-fill 1. The fire-resistance ratingfor the wall is equal to or material.The equivalent thickness of completely filled greater than the required rating of the column: hollow concrete masonry is the actual thickness of the 2. The main longitudinal reinforcing in the column unit when loose-fill materials are: sand, pea gravel, has cover not less than that required by Section crushed stone, or slag that meet ASTM C 33 require- 721.2.4.2; and ments; pumice, scoria, expanded shale, expanded clay, 3. Openings in the wall are protected in accordance expanded slate,expanded stag,expanded Fly ash,or cin- with Table 715.4. ders that comply with ASTM C 331:or perlite or vermic- ulite meeting the requirements of ASTM C 549 and Where openings in the wall are not protected as ASTM C 516,respectively. required by Section 715.4, the minimum dimension of 721.3.2 Concrete masonry walls.The fire-resistance rat- columns required to have a fire-resistance rating of 3 ingof walls and partitions constructed of concrete masonry hours or less shall be 8 inches (203 mm),and 10 inches units shall be determined from Table 721.3.2. The rating (254 mm) for columns required to have a fire-resistance shall be based on the equivalent thickness of the masonry ratingof 4 hours,regardless of the type of aggregate used and type of aggregate used. in the concrete. 721.2.4.5 Precast cover units for steel columns. See 721.3.2,1 Finish on nonfire-exposed side.Where plas- Section 721.5.1.4, ter or gypsum wallboard is applied to the side of the wail not exposed to fire, the contribution of the finish to the 721.3 Concrete masonry.The provisions of[his section con- total fire-resistance rating shall be determined as fol- tain procedures by which the fire-resistance ratings of concrete lows:The thickness of gypsum wallboard or plaster shall masonry are established by calculations, be corrected by multiplying the actual thickness of the 721.3.1 Equivalent thickness.The equivalent thickness of Finish by applicable factor determined from Table concrete masonry construction shall be determined in 721,2,1,4(1). This corrected thickness of finish shall be accordance with the provisions of this section. added to the equivalent thickness of masonry and the fire-resistance rating of the masonry and finish deter- 721.3.1.1 Concrete masonry unit plus fmisbes. The mined from Table 721.3.2. equivalent thickness of concrete masonry assemblies, T,,,shall be computed as the sum of the equivalent thick- 721.3.2.2 Finish on fire-exposed side.Where plaster or gypsum wallboard is applied to the fire-exposed side of Hess of the concrete masonry unit, T,, as determined by on 721.3.1.2,721.3.1.3 or 721.3.1.4,plus the equiv- the wall, the contribution of the Finish to the total Section of finishes, T,,determined in accordance fire-resistance rating shall be determined as follows:The alent with Section 721.3.2: time assigned to the finish as established by Table 721.2.1.4(2) shall be added to the file-resistance rating T.= T.+ T,., (Equation 7-6) determined in Section 721.3.2 for the masonry alone,or TABLE 721,3,2 MINIMUM EQUIVALENT THICKNESS(inches)OF BEARING OR NONBEARING CONCRETE MASONRY WALLS•.b•rd FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING(hours) 3 1 1 3 - - - - 1' f 3 '14 3 3 1 1 T 3 TYPE OF AGGREGATE 1!r 14+ 7 1 1� 1 , 11, I 2 2 7 1, j Z% 2 1� 3% 1 3% t 4 Pumice or expanded slag 1.5 1.9 2.1 2.5 2.7 3.0- 3.2 3.4 3.6 3_8 4.0 4.2 4.4 4.5 4.7 Expanded shale,clay or slate 1.8 2.2 2.6 2.9 3.3 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.2 4,4 4.6 4.8 4.9 5.1 Limestone,cinders or unexpanded slag 1.9 2.3 23 3.1 3.4 3.7 4.0 4.3 4.5 4.8 5.0 5.2 5.5 5.7 5.9 Calcareous or siliceous gravel 2.0 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6 3.9 4.2 4.5 4.8 � 5.0 5.3 5.5 5.8 6.0 6.2 For Sl! 1 inch=25.4 mm. a. Values between those shown in the table can be determined by direct interpolation. b. Where combustible members are framed into the wall,the thickness ofsolid material between the end ofeach member and the opposite face ofthe wall.or benveen members set in from opposite sides.shall not be less than 93 percent of the thickness shavn in the table. c. Requirements of ASTM C 55,ASTM C 73.ASTM C 90 or ASTM C 744 shall apply. d. Minimum 1 cquircd equivalent thickness corresponding to the hourly fire-resistance rating for units with a combination ofaggregate shall be determined by linear interpolation based on the percent by w1ume of each aggregate used in manufacture. 154 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES in Section 721.3.2.I for the masonry and finish on the TABLE 7213.4 nonfire-exposed side. MINIMUM COVER OF LONGITUDINAL REINFORCEMENT IN FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED 721.3.2.3 Nonsymmetrical assemblies.For a wall hav- REINFORCED CONCRETE MASONRY LINTELS(inches) ing no finish on one side or having different types or NOMINAL WIDTH -- FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING(hours) thicknesses of finish on each side,the calculation proce- OF LINTEL(inches) 1 2 _ 3 4 dures of this section shall be performed twice,assuming 6 11/2 2 either side of the wall to be the fire-exposed side. The - -- — die-resistance rating of the wall shall not exceed the _ _ 8 1 1'/z V/z_ I1/4 3 lower of the two values calculated. 10 or greater 1'/Z 0/2 _ I'fZ la! Exception: For exterior walls with a fire separation! For St, i inch=25.4 mm. I distance greater than 5 feet (15 24 mm) the fire shall 721.3.5 Concrete masonry columns. The fire-resistance be assumed to occur on the interior side only. rating of concrete masonry columns shall be determined based upon the least plan dimension of the column in accor- 721.3.2.4 Minimum concrete masonry fire-resistance dance with Table 721.3.5 or by approved alternate methods. rating.Where the finish applied to a concrete masonry wall contributes to its fire-resistance raun the masonry TABLE 72 g� y MINIMUM DIMENSION OF alone shall provide not less than one-half the total CONCRETE MASONRY COLUMNS(inches) required fire-resistance rating FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING(hours) 7 721.3.2.5 Attachment of finishes. Installation of fin- 1 2 3 4 ishes shall be as follows: 8 Inches _� Winches 12 inches 14 inches 1. Gypsum wallboard and gypsum lath applied to For SI: I inch=25.4 mm. concrete masonry or concrete walls shall be 721.4 Clay brick and tile masonry.The provisions of this sec- secured to wood or steel furring members spaced tion contain procedures by which the fire-resistance ratings of not more than 16 inches(406 mm)on center(o.c.), clay brick and tile masonry are established by calculations. 2. Gypsum wallboard shall be installed with the long 721.4.1 Masonry walls. The fife-resistance rating of dimension parallel to the furring members and masonry walls shall be based upon the equivalent thickness shall have all joints finished. as calculated in accordance with this section.The calcula- 3. Other aspects of the installation of finishes shall tion shall take into account finishes applied to the wall and comply with the applicable provisions of Chapters airspaces between wythes in multiwythe construction. 7 and 25. 721.4.1.1 Equivalent thickness.The fire-resistance rat- 721.3.3 Multiwythe masonry walls. The Are-leslstallce ings of walls or partitions constructed of solid or hollow rating of wall assemblies constructed of multiple wythes of clay masonry units shall be determined from Table masonry materials shall be permitted to be based on the 721.4.1(1)or 721.4.1(2).The equivalent thickness of the fire-resistance rating period of each wythe and the continu- clay masonry unit shall be determined by Equation 7-8 ous airspace between each wythe in accordance with the fol- when using Table 721.4.1(1).The flip-resistance rating lowing formula: determined from Table 721.4.1(1) shall be permitted to be used in the calculated fire-resistance rating procedure RA= (RIO 59+RZU 59+ ... + R,,11 se+A, +Az+... +Aj in Section 721.4.2. (Equation 7-7) T,= V„fLH (Equation 7-8) where: where: R, = Fire-resistance rating of the assembly (hours). T,. = The equivalent thickness of the clay masonry unit Rf,Rz. ....R„ = Fire-resistance rating of wythes for 1,2,n (inches). (hours),respectively. V, = The net volume of the clay masonry unit (inch'). Ar,Ar .....A„ =0.30, factor for each continuous airspace L = The specified length of the clay masonry unit for 1,2_.n,respectively,having a depth of (inches). '/z inch (12.7 mm) or more between H = The specified height of the clay masonry unit wythes. (inches). 721.3.4 Concrete masonry lintels.Fire-resistance ratings for 721.4.1.1.1 Hollow clay units.The equivalent thick- concrete masonry lintels shall be determined based upon the ness, T,., shall be the value obtained for hollow clay nominal thickness of the lintel and the minimum thickness of units as determined in accordance with Equation 7-8. concrete masonry or concrete,or any combination thereof, The net volume, V,,of the units shall be determined covering the main reinforcing bars, as determined accord- using the gross volume and percentage of void area ing to Table 721.3.4, or by approved alternate methods. determined in accordance with ASTM C 67. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE” 155 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.4.1(1) FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS OF CLAY MASONRY WALLS MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT THICKNESS FOR FIRE RESISTANCE 1b.,(inches) MATERIAL TYPE 1 hour 2 hour 3 hour 4 hour Solid brick of clay or shale'[ 2.7 3.8 4.9 6.0 Hollow brick or the of clay or shale,unfilled 2.3 3.4 4.3 5_0 Hollow brick or file of clay or shale,grouted or Filled with 3.0 4.4 5.5 6.6 materials specified in Section 721.4.1.1.3 ` For SI: I inch=25.4 mm. a. Equivalent thickness as determined from Section 721.4.1.1. b. Calculated five resistance between the hourly increments listed shall be determined by linear interpolation. c. Where combustible members are framed In the wall.[he thickness of solid material between dm end of each member and the opposite face of the wall,or between members set in from opposite sides.shall not be less than 93 percent of the thickness shout d. For units in which the net cross-sectional area of cored brick in any plane parallel to the surface containing the cores is at least 75 percent of the gross cross sec tional area measured In the same plane. TABLE 721.4.1(2) FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR BEARING STEEL FRAME BRICK VENEER WALLS OR PARTITIONS PLASTER SIDE BRICK FACED SIDE WALL OR PARTITION ASSEMBLY EXPOSED(hours) EXPOSED(hours) Outside facing of steel studs: 1/t"wood fiberboard sheathing next to studs.319"airspace forted with 319"x 1 '/s"wood strips placed over the fiberboard and secured to the studs: metal or wire lath nailed to such strips,3314"brick veneer held in place by filling 314" 1.5 1 4 airspace between the brick and lath with mortar.Inside facing of studs:314"unsanded gypsum plaster on metal or wire lath attached to 5116"wood strips secured to edges of the studs. ----- - -- -- Outside facing of steel studs: I"insulation board sheathing attached to studs, 1"airspace,and 3119"brick veneer attached to steel frame with metal ties every 5(h course.Inside facing of studs:7/g" 1.5 4 sanded gypsum plaster 0:2 mix) applied on metal or wire lath attached directly to the studs. Same as above except use 71g"vernuculite—gypsum plaster or 1"sanded gypsum plaster 0:2 mix)Hplied to metal or wire. _ - _2 t _ 4 Outside facing of steel studs: fly"gypsum sheathing board,attached to studs,and 3314"brick veneer attached to steel frame with metal ties every 5th course.Inside facing of studs: tit"sanded gypsum plaster' 2 4 (1:2 mix)applied to th"perforated gypsum lath securely attached to studs and having strips of metal lath-3 inches wide applied to all horizontal joints of gypsum lath. For St: 1 inch=25.4 mm. 721.4.1.1.2 Solid grouted clay units.The equivalent where: thickness of solid grouted clay masonry units shall be R = The fire-resistance rating of the assembly(hours), taken as the actual thickness of the units. 721.4.1.1.3 Units with tilled cores. The equivalent R„ = The Rre-resistance rating of the individual wall (hours). thickness of the hollow clay masonry units is the actual thickness of the unit when completely filled pi = Coefficient for thickness of plaster. with loose-fill materials of:sand,pea gravel,crushed Values for R„o51 for use in Equation 7-9 are given in stone, or slag that meet ASTM C 33 requirements; Table 721.4.1(3). Coefficients for thickness of plaster pumice, scoria, expanded shale, expanded clay, shall be selected from Table 721.4.1(4) based on the expanded slate, expanded slag, expanded fly ash, or actual thickness of plaster applied to the wall or partition cinders in compliance with ASTM C 331:or perlite or and whether one or two sides of the wall are plastered. vermiculite meeting the requirements of ASTM C 549 and ASTM C 516,respectively. 721.4.1.3 Multiwythe walls with airspace. Where a 721.4.1.2 Plaster finishes. Where plaster is applied to continuous airspace separates multiple wythes of the the wall, the total fire-iesistanre rating shall be deter- wall or partition, the total fire-resistance rating shall be mined by the formula: determined by the formula: R=(R„ 59+Pb'7 (Equation 7-9) R=(RID 59+Rt°59+...+R„°59+as) t 7 (Equation 7-10) 156 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE” FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES where: either side to be the fire-exposed side of the wall.The Piro R = The fire-resistance rating of the assem- resistance of the wall shall not exceed the lower of the bly (hours), two values determined. Rt.Rz and R,,= The fire-resistance rating of the individ- Exception: For exterior walls with a Jim separation ual wythes (hours). distance greater than 5 feet (1524 mm),the fire shall as = Coefficient for continuous airspace. be assumed to occur on the interior side only. Values for R„n 59 for use in Equation 7-10 are given in 721.4.2 Multiwythe walls. The Gm-resistance rating for Table 721.4.1(3). The coefficient for each continuous walls or partitions consisting of two or more dissimilar airspace of/2 inch to 3112 inches(12.7 to 89 min)separat- wythes shall be permitted to be determined by the formula: ing two individual wythes shall be 0.3. R=(Rt1159+R159+...+R,059)'7 (Equation 7-11) TABLE 721.4.1(3) VALUES OF R„0s4 where: R,0-59 R(hours) R =The flee-resistance rating of the assembly - (hours). 1 ].D }- - R!, Rz and Rn =The fire-resistance ratingof the individual 2 - 1.50 wythes (hours). 3 1.91 Values for R„°Sg for use in Equation 7-11 are given in 4 2.27 Table 721.4.1(3). TABLE 721.4.1(4) 721.4.2.1 Multiwythe walls of different material.For COEFFICIENTS FOR PLASTER,pla walls that consist of two or more wythes of different - —-- - - materials(concrete or concrete masonry units)in combi- THICKNESS OF nation with clay masonry units,the fire-resistance rating PLASTER(inch) ONE SIDE TWO SIDE of the different materials shall be permitted to be deter- 1I2 _ 0.3 _ 0.6 mined from Table 721.2.1.1 for concrete:Table 721.3.2 s for concrete masonry units or Table 721.4.1(1) or /d 0.37 0.75 721.4.1(2) for clay and tile masonry units. 314 0.45 _ 0.90 721.4.3 Reinforced clay masonry lintels. Fire-resistance For Sl: I inch=25.4 mm. ratings for clay masonry lintels shall be determined based a. Values listed in table are for 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster. on the nominal width of the lintel and the minimum cover- ing for the longitudinal reinforcement in accordance with TABLE 721.4.1(5) Table 721.4.1(5). REINFORCED MASONRY LINTELS - 721.4.4 Reinforced clay masonry columns.The fire-resis- NOMINAL MINIMUM LONGITUDINAL REINFORCEMENT COVER tance ratings shall be determined based on the last plan FOR FIRE RESISTANCE(inch) LINTEL WIDTH - - — - dimension of the column in accordance with Table (inches) _ - 1 hour 2 hour _ 3 hour 4 hour 721.4.1(6).The minimum cover for longitudinal reinforce- 6 1 t/2 2 NP NP ment shall be 2 inches (51 mm). 8 1112 1112 ]_i_4 _ _ 3 721.5 Steel assemblies.The provisions of this section contain 10 or more 11/2 1Z 1'12 1314 procedures by which the fire-resistance ratings of steel assem- blies are established by calculations. For SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm. NP=No[permitted. 721.5.1 Structural steel columns.The fire-resistance rat- TABLE 721.4.1(6) ings of steel columns shall be based on the size of the ele- REINFORCED CLAY MASONRY COLUMNS ment and the type of protection provided in accordance with this section. FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hour) 721.5.1.1 General. These procedures establish a basis COLUMN SIZE 1 z ! 3 4 for determining the fire resistance of column assemblies Minimum column dimension(inches) 8 10 112 14 as a function of the thickness of fire-resistant material - - and,the weight, W,and heated perimeter,D,of steel col- For Sl: I inch=25.4 mm. umns.As used in these sections, Wis the average weight 721.4.1.4 Nonsymmetrical assemblies.For a wall hav- of a structural steel column in pounds per linear foot.The ing no finish on one side or having different types or heated perimeter, D, is the inside perimeter of (he thicknesses of finish on each side,the calculation proce- fire-resistant material in inches as illustrated in Figure dures of this section shall be performed twice,assuming 721.5.1(1). 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE` 157 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 721.5.1.2.1 Attachment. The gypsum wallboard shall be supported as illustrated in either Figure br o bt 721.5.l(2) for fire-r-esistance ratings of 4 hours or less,or Figure 721.5.1(3)for fire-resistanceratingsof 3 hours or less. tw v o _ a iA 'A D-"+2d-21w r]=2(a+d) tk2Ebt+d) A( Ai .Xi1r 9r♦M[REEL �Nr9 BPAMO W"a-M FIGURE 721.5.1(1) � T_ DETERMINATION OF THE HEATED PERIMETER ens OF STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS SNAP4.= Pn7sWRCIH8EW LAP 721.5.1.1.1 Nonload-bearing protection.The appli- CORNER JOINT OUPAL$(A) cation of these procedures shall be limited to column assemblies in which the fire-resistant material is not designed to carry any of the load acting on the col- FIGURE 721.5.1(2) umn. GYPSUM WALLBOARD PROTECTED STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS WITH SHEET STEEL COLUMN COVERS 721.5.1.1.2 Embedments.In the absence of substan- For SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm,1 foot;305 mm. tiating fire-endurance test results,ducts,conduit,pip- 1. Structural steel column.either wide flange or tubular shapes. ing.and similar mechanical,electrical,and plumbing 2. Type X gvpsum wallboard In accordance with ASTM C 36.For single-layer installations shall not be embedded in any required applications.the wallboard shall be apphvd vertically with no horizontal fire-resistant materials. joints.For multiple layer applications,horizontal joints are permitted a[a minimum spacing of 8 feet,prop ideti that the,joinis in successive layers are staggered at least 12 inches.The total reciu ired thickness of wallboard shall 721.5.1.1.3 Weight-to-perimeter ratio. Table be determined on the basis of the specified tire-resistance rating and the 721.5.1(1) contains weight-to-heated-perimeter ratios weight-to-heated-perimeter ratio (Ii1/D) of the column.For tire-resistance (W/P for both contour and box fire-resistant profiles. haring%of 2 hours or less.one of the required layers of gypsum wallboard For the wide flange shapes most often used as Columns. may he applied to the exterior of the sheet steel column covers with 1-inch long Type 5 screws spaced 1 inch from the wallboard edge and 8 inches on For different fire-resistant protection profiles or col- center.For such installations.0.0149-inch minimum thickness galvanized umn cross sections, the weight-to-heated-perimeter steel corner beads with 1'12-inch legs shall be attached to the wallboard with s ratios {W/Dj shall be determined in accordance with Type S screws P aced 12 inches on center, the definitions given in this section. 3. For fire-resistance ratings of 3 hours or less.the column covers shall be fabri- cated from 0.0239-inch minimum thickness galvanized or stainless steel. For 4-hour fire-resistance ratings,the column covers shall be fabricated From 721.5.12 Gypsum wallboard protection. The ilre 0.0239 inch minimum thickness stainless steel.The column covers shall be resistance of structural steel columns with weight- erected with the Snap Lock or Pittsburgh joint details. to-heated-perimeter ratios (W/D) less than or equal to For fire-resistance ratings of 2 hours or less,column covers fabricated from 3.65 and which are protected with Type X gypsum wall- 0.0269 inch minimum thickness galvanized or stainless steel shall be permit- ted permitted to be erected with lap joints.The lap joints shall be permitted to be located P anywhere around the perimeteh of the column cover.Thv lap joints shall be lowing expression: secured with V.-inch-long No.8 sheet metal screws spaced 12 inches on cen- ter. n 75 Il''I h( D) The column covers shall be provided with a minimum expansion clearance r R=130 L 2 (Equation 7-12) of'/,inch per linear foot between the ends of the cover and any restraining construction. where: 721.5.1.2.2 Gypsum wallboard equivalent to con- crete. The determination of the fire resistance of R = Fire resistance(minutes). structural steel columns from Figure 721.5.1(4) is h = Total thickness of gypsum wallboard (inches). permitted for various thicknesses of gypsum wall- D = Heated perimeter of the structural steel column board as a function of the weight-to-heated-perimeter (inches). ratio (WILL of the column. For structural steel col- umns with weight-to-heated-perimeter ratios (W/L� 14' = Total weight of the structural steel column and greater than 3.65,the thickness of gypsum wallboard gypsum wallboard protection (pounds per linear required for specified lire-resistance ratings shall be foot). the same as the thickness determined for a 1414 x 233 Vl' = 141+ 50hD1144. wide flange shape. 158 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 721.5.1.3 Sprayed tire-resistant materials. The fife shall be determined on the basis of fire-resistance tests in resistance of wide-flange structural steel columns pro- accordance with Section 703.2. tected with sprayed fire-resistant materials,as illustrated 721.5.1.3.1 Material-dependent constants. The in Figure 721.5.1(5),shall be permitted to be determined material-dependent constants. C, and C2, shall be from the following expression: determined for specific fire-resistant materials on the R=[C, (W 1 D)+Cj h (Equation 7-13) basis of standard fire endurance tests in accordance with Section 703.2. Unless evidence is submitted to where: the building official substantiating a broader applica- tion, this expression shall be limited to determining R = Fire resistance(minutes}, the fire resistance of structural steel columns with 1 h = Thickness of sprayed fire-resistant material weight-to-heated-perimeter ratios(W/D)between the (inches). largest and smallest columns for which standard D = Healed perimeter of the structural steel column fire-resistance test results are available. (inches). 1 1W 17rs 1 Ste C,and C2= Material-dependent constants. 2117' x' W = Weight of structural steel columns(pounds per lin- ear foot). The fire resistance of structural steel columns pro- a tected with intumescent or mastic Fire-resistant coatings _ 11 p n n i1R A B 7 LAYER=Sla'OR Ur 2 LAYERS=1 WORV 1 b tl 1 11 p n tl n tl 11 71 4 411 1.0 I's 3A 2.6 SG 3S 3 LAYERS-I era-OR i ter ,LAYERS z ter OR 2 IMgGHr'fo�lEA�Ip11110 IlM1C)� For SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm.l pound per linear footlinch=0.059 kglmlmm. FIGURE 721.5.1(3) FIGURE 721.5.1(4) GYPSUM WALLBOARD PROTECTED STRUCTURAL STEEL FIRE RESISTANCE OF STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS COLUMNS WITH STEEL STUD/SCREW ATTACHMENT SYSTEM PROTECTED WITH VARIOUS THICKNESSES OF Fur SI: I inch=25.4 mm.1 foot=-305 mm. TYPE X GYPSUM WALLBOARD 1. Structural steel column.elther wide flange or tubular shapes. a. The It%D ratios for typical wide flange columns are listed in Table 2. 1'i.-inch deep studs fabricated from 0.0179-inch minimum thickness gah a 721.5.1(1).For other column shapes.the l I/D ratios shall be determined in nized steel to irh 1'1,s or I11r,-inch legs.The length of the steel studs shall be accordance with Section 720.5.1.1. 11,Inch less than the height of the assembly. 3. Type X gvpsum wallboard in accordance with ASTM C 36.For single-layer applications.the wallboard shall be applied vertically with no horizontal b{ joints.For multiple layer applications.horizootaljoinis are permitted at a minimum spacing of 8 feet.provided that the joints in successive lavers ate staggered at least 12 inches.The total requ!red thickness of wallboard shall be determined on the basis of the specified{ire-resistance rating and the weight-to-heated-perimeter ratio(KID;of the column. 4. Galvanized 0.0149-inch minimum thickness steel corner beads with it12 inch legs attached to the wallboard with 1-inch-long Type S screws tW spaced 12 inches on center. 5. No.18 SWC steel tic wires spaced 24 inches on center. G. Sheet metal angles with 2-inch legs fabricated from 0.0221-inch minimum thickness galvanized steel. 7. Type S screw-,1 inch lung.shall be used for attaching the rust layer of wall- _ board to die steel studs and the third layer to the sheet metal angles at 24 inches on center.Type S screws I'-'h-inch long shall be used for attaching the second layer of natlboard to the steel studs and the fourth layer to the sheet metal FIGURE 721.6.1(5) angles at 12 Inches on center.Type S screws V1,inches long shall be used for WIDE FLANGE STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS WITH attaching the third layer of%s allboard lathe steel studs at 12 inches on cemer. SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTANT MATERIALS 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 159 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 721.5.1.3.2 Identification. Sprayed fire-resistant concrete cover required for various fire-resistance materials shall be identified by density and thickness ratings for typical wide-flange sections. The thick- required for a given fire-resistance rating. nesses of concrete indicated in these tables also apply 721.5.1.4 Concrete-protected columns.The fire rrsis- to structural steel columns larger than those listed. tance of structural steel columns protected with con- 721.5.1.4.4 Minimum precast concrete cover.For crete,as illustrated in Figure 721.5.1(6) (a)and(b),shall structural steel columns protected with precast con- be permitted tobe determined from the following expres- crete column covers as shown in Figure sion: 721.5.1(6)(a), Tables 721.5.1(9) and 721.5.1(10) indicate the thickness of the column covers required R=R,(1+0.03„J (Equation 7-14) for various fire-resistance ratings for typical where: wide-flange shapes. The thicknesses of concrete given in these tables also apply to structural steel col- R,=10(WQ o7+17(ht 611402)x[1+26(tllp,ch(L+fr)}""] umns larger than those listed. As used in these expressions: R = Fire endurance at equilibrium moisture conditions t .f• (minutes). `. R„ = Fire endurance at zero moisture content(minutes). in = Equilibrium moisture content of the concrete by �..;. „•;: r; volume (percent). L 1h Lt ^ bt ae W = Average weight of the steel column (pounds per (a) (b) tCi linear FOOL). PRECAST CONCRETE CONCRETE CONCRETE ENCASM ENCASED D = Heated perimeter of the steel column (inches). COVERS STRUCTURAL WIDE-FLANGE KAPE P ( ) GONERS TUBE SHAPE h = Thickness of the concrete cover(inches). k, = Ambient temperature thermal conductivity of the FIGURE 721.5.1(6) p y CONCRETE PROTECTED STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS eh concrete (Btu/hr ft°F). a. When the inside perimeter of the Concrete prolectionis not square,L shall be H = Ambient temperature thermal capacity of the steel taken as the avera;c of L,and L..When the thickness of concrete cover is not column=0.1 1 W(Btu/ft'F) constant,h shall be taken as the average of h,and k. b. Joints shall be protected with a minimum 1 inch thickness of ceranric fiber p, = Concrete density (pounds per cubic foot). blanket but in no case less than one-half the thickness of the column cover c = Ambient temperature specific heat of concrete (see Section 720.2.1,3). (Btu/lb°F). 721.5.1.4.5 Masonry protection.The fire resistance L = Interior dimension of one side of a square concrete of structural steel columns protected with concrete box protection (inches). masonry units or clay masonry units as illustrated in 721.5.1.4.1 Reentrant space filled.For wide-flange Figure 721.5.1(7), shall be permitted to be deter- mined from the following expression: steel columns completely encased in concrete with all reentrant spaces filled [Figure 721.5.1(6)(c)l, the R= 0.17 (Wla07+ [0.285 (T,?611[°2) ] thermal capacity of the concrete within the reentrant 11.0 + 42.7 { (ASldn, T,) 1(0.25p+ T,) spaces shall be permitted to be added to the thermal (Equation 7-16) capacity of the steel column,as follows: H=0.11 W+(p,c1144) (h4-Aj (Equation 7-15) Where: R = Fire-resistance rating of column assembly where: (hours). b, = Flange width of the steel column (inches). W = Average weight of steel column (pounds per d = Depth of the steel column (inches). foot). A, = Cross-sectional area of the steel column D = Heated perimeter of steel column (inches) (square inches). [see Figure 721.5.1(7)]. 721.5.1.4.2 Concrete properties unknown. If spe- T,. = Equivalent thickness of concrete or clay ma- cifrc data on the properties of concrete are not avail- sonry unit (inches) (see Table 721.3.2 Note a able, the values given in Table 721.5.1(2) are or Section 721.4.1). permitted. K = Thermal conducti,,dy of concrete or clay ma- 721.5.1.4.3 Minimum concrete cover.For structural sonry unit (Btu/hr ft °F) [see Table steel column encased in concrete with all reentrant 721.5.1(3)], spaces filled, Figure 721.5.1(6)(c) and Tables As = Cross-sectional area of steel column (square 721.5.1(7) and 721.5.1(8) indicate the thickness of inches). 160 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES d = Density of the concrete or clay masonry unit (pounds per cubic foot), 4 d o p = inner perimeter of concrete or clay masonry protection (inches) ]see Figure 721.5.1(7)]. e tw ° D*2W4d)t2wly1 I)-Xff D-2*+2d _ate _ w _U0[3 0 ❑ ❑❑❑ 010001 010001 ❑ �' �r ❑❑❑ ❑ o❑❑ ❑ ❑❑n ❑ a�za+ _ate. WS11APtiMUMti S7FELFKCOWMN STRUM INK TUBE WIJAW FIGURE 721.5.2 DETERMINATION OF THE HEATED PERIMETER For St: 1 inch=25.4 mm. OF STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAMS AND GIRDERS FIGURE 721.5.1(7) CONCRETE OR CLAY MASONRY PROTECTED 721.5.2.1.2 Beam and girder substitutions.Except STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS as provided for in Section 721.5.2.2, structural steel d �Depth of a«vide flange column,outside diameter of pipe column,or our beams in approved fire-resistance-rated assemblies side dimension of strucioral tubing column(inches), shall be considered the minimum permissible size, =Thickness of web of wide flange column(inches). Other beam or girder shapes shall be permitted to be it =Width of flange of wide flange column(inches). substituted provided that the weight-io-heated-perim- 721.5.1.4.6 Equivalent concrete masonry thick- eter ratio ([C/IDS of the substitute beam is equal to or ness.For structural steel columns protected with con- greater than that of the beam specified in the approved crete masonry,Table 721.5.1(5) gives the equivalent assembly. thickness of concrete masonry required for various 721.5.2.2 Sprayed fire-resistant materials.The provi- pre-resistance ratings for typical column shapes.For sions in this section apply to structural steel beams and structural steel columns protected with clay masonry, girders protected with sprayed fire-resistant materials. Table 721.5.1(6) gives the equivalent thickness of Larger or smaller beam and girder shapes shall be per- concrete masonry required for various fire-resistance mined to be substituted for beams specified in approved ratings for typical column shapes. unrestrained or restrained fire-resistance-rated assem- blies, provided that the thickness of the fire-resistant 721.5.2 Structural steel beams and girders. The material is adjusted in accordance with the following fire-resistance ratings of steel beams and girders shall be expression: based upon the size of the element and the type of protection provided in accordance with this section. h2 =h,[(W, l D,)+0.601/[(14z 1 D,)+0.60 721.5.2.1 Determination of fire resistance.These pro- (Equation 7-17) cedures establish a basis for determining resistance of structural steel beams and girders which differ in size where: from that specified in approved fire-resistance-rated assemblies as a function of 1he thickness of fire-resistant h = Thickness of sprayed fire-resistant material in I material and the weight(M and heated perimeter(L}of inches. the beam or girder. As used in these sections, Wis the W = Weight of the structural steel beam or girder in average weight of a structural steel member in pounds pounds per linear foot. per linear foot(plf).The heated perimeter,D,is the inside D = Heated perimeter of the structural steel beam in perimeter of the fire-resistant material in inches as illus- inches. trated in Figure 721.5.2. Subscript 1 refers to the beam and fire-resistant mate- 721.5.2.1.1 Weight-to-heated perimeter. The rial thickness in the approved assembly. weight-to-heated-perimeter ratios (W/D), for both Subscript 2 refers to the substitute beam or girder and contour and box fire-resistant protection profiles,for the required thickness of fire-resistant material. the wide flange shapes most often used as beams or girders are given in Table 721.5.1(4). For different The fire resistance of structural steel beams and gird- shapes, the weight-to-heated-perimeter ratios (W/D} ers protected with intumescent or mastic fire-resistant shall be determined in accordance with the definitions coatings shall be determined on the basis of fire-resis- given in this section. tance tests in accordance with Section 703.2. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 161 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES i TABLE 721.5.1(1) W/D RATIOS FOR STEEL COLUMNS STRUCTURAL CONTOUR BOX STRUCTURAL CONTOUR BOX SHAPE PROFILE PROFILE SHAPE PROFILE PROFILE W14 x 233 2.49 3.65 W10 x 112 1.78 2.57 x 211 2.28 3.35 x 100 1.61 2.33 - x 193 F 2.10- - 3.09 x 88 1.43 2.08 x 176 1.93 2.85 x 77 1.26 1.85 x 159 1.75 2.60 x 68 1.13 1.66 x 145 1.61 2.39 x 60 1.00 1.48 x 132 1.52 2.25 x 54 0.91 1.34 x 120 1.39 2.06 x 49 0.83 1.23 x 109 1.27 1.88 x 45 0.87 1.24 x 99 1.16 1.72 x 39 0.76 1.09 x 90 1.06 1.58 x 33 0.65 0.93 x-82 1.20 1.68 _ - x 74 1.09 1.53 W8 x 67 1.34 ' 1.94 x 68 1.01 1.41 x 58 - 1.18 1.71 x 61 0.91 1.28 x48 0.995 1.44 x 53 0.89 1.21 x 40 0.83 1.23 x 48 0.81_ 1.10 x 35 0.73 1.08 x 43 0.73 0.99 x 31 0.65 0.97 x 28 0.67 0.96 W12 x 190 2.46 3.51 x 24 0.58 0.83 - x 170 2.22 3.20 x 21 0.57 _ 0.77 x 152 2.01 2.90 x 18 0.49 0.67 x 136 1.82 2.63 x 120 1.62 2.36 W6 x 25 0.69 1.00 x 106 1.44 2.11 x 20 0.56 -� - 0.82 x 96 1.32 1.93 x 16 U7 0.78 x 87 - 1.20 1.76 x 15 T 0.42 0.63 x- 79 1.10 1.61 x 12 0.43 0.60 x 72 1.00 1.48 x 9 0.33 _ 0.46 x 65 0.9I 1.35 _ x58 0.91 1.31 W5x19 � 0.64 _ - 0.93 _ - x 53 0.84 1.20 x 16 0.54 0.80 x 50 0.89 1.23 x 45 0.81 1.12 W4 x 13 0.54 0.79 x 40 0.72 1.00 For SI: I pound per linear foot per inch=0.059 kg/ntlmnt. 162 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.5.1(2) PROPERTIES OF CONCRETE PROPERTY NORMAL-WEIGHT CONCRETE STRUCTURAL LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE Thermal conductivity(k,) 0.95 Btu/hr ft OF 0.35 Btu/hr•ft•OF Specific heat(c;) 0.20 Btu/lb OF 0.20 Btu/Ib OF Density(P,) 145 IWO 110 Ib/ft3 Equillbrium (free) moisture content(m)by volume 4% 5% For Sl: 1 inch=25.4 mm.1 foot=304.8 mm. 1 Iblfe=16.0185 kglm'.Btulhr-ft-`F=1.731 W/(m K). TABLE 721.5.1(3) THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY OF CONCRETE OR CLAY MASONRY UNITS DENSITY(d,,)OF UNITS(IbKt3) THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY(K)OF UNITS(Btulhr ft 'F) Concrete Masonry Units ---- 80 0.207 i 85 0.228 1 90 0.252 95 0.278 100 0.308 105 0.340 110 0.376 115 0.416 120 0.459 125 0.508 130 0.561 135 0.620 140 0.685 145 0.758 150 0.837 Clay Masonry Units 120 1.25 130 2.25 For Sl: 1 pound per cubic Foot= 16.0185 kghn'.Btu per hour foot-°f=1.731 W/(m-K). 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 163 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.5.1{4) WEIGHT-TO-HEATED-PERIMETER RATIOS{W/D} FOR TYPICAL WIDE FLANGE BEAM AND GIRDER SHAPES STRUCTURAL CONTOUR BOX STRUCTURAL CONTOUR BOX SHAPE PROFILE PROFILE SHAPE PROFILE PROFILE W36 x 300 _ 2.47 3.33 x 68 0.92 _ 1.21 x 280 2.31 3.12 x 62 0.92 1.14 x 260 2.16 2.92 x 55 0.82 1.02 X245 2.04 2.76 - - - - _ - - x 230 1.92 2.61 W21 x 147 1.83 � 2.60 x 210 1.94 2.45 x 132 _ - 1 _ x 194 1.80 2.28 x I22 .54 2.19 x 182 1.69 2,15 -x 111 1.41 2.01 x 170 1.59 _ _ 2.01 x 101 1.29 _ _ 1.84 x 160 1.50 _ 1.90 x 93 1.38_ _ 1.80 x 150 1.41 1.79 x 83 1.24 1.62 x 135 1.28 1.63 x 73 1.10 _ 1.44 x 68 1.03 1.35 _W33 x 241- 2._1.1 _ _ 2.86 x 62 _ 0.94 1.23 x 221 1.94 2.64 x 57 0.93 1.17 x 201 1.78 2.42 x 50 0.83 1.04 x 152 1.51 1.94 x 44 0.73 0.92 x ]41 1.41 1.80 _ x 130 1.31 1.67 _ W18 x 119 - - -1.69 2.42 x 118 1.19 1.53 x 106 1.52 2.18 _ x 97 1.39 _ 2.01 W30 x 211 2.00 2.74 x 86 1.24 1.80 x 191 1.82 2.50 x 76 1.11 1.60 x 173 1,66_ 2.28 x 71 1.21 _ 1.59 _x. 132 1.45 1.85 _ x _65 1.11 1.47 _ x 124 1.37 1.75 x 60 1.03 1.36_ x 116 128 1.65 x 55 0._95 1.26 x 108 1.20 1.54 x 50_--_.__ 0.87 _ 1.15 x 99 - 1.10 1.42 x 46 0.86 1.09 x 40 0.75 0.96 W27 x 178 1.85 2.55 x 35 0.66 0.85 X .11 1.68 2.33 x 146 1.53 2_12. _ WIG x 100 1.56 2.25 x 114 1.36 1.76 x 89 _1.40 _ _2_.0_3 x 102 1.23 1.59 x 77 1.22 1.78 x 94 1.13 1.47 x 67 1.07 1.56 _ x 84 1.02 1.33 x 57 1.07 1.43 50 - - - - 0.94 - - 1.26 - - x 45.- - 0.85 --1.15 W24 x 162 1.85 2.57 x 40 0.76 1.03 X 146 1.68 2.34 x 36 _ 0.69 0.93 x 131 1.52 _ 2,12 x 31 _ 0.65 _ 0.83 x 117 1.36 1.91 x 26 0.55 0.70 x 104 1.22 1.7.1 --- x 94 1.26 1.63 W 14 X 132 1.83 _ 3.00 x 84 1.13 1.47 x 120 1.67 2.75 _ x 76 1.03 1.34 x 109 1.53 2.52 (continued) 164 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.5.1(4)-continued WEIGHT-TO-HEATED-PERIMETER RATIOS(W/D) FOR TYPICAL WIDE FLANGE BEAM AND GIRDER SHAPES STRUCTURAL CONTOUR BOX STRUCTURAL CONTOUR T BOX SHAPE PROFILE PROFILE SHAPE PROFILE PROFILE x 99_ 1.39 2.31 x 30 0.79 - -� 1.12 x 90 1.27 2.11 x 26 `0.69 0.96 x 82 1.41 2.12 x 22 0.59 0.84 x 74 1.28 1.93 x 19 0.59 0.78 x 68 1.19 1.76 x-17 0.54 0.70 x 61 1.07 1.61 x 15 - 0.48 - 0.63 _ J x 53 1.03 1.48 x 12 0.38 0.51 x 48 0.94 1.35 x 43 0.85 1.22 W8 x 67 1.61 2.55 x 38 0.79 1.09 x 58 t.41 2.26 x 34 0.71 0.98 x 48 Lt8 1.91 x 30 0.63 0.87 x 40 1.00 1.63 X- 26 0.61 0.79 x 35 0.88 1.44 - x 22 0.52 0.68 x 31 0.79 1.29 - x 28 0.80 1.24 W_12_x _87 --_- 1.44 2.34 - x 24 _ 0.69 1.07 x _79 1.32 _ 2.14 x 21 0.66 - 0.96 x 72- -- - 1.20 1.97 - _ x 18 0.57 0.84 x 65 1.09 1.79 x 15 0.54 - - 0.74 x 58 1.08 1.69 x 13 0.47 0.65 x 53 0.99 1.55 x 10 0.37 0.51 x 50 1.04 1.54 --- x 45 ; 0.95 1.40 - W6 x 25 0.82__ -- 1.33 x 40 0.85 1.25 x 20 0.67 1.09 x 35 0.79 1.11 _ x 16 0.66 -- 0.96 x 30 0.69 0.96 x 15 0.51 0.83 x 26 0.60 0.84 x 12 0.51 0.75 x 22 0.61 0.77 x 9 0.39 0.57 x 19 0.53 0.67 x 16 0.45 0.57 W5 x 19 0.76 1.24 x 14 -- 0.40 0.50 f -- x- 16�-- 0.65 - - - 1.07 W10 x 112 2.14 _3.38 __ W4 x 13 0.65 --T_ -1.05 x 100 1.93 3.07 x 88 1.70 2.75 x- 77 1.52 2.45 x 68 _ 1.35 2.20 x 60 1.20 1.97 x 54 1.09 1.79 _ x 49 0.99 1.64 x 45 1.03 1.59 x 39 0.94 1.40 x 33 0.77 1.20 For SI: Pounds per linear Foot per inch=0.059 kglm/mm. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 165 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.5.1(5) FIRE RESISTANCE OF CONCRETE MASONRY PROTECTED STEEL COLUMNS MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT THICKNESS FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE THICKNESS FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE CONCRETE RATING OF CONCRETE MASONRY CONCRETE I RATING OF CONCRETE MASONRY MASONRY DENSITY PROTECTION ASSEMBLY,T(inches) MASONRY DENSITY PROTECTION ASSEMBLY,T (inches) COLUMN POUNDS PER - - COLUMN POUNDS PER - -- - SIZE CUBIC FOOT 1-hour 2-hour 3-hour 4-hour SIZE CUBIC FOOT 1-hour 2-hour 3-hour 4-hour 80 0.74 1.61 2.36 3.04 80 0.72 1.58 2.33 3.01 l00 0.89 1.85 2.67 3.40 l00 0.87 1,83 2.65 3.38 W14x82 W10x68' - 110 0.96 1.97 2.81 3.57 110 0.94 1.95 2.79 3.55 120 1.03 2.08 2.95 3.73- 120 1.01 2.06 2.94 3.72 SD 0.83 1.70 2.45 3.13 80 0.88 1.76 2.53 3.21 100 0.99 1.95 2.76 3.49 100 1.04 2.01 2.83 3.57 W14 x 68' - - W10 x 54' - 110 1.06 2.06 2.91 3.66 110 1.11 2.12 2.98 3.73 - 120 1.14 2.18 3.05 3.82 120 _ 1.19 2.24 3.12 3.90 80 0.91 1.81 2.58 3.27 80 0.92 1.83 2.60 3.30 100 1.07 2.05 2.88 3.62 100 1.08 2.07 2.90 3.64 W14x53' - - W10x45'- 110 1.15 2.17 3.02 3.78 1_10 1.16 2.18 3.04 3.80 120 122 2.28 3.16 3.94 120 _1.23 2.29 ' 3.18 J 3.96 80 1.01 1.93 2.71 3.41 80 1.06 2.00 2.79 3.49 ]on I.17 2.17 3.00 3.74 100 1.22 2.23 3.07 3.81 - W14 x 43' - --- W10 x 33' - -- 110 1.25 2.28 3.14 3.90 110 1.30 2.34 3.20 3.96 120 1.32 2.38 3.27 4.05 120 1.37 2.44 3.33 4.12 80 0.81 1.66 2.41 3.09 80 0.94 1.85 2.63 3.33 100 0.91 1.88 2.70 3.43 100 1.10 2.10 2.93 3.67 W12 x 72 W8 x 40 --- --- -- 110 0.99 1.99 2.84 j 3.60 110 1.18 2.21 3.07 3.83 120 1.06 2.10 2.98 3.76 120 1.25 2.32 3.20 3.99 80 0.88 1.76 2.52 3.21 80 1.06 2.00 2.78 3.49 100 1.04 2.01 2.83 3.56 100 1.22 2.23 T 3.07 3.81 W12 x 58 - W8 x 31 ---.._ . 110 1.11 2.12 2.97 3.73 110 1.29 2.33 3.20 3.97 120 1.19 2.23 3.11 3.89 120 1.36 2.44 3.33 4.12 _80 0.91 1.81 2.58 3.27 80 1.14 2.09 2.89 3.59 100 1.07 2.05 2.88 3.62 100 1.29 2.31 3.16 3.90 W12x50 - - - W8x24 _. - 110 1,15 2.17 3.02 3.78 110 1.36 2.42 3.28 4.05 120 1.22 - 2.28 3.16 3.94 _ - 120- 1.43 2.52 3.41 4.20 80 1.01 1.94 2,72 3.41 80 1.22 2.20 3.01 3.72 100 1.17 2.17 3.01 3.75 100 1.36 2.40 3.25 4.01 W]2x4D - - - - - � - - W8xI8 -- -. - -- - -- 110 1.25 2.28 3.14 3.90 110 1.42 2.50 3.37 4.14 120 1.32 2.39 3.27 4.06 120 1.48 2.59 3.49 4.28 166 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.5.1(5)-continued FIRE RESISTANCE OF CONCRETE MASONRY PROTECTED STEEL COLUMNS MINIMUM REQUIRED MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT THICKNESS EQUIVALENT THICKNESS FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING OF CONCRETE RATING OF CONCRETE NOMINAL TUBE CONCRETE MASONRY MASONRY PROTECTION NOMINAL PIPE CONCRETE MASONRY MASONRY PROTECTION ASSEMBLY,T,(inches) ASSEMBLY, T.(inches) SIZE DENSITY,POUNDS PER - -- - - SIZE DENSITY,POUNDS --- - (inches) CUBIC FOOT 1-hour 2-hour,3-hour 4-hour (inches) PER CUBIC FOOT 1-hour.2•hour 3-hour 4-hour! 80 0.93 1.90 . 2.71 3.43 80 0.80 1.75 2.56_ 3.28 4 x 4 x air wall _ 100 1.08 2.1_3 2.99 3.76 4 double extra a 100 0.95 1_99_ 2.85_ 3.62 I thickness 110 1.16 2.24 3.13 3.91 sarong 110 1.02 2.10 2.99 3.78 --. - .- wall thickness s _. ._ � 120 1.22 2,34 3.26 4.06 _ 120 --j 1.09 2.20 3.12 3.9_3 80 1.05 2.03 2.84 3.57 80 1 1.12 2.I1 2.93 3.6_5 4 x 4 x 3/H wall 100 - 1.20 2.25 3.11 3.88 4 extra strong - 100 1.26 2.32 3.19 3.95 - 0.337 wall - -' - - - lhickness 110 1.27 2.35 3.24 4.02 110 1.33 2.42 3.31 4.091 - _ __1- thickness - -- _-,-- - - - 120 1.34 2.45 3.37 4.17 120 1.40 2.52 3.43 4.23 - 80 I.21 2.20 3.0I 3.73 80 1.26 2.25 3.07 { 3.79 4 x 4 x 114 wall 1.0.0 1.35 2.40 3.26 4.0.2 4 standard 100 1,40 2.45 3.31 4.07 thickness 0.237 wall 110 1.4I 2.50 3.38 4.16 thickness 110 _ 1.46 2.55 . 3.43 4.21 120 1.48 2.59 3.50 4.30 120 ____1.53 2.64_ 3.54 r 4.34 80 __ _ 0.82_ 1.75 2.54 3.25 80 0.70 1.61 2.40 3.12 6x 6 x '/?wall _ 100 0.98 1.99 2.84 . 3.59 5 double extra 100 0.85 1.86 2.71 3.47 thickness strong 0.750 i 110 1.05 2.10 2.98 3.75 wall thickness �_ __ 110 - 0.91 -1.97 2.85 3.63 T 120 1.12 j 2.21 3.11 3.91 120 1 0.98 ; 2.02 2.99 3.79 80 _ 0.96 1.91 2.71 3.42 _ 80 1.04 2.01 2.83 _3_54 6 x 6 x%wall 100 _ 1.12 t 2.14 3.00 3.75 5 extra strong 100 f 1.19 2.23 3.09 3_85 0.375 wall thickness 110 1.19 2.25 1 3.13 3.90 thickness _-_ 110 - 1.26 2.34 3.22 4.00 - 120 1.26 : 235 3.26 4.05 120 1.32 2.44 3.34 _4.14 80 1.20 2.19 3.00 3.72 80 1.14 2.11 1 2.92 3.63 -- - - 6 x 6 x 114 wall 100 - 1.29 2.32._+ 3.18 3.93 5 standard - 100 - 1.34 2.39 3.25 4.00 thickness - 0.258 wall 110 1.36 2.43 3.30 4.08 thickness _ . 110 1.41 2.49 3.37 4.14 120 1.42 2.52 3.43 4.22 120 1.47 2.58 3.49 4.28 80 0.77 1.66 2.44 3.13 80 0.59 1.46 2.23 2.92 8 x 8 x '/?Wall 100 0.92 1.91 ' 2.75 3.49 6 double extra 100 0..73 1.71 2.54 3.29 thickness strong 0.864 110 1.00 2.02 2.89 3.66 110 0.80 1.82 2.69 3.47 -. . . _.-. _.__ wall thickness __-. - -_ 120 1.07 2.14 3.03 3.82 120 0.86 1.93 2.83 3.63 80 0.91 1.84 2.63 ! 3.33 80 0.99 1.90 2.70 3.42 8 x 8 x 3/8 wall 100 1.0.7 2.08 2.92 ! 3.67 6 extra strong - 100 1 1.10 2.13 2.98 3_74 thickness 0.432 wall --- thickness 1.14 2.19 3.06 3.83 thickness 110 1.17 2.23 3.11 3.89 120 1.21 2.29 3.19 3.98 120 1.24 2.34 3.24 4.04 80 1.10 2.06 2.86 ! 3.57 80 1.14 2.12 2.93 3.64 8 x 8 x '/,wall 100 1.2_5_ 2.28_ 3.13_ 3.87 6 standard 100 1.29 2.33 3.19 .3.94 0.280 wall Thickness 110 1.32 2.38 3_25 4.02 thickness 110 1.36 2.43 3.31 4.08 120 1.39 2.48 3.38 4.17 120 1.42 2.53_ 3.43 4.22 For Sl: 1 inch=25.4 mm, 1 pound per cubic feet=16.02 kghn'. Note:Tabulated malues assume 1-inch air gap between masonry and steel section. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 167 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.5.1(6) FIRE RESISTANCE OF CLAY MASONRY PROTECTED STEEL COLUMNS MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT CLAY MASONRY THICKNESS FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE MASONRY THICKNESS FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING OF CLAY MASONRY RATING OF CLAY MASONRY DENSITY, PROTECTION ASSEMBLY,T(inches) DENSITY, -PROTECTION ASSEMBLY,T (inches) POUNDS PER - - ° - POUNDS PER - -- COLUMN SIZE CUBIC FOOT 1-hour 2-hour 3-hour_ 4_•haur COLUMN SIZE CUBIC FOOT 1-hour 2-hour 3-hour 4-hour W14 x$2 120 1.23 2.42 3.41 4.29 W10 x 68 r- 120 - 1'27 2.46 3.26 4.35 - ---•- ---- �--- - - - -- - - - 130 1.40 2.70 3.78 4.74 130 1.44 2.75 3.83 4.80 120 1.34 2.54 3.54 4.43 120 1.40 2.61 3.62 4.51 W14x68 - - - - WIOx59 - -- 130 1.51 2.82 3.91 4.87 130 1.58 2.89 3.98 4.95 120 1.43 2.65 3.65 4.54 120 1.44 2.66 3.67 4.57 W14 x 53 - -- - W10 x 45 -- - -- 130 1.61 2.93 4.02 4.98 130 1.62_ 2.95 4.04 5.01 W14x43 120 1.54 2.76 3.77 4.66 W10x33 - 120 j 1.59 2.82 3.84 4.73 ---- - - . -- - - - - - - 130 1.72 3.04 4.13 5.09 130 1,77 3.10 4.20 5.13 120 1.32 2.52 3.51 4.40 120 1.47 2.70 3.71 4.61 W12x72 _ . W8x40 - 130 1.50 2.80 3.88 4.84 130 1.65 2.98 4.08 5.04 W12x.58 120 1.40 2.61 3.61 4.50 W8x31 120 1,59 2.82- 3.84 4.73 - ----- - - - - - - --- -------- 130 1.57 2.89 3.98 4.94 130 1.77_ 3.10 4.20 5.17 120 1.43 2.65 3.66 4.55 - 120 1.66 2.90 3.92 4.82 W12x50 -- - - W8x24 ` - -- - - - - - 130 1.61 2.93 4.02 4.99_ - 130 1.84 3.18 - 4.28 - 5.25 120 1.54 2.77 3.78 4.67 120 1.75 3.00 -- 4.01 4.91 W12x90 - - - -- W8x1$ -- -- -- 130 1.72 3.05 4.14 5.10 130 1.93 3.27 4.37 5.34_ STEEL TUBING s STEEL PIPE MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT CLAY MASONRY THICKNESS FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE MASONRY THICKNESS FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING OF CLAY MASONRY RATING OF CLAY MASONRY DENSITY, DENSITY PROTECTION ASSEMBLY,T(inches) PROTECTION ASSEMBLY,T (inches) NOMINAL TUBE POUNDS PER - - ° - ,NOMINAL PIPE POUNDS PER -- -- - - `- -- SIZE(inches) CUBIC FOOT 1-hour 2-hour 3-hour 4-hour SIZE(inches) + CUBIC FOOT 1-hour 2-hour 3-hour 4-hour_ 4 x 4 x 'Iz wall 120 - 1.44 2.72 3.7fi 4.68 4 double extra 120 1.26 X2.55 3.60 4.52 _ thickness 130 1.62 3.00 4.I2 5.11 strong wall thickness 130 1.42 2.82 3.96 4.95 4 x 4 x 318 wall 120 1.56 2.84 3.88 - 4.78_ 4 extra strong _120_ - 1.6_0 2.89 3.92 - 4.8_3 - 0.337 thickness 130 1.74 3.12 4.23 5.21 wall thickness 130 1.77 3.16 4.28 5.25 4 x 4 x '/q wall . 2.0 1.72 2.99 4.02 4.92 4 standard 120 - 1_74 3.02 4.05 4.95 thickness 130 1,89 3.26 4,37 5.34 0,237 130 1.92 3.29 4.40 5.37 _ _ ----- wall thickness i_ - - - - - - - - 120 1.33 2.58 3,62 4.52 5 double extra 120 1.17 2.44 3.48 4.40 Gx6x '/z wall- - - - - _ _ - - _ -T thickness 130 1.50 2.86 3.98 4,96 strong wall thickness 130 1.33 2.72 3.84 4.83 6 x 6 x 31 wall• 120 1.48 2.74 3.76 4.67 5 extra strong 120 1.55 2.82 3.85 4_76 thickness 0.375 130 1.65 3.01 4.13 5.10 130 1.72 3.09 4.21 5.18 - - - - -- - � wall thickness;- 6 x 6 x'Iq wall 120_ 1.66_ 2.91 3.94 4.84 5 standard 120_ _ 1.711 2_.97 4,0.0 4.90 thickness 0.258 130 1.83 3.19 4.30 5.27 wall thickness 130 1.88 3.24 4.35 5.32 120 1.27 - 2.50 3.52 4.42 6 double extra 120 I.04 2.28 3.32 4.23 8 x 8 x 1/2 wall strong 0.864 r thickness 130- 1.44 2.78 3.89 1 4.86 wall thickness 130 1.19 2.60 3.68 4.67 8 x 8 x 318 wall 120 1.43 2.67 3.69 I 4.59 6 extra strong - 120- 1.45 2.71 3.75 4.65 thickness 130 1.60 2.95 4.05 5.02 0.432 wall thickness 130 1.62 2.99 4.10 5.08 120 1.62 2.87 3.89 4.78 6 standard 120 1.65 2.91 3.94 4.84 8 x 8 x 1/4 wall -.. .. _ - 0.280 --- - -- thickness 130 1.79 3.14 4.24 5.21 wall thickness 130 1.82 3.19 4.30 5.27 168 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.5.1(7) TABLE 721.5.1(8) MINIMUM COVER(inch)FOR STEEL COLUMNS MINIMUM COVER(inch)FOR STEEL COLUMNS ENCASED IN NORMAL-WEIGHT CONCRETE' ENCASED IN STRUCTURAL LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE• [FIGURE 721.5.1(6)(c)] [FIGURE 721.5.1(6)(c)] FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING(hours) FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING(HOURS) STRUCTURAL --- — — - STRUCTURAL — — SHAPE- — 1 1112 2 3 4 SHAPE 1 1I, 2 3 4 W14 x 233 1 1 2 W14 x 233 1 1 / x 176 1 t 2 x 193 t 2 x 132 1 21/, x 74 1 1 1 1112 2 x90 1 2 x61 __ x 61 -__ 1 V, x 43 1 ./z,_- _2 _ -- 2 t/2 x 48 3 W12 x 65 1 t/z 2 x 43 1 t/, 2 t12 x 53 1 1 1 W12x 152 1 2'/Z x 40 1 1/2 2 2v? x 96 1 2 W10 x 112 2 x 65 1 x 88 1 1 1 t/z x 50 1 t12 3 x 60 1 x 40 1 tl, 2 x 33 1 U, 2 2 t/, W10 x 88 _ 1 2 W8 x 35 21/ -_ x 49 3 x 28 1 1 2 x 45 1 1 112 1 tlz x 24 1 tl2 3 x 39 21/, { 31/, - — x 18_ - -- _ 1.1/2 2_t/? x 33 2 For SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm. a. The tabulated thicknesses are based upon the assumed properties of struc- W8 x 67 1 3 rural lightweight concrete given in Table 721.5.1(2). x 58 1 t/z x 48 1 21/7 x 31 1 112 3 1/2 x 21 2 x 18 3 4 W6 x 25 1 tlz 2 3 t/z x 20 3 x 16 1 2 4 x 15 x 9 1 t/2 2 tl2 3 ; For SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm. a The tabulated thicknesses are based upon the assumed properties of nor- mal-weight concrete given in Table 721.5.1(2). 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 169 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.5.1(9) TABLE 721.5.1(10) MINIMUM COVER(inch)FOR STEEL COLUMNS MINIMUM COVER(inch)FOR STEEL COLUMNS IN NORMAL-WEIGHT PRECAST COVERS' IN STRUCTURAL LIGHTWEIGHT PRECAST COVERS' [FIGURE 721.5.1(6)(a)] [FIGURE 721.5.1(6)(x)] STRUCTURAL FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING(hours) STRUCTURAL FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING(hours) - - - -- — - SHAPE 1 1-11, 2 3 4 SHAPE 1 111, 2 3 4 W 14 x 233 1 �! 3 W 14 x 233 2 112 x 211 2 21/2 x 176 2 x 176 31/2 x 145 1 112 x145 111, 2 x132 1 1 1 1 3 12 t2 X-1.09. 11/2 3 x 109 x 99 X-99 2 112 x 61 4 x fib 2 x-4.3. 2 2112 31/, 4.1/2 x 43 3 31/2 W12 x 190 1 1/, 2i2 31 / / W12 x 190- 2 112 2 x 152 x 152 2 x 120 1 11, 2 x 136 I U, x 96 3 x 106 - x 87 1 112 4 x 96 1 112 1 1/2 2112 — x 58 x 87 x 40 2 2112 3112 41/, x 65 2 W10 x 112 3112 x 40 3 3112 x 88 1 1/, 2 3 W10 x ]12 2 x 77 1 t/Z - 4 x 100 1 1/2 3 x 54 2 211, 31/, x 88 _ x 33 41/, x 77 1 117 1 112 21/4 W8x67 1.V, 2 3 x64 2 x 58 4 x 39 3 31/2 x 48 1 11, 2 21/2 3112 x 33 2 x 28 W8 x 67 1 1/2 21/2 3 x 21 41/, x 48 1 1/2 x 18 211, 3 4 x 35 - 1 '!z 2 31/, W6 x 25 2 21/, 31/, x 28 3 x 20 1 112 41/, x 18 2 21/2 4 —�-- - x16 3 W6x25 - 2 3 31/2 - X12 2 24, 4 x15 1 '/? 2 4 x 9 5 x 9 2112 31/, For SI: 1 inch=25 4 mm For 5I: I inch=25.4 mm. a. The tabulated thicknesses are based upon the assumed properties of nor a. The tabulated thicknesses arc based upon the assumed properties of struc- mal-weight concrete given in Table 721.5.1(2)- tural lightweight concrete given in Tab1c 721.5.1(2). 170 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 721.5.2.2.1 Minimum thickness. The use of Equa- insulation. The membrane on the unexposed side shall lion 7-17 is subject to the following conditions: not be included in determining the fire resistance of the 1. The weight-to-heated-perimeter ratio for the assembly. substitute beam or girder (14'�,) shall not be 721.6.2.2 Time assigned to membranes. Table less than 0,37. 721.6.2(1) indicates the time assigned to membranes on 2. The thickness of fire protection materials calcu- the fire-exposed side. lated for The substitute beam or girder(Tr)shall not be less than V.inch (9.5 mm), 721.6.2.3 Exterior walls.For an exterior wall with a fire separation distance greater than 5 feet (1524 min), the 3. The unrestrained or restrained beam rating shall wall is assigned a rating dependent on the interior mem- not be less than 1 hour. brane and the framing as described in Tables 721.6.2(1) 4. When used to adjust the material thickness fora and 721.6.2(2). The membrane on the outside of the restrained beam, the use of this procedure is nonfire-exposed side of exterior walls with aliresepara- limited to steel sections classified as compact in lion distance greater than 5 feet (1524 mm) may consist accordance with the AISC Specification for of sheathing,sheathing paper and siding as described in Structural Steel Buildings, (AISC 360-05). Table 721.6.2(3). 721.5.2.3 Structural steel trusses.The flrP resistance of TABLE 721.6.2(1) structural steel trusses protected with fire-resistant mate- TIME ASSIGNED TO WALLBOARD MEMBRANES-,b,C•d rials sprayed to each of the individual truss elements DESCRIPTION OF FINISH TIME°(minutes) shall be permitted to be determined in accordance with -- -- this section. The thickness of the fire-resistant material 3iH-inch wood structural panel bonded with 5 shall be determined in accordance with Section exterior glue — _- 721.5.1.3. The weight-lo-heated-perimeter ratio (I�/D} 15/32-inch wood structural panel bonded with 10 of truss elements that can be simultaneously exposed to exterior glue fire on all sides shall be determined on the same basis as is columns,as specified in Section 721.5.1.1.The weight- fteriior or wood structural panel banded with exterior 15 to-heated-perimeter ratio (VL of truss elements that glue directly support floor or roof assembly shall be deter- 3fH-inch gypsum wallboard 10 mined on the same basis as beams and girders,as speci- I/-inch gypsum wallboard 15 Fied in Section 721.5.2.1. - -- - - The Orr resistance of structural steel trusses protected 'la-inch gypsum wallboard _ 30 with intumescent or mastic fire-resistant coatings shall 112-inch Type X gypsum wallboard 25 be determined on the basis of fire-resistance tests in 5/,-inch Type X gypsum wallboard 40 accordance with Section 703.2. - - - - -- - - - 721.6 Wood assemblies.The provisions of this section contain Double 1I8_inch gypsum wallboard 25 procedures by which the fire-resistance ratings of wood 1/2-inch+ -inch gypsum wallboard 35 assemblies are established by calculations. Double 1/2-inch gypsum wallboard 40 721.6.1 General.This section contains procedures for cal- culating the fire-resistance ratings of walls, floor/ceiling For Sl: 1 Inch=25.4 mm. a. Thesevalues apply only when membranes are installed on framing members and roof/ceiling assemblies based in part on the standard which are spaced 16 inches ox, method of testing referenced in Section 703.2, b. Gypsum wallboard Installed o verframingoffurringshallbe installed sothai all edges are supported,except'SIS ineh Typc X gypsum wallboard shall be 721.6.1.1 Maximum fire-resistance rating. Fire rests- pernditedtobeInstalledhorizuinaII %4ithihchorizontaljointsstapgered24 tance ratings calculated for assemblies using the meth- inches each side and unsupported but finished. ods in Section 721.6 shall be limited to a maximum of l c. On wood frame floorlceiling or rouflceiling assemblies,gypsum board shall hour. be installed with the Iw ditnensiun perpendicular to framing m(Lnibers and shall have all joints finished. 721.6.1.2 Dissimilar membranes. Where dissimilar d. The membrane on the unexposed side shall not be included indetermmingtherue membranes are used on a wall assembly,the calculation resistanceof t ieasseiably. ><hcudissimilarmcmbranesare,tsednnauallassem- shall be made from the least fire-resistant(weaker)side. bly.the calculation shall be made from the least fire-resistant(beaker)side. e. The time assigned is not a finished rating. 721.6.2 Walls,floors and roofs.These procedures apply to 721.6.2.4 Floors and roofs.In the case of a floor or roof, both load-bearing and nonload-bearing assemblies. the standard test provides only for testing for fire expo- 721.6.2.1 Fire-resistance rating of wood frame assem- sure from below.Except as noted in Section 703.3,Item blies.The fire-resistance rating of a wood frame assem- 5,floor or roof assemblies of wood framing shall have an bly is equal to the sum of the time assigned to the upper membrane consisting of a subfloor and finished membrane on the fire-exposed side,the time assigned to floor conforming to Table 721.6.2(4) or any other mem- the framing members and the time assigned for addi- brane that has a contribution to Grr resistance of at least tional contribution by other protective measures such as 15 minutes in Table 721.6.2(1), 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 171 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.6.2(2) TIME ASSIGNED FOR CONTRIBUTION OF WOOD FRAME'e` DESCRIPTION TIME ASSIGNED TO FRAME(minutes) Wood studs 16 inches o.c. 20 Wood floor and roof joists 16 inches o.c. 10 For SI: 1 inch=25-4 mm. a. This table does not apply to studs or joists spaced more than 16 inches o.c. b. All studs shall be nominal 2 x 4 and all joists shall have a nominal thickness of at least 2 inches. c. Allowable spans For joists shall be determined in accordance with Sections 2308.8.2308.10.2 and 2308.10.3. TABLE 721.6.2(3) MEMBRANE°ON EXTERIOR FACE OF WOOD STUD WALLS SHEATHING PAPER EXTERIOR FINISH N-inch T&G lumber Lumber siding 5116-inch exterior glue wood structural panel Sheathing paper 'Wood shingles and shakes '/,-inch gypsum wallboard 114-inch wood structural panels—exterior type "J.-inch gypsum wallboard 1l4-inch hardboard '/?-inch fiberboard Metal siding Stucco on metal lath Masonry veneer Vinyl siding None — 31s-inch exterior-grade wood structural panels For SI: 1 poun&cubic foot=16.0185 kg1m2- a. Any combination of sheathing.paper and cxterlor finish is permitted. TABLE 721.6.2(4) FLOORING OR ROOFING OVER WOOD FRAMING' STRUCTURAL ASSEMBLY MEMBERS SUBFLOOR OR ROOF DECK FINISHED FLOORING OR ROOFING Hardwood or softwood flooring on building paper resilient 3,-inch wood structural panels or flooring.parquet floor felted-synthetic fiber floor coverings. , Floor Wood i I/tr inch T&G suftwood carpeting,or ceramic tile on Is-inch thick panel-type underlay Ceramic the on I1/4-inch mortar bed 1'11?-inch wood structural panels or Roof Wood "/,6 inch T& G softwood Finished roofing material with or without insulation For SI: I inch=25.4 mm. a. This table applies only to wood joist construction.It is not applicable to i ood truss construction. TABLE 721.6.2(5) TIME ASSIGNED FOR ADDITIONAL PROTECTION DESCRIPTION OF ADDITIONAL PROTECTION FIRE RESISTANCE(minutes) Add to the fire-resistance rating of wood stud walls if the spaces between the studs are completely filled with glass fiber mineral wool harts weighing not less than 2 pounds per cubic foal(0.6 pound per square foot of wall surface) or rockwool or slag material wool baits weighing not less than 3.3 pounds per cubic 15 foot (1 pound per square foot of wall surface).or cellulose insulation having a nominal density not less than 2.6 pounds per cubic foot. For SI: I pound/cubic foot=16.0185 kghn'. 172 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE00 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 721.6.2.5 Additional protection.Table 721.6,2(5) indi- cates the time increments to be added to the prp resis- tance where glass fiber,rockwooI,slag mineral wool or cellulose insulation is incorporated in the assembly. 721.6.2.6 Fastening.Fastening of wood frame assemblies and the fastening of membranes to the wood framing members shall be done in accordance with Chapter 23. COL4iMNS Kali "01 1.60 721.6.3 Design of fire-resistant exposed wood members. The frp-resistance rating,in minutes,of timber beams and columns with a minimum nominal dimension of 6 inches 1A0 (152 mm) is equal to: Beams: 2.54Zb 14 -2(b/d) for beams which may be WMS-COLUMNS exposed to fire on four sides. ,Z 1190 '11 (Equation 7-18) 2.54Zb 14 -(b/d)] for beams which may be 120 exposed to Firc on three sides. (Equation 7-19) Columns: 2.54Zd [3 -(d/b)] for columns which may be 9.10 exposed to Fire on Four sides (Equation 7-20) t 0 2.54Zd 13 -(d/2b)] for columns which may be so so 70 so 9D 100 exposed to fire on three sides. LOAD ON MEIt SERB AS A PERCENT pF DESIGN LOAD (Equation 7-21) FIGURE 721.6.3(1) where: LOAD FIGURE b = The breadth (width) of a beam or larger side of a K=The effective length Factor as noted in Figure 721.6.3(2). column before exposure to fire (inches). 1 =The unsupported length of columns(inches). d = The depth of a beam or smaller side of a column before exposure to fire (inches). Z = Load factor, based on Figure 721.6.3(1). {{ 721.6.3.1 Equation 7-21. Equation 7-21 applies only 7 VF 'I where the unexposed face represents the smaller side of �y i the column. If a column is recessed into a wall, its full BUCKLING MOUES dimension shall be used for the purpose of these calcula- r t i i lions. t � r 721.6.3.2 Allowable loads. Allowable loads on beams , and columns are determined using design values given in h I I AF&PA NDS. THEORETICAL4VALUE 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.0 2.0 2.0 RECOMMENDED DESIGN Ke 721.6.3.3 Fastener protection.Where minimum 1-hour WHEN IDE&CONDITIONS 0.0 0.80 1.2 1.0 2-10 2A Frp resistance is required,connectors and fasteners shall APPROXIMATED be protected from fire exposure by 1 If,inches(38 mm)of { ROTATION FIXED,TRANSLATION FIXED wood,or other approvedcovering or coating for a 1-hour END CONDITION CODE i ROTATION FREE,TRANSLATION FIXED rating.Typical details for commonly used fasteners and 1F ROTATION FIXED,TRANSLATION FREE connectors are shown in AITC Technical Note 7. t 1 ROTATION FREE,TRANSLATON FREE 721.6.3.4 Minimum size.Wood members are limited to dimensions of 6 inches (152 mm) nominal or greater. FIGURE 721.6.3(2) Glued-laminated timber beams utilize standard larninat- EFFECTIVE LENGTH FACTORS ing combinations except that a core lamination is removed. The tension zone is moved inward and the equivalent of an extra nominal 2-inch-thick (51 mm) outer tension lamination is added. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 173 CHAPTER 8 INTERIOR FINISHES SECTION 801 measurements of the spread of flame versus time for a material I GENERAL tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723. 801.1 Scope.Provisions of this chapter shall govern the use of INTERIOR FINISH. Interior finish includes interior mall materials used as interior finishes,trim and decorative materi- and ceiling finish and interior floor finish. als. INTERIOR FLOOR FINISH.The exposed floor surfaces of 801.2 Interior wall and ceiling finish.The provisions of Sea buildings including coverings applied over a finished floor or tion 803 shall limit the allowable fire performance and smoke stair,including risers. development of interior wall and ceilingfinish materials based [F]INTERIOR FLOOR-WALL BASE.Interior floor finish on occupancy classification. trim used to provide a functional and/or decorative border at the I 801.3 Interior floor finish. The provisions of Section 804 intersection of walls and floors. shall limit the allowable fire performance of interiorfloorfr`n INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISH.The exposed ish materials based on occupancy classification. interior surfaces of buildings, including but not limited to: [F]801.4 Decorative materials and trim.Decorative materi- fixed or movable walls and partitions;toilet room privacy parti- alsand trimshall be restricted by combustibility and the flame tions;columns;ceilings;and interior wainscoting,paneling or propagation performance criteria of NFPA 701,in accordance other finish applied structurally or for decoration, acoustical with Section 806. correction,surface insulation,structural fire resistance or simi- 801.5 Applicability. For buildings in flood hazard areas as lar purposes,but not including trim. established in Section 1612.3,interior finishes, trim and deco- SITE-FABRICATED STRETCH SYSTEM.A system,fab- rative materials below the design flood elevation shall be ricated on site and intended far acoustical,tackable or aesthetic flood-damage-resistant materials. purposes,that is comprised of three elements:(a)a frame(con- 801.6 Application. Combustible materials shall be permitted structed of plastic,wood,metal or other material) used to hold to be used as finish for walls,ceilings,floors and other interior fabric in place, (b)a core material(infill,with the correct prop- surfaces of buildings. erties for the application),and (c) an outside layer,comprised 801.7 Windows. Show windows in the exterior walls of the of a textile, fabric or vinyl, that is stretched taunt and held in first story above grade shall be permitted to be of wood or of place by tension or mechanical Fasteners via the frame. unprotected metal framing. SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEX. A comparative measure, 801.8 Foam plastics.Foam plastics shall not be used as irue- expressed as a dimensionless number,derived from measure- rior finish except as pro-,,ided in Section 803.4. Foam plastics ments of smoke obscuration versus time for a material tested in shall not be used as interior trim except as provided in Section accordance with ASTM E 84. 806.3 or 2604.2.This section shall apply both to exposed foam TRIM.Picture molds,chair rails,baseboards, handrails,door plastics and to foam plastics used in conjunction with a textile and window frames and similar decorative or protective mate- or vinyl facing or cover. rials used in fixed applications. SECTION 802 SECTION 803 DEFINITIONS WALL AND CEILING FINISHES 802.1 General.The following words and terms shall, for the 803,1 General.Interior wall and ceiling finish materials shall purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this code, be classified for fire performance and smoke development in have the meanings shown herein. accordance with Section 803.1.1 or 803.1.2,except as shown in EXPANDED VINYL WALL COVERING. Wall covering Sections 803.2 through 803.13.Materials tested in accordance consisting of a woven textile backing,an expanded vinyl base with Section 803.1.2 shall not be required to be tested in accor- coat layer and a nonexpanded vinyl skin coat.The expanded dance with Section 803.1.1. base coat layer is a homogeneous vinyl layer that contains a 803.1.1 Interior wall and ceiling finish materials.Interior blowing agent. During processing,the blowing agent decom- wall and ceiling finish materials shall be classified in accor- poses,causing this layer to expand by forming closed cells.The dance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723. Such interior finish total thickness of the wall covering is approximately 0.055 inch materials shall be grouped in the following classes in accor- to 0.070 inch (1.4 mm to 1.78 mm). dance with their flame spread and smoke-developed FLAME SPREAD.The propagation of flame over a surface. indexes IFLAME SPREAD INDEX. A comparative measure, Class A: Flame spread index 0-25; smoke-developed expressed as a dimensionless number, derived from visual index 0-450. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 175 INTERIOR FINISHES Class B: Flame spread index 26-75:smoke-developed UL 723. Textile wall and ceiling coverings and expanded index 0-450. vinyl wall and ceiling coverings shall have a Class A flame Class C: Flame spread index 76-200; smoke-devel- spread index in accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723 and oped index 0-450. be protected by an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.Test speci- Exception: Materials tested in accordance with Sec- men preparation and mounting shall be in accordance with tion 803.1.2. ASTM E 2404. 803.1.2 Room corner test for interior wall or ceiling fin- 803.2 Thickness exemption.Materials having a thickness less ish materials.Interior wall or ceiling finish materials shall than 0.036 inch (0.9 mm) applied directly to the surface of he permitted to be tested in accordance with NFPA 286. walls or ceilings shall not be required to be tested. Interior wall or ceiling finish materials tested in accordance with NFPA 286 shall comply with Section 803.1.2.1, 803.3 Heavy timber exemption. Exposed portions of struc- tural members complying with the requirements for buildings 803.1.2.1 Acceptance criteria for NFPA 286. During of Type IV construction in Section 602.4 shall not be subject to the 40 kW exposure,the interlorffnishshall comply with interior finish requirements. Item 1.During the 160 kW exposure, the interior finish shall comply with Item 2.During the entire test,the rote- 803.4 Foam plastics.Foam plastics shall not be used as inte- riorflrrish shall comply with Items 3 and 4. riorfinish except as provided in Section 2603.9.This section shall apply both to exposed foam plastics and to foam plastics 1. During the 40kW exposure, flames shall not used in conjunction with a textile or vinyl facing or cover. spread to the ceiling. 2. During the 160 kW exposure, the interior finish 803.5 Textile wall coverings.Where used as interior wall fin- shall comply with the following: ish materials,textile wall coverings.including materials having woven or nonwoven,napped, tufted.looped or similar surface 2.1. Flame shall not spread to the outer extrem- and carpet and similar textile materials, shall be tested in the ity of the sample on any wall or ceiling. manner intended for use,using the product mounting system, 2.2. Flashover, as defined in NFPA 286, shall including adhesive,and shall comply with the requirements of not occur. Section 803.1.2,803.1.3 or 803.1.4. 3. The peak rate of heat release throughout the NFPA 803.6 Textile ceiling coverings.Where used as interior ceiling 286 test shall not exceed 800 kW. finish materials,textile ceiling coverings. including materials having woven or nonwoven, napped,tufted,looped or similar 4. The total smoke released throughout the NFPA surface and carpet and similar textile materials,shall be tested 286 test shall not exceed 1,000 mz. in the manner intended for use, using the product mounting 803.1.3 Room corner test for textile wall coverings and system,including adhesive,and shall comply with the require- expanded vinyl wall coverings.Textile wall coverings and ments of Section 803.1.2 or 803.1.4. expanded vinyl wall coverings shall meet the cri feria of Sec lion 803.1.3.1 when tested in the manner intended for use in 803.7 Expanded vinyl wall coverings.Where used as interior wall finish materials, expanded vinyl wall coverings shall be accordance with the Method B protocol of NFPA 265 using tested in the manner intended for use,using the product mount- the product-mounting system,including adhesive. ing system, including adhesive, and shall comply with the 803.1.3.1 Acceptance criteria for NFPA 265. During requirements of Section 803.1.2,803.1.3 or 803.1.4. the 40 kW exposure the interiorfi nishshall comply with 803.8 Expanded vinyl ceiling coverings.Where used as inte- Item 1. During the 150 kW exposure, the interlorfinish rior ceiling finish materials, expanded vinyl ceiling coverings shall comply with Item 2.During the entire test,the inte shall be tested in the manner intended for use,using the product rior finish shall comply with Item 3. mounting system, including adhesive, and shall comply with 1. During the 40 kW exposure, flames shall not the requirements of Section 803.1.2 or 803.1.4. spread to the ceiling. 803.9 Interior finish requirements based on group.Interior 2. During the 150 kW exposure, the interior finish wall and ceiling finish shall have a flame spread index not shall comply with the following: greater than that specified in Table 803.9 for the group and 2,1. Flame shall not spread to the outer extremi- location designated. Interior wall and ceiling finish materials ties of the samples on the 8-foot by 12-foal tested in accordance with NFPA 286 and meeting the accep- (203 mm by 305 mm) walls. lance criteria ofSection 803.1.2.1,shall be permitted to be used where a Class A classification in accordance with ASTM E 84 2.2. Flashover,as described in NFPA 265,shall or UL 723 is required. not occur. 3. The total smoke released throughout the NFPA 803.10 Stability. Interior finish materials regulated by this 265 test shall not exceed 1,000 m'. chaptershall be applied or otherwise fastened in such a manner that such materials will not readily become detached where 803.1.4 Acceptance criteria for textile and expanded subjected to room temperatures of 200°F (93°C) for not less vinyl wall or ceiling coverings tested to ASTM E 84 or than 30 minutes. 176 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® INTERIOR FINISHES TABLE 803.9 INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISH_REQUIREMENTS BY OCCUPANCY"_ SPRINKLEREd I N_ONSPRINKLERED Exit enclosures and Rooms and Exit enclosures and Rooms and GROUP exit passageways'.° Corridors enclosed spaces` exit passageways'b. Corridors enclosed spaces` A-1 &A-2 B - B � -- C - -,- A - -- Ad - B" --- A-31.A-4.A-5 B B C A Ad C B.E,M.R-l�- B — --C — A B _C R-4 B C C A B B H B B CR A A B I-1 B C C A B B - -- I-2 - B --� B B„., - A A- --— B I-3 A Ai C A A B I-4 B B Bh.i A A B R-2 C C C I B B C -- - - - - R-3 - C - C— C --C C - C - S C — C C ° -- B B __L__ C U No restrictions No restrictions For Sl: 1 inch=25.4 mm.I square foot=0.0929ni, a. Class C Interior finish materlals shall be permitted forwaltisCottingor paneling ofjioi morethan 1.000squart,feet of applied surface area in the grade lobby where applied directly to a noncombustible base or over furring strips applied 10 a noncombustible base and fireblocked as required by Section 803.11.1. b. In exit enclosures of buildings less than three stories above grade plane of other than Group I.3.Class B interior finish for nonsprinklered buildings and Class C I Interior finish for sptinklered buildings shall be permitted. c. Requirements for rooms and enclosed spaces shall be based upon spaces enclosed by partitions,Where a fire-resistance rating Is required for stmctural elements. the enclosing partitions shall extend from the floor to the ceiling.Partitions that do not comply with this shall be c onsidcred enclosing spaces and the rooms or spaces on both sides shall be considered one.In derermining the appliral)le requirements frn rooms and enclosed spaces,the specific occupancy thereof shall be the governing factor regardless of the group classification of dre building or structure. d. Lobby areas in Group A-1,A-2 and A-3 occupancies shall not be less than Class B materials. e. Class C interior finish materials shall be permitted in places of assembly with an occupant load of 300 persons or less. f. For places of religious worship,wood used for ornamental purposes,trusses,paneling or chancel furnishing shall be permitted. g. Class B material is required where the building exceeds two stories. h. Class C interior finish materials shall be permitted in administrative spaces. I. Class C interior finish materials shall be permitted in rooms with a capacity of four persons or less. j. Class B materials shall be permitted as wainscotting extending not more than 48 inches above the finished floor in corridors. k. Finish materials as provided for In other sections of this code, I. Applies when the exit enclosures,exit passageways,corridors or rooms and enclosed spaces are protected byan automatic sprinklersystern Installed in accordance I with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903,3.1,2. 803.11 Application of interior finish materials to fire-resis- 2. Be filled with material that meets the requirements tance-rated structural elements.Where interiorfinish mate- of a Class A material in accordance with Section rials are applied on walls, ceilings or structural elements 803.1.1 or 803.1.2;or required to have a fire-resistance rating or to be of 3. Be fireblocked at a maximum of 8 feet(2 438 mm) noncombustible construction,they shall comply with the pro- in an direction in accordance with Section 717. visions of this section, y 803.11.1 Direct attachment and furred construction. 803.11.2 Set-out construction. Where walls and ceilings Where walls and ceilings are required by any provision in are required to be of fire-resistance-rated or noncombustible this code to be of fire-resistance-rated or noncombustible construction and walls are set out or ceilings are dropped construction, the interior flush material shall be applied distances greater than specified in Section 803.11.1, Class directly against such construction or to furring strips not A finish materials, in accordance with Section 803.1.1 or exceeding 1314 inches (44 mm)applied directly against such 803.1.2,shall be used except where interiorrnish materials surfaces. The intervening spaces between such furring are protected on both sides by an automaticsprinMersystein strips shall comply with one of the following: in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.I.2, or attached to noncombustible backing or Furring strips 1. Be filled with material that is inorganic or non- installed as specified in Section 803.11.1. The hangers and combustible; assembly members of such dropped ceilings that are below 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 177 INTERIOR FINISHES the main ceiling line shall be of noncombustible materials, sures,exit passageways,corridors and rooms or spaces not sep- except that in Types III and V construction, f t-e-retar- arated from corridors by full-height partitions extending from dant-treated wood shall be permitted.The construction of the floor to the underside of the ceiling shall withstand a mini- each set-out wall shall be of fire-resistance-rated construe- mum critical radiant flux as specified in Section 804.4.1. tion as required elsewhere in this code. 804.4.1 Minimum critical radiant flux.Interiorfloorfin- 803.11.3 Heavy timber construction.Wall and ceiling fin- ish and floor covering materials in exit enclosures,exit pas- ishes of all classes as permitted in this chapter that are sageways and corridors shall not be less than Class I in installed directly against the wood decking or planking of Groups 1-1,1-2 and 1-3 and not less than Class 11 in Groups Type 1V construction or to wood furring strips applied A.B, E,H,1-4,M,R-1,R-2 and S.In all areas,floor cover- directly to the wood decking or planking shall be ing materials shall comply with the DOCFF-1 "pill test" fireblocked as specified in Section 803.11.1. (CPSC 16 CFR,Part 1630). 803.11.4 Materials.An interior wall or ceiling finish that is Exception: Where a building is equipped throughout not more than inch (6.4 mm) thick shall be applied with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with directly against a noncombustible backing. Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2,Class II materials are per- Exceptions: mitted in any area where Class 1 materials are required, 1 1. Noncombustible materials. and materials complying with the DOC FF-1 'pill lest" (CPSC 16 CFR, Part 1630) are permitted in any area 2. Materials where the qualifying tests were made where Class I1 materials are required. with the material suspended or furred out From the noncombustible backing, 803.12 High-density polyethylene (HDPE). Where SECTION 805 high-density polyethylene is used as an interior finish, it shall COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS IN comply with the requirements of Section 803,1.2. TYPES I AND II CONSTRUCTION 803.13 Site-fabricated stretch systems.Where used as inte- 805.1 Application. Combustible materials installed on or rior wall or interior ceiling finish materials, site-fabricated embedded in floors of buildings of Type I or 11 construction stretch systems shall be tested in the manner intended for use, shall comply with Sections 805.1.1 through 805.1.3. and shall comply with the requirements of Section 803.1.1 or 803.1.2.if the materials are tested in accordance with ASTM E Exception:Stages and platforms constructed in accordance 84 or UL 723,specimen preparation and mounting shall be in with Sections 410.3 and 410.4,respectively. accordance with ASTM E 2573. 805.1.1 Subfloor construction. Floor sleepers, bucks and nailing blocks shall not be constructed of combustible mate- rials, unless the space between the fire-resistance-rated SECTION 804 floor assembly and the flooring is either solidly filled with INTERIOR FLOOR FINISH noncombustible materials orfrreblockedin accordance with 804.1 General.Interiorfloorfrnishand floor covering materi- Section 717, and provided that such open spaces shall not als shall comply with Sections 804.2 through 804.4.1. extend under or through permanent partitions or walls. Exception: Floor finishes and coverings of a traditional 805.12 Wood finish flooring.Wood finish flooring is per- type,such as wood,vinyl,linoleum orterrazzo,and resilient mitred to be attached directly to the embedded or floor covering materials that are not comprised of fibers. fireblocked wood sleepers and shall be permitted where 804.2 Classification. Interior floor finish and floor covering cemented directly to the top surface of fire-resistance-rated materials required by Section 804.4.1 to be of Class I or 11 floor assemblies or directly to a wood subfloor attached to materials shall be classified in accordance with NFPA 253.The sleepers as provided for in Section 805.1.1. classification referred to herein corresponds to the classifica- 805.1.3 Insulating boards.Combustible insulating boards tions determined by NFPA 253 as follows: Class 1, 0.45 not more than 11?inch(12.7 mm)thick and covered with fin- wattslcme or greater:Class 11,0.22 wattslcmz or greater. ish flooring are permitted where attached directly to a 804.3 Testing and identification. Interior floor finish and noncombustible floor assembly or to wood subflooring floor covering materials shall be tested by an agency in actor- attached to sleepers as provided for in Section 805.1,1, dance with NFPA 253 and identified by a hang tag or othersuit- able method so as to identify the manufacturer or supplier and style,and shall indicate the interfor floor finish or floor cover- [F] SECTION 806 ing classification according to Section 804.2.Carpet-type floor DECORATIVE MATERIALS AND TRIM coverings shall be tested as proposed for use, including [F]806.1 General requirements.In occupancies in Groups A, underlayment. Test reports confirming the information pro- E.I and R-1 and dormitories in Group R-2,curtains,draperies, vided in the manufacturer's product identification shall be fur- hangings and other decor'ativematerialssuspended from walls nished to the building official upon request. or ceilings shall meet the flame propagation performance crite- 804.4 Interior floor finish requirements.In all occupancies, ria of NFPA 701 in accordance with Section 806.2 or be interior floor finish and floor covering materials in exitenclo- noncombustible. 178 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® INTERIOR FINISHES In Groups 1-1 and I-2, combustible decorative materials accordance with Section 804.2 and shall not be less than Class shall meet the flame propagation criteria of NFPA 701 unless 11.Where a Class I floor finish is required,the floor-wall base the decorative materials, including,but not limited to,photo- shall be Class 1, graphs and paintings,are of such limited quantities that a haz- Exception:Interior trimmaterials that comply with Section and of fire development or spread is not present. In Group 1-3. 806.5, combustible decorative materials are prohibited. Fixed or movable walls and partitions, paneling,wall pads and crash pads applied structurally or for decoration,acoustical SECTION 807 correction,surface insulation or other purposes shall be consid- INSULATION ered interior-finish if they cover 10 percent or more of the wall 807,1 Insulation. Thermal and acoustical insulation shall or of the ceiling area. and shall not be considered decorative comply with Section 719. materials or furnishings. In Group B and M occupancies,fabric partitions suspended from the ceiling and not supported by the floor shall meet the SECTION 808 I flame propagation performance criteria in accordance with ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS Section 806.2 and NFPA 701 or shall be noncombustible. 808.1 Acoustical ceiling systems.The quality,design,fabrica- [F] 806.1.1 Noncombustible materials. The permissible tion and erection of metal suspension systems for acoustical amount of noncombustible decorative material shall not be the and lay-in panel ceilings in buildings or structures shall limited. conform with generally accepted engineering practice,the pro- visions of this chapter and other applicable requirements of this [F] 806.1.2 Combustible decorative materials. The per- code. missible amount of decorative materials meeting the flame propagation performance criteria of NFPA 701 shall not 808.1.1 Materials and installation. Acoustical materials exceed 10 percent of the specific wall or ceiling area to complying with the interior knish requirements of Section which it is attached. 803 shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and applicable provisions for applying Exceptions: interior firush. I. In auditoriums in Group A, the permissible 8p8.1.1.1 Suspended acoustical ceilings. Suspended amount of decorative material meeting the flame acoustical ceiling systems shall be installed in accor- propagation performance criteria of NFPA 701 dance with the provisions of ASTM C 635 and ASTM C shall not exceed 75 percent of the aggregate wall 636, area where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance 808.1.1.2 Fire-resistance-rated construction.Acousti- with Section 903.3.1.1 and where the material is cal ceiling systems that are part of fire-resistance-rated installed in accordance with Section 803.11. construction shall be installed in the same manner used 2. The amount of fabric partitions suspended from in the assembly tested and shall comply with the provi- the ceiling and not supported by the floor in Group sions of Chapter 7. B and M occupancies shall not be limited. [F] 8062 Acceptance criteria and reports. Where required by Section 806.1. decorative materials shall be tested by an agency and meet the flame propagation performance criteria of NFPA 701 or such materials shall be noncombustible.Reports of test results shall be prepared in accordance with NFPA 701 and furnished to the building official upon request. [F]806.3 Foam plastic.Foam plastic used as trim in any occu- pancy shall comply with Section 2604.2. [F]806.4 Pyroxylin plastic.Imitation leather or other material consisting of or coated with a pyroxylin or similarly hazardous base shall not be used in Group A occupancies. IF]806.5 Interior trim.Material,other than foam plastic used as interior trim, shall have a minimum Class C flame spread and smoke-developed index when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723,as described in Section 803.1.1.Com- buslible trim, excluding handrails and guardrails, shall not exceed 10 percent of the specific wall or ceiling area in which it is attached. [F] 806.6 Interior floor-wall base. Interior floor-wall base that is 6 inches (152 mm) or less in height shall be tested in 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 179 CHAPTER 9 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS SECTION 901 monitored by an approved supervising station in accor- GENERAL dance with Section 907.6.5. 901.1 Scope.The provisions of this chapter shall specify where Exceptions: lire protection systems are required and shall apply to the 1. Single- and multiple-station smoke alarms design,installation and operation of rir protection systems. required by Section 907.2.11. 901.2 Fire protection systems. Fire protection systems shall 2_ Smoke detectors in Group I-3 occupancies, be installed. repaired,operated and maintained in accordance with this code and the International Fire Code. 3. Supervisory service is not required For automatic Any fire protection system sprinkler systems in one- and two-family dwell- For which an exception or reduc- ings tion to the provisions of this code has been granted shall be con sidered to be a required system. 901.6.3 Group H.Manual fire alarm,automatic fire-extin- Exception: Any fire protection s}stem or portion thereof guishing and emergency alarm systems in Group H occu- pancies shall be monitored by an approved supervising not required by this code shall be permitted to be installed station. For partial or complete protection provided that such system meets the requirements of this code. Exception: When approved by the building official, on-site monitoring at a constantlyattendedlocationshall 901.3 Modifications. No person shall remove or modify any be permitted provided that notifications to the fire fire protection system installed or maintained under the provi- department will vi equal to those provided a an sions of this code or the International Fire Code without approved supervising station. approval by the building olilcial. 901.4 Threads.Threads provided for fire department connec- 901.7 Fire areas. Where buildings, or portions thereof, are tions to sprinkler systems, standpipes, yard hydrants or any divided into fireareasso as not to exceed the limits established other fire hose connection shall be compatible with the connec- for requiring a fire protection system in accordance with this tions used by the local fire department. chapter,such lire areas shall be separated by fire barriers con- structed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assem- 901.5 Acceptance tests.Flippmtectionsystemsshall be tested blies constructed in accordance with Section 712, or both, in accordance with the requirements of this code and the Inter- having a fire-resistance rating of not less than that determined national Fire Code. When required, the tests shall be con- in accordance with Section 707,3.9. ducted in the presence of the building official.Tests required by this code, the International Fire Code and the standards listed SECTION 902 in this code shall be conducted at the expense of the owner or DEFINITIONS the owner's representative.It shall be unlawful to occupy por- tions of a structure until the required fire protection systems 902.1 Defmitions.The following words and terms shall,for the within that portion of the structure have been tested and purposes of this chapter, and as used elsewhere in this code, approved. have the meanings shown herein. 901.6 Supervisory service. Where required, fire protection [F] ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE.A fire alarm systems shall be monitored by an supervising station in actor- system component such as a bell, horn, speaker, light or text dance with NFPA 72. display that provides audible,tactile or visible outputs,or any 901.6.1 Automatic sprinkler systems. Automatic sprin- combination thereof, kler systems shall be monitored by an approved supervising [F] ALARM SIGNAL. A signal indicating an emergency station. requiring immediate action,such as a signal indicative of fire. Exceptions: [F] ALARM VERIFICATION FEATURE. A Feature of automatic fire detection and alarm systems to reduce unwanted 1. A supervising station is not required for automatic alarms wherein smoke detectors report alarm conditions for a sprinkler systems protecting one- and two-family minimum period of time,or confirm alarm conditions within a dwellings. given time period,after being automatically reset,in order to be 2. Limited area systems serving Fewer than 20 sprin- accepted as a valid alarm-initiation signal. klers. [F] ANNUNCIATOR.A unit containing one or more indica- 901.6.2 Fire alarm systems. Fire alarm systems required for lamps,alphanumeric displays or other equivalent means in by the provisions of Section 907.2 of this code and Sections which each indication provides status information about a cir- 907.2 and 907.3 of the International Fire Code shall be cuit,condition or location. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 181 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS [F]AUDIBLE ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE.A bonate, potassium chloride or monoammonium phosphate, notification appliance that alerts by the sense of hearing. with added particulate material supplemented by special treat- [F] AUTOMATIC. As applied to fire protection devices, a ment to provide resistance to packing. resistance to moisture device or system providing an emergency function without the absorption (caking) and the proper flow capabilities. necessity for human intervention and activated as a result of a [F]ELEVATOR GROUP.A grouping of elevators in a build- predetermined temperature rise, rate of temperature rise or ing located adjacent or directly across from one another that combustion products. responds to a common hall call button(s). [F] AUTOMATIC FIRE-EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM. [F]EMERGENCY ALARM SYSTEM.A system to provide An approvedsystem of devices and equipment which automat- indication and warning of emergency situations involving haz- ically detects a fire and discharges an approvedfire-extinguish- ardous materials. ing agent onto or in the area of a fire. [F]AUTOMATIC SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM.A fire [F] EMERGENCY VOICEIALARM COMMUNICA- alarm system that has initiation devices that utilize smoke TIONS.Dedicated manual or automatic facilities for originat- detectors for protection of an area such as a room or space with ing and distributing voice instructions, as well as alert and detectors to provide early warning of fire. evacuation signals pertaining to a fire emergency,to the occu- pants of a building. [F] AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM. An automatic sprinkler system,for fire protection purposes, is an integrated [F]FIRE ALARM BOX,MANUAL.See"Manual fire alarm system of underground and overhead piping designed in accor- box." dance with fire protection engineering standards. The system [F]FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT.A system component includes a suitable water supply. The portion of the system that receives inputs from automatic and manual fire alarm above the ground is a network of specially sized or hydrauli- devices and may be capable of supplying power to detection tally designed piping installed in a structure or area,generally devices and transponder(s) or off-premises transmitter(s).The overhead,and to which automatic sprinklers are connected in a control unit may be capable of providing a transfer of power to systematic pattern. The system is usually activated by heat the notification appliances and transfer of condition to relays or from a fire and discharges water over the fire area. devices. [F]AVERAGE AMBIENT SOUND LEVEL.The root mean [F] FIRE ALARM SIGNAL. A signal initiated by a fire square, A-weighted sound pressure level measured over a alarm-initiating device such as a manual fire alarm box,auto- 24-hour period, or the time any person is present, whichever matic fire detector, waterflow switch or other device whose time period is less. activation is indicative of the presence of a fire or fire signature. [FI CARBON DIOXIDE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS. A system supplying carbon dioxide (CO,) from a pressurized [F] FIRE ALARM SYSTEM.A system or portion of a com- vessel through fixed pipes and nozzles.The system includes a bination system consisting of components and circuits manual-or automatic-actuating mechanism. arranged to monitor and annunciate the status of fire alarm or supervisory signal-initiating devices and to initiate the appro- IF] CEILING LIMIT. The maximum concentration of an priate response to those signals, air-borne contaminant to which one may be exposed, as pub- lished in DOL 29 CFR Part 1910.1000. [F] FIRE AREA. The aggregate floor area enclosed and bounded by fire walls,lire barriers, exterior walls or horizon- [F] CLEAN AGENT.Electrically nonconducting,volatile or tal assernbliesof a building.Areas of the building not provided gaseous fire extinguishant that does not leave a residue upon with surrounding walls shall be included in the fire area if such evaporation. areas are included within the horizontal projection of the roof [F] CONSTANTLY ATTENDED LOCATION. A desig- or floor next above. nated location at a facility staffed by trained personnel on a [F] FIRE COMMAND CENTER.The principal attended or continuous basis where alarm or supervisory signals are moni- unattended location where the status of detection,alarm com- tored and facilities are provided for notification of the fire munications and control systems is displayed,and from which department or other emergency services, the system(s) can be manually controlled. [F]DELUGE SYSTEM.A sprinkler system employing open sprinklers attached to a piping system connected to a watersup- [F] FIRE DETECTOR,AUTOMATIC. A device designed ply through a valve that is opened by the operation of a detec- to detect the presence of a fire signature and to initiate action. tion system installed in the same areas as the sprinklers.When [F] FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM. Approved devices, this valve opens, water flows into the piping system and dis- equipment and systems or combinations of systems used to charges from all sprinklers attached thereto. detect a fire,activate an alarm,extinguish or control a fire,con- I [F] DETECTOR, HEAT. A fire detector that senses heat— trol or manage smoke and products of a fire or any combination either abnormally high temperature or rate of rise,or both. thereof. [F] DRY-CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHING AGENT. A [F] FIRE SAFETY FUNCTIONS.Building and fire control powder composed of small particles,usually of sodium bicar- functions that are intended to increasethe level of life safety for bonate, potassium bicarbonate, urea-potassium-based bicar- occupants or to control the spread of harmful effects of fire. 182 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS IF]FOAM-EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM.A special system and 2112-inch (64 mm) hose connections to supply a larger discharging a foam made from concentrates, tither mechani- volume of water for use by fire departments and those cally or chemically,over the area to be protected. trained in handling heavy fire streams. IF] HALOGENATED EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM. A IF]STANDPIPE,TYPES OE Standpipe types are as follows: fire-extinguishing system using one or more atoms of an ele- ment from the halogen chemical series:fluorine,chlorine,bro- Automatic dry. A dry standpipe system, normally filled mine and iodine. with pressurized air, that is arranged through the use of a device,such as dry pipe valve,to admit water into the sys- tem piping automatically upon the opening of a hose valve. nates transmission of a change-of state condition,such as in a The water supply for an automatic dry standpipe system smoke detector,manual fire alarm box or supervisory switch. shall be capable of supplying the system demand. [F] MANUAL FIRE ALARM BOX. A manually operated Automatic wet. A wet standpipe system that has a water device used to initiate an alarm signal. supply that is capable of supplying the system demand auto- IF] MULTIPLE-STATION ALARM DEVICE. Two or matically. more single-station alarm devices that are capable of intercon- nection such that actuation of one causes all integral or separate Manual dry.A dry standpipe system that does not have a audible alarms to operate.It also can consist of one single-sia- permanent water supply attached to the system.Manual dry lion alarm device having connections to other detectors or to a standpipe systems require water from a lire department manual fire alarm box, pumper to be pumped into the system through the fire [F]MULTIPLE-STATION SMOKE ALARM.Two or more department connection in order to meet the system demand. single-station alarm devices that are capable of interconnection Manual wet.A wet standpipe system connected to a water such that actuation of one causes the appropriate alarm signal supply for the purpose of maintaining water within the sys- lo operate in all interconnected alarms. tem but does not have a water supply capable of delivering [F] NOTIFICATION ZONE.See "Zone,notification." the system demand attached to the system. Manual-wet standpipe systems require water from a fire department [F] NUISANCE ALARM. An alarm caused by mechanical pumper(or the like)to be pumped into the system in order to failure, malfunction, improper installation or lack of proper meet the system demand. maintenance, or an alarm activated by a cause that cannot be determined. Semiautomatic dry. A dry standpipe system that is arranged through the use of a device,such as a deluge valve, [F] RECORD DRAWINGS.Drawings("as builts")that doc- to admit water into the system piping upon activation of a ument the location of all devices, appliances, wiring remote control device located at a hose connection. A sequences,wiring methods and connections of the components remote control activation device shall be provided at each of a fire alarm system as installed. hose connection.The water supply for a semiautomatic dry [F] SINGLE-STATION SMOKE ALARM. An assembly standpipe system shall be capable of supplying the system incorporating the detector, the control equipment and the demand. alarm-sounding device in one unit,operated from a power sup- IF] SUPERVISING STATION. A facility that receives sig- ply either in the unit or obtained at the point of installation. nals and at which personnel are in attendance at all times to IF] SMOKE ALARM. A single- or multiple-station alarm respond to these signals. responsive to smoke. IF] SUPERVISORY SERVICE. The service required to IF]SMOKE DETECTOR.A listed device that senses visible monitor performance of guard tours and the operative condi- or invisible particles of combustion. tion of fixed suppression systems or other systems for the pro- SMOKEPROOF ENCLOSURE.An exit stairway designed tection of life and property. and constructed so that the movement of the products of com- [F] SUPERVISORY SIGNAL.A signal indicating the need bus tion produced by a fire occurring in any part of the building of action in connection with the supervision of guard tours,the into the enclosure is limited. fire suppression systems or equipment or the maintenance fea- IF] STANDPIPE SYSTEM, CLASSES OR Standpipe tures of related systems. classes are as follows: [F] SUPERVISORY SIGNAL-INITIATING DEVICE.An Class I system.A system providing 2'/z-inch(64 mm)hose initiation device, such as a valve supervisory switch, connections to supply water for use by fire departments and water-level indicator or low-air pressure switch on a dry-pipe those trained in handling heavy fire streams. sprinkler system,whose change of state signals an off-normal Class 11 system. A system providing 11/2-inch (38 mm) condition and its restoration to normal of a fire protection or hose stations to supply water for use primarily by the build- life safety system,or a need for action in connection with guard ing occupants or by the fire department during initial tours, fire suppression systems or equipment or maintenance response. features of related systems. Class III system. A system providing 11/2-inch (38 mm) IF]TIRES,BULK STORAGE OR Storage of tires where the hose stations to supply water for use by building occupants area available forstorage exceeds 20,000 cubic feet(566 m3). 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 183 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS [F]TROUBLE SIGNAL.A signal initiated by the fire alarm [F] 903.2.1.1 Group A-1. An automatic sprinkler sys- system or device indicative of a fault in a monitored circuit or tern shall be provided for Group A-1 occupancies where component. one of the following conditions exists: [F] VISIBLE ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE. A 1. The fire area exceeds 12,000 square feet (1115 notification appliance that alerts by the sense of sight. mZ): [F] WET-CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM. A 2. The fire area has an occupant load of 300 or more: solution of water and potassium-carbonate-based chemical, 3. The fire area is located on a floor other than a level potassium-acetate-based chemical or a combination thereof, of exit discharge serving such occupancies;or forming an extinguishing agent. 4. The fire area contains a multitheater complex. [F] WIRELESS PROTECTION SYSTEM. A system or a [F] 903.2.1.2 Group A-2. An automatic sprinkler sys- part of a system that can transmit and receive signals without tern shall be provided for Group A-2 occupancies where the aid of wire, one of the following conditions exists: [F] ZONE. A defined area within the protected premises. A 1, The Are area exceeds 5.000 square Feet (464.5 zone can define an area from which a signal can be received,an mz) area to which a signal can be sent or an area in which a form of control can be executed. 2. The fire area has an occupant load of 100 or more; or [F] ZONE, NOTIFICATION. An area within a building or 3. The fire area is located on a floor other than a level facility covered by notification appliances which are activated simultaneously. of exit discharge serving such occupancies. [F] 903.2.1.3 Group A-3. An automatic sprinkler sys- tem shall be provided for Group A-3 occupancies where SECTION 903 one of the fallowing conditions exists: AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 1. The fire area exceeds 12,000 square Feet (1115 [F] 903.1 General.Automatic sprinkler systems sha 11 comply 1112]' with this section. 2. The fire area has an occupant load of 300 or more: [F] 903.1.1 Alternative protection.Alternative automatic or fire-extinguishing systems complying with Section 904 3. The Cie area is located on a floor other than a level shall be permitted in lieu of automatic sprinkler protection of exit discharge serving such occupancies. where recognized by the applicable standard and appmr ed [F] 903.2.1.4 Group A-4. An autonratic sprinkler sys- by the fire code official, tear shall be provided for Group A-4 occupancies where [F]903.2 Where required.Approved autornaticsprfrnklersys_ one of the folloNN ing conditions exists: tems in new buildings and structures shall be provided in the 1. The fire area exceeds 12,000 square feet (1115 locations described in Sections 903.2.1 through 903.2.12. ma): Exception: Spaces or areas in telecommunications build- 2. The fire area has an occupant load of 300 or more: ings used exclusively for telecommunications equipment, or associated electrical power distribution equipment, batter- 3. The fire area is located on a floor other than a level ies and standby engines,provided those spaces or areas are of exit discharge serving such occupancies. equipped throughout with an automatic smoke detection system in accordance with Section 907.2 and are separated [F] 903.2.1.5 Group A-5. An automatic sprinkler sys- from the remainder of the building by not less than 1-hour tenrshall be provided for Group A-5 occupancies in the fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or following areas: concession stands, retail areas, press not less than 2-hour horizontal assennblies constructed in boxes and other accessory use areas in excess of 1,000 accordance with Section 712,or both. square feet (93 ml). [F] 903.2.1 Group A.An autonratic sprinkler system shal I [F] 903.2.2 Group B ambulatory health care facilities. be provided throughout buildings and portions thereof used An automatic sprinklersystem shall be installed throughout as Group A occupancies as provided in this section. For all fire areas containing a Group B ambulatory health care Group A-I, A-2, A-3 and A-4 occupancies, the automatic facility occupancy when either of the following conditions sprinklersystemshall be provided throughout the floor area exists at any time: where the Group A-1, A-2, A-3 or A-4 occupancy is 1. Four or more care recipients are incapable of self- located, and in all floors from the Group A occupancy to, and including,the nearest level ofexit discharge serving the preservation. Group A occupancy.For Group A-5 occupancies,the auto- 2. One or more care recipients who are incapable of self- maticsprinklersystem shall be provided in the spaces indi- preservation are located at other than the level of exit cated in Section 903.2.1.5. discharge serving such an occupancy. 184 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS [F] 903.2.3 Group E.An automatic sprinkler system shall IF] 9032.5.3 Pyroxylin plastics. An automatic sprin- be provided for Group E occupancies as follows: kler system shall be provided in buildings, or portions 1. Throughout all Croup E fire areas greater than thereof,where cellulose nitratefilm or pyroxylin plastics 12.000 square feet (1115 m2) in area. are manufactured, stored or handled in quantities 2. Throughout every portion of educational buildings exceeding 100 pounds (45 kg). below the lowest level of exit discharge serving that IF] 903.2.6 Group I.An automatic sprinkler s siPin shall portion of the building. be provided throughout buildings with a Group I fire area. Exception: An automatic sprinkler system is not Exception: An automatic sprinkler system installed in required in any area below the lowest level of exit accordance with Section 903.3.1.2 or 903.3,13 shall be discharge serving that area where every classroom allowed in Group I-1 facilities. throughout the building has at least one exterior IF]903.2,7 Group M.An automatic sprinklersystem shall exitdoor at ground level. be provided throughout buildings containing a Group M IF] 9032.4 Group F-1. An automatic sprinkler system occupancy where one of the following conditions exists: shall be provided throughout all buildings containing a 1. A Group M fire area exceeds 12,000 square feet Group F-1 occupancy where one of the following condi- (l 115 m'). tions exists: 2. A Group M fire area is located more than three stories 1. A Group F-1 fire area exceeds 12,000 square feet above grade plane. (1115 m'). 3. The combined area of all Group M pre areas on all 2. A Group F-1 fire area is located more than three sto- floors, including any mezzanines, exceeds 24,000 ries above grade plane. square feet (2230 ml). 3. The combined area of a]I Group F-1 fire areas on all 4. A Group M occupancy is used for the display and sale floors, including any mezzanines, exceeds 24,000 of upholstered furniture. square feet (2230 m2). [F] 9032.7.1 High-piled storage.An automatic sprirr- IF] 903.2.4.1 Woodworking operations.An automatic Her system shall be provided in accordance with the sprinklersystenrshall be provided throughout all Group International Fire Code in all buildings of Group M F-1 occupancy lire areas that contain woodworking where storage of merchandise is in high-piled or rack operations in excess of 2,500 square feet(232 ml)in area storage arrays. which generate finely divided combustible waste or use IF1 903.2.8 Group R. An automatic sprinkler system finely divided combustible materials. installed in accordance with Section 903.3 shall be provided IF] 903.2.5 Group H.Autoirraticsprinklersysterus shall be throughout all buildings with a Group R ire area. provided in high-hazard occupancies as required in Sec tions 903.2.5.1 through 903.2.5.3. IF]903.2.9 Group S-1.An automaticsprinklersystenrshall be provided throughout all buildings containing a Group IF] 903.2.5.1 General. An automatic sprinkler system S-1 occupancy where one of the following conditions shall be installed in Group H occupancies. exists: IF] 903.2.5.2 Group H-5. An automatic sprinkler sys- 1. A Group S-1 fire area exceeds 12,000 square feet tem shall be installed throughout buildings containing (1115 m'-). Group H-5 occupancies.The design of the sprinkler sys- 2. A Group S-1 fire area is located more than three sto- tem shall not be less than that required by this code for ries above grade plane. the occupancy hazard classifications in accordance with Table 903.2.5.2.Where the design area of the sprinkler 3. The combined area of all Group S-1 fire areas on all system consists of a corridor protected by one row of floors, including any mezzanines, exceeds 24,000 sprinklers,the maximum number of sprinklers required square feet (2230 mz). to be calculated is 13. 4. A Group S-1 fire area used for the storage of corn- [F]TABLE 903.2.5.2 mercial trucks or buses where the lire area exceeds GROUP H-5 SPRINKLER DESIGN CRITERIA 5,000 square feet (464 in'). OCCUPANCY HAZARD IF] 903.2.9.1 Repair garages. An automatic sprinkler LOCATION CLASSIFICATION system shall be provided throughout all buildings used as Fabrication areas Ordinary Hazard Group 2 repair garages in accordance with Section 406,as shown: Service corridors Ordinary Hazard Group 2 1. Buildings having two or more stories above grade -- — -- plane, including basements,with a fire area con- Storage rooms without dispensing Ordinary Hazzard Group 2 taining a repair garage exceeding 10,000 square - --- - - feet (929 m2). Storage rooms with dispensing Extra Hazard Group 2 -- ---- - -- 2. Buildings no more than one story above grade Corridors Ordinary Hazard Group 2 plane,with a fire area containing a repair garage — - exceeding 12,000 square feet (1115 ml). 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 185 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS 3. Buildings with repair garages servicing vehicles shall not be obstructed in a manner that fire fighting or parked in basements. rescue cannot be accomplished from the exterior. 4. A Group S-1 pre area used for the repair of com- [F] 903.2.11.1.2 Openings on one side only.Where mercial trucks orbuses where the prearea exceeds openings in a story are provided on only one side and 5,000 square feet (464 ml). the opposite wall of such storyis more than 75 feet(22 [F]903.2.9.2 Bulk storage of tires.Buildings and struc- 860 mm) from such openings, the story shall be tures where the area for the storage of tires exceeds equipped throughout with an approved automatic 20,000 cubic feet(566 m3)shall be equipped throughout sprinklersystem,or openings as specified above shall with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with be provided on at least two sides of the story, Section 903.3.1,1. ]F] 903.2.11.1.3 Basements.Where any portion of a [F] 903.2.10 Group S-2 enclosed parking garages. An basement is located more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout from openings required by Section 903.2.11.1, the buildings classified as enclosed parking garages in accor- basement shall be equipped throughout with an dance with Section 406.4 as follows: approved autorrratic sprinkler system. 1. Where the pre area of the enclosed parking garage [F]903.2.11.2 Rubbish and linen chutes.An automatic exceeds 12,000 square feet (1115 mI): or sprinkler system shall be installed at the top of rubbish 2. Where the enclosed parking garage is located beneath and linen chutes and in their terminal rooms. Chutes extending through three or more floors shall have addi- othergroups. tional sprinkler heads installed within such chutes at Exception: Enclosed parking garages located alternate floors. Chute sprinklers shall be accessible for beneath Group R-3 occupancies. servicing. ]F]903.2.10.1 Commercial parking garages.An auto- [F]903.2.11.3 Buildings 55 feet or more in height.An matic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout automatic sprinkler'system shall be installed throughout buildings used for storage of commercial trucks or buses buildings with a floor level having an occupant load of where the pre area exceeds 5.000 square feet (464 m2). 30 or more that is located 55 feet (16 764 mm) or more [F] 903.2.11 Specific building areas and hazards. In all above the lowest level of Fire department vehicle access. occupancies an automaticsprinklers}stenrshal]be installed Exceptions: for building design or hazards in the locations set forth in 1. Airport control towers. Sections 903.2.11.1 through 903.2,11.6. 2. Open parking structures. Exception: Groups R-3 and U. 3. Occupancies in Group F-2. [F]903.2.11.1 Stories without openings.An automatic sprinklersysternshall be installed throughout all stories, [F] 903.2.11.4 Ducts conveying hazardous exhausts. including basements, of all buildings where the floor Where required by the International Mechanical Code, area exceeds 1,500 square feet (139.4 ml) and where automatic sprinklers shall be provided in ducts convey- there is not provided at least one of the following types of ing hazardous exhaust, or flammable or combustible exterior wall openings: materials. 1. Openings below grade that lead directly to ground Exception:Ducts in which the largest cross-sectional level by an exterior stairivay complying with Sec- diameter of the duct is less than 10 inches(254 mm). tion 1009 or an outside ramp complying with Sec- [F] 903.2.11.5 Commercial cooking operations. An tion 1010. Openings shall be located in each 50 automatic sprinklersysternshall be installed in commer- linear feet (15 240 mm), or fraction thereof, of cial kitchen exhaust hood and duct system where an exterior wall in the story on at least one side.The automatic sprinkler system is used to comply with Sec- required openings shall be distributed such that the tion 904. lineal distance between adjacent openings does not exceed 50 feet(15 240 mm). [F]903.2.11.6 Other required suppression systems.In 2, Openings entirely above the adjoining ground addition to the requirements of Section 903.2,the provi- level totaling at least 20 square feet (1.86 m2) in sions indicated in Table 903.2.11.6 also require the each 50 linear feel (15 240 mm), or fraction installation of a fire suppression system for certain build- thereof,of exterior tvall in the story on at least one ings and areas. side. The required openings shall be distributed [F] 903.2.12 During construction. Automatic sprinkler such that the lineal distance between adjacent systems required during construction,alteration and demo- openings does not exceed 50 feet (15 240 mm). lition operations shall be provided in accordance with Chap- [F] 903.2.11.1.1 Opening dimensions and access. ter 14 of the International Fire Code. Openings shall have a minimum dimension of not less [F]903.3 Installation requirements.Auromaticspr inklersys- than 30 inches (762 mm). Such openings shall be terns shall be designed and installed in accordance with Sec- accessible to the fire department from the exterior and tions 903.3.1 through 903.3.6. 166 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS IF]TABLE 903.2,11.6 4. Rooms or areas that are of noncombustible con- ADDITIONAL REQUIRED SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS struclion with wholly noncombustible can- SECTION SUBJECT tents. 402,9 - Covered malls - - 5. Fire service access elevator machine rooms and 403.2,403.3 High-rise_buildings machinery spaces. 404.3 Atriums [F] 903.3.1.2 NFPA 13R sprinkler systems. Where - - allowed in buildings of Group R,up to and including four 4053 ,U_nderground structures stories in height, automatic sprinkler systems shall be 407.5 1 Group I_-2 installed throughout in accordance with NFPA 13R. 410.6 Stages (F] 903.3.1.2.1 Balconies and decks. Sprinkler pro- --— - - tection shall be provided for exterior balconies,decks 411.4 Special amusement buildings and ground floor patios of dwelling units where the 412.4.6,412 4 6 1 Aircraft hangars building is of Type V construction,provided there is a 412.6.5 roof or deck above.Sidewall sprinklers that are used 415.6.2.4 Group H-2 to protect such areas shall be permitted to be located - such that their deflectors are within I inch(25 mm)to 416.4 Flammable finishes 6 inches(152 mm)below the structural members and 417.4 Drying rooms a maximum distance of 14 inches(356 mm)below the — -- deck of the exterior balconies and decks that are con- - 507 Unlimited area buildings strutted of open wood joist construction. 1 508.2.5 Incidental accessory occupancies [F] 903.3.1.3 NFPA 13D sprinkler systems. Where 1028.6.2,3 Smoke-pro(ected assembly sealing allowed, automatic sprinkler systems installed in one- - -—--- - and two-family dwellings and townhouses shall be Sprinkler system requirements as set forth in installed throughout in accordance with NFPA 131). IFC Section 903.2.11.6 of the International Fire - - 1Cade _ [F] 903.3.2 Quick-response and residential sprinklers. Where automatic sprinkler systems are required by this code, quick-response or residential automatic sprinklers [F]903.3.1 Standards.Sprinkler systems shall be designed shall be installed in the following areas in accordance with and installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, Section 903.3.1 and their listings: 903.3.1.2 or 903.3.1.3. 1. Throughout all spaces within a smoke compartment [F] 903.3.1.1 NFPA 13 sprinkler systems. Where the containing patient sleeping units in Group 1-2 in provisions of this code require that a building or portion accordance with this code. thereof be equipped throughout with an automatic sprin- 2. Dwelling units,and sleeping units in Group R and 1-1 kler system in accordance with this section, sprinklers occupancies. shall be installed throughout in accordance with NFPA 13 except as provided in Section 903.3.1,1.1. 3. Light-hazard occupancies as defined in NFPA 13. [F] 903.3.1.1.1 Exempt locations.Automatic sprin- [F] 903.3.3 Obstructed locations. Automatic sprinklers klers shall not be required in the following rooms or shall be installed with due regard to obstructions that will areas where such rooms or areas are protected with an delay activation or obstruct the water distribution pattern. approved automatic lire detection system in actor- Automatic sprinklers shall be installed in or under covered dance with Section 907.2 that will respond to visible kiosks, displays, booths, concession stands, or equipment or invisible particles of combustion. Sprinklers shall that exceeds 4 feet(1219 mm)in width.Not less than a 3-Foot not be omitted from any room merely because it is (914 mm) clearance shall be maintained between automatic damp, of fire-resistance-rated construction or cots- sprinklers and the top of piles of combustible fibers. tains electrical equipment. Exception: Kitchen equipment under exhaust hoods 1. Any room where the application of water, or protected with a fire-extinguishing system in accordance flame and water,constitutes a serious life or fire with Section 904. hazard. [F] 903.3.4 Actuation. Automatic sprinkler'systems shall 2. Any room or space where sprinklers are consid- be automatically actuated unless specifically provided for in ered undesirabic because of the nature of the this code. contents,when approved by the fire code offi cial. [F] 943.3.5 Water supplies.Water supplies for automatic sprinkler systems shall comply with this section and the 3. Generator and transformer rooms separated standards referenced in Section 903.3.1.The potable water from the remainder of the building by walls and supply shall be protected against backflow in accordance floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assemblies having with the requirements of this section and the International a fire-resistance t atingof not less than 2 hours. Plumbing Code. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 187 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS [F] 903.3.5.1 Domestic services. Where the domestic sprinklersystem,and a separate shutoff valve for the service provides the water supply for the automatic automatic sprinkler system is not provided. sprinklersystem,the supply shall be in accordance with 4. Jockey pump control valves that are sealed or locked this section, in the open position. [F] 903.3.5.1.1 Limited area sprinkler systems. 5. Control valves to commercial kitchen hoods, paint Limited area sprinkler systems serving fewer than 20 spray booths or dip tanks that are sealed or locked in sprinklers on any single connection are permitted to the open position. be connected to the domestic service where a wet G. Valves controlling the fuel supply to fire pump automatic standpipe is not available. Limited area engines that are sealed or locked in the open position. sprinkler systems connected to domestic water sup- plies shall comply with each of the following require- 7. Trim valves to pressure switches in dry,preaction and ments: deluge sprinkler systems that are sealed or locked in 1. Valves shall not be installed between the the open position. domestic water riser control valve and the [F] 903.4.1 Monitoring. Alarm, supervisory and trouble sprinklers, signals shall be distinctly different and shall be automati- cally transmitted to an approved supervising station or, Exception:An approved indicating control when appro edby the fire code official,shall sound an audi- valve supervised in the open position in ble signal at a constantly attended location. accordance with Section 903.4. Exceptions: 2. The domestic service shall be capable of sup- 1. Underground key or hub valves in roadway boxes plying the simultaneous domestic demand and provided by the municipality or public utility are the sprinkler demand required to be hydrauli- not required to be monitored. cally calculated by NFPA 13, NFPA 13R or NFPA 13D. 2. Backflow prevention device test valves located in limited area sprinkler system supply piping shall [F]903.3.5.1.2 Residential combination services.A be locked in the open position. In occupancies single combination water supply shall be allowed pro- required to be equipped with a fire alarm system, vided that the domestic demand is added to the sprin- the backllow preventer valves shall be electrically kler demand as required by NFPA 13R. supervised by a tamper switch installed in accor- [F] 903.3.5.2 Secondary water supply. A secondary dance with NFPA 72 and separately annunciated. on-site water supply equal to the hydraulically calculated [F]903.4.2 Alarms.Approved audible devices shall be con- sprinkler demand, including the hose stream require- nected to every automatic sprinkler system.Such sprinkler ment,shall be provided for high-rise buildings assigned waterflow alarm devices shall be activated by waterflow to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F as determined equivalent to the flow of a single sprinkler of the smallest by this code. The secondary water supply shall have a orifice size installed in the system. Alarm devices shall be duration of not less than 30 minutes as determined by the provided on the exterior of the building in an approved loca- occupancy hazard classification in accordance with lion.Where a fire alarm system is installed,actuation of the NFPA 13, automatic sprinkler system shall actuate the building fire Exception: Existing buildings. alarm system. [F] 903.4.3 Floor control valves. Approved supervised [F] 903.3.6 Hose threads. Fire hose threads and fittings indicating control valves shall be provided at the point of used in connection with automatic sprinkler systems shall connection to the riser on each floor in high-rise buildings. be as prescribed by the fire code official. [F] 903.5 Testing and maintenance.Sprinkler systems shall [F] 903.4 Sprinkler system supervision and alarms. All be tested and maintained in accordance with the liner-national valves controlling the watersupply for automaticsprinklersys- Fire Code. terns,pumps, tanks.water levels and temperatures,critical air pressures and waterflow switches on all sprinkler systems shall be electrically supervised by a listed fire alarm control unit. SECTION 904 Exceptions: ALTERNATIVE AUTOMATIC FIRE-EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS 1. Automatic sprinkler systems protecting one- and two-family dwellings- other 904.1 General. Automatic fire-extinguishing systems, other than automatic sprinkler systems, shall be designed, 2. Limited area systems serving fewer than 20 sprin- installed,inspected,tested and maintained in accordance with klers. the provisions of this section and the applicable referenced 3. Automatic sprinkler systems installed 1n accordance standards. with NFPA 13R where a common supply main is used [F]904.2 Where required.Automatic fire-extinguishing sys- to supply both domestic water and the automatic tems installed as an alternative to the required automaticsprio- 188 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS kler systems of Section 903 shall be approved the fire code 6. Operating instructions. official.Automatic fire-extinguishing systems shall not be con con- sidered alternatives For the purposes of exceptions or reduc- [F] 904.4.2 Alarm testing. Notification appliances, con- ti der allowed by other requirements of this code. nections to fire alarm systems and connections to approved supervising stations shall be tested in accordance with this [F] 904.2.1 Commercial hood and duct systems. Each section and Section 907 to verify proper operation. required commercial kitchen exhaust hood and duct systern required by Section 609 of the International Fine Code or [F]904.4.2.1 Audible and visible signals.The audibf]- Chapter 5 of the International Mechanical Code to have a ag and visibility of system appliances signaling Type 1 hood shall be protected with an approved automatic agent discharge or system operation, where required, fire-extinguishing system installed in accordance with this shall be verified. code. [F]904.4.3 Monitor testing.Connections to protected pre- [F] 904.3 Installation. Automatic fire-extinguishing systems raises and supervising station fire alarm systems shall be shall be installed in accordance with this section. tested to verify proper identification and retransmission of ]F] 904.3.1 Electrical wiring.Electrical wiring shall be in alarms from automatic fire-extinguishing systems. accordance with NFPA 70. [F] 904.5 Wet-chemical systems. Wet-chemical extinguish- ing systems shall be installed, maintained, periodically [F] 904.3.2 Actuation. Automatic fire-extinguishing sys- inspected and tested in accordance with NFPA 17A and their tems shall be automatically actuated and provided with a listing. manual means of actuation in accordance with Section 904.11.1. [F]904.6 Dry-chemical systems.Dry-chemical extinguishing [F] 904.3.3 System interlocking. Automatic equipment systems shall be installed. maintained, periodically inspected and tested in accordance with NFPA 17 and their listing. interlocks with fuel shutoffs, ventilation controls, door closers, window shutters, conveyor openings, smoke and [F]904.7 Foam systems.Foam-extinguishing systems shall be heat vents and other features necessary for proper operation installed, maintained, periodically inspected and tested in of the fire-extinguishing system shall be provided as accordance with NFPA 11 and NFPA 16 and their listing. required by the design and installation standard utilized for the hazard. [F] 904.$ Carbon dioxide systems. Carbon dioxide extin- guishing systems shall be installed, maintained, periodically [F]904.3.4 Alarms and warning signs.Where alarms are inspected and tested in accordance with NFPA 12 and their list- required to indicate the operation of automatic fire-extin- ing. guishing systems,distinctive audible and visible a]arms and [F]904.9 Halon systems.Halogenated extinguishing systems warning signs shall be provided to warn of pending agent shall be installed,maintained,periodically inspected and tested discharge. Where exposure to automatic-extinguishing in accordance with NFPA 12A and their listing. agents poses a hazard to persons and a delay is required to ensure the evacuation of occupants before agent discharge, [F]904.10 Clean-agent systems.Clean-agent fire-extinguish- a separate warning signal shall be provided to alert occu- ing systems shall be installed, maintained, periodically pants once agent discharge has begun.Audible signals shall inspected and tested in accordance with NFPA 2001 and their be in accordance with Section 907.6.2. listing. [F] 904.3.5 Monitoring. Where a building fire alarm sys- [F] 904.11 Commercial cooking systems. The automatic tern is installed,automatic fire-extinguishing systems shall fire-extinguishing system for commercial cooking systems be monitored by the building fire alarm system in actor- shall be of a type recognized for protection of commercial dance with NFPA 72. cooking equipment and exhaust systems of the type and [F] 904.4 Inspection and testing.Automatic fire-extinguish- arrangement protected. Preengineered automatic dry- and ing systems shall be inspected and tested in accordance with wet-chemical extinguishing systems shall be tested in accor- the provisions of this section prior to acceptance. dance with UL 300 and listed and labeled for the intended application. Other types of automatic fire-extinguishing sys- [F] 904.4.1 Inspection. Prior to conducting final accep- tems shall be listed and labeled for specific use as protection tance tests,the following items shall be inspected: for commercial cooking operations. The system shall be 1. Hazard specification for consistency with design haz- installed in accordance with this code,its listing and the manu- ard, facturer's installation instructions.Automatic fire-extinguish- 2. Type, location and spacing of automatic- and man- ing systems of the following types shall be installed in ual-initiating devices. accordance with the referenced standard indicated,as follows: 3. Size,placement and position of nozzles or discharge 1. Carbon dioxide extinguishing systems, NFPA 12. orifices. 2. Automatic sprinkler systems, NFPA 13, 4. Location and identification of audible and visible 3. Foam-water sprinkler system or foam-water spray sys- alarm devices. terns,NFPA 16. 5. Identification of devices with proper designations. 4. Dry-chemical extinguishing systems, NFPA 17. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 1B9 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS 5. Wet-chemical extinguishing systems, NFPA 17A. be approved. In buildings used for high-piled combustible Exception: Factory-built commercial cooking recirculat- storage,fire protection shall be in accordance with the Interna- ing systems that are tested in accordance with U L 71013 and tional Fire Code. listed, labeled and installed in accordance with Section [F] 905.2 Installation standard. Standpipe systems shall be 304.1 of the International Mechanical Code. installed in accordance with this section and NFPA I4. [F] 904.11.1 Manual system operation.A manual actua- [F] 905.3 Required installations. Standpipe systems shall be tion device shall be located at or near a means of egress from installed where required by Sections 905.3.1 through 905.3.7 the cooking area a minimum of 10 feet (3048 mm) and a and in the locations indicated in Sections 905.4, 905.5 and maximum of 20 feet (6096 mm) from the kitchen exhaust 905.6. Standpipe systems are allowed to be combined with system.The manual actuation device shall be installed not automatic sprinkler systems. more than 48 inches(1200 mm)or less than 42 inches(1067 Exception: Standpipe systems are not required in Group mm) above the floor and shall clearly identify the hazard R-3 occupancies. protected. The manual actuation shall require a maximum force of 40 pounds(178 N)and a maximum movement of 14 [F] 905.3.1 Height. Class III standpipe systems shall be inches (356 mm) to actuate the fire suppression system. installed throughout buildings where the floor level of the Exception: Automatic sprinkler systems shall not be highest storyis located more than 30 feet(9144 mm)above required to be equipped with manual actuation means, the lowest level of fire department vehicle access,or where the floor level of the lowest stork-is located more than 30 feet 1171904.11.2 System interconnection.The actuation of the (9 144 mm)below the highest level of fire department vehi- fire suppression system shall automatically shut down the cle access. fuel or electrical power supply to the cooking equipment. The fuel and electrical supply reset shall be manual. Exceptions: [F]904.11.3 Carbon dioxide systems.When carbon diox- 1. Class I standpipes are allowed in buildings ide systems are used,there shall be a nozzle at the top of the equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler ventilating duct.Additional nozzles that are symmetrically system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or arranged to give uniform distribution shall be installed 903.3.1.2. within vertical ducts exceeding 20 feet(6096 mm)and hori- 2. Class I manual standpipes are allowed in open zontal ducts exceeding 50 feet(15 240 mm).Darnpersshall parkinggarages where the highest floor is located be installed at either the top or the bottom of the duct and not inure than 150 feet(45 720 mm)above the low- shall be arranged to operate automatically upon activation est level of fire department vehicle access. of the fire-extinguishing system. Where the damper is 3. Class I manual dry standpipes are allowed in open installed at the top of the duct,the tap nozzle shall be imme- parking garages that are subject to freezing tem- diately below the damper: Automatic carbon dioxide peratures, provided that the hose connections are fire-extinguishing systems shall be sufficiently sized to pro- located as required for Class II standpipes in accor- tect against all hazards venting through a common duct dance with Section 905.5. simultaneously. [F] 904.11.3.1 Ventilation system. Commercial-type 4. Class I standpipes are allowed in basements cooking equipment protected by an automatic carbon equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system. dioxide-extinguishing system shall be arranged to shut off the ventilation system upon activation. 5. In determining the lowest level of fire department [F] 904.11.4 Special provisions for automatic sprinkler vehicle access,it shall not be required to consider; systems. Automatic sprinkler systems protecting commer- 5.1. Recessed loading docks for four vehicles cial-type cooking equipment shall be supplied from a sepa- or less: and rate,readily accessible,indicating-type control valve that is 5.2. Conditions where topography makes identified. access from the fire department vehicle to [F] 904.11.4.1 Listed sprinklers. Sprinklers used for the building impractical or impossible. the protection of fryers shall be tested in accordance with [F] 905.3.2 Group A. Class 1 automatic wet standpipes UL 199E, listed for that application and installed in shall be provided in nonsprinklered Group A buildings hav- accordance with their listing. ing an occupant load exceeding 1,000 persons. Exceptions: SECTION 905 1. Open-air-seating spaces without enclosed spaces. STANDPIPE SYSTEMS 2. Class I automatic dry and semiautomatic dry [F]905.1 General.Standpipe systems shall be provided in new standpipes or manual wet standpipes are allowed buildings and structures in accordance with this section. Fire in buildings where the highest floor surface used hose threads used in connection with standpipe systems shall for human occupancy is 75 feet (22 860 mm) or be approved and shall be compatible with fire department hose less above the lowest level of fire department vehi- threads.The location of fire department hose connections shall cle access. 190 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS [F]905.3.3 Covered mall buildings.A covered mall build- Ievel landing between floors,unless otherwise approved ing shall be equipped throughout with a standpipe system by the fire code official. where required by Section 905.3.1. Covered mall buildings 2. On each side of the wall adjacent to the exit opening of a not required to be equipped with a standpipe system by Sec- horizontal exit. tion 905.3.1 shall be equipped with Class I hose connections connected to the autorriatic sprinkler systernsized to deliver Exception: Where floor areas adjacent to a horizon- water at 250 gallons per minute (946.4 Llmin) at the most tal ehitare reachable from exitstakrwayhose connec- hydraulically remote hose connection while concurrently tions by a 30-foot (9144 mm) hose stream from a supplying the automatic sprinkler system demand. The nozzle attached to 100 feet (30 480 mm) of hose, a standpipe system shall be designed not to exceed a 50 hose connection shall not be required at the horizontal pounds per square inch (psi) (345 kPa) residual pressure exit. loss with a flow of 250 gallons per minute (946.4 L/min) 3. In every exit passageway, at the entrance from the exit from the fire department connection to the hydraulically passageway to other areas of a building. most remote hose connection. Hose connections shall be provided at each of the following locations: Exception:Where floor areas adjacent to an exitpas- sageway are reachable from exit stairway hose con- 1. Within the mall at the entrance to each exit passage- nections by a 30-foot (9144 mm) hose stream from a way or corridor nozzle attached to 100 feet (30 480 mm) of hose, a 2. At each Floor-level landing within enclosed stairways hose connection shall not be required at the entrance opening directly on the mall. from the exit passageway to other areas of the build- 3. At exterior public entrances to the mall. ing. 4. In covered mall buildings,adjacent to each exterior pub- 4. At other locations as necessary so that the distance to lic entrance to the mall and adjacent to each entrance reach all portions of a tenant space does not exceed from an exit passageway or exit corridor to the mall, 200 feet (60 960 mm) from a hose connection. 5. Where the roof has a slope less than Four units vertical in [F]905.3.4 Stages.Stages greater than 1,000 square feet in 12 units horizontal (33.3-percent slope),each standpipe area(93 m2)shall be equipped with a Class III wet standpipe shall be provided with a hose connection located either system with 11/2-inch and 21/Z-inch (38 mm and 64 mm) on the roof or at the highest landing of a stairwaywith hose connections on each side of the stage. stair access to the roof. An additional hose connection Exception: Where the building or area is equipped shall be provided at the top of the most hydraulically throughout with an automatic sprinkler system, a remote standpipe for testing purposes. V/,-inch (38 mm) hose connection shall be installed in 6. Where the most remote portion of a nonsprinklered floor accordance with NFPA 13 or in accordance with NFPA or story is more than 150 feet (45 720 mm) from a hose 14 for Class II or III standpipes. connection or the most remote portion of a sprinklered floor Or story is more than 200 feet (60 960 mm) from a [F] 905.3.4.1 Hose and cabinet.The 1'/,-inch (3$mm) hose connection, the fire code official is authorized to hose connections shall be equipped with sufficient require that additional hose connections be provided in lengths of 1 IZ inch (38 mm)hose to provide fire protec- approved locations. tion for the stage area. Hose connections shall be equipped with an approved adjustable fog nozzle and be [F] 905.4.1 Protection. Risers and laterals of Class I mounted in a cabinet or on a rack. standpipe systems not located within an enclosed stairivay or pressurized enclosure shall be protected by a degree of [F] 905.3.5 Underground buildings. Underground build- fire resistance equal to that required for vertical enclosures ings shall be equipped throughout with a Class I automatic in the building in which they are located. wet or manual wet standpipe system. Exception: In buildings equipped throughout with an [F] 905.3.6 Helistops and heliports. Buildings with a approved automatic sprinkler system, laterals that are helistop or heliport that are equipped with a standpipe shall not located within an enclosed stainvay or pressurized extend the standpipe to the roof level on which the helistop enclosure are not required to be enclosed within or heliport is located in accordance with Section 1107.5 of fire-resistance-rated construction. the International Fire Code. [F]905.4.2 Interconnection.In buildings where more than [F] 905.3.7 Marinas and boatyards. Standpipes in mari- one standpipe is provided, the standpipes shall be intercon- nas and boatyards shall comply with Chapter 45 of the Inter- netted in accordance with NFPA 14. national Fire Code. [F] 905.5 Location of Class II standpipe hose connections. [F] 905.4 Location of Class I standpipe hose connections. Class II standpipe hose connections shall be accessible and Class I standpipe hose connections shall be provided in all of located so that all portions of the building are within 30 feet the following locations: (9144 mm) of a nozzle attached to 100 feet (30 480 mm) of 1. In every required stairway, a hose connection shall be hose. provided for each floor level above or below grade.Hose [F] 905.5.1 Groups A-1 and A-2. In Group A-1 and A-2 connections shall be located at an intermediate floor occupancies with occupant loads of more than 1,000,hose 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 191 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS connections shall be located on each side of any stage, on nal at the supervising station required by Section 903.4.Where each side of the rear of the auditorium,on each side of the a fire alarm system is provided,a signal shall also be transmil- balcony and on each tier of dressing rooms. led to the control unit. ]F] 905.5.2 Protection. Fire-resistance-rased protection of Exceptions: risers and laterals of Class 11 standpipe systems is not 1. Valves to underground key or hub valves in roadway required. boxes provided by the municipality or public utility [F] 905.5.3 Class II system 1-inch hose. A minimum do not require supervision. Much (25 mm) hose shall be permitted to be used for hose 2. Valves locked in the normal position and inspected as stations in light-hazard occupancies where investigated and provided in this code in buildings not equipped with a listed For this service and where approved by the fire code fire alarm system. official. [F] 905.10 During construction.Slandpipe systems required [171905.6 Location of Class III standpipe hose connections. during construction and demolition operations shall be pro- Class Ill standpipe systems shall have hose connections vided in accordance with Section 3311, located as required for Class I standpipes in Section 905.4 and shall have Class II hose connections as required in Section 905.5• SECTION 906 ]F] 905.6.1 Protection. Risers and laterals of Class Ill PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS standpipe systems shall be protected as required for Class 1 [F]906.1 Where required.Portable fire extinguishers shall be systems in accordance with Section 905.4.1. installed in the following locations. [F]905.6.2 Interconnection.In buildings where more than 1. In new and existing Group A,B,E,F,H,I,M,R-1,R-2. one Class III standpipe is provided,the standpipes shall be R-4 and S occupancies. interconnected in accordance with NFPA 14. Exception: In new and existing Group A, B and E [F] 905.7 Cabinets. Cabinets containing fire-fighting equip- occupancies equipped throughout with quick ment such as standpipes, fire hoses, fire extinguishers or fire response sprinklers, portable fire extinguishers shall department valves shall not be blocked from use or obscured be required only in locations specified in Items 2 from view. through 6. [F] 905.7.1 Cabinet equipment identification. Cabinets 2. Within 30 feet(9144 mm)of commercial cooking equip- shall be identified in an apptnved manner by a permanently ment. attached sign with letters not less than 2 inches (51 mtn) 3, In areas where flammable or combustible liquids are high in a color that contrasts with the background color, stored,used or dispensed. indicating the equipment contained therein. 4. On each floor of structures under construction, except Exceptions: Group R-3 occupancies, in accordance with Section 1. Doors not large enough to accommodate a written 1415.1 of the International Fire Code. sign shall be marked with a permanently attached 5. Where required by the International Fire Code sections pictogram of the equipment contained therein. indicated in Table 906.1. 2. Doors that have either an approved visual identifi- 6. Special-hazard areas,including but not limited to labora- cation clear glass panel or a complete glass door tories, computer rooms and generator rooms, where panel are not required to be marked. required by the fire code official. [F] 905.7.2 Locking cabinet doors. Cabinets shall be [Fl TABLE 906.1 unlocked. ADDITIONAL REQUIRED PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS IN THE INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE Exceptions: - -- - -- IFC SECTION, SUBJECT 1. Visual identification panels of glass or other -- approved transparent frangible material that is 303.5 _.Asphalt kettles - easily broken and allows access. 307.5 Open burning _ 2. Approved locking arrangements. 308.1.3 Open-flames-torches 3. Group 1-3. 309.4 Powered industrial trucks [F] 905.8 Dry standpipes. Dry standpipes shall not be 1105.2 Aircraft toning vehicles installed. 1105.3 Aircraft welding apparatus Exception: Where subject to freezing and in accordance 1105.4 Aircraft_fuel-servicing tank vehicles with NFPA 14. 1105.5 ~Aircraft hydrant fuel-servicing vehicles [F] 905.9 Valve supervision. Valves controlling water sup- 1105.6 Aircraft fuel-dispensing stations plies shall be supervised in the open position so that a change in - - -the normal position of the valve will generate a supervisory sig- (rontaued) 192 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODED FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS [Fl TABLE 906.1-continued 2. Thirty-day inspections shall not be required and ADDITIONAL REQUIRED PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS IN maintenance shall be allowed to be once every three THE INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE years for dry-chemical or halogenated agent portable IFC SECTION SUBJECT fire extinguishers that are supervised by a listed and 1107.7 Heliports and helistops approved electronic monitoring device,provided that 1208.4 Dr cleanin plants. all of the following conditions are met: I415.1 Buildings under construction or demolition 2.1. Electronic monitoring shall confirm that - - - extinguishers are properly positioned, prop- -1417.3 Rooting operations _ -_ erly charged and unobstructed. 1504_4.1_ Spray-f inishing aerations 2.2. Loss of power or circuit continuity to the elec- 1505.4.2 Dip-tank operations tronic monitoring device shall initiate a trou- 1506.4.2 Powder-coating areas - ble signal. woodworking facilities 2.3. The extinguishers shall be installed inside of a 1904.2 Lumberyards/ - - - - —- building or cabinet in a noncorrosive environ- 1908.8 Recycling facilities ment. - 1909.5 Exterior lumber storage 2.4. Electronic monitoring devices and supervi- 2003_5 Organic-coating areas _-- sory circuits shall be tested every three years 2106.3 Industrial ovens when extinguisher maintenance is performed. - — — 2.5. A written log of required hydrostatic test dates 2205.5 Motor fuel-dispensing facilities for extinguishers shall be maintained by the 2210.6.4 Marine motor fuel-dispensing facilities— owner to verify that hydrostatic tests are con- 2211.6 Repair garages ducted at the frequency required byNFPA 10. 2306.1 Rack storage 3. In Group 1-3,portable fire extinguishers shall be per- - -- mitted to be located at staff locations. 2404.12 Tents and membrane structures - [F] 906.3 Size and distribution.The size and distribution of 2508.2 _Tire rebuilding/storage portable fire extinguishers shall be in accordance with Sections 2604.2.6 Welding and other hot work 906.3.1 through 906.3.4. 2903.6 Combustible Fibers [F] 906.3.1 Class A fire hazards.The minimum sizes and 3403.2.1 Flammable and combustible liquids.general distribution of portable fire extinguishers for occupancies Indoor storage of flammable and combustible that involve primarily Class A fire hazards shall comply 3404.3.3.1 liquids with Table 906.3(1). Liquid storage rooms for flammable and [F]TABLE 906.3(1) 3404.3.7.5.2 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS FOR CLASS A FIRE HAZARDS combustible liquids -- -- - �. - ----- 3405.4.9 Solvent distillation units LIGHT ORDINARY EXTRA _. ._ (Low) (Moderate) (High) Farms and construction sites—flammable and HAZARD HAZARD HAZARD OCCUPANCYiOCCUPANCY OCCUPANCY 3406.2.7 combustible liquids storage - Bulk plants and terminals for flammable and Minimum Rated Single 2 Af 2-A 4-A- 3406.4.10.1 Extinguisher _ combustible liquids - - -- : - - Commercial,industrial,governmental or Maximum Floor Area 3,000 square 1.500 square!1,000 square 3406.5.4.5 Per Unit of A feet feet feet manufacturing establishments—fuel dispensing - - — --- - - Tank vehicles for flammable and combustible Maximum Floor Area for 11,250 11.250 11,250 3406.6.4 Extinguisher" square feet square feet i square feet — - litLds --.- 3606.5.7 Flammable solids Maximum Travel 75 feet 75 feet 75 feet — -- Distance to Extinguisher 3808.2 LP-gas - - For SI: l foot 304.8 mm.1 square toot=0.0929ni.1 gallon=3.785 L. 4504.4 Marinas — a. Two 2'/,-gallon water-type extinguishers shall be deemed the equivalent of one 4-A rated extinguisher. [F] 906.2 General requirements. Portable fire extinguishers b. Annex E.3.3ofNFPA 10 provides more details concerning applIcationofthe shall be selected, installed and maintained in accordance with maximum floor area criteria. this section and NPPA 10. c. Two water-typc extinguishers each with a 1-A rating shall be deemed the equivalenl of one 2-A rated extinguisher for Light(Low)Hazard Occupan- Fxceptions: cles. 1. The(ravel distance to reach an extinguisher shall not [F] 906.3.2 Class B fire hazards. Portable fire apply to the spectator seating portions of Group A-5 extinguishers for occupancies involving flammable or com- occupancies. bustible liquids with depths less than or equal to 0.25-inch 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 193 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS (6.35 mm) shall be selected and placed in accordance with 2. In Group 1-3 occupancies and in mental health areas Table 906.3(2). in Group I-2 occupancies, access to portable fire Portable fire extinguishers for occupancies involving extinguishers shall be permitted to be locked or to be flammable or combustible liquids with a depth of greater located in staff locations provided the staff has keys. than 0.25-inch (6.35 mm) shall be selected and placed in [F]906.9 Extinguisher installation.The installation of porta- accordance with NFPA 10. ble fire extinguishers shall be in accordance with Sections IF)TABLE 906.3(2) 906.9.1 through 906.9.3. FLAMMABLE OR COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS WITH DEPTHS LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 0.25 INCH [F] 908.9.1 Extinguishers weighing 40 pounds or less. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not TYPE OF BASIC MINIMUM MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg)shall be installed so that their HAZARD i EXTINGUISHER RATING TO EXTINGUISHERS(feet) tops are not more than 5 feet(1524 mm) above the floor. Light(Low) 5-13 30 10-B 50 [F] 906.9.2 Extinguishers weighing more than 40 Ordinary 10-B 30 pounds. Hand-held portable fire extinguishers having a (Moderate) 20-B 50 gross weight exceeding 40 pounds(18 kg)shall be installed - so that their tops are not more than 3.5 feet(1067 mm)above Extra(High) 40-B 30 the floor. _ $0-B 5.0 For SI: 1 inch 25A mm. t foot 304.8 mm. [F] 906.9.3 Floor clearance. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of installed hand-held portable fire Note:For requirements on water-saluble flammable liquids and alternathv extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). sizing criteria,see Section 5.5 of NFPA 10. [F] 906.3.3 Class C fire hazards. Portable fire [F]906.10 Wheeled units.Wheeled fire extinguishers shall be extinguishers for Class C fire hazards shall be selected and conspicuously located in a designated location. placed on the basis of the anticipated Class A or B hazard. [F] 906.3.4 Class D lire hazards. Portable fire extinguishers for occupancies involving combustible met- SECTION 907 als shall be selected and placed in accordance with NFPA FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEMS 10. [F] 907.1 General.This section covers the application,instal- [F] 906.4 Cooking grease fires. Fire extinguishers provided lation,performance and maintenance of fire alarm systems and for the protection of cooking grease fires shall be of an their components. approved type compatible with the automatic fire-extinguish- ing system agent and in accordance with Section 904.11.5 of IF]907.1.1 Construction documents. Construction docu- the system agent Fire Code. meats for fire alarm systems shall be of sufficient clarity to indicate the location,nature and extent of the work proposed [F] 906.5 Conspicuous location. Portable fire extinguishers and show in detail that it will conform to the provisions of shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be this code, the International Fire Code, and relevant laws, readily accessible and immediately available for use. These ordinances,rules and regulations,as determined by the fire locations shall be along normal paths of travel,unless the fire code official. code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need For placement away from normal paths of travel [Fj 907.1.2 Fire alarm shop drawings.Shop drawings for fire alarm systems shall be submitted for review and [F] 906.6 Unobstructed and unobscured. Portable fire approval prior to system installation,and shall include,but extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view.In not be limited to,all of the following: rooms or areas in which visual obstruction cannot be com- pletely avoided,means shall be provided to indicate the loca- tions of extinguishers. 2. Locations of alarm-initiating devices. [F] 906.7 Hangers and brackets. Hand-held portable fire 3. Locations of alarm notification appliances, includ- extinguishers,not housed in cabinets,shall be installed on the ing candela ratings for visible alarm notification hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be appliances. securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with 4, Location of fire alarm control unit,transponders and the manufacturer's installation instructions. notification power supplies. ]F] 906.8 Cabinets. Cabinets used to house portable fire 5. Annunciators. extinguishers shall not be locked. 6. Power connection. Exceptions: 7. Battery calculations. 1. Where portable fire extinguishers subject to mali- g. Conductor type and sizes. cious use or damage are provided with a means of ready access. 9. Voltage drop calculations. 194 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING,CODE® FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS 10. Manufacturers' data sheets indicating model num- sole purpose of allowing a live voice announcement bers and listing information for equipment,devices from an approved, constantly attended location. and materials. [F] 907.2.2 Group B.A manual fire alarm system shall be 11. Details of ceiling height and construction. installed in Group B occupancies where one of the follow- 12. The interface of fire safety control functions. ing conditions exists: 13. Classification of the supervising station. 1. The combined Group B occupant load of all floors is 500 or more. [F] 907.1.3 Equipment.Systems and components shall be listed and approved for the purpose for which they are 2. The Group B occupant load is more than 100 persons installed. above or below the lowest level of exit discharge. ]F] 907.2 Where required—new buildings and structures. 3. The Group B fire area contains a Group B ambulatory An approved lire alarm system installed in accordance with the health care facility. provisions of this code and NFPA 72 shall be provided in new Exception: Manual fire alarm boxes are not required buildings and structures in accordance with Sections 907.2.1 where the building is equipped throughout with an auto- through 907.2.23 and provide occupant notification in actor- matic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Sec- dance with Section 907.5, unless other requirements are pro- tion 903.3.1.1 and the occupant notification appliances vided by another section of this code. will activate throughout the notification zones upon A minimum of one manual fire alarm box shall be provided sprinkler waterflow. in an approved location to initiate a fire alarm signal for fire [F] 907.2.2.1 Group B ambulatory health care facili- alarmsystems employing automatic fire detectors orwaterflow ties. Fire areas containing Group B ambulatory health detection devices. Where other sections of this code allow care facilities shall be provided with an electronically elimination of fire alarm boxes due to sprinklers, a single fire supervised automatic smoke detection system installed alarm box shall be installed. within the ambulatory health care facility and in public Exceptions: use areas outside of tenant spaces,including public cor- ridors and elevator lobbies. 1. The manual fire alarm box is not required for fire alarm systems dedicated to elevator recall control and Exception: Buildings equipped throughout with an supervisory service. automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Sec- tion 903.3.1.1, provided the occupant notification 2. The manual fire alarm box is not required for Group appliances will activate throughout the notification R-2 occupancies unless required by the fire code offi- zones upon sprinkler waterflow. cial to provide a means for fire watch personnel to ini- tiate an alarm during a sprinkler system impairment [F] 907.2.3 Group E.A manual fire alarm system that acti- event. Where provided, the manual fire alarm box vates the occupant notification system in accordance with shall not be located in an area that is accessible to the Section 907.5 shall be installed in Group E occupancies. public. When automatic sprinkler systems or smoke detectors are installed,such systems or detectors shall be connected to the [F]907.2.1 Group A.A manual fire alarm system that acti- building fire alarm system. vates the occupant notification system in accordance with Section 907.5 shall be installed in Group A occupancies Exceptions: having an occupant load of 300 or more.Portions of Group 1. A manual fire alarm system is not required in Group E E occupancies occupied for assembly purposes shall be pro- occupancies with an occupant load of less than 50. vided with a fire alarm system as required for the Group E 2. Manual fire alarm boxes are not required in Group E occupancy. q p occupancies where all of the following apply: Exception: Manual fire alarm boxes are not required 2.1. Interior corridors are protected by smoke de- where the building is equipped throughout with an auto- tectors. mark sprinkler system installed in accordance with Sec- tion 903.3.1.1 and the occupant notification appliances 2.2. Auditoriums, cafeterias, gymnasiums and will activate throughout the notification zones upon similar areas are protected by heat detectors sprinkler waterflow. or other approved detection devices. [F] 907.2.1.1 System initiation in Group A occupan- 2.3. Shops and laboratories involving dusts or va- cies with an occupant load of 1,000 or more. Activa- pors are protected by heat detectors or other tion of the Fire alarm in Group A occupancies with an approved detection devices. occupant load of 1,000 or more shall initiate a signal 2.4.The capability to activate the evacuation sig- using an emergency voice/alarm communications sys- nal from a central point is provided. tern in accordance with Section 907.5.2.2. 2.5. In buildings where normally occupied spaces Exception: Where approved, the prerecorded are provided with a two-way communication announcement is allowed to be manually deactivated system between such spaces and a constantly for a period of time, not to exceed 3 minutes, for the attended receiving station from where a gen- 2009 INTERNATIONAL 13UILDING CODE' 195 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS era]evacuation alarm can be sounded,except units and kitchens. The system shall be activated in in locations specifically designated by the fire accordance with Section 907.5. code official. Exceptions: 3. Manual fire alarm boxes shall not be required in 1. Smoke detection in habitable spaces is not Group E occupancies where the building is equipped required where the facility is equipped through- throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler out with an automaticsprinklersysteminstal led system installed in accordance with Section in accordance with Section 903.3.1,1. 903.3.1.1,the notification appliances will activate on sprinkler waterflow and manual activation is pro- 2. Smoke detection is not required for exterior vided from a normally occupied location. balconies. 1F]907.2.4 Group E A manual fire alarm system that acti- [F] 907.2.6.1.1 Smoke alarms. Single- and multi- vates the occupant notification system in accordance with pie-station smoke alarms shall be installed in accor- Section 907.5 shall be installed in Group F occupancies dance with Section 907.2.11. where both of the following conditions exist: [F]907.2.6.2 Group 1-2.An automatic smoke detection 1. The Group F occupancy is two or more stories in system shall be installed in corridors in nursing homes height; and (both intermediate care and skilled nursing facilities), detoxification facilities and spaces permitted to be open 2. The Group F occupancy has a combined occupant to the corridors by Section 407.2. The system shall be loadof 500 or more above or below the lowest level of activated in accordance with Section 907.5. Hospitals exit discharge, shall be equipped with smoke detection as required in Exception: Manual fire alarm boxes are not required Section 407. where the building is equipped throughout with an auto- Exceptions: matlespr•inklersystem installed in accordance with Sec- tion 903.3.1.1 and the occupant notification appliances I. Corridor smoke detection is not required in will activate throughout the notification zones upon smoke compartments that contain patient sleep- sprinkler waterflow. ing units where such units are provided with smoke detectors that comply with UL 268. [F]907.2.5 Group H.A manual fire alarm system that acti- Such detectors shall provide a visual display on vates the occupant notification system shall be installed in the corridor side of each patient sleeping unit Group H-5 occupancies and in occupancies used for the and shall provide an audible and visual alarm at manufacture of organic coatings. An automatic smoke the nursing station attending each unit, detection system that activates the occupant notification system shall be installed for highly toxic gases,organic per- 2• Corridor smoke detection is not required in oxides and oxidizers in accordance with Chapters 37, 39 smoke compartments that contain patient sleep- and 40,respectively,of the International Fire Code. equipped units where patient sleeping unit doors are equipped with automatic door-closing devices [171907.2.6 Group I.A manual fire alarm system that acti- with integral smoke detectors on the unit sides vates the occupant notification system shall be installed in installed in accordance with their listing, pro- Group 1 occupancies.An automatic smoke detection system vided that the integral detectors perform the that activates the occupant notification system shall be pro- required alerting function. vided in accordance with Sections 907.2.6.1,907.2.6.2 and 907.2.6.3.3. [F] 907.2.6.3 Group I-3 occupancies.Group I-3 occu- pancies shall be equipped with a manual fire alarm sys- Exceptions: tern and automatic smoke detection system installed for 1. Manual fire alarm boxes in resident or patient alerting staff. sleeping areas of Group 1-1 and 1-2 occupancies [F] 907.2.6.3.1 System initiation. Actuation of an shall not be required at exitsif located at all nurses' automatic fire-extinguishing system, a manual fire control stations or other constantly attended staff alarm box or a fire detector shall initiate an approved locations, provided such stations are visible and fire alarm signal which automatically notifies staff. continuously accessible and that travel distances ]F] 907.2.6.3.2 Manual fire alarm boxes. Manual required in Section 907.4.2 are not exceeded, fire alarm boxes are not required to be located in 2. Occupant notification systems are not required to accordance with Section 907.4.2 where the fire alarm be activated where private mode signaling boxes are provided at staff-attended locations having installed in accordance with NFPA 72 is approved direct supervision over areas where manual fire alarm by the fire code official. boxes have been omitted. [F]907.2.6.1 Group I-1.An automatic smoke detection 907.2.6.3.2.1 Manual fire alarm boxes in system shall be installed in corridors,waiting areas open detainee areas. Manual fire alarm boxes are to corridors and habitable spaces other than sleeping allowed to be locked in areas occupied by detain- 196 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS ees,provided that staff members are present within [F]907.2.8.1 Manual Fire alarm system.A manual fire the subject area and have keys readily available to alarm system that activates the occupant notification sys- operate the manual fire alarm boxes. tem in accordance with Section 907.5 shall be installed in [F]907.2.6.3.3 Automatic smoke detection system. Group R-1 occupancies. An automatic smoke detection system shall be Exceptions: installed throughout resident housing areas,including sleepingunitsand contiguous day rooms,group activ- ity spaces and other common spaces normally acces- buildings not more than two stories in height sible to residents. where all individual sleeping units and contigu- ous atticand crawl spaces to those units are sep- Exceptions: arated from each other and public or common I. Other approved smoke detection arrange- areas by at least 1-hour firepartitions and each meats providing equivalent protection, individual sleeping unit has an exit directly to a including,but not limited to, placing detec- public way, exit court or yard. tors in exhaust ducts from cells or behind 2. Manual fire alarm boxes are not required protective guards listed for the purpose,are throughout the building when all of the follow- allowed when necessary to prevent damage ing conditions are met: or tampering. 2.1. The building is equipped throughout 2. Sleeping units in Use Conditions 2 and 3 as with an automatic sprinkler system described in Section 308. installed in accordance with Section 3. Smoke detectors are not required in sleeping 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2: units with four or fewer occupants in smoke 2.2. The notification appliances will acti- compartments that are equipped throughout vate upon sprinkler waterflow;and with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. 2.3.At least one manual fire alarm box is [F]907.2.7 Group M.A manual fire alarm system that acti- installed at an approved location. vates the occupant notification system in accordance with [F] 907.2.8.2 Automatic smoke detection system. An Section 907.5 shall be installed in Group M occupancies automatic smoke detection system that activates the where one of the following conditions exists: occupant notification system in accordance with Section 907.5 shall be installed throughout all interior corridors 1. The combined Group M occupant load of all floors is serving sleeping units. 500 or more persons. 2. The Group M occupant load is more than 100 persons Exception: An automatic smoke detection system is above or below the lowest level of exit discharge. not required in buildings that do not have interior cor- ridors serving sleeping units and where each sleeping Exceptions: unit has a means of egress door opening directly to an 1. A manual fire alarm system is not required in cov- exit or to an exterior exit access that leads directly to ered mall buildings complying with Section 402. an exit. 2. Manual fire alarm boxes are not required where the [F] 907.2.8.3 Smoke alarms. Single-and multiple-sta- building is equipped throughout with an automatic tion smoke alarms shall be installed in accordance with sprinkler system installed in accordance with Sec- Section 907.2.11. lion 903.3.1.1 and the occupant notification appli- ances will automatically activate throughout the [F] 907.2.9 Group R-2. Fire alarm systems and smoke alarms shall be installed in Group R-2 occupancies as notification zones upon sprinkler waterflow, required in Sections 907.2.9.1 and 907.9.2, [F]907.2.7.1 Occupant notification.During times that [F]907.2.9.1 Manual fire alarm system.A manual fire the building is occupied,the initiation of a signal from a alarm system that activates the occupant notification sys- manual fire alarm box or from a waterflow switch shall tem in accordance with Section 907.5 shall be installed in not be required to activate the alarm notification appli- ances when an alarm signal is activated at a constantly Group R-2 occupancies where: attended location from which evacuation instructions 1. Any dwelling unit or sleeping unit is located three shall be initiated over an emergency voice/alann com- or more stories above the lowest level of exit dis- munication system installed in accordance with Section charge; 907'5'2'2' 2. Any dwelling unit or sleeping unit is located more [F] 907.2.8 Group R-1. Fire alarm systems and smoke than one story below the highest level of exit dis- alarms shall be installed in Group R-1 occupancies as charge of exits serving the dielling unit or sleep- required in Sections 907.2.8.1 through 907.2.8.3. ing unit;or 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 197 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS 3. The building contains more than 16 dwelling units installed in accordance with Section or sleeping units. 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2; Exceptions: 2,2.The notification appliances will acti- 1. A fire alarm system is not required in buildings vale upon sprinkler watertlow,and not more than two stories in height where all 2.3. At least one manual fire alarm box is dwelling units or sleeping units and contiguous installed at an approved location. attic and crawl spaces are separated from each 3. Manual fire alarm boxes in resident or patient other and public or common areas by at least sleeping areas shall not be required at exits 1-hour fire partitions and each divellingunitor where located at all nurses' control stations or sleeping unit has an exit directly to a public other constantly attended staff locations, pro- way, exit court or yard. vided such stations are visible and continuously 2. Manual fire alarm boxes are not required where accessible and that travel distances required in the building is equipped throughout with an Section 907.4.2.1 are not exceeded. automatic sprinkler system installed in accor dance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 and [F]907.2.10.2 Automatic smoke detection system.An automatic smoke detection system that activates the the occupant notification appliances will auto- occupant notification system in accordance with Section matically activate throughout the notification 907.5 shall be installed in corridors,waiting areas open zones upon a sprinkler waterFlow. to corridors and habitable spaces other than sleeping 3. A fire alarm system is not required in buildings units and kitchens. that do not have interior corridors serving Exceptions: dtvelling units arid are protected by an approved automatic sprinkler system installed in accor- 1. Smoke detection in habitable spaces is not dance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2,pro- required where the facility is equipped through- vided that dwelling units either have a means of out with an autowaticsprink lersysieminstalled egress door opening directly to an exterior exit in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. access that leads directly to the exits or are 2, An automatic smoke detection system is not served by open-ended corridors designed in required in buildings that do not have interior accordance with Section 1026.6.Exception 4. corridors serving sleeping units and where [F] 907.2.9.2 Smoke alarms. Single- and multiple-sta- each sleeping unit has a means of egress door tion smoke alarms shall be installed in accordance with opening directly to an exit or to an exterior exit Section 907.2.11. access that leads directly to an exit. [F] 9072.10 Group R-4. Fire alarm systems and smoke [F]907.2.10.3 Smoke alarms.Single-and multiple-sta- alarms shall be installed in Group R-4 occupancies as tion smoke alarms shall be installed in accordance with required in Sections 907.2.10.1 through 907.2.10.3. Section 907.2.11. [F] 9072.10.1 Manual fire alarm system. A manual [F]907.2.11 Single-and multiple-station smoke alarms. fire alarm system that activates the occupant notification Listed single- and multiple-station smoke alarms comply- system in accordance with Section 907.5 shall be ing with UL 217 shall be installed in accordance with Sec- installed in Group R-4 occupancies. tions 907.2.11.1 through 907.2.11.4 and NFPA 72. Exceptions: [F] 907.2.11.1 Group R-1. Single- or multiple-station 1. A manual fire alarm system is not required in smoke alarms shall be installed in all of the following buildings not more than two stories in height locations in Group R-1: where all individual sleeping unitsand contigu- 1. In sleeping areas. ous atticand crawl spaces to those units are sep- 2. In every room in the path of the means of egress arated from each other and public or common from the sleeping area to the door leading from the areas by at least 1-hour fire partitions and each sleeping unit. individual sleeping unit has an exitdirectly to a public way, exit court or yard. 3. In each siviy within the sleeping unit, including 2. Manual fire alarm boxes are not required basements.For sleeping units with split levels and without an intervening door between the adjacent throughout the building when the following levels, a smoke alarm installed on the upper level conditions are met: shall suffice for the adjacent lower level provided 2,1.The building is equipped throughout that the lower level is less than one full storybel ow with an automatic sprinkler system the upper level. 198 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS [F]907.2.11.2 Groups R-2,R-3,R-4 and I-1.Single-or vatic sprinkler system or other approved fire detection multiple-station smoke alarms shall be installed and device shall automatically: maintained in Groups R-2,R-3.R-4 and 1-1 regardless of 1. Cause illumination of the means of egress with occupant load at a]I of the following locations: light of not less than 1 foot-candle (11 lux) at the 1. On the ceiling or wall outside of each separate walking surface level; sleeping area in the immediate vicinity of bed- 2. Stop any conflicting or confusing sounds and rooms. visual distractions: 2. In each room used for sleeping purposes. 3. Activate an approved directional exit marking that Exception: Single- or multiple-station smoke will become apparent in an emergency; and alarms in Group 1-1 shall not be required where 4, Activate a prerecorded message,audible through- smoke detectors are provided in the sleeping out the special amusement building, instructing rooms as part of an automatic smoke detection patrons to proceed to the nearest exit. Alarm sig- system, nals used in conjunction with the prerecorded mes- 3. In each story within a dwelling unit, including sage shall produce a sound which is distinctive basements but not including crawl spaces and from other sounds used during normal operation. uninhabitable attics.In dwellingsor dwelling units with split levels and without an intervening door [F] 907.2.12.3 Emergency voice/alarm communica- between the adjacent levels, a smoke alarm tion system.An emergency voice/alarm communication installed on the upper level shall suffice for the system,which is also allowed to serve as a public address adjacent lower level provided that the lower level system, shall be installed in accordance with Section is less than one full story below the upper level. 907.5.2.2 and be audible throughout the entire special [F] 907.2.11.3 Interconnection. Where more than one amusement building. smoke alarm is required to be installed within an individ- [F] 907.2.13 High-rise buildings. Buildings with a floor ual dwelling unit or sleeping unit in Group R-1,R-2,R-3 used for human occupancy located more than 75 feet (22 or R-4,the smoke alarms shall be interconnected in such 860 min) above the lowest level of fire department vehicle a manner that the activation of one alarm will activate all access shall be provided with an automatic smoke detection of the alarms in the individual unit.The alarm shall be system in accordance with Section 907.2.13.1,a fire depart- clearly audible in all bedrooms over background noise menl communication system in accordance with Section levels with all intervening doors closed. 907.2.13.2 and an emergency voice/alarm communication [F] 907.2.11.4 Power source. In new construction, system in accordance with Section 907.5.2.2. required smoke alarms shall receive their primary power Exceptions: from the building wiring where such wiring is served from a commercial source and shall be equipped with a 1. Airport traffic control towers in accordance with battery backup.Smoke alarms with integral strobes that Sections 907.2.22 and 412. are not equipped with battery backup shall be connected 2. Open parkinggarages in accordance with Section to an emergency electrical system. Smoke alarms shall 406.3. emit a signal when the batteries are low.Wiring shall be 3. Buildings with an occupancy in Group A-5 in permanent and without a disconnecting switch other than accordance with Section 303.1. as required for overcurrent protection. 4. Low-hazard special occupancies in accordance Exception: Smoke alarms are not required to be with Section 543.1.1. equipped with battery backup where they are con nected to an emergency electrical system. 5. Buildings with an occupancy in Group H-1,H-2 or [F] 907.2.12 Special amusement buildings.An automatic H-3 in accordance with Section 415. smoke detection system shall be provided in special amuse- 6. In Group I-1 and 1-2 occupancies,the alarm shall vent buildings in accordance with Sections 907.2,12.1 sound at a constantly attended location and gen- through 907.2.12.3. eral occupant notification shall be broadcast by the [F] 947.2.12.1 Alarm. Activation of any single smoke emergency voice/alarm communication system. detector, the automatic sprinkler system or any other [F] 9072.13.1 Automatic smoke detection.Automatic automatic fire detection device shall immediately sound smoke detection in high-rise buildings shall be in accor- an alarm at the building at a constantly attended location dance with Sections 907.2.13.1.1 and 907.2.13.1.2. from which emergency action can be initiated,including the capability of manual initiation of requirements in [F]907.2.13.1.1 Area smoke detection.Area smoke Section ability 12.2. detectors shall be provided in accordance with this section. Smoke detectors shall be connected to an [F] 907.2.12.2 System response.The activation of two automatic fire alarm system. The activation of any or more smoke detectors, a single smoke detector detector required by this section shall operate the equipped with an alarm verification feature, the auto- emergency voice/alarm communication system in 2DO9INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 199 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS accordance with Section 907.5.2.2. Smoke detectors [F] 9072.18 Underground buildings with smoke control shall be located as follows: systems. Where a smoke control system is installed in an 1. In each mechanical equipment, electrical, underground building in accordance with this code, auto- transformer, telephone equipment or similar matic smoke detectors shall be provided in accordance with room which is not provided with sprinkler pro- Section 907.2.18.1. tection. [F] 907.2.18.1 Smoke detectors. A minimum of one 2. In each elevator machine room and in elevator smoke detector listed for the intended purpose shall be lobbies. installed in the following areas: [F] 907.2.13.1.2 Duct smoke detection.Duct smoke 1. Mechanical equipment, electrical, transformer, detectors complying with Section 907.3.1 shall be telephone equipment,elevator machine or similar located as follows: rooms. 1. In the main return air and exhaust air plenum of 2. Elevator lobbies. each air-conditioning system having a capacity greater than 2,000 cubic Feet per minute (cfm) 3. The main return and exhaust air plenum of each {0.94 mils}.Such detectors shall be located in a air-conditioning system serving more than one serviceable area downstream of the last duct of the last located in a serviceable area downstream st duct inlet. inlet. of the 2. At each connection to a vertical duct or riser 4. Each connection to a vertical duct or riser serving serving two or more stories from a return air two or more floors from return air ducts or ple- duct or plenum of an air-conditioning system. nums of heating, ventilating and air-conditioning In Group R-1 and R-2 occupancies, a smoke systems, except that in Group R occupancies, a detector is allowed to be used in each return air listedsmoke detector is allowed to be used in each riser carrying not more than 5,000 cfm (2.4 return air riser carrying not more than 5,000 cfm m3/s) and serving not more than 10 air-inlet (2.4 mils) and serving not more than 10 air-inlet openings. openings. [F] 907.2.13.2 Fire department communication sys- [F]9072.18.2 Alarm required.Activation of the smoke tem.Where a wired communication system is approved control system shall activate an audible alarm at a con- in lieu of a radio coverage system in accordance with stantly attended location. Section 510 of the International Fire Code,the wired fire [F] 9072.19 Deep underground buildings. Where the department communication system shall be designed lowest level of a structure is more than 60 feet(18 288 mm) and installed in accordance with NFPA 72 and shall oper- below the finished floor of the lowest level ofexit discharge, ate between a fire command center complying with Sec- the structure shall be equipped throughout with a manual tion 911, elevators, elevator lobbies, emergency and fire alarm system, including an emergency voice/alarm standby power rooms, fire pump rooms,areas ofrefuge communication system installed inaccordance with Section and inside enclosed exit stairways.The fire department 907.5.2.2. communication device shall be provided at each floor level within the enclosed exit stainvay. [F]907220 Covered mall buildings. Coterud mall build- ings exceeding 50,000 square feet (4645 ml) in total floor [F] 907.2.19 Atriums connecting more than two stories. area shall be provided with an emergency voice/alarm com- A fire alarm system shall be installed in occupancies with an tnunication system. An emergency voice/alarm communi- akrium that connects more than two stories, with smoke cation system serving a mall,required Or otherwise,shall be detection installed throughout the atrium.The system shall be activated in accordance with Section 907.5. Such occu- s The accessible to the fire department.Thystem shall be pro- She pancies in Group A.E or M shall be provided with an emer aided in accordance with Section .2. gency voice/alarm communication system complying with [F]907.2.21 Residential aircraft hangars.A minimum of the requirements of Section 907.5.2.2. one single-station smoke alarm shall be installed within a [F] 907.2.15 High-piled combustible storage areas. An residential aircraft hangar as defined in Section 412.3.1 and automatic smoke detection system shall be installed shall be interconnected into the residential smoke alarm or throughout high-piled combustible storage areas where other sounding device to provide an alarm which will be required by Section 2306.5 of the International Fire Code. audible in all sleeping areas of the dwelling. [F] 907.2.16 Aerosol storage uses.Aerosol storage rooms [F]907.2.22 Airport traffic control towers.An automatic and general-purpose warehouses containing aerosols shall smoke detection system that activates the occupant notifica- be provided with an approved manual fire alarm system tion system in accordance with Section 907.5 shall be pro- where required by the International Fire Code. vided in airport control towers in all occupiable and [F] 907.2.17 Lumber,wood structural panel and veneer equipment spaces. mills.Lumber,wood structural panel and veneer mills shall Exception: Audible appliances shall not be installed be provided with a manual fire alarm system. within the control tower cab. 200 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS [F] 907.2.23 Battery rooms. An automatic smoke detec- shall be provided at the location of each fire alarm control tion system shall be installed in areas containing stationary unit, notification appliance circuit power extenders, and storage battery systems with a liquid capacity of more than supervising station transmitting equipment. 50 gallons (189 Q. Exceptions: [F] 907.3 Fire safety functions. Automatic Fire defectors uti- 1. Where ambient conditions prohibit installation of lized for the purpose of performing fire safety functions shall a smoke detector,a heat detectorshall be permit- be connected to the building's fire alarm control unit where a ted fire alarm system is required by Section 907.2.Detectors shall, upon actuation,perform the intended function and activate the 2. The smoke detector shall not be required where the alarm notification appliances or activate a visible and audible building is equipped throughout with an automatic supervisory signal at a constantly attended location. In build- sprinkler system in accordance with Section ings not equipped with a fire alarm system,the automatic fire 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2. detector shall be powered by normal electrical service and, (F]907.4.2 Manual Fire alarm boxes.Where a manual fire upon actuation, perform the intended function. The detectors alarm system is required by another section of this code, it shall be located in accordance with NFPA 72. shall be activated by fire alarm boxes installed in accordance [F] 907.3.1 Duct smoke detectors. Smoke detectors with Sections 907.4.2.1 through 907.4.2.5. installed in ducts shall be listed for the air velocity,tempera- (F]907.4.2.1 Location.Manual fire alarm boxes shall be ture and humidity present in the duct.Duct smoke detectors located not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) from the shall be connected to the building's fire alarm control unit entrance to each exit.Additional manual fire alarm boxes when a fire alarm system is required by Section 907.2.Acti- shall be located so that travel distance to the nearest box vation of a duct smoke detector shall initiate a visible and does not exceed 200 feet(60 960 mm). audible supervisory signal at a constantly attended location and shall perform the intended fire safety function in accor- [F] 907.4.2.2 Height. The height of the manual fire dance with this code and the International Mechanical alarm boxes shall be a minimum of 42 inches(1067 mm) Code.Duct smoke detectors shall not be used as a substitute and a maximum of 48 inches(1372 mm)measured verti- for required open area detection. cally,from the floor level to the activating handle or lever of the box. Exceptions: I. The supervisory signal at a constantly attended (F] .3 Color.Manual fire alarm boxes shall be red in color. location is not required where duct smoke detec- tors activate the building's alarm notification [F] 907.4.2.4 Signs. Where fire alarm systems are not appliances. monitored by a supervising station,an approvedperma- 2. In occupancies not required to be equipped with a nent sign shall be installed adjacent to each manual fire fire alarm system, actuation of a smoke detector alarm box that reads:WHEN ALARM SOUNDS CALL shall activate a visible and an audible signal in an FIRE DEPARTMENT. approved location.Smoke detector trouble condi- Exception:Where the manufacturer has permanently lions shall activate a visible or audible signal in an provided this information on the manual fire alarm approved location and shall be identified as air box. duct detector trouble. [F]907.4.2.5 Protective covers.The fire code official is [F] 907.3.2 Delayed egress locks. Where delayed egress authorized to require the installation of listedmanual fire locks are installed on means ofegress doors in accordance alarm box protective covers to prevent malicious false with Section 1008.1.9.6,an automatic smoke or heal detec- alarms or to provide the manual fire alarm box with pro- (!on system shall be installed as required by that section. tection from physical damage.The protective cover shall be transparent or red in color with a transparent face to [F] 907.3.3 Elevator emergency operation. Automatic permit visibility of the manual fire alarm box.Each cover fire detectors installed for elevator emergency operation shall include proper operating instructions.A protective shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of cover that emits a local alarm signal shall not be installed ASME A17.1 and NFPA 72. unless approved.Protective covers shall not project more [F]907.3.4 Wiring.The wiring to the auxiliary devices and than that permitted by Section 1003.3.3. equipment used to accomplish the above fire safety func tions shall be monitored for integrity in accordance with [F] 907.4.3 Automatic smoke detection.Where an auto- NFPA 72. matic smoke detection system is required it shall utilize smoke detectors unless ambient conditions prohibit such an [F] 907.4 Initiating devices. Where manual or automatic installation.In spaces where smoke detectors cannot be uti- alarm initiation is required as part of a fire alarm system, the lized due to ambient conditions, approved automatic heat initiating devices shall be installed in accordance with Sections detectors shall be permitted. 907.4.1 through 907.4.3. 907.4.3.1 Automatic sprinkler system. For conditions [F] 907.4.1 Protection of Fire alarm control unit.In areas other than specific fire safety functions noted in Section that are not continuously occupied,a single smoke detector 907.3, in areas where ambient conditions prohibit the 2009 INTERNATIONAL 13UILDING CODE' 201 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS installation of smoke detectors, an automatic sprinkler terrsrequired by this codeshall be designed and installed system installed in such areas in accordance with Section in accordance with NFPA 72.The operation of any auto- 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 and that is connected to the fire matic fire detector,sprinkler walerflow device or manual alarm system shall be approved as automatic heat detec- fire alarm box shall automatically sound an alert tone fol- tion. lowed by voice instructions giving approved information [F]907.5 Occupant notification systems.A fire alarm system and directions for a general or staged evacuation in shall annunciate at the panel and shall initiate occupant notifi- accordance with the building's fire safety and evacuation cation upon activation, in accordance with Sections 907.5.1 plans required by Section 401.In high-rise buildings,the through 907.5.2.3.4.Where a fire alarm system is required by system shall operate on a minimum of the alarming floor, another section of this code,it shall be activated by: the floor above and the floor below. Speakers shall be provided throughout the building by paging zones.At a 1. Automatic fire detectors. minimum,paging zones shall be provided as follows: 2. Sprinkler waterfiow devices. 1. Elevator groups. 3. Manual fire alarm boxes. 2. Exit stairways. 4. Automatic fire-extinguishing systems. 3. Each Floor. Exception: Where notification systems are allowed else- 4. Areas ofrefuge as defined in Section 1002.1, where in Section 907 to annunciate at a constantly attended Exception: In Group I-1 and I-2 occupancies, the location. alarm shall sound in a constantly attended area and a [F]907.5.1 Presignal feature.A presignal feature shall not general occupant notification shall be broadcast over be installed unless approved by the fire code official and the the overhead page, fire department. Where a presignal feature is provided, a signal shall be annunciated at a constantly attended location [F]907.5.2.2.1 Manual override.ti manual override approved by the fire department,in order that occupant noti- for emergency voice communication b i is shall be pro- fiication can be activated in the event of fire or other emer- gency. zones. [F] 907.5.2 Alarm notification appliances.Alarm notifi- [F]907.5.2.2.2 Live voice messages.The emergency cation appliances shall be provided and shall be listed for voice/alarm communication system shall also have their purpose. the capability to broadcast live voice messages by paging zones on a selective and all-call basis. ]F] 907.5.2.1 Audible alarms. Audible alarm notifica- ]F] 907.5.2.2.3 Alternate uses. The emergency tion appliances shall be provided and emit a distinctive voice/alarm communication system shall be allowed sound that is not to be used for any purpose other than to be used for other announcements, provided the that of a fire alarm. manual fire alarm use takes precedence over any other Exception: Visible alarm notification appliances use. shall be allowed in lieu of audible alarm notification appliances in critical care areas of Group 1-2 occupan- [F] 907.5.2.2.4 Emergency power. Emergency voice/alarm communications systems shall be pro- cies. vided with an approved emergency power source. 907.5.2.1.1 Average sound pressure. The audible alarm notification appliances shall provide a sound [F]907.5.2.3 Visible alarms.Visible alarm notification appliances shall g h 907.5.2.3.4. provided in accordance with Sections pressure level of 15 decibels(dBA)above the average 907.5.2.3.1 throug ambient sound level or 5 dBA above the maximum sound level having a duration of at least 60 seconds, Exceptions: whichever is greater, in every occupiable space 1. Visible alarm notification appliances are not within the building. The minimum sound pressure required in alterations, except where an exist- levels shall be: 75 dBA in occupancies in Groups R ing fire alarm system is upgraded or replaced, and I-1;90 dBA in mechanical equipment rooms and or a new fire alarm system is installed. 60 dBA in other occupancies. 2. Visible alarm notification appliances shall not 907.5.2.1.2 Maximum sound pressure. The maxi- be required in exits as defined in Section mum sound pressure level for audible alarm notifica- 1002.1. tion appliances shall be 110 dBA at the minimum hearing distance from the audible appliance, Where 3. Visible alarm notification appliances shall not the average ambient noise is greater than 95 dBA,vis- be required in elevator cars, ible alarm notification appliances shall be provided in [F] 907.5.2.3.1 Public and common areas. Visible accordance with NFPA 72 and audible alarm notifica- alarm notification appliances shall be provided in lion appliances shall not be required. public areas and common areas. 907.5.2.2 Emergency voice/alarm communication [F] 907.5.2.3.2 Employee work areas. Where systems. Emergency voice/alarm communication sys- employee work areas have audible alarm coverage. 202 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS the notification appliance circuits serving the length of any zone shall not exceed 300 feet(91440 mm)in employee work areas shall be initially designed with a any direction. minimum of 20-percent spare capacity to account for Exception: Automatic sprinkler system zones shall not the potential of adding visible notification appliances exceed the area permitted by NFPA 13. in the future to accommodate hearing impaired employee(s). [F]907.6.3.1 Zoning indicator panel.A zoning indica- tor panel and the associated controls shall be provided in [F] 907.5.2.3.3 Groups I-1 and R-1. Group I-1 and an approved location. The visual zone indication shall R-1 dwelling units or sleeping units in accordance lock in until the system is reset and shall not be canceled with Table 907.5.2.3.3 shall be provided with a visible by the operation of an audible-alarm silencing switch. alarm notification appliance, activated by both the in-room smoke alarm and the building fire alarm sys- [F] 907.6.3.2 High-rise buildings. In high-rise build- tem. ings,a separate zone by floor shall be provided for each of the following types of alarm-initiating devices where [F]TABLE 907.5.2.3.3 provided: VISIBLE ALARMS SLEEPING ACCOMMODATIONS WITH 1. Smoke detectors. NUMBER OF SLEEP UNITS VISIBLE ALARMS 2. Sprinkler waterflow devices. -- 6 to 25 2 3. Manual fire alarm boxes. 26 to 50 4 4. Other approved types of automatic fire detection 51 to 75 _ 7 devices or suppression systems. 76 to 100 9 [F] 907.6.4 Access. Access shall be provided to each fire alarm device and notification appliance for periodic inspec- 101-to 150- 12 tion,maintenance and testing. - 151 to 200 14 [F] 907.6.5 Monitoring. Fire alarm systems required by 201 to 300 17 this chapter or by the Irnternatlonal Fire Code shall be moni- tored by an appiuvedsupervising station in accordance with 301 to 400 20 NFPA 72, 401 to 500 22 Exception: Monitoring by a supervising station is not 501 to 1,000 5%of total required for: 1,001 and over 50 plus 3 for each 100 over 1.000 1. Single- and multiple-station smoke alarms - — - — required by Section 907.2.11. 2. Smoke detectors in Group I-3 occupancies. [F] 907.5.2.3.4 Group R-2. In Group R-2 occupan- 3. Automatics sprinkler stemsin one-and two-fam- cies required by Section 907 to have a fire alarm sys p Y tem, all dwelling units and sleeping units shall be ily dwellings. provided with the capability to support visible alarm [F] 907.6.5.1 Automatic telephone-dialing devices. notification appliances in accordance with 1CC Automatic telephone-dialing devices used to transmit an A 117.1. emergency alarm shall not be connected to any fire [F]907.6 Installation.A fire alarm system shall be installed in department telephone number unless approved by the accordance with this section and NFPA 72. fire chief. [F] 907.6.1 Wiring.Wiring shall comply with the require- [F] 907.7 Acceptance tests and completion. Upon comple- ments of NFPA 70 and NFPA 72. Wireless protection Sys- tion of the installation,the fire alarm system and all fire alarm tems utilizing radio-frequency transmitting devices shall components shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 72. comply with the special requirements for supervision of [F] 907.7.1 Single- and multiple-station alarm devices. low-power wireless systems in NFPA 72. When the installation of the alarm devices is complete,each device and interconnecting wiring for multiple-station [F] 907.62 Power supply. The primary and secondary alarm devices shall be tested in accordance with the smoke power supply for the fire alarm system shall be provided in alarm provisions of NFPA 72. accordance with NFPA 72. [F]907.7.2 Record of completion.A record of completion Exception: Back-up power for single-station and multi- in accordance with NFPA 72 verifying that the system has ple-station smoke alarms as required in Section been installed and tested in accordance with the approved 907.2.11.4. plans and specifications shall be provided. [F] 907.6.3 Zones.Each floor shall be zoned separately and [F] 907.7.3 Instructions. Operating, testing and mainte- a zone shall not exceed 22,500 square feet (2090 mz).The nance instructions and record drawings ("as-builts") and 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 203 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS equipment specifications shall be provided at an approved exhausted enclosure,the shutoff valve in the gas cabi- location. net or exhausted enclosure for the specific gas [F] 907.8 Inspection,testing and maintenance.The mainte- detected shall automatically close. nance and testing schedules and procedures for fire alarm and 2. Where the gas-detection sampling point initiating the fire detection systems shall be in accordance with Section gas detection system alarm is within a gas room and 907.9 of the International Fire Code. compressed gas containers are not in gas cabinets or exhausted enclosures, the shutoff valves on all gas lines for the specific gas detected shall automatically SECTION 908 close. EMERGENCY ALARM SYSTEMS 3, Where the gas-detection sampling point initiating the [F] 908.1 Group H occupancies. Emergency alarms for the gas detection system alarm is within a piping distribu- detection and notification of an emergency condition in Group tion manifold enclosure, the shutoff valve for the H occupancies shall be provided in accordance with Section compressed container of specific gas detected supply- 414.7. ing the manifold shall automatically close. [F] 908.2 Group H-5 occupancy.Emergency alarms for noti- Exception:When the gas-detection sampling point initi- fication of an emergency condition in an HPM facility shall be ating the gas-detection system alarm is at a use location provided as required in Section 415.8.4.6. A continuous or within a gas valve enclosure of a branch line down- gas-detection system shall be provided for HPM gases in stream of a piping distribution manifold, the shutoff accordance with Section 415.8.7. valve in the gas valve enclosure for the branch line [F] 908.3 Highly toxic and toxic materials. A gas detection located in the piping distribution manifold enclosure system shall be provided to detect the presence of highly toxic shall automatically close. or toxiegas at or below the permissible exposure limit(PEL)or [F] 908.4 Ozone gas-generator rooms. Ozone gas-generator ceiling limit ofthegas forwhich detectionis provided.The sys- rooms shall be equipped with a continuous gas-detection sys- tem shall be capable of monitoring the discharge from the treat- tem that will shut off the generator and sound a local alarm ment system at or below one-half the immediately dangerous to when concentrations above the PEL occur. life and health (IDLH) limit. [F]908.5 Repair garages. A flammable-gas detection system Exception:A gas-detection system is not required for toxic shall be provided in repair garages for vehicles fueled by gases when the physiological warning threshold level For nonodorized gases in accordance with Section 406.6.6. the gas is at a level below the accepted PEL for the gas. [F] 908.6 Refrigerant detector.Machinery rooms shall con- IF]908.3.1 Alarms.The gas detection system shall initiate tain a refrigerant detector with an audible and visual alarm.The a local alarm and transmit a signal to a constantly attended detector,or a sampling tube that draws air to the detector,shall control station when a short-term hazard condition is be located in an area where refrigerant from a leak will concen- detected. The alarm shall be both visible and audible and trate.The alarm shall be actuated at a value not greater than the shall provide warning both inside and outside the area corresponding TLV-TWA values for the refrigerant classifica- where gas is detected. The audible alarm shall be distinct tion indicated in the International Mechanical Code.Detectors from all other alarms. and alarms shall be placed in approved locations. Exception:Signal transmission to a constantly attended control station is not required when not more than one cylinder of highly toxic or toxic gas is stored. SECTION 909 [F] 908.3.2 Shutoff of gas supply.The gas detection sys- SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEMS lent shall automatically close the shutoff valve at the source [F]909.1 Scope and purpose.This section applies to mechan- on gas supply piping and tubing related to the system being ical or passive smoke control systems when they are required monitored for whichever gas is detected. by other provisions of this code.The purpose of this section is Exception: Automatic shutdown is not required for to establish minimum requirements for the design,installation reactors utilized for the production of highly toxic or and acceptance testing of smoke control systems that are toxic compressed gases where such reactors are: intended to provide a tenable environment for the evacuation or relocation of occupants.These provisions are not intended for 1. Operated at pressures less than 15 pounds per the preservation of contents, the timely restoration of opera- square inch gauge(psig) (t03A kPa). tions or for assistance in fire suppression or overhaul activities. 2. Constantly attended. Smoke control systems regulated by this section serve a differ- ent purpose than the smoke-and heat-venting provisions found 3. Provided with readily accessible emergency shut- in Section 910.Mechanical smoke control systems shall not be off valves. considered exhaust systems under Chapter 5 of the Interna- [F]908.3.3 Valve closure.The automatic closure of shutoff tional Mechanical Code. valves shall be in accordance with the following: IF]909.2 General design requirements.Buildings,structures 1. When the gas-detection sampling point initiating the or parts thereof required by this code to have a smoke control gas detection system alarm is within a gas cabinet or system or systems shall have such systems designed in accor- 204 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS dance with the applicable requirements of Section 909 and the IF] 909.5 Smoke barrier construction. Smoke barriers shall generally accepted and well-established principles of engi- comply with Section 710,and shall be constructed and sealed neering relevant to the design. The construction documents to limit leakage areas exclusive of protected openings. The shall include sufficient information and detail to adequately maximum allowable leakage area shall be the aggregate area describe the elements of the design necessary for the proper calculated using the following leakage area ratios: implementation of the smoke control systems. These docu- 1. Walls: A/A„=0.00100 ments shall he accompanied by sufficient information and analysis to demonstrate compliance with these provisions. 2. Exitenclosures: AIA„=0.00035 IF] 909.3 Special inspection and test requirements.In addi- 3. All other shafts: A/A„=0.00150 tion to the ordinary inspection and test requirements which buildings,structures and parts thereof are required to undergo, 4. Floors and roofs: A/AF=0.00050 smoke control systems subject to the provisions of Section 909 shall undergo special inspections and tests sufficient to verify where: the proper commissioning of the smoke control design in its A = Total leakage area,square Feet (mz). final installed condition. The design submission accompany- At = Unit floor or roof area of barrier,square feet (m4). ing the construction documents shall clearly detail procedures and methods to be used and the items subject to such inspec- Ay = Unit wall area of barrier,square feet (in'). tions and tests. Such commissioning shall be in accordance The leakage area ratios shown do not include openings due with generally accepted engineering practice and,where possi- to doors, operable windows or similar gaps. These shall be ble, based on published standards for the particular testing included in calculating the total leakage area. involved.The special inspections and tests required by this sec tion shall be conducted under the same terms in Section 1704. IF]909.5.1 Leakage area.The total leakage area of the bar- IF]909.4 Analysis.A rational analysis supporting the types of rier is the product of the smoke barriergross area multiplied smoke control systems to be employed,their methods of opera- by the allowable leakage area ratio, plus the area of other tion,the systems supporting[hem and the methods of construe- openings such as gaps and operable windows.Compliance tion to be utilized shall accompany the submitted construction shall be determined by achieving the minimum air pressure docurents and shall include, but not be limited to, the items difference across the barrier with the system in the smoke indicated in Sections 909.4.1 through 909.4.6. control mode for mechanical smoke control systems.Pas- sive smoke control systems tested using other approved IF]909.4.1 Stack effect.The system shall be designed such means such as door fan testing shall be as approved by the that the maximum probable normal or reverse stack effect fire code official. will not adversely interfere with the system's capabilities.In determining the maximum probable stack effect, altitude, IF]909.5.2 Opening protection.Openings in smoke barri- elevation,weather history and interior temperatures shall be ersshall be protected by automatic-closing devices actuated used. by the required controls for the mechanical smoke control system. Door openings shall be protected by pre door IF] 909.4.2 Temperature effect of fire. Buoyancy and assemblies complying with Section 715.4.3. expansion caused by the design fire in accordance with Sec- tion 909.9 shall be analyzed.The system shall be designed Exceptions: such that these effects do not adversely interfere with the system's capabilities. 1. Passive smoke control systems with auto- matic-closing devices actuated by spot-type IF] 909.4.3 Wind effect. The design shall consider the smoke detectors listed for releasing service adverse effects of wind.Such consideration shall be consis- installed in accordance with Section 907.3. tent with the wind-loading provisions of Chapter 16. 2. Fixed openings between smoke zones that are pro- IF] 909.4.4 HVAC systems.The design shall consider the tested utilizing the airflow method. effects of the heating, ventilating and air-conditioning 3, In Group 1-2,where such doors are installed across (HVAC) systems on both smoke and fire transport. The corridors,a pair of opposite-swinging doors with- analysis shall include all permutations of systems status. out a center mullion shall be installed having The design shall consider the effects of the fire on the HVAC vision panels with fire protection-rated glazing systems. materials in fire protection-rated frames, the area IF] 909.4.5 Climate.The design shall consider the effects of which shall not exceed that tested. The doors of low temperatures on systems, property and occupants. shall be close-fitting within operational tolerances Air inlets and exhausts shall be located so as to prevent snow and shall not have undercuts, louvers or grilles. or ice blockage. The doors shall have head and jamb stops, astra- IF]909.4.6 Duration of operation.All portions of active or gals or rabbets at meeting edges and shall be auto- passive smoke control systems shall be capable of continued matic-closing by smoke detection in accordance operation after detection of the fire event for a period of not with Section 715.4.8.3. Positive-latching devices less than either 20 minutes or 1.5 times the calculated egress are not required. time,whichever is less. 4. Group 1-3. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 205 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS 5. Openings between smoke zones with clear ceiling v=217.2[h(T,- T)I(T,+460)]11 (Equation 9-2) heights of 14 feet (4267 mm) or greater and bank-down capacity of greater than 20 minutes as For SI: v= 119.9 [h(T,- T,)IT]�'r determined by the design fire size. where: [F] 909.5.2.1 Ducts and air transfer openings. Ducts h = Height of opening, feet (m). and air transfer openings are required to be protected with a minimum Class II,2507 (12 VC) smoke damper. T, = Temperature of smoke, °F (K). complying with Section 716. T„ = Temperature of ambient air,'F (K). [F] 909.6 Pressurization method. The primary mechanical v = Air velocity,feet per minute (mlminute). means of controlling smoke shall be by pressure differences across smoke barriers. Maintenance of a tenable environment [F] 909.7.2 Prohibited conditions.This method shall not be employed where either the quantity of air or the velocity is not required in the smoke control zone of fire origin. of the airflow will adversely affect other portions of the [F] 909.6.1 Minimum pressure difference.The minimum smoke control system, unduly intensify the Fire, disrupt pressure difference across a smoke barrier shall be plume dynamics or interfere with exiting. In no case shall 0.05-inch water gage (0.0124 kPa) in fully sprinklered airflow toward the fire exceed 200 feet per minute (1.02 buildings. m/s).Where the formula in Section 909.7.1 requires airflow In buildings permitted to be other than fully sprinklered. to exceed this limit,the airflow method shall not be used. the smoke control system shall be designed to achieve pres- [F] 909.8 Exhaust method. When approved by the fire code sure differences at least two times the maximum calculated official,mechanical smoke control for large enclosed volumes, pressure difference produced by the design fire, such as in atriums or malls, shall be permitted to utilize the ]F] 909.6.2 Maximum pressure difference. The maxi- exhaust method. Smoke control systems using the exhaust mum air pressure difference across a smoke barriershall be method shall be designed in accordance with NFPA 9213. determined by required door-opening or closing forces.The [F]909.8.1 Smoke layer.The height of the lowest horizon- actual force required to open exit doors when the system is tal surface of the smoke layer interface shall be maintained in the smoke control mode shall be in accordance with Sec- at least 6 feel (1829 mm) above any walking surface that tion 1008.1,2. Opening and closing forces for other doors forms a portion of a required egress system within the shall be determined by standard engineering methods for smoke zone. the resolution of forces and reactions.The calculated force to set a side-hinged.swinging door in motion shall be deter- [F]909.9 Design fire.The design fire shall be based on a ratio- mined by: nal analysis performed by the registered design professional and approved b-y the fire code official.The design fire shall be F=Fr+K(WAAF)12(W-a) (Equation 9-1) based on the analysis in accordance with Section 909.4 and this where: section. A = Door area,square feet (ml). [F] 909.9.1 Factors considered.The engineering analysis d = Distance from door handle to latch edge of door,feet shall include the characteristics of the fuel,fuel load,effects included by the fire and whether the fire is likely to be steady (m) or unsteady. F = Total door opening force,pounds (N). [F] 909.9.2 Separation distance. Determination of the F,,,= Force required to overcome closing device, pounds design fire shall include consideration of the type of fuel, (N). fuel spacing and configuration. K = Coefficient 5.2 (1.0). [F] 909.9.3 Heat-release assumptions.The analysis shall W = Door width, feet (m). make use of best available data from approved sources and OP= Design pressure difference, inches of water(Pa). shall not be based on excessively stringent limitations of [F]909.7 Airflow design method.When approved by the fire combustible material. code official,smoke migration through openings fixed in a per- [F]909.9.4 Sprinkler effectiveness assumptions.A docu- manently open position, which are located between smoke mented engineering analysis shall be provided for condi- control zones by the use of the airflow method,shall be permit- tions that assume fire growth is halted at the time of ted.The design airflowshall be in accordance with this section. sprinkler activation. Airflow shall be directed to limit smoke migration from the fire zone.The geometry of openings shall be considered to prevent [F] 909.10 Equipment.Equipment including,but not limited lo,fans,ducts,automatic dampers and balance dampers,shall flow reversal from turbulent effects. be suitable for its intended use,suitable for the probable expo- [F] 909.7.1 Velocity. The minimum average velocity sure temperatures that the rational analysis indicates and as through a fixed opening shall not be less than: approved by the fire code official. 206 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS [F] 909.10.1 Exhaust fans. Components of exhaust fans [FJ 909.11 Power systems.The smoke control system shall be shall be rated and certified by the manufacturer for the prob- supplied with two sources of power. Primary power shall be able temperature rise to which the components will be from the normal building power systems. Secondary power exposed.This temperature rise shall be computed by: shall be from an approved standby source complying with Chapter 27 of this code. The standby power source and its T=W11110 +{T,} (Equation 9-3) transfer switches shall be in a room separate from the normal where: power transformers and switch gears and ventilated directly to c = Specific heat of smoke at smoke layer temperature, and from the exterior.The room shall be enclosed with not less than 1-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Sec- Btuhb°F (kJ/kg • K). tion 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance in = Exhaust rate,pounds per second (kgls). with Section 712,or both. Q = Convective heat output of fire,Btuls (kW), [F] 909.11.1 Power sources and power surges.Elements T = Ambient temperature. °F (K). of the smoke management system relying on volatile mem- ories or the like shall be supplied with uninterruptable T = Smoke temperature, °F (K), power sources of sufficient duration to span a 15-minute pri- Exception:Reduced T,as calculated based on the assur- mary power interruption. Elements of the smoke manage- ance of adequate dilution air. ment system susceptible to power surges shall be suitably [F]909.10.2 Ducts.Duct materials and joints shall be capa- protected by conditioners, suppressors or other approved ble of withstanding the probable temperatures and pressures means, to which they are exposed as determined in accordance with [F]909.12 Detection and control systems.Fire detection sys- Section 909.10.1.Ducts shall be constructed and supported tems providing control input or output signals to mechanical in accordance with the International Mechanical Code. smoke control systems or elements thereof shall comply with Ducts shall be leak tested to 1.5 times the maximum design the requirements of Section 907. Such systems shall be pressure in accordance with nationally accepted practices. equipped with a control unit complying with UL 864 and listed Measured leakage shall not exceed 5 percent of design flow. as smoke control equipment. Results of such testing shall be a part of the documentation Control systems for mechanical smoke control systems shall procedure.Ducts shall be supported directly from fire-resis- include provisions for verification. Verification shall include tance-rated structural elements of the building by substan- positive confirmation of actuation, testing, manual override, tial,noncombustible supports. the presence of power downstream of all disconnects and, Exception: Flexible connections (for the purpose of through a preprogrammed weekly test sequence,report abnor- vibration isolation) complying with the International mal conditions audibly,visually and by printed report. Mechanical Code, that are constructed of approved [F] 909.12.1 Wiring. In addition to meeting requirements fire-resistance-rated materials. of NFPA 70,all wiring,regardless of voltage,shall be fully [F] 909.10.3 Equipment, inlets and outlets. Equipment enclosed within continuous raceways. shall be located so as to not expose uninvolved portions of [F] 909.12.2 Activation. Smoke control systems shall be the building to an additional fire hazard. Outside air inlets activated in accordance with this section. shall be located so as to minimize the potential for introduc- ing smoke or flame into the building. Exhaust outlets shall [F] 909.12.2.1 Pressurization, airflow or exhaust be so located as to minimize reintroduction of smoke into method. Mechanical smoke control systems using the the building and to limit exposure of the building or adjacent pressurization, airflow or exhaust method shall have buildings to an additional fire hazard. completely automatic control. [F] 909.10.4 Automatic dampers. Automatic dampers, [F] 909.12.2.2 Passive method. Passive smoke control regardless of the purpose for which they are installed within systems actuated by approved spot-type detectors listed the smoke control system,shall be listed and conform to the for releasing service shall be permitted. requirements of approved,recognized standards. [F] 909.12.3 Automatic control Where completely auto- [F] 909.10.5 Fans. In addition to other requirements, matic control is required or used, the automatic-control belt-driven fans shall have 1.5 times the number of belts sequences shall be initiated from an appropriately zoned required for the design duty,with the minimum number of automatic sprinkler system complying with Section belts being two. Fans shall be selected for stable perfor- 903.3.1.1,manual controls that are readily accessible to the mane based on normal temperature and,where applicable. fire department and any smoke detectors required by engi- elevated temperature. Calculations and manufacturer's fan neering analysis. curves shall be part of the documentation procedures.Fans shall be supported and restrained by noncombustible [F] 909.13 Control air tubing.Control air tubing shall be of devices in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 16. sufficient size to meet the required response times.Tubing shall Motors driving fans shall not be operated beyond their be flushed clean and dry prior to final connections and shall be nameplate horsepower (kilowatts), as determined from adequately supported and protected from damage. Tubing measurement of actual current draw,and shall have a mini- passing through concrete or masonry shall be sleeved and pro- mum service factor of 1.15. tested from abrasion and electrolytic action. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 207 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS [F] 909.13.1 Materials. Control-air tubing shall be hard- fire alarm control panel.The fire-fighter's smoke control panel drawn copper.Type L, ACR in accordance with ASTM B shall comply with Sections 909.16.1 through 909.16.3. 42,ASTM B 43, ASTM B 68,ASTM B 88,ASTM B 251 and ASTM B 280.Fittings shall be wrought copper or brass, [F] 909.16.1 Smoke control systems. Fans within the building shall be shown on the Fire-fighter's control panel.A clear indication of the direction of airflow and the relation- B16.22. Changes in direction shall be made with appropri- ship of components shall be displayed. Status indicators ate tool bends.Brass compression-type fittings shall be used at final connection to devices; other joints shall be brazed shall be provided For all smoke control equipment,annunci- foil by Fan and zone,and by pilot-lamp-type indicators as using a BCuP5 brazing alloy with solidus above 1,100°F Follows: (593°C) and liquids below 1,500°F (816°C). Brazing flux shall be used on copper-to-brass joints only. 1. Farts,dampers and other operating equipment in their Exception:Nonmetallic tubing used within control pan- normal status—WHITE. els and at the final connection to devices provided all of 2. Fans,dampers and other operating equipment in their the following conditions are met: off or closed status—RED, 1. Tubing shall be listed by an approved agency for 3. Fans,dampers and other operating equipment in their flame and smoke characteristics. on or open status—GREEN. 2. Tubing and connected devices shall be completely 4. Fans, dampers and other operating equipment in a enclosed within a galvanized or paint-grade steel fault status—YELLOW/AMBER. enclosure having a minimum thickness of 0.0296 [F] 909.16.2 Smoke control panel.The fire-fighter's con- inch (0.7534 mm) (No. 22 gage). Entry to the trol panel shall provide control capability over the complete enclosure shall be by copper tubing with a protec- smoke-control system equipment within the building as fol- tive grommet of neoprene or teflon or by suitable lows: brass compression to male barbed adapter. 1. ON-AUTO-OFF control over each individual piece 3. Tubing shall be identified by appropriately docu- of'operating smoke control equipment that can also be merited coding. controlled from other sources within the building. 4. Tubing shall be neatly tied and supported within This includes stairway pressurization fans; smoke the enclosure.Tubing bridging cabinets and doors exhaust fans:supply,return and exhaust fans;eleva- or moveable devices shall be of sufficient length to for shaft fans and other operating equipment used or avoid tension and excessive stress.Tubing shall be intended for smoke control purposes. protected against abrasion. Tubing serving 2. OPEN-AUTO-CLOSE control over individual devices on doors shall be fastened along hinges. dampers relating to smoke control and that are also [F] 909.13.2 Isolation from outer functions.Control tub- controlled from other sources within the building. ing serving other than smoke control Functions shall be iso- 3. ON-OFF or OPEN-CLOSE control over smoke con- lated by automatic isolation valves or shall be an trol and other critical equipment associated with a fire independent system. or smoke emergency and that can only be controlled [F] 909.13.3 Testing. Control air tubing shall be tested at from the Fire-fighter's control panel. three times the operating pressure for not less than 30 min- Exceptions: utes without any noticeable loss in gauge pressure prior to 1. Complex systems, where approved, where the Final connection to devices. controls and indicators are combined to control [F] 909.14 Marking and identification. The detection and and indicate all elements of a single smoke zone as control systems shall be clearly marked at all junctions, a unit. accesses and terminations. 2. Complex systems, where approved, where the [F] 909.15 Control diagrams. Identical control diagrams control is accomplished by computer interface showing all devices in the system and identifying their location using approved, plain English commands. and function shall be maintained current and kept on File with [F] 909.16.3 Control action and priorities. The Fire- the fire code official, the fire department and in the fire cons- fighter's control panel actions shall be as follows: mand center in a format and manner approved by the fire chief. l. ON-OFF and OPEN-CLOSE control actions shall [F] 909.16 Fire-fighter's smoke control panel. A have the highest priority of any control point within fire-fighter's smoke control panel for fire department emer- the building.Once issued from the fire-fighter's con- gency response purposes only shall be provided and shall trol panel, no automatic or manual control from any include manual control or override of automatic control for other control point within the building shall contra- mechanical smoke control systems.The panel shall be located diet the control action. Where automatic means are in a fire command center complying with Section 911 in high- provided to interrupt normal, nonemergency equip- rise buildings or buildings with smoke-protected assembly ment operation or produce a specific result to safe- seating.In all other buildings,the fire-fighter's smoke control guard the building or equipment(i.e.,duct freezestats, panel shall be installed in an approved location adjacent to the duct smoke detectors,high-temperature cutouts,tern- 208 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS pera(ure-actuated linkage and similar devices),such [F] 909.18.4 Inlets and outlets. Inlets and outlets shall be means shall be capable of being overridden by the read using generally accepted practices to determine air fire-fighter's control panel,The last control action as quantities. indicated by each fire-fighter's control panel switch position shall prevail.In no case shall control actions [F]909.18.5 Fans.Fans shall be examined For correct rota- require the smoke control system to assume more tion. Measurements of voltage, amperage, revolutions per minute (rpm) and belt tension shall be made. than one configuration at any one time. Exception:Power disconnects required by NFPA [F] 909.18.6 Smoke barriers. Measurements using 70 inclined manometers or other approved calibrated measur- ing devices shall be made of the pressure differences across 2. Only the AUTO position of each three-position smoke barriers.Such measurements shall be conducted for fire-fighter's control panel switch shall allow auto- each possible smoke control condition. matic or manual control action from other control The AUTO position shall [Fl 909.18.7 Controls.Each smoke zone equipped with an points within the building.T be the NORMAL, nonemerency, building control automatic-initiation device shall be put into operation by the position.Where a fire fighter's control panel is in the actuation of one such device.Each additional device within f the device {on, the zone shall be veil Fed to cause the same sequence with- AUTO position, the actual status o with- AUTO closed}shall continue to o indicated by the out requiring the operation of fan motors in order to prevent status indicator described above.When directed by an damage.Control sequences shall be verified throughout the automatic signal to assume an emergency condition, system, including verification of override from the the NORMAL position shall become the emergency fire-fighter's control panel and simulation of standby power condition for that device or group of devices within conditions. the zone. In no case shall control actions require the [F] 909.18.8 Special inspections for smoke control. smoke control system to assume more than one con- Smoke control systems sha l]be tested by a special inspector. figuration at any one time. F 909.18.8.1 Scope of testing. Special ial ins ections [F]909.17 System response time.Smoke-control system acti- shall be conducted in accordance with the following: vation shall be initiated immediately after receipt of an appro- 1. During erection of ductwork and prior to conceal- priate automatic or manual activation command. Smoke ment for the purposes of leakage testing and control systems shall activate individual components (such as recording of device location. dampers and fans) in the sequence necessary to prevent physi- cal damage to the fans, dampers, ducts and other equipment. 2. Prior to occupancy and after sufficient completion For purposes of smoke control,the fire-fighter's control panel for the purposes of pressure-difference testing, response time shall be the same for automatic or manual smoke flow measurements,and detection and control ver- control action initiated from any other building control point. ification. The total response time,including that necessary for detection, [F]909.18.8.2 Qualifications.Special inspection agen- shutdown of operating equipment and smoke control system cies for smoke control shall have expertise in fire protec- startup, shall allow for full operational mode to be achieved tion engineering, mechanical engineering and before the conditions in the space exceed the design smoke certification as air balancers. condition.The system response time for each component and their sequential relationships shall be detailed in the required [F] 909.18.8.3 Reports. A complete report of testing rational analysis and verification of their installed condition shall be prepared by the special inspector or special reported in the required final report. inspection agency.The report shall include identification of all devices by manufacturer, nameplate data, design [F] 909.18 Acceptance testing.Devices,equipment, compo values, measured values and identification tag or mark. nents and sequences shall be individually tested.These tests,in The report shall be reviewed by the responsible regis- addition to those required by other provisions of this code,shall tered design professional and, when satisfied that the consist of determination of function, sequence and, where design intent has been achieved, the responsible regis- applicable,capacity of their installed condition. tered design professional shall seal, sign and date the [F] 909.18.1 Detection devices. Smoke or fire detectors report. that are a part of a smoke control system shall be tested in [F] 909.18.8.3.1 Report filing. A copy of the final accordance with Chapter 9 in their installed condition. report shall be filed with the fire code official and an When applicable, this testing shall include verification of identical copy shall be maintained in an approved airflow in both minimum and maximum conditions. location at the building. [F] 909.18.2 Ducts.Ducts that are part of a smoke control system shall be traversed using generally accepted practices [F] 909.18.9 Identification and documentation. Charts. drawings and other documents identifying and locating to determine actual air quantities. each component of the smoke control system,and describ- IF] 909.18.3 Dampers. Dampers shall be tested for func- ing its proper function and maintenance requirements,shall tion in their installed condition. be maintained on file at the building as an attachment to the 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODES 209 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS report required by Section 909.18.8.3.Devices shall have an 909.20.3 Natural ventilation alternative.The provisions approved identifying tag or mark on them consistent with of Sections 909.20.3.1 through 909.20.3.3 shall apply to the other required documentation and shall be dated indicat- ventilation of smokeproof enclosures by natural means. ing the last time they were successfully tested and by whom. 909.20.3.1 Balcony doors.Where access to the stairway [F]909.19 System acceptance.Buildings,or portions thereof, is by way of an open exterior balcony,the door assembly required by this code to comply with this section shall not be into the enclosure shall be a fire door assemblyin accor- issued a certificate of occupancy until such time that the fire dance with Section 715.4. code official determines that the provisions of this section have 909.20.3.2 Vestibule doors. Where access to the stair- been fully complied with and that the fire department has way is by way of a vestibule,the door assembly into the received satisfactory instruction on the operation, both auto- vestibule shall be a lire door assembly complying with matic and manual, of the system. Section 715.4.The door assembly from the vestibule to Exception: In buildings of phased construction, a tempo- the stairwayshall have not less than a 20-minute fire pro- vary certificate of occupancy,as approved by the lire code tection rating complying with Section 715.4. official,shall be allowed provided that those portions of the 909.20.3.3 Vestibule ventilation. Each vestibule shall building to be occupied meet the requirements of this sec- have a minimum net area of 16 square feet (1.5 mz) of tion and that the remainder does not pose a significant haz- opening in a wall facing an outer court,yard or public and to the safety of the proposed occupants or adjacent waythat is at least 20 feet (6096 mm) in width. buildings. 909.20.4 Mechanical ventilation alternative.The provi- 909.20 Smokeproof enclosures. Where required by Section sions of Sections 909.20.4.1 through 909.20.4.4 shall apply 1022.9,a smokeproof enclosure shall be constructed in actor- to ventilation of smokeproof enclosures by mechanical dance with this section.A smokeproof enclosure shall consist means. of an enclosed interior exit stairway that conforms to Section 909.20.4.1 Vestibule doors.The door assembly from the 1022.1 and an open exterior balcony or ventilated vestibule building into the vestibule shall be a fire door assembly meeting the requirements of this section.Where access to the complying with Section 715.4.3. The door assembly roof is required by the International Fire Code, such access from the vestibule to the stairvayshall not have less than shall be from the smokeproof enclosure where a smokeproof a 20-minute fire protection rating and meet the require- enclosure is required. meats for a smoke door assembly in accordance with Section 715.4.3. The door shall be installed in accor- 909.20.1 Access. Access to the stair shall be by way of a dance with NFPA 105. vestibule or an open exterior balcony.The minimum dimen- sion of the vestibule shall not be less than the required width 909.20.4.2 Vestibule ventilation.The vestibule shall be of the corridor leading to the vestibule but shall not have a supplied with not less than one air change per minute and width of less than 44 inches(I 119 mm)and shall not have a the exhaust shall not be less than 150 percent of supply. length of less than 72 inches (1829 firm) in the direction of Supply air shall enter and exhaust air shall discharge egress travel. from the vestibule through separate,tightly constructed ducts used only for that purpose. Supply air shall enter 909.20.2 Construction.The smokeproof enclosure shall be the vestibule within 6 inches(152 mm)of the floor level. separated from the remainder of the building by not less The top of the exhaust register shall be located at the top than 2-hour lire bart-lars constructed in accordance with of the smoke trap but not more than 6 inches (152 mm) Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in actor- down from the top of the trap,and shall be entirely within dance with Section 712,or both.Openings are not permitted the smoke trap area.Doors in the open position shall not other than the required means ofe8nessdoors.The vestibule obstruct duct openings. Duct openings with controlling shall be separated from the stairwayby not less than 2-hour dampers are permitted where necessary to meet the firn barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or design requirements, but dampers are not otherwise horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Sec- required. tion 712, or both. The open exterior balcony shall be con- 909,20.4.2.1 Engineered ventilation system.Where strutted in accordance with the fire-resistance rating re- a specially engineered system is used, the system quirements for floor assemblies. shall exhaust a quantity of air equal to not less than 90 909.20.2.1 Door closers.Doors in a smokeproof enclo- air changes per hour from any vestibule in the emer- sure shall be self-or automatic closing by actuation of a gency operation mode and shall be sized to handle smoke detector in accordance with Section 715.4 and three vestibules simultaneously. Smoke detectors shall be installed at the floor-side entrance to the shall be located at the floor-side entrance to each ves- smokeproof enclosure. The actuation of the smoke tibule and shall activate the system for the affected detector on any door shall activate the closing devices on vestibule.Smoke detectors shall be installed in accor- all doors in the smokeproof enclosure at all levels, dance with Section 907.3. Smoke detectors shall be installed in accordance with 909.20.4.3 Smoke trap.The vestibule ceiling shall be at Section 907.3. least 20 inches (508 mm) higher than the door opening 210 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS into the vestibule to serve as a smoke and heat trap and to constructed in accordance with Section 712, or provide an upward-moving air column.The height shall both. not he decreased unless approved and justified by design Exceptions: and test. 1. Control wiring and power wiring utilizing a 909.20.4.4 Stair shaft air movement system.The stair 2-hour rated cable or cable system. shaft shall be provided with a dampered relief opening and supplied with sufficient air to maintain a minimum 2. Where encased with not less than 2 inches (51 positive pressure of 0.10 inch of water(25 Pa)in the shaft mm) of concrete. relative to [he vestibule with all doors closed. 909.20.6.2 Standby power. Mechanical vestibule and 909.20.5 Stair pressurization alternative. Where the stalrshaft ventilation systems and automatic fire detec- building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprin- tion systems shall be powered by an approved standby klersystem in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, the vesti- power system conforming to Section 403.4.7 and Chap- bule is not required,provided that interior exitstairwgys are ter 27. pressurized to a minimum of 0.10 inches of water (25 Pa) 909.20.6.3 Acceptance and testing.Before the mechan- and a maximum of 0.35 inches of water(87 Pa) in the shaft ical equipment is approved,the system shall be tested in relative to the building measured with all stairway doors the presence of the building official to confirm that the closed under maximum anticipated conditions of stack system is operating in compliance with these require- effect and wind effect. ments. 909.20.6 Ventilating equipment.The activation of venti- lating equipment required by the alternatives in Sections SECTION 910 909,20.4 and 909.20.5 shall be by smoke detectors installed SMOKE AND HEAT VENTS at each floor level at an approved location at the entrance to the smokeproof enclosure.When the closing device for the [F] 910.1 General.Where required by this code or otherwise stalrshaft and vestibule doors is activated by smoke detec- installed,smoke and heat vents,or mechanical smoke exhaust tion or power failure,the mechanical equipment shall acti- systems, and draft curtains shall conform to the requirements vate and operate at the required performance levels.Smoke of this section. detectors shall be installed in accordance with Section Exceptions: 907.3. 1. Frozen food warehouses used solely for storage of 909.20.6.1 Ventilation systems.Smokeproof enclosure Class I and II commodities where protected by an ventilation systems shall be independent of other build- approved automatic sprinkler system. ing ventilation systems.The equipment, control wiring, 2. Where areas of buildings are equipped with early sup- power wiring and ductwork shall comply with one of the pression fast-response (ESFR) sprinklers, automatic following: smoke and heat vents shall not be required within 1. Equipment, control wiring, power wiring and these areas. ductwork shall be located exterior to the building [F] 910.2 Where required. Smoke and heat vents shall be and directly connected to the smokeproof enclo- installed in the roofs of one-story buildings or portions thereof sure or connected to the smokeproof enclosure by occupied for the uses set forth in Sections 910.2,1 and 910.2.2. ductwork enclosed by not less than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section IF] 910.2.1 Group F-1 or S-1. Buildings and portions 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in actor- thereof used as a Group F-I or S-1 occupancy having more dance with Section 712,or both. than 50,000 square feet (4645 in') in undivided area. 2. Equipment, control wiring, power wiring and Exception: Group S-1 aircraft repair hangars. ductwork shall be located within the smokeproof IF] 910.2.2 High-piled combustible storage. Buildings enclosure with intake or exhaust directly from and and portions [hereof containing high-piled combustible to the outside or through ductwork enclosed by not stock or rack storage in any occupancy group in accordance less than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accor- with Section 413 and the International Fire Code. dance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712, or IF]910.3 Design and installation.The design and installation both. of smoke and heat vents and draft curtains shall be as specified in Sections 910.3.1 through 910.3.5.2 and Table 910.3. 3. Equipment, control wiring, power wiring and ductwork shall be located within the building if IF]910.3.1 Design.Smoke and heat vents shall be listedand separated from the remainder of the building, labeled to indicate compliance with UL 793. including other mechanical equipment,by not less IF]910.3.2 Vent operation.Smoke and heat vents shall be than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accor- capable of being operated by approved automatic and man- dance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies ual means. Automatic operation of smoke and heal vents 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 211 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS shall conform to the provisions of Sections 910.3.2.1 sion less than 4 feet (1219 mm), excluding ribs or gutters through 910.3.2.3. having a total width not exceeding 6 inches (152 mm). [F] 910.3.2.1 Gravity-operated drop-out vents.Auto- IF] 910.3.4 Vent locations.Smoke and heat vents shall be matic smoke and heat vents containing heat-sensitive located 20 feet (6096 mm) or more from adjacent lot lines glazing designed to shrink and drop out of the vent open- and lire ivalls and 10 feet (3049 mm)or more from Cm bar- ing when exposed to fire shall fully open within 5 min- tiers.Vents shall be uniformly located within the roof in the utes after the vent cavity is exposed to a simulated fire, areas of the building where the vents are required to be represented by a time-temperature gradient that reaches installed by Section 9 L0.2 with consideration given to roof an air temperature of 500'F (260°C) within 5 minutes. pitch, draft curtain location, sprinkler location and struc- [F]910.3.2.2 Sprinklered buildings.Where installed in tural members. buildings provided with an approved automatic sprin- [F]910.3.5 Draft curtains.Where required by Table 910.3, Per system, smoke and heat vents shall be designed to draft curtains shall be installed on the underside of the roof operate automatically. in accordance with this section. [F] 910.3.2.3 Nonsprinklered buildings. Where Exception:Where areas of buildings are equipped with installed in buildings not provided with an approved FSFR sprinklers. draft curtains shall not be provided automatic sprinkler system,smoke and heat vents shall within these areas.Draft curtains shall only be provided operate automatically by actuation of a heat-responsive at the separation between the ESFR sprinklers and the device rated at between 100°F (38°C) and 220°F non-ESFR sprinklers. (104°C) above ambient. [F]910.3.5.1 Construction.Draft curtains shall be con- Exception:Gravity-operated drop-out vents comply- s(ructed of sheet metal,lath and plaster,gypsum board or ing with Section 910,3.2.1. other approved materials which provide equivalent per- [F] 910.3.3 Vent dimensions. The effective venting area formance to resist the passage of smoke.Joints and con- shall not be less than 16 square feet(1.5 mz)with no dimen- nections shall be smoke tight. IF]TABLE 910.3 REQUIREMENTS FOR DRAFT CURTAINS AND SMOKE AND HEAT VENTS' I MAXIMUM DISTANCE FROM MAXIMUM AREA MAXIMUM VENTS TO WALL OCCUPANCY GROUP AND DESIGNATED MINIMUM DRAFT FORMED BY DRAFT VENT-AREA- SPACING OF OR DRAFT COMMODITY STORAGE HEIGHT CURTAIN DEPTH CURTAINS TO-FLOOR-AREA VENT CENTERS CURTAINb CLASSIFICATION (fee[) (feet) (square feet) RATIO` (feet) (feet) Group F-1 and S-1 — 0.2 x H' 50,000 1:100 120 60 but?4 High-piled Storage <_20 6 10,000 1:100 100 60 (see Section 910.2.2) - Class I-IV commodities (Option 1) y 20<_40 6 8.000 1:75 100 55 High-piled Storage 5 20 4 3,000 1:75 100 55 (see Section 910.2.2) -- - Class I-IV commodities >20 5 40 4 3,000 1:50 100 50 (Option 2) High-piled Storage 520 6 6,000 1:50 100 50 (see Section 910.2.2) - — — - High-hazard commodities (Option 1) 20<30 6 6.000 1:40 90 45 High-piled Storage — <_20 -4 9.000 1:50 100 50 (see Section 910.2.2) _ ::J High-hazard commodities. >20�30 4 2.000 1:30 75 40 (Option 2 For Si: 1 foot=304.8 mm,1 square foot=0,0929m'. a. Additional requiremems for rack storage heights in excess of those indicated shall be in accordance with Chapter 23.For solid-piled storage heights in excess of those indicaRrd.an approved engineered design shall be used. b. Vents adjacum to walls or draft curtains shall be located within a horizontal distance not greater than the maximum distance specified In this column as measured perpendicular to the wall or draft curtain that forms the perimeter of the draft ctirtaiued area. c. Where draft curtains are not required,the gent area to floor area ratio shall be calculated based on a minimum draft curtain depth of 6 feet(Option 1). d. "H"is the height of the vent,in feet,above the floor. 212 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS [F] 910.3.5.2 Location and depth. The location and [F]911.1.1 Location and access.The location and accessi- minimum depth of draft curtains shall be in accordance bility of the fire command center shall be approved by the with Table 910.3. fire chief. [F]910.4 Mechanical smoke exhaust.Where approved by the [F] 911.1.2 Separation.The fire command center shall be fire code official,engineered mechanical smoke exhaust shall separated from the remainder of the building by not less be an acceptable alternate to smoke and heat vents. than a 1-hour fire barrier constructed in accordance with [F] 910.4.1 Location. Exhaust fans shall be uniformly Section 707 or horizontal assembly constructed in accor- spaced within each draft-curtained area and the maximum dance with Section 712,or both. distance between Fans shall not be greater than 100 feet (30 [F] 911.1.3 Size. The room shall be a minimum of 200 480 mm). square feet (19 ml) with a minimum dimension of 10 feet [F] 910.4.2 Size. Fans shall have a maximum individual (3048 mm). capacity of 30,000 cfm (14.2 m3/s).The aggregate capacity [F]911.1.4 Layout approval.A layout of the fire command of smoke exhaust fans shall be determined by t he equation: center and all features required by this section to be con- C=A x 300 (Equation 9-4) tained therein shall be submitted for approval prior to instal- lation. where: [F] 911.1.5 Required features.The fire command center C = Capacity of mechanical ventilation required,in cubic shall comply with NFPA 72 and shall contain the following feet per minute (ml/s). Features: A = Area of roof vents provided in square feet (in) in 1. The emergency voice/alarm communication system accordance with Table 910.3. control unit. [F] 910.4.3 Operation. Mechanical smoke exhaust fans 2. The fire department communications system. shall be automatically activated by the automaticsprmkler system or by heat detectors having operating characteris- 3. Fire detection and alarm system annunciator. tics equivalent to those described in Section 910.3.2. Indi- 4. Annunciator unit visually indicating the location of I vidual manual controls of each fan unit shall also be the elevators and whether they are operational. provided. 5. Status indicators and controls for air distribution [F] 910.4.4 Wiring and control.Wiring for operation and systems. control of smoke exhaust fans shall be connected ahead of the main disconnect and protected against exposure to tem- 6. The lire-fighter's control panel required by Section 909.16 For smoke control systems installed in the peratures in excess of 1,000°F (538°C) for a period of not building. less than 15 minutes. Controls shall be located so as to be immediately accessible to the fire service from the exterior 7. Controls For unlocking stairway doors simulta- of the building and protected against interior fire exposure neously. by not less than 1-hour pre barriers constructed in accor- 8, Sprinkler valve and waterflow detector display pan- dance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies con- els. structed in accordance with Section 712,or both. [F] 910.4.5 Supply air.Supply air for exhaust fans shall be 9. Emergency and standby power status indicators, provided at or near the floor level and shall be sized to pro- 10. A telephone for fire department use with controlled vide a minimum of 50 percent of required exhaust. Open- access to the public telephone system. ings For supply air shall be uniformly distributed around the 11. Fire pump status indicators. periphery of the area served. 12. Schematic building plans indicating the typical [F] 910.4.6 Interlocks. In combination comfort air-han- floor plan and detailing the building core,means of dlinglsmoke removal systems or independent comfort egress,fire protection systems, fire-fighting equip- air-handling systems,fans shall be controlled to shut down ment and fire department access and the location of in accordance with the approved smoke control sequence. pre walls,lire barriers,pre partitions,smoke barri- ers and smoke partitions. 13. Work table. SECTION 911 14. Generator supervision devices, manual start and FIRE COMMAND CENTER transfer Features. [F] 911.1 General. Where required by other sections of this 15. Public address system, where specifically required code and in all buildings classified as high-rise buildings by by other sections of this code. this code,a fire command center for fire department operations shall be provided and shall comply with Sections 911.1.1 16. Elevator fire recall switch in accordance with I through 911.1.5. ASME A17.1. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 213 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS I 17. Elevator emergency or standby power selector de impact protection shall be provided in accordance with switch(es), where emergency or standby power is Section 312 of the International Fire Code. provided. [F] 912.4 Signs.A meta]sign with raised letters at least L inch (25 rnm) in size shall be mounted on all fire department con- SECTION 912 nections serving automatic sprinklers,standpipes or fire pump FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS connections. Such signs shall read: AUTOMATIC SPRIN- KLERS or STANDPIPES or TEST CONNECTION or a com- [F] 912.1 Installation. Fire department connections shall be bination thereof as applicable. Where the fire department installed in accordance with the NFPA standard applicable to connection does not serve the entire building, a sign shall be the system design and shall comply with Sections 912.2 provided indicating the portions of the building served. through 912.5. [P] 912.5 Backflow protection.The potable water supply to [F] 912.2 Location. With respect to hydrants, driveways, automatic sprinkler and standpipe systems shall be protected buildings and landscaping, fire department connections shall against backflow as required by the International Plumbing be so located that fire apparatus and hose connected to supply Code. the system will not obstruct access to the buildings for other fire apparatus.The location of fire department connections shall be approved by the fire chief. SECTION 913 [F] 912.2.1 Visible location. Fire department connections FIRE PUMPS shall be located on the street side of buildings, fully visible [F] 913.1 General. Where provided, fire pumps shall be and recognizable from the street or nearest point of fire installed in accordance with this section and NFPA 20. department vehicle access or as otherwise approved by the [F]913.2 Protection against interruption of service.The fire fire chief. pump, driver and controller shall be protected in accordance [F] 912.2.2 Existing buildings. On existing buildings, with NFPA 20 against passible interruption of service through wherever the fire department connection is not visible to damage caused by explosion, fire, flood, earthquake,rodents, approaching fire apparatus.the fire department connection insects,windstorm,freezing,vandalism and other adverse con- shall be indicated by an apprnvedsign mounted on the street ditions. front or on the side of the building.Such sign shall have the 913.2.1 Protection of fire pump rooms.Fire pumps shall letters"FDC"at least 6 inches(152 mm) high and words in be located in rooms that are separated from all other areas of letters at least 2 inches(51 mm)high or an arrow to indicate the building by 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accor- the location.All such signs shall be subject to the approval dance with Section 707 or 2-hour horizontal assemblies of the fire code official. constructed in accordance with Section 712,or both. [F]912.3 Access.Immediate access to fire department connec- Exceptions: tions shall be maintained at all times and without obstruction by fences,bushes.trees,walls or any other fixed or moveable 1. In other than high-rise buildings, separation by object. Access to fire department connections shall be 1-hour lire barriers constructed in accordance approved by the fire chief. with Section 707 or 1-hour horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712, or Exception: Fences, where provided with an access gate both, shall be permitted in buildings equipped equipped with a sign complying with the legend require- throughout with an automatic sprinMer system in ments of Section 912.4 and a means of emergency opera- accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2. tion.The gate and the means of emergency operation shall be approved by the fire chief and maintained operational at 2. Separation is not required for fire pumps physi- all times. cally separated in accordance with NFPA 20. [F] 912.3.1 Locking fire department connection caps. [F] 913.3 Temperature of pump room.Suitable means shall The fire code official is authorized to require locking caps be provided for maintaining the temperature of pump room or on fire department connections for water-based lire protec- pump house,where required,above 40°F (5°C). tion systems where the responding fire department carries [F] 913.3.1 Engine manufacturer's recommendation. appropriate key wrenches for removal. Temperature of the pump room,pump house or area where [F] 912.3.2 Clear space around connections.A working engines are installed shall never be less than the minimum space of not less than 36 inches (762 mm) in width, 36 recommended by the engine manufacturer. The engine inches (914 mm) in depth and 78 inches (1981 mm) in manufacturer's recommendations for oil heaters shall be height shall be provided and maintained in front of and to followed. the sides of wall-mounted fire department connections and [F] 913.4 Valve supervision.Where provided, the fire pump around the circumference of Free-standing fire department suction,discharge and bypass valves, and isolation valves on connections, except as otherwise required or approoved by the backflow prevention device or assembly shall be super- the fire chief. vised open by one of the following methods: [F] 912.3.3 Physical protection. Where fire department 1. Central-station, proprietary or remote-station signaling connections are subject to impact by a motor vehicle,vehi- service. 214 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS 2. local signaling service that will cause the sounding of an audible signal at a constantly attended location. 3. Locking valves open. 4. Scaling of valves and approi edweekly recorded inspec- tion where valves are located within fenced enclosures under the control of the owner. IF] 913.4.1 Test outlet valve supervision. Fire pump test outlet valves shall be supervised in the closed position. [F]913.5 Acceptance test.Acceptance testing shall be done in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 20. SECTION 914 EMERGENCY RESPONDER SAFETY FEATURES [F] 914.1 Shaftway markings.Vertical shafts shall be identi- fied as required by Sections 914.1.1 and 914.1.2. [F] 914.1.1 Exterior access to shaftways. Outside open- ings accessible to the fire department and that open directly on a hoistway or shaftway communicating between two or more floors in a building shall be plainly marked with the word "SHAFTWAY" in red letters at least 6 inches (152 mm) high on a white background.Such warning signs shall be placed so as to be readily discernible from the outside of the building. [F]914.1.2 Interior access to shaftways.Door or window openings to a hoistway or shaftway from the interior of the building shall be plainly marked with the word "SHAFTWAY"in red letters at least 6 inches(152 mm)high on a white background.Such warning signs shall be placed so as to be readily discernible. Exception: Markings shall not be required on shaftway openings that are readily discernible as openings onto a shaftway by the construction or arrangement, [F] 914.2 Equipment room identification. Fire protection equipment shall be identified in an apprnved manner. Rooms containing controls for air-conditioning systems,sprinkler ris- ers and valves or other fire detection, suppression or control elements shall be identified for the use of the fire department. Approvedsigns required to identify fire protection equipment and equipment location shall be constructed of durable materi- als,permanently installed and readily visible. SECTION 915 EMERGENCY RESPONDER RADIO COVERAGE [F]915.1 General.Emergency responder radio coverage shall be provided in all new buildings in accordance with Section 510 of the International Fire Cade. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 215 CHAPTER 10 MEANS OF EGRESS SECTION 1001 DOOR,BALANCED.A door equipped with double-pivoted ADMINISTRATION hardware so designed as to cause a semicounter balanced swing action when opening. 1001.1 General. Buildings or portions thereof shall be pro- vided with a m m EGRESS COURT.A court oryardwhich provides access to a meads ofegresssyste as required by this chapter. public SS far one or more exits. The provisions of this chapter shall control the design, con struction and arrangement of means of egress components EMERGENCY ESCAPE AND RESCUE OPENING. An required to provide an approved means of egress From strut- operable window,door or other similar device that provides for tures and portions thereof. a means of escape and access For rescue in the event of an emer- 1001.2 Minimum requirements.It shall be unlawful to alter a gency. building or structure in a manner that will reduce the number of EXIT.That portion of a means ofegr ess system which is sepa- exits or the capacity of the means ofegress to less than required rated from other interior spaces of a building or structure by by this code. fire-resistance-rated construction and opening protectives as required to provide a protected path of egress travel between in accordance Maintenance.Means nal Fire Code.6e maintained the exitaccess and the exit discharge.Exits include exterior exit in accordance with the International Fire Code. doors at the level of exit discharge,vertical exit enclosures,exit passageways, exterior exit stairways, exterior exit ramps and SECTION 1002 horizontal exits DEFINITIONS EXIT ACCESS.That portion of a means ofegresssystem that 1002.1 Definitions.The Following wards and terms shall,For leads From any occupied portion of a building or structure to an exit. the purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this code, have the meanings shown herein. EXIT ACCESS DOORWAY.A door or access point along the path of egress travel from an occupied room, area or space ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS. A continuous and where the path of egress enters an intervening room,corridor, unobstructed way of egress travel from any accessible point in unenclosed exit access stair or unenclosed exit access ramp. a building or facility to a public way. EXIT DISCHARGE.That portion of a means of egress sys- IAISLE.An unenclosed exit access component that defines and tem between the termination of an exit and a public way. provides a path of egress travel. EXIT DISCHARGE, LEVEL OF.The story at the point at AISLE ACCESSWAY. That portion of an exit access that which an exit terminates and an exit discharge begins. leads to an aisle. EXIT ENCLOSURE. An exit component that is separated ALTERNATING TREAD DEVICE. A device that has a from other interior spaces of a building or structure by series of steps between 50 and 70 degrees (0.87 and 1.22 rad) fire-resistance-rated construction and opening protectives,and from horizontal,usually attached to a center support rail in an provides for a protected path of egress travel in a vertical or hor- alternating manner so that the user does not have both feet on izontal direction to the exit discharge or the public way. the same level at the same time. EXIT, HORIZONTAL. A path of egress travel From one AREA OF REFUGE. An area where persons unable to use building to an area in another building on approximately the stairwayscan remain temporarily to await instructions or assis- same level,or a path of egress travel through or around a wall or tance during emergency evacuation. partition to an area on approximately the same level in the same BLEACHERS.Tiered seating supported on a dedicated struc- building, which affords safety from fire and smoke from the tural system and two or more rows high and is not a building area of incidence and areas communicating therewith. element (see "Grandstands"). EXIT PASSAGEWAY.An exit component that is separated COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL.That portion of From other interior spaces of a building or structure by exit access which the occupants are required to traverse before fire-resistance-rated construction and opening protectives,and two separate and distinct paths of egress travel to two exits are provides for a protected path of egress travel in a horizontal available.Paths that merge are common paths of travel.Com- direction to the exit discharge or the public tvay. mon paths of egress travel shall be included within the permit- FIRE EXIT HARDWARE.Panic hardware that is listed for ted travel distance. use on lire door assemblies. CORRIDOR.An enclosed exit access component that defines FLIGHT.A continuous run of rectangular treads, winders or I and provides a path of egress travel to an exit, combination thereof from one landing to another, 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 217 MEANS OF EGRESS FLOOR AREA,GROSS.The floor area within the inside per- SCISSOR STAIR.Two interlocking stairii ays providing two imeter of the exterior walls of the building under consideration, separate paths of egress located within one stairwell enclosure. exclusive of vent shafts and courts,without deduction for corri- SELF-LUMINOUS. Illuminated by a self-contained power dors, stairways, closets, the thickness of interior walls, col- source, other than batteries, and operated independently of I umns or other features.The floor area of a building,or portion external power sources. thereof,not provided with surrounding exterior Malls shall be the usable area under the horizontal projection of the roof or SMOKE-PROTECTED ASSEMBLY SEATING. Seating floor above.The gross floor area shall not include shafts with served by rrreans ofegressthat is not subject to smoke accumu- no openings or interior courts. lation within or under a structure. FLOOR AREA,NET.The actual occupied area not including STAIR.A change in elevation, consisting of one or more ris- unoccupied accessory areas such as corridors,stairways,toilet ers. rooms,mechanical rooms and closets. STAIRWAY. One or more flights of stairs, either exterior or FOLDING AND TELESCOPIC SEATING.Tiered seating interior,with the necessary landings and platforms connecting having an overall shape and size that is capable of being them,to form a continuous and uninterrupted passage from one reduced for purposes of moving or storing and is not a building level to another, element. STAIRWAY,EXTERIOR.A stairway that is open on at least GRANDSTAND. Tiered seating supported on a dedicated one side,except for required structural columns,beams,hand- structural system and two or more rows high and is not a build- rails and guards. The adjoining open areas shall be either ing element (see"Bleachers"). }ards, courts or public ways. The other sides of the exterior GUARD.A building component or a system of building com- stairway need not be open. ponents located at or near the open sides of elevated walking STAIRWAY,INTERIOR.A stairivaynot meeting the defini- surfaces that minimizes the possibility of a fall from the walk- ti on of an exterior stairway. ing surface to a lower level. STAIRWAY, SPIRAL. A stainvay having a closed circular HANDRAIL.A horizontal or sloping rail intended for grasp- form in its plan view with uniform section-shaped treads ing by the hand for guidance or support. attached to and radiating from a minimum-diameter supporting MEANS OF EGRESS.A continuous and unobstructed path column. of vertical and horizontal egress travel from any occupied por- SUITE.A group of patient treatment rooms or patient sleeping tion of a building or structure to a public tvay. A means of rooms within Group 1-2 occupancies where staff are in atten- egress consists of three separate and distinct parts: the exit dance within the suite,for supervision of all patients within the access,the exit and the exit discharge. suite and the suite is in compliance with the requirements of MERCHANDISE PAD.A merchandise pad is an area for dis- Sections 1014.2.2 through 1014.2.7. play of merchandise surrounded by aisles,permanent fixtures WINDER.A[read with nonparallel edges. or walls.Merchandise pads contain elements such as nonfixed and moveable fixtures,cases,racks,counters and partitions as indicated in Section 105.2 from which customers browse or SECTION 1003 shop. GENERAL MEANS OF EGRESS NOSING.The leading edge of treads of stairs and of landings 1003.1 Applicability. The general requirements specified in at the top of stairway flights, Sections 1003 through 1013 shall apply to all three elements of OCCUPANT LOAD. The number of persons for which the the means of egress system, in addition to those specific means of egress of a building or portion thereof is designed. requirements for the exit access,the exit and the exit discharge PANIC HARDWARE.A door-latching assembly incorporat- detailed elsewhere in this chapter. ing a device that releases the latch upon the application of a 1003.2 Ceiling height.The meansofegressshall have a ceiling force in the direction of egress travel. height of not less than 7 feet 6 inches (2286 mm). IPHOTOLUMINESCENT. Having the property of emitting Exceptions: light that continues for a length of time after excitation by visi- 1, Sloped ceilings in accordance with Section 1208.2. ble or invisible light has been removed. 2. Ceilings of dwelling units and sleeping units within PUBLIC WAY.A street,alley or other parcel of land open to residential occupancies in accordance with Section the outside air leading to a street, that has been deeded, dedi- 1208.2. cated or otherwise permanently appropriated to the public for public use and which has a clear width and height of not less 3. Allowable projections in accordance with Section than 10 feet (3048 mm). 1003.3. RAMP.A walking surface that has a running slope steeper than 4. Stair headroom in accordance with Section 1009.2. one unit vertical in 20 units horizontal (5-percent slope). 5. Door height in accordance with Section 1008.1.1. 21B 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® MEANS OF EGRESS 6. Ramp headroom in accordance with Section equipped with either handrails or floor finish materials that 1010.5.2. contrast with adjacent floor finish materials. 7. The clear height of floor levels in vehicular and Exceptions: pedestrian traffic areas in parking garages in accor- 1. A single step with a maximum riser height of 7 inches dance with Section 406.2.2. (178 mm)is permitted for buildings with occupancies 8. Areas above and below mezzanine floors in accor- in Groups F,H.R-2,R-3,S and U at exterior doors not dance with Section 505.1. required to be accessible by Chapter 11. 1003.3 Protruding objects. Protruding objects shall comply 2. A stairwith a single riser or with two risers and a tread with the requirements of Sections 1003.3.1 through 1003.3.4. is permitted at locations not required to be accessible 1003.3.1 Headroom. Protruding objects are permitted to by Chapter 11, provided that the risers and treads extend below the minimum ceiling height required by Sec- comply with Section 1009.4, the minimum depth of tion 1003.2 provided a minimum headroom of 80 inches the tread is 13 inches(330 mm)and at least one hand- (2032 mm) shall be provided for any walking surface, rall complying with Section 1012 is provided within including walks, corridors, aisles and passageways. Not 30 inches (762 mm) of the centerline of the normal more than 50 percent of the ceiling area of a means ofegress path of egress travel on the stair: shall be reduced in height by protruding objects. 3. A step is permitted in aisles serving seating that has a Exception: Door closers and stops shall not reduce difference in elevation less than 12 inches (305 mm) headroom to less than 78 inches (1981 mm). at locations not required to be accessible by Chapter 11, provided that the risers and treads comply with A barrier shall be provided where the vertical clearance is Section 1028.11 and the alsleis provided with a hand- less than 80 inches (2032 mm) high. The leading edge of rail complying with Section 1028.13. such a barrier shall be located 27 inches (686 min) maxi- mum above the floor. Throughout a story in a Group I-2 occupancy,any change in elevation in portions of the exit access that serve 1003.32 Post-mounted objects. A free-standing object nonambulatory persons shall be by means of a ramp or sloped mounted on a post or pylon shall not overhang that post or walkway. pylon more than 4 inches(102 min)where the lowest point of the leading edge is more than 27 inches (686 mm) and 1003.6 Means of egress continuity.The path of egress travel less than 80 inches (2032 mm) above the walking surface, along a meads ofegressshall not be interrupted by any building Where a sign or other obstruction is mounted between posts element other than a means ofegrpss component as specified in or pylons and the clear distance between the posts or pylons this chapter. Obstructions shall not be placed in the required is greater than 12 inches(305 mm),the lowest edge of such width of a means of egress except projections permitted by this sign or obstruction shall be 27 inches (686 mm) maximum chapter. The required capacity of a means of egress system or 80 inches (2032 mm) minimum above the finished floor shall not be diminished along the path of egress travel. or ground. 1003.7 Elevators, escalators and moving walks. Elevators, Exception:These requirements shall not apply to slop- escalators and moving walks shall not be used as a component of I ing portions of handrails between the top and bottom a required means ofegress from any other part of the building. riser of stairs and above the ramp run, Exception:Elevators used as an accessible means ofegress 1003.3.3 Horizontal projections.Structural elements,fix- in accordance with Section 1007.4. tures or furnishings shall not project horizontally from either side more than 4 inches (102 mm) over any walking surface between the heights of 27 inches (686 mm) and 80 SECTION 1004 inches (2032 min) above the walking surface. OCCUPANT LOAD Exception: Handrails are permitted to protrude 4112 1004.1 Design occupant load.In determining means ofegress inches (114 mm) from the wall. requirements, the number of occupants for whom means of 1003.3.4 Clear width.Protruding objects shall not reduce egress facilities shall be provided shall be determined in accor- dance with this section.Where occupants from accessory areas the minimum clear width of accessible routes. egress through a primary space,the calculated occupant load 1003.4 Floor surface.Walking surfaces of the means ofegress for the primary space shall include the total occupant load of shall have a slip-resistant surface and be securely attached. the primary space plus the number of occupants egressing 1003.5 Elevation change.Where changes in elevation of less through it from the accessory area. than 12 inches (305 mm) exist in the means ofegress,sloped 1004.1.1 Areas without fixed seating. The number of surfaces shall be used.Where the slope is greater than one unit occupants shall be computed at the rate of one occupant per vertical in 20 units horizontal (5-percent slope), ramps com- unit of area as prescribed in Table 1004.1.1.For areas with- plying with Section 1010 shall be used.Where the difference in out fixed seating, the occupant load shall not be less than elevation is 6 inches (152 mm) or less, the ramp shall be that number determined by dividing the floor area under 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 219 MEANS OF EGRESS consideration by the occupant per unit of area factor TABLE 1004.1.1 assigned to the occupancy as set Forth in Table 1004.1,1. MAXIMUM FLOOR AREA ALLOWANCES PER OCCUPANT Where an intended use is not listed in Table 1004.1.1, the FLOOR AREA IN SR. building official shall establish a use based on a listed use --FUNCTION OF SPACE _ FT.PER OCCUPANT that most nearly resembles the intended use. Accessory storage areas,mechanical 300 gross equipment room Exception:Where approved by the building official,the i actual number of occupants for whom each occupied Agricultural building 300 gross space. floor or building is designed, although less than Aircraft hangars_ 5_00 gross those determined by calculation,shall be permitted to be Airport terminal used in the determination of the design occupant load. Baggage claim 20 gross 1004.2 Increased occupant load.The occupant load permitted Baggage handling 300 gross in any building,or portion thereof,is permitted to be increased Concourse 100 gross from that number established for the occupancies in Table baiting areas 15 gross 1004.1.1, provided that all other requirements of the code are Assembly also met based on such modified number and the occupaul load ('laming floors(keno,slots, etc.) 11 gross does not exceed one occupant per 7 square feet (0.65 In') of Assembly with fixed seats See Section 1004._7 occupiable floor space.Where required by the building official, Assembly without fixed seats an approved aisle,seating or fixed equipment diagram substanti- Concentrated(chairs only—not fixed) 7 net ating any increase in occupant load shall be submitted, Where Standing space 5 net required by the building official,such diagram shall be posted. Unconcentrated(tables and chairs) T - 15 net 1004.3 Posting of occupant load.Every room or space that is Bowling centers,allow 5 persons for each an assembly occupancy shall have the occupant load of the lane including 15 feet of runway,and for room or space posted in a conspicuous place,near the main exit additional areas 7 net or exit access doorway from the room or space. Posted signs Business areas 100 shall be of an approved legible permanent design and shall be Courtrooms--other than fixed seating areas 40 net maintained by the owner or authorized agent. - - care 35 net 1004.4 Exiting from multiple levels.Where exits serve more Day than one floor,only the occupant load of each floor considered Dormitories _ 50 gross individually shall be used in computing the required capacity Educational of the exits at that floor,provided that the exitcapacity shall not Classroom area 20 net decrease in the direction of egress travel. Shops and other vocational room areas_ 50 net 1004.5 Egress convergence. Where means of egress from Exercise rooms _ 50 gross floors above and below converge at an intermediate level,the H-5 Fabrication and manufacturing areas 20_0 gross_ capacity of the means of egress from the point of convergence Industrial areas 100 gross shall not be less than the sum of the two floors. 'Institutional areas 1004.6 Mezzanine levels.The occupant load of a mezzanine Inpatient treatment areas 240 gross level with egress onto a room or area below shall be added to Outpatient areas 100 gross that room or area's occupant load,and the capacity of the exits _Slug areas _ 120 gross_ shall be designed for the total occupant loadthus established. Kitchens,commercial 200 gross 1004.7 Fixed seating.For areas having fixed seats and aisles. Library the occupant loadshall be determined by the number of fixed Reading rooms 50 net seats installed therein. The occupant load for areas in which _Stack area— _ _ _ 100 gross fixed seating is not installed,such as waiting spaces and wheel- locker rooms 50 gross chair spaces,shall be determined in accordance with Section - -� 1004.1.1 and added to the number of fixed seats. Mercantile Areas on other floors 60 gross ! For areas having fixed seating without dividing arms, the Basement and grade floor areas 30 gross occupant load shall not be less than the number of seats based _ Storage,stock,shipping areas _ 300 gross on one person For each 18 inches(457 mm)of seating length. Parking garages _200 gross - The occupant load of seating booths shall be based on one Residential _ 200 gross person for each 24 inches(610 mm)of booth seat length mea- 'Skating rinks,swimming pools sured at the backrest of the seating booth. 1 Rink and pool 50 gross 1004.8 Outdoor areas.Yards,patios,courts and similar out- Decks 15 gross door areas accessible to and usable by the building occupants Stages and platforms _ _ 15 net shall be provided with means ofegressas required by this chap- Warehouses 500 gross ter.The occupant load of such outdoor areas shall be assigned by the building olpcial in accordance with the anticipated use. For Sl: t square foot=0.0929 mz. 220 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* MEANS OF EGRESS Where outdoor areas are to be used by persons in addition to the SECTION 1006 occupants of the building.and the path of egress travel from the MEANS OF EGRESS ILLUMINATION outdoor areas passes through the building, means of egress 1006.1 Illumination required.The means ofegress,including requirements for the building shall be based on the sum of the the exit discharge,shall be illuminated at all times the building occupant loads of the building plus the outdoor areas. space served by the means of egress is occupied. Exceptions: Exceptions: 1. Outdoor areas used exclusively for service of the 1. Occupancies in Group U. building need only have one means of egress. 2. Aisle accessways in Group A. 2. Both outdoor areas associated with Group R-3 and individual dwelling units of Group R-2. 3. Dwelling units and sleeping units in Groups R-1.R-2 and R-3. 1004.9 Multiple occupancies.Where a building contains two 4. Sleeping units of Group I occupancies. or more occupancies, the means of egress requirements shall apply to each portion of the building based on the occupancy of 1006.2 Illumination level.The means of egress illumination that space.Where two or more occupancies utilize portions of Ievel shall not be less than 1 foot-candle(11 lux)at the walking the same means of egress system, those egress components surface. shall meet the more stringent requirements of all occupancies Exception:For auditoriums,theaters,concert or opera halls that are served. and similar assembly occupancies, the illumination at the walking surface is permitted to be reduced during perfor- mances to not less than 0.2 foot-candle(2.15 Iux),provided SECTION 1005 that the required illumination is automatically restored upon EGRESS WIDTH activation of a premises'lire alarm system where such sys- 1005.1 Minimum required egress width. The means of tem is provided, egress width shall not be less than required by this section.The 1006.3 Illumination emergency power.The power supply for total width of means ofegress in inches(mm)shall not be less means ofegressillumination shall normally be provided by the than the total occupant loadserved by the means ofegressmul- premises'electrical supply. tiplied by 0.3 inches (7.62 mm)per occupant for stairways and In the event of power supply failure,an emergency electrical by 0.2 inches(5.08 mm) per occupant for other egress compo- system shall automatically illuminate all of the following nents.The width shall not be less than specified elsewhere in this code.Multiple means ofegmssshall be sized such that the areas: loss of any one means of egress shall not reduce the available 1. Aisles and unenclosed egress stairways in rooms and capacity to less than 50 percent of the required capacity.The spaces that require two or more means of egress. maximum capacity required from any storyof a building shall 2. Corridors, exit enclosures and exit passageways in be maintained to the termination of the means ofegress. buildings required to have two or more exits. » Exception:Means ofegress complying with Section 1028. 3. Exterior egress components at other than their levels of 1005.2 Door encroachment. Doors, when fully opened, and exit discharge until exit discharge is accomplished for handrails shall not reduce the required means of egress width buildings required to have two or more exits. by more than 7 inches (178 min). Doors in any position shall 4. Interior exit discharge elements,as permitted in Section not reduce the required width by more than one-half. Other 1027.1,in buildings required to have two or more exits. nonstructural projections such as trim and similar decorative 5. Exterior landings as required by Section 1008.1.6 for exit features shall be permitted to project into the required width a discharge doorways in buildings required to have two or maximum of 11I2 inches (38 mm) on each side. more exits Exception:The restrictions on a door swing shall not apply The emergency power system shall provide power for a to doors within individual dwelling units and sleeping units duration of not less than 90 minutes and shall consist of storage of Group R-2 and dwelling units of Group R-3. batteries,unit equipment or an on-site generator.The installa- 1005.3 Door hardware encroachment. Surface-mounted tion of the emergency power system shall be in accordance latch release hardware shall be exempt from inclusion in the With Chapter 27. 7-inch (178 mm) maximum projection requirement of Section 1006.4 Performance of system.Emergency lighting facilities 1005.2 when: shall be arranged to provide initial illumination that is at least 1. The hardware is mounted to the side of the door Facing an average of 1 foot-candle (11 lux) and a minimum at any the corridor width when the door is in the open position; Point of 0.1 Foot-candle (1 lux) measured along the path of and egress at floor level. Illumination levels shall be permitted to decline to 0.6 foot-candle (6 lux) average and a minimum at 2. The hardware is mounted not less than 34 inches (865 any point of 0.06 foot-candle (0.6 lux) at the end of the emer- mm) or more than 48 inches (1220 mm) above the fin- gency lighting time duration. A maximum-to-minimum illu- ished floor. urination uniformity ratio of 40 to 1 shall not be exceeded. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 221 MEANS OF EGRESS SECTION 1007 2. In buildings equipped throughout with an auto- ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS matic sprinkler system installed in accordance 1007.1 Accessible means of egress required. Accessible with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2. the elevator means of egress shall comply with this section. Accessible shall not be required on floors provided with a spaces shall be provided with not less than one accessible ramp conforming to the provisions of Section means of egress. Where more than one means of egress are 1010. required by Section 1015.1 or 1021.1 from any accessible 1007.3 Stairways.In order to be considered part of an accessi- space,each accessible portion of the space shall be served by ble means of egress, an exit access stairway as permitted by not less than two accessible means of egress. Section 1016.1 or exit stairway shall have a clear width of 48 Exceptions: inches(1219 mm)minimum between handrails and shall either 1. Accessible means of egress are not required in alter- incorporate an area of refuge within an enlarged floor-level ations to existing buildings. landing or shall be accessed from either an area ofrefuge com- plying with Section 1007.6 or a horizontal exit. 2. One accessible means of egress is required from an accessible mezzanine level in accordance with Sec- Exceptions: lion 1007.3, 1007.4 or 1007.5. � 1. The area ofrefuge is not required at open exit access 3. In assembly areas with sloped or stepped aisles,one or exit stairways as permitted by Sections 1016.1 and accessible means of egress is permitted where the 1022.1 in buildings that are equipped throughout with common path of travel is accessible and meets the an automatic sprinklersysteminstalled in accordance requirements in Section 1028.8. with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2. 1007.2 Continuity and components. Each required accessi- 2. The clear width of 48 inches (1219 min) between ble means of egress shall be continuous to a public way and handrails is not required at exit access stairway as shall consist of one or more of the following components: permitted by Section 1016.1or exit stairways in build- 1, Accessible routes complying with Section 1104, ings equipped throughout with an automatic sprirr- I 2. Interior exit stairways complying with Sections 1007.3 kler system installed in accordance with Section and 1022. 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2. 3. Exterior exit stairways complying with Sections 1007.3 3. Areas ofrefuge are not required at exit stairways in and 1026. buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinklersystem installed in accordance with Section 4. Elevators complying with Section 1007.4. 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2. 5. Platform lifts complying with Section 1007.5. 4. The clear width of 48 inches (1219 mm) between 6. Horizontal exits complying with Section 1025. handrails is not required for exit stairways accessed 7. Ramps complying with Section 1010. from a horizontal exit. 8. Areas ofrefuge complying with Section 1007.6. 5. Areasofrefugeare not required at exit stairways serv- Exceptions: ing open parking garages- 1. Where the exit discharge is not accessible,an exterior 6. Areas ofrefuge are not required for smoke protected area for assisted rescue must be provided in accor- seating areas complying with Section 1028.6.2. dance with Section 1007.7. 7. The areas of refuge are not required in Group R-2 2. Where the exit stairway is open to the exterior, the occupancies. accessible means of egress shall include either an 1007.4 Elevators.In order to be considered part of an accessi- area ofrefuge in accordance with Section 1007.6 or ble means of egress, an elevator shall comply with the emer- an exterior area for assisted rescue in accordance with gency operation and signaling device requirements of Section Section 1007.7. 2.27 of ASME A17.1. Standby power shall be provided in 1007.2.1 Elevators required.In buildings where a required accordance with Chapter 27 and Section 3003. The elevator accessible floor is four or more stories above or below a shall be accessed from either an area ofrefuge complying with level of exit discharge, at least one required accessible Section 1007.6 or a horizontal exit. means ofegressshall be an elevator complying with Section I007.4. Exceptions: Exceptions: 1. Elevators are not required to be accessed from an area 1. In buildings equipped throughout with an auto- offefugeor horizontal exitinopenparkurggarages. matic sprinkler system installed in accordance 2. Elevators are not required to be accessed from an area with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2, the elevator ofrefuge or horizontal exit in buildings and facilities shall not be required on floors provided with a hor- equipped throughout with an automatic sprinklersys- izontal exit and located at or above the levels ofexit tern installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or discharge. 903.3.1.2. 222 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' MEANS OF EGRESS 3. Elevators not required to be located in a shaft in accor- requirements of Section 1007.6.1.Separation walls shall com- dance with Section 708.2 are not required to be ply with the requirements of Section 705 for exterior walls. accessed from an area ofrefuge or horizontal exit. Where walls or openings are between the area for assisted res- 4. Elevators are not required to be accessed from an area cue and the interior of the building,the building exterior walls ofrefuge or horizontal exit for smoke protected seat- Within 10 feet (3048 mm) horizontally of a nonrated wall or ing areas complying with Section 1028.6.2. unprotected opening shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 hour.Openings within such exterior walls shall be 1007.5 Platform lifts. Platform (wheelchair) lifts shall not protected by opening protectives having a fire protection rating serve as part of an accessible means of egress• except where of not less than 3/4 hour. This construction shall extend verti- allowed as part of a required accessible route in Section tally from the ground to a point 10 feet (3048 mm) above the 1109.7,Items 1 through 9.Standby power shall be provided in floor level of the area for assisted rescue or to the roof line, accordance with Chapter 27 for platform lifts permitted to whichever is lower. serve as part of a means of egress. 1007.7.1 Openness. The exterior area for assisted rescue 1007.5.1 Openness.Platform lifts on an accessible means shall be at least 50 percent open,and the open area above the ofegressshall not be installed in a fully enclosed hoistway. guards shall be so distributed as to minimize the accumula- 1007.6 Areas of refuge.Every required area ofrefuge shall be tion of smoke or toxic gases. accessible from the space it serves by an accessible means of 1007.7.2 Exterior exit stairway. Exterior exit stairways egress. The maximum travel distance from any accessible that are part of the means of egress for the exterior area for space to an area ofrefuge shall not exceed the travel distance assisted rescue shall provide a clear width of 48 inches permitted for the occupancy in accordance with Section (1219 mm) between handrails. 40 1016.1.Every required area of refuge shall have direct access 1007.8 Two-way communication. A two-way communica- to a stairwaywithin an exit enclosure complying with Sections tion system shall be provided at the elevator landing on each 1007.3 and 1022 or an elevator complying with Section accessible floor that is one or more stories above or below the 1007.4. Where an elevator lobby is used as an area ofrefuge. story of exit discharge complying with Sections 1007.8.1 and the shaft and lobby shall comply with Section 1022.9 for 1007.8.2. snokeproof enclosures except where the elevators are in an area ofrefuge formed by a horizontal exit or smoke barrier. Exceptions: Exceptions: 1. Two-way communication systems are not required at the elevator landing where the two-way communica- 1, A stairrvayserving an area c�/�relirgeis not required to lion system is provided within areas of refuge in be enclosed where permitted in Sections 1016.1 and 1022.1. accordance with Section 1007.6.3. 2. Two-way communication systems are not required on 2. snrokeproof enclosure is not required For an elevator floors provided with exit ramps conforming to the lobby used as an area ofrefuge not required to be provisions of Section 1010. enclosed. 1007.8.I System requirements.Two-way communication 1007.6.1 Size.Each area ofrefuge shall be sized to accom- systems shall provide communication between each modate one wheelchair space of 30 inches by 48 inches required location and the fire command center or a central (762 mm by1219 mm) for each 200 occupants or portion control point location approved by the fire department. thereof,based on the occupant loadof the area ofrefuge and Where the central control point is not constantly attended,a areas served by the area ofrefuge Such wheelchair spaces two-way communication system shall have a timed auto- shall not reduce the required means of egress width.Access matic telephone dial-out capability to a monitoring location to any of the required wheelchalrspaces in an area ofrefuge or 911.The two-way communication system shall include shall not be obstructed by more than one adjoining wheel- both audible and visible signals. chair space. 1007.8.2 Directions.Directions for the use of the two-way 1007.62 Separation.Each arna ofrefugeshall be separated communication system,instructions for summoning assis- from the remainder of the story by a smoke barriercomply- tance via the two-way communication system and written ing with Section 710 or a horizontal exit complying with identification of the location shall be posted adjacent to the Section 1025.Each area ofrefugeshall be designed to mini- two-way communication system. mize the intrusion of smoke. 1007.9 Signage.Signage indicating special accessibility pro- fException:Areas ofrefuge located within an exit enclo- visions shall be provided as shown: sure 1. Each door providing access to an area ofrefuge from an I 1007.6.3 Two-way communication. Areas of refuge shall adjacent floor area shall be identified by a sign stating: be provided with a two-way communication system com- AREA OF REFUGE. plying with Sections 1007.8.1 and 1007.8.2. 2. Each door providing access to an exterior area for 1007.7 Exterior area for assisted rescue.The exterior area for assisted rescue shall be identified by a sign stating: assisted rescue must be open to the outside air and meet the EXTERIOR AREA FOR ASSISTED RESCUE. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 223 MEANS OF EGRESS Signage shall comply with the ICC At 17.1 requirements for 48 inches (1219 mm) nominal.Means of egress doors in a visual characters and include the International Symbol of Group I-2 occupancy used for the movement of beds shall Accessibility.Where exit sign illumination is required by Sec- provide a clearv.idth not less than 41112 inches(1054 mm). tion 1011.2,the signs shall be illuminated.Additionally,tactile The height of door openings shall not be less than 80 inches signage complying with ICC At 17.1 shall be located at each (2032 mm). door to an arra ofrefuge and exterior area for assisted rescue in accordance with Section 1011.3. Exceptions: 1007.10 Directional signage.Direction signage indicating the 1. The minimum and maximum width shall not apply location of the other rrreans ofegress and which are accessible to door openings that are not part of the required means of egress shall be provided at the following: means of egress in Group R-2 and R-3 occupan- cies. 1. At exits serving a required accessible space but not pro- viding an approved accessible rnearrs ofegress. 2. Door openings to resident sleeping units in Group I-3 occupancies shall have a clear width of not less 2. At elevator landings. than 28 inches (711 mm). 3. Within areas of refuge. 3. Door openings to storage closets less than 10 1007.11 Instructions.In arras ofrefugeand exterior areas for square feet(0.93 rn2)in area shall not be limited by assisted rescue,instructions on the use of the area under emer- the minimum width. gency conditions shall be posted.The instructions shall include 4. Width of door leaves in revolving doors that com- all of the following: ply with Section 1008.1.4.1 shall not be limited. 1. Persons able to use the exit stairway do so as soon as pos- 5. Door openings within a dwelling unit or sleeping sible,unless they are assisting others. unit shall not be less than 78 inches (1981 mm) in 2. Information on planned availability of assistance in the height. use of stairs or supervised operation of elevators and how 6, Exterior door openings in dwelling units and to summon such assistance. sleeping units, other than the required exit door, 3. Directions for use of the two-way communications sys- shall not be less than 76 inches (1930 mm) in tem where provided. height. 7. In other than Group R-1 occupancies, the mini- SECTION 1008 mum widths shall not apply to interior egress doors DOORS, GATES AND TURNSTILES within a dwelling unit or sleeping unit that is not required to be an Accessible unit, Type A unit or 1008.1 Doors. Means of egress doors shall meet the require- Type B unit. ments of this section.Doors serving a means of egress system shall meet the requirements of this section and Section 1020.2. 1008.1.1.1 Projections into clear width.There shall not Doors provided for egress purposes in numbers greater than be projections into the required clear width lower than 34 required by this code shall meet the requirements of this sec- inches (864 mm) above the floor or ground. Projections tion. into the clear opening width between 34 inches (864 Means of egress doors shall be readily distinguishable from mm)and 80 inches(2032 mm)above the floor or ground the adjacent constriction and finishes such that the doors are shall not exceed 4 inches (102 mm). easily recognizable as doors. Mirrors or similar reflecting Exception:Door closers and door stops shall be per- I materials shall not be used on means of egress doors.Means of rnitted to be 78 inches(1980 mm)minimum above the egress doors shall not be concealed by curtains,drapes,decora- floor. tions or similar materials. 1008.1.2 Door swing.Egress doors shall be of the pivoted I 1008.1.1 Size of doors.The minimum width of each door or side-hinged swinging type, opening shall be sufficient for the occupant load thereof and shall provide a clear width of 32 inches (813 mm). Clear Exceptions: openings of doorways with swinging doors shall be mea- 1. Private garages, office areas, factory and storage sured between the face of the door and the stop, with the areas w ith an occupant load of 10 or less. door open 90 degrees(1.57 rad).Where this section requires 2. Group I-3 occupancies used as a place of deten- a minimum clear width of 32 inches (813 mm) and a door opening includes two door leaves without a mullion, one lion. leaf shall provide a clear opening width of 32 inches (813 3. Critical or intensive care patient rooms within mm).The maximum width of a swinging door leaf shall be suites of health care facilities. 224 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE MEANS OF EGRESS 4. Doors within or serving a single dwelling unit in TABLE 1008.1.4.1 Groups R-2 and R-3. _ REVOLVING DOOR SPEEDS 5. In other than Group occupancies, revolving POWER-DRIVEN-TYPE MANUAL-TYPE p i p g INSIDE DIAMETER SPEED CONTROL SPEED CONTROL doors complying with Section 1008.1.4.1. (feet-inches) (rpm) (rpm) 6. In other than Group H occupancies, horizontal 6-6 11 12 sliding doors complying with Section 1008.1.4.3 7_D 10 11 ' are permitted in a means of egress. - ?- -- -- ­ 7. Power-operated doors in accordance with Section 7-.6�_ 9 11 1008.1.4.2. 8-0 _ 9 _ 10 -� 8. Doors serving a bathroom within an individual 8-6�� _8 sleeping unit in Group R-1. 9.00 8 9 1 9. In other than Group H occupancies, manually operated horizontal sliding doors are permitted in a 9 6 7 f-„ 8 -- -� means of egress from spaces with an occupant L -___10-0� 7 8 load of 10 or less. For SI: 1 Inch=25.4 mm,1 foot 304,8 mm. Doors shall swing in the direction of egress travel where 1008.1.4.1.1 Egress component. A revolving door serving an occupant load of 50 or more persons or a Group used as a component of a means of egress shall com- H occupancy. ply with Section 1008.1.4.1 and the following three 1008.1.3 Door opening force. The force for pushing or conditions: pulling open interior swinging egress doors, other than fire I. Revolving doors shall not be given credit for doors,shall not exceed 5 pounds(22 N).For other swinging more than 50 percent of the required egress doors, as well as sliding and folding doors, the door latch capacity. shall release when subjected to a 15-pound (67 N) force. 2. Each revolving door shall be credited with no The door shall be set in motion when subjected to a more than a 50-person capacity. 30-pound (133 N)force.The door shall swing to a full-open position when subjected to a 15-pound (67 N) force. 3. Each revolving door shall be capable of being 1008.1.3.1 Location of applied forces. Forces shall be collapsed when a force of not more than 130 pounds (578 N) is applied within 3 inches (76 applied to the larch side of the door. mm) of the outer edge of a wing. 1008.1.4 Special doors.Special doors and security grilles 1008.1.4.1.2 Other than egress component. A shall comply with the requirements of Sections 1008,1.4.1 revolving door used as other than a component of a through 1008.1.4.5, means of egress shall comply with Section 1008.1.4.1 Revolving doors. Revolving doors shall 1008.1.4.1.The collapsing force of a revolving door comply with the Following: not used as a component of a means ofegressshall not I. Each revolving door shall be capable of collapsing be more than 180 pounds (801 N). into a bookfold position with parallel egress paths Exception: A collapsing force in excess of 180 providing an aggregate width of 36 inches (914 pounds(801 N)is permitted if the collapsing force min). is reduced to not more than 130 pounds (578 N) 2. A revolving door shall not be located within 10 when at least one of the following conditions is sat- feet (3048 mm) of the foot of or top of stars or isfied: escalators. A dispersal area shall be provided 1. There is a power failure or power is removed between the stairs or escalators and the revolving to the device holding the door wings in posi- doors. tion. 3. The revolutions per minute (rpm) for a revolving 2. There is an actuation of the automatirsprin- door shall not exceed those shown in Table Her system where such system is provided. 1008.1.4.1. 3. There is an actuation of a smoke detection 4. Each revolving door shall have a side-hinged system which is installed in accordance with swinging door which complies with Section Section 907 to provide coverage in areas 1008.1 in the same wall and within 10 feet (3048 within the building which are within 75 feet mm) of the revolving door. (22 860 mm) of the revolving doors. I 5. Revolving doors shall not be part of an accessible 4. There is an actuation of a manual control route required by Section 1007 and Chapter 11. switch, in an approved location and clearly 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 225 MEANS OF EGRESS defined,which reduces the holding force to installed in accordance with NFPA 80 and shall below the 130-pound (578 N) force level. comply with Section 715. 1008.1.4.2 Power-operated doors. Where means of 6. The door assembly shall have an integrated egress doors are operated by power,such as doors with a standby power supply, photoelectric-actuated mechanism to open the door upon 7. The door assembly power supply shall be electri- the approach of a person, or doors with power-assisted cally supervised. manual operation, the design shall be such that in the event of power failure, the door is capable of being 8. The door shall open to the minimum required opened manually to permit means of egress travel or width within seconds after activation of the closed where necessary to safeguard means of egress. operating device . The forces required to open these doors manually shall 1008.1.4.4 Access-controlled egress doors. The not exceed those specified in Section 1008.1.3, except entrance doors in a means of egress in buildings with an that the force to set the door in motion shall not exceed 50 occupancy in Group A, B, E, 1-2, M, R-1 or R-2 and pounds (220 N).The door shall be capable of swinging entrance doors to tenant spaces in occupancies in Groups from any position to the full width of the opening in A,B,E,1-2,M,R-1 and R-2 are pennitted to be equipped which such door is installed when a force is applied to the with an approved entrance and egress access control sys- door on the side from which egress is made. tem which shall be installed in accordance with all of the Full-power-operated doors shall comply with BHMA following criteria: A156.10. Power-assisted and low-energy doors shall 1. A sensor shall be provided on the egress side comply with BHMA A156.19. arranged to detect an occupant approaching the Exceptions: doors.The doors shall be arranged to unlock by a 1. Occupancies in Group I-3. signal from or loss of power to the sensor. 2. Loss of power to that part of the access control sys- 2. Horizontal sliding doors complying with Sec- tem which locks the doors shall automatically tion 1008.1.43. unlock the doors. 3. For a biparting door in the emergency breakout 3. The doors shall be arranged to unlock from a man- mode,a door leaf located within a multiple-leaf ual unlocking device located 40 inches to 48 opening shall be exempt from the minimum inches(1016 mm to 1219 mm)vertically above the 32-inch (813 mm) single-leaf requirement of floor and within 5 feet (1524 mm) of the secured Section 1008.1.1,provided a minimum 32-inch doors.Ready access shall be provided to the man- (813 mm) clear opening is provided when the ual unlocking device and the device shall be two biparting leaves meeting in the center are clearly identified by a sign that reads "PUSH TO broken out. EXIT." When operated, the manual unlocking 1008.1.4.3 Horizontal sliding doors. In other than device shall result in direct interruption of power Group H occupancies,horizontal sliding doors permitted to the lock—independent of the access control sys- to be a component of a means of egress in accordance tem electronics---and the doors shall remain with Exception 6 to Section 1008.1,2 shall comply with unlocked for a minimum of 30 seconds. all of the following criteria: 4. Activation of the building fire alarm system, if 1. The doors shall be power operated and shall be provided, shall automatically unlock the doors, capable of being operated manually in the event of and the doors shall remain unlocked until the fire power failure. alarm system has been reset. 2. The doors shall be openable by a simple method 5. Activation of the building automatic sprinkler or from both sides without special knowledge or fire detection system. if provided, shall automati- cally unlock the doors. The doors shall remain effort. unlocked until the fire alarm system has been reset. 3. The force required to operate the door shall not 6. Entrance doors in buildings with an occupancy in exceed 30 pounds(133 N)to set the door in motion Group A, B.E or M shall not be secured from the and 15 pounds(67 N)to close the door or open it to egress side during periods that the building is open the minimum required width. to the general public. 4. The door shall be openable with a force not to 1008.1.4.5 Security grilles. In Groups B, F, M and S, exceed 15 pounds (67 N) when a force of 250 horizontal sliding or vertical security grilles are pen-nit- pounds (1 100 N) is applied perpendicular to the ted at the main exit and shall be openable from the inside door adjacent to the operating device. without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort 5. The door assembly shall comply with the applica- during periods that the space is occupied. The grilles ble preprotectionr-atingand,where rated,shall be shall remain secured in the full-open position during the self-closing or automatic closing by smoke detec- period of occupancy by the general public.Where two or tion in accordance with Section 7I5.4.8.3,shall be more means of egress are required, not more than 226 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODED MEANS OF EGRESS one-half of the exits or exit access doorways shall be R-3;the door is an exterior door that is not a component equipped with horizontal sliding or vertical security of the required means of egress; the door,other[ban an grilles. exterior storm or screen door, does not swing over the 1008.1.5 Floor elevation.There shall be a floor or landing landing or step;and the doorway is not on an accessible on each side of a door.Such floor or landing shall be at the mute as required by Chapter 11 and is not part of an same elevation on each side of the door, Landings shall be Accessible unit, Type A unlit or Type B unit. level except for exterior landings, which are permitted to 1008.1.8 Door arrangement.Space between two doors in a have a slope not to exceed 0.25 unit vertical in 12 units hori- series shall be 48 inches (1219 mm) minimum plus the zontal (2-percent slope). width of a door swinging into the space. Doors in a series Exceptions: shall swing either in the same direction or away from the space between the doors. 1. Doors serving individual dwelling units in Groups Exceptions: R-2 and R-3 where the following apply: 1.1. A door is permitted to open at the top step 1. The minimum distance between horizontal sliding of an interior lliglit of stairs, provided the power-operated doors in a series shall be 48 inches door does not swing over the top step. (1219 mm). 1.2. Screen doors and storm doors are permit- 2• Storm and screen doors serving individual dwell- ted to swing over stairs or landings. ing units in Groups R-2 and R-3 need not be spaced 48 inches (1219 mm) from the other door. 2. Exterior doors as provided for in Section 1003.5, 3. Doors within individual dwelling units in Groups Exception 1,and Section 1020.2,which are not on R-2 and R-3 other than within Type A dwelling an accessible route. units. 3. In Group R-3 occupancies not required to be Accessible units, Type A units or Type B units,the 1008.1.9 Door operations.Except as specifically permitted landing at an exterior doorway shall not be more by this section egress doors shall be readily openable from than TV, inches (197 mm) below the top of the the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge threshold,provided the door,other than an exterior or effort. storm or screen door,does not swing over the land- 1008.1.9.1 Hardware. Door handles, pulls, latches, ing. locks and other operating devices on doors required to be 4. Variations in elevation due to differences in finish accessible by Chapter l 1 shall not require tight grasping, materials,but not more than 112 inch (12.7 mm). tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. 5. Exterior decks,patios or balconies that are part of 1008.1.92 Hardware height. Door handles, pulls, Type B dwelling units, have impervious surfaces latches, locks and other operating devices shall be and that are not more than 4 inches (102 mm) installed 34 inches (864 mm) minimum and 48 inches below the finished floor level of the adjacent inte- (1219 mm) maximum above the finished floor. Locks rior space of the dwelling unit. used only for security purposes and not used for normal 1008.1.6 Landings at doors. Landings shall have a width operation are permitted at any height. not less than the width of the stairway or the door,which- Exception:Access doors or gates in barrier walls and ever is greater. Doors in the fully open position shall not fences protecting pools,spas and hot tubs shal I be per- reduce a required dimension by more than 7 inches (178 mitted to have operable parts of the release of latch on mm). When a landing serves an occupant load of 50 or self-latching devices at 54 inches (1370 min) maxi- more,doors in any position shall not reduce the landing to mum above the finished floor orground,provided the less than one-half its required width.Landings shall have a self-latching devices are not also self locking devices length measured in the direction of travel of not less than 44 operated by means of a key,electronic opener or inte- inches (1118 mm). graI combination lock. Exception: Landing length in the direction of travel in 1008.1.9.3 Locks and latches. Locks and latches shall Groups R-3 and U and within individual units of Group be permitted to prevent operation of doors where any of R-2 need not exceed 36 inches(914 mm). the following exists: 1008.1.7 Thresholds. Thresholds at doorways shall not 1. Places of detention or restraint. exceed 314 inch(19.1 mm)in height for sliding doors serving 2. In buildings in occupancy Group A having an dwelling units or 1/2 inch(12.7 mm) for other doors.Raised occupant load of 300 or less,Groups B,K M and thresholds and floor level changes greater than 1/4 inch(6.4 S, and in places of religious worship, the main mm) at doorways shall be beveled with a slope not greater exterior door or doors are permitted to be equipped than one unit vertical in two units horizontal (50-percent with key-operated locking devices from the egress slope). side provided: Exception: The threshold height shall be limited to 7314 2.1. The locking device is readily distinguish- inches (197 mm) where the occupancy is Group R-2 or able as locked; 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 227 MEANS OF EGRESS 2.2. A readily visible durable sign is posted on and the inactive leaf contains no doorknobs, the egress side on or adjacent to the door panic bars or similar operating hardware. stating: THIS DOOR TO REMAIN 1008.1.9.5 Unlatching, The unlatching of any door or UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING IS leaf shall not require more than one operation. OCCUPIED.The sign shall be in letters 1 inch (25 mm) high on a contrasting back- Exceptions: ground; and 1. Places of detention or restraint. 2.3.The use of the key-operated locking device 2. Where manually operated bolt locks are pennit- is revokable by the building official For due led by Section 1008.1.9.4, cause. 3. Doors with automatic flush bolts as permitted 3. Where egress doors are used in pairs, approved by Section 1008.1.9.3, Exception 3. automatic flush bolts shall be permitted to be used, 4. Doors from individual dwelling units and provided that the door leaf having the automatic sleeping units of Group R occupancies as per- flush bolts has no doorknob or surface-mounted mitted by Section 1008.1.9.3, Exception 4, hardware. 4. Doors from individual dwelling or sleeping units 1008.1.9.5.1 Closet and bathroom doors in Group of Group R occupancies having an occupant load R-4 occupancies. In Group R-4 occupancies, closet of 10 or less are permitted to be equipped with a doors that latch in the closed position shall be night latch, dead bolt or security chain, provided openable from inside the closet,and bathroom doors such devices are openable from the inside without that latch in the closed position shall be capable of the use of a key or tool. being unlocked From the ingress side. 5. Fire doors after the minimum elevated tempera- 1008.1.9.8 Special locking arrangements in Group I ture has disabled the unlatching mechanism in I-2.Approved delayed egress locks shall be permitted in accordance with listed fire door test procedures. a Group I-2 occupancy where the clinical needs of per- sons receiving care require such locking.Delayed egress 1008.1.9.4 Bolt locks.Manually operated flush bolts or locks shall be permitted in such occupancies where the surface bolts are not permitted. building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinklersystemin accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or Exceptions: an approved automatic smoke or heat detection system 1. On doors not required for egress in individual installed in accordance with Section 907, provided that dwelling units or sleeping units, the doors unlock in accordance with Items 1 through 6 below.A building occupant shall not be required to pass 2. Where a pair of doors serves a storage or equip- through more than one door equipped with a delayed ment room, manually operated edge- or sur- egress lock before entering an exit. face-mounted bolts are permitted on the 1. The doors unlock upon actuation of the automatic inactive leaf. sprinkler system or automatic fire detection sys- 3. Where a pair of doors serves an occupant load tent, of less than 50 persons in a Group B. F or S 2. The doors unlock upon loss of power controlling occupancy, manually operated edge- or sur- the lock or lock mechanism. face-mounted bolts are permitted on the inac- tive leaf. The inactive leaf shall contain no 3. The door locks shall have the capability of being doorknobs, panic bars or similar operating unlocked by a signal from the Fire command cen- hardware. ter,a nursing station or other approved location. 4. Where a pair of doors serves a Group B,F or S 4. The procedures for the operation(s)of the unlock- occupancy, manually operated edge- or sur- ing system shall be described and approved as part face-mounted bolts are permitted on the inac- of the emergency planning and preparedness tive leaf provided such inactive leaf is not required by Chapter 4 of the International Fire needed to meet egress width requirements and Code. the building is equipped throughout with an 5. All clinical staff shall have the keys,codes or other automatic sprinkler system in accordance with means necessary to operate the locking devices. Section 903.3.1.1. The inactive leaf shall con tain no doorknobs,panic bars or similar operat 6. Emergency lighting shall be provided at the door. ing hardware. Exception:Items 1 through 3 shall not apply to doors 5. Where a pair of doors serves patient care rooms to areas where persons, because of clinical needs, in Group I-2 occupancies, self-latching edge- require restraint or containment as part of the function or surface-mounted bolts are permitted on the of a mental hospital. inactive leaf provided that the inactive leaf is 1008.1.9.7 Delayed egress locks. Approved listed, not needed to meet egress width requirements delayed egress locks shall be permitted to be installed on 228 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' MEANS OF EGRESS doors serving any occupancy except Group A, E and H F. I-2, 1-3, M and S within correctional and detention occupancies in buildings that are equipped throughout facilities, doors in means of egress serving rooms or with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with spaces occupied by persons whose movements are con- Section 903.3.1.1 or an approved automatic smoke or trolled for security reasons shall be permitted to be heat detection system installed in accordance with Sec- locked when equipped with egress control devices which tion 907, provided that the doors unlock in accordance shall unlock manually and by at least one of the follow- with Items 1 through 6 below.A building occupant shall ing means: not be required to pass through more than one door 1. Activation of an automatic sprinkler systern equipped with a delayed egress lock before entering an installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1; exit. 1, The doors unlock upon actuation of the automatic 2. Activation of an approved manual alarm box; or sprinkler systern or automatic fire detection sys- 3. A signal from a constantly attended location. tem. 1008.1.9.10 Stairway doors.Interiorstairwaymeans of 2. The doors unlock upon loss of power controlling egress doors shall be openable from both sides without the lock or lock mechanism. the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. 3. The door locks shall have the capability of being Exceptions: unlocked by a signal from the lire command cen- 1. Stairway discharge doors shall be openable ter. from the egress side and shall only be locked 4. The initiation of an irreversible process which will from the opposite side. release the latch in not more than 15 seconds when 2. This section shall not apply to doors arranged in a force of not more than 15 pounds (67 N) is accordance with Section 403.5.3. applied for 1 second to the release device. Initia- 3, In stairways serving not more than four stories, tion of the irreversible process shall activate an doors are permitted to be locked from the side audible signal in the vicinity of the door.Once the opposite the egress side, provided they are door lock has been released by the application of openable from the egress side and capable of force to the releasing device,relocking shall be by being unlocked simultaneously without manual means only. unlatching upon a signal from the fire com- Exception: Where approved, a delay of not mand center, if present, or a signal by emer- more than 30 seconds is permitted. gency personnel from a single location inside 5. A sign shall be provided on the door located above the main entrance to the building. and within 12 inches (305 mm) of the release 1008.1.10 Panic and fire exit hardware.Doors serving a device reading: PUSH UNTIL ALARM Group H occupancy and doors serving rooms or spaces with SOUNDS. DOOR CAN BE OPENED IN 15 [301 an occupant load of 50 or more in a Group A or E occupancy SECONDS. shall not be provided with a latch or lock unless it is panic 6. Emergency lighting shall be provided at the door. hardware or 17m exit hardware. 1008.1.9.8 Electromagnetically locked egress doors. Exception:A main exit of a Group A occupancy in com- Doors in the means of egress that are not otherwise pliance with Section 1008.1.9.3. Item 2. required to have panic hardware in buildings with an Electrical rooms with equipment rated 1,200 amperes or occupancy in Group A,13,E,M,R-1 or R-2 and doors to more and over 6 feet (1829 mm) wide that contain tenant spaces in Group A, B, E, M. R-1 or R-2 shall be overcurrent devices, switching devices or control devices permitted to be electromagnetically locked if equipped with exit or exit access doors shall be equipped with panic with listed hardware that incorporates a built-in switch hardware or fire exit hardware.The doors shall swing in the and meet the requirements below: direction of egress travel. 1. The listed hardware that is affixed to the door leaf 1008.1.10.1 Installation.Where panic or lire exit hard- has an obvious method of operation that is readily ware is installed, it shall comply with the following: operated under all lighting conditions. 1. Panic hardware shall be listed in accordance with 2. The listed hardware is capable of being operated UL 305: with one hand. 2. Fire exit hardware shall be listed in accordance 3. Operation of the listed hardware releases to the with UL IOC and UL 305; electromagnetic lock and unlocks the door imme- 3. The actuating portion of the releasing device shall diately. extend at least one-half of the door leaf width:and 4. Loss of power to the listed hardware automatically 4. The maximum unlatching force shall not exceed unlocks the door. 15 pounds (67 N). 1008.1.9.9 Locking arrangements in correctional 1008.1.10.2 Balanced doors. If balanced doors are facilities.In occupancies in Groups A-2,A-3,A-4,B,E, used and panic hardware is required,the panic hardware 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 229 MEANS OF EGRESS shall be the push-pad type and the pad shall not extend be less than 44 inches (I118 nim). See Section 1007.3 for more than one-half the width of the door measured from accessible means of egmss stairways. the latch side. Exceptions: 1008.2 Gates.Gates serving the means of egress system shall l. Stairways serving an occupant load of less than 50 comply with the requirements of this section. Gates used as a shall have a width of not less than 36 inches (914 component in a means ofegnessshall conform to the applicable mm). requirements for doors. 2. Spiral stairways as provided For in Section 1009.9. Exception:Horizontal sliding or swinging gates exceeding the 4-foot (1219 mm) maximum leaf width limitation are 3. Aisle stairs complying with Section 1028. permitted in fences and walls surrounding a stadium. 4. Where an incline platform lift or stairway chair]ift is 1008.2.1 Stadiums.Panic hardware is not required on gates installed on stairways serving occupancies in Group surrounding stadiums where such gates are under constant R-3,or within dwelling units in occupancies in Group immediate supervision while the public is present, and R-2,a clearpassage width not less than 20 inches(508 where safe dispersal areas based on 3 square feet (0.28 ml) mm)shall be provided,if the seat and platform can be folded when not in use,the distance shall be measured per occupant are located between the Fence and enclosed From the Folded position. space. Such required safe dispersal areas shall not be located less than 50 feet (15 240 mm) from the enclosed 10092 Headroom. Stairways shall have a minimum head- space.See Section 1027.6 for means of egress from safe dis- room clearance of 80 inches (2032 mm) measured vertically persal areas. from a line connecting the edge of the nosings.Such headroom shall be continuous above the stairway to the point where the 1008.3 Turnstiles. Turnstiles or similar devices [hat restrict line intersects the landing below, one tread depth beyond the travel to one direction shall not be placed so as to obstruct any bottom riser.The minimum clearance shall be maintained the required means of egress. full width of the stairmayand landing. Exception:Each turnstile or similar device shall be credited Exceptions: with no more than a 50-person capacity where all of the fol- lowing provisions are met: 1. Spiral stairways complying with Section 1009.9 are I. Each device shall turn Free in the direction of egress permitted a 78-inch (1981 mm)headroom clearance. travel when primary power is lost,and upon the man- 2• In Group R-3 occupancies; within dwelling units in ual release by an employee in the area. Group R-2 occupancies;and in Group U occupancies that are accessory to a Group R-3 occupancy or acces- 2. Such devices are not given credit For more than 50 sory to individual dwelling units in Group R-2 occu- percent of the required egress capacity. panties: where the nosings of treads at the side of a 3. Each device is not more than 39 inches (991 mm) flight extend under the edge of a floor opening high. through which the slairpasses,the floor opening shall 4. Each device has at least 161/z inches 419 mm clear be allowed to project horizontally into the required width at and below a height of 39 inches (991 mm) headroom a maximum of 4314 inches (121 mm). and at least 22 inches(559 mm)clear width at heights 1009.3 Walkline.The walkline across tvinder treads shall be above 39 inches (991 mm), concentric to the direction of travel through the turn and Where located as part of an accessible route,turnstiles shall located 12 inches (305 mm) from the side where the winders have at least 36 inches(919 mm are narrower.The 12-inch (305 mm)dimension shall be mea- )clear at and below a height of sured from the widest point of the clear stairwidth at the walk- 34 inches {869 mm), at least 32 inches (813 mm} clear width ing surface of the winder If Hinders are adjacent within the between 34 inches (864 mm) and $0 inches {2032 mm} and flight,the point of the widest clear stair width of the adjacent shall consist of a mechanism other than a revolving device, winders shall be used. 1008.3.1 High turnstile. Turnstiles more than 39 inches 1009.4 Stair treads and risers. Stair treads and risers shall (991 mm) high shall meet the requirements for revolving comply with Sections 1009.4.1 through 1009.4.5. doors. 1009.4.1 Dimension reference surfaces. For the purpose 1008.3.2 Additional door.Where serving an occupant load of this section,all dimensions are exclusive of carpets,rugs greater than 300,each turnstile that is not portable shall have or runners. a side-hinged swinging door which conforms to Section 1008.1 within 50 Feet (15 240 mm). 1009.4.2 Riser height and tread depth.Srairriser heights shall be 7 inches {178 mm} maximum and 4 inches {102 mm} minimum. The riser height shall be measured verti- SECTION 1009 cally between the leading edges of adjacent treads.Rectan- STAIRWAYS gular tread depths shall be 11 inches (279 mm) minimum measured horizontally between the vertical planes of the 1009.1 Stairway width.The width of stainvaiys shall be deter- Foremost projection of adjacent treads and at a right angle to mined as specified in Section 1005.1,but such width shall not the tread's leading edge. Winder treads shall have a mini- 230 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' MEANS OF EGRESS inum tread depth of 11 inches (279 mm)measured between 2. Consistently shaped winders, complying with the vertical planes of the foremost projection of adjacent Section 1009.4.2. differing from rectangular treads at the intersections with the walkline and a minimum treads in the same stairwayAglu. tread depth of 10 inches(254 mm)within the clear width of the stair. Where the bottom or top riser adjoins a sloping public way,walkway or driveway having an established grade and Exceptions: serving as a landing, the bottom or top riser is permitted to 1. Alternating tread devices in accordance with Sec- be reduced along the slope to less than 4 inches(102 mm)in lion 1009.10. height,with the variation in height of the bottom or top riser � 2. Ship ladders in accordance with Section 1009.11. not to exceed one unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (8-per- cent slope)of stairwaywidth.The nosings or leading edges 3. Spiral stairways in accordance with Section of treads at such nonuniform height risers shall have a dis- 1009.9. tinctive marking stripe, different from any other nosing 4. Aisle stairs in assembly seating areas where the marking provided on the stairflight.The distinctive mark- stalrpitch or slope is set,for sightline reasons,by ing stripe shall be visible in descent of the stair and shall the slope of the adjacent seating area in accordance have a slip-resistant surface. Marking stripes shall have a with Section 1028.11.2. width of at least 1 inch(25 mm) but not more than 2 inches 5. In Group R-3 occupancies: within dwelling units (51 mm). in Group R-2 occupancies: and in Group U occu- 1009.4.5 Profile.The radius of curvature at the leading edge panties that are accessory to a Group R-3 occu- of the tread shall be not greater than 9/16 inch (14.3 min). pancy or accessory to individual dwelling units in Beveling of nosings shall not exceed 9116 inch (14.3 mm). Group R-2 occupancies;the maximum riser height Risers shall be solid and vertical or sloped under the tread shall be 7314 inches(197 mm):the minimum tread above from the underside of the nosingabove at an angle not depth shall be 10 inches (254 mm); the minimum more than 30 degrees(0.52 rad)from the vertical.The lead- winder tread depth at the walkline shall be 10 ing edge (nosings) of treads shall project not more than 1114 inches (254 mm): and the minimum winder tread inches (32 mm) beyond the tread below and all projections depth shall be 6 inches(152 mm).A nosingnot less of the leading edges shall be of uniform size,including the than 314 inch (19.1 mm) but not more than 1114 leading edge of the floor at the top of a flight. inches (32 mm) shall be provided on stairways with solid risers where the tread depth is less than Exceptions: 11 inches (279 mm). 1. Solid risers are not required for stairways that are 6. See Section 3404,1 for the replacement of existing not required to comply with Section 1007.3, pro- stairways. vided that the opening between treads does not 7. In Group 1-3 facilities,stairways providing access permit the passage of a sphere with a diameter of 4 to guard towers, observation stations and control inches (102 mm), rooms, not more than 250 square feet (23 m2) in 2. Solid risers are not required for occupancies in area,shall be permitted to have a maximum riser Group I-3 or in Group F, H and S occupancies height of 8 inches(203 mm)and a minimum tread other than areas accessible to the public.There are depth of 9 inches (229 mm). no restrictions on the size of the opening in the 1009.4.3 Winder treads. Winder treads are not permitted in riser. means ofegness stairways except within a dwelling unit. 3. Solid risers are not required for spiral stairways Exceptions: constructed in accordance with Section 1009.9. 1. Curved stairways in accordance with Section 4. Solid risers are not required for alternarrng tread 1009.8. devices constructed in accordance with Section 2. Spiral stairways in accordance with Section 1009.10. 1009.9. 1009.5 Stairway landings.There shall be a floor or landing at 1009.4.4 Dimensional uniformity. Stair treads and risers the top and bottom of each stainvay. The width of landings shall be of uniform size and shape.The tolerance between shall not be less than the width of stairways they serve.Every the largest and smallest riser height or between the largest landing shall have a minimum dimension measured in the and smallest tread depth shall not exceed 319 inch(9.5 mm)in direction of travel equal to the width of the stairway. Such any flight of stairs.The greatest winder,tread depth at the dimension need not exceed 48 inches (1219 mm) where the walkline within any flight of stairs shall not exceed the stairvayhas a straight run.Doors opening onto a landing shall smallest by more than 31,E inch (9.5 mm). not reduce the landing to less than one-half the required width. When fully open,the door shall not project more than 7 inches Exceptions: (178 mm)into a landing.When wheelchair'spacesare required 1. Nonuniform riser dimensions of aislestairs com- on the stairway landing in accordance with Section 1007.6.1, plying with Section 1028.11.2, the wheelchair space shall not be located in the required width 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 231 MEANS OF EGRESS of the landing and doors shall not swing over the N heelchair 1009.4 and the smallest radius shall not be less than twice the spaces. required width of the stairway. Exception: Aisle stairs complying with Section 1028. Exception:The radius restriction shall not apply to curved 1009.6 Stairway construction.All stair•rvaysshall be built of stairtwaysfor occupancies in Group R-3 and within individ- ual dwelling units in occupancies in Group R-2. materials consistent with the types permitted for the type of construction of the building, except that wood handrails shall 1009.9 Spiral stairways. Spiral stairways are permitted to be be permitted for all types of construction. used as a component in the means ofegress only within dwell- 1009.6.1 Stairway walking surface.The walking surface ing units or from a space not more than 250 square feet(23 ml) in area and serving not more than five occupants,or from gal- steeper treads and landings of a stairway shall not be sloped leries, catwalks and gridirons in accordance with Section steeper than one unit vertical in 48 units horizontal (2-per- 1015.6. cent slope) in any direction. Stairway treads and landings shall have a solid surface. Finish floor surfaces shall be A spiral stairwayshall have a 71IZ-inch(191 mm)minimum securely attached. clear tread depth at a point 12 inches(305 mm)from the narrow edge.The risers shall be sufficient to provide a headroom of 78 Exceptions: inches(1981 mm)minimum,but riser height shall not be more 1, Openings in stair walking surfaces shall be a size than 91IZ inches(241 mm).The minimum stairwayclear width that does not permit the passage of /Z-inch-diame- at and below the handrail shall be 26 inches (660 mm). ter(12.7 mm) sphere. Elongated opening shall be 1009.10 Alternating tread devices.Alternating tread devices placed so that the long dimension is perpendicular are limited to an element of a means of egress in buildings of to the direction of travel. Groups F,H and S from a mezzanine not more than 250 square 2. In Group F.H and S occupancies,other than areas feet (23 m2) in area and which serves not more than five occu- of parking structures accessible to the public, pants;in buildings of Group 1-3 from a guard lower,observa- openings in treads and landings shall not be pro- lion station or control room not more than 250 square feet(23 hibited provided a sphere with a diameter of V& in') in area and for access to unoccupied roofs. inches (29 mm) cannot pass through the opening. 1009.10.1 Handrails of alternating tread devices.Hand- 1009.6.2 Outdoor conditions.Outdoor stainvays and out- rails shall be provided on both sides of alternating tread door approaches to stairways shall be designed so that water devices and shall comply with Section 1012. will not accumulate on walking surfaces. 1009.10.2 Treads of alternating tread devices. Alternat- 1009.6.3 Enclosures under stairways.The walls and soffits ing tread devices shall have a minimum projected tread of 5 within enclosed usable spaces under enclosed and unen- inches(127 mm),a minimum tread depth of 8111 inches(216 closed stairways shall be protected by 1-hour fire-resis- mm), a minimum tread width of 7 inches (178 mm) and a tance-rated construction or the fire-resistance rating of the maximum riser height of 9'/2 inches (241 mm). The pro- stairway enclosure, whichever is greater. Access to the jetted tread depth shall be measured horizontally between enclosed space shall not be directly from within the stair the vertical planes of the foremost projections of adjacent enclosure. treads. The riser height shall be measured vertically between the leading edges of adjacent treads.The combina- Exception: Spaces under stairways serving and con- tion of riser height and projected tread depth provided shall wined within a single residential dwelling unit in Group resell in an alternating tread device angle that complies with R-2 or R-3 shall be permitted to be protected on the Section 1002.The initial tread of the device shall begin at enclosed side with 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) gypsum board. the same elevation as the platform,landing or floor surface. There shall be no enclosed usable space under exterior Exception:Alternatingtread devicesused as an element exit stairways unless the space is completely enclosed in of a means of egress in buildings from a mezzanine area 1-hour fire-resistance-rated construction. The open space not more than 250 square feet (23 m2) in area which under exteriorstairwaysshall not be used for any purpose. serves not more than five occupants shall have a mini- 1009.7 Vertical rise.A!light of stairs shall not have a vertical mum projected tread of 8112 inches(216 mm)with a mini- rise greater than 12 feet (3658 mm) between floor levels or mum tread depth of 10 1IL inches (267 mm).The rise to landings. the next alternating tread surface should not be more than Exceptions: 8 inches (203 mm), 1. Aisle stairs complying with Section 1028. 1009.11 Ship ladders.Ship ladders are permitted to be used in Group I-3 as a component of a means ofegressto and from con- I 2. Alternating tread devices used as a means of egress trol rooms or elevated facility observation stations not more shall not have a rise greater than 20 feet (6096 mm) than 250 square feet (23 mz) with not more than three occu- between floor levels or landings. pants and for access to unoccupied roofs. 1009.8 Curved stairways. Curved stairways with winder Ship ladders shall have a minimum tread depth of 5 inches treads shall have treads and risers in accordance with Section (127 mm).The tread shall be projected such that the total of the 232 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE` MEANS OF EGRESS tread depth plus the nosing projection is no less than 81li inches SECTION 1010 (216 mm).The maximum riser height shall be 91h inches(241 RAMPS mm). 1010.1 Scope. The provisions of this section shall apply to Handrails shall be provided on both sides of ship ladders. ramps used as a component of a means of egress. The minimum clear width at and below the handrails shall be Exceptions: 20 inches (508 mm). 1. Other than ramps that are part of the accessible routes 1009.12 Handrails. Stairways shall have handrails on each providing access in accordance with Sections 1108.2 side and shall comply with Section 1012. Where glass is used through 1108.2.4 and 1108.2.6,ramped aisles within to provide the handrail, the handrail shall also comply with assembly rooms or spaces shall conform with the pro- Section 2407. visions in Section 1028.11. Exceptions: 2. Curb ramps shall comply with ICC A117.1. 3. Vehicle ramps in parking garages for pedestrian exit I 1. Handrallsfor aislestairsare not required where permit- access shall not be required to comply with Sections ted by Section 1028.13. 1010.3 through 1010.9 when they are not an accessi- 2. Stairways within dwelling units, spiral stairways and ble route serving accessible parking spaces, other aisle stairsserving seating only on one side are permitted required accessible elements or part of an accessible to have a handrail on one side only. means of egress. 3. Decks,patios and walkways that have a single change in 1010.2 Slope. Ramps used as part of a means of egress shall elevation where the landing depth on each side of the have a running slope not steeper than one unit vertical in 12 change of elevation is greater than what is required for a units horizontal (8-percent slope). The slope of other pedes- trian ramps shall not be steeper than one unit vertical in eight landing do not require handrails. units horizontal (12.5-percent slope). 4. In Group R-3 occupancies,a change in elevation consist- Exception:Aisle ramp slope in occupancies of Group A or ing of a single riser at an entrance or egress door does not assembly occupancies accessory to Group E occupancies require handrails. shall comply with Section 1028.11. I 5. Changes in room elevations of three or fewer risers 1010.3 Cross slope.The slope measured perpendicular to the within dwelling units and sleeping units in Group R-2 direction of travel of a ramp shall not be steeper than one unit and R-3 do not require handrails. vertical in 48 units horizontal (2-percent slope). 1009.13 Stairway to roof. In buildings four or more stories 1010.4 Vertical. rise. The rise for any ramp run shall be 30 above grade plane. one stairway shall extend to the roof sur- inches (762 mm) maximum. face,unless the roof has a slope steeper than four units vertical 1010.5 Minimum dimensions.The minimum dimensions of in 12 units horizontal (33-percent slope).In buildings without means of egress ramps shall comply with Sections 1010.5.1 an occupied roof,access to the roof from the top story shall be through 1010.5.3. permitted to be by an alternating tread device 1010.5.1 Width.The minimum width of a means of egress 1009.13.1 Roof access.Where a stairway is provided to a ramp shall not be less than that required for corridors by roof, access to the roof shall be provided through a pent- Section 1018.2. The clear width of a ramp between hand- house complying with Section 1509.2, rails,if provided,or other permissible projections shall be Exception: In buildings without an occupied roof. 36 inches (914 mm) minimum. access to the roof shall be permitted to be a roof hatch or 1010.5.2 Headroom.The minimum headroom in all parts trap door not less than 16 square feet(1.5 ml)in area and of the means ofegress ramp shall not be less than 80 inches having a minimum dimension of 2 feet (610 mm). (2032 mm). 1010.5.3 Restrictions. Means of egress ramps shall not 1009.13.2 Protection at roof hatch openings.Where the reduce in width in the direction of egress[ravel.Projections roof hatch opening providing the required access is located into the required rarup and landing width are prohibited. within 10 feet(3049 mm)of the roof edge,such roof access Doors opening onto a landing shall not reduce the clear or roof edge shall be protected by guards installed in accor- width to less than 42 inches (1 067 mm). dance with the provisions of Section 1013. 1010.6 Landings.Rampsshall have landings at the bottom and 1009.14 Stairway to elevator equipment. Roofs and pent- top of each ramp,points of turning.entrance,exits and at doom houses containing elevator equipment that must be accessed Landings shall comply with Sections 1010.6.1 through for maintenance are required to be accessed by a stainvay. 1010.6.5. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 233 MEANS OF EGRESS 1010.6.1 Slope.Landings shall have a slope not steeper than 2. Edge protection is not required on the sides of ramp one unit vertical in 48 units horizontal (2-percent slope) in landings serving an adjoining ramp run or stairway. any direction. Changes in level are not permitted. 3. Edge protection is not required on the sides of ramp 1010.6.2 Width.The landing shall be at least as wide as the landings having a vertical drop off of not more than'12 widest ramp run adjoining the landing. inch (12.7 mm) within 10 inches (254 mm) horizon- I010.6.3 Length. The landing length shall be 60 inches tally of the required landing area. (1525 mm) minimum. 4. In assembly spaces with fixed seating, edge protec- tion is not required on the sides of ramps where the Exceptions: ramps provide access to the adjacent seating and aisle 1. In Group R-2 and R-3 individual dwelling and accessways. sleeping units that are not required to be Accessible 1010.9.1 Curb,rail,wall or barrier. A curb, rail, wall or units, Type A units or Type B units in accordance barrier shall be provided to serve as edge protection.A curb with Section 1107,landings are perm!tted to be 36 must be a minimum of 4 inches(102 mm)in height.Barriers inches (914 mm) minimum. must be constructed so that the barrier prevents the passage 2. Where the ramp is not a part of an accessible route, of a 4-inch-diameter(102 mm)sphere,where any portion of the length of the landing shall not be required to be the sphere is within 4 inches(102 mm)of the floor or ground more than 48 inches(1220 mm) in the direction of surface. travel. 1010.9.2 Extended floor or ground surface.The floor or 1010.6.4 Change in direction.Where changes in direction ground surface of the ramp run or landing shall extend 12 of travel occur at landings provided between ramp runs,the inches (305 mm) minimum beyond the inside face of a landing shall be 60 inches by 60 inches (1524 mm by 1524 handrail complying with Section 1012. mm) minimum. 1010.10 Guards. GuardsshaIl be provided where required by Exception:In Group R-2 and R-3 individual dwelling or Section 1013 and shall be constructed in accordance with Sec- sleeping units that are not required to be Accessible units, [ion 1013. Type A units or Type B units in accordance with Section 1107,landings are permitted to be 36 inches by 36 inches (914 mm by 914 mm) minimum. SECTION 9011 1010.6.5 Doorways.Where doorways are located adjacent EXIT SIGNS to a ramp landing,maneuvering clearances required by 1CC 10 11.1 Where required. Exits and exit access doors shall be Al 17.1 are permitted to overlap the required landing area. marked byan approved exitsign readily visible from any direc- 1010.7 Ramp construction.All rarnpsshall be built of rnateri- tion of egress travel. The path of egress travel to exits and als consistent with the types permitted for the type of construe- within exits shall be marked by readily visible exit signs to tion of the building, except that wood handralls shall be clearly indicate the direction of egress travel in cases where the permitted for all types of construction. Ramps used as an exit exit or the path of egress travel is not immediately visible to the shall conform to the applicable requirements of Sections occupants.Intervening means ofegressdoors within exitsshall 1022.1 through 1022.6 for exit enrlosur-es. be marked by exit signs.Exitsign placement shall be such that no point in an exit access corridor or exit passagen•a y is more 1010.7.1 Ramp surface.The surface of ramps shall be of than 100 feet(30 480 mm)or the listedviewing distance for the slip-resistant materials that are securely attached. sign,whichever is less,from the nearest visible exit sign. 1010.7.2 Outdoor conditions.Outdoor ramps and outdoor Exceptions: approaches to ramps shall be designed so that water will not accumulate on walking surfaces. 1, Exit signs are not required in rooms or areas that 1010.8 Handrails. Ramps with a rise greater than 6 inches require only one exit or exit access. (152 mm) shall have handrails on both sides. Handrails shall 2. Main exterior exit doors or gates that are obviously comply with Section 1012. and clearly identifiable as exits need not have exit I Exception: Handrails for ramped aisles are not required signs where approved by the building official. where permitted by Section 1028.13. 3. Exitsigns are not required in occupancies in Group U and individual sleeping units or dwelling units in 1010.9 Edge protection.Edge protection complying with Sec- Group R-1,R-2 or R-3. tion 1010.9.1 or 1010.9.2 shall be provided on each side of ramp runs and at each side of ramp landings. 9. Exit signs are not required in dayrooms, sleeping rooms or dormitories in occupancies in Group I-3. Exceptions: 5. In occupancies in Groups A-4 and A-5, exitsigns are 1. Edge protection is not required on ramps that are not not required on the seating side of vomitories or open- required to have handrails,provided they have flared ings into seating areas where exit signs are provided in sides [hat comply with the ICC A117.1 curb ramp the concourse that are readily apparent from the provisions. vomitories. Egress lighting is provided to identify 234 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® MEANS OF EGRESS each vomitory or opening within the seating area in an lion 1009.12 shall comply with Sections I012.2 through emergency. 1012.9.Handrails required far ramps by Section 1010.8 shall 1011.2 Illumination. Exit signs shall be internally or exter- comply with Sections 1012.2 through 1012.8. nally illuminated. 1012.2 Height. Handrail height, measured above stair tread Exception: Tactile signs required by Section 1011.3 need nosings,or finish surface of ramp slope,shall be uniform,not not be provided with illumination. less than 34 inches(864 mm)and not more than 38 inches(965 mm). Handrail height of alternating tread devices and ship 1011.3 Tactile exit signs.A tactile sign stating EXIT and com- ladders, measured above tread nosings,shall be uniform, not plying with 1CC A117.1 shall be provided adjacent to each less than 30 inches(762 mm)and not more than 34 inches(864 door to an area ofrrfuge,an exterior area for assisted rescue,an mm). exit stairway,an exit rarnp,an exit passagewayand the exit dis- charge. 1012.3 Handrail graspability. All required handrails shall comply with Section 1012.3.1 or shall provide equivalent 1011.4 Internally illuminated exit signs. Electrically pow- graspability. ered, self-lundnous and photolumfnescent exit signs shall be listed and labeled in accordance with UL 924 and shall be Exception: In Group R3 occupancies; within dwelling installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions units in Group R-2 occupancies; and in Group U occupan- and Chapter 27. Exit signs shall be illuminated at all times. ties that are accessory to a Group R-3 occupancy or acces- sory to individual dwelling units in Group R-2 occupancies: 1011.5 Externally illuminated exit signs.Externally illumi- handrails shall be Type 1 in accordance with Section nated exit signs shall comply with Sections 1011.5.1 through 1012.3.1. Type 11 in accordance with Section 1012.3.2 or 1011.5.3. shall provide equivalent graspability. 1011.5.1 Graphics.Every exitsign and directional exiisign 1012.3.1 Type I. Handrails with a circular cross section shall have plainly legible letters not less than 6 inches (152 shall have an outside diameter of at least 1114 inches(32 mm) mm) high with the principal strokes of the letters not less and not greater than 2 inches(51 mm).If the handrail is not than 314 inch (19.1 mm) wide.The word "EXIT"shall have circular, it shall have a perimeter dimension of at least 4 letters having a width not less than 2 inches (51 mm)wide, inches(102 mm)and not greater than 6114 inches(160 mm) except the letter"I,"and the minimum spacing between let- with a maximum cross-section dimension of 2114 inches(57 ters shall not be less than Ig inch(9.5 mm).Signs larger than mm).Edges shall have a minimum radius of 0.01 inch(0.25 the minimum established in this section shall have letter mm) widths,strokes and spacing in proportion to their height. The word"EXIT"shall be in high contrast with the back- 1012.3.2 Type II. Handrails with a perimeter greater than ground and shall be clearly discernible when the means of 61/,inches(160 mm)shall provide a graspable finger recess exit sign illumination is or is not energized. If a chevron area on both sides of the profile. The finger recess shall directional indicator is provided as part of the exit sign,the begin within a distance of /4 inch (19 mm)measured verti- construction shall be such that the direction of the chevron tally from the tallest portion of the profile and achieve a directional indicator cannot be readily changed. depth of at least 511 inch (8 mm) within 71, inch (22 mm) below the widest portion of the profile.This required depth 1011.5.2 Exit sign illumination. The face of an exit sign shall continue for at least 31a inch (10 mm) to a level that is illuminated from an external source shall have an intensity not less than 1314 inches(45 mm)below the tallest portion of of not less than 5 Foot-candles (54 lux). the profile.The minimum width of the handrail above the 1011.5.3 Power source.Exitsigns shall be illuminated at all recess shall be 1114 inches (32 mm) to a maximum of 231, times.To ensure continued illumination For a duration of not inches(70 mm).Edges shall have a minimum radius of 0.01 less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss,the sign inch (0.25 mm). illumination means shall be connected to an emergency 1012.4 Continuity. Handrail-gripping surfaces shall be con- power system provided from storage batteries, unit equip- tinuous,without interruption by newel posts or other obstruc- ment or an on-site generator.The installation of the emer- tions. gency power system shall be in accordance with Chapter 27. Exceptions: Exception: Approved exit sign illumination means that provide continuous illumination independent of external 1. Handrails within dwelling units are permitted to be power sources For a duration of not less than 90 minutes, interrupted by a newel post at a turn or landing. in case of primary power loss,are not required to be con- 2. Within a dwelling unit, the use of a volute, turnout, netted to an emergency electrical system. starting easing or starting newel is allowed over the lowest tread. SECTION 1012 3. Handrail brackets or balusters attached to the bottom HANDRAILS surface of the handrail that do not project horizon- tally beyond the sides of the handrail within lth 1012.1 Where required. Handrails for stairways and ramps inches(38 mm)of the bottom of the handrailshall not shall be adequate in strength and attachment in accordance be considered obstructions. For each V, inch (12.7 with Section 1607.7.Handrails required for stairways by Sec- mm) of additional handrail perimeter dimension 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 235 MEANS OF EGRESS above 4 inches (102 min), the vertical clearance merit platforms, stairs, ramps and landings that are located dimension of 1112 inches(38 mm)shall be permitted to more than 30 inches(762 mm)measured vertically to the Floor be reduced by V,inch (3 mm). or grade below at any point within 36 inches (9 14 mm) hori- 4. Where handfailsare provided along walking surfaces zontally to the edge of the open side. Guards shall be adequate with slopes not steeper than 1:20, the bottoms of the in strength and attachment in accordance with Section 1607.7. handrail gripping surfaces shall be permitted to be Exception: Guards are not required for the following loca- obstructed along their entire length where they are tions: integral to crash rails or bumper guards. 1. On the loading side of loading docks or piers. 1012.5 Fittings.Handraflsshall not rotate within their fittings. 1012.6 Handrail extensions.Handrails shall return to a wall, 2. On the audience side of stages and raised platforms, guardor the walking surface or shall be continuous to the hand- including steps leading up to the stage and raised plat Forms. rail of an adjacent stairflight or ramp run.Where handrails are not continuous between flights,the handrailsshall extend hori- 3. On raised stage and platform floor areas,such as run- zontally at least 12 inches (305 min) beyond the top riser and ways,ramps and side stages used for entertainment or continue to slope for the depth of one tread beyond the bottom presentations. riser. At r•anrps where handrails are not continuous between 4. At vertical openings in the performance area of stages runs,the handrails shall extend horizontally above the landing and platforms. 12 inches (305 chin) minimum beyond the top and bottom of ramp runs. The extensions of handrails shall be in the same 5. At elevated walking surfaces appurtenant to stages direction of the stair flights at stairways and the ramp runs at and platforms Far access to and utilization of special lighting or equipment. ramps. Exceptions: 6. Along vehicle service pits not accessible to the public. 1. Handrails within a dwelling unit that is not required 7. In assembly seating where guardsin accordance with to be accessible need extend only from the top riser to Section 1028.14 are permitted and provided. the bottom riser. 1013.1.1 Glazing.Where glass is used to provide a guard or 2. Aisle handrails in Group A and E occupancies in as a portion of thegaanisystem,theguardshall also comply accordance with Section 1028.13. with Section 2407. Where the glazing provided does not 3. Handrails for alternating tread devices and ship lad- meet the strength and attachment requirements of Section ders are permitted to terminate at a location vertically 1607.7. complying guards shall also be located along above the top and bottom risers.Handrails for alter- glazed sides of open-sided walking surfaces. hating tread devicesand ship ladders are not required 1013.2 Height. Required guards shall be not less than 42 to be continuous between flights or to extend beyond inches(1067 mm)high,measured vertically above the adjacent the top or bottom risers. walking surfaces,adjacent fixed sealing or the line connecting 1012.7 Clearance.Clear space between a handrail and a wall the leading edges of the treads. or other surface shall be a minimum of 111,inches(38 mm).A Exceptions: handrail and a wall or other surface adjacent to the handrail shall be Free of any sharp or abrasive elements. 1. For occupancies in Group R-3,and within individual 1012.8 Projections.On ramps,the clear width between hand- dwelling units in occupancies in Group R-2,guards calls shall be 36 inches (914 mm) minimum. Projections into on the open sides of stairsshall have a height not less the required width of stairways and ramps at each handrail than 34 inches (864 mm) measured vertically from a shall not exceed 4'I2 inches(114 mm) at or below the handrail line connecting the leading edges of the treads. height.Projections into the required width shall not be limited 2. For occupancies in Group R-3,and within individual above the minimum headroom height required in Section dwelling units in occupancies in Group R-2, where 1009.2. the top of the guard also serves as a handrail on the 1012.9 Intermediate handrails. Stairways shall have inter- open sides of stairs,the top of the guard shall not be mediate handrails located in such a manner that all portions of less than 34 inches (864 mm) and not more than 38 the stairway width required for egress capacity are within 30 inches(965 mm)measured vertically From a line con- inches (762 mm) of a handrail.On monumental stairs,harrd- necting the leading edges of the treads, raflsshall be located along the most direct path of egress travel. 3. The height in assembly seating areas shall be in accor- dance with Section 1028.14. SECTION 1013 4. Along alternating tread devices and ship ladders. GUARDS guards whose top rail also serves as a handrail,shall have height not less than 30 inches(762 mm)and not I1013.1 Where required. Guards shall be located along more than 34 inches (864 mm), measured vertically open-sided walking surfaces, including mezzanines, equip- from the leading edge of the device tread nosing. 236 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' MEANS OF EGRESS 1013.3 Opening limitations. Required guards shall not have prevent the passage of a sphere 21 inches(533 mm) in diame- openings which allow passage of a sphere 4 inches(102 mm)in ter. diameter from the walking surface to the required guardheight. Exceptions: 1. From a height of 36 inches (914 mm) to 42 inches SECTION EXIT ACCESS (1067 mm), guards shall not have openings which allow passage of a sphere 4318 inches (111 mm) in 1014.1 General.The exit accessshall comply with the applica- I diameter. ble provisions of Sections 1003 through 1013. Fait access 2. The triangular openings at the open sides of a stair, arrangement shall comply with Sections 1014 through 1019. formed by the riser, tread and bottom rail shall not 1014.2 Egress through intervening spaces. Egress through allow passage of a sphere 6 inches(152 mm)in diam- intervening spaces shall comply with this section. eter. 1. Egress from a room or space shall not pass through 3. At elevated walking surfaces for access to and use of adjoining or intervening rooms or areas, except where electrical,mechanical or plumbing systems or equip- such adjoining rooms or areas and the area served are ment, guards shall not have openings which allow accessory to one or the other, are not a Group H occu- passage of sphere 21 inches(533 rnm)in diameter. pancy and provide a discernible path of egress travel to 4. In areas [hat are not open to the public within occu- an exit. pancies in Group 1-3, F, H or S, and for alternating Exception: Means of egress are not prohibited tread devices and ship ladders,guards shall not have through adjoining or int ervening rooms or spaces in a openings which allow passage of a sphere 21 inches Group H, S or F occupancy when the adjoining or (533 mm) in diameter. intervening rooms or spaces are the same or a lesser 5. In assembly seating areas,guards at the end of aisles hazard occupancy group. where they terminate at a fascia of boxes, balconies 2. An exit access shall not pass through a room[hat can be and galleries shall not have openings which allow locked to prevent egress. passage of a sphere 4 inches in diameter(102 mm)up 3. Means of egress from dwelling units or sleeping areas to a height of 26 inches(660 mm).From a height oF26 shall not lead through other sleeping areas, toilet rooms inches (660 mm) to 42 inches (1 067 mm) above the or bathrooms. adjacent walking surfaces, guards shall not have openings which allow passage of a sphere 8 inches 4, Egress shall not pass through kitchens, storage rooms, (203 mm) in diameter. closets or spaces used for similar purposes. 6. Within individual dwelling units and sleeping units in Exceptions: Group R-2 and R-3 occupancies,guards on the open 1. Means of egress are not prohibited through a sides of stairs shall not have openings which allow kitchen area serving adjoining rooms constitut- passage of a sphere 4318(111 mm)inches in diameter. ing part of the same dwelling unit or sleeping 1013.4 Screen porches..Porches and decks which are enclosed unit. with insect screening shall be provided with guards where the 2. Means of egress are not prohibited through walking surface is located more than 30 inches(762 mm)above stockrooms in Group M occupancies when all the floor or grade below. of the following are met: 1013.5 Mechanical equipment. Guards shall be provided 2.1.The stock is of the same hazard classifi- where appliances, equipment, fans, roof hatch openings or cation as that found in the main retail other components that require service are located within 10 feet area; (3048 mm)of a roof edge or open side of a walking surface and 2.2. Not more than 50 percent of the exit such edge or open side is located more than 30 inches(762 mm) p above the floor,roof or grade below.The guard shall be con- access is through the stockroom; strutted so as to prevent the passage of a sphere 21 inches(533 2.3. The stockroom is not subject to locking mm)in diameter.The guardshall extend not less than 30 inches from the egress side; and (762 mm) beyond each end of such appliance,equipment,fan 2.4. There is a demarcated, minimum or component. 44-inch-wide (1118 mm) aisle defined 1013.6 Roof access. Guards shall be provided where the roof by full-or partial-height fixed walls or hatch opening is located within 10 feet (3048 mm) of a roof similar construction that will maintain edge or open side of a walking surface and such edge or open the required width and lead directly side is located more than 30 inches (762 mm) above the floor, from the retail area to the exit without roof or grade below. The guard shall be constructed so as to obstructions. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 237 MEANS OF EGRESS 1014.2.1 Multiple tenants. Where more than one tenant the suite to the exit access door is not greater than 100 occupies any one floor of a building or structure,each tenant feet (30 480 mm), space,dwelling unit and sleeping unit shall be provided with 1014.2.4.4 Two intervening rooms. For rooms other access to the required exits without passing through adja- than patient sleeping rooms located within a suite, exit cent tenant spaces.dwelling units and sleeping units. access travel from within the suite shall be permitted Exception: The meads of egress from a smaller tenant through two intervening rooms where the travel distance space shall not be prohibited from passing through a to the exit access door is not greater than 50 feet(15 240 larger adjoining tenant space where such rooms or min). spaces of the smaller tenant occupy less than 10 percent 1014,2.5 Exit access through suites. Exit access from all of the area of the larger tenant space through which they other portions of a building not classified as a suite in a pass; are the same or similar occupancy group; a Group 1-2 occupancy shall not pass through a suite. discernable path of egress travel to an exit is provided; and the meads of egress into the adjoining space is not 1014.2.6 Travel distance.The travel distance between any subject to locking from the egress side.A required means point in a Group 1-2 occupancy patient sleeping room and an of egress serving the larger tenant space shall not pass exit access door in that room shall not e. through the smaller tenant space or spaces. 1014.2.7 Separation.Suites in Group I-2 occupancies shall 1014.2.2 Group I-2.Habitable rooms or suites in Group I-2 be separated from other portions of the building by a smoke occupancies shall have an exit access door leading directly partition complying with Section 711. to a corridor. 1014.3 Common path of egress travel.In occupancies other Exception: Rooms with exit doors opening directly to than Groups H-1, H-2 and H-3, the common path of egress the outside at ground level. rrav�el shall not exceed 75 feet(22 860 mm).In Group H-1,H-2 y and H-3 occupancies. the common path of egress travel shall 1014.2.3 Suites in patient sleeping areas.Patient sleeping not exceed 25 feet (7620 mm). For common path of egress areas in Group 1-2 occupancies shall be permitted to be travel in Group A occupancies and assembly occupancies divided into suites with one intervening room if one of the accessory to Group E occupancies having Paced seating, see following conditions is met: Section 1028.8. 1. The intervening room within the suite is not used as an Exceptions: exit access for more than eight patient beds. 1. The length of a common path of egress travel in 2. The arrangement of the suite allows for direct and Group B.F and S occupancies shall not be more than constant visual supervision by nursing personnel. 100 feet (30 480 mm), provided that the building is equipped throughout with an automaticsprinklers,ys- exceed.5,0 Area. Suites of sleeping rooms shall not tem installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. exceed 5,000 square feet (965 mt). 2. Where a tenant space in Group B.S and U occupan- 1014.2.3.2 Exit access. Any patient sleeping room, or ties has an occupant load of not more than 30, the any suite that includes patient sleeping rooms, of more length of a common path of egress travel shall not be than 1,000 square feet(93 ml)shall have at least two exit more than 100 feet (30 480 mm). access doors remotely located from each other. 3. The length of a common path of egress travel in a 1014.2.3.3 Travel distance.The travel distance between Group I-3 occupancy shall not be more than 100 feet any point in a suite of sleeping rooms and an exit access (30 480 mm). door ofthat suiteshall not exceed 100 feet(30 480 min). 4. The length of a common path of egress travel in a 1014.2.4 Suites in areas other than patient sleeping Group R-2 occupancy shall not be more than 125 feet areas.Areas other than patient sleeping areas in Group I-2 (38 100 mm),provided that the building is protected occupancies shall be permitted to be divided into suites. throughout with an approved automatic sprinAler 1014.2.4.1 Area. Suites of rooms, other than patient system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or sleeping rooms.shall not exceed 10,000 square feet(929 903.3.1.2. niz). 1014.2.4.2 Exit access. Any room or suite of rooms, SECTION 1015 other than patient sleeping rooms, of more than 2,500 EXIT AND EXIT ACCESS DOORWAYS square feet (232 ml) shall have at least two exit access 1015.1 Exits or exit access doorways from spaces.Two exits doors remotely located from each other, or exit access dowi ays from any space shall be provided 1014.2.4.3 One intervening room.For rooms other than where one of the following conditions exists: patient sleeping rooms,suites of rooms are permitted to Exception: Group I-2 occupancies shall comply with Sec- have one intervening room if the travel distance within tion 10 14.2.2 through 1014.2.7. 238 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODEr MEANS OF EGRESS 1. The occupant loadof the space exceeds one of the values of the exit doors or exit access door stays shall not be in Table 1015.1. less than one-third of the length of the maximum Exception: In Group R-2 and R-3 occupancies. one overall diagonal dimension of the area served. means ofegnessis permitted within and from individ- 1015.2.2 Three or more exits or exit access doorways. ual dwelling units with a maximum occupant loadof Where access to three or more exits is required,at least two 20 where the dwelling unit is equipped throughout exit doors or exit access duorways shall be arranged in with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance accordance with the provisions of Section 1015.2.1. with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.31.2. 1015.3 Boiler, incinerator and furnace rooms. Two exit 2. The common path of egress travel exceeds one of the access doorways are required in boiler,incinerator and furnace limitations of Section 1014.3. rooms where the area is over 500 square feet (46 ml) and any 3. Where required by Section 1015.3. 1015.4, 1015.5, 1015.6 fuel-fired equipment exceeds 400.000 British thermal units or 1015.6.1. (Btu) (422 000 K,])input capacity.Where two exit access door- ways are required, one is permitted to be a fixed ladder or an Where a building contains mixed occupancies,each individ- alternating tread device. Exit access doorways shall be sepa- ual occupancy shall comply with the applicable requirements rated by a horizontal distance equal to one-half the length of the for that occupancy. Where applicable, cumulative occupant maximum overall diagonal dimension of the room. loads from adjacent occupancies shall be considered in accor- dance with the provisions of Section 1004.1. 1015.4 Refrigeration machinery rooms. Machinery rooms TABLE 1015.1 larger than 1,000 square feet (93 ml) shall have not less than I SPACES WITH ONE EXIT OR EXIT ACCESS DOORWAY two exitsor exit access doors.Where two exitaccess doorways are required,one such doorway is permitted to be served by a OCCUPANCY MAXIMUM OCCUPANT LOAD fixed ladder or an alternating tread device. Exit access door- A,B,Ea,F,M,U 49 ways shall be separated by a horizontal distance equal to - - one-half the maximum horizontal dimension of room. H-1,H-2,H-3 3 - -� All portions of machinery rooms shall be within 150 feel(45 H-4,H-5,1-1,1-3,I-A,R ]0 720 mm)of an exitor exit access doorway.An increase in travel S Z9 distance is permitted in accordance with Section 1016.1. a. Day care maximum occupant load is 10. Doors shall swing in the direction of egress travel,regardless of the occupant load served. Doors shall be tight filting and 1015.1.1 Three or more exits or exit access doorways. self-closing. Three exits or exit access doorways shall be provided From any space with an occupant load of 501 to 1,000.Four exits 1015.5 Refrigerated rooms or spaces.Rooms or spaces hav- or exit access doorways shall be provided from any space ing a floor area larger than 1,000 square feet (93 in'),contain- with an occupant load greater than 1,000. ing a refrigerant evaporator and maintained at a temperature below 68°F(20°C),shall have access to not less than two exits 1015.2 Exit or exit access doorway arrangement.Required or exit access doors. exits shall be located in a manner that makes their availability obvious. Exits shall be unobstructed at all times.Exit and exit Travel distance shall be determined as specified in Section access doorways s shall be arranged in accordance with Sections 1016.1,but all portions of a refrigerated room or space shall be 1015.2.1 and 1015.2.2. within 150 feet (45 720 mm) of an exit or exit access door where such rooms are not protected by an approved automatic 1015.2.1 Two exits or exit access doorways. Where two sprinklersystem.Egress is allowed through adjoining refriger- exits or exit access doorways are required from any portion of ated rooms or spaces. the exit access,the exitdoors or exit access doorways shall be placed a distance apart equal to not less than one-half of the Exception: Where using refrigerants in quantities limited length of the maximum overall diagonal dimension of the to the amounts based on the volume set forth in the Interna- building or area to be served measured in a straight line tional Mechanical Code. between exit doors or exit access doorways. interlocking or 1015.6 Stage means of egress.Where two meansofegnessarc scissor stairs shall be counted as one exit stairway. required,based on the stage size or occupant load,one means Exceptions: of egress shall be provided on each side of the stage. 1. Where exit enclosures are provided as a portion 1015.6.1 Gallery,gridiron and catwalk means of egress. of the required exit and are interconnected by a The ineans of egress from lighting and access catwalks,gal- 1-hour fire-resistance-rated corridor conforming leries and gridirons shall meet the requirements for occu- Io the requirements of Section 1018,the required pancies in Group F-2. exit separation shall be measured along the short- Exceptions: est direct line of travel within the corridor. 2. Where a building is equipped throughout with an 1. A minimum width of 22 inches (559 mm) is per- automaticsprinklersystem in accordance with Sec- mitted for lighting and access catwalks. tion 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2, the separation distance 2. Spiralstairs are permitted in the meansofegress. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 239 MEANS OF EGRESS 3. Stairways required by this subsection need not be TABLE 1016.1 enclosed. EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE' 4. Stairiva.y swdth a minimum width of 22 inches(559 WITHOUT SPRINKLER WITH SPRINKLER SYSTEM SYSTEM mm), ladders or spiral stairs are permitted in the OCCUPANCY (feet) {feet) means of egress. A,E.F-1.M,R,_S_-1 _ 20.0 2501, I-] 5. A second meads ofegress is not required from these _ ' Nol Pemtitted 250 1 areas where a means of escape to a floor or to a roof - - - --'is provided. Ladders, alternating tread devices or B _ 200 3001 spiral stairs are permitted in the means of escape. F-2,S-2,11 300 4001 6. Ladders are permitted in the means of egress. H-1 Not Permitted 751 H-2 Not Permitted 100, SECTION 1016 H-3 Not Permitted 1501 EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE H.4 N of Permitted 4 175, 1016.1 Travel distance limitations. Exits shall be so located H-5 Not Permitted 2001 on each story such that the maximum length of exit access -- -- - --- travel, measured from the most remote point within a story I-2.1-3,14 Not Permitted � _ 2001 I along the natural and unobstructed path of egress travel to an For Sl: 1 foot=304.8 mm, exterior exit door at the level ofexit discharge,an entrance to a a. See the following sections for modifications to exit access invel distance vertical exit enclosure,an exit passagetvay,a horizontal exit,an rcquit cntenrs: exterior-exit stairway or an exterior exit ramp,shall not exceed Scchon 402.4;For the distance limitation in malls. Section 404.9:For the distance limitation through an atrium space. the distances given in Table 1016.1. Section 407.4:For the distance limitation in Group 1-2. Exceptions: Sections 408.6.1 and 408.8.1:For the distance limitations in Group 1-3. Section 411.4:For the distance limitation in special amusement buildings. 1. Travel distance in open parking garages is permitted Section 1014.2.2:For the distance limitation in Croup 1-2 hospital suiR's to be measured to the closest riser of open exit stair'- Section 1015.4:For the distance limitation in refrigeration machinery rooms. ways. Section 1015.5:For the distance[initiation in refrigerated rooms and spaces. 2. In outdoor facilities with open exit access compo- Section 1021.2:For buildings with one exit. Section 1028.7:For increased limitation in assembly seating. dents and open exterior'exit stairways or exit ramps, Section 1028.7.For Increased limitation for assembly open-air seating. travel distance is permitted to be measured to the clos- Section 31014:For temporary structures. ' est riser of an exit stairva}'or the closest slope of the Section 3104.9:For pedestrian walkways. exit ramp. b. Buildings equipped throughout N%ith an automatic sprinkler system in accor- dance t%ilh Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.See Section 903 foi occupant ies 3. In other than occupancy Groups H and 1, the exit where automatic sprinkler systems are permitted in accordance with Sec{ion access travel distance to a maximum of 50 percent of 903.3.1.2. the exits is permitted to be measured from the most c. Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accor- remote point within a building to an exitusing unen- dance iih Section 903.3.1.1. closed exit access stairways or ramps when connect- 1016.2 Exterior egress balcony increase. Travel distances ing a maximum of two stories. The two connected specified in Section 1016.1 shall be increased up to an additional stories shall be provided with at least two means of 100 feet(30 480 mm)provided the last portion of the exitaccess egress Such interconnected stories shall not be open leading to the tacit occurs on an exterior egress balcony con- to other stories. structed in accordance with Section 1019, The length of such 4. In other than occupancy Groups H and I, exit access balcony shall not be less than the amount of the increase taken. travel distance is permitted to be measured from the most remote point within a building to an exit using SECTION 1017 unenclosed exit access stainvaysor ramps in the first AISLES and second stories above grade plane in buildings equipped throughout with an automaticsprinklersys- 1017.1 General.Aislesserving as a portion of the exitaccessin tear in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. The first the means ofegresssystem shall comply with the requirements and second stories above grade plane shall be pro- of this section.Aisles shall be provided from all occupied por- vided with at least two means of egress. Such inter- tions of the exit accesswhich contain seats,tables,furnishings, connected stories shall not be open to other stories. displays and similar fixtures or equipment. Aisles serving Where applicable,Iravel distance on unenclosed exit access assembly areas shall comply with Section 1028.Aisles serving stairways or ramps and on connecting stories shall also be reviewing stands,grandstands and bleachersshall also comply included in the travel distance measurement.The measurement With Section 1028.The required width of aislesshall be unob- along stainvaysshall be made on a plane parallel and tangent to siructed. the stair tread nosings in the center of the stainva}: Exception: Doors complying with Section 1005.2. 240 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' MEANS OF EGRESS 1017.2 Aisles in Groups B and M.In Group B and M occu- 1017.4.2 Table and seating accessway width. Aisle panties,the minimum clear aisle width shall be determined by accessways shall provide a minimum of 12 inches(305 mm) Section 1005.1 for the occupant load served.but shall not be of width plus'/Z inch(12.7 mm)of width for each additional less than 36 inches(914 mm). I foot (305 nlm), or fraction thereof,beyond 12 feet (3658 Exception: Nonpublic aisles serving less than 50 people mm)of aisle accessivay length measured from the center of and not required to be accessible by Chapter 11 need not the seat farthest from an aisle. exceed 28 inches (711 rnm) in x idth. Exception; Portions of an aisle accessway having a 1017.3 Aisle accessways in Group M. An aisle accessway length not exceeding 6 feet (1829 mm) and used by a shall be provided on at least one side of each element within the total of not more than four persons. merchandise pad. The minimum clear width for an aisle 1017.4.3 Table and seating aisle accessway length. The accesswaynot required to be accessible shall be 30 inches(762 length of travel along the aisle accessway shall not exceed mm).The required clear width of the aisle accessway shall be 30 feet(9144 mm)from any seat to the point where a person measured perpendicular to the elements and merchandise has a choice of two or more paths of egress travel to separate within the rrrer chandise pad.The 30-inch (762 mm)minimum exits. clear width shall be maintained to provide a path to an adjacent aisle or aisle accessway.The common path of travel shall not exceed 30 feet (9 144 mm) from any point in the merchandise SECTION 1018 pad. CORRIDORS Exception: For areas serving not more than 50 occupants, 1018.1 Construction. Corridors shall be fire-resistance rated the common path of travel shall not exceed 75 feet (22 880 in accordance with Table 1018.1.The corridorwalls required mm). to be fire-resistance rated shall comply with Section 709 for lire 1017.4 Seating at tables.Where seating is located at a table or partitions. counter and is adjacent to an aisleor aisle accessway,the mea- Exceptions: surement of required clear width of the aisle or aisle accessivav shall be made to a line 19 inches(483 mm)away from and par- allel to the edge of the table or counter.The 19-inch (483 min) an occupancy in Group E where each room that is used distance shall be measured perpendicular to the side of the table for instruction has at least one door opening directly to or counter.In the case of other side boundaries for aisle or aisle the exterior and rooms for assembly purposes have at accessivays,the clear width shall be measured to walls,edges least one-half of the required means of egress doors of seating and tread edges,except that handrail projections are opening directly to the exterior. Exterior doors speci- permitted. fied in this exception are required to be at ground level. Exception: Where tables or counters are served by fixed 2. A 171e-resistance rating is not required for corridors seats, the width of the aisle accessway shall be measured contained within a dwelling or sleeping unit in an from the back of the seat. occupancy in Group R. 1017.4.1 Aisle accessway for tables and seating. Aisle 3. A fire-resistance rating is not required for corridors accessways serving arrangements of seating at tables or in open parkinggarages. counters shall have sufficient clear width to conform to the 4. A fire-resistance rating is not required for corridors capacity requirements of Section 1005.1 but shall not have in an occupancy in Group B which is a space requiring less than the appropriate minimum clear width specified in only a single means ofegress complying with Section Section 1017.4.2. 1015.1. TABLE 1018.1 CORRIDOR FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING REQUIRED FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING(hours) OCCUPANCY OCCUPANT LOAD SERVED BY CORRIDOR Without sprinkler system With sprinkler system` H-1,H-2,H-3 All Not Permitted 1 H-4,H-5 Greater than 30 Not Permitted 1 A.B,E.F,M,S.U Greater than 30 1 0 R Greater than 10 Not Permitted 0.5 All Not Permitted 0 All Not Permitted 11, a. For requirements for occupancies in Group 1-2,see Sections 407.2 and 407.3 h. For a reduction in the fire-resistance rating for occupancies in Group 1-3.seeSectlon 408.8. c. Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance withSeciion 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 where allowed. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 241 MEANS OF EGRESS 1018.2 Corridor width,The minimum corridorwidth shall be 3. Where located within tenant spaces of 1,000 square as determined in Section 1005.1. but not less than 44 inches feet(93 ml)or less in area,utilization of corridorsfor (1118 mm). conveying return air is permitted. Exceptions: 4. Incidental air movement from pressurized rooms I. Twenty-four inches(610 mm)—For access to and uti- within health care facilities,provided that the corri- lization of electrical, mechanical or plumbing sys- doris not the primary source of supply or return to the tems or equipment, room. 2. Thirty-six inches (914 mm)—Willi a required occu- 1018.5.1 Corridor ceiling. Use of the space between the pant capacity of less than 50. corridor ceiling and the floor or roof stricture above as a return air plenum is permitted for one or more of the follow- 3. Thirty-six inches(914 mm)—Within a dwelling unit. ing conditions: 4. Seventy-two inches (1829 mm)—In Group E with a 1. The corridor is not required to be of fire-resis- corridor havi ng a required capacity of 100 or more. tance-rated construction: 5. Seventy-Iwo inches (1829 mm)--In corridors and areas serving gurney traffic in occupancies where 2• The corridor is separated from the plenum by patients receive outpatient medical care, which Fire-resistance-rated construction; causes the patient to be not capable of self-preserva- 3. The air-handling system serving the corridor is shut tion. down upon activation of the air-handling unit smoke 6. Ninety-six inches (2438 mm)—In Group 1-2 in areas detectors required by the International Mechanical where required for bed movement. Code: 1018.3 Corridor obstruction. The required width of corri- 4. The air-handling system serving the corridor is shut dors shall be unobstructed. down upon detection of sprinkler waterflow where the building is equipped throughout with an auto- Exception: Doors complying with Section 1005.2. matiesprvrklersystem;or 1018.4 Dead ends. Where more than one exit or exit access 5. The space between the corridorceiling and the flooror doortvayis required,the exit accessshall be arranged such that roof structure above the corridoris used as a compo- there are no dead ends in corridors more than 20 feet (6096 nent of an approved engineered smoke control system. mm) in length. 1018.6 Corridor continuity. Fire-resistance-rated corridors Exceptions: shall be continuous from the point of entry to an exit,and shall 1. In occupancies in Group 1-3 of Occupancy Condition not be interrupted by intervening rooms. 2,3 or 4 (see Section 308.1),the dead end in a corri- dorshall not exceed 50 feet (15 240 mm). Exception:Foyers,lobbies or reception rooms constructed as required for corridors shall not be construed as interven- 2. In occupancies in Groups B, E, F, I-1, M, R-1, R-2, ing rooms. R-4, S and U. where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, the length of the dead-end corridors shall not exceed 50 feet (15 240 SECTION 1019 mm). EGRESS BALCONIES 3. A dead-end corridor shall not be limited in length 1019.1 General.Balconies used for egress purposes shall con- where the length of the dead-end corridoris less than form to the same requirements as corridors for width, head- 2.5 times the least width of the dead-end corridor. room,dead ends and projections. 1018.5 Air movement in corridors. CoriVors shall not serve as supply,return,exhaust, relief or ventilation air ducts. 1019.2 Wall separation. Exterior egress balconies shall be separated from the interior of the building bywalls and opening Exceptions- protectives as required for corridors. I. Use of a corridor as a source of makeup air for exhaust systems in rooms that open directly onto such Exception: Separation is not required where the exterior corridors, including toilet rooms, bathrooms, dress- egress balcony is served by at least two stairs and a dead-end ing rooms,smoking lounges and janitor closets,shall travel condition does not require travel past an unprotected be permitted, provided that each such corridor is opening to reach a stair directly supplied with outdoor air at a rate greater than 1019.3 Openness.The long side of an egress balcony shall be the rate of makeup air taken from the corridor, at least 50 percent open, and the open area above the guards 2. Where located within a dwelling unit,the use of corri- shall be so distributed as to minimize the accumulation of dors for conveying return air shall not be prohibited. smoke or toxic gases. 242 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' MEANS OF EGRESS SECTION 1020 the dwelling unit is equipped throughout with an EXITS automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Sec- 1020.1 General. Exits shall comply with Sections 1020 lion 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2. through 1026 and the applicable requirements of Sections 1003 5. Within a story, rooms and spaces complying with through 1013. An exit shall not be used for any purpose that Section 1015.1 with exits that di scharge directly to the interferes with its function as a means of egress.Once a given exterior at the level ofexit discharge,are permitted to level of exit protection is achieved, such level of protection have one exit. shall not be reduced until arrival at the exit discharge. TABLE 1021,1 1020.2 Exterior exit doors. Buildings or structures used for MINIMUM NUMBER OF EXITS FOR OCCUPANT LOAD — human occupancy shall have at least one exterior door that OCCUPANT LOAD MINIMUM NUMBER OF EXITS meets the requirements of Section 1008.1.1. _ (persons per story) -_ - ( r story) 1020.2.1 Detailed requirements.Exterior exitdoors shall -.1--500 2 compiywith the applicable requirements of Section 1008.1. 501-1,000 3 1020.2.2 Arrangement. Exterior exit doors shall lead _ More than 1,000 4 directly to the exit discharge or the public way. 1021.1.1 Exits maintained.The required number of exits from any storyshall be maintained until arrival at grade or I SECTION 1021 the public way. NUMBER OF EXITS AND CONTINUITY 1021.1.2 Parking structures. Parking structures shall not have less than two exitsfrom each parking tier,except that 102 1.1 Exits from stories. All spaces within each storyshall only one exit is required where vehicles are mechanically have access to the minimum number of approved independent parked. Vehicle ramps shall not be considered as required exitsas specified in Table 1021.1 based on the accupanrloadof exits unless pedestrian facilities are provided. the storj:For the purposes of this chapter,occupied roofs shall be provided with exits as required for stories. 1021.1.3 Helistops. The means of egress from helistops shall comply with the provisions of this chapter, provided Exceptions: that landing areas located On buildings or structures shall 1. As modified by Section 403.5.2. have two or more exits.For landing platforms or roof areas less than 60 feet(18 288 mm)long,or less than 2,000 square 2. As modified by Section 1021.2. feet(186 in') in area,the second means of egress is permit- 3. Exit access siairways and ramps that comply with led to be a fire escape, alternating tread device or ladder Exception 3 or 4 of Section 1016.1 shall be permitted leading to the floor below. to provide the minimum number of approved inde- 1021.2 Single exits. Only one exit shall be required from pendent exiisrequired by Table 1021.1 on each story. Group R-3 occupancy buildings or from stories Of other build- 4. In Group R-2 and R-3 occupancies, one means of ings as indicated in Table 1021.2.Occupancies shall be permil- egress is permitted within and from individual dwell- ted to have a single exit in buildings otherwise required to have ing units with a maximum occupant load of 20 where snore than one exit if the areas served by the single exit do not TABLE 1021.2 STORIES WITH ONE EXIT MAXIMUM OCCUPANTS(OR DWELLING UNITS) STORY OCCUPANCY PER FLOOR AND TRAVEL DISTANCE A.8,1.EP,Fd.M.U,Sd '49 occupants and 75 feet travel distance H 2,H-3 3 occupants and 25 feet travel distance — First story or basement -- — H-4,H-5,I,R__ _ 10 occupants and 75 feet travel distance _ Sa 29 occupants and 100 Feet travel distance Bb,F.M.Sa 29 occupants and 75 Feet travel distance Second story - __ R-2 _ 4 dwelling units and 50 feet travel distance Third story R-2' 4 dwelling units and 50 feet travel distance For SI: I foot 3043 mm. a For the required number of exits for parking structures,see Section 1021.1.2. h. For the required number of exits for air traffic control towers.see Section 412.3. c. Buildings classlfied as Group R-2 equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 and provided Avith emergency escape and rescue openings in accordance with Section 1029. d. Group B.F and S occupancies in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 shall have a maximum travel distance of 100 t(-Pi. e. Day care occupancies shall have a maximum occupant load of 10. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 243 MEANS OF EGRESS exceed the limitations of Table 1021,2, Mixed occupancies 7. Afeans of egress stairivays from balconies, galleries shall be permitted to be served by single exits provided each or press boxes as provided for in Section 1028.5.1 are individual occupancy complies with the applicable require- not required to be enclosed. ments of Table 1021.2 for that occupancy. Where applicable, cumulative occupant loads from adjacent occupancies shall be Termination.Exit enclosures shall terminate at an exit discha considered in accordance with the provisions of Section discharge or a public Nay. 1004.1.Basements with a single exit shall not be located more Exception: An exit enclosure shall be permitted to termi- than one story below grade plane. nate at an exit passageway complying with Section 1023, 1021.3 Exit continuity. Exits shall be continuous From the provided the exitpassagewayterminates at an exit discharge or a public way. point of entry into the exit to the exit discharge. 1022.2.1 Extension.Where an exit enclosure is extended to 1021.4 Exit door arrangement. Exit door arrangement shall an exit discharge or a public way by an exit passageway,the meet the requirements of Sections 1015.2 through 1015.2.2. exit enclosure shall be separated from the exit passageway by a lire barrierconstructed in accordance with Section 707 SECTION fQ22 or a horizontal assembly constructed in accordance with Section 712, or both.The fire-resistance rating shall be at EXIT ENCLOSURES least equal to that required for the exit enclosure.A fire door 1022.1 Enclosures required.Interior exit stairways and inte- assemblycomplying with Section 715.4 shall be installed in rior exit ramps shall be enclosed with Ire barriers constructed the fire barrier to provide a means of egress from the exit in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies con- enclosure to the exit passageway.Openings in the lire bar- structed in accordance with Section 712, or both. Exit enclo- rier other than the fire door ossembly are prohibited.Pene- sures shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 hours Irations of the fire barrierare prohibited, where connecting four stories or more and not less than 1 hour Exception:Penetrations of the fire barrierin accordance where connecting less than four stories.The number of stories with Section 1022.4 shall be permitted. connected by the exit enclosure shall include any basements but not any mezzanines.Exit enclosures shall have a fire-resis- 1022.3 Openings and penetrations. Exit enclosure opening tance rating not Iess than the floor assembly penetrated, but protectives shall be in accordance with the requirements of need not exceed 2 hours.Exit enclosures shall lead directly to Section 715. the exterior of the building or shall be extended to the exterior Openings in exit enclosures other than unprotected exterior of the building with an exit passageway conforming to the openings shall be limited to those necessary for exit access to requirements of Section 1023, except as permitted in Section the enclosure from normally occupied spaces and for egress 1027.1. An exit enclosure shall not be used for any purpose from the enclosure. other than means of egress. Elevators shall not open into an exit enclosure. Exceptions: 1022.4 Penetrations.Penetrations into and openings through 1. In all occupancies,other than Group H and I occupan- an exit enclosure are prohibited except for required exit doors, ties, a stairway is not required to be enclosed when equipment and ductwork necessary for independent ventilation the stafrwayserves an occupant load of less than 10 or pressurization,sprinkler piping,standpipes,electrical race- and the stainvaycomplies with either Item 1.1 or 1.2. way for fire department communication systems and electrical In all cases,the maximum number of connecting open raceway serving the exit enclosure and terminating at a steel stories shall not exceed two. box not exceeding 16 square inches (0.010 ml).Such penetra- 1.1. The stairway is open to not more than one tions shall be protected in accordance with Section 713.There story above its level of exit discharge;or shall be no penetrations or communication openings,whether 1.2.The stairway is open to not more than one protected or not,between adjacent exit enclosures. story below its level of exit discharge. 1022.5 Ventilation. Equipment and ductwork for exit enclo- sure ventilation as permitted by Section 1022.4 shall comply with one of the following items: the means ofegress are essentially open to the outside need not be enclosed. 1. Such equipment and ductwork shall be located exterior 3. Stairways serving and contained within a single resi- to the building and shall be directly connected to the exit dential dwelling unit or sleeping unit in Group R-1, enclosure by ductwork enclosed in construction as R-2 or R-3 occupancies are not required to be required for shafts. enclosed. 2. Where such equipment and ductwork is located within the exit enclosure,the intake air shall be taken directly 4. Stairways in open parking structures that serve only From the outdoors and the exhaust air shall be discharged the parking structure are not required to be enclosed. directly to the outdoors, or such air shall be conveyed 5. Stairways in Group 1-3 occupancies, as provided for through ducts enclosed in construction as required for in Section 408.3.8,are not required to be enclosed. shafts. 6. Means of egress stairways as required by Sections 3. Where located within the building,such equipment and 410.5.3 and 1015.6.1 are not required to be enclosed, ductwork shall be separated from the remainder of the 244 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® MEANS OF EGRESS building, including other mechanical equipment, with 6. When signs required by Section 1022.8 are installed construction as required for shafts. in interior exit enclosures of buildings subject to Sec- In each case, openings into the fire-resistance-rated con- tion 1024,the signs shall be made of the same mated- struction shall be limited to those needed for maintenance and als as required by Section 1024.4. operation and shall be protected by opening protectives in 1022.9 Smokeproof enclosures and pressurized stairways. accordance with Section 715 For shaft enclosures. In buildings required to comply with Section 403 or 405,each Exit enclosure ventilation systems shall be independent of of the exit enclosures serving a story with a floor surface other building ventilation systems. located more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access or more than 30 Feet (9144 1022.6 Exit enclosure exterior walls.Exterior walls of an exit mm)below the finished floor of a level ofexitdischargeserving enclosureshalI comply with the requirements of Section 705 For such stories shall be a smokeproof enclosure or pressurized exterior walls. Where nonrated walls or unprotected openings stairway in accordance with Section 909.20. enclose the exterior of the stair«ayand the walls or openings are 1022.9.1 Termination and extension. A smokeproof exposed by other parts of the building at an angle of less than 180 enclosure or pressurized stairwayshall terminate at an exit degrees (3.14 rad), the building exterior walls within 10 feel discharge or a public oqy. The smokeproof enclosure or (3048 mm)horizontally of a nonrated wall or unprotected open- pressurized stairwayshall be permitted to be extended by an ing shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 hour. exit passageway in accordance with Section 1022.2. The Openings within such exterior walls shall be protected by open- exit passageway shall be without openings other than the ing protectives having a lire prr�tecdon rating of not less than 14 file door assembly required by Section 1022.2 and those hour.This construction shall extend vertically from the ground necessary For egress From the exitpassageway.The exltpas- st apoint 10 Feet roof l ne, above the topmast landing of the sagewayshall be separated from the remainder of the build- stair way or to the roof line,whichever is lower. ing by 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with 1022.7 Discharge identification.A stairway in an exit enclo- Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accor- sure shall not continue below its level of exit discharge unless dance with Section 712,or both. an approved barrier is provided at the level of exit discharge to Exceptions: prevent persons from unintentionally continuing into levels below. Directional exit signs shall be provided as specified in 1. Openings in the exit passageway serving a Section 1011. smokeproofenclosure are permitted where the exit passageway is protected and pressurized in the 1022.8 Floor identification signs.A sign shall be provided at same manner as the smokeproof enclosure, and each floor landing in exit enclosures connecting more than openings are protected as required for access From three stories designating the floor level,the terminus of the top other floors, and bottom of the exit enclosure and the identification of the stair or ramp.The signage shall also state the story of,and the 2. Openings in the exit passageway serving a pres- direction to, the exit discharge and the availability of roof surized stairwayare permitted where the exit pas- access from the enclosure For the fire department. The sign sagewayis protected and pressurized in the same shall be located 5 feet(1524 mm) above the floor landing in a manner as the pressurized stairway. position that is readily visible when the doors are in the open 3. The fire barrier separating the smokeproof enclo- and closed positions. Floor level identification signs in tactile sure or pressurized stairway from the exit pas- characters complying with 1CC Al 17.1 shall be located at each sageway is not required, provided the exit floor level landing adjacent to the door leading From the enclo- passageway is protected and pressurized in the sure into the corridor to identify the floor level. same manner as the smokeproof enclosure or pres- 1022.8.1 Signage requirements. Stairway identification surized stairway. signs shall comply with all of the following requirements: 4. A smakeproof enclosure or pressurized stairway 1. The signs shall be a minimum size of 18 inches (457 shall be permitted to egress through areas on the mm) by 12 inches (305 mm). level of discharge or vestibules as permitted by Section 1027. 2. The letters designating the identification of the stair 1022.9.2 Enclosure access.Access to the stairwa within a enclosure shall he a minimum of 1'h inches (38 mm) smokeproof enclosure shall be by way of a vestibule or an in height. open exterior balcony, 3. The number designating the floor level shall be a min- Exception:Access is not required by way of a vestibule imum of 5 inches (127 mm) in height and located in or exterior balcony for stairways using the pressurization the center of the sign. alternative complying with Section 909.20.5. 4. All other lettering and numbers shall be a minimum of 1 inch (25 mm) in height. 5. Characters and their background shall have a SECTION 1023 nonglare finish. Characters shall contrast with their EXIT PASSAGEWAYS background, with either light characters on a dark 1023.1 Exit passageway,Exitpassageivays serving as an exit background or dark characters on a light background. component in a means of egress system shall comply with the 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUDDING CODE® 245 MEANS OF EGRESS requirements of this section. An exit passageway shall not be the exit path in accordance with Section 1027.1, used For any purpose other than as a means of egress. Exception 3. 1023.2 Width.The width of exit passageways shall be deter- 1024.2 Markings within exit enclosures. Egress path mark- mined as specified in Section 1005.1 but such width shall not ings shall be provided in exit enclosures,including vertical exit be less than 44 inches(1118 mm),except that exitpassagettays enclosures and exit passageways,in accordance with Sections serving an occupant load of less than 50 shall not be less than 1024.2.1 through 1024.2.6. 36 inches (914 mm) in width.The required width of exit pas- 1024.2.1 Steps. A solid and continuous stripe shall be sageways shall be unobstructed. applied to the horizontal leading edge of each step and shall Exception: Doors complying with Section 1005.2. extend for the full length of the step.Outlining stripes shall 1023.3 Construction. Exit passageway enclosures shall have have a minimum horizontal width of l inch (25 mm) and a walls,floors and ceilings of not less than 1-hour fire-resistance maximum width of 2 inches (51 mm).The leading edge of rating, and not less than that required For any connecting exit the stripe shall be placed at a maximum of 11r inch (13 mm) enclosure.Exit assn eiva s shall be constructed as fire barri- From the leading edge of the step and the stripe shall overlap ers in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies the leading edge of the step by not more than 'A inch (13 constructed in accordance with Section 712,or both, mm) down the vertical face of lire step. 1023.4 Termination. Exit passageways shall tenninate at an Exception:The minimum width of 1 inch(25 mm)shall exit discharge or a public way. not apply to outlining stripes listed in accordance with UL 1994. 1023.5 Openings and penetrations.Exitpassagewayopening 1024.2.2 Landings.The leading edge of landings shall be protectives shall be in accordance with the requirements of marked with a stripe consistent with the dimensional Section 715. requirements For steps. Except as permitted in Section 402,4,6,openings in exitpas- 1024.2.3 Handrails.All handrails and handrail extensions sageways other than exterior openings shall be limited to those shall be marked with a solid and continuous stripe having a necessary For exit accessto the exit passageway from normally minimum width of 1 inch (25 mm). The stripe shall be occupied spaces and For egress From the exit passageway. placed on the top surface of the handrail for the entire length Where an exit enclosure is extended to an exit discharge or a of the handrail,including extensions and newel post caps. public nay by an exit passagPrvay, the exit passageway shall Where handrails or hatidrail extensions bend or turn cor- also comply with Section 1022.2.1, ners, the stripe shall not have a gap of more than 4 inches Elevators shall not open into an exit passageway. (102 mm). 1023.6 Penetrations.Penetrations into and openings through Exception:The minimum width of 1 inch(25 mm)shall an exit passageway are prohibited except For required exit not apply to outlining stripes listed in accordance with doors, equipment and ductwork necessary for independent UL 1994. pressurization,sprinkler piping,standpipes,electrical raceway 1024.2.4 Perimeter demarcation lines.Stair landings and For fire department communication and electrical raceway other floor areas within exit enclosures,with the exception serving the exit passageway and terminating at a steel box not of the sides of steps,shall be provided with solid and contin- exceeding 16 square inches(0.010 in).Such penetrations shall uous demarcation lines on the floor or on the walls or a com- be protected in accordance with Section 713.There shall be no bination of both.The stripes shall be 1 to 2 inches(25 mm to penetrations or communicating openings,whether protected or 51 mm)wide with interruptions not exceeding 4 inches(102 not,between adjacent exit passageways. mm). Exception:The minimum width of 1 inch(25 mm)shall SECTION 1024 not apply to outlining stripes listed in accordance with LUMINOUS EGRESS PATH MARKINGS UL 1994. 1024.2.4.1 Floor-mounted demarcation lines.Perime- 1024.1 General. Approved luminous egress path markings ter demarcation lines shall be placed within 9 inches(102 delineating the exit path shall be provided in buildings of mm) of the wall and shall extend to within 2 inches(51 Groups A, B, E,I, M and R-1 having occupied floors located mm) of the markings on the leading edge of landings. more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) above the lowest level of fire The demarcation lines shall continue across the floor in department vehicle access in accordance with Sections 1024.1 front a all doors. through 1024.5. Exception: Demarcation lines shall not extend in Exceptions: front of exit doors that lead out of an exit enclosure 1. Luminous egress path markings shall not be required and through which occupants roust travel to complete on the level of exit discharge in lobbies that serve as the exit path. part of the exit path in accordance with Section 10242.4.2 Wall-mounted demarcation lines.Perime- 1027.1,Exception 1, ter demarcation lines shall be placed on the wall with the 2. Luminous egress path markings shall not be required bottom edge of the stripe no more than 4 inches (102 in areas of open parkinggarages that serve as part of mm)above the finished floor.At the top or bottom of the 246 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE MEANS OF EGRESS stairs,demarcation lines shall drop vertically to the floor 1024.3 Uniformity. Placement and dimensions of markings within 2 inches (51 nun) of the step or landing edge. shall be consistent and uniform throughout the same exit enclo- Demarcation lines on walls shall transition vertically to sure the floor and then extend across the floor where a line on 1024.4 Self-luminous and photoluminescent. Luminous the floor is the only practical method of outlining the egress path markings shall be permitted to be made of any path.Where the wall line is broken by a door,demarca- material,including paint, provided that an electrical charge is tion lines on walls shall continue across the face of the not required to maintain the required luminance.Such materi- door or transition to the floor and extend across the floor als shall include,but are not limited to,self-luminous materials in front of such door. and photoluminescent materials. Materials shall comply with Exception: Demarcation lines shall not extend in either. front of exit doors that lead out of an exit enclosure 1. UL 1994:or and through which occupants must travel to complete the exit path. 2. ASTM E 2072,except that the charging source shall be 1 foot-candle (11 lux) of fluorescent illumination for 60 10242.4.3 Transition.Where wall-mounted demarca- minutes, and the minimum luminance shall be 30 tion line transitions to a floor-mounted demarcation line, millicandelas per square meter at 10 minutes and 5 or vice versa, the wall-mounted demarcation line shall millicandelas per square meter after 90 minutes. drop vertically the floor-mounted demarcation t s complementary thus 1024.5 Illumination.Exit enclosureswhere photoluminescent forming a continuous marking, exit path markings are installed shall be provided with the mini- forming means of egress illumination required by Section 1006 1024.2.5 Obstacles. Obstacles at or below 6 feet 6 inches for at least 60 minutes prior to periods when the building is (1981 mm)in height and projecting more than 4 inches(102 occupied. mm)into the egress path shall be outlined with markings no less than 1 inch(25 min) in width comprised of a pattern of alternating equal bands, of luminescent luminous material SECTION 1025 and black,with the alternating bands no more than 2 inches HORIZONTAL EXITS (51 mm) thick and angled at 45 degrees (0.79 rad). Obsta- 1025.1 Horizontal exits.Horizontal exits serving as an exit in cles shall include. but are not limited to, standpipes, hose a means ofegrrss system shall comply with the requirements of cabinets,wall projections and restricted height areas.How- this section. A horizontal exit shall not serve as the only exit ever,such markings shall not conceal any required informa- from a portion of a building, and where two or more exits are tion or indicators including, but not limited to,instructions required,not more than one-half of the total number of exits or to occupants for the use of standpipes. total exit width shall be horizontal exits. 1024.2.6 Doors from exit enclosures. Doors through Exceptions: which occupants within an exit enclosure must pass in order to complete the exit path shall be provided with markings 1. Horizontal exits are permitted to comprise two-thirds complying with Sections 1024.2.6.1 through 1024.2.6.3. of the required exits from any building or floor area for occupancies in Group I-2. 1024.2.6.1 Emergency exit symbol.The doors shall be 2. Horizontal exits are permitted to comprise 100 per- identified by a low-location luminous emergency exit cent of the exits required for occupancies in Group symbol complying with NFPA 170. The exit symbol I-3.At least 6 square feet(0.6 ml)of accessible space shall be a minimum of 4 inches (102 mm) in height and per occupant shall be provided on each side of the shall be mounted on the door,centered horizontally,with horizontal exit for the total number of people in the top of the symbol no higher than 18 inches(457 mm) adjoining compartments, above the finished floor. 1025.2 Separation.The separation between buildings or ref- 1024.2.6.2 Door hardware markings. Door hardware uge areas connected by a horizontal exit shall be provided by a shall be marked with no less than 16 square inches(406 fire ivall complying with Section 706;or it shall be provided by mm') of luminous material. This marking shall be a fire barrier complying with Section 707 or a horizontal located behind, immediately adjacent to or on the door assembly complying with Section 712,or both.The minimum handle and/or escutcheon.Where a panic bar is installed, fire-resistance rating of the separation shall be 2 hours.Open- such material shall be no less than 1 inch (25 mm)wide ing protectives in horizontal exits shall also comply with Sec- for the entire length of the actuating bar or louchpad. tion 715. Duct and air transfer openings in a fire wall or fire 1024.2.6.3 Door frame markings.The top and sides of barrier that serves as a horizontal exit shall also comply with the door frame shall be marked with a solid and continu_ Section 716.The horizontal exit separation shall extend verti- ous 1 inch to 2 inch (25 min to 51 mm) wide stripe. cally through all levels of the building unless floor assemblies Where the door molding does not provide sufficient flat have a lire-resistance rating of not less than 2 hours with no surface on which to locate the stripe, the stripe shall be unprotected openings. permitted to be located on the wall surrounding the Exception: A fire-resistance rating is not required at hori- frame. zontal exits between a building area and an above-grade 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE E47 MEANS OF EGRESS pedestrian walkwayconstructed in accordance with Section ing six stories above grade plane or having occupied floors 3104,provided that the distance between connected build- more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) above the lowest level of fire ings is more than 20 Feet (6096 mm). department vehicle access. Horizontal exits constructed as fire barriersshall be continu- 1026.3 Open side. Exterior exit ramps and stairways serving ous from exterior wall to exterior wall so as to divide com- as an element of a required rnearrs of egress shall be open on at pletely the floor served by the horizontal exit. least one side.An open side shall have a minimum of 35 square 1025.3 Opening protectives. Fire doors in horizontal exits feet(3.3 ml)of aggregate open area adjacent to each floor level shall be self-closing or automatic-closing when activated by a and the level of each intermediate landing.The required open smoke detector in accordance with Section 715.4.8.3. Doors, area shall be located not less than 42 inches(1067 mm) above where located in a cross-corridor condition, shall be auto- the adjacent floor or landing level. matic-closing by activation of a smoke detector installed in 1026.4 Side yards. The open areas adjoining exterior exit accordance with Section 715.4.8.3. ramps or stairways shall be either yards,courts or public ways, 1025.4 Capacity of refuge area.The refuge area of a horizon- the remaining sides are permitted to be enclosed by the exterior tal exit shall be a space occupied by the same tenant or a public walls of the building. area and each such refuge area shall be adequate to accommo- 1026.5 Location. Exterior exit ramps and stairways shall be date the original occupant load of the refuge area plus the occu- located in accordance with Section 1027.3. pant load anticipated from the adjoining compartment. The anticipated occupant load from the adjoining compartment 1026.6 Exterior ramps and stairway protection. Exterior shall be based on the capacity of the horizontal exitdoors enter- exit ramps and stairwaysshall be separated from the interior of ing the refuge area. The capacity of the refuge area shall be the building as required in Section 1022.1. Openings shall be computed based on a net floor area allowance of 3 square feet limited to those necessary for egress from normally occupied (0.2787 ml) for each occupant to be accommodated therein. spaces. Exception:The net floor area allowable per occupant shall Exceptions: be as follows for the indicated occupancies: 1. Separation from the interior of the building is not 1. Six square feet(0.6 mz)per occupant for occupancies required for occupancies, other than those in Group in Group 1-3. R-1 or R-2,in buildings that are no more than two sto- 2. Fifteen square feet(1.4 m2) per occupant for ambula- ries above grade plane where a level of exit discharge tory occupancies in Group 1-2. serving such occupancies is the first story above 3. Thirty square Feet (2.8 m2) per occupant for grade plane. nonambulatory occupancies in Group I-2. 2. Separation from the interior of the building is not The refuge area into which a horizontal exit leads shall be required where the exterior ramp or stairway is provided with exits adequate to meet the occupant require- served by an exterior ramp or balcony that connects inents of this chapter, but not including the added occupant two remote exterior stainvays or other approved load imposed by persons entering it through horizontal exits exits with a perimeter that is not less than 50 percent from other areas.At least one refuge area exitshall lead directly open,To be considered open. the opening shall be a to the exterior or to an exit enclosure. minimum of 50 percent of the height of the enclosing wall,with the top of the openings no less than 7 feet Exception: The adjoining compartment shall not be (2134 mm) above the top of the balcony. required to have a stairwayor door leading directly outside, 3. Separation from the interior of the building is not provided the refuge area into which a horizontal exit leads required for an exterior ramp or stairway located in a has stairways or doors leading directly outside and are so building or structure that is permitted to have unen- arranged that egress shall not require the occupants to return closed interior stairways in accordance with Section through the compartment from which egress originates. 1022.1. 4. Separation from the interior of the building is not SECTION 1026 required for exterior ramps or stairways connected to EXTERIOR EXIT RAMPS AND STAIRWAYS open-ended corridors, provided that Items 4.1 1026.1 Exterior exit ramps and stairways. Exterior exit through 4.4 are met: ramps and stainvays serving as an element of a required means 4.1. The building, including corridors and ramps of egress shall comply with this section. and stairs, shall be equipped throughout with Exception: Exterior exit ramps and stairways for outdoor an automatic sprinkler system in accordance stadiums complying with Section 1022.1, Exception 2, with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2. 1026.2 Use in a means of egress.Exterior exit stainvays shall 4.2.The open-ended corridors comply with Sec- not be used as an element of a required means of egress for tion 1018. Group 1-2 occupancies. For occupancies in other than Group 43. The open-ended corridors are connected on I-2, exterior exit ramps and stairways shall be permitted as an each end to an exterior exit ramp or stairway element of a required means ofegress for buildings not exceed- complying with Section 1026. 248 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE MEANS OF EGRESS 4.4. At any location in an open-ended corridor 2.4.The area is used only for means ofegress and where a change of direction exceeding 45 de- exits directly to the outside. grees(0.79 rad)occurs,a clear opening of not 3. Stairiva y s in o p en parking garages complying with less than 35 square feet(3.3 ml)or an exterior ramp or stainvav shall be provided. Where Section 1022.1, Exception 4,are permitted to egress through the open parkrnggarageat their levels ofexlt clear openings are provided, they shall be lo- discharge. cated so as to minimize the accumulation of smoke or toxic gases. 4. Horizontal exits complying with Section 1025 shall I not be required to discharge directly to the exterior of the building. SECTION 1027 1027.2 Exit discharge capacity.The capacity of the exit dis- EXIT DISCHARGE chargeshall be not less than the required discharge capacity of 1027.1 General.Exltsshall discharge directly to the exterior of the exits being served. the building.The exit discharge shall be at grade or shall pro vide direct access to grade.The exit dischargeshallnot reenter 1027.3 Exit discharge location.Exterior balconies,stairways and ramps shall be located at least 10 Feet (3048 mm) from a building.The combined use of Exceptions 1 and 2 below shall not exceed 50 percent of the number and capacity of the adjacent lot lines and from other buildings on the same lot required exits. unless the adjacent building exterior walls and openings are protected in accordance with Section 704 based on fire separa- Exceptions: tlon distance. 1. A maximum of 50 percent of the number and capacity 1027.4 Exit discharge components. Exit discharge compo- of the exit enclosures is permitted to egress through nents shall be sufficiently open to the exterior so as to minimize areas on the level of discharge provided all of the fol- the accumulation of smoke and toxic gases, lowing are met: 1.1. Such exit enclosures egress to a free and un- 1027.5 Egress courts.Egress courts serving as a portion of the obstructed path of travel to an exterior exit exit discharge in the means ofegresssystern shall comply with door and such exitis readily visible and identi- the requirements of Section 1027. liable from the point of termination of the exit 1027.5.1 Width.The width of egress courts shall be deter- enclosure. ruined as specified in Section 1005.1, but such width shall 1.2. The entire area of the level ofexlt discharge is not be less than 44 inches (1118 mm), except as specified separated from areas below by construction herein.Egress courts serving Group R-3 and U occupancies conforming to the fire-resistance rating for shall not be less than 36 inches (914 mm) in width. The the exit enclosure, required width of egress courts shall be unobstructed to a 1.3.The egress path from the exit enclosure on the height of 7 feet (2134 mm). level ofexlt discharge is protected throughout Exception:Doors complying with Section 1005.2. by an approved automatic sprinkler system. Where an egress court exceeds the minimum required All portions of the level ofexlt discharge with width and the width of such egress court is then reduced access to the egress path shall either be pro- along the path of exit travel,the reduction in width shall be tected throughout with an automatiesprinkler gradual.The transition in width shall be affected by a guard system installed in accordance with Section not less than 36 inches(919 mm)in height and shall not cre- egress1.1 h n accordance 1.2, c separated From the ate an angle of more than 30 degrees(0.52 rad)with respect egress path in accordance with the require- to the axis of the egress coup along the path of egress travel. meets For the enclosure of exits. In no case shall the width of the egress court be less than the 2. A maximum of 50 percent of the number and capacity required minimum. of the exit enclosures is permitted to egress through a vestibule provided all of the following are met: 1027.5.2 Construction and openings. Where an egress court serving a building or portion thereof is less than 10 2.1. The entire area of the vestibule is separated feet (3048 mm) in width, the egress court walls shall have from areas below by construction conforming not less than 1-hour fire-resistance-rated construction for a to the fire-resistance rating for the exit enclo- distance of 10 Feet(3048 mm) above the floor of the court. sure, Openings within such walls shall be protected by opening 2.2. The depth from the exterior of the building is prolectives having a lireprotectlon ratingof not less than 314 not greater than 10 feet (3048 mm) and the hour. length is not greater than 30 feet (9144 mm). Exceptions: 2.3. The area is separated from the remainder of 1. Egress courts serving an occupant load of less the level ofexlt discharge by construction pro viding protection at least the equivalent of ap- than 10. proved wired glass in steel frames. 2. Egress courts serving Group R-3. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 249 MEANS OF EGRESS 1027.6 Access to a public way.The exit discharge shall pro- encroach upon the required clear width of the ineans ofegress. vide a direct and unobstructed access to a public tvay. Such foyer,if not directly connected to a public street by all the Exception. Where access to a public tray cannot be pro- main entrances or exits,shall have a straight and unobstructed vided,a safe dispersal area shall be provided where all of the corridor or path of travel to every such main entrance or exit. following are met: 1028.5 Interior balcony and gallery means of egress. For I. The area shall be of a size to accommodate at least balconies,galleries or press boxes having a seating capacity of 5 square feet (0.46 in') for each person. 50 or more located in Group A occupancies,at least two means of egress shall be provided, with one from each side of every 2. The area shall be located on the same lot at least 50 balcony,gallery or press box and at least one leading directly to feet(15 240 rnm)away from the building requiring an exit. egress. 1028.5.1 Enclosure of openings. Interior stairivays and 3. The area shall be permanently maintained and othervertical openings shall be enclosed in an exitenclosure identified as a safe dispersal area. as provided in Section 1022.1,except that staiiivaysare per- 4. The area shall be provided with a safe and unob- mitted to be open between the balcony,gallery or press box structed path of travel from the building. and the main assembly floor in occupancies such as the- aters, places of religious worship, auditoriums and sports facilities.At least one accessible means ofegress is required SECTION 1028 from a balcony,gallery or press box level containing acces- ASSEMBLY sible seating locations in accordance with Section 1007.3 or 1028.1 General.Occupancies in Group A and assembly occu- 1007.4. pancies accessory to Group E which contain seats,tables,dis- 1028.6 Width of means of egress for assembly.The clear width plays, equipment or other material shall comply with this of aisles and other means of Wass shall comply with Section section. 1028.6.1 where smoke-piotectedseatingis not provided and with 1028.1.1 Bleachers. Bleachers, grandstands and folding Section 1028.6.2 or 1028.6.3 where smokepntecied seating is and telescopic seating,that are not building elements,shall provided.The clear width shall be measured to walls, edges of comply with]CC 300, seating and tread edges except for permitted projections. 1028.2 Assembly main exit.Group A occupancies and assem- 1028.6.1 Without smoke protection. The clear width of bly occupancies accessory to Group E occupancies That have an the means of egress shall provide sufficient capacity in occupant loadof greater than 300 shall be provided with a main accordance with all of the following, as applicable: exit.The main exit shall be of sufficient width to accommodate 1. At least 0.3 inch(7.6 mm)of width for each occupant not less than one-half of the occupant load,but such width shall served shall be provided on stairs having riser heights not be less than the total required width of all meads ofegress 7 inches (178 mm) or less and tread depths I1 inches leading to the exit.Where the building is classified as a Group (279 mm) or greater,measured horizontally between A occupancy,the main exitshall front on at least one street or an tread nosings. unoccupied space of not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) in width 2. At least 0.005 inch (0.127 mm) of additional stair that adjoins astreet or public ivay. width foreach occupantshall be provided foreach 0.10 Exception: In assembly occupancies where there is no inch(2.5 min)of riser height above 7 inches(178 mm). well-defined main exitor where multiple main exiisare pro- 3. Where egress requires stair descent, at least 0.075 vided, exits shall be permitted to be distributed around the inch (1.9 mm) of additional width for each occupant perimeter of the building provided that the total width of shall be provided on those portions of stairwidth hav- egress is not less than 100 percent of the required width. ing no handrail within a horizontal distance of 30 1028.3 Assembly other exits.In addition to having access to a inches (762 mm). main exit, each level in Group A occupancies or assembly 4. Ramped means of egress, where slopes are steeper occupancies accessory to Group E occupancies having an than one unit vertical in 12 units horizontal(8-percent occupam load greater than 300,shall be provided with add!- slope),shall have at least 0.22 inch (5.6 mm)of clear tional means ofegress that shall provide an egress capacity for width for each occupant served. Level or ramped at least one-half of the total occupant load served by that level means ofegress,where slopes are not steeper than one and comply with Section 10 15.2. unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (8-percent slope), Exception: In assembly occupancies where there is no shall have at least 0.20 inch (53 mm) of clear width well-defined main exitorwhere multiple main exitsare pro- for each occupant served. vided, exits shall be permitted to be distributed around the 1028.6.2 Smoke-protected seating.The clear width of the perimeter of the building, provided that the total width of means ofegress for smoke protectedassemblyseatingshall egress is not less than 100 percent of the required width. not be less than the occupant load served by the egress ele- 1028.4 Foyers and lobbies.In Group A-I occupancies,where ment multiplied by the appropriate Factor in Table 1028.6.2. persons are admitted to the building at times when seats are not The total number of seats specified shall be those within the available,such persons shall be allowed to wait in a lobby or space exposed to the same smoke-protected environment. similar space, provided such lobby or similar space shall not Interpolation is permitted between the specific values 250 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' MEANS OF EGRESS shown.A life safety evaluation,complying with NFPA 101, 1028.6.3 Width of means of egress for outdoor shall be done for a facility utilizing the reduced width smoke-protected assembly. The clear width in inches requirements of Table 1028.6.2 for smoke-protected assem- (mm) of aisles and other means of egress shall be not less b1f•seating. than the total occupant load served by the egress element Exception: For an outdoor smoke-protected assembly multiplied by 0.08 (2.0 min) where egress is by aisles and with an oc•cupaw load not greater than 18.000,the clear stairs and multiplied by 0.06 (1.52 mm)where egress is by width shall be determined using the factors in Section ramps, corridors,tunnels or vomitories. 1028.6.3. Exception:The clear width in inches(mm)of aisles and other means of egress shall be permitted to comply with 1028.6.2.1 Smoke control. Means of egress serving a Section 1028.6.2 For the number m seats in the outdoor smoke- rotected assenrblyseatingarea shall be provided smoke-protected assembly where Section 1028.6.2 per- with a smoke control system complying with Section mits less width. 909 or natural ventilation designed to maintain the smoke level at least 6 feet (1829 mm) above the floor of 1028.7 Travel distance.Exitsand aislesshall be so located that the means of egress. the travel distance to an exit door shall not be greater than 200 feet (60 960 mm) measured along the line of travel in 1028.6.2.2 Roof height. A smoke protected assembly nonsprinklered buildings. Travel distance shall not be more seatirrgarea with a roof shall have the lowest portion of than 250 feet (76 200 mm) in sprinklered buildings. Where the roof deck not less than 15 feet (4572 mm) above the aisles are provided for seating,the distance shall be measured highest aisle or aisle accessway. along the aisles and aisle accessway without travel over or on Exception: A roof canopy in an outdoor stadium the seats. shall be permitted to be less than 15 feet (4572 mm) Exceptions: above the highest aisle or aisle accessway provided that there are no objects less than 80 inches (2032 1. Smoke protected assembly seating. The travel dis- mm) above the highest aisle or aisle accessway. tance from each seat to the nearest entrance to a vomitory or concourse shall not exceed 200 feet (60 1028.6.2.3 Automatic sprinklers. Enclosed areas with 960 mm).The travel distance from the entrance to the walls and ceilings in buildings or structures containing vomitory or concourse to a stair,ramp or walk on the smoke protected assembly seating shall be protected exterior of the building shall not exceed 200 feet (60 with an approved automatic sprinkler system in accor- 960 mm). dance with Section 903.3.1.1. 2. Open-air seating:The travel distance from each seat Exceptions: to the building exterior shall not exceed 400 feet(122 1. The floor area used for contests,performances m).The travel distance shall not be limited in facilities or entertainment provided the roof construction of Type I or I1 construction. is more than 50 feet (15 240 mm) above the 1028.8 Common path of egress travel.The common path of Floor level and the use is restricted to low fire egress travel shall not exceed 30 feet(9144 min) from any seat hazard uses. to a point where an occupant has a choice of two paths of egress 2. Press boxes and storage facilities less than travel to two exits. 1,000 square feet(93 ml in area. Exceptions: 3. Outdoor seating facilities where seating and the 1. For areas serving less than 50 occupants,the common means of egress in the seating area are essen- path of egress travelshall not exceed 75 feet (22 860 tialIy open to the outside. mm). TABLE 1028.6.2 WIDTH OF AISLES FOR SMOKE-PROTECTED ASSEMBLY INCHES OF CLEAR WIDTH PER SEAT SERVED TOTAL NUMBER OF SEATS IN THE SMOKE- Stairs and aisle steps Passageways,doorways PROTECTED ASSEMBLY Stairs and aisle steps with without handrails and ramps not steeper Ramps steeper OCCUPANCY handrails within 30 inches within 30 inches then 1 in 10 in slope than 1 in 10 in slope Equal to or less than 5,000 0.200 _ 0.250 _ __ 0.150 0.165 1D,000 1 _ 0.130 0.163 _-0.100 0.110 5,000 0.096 0.120 0.070 0.077 20,000 0.076 0.095 0.056 0.062 Equal to or greater than 25,0001 0.060 0.075 0.044 0.048 For SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 251 MEANS OF EGRESS 2. For smoke protected assembly seating, the common is a balanced use of all means of egress,with the number of path ofegress travel shall not exceed 50 feet (15 240 persons in proportion to egress capacity. mm). 1028.9.3 Converging aisles.Where aisles converge to form 1028.8.1 Path through adjacent row. Where one of the a single path of egress travel,the required egress capacity of two paths of travel is across the aisle through a row of seats that path shall not be less than the combined required capac- to another aisle, there shall be not more than 24 seats ity of the converging aisles. between the two aisles, and the minimum clear width 1028.9.4 Uniform width.Those portions of aisles, where between rows for the row between the two aisles shall be 12 egress is possible in either of two directions, shall be uni- inches (305 mm) plus 0.6 inch (15.2 min) for each addi- form in required width. tional seat above seven in the row between aisles. 1028.9.5 Assembly aisle termination.Each end of an aisle Exception: For smoke protected assenrblyseatingtiere shall not be more than 40 seats between the two aisles shall terminate at crass aisle, Foyer, doorway, vomitory or and the minimum clear width shall be 12 inches (305 concourse having access to e,an exit. mm) plus 0.3 inch (7.6 mm) for each additional seat. Exceptions: 1028.9 Assembly aisles are required.Every occupied portion 1. Dead-end aisles shall not be greater than 20 feet of any occupancy in Group A or assembly occupancies acces- (6096 mm) in length. sory to Group E that contains seats,tables,displays,similar fix- 2. Dead-end aisles longer than 20 feet(6096 mm)are tures or equipment shall be provided with aislesleading to exits permitted where seals beyond the 20-foot (6096 or exit access doorways in accordance with this section.Aisle mm)dead-end aisle are no more than 24 seats from accessisays for tables and seating shall comply with Section another aisle,measured along a row of seats hav- 1017.4. ing a minimum clear width of 12 inches(305 mm) 1028.9.1 Minimum aisle width.The minimum clear width plus 0.6 inch (15.2 mm) for each additional seat for aisles shall be as shown; above seven in the row. 1. Forty-eight inches(1219 mm) For aisle stairs having 3. For smoke-protected assembly seating, the seating on each side. dead-end aisle length of vertical aisles shall not Exception:Thirty-six inches(919 mm)where the exceed a distance of 21 rows. aisleserves less than 50 seats. 4. For smoke-protected assembly seating, a longer dead-end alsleis permitted where seats beyond the 2. Thirty-six inches (914 min) for aisle stairs having 21-row dead-end aisle are not more than 40 seats seating on only one side. from another aisle,measured along a row of seats 3. Twenty-three inches(584 mm)between an aisle stair having an aisle accessivay with a minimum clear handrail or guard and seating where the aisle is sub- width of 12 inches (305 mm) plus 0.3 inch (7.6 divided by a handrail. mm) for each additional seat above seven in the 4. Forty-two inches (1067 mm) for level or ramped row. aisles having seating on both sides. 1028.9.6 Assembly aisle obstructions. There shall be no Exceptions: obstructions in the required width of aisles except for hand- rails as provided in Section 1028.13. 1. Thirty-six inches (914 mm) where the aisle 1028.10 Clear width of aisle accessways serving seating. serves less that 50 seats. Where seating rows have 14 or fewer seats,the minimum clear 2. Thirty inches(762 mm)where the aisledoes aisle accessway width shall not be less than 12 inches (305 not serve more than 14 seats. mm)measured as the clear horizontal distance from the back of 5. Thirty-six inches(914 mm)for level or ramped aisles the row ahead and the nearest projection of the row behind. having seating on only one side. Where chairs have automatic or self rising seats, the measure- Exceptions: be made with seats in the raised position.Where any Exceptions: chair in the row does not have an automatic or self-rising seat, 1. Thirty inches(762 mm)where the aisle does the measurements shall be made with the seat in the down posi- not serve more than 14 seats. tion. For seats with folding tablet arms,row spacing shall be 2. Twenty-three inches (584 mm) between an determined with the tablet arm in the used position. aisle stair handrail and seating where an Exception: For seats with folding tablet arms,row spacing aisle does not serve more than five rows on is permitted to be determined with the tablet arm in the one side. stored position where the tablet arm when raised manually 1028.9.2 Aisle width.The aisle width shall provide suffi- to vertical position in one motion automatically returns to cient egress capacity for the number of persons accommo- the stored position by force of gravity. dated by the catchment area served by the aisle. The 1028.10.1 Dual access.For rows of seating served by aisles catchment area served by an aisle is that portion of the total or doorways at both ends,there shall not be more than 100 space that is served by that section of the aisle.In establish- seats per row.The minimum clear width of 12 inches (305 ing catchment areas,the assumption shall be made that there min) between rows shall be increased by 0.3 inch (7.6 min) 252 2009 INTERNATIONAL-BUILDING CODE' MEANS OF EGRESS for every additional seat beyond 14 seats,but the minimum sightiines. Where nonuniformities exceed 0.188 clear width is not required to exceed 22 inches (559 mm). inch (4.8 mm) between adjacent risers, the exact location of such nonuniformities shall be indicated Exception: For smoke protected assembly seating, the with a distinctive marking stripe on each tread at row length limits for a 12-inch-wide (305 mm) aisle accesstva}:beyond which the aisle accesswaj,minimum the nosing or leading edge adjacent to the nonuni- clear width shall be increased,are in Table 1028.10.1. form risers. Such stripe shall be a minimum of 1 inch (25 mm), and a maximum of 2 inches (51 TABLE 1028.10.1 mm),wide.The edge marking stripe shall be dis- SMOKE-PROTECTED ASSEMBLY AISLE ACCESSWAYS linctively different from the contrasting marking stripe. MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SEATS PER ROW TOTAL NUMBER OF PERMITTED TO HAVE A MINIMUM 12-INCH 2. Riser heights not exceeding 9 inches (229 mm) CLEAR WIDTH AISLE ACCESSWAY SEATS IN THE SMOKE- -- --- — — shall be permitted Where [hey are necessitated by PROTECTED ASSEMBLY Aisle or doorway at Aisle or doorway at the slope of the adjacent seating areas to maintain OCCUPANCY both ends of row one end of row only Less than 4,000 14 7 sightlines. 1028.11.3 Tread contrasting marking stripe.A contrast- 4,000 _ _ 15 7 ing marking stripe shall be provided on each tread at the nos- _ 7,000_ 16 8 ing or leading edge such that the Iocation of each tread is 10,000 17 g readily apparent when viewed in descent.Such stripe shall - be a minimum of 1 inch (25 mm), and a maximum of 2 13,000 18 _ 9 inches (51 mm),wide. 16.000 19 _. 9_ Exception,The contrasting marking stripe is permitted 19,OOD - 20� ]0 to be omitted where tread surfaces are such that the loca- 22.000 and greater 21 11 tion of each tread is readily apparent when viewed in For 5I: 1 Inch=25.4 mm. descent. 1028.10.2 Single access. For rows of seating served by an 1028.12 Seat stability.In places of assembly,the seats shall be aisle or doorway at only one end of the row, the minimum securely fastened to the floor, clear width of 12 inches (305 mm) between rows shall be Exceptions: increased by 0.6 inch (15.2 mm) for every additional seal beyond seven seats, but the minimum clear width is not 1. In places of assembly or portions thereof without required to exceed 22 inches (559 mm), ramped or tiered floors for seating and with 200 or Exception: For smoke-protected assembly seating, the fewer seats, the seats shall not be required to be fas- row length limits for a 12-inch-wide (305 mm) aisle tened to the floor. accessway,beyond which the aisle accessii-ay mini mum 2. In places of assembly or portions thereof with seating clear width shall be increased,are in Table 1028.I0.1. at tables and without ramped or tiered floors for seat- ing,the seats shall not be required to be fastened to the 1028.11 Assembly aisle walking surfaces.Aisleswith a slope floor. not exceeding one unit vertical in eight units horizontal (I 2.5-percent slope)shall consist of a ramp having a slip-resis- 3. In places of assembly or portions thereof without tant walking surface. Aisles with a slope exceeding one unit ramped or tiered floors for seating and with greater vertical in eight units horizontal(12.5-percent slope)shall con- than 200 seats,the seats shall be fastened together in sist of a series of risers and treads that extends across the full groups of not less than three or the seats shall be width of aisles and complies with Sections 1028.11.1 through securely fastened to the floor. 1028.11.3. 4. In places of assembly where flexibility of the seating 1028.11.1 Treads.Tread depths shall be a minimum of 11 arrangement is an integral part of the design and func- inches (279 mm) and shall have dimensional uniformity. tion of the space and seating is on tiered levels,a max-- Exception:The tolerance between adjacent treads shall imum of 200 seats shall not be required to be fastened not exceed 0.188 inch (4.8 mm), to the floor. Plans showing seating, tiers and aisles shall be submitted for approval. 1028.11.2 Risers.Where the gradient of aisle stairs is to be 5. Groups of seats within a place of assembly separated the same as the gradient of adjoining seating areas,the riser from other seating by railings,guards, partial height height shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm) nor more walls or similar barriers with level floors and having than 8 inches (203 mm) and shall be uniform within each no more than 14 seats per group shall not be required flight. to be fastened to the floor. Exceptions: 6. Seats intended for musicians or other performers and 1. Riser height nonuniformity shall be limited to the separated by railings,guards, partial height walls or extent necessitated by changes in the gradient of similar barriers shall not be required to be fastened to the adjoining seating area to maintain adequate the floor. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 253 MEANS OF EGRESS 1028.13 Handrails. Ramped aisles having a slope exceeding mum 42 inches (1067 mm) measured diagonally between one unit vertical in 15 units horizontal (6.7-percent slope) and the top of the rail and the nosing of the nearest tread. aisle stairs shall be provided with handrails located either at 1028.15 Bench seating.Where bench seating is used,the num- the side or within the aisle width. ber of persons shall be based on one person for each 18 inches Exceptions: (457 mm) of length of the bench. 1. Handrails are not required for ramped aisleshaving a gradient no greater than one unit vertical in eight units horizontal (12.5-percent slope) and seating on both SECTION 1029 sides. EMERGENCY ESCAPE AND RESCUE 2. Handrails are not required if,at the side of the aisle, 1029.1 General.In addition to the means ofegressrequired by there is a guard that complies with the graspability this chapter, provisions shall be made for emergency escape requirements of handrails. and rescue in Group R and I-1 occupancies. Basements and 3. Handrail extensions are not required at the top and sleeping rooms below the fourth story above grade plane shall bottom of aisle stairs and aisle ramp runs to permit have at]cast one exterior emergency escape and rescue open- crossovers accordance with this section. Where basements contain within the aisles. one or more sleeping rooms, emergency escape and rescue 1028.13.1 Discontinuous handrails. Where there is seat- openings shall be required in each sleeping room,but shall not ing on both sides of the aisle,the handralls shall be discon- be required in adjoining areas of the basement.Such openings tinuous with gaps or breaks at intervals not exceeding five shall open directly into a public way or to a yard or court that rows to facilitate access to seating and to permit crossing opens to a public way. from one side of the aisleto the other.These gaps or breaks shall have a clear width of at least 22 inches(559 mm) and Exceptions: not greater than 36 inches (914 mm), measured horizon- 1. In other than Group R-3 occupancies, buildings tally, and the handrail shall have rounded terminations or equipped throughout with an approved automatic bends. sprinkler system in accordance with Section 1028.13.2 Intermediate handrails. Where handrails are 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2. provided in the middle of aisle stairs,there shall be an addi- 2. In other than Group R-3 occupancies,sleeping rooms tional intermediate handrail located approximately 12 inches provided with a door to a fire-resistance-rated corri- (305 mm) below the main handrail. dor• having access to two remote exits in opposite 1028.14 Assembly guards. Assembly guards shall comply directions. with Sections 1028.14.1 through 1028.14.3. 3. The emergency escape and rescue openingis permit- 1028.14.1 Cross aisles.Cross aisles located more than 30 ted to open onto a balcony within an atrium in accor- inches (762 mm)above the floor or grade below shall have dance with the requirements of Section 404,provided guards in accordance with Section 1013. the balcony provides access to an exit and the dwell- ing unit or sleeping unit has a means of egress that is Where an elevation change of 30 inches(762 mm)or less not open to the atrium. occurs between a cross aisle and the adjacent floor or grade below,guards not less than 26 inches (660 mm) above the 4• Basements with a ceiling height of less than 80 inches aisle floor shall be provided. (2032 mm) shall not be required to have emergency escape and rescue windows. Exception: Where the backs of seats on the front of the 5. High-rise buildings in accordance with Section 403. cross aisle project 24 inches(610 mm)or more above the adjacent floor of the aisle,a guardneed not be provided. 6. Emergency escape and rescue openings are not 1028.14.2 Sightline-constrained guard heights. Unless required from basements or sleeping rooms that have subject to the requirements of Section 1028.14.3.a fascia or an exitdoor or exit access door that opens directly into railing system in accordance with the guardrequirements of a public way or to a yard, court or exterior exit bal- Section 1013 and having a minimum height of 26 inches cony that opens to a public way. (660 mm) shall be provided where the floor or Footboard 7. Basements without habitable spaces and having no elevation is more than 30 inches(762 mm)above the floor or more than 200 square feet(18.6 ml)in floor area shall grade below and the fascia or railing would otherwise inter- not be required to have emergency escape windows. fere with the sightlines of immediately adjacent seating.At 1029.2 Minimum size. Emergency escape and rescue open- bleachers,a guard must be provided where required by]CC ings shall have a minimum net clear opening of 5.7 square feet 300. (0.53 m2). 1028.14.3 Guards at the end of aisles.A fascia or railing Exception:The minimum net clear opening for emergency system complying with the guard requirements of Section escape and rescue grade-floor openings shall be 5 square 1013 shall be provided for the full width Of the aisle where feet (0.46 ml). the foot of the aisle is more than 30 inches (762 mm)above the floor or grade below.The fascia or railing shall be a min- 1029.2.1 Minimum dimensions. The minimum net clear imum of 36 inches(914 mm)high and shall provide a mini- opening height dimension shall be 24 inches(610 mm).The 254 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® MEANS OF EGRESS minimum net clear opening width dimension shall be 20 inches(508 mm).The net clear opening dimensions shall be the result of nomial operation of the opening. 1029.3 Maximum height from floor. Emergency escape and rescue openings shall have the bottom of the clear opening not greater[ban 44 inches (1118 min) measured from the floor. 1029.4 Operational constraints.Emergency escape and res- cue openings shall be operational from the inside of the room without the use of keys or tools.Bars,grilles,grates or similar devices are permitted to be placed over emergency escape and rescue openings provided the minimum net clear opening size complies with Section 1029.2 and such devices shall be releasable or removable from the inside without the use of a key,tool or force greater than that which is required for normal operation of the escape and rescue opening.Where such bars, grilles,grates or similar devices are installed in existing build- ings, smoke alarms shall be installed in accordance with Sec- tion 907.2.11 regardless of the valuation of the alteration. 1029.5 Window wells.An erriergericyescapearidrescue open- ing with a finished sill height below the adjacent ground level shall be provided with a window well in accordance with Sec- tions 1029.5.1 and 1029.5.2. 1029.5.1 Minimum size.The minimum horizontal area of the window wel I shall be 9 square feet(0.84 m2),with a min- imum dimension of 36 inches (914 min). The area of the window well shall allow the emergency escape and rescue opening to be fully opened. 1029.5.2 Ladders or steps. Window wells with a vertical depth of more than 44 inches(1118 mm) shall be equipped with an appioved permanently affixed ladder or steps.Lad- ders or rungs shall have an inside width of at least 12 inches (305 mm),shall project at least 3 inches (76 mm) from the wall and shall be spaced not more than 18 inches(457 mm) on center(o.c.) vertically for the full Height of the window well.The ladder or steps shall not encroach into the required dimensions of the window well by more than 6 inches(152 mm). The ladder or steps shall not he obstructed by Ilie enwigency escape and rescue opening. Ladders or steps required by this section are exempt from the stairway requirements of Section 1009. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 255 CHAPTER 11 ACCESSIBILITY SECTION 1101 either multiple rows,or a single row of box seats accessed from GENERAL a separate level. 1101.1 Scope.The provisions of this chapter shall control the MULTISTORY UNIT.A do elling unit or sleeping unit with design and construction of facilities for accessibility to physi- habitable space located on more than one story. cally disabled persons. PUBLIC ENTRANCE. An entrance that is not a service 1101.2 Design. Buildings and facilities shall be designed and entrance or a restricted entrance. constructed to be accessible in accordance with this code and PUBLIC-USE AREAS. Interior or exterior rooms or spaces ICC A117.1. that are made available to the general public. RESTRICTED ENTRANCE. An entrance that is made SECTION 1102 available for common use on a controlled basis,but not public DEFINITIONS use,and that is not a service entrance. 1102.1 Definitions.The following words and terms shall, for SELF-SERVICE STORAGE FACILITY. Real property the purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in the code, designed and used for the purpose of renting or leasing individ- have the meanings shown herein: ual storage spaces to customers for the purpose of storing and ACCESSIBLE.Asite,building,facilityor portion thereof that removing personal property on a self-service basis. complies with this chapter. SERVICE ENTRANCE.An entrance intended primarily for delivery of goods or services. ACCESSIBLE ROUTE. A continuous, unobstructed path SITE. A parcel of land bounded b a lot line or a designated that complies with this chapter. p Y g ACCESSIBLE UNIT. A drvelling unit or sleeping unit that portion of a public right-of way. complies with this code and the provisions for Accessible units TYPE A UNIT.A dwelling unit or sleeping unit designed and in ICC Al 17,1. constructed for accessibility in accordance with this code and the provisions for Type A writs in ICC A117.1. CIRCULATION PATH. exterior interior way of pas TYPE B UNIT.A dwelling unit or sleeping unit designed and sage From one place to another For pedestrians, constructed for accessibility in accordance with this code and COMMON USE. Interior or exterior circulation paths, the provisions for Type B units in ICC A117.1,consistent with rooms, spaces or elements that are not for public use and are the design and construction requirements of the federal Fair made available for the shared use of two or more people. Housing Act. DETECTABLE WARNING.A standardized surface feature WHEELCHAIR SPACE.A space for a single wheelchair and built in or applied to walking surfaces or other elements to warn its occupant. visually impaired persons of hazards on a circulation path, DWELLING UNIT OR SLEEPING UNIT, MULTI- STORY.See definition for"Multistory unit." SECTION 1103 SCOPING REQUIREMENTS DWELLING UNIT OR SLEEPING UNIT,TYPE A. See 1103.1 Where required.Sites,buildings,structures,facilities, definition for"Type A unit." elements and spaces,temporary or permanent,shall be accessi- DWELLING UNIT OR SLEEPING UNIT, TYPE B. See ble to persons with physical disabilities. definition for"Type B unit." 1103.2 General exceptions.Sites,buildings,structures,facili- EMPLOYEE WORK AREA. All or any portion of a space ties,elements and spaces shall be exempt from this chapter to used only by employees and only for work. Corridors, toilet the extent specified in this section, rooms, kitchenettes and break rooms are not employee work 1103.2.1 Specific requirements. Arcessibilft is not auras. required in buildings and facilities, or portions thereof, to FACILITY. All or any portion of buildings, structures, site the extent permitted by Sections 1104 through 1110. improvements, elements and pedestrian or vehicular routes 1103.2.2 Existing buildings.Existing buildings shall com- located on a site. ply with Section 3411. INTENDED TO BE OCCUPIED AS A RESIDENCE.This 1103.2.3 Employee work areas. Spaces and elements refers to a dtvelling unit or sleeping unit that can or will be used within employee work areas shall only be required to coin- all or part of the time as the occupant's place of abode. ply with Sections 907.5.2.3.2, 1007 and 1 104.3.1 and shall MULTILEVEL ASSEMBLY SEATING. Seating that is be designed and constructed so that individuals with disabil- arranged in distinct levels where each level is comprised of ities can approach,enter and exit the work area.Work areas, 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 257 ACCESSIBILITY or portions of work areas, other than raised courtroom sta- I103.2.14 Detention and correctional facilities.In deten- tions. that are less than 300 square feet (30 in') in area and tion and correctional facilities, cormnon use areas that are elevated 7 inches(178 mm)or more above the ground or fin- used only by inmates or detainees and security personnel, ish floor where the elevation is essential to the function of and that do not serve holding cells or housing cells required the space shall be exempt from all requirements. to be accessible, are not required to be accessible or to be 1103.2.4 Detached dwellings.Detached one-and two-fam- served by an accessible route « ily dwellings and accessory structures,and their associated 1103.2.15 Walk-in coolers and freezers.Walk-in coolers sites and facilities,are not required to be accessible. and freezers intended for employee use only are not 1103.2.5 Utility buildings. Occupancies in Group U are required to be accessible. exempt from the requirements of this chapter other than the following: 1. In agricultural buildings, access is required to paved SECTION 1104 work areas and areas open to the general public. ACCESSIBLE ROUTE 2. Private garages or carports that contain required 1104.1 Site arrival points. Accessible routes within the site accessible parking. shall be provided from public transportation stops: accessible parking:accessible passenger loading zones:and public streets 1103.2.6 Construction sites. Structures, sites and equip- or sidewalks to the accessible building entrance served. ment directly associated with the actual processes of con- struction including,but not limited to,scaffolding,bridging. Exception: Other than in buildings or facilities containing materials hoists, materials storage or construction trailers or serving Type B units, an accessible mute shall not be are not required to be accessible. required between sitearrival points and the building or facil- 1103.2.7 Raised areas.Raised areas used primarily for pur- ity entrance if the only means of access between them is a poses of security,life safety or fire safety including,but not vehicular way not providing for pedestrian access. limited to, observation galleries, prison guard towers, fire 1104.2 Within a site.At least one accessible route shall con- towers or lifeguard stands,are not required to be accessible nect accessible buildings,accessible facilities,accessible ele- or to be served by an accessible route. ments and accessible spaces that are on the same site. 1103.2.8 Limited access spaces. Nonoccupiable spaces Exception: An accessible mute is not required between accessed only by ladders, catwalks, crawl spaces, freight accessible buildings, accessible facilities, accessible ele- elevators or very narrow passageways are not required to be ments and accessible spaces that have,as the only means of accessible access between them, a vehicular way not providing for 1103.2.9 Equipment spaces. Spaces frequented only by pedestrian access. personnel for maintenance,repair or monitoring of equip- 1104.3 Connected spaces. When a building or portion of a ment are not required to be accessible.Such spaces include, building is required to be accessible,an accessible mute shall but are not limited to, elevator pits, elevator penthouses, be provided to each portion of the building,to accessible build- mechanical, electrical or communications equipment ing entrances connecting accessible pedestrian walkways and rooms,piping or equipment catwalks,water or sewage treat- the public way. ment pump roams and stations, electric substations and transformer vaults,and highway and tunnel utility facilities. Exceptions: 1103.2.10 Single-occupant structures. Single-occupant 1. In assembly areas with fixed seating, an accessible structures accessed only by passageways below grade or route shall not be required to serve levels where elevated above grade including, but not limited to, toll wheelchair spaces are not provided. booths that are accessed only by underground tunnels, are 2. In Group I-2 facilities,doors to sleeping units shall be not required to be accessible. exempted from the requirements for maneuvering 1103.2.11 Residential Group R-1.Buildings of Group R-1 clearance at the room side provided the door is a mini- containing not more than five sleeping units for rent or hire mum of 44 inches (l 118 mm) in width. that are also occupied as the residence of the proprietor are 1104.3.1 Employee work areas. Common use circulation not required to be accessible. paths within employee work areas shall be accessible 1103.2.12 Day care facilities. Where a day care facility mutes. (Groups A-3,E.1-4 and R-3)is part of a dwelling unit,only Exceptions: the portion of the structure utilized for the day care facility is required to be accessible. 1. Common use circulation paths, located within 1103.2.13 Live/work units.In live/work units constructed employee work areas that are less than 300 square in accordance with Section 419,the portion of the unit uti- feet (27.9 ml) in size and defined by permanently lized for nonresidential use is required to be accessible.The installed partitions,counters,casework or furnish- residential portion of the live/work unit is required to be ings,shall not be required to be accessible routes. evaluated separately in accordance with Sections 1107.6.2 2. Common use circulation paths, located within and 1107.7. employee work areas,that are an integral compo- 258 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE ACCESSIBILITY vent of equipment, shall not be required to be interior. Where only one accessible route is provided, the accessible routes. accessible route shall not pass through kitchens, storage 3. Common use circulation paths, located within rooms,restrooms,closets or similar spaces, exterior employee work areas that are fully Exceptions: exposed to the weather,shall not be required to be 1. Accessible routes from parking garages contained accessible routes. within and serving Type B units are not required to be 1104.3.2 Press boxes.Press boxes in assembly areas shall interior. be on an accessible route 2. A single accessible route is permitted to pass through Exceptions: a kitchen or storage room in an Accessible unit, Type 1. An accessible route shall not be required to press A unit or Type B unit. boxes in bleachers that have points of entry at only 1104.6 Security barriers.Security barriers including,but not one level, provided that the aggregate area of all limited to,security bollards and security check points shall not press boxes is 500 square feet (46 ml) maximum. obstruct a required accessible route or accessible means of 2. An accessible route shall not be required to egress. free-standing press boxes that are elevated above Exception: Where security barriers incorporate elements grade 12 feet (3660 mm) minimum provided that that cannot comply with these requirements,such as certain the aggregate area of all press boxes is 500 square metal detectors, fluoroscopes or other similar devices, the feet (46 ml) maximum, accessible route shall be permitted to be provided adjacent 1104.4 Multilevel buildings and facilities.At least one acces- to security screening devices. The accessible route shall sible route shall connect each accessible level,including mez- permit persons with disabilities passing around security zanines,in multilevel buildings and facilities. barriers to maintain visual contact with their personal items to the same extent provided others passing through the secu- Exceptions: rity barrier. 1. An accessible route is not required to stories and mez- zanines that have an aggregate area of not more than 3,000 square feet (278.7 m2) and are located above SECTION 1105 and below accessible levels.This exception shall not ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCES apply to: 1105.1 Public entrances. In addition to accessible entrances LL Multiple tenant facilities of Group M occu- required by Sections 1105.1.1 through 1105.1.6, at least 60 pancies containing five or more tenant spaces; percent of a]I public entrances shall be accessible. 1.2. Levels containing offices of health care pro- Exceptions: viders (Group B or 1); or 1. An accessible entrance is not required to areas not 1.3. Passenger transportation facilities and air- required to be accessible. ports (Group A-3 or B). 2, Loading and service entrances that are not the only 2. Levels that do not contain accessible elements or entrance to a tenant space. other spaces as determined by Section 1107 or 1108 are not required to be served by an accessible route 1105.1.1 Parking garage entrances. Where provided, from an accessible level. direct access for pedestrians from parking structures to 3. In air traffic control towers,an accessible route is not buildings or facility entrances shall be accessible. required to serve the cab and the floor immediately 1105.1.2 Entrances from tunnels or elevated walkways. be]ow the cab. Where direct access is provided for pedestrians from a pedestrian tunnel or elevated walkway to a building or facil- 4. Where a two-story building or facility has one story ity,at least one entrance to the building or facility from each with an occupant load of five or fewer persons that tunnel or walkway shall be accessible. does not contain public use space,that story shall not be required to be connected by an accessible route to 1105.1.3 Restricted entrances.Where restricted entrances the story above or below. are provided to a building or facility,at least one restricted 5. Vertical access to elevated employee work stations entrance to the building or facility shall be accessible. within a courtroom is not required at the time of initial 1105.1.4 Entrances for inmates or detainees. Where construction, provided a rarnp, lift or elevator com- entrances used only by inmates or detainees and security plying with ICC A117.1 can be installed without personnel are provided ai judicial facilities,detention facili- requiring reconfiguration or extension of the court- ties or correctional facilities,at least one such entrance shall room or extension of the electrical system. be accessible 1104.5 Location.Accessible mutes shall coincide with or be 1105.1.5 Service entrances. If a service entrance is the located in the same area as a general circulation path.Where only entrance to a building or a tenant space in a facility,that the circulation path is interior,the accessible muteshall also be entrance shall be accessible. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 259 ACCESSIBILITY 1105.1.6 Tenant spaces, dwelling units and sleeping bilitation facilities specializing in treating conditions that units.At least one accessible entrance shall be provided to affect mobility and outpatient physical therapy facilities shall each tenant, dwelling unit and sleeping unit in a facility. be accessible. Exceptions: 1106.5 Van spaces.For every six or fraction of six accessible 1. An accessible entrance is not required to tenants parking spaces, at least one shall be a van-accessible parking that are not required to be accessible. space. 2. An accessible entrance is not required to dwelling Exception: In Group R-2 and R-3 occupancies,van-acces- units and sleeping units that are not required to be sible spaces located within private garages shall be permit- Accessible units, Type A units or Type B units. ted to have vehicular routes,entrances,parking spaces and access aisles with a minimum vertical clearance of 7 feet (2134 mm). SECTION 1106 1106.6 Location. Accessible parking spaces shall be located PARKING AND PASSENGER LOADING FACILITIES on the shortest accessible mute of travel from adjacent parking 1106.1 Required.Where parking is provided,accessible park- to an accessible building entrance.In parking facilities that do ing spaces shall be provided in compliance with Table 1106.1. not serve a particular building,accessible parking spaces shall except as required by Sections 11061 through 1106.4.Where be located on the shortest route to an accessible pedestrian more than one parking facility is provided on a site,the number entrance to the parking facility.Where buildings have multiple of parking spaces required to be accessible shall be calculated accessible entrances with adjacent parking,accessible parking separately for each parking facility, spaces shall be dispersed and located near the accessible Exception: This section does not apply to parking spaces entrances, used exclusively for buses, trucks, other delivery vehicles. Exceptions: law enforcement vehicles or vehicular impound and motor 1. In multilevel parking structures,van-accessible park- pools where lots accessed by the public are provided with an ing spaces are permitted on one level. accessible passenger loading zone. TABLE 1106.1 2. Accessible parking spaces shall be permitted to be ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES located in different parking facilities if substantially TOTAL PARKING REQUIRED MINIMUM NUMBER equivalent or greater accessibility is provided in SPACES PROVIDED OF_A_CC_E_SSIB_L_E_SPACES terms of distance from an accessible entrance or to 25 1 entrances,parking fee and user convenience. 26 to 50 2 1106.7 passenger loading zones. Passenger loading zones shall be designed and constructed in accordance with ICC 51 to 75 3 A117.1, 76 to 100 __.__. 4 I 1106.7.1 Continuous loading zones. Where passenger 101 to 150 5 loading zones are provided,one passenger loading zone in 151 io 200 6 every continuous 100 linear feet(30.4 m)maximum of load- 201 to 300 7 ing zone space shall be accessible. 301 to 400 8 110 .7.2 Medical facilities.A passenger loading zone shall be provided at an accessible entrance to licensed medical 401 to 500 9 and long-term care facilities where people receive physical 501 to 1.000 2%of total or medical treatment or care and where the period of stay 1,001 and over 20,plus one for each 100. ' exceeds 24 hours. or fraction thereof.over 1.000 1106.7.3 Valet parking.A passenger loading zone shall be 1106.2 Groups R-2 and R-3. At least 2 percent, but not less provided at valet parking services. than one,of each type of parking space provided for occupan- 1106.7.4 Mechanical access parking garages. Mechani- cies in Groups R-2 and R-3,which are required to have Acces- cal access parking garages shall provide at least one passen- sible, Type A or Type B dwelling or sleeping units. shall be ger loading zone at vehicle drop-off and vehicle pick-up accessible. Where parking is provided within or beneath a areas. building, accessible parking spaces shall also be provided within or beneath the building. 1106.3 Hospital outpatient facilities.At least 10 percent,but SECTION 1107 not less than one,of patient and visitor parking spaces provided DWELLING UNITS AND SLEEPING UNITS to serve hospital outpatient facilities shall be accessible. 1107.1 General. In addition to the other requirements of this 1106.4 Rehabilitation facilities and outpatient physical chapter, occupancies having dwelling units or sleeping units therapy facilities.At least 20 percent,but not less than one,of shall be provided with accessible features in accordance with the portion of patient and visitor parking spaces serving reha- this section. 260 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® ACCESSIBILITY 1107.2 Design. Dwelling units and sleeping units that are as a residence, every dwelling unit and sleeping unit required to be Accessible units, Type A units and Type B units intended to be occupied as a residence shall be a Type B shall comply with the applicable portions of Chapter 10 of 1CC unit. Al 17.1. Units required to be Type A units are permitted to be Exception:The number of Tfpe B units is permitted designed and constructed as Accessible units.Units required to to be reduced in accordance with Section 1107.7. be Type B units are perztli tted to be designed and constructed as Accessible units or as Type A units. 1107.5.2 Group I-2 nursing homes. Accessible units and 1107.3 Accessible spaces.Rooms and spaces available to the Type B units shall be provided in nursing homes of Group general public or available for use by residents and serving I-2 occupancies in accordance with Sections 1107.5.2.1 and Accessible units, Type A units or Type B units shall be accessi- I 107,5,2,2. ble. Accessible spaces shall include toilet and bathing rooms, 1107.5.2.1 Accessible units.At least 50 percent but not kitchen, living and dining areas and any exterior spaces, less than one of each type of the dwelling units and sleep- including patios, terraces and balconies. ing units shall be Accessible units. Exceptions: 1107.5.2.2 Type B units.In structures with four or more 1. Recreational facilities in accordance with Section dwelling units or sleeping units intended to be occupied 1109.14. as a residence, every dwelling unit and ,sleeping unit intended to be occupied as a residence shall be a Type B 2. In Group I-2 facilities,doors to sleeping units shall be unit. exempted from the requirements for maneuvering clearance at the room side provided the door is a mini- Exception:The number of Type B units is permitted mum of 44 inches (1118 mm) in width, to be reduced in accordance with Section 1107.7. 1107.4 Accessible route. At least one accessible mute shall 1107.5.3 Group 1-2 hospitals.Accessible units and Type B connect accessible building or facility entrances with the pri- unitsshall be provided in general-purpose hospitals,psychi- mary entrance of each Accessible unit, Type unit and Type B atric facilities, detoxification facilities and residential unitwithin the building or facility and with those exterior and carelassisted lining facilities of Group 1-2 occupancies in interior spaces and facilities that serve the units. accordance with Sections 1107.5.3.1 and 1107.5.3.2. Exceptions: 1107.5.3.1 Accessible units.At least 10 percent,but not less than one, of the drvelling units and sleeping units 1. If due to circumstances outside the control of the shall be Accessible units. owner, either the slope of the finished ground level between accessible facilities and buildings exceeds 1107.5.3.2 Type B units.In structures with four or more one unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (1:12), or dwelling units or sleeping units intended to be occupied where physical barriers or legal restrictions prevent as a residence, every drvelling unit and Sleeping unit the installation of an accessible route, a vehicular intended to be occupied as a residence shall be a Type B route with parking that complies with Section 1106 at unit• each public or common use facility or building is per- Exception:The number of Type B units is permitted mitted in place of the accessible route. to be reduced in accordance with Section 1107.7. 2. Exterior decks. patios or balconies [hat are part of 1107.5.4 Group 1-2 rehabilitation facilities. In hospitals Type B units and have impervious surfaces, and that and rehabilitation facilities of Group 1-2 occupancies which are not more than 4 inches (102 mm) below the fin- specialize in treating conditions that affect mobility,oruniis ished floor level of the adjacent interior space of the within either which specialize in treating conditions that unit. affect mobility. 100 percent of the dwelling units and sleep- 1107.5 Group I.Accessible units and Type B uniisshall be pro- ing units shall be Accessible units. vided in Group 1 occupancies in accordance with Sections 1107.5.5 Group I-3.Accessible unitsshall be provided in 1107.5.1 through 1107.5.5. Group I-3 occupancies in accordance with Sections 1107.5.1 Group I-1.Accessible units and Type B units shall 1107.5.5.1 through 1107.5.5.3. be provided in Group I-1 occupancies in accordance with 1107.5.5.1 Group 1-3 sleeping units.In Group I-3 occu- Sections 1107.5.1.1 and 1107.5.1.2. pancies. at least 2 percent, but not less than one, of the 1107.5.1.1 Accessible units.At least 4 percent, but not dwelling units and sleeping units shall be Accessible less than one, of the dwelling units and sleeping units units. shall be Accessible units. 1107.5.5.2 Special holding cells and special housing 1107.5.1.2 Type B units.In structures with four or more cells or rooms.In addition to the Accessible unitsrequired dwelling units or sleeping units intended to be occupied by Section 1107.5.5.1,where special holding cells or spe- 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 261 ACCESSIBILITY cial housing cells or rooms are provided, at least one 1107.6.2 Group R-2. Accessible units, Type A units and serving each purpose shall be an Accessible unit.Cells or Type B units shall be provided in Group R-2 occupancies in rooms subject to this requirement include,but are not lim- accordance with Sections 1107.6.2.1 and 1107.622. ited to, those used for purposes of orientation, protective custody,administrative or disciplinary detention or segre- 1107.6.2.1 Apartment houses, monasteries and con- gation,detoxification and medical isolation. vents. Type units and T pe B units shall be provided in Exception: Cells or rooms special]}- designed with- apartment houses, monasteries and convents in accor- out protrusions and that are used solely for purposes dance with Sections 1107.6.2.1.1 and 1107.6.2.1.2. of suicide prevention shall not be required to include 1107.6.2.1.1 Type A units. In Group R-2 occupan- grab bars. cies containing more than 20 dwelling units or sleep- 1107.5.5.3 Medical care facilities. Patient sleeping ing units,at least 2 percent but not less than one of the units or cells required to be Accessible units in medical units shall be a TypeA unit.All R-2 units on a siteshall care facilities shall be provided in addition to any medi- be considered to determine the total number of units cal isolation cells required to comply with Section and the required number of Type units. Type units 1107.5.5.2. shall be dispersed among the various classes of units. 1107.6 Group R. Accessible units, Type A units and Type B Exceptions: units shall be provided in Group R occupancies in accordance with Sections 1107.6.1 through 1107.6.4. 1. The number of Type A units is permitted to 1107.6.1 Group R-1. Accessible units and Type B units be reduced in accordance with Section shall be provided in Group R-1 occupancies in accordance 1107.7. with Sections 1107.6.1.1 and 1107.6.1.2. 2. Existing structures on a site shall not con- 1107.6.1.1 Accessible units.In Group R-1 occupancies, tribute to the total number of units on a site. Accessible dwelling units and sleeping units shall be pro- 1107.6.2.1.2 Type B units. Where there are four or vided in accordance with Table 1107.6.1.1.All R-1 units more dwelling units or sleeping units intended to be on a slteshall be considered to determine the total num- occupied as a residence in a single structure, every ber of Accessible units. Accessible units shall be dis- dwelling unit and sleeping unit intended to be occu- persed among the various classes of units. Roll-in pied as a residence shall be a Type B unit. showers provided in Accessible unitsshall include a per- manently mounted folding shower seat. Exception:The number of 7j,pv B units is permit- 1107.6.1.2 Type B units.In structures with four or more led to be reduced in accordance with Section dwelling units or sleeping units intended to be occupied 1107.7. as a residence, every dwelling unit and sleeping unit 1107.6.2.2 Group R-2 other than apartment houses, intended to be occupied as a residence shall be a Type B monasteries and convents. In Group R-2 occupancies, unit. other than apartment houses, monasteries and convents, Exception:The number of Type B units is permitted Accessible units and Type B units shall be provided in to be reduced in accordance with Section 1107.7. accordance with Sections 1107.6.2.2.1 and 1107.6.2.22. TABLE 1107.6.1.1 ACCESSIBLE DWELLING AND SLEEPING UNITS MINIMUM REQUIRED NUMBER OF MINIMUM REQUIRED NUMBER OF TOTAL NUMBER OF ACCESSIBLE UNITS WITHOUT ACCESSIBLE UNITS WITH TOTAL NUMBER OF UNITS PROVIDED ROLL-IN SHOWERS - ROLL-IN SHOWERS REQUIRED ACCESSIBLE UNITS 1 to 25 1 0 1 26 to 50 2 0 2 51 to 75 3 1 4 - 76 to 100 — _ — 4 - -- 1 — -- —5 101 to 150 5 2 7 151 to 200 6 2 8 201 to 300 7 3 10 -- 301 to 400 — --— - 8 — - 4 12� 401 to 500 9 4 — — -- ' 13 - 501 to 1.000 2%of total 1%of total 3%of total Over 1,000 20,plus 1 for each 100,or 10 plus 1 for each 100,or 30 plus 2 for each 100,or fraction thef(tof.over 1.000 fraction thereof,over 1,000 fraction thereof.over 1.000 262 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE ACCESSIBILITY 1107.6.2.2.1 Accessible units. Accessible dwelling pedestrian arrival points within 50 feet (15 240 units and sleeping units shall be provided in actor- mm)of the planned entrance are 10 percent or less, dance with Table 1107.6.1.1. and 1107.6.2.2.2 Type B units. Where there are four or 2. Where the slopes of the planned finished grade more dwelling units or sleeping units intended to be measured between the entrance and all vehicular occupied as a residence in a single structure, every or pedestrian arrival points within 50 feet(15 240 dcvelling unit and every sleeping unit intended to be rnm)of the planned entrance are 10 percent or less. occupied as a residence shat l be a Type B unit. Where no such arrival points are within 50 feet(15 240 Exception:The number of Type B units is permit- mm) of the entrance, the closest arrival point shall be led to be reduced in accordance with Section used unless that arrival point serves the storyrequired by 1107.7. Section 1107.7.1.1. 1107.6.3 Group R-3. In Group R-3 occupancies where 1107.7.2 Multistory units.A multistory divelling or sleep- there are four or more dwelling units or sleeping units ing unit which is not provided with elevator service is not intended io be occupied as a residence in a single structure, required to be a Type B unit.Where a multistory unit is pro- every dwelling unit and sleeping unit intended to be occu- vided with external elevator service to only one floor, the pied as a residence shall be a Type B unit. floor provided with elevator service shall be the primary Exception: The number of Type B units is permitted to entry to the unit,shall comply with the requirements for a be reduced in accordance with Section 1107.7. Type B unit and a toilet facility shall be provided on that Floor. 1107.6.4 Group R-4. Accessible units and Type B units 1107.7.3 Elevator service to the lowest story with units. shall be provided in Group R-4 occupancies in accordance Where elevator service in the building provides an accessi- with Sections 1107.6.4.1 and 1107.6.4.2. ble route only to the lowest story containing dcvelling or 1107.6.4.1 Accessible units.At least one of the dcvelling sleeping units intended to be occupied as a residence,only or sleeping units shall be an Accessible unit. the units on that storywhich are intended to be occupied asa 1107.6.4.2 Type B units.In structures with four or more residence are required to be Type B units. dwelling units or sleeping units intended to be occupied 1107.7.4 Site impracticality. On a site with multiple as a residence, every duelling unit and sleeping unit nonelevator buildings,the number of units required by Sec- intended to be occupied as a residence shall be a Type B tion 1107.7.1 to be TypeB units is permitted to be reduced to unit, a percentage which is equal to the percentage of the entire Exception:The number of Type B units is permitted site having grades,prior to development,which are less than to be reduced in accordance with Section 1107.7. 10 percent,provided that all of the following conditions are met: 1107.7 General exceptions.Where specifically permitted by 1. Not less than 20 percent of the units required by Sec- Section 1107.5 or 1107.6,the required number of Type A units tion 1107.7.1 on the site are Type B units, and TypeB units is permitted to be reduced in accordance with Sections 1107.7.1 through 1107.7.5. 2. Units required by Section 1107.71, where the slope between the building entrance serving the units on 1107.7.1 Structures without elevator service. Where no rival point is pedestrian or vehicular a at storyand a pede r elevator service is provided in a structure,only the dwelling that greater than ede percent, are Type r units, units and sleeping units that are located on stories indicated in Sections 1107.7.1.1 and 1107.7.1.2 are required to be 3. Units required by Section 1107.7.1, where an ele- Type A units and Type B units,respectively.The number of vated walkway is planned between a building TypeA unitsshall be determined in accordance with Section entrance serving the units on that storyand a pedes- 1107.6.2.1.1, trian or vehicular arrival point and the slope between 1107.7.1.1 One story with Type B units required. At them is 10 percent or less are Type B units and least one story containing dwelling units or sleeping 4• Units served by an elevator in accordance with Sec- units intended to be occupied as a residenceshall be pro- tion 1107.7.3 are Type B units. vided with an accessible entrance from the exterior of the 1107.7.5 Design flood elevation.The required number of structure and all units intended to be occupied as a resi- Type A units and Type B units shall not apply to a site where deuce on that story shall be Tjpe B units. the required elevation of the lowest floor or the lowest hori- 1107.7.1.2 Additional stories with Type B units.On all zontal structural building members of nonelevator buildings other stories that have a building entrance in proximity to are at or above the design flood elevation resulting in: arrival points intended to serve units on that stor}: as 1. A difference in elevation between the minimum indicated in Items I and 2,all dwellingunits and sleeping required floor elevation at the primary entrances and units intended to be occupied as a residence served by vehicular and pedestrian arrival points within 50 feet that entrance on that storyshall be Type B units. (15 240 mm) exceeding 30 inches (762 mm),and 1. Where the slopes of the undisturbed site measured 2. A slope exceeding 10 percent between the minimum between the planned entrance and all vehicular or required floor elevation at the primary entrances and 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 263 ACCESSIBILITY vehicular and pedestrian arrival points within 50 feet that are not required to be located on an accessible (15.24 nt), route in accordance with Section 1109.14.4.1. Where no such arrival points are within 50 feet(15.24 m) 1108.2.3 Companion seats. At least one companion seat of the primary entrances, the closest arrival points shall be complying with 1CC A117.1 shall be provided for each used. wheelchair space required by Sections 1108.2.2.1 through 1108.2.2.3. SECTION 1108 1108.2.4 Dispersion of wheelchair spaces in multilevel SPECIAL OCCUPANCIES assembly seating areas. In multilevel assembly seating 1108.1 General. In addition to the other requirements of this areas, Owelchairspaces shall be provided on the main floor chapter. the requirements of Sections 1108.2 through 1108.4 level and on one of each two additional floor or mezzanine shall apply to specific occupancies. levels. Wheelchair spaces shall be provided in each luxury box,club box and suite within assembly facilities. 1108.2 Assembly area seating. Assembly areas with fixed seating shall comply with Sections 1108.2.1 through 1108.2.8. Exceptions: Dining areas shall comply with Section 1108.2.9. In addition, i. In multilevel assembly spaces utilized for worship lawn seating shall comply with Section 1108.2.6. services where the second floor or rnezzaninelevel 1108.2.1 Services.If a service or facility is provided in an contains 25 percent or less of the total seating area that is not accessible,the same service or facility shall capaci Iy, wheelchair spaces shall be permitted to be provided on an accessible level and shall be accessible. all be located on the main level. 1108.2.2 Wheelchair spaces.In theaters,bleachers,grand- 2. In multilevel assembly seating where the second stands, stadiums, arenas and other fixed seating assembly floor or mezzanine Ievel provides 25 percent or areas, accessible wheelchair spaces complying with 1CC less of the total seating capacity and 300 or fewer Al 17.1 shall be provided in accordance with Sections seats, all wheelchair spaces shall be permitted to 1108.2.2.1 through 1108.2.2.4. be located on the main level. 1108.2.2.1 General seating. Wheelchair•spaces shall be 3. Wheelchair spaces in team or player seating serv- provided in accordance with Table 1108.2.2.1. ing areas of sport activity are not required to be dis- 1108.2.2.2 Luxury boxes, club boxes and suites. In persed. each luxury box,club box,and suite within arenas,stadi- 1108.2.5 Designated aisle seats.At least 5 percent,but not urns and grandstands, wheelchair spaces shall be pro- less than one, of the total number of aisle seats provided vided in accordance with Table 1108.2.2.1. shall be designated aisle seats and shall be the aisle seats 1108.2.2.3 Other boxes. In boxes other than those located closest to accessible mutes. required to comply with Section 1108.2.2.2, the total Exception: Designated aisle seats are not required in number of wheelchair spaces provided shall be deter- team or player seating serving areas of sport activity. mined in accordance with Table 1108.2.2.1. Wheelchair spaces shall be located in not less than 20 percent of all 1108.2.6 Lawn seating. Lawn seating areas and exterior boxes provided. overflow seating areas,where fixed seats are not provided, shall connect to an accessible route. TABLE 1108.2.2.1 ACCESSIBLE W_HEELCHAIR SPACES 1108.2.7 Assistive listening systems. Each assembly area CAPACITY OF SEATING MINIMUM REQUIRED NUMBER OF where audible communications are integral to the use of the IN ASSEMBLY AREAS WHEELCHAIR SPACES space shall have an assistive listening system. 4 to 25 I Exception:Other than in courtrooms,an assistive listen- 26 to 50� 2 ing system is not required where there is no audio ampli- 51 to 100 4 fication system. 101 to 300 5 1108.2.7.1 Receivers. Receivers shall be provided for 301 to 500 6 assistive listening systems in accordance with Table 1108.2.7.1. 501 to 5,000 6,plus I for each 150,or fraction thereof,between 501 throe h 5.000 ! Exceptions: 5,D01 and over 36 plus I for each 200,or fraction i 1. Where a building contains more than one thereof.over 5.000 assembly area, the total number of required 1108.2.2.4 Team or player seating.At least one wheel- receivers shall be permitted to be calculated chair space shall be provided in team or player seating according to the total number of seats in the assembly areas in the building,provided that all areas serving areas of sport activity, receivers are usable with all systems and if Exception: Wheelchair spaces shall not be required assembly areas required to provide assistive lis- in team or player seating areas serving bowling lanes tening are under one management. 264 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® ACCESSIBILITY 2. Where all seats in an assembly area are served 2. In sports facilities, tiered dining areas providing by an induction loop assistive listening system, seating required to be accessible shall be required the minimum number of receivers required by to have accessible routes serving at least 25 per- Table 1108.2.7.1 to be hearing-aid compatible cent of the dining area, provided that accessible shall not be required. routesserve accessible seating and where each tier 1108.2.72 Public address systems. Where stadiums, is provided with the same services. arenas and grandstands provide audible public 1108.2.9.1 Dining surfaces. Where dining surfaces for announcements, they shall also provide equivalent text the consumption of food or drink are provided,at least 5 information regarding events and facilities in compl- percent, but not less than one,of the dining surfaces for ante with Sections 1108.2.7.2.1 and 1108.2.7.2.2. the seating and standing spaces shall be accessible and 1108.2.7.2.1 Prerecorded text messages. Where be distributed throughout the facility and located on a electronic signs are provided and have the capability to level accessed by an accessible route. display prerecorded text messages containing informa- 1108.3 Self-service storage facilities. Self sen ice storage tion that is the same, or substantially equivalent to facilities shall provide accessible individual self-storage information that is provided audibly, signs shall dis- spaces in accordance with Table 1108.3. play text that is equivalent to audible announcements. Exception:Announcements that cannot be prere- TABLE 1108.3 corded in advance of the event shall not be required ACCESSIBLE SELF-SERVICE STORAGE FACILITIES to be displayed. TOTAL SPACES IN MINIMUM NUMBER OF REQUIRED ACCESSIBLE 1108.2.7.2.2 Real-time messages.Where electronic FACILITY _ SPACES signs are provided and have the capability to display I to 200 r 5%,but not less than 1 real-time messages containing information that is the � — - -- same,or substantially equivalent.to information that Over 200 10,plus 2`35 of total number of units over 200 is provided audibly, signs shall display text that is 1108.3.1 Dispersion. Accessible individual self-service equivalent to audible announcements. storage spaces shall be dispersed throughout the various 1108.2.8 Performance areas. An accessible mute shall classes of spaces provided. Where more classes of spaces directly connect the performance area to the assembly seat- are provided than the number of required accessible spaces, ing area where a circulation path directly connects a perfor- the number of accessible spaces shall not be required to mance area to an assembly seating area.An accessible route exceed that required by Table 1108.3.Accessible spaces are shall be provided from performance areas to ancillary areas permitted to be dispersed in a single building of a or facilities used by performers. multibuilding facility. 1108.2.9 Dining areas.In dining areas,the total floor area 1108.4 Judicial facilities.Judicial facililiesshall comply with allotted for seating and tables shall be accessible Sections 1108.4.1 through 1108.4.3. Exceptions: 1108.4.1 Courtrooms.Each courtroom shall be accessible 1. In buildings or facilities not required to provide an and comply with Sections 1108.4.1.1 through 1108.4.1.5. accessible route between levels, an accessible 1108.4.1.1 Jury box. A wheelchair space complying route to a mezzanine seating area is not required, with ICC A 117.1 shall be provided within the jury box. provided that the mezzanine contains less than 25 percent of the total area and the same services are Exception: Adjacent companion seating is not provided in the accessible area, required. TABLE 1108.2.7.1 RECEIVERS FOR ASSISTIVE LISTENING SYSTEMS CAPACITY OF SEATING MINIMUM REQUIRED MINIMUM NUMBER OF RECEIVERS IN ASSEMBLY AREAS NUMBER OF RECEIVERS TO BE NEARING-AID COMPATIBLE ` 50 or less - 2 — 2 51 to 200 2,plus 1 per 25 seats over 50 seats* 2 201 to 500 2,plus 1 per 25 seats over 50 seats* 1 per 4 receivers* 50I to 1,000 _ _ _ 20,plus I per 33 seats over 500 seats* 1 per 4 receivers* I,00t to 2.000 35,plus I per 50 seats over 1,000 seats* 1 per 4 receivers* Over 2,000 55,plus 1 per 100 seats over 2,000 seats* 1 per 4 receivers* Note: =or fraction thereof 2D091NTERNATiONAL BUILDING CODE® 265 ACCESSIBILITY 1108.4.1.2 Gallery seating. Wheelchairspaces comply- SECTION 1109 ing with ICC A117.1 shall be provided in accordance OTHER FEATURES AND FACILITIES with Table 1108.2.2.1. Designated aisle seats shall be 1109.1 General. Accessible building features and facilities provided in accordance with Section 1108.2.5. shall be provided in accordance with Sections 1109.2 through 1108.4.1.3 Assistive listening systems.An assistive lis- 1109.14. tening system must be provided.Receivers shall be pro- Exception: Type A units and T pe B units shall comply with vided for the assistive listening system in accordance ICC A117,1. with Section 1108.2.7.1. 1109.2 Toilet and bathing facilities. Each toilet room and 1108.4.1.4 Employee work stations. The judge's bathing room shall be accessible Where a floor level is not bench,clerk's station,bailiff's station,deputy clerk's sta- required to be connected by an accessible mute,the only toilet tion and court reporter's station shall be located on an rooms or bathing rooms provided within the facility shall not accessible route. The vertical access to elevated be located on the inaccessible floor.At least one of each type of employee work stations within a courtroom is not fixture,element,control or dispenser in each accessible toilet required at the time of initial construction, provided a room and bathing room shall be accessible. ramp,lift or elevator complying with ICC A117.1 can be Exceptions: installed without requiring reconfiguration or extension of the courtroom or extension of the electrical system. 1. In toilet rooms or bathing rooms accessed only through a private office,not for common or public use 1108.4.1.5 Other work stations. The litigant's and and intended for use by a single occupant,any of the counsel stations, including the lectern,shall be accessi- following alternatives are allowed: ble in accordance with ICC A117.1. 1.1. floors are permitted to swing into the clear I108.4.2 Holding cells. Central holding cells and floor space, provided the door swing can be court-floor holding cells shall comply with Sections reversed to meet the requirements in ICC 1108.4.2.1 and 1108.4.2.2. Al 17.1: 1108.4.2.1 Central holding cells. Where separate cen- 1.2.The height requirements for the water closet tral holding cells are provided for adult males,juvenile in ICC A117.1 are not applicable; males, adult females or juvenile females. one of each 1.3. Grab bars are not required to be installed in a type shall be accessible.Where central holding cells are toilet room, provided that reinforcement has provided and are not separated by age or sex,at least one been installed in the walls and located so as to accessible cell shall be provided. permit the installation of such grab bars;and 1108.4.2.2 Court-floor holding cells. Where separate 1.4. The requirement for height, knee and toe court-floor holding cells are provided for adult males, clearance shall not apply to a lavatory, juvenile males, adult females or juvenile females, each 2. This section is not applicable to toilet and bathing courtroom shall be served by one accessible cell of each rooms that serve dwelling units or sleeping units that type. Where court-floor holding cells are provided and are not required to be accessible by Section 1107. are not separated by age or sex, courtrooms shall be 3. Where multiple single-user toilet rooms or bathing served by at least one accessible cell. Accessible cells rooms are clustered at a single location, at least 50 shall be permitted to serve more than one courtroom, percent but not less than one room for each use at each 1108.4.3 Visiting areas. Visiting areas shall comply with cluster shall be accessible. Sections 1108.4.3.1 and 1108.4.3.2. 4. Where no more than one urinal is provided in a toilet 1108.4.3.1 Cubicles and counters. At least 5 percent room or bathing room,the urinal is not required to be but no fewer than one of the cubicles shall be accessible accessible. on both the visitor and detainee sides. Where counters 5. Toilet rooms that are part of critical care or intensive are provided,at least one shall be accessible on both the care patient sleeping rooms are not required to be visitor and detainee sides. accessible. Exception: This requirement shall not apply to the 1109.2.1 Family or assisted-use toilet and bathing detainee side of cubicles or counters at noncontact rooms.In assembly and mercantile occupancies,an acces- visiting areas not serving accessible holding cells. sible family or assisted-use toilet room shall be provided where an aggregate of six or more male and female water 1108.4.3.2 Partitions.Where solid partitions or security closets is required. In buildings of mixed occupancy, only glazing separate visitors from detainees, at least one of those water closets required for the assembly or mercantile each type of cubicle or counter partition shall be accessi- occupancy shall be used to determine the family or ble. assisted-use toilet room requirement. In recreational facili- 266 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" ACCESSIBILITY ties where separate-sex bathing rooms are provided, an 1109.2.3 Lavatories. Where lavatories are provided, at accessible family or assisted-use bathing room shall be pro- least 5 percent, but not less than one, shall be accessible. vided. Fixtures located within family or assisted-use toilet Where the total lavatories provided in a toilet room or bath- and bathing rooms shall be included in determining the ing facility is six or more, at least one lavatory with number of fixtures provided in an occupancy. enhanced reach ranges in accordance with ICC A]17.1, Exception: Where each separate-sex bathing room has shall be provided. only one shower or bathtub fixture, a family or 1109.3 Sinks.Where sinks are provided,at least 5 percent but assisted-use bathing room is not required. not less than one provided in accessible spaces shall comply 1109.2.1.1 Standard. Family or assisted-use toilet and with ICC A117.1. bathing rooms shall comply with Sections 1109.2.1.2 Exception: Mop or service sinks are not required to be through 1109.2.1.7 and ICC A117.1. accessible 1109.2.1.2 Family or assisted-use toilet rooms.Family 1109.4 Kitchens and kitchenettes.Where kitchens and kitch- or assisted-use toilet rooms shall include only one water enettes are provided in accessible spaces or rooms, they shall closet and only one lavatory. A family or assisted-use be accessible in accordance with ICC Al 17.1. bathing room in accordance with Section 1109.2.1.3 shall be considered a family or assisted-use toilet room. 1109.5 Drinking fountains. Where drinking fountains are provided on an exterior site,on a floor or within a secured area, Exception: A urinal is permitted to be provided in the drinking fountains shall be provided in accordance with addition to the water closet in a family or assisted-use Sections 1109.5.1 and 1109.5.2. toilet room. 1109.5.1 Minimum number. No fewer than two drinking 1109.2.1.3 Family or assisted-use bathing rooms. fountains shall be provided. One drinking fountain shall Family or assisted-use bathing rooms shall include only comply with the requirements for people who use a wheel- one shower or bathtub fixture. Family or assisted-use chair and one drinking fountain shall comply with the bathing rooms shall also include one water closet and requirements for standing persons. one lavatory. Where storage facilities are provided for separate-sex bathing rooms,accessible storage facilities Exception: A single drinking fountain that complies shall be provided for family or assisted-use bathing with the requirements for people who use a wheelchair rooms. and standing persons shall be permitted to be substituted 1109.2.1.4 Location. Family or assisted-use toilet and for two separate drinking fountains. bathing rooms shall be located on an accessible route. 1109.5.2 More than the minimum number.Where more Family or assisted-use toilet rooms shall be located not than the minimum number of drinking fountains specified more than one story above or below separate-sex toilet in Section 1109.5.1 are provided, 50 percent of the total rooms.The accessible route from any separate-sex toilet number of drinking fountains provided shall comply with room to a family or assisted-use toilet room shall not the requirements for persons who use a wheelchair and 50 exceed 500 feet (152 m), percent of the total number of drinking fountains provided 1109.2.1.5 Prohibited location. In passenger transpor- shall comply with the requirements for standing persons. tation facilities and airports, the accessible route from Exception: Where 50 percent of the drinking fountains separate-sex toilet rooms to a family or assisted-use toilet yields a fraction, 50 percent shall be permitted to be room shall not pass through security checkpoints. rounded up or down, provided that the total number of drinking fountains complying with this section equals 1109.2.1.6 Clear floor space.Where doors swing into a 100 percent of the drinking fountains. family or assisted-use toilet or bathing room,a clear floor space not less than 30 inches by 48 inches (762 mm by 1109.6 Elevators. Passenger elevators on an accessible route 1219 mm) shall be provided. within the room, beyond shall be accessible and comply with Section 3001.3. the area of the door swing. 1109.7 Lifts.Platform (wheelchair) lifts are permitted to be a 1109.2.1.7 Privacy.Doors to family or assisted-use toi- part of a required accessible route in new construction where let and bathing rooms shall be securable from within the indicated in Items 1 through 10. Platform (wheelchair) lifts room. shall be installed in accordance with ASME A18.1. 1109.2.2 Water closet compartment.Where water closet 1. An accessible route to a performing area and speaker compartments are provided in a toilet room or bathing platforms in Group A occupancies. room,at least one wheelchair-accessible compartment shall 2. An accessible route to wheelchair spaces required to be provided. Where the combined total water closet com- comply with the wheelchair space dispersion require- partments and urinals provided in a toilet room or bathing ments of Sections 1108.2.2 through 1108.2.6. room is six or more, at least one ambulatory-accessible 3. An accessible route to spaces that are not open to the water closet compartment shall be provided in addition to general public with an occupant load of not more than the wheelchair-accessible compartment. Wheel chair-accessible and ambulatory-accessible compartments Five' shall comply with ICC A 117.1. 4. An accessibleroutewithin a dwellingor sleeping unit. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 267 ACCESSIBILITY 5. An accessible route to wheelchair seating spaces 1109.10.1 Dispersion.Accessible fixed or built-in seating located in outdoor dining terraces in Group A-5 occu- at tables, counters or work surfaces shall be distributed pancies where the means of egress from the dining ter- throughout the space or facility containing such elements races to a public way are open to the outdoors. and located on a level accessed by an accessible route. G. An accessible route to jury boxes and witness stands; 1109.11 Service facilities. Service facilities shall provide for raised courtroom stations including judges' benches. accessible features in accordance with Sections 1109.11.1 clerks' stations, bailiffs' stations, deputy clerks' sta- through 1109.11.5. lions and court reporters' stations; and to depressed 1109.11.1 Dressing, fitting and locker rooms. Where areas such as the well of the court. dressing rooms,fitting rooms or Iocker rooms are provided, 7. An accessible route to load and unload areas serving at least 5 percent,but not less than one,of each type of use in amusement rides. each cluster provided shall be accessible. 8. An accessible route to play components or soft con- 1109.11.2 Check-out aisles. Where check-out aisles are tained play structures. provided, accessible check-out aisles shall be provided in 9. An accessible route to learn or player seating areas accordance with Table 1109.11.2. Where check-out aisles serving areas of sport activity. serve different functions, at least one accessible check-out 10. An accessible route where existing exterior site con- aisle shall be provided for each function.Where check-out straints make use of a ramp or elevator infeasible. aisles serve different functions,accessible check-out aisles shall be provided in accordance with Table 1109.11.2 for 1109.8 Storage.Where fixed or built-in storage elements such each function. Where check-out aisles are dispersed as cabinets,shelves.medicine cabinets,closets and drawers are throughout the building or facility, accessible check-out provided in required accessible spaces,at least one of each type aisles shall also be dispersed.Traffic control devices,secu- shall contain storage space complying with ICC A117,1, rity devices and turnstiles located in accessible check-out 1109.8.1 Lockers. Where lockers are provided in accessi- aisles or lanes shall be accessible blespaces,at least five percent,but not less than one,of each TABLE 1109,11.2 type shall be accessible. ACCESSIBLE CHECK-OUT AISLES 1109,8.2 Shelving and display units.Self-service shelves MINIMUM NUMBER OF ACCESSIBLE and display units shall be located On an accessible t17utP. TOTAL CHECK-OUT AISLES OF CHECK-OUT AISLES OF EACH p EACH FUNCTION FUNCTION Such shelving and display units shall not be required to - -- -- comply with reach-range provisions. 1 to 4 1 1109.8.3 Coat hooks and shelves.Where coat hooks and 5 to 8 2 shelves are provided in toilet rooms or toilet compartments or in dressing, fitting or locker rooms,at least one of each 910 15 3 type shall be accessible and shall be provided in accessible a toilet rooms without toilet compartments, accessible toilet Over 1 5 3,plus 2010 of additional aisles compartments and accessible dressing, fitting and locker 1109.11.3 Point of sale and service counters.Where coun- rooms. ters are provided for sales or distribution of goods or ser- 1109.9 Detectable warnings.Passenger transit platform edges vices,at least one of each type provided shall be accessible, bordering a drop-off and not protected by platform screens or Where such counters are dispersed throughout the building guards shal l have a detectable warning. or facility, accessible counters shall also be dispersed. Exception: Detectable warnings are not required at bus 1109.11.9 Food service lines. Food service lines shall be stops. accessible.Where self-service shelves are provided,at least 1109.10 Seating at tables, counters and work surfaces. 50 percent,but not less than one,of each type provided shall be accessible. Where sealing or standing space at fixed or built-in tables, counters or work surfaces is provided in accessible spaces,at 1109.11.5 Queue and waiting lines. Queue and waiting least 5 percent of the seating and standing spaces,but not less lines servicing accessible counters or check-out aisles shall than one,shall be accessible. In Group 1-3 occupancy visiting be accessible. areas at least 5 percent,but not less than one,cubicle or counter 1109.12 Controls, operating mechanisms and hardware. shall be accessible on both the visitor and detainee sides. Controls, operating mechanisms and hardware intended for Exceptions: operation by the occupant, including switches that control 1. Check-writing surfaces at check-out aisles not lighting and ventilation and electrical convenience outlets, in required to comply with Section 1109.11.2 are not accessible spaces,along accessible mutes or as parts of acces- required to be accessible. sible elements shall be accessible. 2. In Croup 1-3 occupancies, the counter or cubicle on Exceptions: the detainee side is not required to be accessible at 1. Operable parts that are intended for use only by ser- noncontact visiting areas or in areas not serving vice or maintenance personnel shall not be required to accessible holding cells or sleeping units. be accessible. 268 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* ACCESSIBILITY 2. Electrical or communication receptacles serving a 1109.14.4 Recreational and sports facilities exceptions. dedicated use shall not be required to be accessible. Recreational and sports facilities required to be accessible 3. Where two or more outlets are provided in a kitchen shall be exempt from this chapter to the extent specified in above a length of counter top that is uninterrupted by a this section. sink or appliance, one outlet shall not be required to 1109.14.4.1 Bowling lanes.An accessible rnuteshall be be accessible. provided to at least 5 percent, but no less than one, of 4. Floor electrical receptacles shall not be required to be each type of bowling lane. accessible. 1109.14.4.2 Court sports. In court sports, at least one 5. HVAC diffusers shall not be required to be accessible, accessible mute shall directly connect both sides of the 6. Except for light switches, where redundant controls court. are provided for a single element,one control in each 1109.14.4.3 Raised boxing or wrestling rings.Raised space shall not be required to be accessible. boxing or wrestling rings are not required to be accessi- 7. Access doors or gates in barrier walls and fences pro- ble, tecting pools,spas and hot tubs shall be permitted to 1109.14.4.4 Raised refereeing,judging and scoring have operable parts of the release of latch on areas.Raised structures used solely for refereeing,judg- self-latching devices at 54 inches (1370 mm) maxi- ing or scoring a sport are not required to be accessible. mum and 48 inches minimum above the finished floor 1109.14.4.5 Raised diving boards and diving plat- or ground, provided the self-latching devices are not forms. Raised diving boards and diving platforms are also self-locking devices,operated by means of a key, not required to be accessible. electronic opener,or integral combination lock. 1109.12.1 Operable window.Where operable windows are provided in rooms that are required to be accessiblein accor- SECTION 1110 dance with Sections 1107.5.1.1, 1107.5.2.1, 1107.5.3.1, SIGNAGE 1107.5.4, 1107.6.1.1, 1107.6.2.1.1, 1107.6.2.2.1 and 1110.1 Signs.Required accessible elements shall be identified 1107.7.6.4.1, at least one window in each room shall be by the International Symbol of Accessibility at the following accessible and each required operable window shall be locations: accessible. 1. Accessible parking spaces required by Section 1106.1 Exception:Acc ewindows are not required in bath except where the total number of parking spaces pro- vided is four or less. 1109.13 Fuel-dispensing systems. Fuel-dispensing systems 2. Accessible passenger loading zones. shall comply with ICC At 17.1. 3. Accessible rooms where multiple single-user toilet or 1109.14 Recreational and sports facilities.Recreational and bathing rooms are clustered at a single location. sports facilities shall be provided with accessible features in 4. Accessible entrances where not all entrances are accessi- accordance with Sections 1109.14.1 through 1109.14.4. ble. 1109.14.1 Facilities serving a single building. In Group 5. Accessible check-out aisles where not all aisles are R-2 and R-3 occupancies where recreational facilities are accessible.The sign,where provided,shall be above the provided serving a single building containing Type A units check-out aisle in the same location as the check-out or Type B units, 25 percent, but not less than one, of each aisle number or type of check-out identification. type of recreational facility shall be accessible.Every recre- 6. Unisex toilet and bathing rooms. ational facility of each type on a site shall be considered to determine the total number of each type that is required to be 7. Accessible dressing, fitting and locker rooms where not accessible. all such rooms are accessible. 1109.14.2 Facilities serving multiple buildings.In Group 8• Accessible areas of refuge in accordance with Section R-2 and R-3 occupancies on a single site where multiple 1007.9. buildings containing TypeAunitsor Type B unitsare served 9. Exterior areas for assisted rescue in accordance with by recreational facilities, 25 percent,but not less than one, Section 1007.9. of each type of recreational facility serving each building 1110.2 Directional signage. Directional signage indicating shall be accessible.The total number of each type of recre- the route to the nearest like accessible element shall be pro- ational facility that is required to be accessible shall be vided at the following locations.These directional signs shall determined by considering every recreational facility of include the International Symbol of Accessibility: each type serving each building on the site. 1. Inaccessible building entrances. 1109.14.3 Other occupancies. Al] recreational and sports facilities not falling within the purview of Section 2. Inaccessible public toilets and bathing Facilities. 1109.14,1 or 1109.14.2 shall be accessible. 3. Elevators not serving an accessible route. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 269 ACCESSIBILITY 4. At each separate-sex toilet and bathing room indicating the location of the nearest family or assisted-use toilet or bathing room where provided in accordance with Sec- tion 1109.2.1, 5. At exits and exit stairways serving a required accessible space, but not providing an approved accessible means of egress,signage shall be provided in accordance with Section 1007.10. 1110.3 Other signs. Signage indicating special accessibility provisions shall be provided as shown: I. Each assembly area required to comply with Section t 108.2.7 shall provide a sign notifying patrons of the availability of assistive listening systems. Exception:Where ticket offices or windows are pro- vided, signs are not required at each assembly area provided that signs are displayed at each ticket office or window informing patrons of the availability of assistive listening systems. 2. At each door to an area of refuge, an exterior area for assisted rescue,an egress stairway,exit passageway and exit discharge,signage shall be provided in accordance with Section 1011.3. 3. At areas of refuge, signage shall be provided in accor- dance with Section 1007.11. 4. At exterior areas for assisted rescue,signage shall be pro- vided in accordance with Section 1007.11. 5. At Iwo-way communication systems, signage shall be provided in accordance with Section 1007.8.2. 6. Within exit enclosures, signage shall be provided in accordance with Section 1022.8. 270 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' CHAPTER 12 INTERIOR ENVIRONMENT SECTION 1201 mm) maximum.Where combustion air is obtained from an GENERAL attic area, it shall be in accordance with Chapter 7 of the 1201.1 Scope.The provisions of this chapter shall govern ven- International Mechanical Code. tilation,temperature control,lighting,yards and courts,sound 1203.3 Under-floor ventilation.The space between the bot- transmission, room dimensions, surrounding materials and tom of the floor joists and the earth under any building except rodent proofing associated with the interior spaces of build- spaces occupied by basements or cellars shall be provided with ings. ventilation openings through foundation walls or exterior malls.Such openings shall be placed so as to provide cross ven- tilation of the under-floor space. SECTION 1202 1203.3.1 Openings for under-floor ventilation.The mini- DEFINITIONS mum net area of ventilation openings shall not be less than 1 1202.1 General.The following words and terms shall,for the square foot for each 150 square feet (0.67 in'for each 100 purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this code, in') of crawl-space area.Ventilation openings shall be cov- have the meanings shown herein. ered for their height and width with any of the following ISUNROOM.A one-story structure attached to a building with materials,provided that the least dimension of the covering a glazing area in excess of 40 percent of the gross area of the shall not exceed 1/4 inch (6 mm): structure's exterior walls and roof. 1. Perforated sheet metal plates not less than 0.070 inch THERMAL ISOLATION. A separation of conditioned (1.8 mm) thick, spaces,between a sunroom addition and a dwelling unit,con- 2. Expanded sheet metal plates not less than 0.047 inch sisting of existing or new walI(s),doors and/or windows. (1.2 mm) thick. 3. Cast-iron grilles or gratings. SECTION 1203 4. Extruded load-bearing vents. VENTILATION 5. Hardware cloth of 0.035 inch (0.89 mm) wire or 1203.1 General.Buildings shall be provided with natural ven- heavier. tilation in accordance with Section 1203.4,or mechanical ven- tilation in accordance with the LaternationalMechanical Code. 6. Corrosion-resistant n not ex ein wire mesh,with the least dimen- sion not exceeding 1Ig inch (3.2 mm). 1203.2 Attic spaces. Enclosed attics and enclosed rafter Sec- spaces formed where ceilings are applied directly to the under- 1.2 Exceptions.The Following are exceptions to Sec bons side of roof framing members shall have cross ventilation for lions 1203.3 and 1203.3.1: each separate space by ventilating openings protected against 1. Where warranted by climatic conditions, ventilation the entrance of rain and snow. Blocking and bridging shall be openings to the outdoors are not required if ventila- arranged so as not to interfere with the movement of air.A min- tion openings to the interior are provided. imum of 1 inch(25 mm)of airspace shall be provided between the insulation and the roof sheathing. he net Free ventilating . The total area of ventilation openings is permitted to area shall not be less than X13,,,,of the area of the space ventg be reduced to`/1.5f1,,of the under-floor area where the ground surface is covered with a Class I vapor lated,with 50 percent of the required ventilating area provided by ventilators located in the upper portion of the space to be retarder material and the required openings are placed ventilated at least 3 feet (914 mm) above eave or cornice vents to provide cross ventilation of the space. The installation with the balance of the required ventilation provided by eave or nllation of operable louvers shall not be prohib cornice vents. ited. 1203.2.1 Openings into attic. Exterior openings into the 3. Ventilation openings are not required where continu- attic space of any building intended for human occupancy ously operated mechanical ventilation is provided at a shall be protected to prevent the entry of birds, squirrels, rate of 1.0 cubic foot per minute (cfm) for each 50 rodents, snakes and other similar creatures. Openings for square feet (1.02 Us for each 10 mz) of crawl space ventilation having a least dimension of'/16 inch (1.6 mm) floor area and the ground surface is covered with a minimum and '/,inch (6.4 mm) maximum shall be permit- Class I vapor retarder. led. Openings for ventilation having a least dimension 4. Ventilation openings are not required when the larger than 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) shall be provided with corro- ground surface is covered with a Class I vapor sion-resistant wire cloth screening, hardware cloth, perfo- retarder, the perimeter walls are insulated and the rated vinyl or similar material with openings having a least space is conditioned in accordance with the Interna- dimension of inch (1.6 mm) minimum and 1l4 inch (6.4 tional Energy Conservation Code. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 271 INTERIOR ENVIRONMENT 5. For buildings in flood hazard areas as established in SECTION 1204 Section 16 12.3, the openings for under-Floor ventila- TEMPERATURE CONTROL tion shall be deemed as meeting the Flood opening 1204.1 Equipment and systems.Interior spaces intended for requirements of ASCE 24 provided that the ventila- human occupancy shall be provided with active or passive tion openings are designed and installed in actor- space-heating systems capable of maintaining a minimum dance with ASCE 24. indoor temperature of 68°F (20°C) at a point 3 feet (914 mm) 1203.4 Natural ventilation. Natural ventilation of an occu- above the floor on the design heating day. pied space shall be through windows,doors, louvers or other Exception: Interior spaces where the primary purpose is openings to the outdoors.The operating mechanism for such not associated with human comfort. openings shall be provided with ready access so that the open- ings are readily controllable by the building occupants. 1203.4.1 Ventilation area required. The minimum SECTION 1205 openable area to the outdoors shall be 4 percent of the floor LIGHTING area being ventilated. 1205.1 General. Every space intended for human occupancy shall be provided with natural light by means of exterior glazed 1203.4.1.1 Adjoining spaces.Where rooms and spaces openings in accordance with Section 1205.2 or shall be pro- without openings to the outdoors are ventilated through vided with artificial light in accordance with Section 12053. an adjoining room, the opening to the adjoining room Exterior glazed openings shall open directly onto a public way shall be unobstructed and shall have an area of not less or onto a yawl or court in accordance with Section 1206. than 8 percent of the floor area of the interior room or 1205.2 Natural fight.The minimum net glazed area shall not space,but not less than 25 square feet(23 m2).The mini- be less than 8 percent of the floor area of the room served. mum openable area to the outdoors shall be based on the total floor area being ventilated. 1205.2.1 Adjoining spaces. For the purpose of natural lighting,any room is permitted to be considered as a portion Exception: Exterior openings required for ventila- of an adjoining room where one-half of the area of the com- tion shall be permitted to open into a thermally iso- anon wall is open and unobstructed and provides an opening lated sunroom addition or patio cover provided that of not less than one-tenth of the floor area of the interior the openable area between the sunroom addition or room or 25 square feet (2.32 mz),whichever is greater. patio cover and the interior room shall have an area of not less than 8 percent of the floor area of the interior Exception: Openings required for natural light shall be room or space, but not less than 20 square feet (1.86 permitted to open into a thermally isolated sunroom MI). The minimum openable area to the outdoors addition or patio cover where the common wall provides shall be based on the total floor area being ventilated. a glazed area of not less than one-tenth of the floor area of the interior room or 20 square feet (1.86 ml),whichever 1203.4.1.2 Openings below grade. Where openings is greater. below grade provide required natural ventilation, the 1205.2.2 Exterior openings.Exterior openings required by outside horizontal clearspace measured perpendicular to Section 12052 for natural light shall open directly onto a the opening shall be one and one-half times the depth of public way,yand or court, as set forth in Section 1206. the opening.The depth of f he opening shall be measured from the average adjoining ground level to the bottom of Exceptions: the opening. 1. Required exterior openings are permitted to open 1203.4.2 Contaminants exhausted. Contaminant sources into a roofed porch where the porch: in naturally ventilated spaces shall be removed in actor- 1.1. Abuts a public way,yard or court, dance with the International Mechanical Code and the 1.2. Has a ceiling height of not less than 7 feet International Fire Code. (2139 mm);and 1203.4.2.1 Bathrooms. Rooms containing bathtubs, 1.3. Has a Ionger side at least 65 percent open showers, spas and similar bathing fixtures shall be and unobstructed. mechanically ventilated in accordance with the Interna- 2. Skylights are not required to open directly onto a tional Mechanical Code. public.'way,yard or court. 1203.4.3 Openings on yards or courts.Where natural ven- 1205.3 Artificial light.Artificial light shall be provided that is tilation is to be provided by openings onto yawls or courts, adequate to provide an average illumination of 10 foot-candles such yards or courts shall comply with Section 1206. (107 lux)over the area of the room at a height of 30 inches(762 1203.5 Other ventilation and exhaust systems. Ventilation mm) above the floor level. and exhaust systems for occupancies and operations involving 1205.4 Stairway illumination. Stairways within dielling flammable or combustible hazards or other contaminant units and exterior stairways serving a dwelling unit shall have sources as covered in the International Mechanical Code or the an illumination level on tread runs of not less than 1 foot-candle International File Code shall be provided as required by both (11 lux). Stairs in other occupancies shall be governed by codes. Chapter 10. 272 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' INTERIOR ENVIRONMENT 1205.4.1 Controls. The control for activation of the wise treated to maintain the required ratings.This requirement required stairway lighting shall be in accordance with shall not apply to dwelling unit entrance doors: however,such NFPA 70. doors shall be tight fitting to the frame and sill. 1205.5 Emergency egress lighting.The means of egress 1207.2,1 Masonry. The sound transmission class of con- be illuminated in accordance with Section 1006.1. crete masonry and clay masonry assemblies shall be calcu- lated in accordance with TMS 0302 or determined through testing in accordance with ASTM 90. SECTION 1206 1207.3 Structure-borne sound. Floor/ceiling assemblies YARDS OR COURTS between dwelling unitsor between a dwelling unit and a public 1206.1 General..This section shall apply to yards and courts or service area within the structure shall have an impact insula- adjacent to exterior openings that provide natural light or venti- tion class (IIC) rating of not less than 50 (45 if field tested) lation.Such yards and courts shall be on the same property as when tested in accordance with ASTM E 492. the building. 1206.2 Yards. Yards shall not be less than 3 feet (914 mm) in width for buildings two stories or less above grade plane.For SECTION 1208 buildings more than two stories above grade plane,the mini- INTERIOR SPACE DIMENSIONS mum width of the yard shall be increased at the rate of 1 foot 1208.1 Minimum room widths.Habitable spaces,other than (305 mm)for each additional story.For buildings exceeding 14 a kitchen,shall not be less than 7 feet (2134 mm) in any plan stories abovegrade plane,the required width of the yard shall dimension. Kitchens shall have a clear passageway of not less be computed on the basis of 14 stories above grade plane. than 3 feet(914 mm)between counter fronts and appliances or 1206.3 Courts. Courtsshall not be less than 3 feet(914 mm)in counter fronts and walls. width. Courtshaving windows opening on opposite sides shall 1208.2 Minimum ceiling heights. Occupiable spaces, habit- not be less than 6 feet (1829 mm) in width. Courts shall not be able spacesand c•orlidors shall have a ceiling height of not less less than 10 feet (3048 mm) in length unless bounded on one than 7 feet 6 inches(2286 mm).Bathrooms,toilet rooms,kitch- end by a public way�or yawl.For buildings more than two sto- ens, storage rooms and laundry rooms shall be permitted to ries above grade plane.the courtshall be increased 1 foot(305 have a ceiling height of not less than 7 feet (2134 mm). mm)in width and 2 feet(610 mm)in length for each additional story. For buildings exceeding 14 stories above grade plane, Exceptions: the required dimensions shall he computed on the basis of 14 1. In one- and two-family dwellings, beams or girders stories above grade plane. spaced not less than 4 feet (1219 min) on center and 1206.3.1 Court access.Access shall be provided to the bot- projecting not more than 6 inches(152 mm)below the tom of courts for cleaning purposes. required ceiling height. 1206.3.2 Air intake.Courts more than two stories in height 2. If any room in a building has a sloped ceiling,the pre- shall be provided with a horizontal air intake at the bottom scribed ceiling height for the room is required in not less than 10 square feet(0.93 ml) in area and leading to one-half the area thereof. Any portion of the room the exterior of the building unless abutting a yan/or public measuring less than 5 feet (1524 mm) from the fin- way. ished floor to the ceiling shall not be included in any computation of the minimum area thereof. 1206.3.3 Court drainage.The bottom of every courtshall 3. Mezzanines constructed in accordance with Section be properly graded and drained to a public sewer or other 505.1. approved disposal system complying with the International Plumbing Code. 1208.2.1 Furred ceiling. Any room with a furred ceiling shall be required to have the minimum ceiling height in two-thirds of the area thereof,but in no case shall the height SECTION 1207 of the furred ceiling be less than 7 feet (2134 mm). SOUND TRANSMISSION 1208.3 Room area.Every dwelling unit shall have at least one 1207.1 Scope. This section shall apply to common interior room that shall have not less than 120 square feet(13.9 ml)of walls,partitions and floor/ceiling assemblies between adjacent netfloorarea.Other habitable rooms shall have nerfloorarea dwelling units or between dwelling units and adjacent public of not less than 70 square feet (6.5 m2). areas such as halls, corridors, stairs or service areas. Exception: Every kitchen in a one-and two-family dwell- 1207.2 Air-borne sound. Walls, partitions and floor/ceiling ingshall have not less than 50 square feet(4.64 ml)of grass assemblies separating dwelling units from each other or from floor area, public or service areas shall have a sound transmission class (STC) of not less than 50(45 if Feld tested) For air-borne noise 1208.4 Efficiency dwelling units. An efficiency living unit when tested in accordance with ASTM E 90. Penetrations or shall conform to the requirements of the code except as modi- openings in construction assemblies for piping: electrical Fed herein: devices;recessed cabinets;bathtubs:soffits;or heating,venti- 1. The unit shall have a living room of not less than 220 lating or exhaust ducts shall be sealed,lined,insulated or other- square feet(20.4 mz) of floor area.An additional 100 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 273 INTERIOR ENVIRONMENT square feet(9.3 mf)of floor area shall be provided for 1210.4 Waterproof joints. Built-in tubs with showers shall each occupant of such unit in excess of two. have waterproof joints between the tub and adjacent wall. 2. The unit shall be provided with a separate closet. 1210.5 Toilet rooms.Toilet rooms shall not open directly into a 3. The unit shall be provided with a kitchen sink,cook- roam used for the preparation of food for service to the public. ing appliance and refrigeration facilities,each having a clear working space of not less than 30 inches (762 mm)in front,Light and ventilation conforming to this code shall be provided. 4. The unit shall be provided with a separate bathroom containing a water close[, lavatory and bathtub or shower. SECTION 1209 ACCESS TO UNOCCUPIED SPACES 1209.1 Crawl spaces. Crawl spaces shall be provided with a minimum of one access opening not less than 18 inches by 24 inches (4 57 mm by 610 mm). 1209.2 Attic spaces.An opening not less than 20 inches by 30 inches(559 mm by 762 mm)shall be provided to any atticarea having a clear height of over 30 inches (762 mm). A 30-inch (762 mm) minimum clear headroom in the attic space shall be provided at or above the access opening. 1209.3 Mechanical appliances. Access to mechanical appli- ances installed in under-floor areas,in atticspaces and on roofs or elevated structures shall be in accordance with the Interna- tional Mechanical Code SECTION 1210 SURROUNDING MATERIALS 1210.1 Floors and wall base finish materials. In other than duelling units, toilet, bathing and shower room floor finish materials shall have a smooth,hard,nonabsorbent surface.The intersections of such floors with walls shall have a smooth, hard,nonabsorbent vertical base that extends upward onto the walls at least 4 inches (102 mm). 1210.2 Walls and partitions.Walls and partitions within 2 feet (610 mm) of urinals and water closets shall have a smooth, hard, nonabsorbent surface, to a height of 4 feet (1219 mm) above the floor,and except for structural elements,the materi- als used in such walls shall be of a type that is not adversely affected by moisture. Exceptions: 1, Duelling units and sleeping units. 2. Toilet rooms that are not accessible to the public and which have not more than one water closet. Accessories such as grab bars,towel bars,paper dispensers and soap dishes,provided on or within walls,shall be installed and sealed to protect structural elements from moisture. For walls and partitions also see Section 2903. 1210.3 Showers.Shower compartments and walls above bath- tubs with installed shower heads shall be finished with a smooth, nonabsorbent surface to a height not less than 70 inches 0 778 mm) above the drain inlet. 274 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' CHAPTER 93 ENERGY EFFICIENCY SECTION 1301 GENERAL 1301.1 Scope.This chapter governs the design and construc- tion of buildings For energy efficiency. 1301.1.1 Criteria. Buildings shall be designed and con- structed in accordance with the International Er rgy Con- servation Code. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 275 276 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' CHAPTER 14 EXTERIOR WALLS SECTION 1401 discrete organic or inorganic nonasbestos fibers,or both.Addi- GENERAL tives that enhance manufacturing or product performance are permitted.Fiber-cement siding products have either smooth or 1401.1 Scope.The provisions of this chapter shall establish the textured faces and are intended for exterior wall and related minimum requirements for exterior walls;exterior wall cover- applications. ings: exterior wall openings: exterior windows and doors; architectural trim: balconies and similar projections: and bay METAL COMPOSITE MATERIAL (MCM). A fac- and oriel windows. t ory-manufactured panel consisting of metal skins bonded to both faces of a plastic core. SECTION 1402 METAL COMPOSITE MATERIAL (MCM) SYSTEM. DEFINITIONS An exterior wall covering fabricated using MCM in a specific assembly including joints, seams, attachments, substrate, 1402.1 General.The following words and terms shall,for the framing and other details as appropriate to a particular design. purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this code, VENEER.A facing attached to a wall for the purpose of pro- have the meanings shown herein. viding ornamentation,protection or insulation,but not counted ADHERED MASONRY VENEER.Veneer secured and sup- as adding strength to the wall. ported through the adhesion of an approved bonding material applied to an approved backing. VINYL SIDING. A shaped material, made principally from rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC).that is used as an exterior wall ANCHORED MASONRY VENEER. Veneer secured with covering. approved mechanical fasteners to an approved backing. WATER-RESISTIVE BARRIER.A material behind an exte- BACKING.The wall or surface to which the veneer is secured. rior wall covering that is intended to resist liquid water that has EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS penetrated behind the exterior covering from further intruding (EIFS).EIFS are nonstructural,nonload-bearing,exterior wall into the exterior wall assembly. cladding systems that consist of an insulation board attached either adhesively or mechanically,or both,to the substrate;an integrally reinforced base coat and a textured protective finish SECTION 1403 coat. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS 1403.1 General.The provisions of this section shall apply to (EIFS) WITH DRAINAGE. An EIFS that incorporates a exterior walls,wall coverings and components thereof, means of drainage applied over a water-resistive barrier. 1403.2 Weather protection. Exterior walls shall provide the EXTERIOR WALL. A wall, bearing or nonbearing, that is building with a weather-resistant exterior wall envelope.The used as an enclosing wall for a building. other than a fire wall, exterior wall envelope shall include flashing, as described in and that has a slope of 60 degrees(1,05 rad)or greater with the Section 1405.4. The exterior wall envelope shall be designed horizontal plane. and constructed in such a manner as to prevent the accumula- EXTERIOR WALL COVERING.A material or assembly of tion of water within the wall assembly by providing a materials applied on the exterior side of exterior walls for the water-resistive barrier behind the exterior veneer,as described purpose of providing a weather-resisting barrier,insulation or in Section 1404.2, and a means for draining water that enters for aesthetics, including but not limited to, veneers, siding, the assembly to the exterior.Protection against condensation in exterior insulation and finish systems, architectural trim and the exterior wall assembly shall be provided in accordance embellishments such as cornices, soffits, facial, gutters and With Section 1405.3. leaders. Exceptions: EXTERIOR WALL ENVELOPE.A system or assembly of 1. A weather-resistant exterior wall onvelope shall not exterior wall components,including exterior wall finish mate- be required over concrete or masonry Nulls designed rials, that provides protection of the building structural mem- in accordance with Chapters 19 and 21,respectively. bers, including framing and sheathing materials, and 2. Compliance with the requirements for a means of conditioned interior space,from the detrimental effects of the drainage., and the requirements of Sections 1404.2 exterior environment. and 1405.4,shall not be required for an exterior ivall IFIBER-CEMENT SIDING.A manufactured,fiber-reinforc- envelope that has been demonstrated through testing ing product made with an inorganic hydraulic or calcium sili- to resist wind-driven rain, including joints. penetra- cate binder formed by chemical reaction and reinforced with tions and intersections with dissimilar materials, in 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 277 EXTERIOR WALLS I accordance with ASTM E 331 under the following 1404.2 Water-resistive barrier. A minimum of one layer of conditions: No.15 asphalt felt, complying with ASTM D 226 for Type 1 2.1. Exterior wall envelope test assemblies shall felt or other approved materials.shall be attached to the studs or include at least one opening,one control joint, sheathing,with hashing as described in Section 1405.4,in such one wall leave interface and one wall sill. All a manner as to provide a continuous water-resistive harrier tested openings and penetrations shall be rep- behind the exterior wall veneer. resentative of the intended end-use configura- 1404.3 Wood. Exterior walls of wood construction shall be tion. designed and constructed in accordance with Chapter 23. 2.2. Exterior wall envelope test assemblies shall 1404.3.1 Basic hardboard.Basic hardboard shall conform be at least 4 feet by 8 feet (1219 mm by 2438 to the requirements of AHA A135.4. mm) in size. 1404.3.2 Hardboard siding. Hardboard siding shall con- 2.3. Exterior wall envelope assemblies shall be form to the requirements of AHA A135.6 and,where used tested at a minimum differential pressure of structurally, shall be so identified by the label of an 6.24 pounds per square foot (psi} (0.297 approved agency. kN/mz). 1404.4 Masonry.Exterior walls of masonry construction shall 2.4. Exterior wall envelope assemblies shall be be designed and constructed in accordance with this section subjected to a minimum test exposure dura- and Chapter 21. Masonry units,mortar and metal accessories tion of 2 hours. used in anchored and adhered veneer shall meet the physical The exterior wall envelope design shall be consid- requirements of Chapter 21. The backing of anchored and ered to resist wind-driven rain where the results of adhered veneer shall be of concrete,masonry,steel framing or testing indicate that water did not penetrate control wood framing. joints in the exterior wall envelope,joints at the per- 1404.5 Metal. Exterior walls of formed steel construction, imeter of openings or intersections of terminations structural steel or lightweight metal alloys shall be designed in with dissimilar materials, accordance with Chapters 22 and 20,respectively. 3. Exterior insulation and finish systems (EIFS) com- 1404.5.1 Aluminum siding. Aluminum siding shall con- plying with Section 1408A,1, form to the requirements of AAMA 1402. 1403.3 Structural. Exterior- walls, and the associated open- 1404.5.2 Cold-rolled copper.Copper shall conform to the ings, shall be designed and constructed to resist safely the requirements of ASTM B 370. superimposed loads required by Chapter 16. 1404.5.3 Lead-coated copper. Lead-coated copper shall 1403.4 Fire resistance.Exterior walls shall be fire-resistance conform to the requirements of ASTM B 101. rated as required by other sections of this code with opening 1404.6 Concrete.Exterior walls of concrete construction shall protection as required by Chapter 7. be designed and constructed in accordance with Chapter 19. 1403.5 Flood resistance.For buildings in flood hazard areas as 1404.7 Glass-unit masonry. Exterior walls of glass-unit established in Section 1612.3, exterior walls extending below masonry shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the design flood elevation shall be resistant to water damage. Chapter 21. Wood shall be pressure-preservative treated in accordance with AWPA 131 for the species,product and end use using a preser- 1404.8 Plastics. Plastic panel, apron or spandrel walls as vative listed in Section 4 of AWPA U 1 or decay-resistant heart- defined in this code shall not be limited in thickness,provided wood of redwood,black locust or cedar. that such plastics and their assemblies conform to the require- ments of Chapter 26 and are constructed of approved 1403.6 Flood resistance for high-velocity wave action areas. weather-resistant materials of adequate strength to resist the For buildings in flood hazard areas subject to high-velocity wind loads for cladding specified in Chapter 16. wave action as established in Section 1612.3, electrical, mechanical and plumbing system components shall not be 1404.9 Vinyl siding.Vinyl siding shall be certified and labeled mounted on or penetrate through exterior walls that are as conforming to the requirements of ASTM D 3679 by an designed to break away under flood loads. approved quality control agency. 1404.10 Fiber-cement siding.Fiber-cement siding shall con- form to the requirements of ASTM C 1186,Type A.and shall SECTION 1404 be so identified on labeling listing an approved quality control MATERIALS agency. 1404.1 General.Materials used for the construction of exterior 1404.11 Exterior insulation and finish systems. Exterior walls shall comply with the provisions of this section.Materi- insulation and finish systems (EIFS) and exterior insulation als not prescribed herein shall be permitted,provided that any and finish systems (EIFS) with drainage shall comply with such alternative has been approved. Section 1408. 278 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® EXTERIOR WALLS TABLE 1405.2 SECTION 1405 MINIMUM THICKNESS OF WEATHER COVERINGS - INSTALLATION OF WALL COVERINGS MINIMUM THICKNESS 1405.1 General.Exterior wall coverings shall be designed and COVERING TYPE (inches) g g -- constructed in accordance with the applicable provisions of Adhered masom)veneer 0.25 this section. Aluminum siding 0.019 -- ---— - 1405.2 Weather protection. Exterior walls shall provide Anchored masonry veneer 2.625 weather protection for the building.The materials of the mini- Asbesws•cementboards _ - o.t25 mum nominal thickness specified in Table 1405.2 shall be Asbestos shingles 0.156 acceptable as approved weather coverings. Cold-rolled coppers 0.0216 nominal 1405.3 Vapor retarders.Class I or I1 vapor retarders shall be Copper shingles`[ 0.0162 nominal provided on the interior side of frame walls in Zones 5,6,7,8 Exterior plywood(with sheathing) _ _ _ 0.313 and Marine 4. Exterior plywood(without sheathing) See Section 2304-6 H Exceptions: Fiber cement tap siding 0.25, 1. Basement walls. Fiber cement_panel siding 0.25` 2. Below-grade portion of any wall. Fiberboard siding _ -_ 0.5 3. Construction where moisture or its freezing will not Glass-fiber reinforced concrete panels + 0.375 damage the materials. Hardboard siding` 0_25 1405.3.1 Class III vapor retarders.Class II I vapor retard- Hlgh-yield copperd 0.0162 nominal ers shall be permitted where any one of the conditions in Lead-coated coppers 0.0216 nominal Table 1405.3.1 is met. Lead-coated high-yield copper 0.0162 nominal TABLE 1405.3.1 - - - CLASS III VAPOR RETARDERS Marble slabs -- - - - '- - - ZONE CLASS III VAPOR RETARDERS PERMITTED FOR:' Particleboard(Niith sheathing) See Section 2304.6 - - -; ----- Particleboard(without sheathing) _ Sec Section 2304.6 I Vented cladding over OSB i Vented cladding over plywood Precast stone facing - 0,625 Marine I Vented cladding over fiberboard Steel(approved corrosion resistant) 0.0149 4 I Vented cladding over gypsum Stone(cast artificial) 1.5 Insulated sheathing with R value a R2.5 over 2x4 wall Stone(natural) 2 ____ _ I Insulated sheathing with R-value z R3.75 over 2x6 wall - - - Vented cladding over OSB Structural glass 0.344 Vented cladding over plywood Stucco or exterior cement plaster 5 Vented cladding over fiberboard Three-coat work over: Vented cladding over gypsum h Insulated sheathing with R-value z R5 over 2x4 wall Metal plaster base 0.875 'Insulated sheathing with l2 value a R7.5 over 2x6 wall Unit masonry 0.625h - --- Cast-in place or precast concrete 0.6256 Vented cladding over fiberboard -�- -. - - Vented cladding over gypsum Two-coat work aver: 6 Insulated sheathing with R value} R7.5 over 2x4 wall Unit masonry 0.5t' _ Insulated sheathing with R-value = R11.25 over 2x6 wall Cast-in- lace or recast concrete 0._37.56 Insulated sheathing ith R-value z Rl0 over 2x4 wall p ) 7 and 8 Insulated sheathing with R-value R15 over 2x6 wall Terra cotta(anchored. --_-_ --. � ] ,a. Terra cotta(adhered) T 0.25 For SI: 1 pound per cubic foot=16 kg/m'. -- a. Spray foam with a minimum density of 2 Ibslft'applied to the interior cavity Vinyl siding _ - 0-035 side of OSB, plywood, fiberboard, insulating sheathing or gypsum is Wood shingles 0.375 deemed to meet the insulating sheathing requirumeut where the spray foam �- - - - — R-value meets or exceeds the specified insulating sheathing K value. Wood siding(without sheathing)' 0_5 1405.3.2 Material vapor retarder class. The vapor For Sl: t inch=25.4 mm. retainer class shall be based on the manufacturer's certified a. Wood siding of thicknesses less than 0.5 inch shall be placed over sheathing testing or a tested assembly. that conforms to Section 2304.6. b. Exclusive of texture. The following shall be deemed to meet the class speci- e As measured at the bottom of decorative grooves. fied: d. 16 ounces per square foot for cold-rolled copper and lead-coated copper,12 ounces per square foot for copper shingles, high-yield copper and Class 1: Sheet polyethylene,nonperforated aluminum lead-coaled high-yield copper. foil 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 279 EXTERIOR WALLS Class LI: Kraft-faced fiberglass batts or paint with a 1405.6.1 Tolerances.Anchored masonry veneers in accor- perm rating greater than 0.1 and less than or dance with Chapter 14 are not required to meet the toler- equal to 1.0 ances in Article 3.3 GI of TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6. Class III: Latex or enamel paint 1405.6.2 Seismic requirements. Anchored masonry 1405.3.3 Minimum clear airspaces and vented openings veneer located in Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F for vented cladding. For the purposes of this section, shall conform to the requirements of Section 6.2.2.10 of vented cladding shall include the following minimum clear TMS 4021ACI 5301ASCE 5. Anchored masonry veneer airspaces. located in Seismic Design Category D shall also conform to the requirements of Section 6.2.2.10.3.3 of TMS 4021ACI 1. Vinyl lap or horizontal aluminum siding applied over 530/ASCE 5. a weather-resistive barrier as specified in this chapter. 1405.7 Stone veneer. Stone veneer units not exceeding 10 2. Brick veneer with a clear airspace as specified in this inches (254 mm) in thickness shall be anchored directly to code. masonry,concrete or to stud construction by one of the follow- 3. Other approved vented claddings. ing methods: 1405.4 Flashing. Flashing shall be installed in such a manner 1. With concrete or masonry backing,anchor ties shall be so as to prevent moisture from entering the wall or to redirect it not less than 0.1055-inch (2.68 mm) corrosion-resistant to the exterior. Flashing shall be installed at the perimeters of wire,or approved equal, formed beyond the base of the exterior door and window assemblies,penetrations and termi- backing. The legs of the loops shall be not less than 6 nations of exterior wall assemblies, exterior wall intersections inches(152 mm)in length bent at right angles and laid in with roofs, chimneys, porches, decks, balconies and similar the mortar joint,and spaced so that the eyes or loops are projections and at built-in gutters and similar locations where 12 inches (305 mm) maximum on center (o.c.) in both moisture could enter the wall.Flashing with projecting flanges directions. There shall be provided not less than a shall be installed on both sides and the ends of copings,under 0.1055-inch (2.68 mm) corrosion-resistant wire tie, or sills and continuously above projecting trim. approved equal,threaded through the exposed loops for every 2 square feet(0.2 m')of stone veneer.This tie shall 1405.4.1 Exterior wall pockets.In exterior walls of build- be a loop having legs not less than 15 inches(381 mm)in ings or structures,wall pockets or crevices in which mois- length bent so that it will lie in the stone veneer mortar ture can accumulate shall be avoided or protected with caps joint.The last 2 inches (51 mm) of each wire leg shall or drips,or other approved means shall be provided to pre- have a right-angle bend. One-inch (25 mm) minimum vent water damage, thickness of cement grout shall be placed between the 1405.4.2 Masonry. Flashing and weep holes in anchored backing and the stone veneer. veneer shall be located in the first course of masonry above 2. With stud backing, a 2-inch by 2-inch (51 by 51 mm) finished ground level above the foundation wall or slab.and 0.0625-inch (1.59 mm) corrosion-resistant wire mesh other points of support, including structural floors, shelf with two layers of water-resistive barrier in accordance angles and lintels where anchored veneers are designed in with Section 1404.2 shall be applied directly to wood accordance with Section 1405.6. studs spaced a maximum of 16 inches(406 mm)o.c.On studs, the mesh shall be attached with 2-inch-long (51 1405.5 Wood veneers. Wood veneers on exterior walls of min) corrosion-resistant steel wire Furring nails at 4 buildings of Type I,II,III and IV construction shall be not less inches (102 mm) o.c. providing a minimum 1.12s inch than I inch(25 mm)nominal thickness,0.438-inch (11.1 mm) (29 mm)penetration into each stud and with 8d common exterior hardboard siding or 0.375-inch(9.5 mm)exterior-type nails at 8 inches(203 mm)o.c.into top and bottom plates woad structural panels or particleboard and shall conform to or with equivalent wire ties.There shall be not less than a the following: 0.1055-inch (2.68 mm) corrosion-resistant wire. or 1. The veneer shall not exceed 40 feet(1219 mm) in height approved equal, looped through the mesh for every 2 above grade.Where fire-retardant-treated wood is used, square feet (0.2 nil) of stone veneer. This tie shall be a the height shall not exceed 60 feet (1829 min) in height loop having legs not less than 15 inches (381 min) in above grade. length,so bent that it will lie in the stone veneer mortar 2. The veneer is attached to or furred from a joint.The last 2 inches (51 rnm) of each wire leg shall noncombustible backing that is fire-resistance rated as have a right-angle bend. One-inch (25 min) minimum required by other provisions of this code. thickness of cement grout shall be placed between the backing and the stone veneer. 3. Where open or spaced wood veneers(without concealed 1405.8 Slab-type veneer.Slab-type veneer units not exceed- spaces) are used, they shall not project more than 24 inches (610 rim) From the building wall. ing 2 inches(51 mm) in thickness shall be anchored directly to masonry, concrete or stud construction, For veneer units of 1405.6 Anchored masonry veneer. Anchored masonry marble,travertine,granite or other stone units of slab form ties veneer shall comply with the provisions of Sections 1405.6, of corrosion-resistant dowels in drilled holes shall be located in 1405.7, 1405.8 and 1405.9 and Sections 6.1 and 6.2 of TMS the middle third of the edge of the units,spaced a maximum of 402/ACI 530/ASCE 5. 24 inches (610 rnm) apart around the periphery of each unit 280 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* EXTERIOR WALLS with not less than four ties per veneer unit. Units shall not cross-sectional area not less than provided by W 1.7 wire. exceed 20 square feet(1.9 ml)in area.If the dowels are not tight Such attachments and their supports shall be capable of fitting, the holes shall be drilled not more than 0.063 inch(1.6 resisting a horizontal force in accordance with the wind mm) larger in diameter than the dowel,with the hole counter- loads specified in Section 1609, but in no case less than 20 sunk to a diameter and depth equal to twice the diameter of the psf(0.958 kglmz). dowel in order to provide a tight-fitting key of cement mortar at 140511.2 Weather protection.Metal supports for exterior the dowel Iocations when the mortar in the joint has set.Veneer metal veneer shall be protected by painting, galvanizing or ties shall be corrosion-resistant metal capable of resisting, in by other equivalent coating or treatment. Wood studs, fur- tension or compression,a farce equal to two times the weight of ring strips or other wood supports for exterior metal veneer the attached veneer.If made of sheet metal,veneer ties shall be shall be approved pressure-treated wood or protected as not smaller in area than 0.0336 by 1 inch(0.853 by 25 mm)or, required in Section 1403.2.Joints and edges exposed to the if made of wire,not smaller in diameter than 0.1483-inch (3.76 weather shall be caulked with approveddurable waterproof- mm)wire. ing material or by other approved means to prevent penetra- 1405.9 Terra cotta.Anchored terra costa or ceramic units not tion of moisture. less than 11/8 inches(41 mm)thick shall be anchored directly to 1405.11.3 Backup.Masonry backup shall not be required masonry, concrete or stud construction, Tied terra cotta or For metal veneer except as is necessary to meet the fire-resis- ceramic veneer units shall be not less than 1'/8 inches(41 mm) tance requirements of this code. thick with projecting dovetail webs on the back surface spaced approximately 8 inches(203 mm)o.c.The facing shall be tied 1405.11.4 Grounding. Grounding of metal veneers on to the backing wall with corrosion-resistant metal anchors of buildings shall comply with the requirements of Chapter 27 not less than No.8 gage wire installed at the top of each piece in of this code. horizontal bed joints not less than 12 inches(305 mm)nor more 1405.12 Glass veneer.The area of a single section of thin exte- than 18 inches(457 mm)o.c.;these anchors shall be secured to rior structural glass veneer shall not exceed 10 square feet(0.93 '1,-inch (6.4 mm) corrosion-resistant pencil rods that pass mz)where it is not more than 15 feet(4572 mm)above the level through the vertical aligned loop anchors in the backing wall. of the sidewalk or grade level directly below, and shall not The veneer ties shall have sufficient strength to support the full exceed 6 square feet (0.56 ml) where it is more than 15 feet weight of the veneer in tension.The facing shall be set with not (4572 mm) above that level. less than a 2-inch(51 mm)space from the backing wall and the 1405.12.1 Length and height.The length or height of any space shall be filled solidly with portland cement grout and pea gravel. Immediately prior to setting, the hacking wall and the section thin exterior structural glass veneer shall not facing shall be drenched with clean water and shall be dis- exceed 48 8 inches (1219 mm). tincily damp when the grout is poured. 1405.12.2 Thickness.The thickness of thin exterior struc- 1405.10 Adhered masonry veneer.Adhered masonry veneer tural glass veneer shall be not less than 0.344 inch(8.7 mm). shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 1405.12.3 Application. Thin exterior structural glass 1405.10.1 and Sections 6.1 and 6.3 of TMS 4021ACI veneer shall be set only after backing is thoroughly dry and 530/ASCE 5. after application of an approved bond coat uniformly over the entire surface of the backing so as to effectively seal the 1405.10.1 Interior adhered masonry veneers. Interior surface.Glass shall be set in place with an appr-oved mastic adhered masonry veneers shall have a maximum weight of cement in sufficient quantity so that at least 50 percent of the 20 psf (0.958 kg/ml) and shall be installed in accordance area of each glass unit is directly bonded to the backing by with Section 1405.10.Where the interior adhered masonry mastic not less than 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) thick and not more veneer is supported by wood construction, the supporting than'/8 inch(15.9 mm)thick.The bond coat and mastic shall members shall be designed to limit deflection to '/f4,of the be evaluated for compatibility and shall bond firmly span of the supporting members. together. 14 05.11 Metal veneers. Veneers of metal shall be fabricated 1405.12.4 Installation at sidewalk level. Where glass from approved corrosion-resistant materials or shall be pro- extends to a sidewalk surface,each section shall rest in an tected front and back with porcelain enamel, or otherwise be approved metal molding,and be set at least 1/4 inch(6.4 mm) treated to render the metal resistant to corrosion.Such veneers above the highest point of the sidewalk.The space between shall not be less than 0.0149-inch (0.378 mm) nominal thick- the molding and the sidewalk shall be thoroughly caulked ness sheet steel mounted on wood or metal furring strips or and made water tight. approved sheathing on the wood construction, 1405.12.4.1 Installation above sidewalk level. Where 1405.11.1 Attachment. Exterior metal veneer shall be thin exterior structural glass veneer is installed above the securely attached to the supporting masonry or framing level of the top of a bulkhead facing,or at a level more members with corrosion-resistant fastenings. metal ties or than 36 inches (914 mm) above the sidewalk level, the by other approved devices or methods.The spacing of the mastic cement binding shall be supplemented with fastenings or ties shall not exceed 24 inches(610 mm)either approved nonferrous metal shelf angles located in the vertically or horizontally, but where units exceed 4 square horizontal joints in every course.Such shelf angles shall feet (0.4 mz) in area there shall be not less than four attach- be not less than 0.0478-inch (1.2 mm)thick and not less ments per unit. The metal attachments shall have a than 2 inches (51 mm) long and shall be spaced at 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 281 EXTERIOR WALLS approved intervals,with not less than two angles for each where the basic wind speed specified in Chapter 16 does not glass unit. Shelf angles shall be secured to the wall or exceed 100 miles per hour(45 m/s) and the building height is backing with expansion bolts, toggle bolls or by other less than or equal to 40 feet(12 192 mm)in Exposure C.Where approved methods. construction is located in areas where the basic wind speed 1405.12.5 Joints. Unless otherwise specifically approved exceeds 100 miles per hour(45 m/s),or building heights are in by the building official,abutting edges of thin exterior struc- excess of 40 feet (12 192 mm),tests or calculations indicating tural glass veneer shall be ground square. Mitered joints compliance with Chapter 16 shall be submitted. Vinyl siding shall not be used except where specifically approved for shall be secured to the building so as to provide weather protec- wide angles. Joints shall be uniformly buttered with an tion for the exterior walls of the building. approved jointing compound and horizontal joints shall be 1405.14.1 Application. The siding shall be applied over held to not less than 0.063 inch (1.6 mm) by an approved sheathing or materials listed in Section 2304.6.Siding shall nonrigid substance or device.Where thin exterior structural be applied to conform with the water-resistive barrier glass veneer abuts nonresilient material at sides or top, requirements in Section 1403.Siding and accessories shall expansion joints not less than'/,inch(6.4 mm)wide shall be be installed in accordance with approved manufacturer's provided. instructions. Unless otherwise specified in the approved 1405.12.6 Mechanical fastenings.Thin exterior structural manufacturer's instructions, nails used to fasten the siding glass veneer installed above the level of the heads of show and accessories shall have a minimum 0.313-inch(7.9 mm) windows and veneer installed more than 12 feet(3658 mm) head diameter and 1f8-inch (3.18 mm) shank diameter.The above sidewalk level shall,in addition to the mastic cement nails shall be corrosion resistant and shall be long enough to and shelf angles,be held in place by the use of fastenings at penetrate the studs or nailing strip at least 3f,inch(19 mm). each vertical or horizontal edge, or at the four corners of Where the siding is installed horizontally the fastener spac- each glass unit. Fastenings shall be secured to the wall or ing shall not exceed 16 inches(406 mm)horizontally and 12 backing with expansion bolts,toggle bolts or by other meth- inches (305 mm) vertically. Where the siding is installed ods. Fastenings shall be so designed as to hold the glass vertically, the fastener spacing shall not exceed 12 inches veneer in a vertical plane independent of the mastic cement. (305 mm) horizontally and 1 Z inches (305 mm) vertically. Shelf angles providing both support and fastenings shall be 1405.15 Cement plaster. Cement plaster applied to exterior permitted. walls shall conform to the requirements specified in Chapter 1405.12.7 Flashing. Exposed edges of thin exterior struc- 25. tural glass veneer shall be flashed with overlapping corro- 1405.16 Fiber-cement siding. Fiber-cement siding comply- sion-resistant metal flashing and caulked with a waterproof ing with Section 1404.10 shall be permitted on exterior walls of compound in a manner to effectively prevent the entrance of Type I, II, 1Il, IV and V construction for wind pressure resis- moisture between the glass veneer and the backing. lance or wind speed exposures as indicated by the manufac- 1405.13 Exterior windows and doors. Windows and doors turer's listing and label and appivved installation instructions. installed in exterior walls shall conform to the testing and per- Where specified,the siding shall be installed over sheathing or formance requirements of Section 1715.5. materials listed in Section 2304.6 and shall be installed to con- form to the water-resistive barrier requirements in Section 1405.13.1 Installation. Windows and doors shall be 1403. Siding and accessories shall be installed in accordance installed in accordance with approved manufacturer's with approved manufacturer's instructions. Unless otherwise instructions.Fastener size and spacing shall be provided in specified in the approved manufacturer's instructions, nails such instructions and shall be calcu laced based on maximum used to fasten the siding to wood studs shall be corrosion-resis- loads and spacing used in the tests. tant round head smooth shank and shall be long enough to pen- 1405.13.2 Window sills. In Occupancy Groups R-2 and etrate the studs at least 1 inch (25 mm). For metal framing, R-3, one- and two-family and multiple-family dwellings, all-weather screws shall be used and shall penetrate the metal where the opening of the sill portion of an operable window framing at least three full threads. is located more than 72 inches (1829 mm) above the fin- 1405.16.1 Panel siding.Fiber-cement panels shall comply ished grade or other surface below, the lowest part of the with the requirements of ASTM C 1186,Type A,minimum clear opening of the window shall beat a height not less than Grade H.Panels shall be installed with the long dimension 24 inches (6 10 mm)above the finished floor surface of the either parallel or perpendicular to framing.Vertical and hor- room in which the window is located.Glazing between the izontal joints shall occur over framing members and shall be floor and a height of 24 inches (610 mm) shall be fixed or sealed with caulking, covered with battens or shall be have openings through which a 4-inch (102 mm) diameter designed to comply with Section 1403.2.Panel siding shall sphere cannot pass. be installed with fasteners in accordance with the approved Exception: Openings that are provided with window manufacturer's instructions. guards that comply with ASTM F 2006 or F 2090. 1405.16.2 Lap siding. Fiber-cement lap siding having a 1405.14 Vinyl siding.Vinyl siding conforming to the require- maximum width of 12 inches (305 mm)shall comply with ments of this section and complying with ASTM D 3679 shall the requirements of ASTM C 1186, Type A. minimum be permitted on exterior walls of buildings located in areas Grade It. Lap siding shall be lapped a minimum of II/, 282 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' EXTERIOR WALLS inches (32 mm) and lap siding not having tongue-and- TABLE 1406.2.1.2 groove end joints shall have the ends scaled with caulking, MINIMUM FIRE SEPARATION FOR COMBUSTIBLE VENEERS covered with an H-section joint cover.located over a strip of FIRE TOLERABLE FIRE TOLERABLE flashing or shall be designed to comply with Section SEPARATION LEVEL INCIDENT SEPARATION LEVEL INCIDENT DISTANCE RADIANT HEAT DISTANCE RADIANT HEAT 1403.2. Lap siding courses shall be installed with the fas- (feet) ENERGY(kWlm2) (feeq ENERGY(kWim) tener heads exposed or concealed in accordance with the ` - --'- - - approved manufacturer's instructions. 5 12.5 16 5.9 6 11.8 17 5.5 1405.17 Fastening.Weather boarding and wall coverings shall 7 11.0 18 5.2 be securely fastened with aluminum,copper,zinc,zinc-coated 8 10.3 19 4.9 or other approved corrosion-resistant fasteners in accordance 9 9.6 20 4.6 with the nailing schedule in Table 2304.9.1 or the approved I0 8.9 21 4.4 manufacturer's installation instructions. Shingles and other I1 8.3 22 4.I weather coverings shall be attached with appropriate stan- 12 7.7 23 3.9 dard-shingle nails to furring strips securely nailed to studs,or 13 ; 7.2 24 3.7 with approved mechanically bonding nails, except where 14 6.7 25 3.5 sheathing is of wood not less than 1-inch (25 mm) nominal 15 6.3 thickness or of wood structural panels as specified in Table Fur Sl: 1 foot=304.8 mm,I Btu/HZ x°F=0.0057 kW/m'x K. 2308.9.3(3). 1406.2.2 Type I,II,III and IV construction.On buildings of Type I,11,111 and IV construction,exterior wall coverings shall be permitted to be constructed of wood in accordance SECTION 1406 with Section 1405.5,or other equivalent combustible mate- COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS ON THE EXTERIOR rial.complying with the following limitations: SIDE OF EXTERIOR WALLS 1. Combustible exterior wall coverings shall not exceed 1406.1 General.Section 1406 shall apply to exterior wall cov- 10 percent of an exterior wall surface area where the erings-, balconies and similar projections: and bay and oriel fire separation distance is 5 feet (1524 mm) or less. windows constructed of combustible materials. 2. Combustible architectural trim shall be limited to 40 1406.2 Combustible exterior wall coverings. Combustible feet (12 192 mm) in height above grade. exterior wall coverings shall comply with this section. 3. Combustible exterior wall coverings constructed of Exception: Plastics complying with Chapter 26, fire-retardant-treated wood complying with Section 1406.2.1 Ignition resistance. Combustible exterior wall 2303.2 for exterior installation shall not be limited in coverings shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 268. wall surface area where the fire separation distance is 5 feet (1524 mm)or less and shall be permitted up to Exceptions: 60 feet(18 288 mm) in height above grade regardless 1 Wood or wood-based products. of the fire separation distance. 2. Other combustible materials covered with an exte- 1406.2.3 Location.Where combustible exterior wall cov- rior covering other than vinyl sidings listed in eying is located along the top of exterior walls, such tr7m Table 1405.2. shall be completely backed up by the exterior wall and shall 3. Aluminum having a minimum thickness of 0.019 not extend over or above the top Of exterior walls. inch (0.48 mm). 1406.2.4 Fireblocking. Where the combustible exterior 4. Exterior wall coverings on exterior walls of Type tvall covering is Furred from the wall and forms a solid sur- V construction. face, the distance between the back of the covering and the wall shall not exceed 15/g inches (41 mm).Where required 1406.2.1.1 Fire separation 5 feet or less. Where by Section 717, the space thereby created shall be installed on exterior Ivalls having a fire separation dis- fireblocked. tance Of 5 feet (1524 mm) or less,combustible exterior wall coverings shall not exhibit sustained Flaming as 1406.3 Balconies and similar projections. Balconies and defined in NFPA 268. similar projections of combustible construction other than fire-retardant-tr-eared wood shall be fire-resistance rated in 1406.2.1.2 Fire separation greater than 5 feet.For fire accordance with Table 601 for floor construction or shall be of separation distances greater than 5 feet (1524 mm), an Type IV construction in accordance with Section 602.9, The assembly shall be permitted that has been exposed to a aggregate length shall not exceed 50 percent of the buildings reduced level Of incident radiant heat flux in accordance perimeter on each floor. with the NFPA 268 test method without exhibiting sus- tained flaming. The minimum firm separation distance Exceptions: required for the assembly shall be determined from Table 1. On buildings of Type 1 and I1 construction,three sto- 1406.2,1.2 based on the maximum tolerable level of inci- ries or less above grade plane,fire-retardant-treated dent radiant beat flux that does not cause sustained flam- wood shall be permitted for balconies,porches,decks ing of the assembly. and exterior stairways not used as required exits. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 283 EXTERIOR WALLS 2. Untreated wood is permitted for pickets and rails or the building official that the required fire-resistance rating is similar guardrail devices that are limited to 42 inches maintained. (1067 mm) in height. Exception: MCM systems not containing foam plastic 3. Balconies and similar projections on buildings of insulation, which are installed on the outer surface of a Type III. IV and V construction shall be permitted to fire-resistance-rated exterior wall in a manner such that the be of Type V construction,and shall not be required to attachments do not penetrate through the entire exterior have a tire-resistance rating where sprinkler protec- tvall assembly,shall not be required to comply with this sec- tion is extended to these areas. lion. 4. Where sprinkler protection is extended to the balcony 1407.9 Surface-burning characteristics. Unless otherwise areas. the aggregate length of the balcony on each specified,MGM shall have a Marne spread index of 75 or less floor shall not be limited. and a smoke-developed index of 450 or less when tested in the 1406.4 Bay windows and oriel windows.Bay and oriel win- maximum thickness intended for use in accordance with dows shall conform to the type of construction required for the ASTM E 84 or UL 723. building to which they are attached. 1407.10 Type I,11,111 and IV construction.Where installed Exception: Ffir rvandant-treated wood shall be permitted on buildings of Type I,I1, III and 1V construction,MCM sys- on buildings three stories or less of Type 1,1I,111 and IV con- tems shall comply with Sections 1407.10.1 through 1407.10.4, struction. or Section 1407.11. 1407.10.1 Surface-burning characteristics. MCM shall SECTION 1407 have a flamespread indexof not more than 25 and a smoke- METAL COMPOSITE MATERIALS (MCM) developed index of not more than 450 when tested as an assembly in the maximum thickness intended for use in 1407.1 General.The provisions of this section shall govern the accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723. materials,construction and quality of metal composite materi- als (MCM) for use as exterior wall coverings in addition to 1407.10.2 Thermal barriers. MCM shall be separated other applicable requirements of Chapters 14 and 16. from the interior of a building by an approved thermal bar- 1407.1.1 Plastic core.The plastic core of the MCM shall rier consisting of 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) gypsum wallboard or not contain foam plastic insulation as defined in Section equivalent thermal barrier material that will limit the aver- 2602.1. age temperature rise of the unexposed surface to not more than 250°F (121°C) after 15 minutes of fire exposure in 1407.2 Exterior wall finish.MCM used as exterior wall finish accordance with the standard time-temperature curve of or as elements of balconies and similar projections and bay and ASTM E 119 or UL 263. The thermal barrier shall be oriel windows to provide cladding or weather resistance shall installed in such a manner that it will remain in place for not comply with Sections 1407.4 through 1407.14. less than 15 minutes based on a test conducted in accor- 1407.3 Architectural trim and embellishments.MCM used dance with UL 1715. as architectural trim or embellishments shall comply with Sec- 1407.10.3 Thermal barrier not required. The thermal tions 1407.7 through 1407.14. barrier specified for MCM in Section 1407.10.2 is not 1407.4 Structural design. MCM systems shall be designed required where: and constructed to resist wind loads as required by Chapter 16 1. The MCM system is specifically approved based on for components and cladding. tests conducted in accordance with UL 1040 or UL 1407.5 Approval.Results of approved tests or an engineering 1715.Such testing shall be performed with the MCM analysis shall be submitted to the building ofcial to verify in the maximum thickness intended for use. The compliance with the requirements of Chapter 16 for wind MCM system shall include seams,joints and other loads. typical details used in the installation and shall be 1407.6 Weather resistance.MCM systems shall comply with tested in the manner intended for use. Section 1403 and shall be designed and constructed to resist 2. The MCM is used as elements of balconies and simi- wind and rain in accordance with this section and the manufac- larprojections,architectural trinror embellishments. turer's installation instructions. 1407.10.4 Full-scale tests. The MCM system shall be 1407.7 Durability. MCM systems shall be constructed of tested in accordance with,and comply with,the acceptance approved materials that maintain the performance characteris- criteria of NFPA 285.Such testing shall be performed on the tics required in Section 1407 for the duration of use. MCM system with the MCM in the maximum thickness 1407.8 Fire-resistance rating.Where MCM systems are used intended for use. on exterior walls required to have a fire-resistance rating in 1407.11 Alternate conditions.MCM and MCM systems shall accordance with Section 705, evidence shall be submitted to not be required to comply with Sections 1407.10.1 through 284 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® EXTERIOR WALLS 1407.10.4 provided such systems comply with Section 2273 and is required on framed walls of Type V construc- 1407.11.1 or 1407.11.2. tion and Group R1,R2,R3 and R4 occupancies. 1407.11.1 Installations up to 40 feet in height.MCM shall 1408.4.1.1 Water-resistive barrier. For EIFS with not be installed more than 40 feel (12 190 mm) in height drainage, the water-resistive barrier shall comply with above grade where installed in accordance with Sections Section 1404.2 or ASTM E 2570. 1407.11.1.1 and 1407.11.1.2. 1408.5 Installation. Installation of the EIFS and EIFS with 1407.11.1.1 Fire separation distance of 5 feet or less. drainage shall be in accordance with the EIFS manufacturer's Wherethe rrpseparation distance is 5 feet(1524 mm)or instructions. less,the area of MGM shall not exceed 10 percent of the 1408.6 Special inspections. EIFS installations shall comply exterior wall surface. with the provisions of Sections 1704.1 and 1704.14. 1407.11.1.2 Fire separation distance greater than 5 feet.Where the fire separation distance is greater than 5 feet(1524 mm),there shall be no limit on the area of exte- rior wall surface coverage using MCM. 1407.11.2 Installations up to 50 feet in height.MCM shall not be installed more than 50 feet (15 240 min) in height above grade where installed in accordance with Sections 1407.11.2.1 and 1407.11.2.2. 1407.11.2.1 Self-ignition temperature. MCM shall have a self-ignition temperature of 650°F (343°C) or greater when tested in accordance with ASTM D 1929. 1407.11.2.2 Limitations. Sections of MCM shall not exceed 300 square feel(27.9 in')in area and shall be sep- arated by a minimum of 4 feet (1219 mm) vertically. 1407.12 Type V construction.MCM shall be permitted to be installed on buildings of Type V construction. 1407.13 Foam plastic insulation. MCM systems containing foam plastic insulation shall also comply with the requirements of Section 2603. 1407.14 Labeling.MCM shall be labeled in accordance with Section 1703.5. SECTION 1408 EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS (EIFS) 1408.1 General.The provisions of this section shall govern the materials, construction and quality of exterior insulation and finish systems(EIFS)for use as exterior wall cover ingsin addi- tion to other applicable requirements of Chapters 7, 14, 16. 17 and 26. 1408.2 Performance characteristics. EIFS shall be con- structed such that it meets the performance characteristics required in ASTM E 2568. 1408.3 Structural design.The underlying structural framing and substrate shall be designed and constructed to resist loads as required by Chapter 16. 1408.4 Weather resistance. EIFS shall comply with Section 1403 and shall be designed and constructed to resist wind and rain in accordance with this section and the manufacturer's application instructions. 1408.4.1 EIFS with drainage. EIFS with drainage shall have an average minimum drainage efficiency of 90 percent when tested in accordance the requirements of ASTM E 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 205 286 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' CHAPTER 15 ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES SECTION 1501 REROOFING. The process of recovering or replacing an GENERAL existing roof covering.See"Roof recover"and"Roof replace- ment." 1501.1 Scope.The provisions of this chapter shall govern the ROOF ASSEMBLY. A system designed to provide weather design,materials,construction and quality of roof assemblies, protection and resistance to design loads.The system consists and rooftop structures. of a roof covering and roof deck or a single component serving as both the roof covering and the roof deck.A roof assembly includes the roof deck, vaporretatder,substrate or thermal bar- SECTION 1502 rier,insulation, vapor retarder and roof covering. DEFINITIONS The definition of"Roof assembly" is limited in application 1502.1 General.The following words and terms shall,for the to the provisions of Chapter 15. purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this code, ROOF COVERING. The covering applied to the roof deck have the meanings shown herein. for weather resistance,fire classification or appearance. AGGREGATE. In roofing, crushed stone, crushed slag or ROOF COVERING SYSTEM.See "Roof assembly." water-worn gravel used For surfacing for roof coverings. ROOF DECK.The flat or sloped surface not including its sup- BALLAST. In roofing, ballast comes in the form of large porting members or vertical supports. stones or paver systems or light-weight interlocking paver sys- tems and is used to provide uplift resistance for roofing systems ROOF RECOVER. The process of installing an additional that are not adhered or mechanically attached to the roof deck. roof covering over a prepared existing roof covering without BUILT-UP ROOF COVERING.Two or more layers of felt removing the existing roof covering. cemented together and surfaced with a cap sheet, mineral ROOF REPAIR.Reconstruction or renewal of any part of an aggregate,smooth coating or similar surfacing material, existing roof for the purposes of its maintenance. INTERLAYMENT. A layer of felt or nonbituminous satu- ROOF REPLACEMENT.The process of removing the exist- rated felt not less than 18 inches (457 mm) wide, shingled ing roof covering,repairing any damaged substrate and install- between each course of a wood-shake roof covering. ing a new roof covering. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCREEN. A partially ROOF VENTILATION.The natural or mechanical process enclosed rooftop structure used to aesthetically conceal heat- of supplying conditioned or unconditioned air to,or removing ing, ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC) electrical or such air From,attics,cathedra]ceilings orotherenclosed spaces over which a roof assembly is installed. mechanical equipment from view. METAL ROOF PANEL.An interlocking metal sheet having ROOFTOP STRUCTURE. An enclosed structure on or a minimum installed weather exposure of 3 square feet (0.279 above the roof of any part of a building. m2) per sheet. SCUPPER.An opening in a wall or parapet that allows water METAL ROOF SHINGLE.An interlocking metal sheet hav- to drain from a roof. ing an installed weather exposure less than 3 square feet(0.279 SINGLE-PLY MEMBRANE. A roofing membrane that is m2) per sheet, field applied using one layer of membrane material (either MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOF COVERING.One or more homogeneous or composite) rather than multiple layers. layers of polymer-modified asphalt sheets.The sheet materials UNDERLAYMENT. One or more layers of felt, sheathing shall be fully adhered or mechanically attached to the substrate paper,nonbituminous saturated felt or other approved material or held in place with an approved ballast layer. over which a steep-slope roof covering is applied. PENTHOUSE.An enclosed,unoccupied structure above the roof of a building,other than a lank,tower,spire,dome cupola SECTION 1503 or bulkhead. WEATHER PROTECTION POSITIVE ROOF DRAINAGE.The drainage condition in 1503.1 General. Roof decks shall be covered with approved which consideration has been made for all loading deflections roof coverings secured to the building or structure in accor- of the roof deck, and additional slope has been provided to dance with the provisions of this chapter.Roof coverings shall ensure drainage of the roof within 48 hours of precipitation. be designed and installed in accordance with this code and the 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 287 ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES Iapproved manufacturer's instructions such that the roof cover- 1504.2 Wind resistance of clay and concrete tile.Wind loads ing shall serve to protect the building or structure. on clay and concrete tile roof coverings shall be in accordance 1503.2 Flashing.Flashing shall be installed in such a manner with Section 1609.5. so as to prevent moisture entering the wall and roof through 1504.3 Wind resistance of nonballasted roofs. Roof cover- joints in copings,through moisture-permeable materials and at ings installed on roofs in accordance with Section 1507 that are intersections with parapet walls and other penetrations through mechanically attached or adhered to the roof deck shall be the roof plane. designed to resist the design wind load pressures for compo- 1503.2.1 Locations.Flashing shall be installed at wall and nents and cladding in accordance with Section 1609. roof intersections,at gutters,wherever there is a change in 1504.3.1 Other roof systems.Roof systems with built-up, roof slope or direction and around roof openings. Where modified bitumen, fully adhered or mechanically attached flashing is of metal, the metal shall be corrosion resistant single-ply through fastened metal panel roof systems. and with a thickness of not less than 0.019 inch(0.483 mm) (No. other types of membrane roof coverings shall also be tested 26 galvanized sheet). in accordance with FM 4474,UL 580 or UL 1897. 1503.3 Coping. Parapet walls shall be properly coped with 1504.3.2 Metal panel roof systems.Metal panel roof sys- noncombustible, weatherproof materials of a width no less tems through fastened or standing seam shall be tested in than the thickness of the parapet wall. accordance with UL 580 or ASTM E 1592. (P] 1503.4 Roof drainage. Design and installation of roof Exception: Metal roofs constructed of cold-formed drainage systems shall comply with Section 1503 and the steel,where the roof deck acts as the roof covering and International Plumbing Code. provides both weather protection and support for struc- 1503.4.1 Secondary drainage required.Secondary(emer- tural loads,shall be permitted to be designed and tested gency) roof drains or scuppers shall be provided where the in accordance with the applicable referenced structural roof perimeter construction extends above the roof in such a design standard in Section 2209.1. manner that water will be entrapped if the primary drains 1504.4 Ballasted low-slope roof systems.Ballasted low-slope allow buildup for any reason. (roof slope< 2:12) single-ply roof system coverings installed 1503.4.2 Scuppers.When scuppers are used for secondary in accordance with Sections 1507.12 and 1507.13 shall be designed in accordance with Section 1504.8 and ANSI/SPRI (emergency overflow) roof drainage, the quantity, size, RP-4. location and inlet elevation of the scuppers shall be sized to prevent the depth of ponding water from exceeding that for 1504.5 Edge securement for low-slope roofs. Low-slope which the roof was designed as determined by Section membrane roof system metal edge securement,except gutters. 1503.4.1.Scuppers shall not have an opening dimension of shall be designed and installed for wind loads in accordance less than 4 inches(102 mm).The flow through the primary with Chapter 16 and tested for resistance in accordance with system shall not be considered when locating and sizing ANSI/SPRI ES-1,except the basic wind speed shall be deter- scuppers. mined from Figure 1609. 1503.4.3 Gutters.Gutters and leaders placed on the outside 1504.6 Physical properties. Roof coverings installed on of buildings, other than Group R-3, private garages and low-slope roofs(roof slope<2:12)in accordance with Section buildings of Type V construction, shall he of 1507 shall demonstrate physical integrity over the working life noncombustible material or a minimum of Schedule 40 of the roof based upon 2.000 hours of exposure to accelerated plastic pipe, weathering tests conducted in accordance with ASTM G 152, 1503.5 Roof ventilation.Intake and exhaust vents shall be pro- ASTM G 155 or ASTM G 154.Those roof coverings that are vided in accordance with Section 1203.2 and the manufac- subject to cyclical flexural response due to wind loads shall not turer's installation instructions. demonstrate any significant loss of tensile strength for unreinforced membranes or breaking strength for reinforced 1503.6 Crickets and saddles. A cricket or saddle shall be membranes when tested as herein required. installed on the ridge side of any chimney or penetration 1504.7 Impact resistance. Roof coverings installed on greater than 30 inches(762 mm)wide as measured perpendicu- low-slope roofs(roof slope<2:12) in accordance with Section lar to the slope.Cricket or saddle coverings shall be sheet metal 1507 shall resist impact damage based on the results of tests or of the same material as the roof covering. conducted in accordance with ASTM D 3746,ASTM D 4272, CGSB 37-GP-52M or the"Resistance to Foot Traffic Test"in SECTION 1504 Section 5.5 of FM 4470. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 1504.8 Aggregate.Aggregate used as surfacing for roof cover- 1504.1 Wind resistance of roofs.Roof decks and roof cover- ings and aggregate,gravel or stone used as ballast shall not be ings shall be designed for wind loads in accordance with Chap- used on the roof of a building located in a hurricane-prone ter 16 and Sections 1504.2, 1504.3 and 1504.4. region as defined in Section 1609.2, or on any other building with a mean roof height exceeding that permitted by Table I 1504.1.1 Wind resistance of asphalt shingles. Asphalt 1504.8 based on the exposure category and basic wind speed at shingles shall comply with Section 1507.2.7. the site. 288 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES TABLE 1504.8 assemblies shall be permitted for use in buildings or structures MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE MEAN ROOF HEIGHT PERMITTED FOR of all types of construction. BUILDINGS WITH AGGREGATE ON THE ROOF IN AREAS OUTSIDE A HURRICANE-PRONE REGION Exceptions: MAXIMUM MEAN ROOF HEIGHT(ft)`° 1. Class A roof assemblies include those with coverings BASIC WINO SPEED Exposure category of brick,mason or an exposed concrete roof deck. FROM FIGURE 1609 — — — masonry p (mph)" B - c D 2. Class A roof assemblies also include ferrous or cop- 85 170 60 30 30 per shingles or sheets,metal sheets and shingles,clay 90 110 35 15 j or concrete roof tile or slate installed on noncombusti- ble decks or ferrous,copper or metal sheets installed 95 — - 75 w 20 NP without a roof deck on noncombustible framing. 100 55 15 __NP__ 1505.3 Class B roof assemblies.Class B roof assemblies are 105 40 NP NP those that are effective against moderate fire-test exposure. 110 30 NP NP Class B roof assemblies and roof coverings shall be listed and identified as CIass B by an approved testing agency. 115 20 NP NP 1505.4 Class C roof assemblies.Class C roof assemblies are 120 15. NP NP those that are effective against light fire-test exposure.Class C Greater than 120 NP NP NP roof assemblies and roof coverings shall be listed and identi- For SI; I foot=304.8 mm; 1 mile per hour=0.447m/s. fled as Class C by an approved testing agency. a. Mean roof helght as defined in ASCE 7. 1505.5 Nonclassified roofing. Nonclassified roofing is b For intermediate values of basic wind speed,the height associated with the approved material that is not listed as a Class A, B or C roof next higher value of wind speed shall be used,or direct interpolation is per- cDVerin . mltted. g c. NP=gravel and stone riot permitted for any roof height. 1505.6 Fire-retardant-treated wood shingles and shakes. Fire-retardant-treated wood shakes and shingles shall be treated by impregnation with chemicals by the full-cell vac- SECTION 1505 uum-pressure process, in accordance with AWPA Cl. Each FIRE CLASSIFICATION bundle shall be marked to identify the manufactured unit and 1505.1 General. Roof assemblies shall be divided into the the manufacturer,and shall also be Iabeled to identify the clas- classes defined below. Class A, S and C roof assemblies and sification of the material in accordance with the testing roof coverings required to be listed by this section shall be required in Section 1505.1.the treating company and the qual- tested in accordance with ASTM E 108 or UL 790.In addition, ity control agency. fire-retardant-treated wood roof coverings shall be tested in 1505.7 Special purpose roofs.Special purpose wood shingle accordance with ASTM D 2898.The minimum roof coverings or wood shake roofing shall conform with the grading and installed on buildings shall comply with Table 1505.1 based on application requirements of Section 1507.8 or 1507.9.In addi- the type of construction of the building, tion, an underlayment of '/,-inch (15.9 mm) Type X Exception: Skylights and sloped glazing that comply with water-resistant gypsum backing board or gypsum sheathing Chapter 24 or Section 2610. shall be placed under minimum nominal V,inch-thick (12.7 TABLE 1505.10•11 mm) wood structural panel solid sheathing or 1-inch (25 mm) MINIMUM ROOF COVERING CLASSIFICATION nominal spaced sheathing. FOR TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION IA IB IIA IIB IIIA RIB IV ! VA VB SECTION 1506 B B B C, B ! Cr B B C,_ MATERIALS Por SI: 1 foot=304.8 mm,l square foot=0.0929m'. 1506.1 Scope.The requirements set forth in this section shall a. Unless otherwise required in accordance with the International apply to the application of roof-covering materials specified liitdtand-Urban interface Codeor due to the location of the building within a lire district in accordance with Appendix D. herein.Roof coverings shall be applied in accordance with this b. Nonclassified roof coverings shall be permitted on buildings of Group R 3 chapter and the manufacturer's installation instructions.Instal- and Group U occupancies,where there is a minimum fire-separation dis- lation of roof Coverings shall comply with the applicable provi- tance of 6 feet measured from the leading edge of the roof. sions of Section 1507, c. Buildings that are not more than two stories above grade plane and having not more than 6,000 square feet of projected roof area and where there is a 1506.2 Compatibility of materials.Roofs and roof coverings minimum 10-foot fire-separation distance from the leading edge of the roof shall be of materials that are compatible with each other and to a lot line on all sides of the building,exceptfor street fromsor public ways, with the building Dr structure to which the materials are shall be permitted to have roofs of No.1 cedar or redwood shakes and No.1 g shingles. applied. 1505.2 Class A roof assemblies.Class A roof assemblies are 1506.3 Material specifications and physical characteristics. those that are effective against severe fire test exposure. Class Roof-covering materials shall conform to the applicable stan- A roof assemblies and roof coverings shall be listedand identi- dards listed in this chapter.In the absence of applicable stan- fied as Class A by an approved testing agency. Class A roof dards or where materials are of questionable suitability,testing 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 289 ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES by an approved agency shall be required by the building code indicate compliance with ASTM D 7158 and the olTcial to determine the character, quality and limitations of required classification in Table 1507.2.7.1(1). application of the materials. Exception: Asphalt shingles not included in the 1506.4 Product identification.Roof-covering materials shall scope of ASTM D 7158 shall be tested and labeled to be delivered in packages bearing the manufacturer's identify- indicate compliance with ASTM D 3161 and the ing marks and approved testing agency labels required in required classification in Table 1507.2.7.1(2). accordance with Section 1505. Bulk shipments of materials shall be accompanied with the same information issued in the TABLE 1507.2.7.1(1) form of a certificate or on a bill of lading by the manufacturer. CLASSIFICATION OF ASPHALT ROOF SHINGLES PER ASTM D71581 MAXIMUM BASIC WIND SPEED CLASSIFICATION SECTION 1507 FROM FIGURE 1609 REQUIREMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR ROOF COVERINGS 85 D.G or H 1507.1 Scope. Roof coverings shall be applied in accordance 90 _ _ _ D,G or H with the applicable provisions of this section and the manufac- 100 G or H turer's installation instructions. - 1507.2 Asphalt shingles.The installation of asphalt shingles 110 — G or H shall comply with the provisions of this section. 120 T _ G or H 1507.2.1 Deck requirements.Asphalt shingles shall be fas- _.. _.. _ 130 H tened to solidly sheathed decks. 140 1507.2.2 Slope.Asphalt shingles shall only be used on roof 150 H_ slopes of two units vertical in 12 units horizontal (17-per- -- -- __ cent slope)or greater.For roof slopes from two units vertical a The standard calculations contained in ASTM D 7158 assume d rc cat- cent rgory S or Cand building height of 60 Feet{18 288 mm}or less.s.Ad.�dditional in 12 units horizontal(17-percent slope)up to four units ver- ral(ulatioos are required for conditions outside of these assumptions. tical in 12 units horizontal (33-percent slope), double underlayment application is required in accordance with TABLE 1507.2.7.1(2) Section 1507.2.8. CLASSIFICATION OF ASPHALT SHINGLES PER ASTM D 3181 MAXIMUM BASIC WIND SPEED CLASSIFICATION 1507.2.3 Underlayment.Unless otherwise noted,required FROM FIGURE 1609 REQUIREMENT underlayment shall conform to ASTM D 226, Type 1, 85 A.D or F ASTM D 4869,Type 1, or ASTM D 6757. — 15071.4 Self-adhering polymer modified bitumen sheet. ___ 90 _ A,D or F Self-adhering polymer modified bitumen sheet shall com- _ _ 100 A,D or F ply with ASTM D 1970, 110 F 1507.2.5 Asphalt shingles.Asphalt shingles shall comply 170 F with ASTM D 225 or ASTM D 3462. -� 130 F 1507.2.6 Fasteners.Fasteners for asphalt shingles shall be - - - - galvanized, stainless steel, aluminum or copper roofing 140 F nails,minimum 12 gage[0.105 inch(2.67 mm)I shank with 150 F a minimum Ys inch-diameter(9.5 mm) head,of a length to -—-- — penetrate through the roofing materials and a minimum of 1507.2.8 Underlayment application.For roof slopes from 314 inch (19.1 mm) into the roof sheathing. Where the roof two units vertical in 12 units horizontal (17-percent slope) sheathing is less than 314 inch(19.1 mm)thick,the nails shall and up to four units vertical in 12 units horizontal (33-per- penetrate through the sheathing. Fasteners shall comply cent slope),underlayment shall be two layers applied in the with ASTM F 1667, following manner. Apply a minimum 19-inch-wide (483 1507.2.7 Attachment.Asphalt shingles shall have the min- mm)strip of underlayment felt parallel with and starting at imum number of fasteners required by the manufacturer,but the eaves, fastened sufficiently to hold in place.Starting at not less than four fasteners per strip shingle or two fasteners the cave, apply 36-inch-wide (914 mm) sheets of per individual shingle. Where the roof slope exceeds 21 underlayment overlapping successive sheets 19 inches(483 units vertical in 12 units horizontal(21:12),shingles shall be mm),by fastened sufficiently to hold in place.Distortions in installed as required by the manufacturer. the underlayment shall not interfere with the ability of the shingles to sea].For roof slopes of four units vertical in 12 15071.7.1 Wind resistance. Asphalt shingles shall be units horizontal(33-percent slope)or greater,underlayment tested in accordance with ASTM D 7158.Asphalt shin- shall be one layer applied in the following manner. gles shall meet the classification requirements of Table Underlayment shall be applied shingle fashion, parallel to 1507.2.7.1(1) For the appropriate maximum basic wind and starling from the cave and lapped 2 inches(51 mm),fas- speed. Asphalt shingle packaging shall bear a label to tened sufficiently to hold in place. Distortions in the 290 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES underlayment shall not interfere with the ability of the shin- applying shingles.Valley linings of the following types gles to seal. shall be permitted: 1507.2.8.1 High wind attachment. Linderlayment 1. Foropen valleys(valley lining exposed)linedwith applied in areas subject to high winds (greater than 110 metal, the valley lining shall be at least 24 inches mph in accordance with Figure 1609) shall be applied (610 mm) wide and of any of the corrosion-resis- with corrosion-resistant fasteners in accordance with the tant metals in Table 1507.2.9.2. manufacturer's instructions. Fasteners are to be applied 2, For open valleys,valley lining of two plies of min- along the overlap at a maximum spacing of 36 inches oral-surfaced roll roofing complying with ASTM (914 mm) on center. D 3909 or ASTM D 6380 shall be permitted.The 1507.2.8.2 Ice barrier.In areas where there has been a bottom layer shall be 18 inches (457 mm) and the history of ice forming along the eaves causing a backup top layer a minimum of 36 inches(914 mm)wide. of water,an ice barrier that consists of at least two layers 3. For closed valleys(valleys covered with shingles), of underlayment cemented together or of a self-adhering valley lining of one ply of smooth roll roofing polymer modified bitumen sheet shall be used in lieu of complying with ASTM D 6380, and at least 36 normal underlayment and extend from the lowest edges inches (914 mm) wide or types as described in of all roof surfaces to a point at least 24 inches(610 mm) Item 1 or 2 above shall be permitted.Self-adhering inside the exterior wall line of the building. polymer modified bitumen underlayment comply- Exception: Detached accessory structures that con- ing with ASTM D 1970 shall be permitted in lieu tain no conditioned floor area. of the lining material. 1507.2.9 Flashings. Flashing for asphalt shingles shall 1507.2.9.3 Drip edge. Provide drip edge at eaves and comply with this section.Flashing shall be applied in actor- gables of shingle roofs. Overlap to be a minimum of 2 dance with this section and the asphalt shingle manufac- inches(51 mm).Eave drip edges shall extend 1/4 inch(6.4 turer's printed instructions. mm)below sheathing and extend back on the roof a mini- 1507.2.9.1 Base and cap flashing.Base and cap flash- mum of 2 inches (51 mm). Drip edge shall be mechani- ing shall be installed in accordance with the manufac- tally fastened a maximum of 12 inches(305 mm) o.c. turer's instructions. Base flashing shall be of either 1507.3 Clay and concrete tile. The installation of clay and corrosion-resistant metal of minimum nominal concrete tile shall comply with the provisions of this section. 0.019-inch (0.483 mm) thickness or mineral-surfaced roll roofing weighing a minimum of 77 pounds per 100 1507.3.1 Deck requirements.Concrete and clay tile shall square feet (3.76 kg/ml). Cap flashing shall be corro- be installed only over solid sheathing or spaced structural sion-resistant metal of minimum nominal 0.019-inch sheathing boards, (0.483 mm) thickness. 1507.3.2 Deck slope. Clay and concrete roof tile shall be 1507.2.9.2 Valleys. Valley linings shall be installed in installed on roof slopes of 21/2 units vertical in 12 units hori- accordance with the manufacturer's instructions before zontal (21-percent slope) or greater, For roof slopes from TABLE 1507.2.9.2 VALLEY LINING MATERIAL MATERIAL MINIMUM THICKNESS GAGE WEIGHT I Aluminum 0.024 in. — -- Cold-rolled copper 0.0216 in. — ASTM B 370, I6 oz.per square ft. Copper — — 16 oz Galvanized steel 0.0179 in. 26 (zinc-coated G90) — High-yield copper 0.0162 in, — ASTM B 370, 12 oz.per square ft. Lead { -- - – – --` — 2.5 pounds Lead-coated copper 0.0216 in. — ASTM B 101. 16 oz.per square ft. Lead-coated high-yield copper 0.0162 in. — ASTM B I01, 12 oz.per square ft. Painted terne — — 20 pounds Stainless steel — 28 — Zinc alloy 0.027 in. — -- For SI. 1 inch=25.4 mm.1 pound=0.454 kg.1 ounce=28,35g. 1 square foot=0.093mz. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 291 ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES 21/z units vertical in 12 units horizontal(21-percents lope) to 1507.3.9 Flashing.At the juncture of the roof vertical sur- four units vertical in 12 units horizontal (33-percent slope), faces, flashing and counterflashing shall be provided in double underlayment application is required in accordance accordance with the manufacturer's installation instruc- with Section 1507.3.3. tions,and where of metal,shall not be less than 0.019-inch 1507.3.3 Underlayment.Unless otherwise noted,required (0'48 min) (No.26 galvanized sheet gage) corrosion-resis- underlayment shall conform to: ASTM D 226, Type I1: tant metal.The valley flashing shall extend at least 11 inches ASTM D 2626 or ASTM D 6380,Class M mineral-surfaced (279 mm) from the centerline each way and have a splash roll roofing. diverter rib not less than I inch(25 mm)high at the flow line formed as part of the flashing. Sections of flashing shall 1507.3.3.1 Low-slope roofs. For roof slopes from 2'/Z have an end lap of not less than 4 inches(102 mm).For roof units vertical in 12 units horizontal (21-percent slope), slopes of three units vertical in 12 units horizontal (25-per- up to four unitsvertical in 12 units horizontal(33-percent cent slope) and over, the valley flashing shall have a slope), underlayment shall be a minimum of two layers 36-inch-wide(914 mm)underlayment of either one layer of applied as follows: Type I underlayment running the full length of the valley,or a self-adhering polymer-modified bitumen sheet complying 1. Starting at the eave, a 19-inch (483 mm) strip of with ASTM D 1970, in addition to other required underlayment shall be applied parallel with the underlayment.In areas where the average daily temperature eave and fastened sufficiently in place. in January is 25°F(-4°C)or less or where there is a possibil- 2. Starting at the eave,36-inch-wide(914 mm)strips ity of ice forming along the eaves causing a backup of water, of underlayment felt shall be applied overlapping the metal valley flashing underlayment shall be solid successive sheets 19 inches (483 mm) and fas- cemented to the roofing underlayment for slopes under tened sufficiently in place. seven units vertical in 12 units horizontal(58-percent slope) or self-adhering polymer-modified bitumen sheet shall be 1507.3.3.2 High-slope roofs. For roof slopes of four installed. units vertical in 12 units horizontal(33-percent slope)or greater,underlayment shall be a minimum of one layer of 1507.4 Metal roof panels.The installation of metal roof pan- underlayment felt applied shingle fashion, parallel to, els shall comply with the provisions of this section. and starting from the eaves and lapped 2 inches(51 mm), 1507.4.1 Deck requirements.Metal roof panel roof cover- fastened only as necessary to hold in place. ings shall be applied to a solid or closely fitted deck,except 1507.3.4 Clay tile.Clay roof tile shall comply with ASTM where the roof covering is specifically designed to be C 1167. applied to spaced supports. 1507.4.2 Deck slope.Minimum slopes for metal roof pan- 1507.3.5 Concrete tile. Concrete roof tile shall comply els shall comply with the following: with ASTM C 1492. 1. The minimum slope for lapped, nonsoldered seam 1507.3.6 Fasteners.Tile fasteners shall be corrosion resis- metal roofs without applied lap sealant shall be three tant and not less than 11 gage,5116-inch (8.0 mm) head,and units vertical in 12 units horizontal (25-percent of sufficient length to penetrate the deck a minimum of 319 slope). inch(19.1 mm)or through the thickness of the deck,which- 2. The minimum slope for lapped, nonsoldered seam ever is less.Attaching wire for clay or concrete tile shall not metal roofs with applied lap sealant shall be one-half be smaller than 0.083 inch (2.1 inn). Perimeter fastening unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (4-percent slope). areas include three tile courses but not less than 36 inches Lap sealants shall be applied in accordance with the (914 mm) from either side of hips or ridges and edges of approved manufacturer's installation instructions. eaves and gable rakes. 3. The minimum slope for standing seam of roof sys- 1507.3.7 Attachment.Clay and concrete roof tiles shall be tems shall be one-quarter unit vertical in 12 units hori- fastened in accordance with Table 1507.3.7. zontal (2-percent slope). 1507.3.8 Application.Tile shall be applied according to the 1507.4.3 Material standards. Metal-sheet roof covering manufacturer's installation instructions, based on the fol- systems that incorporate supporting structural members lowing: shall be designed in accordance with Chapter 22, Metal-sheet roof coverings installed over structural decking 1. Climatic conditions. shall comply with Table 1507.4.3(l).The materials used for 2. Roof slope. metal-sheet roof coverings shall be naturally corrosion 3. Underlayment system, resistant or provided with corrosion resistance in accor- dance with the standards and minimum thicknesses shown 4. Type of tile being installed. in Table 1507.4.3(2). 292 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES TABLE 1507.3.7 CLAY AND CONCRETE TILE ATTACHM£NT••b•` _ GENERAL_—CLAY OR CONCRETE ROOF TILE Maximum basic Mean roof wind speed height (mph) (feet) Roof slope up to<3:12 Roof slope 3:12 and over 85 - 0-60 One fastener per file,Flat tile Two fasteners per tile.Only one fastener on slopes of 7:12 and without vertical laps,two less for tiles with installed weight exceeding 7.5 lbs.lsq.h. 100 0-40 .fasteners per tile_ having a width no greater than 16 inches. The head of all tiles shall be nailed.The nose of all eave tiles shall be fastened with approved 100 >40-60 clips.All rake tiles shall be nailed with two nails.The nose of all ridge,hip and rake tiles shall be _ set in a bead of roofer's mastic. 110 _0-60 _ The fastening system shall resist the wind forces in Section 1609.5.3. — 120 0-60 The fastening system shall resist the wind forces in Section 1609.5.3. 130 0-60 _The fastening system shall resist the wind forces in Section 1609.5.3. All - >60 The fastening system shall resist the wind forces in Section 1609.5.3. INTERLOCKING CLAY OR CONCRETE ROOF TILE WITH PROJECTING ANCHOR LUGSd'a (Installations on spacedlsolid sheathing with battens or spaced sheathing) Maximum basic Mean roof i wind speed height (mph) (feeQ Roof slope up to-<5:12 _ Roof slope 5:12-12:12 Roof slope 12:12 and over 85 0-60 One fastener per the every other One fastener required for Fasteners are not required.Tiles row.All perimeter tiles regture ever tile.Tiles with installed with installed weight less than 9'one fastener.Tiles with installed weight less than 9 lbs./sq.ft. 100 0-40 1 lbs./sq.ft.require a minimum of weight less than 9 IbsJsq.ft. require a minimum of one one fastener per tile. require a minimum of one Fastener per tile. - T - — fastener r dle. The head of all tiles shall be nailed.The nose of all eave tiles shall be fastened with approved 100 >40-60 clips.All rake tiles shall be nailed with two nails The nose of all ridge,hip and rake tiles shall be set in a bead of roofers's mastic. 110 0-60 The listening system shall resist the wind forces in Section 1609.5.3. 120 0-60 The fastening system shall resist the wind forces in Section 1609.5.3. — 130 0-60 The fastening system shall resist the wind forces in Section 160_9.5.3. — All >60 The fastening system shall resist the wind forces in Section 1609.5.3. INTERLOCKING CLAY OR CONCRETE ROOF TILE WITH PROJECTING ANCHOR LUGS —i — (Installations on solid sheathing without battens) Maximum basic Mean roof wind speed height (mph) _ (feet) _ _ All roof slopes 85 0.60 One fastener per tile. 100 0-40 One fastener per tile. _ — i The head of all tiles shall be nailed.The nose of all eave tiles shall be fastened with approi ed 100 >40-60 clips.All rake tiles shall be nailed with two nails The nose of all ridge,hip and rake tiles shall be set in a bead of roofer's mastic. 110 0.60 The fastening syswrn shall resist the wind forces in Section 1609.5,3. 120 0-60 The fastening system shall resist the wind forces in Section 1609.5.3. 130 _ 0-60 — The fastening system shall resist the wind forces in Section 1609.5.3. All >60 t The fastening system shall resist the wind forces in Section 160.9.5.3. For SI: I inch=25.4 mm,I foot=304.8 mm,I mile per hour=0.447 m/s. 1 pound per square foot=4.882k gl m t. a. Minimum fastener size.Corroslon-resistant nails not less than No.l I gage with ',', inch head.Fasteners shall be long enough to penetrate into the sheathing't4 inch or through the thickness of the sheathing,whlchwer is less.Attacbiog wire fern clay and concrete the shall not be smaller than 0.083 Inch. b. Snow areas.A minimum of two fasteners per the are required or battens and one fastener. c. Roof slopes greater than 24.12.The nose of all tiles shall be securely fastened. d. Horizontal battens.Battens shall be not less than I inch by 2 Inch nominal.Provisions shall be made for drainage by a minimum of'/.-inch riser at each nail or by 4-foot-long battens with at least a'12-inch separation between battens.Horizontal battens are required for slopes over 7:12. e. Perimeter fastening areas include three tile courses but not less than 36 inches from either side of hips or ridges and edges of ewes and gable rakes. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 293 ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES TABLE 1507.4.3(1) 1507.4.4 Attachment.Metal roof panels shall be secured to METAL ROOF COVERINGS the supports in accordance with the approved manufac- STANDARD APPLICATION turer's fasteners.In the absence of inanufaclurer recommen- ROOF COVERING TYPE RATEITHICKNESS dations, the Following fasteners shall be used: ASTM B 209.0.024 inch minimum 1. Galvanized Fasteners shall be used for steel roofs. Aluminum thickness for roll-formed panels and 0.019 2. Copper, brass, bronze, copper alloy or 300 series inch minimum thickness for press-formed pp use stainless-steel fasteners shall be For copper I shingles. -- -- roofs. Aluminum-zinc alloy ASTM A 792 AZ 50 3. Stainless-steel fasteners are acceptable for all types of coated steel metal roofs. ASTM B 370 minimum 16 oz.1sq.ft.and 1507.5 Metal roof shingles. The installation of metal roof 12 oz./sq.ft.high yield copper for shingles shall comply with the provisions of this section. Cold-rolled copper metal-sheet roof covering systems: 12 ozlsq.ft.for preformed metal shingle 1507.5.1 Deck requirements.Metal roof shingles shall be systems. applied to a solid or closely fitted deck, except where the -- roof covering is specifically designed to be applied to 16 oz./sq.ft.for metal-sheet roof-covering spaced sheathing. Copper systems; 12 oz./sq.ft.for preformed metal shingle systems. 1507.5.2 Deck slope. Metal roof shingles shall not be -- installed on roof slopes below three units vertical in 12 units Galvanized steel ASTM A 653 G-90 zinc-coated'. horizontal (25-percent slope), Hard lead 2 lbs./sq.fl. 1507.5.3 Underlayment.Underlayment shall comply with ASTM D 226,Type I or ASTM D 4869. Lead-coated copper 'ASTM B 101 ----- - - - — — 1507.5.4 Ice barrier.In areas where there has been a history Prepainted steel ASTM A 755 of ice forming along the eaves causing a backup of water,an Soft lead 3 lbs.lsq.ft. ice barrier that consists of at least two layers of -- -- - - - underlayrtlent cemented together or of a self-adhering poly- Stainless steel ASTM A 240.300 Series Alloys mer-modified bitumen sheet shall be used in lieu of normal - - -- — - underlayment and extend from the lowest edges of all roof Steel ASTM A.924 surfaces to a point at least 24 inches (610 inm) inside the Terne coating of 40 lbs.per double base exterior wall line of the building. Terne and box,field painted where applicable in Exception: Detached accessory structures that contain terne-coated stainless accordance with manufacturer's no conditioned floor area. installation instructions. 1507.5.5 Material standards.Metal roof shingle roof cov- 0.027 inch minimum thickness;99.995% erings shall comply with Table 1507.4.3(1). The materials electrolytic high grade zinc with alloy used for metal-roof shingle roof coverings shall be naturally Zinc additives of copper(0.08%-0.20%). corrosion resistant or provided with corrosion resistance in titanium(0.0796-0.12%) and aluminum accordance with the standards and minimum thicknesses (0.0150o). specified in the standards listed in Table 1507.4.3(2). For Sl: 1 ounce per square foot=0.0026 lighn'. 1507.5.6 Attachment.Metal roof shingles shall be secured 1 pound per square foot=4.882 mm, k , to the roof in accordance with the a roved manufacturer's ] inch=25.4 m , 1 pound=0.454 kg. PP a. For Group U buildings,the minimum coating thickness for ASTM A 653 installation instructions. galvanized steel roofing shall be G-60. 1507.5.7 Flashing. Roof valley flashing shall be of corro- sion-resistant metal of the same material as the roof cover- TABLE 1507.4.3(2) ing or shall comply with the standards in Table 1507.4.3(1). MINIMUM CORROSION RESISTANCE The valley flashing shall extend at least 8 inches (203 mm) - - - — - - - from the centerline each way and shall have a splash diverter 155%Aluminum-zinc alloy coaled steel ASTM A 792 AZ 50 rib not less than 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) high at the flow line 5%Aluminum alloy-coated steel ASTM A 875 GF60 formed as part of the flashing. Sections of flashing shall -- - have an end lap of not less than 4 inches(102 mm).In areas Aluminum-coated steel ASTM A 463 T2 65 where the average daily temperature in January is 25°F i - (-4°C) or less or where there is a possibility of ice Forming Galvanised steel ASTM A 653 G-90 along the eaves causing a backup of water,the metal valley Prepainted steel _ASTM A 755' flashing shall have a 36-inch-wide(914 mm)underlayment directly under it consisting of either one layer of a. Paint systems in accordance%0(h ASTM A 755 shall be applied over steel underlayment running the full length of the valley or a products with corrosion resistant coatings complying with ASTM A 792, self-adhering polymer-modified bitumen sheet complying ASTM A 875,ASTM A 463 or ASTM A 653. with ASTM D 1970. in addition to underlayment required 294 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES for metal roof shingles. The metal valley flashing 1507.7.6 Application.Minimum headlap for slate shingles underlayment shall be solidly cemented to the roofing shall be in accordance with Table 1507.1.6. Slate shingles underlayment for roof slopes under seven units vertical in shall be secured to the roof with two fasteners per slate. 12 units horizontal(58-percent slope)or self-adhering poly- TABLE t 507.7.6 mer-modified bitumen sheet shall be installed. SLATE SHINGLE HEADLAP 1507.6 Mineral-surfaced roll roofing. The installation of HEADLAP mineral-surfaced roll roofing shall comply with this section. SLOPE Cinches) 1507.6.1 Deck requirements. Mineral-surfaced roll roof- _4_12<slope<8:12 4 ing shall be fastened to solidly sheathed roofs. 8:12<slope<20:12 3 1507.6.2 Deck slope. Mineral-surfaced roll roofing shall slope z 20:12 2 not be applied on roof slopes below one unit vertical in 12 — - - units horizontal (8-percent slope). For SL t Inch=25.4 mm. 1507.6.3 Underlayment.Underlayment shall comply with 1507.7.7 Flashing. Flashing and counternashing shall be ASTM D 226,Type l or ASTM D 4869. made with sheet metal.Valley flashing shall be a minimum of 15 inches(381 mm)wide.Valley and flashing metal shall 1507.6.4 Ice barrier.In areas where there has been a history be a minimum uncoated thickness of 0.0179-inch (0.455 of ice forming along the eaves causing a backup of water,an mm) zinc-coated G90. Chimneys, stucco or brick walls ice barrier that consists of at least two layers of shall have a minimum of two plies of felt for a cap flashing underlayment cemented together or of a self-adhering poly- consisting of a 4-inch-wide(102 min)strip of felt set in plas- mer-modified bitumen sheet shall be used in lieu of normal tic cement and extending 1 inch(25 mm)above the first felt underlayment and extend from the lowest edges of all roof and a top coating of plastic cement. The felt shall extend surfaces to a point at least 24 inches (610 mm) inside the over the base flashing 2 inches(51 mm). exterior wall line of the building. 1507.8 Wood shingles.The installation of wood shingles shall Exception: Detached accessory structures that contain comply with the provisions of this section and Table 1507.8. no conditioned floor area. 1507.8.1 Deck requirements. Wood shingles shall be 1507.6.5 Material standards. Mineral-surfaced roll roof- installed on solid or spaced sheathing, Where spaced ing shall conform to ASTM D 3909 or ASTM D 6380, sheathing is used, sheathing boards shall not be less than 1-inch by 4-inch (25 mm by 102 mm) nominal dimensions 1507.7 Slate shingles.The installation of slate shingles shall and shall be spaced on centers equal to the weather exposure comply with the provisions of this section. to coincide with the placement of fasteners. 1507.7.1 Deck requirements. Slate shingles shall be fas- 1507.8.1.1 Solid sheathing required.Solid sheathing is lened to solidly sheathed roofs. required in areas where the average daily temperature in 1507.7.2 Deck slope. Slate shingles shall only be used on January is 25°F(-4°C)or less or where there is a possibil- slopes of four units vertical in 12 units horizontal (4:12) or ity of ice forming along the eaves causing a backup of greater. water. 1507.7.3 Underlayment.Underlayment shall comply with 1507.82 Deck slope. Wood shingles shall be installed on ASTM D 226,Type I or ASTM D 4869. slopes of three units vertical in 12 units horizontal (25-per- cent slope) or greater. 1507.7.4 Ice barrier.In areas where the average daily tem- 1507.8.3 Underlayment.Underlayment shall comply with perature in January is 25°F(-4°C)or less or where there is a ASTM D 226,Type I or ASTM D 4869. possibility of ice forming along the eaves causing a backup of water,an ice barrier that consists of at least two layers of 1507.8.4 Ice barrier.In areas where there has been a history underlayment cemented together or of a self-adhering poly- of ice forming along the eaves causing a backup of water,an mer-modified bitumen sheet shall extend from the lowest ice barrier that consists of at least two layers of edges of all roof surfaces to a point at least 24 inches(610 underlayment cemented together or of a self-adhering poly- mm) inside the exterior wall line of the building. mer-modified bitumen sheet shall be used in lieu of normal underlayment and extend from the lowest edges of all roof Exception: Detached accessory structures that contain surfaces to a point at least 24 inches (610 mm) inside the no conditioned floor area. exterior wall line of the building. 1507.7.5 Material standards. Slate shingles shall comply Exception: Detached accessory structures that contain with ASTM C 406. no conditioned floor area. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 296 ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES TABLE 1507.8 WOOD SHINGLE AND SHAKE INSTALLATION ROOF ITEM WOOD SHINGLES WOOD SHAKES Wood shingles shall be installed on slopes of Wood shakes shall be installed on slopes of 1.Roof slope three units vertical in 12 units horizontal four units vertical in 12 units horizontal (3:12)or greater. (4:12)or greater. 2.Deck requirement Shakes shall be applied to roofs with solid or Shingles shall be applied to roofs with solid spaced shealhing.Where spaced sheathing is or spaced sheathing.Where spaced sheathing used,sheathing boards shall not be less than is used,sheathing boards shall not be less 1"x 4"nominal dimensions and shall be Temperate climate than 1"x 4"nominal dimensions and shall be spaced on center equal to the weather spaced on center equal to the weather exposure to coincide with the placement of exposure to coincide with the placement of fasteners.When 1"x 4"spaced sheathing is fasteners. installed at 10 inches,boards must be installed between the sheathing boards. In areas where the average daily Solid sheathing required, Solid sheathing is required. temperature in January is 25°F or less or where there is a possibility of ice forming along the eaves causing.a backup of water. 3.Interlayment No requirements. Interlayment shall comply with ASTM D 226,Type 1. 4.Underlayment Temperate climate Underlayment shall comply with Underlayment shall comply with ASTM D 226,Type 1. ASTM D 226,Type 1. An ice barrier that consists of at least two An ice barrier that consists of at least two In areas where there is a possibility of ice layers of underlayment cemented together or lavers of underlayment cemented together or forming along the eaves causing a backup of a self-adhering polymer-nmdified bitumen of a self-adhering polymer-modified bitumen of water. sheet shall extend from the eave's edge to a sheet shall extend from the lowest edges of all point at leas)24 inches inside the exterior roof surfaces to a point at least 24 inches wall line of the building. inside the exterior wall line of the building. 5.Application Fasteners for wood shingles shall be hot- Fasteners for wood shakes shall be hot-dipped dipped galvanized or Type 304 (Type 316 for galvanized or Type 304 (Type 316 for coastal Attachment coastal areas)stainless steel with a minimum areas)with a minimum penetration of 0.75 penetration of 0.75 inch into the sheathing. inch into the sheathing.For sheathing less For sheathing less than 0.5 inch thick,the than 0.5 inch thick,the fasteners shall extend fasteners shall extend through the sheathing. through the sheathing. No.of fasteners Two per shingle. Two per shake. Weather exposures shall not exceed those set Weather exposures shall not exceed those set Exposure forth in Table 1507.8.7. _ forth in Table 1507.9.8. _ Shakes shall be laid with a side lap of not less Shingles shall be laid with a side lap of not than 1.5 inches between joints in adjacent 'less than 1.5 inches between joints in courses. courses.Spacing between shakes shall not be Method and no two joints in any three adjacent less than 0.375 inch or more than 0.625 inch courses shall be in direct alignment.Spacing ,for shakes and taper sawn shakes of naturally between shingles shall be 0.25 to 0.375 inch. durable wood and shall be 0.25 to 0.375 inch for preservative-treated taper sawn shakes. Flashing In accordance with Section 1507.8.8. In accordance with Section 1507.9.9. Far Sl: 1 inch=25.4 mm,°C (°F)-32]11.8. 296 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES 1507.8.5 Material standards. Wood shingles shall be of cent slope) and over, the valley flashing shall have a naturally durable wood and comply with the requirements 36-inch-wide(914 mm)underlayment of either one layer of of Table 1507.8.5. Type 1 underlayment running the full length of the valley or TABLE 1507.8.5 a self-adhering polymer-modified bitumensheet complying WOOD SHINGLE MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS with ASTM D 1970, in addition t0 other required - — - underlayment.In areas where the average daily temperature APPLICABLE GRADES G GRADING RULES MATERIAL MINIMUM in January is 25°F(-4°C)or less or where there is a possibil- . -- - — _._ ---- j - — ity of ice farming along the eaves causing a backup of water, Wood shingles or naturally 1,2 or 3 CSSB the metal valley flashing underlayment shall be solidly durable wood cemented to the roofing underlayment for slopes under CSSB=Cedar Shake and Shingle Bureau seven units vertical in 12 units horizontal(58-percent slope) 1507.8.6 Attachment.Fasteners for wood shingles shall be or self-adhering polymer-modified bitumen sheet shall be corrosion resistant with a minimum penetration of 314 inch installed. (19.1 mm) into the sheathing. For sheathing less than 112 1507.9 Wood shakes. The installation of wood shakes shall inch (12.7 mm) in thickness, the fasteners shall extend comply with the provisions of this section and Table 1507.8. through the sheathing.Each shingle shall be attached with a minimum of two fasteners. 1507.9.1 Deck requirements. Wood shakes shall only be used on solid or spaced sheathing.Where spaced sheathing 1507.8.7 Application. Wood shingles shall be laid with a is used, sheathing boards shall not be less than 1-inch by side lap not less than 111,inches (38 mm) between joints in 4-inch (25 mm by 102 mm) nominal dimensions and shall adjacent courses,and not be in direct alignment in alternate be spaced on centers equal to the weather exposure to coin- courses. Spacing between shingles shall be 1/4 to 1/8 inches tide with the placement of fasteners. Where 1-inch by (6.4 to 9.5 mm).Weather exposure for wood shingles shall 4-inch(25 mm by 102 mm)spaced sheathing is installed at not exceed that set in Table 1507.8.7. 10 inches (254 mm) o.c., additional 1-inch by 4-inch (25 TABLE 1507.8.7 mm by 102 mm) boards shall be installed between the WOOD SHINGLE WEATHER EXPOSURE AND ROOF SLOPE sheathing boards. ExposuRE(inches)_ 1507.9.1.1 Solid sheathing required.Solid sheathing is LENGTH 3:12 pitch li 4:12 pitch required in areas where the average daily temperature in ROOFING MATERIAL (inches) GRADE to<4:12 or steeper January is 25°F(-4°C)or less or where there is a possibil- Nu. 1 3.75 5 ity of ice forming along the eaves causing a backup of 16 No.2 3.5 4 water. No.3 3 3.5 No. 1 4.25 5.5 1507.9.2 Deck slope. Wood shakes shall only be used on Shingles of naturally t8 No 2 4 4.5 slopes of four units vertical in 12 units horizontal (33-per- durable wood No.3 3.5 4 cent slope) or greater. No. 1 5.75 7.5 1507.9.3 Underlayment.Underlayment shall comply with 24 No.2 5.5 6.5 ASTM D 226,Type I or ASTM D 4869. T- � No.3 - 5 - 1 5.5 1507.9.4 Ice barrier,In areas where there has been a history For SI: t inch=25.4 mm, of ice forming along the eaves causing a backup of water,an 1507.6.8 Flashing.At the juncture of the roof and vertical ice barrier that consists of at least two layers of surfaces, flashing and counterflashing shall be provided in underlayment cemented together or of a self-adhering poly- accordance with the manufacturer's installation instruc- mer-modified bitumen sheet shall be used in lieu of normal tions,and where of metal,shall not be less than 0.019-inch underlayment and extend from the lowest edges of all roof (0.48 mm) (No.26 galvanized sheet gage) corrosion-resis- surfaces to a point at least 24 inches (610 mm) inside the tant metal.The valley flashing shall extend at least 11 inches exterior wall line of the building. (279 mm) from the centerline each way and have a splash Exception: Detached accessory structures that contain diverter rib not less than I inch(25 mm)high at the flow line no conditioned floor area. formed as part of the flashing. Sections of flashing shall have an end lap of not less than 4 inches(102 mm).For roof 1507.9.5 Interlayment. Interlayment shall comply with slopes of three units vertical in 12 units horizontal (25-per- ASTM D 226,Type I. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 297 ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES 1507.9.6 Material standards. Wood shakes shall comply (0.48 mm) (No. 26 galvanized sheet gage) corrosion-resis- with the requirements of Table 1507.9.6. tant metal.The valley flashing shall extend at]cast 11 inches TABLE 1507.9.6 (279 mm) from the centerline each way and have a splash WOOD SHAKE MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS diverter rib not less than 1 inch(25 mm)high at the flow line APPLICABLE formed as part of the flashing. Sections of flashing shall MINIMUM GRADING have an end lap of not less than 4 inches(102 mm).For roof _MATERIAL 'GRAPES RULES slopes of three units vertical in 12 units horizontal(25-per- Wood shakes of naturals durable wood _ I — CSSB cent slope) and over, the valley flashing shall have a Taper sawn shakes of naturally durable 36-inch-wide(914 mm) underlayment of either one layer of wood I or 2 CSSB Type I underlayment running the full length of the valley or - - -_ a self-adhering polymer-modified bitumen sheet complying Preservative-treated shakes and shingles of I CSSB with ASTM D 1970, in addition to other required natura>y durable wood underlayment.In areas where the average daily temperature Fire-retardant-treated shakes and shingles I CSSB in,January is 25°F(-4°C) or less or where there is a possibil- af naturals durable wood ity of ice forming along the eaves causing a backup of water, Preservative-treated taper sawn shakes of the metal valley flashing underlayment shall be solidly Southern pine treated in accordance with 1 or 2 TFS cemented to the roofing underlayment for slopes under AWPA U1 (Commodity Specification A, seven units vertical in 12 units horizontal(58-percent slope) Use Category 3B and Section 5.6) _ or self-adhering polymer-modified bitumen sheet shall be CSSB=Cedar Shake and Shingle Bureau. installed. TFS=Forest Products Laboratory of the Texas Forest Services. 15 07.10 Built-up roofs.The install ation of built-up roofs shall 1507.9.7 Attachment. Fasteners for wood shakes shall be comply with the provisions of this section. corrosion resistant with a minimum penetration of 314 inch (19.1 mm) into the sheathing. For sheathing less than 11, 1507.10.1 Slope.Built-up roofs shall have a design slope of inch (12.7 mm) in thickness, the fasteners shall extend a minimum of one-fourth unit vertical in 12 units horizontal through the sheathing. Each shake shall be attached with a (2-percent slope) for drainage. except for coal-tar built-up minimum of two fasteners. roofs that shall have a design slope of a minimum 1507.9.8 Application.Wood shakes shall be laid with a side one-eighth unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (1-percent lap not less pt tan 1'/r inches(38 min)between joints in adja- cent courses. Spacing between shakes in the same course 1507.10.2 Material standards. Built-up roof covering shall be 3/t,to 5/K inches(9.5 to 15.9 mm)for shakes and taper materials shall comply with the standards in Table sawn shakes of naturally durable wood and shall be'14 to i/a 1507.10.2. inch (6.4 to 9.5 min) for preservative taper sawn shakes. 1507.11 Modified bitumen roofing.The installation of modi- Weather exposure for wood shakes shall not exceed those fied bitumen roofing shall comply with the provisions of this set in Table 1507.9.8. section. TABLE 1507.9.8 WOOD SHAKE WEATHER EXPOSURE AND ROOF SLOPE 1507.11.1 Slope.Modified bitumen membrane roofs shall ExposuRE have a design slope of a minimum of one-fourth unit vertical (inches) in 12 units horizontal (2-percent slope) for drainage. LENGTH 4:12 PITCH ROOFING MATERIAL (inches) GRADE _ OR STEEPER_ 1507.11.2 Material standards. Modified bitumen roof Shakes of naturally 18 No. 1 7.5 coverings shall comply with CGSB 37-GP-56M,ASTM D durable wand 24 No. 1 7.5 6162, ASTM D 6163, ASTM D 6164, ASTM D 6222, ASTM D 6223,ASTM D 6298 or ASTM D 6509. 18 No. 1 7.5 Preservative-treated taper 24 No. 1 10 1507.12 Thermoset single-ply roofing. The installation of sawn shakes of Southern - - T - thermoset single-ply roofing shall comply with the provisions yellow pine 18 No.2 5.5 of this section. 24 No.2 E 7.5 1507.12.1 Slope. Thermoset single-ply membrane roofs Taper sawn shakes of _. _29._ _ No. 1 10 shall have a design slope of a minimum of one-fourth unit p --4-- - -- vertical in 12 units horizontal (2-percent slope) for drain- naturally durable wood 18 No.2 5.5 age. 24 No.2 7.5 -`-- — - — — 1507.12.2 Material standards.Thermoset single-ply roof For SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm. coverings shall comply with ASTM D 4637,ASTM D 5019 a. For 24-inch by 0.375-inch handsptit shakes,the maximum exposure is 7.5 or CGSB 37-GP-521\1. inches. 1507.9.9 Flashing.At the juncture of the roof and vertical 1507.12.3 Ballasted thermoset law-slope roofs.Ballasted surfaces,flashing and counterflashing shall be provided in thermoset low-slope roofs (roof slope < 2:12) shall be accordance with the manufacturer's installation instruc- installed in accordance with this section and Section 1504.4. tions,and where of metal,shall not be less than 0.019-inch Stone used as ballast shall comply with ASTM D 448. 298 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES TABLE 1507.10.2 1507.14.2 Material standards. Spray-applied polyure- BUILT UP ROOFING MATERIAL STANDARDS thane foam insulation shall comply with Type III or IV as I MATERIAL STANDARD STANDARD defined in ASTM C 1029. Acrylic coatings used in roofing ASTM D 6083 1507.14.3 Application. Foamed-in-place roof insulation Aggregate surfacing ASTM D 1863 shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's - - - -- instructions. A liquid-applied protective coating that corn- Asphalt adhesive used in roofing ASTM D 3747 plies with Section 1507.15 shall be applied no less than 2 ASTM D 3019;D 2822; hours nor more than 72 hours following the application of Asphalt cements used in roofing D 4586 the foam. Asphalt-coated glass fiber base sheet ASTM_D 4601 1507.14.4 Foam plastics.Foam plastic materials and instal- - lation shall comply with Chapter 26. Asphalt coatings used in roofing ASTM D1227:D 2823; 1507.15 Liquid-applied coatin s. The installation of li D 4479 g q° uid-applied coatings shall comply with the provisions of this Asphalt glass felt ASTM D 2176 section. Asphalt primer used in roofing ASTM D 41 1507.15.1 Slope. Liquid-applied roofs shall have a design Asphalt-saturated and asphalt-coated ASTM D 2626 slope of a minimum of one-fourth unit vertical in 12 units organic felt base sheet horizontal (2-percent slope). Asphalt-saturated organic felt 1507.15.2 Material standards. Liquid-applied roof coat- (perforated) ASTM D 226 ings shall comply with ASTM C 836,ASTM C 957,ASTM Asphalt used in rooting ASTM D 312 D 1227 or ASTM D 3468.ASTM D 6083,ASTM D 6694 or _ _ . _._ ...__.._ - _... _ . ASTM D 6947. Coal-far cements used in roofing ASTM D 4022;D 5643 1507.16 Roof gardens and landscaped roofs. Roof gardens Coal-tar saturated organic felt ASTM D 227 and landscaped roofs shall comply with the requirements of Coal-tar pitch used in rooting `ASTM D 450;Type 1 or II ' this chapter and Sections 1607.11.2.2 and 1607.11.3. Coai-tar primer used in roofing. ASTM D 43 dampproofing and ,N,aterproofing SECTION 1508 Glass mat.coal tar i ASTM D 4990 ROOF INSULATION 1508.1 General. The use of above-deck thermal insulation 'Glass mat,venting type _ ASTM D 4897 shall be permitted provided such insulation is covered with an Mineral-surfaced inorganic cap sheet I ASTM D 3909 approredroof covering and passes the tests of FM 4450 or UL 1256 when tested as an assembly, Thermoplastic Fabrics used in i ASTM D 5665,D 5726 roofing Exceptions: 1507.13 Thermoplastic single-ply roofing. The installation 1. Foam plastic roof insulation shall conform to the of thermoplastic single-ply roofing shall comply with the pro- material and installation requirements of Chapter26. visions of this section. 2. Where a concrete roof deck is used and the above-deck thermal insulation is covered with an 1507.13.1 Slope. Thermoplastic single-ply membrane approved roof covering. roofs shall have a design slope of a minimum of one-fourth 1508.1.1 Cellulosic fiberboard.Cellulosic fiberboard roof unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (2-percent slope). insulation shall conform to the material and installation 1507.13.2 Material standards. Thermoplastic single-ply requirements of Chapter 23. roof coverings shall comply with ASTM D 4434,ASTM D 1508.2 Material standards. Above-deck thermal insulation 6754,ASTM D 6878 or CGSB CANICGSB 37-54. board shall comply with the standards in Table 1508.2. 1507.13.3 Ballasted thermoplastic low-slope roofs. Bal- TABLE 1508.2 lasted thermoplastic low-slope roofs (roof slope < 2:12) MATERIAL STANDARDS FOR ROOF INSULATION---- - -— --- - - shall be installed in accordance with this section and Section Cellular glass board ASTM C 552 1504.4. Stone used as ballast shall comply with ASTM D448. e i Composite boards ASTM C 1269.Type IV.V or VI e III. - Expanded polystyrene ASTM C 578 1507.14 Sprayed polyurethane foam roofing. The installa- I - tion of sprayed polyurethane foam roofing shall comply with :Extruded polystyrene board ASTM C 576 the provisions of this section. 'Perlite board 'ASTM C 728 --- ---- -_ - 1507.14.1 Slope. Sprayed polyurethane foam roofs shall ;Polyisocyanurate board I ASTM C 1289_,Type I or Type II have a design slope of a minimum of one-fourth unit vertical Wood fiberboard ASTM C 208 in 12 units horizontal (2-percent slope) for drainage. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 299 ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES SECTION 1509 shall be of noncombustible or fire retardant- ROOFTOP STRUCTURES treated wood construction. 1509.1 General.The provisions of this section shall govern the 3. On buildings of Type III, IV and V construction, construction of rooftop structures. the exterior walls of penthouses with a firesepara- 1509.2 Penthouses.A penthouse or penthouses in compliance tion distance of more than 5 feet (1524 min) and with Sections 1509.2.1 through 1509.2.4 shall be considered as less than 20 feet (6096 mm)shall be at least I-hour fire-resistance-rated construction. Walls with a a portion of the storybelow. fire separation distance of 20 feet (6096 mm) or 1509.2.1 Height above roof.A penthouse or other projec- greater from a common property line shall be of tion above the roof in structures of other than Type I con- Type IV construction or noncombustible, or struction shall not exceed 28 feet(8534 mm) above the roof fire-retardant-treated ivood construction. Roofs where used as an enclosure for tanks or for elevators[hat run shall be constructed of materials and fire-resis- to the roof and in all other cases shall not extend more than lance rated as required in Table 601 and Section 18 feet (5486 mm) above the roof. 603,Item 25.3.Interior framing and walls shall be Type IV construction or noncombustible or 1509.2.2 Area limitation. The aggregate area of pent- fire-retardant-treated wood construction. houses and other rooftop structures shall not exceed one-third the area of the supporting roof.Such penthouses 4. On buildings of Type 1 construction,unprotected shall not contribute to either the building area or number of noncombustible enclosures housing only mechan- stories as regulated by Section 503.1. The area of the ical equipment and located with a minimum fire penthouse shall not be included in determining the fire area separation distance of 20 feet(6096 mm)shall be defined in Section 902. permitted. 1509.2.3 Use limitations. A penthouse, bulkhead or any 5. On buildings of'hype I construction two stories or other similar projection above the roof shall not be used for less above grade plane in height,or Type II,111,IV purposes other than shelter of mechanical equipment or and V construction, unprotected noncombustible shelter of vertical shaft openings in the roof.Provisions such or fire-retardant-treated wood enclosures housing as louvers,louver blades or flashing shall be made to protect only mechanical equipment and located with a the mechanical equipment and the building interior from the minimum fire separation distance of 20 feet(6096 elements.Penthouses or bulkheads used for purposes other mm) shall be permitted. than permitted by this section shall conform to the require- 6. On one-story buildings, combustible unroofed ments of this code for an additional story.The restrictions of mechanical equipment screens, fences or similar this section shall not prohibit the placing of wood flagpoles enclosures are permitted where located with a fire or similar structures on the roof of any building. separation distance of at least 20 feet(6096 mm) 1509.2.4 Type of construction. Penthouses shall be con- from adjacent property lines and where not structed with walls,floors and roof as required for the build- exceeding 4 feet (1219 mm) in height above the roof surface. ing. 7. Dormers shall be of the same type of construction Exceptions: as the roof on which they are placed,or of the exte- 1. On buildings of Type I construction, the exterior rior walls of the building. walls and roofs of penthouses with a fire.separa- 1509.3 Tanks.Tanks having a capacity of more than 500 gal- tion distance of more than 5 feet (1524 mm) and Ions (2 m3) placed in or on a building shall be supported on less than 20 feet (6096 mm) shall be of at least masonry, reinforced concrete, steel or Type IV construction ]-hour fire resistance-rated noncombustible con- provided that,where such supports are located in the building struction. Walls and roofs with a fire separation above the lowest story,the support shall be fire-resistance rated distanceof 20 feet(6096 mm)or greater shall be of as required for Type IA construction. noncombustible construction. Interior framing and walls shall be of noncombustible construction. 1509.3.1 Valve.Such tanks shall have in the bottom or on 2. On buildings of Type 1 construction two stories the side near the bottom, a pipe or outlet,fitted with a suit- able quick opening valve for discharging the contents in an above grade plane or less in height and Type II emergency through an adequate drain. construction, the exterior walls and roofs of pent- houses with a fire separation distanceof more than 1509.3.2 Location.Such tanks shall not be placed over or 5 feet(1524 mm)and less than 20 feet(6096 mm) near a line of stairs or an elevator shaft.unless there is a solid shall be of at least 1-hour Fire-resistance-rated roof or floor underneath the tank. noncombustible or fire-retardant-treated wood 1509.3.3 Tank cover.Unenclosed roof tanks shall have cov- construction. Walls and roofs with a fire separa- ers sloping toward the outer edges. tion distance of 20 feet(6096 mm)or greater shall be of noncombustible or fire-retardant-treated 1509.4 Cooling towers. Cooling towers in excess of 250 wood construction. Interior framing and walls square feet (23.2 m2) in base area or in excess of 15 feet(4572 300 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES min) high where located on building roofs more than 50 feet of roof coverings down to[he roof deck where any of the fol- I (15 240 mm) high shall be of noncombustible construction. lowing conditions occur: Cooling towers shall not exceed one-third of the supporting 1. Where the existing roof or roof covering is water soaked roof area. or has deteriorated to the point that the existing roof or Exception: Drip boards and the enclosing construction of roof covering is not adequate as a base for additional wood not less than 1 inch (25 mm) nominal thickness,pro- roofing. vided the wood is covered on the exterior of the tower with 2. Where the existing roof covering is wood shake, slate, noncombustible material. clay,cement or asbestos-cement tile. 1509.5 Towers,spires,domes and cupolas.Any tower,spire, 3. Where the existing roof has two or more applications of dome or cupola shall be of a type of construction not less in any type of roof covering. fire-resistance raring than required for the building to which it Exceptions: is attached, except that any such tower, spire, dome or cupola that exceeds 85 feet (25 908 mm) in height above gradeplane, 1. Complete and separate roofing systems, such as exceeds 200 square feet (18.6 ml) in horizontal area or is used standing-seam metal roof systems. [hat are designed for any purpose other than a belfry or an architectural embel- to transmit the roof loads directly to the building's lishment shall be constructed of and supported on Type I or II structural system and that do not rely on existing roofs construction. and roof coverings for support, shall not require the removal of existing roof coverings. 1509.5.1 Noncombustible construction required. Any 2. Metal panel,metal shingle and concrete and clay file lower, spire, dome or cupola that exceeds 60 feet (18 28$ mm) in height above the highest point at which it comes in roof coverings shall be permitted to be installed over contact with the roof,or that exceeds 200 square feet(18.6 existing wood shake roofs when applied in accor- m2)in area at any horizontal section,or which is intended to dance with Section 1510.4, be used for any purpose other than a belfry or architectural 3. The application of a new protective coating over an embellishment, shall be entirely constructed of and sup- existing spray polyurethane foam roofing system ported by noncombustible materials. Such structures shall shall be permitted without tear-off of existing roof be separated from the building below by construction hav- coverings. ing a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1.5 hours with 1510.4 Roof recovering.Where the application of a new roof openings protected with a minimum 1.5-hour fire protection covering over wood shingle or shake roofs creates a combusti- rating.Structures,except aerial supports 12 feet(3658 mm) ble concealed space,the entire existing surface shall be covered high or less, flagpoles, water tanks and cooling towers, with gypsum board,mineral fiber,glass fiber or other approved placed above the roof of any building more than 50 feet(15 materials securely fastened in place, 240 mm) in building height, shall be of noncombustible material and shall be supported by construction of 1510.5 Reinstallation of materials. Existing slate, clay or noncombustible material. cement file shall be permitted for reinstallation, except that damaged,cracked or broken slate or tile shall not be reinstalled. 1509.5.2 Towers and spires. Towers and spires where Existing vent flashing,metal edgings,drain outlets,collars and enclosed shall have exterior walls as required for the build- metal counterflashings shall not be reinstalled where rusted, ing to which they are attached.The roof covering of spires damaged or deteriorated. Aggregate surfacing materials shall shall be of a class of roof covering as required for the main not be reinstalled. roof of the rest of the structure. 1510.6 Flashings. Flashings shall be reconstructed in accor- dance with approved manufacturer's installation instructions. Metal flashing to which bituminous materials are to be adhered SECTION 1510 shall be primed prior to installation. REROOFING 1510.1 General.Materials and methods of application used for recovering or replacing an existing roof covering shall comply with the requirements of Chapter 15. Exception:Reroofing shall not be required to meet the min- imum design slope requirement of one-quarter unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (2-percent slope) in Section 1507 for roofs that provide positive roof drainage. 1510.2 Structural and construction loads. Structural roof components shall be capable of supporting the roof-covering system and the material and equipment loads that will be encountered during installation of the system. 1510.3 Recovering versus replacement.New roof coverings shall not be installed without first removing all existing layers 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 301 302 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' CHAPTER 16 STRUCTURAL DESIGN SECTION 1601 ESSENTIAL FACILITIES. Buildings and other structures GENERAL that are intended to remain operational in the event of extreme 1601.1 Scope.The provisions of this chapter shall govern the environmental loading from flood,wind,snow or earthquakes. structural design or buildings, structures and portions thereof FABRIC PARTITION. A partition consisting of a finished regulated by this code. surface made of fabric,without a continuous rigid backing,that is directly attached to a Framing system in which the vertical framing members are spaced greater than 9 feet(1219 mm)on SECTION 1602 center. DEFINITIONS AND NOTATIONS FACTORED LOAD.The product of nominal load and aload 1602.1 Definitions.The following words and terms shall,for factor. the purposes of this chapter,have the meanings shown herein, GUARD.See Section 1002.1. ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN.A method of proportion- IMPACT LOAD.The load resulting from moving machinery, ing structural members,such that elastically computed stresses elevators, craneways, vehicles and other similar forces and produced in the members by nominalloadsdo not exceed spec- kinetic loads. pressure and possible surcharge from fixed or ixed allowable stresses (also called "working stress design"). moving loads. DEAD LOADS. The weight of materials of construction LIMIT STATE. A condition beyond which a structure or incorporated into the building, including but not limited to member becomes unfit for service and is judged to be no longer walls,floors,roofs,ceilings,stairways,built-in partitions,fin- useful for its intended function(serviceability limit state)or to ishes, cladding and other similarly incorporated architectural be unsafe(strength limit state). and structural items,and theweight of fixed service equiprent, such as cranes, plumbing stacks and risers, electrical feeders, LIVE LOADS. Those loads produced by the use and occu- heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems and pancy of the building or other structure and do not include con- automatic sprinkler systems. struction or environmental loads such as wind load,snow load, DESIGN STRENGTH.The product of the nominal strength rain load,earthquake load,flood load or dead load. and a resistance factor(or strength reduction factor). LIVE LOADS (ROOF). Those loads produced (1) during DIAPHRAGM.A horizontal or sloped system acting to trans- maintenance by workers, equipment and materials: and (2) mit lateral forces to the vertical-resisting elements.When the during the life of the structure by movable objects such as term "diaphragm" is used, it shall include horizontal bracing planters and by people. systems. LOAD AND RESISTANCE FACTOR DESIGN(LRFD).A Diaphragm, blacked. In light-frame construction, a dia- method of proportioning structural members and their connec- phragm in which all sheathing edges not occurring on a tions using load and resistance factors such that no applicable framing member are supported on and fastened to blocking, limit state is reached when the structure is subjected to appro- priate load combinations. The term "LRFD" is used in the Diaphragm boundary.In light-frame construction,a loca- design of steel and wood structures. lion where shear is transferred into or out of the diaphragm LOAD EFFECTS. Forces and deformations produced in sheathing. Transfer is either to a boundary element or to structural members by the applied loads. another force-resisting element. Diaphragm chord. A diaphragm boundary element per- LOAD FACTOR.A factor that accounts For deviations of the pendicular to the applied load that is assumed to take axial actual load from the nominal load for uncertainties in the anal- stresses due to the diaphragm moment. ysis that transforms the load into a load effect,and for the prob- ability that more than one extreme load will occur Diaphragm flexible. A diaphragm is flexible for the pur- simultaneously. pose of distribution of story shear and torsional moment LOADS.Forces or other actions that result from the weight of where so indicated in Section 12.3.1 of ASCE 7,as modified building materials, occupants and their possessions, environ- in Section 1613.6.1. mental effects, differential movement and restrained dimen- Diaphragm,rigid.A diaphragm is rigid for the purpose of sional changes. Permanent loads are those loads in which distribution of story shear and torsional moment when the variations over time are rare or of small magnitude. such as lateral deformation of the diaphragm is less than or equal to dead loads.All other loads are variable loads (sec also"Norni- two times the average story drift. nal loads"). DURATION OF LOAD. The period of continuous applica- NOMINAL LOADS.The magnitudes of the loads specified in tion of a given load,or the aggregate of periods of intermittent this chapter(dead,live,soil,wind,snow,rain,flood and earth- applications of the same load. quake). 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 303 STRUCTURAL DESIGN OCCUPANCY CATEGORY.A category used to determine materials,movement due to differential settlement structural requirements based on occupancy. or combinations thereof. OTHER STRUCTURES. Structures, other than buildings, W = Load due to wind pressure, for which loads are specified in [his chapter. PANEL(PART OF A STRUCTURE).The section of a Floor. SECTION 1603 wall or roof comprised between the supporting Frame of two CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS adjacent rows of columns and girders or column bands of floor 1603.1 General. Construction documents shall show the size. or roof construction. section and relative locations of structural members with floor RESISTANCE FACTOR. A factor that accounts for devia- levels, column centers and offsets dimensioned. The design tions of the actual strength from the nominal strength and the loads and other information pertinent to the structural design manner and consequences of failure (also called "strength required by Sections 1603.1.1 through 1603.1.9 shall be indi- reduction factor"). cated on the construction documents. STRENGTH, NOMINAL. The capacity of a structure or Exception: Construction documents For buildings con- member to resist the effects of loads,as determined by compu- strutted in accordance with the conventional light-frame tations using specified material strengths and dimensions and construction provisions of Section 2308 shall indicate the equations derived from accepted principles of structural following structural design information: mechanics or by field tests or laboratory tests of scaled models, 1. Floor and roof live loads. allowing For modeling effects and differences between labora- 2. Ground snow load, P, tory and field conditions. 3. Basic wind speed (3-second gust), miles per hour STRENGTH,REQUIRED.Strength of a member,cross sec- (mph) (km/hr) and wind exposure. tion or connection required to resist factored loads or related 4. Seismic design category and site class internal moments and Forces in such combinations as stipulated by these provisions. 5. Flood design data, if located in flood hazard areas STRENGTH DESIGN.A method of proportioning structural established in Section 1612.3. members such that the computed forces produced in the mem- 6. Design load-bearing values of soils. bers by factored loads do not exceed the member design 1603.1.1 Floor live load.The uniformly distributed, con- strength [also called "load and resistance factor, design' centrated and impact floor live load used in the design shall (LRFD);,The term "strength design" is used in the design of be indicated for floor areas. Use of live load reduction in concrete and masonry structural elements, accordance with Section 1607.9 shall be indicated For each VEHICLE BARRIER SYSTEM.A system of building com- type of live load used in the design. ponents near open sides of a garage floor or ramp or building 1603.1.2 Roof live load. The roof live load used in the walls that act as restraints for vehicles. design shall be indicated For roof areas (Section 1607.11). NOTATIONS. 1603.1.3 Roof snow load.The ground snow load,P,shall be indicated. In areas where the ground snow load, P+. D = Dead load, exceeds 10 pounds per square Foot (psf) (0.479 kNlm2),the E = Combined effect of horizontal and vertical Following additional information shall also be provided, earthquake induced forces as defined in Section regardless of whether snow loads govern the design of the 12.4.2 of ASCE 7. roof: F = Load due to fluids with well-defined pressures and 1. Flat-roof snow load,PA maximum heights. 2. Snow exposure Factor, C,.. F, = Flood load in accordance with Chapter 5 oFASCE 7. 3. Snow load importance factor, h H = Load due to lateral earth pressures, ground water 4. Thermal factor, C, pressure or pressure of bulk materials. 1603.1.4 Wind design data. The following information L = Live load,except roof live load, including any per- related to wind loads shall be shown,regardless of whether mitted live load reduction. wind loads govern the design of the IateraI-Force-resisting L, = Roof live load including any permitted live load system of the building: reduction. 1. Basic wind speed (3-second gust), miles per hour R = Rain load. (km/hr). S = Snow load. 2. Wind importance factor, 1,and occupancy category. T = Self-straining force arising from contraction or 3. Wind exposure.Where more than one wind exposure expansion resulting from temperature change, is utilized, the wind exposure and applicable wind shrinkage, moisture change, creep in component direction shall be indicated. 3D4 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' STRUCTURAL DESIGN 4. The applicable internal pressure coefficient. Reference to seismic standards in lieu of detailed drawings 5. Components and cladding. The design wind pres- is acceptable. « sures in terms of psf(kNlml)to be used for the design of exterior component and cladding materials not spe- cifically designed by the registered design profes- SECTION 1604 slonal. GENERAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 1603.1.5 Earthquake design data.The following informa- 1604.1 General.Building,structures and parts thereof shall be tion related to seismic loads shall be shown, regardless of designed and constructed in accordance with strength design, whether seismic loads govern the design of the ]at- load and resistance factor design, allowable stress design, eral-farce-resisting system of the building: empirical design or conventional construction methods,as per- 1. Seismic importance factor, I, and occupancy cate- mitted by the applicable material chapters. gory. 1604.2 Strength. Buildings and other structures, and parts 2. Mapped spectral response accelerations, S,and S, thereof,shall be designed and constructed to support safely the factored loads in load combinations defined in this code with- 3. Site class. out exceeding the appropriate strength limit states for the mate- 4. Spectral response coefficients, Srs and Sal. rials of construction. Alternalively, buildings and other structures,and parts thereof,shall be designed and constructed 5. Seismic design category, to support safely the nominal loads in load combinations 6. Basic seismic-Force-resisting system(s). defined in this code without exceeding the appropriate speci- 7. Design base shear. Fed allowable stresses for the materials of construction. 8. Seismic response coefficient(s), C,. Loads and forces for occupancies or uses not covered in this chapter shall be subject to the approval of the building ofllcial. 9. Response modification factors},R. 1604.3 Serviceability. Structural systems and members 10. Analysis procedure used. thereof shall be designed to have adequate stiffness to limit 1603.1.6 Geotechnical information. The design load- deflections and lateral drift.See Section 12.12.1 of ASCE 7 for bearing values of soils shall be shown on the construction drift limits applicable to earthquake loading. documents. 1604.3.1 Deflections. The deflections of structural mem- 1603.1.7 Flood design data.For buildings located in whole bers shall not exceed the more restrictive of the limitations or in part in flood hazard areas as established in Section of Sections 1604.3.2 through 1604.3.5 or that permitted by 16123,the documentation pertaining to design, if required Table 1604.3. in Section 1612.5,shall be included and the following infor- TABLE 1604.3 mation,referenced to the datum on the community's Flood _ _ DEFLECTION LIMITSa,b,c,h, Insurance Rate Map (FIRM),shall be shown,regardless of CONSTRUCTION t. s or wt D.0,!' whether flood loads govern the design of the building: --- - Roof members:' 1. In flood hazard areas not subject to high-velocity Supporting plaster ceiling 11360 11360 0240 wave action, the elevation of the proposed lowest Supporting nonplaster ceiling 11290 11240 U180 floor,including the basement. Not supporting ceiling V180 11180 11120 2. In flood hazard areas not subject to high-velocity Floor members 11360 — 11240 wave action, the elevation to which any nonresiden- tial building will be dry floodproofed. Exterior walls and interior partitions: With brittle finishes — 11240 — 3. In flood hazard areas subject to high-velocity wave I With Flexible finishes — 11120 — action, the proposed elevation of the bottom of the t lowest horizontal structural member of the lowest Farm buildings — — 11180 floor,including the basement. Greenhouses - — 1!_120 1603.1.8 Special loads.Special loads that are applicable to For Sl: I foot�304.8 mm. the design of the building,structure or portions thereof shall a. For structural roofing and siding made of formed metal sheets,the total load be indicated along with the specified section of this code deflection shall not exceed 1/60.For secondary roof siruoural members sup- that addresses the special loading condition. porting formed metal roofing,the live load deflection shall not exceed 4150. For secondary wall members supporting formed metal siding,the design 1603.1.9 Systems and components requiring special wind load deflection shall not exceed IM,For roofs,this exception only applies when the metal sheets have no roof covering, inspections for seismic resistance. Construction docu- b. Interior partitions not exceeding 6 feel in height and flexible.folding and ments or specifications shall be prepared for those systems portable partitions are not governed by the provisions of this section.The and components requiring special inspeclion for seismic deflection criterion for Interior partitions is based on the horizontal load resistance as specified in Section 1707.1 by the registered defined in Section 1607,13. designlf ofessiornal responsible for their design and shall be c. See Section 2403 for glass supports. submitted for approval in accordance with Section 107.1. (fable notes continued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 305 STRUCTURAL DESIGN d For wood structural members having a molsture content of less than 16 per- system resulting from torsion due to eccentricity between the cent al time of installation and used under drn conditions,the deflection center of application of the lateral forces and the center of rigid- resulting from 1.+ 0.5D is permitted 10 be subsimm,cl for the deflection resulting from L+D. ity of the lateral-Force-resisting system. e. The above deflections do not ensure against ponding.Roofs that do not have Every structure shall be designed to resist the overturning sufficient slope or camber to assure adequate drainage shall be investigated for ponding.See Section 1611 for rain and ponding requirements and Sec- effects caused by the lateral forces specified in this chapter.See Lion 1503.4 for roof drainage requirements. Section 1609 for wind loads,Section 1610 for lateral soil loads f. Thew-Ind load is permined to he taken as 0.7 times the"component and clad and Section 1613 for earthquake loads. ding"loads for dte purpose of determining deflection limits herein. g. For steel structural members,the dead load shall be taken as zero. 1604.5 Occupancy category. Each building and structure h. For aluminum structural members or aluminum panels used in skylights and shall be assigned an occupancy category in accordance with sloped glazing framing.roofs or walls of sumoom additions or patio covers. Table 1664.5. not supporting edge of glass or aluminum sandwich panels,the total load deflection shall not exceed 1160.For continuous aluminum structural mein- 1604.5.1 Multiple occupancies.Where a building or struc- bei s supporting edge of glass.the total load deflection shall not exceed 11175 ture is occupied by two or more occupancies not included in for each glass I Ia,or 1160 for the entlre length of the member,whichever is the same occupancy category,it shall be assigned the classi- more stringent.For aluminum sandwich panels used in roofs or walls of sun Fication of the highest occu anc care or corresponding to room additions or patio covers,the total load deflection shall not exceed � P Y � y p g 11120. the various occupancies.Where buildings or structures have i. ForcandleVer members.]shall betakenas twice the length of the cantilever. two or more portions that are structurally separated, each 1604.3.2 Reinforced concrete. The deflection of rein- portion shall be separately classified. Where a separated forced concrete structural members shall not exceed that portion of a building or structure provides required access permitted by ACI 318. to, required egress from or shares life safety components with another portion having a higher occupancy category, 1604.3.3 Steel.The deflection of steel structural members both portions shall be assigned to the higher occupancy cat- shall not exceed that permitted by AISC 360, A1S1 S100, egorY ASCE 3.ASCE 8,SJ1 CJ-1,0,SJ1 JG1.I.SJI K-1.1 or SJ1 LHIDLH-1.1,as applicable. 1604.6 In-situ load tests.The building of icialis authorized to require an engineering analysis or a load test,or both, of any 1604.3.4 Masonry. The deflection of masonry structural construction whenever there is reason to question the safety of members shall not exceed that permitted by TMS 4021ACI the construction for the intended occupancy.Engineering anal- 530/ASCE 5. ysis and load tests shall be conducted in accordance with Sec- 1604.3.5 Aluminum. The deflection of aluminum struc- tion 1714. lural members shall not exceed that permitted by AA 1604.7 Preconstruction load tests.Materials and methods of ADM1. construction that are not capable of being designed by 1604.3.6 Limits. Deflection of structural members over approved engineering analysis or that do not comply with the span, 1.shall not exceed that permitted by Table 1604.3. applicable material design standards listed in Chapter 35, or 1604.4 Analysis.Load effects on structural members and their alternative test procedures in accordance with Section 1712, connections shall be determined by methods of structural anal- shall be load tested in accordance with Section 1715. ysis that take into account equilibrium,general stability,geo- 1604.8 Anchorage. metric compatibility and both short- and long-term material 1604.8.1 General.Anchorage of the roof to walls and col- properties. umns. and of walls and columns to foundations, shall be Members that tend to accumulate residual deformations provided to resist the uplift and sliding forces that result under repeated service loads shall have included in their analy- from the application of the prescribed loads. sis the added eccentricities expected to occur during their ser- 1604.8.2 Walls.Walls shall be anchored to floors,roofs and vice life. other structural elements that provide lateral support for the Any system or method of construction to be used shall be wall.Such anchorage shall provide a positive direct connec- based on a rational analysis in accordance with well-estab- tion capable of resisting the horizontal forces specified in lished principles of mechanics. Such analysis shall result in a this chapter but not less than the minimum strength design system that provides a complete load path capable of transfer- horizontal force specified in Section 11.7.3 of ASCE 7,sub- ring loads from their point of origin to the load-resisting ele- stituted for"E'in the load combinations of Section 1605.2 ments. or 1605.3.Concrete and masonry walls shall be designed to The total lateral force shall be distributed to the various verti- resist bending between anchors where the anchor spacing cal elements of the lateral-force-resisting system in proportion exceeds 4 feet (1219 mm). Required anchors in masonry to their rigidities, considering the rigidity of the horizontal walls of hollow units or cavity walls shall be embedded in a bracing system or diaphragm. Rigid elements assumed not to reinforced grouted structural element of the wall.See Sec- be a part of the]ateraI-force-resisting system are permitted to tions 1609 forwind design requirements and 1613 forearth- be incorporated into buildings provided their effect on the quake design requirements. action of the system is considered and provided for in the 1604.8.3 Decks.Where supported by attachment to an exte- design.Except where diaphragms are flexible,or are permitted rior wall,decks shall be positively anchored to the primary to be analyzed as flexible, provisions shall be made for the structure and designed for both vertical and lateral loads as increased forces induced on resisting elements of the structural applicable. Such attachment shall not be accomplished by 306 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' STRUCTURAL DESIGN the use of toenails or nails subject to withdrawal. Where and no live load or snow load on the remaining por- positive connection to the primary building structure cannot tion of the deck. be verified during inspection, decks shall be self-support- 1604.9 Counteracting structural actions. Structural mem- ing.Connections of decks with cantilevered framing mem- bers, systems, components and cladding shall be designed to bers to exterior walls or other framing members shall be resist forces due to earthquake and wind,with consideration of designed for bath of the following: overturning,sliding and uplift.Continuous load paths shall be 1. The reactions resulting from the dead load and live provided for transmitting these forces to the foundation.Where load specified in Table 1607.1,or the snow load spec- sliding is used to isolate the elements, the effects of friction ified in Section 1608, in accordance with Section between sliding elements shall be included as a force. 1605,acting on all portions of the deck. 1604.10 Wind and seismic detailing.Lateral-force-resisting 2. The reactions resulting from the dead load and live systems shall meet seismic detailing requirements and limita- load specified in Table 1607.1,or the snow load spec- lions prescribed in this code and ASCE 7, excluding Chapter ified in Section 1608, in accordance with Section 14 and Appendix 11A,even when wind load effectsare greater 1605, acting on the cantilevered portion of the deck, than seismic load effects. TABLE 1604.5 OCCUPANCY CATEGORY OF BUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES OCCUPANCY CATEGORY NATURE OF OCCUPANCY Buildings and other structures(hat represent a low hazard to human life in the event of failure,including but not limited to: 1 • Agricultural facilities. • Certain temporary facilities. • Minor storage facilities. 11 Buildings and other structures except those listed in Occupancy Categories I,III and IV Buildings and other structures that represent a substantial hazard to human life in the event of failure,including but not limited to: • Buildings and other structures whose primary occupancy is public assembly with an occupant load greater than 300. • Buildings and other structures containing eiementary school,secondary school or day care facilities with an occupant load greater than 250. • Buildings and other structures containing adult education facilities,such as colleges and universities with an occupant load greater(ban 500. III • Group 1-2 occupancies with an occupant load of 50 or more resident patients but not having surgery or emergency treatment facilities. • Group I-3 occupancies. • Any other occupancy with an occupant load greater than 5,000'. • Power-generating stations,water treatment facilities for potable water,waste water treatment facilities and other pub- lic utility facilities not included in Occupancy Category IV. • Buildings and other structures not included in Occupancy Category IV containing sufficient quantities of toxic or ex- plosive substances to be dangerous to the public If released. Buildings and other structures designated as essential facilities,including but not limited to: • Group I-2 occupancies having surgery or emergency treatment facilities. • Fire,rescue.ambulance and police stations and emergency vehicle garages. • Designated earthquake,hurricane or other emergency shelters. • Designated emergency preparedness,communications and operations centers and other facilities required for emer- gency response. IV I • Power-generating stations and other public utility facilities required as emergency backup facilities For Occupancy Category IV structures. • Structures containing highly toxic materials as defined by Section 307 where the quantity of the material exceeds the maximum allowable quantities of Table 307.1(2). • Aviation control towers,air traffic control centers and emergency aircraft hangars. Buildings and other structures having critical national defense functions. _ Water storage Facilities and pump structures required to maintain water pressure for fire suppression. I a. For purposes of occupant load calculation.occupancies required by Table 1004.1.1 louse gross floor area calculations shall be permitted to use net floor areas to determine the total occupant load, 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 307 STRUCTURAL DESIGN SECTION 1605 0.9D+1.6 W+1.6H (Equation 16-6) LOAD COMBINATIONS 1605.1 General. Buildings and other structures and portions 0.9D+1.0E+1.6H (Equation 16-7) thereof shall be designed to resist: where: 1. The load combinations specified in Section 1605.2, f, = 1 for floors in places of public assembly,for live loads 1605.3.1 or 1605.3.2, in excess of 100 pounds per square foot(4.79 kN/ml), 2. The load combinations specified in Chapters 18 through and for parking garage live load,and 23,and = 0.5 for other live loads. 3. The load combinations with overstrength factor speci- f = 0.7 for roof configurations (such as saw tooth)that do fied in Section 12.4.3.2 of ASCE 7 where required by not shed snow off the structure,and Section 12.2.5.2, 12.3.3.3 or 12.10.2.1 of ASCE 7.With = 0.2 for other roof configurations, the simplified procedure of ASCE 7 Section 12.14, the Exception:Where other factored load combinations are load combinations with overstrength factor of Section specifically required by the provisions of this code,such 12.14.3.2 or ASCE 7 shall be used. combinations shall lake precedence. Applicable loads shall be considered,including both earth- 1605.2.2 Flood loads.Where flood loads,F„are to be con quake and wind,in accordance with the specified load combi- nations. sidered in the design,the load combinations of Section 2.3.3 I Each load combination shall also be investigated with si ASCE 7 shall be used. one or more of the variable loads set to zero. of Where the load combinations with overstrength factor in 1605.3 Load combinations using allowable stress design. Section 12.4.3.2 of ASCE 7 apply, they shall be used as fol- 1605.3.1 Basic load combinations.Where allowable stress lows: design(working stress design),as permitted by this code,is I. The basic combinations for strength design with used, structures and portions thereof shall resist the most overstrength factor in lieu of Equations 16-5 and 16-7 in critical effects resulting from the following combinations of Section 1605.2.1. loads: 2. The basic combinations for allowable stress design with D+F (Equation 16-8) overstrength factor in lieu of Equations I6-12.16-13 and D+H+F+L+ T (Equation 16-9) 16-15 in Section 1605.3.1. 3. The basic combinations for allowable sfr•ess design with D+H+F+(L,or Sor R (Equation 16-10) overstrength factor in lieu of Equations 16-20 and 16-21 D+H+F+0.75(L+ 7) + in Section 1605.3.2. 0.75(L,or Sor R) (Equation 16-11) 1605.1.1 Stability.Regardless of which load combinations D+H+F+(Wor 0.7.,g- (Equation 16-12) are used to design for strength,where overall structure sta- bility(such as stability against overturning,sliding,or buoy- D+ H+ F+0.75(Wor 0.7b) + ancy) is being verified. use of the load combinations 0.75L+0.75(L,orSor J2 (Equation 16-13) specified in Section 1605.2 or 1605.3 shall be permitted. 0.6D+ W+H (Equation 16-14) Where the load combinations specified in Section 1605.2 are used,strength reduction factors applicable to soil resis- 0.6D+0.7E+H (Equation 16-15) tance shall be provided by a registered design professional. The stability of retaining walls shall be verified in accor- Exceptions: dance with Section 1807.2.3. 1. Crane hook loads need not be combined with roof 1605.2 Load combinations using strength design or load live load or with more than three-fourths of the and resistance factor design. snow load or one-half of the wind load. 1605.2.1 Basic load combinations.Where strength design 2. Flat roof snow loads of 30 psf(1.44 kN/mz)or less or load and resistance factor design is used,structures and and roof live loads of 30 psf or less need not be portions thereof shall resist the most critical effects from the combined with seismic loads. Where flat roof following combinations of factored loads: snow loads exceed 30 psf(1.44 kNlm ),20 percent shall be combined with seismic loads. 1.4(D+F) (Equation 16-1) 1605.3.1.1 Stress increases. Increases in allowable 1.2(D+F+ 7) + 1.6(L+M + stresses specified in the appropriate material chapter or 0.5(L,or Sor ) (Equation 16-2) the referenced standards shall not be used with the load combinations of Section 1605.3.1,except that increases 1,2D+1.6(L,or Sor Rl+(fL or 0.8141 (Equation 16-3) shall be permitted in accordance with Chapter 23. 1.2D+1.6 W+f,L+0.5(L,or Sor R) (Equation 16-4) 1605.3.1.2 Flood loads.Where flood loads,F,,,are to be considered in design, the load combinations of Section 1.2D+1.0E+f L+f S (Equation 16-5) 2.4.2 of ASCE 7 shall be used. 308 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' STRUCTURAL DESIGN 1605.3.2 Alternative basic load combinations.In lieu of the 3. Dead load,D,plus a uniform live load,L,of 100 psf(4.79 basic load combinations specified in Section 1605.3.1, struc- Mmz). tures and portions thereof shall be permitted to be designed for Exception: Landing areas designed for helicopters with the most critical effects resulting from the following combina tions. When using these alternative basic load combinations gross weights not exceeding 3.000 pounds (13.34 in to that include wind or seismic loads,allowable stresses are per- accordance with Items 1 and 2 shall permitted to be milted to be increased or load combinations reduced where designed using a 40 psf(1.92 kNlrn'} uniform live load in permitted by the material chapter of this code or the referenced Item 3,provided the landing area is identified with a 3,000- standards. For load combinations that include the counteract- pound {13.34 kN) weight limitation. This 40 psf (1.92 ing effects of dead and wind loads,only two-thirds of the mini- kN/m�)uniform live load shall not be reduced.The landing area weight]imitation shall be indicated by the numeral"3" mum dead load likely to be in place during a design wind event shall be used. Where wind loads are calculated in accordance {kips}located in the bottom right corner of the landing area as viewed from the primary approach path.The indication with Chapter 6 of ASCE 7, the coefficient w in the following for the landing area weight limitation shall be a minimum 5 equations shall be taken as 1.3.For other wind loads,w shall be feel (1524 mm) in height, taken as 1. When using these alternative load combinations to evaluate sliding,overturning and soil bearing at the soil-struc- ture interface, the reduction of foundation overturning from Section 12.13.4 in ASCE 7 shall not be used.When using these SECTION 1606 alternative basic load combinations for proportioning founda- DEAD LOADS tions for loadings, which include seismic loads, the vertical 1606.1 General.Dead loads are those loads defined in Section seismic load effect,E„in Equation 12.4-4 of ASCE 7 is permit- 1602.1.Dead loads shall be considered permanent loads. ted to be taken equal to zero. 1606.2 Design dead load. For purposes of design, the actual D+L+(L,or Sor A) (Equation 16-16) weights of materials of construction and fixed service equip- D+L+(w 11) (Equation 16-17) meet shall be used.In the absence of definite information,val- ues used shall besubject to the approval of the building official. D+L+w W+S12 (Equation 16-18) D+L+S+w W12 (Equation 16-19) SECTION 1607 D+L+S+EI A (Equation 16-20) LIVE LOADS 0.9D+F I A (Equation 16-21) 1607.1 General.Live loads are those loads defined in Section 1602.1. Exceptions: 1607.2 Loads not specified.For occupancies or uses not des- 1. Crane hook loads need not be combined with roof live ignated in Table 1607.1, the live load shall be determined in loads or with more than three-fourths of the snow load accordance with a method approved by the building official. or one-half of the wind load. 2. Flat roof snow loads of 30 psf(1.44 Mrnm)or less and 1607.3 Uniform live loads.The live loads used in the design of roof live loads of 30 psf or less need not be combined buildings and other structures shall be the maximum loads with seismic loads. Where flat roof snow loads expected by the intended use or occupancy but shall in no case be less than the minimum uniformly distributed unit loads exceed 30 psf(1.44 Mm z),20 percent shall be com- required by Table 1607.1. bined with seismic loads. 1605.3.2.1 Other loads.Where F, Hor Tare to be con- 1607.4 Concentrated loads.Floors and other similar surfaces sidered in the design,each applicable load shall be added shall be designed to support the uniformly distributed live to the combinations specified in Section 1605.3.2. loads prescribed in Section 1607.3 or the concentrated load,in y pounds (kilonewtons),given in Table 1607.1,whichever pro- 1605.4 Heliports and helistops.Heliport and helistop landing duces the greater load effects. Unless otherwise specified,the areas shall be designed for the following loads, combined in indicated concentration shall be assumed to be uniformly dis- accordance with Section 1605: tributed over an area 211,feet by 21/2 feet(611,square feet(0.58 1. Dead load,D,plus the gross weight of the helicopter,D,,, mi)] and shall be located so as to produce the maximum load plus snow load, S. effects in the structural members. 2. Dead load,D,plus two single concentrated impact loads, 1607.5 Partition loads.In office buildings and in other build- L, approximately 8 feet (2438 mm) apart applied any- ings where partition locations are subject to change,provisions where on the touchdown pad (representing each of the for partition weight shall be made,whether or not partitions are helicopter's two main landing gear,whether skid type or shown on the construction documents,unless the specified live wheeled type), having a magnitude of 0.75 times the load exceeds 80 psf(3.83 Mmz).The partition load shall not gross weight of the helicopter.Both loads acting together be less than a uniformly distributed live load of 15 psf(0.74 total 1.5 times the gross weight of the helicopter. Mmz). 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 309 STRUCTURAL DESIGN TABLE 1607.1 TABLE 1607.1-continued MINIMUM UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LIVE LOADS,Ls AND MINIMUM UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LIVE LOADS,Lo,AND MINIMUM CONCENTRATED LIVE LOADS9 _ MINIMUM CONCENTRATED LIVE LOAD_S9 UNIFORM 'CONCENTRATED UNIFORM :CONCENTRATED OCCUPANCY OR USE (Psf) Qbsj - -.-- OCCUPANCY OR USE T {�0� - (Ibs.) 1.Apartments(see residential) 23.Manufacturing - Heavy 250 3,000 2.Access floor systems T Light 125 - 2,000 Office use 50 2.000 Computer use Ion 2,000 24.Marquees - 75 _ 25.Office buildings 3.Armories and drill rooms 150 - Corridors above first floor 80 2,000 File and computer rooms shall be 4.Assembly areas and[heaters designed for heavier loads based - Fixed seats(fastened to floor) 60 on antiripated occupancy Follow spot,projections and control Lobbies art(]first-floor corridors ' 100 2.000 rooms 50 Offices 50 2,000 Lobbies 100 -_-_ Movable seats 100 26.Penal institutions Stages and platforms 125 Cell blocks 40 I - Other assembly areas Ion Corridors 100 I 5. Balconies(exterior)and decksh Same as 27.Residential occupancy One and two-Family dwellings i served Uninhabitable attics without storage' 10 Uninhabitable attics with limited 20 6. Bowling alloys I 75 L - storage'•1 k Habitable attics and sleeping areas 30 7. Catwalks 40 300 All other areas 40 - - Hotels and multifamily dwellings 8. Cornices 60 Private rooms and corridors 40 serving them 9. Corridors,except as olherwise indicated 100 Public rooms and corridors serving 100 them 10.Dance halls and ballrooms 100 - y . _- 26.Reviewing stands.grandstands and Note r 11.Dining rooms and restaurants 100 bleachers _T 29.Roofs 12.Dwellings(see residential) - - All roafsurfaces subject to maintenance 300 -- - -- --..T_ workers 13.Elevator machine 2 room grating 300 Awnings and canopies (on area of 9 in] Fabric construction supported by ai 5 -- lightweight rigid skeleton siructu'ej nonreduclble 14,Finish light floor plate construction All other construction (on area ofIin) 200 Ordinary flat.pirched.and curved roofs. 20 Primary roof members, exposed to a: 2Q 15.Fire escapes 100 work floor On single-family dwellings only 40 Single panel point of lower chord of -- - - - - -- roof trusses or any point along 16.Garages(passenger vehicles only) 40 Note a primary structural members Trucks and buses See Section 1607.6 supporting roofs: 1 ---- - Over manularruriug. sioragei 17.Grandstands warehouses. and repair, (see stadium and arena bleachers) - - garages 2,000 - -.-. --- --- - All other occupancies 300 IS.Gymnasiums,main floors and balconies Roofs used for other special purposes Note 1 Note 1 100 - - Roofs 60 used For promenade purposes I 19•Handrails,guards and grab bars See Section 1607.7 Roofs used for roof gardens or 100 1 . . assembly purposes '20.Hospitals 30.Schools Corridors above first floor 80 1.000 Classrooms 40 1.000 Operating rooms,laboratories 60 1,000 Corridors above first floor 80 1.000 Paden(roams 40 1,000 First-floor corridors 100 j 1.000 21.Hotels(see residential) 3 L Scuttles,skylight ribs and accessible 0 - 7 ceilings 22.Libraries Corridors above first floor 80 1,000 32.Sidewalks,vehicular driveways and 2504 8,000' Reading rooms 60 1,000 yards,subject to trucking Stack rooms 150, 1.000 33.Skating rinks 100 rarrlinu�d ` -- continued 310 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® STRUCTURAL DESIGN TABLE 1607.1-continued 1607.6 Truck and bus garages. Minimum live loads for 1 MINIMUM UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LIVE LOADS,Lo,AND havin trucks or buses shall be as specified in Table MINIMUM CONCENTRATED LIVE LOADSg garages g p -f-- --- - - - 1607.6, but shall not be less than 50 psf(2.40 kN/mz),unless .UNIFORM CONCENTRATED OCCUPANCY OR USE _ (pill _-(Ibsj other loads are specificallyjustified and appivwdby the build- 39.Stadiums and arenas - frig olTicial.Actual loads shall be used where they are greater � Bleachers than the loads specified in the table. 100r i Fixed seats(fastened to floor) 60r 1607.6.1 Truck and bus garage live load application.The 35.Stairs and exits concentrated load and uniform load shall be uniformly dis- One-and two-family dwellings 40 Note f tributed over a 10-Foot(3048 mm)width on a line normal to All other 100 the centerline of the lane placed within a 12-foot-wide 36 Storage warehouses (3658 mm)lane.The loads shall be placed within their indi- (shall be designed for heavier loads if vidual lanes so as to produce the maximum stress in each required for anticipated storage) structural member. Single spans shall be designed for the Heavy 250 uniform load in Table 1607.6 and one simultaneous concen- Light 125 - - trated load positioned to produce the maximum effect.Mul- 37.Stores tiple spans shall be designed for the uniform load in Table Retail 1607.6 on the spans and two simultaneous concentrated First floor 100 1.000 loads in two spans positioned to produce the maximum neg- Upper floors 75 1.000 ative moment effect. Multiple span design loads, for other Wholesale all floors 125 1.000 - -- - -- -- effects,shall be the same as for single spans. 1 38.Vehicle barrier systems See Section 1607.7.3 TABLE 1607.6 39.Walkways and elevated platforms UNIFORM AND CONCENTRATED LOADS - (other than exltways) 60 - CONCENTRATED LOAD 40.Yards and terraces,pedestrians i00 _ (pounds? - _ _ _>x _ UNIFORM LOAD ' � LOADING (poundsliinear For moment For shear For 51 l Inch=25.4 mm.1 square Inch=645-16 mm', CLASS' foot of lane) design design I square foot=0 0929 m', - - - I pound per square foot=0.0479 kNlm'.I pound=0.004448 kip, H2O-44 and H520.44 640 18,000 26,000 I pound per tublc foot-16 kglm' _ a. Flnorshigaragesorportionsof bruildingsu%ed for fliesloragectmoloi vehicles shall be H15-44andHS15-44 480 13,500 19.500 designed for the uniforrtrly distributed livr loads of Table 1507.1 or the following can- ._ centraied loads (1)for 6araf es restricted to passenger vrhtcles ac cmnmudaong not For SL 1 pound per linear foot=0.01459 kNlm, 1 pound=0.004448 kN. more that hire passen6ers.3.000 poun&acong on,m area of 4.5 inches b�4.5 inche4. 1 Ion 8,90 kN. (2)for mechanical paiking structures without slah at deck which are used for storing passenger vehicles only,2.250 pounds per wheel. a. An H loading class designates a two-axle truck with a semitrailer.An HS b The loadin;;appiie%to stack room floors that support nonmobile,double-faced library loading class designates a tractor truck with a semitrailer.The numbers fol- bookmarks.subject to the following]Imitations- lowing the letter rlassificariun Indicate the gross weight in tons of the stan- L The nominal bookstack unit height shall not exceed 90 Inches; dard truck and the year the loadings were in5tilwed. 2. The nominal shelf depth shall not exceed 12 inches for each face:and b. See Section 1607.6.1 for the loading of multiple spans. 3. Parallel rrnss of double-faced bookstacks shall he separated by aisles not less than 36 inches wide. 1607.7 Loads on handrails, guards grab bars, seats and Design in accordant a with the lcc 300. vehicle barrier systems.Handrails,guards,grab bars,acces- d. Other uniform]Dads inacrordancewit hanappro vedmethod,vhichcontannproviunns sible seats, accessible benches and vehicle barrier systems For truck loadings shall also be considered i%here appropriate. shall be designed and constructed to the structural loading con- 1 e. The concentrated wheel load shall be applied on an area of 4.5 inches by 4.5 inches. f Minimum concentrated load onstalr treads(onareaor1squareinches)is 300 pounds ditions set forth in this section. g. where snow loads occur that are in excess of the dvyi6n conditions,the structure shall 1607.7.1 Handrails and guards. Handrails and guards he designed to support die loads due to the Increased tnads caused by drift buildup or a greater Snow design determined by the building official(see Section 1608).For spe. shall be designed to resist a load of 50 pounds per linear foot clal-purpose mof�.see Section 1607.11.2.2. (plo (0.73 kN/nl) applied in any direction at the top and to 1 It see section 1604.8.3 for decks attached to exterior walls. transfer this load through the supports to the structure.Glass I. Atlir.v ithoutsmragcatednosei%hereThemaximumc learheightbetweenthejoistand ralleric less than42inrbrs.orwheretherearenotmoornn oreadjacentirussesuiththe handrail assemblies and guards shall also comply with Sec- same web configuration capable of containing a rectangle 42 inches high by 2 feet tion 2407. x idt.or greater,located within the plane of the truss.For attics a ithout storage,this live load ured not be assumed to act concurrently with any other live load requtretnenrs Exceptions: j For attics with limited storage and constructed with trusses,this live load need only he applied to those portions of the bottom chord where there are MO or more adjacent 1. For one-and two-family dwellings,only the single trusses with the same web configuration capable of containing a rectangle 42 inches concentrated load required by Section 1607.7.1.I high by 2 feet wide or greater,located within the plane of the truss.The rccialagic shall fit between the Wp of the bottom chord and the bottom of any other truss menther.pro- shall be applied. vided that each of the following criteria is met: The attic area is accessible by a pull-dawn stairway or framed opening In accor 2. In Group 1-3,F,H and S occupancies,for areas that dance with Section 1209.2.and are not accessible to the general public and that it The ass shall have a bottom chord pitch less than 2:12. have an occupant load less[ban 50, the minimum fit.Bottom chord%of trusses shall bedcsignrd for fire gteaterolactua lrmpDseddead load shall be 20 pounds per foot (0.29 kNlm}. load or 10 psi,uniformly distributed over the rnCire span. k Attic spaces served by a fixed stair shall be designed to support the minimum live load 1607.7.1.1 Concentrated load. Handrails and guards sprcorred for hahitahle attics and sleeping rooms. 1. Roofs used for other special purposes shall be designed for appropriate loads as shall be able to resist a single concentrated load of 200 apprmed by ore building official pounds (0.89 kN), applied in any direction at any point 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 311 STRUCTURAL DESIGN along the top, and to transfer this load through the sup- ted to be reduced in accordance with Section 1607.11.2.Roof ports to the structure.This load need not be assumed to uniform live loads of special purpose roofs are permitted to be act concurrently with the loads specified in Section reduced in accordance with Section 1607.9.1 or 1607.9.2. 1607.7.1, 1607.9.1 General. Subject to the limitations of Sections 1607.7.1.2 Components. Intermediate rails (all those 1607.9.1.1 through 1607.9.1.4, members for which a value except the handrail),balusters and panel fillers shall be of KLLA1 is 400 square feet(37.16 m2)or more are permitted designed to withstand a horizontally applied normal load to be designed for a reduced live load in accordance with the of 50 pounds(0.22 kN)on an area equal to 1 square foot following equation: (0.093 m?),including openings and space between rails. Reactions due to [his loading are not required to be L = L 15 superimposed with those of Section 1607.7.1 or „(0.25+ti Kjj A (Equation 16-22} 1607.7.1.1. 11 ~ 9.57 bench seats. Grab bars, shower seats and dressing room } 1607.7.2 Grab bars, shower seats and dressing room „For SI: L = L 0.25+ II ilk{ Ar bench seat systems shall be designed to resist a single con centrated load of 250 pounds(1.11 kN)applied in any direc- where: tion at any point. L = Reduced design live load per square foot (meter) of 1607.7.3 Vehicle barrier systems.Vehicle barrier systems area supported by the member. for passenger vehicles shall be designed to resist a single L„ = Unreduced design live load per square foot(meter)of load of 6,000 pounds(26.70 kN)applied horizontally in any area supported by the member (see Table 1607.1). direction to the barrier system and shall have anchorage or KLI= Live load element factor(see Table 1607.9.1). attachment capable of transmitting this load to the structure. For design of the system, two loading conditions shall be Ar = Tributary area,in square feet (square meters). analyzed.The first condition shall apply the load at a height L shall not be less than 0.50L„for members supporting one of 1 foot.6 inches(457 mm)above the floor or ramp surface. floor and L shall not be less than 0.40L„for members sup- Thesecond loading condition shall apply the load at 2 feet,3 porting two or more floors. inches(686 mm)above the floor or ramp surface.The more severe load condition shall govern the design of the barrier TABLE 1607.9.1 restraint system.The load shall be assumed to act on an area LIVE LOAD ELEMENT FACTOR,Klt not to exceed 1 square foot (0.0929 ml),and is not required E ELEMENT v K" to be assumed to act concur mi ly with any handrail or guard Interior columns 4 loadings specified in Section 1607.7.1. Garages accommo- Exterior columns without cantilever slabs 4 dating trucks and buses shall be designed in accordance with an approved method that contains provisions for traffic Edge columns with cantilever slabs 3 railings. -- - Corner columns with cantilever slabs 2 1607.8 Impact loads. The live loads specified in Section Edge beams without cantilever slabs 2 1607.3 include allowance for impact conditions. Provisions Interior beams 2 shall be made in the structural design for uses and loads that involve unusual vibration and impact forces. All other members not identified above including: Edge beams with cantilever slabs 1607.8.1 Elevators. Elevator loads shall be increased by Cantilever beams 100 percent for impact and the structural supports shall be One-way slabs 1 1 designed within the limits of deflection prescribed by Two-way slabs ASME A 17.1. Members without provisions for continuous shear 1607.8.2 Machinery.For the purpose of design,the weight transfer normal to their span– —----of machinery and moving loads shall be increased as fol- lows to allow for impact: (1) elevator machinery, 100 per- 1607.9.1.1 One-way slabs. The tributary area. AT, for cent;(2)light machinery,shaft-or motor-driven,20 percent; use in Equation 16-22 for one-way slabs shall not exceed (3) reciprocating machinery or power-driven units, 50 per- an area defined by the slab span times a width normal to cent: (4) hangers for floors or balconies, 33 percent. Per- the span of 1.5 times the slab span. ceniages shall be increased where specified by the 1607.9.1.2 Heavy live loads.Live loads that exceed 100 manufacturer. psf(4.79 kN/ml) shall not be reduced. 1607.9 Reduction in live loads.Except for uniform live loads at roofs,all other minimum uniformly distributed live loads.L,,. Exceptions: in Table 1607.1 are permitted to be reduced in accordance with 1. The live loads for members supporting two or Section 1607.9.1 or 1607.9.2. Roof uniform live loads, other more floors are permitted to be reduced by a than special purpose roofs of Section 1607.11.2.2,are permit- maximum of 20 percent,but the live load shall 312 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® STRUCTURAL DESIGN not be less than L as calculated in Section 3. Ras detennined by the following equation. 1607.9.1. 2. For uses other than storage, where approved. R=23.1(1+D/L J (Equation 16 24) additional live load reductions shall be permit- where: ted where shown by the registered design pro- A = Area of floor supported by the member, fessional that a rational approach has been used square feet (m2). and that such reductions are warranted. D = Dead load per square foot (m2) of area sup- 1607.9.1.3 Passenger vehicle garages. The live loads ported. shall not be reduced in passenger vehicle garages. L„ = Unreduced live load per square Foot (ml) of Exception: The live loads for members supporting area supported. two or more floors are permitted to be reduced by a R = Reduction in percent. maximum of 20 percent,but the live load shall not be less than L as calculated in Section 1607.9.1. 1607.10 Distribution of floor loads.Where uniform floor live 1607.9.1.4 Group A occupancies.Live loads of 100 psf loads are involved in the design of structural members arranged z so as to create continuity, the minimum applied loads shall be (4.79 Mtn) and at areas where fixed seats are located the full dead loads on all spans in combination with the floor shall not be reduced in Group A occupancies. live loads on spans selected to produce the greatest effect at 1607.9.1.5 Roof members. Live loads of 100 psf(4.79 each location under consideration. It shall be permitted to Min') or less shall not be reduced for roof members reduce floor live loads in accordance with Section 1607.9. except as specified in Section 1607.11.2. 1607.11 Roof loads.The structural supports of roofs and mar- 1607.9.2 Alternate floor live load reduction.As an alter- quees shall be designed to resist wind and, where applicable, native to Section 1607.9.1,floor live loads are permitted to snow and earthquake loads,in addition to the dead load of con- be reduced in accordance with the following provisions. struction and the appropriate live loads as prescribed in this Such reductions shall apply to slab systems,beams,girders, section,or as set forth in Table 1607.1.The live loads acting on columns,piers,walls and foundations. a sloping surface shall be assumed to act vertically on the hori- 1. A reduction shall not be permitted in Group A occu- zontal projection of that surface. panties. 1607.11.1 Distribution of roof loads.Where uniform roof 2. A reduction shall not be permitted where the live load live loads are reduced to less than 20 psf(0.96 Mtn') in exceeds 100 psf(4.79 kN/ml) except that the design accordance with Section 1607.11.2.1 and are applied to the live load for members supporting two or more floors design of structural members arranged so as to create conti- is permitted to be reduced by 20 percent. nuity,the reduced roof live load shall be applied to adjacent spans or to alternate spans, whichever produces the most Exception: For uses other than storage, where unfavorable load effect. See Section 1607.11.2 for reduc- appmved, additional live load reductions shall be tions in minimum roof live loads and Section 7.5 of ASCE 7 permitted where shown by the r�egisteed design for partial snow loading. prafessionalthat a rational approach has been used and that such reductions are warranted. 1607.11.2 Reduction in roof live loads.The minimum uni- formly distributed live loads of roofs and marquees, L,,,in 3. A reduction shall not be permitted in passenger vehi- Table 1607.1 are permitted to be reduced in accordance with cle parking garages except that the live loads for Section 1607.11.2,1 or 1607.11.2.2. members supporting two or more floors are permitted to be reduced by a maximum of 20 percent. 1607.11.2.1 Flat, pitched and curved roofs. Ordinary 4. For live loads not exceeding 100 psf(4.79 kN/m2),the flat,pitched and curved roofs,and awnings and canopies design live load for any structural member supporting other than of fabric construction supported by light- 150 square feet(13.94 nil) or more is permitted to be weight rigid skeleton structures, are permitted to be reduced in accordance it with designed for a reduced roof live load as specified in the h Equation 16 23. following equations or other controlling combinations of 5. For one-way slabs, the area, A, for use in Equation loads in Section 1605, whichever produces the greater 16-23 shall not exceed the product of the slab span load. In structures such as greenhouses, where special and a width normal to the span of 0.5 times the slab scaffolding is used as a work surface for workers and span. materials during maintenance and repair operations, a R=0.08(A-150) (Equation 16-23) lower roof load than specified in the following equations shall not be used unless approvedby the building official. For SI: R=0.861(A- 13.94) Such structures shall be designed for a minimum roof Such reduction shall not exceed the smallest of: live load of 12 psf(0.58 kN/mz), 1. 40 percent for horizontal members: L,=L„RIRz (Equation 16-25) 2. 60 percent for vertical members; or where: 12<_Lr<20 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 313 STRUCTURAL.DESIGN For SI: L, =L„f21R, loads of the crane and the vertical impact,lateral and longitudi- where: 0.58 5 L,<_0.96 nal forces induced by the moving crane. L, = Reduced live load per square foot(mz) of horizon- 1607.12.1 Maximum wheel load. The maximum wheel tal projection in pounds per square foot (kN/ml). loads shall be the wheel loads produced by the weight of the bridge,as applicable,plus the sum of the rated capacity and The reduction factors R,and Rz shall be determined as the weight of the trolley with the trolley positioned on its follows: runway at the location where the resulting load effect is R,= 1 for A,5 200 square feet maximum. (18.58 m2} (Equation 16-26) 1607.12.2 Vertical impact force. The maximum wheel loads of the crane shall be increased by the percentages R,= 1.2-0.001 A,for 200 square shown below to determine the induced vertical impact or feet<A,<600 square feet (Equation 16-27) vibration force: For SI: 1.2-0.011 A,For 18.58 square meters<A,<55.74 Monorail cranes(powered) . . . . . . . • • 25 percent square meters Cab-operated or remotely operated R1=0.6 for A,>t 600 square feet bridge cranes(powered). • • • . • • • • • 25 percent (55.74 ml) (Equation 16-28) Pendant-operated bridge cranes where: (powered) • • • . • . . • . , • • • • • • • 10 percent A, = Tributary area(span length multiplied by effective Bridge cranes or monorail cranes with width) in square feet(mz)supported by any struc- hand-geared bridge,trolley and hoist • • • • • 0 percent tural member,and 1607.12.3 Lateral force.The lateral force on crane runway beams with electrically powered trolleys shall be calculated Rz=1 for F<4 (Equation 16-29) as 20 percent of the sum of the rated capacity of the crane R2=1.2-0.05 Ffor 4<F<12 (Equation 16-30) and the weight of the hoist and trolley.The lateral force shall be assumed to act horizontally at the traction surface of a R,.=0.6 for F?12 (Equation 16-31) runway beam,in either direction perpendicular to the beam, and shall be distributed according to the lateral stiffness of where: the runway beam and supporting structure. F = For a sloped roof,the number of inches of rise per 1607.12.4 Longitudinal force. The longitudinal Force on foot(for SI:F=0.12 x slope,with slope expressed crane runway beams. except for bridge cranes with as a percentage), or For an arch or dome, the hand-geared bridges.shall be calculated as 10 percent of the rise-to-span ratio multiplied by 32. maximum wheel loads of the crane.The longitudinal force 1607.11.2.2 Special-purpose roofs. Roofs used for shall be assumed to act horizontally at the traction surface of promenade purposes, roof gardens, assembly purposes a runway beam,in either direction parallel to the beam. or other special purposes, and marquees, shall be 1607.13 Interior walls and partitions.Interior walls and par- designed for a minimum live load, L,,, as specified in titions that exceed 6 feet (1829 mm) in height,including their Table 1607.1.Such live loads are permitted to be reduced finish materials,shall have adequate strength to resist the loads in accordance with Section 1607.9.Live loads of 100 psf to which they are subjected but not less than a horizontal load of (4.79 kN/m2) or more at areas of roofs classified as 5 psf(0.240 kN/mz). Group A occupancies shall not be reduced. Exception: Fabric partitions complying with Section 1607.11.3 Landscaped roofs.Where roofs are to be land- 1607.13.1 shall not be required to resist the minimum hori- scaped,the uniform design live load in the landscaped area zontal load of 5 psf(0.24 kN/mz). shall be 20 psf(0.958 Min').The weight of the landscap- 1607.13.1 Fabric partitions.Fabric partitions that exceed 6 ing materials shall be considered as dead load and shall be feet (1829 mm) in height, including their finish materials, computed on the basis of saturation of the soil, shall have adequate strength to resist the following load con- 1607.11.4 Awnings and canopies.Awnings and canopies ditions: shall be designed for uniform live loads as required in Table 1607.1 as well as For snow loads and wind loads as specified 1. A horizontal distributed load of 5 psf (0.24 kN/m�} in Sections 1608 and 1609. applied to the partition framing.The total area used to determine the distributed load shall be the area of the 1607.12 Crane loads. The crane live load shall be the rated Fabric face between the framing members to which capacity of the crane. Design loads for the runway beams, the fabric is attached.The total distributed load shall including connections and support brackets,of moving bridge be uniformly applied to such framing members in cranes and monorail cranes shall include the maximum wheel proportion to the length of each member, 314 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® STRUCTURAL DESIGN 2. A concentrated load of 40 pounds (0.176 kN)applied scribed herein. Decreases in wind loads shall not be made for to an 8-inch diameter (203 mm) area 150.3 square the effect of shielding by other structures. inches (32 452 mm2)] of the fabric face at a height of 54 inches (1372 mm) above the floor. 1609.1.1 Determination of wind loads. Wind loads on every building or structure shall be determined in accor- dance with Chapter 6 of ASCE 7 or provisions of the alter- SECTION 1606 nate all-heights method in Section 1609.6. The type of SNOW LOADS opening protection required, the basic wind speed and the 1608.1 General. Design snow loads shall be determined in exposure category for a site is permitted to be determined in g accordance with Section 1609 or ASCE 7. Wind shall be accordance with Chapter 7 of ASCE 7,but the design roof load assumed to come from any horizontal direction and wind shall not be less than that determined by Section 1607. pressures shall be assumed to act normal to the surface con- 1608.2 Ground snow loads.The ground snow loads to be used sidered. in determining the design snow loads for roofs shall be deter- Exceptions: mined in accordance with ASCE 7 or Figure 1608.2 for the contiguous United States and Table 1608.2 for Alaska. 1. Subject to the limitations of Section 1609.1.1.1, Site-specific case studies shall be made in areas designated the provisions of ICC 600 shall be permitted for "CS" in Figure 1608.2. Ground snow loads for sites at eleva- applicable Group R-2 and R-3 buildings. tions above the limits indicated in Figure 1608.2 and for all sites within the CS areas shall be approved.Ground snow load 2. Subject to the limitations of Section .1. determination for such sites shall be based on an extreme value residential structures using the provisions ons o of the statistical analysis of data available in the vicinity of the site AF&]?A WFCM. using a value with a 2-percent annual probability of being 3. Subject to the limitations of Section 1609.1.1.1, exceeded (50-year mean recurrence interval).Snow loads are residential structures using the provisions of AISI zero for Hawaii,except in mountainous regions as approved by S230. the building official. 4. Designs using NAAMM FP 1001. 5. Designs using TIA-222 for antenna-supporting SECTION 1609 structures and antennas. WIND LOADS 6. Wind tunnel tests in accordance with Section 6.6 1609.1 Applications. Buildings, structures and parts thereof of ASCE 7, subject to the limitations in Section shall be designed to withstand the minimum wind loads pre- 1609.1.1.2. TABLE 1608.2 GROUND SNOW LOADS,pQ,FOR ALASKAN LOCATIONS POUNDS PER POUNDS PER POUNDS PER LOCATION SQUARE FOOT LOCATION SQUARE FOOT LOCATION SQUARE FOOT Adak 30 Galena 60 Petersburg 150 Anchorage 50 Gulkana 70 St.Paul Islands 1 40 Angoon 70 Homer 40 Seward 50 Barrow 25 Juneau 60 Shemya 25 Barter Island 35 Kenai 70 Sltka 50 Bethel 40 Kodiak 30 Talkeetna 120 Big Delta 50 Kotzebue 60 Unalakleet 50 Cold Bav 25 McGrath 70 Valdez 160 Cordova 100 Nenana�— 80 _ Whittier 300 Fairbanks 60 Nome 70 Wrangell 60 Fort Yukon 60 Palmer 50 Yakutat 150 Far Sl: t pound per square foot=0.0479 kNfhnz. 2009 INTERNATIONAL_BUILDING CODE40 315 STRUCTURAL DESIGN sz0) _4 C8 gfplp j (700)•` ?l��r z T° Ce 5 40 ME eao � 10 In � V 1 (fie) `(65M) Fcs ggpp/pp {p� 19 { ) 35 ow, 30 -.. ( 900— i C1 r , 20 Offin 9'o ( ul` i`�� �. � .) l as _ r m 1 — ce Syr T �o ��p� e000 2ER� 3 In CS areas, site-specific Case Studies are required to establish ground snow loads.Extreme local variations in ground snow loads in these areas preclude mapping at , this scale. Numbers in parentheses represent the upper elevation 2fRO L� limits in feet for the ground snow load values presented below. Site-specific case studies are required to estab- lish ground snow loads at elevations not covered. To convert Iblsq ft to kNm=,multiply by 0.0479. To convert feet to meters,multiply by 0.3048. 11 3 a , 1 1 1 0 100 200 300 miles FIGURE 1608.2 GROUND SNOW LOADS,py,FOR THE UNITED STATES(psi} 316 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" STRUCTURAL.DESIGN so off) t w70° 0700 \ 40 00 Lra) 70 60 M 60 so O) Go- ��ppp CS (S4} 60 50 so 40 40 50 (1000) ` } 3530 (1 00) u i 9S 75 25 ce J v 1 25 20 25 20 r w 20 zoo w} IW \J } 'w— AMU 75 1S f 10 r .0 fi `� II \r J V "I FIGURE 1608.2–continued GROUND SNOW LOADS,pq,FOR THE UNITED STATES(psl) 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 317 STRUCTURAL DESIGN 1609.1.1.1 Applicability.The provisions of ICC 600 are ASTM E 1996 and ASTM E 1886 referenced herein as fol- applicable only to buildings located within Exposure B lows: or C as defined in Section 1609.4.The provisions of ICC 600, AMPA WFCM and AISI S230 shall not apply to 1. Glazed openings located within 30 feet(9144 mm)of buildings sited on the upper half of an isolated hill,ridge grade shall meet the requirements of the large missile or escarpment meeting the following conditions: test of ASTM E 1996. 1. The hill. ridge or escarpment is 60 feet (18 288 2. Glazed openings located more than 30 feet (9144 mm) or higher if located in Exposure B or 30 feet mm) above grade shall meet the provisions of the (9144 mm) or higher if located in Exposure C: small missile test of ASTM E 1996, 2. The maximum average slope of the hill exceeds 10 Exceptions: percent; and 1. Wood structural panels with a minimum thickness 3. The hill, ridge or escarpment is unobstructed of inch(11.1 mm)and maximum panel span of upwind by other such topographic features for a 8 feet (2438 mm) shall be permitted for opening distance from the high point of 50 times the height protection in one-and two-story buildings classi- of the hill or 1 mile (1.61 km), whichever is fied as Group R-3 or R-4 occupancy.Panels shall greater. be precut so that they shall be attached to the fram- 1609.1.1.2 Wind tunnel test limitations. The lower ing surrounding the opening containing the prod- limit on pressures for main wind-force-resisting systems uct with the glazed opening. Panels shall be and components and cladding shall be in accordance predrilled as required for the anchorage method with Sections 1609.1.1.2.1 and 1609.1.1.2.2. and shall be secured with the attachment hardware provided. Attachments shall be designed to resist 1609.1.1.2.1 Lower limits on main the components and cladding loads determined in wind-force-resisting system. Base overturning accordance with the provisions of ASCE 7, with moments determined from wind tunnel testing shall corrosion-resistant attachment hardware provided be limited to not less than 80 percent of the design and anchors permanently installed on the building. base overturning moments determined in accordance Attachment in accordance with Table 1609.1.2 with Section 6.5 of ASCE 7,unless specific testing is with corrosion-resistant attachment hardware pro- performed that demonstrates it is the aerodynamic vided and anchors permanently installed on the coefficient of the building,rather than shielding from building is permitted for buildings with a mean other structures,that is responsible for the lower val- roof height of 45 feet (13 716 mm) or less where ues. The 80-percent limit shall be permitted to be wind speeds do not exceed 140 mph (63 m/s). adjusted by the ratio of the frame load at critical wind 2. Glazing in Occupancy Category I buildings as directions as determined from wind tunnel testing defined in Section 1604.5, including greenhouses without specific adjacent buildings, but including that are occupied for growing plants on a produc- appropriate upwind roughness, to that determined in lion or research basis,without public access shall Section 6.5 of ASCE 7. be permitted to be unprotected. 1609.1.1.2.2 Lower limits on components and clad- 3. Glazing in Occupancy Category Il.III or IV build- ding.The design pressures for components and clad- ings located over 60 feet (18 288 mm) above the ding on walls or roofs shall be selected as the greater ground and over 30 feet(9144 mm) above aggre- of the wind tunnel test results or 80 percent of the gate surface roofs located within 1,500 feet (458 pressure obtained for Zone 4 for walls and Zone 1 for in) of the building shall be permitted to be unpro- roofs as determined in Section 6.5 of ASCE 7,unless tected. specific testing is performed that demonstrates it is the aerodynamic coefficient of the building, rather 1609.1.2.1 Louvers. Louvers protecting intake and than shielding from nearby structures,that is respon- exhaust ventilation ducts not assumed to be open that are sible for the lower values.Alternatively,limited tests located within 30 feet (9144 mm) of grade shall meet at a few wind directions without specific adjacent requirements of an approved impact-resisting standard buildings, but in the presence of an appropriate or the large missile test of ASTM E 1996. upwind roughness, shall be permitted to be used to demonstrate that the lower pressures are due to the 1609.1.2.2 Garage doors.Garage door glazed opening shape of the building and not to shielding. protection for wind-borne debris shall meet the require- ments of an approved impact-resisting standard or 1609.1.2 Protection of openings. In ivied-borne debris ANSIIDASMA 115. regions,glazing in buildings shall be impact resistant or pro- tected with an impact-resistant covering meeting the 1609.2 Definitions.The following words and terms shall,for requirements of an approved impact-resistant standard or the purposes of Section 1609,have the meanings shown herein. 318 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* STRUCTURAL DESIGN TABLE 1609.1.2 1609.3 Basic wind speed.The basic wind speed, in mph, for WIND-BORNE DEBRIS PROTECTION FASTENING the determination of the wind loads shall be determined b R SCHEDULE FOR WOOD STRUCTURAL PANELS a y g" - — --- — ure 1609. Basic wind speed for the special wind regions indi- FASTENER SPACING(inches) cated, near mountainous terrain and near gorges shall be in FASTENER Pa lean s s_reeas e see local jurisdiction Basic wind T 4fet Spaan l spn lt speeds determined by the local jurisdiction be in accor- dance with Section 6,5.4 of ASCE 7. No.8 wood-screw-based anchor with 2-inch 16 10 8 In nonhurricane-prone regions,when the basic wind speed is embedment length estimated from regional climatic data, the basic wind speed --- — _ shall be not less than the wind speed associated with an annual No. 10 woad-screw-based probability of 0.02 (50-year mean recurrence interval),and the anchor with 2-inch 16 12 9 estimate shall be adjusted for equivalence to a 3-second gust embedment length wind speed at 33 feet (10 m) above ground in Exposure Cate- 1/4-inch diameter gory C. The data analysis shall be performed in accordance lag-screw-based anchor 16 16 16 with Section 6.5.4.2 of ASCE 7. with 2-inch embedment 1 1609.3.1 Wind speed conversion. When required, the length 3-second gust basic wind speeds of Figure 1609 shall be For Sh I inch=25.4 mm.1 foot=304.8 mm,1 pound=4.448 N, converted to fastest-mile wind speeds. Vr,,,, using Table I mile per hour=0.447 m/s, 1609.3.1 or Equation 16-32. a. This table Is based on 140 mph wind speeds and a 45-fool mean roof height. b. Fasteners shall be installed at opposing ends of the wood structural panel. Vtn�_ (V3',—10.5) (Equation 16 32} Fasteners shall be located a minimum of 1 inch from the edge of the panel. 105 c. Anchors shall penetrate thruogh the exterior wall cuvering with an embedment length of 2 inches mmimmn into the building frame.Fasteners where: shall be located a minimum of 2tl2 inches from t he edge of concrete block or concrete. Vas=3-second gust basic wind speed from Figure 1609. d. Where panels are attached to masonry or masonryistucco,they shall be attaLhed using xibration-resistantanchurs having aminimum ultimate with- 1649.4 Exposure category. For each wind direction consid- drawal capacity of 1.500 pounds, Bred,an exposure category that adequately reflects the charac- HURRICANE-PRONE REGIONS. Areas vulnerable to teristicsof ground surface irregularities shall be determined for hurricanes defined as: the site at which the building or structure is to be constructed. 1. The U. S. Atlantic Ocean and Gulf of Mexico coasts Account shall be taken of variations in ground surface rough- ness that arise from natural topography and vegetation as well where the basic wind speed is greater than 90 mph (90 as from constructed features. m/s) and 2. Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Guam, Virgin Islands and Ameri- 1609.4.1 Wind directions and sectors. For each selected can Samoa, wind direction at which the wind loads are to be evaluated, the exposure of the building or structure shall be determined WIND-BORNE DEBRIS REGION. Portions of hurri- for the two upwind sectors extending 45 degrees (0.79 rad) cane prone Regions that are within 1 mile (1.61 km) of the either side of the selected wind direction.The exposures in coastal mean high water line where the basic wind speed is 110 these Iwo sectors shall be determined in accordance with mph (48 n1/s) or greater, or portions of hurricane-prone Sections 1609.4.2 and 1609.4.3 and the exposure resulting irgions where the basic wind speed is 120 mph (53 m/s) or in the highest wind loads shall be used to represent winds greater:or Hawaii. from that direction. TABLE 1609.3.1 EQUIVALENT BASIC WIND SPEEDS*,b,r Vas 85 90 100 105 110 120 125 130 140 145 150 160 170 [lm_-- -71 _.- 76 -- - 85 90 95 109 109 119- -- 123 _ 128 _ . 133 142 152 For SI: 1 mile per hour=0.44 m/s. a. Linear interpolation Is permitted. b. 1'„is the 3-second gust wind speed(mph). e- 1,,,,is the fastest mile wind speed(mph). 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 319 STRUCTURAL DESIGN 72 ea 10 130( 11-80 64 0(4q 6D 90 56 100(45) 130( 110(49) 52, 13 1 .1 0(sa) -130 -460 -154 -148 -142 -136 FIGURE 1609 BASIC WIND SPEED(3-SECOND GUST) 320 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' STRUCTURAL DESIGN r 90(40) r i 100(45) 110(49) 12D(54) 130(5$) 140(63) 13q(ss� 140(63) 150(67) 140(63) 140(63) ,,ii�E 950(67) 90(40) IiiiIiUF Spam Wnd Region 100(45) 130(50) Lom lon V Mph (rws) 110(49)120(54) Hawaii 105 (47) Porto Rico 145 (65) Guam 170 (76) Virgin Islands 145 (S5) Amrican Samoa 925 (56) Notes: 1. Values are nominal design 3-second gust wind speeds in miles per hour(mIs) at 33 ft(10 m)above ground For Exposure C category. 2. Linear Interpolation between wind contours is permitted. 3. Islands and coastal areas outside the last contour shall use the last wind speed contour of the coastal area. 4. Mountainous terrain,gorges,ocean promontories,and special wind regions shall be examined for unusual wind conditions. FIGURE 1609—continued BASIC WIND SPEED(3-SECOND GUST) 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 321 STRUCTURAL DESIGN 140(63) 144(63) 150{67y Special Wlnd R"Ion IVot>— 1.Values are nominal design gsecand gust wind speeds In mlles per hour(mis)at 33 ft(10 m) albov0 ground for Exposure C category. 2 Linear Interpolation between wind contours Is pemlitted. 9W40) 3.Islands and coastal areas outside the last cw touf shall use the lastvrind speed contour 100{ 134(SB) coastal 4.Mountainoustwrah,gorges,ocean 410(49)12p(54) promontories,and special wind regions shall be ommined for unusual wind conditions. FIGURE 1609-continued BASIC WIND SPEED(3-SECOND GUST) WESTERN GULF OF MEXICO HURRICANE COASTLINE 322 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' STRUCTURAL DESIGN 130(58) J 940(63) Speolal Wind Region '80(40) Notes: 10D(46) 1.Valves are norMnal design 3-second gust wind speeds In miles per hour(mis)at 33 ft(10 m) above ground for Exposure C category. 110(48) ; 2.Linear Interpolation between wind contours Is 120(S4) permitted. 3.Islands and coastal arm outslds 00 lust 130( 150(m 130(56) contour shall use"hot wind speed contour of the coastal area. 140(63) 140(83) 4.Mountainous terrain,gorges,ocean promontories,and special wind regions shall be saminod for unusual wind conditions. 160(67) FIGURE 1609--continued BASIC WIND SPEED(3-SECOND GUST) EASTERN GULF OF MEXICO AND SOUTHEASTERN U.S.HURRICANE COASTLINE 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 323 STRUCTURAL DESIGN 90(40) 100(45) 110(49) F -b 120(54) Special Wind Region Notes: 1.Values ate nominal design 3-second gust wind speeds In mlles per hour(m/s)at 33 ft(10 m) above ground for Exposure C category. 2.Unear interpolation between wind cantoum Is ' permitted. 3.Islands and coastal areas outside the last contour shall use the last wind speed contour of Ow coastal area • 4.Mountainous terraln,gorges,ocean promontories,and special wind regions shall be examined for unusual Wind conditions. FIGURE 1609-continued BASIC WIND SPEED(3-SECOND GUST) MID ARID NORTHERN ATLANTIC HURRICANE COASTLINE 324 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' STRUCTURAL DESIGN 1609.4.2 Surface roughness categories.A ground surface Asphalt shingles installed over a roof deck complying roughness within each 45-degree (0.79 rad) sector shall be with Section 1609.5.1 shall comply with the wind-resin- I determined for a distance upwind of the site as defined in tance requirements of Section 1507.2,7.1. Section 1609.4.3 from the categories defined below,for the 1609.5.3 Rigid tile.Wind loads on rigid tile roof coverings purpose of assigning an exposure category as defined in shall be determined in accordance with the following equa- tion: 1609.4.3. g q tion: Surface Roughness B. Urban and suburban areas, wooded areas or other terrain with numerous closely M,=qCLbLL,,[1.0—GCr (Equation 16-33) spaced obstructions having the size of single-Family dwellings or larger. gr,Cr bLLJ[1.0—GCO Surface Roughness C. Open terrain with scattered For Sl: M, obstructions having heights generally less than 30 Feet 1.000 (9144 mm). This category includes flat open country, where: grasslands, and all water surfaces in hurricane prone regions. b = Exposed width,fee[(mm) of the roof tile. Surface Roughness D. Flat, unobstructed areas and CI = Lift coefficient.The lift coefficient for concrete and water surfaces outside hurricane-prone mgfons. This clay tile shall be 0.2 or shall be determined by test in accordance with Section 1716.2. category includes smooth mud flats,salt flats and unbro- ken ice. GCr,= Roof pressure coefficient for each applicable roof zone determined from Chapter 6 of ASCE 7. Roof 1609.4.3 Exposure categories.An exposure category shall coefficients shall not be adjusted for internal pres- be determined in accordance with the following: sure. Exposure B.Exposure B shall apply where the ground L = Length, Feet (mm) of the roof tile. surface roughness condition, as defined by Surface L,, = Moment arm,feet(mm) from the axis of rotation to Roughness 13,prevails in the upwind direction For a dis- the point of uplift on the roof tile.The point of uplift tancc of at least 2,600 feet(792 m)or 20 times the height shall be taken at 0.76L from the head of the the and of the building,whichever is greater. the middle of the exposed width.For roof tiles with Exception: For buildings whose mean roof height is nails or screws (with or without a tail clip),the axis less than or equal to 30 feet(9144 mm),the upwind dis- of rotation shall be taken as the head of the the for tance is permitted to be reduced to 1,500 feet(457m). direct deck application or as the top edge of the bat- ten for battened applications.For roof tiles fastened Exposure C.Exposure C shall apply for all cases where only by a nail or screw along the side of the tile,the Exposures B or D do not apply, axis of rotation shall be determined by testing. For roof tiles installed with battens and fastened only by Exposure D.Exposure D shall apply where the ground a clip near the tail of the tile,the moment arm shall surface roughness, as defined by Surface Roughness D, be determined about the top edge of the batten with prevails in the upwind direction for a distance of at least consideration given for the point of rotation of the 5.000 feet (1524 m) or 20 times the height of the build- tiles based on straight bond or broken bond and the ing,whichever is greater.Exposure D shall extend inland tile profile. from the shoreline for a distance of 600 feet(183 m)or 20 times the height of the building,whichever is greater. M = Aerodynamic uplift moment, feet-pounds (N-min) acting to raise the tail of the tile. 1609.5 Roof systems. q,, = Wind velocity pressure, psf (kNlm2) determined 1609.5.1 Roof deck. The roof deck shall be designed to from Section 6.5.10 of ASCE 7. withstand the wind pressures determined in accordance Concrete and clay roof tiles complying with the following with ASCE 7. limitations shall be designed to withstand the aerodynamic 1609.5.2 Roof coverings. Roof coverings shall comply uplift moment as determined by this section. with Section 1609.5.1. 1. The roof tiles shall be either loose laid on battens, Exception: Rigid tile roof coverings that are air perme- mechanically fastened,mortar set or adhesive set. able and installed over a roof deck complying with Sec- 2. The roof tiles shall be installed on solid sheathing tion 1609.5.1 are permitted to be designed in accordance which has been designed as components and clad- with Section 1609.5.3. ding. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 325 STRUCTURAL DESIGN 3. An underlayment shall be installed in accordance 1609.6.2 Symbols and notations. Coefficients and vari- with Chapter 15. ables used in the alternative all-heights method equations 4. The file shall be single lapped interlocking with a are as follows: minimum head lap of not less than 2 inches(51 mm), Cn, = Net-pressure coefficient based on K,, I(G) (CJ - 5. The length of the tile shall be between 1,0 and 1.75 (GC,,,)].in accordance with Table 1609.6.2(2). feet (305 mm and 533 mm). G = Gust effect factor for rigid structures in accordance 6. The exposed width of the file shall be between 0.67 with ASCE 7 Section 6.5.8.1. and 1.25 feet (204 mm and 381 mm). K,, = Wind directionality factor in accordance with 7. The maximum thickness of the tail of the the shall not ASCE 7 Table 6-4. exceed 1.3 inches (33 mm). P,�, = Design wind pressure to be used in determination 8. Roof tiles using mortar set or adhesive set systems of wind loads on buildings or other structures or shall have at least two-thirds of the tile's area free of their components and cladding.in psf(kN/mz). mortar or adhesive contact. q, = Wind stagnation pressure in psf(kN/mz)in accor- 1609.6 Alternate all-heights method. The alternate wind dance with Table 1609.6.2(1). design provisions in this section are simplifications of the 1609.6.3 Design equations. When using the alternative ASCE 7 Method 2-Analytical Procedure. all-heights method,the MWFRS,and components and clad- 1609.6.1 Scope. As an alternative to ASCE 7 Section 6.5, ding of every structure shall be designed to resist The effects the following provisions are permitted to be used to deter- of wind pressures on the building envelope in accordance mine the wind effects on regularly shaped buildings, or with Equation 16-34. other structures that are regularly shaped,which meet all of the following conditions: p,,=q, C,Y.1(tlC,] (Equation 16-34) 1. The building or other structure is less than or equal to Design wind forces for the MWFRS shall not be less than 75 feet (22 860 mm) in height with a height-to-]east- 10 psf(0.48 kN/mz) multiplied by the area of the structure width ratio of 4 or less,or the building or other strut- projected on a plane normal to the assumed wind direction ture has a fundamental frequency greater than or (see ASCE 7 Section 6,1.4 for criteria). Design net wind equal to 1 hertz. pressure for components and cladding shall not be less than 2. The building or other structure is not sensitive to 10 psf(0.48 kN/mz) acting in either direction normal to the dynamic effects. surface. 3. The building or other structure is not located on a site 1609.6.4 Design procedure.The MWFRS and the compo- for which channel ing effects or buffeting in the wake nents and cladding of every building or other structure shall of upwind obstructions warrant special consideration, be designed for the pressures calculated using Equation 4. The building shall meet the requirements of a simple 16-34. diaphragm building as defined in ASCE 7 Section 1609.6.4.1 Main wind-force-resisting systems. The 6.2,where wind loads are only transmitted to the main MWFRS shall be investigated for the torsional effects wind-force-resisting system (MWFRS) at the dia- identified in ASCE 7 Figure 6-9. phragnts. 5. For open buildings, multispan gable roofs, stepped 1609.6.4.2 Determination of K,and K,,.Velocity pres- sure exposure coefficient, Kr shall be determined in roofs,sawtooth roofs,domed roofs,roofs with slopes accordance with ASCE 7 Section 6.5.6.6 and the topv- greater than 45 degrees(0.79 rod),solid free-standing walls and solid signs, and rooftop equipment, apply graphic factor, shall be determined in accordance with ASCE 7 Section 6.5.7. ASCE 7 provisions. 1609.6.1.1 Modifications.The following modifications 1• For the windward side of a structure, Kr,and K, shall be made to certain subsections in ASCE 7:in Sec- shall be based on height z. tion 1609.6.2,symbols and notations that are specific to 2. For leeward and sidewalls,and for windward and this section are used in conjunction with the symbols and leeward roofs, Kl,and K,shall be based on mean notations in ASCE 7 Section 6.3. roof height h, TABLE 1609.6.2(1) WIND VELOCITY PRESSURE(q,)AT STANDARD HEIGHT OF 33 FEET° BASIC WIND SPEED(mph) 85 90 100 105 110 120 125 130 140 150 160 170 PRESSURE,%(psf) 18.5 20.7 25.6 28.2 31.0 36.9 40.0 43.3 50.2 57.6 65.5 74.0 For SI: 1 foot=304.8 mm, I mph=0.44 m/s, 1 psf=47.88 Pa. a. For basic wind speeds nal shown,use q,=0.00256 VZ. 326 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® STRUCTURAL DESIGN TABLE 1609.6.2(2) NET PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS, C"ta,b STRUCTURE OR PART THEREOF DESCRIPTION C,.FACTOR Enclosed Partially enclosed +Internal -Internal +Internal -Internal Walls: pressure pressure pressure pressure Windward wall 0.43 0.73 0.11 1.05 Leeward wall -0.51 -0.21 -0.83 0.11 Sid[nvall -0.66 -0.35 -0.97 -0.04 Windward 1.28 1.28 Parapet wall Leeward -0.85 -0.85 Roofs: Enclosed Partially enclosed +Internal -Internal +Internal -Internal Wind perpendicular to ridge pressure pressure pressure pressure Leeward roof or flat roof -0.66 -0.35 -0.97 -0.04 Windward roof slopes: Condition 1 -1.09 -0.79 -1.41 -0.47 Slope<2:12 (10°) Condition 2 -0.28 0.02 -0.60 0.34 Condition 1 -0.73 -0.42 -1.04 -0.11 Slope=4:12 (18°) Condition 2 -0.05 0.25 -0.37 0.57 Slope=5:12 (23°) Condition 1 -0.58 -0.28 -0.90 0.04 1. Main wind- Condition 2 0.03 0.34 -0.29 0.65 force-resisting Condition 1 -0.47 -0.16 -0.78 0.15 frames and systems Slope=6:12 (27°) Condition 2 0.06 0.37 -0.25 0.68 Condition 1 -0.37 -0.06 -0.68 0.25 Slope=7:12 (30°) Condition 2 0.07 0.37 -0.25 0.69 Slope 9:12(37°) Condition 1 -0.27 0.04 -0.58 0.35 Condition 2 0.14 0.44 -0.18 0.76 Slope 12:I2 (45°) 0.14 0.44 -0.18 0.76 Wind parallel to ridge and flat roofs 1 -1.09 -0.79 1 -1.41 -0.47 Nonhuilding Structures:Chimneys,Tanks and Similar Structures: h(D 1 7 25 Square(Wind normal to face) 0.99 1.07 1.53 Square(Wind on diagonal) 0.77 0.84 1.15 Hexagonal or Octagonal 0.81 0.97 1.13 Round 0.65 0.81 0.97 Open signs and lattice frameworks Ratio of solid to gross area <0.1 0.1 to 0.29 0.3 to 0.7 Flat 1.45 1.30 1.16 Round 0.87 0.94 1 1.08 (continued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 327 STRUCTURAL DESIGN TABLE 1609.6.2(2)-continued NET PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS, C,,r.a STRUCTURE OR PART THEREOF DESCRIPTION C.,FACTOR Roof elements and slopes Enclosed Partially enclosed Gable of hipped configurations(Zane 1) Flat<Slope<6:12(27°)See ASCE 7 Figure 6-11C Zone 1 10 square feet or less 0.58 0.89 Positive 100 square feet or more 0.41 0.72 10 square feet or less -1.00 -1.32 Negative --- 100 square feet or more -0.92 -1.23 Overhang:Flat<Slope<6:12 (27°)See ASCE 7 Figure 6-118 Zone 1 10 square Feet or less -1.45 Negative 100 square feel or more -1.36 500 square feel or more -0.94 6:12(27°)<Slope< 12:12 (451 See ASCE 7 Figure 6-11 D Zone 1 2. Components and - - - cladding not in 10 square reel or less 0.92 1.23 areas or disconti- Positive - -' - nuity-roofs and 100 square feet or more 0.83 1.15 overhangs Negative 10 square feet or less -1.00 -1.32 - - --- - -- - - - 100 square feet or more 'i -0.83 -1.15 Monosloped configurations(Zone 1) Enclosed Partially enclosed Flat<Slope<7:12 (30°)See ASCE 7 Figure 6-14B Zone 1 10 square feet or less 0.49 0.81 Positive - - _. 100 square feet or more 0.41 0.72 10 square feet or less -1.26 -1.57 Negative - -- 100 square feel or more -1.09 -1.40 Tall flat-topped roofs h>60' Enclosed Partially enclosed Flat<Slope<2:12 (10°) (Zone 1)See ASCE 7 Figure 6-17 Zane I 10 square feel or less -1.34 -1.66 Negative - --- - - 500 square feet or more -0.92 -1.23 (continued) 328 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' STRUCTURAL DESIGN TABLE 1609.8.2(2)--continued NET PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS, C,,.ia•h STRUCTURE OR PART THEREOF DESCRIPTION C„M FACTOR Root elements and slopes Enclosed Partially enclosed Gable or hipped configurations at ridges,eaves and rakes(Zone 2) Flat<Slope<6:12 (27°)See ASCE 7 Figure 6-11C Zone 2 10 square feet or less 1 0.58 0.89 Positive -- _- _- - - - - -- - 100 square feet or more 0.41 10.72 10 square feet or less -1.68 -2.00 Negative - � - 100 square feet or more -1.17 -1.49 Overhang for Slope Flat<Slope<6:12 (27°) See ASCE 7 Figure 6-11C Zone 2 10 square feet or less -1.87 Negative - 1 100 square feet or more -1.87 6:12 (271<Slope< 12:12 (451 Figure 6-11D Enclosed Partially enclosed 10 square feet. less 0.92 1.23 Positive - - - - --- 100 square feet or more 0.83 1.15 10 square Feet or less -1.17 -1.49 Negative _ - - - - 100 square feet or more -1.00 -1.32 Overhang for 6:12 (27) <Slope< 12:12(451 See ASCE 7 Figure 6-11D Zone 2 3. Components and clad- ding in areas of dis- 10 square feet or less -1.70 continuities-roofs Negative - 500 square feet or more -1.53 and overhangs Monosloped configurations at ridges,eaves and rakes (Zone 2) Flat<Slope<7:12 (301 See ASCE 7 Figure 6-14B Zone 2 10 square feet or less 0.49 0.81 Positive - - -- j 100 square feet or more 0.41 0.72 l0 square feet or less -1.51 -1.83 Negative 100 square feet or more -1.43 -1.74 Tall flat topped roofs h>60' Enclosed Partially enclosed Flat<Slope<2:12 (101 (Zone 2)See ASCE 7 Figure 6-17 Zone 2 10 square feet or less -2.11 -2.42 Negative - - - - -- - - 500 square feet or more -1.51 -1.83 Gable or hippcd configurations at corners(Zone 3)See ASCE 7 Figure 6-11C Zone 3 Flat<Slope<6:12 (27') Enclosed Part ially enclosed 10 square feet or less 0.58 0.89 Positive - 100 square feet or more 0.41 0.72 10 square feet or less -2.53 -2.85 Negative � - - - _ _ 100 square feet or more -1.85 -2.17 (continued) 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 329 STRUCTURAL DESIGN TABLE 1609.6.2(2)-continued NET PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS, Cf1er.b STRUCTURE OR PART THEREOF DESCRIPTION C„,FACTOR Overhang for Slope Flat<Slope<6:12 (27°)See ASCE 7 Figure 6-11C Zone 3 10 square feet or less 3.15 Negative - 100 square feet or more -2.13 6:12 (27°)< 12:12 (45°) See ASCE 7 Figure 6-11 D Zone 3 10 square feet or less 0.92 1.23 Positive - - - - 100 square feet or more 0.83 1.15 10 square feet or less -1.17 -1.49 Negative - 100 square feet or more -1.00 -1.32 Overhang for 6:12 (27°)<Slope< 12:12 (45°) Enclosed I Partially enclosed 3. Components and cladding in 10 square feel or less -1.70 areas of discontinuity-roofs Negative and overhangs - t 100 square feet or more _ -1.53 (continued) Monosloped Configurations at corners(Zone 3)See ASCE 7 Figure 6-14B Zone 3 Flat<Slope<7:12 (30°) 10 square feet or less 0.49 0.81 Positive 100 square feet or more 0.41 0.72 10 square feet or less -2.62 -2.93 Negative - 100 square feet or more -1.85 -2.17 Tall flat topped roofs h>60' Enclosed Partially enclosed Flat<Slope< 2:12 (101 (Zone 3)See ASCE 7 Figure 6-17 Zone 3 10 square feet or less -2.87 -3.19 Negative 500 square feet or more -2.11 -2.42 Wall Elements:h=60' (Zone 4) Figure 6-11A Enclosed Partially enclosed 10 square feetor less 1.00 1.32 Positive - - - 500 square feet or more 0.75 1.06 10 square feel or less -1.09 -1.40 Negative -- --- - 500 square feet or more -0.83 -1.15 Wall Elements:h a 60' (Zone 4)Sec ASCE 7 Figure 6-17 Zone 4 4. Components and cladding not ---- -- ---- --- - -- - - in areas of discontinuity-walls 20 square feet or less 0.92 1.23 and parapets Positive _ 500 square feet or more 0.66 0.98 20 square feet or less -0.92 -1.23 Negative - --- -- 500 square feet or more -0.75 -1.06 Parapet Walls Positive 2.87 3.19 Negative -1.68 -2.00 330 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' STRUCTURAL DESIGN TABLE 1609.6.2(2)—continued NET PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS, Cf1ete,e STRUCTURE OR PART THEREOF DESCRIPTION C„,FACTOR --T- — Wall elements:h5 60' (Zone 5) Figure 6-11 A Enclosed Partially enclosed 10 square feet or less 1.00 i 1.32 Positive 500 square Feet or more 0.75 _ 1.06 10 square feel or less -1.34 -1.66 Negative --- -- 500 square feet or more -0.83 -1.15 Wall elements:h>60' (Zone 5)See ASCE 7 Figure 6-17 Zone 4 5. Components and cladding in areas or discontinuity— 20 square reel or less 0.92 1.23 walls and parapets Positive -- — -- i 500 square feet or more — 0.66 0.98 -- - 20 square reel or less -1.68 -2.00 Negative -- -— - 500 square feet or more 1 1.00 -1.32 ! Parapet walls Positive 3.64 3.95 Negative •2.45 -2776 For Sl: 1 root=304.8 mm. 1 square foot=0.0929m',I degree=0,0175 rad. a. Linear interpolation between values in the table is permitted. b. Some C,,,values have been grouped together-Less conservative results may be obtained by applying ASCE 7 provisions. 1609.6.4.3 Determination of net pressure coefficients, 2. Include "field" (Zone 1, 2 or 4, as applicable) C., For the design of the MWFRS and for components pressures applied to areas beyond the bound- and cladding, the sum of the internal and external net aries of the areas of discontinuity. pressure shall be based on the net pressure coefficient, 3. Where applicable, the calculated pressures at C', discontinuities (Zones 2 or 3) shall be com- 1. The pressure coefficient, C,,,,for walls and roofs bined with design pressures that apply specifi- shall be determined from Table 1609.6.2(2). cally on rakes or cave overhangs. 2. Where C,„, has more than one value, the more severe wind load condition shall be used for SECTION 1610 design. SOIL LATERAL LOADS 1609.6.4.4 Application of wind pressures.When using 1610.1 General.Foundation walls and retaining walls shall be the alternative all-heights method, wind pressures shall designed to resist lateral soil loads.Soil loads specified in Table be applied simultaneously on,and in a direction normal 16 10.1 shall be used as the minimum design lateral soil loads to,all building envelope wall and roof surfaces. unless determined otherwise by a geotechnical investigation in accordance with Section 1803. Foundation walls and other 1609.6.4.4.1 Components and cladding.Wind pres- walls in which horizontal movement is restricted at the top shall sure for each component or cladding element is be designed for at-rest pressure.Retaining walls free to move applied as follows using C,„., values based on the and rotate at the top shall be permitted to be designed for active effective wind area,A,contained within the zones in pressure.Design lateral pressure from surcharge loads shall be areas of discontinuity of width and/or length"a,”"2a” added to the lateral earth pressure load.Design lateral pressure or"4a" at:corners of roofs and walls;edge strips for shall be increased if soils at the site are expansive.Foundation ridges,rakes and eaves;or field field areas on wal Is or roofs wal Is shall be designed to support the weight of the full hydro- as indicated in figures in tables in ASCE 7 as refer- static pressure of undrained backfill unless a drainage system is enced in Table 1609.6.2(2)in accordance with the fol- installed in accordance with Sections 1805.4.2 and 1805.4.3. lowing. Exception: Foundation walls extending not more than 8 1. Calculated pressures at local discontinuities feet (2438 mm) below grade and laterally supported by the acting over specific edge strips or corner top by flexible diaphragms shall be permitted to be designed boundary areas. for active pressure. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 331 STRUCTURAL DESIGN TABLE 1610.1 LATERAL SOIL LOAD DESIGN LATERAL SOIL LOAD' (pound per square foot per foot of depth) UNIFIED SOIL - - DESCRIPTION OF BACKFILL MATERIAL' CLASSIFICATION Active pressure Aurest pressure Well-graded,clean gravels:gravel-sand mixes GW 30 60 Poorly graded clean gravels:gravel-sand mixes GP 30 60 Silty gravels,poorly graded gravel-sand mixes GM 40 60 Clayey gravels,poorly graded gravel-and-clay(nixes GC 45 60 — Weil-graded,clean sands:gravelly sand mixes SW 30 60 Poorly graded clean sands:sand-gravel mixes SP 30 60 Silty sands,poorly graded sand-silt mixes SM 45 60 Sand-silt clay mix with plastic lines SM-SC 45 100 Clayey sands,poorly graded sand-clay mixes Sc 60 100 Inorganic silts and clayey silts ML I 45 100 Mixture of inorganic silt and clay ML-CL 60 100 Inorganic clays or low to medium plasticity CL 60 100 Organic silts and silt clays,low plasticity OL Note b Note b Inorganic clayey silts,elastic silts MH Note b Note b Inorganic clays or high plasticity CH i Note h Note b Organic clays and silty clays OH Note b Note b For SL I pound per square foot per Foot of depth=0.157 kPalm.1 foo(=304.8 mm. a. Design lateral soil loads are given for molst conditions for the%pecirwd soils at their optimum densities.Actual Field conditions shall govern.Submerged or satu- rated soil pressures shall include the weight of the buoyant sail plus the hydrostatic loads. b. Unsuitable as backf ll material. c. The definition and classification of sail materials shall be in accordance with ASTM D 2487. SECTION 1611 R = Rain load on the undeflected roof, in psf (kN/mj. RAIN LOADS When the phrase "undeflected roof" is used, deflec- 1611.1 Design rain loads. Each portion of a roof shall be tions from loads (including dead loads) shall not be designed to sustain the load of rainwater that will accumulate considered when determining the amount of rain on the on it if the priniary drainage system for that portion is blocked roof. plus the uniform load caused by water that rises above the inlet 1611.2 Ponding instability.For roofs with a slope less than t/4 of the secondary drainage system at its design flow.The design inch per foot [1.19 degrees (0.0208 rad)], the design calcula- rainfall shall be based on the 100-year hourly rainfall rate indi- tions shall include verification of adequate stiffness to preclude cated in Figure 1611.1 or on other rainfall rates determined progressive deflection in accordance with Section 8.4 of ASCE from approved local weather data. 7 R=5.2(d,+d,) (Equation 16-35) 1611.3 Controlled drainage. Roofs equipped with hardware For SI:R=0.0098(d+ d, to control the rate of drainage shall be equipped with a second- where: ary drainage system at a higher elevation that limits accumula- tion of water on the roof above that elevation.Such roofs shall d,, = Additional depth of water on the undeflected roof be designed to sustain the load of rainwater that will accumu- late on them to the elevation of the secondary drainage system design flow(i.e., the hydraulic head),in inches (mm), plus the uniform load caused by water that rises above the inlet d, = Depth of water on the undeflected roof up to the inlet of of the secondary drainage system at its design flow determined secondary drainage system when the primary drainage from Section 1611.1. Such roofs shall also be checked for system isblocked(i.e„the static head),in inches(mm). ponding instability in accordance with Section 1611.2. 332 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' STRUCTURAL DESIGN za :2.0 225 225 225 r r 225 25 / p 2.115 275 3.0 125 15 176 4.0 1 t 4.25 t 1 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.20 [P]FIGURE 1611.1 100-YEAR,1-HOUR RAINFALL(INCHES)EASTERN UNITED STATES For SL 1 inch=25.4 mm. Source:National Weather Service.National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration,Washington,DC. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 333 STRUCTURAL DESIGN 75 276 �--.t 2£ 225 1, 25 Z26 s 275 � 25 r - - r – ♦ r 3.0 2,6 r ♦ r 275 276 ♦ � • 3.0 � I � w 1Z� � r S 1 i I 3.25 i I 3.25 i 25 2 5 3.0 1 25 /� ! f 2 ♦ �4.76 3,0 ♦ ♦ 4.75 3. 4.0 .5 ♦ r 4.6 1 .26 [P]FIGURE 1611.1—continued 100-YEAR,1-HOUR RAINFALL(INCHES)CENTRAL UNITED STATES For Sl: l inch=25.4 mm. Source:[National Weather Service,Nallonal Oceanlc and Atmospheric Administration,%shinpton.DC. 334 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE° STRUCTURAL DESIGN 1 � ` 1.5 i 3 1.5 1. 1.5 2 25 2 1 2 :3 1.9 1.5 1.5 1. 2 25 25 y5 2 2 [P]FIGURE 1611.1—continued 100-YEAR,1-HOUR RAINFALL(INCHES)WESTERN UNITED STATES For SP I inch=25.4 mm. Source:National Weather Service.National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration,Washington.DC. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 335 STRUCTURAL DESIGN 17W In- too- 176. 170. Its* 100. 165. 16D. M, 140. A 9 BARTER DINT AY ALA 31% K......% 100 0 1 M M M KOT FT.YUKC� a ........... ' (Ww MCNE ..... ... .0 I% CAPE MC RATH ITHVAY FavM 1 1.2 I N( 1.2 1.2 ST.PA tft KC0 ALK NAS u 1367 PORT I S.GEORGE MMEN N( COL L Adl 5 iEMYk AFB AC��'JATKEA Ala I TF i t t i ti ti i46. -1 IN FIGURE 1611.1—continued 1 00-Y EAR,1-HOUR RAINFALL(INCHES)ALASKA For SI. I inch=25.4 mm. Source:National Weather Service.National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration.%shington.DC. 336 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODEd STRUCTURAL DESIGN I o Vg f s _ a au � h *•n r r'aP n I N w n a i a z IV j r a i m 0 N 4 a r. xx 0 —— LM [P)FIGURE 1611.1—continued 100-YEAR,1-HOUR RAINFALL(INCHES)HAWAII For SI: 1 inch=25.9 mm. Source:National Weather Service,National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration,Vlisshinglon.DC. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 337 STRUCTURAL DESIGN SECTION 1612 EXISTING STRUCTURE. See"Existing construction." FLOOD LOADS FLOOD or FLOODING.A general and temporary condition 1612.1 General. Within flood hazard areas as established in of partial or complete inundation of normally dry land from: Section 1612.3, all new construction of buildings, structures 1. The overflow of inland or tidal waters. and portions of buildings and structures,including substantial improvement and restoration of substantial damage to build- 2. The unusual and rapid accumulation or runoff of surface ings and structures,shall be designed and constructed to resist waters from any source. the effects of flood hazards and flood loads.For buildings that FLOOD DAMAGE-RESISTANT MATERIALS.Any con- are located in more than one flood hazard area,the provisions struclion material capable of withstanding direct and pro- associated with the most restrictive flood hazard area shall longed contact with floodwaters without sustaining any apply' damage that requires more than cosmetic repair. 1612.2 Definitions.The following words and terms shall, for FLOOD HAZARD AREA.The greater of the following two the purposes of this section,have the meanings shown herein. areas: BASE FLOOD.The flood having a 1-percent chance of being 1. The area within a flood plain subject to a 1-percent or equaled or exceeded in any given year. greater chance of flooding in any year. BASE FLOOD ELEVATION. The elevation of the base 2. The area designated as a flood hazard area on a commu- flood,including wave height.relative to the National Geodetic nity's flood hazard map,or otherwise legally designated. Vertical Datum (NGVD), North American Vertical Datum (NAV1D)or other datum specified on the Flood Insurance Rate FLOOD HAZARD AREA SUBJECT TO HIGH-VELOC- Map (FIRM). ITY WAVE ACTION.Area within the flood hazard area that is subject to high-velocity wave action,and shown on a Flood BASEMENT. The portion of a building having its Floor Insurance Rate Map(FIRM)or other flood hazard map as Zone subgrade (below ground level) on all sides. V,VO.VE or V1-30. This definition of"Basement"is limited in applicalion to the FLOOD INSURANCE RATE MAP (FIRM). An official provisions of Section 1612(see"Basement"in Section 502.1). map of a community on which the Federal Emergency Man- DESIGN FLOOD. The flood associated with the greater of agement Agency(FEMA)has delineated both the special flood the following two areas: hazard areas and the risk premium zones applicable to the com- 1. Area with a flood plain subject to a 1-percent or greater munity. chance of flooding in any year: or FLOOD INSURANCE STUDY.The official report provided 2. Area designated as a !load hazard area on a commu- by the Federal Emergency Management Agency containing the nity's flood hazard map,or otherwise legally designated. Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM), the FIood Boundary and Floodway Map (FBFM), the water surface elevation of the base flood and supporting technical data. DESIGN FLOOD ELEVATION. The elevation of the FLOODWAY.The channel of the river, creek or other water- "design flood," including wave height, relative to the datum course and the adjacent land areas that must be reserved in specified on the community's legally designated flood hazard order to discharge the basef7oodwithout cumulatively increas- map.In areas designated as Zone A0, the design flood eleva- tion shall be the elevation of the highest existing grade of the ingthewatersurfaccelevationmore lhana designated height, building's perimeter plus the depth number(in feet) specified LOWEST FLOOR. The floor of the lowest enclosed area, on the flood hazard map.In areas designated as Zone AO where including basement, but excluding any unfinished or a depth number is not specified on the map,the depth number flood-resistant enclosure, usable solely for vehicle parking, shall be taken as being equal to 2 feet (610 mm). building access or limited storage provided that such enclosure DRY FLOODPROOFING.A combination of design modifi- is not built so as to render the structure in violation of this sec- cations that results in a building or structure, including the tion. attendant utility and sanitary facilities,being water tight with SPECIAL FLOOD HAZARD AREA.The land area subject walls substantially impermeable to the passage of water and to flood hazards and shown on a Flood Insurance Rate Map or with structural components having the capacity to resist loads other flood hazard map as Zone A.AE,Al-30,A99,AR,A0, as identified in ASCE 7. AH,V,VO.VE or V1-30. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. Any buildings and struc- START OF CONSTRUCTION.The date of issuance for new tures for which the"start of construction" commenced before construction and substantial improvements to existing struc- the effective date of the community's first flood plain manage- tures, provided the actual start of construction, repair, recon- ment code, ordinance or standard. "Existing construction" is struction, rehabilitation, addition, placement or other also referred to as"existing structures." improvement is within 180 days after the date of issuance.The 338 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' STRUCTURAL DESIGN actual start of construction means the first placement of perma- 2. Determine the design flood elevation and/or nent construction of a building (including a manufactured floodway in accordance with accepted hydrologic home)on a site,such as the pouring of a slab or footings,instal- and hydraulic engineering practices used to define lation of pilings or construction of columns. special flood hazard areas. Determinations shall be Permanent construction does not include land preparation undertaken by a registered design professional who (such as clearing,excavation,grading or filling), the installa- shall document that the technical methods used tion of streets or walkways, excavation for a basement, foot- reflect currently accepted engineering practice. ings,piers or foundations,the erection of temporary forms or 1612.3.2 Determination of impacts.In riverine flood haz- the installation of accessory buildings such as garages or sheds atd arras where design flood elevations are specified but not occupied as dwelling units or not part of the main building, floodways have not been designated,the applicant shall pro- For a substantial improvement, the actual "start of construe- vide a floodway analysis that demonstrates that the pro- tion" means the first alteration of any wall, ceiling, floor or posed work will not increase the design flood elevation other structural part of a building,whether or not that alteration more than 1 foot(305 mm) at any point within the jurisdic- affects the external dimensions of the building. tion of the applicable governing authority. SUBSTANTIAL DAMAGE.Damage of any origin sustained 1612.4 Design and construction.The design and construction by a structure whereby the cost of restoring the structure to its of buildings and structures located in flood hazard areas, before-damaged condition would equal or exceed 50 percent of including flood hazard areas subject to high-velocity wave the market value of the structure before the damage occurred. action,shall be in accordance with Chapter 5 of ASCE 7 and SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENT.Any repair,reconstruc- with ASCE 24. tion, rehabilitation, addition or improvement of a building or 1612.5 Flood hazard documentation. The following docu- structure,the cost of which equals or exceeds 50 percent of the mentation shall be prepared and scaled by a registered design market value of the structure before the improvement or repair professional and submitted to the building official: is started.If the structure has sustained substantial damage,any repairs are considered substantial improvement regardless of 1. For construction in flood hazard areas not subject to the actual repair work performed.The term does not,however, high-velocity wave action: include either: LL The elevation of the lowest floor, including the 1. Any project for improvement of a building required to basement,as required by the lowest floor eleva- correct existing health,sanitary or safety code violations lion inspection in Section 110.3.3. identified by the building oMcial and that are the mini- 1.2. For fully enclosed areas below the design flood mum necessary to assure safe living conditions. elevation where provisions to allow for the auto- 2. Any alteration of a historic structure provided that the matic entry and exit of floodwaters do not meet alteration will not preclude the structure's continued the minimum requirements in Section 2.6.2.1 of designation as a historic structure. ASCE 24, construction docunrentsshall include a statement that the design will provide for equal- 1612.3 Establishment of flood hazard areas. To establish ization of hydrostatic flood forces in accordance flood hazard areas, the applicable governing authority shall with Section 2.6.2.2 of ASCE 24. adopt a flood hazard map and supporting data.The flood haz- ard map shall include,at a minimum,areas of special flood haz- 1.3. For dry floodproofed nonresidential buildings. and as identified by the Federal Fmergency Management construction documents shall include a statement Agency in an engineering report entitled"The Flood Insurance that the dry floodproofing is designed in accor- Study for [INSERT NAME OF JURISDICTION[," dated [INSERT dance with ASCE 24. DATE OF ISSUANCE],as amended or revised with the accompa- 2. For construction in flood hazard areas subject to nying Flood Insurance Rate Map(FIRM)and Flood Boundary high-velocity wave action: and Floodway Map(FBFM)and related supporting data along 2.1.The elevation of the bottom of the lowest hori- with any revisions thereto.The adopted flood hazard map and supporting data are hereby adopted by reference and declared zont floor structural member as required the law- to be part of this section. est or elevation inspection in Section n 110.3.3. 1612.3.1 Design flood elevations.Where design flood ele- 2.2• Construction documents shall include a state- vations are not included in the /food hazard areas estab- ment that the building is designed in accordance lished in Section 1612.3, or where floodways are not with ASCE 24,including that the pile or column designated,the building ofclal is authorized to require the foundation and building or structure to be attached thereto is designed to be anchored to applicant to: resist flotation, collapse and lateral movement 1. Obtain and reasonably utilize any design flood eleva- due to the effects of wind and flood loads acting tion and floodway data available from a federal.state simultaneously on all building components,and or other source: or other load requirements of Chapter 16. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 339 STRUCTURAL DESIGN 2.3. For breakaway walls designed to resist a nominal SEISMIC-FORCE-RESISTING SYSTEM.That part of the load of less than t 0 psf(0.48 kN/mr)or more than structural system that has been considered in the design to pro- 20 psf (0.96 kNlml), construction documents vide the required resistance to the prescribed seismic forces. shall include a statement that the breakaway wall SITE CLASS.A classification assigned to a site based on the is designed in accordance with ASCE 24. types of soils present and their engineering properties as defined in Section 1613.5.2. SECTION 1613 SITE COEFFICIENTS.The values of F,and F,indicated in EARTHQUAKE LOADS Tables 1613.5.3(1) and 1613.5.3(2),respectively. 1613.1 Scope.Every structure.and portion thereof,including 1613.3 Existing buildings. Additions, alterations, repairs or nonstructural components that are permanently attached to structures and their supports and attachments, shall be change of occupancy of existing buildings shall be in accor- designed and constructed to resist the effects of earthquake dance with Chapter 39, motions in accordance with ASCE 7,excluding Chapter 14 and 1613.4 Special inspections. Where required by Sections Appendix 11A.The selstnic design calegwy for a structure is 1705.3 through 1705.3.5,the statement of special inspections permitted to be determined in accordance with Section 1613 or shall include the special inspections required by Section ASCE 7. 1705.3.6. Exceptions: 1613.5 Seismic ground motions values. Seismic ground 1. Detached one-and two-family dwellings,assigned to motion values shall be determined in accordance with this sec- Seismic Design Categorf,A.B or C,or located where tion. the mapped short-period spectral response accelera- 1613.5.1 Mapped acceleration parameters.The parame- tion, S,. is less than OA g. ters S,and S,shall be determined from the 0.2 and 1-second 2. The seismic-force-resisting system of wood-frame spectral response accelerations shown on Figures 1613.5(1) buildings that conform to the provisions of Section through 1613.5(14). Where S, is less than or equal to 0.04 2308 are not required to be analyzed as specified in and S,is less than or equal to 0.15,the structure is permitted this section. to be assigned to Seismic Design Categorj,A, 3. Agricultural storage structures intended only for inci- 1613.5.2 Site class definitions.Based on the site soil prop- dental human occupancy. erties,the site shall be classified as either Site Class A,B,C, 4. Structures that require special consideration of their D.E or F in accordance with Table 1613.5.2.When the soil response characteristics and environment that are not properties are not known in sufficient detail to determine the addressed by this code or ASCE 7 and for which other site class,Site Class D shall be used unless the building of- regulations provide seismic criteria,such as vehicular cial or geotechnical data determines that Site Class E or F bridges, electrical transmission towers, hydraulic soil is likely to be present at the site. structures,buried utility lines and their appurtenances and nuclear reactors. 1613.5.3 Site coefficients and adjusted maximum con- sidered earthquake spectral response acceleration 1613.2 Definitions.The following words and terms shall, for parameters.The maximum considered earthquake spectral the purposes of this section,have the meanings shown herein. response acceleration for short periods,Stirs,and at 1-second DESIGN EARTHQUAKE GROUND MOTION.The earth- period. 5,,,, adjusted for site class effects shall be deter- quake ground motion that buildings and structures are specifi- mined by Equations 16-36 and 16-37,respectively: cally proportioned to resist in Section 1613. S'f' `F S (Equation 16-36) MAXIMUM CONSIDERED EARTHQUAKE GROUND MOTION.The most severe earthquake effects considered by S,,n=F S. (Equation 16-37) this code. where: MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. For the purposes of determin- ing seismic loads in ASCE 7,mechanical systems shall include F, = Site coefficient defined in Table 1613.5.3(1). plumbing systems as specified therein. F, = Site coefficient defined in Table 1613.5.3(2). ORTHOGONAL. To be in two horizontal directions, at 90 S5 = The mapped spectral accelerations for short periods degrees (1.57 rad) to each other. as determined in Section 1613.5.1. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY.A classification assigned S, = The mapped spectral accelerations for a 1-second to a structure based on its occupancy category and the severity period as determined in Section 1613.5.1. of the design earthquake ground motion at the site. 340 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' STRUCTURAL DESIGN TABLE 1613.5.2 SITE CLASS DEFINITIONS SITE SOIL PROFILE AVERAGE PROPERTIES- IN TOP 100 feet,SEE SECTION 1813,5,5 -- - - - _ - --- CLASS NAME Soil shear wave velocity,V,,(ttls) 'Standard penetration resistance,N Soil undrained shear strength,s,,,(Psq A Hard rock v, >5,000 N/A NIA B Rock 2,500<v, <5,000 N/A N/A C I Very dense soil and soft rock 1.200<v, 5 2,500 N>50 s„?2,000 D Stiff soil profile 600<v <_1,200 15 5 N<50 1,000<_3,,:5 2,000 E Soft soil profile v, <600 N< 15 s < 1,000 Any profile with more than 10 feet of soil having the following characteristics: f.Plasticity index PI>20, E 2•Moisture content w>_40%.and � 3.Undrained shear strength s„<500 psf i Any profile containing soils having one or more of the following characteristics: 1.Soils vulnerable to potential failure or collapse under seismic loading such as liquefiable soils,quick and highly sensitive clays,collapsible weakly cemented soils. F _ 2.Peals and/or highly organic clays(H> 10 feet of peat and/or highly organic clay where H=thickness of soil) 3.Very high plasticity clays(H>25 feet with plasticity index PI>75) 4.Very thick soft/medium stiff clays (H> 120 feet) For SL 1 foot=304.8 mm.1 square foot=0.0929 mZ, 1 pound per square foot=0.0479 kPa.NIA=Not applicable TABLE 1613.5.3(1) VALUES OF SITE COEFFICIENT Fa a MAPPED SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION AT SHORT PERIOD SITE - CLASS S'_0.25 SS=0.50 SS=0.75 S,=1.00 Ss 2 1.25 A 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 B 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 C 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.0 1.0 D 1.6 1.4 - - 1.2 1.1 - 1.0 E 2.5 1.7 1.2 0.9 0.9 F Note b Note b Note b Note b Note b a. Use straight line interpolation for intermediate%mlues of mapped spectral response acceleration at short period,S. b. Values shall be determined in accordance with Section 11 A.7 of ASCE 7. TABLE 1613.5.3(2) VALUES OF SITE COEFFICIENT Fva SITE (NAPPED SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION AT 1-SECOND PERIOD CLASS _ 51 0_1 - s'.0.2 St=0.3 Sr=0.4 St?0.5 A _ _ 0.8- 0.8 0.8 - 0.8 0.8 B 1,0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 C 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.4 1,3 D 2.4 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.5 E - 3.5 3.2 2.8 2.4 2.4 F Note b Note b Note b _ Note b - Note b a. Use straight-line interpolation for intermediate%mines of mapped spectral response acceleration at 1-second period.S, b. Values shall be determined in accordance with Seclion 11.4.7 of ASCE 7. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 341 STRUCTURAL DESIGN 1613.5.4 Design spectral response acceleration parame- N,is the Standard Penetration Resistance(ASTM D 1586) tern.Five-percent damped design spectral response acceler- not to exceed 100 blows/foot (328 blowslm) as directly ation at short periods,S,and at 1-second period,S1,,,shall measured in the field without corrections. When refusal is be determined from Equations 16-38 and 16-39, respec- metfor a rock layer,N,shall he taken as 100 blowslfooi(328 lively: blows/m). SUS=3' .V' (Equation I6-38) d, N= `11-t d (Equation 16-41) SP,=35,x, (Equation 16-39) N _t where N,and d,in Equation 16-41 are for cohesionless soil, where: cohesive soil and rock layers. Sus = The maximum considered earthquake spectral response accelerations for short period as deter- N_ = d, (Equation 16-42) mined in Section I613.5.3. "` d, S,,n = The maximum considered earthquake spectral ,at N, response accelerations for I-second period as where; determined in Section 1613.5.3. ,,, 1613.5.5 Site classification for seismic design.Site classi- d, =d, (cation for Site Class C, D or E shall be determined from Table 1613.5.5. Use d,and N,for cohesionless soil layers only in Equation The notations presented below apply to the upper 100 feet 16-42. (30 480 mm) of the site profile. Profiles containing dis- d = The total thickness of cohesionless soil layers in the tincily different soil and/or rock layers shall be subdivided top 100 feet (30 480 mm). into those layers designated by a number that ranges from 1 in = The number of cohesionless soil layers in the top 100 to n at the bottom where there is a total of n distinct layers in feet (30 480 mm). the upper 100 feet(30 480 mm).The symbol ithen refers to sll, = The undrained shear strength in psf (kPa), not to any one of the layers between 1 and n. exceed 5,000 psf (240 kPa). ASTM D 2166 or D where: 2850. t,, = The shear wave velocity in feet per second (m/s). d, d, = The thickness of any layer between 0 and 100 feet s„ = 1 d, (Equation 16-43) (30 480 mm). , t s,b where: where: �d, d, =d, V, _ 't (Equation 16-40) '-' d d = The total thickness of cohesive soil layers in the top 100 feet (30 480 mm), k = The number of cohesive soil layers in the top 100 feet d,= 100 feet (30 480 mm) (30 480 mm). t PI = The plasticity index,ASTM D 4318. TABLE 1613.5.5 SITE CLASSIFICATION' SITE CLASS v, N or N,, s„ E <600 Ns <15 < 1,000 psf D 600 to 1.200 fl/s 15 to 50 1,000 to 2,000 psf C 1,200 to 2.500 ftls >50 7 2,000 Par SI! 1 foot per second=304.8 mm per second. l pound per square foot=0.0479 kNlm'. a. if the s„method is used and the h',Iand s crtterta differ,select the category with the softer soils(for example.use Site Class E instead of D). 342 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* STRUCTURAL DESIGN n, = The moisture content in percent.ASTM D 2216. equal to 0.75 shall be assigned to Seismic Design Category Where a site does not qualify under the criteria for Site E.Structures classified as Occupancy Category IV that are Class F and there is a total thickness of soft clay greater than located where the mapped spectral response acceleration 10 feet(3048 mm)where a soft clay layer is defined by:s„< parameter at 1-second period,S,,is greater than or equal to 500 psf(24 a Cl, w>40 percent,and Pl>20,i t shall be etas 0.75 shall be assigned to Seismic Design Category F. All other structures shall be assigned to a seismic design cate- sifed as Site Class E. gory based on their occupancy category and the design The shear wave velocity for rock, Site Class B,shall be spectral response acceleration coefficients, S„S and Sn,, either measured on site or estimated by a geotechnical engi- determined in accordance with Section 16 13.5.4 or the site- neer or engineering geologist/seismologist for competent specific procedures of ASCE 7.Each building and structure rock with moderate fracturing and weathering. Softer and shall be assigned to the more severe seismic design category more highly fractured and weathered rock shall either be in accordance with Table 1613.5.6(1) or 1613.5.6(2), irre- mcasured on site for shear wave velocity or classified as Site spective of the fundamental period of vibration of the struc- Class C. ture, T. The hard rock category,Site Class A,shall be supported TABLE 161 3.5.6(l) by shear wave velocity measurements either on site or on SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY BASED ON profiles of the same rock type in the same formation with an SHORT PERIOD RESPONSE ACCELERATIONS equal or greater degree of weathering and fracturing.Where OCCUPANCY CATEGORY hard rock conditions are known to be continuous to a depth VALUE OF S of 100 feet(30 480 mm),surficial shear wave velocity mea- surements are permitted to be extrapolated to assess v,. SDs<0.167g A A A The rock categories, Site Classes A and B,shall not be 0.167g 5 SDI<0.33g B B C used if there is more than 10 feet(3048 mm)of soil between - -the rock surface and the bottom of the spread footing or mat 0.33g5 S„ti;<0.50g C C D foundation. - - - — -- - 0.50g<SDS D i D D 1613.5.5.1 Steps for classifying a site. — 1. Check for the four categories of Site Class F TABLE 1613.5.6(2) requiring site-specific evaluation.If the site corre- SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY BASED ON sponds to any of these categories,Classify the site 1-SECOND PERIOD RESPONSE ACCELERATION as Site Class F and conduct a site-specific evalua- OCCUPANCY CATEGORY tion. VALUE OF SA, I or II III IV 2. Check for the existence of a total thickness of soft __—_._ -_ . . --t clay>10 feet(3048 mm)where a soft clay layer is SD_,<0.067g A A __L A defined by: s„ <500 psf(24 kPa), tv>40 percent 0.0678 s S„,<0.1338 B i B C and PI>20.If these criteria are satisfied,classify -—� the site as Site Class E. 0.133g<_SD,<0.20g C C D 3. Categorize the site using one of the following three 0.20g:5 SD, D D D methods with vs, N, and sand computed in all �- - cases as specified. 3.1. v, for the top 100 Feet (30 4$0 mm) 1613.5.6.1 Alternative seismic design category deter- mination.Where S,is less than 0.75,the seismic design (v,method). category is permitted to be determined from Table 3.2. N for the top 100 feet (30 480 mm) 1613.5.6(1) alone when all of the following apply: (Nmethad). 1. In each of the two orthogonal directions, the 3.3. N,,,for cohesionless soil layers (PI< 20) approximate fundamental period of the structure, in the top 100 feet(30 480 mm) and aver- Ta,in each of the two orthogonal directions deter- age,s„for cohesive soil layers(PI>20)in mined in accordance with Section 12.8.2.1 of the top 100 feet(30 480 mm) (s„method). ASCE 7, is less than 0.8 T,determined in accor- 1613.5.6 Determination of seismic design category. dance with Section l 1.4.5 of ASCE 7. Structures classified as Occupancy Category 1,II or 111 that 2. In each of the two orthogonal directions,the fun- are located where the mapped spectral response accelera- damental period of the structure used to calculate tion parameter at 1-second period, S,, is greater than or the story drift is less than T. 2009 INTERNATIONAL_BUILDING CODE' 343 STRUCTURAL DESIGN 3. Equation 12.8-2 of ASCE 7 is used to determine 1613.6.3 Automatic sprinkler systems. Automatic sprin- the seismic response coefficient, C,. Aler systems designed and installed in accordance with 4. The diaphragms are rigid as defined in Section NFPA 13 shall be deemed to meet the requirements of Sec- 12.3.1 of ASCE 7 or,for diaphragms that are flexi- tion 13.6.8 of ASCE 7. ble,the distances between vertical elements of the 1613.6.4 Autoclaved aerated concrete (AAC) masonry seismic-Force-resisting system do not exceed 40 shear wall design coefficients and system limitations. feet (12 192 rnm)• Add the following text at the end of Section 12.2.1 of ASCE 1613.5.6.2 Simplified design procedure. Where the 7. alternate simplified design procedure of ASCE 7 is used, For ordinary reinforced AAC masonry shear walls used the seismic design categoryshall be determined in accor- in the seismic-force-resisting system of structures, the dance with ASCE 7. response modification factor, R, shall be permitted to be taken as 2, the deflection amplification factor, Ca,shall be 1613.6 Alternatives to ASCE 7. The provisions of Section permitted to be taken as 2 and the system overstrength fac- 1613.6 shall be permitted as alternatives to the relevant provi- tor,52,,,shall be permitted to be taken as 2111,Ordinary rein- sions of ASCE 7. forced AAC masonry shear walls shall not be limited in 1613.6.1 Assumption of flexible diaphragm.Add the fol- height for buildings assigned to Seismic Design CategoryB, lowing text at the end of Section 12,3.1.1 of ASCE 7. shall be limited in height to 35 feet (10 668 mm) for build- ings assigned to Seismic Design CategoryC and are not per- Diaphragms constructed of wood structural panels or initted for buildings assigned to Seismic Design Categories untopped steel decking shall also be permitted to be ideal- D,E and F. ized as flexible,provided all of the following conditions are met: For ordinary plain (unreinforced) AAC masonry shear walls used in the seismic-force-resisting system of struc- 1. Toppings of concrete or similar materials are not tures,the response modification factor,R.shall be permitted placed over wood structural panel diaphragms except to be taken as 1112, the deflection amplification factor, C, for nonstructural toppings no greater than 1112 inches shall be permitted to be taken as 1112 and the system (38 min) thick. overstrength factor,52,,,shall be permitted to betaken as 2111. 2. Each line of vertical elements of the seis- Ordinary plain (unreinforced) AAC masonry shear walls uric-farce-resisting system complies with the allow- shall not be limited in height for buildings assigned to Sels- able story drift of Table 12.12-1. rule Design Category and are not permitted for buildings 3. Vertical elements of the seismic-force-resisting sys- assigned to Seismic Design Categories C, D,E and F. tem are fight-frame walls sheathed with wood struc- 1613.6.5 Seismic controls for elevators.Seismic switches tural panels rated for shear resistance or steel sheets. in accordance with Section 8.4.10 of ASME A17.1 shall be 4. Portions of wood structural panel diaphragms that deemed to comply with Section 13.6.10.3 of ASCE 7. cantilever beyond the vertical elements of the lat- 1613.6.6 Steel plate shear wall height limits.Modify Sec- eral-Force-resisting system are designed in accor- tion 12.2.5.4 of ASCE 7 to read as follows: dance with Section 4.2.5.2 of AF&PA SDPWS. 12.2.5.4 Increased building height limit for steel- 1613.6.2 Additional seisnuc-force-resisting systems for braced frames,special steel plate shear walls and spe- seismically isolated structures.Add the following excep- cial reinforced concrete shear walls.The height limits tion to the end of Section 17.5.4.2 of ASCE 7: in Table 12.2-1 are permitted to be increased from 160 feet(48 768 mm)to 240 feet(75 152 mm)for structures Exception: For isolated structures designed in accor- assigned to Seismic Design Category D or E and from dance with this standard, the Structural System Limita- 100 feet(30 480 mm) to 160 feet (48 768 tnm) for struc- tions and the Building Height Limitations in Table tures assigned to Seismic Design Categoi), F that have 12.2-1 for ordinary steel concentrically braced frames steel-braced frames, special steel plate shear walls or (OCBFs)as defined in Chapter 11 and ordinary moment special reinforced concrete cast-in-place shear walls and frames(OMFs)as defined in Chapter l 1 are permitted to that meet both of the following requirements: be taken as 160 feet(48 768 min)for structures assigned 1• The structure shall not have le extreme torsional to Seismic Design Category D.E or F,provided that the following conditions are satisfied: irregularity as defined in Table 12.2-1 (horizontal structural irregularity Type lb). 1. The value of R1 as defined in Chapter 17 is taken as 2. The braced frames or shear walls in any one plane I, shall resist no more than 60 percent of the total 2. For OMFs and OCBFs, design is in accordance seismic forces in each direction, neglecting acci- with AISC 341• dental torsional effects. 344 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® STRUCTURAL DESIGN 1613.6.7 Minimum distance for building separation.All shall provide a direct connection between the walls and the buildings and structures shall be separated from adjoining roof or floor construction.The connections shall be capable structures.Separations shall allow for the maximum inelas- of resisting the forces specified in Section 11.7.3 applied tic response displacement (8.,J. 5,,,shall be determined at horizontally,substituted for Fin load combinations of Sec- critical locations with consideration for both translational tion 2.3 or 2.4. and torsional displacements of the structure using Equation 16-44, SECTION 1614 (Equation 16-44) STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY 1614.1 General.Buildings classified as high-rise buildings in where: accordance with Section 403 and assigned to Occupanc.j Cate- C, = Deflection amplification factor in Table 12.2-1 of gory III or IV shall comply with the requirements of this sec- ASCE 7. tion. Frame structures shall comply with the requirements of Section 1614.3. Bearing wall structures shall comply with the S a, = Maximum displacement defined in Section 12.8.4.3 requirements of Section 1614.4. of ASCE 7. 1614.2 Definitions.The following words and terms shall,for 1 = Importance factor in accordance with Section 11.5.1 the purposes of Section 1614,have the meanings shown herein. of ASCE 7. BEARING WALL STRUCTURE.A building or other struc- Adjacent buildings on the same property shall be sepa- ture in which vertical loads from floors and roofs are primarily rated by a distance not less than 6A T, determined by Equa- supported by walls. tion 16-45. _ FRAME STRUCTURE. A building or other structure in 6.41r =Akgnn�t +OW (Equation 16-45) Which vertical loads from floors and roofs are primarily sup- ported by columns. where: 1614.3 Frame structures.Frame structures shall comply with 6,�ct,6,i71 = The maximum inelastic response displace- the requirements of this section. ments of the adjacent buildings in accordance 1614.3.1 Concrete frame structures. Frame structures with Equation 16-44. constructed primarily of reinforced or prestressed concrete, Where a structure adjoins a property line not common to a either cast-in-place or precast, or a combination of these, public way, the structure shall also be set back from the shall conform to the requirements of ACI 318 Sections 7.13, property line by not less than the maximum inelastic 13.3.8.5, 13.3.8.6. 16.5. 18.12.6, 18.12.7 and 18.12.8 as response displacement,6.tp of that structure. applicable. Where ACI 318 requires that nonprestressed reinforcing or prestressing steel pass through the region Exceptions: bounded by the longitudinal column reinforcement, that 1. Smaller separations or property line setbacks shall reinforcing or prestressing steel shall have a minimum nom- be permitted when justified by rational analyses. inal tensile strength equal to two-thirds of the required one-way vertical strength of the connection of the floor or 2. Buildings and structures assigned to Seismic roof system to the column in each direction of beam or slab Design CaiegolyA,B or C. reinforcement passing through the column. 1613.6.8 HVAC ductwork with Ip=1.5.Seismic supports Exception:Where concrete slabs with continuous rein- are not required for HVAC ductwork with 1.,=1.5 if either of forcing having an area not less than 0.0015 times the con- the following conditions is met for the full length of each crete area in each of two orthogonal directions are duct run: present and are either monolithic with or equivalently 1. HVAC ducts are suspended from hangers 12 inches bonded to beams, girders or columns, the longitudinal (305 mm) or less in length with hangers detailed to reinforcing or prestressing steel passing through the col- avoid significant bending of the hangers and their umn reinforcement shall have a nominal tensile strength attachments,or of one-third of the required one-way vertical strength of 2. HVAC ducts have a cross-sectional area of less than 6 the connection of the floor or roof system to the column square feet (0.557 m),, in each direction of beam or slab reinforcement passing through the column. 1613.7 ASCE 7, Section 11.7.5. Modify ASCE 7, Section 1614.3.2 Structural steel, open web steel joist or joist 11.7.5 to read as follows: girder,or composite steel and concrete frame structures. 11.7.5 Anchorage of walls.Walls shall be anchored to the Frame structures constructed with a structural steel frame or roof and all floors and members that provide lateral support a frame composed of open web steel joists,joist girders with for the wall or that are supported by the wall.The anchorage or without other structural steel elements or a frame com- 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 345 STRUCTURAL DESIGN posed of composite steel or composite steel joists and rein- 1.5 times the allowable tensile stress times the area of the forced concrete elements shall conform to the requirements tie. of this section. 1614.3.2.1 Columns.Each column splice shall have the Tr=wLS_<aIS (Equation 16-46) minimum design strength in tension to transfer the where: design dead and live load tributary to the column L = The span of the horizontal element in the direc- between the splice and the splice or base immediately tion of the tie, between bearing walls,feet (in). below. w = The weight per unit area of the floor or roof in the 1614.3.2.2 Beams. End connections of all beams and span being tied to or across the wall,psf(N/mz). girders shall have a minimum nominal axial tensile strength equal to the required vertical shear strength for S The spacing between lies. Feet (m). allowable stress design (ASD) or two-thirds of the ar A coefficient with a value of 1,500 pounds per required shear strength for load and resistance factor foot(2.25 kN/m)for masonry bearing wall struc- design(LRFD)but not less than 10 kips(45 kN).For the tures and a value of 375 pounds per foot (0.6 purpose of this section,the shear force and the axial ten- kN/m) For structures with bearing walls of silo force need not be considered to act simultaneously, cold-formed steel light-frame construction, Exception:Where beams,girders,open web joist and 1614.4.2.2 Transverse ties.Transverse ties shall consist joist girders support a concrete slab or concrete slab of continuous reinforcement in slabs: continuous or on metal deck that is attached to the beam or girder spliced decks or sheathing; continuous or spliced mem- with not less than'/$-inch-diameter(9.5 mm) headed bers framing to,within or across walls:or connections of shear studs, at a spacing of not more than 12 inches continuous framing members to walls. Transverse ties (305 mm) on center,averaged over the length of the shall be placed no farther apart than the spacing of load- member,or other attachment having equivalent shear bearing walls.Transverse ties shall have minimum nomi- strength,and the slab contains continuous distributed nal tensile strength Tr given by Equation 16-46. For reinforcement in each of two orthogonal directions ASD the minimum nominal tensile strength shall be per- with an area not less than 0.0015 times the concrete milted to be taken as 1.5 times the allowable tensile stress area, the nominal axial tension strength of the end times the area of the tie. connection shall be permitted to be taken as half the 1614.4.2.3 Perimeter ties.Perimeter lies shall consist of required vertical shear strength for ASD or one-third continuous reinforcement in slabs:continuous or spliced of the required shear strength for LRFD, but not less decks or sheathing; continuous or spliced members than 10 kips (45 M). framing to,within or across walls;or connections of con- 1614.4 Bearing wall structures.Bearing wall structures shall tinuous framing members to walls.Ties around the per- have vertical ties in all load-bearing walls and longitudinal ties, imeter of each floor and roof shall be located within 4 transverse ties and perimeter tics at each floor level in accor- feet (1219 mm) of the edge and shall provide a nominal dance with this section and as shown in Figure 1614.4. strength in tension not less than T,, given by Equation 1614.4.1 Concrete wall structures. Precast bearing wall 16-47. For ASD the minimum nominal tensile strength structures constructed solely of reinforced or prestressed shall be permitted to be taken as 1.5 times the allowable concrete, or combinations of these shall conform to the tensile stress times the area of the tie. requirements of Sections 7.13, 13.3.8.5 and 16.5 of ACI T,=200w:5 Rr (Equation 16-47) 318. For SI: 1614.4.2 Other bearing wall structures. Ties in bearing wall structures other than those covered in Section 1614.4.1 T,=90.7 iv<0 T shall conform to this section. where: 1614.4.2.1 Longitudinal tires. Longitudinal ties shall tv W As defined in Section 1614.4.2.1. consist of continuous reinforcement in slabs;continuous �r - A coefficient with a value of 16,000 pounds or spliced decks or sheathing: continuous or spliced {7200 kN) For structures with masonry bearing members framing to,within or across walls;or connec tions of continuous framing members to walls.Longitu- walls and a value of 4,000 pounds 0 300 kN)for dinal lies shall extend across interior load-bearing walls structures with bearing walls of cold-formed and shall connect to exterior load-bearing walls and shall steel light-frame construction. be spaced at not greater than 10 feet (3038 mm) on cen- 1614.4.3.4 Vertical ties. Vertical ties shall consist of ter.Ties shall have a minimum nominal tensile strength, continuous or spliced reinforcing,continuous or spliced Tr; given by Equation 16-46. For ASD the minimum members, wall sheathing or other engineered systems. nominal tensile strength shall be permitted to be taken as Vertical tension ties shall be provided in bearing walls 346 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' STRUCTURAL DESIGN and shall he continuous over the height of the building. The minimum nominal tensile strength for vertical ties within a bearing wall shall be equal to the weight of the wall within that stoiypl us the weight of diaphragm tribu- tary to the wall in the story below.No fewer than two ties shall be provided for each wall.The strength of each tie need not exceed 3,000 pounds per foot (450 kN/m) of walI tributary to the tie for walls of masonry construction or 750 pounds per foot (140 kN/m) of wall tributary to the tie for walls of cold-Formed steel light-frame con- struction. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 347 STRUCTURAL DESIGN - ns G ' 4j1 Wn WON AFF}RFWF ti na - ika.sk,.l.e,.11r-..rirrN,nlha m.rurlr Hp":' un�SUln.lrrnil tilt S,EHkP Rr.,rmlenJ<.l � - + V.rarxlrr,hmnrrY.rmm..da..I;rrxn F. n••nan 4r Sn Kcrylrl ".. J'.,yn ypnr.trc mknn.nY..xYwnnwr,h^kf .A's ,urx i•.rt 1.Pr ww 17TIAOo _ .•4h W.ne S.r lL-.6 Ruia,fy.,.ar.SY;*.1r1.1 tF4 h7RRP Pn•rn,n,YlJ '�_ Srk.AJ. .al rn lu•c h,n @kYd R,.Lnn ph.,uokr Scanty R.n,w.rwn,tirn R+ump 14 r+rui xmlu N.w _J.hn un '&..1 „dkr hrutu+P 1'.nnkrYn FIMA 44 wyurtJ 1+x^}c,{PcG K:n A[kfu i4'C Ftnur'f:ull,l.r Lc W: L-.h.,&l and RJW bs U..�1Y,lw., L,:.dnFn E%. R R.—S lYO4,l' �+tll'l1R{Illl�l,y.,.y,,,�.l,xux.li-ter 1,4_U.ul K.k*+ FL W:IY.umlunm l.W - MknSlrWnrlS.k['In,Ur,aF�YY.Fr :x,:['IW4^I VA�.m,SY�P 164n1I,Irfn 1'S •f '. . 1. Art—r Elrl r►wt..1..R Ink,.rb��k,l„c..L,n..n•„�,n,..,-„ � �' .nfl nrt Sn r7.,.,A.ftC1nr.I�ww CD-1 r.n:• 1) a. 3Ln'mnS ,l �akr ac Y�n!'�WJ.nA[v lh(V rarlr'Iru.s Prik,,,`U.rJ KnkaM K.,Ohl srv,r X71.*nJ 1fy* un,iW•rnk Jxl.e�dY,x 1,-In,lyrrlr Mau'un, 6r lL frun,�re 1'wkJS>.tr•glk<,a-IS.u.nY tl � 4'� f.xrnkn:J F.nlyu.k.G,m E ll , n.y. �ra •µ. ET ti.ual lt., W.r l.•n.A..ekra,uu 4r li.5e..rJ hnJntl ' m tixxd Sr.nr p.,J L16 h41p^I iwrt S,Y .Pndnl rTn.f nSO Y<.n['Sf J.tl..l f,ar„ �' J• 1y/' ,tlIP'^V1YrnWr KS F^'-.fW„ rle.mti. SJ.e,I':..Yglfr•ntrRllx.,Srrlr•rrkl'IIIIRr� nW,9Nn�p�xl.Ihn tYllnlltlJRn prJ1J 1 .ala`YrYM T+Tcr.�`eMlr.,wrl Ym,lr,k rtMl. 1c11�n,lr.} �1.I,.nlr,A nrlRWawlc•1..,19 Gewm, 1 f ✓r rr...,wrtlr Iv”-r lta.m.,c`l ti(..d p-.i Su rk"FrM T ^ 3 r,fl,nelrkkmxlirArp.l Sr..� l.r..,.1,.1.'EF,w.1e1,\u,JRuS.�W,o.k:.:irs Scn'n -r.y�� i?.oP.'.'nc,;w 15(.:..I:,•,..i.tin,r.I,r.,rr.i: 'I.fR'It•rtll••[S[.M,p:rl5uw• krl.n.,^fT Fr:,., \,n:,Iai S:rm•H,yan,11c1'fn:Pc,+�\I,FC,,. •�^ i'� ],:n''rghv�I^ e`1 c 9i.•l.� .I Sune, I� )) S� -tYPnl aYr+nrdr,Irintrn.lai,�, R.pn'eYx+nedu�l mlpne l![•Mr ,q. '- Rgrn 1 a N+nntln Y.J.,xryy Irvi r4,-, ` -/kixn9aJY-•nnJrtici n•In,;IrI�`0 FIGURE 1613.5(1) MAXIMUM CONSIDERED EARTHQUAKE GROUND MOTION FOR THE CONTERMINOUS UNITED STATES OF 0.2 SEC SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION(5%OF CRITICAL DAMPING),SITE CLASS B 348 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* STRUCTURAL DESIGN 17 1 ED k v- 1 ! { 1 y Gyl-\\T _ /'v ',\\ , ,r� �J _ ` `1•�� cYnwa Imrn.k s.F �•.- . . Aor..�t•h.,..eW�rlay.l i 1 _ .[kryt.Y[�.s�drF�E.nmt rw.. Ipgyy 13rAw+Ewd +� _ Mn.bnd.k.rautssrha r - N •, hr• tt ll: nt• Mrs s%r ,.t 'IEE, trt t.. nr st. ... U,r ttiY tl R- FIGURE 1613.5(1)—continued MAXIMUM CONSIDERED EARTHQUAKE GROUND MOTION FOR THE CONTERMINOUS UNITED STATES OF 0.2 SEC SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION(5%OF CRITICAL DAMPING),SITE CLASS B 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 349 STRUCTURAL DESIGN r- s, I ^/ ' 4&7 = '1 / 1 1 l I r• } IMRl'iSGIa1 RRFF.RF:•4fFS '` r T.a..1..l.naylu.,.s dr�Nx.nrl..n Pe Ru,Wm.r,a,rt..3.'fan C•,nx.�i.1871 h1aflRPA„amk+Nl.J a 1.r r I 4e.wJ'Th+wwl..vq.nNaN..�.rlrrau.a F' iR,�i.nrr l•+S.,yn.Rab�'+1wP•rE P.r Ivan BwW,nk au! \\\ {{{ Jnprl�l•"aa[8r trlrrrneuY.•NNhunP"Itr tar ilKt S'tusore.P„nl-i'nx+um FF.hl4 da'I _� �NRULnwSUrPL•a8 k,eWne 4ntn.SUrna.un,J;(161\}}Lkl•Re.�,rPeeq.leJ --' �� _ I SL.'cJr,+a�va htx h.t,lL Jlu.Wru R.+n„m lu,5.nmm.Ra.'U18oun.fn,IVawR,nylirgy,N I Rap+N,I.,ol.vn.ALh lltJpinn�llre.�I Jry,la .alx,g[a.N[.•Pari'.C.•mnr.uWy 17'\U iaV / -.� 11 --_-' _ ._• - - k.IrNrN ft.a l A B-- M.11,,C Ll,lln,K 44'Ine1.A 1— k..EtmL[ JRt1h '-Lo.AIN E W—R L(.mxan.5 Cra ( c crcla'rJnl6A[141uin.a�wNN.Awekr Vl.,rt h.6•n.P.tnl RtA+R,la,l:.vu:W,au'xntatnnl,nm -J JaYmx>•L.e,[i S,YILxBmry aieah 'lU:lrxlak.l llt\.>t,xW lrn�u.LlevarJ RL]a 1'S WnW-M oral Ile adlura.ntlr l9i.aw,o-..>ar Sk,i,p.J Sk [1n NN11,rn'rt •.the a•a'Ir Nn,+11K�e�a'�INn•ta�Pa.w�n• LranP.lA NE­W. 4R.IIR. 1646,,1:54 ('L [nlrx,t Je4�kJ,<psxltrvP+t xe L,yrraJa..� 1♦II '* ' W1amr SnrPy,.a[,l.l�l.lulP�.aafJPne+n 1s,riunlerE R'o-.,•nA H,tsmen5 Ccunrr t', f S. .Nkx n�Nh.,m.fu4dtn Ue Clr'71eaCTawaa[a1anJ Irtwm ll�.l Avtanks l:._ar.5rnnx..Hu.ni htl. 1, � , ,+.,n;tle ute,6aNnrin ld e•pspre lh 4Lamn a•+h+'.rMCmut.nn i'mtaJ Srett�SLte�r6-H,.vrtm.J x - I y _. ^'4N% C....NJ Pt drtlµ,+.lr ll—Wh&tunN 51=•�'.JRcalx tx-5..rlc., l.•I PSn.+ullktwJ x+u. t 71e r+Ntx.mtsrm.Fivitd lslNl7.Nt Pt•.�.t R;n Sn, :'.Pn+eaaVn.t Exradurx>n+61cen 1'ti Ci:.l•pteal �-e � / SL. FalP reyhteo-p,efi Fra.rre4utrltt'iwnx cwars[inlrp.lrnnat�.+M1rncrntt salnl"1%11 G1t � .PiN.ntl6as Wndea Lln.KRRarl,e,pl6y1 i =at•(+ra, '2 f .Aas yJ ArsR „'wape w.{.,wY Ur.avl. IAL,P'a.l.*F.1-11 A«WIIA.l-K 4yt 5smm, ♦W, Pa4n.IvhL S tia,J4.1,•,e15un,s[ryeo-F4 � •1I.Ih e eC h&— amxaW +Nh lw,-61-+ CAM—"""ad%uw 6T f,•aPeI A NRLR.k48`xK.'+-f1N 4tat1, J TJ7 - 11„g[aAnnelra I Ce,#,p..l 5uvr7 npro-Fk 17.r4.�1 u,l lr,lecJ In lS tz•.,y,p al StN•,- W1.0 ltn lm`lau� r•..7' .Jn haurnil S.,cnu.FLeuta hlanv,F LT•I.:.t Hrl•Syl:. ` gp ta11s•n,y,r„rF.�•.1't lisrlaga,al S,u.r, 1 1 -Raa'+1..a'wrreWP•at N,I,pr l[I a WNW -Rax�,T:r JY..tlrNC+{aJ rR ItNM 1P1+Se> tM - -- - -qr,4.,•+.,J.,vna'4ry�I m nN�N]PI+4N. ' N�.nrnLapJ FIGURE 1613.5(2) MAXIMUM CONSIDERED EARTHQUAKE GROUND MOTION FOR THE CONTERMINOUS UNITED STATES OF 1.0 SEC SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION(5%OF CRITICAL DAMPING),SITE CLASS B 350 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' STRUCTURAL DESIGN >o \' r" J ♦ -} 1 i � IF - 1 , 19 Tk Yl -_ S7 Aye r � /u.n uYra..aum 4t.try1 _ T r4 w..M1Yd O.l,nYtd�alY t.[d nY.Y. '-' .. S,.`. ���,1� a 7W J lu• Ili IW JVl '.J N1G sYlt 1_. .W 4Yi Sr RlICN7l[ FIGURE 1613.5(2)—continued MAXIMUM CONSIDERED EARTHQUAKE GROUND MOTION FOR THE CONTERMINOUS UNITED STATES OF 1.0 SEC SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION(5%OF CRITICAL DAMPING),SITE CLASS B 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 351 STRUCTURAL DESIGN CO H N _ a Lu a ix as Ck w IN LL IL l_Oi! y .�•/ f '!f� '� too G ja- ui CY fF� —�--� J-�� �f � *r ' / �� � '�.- a w:r},�'••�" O - -- _ .T- W / } Ix Lu O V X Q 362 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" STRUCTURAL DESIGN JIy ,fa �}y �- .®..,�. ,r, JJ,y�� }'y/ �/•� Y� f J. `-`'I, I rYr q��,; (r1 � ♦ r y . ��• ti�� l`�t�•� �;) I �,�/I� �� .gyp �'� � � V1 !^ 0 oil- dot ,.•?,� . i •�! �" ,;tom i Ll x o CY Lu �� rl W A ,tom yr : - 11 W vi ` —�-- W o Z r 1 XQ as N ' - Fl � lgllll . ; III1111111111111111 � � � 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 353 STRUCTURAL DESIGN I � O w z v) o< p U O F LL l / Z raw J wo Z W Oct C.//d ray I U fi vai Lo "+ 354 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® STRUCTURAL DESIGN LL k W Z 0 cc U. AlA I LL Ono Ir L g i ! en cc CY La W V Ix z C 0 °I I } W V) O c V n r 5l �� r TL lk tfui i����� Edis.c�e 4 ;t` ���E1���E�� 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 355 STRUCTURAL DESIGN A 15% u.U 0 Lu N I= LL 93 04 J o ol z u- q=)0 JV Lu 0 CY uJ ui Lu LLJ U 0 Lu ow X Lu - ! +: 'I =r LLI 356 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' STRUCTURAL DESIGN kll [ [ Illf _ lll [ IIIII s �� a _ - r llllllll 111 [ 11111 + ti U OW N 2 ty CL w 2 0-9 U. 0 L: 2 Z ZF=)0 to -LU5 CFW -XUJ LL -J uj uJ UJ 0 vi OW0. Lo Lu Ln I �, r1. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 357 STRUCTURAL DESIGN � � �� t;6 C;k� o p'Js � •"� L � IIIIIII1111111IIII [ � a�Y � - � a eflllllllllllllllll [ ; + k w ,• - Lt VI o^; ro0 Z Z 00, 0a 0: ex �J 04 LL U O� �U OLL �a ~ C 2w Q Nam s LL?a LU in ~ J W Q 8 C W y V) M1`, ��4 2 2 -- �� O a 7w Q M 358 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" STRUCTURAL DESIGN 5, V) LL U 0 UJ Zm I- V) 0 - 3 U w W IL w E 04 LL.In Z-J 2 �2 DU 0— LL. �l 0 'n 0 e mIYLn C LLYf W W Z W 0 Z w Oa X Lu 40. th 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 359 STRUCTURAL DESIGN C'm(w Inlrn.h. 1011 + O 0.2 SEC SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCEIFRATION(5%OF CRITICAL DAMPIN(j) C'nxmr mlrn.h`.R 1 i r 7 j ` I 1.0 SEC SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION(5%OF CRITICAL DAMPING) iVV J 1W MlE' Prn,Ju.{,Is.id napwK f.: a.ekmv sysevrJn.m..rt kelp•rhm.n,rS4..ri.r,.c'..�,J�wH F.Ar�et<wr...r ,`. -, _7�r 4R.4Jk.sryn.A...kawwiiFyu..I6I NJ,m11Fl{4.. rv,ys W..n.nl ar'+tnc� FIGURE 1613.5(9) MAXIMUM CONSIDERED EARTHQUAKE GROUND MOTION FOR REGION 4 OF 0.2 AND 1.0 SEC SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION(5%OF CRITICAL DAMPING),SITE CLASS B 360 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' STRUCTURAL DESIGN --°"-- | ---' --~-- L��-J ---- --�-- . ' ----- | � --"-- -_ _~-- --.-- � - ----- | ' --�-- ----- --=-- 0.2 SEC mECTwumSP ONS E ACCE LE RAT/ON(5%OF CRInmL DAMN NQ oz --�-- --'— �-�-1 --._ --..-- . � --"-- ��--- | m SEC SPECTRAL RESPOmeACc ammmw(5%cncmnmL DAMPING) 1w �e ^� FIGURE 1613.5(10) MAXIMUM CONSIDERED EARTHQUAKE GROUND MOTION FOR HAWAII or n.0 AND,.n SEC SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION(e*op CRITICAL omMp|mm).SITE CLASS s oome INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 361 STRUCTURAL DESIGN F V) ow q ix a 0 LL 0 o 0 Ln 0 Lo cc m cr m C z TZ w u Cc r '�r �\ 1. =T w u 4) La w m Ln no uj z ui IL Z W O tu 6; I-Ail to it 9- 11 AL I _. fl4t,i4l; 11 Lu 4 555 -i ii j;i j E, CL Vl AE "A.41-3bq w . . Vi"M IL 362 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' STRUCTURAL DESIGN f 0 LL Z_j 0 +7 Z LL =C) c (4 LLJ Ui LLI 0!(A 2 w 0 Z 4n CL Z CA o LLI J;i 0 t F sm 3 i 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 363 STRUCTURAL DESIGN Ali —,s�.— �y «mTlrmsAAT�sI —1 p1— �' -- — - _ 11'hT1FO iJP.T:�JF1i •. —ou / � € ,LIn117D 8M1 FI'HS�i - nS-- ,Lm ATI:s, FM IF�S7ATIS, I ISIA bk- PL'S 6D 0.2 SEC SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION(5%OF CRITICAL DAMPING) 7 5 50 ('rnlnr,JlmJb.4.R SQ O a _,i a,— nRAITp STATpiS1 �btl� I 6u— 7 KLhw CV xmk TTFp STATES. —40— sm%"r 5AR,7 N�— T I hl-2i1 STATES, Vin.--_. ♦__. . ��I �. # WI>E �_ - I�t �., >t STAIM 1.0 SEC SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION(5%OF CRITICAL DAMPING) lw 0 Nlls E�Fuu1Em n.aral,e.A,pi,IrJ,r.l.r4r Id] O k:t0\Enx� • ,r sa,nl bvbc.le,l<vredsan�a nl>•uh F6.lrAr.P•rm AF.Ff71F:N('F:4 butN,�Sremt Saleey CaR'J V N hE HRP Rr.ammenM1CJ A,•.x„cn,a,`.Stunu. j I<<R.J.Ian;Arc tiro Huld.,IIpN.lh,S-1—P-1 Nti4111 IM1t'LSSI(1\ � euLn,f4n..r 5t�,�L�,ntd'll4i\rHRPR„mmn,,nJ:.IA�.,,�.n.I..S„•m,. &(nEA+e Aw tic.9utlnp N,1hc*Sm..lum,P,n:.c,.n,�..�nv�n.F}Y,7A a4, TI.—6—nlu-�.nnarAl.nthsnpPpe 4r yr nehmh�.r.-.pl 4,rnk,'LR E.]go4rl A,,.J 74.ksul.�K:({rl S:..n.�.Ik,�r„P�nel�,.11 G•k,pd5E,h fYafi40.r l to,h rrq.aA h1aLev nSL'Lln+b Lr,+LL Ls E.}i,m.l A anRdrApul,nwnl; 114 S.rm.[A•,hn F'Yrave3.-.,1'S [.,,n\.µ.Ar+.J,l rN NW,r.k..f'I.JpIEM.ri-M.J.cI�Rull M I►. Fram.LA P lr.1u4-I,npw4 Tr.Jtwvr.n.Mfll.,m.0 ur..rna.no W. [k.J,•ndSUnryfAe,rF,4 Rep*u;-7'v .li.0 rhura•'In,rr nvr„E..y L.JmCD S4lTp,,.Ad44u,a,.nl” M,\]4.L'1,m,lA h n.r si.xm L,..-A.,E:.ey%,—,ll—,ISI,P J Art<kMwk•aad.,,nlukJ U.th['P 7k LRrnlIr�Wd'Y^•iA CD* —I br U%\'uyr,l•I:.,V S."' Pna„inl.nn a,mr daunuw unlA n•n..rJr Lla[rn.mC,oa4.,JFiNgwL l:r,..d I F.,....LA.�usp l'ea.nr l4aA ll�•V�,r=.l,�.,<Inah:n„nJ N"r,i;rwl5oc,uni SLnn.ngle llx h+4.r1�nrtw FLo.d hLlSrni�'a•I N.F S,n os A.,slef W.n f,w 0_U L,,.,11 6Se;,n114n.3.('.%('in.lr,r,,.l crv.,K hEp'4,�v..oln aP N'•1 elr,Inrtu,C4\adlm,mp `a`41n1.-Ypuw.S:nr-,m lnu, ..l.tlaa A•ou+Jan,..p,14J,.Ire.n[AnM7T,.-�,.np.,v,d Mb.w�Srolew ILwN�iPl"'fna,.lLrn S,*s Epy r�drnsq..rly N` R,�wi,Jr.rr an dw n.•L,+. 1'S c.Jr}naE su,r• '1Wr I.•1w„J i+1 5 A,,.a„p�.al Sun., FIGURE 1613.5(13) MAXIMUM CONSIDERED EARTHQUAKE GROUND MOTION FOR PUERTO RICO,CULEBRA,VIEQUES,ST,THOMAS, ST.JOHN AND ST.CROIX OF 0.2 AND 1.0 SEC SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION(5%OF CRITICAL DAMPING),SITE CLASS B 364 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' STRUCTURAL DESIGN ilea ID9L�QOS <�eCW�r.lYiM4�IR1Y�17m,�f1YNFeh+7�@�[litllunFi 1 50� irR.�e +Arldr�rt�irgrc�rr,M�lYl+1�Yq�4in/ap10r �b 4ldwatefel7f+P+uwara�e�Omani�e�rga Irro w _ to" „vim 100 g urn _. flwl ,Fil iru WM{• 7 iGNlTro7 7prhm �1N�P HI'B il1S q� �#1 '001 110'�p ,FPS 0.2 SEC5PECFRALWPONSE ACCELERATION(5%Of CRITICAL DAMPiNC) rariv ,+ris ,Fr+m bt�reaa�A��+lls4prMaF�w�w,�tw nvi' - I - �+rer iilM���W.p�rFwl��IerM.�al.Iiaatnh/�41�f4 __ i.11"Y�ik+4�k.91b43�+�e1�4+i14.41t<.�/c.9 u•po .—�y.�v uwv'°o. _ IiQtYS' .. --�- iA"}rm .1 ,.g r� i�lA'Ip- Gum 11MM 11PA'I1i5t . '1PI11pA Irm -'trmlr tre - F+A'IY 11I4' ,{1+Lpi 1R'aT 1,44Y lip°u;: 14)SEC SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION(5%OF CRITICAL DAMPING) 15 tl 3S 171i15A= Z FIGURE 1613.5(14) MAXIMUM CONSIDERED EARTHQUAKE GROUND MOTION FOR GUAM AND TUTUILLA OF 0.2 AND 1.0 SEC SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION(5%OF CRITICAL DAMPING),SITE CLASS B 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE” 365 STRUCTURAL DESIGN L p�, L L L � L T L L A�. I L L L I L , r L I L a I I� 1 i I ' T , , , { , I ' I T Transverse L= Longitudinal I V =Vertical P = Perimeter I FIGURE 1614.4 LONGITUDINAL,PERIMETER,TRANSVERSE AND VERTICAL TIES 366 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' CHAPTER 17 STRUCTURAL TESTS AND SPECIAL INSPECTIONS SECTION 1701 INSPECTION CERTIFICATE.An identification applied on GENERAL a product by an approved agency containing the name of the manufacturer, the function and performance characteristics, 1701.1 Scope.The provisions of this chapter shall govern the and the name and identification of an approved agency that quality,workmanship and requirements for materials covered. indicates that the product or material has been inspected and Materials of construction and tests shall conform to the appli- evaluated by an approved agency (see Section 1703.5 and cable standards listed in this code. "Label," "Manufacturer's designation" and "Mark"). 1701.2 New materials. New building materials, equipment, INTUMESCENT FIRE-RESISTANT COATINGS. Thin appliances, systems or methods of construction not provided film liquid mixture applied to substrates by brush,roller,spray for in this code,and any material of questioned suitability pro- or trowel which expands into a protective foamed layer to pro- posed for use in the construction of a building or structure,shall vide fire-resistant protection of the substrates when exposed to be subjected to the tests prescribed in this chapter and in the flame or intense heat. approved rules to determine character,quality and limitations 400 of use. MAIN WINDFORCE-RESISTING SYSTEM. An assem- blage of structural elements assigned to provide support and 1701.3 Used materials.The use of second-hand materials that stability for the overall structure. The system generally meet the minimum requirements of this code for new materials receives wind loading from more than one surface. shall be permitted. 4-MASTIC FIRE-RESISTANT COATINGS.Liquid mixture applied to a substrate by brush,roller,spray or trowel that pro- SECTION 1702 vides fire-resistant protection of a substrate when exposed to DEFINITIONS flame or intense heat. 1702.1 General.The following words and terms shall,for the SPECIAL INSPECTION. Inspection as herein required of purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this code, the materials,installation,fabrication,erection or placement of have the meanings shown herein, components and connections requiring special expertise to ensure compliance with approved construction documents and APPROVED AGENCY. An established and recognized referenced standards (see Section 1709). agency regularly engaged in conducting tests or furnishing SPECIAL INSPECTION, CONTINUOUS. The full-time inspection services,when such agency has been approved observation of work requiring special inspection by an APPROVED FABRICATOR. An established and qualified approvedspecial inspector who is present in the area where the person, firm or corporation approved by the building official work is being performed. pursuant to Chapter 17 of this code. SPECIAL INSPECTION, PERIODIC. The part-time or CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE. A certificate stating intermittent observation of work requiring special Inspection that materials and products meet specified standards or that by an approved special inspector who is present in the area work was done in compliance with approved construction doc- where the work has been or is being performed and at the com- uments. pletion of the work. DESIGNATED SEISMIC SYSTEM. Those architectural, SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTANT MATERIALS. electrical and mechanical systems and their components that Cementitious or fibrous materials that are sprayed to provide require design in accordance with Chapter 13 of ASCE 7 and fire-resistant protection of the substrates. for which the component importance factor.IF,,is greater than 1 in accordance with Section 13.1.3 of ASCE 7. STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION.The visual observation of the structural system by a registered design professional for FABRICATED ITEM. Structural, load-bearing or lateral general conformance to the approved construction documents. load-resisting assemblies consisting of materials assembled Structural observation does not include or waive the responsi- prior to installation in a building or structure, or subjected to bility for the inspection required by Section 110, 1709 or other operations such as heat treatment,thermal cutting,cold work- sections of this code. ing or reforming after manufacture and prior to installation in a building or structure. Materials produced in accordance with standard specifications referenced by this code,such as rolled SECTION 1703 structural steel shapes, steel-reinforcing bars, masonry units, APPROVALS and wood structural panels or in accordance with a standard. listed in Chapter 35,which provides requirements for quality 1703.1 Approved agency.An approved agency shall provide control done under the supervision of a third-party quality con- all information as necessary for the building official to deter- trol agency shall not be considered "Fabricated items." mine that the agency meets the applicable requirements. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 367 STRUCTURAL TESTS AND SPECIAL INSPECTIONS 1703.1.1 Independence. An approved agency shall be 1703.5.2 Inspection and identification. The approved objective, competent and independent from the contractor agency shall periodically perform an inspection, which responsible for the work being inspected.The agency shall shall be in-plant if necessary,of the product or material that also disclose possible conflicts of interest so that objectivity is to be labeled.The inspection shall verify that the labeled can be confirmed. product or material is representative of the product or mate- 1703.1.2 Equipment.An approved agency shail have ade- rial tested, quate equipment to perform required tests.The equipment 1703.5.3 Label information. The label shall contain the shall be periodically calibrated. manufacturer's or distributor's identification, model num- ber.serial number or definitive information describing the 1703.1.3 Persorutel. An approved agency shall employ product or material's performance characteristics and experienced personnel educated in conducting,supervising and evaluating tests and/or inspections. approved agency's identification. 1703.6 Evaluation and follow-up inspection services.Where 1703.2 Written approval. Any material, appliance, equip- structural components or other items regulated by this code are ment,system or method of construction meeting the require- not visible for inspection after completion of a prefabricated ments of this code shall be approved in writing after assembly,the applicant shall submit a report of each prefabri- satisfactory completion of the required tests and submission of cated assembly.The report shall indicate the complete details required test reports. of the assembly,including a description of the assembly and its 1703.3 Approved record.For any material,appliance,equip- components,the basis upon which the assembly is being evalu- ment, system or method of construction that has been ated,test results and similar information and other data as nec- approved,a record of such approval,including the conditions essary for the building official to determine conformance to and limitations of the approval,shall be kept on file in the build- this code.Such a report shall be approved by the building olr- ing official's office and shall be open to public inspection at cial, appropriate times. 1703.6.1 Follow-up inspection.The applicant shall pro- 1703.4 Performance. Specific information consisting of test vide for special inspections of fabricated items in accor- reports conducted by an approved testing agency in accordance dance with Section 1704.2. with sl andards referenced in Chapter 35,or other such infonna- 1703.6.2 Test and inspection records.Copies of necessary tion as necessary.shall be provided for the building official to lest and inspection records shall be filed with the building determine that the material meets the applicable code require- official. ments. 1703.4.1 Research and investigation.Sufficient technical data shall be submitted to the building official to substanti- SECTION 1704 ate the proposed use of any material or assembly. If it is SPECIAL INSPECTIONS determined that the evidence submitted is satisfactory proof 1704.1 General.Where application is made for construction as of performance for the use intended, the building official described in this section, the owner or the registered design shall approve the use of the material or assembly subject to professional in responsible charge acting as the owner's agent the requirements of this code.The costs,reports and investi- shall employ one or more approved agencies to perform gations required under these provisions shall be paid by the inspections during construction on the types of work listed applicant. under Section 1704. These inspections are in addition to the 1703.4.2 Research reports.Supporting data,where neces- inspections identified in Section 110. sary to assist in the approval of materials or assemblies not The special inspector shall be a qualified person who shall specifically provided for in this code,shall consist of valid demonstrate competence, to the satisfaction of the building research reports from approved sources. official,for the inspection of the particular type of construction 1703.5 Labeling.Where materials or assemblies are required or operation requiring special inspection. The registered by this code to be labeled,such materials and assemblies shall design professional in responsible charge and engineers of be labeled by an approved agencyin accordance with Section record involved in the design of the project are permitted to act 1703. Products and materials required to be labeled shall be as the approved agencyand their personnel are permitted to act labeled in accordance with the procedures set forth in Sections as the special inspector for the work designed by them, pro- 1703.5.1 through 1703.5.3. vided those personnel meet the qualification requirements of this section to the satisfaction of the building oltrcial.The spe- 1703.5.1 Testing.An approved agencyshall test a represen- cial inspector shall provide written documentation to the build- tative sample of the product or material being labeledto the ing official demonstrating his or her competence and relevant relevant standard or standards.The approved agency shall experience or training.Experience or training shall be consid- maintain a record of the tests performed. The record shall ered relevant when the documented experience or training is provide sufficient detail to verify compliance with the test related in complexity to the same type of special inspection standard. activities for projects of similar complexity and material quali- 368 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" STRUCTURAL TESTS AND SPECIAL INSPECTIONS ties.These qualifications are in addition to qualifications speci- provide a basis for inspection control of the workmanship Fied in other sections of this code. and the fabricator's ability to conform to approved con- Exceptions: struction documents and referenced standards,The special inspector shall review the procedures for completeness and 1. Special inspections are not required for work of a adequacy relative to the code requirements for the fabrica- minor nature or as warranted by conditions in the tor's scope of work. jurisdiction as approved by the building olrcial. 2. Special inspecrions are not required For building com- Exception: Special inspections as required by Section ponents unless the design involves the practice of pro- 1704.2 shall not be required where the fabricator is fessional engineering or architecture as defined by approvedin accordance with Section 1704.2.2. applicable state statutes and regulations governing 1704.2.2 Fabricator approval. Special inspections the professional registration and certification of engi- required by Section 1704 are not required where the work is neers or architects. done on the premises of a fabricator registered and approved 3. Unless otherwise required by the building official, to perform such work without special inspection.Approval special inspections are not required for Group U shall be based upon review of the fabricator's written proce- occupancies that are accessory to a residential occu- dural and quality control manuals and periodic auditing of pancy including, but not limited to, those listed in fabrication practices by an approved special inspection Section 312,1, agency.At completion of fabrication,the approved fabrica- 1704.1.1 Statement of special inspections.The applicant for shall submit a certificate of compliance to the building shall submit a statement of special inspections prepared by ofpcial stating that the work was performed in accordance the registeird design professional in responsible charge in with the approved construction documents. accordance with Section 107.1 as a condition for issuance. 1704.3 Steel construction. The special inspections for steel This statement shall be in accordance with Section 1705. elements of buildings and structures shall be as required by Exceptions: Section 1704.3 and Table 1704.3. 1. A statement of special inspections is not required Exceptions: for structures designed and constructed in accor- dance with the conventional construction provi- 1. Special inspection of the steel fabrication process sions of Section 2308. shall not be required where the fabricator does not 2. The statement of special inspections is permitted perform any welding,thermal cutting or heating oper- to be prepared by a qualified person approved by ation of any kind as part of the fabrication process.In the building official for construction not designed such cases,the fabricatorshall be required to submit a by a registered design professional. detailed procedure for material control that demon- strates the fabricator's ability to maintain suitable 1704.I.2 Report requirement. Special inspectors shall records and procedures such that,at any time during keep records of inspections.The special inspector shall fur- the fabrication process, the material specification, nish inspection reports to the building ofticial, and to the grade and mill test reports for the main stress-carrying registered design professional in responsible charge, elements are capable of being determined. Reports shall indicate that work inspected was or was not completed in conformance to approved construction docu- 2. The special inspeclor need not be continuously pres- nrents. Discrepancies shall be brought to the immediate ent during welding of the following items,provided attention of the contractor for correction.If they are not cor- the materials,welding procedures and qualifications rected,the discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of of welders are verified prior to the start of the work; the building official and to the registered design proles- periodic inspections are made of the work in progress sional in responsible charge prior to the completion of that and a visual inspection of all welds is made prior to phase of the work.A final report documenting required spe- completion or prior to shipment of shop welding, cialmspectionsand correction of any discrepancies noted in 2.1. Singl e-pass fillet welds not exceeding 5/16 inch the inspections shall be submitted at a point in time agreed (7.9 mm) in size. upon prior to the start of work by the applicant and the building of icial. 2.2. Floor and roof deck welding. 1704.2 Inspection of fabricators.Where fabrication of struc- 2.3. Welded studs when used for structural dia- tural load-bearing members and assemblies is being performed phragm. on the premises of a fabricator's shop,special inspection of the 2,4. Welded sheet steel for cold-formed steel fabricated items shall be required by this section and as members. required elsewhere in this code. 2.5. Welding of stairs and railing systems. 1704.2.1 Fabrication and implementation procedures. The special inspector shall verify that the fabricator main- 1704.3.1 Welding.Welding inspection and welding inspec- tains detailed fabrication and quality control procedures that for qualification shall be in accordance with this section. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 369 STRUCTURAL TESTS AND SPECIAL INSPECTIONS TABLE 1744.3 REQUIRED VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION REFERENCED VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION CONTINUOUS PERIODIC STANDARW IBC REFERENCE 1. Material verification of high-strength bolts,nuts and washers: a.Identification markings to conform to ASTM AISC 360. standards specified in the approved _ X Section A3.3 and construction documents. applicable ASTM material standards b.Manufacturer's certificate of compliance x I required. — — — 2, Inspection of high-strength bolting: a.Snug-tight joints. — x b.Pretensioned and slip-critical joints using turn-of-nut with malchmarking,twist-off bolt or — X AISC 3fi0. direct tension indicator methods of installation. Section 02.5 1704.3.3 c.Pretensioned and slip-critical joints using turn-of-nut without matchmarking or calibrated x — wrench methods of installation. 3. Material verification of structural steel and cold-formed steel deck: a.For structural steel,identification markings to _ X AISC 360, conform to AISC 360. Section M5.5 b.For other steel,identification markings to conform to ASTM standards specified in the approved — x Applicable ASTM construction documents. { material standards c.Manufacturer's certified test reports. — x 4. Material verification of weld filler materials: a.Identification markings to conform to AWS AISC 360. specification in the approved construction x Section A3.5 and documents. applicable AWS A5 documents b.Manufacturer's certificate of compliance required. — x 5. Inspection of welding: a.Structural steel and cold-formed steel deck: 1) Complete and partial joint penetration groove x welds. 2) Multipass fillet welds. x - ---- 1T04.3.1 3) Single-pass fillet welds>sits X AWS 131.1 4) Plug and slot welds. x — 5) Single-pass fillet welds S 5116 — X 6) Floor and roof deck welds. — x I AWS D1.3 (continued) 370 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" STRUCTURAL TESTS AND SPECIAL INSPECTIONS TABLE 1704.3—continued REQUIRED VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION - - - - REFERENCED IBC VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION CONTINUOUS PERIODIC I STANDARD" REFERENCE b.Reinforcing steel:- -- -- ----� ----I --- - - 1) Verification of weldability of reinforcing steel X other than ASTM A 706. 2) Reinforcing steel resisting flexural and axial forces in intermediate and special moment frames,and boundary elements of special X AWS D1.4 ACI 318:Section 3.5.2 structural walls of concrete and shear reinforcement. 3) Shear reinforcement. X - - --------- - - 4) Other reinforcing steel. X 6. Inspection of steel frame joint details for compliance: a.Details such as bracing and stiffening. — X b.Member locations. — X — 1704.3.2 c.Application of joint details at each connection. — X For SI: I inch=25.4 mm. a. Where applicable,see also Section 1707.1.Special inspection for seismic resistance. 1704.3.1.1 Structural steel, Welding inspection and dition,the special inspector need only verify that the con- welding inspector qualification for structural steel shall nected materials have been drawn together and properly be in accordance with AWS D1.1. snugged. 1704.3.1.2 Cold-Formed steel.Welding inspection and 1704.3.3.2 Periodic monitoring. Monitoring of boll welding inspector qualification for cold-fortned steel installation for pretensioning is permitted to be per- floor and roof decks shall be in accordance with AWS formed on a periodic basis when using the turn-of-nul D1.3. method with matchmarking techniques, the direct ten- 1704.3.1.3 Reinforcing steel. Welding inspection and sion indicator method or the alternate design fastener welding inspector qualification for reinforcing steel shall (twist-off bolt) method.Joints designated as snug tight be in accordance with AWS D1.4 and ACI 318, need be inspected only on a periodic basis. 1709.32 Details. The special inspector shall perform an 1704.3.3.3 Continuous monitoring.Monitoring of bolt inspection of the steel frame to verify compliance with the installation for pretensioning using the calibrated details shown on the approved construction documents, wrench method or the turn-of-nut method without such as bracing, stiffening, member locations and proper matchmarking shall be performed on a continuous basis. application of joint details at each connection. I 1704.3.4 Cold-formed steel trusses spanning 60 feet or 1704.3.3 High-strength bolts.Installation of high-strength greater. Where a cold-Formed steel truss clear span is 60 bolts shall be inspected in accordance with AISC 360. feet (18 288 mm)or greater,the special inspector shall ver- 1704.3.3.1 General.While the work is in progress, the ify that the temporary installation rest rainl/bracing and the special inspector shall determine that the requirements permanent individual truss member restraint/bracing are for bolts,nuts,washers and paint;bolted parts and instal- installed in accordance with the approved truss submittal lation and tightening in such standards are met.For bolts package. requiring pretensioning, the special inspector shall observe the preinstallation testing and calibration proce- dures when such procedures are required by the installa- Verifications for concrete construction shall be as required by tion method or by project plans or specifications: this section and Table 1704.4. determine that all plies of connected materials have been Exception: Special inspections shall not be required for: drawn together and properly snugged and monitor the installation of bolts to verify that the selected procedure 1. Isolated spread concrete footings of buildings three for installation is properly used to tighten bolts. For stories or less above grade plane that are fully sup- joints required to be tightened only to the snug-light con- ported on earth or rock. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 371 STRUCTURAL TESTS AND SPECIAL INSPECTIONS 2. Continuous concrete footings supporting walls of (psi) (17.2 MPa), regardless of the compres- buildings three stories or less above grade plane that sive strength specified in the construction are fully supported on earth or rock where: docurnentsor used in the footing construction. 2.1. The footings support walls of light-frame con- 3. Nonstructural concrete slabs supported directly on struction: the ground, including prestressed slabs on grade. 2.2. The footings are designed in accordance with where the effective prestress in the concrete is less Table 1809.7.or than 150 psi (1.03 Wa). 2.3. The structural design of the footing is based 4. Concrete foundation walls constructed in accordance on a specified compressive strength, f'„ no with Table 1807.1.6.2. greater than 2.500 pounds per square inch 5. Concrete patios,driveways and sidewalks,on grade. TABLE 1704.4 REQUIRED VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION OF CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION REFERENCED VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION CONTINUOUS PERIODIC STANDARD' IBC REFERENCE 1. Inspection of reinforcing steel,including prestressing tendons,and placement. - X ACI 318:3.5,7.1-7.7 1913.4 2.Inspection of reinforcing steel welding in AWS DIA accordance with Table 1704.3,Item 5b. - - ACI 318:3.5.2 3. Inspection of boits to be installed in concrete prior to and during placement of concrete where X _ ACI 318: 1911.5, allowable loads have been increased or where 8.13,21.2.8 1912.1 strength design is used. 4.Inspection of anchors installed in hardened ACI 318: concrete. - X 3-8-6.8.1.3,21.2.8 1912.1 5.Verifying use of required design mix. - X ACI 318:Ch.4,5.2-5.4 1904.2.2,1913.2, -- - -- } 1913.3 6.At the time fresh concrete is sampled to fabricate ASTM C 172 specimens for strength tests,perform slump and X - ASTM C 31 1913.I0 air content tests,and determine the temperature of the concrete. ACI 318: 5.6,5.8 7. Inspection of concrete and shotcrele placement for proper application techniques. X - ACI 318: 5.9,5.10 1913.6, 1913.7, 1913.8 8. Inspection for maintenance or specified curing t - X ACI 318:5.11-5.13 1913.9 temperature and techniques. 9. Inspection of prestressed concrete: a.Application of prestressing forces. X _ ACI 318: 18.20 _ b.Grouling of bonded prestressing tendons in X ACI 318: 18.18.4 the seismic-force-resisting system. 10.Erection of precast concrete members. X ACI 318:Ch. 16 - 11.Verification of in-situ concrete strength,prior to stressing of tendons in posttensioned concrete and prior to removal of shores and forms from X ACI 318:6.2 beams and structural slabs. 12. Inspect formwork for shape,location and dimensions of the concrete member being - X ACI 318:6.1.1 formed. For SI: 1 inch=25A mrn. a. Where applicable,see also Section 1707.1.Special inspection For seismic resistance. 372 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' STRUCTURAL TESTS AND SPECIAL INSPECTIONS 1704.4.1 Materials.In the absence of sufficient data or doc- 1704.6.1 High-load diaphragms. High-load diaphragms umentation providing evidence of conformance to quality designed in accordance with Table 2306.2.1(2) shall be standards for materials in Chapter 3 of AC13 18,the build- installed with special inspections as indicated in Section ing official shall require testing of materials in accordance 1704.1.The special inspector shall inspect the wood struc- with the appropriate standards and criteria for the material tural panel sheathing to ascertain whether it is of the grade in Chapter 3 of ACI 318. Weldability of reinforcement, and thickness shown on the approved building plans.Addi- excepl that which conforms to ASTM A 706, shall be tionally, the special inspector must verify the nominal size determined in accordance with the requirements of Section of framing members at adjoining panel edges.the nail or sta- 3.5.2 of ACI 318. ple diameter and length, the number of fastener lines and that the spacing between fasteners in each line and at edge 1704.5 Masonry construction.Masonry construction shall be margins agrees with the approved building plans. inspected and verified in accordance with the requirements of Sections 1704.5.1 through 1704.5.3, depending on the occu- 1704.6.2 Metal-plate-connected wood trusses spanning pancy category of the building or structure. 60 feet or greater.Where a truss clear span is 60 feet (I8 288 mm)or greater,the special inspector shall verify that the Exception: Special inspections shall not be required for: temporary installation restraintlbracing and the permanent 1. Empirically designed masonry,glass unit masonry or individual truss member restraint/bracing are installed in masonry veneer designed by Section 2109, 2110 or accordance with the approved truss submittal package. Chapter 14, respectively, or by Chapter 5, 6 or 7 of 1704.7 Soils. Special inspections for existing site soil condi- TMS 402/ACI 5301ASCE 5,respectively,when they tions,fill placement and load-bearing requirements shall be as are part of structures classified as Occupancy Cate- required by this section and Table 1704.7. The approved gory I,II or III in accordance with Section 1604.5, geotechnical report,and the construction documents prepared by the registered design professionals shall be used to deter- 2. Masonry foundation walls constructed in accordance mine compliance.During fill placement,the special inspector with Table 1807.1.6.3(l), 1807.1.6.3(2), shall determine that proper materials and procedures are used 1807.1.6.3(3) or 1807.1.6.3(4). in accordance with the provisions of the approvedgeotechnical 3. Masonry fireplaces, masonry heaters or masonry report. chimneys installed or constructed in accordance wish Exception:Where Section 1803 does not require reporting Section 2111,2112 or 2113,respectively, of materials and procedures for fill placement, the special 1704.5.1 Empirically designed masonry, glass unit inspector shall verify that the in-place dry density of the masonry and masonry veneer in Occupancy Category compacted fill is not less than 90 percent of the maximum IV.The minimum special inspection program for empirically dry density at optirnum moisture content determined in designed masonry, glass unit masonry or masonry veneer accordance with ASTM D 1557. designed by Section 2109,2110 or Chapter 14,respectively, 1704.8 Driven deep foundations.Special inspections shall be orby Chapter 5.6 or 7 of TMS 402/AC15301ASCE 5,respec- performed during installation and testing of driven deep foun- tively,in structures classified as Occupancy Category 1V,in dation elements as required by Table 1704.8. The approved accordance with Section 1604.5, shall comply with Table geotechnical report,and the construction documents prepared 1704.5.1. by the registered design professionals, shall be used to deter- 1704.5.2 Engineered masonry in Occupancy Category I, mine compliance. II or III. The minimum special inspection program for 1704.9 Cast-in-place deep foundations. Special inspections masonry designed by Section 2107 or 2108 or by chapters shall be performed during installation and testing of other than Chapter 5.6 or 7 of TMS 402/ACI 530/ASC E 5 in cast-in-place deep foundation elements as required by Table structures classified as Occupancy Category 1, II or III, in 1704.9. The approved geotechnical report, and the construc- accordance with Section 1604.5. shall comply with Table tion documents prepared by the registered design profession- 1704.5.1. als,shall be used to determine compliance. 1704.10 Helical pile foundations.Special inspections shall be 1704.5.3 Engineered masonry in Occupancy Category performed continuously during installation of helical pile IV.The minimum special inspection program for masonry foundations. The information recorded shall include installa- designed by Section 2107 or 2108 or by chapters other than tion equipment used, pile dimensions, tip elevations, final Chapter 5,6 or 7 of TMS 402/ACI 5301ASCE 5 in structures depth, Final installation torque and other pertinent installation classified as Occupancy Category IV, in accordance with data as required by the registered design professional in Section 1604.5,shall comply with Table 1704.5.3. responsible charge.The appmvedgeotechnical report and the 1704.6 Wood construction.Special inspections of the fabrica- construction documents prepared by the registered design pro- tion process of prefabricated wood structural elements and fessional shall be used to determine compliance. assemblies shall be in accordance with Section 1704.2.Special 1704.11 Vertical masonry foundation elements. Special inspectionsof site-built assemblies shall be in accordance with inspection shall be performed in accordance with Section this section. 1704.5 for vertical masonry foundation elements. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 373 STRUCTURAL TESTS AND SPECIAL INSPECTIONS TABLE 1704.5.1 LEVEL 1 REQUIRED VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION OF MASONRY CONSTRUCTION FREQUENCY OF INSPECTION REFERENCE FOR CRITERIA TMS 4021ACI TMS 6021ACI VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION CONTINUOUS PERIODIC IBC SECTION 5301ASCE 5' 530.11ASCE 6' 1. Compliance with required inspection pro- visions of the construction documents and — X — — Art. 1.5 the approved submittals shall he verified. 2. Verification of P, and F,,, prior to con- struction except where specifically — X — — Art. IAB exempted by ibis code. 3. Verification of slump flaw and VSI as delivered to the site for self-consolidating X — — — Art. 1.513.I.b.3 grout. 4. As masonry construction begins,the following shall be verified to ensure compliance: a.Proportions of site-prepared mortar. — X — — Art.2.6A b.Construction of mortar joints. — X — — Art.3.3B c.Location Or reinforcement, connectors,prestressing tendons — X — — Art.3.4,3.6A and anchorages. d.Prestressing technique. — X — — Art.3.613 e.Grade and size of prestressing tendons and anchorages. — X — — Art.2.413,2AH 5. During construction the inspection program shall verify: a.Size and location of structural elements. — X — — Art.3.3F b.Type.size and location of anchors. including other details of anchorage X Sec. 1.2.2(e). of masonry to structural members, — — 1.16.1 — frames or other construction. c.Specified sire,grade and type of reinforcement,anchor bolls. X — Sec 1.15 Art.2.4,3.9 prestressing tendons and — anchorages. d.Welding of reinforcing bars. X — — Sec.2.1.9.7.2. — 3.3.3.4(b) e.Preparation,construction and I protection of masonry during cold Sec.2104.3. _ An. 1.8C, weather(temperature below 40T) — X 21°4.4 1.8D or hot weather(temperature above i f.Application and measurement of prestressing force. X — — Art.3.6B (continued) 374 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' STRUCTURAL TESTS AND SPECIAL INSPECTIONS TABLE 1704.5.1—continued LEVEL 1 REQUIRED VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION OF MASONRY CONSTRUCTION FREQUENCY OF INSPECTION REFERENCE FOR CRITERIA TMS 4021ACI TMS 6021ACI VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION CONTINUOUS PERIODIC IBC SECTION 5301ASCE 5' 530,11ASCE 6' 6. Prior to grouting,the following shall be verified 10 ensure compliance: a.Grout space is clean. — x — — Art.3.2D b.Placement of reinforcement and connectors,and prestressing — X — Sec. 1.13 Art.3.4 tendons and anchorages. r c.Proportions of site prepared grout and prestressing grout for bonded — x — — Art.2.613 tendons. d.Construction of mortar joints. — x — — � Art.3.35 7. Grout placement shall be verified to X — — — Art.3.5 ensure compliance: a.Grouting of prestressing bonded tendons. X — — — Art.3-6C 8. Preparation of any required grout speci- Sec.2105.2.2. liens,mortar specimens and/or prisms — X 2145.3 — Art.I.4 shall be observed. For SI: 'C=[{°F} 32]/1.8. a. The specific standards referenced are those listed in Chapter 35. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 375 STRUCTURAL TESTS AND SPECIAL INSPECTIONS TABLE 1704.5.3 LEVEL 2 REQUIRED VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION OF MASONRY CONSTRUCTION REFERENCE FOR CRITERIA TMS 4021ACI TMS 6021ACI VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION CONTINUOUS PERIODIC IBC SECTION 5301ASCE 5" 530.11ASCE 0 1. Compliance with required inspection provi- sions of the construction documents and the — approved submittals. X — — Art, 1.5 2. Verification of 1 ,and P,,, prior to construc- tion and for every 5,000 square feel during — X — — Art. 1.413 construction. 3. Verification of proportions of materials in premixed or preblended mortar and grout as — X — — Art. 1.513 delivered to the site. 4, Verification of slump flow and VS]as deliv- X — — — Art. 1,513.1.b.3 ered to the site for self-consolidating grout. 5. The following shall be verified to ensure compliance: a.Proportions of site-prepared mortar. grout and prestressing grout for bonded — x — — Art.2.6A tendons. b.Placement of masonry units and construction of motlarjoints. — X — — Art.3.3B c.Placement of reinforcerent,connectors and prestressing tendons and — X — Sec. 1,15 Art.3.4,3.6A anchorages. d.Grout space prior to grout. X — — — Art.12D e.Placement of grout. X — — — Art.3.5 F.Placement of prestressing grout. X — — — Art.3.6C g.Size and location of structural elements, — x — — Art.3.317 h,Type,size and location of anchors, including other details of anchorage of X Sec.1.2.2(e), masonry to structural members,frames 1.16.1 or other construction. i.Specified size,grade and type of reinforcement,anchor bolts. — X — Sec. 1.15 Art.2.4,3.4 prestressing tendons and anchorages. j.Welding of reinforcing bars. X — — Sec,2.1.9.7.2. — 3.3.3.4 (b) It.Preparation,construction and protection of masonry during cold weather Sec.2104.3, (temperature below 40°F)or hot — X 2104.4 — Art. 1.8C, 1.8D weather(temperature above 90°F), 1.Application and measurement of prestressing force. X — — — Art.3.613 6. Preparation of any required grout specimens _ Sec.2105.2.2, and/or prisms shall be observed. X 2105.3 — Art. ].9 For 5L °C=l(°P)-32]11.8, 1 square foot=0.0929 nil. a. The specific standards referenced are those listed in Chapter 35. 376 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" STRUCTURAL TESTS AND SPECIAL INSPECTIONS TABLE 1704.7 REQUIRED VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION OF SOILS VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION TASK CONTINUOUS DURING TASK LISTED PERIODICALLY DURING TASK LISTED 1. Verify materials below shallow foundations are adequate to X achieve the design bearing capacity. 2. Verify excavations are extended to proper depth and have reached proper material. — X 3. Perform classification and testing of compacted fill X materials. C Verify use of proper materials,densities and lift thicknesses during placement and compaction of compacted fill, X 5. Prior to placement of compacted fill,observe subgrade and X verify that site has been prepared properly. TABLE 1704.8 REQUIRED VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION OF DRIVEN DEEP FOUNDATION ELEMENTS VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION TASK CONTINUOUS DURING TASK LISTED PERIODICALLY DURING TASK LISTED 1. Verify element materials,sizes and lengths comply with the X requirements. �2. Determine capacities Of test elements and conduct additional X load tests,as required. 3. Observe driving operations and maintain complete and accurate records for each element. X — 4. Verify placement locations and plumbness,confirm type and size of hammer,record number of blows per foot of penetration,determine required penetrations to achieve design X capacity,record tip and butt elevations and document any damage to foundation element. 5. For steel elements,perform additional inspections in accordance with Section 1704.3. ` G. For concrete elements and concrete-filled elements,perform additional inspections in accordance with Section 1704.4. — 7. For specialty elements,perform additional inspections as determined by the registered design professional in — responsible charge, TABLE 1704.9 REQUIRED VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION OF CAST-IN-PLACE DEEP FOUNDATION ELEMENTS VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION TASK CONTINUOUS DURING TASK LISTED PERIODICALLY DURING TASK LISTED 1. Observe drilling operations and maintain complete and accurate records for each element. X 2. Verify placement locations and plumbness,confirm element diameters.bell diameters (if applicable),lengihS.embedment X into bedrock(if applicable)and adequate end-bearing strata capacity.Record concrete or grout volumes. 3. For concrete elements.perform additional inspections in accordance with Section 1704.4, — 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 377 STRUCTURAL TESTS AND SPECIAL INSPECTIONS 1704.12 Sprayed fire-resistant materials. Special uispec- 1704.12.4.2.1 Cellular decks. Thickness measure- tions for sprayed fire-resistant materials applied to floor,roof ments shall be selected from a square area, 12 inches and wall assemblies and structural members shall be in accor- by 12 inches (305 mm by 305 mm) in size. A mini- dance with Sections 1704.12.1 through 1704.12.6. Special mum of four measurements shall be made, located inspections shall be based on the fire-resistance design as des- symmetrically within the square area. ignated in the approved construction documents.The tests set 1704.12.4.2.2 Fluted decks. Thickness measure- forlb in this section shall be based on samplings from specific ments shall be selected from a square area, 12 inches Door, roof and wall assemblies and structural members. Spe cial inspections shall be performed after the rough installation by 12 inches (305 by 305 in size. mini- of electrical, automatic sprinkler, mechanical and plumbing mum of Four measurements shaall ll be made, located symmetrically within the square area, including one systems and suspension systems for ceilings,where applicable, each of the fallowing: valley, crest and sides. The 1704.12.1 Physical and visual tests. The special inspec- average of the measurements shall be reported. bons shall include the following tests and observations to 1704.12.4.3 Structural members.The thickness of the demonstrate compliance with the listing and the fire-resis- sprayed fire-resistant material applied to structural mem- tance rating: hers shall be determined in accordance with ASTM E 1. Condition of substrates. 605. Thickness testing shall be performed on not less 2. Thickness of application. than 25 percent of the structural members on each floor. 3. Density in pounds per cubic foot (kg/ml). 1704.12,4.3,1 Beams and girders. At beams and girders thickness measurements shall be made at nine 4. Bond strength adhesion/cohesion. locations around the beam or girder at each end of a 5. Condition of finished application. 12-inch (305 mm) length. 1704.12.2 Structural member surface conditions. The 1704.12.4.3.2 ,foists and trusses. At joists and surfaces shall be prepared in accordance with the approved trusses, thickness measurements shall be made at fire-resistance design and the written instructions of seven locations around the joist or truss at each end of apprnvedmanufacturers.The prepared surface of structural a 12-inch (305 mm) length. members to be sprayed shall be inspected before the appli- 1704.12.4.3.3 Wide-flanged columns. At cation of the sprayed fire-resistant material. wide-flanged columns,thickness measurements shall 1704.12.3 Application. The substrate shall have a mini- be made at 12 locations around the column at each end mum ambient temperature before and after application as of a 12-inch (305 mm) length. specified in the written instructions of approved manufac- 1704.12.4.3.4 Hollow structural section and pipe turers. The area for application shall be ventilated during columns. At hollow structural section and pipe Gol- and after application as required by the written instructions umns, thickness measurements shall be made at a of approved manufacturers. minimum of four locations around the column at each 1704.12.4 Thickness.No more than 10 percent of the thick- end of a 12-inch (305 mm) length, ness measurements of the sprayed fire-resistant materials 1704.12.5 Density.The density of the sprayed fire-resistant applied to floor, roof and wall assemblies and structural material shall not be less than the density specified in the members shall be less than the thickness required by the approved fire-resistance design. Density of the sprayed apptnvedFire-resistance design,but in no case less than the fire-resistant material shall be determined in accordance minimum allowable thickness required by Section with ASTM E 605. The test samples for determining the 1704.12.4.1. density of the sprayed fire-resistant materials shall be 1704.12.4.1 Minimum allowable thickness.For design selected as follows: thicknesses 1 inch (25 mm) or greater, the minimum 1. From each floor,roof and wall assembly at the rate of allowable individual thickness shall be the design thick- not less than one sample for every 2,500 square feet ness minus 11,inch(6.4 mm),For design thicknesses less (232 m2)or portion thereof of the sprayed area in each than 1 inch (25 mm),the minimum allowable individual story. thickness shall be the design thickness minus 25 percent. 2. From beams,girders,trusses and columns at the rate Thickness shall be determined in accordance with of not less than one sample for each type of structural ASTM E 605. Samples of the sprayed fire-resistant member for each 2,500 square feet (232 ml) of floor materials shall be selected in accordance with Sections area or portion thereof in each story. 1704.12.4.2 and 1704.12.4.3. 1704.12.6 Bond strength. The cohesive/adhesive bond 704.12.4.2 Floor,roof and wall assemblies.The thick- strength of the cured sprayed fire-resistant material applied ness of the sprayed fire-resistant material applied to to floor, roof and wall assemblies and structural members floor, roof and wall assemblies shall be determined in shall not be less than 150 pounds per square foot(pso (7.18 accordance with ASTM E 605,making not less than four kN/m2).The cohesive/adhesive bond strength slialI be deter- measurements for each 1,000 square feet (93 m2) of the mined in accordance with the Field test specified in ASTM E sprayed area in each story or portion thereof. 736 by testing in-place samples of the sprayed fire-resistant 378 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" STRUCTURAL TESTS AND SPECIAL INSPECTIONS material selected in accordance with Sections 1704.12.6.1 3. Materials and systems required to be installed in accor- through 1704.12.6.3. dance with additional manufacturer's instructions that 1704.12.6.1 Floor, roof and wall assemblies.The test prescribe requirements not contained in this code or in samples for determining the cohesive/adhesive bond standards referenced by this code. strength of the sprayed fire-resistant materials shall be [F] 1704.16 Special inspection for smoke control. Smoke selected from each floor, roof and wall assembly at the control systems shall be tested by a special inspector. rate of not less than one sample for every 2,500 square feet(232 in')of the sprayed area in each stoiyor portion [F] 1704.16.1 Testing scope.The test scope shall be as Fol- thereof. lows: 1, During erection of ductwork and prior to concealment 1704.12.6.2 Structural members.The test samples for for the purposes of leakage testing and recording of determining the cohesive/adhesive bond strength of the device location. sprayed fire-resistant materials shall be selected from beams, girders, trusses, columns and other structural 2. Prior to occupancy and after sufficient completion for members at the rate of not less than one sample for each the purposes of pressure difference testing,flow mea- type of structural member for each 2,500 square feet surements and detection and control verification. (232 m') of floor area or portion thereof in each story. [F] 1704.16.2 Qualifications. Special inspection agencies 1704.12.6.3 Primer,paint and encapsulant bond tests. for smoke control shall have expertise in fire protection Bond tests to qualify a primer,paint or encapsulant shall engineering,mechanical engineering and certification as air be conducted when the sprayed fire-resistant material is balancers. applied to a primed,painted or encapsulated surface for which acceptable bond-strength performance between these coatings and the fire-resistant material has not been SECTION 1705 determined. A bonding agent approved by the SFRM STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS manufacturer shall be applied to a primed. painted or 1705.1 General. Where special inspection or testing is encapsulated surface where the bond strengths are found required by Section 1704, 1707 or 1708, the irgistered design to be less than required values, professional in responsible chargeshall prepare a statement of 1704.13 Mastic and intumescent fire-resistant coatings. special inspections in accordance with Section 1705 for Special inspections for mastic and intumescent fire-resistant submittal by the applicant (see Section 1704.1.1), coatings applied to structural elements and decks shall be in 1705.2 Content of statement of special inspections. The accordance with AWCI 12-B. Special inspections shall be statement of special inspections shall identify the following: based on the fire-resistance design as designated in the approved consu'uction documents. 1. The materials,systems, components and work required to have special inspection or testing by the buildingollr- 1704.14 Exterior insulation and finish systems(EIFS).Spe- cial or by the registered design professional responsible cial inspections shall be required for all EIFS applications. for each portion of the work. Exceptions: 2. The type and extent of each special inspection. 1. Special inspections shall not be required for EIFS 3. The type and extent of each test. applications installed over a [rater-resistive barrier 4. Additional requirements for special inspection or testing with a means of draining moisture to the exterior, for seismic or wind resistance as specified in Section 2. Special inspections shall not be required for EIFS 1705.3, 1705.4, 1707 or 1708. applications installed over masonry or concrete walls. 5. For each type of special inspection, identification as to 1704.14.1 Water-resistive barrier coating.A water-resis- whether it will be continuous special inspection or peri- tive barriercoating complying with ASTM E 2570 requires odic special inspection. special inspection of the water-resistive barrier coating 1705.3 Seismic resistance. The statement of special inspec- when installed over a sheathing substrate. tions shall include seismic requirements for cases covered in 1704.15 Special cases. Special inspections shall be required Sections 1705.3.1 through 1705.3.5. for proposed work that is,in the opinion of the building olrcial, Exception: Seismic requirements are permitted to be unusual in its nature,such as,but not limited to, the following excluded from the statement of special inspections for struc- examples: tures designed and constructed in accordance with the fol- 1. Construction materials and systems that are alternatives lowing: to materials and systems prescribed by this code. 1. The structure consists of light-frame construction:the 2. Unusual design applications of materials described in design spectral response acceleration at short periods, this code. Sn,, as determined in Section 1613.5.4, does not 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 379 STRUCTURAL TESTS AND SPECIAL INSPECTIONS exceed 0.5g: and the height of the structure does not 4. Access floors and their anchorage. exceed 35 feel (10 668 mm) above grade plane;or 5. Steel storage racks and their anchorage, where the 2. The structure is constructed using a reinforced importance factor is equal to 1.5 in accordance with masonry structural system or reinforced concrete Section 15.5.3 of ASCE 7. structural system-,the design spectral response accel- 1705.3.5 Seismic Design Category E or E The following eration at short periods,SUS,as determined in Section additional systems and components in structures assigned 1613.5.4,does not exceed 0.5g.and the height of the structure does not exceed 25 feet (7620 mm) above to Seismic Design Category E or F: grade plane:or 1. Systems required for Seismic Design Categories C 3. Detached one-or two-family dw el liogs not exceeding and D. Iwo stories abovegradeplane,provided the structure 2. Electrical equipment. does not have any of the following plan or vertical irregularities in accordance with Section 12.3.2 of 1705.3.6 Seismic requirements in the statement of spe- ASCE 7: cial inspections. When Sections 1705.3 through 1705.3.5 specify that seismic requirements be included,the statement 3.1. Torsional irregularity. of special inspections shall identify the following: 3.2. Nonparallel systems. 1. The designated seismic systems and seismic- 33. Stiffness irregularity—extreme soft story and force-resisting systems that are subject to special soft story. inspections in accordance with Sections 1705.3 3.4. Discontinuity in capacity—weak story. through 1705.3.5. 1705.3.1 Seismic-force-resisting systems. The seismic- 2. The additional special inspections and testing to be force-resisting systems in structures assigned to Seismic provided as required by Sections 1707 and 1708 and Design Category C, D, E or F, in accordance with Section other applicable sections of this code, including the 1613. applicable standards referenced by this code. Exception: Requirements for the seismic-force-resist- 1705.4 Wind resistance.The statement of special inspections ing system are permitted to be excluded from the state- shall include wind requirements for structures constructed in ment of special inspections For steel systems in structures the following areas: assigned to Seismic Design CategmyC that are not spe- 1. In wind Exposure Category B, where the 3-second-gust cifically detailed for seismic resistance,with a response basic wind speed is 120 miles per hour(mph) (52.8 m/s)or modification coefficient,R,of 3 or less,excluding canti- greater. lever column systems. 2. In wind Exposure Category C or D,where the 3-second- 1705.3.2 Designated seismic systems.Designated seismic gust basic wind speed is I 10 mph (49 m1s) or greater. systems in structures assigned to Seismic Design Category 1705.4.1 Wind requirements in the statement of special D, E or F. inspections. When Section 1705.4 specifies that wind 17 05.3.3 Seismic Design Category C.The following addi- requirements be included, the statement of special inspec- tional systems and components in structures assigned to lions shall identify the main wind-force-resisting systems Seismic Design Category C: and wind-resisting components subject to special inspec- t. Heating, ventilating and air-conditioning (HVAQ tions as specified in Section 1705.4.2, ductwork containing hazardous materials and 1705.4.2 Detailed requirements.The statement of special anchorage of such ductwork. inspections shall include at least the following systems and 2. Piping systems and mechanical units containing components: flammable, combustible or highly toxic materials. 1. Roof cladding and roof framing connections. 3. Anchorage of electrical equipment used for emer- 2. Wall connections to roof and floor diaphragms and gency or standby power systems. framing. 1705.3.4 Seismic Design Category D.The following addi- 3. Roof and floor diaphragm systems,including collec- tional systems and components in structures assigned to tors,drag struts and boundary elements. Seismic Design Category D: 4. Vertical wind-Force-resisting systems, including 1. Systems required for Seismic Design Category C. braced frames,moment frames and shear walls. 2, Exterior wall panels and their anchorage. 5, Wind-Force-resisting system connections to the foun- 3. Suspended ceiling systems and their anchorage. dation. 380 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" STRUCTURAL TESTS AND SPECIAL INSPECTIONS 6. Fabrication and installation of systems or compo- 1706.4 Wind-resisting components.Periodic special inspec- nents required to meet the impact-resistance require- tion is required for the following systems and components: ments of Section 1609.1.2. 1. Roof cladding. Exception: Fabrication of manufactured systems or 2. Wall cladding. components that have a label indicating compliance with the wind-load and impact-resistance requirements of this code. SECTION 1707 SPECIAL INSPECTIONS FOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE SECTION 1706 1707.1 Special inspections for seismic resistance. Special SPECIAL INSPECTIONS FOR inspections itemized in Sections 1707.2 through 1707.9,unless WIND REQUIREMENTS exempted by the exceptions of Section 1704.1, 1705.3, or 1706.1 Special inspections for wind requirements. Special 1705.3.1, are required for the following: inspections itemized in Sections 1706.2 through 1706.4,unless 1. The seismic-force-resisting systems in structures exempted by the exceptions to Section 1704.1.are required for assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F, as buildings and structures constructed in the following areas: determined in Section 1613. 1. In wind Exposure Category B,where the 3-second-gust 2. Designated seismic systems in structures assigned to basic wind speed is 120 miles per hour (52.8 misec) or Seismic Design Category D,E or F. greater. 3. Architectural, mechanical and electrical components in 2. In wind Exposure Categories C or D, where the 3-sec- structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C.D.E and-gust basic wind speed is 110 mph (49 misec) or or F that are required in Sections 1707.6 and 1707.7. greater. 1707.2 Structural steel.Special inspection for structural steel 1706.2 Structural wood. Continuous special inspection is shall be in accordance with the quality assurance plan require- required during Feld gluing operations of elements of the main ments of A1SC 341. windforce-resisting system. Periodic special inspection is Exceptions: required for nailing,bolting,anchoring and other fastening of components within the main windforce-resisting system, 1. Special inspections of structural steel in structures including wood shear walls, wood diaphragms, drag struts, assigned to Seismic Design Category C that are not braces and hold-downs. specifically detailed for seismic resistance, with a response modification coefficient, R, of 3 or less, Exception: Special Inspection is not required for wood excluding cantilever column systems. shear walls,shear panels and diaphragms,including nailing, bolting,anchoring and other fastening to other components 2• For ordinary moment frames, ultrasonic and mag- of the main wind force-resisting system,where the fastener netic particle testing of complete joint penetration spacing of the sheathing is more than 4 inches(102 mm)on groove welds are only required for demand critical center. welds. 1706.3 Cold-formed steel light-frame construction. Peri- 1707.3 Structural wood. Continuous special inspection is odic special inspection is required during welding operations required during field gluing operations of elements of the seis- of elements of the main windforce-resisting system. Periodic mic-Force-resisting system. Periodic special inspection is special inspection is required for screw attachment, bolting, required for nailing,bolting, anchoring and other fastening of anchoring and other fastening of components within the main components within the seismic-force-resisting system,includ- windforce-resisting system,including shear walls,braces,dia- ing wood shear walls, wood diaphragms, drag struts, braces, phragms,collectors (drag Struts) and hold-downs. shear panels and hold-downs. Exception: Special inspection is not required for Exception: Special inspection is not required for wood cold-formed steel light-frame shear walls, braces, dia- shear walls,shear panels and diaphragms,including nailing, bolting,anchoring and other fastening to other components ph collectors {drag struts) and hold-downs where of the seismic-force-resisting system, where the fastener eithher er o of f the following apply: spacing of the sheathing is more than 4 inches(102 mm)on 1. The sheathing is gypsum board or fiberboard. center(o.c j. 2. The sheathing is wood structural panel or steel sheets 1707.4 Cold-formed steel light-frame construction. Peri- on only one side of the shear wall,shear panel or dia- odic special inspection is required during welding operations phragm assembly and the fastener spacing of the of elements of the seismic-force-resisting system. Periodic sheathing is more than 4 inches (102 mm) on center special inspection is required for screw attachment, bolting, (o.c.). anchoring and other fastening of components within the seis- 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 381 STRUCTURAL TESTS AND SPECIAL.INSPECTIONS mic-Force-resisting system,including shear walls,braces,dia- 1707.8 Designated seismic system verifications.The special phragms,collectors (drag s(ruts) and hold-downs. inspector shall examine designated seismic systems requiring Exception: Special inspection is not required for seismic qualification in accordance with Section 1708.4 and cold-formed steel light-frame shear walls, braces, dia- verify that the label, anchorage or mounting conforms to the phragms, collectors (drag struts) and hold-downs where certificate of compliance, either of the following apply: 1707.9 Seismic isolation system. Periodic special inspection 1. The sheathing is gypsum board or fiberboard, is required during the fabrication and installation of isolator 2. The sheathing is wood structural panel or steel sheets units and energy dissipation devices that are part of the seismic isolation system. on only one side of the shear wall,shear panel or dia- phragm assembly and the fastener spacing of the sheathing is more than 4 inches (102 mm) ox, � SECTION 1708 1707.5 Storage racks and access floors. Periodic special STRUCTURAL TESTING FOR inspection is required during the anchorage of access floors SEISMIC RESISTANCE and storage racks 8 feel(2438 mm)or greater in height in struc- tures assigned to Seismic Design Category D,E or F. 1708.1 Testing and qualification for seismic resistance.The testing and qualification specified in Sections 1708.2 through 1707.6 Architectural components. Periodic special inspec- 1708.5, unless exempted from special inspections by the tion during the erection and fastening of exterior cladding,inte- exceptions of Section 17043, 1705.3 or 17053.1 are required rior and exterior nonbearing walls and interior and exterior as follows: veneer in structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D,E or F. 1. The seismic-force-resisting systems in structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C. D. E or R as Exceptions: determined in Section 1613 shall meet the requirements 1. Special Inspection is not required for exterior clad- of Sections 1708.2 and 1708.3,as applicable. ding,interior and exterior nonbearing walls and inte- 2. Designated seismic systems in strictures assigned to rior and exterior veneer 30 feet (9 14 4 min) or less in Seismic Design Category C,D,E or F subject to the spe- height above grade or walking surface. cial certification requirements of ASCE 7 Section 13.2.2 2. Special Inspection is not required for exterior clad- are required to be tested in accordance with Section ding and interior and exterior veneer weighing 5 psf 1708.4. (24.5 Nlm4) or less. 3. Architectural, mechanical and electrical components in 3. Special inspection is not required for interior structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C,D,E nonbearing walls weighing 15 psf(73.5 Nlmz)or less. or F with an 1„= 1.0 are required to be tested in accor- 1707.7 Mechanical and electrical components. Special dance with Section 1708.4 where the general design inspection for mechanical and electrical equipment shall be as requirements of ASCE 7 Section 13.2.1,Item 2 for man- follows: ufacturer's certification are satisfied by testing. . Periodic special inspection is required during the anchor- 4. The seismic isolation system in seismically isolated age of electrical equipment for emergency or standby structures shall meet the testing requirements of Section power systems in structures assigned to Seismic Design 1708.5. Category C,D,E or F: 1708.2 Concrete reinforcement.Where reinforcement com- 2. Periodic special inspection is required during the instal- plying with ASTM A 615 is used to resist earthquake-induced lation of anchorage of other electrical equipment in flexural and axial forces in special moment frames, special structures assigned to Seismic Design Category or F; structural walls and coupling beams connecting special siruc- tural walls,in structures assigned to Seismic Design Category 3. Periodic special inspection is required during installation B. C, D, E or F as determined in Section 1613, the reinforce- of piping systems intended to carry flammable,combus- menl shall comply with Section 21.1.5.2 of ACI 318.Certified tible or highly toxic contents and their associated mill test reports shall be provided for each shipment of such mechanical units in structures assigned to Seismic reinforcement. Where reinforcement complying with ASTM Design Category C, D.E or F: A 615 is to be welded, chemical tests shall be performed to 4. Periodic special inspection is required during the instal- determine weldability in accordance with Section 3.5.2 of ACI lation of HVAC ductwork that will contain hazardous 318. materials in structures assigned to Seismic Design Cate- 1708.3 Structural steel.Testing for structural steel shall be in gory C, D,E or F:and accordance with the quality assurance plan requirements of 5. Periodic special inspection is required during the instal- AISC 341. lation of vibration isolation systems in structures assigned to Seismic Design CategoryC,D,E or F where Exceptions: the construction documents require a nominal clearance 1. Testing for structural steel in structures assigned to of V, inch (6.4 min) or less between the equipment sup- Seismic Design Category C that are not specifically port frame and restraint. detailed for seismic resistance,with a response modi- 382 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' STRUCTURAL TESTS AND SPECIAL INSPECTIONS fication coefficient,R,of 3 or less.excluding cantile- statement that the site visits have been made and identify any ver column systems. reported deficiencies which, to the best of the structural 2. For ordinary moment frames, ultrasonic and mag- observer's knowledge,have not been resolved. netic particle testing of complete joint penetration 1710.2 Structural observations for seismic resistance. groove welds are only required for demand critical Structural observations shall be provided for those structures welds. assigned to Seismic Design Category D,E or F,as determined 1708.4 Seismic certification of nonstructural components. in Section 1613,where one or more of the following conditions The mgistened design professional shall state the applicable exist: seismic certification requirements for nonstructural compo- 1. The structure is classified as Occupancy Category III or penis and designated seismic systems on the construction doc- IV in accordance with Table 1604.5. uments. 2. The height of the structure is greater than 75 feet(22 860 1. The manufacturer of each designated seismic system mm) above the base. components subject to the provisions of ASCE 7 Section 3. The structure is assigned to Seismic Design Category E, 13.2.2 shall test or analyze the component and its mount is classified as Occupancy Categol y I or 11 in accordance ing system or anchorage and submit a certificate ofcom- with Table 1604.5,and is greater than two stories above plianre for review and acceptance by the registered grade plane. design professionalresponsible for the design of the des- ignated seismic system and for approval by the building 4. When so designated by the registered design profes- official.Certification shall be based on an actual test on a sional responsible for the structural design. shake table,by three-dimensional shock tests,by an ana- 5. When such observation is specifically required by the lytical method using dynamic characteristics and forces, building official. by the use of experience data(i.e.,historical data demon- stratingacceptable seismic performance)or by more rig- 1710.3 Structural observations for wind requirements. orous analysis providing for equivalent safety. Structural observations shall be provided For those structures sited where the basic wind speed exceeds 110 mph (49 misec) 2. Manufacturer's certification of compliance for the gen- determined from Figure 1609, where one or more of the fol- eral design requirements of ASCE 7 Section 13.2.1 shall lowing conditions exist: be based on analysis,testing or experience data. 1. The structure is classified as Occupancy Category Ill or 1708.5 Seismically isolated structures. For required system IV in accordance with Table 1604.5. tests,see Section 17.8 of ASCE 7. 2. The building height of the structure is greater than 75 feet (22 860 mm). SECTION 1709 3. When so designated by the registered design profes- CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY sional responsible for the structural design. 1709.1 Contractor responsibility.Each contractor responsi- 4. When such observation is specifically required by the ble for the construction of a main wind-or seismic-force-resist- building official. ing system, designated seismic system or a wind- or seismic-resisting component listed in the statement of special inspections shall submit a written statement of responsibility to SECTION 1711 the building official and the owner prior to the commencement DESIGN STRENGTHS OF MATERIALS of work on the system or component. The contractor's state- 1711.1 Conformance to standards.The design strengths and merit of responsibility shall contain acknowledgement of permissible stresses of any structural material that are identi- awareness of the special requirements contained in the state- fied by a manufacturer's designation as to manufacture and merit of special inspection. grade by mill tests,or the strength and stress grade is otherwise confirmed to the satisfaction of the building ofTiclal,shall con- form to the specifications and methods of design of accepted SECTION 1710 engineering practice or the approved rules in the absence of STRUCTURAL OBSERVATIONS applicable standards. 1710.1 General.Where required by the provisions of Section 1711.2 New materials.For materials that are not specifically 1710.2 or 1710.3, the owner shall employ a registered design provided for in this code,the design strengths and permissible professional to perform structural observations as defined in stresses shall be established by tests as provided for in Section Section 1702. 1712. Prior to the commencement of observations, the structural observer shall submit to the building official a written state- ment identifying the frequency and extent of structural obser- SECTION 1712 vations. ALTERNATIVE TEST PROCEDURE At the conclusion of the work included in the permit, the 1712.1 General. In the absence of approved rules or other structural observershall submit to the building olfrcial a written approvedstandards,the building offirialshall make,or cause to 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 383 STRUCTURAL TESTS AND SPECIAL INSPECTIONS be made,the necessary tests and investigations:or the building 1714.3.2 Load test procedure not specified.In the absence ofTcial shall accept duly authenticated reports from approved of applicable load test procedures contained within a stan- agenclPs in respect to the quality and manner of use of new dard referenced by this code or acceptance criteria for a spe- materials or assemblies as provided for in Section 104.11.The chic material or method of construction, such existing cost of all tests and other investigations required under the pro- structure shall be subjected to a test procedure developed by visions of this code shall be horse by the applicant. a registered design professional that simulates applicable loading and deformation conditions. For components that are not a part of the seismic-load-resisting system, the test SECTION 1713 load shall be equal to two times the unfactored design loads. TEST SAFE LOAD The test load shall be left in place for a period of 24 hours. 1713.1 Where required.Where proposed construction is not The structure shall be considered to have successfully met capable of being designed by approved engineering analysis, the test requirements where the following criteria are satis- or where proposed construction design method does not com- Pied: ply with the applicable material design standard,the system of l. Under the design load,the deflection shall not exceed constriction or the structural unit and the connections shall be the limitations specified in Section 1604.3. subjected to the tests prescribed in Section 1715.The buildmg 2. Within 24 hours after removal of the test load, the ofc�ial shall accept certified reports of such tests conducted by structure shall have recovered not less than 75 percent an approved testing agency, provided that such tests meet the of the maximum deflection. requirements of this code and approved procedures. 3. During and immediately after the test, the structure shall not show evidence of failure. SECTION 1714 IN-SITU LOAD TESTS 1714.1 General.Whenever there is a reasonable doubt as to the SECTION 1715 stability or load-bearing capacity of a completed building, PRECONSTRUCTION LOAD TESTS structure or portion thereof for the expected loads,an engineer- 1715.1 General.In evaluating the physical properties of mate- ing assessment shall be required.The engineering assessment rials and methods of construction that are not capable of being shall involve either a structural analysis or an in-situ load test, designed by approved engineering analysis or do not comply or both.The structural analysis shall be based on actual mate- with applicable material design standards listed in Chapter 35, rial properties and other as-built conditions that affect stability the structural adequacy shall be predetermined based on the or load-bearing capacity,and shall be conducted in accordance load test criteria established in this section. with the applicable design standard. If the structural assess- 1715.2 Load test procedures specified. Where specific load ment determines that the load-bearing capacity is less than that test procedures, load factors and acceptance criteria are required by the code, load tests shall be conducted in accor- included in the applicable design standards listed in Chapter dance with Section 1714.2.If the building,structure or portion 35, such test procedures, load factors and acceptance criteria thereof is found to have inadequate stability or load-bearing shall apply.In the absence of specific test procedures,Ioad fac- capacity for the expected loads,modifications to ensure struc- tors or acceptance criteria, the corresponding provisions in tural adequacy or the removal of the inadequate construction Section 1715.3 shall apply. shall be required. 1715.3 Load test procedures not specified. Where load test 1714.2 Test standards.Structural components and assemblies procedures are not specified in the applicable design standards shall be tested in accordance with the appropriate material Stan- listed in Chapter 35,the load-bearing and deformation capacity dards listed in Chapter 35.In the absence of a standard that con- of structural components and assemblies shall be determined tains an applicable load test procedure,the test procedure shall on the basis of a test procedure developed by a registered be developed by a rr gistereddesignpinfesslona landapproved. design professional that simulates applicable loading and The test procedure shall simulate loads and conditions of appli- deformation conditions. For components and assemblies that cation that the completed stricture or portion thereof will be are not a part of the seismic-force-resisting system, the test subjected to in normal use. shall be as specified in Section 1715.3.1.Load tests shall simu- 1714.3 In-situ load tests.In-situ load tests shall be conducted late the applicable loading conditions specified in Chapter 16. in accordance with Section 1714.3.1 or 1714.3.2 and shall be 1715.3.1 Test procedure.The test assembly shall be sub- supervised by a irgistered design professional.The test shall jetted to an increasing superimposed load equal to not less simulate the applicable loading conditions specified in Chapter than two times the superimposed design load.The test load 16 as necessary to address the concerns regarding structural shall be left in place for a period of 24 hours. The tested stability of the building,structure or portion thereof. assembly shall be considered to have successfully met the 1714.3.1 Load test procedure specified.Where a standard test requirements if the assembly recovers not less than 75 listed in Chapter 35 contains an applicable load test proce- percent of the maximum deflection within 24 hours after the dure and acceptance criteria,the test procedure and accep- removal of the test load. The test assembly shall then be tance criteria in the standard shall apply. In the absence of reloaded and subjected to an increasing superimposed load specific load factors or acceptance criteria,the load factors until either structural failure occurs or the superimposed and acceptance criteria in Section 1714.3.2 shall apply. load is equal to two and one-half times the load at which the 384 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' STRUCTURAL TESTS AND SPECIAL INSPECTIONS deflection limitations specified in Section 1715.3.2 were 1715.6 Test specimens.Test specimens and construction shall reached,or the load is equal to two and one-half times the be representative of the materials, workmanship and details superimposed design load.In the case of structural compo- normally used in practice.The properties of the materials used nents and assemblies for which deflection limitations are to construct the test assembly shall be determined on the basis not specified in Section 1715.3.2,the test specimen shall be of tests on samples taken from the load assembly or on repre- subjected to an increasing superimposed load until struc- sentative samples of the materials used to construct the load test tural failure occurs or the load is equal to two and one-half assembly.Required tests shall be conducted or witnessed by an times the desired superimposed design load.The allowable approved agency. superimposed design load shall be taken as the lesser of: 1. The load at the deflection limitation given in Section 1715.3.2. SECTION 1716 2. The failure load divided by 2.5. MATERIAL AND TEST STANDARDS 3. The maximum load applied divided by 2.5. 1716.1 Test standards for joist hangers and connectors. 1715.3.2 Deflection.The deflection of structural members 1716.1.1 Test standards for joist hangers. The vertical under the design load shall not exceed the limitations in Sec- load-bearing capacity, torsional moment capacity and deflection characteristics of joist hangers shall be deter- mined in accordance with ASTM D 1761 using lumber hav- 1715.4 Wall and partition assemblies. Load-bearing wall ing a specific gravity of 0.49 or greater,but not greater than and partition assemblies shall sustain the test load both with 0.55, as determined in accordance with AF&PA NDS for and without window framing. The test load shall include all the joist and headers. design load components.Wall and partition assemblies shall be Exception: The joist length shall not be required to tested both with and without door and window framing. exceed 24 inches (610 mm). 1715.5 Exterior window and door assemblies. The design 1716.1.2 Vertical load capacity for joist hangers.The ver- pressure rating of exterior windows and doors in buildings tical load capacity for the joist hanger shall be determined shall be determined in accordance with Section 1715.5.1 or by testing a minimum of three joist hanger assemblies as 1715.5.2. specified in ASTM D 1761.If the ultimate vertical load for Exception: Structural wind load design pressures for win- any one of the tests varies more than 20 percent from the dow°units smaller than the size tested in accordance with average ultimate vertical load,at least three additional tests Section 1715.5.1 or 1715.5.2 shall be permitted to be higher shall be conducted.The allowable vertical load of the joist than the design value of the tested unit provided such higher hanger shall be the lowest value determined from the fol- pressures are determined by accepted engineering analysis. lowing: All components of the small unit shall be the same as the 1. The lowest ultimate vertical load for a single hanger tested unit. Where such calculated design pressures are from any test divided by three (where three tests are used,they shall be validated by an additional test of the win- conducted and each ultimate vertical load does not dow unit having the highest allowable design pressure. vary more than 20 percent from the average ultimate 1715.5.1 Exterior windows and doors.Exterior windows vertical load). and sliding doors shall be tested and labeled as conforming 2. The average ultimate vertical load for a single hanger to AAMA/"1DMA/CSAl01/1.S.2/A440. The label shall from all tests divided by three(where six or more tests state the name of the manufacturer, the approved labeling are conducted). agency and the product designation as specified in AAMA/ 3. The average from all tests of the vertical loads that WDMAICSA1011LS.2/A440. Exterior side-hinged doors produce a vertical movement of the joist with respect shall be tested and labeled as conforming to to the header of 1/8 inch (3.2 mm), AAMAIWDMAICSAI0I/I.S.2/A440 or comply with Sec- tion 1715.5.2.Products tested and labeled as conforming to 4. The sum of the allowable design loads for nails or AAMAIWDMA/CSA 101/1.S.2/A440 shall not be subject other fasteners utilized to secure the joist hanger to the to the requirements of Sections 2403.2 and 2403.3. wood members and allowable bearing loads that con- 1715.5.2 Exterior windows and door assemblies not pro- tribute to the capacity of the hanger. vided for in Section 1715.5.1. Exterior window and door 5. The allowable design load for the wood members assemblies shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E 330. forming the connection. Structural performance of garage doors shall be determined 1716.1.3 Torsional moment capacity for joist hangers. in accordance with either ASTM E 330 or ANSUDASMA The torsional moment capacity for the joist hanger shall be 108, and shall meet the acceptance criteria of determined by testing at least three joist hanger assemblies ANSI/DASMA 108.Exterior window and door assemblies as specified in ASTM D 1761. The allowable torsional containing glass shall comply with Section 2403. The moment of the joist hanger shall be the average torsional design pressure for testing shall be calculated in accordance moment at which the lateral movement of the top or bottom with Chapter 16.Each assembly shall be tested for 10 sec- of the joist with respect to the original position of the joist is onds at a load equal to 1.5 times the design pressure. rlw inch (3.2 mm). 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 385 STRUCTURAL TESTS AND SPECIAL INSPECTIONS 1716.1.4 Design value modifications for joist hangers. Allowable design values for joist hangers that are deter- mined by Item 4 or 5 in Section 1716.1.2 shall be permitted to be modified by the appropriate duration of loading factors as specified in AMPA I DS but shall not exceed the direct loads as determined by Item 1, 2 or 3 in Section 1716.1.2. Allowable design values determined by Item 1, 2 or 3 in Section 1716.1.2 shall not be modified by duration of load- ing factors. 1716.2 Concrete and clay roof tiles. 1716.2.1 Overturning resistance. Concrete and clay roof tiles shall be tested to determine their resistance to overturn- ing due to wind in accordance with SBCCI SSTD 11 and Chapter 15. 1716.2.2 Wind tunnel testing.When roof tiles do not sat- isfy the limitations in Chapter 16 for rigid tile,a wind tunnel test shall be used to determine the wind characteristics of the concrete or clay the roof covering in accordance with SBCCI SSTD 11 and Chapter 15. 386 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' CHAPTER 18 SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS This chapter has been revised in its entirety;there ivfll be no marginal markings. SECTION 1801 ing ofCcial or where geotechnical investigations involve in-situ GENERAL testing, laboratory testing or engineering calculations, such 1801.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall apply to investigations shat l be conducted by a registered design profes- building and foundation systems. slonal. 1801.2 Design basis.Allowable bearing pressures, allowable 1803.2 Investigations required. Geotechnical investigations stresses and design formulas provided in this chapter shall be shall be conducted in accordance with Sections 18033 through used with the allowable stress design load combinations speci- 1803.5. fied in Section 1605.3.The quality and design of materials used Exception:The building official shall be permitted to waive structurally in excavations and foundations shall comply with the requirement for a geotechnical investigation where sat- the requirements specified in Chapters 16, 19,21,22 and 23 of isfactory data from adjacent areas is available that demon- this code.Excavations and fills shall also comply with Chapter strates an investigation is not necessary for any of the 33. conditions in Sections 1803.5.1 through 1803.5.6 and Sec- tions 1803.5.10 and 1803.5.11. SECTION 1802 1803.3 Basis of investigation. Soil classification shall be DEFINITIONS based on observation and any necessary tests of the materials disclosed by borings,test pits or other subsurface exploration 1802.1 Definitions.The following words and terms shall,for made in appropriate locations. Additional studies shall be the purposes of this chapter,have the meanings shown herein. made as necessary to evaluate slope stability, soil strength, DEEP FOUNDATION. A deep foundation is a foundation position and adequacy of load-bearing soils,the effect of mois- element that does not satisfy the definition of a shallow founda- ture variation on soil-bearing capacity,compressibility.lique- tion. faction and expansiveness. DRILLED SHAFT. A drilled shaft is a cast-in-place deep 1803.3.1 Scope of investigation. The scope of the foundation element constructed by drilling a hole (with or geotechnical investigation including the number and types without permanent casing) into soil or rock and filling it with of borings or soundings,the equipment used to drill or sam- fluid concrete. ple,the in-situ testing equipment and the laboratory testing Socketed drilled shaft.A socketed drilled shaft is a drilled Program shall be determined by a registered design prnfes- shaft with a permanent pipe or tube casing that extends slonal, down to bedrock and an uncased socket drilled into the bed- 1803.4 Qualified representative.The investigation procedure rock. and apparatus shall be in accordance with generally accepted HELICAL PILE. Manufactured steel deep foundation ele- engineering practice.The registered design professional shall tnent consisting of a central shaft and one or more helical bear- have a fully qualified representative on site during all boring or ing plates. A helical pile is installed by rotating it into the sampling operations. ground.Each helical bearing plate is formed into a screw thread 1803.5 Investigated conditions. Geotechnical investigations with a uniform defined pitch. shall be conducted as indicated in Sections 1803.5.1 through MICROPILE.A micropile is a bored, grouted-in-place deep 1803.5.12. foundation element that develops its load-carrying capacity by 1803.5.1 Classification.Soil materials shall be classified in means of a bond zone in soil,bedrock or a combination of soil accordance with ASTM D 2487. and bedrock. 1803.5.2 Questionable soil. Where the classification, SHALLOW FOUNDATION. A shallow foundation is an strength or compressibility of the soil is in doubt or where a individual or strip footing, a mat foundation, a slab-on-grade load-bearing value superior to that specified in this code is foundation or a similar foundation element. claimed, the building official shall be permitted to require that a geotechnical investigation be conducted. SECTION 1803 1803.5.3 Expansive soil. In areas likely to have expansive GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONS soil,the building oflicialshall require soil tests to determine 1803.1 General. Geotechnical investigations shall be con- where such soils do exist. ducted in accordance with Section 1803.2 and reported in Soils meeting all four of the following provisions shall be accordance with Section 1803.6.Where required by the build- considered expansive,except that tests to show compliance 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 387 SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS with Items 1, 2 and 3 shall not be required if the test pre- 1803.5.8 Compacted fill material.Where shallow founda- scribed in Item 4 is conducted: tions will bear on compacted fill material more than 12 1. Plasticity index (PI) of 15 or greater, determined in inches(305 mm)in depth,a geotechnical investigation shall accordance with ASTM D 4318, be conducted and shall include all of the following: 2. More than 10 percent of the soil particles pass a No. I. Specifications for the preparation of the site prior to 200 sieve (75 µm), determined in accordance with placement of compacted fill material. ASTM D 422. 2. Specifications for material to be used as compacted 3. More than 10 percent of the soil particles are less than fill. 5 micrometers in size,determined in accordance with 3. Test methods to be used to determine the maximum ASTM D 422. dry density and optimum moisture content of the 4. Expansion index greater than 20. determined in material to be used as compacted fill. accordance with ASTM D 4829. 4. Maximum allowable thickness of each lift of com- 1803.5.4 Ground-water table.A subsurface soil investiga- pacted fill material. tion shall be performed to determine whether the existing 5. Field test method for determining the in-place dry ground-water table is above or within 5 feet (1524 mm) density of the compacted fill. below the elevation of the lowest floor level where such B. Minimum acceptable in-place dry density expressed floor is located below the finished ground level adjacent to as a percentage of the maximum dry density deter- the foundation, mined in accordance with Item 3. Exception:A subsurface soil investigation to determine 7. Number and frequency of field tests required to deter- the location of the ground-water table shall not be mine compliance with Item 6. required where waterproofing is provided in accordance 1803.5.9 Controlled low-strength material (CLSM). with Section 1805. Where shallow foundations will bear on controlled 1803.5.5 Deep foundations. Where deep foundations will low-strength material(CLSM),a geotechnical investigation be used,a geotechnical investigation shall be conducted and shall be conducted and shall include all of the following: shall include all of the following,unless sufficient data upon 1. Specifications for the preparation of the site prior to which to base the design and installation is otherwise avail- placement of the CLSM, able: 1. Recommended deep foundation types and installed 2. Specifications for the CLSM. capacities. 3. Laboratory or field test method(s)to be used to deter- 2. Recommended center-to-center spacing of deep mine the compressive strength or bearing capacity of the CLSM. foundation elements. 4. Test methods for determining the acceptance of the 3. Driving criteria. CLSM in the field. 4. Installation procedures. 5. Number and frequency of field tests required to deter- 5. Field inspection and reporting procedures(to include mine compliance with Item 4. procedures for verification of the installed bearing 1803.5.10 Alternate setback and clearance. Where set- capacity where required). backs or clearances other than those required in Section 6. Load test requirements. 1808.7 are desired,the building offrcialshall be permitted to 7. Suitability of deep foundation materials for the require a geotechnical investigation by a registered design intended environment. professionalto demonstrate that the intent of Section 1808.7 would be satisfied.Such an investigation shall include con- 8. Designation of bearing stratum or strata. sideration of material,height of slope,slope gradient,load 9. Reductions for group action,where necessary. intensity and erosion characteristics of slope material. 1803.5.6 Rockstrata.Wheresubsurface explorations at the 1803.5.11 Seismic Design Categories C through F. For project site indicate variations or doubtful characteristics in structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C,D,Eor F the structure of the rock upon which foundations are to be in accordance with Section 1613,a geotechnical investiga- constructed,a sufficient number of borings shall be made to tion shall be conducted, and shall include an evaluation of a depth of not less than 10 feet(3048 mm)below the level of all of the following potential geologic and seismic hazards: the foundations to provide assurance of the soundness of the 1. Slope instability. foundation bed and its load-bearing capacity. 2. Liquefaction. 1803.5.7 Excavation near foundations.Where excavation will remove lateral support from any foundation,an investi- gation shall be conducted to assess the potential conse- 4. Surface displacement due to faulting or lateral quences and address mitigation measures. spreading. 388 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODER SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS 1803.5.12 Seismic Design Categories D through R For 10. Controlled low-strength material properties and testing structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D,E or F in in accordance with Section 1803.5.9. accordance with Section 1613, the geotechnical investiga- tion required by Section 1803.5.11,shall also include: I. The determination of lateral pressures on foundation SECTION 1804 walls and retaining walls due to earthquake motions, EXCAVATION,GRADING AND FILL 1804.1 Excavation near,foundations.Excavation for any pur- l. The potential for liquefaction and soil strength loss pose shall not remove lateral support from any foundation evaluated for site peak ground accelerations,magni- without first underpinning or protecting the foundation against tudes and source characteristics consistent with the settlement or lateral translation, design earthquake ground motions. Peak ground acceleration shall be permitted to be determined 1804.2 Placement of backfill. The excavation outside the based on a site-specific study taking into account soil foundation shall be backfilled with soil that is free of organic amplification effects, as specified in Chapter 21 of material, construction debris, cobbles and boulders or with a ASCE 7, or, in the absence of such a study, peak controlled low-strength material(CLSM).The backfill shall be ground accelerations shall be assumed equal to placed in lifts and compacted in a manner that does not damage SDJ2.5, where SU5 is determined in accordance with the foundation or the waterproofing or dampproofing material. Section 1613.5.4. Exception: CLSM need not be compacted. 3. An assessment of potential consequences of liquefac- 1804.3 Site grading.The ground immediately adjacent to the tion and soil strength loss,including estimation of dif- foundation shall be sloped away from the building at a slope of ferential settlement, lateral movement, lateral loads not less than one unit vertical in 20 units horizontal (5-percent on foundations, reduction in foundation soil-bearing slope)for a minimum distance of 10 feet(3048 mm)measured capacity, increases in lateral pressures on retaining perpendicular to the face of the wall.If physical obstructions or walls and flotation of buried structures. lot lines prohibit 10 feet (3048 mm) of horizontal distance, a 4. Discussion of mitigation measures such as, but not 5-percent slope shall be provided to an approved alternative limited to,ground stabilization,selection of appropri- method of diverting water away from the foundation. Swales ate foundation type and depths,selection of appropri- used for this purpose shall be sloped a minimum of 2 percent ate structural systems to accommodate anticipated where located within 10 feet (3048 mm) of the building foun- displacements and forces, or any combination of dation. Impervious surfaces within 10 feet (3048 min) of the these measures and how they shall be considered in building foundation shall be sloped a minimum of 2 percent the design of the structure. away from the building. 1803.6 Reporting. Where geotechnical investigations are Exception: Where climatic or soil conditions warrant,the required,a written report of the investigations shall be submit- slope of the ground away from the building foundation shall ted to the building omcial by the owner or authorized agent at be permitted to be reduced to not less than one unit vertical the lime of permit application. This geotechnical report shall in 48 units horizontal (2-percent slope). include,but need not be limited to,the following information: The procedure used to establish the final ground level adja- 1. A plot showing the location of the soil investigations. cent to the foundation shall account for additional settlement of the backfill. 2. A complete record of the soil boring and penetration 1804.4 Grading and fill in flood hazard areas.In flood haz- test logs and soil samples. and areas established in Section 1612.3, grading and/or Fill 3. A record of the soil profile. shall not be approved. 4. Elevation of the water table, if encountered. 1. Unless such fill is placed,compacted and sloped to mini- 5. Recommendations for foundation type and design cri- mize shifting,slumping and erosion during the rise and teria, including but not limited to; bearing capacity of fall of flood water and, as applicable,wave action. natural or compacted soil; provisions to mitigate the 2. In floodways, unless if has been demonstrated through effects of expansive soils; mitigation of the effects of hydrologic and hydraulic analyses performed by a regis- liquefaction, differential settlement and varying soil tered design professional in accordance with standard strength; and the effects of adjacent loads. engineering practice that the proposed grading or fill,or 6. Expected total and differential settlement, both,will not result in any increase in flood levels during the occurrence of the desigt117ood. 7. Deep foundation information in accordance with Sec- 3, In flood hazard areas subject to high-velocity wave lion 1803.5.5. action, unless such fill is conducted and/or placed to 8. Special design and construction provisions for founda- avoid diversion of water and waves toward any building tions of structures founded on expansive soils,as nec- or structure. essary. 4. Where design flood elevations are specified but 9. Compacted Fill material properties and testing in actor- floodways have not been designated, unless it has been dance with Section 1803.5.8. demonstrated that the cumulative effect of the proposed 2GO9 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 3119 SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS flood hazard area encroachment, when combined with such as a crawl space shall be equal to or higher than the all other existing and anticipated flood hazard area outside finished ground level on at least one side. encroachment,will not increase the design flood eleva- Exception: Under-floor spaces of Group R-3 build- tion more than 1 foot (305 mm) at any point. ingsthatmeet the requirements ofFEMA/F1A-T13-11. 1804.5 Compacted fill material.Where shallow foundations 1805.1.3 Ground-water control.Where the ground-water will bear on compacted Fill material, the compacted fill shall table is lowered and maintained at an elevation not less than comply with the provisions of an apprnvedgeotechnical report. 6 inches(152 mm)below the bottom of the lowest floor,the as set forth in Section 1803. floor and walls shall be dampproofed in accordance with Exception: Compacted fill material 12 inches(305 min) in Section 1805.2. The design of the system to lower the depth or less need not comply with an approved report,pro- ground-water table shall be based on accepted principles of vided the in-place dry density is not less than 90 percent of engineering that shall consider,but not necessarily be lim- the maximum dry density at optimum moisture content ited to, permeability of the soil, rate at which water enters determined in accordance with ASTM D 1557. The com- the drainage system,rated capacity of pumps,head against paction shall be verified by special inspection in accordance which pumps are to operate and[berated capacity of the dis- with Section 1704.7. posal area of the system. 1804.6 Controlled low-strength material (CLSM). Where 1805.2 Dampproofing. Where hydrostatic pressure will not shallow foundations will bear on controlled low-strength mate- occur as determined by Section 1803.5.4. floors and walls for rial(CLSM),the CLSM shall comply with the provisions of an other than wood foundation systems shall be dampproofed in approved geotechnical report,asset forth in Section 1803. accordance with this section. Wood foundation systems shall be constructed in accordance with AF&PA PWF. 1805.2.1 Floors. Dampproofing materials for floors shall SECTION 1805 be installed between the floor and the base course required DAMPPROOFING AND WATERPROOFING by Section 1805.4.1, except where a separate floor is pro- 1805.1 General.Walls or portions thereof that retain earth and vided above a concrete slab. enclose interior spaces and floors below grade shall be water- Where installed beneath the slab, dampproofing shall proofed and dampproofed in accordance with this section,with consist of not less than 6-mil (0.006 inch;0.152 mm) poly- the exception of those spaces containing groups other than resi- ethylene with joints lapped not less than 6 inches(152 mm), dential and institutional where such omission is not detrimental or other approved methods or materials.Where permitted to to the building or occupancy. be installed on top of the slab,dampproofing shall consist of mopped-on bitumen,not less than 4-mil (0.004 inch:0.102 Ventilation for crawl spaces shall comply with Section mm)polyethylene,or other approved methods or materials. 1203.4. ,Joints in the membrane shall be lapped and sealed in accor- 1805.1.1 Story above grade plane. Where a basement is dance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. considered a story above grade plane and the finished 1805.2.2 Walls.Dampproofing materials for walls shall be ground level adjacent to the basement wall is below the installed on the exterior surface of the wall,and shall extend basement floor elevation for 25 percent or more of the per- from the top of the footing to above ground level. imeter,the floor and walls shall be dampproofed in accor- dance with Section 1805.2 and a foundation drain shall be Dampproofing shall consist of a bituminous material, 3 installed in accordance with Section 1805.4.2.The founda- pounds per square yard (16 Win') of acrylic modified tion drain shall be installed around the portion of the perim- cement, '/H inch (3.2 mm) coat of surface-bonding mortar eter where the basement floor is below ground level. The complying with ASTM C 887,any of the materials permit- provisions of Sections 1803.5.4, 1805.3 and 1805.4.1 shall ted for waterproofing by Section 1805.3.2 or other not apply in this case. approved methods or materials. 1805.1.2 Under-floor space.The finished ground level of 1805.2.2.1 Surface preparation of walls.Prior to appli- an under-floor space such as a crawl space shall not be cation of dampproofing materials on concrete walls, located below the bottom of the footings.Where there is evi- holes and recesses resulting from the removal of form dance that the ground-water table rises to within 6 inches ties shall be sealed with a bituminous material or other (152 mm)of the ground level at the outside building perime- approvedmethods or materials.Unit masonry walls shall ter,or that the surface water does not readily drain from the be parged on3 the exterior surface below ground level with building site,the ground level of the under-floor space shall not less than l8 inch(9.5 mm)of portland cement mortar. be as high as the outside finished ground level, unless an The parging shall be coved at the footing. approved drainage system is provided, The provisions of Exception: Parging of unit masonry walls is not Sections 1803.5.4, 1805.2, 1805.3 and 1805.4 shall not required where a material is approved for direct appli- apply in this case. cation to the masonry. 1805.1.2.1 Flood hazard areas.For buildings and strut- 1805.3 Waterproofing.Where the ground-water investigation tures in flood hazard areas as established in Section required by Section 1803.5.4 indicates that a hydrostatic pres- 1612.3,the Finished ground level of an under-floor space sure condition exists, and the design does not include a 390 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS ground-water control system as described in Section 1805.1.3, 1805.4.2 Foundation drain.A drain shall be placed around walls and floors shall be waterproofed in accordance with this the perimeter of a foundation that consists of gravel or section. crushed stone containing not more than 10-percent material 1805.3.1 Floors. Floors required to be waterproofed shall that passes through a No.4(4.75 mm)sieve.The drain shall be of concrete and designed and constructed to withstand extend a minimum of 12 inches (305 mm) beyond the out- the hydrostatic pressures to which the floors will be sub- side edge of the footing.The thickness shall be such that the bottom of the drain is not higher than the bottom of the base jetted. under the floor,and that the top of the drain is not less than 6 Waterproofing shall be accomplished by placing a mem- inches(152 mm)above the top of the footing.The lop of the brane of rubberized asphalt,butyl rubber,fully adhered/fully drain shall be covered with an approved filter membrane bonded HDPE or polyolefiin composite membrane or not less material.Where a drain tile or perforated pipe is used, the than 6-mil 10.006 inch (0.152 mm)I polyvinyl chloride with invert of the pipe or the shall not be higher than the floor ele- joints lapped not less than 6 inches (152 mm) or other vation.The top of joints or the top of perforations shall be approved materials under the slab. Joints in the membrane protected with an approved Filter membrane material.The shall be lapped and sealed in accordance with the manufac- pipe or tile shall be placed on not less than 2 inches(51 mm) turer's installation instructions. of gravel or crushed stone complying with Section 1805.4.1, and shall be covered with not less than 6 inches 1805.3.2 Walls.Walls required to be waterproofed shall be (152 mm) of the same material. of concrete or masonry and shall be designed and con- structed to withstand the hydrostatic pressures and other tat- 1805.4.3 Drainage discharge.The floor base and founda- eral loads to which the walls will be subjected. tion perimeter drain shall discharge by gravity or mechani- cal means into an approved drainage system that complies Waterproofing shall be applied From the bottom of the with the International Plumbing Code. wall to not less than 12 inches (305 mm) above the maxi mum elevation of the ground-water table.The remainder of Exception:Where a site is located in well-drained gravel the wall shall be dampproofed in accordance with Section or sand/gravel mixture soils,a dedicated drainage system 1805.2.2. Waterproofing shall consist of two-ply is not required. hot-mopped felts, not less than 6-mil (0.006 inch; 0.152 mm) polyvinyl chloride, 40-mil (0.040 inch; 1.02 mm) SECTION 1806 polymer-modified asphalt, 6-mil (0.006 inch; 0.152 mm) polyethylene or other approved methods or materials capa- PRESUMPTIVE LOAD-BEARING VALUES Of SOILS ble of bridging nonstructural cracks.Joints in the membrane 1806.1 Load combinations. The presumptive load-bearing shall be lapped and sealed in accordance with the manufac- values provided in Table 1806.2 shall be used with the allow- turer's installation instructions. able stress design load combinations specified in Section 1805.3.2.1 Surface preparation of walls. Prior to the 1605.3.The values of vertical foundation pressure and lateral application of waterproofing materials on concrete or bearing pressure given in Table 1806.2 shall be permitted to be masonry walls,the walls shall be prepared in accordance increased by one-third where used with the alternative basic with Section 1805.2.2.1, load combinations of Section 1605.3.2 that include wind or earthquake loads. 1805.3.3 Joints and penetrations. Joints in walls and 1806.2 Presumptive load-bearing values. The load-bearing floors,joints between the wall and floor and penetrations of values used in design for supporting soils near the surface shall the wall and floor shall be made water-tight utilizing not exceed the values specified in Table 1806.2 unless data to approved methods and materials. substantiate the use of higher values are submitted and 1805.4 Subsoil drainage system. Where a hydrostatic pres- approved Where the building olTicial has reason to doubt the sure condition does not exist,dampproofing shall be provided classification, strength or conipressibility of the soil, the and a base shall be installed under the floor and a drain installed requirements of Section 1803.5.2 shall be satisfied. around the foundation perimeter. A subsoil drainage system presumptive load-bearing values shall apply to materials designed and constructed in accordance with Section 1805.1.3 with similar physical characteristics and dispositions. Mud, shall be deemed adequate for lowering the ground-water table. organic silt,organic clays,peat or unprepared fill shall not be 1805.4.1 Floor base course.Floors of basements,except as assumed to have a presumptive load-bearing capacity unless provided for in Section 1805.1.1,shall be placed over a floor data to substantiate the use of such a value are submitted. base course not less than 4 inches(102 mm)in thickness that Exception: A presumptive load-bearing capacity shall be consists of gravel or crushed stone containing not more than permitted to be used where the building official deems the 10 percent of material that passes through a No.4(4.75 mm) load-bearing capacity of mud,organic silt or unprepared fill sieve. is adequate for the support of lightweight or temporary Exception:Where a site is located in well-drained gravel structures, or sand/gravel mixture soils, a floor base course is not 1806.3 Lateral load resistance. Where the presumptive val- required, ues of Table 1806.2 are used to determine resistance to lateral 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 391 SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS loads, the calculations shall be in accordance with Sections 1807.1.1 Design lateral soil loads. Foundation walls shall 1806.3.1 through 1806.3.4. be designed for the lateral soil loads set forth in Section 1806.3.1 Combined resistance.The total resistance to lat 1610. eral loads shall be permi ttcd to be determined by combining 1807.1.2 Unbalanced backfill height.Unbalanced backfill the values derived from the lateral bearing pressure and the height is the difference in height between the exterior finish lateral sliding resistance specified in Table 1806.2. ground level and the lower of the top of the concrete footing that supports the foundation wall or the interior finish 1806.3.2 Lateral sliding resistance limit.For clay,sandy ground level. Where an interior concrete slab on grade is clay.silty clay,clayey silt.silt and sandy silt,in no case shall provided and is in contact with [be interior surface of the the lateral sliding resistance exceed one-half the dead load. foundation wall,the unbalanced backfill height shall be per- mitted to be measured from the exterior finish ground level 1806.3.3 Increase for depth.The lateral bearing pressures to the top of the interior concrete slab. specified in Table 1806.2 shall be permitted to be increased by the tabular value for each additional foot (305 mm) of 1807.1.3 Rubble stone foundation walls. Foundation depth to a maximum of 15 times the tabular value. walls of rough or random rubble stone shall not be less than 16 inches(406 mm)thick.Rubble stone shall not be used for 1806.3.4 Increase for poles.Isolated poles for uses such as foundation walls of structures assigned to Seismic Design flagpoles or signs and poles used to support buildings that Category C,D, E or F. are not adversely affected by a 1/2 inch (12.7 mm)motion at 1807.1.4 Permanent wood foundation systems. Perma- the ground surface due to short-term lateral loads shall be nent wood foundation systems shall be designed and permitted to be designed using lateral bearing pressures installed in accordance with AF&PA PWF.Lumber and ply- equal to two times the tabular values. wood shall be treated in accordance with AWPA U1 (Com- modity Specification A. Use Category 413 and Section 5.2) and shall be identified in accordance with Section SECTION 1807 2303.1.8.1. FOUNDATION WALLS, RETAINING WALLS AND 1807.1.5 Concrete and masonry foundation walls. Con- EMBEDDED POSTS AND POLES crete and masonry foundation walls shall be designed in 1807.1 Foundation walls.Foundation walls shall be designed accordance with Chapter 19 or 21, as applicable. and constructed in accordance with Sections 1807.1.1 through Exception:Concrete and masonry foundation walls shall 1807.1.6.Foundation walls shall be supported by foundations be permitted to be designed and constructed in accordance designed in accordance with Section 1808. with Section 1807.1.6. TABLE 1806.1 PRESUMPTIVE LOAD-BEARING VALUES LATERAL BEARING LATERAL SLIDING RESISTANCE VERTICAL FOUNDATION PRESSURE CLASS OF MATERIALS PRESSURE(psf) (psftf below natural grade) Coefficient of friction' Cohesion(psn" 1. Crystalline bedrock 12,000 1,200 0.70 — 2. Sedimentary and foli- 4,000 400 0.35 -- ated rock 3. Sandy gravel and/or 3,000 200 0.35 gravel(GW and GP) — 4. Sand,silty sand,clayey sand,silty gravel and ' 2,000 150 0.25 clayey gravel(SW,SP, — SM.SC.GM and GC) 5. Clay,sandy clay,silty clay,clayey silt,silt and 1,500 100 — 130 sandy silt (CL,ML, MH and CH) For Sl: I pound per square foot=0.0479 kPa.I pound per square foot per foot=0.157 kPa/m. a. Coefficient to be multiplied by the dead load. b. Cohesion value to be multiplied by the contact area.as limited by Section 1806.3.2. 392 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS 1807.1.6 Prescriptive design of concrete and masonry 1807.1.6.2 Concrete foundation walls.Concrete foun- foundation walls.Concrete and masonry foundation walls dation walls shall comply with the following: [hat are laterally supported at the top and bottom shall be 1. The thickness shall comply with the requirements permitted to be designed and constructed in accordance of Table 1807.1.6.2. with this section. 1807.1.6.1 Foundation wall thickness. The thickness 2. The size and spacing of vertical reinforcement of prescriptively designed foundation walls shall not be shown in Table 1807.1.6.2 is based on the use of less than the thickness of the wall supported.except[hat reinforcement with a minimum yield strength of foundation walls of at ]east 8-inch (203 mm) nominal 60,000 pounds per square inch (psi) (414 MPa).Vertical reinforcement with a minimum yield width shall be permitted to support brick-veneered frame strength of reinforcement psi (276 MPa) or 54,400 psi walls and 10-inch-wide (254 mm) cavity walls provided strength MPa) shall 0 permitted,provided the same the requirements of Section 1807.1.6.2 or 1$07.1.6.3 are size bar is used and the spacing shown in the table met. is reduced by multiplying the spacing by 0.67 or 0.83,respectively. TABLE 1807.1.6.2 CONCRETE FOUNDATION WALLS" MINIMUM VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT-BAR SIZE AND SPACING(inches) Design lateral soil load'(psi per foot of depth) MAXIMUM MAXIMUM 30" 45d so WALL UNBALANCED Minimum wall thickness(inches) HEIGHT RACKFILL — - — -- (feet) - HEIGHT'(feet) 1 7.5 9.5 11.5 7.5 9.5 11.5 7.5 9.5 11.5 — 4 PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC 5 5 PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC 4 PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC 6 5 PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC 6 PC PC PC PC _ PC PC PC PC PC 4 PC PC PC PC PC PC PC — -PC PC 7 5 PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC 6 PC PC PC PC PC PC #5 at 48 PC PC 7 PC I PC PC #5 at 46 PC PC #6 ai 48 _ PC PC 4 PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC 5 PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC 8 6 PC PC PC PC PC PC #5 a(43 PC PC 7 PC PC PC #5 at 41 PC PC #6 at 43 PC PC 8 #5 at 47 PC PC #6 at 43 PC PC #6 at 32 #6 at 44 PC 4 PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC 5 PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC 9 6 PC PC PC PC PC PC #5 at 39 PC PC 7 PC PC PC #5 at 37 PC PC #6 at 38 #5 at 37 PC 8 #5 at 41 PC PC #6 at 38 #5 at 37 PC #7 at 39 #6 at 39 #4a(48 9d #6 at 46 PC PC #7a(41 #6 at 41 PC #7 at 31 #7 at 41 #6 at 39 4 PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC 5 PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC 6 PC PC PC PC PC PC #5 at 37 PC PC 10 I 7 PC PC PC #6 at 48 PC PC #6 at 35 #6 at 48 PC 8 #5 a(38 PC PC #7 at 47 #6 at 47 PC #7 at 35 #7 at 47 #6 at 45 9d #6 at 41 #4 at 48 PC #7 at 37 #7 at 48 #4 at 48 #6 at 22 #7 at 37 #7 at 47 lod #7 at 45 #6 at 45 PC #7 at 31 #7 at 40 #6a(38 #6 at 22 #7 at 30 #7 at 38 For SL 1 inch 25.4 mm. 1 foot=304.8 mm,1 pound per square foot per foot=0,157 kPa/m. a. For design lateral soil loads,see Section 1610. b Provisions for this table are based on design and construction requirements specified in Section 1807.1.6.2. c. "PC"means plain concrete. d.Where unbalanced backf ll height exceeds 8 feet and design lateral soil loads from Table 1610.1 are used,the requirements for 30 and 45 psf per foot of depth are not applicable(see Section 1610). e. For height of unbalanced backfill.see Section 1807.1.2. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 393 SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS 3. Vertical reinforcement, when required. shall be 1807.1.6.2.1 Seismic requirements. Based on the placed nearest the inside face of the wall a dis- seismic design category assigned to the structure in tance, d, from the outside face (soil face) of the accordance with Section 1613. concrete foundation wall.The distance,d,is equal to the wall thickness, walls designed using Table 1807.1.6.2 shall be sub- t,minus 1.25 inches(32 min)plus one-half the bar ject to the following limitations: diameter,dh,[d=r—(1.25+d1,12)I.The reinforce- I. Seismic Design Categories A and B.No addi- ment shall be placed within a tolerance oft 1,inch tional seismic requirements, except provide (9.5 mm) where d is less than or equal to 8 inches (203 mm)or t 112 inch(12.7 min)where dis greater reinforcement around openings in accordance than 8 inches (203 mm). with Section 1909.6.3. 4. In lieu of the reinforcement shown in Table 2• Seismic Design Categories C, D, H and F. 1807.1.6.2, smaller reinforcing bar sizes with Tables shall not be used except as allowed for closer spacings that provide an equivalent plain concrete members in Section 1908.1.8. cross-sectional area of reinforcement per unit 1807.1.6.3 Masonry foundation walls.Masonry four)- length shall be permitted. dation walls shall comply with the following: 5. Concrete cover for reinforcement measured from 1. The thickness shall comply with the require- the inside face of the wall shall not be less than'/, ments of Table 1807.1.6.3(1) for plain masonry inch(19.1 mm).Concrete cover for reinforcement walls or Table 1807.1.6.3(2), 1807.1.6.3(3) or measured from the outside face of the wall shall 1807.1.6.3(4) for masonry walls with reinforce- not be less than 1112 inches (38 nun) for No.5 bars ment. and smaller,and not less than 2 inches(51 min)for 2. Vertical reinforcement shall have a minimum larger bars. yield strength of 60,000 psi (414 MPa). 6. Concrete shall have a specified compressive 3. The specified location of the reinforcement shall strength./',,of not less than 2,500 psi(17.2 MPa). equal or exceed the effective depth distance, d, 7. The unfactored axial load per linear foot of wall noted in Tables 1807.1.6.3(2), 1807.1.6.3(3)and shall not exceed 1.2 t f', where t is the specified 1807.1.6.3(4) and shall be measured from the wall thickness in inches. face of the exterior (soil) side of the wall to the TABLE 1807.1.6.3(1) PLAIN MASONRY FOUNDATION WALLS"" MINIMUM NOMINAL WALL THICKNESS finches) Design lateral soil load'(psi per foot of depth) MAXIMUM WALL HEIGHT MAXIMUM UNBALANCED - -- - (feet) BACKFILL HEIGHT'(feet) 30' 45' 60 4 (or less) 8 8 8 7 5 8 10 10 6 10 12 10 (solid`) 7 12 10(solid) 10(solid') � 4 (or less) 8 - 8 - 5 8 10 12 8 6 10 12 12 (solid') 7 12 12(solid) Note d 8 10(solid') 12 (solid) Note d — � 4 (or less) — — - -- 13 - -li $ - - 5 8 10 12 9 6 12 12 12 (solid') 7 12(solid') 12 (solid') Note d 8 12(solid') Note d Note d 91 Note d Note d Note d For SL 1 inch=25.4 mm.I foot=304.8 mm,1 pound per square foot per foot m 0.157 kPalm. a. For design lateral soil loads.see Section 1610. L Provisions for this table are based on design and construction requirements specified in Section 1807.1.6.3. c. Solid grouted hollow units or solid masonry units. d. A design in compliance with Chapter 21 or reinforcement in accordance withTable 1807.1.6.312)is required. e. For height of unbalanced backfill.see Section 1807.1.2. f. Where unbalanced backfill helght exceeds 8 feet and design lateral soil loads from Table 1610.1 are used,the requirements for 30 and 45 psf per fool of depth are not applicable(see Section 1610). 394 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS center of the vertical reinforcement. The rein- 7. Masonry units shall be laid in running bond and forcernent shall be placed within the tolerances installed with Type M or S mortar in accordance specified in TMS 6021ACI 530.11ASCE 6,Arti- with Section 2103.8. cle 3.3.B.8 of the specified location. S. The unfactored axial load per linear foot of wall 4. Grout shall comply with Section 2103.12. shall not exceed 1.2 tf',,,where t is the specified wall thickness in inches and P.is the specified 5. Concrete masonry units shall comply with compressive strength of masonry in pounds per ASTM C 90. square inch. 6. Clay masonry units shall comply with ASTM.C 9. At least 4 inches(102 mm)of solid masonry shall 652 for hollow brick, except compliance with be provided at girder supports at the top of hol- ASTM C 62 or ASTM C 216 shall be permitted low masonry unit foundation walls. where solid masonry units are installed in accor- 10. Corbeling of masonry shall be in accordance dance with Table 1807.1.6.3(1) for plain with Section 2104.2.Where an 8-inch (203 mm) masonry. wall is corbeled, the top corbel shall not extend TABLE 1807.1.6.3(2) 8-INCH MASONRY FOUNDATION WALLS WITH REINFORCEMENT WHERE d z 5 INCHESaAc MINIMUM VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT-BAR SIZE AND SPACING(inches) MAXIMUM UNBALANCED Design lateral soil load'(psf per foot of depth) MAXIMUM WALL HEIGHT SAC KFILL HEIGHT — — — (feet-inches) (feet-inches) 30' 45' 60 4-0 (or less) #4 at 48 #4 at 48 #4 at 48 7-4 5-0 #4 at 48 #4 at 48 #4 at 48 6-0 #4 at 48 #5 at 48 #5 at 48 7-4 #5 at 48 #6 at 48 #7 at 48 8-0 4-0(or less) #4 at 48 #4 at 48 #4 at 48 5-0 #4 at 48 #4 al 48 #4 at 48 6-0 #4 at 48 #5 at 48 05 at 48 7-0 #5 at 48 #6 at 48 #7 a(48 8-0 #5 at 48 #6 at 48 #7 at 48 4-0(or less) #4 at 48 #4 ai 48 #4 at 48 5-0 #4 at 48 #4 at 48 #5 at 48 8-8 6-0 #4 at 48 #5 at 48 #6 at 48 7-0 #5 at 48 #6 at 48 #7 ai 48 #6 at 48 #7 at 48 #8 at 48 4-0 (or less) #4 at 48 #4 at 48 #4 at 48 5-0 #4 at 48 #4 at 48 #5 at 48 9-4 6-0 #4 at 48 #5 at 48 #6 at 48 7-0 #5 at 48 #6 at 48 #7a(48 8-0 #6 at 48 #7 at 48 #8 at 48 9-4v #7 at 48 #8 at 48 49 at 48 4-0(or less) #4 at 48 #4 at 48 #4 at 48 5.0 #4 at 48 #4 at 48 #5 at 48 6-0 #4 at 48 #5 at 48 #6 at 48 10-0 7-0 #5 at 48 #6 at 48 #7 at 48 8.0 46 a(48 #7 at 48 #8 at 48 9-0e #7 at 48 #8 at 48 #9 at 48 10-0P 47 at 48 #9 at 48 #9 at 48 Far Sl: I inch=25.4 mm.1 foot=304.8 mm,1 pound per square foot per foot=0.157 kPa/m. a. For design lateral suit loads.see Section 1610. b. Provisions for this table are based on design and construction requirements specified in Section 1807.1.6.3. c. For alternative reinforcement,see Section 1807.1.6.3.1. d. For height of unbalanced backfill,see Section 1807.1.2. e. Where unbalanced backfill height exceeds 8 feel and design lateral soil loads from Table 1610.1 are used,the requirements for 30 and 45 psf per foot ofdepth are not applicable.See Section 1610. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 395 SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS higher than the bottom of the floor framing and (mm) of wall shall be permitted to be used,provided shall be a full course of headers at least 6 inches the spacing of reinforcement does not exceed 72 (152 mm) in length or the top course bed joint inches (1829 mm) and reinforcing bar sizes do not shall be tied to the vertical wall projection.The exceed No. 11. tie shall be W2.8 (4.8 mm) and spaced at a maxi- 1807.1.6.3.2 Seismic requirements. Based on the mum horizontal distance of 36 inches(914 mm). seismic design category assigned to the structure in The hollow space behind the corbelled masonry accordance with Section 1613. masonry foundation shall be filled with mortar or grout. walls designed using Tables 1807.1.6.3(1) through 1807.1.6.3.1 Alternative foundation wall rein- 1807.1.6.3(4) shall be subject to the following limita- forcement.In lieu of the reinforcement provisions for tions: masonry foundation walls in Table 1807.1.6.3(2), 1. Seismic Design Categories A and B. No addi- 1807.1.6.3(3) or 1807.1.6.3(4), alternative reinforc- tional seismic requirements. ing bar sizes and spacings having an equivalent cross-sectional area of reinforcement per linear foot 2. Seismic Design Category C. A design using Tables 1807.1.6.3(1) through 1807.1.6.3(9) is TABLE 1807.1.6.3(3) 10-INCH MASONRY FOUNDATION WALLS WITH REINFORCEMENT WHERE d z 6.75 INCHES 2,b.c MINIMUM VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT-BAR SIZE AND SPACING(inches) MAXIMUM UNBALANCED Design lateral soil load'(psf per foot of depth) MAXIMUM WALL HEIGHT BACKFILL HEIGHTd (feet-inches) (feet-inches) 300 454 60 4-0(or less) #4 at 56 #4 at 56 #4 at 56 7-4 5-0 #4 at 56 #4 at 56 #4 at 56 6-0 #4 at 56 #4 at 56 #5 at 56 7-4 #4 at 56 #5 at 56 #6 at 56 4-0(or less) #4 at 56 #4 at 56 #4 at 56 5-0 #4 at 56 #4 at 5 #4 at 56 8-0 6.0 #4 at 56 #4 at 56 #5 at 56 7-0 #4 at 56 #5 at 56 #6 at 56 8-0 #5 at 56 #6 at 56 #7 at 56 4.0(or less) #4 at 56 #4 at 56 #4 at 56 5.0 #4 at 56 #4 at 56 #4 at 56 8-8 6-0 #4 at 56 #4 at 56 #5 at 56 7-0 #4 at 56 #5 at 56 #6 at 56 8-8" #5 at 56 #7 at 56 #8 at 56 4-0(or less) 04 at 56 #4 at 56 #4 at 56 5-0 #4 at 56 94 at 56 #4 at 56 9-4 6-0 #4 at 56 #5 at 56 #5 at 56 7-0 #4 at 56 #5 at 56 #6 at 56 8-0 #5 at 56 #6 at 56 #7 at 56 9-4v #6 al 56 #7 at 56 #7 at 56 4-0 (or less) #4 at 56 #4 at 56 #4 at 56 5-0 #4 at 56 #4 at 56 #4 at 56 6-0 #4 at 56 #5 at 56 #5 at 56 10.0 7-0 #5 at 56 #6 at 56 #7 at 56 8-0 #5 at 56 #7 at 56 #8 at 56 9-0e #6 at 56 #7 at 56 #9 at 56 I0-0P #7 at 56 #8 at 56 #9 at 56 For Sl! 1 inch=25.4 nim. 1 foot=304.8.1 pound per square foot per fooi=1.157 kPa/m. a. For design lateral soil loads,see Section 1610. b. provisions for this table are based on design and construction requirements specified in Section 1807.1.6.3. c. For alternative reinforcement,see Section 1807.1.6.3.1. d. For height of unbalanced backfill.See Section 1807.1.2. e. Where unbalanced backfill height exceeds 8 feet and design lateral soil loads from Table 1610.1 are used.the requirements for 30 and 45 psf per foot of depth are not applicable.See Section 1610, 396 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS subject to the seismic requirements of Section dation pressure and water uplift. Where a keyway is 1.17.4.3 of TMS 402/AC1 530/ASCE 5, extended below the wall base with the intent to engage pas- 3. Seismic Design Category D. A design using sive pressure and enhance sliding stability,lateral sail pres- Tables 1807.1.6.3(2) through 1807.1.6.3(4) is sures on both sides of the keyway shall be considered in the subject to the seismic requirements of Section sliding analysis. 1.17.4.4 of TMS 402/AC1 530/ASCE 5. 1807.2.2 Design lateral soil loads.Retaining walls shall be 4. Seismic Design Categories E and F. A design designed for the lateral soil loads set forth in Section 1610. using Tables 1807.1.6.3(2) through 1807.2.3 Safety factor.Retaining walls shall be designed to 1807.1.6.3(4) is subject to the seismic require- resist the lateral action of soil to produce sliding and over- merits of Section 1.17.4.5 of TMS 4021ACI turning with a minimum safety factor of 1.5 in each case. 5301ASCE 5. The load combinations of Section 1605 shall not apply to 1807.2 Retaining walls.Retaining walls shall be designed in this requirement.Instead,design shall be based on 0.7 times accordance with Sections 1807.2.1 through 1807.2.3. nominal earthquake loads, 1.0 times other nominal loads, and investigation with one or more of the variable loads set 1807.2.1 General. Retaining walls shall be designed to to zero. The safety factor against lateral sliding shall be ensure stability against overturning,sliding,excessive foun- taken as the available soil resistance at the base of the retain- TABLE 1807.1.6.3(4) 12-INCH MASONRY FOUNDATION WALLS WITH REINFORCEMENT WHERE d?8.75 INCHESB,b•c MINIMUM VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT-BAR SIZE AND SPACING(inches) MAXIMUM UNBALANCED Design lateral soil load'(psf per foot of depth) MAXIMUM WALL HEIGHT BACKFILLHEIGHTd - i (feel-inches) (feel-inches) I 30' — _ __45" 60 4 (or less) #4 at 72 #4 at 72 #4 at 72 7-4 5.0 #4 at 72 #4 at 72 44 at 72 6-0 #4 at 72 #4 at 72 #5 at 72 7_4 #4 at 72 #5 at 72 1 #6 at 72 4 (or less) #4 at 72 #4 at 72 #4 at 72 5.0 #4 at 72 j #4 at 72 #4 at 72 8-0 6.0 #4 at 72 #4 at 72 #5 at 72 7-0 #4 at 72 #5 at 72 #6 at 72 8-0 #5 at 72 #6 at 72 #8 at 72 4 (or less) #4 at 72 I #4 at 72 #4 at 72 5-0 #4 at 72 #4 at 72 #4 at 72 8-8 6.0 #4 a(72 #4 at 72 #5 at 72 7-0 #4 at 72 #5 at 72 #6 at 72 Me #5 at 72 #7 at 72 #8 at 72 4 (or less) #4 at 72 I #4 at 72 #4 at 72 5-0 #4 at 72 #4 at 72 #4 at 72 i 6-0 #4 at 72 #5 at 72 #5 at 72 9-q 7-0 #4 at 72 #5 at 72 #6 at 72 8-0 #5 at 72 #6 at 72 #7 at 72 94" #6 at 72 #7 at 72 #8 at 72 t_ 4 (or less) #4 at 72 #4 at 72 #4 at 72 5-0 #4 at 72 #4 at 72 #4 at 72 6-0 #4 at 72 #5 at 72 #5 at 72 10-0 7.0 #4 at 72 #6 at 72 Hat 72 8-0 #5 at 72 #6 at 72 #7 at 72 9-0" #6 al 72 #7 at 72 #8 at 72 10.0' #7 at 72 i 48 at 72 #9 at 72 For SI: I inch=25.4 mm. 1 foot=304.8 mm.1 pound per square foot per foot=0.157 kPalm. a. For design lateral soil loads.see Section 1610. b. Provisions for this table are based on design and construction requirements specified in Section 1807.1.6.3. c. For alternative reinforcement,see Section 1807.1.6.3.1. d. For height of unbalanced backhIL see Section 1807.1.2. e. Where unbalanced backfill height exceeds 8 feet and design lateral soil loads From Table 1610.1 are used,the requirements for 30 and 45 psf per foot of depth are riot applicable.See Section 1610. 2009 INTERNATIONAL 13UILDING CODE' 397 SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS ing wall foundation divided by the net lateral force applied resist lateral loads where lateral constraint is provided at to the retaining wall. the ground surface,such as by a rigid floor or pavement. Exception: Where earthquake loads are included, the 4.25Ph minimum safety factor for retaining wall sliding and d= f S b (Equation 18-2) overturning shall be 1.1. 1807.3 Embedded posts and poles. Designs to resist both or alternatively axial and lateral loads employing posts or poles as columns embedded in earth or in concrete footings in earth shall be in 4.25M1, accordance with Sections 1807.3.1 through 1807.3.3. d y S s b (Equation 18-3) 1807.3.1 Limitations. The design procedures outlined in this section are subject to the following limitations: where: 1. The frictional resistance for structural walls and slabs M,,= Moment in the post at grade, in foot-pounds on silts and clays shall be limited to one-half of the (kN-m). normal force imposed on the soil by the weight of the S� = Allowable lateral soil-bearing pressure as set footing or slab. forth in Section 1806.2 based on a depth equal to 2. Posts embedded in earth shall not be used to provide the depth of embedment in pounds per square lateral support for structural or nonstructural materi- foot (kPa). als such as plaster,masonry or concrete unless brae- 1807.31.3 Vertical load.The resistance to vertical loads ing is provided that develops the limited deflection shall be determined using the vertical foundation pres- required. sure set forth in Table 1806.2. Wood poles shall be treated in accordance with AWPA 1807.3.3 Backfill.The backfill in the annular space around U 1 for sawn timber posts(Commodity Specification A,Use columns not embedded in poured footings shall be by one of Category 4$) and for round timber posts (Commodity the following methods: Specification B, Use Category 413). 1. Backfill shall be of concrete with a specified com- 1807.3.2 Design criteria.The depth to resist lateral loads pressive strength of not less than 2,000 psi (13.8 shall be determined using the design criteria established in MPa). The hole shall not be less than 4 inches (102 Sections 1807.3.2.1 through 1807.3.2.3. or by other meth- mm) larger than the diameter of the column at its bot- ods approved by the building olrciaL tom or 4 inches (102 mm) larger than the diagonal 1807.3.2.1 Nonconstrained. The following formula dimension of a square or rectangular column. shall be used in determining the depth of embedment 2. Backfill shall be of clean sand.The sand shall be thor- required to resist lateral loads where no lateral constraint oughly compacted by tamping in layers not more than is provided at the ground surface,such as by a rigid floor 8 inches (203 mm) in depth. or rigid ground surface pavement, and where no lateral 3. Backfill shall be of controlled low-strength material constraint is provided above the ground surface.such as (CLSM). by a structural diaphragm. d=0.5A(1+11+(4.36VA)] (Equation 18-1) where: SECTION 1808 FOUNDATIONS A = 2.34 PIS, b. 1808.1 General. Foundations shall be designed and con- b = Diameter of round post or footing or diagonal strutted in accordance with Sections 1808.2 through 1808.9. dimension of square post or footing, feet(m). Shallow Foundations shall also satisfy the requirements of Sec- d = Depth of embedment in earth in feet (m) but not tion 1809.Deep foundations shall also satisfy the requirements over 12 feet (3658 mm) For purpose of comput- of Section 1810. ing lateral pressure. 1808.2 Design for capacity and settlement. Foundations h = Distance in feet(m)from ground surface to point shall be so designed that the allowable bearing capacity of the of application of"P.^ soil is not exceeded, and that differential settlement is mini- mized. Foundations in areas with expansive soils shall be P = Applied lateral force in pounds (kN). designed in accordance with the provisions of Section 1808.6. Si = Allowable lateral soil-bearing pressure as set 1808.3 Design loads. Foundations shall be designed for the forth in Section 1806.2 based on a depth of most unfavorable effects due to the combinations of loads spec- one-third the depth of embedment in pounds per ified in Section 1605.2 or 1605.3.Thedead load is permitted to square foot (psf) (kPa). include the weight of foundations and overlying fill. Reduced 1807.3.22 Constrained.The following formula shall be live loads,as specified in Sections 1607.9 and 1607.11,shall be used to determine the depth of embedment required to permitted to be used in the design of foundations. 398 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS 1808.3.1 Seismic overturning.Where foundations are pro- deformed shape of the soil support, the plate or stiffened portioned using the load combinations of Section 1605.2 or plate action of the slab as well as both center lift and edge lift I605.3.1. and the computation of seismic overturning conditions. Such allernative methods shall be rational and effects is by equivalent lateral force analysis or modal anal- the basis for all aspects and parameters of the method shall ysis.the proportioning shall be in accordance with Section be available for peer review. 12.13.4 of ASCE 7. 1808.6.3 Removal of expansive soil.Where expansive soil 1808.4 Vibratory loads.Where machinery operations or other is removed in lieu of designing foundations in accordance vibrations are transmitted through the foundation, consider- with Section 1808.6.1 or 1808,6.2,the soil shall be removed ation shall be given in the foundation design to prevent detri- to a depth sufficient to ensure a constant moisture content in mental disturbances of the soil. the remaining soil.Fill material shall not contain expansive 1808.5 Shifting or moving soils. Where it is known that the soils and shall comply with Section 1804.5 or 1804.6. shallow subsoils are of a shifting or moving character,founda- Exception: Expansive soil need not be removed to the tions shall be carried to a sufficient depth to ensure stability. depth of constant moisture,provided the confining pres- 1808.6 Design for expansive soils.Foundations for buildings sure in the expansive soil created by the fill and sup- and structures founded on expansive soils shall be designed in ported structure exceeds the swell pressure. accordance with Section 1808.6.1 or 1808.6.2. 1808.6.4 Stabilization.Where the active zone of expansive Exception: Foundation design need not comply with Sec- soils is stabilized in lieu of designing foundations in accor- tion 1808.6.1 or 1808.6.2 where one of the following condi- dance with Section 1808.6.1 or 1808.6.2, the soil shall be tions is satisfied: stabilized by chemical,dewatering,presaturation or equiva- 1. The soil is removed in accordance with Section Ient techniques. 1808.6.3,or 1808.7 Foundations on or adjacent to slopes.The placement 2. The building official approves stabilization of the soil of buildings and structures on or adjacent to slopes steeper than in accordance with Section 1808.6.4. one unit vertical in three units horizontal (33.3-percent slope) 1808.6.1 Foundations.Foundations placed on orwithin the shall comply with Sections 1808.7.1 through 1808.7.5, active zone of expansive soils shall be designed to resist dif- 1808.7.1 Building clearance from ascending slopes. In ferential volume changes and to prevent structural damage general,buildings below slopes shall be set a sufficient dis- to the supported structure. Deflection and racking of the tance from the slope to provide protection from slope drain- supported structure shall be limited to that which will not age, erosion and shallow failures. Except as provided in interfere with the usability and serviceability of the strut- Section 1808.7.5 and Figure 1808.7.1,the following criteria ture. will be assumed to provide this protection.Where the exist- Foundations placed below where volume change occurs ing slope is steeper than one unit vertical in one unit hori- or below expansive soil shall comply with the following zontal (100-percent slope), the toe of the slope shall be provisions: assumed to be at the intersection of a horizontal plane drawn I. Foundations extending into or penetrating expansive from the top of the foundation and a plane drawn tangent to soils shall be designed to prevent uplift of the sup- the slope at an angle of 45 degrees(0.79 rad) to the horizon- ported structure. tal. Where a retaining wall is constructed at the toe of the slope,the height of the slope shall be measured from the top 2. Foundations penetrating expansive soils shall be of the wall to the top of the slope. designed to resist forces exerted on the foundation due to soil volume changes or shall be isolated from 1808.7.2 Foundation setback from descending slope sur- the expansive soil. face.Foundations on or adjacent to slope surfaces shall be founded in firm material with an embedment and set back 1808.6.2 Slab-on-ground foundations. Moments, shears from the slope surface sufficient to provide vertical and lat- and deflections for use in designing slab-on-ground,mat or eral support for the foundation without detrimental settle- raft foundations on expansive soils shall be determined in ment.Except as provided for in Section 1808.7.5 and Figure accordance with WRIICRSI Design of Slab-on-Ground 1808.7.1,the following setback is deemed adequate to meet Foundations or PTI Standard Requirements for Analysis of the criteria.Where the slope is steeper than 1 unit vertical in Shallow Concrete Foundations on Expansive Soils. Using 1 unit horizontal (100-percent slope), the required setback the moments, shears and deflections determined above, shall be measured from an imaginary plane 45 degrees(0.79 nonprestressed slabs-on-ground,mat or raft foundations on rad) to the horizontal,projected upward from the toe of the expansive soils shall be designed in accordance with slope. WRIICRSI Design of Slab-on-Ground Foundations and post-tensioned slab-on-ground, mat or raft foundations on 1808.7.3 Fools. The setback between pools regulated by expansive soils shall be designed in accordance with PTI this code and slopes shall be equal to one-half the building Standard Requirements for Design of Shallow fooling setback distance required by this section.That por- Post-Tensioned Concrete Foundations on Expansive Soils. tion of the pool wall within a horizontal distance of 7 feet It shall be permitted to analyze and design such slabs by (2134 mm)from the top of the slope shall be capable of sup- other methods that account for soil-structure interaction,the porting the water in the pool without soil support. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 399 SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS FACE OF FOOTING TOP OF SLOPE FACE OF - STRUCTURE 7Z)6 OF >f SLOPE AT,LEAST THE SMALLER OF tW AND Ora FFET ATLEASTME SMALLER OF W2 AND 15 FEET For Sl: 1 foot=304.8 mm. FIGURE 1808.7.1 FOUNDATION CLEARANCES FROM SLOPES 1808.7.4 Foundation elevation.On graded sites,the top of cover requirement applies. Where concrete is placed in a any exterior Foundation shall extend above the elevation of temporary or permanent casing or a mandrel,the inside Face the street gutter at point of discharge or the inlet of an of the casing or mandrel shall be considered the concrete approved drainage device a minimum of 12 inches (305 surface. mm) plus 2 percent.Alternate elevations are permitted sub- 1808.8.3 Placement of concrete.Concrete shall be placed jecl to the approval of the building official, provided it can in such a manner as to ensure the exclusion of any Foreign be demonstrated that required drainage to the point of dis- matter and to secure a Full-size foundation. Concrete shall charge and away from the structure is provided at all Ioca- not be placed through water unless a tremie or other method tions on the site. approved by the building official is used. Where placed 1808.7.5 Alternate setback and clearance.Alternate set- under or in the presence of water, the concrete shall be backs and clearances are permitted,subject to the approval deposited by approved means to ensure minimum segrega- of the building official.The building officialshall be permit tion of the mix and negligible turbulence of the water. ted to require a geotechnical investigation as set forth in Sec- Where depositing concrete From the top of a deep founda- tion 1803.5.10, lion element, the concrete shall be chuted directly into 1808.8 Concrete foundations.The design,materials and con- smooth-sided pipes or tubes or placed in a rapid and contin- struction of concrete Foundations shall comply with Sections uous operation through a funnel hopper centered at the top 1808.8.1 through 1808.8.6 and the provisions of Chapter 19. of the element. Exception: Where concrete Footings supporting walls of 1808.8.4 Protection of concrete. Concrete foundations light-Frame construction are designed in accordance with shall be protected from freezing during depositing and for a Table 1809.7,a specific design in accordance with Chapter period of not less than five days thereafter.Water shall not 19 is not required. be allowed to flow through the deposited concrete. 1808.8.1 Concrete or grout strength and mix propor- 1808.8.5 Forming of concrete. Concrete foundations are tioning.Concrete or grout in Foundations shall have a speci- permitted to be cast against the earth where,in the opinion fled compressive strength (f',) not less than the largest of the building official, soil conditions do not require applicable value indicated in Table 1808.83, formwork.Where formwork is required,it shall be in accor- Where concrete is placed through a Funnel hopper at the dance with Chapter 6 of ACI 318. top of a deep foundation element,the concrete mix shall be 1808.8.6 Seismic requirements. See Section 1908 for designed and proportioned so as to produce a cohesive additional requirements for foundations of structures workable mix having a slump of not less than 4 inches(102 assigned to Seismic Design Category C.D,E or F. mm)and not more than 8 inches(204 mm).Where concrete For structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D,E or grout is to be pumped, the mix design including slump or F, provisions of ACI 318, Sections 21.12.1 through shall be adjusted to produce a pumpable mixture. 21.12.4. shall apply where not in conflict with the provi- 1808.8.2 Concrete cover.The concrete cover provided for sions of Sections 1808 through 1810. prestressed and nonprestressed reinforcement in founda- Exceptions: tions shall be no less than the largest applicable value speci- fied in Table 1808.8.2. Longitudinal bars spaced less than 1. Detached one- and two-family dwellings of 1 V,inches (38 mm)clear distance apart shall be considered light-Frame construction and two stories or less bundled bars for which the concrete cover provided shall above grade plane are not required comply with also be no less than that required by Section 7.7.4 of ACI the provisions of ACI 318. Sections 21.12.1 318. Concrete cover shall be measured from the concrete through 21.12.9. surface to the outermost surface of the steel to which the 2. Section 21.12.4.4(a)of ACI 318 shall not apply, 400 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS TABLE 1808.8.1 MINIMUM SPECIFIED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH f'c OF CONCRETE OR GROUT SPECIFIED COMPRESSIVE - - -—- FOUNDATION ELEMENT OR CONDITION _ _- _ - - - STRENGTH,f'.. i i 1. Foundations for structures assigned to Seismic Design Category A.B or C 2,500 psi 2a.Foundations for Group R or U occupancies of light-frame construction,two stories or less in height, 2,500 psi assigned to Seismic Design Category D.E or F 2b.Foundations for other structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D,E or F 3,000 psi 3. Precast nonprestressed drived piles 4,000 psi 4. Socketed drilled shafts 4,000 psi 5. Micropiles 4,000 psi 6. Precast prestressed driven piles 5,000 psi J Car SL• 1 pound per square inch=0.00689 MPa. TABLE 1808.8.2 MINIMUM CONCRETE COVER FOUNDATION ELEMENT OR CONDITION MINIMUM COVER 1. Shallow foundations In accordance with Section 7.7 of AC 1318 h. 2. Precast nonprestressed deep foundation elements Exposed to seawater 3 inches Not manufactured under plant conditions 2 inches Manufactured under plant control conditions in accordance with Section 7.7.3 of ACI 318 3. Precast prestressed deep foundation elements Exposed to seawater .2.5 inches Other In accordance with Section 7.7.3 of AC1318 4. Cast-in-place deep foundation elements not enclosed by a steel pipe,tube or permanent .2.5 inches casing 5. Cast-in-place deep foundation elements enclosed by a steel pipe,tube or permanent casing I inch I 6. Structural steel core within a steel pipe,tube or permanent casing 2 inches 7. Cast-in-place drilled shafts enclosed by a stable rock socket 1.5 inches for SI: l inch=25.4 mm. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 401 SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS 1808.9 Vertical masonry foundation elements. Vertical 1809.7 Prescriptive footings for light-frame construction. masonry foundation elements that are not foundation piers as Where a specific design is not provided, concrete or defined in Section 2102.1 shall be designed as piers,walls or masonry-unit footings supporting walls of light-frame con- columns, as applicable, in accordance with TMS 4021AC1 struction shall be permitted to be designed in accordance with 5301ASCE 5, Table 1809.7. TABLE 1809.7 PRESCRIPTIVE FOOTINGS SUPPORTING WALLS OF SECTION 1809 _ _ LIGHT-FRAME CONSTRUCTION''e'C'd•• SHALLOW FOUNDATIONS NUMBER OF FLOORS SUPPORTED BY THE WIDTH OF FOOTING THICKNESS OF 1809.1 General. Shallow foundations shall be designed and FOOTING' (inches) FOOTING(inches) constructed in accordance with Sections 1809.2 through 1809.13. 1 12 6 1809.2 Supporting soils.Shallow foundations shall be built on ?. 15 I 6 undisturbed soil, compacted fill material or controlled 3 is ge low-strength material (CLSM). Compacted fill material shall - Par SL Inch=25.4 mm, 1 foal=30 309.8 mm. be placed in accordance with Section 1804.5. CLSM shall be a. Depth of footings Shall be in accordance with Section 1809.4. placed in accordance with Section 1804.6. b. The ground underthe floor shall be permitted to be excavated to the elevation 1809.3 Stepped footings.The top surface of footings shall be of the lop of the footing. level.The bottom surface of footings shall be permitted to have r. Interior stud-bearing walls shall be permioed to be supported by isolated footings.The fowiug width and length shall be twice the width shown in this a slope not exceeding one unit vertical in 10 units horizontal table,and footings shall be spaced not more than 6 feet on centcE (10-percent slope).Foolings shall be stepped where it is neces- d. See Section 1908 for additional,egoiremeurs for concrete footings of s[ruc sary to change the elevation of the top Surface of the footing or tures assigned to Seismic Design CaWgory C,D.E or E where the surface of the ground slopes more than one unit verti- e. For thickness of foundation walls,see Section 1807.1.6. cal in 10 units horizontal (10-percent slope). f. Footings shall be permitted to support a roof in addition to the snpuiaied number of floors.Footings supporting roof only shal I be as required for sup- 1809.4 Depth and width of footings.The minimum depth of porting one floor. footings below the undisturbed ground surface shall be 12 g, Plain concrete footings for Group R-3 occupancies shall be permitted to be 6 inches (305 mm).Where applicable.the requirements of Sec- inches thick. tion 1809.5 shall also be satisfied.The minimum width of foot- 1809.8 Plain concrete footings.The edge thickness of plain ings shall be 12 inches (305 mm). concrete footings supporting walls of other than light-frame construction shall not be less than 8 inches (203 mm) where 1809.5 Frost protection. Except where otherwise protected placed on soil or rock. from frost,foundations and other permanent supports of build- ings and structures shall be protected from frost by one or more Exception: For plain concrete footings supporting Group of the following methods: R-3 occupancies, the edge thickness is permitted to be 6 inches(152 mm),provided that the footing does not extend 1. Extending below the frost line of the locality; beyond a distance greater than the thickness of the footing 2. Constructing in accordance with ASCE 32; or on either side of the supported wall. 3. Erecting on solid rock. 1809.9 Masonry-unit footings. The design, materials and Exception: Free-standing buildings meeting all of the fol- construction of masonry-unit footings shall comply with Sec- lowing conditions shall not be required to be protected: tions 1809.9.1 and 1809.9.2,and theprovisions of Chapter21. 1. Assigned to Occupancy Categoty 1, in accordance Exception: Where a specific design is not provided. with Section 1604.5: masonry-unit footings supporting walls of light-Frame con- struction shall be permitted to be designed in accordance 2. Area of 600 square feet(56 ml)or less for light-frame with Table 1809.7. construction or 400 square feet (37 ml) or less for 1809.9.1 Dimensions.Mansonry-unit footings shall be laid other than light-frame construction:and in Type M or S mortar complying with Section 2103.8 and 3. Eave height of 10 feet (3048 mm) or less. the depth shall not be less than twice the projection beyond Shallow foundations shall not bear on frozen soil unless such the wall,pier or column.The width shall not be less than 8 frozen condition is of a permanent character, inches (203 mm) wider than the wall supported thereon. 1809.6 Location of footings.Footings on granular soil shall be 1809.9.2 Offsets. The maximum offset of each course in so located that the line drawn between the lower edges of brick foundation walls stepped up from the footings shall be adjoining footings shall not have a slope steeper than 30 11i2 inches (38 mm) where laid in single courses, and 3 degrees(0,52 rad)with the horizontal,unless the material sup- inches (76 mm) where laid in double courses. porting the higher footing is braced or retained or otherwise lat- 1809.10 Pier and curtain wall foundations. Except in Seis- erally supported in an approved manner or a greater slope has mic Design!Categories D,E and F.pier and curtain wall foun- been properly established by engineering analysis. dations shall be permitted to be used to support light-Frame 402 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS consiruction not more than two storiesabovegradeplane,pro- vided by reinforced concrete beams within slabs on grade or vided the following requirements are met: reinforced concrete slabs on grade,ties shall be capable of ear- l. All load-bearing walls shall be placed on continuous rying, in tension or compression,a force equal to the lesser of concrete footings bonded integrally with the exterior the product of the larger footing design gravity load times the wall footings. seismic coefficient, Srs, divided by 10 and 25 percent of the 2, The minimum actual thickness of aload-bearing smaller footing design gravity load. masonry wall shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm) nominal or 31IK inches (92 rnm) actual thickness, and SECTION 1810 shall be bonded integrally with piers spaced 6 feet(1829 DEEP FOUNDATIONS mm) on center(o.c.). 1810.1 General. Deep foundations shall be analyzed, 3. Piers shall be constructed in accordance with Chapter 21 designed, detailed and installed in accordance with Sections and the following: 1810.1 through 1810.4. 3.1. The unsupported height of the masonry piers 1810.1.1 Geotechnical investigation. Deep foundations shall not exceed 10 times their least dimension. shall be designed and installed on the basis of a geotechnical 3.2. Where structural clay tile or hollow concrete investigation as set forth in Section 1803. masonry units are used for piers supporting 1810.1.2 Use of existing deep foundation elements.Deep beams and girders, the cellular spaces shall be foundation elements left in place where a structure has been filled solidly with concrete or Type M or S mor- demolished shall not be used for the support of new con- tar. struction unless satisfactory evidence is submitted to the Exception: Unfilled hollow piers shall be permitted building official, which indicates [hat the elements are where the unsupported height of the pier is not more sound and meet the requirements of this code. Such ele- than four times its least dimension, merits shall be load tested or redriven to verify their capaci- 3.3. Hollow piers shall be capped with 4 inches ties.The design load applied to such elements shall be the (102 rnm)of solid masonry or concrete or the lowest allowable load as determined by tests or redriving cavities of the lop course shall be filled with data. concrete or grout. 1810.1.3 Deep foundation elements classified as col- 4. The maximum height of a 4-inch(102 mm)load-bearing umns.Deep foundation elements standing unbraced in air, masonry foundation wall supporting wood frame walls water or fluid soils shall be classified as columns and and floors shall not be more than 4 feet (1219 mm) in designed as such in accordance with the provisions of this height. code from their top down to the point where adequate lateral support is provided in accordance with Section 1810.2.1. 5. The unbalanced Fill For 4-inch (102 mm) Foundation Exception; Where the unsupported height to least hori- walls shall not exceed 24 inches (610 mm) for solid zontal dimension of avast-in- lace deep foundation ele- ment does not exceed three,it shall be permitted to 1809.11 Steel grillage footings.Grillage footings of structural design and construct such an element as a pedestal in steel shapes shall be separated with appiovedsteel spacers and accordance with AC1318. be entirely encased in concrete with at least 6 inches(152 mm) on the bottom and at least 4 inches(102 mm)at all other points. 1810.1.4 Special types of deep foundations. The use of The spaces between the shapes shall be completely filled with types of deep foundation elements not specifically men- concrete or cement grout, tioned herein is permitted, subject to the approval of the building official, upon the submission of acceptable test 1809.12 Timber footings.Timber footings shall be permitted data, calculations and other information relating to the for buildings of Type V construction and as otherwise structural properties and load capacity of such elements. approved by the building ofcial.Such footings shall be treated The allowable stresses for materials shall not in any case in accordance with AWPA Ut (Commodity Specification A, exceed the limitations specified herein. Use Category 413). Treated timbers are not required where placed entirely below permanent water level,or where used as 1810.2 Analysis.The analysis of deep foundations for design capping for wood piles that project above the water level over shall be in accordance with Sections 1810.2.1 through submerged or marsh lands.The compressive stresses perpen- 1810.2.5. dicular to grain in untreated timber footings supported upon 1810.2.1 Lateral support. Any soil other than fluid soil treated piles shall not exceed 70 percent of the allowable shall be deemed to afford sufficient lateral support to pre- stresses for the species and grade of timber as specified in the vent buckling of deep foundation elements and to permit the AF&PA NDS. design of the elements in accordance with accepted engi- 1809.13 Footing seismic ties.Where a structure is assigned to neering practice and the applicable provisions of this code. Seismic Design Category D,E or F in accordance with Section Where deep foundation elements stand unbraced in air, 1613, individual spread footings founded on soil defined in water or fluid soils, it shall be permitted to consider them Section 1613.5.2 as Site Class E or F shall be interconnected by laterally supported at a point 5 feet(1524 mm)into stiff soil ties. Unless it is demonstrated that equivalent restraint is pro- or 10 feet (3048 mm) into soft soil unless otherwise 21309 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 403 SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS approvedby the building olllcialon the basis of a geotechni- foundation element deformations associated with earth- cal investigation by a negistemd design professional, quake loads imparted to the Foundation by the structure. 18101.2 Stability. Deep foundation elements shall be Exception:Deep foundation elements that satisfy the braced to provide lateral stability in all directions.Three or following additional detailing requirements shall be more elements connected by a rigid cap shall be considered deemed to comply with the curvature capacity braced, provided that the elements are located in radial requirements of this section. directions from the centroid of the group not less than 60 1. Precast prestressed concrete piles detailed in degrees (1 rad) apart. A two-element group in a rigid cap accordance with Section 1810.3.8.3.3, shall be considered to be braced along the axis connecting the two elements. Methods used to brace deep foundation 2. Cast-in-place deep foundation elements with a elements shall be subject to the approval of the buildingolp- minimum longitudinal reinforcement ratio of cial. 0.005 extending the full length of the element and detailed in accordance with Sections Deep foundation elements supporting walls shall be 21.6.4.2, 21.6.4.3 and 21.6.4.4 of ACI 318 as placed alternately in lines spaced at least 1 foot (305 mm) required by Section 1810.3.9.4.2.2. apart and located symmetrically under the center of gravity 1810.2.5 Group effects. The analysis shall include group of the wall load carried,unless effective measures are taken effects on lateral behavior where the center-to-center spac- to provide for eccentricity and lateral forces,or the founda- ing of deep foundation elements in the direction of lateral tion elements are adequately braced to provide for lateral force is less than eight times the least horizontal dimension stability. of an element. The analysis shall include group effects on Exceptions: axial behavior where the center-to-center spacing of deep 1. Isolated cast-in-place deep foundation elements foundation elements is less than three times the least hori- without lateral bracing shall be permitted where zontal dimension of an element. the least horizontal dimension is no less than 2 feet 1810.3 Design and detailing. Deep foundations shall be (610 mm), adequate lateral support in accordance designed and detailed in accordance with Sections 1810.3.1 with Section 1810.2.1 is provided for the entire through 1810.3.12. height and the height does not exceed 12 times the 1810.3.1 Design conditions. Design of deep foundations least horizontal dimension. shall include the design conditions specified in Sections 2. A single row of deep foundation elements without 1810.3.1.1 through 1810.3.1.6. as applicable. lateral bracing is permitted for one-and two-fam- 1810.3.1.1 Design methods for concrete elements. ily dwellings and lightweight construction not Where concrete deep foundations are laterally supported exceeding two stories abovegrade plane or 35 feet in accordance with Section 18102 1 for the entire height (10 668 mm)in building height,provided the cen- and applied forces cause bending moments no greater ters of the elements are located within the width of than those resulting from accidental eccentricities,slruc- the supported wall. tural design of the element using the load combinations 1810.2.3 Settlement.The settlement of a single deep foun- of Section 1605.3 and the allowable stresses specified in dation element or group thereof shall be estimated based on this chapter shall be permitted,Otherwise,the structural approved methods of analysis. The predicted settlement design of concrete deep foundation elements shall use shall cause neither harmful distortion of,nor instability in, the load combinations of Section 1605.2 and approved the structure,nor cause any element to be loaded beyond its strength design methods. capacity. 1810.3.1.2 Composite elements. Where a single deep 18102.4 Lateral loads. The moments, shears and lateral foundation element comprises two or more sections of deflections used for design of deep foundation elements different materials or different types spliced together, shall be established considering the nonlinear interaction of each section of the composite assembly shall satisfy the the shaft and soil,as determined by a mglstei-ed design pro- applicable requirements of this code,and the maximum fesslonal.Where the ratio of the depth of embedment of the allowable load in each section shall be limited by the element to its least horizontal dimension is less than or equal structural capacity of that section. to six,it shall be permitted to assume the element is rigid. 1810.3.1.3 Mislocation. The foundation or superstruc- 1810.2.4.1 Seismic Design Categories D through F. ture shall be designed to resist the effects of the For structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D,E mislocation of any deep foundation element by no less or F,deep foundation elements on Site Class E or F sites, than 3 inches (76 mm). To resist the effects of as determined in Section 1613.5.2,shall be designed and mislocation, compressive overload of deep foundation constructed to withstand maximum imposed curvatures elements to 110 percent of the allowable design load from earthquake ground motions and structure response. shall be permitted. Curvatures shall include free-field soil strains modified 1810.3.1.4 Driven piles.Driven piles shall be designed for soil-foundation-structure interaction coupled with and manufactured in accordance with accepted engineer- 404 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS ing practice to resist all stresses induced by handling, cation A,Use Category 413)forsawn timber elements. driving and service loads. Preservative-treated timber elements shall be subject 1810.3.1.5 Helical piles.Helical piles shall be designed to a quality control program administered by an and manufactured in accordance with accepted engineer- approved agency. Element cutoffs shall be treated in ing practice to resist all stresses induced by installation accordance with AWPA M4. into the ground and service loads. 1810.3.2.5 Protection of materials. Where boring 1810.3.1.6 Casings.Temporary and permanent casings records or site conditions indicate possible deleterious shall be of steel and shall be sufficiently strong to resist action on the materials used in deep foundation elements collapse and sufficiently water tight to exclude any for- because of soil constituents, changing water levels or eign materials during the placing of concrete. Where a other factors,the elements shall be adequately protected permanent casing is considered reinforcing steel, the by materials, methods or processes approved by the steel shall be protected under the conditions specified in building olrcial.Protective materials shall be applied to Section 1810.3.2.5. Horizontal joints in the casing shall the elements so as not to be rendered ineffective by be spliced in accordance with Section 1810.3.6. installation. The effectiveness of such protective mea- sures for the particular purpose shall have been thor- 1810.3.2 Materials.The materials used in deep foundation oughly established by satisfactory service records or elements shall satisfy the requirements of Sections other evidence. 1810.3.2.1 through 1810.3.2.8,as applicable. 1810.3.2.6 Allowable stresses. The allowable stresses 1810.3.2.1 Concrete. Where concrete is cast in a steel for materials used in deep foundation elements shall not pipe or where an enlarged base is formed by compacting exceed those specified in Table 1810.3.2.6. concrete,the maximum size for coarse aggregate shall be 3/a inch(19.1 mm).Concrete to be compacted shall have 1810.3.2.7 Increased allowable compressive stress for a zero slump, cased cast-in-place elements.The allowable compres- sive stress in the concrete shall be permitted to be 1810.3.2.1.1 Seismic hooks.For structures assigned increased as specified in Table 1810.3.2.6 for those Por- to Seismic Design Category C. D, E or F in accor- tions of permanently cased cast-in-place elements that dance with Section 1613. the ends of hoops, spirals satisfy all of the following conditions: and ties used in concrete deep foundation elements shall be terminated with seismic hooks,as defined in 1. The design shall not use the casing to resist any ACI 318, and shall be turned into the confined con- crete core. 2. The casing shall have a sealed tip and be mandrel 1810.3.2.1.2 ACI 318 Equation (10-5). Where this driven. chapter requires detailing of concrete deep founda- 3. The thickness of the casing shall not be less than tion elements in accordance with Section 21.6.4.4 of manufacturer's standard gage No. 14 (0.068 inch) ACI 318, compliance with Equation (10-5) of ACI (1.75 mm), 318 shall not be required. 4. The casing shall be seamless or provided with 1810.3.2.2 Prestressing steel. Prestressing steel shall seams of strength equal to the basic material and be conform to ASTM A 416. of a configuration that will provide confinement to 1$10.3.2.3 Structural steel Structural steel piles, steel the cast-in-place concrete, pipe and fully welded steel piles fabricated from plates 5. The ratio of steel yield strength (F) to specified shall conform to ASTM A 36. ASTM A 252,ASTM A compressive strength (f') shall not be less than 283,ASTM A 572,ASTM A 588,ASTM A 690,ASTM six. A 913 or ASTM A 992. 6. The nominal diameter of the element shall not be 1810.3.2.4 Timber. Timber deep foundation elements greater than 16 inches (406 mm). shall be designed as piles or poles in accordance with 1810.3.2.8 Justification of higher allowable stresses. AF&PA NDS. Round limber elements shall conform to Use of allowable stresses greater than those specified in ASTM D 25. Sawn timber elements shall conform to Section 1810.3.2.6 shall be permitted where supporting DOC PS-20. data justifying such higher stresses is filed with the build- 1810.3.2.4.1 Preservative treatment. Timber deep ing ofcial.Sucli substantiating data shall include: foundation elements used to support permanent strut- 1. A geotechnical investigation in accordance with tures shall be treated in accordance with this section Section 1803:and unless it is established that the tops of the untreated 2, Load tests in accordance with Section timber elements will be below the lowest ground-water level assumed to exist during the life of he element. , regardless of the load supported by the structure. Preservative and minimum final reten- tion shall be in accordance with AWPA U1 (Com- The design and installation of the deep foundation ele- modity Specification E, Use Category 4C) for round ments shall be under the direct supervision of a rigis- timber elements and AWPA U1 (Commodity Specift- tered design professional knowledgeable in the field of 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 405 SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS TABLE 1810.3.2.6 ALLOWABLE STRESSES FOR MATERIALS USED IN DEEP FOUNDATION_ELEMENTS MATERIAL TYPE AND CONDITION MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE STRESS' -�1 I. Concrete or grout in compression" Cast-in-place with a permanent casing in accordance witb Section 1810.3.2.7 0.4 f', Cast-in-place in a pipe,tube,other permanent casing or rock 0.33 f', Cast-in-place without a permanent casing 0.3 f'r Precast nonprestressed 0.33 f', Precast prestressed 0.33 f',-0.27 fe, 2. Nonprestressed reinforcement in compression 0.4 f<30,000 psi 3. Structural steel in compression Cores within concrete-filled pipes or tubes 0.5 F,<32,000 psi Pipes,tubes or H-piles,where justified in accordance with Section 1810.3.2.8 0.5 F,5 32,000 psi Pipes or tubes for micropiles 0.4 F,<_32,000 psi Other pipes.tubes or H-piles 0.35 P,:5 16,000 psi Helical piles 0.6 F,5 0.5 F„ 4. Nonprestressed reinforcement in tension Within micropiles 0.6 f, Other conditions 0.5 f,5 24,000 psi 5. Structural steel intension Pipes,tubes or H-piles,where justified in accordance with Section 1810.3.2.8 0.5 F,:5 32.000 psi Other pipes,tubes or H-piles 0.35 F,:5 16.000 psi Helical piles 0.6 F,<0.5 F„ 6. Timber In accordance with the AF&PA NDS a. f',isthcspecifiedcompressivestrengthuftheconcreteorgrout:f,isthecompressivcsiressonthegrossconc rctesectionductoeffectivepresoessforcesonly:f,is the sperifed yield strength of reinforrement:F is the speriFed minimum yield stress of stmcimal steel:T%,is the specified minimum tensile stress of structural steel. h. The stresses specified apph to the gross cross-sectional area within the concrete surface.Where a temporary or permanent casingis used.the inside face of[he cas- ing shall be considered the concrete surface. soil mechanics and deep foundations who shall submit a weight of the driven elements.The use of a follower is report to the building olrcial stating that the elements as permitted only with the approval of the building olr- installed satisfy the design criteria. cial.The introduction of fresh hammer cushion or pile 1810.3.3 Determination of allowable loads. The allow- cushion material just prior to final penetration is not able axial and lateral loads on deep foundation elements permitted. shall be determined by an approved formula, load tests or 1810.3.3.1.2 Load tests. Where design compressive method of analysis. loads are greater than those determined using the 1810.3.3.1 Allowable axial load. The allowable axial allowable stresses specified in Section 1810.3.2,6, load on a deep foundation element shall be determined in where the design load for any deep foundation ele- accordance with Sections 1810.3.3.1.1 through ment is in doubt,or where cast-in-place deep founda- 1810.3.3.1.9. tion elements have an enlarged base formed either by compacting concrete or by driving a precast base, 1810.3.3.1.1 Driving criteria. The allowable com- control test elements shall be tested in accordance pressive load on any driven deep foundation element with ASTM D 1143 or ASTM D 4945. At least one where determined by the application of an approved element shall be load tested in each area of uniform driving formula shall not exceed 40 tons (356 kN), subsoil conditions. Where required by the building For allowable loads above 40 tons(356 kN),the wave of iclal,additional elements shall be load tested where equation method of analysis shall be used to estimate necessary to establish the safe design capacity. The driveability for both driving stresses and net displace- resulting allowable loads shall not be more [ban ment per blow at the ultimate load. Allowable loads one-half of the ultimate axial load capacity of the test shall be verified by load tests in accordance with Sec- element as assessed by one of the published methods tion 1810.3.3.1.2.The formula or wave equation load listed in Section 1810,3.3.1,3 with consideration for shall be determined for gravity-drop or power-actu- the test type,duration and subsoil.The ultimate axial ated hammers and the hammer energy used shall be load capacity shall be determined by a n glsterrd the maximum consistent with the size, strength and design professional with consideration given to toler- 406 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS able total and differential settlements at design load in ments in the group are placed at a center-to-center accordance with Section 1810.2.3. In subsequent spacing of at least 2.5 times the least horizontal installation of the balance of deep foundation ele- dimension of the largest single element,the allowable ments,all elements shall be deemed to have a support- working uplift load for the group is permitted to be ing capacity equal to that of the control element where calculated as the lesser of: such elements are of the same type,size and relative 1. The proposed individual uplift working load length as the test element:are installed using the same times the number of elements in the group. or comparable methods and equipment as the test ele- ment:are installed in similar subsoil conditions as the 2. Two-thirds of the effective weight of the group test element:and,for driven elements,where the rate and the soil contained within a block defined by of penetration (e.g., net displacement per blow) of the perimeter of the group and the length of the such elements is equal to or less than that of the test element. element driven with the same hammer through a coin- 1810.3.3.1.7 Load-bearing capacity.Deep founda- parable driving distance. tion elements shall develop ultimate load capacities of 1810.3.3.1.3 Load test evaluation methods.It shall at least twice the design working loads in the desig- be permitted to evaluate load tests of deep foundation nated load-bearing layers.Analysis shall show that no elements using any of the following methods: soil layer underlying the designated load-bearing lay- L Davisson Offset Limit. ers causes the load-bearing capacity safety factor to be less than two. 2. Brinch-Hansen 90%Criterion. 1810.3.3.1.8 Bent deep foundation elements. The 3. Butler-Hoy Criterion. load-bearing capacity of deep foundation elements 4. Other methods approved by the building of- discovered to have a sharp or sweeping bend shall be ciaL determined by an approved method of analysis or by 1810.3.3.1.4 Allowable frictional resistance. The load testing a representative element. assumed frictional resistance developed by any 1810.3.3.1.9 Helical piles. The allowable axial uncased cast-in-place deep foundation element shall design load,P„of helical piles shall be determined as not exceed one-sixth of the bearing value of the soil follows: material at minimum depth as set forth in Table p =0.5 P„ (Equation 18-4) 1806.2,up to a maximum of 500 psf(24 kPa),unless a greater value is allowed by the building olgcial on the where P„is the least value of: basis of a geotechnical investigation as specified in I. Sum of the areas of the helical bearing plates Section 1803 or a greater value is substantiated by a times the ultimate bearing capacity of the soil or load test in accordance with Section 1810.3.3.1,2. rock comprising the bearing stratum. Frictional resistance and bearing resistance shall not be assumed to act simultaneously unless determined 2. Ultimate capacity determined from well-docu- by a geotechnical investigation in accordance with mented correlations with installation torque. Section 1803. 3. Ultimate capacity determined from load tests. 1810.3.3.1.5 Uplift capacity of a single deep foun- 4. Ultimate axial capacity of pile shaft. dation element. Where required by the design, the uplift capacity of a single deep foundation element 5. Ultimate axial capacity of pile shaft couplings. shall be determined by an approved method of analy- 6. Sum of the ultimate axial capacity of helical sis based on a minimum factor of safety of three or by bearing plates affixed to pile. load tests conducted in accordance with ASTM D 1810.3.3.2 Allowable lateral load.Where required by 3689. The maximum allowable uplift load shall not the design.the lateral load capacity of a single deep foun- exceed the ultimate load capacity as determined in dation element or a group thereof shall be determined by Section t8 10.3.3.1.2, using the results of load tests an approved method of analysis or by lateral load tests to conducted in accordance with ASTM D 3689,divided at least twice the proposed design working load. The by a factor of safety of two. resulting allowable load shall not be more than one-half Exception:Where uplift is due to wind or seismic of the load that produces a gross lateral movement of 1 loading.the minimum factor of safety shall be two inch (25 mm) at the lower of the top of foundation ele- where capacity is determined by an analysis and ment and the ground surface,unless it can be shown that one and one-half where capacity is determined by the predicted lateral movement shall cause neither harm- load tests. ful distortion of, nor instability in, the structure. nor 1810.3.3.1.6 Uplift capacity of grouped deep foun- cause any element to be loaded beyond its capacity. dation elements. For grouped deep foundation ele- 1810.3.4 Subsiding soils.Where deep foundation elements ments subjected to uplift.the allowable working uplift are installed through subsiding fills or other subsiding strata load for the group shall be calculated by an approved and derive support from underlying firmer materials,con- method of analysis where the deep foundation ele- sideration shall be given to the downward frictional forces 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 407 SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS that may be imposed on the elements by the subsiding upper nominal outside diameter of not less than 8 inches strata. (203 mm).Where steel pipes or tubes are driven open Where the influence of subsiding fills is considered as ended,they shall have a minimum of 0.34 square inch imposing loads on the element,the allowable stresses speci- (219 mm'-)of steel in cross section to resist each 1,000 fied in this chapter shall be permitted to be increased where foot-pounds (1356 Nm) of pile hammer energy, or satisfactory substantiating data are submitted. shall have the equivalent strength for steels having a yield strength greater than 35,000 psi (241 MPa) or 1810.3.5 Dimensions of deep foundation elements. The the wave equation analysis shall be permitted to be dimensions of deep foundation elements shall be in accor- used to assess compression stresses induced by driv- dance with Sections 1810.3.5.1 through 1810.3.5.3, as ing to evaluate if the pile section is appropriate for the applicable. selected hammer. Where a pipe or tube with wall 1810.3.5.1 Precast.The minimum lateral dimension of thickness less than 0.179 inch(4.6 mm)is driven open precast concrete deep Foundation elements shall be 8 ended,a suitable cutting shoe shall be provided.Con- inches (203 mm). Corners of square elements shall be Crete-filled steel pipes or tubes in structures assigned chamfered. to Seismic Design Categoi},C, D,E or F shall have a wall thickness of not less than 31te inch (5 min).The 1810.3.5.2 Cast-in-place or grouted-in-place. pipe or tube casing for socketed drilled shafts shall Cast-in-place and grouted-in-place deep Foundation ele- have a nominal outside diameter of not less than 18 menu shall satisfy the requirements of this section. inches (457 mm), a wall thickness of not less than 318 1810.3.5.2.1 Cased. Cast-in-place deep foundation inch(9.5 mm)and a suitable steel driving shoe welded elements with a permanent casing shall have a nomi- to the bottom;the diameter of the rock socket shall be nal outside diameter of not less than 8 inches (203 approximately equal to the inside diameter of the cas- mm). ing. 1810.3.5.2.2 Uncased. Cast-in-place deep founda- Exceptions: tion elements without a permanent casing shall have a diameter of not less than 12 inches(305 mm).The ele- 1. There is no minimum diameter for steel ment length shall not exceed 30 times the average pipes or tubes used in micropiles. diameter. 2. For mandrel-driven pipes or tubes,the mini- Exception:The length of the element is permitted mum wall thickness shall be '/,, inch (2.5 to exceed 30 times the diameter, provided the mm). design and installation of the deep foundations are 1810.3.5.3.3 Helical piles.Dimensions of the central under the direct supervision of a registered design shaft and the number, size and thickness of helical professional knowledgeable in the field of soil bearing plates shall be sufficient to support the design mechanics and deep Foundations. The i-egistened loads. design professional shall submit a report to the building official stating that the elements were 1810.3.6 Splices.Splices shall be constructed so as to pro- installed in compliance with the approved con- vide and maintain true alignment and position of the compo- struction documents. nent parts of the deep foundation element during installation 1810.3.52.3 MicropHes. Micropiles shall have an and subsequent thereto and shall be designed to resist the outside diameter of 12 inches (305 mm) or less.The axial and shear forces and moments occurring at the loca- minimum diameter set Forth elsewhere in Section tion of the splice during driving and for design load combi- 1810.3.5 shall not apply to micropiles. nations.Where deep foundation elements of the same type are being spliced,splices shall develop not less than 50 per- 1810.3.5.3 Steel. Steel deep foundation elements shall cent of the bending strength of the weaker section.Where satisfy the requirements of this section, deep foundation elements of different materials or different 1810.3.5.3.1 H-piles.Sections of H-piles shall com- types are being spliced, splices shall develop the full com- ply with the following: pressive strength and not less than 50 percent of the tension 1. The flange projections shall not exceed 14 and bending strength of the weaker section. Where struc- times the minimum thickness of metal in either tural steel cores are to be spliced,the ends shall be trilled or the flange ortheweb and the flange widths shall ground to provide full contact and shall be full-depth not be less than 80 percent of the depth of the welded. section. Splices occurring in the upper 10 feet (3048 mm) of the 2. The nominal depth in the direction of the web embedded portion of an element shall be designed to resist shall not be less than 8 inches(203 mm). at allowable stresses the moment and shear that would result 3. Flanges and web shall have a minimum nomi- From an assumed eccentricity of the axial load of 3 inches nal thickness of 318 inch (9.5 mm). (76 mm),or the element shall be braced in accordance with Section 1810.2.2 to other deep foundation elements that do 1810.3.5.3.2 Steel pipes and tubes. Steel pipes and not have splices in the upper 10 feet (3048 mm) of tubes used as deep foundation elements shall have a embedment. 408 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS 1810.3.6.1 Seismic Design Categories C through F. section. The minimum longitudinal reinforcement For structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C,D, ratio shall be 0.01 throughout the length.Transverse F or F splices of deep foundation elements shall develop reinforcement shall consist of closed ties or spirals the lesser of the following; with a minimum 318 inch (9.5 mm) diameter.Spacing 1. The full strength of the deep foundation element: of transverse reinforcement shall not exceed the and smaller of eight times the diameter of the smallest lon- gitudinal bar or 6 inches (152 mm) within a distance 2. The axial and shear forces and moments from the of three times the least pile dimension from the bot- load combinations with overstrength factor in Sec- tom of the pile cap. Spacing of transverse reinforce- tion 12.4.3.2 of ASCE 7. ment shall not exceed 6 inches(152 min) throughout 1810.3.7 Top of element detailing at cutoffs. Where a the remainder of the pile. minimum length for reinforcement or the extent of closely 1810.3.8.2.3 Additional seismic reinforcement in spaced confinement reinforcement is specified at the top of Seismic Design Categories D through R For struc- a deep foundation element,provisions shall be made so that tures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F those specified lengths or extents are maintained after cut- in accordance with Section 1613, transverse rein- off' forcement shall be in accordance with Section 1810.3.8 Precast concrete piles. Precast concrete piles 1810.3.9.4.2. shall be designed and detailed in accordance with Sections 1810.3.8.3 Precast prestressed piles. Precast pre- 1810.3.8.1 through 1810.3.8.3. stressed concrete piles shall comply with the require- 1810.3.8.1 Reinforcement. Longitudinal steel shall be ments of Sections 1810.3.8.3.1 through 1810.3.8.3.3. arranged in a symmetrical pattern and be laterally tied 1810.3.8.3.1 Effective prestress. The effective pre- with steel ties or wire spiral spaced center Io center as fol- stress in the pile shall not be less than 400 psi (2.76 lows: MPa) for piles up to 30 feet(9144 mm)in length,550 1. At not more than 1 inch (25 mm) for the first five psi(3.79 MPa) for piles up to 50 feet(15 240 min) in ties or spirals at each end:then length and 700 psi (4.83 MPa) for piles greater than 2. At not more than 4 inches (102 mm), for the 50 feet (15 240 mm) in length, remainder of the first 2 feet (610 mm) from each Effective prestress shall be based on an assumed end; and then loss of 30,000 psi (207 MPa)in the prestressing steel. 3. At not more than 6 inches (152 min) elsewhere. The tensile stress in the prestressing steel shall not The size of ties and spirals shall be as follows: exceed the values specified in AC1318, 1. For piles having a least horizontal dimension of 16 1810.3.8.3.2 Seismic reinforcement in Seismic inches (406 mm) or less,wire shall not be smaller Design Category C.For structures assigned to Seis- than 0.22 inch (5.6 mm) (No.5 gage). mic Design Category C in accordance with Section 1613, precast prestressed piles shall have transverse 2. For piles having a least horizontal dimension of reinforcement in accordance with this section. The more than 16 inches (406 mm) and less than 20 volumetric ratio of spiral reinforcement shall not be inches (508 min), wire shall not be smaller than less than the amount required by the following for- 0.238 inch (6 mm) (No. 4 gage), mula for the upper 20 feet (6096 mm) of the pile. 3. For piles having a least horizontal dimension of 20 —0,12 I",1£ (Equation 1$ 5 inches (508 mm) and larger, wire shall not be PS— , ( q ) smaller than 114 inch(6.4 mm)round or 0.259 inch where: (6.6 mm) (No.3 gage). f', =Specified compressive strength of concrete, 1810.3.8.2 Precast nonprestressed piles. Precast psi (MPa). nonprestressed concrete piles shall comply with the f, = Yield strength of spiral reinforcement requirements of Sections 1810.3.8.2.1 through 1810.3.8.2.3. s 85,000 psi (586 MPa). 1810.3.8.2.1 Minimum reinforcement. Longitudi- p, = Spiral reinforcement index (vol. spiral/vol. nal reinforcement shall consist of at least four bars core). with a minimum longitudinal reinforcement ratio of At least one-half the volumetric ratio required by 0.008. Equation 18-5 shall be provided below the upper 20 1810.3.8.2.2 Seismic reinforcement in Seismic feet (6096 mm) of the pile. Design Categories C through E For structures 1810.3.8.3.3 Seismic reinforcement in Seismic assigned to Seismic Design Category C,D,E or F in Design Categories D through F. For structures accordance with Section 1613, precast nonpre- assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F in stressed piles shall be reinforced as specified in this accordance with Section 1613, precast prestressed 20D9 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 409 SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS piles shall have transverse reinforcement in accor- This required amount of spiral reinforcement dance with the following: is permitted to be obtained by providing an 1. Requirements in ACI 318,Chapter 21,need not inner and outer spiral. apply,unless specifically referenced. 6. Where transverse reinforcement consists of 2. Where the total pile length in the soil is 35 feet rectangular hoops and cross ties, the total 0 0 668 mm}or less,the lateral transverse rein- cross-sectional area of lateral transverse rein- forcement in the ductile region shall occur forcement in the ductile region with spacing.s,through the length of the pile. Where the pile and perpendicular dimension,!!„shall conform length exceeds 35 feet(10 668 mm),the ductile to: pile region shall be taken as the greater of 35 A,h =0.3s 11, (f',.If h)(A17 IA,,,— 1.0) feet (10 668 mm) or the distance from the [0.5+ 1AP1(f',A,:)] underside of the pile cap to the point of zero cur- vature plus three times the least pile dimension. (Equation 18-9) 3. In the ductile region,the center-to-center spac- ing of the spirals or hoop reinforcement shall but not less than: not exceed one-fifth of the least pile dimension. A,,, =0.12s f1,.(f' Ifr) 10.5 + 1.4PI(f' A)] six times the diameter of the longitudinal strand or 8 inches (203 mm),whichever is smallest. (Equation 18-10) 4. Circular spiral reinforcement shall be spliced by lapping one full turn and bending the end of where: each spiral to a 90-degree hook or by use of a f, _ 70,000 psi (483 MPa}, mechanical or welded splice complying with Section 12.14.3 of ACI 318. h, =Cross-sectional dimension of pile core 5. Where the transverse reinforcement consists of measured center to center of hoop rein- circular spirals, the volumetric ratio of spiral forcement,inch (mm). transverse reinforcement in the ductile region s =Spacing of transverse reinforcement shall comply with the following: measured along length of pile, inch P , =0.25(f',If,,,)(Ah IA,,,-- 1.0) (mm). 10.5+ IAPI(f',A)] A,,, =Cross-sectional area of tranverse rein- forcement,square inches (mm2). (Equation 18-6) f', =Specified compressive strength of con- crete,psi (MPa), but not less than: The hoops and cross ties shall be equivalent to P . =0.12(f',IfrJ [0.5+ IAR(f',.A)] deformed bars not less than No.3 in size.Rectangular z 0.12 f', If,,,, hoop ends shall terminate at a corner with seismic hooks. (Equation 18-7) Outside of the length of the pile requiring trans- verse confinement reinforcing, the spiral or hoop and need not exceed: reinforcing with a volumetric ratio not less than one-half of that required for transverse confinement P,=0.021 (Equation 18-8) reinforcing shall be provided. 1810.3.9 Cast-in-place deep foundations. Cast-in-place where: deep foundation elements shall be designed and detailed in accordance with Sections 1810.3.9.1 through 1810.3.9.6. (mm). AR, =Pile cross-sectional area, square inches 1810.3.9.1 Design cracking moment. The design cracking moment(OM) for a cast-in-place deep founda- A,h =Core area defined by spiral outside diam- tion element not enclosed by a structural steel pipe or eter,square inches (mm2). tube shall be determined using the following equation: F, =Specified compressive strength of con- OM =3 _PS,,, (Equation 18-11) crete,psi (MPa) f,, =Yield strength of spiral reinforcement where: s 85,000 psi (586 MPa). f' Specified compressive strength of concrete or P =Axial load on pile,pounds(kN),as deter- grout,psi (MPa) mined from Equations 16-5 and 16-7. S,,, = Elastic section modulus, neglecting reinforce- pl= Volumetric ratio (vol.spiral/vol.core). ment and casing,cubic inches (mm') 410 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS 1810.3.9.2 Required reinforcement.Where subject to tion shall be permitted to be reinforced as uplift or where the required moment strength determined required by rational analysis but with not less using the load combinations of Section 1605.2 exceeds than one No. 4 bar, without ties or spirals, the design cracking moment determined in accordance where the lateral load, E, to the top of the ele- with Section 1810.3.9.1,cast-in-place deep foundations ment does not exceed 200 pounds (890 N) and not enclosed by a structural steel pipe or tube shall be the soil provides adequate lateral support in reinforced. accordance with Section 1810.2.1. 1810.3.9.3 Placement of reinforcement. Reinforce- 3. Deep foundation elements supporting the con- ment where required shall be assembled and tied crete foundationwall of Group R-3 and U occu- together and shall be placed in the deep foundation ele- panties not exceeding Iwo stories of ment as a unit before the reinforced portion of the ele- light-frame construction shall be permitted to ment is filled with concrete. be reinforced as required by rational analysis but with not less than two No. 4 bars, without Exceptions: ties or spirals. where the design cracking 1. Steel dowels embedded 5 feet (1524 mm) or moment determined in accordancewith Section less shall be permitted to be placed after con- 1810.3.9.1 exceeds the required moment creting,while the concrete is still in a semifluid strength determined using the load combina- state. tions with overstrength factor in Section 2. For deep foundation elements installed with a 12.4.3.2 of ASCE 7 and the soil provides ade- hollow-stem auger,tied reinforcement shall be quate lateral support in accordance with Sec- placed after elements are concreted, while the tion 1810.2.1. concrete is still in a semifluid state.Longitudi- 4. Closed ties or spirals where required by Section nal reinforcement without lateral ties shall be 1810.3.9.4.2 shall be permitted to be limited to placed either through the hollow stem of the the top 3 feet(914 mm)of deep foundation ele- auger prior to concreting or after concreting, ments 10 feet (3048 mm) or less in depth sup- while the concrete is still in a semifluid state. porting Group R-3 and U occupancies of 3. For Group R-3 and U occupancies not exceed- SeismicDesibn Category D.not exceeding two ing two stories of light-frame construction, stories of light-frame construction. reinforcement is permitted to be placed after 1810.3.9.4.1 Seismic reinforcement in Seismic concreting,while the concrete is still in a semi- Design Category C.For structures assigned to Seis- fluid state,and the concrete cover requirement mic Design Category C in accordance with Section is permitted to be reduced to 2 inches (51 mm), 1613,cast-in-place deep foundation elements shall be provided the construction method can be dem- reinforced as specified in this section.Reinforcement onstrated to the satisfaction of the building ofli- shall be provided where required by analysis. ciaL A minimum of four longitudinal bars,with a mini- 1810.3.9.4 Seismic reinforcement.Where a structure is mum longitudinal reinforcement ratio of 0.0025,shall assigned to Seismic Design Category C, reinforcement be provided for throughout the minimum reinforced shall be provided in accordance with Section length of the element as defined below starting at the 1810.3.9.4.1. Where a structure is assigned to Seismic top of the element.The minimum reinforced length of Design Category D, E or F, reinforcement shall be pro- the element shall be taken as the greatest of the fol- vided in accordance with Section 1810.3.9.4.2. lowing: Exceptions: 1. One-third of the element length: 1. Isolated deep foundation elements supporting 2. A distance of 10 feet (3048 mm); posts of Group R-3 and U occupancies not 3. Three times the least element dimension:and exceeding two stories of light-frame construc- tion shall be permitted to be reinforced as 4. The distance from the top of the element to the required by rational analysis but with not less point where the design cracking moment deter- than one No. 4 bar, without ties or spirals, mined in accordance with Section 1810.3.9.1 where detailed so the element is not subject to exceeds the required moment strength deter- lateral loads and the soil provides adequate lat- mined using the load combinations of Section eral support in accordance with Section 1605.2. 1810.2.1. Transverse reinforcement shall consist of closed 2. Isolated deep foundation elements supporting ties or spirals with a minimum%inch(9.5 mm)diam- posts and bracing from decks and patios appur- eter. Spacing of transverse reinforcement shall not tenant to Group R-3 and U occupancies not exceed the smaller of 6 inches(152 mm)or 8-longitu- exceeding two stories of light-frame construe- dinal-bar diameters, within a distance of three times 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 411 SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS the least element dimension from the bottom of the 3. 12 inches (305 mm). pile cap. Spacing of transverse reinforcement shall not exceed 16 longitudinal bar diameters throughout Exceptions: the remainder of the reinforced length. 1. The requirements of this section shall not Exceptions: apply to concrete cast in structural steel 1. The requirements of this section shall not pipes or tubes. apply to concrete cast in structural steel 2. A spiral-welded metal casing of a thickness pipes or tubes. not less than manufacturer's standard gage No.14 gage(9.068 inch)is permitted to pro- 2. A spiral-welded metal casing of a thickness vide concrete confinement in lieu of the not less than manufacturer's standard gage closed ties or spirals. Where used as such, No.14 gage(0.068 inch)is permitted to pro- the metal casing shall be protected against vide concrete confinement in lieu of the possible deleterious action due to soil con- closed ties or spirals. Where used as such, stituents,changing water levels or other fac- the metal casing shall be protected against tors indicated by boring records of site possible deleterious action due to soil con- conditions. stituents,changing water levels or other fac- tors indicated by boring records of site 1810.3.9.4.2.1 Site Classes A through D.For Site conditions. Class A, B. C or D sites, transverse confinement 1810.3.9.4.2 Seismic reinforcement in Seismic reinforcement shall be provided in the element in Design Categories D through F. For structures accordance with Sections 21.6.4.2, 21.6.4.3 and 21.6.4.9 of ACI 318 within three times the least assigned to Seismic Design Categar},D, E or F in clement dimension of the bottom of the pile cap.A accordance with Section 1613, case-in-place deep transverse spiral reinforcement ratio of not less foundation elements shall be reinforced as specified than one-half o that required in Section in this section. Reinforcement shall be provided where required by analysis. 21.6.4.4(a) of ACI 318 shall be permitted. A minimum of four longitudinal bars,with a mini- 1810.3.9.4.2.2 Site Classes E and F. For Site mum longitudinal reinforcement ratio of 0.005,shall Class E or F sites, transverse confinement rein- be provided throughout the minimum reinforced forcement shall be provided in the element in length of the element as defined below starting at the accordance with Sections 21.6.4.2, 21.6.4.3 and top of the element.The minimum reinforced length of 21.6.4.4 of ACI 318 within seven times the least the element shall be taken as the greatest of the fol- element dimension of the pile cap and within seven lowing: times the least element dimension of the interfaces 1. One-half of the element length; of strata that are hard or stiff and strata that are liquefiable or are composed of soft- to medium- 2. A distance of 10 feet (3048 mm): stiff clay. 3. Three times the least element dimension; and 1810.3.9.5 Belled drilled shafts. Where drilled shafts 4. The distance from the top of the element to the are belled at the bottom, the edge thickness of the bell point where the design cracking moment deter- shall not be less than that required for the edge of foot- mined in accordance with Section 1810.3.9.1 ings. Where the sides of the bell slope at an angle less exceeds the required moment strength deter- than 60 degrees(1 rad)from the horizontal,the effects of mined using the load combinations of Section vertical shear shall be considered. 1605.2. 1810.3.9.6 Socketed drilled shafts. Socketed drilled Transverse reinforcement shall consist of closed shafts shall have a permanent pipe or tube casing that ties or spirals no smaller than No.3 bars for elements extends down to bedrock and an uncased socket drilled with a least dimension up to 20 inches(508 mm),and into the bedrock, both filled with concrete. Socketed No. 4 bars for larger elements. Throughout the drilled shafts shall have reinforcement or a structural remainder of the reinforced length outside the regions steel core for the length as indicated by an approved with transverse confinement reinforcement,as speci- method of analysis. Fied in Section 1810.3.9.4.2.1 or 1810.3.9.4.2.2, the spacing of transverse reinforcement shall not exceed The depth of the rock socket shall be sufficient to the least of the following; develop the full load-bearing capacity of the element 1. 12 longitudinal bar diameters: with a minimum safety factor of two,but the depth shall not be less than the outside diameter of the pipe or tube 2. One-half the least dimension of the element; casing.The design of the rock socket is permitted to be and predicated on the sum of the allowable load-bearing 412 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS pressure on the bottom of the socket plus bond along the tical deep foundation elements shall be embedded not less sides of the socket. than 3 inches (76 mm) into pile caps and the caps shall Where a structural steel core is used, the gross extend at least 4 inches (102 mm) beyond the edges of the cross-sectional area of the core shall not exceed 25 per- elements.The tops of elements shall be cut or chipped back cent of the gross area of the drilled shaft. to sound material before capping. 1810.3.10 Micropiles. Micropiles shall be designed and 1810.3.11.1 Seismic Design Categories C through R detailed in accordance with Sections 1810.3.10.1 through Forstructures assigned to SeisinicDesig l CaregoiyC,D, 18I0.3.10.4. E or F in accordance with Section 1613, concrete deep foundation elements shall be connected to the pile cap by 1810.3.10.1 Construction. Micropiles shall develop embedding the element reinforcement or field-placed their load-carrying capacity by means of a bond zone in dowels anchored in the element into the pile cap Fora dis- soil, bedrock or a combination of soil and bedrock. tance equal to their development length in accordance Micropiles shall be grouted and have either a steel pipe or with ACI 318. It shall be permitted to connect precast tube or steel reinforcement at every section along the prestressed piles to the pile cap by developing the ele- length.It shall be permitted to transition from deformed ment prestressing strands into the pile cap provided the reinforcing bars to steel pipe or tube reinforcement by connection is ductile. For deformed bars, the develop- extending the bars into the pipe or tube section by at least ment length is the full development Iength for compres- their development length in tension in accordance with sion,or tension in the case of uplift,without reduction for ACI 318. excess reinforcement in accordance with Section 12.2,5 1810.3.102 Materials. Reinforcement shall consist of of ACI 318.Alternative measures for laterally confining deformed reinforcing bars in accordance with ASTM A concrete and maintaining toughness and ductile-like 615 Grade 60 or 75 or ASTM A 722 Grade 150. behavior at the top of the element shall be permitted pro- vided the design is such that any hinging occurs in the The steel pipe or tube shall have a minimum wall confined region. thickness of 3/,,inch(4.8 mm).Splices shall comply with Section 1810.3.6.The steel pipe or tube shall have a min- The minimum transverse steel ratio for confinement imum yield strength of 45,000 psi(3 10 MPa)and a mini- shall not be less than one-half of that required for col- mum elongation of 15 percent as shown by mill umns. certifications or two coupon test samples per 40.000 For resistance to uplift forces, anchorage of steel pounds (18 160 kg) of pipe or tube. pipes, tubes or H-piles to the pile cap shall be made by 1810.3.10.3 Reinforcement.For micropiles or portions means other than concrete bond to the bare steel section. thereof grouted inside a temporary or permanent casing Concrete-filled steel pipes or tubes shall have reinforce- or inside a hole drilled into bedrock or a hole drilled with ment of not less than 0.01 times the cross-sectional area grout,the steel pipe or tube or steel reinforcement shall of the concrete fill developed into the cap and extending be designed to carry at least 40 percent of the design into the Fill a length equal to two times the required cap compression load. Micropiles or portions thereof embedment,but not less than the development Iength in grouted in an open hole in soil without temporary or per- tension of the reinforcement. manent casing and without suitable means of verifying 1810.3.11.2 Seismic Design Categories D through F. the hole diameter during grouting shall be designed to For structures assigned to Seismic Design CategoryD,E carry the entire compression load in the reinforcing steel. or F in accordance with Section 1613, deep foundation Where a steel pipe or tube is used for reinforcement,the element resistance to uplift forces or rotational restraint portion of the grout enclosed within the pipe is permitted shall be provided by anchorage into the pile cap, to be included in the determination of the allowable designed considering the combined effect of axial forces stress in the grout. due to uplift and bending moments due to fixity to the 1810.3.10.4 Seismic reinforcement, For structures pile cap.Anchorage shall develop a minimum of 25 per- assigned to Seismic Design Category C, a permanent cent of the strength of the element in tension.Anchorage steel casing shall be provided from the top of the into the pile cap shall be capable of developing the fol- micropile down to the point of zero curvature.For struc- lowing: lures assigned to Seismic Design Category D,E or F,the 1. In the case of uplift, the least of the following: micropile shall be considered as an alternative system in nominal tensile strength of the longitudinal rein- accordance with Section 104.11.The alternative system forcement in a concrete element;the nominal ten- design,supporting documentation and test data shall be sile strength of a steel element;the frictional force submitted to the building official for review and developed between the element and the soil multi- approval. plied by 1.3; and the axial tension force resulting 1810.3.11 Pile caps. Pile caps shall be of reinforced con- from the load combinations with overstrength(ac- crete,and shall include all elements to which vertical deep for in Section 12.4.3.2 of ASCE 7. foundation elements are connected,including grade beams 2. In the case of rotational restraint,the lesser of the and mats.The soil immediately below the pile cap shall not following: the axial force,shear forces and bend- be considered as carrying any vertical load.The tops of ver- ing moments resulting from the load combinations 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 413 SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS with overstrength factor in Section 12.4.3.2 of inserted in the hole prior to placing the concrete.Where ASCE 7 or development of the Full axial,bending the casing is withdrawn during concreting, the level of and shear nominal strength of the element. concrete shall be maintained above the bottom of the cas- Where the vertical lateral-Force-resisting elements are ing at a sufficient height to offset any hydrostatic or lat- columns,the pile cap flexural strengths shall exceed the eral soil pressure.Driven casings shall be mandrel driven column flexural strength.The connection between batter their full length in contact with the surrounding soil. piles and pile caps shall be designed to resist the nominal 1810.4.1.3 Driving near uncased concrete.Deep foun- strength of the pile acting as a short column.Batter piles dation elements shall not be driven within six element and their connection shall be capable of resisting forces diameters center to center in granular soils or within and moments from the load combinations with one-half the element length in cohesive soils of an overstrength factor in Section 12.4.3.2 of ASCE 7. uncased element filled with concrete less than 48 hours 1810.3.12 Grade beams.Forstructures assigned to Seismic old unless approved by the building ollrclal. If the con- Design Categor}rD,E or F in accordance with Section 1613. Crete surface in any completed element rises or drops,the grade beams shall comply with the provisions in Section element shall be replaced.Driven uncased deep founda- 21.12.3 of ACI 318 for grade beams,except where they have tion elements shall not be installed in soils that could the capacity to resist the Forces from the load combinations cause heave. with overstrength Factor in Section 12.4.3.2 of ASCE 7. 1810.4.1.4 Driving near cased concrete.Deep founda- 1810.3.13 Seismic ties.For structures assigned to Seismic tion elements shall not be driven within four and one-half Design Category C, D, E or F in accordance with Section average diameters of a cased element Filled with concrete 1613. individual deep foundations shall be interconnected less than 24 hours old unless approved by the building by ties. Unless it can be demonstrated that equivalent of icial. Concrete shall not be placed in casings within restraint is provided by reinforced concrete beams within heave range of driving. slabs on grade or reinforced concrete slabs on grade or con- 1810.4.1.5 Defective timber piles.Any substantial sud- finement by competent rock, hard cohesive soils or very den increase in rate of penetration of a timber pile shall dense granular soils,ties shall be capable of carrying,in ten- be investigated for possible damage. If the sudden sion or compression,a force equal to the lesser of the prod- increase in rate of penetration cannot be correlated to soil uct of the larger pile cap or column design gravity load times strata, the pile shall be removed for inspection or the seismic coefficient.SD.,,divided by 10.and 25 percent of rejected. the smaller pile or column design gravity load. Exception: In Group R-3 and U occupancies of 1810.4.2 Identification.Deep foundation materials shall be light-frame construction,deep foundation elements sup- identified for conformity to the specified grade with this porting foundation walls,isolated interior posts detailed identity maintained continuously from the point of manu- so the element is not subject to lateral loads or exterior facture to the point of installation or shall be tested by an decks and patios are not subject to interconnection where approved agency to determine conformity to the specified the soils are of adequate stiffness.subject to the approval grade. The approved agency shall furnish an affidavit of of the building official. compliance to the building official. 1810.4 Installation. Deep Foundations shall be installed in 1810.4.3 location plan. A plan showing the location and accordance with Section 1810.4.Where a single deep founda- designation of deep foundation elements by an identifica- tion element comprises two or more sections of different mate- tion system shalt be filed with the building official prior to installation of such elements.Detailed records for elernenis saris or different types spliced together, each section shall shall bear an identification corresponding to that shown on satisfy the applicable conditions of installation. the plan. 1810.4.1 Structural integrity. Deep foundation elements 1810.4.4 Preexcavation. The use of jetting, augering or shall be installed in such a manner and sequence as to pre- vent distortion or damage that may adversely affect the other methods of preexcavation shall be subject to the structural integrity of adjacent structures or of foundation approval of the building official. Where permitted. elements being installed or already in place and as to avoid preexcavation shall be carried out in the same manner as compacting the surrounding soil to the extent that other used For deep Foundation elements subject to load tests and Foundation elements cannot be installed properly. in such a manner that will not impair the carrying capacity of the elements already in place or damage adjacent structures. 1810.4.1.1 Compressive strength of precast concrete Element tips shall be driven below the preexcavated depth piles.A precast concrete pile shall not be driven before the until the required resistance or penetration is obtained, concrete has attained a compressive strength of at least 75 1810.4.5 Vibratory driving.Vibratory drivers shall only be percent of the specified compressive strength(F),but not used to install deep foundation elements where the element less than the strength sufficient to withstand handling and load capacity is verified by load tests in accordance with driving forces. Section 1810.3.3.1.2. The installation of production ele- 1810.4.1.2 Casing. Where cast-in-place deep founda- ments shall be controlled according to power consumption, tion elements are formed through unstable soils and con- rate of penetration or other approved means[hat ensure ele- crete is placed in an open-drilled hole,a casing shall be ment capacities equal or exceed those of the test elements. 414 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS 1810.4.6 Heaved elements.Deep foundation elements that top of the element to ensure that the grout completely have heaved during the driving of adjacent elements shall be fills the drill hole. During withdrawal of the casing, redriven as necessary to develop the required capacity and the grout level inside the casing shall be monitored to penetration,or the capacity of the element shall be verified verify that the flow of grout inside the casing is not by load tests in accordance with Section 1810.3.3.1.2. obstructed. 1810.4.7 Enlarged base cast-in-place elements.Enlarged 2. For a micropile or portion thereof grouted in an open bases for cast-in-place deep foundation elements formed by drill hole in soil without temporary casing, the mini- compacting concrete or by driving a precast base shall be mum design diameter of the drill hole shall be verified formed in or driven into granular soils.Such elements shall by a suitable device during grouting. be constructed in the same manner as successful prototype 3. For micropiles designed for end bearing, a suitable test elements driven for the project. Shafts extending means shall be employed to verify that the bearing through peat or other organic soil shall be encased in a per- surface is properly cleaned prior to grouting. manent steel casing. Where a cased shaft is used, the shaft 4, Subsequent micropiles shall not be drilled near ele- shall be adequately reinforced to resist column action or the ments that have been grouted until the grout has had annular space around the shaft shall be filled sufficiently to sufficient time to harden. reestablish lateral support by the soil.Where heave occurs, the element shall be replaced unless it is demonstrated that 5. Micropiles shall be grouted as soon as possible after the element is undamaged and capable of carrying twice its drilling is completed, design load. 6. For micropiles designed with a full-length casing,the 1810.4.8 Hollow-stem augered, cast-in-place elements. casing shall be pulled back to the top of the bond zone Where concrete or grout is placed by pumping through a and reinserted or some other suitable means hollow-stem auger,the augershall be permitted to rotate in a employed to assure grout coverage outside the casing. clockwise direction during withdrawal. As the auger is 1810.4.11 Helical piles. Helical piles shall be installed to withdrawn at a steady rate or in increments not to exceed 1 specified embedment depth and torsional resistance criteria foot (305 mm), concreting or grouting pumping pressures as determined by a irgistered design professional. The shall be measured and maintained high enough at all times torque applied during installation shall not exceed the maxi- to offset hydrostatic and lateral earth pressures.Concrete or mum allowable installation torque of the helical pile, grout volumes shall be measured to ensure that the volume 1810.4.12 Special inspection.Special inspections in accor- of concrete or grout placed in each element is equal to or dance with Sections 1704.8 and 1704.9 shall be provided greater than the theoretical volume of the hole created by the for driven and cast-in-place deep foundation elements, auger,Where the installation process of any element is inter- respectively.Special inspections in accordance with Section rupted or a loss of concreting or grouting pressure occurs, 1704.10 shall be provided for helical piles. the element shall be redrilled to 5 feet (1524 mm) below the elevation of the tip of the auger when the installation was interrupted or concrete or grout pressure was lost and reformed. Augered cast-in-place elements shall not be installed within six diameters center to center of an element Filled with concrete or grout less than 12 hours old, unless approved by the building ofcial. If the concrete or grout level in any completed element drops due to installation of an adjacent element,the element shall be replaced. 18 10.4.9 Socketed drilled shafts.The rock socket and pipe or tube casing of socketed drilled shafts shall be thoroughly cleaned of foreign materials before filling with concrete. Steel cores shall be bedded in cement grout at the base of the rock socket. 1810.4.10 Micropiles.Micropile deep foundation elements shall be permitted to be Formed in holes advanced by rotary or percussive drilling methods,with or without casing.The elements shall be grouted with a fluid cement grout. The grout shall be pumped through a tremie pipe extending to the bottom of the element until grout of suitable quality returns at the top of the element. The following require- ments apply to specific installation methods: 1. For micropiles grouted inside a temporary casing,the reinforcing bars shall be inserted prior to withdrawal of the casing.The casing shall be withdrawn in a con- trolled manner with the grout level maintained at the 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 475 416 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE` CHAPTER 19 CONCRETE Italics are used for text nithin Sections 1903 through 1908 of this code to indicate provisions that differ frnrn ACI 318. SECTION 1901 SECTION 1902 GENERAL DEFINITIONS 1901.1 Scope.The provisions of this chapter shall govern the 1902.1 General. The words and terms defined in ACI 31$ materials,quality control.design and construction of concrete shall,for the purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in used in structures. this code for concrete construction,have the meanings shown 1901.2 Plain and reinforced concrete. Structural concrete in AC1318 as modified by Section 1908.1.1. shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of this chapter and ACI 318 as amended in Sec- SECTION 1903 tion 1908 of this code. Except for the provisions of Sections SPECIFICATIONS FOR TESTS AND MATERIALS 1904 and 1910, the design and construction of slabs on grade shall not be governed by this chapter unless they transmit verti- 1903.1 General.Materials used to produce concrete,concrete cal loads or lateral forces from other parts of the structure to the itself and testing thereof shall comply with the applicable stan- soil, dards listed in ACI 318. Where required, special inspections and tests shall be ire accordance with Chapter 17. 1901.3 Source and applicability.The Format and subject►oat- 1903.2 Glass fiber reinforced concrete. Glass fiber rein- after,of Sections 1902 through 1907 of this chapter are patterned after,and in general conformity with, the provisions for struc- forced concrete (GFRC)and the materials used in such con- tural concrete in ACI 318. crete shallbe in accordance with thePCIMNL 128standard. 1901.4 Construction documents. The construction docu- ments for structural concrete construction shall include: SECTION 1904 1. The specified compressive strength of concrete at the DURABILITY REQUIREMENTS stated ages or stages of construction for which each 1904.1 Water-cementitious materials ratio.Where maximum concrete element is designed, water-cementitious materials ratios are specified in ACI 318, 2. The specified strength or grade of reinforcement. they shall be calculated in accordance with ACI 318,Section 4.1. 3. The size and location of structural elements,reinforce- 1904.2 Exposure categories and classes. Concrete shall be ment and anchors. assigned to exposure classes in accordance with ACI 318.Sec- tion 4.2,based on: 4. Provision for dimensional changes resulting from 1. Exposure to freezing and thawing in a moist condition or creep,shrinkage and temperature. deicer chemicals; 5. The magnitude and location of prestressing forces. 2. Exposure to sulfates in water or soil: 6. Anchorage length of reinforcement and location and 3. Exposure to water where the concrete is intended to have length of lap splices. low permeability:and 7. Type and location of mechanical and welded splices of 4. Exposure to chlorides from deicing chemicals, salt, reinforcement, saltwater,brackish water,seawater or spray from these 8. Details and location of contraction or isolation joints sources,where the concrete has steel reinforcement. specified for plain concrete. 1904.3 Concrete properties.Concrete mixtures shall conform 9. Minimum concrete compressive strength at time of to the most restrictive maximum water-cementitious materials posttensioning. ratios and minimum specified concrete compressive strength 10. Stressing sequence for posttensioning tendons. requirements of ACI 318, Section 4.3, based on the exposure classes assigned in Section 1904.2. 11. For structures assigned to Seismic Design Category Exception:For occupancies and appurtenances thereto in st or F. a statement if slab err grade is designed as a a Group R occupancies that are in buildings less than four structural diaphragm (see Section 21.12.3.} of ACI stories above grade plane, normal-weight aggregate con- 318)' creee is permitted to comply,with the requirements of Table 1901.5 Special inspection.The special inspection of concrete 1904.3 based on the ivowheringclassircation(freezingand elements of buildings and structures and concreting operations thawing) determined from Figure 1904.3 in lieu of the shall be as required by Chapter 17. requirements ofAC1318, Table 4.3.1. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 417 CONCRETE TABLE 1904.3 MINIMUM SPECIFIED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH(f') MINIMUM SPECIFIED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH(f',at 28 days,psi) TYPE OR LOCATION OF CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION Negligible exposure Moderate exposure Severe exposure Basement walls and foundations not exposed to the weather 2,500 2.500 2,500a Basement slabs and interior slabs on grade,except garage floor 2,500 2,500 2.500a slabs Baserent walls`,foundation walls,exterior walls and other 2,500 3.0001, 3,000" vertical concrete surfaces exposed to the weather Driveways.curbs,walks,patios,porches,carport slabs,steps and 2.500 3,0001'" 3,500[' other flatwork exposed to the weather,and garage floor slabs For SI: 1 pound per square inch=0.00689 h1Pa. a. Concrete in these locations that can be subjected to freezing and thawing during construction shall be of air-entrained concrete in accordance with Section 1904.2.1. b. Concrete shall be air entrained In accordance with Section 1904.4.1. c. Structural plain concrete basement walis are exempt from the requirements for exposure conditions of Section 1904.3(see Section 1909.6.1). d. For garage floor slabs wherea steel trowel Finish is used,the total air content required by Section 1904.4,1 is permitted to be reduced to not less than 3 percent,pro- aided the minimum specified compressive strength of the concrete is increased to 4.000 psi. 6 ® SEVERE MODERATE ® NEGLIGIBLE FIGURE 1904.3 WEATHERING PROBABILITY MAP FOR CONCRETE",e a. Lines defining areas are approximate only.Local areas can be more or less severe than indicated by the region classification. b. A"severe'classification is where weather conditions encourage or require the use of deicing chemicals or where there is potential for a continuous presence of moisture during frequent cycles of freezing and thawing.A'moderate' classification is where weather conditions occasionally expose concrete in the presence of moisture to freezing and thawing,but where(lei ring chew icals are not generally used.A"negligible'classification Is wherewealher conditions rarely expose con- crete in the presence of moisture to freezing and 1h4wiug c. Alaska and Hawaii are classified as severe and negligible,respectively. 418 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" CONCRETE 1904.4 Freezing and thawing exposures. Concrete that will 1905.6 Evaluation and acceptance of concrete.The criteria be exposed to freezing and thawing, in the presence of mois- For evaluation and acceptance of concrete shall be as specified ture. with or without deicing chemicals being present, shall in Sections 1905.6.2 through 1905.6.5. comply with Sections 1904.4.1 and 1904.4.2. 1905.6.1 Qualified technicians.Concrete shall be tested in 1904.4.1 Air entrainment. Concrete exposed to freezing accordance with the requirements in Sections 1905.6.2 and thawing while moist shall be air entrained in accordance through 1905.6.5. Qualified field testing technicians shall with ACI 318,Section 4.4.1, perform tests on fresh concrete at the job site,prepare speci- mens required for curing under field conditions, prepare 1904.4.2 Deicing chemicals.For concrete exposed to freez- specimens required for testing in the laboratory and record ing and thawing in the presence of moisture and deicing the temperature of the fresh concrete when preparing speci- chemicals,the maximum weight of fly ash,other pozzolans, mens for strength tests. Qualified laboratory technicians silica fume or slag that is included in the concrete shall not shall perform all required laboratory tests. exceed the percentages of the total weight of cementitious materials permitted by ACI 318,Section 4.4.2. 1905.6.2 Frequency of testing.The frequency of conduct- ing strength tests of concrete and the minimum number of 1904.5 Alternative cementitious materials for sulfate expo- tests shall be as specified in ACI 318, Section 5.6.2. sure. Alternative combinations of cementitious materials for use in sulfate-resistant concrete to those listed in ACI 318, Exception: When the total volume of a given class of Table 4.3.1 shall be permitted in accordance with ACI 318, concrete is less than 50 cubic yards(3$m3),strength tests Section 4.5.1. are not required when evidence of satisfactory strength is submitted to and approved by the building official. 1905.6.3 Strength test specimens.Specimens prepared for SECTION 1905 acceptance testing of concrete in accordance with Section CONCRETE QUALITY,MIXING AND PLACING 1905.6.2 and strength test acceptance criteria shall comply 1905.1 General.The required strength and durability of con- with the provisions of ACI 318, Section 5.6.3. crete shall be determined by compliance with the proportion- 1905.6.4 Field-cured specimens. Where required by the ing. testing, mixing and placing provisions of Sections building official to determine adequacy of curing and pro- 1905.1.1 through 1905.13. tection of concrete in the structure,specimens shall be pre- pared,cured,tested and test results evaluated for acceptance 1905.1.1 Strength. Concrete shall be proportioned to pro- in accordance with ACI 318, Section 5.6.4. vide an average compressive strength as prescribed in Sec- tion 1905.3 and shall satisfy the durability criteria of 1905.6.5 Low-strength test results. Where any strength Section 1904. Concrete shall be produced !o minimize the test(see ACI 318,Section 5.6.2.4)Falls below the specified frequency of strengths below f', as prescribed in Section value off`„the provisions of ACI 31$,Section 5.6.5,shall 1905.6.3.For concrete designed and constructed in actor- apply. dance iuith this chapter;f',.shall not be less than 2,500 psi 1905.7 Preparation of equipment and place of deposit.Prior (1722MPa).No maximum specified compressive strength to concrete being placed,the space to receive the concrete and shall apply unless restricted by a specific provision of this the equipment used to deposit it shall comply with ACI 318, code or ACI 318. Section 5.7. 1905.2 Selection of concrete proportions. Concrete propor- 1905.8 Mixing. Mixing of concrete shall be performed in tions shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of accordance with ACI 318, Section 5.8. ACI 318, Section 5.2. 1905.9 Conveying.The method and equipment for conveying 1905.3 Proportioning on the basis of field experience concrete to the place of deposit shall comply with ACI 318, and/or trial mixtures.Concrete proportioning determined on Section 5.9. the basis of field experience and/or trial mixtures shall be done 1905.10 Depositing.The depositing of concrete shall comply in accordance with ACI 318, Section 53. with the provisions of ACI 318,Section 5.10. 1905.4 Proportioning without field experience or trial mix- 1905.11 Curing.The length of time,temperature and moisture tures.Concrete proportioning determined without field expe- conditions for curing of concrete shall be in accordance with rience or trial mixtures shall be done in accordance with ACI ACI 318, Section 5.11. 318,Section 5.4. 1905.12 Cold weather requirements. Concrete to be placed 1905.5 Average strength reduction. As data become avail- during freezing or near-freezing weather shall comply with the able during construction,it is permissible to reduce the amount requirements of ACI 318,Section 5.12. by which the average compressive strength (f') is required to 1905.13 Hot weather requirements. Concrete to be placed exceed the specified value of f', in accordance with ACI 318, during hot weather shall comply with the requirements of ACI Section 5.5. 318, Section 5.13. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 419 CONCRETE SECTION 1906 under plant control conditions shall comply with ACI 318, FORMWORK, EMBEDDED PIPES AND Section 7.7.3. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS 1907.7.4 Bundled bars. The minimum specified concrete 1906.1 Formwork. The design, fabrication and erection of cover for bundled bars shall comply with ACI 318.Section forms shall comply with AC 1318,Section 6.1. 7.7.4. 1906.2 Removal of forms,shores and reshores.The removal 1907.7.5 Headed shear stud reinforcement. For headed of forms and shores, including from slabs and beams (except shear stud reinforcement, the minimum specified concrete where cast on the ground),and the installation of reshores shall cover shall comply with ACI 318,Section 7.7.5. comply with ACI 318,Section 6.2. 1906.3 Conduits and pipes embedded in concrete.Conduits, 1907.7.6 Corrosive environments. In corrosive environ- pipes and sleeves of any material not harmful to concrete and ments or other severe exposure conditions,prestressed and within the limitations of ACI 318,Section 6.3,are permitted to nonprestressed reinforcement shall be provided with addi- be embedded in concrete with approval of the registered design tional protection in accordance with ACI 318,Section 7.7.6. professional. 1907.7.7 Future extensions. Exposed reinforcement. 1906.4 Construction joints. Construction joints, including inserts and plates intended for bonding with future exten- their location, shall comply with the provisions of ACI 318, sions shall be protected from corrosion. Section 6.4. 1907.7.8 Fire protection.When this code requires a thick- ness of cover for fire protection greater than the minimum SECTION 1907 concrete cover in Section 1907.7, such greater thickness DETAILS OF REINFORCEMENT shall be specified. 1907.1 Hooks. Standard hooks on reinforcing bars used in 1907.8 Special reinforcement details for columns. Offset concrete construction shall comply with ACI 318,Section 7.1. bent longitudinal bars in columns and load transfer in structural steel cores of composite compression members shall comply 1907.2 Minimum bend diameters.Minimum reinforcement with the provisions of ACI 318,Section 7.8. bend diameters utilized in concrete construction shall comply with ACI 318,Section 7.2. 1907.9 Connections. Connections between concrete framing 1907.3 Bending.The bending of reinforcement shall comply members shall comply with the provisions of ACI 318,Section with ACI 318, Section 7.3. 7.9. 1907.4 Surface conditions of reinforcement. The surface 1907.10 Lateral reinforcement for compression members. conditions of reinforcement shall comply with the provisions Lateral reinforcement for concrete compression members shall of ACI 318.Section 7.4, comply with the provisions of ACI 318. Section 7.10. 1907.5 Placing reinforcement. The placement of reinforce- 1907.11 Lateral reinforcement for flexural members. Lal- ment, including tolerances on depth and cover. shall comply eral reinforcement for compression reinforcement in concrete with the provisions of ACI 318, Section 7.5. Reinforcement flexural members shall comply with the provisions of ACI 318, shall be accurately placed and adequately supported before Section 7.11. concrete is placed. 1907.12 Shrinkage and temperature reinforcement. Rein- 1907.6 Spacing limits for reinforcement.The clear distance forcement for shrinkage and temperature stresses in concrete between reinforcing bars, bundled bars, tendons and ducts members shall comply with the provisions of ACI 318,Section shall comply with AC13 18,Section 7.6. 7.12. 1907.7 Concrete protection for reinforcement. The mini- 1907.13 Requirements for structural integrity.The detail- rnum specified concrete cover for reinforcement shall comply ing of reinforcement and connections between concrete mem- with Sections 1907.7.1 through 1907.7.8. bers shall comply with the provisions of ACI 318,Section 7.13. 1907.7.1 Cast-in-place concrete(nonprestressed).Mini- to improve structural integrity. mum specified concrete cover shall be provided for rein- forcement in nonprestressed, cast-in-place concrete construction in accordance with ACI 318, Section 7.7.1. SECTION 1908 1907.7.2 Cast-in-place concrete(prestressed).The mini- MODIFICATIONS TO ACI 318 mum specified concrete cover for prestressed and 1908.1 General.The text of ACI 318 shall be modified as indi- nonprestressed reinforcement, ducts and end fittings in cated in Sections 1908.1.1 through 1908.1.10. cast-in-place prestressed concrete shall comply with ACI ~ 318,Section 7.7.2. 1908.1.1 ACI 318,Section 2.2.Modify existing definitions 1907.7.3 Precast concrete (manufactured under plant and add the following definitions to ACI 318, Section 2.2. control conditions). The minimum specified concrete DESIGN DISPLACEMENT. Total lateral displacement cover for prestressed and nonprestressed reinforcement, expected for the design-basis earthquake, as specified by ducts and end fittings in precast concrete manufactured Section 12.8.6 ofASCF 7 420 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' CONCRETE DETAILEDPLAINCONCRETESTRUCTURAL WALL. (g) Special structural walls constructed using pre- A wall complying with the requirements of Chapter 22, cast concrete shall satisfy 21.10. including 2267. All special moment frames and special structural ORDINARYPRECASTSTRUCTURAL WALL.Aprecast walls shall also satisfy 21.1.3 through 21,1.7. wall complying with the requirements of Chapters I through 1908.1.3 ACI 318,Section 21.4.Modify ACI 318,Section 18. 21.4,by renumbering Section 21.4.3 to become 21.4.4 and ORDINARY REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUC- adding new Sections 21.43,21.4.5 and 21.4.6 to read as fol- TURAL WALL.A cast-in-place wall complying with the lows: requirements of Chapters I through 18. 21.4.3-Connections that are designed to')ield shall be ORDINARY STRUCTURAL PLAIN CONCRETE capable of nraintainirng 80 percent of their design WALL.A wall complying with the requirements of Chapter strength at the deformation induced by the design dis- 22, excluding 22.6.7 placement or shall use Type 2 mechanical splices. SPECIAL STRUCTURAL WALL. Acast-in-place or 21.4.4-Elements of the connection that are not designed to yield shall develop at least 1.5 Sy. precast wall complying with the requirements of 21.1.3 through 21.1.7,21.9 and 21.10,as applicable,in addition to 21.4.5- Wall piers not designed as part of a moment the requirements for ordinary reinforced concrete structural frame shall have transverse reinforcement designed to walls or ordinary precast structural walls, as applicable. resist the shear forces determined from 21.3.3. Spacing Where ASCE 7 refers to a "special reinforced concrete of transverse reinforcement shall not exceed 8 inches structural wall," it shall be deemed to mean a "special (203 mm). Transverse reinforcement shall be extended structural wall." beyond the pier clear height for at least 12 inches(305 WALL PIER. A wall segment with a horizontal length- non]. to-thicknness ratio of at least 2.5,but not exceeding 6, whose Exceptions: clear height is at least two times its horizontal length. 1. Wall piers drat satisfy 21.13. 1908.1.2 ACI 318, Section 21.1.1. Modify ACI 318 Sec- 2. Wall piers along a wall line within a story tions 21.I.1.3 and 21.1.1.7 to read as Follows: where other shear wall segments provide lat- 21.1.1.3-Structures assigned to Seismic Design Cate- eral support to the wall piers and such seg- goryA shall satisfy requirements of Chapters 1 to 19 and ruents bare a total stillness ofat least six times 22; Chapter 21 does not apply. Structures assigned to the sum of the stiflnesses of all the wall piers. SeisnricDeslgn CategoryB,C,D,E or F also shall satisfy 21.4.6-Wall segments with a horizonlallength-to-thick- 21.1.1.4 through 21.1.1.8, as applicable. Except for mess ratio less than 2.5 shall be designed as columns. structural elements of plain concrete complying with 1908.1.4 ACI 318,Section 21.9.Modify ACI 318,Section Section 1908.1.8 of the International Building Code, 21.9,by adding new Section 21.9.10 to read as Follows: structural elements of plainn concrete are prohibited in structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C,D. E 21.9.!0- Wall piers and wall segments. or F. 21.9.10.1- Wall piers not designed as a part ofa special 21.1.1.7 - Structural systems designated as part of the moment frame shall have transverse reinforcement seismic force-resist ing system shall be restricted to designed to satisfy the requirements in 21.9.10.2. those permitted hj,ASCE 7 Except for Seismic Design Exceptions: Categoryk for which Chapter 21 does not apply,the fol- 1. Wall piers that satisfy 21.13. lowing provisions shall be satisfied for each structural system designated as part of the seismic-Force-resisting 2• Wall piers along a wall line within a story system,regardless of the Seismic Design Category. where other shear wall segments provide lat- eral support to the wall piers and such seg- (a) Ordinary moment Frames shall satisfy 21.2. ments have a total stillness of at least six times (b) Ordinary reinforced concrete structural walls the sum of the stiflnesses of all the wall piers. and ordinary precast structural walls need not 21.9.10.2-Transverse reinforcement with seismic hooks satisfy any provisions in Chapter 21, at both ends shall be designed to resist the shear forces (c) Intermediate moment Frames shall satisfy 21.3, determined from 21.6.5.1. Spacing of transverse reirn- {d) Intermediate precast structuralwalls shall satisfy for arnent shall not exceed 6 inches (152 Min). Trans- 21 9 verse reinforcement shall be extended beyond the pier clear height for at least 12 inches(305 mni). (e) Special moment frames shall satisfy 21.5 21.9.10.3- Wall segments with a horizontal length-to- through 21.8. thickness ratio less than 2.5 shall be designed as col- {f} Special structural walls shall satisfy 21.9. unnns. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 421 CONCRETE 1908.1.5 ACI 318,Section 21.10.Modify ACI 318,Section stud-bearing walls. In dwellings assigned to 21.10.2,to read as follows: Seismic Design CategoryDorE,the height ofthe 21.10.2-Special structural walls constructed using pre- +vall shall not exceed 8£Per (2438mm).the thick- cast concrete shall satisfy all the requirements of 21.9 for cress shall not be less than 7r/z inches(190 min), cast-in-place special structural walls in addition to Sec- and the wall shall retain no more than 4 feet tions 21.42 through 21.4.4. (1219 nnm) of unbalanced fill Walls shall have reinforcement in accordance with 22.66.5. 1908.1.6 ACI 318, Section 21.12.1.1. Modify ACI 318, Section 21.12.1.1,to read as Follows: (b) Isolated footings of plain concrete supporting pedestals or columns are permitted,provided the 21.12.1.1 - Foundations resisting earthquake-induced projection of the footing beyond the face of the forces or transferring earthquake-induced forces between supported member does not exceed the footing a structure and ground shall comply with the requirements thickness. of Section 21,12 and other applicable provisions of ACI 318 unless modified by Chapter 18 of the international Exception: In detached one- and two-fancily Building Code. dwellings threestories orless m height,the pro- .� jection of the footing beyond the face of the sup- 1908.1.7 ACI 318,Section 22.6.Modify ACI 318,Section ported member is permitted to exceed the 22.6, by adding new Section 22.6.7 to read as follows: footing thickness. 22.6 7-Detailed plain concrete structural walls. (c) Plain concrete footings supporting walls are per- 22,6.7.1 -Detailed plain concrete structural walls are mitted, provided the footings have at least two walls conforming to the requirements of ordinary struc- continuous longitudinal reinforcing bars. Bars tural plain concrete walls and 22.6.7.2. shall not be smaller than No. 4 and shall have a 22.6.7 2-Reinforcement shall be provided as follows: total area of not less than 0.002 times the gross cross-sectional area of the footing. For footings (a) Vertical reinforcement of at least 0.20 square that exceed 8fnches(203,r urn)in thickness,a min- inch (129 nrnr')in cross-sectional area shall be knum of one bar shall be provided at the top and prof ided continuously from support to support at bottom of the footing.Continuity ofreinforcement each corner,at each side ofeach opening and at shall be provided at corners and intersections, the ends of walls. 77re continuous vertical bar Exceptions: required beside an opening is permitted to sub- stitute for one of the two No. 3 bars required by 1. In detached acne- and two-family dwell- 22.6.6.5. ings three stories or less in height and (b) Horizontal reinforcement at least 0.20 square constructed with stud-bearing walls, plain concrete footings without longim- irr (129 rnnrr)in cross-sectional area shall be dinal reinforcement supporting n alts are proo vided: permitted. 1. Continuously at structurally connected roof 2. For foundation systems consisting of a and floor levels and at the top of walls: plain concrete footing and a plain con- 2. At the bottom ofload-bearing walls or in the crete stemwall, a nninimum of one bar top of foundations where doweled to the shall be provided at the top of the wall:and stemwall and at the bottom ofthe footing. 3. At a maximum spacing of 120 inches(3048 3. Where a slab on ground is cast rnm). monolithically with the footing,one No.5 Reinforcement at the top and bottom of open- barispermitted to belocatedateitherthe kings, where used in determining the rnaxirnurn top of the slab or bottom of the footing. spacing specified in Item 3 above,shall be corn- 1908.1.9 ACI 318, Section D.3.3. Modify ACI 318• Sec- tinuous in tine wall. tions D.3.3.4 and D.3.3.5 to read as follows: 1908.1.8 ACI 318,Section 22.10.Delete ACI 318,Section D.3.3.4-Anchors shall be designed to be governed by 22.10,and replace with the following: the steel strength of a ductile steel element as determined 22.10-Plain concrete in structures assigned to Seismic in accordance with D.5.1 and D.6.1, unless either Design Category C,D,E or F. D.3.3.5 or!7.3.3.6 is satisfied. 22.10.1 -Structures assigned to Seismic Design Cate- Exceptions: gory C, D. E or Fshall not have elements of structural 1. Anchors in concrete designed to support non- plain concrete, except as follows: structural components in accordance +with (a) Structural plain concrete basement, foundation ASCE7Section 13.4.2 need not satisfy Section or,other walls below the base are permitted in D.3.3.4. detached one- and two-family dwellings three 2. Anchors designed to resist wall out-of-plane stories or less in height constructed with for with design strengths equal to orgreater 422 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE CONCRETE than the force determined in accordance with 1908.1.8 for additional limitations on the use of structural plain ASCE 7Equation 12.11-1 or 12.14-10neednot concrete. satisfy Section D.3.3.4. 1909.3 Joints.Contraction or isolation joints shall be provided D.3.3.5 — Instead of D.3.3.4, the attachment that the to divide structural plain concrete members into flexurally dis- anchor is connecting to the structure shall be designed so continuous elements in accordance with ACI 318,Section 22.3, that the attachment will undergo ductile yielding at a 1909.4 Design. Structural plain concrete walls, footings and force level corresponding to anchor forces no greater pedestals shal l be designed for adequate strength in accordance than the design strength of anchors specified in D.3.3.3. with ACI 318,Sections 22.4 through 22.8. Exceptions: Exception: For Group R-3 occupancies and buildings of 1. Anchors in concrete designed to support other occupancies less than two stories above grade plane nonstructural componorts in accordance with of light-frame construction,the required edge thickness of ASCE 7Section 13.4.2 need not satisfy Section ACI 318 is permitted to be reduced to 6 inches (152 mm), D.3.3.5. provided that the footing does not extend more than 4 inches 2. Anchors designed to resist Mall out-of-plane (102 mm) on either side of the supported wall. forces with design strengths equal to orgreater 1909.5 Precast members.The design,fabrication,transporta- than the force determined in accordance with tion and erection of precast,structural plain concrete elements ASCE7Equation 12.11-1 or 12.14-10neednot shall be in accordance with ACI 318,Section 22.9. satisfy Section►D.3.3.5. 1909.6 Walls.In addition to the requirements of this section, 1908.1.10 ACI:318,Section D.4.22.Delete ACI 318,Sec- structural plain concrete walls shall comply with the applicable tion D.4.2.2, and replace with the following: requirements of ACI 318,Chapter 22. D.4.2.2— the concrete breakout strength requirements for 1909.6,1 Basement walls.The thickness of exterior base- I anchors in tension shall be considered satisfied by the ment walls and foundation walls shall be not less than 71Iz design procedure of D.5.2 provided Equation D-8 is not inches (191 mm). usedforanchorembedments exceeding 25inches. The con- 1909.6.2 Other walls. Except as provided for in Section crete breakout strength requirements for anchors in shear 1909.6.1, the thickness of bearing walls shall be not less with diameters not exceeding 2 inches shall be considered than 11P4 the unsupported height or length. whichever is satisfied by the design procedure of D.6.2. For anchors in shorter,but not less than 51I2 inches (140 mm). shear with diameters exceeding 2Inches,shear anchor rein- forrement shall be provided in accordance with the proce- 1909.6.3 Openings in walls. Not less than one No. 5 bar dures of D.6.2.9. shall be provided around window, door and similar sized openings.The bar shall be anchored to develop f,in tension at the corners of openings. SECTION 1909 STRUCTURAL PLAIN CONCRETE 1909.1 Scope.The design and construction of structural plain SECTION 1910 concrete,both cast-in-place and precast,shall comply with the MINIMUM SLAB PROVISIONS minimum requirements of Section 1909 and ACI 318.Chapter 1910.1 General.The thickness of concrete Floor slabs supported 22,as modified in Section 1908. directly on the ground shall not be less than 31/z inches(89 mm). 1909.1.1 Special structures.For special structures,such as A 6-mil(0.006 inch;0.I5 mm)polyethylene vapor retarder with arches, underground utility structures, gravity walls and Joints lapped not less than 6 inches (152 mm) shall be placed shielding walls, the provisions of this section shall govern between the base course or subgrade and the concrete floor slab, where applicable. or other approved equivalent methods or materials shall be used to retard vapor transmission through the floor slab. 1909.2 Limitations.The use of structural plain concrete shall Exception: A vapor retarder is not required: be limited to: 1. Members that are continuously supported by soil,such I. For detached structures accessory to occupancies in as walls and footings, or by other structural members Group R-3,such as garages,utility buildings or other capable of providing continuous vertical support. unheated facilities. 2. Members for which arch action provides compression 2. For unheated storage rooms having an area of less under all conditions of loading. than 70 square feet (6.5 m) and carports attached to occupancies in Group R-3. 3. Walls and pedestals. 3. For buildings of other occupancies where migration The use of structural plain concrete columns and structural of moisture through the slab from below will not be plain concrete footings on piles is not permitted. See Section detrimental to the intended occupancy of the building. 2009 INTERNATIONAL 13UILDING CODE' 423 CONCRETE 4. For driveways, walks, patios and other flatwork 1911.3 Required edge distance and spacing.The allowable which will not be enclosed at a later date. service loads in tension and shear specified in Table 1911.2 are 5. Where approved based on local site conditions. for the edge distance and spacing specified.The edge distance and spacing are permitted to be reduced to 50 percent of the val- ues specified with an equal reduction in allowable service load. SECTION 1911 Where edge distance and spacing are reduced less than 50 per- ANCHORAGE TO CONCRETE-- cent, the allowable service load shall be determined by linear ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN interpolation. 1911.1 Scope.The provisions of this section shall govern the 1911.4 Increase in allowable load. Increase of the values in allowable stress design of headed bolts and headed stud Table 1911.2 by one-third is permitted where the provisions of anchors cast in normal-weight concrete for purposes of trans- Section 1605.3.2 permit an increase in allowable stress for milting structural loads from one connected element to the Find loading. other. These provisions do not apply to anchors installed in 1911.5 Increase far special inspection.Where special inspec- hardened concrete or where load combinations include earth- Lion is provided for the installation of anchors, a 100-percent quake loads or effects. The bearing area of headed anchors increase in the allowable tension values of Table 1911.2 is per- shall be not less than one and one-half times the shank area. mitted.No increase in shear value is permitted. Where strength design is used, or where load combinations include earthquake loads or effects, the design strength of anchors shall be determined in accordance with Section 1912. Bolts shall conform to ASTM A 307 or an approved equivalenl. SECTION 1912 1911.2 Allowable service load.The allowable service load for ANCHORAGE TO CONCRETE- headed anchors in shear or tension shall be as indicated in Table STRENGTH DESIGN 1911.2.Where anchors are subject to combined shear and ten- 1912.1 Scope. The provisions of this section shall govern the sion, the following relationship shall be satisfied-, strength design of anchors installed in concrete for purposes of �' ,)"A (Equation 19-1) transmitting structural loads from one connected element to the (P,l P,J ' f(V i, S l other.Headed bolts,headed studs and hooked 0-or L-)bolts cast where: in concrete and expansion anchors and undercut anchors installed P, = Applied tension service load,pounds (N). in hardened concrete sball be designed in accordance with Appen- dix D of ACI 318 as modified by Sections 1908.1.9 and P, = Allowable tension service load from Table 191 L2, 1908.1.10,provided they are within the scope of Appendix D. pounds (N). � The strength design of anchors that are not within the scope 1! = Applied shear service load,pounds (N). of Appendix D of ACI 318, and as amended in Sections V = Allowable shear service load from Table 1911.2, 1908.1.9 and 1908.1.10, shall be in accordance with an pounds (N). approved procedure. TABLE 1911.2 ALLOWABLE SERVICE LOAD ON EMBEDDED BOLTS(pounds) MINIMUM CONCRETE STRENGTH(psi) BOLT MINIMUM EDGE t'�=2,500 m 3,000 r',_4,000 DIAMETER EMBEDMENT DISTANCE SPACING (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) Tension shear Tension Shear _ Tension Shear 114 211, 1112 3 _ 200 500 200 500 200 500 318 3 2114 4112 500 1,100 500 1,100 500 1,100 112 4 3 6 950 1,250 950 1,250 950 1,250 4 5 6 1,450 1,600 1,500 1,650 1,550 1,750 - -51 4112 3314 7112 - 1,500 -2,750 1,500 2.750 1,500 2,750 8 4112 6114 711, 2,125 2,950 2,200 _3,000 2.400 3,050 3/' 4112 9 2,250 3,250 2,250 3,560 2,250 3,560 -_14 5 7112 9 2,825 4,275 2,950 4,300 j 3,200 4,400 718 6 5119 1011, 2,550 3,700 2,550 4,050 2,550 4,050 1 7� -6 12 3,050 4,125 3.250 - -4,500 3.650_ _ 5.300 1'18 8 63/4 _ 13/2 3,400 4,750 3,400 4,750 3,400 4.750 1114 9 i 711, 15 4,000 5,800 4,000 5,800 4,000 5.800 For SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm,1 pound per square inch=0.00689 NIPa,1 pound=4.45 N. 424 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" CONCRETE SECTION 1913 1913.6 Rebound. Any rebound or accumulated loose aggre- SHOTCRETE gate shall be removed from the surfaces to be covered prior to 1913.1 General.Shotcrete is mortar or concrete that is pneu- placing the initial or any succeeding layers of shotcrete. matically projected at high velocity onto a surface. Except as Rebound shall not be used as aggregate. specified in this section,shotcrete shall conform to the require- 1913.7 Joints. Except where permitted herein, unfinished merits of this chapter for plain or reinforced concrete. work shall not be allowed to stand for more than 30 minutes 1913.2 Proportions and materials. Shotcrete proportions unless edges are sloped to a thin edge.For structural elements shall be selected that allow suitable placement procedures that will be under compression and for construction joints using the delivery equipment selected and shall result in fin- shown on the approved construction documents,square joints ished in-place hardened shotcrete meeting the strength require- are permitted. Before placing additional material adjacent to ments of this code. previously applied work, sloping and square edges shall be cleaned and wetted. 1913.3 Aggregate.Coarse aggregate,if used,shall not exceed j/4 inch (19.1 mm). 1913.8 Damage.In-place shotcrete that exhibits sags,sloughs, segregation, honeycombing, sand pockets or other obvious 1913.4 Reinforcement.Reinforcement used in shotcrete con- defects shall be removed and replaced. Shotcrete above sags struction shall comply with the provisions of Sections 1913.4.1 and sloughs shall be removed and replaced while still plastic. through 1913.4.4. 1913.9 Curing. During the curing periods specified herein, 1913.4.1 Size.The maximum size of reinforcement shall be shotcrete shall be maintained above 40°F { Q and in moist No.5 bars unless it is demonstrated by preconstruction tests condition. that adequate encasement of larger bars will be achieved. 1913.9.1 Initial curing. Shotcrete shall be kept continu- 1913.4.2 Clearance.When No. 5 or smaller bars are used, ously moist for 24 hours after shotcreting is complete or there shall be a minimum clearance between parallel rein- shall be sealed with an approved curing compound. forcement bars of 2/, inches (64 trim). When bars larger than No. 5 are permitted, there shall be a minimum clear- 1913.9.2 Final curing.Final curing shall continue for seven ance between parallel bars equal to six diameters of the bars days after shotcreting, or for three days if high- used. When two curtains of steel are provided, the curtain early-strength cement is used,or until the specified strength nearer the nozzle shall have a minimum spacing equal to 12 is obtained. Final curing shall consist of the initial curing bar diameters and the remaining curtain shall have a mini- process or the shotcrete shall be covered with an approved mum spacing of six bar diameters. moisture-retaining cover. Exception: Subject to the approval of the building off- 1913.9.3 Natural curing. Natural curing shall not be used clal, required clearances shall be reduced where it is in lieu of that specified in this section unless the relative demonstrated by preconstruction tests that adequate humidity remains at or above 85 percent,and is authorized encasement of the bars used in the design will be by the rtgistened design professional and approved by the achieved. building olrciaL 1913.4.3 Splices.Lap splices of reinforcing bars shall uti- 1913.10 Strength tests. Strength tests for shotcrete shall be line the noncontact lap splice method with a minimum clear- made by an approved agencyon specimens that are representa- ance of 2 inches (51 mm) between bars.The use of contact tive of the work and which have been water soaked for at least lap splices necessary for support of the reinforcing is per- 24 hours prior to testing.When the maximum-size aggregate is mitted when approved by the building official,based on sat- larger than 34 inch(9.5 mm),specimens shall consist of not less isfactory preconstruction tests that show that adequate than three 3-inch-diameter (76 mm) cores or 3-inch (76 mm) encasement of the bars will be achieved,and provided that cubes.When the maximum-size aggregate is 318 inch(9.5 mm) the splice is oriented so that a plane through the center of the or smaller, specimens shall consist of not less than spliced bars is perpendicular to the surface of the shotcrete. 2-inch-diameter(51 mm) cores or 2-inch (51 mm) cubes. 1913.4.4 Spirally tied columns. Shotcrete shall not be 1913.10.1 Sampling. Specimens shall be taken from the applied to spirally tied columns. in-place work or from test panels,and shall be taken at least 1913.5 Preconstruction tests.When required by the building once each shift,but not less than one for each 50 cubic yards official,a test panel shall be shot,cured.cored or sawn,exam- (38.2 m) of shotcrete. ined and tested prior to commencement of the project. The 1913.10.2 Panel criteria.When the maximum-size aggre- sample panel shall be representative of the project and simulate gate is larger than 318 inch (9.5 mm), the test panels shall job conditions as closely as possible.The panel thickness and have minimum dimensions of 18 inches by I8 inches(457 reinforcing shall reproduce the thickest and most congested mm by 457 mm).When the maximum size aggregate is 318 area specified in the structural design. It shall be shot at the inch (9.5 mm) or smaller, the test panels shall have mini- same angle,using the same nozzleman and with the same con- mum dimensions of 12 inches by 12 inches(305 mm by 305 crete mix design that will be used on the project. The equip- min).Panels shall be shot in the same position as the work, ment used in preconstruction testing shall be the same during the course of the work and by the nozzlemen doing equipment used in the work requiring such testing,unless sub- the work.The conditions under which the panels are cured stitute equipment is approved by the building official. shall be the same as the work. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 425 CONCRETE 1913.10.3 Acceptance criteria.The average compressive shell shall not be included in the calculations for strength of the strength of three cores from the in-place work or a single test column section.The minimum diameter of pipe columns shall panel shall equal or exceed 0.85 f',with no single core less be 4 inches(102 min)except that in structures of Type V con- than 0.75 f',. The average compressive strength of three struction not exceeding three stories above grade plane or 40 cubes taken from the in-place work or a single test panel feet (12 192 min) in building height, pipe columns used in shall equal or exceed f', with no individual cube less than basements and as secondary steel membeis shall have a mini- 0.88 P,.To check accuracy,locations represented by erratic mum diameter of 3 inches (76 mm). core or cube strengths shall be retested. 1915.6 Approvals.Details of column connections and splices shall be shop fabricated by approved methods and shall be appinved only after tests in accordance with the approved SECTION 1914 rules, Shop-fabricated concrete-filled pipe columns shall be REINFORCED GYPSUM CONCRETE inspected by the building oflrcialorbyanapprovedrepresenta- 1914.1 General. Reinforced gypsum concrete shall comply live of the manufacturer at the plant. with the requirements of ASTM C 317 and ASTM C 956. 1914.2 Minimum thickness.The minimum thickness of rein- forced gypsum concrete shall be 2 inches (51 mm) except the minimum required thickness shall be reduced to 1'11 inches(38 mm), provided the following conditions are satisfied: 1. The overall thickness, including the formboard, is not less than 2 inches(51 mm). 2. The clear span of the gypsum concrete between supports does not exceed 33 inches (838 mm). 3. Diaphragm action is not required. 4. The design live load does not exceed 40 pounds per square foot (psf) (1915 Pa). SECTION 1915 CONCRETE-FILLED PIPE COLUMNS 1915.1 General.Concrete-filled pipe columns shall be manu- factured from standard, extra-strong or double-extra-strong steel pipe or tubing that is filled with concrete so placed and manipulated as to secure maximum density and to ensure com- plete filling of the pipe without voids. 1915.2 Design.The safe supporting capacity of concrete-filled pipe columns shall be computed in accordance with the approved rules or as determined by a test. 1915.3 Connections. Caps, base plates and connections shall be of approved types and shall be positively attached to the shell and anchored to the concrete core. Welding of brackets without mechanical anchorage shall be prohibited, Where the pipe is slotted to accommodate webs of brackets or other con- nections,the integrity of the shell shall be restored by welding to ensure hooping action of the composite section. 1915.4 Reinforcement. To increase the safe load-supporting capacity of concrete-filled pipe columns, the steel reinforce- ment shall be in the form of rods, structural shapes or pipe embedded in the concrete core with sufficient clearance to ensure the composite action of the section,but not nearer than 1 inch(25 mm) to the exterior steel shell.Structural shapes used as reinforcement shall be milled to ensure bearing on cap and base plates. 1915.5 Fire-resistance-rating protection.Pipe columns shall be of such size or so protected as to develop the required fire-resistance ratings specified in Table 601. Where an outer steel shell is used to enclose the fire protective covering, the 426 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' CHAPTER 20 ALUMINUM SECTION 2001 GENERAL 2001.1 Scope. This chapter shall govern the quality, design, fabrication and erection of aluminum. SECTION 2002 MATERIALS 2002.1 General. Aluminum used for structural purposes in buildings and structures shall comply with AA ASM 35 and AA ADM 1.The riondnal loads shall be the minimum design loads required by Chapter 16. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 427 CHAPTER 21 MASONRY SECTION 2101 7. Details of anchorage of masonry to structural members, GENERAL frames and other construction, including the type, size 2101.1 Scope.This chapter shall govern the materials,design, and location of connectors. construction and quality of masonry. 8. Size and location of conduits,pipes and sleeves. 2101.2 Design methods.Masonry shall comply with the pro- 9. The minimum level of testing and inspection as defined visions of one of the following design methods in this chapter in Chapter 17,or an itemized testing and inspection pro- as well as the requirements of Sections 2101 through 2104. gram that meets or exceeds the requirements of Chapter Masonry designed by the allowable suss design provisions of 17. Section 2101.2.I, the strength design provisions of Section 2101.3.1 Fireplace drawings.The construction documents 2101.2.2 or [be prestressed masonry provisions of Section shall describe in sufficient detail the location,size and con- 2101,2,3 shall comply with Section 2105, struction of masonry fireplaces.The thickness and charac- 2101.2.1 Allowable stress design. Masonry designed by teristics of materials and the clearances from walls, the allowable stress design method shall comply with the partitions and ceilings shall be indicated. provisions of Sections 2106 and 2107. 2101.2.2 Strength design. Masonry designed by the strength design method shall comply with the provisions of SECTION 2102 Sections 2106 and 2108,except that autoclaved aerated con- DEFINITIONS AND NOTATIONS crete (AAC) masonry shall comply with the provisions of 2102.1 General.The following words and terms shall,for the Section 2106,Section 1613.6.4 and Chapter 1 and Appen- purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this code, dix A of TMS 4021ACI 5301ASCE 5. have the meanings shown herein. 2101.2.3 Prestressed masonry.Prestressed masonry shall AAC MASONRY.Masonry made of autoclaved aerated con- be designed in accordance with Chapters 1 and 4 of TMS crete (AAC) units, manufactured without internal reinforce- 402/ACI 5301ASCE 5 and Section 2106.Special inspection ment and bonded together using thin-or thick-bed mortar. during construction shall be provided as set forth in Section 1704.5. ADOBE CONSTRUCTION.Construction in which the exte- rior load-bearingand nonload-bearing walls and partitions are 2101.2.4 Empirical design. Masonry designed by the of unfired clay masonry units, and floors, roofs and interior empirical design method shall comply with the provisions framing are wholly or partly of wood or other approved materi- of Sections 2106 and 2109 or Chapter 5 of TMS 402/ACI als. 5301ASCE 5. 2101.2.5 Glass unit masonry. Glass unit masonry shall Adobe, stabilized. Unfired clay masonry units to which comply with the provisions of Section 2110 or Chapter 7 of admixtures,such as emulsified asphalt,are added during the TMS 402/ACI 5301ASCE 5. manufacturing process to limit the units'water absorption so as to increase their durability. 2101.2.6 Masonry veneer. Masonry veneer shall comply Adobe, unstabilized. Unfired clay masonry units [hat do with the provisions of Chapter 14 or Chapter 6 of TMS not meet the definition of"Adobe,stabilized." 4021ACI 530/ASCE 5. 2101.3 Construction documents. The construction docu- ANCHOR.Metal rod,wire or strap that secures masonry to its ments shall show a]I of the items required by this code includ- structural support. ing the following: ARCHITECTURAL TERRA COTTA.Plain or ornamental 1. Specified size, grade, type and location of reinforce- hard-burned modified clay units,larger in size than brick,with ment,anchors and wall ties. glazed or unglazed ceramic finish. 2. Reinforcing bars to be welded and welding procedure. AREA. 3. Size and location of structural elements. Bedded.The area of the surface of a masonry unit that is in 4. Provisions for dimensional changes resulting from elas- contact with mortar in the plane of the joint. tic deformation,creep,shrinkage,temperature and mois- Gross cross-sectional. The area delineated by the out- ture. to-out specified dimensions of masonry in the plane under 5. Loads used in the design of masonry. consideration. 6. Specified compressive strength of masonry at stated ages Net cross-sectional.The area of masonry units,grout and or stages of construction for which masonry is designed, mortar crossed by the plane under consideration based on except where specifically exempted by this code. out-to-out specified dimensions. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 429 MASONRY AUTOCLAVED AERATED CONCRETE (AAC). Low- of masonry.determined by the testing of masonry prisms or a density cementitious product of calcium silicate hydrates. function of individual masonry units,mortar and grout. whose material specifications are defined in ASTM C 1386. CONNECTOR. A mechanical device for securing two or BED JOINT. The horizontal layer of mortar on which a more pieces, parts or members together. including anchors, masonry unit is laid, wall ties and fasteners. BOND BEAM.A horizontal grouted element within masonry COVER. Distance between surface of reinforcing bar and in which reinforcement is embedded. edge of member. BRICK. DIMENSIONS. Calcium silicate(sand lime brick).A masonry unit made Actual.The measured dimension of a masonry unit or ele- of sand and lime. ment. Clay or shale.A masonry unit made of clay or shale,usu- Nominal. The specified dimension plus an allowance for ally formed into a rectangular prism while in the plastic state the joints with which the units are to be laid.Thickness is and burned or fired in a kiln. given first,followed by height and then length. Concrete.A masonry unit having the approximate shape of Specified.The dimensions specified for the manufacture or a rectangular prism and composed of inert aggregate parti- construction of masonry,masonry units,joints or any other cles embedded in a hardened cementitious matrix. component of a structure. ~ CAST STONE.A building stone manufactured From poriland FIREPLACE.A hearth and fire chamber or similar prepared cement concrete precast and used as a trim,veneer or facing on place in which a fire may be made and which is built in con- or in buildings or structures. junction with a chimney. CELL. A void space having a gross cross-sectional area FIREPLACE THROAT.The opening between the top of the greater than 1112 square inches (967 mm'). firebox and the smoke chamber. CHIMNEY.A primarily vertical enclosure containing one or FOUNDATION PIER.An isolated vertical foundation men)- more passageways for conveying flue gases to the outside ber whose horizontal dimension measured at right angles to its atmosphere, thickness does not exceed three times its thickness and whose height is equal to or less than four times its thickness. CHIMNEY TYPES. GROUTED MASONRY. High-heat appliance type. An approved chimney for Grouted hollow-unit masonry. That form of grouted removing the products of combustion from Fuel-burning, masonry construction in which certain designated cells of high-heat appliances producing combustion gases in excess hollow units are continuously filled with grout. of 2,000°F (1093°C) measured at the appliance flue outlet (see Section 2113.11.3). Grouted multiwythe masonry. That form of grouted masonry construction in which the space between the Low-heat appliance type. An approved chimney for wythes is solidly or periodically filled with grout. removing the products of combustion from fuel-burning, low-heat appliances producing combustion gases not in HEAD JOINT.Vertical mortar joint placed between masonry excess of 1,000°F (538°CJ under normal operating condi- units within the wythe at the time the masonry units are laid. tions, but capable of producing combustion gases of HEIGHT,WALLS.The vertical distance from the foundation 1,400°F (760°C) during intermittent forces firing for pen- wall or other immediate support of such wall to the top of the ods up to 1 hour. Temperatures shall be measured at the wall. appliance flue outlet. MASONRY.A built-up construction or combination of build- Masonry type. A field-constructed chimney of solid ing units or materials of clay,shale, concrete, glass,gypsum, masonry units or stones. stone or other apptnved units bonded together with or without Medium-heat appliance type. An approved chimney for mortar or grout or other accepted methods of joining. removing the products of combustion from fuel-burning, Ashlar masonry.Masonry composed of various-sized rect- medium-heat appliances producing combustion gases not angular units having sawed, dressed or squared bed sur- exceeding 2,000°F (I 093'Q measured at the appliance flue faces,properly bonded and laid in mortar. outlet (see Section 2113.11.2). Coursed ashlar.Ashlar masonry laid in courses of stone of CLEANOUT. An opening to the bottom of a grout space of equal height for each course, although different courses sufficient size and spacing to allow the removal of debris. shall be permitted to be of varying height. COLLAR JOINT.Vertical longitudinal joint between wythes Glass unit masonry. Masonry composed of glass units of masonry or between masonry and backup construction that bonded by mortar. » is permitted to be filled with mortar or grout. Plain masonry.Masonry in which the tensile resistance of COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF MASONRY.Maximum the masonry is taken into consideration and the effects of compressive force resisted per unit of net cross-sectional area stresses in reinforcement are neglected. 430 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" MASONRY Random ashlar.Ashlar masonry laid in courses of stone set RUNNING BOND.The placement of masonry units such that without continuous joints and laid up without drawn pat- head joints in successive courses are horizosnally offset at least terns.When composed of material cut into modular heights, one-quarter the unit length. discontinuous but aligned horizontal joints are discernible. SHEAR WALL. Reinforced masonry.Masonry construction in which rein- forcement acting in conjunction with the masonry is used to Detailed plain masonry shear wall.A masonry shear wall resist forces. designed to resist lateral forces neglecting stresses in rein- forcement, and designed in accordance with Section Solid masonry.Masonry consisting of solid masonry units 2106.1. laid contiguously with the joints between the units filled with mortar. Intermediate prestressed masonry shear wall. A pre- stressed masonry shear wall designed to resist lateral forces Unreinforced(plain)masonry.Masonry in which the ten- considering stresses in reinforcement, and designed in sile resistance of masonry is taken into consideration and accordance with Section 2106.1. the resistance of the reinforcing steel, if present, is neglected. Intermediate reinforced masonry shear wall.A masonry MASONRY UNIT. Brick,tile,stone,glass block or concrete shear wall designed to resist lateral forces considering block conforming to the requirements specified in Section stresses in reinforcement, and designed in accordance with 2103. Section 2106.1. Clay.A building unit larger in size than a brick,composed Ordinary plain masonry shear wall. A masonry shear of burned clay,shale, fired clay or mixtures thereof. wall designed to resist lateral forces neglecting stresses in reinforcement, and designed in accordance with Section Concrete. A building unit or block larger in size than 12 2106.1. inches by 4 inches by 4 inches(305 mm by 102 mm by 102 Ordinary plain prestressed masonry shear wall. A pre- mm) made of cement and suitable aggregates. stressed masonry shear wall designed to resist lateral forces Hollow. A masonry unit whose net cross-sectional area in considering stresses in reinforcement, and designed in any plane parallel to the load-bearing surface is less than 75 accordance with Section 2106.1. percent of its gross cross-sectional area measured in the same plane. Ordinary reinforced masonry shear wall. A masonry shear wall designed to resist lateral forces considering Solid. A masonry unit whose net cross-sectional area in stresses in reinforcement,and designed in accordance with every plane parallel to the load-bearing surface is 75 percent Section 2106.1. or more of its gross cross-sectional area measured in the same plane. Special prestressed masonry shear wall. A prestressed masonry shear wall designed to resist lateral forces consid- MORTAR.A plastic mixture of appnavedeementitious mate- ering stresses in reinforcement and designed in accordance rials,fine aggregates and water used to bond masonry or other with Section 2106.1 except that only grouted, laterally structural units. restrained tendons are used. MORTAR, SURFACE-BONDING. A mixture to bond con- Special reinforced masonry shear wall.A masonry shear crete masonry units that contains hydraulic cement,glass fiber wall designed to resist lateral forces considering stresses in reinforcement with or without inorganic fillers or organic mod- reinforcement, and designed in accordance with Section ifiers and water. 2106.1. PRESTRESSED MASONRY. Masonry in which intemal SHELL.The outer portion of a hollow masonry unit as placed stresses have been introduced to counteract potential tensile stresses in masonry resulting from applied loads. in masonry. PRISM.An assemblage of masonry units and mortar with or SPECIFIED.Required by construction documents. without grout used as a test specimen for determining proper- SPECIFIED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF ties of the masonry. MASONRY,f',Minimum compressive strength, expressed RUBBLE MASONRY. Masonry composed of roughly as force per unit of net cross-sectional area, required of the shaped stones. masonry used in construction by the construction documents, and upon which the project design is based. Whenever the Coursed rubble. Masonry composed of roughly shaped quantity 1",,,is under the radical sign,the square root of numeri- stonesfitting approximately an level beds and well banded, cal value only is intended and the result has units of pounds per Random rubble. Masonry composed of roughly shaped square inch {psi) ON. stones laid without regularity of coursing but well bonded STACK BOND. The placement of masonry units in a bond and fitted together to form well-divided joints. pattern is such that head joints in successive courses are verti- Rough or ordinary rubble. Masonry composed of cally aligned. For the purpose of this code, requirements for unsquared field stones Iaid without regularity of coursing stack bond shall apply to masonry laid in other than running but well bonded. bond. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 431 MASONRY STONE MASONRY.Masonry composed of field,quarried or WYTHE. Each continuous, vertical section of a wall, one cast stone units bonded by mortar. masonry unit in thickness. Ashlar stone masonry. Stone inasonry composed of rect- NOTATIONS. angular units having sawed,dressed or squared bed surfaces 411111 d, Diameter of reinforcement, inches (mm), and bonded by mortar. Rubble stone masonry.Stone masonry composed of irreg- F, Allowable tensile or compressive stress in reinforce- ular-shaped units bonded by mortar. ment,psi (MPa). STRENGTH. f =Modulus of rupture, psi (MPa). 411111 PA& =Specified compressive strength of AAC masonry, the Design strength.Nominal strength multiplied by a strength minimum compressive strength for a class of AAC reduction factor. masonry as specified in ASTM C 1386,psi (MPa). Nominal strength. Strength of a member or cross section f; =Specified compressive strength of masonry at age of 28 calculated in accordance with these provisions before appli- days,psi (MPa). cation of any strength-reduction factors. f,,,, =Specified compressive strength of masonry at the time Required strength.Strength of a member or cross section of prestress transfer, psi (MPa). required to resist factored loads. K =The lesser of the masonry cover,clear spacing between THIN-BED MORTAR. Mortar for use in construction of adjacent reinforcement,or five times d,inches(mm). AAC unit masonry with joints 0.06 inch (1.5 mm) or less. L, =Distance between supports, inches (mm). A TIE, LATERAL. Loop of reinforcing bar or wire enclosing 4, =Required development length or lap length of rein- longitudinal reinforcement. forcement,inches (mm). TIE, WALL. A connector that connects wythes of masonry P =The applied load at failure,pounds (N). walls together. S, =Thickness of the test specimen measured parallel to the TILE.A ceramic surface unit,usually relatively thin in relation direction of load,inches (mm). to facial area, made from clay or a mixture of clay or other S„ =Width of the test specimen measured parallel to the ceramic materials, called the body of the tile, having either a loading cylinder,inches (mm). "glazed" or "unglazed" face and fired above red heat in the course of manufacture to a temperature sufficiently high enough to produce specific physical properties and characteris- SECTION 2103 tics. MASONRY CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS TILE,STRUCTURAL CLAY.A hollow masonry unit com- posed of burned clay, shale, fire clay or mixture thereof, and 2103.1 Concrete masonry units. Concrete masonry units having parallel cells. shall conform to the following standards:ASTM C 55 for con- crete brick;ASTM C 73 for calcium silicate face brick;ASTM WALL.A vertical element with a horizontal length-to-thick- C 90 for load-bearing concrete masonry units or ASTM C 744 ness ratio greater than three,used to enclose space. for prefaced concrete and calcium silicate masonry units. Cavity wall.A wall built of masonry units or of concrete,or 2103.2 Clay or shale masonry units. Clay or shale masonry a combination of these materials,arranged to provide an air- units shall conform to the following standards:ASTM C 34 for space within the wall,and in which the inner and outer parts structural clay load-bearing rvall tile; ASTM C 56 for struc- of the wall are tied together with metal ties. tural clay nonload-bearing wall tile;ASTM C 62 for building Composite wall. A wall built of a combination of two or brick (solid masonry units made from clay or shale);ASTM C more masonry units bonded together, one forming the 1088 for solid units of thin veneer brick; ASTM C 126 for backup and the other fonning the facing elements. ceramic-glazed structural clay facing tile, facing brick and solid masonry units; ASTM C 212 for structural clay facing Dry-stacked, surface-bonded wall. A wall built of con- tile; ASTM C 216 for facing brick (solid masonry units made crete masonry units where the units are stacked dry,without from clay or shale): ASTM C 652 for hollow brick (hollow mortar on the bed or head joints,and where both sides of the masonry units made from clay or shale) or ASTM C 1405 for wall are coated with a surface-bonding mortar. glazed brick (single-fired solid brick units). Masonry-bonded hollow wall. A wall built of masonry Exception:Structural clay tile for nonstructural use in fire- units so arranged as to provide an airspace within the wall, proofing of structural members and in wall furring shall not and in which the facing and backing of the wall are bonded be required to meet the compressive strength specifications. together with masonry units. The fire-resistance rating shall be determined in accordance Parapet wall.The part of any wall entirely above the roof with ASTM E 119 or UL 263 and shall comply with the line. requirements of Table 602. WEB. An interior solid portion of a hollow masonry unit as 2103.3 AAC masonry.AAC masonry units shall conform to placed in masonry. ASTM C 1386 for the strength class specified. 432 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" MASONRY 2103.4 Stone masonry units.Stone masonry units shall con- part of the gauging water that are used for the installation of form to the following standards: ASTM C 503 for marble ceramic tilt shall comply with ANSI A118.4. Tile set in building stone(exterior);ASTM C 568 for limestone building latex-modified portland cement shall be installed in accor- stone; ASTM C 615 for granite building stone:ASTM C 616 dance with ANSI A108.5. for sandstone building stone:or ASTM C 629 for slate building 2103.10.3 Epoxy mortar.Ceramic tile set and grouted with stone. chemical-resistant epoxy shall comply with ANSI Al 18.3. 2103.5 Ceramic tile.Ceramic tile shall be as defined in, and Tile set and grouted with epoxy shall be installed in accor- shall conform to the requirements of,ANSI A137.L dance with ANSI A108.6. 2103.6 Glass unit masonry. Hollow glass units shall be par- 2103.10.4 Furan mortar and grout. Chemical-resistant tially evacuated and have a minimum average glass face thick- Furan mortar and grout that are used to install ceramic tile ness of 3/1F, inch (4.8 mm). Solid glass-block units shall be shall comply with ANSI Al 18.5.Tile set and grouted with provided when required.The surfaces of units intended to be in furan shall be installed in accordance with ANSI A108.8. contact with mortar shall be treated with a polyvinyl butyral 2103.10.5 Modified epoxy-emulsion mortar and grout. coating or latex-based paint.Reclaimed units shall not be used. Modified epoxy-emulsion mortar and grout that are used to 2103.7 Second-hand units.Second-hand masonry units shall install ceramic file shall comply with ANSI Al 18.8.Tile set not be reused unless they conform to the requirements of new and grouted with modified epoxy-emulsion mortar and units. The units shall be of whole, sound materials and free grout shall be installed in accordance with ANSI A108.9. front cracks and other defects that will interfere with proper 2103.10.6 Organic adhesives. Water-resistant organic laying or use.Old mortar shall be cleaned from the unit before adhesives used for the installation of ceramic tile shall com- reuse. ply with ANSI A136.1.The shear bond strength after water 2103.8 Mortar.Mortar for use in masonry construction shall immersion shall not be less than 40 psi(275 kPa) for Type I conform to ASTM C 270 and Articles 2.1 and 2.6 A of TMS adhesive and not less than 20 psi(138 kPa)for Type I1 adhe- 6021ACI 530.11ASCE 6, except for mortars listed in Sections sive when tested in accordance with ANSI A 136.1.Tile set 2103.9,2103.10 and 2103.11.Type S or N mortar conforming in organic adhesives shall be installed in accordance with » to ASTM C 270 shall be used for glass unit masonry. ANSI A108.4. 2103.9 Surface-bonding mortar. Surface-bonding mortar 2103.10.7 Portland cement grouts. Portland cement shall comply with ASTM C 887.Surface bonding of concrete grouts used for the installation of ceramic tile shall comply masonry units shall comply with ASTM C 946. with ANSI Al 18.6. Portland cement grouts for tile work 2103.10 Mortars for ceramic wall and floor tile. Portland shall be installed in accordance with ANSI A108.10. cement mortars for installing ceramic wall and floor tile shall 2103.11 Mortar for AAC masonry.Thin-bed mortar for AAC comply with ANSI A108.1A and ANSI A108.113 and be of the masonry shall comply with Article 2.1 C.1 of TMS 602 1ACI compositions indicated in Table 2103.10. 530.11ASCE 6. Mortar used for the Ieveling courses of AAC TABLE 2103.10 masonry shall comply with Article 2.1 C.2 of TMS 6021ACI CERAMIC TILE MORTAR COMPOSITIONS 530.11ASCE 6. LOCATION MORTAR COMPOSITION 2103.12 Grout. Grout shall comply with Article 2.2 of TMS I cement; '1,hydrated lime; 6021ACI 530.1/ASCE 6. Scratchcoat 4 dry or 5 damp sand _ 2103.13 Metal reinforcement and accessories. Metal rein- Walls Setting bed and 1 cement;11,hydrated lime; forcement and accessories shall conform to Article 2.4 of TMS leveling coat 5 damp sand to I cement i 6021ACI 530.11ASCE 6.Where unidentified reinforcement is 1 hydrated lime,7 damp sand approved for use,not less than three tension and three bending I cement;tlrn hydrated lime; tests shall be made on representative specimens of the rein- Floors Setting bed 5 dry or 6 damp sand:or 1 forcement from each shipment and grade of reinforcing steel cement;5 dry or 6 damp sand proposed for use in the work. Ceilings Scratchcoat and 1 cement; 112 hydrated lime; sand bed 2 /,dry sand or 3 damp sand SECTION 2104 2103.10.1 Dry-set portland cement mortars. Premixed CONSTRUCTION prepared portland cement mortars, which require only the 2104.1 Masonry construction. Masonry construction shall addition of water and are used in the installation of ceramic comply with the requirements of Sections 2104.1.1 through tile, shall comply with ANSI A118.1. The shear bond 2104.4 and with TMS 6021ACI 530.11ASCE 6. strength for tile set in such mortar shall be as required in accordance with ANSI Al 18.1.Tile set in dry-set portland 2104.1.1 Tolerances. Masonry, except masonry veneer, cement mortar shall be installed in accordance with ANSI shall be constructed within the tolerances specified in TMS A108.5. 6021ACI 530.1/ASCE 6. 2103.10.2 Latex-modified portland cement mortar. 2104.1.2 Placing mortar and units.Placement of mortar, Latex-modified portland cement thin-set mortars in which grout, and clay, concrete, glass, and AAC masonry units latex is added to dry-set mortar as a replacement for all or shall comply with TMS 602/ACI 530.11ASCE 6. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 433 MASONRY I2104.1.3 Installation of wall ties. Wall ties shall be 2105.2.2.1 Unit strength method. installed in accordance with TMS 602/AC1530.1/ASCE 6. 2105.2.2.1.1 Clay masonry. The compressive 2104.1.4 Chases and recesses.Chases and recesses shall be strength of masonry shall be determined based on the constructed as masonry units are laid. Masonry directly strength of the units and the type of mortar specified above chases or recesses wider than 12 inches (305 nun) using Table 2105.2.2.1.1,provided: shall be supported on lintels. 1. Units are sampled and tested to verify compli- I2104.1.5 Lintels.The design for lintels shall be in accor- ante with ASTM C 62,ASTM C 216 or ASTM dance with the masonry design provisions of either Section C 652. 2107 or 2108. 2. Thickness of bed joints does not exceed 5/e inch 2104.1.6 Support on wood. Masonry shall not be sup- (15.9 ntm). ported on wood girders or other forms of wood construction except as permitted in Section 2304.12. 3. For grouted masonry,the grout meets one of the � 2104.2 Corbeled masonry. Corbeled masonry shall comply Following requirements: with the requirements of Section 1.12 of TMS 402/ACI 3.1. Grout conforms to Article 2.2 of TMS I 5301ASCE 5. 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6. 2104.2.1 Molded cornices. Unless structural support and 3.2. Minimum grout compressive strength anchorage are provided to resist the overturning moment, equals or exceeds f',,,but not less than the center of gravity of projecting masonry or molded cor- 2,000 psi(13.79 MPa).The compressive nices shall lie within the middle one-third of the supporting strength of grout shall be determined in wall.Terra cotta and metal cornices shall be provided with a accordance with ASTM C 1019. structural frame of approved noncombustible material TABLE 2105.2.2.1.1 anchored in an approved manner. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF CLAY MASONRY 2104.3 Cold weather construction. The cold weather con- NET AREA COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH struction revisions of TMS 6021ACI 530.1/ASCE 6, Article OF CLAY MASONRY UNITS(psi) NET AREA COMPRESSIVE l p - STRENGTH OF MASONRY 1.8 C, shall be implemented when the ambient temperature Type M or S mortar Type N mortar (psi) falls below 407 (4°C). 1,700 2,100 _ 1,000 2104.4 Hot weather construction.The hot weather construe- 3,350 4,150 1,500 tion provisions of TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6,Article 1.8 D. _ shall be implemented when the ambient air temperature 4,950 6,200 2,000 exceeds 100°F(37.8°C),or 907(32.2°C)with a wind velocity 1 - - aI greater than 8 mph (12.9 km/hr). 6,600 8,250 _ 2,500 8.250 10,300 3,000 SECTION 2105 9.900 -- _ 3,500 QUALITY ASSURANCE 11,500 7 - 4,000 1 2105.1 General.A quality assurance program shall be used to For SI: t ensure that the constructed masonry is in compliance with the pound per square loch=0.00689 MPa. construction docurne ts. 2105.2.2.1.2 Concrete masonry. The compressive strength of masonry shall be determined based on the The quality assurance program shall comply with the strength of the unit and type of mortar specified using inspection and testing requirements of Chapter 17. Table 2105.2.2.1.2,provided: 2105.2 Acceptance relative to strength requirements. 1. Units are sampled and tested to verily I 2105.2.1 Compliance with P.and f',,, Compressive compliance with ASTM C 55 or ASTM C 90, strength of masonry shall be considered satisfactory if the 2. Thickness of bed joints does not exceed'/g inch compressive strength of each masonry wythe and grouted (15.9 mm). collar joint equals or exceeds the value of/*',,,for clay and concrete masonry and F',uc for AAC masonry.For partially 3. For grouted masonry,the grout meets one of the grouted clay and concrete masonry, the compressive following requirements: strength of both the grouted and ungrouted masonry shall 3.1. Grout conforms to Article 2.2 of TMS equal or exceed the applicable 1%,.At the time of prestress, 602/ACI 530.11ASCE 6. the compressive strength of the masonry shall equal or 3.2. Minimum grout compressive strength exceed f',,,,,which shall be less than or equal to f', equals or exceeds P,but not less than 2105.2.2 Determination of compressive strength. The 2,000 psi (13.79 MPa), The compres- compressive strength for each wythe shall be determined by sive strength of grout shall be deter- the unitstrength method orby the prism test method as spec- mined in accordance with ASTM C ified herein. 1019. 434 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® MASONRY TABLE 2105.2.2.1.2 requirements of ASTM C 1314. Transporting, preparation COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF CONCRETE MASONRY and testing of prisms shall be in accordance with ASTM C NET AREA COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF NET AREA 1314. CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS(psi) COMPRESSIVE - -- — STRENGTH OF 2105.3.2 Compressive strength calculations. The coin- Type M or 5 mortar type N mortar MASONRY(psi' pressive strength of prisms shall be the value calculated in 1.250 1,300 1.000 _ accordance ASTM C 1314, except that the net cross-seC- 1,900 2.150 1. tional area of the prism shall be based on the net mortar bed- 500 - - 500 ded area. 2,800 3,050 2,000 2105.3.3 Compliance. Compliance with the requirement 3,750 4,050 _ 2.500 for the specified compressive strength of masonry, r,,shall 4,800 5,250 3,000 be considered satisfied provided the modified compressive Por Sh I Inch=25.4 mot, 1 pound per square inch=0.00689MPa. strength equals or exceeds the specified f'n,.Additional test- a.For units less than 4 inches in height.85 percent of the values listed. ing of specimens cut from locations in question shall be per- 2105.2.2.1.3 AAC masonry. The compressive mitted. strength of AAC masonry shall be based on the strength of the AAC masonry unit only and the fol- lowing shall be met: SECTION 2106 SEISMIC DESIGN 1. Units conform to ASTM C 1386. 2106.1 Seismic design requirements for masonry.Masonry 2. Thickness of bed joints does not exceed t/„inch structures and components shall comply with the requirements (3.2 mm), in Section 1.17 of TMS 402/ACI 530 1ASCE 5 depending on 3. For grouted masonry,the grout meets one of the the structure's seismic design category as determined in Sec- following requirements: tion 1613. « I3.1. Grout conforms to Article 2.2 of TMS 6021ACI 530.11ASCE 6. SECTION 2107 3.2. Minimum grout compressive strength ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN equals or exceeds P,14r but not less than 2107.1 General. The design of masonry structures using 2,000 psi (13.79 MPa). The compres- allowable stress design shall comply with Section 2106 and the sive strength of grout shall be deter- requirements of Chapters 1 and 2 of TMS 4021AC1530/ASCE mined in accordance with ASTM C 5 except as modified by Sections 2107.2 through 2107.5. 1019. 2105.2.2.2 Prism test method. 2107.2 TMS 402/ACI 5301ASCE 5,Section 2.1.2,load com- binations. Delete Section 2.1.2.1. 2105.2.2.2.1 General. The compressive 2107.3 TMS 402/ACI 5301ASCE 5, Section 2.1.9.7.1.1,lap I clay and concrete masonry shall be determined fined by by the prism test method: splices.Modify Section 2.1.9.7.1.1 as follows: 1. Where specified in the construction documents. 2.1.7.1.1 The minimum length of lap splices for reinforcing bars in tension or compression, 1,,,shall be 2. Where masonry does not meet the requirements for application of the unit strength method in 1,=0.002 d,,f, (Equation 2l-1) Section 2105.2.2.1. For SL 1,,=0.29df, 2105.2.2.2.2 Number of prisms per test. A prism but not less than 12 inches (305 mm). In no case shall the test shall consist of three prisms constructed and length of the lapped splice be less than 40 bar diameters. tested in accordance with ASTM C 1314. 2105.3 Testing prisms from constructed masonry. When Where: approved by the building official, acceptance of masonry that dry = Diameter of reinforcement,inches(mm). does not meet the requirements of Section 2105.2.2.1 or IS = Computed stress in reinforcement due to design 2105.2.2.2 shall be permitted to be based on tests of prisms cut loads,psi (MPa). from the masonry construction in accordance with Sections In regions of moment where the design tensile stresses in 2105.3.1, 2105.3.2 and 2105.3.3. the reinforcement are greater than 80 percent of the alIow- 2105.3.1 Prism sampling and removal. A set of three able steel tension stress,F„the lap length of splices shall be masonry prisms that are at least 28 days old shall be saw cut increased not less than 50 percent of the minimum required from the masonry for each 5,000 square feet(465 m2)of the length.Other equivalent means of stress transfer to accom- wall area that is in question but not less than one set of three plish the same 50 percent increase shall be permitted.Where masonry prisms for the project. The length, width and epoxy coated bars are used,lap length shall be increased by height dimensions of the prisms shall comply with the 50 percent. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 435 MASONRY 2107.4 TMS 402/ACI 5301ASCE 5,Section 2.1.9.7,splices 402/ACI 530/ASCE 5. The use of dry-stacked, surface- of reinforcement.Modify Section 2.1.9.7 as follows: bonded masonry shall be prohibited in Occupancy Category 2.1.9.7 Splices of reinforcement. Lap splices, welded IV structures. In buildings that exceed one or more of the splices or mechanical splices are permitted in accordance limitations of Section 5.1.2 of TMS 4021AC15301ASCE`` with the provisions of this section.All welding shall conform masonry shall be designed in accordance with the engi- to AWS D1.4.Welded splices shall be of ASTM A706 steel neered design provisions of Section 2101.2.1, 2101.2.2 or reinforcement. Reinforcement larger than No. 9 (M #29) 2101.2.3 or the foundation wall provisions of Section shall be spliced using mechanical connections in accordance 1807.1.5. with Section 2.1.9.7.3. 21092 Surface-bonded walls. Dry-stacked, surface-bonded 2107.5 TMS 402/ACI 530/ASCE 5,Section 2.3.6,maximum concrete masonry walls shall comply with the requirements of bar size.Add the following to Chapter 2: Chapter 5 of TMS 402/ACI 530/ASCE 5,except where other- 2.3.6 Maximum bar size.The bar diameter shall not exceed wise noted in this section. one-eighth of the nominal wall thickness and shall not 2109.2.1 Strength. Dry-slacked, surface-bonded concrete exceed one-quarter of the least dimension of the cell,course masonry walls shall be of adequate strength and proportions or collar joint in which it is placed. to support all superimposed loads without exceeding the ~ allowable stresses listed in Table 2109.2.1, Allowable stresses not specified in Table 2109.2.1 shall comply with SECTION 2108 the requirements of TMS 4021AC1530/ASCE 5. STRENGTH DESIGN OF MASONRY TABLE 2109.2.1 2108.1 General. The design of masonry structures using ALLOWABLE STRESS GROSS CROSS-SECTIONAL strength design shall comply with Section 2106 and the AREA FOR DRY-STACKED,SURFACE-BONDED requirements of Chapters 1 and 3 of TMS 402/ACI 530/ASCE CONCRETE MASONRY WALLS 5,except as modified by Sections 2108.2 through 2108.3. MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE STRESS Exception: AAC masonry shall comply with the require- DESCRIPTION (psi)- -- - merits of Chapter 1 and Appendix A of TMS 402/ACI Compression standard block _ 45 530/ASCE 5. Flexural tension 2108.2 TMS 4021ACI 530/ASCE 5, Section 3.3.3.3 develop- Horizontal span 30 ment.Modify the second paragraph of Section 3.3.3.3 as follows: _. Vertical span _ 18 The required development length of reinforcement shall Shear 10 be determined by Equation(3-16),but shall not be less than For SI: I pound per square inch=0.006895 MPa. 12 inches (305 mm) and need not be greater than 72 dr, 2109.2.2 Construction. Construction of dry-stacked, sur- f2108.3 TMS 4021ACI 530/ASCE 5,Section 3.3.3.4,splices. face-bonded masonry walls, including stacking and level- Modify items (b) and (c) of Section 3.3.3.4 as follows: ing of units, mixing and application of mortar and curing 3.3.3.4 (b). A welded splice shall have the bars butted and and protection shall comply with ASTM C 946. welded to develop at least 125 percent of the yield strength, 2109.3 Adobe construction.Adobe construction shall comply f,of the bar in tension or compression,as required.Welded with this section and shall be subject to the requirements of this splices shall be of ASTM A 706 steel reinforcement, code for Type V construction, Chapter 5 of TMS 402/ACI Welded splices shall not be permitted in plastic hinge zones 5301ASCE 5,and this section. of intermediate or special reinforced walls or special moment frames of masonry. 2109.3.1 Unstabilized adobe. 3.3.3.4 (c).Mechanical splices shall be classified as Type 1 2109.3.1.1 Compressive strength. Adobe units shall or 2 according to Section 21.2.6.1 of ACI 318. Type 1 have an average compressive strength of 300 psi (2068 mechanical splices shall not be used within a plastic hinge kPa) when tested in accordance with ASTM C 67. Five zone or within a beam-column joint of intermediate or spe- samples shall be tested and no individual unit is permit- cial reinforced masonry shear walls or special moment led to have a compressive strength of less than 250 psi Frames.Type 2 mechanical splices are permitted in any loca- (1724 kPa). lion within a member. ~ 2109.3.1.2 Modulus of rupture.Adobe units shall have an average modulus of rupture of 50 psi (345 kPa)when SECTION 2109 tested in accordance with the following procedure.Five EMPIRICAL DESIGN OF MASONRY samples shall be tested and no individual unit shall have a 2109.1 General.Empirically designed masonry shall conform modulus of rupture of less than 35 psi (241 kPa). to the requirements of Chapter 5 of TMS 402/ACI 5301ASCE 2109.3.12.1 Support conditions.A cured unit shall 5,except where otherwise noted in this section. be simply supported by 2-inch-diameter (51 mm) 2109.1.1 Limitations. The use of empirical design of cylindrical supports located 2 inches(51 mm)in from masonry shall be limited as noted in Section 5.1.2 of TMS each end and extending the full width of the unit. 436 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* MASONRY 2109.3.1.2.2 Loading conditions.A 2-inch-diameter TABLE 2109.3.3.1 (51 mm) cylinder shall be placed at midspan parallel ALLOWABLE SHEAR ON BOLTS IN ADOBE MASONRY to the supports. DIAMETER OF BOLTS MINIMUM EMBEDMENT SHEAR (inches) (inches) (pounds) 2109.3.1.2.3 Testing procedure.A vertical load shall — y be applied to the cylinder at the rate of 500 pounds per z- — — — minute(37 N/s) until failure occurs. _ 54 12 200 2109.3.1.2.4 Modulus of rupture determination. 3!4 15 300 The modulus of rupture shall be determined by the 71$ _ 18 _ 400 equation: I 21 I 500 f,=3 PL,12 S„(S,� (Equation 21-2) 1 cIB�� 24 600 where,for the purposes of this section only: for Sl: 1 inch=25.4 mm,1 pound=4.448 N. S„ = Width of the test specimen measured parallel to story, except that two-story construction is allowed the loading cylinder,inches (mm). when designed by a registered design professional. f, = Modulus of rupture,psi (MPa). 2109.3.4.1.2 Mortar restrictions. Mortar for stabi- L, = Distance between supports,inches (mm), lized adobe units shall comply with Chapter 21 or S, = Thickness of the test specimen measured paral- adobe soil. Adobe soil used as mortar shall comply lel to the direction of load,inches (mm). with material requirements for stabilized adobe.Mor- tar for unstabilized adobe shall be portland cement P = The applied load at failure,pounds (N}, mortar. 2109.3.1.3 Moisture content requirements. Adobe 2109.3.4.1.3 Mortar joints.Adobe units shall be laid units shall have a moisture content not exceeding 4 per- with full head and bed joints and in full running bond. cent by weight. 2109.3.1.4 Shrinkage cracks. Adobe units shall not 2109.3.4.1.4 Parapet walls. Parapet walls con- contain more than three shrinkage cracks and any single structed of adobe units shall be waterproofed. shrinkage crack shall not exceed 3 inches (76 mm) in 2109.3.4.2 Wall thickness.The minimum thickness of length or V,inch (3.2 mm) in width, exterior walls in one-story buildings shall be 10 inches 2109.3.2 Stabilized adobe. (254 mm).The walls shall bc�laterally supported at inter- vals not exceeding 24 feet (7315 mm). The minimum 2109.3.2.1 Material requirements. Stabilized adobe thickness of interior load-bearing cvallsshall be 8 inches shall comply with the material requirements of (203 mm).In no case shall the unsupported height of any unstabilized adobe in addition to Sections 2109.3.2.1.1 wall constructed of adobe units exceed 10 times the and 2109.3.2.1.2. thickness of such wall. 2109.3.2.1.1 Soil requirements.Soil used for stabi- 2109.3.4.3 Foundations. Foundations for adobe con- lized adobe units shall be chemically compatible with struction shall be in accordance with Sections the stabilizing material. 2109.3.4.3.1 and 2109.3.4.3.2. 2109.3.2.1.2 Absorption requirements. A 4-inch 2109.3.4.3.1 Foundation support. Walls and parti- (102 mm)cube,cut from a stabilized adobe unit dried tions constructed of adobe units shall be supported by to a constant weight in a ventilated oven at 212°F to foundations or footings that extend not less than 6 239°F (100°C to 115°C),shall not absorb more than inches(152 mm)above adjacent ground surfaces and 21f,percent moisture by weight when placed upon a areconstructed ofsolid masonry(excluding adobe)or constantly water-saturated,porous surface for seven concrete.Footings and foundations shall comply with days. A minimum of five specimens shall be tested Chapter 18. and each specimen shall be cut from a separate unit. 2109.3.4.3.2 Lower course requirements. Stabi- 2109.3.3 Allowable stress. The allowable compressive lized adobe units shall be used in adobe walls for the stress based on gross cross-sectional area of adobe shall not first 4 inches(102 mm) above the finished First-floor exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). elevation. 2109.3.3.1 Bolts.Bolt values shall not exceed those set 2109.3.4.4 Isolated piers or columns.Adobe units shall forth in Table 2109.3.3.1, not be used for isolated piers or columns in a load-bear- 2109.3.4 Construction. ing capacity. Walls less than 24 inches (610 mm) in length shall be considered isolated piers or columns. 2109.3.4.1 General.Adobe construction shall be limited 2109.3.4,5 Tie beams. Exterior walls and interior as stated in Sections 2109.3.4.1.1 through 2109.3.4.1.4. load-bearing walls constructed of adobe units shall have 2109.3.4.1.1 Height restrictions. Adobe construe- a continuous tie beam at the level of the floor or roof tion shall be limited to buildings not exceeding one bearing and meeting the following requirements. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 437 MASONRY 2109.3.4.5.1 Concrete tie beams. Concrete tie SECTION 2111 beams shall be a minimum depth of 6 inches (152 MASONRY FIREPLACES mm) and a minimum width of 10 inches (254 mm). 2111.1 Definition. A masonry fireplace is a fireplace con- Concrete tie beams shall be continuously reinforced strutted of concrete or masonry. Masonry fireplaces shall be with a minimum of two No. 4 reinforcing bars. The constructed in accordance with this section. specifed compressive strength of concrete shall be at least 2,500 psi (17.2 Wa). 2111.2 Footings and foundations.Footings for masonry fire- 2109.3.4.5.2 Wood tie beams.Wood tie beams shall be places and their chimneys shall be constructed of concrete or solid masonry at least 12 inches (305 mm) thick and shall solid or built up of lumber having a minimum nominal extend at least 6 inches (153 mm) beyond the face of the fire- thickness of 1 inch(25 mm),and shall have a minimum place or foundation wall on all sides.Footings shall be founded depth of 6 inches(152 mm)and a minimum width of 10 on natural undisturbed earth or engineered fill below frost inches (254 mm). Joints in wood tie beams shall be depth. In areas not subjected to freezing, footings shall be at spliced a minimum of 6 inches (152 mm). No splices least 12 inches (305 mm) below finished grade. shall be allowed within 12 inches(305 mm)of an open- ing.Wood used in tie beams shall be approvednaturally Z11 12.1 Ash droop cleanout.Cleanout openings,located decay-resistant or preservative-treated wood. within foundation walls below fireboxes, when provided, shall be equipped with ferrous metal or masonry doors and 2109.3.4.6 Exterior finish. Exterior walls constructed frames constructed to remain tightly closed,except when in of unstabilized adobe units shall have their exterior sur- use. Cleanouts shall be accessible and located so that ash face covered with a minimum of two coats of portland removal will not create a hazard to combustible materials. cement plaster hal.ing a minimum thickness of inch (19.1 mm) and conforming to ASTM C 926. Lathing 2111.3 Seismic reinforcing. Masonry or concrete fireplaces shall comply with ASTM C 1063. Fasteners shall be shall be constructed, anchored, supported and reinforced as spaced at 16 inches (406 mm) o.c. maximum. Exposed required in this chapter. In Seismic Design Category C or D, wood surfaces shall be treated with an approved wood masonry and concrete fireplaces shall be reinforced and preservative or other protective coating prior to lath anchored as detailed in Sections 2111.3.1, 2111.3.2, 2111.4 application. and 2111.4.1 for chimneys serving fireplaces. In Seismic Design CategoryA or B,reinforcement and seismic anchorage 2109.3.4.7 Lintels.Lintels shall be considered structural is not required. In Seismic Design Category E or F, masonry members and shall be designed in accordance with the and concrete chimneys shall be reinforced in accordance with applicable provisions of Chapter 16. the requirements of Sections 2101 through 2108. 2111.3.1 Vertical reinforcing. For fireplaces with chim- neys up to 40 inches(1016 mm)wide,four No.4 continuous SECTION 2110 vertical bars,anchored in the foundation,shall be placed in GLASS UNIT MASONRY the concrete between wythes of solid masonry or within the 2110.1 General.Glass unit masonry construction shall comply cells of hollow unit masonry and grouted in accordance with with Chapter 7 ofTMS 402/ACI 5301ASCE 5 and thissection. Section 2103.12.For fireplaces with chimneys greater than 40 inches (1016 mm) wide, two additional No. 4 vertical 2110.1.1 Limitations. Solid or hollow approved glass bars shall be provided for each additional 40 inches (1016 block shall not be used in fire walls,party walls.fire barri- min) in width or fraction thereof. ers, fire partitions or smoke barriers, or for load-bearing 2111.3.2 Horizontal reinforcing. Vertical reinforcement construction. Such blocks shall be erected with mortar and reinforcement in metal channel-type frames, structural shall be placed enclosed within '/a-inch (6.4 min) ties or frames, masonry or concrete recesses, embedded panel other reinforcing of equivalent net cross-sectional area, anchors as provided for both exterior and interior walls or spaced not to exceed 1$inches (457 mm) on center in con- other approvPdjointmaterials.Wood strip Framing shall not Crete:or placed in the bed joints of unit masonry at a mini- be used in walls required to have afire-resistance rating by mum of every 18 inches (457 mm) of vertical height. Two other provisions of this code. such ties shall be provided at each bend in the vertical bars. 2111.4 Seismic anchorage. Masonry and concrete chimneys Exceptions: in Seismic Design Category C or D shall be anchored at each 1. Glass-block assemblies having a fire protection floor, ceiling or roof line more than 6 feet (1$29 mm) above rating of not less than 3/4 hour shall be permitted as grade,except where constructed completely within the exterior opening protectives in accordance with Section ivalls.Anchorage shall conform to the following requirements. 715 in fire barriers,fire partitions and smoke barri- 2111.4.1 Anchorage.Two 3/16-inch by 1-inch (4.8 mm by ers that have a required fire-resistance rating of 1 25.4 mm)straps shall be embedded a minimum of 12 inches hour or less and do not enclose exit stairways,exit (305 mm) into the chimney.Straps shall be hooked around ramps or exit passageways. the outer bars and extend 6 inches (152 mm) beyond the 2. Glass-block assemblies as permitted in Section bend. Each strap shall be fastened to a minimum of four 404.6,Exception 2. floor joists with two'/,-inch (12.7 mm) bolts. 430 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODEz MASONRY 2111.5 Firebox walls.Masonry fireboxes shall be constructed Pied clay at least /8 inch (15.9 mm) thick,is provided,the total of solid masonry units, hollow masonry units grouted solid, minimum thickness of front, back and sidewalls shall be 6 stone or concrete.When a lining of firebrick at least 2 inches inches (152 mm) of solid masonry, including the lining. Fire- (51 mm) in thickness or other approved lining is provided,the brick shall conform to ASTM C 1261 and shall be laid with minimum thickness of back and sidewalls shall each be 8 refractory mortar conforming to ASTM C 199. Vitrified clay inches (203 mm) of solid masonry, including the lining. The linings shall conform to ASTM C 315. width of joints between firebricks shall not be greater than '/, inch(6.9 mm).When no lining is provided,the local minimum 2111.8.1 Smoke chamber dimensions.The inside height of thickness of back and sidewalls shall be 10 inches(259 mm)of the smoke chamber from the fireplace throat to the beginning solid masonry. Firebrick shall conform to ASTM C 27 or of the flue shall not be greater than the inside width of the fire- ASTM C 1261 and shall be laid with medium-duty refractory place opening.The inside surface of the smoke chamber shall mortar conforming to ASTM C 199. not be inclined more than 45 degrees(0.76 rod)from vertical when prefabricated smoke chamber linings are used or when 2111.5.1 Steel fireplace units.Steel fireplace units are per- the smoke chamber walls are rolled or sloped rather than mitted to be installed with solid masonry to form a masonry corbeled.When the inside surface of the smoke chamber is fireplace provided they are installed according to either the formed by corbeled masonry,the walls shall not be corbeled requirements of their listing or the requirements of this sec- more than 30 degrees (0.52 rad) from vertical. tion.Steel fireplace units incorporating a steel firebox lining shall be constructed with steel not less than 114 inch(6.4 mm) 2111.9 Hearth and hearth extension. Masonry fireplace in thickness,and an air-circulating chamber which is ducted hearths and hearth extensions shall be constructed of concrete to the interior of the building. The firebox lining shall be or masonry,supported by noncombustible materials,and rein- encased with solid masonry to provide a total thickness at the forced to carry their own weight and all imposed loads. No back and sides of not less than 8 inches(203 mm),of which combustible material shall remain against the underside of not less than 4 inches(102 mm)shall be of solid masonry or hearths or hearth extensions after construction. concrete.Circulating air ducts employed with steel fireplace 2111.9.1 Hearth thickness. The minimum thickness of units shall be constructed of metal or masonry. fireplace hearths shall be 4 inches (102 mm). 2111.6 Firebox dimensions. The firebox of a concrete or 2111.9.2 Hearth extension thickness. The minimum masonry fireplace shall have a minimum depth of 20 inches thickness of hearth extensions shall be 2 inches (51 mm). (508 mm).The throat shall not be less than 8 inches (203 mm) above the fireplace opening. The throat opening shall not be Exception: When the bottom of the firebox opening is less than 4 inches (102 mm) in depth.The cross-sectional area raised at least 8 inches (203 min) above the top of the of the passageway above the firebox, including the throat, hearth extension, a hearth extension of not less than damper and smoke chamber, shall not be less than the .i/d-inch-thick (9.5 mm) brick, concrete, stone, the or cross-sectional area of the flue. other approved noncombustible material is permitted. Exception: Rumford fireplaces shall be permitted provided 2111.10 Hearth extension dimensions. Hearth extensions that dic depth of the fireplace is at least 12 inches(305 mm)and shall extend at least 16 inches(406 mm)in front of,and at least at least one-third of the width of the fireplace opening,and the 8 inches(203 mm) beyond,each side of the fireplace opening. throat is at least 12 inches (305 mm) above the lintel, and at Where the fireplace opening is 6 square feet (0.557 ml) or least'/,the cross-sectional area of the fireplace opening, larger,the hearth extension shall extend at least 20 inches(508 2111.7 Lintel and throat.Masonry over a Fireplace opening ruin) in front of,and at least 12 inches(305 mm)beyond,each shall be supported by a lintel of noncombustible material.The side of the Fireplace opening. minimum required bearing length on each end of the Fireplace 2111.11 Fireplace clearance. Any portion of a masonry fire- opening shall be 4 inches (102 mm). The fireplace throat or place located in the interior of a building or within the exterior damper shall be located a minimum of 8 inches (203 mm) wall of a building shall have a clearance to combustibles of not above the top of the fireplace opening, less than 2 inches (51 mm) from the front faces and sides of 2111.7.1 Damper. Masonry fireplaces shall be equipped masonry fireplaces and not less than 4 inches(102 mm)from the with a ferrous metal damper located at least 8 inches (203 back faces of masonry fireplaces.The airspace shall not be filled, mm) above the top of the fireplace opening.Dampers shall except to provide fireblocking in accordance with Section be installed in the Fireplace or at the top of the flue venting 2111.12. the fireplace,and shall be operable from the room contain- Exceptions: ing the fireplace.Damper controls shall be permitted to be located in the fireplace. L Masonry fireplaces listedand labeled for use in contact 2111.8 Smoke chamber walls.Smoke chamber walls shall be with combustibles in accordance with UL 127 and constructed of solid masonry units, hollow masonry units installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instal- grouted solid,stone or concrete.The total minimum thickness lation instructions are permitted to have combustible of front,back and sidewalls shall be 8 inches(203 mm)of solid material in contact with their exterior surfaces. masonry. The inside surface shall be parged smooth with 2. When masonry Fireplaces are constructed as part of refractory mortar conforming to ASTM C 199.When a lining masonry or concrete walls, combustible materials of firebrick at least 2 inches (51 min)thick,or a lining of vitri- shall not be in contact with the masonry or concrete 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 439 MASONRY walls less than 12 inches (306 mm) from the inside 2111.13.3 Exterior air intake.The exterior air intake shall surface of the nearest firebox lining. be capable of providing all combustion air from the exterior 3. Exposed combustible trim and the edges of sheathing of the dwelling.The exterior air intake shall not be located materials,such as wood siding,flooring and drywall, within a garage.attic,basement or crawl space of the divell- are permitted to abut the masonry fireplace sidewalls ingnor shall the air intake be located at an elevation higher and hearth extension, in accordance with Figure than the firebox. The exterior air intake shall be covered 2111.11, provided such combustible trim or sheath- with a corrosion-resistant screen of/q-inch(6.4 mm)mesh. ing is a minimum of 12 inches (306 mm) from the 2111.13.4 Clearance. Unlisted combustion air ducts shall inside surface of the nearest firebox lining. be installed with a minimum 1-inch (25 mm) clearance to 4. Exposed combustible mantels or trim is permitted to be combustibles for all parts of the duct within 5 feet (1524 placed directly on [he masonry fireplace front sur- mm) of the duct outlet. rounding the fireplace opening, provided such com- 2111.13.5 Passageway. The combustion air passageway bustible materials shall not be placed within 6 inches shall be a minimum of 6 square inches(3870 mmz)and not (153 mm)of a fireplace opening.Combustible material more than 55 square inches(0.035 mz),except that combus- directly above and within 12 inches (305 mm) of the lion air systems for listed fireplaces or for fireplaces tested fireplace opening shall not project more than 11K inch for emissions shall be constructed according to the fireplace (3.2 mm) for each 1-inch (25 mm) distance from such manufacturer's instructions. opening. Combustible materials located along the sides of the fireplace opening [hat project more than 2111.13.6 Outlet.The exterior air outlet is permitted to be 1112 inches(38 min)from the face of the fireplace shall located in the back or sides of the firebox chamber or within have an additional clearance equal to the projection. 24 inches (610 mm) of the firebox opening on or near the floor. The outlet shall be closable and designed to prevent burning material from dropping into concealed combustible spaces. 0ofMLGTI8LE SHEATHING EDGE ABUTTING MASONRY 12'MIN FROMFIRFBOX SECTION 2112 2`CLEARANCEtAIRSPACE MASONRY HEATERS TO COMBUSTtBLE FRAMING 2112.1 Definition. A masonry heater is a heating appliance r' constructed of concrete or solid masonry, hereinafter referred to as "masonry," which is designed to absorb and store heat �nMAE WALL from a solid fuel fire built in the firebox by routing the exhaust p ommk t, gases through internal heat exchange channels in which the flow path downstream of the firebox may include flow in a hor- ror SL 1 Inch=25.4 mm izontal or downward direction before entering the chimney and FIGURE 2111.11 which delivers heat by radiation from the masonry surface of ILLUSTRATION OF EXCEPTION TO the heater. FIREPLACE CLEARANCE PROVISION 2112.2 Installation.Masonry heaters shall be installed in accor- 2111.12 Fireplace fireblocking.All spaces between fireplaces dance with this section and comply with one of the following: and floors and ceilings through which fireplaces pass shall be 1. Masonry heaters shall comply with the requirements of Fireblocked with noncombustible material securely fastened in ASTM E 1602; or place.The fireblocking of spaces between wood joists,beams or 2. Masonry heaters shall be listed and labeled in accor- headers shall be to a depth of 1 inch (25 mm) and shall only be dance with UL 1482 and installed in accordance with the placed on strips of metal or metal lath laid across the spaces manufacturer's installation instructions. between combustible material and the chimney. 2112.3 Footings and foundation. The firebox floor of a 2 111.13 Exterior air.Factory-built or masonry fireplaces cov- masonry heater shall be a minimum thickness of 4 inches(102 ered in this section shall be equipped with an exterior air supply mm) of noncombustible material and be supported on a to ensure proper fuel combustion unless the room is mechani- noncombustible footing and foundation in accordance with cally ventilated and controlled so that the indoor pressure is Section 2113.2. neutral or positive. 2111.13.1 Factory-built fireplaces. Exterior combustion 2112.4 Seismic reinforcing.In Seismic Design Category D,E air ducts for factory-built fireplaces shall be listed compy- and F,masonry heaters shall be anchored to the masonry foun- nents of the fireplace, and installed according to the fire- dation in accordance with Section 2113.3.Seismic reinforcing place manufacturer's instructions. shall not be required within the body of masonry heater with a height that is equal to or less than 3.5 times its body width and 2111.13.2 Masonry fireplaces.Listed combustion air ducts where the masonry chimney serving the heater is not supported for masonry fireplaces shall be installed according to the by the body of the heater.Where the masonry chimney shares a terms of their listing and manufacturer's instructions. common wall with the facing of the masonry heater,the chim- 440 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* MASONRY ney portion of the structure shall be reinforced in accordance expansion.For chimneys greatrr than 40 inches(1016 mm) with Section 2113. wide,two additional No.4 vertical bars shall be provided for 2112.5 Masonry heater clearance. Combustible materials each additional 40 inches (1016 mm) in width or fraction shall not be placed within 36 inches (765 min) of the outside thereof. surface of a masonry heater in accordance with NFPA 211, 2113.3.2 Horizontal reinforcing. Vertical reinforcement Section 8-7 (clearances for solid fuel-burning appliances),and shall be placed enclosed within 1/1-inch (6.4 mm) ties, or the required space between the heater and combustible material other reinforcing of equivalent net cross-sectional area, shall be fully vented to permit the free flow of air around all spaced not to exceed I8 inches(457 mm)o.c.in concrete,or heater surfaces. placed in the bed joints of unit masonry, at a minimum of Exceptions: every 18 inches (457 mm) of vertical height.Two such ties shall be provided at each bend in the vertical bars. 1. When the masonry heater wall thickness is at least 8 2113.4 Seismic anchorage. Masonry and concrete chimneys inches (203 the thick of solid masonry and the wall and foundations in Seismic Design Category C or D shall be thickness 7 the heat exchange channels is at least 5 anchored at each floor, ceiling or roof line more than 6 feet inches(127 mm)thick of solid masonry,combustible materials shall not be placed within 4 inches (102 (1829 mm)above grade,except where constructed completely mm) of the outside surface of a masonry heater. A within the exterior walls.Anchorage shall conform to the fol- clearance of at least 8 inches (203 mm) shall be pro- lowing requirements. vided between the gas-tight capping slab of the heater 2113.4.1 Anchorage. Two 3116 inch by 1-inch (4.8 mm by and a combustible ceiling. 25 mm) straps shall be embedded a minimum of 12 inches 2. Masonry heaters listed and labeled in accordance (305 mm) into the chimney.Straps shall be hooked around with UL 1482 and installed in accordance with the the outer bars and extend 6 inches (152 mm) beyond the manufacturer's instructions. bend. Each strap shall be fastened to a minimum of four floor joists with two 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) bolts. 2113.5 Corbeling. Masonry chimneys shall not be corbeled SECTION 2113 more than half of the chimney's wall thickness from a wall or MASONRY CHIMNEYS foundation, nor shall a chimney be corbeled from a wall or 2113.1 Definition. A masonry chimney is a chimney con- foundation that is less than 12 inches (305 mm) in thickness structed of concrete or masonry. hereinafter referred to as unless it projects equally on each side of the wall,except that on '.masonry."Masonry chimneys shall be constructed,anchored, the second story of a two-story dwelling, corbeling of chim- supported and reinforced as required in this chapter. neys on the exterior of the enclosing walls is permitted to equal the wall thickness.The projection of a single course shall not 2113.2 Footings and foundations. Footings for masonry exceed one-half the unit height or one-third of the unit bed chimneys shall be constructed of concrete or solid masonry at depth,whichever is less. least 12 inches(305 mm)thick and shall extend at least 6 inches 0 52 mm)beyond the face of the foundation or support wall on 2113.6 Changes in dimension.The chimney wall or chimney all sides. Footings shall be founded on natural undisturbed flue lining shall not change in size or shape within 6 inches earth or engineered fill below frost depth.In areas not subjected (152 mm) above or below where the chimney passes through to freezing,footings shall be at least 12 inches(305 mm)below floor components,ceiling components or roof components. finished grade. 2113.7 Offsets.Where a masonry chimney is constructed with 2113.3 Seismic reinforcing. Masonry or concrete chimneys a fireclay flue liner surrounded by one wythe of masonry,the shall be constructed, anchored, supported and reinforced as maximum offset shall be such that the centerline of the flue required in this chapter. In Seismic Design Category C or D, above the offset does not extend beyond the center of the chilli- masonry and concrete chimneys shall be reinforced and ney wall below the offset. Where the chimney offset is sup- anchored as detailed in Sections 2113.3.1, 2113.3.2 and ported by masonry below the offset in an approved manner,the 2113.4.In SeisinicDesign Category Aor B,reinforcement and maximum offset limitations shall not apply. Each individual seismic anchorage is not required.In Seismic Design Category corbeled masonry course of the offset shall not exceed the pro- E or F,masonry and concrete chimneys shall be reinforced in jection limitations specified in Section 2113.5. accordance with the requirements of Sections 2101 through 2113.8 Additional load. Chimneys shall not support loads 2108. other than their own weight unless they are designed and con- 2113.3.1 Vertical reinforcing. For chimneys up to 40 structed to support the additional load.Masonry chimneys are inches(10 16 mm)wide,four No,4 continuous vertical bars permitted to be constructed as part of the masonry walls or con- anchored in the foundation shall be placed in the concrete crete walls of the building. between wythes of solid masonry or within the cells of hol- 2113.9 Termination. Chimneys shall extend at least 2 feet low unit masonry and grouted in accordance with Section (6 10 mm)higher than any portion of the buildingwithin 10 feet 2103.12. Grout shall be prevented from bonding with the (3048 mm),but shall not be less than 3 feet(914 mm)above the flue liner so that the flue liner is free to move with thermal highest point where the chimney passes through the roof. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 441 MASONRY 2113.9.1 Spark arrestors. Where a spark arrestor is masonry chimneys with oil-fired appliances appi-oved installed on a masonry chimney, the spark arrestor shall for use with Type L vent shall be limited to flue lining meet all of the following requirements: systems complying with Section 2113.11.1 and listed 1. The net free area of the arrestor shall not be less than chimney liners complying with UL 641 (see Section four times the net free area of the outlet of the chin- 2113.11.1.5 for marking). ney flue it serves. 2113.11.1.5 Notice of usage.When a flue is relined with 2. The arrestor screen shall have heat and corrosion a material not complying with Section 2113.11.1, the resistance equivalent to 19-gage galvanized steel or chimney shall be plainly and permanently identified by a 24-gage stainless steel. label attached to a wall, ceiling or other conspicuous location adjacent to where the connector enters the chim- 3. Openings shall not permit the passage of spheres hav- ney. The label shall include the following message or ing a diameter greater than'/Z inch(13 mm)nor block equivalent language: "This chimney is for use only with the passage of spheres having a diameter less than 3/A (type or category of appliance) that burns (type of fuel), inch (11 mm). Do not connect other types of appliances." 4. The spark arrestor shall be accessible for cleaning and 2113.112 Concrete and masonry chimneys for medium- the screen or chimney cap shall be removable to allow heat appliances. for cleaning of the chimney flue. 2113.10 Wall thickness.Masonry chimney walls shall be con- 2113.11.2.1 General. Concrete and masonry chimneys structed of concrete, solid masonry units or hollow masonry for medium-heat appliances shall comply with Sections units grouted solid with not less than 4 inches(102 mm)nomi- 2113.1 through 2113.5. nal thickness. 21I3.11.2.2 Construction. Chimneys for medium-heat 2113.10.1 Masonry veneer chimneys.Where masonry is appliances shall be constructed of solid masonry units or used as veneer for a framed chimney,through flashing and of concrete with walls a minimum of 8 inches(203 mm) weep holes shall be provided as required by Chapter 14. thick, or with stone masonry a minimum of 12 inches 2113.11 Flue lining (material). Masonry chimneys shall be (305 mm) thick. lined. The lining material shall be appropriate for the type of 2113.11.2.3 Lining. Concrete and masonry chimneys appliance connected, according to the terms of the appliance shall be lined with an approvedmedium-duty refractory listing and the manufacturer's instructions. brick a minimum of 4'h inches (114 mm) thick laid on the 41/,-inch bed (114 mm) in an approved medium- 2113.11.1 Residential-type appliances (general). Flue duty refractory mortar.The lining shall start 2 feet(6 10 lining systems shall comply with one of the following: mm) or more below the lowest chimney connector I 1. Clay flue lining complying with the requirements of entrance. Chimneys terminating 25 feet (7620 mm) or ASTM C 315. less above a chimney connector entrance shall be lined 2. Listed chimney lining systems complying with UL to the top. 1777. 2113.11.2.4 Multiple passageway. Concrete and 3. Factory-built chimneys or chimney units listed for masonry chimneys containing more than one passage- installation within masonry chimneys. way shall have the liners separated by a minimum 4. Other approved materials that will resist corrosion, 4-inch-thick (102 mm) concrete or solid masonry wall. erosion, softening or cracking from flue gases and 2113.11.2.5 Termination height. Concrete and condensate at temperatures up to 1,800°F (982°C). masonry chimneys for medium-heat appliances shall extend a minimum of 10 feet(3048 mm)higher than any 2113.11.1.1 Flue linings for specific appliances. Flue portion of any building within 25 feet (7620 mm). linings other than those covered in Section 2113.11,1 intended for use with specific appliances shall comply 2113.11.2.6 Clearance. A minimum clearance of 4 with Sections 2113.11.1.2 through 2113.11.1.4 and Sec- inches(102 mm)shall be provided between the exterior tions 2113.11.2 and 2113.11.3. surfaces of a concrete or masonry chimney for 2113.11.1.2 Gas appliances.Flue lining systems for gas medium-heat appliances and combustible material. appliances shall be in accordance with the International 2113.11.3 Concrete and masonry chimneys for Fuel Gas Code. high-heat appliances. 2113.11.1.3 Pellet fuel-burning appliances.Flue lining 2113.11.3.1 General. Concrete and masonry chimneys and vent systems for use in masonry chimneys with pel- for high-heat appliances shall comply with Sections let fuel-burning appliances shall be limited to flue lining 2113.1 through 2113.5. systems complying with Section 2113.11.1 and pellet 2113.11.3.2 Construction. Chimneys for high-heat vents listed for installation within masonry chimneys appliances shall be constructed with double walls of (see Section 2113.11.1.5 for marking). solid masonry units or of concrete,each wall to be a mini- 2113.11.1.4 Oil-Fired appliances approved for use mum of 8 inches (203 mm) thick with a minimum air- with L-vent. Flue lining and vent systems for use in space of 2 inches (51 mm) between the walls. 442 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® MASONRY 2113.11.3.3 Lining.The inside of the interior wall shall the adjacent flue linings shall be staggered at least 4 inches be lined with an apprvvedhigh-duty refractory brick.a 0 02 mm). minimum of 4112 inches (114 mm) thick laid on the 2113.15 Flue area (appliance). Chimney flues shall not be 4'/,-inch bed(114 mm)in an approvedhigh-duty refrac- smaller in area than the area of the connector from the appli- tory mortar.The lining shall start at the base of the chim- ance. Chimney flues connected to more than one appliance ney and extend continuously to the top. shall not be less than the area of the largest connector plus 50 2113.11.3.4 Termination height. Concrete and percent of the areas of additional chimney connectors. masonry chimneys for high-heat appliances shall extend Exceptions: a minimum of 20 feet(6096 mm)higher than any portion of any building within 50 feet (15 240 mm). 1. Chimney flues serving oil-fired appliances sized in accordance with NFPA 31. 2113.11.3.5 Clearance. Concrete and masonry chim- 2. Chimney flues serving gas-fired appliances sized in neys for high-heat appliances shall have approved clear- accordance with the International Fuel Gas Code. ance from buildings and structures to prevent overheating combustible materials, pen-nit inspection 2113.16 Flue area(masonry fireplace).Flue sizing for chim- and maintenance operations on the chimney and prevent neys serving fireplaces shall be in accordance with Section danger of burns to persons. 2113.16.1 or 2113.16.2. 2113.12 Clay flue lining(installation). Clay flue liners shall 2113.16.1 Minimum area.Round chimney flues shall have be installed in accordance with ASTM C 1283 and extend from a minimum net cross-sectional area of at least'I,Z of the fire- a point not less than 8 inches (203 nim) below the lowest inlet place opening.Square chimney flues shall have a minimum or,in the case of fireplaces,from the top of the smoke chamber net cross-sectional area of at least'/,o of the fireplace open- to a point above the enclosing walls.The lining shall be carried ing.Rectangular chimney flues with an aspect ratio less than up vertically,with a maximum slope no greater than 30 degrees 2 to 1 shall have a minimum net cross-sectional area of at (0.52 rad) from the vertical, least 1/,,, of the fireplace opening. Rectangular chimney flues with an aspect ratio of 2 to 1 or more shall have a mini- Clay flue liners shall be laid in medium-duty refractory mor- mum net cross-sectional area of at least '/,of the fireplace tar conforming to ASTM C 199 with tight mortar joints left opening. smooth on the inside and installed to maintain an air space or insulation not to exceed the thickness of the flue liner separat- 2113.16.2 Determination of minimum area. The mini- ing the flue liners from the interior face of the chimney mum net crass-sectional area of the flue shall be determined masonry walls.Flue lining shall be supported on all sides.Only in accordance with Figure 2113.16.A flue size providing at enough mortar shall be placed to make the joint and hold the least the equivalent net cross-sectional area shall be used, liners in position. Cross-sectional areas of clay flue linings are as provided in Tables 2113.16(1) and 2113.16(2) or as provided by the 2113.13 Additional requirements. manufacturer or as measured in the field.The height of the 2113.13.1 Listed materials. Listed materials used as flue chimney shall be measured from the firebox floor to the lop linings shall be installed in accordance with the terms of of the chimney flue. their listings and the manufacturer's instructions. TABLE 2113.16(1) 2113.13.2 Space around lining.The space surrounding a NET CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA OF ROUND FLUE 51TE5' chimney lining system or vent installed within a masonry FLUE SIZE,INSIDE DIAMETER CROSS•SECTIONALAREA chimney shall not be used to vent any other appliance. �_ AREA(inches) _ (square inches) 6 28 Exception: This shall not prevent the installation of a 7 – –`— 38 separate flue lining in accordance with the manufac- turer's instructions. 8 50 2113.14 Multiple flues.When two or more flues are located 10 _ 78 in the same chimney,masonry wythes shall be built between 103/, 90 adjacent flue linings, The masonry wythes shall be at least 4 inches(102 mm) thick and bonded into the walls of the chim- ney. 15 – -- 176 Exception:When venting only one appliance,two flues are __ 18 254 permitted to adjoin each other in the same chimney with For SI: 1 inch=.25.4 mm,I square Inch=645.16 mrnz. only the flue lining separation between them.The joints of a. Flue sizes are based on ASTNt C 315. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 443 MASONRY TABLE 2113.16(2) 2113.17 Inlet.Inlets to masonry chimneys shall enter from NET CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA OF SQUARE the side. Inlets shall have a thimble of fireclay,rigid refrac- AND RECTANGULAR FLUE SIZES Cory material or metal that will prevent the connector From FLUE SIZE,OUTSIDE NOMINAL DIMENSIONS CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA pulling out of inlet or from extending beyond the Wall of (inches) (square inches, p g g y — 4.5 x 8.5 — 23 the liner. 4.5 x 13 34 2113.18 Masonry chimney cleanout openings. Cleanout 8 x 8 42 openings shall be provided within 6 inches (152 mm) of the S.5 x 8.5 49 base of each flue within every masonry chimney. The upper edge of the cleanout shall be located at least 6 inches (152 $ t2 �� - - mm) below the lowest chimney inlet opening.The height of 8.5 x 13 76 the opening shall be at least 6 inches(152 mm).The cleanout 12 x 12. 102 shall be provided with a noncombustible cover. 8.5X 18 _ _ _ _ _ _ lol_ Exception: Chimney flues serving masonry fireplaces, 13 x 13 _127_ _ where cleaning is possible through the fireplace opening. 12- 16 _ - 131 13 x 18 173 - 2113.19 Chimney clearances. Any portion of a masonry 11 chimney located in the interior of the building or within the 16 x t81 exterior wall of the building shall have a minimum airspace IG%2g _ 222 clearance to combustibles of 2 inches (51 mm). Chimneys lax 18 233. located entirely outside the exterior malls of the building, 20 x 20 298 including chimneys that pass through the soffit or cornice. _ 20 x 24 335 shall have a minimum airspace clearance of 1 inch(25 mm). 24 x 24 _ 43.1 For Sl: 1 Inch=25.4 mm,I square inch=645.16 surf. 9000 288 25M Z4A0 224 269 7200 2406 167 214 1Ao0 i000 340 168 1400 120t} 11G 124 low 78 ai Z 70 62 t3op 53 Be Boa 32 37 200 W 13 1/ 15 16 17 18 19 .20 21 22 24 24 2$ W F I'IMMIT MEASUFM[)FROM FLOOR 5 z rc ria OFCOMSUUSO C ERTO TOP OF T �Nt X61 ci0¢ For SI: I inch=25.4 mm, I square inch=645 mni_ FIGURE 2113.16 FLUE SIZES FOR MASONRY CHIMNEYS 444 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' MASONRY The airspace shall not be filled, except to provide fireblocking in accordance with Section 2113.20. Exceptions: 1. Masonry chimneys equipped with a chimney lining system listed and labeled for use in chimneys in con- tact with combustibles in accordance with UL 1777, and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions,are permitted to have combustible mate- rial in contact with their exterior surfaces. 2. Where masonry chimneys are constructed as part of masonry or concrete walls, combustible materials shall not be in contact with the masonry or concrete wall less than 12 inches(305 mm)from the inside sur- face of the nearest flue lining. 3. Exposed combustible trim and the edges of sheathing materials,such as wood siding. are permitted to abut the masonry chimney sidewalls. in accordance with Figure 2113.19, provided such combustible trim or sheathing is a minimum of 12 inches (305 mm) from the inside surface of the nearest flue lining.Combusti- ble material and tfirn shall not overlap the corners of the chimney by more than 1 inch (25 mm). ` ! MASONRY AaurT1NG UNN3 COMBUSTIBLE SHEATKNO 17 FROM FLUE UNNip Y I-CLEARV CE(NR5PACk) TO COMBL*MBI E SHEAT)+W For SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm. FIGURE 2113.19 ILLUSTRATION OF EXCEPTION THREE CHIMNEY CLEARANCE PROVISION 2113.20 Chimney fireblocking.All spaces between chimneys and floors and ceilings through which chimneys pass shall be fireblocked with noncombustible material securely fastened in place.The fireblocking of spaces between wood joists,beams or headers shall be to a depth of 1 inch(25 mm) and shall only be placed on strips of metal or metal lath laid across the spaces between combustible material and the chimney. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 445 446 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' CHAPTER 22 STEEL SECTION 2201 SECTION 2204 GENERAL CONNECTIONS 2201.1 Scope.The provisions of this chapter govern the qual- 2204.1 Welding.The details of design,workmanship and tech- ity,design,fabrication and erection of steel used structurally in nique. for welding, inspection of welding and qualification of buildings or structure& welding operators shall conform to the requirements of the specifications listed in Sections 2205, 2206. 2207, 2209 and 2210. Special inspection of welding shall be provided where SECTION 2202 required by Section 1704, DEFINITIONS 2204.2 Bolting.The design,installation and inspection of bolts 2202,1 Definitions.The following words and terms shall,for shall be in accordance with the requirements of the specifica- the purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this code, tions listed in Sections 2205, 2206. 2209 and 2210. Special have the meaning shown herein. inspection of the installation of high-strength bolts shall be pro- STEEL CONSTRUCTION, COLD-]FORMED. That type vided where required by Section 1704. of construction made up entirely or in part of steel structural 2204.2.1 Anchor rods.Anchor rods shall be set accurately members cold formed to shape from sheet or strip steel such as to the pattern and dimensions called for on the plans. The roof deck, floor and wall panels,studs,floor joists,roof joists protrusion of the threaded ends through the connected mate- and other structural elements. rial shall be sufficient to fully engage the threads of the nuts, STEEL JOIST.An steel structural member of a building or but shall not be greater than the length of the threads on the Y g bolts, structure made of hot-rolled or cold-formed solid or open-web sections, or riveted or welded bars, strip or sheet steel mem- bers, or slotted and expanded, or otherwise deformed rolled SECTION 2205 sections. STRUCTURAL STEEL STEEL MEMBER, STRUCTURAL. Any steel structural 2205.1 General.The design,fabrication and erection of struc- member of a building or structure consisting of a rolled steel struc- tural steel for buildings and structures shall be in accordance rural shape other than cold-formed steel,or steel joist members. with AISC 360. Where required, the seismic design of steel structures shall be in accordance with the additional provisions of Section 2205.2. SECTION 2203 2205.2 Seismic requirements for steel structures. The IDENTIFICATION AND PROTECTION design of structural steel structures to resist seismicforcesshall OF STEEL FOR STRUCTURAL PURPOSES be in accordance with the provisions of Section 2205.2.1 or 2203.1 Identification. Identification of structural steel mem- 2205.2.2 for the appropriate seismic design category bers shall comply with the requirements contained in AISC 2205.2.1 Seismic Design Category A,B or C. Structural 360.Identification of cold-formed steel members shall comply with the requirements contained in AISI S100.Identification of steel structures assigned to Seismic Design CategoryA,B or cold-formed steel light-frame construction shall also comply C shall be of any construction permitted in Section 2205.An with the requirements contained in AISI S200.Other steel fur- R factor as set forth in Section 12.2.1 of ASCE 7 for the nished for structural load-carrying purposes shall be properly appropriate steel system is permitted where the structure is identified for conformity to the ordered grade in accordance designed and detailed in accordance with the provisions of with the specified ASTM standard or other specification and AISC 341,Part I. Systems not detailed in accordance with the provisions of this chapter.Steel that is not readily identifi- the above shall use the Rfactor in Section 12.2.1 of ASCE 7 able as to grade from marking and test records shall be tested to designated for "structural steel systems not specifically determine conformity to such standards. detailed for seismic resistance." 2203.2 Protection. Painting of structural steel members shall 2205.2.2 Seismic Design Category D, E or E Structural comply with the requirements contained in AISC 360.Painting steel structures assigned to Seismic Design CategoiyD,E or of open-web steel joists and joist girders shall comply with the F shall be designed and detailed in accordance with AISC requirements of SJI CJ-1.0, SJI JG-1.1, SJI K-1.1 and SJI 341,Part 1. LH/DLH-1.1. Individual structural members and assembled 2205.3 Seismic requirements for composite construction. panels of cold-formed steel construction shall be protected The design, construction and quality of composite steel and against corrosion in accordance with the requirements con- concrete components[hat resist seismic forces shall conform to tained in AISI 5100. Protection of cold-Formed steel light- the requirements of the AISC 360 and ACI 318,An Rfactor as frame construction shall also comply with the requirements set forth in Section 12.2.1 of ASCE 7 for the appropriate com- contained in AISI S200. posite steel and concrete system is permitted where the struc- 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 447 STEEL ture is designed and detailed in accordance with the provisions 2206.3 Calculations.The steel joist and joist girder manufac- of AISC 341,Part 11.In SeisrnirDesign Category B or above, turer shall design the steel joists and/or steel joist girders in the design of such systems shall conform to the requirements of accordance with the current SJI specifications and load tables AISC 341,Part II. to support the load requirements of Section 2206.2.The ngis- 2205.3.1 Seismic Design Categories D,E and F.Compos- toird design professional may require submission of the steel ite structures are permitted in SeisrnicDesign CategoriesD, joist and joist girder calculations as prepared by a registered E and F,subject to the limitations in Section 12.2.1 of ASCE design professional responsible for the product design. If 7,where substantiating evidence is provided to demonstrate requested by the registered design professional, the steel joist that the proposed system will perform as intended by AISC manufacturer shall submit design calculations with a cover let- 341,Part 11.The substantiating evidence shall be subject to ter bearing the seal and signature of the joist manufacturer's building olpcial approval. Where composite elements or registered design professional In addition to standard calcula- connections are required to sustain inelastic deformations, tions under this seal and signature,submittal of the following the substantiating evidence shall be based on cyclic testing. shall be included: 1. Non-SJI standard bridging details (e.g. for cantilevered SECTION 2206 conditions, net uplift, etc,). STEEL JOISTS 2. Connection details for: 2206.1 General.The design,manufacture and use of open web 2.1. Non-SJI standard connections(e.g.flush-framed steel joists and joist girders shall be in accordance with one of or framed connections); the following Steel Joist Institute (SJI) specifications: 2.2. Field splices: and 1 1. SJl CJ-1.0 2. SJI K-1.1 2.3.Joist headers. 3. SJ1 LHIDLH-1.1 2206.4 Steel joist drawings. Steel joist placement plans shall 4. SJl JG-1.1 be provided to show the steel joist products as specified on the construction documents and are to be utilized for field installa- Where required, the seismic design of buildings shall be in tion in accordance with specific project requirements as stated accordance with the additional provisions of Section 2205.2 or in Section 2206.2. Steel placement plans shall include, at a 2210.5. minimum,the following: 2206.2 Design.The registered design professional shall indi cate on the construction documents the steel joist and/or steel 1. Listing of all applicable loads as stated in Section 2206.2 joist girder designations from the specifications listed in Sec- and used a the design d in the construction ruction documents.. the steel joists and joist girders tion 2206.1 and shall indicate the requirements For joist and as specified joist girder design, layout, end supports, anchorage, non-SJI 2. Profiles for nonstandard joist and joist girder configura- standard bridging,bridging termination connections and bear- lions(standard joist and joist girder configurations areas ing connection design to resist uplift and lateral loads. These indicated in the SJI catalog). documents shall indicate special requirements as follows: 3. Connection requirements for: 1. Special loads including: I.I. Concentrated loads; 3.1.Joist supports; 1.2. Nonuniform loads; 3.2.Joist girder supports; 1.3. Net uplift loads; 3.3. Field splices; and 1.4. Axial loads; 3.4. Bridging attachments. 1.5. End moments; and 4. Deflection criteria for live and total loads for non-SJI 1.6. Connection forces. standard joists. 2. Special considerations including: 5. Size,location and connections for all bridging. 2.1. Profiles for nonstandard joist and joist girder 6. Joist headers. configurations (standard joist and joist girder configurations are as indicated in the S11 cata- Steel joist placement plans do not require the seal and signa- log): ture of the joist manufacturer's registered design professional 2.2. Oversized or other nonstandard web openings; and 2206.5 Certification.At completion of manufacture,the steel joist manufacturer shall submit a certificate of compliance in 2.3. Extended ends. accordance with Section 1704.2.2 stating that work was per- 3. Deflection criteria for live and total loads for non-SJI formed in accordance with approved construction documents standard joists. and with SJI standard specifications. 448 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' STEEL SECTION 2207 SECTION 2210 STEEL CABLE STRUCTURES COLD-FORMED STEEL 2207.1 General.The design, fabrication and erection includ- LIGHT-FRAME CONSTRUCTION ing related connections.and protective coatings of steel cables 2210.1 General. The design and installation of structural for buildings shall be in accordance with ASCE 19. members and nonstructural members utilized in cold-formed 2207.2 Seismic requirements for steel cable. The design steel light-frame construction where the specified minimum strength of steel cables shall be deterncined by the provisions of base steel thickness is between 0.0179 inches(0.455 mm)and ASCE 19 except as modified by these provisions. 0.1180 inches (2.997 mm) shall be in accordance with AISI 1. A load Factor of 1,1 shall be applied to the prestress force 5200 and Sections 2210.2 through 2210.7,as applicable. included in Tj and T4 as defined in Section 3.12. 2210.2 Header design. }leaders, including box and 2. In Section 3.2.1,Item(c)shall be replaced with"1.5 T3" back-to-back headers, and double and single L-headers shall and Item (d)shall be replaced with 1.5 T4.° be designed in accordance with AISI S212 or A1SI 5100. 2210.3 Trusses. SECTION 2206 2210.3.1 Design. Cold-formed steel trusses shall be STEEL STORAGE RACKS designed in accordance with AISI S214,Sections 2210.3.1 2208.1 Storage racks. The design, testing and utilization of through 22103.5 and accepted engineering practice. industrial steel storage racks made of cold-formed or hot-rolled 2210.3.2 Truss design drawings. The truss design draw- steel structural members, shall be in accordance with the ings shall conform to the requirements of Section 132.3 of RMIIANSI MH 16.1.Where required by ASCE 7,the seismic AISI S214 and shall be provided with the shipment of design of storage racks shall be in accordance with the provi- trusses delivered to the job site.The truss design drawings sions of Section 15.5.3 of ASCE 7, except that items (1), (2) shall include the details of permanent individual truss mem- and(3)of Section 15.5.3 of ASCE 7 do not apply when the rack ber restraintlbracing in accordance with Section B6(a) or design satisfies RMUANSI MH 16.1. 136(c)ofA1SI S214 where these methods are utilized to pro- vide restraint/bracing, SECTION 2209 2210.3.3 Deferred submittals.AISI Section 134.2 shall be COLD-FORMED STEEL deleted. 2209.1 General. The design of cold-formed carbon and 2210.3.4 Trussses spanning 60 feet or greater.The owner loN�-alloy steel structural members shall be in accordance with shall contract with a registered design professional for the AISI 5100. The design of cold-formed stainless-steel struc- design of the temporary installation restraint/bracing and tural members shall be in accordance with ASCE 8. the permanent individual truss member resiraintlbracingfor Cold-Formed steel light-frame construction shall also comply trusses with clear spans 60 feet(18 288 mm)orgreater.Spe- with Section 2210. cial inspectionof trusses over 60 feet(18 288 mm)in length 2209.2 Steel decks. The design and construction of shall conform to Section 1704. cold-formed steel decks shall be in accordance with this sec- 2210.3.5 Truss quality assurance. Trusses not part of a tion. manufacturing process that provides requirements for qual- 2209.2.1 Composite slabs on steel decks.Composite slabs ity control done under the supervision of a third-party qual- of concrete and steel deck shall be designed and constructed ity control agency, shall be manufactured in compliance in accordance with ASCE 3. with Sections 1704.2 and 1704.3,as applicable. 2209.2.2 Noncomposite steel floor decks. Noncomposite 2210.4 Wall stud design. Wall studs shall be designed in steel floor decks shall be permitted to be designed and con- accordance with either AISI S21 1 or AISI S100. structed in accordance with ANSIISDI-NC1.0,as modified in Section 2209.2.2.1. 2210.5 Floor and roof system design.Framing for floor and 2209.9.2.2.1 ANSIISDI-NC1.0 Section 2.4B1.Replace roof systems in buildings shall be designed in accordance with Section 2.4131 of ANSI/SDI-NC 1.0 with the following: either AISI S210 or AISI S100. 1. General:The design of the concrete slabs shall be 2210.6 Lateral design. Light-frame shear walls, diagonal done in accordance with the ACI Building Code strap bracing that is part of a structural wall and diaphragms Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.The mini- used to resist wind, seismic and other in-plane lateral loads mum concrete thickness above the top of the deck shall be designed in accordance with AISI 5213. shall be 1112 inches (38 mm). 2210.7 Prescriptive framing.Detached one-and two-fancily 22091.3 Steel roof deck.Steel roof decks shall be permit- dwellings and townhouses, less than or equal to three stories ted to be designed and constructed in accordance with above grade plane, shall be permitted to be constructed in ANSIISBI-RD1.0. accordance with AISI S230 subject to the limitations therein. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 449 CHAPTER 23 WOOD SECTION 2301 formed by a system of repetitive wood-framing members.See I GENERAL Section 2308 for conventional light-frame construction provi- 2301.1 Scope.The provisions of this chapter shall govern the sions, materials, design, construction and quality of wood members CRIPPLE WALL.A framed stud wall extending from the top and their fasteners. of the foundation to the underside of floor framing for the low- 2301.2 General design requirements. The design of struc- est occupied floor level. tural elements or systems, constructed partially or wholly of DIAPHRAGM,UNBLOCKED.A diaphragm that has edge wood or wood-based products,shall be in accordance with one nailing at supporting members only. Blocking between sup- of the following methods: porting structural members at pane]edges is not included.Dia- 1, Allowable stress design in accordance with Sections phragm panels are field nailed to supporting members. 2304, 2305 and 2306. DRAG STRUT.See "Collector." 2. Load and resistance factor design in accordance with FIBERBOARD. A fibrous, homogeneous panel made from Sections 2304, 2305 and 2307. lignocellulosic fibers(usually wood or cane)and having a den- sity of less than 31 pounds per cubic foot(pco (497 kg/in')but with Sections 2304 and 2308. more than 10 pcf(160 kg/m'). Exception: Buildings designed in accordance with GLUED BUILT-UP MEMBER A structural element, the the provisions of the AF&PA WFCM shall be deemed section of which is composed of built-up lumber,wood struc- to meet the requirements of the provisions of Section tural panels or wood structural panels in combination with lum- 2308 ber,all parts bonded together with structural adhesives. 4. The design and construction of log structures shall be in GRADE (LUMBER).The classification of lumber in regard accordance with the provisions of 1CC 400, to strength and utility in accordance with American Softwood Lumber Standard DOC PS 20 and the grading rules of an 2301.3 Nominal sizes.For the purposes of this chapter,where approved lumber rules-writing agency. dimensions of lumber are specified.they shall be deemed to be HARDBOARD. A fibrous-felted, homogeneous panel made nominal dimensions unless specifically designated as actual from lignocellulosic fibers consolidated under heat and pres- dimensions (see Section 2304.2). sure in a hot press to a density not less than 31 pcf(4 97 kg/m3). NAILING,BOUNDARY.A special nailing pattern required SECTION 2302 by design at the boundaries of diaphragms. DEFINITIONS NAILING, EDGE. A special nailing pattern required by 2302.1 Definitions.The following words and terms shall,for design at the edges of each panel within the assembly of a dia- the purposes of this chapter,have the meanings shown herein, phragm or shear wall. ACCREDITATION BODY.An approved,third-party organ!- NAILING, FIELD. Nailing required between the sheathing zation that is independent of the grading and inspection agen- panels and framing members at locations other than boundary cies, and the lumber mills, and that initially accredits and nailing and edge nailing. subsequently monitors,on a continuing basis,the competency NATURALLY DURABLE WOOD. The heartwood of the and performance of a grading or inspection agency related to following species with the exception that an occasional piece carrying out specific tasks. with corner sapwood is permitted if 90 percent or more of the BRACED WALL LINE.A series of braced wall panels in a width of each side on which it occurs is heartwood, single story that meets the requirements of Section 2308.3 or Decay resistant. Redwood, cedar, black locust and black 2308.12,4, walnut. BRACED WALL PANEL.A section of wall braced in accor- Termite resistant.Redwood,Alaska yellow-cedar,Eastern dance with Section 2308.9.3 or 2308.12.4. redcedar and both heartwood and all sapwood of Western I COLLECTOR.A horizontal diaphragm element parallel and redcedar. in line with the applied force that collects and transfers dia- NOMINAL SIZE (LUMBER).The commercial size desig- phragm shear forces to the vertical elements of the lat- nation of width and depth, in standard sawn lumber and era I-Force-resisting system and/or distributes forces within the glued-laminated lumbergrades;somewhat larger than the stan- diaphragm. dard net size of dressed Iumber,in accordance with DOC PS 20 CONVENTIONAL LIGHT-FRAME CONSTRUCTION. for sawn lumber and with the AF&PA NDS for glued-laml- A type of construction whose primary structural elements are nated lumber. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 451 WOOD PARTICLEBOARD. A generic term for a panel primarily veneer and wood strands or wafers bonded together with water- composed of cellulosic materials (usually wood),generally in proof synthetic resins or other suitable bonding systems. the form of discrete pieces or particles, as distinguished from Examples of wood structural panels are: fibers.The cellulosic material is combined with synthetic resin Composite panels. A wood structural panel that is com- or other suitable bonding system by a process in which the prised of wood veneer and reconstituted wood-based mate- interparticle bond is created by the bonding system under heat rial and bonded together with waterproof adhesive; and pressure, PREFABRICATED WOOD I-JOIST. Structural member Oriented strand board (OSB).A mat-formed wood struc- tural panel comprised of thin rectangular wood strands manufactured using sawn or structural composite lumber arranged in cross-aligned layers with surface layers nor- flanges and wood structural panel webs bonded together with molly arranged in the long pane]direction and bonded with exterior exposure adhesives, which forms an "I" cross-sec- waterproof adhesive, or tional shape. SHEAR WALL.A wall designed to resist lateral forces para] Plywood. A wood structural panel comprised of plies of wood veneer arranged in cross-aligned layers.The plies are ]el to the plane of a wall. bonded with waterproof adhesive that cures on application Shear wall,perforated.A wood structural panel sheathed of heat and pressure. wall with openings,that has not been specifically designed and detailed for force transfer around openings. IShear wall segment, perforated. A section of shear wall SECTION 2303 with full-height sheathing that meets the height-to-width MINIMUM STANDARDS AND QUALITY ratio limits of Section 4.3.4 of AMPA SDP"'S. 2303.1 General.Structural sawn]umber;end jointed lumber: prefabricated wood I joists;structural glued-laminated timber; STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE LUMBER.Structural mem woad structural panels,fiberboard sheathing(when used struc- ber manufactured using wood elements bonded together with turally): hardboard siding (when used structurally); exterior adhesives. Examples of structural composite ]umber particleboard;preservative-treated wood;structural log mern- are: bers; structural composite lumber; round timber poles and Laminated veneer lumber (LVL). A composite of wood piles; fire-retardant-treated wood; hardwood plywood; wood veneer sheet elements with wood fibers primarily oriented trusses;joist hangers; nails; and staples shall conform to the along the length of the member. applicable provisions of this section. Parallel strand lumber (PSL). A composite of wood 2303.1.1 Sawn lumber. Sawn lumber used for load-sup- strand elements with wood fibers primarily oriented along porting purposes,including end-join ted or edge-glued lum- the length of the member. ber, machine stress-rated or machine-evaluated lumber, STRUCTURAL GLUED-LAMINATED TIMBER. An shall be identified by the grade mark of a lumber grading or engineered,stress-rated product of a timber laminating plant, inspection agency that has been approved by an accredita- comprised of assemblies of specially selected and prepared tion body that complies with DOC PS 20 or equivalent. wood laminations in which the grain of all laminations is Grading practices and identification shall comply with rules approximately parallel longitudinally and the laminations are published by an agency approved in accordance with the procedures of DOC PS 20 or equivalent procedures. In lieu banded with adhesives. of a grade mark on the material,a certificate of inspection as SUBDIAPHRAGM. A portion of a larger wood diaphragm to species and grade issued by a lumber grading or inspec- designed to anchor and transfer local forces to primary dia- tion agency meeting the requirements of this section is per- phragm struts and the main diaphragm. mitted to be accepted for precut, remanufactured or TIE-DOWN (HOLD-DOWN).A device used to resist uplift rough-sawn lumber and for sizes larger than 3 inches (76 of the chords of shear walls. mm) nominal thickness. TREATED WOOD.Wood and wood-based materials that use Approved end jointed ]umber is permitted to be used vacuum-pressure impregnation processes to enhance fire retar- interchangeably with solid-sawn members of the same spe- dant or preservative properties. ties and grade. Fire-retardant-treated wood. Pressure-treated lumber 2303.1.2 Prefabricated wood I joists. Structural capaci- and plywood that exhibit reduced surface-burning charac- ties and design provisions for prefabricated wood I joists teristics and resist propagation of fire. shall be established and monitored in accordance with ASTM D 5055. Preservative-treated wood. Pressure-treated wood prod- 2303.1.3 Structural glued-laminated timber.Glued-]amucts that exhibit reduced susceptibility to damage by fungi, inated timbers shall be manufactured and identified as insects or marine borers. required in ANSIIAITC A 190.1 and ASTM D 3737. WOOD SHEAR PANEL.A wood floor,roof or wall compo- 2303.1.4 Wood structural panels.Wood structural panels, vent sheathed to act as a shear wall or diaphragm. when used structurally(including those used for siding,roof WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL. A panel manufactured and wall sheathing, subflooring, diaphragms and built-up from veneers, wood strands or wafers or a combination of members),shall conform to the requirements for their type 452 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODER WOOD in DOC PS 1 or PS 2.Each panel or member shall be identi- dance with the instructions of the Composite Panel Fed for grade and glue type by the trademarks of an Association. apps oved testing and grading agency,Wood structural panel 2303.1.8 Preservative-treated wood.Lumber,timber,ply- components shall be designed and fabricated in accordance wood, piles and poles supporting permanent structures with the applicable standards listed in Section 2306.1 and required by Section 2304.11 to be preservative treated shall identified by the trademarks of an appivved testing and conform to the requirements of the applicable AWPA Stan- inspection agency indicating conformance with the applica- dard U1 and M4 for the species. product,preservative and ble standard.In addition,wood structural panels when per- end use.Preservatives shall be listed in Section 4 of AWPA manently exposed in outdoor applications shall be of U1.Lumber and plywood used in wood foundation systems exterior type,except that wood structural panel roof sheath- shall conform to Chapter 18. ing exposed to the outdoors on the underside is permitted to be interior type bonded with exterior glue,Exposure 1. 2303.1.8.1 Identification. Wood required by Section 2303.1.5 Fiberboard.Fiberboard for its various uses shall 2304.11 to be preservative treated shall bear the quality mark of an inspection agency that maintains continuing conform to ASTM C 208.Fiberboard sheathing,when used supervision,testing and inspection over the quality of the structurally, shall be identified by an approved agency as preservative-treated wood.Inspection agencies for pre- conforming to ASTM C 208. servative-ti-eated woodshall be listed by an accreditation 2303.1.5.1 Jointing.To ensure tight-fitting assemblies, body that complies with the requirements of the Ameri- edges shall be manufactured with square, shiplapped, can Lumber Standards Treated Wood Program,orequiv- beveled,tongue-and-groove or U-shaped joints. alent. The quality mark shall be on a stamp or label affixed to the preservative-treated wood, and shall 2303.1.5.2 Roof insulation.Where used as roof insula- include the following information: tion in all types of construction,fiberboard shall be pro- tected with an approved roof covering. 1. Identification of treating manufacturer. 2303.1.5.3 Wall insulation. Where installed and 2• Type of preservative used. ftreblocked to comply with Chapter 7, fiberboards are 3. Minimum preservative retention (pco. permitted as wall insulation in all types of construction. 4. End use for which the product is treated. In fire walls and fire barriers, unless treated to comply with Section 803.1 for Class A materials,the boards shall 5. AWPA standard to which the product was treated. be cemented directly to the concrete, masonry or other 6. Identity of the accredited inspection agency. noncombustible base and shall be protected with an 2303.1.8.2 Moisture content. Where preserva- appr>7ved noncombustible veneer anchored to the base tive-treated wood is used in enclosed locations where without intervening airspaces. drying in service cannot readily occur,such wood shall 2303.1.5.3.1 Protection. Fiberboard wall insulation be at a moisture content of 19 percent or less before being applied on the exterior of foundation walls shall be covered with insulation,interior wall finish,floor cover- protected below ground level with a bituminous coat- ing or other materials. ing. 2303.1,9 Structural composite lumber.Structural capaci- 2303.1.6 Hardboard. Hardboard siding used structurally ties forstructural composite lumbershall be established and shall be identified by an appnoved agency conforming to monitored in accordance with ASTM D 5456. CPA/ANSI A135.6. Hardboard underlayment shall meet 2303.1.10 Structural log members. Stress grading of the strength requirements of 7/32-inch (5.6 mm) or 1/9-inch structural log members of nonrectangular shape, as typi- (6.4 mm) service class hardboard planed or sanded on one tally used in log buildings, shall be in accordance with side to a uniform thickness of not less than 0.200 inch (5.1 ASTM D 3957.Such structural log members shall be identi- mm), Prefinished hardboard paneling shall meet the fled by the grade mark of an approved lumber grading or requirements of CPA/ANSI A 135.5,Other basic hardboard inspection agency.In lieu of a grade markon the material,a products shall meet the requirements of CPA/ANSI A135.4. certificate of inspection as to species and grade issued by a Hardboard products shall be installed in accordance with lumber grading or inspection agency meeting the require- manufacturer's recommendations. ments of this section shall be permitted. 2303.1.7 Particleboard. Particleboard shall conform to 2303.1.11 Round timber poles and piles. Round timber ANSI A208.1.Particleboard shall be identified by the grade pales and piles shall comply with ASTM D 3200 and ASTM mark or certificate of inspection issued by an approved D 25,respectively. agency. Particleboard shall not be utilized for applications other than indicated in this section unless the particleboard 2303.2 Fire-retardant-treated wood. Fire-retardant-treated complies with the provisions of Section 2306.5. wood is any wood product which, when impregnated with chemicals by a pressure process or other means during manu- 2303.1.7.1 Floor underlayment. Particleboard floor facture,shall have,when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 underlayment shall conform to Type PBU of ANSI or UL 723,a listedflame spread index of 25 or less and show no A208.1.Type PBU underlayment shall not be less than evidence of signif leant progressive combustion when the test is 'I4-inch (6.4 mm) thick and shall be installed in actor- continued for an additional 20-minute period.Additionally,the 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 453 WOOD flame front shall not progress more than 10'/z feet (3200 rnm) 23032.5.2 Lumber. For each species of wood that is beyond the centerline of the burners at any time during the test. treated, the effects of the treatment, the method of 2303.2.1 Pressure process. For wood products impreg- redrying after treatment and exposure to high tempera- tures and high humidities on the allowable design prop- shall shall be nated with chemicals by a pressure process, the process erties of fire-retardant-treated lumber shall be performed in closed vessels under pressures not less determined in accordance with ASTM D b er The test than 50 pounds per square inch gauge (psig) (345 kPa). data developed by ASTM D 5664 shall be used to 2303.2.2 Other means during manufacture. For wood develop modification factors For use at or near room tem- products produced by other means during manufacture,the perature and at elevated temperatures and humidity in treatment shall be an integral part of the manufacturing pro- accordance with ASTM D 6841. Each manufacturer cess of the wood product. The treatment shall provide per- shall publish the modification factors for service at tem- manent protection to all surfaces of the wood product. peratures of not less than 80°F(27°C)and for roof fram- ing.The roof framing modification factors shall take into 2303.2.3 Testing. For woad products produced by other consideration the climatological location. means during manufacture, other than a pressure process, all sides of the wood product shall be tested in accordance 2303.2.6 Exposure to weather, damp or wet locations. with and produce the results required in Section 2303.2. Where fire-retardant-treated wood is exposed to weather, Wood structural panels shall be permitted to test only the or damp or wet locations, it shall be identified as "Exte- front and back faces. rior" to indicate there is no increase in the listed flame 2303.2.4 Labeling.Fire-retardant-treated lumber and wood spread index as defined in Section 2303.2 when subjected to ASTM D 2898. structural panels shall be labeled.The labelshall contain the following items: 2303.2.7 Interior applications. Interior lire-retar- 1. The identification mark of an approved agency in dart-treated wood shall have moisture content of not over 28 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM D 3201 accordance with Section 1703.5. procedures at 92-percent relative humidity. Interior 2. Identification of the treating manufacturer. lire-retardant-treated wood shall be tested in accordance 3. The name of the fire-retardant treatment, with Section 2303.2.5.1 or 2303.2.5.2,Interior pre-retar- dant-treated woad designated as Type A shall be tested in 4. The species of wood treated. accordance with the provisions of this section. 5. Flame spread and smoke-developed index. 2303.2.5 Moisture content.Fire-retardant-treated wood 6. Method of drying after treatment. shall be dried to a moisture content of 19 percent or less for lumber and 15 percent or less for wood structural panels 7. Conformance with appropriate standards in before use. For wood kiln dried after treatment (KDAT), dance with Sections 2303.22 through 2303.2.55.. the kiln temperatures shall not exceed those used in kiln 8. For fire-retardant-treated woodexposed to weather, drying the lumber and plywood submitted for the tests damp or wet locations, include the words "No described in Section 2303.2.5.1 For plywood and increase in the listed classification when subjected to 2303.2.5.2 for lumber. the Standard Rain Test" (ASTM D 2898). 2303.2.9 Type I and II construction applications. See 2303.2.5 Strength adjustments. Design values for Section 603.1 for limitations on the use of lire-retar- untreated lumber and wood structural panels, as specified dant-treatedwoodin buildings ofType lorlIconstruction. in Section 2303.1, shall be adjusted for fire-retar- 2303.3 Hardwood and plywood. Hardwood and decorative dart-treated wood.Adjustments to design values shall be plywood shall be manufactured and identified as required in based on an approved method of investigation that takes HPVA HP-1, into consideration the effects of the anticipated tempera- ture and humidity to which the fire-retardant-treated wood 2303.4 Trusses. will be subjected,the type of treatment and redrying proce- dures. 2303.4.1 Design.Wood trusses shall be designed in accor- dance with the provisions of this code and accepted engi- 2303.2.5.1 Wood structural panels. The effect of neering practice. Members are permitted to be joined by treatment and the method of redrying after treatment, nails,glue,bolts,timber connectors,metal connector plates and exposure to high temperatures and high humidities or other approver[framing devices. on the flexure properties of fire-retardant-treated soft- wood plywood shall be determined in accordance with 2303.4.1.1 Truss design drawings.The written,graphic ASTM D 5516. The test data developed by ASTM D and pictorial depiction of each individual truss shall be 5516 shall be used to develop adjustment factors,maxi- provided to the building olrcial for approval prior to mum loads and spans, or both, for untreated plywood installation. Truss design drawings shall also be pro- design values in accordance with ASTM D 6305.Each vided with the shipment of trusses delivered to the job manufacturer shall publish the allowable maximum site.Truss design drawings shall include,at a minimum, loads and spans For service as floor and roof sheathing the information specified below: for its treatment. 1. Slope or depth,span and spacing: 454 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' WOOD 2. Location of all joints and support Iocations; mental truss member buckling reinforcement 3. Number of plies if greater than one; details provided by the truss designer. 4. Required bearing widths; 3. A project-specific permanent individual truss member restraint/bracing design shall be permit- 5. Design loads as applicable, including: ted to be specified by any registered design profes- 5.1. Top chord live load; sional. 5.2. Top chord dead load; 2303.4.1.3 Trusses spanning 60 feet or greater. The owner shall contract with any qualified registered design 5.3. Bottom chord live load; pfnfessionalfor the design of the temporary installation 5.4. Bottom chord dead load; restraindbracing and the permanent individual truss member restraindbracing for all trusses with clear spans 5.5. Additional loads and locations; and 60 feet (18 288 mm) or greater, 5.6. Environmental design criteria and loads 2303.4.1.4 Truss designer.The individual or organiza- (wind,rain,snow,seismic,etc.). tion responsible for the design of trusses. 6. Other lateral loads, including drag strut loads; 2303.4.1.4.1 Truss design drawings. Where 7. Adjustments to wood member and metal connec- required by the registered design professional, the for plate design value for conditions of use; building ofcial or the statutes of the jurisdiction in which the project is to be constructed,each individual 8. Maximum reaction force and direction, includ- truss design drawing shall bear the sea]and signature ing maximum uplift reaction forces where appli- of the truss designer, cable: 9. Metal-connector-plate type,size and thickness or Exceptions: gage,and the dimensioned location of each metal l. Where a cover sheet and truss index sheet connector plate except where symmetrically are combined into a single sheet and located relative to the joint interface: attached to the set of truss design drawings, the single cover/truss index sheet is the only 10. Size,species and grade for each wood member; document required to be signed and sealed 11. Truss-to-truss connections and truss field assem- by the truss designer. bly requirements; 2. When a cover sheet and a truss index sheet 12. Calculated span-to-deflection ratio and maxi- are separately provided and attached to the mum vertical and horizontal deflection for live set of truss design drawings,the cover sheet and total load as applicable; and the truss index sheet are the only docu- ments required to be signed and sealed by 13. Maximum axial tension and compression forces the truss designer. in the truss members;and 2303.4.2 Truss placement diagram. The truss manufac- 14. Required permanent individual truss member turer shall provide a truss placement diagram that identifies restraint location and the method and details of the proposed location for each individually designated truss restraindbracing to be used in accordance with and references the corresponding truss design drawing.The Section 2303.4.1.2. truss placement diagram shall be provided as part of the 2303.4.1.2 Permanent individual truss member truss submittal package, and with the shipment of trusses restraint.Where permanent restraint of truss members delivered to the job site. Truss placement diagrams that is required on the truss design drawings, it shall be serve only as a guide for installation and do not deviate from accomplished by one of the following methods: the permit submittal drawings shall not be required to bear the sea]or signature of the truss designer. 1. Permanent individual truss member restraindbrac- 2303.4.3 Truss submittal package. The truss submittal ing shall be installed using standard industry lath oral restraindbracing details in accordance with package provided by the truss manufacturer shall consist of generally accepted engineering practice. Loca- each individual truss design drawing, the truss placement tions for lateral restraint shall be identified on the diagram, the permanent individual truss member truss design drawing. restraint/bracing method and details and any other structural details germane to the trusses; and, as applicable, the 2. The trusses shall be designed so that the buckling cover/truss index sheet. of any individual truss member is resisted inter- 2303.4.4 Anchorage.The design for the transfer of loads nally by the individual truss through suitable and anchorage of each truss to the supporting structure is the means (i.e., buckling reinforcement by T-rein- responsibility of the registered design professional. forcemenl or L-reinforcement, proprietary rein- forcement, etc.). The buckling reinforcement of 2303.4.5 Alterations to trusses.Truss members and corn- individual members of the trusses shall be installed ponents shall not be cut,notched, drilled,spliced or other- as shown on the truss design drawing or on supple- wise altered in any way without written concurrence and 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 455 WOOD approval of a negistened design professional. Alterations 23042 Size of structural members. Computations to deter- resulting in the addition of loads to any member (e.g., mine the required sizes of members shall be based on the net HVAC equipment,piping,additional roofing or insulation, dimensions (actual sizes) and not nominal sizes. etc.)shall not be permitted without verification that the truss 2304.3 Wall framing. The framing of exterior and interior is capable of supporting such additional loading. walls shall be in accordance with the provisions specified in 2303.4.6 TPI 1 specifications. In addition to Sections Section 2308 unless a specific design is furnished. 2303.4.1 through 2303.4.5, the design, manufacture and 2304.3.1 Bottom plates. Studs shall have full bearing on a quality assurance of metal-plate-connected wood trusses 2-inch-thick (actual 1112-inch,38 mm) or larger plate or sill shall be in accordance with TPI 1.Job-sile inspections shall having a width at least equal to the width of the studs. be in compliance with Section 110.4,as applicable. 2304.3.2 Framing over openings. Headers,double joists, 2303.4.7 Truss quality assurance. Trusses not part of a trusses or other approved assemblies that are of adequate manufacturing process in accordance with either Section size to transfer loads to the vertical members shall be pro- 2303.4.6 or a standard listed in Chapter 35,which provides vided over window and door openings in load-bearing walls requirements for quality control done under the supervision and partitions. of a third party quality control agency, shall be manufac- 2304.3.3 Shrinkage. Wood walls and bearing partitions tured in compliance with Sections 1704.2 and 1704.6, as shall not support more than two floors and a roof unless an applicable. analysis satisfactory to the building official shows that 2303.5 Test standard for joist hangers and connectors.For shrinkage of the wood framing will not have adverse effects the required test standards for joist hangers and connectors,see on the structure or any plumbing, electrical or mechanical Section 1716.1. systems,or other equipment installed therein due to exces- sive shrinkage or differential movements caused by shrink- 2303.6 Nails and staples. Nails and staples shall conform to age. The analysis shall also show that the roof drainage requirements of ASTM F 1667. Nails used for framing and system and the foregoing systems or equipment will not be sheathing connections shall have minimum average bending adversely affected or,as an alternate,such systems shall be yield strengths as follows: 80 kips per square inch (ksi) (551 designed to accommodate the differential shrinkage or MPa)for shank diameters larger than 0.177 inch(4.50 mm)but movements. not larger than 0.254 inch (6.45 min), 90 ksi (620 MPa) for 2304.4 Floor and roof framing.The framing of wood foisted shank diameters larger than 0.142 inch (3.61 mm) but not floors and wood framed roofs shall be in accordance with the larger than 0.177 inch (4.50 mm) and 100 ksi (689 MPa) for provisions specified in Section 2308 unless a specific design is shank diameters of at least 0.099 inch(2.51 mm)but not larger furnished. than 0.142 inch (3.61 mm). 2304.5 Framing around flues and chimneys. Combustible 2303.7 Shrinkage. Consideration shall be given in design to framing shall be a minimum of 2 inches (51 mm),but shall not the possible effect of cross-grain dimensional changes consid- be less than the distance specified in Sections 2111 and 2113 ered vertically which may occur in lumber fabricated in a green and the International Mechanical Code,from flues.chimneys condition, and fireplaces, and 6 inches (152 mm) away from flue open- ings. 2304.6 Wall sheathing.Except as provided for in Section 1405 SECTION 2304 for weatherboarding or where stucco construction that com- GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS plies with Section 2510 is installed,enclosed buildings shall be sheathed with one of the materials of the nominal thickness 2304.1 General.The provisions of this section apply to design specified in Table 2304.6 or any other approved material of methods specified in Section 2301.2. equivalent strength or durability. TABLE 2304.6 MINIMUM THICKNESS OF WALL SHEATHING SHEATHING TYPE MINIMUM THICKNESS MAXIMUM WALL STUD SPACING Wood boards ''IH inch 24 inches on center Fiberboard '!1 inch 16 inches on center Wood structural panel _ In accordance with Tables 2308.9.3(2) and 2308.9.3(3) _ — M-S"Exterior Glue"and M-2 In accordance with Tables 2306.5 and 2308.9.3(4) — "Exterior Glue"Particleboard Gypsum sheathing 1/a inch 16 inches on center Gypsum wallboard 1/z inch 24 inches on center Reinforced cement mortar 1 inch —� 24 inches on center For SL 1 inch� 25.4 mm. 456 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' WOOD 2304.6.1 Wood structural panel sheathing.Where wood requirements of CPA/ANSI A135.5. Hardwood plywood structural panel sheathing is used as the exposed finish on shall conform to HPVA HP-1. the exterior of outside walls,it shall have an exterior expo- 2304.7 Floor and roof sheathing. sure durability classification. Where wood structural panel sheathing is used elsewhere,but not as the exposed finish,it 2304.7.1 Structural floor sheathing. Structural floor shall be of type manufactured with exteriorglue(Exposure sheathing shall be designed in accordance with the general 1 or Exlerior).Wood structural panel wall sheathing or sid- provisions of this code and the special provisions in this see- ing used as structural sheathing shall be capable of resisting tion. wind pressures in accordance with Section 1609.Maximum Floor sheathing conforming to the provisions of Table wind speeds for wood structural panel sheathing used to 2304.7(1), 2304.7(2), 2304.7(3) or 2304.7(4) shall be resist wind pressures shall be in accordance with Table deemed to meet the requirements of this section. 2304.6.1 for enclosed buildings with a mean roof height not 2304.7.2 Structural roof sheathing.Structural roof sheath- greater than 30 feet (9144 mm),an importance factor(1)of ing shall be designed in accordance with the general provi- 1.0 and a topographic factor(K,J of 1.0. sions of this code and the special provisions in this section. 2304.6.2 Interior paneling. Softwood wood structural Roof sheathing conforming to the provisions of Table panels used for interior paneling shall conform to the pro- 2304.7(l), 2304.7(2), 2304.7(3) or 2304.7(5) shall be visions of Chapter 8 and shall be installed in accordance deemed to meet the requirements of this section.Wood struc- with Table 2304.9.1. Panels shall comply with DOC PS 1 tural panel roof sheathing shall be bonded by exterior glue. or PS 2. Prefinished hardboard paneling shall meet the TABLE 2304.6.1 MAXIMUM BASIC WIND SPEED(mph)(3-SECOND GUST)PERMITTED FOR WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL WALL SHEATHING USED TO RESIST WIND PRESSURES''° MINIMUM NAIL MINIMUM WOOD MINIMUM MAXIMUM PANEL NAIL SPACING_ MAXIMUM WIND SPEED(MPH) STRUCTURAL NOMINAL PANEL WALL STUD Wind exposure category Penetration PANEL SPAN THICKNESS SPACING Edges Field —--- - - Size (inches) RATING (inches) (inches) (inches o.c.) (inches o.c.) B C D 2410 31� 16 G 12 110 _ 90 85 fid common 1.5 24116 711f, Ifi G 12 110 100 90 6 150 125 110 16 G 12 130 110 105 - - — T 8d common 6 _]50 125 110 (2.5"x 0.131") ].75 24f16 11 t� 12 110 90 85 24 G - __ G 1_10 90 85 For SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm, 1 mite per hour=0.447 m/s, a. Panel strength axis shall be parallel or perpendicular to supports.Three-ply plywood sheathing with studs spaced more than 16 inches on center shall be applied with panel strength axis perpendicular to supports. b. The table is based on wind pressures acting toward and away from building surfaces in accordance with Section 6.4.2.Z ofASC E 7.Lateral requirements shall be in accordance with Section 2305 or 2308. c. Wood structural panels with span ratings ofwall-16 or wall 24 shall be permitted as an alternative to panels with a 24/0 span twing,Plywood siding rated 16o.c.or 24 o.c.shall be permitted as an alternative to panels with a 24116 span rating.Wall-16 and plywood siding 16 o.c.shall be used a ith studs spa(ed a maximum of 16 inches o.c. TABLE 2304.7(1) ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR LUMBER FLOOR AND ROOF SHEATHING'•° MINIMUM NET THICKNESS(inches)OF LUMBER PLACED Perpendicular to supports - Diagonally to su_pports SPAN(inches) Surfaced dry` _ _ Surfaced unseasoned Surfaced dry` Surfaced unseasoned Floors 24 314 25132 314 25132 16 ---- - 14 ��--- -- SIR - - - -- It�4- Roors 24 ---- —- SIR ._. t.tl1G For SI. I inch=25.4 mm. a. Installation details shall conform to Sections 2304.7.1 and 2304.72 for floor and roof sheathing,respectively. b. Floor or roof sheathing conforming with this table shall be deemed to meet the design criteria of Section 2304.7. c Maximum 19 percent moisture content. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 457 WOOD TABLE 2304.7(2) SHEATHING LUMBER,MINIMUM GRADE REQUIREMENTS:BOARD GRADE _ SOLID FLOOR OR ROOF SHEATHING SPACED ROOF SHEATHING GRADING RULES Utility Standard NLGA.WCUB,WWPA 4 common or utility 3 common or standard NLGA,WCUB,WWPA,NSLB or NELMA No.3 No.2 SPIB Merchantable Construction common RIS TABLE 2304.7(3) ALLOWABLE SPANS AND LOADS FOR WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL SHEATHING AND SINGLE-FLOOR GRADES CONTINUOUS OVER TWO OR MORE SPANS WITH STRENGTH AXIS PERPENDICULAR TO SUPPORTS'° SHEATHING GRADES ROOF` FLOOR Maximum span(inches) Load°(psi) Panel span rating Panel thickness Maximum span rooflfloor span (inches) With edge supports Without edge support Total load Live load (inches) 16/0 —318 — 16 - - 16 1 40 30 - - - 0T I 2010 318 — 20 _ 20 40 - 30 0 2410 3/A 7118•1/Z 24 209 40 30 0 24116 7/m,1/2 24 24 50 40 16 32116 15/32.'/2,S18 32 28 40 30 16' 40120 19/32•SIR.314,71a 40 32 40 30 WhA 48/24 23131,3/4.7/a 48 36 45 35 24 54132 7!a 1 54 40 45 35 32 60132 7 1B, 1'IH 60 48 45 35 32 SINGLE FLOOR GRADES ROOF` FLOORd Maximum span(inches) Load"(psf) Panel thickness - - - - ! Maximum span Panel span rating (inches) With edge supports Without edge support Total load Live load (inches) 16 o.c. 112.19/32.5IN 24 24 50 40 16" 20 O.C. 19/32•'/8-3/4 32 32 40 30 20°1 24 o.c. "/32-3/4 48 36 35 25 24 32 o.c. 7/8, 1 48 40 50 40 32 48 o.c. 11/32, 11/8 60 48 50 40 48 For SI: 1 inch"25.4 mm, I pound per square foot=0.0479 kNlm2. a. Applies to panels 24 inches or wider. b. Floor and roof sheathing conforming with this table shall be deemed to meet the design criteria ofSection 2304.7. c. Uniform load deflection limitations'/, ,of span under live load plus dead load.'L4n under live load only d. Panel edges shall have approved tongue-and grom r joints or shall be supported with blocking unless'/,-inch minimum thickness underlaymeni or 1'/Z inches of approved cellular or lightweight concrete is placed over the subfloor.or finish Floor is`/s-inth wood strip.Allmvable uniform load based on deflection of'11m of span is 100 pounds per square foot except the span rating of 48 inches on center Is based on a total load of 65 pounds per square foot. e. Allowable load at maximum span. E Tongue and-groove edges,panel edge clips(one midway between each support,except two equally spaced between supports 48 inches an center),lumber block- ing or other.Only lumber blacking shall satisfy blocked diaphragm requirements. g. For'/.-inch panel.maximum span shall be 24 inches. h. Span is permitted to be 24 inches on center where;h-inch wood strip flooring is installed at right angles to joist. I. Span is permitted to be 24 Inches on center for floors where 1'!.inches of cellular or lightweight concrete is applied over the panels 458 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® WOOD TABLE 2304.7(4) ALLOWABLE SPAN FOR WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL COMBINATION SUBFLOOR-UNDERLAYMENT(SINGLE FLOOR)',e (Panels Continuous Over Two or More Spans and Strength Axis Perpendicular to Supports) MAXIMUM SPACING OF JOISTS Cinches) IDENTIFICATION 16 20 -i 24 32 - _ 48 Species group` Thickness(inches) 1/2 '/R 314 — 2.3 s/x - 4 — Single floor span rating'_ 16 0.c. 20 o.c. 24 o.c. 32 o.c. 48 o.c. For SL 1 Inch=25.4 mm.1 pound per square foot=0.047M/m-. a. Spans limited to value shown because of possible effects of concentrated loads.Allowable untrotnt loads based on deflection of;,,of span is 100 pounds per square foot except allowable total uniform load for 1'IS inch�i nod strucrural pancl�ovcrjoists spaced 48 inches on center is 65 pounds per square foot.Panel edges shall have approved longue and groow-,joinis or shall be supported with blocking,unless'l,-inr h minimum thickness underlayment or 14z inches Of aphroved cel- lular or lightweight concrete is placed over the subfloor,or finish floor is'!,-inch wood strip. b. Floor panels conforming with this table shall be deemed to meet the design criteria ofSection 2304.7. c. Applicable to all grades of sanded exterior-type plywood.See DOC PS 1 for plywood species groups. d. Applicable to Underlayment grade,C-C(Plugged)plywood,and Single Floor grade wnod structural panels. TABLE 2304.7(5) ALLOWABLE LOAD(PSF)FOR WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL ROOF SHEATHING CONTINUOUS OVER TWO OR MORE SPANS AND STRENGTH AXIS PARALLEL TO SUPPORTS (Plywood Structural Panels Are Five-Ply,Five-Layer Unless Otherwise Noted)"t' LOAD AT MAXIMUM SPAN(psi) PANEL GRADE THICKNESS(inch) MAXIMUM SPAN(inches) Live Total 24 - - zo - I 30 ts13z 24 35' 45' Structural I sheathing Ile 24 40r 50` 19132,s/a 24 70 80 23/32.3/4 24 90 100 7/16 16 40 50 ts132 24 20 25 Sheathing,other grades 112 24 25 30 covered in DOC PS 1 or i DOC PS 2 19132 24 40' 50, 1/8 24 45r 55c 23132,3/4 24 60` 65r For Sh 1 inch=.25.4 mm,1 pound per square foot=0.0479 kNimz. a. Roof sheathing conforming with this table shall be deemed to meet the design criteria ofSectlon 2304.7. b. Uniform load deflection limitations'l,.,of span under live load plus dead load,'!,,,,under live load only.Edges shall be blocked with lumber or other approved type of edge supports. c. For composite and four-ply plywood structural panel.load shall be reduced by 15 pounds per square foot. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 459 WOOD 2304.8 Lumber decking. 2. A structural fascia shall be fastened to each deck- 2304.8.1 General. Lumber decking shall be designed and ing piece to maintain a continuous,straight line. installed in accordance with the general provisions of this 3. There shall be no end joints in the decking between code and Section 2304.8. Each piece shall be square end the cantilevered end of the decking and the center- trimmed. When random lengths are furnished, each piece line of the first adjacent interior span, shall be square end trimmed across the face so that at least 2304.8.3 Mechanically laminated decking. 90 percent of the pieces are within 0.5 degrees(0.00873 rad) of square. The ends of the pieces shall be permitted to be 2304.8.3.1 General. Mechanically laminated decking beveled up to 2 degrees (0.0349 rad) from the vertical with consists of square-edged dimension lumber laminations the exposed face of the piece slightly longer than the oppo- set on edge and nailed to the adjacent pieces and to the site face of the piece,Tongue-and-groove decking shall be supports. installed with the tongues up on sloped or pitched roofs with 2304.8.3.2 Nailing.The length of nails connecting lami- pattern faces down. nations shall not be less than two and one-half times the 2304.8.2 Layup patterns.Lumber decking is permitted to net thickness of each lamination. Where decking sup- be laid up following one of five standard patterns as defined ports are 48 inches (1219 mm) on center (o.c.) or less, in Sections 2304.8.2,1 through 2304.8.2.5. Other patterns side nails shall be installed not more than 30 inches(762 are permitted to be used provided they are substantiated mm)o.c.alternating between lop and bottom edges,and through engineering analysis, staggered one-third of the spacing in adjacent lamina- 2304.8.2.1 Simple span pattern.All pieces shall be sup- tions. Where supports are spaced more than 48 inches ported on their ends (i.e., by two supports). (1219 mm) o.c., side nails shall be installed not more than 18 inches(457 mm)o.c.alternating between top and 2304.8.2.2 Two-span continuous pattern. All pieces bottom edges and staggered one-third of the spacing in shall be supported by three supports, and all end joints adjacent laminations.Two side nails shall be installed at shall occur in line on alternating supports. Supporting each end of butt jointed pieces. members shall be designed to accommodate the load redistribution caused by this pattern. Laminations shall be toenailed to supports with 20d or 2304.8.2.3 Combination simple and two span contin- larger common nails. Where the supports are 48 inches (1219 mm) o.c. or less, alternate laminations shall be uous pattern.Courses in end spans shall be alternating toenailed to alternate supports; where supports are simple-span pattern and two-span continuous pattern. spaced more than 48 inches (I219 mm) o,c., alternate End joints shall be staggered in adjacent courses and laminations shall be toenailed to every support. shall bear on supports. 2304.8.2.4 Cantilevered pieces intermixed pattern. 2304.8.3.3 Controlled random pattern.There shall be The decking shall extend across a minimum of three a minimum distance of 24 inches(6 10 mm)between end joints in adjacent courses.The pieces in the first and sec- course shall be simple.Pieces in each starter course and every third and courses shall bear on at least two supports with end e span pattern. Pieces in other joints in these two courses occurring on alternate sup- courses shall be cantilevered over the supports with end ports.A maximum of seven intervening courses shall be joints at alternating quarter or third points of the spans. permitted before this pastern is repeated. Each piece shall bear on at least one support. 2304.8.2.5 Controlled random pattern. The decking 2304.8.4 Two-inch sawn tongue-and-groove decking. shall extend across a minimum of three spans.End joints 2304.8.4.1 General.Two-inch(51 mm)decking shall have of pieces within 6 inches (152 mm) of the end joints of a maximum moisture content of 15 percent.Decking shall the adjacent pieces in either direction shall be separated be machined with a single tongue-and-groove pattern.Each by at least two intervening courses.In the end bays,each decking piece shall be nailed to each support. piece shall bear on at least one support. Where an end joint occurs in an end bay, the next piece in the same 2304.8.4.2 Nailing. Each piece of decking shall be course shall continue over the first inner support for at toenailed at each support with one 16d common nail least 24 inches (6 10 mm). The details of the controlled through the tongue and face-nailed with one 16d com- random pattern shall be as specified for each decking mon nail. material in Section 2304.8.3.3,2304.8.4.3 or 2304.8.5.3. 2304.8.4.3 Controlled random pattern.There shall be Decking that cantilevers beyond a support for a hori- a minimum distance of 24 inches(610 mm)between end zontal distance greater than 18 inches (457 mm), 24 joints in adjacent courses.The pieces in the first and sec- inches (6 10 mm) or 36 inches (914 mm) for 2-inch (51 and courses shall bear on at least two supports with end mm), 3-inch (76 mm) and 4-inch (102 mm) nominal joints in these two courses occurring on alternate sup- thickness decking, respectively, shall comply with the ports.A maximum of seven intervening courses shall be following: permitted before this pattern is repeated. 1. The maximum cantilevered length shall be 30 per- 2304.8.5 Three- and 4-inch sawn tongue-and-groove cent of the length of the first adjacent interior span, decking. 460 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® WOOD 2304.8.5.1 General. Three-inch (76 mm) and 4-inch tact with preservative-treated wood shall have coating (102 min)decking shall have a maximum moisture con- types and weights in accordance with the treated wood or tent of 19 percent. Decking shall be machined with a connector manufacturer's recommendations. In the double tongue-and-groove pattern.Decking pieces shall absence of manufacturer's recommendations, a mini- be interconnected and nailed to the supports. mum of ASTM A 653, type G185 zinc-coated galva- 2304.8.5.2 Nailing. Each piece shall be toenailed at each nized steel, or equivalent,shall be used. support with one 40d common nail and face-nailed with Exception:Plain carbon steel fasteners in SBXIDOT one 60d common nail.Courses shall be spiked to each other and zinc borate preservative-treated wood in an inte- with 8-inch (203 mm) spikes at maximum intervals of 30 rior,dry environment shall be permitted. inches(762 mm)through predrilled edge holes penetrating to a depth of approximately 4 inches(102 min).One spike 2304.9.5.2 Fastenings for wood foundations. Fasten- shall be installed at a distance not exceeding 10 inches(254 ings for wood foundations shall be as required in AF&PA mm) from the end of each piece. PWF. 2304.8.5.3 Controlled random pattern.There shall be 2304.9.5.3 Fasteners for fire-retardant-treated wood a minimum distance of 48 inches (1219 mm) between used in exterior applications or wet or damp loca- end joints in adjacent courses. Pieces not bearing on a tions. Fasteners for fire-retardant-treated wood used in support are permitted to be located in interior bays pro- exterior applications or wet or damp locations shall be of vided the adjacent pieces in the same course continue hot-dipped zinc-coated galvanized steel,stainless steel, over the support for at least 24 inches (610 mm). This silicon bronze or copper.Fasteners other than nails,tim- condition shall not occur more than once in every six ber rivets,wood screws and lag screws shall be permitted courses in each interior bay. to be of mechanically deposited zinc-coated steel with 2304.9 Connections and fasteners. coaling weights in accordance with ASTM B 695,Class 55 minimum. 2304.9.1 Fastener requirements. Connections for wood members shall be designed in accordance with the appropri- 2304.9.5.4 Fasteners for fire-retardant-treated wood ate methodology in Section 2301.2.The number and size of used in interior applications. Fasteners for fire-retar- fasteners connecting wood members shall not be less than dant-treated wood used in interior Iocations shall be in that set forth in Table 2304.9.1, accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 2304.9.2 Sheathing fasteners. Sheathing nails or other In the absence of manufacturer's recommendations,Sec- approved sheathing connectors shall be driven so that their tion 2304.9.5.3 shall apply. head or crown is flush with the surface of the sheathing. 2304.9.6 Load path.Where wall framing members are not 2304.9.3 Joist hangers and framing anchors. Connec- continuous from foundation sill to roof, the members shall tions depending on joist hangers or framing anchors, ties be secured to ensure a continuous load path. Where and other mechanical fastenings not otherwise covered are required,sheet metal clamps,ties or clips shall be formed of permitted where approved.The vertical load-bearing capac- galvanized steel or other appr ovedcorrosion-resistant mate- ity, torsional moment capacity and deflection characteris- rial not less than 0.040 inch (1,01 mm) nominal thickness. tics of joist hangers shall be determined in accordance with 2304.9.7 Framing requirements.Wood columns and posts Section 1716.1. shall be framed to provide full end hearing. Alternatively, 2304.9.4 Other fasteners. Clips, staples, glues and other column-and-post end connections shall be designed to resist approved methods of fastening are permitted where the full compressive loads,neglecting end-bearing capacity. approved. Column-and-post end connections shall be fastened to resist 2304.9.5 Fasteners and connectors in contact with pre- lateral and net induced uplift forces. servative-treated and fire-retardant-treated wood. Fas- 2304.10 Heavy timber construction. teners and connectors in contact with preservative-treated and firP-rPtandant-tivated wood shall be in accordance with 2304.10.1 Columns.Columns shall be continuous or super- Sections 2304.9.5.1 through 2304.9.5.4. The coating imposed throughout all stories by means of reinforced con- weights for zinc-coated fasteners shall be in accordance crete or metal caps with brackets,or shall be connected by with ASTM A 153. properly designed steel or iron caps,with pintles and base 2304.9.5.1 Fasteners and connectors for preserva- plates,or by timber splice plates affixed to the columns by metal connectors housed within the contact faces, or by tive-treated wood. Fasteners in contact with preserva- other approved methods. Live-treated wood shall be of hot-dipped zinc-coated galvanized steel,stainless steel,silicon bronze or copper. 2304.10.1.1 Column connections. Girders and beams Fasteners other than nails, timber rivets, wood screws shall be closely filled around columns and adjoining and lag screws shall be permitted to be of mechanically ends shall be cross tied to each other,or intertied by caps deposited zinc-coated steel with coating weights in or ties, to transfer horizontal loads across joints. Wood accordance with ASTM B 695,Class 55 minimum.Con- bolsters shall not be placed on tops of columns unless the nectors that are used in exterior applications and in con- columns support roof loads only, 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 461 WOOD TABLE 2304.9.1 FASTENING SCHEDULE CONNECTION FASTENING'-'" LOCATION 1, joist to sill or girder 3-8d common(2'12'x 0,131"} 3-3"x 0.131"nails toenail 3-3" 14;gage staples - - - - -- 2. Bridging to joist 2-8d common(21/2'x 0.131") 2-3"x 0.131"nails toenail each end 2-3" 14 gage staples 3. 1"x 6"subfloor or less to each joist 2-8d common (212'x 0.131") face nail 4. Wider than 1"x 6"sublloor to each joist 3-8d common(21/2"x 0.131") face nail 5. 2"subfloor to joist or girder 2- 16d common(31/2"x 0.162") blind and face nail 6. Sole plate to joist or blocking 16d (3112"x 0.135")at 16"ox. 3"x 0.131"nails at 8"o.c. typical face nail 3"14 gage staples at 12"ox. Sole plate to joist or blocking at braced '3- 16d (3112"x 0.135")at 16"o.c. Wall panel 4-3"x 0.131"nails at 16"o.c. braced wall panels - 4-3" 14 gage staples at I6"o.c.- 7. Top plate to stud 2- 16d common(3'/2"x 0.162") 3 3"x 0.131"nails end nail :3-3" 14 gage staples - 8. Stud to sole plate 4-8d common(21/2"x 0.131") 4-3"x 0.131"nails toenail 3-3"14 gage staples 2- 16d common(3112'x 0.162") 3-3"x 0.131"nails end nail _- 3-3"_14 gage staples 9. Double studs I6d (3112"x 0.135")at 24"o.c. ' - 3"x 0.131"nail at 8"o.c. face nail ^T 3" 14 gage staple at 8"o.c_ 10. Double top plates l6d (3'i,"x 0.135")at 16"ax, 3"x 0.131"nail at 12"o.c. typical face nail 3" 14 gage staple at 12"o.c. Double top plates 8- 16d common(3'/Z'x 0.162") 12-3"x 0.131"nails lap splice 12-3" l4 gage staples_ 11. Blocking between joists or rafters to top plate 3-8d common(2112"x 0.131"} 3-3"x 0.131"nails toenail 3-3" 14 gage staples- 12. Rim joist to top plate 8d (2'/,"x 0.131")at 6"ox. � 3"x 0.131"nail at 6"o.c. toenail _ — -- - 3"14 gage staple at 6"o.c. - ---- 13. Top plates,laps and intersections 2- 16d common(3112"x 0.162") 3-3"x 0.131"nails face nail 3-3"14 gage staples 14. Continuous header,two pieces 16d common(31/2"x 0.162") 16"o.c.along edge 15. Ceiling joists to plate 3-8d common(2112'x 0.131") 5-3"x 0,131"nails toenail 5-3" 14 gage staples -- - - - - 16. Continuous header to stud 4 -8d common(21/2"x 0.131") toenail (carltinuPd) 462 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE WOOD TABLE 2304.9.1—continued -- FASTENING SCHEDULE CONNECTION FASTENING''" LOCATION 17. Ceiling joists,laps over partitions 3 16d common(31/2"x 0.162")minimum. (see Section 2308.10.4.1,Table 2308.10.4.1) Table 2308.10.4.1 4 -3" 0.131"nails face nail x 4-3" 14 gage staples 18. Ceiling joists to parallel rafters 3- 16d common (31/1"x 0.162")minimum. (see Section 2308,10.4.1.Table 2308.1 0.4.1) Table 2308.10.4.1 4-3"x 0.13I"nails fare nail 4-3" 14 gage staples 19. Rafter to plate 3-8d common(21/2"x 0.13 11 (see Section 2308.10.1.Table 2308.10.1) 3-3"x 0.131"nails toenail - 3-3" 14 gage staples 20- 1"diagonal brace to each stud and plate 2-8d common(2111"x 0.13 11 2-3"x 0.131"nails face nail 3.3" 14 gage staples 21. 1"x 8"sheathing to each bearing 3-8d common(2111"x 0.131") face nail 22. Wider than I"x 8"sheathing to each bearing 3-8d common(21/2"x 0.131") face nail 23. Built-up corner studs 16d common(3112"x 0.162") 24"o.c. 3"x 0.131"nails 113"o.c. 3" 14 gage staples 16"o.c. _ 24. Built-up girder and beams 20d common(4"x 0.192")32"ax. 3"x 0.131"nail at 24"o.c. Face nail at top and bottom staggered :face sides 3" 14 gage staple at 24"o.c. on 2-20d common(4"x 0.192") 3-3"x 0.131"nails face nail at ends and at each splice ­3-3" 1.4 gage staples – 25. 2"planks 16d common(31/2"x 0.162") at each bearing 26. Collar tie to rafter 3- 10d common(3"x 0.148") 4-3"x 0.131"nails face nail 4-3" 14 gage staples 27. Jack rafter to hip 3- IOd common(3"x 0.148") 4-3"x 0.131"nails toenail 4-3" 14 gage staples 2- I6d common (31/2"x 0.162") 3-3"x 0.131"nails face nail 3-3" 14 gage staples 28. Roof rafter to 2-by ridge beam !2- 16d common (3112"x 0,162") 3-3"x 0,131"nails toenail 3-3" 14 gage staples 2-16d common(3111"x 0.162") 3-3"x 0.131"nails face nail 3-3"14 gee staples _ 29. Joist to band joist 3- 16d common(3112"x 0.162") – 4-3"x 0.131"nails face nail 4-3" 14 gage staples (continue rl) 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 463 WOOD TABLE 2304.9.1—continued FASTENING SCHEDULE CONNECTION FASTENING'"` LOCATION 30. Ledger strip 3- l6d common(3112"x 0.162") - 4-3"x 0.131"nails face nail at each joist 4-3" 14 gage staples 31. Wood structural panels and particleboard" 11t'and less 6dr ' Subfloor,roof and wall Sheathing(to framing) 2%"x 0.113"nail" 1314" 16 gage" 19132"10 314" 8d'or 6d, 2318"x 0.113"nail[' 2" 16 gager' 718"to 1" 8d' 11/1"to 1119" l Odi1 or 8d Singly floor(combination sub(loor-underlayrnent 311"and less 6d" to framing) 71H"to 1" 8do Ilia"to 1114" 1Od1 or 8d" 32. Panel siding(to(raining) 111"or less 6dt - 1/4" -- - - ----gat- - 33. Fiberboard sheathing" t12" No. 11 gage roofing nail'' 6d common nail (2"x 0.113") No. 16 gage staple' ZS/32" No. 1 I gage roofing nail'' 8d common nail (2111"x 0.131") No. 16 gage staple' 34. Interior paneling 1f9" 4di 3/H.. 6dt' For SL I inch=25.4 mm. a. Common or box nails are permitted to be used except where otherwise stated. b. Nails spaced at 6 inches on center at edge.12 inches at unermediate supports except 6 inches at supports where spans are 48 inches or mare For nailing of wood structural panel and particleboard diaphragms and shear Malls,refer to Section 2305.Nails for wall sheathing are permitted to be common.box or casing. c. Common or deformed shank(6d-Z'x 0.113":8d 2'1r"x 0.131":10d-3"x 0.148"). d. Common(6d-2"r 0.113":8d-2'/z"x 0.131": 10d-3"x 0.148"). e. Deformed shank(6d-2"x 0.113";8d 2'/z"x 0.131 l0d-3"x 0.148"). F. Corrosion-resistant siding(6d- 1'Iq'x 0.106":8d-2'1A"x 0.128")or casing(6d-2"x 0.099":8d 2'11"x 0.113")nail. g. Fasteners spaced 3 inches on renter at exterior edges and 6 inches on center at internediate supports,when used as structural sheathing.Spacing shall be 6 inches on center on the edges and 12 inches on center at intermediate supports for nonstructural applications. h. Corrosion-resistant roofing nails with'/,h-inr h diameter bead and Ili,-Inch length for'/,-Inch sheathing and V/4-Inch length for 251,,inch sheathing. I 1 Corrosion-resistant staples with nominal V,-nu It crown or 1-inch crown and 1'/,-iurh length For'/.-inch sheathing and V/,-inch length for"i,2-inch sheathing Panel supports at 16 inches(20 inches if strength axis In the long direction of the panel,unless otherwise marked). j. Casing W/,"x 0.080")or finish(l'12"x 0.072")nails spaced 6 Inches on panel edges. 12 inches at intermediate supports. k. Panel supports at 24 inches.Casing or finish nails spaced 6 inches on panel edges,12 inches at intermediate supports. 1. For roof sheathing applications.8d nails(2'11"x 0.113")are the minimum required For Hood structural panels. in.Slaples shall have a minimum crown width of V1,,inch. u. For roof sheathing applications,fasteners spaced 4 inches on center at edges.8 inches at intermediate supports. o. Fasteners spaced 4 inches on center at edges,8 inches at intermediate supports for subfloor and wall sheathing and 3 inches on center at edges.6 inches at interme- diate supports for roof sheathing. p. Fasteners spaced 4 inches on center at edges,8 Inches at Intermediate supports. 464 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' WOOD 2304.10.2 Floor framing. Apl)ivi ed wall plate boxes or 2304.11.2.4 Sleepers and sills. Sleepers and sills on a hangers shall be provided where wood beams, girders or concrete or masonry slab that is in direct contact with earth trusses rest on masonry or concrete walls.Where intermedi- shall be of naturally durable or preservative-treated wood, ate beams are used to support a floor,they shall rest on top of 2304.11.2.5 Girder ends. The ends of wood girders girders,or shall be supported by ledgers or blocks securely entering exterior masonry or concrete walls shall be pro- fastened to the sides of the girders, or they shall be sup- vided with a 'IZ-inch (I2.7 mm) air space on top, sides ported by an approved metal hanger into which the ends of and end,unless naturally durable or ptesemative-treated the beams shall be closely fitted, wood is used. 2304.10.3 Roof framing. Every roof girder and at least 2304.11.2.6 Wood siding.Clearance between wood sid- every alternate roof beam shatI be anchored to its supporting ing and earth on the exterior of a building shall not be less member; and every monitor and every sawtooth construe- than 6 inches (152 mm) or less than 2 inches (51 mm) tion shall be anchored to the main roof construction. Such vertical from concrete steps,porch slabs,patio slabs and anchors shall consist of steel or iron bolts of sufficient similar horizontal surfaces exposed to the weather except strength to resist vertical uplift of the roof, where siding,sheathing and wall framing are of naturally 2304.10.4 Floor decks.Floor decks and covering shall not durable or preservative-treated wood. extend closer than'/,inch(12.7 ruin)to walls.Such V,-inch 2304,11.2.7 Posts or columns. Posts or columns sup- (12.7 mm)spaces shall be covered by a molding fastened to porting permanent structures and supported by a con- the wall either above or below the floor and arranged such crete or masonry slab or footing that is in direct contact that the molding will not obstruct the expansion or contrac- with the earth shall be of naturally durable or preserva- tion movements of the floor. Corbeling of masonry walls tive-treated wood. under floors is permitted in place of such molding. Exceptions: 2304.10.5 Roof decks. Where supported by a wall, roof 1. Posts or columns that are either exposed to the decks shall be anchored to walls to resist uplift forces deter- weather or located in basements or cellars,sup- mined in accordance with Chapter 16. Such anchors shall ported by concrete piers or metal pedestals pro- consist of steel or iron bolts of sufficient strength to resist jetted at least I inch(25 mm) above the slab or vertical uplift of the roof. deck and 6 inches (152 mm) above exposed 2304.11 Protection against decay and termites. earth,and are separated therefrom by an imper- 2304.11.1 General.Where required by this seckion,protec- vious moisture barrier. tion from decay and termites shall be provided by the use of 2. Posts or columns in enclosed crawl spaces or naturally durable or pneseriatii e-treated wood unexcavated areas located within the periphery of the building,supported by a concrete pier or metal 2304.11.2 Wood used above ground. Wood used above pedestal at a height greater than 8 inches (203 ground in the locations specified in Sections 2304.11.2.1 mm) from exposed ground, and are separated through 2304.11.2.7, 2304.11.3 and 2304.11.5 shall be nat- therefrom by an impervious moisture barrier. urally durable wood or preservative-treated wood using 2304.11.3 Laminated timbers.The portions of glued-lam- water-borne preservatives, in accordance with AWPA U I ina led timbers that form the structural supports of a building (Commodity Specifications A or F) for above-ground use. or other structure and are exposed to weather and not fully 2304.11.2.1 Joists, girders and sublloor. Where wood protected from moisture by a roof,cave or similar covering joists or the bottom of a wood structural floor without joists shall be pressure treated with preservative or be manufac- are closer than 18 inches (457 mm), or wood girders are tured from naturally durable orpreservative-treated wood. closer than 12 inches (305 mm) to the exposed ground in 2304.11.4 Wood in contact with the ground or fresh water. crawl spaces or unexcavaled areas located within the perim- Wood used in contact with the ground (exposed earth) in the eter of the building foundation, the floor construction locations specified in Sections 2304.11.4.1 and 2304.11.4.2 (including posts, girders,joists and subfloor) shall be of shall be naturally durable(species for both decay and termite naturally durable or preservative-treated wood. resistance) or preservative treated using water-borne preser- 2304.11.2.2 Wood supported by exterior foundation vatives in accordance with AWPA U1 (Commodity Specifi- walls.Wood framing members, including wood sheath- cations A or F) for soil or fresh water use. ing, that rest on exterior foundation walls and are less Exception: Untreated wood is permitted where such than 8 inches (203 mm) from exposed earth shall be of wood is continuously and entirely below the ground- naturally durable or preservative-treated wood. water level or submerged in fresh water. 2304.11.2.3 Exterior walls below grade. Wood fram- 2304.11,4.1 Posts or columns.Posts and columns sup- ing members and furring strips attached directly to the porting permanent structures that are embedded in con- interior of exterior masonry or concrete walls below crete that is in direct contact with the earth,embedded in grade shall be of approvednaturaIly durable or preserva- concrete that is exposed to the weather or in direct con- live-treated wood. tact with the earth shall be of preservative-treated wood. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 465 WOOD 2304.11.4.2 Wood structural members. Wood strut- detailed on the plans, and shall have their edges ade- I tural members that support moisture-permeable floors or quately reinforced to transfer all shearing stresses. roofs that are exposed to the weather,such as concrete or masonry slabs,shall be of naturally durable or preserva_ 2305.2 Diaphragm deflection. The deflection (A) of a tine-tmated wood unless separated from such floors or blocked wood structural panel diaphragm uniformly fas- roofs by an impervious moisture barrier. tened throughout with staples is permitted to be calculated by using the following equation. If not uniformly fastened, 2304.11.5 Supporting member for permanent appurte- the constant 0.188 (For Sl: 111627) in the third term shall be nances. Naturally durable or preservative-treated wood modified accordingly. shall be utilized for those portions of wood members that form the structural supports of buildings,balconies,porches 51V tL +0188Le E(A.X) or similar permanent building appurtenances where such -8EAb+4Gt „ + 2b (Equation 23-1) members are exposed to the weather without adequate pro- tection from a roof,eave,overhang or other covering to pre- vent moisture or water accumulation on the surface or at 0.052vL' vL Le E(D.X� joints between members. For SI: A= EAb +4Gt+1627+ 2b Exception:When a building is located in a geographical region where experience has demonstrated that climatic where: conditions preclude the need to use durable materials where the structure is exposed to the weather. A = Area of chord cross section,in square inches(mm'). 2304.11.6 Termite protection. In geographical areas B = Diaphragm width, in feet (mm). where hazard of termite damage is known to be very heavy, E = Elastic modulus of chords, in pounds per square wood floor framing shall be of naturally durable species inch (N/mmr). (termite resistant)orpreservativetreatedin accordance with e„ = Staple deformation, in inches (mm) [see Table AWPA U1 for the species,product preservative and end use 2305.20)]. or provided with approved methods of termite protection. Gt = Panel rigidity through the thickness, in pounds per 2304.11.7 Wood used in retaining walls and cribs.Wood inch (N/mm) of panel width or depth [see Table installed in retaining or crib walls shall be preservative 2305.2(2)]. treated in accordance with AWPA Ul (Commodity Specifi- L = Diaphragm length,in feet(mm). cations A or F) for soil and fresh water use. 11 = Maximum shear due to design loads in the direction 2304.11.8 Attic ventilation.For attic ventilation,see Sec- under consideration, in pounds per linear foot (plo tion 1203.2. (Nlmm). 2304.11.9 Under-floor ventilation (crawl space), For A = The calculated deflection,in inches(mm). under-floor ventilation (crawl space),see Section 1203.3. E(AA= Sum of individual chord-splice slip values on both 2304.12 Long-term loading.Wood members supporting con- sides of the diaphragm, each multiplied by its dis- crete, masonry or similar materials shall be checked for the lance to the nearest support. effects of long-torn) loading using the provisions of the AF&PA NDS. The total deflection, including he effects of TABLE 2305.2(1} g e„VALUES{inches)FOR USE IN CALCULATING DIAPHRAGM long-tern}loading,shall be limited in accordance with Section AND SHEAR WALL DEFLECTION DUE TO FASTENER SLIP 1604.3.1 for these supported materials. (Structural I)'•L Exception:Horizontal wood members supporting masonry b - FASTENER DESIGNATIONS or concrete nonstructural floor or roof surfacing ot LOAD PER FASTENER g more (pounds) 14-Ga staple x 2 inches long than 4 inches (102 mm) thick need not be checked for -- — - - -- long-term loading. 60 0.011 80 0.018 SECTION 2305 100 0.028 GENERAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS FOR 120 0.04 LATERAL-FORCE-RESISTING SYSTEMS 140 0.053 2305.1 General. Structures using wood shear walls and - - - -- - diaphragms to resist wind,seismic and other lateral loads 160 0.068 shall be designed and constructed in accordance with For SI: I Inch=25.4 mm,I foot=304.8 mm.1 pound=4.448 N. AF&PA SDPWS and the provisions of Sections 2305,2306 a. Increase a values 20 percent for ply%vood grades other than Structural t. and 2307. b Load per fastener=maximum shear per foot divided by the number of fas- t' ieners per foot at interior panel edges. I 2305.1.1 Openings in shear panels. Openings in shear c. Decrease e„values 50 percent for seasoned lumber(moisture content<19 I panels that materially affect their strength shall be percent) 466 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* WOOD 2305.3 Shear wall deflection.The deflection(A)of a blocked d, = Vertical elongation of overturning anchorage wood structural panel shear wall uniformly fastened through- (including fastener slip, device elongation, anchor out with staples is permitted to be calculated by the use of the rod elongation,etc.) at the design shear load (I). following equation: E = Elastic modulus of boundary element(vertical mem- _81 h 3 Ili h ber at shear wall boundary),in pounds per square inch EAb+ Gi+0.75 he,, +d, 6 (Equation 23-2) (N/mm). e„ = Staple deformation, in inches (mm) [see Table vh3 vh Ile 11 2305.2(1)]. For Sl: A= +-+ n + d - Gt =Panel rigidity through the thickness, in pounds per 3 EAb Gt 407.6 "` b inch (N/mm) of panel width or depth see Table where: 2305.2(2)]. A = Area of boundary element cross section in square b = Wall height,in feet (mm), inches (mtn2) (vertical member at shear wall bound- v = Maximum shear due to design loads at the top of the ary). wall,in pounds per linear foot (N/mm), IN = Wall width, in feet (mm), A = The calculated deflection,in inches (mm). TABLE 2305.2(2) VALUES OF G1FOR USE IN CALCULATING DEFLECTION OF WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL SHEAR WALLS AND DIAPHRAGMS VALUES OF Gt 0blin.panel depth or width) OTHER STRUCTURALI PANEL I SPAN 3-ply 4-pty 5-ply 3-ply 4-ply 5-ply TYPE RATING Plywood - Plywood Plywood'- - OSB - - Plywood Plywood Plywood` OSB 2410 25,000 32,500 37.500 77.500 32.500 42.500 41,500 77,500 24116 27.000 35.000 40,500 83.500 35,000 45,500 44.500 83.500 Sheathing 32/16 27,000 35.000 40.500 83.500 35.000 45,500 44,500 83,500 40120 28,500 37,000 43.000 88,500 37.000 48.000 47.500 88,500 48124 31.000 40.500 46,500 96.000 40.500 52.500 51.000_ 96.000 16 O.C. 27,000 35.000 40.500 83.500 35.000 45.500 44,500 83,500 20 o.c. 28.000 36.500 42.000 87.000 36,500 47,500 46.000 87.000 Single Moor 24 o.c. 30.000 39.000 45.000 93.000 39.000 50,500 49.500 93,000 - 32 ox. 36,000 47.000 54,000 110.000 47,000 61.000 59.500 1 110,000 48 u.c. 50.500 65.500 76,000 155,000 65,500 85,000 83.500 1 155.000 OTHER STRUCTURALI Thickness A-A, All Other A-A, All Other (in.) A-C Marine Grades A-C Marine Grades 114 24,000 31.000 _ 24.000 _ _ _3_1.000 _ _ 31,000 _31,000 11132 25,500 33.000 25.500 33.000 33.000 33.000 3/8 26.000 34.000 26.000 34.000 34,000 34,000 15132 a 38,000_ 49.500 38.000 49.500 T 49,500 _49.500 llz 38,500 50.000 38.500 50.000 50.000 50.000 Sanded _ -19132 49.000 63.500 49.000 63.500 63.500 63.500 Plywood 518 49,500 64.500 49.500 64,500 __ 64.500 64,500 _ -- 23132- 50,500 65.500 50.500 65,500 65.500 65.500 314 51,_000 66.500 51.000 66.500 66.500 66,500 11, 52,500 68.500 52.500 68,500 68.500 68,500 1 73.500 95.500 73,500 95,500 95.500 95,500 11 t 75,000 97.500 75.000 97.500 97,500 97.500 For Sl: 1 inch=25.4 mm,1 pound/inch=0.1751 N/mm. a. Applies to plywood with five or more layers:for Five-ply/Three-layer plywood,use values for four ply. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 467 WOOD SECTION 2306 Truss Plate Institute,Inc. ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN TPI 1 National Design Standard for Metal Plate Connected 2306.1 Allowable stress design. The structural analysis and Wood Truss Construction construction of wood elements in structures using allowable 2306.1.1 Joists and rafters.The design of rafter spans is stress design shall be in accordance with the following applica- permitted to be in accordance with the.4F&PA Span Tables ble standards: for Joists and Rafters. American Forest &Paper Association. 2306.1.2 Plank and beam flooring. The design of plank NDS National Design Specification For Wood Construction and beam flooring is permitted to be in accordance with the 1 SDPWS Special Design Provisions for Wind and Seismic AF&PA Wood Construction Data No. 9, American Institute of Timber Construction. 2306.1.3 Treated wood stress adjustments.The allowable unit stresses for prpservative-treated wood need no adjust- AITC 104 Typical Construction Details rnent for treatment,but are subject to other adjustments. AITC 110 Standard Appearance Grades for Structural The allowable unit stresses for fire-retardant-ar?ated Glued Laminated Timber wood,including fastener values,shall be developed from an AITC 113 Standard for Dimensions of Structural Glued approved method of investigation that considers the effects of Laminated Timber anticipated temperature and humidity to which the fire-retar- A1TC 117 Standard Specifications for Structural Glued dam-treated wood will be subjected, the type of treatment Laminated Timber of Softwood Species and the redrying process. Other adjustments are applicable except that the impact load duration shall not apply. AITC 119 Standard Specifications for Structural Glued 2306.1.4 Lumber decking.The capacity of lumber decking Laminated Timber of Hardwood Species arranged according to the patterns described in Section IANSI/ 2304.8.2 shall be the lesser of the capacities determined for AITC A190.1 Structural Glued Laminated Timber flexure and deflection according to the formulas in Table AITC 200 Inspection Manual 2306.1.4. American Society of Agricultural Engineers. TABLE 2306.1.4 ALLOWABLE LOADS FOR LUMBER DECKING ASAE EP 484.2 Diaphragm Design of Metal-clad, Post- ALLOWABLE AREA LOAD',b Frame Rectangular Buildings PATTERN Flexure Deflection ASAE EP 486.1 Shallow Post Foundation Design 81G 384AE'd' ASAE 559 Design Requirements and Bending Properties Simple span cy,, for Mechanically Laminated Columns — APA—The Engineered Wood Association. Two-span continuous 81' d a _I85AE'd ' 1' Panel Design Specification - rz 6 12 Plywood Design Specification Supplement 1 - Combination simple-and d _8F' d- 6'=131AE'd' Design & Fabrication of Plywood Curved Panel two-span continuous !' 1' 6 1' 12 Plywood Design Specification Supplement 2- 2OF; d'- _105AE'd' Design & Fabrication of Glued Plywood-lumber Bearns Cantilevered pieces intermixed a,,= 31'f 6 _ 1' 12 Plywood Design Specification Supplement 3 - Design& Fabrication of Plywood Stressed-skin Panels Controlled random lapin 20F'' d' IOOAE'd' Plywood Design Specification Supplement 9 Mechanically laminated decking 6, _' — QA = Design& Fabrication of Plywood Sandwich Panels 31' 6 P 12 Plywood Design Specification Supplement 5 - 2OF„ d' IOOAE'd' Design&Fabrication of All-plywood Beams 2-inch decking a° = 31' 6 = 1' 12 EWS T300 Glulam Connection Details EWS 5560 Field Notching and Drilling of Gilled Lami- 3-inch and 4-inch decking fir. = 3>z 20 Rr dZ 116AE'd' 6 ", = P 12 nated Timber Beams _ EWS S475 Glued Laminated Beam Design Tables For Sl: I inch=25.4 mm. EWS X450 Glulam in Residential Construction a. fir„ _.Allowable total uniform load limited by bending. a, = Allowable total uniform load limited by deflection. EWS X440 Product and Application Guide: Glulam b. d =Actual decking thickness. 1 =Span of decking. EWS R540 Builders Tips:Proper Storage and Handling of f, =Allowable bendi ng stress adjusted by applicable factors. Glulam Beams E' �Modulus of clasticity adjusted by applicable factors. 468 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* WOOD 2306.2 Wood diaphragms. sum sheathing or gypsum board shall be designed and con- 2306.2.1 Wood structural panel diaphragms. Wood strutted in accordance with AF&PA SDPWS. Shear walls structural panel diaphragms shall be designed and con- sheathed with these materials are permitted to resist horizontal structed in accordance with AF&PA SDPWS.Wood struc- forces using the allowable shear capacities set forth in Table tural panel diaphragms are permitted to resist horizontal 2306.7. Shear walls sheathed with portland cement plaster, forces using the allowable shear capacities set forth in Table gypsum lath,gypsum sheathing or gypsum board shall not be 2306,2.1(1) or 2306.2.1(2).The allowable shear capacities used to resist seismic forces in structures assigned to Seismic in Tables 2306.2.1(1) and 2306.2.1(2) are permitted to be Design Category or F. » increased 40 percent for wind design. «r 2306.2.2 Single diagonally sheathed lumber dia- SECTION 2307 phragms. Single diagonally sheathed lumber diaphragms LOAD AND RESISTANCE FACTOR DESIGN shall be designed and constructed in accordance with AF&PA SDPWS. 2307.1 Load and resistance factor design. The structural analysis and construction of wood elements and structures 2306.2.3 Double diagonally sheathed lumber dia- using load and resistance factor design shall be in accordance phragms.Double diagonally sheathed lumber diaphragms with AF&PA NDS and AF&PA SDPWS. shall be designed and constructed in accordance with 2307.1.1 Wood structural panel shear walls. In Seismic AF&PA SDPWS. p Design Category D. E or F. where shear design values 2306.2.4 Gypsum board diaphragm ceilings. Gypsum exceed 490 pounds per fool(7154 N/m),all framing mem- board diaphragm ceilings shall be in accordance with Sec- bers receiving edge nailing from abutting panels shall not be tion 2508.5. less than a single 3-inch (76 mm) nominal member or two 2306.3 Wood structural panel shear walls. Wood structural 2-inch (51 mm) nominal members fastened together in panel shear walls shall be designed and constructed in actor- accordance with AF&PA NDS to transfer the design shear dance with AF&PA SDPWS. Wood structural panel shear value between framing members. Wood structural panel walls are permitted to resist horizontal forces using the allow- joint and sill plate nailing shall be staggered at all panel able capacities set forth in Table 23063.Allowable capacities edges. See Sections 4.3.6.1 and 4.3.6.4.3 of AF&PA in Table 2306.3 are permitted to be increased 40 percent for SDPWS for sill plate size and anchorage requirements. wind design. 2306.4 Lumber sheathed shear walls. Single and double SECTION 2308 diagonally sheathed lumber shear walls shall be designed and CONVENTIONAL LIGHT-FRAME CONSTRUCTION constructed in accordance with AF&PA SDPWS. Single and double diagonally sheathed lumber walls shall not be used to 2308.1 General.The requirements of this section are intended resist seismic forces in structures assigned to Seismic Design for conventional light-frame construction. Other methods are Category E or F, permitted to be used,provided a satisfactory design is submit- 2306.5 Particleboard shear walls.Particleboard shear walls ted showing compliance with other provisions of this code. Interior non load-bearing partitions,ceilings and curtain walls shall be designed and constructed in accordance with AF&PA of conventional light-flame construction are not subject to the SDPWS.Particleboard shear walls shall be permitted to resist limitations of this section. Alternatively, compliance with horizontal forces using the allowable shear capacities set forth AF&PA WFCM shall be permitted subject to the limitations in Table 2306.5.Allowable capacities in Table 2306.5 are per- therein and the limitations of this code. Detached one- and mitted to be increased 40 percent For wind design. Particleboard shall not be used to resist seismic forces in strut- two-Family dwellings and multiple single-family dwellings(townhouses) not more than three stories abovegrade plane in lures assigned to Seismic Design Category D,E or F. height with a separate means of egress and their accessory 2306.6 Fiberboard shear walls.Fiberboard shear walls shall structures shall comply with the Inlernational Residential be designed and constructed in accordance with AF&PA Code. SDPWS. Fiberboard shear walls are permitted to resist hori- 2308.1.1 Portions exceeding limitations of conventional zontal forces using the allowable shear capacities set forth in construction. When portions of a building of otherwise Table 2306.6.Allowable capacities in Table 2306.6 are permit- conventional construction exceed the limits of Section ted to be increased 40 percent for wind design.Fiberboard shall 2308.2,these portions and the supporting load path shall be not be used to resist seismic forces in structures assigned to designed in accordance with accepted engineering practice Seismic Design Category D,E or F. and the provisions of this code.For the purposes of this sec- 2306.7 Shear walls sheathed with other materials. Shear tion,the term "portions"shall mean parts of buildings con- walIs sheathed with portland cement piaster,gypsum lath,gyp- taining volume and area such as a room or a series of rooms. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 469 WOOD 1 i d VI t v C C 'n C 'm C O O 4'7 O O C 'nI C' C O O Un O d d Ln u7' O Ln O U7 O' CL eq � O �M �'•• C ,M-� .-� C' .N. M N ,�-i CG 00 O N. .�. �' N O6 d C7. �-- C � --' c' W Y io b7 c u y a O O m.�m J Z d N�yV 0 d' L7 Ln Lo Lm Lm U'] 1� 00 N ifi l� C:a C7 L� IV 'Q' E M L^ CO '<!" COI �Y11 OO'J Q � O Q y ro O C-@ N N N M ...i �--� N. N �-° N N N N N N. N M 0 c C U a D Hr W ? N� � Q Q W `-. Q G t- C C C O C 0 0 L'7 4'7 O O Ln mr C L^] O t- Lt J Cn C Lt j C C G Q J o N M G n C L'7 M N C Lt9 N N Ln Lo CO. C to R' M N O tm Ln M Cfl C; MI N' C LQ m N C Q' Q'' �' I' L7 C'> M a' L'7 Co M Q' C4 C U [� M t'1' L- (b �' ,Zr =V y W,� a 4 N a w•-- - - -- - - . J I CA 3 N.U. LLJ Z O 1 ID � � �N tv� r M C Ln M 4 N in r7 ti N m Q L7 L'j G � M t- M C t-I Lod � to� 4 N La7 C1 L7 L7 M M C.:J [� M- M M "r L'j M M' L? Ln M M Lf] CD Ln CO' M co) to Lam' M M CD d _ Q a Q-O W.. ol — CL H O . u u r. vWl QW totp a c �; M. Y 0 o "N' G G Ln L'-i Ln G Ln Le'i C C d 1 d C' u-n G G' L'] d Q I O, Ln O: O U7 u) G' U-) 'n, v Ol Lo CL` G M. = N 00 M C) V7 a0 N [O - M '7 CC N, Ln to C OO M �--� M N C M [O fY G' L C L M M, a N N 'C' 'C' N N- N N M M N N M M- N N M -V. M', b'I N N. Q -W N N C Z r ti C C ton O O C L? O u') O O O C O 4n 4'7 Lo C tG O G Lrj d C; C C Lt7. C J tP LD ti C ti C N CO' N O. 00 --� d'- N Ct7. OC' L7 O0I COI C7+ t- O' W N 1 Cp 1 00, N 49 h C y, LL H N M N' M M N- �-- N N N �--' N. N --� N C-)I N Cl) CO CO -' N BOG ti p=. --- a - - - - -- -- - U Q� jr IL F-I<m PA N J Z=ry W LLJ Z y aQ tL7 N M' N M N M N M N M N M N! M N M N M CV M, N M N M N M I LV: M p� zooam°a(D ze CL ZLL �z�LLLUaaWm , E O¢ LLJ a0 -gZZZU - - Lu G zOav c " = O m LLJ N — z d_4 mZ apU i W a �LLz a a Q = oao oo -M^ CA) � w I � � m � Z F- c o U c U G c o f tj Cm x x m x CD x I x tD I x CO 2020 W "' N ry _ = v I =' O W M UN J G L d CEO •--� �-- I •--� .p-i 00 cc 11C� G W J LU C W Q T j N a4 L d4c path a L m a $ °c0 ac V]c c 470 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' WOOD TABLE 2306.2.1(1)—continued ALLOWABLE SHEAR(POUNDS PER FOOT)FOR WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL DIAPHRAGMS WITH FRAMING OF DOUGLAS FIR-LARCH, OR SOUTHERN PINE'FOR WIND OR SEISMIC LOADING FRAMING BLOCKING IF USED LOAD CASE 1 CASE 2 CASE 3 CASE 4 DIAPHRAGM BOUNDARY CONTINUOUS PANEL JOINTS BLOCKING FRAMING CASE 6 IF USED CASE 5 111 ME BE CONTINUOUS PANEL JOINTS CONTINUOUS PANEL JOINTS For Sl: 1 Inch=25.4 mm, 1 pound per foot=14.5939 N/m. a. for framing of other species:(1)Find specific gravity for spec ies of lumber in AF&PA NDS.(2)For staples find shear value from table above for Structural I panels(regardless of actual grade)and multiply value by 0.82 for species with specific gravity of 0.42 or greater,or 0.65 for all other species.(3)For nails find shear value from table above For nail size for ac tual Ala&and multiply value by the following adjustment factor:Specific Gravity Adjustment Factor=[I-(0.5- SG)].where SG=Specific Gravity of the framing 1 umber This adjustment lauar shall not be greater than 1. h. Space fasteners maximum 12 inches o.c.along intermediate framing members(6 Inches D.C.where supports are spaced 48 inches o.c.). c. Framing at adjoining panel edges shall be 3 inches nominal or wider,and nails at all panel edges shall he staggered where panel edge nailing is specified at 2'IZ inches o.c.or less. d. Framing at adjoining panel edges shall be 3 Inches nominal or wider.and nails at all panel edges shall be staggered where both of the following conditions are met: (1) 10d nails having penetration into framing of more than 1'l,inches and(2)panel edge nailing is specified at 3 inches o.c.or less. e 8d is recommended minimum for roofs due to negative pressures of high winds. C Staples shall have a minimum crown width of/,r,inch and shall be installed with their crowns parailel to the long dimension of the framing members. g. The minimum nominal width of framing members not located at boundaries or adjoining panel edges shall be 2 inches. h. For shear loads of normal orpermanent load duration asdefiinedby the AF&PA NDS,the values In the table above shall be multiplied by 0.63 or 0.56,respectively. 2D09 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODEQ° 471 WOOD TABLE 2306.2.1(2) ALLOWABLE SHEAR(POUNDS PER FOOT)FOR WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL BLOCKED DIAPHRAGMS UTILIZING MULTIPLE ROWS OF FASTENERS(HIGH LOAD DIAPHRAGMS)WITH FRAMING OF DOUGLAS FIR-LARCH OR SOUTHERN PINE'FOR WIND OR SEISMIC LOADINGb 9,n BLOCKED DIAPHRAGMS Cases 1 and 2d MINIMUM Fastener Spacing Per Line at Boundaries NOMINAL (inches) WIDTH OF FRAMING 4 2112 2 MINIMUM MINIMUM MEMBER AT - - - COMMON FASTENER NOMINAL ADJOINING Fastener Spacing Per Line at Other Panel Edges NAIL SIZE OR PENETRATION PANEL PANEL EDGES (inches) PANEL STAPLE' IN FRAMING THICKNESS AND LINES OF - GRADE` GAGE Cinches) (inch) BOUNDARIES' FASTENERS 6 4 4 3 3 2 3 2 605 815 875 1,150 '5132 4 2 700 915 1,005 1.290 - 4 3 875 1,220 1.285 1.395 - 3 2 670 880 965 1.255 - - common nails 1117 19/32 4 2 780 990 1,110 1.440 - - 4 3 965 1.320 1,405 1.790 - Structurall 3 2 730 955 1,050 1.365 grades "132 4 2 855 � 1.070 1,210 1.565 - 4 3 1.050 1,430 1,525 1,800 - r 15132 3 2 600 600 a 860 960 1.060 1.200 14 gage 4 _ 3 860 900 1,160 1.295 1,295 1,400 staples 2 19132 3 2 600 600 875 960 1.075 1.200 4 3 875 900 1,175 1.440 1.475 1.795 -- 3 2 525 725 765 1.010 - - 15132 4 2 605 815 875 1.105 4 3 765 1.085 IA30 1.195 3 2 650 860 935 1.225 common nails 1112 19132 4 2 755 965 1.080 1.370 - - Sheathing single 4 3 935 1.290 1,365 1.485 floor and other 3 2 710 935 1.020 1.335 grades covered in 23137 4 2 825 1,050 1.175 1.445 - DOC PS 1 and 4 3 1,020 1,400 1.480 1,565 - PS 2 - - -- - --. 15132 3 2 540 540 735 865 915 1 1.080 4 3 735 810 1.005 t 1,105 : 1.105 1.195 19 gage 2 is 3 2 600 600 865 960 1.065 1 1.200 staples 132 4 3 865 900 1.130 1,430 1.370 1.485 23132 4 3 865 900 1.130 1,490 1,430 `1,545 For SL I inch=25.4 mm. 1 pound per foot=14.5939 Nlm. a. For framing of other species:(1)Find sped ric gravihv for species of framing lumber in AF&PA NDS.(2)For staples,find shear value from table above for Struc- tural 1 panels(regardless of actual grade)and multiply value by 0.82 For species with specific gi avity of 0.42 or greater,or 0.65 for all other species.(3)For nails, find shear value from table above f of nail size of actual grade and multiply value by the follo%�ing adjustment factor:Specific Gravity Adjustment Factor= I-(0.5 -SG)].where SC=Specific gravity of the Framing lumber.This adjustment factor shall not be greater than 1. b. Faiteningalong interinediaieframing members:Space fasteners a maximum of 12 Inches an center,excepi 6 Inches on center for spans greater than 32 inches. c. Panels conforming to PS 1 or PS 2. d.This table gives shear values for Cates 1 and 2 as shown in Table 2306.2.1(1).The values shown are applicable to Cases 3,4.5 and 6 as shown in Table 2306.2.1(1►, piu%iding fasteners at all continuous panel edges are spaced in accordance with the boundary fastener spacing. e. The minimum nominal depth of framing members shall be 3 inches nominal.The minimum nominal width of Framing members not located at boundaries or adjoining panel edges shall be 2 inches. I Staples shall have a minimum crown width of'1u,inch,and shall be installed with their crowns parallel to the long dimension of the framing members. g. High load diaphragms shall be subject to special inspection In accordance with Section 1704.6.1. h For shear loads of normal or permanent load duration as defined by the AF&PA NDS,thevalues In the table above shall be multiplied by 0.63 or 0.56,respectively. 472 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' WOOD TABLE 2306.2.1(2)—continued ALLOWABLE SHEAR(POUNDS PER FOOT)FOR WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL BLOCKED DIAPHRAGMS UTILIZING MULTIPLE ROWS OF FASTENERS(HIGH LOAD DIAPHRAGMS)WITH FRAMING OF DOUGLAS FIR-LARCH OR SOUTHERN PINE FOR WIND OR SEISMIC LOADING 3�B_, PANEL1aINT • •--- 11/4' 1/2 7t2' _._ _.. . --- – • ANELJOINT . . 13J4' 1/2' 31a'-. 11/4" 1/2' • 1J2" • -- + 3/$'.- ------- ---------- 13/4' lr1' _._.—.. --- - •- -.._.... TABLE SPACING TABLE SPACING 3"NOMINAL—TWO LINES 4'NOMINAL—THREE LINES ANELEDGE -- • .............._..�---..--- - --•---... ANELJOINT 13/4' 3/4' 112" 13/4" 3/4" a r `n 1/2"_ TABLE TABLE SPACING SPACING TYPICAL BOUNDARY FASTENING 4'NOMINAL—TWO LINES )Shown,s Iwo lines staggered.) NOTE:SPACE PANEL END AND EDGEJOINT 1/8-INCH.REDUCE SPACING BETWEEN LINES OF NAILS AS NECESSARYTO MAINTAIN MINIMUM 3/8-INCH FASTENER EDGE MARGINS,MINIMUM SPACING BETWEEN LINES IS 3/8-INCH 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 473 WOOD Y N N 'CC, A sC" n �' I Q N c5 iC•^ r 4 ^.. O .L.. O^ a C a ?� pp V C A C z Y t2 7, c •C R 'C C C G a 4 R N .- N R N I N - N .��i t4- r_ N. � � L ;6 C Eg D > c x cacv ni E CC cG vaa• tz ZE^ Q z E c 5 -z 5 y O a °q N N N °^ N N �% N �N - u c , C. S w E E p to r m S mc ec c Q v ° Lo ev. Zc r - c0 4 a o •C Q z - G i v T y a 0 'e, C• E C C Uo F� ° w t") � M .. m c�D .+^.• N N M a� F 'C L y`r Ln > C^ �' L z R Ea > L y E nc i vcE C E tic c G q C N N N N •--• 'T C OC C. {O O b [i V M N .. Q u'f N N N N •p L � G oC cq L C C A L C W - C tC C e' ry lz - C a E x a U eC v a C. ^` R L C4 ce r t13 E a c hc LL O S%cc^. C 4 ^ E c F c a R 0 a C = �° Fes+,F C O O Q 0. day LL= x Q.•U W z_ E �F E ELI aC I Zw � E G o c W z °m eE ac c ..� n rn — Q�i E m v: c o sC S� Q 2w :� 0.��' c G L a`C � Gib rz o(, b�1qq. eC t4 :6 .-. n4 � ^� n � �" � �R, t+ C •� C ", `� G� : G. Z 0 i E�. Lc. M1c = is ^ x .. '�C+, �^ �- •� m G M :Q0. ¢ a LD 1 OC.� W e �+n': L N ^C V7 L :. G •C �Gy� dC.d C. X'�Q �^ Q Cat N N C u O L .3 'C a.'G ,.V.' GC �' �"•�". L L` La a x 4`Vii c c. _ = nc `o no ° � � = ° co E c r c acGc= S S L JQ� zq �i mc� w C C M C br 3 G e' be �. 0 >,c '9 c •" � N �c " m Fi ca. c Fn 7 G Z Lo v � r� y � c � G _ U V c b £ G _c S Q? c v ° E c C m rz �= a e - H e0.. c>� G`• `�, c w " _ E L Z C c nc a E c iv L :CY`o te 'x G b�_ 6 c G o v Ci c e c n m c a ti C! t 'E .mac. �. v) 474 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE WOOD TABLE 2306.5 ALLOWABLE SHEAR FOR PARTICLEBOARD SHEAR WALL SHEATHING PANELS APPLIED DIRECT TO FRAMING MINIMUM NAIL Allowable shear(pounds per foot)nail spacing at MINIMUM NOMINAL PENETRATION IN panel edges(inches)'' PANEL THICKNESS FRAMING Nail size(common or — PANEL GRADE (inch) (inches) galvanized box) 6 4 3 2 % It/2 6d 120 180 230 300 M-S"Exterior Glue" - 34 (;d --130 190- --r- - -240 315- and M-2"Exterior 112 140 210 270 350 Glue" - 1/2 15 lOd 165 275 360 460 - - 1x -- — -- — 518 200 305 395 520 Far SL• I inch=25.4 mm, 1 pound per fnol=14.5939 Nlm a. Values are not permilled in Seismic Design Category D,E of F b. Galvanized nails shall be lint-dipped of tumbled. TABLE 2306.6 ALLOWABLE SHEAR VALUES(plo FOR WIND OR SEISMIC LOADING ON SHEAR WALLS OF FIBERBOARD SHEATHING BOARD CONSTRUCTION FOR TYPE V CONSTRUCTION ONLYa-b-`•CLe ALLOWABLE SHEAR VALUE (pounds per linear foot) NAIL SPACING AT PANEL EDGES(inches)" THICKNESS AND -- - - - - GRADE FASTENER SIZE 4 3 2 No. 11 gage galvanized 170 230 260 roofing nail 1'12"long for'5/3L"with 3/a"head Structural No. 11 gage galvanized staple,71,,"crown' 150 200 225 No. 11 gage galvanized staple, 1"crown' 220 290 325 For Sl: 1 inch=25.4 mm. 1 pound per foot= 14.5939 Nlnt. a. Fiberboard sheathing shall not be used to brace concrete or masonry Halls. b. Panel edges shall be backed with iuchor nridcrfrainingofDouglasfir laich ot Southern pine.For framing of other spc,(jes:(1)Find specific gravity for slxcivs of framing I um ber in AF&.PA NDS.(2)Fur staples.muldph,the shear value from the table above by 0.82 for species Frith spec iftc gravity of 0.42 or greater,or 0.65 for all other species (3)For nails,multiply the shear value irotn the table above by the follm� ing adjustment factor:specific gravity adjustment factor=I I-(0.5-SG)). where SG=Specific gravity of the framing lumber. c. Values shown are for fiberboard sheathing on one side only with long panel dimension either parallel or perpendicular to studs. d. Fastener shall be spaced 6 inches on center along intermediate framing members. e. Values are not permitted in Seismic Design Category D.E or F. f. Staple length shall not be less than 1'12 inches for=/,2-Inch sheathing or 1'1,inches for'!Z-inch sheathing. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 475 WOOD TABLE 2306.7 ALLOWABLE SHEAR FOR WIND OR SEISMIC FORCES FOR SHEAR WALLS OF LATH AND PLASTER OR GYPSUM BOARD WOOD FRAMED WALL ASSEMBLIES THICKNESS WALL FASTENER SPACING SHEAR VALUER.a MINIMUM TYPE OF MATERIAL OF MATERIAL CONSTRUCTION MAXIMUM(inches) (plf) FASTENER SIZE°•I.JA 1. Fxpauded metal or woven wire 71g" Unblocked G 180 No. 1 l gage It/2"long.71 6"head lash and portland cement plaster No. 16 gage gale.staple.�18"legs 2. Gypsum lath,pldin or perforated 31H'lath and No. 13 gage gale. 11/g"long,13/64" with v ertical joints staggered 112"piaster Unblocked 5 180 head.plasterboard nail 3/g"lath and No. 16 gage gall,staple. 1'/g"long. 3 Gypsum lath,plain or perforated I/2„plaster Unblocked 5 100 0.120"nail,min,316"head 1 /4 long Unblocked) 7 75 Unblocked 4 110 5d cooler(1 SIR"x 0,086")or Unblocked 7 100 tvallbuani 0.120 nail,min,3!g" Unblocked 4 125 head,IJ12"long - No. 16 gage Kaly.staple, 1112"long BlockedR 7 125 11z" BlockedR 4 150 Unblocked 81126 60 BlockedR 4116' 160 Blocked!g 4112' 155 Nu.6 11/4"screws' BlockedR 8112' 70 4 Gypsum board. vypsunt veneer, BlockedR 6112' 90 base or stater-resistant gypsum backing board Unblocked) 7 115 6d cooler(1 rl""x 0.092")or 4 145 wallboard - 0.120"nail,min.3/g"head,1314"long 7 145 No.16 gage galy.staple,1112"legs, Blockedk —4 175 Islg"long ---- -,- _ Base ply-6d cooler(17/g"x 0.092") or wallhnard 131 "x 0.120"nail, mill.?r6"head 16 gage gab. Blockedx Base ply!) staple 250 15/8 16 gage gale.staple Two-ply Face ply:7 Face ply 8d cooler(231",x 0.113") or wallboard { 0.120"nail,min.3!g"head,2318'long No.15 gage gab, staple,2'! "long Unblocked 8/12' 70 No.6—1 114.,screws' Blocked 8112' 90 For SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm. I foot=304.8 mm, 1 pound per foot=14.5939 N/m. a. These shear walls shall not be used to resist loads imposed by masonry or concrete walls(see Section 4.1.5 of AF&PA SDPWS).Values shown are for short-term loading due to wind or seismic loading.Walls resisting seismic loads shall be subject to the limitations in Section 12.2.1 of ASCE 7.Values shown shall be reduced 25 percent for normal loading. b. Applies to fastening at studs,top and bottom plates and blocking. c. Alternate fasteners are permitted to be used if their dimensions arc not less than the specified dimensions.Drywali screws are permitted to substitute for the 5d x 0.086").and 6d(1r/A'x 0.0921(cooler)nails listed above,and No.6 111;Inch Typo S or W scrcwsys for 6d(1'/A"x 0.092) (cooler)nails. d. For properties of cooler nails.see ASTM C 514. e. Except as noted,shear values are based on a maximum framing spacing of 16 Inches on center F. Maximum framing spacing of 24 inches on center. g. All edges are blocked,and edge fastening is provided at all supports and all panel edges. h. First numlxr denotes fastener sparing at the edges;second number denotes fastener spacing a[intermediate framing members. i. Screws are Type W or S. j. Staples shall have a minimum crown width of'I,,inch.measured outside the legs,and shall be installed with their crowns parallel to the longdimension of(he fram- Ing members. k. Staples for the attachment of gypsum lath and ssuven-wire lath shall have a minimum crown width of V,Inch,measured outside the legs. 476 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' WOOD 2308.2 Limitations.Buildings are permitted to be constructed 2308.2.1 Basic wind speed greater than 100 mph(3-sec- in accordance with the provisions of conventional light-frame and gust). Where the basic wind speed exceeds 100 mph construction, subject to the following limitations, and to fur- (3-second gust),the provisions of either AF&PA WFCM or ther limitations of Sections 2308.11 and 2308.12. ]CC 600 are permitted to be used. 1. Buildings shall be limited to a maximum of three stones 2308.2.2 Buildings in Seismic Design Category B,C,D or above grade plane.For the purposes of this section,for E. Buildings of conventional light-franne construction in buildings in Seismic Design Category D or E as deter- Seismic Design Category B or C. as determined in Section mined in Section 1613, cripple stud walls shall be con- 1613,shall comply with the additional requirements in Sec- sidered to be a story. tion 2308.11. Exception:Solid blocked cripple walls not exceeding Buildings of conventional light-h acne construction in 14 inches(356 min)in height need not be considered a Seismic Design Category D or E, as determined in Section story. 1613,shall comply with the additional requirements in Sec- tion 2308.12. 2. Maximum floor-to-floor height shall not exceed 11 feet. 2308.3 Braced wall lines. Buildings shall be provided with 7 inches (3531 min). Bearing wall height shall not exterior and interior braced wall lines as described in Section exceed a stud height of 10 feet (3048 mm). 2308.9,3 and installed in accordance with Sections 2308.3.1 3. Loads as determined in Chapter 16 shall not exceed the through 2308.3.4. following: 2308.3.1 Spacing. Spacing of braced wall lines shall not 3.1. Average dead loads shall not exceed 15 psf(718 exceed 35 feet(10 668 mm)o.c.in both the longitudinal and Nlmz) for combined roof and ceiling, exterior transverse directions in each story. walls, floors and partitions. 2308.3.2 Braced wall line connections.Wind and seismic Exceptions: lateral forces shall be transferred from the roofs and floors to braced wall lines and from the braced wall lines in upper 1. Subject to the limitations of Sections stories to the braced wall lines in the story below in accor- 2308.11.2 and 2308.12.2,stone or masonry dance with is section, veneer up to the lesser of 5 inches(127 mm) thick or 50 psf(2395 N/mz) and installed in Braced wall line top plates shall be fastened to joists,raf- accordance with Chapter 14 is permitted to a ters or full-depth blocking above in accordance with Table height of 30 feet (9144 mm) above a 2304.9.1,Items 11, 12, 15 or 19 as applicable based on the noncombustible foundation, with an addi- orientation of the joists or rafters to the braced wall line. tional 8 feet (2438 mm) permitted for gable Braced wall line bottom plates shall be connected to joists or ends. blocking be]ow in accordance with Table 2304.9.1,Item 6, or to foundations in accordance with Section 2308.3.3.At 2. Concrete or masonry fireplaces,heaters and exterior gable end walls,braced wall panel sheathing in the chimneys shall be permitted in accordance top story shall be extended and fastened to roof framing with the provisions of this code. where the spacing between parallel exterior braced wall 3.2. Live loads shall not exceed 40 psf(1916 Min') lines is greater than 50 feet (15 240 mm). for floors. Exception:Where roof trusses are used and are installed 3.3. Ground snow loads shall not exceed 50 psf(2395 perpendicular to an exterior braced wall line, lateral Nlml. forces shall be transferred from the roof diaphragm to the braced wall by blocking of the ends of the trusses or by 4. Wind speeds shall not exceed 100 miles per hour(mph) other approved methods providing equivalent lateral (44 m/s) (3-second gust), force transfer.Blocking shall be a minimum of 2 inches Exception: Wind speeds shall not exceed 110 mph (51 mm) nominal in thickness and equal to the depth of (48.4 m/s) (3-second gust) for buildings in Exposure the truss at the wall line and shall be fastened to the Category B that are not located in a hurricane prone braced wall line top plate as specified in Table 2304.9.1, region Item 11. 5. Roof trusses and rafters shall not span more than 40 feet 2308.3.3 Sill anchorage. Where foundations are required by Section 2308.3.4,braced wall line sills shall be anchored (12 192 min) between points of vertical support. to concrete or masonry foundations. Such anchorage shall 6. The use of the provisions for conventional light-frame conform to the requirements of Section 2308.6 except that construction in this section shall not be permitted for such anchors shall be spaced at not more than 4 feet (1219 Occupancy Category IV buildings assigned to Seismic mm)a.c.for structures over two stories abovegrade plane. Design Category B, C,D,E or F, as determined in Sec- The anchors shall be distributed along the length of the tion 1 613. braced wall line.Other anchorage devices having equivalent 7. Conventional light-frame construction is limited in capacity are permitted. irregular structures in Seismic Design Category D or E, 2308.3.3.1 Anchorage to all-wood foundations.Where as specified in Section 2308.12.6. all-wood foundations are used, the force transfer from 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 477 WOOD the braced wall lines shall be determined based on calcu- Where a girder is spliced over a support,an adequate tie shall lation and shall have a capacity greater than or equal to be provided. The ends of beams or girders supported on the connections required by Section 2308.3.3. masonry or concrete shall not have less than 3 inches (76 mm) 2308.3.4 Braced wall line support.Braced wall lines shall of bearing. be supported by continuous foundations. 2308.8 Floor joists. Spans for floor joists shall be in accor- Exception:For structures with a maximum plan dimen- dance with Table 2308.8(1) or 2308.8(2).For other grades and sion not over 50 feet (15 240 mm), continuous founda- or species,refer to the AF&PA Span Tables forJoists and Raf- tions are required at exterior walls only. ters. 2308.4 Design of elements. Combining of engineered ele- 2308.8.1 Bearing.Except where supported on a l-inch by means orsystems and conventionally specified elements orsys- 4-inch (25.4 mm by 102 mm) ribbon strip and nailed to the tems is permitted subject to the following limits: adjoining stud,the ends of each joist shall not have less than F/, inches (38 mm) of bearing on wood or metal, or less 2308.4.1 Elements exceeding limitations of conven- than 3 inches(76 mm) on masonry. tional construction. When a building of otherwise con ventional construction contains structural elements 2308.8.2 Framing details.Joists shall be supported ]ater- exceeding the limits of Section 2308.2,These elements and ally at the ends and at each support by solid bloc king except the supporting load path shall be designed in accordance Where the ends of the joists are nailed to a header, band or with accepted engineering practice and the provisions of rim joist or to an adjoining stud or by other means. Solid this code. blocking shall not be less than 2 inches(51mm)in thickness and the full depth of the joist.Notches on the ends of joists 2308.4.2 Structural elements or systems not described shall not exceed one-fourth the joist depth. Holes bored in herein. When a building of otherwise conventional con- joists shall not be within 2 inches(51 mm)of the top or bot- struction contains structural elements or systems not tom of the joist,and the diameter of any such hole shall not described in Section 2308,these elements or systems shall exceed one-third the depth of the joist.Notches in the top or be designed in accordance with accepted engineering bottom of joists shall not exceed one-sixth the depth and practice and the provisions of this code.The extent of such shall not be located in the middle third of the span. design need only demonstrate compliance of the nonconventiona] elements with other applicable provi- foist framing from opposite sides of a beam, girder or partition shall be lapped at least 3 inches (76 mm) or the sions of this code and shall be compatible with the perfor- mance of the conventionally framed system. opposing joists shall be tied together in an approved manner. 2308.5 Connections and fasteners. Connections and fasten- Joists framing into the side of a wood girder shall be sup- ers used in conventional construction shall comply with the ported by framing anchors or on ledger strips not less than 2 requirements of Section 2304.9. inches by 2 inches (51 mm by 51 mm). 2308.6 Foundation plates or sills.Foundations and footings 2308.82.1 Engineered wood products. Cuts, notches shall be as specified in Chapter 18. Foundation plates or sills and holes bored in trusses,structural composite lumber, resting on concrete or masonry foundations shall comply with structural glue-laminated members or 1-joists are not Section 2304.3.1. Foundation plates or sills shall be bolted or permitted except where permitted by the manufacturer's anchored to the foundation with not less than 1/2-inch-diameter recommendations orwhere the effects ofsuch alterations (12.7 m are specifically considered in the design of the member m} steel bolts or approved anchors spaced to provide by a rpgistPrrd design professional. equivalent anchorage as the steel bolts.Bolts shall be embed ded at least 7 inches (178 mm) into concrete or masonry. and 2308.8.3 Framing around openings.Trimmer and header spaced not more than 6 feet(1829 mm) apart.There shall be a joists shall be doubled,or of lumber of equivalent cross sec- minimum of two bolts or anchor straps per piece with one bolt tion,where the span of the header exceeds 4 feet(1219 mm). or anchor strap located not more than 12 inches (305 mm) or The ends of header joists more than 6 feet (1829 mm) long less than 4 inches (102 mm) from each end of each piece. A shall be supported by framing anchors or joist hangers properly sized nut and washer shall be tightened on each bolt to unless bearing on a beam, partition or wall.Tail joists over the plate. 12 feet (3658 mm) long shall be supported at the header by 2308.7 Girders.Girders for single-story construction orgird- framing anchors or on ledger strips not less than 2 inches by ers supporting loads from a single floor shall not be less than 4 2 inches (51 mm by 51 mm). inches by 6 inches (102 mm b} 152 mm) for spans 6 feel 2308.8.4 Supporting bearing partitions. Bearing parti- (1829 mm) or less,provided that girders are spaced not more tions parallel to joists shall be supported on beams,girders, than 8 feet(2438 mm) o.c.Spans for built-up 2-inch(51 mm) doubled joists, walls or other bearing partitions. Bearing girders shall be in accordance with Table 2308.9.5 or partitions perpendicular to joists shall not be offset from 23 08.9.6.Other girders shall be designed to support the loads supporting girders, walls or partitions more than the joist specified in this code.Girder end joints shall occur over sup- depth unless such joists are of sufficient size to carry the ports. additional load. 470 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' WOOD tr s tl �-c E Vr A A O A N R C N S x C L L^ CF 't -P 'I 'i 'F f 22 V) W uj It IL H cc': I., M E '7 I It I'D 92.j o 2 0Z C4 0 UJ 0: _j 0 M r,� R I cp OF co If 8 A :4 -i) p cc — A, = t- 6 A 00 w cc A• — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — f cr 57. �,Z! < lz y W m A e 7 M N tT C) tE 2 !2 n Y N 1 It LL -7 -j L E2 V3 NI M LA N1 Ln ik tn O O Lu li r ui S. 6-, E: in 07 E: x cr- r- a. C. a. E E E E > t& A 2 vLi V, M A. i5 Lr, 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 479 WOOD ;2 M -T n 7 4 N N V M '7 T n v7 I:i G -1 x -F 7 ac n n N T O C6 Cc 0 17 77 to c? c� r 7 S E 1? 7 N" cc ec c� ob � c� Q ;L Ni 0 w CL ' W a N E 7 L? M 7 `e -5- c_ A mm O O OZ r�u j — — — — — — — — — — — — CL Rot <, M 0 < Lu O W 0 (A u. N-j d) E. t� T 7 c? cr. ?K La IL 0 r— r— rZ S z CZ z iz EL I. E E E c� c. I" EEEE ,;5m , a v) � Ln 4, T 4: zA CL I 400 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" WOOD 'i 7 2 ­7 C? E M. C cT M. 7 c�, M F- a - - - - T c? nr oc ti q -T -F 7 7 12— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 7 7 '7 ti li-, F, V CF N 19 c? I? E a LA wi LA u n 7 Cc 20 J II A Z SO m w 2 0 cd 2 0 U W 0 o -P -F op M M 1 1? OF C? c� N m Co LL d in x 2 LA > 0 O cl It 4; < 0:9 Lu m. Ow 'T V7 N M V) m :r, c.i; VI LA M VI m. Ln m V', m LLI — — — 6% X E E E E! L G. G. cr E E E E E E E Lor. V,) V,). tr, n tr, r- rA L, 0 V) 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 401 WOOD `7 7 Q x c? A '26 6 d- .6 .6 w t4 t4 tu CL LA - — — — — — — — — — — — — — — no r 0 0 m 0M 1.1 L) 00 Mw v¢ 0 En 0 0:2 N e. CF cf c6 T �o g L, Lr m LA m EP V1, 40 ft Ln En LLr Ld 2 Uw LCL n 9 a a. r t El E —0c t4 J3 Ln V. V) V) 0 Lr, KA Li 402 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' WOOD 2308.8.5 Lateral support. Floor, attic and roof framing wood sinictural panel,31H-inch(9.5 mm)Type M"Exterior with a nominal depth-to-thickness ratio greater than or Glue" particleboard, 1-inch-thick (25 mm) lumber or equal to 5:1 shall have one edge held in line for the entire other approved devices that will serve as an adequate span. Where the nominal depth-to-thickness ratio of the backing for the attachment of facing materials are used. framing member exceeds 6:1, there shall be one line of Where fire-resistance ratings or shear values are involved, bridging for each 8 feet (2438 mm) of span, unless both wood spacers,backup cleats or other devices shall not be edges of the member are held in line. The bridging shall used unless specifically applaved for such use. consist of not less than 1-inch by 3-inch(25 mm by 76 mm) 2308.9.2.1 Top plates. Bearing and exterior wall studs lumber, double nailed at each end, of equivalent metal bracing of equal rigidity,full-depth solid blocking or other shall be capped with double top plates installed to pro- bracing means. A line of bridging shall also be required vide overlapping at corners and at intersections with at supports where equivalent lateral support is not other- other partitions. End joints in double top plates shall be wise provided. offset at least 48 inches (1219 mm), and shall be nailed with not less than eight 16d face nails on each side of the 2308.8.6 Structural floor sheathing. Structural floor joint.Plates shall be a nominal 2 inches(51 mm)in depth sheathing shall comply with the provisions of Section and have a width at least equal to the width of the studs. 2304.7.1. Exception: A single top plate is permitted,provided 2308.8.7 Under-floor ventilation.For under-floor ventila- the plate is adequately tied at joints,cornets and inser- tion,see Section 1203.3. secting walls by at least the equivalent of 3-inch by 2308.9 Wall framing. 6-inch (76 mm by 152 mm) by 0.036-inch-thick 2308.9.1 Size, height and spacing. The size, height and (0.914 mm)galvanized steel that is nailed to each wall g g or segment of wall by six 8d nails or equivalent,pro- spacing of studs shall be in accordance with Table 2308.9.1 vided the rafters,joists or trusses are centered over the except that utility-grade studs shall not be spaced more than studs with a tolerance of no more than 1 inch(25 min), 16 inches (406 mm) o.c., or support more than a roof and ceiling, or exceed 8 feet (2438 mm) in height for exterior 2308.9.2.2 Top plates for studs spaced at 24 inches walls and load-bearing walls or 10 feet (3048 mm)for inte- (610 mm). Where bearing studs are spaced at 24-inch rior nonload-bearing walls.Studs shall be continuous from (610 mm) intervals and top plates are Iess than two a support at the sole plate to a support at the top plate to resist 2-inch by 6-inch (51 mm by 152 mm) or two 3-inch by loads perpendicular to the wall.The support shall be a foun- 4-inch(76 mm by 102 mm)members and where the floor dation or floor, ceiling or roof diaphragm or shall be joists, floor trusses or roof trusses that they support are designed in accordance with accepted engineering practice. spaced at more than 16-inch (406 mm) intervals, such Exception:Jack studs, trimmer studs and cripple studs joists or trusses shall bear within 5 inches (127 mm) of the studs beneath or a third plate shall be installed. at openings in walls that comply with Table 230$.9.5. 2308.9.2 Framing details. Studs shall be placed with their 2308.9.2.3 Nonbearing walls and partitions. In wide dimension perpendicular to the wall.Not less than three nonbearing walls and partitions,studs shall be spaced not studs shall be installed at each corner of an exterior wall. more than 28 inches (711 rnm) o.c.and are permitted to be set with the long dimension parallel to the wall.lnte- Exception:At corners,two studs are permitted,provided rior nonbearing partitions shall be capped with no less wood spacers or backup cleats of 3/,-inch-thick (9.5 mm) than a single top plate installed to provide overlapping at TABLE 2308.9.1 T SIZE,HEIGHT AND SPACING OF WOOD STUDS _ BEARING WALLS j NONBEARING WALLS Laterally unsupported Supporting one Supporting two floors, stud height• Supporting roof floor,roof roof (feed and ceiling only and ceiling and ceiling — -- Laterally unsupported STUD SIZE Spacing stud heights Spacing (inches) (inches) (feet) (inches) 2x31 - - — - — — — 10 16 2 x 9 _10 1 24 16 — 14 24 3.4 10 24 24 16 14 24 2 x 5 10 24 _ 24 — 16 24 2 x 6 10 24 - - 24 - 16 20 1 24 For 51: 1 inch=25.4 mm.1 foot=304.8 mm. a. Listed heights are distances between points of lateral support placed perpendicular to the plane of the wal I.Increases in unsupported height are permitted where justified by an analysis. b. Shall not be used in exterior walls. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 483 WOOD corners and at intersections with other walls and parti- For Method 5,each panel must be at least 96 inches(2438 tions. The plate shall be continuously tied at joints by mm) in length where applied to one face of a panel and 48 solid blocking at least 16 inches(406 mni) in length and inches (1219 mm)where applied to both faces.All vertical equal in size to the plate or by 112-inch by 1'/,-inch(12,7 joints of panel sheathing shall occuroverstuds and adjacent nim by 38 mm)metal ties with spliced sections fastened panel joints shall be nailed to common framing members. with two 16d nails on each side of the joint. Horizontal joints shall occur over blocking or other framing 2308.9.2.4 Plates or sills. Studs shall have full bearing equal in size to the studding except where waived by the on a plate or sill not less than 2 inches(51 mm)in thick- installation requirements for the specific sheathing wateri- ness having a width not less than that of the wall studs. als.Sole plates shall be nailed to the floor framing and top plates shall be connected to the framing above in accordance 2308.9.3 Bracing.Braced wall lines shall consist of braced with Section 2308.3.2. Where joists are perpendicular to wall panels that meet the requirements for location,type and braced wall lines above, blocking shall be provided under amount of bracing as shown in Figure 2308.9.3,specified in and in line with the braced wall panels. Table 2308.9.3(1) and are in line or offset from each other by not more than 4 feet(1219 mm).Braced wall panels shall 2308.9.3.1 Alternative bracing. Any bracing required start not more than 1211,feet(3810 mm) from each end of a by Section 2308.9.3 is permitted to be replaced by the braced wall line. Braced wall panels shall be clearly indi- following: cated on the plans.Construction of braced wall panels shall 1. In one-story buildings, each panel shall have a be by one of the following methods: length of not less than 2 feet 8 inches(8 13 mm)and 1. Nominal 1-inch by 4-inch (25 nim by 102 mm) con- a height of not more[ban 10 feet(3048 mm).Each tinuous diagonal braces let into top and bottom plates panel shall be sheathed on one face with and intervening studs, placed at an angle not more 31e-inch-minimum-thickness (9.5 mm)wood struc- than 60 degrees(1.0 rad) or less than 45 degrees(0.79 tural panel sheathing nailed with 8d common or gal- rad)from the horizontal and attached to the frambigin vanized box nails in accordance with Table conformance with Table 2304.9.1. 2304.9.1 and blocked at wood structural panel 2. Wood boards of 51d inch (15.9 mm) net minimum edges. Two anchor bolts installed in accordance thickness applied diagonally on studs spaced not over with Section 2308.6 shall be provided in each panel. 24 inches (610 mm) o.c. Anchor bolts shall be placed at each panel outside quarter points. Each panel end stud shall have a 3. Wood structural panel sheathing with a thickness not tie-down device fastened to the foundation,capable less than 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) for 16-inch (406 min) or of providing an approvedupl ift capacity of not less 24-inch (610 mm) stud spacing in accordance with than 1,800 pounds (8006 N).The tie-down device Tables 2308.9.3(2) and 2308.9.3(3). shall be installed in accordance with the manufac- 4. Fiberboard sheathing panels not less than '12 inch turer's recommendations.The panels shall be sup- (12.7 inm) thick applied vertically or horizontally on ported directly on a foundation or on floor framing studs spaced not over 16 inches(406 mm)o.c.where supported directly on a foundation that is continu- installed with fasteners in accordance with Section ous across the entire length of the braced wall line. 2306.6 and Table 2306.6. This foundation shall be reinforced with not less 5. Gypsum board (sheathing 1�inch-thick (12.7 mm} than one No.4 bar top and bottom. by 4-Feet-wide(1219 mm)wallboard or veneer base] Where the continuous foundation is required to on studs spaced not over 24 inches(610 mm)o.c.and have a depth greater than 12 inches (305 mm), a nailed at 7 inches(178 mm)o.c.with nails as required minimum 12-inch by 12-inch (305 mm by 305 by Table 2306.7. mm)continuous footing or turned down slab edge 6. Particleboard wall sheathing panels where installed in is permitted at door openings in the braced wall accordance with Table 2308.9.3(4), line.This continuous footing or turned down slab edge shall be reinforced with not less than one No. 7. Portland cement plaster on studs spaced 16 inches 4 bar top and bottom.This reinforcement shall be (406 mm) o.c. installed in accordance with Section lapped 15 inches(381 mm)with the reinforcement 2510. required in the continuous foundation located 8. Hardboard panel siding where installed in accordance directly under the braced wall line. with Section 2303.1.6 and Table 2308.9.3(5). 2. In the first sioiyof two-story buildings,each wall For cripple wall bracing, see Section 2308.9.4.1. For panel shall be braced in accordance with Section Methods 2, 3, 4, 6, 7 and 8. each panel must be at least 48 2308.9.3.1,Item 1,except that the wood structural inches (1219 mm) in length, covering three stud spaces panel sheathing shall be provided on both faces, where studs are spaced 16 inches(406 mm)apart and cover- three anchor bolts shall be placed at one-quarter ing two stud spaces where studs are spaced 24 inches (610 points, and tie-down device uplift capacity shall inm) apart, not be less than 3,000 pounds (13 344 N). 484 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® WOOD SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY MAXIMUM WALL SPACING(feel) REQUIRED BRACING LENGTH,b A,B and C 35' 0" Table 2308.9.3(1)and Section 2308.9.3 D and E 25' 0" Table 2308.12.4 UP TO 4'-D' BRACED WALL BRACED WALL LINE X OFFSET ALLOWED IN LINE NO.4 BRACED WALL LINE �3Sf.�r if BRACED WALL 12'6"MAX TO LINE N0,3 x' 01, SPACED FIRST BRACED !� WALL WALL PANEL _ LINE Y BRACED �3 ` WALL - LINE NO.) "A" . ,-W C LLLNEZ " r BRACED WALL LINE NO.2 DOES * NOT NEED TO C* ALIGN WITH NO,3 I AS LONG AS IT HAS A BRACED WALL PANEL BRACED ATEACH END ,✓J WALL PANELS BRACED WALL LINE BRACED NO,2 WALL LINE TO e BRACED WALL r'TIF�OR � OFF5ET4ALLOWED IN LINE NO.1 BRACED WALL LINE EXTERIOR BRACED WALL b PANELS ARE `ti IN ONE PLANE VERTICALLY EXCEPT AS PROVIDED FOR nt SECTION b 2308,196 b b CONTINUOUS FOUNDATION AND BRACED CRIPPLE WALL RECOMMENDED UNDER LOWER STORY BRACED WALL PANELS BRACED WALL NOTES: PANELS=b f1 i SUM OF BRACED WALL PANEL LENGTHS FOR BRACED WALL LINE NO.I="A'+"B"+ "C BRACED PANEL ABOVE MAY EXTEND UP TO I`-0"OVER WINDOW OR DOOR BELOW For SI: 1 Foot�304.8 mm. FIGURE 2308.9.3 BASIC COMPONENTS OF THE LATERAL BRACING SYSTEM 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 4B5 WOOD TABLE 2308.9.3(1) BRACED WALL PANELS" T CONSTRUCTION METHODSe. SEISMIC DESIGN BRACED PANEL LOCATION CATEGORY CONDITION 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 H ANDLENGTHd One story.lop of two or X X X X X X X X three story - Located in accordance with A and B First story of two story or X X X X X X X X Section 2308.9.3 and not second story of three story more than 25 feet on center. First story of three story -- X X X X° X X X Located in accordance with One story or lop of two — X X X X X X X Section 2308.9.3 and not story more than 25 Feet on center. Located in accordance with C Section 2308.9.3 and not First story of two story — X X X XP X X X more than 25 feet on Center,but total length shall not be less than 25%,of building length'. For SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm,1 fool=304.8 mm. a. This table specifies minimum requirements for braced panels that form Interior or exterior braced wall lines. b. See Section 2308.9.3 for full description. c. See Sections 2308.9-3.1 and 2308.9-3.2 for alternative braced panel requirements. d Building length is the dimension parallel to the braced wall length. e. Gvpsum wallboard applied to framing supports that are spaced at 16 inches on center V The required lengths shall be doubled for gypsum board applied to only oneface of a braced wall panel. TABLE 2308.9.3(2) EXPOSED PLYWOOD PANEL SIDING STUD SPACING (inches) MINIMUM THICKNESS° Plywood siding applied directly (inch) MINIMUM NUMBER OF PLIES to studs or over sheathing 3/� 3 16t' 112 9 24 For SI: I inch=25.4 mm. a. Thickness of grooved panels is measured at bottom of grooves b. Spans are permilted to be 24 inches if plywood siding applied with face grain perpendicular to studs or over one of the following:(1)1-inch board sheathing.(2)V, -inch wood structural panel sheathing or(3)`/.–inch wood structural panel sheathing with strength axis(which is[lie long direction of the panel unless otherwise marked)of sheathing perpendicular to studs. TABLE 2308.9.3(3) WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL WALL SHEATHING (Not Exposed to the Weather,Strength Axis Parallel or Perpendicular to Studs Except as Indicated Below) STUD SPACING(inches) MINIMUM THICKNESS Nailable sheathing (inch) PANEL SPAN RATING Siding nailed to studs Sheathing parallel to studs Sheathing perpendicular to studs 3/e Is/32• t12 1610,20/0,24/0,32116 24 16 24 Wall-24"o.c. t/ 2410.24/16,32/16 — 29 24 24 IG 32 2 Wall-24"o.c. a For SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm. a. PIvwood shall consist of four or more plies. b. Blacking of horizontal joints shall not be required except as specified in Sections 23063 and 2308,12.4. 486 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" WOOD TABLE 2308.9.3(4) ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR PARTICLEBOARD WALL SHEATHING (Not Exposed to the Weather,Long Dimension of the Panel Parallel or Perpendicular to Studs) STUD SPACING(inches) THICKNESS Siding nailed Sheathing under coverings specified in GRADE (inch) to studs Section 2398.9.3 parallel or perpendicular to studs M-S"Exterior Glue" __318 16 — and M-2"Exterior Glue" tIZ 16 16 For Sl: l inch=25.4 mm. TABLE 2308.9.3(5) HARDBOARD SIDING MINIMUM NOMINAL NAIL SPACING THICKNESS 2 x 4 FRAMING NAIL -- — SIDING (inch) MAXIMUM SPACING SIZE',n,a General Bracing panels` t.Lap siding Direct to studs 318 16"o.c. 8d 16"o.c. Not applicable Over sheathing 318 16"o.c. IOd 16"o.c. Not applicable 2.Square edge panel siding Direct to studs 318 24"o.c. 6d 6, o.c.edges: 9"o.c.edges: 1 12 o.c.at intermediate suppurls 8"o.c.at intermediate supports Over sheathing 318 24"o.c. gd 6"o.c.edges; 4"o.c.edges: 12"o.c.at intermediate supports 8"o.c.at intermediate supports 3.Shiplap edge panel siding Direct to studs 318 16"o.c. 6d 6"o.c.edges: 4"o.c.edges: 12' o.c.at intermediate supports 8` o.c.at intermediate supports Over sheathing 318 16"o.c. gd 6"o.c.edges: 4"o.c.edges; 12"o.c.at intermediate supports 8"o.c.at intermediate supports For SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm. a. Nails shall he corrosion resistant. h. Minimum acceptable nail dimensions; Panel Siding I Lap Siding (inch) (inch) Shank diameter 0.092 0.099 Head diameter 0.225 0.240 c Where used to comply widt Section 2308.9.3. d. Nail length must accommodate the sheathing and penetrate framing 1112 inches. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 487 WOOD 2308.9.3.2 Alternate bracing wall panel adjacent to a [lie header to the inner studs apposite the sheath- door or window opening.Any bracing required by Sec- ing. One anchor bolt not less than 5/H inch (15.9 tion 2308.9.3 is permitted to be replaced by the following mm) diameter and installed in accordance with when used adjacent to a door or window opening with a Section 2308.6 shall be provided in the center of Full-length header: each sill plate. The studs at each end of the panel 1. In one-story buildings, each panel shall have a shall have a tie-down device Fastened to the foun- length of not less than 16 inches (406 mm) and a dation with an uplift capacity of not less than 4,200 height of not more than 10 feet (3048 mm). Each pounds (18 480 N). panel shall be sheathed on one face with a single Where a panel is located on one side of the open- layer of 3/A inch (9.5 mm) minimum thickness ing,the header shall extend between the inside face wood structural panel sheathing nailed with 8d of the first full-length stud of the panel and the bear- common or galvanized box nails in accordance ing studs at the other end of the opening. A strap with Figure 2308.9.3.2.The wood structural panel with an uplift capacity of not less than 1.000 pounds sheathing shall extend up over the solid sawn or (4400 N) shall fasten the header to the bearing glued-laminated header and shall be nailed in studs.The bearing studs shall also have a tie-down accordance with Figure 2308.9.3.2. A built-up device fastened to the foundation with an uplift header consisting of at least two 2 x 12s and fas- capacity of not less than 1,000 pounds (4400 N), tened in accordance with Item 24 of Table The tie-down devices shall be an embedded 2304.9.1 shall be permitted to be used.A spacer,if strap type,installed in accordance with the manu- used, shall be placed on the side of the built-up facturer's recommendations. The panels shall be beam opposite the wood structural panel sheath- supported directly on a Foundation that is continu- ing. The header shat! extend between the inside ous across the entire length of the braced wall line, faces of the first Full-length outer studs of each panel. The clear span of the header between the This Foundation shall be reinforced with not less inner studs of each panel shall be not less than 6 Than one at 4 bar top and bottom. feet (1829 mm) and not more than 18 Feet (5486 Where[he continuous foundation is required to mm) in length. A strap with an uplift capacity of have a depth greater than 12 inches (305 mm), a not less than 1,000 pounds (4,400 N) shall fasten minimum 12-inch by 12-inch (305 mm by 305 OnW OF HEAER DOABLE PORTAL FRM%VW0 BRACED WALL PANELS] EXrEW OF �SMt=?MAL MME[ONE BRARCLD WALL PANEL.] t. K\ MM r Kit 2W NET KEADLA ' FASMTOP PLATE To HUM wTr"T1VO TYPICAL pORTAI ;{` 1 ROWSOFIWSWKERNAHZAYT0C.TYP ION Le FPANE t., STW CON91nLIC" F• I OW L11[!TRAP OPPOSITE SHEATHING FCRAPAfJ€LSPLTCE i= � FASM 5HEAT}NNO T[1 NLADER WfTH 8D 00W"OR V NEEDM.PMEL 1' k GALVANMW Box NAU JN s'ORID PATERII AS MOYM AND UXIES X69 } HEMGHT WO.MW ALL FRAMWIT(STUDS,JAMNO,MDSILLB)TYP SWUM AM 17 i� VdTN1N24'OFMIO NEUiNI'ONE ROW OF MM WVH.1e'FON01�81M8TRUCiURES TYP.[1HLATNiN4.1� }� MIN.Wf9TFi.24'FOR LIKE O1 THE FIRST OFTIVO FRAW4 NA)UNO Is ;: STORY SIRWTURES J REWflED. . IF]fI4 BLOCtIIN�O-t :F AaN.2[4 F74AMINa MNT I1661),71IH11)(113 MIIBT ' SW MV.T1#CKNMWOOD DOUBLE BENAIMTO(EIHER ' I,. STRUCTIIHALPANELSNEATHM ?alPDBr WrlH�tODl3NJ1SERS MIR 4M LBTIE•DOWN DEVICE(EMBEDDED MO d. r CONG;WrE AND NAMED INTO FRAMMO) 111N loop L8 }— ,... TIE 00" ME SECTION 2304S.S 2 CEVICE ;- T i For SI: 1 foot=304 8 n1m: I Inch=25A mns:1 pound=4.448 N. FIGURE 2308.9.3.2 ALTERNATE BRACED WALL PANEL ADJACENT TO A DOOR OR WINDOW OPENING 488 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' WOOD mm) continuous footing or turned down slab edge header shall have a length of bearing of not less than 111, is permitted at door openings in the braced wall inches (38 mm) for the Full width of the lintel, line.This continuous footing or turned down slab 2308.9.8 Pipes in walls. Stud partitions containing edge shall be reinforced with not less than one No. plumbing, heating or other pipes shall be so framed and 4 bar top and bottom.This reinforcement shall be the joists underneath so spaced as to give proper clear- lapped not less than 15 inches (381 mm) with the ance for the piping. Where a partition containing such reinforcement required in the continuous founda- piping runs parallel to the floor joists, the joists under- tion located directly under the braced wall line. neath such partitions shall be doubled and spaced to per- t. In the first story of two-story buildings,each wall mltthe passage of such pipes and shall be bridged.Where panel shall be braced in accordance with Item 1 plumbing,heating or other pipes are placed in or partly in above,except that each panel shall have a length of a partition,necessitating the cutting of the soles or plates, not less than 24 inches (610 mm). a metal tie not less than 0.058 inch (1.47 mm) (16 galva- 2308.9.4 Cripple walls.Foundation cripple walls shall be nized gage) and 1I/, inches (38 min) wide shall be fas- tened to each plate across and to each side of the opening framed oFstuds not less in size than the studding abovewith with not less than six 16d nails. a minimum length of 14 inches(356 mm),or shall be framed of solid blocking. Where exceeding 4 feet (1219 mm) in 2308.9.9 Bridging.Unless covered by interior or exterior height,such walls shall be framed of studs having the size wall coverings or sheathing meeting the minimum require- required for an additional story. ments of this code,stud partitions or walls with studs hav- ing a height-to-least-thickness ratio exceeding 50 shall 2308.9.4.1 Bracing. For the purposes of this section, have bridging not less than 2 inches (51 mm) in thickness cripple walls having a stud height exceeding 14 inches and of the same width as the studs Fitted snugly and nailed (356 mm)shall be considered a stoiyand shall be braced thereto to provide adequate lateral support.Bridging shall in accordance with Table 2308.9.3(1) for SeisinicDesign be placed in every stud cavity and at a frequency such that CategotyA, B or C.See Section 2308.12.4 for Selsinic no stud so braced shall have a height-to-]east-thickness Design Category D or E. ratio exceeding 50 with the height of the stud measured 2308.9.4.2 Nailing of bracing.Spacing of edge nailing between horizontal framing and bridging or between for required wall bracing shall not exceed 6 inches (152 bridging,whichever is greater. mm) o.c.along the foundation plate and the top plate of 2308.9.10 Cutting and notching. In exterior walls and the cripple wall. Nail size,nail spacing For field nailing bearing partitions, any wood stud is permitted to be cut or and more restrictive boundary nailing requirements shall notched to a depth not exceeding 25 percent of its width. be as required elsewhere in the code for the specific brae- Cutting or notching of studs to a depth not greater than 40 ing material used. percent of the width of the stud is permitted in nonbearing partitions supporting no loads other than the weight of the 2308.9.5 Openings in exterior walls. partition. 2308.9.5.1 Headers. Headers shall be provided over 2308.9.11 Bored holes. A hole not greater in diameter each opening in exterior-bearing walls. The spans in than 40 percent of the stud width is permitted to be bored Table 2308.9.5 are permitted to be used For one- and in any wood stud.Bored holes not greater than 60 percent two-family dwellings. Headers for other buildings shall of the width of the stud are permitted in nonbearing parti- be designed in accordance with Section 2301.2,Item 1 or tions or in any wall where each bored stud is d ou bled,pro- 2. Headers shall be of two pieces of nominal 2-inch (51 vided not more than two such successive doubled studs mm) framing lumber set on edge as permitted by Table are so bored. 2308.9.5 and nailed together in accordance with Table In no case shall the edge of the bored hole be nearer than 2304.9.1 or of solid lumber of equivalent size. V,inch (15.9 mm) to the edge of the stud. 2308.9.5.2 Header support.Wall studs shall support the Bored holes shall not be located at the same section of ends of the header in accordance with Table 2308.9.5. stud as a cut or notch. Each end of a lintel or header shall have a length of bear- ing of not less than I V,inches(38 mm)for the full width 2308.10 Roof and ceiling framing. The framing details of the lintel. required in this section apply to roofs having a minimum slope of three units vertical in 12 units horizontal (25-percent 2308.9.6 Openings in interior bearing partitions.Head- slope)or greater.Where the roof slope is less than three units ers shall be provided over each opening in interior bearing vertical in 12 units horizontal (25-percent slope), members partitions as required in Section 2308.9.5. The spans in supporting rafters and ceiling joists such as ridge board,hips Table 2308.9.6 are permitted to be used. Wall studs shall and valleys shall be designed as beams. support the ends of the header in accordance with Table 2308.10.1 Wind uplift.The roof construction shall have 2308.9.5 or 2308.9.6.as appropriate. p rafter and truss tics to the wall below. Resultant uplift 2308.9.7 Openings in interior nonbearing partitions. loads shall be transferred to the Foundation using a con- Openings in nonbearing partitions are permitted to be tinuous load path.The rafter or truss to wall connection framed with single studs and headers.Each end of a lintel or shall comply with Tables 2304.9.1 and 2308.10.1. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 489 WOOD - � 1 I f r i C [R iC M C± M1 U' C p N OO N N c' p Ca A � Cn 0.• M1 'J[G M A 4'i N 4 v- 4• b M1 i Z, LA V^. C `7 C+1 j r N l0 N 1 E I� In V J.- N . .I. -'T ml G' w N toll M e N c N r r N' n r 1 A a c t7 s q d ' M1 cc [� ci ac ° N .* c�j ee cc A ae ti m .� !Y 11 J t I I Q 6 w = 1 -- - I I ix m LA c. O 0 8 a �r� O m N N cwt L197' - — — - - o GC m N C C W R d W 4r N V !G i.7 W N t7 07 [[5 rr Cp L v'! OC C m Z a Q d \ ~ L= 0 7 pro �- •-- - - -- — -. - --- - --j_� w LL �7 E 2 N N N N N ^ N N N N N N o z I m: N C6 M 7 .-. M1 r N C'f C C N M CO M' !2 C"1 T •n T e7 M1 Q M' M1 O N N M S v9 CO A C G OG N +Y 7 [L A' ib !` bG {` �.' d N M eJ v9 m A o I I lII III flI N Z �+ �' � N N � � N � + + -- + N N N + N N � -- N �I � N N N• N N N N A CL Ln E [ _ % [7 u:. _ v-f C �^ "`.i' N N CO ..+ c7 a C N Cl N "'i L7 oG C 5b Fr H I j I lil' ~ L7' or O� �I mi C N tO C. N Q,' mi C N DO C N m a NI TI [D ml r w . x l x- % w x x x k % x x .} Y K h. x T k x x ), x NI N: N i 'i ' N N NNI N' NI N N N N N N_ m A A, 4 1 4 t m 4 4 N m f•'•' M y°I T 4 N Z d'H oG PC � �0 5 c$ x o a � �m a � k c y ✓z C15:.J 0.'to 490 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* WOOD z I .G m `r. ry N N t Q N _ Y u N m E 1 Gr ti v C N N C — — N �`] a0 C PG Ct` OS m p m p N - a ar d m •� z � N N N N N N N � N N — N N N �"- N N N N LV N Y V1 w n J d ;, _c 3 C LD mc Z r O c � I mi l] OC !, m L G N PC N 4 G C C OC N C C L C CT Z {L � WC J rJ' m F: C aav z C w d j' m 7' + N N M N N N N N N N N M •TJ �". N t`•i M N N' M � G o X L G p Lq p c E = 0. G�1 o II � f+ "G Q O 'J- G' '-r .• s' C.� G C'] M2 N r� N �. 1; ec a C N b i M I C 'c �• JIl1� {� 4) N = C Q C ti G O a J a LA W U6 Z th T G O � 7 'fl CCi t a s c I O `• E 3 ° F.0. v R �G OC C a OC G N K L9 OC C N m C N 8 C N 0, 7 C rA H x p Z G V; G N N N N N M M M •.t N N N N N Nf M �s t0 y N O z EC zl ti Si J y K G � N N r N � a � •O G d N s Z C L �L�, •5i �° 5 o n 5 a X p U y 7 Z Z o � � - N C C C R [%7 O. a C G Y C I 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 491 WOOD TABLE 2308.9.6 HEADER AND GIRDER SPANS•FOR INTERIOR BEARING WALLS (Maximum Spans for Douglas Fir-Larch,Hem-Fir,Southern Pine and Spruce-Pine-Fir°and Required Number of Jack Studs) BUILDING WIDTH'(Feeq 20 28 36 HEADERS AND GIRDERS - SUPPORTING SIZE Span Nj° Span Njd Span Nj" 2-2 ),4 3-1 1 2-8 1 2-5 1 2-2 x 6 4-6 1 3-11 1 3-6 1 2-2 x 8 5-9 1 5-0 2 4-5 2 2-2 x10 7-0 2 6-1 2 5-5 2 2-2 xl2 8-1 2 7-0 2 6-3 2 One Floor Only 3-2 x 8 7-2 I 6-3 1 5-7 2 3-2 x10 8-9 1 7-7 2 6-9 2 3-2 x 12 10-2 2 8-10 2 7-10 2 4-2 x 8 9-0 1 7-8 1 6-9 1 4-2 x10 10-1 1 8-9 1 7-10 2 4.2 x12 11-9 1 10-2 2 9-1 2 2-2 x 4 2-2 1 1-10 1 1-7 1 2-2 x 6 3-2 2 2-9 2 2-5 2 2-2 x 8 4-1 2 3-6 2 3-2 2 2-2 x10 4-11 2 4-3 2 3-10 3 2-2 x12 5-9 2 5-0 3 4-5 3 Two Floors 3-2 x 8 5-1 2 4-5 2 3-11 2 3-2 x10 6-2 2 5-4 2 4-10 2 3-2 x12 7-2 2 6-3 2 5-7 3 4-2 x 8 6-1 1 5-3 2 4-8 2 4-2 x10 7-2 2 6-2 2 5-6 2 4-2 x12 8-4 2 7-2 2 6-5 2 For Sl: 1 inch=25.4 mm, 1 foot=304.8 mm. a. Spans are given in feet and inches(ft-In). b. Tabulated values are For No.2 grade lumber. c. Building width is measured perpendicular to the ridge For widths between those shown,spans are permitted to be interpolaled. d. NJ-Number of jack studs required to support each end.Where the number of required jack studs equals one.the headers are permitted to be supported by an approved Framing anchor altached to the full-lielght Mall stud and to the header. 492 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE'' WOOD TABLE 2308.10.1 REQUIRED RATING OF APPROVED UPLIFT CONNECTORS(pounds)a,b•c,a.f.g.A ROOF SPAN(feet} OVERHANGS BASIC WIND SPEED O --- N - (3-second gust) 1 12 20 24 28 32 36 40 (poundstfeet)d 85 72 -120 -145 -169 -193 -217 -241 -38.55 90 -91 451 481 -212 -242 -272 -302 -43.22 100 -131 -281 -262 -305 -349 -393 -436 -53.36 110 -175 -292 -351 -409 -467 -526 -584 -6_4.56 Fur SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm.1 root=304 Brim. 1 mile per hour=. 1.61 km/h[1 pound=0.454 Kg, 1 pound/foot= 14,5939 Nlm. a. The uplift connecriotr w(loircmentsare based on a 30-foot mean roof height located in Exposure B.For Exposure C or D and for other mean roof heights.multiply the above loads by the adjustment coefficients below. Mean Roof Height(feet) _ EXPOSURE 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 s0 55 60 B 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.05 1 A9 1.12 1.16 1.19 _T 1.22 C 1.21 1.29 1.35 1.40 145 r 1.49 1.53 1.56 1.59 1.62 D 1.47 1-55 1.61 1.66 1.70 1.74 1.78 1.81 184 1.87 b. The uplift connection requirements are based on the framing being spaced 24 inches on center.Multiply by 0.67 for framing spaced 16 inches on center and multi- ply by 0.5 for framing spaced 12 inches on center. c. The uplift connection requirements include an alhmance for 10 pounds of dead load. d. The up]ift connection requirements do not account for the effects of overhangs.The magnitude of the above loads shall be increased by adding the overhang loads found in the table.The overhang loads are also based on framing spaced 24 inches on center.The overhang loads given shall be multiplied by the overhang projec- tion and added to the roof uplift value in the table. e The uplift connection requirements are based upon wind loading nu end zones as defined in Figure 6 2 of ASCE 7.Connection loads for connections located a dis- tance of 20 percent of the least horizontal dimension of the building from the corner of the building are permitted to be reduced by multiplying the table connection value by 03 and multiplying the cxerhang load by 0.8. I For wall-to-wall and wall-to-foundation connections.the capacity of the uplift connector is permitted to be reduced by 100 pounds for each full wall above.(For example,if a 500-pound rated connector is used on the rout framing,a 400-pound rated connector is permitted at the nett floor level down). g. Interpolation is permitted for Intermediate values of basic wind speeds and roof spans. h. The rated capacity of approved Ile-down devices Is permitted to Include up to a 60-percent increase for wind effects where allowed by material specifications. 2308.10.2 Ceiling joist spans.Allowable spans for ceiling bearing surface of not less than 1112 inches(38 mm)on the joists shall be in accordance with Table 2308.10.2(1) or top plate at each end. 2308.10.2(2). For other grades and species, refer to the Where ceiling joists are not parallel to rafters,an equiv- AF&PA Span Tables for Joists and Rafters. alent rafter tie shall be installed in a manner to provide a 2308.10.3 Rafter spans. Allowable spans for rafters shall continuous tie across the building,at a spacing of not more be in accordance with Table 2308.10.3(1), 2308.10.3(2), than 4 feet (1219 mm) o.c. The connections shall be in 2308.10.3(3), 2308.10.30), 2308.10.3(5) or 2308.10.3(6). accordance with Tables 2308.10.4.1 and 2304.9.1,or con- For other grades and species, refer to the AF&PA Span neclions of equivalent capacities shall be provided.Where Tables for Joists and Rafters, ceiling joists or rafter ties are not provided at the lop of the rafter support walls,the ridge formed by these rafters shall 2308.10.4 Ceiling joist and rafter framing. Rafters also be supported by a girder conforming to Section shall be framed directly opposite each other at the ridge. 2308.4, There shall be a ridge board at least 1-inch(25 mm)nomi- nal thickness at ridges and not less in depth than the cut Rafter ties shall be spaced not more than 4 feet (1219 end of the rafter.At valleys and hips,there shall be a sin- mm) o.c. Rafter tie connections shall be based on the gle valley or hip rafter not less than 2-inch(51 mm)nomi- equivalent rafter spacing in Table 2308.10.4.1. Where nal thickness and not less in depth than the cut end of the rafter ties are spaced at 32 inches (813 min) o.c., the rafter. number of 16d common nails shall be two times the num- ber specified for rafters spaced 16 inches(406 mm)o.c., 2308.10.4.1 Ceiling joist and rafter connections.Ceil- with a minimum of four 16d common nails where no ing joists and rafters shall be nailed to each other and the snow loads are indicated.Where rafter ties are spaced at assembly shall be nailed to the top wall plate in accor- 48 inches (1219 mm) o.c., the number of 16d common dance with Tables 2304.9.1 and 2308.10.1.Ceiling joists nails shall be two times the number specified for rafters shall be continuous or securely joined where they meet spaced 24 inches (610 mm) o.c.,with a minimum of six over interior partitions and fastened to adjacent rafters in 16d common nails where no snow loads are indicated. accordance with Tables 2308.10.4.1 and 2304.9.1 to pro- Rafter/ceiling joist connections and rafier/tie connec- vide a continuous rafter lie across the building where such tions shall be of sufficient size and number to prevent joists are parallel to the rafters.Ceiling joists shall have a splitting from nailing. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 493 WOOD p � :a :a - cc m _ � r, n ❑ m A n a m n R- n x a o� R �v c c a c a c c c c c c c `c `c 5 c `c c. z 2 "� Z z z �' Z z z `� z z z "1 z z z `� z z Z, Z Z z Z z z N I i � N G � � � N N L z N M N N M N f4 N N •-+ N N N N I N N N N ^ 5r .2,~ O y � N C C 4 al W K W m G 00 0 . it J D i.7 O• 6^, S+ 7 C 0O _ Op 4G ti m N fM1 (}• [+� Cfi C. 17 C �i wOm J k. Q LA _ I � l 2i w ° N n ° m t N c c c ^I m I 17 c a? c: 1? e' c i C, oa I �, ✓: ^' N ;J - z f N Z 1.; V: a a V: V3 q xf', ■k ✓] tl1. 9R �'! :�. qe qt +r V: i V; V: W LD Z I � N• �'� `.� ,�. ^'� a' �s. .m - 'LII R � �, El E a' E t E'l E E d a c L ' Cq dSi W 4R cn fli cn :n v°. v°i v> :n O O d .T5 SS T c h f v°•. ;n cn. v°', G7 Z V 6 a tn F VI �C z 2 7 lil U 494 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" WOOD GO O/J; L: L C C T C O Q _� C O O 7 4']i L7 C S N' [` Ci C'7 N [" O C M. PO u7 N N A z Z N Z Z Z N. Z. N Ni — 2 N N -+ z' N N �', zl Z I O• O A L7 N L.1 17 Cy N N � N Y N 3 N � a N W a wwI-J a'.o N C.¢ �b C wl C [� cc oc Q N U' `1' O GO C? Q — — C7 Q c) O N L^ N L7 N 0 p7Q W r � .-. W a C N !� [� ^U N L• L:. V'S [� n lA M L 1P] [P). ul 7 1i ! 'U L7 fie': N liy y ^ _Jti. I cc 0 o Y Q J' ou-mu- W t"0 O N wa,, N n I C' O w I C o0� N cc �"7 C^ Q N m 4'f I In DO r 3 N �, C � � � •• O � � za J d q W m Ua E m _ .. t _C a0 u C _ _ _ _ _ _ Vn ie 4 V; t U i V; $ 4 v) vk m Y v) i/ i is 1/1 R A` AIY V: aY ✓: a aNe a N � E W. G I � `e G G L Z C vE ✓i c ` W vvpp LLpp L; Lry L Lu1 t L C L- 1. � A R - GI e. :?' Iv-. Vl ✓.� FL iL iLi F. 0. C. R. G C c C LLB ls. Z LL 2 d d. C C C C G � � � E E E :}.! � s s C c � o�q o o E' p :G V: V f/1 N V�1 VRf V :J u — z 4 E 5 a N . v 1!1 Ld Ln 7 c U n 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 495 WOOD S2 — — - - — — - M. a, C2 -.4 E, N C2 4 's 4 OY LU 17 a w S C3 w r ao m FL 0 m 20 .O-j a) 0 U. QI g to L4 V) E C:� Qc 0c C6 O. CD z V3 V, m ft 60 V1 in LO El E r C�j F- E E E E �j III e. r: 15 15 = r r E 2 A A A V5, 5 496 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' WOOD i 7 cC. N N 00 =1 7 t? c1 f C M. t?! C ■ N b N N � � '-' N f V R', � � eC, R C• � GO N N � � w• � = Q� C=.' 1 _ I I 7 L�- = M T^ 6i C .-• — C C t") •-- r � � N O C C Q 11 N N 1 w 3 pn E Q d R N W � S ' c? C C N Gq �' Cl 'C ¢t L^ C ` C n a C N D N - O cc L LL N(n zg LuaL4 _ C C •... c^i x N �'f cC .- �'! C dC 4+ OQ N N �fi 1-j m} a Lu H I � U 01 x a L � C 4 — N M f] M. 61 �. N m, V! N M V] N c/3 p J: # § +Y Vn # i 61 Ir r� Jn t' qc i4 V: 4 �k is (n >s S Mc V] w th ae V1 i c E m I 7 •c � a Lo �- N w r r -El In a o. H E E E E E E E E '� �- i w a L' L c m ri' •a',' [i is u a a c L �. .G V a - t t _ s ?� 2 2 2 2 > °a° E E E E g 3 g a ° ° 2 2 M h in v: 8 �I 2 ^a'I Jai :7s j � L ° z U c ^ Q ^° d < y (~il u N u M z� Ire W ✓ U � 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 497 WOOD Or T N Ci I? m N L6 yN - -T -T L? L,2 4 m r4 m II Ln o LLI ui CL I., a 6 ��: �!., 6I I Ln Z Z Z z z z 2 z z w S z O Z Z, Z, Jm a® ' LL R o 4A Z it o 7 C 1? PG I? M ID O 6 -7 c�- VI Ln M V) A Z V IA 7: T Ln uj O lx Vl Jz CL ir- vT. En x x E z E E E & � a. 17: 1� t E' �g E c. P- --FQ S I co -P Ln L� V1 r- 0:0 MIL IA 498 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' WOOD 1? '7 < e 7 1, C? O 7 f7- 7 7 `7 7 C F 117 17, C7 c' Q? = O Ir L? 7 c 9 M � !L 4u 5w CL 2, cz LLI co -f f 7 1 cT N c? 0 cu 'd OM w r- - - - -- - t? op V) c-j z " � 'm, c� g-� 6 c,� 6 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — P. I'M ir c,l r 4 ,L H Lu N' C F 7 V) Ln m m 4n 4A O CWL LA E L L Lu LL W. CL, C. E E = - Pr E e E E E 2 2 E It. a II iv LOT tr MOT cc 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 499 WOOD -T -T -J C C C u- .C.. C C C _ C � 8 N! N O 4 m cr o N N y M N N N Lu N F C _ ti'1 C C N M C C - _ - a N C d C +O Lu + H G X ' C C d N A �. 7 7 Z `" 7 7 7, "' 7 7 7 "' 7 7 7 `" 7 7- "i z 7 Lu m p 2z J _C R` C G L OC L'f v] M. �'f !] F n•f 7 .'� O CS M C- OC 7 W C _ N G] _ N N N N C I N GNU N N N N N N N N v tr Q U N� � Z Z Z ^ Z Z Z N N — N N — •-• t LL,V C In 1 `a"LL Q m C [� of ` ✓Y ^ N N {O L N N C i eM, C7 C]_ C:. CS C� Ca V7 VI o N N N 7 N �. C '"^1 N N N ~ C C+ CJ 7• pp c7 eY; oC h t+ a7' �', OO n0 .A,+ N' M' a a ° u V) N II W 6 Q Q7 7 oc c, Ln �^ C N [I uj N .r..•� '. '. '. ... W d 7 _ v C :- .� A � N M L6 � N M} v; � N � U'1 � i M Ln � Y C^, v) � i .�] VI ^ [/] ^ ry '✓7 # } } V7 a } V: # } V: Y VJ # } V7 �R 4 VI dF # ! VI ! # Lu Q ff i Q Vl Lm U � � E L 1=• L G. I �� m �I � ti � i - E E E E L. �, _ %al � � � r✓ .il �. E 2 E c o vE. Y J v l A c2 rah c! Jr J n s ce Z N u13 d a a 500 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' WOOD P= In m = c m c� C6 A A 7 T PP C -7 L? c? L? c? -F - — .. — - — — — - — — — c 22 a t t�l t- !E m N Ci T c2 -1: fi N 7 1, r7 N A n f 0 S Ir C m G. M OPF C IV ";I . z = = 44 N CO 4O w m Pill m P= w t=, Q x IL zc Z o c4 z Z UJI Ni l Z MIS 2 z 0-J r OO N c? P. 17- 1? 7 1�! H M [R .12 M: Six C, LL t 0 cr c? I? ? a? A, Lp n! L-: 6 tE -J 2 IMP may , UJI Mi u. ,v uj Z !2 �j L'f! m In 1? 1,7- In w I, w w m. co rii M1 ti I, LA NI IMP iol m m v), R, Ll P., Ln Ln W' v) Xi PC ac, a E E! 9.1 c� 1, j, Z �i 5 r2 E ,. 2 1 , o c c Ln Lr V� �r ;iP u') L cz CE u IL 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 501 WOOD 'il L? C M L? OF N C m C OC I- C n 1*2 r -7 7 OiF -77 M 'IF N -r C? E2 �2 2 S QO In O ne L4 Lu u, I - — IP Lu .5 CL Z z z co Z a cm R=.E ,;�-.J= — S ? c� V� m I, — 6 Z L", 8 . -0 INI W L) CZ m C, LL lu 1,7 C7: 'T L�'. 'u C5 A 2 26 It— NI 'I — — — — — — - — — — — — — — — CL r 0 cp - — - — — - - 'a M m C7, ,e Pc 0c 6 M In n L� m, (.r m :p m m L2 Ln u Ll V) LL L7. E Ei E R-, El El E M.' c. E E E E 11 J-, Jr,- V-1 At 5 A 502 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" WOOD A E 2 c:� f6 M 06 bp — — — — — - — — — — — — — I? c;S rT ;F 0 cT N op m c? — 'T 2 7 7 CF I?. ?: �v 9: 7 1p 7 '? -7 OP tT O q m 9 f A L; W L 4D ui 'm cm v ix o w �mz CD 0 Tz lu c� t-� .7 -T o w A C;0 0 C6 -71 CP 7, 7 -J Z 55 h N E vc 7 7 cb us s. M 6n r N M Vr, Ln N m 4n En cn Lu O In E E op V3 V�: Ln J� 4p 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 503 WOOD 7 7 7 c 6 1:4 - — — — — — — — m c-7 :4 CL N o CO C? 7 97' w 6 A w 0 4m Z 0 0. S 0 L) — — — — —C:i — :7 E 2 t2 rZ • 0 Lu L) L----. -j 0: QO N LL 0 C? N t. M1 C N x 7 A a 6 4 6 < " S L RL rL 0 '7- 2 c7 -7 2 r7 -T Ld M 0 m A VI M V7 L/3 m V) cr. m V3 VI MY d1 V) Lo V3 V3 ld 0 Z CL A -11 V) E E E a- CL- m- A , ,p S I p . . . . J� E �i P- ul q—j 504 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® WOOD CP --F up IrT 1? 9? N C N I? 1IF C? C L? � A O 7 7 tq .0 Iz In w III LAI M1 A Cc In x C Iz w I,, V) Ell m 0_j YOU S - E- - -F I? -T -7 7 z 1! N LL 0 o LJ y) - 1? c? c�I FL M R S L, R a, At CL o La 0 0 LL 0 0 Lf,' w w UJ In ac L O� LA N m 0 N m ;r. m ✓3 m V: - 4 :/] N In In Lp kn Ln V: Ln ft V1 I E aq lu IL -7 J IIA 't t EL C6 E E E a a "-r: 2r E L L LII. U. s O c 0 m 0 a V,. v: V) L ul IN t: 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 505 WOOD 7 cC Z E m eL 7 G 2 c. 7 o? C2 -ta - — — — - — — — — — — — cx 9 N li I? 1'e cC 17 tG r I o? O w !:4 ,w qA O it w bb� I wL C C L -F -P C -P. -r '.7 "r CL -6 B -, o - ;�I ��I —. I? 1� . Z Z z 1 2 22 r �E c CZ U o '7- � '7' 7 7 17 17 1p M N Li; C) 0 - - M — - — — — — Q - — - 0 u CC cL LA . G. N. N. N. . CL vi FL 4-- — — — — — — — — — — — ml m, G N m CA' N ✓1 M L/) VI EA v,: ft Ln LLr 43 't a ur ul t t t E c� c f 4- 0� 0.7 c� L�. LL' LL E! V t:, r L 4 L L ,z ❑ m ❑ Ll. v) uj Z on 506 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' WOOD S t 12. Z. A. . . . . O. . t2 7. O m M Ci M C? c I? -r 1,7 7 -E a s N S tZ 7 LLI LLI C f C t7 7 IT- c F -f tT I? 1C cP 91 OC 1: t? C 171 T 1^ k? N 44 W u — — — — — — — - — — d 0 U LI Lo, c m M 7 F7 Irr T M E2 S '2 2 z in CL tz 0 ce-c C M OC n 7 L. m c? Ln vl Ln �A ft :4 �n Ln V) M LQ Ln M V) M V) �r V3 m Lr' ;7 m- I, z LZ E� Pr- g -t: -!z 17 A I I 2 2 2 2 tr- Ln A v�� olll CL c 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 507 WOOD '7� 7 F- 7 Q? G? N -1 c: LL C6 N - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - cr CO OF w N c?- 7 '7 - - - - - - - - - - - - .C-. - - - - - ch , II m 7 Lu II t7 17 CO C c Y tr; Z: C? m C�,, N1 CP mi tj tL F Z Or ox 0 La m -1 cr m 41 �cc LL v c CL CL W 0 �-M 0 LL F r7 c� R M 7 "2 S tL u7 17- N c� 17 L7 c? -S!I r�. r.� r4 i, i- 1, 6 l, 6 w l N V) V) Ln L0 Ln V) L, m m Ln M A V2 > RP Lr. i ;n 3 4 J7 it RF VR V3 LLD O CT O dt yr t3 3 2 Ln 3 2. .- G.F- 6- K, a E E E E Js A A C c c A 3i A Jq N s V,- Ir- La ri m CL 508 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' WOOD O) Oil M1 L7 M IT M1 F I 1i C? c1 M1 m N w !14 d - C G < C. N C. IV II O F! 6 A LA uJ a. u •, N us N a ?' N rit �� .n N m us o_ oc o c, N .n ems' o LA M Lu D co Im o y z, c). A ^ N G7 :Z � '2 7 u ml 0 L6 m LLI M 0. "Z 17 1? J z M, !14 ca [L to L61 -7 �7 cn `7 V7 Lr 41 Q v) I—', I} H E, E 9- 9- E: E r: ga. 'cc S -P -P S 51 o o. vi t4 IM M Ln K Qc 4.c u L L2 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 549 WOOD TABLE 2308.10.4.1 RAFTER TIE CONNECTIONS9 GROUND SNOW LOAD(pound per square fool) 30 pounds per square foot 50 pounds per square foot NO SNOW LOAD Roof span(reel) RAFTER TIE SPACING 12 20 28 36 12 Zo 28 36 12 20 28 36 - — -- - - -- SLOPE Cinches) Required number of 16d common(311z"x 0.162")nailSn�°per connection', !2 4 6 8 10 4 G 8 11 5 8 12 15 16 5 7 10 13 8 11 14 6 11 15 20 3:12 24 7 11 15 19 11 16 21 9 16 23 30 32 10 14 19 25 10 16 22 28 12 27 30 40 48 14 21 29 37 14 32 36 42 18 32 1 46 60 12 3 4 5 6 3 5 6 8 4 6 9 11 16 3 5 7 8 4 6 8 11 5 8 12 15 4:12 24 4 7 10 12 5 9 12— 16 _ 7 12 17 22 32 6 9 13 16 — 8 12 16 22 10 16 —24 30 i 48 8 14 19 24 10 18 24 32 14 24 34 44 12 3 3 4 5 3 4 5 7 3 5 7 9 16 3 4 5 7 3 5 7 9 4 7 9 i 12 5:12 24 4 6 8 I0 4 7 10 13 6 10 T 14 18 32 5 8 10 13 6 10 14 18 B 14 18 24 48 -- 7 — 11 15 — 20 8 14 20 26 12 20 _28 j� 36 i 12 3 3 3 4 3 3 4 5 3 4_� u5 ! 7 16 3 3 4 5 3 4 5 — G — 3 5 7 9� 7:12 -- 24 3 4 6 — — .7. 3 — 5 7 T— 9 4 7 10 , 13 32 4 6 8 10 4 8 10 12 6 10+14 18 48 5 8 11 14 6 I0 14 18 9 14 20 26 12 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 4 5 16 3 3 3 4 3 3 4 5 3 4 5 7 9:12 24 3 3 5 6 3 4 6 7 3 6 8 10 32 3 4 6 8 4 6 8 10 5 8 10 14 48 4 6 9 11 5 8 12 14 7 12 16 20 12 _ — 3 — 3 3 — 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 16 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 4 3 3 4 5 12:12 24 3 3 3 4 3 3 4 6 3 4 l 6 8 32 3 3 4 5 3 5 6 8 4 6 8 10 48 3 4 6 7 4 7 8 12 6 8 12 1_6 For SL l inch=25.4 mm,1 foot=304.8 mm,t pound per square fool=47.8 NIm2. a. 40d box(5"K 0.162")or 16d sinker(311,"�0.148")nails are permitted to be substituted for 16d common M."x 0.16")nails. b Nailing requirements are permitted to be reduced 25 percent if nails are clinched. c. Rafter tie heel joint connections are not required where the ridge is supported by a load-bearing%+all.header or ridge beam. d. When intermediate support of the rafter is pi nvided by vertical struts or purlins to a load-bearing wall,the tabulated heel join[connection requirements are permit- led to be reduced proportionally to the reduction in span. e. Equivalent nailing patterns are required for reilingjoist to ceiling joist lap splices. f. Connected members shall be of sufficient size to prevent splitting due to nailing. g. For snow loads less than 30 pounds per square foot,the required number of nails is permitted to be reduced by multiplyingby the ratio of actual snow load plus 10 divided by 40,but not less than the number required for no snow load. 510 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" WOOD 2308.10.4.2 Notches and holes. Notching at the ends end matched orsplined,each plank bears on at least one sup- of rafters or ceiling joists shall not exceed one-fourth port,and joints are separated by at Ieast 24 inches(610 mm) the depth. Notches in the top or bottom of the rafter or in adjacent pieces, ceiling joist shall not exceed one-sixth the depth and 2308.10.10 Wood trusses.Wood trusses shall be designed shall not be located in the middle one-third of the span, in accordance with Section 2303.4. except that a notch not exceeding one-third of the depth is permitted in the top of the rafter or ceiling joist not 2308.10.11 Attic ventilation.For attic ventilation,see Sec- further from the face of the support than the depth of the tion 1203.2. member. 2308.11 Additional requirements for conventional con- Holes bored in rafters or ceiling joists shall not be struction in Seismic Design Category B or C.Strictures of within 2 inches(51 mm)of the top and bottom and their conventional light-frame construction in Seismic Design Cate` diameter shall not exceed one-third the depth of the goryB or C,as determined in Section 1613,shall comply with member. Sections 2308.11.1 through 2308.11.3,in addition to the provi- 2308.10.4.3 Framing around openings. Trimmer and sions of Sections 2308.1 through 2308.10. header rafters shall be doubled,or of lumber of equiva- 2308.11.1 Number of stories. Structures of conventional lent cross section,where the span of the header exceeds 4 light-frame construction shall not exceed Iwo stories above feet (1219 mm).The ends of header rafters more than 6 grade plane in Seismic Design Category C. feet (1829 min) long shall be supported by framing 2308.112 Concrete or masonry. Concrete or masonry anchors or rafter hangers unless bearing on a beam,parti- walls and stone or masonry veneer shall not extend above a tion or wall. basement. 2308.10.5 Purlins.Purlins to support roof loads are permit- Exceptions: ted to be installed to reduce the span of rafters within allow- 1. Stone and masonry veneer is permitted to be used able limits and shall be supported by struts to bearing walls. in the first two stories above grade plane or the The maximum span of 2-inch by 4-inch(51 mm by 102 mm) first three stories above grade plane where the purlins shall be 4 feet(1219 mm).The maximum span of the 2-inch by 6-inch {51 mm by 152 mm} purlin shall be 6 Feet lowest storyhas concrete or masonry walls in SPIS- (1829 mm), but in no case shall the purlin be smaller than mic Design Category B, provided that structural the supported rafter.Struts shall not be smaller than 2-inch use panel wall bracing is used and the length of by 4-inch (51 min by 102 mm) members. The unbraced bracing provided is one- and one-half times the length of struts shall not exceed 8 feet (2438 mm) and the required length as determined in Table minimum slope of the struts shall not be less than 45 degrees 2308.9.3(l), (0.79 rad) from the horizontal. 2. Stone and masonry veneer is permitted to be used 2308.10.6 Blocking.Roof rafters and ceiling joists shall be in the first story above grade plane or the first two supported laterally to prevent rotation and lateral displace- stories above grade plane where the lowest story ment in accordance with the provisions of Section 2308.8.5. has concrete or masonry walls in Seismic Design Category B or C. 2308.10.7 Engineered wood products. Prefabricated 3. Stone and masonry veneer is permitted to be used wood]-joists,structural glued-laminated timber and struc- in both stories of buildings with two stories t o b used tural composite lumber shall not be notched or drilled grade plane in Seismic Design Categories B and except where permitted by the manufacturer's recommen- C.provided the following criteria are met: dations or where the effects of such alterations are specifi- cally considered in the design of the member by a registered 3.1. Type of brace per Section 2308.9.3 shall be design professional Method 3 and the allowable shear capacity 2308.10.8 Roof sheathing. Roof sheathing shall be in in accordance with Table 2306.3 shall be a accordance with Tables 2304.7(3) and 2304.7(5) for wood minimum of 350 plf(5108 Nlm). structural panels, and Tables 2304.7(1) and 2304.7(2) for 3.2. Braced wall panels in the second story lumber and shall comply with Section 2304.7.2. shall be located in accordance with Section 2308.10.8.1 Joints. Joints in lumber sheathing shall 2308.9.3 and not more than 25 feet (7620 occur over supports unless approved end-matched lum- mm) on center, and the total length of ber is used,in which case each piece shall bear on at least braced wall panels shall be not less than 25 percent of the braced wall line length. two supports. Braced wall panels in the first storyshall be 2308.10.9 Roof planking. Planking shall be designed in located in accordance with Section accordance with the general provisions of this code. 2308.9.3 and not more than 25 feet (7620 In lieu of such design, 2-inch (51 mm) tongue-and- mm) on center, and the total length of groove planking is permitted in accordance with Table braced wall panels shall be not less than 45 2308.10.9.Joints in such planking are permitted to be ran- percent of the braced wall line length. domly spaced, provided the system is applied to not less 3.3. Hold-down connectors shall be provided at than three continuous spans,planks are center matched and the ends of each braced wall panel for the 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 511 WOOD allowable design of 2,000 pounds (8896 hold-down connector force shall be trans- N). Hold-down connectors shall be pro- (erred to the foundation. vided at the ends of each braced wall panel 3.4. Cripple walls shall not be permitted. for the first story to foundation connection with an allowable capactiy of 3.900 2308.11.3 Framing and connection details. Framing and pounds (17 347 N). In all cases, the connection details shall conform to Sections 2308.11.3.1 through 2308.11.3.3. TABLE 2306.10.9 ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR 2-INCH TONGUE-AND-GROOVE DECKING SPAN° LIVE LOAD BENDING STRESS(i) MODULUS OF ELASTICITY(E) (reef) (pound per square tool) DEFLECTION LIMIT (pound per square inch) (pound per square inch) Roots 20 1/240 160 I 170,000 11360 i 256,000 4 30 11240 210 1 256,000 1/360 ! 384,000 40 1/240 270 340,000 11360 512,000 20 1/240 200 242,000 11360 305.000 4.5 30 1/240 - -- -270 363,000 1/360 405,000 90 11240 350 484.000 1/360 725,000 20 1/290 250 ---- 332,000 1/360 ! 500,000 5.0 30 1/240 330 495.000 11360 742,000 40 11240 420 660,000 11360 1,000,000 20 1/240 300 - - 442.000 1/360 660,000 1/240 662,000 5.5 30 1/360 400 998,000 40 1/240 — 500 884,000 11360 11330.000 20 11240 360 575,000 1/360 862,000 6.0 30 11240 480 862,000 _ 11360 1,295,000 40 11240 600 — -1.150,000 11360 1,730,000 20 11240 420 595,000 11360 892,000 6.5 30 11240 560 892,000 11360 1340,000 40 1/240 700 I I,190.000 - 1/360/360 - - - - 1.730.000 (continued) 512 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' WOOD TABLE 2306.10.9—continued ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR 2-INCH TONGUE-AND-GROOVE DECKING SPAN' LIVE,LOAD BENDING STRESS(1) MODULUS OF ELASTICITY(E) (feet) (pound per square fool) — DEFLECTION LIMIT (pound per square inch) (pound per square inch) Roors 20 11240 — -- 490 910.000 11360 1,360,000 11240 1,370,000 7.0 30 11360 650 2.000,000 40 11240 810 1.820,000 11360 2.725,000 20 11240 560 1.125,000 11360 1,685.000 7.5 30 11240 750 105,000 11360 2.530.000 40 11240 930 2.250,000 11360 3,380.000 20 11240 640 1,360,000 11360 2.040.000 8.0 _ - - 30 11240 850 2,040,000 11360 3,060,000 Floors 4 840 1,000,000 4.5 40 11360 950 1.300.000 5.0 1,060 1,600,000 Yor 5l: I inch=25.4 mm, 1 foot=304.8 mm.1 pound per square foot=0.0479kN1m'. 1 pound per square inch_.0.00689 NImmZ. a. Spans are based on simple beam action with 10 pounds per square foot dead load and provisions for a 300-pound concentrated load on a 12 inch width of decking. Random layup is permitted in accordance with the provisions of Section 2308.10.9.Lumber thickness is V12 Inches nominal. 2308.11.3.1 Anchorage. Braced wall lines shall be 3. Where cripple walls occur between the top of the anchored in accordance with Section 2308.6 at founda- footing and the lowest floor framing, the bracing tions. requirements for a story shall apply. 2308.11.3.2 Stepped footings. Where the height of a 2308.11.3.3 Openings in horizontal diaphragms. required braced wall panel extending from foundation to Openings in horizontal diaphragms with a dimension per- floor above varies more than 4 feet (1219 mm),the fol- pendicular to the joist that is greater than 4 feet(1219 min) ]owing construction shall be used: shall be constructed in accordance with the following: 1. Where the bottom of the footing is stepped and the 1. Blocking shall be provided beyond headers. lowest floor framing rests directly on a sill bolted to the footings, the sill shall be anchored as 2. Metal ties not less than 0.058 inch 11.47 min (16 required in Section 2308.3.3. galvanized gage)] by 1112 inches (38 mm) wide 2. Where the lowest floor framing rests directly on a with eight 16d common nails on each side of the sill bolted to a footing not less than 8 feet (2438 header joist intersection shall be provided (see mm) in length along a line of bracing,the line shall Figure 2308.11.3.3). The metal ties shall have a be considered to be braced.The double plate of the minimum yield of 33,000 psi (227 MPa). cripple stud wall beyond the segment of footing 2308.12 Additional requirements for conventional construc- extending to the lowest framed floor shall be spliced tion in Seismic Design Category D or E.Structures of conven- to the sill plate with metal ties,one on each side of tionallight-frame construction in Seismic Design CategotyD or the sill and plate.The metal ties shall not be less than E, as determined in Section 1613, shall conform to Sections 0.058 inch [1.47 mm (16 galvanized gage)] by 11 , 2308.12.1 through 2308.12.9, in addition to the requirements inches(38 mm)wide by 48 inches (1219 mm)with for Seismic Design Category B or C in Section 2308.11. eight 16d common nails on each side of the splice location (see Figure 2308.11.3.2). The metal tie 2308.12.1 Number of stories. Structures of conventional shall have a minimum yield of 33,000 pounds per light-frarne construction shall not exceed one story above I square inch (psi) (227 MPa). grade plane in Seismic Design Category D or E. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 513 WOOD WHERE FOOTING SECTION"A" IS MORE THAN 8'-0", 2'-0"MIN. PROVIDE METAL TIE 16GAx 1 1/2"x 4'-O"MIN.,EACH SIDE 2x SILL PLATE E W/8-16d COMMON NAILS SPLICE EACH SIDE OF SPLICE r 2_2x PLATE 1! f II / Yr CONCRETE " t� STEPPED FOOTING `, f `J 1 2x CRIPPLE 11 II STUD WALL u u U. c D Eu Q. FOOTING SECTION"A" NOTE:WHERE FOOTING SECTION"A" IS LESS THAN 8'-0"LONG IN A 25'-O"TOTAL LENGTH WALL,PROVIDE BRACING AT CRIPPLE STUD WALL For SI: I inch=25.4 mm.I foot=304.5 mm. FIGURE 2308.11.3.2 STEPPED FOOTING CONNECTION DETAILS PLYWOOD SHEATHING ' DIAPHRAGM OPENING �-Wets r/ /'i' Jrrrr leJ rJ/J METALTIE 16GA.x 1 lt2'x 4'-0' MIN., (4 TOTAL) WI 16-16d COMMON NAILS AS SHOWN / -OR- METAL TIE 16GA.x 1 1/2'x(OPENING WIDTH+4'-0 1) MIN„ (2 TOTAL) W/24.16d COMMON NAILS Far SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm.1 foot=304.8 ram. FIGURE 2308.11.3.3 OPENINGS IN HORIZONTAL DIAPHRAGMS 514 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE` WOOD 2308.12.2 Concrete or masonry. Concrete or masonry wall lines occur without a continuous foundation below,the walls and stone or masonry veneer shall not extend above a length of parallel exterior cripple wall bracing shall be one basement. and one-half times the lengths required by Table 2308.12.4. Exception: Stone and masonry veneer is permitted to be Where the cripple wall sheathing type used is Type S-W and used in the first storyabovegradeplanein SeisnricDesign this additional length of bracing cannot be provided, the capacity of Type S-W sheathing shall be increased by reduc- CategoryD,provided the following criteria are met: ing the spacing of fasteners along the perimeter of each 1. Type of brace in accordance with Section 2308.93 piece of sheathing to 4 inches (102 mm) o.c. shall be Method 3 and the allowable shear capacity 2308.12.5 Attachment of sheathing. Fastening of braced in accordance with Table 2306.3 shall be a mini- wall panel sheathing shall not be less than that prescribed in mum of 350 plf(5108 Nlm). Table 2308.12.4 or 2304.9.1. Wall sheathing shall not be 2. The bracing of the first story shall be located at attached to framing members by adhesives. each end and at least every 25 feet(7620 mm) o.c. 2308.12.6 Irregular structures. Conventional fight-Game but not less than 45 percent of the braced wall line. construction shall not be used in irregular portions of struc- 3. Hold-down connectors shall be provided at the tures in Selsnric Design CategoryD or E.Such irregular por- ends of braced walls for the first floor to founda- tions of structures shall be designed to resist the forces tion with an allowable capacity of 2,100 pounds specified in Chapter 16 to the extent such irregular features (9341 N). affect the performance of the conventional framing system. 4. Cripple walls shall not be permitted. A portion of a structure shall be considered to be irregular where one or more of the conditions described in Items 1 2308.12.3 Braced wall line spacing.Spacing between inte- through 6 below are present. rior and exterior braced wall lines shall not exceed 25 feet (7620 mm). 1. Where exterior braced wall panels are not in one plane vertically from the foundation to the uppermost story 2308.12.4 Braced wall line sheathing. Braced wall lines in which they are required,the structure shall be con- shall be braced by one of the types of sheathing prescribed by sidered to be irregular [see Figure 2308.12.6(l)]. Table 2308.12.4 as shown in Figure 2308.9.3. The sum of lengths of braced wall panels at each braced wall line shall Exception:Floors with cantilevers orsetbacks not conform to Table 2308.12.4.Braced wall panels shall be dis- exceeding four times the nominal depth of the tributed along the length of the braced wall line and start at floorjoists[see Figure 2308.12.6(2)]are permitted not more than 8 feet (2438 mm)from each end of the braced to support braced wall panels provided: wall line. Panel sheathing joints shall occur over studs or 1, Floor joists are 2 inches by 10 inches(51 mm blocking. Sheathing shall be fastened to studs,top and bot- by 254 mm) or larger and spaced not more tom plates and at panel edges occurring over blocking.Wall than 16 inches (406 mm) o.c. framing to which sheathing used for bracing is applied shall be nominal 2 inch wide [actual 1112 inch (38 mm)I or larger 2. The ratio of the back span to the cantilever is members. at least 2:1. Cripple walls having a stud height exceeding 14 inches 3. Floor joists at ends of braced wall panels are (356 nim)shall be considered a story for the purpose of this doubled. section and shall be braced as required for braced wall lines 4. A continuous rim joist is connected to the in accordance with Table 2308.12.4.Where interior braced ends of cantilevered joists. The rim joist is TABLE 2308.12.4 WALL BRACING IN SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES D AND E (Minimum Length of Wall Bracing per each 25 Linear Feet of Braced Wall Line') CONDITION SHEATHING TYPEh snS:0.50 0.50 5 Sps:0.75 0.75 5 SnS<-1.00 SOS?1.110 G-Pr 10 feet 8 inches 14 feet 8 inches 18 feet 8 inches 25 feet 0 inches One story -- - - -- - S-W 5 feet 4 inches 8 feet 0 inches 9 feet 4 inches 12 feet 0 inches For SI: l inch=25 4 mm,1 fool=304.8 mm. a. Minix ium length of panel bracing of one face of the wall for S-W sheathing or both faces of the wall for G•P%hewhing.his ratio shall not exceed 2:1.For S-W panel bt acing of the same material on two faces of the wall,the minimum length is permitted to be one-half the tabulate d value but the hlw ratio shall not exceed 2A and design for uplift Is required. h. G-P=gypsum board,fiberboard,particleboard,lath and plaster or gypsum sheathing boards;S-W=swod structural panels and diagonal isuod sheathing. c. Nailing as specified below shall occur at all panel edges at studs,at lop and bottom plates and,where occurring,at blacking: For", inch gypsum board,5d(0.113 inch dianu4er)cooler nails at 7 inches on center; For sIS-inch gypsum board.No. 11 gage(0.120 inch diameter)at 7 inches on center, For gypsum shcalhing board, 1'14 inches long by;/16-inch head,diamond point galvanized nails at 4 inches on center: For gypsum lath.No. 13 gage(0.092 inch)by 1'l.inches long,"/,i inch head,plasterboard at 5 inches on center; For Portland cement plaster.No. I 1 gage(0.120 inch)by Ir12 inches long,'11s-inch head at 6 inches on center; For fiberboard and particleboard.No. 11 gage(0.120 inch)by 1'/z inches long,Tin,-inch head,galvanized nails at 3 inches on center. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE` 515 WOOD per milted to be spliced using a metal tie not 5. Where braced wall lines are not perpendicular to each less than 0.058 inch (1.47 mm) (16 galva- other,the structure shall be considered to be irregular nized gage) and "12 inches (38 mm) wide [see Figure 2308.12.6(7)]. fastened with six 16d common nails on each 6. Where openings in floor and roof diaphragms having side. The metal tie shall have a minimum a maximum dimension greater than 50 percent of the yield of 33,000 psi (227 MPa), distance between lines of bracing or an area greater 5. Joists at setbacks or the end of cantilevered than 25 percent of the area between orthogonal pairs joists shall not carry gravity loads from more of braced wall lines are present, the structure shall be than a single story having uniform wall and considered to be irregular[see Figure 2308.12.6(8)1. roof loads, nor carry the reactions from 2308.117 Anchorage of exterior means of egress compo- headers having a span of 8 feet(2438 mm)or nents.Exterior egress balconies,exterior exit stairways and more. similar means of egress components shall be positively 2. Where a section of floor or roof is not laterally sup- anchored to the primary structure at not over 8 feet (2438 ported by braced wall lines on all edges,the structure mm)o.c,or shall be designed for lateral forces.Such attach- shall be considered to be irregular [see Figure men[shall not be accomplished by use of toenails or nails 2308.12.6(3)]. subject to withdrawal. Exception: Portions of roofs or floors that do not 2308.12.8 Sill plate anchorage. Sill plates shall be support braced wall panels above are permitted to anchored with anchor bolts with steel plate washers extend up to 6 feet (1829 mm) beyond a braced between the foundation sill plate and the nut, or approved wall line Isee Figure 2308.12.6(4)]. anchor straps load rated in accordance with Section 1716.1. 3. Where the end of a required braced wall panel extends Such washers shall be a minimum of 0.229 inch by 3 inches more that)1 foot(305 min)over an opening in the wall by 3 inches(5.82 mm by 76 mm by 76 mm)in size.The hole below, the structure shall be considered to be irregu- in the plate washer is permitted to be diagonally slotted with lar.This requirement is applicable to braced wall pan- a width of up to 31,h inch(4.76 mm)larger than the bolt diam- els offset in plane and to braced wall panels offset out eter and a slot length not to exceed 11/4 inches(44 mm),pro- of plane as permitted by the exception to Item 1 above vided a standard cut washer is placed between the plate in this section [see Figure 2308.12.6(5)]. washer and the nut, Exception: Braced wall panels are permitted to 2308.119 Sill plate anchorage in Seismic Design Cate- extend over an opening not more than 8 feet(2438 gory E. Steel bolts with a minimum nominal diameter of I& min) in width where the header is a 4-inch by inch (15.9 min) or approved foundation anchor straps load 12-inch (102 mm by 305 mm) or larger member, rated in accordance with Section 1716.1 and spaced to pro- vide equivalent anchorage shall be used in Seismic Design 4. Where portions of a floor level are vertically offset Category E. such that the framing members on either sine of the offset cannot be lapped or tied together in an approvedmanner,the structure shall be considered to be irregular [see Figure 2308.12,6(6)1. Exception: Framing supported directly by foun- dations need not be lapped or tied directly together. OUT OF PLANE OFFSET IN EXTERIOR BRACED WALL PANELS SECTION VIEW SECTION VIEW FIGURE 2308.12.6(1) BRACED WALL PANELS OUT OF PLANE 516 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' WOOD CANTILEVERISET BACK SHALL ONLY SUPPORT ROOF AND WALL WEIGHT 4'-0" w12x12 w12x12 SECTION THRU CANTILEVER SECTION THRU SET BACK For SI: 1 font=304.8 mm. FIGURE 2308.12.6(2) BRACED WALL PANELS SUPPORTED BY CANTILEVER OR SET BACK 1 3 DASHED LINE INDICATES BRACED IF WALL LINE BELOW THERE IS NO BRACED WALL LINE ON THIS EDGE OF THE ROOF PLAN VIEW FIGURE 2308.12.6(3) FLOOR OR ROOF NOT SUPPORTED ON ALL EDGES ROOF OR FLOOR SHALL BE PERMITTED TO EXTEND UP TO W BEYOND THE BRACED WALL LINE r` L� PLAN VIEW NO BRACED WALL PANEL ABOVE PERMITTEDATTHIS LOCATION For SI: I foot=304.8 mm. FIGURE 2308.12.6(4) ROOF OR FLOOR EXTENSION BEYOND BRACED WALL LINE 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 517 WOOD REQUIRED BRACED WALL PANEL l MORE THAN V-0" EXTERIOR ELEVATION EXTERIOR ISOMETRIC Par SL 1 fuut=304.8 mm. FIGURE 2308.12.6(5) BRACED WALL PANEL EXTENSION OVER OPENING FLOOR JOISTS CANNOT BE TIED DIRECTLY TOGETHER SECTION VIEW SECTION VIEW FIGURE 2308.12.6(6) PORTIONS OF FLOOR LEVEL OFFSET VERTICALLY \ BRACED WALL LINES ARE NOT \\ \\ PERPENDICULAR l PLAN VIEW FIGURE 2308.12.6(7) BRACED WALL LINES NOT PERPENDICULAR 51 8 2009 INTERNATIONAL.BUILDING CODE" WOOD MORE THAN b212 I — IS IRREGULAR = r I II THAN b1l2 I = IRREGULAR II II cm � I ;:. PLAN VIEW FIGURE 2308.12.6(8) OPENING LIMITATIONS FOR FLOOR AND ROOF DIAPHRAGMS 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 519 520 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' CHAPTER 24 GLASS AND GLAZING SECTION 2401 2403.3 Framing.To be considered firmly supported,the frant- GENERAL ing members for each individual pane of glass shall be designed so the deflection of the edge of the glass perpendicu- 2401.1 Scope.The provisions of this chapter shall govern the lar to the glass pane shall not exceed 'lit, of the glass edge materials, design, construction and quality of glass, light- length or-1/1 inch(19.1 mm),whichever is less,when subjected transmitting ceramic and light-transmitting plastic panels for to the larger of the positive or negative load where loads are exterior and interior use in both vertical and sloped applica- combined as specified in Section 1605. tions in buildings and structures. 2403.4 Interior glazed areas. Where interior glazing is 2401.2 Glazing replacement.The installation of replacement installed adjacent to a walking surface,the differential deflec- glass shall be as required for new installations. tion of two adjacent unsupported edges shall not be greater than the thickness of the panels when a force of 50 pounds per linear foot(plo (730 N/m) is applied horizontally to one panel at any SECTION 2402 point up to 42 inches(1067 mm) above the walking surface. DEFINITIONS 2403.5 Louvered windows orjalousies.Float,wired and pat- 2402.1 Definitions.The following words and terms shall, for terned glass in louvered windows and j alousies shall be no thin- the purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this code, ner than nominal 31j, inch (4.8 min) and no longer than 48 have the meanings shown herein. inches (1219 mm). Exposed glass edges shall be smooth. DALLE GLASS. A decorative composite glazing material Wired glass with wire exposed on longitudinal edges shall made of individual pieces of glass that are embedded in a cast not be used in louvered windows or jalousies. matrix of concrete or epoxy. Where other glass types are used,the design shall be submit- DECORATIVE GLASS. A carved, leaded or Dalle glass or ted to the building official for approval. glazing material whose purpose is decorative or artistic, not functional:whose coloring,texture or other design qualities or components cannot be removed without destroying the glazing SECTION 2404 material and whose surface,or assembly into which it is incor- WIND, SNOW, SEISMIC porated,is divided into segments. AND DEAD LOADS ON GLASS 2404.1 Vertical glass. Glass sloped 15 degrees (0.26 rad) or SECTION 2403 less from vertical in windows,curtain and window walls,doors GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR GLASS and other exterior applications shall be designed to resist the wind loads in Section 1609 for components and cladding, 2403.1 Identification.Each pane shall bear the manufacturer's Glass in glazed curtain walls, glazed storefronts and glazed njalk designating the type and thickness of the glass or glazing partitions shall meet the seismic requirements of ASCE 7,Sec- material, The identification shall not be omitted unless tion 13.5.9. The load resistance of glass under uniform load approved and an affidavit is furnished by the glazing contractor shall be determined in accordance with ASTM E 1300. certifying that each light is glazed in accordance with approved The design of vertical glazing shall be based on the follow- construction documents that comply with the provisions of this ing equation: chapter. Safety glazing shall be identified in accordance with Section 2406.2. FA,5 F,, (Equation 24-1) Each pane of tempered glass, except tempered spandrel where: glass,shall be permanently identified by the manufacturer.The identification markshall be acid etched,sand blasted,ceramic F,,,, = Wind load on the glass computed in accordance with fired, laser etched, embossed or of a type that, once applied, Section 1609. cannot be removed without being destroyed. F,,, = Short duration load on the glass as determined in accor- Tempered spandrel glass shall be provided with a removable dance with ASTM E 1300. paper marking by the manufacturer. 2404.2 Sloped glass.Glass sloped more than 15 degrees(0.26 2403.2 Glass supports.Where one or more sides of any pane rad) from vertical in skylights, sunrooms, sloped roofs and of glass are not firmly supported, or are subjected to unusual other exterior applications shall be designed to resist the most load conditions, detailed construction documents, detailed critical of the following combinations of loads. shop drawings and analysis or test data assuring safe perfor- Fk=W _D (Equation 24-2) mance for the specific installation shall be prepared by a regis- tened design professional. F,=W,+D+0.5 S (Equation 24-3) 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 521 GLASS AND GLAZING F,,=0.5 14',+D+S (Equation 24-4) For Equations 24-2 and 24-3: where: F,<0.5 F,,. (Equation 24-7) D = Glass dead load psf(Mrnl). For Equation 24-4: For glass sloped 30 degrees(0.52 rad)or less from hori- zontal, F,< 0.3 F, (Equation 24-8) = 13 tk,(For SI: 0.0245 t). where: For glass sloped more than 30 degrees (0.52 rad) from F = Total load on the glass. horizontal, F, = Nonfactored load from ASTM E 1300. 13 t„cos 0 (For SI:0.0245 t„cos 0). 2404.3.3 Vertical patterned glass.Patterned glass sloped F, = Total load, psf(Mml) on glass. 15 degrees(0.26 rad) or less from vertical in windows,cur- S = Snow load,psf(Mml)as determined in Section 1608. tain and window walls,doors and other exterior applications t,, = Total glass thickness, inches (min) of glass panes and shall be designed to resist the wind loads in Section 1609 for plies. components and cladding according to the following equation: W, = Inward wind force,psf(Mml)as calculated in Section 1609. F,,,<1.0 F,. (Equation 24-9) W, = Outward wind force,psf(Mml) as calculated in Sec- where: tion 1609. F.,,=Wind load on the glass computed per Section 1609. 0 = Angle of slope from horizontal. F,.= Nonfactored load from ASTM E 1300.The value for Exception: Unit skylights shall be designed in accordance patterned glass shall be based on the thinnest part of with Section 2405.5. the glass. Interpolation between nonfactored load The design of sloped glazing shall be based on the following charts in ASTM E 1300 shall be permitted. equation: 2404.3.4 Sloped patterned glass. Patterned glass sloped F,_< F, (Equation 24-5) more than 15 degrees (0.26 rad) from vertical in skylights, sunspaces,sloped roofs and other exterior applications shall where: be designed to resist the most critical of the combinations of F,, = Total load on the glass determined from the load coin- loads from Section 2404.2. binations above. For Equations 24-2 and 24-3: F,,, = Short duration load resistance of the glass as deter- F<1.0 F (Equation 24-10) mined according to ASTM E 1300 for Equations 24-2 F and 24-3: or the long duration load resistance of the For Equation 24-4: glass as determined according to ASTM E 1300 for Equation 24-4. F,< 0.6F,. (Equation 24-11) 2404.3 Wired,patterned and sandblasted glass. where 2404.3.1 Vertical wired glass. Wired glass sloped 15 Fz = Total load on the glass. degrees (0.26 rad) or less from vertical in windows,curtain and window walls, doors and other exterior applications F,= Nonfactored load from ASTM E 1300.The value for shall be designed to resist the wind loads in Section 1609 for patterned glass shall be based on the thinnest part of components and cladding according to the following the glass.Interpolation between the nonfactored load equation: charts in ASTM E 1300 shall be permitted. 2404.3.5 Vertical sandblasted glass. Sandblasted glass F„ < 0.5 F.. (Equation 24 6) sloped 15 degrees (0.26 rad) or less from vertical in win- where: dows,curtain and window walls,doors, and other exterior F„w= Is the wind load on the glass computed per Section applications shall be designed to resist the wind loads in 1609. Section 1609 for components and cladding according to the F� = Nonfactored load from ASTM E 1300 using a thick- Following equation: ness designation for monolithic glass that is not F,< 0.5 F,. (Equation 24-12) greater than the thickness of wired glass. where: 2404.3.2 Sloped wired glass.Wired glass sloped more than 15 degrees (0.26 rad)from vertical in skylights.sunspaces, F„ = Total load on the glass. sloped roofs and other exterior applications shall be F, = Nonfactored load from ASTM E 1300.The value for designed to resist the most critical of the combinations of sandblasted glass is for moderate levels of sandblast- loads from Section 2404.2. ing. 522 2009 INTERNATIONAL 13UII-DING CODE® GLASS AND GLAZING 2404.4 Other designs. For designs outside the scope of this 3. Any glazing material, including annealed glass, is section,an analysis or test data for the specific installation shall permitted to be installed without screens in the sloped be prepared by a neRistered design prolessiarial, glazing systems of commercial or detached noncombustible greenhouses used exclusively for growing plants and not open to the public. provided SECTION 2405 that the height of the greenhouse at the ridge does not SLOPED GLAZING AND SKYLIGHTS exceed 30 feet (9144 mm) above grade. 24053 Scope.This section applies to the installation of glass 4. Screens shall not be required within individual dwell- and other transparent, translucent or opaque glazing material ing units in Groups R-2.R-3 and R-4 where fully tem- installed at a slope more than 15 degrees (0.26 rad) from the pered glass is used as single glazing or as both panes vertical plane, including glazing materials in skylights, roofs in an insulating glass unit, and the following condi- and sloped walls. lions are met: 2405.2 Allowable glazing materials and limitations.Sloped 4.1. Each pane of the glass is 16 square feet (1.5 glazing shall be any of the following materials,subject to the in') or less in area. listed limitations. 4.2. The highest point of the glass is 12 feet(3658 1. For monolithic glazing systems, the glazing material of inn) or less above any walking surface or the single light or layer shall be laminated glass with a other accessible area. minimum 30-mil(0,76 mm)polyvinyl butyral (or equiv- alent) interlayer, wired glass, light-transmining plastic 4.3. The glass thickness is 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) or materials meeting the requirements of Section 2607, less. heat-strengthened glass or fully tempered glass. 5. Screens shall not be required for laminated glass with 2. For multiple-layer glazing systems, each light or layer a 15-mil (0.38 mm) polyvinyl butyral (or equivalent) shall consist of any of the glazing materials specified in interlayer used within individual dwelling units in Item I above. Groups R-2,R-3 and R-4 within the following limits: Annealed glass is permitted to be used as specified within 5.1. Each pane of glass is 16 square feet(1.5 ml)or Exceptions 2 and 3 of Section 2405.3. less in area. For additional requirements for plastic skylights,see Section 5.2.The highest point of the glass is 12 feet (3658 2610. Glass-block construction shall conform to the require- min) or less above a walking surface or other ments of Section 2101.2.5. accessible area. 2405.3 Screening.Where used in monolithic glazing systems, 2405.4 Framing.In Type I and 11 construction,sloped glazing heat-strengthened glass and fully tempered glass shall have and skylight frames shall be constructed of noncombustible screens installed below the glazing material.The screens and materials. In structures where acid fumes deleterious to metal their fastenings shall: (1) be capable of supporting twice the are incidental to the use of the buildings, appr-oved pres- weight of the glazing; (2) be firmly and substantially fastened sure-treated wood or other approved noncorrosive materials to the framing members and (3) be installed within 4 inches are permitted to be used for sash and frames.Framing support- (102 mm) of the glass. The screens shall be constructed of a ing sloped glazing and skylights shall be designed to resist the noncombustible material not thinner than No. 12 B&S gage tributary roof loads in Chapter 16. Skylights set at an angle of (0.0808 inch) with mesh not larger than 1 inch by 1 inch (25 less than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) from the horizontal plane shall mm by 25 mm).In a corrosive atmosphere,structurally equiva- be mounted at least 4 inches (102 mm) above the plane of the lent noncorrosive screen materials shall be used. Heat- roof on a curb constructed as required for the frame.Skylights strengthened glass,fully tempered glass and wired glass,when shall not be installed in the plane of the roof where the roof used in multiple-layer glazing systems as the bottom glass pitch is less than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) from the horizontal. layer over the walking surface,shall be equipped with screen- Exception:Installation of a skylight without a curb shall be ing that conforms to the requirements for monolithic glazing systems. permitted on roofs with a minimum slope of 14 degrees (three units vertical in 12 units horizontal) in Group R-3 Exception:In monolithic and multiple-layer sloped glazing occupancies. All unit skylights installed in a roof with a systems,the following applies: pitch flatter than 14 degrees (0.25 rad) shall be mounted at 1. Fully tempered glass installed without protective least 4 inches(102 mm)above the plane of the roof on a curb screens where glazed between intervening floors at a constructed as required for the frame unless otherwise spec- slope of 30 degrees(0.52 rad)or less from the vertical ified in the manufacturer's installation instructions. plane shall have the highest point of the glass 10 feet 2405.5 Unit skylights. Unit skylights shall be tested and (3048 mm) or less above the walking surface. labeled as complying with AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/ 2. Screens are not required below any glazing material, 1.S.2/A440,The label shall state the name of the manufacturer, including annealed glass, where the walking surface the apps-oved labeling agency,the product designation and the below the glazing material is permanently protected performance grade rating as specified in AAMA/WDMA/CSA from the risk of falling glass or the area below the 101/1.S.2/A440. If the product manufacturer has chosen to glazing material is not a walking surface. have the performance grade of the skylight rated separately for 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODEQ° 523 GLASS AND GLAZING positive and negative design pressure,then the label shall state F,, = Maximum load on the skylight determined from both performance grade ratings as specified in Equations 24-3 and 24-4 in Section 2404.2. AAMA/WDMA/CSA 10111.S.21A440 and the skylight shall F;y, = Maximum load on the skylight determined from comply with Section 2405.5.2.If the skylight is not rated sepa- Equation 24-2. rately for positive and negative pressure,then the performance grade rating shown on the labelshall be the performance grade For f4„< D, rating determined in accordance with AAIVIA/WDMA/CSA where: 101/1.S.2/A440 for both positive and negative design pressure 14' = Is the outward wind force,psf(kN/m2) as calcu- and the skylight shall conform to Section 2405.5.1. lated in Section 1609. 2405.5.1 Unit skylights rated for the same performance D = The dead weight of the glazing, psf(kN/ml) as grade for both positive and negative design pressure. determined in Section 2404.2 for glass,or by the The design of unit skylights shall be based on the following weight of the plastic for plastic glazing. equation: FR, = Maximum load on the skylight determined from F,<_ PG (Equation 24-13) Equations 24-2 through 24-4 in Section 2404.2. where: F,,,, = 0. F, = Maximum load on the skylight determined from Equations 24-2 through 24-4 in Section 2404.2• SECTION 2406 PG = Performance grade rating of the skylight. SAFETY GLAZING 2405.5.2 Unit skylights rated for separate performance 2406.1 Human impact loads.Individual glazed areas,includ- grades for positive and negative design pressure. The ing glass mirrors,in hazardous locations as defined in Section design of unit skylights rated for performance grade For both 2406.4 shall comply with Sections 2406.1.1 through 2406.1.4. positive and negative design pressures shall be based on the 2406.1.1 Impact test. Except as provided in Sections following equations: 2406.1.2 through 2406.1.4,all glazing shall pass the impact F,,,< PG,9„ (Equation 24-14) test requirements of Section 2406.2. 2406.1.2 Plastic glazing. Plastic glazing shall meet the F, <PG,,,F, (Equation 24-15) weathering requirements of ANSI Z97.1. where: 2406.1.3 Glass block.Glass-block walls shall comply with PGI,, = Performance grade rating of the skylight under Section 2101.2.5. positive design pressure: 2406.1.4 Louvered windows and jalousies. Louvered PG,,;, = Performance grade rating of the skylight under windows and jalousies shall comply with Section 2403.5. negative design pressure:and 2406.2 Impact test.Where required by other sections of this F,,and F„„are determined in accordance with the following: code,glazing shall be tested in accordance with CPSC 16 CFR 1201.Glazing shall comply with the test criteria for Category 1 For W,_> D, or II as indicated in Table 2406.2(1). where: Exception:Glazing not in doors or enclosures for hot tubs, IV, = Outward wind force,psf(Mrnm)as calculated in whirlpools, saunas, steam rooms, bathtubs and showers Section 1609. shall be permitted to be tested in accordance with ANSI D = The dead weight of the glazing, psf (kNlml) as Z97.1. Glazing shall comply with the test criteria for Class determined in Section 2404.2 for glass,or by the A or B as indicated in Table 2406.2(2). weight of the plastic,psf(kN/ml)for plastic glaz- 2406.3 Identification of safety glazing.Except as indicated in ing. Section 2406.3.1,each pane of safety glazing installed in haz- MINIMUM CATEGORY CLASSIFICATION OF GLAZING USING CPSC 16 CFR 1201 GLAZING IN GLAZED PANELS GLAZED PANELS DOORS AND STORM OR REGULATED BY REGULATED BY ENCLOSURES EXPOSED SURFACE COMBINATION GLAZING IN ITEM 7 OF j ITEM 6 OF REGULATED BY ITEM SLIDING GLASS AREA OF ONE SIDE DOORS DOORS SECTION 2406.4 SECTION 2406.4 5 OF SECTION 2406.4 DOORS PATIO TYPE OF ONE LITE :(Category class).(Category class) (Category class) (Category class) (Category class) (Category class) — 9 square feet or less I I No requirement I II II More than 9 square feet II II I] II II 11 For 51: 1 square foot=0.0929 mZ. 524 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' GLASS AND GLAZING TABLE 2406.2(2) MINIMUM CATEGORY CLASSIFICATION OF GLAZING USING ANSI Z97.1 GLAZED PANELS REGULATED GLAZED PANELS REGULATED DOORS AND ENCLOSURES REGULATED EXPOSED SURFACE AREA OF BY ITEM 7 OF SECTION 2406.4 BY ITEM 6 OF SECTION 2406.4 BY ITEM 5 OF SECTION 2406.4+ ONE SIDE OF ONE LITE (Category class) (Category class) (Category class) 9 square feet or less No requirement B A More than 9 square feet A A A Fur SI: 1 square Foot=0,0929m'. a. Use is only perrn)ued by the exception to Section 2406.2. ardous locations shall be identified by a manufacturer's desig- Exceptions: nation specifying who applied the designation, the 1. Panels where there is an intervening wall or manufacturer or installer and the safety glazing standard with other permanent barrier between the door and which it complies,as well as the information specified in Sec- glazing. tion 2403.1.The designation shall be acid etched,sand blasted, ceramic fired, laser etched, embossed or of a type that once 2. Where access through the door is to a closet or applied,cannot be removed without being destroyed.A label as storage area 3 feet(914 mm) or less in depth. defined in Section 202.1 and meeting the requirements of this Glazing in this application shall comply with section shall be permitted in lieu of the manufacturer's designa- Section 2406.4,Item 7. tion. 3. Glazing in walls perpendicular to the plane of Exceptions: the door in a closed position, other than the wall towards which the door swings when 1. For other than tempered glass, manufacturer's designa- opened, in one-and two-family dnvellings or tions are not required, provided the building official within dwelling units in Group R-2. approves the use of a certificate,affidavit or other evi- dence confirming compliance with this code. 7. Glazing in an individual fixed or operable panel,other than in those locations described in preceding Items 5 2. Tempered spandrel glass is permitted to be identified by and 6,which meets all of the following conditions: the manufacturer with a removable paper designation 7.1. Exposed area of an individual pane greater than 9 2406.3.1 Multi-pane assemblies. Multi-pane glazed square feet (0.84 m'); assemblies having individual panes not exceeding 1 square foot(0.09 in') in exposed areas shall have at least one pane 7.2. Exposed bottom edge less than 1$ inches (457 in the assembly marked as indicated in Section 2406.3. mm) above the floor; Other panes in the assembly shall be marked "CPSC 16 7.3. Exposed top edge greater than 36 inches (914 CFR 1201"or"ANSI Z97.1,"as appropriate. mm) above the floor; and, 2406.4 Hazardous locations.The following shall be consid- 7.4. One or more walking surface(s)within 36 inches ered specific hazardous locations requiring safety glazing (914 mm) horizontally of the plane of the glaz- materials: ing. 1. Glazing in swinging doors except jalousies (see Sec- Exception: Safety glazing for Item 7 is not tion 2406.4.1), required for the following installations: 2. Glazing in fixed and sliding panels of sliding door 1. A protective bar It/2 inches (38 mm) or assemblies and panels in sliding and bifold closet door more in height,capable of withstanding a assemblies, horizontal load of 50 pounds plf (730 Nlm) without contacting the glass, is 3. Glazing in storm doors. installed on the accessible sides of the 4. Glazing in unframed swinging doors. glazing 34 inches to 38 inches (864 mm 5. Glazing in doors and enclosures for hot tubs, whirl- to 965 mm) above the Floor. pools, saunas, steam rooms, bathtubs and showers. 2. The outboard pane in insulating glass Glazing in any portion of a building wall enclosing units or multiple glazing where the bot- these compartments where the bottom exposed edge of tom exposed edge of the glass is 25 feet the glazing is less than 60 inches (1524 mm) above a (7620 mm) or more above any grade, standing surface. roof,walking surface or other horizontal 6. Glazing in an individual fixed or operable panel adja- or sloped (within 45 degrees of horizon- cent to a door where the nearest exposed edge of the tal) (0.78 rad) surface adjacent to the glazing is within a 24-inch(610 mm)are of either verti- glass exterior. cal edge of the door in a closed position and where the 8. Glazing in guards and railings, including structural bottom exposed edge of the glazing is less than 60 baluster panels and nonstructural in-fill panels,regard- inches (1524 mm) above the walking surface. less of area or height above a walking surface. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 525 GLASS AND GLAZING 9. Glazing in walls and fences enclosing indoor and out- sions of Section 2406.1.1. For all glazing types,the minimum door swimming pools, hot tubs and spas where all of nominal thickness shall be 1/4 inch (6.4 min). Fully tempered the following conditions are present: glass and laminated glass shall comply with Category I1 of 9.1. The bottom edge of the glazing on the pool or spa CPSC 16 CPR 1201 or Class A of ANSI Z97.1.listed in Chap- side is less than 60 inches (1524 mm) above a ter 35. walking surface on the pool or spa side of the 2407.1.1 Loads.The panels and their support system shall glazing; and be designed to withstand the loads specified in Section 9.2. The glazing is within 60 inches(1524 mm) hori- 1607.7.A safety factor of four shall be used. zontally of the water's edge of a swimming pool 2407.1.2 Support.Each handrail or guard section shall be or spa. supported by a minimum of three glass balusters or shall be 10. Glazing adjacent to stairways, landings and ramps otherwise supported to remain in place should one baluster within 36 inches (914 mm) horizontally of a walking panel fail. Glass balusters shall not be installed without an surface; when the exposed surface of the glass is less attached handrail or guard. than 60 inches (1524 mm) above the plane of the adja- Exception: A lop rail shall not be required where the cent walking surface. glass balusters are laminated glass with two or more 11. Glazing adjacent to stairways within 60 inches (1524 glass plies of equal thickness and the same glass type mm) horizontally of the bottom tread of a stairway in when approved by the building o>TciaL The panels shall any direction when the exposed surface of the glass is be designed to withstand the loads specified in Section less than 60 inches (1524 mm) above the nose of the 1607.7. tread. 2407.1.3 Parking garages. Glazing materials shall not be Exception: Safety glazing for Item 10 or 11 is not installed in handrails or guards in parking garages except required for the following installations where: for pedestrian areas not exposed to impact from vehicles. 1. The side of a stairway,landing or ramp which 2407.1.4 Glazing in wind-borne debris regions.Glazing has a guard or handrail, including balusters or installed in in-fill panels or balusters in wind-borne debris in-fill panels,complying with the provisions of rrgions shall comply with the following: Sections 1013 and 1607.7; and 2. The plane of the glass is greater than 18 inches 2407.1.4.1 Ballusters and in-fill panels.Class installed (457 mm) from the railing. in exterior railing in-fill panels or balusters shall be lami- nated glass complying with Category II of CPSC 16 CFR 2406.4.1 Exceptions. The following products. materials 1201 or Class A of ANSI 297.1. and uses shall not be considered specific hazardous loca- tions: 2407.1.4.2 Glass supporting top rail.When the top rail is supported by glass. the assembly shall be tested 1. Openings in doors through which a 3-inch (76 mm) according to the impact requirements of Section sphere is unable to pass. 1609.1.2.The top rail shall remain in place after impact. 2. Decorative glass in Section 2406.4, Item 1,6 or 7. 3. Glazing materials used as curved glazed panels in revolving doors. SECTION 2408 4. Commercial refrigerated cabinet glazed doors. GLAZING IN ATHLETIC FACILITIES 5. Glass-block panels complying with Section 2101.2.5. 2408.1 General.Glazing in athletic facilities and similar uses subject to impact loads,which forms whole or partial wall sec- 6. Louvered windows and jalousies complying with the tions or which is used as a door or part of a door,shall comply requirements of Section 2403.5. with this section. 7. Mirrors and other glass panels mounted or hung on a 2408.2 Racquetball and squash courts. surface that provides a continuous backing support. 2408.2.1 Testing. Test methods and loads for individual 2406.5 Fire department access panels.Fire department glass glazed areas in racquetball and squash courts subject to access panels shall be of tempered glass. For insulating glass impact loads shall conform to those of CPSC 16 CFR or units,all panes shall be tempered glass. ANSI 297.1, listed in Chapter 35, with impacts being applied at a height of 59 inches (1499 mm)above the play- SECTION 2407 ing surface to an actual or simulated glass wall installation GLASS IN HANDRAILS AND GUARDS with fixtures,fittings and methods of assembly identical to those used in practice. 2407.1 Materials. Glass used as a handrail assembly or a Glass walls shall comply with the fallowing conditions: guard section shall be constructed of either single fully tem- pered glass,laminated fully tempered glass or laminated heat- 1. A glass wall in a racquetball or squash court,or simi- strengthened glass.Glazing in railing in-Fill panels shall be of lar use subject to impact loads,shall remain intact foi- an approved safety glazing material that conforms to the provi- lowing a test impact. 526 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® GLASS AND GLAZING 2. The deflection of such walls shall not be greater than 2409.3 Glass in elevator cars. 1'Iz inches (38 mm) at the point of impact for a drop 2409.3.1 Glass types. Glass in elevator car enclosures, height of 48 inches (1219 mm). glass elevator car doors and glass used for lining walls and Glass doors shall comply with the following conditions: ceilings of elevatorcars shall be laminated glass conforming I. Glass doors shall remain intact following a test impact to Class A in accordance with ANSI 297.1 or Category 11 in at the prescribed height in the center of the door. accordance with CPSC 16 CFR Part 1201. 2. The relative deflection between the edge of a glass Exception:Tempered glass shall be permitted to be used door and the adjacent wall shall not exceed the thick- for lining walls and ceilings of elevator cars provided: ness of the wall plus 'Iz inch (12.7 min) for a drop 1. The glass is bonded to a nonpolymeric coating, height of 48 inches (1219 mm). sheeting or film backing having a physical integ- 2408,3 Gymnasiums and basketball courts.Glazing in mul- rity to hold the fragments when the glass breaks. tipurpose gymnasiums, basketball courts and similar athletic 2. Theglass is not subjected to further treatment such facilities subject to human impact loads shall comply with Cat- as sandblasting;etching;heat treatment orpainting egory 11 of CPSC 16 CFR 120t or Class A of ANSI Z97.1, that could al ter the original properties of the glass, listed in Chapter 35. 3. The glass is tested to the acceptance criteria for laminated glass as specified for Class A in accor- dance with ANSI Z97.1 or Category II in accor- SECTION 24139 dance with CPSC 16 CFR Part 1201. GLASS IN ELEVATOR HOISTWAYS 2409.3.2 Surface area.The glass in glass elevator car doors AND ELEVATOR CARS shall be not less than 60 percent of the total visible door 2409.1 Glass in elevator hoistway enclosures.Glass in eleva- panel surface area as seen from the car side of the doors. for hoistway enclosures and hoistway doors shall be laminated glass conforming to ANSI Z97.1 or CPSC 16 CFR Part 1201. 2409.1.1 Fire-resistance-rated hoistways.Glass installed in hoistways and hoistway doors where the hoistway is required to have a fire-resistance rating shall also comply with Section 715. 2409.1.2 Glass hoistway doors. The glass in glass hoistway doors shall be not less than 60 percent of the total visible door panel surface area as seen from the landing side. 2409.2 Glass visions panels.Glass in vision panels in elevator hoistway doors shall be permitted to be any transparent glazing material not less than 'I4 inches (0.64 rnm) in thickness con- forming to Class A in accordance with ANSI Z97.1 or Cate- gory I1 in accordance with CPSC 16 CFR Part 1201.The area of any single vision panel shall not be less than 24 square inches (15 484 mm') and the total area of one or more vision panels in any hoistway door shall be not more than 85 square inches (54 839 mm'). 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 527 528 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE` CHAPTER 25 GYPSUM BOARD AND PLASTER SECTION 2501 exterior opening equal so at least twice the height of the GENERAL opening. 2501.1 Scope. 3. Ceiling and roof soffits located a minimum horizontal distance of 10 feet(3048 mm)from the outer edges of the 2501.1.1 General. Provisions of this chapter shall govern ceiling or roof soffits. the materials, design, construction and quality of gypsum board, lath,gypsum plaster and cement plaster. WIRE BACKING. Horizontal strands of tautened wire attached to surfaces of vertical supports which,when covered 2501.1.2 Performance. Lathing, plastering and gypsum with the building paper,provide a backing for cement plaster. board construction shall be done in the manner and with the materials specified in this chapter, and when required for fire protection, shall also comply with the provisions of SECTION 2503 Chapter 7. INSPECTION 2501.1.3 Other materials. Other approved wall or ceiling 2503.1 Inspection.Lath and gypsum board shall be inspected coverings shall be permitted to be installed in accordance in accordance with Section 109.3.5. with the recommendations of the manufacturer and the con- ditions of approval. SECTION 2504 SECTION 2502 VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLIES DEFINITIONS 2504.1 Scope.The following requirements shall be met where 2502.1 Definitions.The following words and terms shall,for construction involves gypsum board,lath and plaster in vertical the purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this code, and horizontal assemblies. have the meanings shown herein. 2504.1.1 Wood framing.Wood supports for lath orgypsum CEMENT PLASTER. A mixture of Portland or blended board,as well as wood stripping or furring,shall not be less cement,portland cement or blended cement and hydrated lime, than 2 inches(51 mm)nominal thickness in the least dinten- masonry cement or plastic cement and aggregate and other sion, approved materials as specified in this code. Exception: The minimum nominal dimension of wood EXTERIOR SURFACES.Weather-exposed surfaces. furring strips installed over solid backing shall not be less GYPSUM BOARD. Gypsum wallboard, gypsum sheathing, than 1 inch by 2 inches (25 min by 51 mm). gypsum base for gypsum veneer plaster,exterior gypsum soffit 2504.1.2 Studless partitions. The minimum thickness of board, predecorated gypsum board or water-resistant gypsum vertically erected studless solid plaster partitions of 3/,-inch backing board complying with the standards listed in Tables (9.5 mm) and 314-inch (19.1 mm) rib metal lath or 2506.2, 2507.2 and Chapter 35. 1/2-inch-thick(12.7 mm) long-length gypsum lath and gyp- GYPSUM PLASTER.A mixture of calcined gypsum or cal- sum board partitions shall be 2 inches (51 mm). cined gypsum and lime and aggregate and other approved materials as specified in this code. GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER.Gypsum plaster applied to SECTION 2505 an approvedbase in one or more coats normally not exceeding SHEAR WALL CONSTRUCTION '/,inch (6.4 mm) in total thickness. 2505.1 Resistance to shear (wood framing). Wood-framed INTERIOR SURFACES. Surfaces other than weather- shear walls sheathed with gypsum board,lath and plaster shall exposed surfaces. be designed and constructed in accordance with Section 2306.7 and are permitted to resist wind and seismic loads. WEATHER-EXPOSED SURFACES. Surfaces of walls, Walls resisting seismic loads shall be subject to the limitations ceilings, floors, roofs, soffits and similar surfaces exposed to in Section 12,2.1 of ASCE 7. the weather except the Following: 1. Ceilings and roof soffits enclosed by walls,Fascia,bulk- 2505.2 Resistance to shear (steel framing). Cold-formed steel-framed shear walls sheathed with gypsum board and con- heads or beams that extend a minimum of 12 inches(305 structed in accordance with the materials and provisions of mm) below such ceiling or roof soffits. Section 2210.6 are permitted to resist wind and seismic loads. 2. Walls or portions of walls beneath an unenclosed roof Walls resisting seismic loads shall be subject to the limitations area,where located a horizontal distance from an open in Section 12.2.1 of ASCE 7. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 529 GYPSUM BOARD AND PLASTER SECTION 2506 this section and stored in such a manner to protect them from GYPSUM BOARD MATERIALS the weather. 2506.1 General. Gypsum board materials and accessories 2507.2 Standards.Lathing and plastering materials shall con- shall be identified by the manufacturer's designation to indi- forth to the standards ilsted in Table 2507.2 and Chapter 35 cate compliance with the appropriate standards referenced in and, where required for fire protection,shall also conform to this section and stored to protect such materials from the the provisions of Chapter 7. weather. TABLE 2507.2 ATH 2506.2 Standards. Gypsum board materials shall conform to - - L- ,PL---ASTERING MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES-- -- - - - - — the appropriate standards listed in Table 2506.2 and Chapter 35 _ MATERIAL STANDARD and, where required for fire protection, shall conform to the Accessories for gypsum veneer base -.-ASTM C 1047 provisions of Chapter 7. Blended cement_ _ ASTM C_595 TABLE 2506.2 Exterior plaster bonding compounds_ ASTM C 932 GYPSUM BOARD MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES - - - - MATERIAL STANDARD Gypsum base for veneer plasters ASTM C 588 — Accessories for gypsum board ASTM C 1047 Gypsum casting and molding plaster ASTM C 59 Adhesives ror fastening gypsum Gypsum Keene's cement ASTM C 61 wallboard — ASTM C 557 gypsum lath _ ASTM C 37 I :Elastomeric joint sealants ASTM C 920 Gypsum plaster _ ASTM C 28 Exterior soffit board ASTM C 931 Gypsum veneer plaster ASTM C 587 Fiber-reinforced gypsum panels ASTM C 1278 Interior bonding compounds,_gypsum ASTM C 631 Glass mat gypsum backing panel- ASTM C 1178 Lime plasters ASTM C 5.C 206 Glass mat gypsum panel ASTM C 1658 Mason cement ASTM C 91 Glass mat gypsum substrate ASTM C 1177 Metal lath ASTM C_847 _ Gypsum backing board and gypsum Plaster aggregates shaftliner board ASTM C 442_ Sand ASTM C 35;C 897 Gypsum ceiling board ASTM C 1395 Perlite ASTM C35 Gypsum sheathing C 79 ASTM Vermiculite :ASTM C 35 Plastic cement ASTM C 1328 Gypsum wallboard ASTM C 36 -- -- joint reinforcing tape and minpound ASTM C 474:C 475 Portland cement I ASTM C 150 Steel screws ASTM C 1 002,C 954 ASTM C 514. i -- � -- - - Nails for gypsum boards F 547,F 1667 Steel studs and track ASTM C 645:C 955 Predecoratedgypsum board -i ASTM C 960 Welded wire lath - ASTM C 933 Steel screws _ _ ASTM C 954:C 1002 Woven wire plaster base ASTM C 1032 Steel studs,load-bearing , ASTM C 955 Steel studs,nonload-bearing ASTM C 645 SECTION 2508 Standard specification for gypsum board ..ASTM-C 1.396 GYPSUM CONSTRUCTION Testing gypsum and gypsum products ASTM C 22:C 472: 2508.1 General.Gypsum board and gypsum plaster construc- C_4_73 tion shall be of the materials listed in Tables 25062 and 2507.2. Water-resistant gypsum backing board ASTM C 630 These materials shall be assembled and installed in compliance - - - with the appropriate standards listed in Tables 2508.1 and 2506.2.1 Other materials. Metal suspension systems for 2511.1.1,and Chapter 35. acoustical and lay-in panel ceilings shall Conform with TABLE 2508.1 ASTM C 635 listed in Chapter 35 and Section 13.5.6 of INSTALLATION OF GYPSUM CONSTRUCTION ASCE 7 for installation in high seismic areas. MATERIAL STANDARD Gypsum board GA-216:ASTM C 840 SECTION 2507 Gypsum sheathing _ASTM C 1280 LATHING AND PLASTERING Gypsum veneer base ASTM C 844 2507.1 General.Lathing and plastering materials and accesso- Interior lathing and furring ASTM C 841 ^ ries shall be marked by the manufacturer's designation to indi- Steel framing for gypsum boards ASTM C 754;C 10_07_ cate compliance with the appropriate standards referenced in 530 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE` GYPSUM BOARD AND PLASTER 2508.2 Limitations. Gypsum wallboard or gypsum plaster 2508.5 Horizontal gypsum board diaphragm ceilings.Gyp- shall not be used in any exterior surface where such gypsum sum board shall be permitted to be used on wood joists to create construction will be exposed directly to the weather.Gypsum a horizontal diaphragm ceiling in accordance with Table wallboard shall not be used where there will be direct exposure 2508.5. to water or continuous high humidity conditions. Gypsum 2508.5.1 Diaphragm proportions. The maximum allow- sheathing shall be installed on exterior surfaces in accordance able diaphragm proportions shall be 1112:1 between shear with ASTM C 1280. resisting elements. Rotation or cantilever conditions shall 2508.2.1 Weather protection.Gypsum wallboard.gypsum not be permitted. lath or gypsum plaster shall not be installed until weather 2508 5.2 Installation. Gypsum board used in a horizontal protection for the installation is provided. diaphragm ceiling shall be installed perpendicular to ceiling 2508.3 Single-ply application. Edges and ends of gypsum framing members.End joints of adjacent courses of gypsum board shall occur on the framing members,except those edges board shall not occur on the same joist. and ends that are perpendicular to the framing members.Edges 2508.5.3 Blocking of perimeter edges.All perimeter edges and ends of gypsum board shall be in moderate contact except shall be blocked using a wood member not less than 2-inch in concealed spaces where fire-resistance-rated construction, s by 6-inch (51 mm by 159 mm) nominal dimension.Block- shear resistance or diaphragm action is not required. ing material shall be installed flat over the top plate of the 2508.3.1 Floating angles. Fasteners at the top and bottom wall to provide a nailing surface not less than 2 inches (51 plates of vertical assemblies,or the edges and ends of hori- mm) in width for the attachment of the gypsum board, zontal assemblies perpendicular to supports,and at the wall 2508,5.4 Fasteners. Fasteners used for the attachment of line are permitted to be omitted except on shear resisting gypsum board to a horizontal diaphragm ceiling shall be as elements or fire-resistance-rated assemblies.Fasteners shall defined in Table 2508.5.Fasteners shal l be spaced not more be applied in such a manner as not to fracture the face paper than 7 inches (178 mm) on center (o.c.) at all supports, with the fastener head. including perimeter blocking, and not more than 118 inch 2508.4 Joint treatment. Gypsum board fire-resistance-rated (9.5 mm) from the edges and ends of the gypsum board. assemblies shall have joints and fasteners treated. 2508.5.5 Lateral force restrictions. Gypsum board shall Exception: Joint and fastener treatment need not be pro- not be used in diaphragm ceilings to resist lateral forces vided where any of the following conditions occur: imposed by masonry or concrete construction. 1. Where the gypsum board is to receive a decorative finish such as wood paneling,battens,acoustical fin- ishes or any similar application that would be equiva- SECTION 2509 lent to joint treatment. GYPSUM BOARD IN SHOWERS 2. On single-layer systems where joints occur over AND WATER CLOSETS wood framing members. 2509.1 Wet areas.Showers and public toilet walls shall con- 3. Square edge or tongue-and-groove edge gypsum form to Sections 1210.2 and 12103. board (V-edge), gypsum backing board or gypsum 2509.2 Base for tile.Glass mat water-resistant gypsum back- sheathing. ingpanels,discrete nonasbestos fiber-cement interior substrate 4. On multilayer systems where the joints of adjacent sheets or nonasbestos fiber-mat reinforced cement substrate layers are offset from one to another. sheets in compliance with ASTM C 1178, C 1288 or C 1325 and installed in accordance with manufacturer recommenda- 5. Assemblies tested without joint treatment. tions shall be used as abase for wall tile in tub and shower areas TABLE 2608.5 SHEAR CAPACITY FOR HORIZONTAL WOOD FRAMED GYPSUM BOARD DIAPHRAGM CEILING ASSEMBLIES THICKNESS OF MATERIAL SPACING OF FRAMING MEMBERS SHEAR VALUE,,6 MATERIAL — (MINIMUM)(inches) (MAXIMUM)(inches) I (plf of ceiling) MINIMUM FASTENER SIZE 5d cooler or wallboard nail: Gypsum board 112 16 o.c. 90 1 11H inch long:0.086-inch shank: — — —-— '544-inch head` - 5d cooler or wallboard nail: Gypsum board 112 24 o.c. 70 151a-inch long:0.086-inch shank: -— --— - - - --- - 1i/c,-inch head` For SI: 1 inch=25.9 mm.1 pound per foot=19.59 Nlm. a. Values are not cumulative with other horizontal diaphragm values and are for short-term loading due to wind or seismic loading.Values shall be reduced 25 percent for normal loading. b. Values shall be reduced 50 percent in Seismic Design Categories D.E and F. c. 11/4-inch.No.6 Type S or W screws are permitted to be substituted for the listed nails. 2D09 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 531 GYPSUM BOARD AND PLASTER and wall and ceiling panels in shower areas. Water-resistant barrier shall be provided in accordance with Section gypsum backing board shall be used as a base for tile in water 2510.6. closet compartment walls when installed in accordance with 2510.5.3 Backing not required. Wire backing is not GA-216 or ASTM C 840 and manufacturer recommendations. required under expanded metal lath or paperbacked wire Regular gypsum wallboard is permitted under tile or wall pan- fabric lath. els in other wall and coiling areas when installed in accordance with GA-216 or ASTM C 840. 2510.6 Water-resistive barriers. Water-resistive barriers 2509.3 Limitations. Water-resistant gypsum backing board shall be installed as required in Section 1404.2 and, where applied over wood-based sheathing, shall include a shall not be used in the following locations: applied vapor-permeable barrier with a performance at 1. Over a vapor retarder in shower or bathtub compart- least equivalent to two layers of Grade D paper. ments. Exception: Where the tvater-resistive barrier that is 2. Where there will be direct exposure to water or in areas applied over wood-based sheathing has a water resistance subject to continuous high humidity. equal to or greater than that of 60-minute Grade D paper and 3. On ceilings where frame spacing exceeds 12 inches(305 is separated from the stucco by an intervening,substantially mm) o.c. for '/,-inch-thick (12.7 mm) water-resistant nonwater-absorbing layer or drainage space. gypsum backing board and more than 16 inches (406 2510.7 Preparation of masonry and concrete.Surfaces shall mm) o.c. for '/n-inch-thick (15.9 mm) water-resistant be clean,free from efflorescence,sufficiently damp and rough gypsum backing board. for proper bond.If the surface is insufficiently rough,approved bonding agents or a portland cement dash bond coat mixed in proportions of not more than two parts volume of sand to one SECTION 2510 part volume of portland cement or plastic cement shall be LATHING AND FURRING FOR applied.The dash bond coat shall be left undisturbed and shall CEMENT PLASTER (STUCCO) be moist cured not less than 24 hours. 2510.1 General.Exterior and interior cement plaster and lath- ing shall be done with the appropriate materials listed in Table SECTION 2511 2507.2 and Chapter 35. INTERIOR PLASTER 2510.2 Weather protection.Materials shall be stored in such a 2511.1 General. Plastering gypsum plaster or cement plaster manner as to protect such materials from the weather. shall not be less than three coats where applied over metal lath 2510.3 Installation. Installation of these materials shall be in or wire fabric lath and not less than two coats where applied compliance with ASTM C 926 and ASTM C 1063, over other bases permitted by this chapter. 2510.4 Corrosion resistance.Metal lath and lath attachments Exception:Gypsum veneer plaster and cement plaster spe- shall be of corrosion-resistant material. cifically designed and approved for one-coat applications. 2510.5 Backing. Backing or a lath shall provide sufficient 2511.1.1 Installation. Installation of lathing and plaster rigidity to permit plaster applications. materials shall conform with Table 2511.1.1 and Section 2510.5.1 Support of lath.Where lath on vertical surfaces 2507. extends between rafters or other similar projecting mem TABLEZ5tt bers,solid backing shall be installed to provide support for INSTALLATION OF PLA5TER CONSTRUCTION lath and attachments. MATERIAL STANDARD 2510.5.2 Use of gypsum backing board. Cement plaster _ ASTM C 926 sum plaster ASTM C 842 2510.5.2.1 Use of gypsum board as a backing board. Gyp - -- � --- - - Gypsum lath or gypsum wallboard shall not be used as a Gypsum veneer plaster _ ASTM C 843 backing for cement plaster. Interior lathing and furring t sum last�r ASTM C 841 Exception:Gypsum lath or gypsum wallboard is per- �yp�--) - mitted,with a wafer resistive barrier,as a backing for Lathing and furring(cement plaster) ASTM C 1063 self-furred metal lath or self-furred wire fabric lath Steel framing ASTM C 754;C 1007 and cement plaster where either of the following con- ditions occur: 2511.2 Limitations. Plaster shall not be applied directly to fiber insulation board. Cement plaster shall not be applied 1. On horizontal supports of ceilings or roof sof directly to gypsum lath orgypsum plaster except as specified in fits. Sections 2510.5.1 and 2510.5.2. 2. On interior walls. 2511.3 Grounds. Where installed, grounds shall ensure the 2510.5.2.2 Use of gypsum sheathing backing.Gypsum minimum thickness of plaster as set forth in ASTM C 842 and sheathing is permitted as a backing for metal or wire fab- ASTM C 926. Plaster thickness shall be measured from the ric lath and cement plaster on walls. A tvater-resistive face of lath and other bases. 532 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® GYPSUM BOARD AND PLASTER 2511.4 Interior masonry or concrete.Condition of surfaces keep cement plaster work above 40°F(4°C)during application shall be as specified in Section 2510.7.Approt edspecially pre- and 48 hours thereafter. pared gypsum plaster designed for application to concrete sur- 2512.5 Second-coat application. The second coat shall be faces or approved acoustical plaster is permitted. The total brought out to proper thickness,rodded and floated sufficiently thickness of base coat plaster applied to concrete ceilings shall rough to provide adequate bond for the finish coat.The second be as set forth in ASTM C 842 or ASTM C 926.Should ceiling coat shall have no variation greater than tlg inch(6.4 mm)in any surfaces require more than the maximum thickness permitted direction under a 5-foot (15 24 mm) straight edge. in ASTM C 842 or ASTM C 926,metal lath or wire fabric lath shall be installed on such surfaces before plastering. 2512.6 Curing and interval.First and second coats of cement 2511.5 Wet areas.Showers and public toilet walls shall con- plaster shall be applied and moist cured asset forth in ASTM C form to Sections 1210.2 and 1210.3. When wood frame walls 926 and Table 2512.6. and partitions are covered on the interior with cement plaster or TABLE 2512.6 the of similar material and are subject to water splash,the fram- - CEMENT PLASTERS' ing shall be protected with an apprnt'ed moisture barrier. MINIMUM PERIOD MOIST MINIMUM INTERVAL COAT CURING BETWEEN COATS First 48 hours' 48 hours' SECTION 2512 Second 48 hours 7 days' EXTERIOR PLASTER Finish — _ Note c 2512.1 General. Plastering with cement plaster shall be not a, The first two coats shall be as required for the first coats of exterior plaster, less than three coats when applied over metal lath or wire fabric except that the moist-curing time period between the first and second coats lath or gypsum board backing as specified in Section 2510.5 shall not be less than 24 hours.Moist c wring shall not be required where job and shall be not less than two coats when applied over masonry and weather conditions are favorable to the retention of moisture in the or concrete.If the plaster surface is to be completely covered by cement plaster for the required time period. veneer or other facing material,or is completely concealed by b, Twenty four hour minimum interval between coats of interior cement plas- ter.For alternate method of application,see Section 2512.8. another wall,plaster application need only be two coats, pro- c, Finish coat plaster is permitted to be applied to interior cement plaster base I vided the total thickness is as set forth in ASTM C 926. coats after a 48-hour period. 2512.1.1 On-grade floor slab. On wood framed or steel 2512.7 Application to solid backings. Where applied over stud construction with an on-grade concrete floor slab sys- gypsum backing as specified in Section 2510.5 or directly to tem,exterior plaster shall be applied in such a manner as to unit masonry surfaces, the second coat is permitted to be cover,but not to extend below,the lath and paper.The appli- applied assoon as the first coat has attained sufficient hardness. cation of lath,paper and flashing or drip screeds shall com- 2512,8 Alternate method of application.The second coat is ply with ASTM C 1063, permitted to be applied as soon as the first coat has attained suf- 2512.1.2 Weep screeds.A minimum 0.019-inch(0.48 min) ficiently rigidity to receive the second coat. (No. 26 galvanized sheet gage), corrosion-resistant weep 2512.8,1 Admixtures.When using his method of a lica- screed with a minimum vertical attachment flange of 3112 tion, calcium aluminate cement u p p to 15 percent of the inches(89 mm)shall be provided at or below the foundation weight of the portland cement is permitted to be added to the plate line on exterior stud walls in accordance with ASTM C mix 926.The weep screed shall be placed a minimum of 4 inches (102 min) above the earth or 2 inches(51 mm)above paved 2512.8.2 Curing.Curing of the first coat is permitted to be areas and be of a type that will allow trapped water to drain omitted and the second coat shall be cured as set forth in to the exterior of the building. The water-resistive barrier ASTM C 926 and Table 2512.6. shall lap the attachment flange.The exterior lath shall cover 2512.9 .Finish coats. Cement plaster finish coats shall be and terminate on the attachment flange of the weep screed. applied over base coats that have been in place for the time peri- 2512.2 Plasticity agents.Only approved plasticity agents and ods set forth in ASTM C 926.The third or finish coat shall be approved ainounts thereof shall be added to portland cement or applied with sufficient material and pressure to bond and to blended cements. When plastic cement or masonry cement is cover the brown coat and shall be of sufficient thickness to con- used, no additional lime or plasticizers shall be added. ceal the brown coat. Hydrated lime or the equivalent amount of lime putty used as a plasticizer is permitted to be added to cement plaster or cement and lime plaster in an amount not to exceed that set forth in SECTION 2513 ASTM C 926. EXPOSED AGGREGATE PLASTER 2512.3 Limitations.Gypsum plastershall not be used on exte- 2513.1 General. Exposed natural or integrally colored aggre- rior surfaces, gate is permitted to be partially embedded in a natural or col- 2512.4 Cement plaster.Plaster coats shall be protected from ored bedding coat of cement plaster or gypsum plaster,subject freezing for a period of not less than 24 hours after set has to the provisions of this section. occurred. Plaster shall be applied when the ambient tempera- 2513.2 Aggregate.The aggregate shall be applied manually or lure is higher than 40'F (VC), unless provisions are made to mechanically and shall consist of marble chips,pebbles or sim- 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE9° 533 GYPSUM BOARD AND PLASTER ilar durable,moderately hard(three or more on the Mohs hard- ness scale),nonreactive materials. 2513.3 Bedding coat proportions.The bedding coal for inte- rior or exterior surfaces shall be composed of one part port]and cement and one part Type S lime;or one part blended cement and one part Type S lime: or masonry cement; or plastic cement,and a maximum of three parts of graded white or natu- ral sand by volume.The bedding coat for interior surfaces shall be composed of 100 pounds (45.4 kg) of neat gypsum plaster and a maximum of 200 pounds(90.8 kg)of graded white sand. A factory-prepared bedding coat for interior or exterior use is permitted.The bedding coat for exterior surfaces shall have a minimum compressive strength of 1,000 pounds per square inch (psi) (6895 kPa). 2513.4 Application. The bedding coat is permitted to be applied directly over the first(scratch)coal of plaster.provided the ultimate overall thickness is a minimum of inch(22 mm), including lath.Over concrete or masonry surfaces,the overall thickness shall be a minimum of 11,inch (12.7 mm). 2513.5 Bases. Exposed aggregate plaster is permitted to be applied over concrete, masonry, cement plaster base coats or gypsum plasterbase coats installed in accordance with Section 2511 or 2512. 2513.6 Preparation of masonry and concrete.Masonry and concrete surfaces shall be prepared in accordance with the pro- visions of Section 2510.7. 2513.7 Curing of base coats.Cement plaster base coats shall be cured in accordance with ASTM C 926.Cement plasterbed- ding coats shall retain sufficient moisture for hydration (hard- ening)for 24 hours minimum or,where necessary,shall be kept damp for 24 hours by light water spraying, 534 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' CHAPTER 26 PLASTIC SECTION 2609 THERMOPLASTIC MATERIAL.A plastic material that is GENERAL capable of being repeatedly softened by increase of tempera- 2601.1 Scope. These provisions shall govern the materials, ture and hardened by decrease of temperature. design,application,construction and installation of foam plas- THERMOSETTING MATERIAL.A plastic material that is tic,foam plastic insulation,plastic veneer,interior plastic finish capable of being changed into a substantially nonreformable and trial and light-transmitting plastics. See Chapter 14 for product when cured. requirements for exterior ivall finish and trial. SECTION 2603 SECTION 2602 FOAM PLASTIC INSULATION DEFINITIONS 2603.1 General..The provisions of this section shall govern the 2602.1: General.The following words and terms shall,for the requirements and uses of foam plastic insulation in buildings purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this code, and structures. have the meanings shown herein. 2603.2 Labeling and identification.Packages and containers FIBER REINFORCED POLYMER. A polymeric compos- of foam plastic insulation and foam plastic insulation compo- ite material consisting of reinforcement fibers impregnated nents delivered to the job site shall bear the label of an with a fiber-binding polymer which is then molded and hard- approved agency showing the manufacturer's name, product ened. listing, product identification and information sufficient to determine that the end use will comply with the code require- FIBERGLASS REINFORCED POLYMER. A polymeric ments. composite material consisting of glass reinforcement fibers impregnated with a fiber-binding polymer which is then 2603.3 Surface-burning characteristics. Unless othenvise molded and hardened. indicated in this section,foam plastic insulation and foam plas- tic cores of manufactured assemblies shall have a flame spread FOAM PLASTIC INSULATION.A plastic that is intention- index of not more than 75 and a smoke-developed index of not ally expanded by the use of a foaming agent to produce a more than 450 where tested in the maximum thickness reduced-density plastic containing voids consisting of open or intended for use in accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723. closed cells distributed throughout the plastic for thermal insu- Loose fill-type foam plastic insulation shall be tested as board lating or acoustical purposes and that has a density less than 20 stock for the flame spread and smoke-developed indexes. pounds per cubic foot (pcJ (320 kg/m3). Exceptions: LIGHT-DIFFUSING SYSTEM. Construction consisting in whole or in part of lenses, panels, grids or baffles made with 1. Smoke-developed index for interior trim as provided light-transmitting plastics positioned below independently for in Section 2604.2. mounted electrical light sources,skylights or light-transmitting 2. In cold storage buildings,ice plants.food plants,food plastic roof panels. Lenses, panels, grids and baffles that are processing rooms and similar areas, Foam plastic part of an electrical fixture shall not be considered as a insulation where tested in a thickness of 4 inches(102 light-diffusing system. mm)shall be permitted in a thickness up to 10 inches LIGHT-TRANSMITTING PLASTIC ROOF PANELS. (254 mm)where the building is equipped throughout Structural plastic panels other than skylights that are fastened with an automatic fire sprinkler system in accordance to structural members,or panels or sheathing and that are used with Section 903.3.1.1. The approved automatic as light-transmitting media in the plane of the roof. sprinklersysteni shall be provided in both the room and that part of the building in which the room is LIGHT-TRANSMITTING PLASTIC WALL PANELS. located. Plastic materials that are fastened to structural members,or to structural panels or sheathing,and that are used as light-trans- 3. Foam plastic insulation that is a part of a Class A,B or mitting media in exterior malls. Croof-covering assembly provided the assembly with the foam plastic insulation satisfactorily passes PLASTIC, APPROVED. Any thermoplastic, thermosetting FM 4450 or UL 1256. The smoke-developed index or reinforced thermosetting plastic material that conforms to shall not be limited for roof applications. combustibility classifications specified in the section applica- 4, Foam plastic insulation greater than 4 inches (102 ble to the application and plastic type. mm) in thickness shall have a maximum flame spread PLASTIC GLAZING.Plastic materials that are glazed or set index of 75 and a smoke-developed index of 450 in frame or sash and not held by mechanical fasteners that pass where tested at a minimum thickness of 4 inches(102 through the glazing material. min),provided the end use is approved in accordance 2008 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 535 PLASTIC with Section 2603.9 using the thickness and density 2603.4.1.4 Exterior walls-one-story buildings. For intended for use. one-story buildings, foam plastic having a flame spread 5. Flame spread and smoke-developed indexes for foam index of 25 or less,and a smoke-developed index of not plastic interior signs in covered mall buildings pro- more than 450,shall be permitted without Ihermal barri- vided the signs comply with Section 402.15. ers in or on exterior walls in a thickness not more than 4 inches (102 mm)where the foam plastic is covered by a 2603.4 Thermal barrier. Except as provided for in Sections thickness of not less than 0.032-inch-thick (0.81 mm) 2603.4.1 and 2603.9,foam plastic shall be separated from the aluminum or corrosion-resistant steel having a base interior of a building by an approved thermal barrier of'f/,inch metal thickness of 0.0160 inch(0.41 mm) and the build- (]2.7 mm) gypsum wallboard or equivalent thermal barrier ing is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler material that will limit the average temperature rise of the unex- system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. posed surface to not more than 250°F(120°C)after 15 minutes of fire exposure, complying with the standard time-tempera- 2603.4.1.5 Roofing.Foam plastic insulation under a roof ture curve of ASTM E 119 or UL 263.The thermal barrier shall assembly or roof covering that is installed in accordance be installed in such a manner that it will remain in place for 15 with the code and the manufacturer's instructions shall minutes based on FM 4880,UL 1040,NFPA 286 or UL 1715. be separated from the interior of the building by wood Combustible concealed spaces shall comply with Section 717. structural panel sheathing not less than 0.47 inch (11.9 mm) in thickness bonded with exterior glue,with edges 2603.41 Thermal barrier not required.The thermal bar- supported by blocking, tongue-and-groove joints or rier specified in Section 2603.4 is not required under the other approved type of edge support, or an equivalent conditions set forth in Sections 2603.4.1.1 through material.A thermal barrier is not required for foam plas- 2603.4.1.13. tic insulation that is a part of a Class A,B or C roof-cover- 2603.4.1.1 Masonry or concrete construction.A ther- ing assembly, provided the assembly with the foam mal barrier is not required for Foam plastic installed in a plastic insulation satisfactorily passes FM 4450 or UL masonry or concrete wall,floor or roof system where the 1256. foam plastic insulation is covered on each face by a mini- 2603.4.1.6 Attics and crawl spaces. Within an attic or mum of 1 inch (25 mm) thickness of masonry or con- crawl space where entry is made only for service of utili- crete. ties, foam plastic insulation shall be protected against 2603.4.1.2 Cooler and freezer walls. Foam plastic ignition by 1 V, inch-thick(38 mm) mineral fiber insula- installed in a maximum thickness of 10 inches(254 mm) tion; '/a-inch-thick (6.4 mm) wood structural panel, in cooler and freezer walls shall: particleboard or hardboard; 31d inch (9.5 mm) gypsum 1. Have a flame spread index of 25 or less and a wallboard, corrosion-resistant steel having a base metal smoke-developed index of not more than 450, thickness of 0.016 inch (0.4 mm) or other approved where tested in a minimum 4 inch(102 nim)thick- material installed in such a manner that the foam plastic insulation is not exposed.The protective covering shall Hess. be consistent with the requirements for the type of con- 2. Have flash ignition and self-ignition temperatures struction. of not less than 600°F and 800°F (316°C and 427°C),respectively. 2603.4.1.7 Doors not required to have a fire protec- 3. Have a covering of not less than 0.032-inch (0.8 tion rating.Where pivoted or side-hinged doors are per- mitted without a fire protection rating, foam plastic mm)aluminum or corrosion-resistant steel having insulation,having a flame spread index of 75 or less and a a base metal thickness not less than 0.0160 inch smoke-developed index of not more than 450, shall be (0.4 mm) at any point. permitted as a core material where the door facing is of 4. Be protected by an automatic sprinkler s}stem in metal having a minimum thickness of 0.032-inch (0.8 accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. Where the mm) aluminum or steel having a base metal thickness of cooler or freezer is within a building, both the not less than 0.016 inch (0.4 mm) at any point. cooler or freezer and that part of the building in which it is located shall be sprinklered. 2603.4.1.8 Exterior doors in buildings of Group R-2 or R-3. In occupancies classified as Group R-2 or R-3, 2603.4.1.3 Walk-in coolers. In nonsprinklered build- foam-filled exterior entrance doors to individual dwell- ings, foam plastic having a thickness that does not ing units that do not require a fire-resistance rating shall exceed 4 inches(102 mm) and a maximum flame spread be faced with wood or other approved materials. index of 75 is permitted in walk-in coolers or freezer units where the aggregate floor area does not exceed 400 2603.4.1.9 Garage doors.Where garage doors are per- square feet (37 nil) and the foam plastic is covered by a mitted without a fire-resistance rating and foam plastic is metal facing not less than 0.032-inch-thick (0.81 mm) used as a core material, the door facing shall be metal aluminum or corrosion-resistant steel having a minimum having a minimum thickness of 0.032-inch(0.8 mm)alu- base metal thickness of 0.016 inch (0.41 mm). A thick- minum or 0.010-inch (0.25 mm)steel or the facing shall ness of up to 10 inches(254 mm)is permitted where pro- be minimum 0.125-inch-thick (3.2 mm) wood. Garage tected by a thermal barrier. doors having facings other than those described above 536 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE10 PLASTIC shall be tested in accordance with, and meet the accep- 2603.5.3 Potential heat.The potential heat of foam plastic tance criteria of, DASMA 107. insulation in any portion of the wall or panel shall not Exception: Garage doors using foam plastic insula- exceed the potential heat expressed in Btu per square Feet tion complying with Section 2603.3 in detached and (mj/m)of the foam plastic insulation contained in the wall attached garages associated with one-and two-Family assembly tested in accordance with Section 2603.5.5.The dwellings need not be provided with a thermal barrier. potential heat of the foam plastic insulation shall be deter- mined by tests conducted in accordance with NFPA 259 and 2603.4.1.10 Siding backer board.Foam plastic insula- the results shall be expressed in Btu per square feel(nlj/m2), tion of not more than 2,000 British thermal units per Exception:One-story buildings complying with Section square Feet (Btu/sq. ft.) (22.7 mj/m) as determined by 2603.4.1.4. NFPA 259 shall be permitted as a siding backer board with a maximum thickness of 1/2 inch (12.7 mm), pro- 2603.5.4 Flame spread and smoke-developed indexes. vided it is separated from the interior of the building by Foam plastic insulation,exterior coatings and facings shall not less than 2 inches(51 mm)of mineral fiber insulation be tested separately in the thickness intended for use,but not or equivalent or where appl ied as insulation with residing to exceed 4 inches (102 mm),and shall each have a flame over existing wall construction. spread index of 25 or less and a smoke-developed index of 450 or less as determined in accordance with ASTM E 84 or 2603.4.1.11 Interior trim.Foam plastic used as interior UL 723. trier in accordance with Section 2604 shall be permitted without a thermal barrier. Exception: Prefabricated or factory-manufactured pan- els having minimum 0.020-inch (0.51 mm) aluminum 2603.4.1.12 Interior signs. Foam plastic used for inte- facings and a total thickness of 1/,inch (6.4 mm) or less rior signs in covered mall buildings in accordance with are permitted to be tested as an assembly where the foam Section 402.16 shall be pennitted without a thermal bar- plastic core is not exposed in the course of construction. rier. Foam plastic signs that are not affixed to interior building surfaces shall comply with Chapter 8 of the 2603.5.5 Test standard.The wall assembly shall be tested International Fine Code, in accordance with and comply with the acceptance criteria of NFPA 285. 2603.4.1.13 Type V construction. Foam plastic spray applied to a sill plate and header of Type V construction Exception:One-story buildings complying with Section is subject to all of the Following: 2603.4.1.4. 1. The maximum thickness of the foam plastic shall 2603.5.6 Label required.The edge or face of each piece of be 3'/,inches (82.6 mm). foam plastic insulation shall bear the label of an approved agency.The label shall contain the manufacturer's or dis- 2. The density of the foam plastic shall be in the range tributor's identification, model number, serial number or of 1.5 to 2.0 pcf(24 to 32 kg/m3). definitive information describing the product or materials' 3. The foam plastic shall have a flame spread index of performance characteristics and approved agency's identi- 25 or less and an accompanying smoke-developed fication. index of 450 or less when tested in accordance 2603.5.7 Ignition.Exterior walls shall not exhibit sustained with ASTM E 84 or UL 723. flaming where tested in accordance with NFPA 268.Where 2603.5 Exterior walls of buildings of any height. Exterior a material is intended to be installed in more than one thick- walls of buildings of Type 1, 1I, 111 or IV construction of any ness, tests of the minimum and maximum thickness height shall comply with Sections 2603.5.1 through 2603.5.7, intended for use shall be performed. Exterior walls of cold storage buildings required to be con- Exception: Assemblies protected on the outside with structed of noncombustible materials, where the building is one of the following: more than one story in height,shall also comply with the provi- 1, A thermal barrier com 1 m with Section 2603.4. sions of Sections 2603,5.1 through 2603.5.7.Exterior wallsof p y g buildings of Type V construction shall comply with Sections 2. A minimum I inch(25 mm)thickness of concrete 2603.2, 2603.3 and 2603.4. or masonry. 2603.5.1 Fire-resistance-rated walls. Where the wall is 3. Glass-fiber-reinforced concrete panels of a mini- required to have a fire-resistance rating.data based on tests mum thickness of 3/8 inch (9.5 mm). conducted in accordance with ASTM E 119 or UL 263 shall 4. Metal-faced panels having minimum 0.019- be provided to substantiate that the fire-resistance rating is inch-thick (0.48 mm) aluminum or 0.016-inch- maintained. thick(0.41 mm)corrosion-resistant steel outer fac- 2603.5.2 Thermal barrier. Any foam plastic insulation ings. shall be separated from the building interior by a thermal 5. A minimum'/„inch(22.2 mm)thickness of stucco barrier meeting the provisions of Section 2603.4, unless complying with Section 2510. special approval is obtained on the basis of Section 2603.9. 2603.6 Roofing.Foam plastic insulation meeting the require- Exception:One-story buildings complying with Section menu of Sections 2603.2, 2603.3 and 2603.4 shall be permit- 2603.4.1.4. ted as part of a roof-covering assembly,provided the assembly 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 537 PLASTIC with the foam plastic insulation is a Class A, B or C roofing 2603.9 Special approval.Foam plastic shall not be required to assembly where tested in accordance with ASTM E 108 or U L comply with the requirements of Sections 2603.4 through 790. 2603.7 where specifically approved based on large-scale tests 2603.7 Plenums.Foam plastic insulation shall not be used as such as,but not limited to,NFPA 286(with the acceptance cri- teria of Section 803.2),FM 4880, UL 1040 or UL 1715.Such interior wall or ceiling finish in plenums except as permitted in testing shall be related to the actual end-use configuration and Section 2fiO4 or when protected by a thermal barrier in accar be performed on the finished manufactured foam plastic dance with Section 2603.4. assembly in the maximum thickness intended for use. Foam 2603.8 Protection against termites.In areas where the proba- plastics that are used as interior finish on the basis of special bility of termite infestation is very heavy in accordance with tests shall also conform to the flame spread requirements of Figure 2603.8, extruded and expanded polystyrene, Chapter 8. Assemblies tested shall include seams,joints and polyisocyanurate and other Foam plastics shall not be installed other typical details used in the installation of the assembly and on the exterior face or under interior or exterior foundation shall be tested in the manner intended for use. walls or slab foundations located below grade.The clearance between foam plastics installed above grade and exposed earth shall be at least 6 inches (152 mm). SECTION 2604 Exceptions: INTERIOR FINISH AND TRIM I 1. Buildings where the structural members of walls, 2604.1 General.Plastic materials installed as interior finish or floors, ceilings and roofs are entirely of non- trim shall comply with Chapter 8. Foam plastics shall only be combustible materials or preservative-treated wood. installed as interior finish where approved in accordance with 2. An approved method of protecting the foam plastic the special provisions of Section 2603.9.Foam plastics that are and structure from subterranean termite damage is used as interior finish shall also meet the flame-spread index provided. requirements for interior finish in accordance with Chapter 8. Foam plastics installed as interior trim shall comply with Sec- 3. On the interior side of basement walls. tion 2604.2. kt VERY HEAVY MODERATE TO HEAVY SLIGHTTO MODERATE + j NONE TO SLIGHT FIGURE 2603.8 TERMITE INFESTATION PROBABILITY MAP 538 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE` PLASTIC ]F] 2604.2 Interior trim. Foam plastic used as interior trim 2606.2 Approval for use. Sufficient technical data shall be shall comply with Sections 2604.2.1 through 2604.2.4, submitted to substantiate the proposed use of any light-trans- mitting material,as approved by the building official and sub- trim shall be 20 pcf(320 kgftn). [F] 2604.2.1 Density.The minimum density of the interior jest to the requirements of this section. 2606.3 Identification.Each unit or package of light-transmit- [F] 2604.2.2 Thickness. The maximum thickness of the ling plastic shall be identified with a mark or decal satisfactory interior trim shall be inch (12,7 rnm) and the maximum to the building official,which includes identification as to the width shall be 8 inches s (204 mm). material classification. [F] 2604.2.3 Area limitation. The interior trim shall not 2606.4 Specifications. Light-transmitting plastics, including constitute more than 10 percent of the specific wall or ceil- thermoplastic,thermosetting or reinforced thermosetting plas- ing areas to which it is attached. tic material, shall have a self ignition temperature of 650°F [F] 2604.2.4 Flame spread.The flame spread index shall (343°C) or greater where tested in accordance with ASTM D not exceed 75 where tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 1929: a smoke-developed index not greater than 450 where or UL 723.The smoke-developed index shall not be limited. tested in the manner intended for use in accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723,or a maximum average smoke density Exception: When the interior trim material has been rating not greater than 75 where tested in the thickness intended tested as an interior finish in accordance with NFPA 286 for use in accordance with ASTM D 2843 and shall conform to and complies with the acceptance criteria in Section one of the following combustibility classifications: 803.1.2.1, it shall not be required to be tested for flame spread index in accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723. Class CCl:Plastic materials that have a burning extent of 1 inch (25 mm)or less where tested at a nominal thickness of 0.060 inch(1.5 mm),or in the thickness intended for use,in SECTION 2605 accordance with ASTM D 635. PLASTIC VENEER Class CC2:Plastic materials that have a burning rate of 21/2 2605.1 Interior use. Where used within a building, plastic inches per minute(1.06mrn/s)orless where tested atanom- veneer shall comply with the interior finish requirements of inal thickness of 0.060 inch (1.5 mm), or in the thickness Chapter 8. intended for use,in accordance with ASTM D 635. 2605.2 Exterior use.Exterior plastic veneer,other than plastic 2606.5 Structural requirements. Light-transmitting plastic siding,shall be permitted to be installed on the exterior wallsof materials in their assembly shall be of adequate strength and buildings of any type of construction in accordance with all of durability to withstand the loads indicated in Chapter 16.Tech- the following requirements: nical data shall be submitted to establish stresses, maximum unsupported spans and such other information for the various 1. Plastic veneer shall comply with Section 2606.4, thicknesses and forms used as deemed necessary by the build- 2. Plastic veneer shall not be attached to any exterior wall to ing ollicial. a height greater than 50 feet (15 240 mm) above grade. 2606.6 Fastening.Fastening shall be adequate to withstand the 3. Sections of plastic veneer shall not exceed 300 square loads in Chapter 16.Proper allowance shall be made for expan- feet (27.9 10 in area and shall be separated by a mini- sion and contraction of light-transmitting plastic materials in mum of 4 feet (12 19 mm)vertically. accordance with accepted data on the coefficient of expansion of the material and other material in conjunction with which it Exception:The area and separation requirements and is employed. the smoke-density limitation are not applicable to plastic veneer applied to buildings constructed of 2606.7 Light-diffusing systems. Unless the building is Type VB construction, provided the walls are not equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in required to have a fire-resistance rating. accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, light-diffusing systems shall not be installed in the following occupancies and loca- 2605.3 Plastic siding. Plastic siding shall comply with the tions: requirements of Sections 1404 and 1405. 1. Group A with an occupant load of 1,000 or more. 2. Theaters with a stage and proscenium opening and an SECTION 2606 occupant load of 700 or more. LIGHT-TRANSMITTING PLASTICS 3. Group 1-2. 2606.1 General. The provisions of this section and Sections 4. Group 1-3. 2607 through 2611 shall govern the quality and methods of application of light-transmitting plastics for use as light- trans-mitting materials in buildings and structures. Foam plastics 2606.7.1 Support.Light-transmitting plastic diffusers shall shall comply with Section 2603. Light-transmitting plastic be supported directly or indirectly from ceiling or roof con- materials that meet the other code requirements for walls and struction by use of noncombustible hangers. Hangers shall roofs shall be permitted to be used in accordance with the other be at least No. 12 steel-wire gage (0.106 inch) galvanized applicable chapters of the code. wire or equivalent. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 539 PLASTIC 2606.7.2 Installation. Light-transmitting plastic diffusers led to be of any plastic material provided the area of the solar shall comply with Chapter 8 unless the light-transmitting collectors does not exceed 33.33 percent of the roof area. plastic diffusers will fall from the mountings before ignit- ing, at an ambient temperature of at least 200' (111°C) below the ignition temperature of the panels. The panels SECTION 2607 shall remain in place at an ambient room temperature of LIGHT-TRANSMITTING PLASTIC WALL PANELS 175°F(79°C) for a period of not less than 15 minutes. 2607.1 General. Light-transmitting plastics shall not be used 2606.7.3 Size limitations. Individual panels or units shall as wall panels in exterior walls occupancies in Groups A-1, not exceed 10 feet (3048 min) in length nor 30 square feet A-2,H,1-2 and 1-3.In other groups,light-transmitting plastics (2.79 ml) in area. shall be permitted to be used as wall panels in exterior walls, 2606.7.4 Fire suppression system. In buildings that are provided that the walls are not required to have a fire-resistance equipped throughout with an automaticsprinklersysteru in rating and the installation conforms to the requirements of this accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, plastic light-diffusing section.Such panelsshall be erected and anchored on a founda- systems shall be protected both above and below unless the lion, waterproofed or otherwise protected from moisture sprinkler system has been specifically approved for installa- absorption and sealed with a coat of mastic or other approved tion only above the light-diffusing system. Areas of waterproof coating.Light-transmitting plasticwall panels shall light-diffusing systems that are protected in accordance also comply with Section 2606. with this section shall not be limited. 2607.2 Installation.Exterior-imll panels installed as provided 2606.7.5 Electrical luminaires. Light-transmitting plastic for herein shall not alter the type of construction classification panels and light-diffuser panels that are installed in of the building. approved electrical luminaires shall comply with the 2607.3 Height limitation.Light-1ransmi It ing plastics shall not requirements of Chapter 8 unless the light-transmitting be installed more than 75 feet(22 860 mm)above grade plane, plastic panels conform to the requirements of Section except as allowed by Section 2607.5. 2606.7.2, The area of approved light-transmitting plastic 2607.4 Area limitation and separation.The maximum area materials that are used in required exits or corridors shall of a single wall panel and minimum vertical and horizontal sep- not exceed 30 percent of the aggregate area of the ceiling in aration requirements for exterior light-transiitting plastic wall which such panels are installed. unless the building is panels shall be as provided for in Table 2607.4.The maximum equipped throughout with anautoniaticsprinklersystemin percentage of wall area of anystoryinlight-transmittingplastic accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. wall panels shall not exceed that indicated in Table 2607.4 or 2606.8 Partitions. Light-transmitting plastics used in or as the percentage of unprotected openings permitted by Section partitions shall comply with the requirements of Chapters 6 705.8, whichever is smaller. and 8. Exceptions: 2606.9 Bathroom accessories. Light-transmitting plastics 1, In structures provided with approved flame barriers shall be permitted as glazing in shower stalls, shower doors, bathtub enclosures and similar accessory units.Safety glazing extending 30 inches (76 m, a beyond the exterior wall in the plane of the floor, a shall be provided in accordance with Chapter 24. vertical separation is not required at the floor except that provided by the 2606.10 Awnings,patio covers and similar structures.Awn- vertical thickness of the flame barrier projection. ings constructed of Iight-transmitting plastics shall be con- 2. Veneers of approved weather-resistant light-transmit- structed in accordance with the provisions specified in Section Ling plastics used as exterior siding in buildings of 3105 and Chapter 32 for projections.Patio covers constructed Type V construction in compliance with Section 1406. of light-transmitting plastics shall comply with Section 2606. Light-transmitting plastics used in canopies at motor fuel-dis- 3. The area of light-transmitting plastic wall panels in pensing facilities shall comply with Section 2606, except as exterior walls of greenhouses shall be exempt from modified by Section 406.5.3. the area limitations of Table 2607.4 but shall be]fm- 2606.11 Greenhouses. Light-transmitting plastics shall be ited as required for unprotected openings in accor- permitted in lieu of plain glass in greenhouses. dance with Section 704.8. 2606.12 Solar collectors.Light-transmitting plastic covers on 2607.5 Automatic sprinkler system. Where the building is solar collectors having noncombustible sides and bottoms shall equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in be permitted on buildings not over three stories above grade accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, the maximum percentage plane or 9,000 square feet (836.1 m') in total floor area, pro- area of exterior wall in any story in light-transmitting plastic vided the light-transmitting plastic cover does not exceed 33.33 wall panels and the maximum square footage of a single area percent of the roof area for CC 1 materials or 25 percent of the given in Table 2607.4 shall be increased 100 percent, but the roof area for CC2 materials. area of light-transmitting plastic wall panels shall not exceed 50 percent of the wall area in any story,or the area permitted by Exception: Light-transmitting plastic covers having a Section 704.8 for unprotected openings,whichever is smaller. thickness of 0.010 inch(0.3 mm) or less or shall be permit- These installations shall be exempt from height limitations. 540 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® PLASTIC TABLE 2607.4 AREA LIMITATION AND SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS FOR LIGHT-TRANSMITTING PLASTIC WALL PANELS' MINIMUM SEPARATION OF MAXIMUM PERCENTAGE MAXIMUM SINGLE AREA PLASTIC WALL PANELS(feet) FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE CLASS OF AREA OF EXTERIOR WALL IN OF PLASTIC WALL PANELS – - (feet) PLASTIC– PLASTIC WALL PANELS _ (square feet) Vertical Horizontal Less than 6 -- Not Permitted Not Permitted — — CC] 10 50 8 4 6 or more but less than 11 - —— -�- C_C2_ Not Permitted Not Permitted --- — � ---- � I ]1 or more but less than or equal to 30 --CC 1 25-- - 90 6- - 4 CC2 _ 15 70 8 _ 4 CC1 50 Not Limited 3t' 0 Over 30 CC2 50 100 6t' 3 For Sl: 1 foot=304.8 mm.1 square foot=0.0929 ml. a. For combinations of plastic glazing and plastic Nall panel areas permitted,see Section 2607.6. b. For reductions in vertical separation allowed,see Section 2607.4. 2607.6 Combinations of glazing and wall panels.Combina- Exception: Buildings equipped throughout with an tions of light-transmitting plastic glazing and light-transmit- automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Sec- ting plastic wall panels shall be subject to the area,height and tion 903.3.1.1. percentage limitations and the separation requirements appli- 3. Light-transmitting plastics shall not be installed more cable to the class of light-transmitting plastic as prescribed for than 75 feet (22 860 mm) above grade level. light-transmitting plastic wall panel installations. Exception: Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Sec- tion 903.3.1.1. SECTION 2608 LIGHT-TRANSMITTING PLASTIC GLAZING SECTION 2609 2608.1 Buildings of Type VB construction. Openings in the LIGHT-TRANSMITTING PLASTIC ROOF PANELS exterior stalls of buildings of Type VB construction,where not 2609.1 General. Light-transmitting plastic roof panels shall required to be protected by Section 704,shall be permitted to be comply with this section and Section 2606.Light-transmitting glazed or equipped with light-transmitting plastic.Light-trans- plastic roof panels shall not be installed in Groups H,I-2 and milting plastic glazing shall also comply with Section 2606. I-3. In all other groups, light-transmitting plastic roof panels 2608.2 Buildings of other types of construction.Openings in shall comply with any one of the following conditions: the exterior walls of buildings of types of construction other 1. The building is equipped throughout with an automatic than Type VB,where not required to be protected by Section sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. 704, shall be permitted to be glazed or equipped with 2. The roof construction is not required to have a fire-resis- light-transmitting plastic in accordance with Section 2606 and tance rating by Table 601. all of the following: 3. The roof panels meet the requirements For roof coverings 1. The aggregate area of light-transmitting plastic glazing in accordance with Chapter 15. shall not exceed 25 percent of the area of any wall face of 2609.2 Separation. Individual roof panels shall be separated the storyin which it is installed.The area of a single pane from each other by a distance of not less than 4 feet(1219 min) of glazing installed above the first story above grade measured in a horizontal plane. plane shall not exceed 16 square feet (1.5 In') and the vertical dimension of a single pane shall not exceed 4 feet Exceptions: (1219 mm). 1. The separation between roof panels is not required in a Exception: Where an automatic sprinkler system is building equipped throughout with an automaticsprin- provided throughout in accordance with Section kler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. 903.3.1.1, the area of allowable glazing shall be 2. The separation between roof panels is not required in increased to a maximum oF50 percent of the wall face of low-hazard occupancy buildings complying with the the storyin which it is installed with no limit on the max- conditions of Section 2609.4,Exception 2 or 3. imum dimension or area of a single pane of glazing. 2609.3 Location,Where exterior wallopenings are required to 2. Approved flame barriers extending 30 inches (762 mm) be protected by Section 705.8, a roof panel shall not be beyond the exterior wall in the plane of the floor,or verb- installed within 6 feet (1829 mm) of such exterior wall. cal panels not less than 4 feet(1219 min)in height,shall be 2609.4 Area limitations. Roof panels shall be limited in area installed between glazed units located in adjacent stories. and the aggregate area of panels shall be Iimited by a percent- 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 541 PLASTIC age of the floor area of the room or space sheltered in accor- units horizontal (25-percent slope) in occupancies in dance with Table 2609.4. Group R-3 and on buildings with a nonclassified roof Exceptions: covering. 1. The area limitations of Table 2609.4 shall be permit- 2. The metal or noncombustible edge material is not ted to be increased by 100 percent in buildings required where nonclassified roof coverings are per- equipped throughout with an automaticsprinklersys_ mitted. tem in accordance with Section 903.3.1.L 2610.3 Slope.Flat or corrugated light-transmitting plastic sky- 2. Low-hazard occupancy buildings,such as swimming lights shall slope at least four units vertical in 12 units horizon- pool shelters,shall be exempt from the area limitations ial (4:12). Dome-shaped skylights shall rise above the of Table 2609.4, provided that the buildings do not mounting flange a minimum distance equal to 10 percent of the exceed 5,000 square feel (465 nil) in area and have a maximum span of the dome but not less than 3 inches(76 mm). minimum fire separation distance of 10 feet (3048 Exception: Skylights that pass the Class B Burning Brand min). Test specified in ASTM E 108 or UL 790. 3. Greenhouses that are occupied for growing plants on 2610.4 Maximum area of skylights.Each skylight shall have a production or research basis,without public access, a maximum area within the curb of 100 square feet (9.3 mz). shall be exempt from the area limitations of Table Exception: The area limitation shall not apply where the 2609.4 provided they have a minimum fire separation building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprin- distance of 4 feet (1220 mm). kler system in accordance with Section 903.3.3.1 Or the 4. Roof coverings over terraces and patios in occupan- building is equipped with smoke and heat vents in accor- cies in Group R-3 shall be exempt from the area limi- dance with Section 910. tations of Table 2609.4 and shall be permitted with 2610.5 Aggregate area of skylights. The aggregate area of light-transmitting plastics. skylights shall not exceed 33113 percent of the floor area of the TABLE 2609.4 room or space sheltered by the roof in which such skylights are AREA LIMITATIONS FOR LIGHT-TRANSMITTING installed where Class CC1 materials are utilized, and 25 per- PLASTIC ROOF PANELS p cent where Class CC2 materials are utilized. CLASS MAXIMUM AREA OF MAXIMUM AGGREGATE OF INDIVIDUAL ROOF PANELS AREA OF ROOF PANELS Exception: The aggregate area limitations of light-trans- PLASTIC (square feet) (percent of floor area) milting plastic skylights shall be increased 100 percent CC1 300 30 beyond the limitations set forth in this section where the CC2 100 25 building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprin- kler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 Or the Fur SI: I square root=0.0929 ml, building is equipped with smoke and heat vents in accor- dance with Section 910, SECTION 2610 2610.6 Separation. Skylights shall be separated from each LIGHT TRANSMITTING PLASTIC other by a distance of not less than 4 feet(12 19 mm)measured SKYLIGHT GLAZING in a horizontal plane. 2610.1 Light-transmitting plastic glazing of skylight Exceptions: assemblies.Skylight assemblies glazed with light-transmitting 1. Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic plastic shall conform to the provisions of this section and Sec- sprinkler system in accordance with Section tion 2606.Unit skylights glazed with light-transmitting plastic 903.3.1.1. shall also comply with Section 2405.5. 2. In Group R-3, multiple skylights located above the Exception:Skylights in which the light-transmitting plastic same room or space with a combined area not exceed- conforms to the required roof-covering class in accordance ing the limits set forth in Section 2610.4. with Section 1505. 2610.7 Location.Where extet for ivall openings are required to 2610.2 Mounting. The light-transmitting plastic shall be be protected in accordance with Section 705, a skylight shall mounted above the plane of the roof on a curb constructed in not be installed within 6 feet(1829 mm)of such exterior wall. accordance with the requirements for the type of constriction 2610.8 Combinations of roof panels and skylights.Combi- classification,but at least 4 inches(102 mm)above the plane of the nations of light-transmitting plastic roof panels and skylights roof.Edges of light-transmitting plastic skylights or domes shall shall be subject to the area and percentage limitations and sepa- be protected by metal or other approved noncombustible material, ration requirements applicable to roof panel installations, or the light-transmitting plastic dome or skylight shall be shown to be able to resist ignition where exposed at the edge to a flame from a Class B brand as described in ASTM E 108 or UL 790. SECTION 2611 Exceptions: LIGHT-TRANSMITTING PLASTIC INTERIOR SIGNS 1. Curbs shall not be required for skylights used on roofs 2611.1 General.Light-transmitting plastic interior wall signs having a minimum slope of three units vertical in 12 shall be limited as specified in Sections 2611.2 through 2611.4. 542 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® PLASTIC Light-transmitting plastic interior wall signs in covered ntall spective wall area,the fiber reinforced polymer buildings shall comply with Section 402.16. Light-transmit- or the fiberglass reinforced polymershall have ting plastic interior signs shall also comply with Section 2606. flame spread index of 75 or less. The flame 2611.2 Aggregate area.The sign shall not exceed 20 percent spread index requirement shall not be required of the wall area, for coatings or paints having a thickness of less than 0.036 inch (0.9 mm) that are applied di- 261I.3 Maximum area.The sign shall not exceed 24 square rectly to the surface of the fiber reinforced poly- feet (2.23 ml). mer or the Fiberglass reinforced polymer. 2611.4 Encasement.Edges and backs of the sign shall be fully 1.2. Fireb)ocking complying with Section 717.2.6 encased in metal. shall be installed. 1.3. The fiber reinforced polymer or the fiberglass SECTION 2612 reinforced polymer shall be installed directly FIBER REINFORCED POLYMER AND to a noncombustible substrate or be separated From the exterior wall by one of the following FIBERGLASS REINFORCED POLYMER materials: corrosion-resistant steel having a 2612.1 General.The provisions of this section shall govern the minimum base metal thickness of 0.016 inch requirements and uses of fiber reinforced polymer or fiberglass (0.41 mm) at any point, aluminum having a reinforced polymer in and on buildings and structures. minimum thickness of 0.019 inch(0.5 mm)or 2612.2 Labeling and identification.Packages and containers other approved noncombustible material. of fiber reinforced polymer or fiberglass reinforced polymer 1.4. The fiber reinforced polymer or the fiberglass and their components delivered to the job site shall bear the reinforced polymer shall be designed for uni- labelof an approved agencyshowing the manufacturer's name, form live loads as required in Table 1607.1 as product listing, product identification and information sufli- well as for snow loads.wind loads and earth- cient to determine that the end use will comply with the code quake loads as specified in Sections 1608, requirements. 1609 and 1613,respectively. 2612.3 Interior finish.Fiber reinforced polymer or fiberglass 2. When installed on buildings that are 40 feet (12 190 reinforced polymer used as interior finish shall comply with mm)or less above grade,the fiber reinforced polymer Chapter 8. or the fiberglass reinforced polymer shall meet the 2612.4 Decorative materials and trim.Fiber reinforced poly- requirements of Section 1406.2 and shall comply mer or fiberglass reinforced polymer used as decorative mate- with all of the following conditions: fials or trim shall comply with Section 806. 2.1. Where the fire separation distance is 5 feet 2612.5 Light-transmitting materials.Fiber reinforced poly- (1524 mm) or less, the area of the fiber rein- mer or fiberglass reinforced polymer used as light-transmitting forced polymer or the fiberglass reinforced materials shall comply with Sections 2606 through 2611 as polymer shall not exceed 10 percent of the required For the specific application. wall area. Where the Fire separation distance is greater than 5 feet(1524 mm),there shall be 2612.6 Exterior use. Fiber reinforced polymer or fiberglass no limit on the area of the exterior ivallcover- reinforced polymer shall be permitted to be installed on the age using fiber reinforced polymer or the fi- exterior ivalls of buildings of any type of construction when berglass reinforced polymer. such polymers meet the requirements of Section 2603.5 and is 2,2,The fiber rein forced polymer or the fiberglass fireblocked in accordance with Section 717. The fiber rein- reinforced polymer shall have a flame spread forced polymer or the fiberglass reinforced polymer shall be index of 200 or less.The flame spread index designed for uniform live loads as required in Table 1607.1 as requirement shall not be required for coatings well as for snow loads, wind loads and earthquake loads as or paints having a thickness of less than 0.036 specified in Sections 1608, 1609 and 1613,respectively. inch (0.9 mm) that are applied directly to the Exceptions: surface of the fiber reinforced polymer or the 1. When all of the following conditions are met: fiberglass reinforced polymer. 1.1. When the area of the fiber reinforced polymer 2.3. Fireblocking complying with Section 717.2.6 or the fiberglass reinforced polymer does not shall be installed. exceed 20 percent of the respective wall area, 2.4.The fiber reinforced polymer or the Fiberglass the fiber reinforced polymer or the fiberglass reinforced polymer shall be designed for uni- reinforced polymer shall have a flame spread form live loads as required in Table 1607.1 as index of 25 or less or when the area of the fiber well as for snow loads,wind loads and earth- reinforced polymer or the fiberglass reinforced quake loads as specified in Sections 1608, polymer does not exceed 10 percent of the re- 1609 and 1613,respectively. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 543 PLASTIC SECTION 2613 REFLECTIVE PLASTIC CORE INSULATION 2613.1 General.The provisions of this section shall govern the requirements and uses of reflective plastic core insulation in buildings and structures.Reflective plastic core insulation shall comply with the requirements of Section 2613.2 and of one of the following: Section 2613.3 or 2613.4. 2613.2 Identification. Packages and containers of reflective plastic core insulation delivered to the job site shall show the manufacturer's or supplier's name,product identification and information sufficient to determine that the end use will com- ply with the code requirements. 2613.3 Surface-burning characteristics. Reflective plastic core insulation shall have a flame spread index of not more than 25 and a smoke-developed index of not more than 450 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723.The reflec- tive plastic core insulation shall be tested at the maximum thickness intended for use and shall be tested using one of the mounting methods in Section 2613.3.1 or 2613.3.2. 2613.3.1 Mounting of test specimen. The test specimen shall be mounted on 2-inch-high (51 mm) metal frames so as to create an air space between the unexposed face of the reflective plastic core insulation and the lid of the test appa- ratus. 2613.3.2 Specific testing. A set of specimen preparation and mounting procedures shall be used which are specific to the testing of reflective plastic core insulation. 2613.4 Room corner test heat release.Reflective plastic core insulation shall comply with the acceptance criteria of Section 803.1.2.1 when tested in accordance with NFPA 286 or UL 1715 in the manner intended for use and at the maximum thick- ness intended for use. 544 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE'` CHAPTER 27 ELECTRICAL SECTION 2701 [F] 2702.2.9 Membrane structures.Standby power shall GENERAL be provided for auxiliary inflation systems in accordance 2701.1 Scope.This chapter governs the electrical components. with Section 3102.8.2.Emergency power shall be provided equiprnenl and systems used in buildings and structures cov- for exitsigns in temporary tents and membrane structures in erect by this code. Electrical components, equipment and sys- accordance with the International Fitp Code. tems shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the [F] 2702.2.10 Hazardous materials.Emergency or stand- provisions of NFPA 70. by power shall be provided in occupancies with hazardous materials in accordance with Section 414.5.4. [F] SECTION 2702 [F] 2702.2.11 Highly toxic and toxic materials. Emer- EMERGENCY AND STANDBY POWER SYSTEMS gency power shall be provided for occupancies with highly [F] 2702.1 Installation. Emergency and standby power sys- toxicor toxicmaterials in accordance with the International tems required by this code or the International Fire Code shall Fire Code. be installed in accordance with this code.NF PA 110 and 111. [F] 2702.2.12 Organic peroxides.Standby power shall be [F]2702.1.1 Stationary generators.Stationary emergency provided for occupancies with silane gas in accordance with and standby power generators required by this code shall be the International Fur Code, listed in accordance with UL 2200. [F] 2702.2.13 Pyrophoric materials. Emergency power [F] 2702.2 Where required. Emergency and standby power shall be provided for occupancies with silane gas in accor- systems shall be provided where required by Sections 2702.2.1 dance with the International Fire Code. through 2702.2.20. [F] 2702.2.1 Group A occupancies. Emergency power [F] 2702.2.14 Covered mall buildings. Standby power shall be provided for emergency voice/alarm communica- shall be provided for voice/alarm communication systems tion systems in Group A occupancies in accordance with in covemd stall buildings in accordance with Section Section 907.5.2.2.4. 402.14. [FJ 2702.2.2 Smoke control systems.Standby power shall [Fl 2702.2.15 High-rise buildings.Emergency and stand- be provided for smoke control systems in accordance with by power shall be provided in high-rise buildings in accor- Section 909.11. dance with Sections 403.4.7 and 403.4.8. [F] 2702.23 Exit signs. Emergency power shall be pro- [F] 2702.2.16 Underground buildings. Emergency and vided for exit signs in accordance with Section 1011.5.3. standby power shall be provided in underground buildings [F] 2702.2.4 Means of egress illumination. Emergency in accordance with Sections 405.8 and 405.9. power shall be provided for means ofegress illumination in accordance with Section 1006.3. [F] 2702.2.17 Group I-3 occupancies. Emergency power shall be provided for doors in Group 1-3 occupancies in [F] 2702.2.5 Accessible means of egress elevators. accordance with Section 408.4.2. Standby power shall be provided for elevators that are part of an accessible means ofegness in accordance with Section [F] 2702.2.18 Airport traffic control towers. Standby 1007.4, power shall be provided in airport traffic control towers in [F] 2702.2.6 Accessible means of egress platform lifts. accordance with Section 412.3.5. Standby power in accordance with this section or ASME A 18.1 shall be provided for platform lifts that are art of an [F] 2702.2.19 Elevators.Standby power for elevators shall p p p be provided as set forth in Sections 3003.1. 3007.7 and accessible means of egress in accordance with Section 3008.15. 1007.5. [F] 2702.2.7 Horizontal sliding doors. Standby power [F] 2702.2.20 Smokeproof enclosures. Standby power shall be provided for horizontal sliding doors in accordance shall be provided for smokeproof enclosures as required by with Section 1008.1.4.3. Section 909.20.6.2. [F] 2702.2.8 Semiconductor fabrication facilities.Emer- [F] 2702.3 Maintenance.Emergency and standby power sys- gency power shall be provided for semiconductor fabrica- tems shall be maintained and tested in accordance with the tion facilities in accordance with Section 415.8.10. International Fire Code. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 545 CHAPTER 28 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS SECTION 2801 GENERAL 2801.1 Scope.Mechanical appliances.equipment and systems shall be constructed, installed and maintained in accordance with the International Mechanical Code and the International Fuel Gas Code. Masonry chimneys, fireplaces and barbecues shall comply with the International illechanical Code and Chapter 21 of this code. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 547 548 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' CHAPTER 29 PLUMBING SYSTEMS SECTION 2901 SECTION 2902 GENERAL MINIMUM PLUMBING FACILITIES [P]2901.1 Scope.The provisions of this chapter and the lister- [P] 2902.1 Minimum number of fixtures.Plumbing fixtures national Plumbing Codeshall govern the erection,installation, shall be provided for the type of occupancy and in the mini- alteration,repairs,relocation,replacement.addition to,use or munl number shown in Table 2902.1.'hypes of occupancies not maintenance of plumbing equipment and systems. Plumbing shown in Table 2902.1 shall be considered individually by the systems and equipment shall be constructed, installed and building official.The number of occupants shall be determined maintained in accordance with the International Plumbing by this code. Occupancy classification shall be determined in Code. Private sewage disposal systems shall conform to the accordance with Chapter 3. International Private Selvage Disposal Code. [P]TABLE 2902.1 MINIMUM NUMBER OF REQUIRED PLUMBING FIXTURES' -(See Sections 2902.2 and 2902.3] WATER CLOSETS DRINKING (URINALS SEE SECTION 419.2 OF FOUNTAINS,.f THE INTERNA770MAL PLUMBING (SEE SECTION - -- —_ CODE) LAVATORIES 410.1 OF THE -= BATHTUBS/ INTERNATIONAL No. CLASSIFICATION OCCUPANCY DESCRIPTION MALE FEMALE MALE FEMALE SHOWERS PLUMBING CODE) OTHER Theaters and other buildings for the performing arts and 1 per 125 l per 65 1 per 200 1 per 500 service motion pictures sink Nightclubs.bars, taverns.dance halls and I rr 1 1 buildings for similar per per 40 1 per 75 1 per 500 ser,ce A-2`n purposes sink _ Restaurants,banquet 1 ] per 75 1 per 75 1 per 200 1 per 500 service halls and food rourts sink Auditoriums without permanent seating.art halls,m exhibition lector(, per 125 1 per 65 l per 200 – 1 per 500 service halls,museums,lecture halls,libraries,arcades sink and gymnasiums l Assembly A-311 Passenger terminals and l transportation facilities I per 500 1 per 500 1 per 750 1 per 1,000 service sink Places of worship and other religious services I Per 150 1 per 75 1 per 200 – 1 per 1,000 service sink Coliseums.arenas, 1 per 75 for the 1 per 40 for the skating rinks,pouts and first 1,500 and first 1,520 and 1 A-4 tennis courts for indoor 1 per 120 for 1 per 60 for the I per 200 1 per 150 — 1 per 1,000 service the remainder remainder spariing events and exceeding exceeding sink activities 1.500 1.520 Stadiums,amusement 1 per 75 for the 1 per 40 for the parks,bleachers and first 1.500 and first 1.520 and 1 A-5 grandstands for outdoor 1 per a for 1 per nd for the 1 per 200 I per 150 — l per 1.000 service sporting events and the remai nder remainder sink activities exceeding exceeding 1,500 1.520 (rontiruled) 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 549 PLUMBING SYSTEMS [P]TABLE 2902.1—continued MINIMUM NUMBER OF REQUIRED PLUMBING FIXTURES' WATER CLOSETS DRINKING (URINALS SEE SECTION 419.2 OF FOUNTAINSe'I THE INTERNATIONAL PLUMBING (SEE SECTION CODE) LAVATORIES BATHTUBS 410.1 OF THE OR INTERNATIONAL No. CLASSIFICATION OCCUPANCY DESCRIPTION MALE FEMALE MALE FEMALE SHOWERS PLUMBINGCODE7 OTHER Buildings for the transaction of business.professional 1 per 40 for the first services,other 1 per 25 for the first 50 and 1 g0 and 1 per 80 for 1 sec ire 2 Business B services im-olving per 50 for the remainder the remainder I per 100 sink merchandlse,offu e exceeding 50 buildings.banks. exceeding 80 light industrial and similar uses 3 Educational E Educational facilities 1 per 50 1 per 50 — 1 per 100 1 service sink Structures in which Secs Section occupants are 411 of the 4 factory and F-1 and F-2 engaged in work 1 per 100 1 per 100 111(vrnarional 1 per 400 I service industrial fabricating.assembly sink Code or processing of m� products or materials 1-1 Residential care 1 per 10 1 per 10 1 per 8 1 per 100 1 service sink Hospitals. 12 ambulamry nursing l per per room` I per per roam` 1 per 15 1 per 100 1 sin service home patientO Employees.other I per 25 1 per 35 1 per 100 than residential care' Visitors,other than 1 per 75 1 per 100 1 per 500 — 5 Institutional residential care 1-3 Prisons[' 1 per cell 1 per cell 1 per 15 1 per 100 1 service sink Reformatories. service detention centers and l per 15 1 per 15 1 per 15 l per 100 1-3 correctional centers" sink Employees'' per 25 1 per 35 — 1 per 100 14 Adult day care and per 15 1 per 15 1 1 per 100 1 service child care sink Retail stores,service stations,strops, 1 service G Mercantile Iv! salesrooms,markets 1 per 500 1 per 754 — 1 per 1,000 sink and shopping centers Hotels.motels, 1 per sleeping 1 service R-1 boarding houses I per sleeping unit 1 per sleeping unit unit sink (transient) Dormitories, fraternities,sororities 1 service R-2 and boarding houses 1 per 10 1 per 10 1 per 8 1 per 100 sink (not transient) 1 kitchen 7 Residential sink per diwilino unit:1 I per automatic R-2 Apartment house I per dwelling unit I per dwelling unit dwelling unit — clothes washer connection per 20 duelling units (continued) 550 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* PLUMBING SYSTEMS IN TABLE 2902.1—continued MINIMUM NUMBER OF REQUIRED PLUMBING FIXTURES' WATER CLOSETS DRINKING (URINALS SEE SECTION 419.2 OF FOUNTAINS"' THE INTERNATIONAL PLUMBING (SEE SECTION CODE) LAVATORIES 410.1 OF THE BATHTUBS/ INTERNATIONAL No. CLASSIFICATION OCCUPANCY DESCRIPTION MALE FEMALE MALE FEMALE _SHOWERS :PLUMBINGCOOE) OTHER Congregate Ili ing — — R-3 facilities with 16 or I pe r 10 l Pe r I D- � I-p per 8 per 11110 I service fewr pe rsons sink 7 Residential Residential - — 1 service RA care/assisted living I per 10 l per 10 1 per 8 per 100 sink facilities Structures for the See Section storage of goods. 5-1 warehouses. 411 of the ]service Storage S 2 storehouses and I per 100 1 per 100 International 1 per 1,000 sink freight depots.loi% Plumbing and moderate harard Cade a. The fixtures shown are based on one Fixture being the minimum required for(he number of persons Indicated or any fraction of the number of persons indicated. The number of occupants shall be determined by this code. b. Toilet facilities for employees shall be separate from facilities for inmates or patients. r. Asing4 nc copant toilet room with one water closet and one ldvalory serving not more than two adjacent patient Sleeping units shall be permitted where such room is provided with direct access from each patient sleeping unit and with provisions for privacy d.The occupant load for seasonal outdoor seating and entertainment areas shall be Included when determining the minimum number of Wlilies required. ' e. The minimum number of required drinking fountains shall comply widiTable 2902.1 and Chapter 11. f. Drinking fountains are not required for an occupant load of 15 or favor. [P] 2902.1.1 Fixture calculations.To determine the occu- [P] 2902.3 Required public toilet facilities. Customers, pant load of each sex, the total occupant load shall be patrons and visitors shall be provided with public toilet facili- divided in half. To determine the required number of fix- ties in structures and tenant spaces intended for public utiliza- tures,the fixture ratio or ratios for each fixture type shall be tion. The number of plumbing fixtures located within the applied to the occupant load of each sex in accordance with required toilet facilities shall be provided in accordance with Table 2902.1. Fractional numbers resulting from applying Section 2902.1 for all users.Employees shall be provided with the fixture ratios of Table 290 2.1 shall be rounded up to the toilet facilities in all occupancies. Employee toilet facilities next whole number. For calculations involving multiple shall either be separate or combined employee and public toilet occupancies, such fractional numbers for each occupancy facilities. shall first be summed and then rounded up to the next whole number. [P]2902.3.1 Access.The route to the public toilet facilities required by Section 2902.3 shall not pass through kitchens, Exception:The total occupant loadshall not berequired storage rooms or closets. Access to the required facilities to be divided in half where approved statistical data indi- shall be from within the building or from the exterior of the rate a distribution of the sexes of other than 50 percent of building. All routes shall comply with the accessibility each sex. requirements of this code. The public shall have access to the required toilet facilities at all times that the building is 2902.1.2 Family or assisted use toilet and bath fixtures. occupied. Fixtures located within family or assisted use toilet and bathing rooms required by Section 1109.2.1 are permitted [P] 2902.3.2 Location of toilet facilities in occupancies to be included in the number of required fixtures for either other than covered mall buildings.In occupancies other the male or female occupants in assembly and mercantile than covered mall buildings, the required public and occupancies, employee toilet facilities shall be located not more than one story above or below the space required to be provided with [P] 2902.2 Separate facilities. Where plumbing fixtures are toilet facilities and the path of travel to such facilities shall required,separate facilities shall be provided for each sex. not exceed a distance of 500 feet (152 900 mm), Exceptions: Exception:The location and maximum travel distances 1. Separate facilities shall not be required for dsvelling to required employee facilities in factory and industrial occupancies are permitted to exceed that required by this units and sleeping units. section, provided that the location and maximum travel 2. Separate facilities shall not be required in structures distance are approved or tenant spaces with a total occupant load including both employees and customers, of 15 or less. [P] 2902.3.3 Location of toilet facilities in covered mall buildings. In covered mall buildings, the required public 3. Separate facilities shall not be required in mercantile and employee toilet facilities shall be located not more than occupancies in which the maximum occupant load is one story above or below the space required to be provided 50 or less. with toilet facilities,and the path of travel to such facilities 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODED 551 PLUMBING SYSTEMS shall not exceed a distance of 300 feet(91 440 mm).In cov- 2. Toilet rooms located in day care and child care facili- Pred mall buildings,the required facilities shall be based on ties and containing two or more urinals shall be per- total square footage,and facilities shall be installed in each mitted to have one urinal without partitions, individual store or in a central toilet area located in accor- dance with this section.The maximum travel distance to the [P] teal Interior Finish. Interior finish surfaces of toilet rooms s s shal central toilet facilities in covered mall buildings shall be l comply with Section 1210. measured from the main entrance of any store or tenant space. In covered mall buildings, where employees' toilet facilities are not provided in the individual store, the maxi- mum travel distance shall be measured from the employees' work area of the store or tenant space. [P] 2902.3.4 Pay facilities. Where pay facilities are installed, such facilities shall be in excess of the required minimum facilities. Required facilities shall be free of charge. [P]2902.4 Signage.A legible sign designating the sex shall be provided in a readily visible location near the entrance to each toilet facility.Signs for accessible toilet facilities shall comply with]CC Al 17.1. 2902.4.1 Directional signage.Directional signage indicat- ing the route to the public facilities shall be posted in accor- dance with Section 3107.Such signage shall be located in a corrldoror aisle,at the entrance to the facilities for custom- ers and visitors. SECTION 2903 TOILET ROOM REQUIREMENTS [P] 2903.1 Water closet compartment.Each water closet uti- lized by the public or employees shall occupy a separate com- partment with walls or partitions and a door enclosing the fixtures to ensure privacy. Exceptions: 1. Water closet compartments shall not be required in a single-occupant toilet room with a lockable door. 2. Toilet rooms located in day care and child care facili- ties and containing two or more water closets shall be permitted to have one water closet without an enclos- ing compartment. 3. This provision is not applicable to toilet areas located within Group I-3 housing areas. [P] 2903.2 Urinal partitions.Each urinal utilized by the pub- lic or employees shall occupy a separate area with walls or par- titions to provide privacy.The walls or partitions shall begin at a height not more than 12 inches(305 mm)from and extend not less than 60 inches(1524 mm)above the finished floor surface. The walls or partitions shall extend from the wall surface at each side of the urinal a minimum of 18 inches(457 mm)or to a point not less than 6 inches (152 mm) beyond the outermost front lip of the urinal measured from the finished back wall sur- face,whichever is greater. Exceptions: 1. Urinal partitions shall not be required in a single occu- pant or family or assisted use toilet room with a lockable door. 552 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' CHAPTER 30 ELEVATORS AND CONVEYING SYSTEMS SECTION 3001 read: IN FIRE EMERGENCY, DO NOT USE ELEVATOR. GENERAL USE EXIT STAIRS. 3001.1 Scope.This chapter governs the design, construction, Exceptions: installation, alteration and repair of elevators and conveying 1. The emergency sign shall not be required for elevators systems and their components. that are part of an accessible means of egress complying 3001.2 Referenced standards.Except as otherwise provided with Section 1007.4. for in this code, the design, construction, installation, alter- 2. The emergency sign shall not be required for elevators ation,repair and maintenance of elevators and conveying sys- that are used for occupant self-evacuation in accordance terns and their components shall conform to ASML with Section 3008. A17.1/CSA 1344, ASMF A90.1, ASME 1320.1, ALI ALCTV, and ASCE 24 for construction in flood hazard areas established 3002.4 Elevator car to accommodate ambulance stretcher. in Section 1612.3. Where elevators are provided in buildings four or more stories above,or four or more stories below,grade plane,at least one 3001.3 Accessibility.Passenger elevators required to be acces- elevator shall be provided for fire department emergency sible by Chapter 11 shall conform to ICC A117.1. access to all floors.The elevator car shall be of such a size and 3001.4 Change in use. A change in use of an elevator from arrangement to accommodate an ambulance stretcher 24 Freight to passenger, passenger to freight, or from one freight inches by 84 inches (610 mm by 2134 mm)with not less than class to another freight class shall comply with Section 8.7 of 5-inch (127 mm) radius corners, in the horizontal,open posi- ASME A17.1/CSA 1344. tion and shall be identified by the international symbol for emergency medical services(star of life).The symbol shall not be less than 3 inches(76 mm)high and shall be placed inside on SECTION 3002 both sides of the hoistway door frame. HOISTWAY ENCLOSURES 3002.5 Emergency doors.Where an elevator is installed in a 3002.1 Hoistway enclosure protection.Elevator,dumbwaiter single blind hoistway or on the outside of a bu ilding.there shall and other hoistway enclosures shall be shaft enclosures com- be installed in the blind portion of the hoistway or blank face of plying with Section 708. the building, an emergency door in accordance with ASME A17.11CSA 1344. 3002.1.1 Opening protectives. Openings in hoistway enclosures shall be protected as required in Chapter 7. 3002.6 Prohibited doors. Doors, other than hoistway doors and the elevator car door, shall be prohibited at the point of Exception: The elevator car doors and the associated access to an elevator car unless such doors are readily openable hoistway enclosure doors at the floor level designated for from the car side without a key, tool, special knowledge or recall in accordance with Section 3003.2 shall be permit- effort. ted to remain open during Phase 1 Emergency Recall 3002.7 Common enclosure with stairway.Elevators shall not Operation, be in a common shaft enclosure with a stairway. 3002.1.2 Hardware. Hardware on opening protectives shall be of an approved type installed as tested,except that Exception: Open parking garages. approved interlocks, mechanical locks and electric con- 3002.8 Glass in elevator enclosures.Glass in elevator enclo- tacts, door and gate electric contacts and door-operating sures shall comply with Section 2409.1. mechanisms shall be exempt from the fire test requirements. 3002.2 Number of elevator cars in a hoistway.Where four or more elevator cars serve all or the same portion of a building, [F] SECTION 3003 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS the elevators shall be located in at least two separate hoistways. Not more than four elevator cars shall be located in any single [F] 3003.1 Standby power.In buildings and structures where hoistway enclosure. standby power is required or furnished to operate an elevator, 3002.3 Emergency signs.An approvedpictorial sign of a stan- the operation shall be in accordance with Sections 3003.1.1 dardized design shall be posted adjacent to each elevator call through 3003.1.4. station on all floors instructing occupants to use the exitstair- [F] 3003.1.1 Manual transfer. Standby power shall be nays and not to use the elevators in case of fire.The sign shall manually transferable to all elevators in each bank. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 553 ELEVATORS AND CONVEYING SYSTEMS IF] 3003.1.2 One elevator. Where only one elevator is of the area of the hoistway nor less than 3 square feet(0.28 nil) installed,the elevator shall automatically transfer to standby for each elevator car,and not less than 3'11 percent nor less than power within 60 seconds after failure of normal power. 0.5 square feet (0.047 ml) for each dumbwaiter car in the hoistway,whichever is greater.Of the total required vent area, [F] 3003.1.3 Two or more elevators.Where two or more not less than one-third shall be permanently open.Closed por- elevators are controlled by a common operating system,all lions of the required vent area shall consist of openings glazed elevators shall automatically Transfer to standby power within 60 seconds after failure of normal power where the with annealed glass not greater than 1/,inch(3.2 mm} in thick- standby power source is of sufficient capacity to operate all ness. elevators at the same time.Where the standby power source Exception: The total required vent area shall not be is not of sufficient capacity to operate all elevators at the required to be permanently open where all the vent openings same time, all elevators shall transfer to standby power in automatically open upon detection of smoke in the elevator sequence, return to the designated landing and disconnect lobbies or hoistway,upon power failure and upon activation from the standby power source. After all elevators have of a manual override control.The manual override control been returned to the designated level, at least one elevator shall be capable of opening and closing the vents and shall shall remain operable from the standby power source. be located in an approved location. [F]3003.1.4 Venting,Where standby power is connected to 3004.3.1 Reduced vent area. Where mechanical venlila- elevators,the machine room ventilation or air conditioning Lion conforming to the International Mechanical Code is shall be connected to the standby power source. provided, a reduction in the required vent area is allowed [F] 3003.2 Fire-fighters' emergency operation. Elevators provided that all of the following conditions are met: shall be provided with Phase I emergency recall operation and 1. The occupancy is not in Group R-1,R-2,I-1 or I-2 or Phase Il emergency in-car operation in accordance with ASME of a similar occupancy with overnight sleeping units. A 17.1/CSA 844, 2. The vents required by Section 3004.2 do not have out- side exposure. SECTION 3004 3. The hoistway does not extend to the top of the build- HOISTWAY VENTING ing• 3004.1 Vents required.Hoistways of elevators and dumbwait- 4. The hoistway and machine room exhaust fan is auto- ers penetrating more than three stories shall be provided with a matically reactivated by thermostatic means. means for venting smoke and hot gases to the outer air in case 5. Equivalent venting of the hoistway is accomplished. of fire. 3004.4 Plumbing and mechanical systems. Plumbing and Exceptions: mechanical systems shall not be located in an elevator shaft. 1. In occupancies of other than Groups R-1,R-2,1-1,1-2 Exception: Floor drains,sumps and sump pumps shall be and similar occupancies with overnight sleeping permitted at the base of the shaft provided they are indirectly units,venting of hoistways is not required where the connected to the plumbing system. building is equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2. SECTION 3005 2. Sidewalk elevator hoistways are not required to be CONVEYING SYSTEMS vented. 3005.1 General. Escalators, moving walks, conveyors, per- I 3. Elevators contained within and serving open parking sonnel hoists and material hoists shall comply with the provi- garages only. sions of this section. 4. Elevators within individual residential dwellingunits. 3005.2 Escalators and moving walks.Escalators and moving 3004.2 Location of vents.Vents shall be located at the top the walks shall be constructed of approved noncombustible and hoistway and shall open either directly to the outer air or fire-retardant materials. This requirement shall not apply to through noncombustible ducts to the outer air.Noncombustible electrical equipment,wiring,wheels, handrails and the use of ducts shall be permitted to pass through the elevator machine '/,,-inch(0.9 mm)wood veneers on balustrades backed up with room, provided that portions of the ducts located outside the noncombustible materials. hoistway or machine room are enclosed by construction having 3005.2.1 Enclosure. Escalator floor openings shall be not less than the fire-resistance rating required for the enclosed with shaft enclosures complying with Section 708. hoistway.Holes in the machine room floors for the passage of ropes,cables or other moving elevator equipment shall be line- 3005.2.2 Escalators.Where provided in below-grade trans- ited as not to provide greater than 2 inches (51 mm) of clear- portation stations,escalators shall have a clear width of 32 ance on all sides. inches (815 mm) minimum. 3004.3 Area of vents. Except as provided for in Section Exception: The clear width is not required in existing 3004.3.1,the area of the vents shall not be less than 3'/1 percent facilities undergoing alterations. 554 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE00 ELEVATORS AND CONVEYING SYSTEMS 3005.3 Conveyors. Conveyors and conveying systems shall 2. In buildings four stories or less above grade plane comply with ASME B20.1. when machine room and machinery spaces do not 3005.3.1 Enclosure.Conveyors and related equipment con- abut and have no openings to the hoistway enclosure netting successive floors or levels shall be enclosed with they serve, the machine room and machinery spaces shaft enclosures complying with Section 708. are not required to be fire-resistance rated. 3005.32 Conveyor safeties. Power-operated conveyors. 3006.5 Shunt trip. Where elevator hoistways or elevator belts and other material-moving devices shall be equipped machine rooms containing elevator control equipment are pro- with automatic limit switches which will shut off the power tected with automatic sprinklers, a means installed in accor- in an emergency and automatically stop all operation of the dance with NFPA 72,Section 6.16.4,Elevator Shutdown,shall device. be provided to disconnect automatically the main line power supply to the affected elevator prior to the application of water. 3005.4 Personnel and material hoists. Personnel and mate- This means shall not be self-resetting.The activation of sprin- rial hoists shall be designed utilizing an approved method that klers outside the hoistway or machine room shall not discon- accounts for the conditions imposed during the intended opera- nect the main line power supply. tion of the hoist device.The design shall include,but is not lim- ited to,anticipated loads,structural stability,impact,vibration, 3006.6 Plumbing systems. Plumbing systems shall not be stresses and seismic restraint.The design shall account for the located in elevator equipment rooms. construction,installation,operation and inspection of the hoist tower, car, machinery and control equipment,guide members and hoisting mechanism.Additionally,the design of personnel SECTION 3007 hoists shall include provisions for field testing and mainte- FIRE SERVICE ACCESS ELEVATOR nance which will demonstrate that the hoist device functions in accordance with the design.Field tests shall be conducted upon 3007.1 General. Where required by Section 403.6.1, every the completion of an installation or following a major alter- floor of the building shall be served by a fire service access ele- ation of a personnel hoist. vator.Except as modified in this section,the Fire service access elevator shall be installed in accordance with this chapter and ASME A17.1/CSA B44. SECTION 3006 3007.2 Hoistway enclosures protection. The Fire service MACHINE ROOMS access elevator shall be located in a shaft enclosure complying 3006.1 Access.An approved means of access shall be provided with Section 708. to elevator machine rooms and overhead machinery spaces. 3007.3 Hoistway lighting. When firefighters' emergency 3006.2 Venting. Elevator machine rooms that contain operation is active, the entire height of the hoistway shall be solid-state equipment for elevator operation shall be provided illuminated at not less than 1 foot-candle (11 Iux) as measured with an independent ventilation or air-conditioning system to from the top of the car of each fire service access elevator. protect against the overheating of the electrical equipment.The system shall be capable of maintaining temperatures within the 3007.4 Fire service access elevator lobby. The fire service range established for the elevator equipment. access elevator shall open into a fire service access elevator 3006.3 Pressurization.The elevator machine room serving a lobby in accordance Ntiith Sections 3007.4.1 through 3007.4.4. pressurized elevator hoistway shall be pressurized upon activa- Exception: Where a fire service access elevator has two tion of a heat or smoke detector located in the elevator machine entrances onto a floor,the second entrance shall be permit- room. ted to open into an elevator lobby in accordance with Sec- 3006.4 Machine rooms and machinery spaces. Elevator tion 708.14.1. machine rooms and machinery spaces shall be enclosed with 3007.4.1 Access. The fire service access elevator lobby fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or shall have direct access to an exit enclosure. horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712,or both.The Cue-resistance ratingshall not be less than the 3007.4.2 Lobby enclosure.The fire service access elevator required rating of the hoistway enclosure served by the lobby shall be enclosed with a smoke barrierhaving a mini- machinery.Openings in the Cie barriersshall be protected with mum I-hour fire-resistance rating, except that lobby door- assemblies having a fire protection rating not less than that Ways shall comply with Section 3007.4.3. required for the hoistway enclosure doors. Exception:Enclosed fire service access elevator lobbies Exceptions: are not required at the street floor. 1. Where machine rooms and machinery spaces do not 3007.4.3 Lobby doorways.Each Fire service access eleva- abut and have no openings to the hoistway enclosure for lobby shall be provided with a doorway that is protected they serve the fire barr'ier's constructed in accordance with a 3/,-hour fire door assembly complying with Section with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies con- 715.4. The fire door assembly shall also comply with the strutted in accordance with Section 712,or both,shall smoke and draft control door assembly requirements of be permitted to be reduced to a 1-hour fire-resistance Section 715.4.3.1 with the UL 1784 test conducted without rating. the artificial bottom seat. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 555 ELEVATORS AND CONVEYING SYSTEMS 3007.4.4 Lobby size.Each enclosed fire service access ele- 3008.5 Emergency voice/alarm communication system. vator lobby shall be a minimum of 150 square feet(14 mz)in The building shall be provided with an emergency voicefalarm an area with a minimum dimension of 8 feet (2440 mm). communication system. The emergency voice/alarm commu- 3007.5 Standpipe hose connection.A Class I standpipe hose nication system shall be accessible to the fire department.The connection in accordance with Section 905 shall be provided in system shall be provided in accordance with Section 907.5.2.2. the exit enclosure having direct access from the fire service 3008.5.1 Notification appliances.A minimum of one audi- access elevator lobby. ble and one visible notification appliance shall be installed 3007.6 Elevator system monitoring.The fire service access within each occupant evacuation elevator lobby. elevator shall be continuously monitored at the fire command 3008.6 Automatic sprinkler system. The building shall be center by a standard emergency service interface system meet- protected throughout by an approved, electrically-supervised ing the requirements of NF'PA 72. automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, except as otherwise permitted by Section 3007.7 Electrical power.The following features serving each 903.3.1.1.1 and as prohibited by Section 3008.63. fire service access elevator shall be supplied by both normal 3008.6.1 Prohibited locations.Automatic sprinklers shall power and Type 60/Class 2/Level 1 standby power: not be installed in elevator machine rooms and elevator 1. Elevator equipment. machine spaces for occupant evacuation elevators. 2. Elevator hoistway lighting. 3008.6.2 Sprinkler system monitoring.The sprinkler sys- 3. Elevator machine room ventilation and cooling equip- tem shall have a sprinkler control valve supervisory switch ment. and waterflow-initiating device provided for each floor that is monitored by the building's fire alarm system. 4. Elevator controller cooling equipment. 3008.7 High-hazard content areas. No building areas shall 3007.7.1 Protection of wiring or cables. Wires or cables contain high-hazard contents exceeding the maximum allow- that provide normal and standby power, control signals, able quantities per control area as addressed in Section 414,2, communication with the car, lighting, heating, air condi- 3008.8 Shunt trip.Means for elevator shutdown in accordance tioning,ventilation and fire-detecting systems to fire service with Section 3006.5 shall not be installed on elevator systems access elevators shall be protected by construction having a used for occupant evacuation elevators. minimum 1-hour foe-resistance rating or shall be circuit integrity cable having a minimum 1-hour fire-resistance 3008.9Hoistway enclosure protection.The occupant evacua- iating. tion elevators shall be located in hoistway enclosure(s) com- plying with Section 708. 3008.10 Water protection.The occupant evacuation elevator SECTION 3008 hoistway shall be designed utilizing an approved method to OCCUPANT EVACUATION ELEVATORS prevent water from the operation of the automatic sprinkler 3008.1 General Where elevators are to be used For occupant system from infiltrating into the hoistway enclosure. self-evacuation during fires,all passenger elevators for general 3008.11 Occupant evacuation elevator lobby.The occupant public use shall comply with this section. Where other eleva- evacuation elevators shall open into an elevator lobby in accor- tors are used for occupant self-evacuation.they shall also com- dance with Sections 3008.11.1 through 3008.11.4. ply with this section. 3008.11.1 Access.The occupant evacuation elevator lobby 3008.2 Fire safety and evacuation plan. The building shall shall have direct access to an exit enclosure. have an approvedfire safety and evacuation plan in accordance 3008.11.2 Lobby enclosure.The occupant evacuation ele- with the applicable requirements of Section 404 of the Intern- vator lobby shall be enclosed with a smoke,barderhaving a tional File Code. The fire safety and evacuation plan shall minimum 1-hour Cie-resistance rating, except that lobby incorporate specific procedures for the occupants using evacu- doorways shall comply with Section 3008.11.5, ation elevators. Exception: Enclosed occupant evacuation elevator lob- 3008.3 Operation.The occupant evacuation elevators shall be bies are not required at the level(s) of exit discharge. used for occupant self-evacuation only in the normal elevator 3008.11.3 Lobby doorways. Each occupant evacuation operating mode prior to Phase I Emergency Recall Operation elevator lobby shall be provided with a doorway that is gro- in accordance with the requirements in ASME A17.1/CSA tected with a 3/4-hour flip door assembly complying with B44 and the building's fire safely and evacuation plan. Section 715.4. 3008.4 Additional exit stairway.Where an additional means 3008.11.3.1 Vision panel. A vision panel shall be of egress is required in accordance with Section 403.5.2, an installed in each lire door•assenlbly protecting the lobby additional exit stahway shall not be required to be installed in doorway. The vision panel shall consist of fire-protec- buildings having elevators used for occupant self-evacuation in [ion-rated glazing and shall be located to furnish clear accordance with this section. vision of the occupant evacuation elevator lobby. 556 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' ELEVATORS AND CONVEYING SYSTEMS 3008.11.3.2 Door closing.Each fire door assembly pro- department and arranged to display all of the following infor- tecting the lobby doorway shall be automatic-closing mation: upon receipt of any fire alarm signal from the emergency I. Floor location of each elevator car. voicelalarm communication system serving the build- ing. 2. Direction of travel of each elevator car. 3008.11.4 Lobby size.Each occupant evacuation elevator 3. Status of each elevator car with respect to whether it is lobby shall have minimum floor area as follows: occupied, 1. The occupant evacuation elevator lobby floor area 4• Status of normal power to the elevator equipment.eleva- shall accommodate,at 3 square feet (0.28 nil)per per- for controller cooling equipment, and elevator machine son,a minimum of 25 percent of the occupant load of room ventilation and cooling equipment, the floor area served by the lobby. 5. Status of standby or emergency power system that pro- 2. The occupant evacuation elevator lobby floor area vides backup power to the elevator equipment,elevator also shall accommodate one wheelchair space of 30 controller cooling equipment. and elevator machine inches by 48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm) for each room ventilation and cooling equipment. 50 persons,or portion thereof;of the occupant loadof 6. Activation of any fire alarm-initiating device in any ele- the floor area served by the lobby. vator lobby,elevator machine room or machine space,or Exception: The size of lobbies serving multiple elevator hoistway. banks of elevators shall have the minimum floor 3008.14.1 Elevator recall.The fire command center or an area approved on an individual basis and shall be alternative location approvedby the fire department shall be consistent with the building's fire safety and evac- provided with the means to manually initiate a Phase I uation plan. Emergency Recall of the occupant evacuation elevators in 3008.11.5 Signage.An apprnr-ed sign indicating elevators accordance with ASME AITI/CSA 1344. are suitable for occupant self-evacuation shall be posted on 3008.15 Electrical power. The following features serving all floors adjacent to each elevator call station serving occu- each occupant evacuation elevator shall be supplied by both pant evacuation elevators. normal power and Type 60/Class 2/1-evel I standby power: 3008.12 Lobby status indicator. Each occupant evacuation 1. Elevator equipment. elevator lobby shall be equipped with a status indicator 2. Elevator machine room ventilation and cooling equip- arranged to display all of the following information: ment. 1. An illuminated green light and the message. "Elevators 3. Elevator controller cooling equipment, available for occupant evacuation" when the elevators 3008.15.1 Protection of wiring or cables.Wires or cables are operating in normal service and the fire alarm system that provide normal and standby power, control signals, is indicating an alarm in the building, communication with the car, lighting, heating, air condi- 2. An illuminated red light and the message, "Elevators out tioning,ventilation and fire-detecting systems to occupant of service, use exit stairs " when the elevators are In evacuation elevatorsshall be protected by construction hav- Phase I emergency recall operation in accordance with ing a minimum 1-hour fire-resistance rating or shall be cir- the requirements in ASMEA17.1/CSA B44. cuit integrity cable having a minimum 1-hour lire- 3. No illuminated light or message when the elevators are resistance rating. operating in normal service. 3008.13 Two-way communication system.A two-way corn- munication system shall be provided in each occupant evacua- tion elevator lobby for the purpose of initiating communication with the Fire command center or an alternative location approved by the fire department. 3008.13.1 Design and installation.The two-way com- munication system shall include audible and visible sig- nals and shall be designed and installed in accordance with the requirements of IC A117,1, 3008.13.2 Instructions. Instructions for the use of the two-way communication system along with the location of the station shall be permanently located adjacent to each station.Signage shall comply with the ICC Al 17.1 requirements for visual characters. 3008.14 Elevator system monitoring.The occupant evacua- tion elevators shall be continuously monitored at the fire corn- mand center or a central control point approved by the Fire 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 557 CHAPTER 31 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION SECTION 3101 MEMBRANE-COVERED FRAME STRUCTURE, A GENERAL nonpressurized building wherein the structure is composed of a rigid framework to support a tensioned membrane which pro- 3101.1 Scope.The provisions of this chapter shall govern spe- vides the weather barrier. cial building construction including membrane structures, NONCOMBUSTIBLE MEMBRANE STRUCTURE. A temporary structures,pedestrian walkways and tunnels,auto matic vehicular gates,awnings and canopies,marquees,signs, membrane structure in which the membrane and all component and towers and antennas. parts of the structure are noncombustible. 3102.3 Type of construction. Noncombustible membrane structures shall be classified as Type JIB construction. SECTION 3102 Noncombustible frame or cable-supported structures covered MEMBRANE STRUCTURES by an approved membrane in accordance with Section 3102.1 General.The provisions of this section shall apply to 31023.1 shall be classified as Type IIB construction, Heavy air-supported, air-inflated, membrane-covered cable and timber frame-supported structures covered by an approved membrane-covered frame structures, collectively known as membrane in accordance with Section 3102.3.1 shall be classi- membrane structures,erected for a period of 180 days or lon- fled as Type IV construction.Other membrane structures shall ger. Those erected for a shorter period of time shall comply be classified as Type V construction. with the International Fire Code.Membrane structures cover- Exception: Plastic less than 30 feet (9144 mm) above any ing water storage facilities, water clarifiers, water treatment floor used in greenhouses,where occupancy by the general plants,sewage treatment plants,greenhouses and similar facili- public is not authorized,and for aquaculture pond covers is ties not used for human occupancy are required to meet only not required to meet the fire propagation performance crite- the requirements of Sections 3102.3.1 and 3102.7.Membrane ria of NFPA 701, structures erected on a building,balcony, deck or other struc- ture for any period of time shall comply with this section. 3102.3.1 Membrane and interior liner material. Mem- branes and interior liners shall be either noncombustible as 3102.2 Definitions.The following words and terms shall,For set forth in Section 703.4 or meet the fire propagation per- the purposes of this section and as used elsewhere in this code, formance criteria of NFPA 701 and the manufacturer's test have the meanings shown herein. protocol. AIR-INFLATED STRUCTURE. A structure that uses Exception:Plastic less than 20 mil(0.5 mm)in thickness air-pressurized membrane beams,arches or other elements to used in greenhouses. where occupancy by the general enclose space.Occupants of such a structure do not occupy the public is not authorized,and for aquaculture pond covers pressurized area used to support the structure. is not required to meet the fire propagation performance AIR-SUPPORTED STRUCTURE. A building wherein the criteria of NFPA 701. shape of the structure is attained by air pressure and occupants 3102.4 Allowable floor areas.The area of a membrane struc- of the structure are within the elevated pressure area.Air-sup- ported structures are of two basic types: lure shall not exceed the limitations set Forth in Table 503, except as provided in Section 506. Double skin.Similar to a single skin,but with an attached liner that is separated from the outer skin and provides an 3102.5 Maximum height. Membrane structures shall not airspace which serves for insulation, acoustic,aesthetic or exceed one story nor shall such structures exceed the height similar purposes. limitations in feet set forth in Table 503. Single skin.Where there is only the single outer skin and Exception: Noncombustible membrane structures serving the air pressure is directly against that skin. as roofs only. CABLE-RESTRAINED, AIR-SUPPORTED STRUC- 3102.6 Mixed construction. Membrane structures shall be TURE.A structure in which the uplift is resisted by cables or permitted to be utilized as specified in this section as a portion webbings which are anchored to either foundations or dead of buildings of other types of construction. Height and area men. Reinforcing cable or webbing is attached by various limits shall be as specified for the type of construction and methods to the membrane or is an integral part of the mem- occupancy of the building. brane.This is not a cable-supported structure. 3102.6.1 Noncombustible membrane.A noncombustible MEMBRANE-COVERED CABLE STRUCTURE. A membrane shall be permitted for use as the roof or as a sky- nonpressurized structure in which a mast and cable system pro- light of any building or atrium of a building of any type of vides support and tension to the membrane weather barrier and construction provided it is at least 20 feet (6096 min)above the membrane imparts stability to the structure. any floor,balcony or gallery. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 559 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 3102.6.1.1 Membrane. A membrane meeting the fire an occupant load of 50 or more or where covering a swim- propagation performance criteria of NFPA 701 shall be ming pool regardless of occupant load.The support system permitted to be used as the roof or as a skylight on build- shall be capable of maintaining membrane structures used ings of Types 1113,111,IV and V construction,provided it as a roof for Type 1 construction not less than 20 feet(6096 is at least 20 feet(6096 min)above any floor,balcony or min) above floor or seating areas.The support system shall gallery. be capable of maintaining other membranes at least 7 feet 3102.7 Engineering design.The structure shall be designed (2134 mm) above the floor,seating area or surface of the and constructed to sustain dead loads; loads due to tension or water. inflation;live loads including wind,snow or flood and seismic loads and in accordance with Chapter 16. SECTION 3103 3102.8 Inflation systems. Air-supported and air-inflated TEMPORARY STRUCTURES structures shall be provided with primary and auxiliary infla- tion systems to meet the minimum requirements of Sections 3103.1 General.The provisions of this section shall apply to 3102.8.1 through 3102.8.3. structures erected for a period of less than 180 days.Tents and other membrane structures erected for a period of less than 180 3102.8.1 Equipment requirements.This inflation system days shall comply with the International Fire Code Those shall consist of one or more blowers and shall include provi- erected for a longer period of time shall comply with applicable sions for automatic control to maintain the required infla- sections of this code. tion pressures.The system shall be so designed as to prevent overpressurization of the system. 3103.1.1 Permit required.Temporary structures that cover an area in excess of 120 square feet (11.16 m2), including 3102.8.1.1 Auxiliary inflation system. In addition to connecting areas or spaces with a common means ofegress the primary inflation system, in buildings exceeding or entrance which are used or intended to be used for the 1,500 square feet(140 ml) in area,an auxiliary inflation gathering together of 10 or more persons, shall not be system shall be provided with sufficient capacity to erected, operated or maintained for any purpose without maintain the inflation of the structure in case of primary obtaining a permit from the building ofhrial. system failure.The auxiliary inflation system shall oper- ate automatically when there is a loss of internal pressure 3103.2 Construction documents. A permit application and and when the primary blower system becomes inopera- construction documentsshall besubmitted for each installation tive. of a temporary structure. The construction documents shall include a site plan indicating the location of the temporary meet a.1.2 Blower equipment.Blower equipment shall structure and information delineating the means of egress and meet all of the following requirements: the occupant load. I. Blowers shall be powered by continuous-rated 3103.3 Location. Temporary structures shall be located in motors at the maximum power required for any accordance with the requirements of Table 602 based on the flow condition as required by the structural design. fire-resistance ratingof the exterior wallsfor the proposed type 2. Blowers shall be provided with inlet screens,belt of construction. guards and other protective devices as required by 3103.4 Means of egress.Temporary structures shall conform the building official to provide protection from to the means of egress requirements of Chapter 10 and shall injury. have a maximum exit access travel distance of 100 feet(30 480 3. Blowers shall be housed within a weather-protect- mm). ing structure. 4. Blowers shall be equipped with backdraft check dampers to minimize air loss when inoperative. SECTION 3104 5. Blower inlets shall be located to provide protection PEDESTRIAN WALKWAYS AND TUNNELS from air contamination.The location of inlets shall 3104.1 General. This section shall apply to connections be approved. between buildings such as pedestrian walkways or tunnels, 3102.8.2 Standby power.Wherever an auxiliary inflation located at,above or below grade level,that are used as a means system is required, an approved standby power-generating of travel by persons.The pedestrian walkwayshall not contrib- system shall be provided.The system shall be equipped with ute to the building area or the number of stories or height of a suitable means for automatically starting the generator set connected buildings. upon failure of the normal electrical service and for auto- 3104.2 Separate structures. Connected buildings shall be matic transfer and operation of all of the required electrical considered to be separate structures. functions at full power within 60 seconds of such service failure.Standby power shall be capable of operating inde- pendently for a minimum of 4 hours. 1. Buildings on the same lot in accordance with Section 3102.8.3 Support provisions. A system capable of sup- 503.1.2. porting the membrane in the event of deflation shall be pro- 2. For purposes of calculating the number of Type B vided for in air-supported and air-inflated structures having units required by Chapter 11, structurally connected 560 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION buildings and buildings with multiple wings shall be 2. The distance between the connected buildings is more considered one structure. than 10 feet (3048 mm) and both sidewalls of the 3104.3 Construction. The pedestrian walkway shall be of pedestrian isalkway are at least 50 percent open with the open area uniformly distributed to prevent the noncombustible construction. accumulation of smoke and toxicgases. Exceptions: 3. Buildings are on the same lot in accordance with Sec- t. Combustible construction shall be permitted where tion 503.1.2. connected buildings are of combustible construction. 4. Where exterior walls of connected buildings are 2. Fire-retardant-treated wood, in accordance with required by Section 705 to have a fire-resistance rat- Section 603.1. Item 25.3, shall be permitted for the ing greater than 2 hours. the walkway shall be roof construction of the pedestrian walkway where equipped throughout with an autornaticsprinklersys- connected buildings are a minimum of Type I or I1 tern installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. construction. The previous exception shall apply to pedestrian walkivays 3104.4 Contents.Only materials and decorations approvedby having a maximum height above grade of three stories or 40 feet(12 192 mm),or five stories or 55 feet(16 764 min)where the building ofpcialshall be located in the pedestrian walkway. sprinklered. 3104.5 Fire barriers between pedestrian walkways and 3104.6 Public way. Pedestrian ivalkuays over a public way buildings.Walkways shall be separated from the interior of the shall also comply with Chapter 32. building by not Iess than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in 3104.7 Egress.Access shall be provided at all times to a pedes- accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies con structed in accordance with Section 712,or both.This prote.c triad ivalknavthat serves as a required exit. tion shall extend vertically from a point 10 feet (3048 mm) 3104.8 Width. The unobstructed width of pedestrian itialk- above the walkway roof surface or the connected building roof waysshall not be less than 36 inches(914 mm).The total width line,whichever is lower, down to a point 10 feet (3048 mm) shall not exceed 30 feet (9144 mm). below the walkway and horizontally 10 feet (3048 mm) from 3104.9 Exit access travel.The length of exit access travel shall each side of the pedesaian ivalkway. Openings within the not exceed 200 feet (60 960 mm). 10-foot (3048 rani) horizontal extension of the protected walls beyond the walkway shall be equipped with devices providing Exceptions: a 1/4-hour fire protection ratingin accordance with Section 715. 1. Exit access travel distance on a pedestrian walkivay Exception: The walls separating the pedestrian ialkivay equipped throughout with an automaticsprinklersys- from a connected building and the openings within the 10- tear in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 shall not foot(3048 mm)horizontal extension of the protected walls exceed 250 feet (76 200 mm). beyond the walkway are not required to have a firr-rrsis- 2. Exit access travel distance on a pedestrian walkivay Lance rating by this section where any of the following con- constructed with both sides at least 50 percent open ditions exist: shall not exceed 300 feet (91 440 mm). 1. The distance between the connected buildings is more 3. Exit access travel distance on a pedestrian walkway than 10 feet(3048 min).The pedestrian walkwayand constructed with both sides at least 50 percent open, connected buildings, except for open parking and equipped throughout with an automaticsprinkler garages,are equipped throughout with an automatic systemin accordance with Section 903.3.1.1,shall not sprinkler system in accordance with Section exceed 400 feet (122 m). 903.3.1.1.The wall is capable of resisting the passage 3104.10 Tunneled walkway.Separation between the tunneled of smoke or is constructed of a tempered, wired or walkway and the building to which it is connected shall not be laminated glass wall and doors subject to the follow- less than 2-hour lire-resistant construction and openings ing: therein shall be protected in accordance with Table 715.4. 1.1. The wall or glass separating the interior of the building from the pedestrian walkwayshall be protected by an automaticsprinklersWem in SECTION 3105 accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and the AWNINGS AND CANOPIES sprinkler system shall completely wet the en- 3105.1 General. Awnings or canopies shall comply with the tiresurface of interiorsides of the wall orglass requirements of this section and other applicable sections of when actuated: this code. 1.2.The glass shall be in a gasketed frame and in- 3105.2 Definition.The following term shall,for the purposes stalled in such a manner that the framing sys- of this section and as used elsewhere in this code, have the tem will deflect without breaking (loading) meaning shown herein. the glass before the sprinkler operates:and RETRACTABLE AWNING.A retractable awning is a cover 1.3. Obstructions shall not be installed between with a frame that retracts against a building or other structure to the sprinkler heads and the wall or glass. which it is entirely supported. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 561 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 3105.3 Design and construction.Awnings and canopies shall from the top of the pole to grade,shall not be required to be be designed and constructed to withstand wind or other lateral noncombustible. loads and live loads as required by Chapter 16 with due allow- 3108.2 Location and access.Towers shall be located such that ance for shape, open construction and similar features that guy wires and other accessories shall not cross or encroach relieve the pressures or loads.Structural members shall be pro- upon any street or other public space, or over above-ground tested to prevent deterioration. Awnings shall have frames of noncombustible material, lire-relardant-treated wood wood electric utility lines, or encroach upon any privately owned of Type 1V size, or 1-hour construction with combustible or Property without the written consent of the owner of the noncombustible covers and shall be either fixed, retractable, encroached-upon property, space or above-ground electric folding or collapsible. utility lines.Towers shall be equipped with climbing and work- ing facilities in compliance with TIA-222.Access to the tower 3105.4 Canopy materials.Canopies shall be constructed of a sites shall be limited as required by applicable OSHA,FCC and rigid framework with an approved covering that meets the fire EPA regulations. propagation performance criteria of NFPA 701 or has a flame «, spread index not greater than 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723. SECTION 3109 SWIMMING POOL ENCLOSURES AND SECTION 3106 SAFETY DEVICES MARQUEES 3109.1 General. Swimming pools shall comply with the 3106.1 General.Marquees shall comply with this section and requirements of[his section and other applicable sections of other applicable sections of this code. this code. 3106.2 Thickness.The maximum height or thickness of a mar- 3109.2 Definition.The following word and term shall,for the quee measured vertically from its lowest to its highest point purposes of this section and as used elsewhere in this code, shall not exceed 3 feet (914 mm) where the marquee projects have the meaning shown herein. more than two-thirds of the distance from the property line to SWIMMING POOLS.Any structure intended for swimming, the curb line,and shall not exceed 9 feet(2743 min)where the recreational bathing or wading that contains water over 24 marquee is less than two-thirds of the distance from the prop- inches(610 mm)deep.This includes in-ground,above-ground erty line to the curb line. and on-ground pools;hot tubs;spas and fixed-in-place wading 3106.3 Roof construction.Where the roof or any part thereof pools. is a skylight,the skylight shall comply with the requirements of 3109.3 Public swimming pools.Public swimming pools shall Chapter 24. Every roof and skylight of a marquee shall be be completely enclosed by a fence at least 4 feet (1290 mm) in sloped to downspouts that shall conduct any drainage from the height or a screen enclosure. Openings in the fence shall not marquee in such a manner so as not to spill over the sidewalk. permit the passage of a 4-inch-diameter(102 mm)sphere.The 3106.4 Location prohibited. Every marquee shall be so fence or screen enclosure shall be equipped with self-closing located as not to interfere with the operation of any exterior and self-latching gates. standpipe,and such that the marquee does not obstruct the clear 3109.4 Residential swimming pools. Residential swimming passage of stairways or exit discharge from the building or the pools shall comply with Sections 3109.4.1 through 3109.4.3. installation or maintenance of street lighting. 3106.5 Construction. A marquee shall be supported entirely Exception:A swimming pool with a power safety cover or from the building and constructed of noncombustible materi- a spa with a safety cover complying with ASTM F 1346. als. Marquees shall be designed as required in Chapter 16. 3109.4.1 Barrier height and clearances. The top of the Structural members shall be protected to prevent deterioration. barrier shall be at least 48 inches (1219 mm) above grade measured on the side of the barrier that faces away from the swimming pool.The maximum vertical clearance between SECTION 3107 grade and the bottom of the barrier shall be 2 inches (51 SIGNS rum) measured on the side of the barrier that faces away 3107.1 General. Signs shall be designed, constructed and from the swimming pool. Where the top of the pool struc- maintained in accordance with this code. ture is above grade,the barrier is authorized to be at ground level or mounted on top of the pool structure,and the maxi- mum vertical clearance between the top of the pool structure SECTION 3108 and the bottom of the barrier shall be 4 inches (102 mm). TELECOMMUNICATION AND 3109.4.1.1 Openings. Openings in the barrier shall not BROADCAST TOWERS allow passage of a 4-inch-diameter (102 mm)sphere. 3108.1 General.Towers shall be designed and constructed in 3109.4.1.2 Solid barrier surfaces.Solid barriers which accordance with the provisions of TIA-222, do not have openings shall not contain indentations or Exception: Single free-standing poles used to support protrusions except for normal construction tolerances antennas not greater than 75 feet (22 860 mm), measured and tooled masonry joints. 562 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 3109.4.1.3 Closely spaced horizontal members. located at 54 inches (1372 mm) maximum and 48 Where the barrier is composed of horizontal and vertical inches (1219 mm) minimum above the threshold members and the distance between the tops of the hori- of the door. zontal members is less than 45 inches (1143 mm), the horizontal members shall be located on the swimming 2. The pool shall be equipped with a power safety pool side of the fence. Spacing between vertical mein- cover that complies with ASTM F 1346. bers shall not exceed 1'/4 inches (44 mm) in width. 3. Other means of protection, such as self-closing Where there are decorative cutouts within vertical mem- doors with self-latching devices, which are hers, spacing within the cutouts shall not exceed 1319 approved.shall be accepted so long as the degree inches (44 mm) in width. of protection afforded is not less than the protec- 3109.4.1.4 Widely spaced horizontal members. tion afforded by Section 3109.4.1.8,Item 1 or 2. Where the barrier is composed of horizontal and vertical members and the distance between the tops of the hori- 3109.4.1.9 Pool structure as barrier.Where an above- zontal members is 45 inches(1143 mm)or more,spacing ground pool structure is used as a barrier or where the between vertical members shall not exceed 4 inches(102 barrier is mounted on top of the pool structure, and the mm).Where there are decorative cutouts within vertical means of access is a ladder or steps, then the ladder or members,spacing within the cutouts shall not exceed 1319 steps either shall be capable of being secured,locked or inches (44 mm) in width. removed to prevent access,or the ladder or steps shall be surrounded by a barrier which meets the requirements of 3109.4.1.5 Chain link dimensions. Maximum mesh Sections 3109.4.1.1 through 3109.4.1.8. When the lad- size for chain link fences shall be a 21/9 inch square (57 der or steps are secured,locked or removed,any opening mm square) unless the fence is provided with slats fas- created shall not allow the passage of a 4-inch-diameter tened at the top or the bottom which reduce the openings (102 mm) sphere. to no more than 1314 inches (44 mm). 3109.4.1.6 Diagonal members. Where the barrier is 3109.4.2 Indoor swimming pools. Walls surrounding composed of diagonal members,the maximum opening indoor swimming pools shall not be required to comply formed by the diagonal members shall be no more than with Section 3109.4.1.8. 13/4 inches (44 mm). 3109.4.1.7 Gates. Access doors or gates shall comply 3109.4.3 Prohibited locations.Barriers shall be located so with the requirements of Sections 3109.4.1.1 through as to prohibit permanent structures, equipment or similar 3109.4.1.6 and shall be equipped to accommodate a objects from being used to climb the barriers. locking device. Pedestrian access doors or gates shall open outward away from the pool and shall be self-clos- 3109.5 Entrapment avoidance. Suction outlets shall be ing and have a self-latching device.Doors or gates other designed and installed in accordance with ANSYAPSP-7. than pedestrian access doors or gates shall have a 411111 self-latching device. Release mechanisms shall be in accordance with Sections 1008.1.9 and 1109.12.Where the release mechanism of the self-latching device is SECTION 3110 located less than 54 inches (1372 mm) from the bottom AUTOMATIC VEHICULAR GATES of the door or gate, the release mechanism shall be located on the pool side of the door or gate at least 3 3110.1 General.Automatic vehicular gales shall comply with inches(76 mm)below the top of the door or gate,and the the requirements of this section and other applicable sections of door or gate and barrier shall have no opening greater this code. than Y,inch(12.7 mm)within 18 inches(457 mm)of the release mechanism. 3110.2 Definitions.The following word and term shall,for the 3109.4.1.8 Dwelling wall as a barrier.Where a wall of a purposes of this section and as used elsewhere in this code, dwellingserves as part of the barrier,one of the following have the meaning shown herein. shall apply: 1. Doors with direct access to the pool through that VEHICULAR GATE. A gate that is intended for use at a wall shall be equipped with an alarm that produces vehicular entrance or exit to a facility, building or portion an audible warning when the door and/or its thereof,and that is not intended for use by pedestrian traffic. screen, if present, are opened.The alarm shall be listedand labeled in accordance with UL 2017.In 3110.3 Vehicular gates intended for automation. Vehicular dwellings not required to be Accessible units, Type gates intended for automation shall be designed. constructed A units or Type B units, the deactivation switch and installed to comply with the requirements of ASTM F shall be located 54 inches (1372 mm) or more 2200. above the threshold of the door. In dwellings required to be Accessible units. Type A units or 3110.4 Vehicular gate openers.Vehicular gate openers,when Type B units, the deactivation switch(es) shall be provided,shall be listed in accordance with UL 325. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 563 564 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' CHAPTER 32 ENCROACHMENTS INTO THE PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY SECTION 3201 3202.3 Encroachments 8 feet or more above grade. GENERAL Encroachments 8 feel (2438 min) or more above grade shall 3201.1 Scope.The provisions of this chapter shall govern the comply with Sections 3202.3.1 through 3202.3.4. encroachment of structures into the public right-of-way. 3202.3.1 Awnings, canopies, marquees and signs. Awn- 3201.2 Measurement.The projection of any structure or por- Jngs, canopies,marquees and signs shall be constructed so tion thereof shall be the distance measured horizontally from as to support applicable loads as specified in Chapter 16. the lot line to the outermost point of the projection. Awnings, canopies, marquees and signs with less than 15 feet (4572 mm) clearance above the sidewalk shall not 3201.3 Other laws.The provisions of this chapter shall not be extend into or occupy more than two-thirds the width of the construed to permit the violation of other laws or ordinances sidewalk measured from the building. Stanchions or col- regulating the use and occupancy of public property. umns that support awnings, canopies, marquees and signs 3201.4 Drainage.Drainage water collected From a roof,awn- shall be located not less than 2 feet (610 min) in from the ing, canopy or marquee, and condensate from mechanical curb line. equipment shall not flow over a public walking surface. 3202.3.2 Windows,balconies,architectural features and mechanical equipment. Where the vertical clearance above grade to projecting windows,balconies,architectural SECTION 3202 features or mechanical equipment is more than 8 feet(2438 ENCROACHMENTS mm),l inch(25 mm)of encroachment is permitted for each 3202.1 Encroachments below grade. Encroachments below additional l inch (25 mm) of clearance above 8 feet (2438 grade shall comply with Sections 3202.1.1 through 3202.1.3. mm),but the maximum encroachment shall be 4 feet(1219 3202.1.1 Structural support.A part of a building erected mnt). below grade that is necessary for structural support of the 3202.3.3 Encroachments 15 feet or more above grade. building or structure shall not project beyond the lot lines. Encroachments 15 feet (4572 min) or more above grade except that the footings of street walls or their supports shall not be limited. which are located at least 8 feet (2438 nun) below grade 3202.3.4 Pedestrian walkways. The installation of a shall not project more than 12 inches(305 mm) beyond the pedestrian walkway over a public right-of-way shall be sub- street lot fine. ject to the approval of the applicable governing authority. 3202.1.2 Vaults and other enclosed spaces.The construe- The vertical clearance from the public right-of-way to the lion and utilization of vaults and other enclosed spaces lowest part of a pedestrian walkway shall be 15 feet (4572 below grade shall be subject to the terms and conditions of mm) minimum. the applicable governing authority. 3202.4 Temporary encroachments. Where allowed by the 3202.1.3 Areaways.Areaways shall be protected by grates, applicable governing authority, vestibules and storm enclo- guards or other approved means. sures shall not be erected for a period of time exceeding seven 3202.2 Encroachments above grade and below 8 feet in months in any one year and shall not encroach more than 3 feet (914 mm) nor more than one-fourth of the width of the side- height. Encroachments into the public right-of-way above walk beyond the street lot line. Temporary entrance awnings grade and below 8 feet(2438 min)in height shall be prohibited shall be erected with a minimum clearance of 7 feet(2134 mm) except as provided for in Sections 3202.2.1 through 3202.2.3. to the lowest portion of the hood or anningwhere supported on Doors and windows shall not open or project into the public removable steel or other approved noncombustible support. right-of-way. 3202.2.1 Steps.Steps shall not project more than 12 inches (305 mm)and shall be guarded by approved devices not less than 3 feel (914 mm) high,or shall be located between col- umns or pilasters. 3202.2.2 Architectural features. Columns or pilasters. including bases and moldings shall not project more than 12 inches (305 mm). Belt courses, lintels. sills, architraves, pediments and similar architectural features shall not pro- ject more than 4 inches (102 mm). 3202.2.3 Awnings. The vertical clearance from the public right-of-way to the lowest part of any awning, including valances,shall be 7 feet (2134 mm) minimum. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 566 566 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' CHAPTER 33 SAFEGUARDS DURING CONSTRUCTION SECTION 3301 3303.6 Utility connections. Service utility connections shall GENERAL be discontinued and capped in accordance with the approved 3301.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall govern rules and the requirements of the applicable governing author- safety during construction and the protection of adjacent public ity. and private properties. 33012 Storage and placement.Construction equipment and SECTION 3304 materials shall be stored and placed so as not to endanger the SITE WORK public,the workers or adjoining property for the duration of the construction project. 3304.1 Excavation and fill.Excavation and fill for buildings and structures shall be constructed or protected so as not to endanger life or property. Stumps and roots shall be removed SECTION 3302 from the soil to a depth of at least 12 inches(305 mm)below the CONSTRUCTION SAFEGUARDS surface of the ground in the area to be occupied by the building. 3302.1 Remodeling and additions. Required exits, existing Wood forms which have been used in placing concrete, if structural elements, fire protection devices and sanitary safe- Within the ground or between foundation sills and the ground, guards shall be maintained at all times during remodeling, shall be removed before a building is occupied or used for any alterations,repairs or additions to any building or structure. purpose. Before completion, loose or casual wood shall be removed from direct contact with the ground under the build- Exceptions: ing. 1. When such required elements or devices are being 3304.1.1 Slope limits.Slopes for permanent fill shall not be remodeled, altered or repaired, adequate substitute steeper than one unit vertical in two units horizontal provisions shall be made. (50-percent slope). Cut slopes for permanent excavations 2. When the existing building is not occupied. shall not be steeper than one unit vertical in two units hori- 3302.2 Manner of removal.Waste materials shall be removed zontal (50-percent slope). Deviation from the foregoing limitations for cut slopes shall be permitted only upon the in a manner which prevents injury or damage to persons, presentation of a soil investigation report acceptable to the adjoining properties and public rights-of-way. building official, 3304.1.2 Surcharge.No fill or other surcharge loads shall SECTION 3303 be placed adjacent to any building or structure unless such DEMOLITION building or structure is capable of withstanding the addi- 3303.1 Construction documents. Construction documents tional loads caused by the fill or surcharge. Existing foot- and a schedule for demolition must be submitted when ings or foundations which can be affected by any excavation required by the building official. Where such information is shall be underpinned adequately or otherwise protected required,no work shall he done until such construction docu- against settlement and shall be protected against later move- ments or schedule,or both,are approved. ment. 3303.2 Pedestrian protection.The work of demolishing any 3304.1.3 Footings on adjacent slopes. For footings on building shall not be commenced until pedestrian protection is adjacent slopes,see Chapter 18. in place as required by this chapter. 3304.1.4 Fill supporting foundations. Fill to be used to 3303.3 Means of egress.A party wall balcony or horizontal support the foundations of any building or structure shall exitshall not be destroyed unless and until a substitute means of comply with Section 1804.5. Special inspections of com- egress has been provided and approved pacted fill shall be in accordance with Section 1704.7. 3303.4 Vacant lot.Where a structure has been demolished or removed, the vacant lot shall be filled and maintained to the existing grade or in accordance with the ordinances of the juris- SECTION 3305 diction having authority, SANITARY 3303.5 Water accumulation.Provision shall be made to pre- 3305.1 Facilities required. Sanitary facilities shall be pro- vent the accumulation of water or damage to any foundations vided during construction,remodeling or demolition activities on the premises or the adjoining property. in accordance with the International Plumbing Code. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 367 SAFEGUARDS DURING CONSTRUCTION SECTION 3306 4. Wood structural use panels tla inch (6.4 mm) or'I16 inch PROTECTION OF PEDESTRIANS (23.8 mm) in thickness shall have studs spaced not more 3306.1 Protection required. Pedestrians shall be protected than 2 feet (610 mm) on center(o.c.). during construction, remodeling and demolition activities as 5. Wood structural use panels 31x inch (9.5 min) or t12 inch required by this chapter and Table 3306.1. Signs shall be pro- (12.7 mm) in thickness shall have studs spaced not more vided to direct pedestrian traffic. than 4 feet (1219 min) on center provided a 2-inch by 3306.2 Walkways. A walkway shall be provided for pedes- 4-inch (51 mm by 102 mm) stiffener is placed horizon- trian travel in front of every construction and demolition site tally at midheighl where the stud spacing exceeds 2 feet unless the applicable governing authority authorizes[fie side- (6 10 mm) o.c. walk to be fenced or closed. Walkways shall be of sufficient 6. Wood structural use panels`18 inch(15.9 mm)or thicker width to accommodate the pedestrian traffic, but in no case shall not span over 8 feet (2438 min). shall they be less than 4 feet (1219 mm) in width. Walkways 3306.7 Covered walkways. Covered walkways shall have a shall be provided with a durable walking surface. Walkways minimum clear height of 8 feet(2438 min) as measured from shall be accessible in accordance with Chapter 11 and shall be the floor surface to the canopy overhead. Adequate lighting designed to support all imposed loads and in no case shall the shall be provided at all times. Covered walkways shall be design live load be less than 150 pounds per square foot (psf) designed to support all imposed loads. In no case shall the (7.2 Mm 2), design live load be less than 150 psf(7.2 Min') for the entire 3306.3 Directional barricades.Pedestrian traffic shall be pro- structure. tected by a directional barricade where the walkway extends Exception: Roofs and supporting structures of covered into the street.The directional barricade shall be of sufficient walkways for new, light-frame construction not exceeding size and construction to direct vehicular traffic away from the two stories above Made plane are permitted to be designed pedestrian path. for a live load of 75 psf(3.6kN/mz)or the loads imposed on 3306.4 Construction railings. Construction railings shall be them,whichever is greater,In lieu of such designs,the roof at least 42 inches(1067 mm)in height and shall be sufficient to and supporting structure of a covered walkway are permit- direct pedestrians around construction areas. ted to be constructed as follows: 3306.5 Barriers.Barriers shall be a minimum of 8 feet (2438 1. footings shall be continuous 2-inch by 6-inch(51 min mm) in height and shall be placed on the side of the walkway by 152 mm) members. nearest the construction.Barriers shall extend the entire length 2. Posts not less than 4 inches by 6 inches (102 mm by of the construction site.Openings in such barriers shall be pro- 152 mm) shall be provided on both sides of the roof tected by doors which are normally kept closed. and spaced not more than 12 feet (3658 mm) on cen- 3306.6 Barrier design. Barriers shall be designed to resist ter. loads required in Chapter 16 unless constructed as follows: 3. Stringers not less than 4 inches by 12 inches(102 mm 1. Barriers shall be provided with 2-inch by 4-inch(51 mm by 305 mm) shall be placed on edge upon the posts. by 102 mm) top and bottom plates. 4. Joists resting on the stringers shall be at least 2 inches 2. The barrier material shall be a minimum Of'/4-inch(19.1 by 8 inches (51 mm by 203 mm) and shall be spaced min) boards or i/d-inch (6,4 mm) wood structural use not more than 2 feet (6 10 mm) on center. panels. 5. The deck shall be planks at least 2 inches (51 mm) 3. Wood structural use panels shall be bonded with an thick or wood structural panels with an exterior expo- adhesive identical to that for exterior wood structural use sure durability classification at least 23132 inch (18.3 panels. mm) thick nailed to the joists. TABLE 3306.1 PROTECTION OF PEDESTRIANS HEIGHT OF CONSTRUCTION DISTANCE FROM CONSTRUCTION TO LOT LINE TYPE OF PROTECTION REQUIRED Less than 5 feet Construction railings 8 feet or less --- 5 feet or more None Less than 5 feet Barrier and covered walkway 5 feet or more,but not more than one-fourth the height of construction Barrier and covered walkway More than 8 feet - - - -- - - - - - - - - 5 feet or more,but between one-fourth and one-half the height of construction Barrier 5 feet or more,but exceeding one-half the height of construction None For 5t: 1 foot=304.8 mm. 568 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' SAFEGUARDS DURING CONSTRUCTION 6. Each post shall be knee braced to joists and stringers utility pole,manhole,fire alarm box or catch basin,or so as to by 2-inch by 4-inch (51 mm by 102 mm) minimum interfere with the passage of water in the gutter. Protection members 4 feet (1219 mm) long. against damage shall be provided to such utility fixtures during 7. A 2-inch by 4-inch (51 min by 102 mm) minimum the progress of the work, but sight of them shall not be curb shall be set on edge along the outside edge of the obstructed, deck. 3306.8 Repair,maintenance and removal.Pedestrian protec- SECTION 3309 tion required by this chapter shall be maintained in place and FIRE EXTINGUISHERS kept in good order for the entire length of time pedestrians may ]F]3309.1 Where required.All structures under construction, be endangered.The owner or the owner's agent,upon the com- pletion of the construction activity,shall immediately remove one approved portable fire extinguisher in accordance with walkways,debris and other obstructions and leave such public Section approved and sized For not less than extinguisher hazard as f with property in as good a condition as it was before such work was ' commenced. lows: 3306.9 Adjacent to excavations. Every excavation on a site 1. At each stairway on all floor levels where combustible located 5 feet(1524 rnm)or less from the street lot lineshall be materials have accumulated. enclosed with a barrier not less than 6 feet (1829 mm) high. 2. In every storage and construction shed. Where located more than 5 feet(1524 mm) from the street lot 3. Additional portable fire extinguishers shall be provided line, a barrier shall be erected when required by the building where special hazards exist,such as the storage and use ofhciaL Barriers shall be of adequate strength to resist wind of flammable and combustible liquids. pressure as specified in Chapter 16. 3309.2 Fire hazards.The provisions of this code and the Inter- national Fire Code shall be strictly observed to safeguard SECTION 3307 against all fire hazards attendant upon construction operations. PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY 3307.1 Protection required. Adjoining public and private SECTION 3310 property shall be protected from damage during construction. MEANS OF EGRESS remodeling and demolition work.Protection must be provided 3310.1 Stair-ways s re aired.Where a building has been con for footings,foundations,party walls,chimneys,skylights and y q g roofs.Provisions shall be made to control water runoff and ero- strutted to a building height of 50 feet(15 240 mm)or four sto- sion during construction or demolition activities. The person ries,or where an existing building exceeding 50 feet (I5 240 making or causing an excavation to be made shall provide writ- mm)in building heightis altered,at least one temporary lighted ten notice to the owners of adjoining buildings advising them stainvayshall be provided unless one or more ofthe permanent that the excavation is to be made and that the adjoining build- stairways are erected as the construction progresses. ings should be protected. Said notification shall be delivered 33102 Maintenance of means of egress.Required means of not less than 10 days prior to the scheduled starting date of the egress shall be maintained at all times during construction, excavation. demolition, remodeling or alterations and additions to any building. SECTION 3308 Exception: Approved temporary means of egress systems TEMPORARY USE OF STREETS,ALLEYS AND and facilities. PUBLIC PROPERTY 3308.1 Storage and handling of materials. The temporary SECTION 3311 use of streets or public property for the storage or handling of STANDPIPES materials or of equipment required for construction or demoli- [F] 3311.1 Where required. In buildings required to have tion, and the protection provided to the public shall comply standpipes by Section 905.3.1,not less than one standpipe shall with the provisions of the applicable governing authority and be provided for use during construction.Such standpipes shall this chapter, be installed when the progress of construction is not more than 3308.1.1 Obstructions.Construction naterials and equip- 40 feet (12 192 mm) in height above the lowest level of fire ment shall not be placed or stored so as to obstruct access to department vehicle access. Such standpipe shall be provided fire hydrants, standpipes, fire or police alarm boxes, catch with fire department hose connections at accessible locations basins or manholes,nor shall such material or equipment be adjacent to usable stairs.Such standpipes shall be extended as located within 20 feet(6096 mm)of a street intersection,or construction progresses to within one floor of the highest point placed so as to obstruct normal observations of traffic sig- of construction having secured decking or flooring, nals or to hinder the use of public transit loading platforms. [F] 3311.2 Buildings being demolished.Where a building is 3308.2 Utility fixtures. Building materials, fences, sheds or being demolished and a standpipe exists within such a build- any obstruction of any kind shall not be placed so as to obstruct ing,such standpipe shall be maintained in an operable condi- free approach to any fire hydrant, fire department connection, tion so as to be available for use by the fire department. Such 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 569 SAFEGUARDS DURING CONSTRUCTION standpipe shall be demolished with the building but shall not be demolished more than one floor below the floor being demol- ished. 3311.3 Detailed requirements. Standpipes shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 9. Exception: Standpipes shall be either temporary or perma- nent in nature,and with or without a water supply,provided that such standpipes conform to the requiremems of Section 905 as to capacity,outlets and materials. 3311.4 Water supply.Water supply for fire protection,either temporary or permanent, shall be made available as soon as combustible material accumulates. SECTION 3312 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM [F]3312.1 Completion before occupancy.In buildings where an automatir sprinklersystem is required by this code, it shall be unlawful to occupy any portion of a building or structure until the auturuatirspiihkler systern installation has been tested and approved,except as provided in Section 111.3. [F]3312.2 Operation of valves.Operation of sprinkler control valves shall be permitted only by properly authorized person- nel and shall be accompanied by notification of duly desig- nated parties.When the sprinkler protection is being regularly turned off and on to facilitate connection of newly completed segments, the sprinkler control valves shall be checked at the end of each work period to ascertain that protection is in ser- vice. 570 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE CHAPTER 34 EXISTING STRUCTURES SECTION 3402 DEFINITIONS SECTION 3401 3402.1 Definitions.The following words and terms shall,for GENERAL the purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in the code, have the meanings shown herein. 3401.1 Scope.The provisions of[his chapter shall control the DANGEROUS. Any building or structure or portion thereof alteration,repair, addition and change of occupancy of exist- that meets any of the conditions described below shall be ing structures. deemed dangerous: Exception: Existing bleachers, grandstands and folding 1. The building or structure has collapsed, partially Gol- and telescopic seating shall comply with ICC 300-02. lapsed,moved off its foundation or lacks the support of 3901.2 Maintenance. Buildings and structures, and parts ground necessary to support it. thereof, shall be maintained in a safe and sanitary condition. 2. There exists a significant risk of collapse,detachment or dis- Devices or safeguards which are required by this code shall be lodgment of any portion, member, appurtenance or oma- maintained in conformance with the code edition under which mentation of the building orstructure under service loads. installed.The owner or the owner's designated agent shall be EXISTING STRUCTURE. A structure erected prior to the responsible for the maintenance of buildings and structures.To date of adoption of the appropriate code, or one for which a determine compliance with this subsection, the building olT- legal building permit has been issued. cial shall have the authority to require a building or structure to PRIMARY FUNCTION.A primary function is a major activ- be reinspected.The requirements of this chapter shall not pro- ity for which the facility is intended. Areas that contain a pri- vide the basis for removal or abrogation of fire protection and mary function include, but are not limited to, the customer safety systems and devices in existing structures. service lobby of a bank,the dining area of a cafeteria,the meet- 3401.3 Compliance. Alterations, repairs, additions and ing rooms in a conference center, as well as offices and other changes of occupancy to existing structures shall comply with work areas in which the activities of the public accommodation the provisions for alterations,repairs,additions and changes of or other private entity using the facility are carried out.Mechani- occupancy in the International Fire Code, International Fuel cal rooms, boiler rooms, supply storage rooms, employee Gas Code, International Mechanical Code, International lounges or locker rooms,janitorial closets,entrances,corridors Plumbing Code, International Property Maintenance Code, and restrooms are not areas containing a primat y function. International Private Setiage Disposal Code, International SUBSTANTIAL STRUCTURAL DAMAGE.A condition where: Residential Code and NFPA 70. 1. In any story, the vertical elements of the lateral 3401.4 Building materials. Building materials shall comply force-resisting system have suffered damage such that with the requirements of this section. the lateral load-carrying capacity of the structure in any horizontal direction has been reduced by more than 20 3401.4.1 Existing materials.Materials already in use in a percent from its pre-damage condition:or building in compliance with requirements or approvals in 2. The capacity of any vertical gravity load-carrying com- effect at the time of their erection or installation shall be per- ponent,or any group of such components,that supports mitted to remain in use unless determined by the building more than 30 percent of the total area of the structure's code official to be dangerous to life,health or safety.Where floor(s) and roof(s) has been reduced more than 20 per- such conditions are determined to be dangerous to life, cent from its pre-damage condition and the remaining health or safety,they shall be mitigated or made safe. capacity of such affected elements, with respect to all dead and live loads, is less than 75 percent of that 3401.4.2 New and replacement materials.Except as oth- required by this code For new buildings of similar struc- erwise required or permitted by this code,materials permit- tune,purpose and location. ted by the applicable code for new construction shall be used.Like materials shall be permitted for repairs and alter- TECHNICALLY INFEASIBLE.An alteration of a building ations,provided no hazard to life,health or property is cre- or a facility that has little likelihood of being accomplished ated.Hazardous materials shall not be used where the code because the existing structural conditions require the removal for new construction would not pernnit their use in buildings or alteration of a load-bearing member that is an essential part of similar occupancy,purpose and location. of the structural frame, or because other existing physical or site constraints prohibit modification or addition of elements, 3401.4 Alternative compliance. Work performed in accor- spaces or features which are in full and strict compliance with dance with the Iternational Existing Building Code shall be the minimum requirements for new construction and which are deemed to comply with the provisions of this chapter. necessary to provide accessibility. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 571 EXISTING STRUCTURES SECTION 3403 permitted to remain unaltered. For purposes of calculating ADDITIONS demand-capacity ratios,the demand shall consider applica- 3403.1 General. Additions to any building or structure shall ble load combinations with design lateral loads or forces in comply with the requirements of this code for new construe- accordance with Sections 1609 and 1613. For purposes of tion. Alterations to the existing building or structure shall be this exception,comparisons of demand-capacity ratios and made to ensure that the existing building or structure together calculation of design lateral loads, forces and capacities with the addition are no less conforming with the provisions of shall account for the cumulative effects of additions and this code than the existing building or structure was prior to the alterations since original construction. addition.An existing building together with its additions shall 3403.4.1 Seismic. Seismic requirements for alterations comply with the height and area provisions of Chapter 5. shall be in accordance with this section.Where the existing 3403.2 Flood hazard areas. For buildings and structures in seismic force-resisting system is a type that can be desig- flood hazard areas established in Section 16123.any addition nated ordinary,values of R.9?,and CFor the existing seis- that constitutes substantial improvement of the eaistingstruc- mic force-resisting system shall be those specified by this ture,as defined in Section 1612.2,shall comply with the flood code for an ordinary system unless it is demonstrated that design requirements for new construction, and all aspects of the existing system will provide performance equivalent to the existingstructure shall be brought into compliance witli the that of a detailed intermediate or special system. requirements for new construction for flood design. For buildings and structures in flood hazard areas estab- lished in Section 1612.3, any additions that do not constitute SECTION 3404 substantial improvement or substantial damage of the existing ALTERATIONS structure, as defined in Section 1612.2, are not required to 3404.1 General.Except as provided by Section 3401.4 or this comply with the flood design requirements for new construe- section, alterations to any building or structure shall comply tion. with the requirements of the code for new construction.Alter- 3403.3 Existing structural elements carrying gravity load. ations shall be such that the existing building or structure is no Any existing gravity load-carrying structural element for less complying with the provisions of this code than the exist- which an addition and its related alterations cause an increase ing building or structure was prior to the alteration. in design gravity load of more than 5 percent shall be strength- ened,supplemented,replaced or otherwise altered as needed to Exceptions: carry the increased load required by this code for new struc- 1. An existing stairivayshall not be required to comply tures. Any existing gravity load-carrying structural element with the requirements of Section 1009 where the whose gravity load-carrying capacity is decreased shall be con- existing space and construction does not allow a sidered an altered element subject to the requirements of Sec- reduction in pitch or slope. tion 3404.3. Any existing element that will form part of the lateral load path for any part of the addltionshall be considered 2. Handrails otherwise required to comply with Section an existing lateral load-carrying structural element subject to shall not required to comply with the requirements the requirements of Section 3403.9. of Section 1012.6 regarding Full exten- sion of the handrails where such extensions would be 3403.3.1 Design live load. Where the addition does not hazardous due to plan configuration. result in increased design live load, existing gravity load-carrying structural elements shall be permitted to be 3404.2 Flood hazard areas. For buildings and structures in evaluated and designed for live loads apps-oved prior to the flood hazard areas established in Section 1612.3. any alter- addition.if the approved live load is less than that required ation that constitutes substantial improvement of the existing by Section 1607, the area designed for the nonconforming structure,as defined in Section 1612.2•shall comply with the live load shall be posted with placards of approved design flood design requirements for new construction,and all aspects indicating the approved live load.Where the addition does of the existing structure shall be brought into compliance with result in increased design live load,the live load required by the requirements for new construction for flood design. Section 1607 shall be used. For buildings and structures in flood hazard areas estab- 3403.4 Existing structural elements carrying lateral load. lished in Section 1612.3, any alterations that do not constitute Where the addition is structurally independent of the existing substantial improvement or substantial damage of the existing structure, existing lateral load-carrying structural elements structure,as defined in Section 1612.2,are not required to com- shall be permitted to remain unaltered. Where the addition is ply with the flood design requirements for new construction. not structurally independent of the existing structure.the exist- 3404.3 Existing structural elements carrying gravity load, ing structure and its addition acting together as a single struc- Any existing gravity toad-carrying structural element for ture shall be shown to meet the requirements of Sections 1609 which an alteration causes an increase in design gravity load of and 1613. more than 5 percent shall be strengthened. supplemented, Exception: Any existing lateral load-carrying structural replaced or otherwise altered as needed to carry the increased element whose demand-capacity ratio with the addition gravity load required by this code for new structures. Any considered is no more than 10 percent greater than its existing gravity load-carrying structural element whose grav- demand-capacity ratio with the addition ignored shall be ity load-carrying capacity is decreased as part of the alteration 572 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® EXISTING STRUCTURES shall be shown to have the capacity to resist the applicable 3. New or relocated nonstructural elements are detailed and design gravity loads required by this code for new structures. connected to existing or new structural elements as required by Chapter 16. 3404.3.1 Design live load. Where the alteration does not result in increased design live load, existing gravity 4. The alterations do not create a structural irregularity as defined in ASCE 7 or make an existing structural irregu- defin load-carrying structural elements shall be permitted to be de i n more severe. evaluated and designed for live loads approved prior to the alteration.if the approved]ive load is less than that required 3404.6 Means of egress capacity factors.Alterations to any by Section 1607,the area designed for the nonconforming existing building or structure shall not be affected by the egress live load shall be posted with placards of approved design width factors in Section 1005.1 for new construction in deter- indicating the appfnved live load.Where the alterationdoes mining the minimum egress widths or the minimum number of result in increased design live load,the live load required by exits in an existing building or structure.The minimum egress Section 1607 shall be used. widths for the components of the treats ofegfessshall be based on the means ofegress width factors in the building code under 3404.4 Existing structural elements carrying lateral load. which the building was constructed,and shall be considered as Except as permitted by Section 3404.5, where the alteration complying means ofegress for any alteration if,in the opinion increases design lateral loads in accordance with Section 1609 of the building code official, they do not constitute a distinct or 1613,or where the alteration results in astructural irregular- hazard to life. ity as defined in ASCE 7,or where the alteration decreases the capacity of any existing lateral load-carrying structural ele- ment,the structure of the altered building or structure shall be SECTION 3405 shown to meet the requirements of Sections 1609 and 1613. REPAIRS Exception: Any existing lateral load-carrying structural 3405,1 General. Buildings and structures, and parts thereof, element whose demand-capacity ratio with the alteration shall be repaired in compliance with Section 3401.2.Work on considered is no more than 10 percent greater than its nondamaged components that is necessary for the required demand-capacity ratio with the alteration ignored shall be repair of damaged components shall be considered part of the to remain unaltered. For purposes of calculating repair and shall not be subject to the requirements for alter- permitted in this chapter.Routine maintenance required by Section demand-capacity ratios,the demand shall consider applica- 3401.2, ordinary repairs exempt From permit in accordance ble load combinations with design lateral loads or forces per Sections 1609 and 1613. For purposes of this exception, with Section 105.2,and abatement of wear due to normal ser- vice conditions shall not be subject to the requirements For comparisons of demand-capacity ratios and calculation of repairs in this section. design lateral loads,forces,and capacities shall account for the cumulative effects of additions and alterations since 3405.1.1 Dangerous conditions. Regardless of the extent original construction. of structural or nonstructural damage, the building code official shall have the authority to require the elimination of 3404.4.1 Seismic. Seismic requirements for alterations conditions deemed dangerous. shall be in accordance with this section.Where the existing 3405.2 Substantial structural damage to vertical elements seismic force-resisting system is a type that can be desig- of the lateral force-resisting system.A building that has sus- nated ordinary,values of R,4,and C,for the existing seis- tained substantial structural damage to the vertical elements of mic force-resisting system shall be those specified by this its lateral Force-resisting system shall be evaluated and repaired code for an ordinary system unless it is demonstrated that in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections the existing system will provide performance equivalent to 3405.2.1 through 3405.2.3. that of a detailed intermediate or special system. 3405.2.1 Evaluation.The building shall be evaluated by a 3404.5 Voluntary seismic improvements. Alterations to registered design professional. and the evaluation findings existing structural elements or additions of new structural ele- shall be submitted to the code official.The evaluation shall ments that are not otherwise required by this chapter and are establish whether the damaged building, if repaired to its initiated for the purpose of improving the performance of the predamage state,would comply with the provisions of this seismic force-resisting system of an existing structure or the code for wind and earthquake loads. Evaluation for earth- performance of seismic bracing or anchorage of existing quake loads shall be required if the substantial structural nonstructural elements shall be permitted, provided that an damage was caused by or related to earthquake effects or if engineering analysis is submitted demonstrating the following: the building is in Seismic Design Category C,D,E or F. 1. The altered structure and the altered nonstructural ele- Wind loads for this evaluation shall be those prescribed in ments are no less in compliance with the provisions of Section 1609. Earthquake loads for this evaluation, if this code with respect to earthquake design than they required, shall be permitted to be 75 percent of those pre- were prior to the alteration. scribed in Section 1613.Values of R. W;,and Cdfor the exist- ing seismic force-resisting system shall be those specified 2. New structural elements are detailed and connected to by this code for an ordinary system unless it is demonstrated the existing structural elements as required by Chapter that the existing system will provide performance equiva- 16. lent to that of an intermediate or special system. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 573 EXISTING STRUCTURES 3405.2.2 Extent of repair for compliant buildings.if the the existingstructure shall be brought into compliance with the evaluation establishes compliance of the predamage build- requirements for new construction for flood design. ing in accordance with Section 3405.2.1,then repairs shall be permitted that restore the building to its predamage slate For buildings and structures in flood hazard areas estab- using materials and strengths that existed prior to the dam- lished in Section 1612.3,any repairs that do not constitute sub- age. slantial improvement or substantial damage of the existing structure, as defined in Section 1612.2, are not required to 3405.2.3 Extent of repair for noncompliant buildings.If comply with the flood design requirements for new construc- the evaluation does not establish compliance of the predam- tion. age building in accordance with Section 3405.2.1,then the building shall be rehabilitated to comply with applicable provisions of this code for load combinations, including wind or seismic loads.The wind loads for the repair shall be SECTION 3406 as required by the building code in effect at the time of origi- FIRE ESCAPES nal construction,unless the damage was caused by wind,in which case the wind loads shall be as required by the code in 3406.1 Where permitted.Fire escapes shall be permitted only effect at the time of original construction or as required by as provided for in Sections 3406.1.1 through 3406.1.4. this code, whichever are greater, Earthquake loads for this rehabilitation design shall be those required for the design 3406.1.1 New buildings. Fire escapes shall not constitute of the predamage building. but not less than 75 percent of any part of the required means of egress in new buildings. those prescribed in Section 1613.New structural members and connections required by this rehabilitation design shall 3406.1.2 Existing fire escapes. Existing fire escapes shall comply with the detailing provisions of this code for new be continued to be accepted as a component in the means of buildings of similar structure.purpose and location. egress in existing buildings only. 3405.3 Substantial structural damage to gravity load-car- 3406.1.3 New fire escapes. New fire escapes for existing rying components. Gravity load-carrying components that buildings shall be permitted only where exterior stairs can- have sustained substantial structural damage shall be rehabili- not be utilized due to lot lines limiting stairsize or due to the tated to comply with the applicable provisions of this code for sidewalks, alleys or roads at grade level. New fire escapes dead and live loads,Snow loads shall be considered if the sub- shall not incorporate ladders or access by windows. stantial structural damage was caused by or related to snow load effects.Existing gravity load-carrying structural elements 3406.1.4 Limitations.Fire escapes shall comply with this shall be permitted to be designed for live loads approved prior section and shall not constitute more than 50 percent of the to the damage. Nondamaged gravity load-carrying compo- required number of exits nor more than 50 percent of the vents that receive dead, live or snow loads from rehabilitated required exit capacity. components shall also be rehabilitated or shown to have the capacity to carry the design loads of the rehabilitation design. 3406.2 Location.Where located on the front of the building New structural members and connections required by this and where projecting beyond the building line,the lowest land- rehabilitation design shall comply with the detailing provisions ing shall not be less than 7 feet(2 134 ruin)or more than 12 feet of this code for new buildings of similar structure,purpose and (3658 mm)above grade,and shall be equipped with a counter- location. balanced stairway to the street.In alleyways and thoroughfares 3405.3.1 Lateral force-resisting elements. Regardless of less than 30 feet(9I 44 mm)wide,the clearance under the low- [he level of damage to vertical elements of the lateral est landing shall not be less than 12 feet (3658 min). force-resisting system, if substantial structural damage to 3406.3 Construction.The fire escape shall be designed to sup- gravity load-carrying components was caused primarily by port a live Ioad of 100 pounds per square foot (4788 Pa) and wind or earthquake effects,then the building shall be evalu- shall be constructed of steel or other approved noncombustible ated in accordance with Section 3405.2.1 and.if noncompli- materials.Fire escapes constructed of wood not less than nomi- ant,rehabilitated in accordance with Section 3404.2.3. nal 2 inches(51 mm)thick are permitted on buildings of Type 5 3405.4 Less than substantial structural damage. For dam- construction.Walkways and railings located over or supported age less than substantial structural damage, repairs shall be by combustible roofs in buildings of Type 3 and 4 construction allowed that restore the building to its predamage state using are permitted to be of wood not less than nominal 2 inches (51 materials and strengths that existed prior to the damage, New mm) [hick. structural members and connections used for this repair shall comply with the detailing provisions of this code for new build- 3406.4 Dimensions.Stairs shall be at least 22 inches(559 min) ings of similar structure,purpose and location. wide with risers not more than, and treads not less than, 8 inches (203 mm)and landings at the foot of stairs not less than 3405.5 Flood hazard areas. For buildings and structures in 40 inches (1016 mm) wide by 36 inches (914 mm) long, flood hazard areas established in Section 1612.3, any repair located not more than 8 inches (203 mm) below the door. that constitutes substantial improvement of the existingstruc- ture,as defined in Section 1612.2,shall comply with the flood 3406.5 Opening protectives. Doors and windows along the design requirements for new construction, and all aspects of fire escape shall be protected with'/,-hour opening protectives. 574 20D9 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' EXISTING STRUCTURES SECTION 3407 SECTION 3409 GLASS REPLACEMENT HISTORIC BUILDINGS 3407.1 Conformance.The installation or replacement of glass 3409.1 Historic buildings.The provisions of this code relating shall be as required for new installations. to the construction,repair,alteration,addition,restoration and movement of structures,and change of occupancy shall not be mandatory for historic buildings where such buildings are judged by the building official to not constitute a distinct life SECTION 3406 safety hazard. CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY 3409.2 Flood hazard areas.Within flood hazard areas estab- 3408.1 Conformance.No change shall be made in the use or lished in accordance with Section 1612.3,where the work pro- occupancy of any building that would place the building in a posed constitutes substantial improvement as defined in different division of the same group of occupancies or in a dif- Section 1612.2,the building shall be brought into compliance ferent group of occupancies, unless such building is made to with Section 1612. comply with the requirements of this code for such division or Exception: Historic buildings that are: group of occupancies.Subject to the approval of the building ol771cla4 the use or occupancy of existing buildings shall be per- 1. Listed or preliminarily determined to be eligible for mitted to be changed and the building is allowed to be occupied listing in the National Register of Historic Places; for purposes in other groups without conforming to all the 2. Determined by the Secretary of the U.S. Department requirements of this code for those groups,provided the new or of Interior as contributing to the historical signifi- proposed use is less hazardous,based on life and fire risk,than cane of a registered historic district or a district pre- the existing use. liminarily determined to qualify as an historic district; 3408.2 Certificate of occupancy.A certificate of occupancy or shall be issued where it has been determined that the require- 3. Designated as historic under a state or local historic ments for the new occupancy classification have been met. preservation program that is approved by the Depart- 3408.3 Stairways. Existing stairways in an existing structuir ment of Interior. shall not be required to comply with the requirements of a new stairway as outlined in Section 1009 where the existing space SECTION 3410 and construction will not allow a reduction in pitch or slope. MOVED STRUCTURES 3408.4 Change of occupancy.When a change of occupancy 3410.1 Conformance. Structures moved into or within the results in a structure being reclassified to a higher occupancy jurisdiction shall comply with the provisions of this code for category, the structure shall conform to the seismic require- new structures. ments for a new stricture of the higher occupancy category. Where the existing seismic Force-resisting system is a type that can be designated ordinary,values of R,fl,and C,for the exist- SECTION 3411 ing seismic force-resisting system shall be those specified by ACCESSIBILITY FOR EXISTING BUILDINGS this code for an ordinary system unless it is demonstrated that the existing system will provide performance equivalent to[hat 3411.1 Scope. The provisions of Sections 3411.1 through of a detailed,intermediate or special system. 3411.9 apply to maintenance,change of occupancy,additions and alterations to existing buildings,including those identified Exceptions: as historic buildings. 1. Specific seismic detailing requirements of this code Exception: Type B d►vellingor sleeping units required by or Section 1613 for a new structure shall not be Section 1107 of this code are not required to be provided in required to be met where it can be shown that the level existing buildings and facilities being altered or undergoing of performance and seismic safety is equivalent to a change of occupancy. that of a new structure. Such analysis shall consider 3411.2 Maintenance of facilities.A building, facility or ele- the regularity,over strength,redundancy and ductility ment that is constructed or altered to be accessible shall be of the structure within the context of the existing and retrofit (if any) detailing provided. maintained accessible during occupancy. 2. When a change of use results in a structure being 3411.3 Extent of application.An alteration of an existing ele- reclassified from Occupancy Category I or Il to Occu- ment,space or area of a building or facility shall not impose a pancy Category III and the structure is located in a requirement for greater accessibility than that which would be seismic map area where Sp,<0.33,compliance with required for new construction. the seismic requirements of this code and Section Alterations shall not reduce or have the effect of reducing 1613 are not required. accessibility of a building,portion of a building or facility. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 575 EXISTING STRUCTURES 3411.4 Change of occupancy.Existing buildings that undergo primary function area shall include toilet facilities or drinking a change of group or occupancy shall comply with this section. fountains serving the area of primary function. 3411.4.1 Partial change in occupancy.Where a portion of Exceptions: the building is changed to a new occupancy classification, 1. The costs of providing the accessible route are not any alterations shall comply with Sections 3411.6, 3411.7 required to exceed 20 percent of the costs of the alter- and 3411.8. ations affecting the area of primary function. 3411.4.2 Complete change of occupancy.Where an entire 2. This provision does not apply to alterations limited building undergoes a change of occupancy,it shall comply solely to windows, hardware, operating controls. with Section 3411.4.1 and shall have all of the following electrical outlets and signs. accessible features: 3. This provision does not apply to alterations limited 1. At least one accessible building entrance. solely to mechanical systems, electrical systems, 2. At least one accessible route from an accessible installation or alteration of fire protection systems building entrance to primary function areas. and abatement of hazardous materials. 3. Signage complying with Section 1110. 4. This provision does not apply to alterations under- 4. Accessible parking,where parking is being provided. taken for the primary purpose of increasing the acces- sibility of an existing building,facility or element. 5. to least one s are tulip passenger loading zone,when 3411.8 Scoping for alterations. The provisions of Sections loading zones are provided. 34 11.9.1 through 3411.8.14 shall apply to alterations to exist- 6. At least one accessible route connecting accessible ing buildings and facilities. parking and accessible passenger loading zones to an accessible entrance. 3411.8.1 Entrances.Accessibleentrances shall be provided in accordance with Section 1105. Where it is lechnically infeasible to comply with the new construction standards for any of these requirements for a Exception: Where an alteration includes alterations to change of group or occupancy, the above items shall con- an entrance,and the building or facility has an accessible form to the requirements to the maximum extent technically entrance,the altered entrance is not required to be acces- feasible. sible,unless required by Section 3411.7.Signs comply- 3411.5 Additions.Provisions for new construction shall apply ing with Section l 110 shall be provided. to additions. An addition that affects the accessibility lo, or 3411.8.2 Elevators.Altered elements of existing elevators contains an area of, a primary function shall comply with the shall comply with ASME A17.1 and ICC Al 17.1.Such ele- requirements in Section 3411.7. ments shall also be altered in elevators programmed to 3411.6 Alterations. A building, facility or element that is respond to the same hall call control as the al tered elevator. altered shall comply with the applicable provisions in Chapter 3411.8.3 Platform lifts. Platform (wheelchair) lifts com- 11 of this code and [CC A117.1,unless technicallyfnfeasible, plying with ICC A117.1 and installed in accordance with Where compliance with this section is technically infeasible. ASME A18.1 shall be permitted as a component of an the alteration shall provide access to the maximum extent tech- accessible route. nically feasible. 3411.8.4 Stairs and escalators in existing buildings. In Exceptions: alterations, change of occupancy or additions where an escalator or stair is added where none existed previously 1. The altered element or space is not required to be on and major structural modifications are necessary for instal- an accessible route, unless required by Section lation, an accessible route shall be provided between the 3411.7. levels served by the escalator or stairs in accordance with 2. Accessiblemeans ofegressrequired by Chapter 10 are Sections 1104.4 and 1104.5. not required to be provided in existing buildings and 3411.8.5 Ramps. Where slopes steeper than allowed by facilities. Section 1010.2 are necessitated by space limitations, the 3. The alteration to Type A individually owned dwelling slope of ramps in or providing access to existing buildings units within a Group R-2 occupancy shall meet the or facilities shall comply with Table 3411.8.5. provision for a Type B divellingunit and shall comply TABLE 3411.8.5 with the applicable provisions in Chapter 11 and ICC _ _ RAMPS A117.1. SLOPE MAXIMUMRISE 3411.7 Alterations affecting an area containing a primary Sleeper 1:10 but not steeper than 1:8 3 inches function. Where an alteration affects the accessibility to. or - than-- contains an area of primal} function, the route to the primary Steeper than 1:12 but not steeper than 1:10 6 inches function area shall be accessible. The accessible route to the For St: 1 inch=25.4 mm. 576 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' EXISTING STRUCTURES 3411.8.6 Performance areas.Where it is technicallyinfea- 3411.9.1 Site arrival points.At least one accessible route sibleto alter performance areas to be on an accessible route, from a site arrival point to an accessible entrance shall be at least one of each type of performance area shall be made provided. accessible. 3411.9.2 Multilevel buildings and facilities.An accessi- 3411.8.7 Accessible dwelling or sleeping units. Where ble route from an accessible entrance to public spaces on the Group I-1, 1-2, I-3, R-1, R-2 or R-4 duelling or sleeping level of the accessible entrance shall be provided. units are being altered or added,the requirements of Section 3411.9.3 Entrances. At least one main entrance shall be 1107 for Accessible units apply only to the quantity of accessible spaces being altered or added. Exceptions: 3411.8.8 Type A dwelling or sleeping units.Where more 1. If a main entrance cannot be made accessible,an than 20 Group R-2 dwelling or sleeping units are being accessible nonpublic entrance that is unlocked added, the requirements of Section 1107 for Type A units apply only to the quantity of the spaces being added. while the building is occupied shall be provided;or 2. If a main entrance cannot be made accessible, a 3411.8.9 Type B dwelling or sleeping units.Where four or locked accessible entrance with a notification sys- more Group 1-1,I-2,R-1,R-2.R-3 or R-4 divellingor sleep- tem or remote monitoring shall be provided. ing units are being added,the requirements of Section 1107 for Type B units apply only to the quantity of the spaces Signs complying with Section 1110 shall be provided at being added. the primary entrance and the accessible entrance. 3411.8.10 Jury boxes and witness stands. In alterations, 3411.9.4 Toilet and bathing facilities.Where toilet rooms are provided, at least one accessible family or assisted-use accessible wheelchair spaces are not required to be located toilet room complying with Section l 109.2.1 shall be pro- within the defined area of raised jury boxes or witness tided. stands and shall be permitted to be located outside these spaces where the ramp or lift access restricts or projects into the means of egress. SECTION 3412 3411.8.11 Toilet rooms. Where it is technically infeasible COMPLIANCE ALTERNATIVES to alter existing toilet and bathing facilities to be accessible, 3412.1 Compliance. The provisions of this section are an accessible family or assisted-use toilet or bathing facility intended to maintain or increase the current degree of public constructed in accordance with Section 1109.2.1 is permit- safety, health and general welfare in existing buildings while ted.The family or assisted-use facility shall be located on permitting repair, alteration, addition and change of occu- the same floor and in the same area as the existing facilities. pancy without requiring full compliance with Chapters 2 3411.8.12 Dressing,fitting and locker rooms.Where it is through 33,or Sections 3401.3.and 3403 through 3409,except technically infeasible to provide accessible dressing, fitting where compliance with other provisions of this code is specifi- or locker rooms at the same location as similar types of cally required in this section. rooms,one accessible room on the same level shall be pro- 3412.2 Applicability.Structures existing prior to {DATE TO BE vided. Where separate-sex facilities are provided, acressi- INSERTED BY THE JURISDICTION. NOTE; IT IS RECOMMENDED ble rooms for each sex shall be provided. Separate-sex THATTHIS DATE COINCIDE WITH THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF BUILD- facilities are not required where only unisex rooms are pro- ING CODES WITHIN THE JURISDICTION],in which there is work vided. involving additions,alterations or changes of occupancy shall 3411.8.13 Fuel dispensers.Operable parts of replacement be made to comply with the requirements of this section or the fuel dispensers shall be permitted to be 54 inches (1370 provisions of Sections 3403 through 3409. The provisions in mm) maximum measured from the surface of the vehicular Sections 3412.2.1 through 3412.2.5 shall apply to existing way where fuel dispensers are installed on existing curbs. occupancies that will continue to be,or are proposed to be,in Groups A.B,E, F,M, R, S and U.These provisions shall not 3411.8.14 Thresholds.The maximum height of thresholds apply to buildings with occupancies in Group H or I. at doorways shall be `/, inch (19.1 mm). Such thresholds 3412.2.1 Change in occupancy.Where an existing build- shall have beveled edges on each side. ing is changed to a new occupancy classification and this 3411.9 Historic buildings. These provisions shall apply to section is applicable, the provisions of this section for the buildings and facilities designated as historic structures that new occupancy shall be used to determine compliance with undergo alterations or a change of occupancy, unless techni- this code. rally infeasible.Where compliance with the requirements for 3412.2.2 Partial change in occupancy.Where a portion of accessible routes, entrances or toilet facilities would threaten the building is changed to a new occupancy classification, or destroy the historic significance of the building or facility,as and that portion is separated from the remainder of the determined by the applicable governing authority,the alterna- building with fire barriers or horizontal assemblies having a tive requirements of Sections 3411.9.1 through 3411.9.4 for fire-resistance rating as required by Table 508.4 for the sep- that element shall be permitted. arate occupancies, or with approved compliance altema- 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 577 EXISTING STRUCTURES lives,the portion changed shall be made to comply with the adequacy of structural systems for the proposed alteration. provisions of this section. addition or change of occupancy.The analysis shall demon- Where a portion of the building is changed to a new occu- strate that the building with the work completed is capable pancy classification.and that portion is not separated from of resisting the loads specified in Chapter 16. theremainderofthebuildingwithJIM-barfiemorhorizorntal 3412.4.2 Submittal. The results of the investigation and assemblies having a lure-resistance rating as required by evaluation as required in Section 3412.4, along with pro- Table 508.4 for the separate occupancies,or with approved posed compliance alternatives, shall be submitted to the compliance alternatives, the provisions of this section building official. which apply to each occupancy shall apply to the entire building. Where there are conflicting provisions, those 3412.4.3 Determination of compliance.The building old- requirements which secure the greater public safety shall cial shall determine whether the existing building,with the apply to the entire building or structure. proposed addition,alteration or change of occupancy,com- plies with the provisions of this section in accordance with 3412.2.3 Additions. Additions to existing buildings shall the evaluation process in Sections 3412.5 through 3412.9. comply with the requirements of this code for new construc- tion.The combined height and area of the existing building 3412.5 Evaluation.The evaluation shall be comprised of three and the new addition shall not exceed the height and area categories: fire safety, means of egress and general safety, as allowed by Chapter 5.Where a fire wall that complies with defined in Sections 3412.5.1 through 3412.5.3. Section 706 is provided between the addition and the exist- 3412.5.1 Fire safety. Included within the fire safety cate- ing building, the addition shall be considered a separate gory are the structural Are resistance, automatic fire detec- building, tion, fire alarm and fire suppression system features of the 3412.2.4 Alterations and repairs.An existing building or facility. portion thereof, which does not comply with the require- 3412.5.2 Means of egress. Included within the means of ments of this code for new construction,shall not be altered egress category are the configuration. characteristics and or repaired in such a manner that results in the building support features for means of egress in the facility. being less safe or sanitary than such building is currently.If, in the alteration or repair,the current level of safety or sani- 3412.5.3 General safety.Included within the general safety tation is to be reduced, the portion altered or repaired shall category are the fire safety parameters and the means of conform to the requirements of Chapters 2 through 12 and egress parameters. Chapters 14 through 33. 3412.6 Evaluation process.The evaluation process specified 3412.2.4.1 Flood hazard areas. For existing buildings herein shall be followed in its entirety to evaluate existing located in flood hazard areas established in Section buildings. Table 3412,7 shall be utilized for tabulating the 1612.3,if the alterations and repairs constitute substan- results of the evaluation. References to other sections of this tial improvement of the existing building, the existing code indicate that compliance with those sections is required in building shall be brought into compliance with the order to gain credit in the evaluation herein outlined.In apply- requirements for new construction for flood design. ing this section to a building with mixed occupancies. where 3412.2.5 Accessibility requirements. All portions of the the separation between the mixed occupancies does not qualify I buildings proposed for change of occupancy shall conform for any category indicated in Section 3412.6.16,the score for to the accessibility provisions of Section 3411. each occupancy shall be determined and the lower score deter- mined for each section of the evaluation process shall apply to 3412.3 Acceptance. For repairs, alterations, additions and the entire building. changes of occupancy to existing buildings that are evaluated in accordance with this section, compliance with this section Where the separation between mixed occupancies qualifies shall be accepted by the building ofcial. for any category indicated in Section 3412.6.16,the score for each occupancy shall apply to each portion of the building 3412.3.1 Hazards.Where the building official determines based on the occupancy of the space. that an unsafe condition exists, as provided for in Section 116, such unsafe condition shall be abated in accordance 3412.6.1 Building height. The value for building height with Section 116. shall be the lesser value determined by the formula in Sec- tion 3412.6.1.1. Chapter 5 shall be used to determine the 3412.3.2 Compliance with other codes.Buildings that are allowable height of the building, including allowable evaluated in accordance with this section shall comply with increases due to automatic sprinklers as provided for in Sec- the International Fire Code and the International Properrq tion 504.2. Subtract the actual huilding height in feet from Maintenance Code. the allowable and divide by 12 11z feet.Enter the height value 3412.4 Investigation and evaluation.For proposed work cov- and its sign (positive or negative) in Table 3412.7 under ered by this section,the building owner shall cause the existing Safety Parameter 3412.6.1.Building Height,for fire safety, building to be investigated and evaluated in accordance with means of egress and general safety.The maximum score for the provisions of this section. a building shall be 10, I 3412.4.1 Structural analysis.The owner shall have a struc- 3412.6.1.1 Height formula. The following formulas tural analysis of the existing building made to determine shall be used in computing the building height value. 570 211119 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' EXISTING STRUCTURES Height value,feet=(AM 12(5 BM x CF A, = Tabular area per story in accordance with Table 503 (square feet) Height value,stories=(AS-EBS ) x CF I, = Area increase factor for sprinklers (Section (Equation 34-1) 506.3). where: I, = Area increase factor for frontage(Section 506.2). AH = Allowable height in feet from Table 503. 3412.6.2.2 Area formula.The following formula shall be used in computing the area value.Determine the area EBH= Existing building height in feet. value for each occupancy floor area on a Floor-by-Floor AS = Allowable height in stories from Table 503. basis. For each occupancy, choose the minimum area EBS = Existing building height in stories. value of the set of values obtained for the particular occu- pancy. CF = t if(AM - (EBM is positive. CF = Construction-t e factor shown in Table Allowable Actual Actual yp area f area area„ 3412.6.6(2) if(AM - (EBM is negative. Area value ;= 1— +.--+ 1.200 square Feet Allowable Allowable ble Note:Where mixed occupancies are separated and indi- area, n vidually evaluated as indicated in Section 3412.6, the values AH, AS, EBH and EBS shall be based on the (Equation 34-3) height of the occupancy being evaluated. 3412.6.2 Building area.The value for building area shall be where: determined by the formula in Section 3412,6.21. Section i = Value for an individual separated occupancy on a 503 and the formula in Section 3412.6.2.1 shall be used to floor. determine the allowable area of the building. This shall n = Number of separated occupancies on a Floor. include any allowable increases due to frontage and auto- matic sprinklers as provided for in Section 506.Subtract the 3412.6.3 Compartmentation.Evaluate the compartments actual building area in square feet from the allowable area created by fire barriers or horizontal assemblies which and divide by 1,200 square feet.Enter the area value and its comply with Sections 3412.6.3.1 and 3412.6.3.2 and which sign (positive or negative) in Table 3412.7 under Safety are exclusive of the wall elements considered under Sec- Parameter 3412.6.2,Building Area,for fire safety,means of tions 3412.6.4 and 3412.6.5. Conforming compartments egress and general safely.In determining the area value,the shall be figured as the net area and do not include shafts, maximum permitted positive value for area is 50 percent of chases,stairways,walls or columns.Using Table 3412.6.3, the Fire safety score as listed in Table 3412.8, Mandatory determine the appropriate compartinentation value (CO Safety Scores. and enter that value into Table 3412.7 under Safety Parame- ter 3412.6.3, Compartmentation, for Fire safety, means of 3412.6.2.1 Allowable area formula.The following for- egress and general safety, mula shall be used in computing allowable area: 3412.6.3.1 Wall construction.A wall used to create sep- Aa(1+l,+I j x A, (Equation 34-2) arate compartments shall be a Pre barrlerconforming to Section 707 with a Are-resistance rating of not less than 2 where: hours.Where the building is not divided into more than A,, = Allowable area. one compartment,the compartment size shall be taken as TABLE 3412.6.3 COMPARTMENTATION VALUES CATEGORIES' e a b C d Compartment Compartment size Compartment Compartment Compartment size of equal to or greater than size of size of size of 2,5G0 square feet or OCCUPANCY 15,000 square feet 10,000 square feet 7,500 square feet 5,000 square feet less A-1'A-3 0 — -- 6 - - - 10 - --- 14 18 - - A-2 0 4 10 14 18 A-4,B,E,S-2 0 5 10 15 20 F,M,R,S-1 0 .- -- 9 10 ---- - 16 i 22 - For SI: 1 square foot=0.093 mt. a. for areas between categories.the compartmentation value shall be obtained by linear Interpolation. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 679 EXISTING STRUCTURES the total floor area on all floors.Where there is more than 3412.6.5 Corridor walls. Evaluate the fire-resistance rat- one compartment within a dory: each compartmented ing and degree of completeness of walls which create corri- area on such storj,shall be provided with a horizontal exit dors serving the floor,and constructed in accordance with conforming to Section 1025.The fire doorserving as the Section 1018.This evaluation shall not include the wall ele- horizontal exit between compartments shall be so ments considered under Sections 3412.6.3 and 3412.6.4, installed,fitted and gasketed that such Civ doorwill pro- Under the categories and groups in Table 3412.6.5, deter- vide a substantial barrier to the passage of smoke. mine the appropriate value and enter that value into Table 3412.7 under Safety Parameter 3412.6.5, Corridor Walls, 3412.6.3.2 Floor/ceiling construction. A floor/ceiling for fire safety,means of egress and general safety. assembly used to create compartments shall conform to TABLE,3412.6,5 Section 712 and shall have a!lire-resistance rating of not CORRIDOR WALL VALUES less than 2 hours. CATEGORIES 3412.6.4'Tenant and dwelling unit separations.Evaluate OCCUPANCY a b i CA d' the fire-resistance rating of floors and walls separating ten- - T ants,including dwellirrgunits,and not evaluated under Sec- A-1 -10 -4 0 2 tions 3412.6.3 and 3412.6.5. Under the categories and A-2 -30 -12 0 2 occupancies in Table 3412.6.4, determine the appropriate - - - value and enter that value in Table 3412.7 under Safety A-3,F,M.R,S-1 _ -7 -3 0 2 Parameter 3412,6.4,Tenant and Dwelling Unit Separations, A-4.B.E,S-2 -5 _I�—-2 0_ I 5 for fire safety,means of egress and general safety. - a. Corridors not prm,iding ai least one-halrthe travel distance Far all occupants TABLE 3412.6.4 an a floor shall use Category b, SEPARATION VALUES 3412.6.5.1 Categories. The categories for Corridor CATEGORIES — Walls are; it-- -- - - -- OCCUPANCY a b d e + — C - -. - - 1. Category a—No fire partitions; incomplete fire A-1 0 0 0 0 1 partitions;no doors;or doors not self-closing. A_-2 -5 -3 0 1 3 2. Category b—Less than 1-hour fire-resistance rat- A-3,A-4,B,E. F.M.S-1 -3 0 2 4 in g or not constructed in accordance with Section -4 � - - 709.4. �R -- --- - - 3. Category c—1-hour to less than 2-hour fire-resis- tance rating, with doors conforming to Section 3412.6.4.1 Categories. The categories for tenant and 715 or without corridors as permitted by Section drivelling unit separations are: 1018. 4. Category d-2-hour or greater fire-resistance rat- 1. Category a--No fire partitions, incomplete fire ing,with doors conforming to Section 715. partitions, no doors: doors not self-closing or automatic-closing. 3412.6.6 Vertical openings. Evaluate the fire-resistance rating of exit enclosures,hoistways,escalator openings and 2. Category b—Fire partitions or floor assemblies other shaft enclosures within the building, and openings with less than a 1-hour fire-resistance rating or not between two or more floors.Table 3412.6.6(1) contains the constructed in accordance with Sections 709 or appropriate protection values. Multiply that value by the 712,respectively. construction type factor found in Table 3412.6.6(2). Enter 3. Category c—Fire partitions with a 1-hour or the vertical opening value and its sign (positive or negative) greater fire resistanceratingconstructed in accor- in Table 3412.7 under Safety Parameter 3412.6.6, Vertical dance with Section 709 and floor assemblies with a Openings, for fire safety, means of egress, and general 1-hour but less than 2-hour fire-resistance rating safety. If the structure is a one-story building or if all the constructed in accordance with Section 712, or unenclosed vertical openings within the building conform with only one tenant within the floor area. to the requirements of Section 708, enter a value of 2.The maximum positive value for this requirement shall be 2. 4. Category d—Fire barriers with a 1-hour but less than 2-hour fire-resistance rating constructed in 3412.6.8.1 Vertical opening formula. The following accordance with Section 707 and floor assemblies formula shall be used in computing vertical opening with a 2-hour or greater fire-resistance ratingcon- value. structed in accordance with Section 712. V/0=Pl/x CF (Equation 34-4) 5. Category e--Fire barriers and floor assemblies 110 = Vertical opening value. with a 2-hour or greater fire-resistance rating and constructed in accordance with Sections 707 and PV = Protection value [Table 3412.6.6(1)], 712,respectively. CF = Construction type factor [Table 3412.6.6(2)1. 580 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® EXISTING STRUCTURES TABLE 3412.6.6(1) 3412.6.8.1 Categories.The categories for automatic fire VERTICAL OPENING PROTECTION VALUE detection are: PROTECTION — _ — — VALUE 1, Category a—done. None (unprotec(ed opening) 2 limes number floors connected 2. Category b—Existing smoke detectors in HVAC Less than 1 hour -I limes number floors connected systems and maintained in accordance with the huernational Fire Code. 1 to less than 2 hours 1 3. Category c--Smoke detectors in HVAC systems. 2 hours or more 2 The detectors are installed in accordance with the - - - - requirements for new buildings in the Iiterna- TABLE 3412.6.6(2) tional Mechanical Code. CONSTRUCTION-TYPE FACTOR 4. Category d—Smoke detectors throughout all floor TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION areas other than individual sleeping units, tenant IA IB 11A JIB IIIA I1113 IV VA VB spaces and dwelling units. FACTOR 1.2 1.5 2.2 3.5 2.5 3.5 2.3 3.3 7 5. Category a—Smoke detectors installed through- - - I — -- out the floor area. 3412.6.7 HVAC systems.Evaluate the ability of the HVAC 3412.6.9 Fire alarm systems.Evaluate the capability of the system to resist the movement of smoke and fire beyond the fire alarm system in accordance with Section 907.Under the point of origin. Under the categories in Section 3412.6.7.1, categories and occupancies in Table 3412.6.9, determine determine the appropriate value and enter that value into the appropriate value and enter that value into Table 3412.7 Table 3412.7 under Safety Parameter 3412.6.7,HVAC Sys- under Safety Parameter 3412.6.9, Fire Alarm Systems,for terns,for fire safety,means of egress and general safety. fire safety,means of egress and general safety. 3412.6.7.1 Categories. The categories for HVAC sys- TABLE 3412.6.9 tems are: FIRE ALARM SYSTEM VALUES 1, Category a—Plenums not in accordance with Sec- ' CATEGORIES tion 602 of the International Mechanical Code. OCCUPANCY a ^` b" c d 10 points. - A-1,A-2,A-3,A-4,B,E.R -10 -5 0 5 2. Category b—Air movement in egress elements not ---- - in accordance with Section 1018.5. -5 points. F.M.S 0 5 10 15 3. Category c--Both categories a and b are applica- a. For buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system.add ble. -15 points. 2 points for activation by a sprinkler walerflow device. 4, Category d—Compliance of the HVAC system 3412.6.9.1 Categories.The categories for fire alarm sys- with Section 1018.5 and Section 602 of the Inter- tems are: national Mechanical Code.0 points. 1. Category a—None. 5. Category e—Systems serving one story,or a cen- 2. Category b—Fire alarm system with manual fire tral boiler/chiller system without ductwork con- alarm boxes in accordance with Section 907.3 and necting two or more stories. 5 points. alarm notification appliances in accordance with 3412.6.8 Automatic fire detection. Evaluate the smoke Section 907.9. detection capability based on the location and operation of 3. Category c—Firealarm system in accordancewith automatic fire detectors in accordance with Section 907 and Section 907. the International Mechanical Code. Under the categories and occupancies in Table 3412.6.8,determine the appropri- 4. Category d—Category c plus a required emer- ate value and enter that value into Table 3412.7 under Safety gency voice/alarm communications system and a Parameter 3412.6.8, Automatic Fire Detection, for fire fire command center that conforms to Section safety,means of egress and general safety. 403.4.5 and contains the emergency voice/alarm communications system controls, fire department TABLE 3412.6.8 communication system controls and an other AUTOMATIC FIRE DETECTION VALUES y y - --- - -- --- - --- controls specified in Section 911 where those sys- CATEGORIES tems are provided. OCCUPANCY a b C — d — e 3412.6.10 Smoke control.Evaluate the ability of a natural A-1,A-3,F, -10 -5 0 2 6 or mechanical venting,exhaust or pressurization system to M.R.S-1 control the movement of smoke from a fire.Under the cafe- gories and occupancies in Table 3412.6.10, determine the A-2 -25 -5 0 5 9 appropriate value and enter that value into Table 3412.7 A-4.B,E,S-2 -4 -2 0 4 8 under Safety Parameter 3412.6.10, Smoke Control, for means of egress and general safety. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 581 EXISTING STRUCTURES TABLE 3412.6.10 changes per hour from the floor area.Supply air by SMOKE CONTROL VALUES mechanical means to the floor area is not required. CATEGORIES Containment of smoke shall be considered as con- OCCUPANCY a _b c d e r Fining smoke to the pre area involved without A-],A-2,A-3 0 1 2 3 6 6 migration to other floor areas.Any other tested and - - - approved design which will adequately accom- A-4,E 0 0 0 1 3 5 plish smoke containment is permitted. 13.M.R _ 0 2d 3' 3� 34 4' 6. Category f—Each stainvayshall be one of the fol- F.S 0 2d 24 3a 3' 3a lowing: a smokeproof enclosure in accordance a. This value shall be 0 if compliance Nilh Category d or a in Section with Section 1022.9; pressurized in accordance 3412.6.8.1 has not been obtained. with Section 909.20.5 or shall have operable exte- 3412.6.10.1 Categories.The categories for smoke con- rior windows. trol are: 3412.6.11 Means of egress capacity and number.Evalu- 1. Category a—None. ate the means of egress capacity and the number of exits 2. Category b—The building is equipped throughout available to the building occupants.In applying this section, with an automatic sprinkler system.Openings are the means ofegnessare required to conform to the following provided in exterior walls at the rate of 20 square sections of this code: 1003.7,1004,1005.1,1014,2, 1014.3, Feet (1.86 ml) per 50 linear feet (15 240 mm) of 1015.2, 1021, 1025.1, 1027.2, 1027.6, 1028.2, 1028.3. exterior wall in each story and distributed around 1028.4 and 1029 [except that the minimum width required the building perimeter at intervals not exceeding by this section shall be determined solely by the width for 50 feet (15 240 mm). Such openings shall be the required capacity in accordance with Table readily openable from the inside without a key or 3412.6.11(1)1. The number of exits credited is the number separate tool and shall be provided with ready that is available to each occupant of the area being evalu- access thereto. In lieu of operable openings, ated.Existing fire escapes shall be accepted as a component clearly and permanently marked tempered glass in the means of egress when conforming to Section 3406. panels shall be used. Under the categories and occupancies in Table 3412.6.11(2),determine the appropriate value and enter that 3. Category c—One enclosed exit stairwayy, with value into Table 3412.7 under Safety Parameter 3412.6.11, ready access thereto,from each occupied floor of Means of Egress Capacity,for means of egress and general the building. The stairway has operable exterior safety. windows and the building has openings in accor- dance with Category b. TABLE 3412.6.11(2) 4. Category d—One smokeproof enclosure and the _ MEANS OF EGRESS VALUES building has openings in accordance with Cate- CATEGORIES gory b. OCCUPANCY a' r b c d e 5. Category The building is equipped throughout A-1,A-2.A-3,A-4,E : -10 2� 8 10 with an automatic sprinkler system. Each floor - - - -i- area is provided with a mechanical air-handling B.F_,_S _ 1 0 0 0 0 system designed to accomplish smoke contain- M -3 0 1 2 4 ment. Return and exhaust air shall be moved i - -- -1T--t-- directly to the outside without recirculation to IR _3 0 -L-0 0 1 0 other floor areas of the building nder fire condi I g a. The values indicated are for buildings six storks or less in height.For build- tions.The system shall exhaust not less than six air ings over six stories above grade plane add an additional-10 points. TABLE 3412,6.11(1) EGRESS WIDTH PER OCCUPANT SERVED _ WITHOUT SPRINKLER SYSTEM i WITH SPRINKLER SYSTEM" Stairways Other egress components Stairways Other egress components OCCUPANCY (inches per occupant) (inches per occupant) (inches per occupant) (inches per occupano Occupancies other than those listed 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.15 below fHazardous_H-1.H-2,H-3 and H-4 Not Permitted Not Permitted 0.3 0.2_ Institutional:1-2 Not Permitted Not Permitted 0.3 0.2 For SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm. a. Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance wiihSection 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2. 582 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' EXISTING STRUCTURES 3412.6.11.1 Categories. The categories for Means of mine the appropriate points in accordance with the follow- Egress Capacity and number of exits are: ing equation and enter that value into Table 3412.7 under 1. Category a—Compliance with the minimum Safety Parameter 3412.6.13,Maximum Exit Access Travel required means of egress capacity or number of Distance,for means of egress and general safety.The maxi- exits is achieved through the use of a fire escape in mum allowable exit access travel distance shall be deter- accordance with Section 3406. mined in accordance with Section 1016.1. 2. Category b—Capacity of the means ofegresscvm- Maximum allowable — Maximum actual plies with Section 1004 and the number of exits Points = 20 x travel distance travel distance complies with the minimum number required by Max. allowable travel distance Section 1021. 3. Category c--Capacity of the means of egress is 3412.6.14 Elevator control.Evaluate the passenger eleva- equal to or exceeds 125 percent of the required for equipment and controls that are available to the fire de- means of egress capacity, the means of egress partment to reach all occupied floors. Elevator recall complies with the minimum required width controls shall be provided in accordance with the Interna- dimensions specified in the code and the number tional Fire Code. Under the categories and occupancies in of exits complies with the minimum number Table 3412.6.14,determine the appropriate value and enter required by Section 1021. that value into Table 3412.7 under Safety Parameter 4. Category d—The number of exits provided 3412.6.14,Elevator Control,for fire safety,means oFegress exceeds the number of exits required by Section and general safety. The values shall be zero for a sin- 1021. Exits shall be located a distance apart from gle-story building. each other equal to not less than that specified in Section 1015.2. TABLE 3412.6.14 ELEVATOR_CONTROL VALUES 5. Category e—The area being evaluated meets both CATEGORIES Categories c and d. ELEVATOR -- -- - -- — � TRAVEL a b c d 3412.6.12 Dead ends. In spaces required to be served by Less than 25 feet of travel more than one means of egress, evaluate the length of the 1 above or below the primary exit access travel path in which the building occupants are i level of elevator access for -2 0 0 +2 confined to a single path of travel.Under the categories and emergency Fire-fighting or occupancies in Table 3412.6.12,determine the appropriate rescue personnel value and enter that value into Table 3412.7 under Safety Travel of 25 feet or more above Parameter 3412.6.12, Dead Ends, for means of egress and or below the primary level of general safely. elevator access for emergency -4 NP 0 +4 TABLE 3412.6.12 fire-fighting or rescue DEAD-END VALUES ep rsonnel 1 _ CATEGO_RIES' For Sl: 1 foot=304.8 mm. OCCUPANCY a — b c 3412.6.14.1 Categories. The categories for elevator A-1.A-1 A_-4.13.E.F.M. R.S -2 _ 0 2 controls are: A_-2,E -2 _ 0 2 1. Category a—No elevator. a. For dead-end distances between categories, the dead-end value shall be 2. Category b—Any elevator without Phase I and II obtained by linear interpolation. recall, 3412.6.12.1 Categories. The categories for dead ends 3. Category c—All elevators with Phase 1 and 11 are: recall as required by the International Fire Code. 1. Category a—Dead end of 35 feet (10 670 mm) in 4. Category d—All meet Category c: or Category b nonsprinklered buildings or 70 feet (21 340 mm) where permitted to be without recall: and at least in sprinklered buildings, one elevator that complies with new construction 2. Category b—Dead end of 20 feet(6096 mm):or 50 requirements serves all occupied floors. feet (15 240 mm) in Group B in accordance with 3412.6.15 Means of egress emergency lighting.Evaluate Section 1018.4,exception 2. the presence of and reliability of means ofegress emergency 3. Category c—No dead ends:or ratio of length to lighting. Under the categories and occupancies in Table width (11w) is less than 2.5:1. 3412.6.15, determine the appropriate. value and enter that value into Table 3412.7 under Safety Parameter 3412.6.15, 3412.6.13 Maximum exit access travel distance.Evaluate Means of Egress Emergency Lighting,for means of egress the length of exit access travel to an approved exit. Deter- and general safety. 2004 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE00 583 EXISTING STRUCTURES TABLE 3412.6.15 3. Category c—Separations between occupancies MEANS OF EGRESS EMERGENCY LIGHTING VALUES having a C7re-resistance rating of not less than NUMBER OF EXITS CATEGORIES twice that required by Section 508.3.3, REQUIRED BY - SECTION 1014 a b C 3412.6.17 Automatic sprinklers. Evaluate the ability to suppress a fire based on the installation of an automatic Two or more exits NP 0 4 sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. Minimum of one exit 0 1 1 "Required sprinklers"shall be based on the requirements of this code. Under the categories and occupancies in Table 3412.615.1 Categories. The categories for means of 3412.6.17, determine the appropriate value and enter that egress emergency lighting are: value into Table 3412.7 under Safety Parameter 3412.6.17, Automatic Sprinklers, for fire safety. means of egress 1. Category a—Mearrs of egress lighting and exit divided by 2 and general safety. signs not provided with emergency power in TABLE 3412.6.17 accordance with Chapter 27. _ _ SPRINKLER SYSTEM VALUES 2. Category b—Means of egress lighting and exit CATEGORIES signs provided with emergency power in accor- OCCUPANCY a j be d e r dance with Chapter 27. A-I,A-3,F,M.R.S-I -67 -3 0 2 4 6 3. Category c—Emergency power provided to means of egress lighting and exit signs which pro- A-2 -4 72 ­ 0 1 e 2 4 vides protection in the event of power failure to the A-4,B,E.S-2 12 -6 0 3 6 12 site or building. y--- 3412.6.16 Mixed occupancies. Where a building has two 3412.6.17.1 Categories. The categories for automatic or more occupancies that are not in the same occupancy sprinkler system protection are: classification, the separation between the mixed occupan- I. Category a—Sprinklers are required throughout: cies shall be evaluated in accordance with this section. sprinkler protection is not provided or the sprin- Where there is no separation between the mixed occupan- kler system design is not adequate for the hazard cies or the separation between mixed occupancies does not protected in accordance with Section 903. qualify for any Of the categories indicated in Section 2. Category b—Sprinklers are required in a portion 3412.6.16.1, the building shall be evaluated as indicated in of the building; sprinkler protection is not pro- Section 3412.6 and the value for mixed occupancies shall be vided or the sprinkler system design is not ade- zero. Under the categories and occupancies in Table quate for the hazard protected in accordance with 3410.6.16, determine the appropriate value and enter that Section 903. value into Table 3412.7 under Safety Parameter 3412.6.16, Mixed Occupancies, for fire safety and general safety. For 3. Category c—Sprinklers are not required;none are buildings without mixed occupancies, the value shall be provided. zero. 4. Category d—Sprinklers are required in a portion of the building; sprinklers are provided in such TABLE 3412.6.16 portion;the system is one which complied with the MIXED OCCUPANCY VALUES' code at the time of installation and is maintained CATEGORIES and supervised in accordance with Section 903. OCCUPANCY a b C 5. Category e---Sprinklers are required throughout; - sprinklers are provided throughout in accordance A-1,A-2,R 10 0 10 with Chapter 9. A-3,A-4,B,E,F.M.S -5 0 5 6. Category f—Sprinklers are not required through- a. For Fire-resistance ratings between categories,the value shall be obtained by Out; sprinklers are provided throughout in accor- linear interpolation. dance with Chapter 9, 3412.6.16.1 Categories.The categories for mixed occu 3412.6.18 Standpipes.Evaluate the ability to initiate attack on a fire by making a supply of water available readily pancies are: through the installation of standpipes in accordance with 1. Category a—Occupancies separated by minimum Section 905. Required standpipes shall be based on the 1-hour fire barriers or minimum 1-hour horizontal requirements of this code. Under the categories and occu- assemblies,or both. pancies in Table 3412.6.18,determine the appropriate value and enter that value into Table 3412.7 under Safety Parame- 2. Category b—Separations between occupancies in ter 3412.6.18, Standpipes, for fire safety, means of egress accordance with Section 508.4. and general safety. 584 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE09 EXISTING STRUCTURES 3412.6.18 score for any category is less than zero, the building is not in STANDPIPE SYSTEM VALUES compliance with the requirements of this section. CATEGORIES - OCCUPANCY a' — b C d TABLE 3412.6.19 A 1,A-3,F,M.R,S 1 -6 0 q 6 INCIDENTAL ACCESSORY OCCUPANCY AREA VALUES" A-2 -4 0 2 4 PROTECTION PROVIDED A-4,B.E,S-2 - -12 0 6 12 1 2 _ PROTECTION AFSS Hour Hours a. This option cannoi be taken if Category a or b in Section 3412.6.17 is used. REQUIRED BY 1 with and 2 and _TABLE 508.2.5 None Hour AFSS SP AFSS Hours AFSS 3412.6.18.1 Standpipe. The categories for standpipe 2 Hours and AFSS -4 -3 -2 -2 -1 -2 0 systems are: - 1, Category a—Standpipes are required;standpipe is 2 Hours,or 1 Hour 3 2 1 1 0 0 0 and AFSS not provided or the standpipe system design is not - - — — —�--in compliance with Section 905.3. 1 Hour and AFSS -3 -2 -1 1 0 1 0 2. Category b—Standpipes are not required;none are 1 Hour -1 0 I 0 0 0 0 provided. - —�--- --._ - - 1 Hour,or AFSS -1 0 -1 0 0 0 0 3. Category c—Standpipes are required; standpipes with SP are provided in accordance with Section 905. AFSS with SP -1 -1 -1 0 0 -1 0 4. Category d—Standpipes are not required; - - - standpipes are provided in accordance with Sec- 1 Hour or AFSS 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 tion 905. a. AFSS=Automatic fire suppression system:SP Smoke partitions(See 3412.6.19 Incidental accessory occupancy. Evaluate the Section 508.2.5). protection of incidental accessory occupancies in accor- Note:For Table 3412.7,see next page. dance with Section 508.2.5.Do not include those where this TABLE 3412.8 code requires suppression throughout the buildings,includ- MANDATORY SAFETY SCORES' ing covered mall buildings, high-rise buildings. public FIRE MEANS OF GENERAL garages and unlimited area buildings. Assign the lowest SAFETY EGRESS SAFETY score from Table 3412.6.19 for the building or floor area OCCUPANCY (MFS) WME) (MGS) being evaluated and enter that value into Table 3412.7 under A_1 16 27 27 Safety Parameter 3412.6.19, Incidental Accessory Occu- - pancy,for fire safety,means of egress and general safety. If A-2 19 30 30 there are no specific occupancy areas in the building or floor A-3 18 29 29 area being evaluated,the value shall be zero. A_-4,E_ 23 34 34 3412.7 Building score.After determining the appropriate data B 24 34 34 from Section 3412.6.enter those data in Table 3412.7 and total - - the building score. F 20 30 30 3412.8 Safety scores. The values in Table 3412.8 are the M 19 36 F_ 36 required mandatory safety scores for the evaluation process R 17 34 1 34 listed in Section 3412.6. -- - S-1 15 25 25 3412.9 Evaluation of building safety. The mandatory safety - — score in Table 3412.8 shall be subtracted from the building score S-2 23 33 33 in Table 3412.7 for each category.Where the Final score for any a. MFS=Mandatory Fire Safety: category equals zero or more,the building is in compliance with MME=Mandatory Means of Egress: the requirements of this section for that category.Where the final N1GS=Mandatory General Safety. TABLE 3412.9 EVALUATION FORMULAS' FORMULA T.3410.7 T.3410.8 SCORE PASS FAIL FS-MFS?0 (FS) - (MFS) ME-MME z 0 (ME) - (MME) _ GS-MGS z 0 (GS) - (MGS) a. FS=Fire Safety MFS=Mandatory Fire Safety ME=Means of Egress MME=Mandatory Means of Egress GS=General Safety MGS=Mandatory General Safety 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 585 EXISTING STRUCTURES 3412.9.1 Mixed occupancies.For mixed occupancies, the 2. Where the separation between mixed occupancies following provisions shall apply: qualifies for any calegory indicated in Section 1. Where the separation between mixed occupancies 3412.6.16,the mandatory safety scores for each occu- does not qualify for any category indicated in Section panty shall be placed against the evaluation scores for 3412.6.16. the mandatory safety scores for the occu- the appropriate occupancy. panty with the lowest general safety score in Table 3412.8 shall be utilized (see Section 3412.6.) TABLE 3412.7 SUMMARY SHEET—BUILDING CODE Existing occupancy: Proposed occupancy: T Year building was constructed: Number of stories: Height in feet' Type of construction: Area per floor: Percentage of open perimeter increase: °b, Completely suppressed: Yes No Corridor wall rating: Compartmentalion: Yes No Required door closers: Yes No . � Fire-resistance rating or vertical opening enclosures: Type of HVAC system: serving number of floors: Automatic fire detection: Yes _ No Type and location: Fire alarm system: Yes No Type: Smoke control: Yes No Type: Adequate exit routes: Yes No Dead ends: Yes No Maximum exit access travel distance: Elevator controls: Yes No Means of egress emergency lighting: Yes No Mixed occupancies: Yes No SAFETY PARAMETERS FIRE SAFETY(FS) MEANS OF EGRESS(ME) GENERAL SAFETY(GS) 3412.6.1 Building Height 3412.6.2 Building Area 3412.6.3 Compartmentation 3412.6.4 Tenant and Dwelling Unit Separations 3412.6.5 Corridor Walls 3412.6.6 Vertical Openings 3412.6.7 HVAC Systems 3412.6.8 Automatic Fire Detection 3412.6.9 Fire Alarm Systems 3412.6.10 Smoke Control « « « « 34 12.6.11 Means of Egress Capacity 3412.6.12 Dead Ends 3412.6.13 Maximum Exit Access Travel Distance ' 3412.6.14 Elevator Control 3412.6.15 Means of Egress Emergency Lighting " « 3412.6.16 Mixed Occupancies ' 34 12.6.17 Automatic Sprinklers _2= 3412.6.18 Standpipes 3412.6.19 Incidental Accessory Occupancy Building score—total value 'No applicable value to he inserted. 586 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' CHAPTER 35 REFERENCED STANDARDS This chapter lists the standards that are referenced in various sections of this document. The standards are listed herein by the promulgating agency of the standard, the standard identification, the effective date and title, and the section or sections of this document that reference the standard.The application of the referenced standards shall be as specified in Section 102.4. Aluminum Association AA 1525 W1150n Boulevard,Suite 600 Arlington,VA 22209 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title _ _ _ _ section number ADM 1 - 05 Aluminum Design Manual:Part 1-A Specification for Aluminum Structures,Allowable Stress Design: and Part I B—Aluminum Structures,Load and Resistance Factor Design........ . .... ...........1604.3.5,2002.1 ASM 35--00 Aluminum Sheet Metal Work in Building Construction(Fourth Edition).............................. .... ..2002.1 American Arcbitectural Manufacturers Association 1877 Waldon Office Square.Suite 550 AAMA Schaumburg.IL 60173 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number 140286 Standard Specifications for Aluminum Siding,Soffit and fascia.......... ............ . .. ..............1404.5.1 AAMAIWDMAICSA 1011I.S.21A440 08 North American Fenestration SiandardlSpecifications for Windows.Doors and Skylights ................1715.5.1.2405.5 American Concrete Institute ACI 38800 Country Club Drive Farmington Hills,MI 48331 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number 216.1-07 Standard Method for Derermining Fire Resistance of Concrete and Masonry Construction Assembtics.................................. .....Table 720.1(2),721.1 318-08 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. ......... ..1604 3.2.1614.3.1.1614.4.1, 1704.3.1.3. Table 1704.3, 1704.4.1,Table 1704.4,1708.2. 1808.82,Table 1808.8.2. 1808.8.5.1808.8.6,1810.2.4.1,1810.3.2.1.1, 1810.3.2.1.2.I810.3.811. IB10.3.8.3.3.1810.3.9.4.2.1.1810.3.9.4.2.2,1810.3.11.1,1901.2. 1901.3, 1901.4.1902.1.1903.1, 1904.1.1904.2.1904.3,1904.4.1.1904.4.2,1904.5,1905.1,1, 1905.2, 1905.3.1905.4, 1905.5. 1905.6.2.1905.6.3,1905.6.4,1905.6.5,1905.7,1905.8.1905-9. 1905.10, 1905.11.1905.12. 1905.13.1906.1.1906.2. 1906.3,1906.4.1907.1.1907.2.1907.3. 1907.4.1907.5.1907.6.1907.7.1, 1907.71. 1907.7.3. 1907.7.4,1907.7.5,1907.7.6.1907.8,1907.9.1907.10. 1907.11, 1907.12.1907.13,1908.1,1908.1.1.1908.1.2,1908.1.3,1908.1.4,1908.1.5.1908.1.6. 1908.1.7, 1908.1.8,1908 1.9.1908.1.10.1909.1.1909.3, 1909.4,1909.5,1909.6.1912A.21083.2205.3 530-08 Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures ........................1405.5.1405.5.2.1405.9.1604.3.4. 1704.5,1704,5,1,1able 1704.5.1,1704.5.2,1704.5.3. Table 1704.5.3.1807.1.6.3.2.1808.9.2101.2.2.2101.2.3. ?101.2.4.2101 2.5,2101.2.6.2103.1.16,2106.1. 2107.1.2107.2,2107.3.2107.4.2107.5.2108.1,2108.2,2108.3. 2109.1.2109.1.1.2109.2,2109.2.1.2109.3,2110.1 530.1 08 Specifications for Masunrw Structures .....................1405.5.1,Table 1704.5.1.Table 1704.5.3.1807.1.6.3,2103.8, 2103.11.2103.12,2103.13,2104.1,2104.1.1.2104.1.2.2104.1.3. 2104Z 2104.1 2104.4,2105.2.2.1.1,21052,2.1.2,2105.2.2.1.3 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 587 REFERENCED STANDARDS American Forest&Paper Assuclation AF&PA 1111 19th St,NW Suite 800 Washington,DC 20036 _ Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number WCD No 4 89 Wnod Construction Data Plank and Beam Framing for Residential Buildings..... .. ........... . .. .....2306.1.2 WFCILI 01 Wood Frame Construction Manual for One-and Two-family Dwellings ......1609.1.1.1609.1.1.L 2301.2.2308.1.2308.2.1 NDS -05 National Design Specification(NDS)for Wood Construction with 2005 Supplement..................721.6.3.2.1716.1.1. 1716.1.4,1809.12,1810.3.2.4,Table 1810.3.2.6.2302.1,2304,12,2306.1, Table 2306.2.1(1).Table 2306.2.1(2),Table 2306.3,Table 2306.6,2307.1,2307.1.1 AMPA--93 Span Tables for Joists and Rafters......... .... . .............. ...2306.1.1.2308.8.2308.10.2,2308.10.3 ANSIIAF&PA PWF 07 Permanent Wood Foundation Design Specification.......................... . .. .......1805.2.1807.1.4,2304.9.5.2 ANSIIAF&PA SDPWS--OS Special Design Provisions for Wind and Seismic...........1613.6.1.2305.1.2306.1,2306,Z.1.230&2,2.2306.2.3.2306.3. Table 2306.3,2306.4,2306.5,2306.6,2306.7,Table 2306.7.2307.1,2307.1.1 American Institute of Steel Construction AI S C One East Wacker Drive.Suite 700 Chicago.IL 60601 18021 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number 341 05 Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings,including Supplement No. 1 dated 2005...............1613.6.2.1707.2. 1708.3,2205.2.1,220522,2205.3,2205.3.1 360-05 Specification for Structural Steel Buildings..............1604.3.3,Table 1704.3. 1704.3.3,2203.1,2203.2.2205.1,2205.3 American Iron and Steel Institute 1140 Connecticut Avenue,705 Suite 705 AISI 4ashington,DC 20036 _ Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number 5100-07 North American Specification for the Design of Cold-formed Steel Structural Members.......... .... .... .... .......1604.3.3,2203.1.2203.2,2209.1,2210.2,2210.4,2210.5 5200--07 North American Standard for Cold-formed Steel Framing General Pramisions... ...... ........2203.1.2203.2.2210.1 5210-07 North American Standard for Cold-Formed Steel Framing Floor and Roof System Design. . ... .. ....2210.5 5211 -07 North American Standard for Cold-formed Steel Framing-Wall Stud Design ........... . ..............2210.4 5212-07 North American Standard for Cold-formed Steel Framing Header Design ... ........ .. ....... ...........2210.2 5213- 07 North American Standard for Cold-formed Steel Framing—Lateral Deslgri...... ..... .. ....................2210.6 5214 07 North American Standard for Cold-Formed Steel Framing--Truss Design,with Supplement 2,dated 2008............... ... ..... .... ... ...........................2210.3.11 5230 07 Standard for Cold-formed Steel Framing-Prescriptive Method for One-and Two-faiitily Dwellings.with Suppleniem 2,dated 2008................................1609.1.1.1609.1.1.1.2210.7 American Institute of Timber Construction Suite 140 AITC 7012 S.Revere Parkway Englewood,CO 80112 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number AITC Technical Note 7-96 Calculation of Fire Resistance of Glued Laminated Timbers............. .. ............ ................721.6.3.3 AITC 104-03 Typical Construction Details...... ........... .. .. .. ... ...... ..........2306.1 AITC 110-01 Standard Appearance Grades for Structural Glued Laminated Timber ... . .. ...... ....................2306.1 AITC 113--01 Standard for Dimensions of Structural Glued Laminated Timber ....... ....................................2306.1 AITC 117 04 Standard Specifications for Structural Glued Laminated Timber of Sofmood Species............................2306.1 AITC 119-96 Standard Specifications for Structural Glued Laminated Timber of Hardwood Species....... .... ..2306-1 588 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" REFERENCED STANDARDS AITC—continued AITC 200 04 Manufacturing Quality Control Systems Manual for Structural Glued Laminated Timber........ ................2306.1 ANSFAITC A 190.1- 07 Structural Glued Laminated Timber...........................................................2303.1.3,2306.1 Automotive Lift Institute C o ALI C Box urtland,NY 13045 Standard Referenced reference in code number Tide section number ALI ALCTV- 2006 Standard for Automobile Lifts Safety Regcirements for Construction.Testing and Validation(ANSI) .............3001.2 American National Standards Institute ANSI 25 West 43rd Street,Fourth Floor New York,NY 10036 Standard Referenced reference in code number_ Tide section number A13.1 96 — — (Reaffirmed 2002) Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems.................................. . . ................415.8.6.4 A108.1A 99 Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet-set Method.with Portland Cement Mortar ............ ................2103.10 A108.IB- 99 Installation of Ceramic Tile.quarry Tile on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Setting Bed with Dry set or Latex-portland Mortar....................... ........................ .... .........2103.10 A108.4-99 Installation of Ceramic Tile with Organic Adhesives or Water-cleanable Tile-setting Epoxy Adhesive............2103.10.6 A108-5 99 Installation of Ceramic Tile with Dry-set Portland Cement Mortar or Latex portland Cement Mortar....2103.10.1,2103.10.2 A108.6 -99 Installation of Ceramic Tile with Chemical-resislant,Water Cleanable Tile-setting and-grouting Epoxy...........2103.10.3 A108.8-99 Installation of Ceramic Tile with Chemical-resistant ruran Resin Mortar and Grout ............... ........2103.10.4 A108.999 Installation of Ceramic Tile with Modified Epoxy Emulsion Mortar/Grout.... ........................ . ..2103.10.5 A108.10 - 99 Installation of Grout In Tile-work ........ ............................... .. ..... .............2103.10.7 A118.1 99 American National Standard Specifications for Dry-set Portland Cement Mortar............ . ...... .......2103.10.1 Al 18399 American National Standard Specifications for Chemlcal-reslstant,Water-cleanable Tile-setting and grouting Epoxy and Water Cleanablr Tile-setting Epoxy Adhesive ........................ ............2103.10.3 A118.4-99 American National Standard Specifications for Latex-portland Cement Mortar .I...........................2103.10.2 A 118.599 American National Standard Specifications for Chemical Resistant ruran Mortar and Grouts for Tile Installation...2103.10.4 Al 18.6- 99 American National Standard Specifications for Cement Grouts for Tile Installation.......... ... ..........2103.10.7 Al 18.8-99 American National Standard Specifications for Modified Epoxy Emulsion Mortar/Grout ............. .......2103.10.5 A136.199 American National Standard Specifications for Organic Adhesives for Installation of Ceramic Tile .......,.. ..2103.10.6 A137.1-88 American National Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile................... ..... ...2103.5 A208.1 99 Particleboard......... ...................................................... ... .....2303.1.7.2303.1.7.1 Z 97.1--04 Safety Glazing Materials Used in Buildings—Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test .... ............ . ........2406.1.2,2406.2.Table 2406.2(2).2406.3.1.2407.1, 2407.1.4.1,2408.2.1,2408.3,2409.1.2409.2.2409.3.1 APA-Fngincered Wood Association T South 19th APA Tacoma.WA 98466 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number APA PDS--04 Panel Design Specification........................ ............ ..........2306.1 APA PDS Supplement 1 -90 Design and Fabrication of Plywood Cuned Panels(revised 1995)....... ........................ ...2306.1 APA PDS Supplement 2 -92 Design and Fabrication of Plywood-lumber Beams(revised 1998). ............. ....2306.1 APA PDS Supplement 3—90 Design and Fabrication of Plywood Stressed-skin Panels(revised 1996) ...... .............................. 2306.1 APA PDS Supplement 4-90 Design and Fabrication of Plywood Sandwich Panels(revised 1993)................... . .. ................2306.1 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 589 REFERENCED STANDARDS APA—continued APA PDS Supplement 5-95 Design and Fabrication of All plywood Beams(re%ised 1995)........................ ...... ... ......2306.1 EWS R540 02 Builders Tips:Proper Storage and Handling of Glulam Beams... . .. ............................2306.1 EWS S475- 01 Glued Laminated Beam Design Tables.. ...... ...... ............... ................... ...........2306.1 EWS S560-03 Field Notching and Drilling of Glued Laminaied Timber Beams ........................ ... .... ....... .2306.1 EWS T300 05 Glulam Connection Details.............. ..... ..... . . .... .....................................2306.1 EWS X440- 03 Product Guide- Glulam....................................................... ....... ............2306.1 EWS X450-01 Glulam in Residential Construction-Western Edition ........................ ............ ................2306.1 The Association of Pool 8 Spa Professionals AiC S n 2111 Eisenhower Avenue PS Alexandria,VA 22314 Standard Referenced reference In code number Title section number ANSIlAPSP 7 06 Standard for Suction Eutntpmenr Avoidance in Swimming Pools,Wading Pools,Spas Hot Tubs and Catch Basins....3109.5 American Society of Agricultural and Biological Engineers Niles Road ASAB E St.Joseph, MI 49085 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number EP 484.2(2003) Diaphragm Design of Metal-clad,Post-Frame Rectangular Buildings.. ...... ........... ..... .....2306 1 EP 486.1 (2000) Shallow-post Foundation Design ........................................ ....... ....................2306.1 EP 559(1997) Design Requirements and Bending Properties for Mechanically Laminated Columns............................2306.1 American Society of Civil Engineers Structural Engineering Institute ASCEISEI 1801 estop. A 20 Bell Drnc Reston.VA 2019]-4900 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title __ _ section number 3 91 Structural Design of Composite Slabs..................... ..................... ............1604.3.3,2209.2.1 5-08 Building Cole Requirements for Masonry Structures.............................1405.6,1405.6.2,1405.10,1604.3.4. 1704.5,1704.5.1,Table 1704.5.1,1704.5,2,1704.5.3, Table 1704.5.3,1807.1.6.3.2, 1808.9.2101.2.2.2101.2.3. 2101.2.4,2101.2.5.2 10 11.6.2103-1.3-6.2106.1. 2107.1,2107.2,2107.3,2107.4.2107.5.2108-1.2108.2.2108.3. 2109.1,2109.1.1,2109.2.211092.1,2109.3.2110-1 6 08 Specification for Masonry Structures............ ..1405.6.1,Table 1704.5.1.Table 1704.5.3.1807.1.6.3.2103.8.2103.11. 2103.12,2103.13,2104.1,2104.1.1,2104.1-2,2104.1.3,2104.2. 2104.3,2104.4,2105.2.2.1.1.2105.2.2-1.2,2105.2.2.1.3 7 -05 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures including Supplements No. l and 2,excluding Chapter 14 and Appendix 1 iA.............Table 1504.8, 1602.1, 1604.3,1604,8.2, 1604.10,1605.1, 1605.2.2,1605,3.1.2, 1605.3.2,1607.11.1. 1608.1,1608.2,1609.1.1,1609.1.1.2.1,1609.1.1.2.2, 1609.1.2, 16093.1609.4.4, 1609.5.1, 1609.5.3,1609.6,1609.6.1, 1609.6.1.1,1609,61.Table 1609.62(2),1609.63. 1609.6.4.1,1609.6.41, 1611.2,1612.2,1612.4, 1613.1,1613.2,Table 1613.5.3(1).Table 1613.5.3(2). 1613.5.6, 1613.5.G.1,1613.5.6.2,1613.6,1613,6.1,1613.6.2,1613.6.3.1613.6.4,1613.6.5. 1613.6.6.1613.6.7,1613.7,1702.1,1705,14,1708.1.1708.5.1808.3.1,1810.3.6.1. 1810.3.9.4, 1810,3,11,2,1810,3.12,1908.1.1,1908.1.2,1908.1.9.2205.2.1.2205.3,2205.3.1,2208.1. Table 2304.6.1,Table 2306.7.Table 2308.10-1,2404.1.2505.1.2505.2.3404.4.34 04.5 8 02 Standard Specification for the Design of Cold formed Stainless Sleet Structural Members....... . ......1604.3.3,2209.1 19- 96 Structural Applications of Sleet Cables for Buil dings.......................... ....................2207.1,2207.2 24 05 Flood Resistant Design and Construction.....................1203.3.2,161 2.4, 1612.5.3001.2.G1011.G401.3,G401.4 29 05 Standard Calculation Methods for Structural Fire Protection................................ . .............721.1 32-01 Design and Construction of Frost Protected Shallow Foundations .................... ......................1809.5 590 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® REFERENCED STANDARDS American Society of Mechanical Engineers Avenue ASME New Y ork. Y 100 l6-5990 Standard Referenced reference in code number. Title _ section number A17.11CSA B44—2007 Safety'Code for Elevators and Escalators .. ................907.3.3.911-1.5. 1007.4. 1607.8.1.1613.6.5.3001.2.3001.4. 3002.5,3003.2.3007-1.3008.3.300&12.3008.14.1.3411.8.2 A18.1 2005 Safety Standard for Platfomt Lifts and Stairway Chairlifts .....••..... . . . ..............1109.7.2702.2.6.3411 8.3 A90.103 Safety Standard for Belt hianlifts..................... . ...... ........................... .........3001.2 1316.18—2001 (Reaffirmed 2005) Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings.......... .. ........ ..........909.13.1 1316.22 2001 (Reaffirmed 2005) Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fillings...•..... . .............909.13.1 B20.1- 2006 Safety Standard for Coriveeors and Related Equipment ..................................... . ....3001.2.3005.3 B31.3-2004 Process Piping......... ... ... ......................... ......................................415.8.6.1 ASTM International ACT /� 100 Barr Harbor Drive J _1 l�/I West Conshohocken,PA 19428-2959 Standard - - Referenced reference in code number Title section number A 361A 36M -05 Specification for Carbon Structural Steel............................. .... ........1810.3.2.3 A 153/A 153M-05 Specification for Zinc Coating(Hot-dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware.................. ....................2304 9.5 A 2401A 240M--07 Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium-nickel Stainless Steel Plate. Sheet and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications..................•.•... .......Table 1507.4.3(1) A 252—98(2002) Specification for Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe Piles ......•..•......................... .. .. ......1810.3.2.3 A 2831A 283M 03 Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates ....... ..........• .... ......1810.3.2.3 A 307-04e01 Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs.60,000 psi Tensile Strength ............. .....................1911.1 A 4161A 416M—06 Specification for Steel Strand,Uncoated Seven-wire for Prestressed Concrete. ..........1810.3.22 A 4631A 463M- 05 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet.Aluminum coated,by the Hot-dip Process.................. ..Table 1507.4.3(2) A 5721A 572M 07 Specification for High strength Luw-alloy Columblum-vanadium Structural Steel .................... ..1810.3.2.3 A 5881A 588M-05 Specification for High strength Low-alloy Structural Steel with 50 ksi(345 MPa) Minimum Yield Point to 4 inches(100 mm)Thick.....................__....... ................1810.3.2-3 A 6151A 615M-04a Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.............. ...1708.2.1810.3.10.2 A 6531A 653M-07 Specification for Steel Sheet,Zinc-coated Galvanized or Zinc-iron Alloy-coated Calvannealed by the Hot-dip Process ..............................Table 1507.4.3(1).Table 1507.4.3(2)•2304.9.5.1 A 6901A 690M 07 Standard Specification for High-strength Low-alloy Nickel,Copper,Phosphorus Steel H-piles and Sheet Piling with Atmospheric Corrosion Resistance for Use in Marine Environments............. ..•... .1810.3.2.3 A 7061A 706M- 05a Specification for Low-alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.................I..... ........................Table 1704.3. 1704.4,1.2107.4,2108.3 A 7221A 722M07 Specification for Uncoated High-strength Steel Bar for Prestressing Concrete................ . ...........1810.3.10.2 A 7551A 755M-07 Specification for Steel Sheet.Metallic-coated by the Hot dip Process and Prepainted by the Coil-coating Process for Exterior Exposed Building Products.....................Table 1507.4.3(1).Table 1507.4.312) A 7921A 792M 06a Specification for Steei Sheet.55%Aluminum-zinc Alloy-coated by the Hot-dip Process.........................................................Table 1507.4.3(1)•Table 1507.4.3(2) A 8751A 875M 06 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet Zinc-5 percent.Aluminum Alloy-coated by the Hot-dip Process.....Table 1507.4.3(2) A 913/A 913M—04 Specification for High-strength Low-alloy Steel Shapes of Structural Quality. Produced by Quenching and Self-tempering Process(QST) ........... .......... ... ...............1810.3.2.3 A 9241A 924M07 Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet. Metallic-coated by the Hot-dip Process.... ...................... .. .......Table 1507.4 3(1) A 9921A 992M-06a Standard Specification for Structural Shapes..__. .................................. ...............1810.3.2.3 B 42--02e01 Specification for Seamless Copper Pipe,Standard Sizes .......................... . ....................909.13.1 B 43 98(2004) Specification for Seamless Red Brass Pipe.Standard Sizes......................... ..... ...............909.13.1 B 68-02 Specification for Seamless Copper Tube,Bright Annealed(Metric) ........................ ...............909.13.1 B 8803 Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube......................•................. .. ...........909.13.1 B 101-02 Specification for Lead-coated Copper Sheet and Strip for Building Construction...................•.....Table 1404.5.3. Table 1507.2.9.2,Table 1507.4.3(1) B 209-06 Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Steel and Plate ............................•.....Table 1507.43(1) B 251 02e01 Specification for General Requirements for Wrought Seamless Copper and Copper-alloy Tube..................909.13.1 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 591 REFERENCED STANDARDS ASTM-continued B 280 03 Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Servicee. ................909.13.1 B 370-03 Specification for Cold-rolled Copper Sheet and Strip for Building Construction .......... ..........................1404.5.2.Table 1507.2.9.2.Table 1507.+1.3(1) B 695 04 Standard Specification for Coatings of Zinc Mechanically Deposited on Iron and Steel........ ....2304.9.5.1.2304.9.5.3 C 5 -03 Specification for Quicklime for Structural Purposes ......................................... .......Table 2507.2 C 221C 22M 00(2005)e01 Specification for Gypsum......... ......................................... .... . .... ......Table 2506.2 C 27-98(2002) Specification for Standard Classification of Fireclay and High alumina Refractory Brick.........................211 1.5 C 281C 28NI 00(20051 Specification for Gypsum Plasters ........ .... ..... ...... ..... ......... . .... ............Table 2507.2 C 311C 31M-06 Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field.. ................................Table 1704.4 C 33-03 Specification for Concrete Aggregates..... .......... . . . .. ...... ........... . .....721.3.1.4.721.4.1.1.3 C 34 03 Specification for Structural Clay Load-bearing"all Tile ..................................................2103.2 C 35 01(2005) Specification for Inorganic Aggregates for Use in Gypsum Plaster ................. .. . ... .........Table 2507.2 C 36/C 36h1 03 Specification for Gypsum Wallboard ...............................Figure 721.5.1(2).Figure 721.5-1(3).Table 2506.2 C 3710 37M 01 Specification for Gypsum Lath... ............ ........ .. .................... . .. .........Table 2507.2 C 55 06e01 Specification for Concrete Building Brick.................................... ..Table 721.3.2.2103.1,2105.2.2.1.2 C 56-05 Specification for Structural Clay Nonload Bearing Tile..... .. . .. ...... 2103.2 C 591C 59M00(2006) Specification for Gypsum Casting and Molding Plaster................................. .............Table 2507.2 C G11C 6IM-00(2006) Specification for Gypsum Keene's Cement ............. . . ........... . .......................Table 2507.2 C 62 05 Specification for Building Brick(Solid Masonry Units Made from Clay or Shale).......... 1807.1.6.3.2103.2.2105.2.2.1.1 C 67 07 Test Methods of Sampling and Testing Brick and Structural Clay Tile.. ...... ...............721.4.1.1,1.2109.3.1.1 C 73 05 Specification for Calcium Silicate Face Brick(Sand-lime Brick) .................... .... ......Table 721.3.2.2103,1 C 79-04a Specification for Treated Core and Nontreated Core Gypsum Shealhing Board.......... .. .. ...........Table 2506.2 C 9006b Specification for Loadbearing Concrete Masonry Units...... .......................Table 721.3.2.1807.1.6.3.2103.1 C 91-05 Specification for Masunry Cement................................. .............................Table 2507.2 C 941C 94M 07 Specification for Ready-mixed Concrete ..... .........................................................110.3.1 C 126 99(2005) Specification for Ceramic Glazed Structural Clay Pacing Tile,Facing Brick and Solid Masonry Units ..............2103.2 C 140- 07 Test Method Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units and Related Units........... .... .I.......721.3.1.2 C 150 07 Specification for Portland Cement ...............................................................Table 2507.2 C 172-04 Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete .......... ..... ................. .......Table 1704.4 C 199 84(2005) Test Method for Pier Test for Refractory Mortars ........................ ................2111.5.2111.8.2113.12 C 206--03 Specification for Finishing Hydrated Lime.................. . ...... ................... .........Table 2507.2 C 208 95(200 1) Specification for Cellulosic Fiber Insulating Board..........................................Table 1508.2.2303.1.5 C 212 00(2006) Specification for Structural Clay Facing Tile............................................................2103.2 C 216-07 Specification for Facing Brick(Solid Masonry Units Made from Clay or Shale) ...........1807.1.6.3.2103.2.2105.2-2.1.1 C 270--07 Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry........................ ......... ................ ..........2103.8 C 315--07 Specification for Clay Flue Liners and Chimney Pots.......... ............... ....2111.8.2113.11.Table 2113.16(1) C 3171C 317M-00(2005) Specification for Gypsum Concrete............................................ ......................1914.1 C 330 05 Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete......__... .................721.1.1 C 331-05 Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Concrete Masonry Units ...........................721.3.1.4,721.4.1.1.3 C 406 06e01 Specification for Roofing Slate ............................... ................ .... ....... ...... 1507.7.5 C 4421C 442M 04 Specification for Gypsum Backing Board and Coreboard and Gypsum Shaftifner Board..... ........ .. ...Table 2506.2 C472- 99(2004) Specification for Standard Test Methods for Physical Testing of Gypsum. Gypsum Plasters and Gypsum Concrete.........................................................Table 2506.2 C 473-06a Test Method for Physical Testing of Gypsum Panel Products ...................... ......... .. .. . .Table 2506.2 C 474- 05 Test Methods for Joint Treatment Matefials for Gypsum Board Construction..............................Table 2506.2 C 475--05 Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Wallboard ... . .... . ......Table 2506.2 C 50305 Specification for Marble Dimension Stone(Exterior) ......................................... ..........2103.4 C 514 04 Specification for Nails for the Application of Gypsum Board .................. ........Table 720.1(2).Table 720.1(3). Table 2306.7.Table 25062 C 516 -02 Specifications for Vermiculite Loose Fill Thermal Insulation............................ __721,3.1.4.721.4,1.13 C 547-06 Specification for Mineral Fiber Pipe Insulation. ...................................Table 720.1(2).Table 720.1(3) C 549 06 Specification for Perlite Loose Fill Insulation ...............................................721.3.1.4.721.4.1.1.3 C 55203 Standard Specification for Cellular Glass Thermal Insulation................................ .........Table 1508.2 C 557 03e01 Specification for Adhesives for Fastening Gypsum Wallboard to Wood Framing...........................Table 2506.2 C 568-03 Specification for Limestone Dimension Stone........................................................._2103.4 C 578- 07 Standard Specification for Rlgid.Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insul ation................................Table 1508.2 C 58704 Specification for Gypsum Veneer Plaster........................................ ...... .. .....Table 2507.2 C 5881C 588M-01 Specification for Gypsum Base for Veneer Plasters.. ...............................................Table 2507.2 C 595--07 Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements................ ...Table 2507.2 C 615-03 Specification for Granite Dimension Slone ............................................................•2103.4 592 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* REFERENCED STANDARDS ASTM-continued C 616-03 Specification for Quartz Dimension Stone............................................. ....... .......2103.4 C 629- 03 Specification for Slate Dimension Stone ............... .. .. .......... ......2103.4 C 630/C 630M-03 Specification for Water-resistant Gvpsum Backing Board................................... .. . ....Table 2506.2 C 631-95a(2004) Specification for Bonding Compounds for Interior Gypsum Plastering...................................Table 25071 C 635 06 Specification for the Manufacture.Performance and Testing of Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panel Ceilings....................... .. ......808.1.1,2506.2.1,H107.1.1 C 636/C 636M 06 Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panels . .............808.1.1 C 645 07 Specifcation for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members........... ................ ......Table 2506.2.Table 25072 C 652-05a Specification for Holl(m Brick(Hui low Masonry Units Made from Clay or Shale) .......... ...............1807.1.6.3. 2103.2,2105.2.2.1.1 C 728 -05 Standard Specification for Perlite Thermal Insulation Board............................ ..............Table 1508.2 C 74405 Specification for Prefaced Concrete and Calcium Silicate Masonry Units . ......................Table 721.3.2,2103.1 C 754 04 Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw-attached Gypsum Panel Products................I.............................. ..... ...Table 2509.1,Table 2511.1,1 C 836-06 Specification for High-solids Content,Cold Liquid applied Elastomeric Waterproofing Membrane for Use with Separate Wearing Course........... .........1507.15.2 C 840 07 Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board............................. .....Table 2508.1.2509.2 C 84103 Specification for Installation of Interior Lathing and Furring.................. ...........Table 2508.1,Table 2511.1.1 C 842-05 Specification for Application of Interior Gypsum Plast er...............................Table 2511.1.1.2511.3,2511.4 C 843-99(2006) Specification for Application of Gypsum Veneer Plaster ........................................... Table 2511.1.1 C 844-04 Specification for Appliwtlon of Gypsum Base to Receive Gypsum Veneer Plaster .........................Table 2508.1 C 847--06 Specification for Metal Lath.......................... ... .............. ...... . . ...........Table 2507.2 C 887-05 Specification for Packaged.Dry Combined Materials fur Surface Bonding Mortar.. ............ ......1805.2.2.2103.9 C 897 05 Specification for Aggregate for Job-mixed Portland Cement-based Plaster............. ... ......Table 2507.2 C 920-05 Standard for Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants................. ........ ..................Table 2506.2 C 926-98a(2005) Specification for Application of Portland Cement-based Plaster...2109.14.6,2510.3,Table 25 f 1.1.1,2511.3.2511.4.2512.1. 2512.1.2,2512.2,2512.6.2512.8.2.2512.9,2513.7 C 9311C 931M-04 Specification for Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board.....................................................Table 2506.2 C 932-06 Specification for Surface-applied Bonding Compounds Agents for Exterior Plastering........ . ......._Table 2507.2 C 933-05 Specification for Welded Wire Lath ....... ....... . . . ...............Table 2507.2 C 946-91 (2001) Specification for Practice for Construction of Dry-stacked,Surface-bonded Walls ............. .......2103.9.2109.2.2 C 954 -04 Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs from 0.033 inch(0.84 mm)to 0.112 inch(2.84 mm)in Thickness........... ...Table 2506.2,Table 2507.2 C 955-06 Standard Spccif cation for Load-bearing Transverse and Axial Steel Studs, Runners Trackq.and Bracing or Bridging.for Screw Application of Gypsum Panel Products and Metal Plaster Bases .................................... .Table 2506.2.Table 2507.2 C 956-04 Specification for Installation of Cast-In-place Reinforced Gypsum Concrete...... . ............. .. .........1914.1 C 957 06 Specification for High solids Content,Cold Liquid-applied Elastomeric Waterproofing Membrane with Integral Wearing Surface..............................................1507.15.2 C 96004 Specification for Predecorated Gypsum Board................................. .............. ....Table 2506.2 C 1002-04 Specification for Steel Self-piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs................Table 2506.2,Table 2507.2 C 1007- 04 Specification for Installation of Load Bearing(Transverse and Axial)Steel Studs and Related Accessories............................................................Table 2508.1.Table 2511.1.1 C 1019-05 Test Method of Sampling and Testing Grout..................................2105.2.2.1.1,2105.2.2.1.2.2105.2.2.1.3 C 1029 -05a Specification for Spray applied Rigid Cellular Polyurethane Thermal Insulation.............................1507.14.2 C 1032-06 Specification for Woven Wire Plaster Base................................. ... . ................ Table 2507.2 C 1047-05 Specification for Accessories for Gypsum Wallboard and Gypsum Veneer Base................Table 2506.2,Table 2507.2 C 1063-06 Specification for Installation of Lathing and Furring to Receive Interior and Exterior Portland Cement-based Plaster ...............................2109.3.4.6,2510.3.Table 2511.1.1.2512.1.1 C 1088 07a Specification for Thin Veneer Brick Units Made from Clay or Shale....................... .... Table 720.1(2),2103.2 C 1167-03 Specification for Clay Roof Tiles................................................ ...................1507.3.4 C 1177/C 1177M 06 Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing......................... ..........Table 2506.2 C 1178/C 1178M--06 Specification for Coated Mat Water-resistant Gypsum Backing Panel........... ........ .......Table 2506.2.2509.2 C 1186--07 Specification for Flat Nonasbeslos Fiber Cement Sheets................................... ... ..........1404.10 C 126107 Specification for Firebox Brick for Residential Fireplaces............................ ..............2111.5,2111.8 C 1278/C 1278M n6 Specification for Fiber reinforced Gypsum Panels................... ..................... .........Table 2506.2 C 1280-04 Specification for Application of Gypsum Sheathing...................................... ....Table 2508.1.2508.2 C 1283-07 Practice for Installing Clay Flue Lining-...... .................................. .. .............. .2113.12 C 1288-99(2004) Standard Specification for Discrete Nonasbesms Flber-cement Interior Substrate Sheets . .......................2509.2 C 1289--07 Standard Specification for Faced Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal Insulation Board.... ...........Table 1508.2 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 593 REFERENCED STANDARDS ASTM—continued C 1314- 07 Test Method for Compressive Strength of Masonry Prisms ................... . .......2105.2.2.2.2.2105.3.1.2105.3.2 C 1325--04 Standard Specification for Nonasbestos Fiber-mat Reinforced Cement Interior Substrate Sheets.. ................2509.2 C 1328 05 Specification for Plastic(Stucco Cement). ....................... ... .. .........Table 2507.2 C 1386 07 Specification for Precast Autoclaved Aerated Concrete(AAC)Wall Construction Units........2102-1.2103.3,2105.2.2.1.3 C 1395/C 1395M -06a Specification for Gypsum Ceiling Board ....................... .. .......... .................Table 2506.2 C 1396NI -06a Specification for Gypsum Board.... ......................... ...... . . ........................Table 2506.2 C 1405-07 Standard Specification for Glazed Brick(Single Fired,Solid Brick Units).............. .. ...................2103.2 C 1492 -03 Standard Specification for Concrete Roof Tile ............ ... ............ ....... ..... .. ...........1507.3.5 C 16291C 1629M 06 Standard Classification for Abuse-resistant Nondecoraied Interior Gypsum Panel Products and Fiber-reinforced Cement Panels ...... .. . ... •.........403.2.3.L 403.2.3.2.403.2.3.4 C 16581C 1658M-06 Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Panels.................................. ....1810.3.2.4.Table 2506.2 D 25- 99(2005) Specification for Round Timber Piles ...................... ................2303.1.11 D 41 05 Specification for Asphalt Primer Used in Roofing,DampprooFing and Waterproofing ................ ...Table 1507.10.2 D 43 00(2006) Specification for Coal Tar Primer Used in Roofing,Dampproofrng and Waterproofing.... .......Table 1507.10.2 D 56-05 Test Method fur Flash Point By Tag Closed Tester ....... .............. ... •.•,..... ....................307.2 D 86-07a Test Method fur Distillation of Petroleum Products at Atmospheric Pressure.................. . .......307.2 D 93 07 Test Method for Flash Point By Perisky-Martens Closed Cup Tester........................................•..307.2 D 225 04 Specification for Asphalt Shingles(Organic Felt)Surfaced with Mineral Granules ......... .................1507,2.5 D 22606 Specification for Asphalt-saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing ........... 1404.2,1507.2.3,1507.3.3, 1507.5.3, 1507.6.3, 1507.7.3.Table 1507,8. 1507.8.3.1507.9.3.1507.9.5,Table 1507.10.2 D 227-03 Specification for Coal tar saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing ....... .. .........Table 1507.10.2 D 312-00(2006) Specification for Asphalt Used in Roofing . ................,............................. .... Table 1507.10.2 D 422-63(2002)e01 Test Method for Particle-size Analysis of Soils........................... ...................... ......1803.5.3 D 448-03a Standard Classification for Sizes of Aggregate for Road and Bridge Construction. ......._. . .....1507.12.3. 1507.13.3 D 450-07 Specification for Coal-tar Pitch Used in Roofing,Dampproofing and Waterproofing ............ .• .•,•.Table 1507.10.2 D 635--06 Test Method for Rate of Bui ning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Self-supporting Plastics in a Horizontal Position.......... ....................................2606.4.H107.1.1 D 11431D 1143NI 07 Test Method for Piles Under Static Axial Compressive Load....................... ... ..............1810.3.3.1.2 D 1227 -95(2007) Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Used as a Protective Coating for Roofing ... ......... Table 1507.10.2.1507.15.2 D 1557 02eOl Test Method for Laborainty Crtmpac tion Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort 156.000 ft Ib/W(2,700 KN mlm)] .......................................1704.7,1804.5.J]07.6 D 158699 Specification for Penetration Test and Split-barrel Sampling of Soils .................... ..................1613.5.5 D 1761 06 Test Method for Mechanical Fasteners in Wood........................................1716.1.1. 1716.1.2,1716.1.3 D 1863 05 Specification for Mineral Aggregate Used on Built-up Roofs........................... ..........Table 1507.10.2 D 1929-96(2001)eOl Test Method for Determining Ignition Properties of Plastics......................4 02.16.4.406.5.3.1407.11.2.1.2606.4 D 1970 01 Specification for Seif-adhering Polymer Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Used as Steep Roof Underlayment for Ice Dam Protection............................15072.4.1507.2.9.2,1507.3.9. 1507.5.7. 1507.8.8.1507.9.9 D 2166-06 Test Method for Unconfined Compressive Strength of Cohesive Soil ... ..... ................. .......•...1613.5.5 D 2178 -04 Specification for Asphalt Class Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing ..............................Table 1507.10.2 D 2216 05 Test Method for Laboratory Determination of Water(Moisture)Content of Soil and Rock by Mass.. ......... ..1613.5.5 D 248706 Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes(Unified Soil Classification System).....Table 1610.1,1802.3.1 D 262604 Specification for Asphalt Saturated and Coated Organic Felt Base Sheet Used in Roofing.........1507.3.3.Table 1507.10.2 D 2822 -05 Specification for Asphalt Roof Cement................................................ . ......Table 1507.10.2 D 2823- 05 Specification for Asphalt Roof Coatings.... .......... ......................•.....,...........Table 1507.10.2 D 2843--99(2004)e01 Test for Density of Smoke from the Buming or Decomposition of Plastics .. ......................•..........2606.4 D 2850-03a Test Method for Unconsolidated.Undralned Trlaxial Compression Test on Cohesive Soils......................1613.5.5 D 2898- 04 Test Methods for Accelerated Weathering of Fire-retardant-treated Wood for Fire Testing..... .. 1505.1,2303.2.4,2303.2,6 D 3019--94(2007) Specification for Lap Cement Used with Asphalt Roll Roofing,Nonfibered.Asbestos Fibered and Nonasbestos Fibered.......... ............... ....................•......................Table 1507.10.2 D 3161--06 Test Method for a Wind Resistance of Asphalt Shingles(Fan Induced Method).............1507.2.7.1,Table 1507.2.7.10 D 320074(2005) Standard Spc•cificarion and Test Method for Establishing Recommended Design Stresses for Round Timber Construction Poles................................................................2303.1.11 03201-07 Test Method for Hygroscopic Properties of Fire-retardant-treated Vhod and Wood-based Products . .............2303.23 D3278 (2004)e01 Test Methods for Flash Point of Liquids by Small Scale Closed-cup Apparatus....•............. ... . ........307.2 D 3462-07 Specification for Asphalt Shingles Made from Class Felt and Surfaced with Mineral Granules...................1507.2.5 D 3468 99(200G)e01 Specification for Liquid applied Neoprene and Chlorosulfunated Polyethylene Used In Roofing and Waterproofing.....................................................................1507.15.2 D 3679 06a Specification for Rigid Poly[Vinvl Chloride(PVC)Siding] ......................... .. . ... ....1404.9,1405.14 D 3689-90 119951 Method for Testing Individual Plies Under Static Axial Tensile Load........................ .... ..1810.3.3.1.5 594 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" REFERENCED STANDARDS ASTM—continued D 3737- 07 Practice for Establishing Allowable Properties for Structural Glued Laminated Timber(Glulam) ........ ........2303.L3 D 3746 85(2002) Test Method for Impact Resistance of Bituminous Roofing Systems .............. . ... ...... ..........1504-7 D 3747-79(2007) Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Adhesive for Adhering Roof Insulatlon.................. ........Table 1507.102 D 3909-97b 12OO4)eOl Specification for Asphalt Roll Roofing(Glass Felt)Surfaced with Mineral Granules ...1507.2.9.2. 1507.6.5.Table 1507.10,2 D 3957 06 Standard Practices for Establishing Stress Grades for Structural Members Used in Log Buildings ...... . . ...2303.1.10 D 4022--07 Specification for Coal Tar Roof Cement,Asbestos Cont aining......................... . .. ........Table 1507.t02 D 4272 03 Test Method for Total Energy Impact of Plastic Films by Dart Drop................. ........................1504.7 D 4318-05 Test Methods for Liquid Limit.Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soils .... .............. .......1613.5.5.1803.5.3 D 4434-06 Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride)Sheet Roofing....... ..... .... ..................... ... .....1507.13.2 D 4479- 07 Specification for Asphalt Roof Coatings-Asbestos-free......................... . ...............Table 1507.10.2 D 4586 00 Specification for Asphalt Roof Cement Asbestos free........................ ...................Table 1507.10.2 D 4601-04 Specification for Asphalt-coated Glass Fiber Base Sheet Used In Roofing .................... .. . ...Table 1507.10.2 D 4637-04 Specification for EPDM Sheet Used in Single-ply Roof Membrane.......................... ... .........1507.12.2 D 4829-07 Test Method for Expansion lndec of Soils.............................................................1803.5.3 D 4869--05e01 Specification for Asphall-saturated(Organic Felt)Underlayment Used in Steep Slope Roofing....................................1507.2.3,1507.53, I50T63. 1507.7.3,1507.8.3,1507.9.3 D 4897 01 Specification for Asphalt-coated Glass Fiber Venting Base Sheet Used in Roofing..... .................Table 1507.10.2 D 4945 00 Test Method for High-strain Dynamic Testing of Piles ............... .............. . .......1810.3.3.1.2 D 4990-97a(2005)eOl Specification for Coal Tar Glass Felt Used In Rooring and Waterproofing..............................Table 1507.10.2 D 5019 07 Specification for Reinforced Nonvulcanized Polymeric Sheet Used in Roofing Membrane .................. ..1507.12.2 D 505505 Specification for Establishing and Monitoring Structural Capacities of Prefabricated Wood I-joists ...... ....... 2303.1.2 D 545605a Specification for Evaluation of Structural Composite Lumber Products......................................2303.1.9 D 5516 03 Test Method of Evaluating the Flexural Properties of Fire-retardant-treated Softwood Plywood Exposed to the Elevated Temperatures........................I.... ..............2303.2.5.1 D 5643 06 Specification for Coal Tar Roof Cement,Asbestos-free....... ...... ...Table 1507.10.2 D 5664-02 Test Methods for Evaluating the Effects of Fire-retardant Treatment and Elevated Temperatures on Strength Properties of Fire-retardant-treated Lumber................ ... .....2303.2.5.2 D 5665-99a(2006) Specification for Thermoplastic Fabrics Used in Cold-applied Roofing and Waterproofing................Table 1507.10.2 D 5726-98(2005) Specification for Thermoplastic Fabrics Used in Hot-applied Roofing and Waterproofing... ............Table 1507.10.2 D 6083-05e01 Specification for Liquid Applied Acrylic Coating Used in Roofing................. ........Table 1507.10.2.1507.15-2 D 6162-OOA Specification for Slvrene-butadiene-std=rene(SBS)Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Using a Combination of Polyester and Glass Fiber Reinforcements ..... .......... .......1507.11.2 D 6163- OOe01 Specification for Stvuem butadiene-sivrene(SBS)Modified Bituminous Sheer Materials Using Glass Fiber Reinforcements ............................ .....................1507.11.2 D 6164 05 Specification for Styrene-butadiene-styrene(SBS)Modified Bituminous Sheet Metal Materials Using Polyester Reinforcements......................... .. . . . . ..........1507.11.2 D 6222 02e01 Specification for Atactic Polypiupylenc(APP)Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Using PDlycstcr Reinforcements.................................... ..... ........1507.11.2 D 6223 02 Specification for Atactic Polypropylene(APP)Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Using a Combination of Polyester and Glass Fiber Reinforcements .......... .... .,..1507.11.2 D 6298-05 Specification for Fiberglass Reinforced Styrene-butadiene-st}gene(SBS) Modified Bituminous Sheets with a Factory Applied Metal Surface . ......1507.11.2 D 6305-02e01 Practice for Calculating Bending Strength Design Adjustment Factors for Fire-retardant-treated Plywood Roof Sheathing................... ...................... ..................... ......2303.2.5.1 D 6380 03 Standard Specification for Asphalt Roll Roofing(Organic)Felt..........................1507.2.9.2.1507.3.3.1507.65 D 650900 Standard Specification for Atactic Polypropylene(APP)Modified Bituminous base Sheet Materials Using Glass Fiber Reinfor(ements ................. ............... ................1507.11.2 D 669407 Standard Specification for Liquid-applied Silicone Coating Used in Spray Polyurethane foam Roofing...........1507.15.2 D 6754 02 Standard Specification for Ketone Ethylene Ester Based Sheet Roofing ................... ................1507.13.2 D 6757 07 Standard Specification for Inorganic Underlaymeni for Use with Steep Slope Roofing Products..................1507.2.3 D 6841-03 Standard Practice for Calculating Design Value Treatment Adjustment Factors for Fire-retardant-treated Lumber ..2303.2.5.2 D 6878- 06a Standard Specification for Thermoplastic Polyolefin Based Sheet Roofing.. ....................... ... ...1507.13.2 D 6947 07 Standard Specification for Llquuld Applied Moisture Cured Polyurethane Coating Used in Spray Polyurethane Foam Roofing System ............................. . .... . ...........1507.15.2 D 7158 07 Standard Test Method for Wind Resistance of Sealed Asphalt Shingles (Uplift Force/Uplift Resistance Method)_,. . ...................................1507.2.7.1.Table 1507.2.7.1(1) E 84-07 Test Methods for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.......................402.11.402.16.4.406.53• 703.4.2.719.1,719.4,802.1.803.1.1,803.9,306,5, 1407.9.1407.10.1.2303.2.2603.3,2603.4.1.13,26015.4,2604.2.4.2606.4.3105.4,DI 02.2.8 E 90-04 Test Method for Lalmrwon-Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements............................................. . ...........1207-2.1207.2 1 E 961E 96h705 Test Method for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials........................... ........ ..........202,1203.2 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 595 REFERENCED STANDARDS ASTM—continued E 108--07a Test Method,,for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings.......................................1505.1,2603.6.2610.2,2610.3 E 119 07 Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.... .....I..........703.2.703.2.1.703.2.3,703.3, 703.5,704.12.705.7.705.8,5.707-6.712,32. 713.3.1.713 4 1.1.714.1,715.2,715.4.5.716.5.2,716,5.3.716.6.1. 716.6 2.1,Table 720.1(1),1407.10.2.2103.2,2603.4.2603.5.1 E 136--04 Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace at 750°C............ .................. ...703.4.1 E 330 02 Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windrnss,Curtain Walls and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference......... ..... ........ . .,..,.,.,....1715.5.2 E 331 -00 Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows,Skyllghts,Doors and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference....... ........... . ...... .... ..... . ...................1403.2 E 492 04 Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Impact Sound Transmission Through Floor-ceiling Assemblies Using the Tapping Machine................................ .............................1207.3 E 605-93(2006) Test Method for Thirknes,,and Density of Sprayed Fire-resistive Material(SFRM) Applied to Structural Members.... .. ....... ..1704.12.4.1.1704.12.4.2. 1704.12A.3,1704.12.5 F 681 04 Test Methods for Concentration Limits of Flammability of Chemical Vapors and Gases............ ..............307.2 E 736-00(2006) Test Method for Cohesion/Adhesion of Sprayed FIre-resistive Materials Applied to Structural Members....................................................... ........704.13.2.1704.12.6 E 814- 06 Test Method of Fire Tests of Through-penetraton Firestops........... .... .......702.1,713.3.1.2.713.3.2.713.4.1.1.2 E 970- 017 Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Exposed Attic Floor Insulation Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source............................................... .........719.3.1 E 1300- 04e01 Practice for Determining Load Resistance of Glass in Buildings..............................2404.1,2404.2,2404.3.1, 2404.3.2.2404.3.3.2404 3 4.2404.3.5 E 1354 -04a Standard Test Method for Heat and Visible Smoke Release Rates for Materials and Products Using an Oxygen Consumption Calorimeter.......................................... ..............402.12.1 E 1592 01 Test Method for Structural Performance of Sheet Metal Roof and Siding Systems by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. ...................... .................1504.3.2 E 1602--03 Guide for Construction of Solid Fuel burning Masonry Heaters.................. .... .. .... .............2112.2 E 1886 06 Test Method for Performance of Exterior Windows,Curtain Walls,Doors and Storm Shutters Impacted by Missiles and Exposed to Cyclic Pressure Differentials....... ..................1609.1.2 E 1966- 01 Test Method for Fire-resistant Joint Syst ems.................................................. .....702.1.714.3 E 1996 06 Specification for Performance of Exterior Window,Glazed Curtain Walls, Doors and Impact Protective Systems Impacted by Windborne Debris in Hurricanes . .... 1609.1.2.1609.12.1 E 2072-04 Standard Specification for Photoluminescent(Phosphorescent)Safety Markings......................... .. ...1024.4 E 2273 03 Standard Test Method for Determining the Drainage Efficiency of Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems(EIFS)Clad Wall Assemblies............................ ............................1408.4.1 E 2307--04e01 Standard Test Method for Determining Fire Resistance of Perimeter Fire Barrier Systems Using Intermediate-scale,Multistory Test Apparat us.......................................... . .......714.4 E 2.404 07a Standard Practice for Specimen Preparation and Mounting of Textile.Paper or Vinyl Wall or Ceiling Coverings to Assess Surface Burning Characteristics ............................................803.1.4 E 2568-07 Standard Specification for PB Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems(EIFS)..................... .. ... .....1408.2 E 2570 07 Standard Test Method for Evaluating Water resistive Barrier(WRB)Coatings Used Under Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems(EIFS)for EIFS with Drainage........... .. .....1408.4.1.1,1704.12.1 E 2573--07 Standard Practice for Specimen Preparation and Mounting of Site-fabricated Stretch Systems to Assess Surface Burning Characteristics...................................... . ............803.9 F 547-01 Terminology of Nails for Use with Wood and Wood-based Materials....................................Table 2506.2 F 1346--91 (2003) Performance Specisration for Satt-iy Covers and Labeling Requirements for All Covers for Swimming Fools Spas and Hot Tuhs ... ............................................. .3109.4.3109.4.1.8 F 1667 05 Specification for Driven Fasteners:Nails,Spikes and Staples .......................... Table 720.1(2),Table 720.1(3). 1507.2.6.2303.6.Table 2506.2 F 2006 00(2005) StandardlSafety Spcci6talion for Window Fall Prevention Devices for Nonemergency E%capc(Egress)and Rescue(Ingress)Windows ..................... ..... ..... ....1405.13.2 F 2090-01a(2007) Specification for Window Fall Prevention Devices with Emergency Escape(Egress)Release Mechanisms ........1405.13.2 F 2200-05 Standard Specification for Automated Vehicular Gate Construction....................... . ........ ......3110.3 G 152-06 Practice for Operating Open Flame Carbon Arc Light Apparatus for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials............1504.6 G 154—05 Practice for Operating Fluorescent Light Apparatus for UV Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials..... .. . .. .. ..1504.6 G 155-05a Practice for 01wrating Xenon Arc l ifht Apparatus rot Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials....... ...............1504.6 596 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* REFERENCED STANDARDS Association of the Wall and Gelling Industry 513 West Broad 5irect.Suite 210 AW C I Falls Church.VA 2.2046 Standard Referenced reference in code number Tide _ section number 12-8-98 Technical Manual 12 B Standard Practice for the Tt sting and Inspection of Field Applied Thin Film Intumescent Fire-resistive Nlaterials:an Annotated Guide,First Edition ...............1704.13 American Wood Protection Association AWPA P.O.Box 361784 Birmingham AL 35236-1784 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number C1-03 All Timber Products-Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes................... . .. ... ............1505.6 M4--06 Standard for the Care of Preservative-treated Wood Products.............. ....... ............1810.3.2 4.1.2303.1.8 U l 07 USE CATEGORY SYSTEM:User Specification for Treated Wood Except Section 6. Commodity Specification H ..... .. ................................................1403.5,Table 1507.9.6, 1807.1.4,1807.3.1. 1809.12. 1810.3.2.4.1.2303.1.8. 2304.11.2.2304.11.4,2304.11.6,2304.11.7 American Welding Society 550 N.W.Lejeune Road AWS Miami,FL 33126 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number DIA -04 Structural Welding Code-Steel .......................................... . ..........Table 1704 3, 1704.3.1.1 D1.3--98 Structural Welding Code—Sheet Steel . .................................... .. . . ....Table 1704.3.1704.3.1.2 DIA-98 Structural Welding Code Reinforcing Steel ................... .......Table 1704.3,1704.3.1.3,Table 1704.4.2107.4 Builders Hardware Manufacturers'Association 355 Lexington Avenue.ue.17th Flour BHMA New York.NY 10017-6603 Standard Referenced reference in code number — Title — section number A 156.10 06 Power Operated Pedestrian Doors..................................................................1008.1.4.2 A 156A9-02 Standard for Power Assist and Low Energy Operaed Doors.. ... ............................ .........1008.1.4.2 Canadian General Standards Board CGSi u Portage 111,6B I I Laurier Street B Gatineau,Quebec.Canada K1A IG6 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number 37-GP-52M(1984) Roofing and Waterproofing Membrane.Sheet Applied,Elastomeric ......... ......................1504.7.1507.12.2 37-GP-56M(1980) Membrane.Modified.Bituminous.Prefabricated and Reinforced for Roofing—with December 1985 Amendment ........................... ..I.....................,, 1507.1 I.2 CAN/CGSB 37.54 -95 Poly%inyl Chloride Roofing and Waterproofing Membrane.... ............................. ...........15UT13.2 Composite Panel Association CPA A 19465 Deerfield Avenue.Suite 306 Leesburg,VA 20176 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number ANSI A135.4-2004 Basic Hardboard..... ..................................................... . .........1404.3.1.2303.1.6 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 597 REFERENCED STANDARDS CPA—continued ANSI A]35.5-2004 Preflnisht-d Hardboard Paneling....................... .. ............. . ..................2303.1.6.2304.6.2 ANSI A135.6-1998 Hardboard Siding....... ...... ........ .... ...... .............. ...... ............1404.3.2.2303.1.6 Cansurrter Product Safety Commission 1330 East West Highway _Cpsc_ Bethesda.MD 20814 4406 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number 16 CFR Part 120111977) Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Material............. ............24062.Table 2406,2(l),2406.3-1.2407.1 2407.1.4.1,2408.2.1,2408.3.2409.1.2409.2,2409.3.1 16 CPR Part 1209(1979) Interim Safety Standard for Cellulose Insulation. . ...... . ...... ... .............. ...............719.6 16 CPR Part 1404 (1979) Cellulose Insulation.................... ............. ......................... ........... .....719.6 16 CFR Part 1500(1991) Hazardous Substances and Articles.Administration and Enforcement Regulations...... ........................307.2 16 CFR Part 1500.44 120011 Method for Determining Extremely Flammable and Flammable Solids.,.... ........... .. ..................307.2 16 CFR Part 1507(200 11 Firewofks Devices.......................... .......................................... .... .......307.2 16 CFR Part 1630(2000) Standard for the Surface Flanintab hiy of Carpets and Rugs. .........................................—804.4.1 Canadian Standards Association 5060 Spectrum Way C SA Mississauga,Ontario Canada L4W 5N6 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number 1011I.5.21A440 08 Specifications for Windows.Doors and Unit Skylights............................................1715.5.1.2405.5 Cedar Shake and Shingle Bureau CCCR P 0. 1178 1]t.71J Somas.WA 98295 1 178 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number CSSB 97 Grading and Packing Rules for Western Red Cedar Shakes and Western Red Shingles — of the Cedar Shake and Shingle Bureau..................... .....................Table 1507.8.5,Table 1507.9.6 Door and Access Systems Manufactum,Association International DA_S_ MA ley Summer Avenue Cleveland,OH 44115-2851 _ Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number ANSI/DASMA 107—1997 (R2004) Room Fire Test Standard for Garage Doors Using Foam Plastic Insulation ............... ............2603.4,1.9 108-05 Standard Method for Testing Sectional Garage Doors and Rolling Doors: Determination of Structural Performance Under Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference............. ..... ..1715.5.2 115-05 Standard Method for Testing Sectional Garage Doors and Rolling Doors: Determination of Structural Performance Under Missile Impact and Cyclic Wind Pressure ..................1609.1.2.2 U.S.Depanmeot Of Commerce National Institute of Standards and Technology D O 1401 Constitution Avenue NW Washington.DC 20230 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number PS-1 07 Structural Plywood.... ......... . ................ ... ...2303.1-4.2304.6.2.Table 2304.7(4).Table 2304.7(5). Table 2306.2.1(1).Table 2306.23(2) PS-2 -04 Performance Standard for Woud-based Structural-use Panels....... ............. ...............2303.1.4.2304.6.2. Table 2304.7(5).Table 2306.2.i(1).Table 2306.2.1(2) PS 2005 American Softwood Lumber Standard....... ........................................1810.3.2.4.2302.1.2303.1.1 598 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® REFERENCED STANDARDS U.S.Department of Justice 950 PennsvKania Avenue.NW DO Civil Rights Division,Disability Rights Section-NY.A Washington.DC 20530 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title _ _ section_number DOJ 36 CFR Part 1 192 American with Disabilities Act(ADA)Accessibility Guidelines for Transportation Vehicles(ADAAG)Dcpartnient of Justice,1991........................ ................E109.2.4 U.S.Department of Labor do Superintendent of Documents D O U.S.Government Printing Office Washington.DC 2(1-102-9325 Standard Referenced reference in rode number Title _ section number 29 CFR Part 1910.1000 (1974) Air Contaminants ....... .............. .................... ...902.1 U.S.Department of Transportation c/o Superintendent of Documents 1200,Vet+Jersey Avenue.SE Tn Washington,DC 20402-9325 Standard Referenced reference in code number. Title section number 49 CFR Parts 100-165-2005 Hazardous Materials Regulations......... ....... .........................307.2 49 CFR Parts 173.137 (2005) Shippers- General Requirements for Shipments and Packaging—Class 8—Assignment of Packing Group ...........307.2 49 CFR—1995 Specification of Transportation of Explosive and Other Dangerous Articles, UN 0335.UN 0336 Shipping Containers.......................................... ...........307.2 European Committee for Standardization(EN) Central Secretariat ENRue de Stassart 36 1N B-10 50 Brussels Standard Referenced reference in code number Tide _ section number min EN 1051-98 Resilient Floor Coverings Deteration of the Electrical Resistance .....�._... .................. . ...406.5.2 Federal Emergency Management Agency Federal Center Plaza 500 C Street S.W. FEMA Washington,DC 20472 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number FIA-TB 11-01 CM%]space Construction For BuihIiuga Located in Special Flood Hazard Areas........ ................. ..1805.1.2.1 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 599 REFERENCED STANDARDS Factory Mutual Global Research Standards Laboratories Department F�/� 1301 Anwod Avenue.P.O.Box 7500 ��/� Johnson,RI 02919 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number 4450(1989) Approval Standard for Class 1 Insulated Steel Deck Roofs--with Supplements through July 1992 ........... ............. ...... .... ..... .......1508.1.2603.12603.4.1.5 4470(1992) Approval Standard for Class I Roof Covers . ...... . .................... ........ ........... . . ..1504.7 4474(04) Evaluating the Simulated Wind Uplift Resistance of Roof Assemblies Using Stmic Positive and/or Negative Differential Pressures ....................... .............. . ...1504.3.1 4880(2005) American National Standard for Evaluating Insulated Wall or Wall and Roof/ Ceiling Assemblies,Plastic Interior Finish Materials.Plastic Exterior Building Panels, WalUCeilitig Coating Systems,Inierlor and Exterior Finish Systems......... ....... .... ......... 2603.4.2603.9 GA 86 Firs Association SIU First Street N.E,it510 Washington,DC 20002-4268 _ Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number GA 216 07 Application and Finishing of Gypsum Panel Products.......... ... ..Table 2508.1,2509.2 GA 600--06 Fire-resistance Design Manual.18th Edition .... .. ....... ... .......Table 720.1(1).Table 720.1(2).Table 720.1(3) Hardwood Plvr,oud Veneer Association 1825 Michaei Faradav Drive HPVA Reston,VA 20190 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number HP-1 2004 Standard for Hardwood and Decorative P lywood.................................................2303.3,2304.6.2 U.S.Department of Housing and Urban Development 451 7th Street.SW HUD Washington,DC 20410 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number HUD 24 CPR Part 3280(19941 Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards............................................... ....C201 International Code Council.Inc. 500 New Jersey Ave,NW ICC 6th Floor Washington.DC 20001 Standard Referenced reference In code number Title section number ICC/ANSI Al 17.1-03 Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities..........................406.2.2.907.5.2.3.4. 1007.9.1010.1,1010.6.5. 10 10.9,1011.3, 1022.8,1101.2,1102.1, 1104.4,1106.7.1107.2. 1108.2.2,1108.2.3, 1108.4.1.1,1108.4.1.2,1108.4.1.4,1108.4.1.5,1109.1, 1109.2,1109.2.1.1,1109.2.2.1109.2.3,1109.3,1109.4,1109.8,1109.13. 2902.4,3001.3,3008 13.1,3008.13.2,3411.6.3411.8.2,3411.8.$ E101.2,E104.2, E104.2.1,E104.3,E104.3.4,E105.1,E105.2.1.E105.2.2,E105.3,E105.4,E105.6, E106.2,E106.3.E106.4,E106.4.9,E106.5,E107.2,E107.3,E108.3,E108.4.E109.2 1, E109.2.2.1.E109.2.2.2,E109.2.2.3,E109.2.3,E109.2.5.E109.2.6,E109.2.8,E110.2.E110.4 ]CC 300-07 ICC Standard on Bleachers,Folding and Telescopic Seating and Grandstands.. ......... .1028 1.1,Table 1607.1,3401.1 ICC 40007 Standard on Design and Construction of Log Structures.............. ... .................... ..... .....2301.2 ]CC 50008 ICCINSSA Standard on the Design and Construction of Storm Shelters.................... .............423.1,423.2 ICC 600 08 Standard for Residential Construction in High Wind Regions..................... .. .1609.1.1, 1609.1.1.1,2308.2.1 IECC- 09 International Energy Conservation Code ..............................................101.4.6.1203.3.2.1301.1.1 600 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" REFERENCED STANDARDS ICC—continued IFC 09 International Fire Cale ......... ....... ...101.4.5.102.6.201.3.307.1.Table 307.1(1),Table 307.1(2).307-1.1.307.2. 403.4.4,404.2.406.5.1.406,6,1.410.3.G.411.1.412.1,412.6.1.413.1. 414.1.1.414 1.2,414.1.2.1.414.2,414.2-5.Table 414.2.5(1),Table 414.2.5(2),414.3. 4145,414.5.1.Table 414.5.1.414.5.2.414.54.414.5.5.414.6,415.1.415.2.415.3, 415.3.1,Table 415.3.1.Table 415.3.2.415.6.415.6.1.415.6.1-4.415.6.2,415.6.2,3, 415-6.2.5,415.6-2,7.415.6.2.8,415.6.2.9.415.6.3.415.6.4 4151 415.6.1,415.8.2.7.415.8.5.1,415.8,7.2.415.8.9.3.415.8.10.1,416.1.421.1 421.7. 507.3,707.1.901,2.901.3.901.5.901.6.2.903.2.7.1,Table 903.2.11.6.903 2.12 903.5.904.2.1,905.1,905.3.6.906A.907A.B.907,2.5.907.2.13.2,907.2.15,9071.16, 907.6.5,907.8.909.20.910.2.2.1001.3,1203.4.2,1203.5,2702.1. 2702.2.9.2 70Z-2.11.2702.2.12.2702.2.13.2702.3,3102.1,3103.1.3309.2, 3401.3,3412.3.2.3412.6.8.1,3412.6.14,3412.6.14,1 IFGC 09 International Fuel Gas Code' ................... . .........--.................10 1.4.1.201-3.Table 307.1(1), 415.6.3.2113-11-1.2,2113A5.2801.1,3401.3,A101.2 IMC09 International Mechanical Code' .... .. ..............101,4,2.201.3.307.1.Table 307.1(1),406.4.2,406.6.3. 406,6.5.409.3.412.6.6,414.1.2,414.3.415.6.1.4.415.6.2.415.6.2.8, 415.6.3.415.6.4.415.8.11.1.416.3.4 21.5.603.1.603.1.1.603.1.2, 708.2,716.12.716.5.4.716.6.1.716.6.2.716-6.3.717,5.719A.719.7. 903.2.11.4,904.2.1,904.11.W&G.909.1,909.10.2,1015.5.1016.5.1, 1203.1, 1203.2.1,1203.4.2,1203.4,2.1.1203.5. 1209.3.2304.5.2801.1, 3004.3.1,3401.3.3412.6-7-1.3412.6.8.3412.6.8.1.A101.2 IPC09 International Plumbing Code ....... .. .. ..... . ...................101.4.3,201.3.415.6.4,717.5.903.3.5. 912.5,1206.3.3.1503.4. 1805.43. 2901.1.Table 2902.1,3305.1.3401.3.A101.2 IPMC-09 International Property Maintenance Code .. ............................. ...101.4.4.102.6,103.3,34013.34123.2 IPSDC 09 International Private Sewage Disposal Code. ........ ............................-- ....101.4.3,29ol.1.3401.3 IRC09 International Residential Code ..........................................101.2.308.2.308.5.310.1,2308.1.3401.3 IWUIC 09 International Wildland-Urban Interface Code................. . ............................ . ...Table 1505.1 SBCCI SSTD 11 -97 Test Standard for Determining Wind Resistance of Concrete or Clay Roof Tiles ........... ......1716.2.1. 171622 International Organization for Standardlzation ISO Central Secretariat ISO V® l ch.de la Foie-Creuse,Case Postale 56 CH-1211 Geneva 20,Switzerland Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number IS0 811586 Cotton Bales Dimensions and Density............................ ......... ......Table 415.8.2.1.1 National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NAAMM800 Roosevelt Road,Bldg.C.Suite 312 Glen Ellyn.[L 60137 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number FP 1001-97 Guide Spveificarions for Design of Metal Flag Poles.................................................. .1609.1.1 National Concrete Masonry Association H Sunrise Valley NCMA Herndon.VA 22071-4662 Standard - - - Referenced reference in code number Title sectlon number TEK 5-84 (1996) Details for Concrete Masonry Fire Walls.........................................................Table 720.1(2) 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 601 REFERENCED STANDARDS National Fire Protection Association NFPA 1 BattervmarchPark Quincy,MA 02169-7471 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number 10 07 Portable Fire Extingulshefs................... ..... .........906.2.906.3.2.906.3.4.Table 906.3(1),Table 906.3(2) 11 05 Low Expansion Foam.... .... ......... ...... . ........904.7 1205 Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems ., .......................................904.8,904.11 12A-04 Halon 1301 Halon 1301 Fire Extinguishing Systems. ................... ­_.......................904.9 13--07 Installation of Sprinkler Systems .. ......... ... . . . .....................708.2.903.3.1.1,903.3.2.903.3.5.1.1, 903.3.5.2.904.1 I,905.3.4,907.6.3,1613 6.3 13D 07 Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One and Two family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes........ .................... ...........903.3.1 3,903.3.5.1.1 13R 07 Installation of Sprinkler Systems in Residential Occupancies Up to and Including Four Stories in Helght ...... . .... .. . . ..... . .903.3.1.2.903.3.5.1.1.903.3.5.1.2.903.4 14 07 Installation of Standpipe and Hose System. . ....905.2,905.3.4,905.4.2,905.6.2,905.8 16 -07 Installation of Foam-water Sprinkler and Foam-water Spray Systems.. ................................904.7,904.11 17 02 Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems. ...... ... ............ .................................904.6,904.11 17A-02 Wet Chemical Extinguishing Systems............................................................904.5.904.11 20-07 Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection..... . ...................................913.1.913.2.1,913.5 3008 Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code.......................................... . . .... . ......415.3 3106 Installation of Oil-burning Equipment .................................... .... . .. .. .......... ...2113.15 32-07 Dry Cleaning Plants......................................................... .... . ............415.6.4 40-07 Storage and Handling of Cellulose Nitrate Film.................................... ...............409.1 58-08 Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code ..... .............................. .................................415.6.3 61-08 Prevention of Fires and Dust Explosions in Agricultural and Food Product Facilities.................•........,A15.6,1 70--08 National Electrical Code ............................................108.3,415.8.2.8-2,904.3.1.907.6.1.909.12.1. 909.16.3, 1205.4.1,2701.1.3401.3,H 106.1.H106.2.K101.K 111.1 72 07 National Fite Alarm Code... .901.6.903.4.1.904.3.5.907.2.907.2.5.907.2.11. 907.2.13.2.90T3.907.3.3,907.3.4.907.5.2.1.2, 907.5.2.2.907.6.907.6.1.907.6.5.907-7.907.7.1,907.7.2.911.1.5.3006.5.3007.6 80--07 Fire Doors and Other Opening Protec•tives........................................410.3.5,508.2.5.2.715.4,715.4.5. 715.4.6.715.4.7.1,715.4.8.2,715.5,715.5.5,1008.1.4.3 85 07 Boiler and Combustion System Hazards Code .. .................. ....................................415.6.1 (Note:NFPA 8503 has been Incorporated into NFPA 85) 92B-05 Smoke Management Systems in Malls.Atria and Large Spaces................ ..... ...... .. ..... .......909.8 99--n5 Standard for Health Care Facilities.... . .............................. . ..... ...................407.9 101—06 Life Safety Code............................................................... .... ...... .....1028.6.2 105—07 Standard for the Installation of Smoke Door Assemblies..................... ......... .405.4.2,715.4.3.1,909.20.4.1 110--05 Emergency and Standby Power Systems .............................................. . ... .. .......2702.1 i l l—05 Stored Electrical Energy Emergency and Standby Power Systems.............................. ............2702.1 120-04 Coal Preparation Plants ............... ................................. .. . .. ......... . .....415.6.1 170--06 Standard for Fire Safety and Emergency Symbols.............................................. ......1024.2.6.1 211- 06 Chimneys.Fireplaces.Vents and Solid Fuel-burning Appliances ............................................2112.5 252--03 Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies...................... .715.3.715.4.1,715.4.2,715.4.3,715.4.73.1 253-06 Test for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source ...................................................402.12.1,406.6 4.804.2,804.3 257-07 Standard for Fire Test for Window and Class Block Assemblies.........715.3.715.4.3.2.715.5,715.5.1.715.5.2,715.5.9.1 259-03 Test Method for Potential Heat of Building Materials..................... ............... ...2603.4.1.10,2603.5.3 265-07 Method of Fire Tests for Evaluating Room Fire Growth Contribution of Textile Wall Coverings on Full Height Paneis and Walls.............. .........................803.1.3.803.1.3.1 268- 07 Standard Test Method for Determining Ignitibilitr of Exterior Wall Assemblies Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source........1406.2.1, 1406.2.1.1,1406.2.1.2,2603.5.7,D105.1 285-06 Standard Method of Test for the Evaluation of Flammability Characteristics of Exterior Nonload bearing Wall Assemblies Containing Combustible Components..................1407.10.4,2603.5.5 286-06 Standard Method of Fire Test for Evaluating Contribution of Wall and Ceiling Interior Finish to Room Fire GrtAvth ......................402.16.4.803.1.2,803.1.2.1,803.9,2603.4.2603.9 286-07 Standard Method of Fire Tests of Floor Fire Door Assemblies Installed Horizontally in Fire resistance-rated Floor Systems.........................:....................712.8 409-04 Aircraft Hangars ......................................................412.4.6,Tabie 412.4.6,412.4.6.1.412.6.5 418--06 Standard fur Heliports............................................. ...............................412.7.4 484-06 Combustible Metals...............................................................................415.6.1 602 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® REFERENCED STANDARDS NFPA—continued 654- 06 Pfevention of Fire&Dust Explosions from the Manufacturing. Processing and Handling of Combustible Particulate Solids....... . ...................415.6.1 655--07 Pfevention of Sulfur Fires and Explosions...................... ......... . ............. . ...........415.6.1 664-07 Prevention of Fires and Explosions in Wood Processing and Woodworking Facilities ..... .415.6.1 701 -04 Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Flame propagation of Textiles and Fllrns. ...........402.12,1.410.3.6.801.1.4.806.1. 806.1.2.806.2.3102.3.3102.3.1, 3102.6.1.1.3105.4.D 102.2.8,H 106.1.1 704 07 Standard System for the Identification of the Hazards of Materials for Emergency Response..... ..........414.7.2.415.2 1124 -06 Manufacture,Transportation and Storage of Fifcsvarks and Pyrotechnic Articles...............................415.3.1 200108 Clean Anent Fire Extinguishing Systems........ ... .. .....................904.10 Precast Prestressed Concrete Institute p C I 209 W.Jackson Boulevard,Suite 500 Chicago.IL 60606-6938 Standard Referenced reference in code number Tide section number MNL 12.4—89 Design for Fife Resistance of Precast Prestressed Concrete. .721.2.3.1 MNL 128-01 Recommended Practice for Glass Fiber Reinforced Concrete Panels . ......................1903.2 Post-Tensioning Institute PTI 8501 Nonh Black Canyon Highway.Suite 103 Phoenix.AZ 85021 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title _ sccllon number PTI-2007 Standard Requifements for Analysis of Sballmv Concrete Foundations on Expansive Soils,Third Edition.... .....1808.6.2 PTI-2007 Standard Requirements for Design of Shallmv Post tensioned Concrete Foundation on Expansive Soils.Second Edition.. ........................... ..................................1808.6.2 Rack Manufacturers Institute 8720 Red Oak Boulevard.Suite 201 RMI Charlotte.NC 28217 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number ANSYMH15.1 08 Specification for Design,Testing and Utilization of Industrial Steel Storage Racks..............................2208.1 Steel Deck Institute SDI P. Box 25 Fox River Grove.IL 6002I Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number ANSMC1.0--06 Standard for Noncomposite Steel Floor Deck . ...................... .......................2209.2.2.2209.2.2.1 ANSURD1.0-06 Standard for Steel Roof Deck. ......... .......................2209.2.3 S�L Steel]ors[Institute 11738 London Links Drive Forest.VA 24551 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number CJ-1.0 -06 Standard Specification for Composite Steel Joists.CJ-series................ ... ...........1604.3.3.2203.2.2206.1 JG-1.1- 05 Standard Specification for Joist Girders....................................... . ........1604.3.3,2203.2.2206.1 K-1.l 05 Standard Specification for Open Web Steel Joists.K-series... .. . .....1604.3.3.2203.2,2206.1 LWDLH-1.1 05 Standard Specification for Longspan Steel Joists,LH-series and Deep Longspan Steel Joists,DLH-series ....................... ...................1604.3.12203.2.2206.1 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 603 REFERENCED STANDARDS Single Ply 13001111-,Institute 411 Wavcrly Oaks Road.Suite 331 B S P RI Waltham.MA 02452 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number SPRI/ANSI/ES l—03 Wind Design Standard for Edge Systems Used with Low Slope Roofing Systems.................... ...1504.5 RP 4— 02 Wind Design Guide for Ballasted Single-ph Roofing Sysienls............. ... .. .....1504.4 Telecommunications Industry Association TIA 2500 Wilson Boulevard Arlington.VA 22201-3834 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number TIA 222 G 05 Structural Standards for Steel Antenna Towers and Antenna Supporting Structures including-Addendum 1.222-G-1.Dated 2007 ............... .................1609.1.1.3108.1,3108.2 The Masonry Society 3970 Broad«ay.Unit 201-D TMS Boulder.CO C O 80304-1135 Standard Referenced reference In code number Title section number 0216— 97 Standard Method for Demnnining Fire Resistance of Concrete and Masonry Construction.Aysen,blic ........ .. .............. .. ........... ...........Table 720.1(2).721.1 030207 Standard Method for Determining the Sound Transmission Class Rating for Masonry Walls. ...................1207.2.1 40208 Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures.. ............1405.6,1405.6.2.1405.10, 1604.3.4,Table 1703.4.5.3. 1704.5,1704.5.1,Table 1704.5.1,1704.5.2,1704.5.3. 1807.1.6.3.2.1808.9,2101.2.2,2101.2.3,2101.2.4,2101.2.5. 2101.2.6,2103.1.3.6,2106.1,2107.1.2107.2,2107.3.2107.4, 2107.5,2108.1.2108.2,2108.3,2109.1,2109.1.1,2109.2.2109.2.1.2109.3.2110.1 602- 08 Specification for Masonry_ Structures........... . .... .. .......1405.6.1,Table 1704.5.1.Table 1704.5.3.1807.1.6.3. 2103.8,2103.11,2103.12,2103.13,2104.1.2104.1.1,2104.1.2 2104.1.3,2104.2,2104.3.2104.4,2105.2.2.1-1.2105.2.2.1.2.2105.2.2.1.3 Truss Plate Institute TP I 218 N.Lee Street,Suite 312 Alexandria,VA 22314 Standard Referenced reference In code number Title section number TPI 1-2007 National Design Standards for Moral-plan•-,onuccted Vkod Truss Construction. .............. ....2303.4.6,2306.1 Underwriters Laboratories,Inc. UT 333 Pfingsten Road L Northbrook.IL 60062-2096 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number 9 2000 Fire Tests of Window Assemblies—with Revisions through April 2005...715.3,715.4.3.2.715.5.715.5.1.715.52,715.5.9.1 10A 98 Tin Clad Fire Doors—with Revisions through March 2003..................................................715.4 I OB-97 Fire Tests of Door Assemblies—with Revisions through October 2001.......................................715.4.2 10C 98 Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies—with Revisions through November 2001 ...............715.4.1.715.4.3 14B -98 Sliding Hardware for Standard Horizontally-mounted Tin Clad Fire Doors with Revisions through July 2000. ........................ ..............................715.4 14C-06 Swinging Hardware for Standard Tin Clad Fire Doors Mounted Singly and in Pairs....... ..... . ............715.4 103-01 Factory-built Chimneys.for Residential Type and Building Heating Appliances— with Revisions through June 2006 ........................................... ..... ........... .717.2.5.1 127-96 Factory-built Fireplaces with Revisions through November 2006.................... ..... ..... 717.2.5.1,2I 11.11 604 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" REFERENCED STANDARDS UL—continued 199F--04 Outline of Lnestiparion for Fire Testing of Sprinklers and Water Spray Nozzles for Protection of Deep Fat Fryers.................. . .... . .....I...I.„............... ..........904.11.4.1 217- 06 Single and Multiple Station Smoke Alarms--with Revisions through August 2005.................... ....... 907.2.11 263 -03 Standard for Fire Test of Building Construction and Materials................ ....703.2,703-2.1.7012.3.703.3.703.5, 704.12,705.7,707.7.712.3-2.713-3.1.713.4.1.1, 714.1,715.2,716.5.2,716.5.3,716.6.1.Table 716.6.2(1), Table 720.1(1),1407.10.2,2103.2.2603.4.2603.5,1 268 06 Smoke Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems with Revisions through January 1999......... ..407.7,907.2.6.2 300--05 Fire Testing of Fire Extinguishing Systems for Protection of Restaurant Cooking Areas..........................904.11 305 07 Panic Hardware ............................ .. . .....I..I ..I.I............................1008.1.10 325- 02 Door,Drapery.Gale.Louver and Window Operations and Systems- with Revisions through February 2006.. ................................. ... . .............406.1.5,3110.4 555-2006 Fire Dampers.. ............................. .. .. ............ .................. ... . .........716.3 555C 2006 Ceiling Dampers.... .... .... ....... .... ..... ............................. . .........716.3.716.6.2 5555-99 Smoke Dampers- with Revisions through July 2006.. ......... .. ..................... . .....716.3,71G.3.i,l 580 2006 Test for Uplift Resistance of Roof Assemblies...................................... ..........1504.3.1,1504.3.2 64195 Type L Low temperature Venting Systems- with Revisions through August 2005..........................2113.1 1.1.4 710B-04 Recirculating Svstems-with Revisions through April 2006..... ................. ........................904.11 723- 03 Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials- with Revisions through May 2005 ... ............. .....402.11,402.16.4,406.5.3,703.4.2.719.1. 719.4.802.1,803.1.1.803-9.806.5.1407.9.1407.10.1,2303.2,2603.3, 2603.4.l.13.2603.5.4.2604.2.4.2606.4,3105.4.D 102.2.8 790-04 Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings.............. ................1505.1,2603.6,2610.2,2610.3 793-03 Standards for Automatically Operated Roof Vents for Smoke and Heat with Revisions through April 2004 ................. ........... . . ...............................910.3.1 864 03 Standards for Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Svstems- wlth Revisions through March 2006........ ........................................................909.12 924-06 Standard for Safety Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment......... .,.. . . .......1011 4 1040 96 Fire Test of Insulated Wall Construction-with Revisions through June 2001.............. 1407.10.3,2603.4.2603.9 1256-02 Fire Test of Roof Deck Construction-with Revisions through January 2007...................1508.1,2603.3.2603.4.1.5 1479-03 Fire Tests of Through penetration Firestops-with Revisions through April 2007.......702.1,713.3.12.713.3.2.713.4.1.1.2 1482-96 Solid-fuel-type Room Heater with Revisions through November 2006 ....2112.2,2112.5 1715-97 Fire Test of Interior Finish Material with Recisions through March 2004... .. . ...1.107.10.2, 1407.10.3,2603.4,2603.9 1777 04 Chintnev Liners....... .. ....... . ....... .. . .. ......................... .. ......2113.11.1.2113.19 1784-01 Air Leakage Tests of Door Assemblies with Revisions through December 2004.. ................708.14.1,711.5.2, 715.4.3.1,715.4.6.1,715.4.6.3.30074 3 1897-04 Uplift Tests for Roof Covering Systems ............................... ..... ........................1504.3.1 1975 06 Fire Test of Foamed Plastics Used for Decorative Purposes ...... .. ................. . .402.11,402.12.1,402.16.5 199404 Standard for Luminous Egress Path Marking Systems willh Revisions through February 2005............411.7,1024.2.1. 1024.2.3.1024.2.4,1024.4 2017-2000 Standards for General purpose Signaling Devices and Systems with Revisions through August 2005 .............................. ..... ............... . ......3109.4.1.8 2079 04 Tests for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Svstems-with Revisions through March 2006.......... ...702.1.714.3.714.6 2200- 04 Stationary Engine Generator Assemblies-with Revisions through July 2004 ...................... ..........2702.1.1 Underwriters Laboratories of Canada UT C T Tonto,Ontario.Road L Toronto,Omario,Canada h11R3B9 Standard Referenced reference in rode number Title section number CAN/ULC 5102.2-1988 Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Flooring. Floor Coverings and Miscellaneous Materials and Assemblies with 2000 Revisions .................... . ...719.4 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 605 REFERENCED STANDARDS United States Code c/o Superintendent of Documents UC U.S.Government Printing Office 1J Washington.DC 20402 9325 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number 18 USC Part I.Ch.40 Importation,Manufacture.Distribution and Storage of Explosi�c Materials....... ......................... ...307.2 Window and Door itianufacturers Association East Touhy Avenue 0470 WDMA Des Plaines.IL 60018 Standard Referenced reference In code number Title sectlon number AAMAIWDMAICSA 101/1.S.21A440--08 Specifications for Windows.Doors and Unit Skrl1gi15....................... . ..... .. ...........1715.5.1,2405.5 Wire Reinforcement Institute.Inc. 942 Main Street,Suite 300 WRI Hartford.CT 06103 Standard Referenced reference in code number Title section number WRIICRSI—81 Design of Slab on-ground Foundations xith 1996 Update................. ........... ......—.....1808.6.2 606 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' APPENDIX A EMPLOYEE QUALIFICATIONS The provisions contained in this appendix are not mandatory unless specifically referenced in the adopting ordinance. SECTION A101 BUILDING OFFICIAL QUALIFICATIONS A101.I Building official. The building official shall have at least 10 years'experience or equivalent as an architect, engi- neer,inspector,contractor or superintendent of construction,or any combination of these, five years of which shall have been supervisory experience. The building official should be certi- fied as a building official through a recognized certification program. The building official shall be appointed or hired by the applicable governing authority. A101.2 Chief inspector. The building official can designate supervisors to administer the provisions of the International Building. Mechanical and Plumbing Codes and International Fuel Gas Code. Each supervisor shall have at least 10 years' experience or equivalent as an architect, engineer, inspector, contractor or superintendent of construction, or any combina- tion of these,five years of which shall have been in a supervi- sory capacity. They shall be certified through a recognized certification program for the appropriate trade. A101.3 Inspector and plans examiner.The building official shall appoint or hire such number of officers,inspectors,assis- tants and other employees as shall be authorized by the juris- diction.A person shall not be appointed or hired as inspector of construction or plans examiner who has not had at least 5 years' experience as a contractor,engineer,architect,or as a superin- tendent,foreman or competent mechanic in charge of construc- tion.The inspector or plans examiner shall be certified through a recognized certification program for the appropriate trade. A101.4 Termination of employment.Employees in the posi- tion of building official,chief inspector or inspector shall not be removed from office except for cause after full opportunity has been given to be heard on specific charges before such applica- ble governing authority. SECTION A102 REFERENCED STANDARDS IBC-09 International Building Code A101.2 IMC-09 International Mechanical Code A101.2 IPC-09 International Plumbing Code A101.2 IFGC--09 International Fuel Gas Code AI01.2 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 607 APPENDIX B BOARD OF APPEALS The provisions contained fn this appendix are not mandatory unless specifically referenced in the adopting ordinance. SECTION B101 B101.2.4 Chairperson.The board shall annually select one GENERAL of its members to serve as chairperson. B101.1 Application.The application for appeal shall be filed B101.2.5 Disqualification of member.A member shall not on a form obtained from the building olTcial within 20 days hear an appeal in which that member has a personal,profes- after the notice was served. sional or financial interest. B101.2 Membership of board. The board of appeals shall B101.2.6 Secretary.The chief administrative officer shall consist of persons appointed by the chief appointing authority designate a qualified clerk to serve as secretary to the board. as follows: The secretary shall file a detailed record of all proceedings 1. One for live years;one for four years;one for three years; in the office of the chief administrative officer, one for two years;and one for one year. B101.2.7 Compensation of members. Compensation of 2. Thereafter, each new member shall serve for five years members shall be determined by law. or until a successor has been appointed. B101.3 Notice of meeting.The board shall meet upon notice The building official shall be an ex officio member of said from the chairperson,within 10 days of the filing of an appeal board but shall have no vote on any matter before the board. or at stated periodic meetings. B101.3.1 Open hearing. All hearings before the board B1012.1 Alternate members. The chief appointing shall be open to the public.The appellant, the appellant's authority shall appoint two alternate members who shall be representative,the building official and any person whose called by the board chairperson to hear appeals during the interests are affected shall be given an opportunity to be absence or disqualification of a member. Alternate mem- heard. bers shall possess the qualifications required for board membership and shall be appointed for five years,or until a B101.3.2 Procedure.The board shall adopt and make avail- successor has been appointed. able to the public through the secretary procedures under which a hearing will be conducted.The procedures shall not B101.2.2 Qualifications.The board of appeals shall consist require compliance with strict rules of evidence, but shall of five individuals, one from each of the following profes- mandate that only relevant information be received. lions or disciplines: $101.3.3 Postponed hearing.When five members are not 1. Registered design professional with architectural present to hear an appeal, either the appellant or the appel- experience or a builder or superintendent of building lant's representative shall have the right to request a post- construction with at least ten years' experience. five ponement of the hearing. of which shall have been in responsible charge of work. B101.4 Board decision.The board shall modify or reverse the decision of the building official by a concurring vote of 2. Registered design professional with structural engi- two-thirds of its members. neering experience B101.4.1 Resolution.The decision of the board shall be by 3. Registered design professional with mechanical and resolution. Certified copies shall be furnished to the appel plumbing engineering experience or a mechanical lant and to the building olgcial. contractor with at least ten years' experience, five of which shall have been in responsible charge of work. B101.4.2 Administration.The building official shall take immediate action in accordance with the decision of the 4. Registered design professional with electrical engi- board. neering experience or an electrical contractor with at least ten years' experience, five of which shall have been in responsible charge of work. 5. Registered design professional with fire protection engineering experience or a fire protection contractor with at least ten years'experience,five of which shall have been in responsible charge of work. B101.2.3 Rules and procedures.The board is authorized to establish policies and procedures necessary to carry out its duties. 2009 INTERNATIONAL_BUILDING CODE°` 609 610 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE` APPENDIX C GROUP U-AGRICULTURAL BUILDINGS The provisions contained in this appendix are not mandatory unless specifically referenced in the adopting ordinance. SECTION C101 ing issurrounded and adjoined by public uvaysoryards not less GENERAL than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in width. C101.1 Scope. The provisions of this appendix shall apply C102.3 Two-story unlimited area. The area of a Iwo-story exclusively to agricultural buildings. Such buildings shall be Group U agricultural building shall not be limited if the build- classified as Group U and shall include the following uses: ing issurrounded and adjoined by public nays or yanfsnot less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in width and is provided with an 1. Livestock shelters or buildings, including shade struc- approved automatic sprinkler system throughout in accordance tures and milking barns. with Section 903.3.1.1. 2. Poultry buildings or shelters. 3. Barns. 4. Storage of equipment and machinery used exclusively in SECTION C103 agriculture. MIXED OCCUPANCIES 5. Horticultural structures, including detached production C103.1 Mixed occupancies.Mixed occupancies shall be pro- greenhouses and crop protection shelters. tected in accordance with Section 508. 6. Sheds. 7. Grain silos. SECTION C104 8. Stables. EXITS C104.1 Exit facilities. Exits shall be provided in accordance SECTION C102 with Chapters 10 and 11. ALLOWABLE HEIGHT AND AREA Exceptions: C102.1 General.Buildings classified as Group U Agricultural 1. The maximum travel distance from any point in the shall not exceed the area or height limits specified in Table building to an approved exit shall not exceed 300 feet(91 C102.1. 440 mm). C102.2 One-story unlimited area. The area of a one-story 2. One exit is required for each 15,000 square feet (1393.5 Group U agricultural building shall not be limited if the build- m2) of area or fraction thereof. TABLE C102.1—BASIC ALLOWABLE AREA FOR A GROUP U, ONE STORY IN HEIGHT AND MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF SUCH OCCUPANCY 1 II III and IV V A B A B III A and IV III A 13 ALLOWABLE AREA(square feet? Unlimited 60.000 27.100 18.000 27.100 18,000 21.100 12,000 MAXIMUM HEIGHT IN STORIES Unlimited 12 4 _2_ .- 1 -_ _ 4. 2 3 2 MAXIMUM HEIGHT IN FEET Unlimited , 160 65 55 65 55 50 40 For Sl: t square foot=0.0929 m'. a. See Section C 102 for unlimited area under certain conditions. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 611 612 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' APPENDIX D FIRE DISTRICTS The provisions contained in this appendix are not mandatory unless specifically referenced in the adopting ordinance. SECTION D101 D102.2 Other specific requirements. GENERAL D102.2.1 Exterior walls. Exterior walls of buildings D101.1 Scope.The fire district shall include such territory or located in the fire district shall comply with the require- portion as outlined in an ordinance or law entitled "An Ordi- ments in Table 601 except as required in Section D102.2.6. nance (Resolution) Creating and Establishing a Fire District." D102.2.2 Group H prohibited.Group K occupancies shall Wherever, in such ordinance creating and establishing a fire be prohibited from location within the fire district. district, reference is made to the fire district, it shall be con- strued to mean the fire district designated and referred to in this D102.2.3 Construction type.Every building shall be con- appendix. strutted as required based on the type of construction indi- D101.1.1 Mapping. The fire district complying with the cated in Chapter 6. provisions of Section D101.1 shall be shown on a map that D102.2.4 Roof covering. Roof covering in the fire district shall be available to the public. shall conform to the requirements of Class A or B roof cov- D101.2 Establishment of area. For the purpose of this code, erings as defined in Section 1505. the fire district shall include that territory or area as described in D102.2.5 Structural fire rating. Walls, floors, roofs and Sections D101.2.1 through D101.2.3, their supporting structural members shall be a minimum of D101.2.1 Adjoining blocks.Two or more adjoining blocks, 1-hour fire-resistance-rated construction. exclusive of intervening streets,where at least 50 percent of Exceptions: the ground area is built upon and more than 50 percent of the 1. Buildings of Type IV construction. built-on area is devoted to hotels and motels of Group R-1; Group B occupancies: theaters, nightclubs, restaurants of 2 Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic Group A-1 and A-2 occupancies; garages, express and sprinkler system in accordance with Section freight depots,warehouses and storage buildings used for 903.3.1.1. the storage of finished products(not located with and form- 3. Automobile parking structures, ing a part of a manufactured or industrial plant);or Group S 4, Buildings surrounded on all sides by a permanently occupancy. Where the average height of a building is two open space of not less than 30 feet (9144 mm). and one-half stories or more,a block should be considered if the ground area built upon is at least 40 percent. 5. Partitions complying with Section 603.1.item 10. D101.22 Buffer zone. Where four contiguous blocks or D102.2.6 Exterior walls. Exterior load-bearing walls of more comprise a fire district,there shall be a buffer zone of Type li buildings shall have a fire-resistance rating of 2 200 feet (60 960 mm)around the perimeter of such district. hours or more where such walls are located within 30 feet Streets,rights-of-way and other open spaces not subject to (9144 mm)of a common property line or an assumed prop- building construction can be included in the 200-foot (60 erty line. Exterior nonload-bearing walls of Type II build- 960 mm) buffer zone. ings located within 30 feet (9144 mm) of a common D101.2.3 Developed blocks.Where blocks adjacent to the property line or an assumed property line shall have fire district have developed to the extent that at least 25 per- Fireresistance ratings as required by Table 601, but not less cent of the ground area is built upon and 40 percent or more than 1 hour.Exterior walls located more than 30 feel (9144 of the built-on area is devoted to the occupancies specified mm) from a common property line or an assumed property in Section D101.2.1,they can be considered for inclusion in line shall comply with Table 601. the fire district,and can form all or a portion of the 200-Foot Exception: In the case of one-story buildings that are (60 960 min) buffer zone required in Section D101.2.2. 2,000 square feet(186 ml) or less in area,exterior walls located more than 15 feet (4572 mm) from a common property line or an assumed property line need only com- SECTION D102 ply with Table 601. BUILDING RESTRICTIONS D102.2.7 Architectural trim.Architectural trim on build- D102.1 Types of construction permitted.Within the fire dis- ings located in the fire district shall be constructed of trict every building hereafter erected shall be either Type 1, II, approved noncombustible materials or fire-retardant- III or IV, except as permitted in Section D104. treated wood. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 613 APPENDIX D D102.2.8 Permanent canopies. Permanent canopies are unless the building is of a type of construction permitted in the permitted to extend over adjacent open spaces provided all fire district. of the following are met: 1. The canopy and its supports shall be of noncombusti- ble material, tire-retardant-treated wood, Type IV SECTION D104 construction or of ]-hour fire-resistance-rated con- BUILDINGS LOCATED PARTIALLY struction. IN THE FIRE DISTRICT Exception: Any textile covering for the canopy D104.1 General.Any building located partially in the fire dis- shall be flame resistant as determined by tests con- Irict shall be of a type of construction required for the fire dis- ducted in accordance with NFPA 701 after both trict,unless the major portion of such building lies outside of accelerated water leaching and accelerated weath- the fire district and no part is more than 10 feet (3048 mm) ering, inside the boundaries of the fire district. 2. Any canopy covering,other than textiles,shall have a flame spread mdexnot greater than 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM F 84 or UL 723 in the form SECTION D105 intended for use. EXCEPTIONS TO RESTRICTIONS 3. The canopy shall have at least one long side open. IN FIRE DISTRICT 4. The maximum horizontal width of the canopy shall D105.1 General. The preceding provisions of this appendix not exceed 15 feet (4572 mm). shall not apply in the following instances: 5. The lire resistance of exterior walls shall not be 1. Temporary buildings used in connection with duly reduced. authorized construction. D102.2.9 Roof structures. Structures, except aerial sup- 2. A private garage used exclusively as such, not more ports 12 feel(3658 mm) high or less,flagpoles,water tanks than one story in height,nor more than 650 square feet and cooling towers, placed above the roof of any building (60 ml)in area,located on the same lot with a dwelling, within the fire district shall be of noncombustible material 3. Fences not over 8 feet (2438 mm) high. and shall be supported by construction of noncombustible material. 4. Coal tipples,material bins and trestles of Type 1V con- struction. D102.2.10 Plastic signs. The use of plastics complying 5. Water tanks and cooling towers conforming to Sections with Section 2611 for signs is permitted provided the struc- t 5093 and 1509.4. ture of the sign in which the plastic is mounted or installed is noncombustible. 6. Greenhouses less than 15 feet (4572 mm) high. D102.2.11 Plastic veneer.Exterior plastic veneer is not per- 7. Porches on dwellings not over one story in height,and mitted in the fire district. not over 10 feet (3048 mm) wide from the face of the building,provided such porch does not come within 5 feet 0 524 mm) of any property line. SECTION D103 8. Sheds open on a long side not over 15 feet (4572 mm) CHANGES TO BUILDINGS high and 500 square feet (46 mz) in area. D103.1 Existing buildings within the fire district.An exist- 9. One-and two-family dwellings where of a type of con- ing building shall not hereafter be increased in height or area struction not permitted in the fire district can be unless it is of a type of construction permitted For new buildings extended 25 percent of the floor area existing at the within the fire district or is altered to comply with the require- time of inclusion in the fire district by any type of con- ments for such type of construction. Nor shall any existing struction permitted by this code. building be hereafter extended on any side,nor square footage 10. Wood decks less than 600 square feet (56 m2) where or floors added within the existing building unless such modifi- constructed of 2-inch(51 mm)nominal wood,pressure cations are of a type of construction permitted for new build- treated for exterior use. ings within the Fire district. 11. Wood veneers on exterior walls conforming to Section D103.2 Other alterations. Nothing in Section D103.1 shall 1405.5. prohibit other alterations within the fire district provided there is no change of occupancy that is otherwise prohibited and the 12. Exterior plastic veneer complying with Section 2605.2 fire hazard is not increased by such alteration. where installed on exterior walls required to have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 hour,provided the D103.3 Moving buildings. Buildings shall not hereafter be exterior plastic veneer does not exhibit sustained flam- moved into the fire district or to another lot in the Fire district ing as defined in NFPA 268. 614 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' APPENDIX D SECTION D106 REFERENCED STANDARDS ASTM E 84-04 Test Method for Surface D102.2.8 Burning Characteristics of Building Materials NFPA 268-01 Test Method for Determining D105.1 Ignitability of Exterior Wall Assemblies Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source NFPA 701-99 Methods of Fire Tests for D102.2,8 Flame-Propagation of Textiles and Films UL 723-03 Standard for Test for D102.2.8 Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.with Revisions through May 2005 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 615 616 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE'i APPENDIX E SUPPLEMENTARY ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS The provisions contained in this appendix are not mandatory unless specifically referenced in the adopting ordinance. SECTION E101 E104.2 Accessible beds.In rooms or spaces having more than GENERAL 25 beds, 5 percent of the beds shall have a clear floor space E101.1 Scope. The provisions of this appendix shall control complying with ICC A117.1. the supplementary requirements for the design and construe- E104.2.1 Sleeping areas. A clear floor space complying tion of facilities for accessibility to physically disabled per- with ICC Al 17.1 shall be provided on both sides of the sons. accessible bed.The clear floor space shall be positioned for E101.2 Design.Technical requirements for items herein shall parallel approach to the side of the bed. comply with this code and ICC Al 17.1. Exception. This requirement shall not apply where a single clear floor space complying with ICC A117.1 SECTION E102 positioned for parallel approach is provided between two DEFINITIONS beds. E102.1 General.The following words and terms shall,for the E104.3 Communication features. Communication features purposes of this appendix,have the meanings shown herein. complying with ICC A117.1 shall be provided in accordance with Sections E109.3.1 through E109.3.4. CLOSED-CIRCUIT TELEPHONE. A telephone with a E104.3.1 Transient lodging.In transient lodging facilities, dedicated line such as a house phone,courtesy phone or phone sleeping units with accessible communication features shall that must be used to gain entrance to a facility. be provided in accordance with Table E104.3.1. Units MAILBOXES. Receptacles for the receipt of documents, required to comply with Table El 04.3.1 shall be dispersed packages or other deliverable matter. Mailboxes include, but among the various classes of units. are not limited to,post office boxes and receptacles provided by E104.32 Group I-3. In Group 1-3 occupancies at least 2 commercial mail-receiving agencies, apartment houses and percent,but no fewer than one of the total number of general schools. holding cells and general housing cells equipped with audi- TRANSIENT LODGING. A building, facility or portion ble emergency alarm systems and permanently installed thereof, excluding inpatient medical care facilities and telephones within the cell, shall comply with Section long-term care facilities, that contains one or more dwelling E104.3.4. units or sleeping units.Examples of transient lodging include, E104.3.3 Dwelling units and sleeping units.Where duell- but are not limited to,resorts,group homes,hotels,motels,dor- mitories,homeless shelters,halfway houses and social service Jngunitsand sleeping unitsare altered or added,the require- lodging, ments of Section F104.3 shall apply only to the units being g g' altered or added until the number of units with accessible communication features complies with the minimum num- SECTION E103 ber required for new construction. ACCESSIBLE ROUTE E104.3.4 Notification devices.Visual notification devices E103.1 Raised platforms.In banquet rooms or spaces where a shall be provided to alert room occupants of incoming tele- head table or speaker's lectern is located on a raised platform, phone calls and a door knock or bell. Notification devices an accessible route shall be provided to the platform. shall not be connected to visual alarm signal appliances. Permanently installed telephones shall have volume con- trols and an electrical outlet complying with ICC Al 17.1 SECTION E104 located within 48 inches (1219 mm) of the telephone to SPECIAL OCCUPANCIES facilitate the use of a TTY. E104.1 General.Transient lodging facilities shall be provided E104.4 Partitions. Solid partitions or security glazing that with accessible features in accordance with Sections E104.2 separates visitors from detainees in Group 1-3 occupancies and E104.3, Group I-3 occupancies shall be provided with shall provide a method to facilitate voice communication.Such accessible features in accordance with Sections E104.3 and methods are permitted to include,but are not limited to,grilles, E104.4. slats, talk-through baffles, intercoms or telephone handset 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 617 APPENDIX E devices.The method of communication shall be accessible to E105.4 Mailboxes.Where mailboxes are provided in an inte- individuals who use wheelchairs and individuals who have dif- rior location. at least 5 percent. but not less than one, of each ficulty bending or stooping. Hand-operable communication type shall comply with ICC Al 17.1.In residential and institu- devices, if provided,shall comply with Section E106.3. tional Facilities,where mailboxes are provided For each dtvell- ing Unit or sleeping unit, mailboxes complying with ICC Al 17.1 shall be provided For each unit required to be an Acces- SECTION E105 sible unit. OTHER FEATURES AND FACILITIES E105.5 Automatic teller machines and fare machines. E105.1 Portable toilets and bathing rooms.Where multiple Where automatic teller machines or self-service fare vending, single-user portable toilet or bathing units are clustered at a sin- collection or adjustment machines are provided, at least one gle location,at least 5 percent,but not less than one toilet unit or machine of each type at each location where such machines are bathing unit at each cluster, shall comply with ICC A117.1. provided shall be accessible.Where bins are provided for enve- Signs containing the International Symbol of Accessibility and lopes,wastepaper or other purposes, at least one of each type complying with ICC Al 17.1 shall identify accessible portable shall be accessible. toilets and bathing units. E105.6 Two-way communication systems. Where two-way Exception: Portable toilet units provided for use exclu- communication systems are provided to gain admittance to a sively by construction personnel on a construction site. building or facility or to restricted areas within a building or E105.2 Laundry equipment. Where provided in spaces facility,the system shall comply with ICC Al 17.1. required to be accessible,washing machines and clothes dryers shall comply with this section. SECTION E106 E105.2.1 Washing machines.Where three or fewer wash- TELEPHONES ing machines are provided, at least one shall comply with ICC Al 17.1.Where more than three washing machines are E106.1 General.Where coin-operated public pay telephones, provided,at least two shall comply with ICC Al 17.1. coinless public pay telephones, public closed-circuit tele- phones,courtesy phones or other types of public telephones are E105.2.2 Clothes dryers. Where three or Fewer clothes provided, accessible public telephones shall be provided in dryers are provided, at least one shall comply with ICC accordance with Sections E 106.2 through El 06.5 for each type Al 17.1.Where more than three clothes dryers are provided, of public telephone provided. For purposes of this section, a at least two shall comply with ICC Al 17.1. bank of telephones shall be considered Iwo or more adjacent E105.3 Depositories, vending machines, change machines telephones, and similar equipment.Where provided,at least one of each E106.2 Wheelchair-accessible telephones. Where public type of depository,vending machine,change machine and sim- telephones are provided. wheelchair-accessible telephones ilar equipment shall comply with ICC Al17.1. complying with ICC A117.1 shall be provided in accordance Exception: Drive-up-only depositories are not required to with Table E106.2. comply with [his section. Exception: Drive-up-only public telephones are not required to be accessible. TABLE E104.3.1 DWELLING OR SLEEPING UNITS WITH ACCESSIBLE COMMUNICATION FEATURES TOTAL NUMBER OF DWELLING OR MINIMUM REQUIRED NUMBER OF DWELLING OR SLEEPING SLEEPING UNITS PROVIDED UNITS WITH ACCESSIBLE COMMUNICATION FEATURES 1 1 2to25 2 26 to 50 _ 4 51 to 75 7 76 to 100 _ 9 101 to 150 _ _ _ 12 151 to 200 14 201 to 300 17 f -- 301 to 400 - -- — — 20 - -- -- 401 to 500 _ _ 22 501 10 1,000 5%of total 1,001 and over 50 plus 3 for each 100 over 1.000 610 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" APPENDIX E TABLE E106.2 WHEELCHAIR-ACCESSIBLE TELEPHONES j NUMBER OF TELEPHONES PROVIDED MINIMUM REQUIRED NUMBER OF ON A FLOOR,LEVEL OR EXTERIOR SITE WHEELCHAIR-ACCESSIBLE TELEPHONES I or more single unit 1 per floor,level and exterior site 1 bank 1 per floor,level and exterior site 2 or more banks 1 per bank E106.3 Volume controls.All public telephones provided shall lie TTY shall be provided at banks of public pay telephones have volume control complying with]CC Al 17.1. not containing a public TTY,Additionally,where signs pro- E106.4 TTYs.TTYs complying with ICC Al 17.1 shall be pro- vide direction to public pay telephones,they shall also pro- vided in accordance with Sections E106.4.1 through E 106.4.9. vide direction to public TTYs.Such signs shall comply with ICC A117.1 and shall include the International Symbol of E106.4.1 Bank requirement. Where four or more public TTY. pay telephones are provided at a bank of telephones,at least E106.5 Shelves for portable TTYs. Where a bank of tele- one public TTY shall be provided at that bank. phones in the interior of a building consists of three or more Exception:TTYs are not required at banks of telephones public pay telephones,at least one public pay telephone at the located within 200 feet(60 960 mm)of,and on the same bank shall be provided with a shelf and an electrical outlet in floor as, a bank containing a public TTY, accordance with ICC A117.1. E106.4.2 Floor requirement. Where four or more public Exceptions: pay telephones are provided on a floor of a privately owned 1. In secured areas of detention and correctional facili- budding, at least one public TTY shall be provided on that ties,if shelves and outlets are prohibited for purposes floor.Where at least one public pay telephone is provided on of security or safety shelves and outlets for TTYs are a floor of a publicly owned building,at least one public TTY not required to be provided. shall be provided on that floor. 2. The shelf and electrical outlet shall not be required at E106.4.3 Building requirement.Where four or more pub- a bank of telephones with a TTY. lic pay telephones are provided in a privately owned build- ing, at least one public TTY shall be provided in the building. Where at least one public pay telephone is pro- SECTION E107 vided in a publicly owned building,at least one public TTY SIGNAGE shall be provided in the building. E107.1 Signs.Required accessible portable toilets and bathing E106.4.4 Site requirement.Where four or more public pay facilities shall be identified by the International Symbol of telephones are provided on a site, at least one public TTY Accessibility, shall be provided on the site. E107.2 Designations. Interior and exterior signs identifying E106.4.5 Rest stops,emergency road stops,and service permanent rooms and spaces shall be tactile. Where plazas.Where a public pay telephone is provided at a public pictograms are provided as designations of interior rooms and rest stop,emergency road stop or service plaza,at least one spaces,the pictograms shall have tactile text descriptors.Signs public TTY shall be provided. required to provide tactile characters and pictograms shall E106.4.6 Hospitals. Where a public pay telephone is pro- comply with ICC Al 17.1. vided in or adjacent to a hospital emergency room,hospital Exceptions: recovery room or hospital waiting room,at least one public 1. Exterior signs that are not located at the door to the TTY shall be provided at each such location. space they serve are not required to comply. E106.4.7 Transportation facilities. Transportation facili- 2. Building directories, menus, seat and row designa- ties shall be provided with TTYs in accordance with Sec- tions in assembly areas, occupant names, building tions E109.2.5 and El 10.2 in addition to the TTYs required addresses and company names and logos are not by Sections E106.4.1 through E106.4.4, required to comply. E106.4.8 Detention and correctional facilities. In deten- 3. Signs in parking facilities are not required to comply. tion and correctional facilities,where a public pay telephone is provided in a secured area used only by detainees or 4. Temporary(seven days or less)signs are not required inmates and security personnel,then at least one TTY shall to comply. be provided in at least one secured area. 5. In detention and correctional facilities, signs not E106.4.9 Signs. Public TTYs shall be identified by the located in public areas are not required to comply. International Symbol of TTY complying with ICC Al 17.1. E107.3 Directional and informational signs.Signs that pro- Directional signs indicating the location of the nearest pub- vide direction to, or information about, permanent interior 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 619 APPENDIX E spaces of the site and facilities shall contain visual characters ramps are to be deployed comply with Sections E108.2 and complying with ICC A117.1. E108.3. Exception: Building directories, personnel names, com- pany or occupant names and logos, menus and temporary (seven days or less) signs are not required to comply with SECTION E109 ICC A117.1. TRANSPORTATION FACILITIES AND STATIONS E107.4 Other signs. Signage indicating special accessibility E109.1 General. Fixed transportation facilities and stations provisions shall be provided as follows: shall complywith the applicable provisions of Section E109.2. 1. At bus stops and terminals,signage must be provided in E109.2 New construction.New stations in rapid rail,light rail, accordance with Section E108.4. commuter rail, intercity rail, high speed rail and other fixed 2. At fixed facilities and stations,signage must be provided guideway systems shall comply with Sections E 109.2,1 in accordance with Sections E109.2.2 through through E109.2.8. E109.2.2.3. E109.2.1 Station entrances.Where different entrances to a 3. At airports, terminal information systems must be pro- station serve different transportation fixed routes or groups vided in accordance with Section E 1103. of fixed routes,at least one entrance serving each group or route shall comply with Section 1104 and ICC A117.1. E109.2.2 Signs. Signage in fixed transportation facilities SECTION E108 and stations shall comply with Sections E 109.2.2.1 through BUS STOPS E109.2.2.3. E108.1 General.Bus stops shall comply with Sections E108.2 E109.2.2.1 Tactile signs. Where signs are provided at through E108.5. entrances to stations identifying the station or the E108.2 Bus boarding and alighting areas.Bus boarding and entrance,or both,at least one sign at each entrance shall alighting areas shall comply with Sections E108.2.1 through be tactile.A minimum of one tactile sign identifying the E108.2.4. specific station shall be provided on each platform or boarding area. Such signs shall be placed in uniform E108.2.1 Surface. Bus boarding and alighting areas shall locations at entrances and on platforms or boarding areas have a firm,stable surface. within the transit system to the maximum extent practi- E108.2.2 Dimensions. Bus boarding and alighting areas cable.Tactile signs shall comply with ICC A117.1. shall have a clear length of 96 inches(2440 mm)minimum. Exceptions: measured perpendicular to the curb or vehicle roadway edge,and a clear width of 60 inches (1525 mm)minimum, 1. Where the station has no defined entrance but measured parallel to the vehicle roadway. signs are provided, the tactile signs shall be E108.2.3 Connection. Bus boarding and alighting areas placed in a central location. shall be connected to streets,sidewalks or pedestrian paths 2. Signs are not required to be tactile where audi- by an accessible route complying with Section 1104. ble signs are remotely transmitted to hand-held E108.2.4 Slope.Parallel to the roadway.the slope of the bus receivers,or are user or proximity actuated. boarding and alighting area shall be the same as the road- E109.2.2.2 Identification signs. Stations covered by way, to the maximum extent practicable. For water drain- this section shall have identification signs containing age,a maximum slope of 1:48 perpendicular to the roadway visual characters complying with ICC A117.1. Signs is allowed. shall be clearly visible and within the sightlines of a standing or sitting passenger from within the train on E108.3 Bus shelters. Where provided, new or replaced bus both sides when not obstructed by another train. shelters shall provide a minimum clear floor or ground space complying with JCC A117.1,Section 305, entirely within the E109.2.2.3 Informational signs. Lists of stations, shelter.Such shelters shall be connected by an accessible route routes and destinations served by the station which are to the boarding area required by Section E 108.2. located on boarding areas,platforms or mezzanines shall E108.4 Signs. New bus route identification signs shall have provide visual characters complying with ICC A117.1 finish and contrast complying with ICC Al 17.1.Additionally, Signs covered by this provision shall, to the maximum to the maximum extent practicable, new bus route identifica- extent practicable,be placed in uniform locations within tion signs shall provide visual characters complying with ICC the transit system. Al 17.1. E109.2.3 Fare machines.Self-service fare vending,collec- Exception: Bus schedules. timetables and maps that are tion and adjustment machines shall comply with ICC posted at the bus stop or bus bay are not required to meet this Al 17,1,Section 707.Where self-service fare vending,col- lection or adjustment machines are provided for the use of requirement. the general public, at least one accessible machine of each E108.5 Bus stop siting. Bus slop sites shall be chosen such type provided shall be provided at each accessible point of that,to the maximum extent practicable,the areas where lifts or entry and exit. 620 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODER APPENDIX E E109.2.4 Rail-to-platform height.Station platforms shall SECTION E111 be positioned to coordinate with vehicles in accordance REFERENCED STANDARDS with the applicable provisions of 36 CFR, Part 1192. DOJ 36 Americans with Disabilities Act E109.2.4 Low-level platforms shall be 8 inches (250 rum) minimum CFR Part 1192 (ADA) Accessibility Guidelines above top of rail. for Transportation Vehicles Exception: Where vehicles are boarded from sidewalks (ADAAG).Washington, D.C.: or street level, low-level platforms shall be permitted to Department of Justice, 1991 be less than 8 inches (250 mm). ICClANSI Accessible and Usable E101.2,E104.2, E109.2.5 TTYs.Where a public pay telephone is provided A117.1-03 Buildings and Facilities E104.2.1.E104.3, in a transit facility(as defined by the Department of Trans- E104.3.4.E105.1, portation) at least one public TTY complying with ICC E105.2.1,E105.2.2, A117.1, Section 704.4,shall be provided in the station. In E105.3,E105.4. addition,where one or more public pay telephones serve a E105.6,E106.2, particular entrance to a transportation facility, at least one E106.3,E106.4, TTY telephone complying with ICC A I 17.1.Section 704.4. E106.4.9.E106.5, shall be provided to serve that entrance. E107.2,E107.3, E108.3.E108.4. E109.2.6 Track crossings.Where a circulation path serv- E109.2.1,E109.2.2.1. ing boarding platforms crosses tracks, an accessible route E109.2.2.2,E109.2.2.3, complying with ICC A117.1 shall be provided. E109.2.3 Exception:Openings for wheel flanges shall be permit- ted to be 21lr inches (64 mm) maximum. E109.2.7 Public address systems. Where public address systems convey audible information to the public,the same or equivalent information shall be provided in a visual for- mat. E109.2.8 Clocks.Where clocks are provided for use by the general public,the clock face shall be uncluttered so that its elements are clearly visible. Hands, numerals and digits shall contrast with the background either light-on-dark or dark-on-light.Where clocks are mounted overhead,numer- als and digits shall comply with ICC Al 17.1,Section 703.2. SECTION E110 AIRPORTS E110.1 New construction.New construction of airports shall comply with Sections E110.2 through E 110.4. E110.2 TTYs.Where public pay telephones are provided, at least one TTY shall be provided in compliance with ICC Al 17.1,Section 704.4.Additionally,if four or more public pay telephones are located in a main terminal outside the security areas,a concourse within the security areas or a baggage clairn area in a terminal,at least one public TTY complying with ICC A117.1, Section 704,4, shall also be provided in each such location, E110.3 Terminal information systems. Where terminal information systems convey audible information to the public, the same or equivalent information shall be provided in a visual format. E110.4 Clocks.Where clocks are provided for use by the gen- eral public, the clock face shall be uncluttered so that its ele- ments are clearly visible. Hands, numerals and digits shall contrast with their background either light-on-dark or dark-on-light. Where clocks are mounted overhead, numerals and digits shall comply with ICC Al 17.1. Section 703.2. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 621 622 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' APPENDIX F RODENTPROOFING The provisions contained in this appendix are not mandatory unless specifically referenced in the adopting ordinance. SECTION F101 an apron in accordance with Section F101.6.1.1 or a floor GENERAL slab in accordance with Section F101.6.1.2. F101.1 General.Buildings or structures and the walls enclos- F101.6.1.1 Apron. Where an apron is provided, the ing habitable or occupiable rooms and spaces in which persons apron shall not be less than 8 inches(203 mm)above,nor live, sleep or work, or in which feed, food or foodstuffs are less than 24 inches (610 mm) below, grade. The apron stored, prepared, processed, served or sold, shall be con- shall not terminate below the lower edge of the siding strutted in accordance with the provisions of this section. material.The apron shall be constructed of an approved F101.2 Foundation wall ventilation openings. Foundation nondecayable, water-resistant rodentproofing material wall ventilator openings shall be covered for their height and of required strength and shall be installed around the width with perforated sheet metal plates no less than 0.070 inch entire perimeter of the building. Where constructed of (1.8 mm)thick,expanded sheet metal plates not less than 0.047 masonry or concrete materials,the apron shall not be less inch(1.2 mm) thick,cast iron grills or grating,extruded alumt- than 4 inches (102 mm) in thickness. num load-bearing vents or with hardware cloth of 0.035 inch F101.6.1.2 Grade floors. Where continuous concrete (0.89 trim) wire or heavier. The openings therein shall not grade floor slabs are provided, open spaces shall not be exceed 1l4 inch (6.4 mm). left between the slab and walls,and openings in the slab F101.3 Foundation and exterior wall sealing. Annular shall be protected, spaces around pipes, electric cables, conduits, or other open- F101.6.2 Sill at or above 12 inches above ground.Build- ings in the walls shall be protected against the passage of ings not provided with a continuous foundation and which rodents by closing such openings with cement mortar,concrete have sills 12 or more inches (305 mm) above the ground masonry or noncorrosive metal. level shall be provide with protection against rodents at F101.4 Doors. Doors on which metal protection has been grade in accordance with any of the following: applied shall be hinged so as to be free swinging.When closed, 1. Section F101.6.1.1 or F101.6.1.2: the maximum clearance between any door,doorjambs.and sills 2. By installing solid sheet metal collars at least 0.024 shall not be greater than`/H inch (9.5 mm). inch (0.6 mm)thick at the top of each pier or pile and F101.5 Windows and other openings. Windows and other around each pipe, cable, conduit. wire or other item openings for the purpose of light or ventilation located in exte- which provides a continuous pathway from the rior walls within 2 feet (610 mm) above the existing ground ground to the floor; or level immediately below such opening shall be covered for 3. By encasing the pipes,cables,conduits or wires in an their entire height and width, including frame, with hardware enclosure constructed in accordance with Section cloth of at least 0.035 inch (0.89 mm) wire or heavier. F101.6.1.1. F101.5.1 Rodent-accessible openings.Windows and other openings for the purpose of light and ventilation in the exte- rior walls not covered in this chapter, accessible to rodents by way of exposed pipes,wires,conduits and other appurte- nances, shall be covered with wire cloth of at least 0.035 inch (0.89 mm) wire. In lieu of wire cloth covering, said pipes, wires, conduits and other appurtenances shall be blocked from rodent usage by installing solid sheet metal guards 0.024 inch (0.61 mm) thick or heavier,Guards shall be fitted around pipes, wires, conduits or other appurte- nances. In addition, they shall be fastened securely to and shall extend perpendicularly from the exterior wall for a minimum distance of 12 inches (305 min) beyond and on either side of pipes,wires,conduits or appurtenances. F101.6 Pier and wood construction. F101.6.1 Sill less than 12 inches above ground.Buildings not provided with a continuous foundation shall be provided with protection against rodents at grade by providing either 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 623 624 2009 INTERNATIONAL 13UILDING CODE' APPENDIX G FLOOD-RESISTANT CONSTRUCTION The provisions contained in this appendix are not mandatory unless specifically referenced in the adopting ordinance. SECTION G101 substantial improvement of existing buildings and structures, ADMINISTRATION including restoration after damage, temporary structures, and G101.1 Purpose.The purpose of this appendix is to promote temporary or permanent storage, utility and miscellaneous the public health,safety and general welfare and to minimize Group U buildings and structures, and certain building work public and private losses due to flood conditions in specific exempt from permit under Section 105.2. flood hazard areas through the establishment of comprehen- G102.2 Establishment of flood hazard areas.Flood hazard sive regulations for management of flood hazard areas areas are established in Section 1612.3 of the International designed to: Building Code,adopted by the applicable governing authority 1. Prevent unnecessary disruption of commerce,access and on I INSERT DATE]. public service during times of flooding, 2. Manage the alteration of natural flood plains, stream SECTION G103 channels and shorelines; POWERS AND DUTIES 3. Manage filling, grading, dredging and other develop- G103.1 Permit applications. The building official shall men t which may increase flooddamageorerosion poten- review all pernritapplications to determine whether proposed tial; development sites will be reasonably safe from flooding. If a 4. Prevent or regulate the construction of flood barriers proposed development site is in a flood hazard area, all site which will divert floodwaters or which can increase development activities (including grading, filling, utility flood hazards; and installation and drainage modiriica(ion), all new construction 5. Contribute to improved construction techniques in the and substantial improvements(including the placement of pre- flood plain. fabricated buildings and manufactured homes) and certain building work exempt from pernritunder Section 105.2 shall be G101.2 Objectives.The objectives of this appendix are to pro- designed and constructed with methods,practices and materi- tect human life.minimize the expenditure of public money for als that minimize flood damage and that are in accordance with flood control projects,minimize the need for rescue and relief this code and ASCE 24. efforts associated with flooding,minimize prolonged business G103.2 Other permits. It shall be the responsibility of the interruption,minimize damage to public facilities and utilities, building officialto assure that approval of a proposed develop- help maintain a stable tax base by providing for the sound use ment shall not be given until proof that necessary permits have and development of flood-prone areas,contribute to improved been granted by federal or state agencies having jurisdiction construction techniques in the flood plain and ensure that over such development. potential owners and occupants are notified that property is within flood hazard areas. G103.3 Deternunation of design flood elevations. if design G101.3 Scope.The provisions of this appendix shall apply to flood elevations are not specified.the building official is autho- all proposed development in a flood hazard area established in rized to require the applicant to: Section 1612 of this code, including certain building work 1. Obtain, review and reasonably utilize data available exempt from permit under Section 105.2. from a federal,state or other source, or G101.4 Violations.Any violation of a provision of this appen- 2. Determine the design flood elevation in accordance with dix,or failure to comply with a permit or variance issued pursu- accepted hydrologic and hydraulic engineering tech- ant to this appendix or any requirement of this appendix,shall niques.Such analyses shall be performed and scaled by a be handled in accordance with Section 114. registered design professional. Studies, analyses and computations shall be submitted in sufficient detail to allow review and approval by the bui APPENDIX G opment,when combined with all other existing and anticipated similar description that will readily identify and defi- flood hazard area encroachment, will not increase the design nitely locate the site. flood elevation more than 1 foot (305 mm) at any point within 3. Include a site plan showing the delineation of flood haz- the community. and areas, floodway boundaries, flood zones, design G103.5 Floodway encroachment.Prior to issuing a permit for flood elevations, ground elevations, proposed fill and any floodwayencroachment, including fill, new construction, excavation and drainage patterns and facilities. substantial improvements and other development or land-dis- 4. Indicate the use and occupancy for which the proposed turbing activity, the building official shall require submission development is intended. of a certification, along with supporting technical data. that demonstrates that such development will not cause any 5. Be accompanied by construction documents, grading increase of the level of the base flood and filling plans and other information deemed appropri- G103.5.1 F'loodway revisions. A floodrvay encroachment ate by the building official. that increases the level of the base flood is authorized if the 6. State the valuation of the proposed work. applicant has applied for a conditional Flood Insurance Rate 7. Be signed by the applicant or the applicant's authorized Map (FIRM) revision and has received the approval of the agent. Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA). G104.3 Validity of permit.The issuance of a permitunder this G103.6 Watercourse alteration.Prior to issuing a permit for appendix shall not be construed to be a permit for,or approval anv alteration or relocation of any watercourse, the building of,any violation of this appendix or any other ordinance of the official shall require the applicant to provide notification of the jurisdiction.The issuance of a permitbased on submitted docu- proposal to the appropriate authorities of all affected adjacent ments and information shall not prevent the building official government jurisdictions,as well as appropriate state agencies. from requiring the correction of errors.The building official is A copy of the notification shall be maintained in the permit authorized to prevent occupancy or use of a structure or site records and submitted to FEMA. which is in violation of this appendix or other ordinances of this G103.6.1 Engineering analysis.The building official shall jurisdiction. require submission of an engineering analysis which dem- G104.4 Expiration.A pefnift shall become invalid if the pro- onstrates that the flood-carrying capacity of the altered or posed development is not commenced within 180 days after its relocated portion of the watercourse will not be decreased, issuance,or if the work authorized is suspended or abandoned Such watercourses shall be maintained in a manner which for a period of 180 days after the work commences.Extensions preserves the channel's flood-carrying capacity. shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demon- G103.7 Alterations in coastal areas.Prior to issuing a permit strated.The building official is authorized to grant,in writing, for any alteration of sand dunes and mangrove stands in flood one or more extensions of time,for periods not more than 180 hazard areas subject to high velocity wave action,the building days each. official shall require submission of an engineering analysis G104.5 Suspension or revocation. The building official is which demonstrates that the proposed alteration will not authorized to suspend or revoke a permit issued under this increase the potential for flood damage. appendix wherever the permit is issued in error or on the basis G103.8 Records.The buildingolpcialshall maintain a perma- of incorrect,inaccurate or incomplete information.or in viola- nent record of all permits issued in flood hazard areas,includ- tion of any ordinance or code of this jurisdiction. ing copies of inspection reports and certifications required in Section 1612. SECTION G105 VARIANCES SECTION G104 G105.1 General.The board ofappealsestablished pursuant to PERMITS Section 112 shall hear and decide requests for variances.The G104.1 Required.Any person,owner or authorized agent who board ofappealsshall base its determination on technical justi- intends to conduct any development in a flood hazard area shall fications, and has the right to attach such conditions to vari- first make application to the building official and shall obtain ances as it deems necessary to further the purposes and the required permit. objectives of this appendix and Section 1612. G104.2 Application for permit. The applicant shall file an G105.2 Records.The building official shall maintain a perma- application in writing on a form furnished by the building olp- vent record of all variance actions, including justification for cial.Such application shall: their issuance. 1. Identify and describe the development to be covered by G105.3 Historic structures. A variance is authorized to be the permit. issued for the repair or rehabilitation of a historic structure 2. Describe the land on which the proposed development is upon a determination that the proposed repair or rehabilitation to be conducted by legal description, street address or will not preclude the structure's continued designation as a his- 626 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' APPENDIX G toric structure, and the variance is the minimum necessary to repair of public utilities and facilities such as sewer, preserve the historic character and design of the structure. gas,electrical and water systems,streets and bridges. Exception: Within flood hazard areas, historic structures G105.7 Conditions for issuance. Variances shall only be that are not: issued by the board of appeals upon: 1. Listed or preliminarily determined to be eligible for 1. A technical showing of good and sufficient cause that the listing in the National Register of Historic Places:or unique characteristics of the size, configuration or 2. Determined by the Secretary of the U.S.Department topography of the site renders the elevation standards of Interior as contributing to the historical signifi- inappropriate; cance of a registered historic district or a district pre- 2. A determination that failure to grant the variance would liminarily determined to qualify as an historic district; result in exceptional hardship by rendering the lot or undevelopable; 3. Designated as historic under a state or local historic 3. A determination that the granting of a variance will not preservation program that is approved by the Depart- result in increased flood heights, additional threats to ment of Interior. public safety, extraordinary public expense, nor create G105.4 Functionally dependent facilities. A variance is nuisances,cause fraud on or victimization of the public authorized to be issued for the construction or substantial or conflict with existing local laws or ordinances; improvement of a functionally dependent facility provided the 4. A determination[hat the variance is the minimum neces- criteria in Section 1612.1 are met and the variance is the mini- sary,considering the flood hazard,to afford relief;and mum necessary to allow the construction or substantial improvement,and that all due consideration has been given to 5. Notification to the applicant in writing over the signature methods and materials that minimize flood damages during the of the building official that the issuance of a variance to design flood and create no additional threats to public safety. construct a structure below the base flood level will result in increased premium rates for flood insurance up G105.5 Restrictions.The board of appeals shall not issue a to amounts as high as$25 for$100 of insurance cover- variance for any proposed development in a floodway if any age, and that such construction below the base flood increase in flood levels would result during the base flood dis- level increases risks to life and property. charge. G105.6 Considerations. In reviewing applications for vari- ances,the board ofappealsshall consider all technical evalua- SECTION G201 tions.all relevant factors,all other portions of this appendix and DEFINITIONS the following: G201.1 General.The following words and terms shall,for the I. The danger that materials and debris may be swept onto purposes of this appendix, have the meanings shown herein. other lands resulting in further injury or damage; Refer to Chapter 2 for general definitions. 2. The danger to life and property due to flooding or ero- G201.2 Definitions. sion damage; 3. The susceptibility of the proposed development, DEVELOPMENT. Any manmade change to improved or including contents, to flood damage and the effect of unimproved real estate,including but not limited to,buildings such damage on current and future owners: or other structures,temporary structures,temporary or perma- nent storage of materials, mining, dredging, filling, grading, 4. The importance of the services provided by the pro- paving, excavations, operations and other land-disturbing posed development to the community; activities. 5. The availability of alternate locations for the proposed FUNCTIONALLY DEPENDENT FACILITY. A facility development that are not subject to flooding or erosion: which cannot be used for its intended purpose unless it is 6. The compatibility of the proposed development with located or carried out in close proximity to water, such as a existing and anticipated development; docking or port facility necessary for the loading or unloading 7. The relationship of the proposed development to the of cargo or passengers, shipbuilding or ship repair. The term comprehensive plan and flood plain management pro- does not include long-term storage,manufacture,sales or ser- gram for that area; vice facilities. 8. The safety of access to the property in times of flood for MANUFACTURED HOME.A structure that is transportable ordinary and emergency vehicles; in one or more sections,built on a permanent chassis,designed for use with or without a permanent foundation when attached 9. The expected heights, velocity, duration, rate of rise to the required utilities,and constructed to the Federal Mobile and debris and sediment transport of the floodwaters Home Construction and Safety Standards and rules and regula- and the effects of wave action,ifapplicable,expected at [ions promulgated by the U.S. Department of Housing and the site;and Urban Development. The term also includes mobile homes, 10. The costs of providing governmental services during park trailers,travel trailers and similar transportable structures and after flood conditions including maintenance and that are placed on a site for 180 consecutive days or longer. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE` 627 APPENDIX G MANUFACTURED HOME PARK OR SUBDIVISION.A tice that the proposed encroachment will not result in any parcel(or contiguous parcels)of land divided into two or more increase in the level of the base flood. manufactured home lots for rent or sale. G401.2 Flood hazard areas subject to high-velocity wave RECREATIONAL VEHICLE. A vehicle that is built on a action. In hood hazard areas subject to high-velocity wave single chassis, 400 square feet (37.16 mz) or less when mea- action: sured at the largest horizontal projection, designed to be 1. New buildings and buildings that are substantially self-propelled or permanently towable by a light-duty truck, improved shall only be authorized landward of the reach and designed primarily not for use as a permanent dwelling but of mean high tide. as temporary living quarters for recreational, camping, travel or seasonal use.A recreational vehicle is ready for highway use 2. The use of fill for structural support of buildings is pro- if it is on its wheels or jacking system, is attached to the site hibited, only by quick disconnect-type utilities and security devices and G401.3 Sewer facilities. All new or replaced sanitary sewer has no permanently attached additions. facilities,private sewage treatment plants(including all pump- VARIANCE. A grant of relief from the requirements of this ing stations and collector systems) and on-site waste disposal section which permits construction in a manner otherwise pro- systems shall be designed in accordance with Chapter 8,ASCE hibited by this section where specific enforcement would result 24,to minimize or eliminate infiltration of Floodwaters into the in unnecessary hardship, facilities and discharge from the facilities into Floodwaters,or VIOLATION.A development that is not fully compliant with impairment of the facilities and systems. this appendix or Section 1612,as applicable. G40I.4 Water facilities.All new or replacement water facili- ties shall be designed in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 8, ASCE 24, to minimize or eliminate infiltration of SECTION G301 floodwaters into the systems. SUBDIVISIONS G401.5 Storm drainage.Storm drainage shall be designed to G301.1 General.Any subdivision proposal.including propos- convey the flow of surface waters to minimize or eliminate als for manufactured home parks and subdivisions, or other damage to persons or property. proposed new development in a flood hazard area shall be G401.6 Streets and sidewalks.Streets and sidewalks shall be reviewed to assure that: designed to minimize potential for increasing or aggravating 1. All such proposals are consistent with the treed to mini- flood levels. mize flood damage: 2, All public utilities and facilities,such as sewer,gas,elec- tric and water systems are located and constructed to SECTION G501 minimize or eliminate flood damage:and MANUFACTURED HOMES 3. Adequate drainage is provided to reduce exposure to G501.1 Elevation. All new and replacement manufactured flood hazards. homes to be placed or substantially improved in a flood hazard G301.2 Subdivision requirements. The following require- areashall be elevated such that the lowest floor of the manufac- ments shall apply in the case of any proposed subdivision. tuned home is elevated to or above the design flood elevation. including proposals for manufactured home parks and subdivi- G501.2 Foundations.All new and replacement manufactured sions, any portion of which lies within a flood hazard area: homes, including substantial improvement of existing manu- 1. The flood hazard area, including floodways and areas factored homes, shall be placed on a permanent, reinforced subject to high velocity wave action,asappropriate,shall foundation that is designed in accordance with Section 1612. be delineated on tentative and final subdivision plats; G501.3 Anchoring. All new and replacement manufactured 2. Design flood elevations shall be shown on tentative and homes to be placed or substantially improved in a flood hazard final subdivision plats: areashall be installed using methods and practices which mini- mize flood damage. Manufactured homes shall be securely 3. Residential building lots shall be provided with adequate anchored to an adequately anchored foundation system to buildable area outside the floodway,and resist flotation, collapse and lateral movement. Methods of 4. The design criteria for utilities and facilities set forth in anchoring are authorized to include,but are not limited to,use this appendix and appropriate International Codes shall of over-the-top or frame ties to ground anchors.This require- be met. ment is in addition to applicable state and local anchoring requirements for resisting wind forces. SECTION G401 SITE IMPROVEMENT SECTION G601 G401.1 Development in floodways.Development or land dis- RECREATIONAL VEHICLES turbing activity shall not be authorized in the fioodwayunless it G601.1 Placement prohibited.The placement of recreational has been demonstrated through hydrologic and hydraulic anal- vehicles shall not be authorized in Roodhazardareas subject to yses performed in accordance with standard engineering prac- high velocity wave action and in floodways. 628 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' APPENDIX G G601.2 Temporary placement.Recreational vehicles in flood SECTION G901 hazardareas shall be fully licensed and ready for highway use, TEMPORARY STRUCTURES AND TEMPORARY and shall be placed on a site for less than 180 consecutive days. STORAGE G601.3 Permanent placement.Recreational vehicles that are G901.1 Temporary structures.Temporary structures shall be not fully licensed and ready for highway use,or that are to be erected Fora period of less than 180 days.Temporary structures placed on a site for more than 180 consecutive days,shall meet shall be anchored to prevent flotation,collapse or lateral move- the requirements of Section 0501 for manufactured homes. ment resulting from hydrostatic loads,including the effects of buoyancy, during conditions of the design flood. Fully enclosed temporary structures shall have Flood openings to allow for the automatic entry and exit of floodwaters. SECTION G701 G901.2 Temporary storage.Temporary storage includes stor- TANKS age of goods and materials for a period of less than 180 days. G701.1 Underground tanks.Underground tanks in flood haz- Stored materials shall not include hazardous materials. atdareasshall be anchored to prevent flotation,collapse or lat- G901.3 Floodway encroachment.Temporary structures and eral movement resulting from hydrostatic loads,including the temporary storage in floodways shall meet the requirements of effects of buoyancy, during conditions of the design flood G103.5. G701.2 Above-ground tanks. Above-ground tanks in flood hazard areas shall be elevated to or above the design flood ele- SECTION G1001 vation or shall be anchored or otherwise designed and con- UTILITY AND MISCELLANEOUS GROUP U structed to prevent flotation, collapse or lateral movement resulting from hydrodynamic and hydrostatic loads,including G1001.1 Utilityand miscellaneous Group U.Utilityand mis- the effects of buoyancy,during condit ions of the design flood, cellaneous Group U includes buildings that are accessory in character and miscellaneous structures not classified in any G701.3 Tank inlets and vents. In flood hazard areas, tank specific occupancy in the International Building Code,includ- inlets, fill openings,outlets and vents shall be: ing.but not limited to,agricultural buildings,aircraft hangars 1. At or above the design flood elevation or fitted with cov- (accessory to a one-or two-family residence),barns,carports, ers designed to prevent the inflow of floodwater or out- fences more than 6 feet(1829 mm) high,grain silos(accessory flow of the contents of the tanks during conditions of the to a residential occupancy), greenhouses, livestock shelters, design flood, private garages,retaining walls.sheds,stables and towers. 2. Anchored to prevent lateral movement resulting from G1001.2 Flood loads. Utility and miscellaneous Group U hydrodynamic and hydrostatic loads, including the buildings and structures,including substantial improvement of effects of buoyancy. during conditions of the design such buildings and structures,shall be anchored to prevent flo- flood. lation,collapse or lateral movement resulting from flood loads, including the effects of buoyancy, during conditions of the design flood. SECTION G801 G1001.3 Elevation.Utility and miscellaneous Group U build- OTHER BUILDING WORK ings and structures,including substantial improvement of such buildings and structures,shall be elevated such that the lowest G801.1 Detached accessory structures. Detached accessory floor, including basement, is elevated to or above the design structures shall be anchored to prevent flotation,collapse or lat- floodelevation in accordance with Section 1612 of the Interna- eral movement resulting from hydrostatic loads, including the tional Building Code. effects of bouyancy, during conditions of the design flood G1001.4 Enclosures below design flood elevation. Fully Fully enclosed accessory structures shall have flood openings enclosed areas below the design flood elevation shall be at or to allow for the automatic entry and exit of flood waters. above grade on all sides and conform to the following: G801.2 Fences. Fences in floodways that may block the pas- 1. In flood hazard areas not subject to high-velocity wave sage of floodwaters, such as stockade fences and wire mesh action,enclosed areas shall have flood openings to allow fences,shall meet the requirement of Section G103.5. for the automatic inflow and outflow of floodwaters. G801.3 Oil derricks. Oil derricks located in flood hazard 2. In flood hazard areas subject to high-velocity wave areasshall be designed in conformance with the flood loads in action,enclosed areas shall have walls below the design Sections 1603.1.7 and 1612. flood elevation that are designed to break away or col- lapse from a water load less than that which would occur G801.4 Retaining walls, sidewalks and driveways. Retain- during the design flood, without causing collapse, dis- ing walls,sidewalks and driveways shall meet the requirements placement or other structural damage to the building or of Section 1803.9. structure. G801.5 Prefabricated swimming pools.Prefabricated swim- G1001.5 Flood-damage-resistant materials. Flood-dant- ming pools in floodways shall meet the requirements of Section age-resistant materials shall be used below the design floodel e- G 103.5, vation. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 629 APPENDIX G G1001.6 Protection of mechanical,plumbing and electrical systems.Mechanical,plumbing and electrical systems,includ- ing plumbing fixtures,shall be elevated to or above the design flood elevation. Exception:Electrical systems,equipment and components, and heating, ventilating, air conditioning, and plumbing appliances, plumbing fixtures, duct systems and other ser- vice equipment shall be permitted to be located below the design flood elevation provided that they are designed and installed to prevent water from entering or accumulating within the components and to resist hydrostatic and hydro- dynamic loads and stresses, including the effects of buoy- ancy,during the occurrence of flooding to the design flood elevation in compliance with the flood-resistant construc- tion requirements of this code. Electrical wiring systems shall be permitted to be located below the design flood ele- vation provided they conform to the provisions of NFPA 70. SECTION G1101 REFERENCED STANDARDS ASCE 24-05 Flood Resistance Design G103.1, and Construction G401.3, G401.4 HUD 24 CFR Manufactured Home G201 Part 3280 Construction and Safety (1994) Standards IBC-06 International Building Code G102.2 NFPA 70--08 National Electrical Code G1001.6 630 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' APPENDIX H SIGNS The provisions contained in this appendix are not mandatory unless specifically referenced in the adopting ordinance. SECTION H101 PROJECTING SIGN. A sign other than a wall sign, which GENERAL projects from and is supported by a wall of a building or struc- ture. 1­1101.1 General.A sign shall not be erected in a manner that would confuse or obstruct the view of or interfere with exit ROOF SIGN.A sign erected upon or above a roof or parapet signs required by Chapter 10 or with official traffic signs,sig- of a building or structure. nals or devices.Signs and sign support structures,together with their supports,braces,guys and anchors,shall be kept in repair SIGN. Any letter, figure, character, mark, plane, point, mar- and in proper state of preservation. The display surfaces of quee sign,design,poster,pictorial,picture,stroke,stripe,line, signs shall be kept neatly painted or posted at all times. trademark, reading matter or illuminated service,which shall be constructed,placed, attached, painted,erected,fastened or H101,2 Signs exempt from permits.The following signs are manufactured in any manner whatsoever,so that the same shall exempt from the requirements to obtain a permit before erec- be used for the attraction of the public to any place,subject,per- tion: son,firm,corporation,public performance,article,machine or 1. Painted nonilluminated signs. merchandise, whatsoever, which is displayed in any manner 2. Temporary signs announcing the sale or rent of property, outdoors. Every sign shall be classified and conform to the requirements of that classification as set forth in this chapter. 3. Signs erected by transportation authorities. 4. Projecting signs not exceeding 2.5 square feet(0.23 m,). SIGN STRUCTURE. Any structure which supports or is capable of supporting a sign as defined in this code. A sign 5. The changing of moveable parts of an approved sign that structure is permitted to be a single pole and is not required to is designed for such changes,or the repainting or reposi- be an integral part of the building. tioning of display matter shall not be deemed an alter- ation. WALL SIGN.Any sign attached to or erected against the wall of a building or structure,with the exposed face of the sign in a plane parallel to the plane of said wall. SECTION H102 DEFINITIONS H102.1 General. Unless otherwise expressly stated, the fol- SECTION H103 lowing words and terms shall, for the purposes of this appen- LOCATION dix,have the meanings shown herein.Refer to Chapter 2 of the International Building Code for general definitions. H103.1 Location restrictions.Signs shall not be erected,con- COMBINATION SIGN.A sign incorporating any combina- strutted or maintained so as to obstruct any fire escape or any tion of the features of pole,projecting and roof signs. window or door or opening used as a means ofegnessor so as to prevent free passage from one part of a roof to any other part DISPLAY SIGN.The area made available by the sign struc- thereof.A sign shall not be attached in any form,shape or man- ture for the purpose of displaying the advertising message. ner to a fire escape,nor be placed in such manner as to interfere ELECTRIC SIGN. A sign containing electrical wiring, but with any opening required for ventilation. not including signs illuminated by an exterior light source. GROUND SIGN.A billboard or similar type of sign which is supported by one or more uprights. poles or braces in or upon SECTION H104 the ground other than a combination sign or pole sign, as IDENTIFICATION defined by this code. POLE SIGN. A sign wholly supported by a sign structure in H104.1 Identification.Every outdoor advertising display sign the ground. hereafter erected, constructed or maintained, for which a per- mit is required shall be plainly marked with the name of the per- PORTABLE DISPLAY SURFACE. A display surface tern- son,firm or corporation erecting and maintaining such sign and porarily fixed to a standardized advertising structure which is shall have affixed on the front thereof the permit number issued regularly moved from structure to structure at periodic inter- for said sign or other method of identification approved by the vals. building official. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 631 APPENDIX H SECTION H105 of 2 seconds or less and a burning extent of 5.9 inches(150 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION mm) or less for 10 specimens. H105.1 General requirements. Signs shall be designed and H106.2 Electrical service.Signs that require electrical service constructed to comply with the provisions of this code for use shall comply with NFPA 70. of materials,loads and stresses. H105.2 Permits,drawings and specifications. Where a per- SECTION H107 mit is required, as provided in Chapter 1, construction docu- COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS meats shall be required. These documents shall show the dimensions, material and required details of construction, H107.1 Use of combustibles.Wood,approved plastic or plas- including loads,stresses and anchors. tic veneer panels as provided for in Chapter 26,or other materi- als of combustible characteristics similar to wood, used for H105.3 Wind load.Signs shall be designed and constructed to moldings, cappings,nailing blocks,letters and latticing,shall withstand wind pressure as provided for in Chapter 16. comply with Section H109.1, and shall not be used for other H105.4 Seismic load.Signs designed to withstand wind pres- ornamental features of signs,unless approved. sures shall be considered capable of withstanding earthquake H107.1.1 Plastic materials. Notwithstanding any other loads,except as provided for in Chapter 16. provisions of this code,plastic materials which burn at a rate H105.5 Working stresses. In outdoor advertising display no faster than 2.5 inches per minute(64 mm/s)when tested signs, the allowable working stresses shall conform to the in accordance with ASTM D 635 shall be deemed approved requirements of Chapter 16.The working stresses of wire rope plastics and can be used as the display surface material and and its fastenings shall not exceed 25 percent of the ultimate for the letters,decorations and facings on signs and outdoor strength of the rope or fasteners. display structures. Exceptions: H107.1.2 Electric sign faces.Individual plastic facings of electric signs shall not exceed 200 square feet (18.6 ml) in I. The allowable working stresses for steel and wood area. shall be in accordance with the provisions of Chapters 22 and 23. H107.1.3 Area limitation. If the area of a display surface exceeds 200 square feet(18.6 m2),the area occupied or cov- e. The working strength of chains,cables,guys or steel ered by approved plastics shall be limited to 200 square feet rods shall not exceed one-fifth of the ultimate strength (18.6 m") plus 50 percent of the difference between 200 of such chains,cables,guys or steel, square feet (18.6 in') and the area of display surface. The H105.6 Attachment. Signs attached to masonry, concrete or area of plastic on a display surface shall not in any case steel shall be safely and securely fastened by means of metal exceed 1,100 square feet (102 m2). anchors,bolls or approved expansion screws of sufficient size H107.1.4 Plastic appurtenances.Letters and decorations and anchorage to safely support the loads applied. mounted on an approved plastic facing or display surface can be made of approved plastics. SECTION H106 ELECTRICAL SECTION H108 H106.1 Illumination.A sign shall not be illuminated by other ANIMATED DEVICES than electrical means,and electrical devices and wiring shall be H108.1 Fail-safe device.Signs that contain moving sections or installed in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 70.Any ornaments shall have fail-safe provisions to prevent the section open spark or flame shall not be used for display purposes or ornament from releasing and falling or shifting its center of unless specifically approved. gravity more than 15 inches (381 mm). The fail-safe device H106.1.1 Internally illuminated signs.Except as provided shall be in addition to the mechanism and the mechanism's for in Sections 402.16 and 2611, where Internally illumi- housing which operate the movable section or ornament.The nated signs have facings of wood or approved plastic, the fail-safe device shall be capable of supporting the full dead area of such facing section shall not be more than 120 square weight of the section or ornament when the moving mechanism feet (11.16 m2) and the wiring for electric lighting shall be releases. entirely enclosed in the sign cabinet with a clearance of not less than 2 inches (51 mm) from the faring material. The SECTION H109 dimensional limitation of 120 square feet (11.16 m) shall GROUND SIGNS not apply to sign facing sections made from flame-resis- tant-coated fabric (ordinarily known as "flexible sign face H109.1 Height restrictions. The structural frame of ground plastic") that weighs less than 20 ounces per square yard signs shall not be erected of combustible materials to a height (678 g/m2) and that,when tested in accordance with NFPA of more than 35 feet (10668 mm) above the ground. Ground 701, meets the fire propagation performance requirements signs constructed entirely of noncombustible material shall not of both Test I and Test 2 or that when tested in accordance be erected to a height of greater than 100 feet (30 480 mm) with an approved test method,exhibits an average burn time above the ground. Greater heights are permitted where 632 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' APPENDIX H approved and located so as not to create a hazard or danger to H111.2 Exterior wall mounting details.Wall signs attached the public. to exterior walls of solid masonry, concrete or stone shall be H109.2 Required clearance. The bottom coping of every safely and securely attached by means of metal anchors,bolts ground sign shall be not less than 3 feet (914 mm) above the or expansion screws of not less than !k inch(9.5 mm)diameter ground or street level,which space can be filled with platform and shall be embedded at least 5 inches (127 mm). Wood decorative trim or light wooden construction. blocks shall not be used for anchorage, except in the case of wall signs attached to buildings with walls of wood.A wall sign H109.3 Wood anchors and supports.Where wood anchors or shall not be supported by anchorages secured to an unbraced supports are embedded in the soil,the wood shall be pressure parapet wall. treated with an approved preservative, H111.3 Extension.Wall signs shall not extend above the top of the wall,nor beyond the ends of the wall to which the signs are SECTION H110 attached unless such signs conform to the requirements for roof ROOF SIGNS signs,projecting signs or ground signs. H110.1 General. Roof signs shall be constructed entirely of metal or other approved noncombustible material except as SECTION H112 provided for in Sections H106.1.1 and H107.1. Provisions shall be made for electric grounding of metallic parts. Where PROJECTING SIGNS combustible materials are permitted in letters or other orna- H112.1 General.Projecting signs shall be constructed entirely mental features,wiring and tubing shall be kept free and insu- of metal or other noncombustible material and securely lated therefrom,Roof signs shall be so constructed as to leave a attached to a building or structure by metal supports such as clear space of not less than 6 feet (1829 mm) between the roof bolts,anchors,supports,chains,guys or steel rods.Staples or level and the lowest part of the sign and shall have at least 5 feel nails shall not be used to secure any projecting sign to any (15 24 mm)clearance between the vertical supports thereof.No building or structure.The dead load of projecting signs not par- portion of any roof sign structure shall project beyond an exte- allel to the building or structure and the load due to wind pres- rior wall. sure shall be supported with chains,guys or steel rods having Exception: Signs on flat roofs with every part of the roof net cross-sectional dimension of not less than 31$inch(9.5 mm) accessible. diameter. Such supports shall be erected or maintained at an angle of at least 45 percent (0.78 rad) with the horizontal to H110.2 Bearing plates.The bearing plates of roof signs shall resist the dead load and at angle of 45 percent (0.78 rad) or distribute the load directly to or upon masonry walls,steel roof more with the face of the sign to resist the specified wind pres- girders, columns or beams.The building shall be designed to sure.If such projecting sign exceeds 30 square feet(2.8 m2)in avoid overstress of these members. one facial area, there shall be provided at least two such sup- H110.3 Height of solid signs.A roof sign having a solid sur- ports on each side not more than 8 feet (2438 mm) apart to face shall not exceed, at any point, a height of 24 feet (7315 resist the wind pressure. mm) measured from the roof surface. H112.2 Attachment of supports.Supports shall be secured to H110.4 Height of open signs. Open roof signs in which the a bolt or expansion screw that will develop the strength of the uniform open area is not less than 40 percent of total gross area supporting chains,guys or steel rods,with a minimum%-inch shall not exceed a height of 75 feet(22 860 mm)on buildings of (15.9 mm)bolt or lag screw,by an expansion shield.Turn buck- Type 1 or Type 2 construction.On buildings of other construe- les shall be placed in chains,guys or steel rods supporting pro- tion types, the height shall not exceed 40 feet (12 192 mm). jecting signs. Such signs shall be thoroughly secured to the building upon H112.3 Wall mounting details.Chains,cables, guys or steel which they are installed,erected or constructed by iron,metal rods used to support the live or dead load of projecting signs are anchors,bolts, supports, chains,stranded cables,steel rods or permitted to be fastened to solid masonry walls with expansion braces and they shall be maintained in good condition. bolts or by machine screws in iron supports,but such supports HI 10.5 Height of closed signs.A closed roof sign shall not be shall not be attached to an unbraced parapet wall. Where the erected to a height greater than 50 feet(15 240 mm) above the supports must be fastened to walls made of wood,the support- roof of buildings of Type 1 or Type 2 construction, nor more ing anchor bolts must go through the wall and be plated or fas- than 35 feet(10 668 mm)above the roof of buildings of Type 3, tened on the inside in a secure manner. 4 or 5 construction. H112.4 Height limitation. A projecting sign shall not be erected on the wall of any building so as to project above the SECTION H111 roof or cornice wall or above the roof level where there is no WALL SIGNS cornice wall; except that a sign erected at a right angle to the building,the horizontal width of which sign is perpendicular to H111.1 Materials. Wall signs which have an area exceeding such a wall and does not exceed 18 inches(457 mm),is pennit- 40 square feet (3.72 m2) shall be constructed of metal or other ted to be erected to a height not exceeding 2 feet (6 10 mm) approved noncombustible material,except for nailing rails and above the roof or cornice wall or above the roof level where as provided for in Sections H106.1.1 and H 107.1. there is no cornice wall.A sign attached to a corner of a build- 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 633 APPENDIX H ing and parallel to the vertical line of such corner shall be TABLE 4-13 deemed to be erected at a right angle to the building wall, _ THICKNESS OF PROJECTION SIGN PROJECTION MAXIMUM THICKNESS H112.5 Additional loads.Projecting sign structures which _(feet) treat) will be used to support an individual on a ladder or otherser- 5 _ _ Z vicing device, whether or not specifically designed for the 4 �I 2.5 servicing device, shall be capable of supporting the antici- - — ---- — pated additional load,but not less than a 100-pound (445 N) 3 3 concentrated horizontal load and a 300-pound(1334N)con- 2 3.5 centrated vertical load applied at the point of assumed or — --- -most eccentric loading. The building component to which 1 4 the projecting sign is attached shall also be designed to sup- For SI: 1 foul 304.8 mm. port the additional loads. SECTION H115 SECTION H113 REFERENCED STANDARDS MARQUEE SIGNS ASTM D 635-03 Test Method for H107.1.1 H113.1 Materials.Marquee signs shall be constructed entirely Rate of Burning and/or of metal or other approved noncombustible material except as Extent and Time of provided for in Sections H106.1.1 and H107.1. Burning of Self-Supporting Plastics in a Horizontal Position H113.2 Attachment. Marquee signs shall be attached to approved marquees that are constructed in accordance with NFPA 70-08 National Electrical Code H106.1.H106.2 Section 3106. H113.3 Dimensions. Marquee signs, whether on the front or NFPA 701-99 Methods of Fire Test for H106.1.1 side,shall not project beyond the perimeter of the marquee. Flame Propagation of Textiles and Films H113.4 Height limitation. Marquee signs shall not extend more than 6 feet(1829 mm)above,nor 1 foot (305 mm)below such marquee, but under no circumstances shall the sign or signs have a vertical dimension greater than 8 feet(2438 min). SECTION H114 PORTABLE SIGNS H114.1 General.Portable signs shall conform to requirements for ground, roof, projecting, flat and temporary signs where such signs are used in a similar capacity.The requirements of this section shall not be construed to require portable signs to have connections to surfaces, tic-downs or foundations where provisions are made by temporary means or configuration of the structure to provide stability for the expected duration of the installation. TABLE 4-A SIZE,THICKNESS AND TYPE OF GLASS PANELS IN SIGNS MAXIMUM SIZE OF MINIMUM EXPOSED PANEL THICKNESS Any dimension Area OF GLASS (inches) (square inches) (inches) TYPE OF GLASS -30 — 500 _ 1/g. — Plain,plate or wired 45 700 3/16 Plain,plate or wired 144 3.600 1/, Plain,plate or wired >144 ---—>3,600 �� — '11 Wired glass For Sl: I inch=25.4 mm,1 square inch=645.16 mmi. 634 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' APPENDIX I PATIO COVERS The provisions contained in this appendix are not mandatory unless specifically referenced in the adopting ordinance. SECTION 1101 (89 mm) thick and further provided that the columns do not GENERAL support loads in excess of 750 pounds (3.36 kN) per column. 1101.1 General.Patio covers shall be permitted to be detached from or attached to dwelling units. Patio covers shall be used only for recreational. outdoor living purposes and not as car- ports, garages, storage rooms or habitable rooms. Openings shall be permitted to be enclosed with insect screening, approved translucent or transparent plastic not more that 0.125 inch(3.2 mm)in thickness,glass conforming to the provisions of Chapter 24 or any combination of the foregoing. SECTION 1102 DEFINITIONS I102.I General. The following word and term shall, for the purposes of this appendix, have the meaning shown herein. PATIO COVERS.One story structures not exceeding 12 feet (3657 mm) in height. Enclosure walls shall be permitted to be of any configuration, provided the open or glazed area of the longer wall and one additional wall is equal to at least 65 per- cent of the area below a minimum of 6 feet 8 inches(2032 mm) of each wall,measured from the floor. SECTION 1103 EXTERIOR OPENINGS I103.1 Light, ventilation and emergency egress. Exterior openings required for light and ventilation shall be permitted to open into a patio structure.However,the patio structure shall be unenclosed if such openings are serving as emergency egress or rescue openings from sleeping rooms. Where such exterior openings serve as an exit from the dwelling unit, the patio structure,unless unenclosed,shall be provided with exits con- forming to the provision of Chapter 10. SECTION 1104 STRUCTURAL PROVISIONS 1104.1 Design loads. Patio covers shall be designed and con- structed to sustain,within the stress limits of this code,all dead loads plus a minimum vertical live load of 10 pounds per square foot (0.48 kN/m?) except that snow loads shall be used where such snow loads exceed this minimum.Such patio covers shall be designed to resist the minimum wind and seismic loads set forth in this code. 1104.2 Footings. In areas with a frost depth of zero, a patio cover shall be permitted to be supported on a concrete slab on grade without footings. provided the slab conforms to the pro- visions of Chapter 19 of this code, is not less than 3111 inches 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 635 636 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE'' APPENDIX J GRADING The provisions contained in this appendix are not mandatory unless specifically referenced in the adopting ordinance. SECTION J101 TERRACE.A relatively level step constructed in the face of a GENERAL graded slope for drainage and maintenance purposes. J101.1 Scope.The provisions of this chapter apply to grading, excavation and earthwork construction, including fills and embankments. Where conflicts occur between the technical SECTION J103 requirements of this chapter and the geotechnical report, the PERMITS REQUIRED geotechnical report shall govern, J103.1 Permits required. Except as exempted in Section J 101.2 Flood hazard areas.The provisions of this chapter shall J103.2. no grading shall be performed without first having not apply to grading, excavation and earthwork construction, obtained a permit therefor from the building olhciaL A grading including fills and embankments,in floodways within floodhaz- permit does not include the construction of retaining walls or aid arras established in Section 1612.3 or in flood hazard arras other structures. where design flood elevations are specified but floodways have J103.2 Exemptions.A grading permitshall not be required for not been designated, unless it has been demonstrated through the following: hydrologic and hydraulic analyses performed in accordance 1, Grading in an isolated, self-contained area, provided with standard engineering practice that the proposed work will there is no danger to the public, and that such grading not result in any increase in the level of the base flood. will not adversely affect adjoining properties. 2. Excavation for construction of a structure pennitted SECTION J102 under this code. DEFINITIONS 3. Cemetery graves. J102.1 Definitions.For the purposes of this appendix chapter, 4. Refuse disposal sites controlled by other regulations. the terms, phrases and words listed in this section and their derivatives shall have the indicated meanings. 5. Excavations For wells,or trenches for utilities. BENCH. A relatively level step excavated into earth material 6. Mining, quarrying, excavating, processing or stockpil- on which fill is to be placed. ing rock, sand, gravel, aggregate or clay controlled by other regulations,provided such operations do not affect COMPACTION. The densification of a fill by mechanical the lateral support of, or significantly increase stresses means. in,soil on adjoining properties. CUT.See Excavation. 7. Exploratory excavations performed under the direction DOWN DRAIN.A device for collecting water from a swale or of a registered design professional. ditch located on or above a slope,and safely delivering it to an Exemption from the permit requirements of this appendix approved drainage facility shall not be deemed to grant authorization for any work to be EROSION.The wearing away of the ground surface as a result done in any manner in violation of the provisions of this code or of the movement of wind,water or ice. any other laws or ordinances of this jurisdiction. EXCAVATION. The removal of earth material by artificial means,also referred to as a cut. SECTION J104 FILL.Deposition of earth materials by artificial means. PERMIT APPLICATION AND SUBMITTALS GRADE.The vertical location of the ground surface. J104.1 Submittal requirements.In addition to the provisions of Section 105.3,the applicant shall state the estimated quand- GRADE,EXISTING.The grade prior to grading. ties of excavation and fill. GRADE,FINISHED.The grade of the site at the conclusion J104,2 Site plan requirements.In addition to the provisions of of all grading efforts. Section 107,a grading plan shall show the existing grade and fin- GRADING.An excavation or fill or combination thereof. ished grade in contour intervals of sufficient clarity to indicate KEY. A compacted fill placed in a trench excavated in earth the nature and extent of the work and show in detail that it com- plies with the requirements of this code.The plans shall show the material beneath the toe of a slope. existing grade on adjoining properties in sufficient detail to iden- SLOPE. An inclined surface, the inclination of which is tify how grade changes will conform to the requirements of this expressed as a ratio of horizontal distance to vertical distance. code. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 637 APPENDIX J J104.3 Geotechnical report. A geotechnical report prepared SECTION J107 by a ngistervd design professional shall be provided. The FILLS report shall contain at least the following: 1. The nature and distribution of existing sons; J107.1 General. Unless otherwise recommended in the g I geotechnical report, fills shall comply with the provisions of 2. Conclusions and recommendations for grading proce- this section. duress J 107.2 Surface preparation.The ground surface shall be pre- 3. Soil design criteria for any structures or embankments pared to receive fill by removing vegetation,topsoil and other required to accomplish the proposed grading; and unsuitable materials, and scarifving the ground to provide a 4. Where necessary,slope stability studies,and recommen- bond with the fill material. dations and conclusions regarding site geology. J107.3 Benching.Where existing grade is at a slope steeper than Exception:A geotechnical report is not required where the five units horizontal to one unit vertical (20-percent slope) and building code official determines that the nature of the work the depth of the fill exceeds 5 feet(1524 mm)benching shall be applied for is such that a report is not necessary. provided in accordance with Figure J107.3.A key shall be pro- J 104.4 Liquefaction study.For sites with mapped maximum vided which is at least 10 feet(3048 mm)in width and 2 feet(610 considered earthquake spectral response accelerations at short mm) in depth. periods(SJ greater than 0.5g as determined by Section 1613,a study of the liquefaction potential of the site shall be provided, J107.4 Fill material. Fill material shall not include organic, and the recommendations incorporated in the plans. frozen or other deleterious materials. No rock or similar irre- ducible material greater than 12 inches(305 mm)in any dimen- Exception: A liquefaction study is not required where the sion shall be included in fills. building official determines from established local data that the liquefaction potential is low. J107.5 Compaction.All Fill material shall be compacted to 90 percent of maximum density as determined by ASTM D 1557. Modified Proctor,in lifts not exceeding 12 inches (305 mm)in SECTION J105 depth. INSPECTIONS J105.1 General.Inspections shall be governed by Section 109 J107.6 Maximum slope.The slope of fill surfaces shall be no of this code. steeper than is safe for the intended use.Fill slopes steeper than two units horizontal to one unit vertical(50-percent slope)shall J105.2 Special inspections. The special inspection require- be justified by a geotechnical report or engineering data. ments of Section 1704.7 shall apply to work performed under a grading permit where required by the building olrcial. SECTION J108 SECTION J106 SETBACKS EXCAVATIONS J108.1 General.Cut and fill slopes shall beset back from the J106.1 Maximum slope.The slope of cut surfaces shall be no property lines in accordance with this section.Setback dimen- steeper than is safe for the intended use,and shall be no steeper sions shall be measured perpendicular to the property line and than two units horizontal to one unit vertical(50-percent slope) shall be as shown in Figure J 108.1,unless substantiating data is unless the owner or authorized agent furnishes a geotechnical submitted justifying reduced setbacks. report justifying a steeper slope. Exceptions: J1082 Top of slope.The setback at the top of a cut slope shall not be less than that shown in Figure J1 08.1,or than is required u 1. cut surface shall be permitted to be at a slope of 1.5 to accommodate any required interceptor drains,whichever is units horizontal to one unit vertical(67-percent slope) greater. provided that all of the following are met; 1.1. It is not intended to support structures or sur- J108.3 Slope protection.Where required to protect adjacent charges. properties at the toe of a slope from adverse effects of the grad- ing, additional protection, approved by the building official, 1.2. It is adequately protected against erosion, shall be included.Such protection may include but shall not be 1.3. It is no more than 8 feet(2438 mm)in height. limited to: 1.4. It is approved by the building code official. 1. Setbacks greater than those required by Figure J108.1. 1.5. Ground water is not encountered. 2. Provisions for retaining walls or similar construction. 2. A cut surface in bedrock shall be permitted to be at a 3. Erosion protection of the Fill slopes. slope of one unit horizontal to one unit vertical (100-percent slope). 4. Provision for the control of surface waters. 638 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" APPENDIX J TOP OF FILL FILL SLOPE —5M (1524 mm)ORGREATER NATURAL SLOPE r r r� r i i r r r r r r r r� r i r r REMOVE UNSUITABLE r i r 2 FT (610 mm) MATERIAL i I KEY ff MINIMUM r�1 _lam For 51: 1 foot=304.8 mm. FIGURE J107.3 BENCHING DETAILS Property Line Tap nt H15 but 2 ft.(610 mm)minimum Slope and need not exceed 10 ft.(3048 mm)maximum Property Line E Cut or Fill Slope H15 but 2 ft.(610 mm)minimum Top of Natural or and need not exceed Slope Finish Grade 20 ft.(6096 mm)maximum Interceptor pram h (if required) I Natural or Finish Grade For SI: 1 foot=304.8 mm. FIGURE J108.1 DRAINAGE DIMENSIONS 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 639 APPENDIX J SECTION J109 J110.2 Other devices. Where necessary, check dams, crib- DRAINAGE AND TERRACING bing, riprap or other devices or methods shall be employed to J109.1 General. Unless otherwise recommended by a regis- control erosion and provide safety. teird design professional, drainage facilities and terracing shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of this SECTION J111 section. REFERENCED STANDARDS Exception: Drainage facilities and terracing need not be ASTM D Test Method for Laboratory J 107.6 provided where the ground slope is not steeper than 3 hori- 1557-e01 Compaction Characteristics zontal to 1 vertical (33 percent). of Soil Using Modified Effort J109.2 Terraces.Terraces at least 6 feet (1829 mm) in width [56,000 ft-]b/ft`(2,700kN-m/m')]. shall be established at not more than 30-Foot(9144 mm) verti- cal intervals on all cut or fill slopes to control surface drainage and debris.Suitable access shall be provided to allow for clean- ing and maintenance. Where more than two terraces are required, one terrace, located at approximately mid-height, shall be at least 12 feet (3658 mm) in width. Swales or ditches shall be provided on terraces.They shall have a minimum gradient of 20 horizontal to I vertical (5 per- cent)and shall be paved with concrete not less than 3 inches(76 mm) in thickness,or with other materials suitable to the appli- cation. They shall have a minitnum depth of 12 inches (305 mm) and a minimum width of 5 feet (1524 mm). A single run of Swale or ditch shall not collect runoff from a tributary area exceeding 13,500 square feet (1256 ml) (pro- jected) without discharging into a down drain. J109.3 Interceptor drains. Interceptor drains shall be installed along the top of cut slopes receiving drainage from a tributary width greater than 40 feet (12 192 min), measured horizontally.They shall have a minimum depth of l foot (305 mm)and a minimum width of 3 feet(9 15 mm).The slope shall be approved by the building o1ficla4 but shall not be less than 50 horizontal to 1 vertical (2 percent).The drain shall be paved with concrete not less than 3 inches(76 mm)in thickness,or by other materials suitable to the application.Discharge from the drain shall be accomplished in a manner to prevent erosion and shall be approved by the building official. J109.4 Drainage across property lines. Drainage across property lines shall not exceed that which existed prior to grad- ing.Excess or concentrated drainage shall be contained on site or directed to an approved drainage facility. Erosion of the ground in the area of discharge shall be prevented by installa- tion of nonerosive down drains or other devices. SECTION J110 EROSION CONTROL J110.1 General.The faces of cut and Fill slopes shall be pre- pared and maintained to control erosion.This control shall be permitted to consist of effective planting. Exception:Erosion control measures need not be provided on cut slopes not subject to erosion due to the erosion-resis- tant character of the materials. Erosion control for the slopes shall be installed as soon as practicable and prior to calling for final inspection. 640 2DO9 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' APPENDIX K ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS The provisions contained in this appendix are not mandatory unless specifically referenced in the adopting ordinance. With the exception of Section K111, this appendix contains buildingotrcialshall have the authority to require that the elec- otrlyadministrative proi•isions that air intended to be used by a trical systems and equipment be reinspected. jurisdiction to implenwin and enforce NFPA 70, the National K102.4 Additions,alterations and repairs.Additions,alter- Electrical Code.Annex H of NFPA 70 also contains adtninis- ations,renovations and repairs to electrical systems and equip- trative and enforcement provisions, and these protsions may ment shall conform to that required for new electrical systems or may not be corvpleiely compatible with or consistent with and equipment without requiring that the existing electrical Chapter 1 of the IBC, whemas the provisions in IBCAppendix systems or equipment comply with all of the requirements of Karp compatible and consistent with Chapter 1 ofthe IBC and this code. Additions, alterations and repairs shall not cause other ICC.'codes. Section KIII contains technical provisions existing electrical systems or equipment to become unsafe, that are unique to this appendix and are in addition to those of hazardous or overloaded. NFPA 70. Minor additions, alterations, renovations and repairs to The provisions of Appendix K are specific to what might be existing electrical systems and equipment shall meet the provi- designated as an Electrical Department of Inspection and sions for new construction, except where such work is per- Code Enforcement and could be implemented where othersuch formed in the same manner and arrangement as was in the pruvisions air not adopted. existing system, is not hazardous and is approved. K102.5 Subjects not regulated by this code.Where no appli- SECTION K101 cable standards or requirements are set forth in this code,or are GENERAL contained within other laws,codes,regulations,ordinances or bylaws adopted by the jurisdiction.compliance with applicable K101.1 Purpose.A purpose of this code is to establish mini- standards of nationally recognized standards as are approved mum requirements to safeguard public health,safety and gen- shall be deemed as prima facie evidence of compliance with the eral welfare by regulating and controlling the design, intent of this code. Nothing herein shall derogate from the construction,installation,quality of materials,location,opera- authority of the building official to determine compliance with tion and maintenance or use of electrical systems and equip- codes or standards for those activities or installations within the ment. building official's jurisdiction or responsibility. K101.2 Scope.This code applies to the design, construction, installation, alteration,repairs,relocation,replacement, addi- tion to, use or maintenance of electrical systems and equip- SECTION K103 ment. PERMITS K103.1 Types of permits.An owner,authorized agent or con- tractor who desires to construct, enlarge, alter, repair, move, SECTION K102 demolish or change the occupancy of a building or structure,or APPLICABILITY to erect, install, enlarge, alter, repair, remove, convert or K102.1 General.The provisions of this code apply to all mat- replace electrical systems or equipment, the installation of ters affecting or relating to structures and premises,as set forth which is regulated by this code, or to cause such work to be in Section K101. done, shall first make application to the building official and K102.2 Existing installations. Except as otherwise provided obtain the required permit for the work. for in this chapter,a provision in this code shall not require the Exception: Where repair or replacement of electrical sys- removai,alteration or abandonment of,nor prevent the contin- tems or equipment must be performed in an emergency situ- ued utilization and maintenance of,existing electrical systems ation, the permit application shall be submitted within the and equipment lawfully in existence at the time of the adoption next working business day of the department of electrical of this code. inspection. K102.3 Maintenance.Electrical systems,equipment,materi- K103.2 Work exempt from permit.The following work shall als and appurtenances,both existing and new,and parts thereof be exempt from the requirement for a permit: shall be maintained in proper operating condition in accor- 1. Listed cord- and plug-connected temporary decora- dance with the original design and in a safe.hazard-free condi- tive lighting. tion,Devices or safeguards that are required by this code shall be maintained in compliance with the code edition under which 2. the ouu tllee anion of attachment plug receptacles,but not installed.The owner or the owner's designated agent shall be the outlets therefor. responsible for the maintenance of the electrical systems and 3. Replacement of branch circuit overcurrent devices of equipment. To determine compliance with this provision, the the required capacity in the same location. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 641 APPENDIX K 4. Temporary wiring for experimental purposes in suit- engineered design,The construction documents shall include able experimental laboratories. floor plans and a diagram of the work. 5. Electrical wiring, devices, appliances. apparatus or K105.6 Design approval. Where the building omcial deter- equipment operating at less than 25 volts and not mines that the alternative engineered design conforms to the capable of supplying more than 50 watts of energy. intent of this code, the electrical system shall be approved. If Exemption from the permit requirements of this code shall the alternative engineered design is not approved,the building not be deemed to grant authorization for work to be done in vio- official shall notify the irgistered design professional in writ- lation of the provisions of this code or other laws or ordinances ing,stating the reasons therefor. of[his jurisdiction. K105.7 Inspection and testing. The alternative engineered design shall be tested and inspected in accordance with the requirements of this code. SECTION K104 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS K104.1 Information on construction documents. Construe- SECTION K106 born docuruentsshall be drawn to scale upon suitable material, REQUIRED INSPECTIONS Electronic media documents are permitted to be submitted K106.1 General.The building official,upon notification,shall where approved by the building official. Construction docu- make the inspections set forth in this section. ments shall be of sufficient clarity to indicate the location, K106.2 Underground.Underground inspection shall be made nature and extent of the work proposed and show in detail that after trenches or ditches are excavated and bedded,piping and such work will conform to the provisions of this code and rele- conductors installed,and before backfill is put in place.Where vant laws,ordinances,rules and regulations,as determined by excavated soil contains rocks,broken concrete,frozen chunks the building official. and other rubble that would damage or break the raceway,cable K104.2 Penetrations. Construction documents shall indicate or conductors,or where corrosive action will occur,protection where penetrations will be made for electrical systems and shall be provided in the form of granular or selected material, shall indicate the materials and methods for maintaining approved running boards,sleeves or other means. required structural safety,lire-,resistance rating and fireblock- K106.3 Rough-in.Rough-in inspection shall be made after the ing, roof,framing,fi`reblockmgand bracing are in place and all wir- K104.3 Load calculations.Where an addition or alteration is ing and other components to be concealed are complete, and made to an existing electrical system,an electrical load calcula- prior to the installation of wall or ceiling membranes. tion shall be prepared to determine if the existing electrical ser- KI06.4 Contractors'responsibilities.It shall be the responsi- vice has the capacity to serve[he added load. bility of every contractor who enters into contracts for the installation or repair of electrical systems for which a permit is required to comply with adopted state and local rules and regu- SECTION K105 lations concerning licensing. ALTERNATIVE ENGINEERED DESIGN K105.1 General.The design,documentation,inspection,test- SECTION K107 ing and approval of an alternative engineered design electrical PREFABRICATED CONSTRUCTION system shall comply with this section. K107.1 Prefabricated construction.Prefabricated construe- K105.2 Design criteria. An alternative engineered design Lion is subject to Sections K107.2 through K107.5. shall conform to the intent of the provisions of this code and shall provide an equivalent level of quality.strength,effective- K107.2 Evaluation and follow-up inspection services.Prior ness, fire-resistance, durability and safety. Materials, equip- to the approval of a prefabricated construction assembly hav- ment or components shall be designed and installed in ing concealed electrical work and the issuance of an electrical accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. pertuit, the building off1cfal shall require the submittal of an evaluation report on each prefabricated construction assembly, K105.3 Submittal. The registered design professional shall indicating the complete details of the electrical system,includ- indicate on the permit application that the electrical system is ing a description of the system and its components, the basis an alternative engineered design. The permit and permanent upon which the system is being evaluated,test results and simi- permit records shall indicate that an alternative engineered lar information, and other data as necessary for the building design was part of the approved installation. official to determine conformance to this code. K105.4 Technical data. The registered design professional KI07.3 Evaluation service.The building ofcial shall desig- shall submit sufficient technical data to substantiate the pro- nate the evaluation service of an approved agency as the evalu- posed alternative engineered design and to prove that the per- ation agency, and review such agency's evaluation report for formance meets the intent of this code. adequacy and conformance to this code. K105.5 Construction documents.The ri?gistered design pro- K107.4 Follow-up inspection. Except where ready access is fessional shall submit to the building official two complete sets provided to electrical systems,service equipment and accesso- of signed and sealed construction docunrentsfor the alternative ries for complete inspection at the site without disassembly or 642 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE APPENDIX K dismantling, the building official shall conduct the in-plant immediate danger to life or property,such disconnection shall inspections as frequently as necessary to ensure conformance be made immediately without such notice, to the approved evaluation report or shall designate an inde- pendent, approved inspection agency to conduct such inspec- tions.The inspection agency shall furnish the building otllclal SECTION K111 with the follow-up inspection manual and a report of inspec- ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS [ions upon request,and the electrical system shall have an iden- K111.1 Adoption.Electrical systems and equipment shall be tifying label permanently affixed to the system indicating that designed, constructed and installed in accordance with the Factory inspections have been performed. Inteivational Residential Code or NFPA 70 as applicable, K107.5 Test and inspection records. Required test and except as otherwise provided in this code. inspection records shall be available to the building ollicial at [F] K111.2 Abatement of electrical hazards. All identified all times during the fabrication of the electrical system and the electrical hazards shall be abated. All identified hazardous erection of the building;or such records as the building official electrical conditions in permanent wiring shall be brought to designates shall be filed. the attention of the building olTcial responsible for enforce- ment of this code. Electrical wiring, devices, appliances and other equipment which is modified or damaged and constitutes SECTION K108 an electrical shock or Fire hazard shall not be used. TESTING [F] K111.3 Appliance and fixture listing. Electrical appli- K108.1 Testing. Electrical work shall be tested as required in antes and fixtures shall be tested and listed in published reports this code. Tests shall be perforated by the pernut holder and of inspected electrical equipment by an approved agency and observed by the building official. installed in accordance with all instructions included as part of K108.1.1 Apparatus,material and labor for tests.Appa- such listing. ratus, material and labor mquired for testing an electrical K111.4 Nonmetallic-sheathed cable.The use of Type NM, system or part thereof shall be furnished by the perrrrit NMC and NMS (nonmetallic sheathed) cable wiring methods holder. shall not be Iimited based on height,number of stories or con- K108.1.2 Reinspection and testing. Where any work or struction type of the building or structure. installation does not pass an initial test or inspection, the K111.5 Cutting,notching and boring.The cutting,notching necessary corrections shall be made so as to achieve compli- and boring of wood and steel framing members, structural ance with this code. The work or installation shall then be members and engineered wood products shall be in accordance resubmitted to the building official for inspection and test- with this code. mg K111.6 Smoke alarm circuits. Single- and multiple-station smoke alarms required by this code and installed within dtvell- S ECTION K109 higunits shall not be connected as the only load on a branch cir- RECONNECTION cuit. Such alarms shall be supplied by branch circuits having K109.1 Connection after order to disconnect.A person shall lighting loads consisting of lighting outlets in habitable spaces. not make utility service or energy source connections to sys- K111.7 Equipment and door labeling.Doors into electrical [ems regulated by this code.which have been disconnected or control panel rooms shall be marked with a plainly visible and ordered to be disconnected by the building ofpcial,or the use of legible sign stating ELECTRICAL ROOM or similar approved which has been ordered to be discontinued by the building ofll- wording.The disconnecting means for each service, feeder or cial until the building ofTrcial authorizes the reconnection and branch circuit originating on a switchboard or panel board shall use of such systems. be legibly and durably marked to indicate its purpose unless such purpose is clearly evident. SECTION K110 CONDEMNING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS K110.1 Authority to condenum electrical systems.Wherever the building official determines that any electrical system, or portion thereof, regulated by this code has become hazardous to life, health or property, the building official shall order in writing that such electrical systems either be removed or restored to a safe condition. A time limit for compliance with such order shall be specified in the written notice. A person shall not use or maintain a defective electrical system or equip- ment after receiving such notice. Where such electrical system is to be disconnected,written notice as prescribed in this code shall be given. In cases of 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 643 644 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE` INDEX A Toilet and bathing facilities. . . . . . . . . 1109.2, 1109.3, 3411.8.11, 3411.9.4, E1051 ACCESS OPENINGS Train and light rail stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E109 Attic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1209.2 Transient lodging . . . . 1103.2.11, 1107.6.1, 3411.8.7, Crawl space. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1209.1 3411.8.9, E104.2, E104.3 Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .712.3.2 ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS . . . . . . . . . . 1007 Fire damper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .716.4 Areas of refuge (see AREA OF REFUGE) Fire department. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402.17 Assembly 1007.1, 1028.8 Mechanical appliances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1209.3 Elevators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1007.2.1, 1007.4, 1007.8 Refuse/laundry chutes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .708.13.3 Existing buildin g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1007.1, 3411.6 ACCESSIBILITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • 1007, Chapter 11, Exterior area for assisted rescue (see EXTERIOR 3411, Appendix E AREA FOR ASSISTED RESCUE) Airports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412,3,6, E110 Horizontal exit(see HORIZONTAL EXIT) Assembly seating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1108.2, 1109.10 Mezzanine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .505, 1007.1 Bus stops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E108 Platform lift. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1007.5 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1109.12 Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1007.1 Detectable warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1109.9 Stairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1007.3 Detention and correctional facilities. . . . . . 1103.2.14, Signage. . . . . . . . . . 1007.8 through 1007.11, 3002.3 1107.5.5, 1108.4.2, ACCESSORY OCCUPANCIES . . . 303.1, 305.1, 508.2 3411.8.7, E104.1 Incidental accessory occupancies . . 508.2.5, 707.3.6 Dining areas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1109.10 ADDITION . . . . . . . . 3403, 0103.1 Drinking fountains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1109.5 • • • • • • • • • • Dwelling units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1107, 3411.1, Accessibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3411.5 3411.8.7, 3411.8.8, 3411.8.9 Means of egress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33021, 3310 Egress (see ACCESSIBLE MEANS ADMINISTRATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 1 OF EGRESS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . „ . .1007 ADOBE CONSTRUCTION . . . . . . . . . .2102.1, 2109.3 Elevators. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1007.2.1, 1007.4, AEROSOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307.1, 307.2, 311.2, 1109.6, 3001.3, 3417.8.2 414.1.2.1, 414.2.5, 907.2.16 Employee work areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..907.5.2.3.2, 1103.2.3, 1104.3. I AGRICULTURAL BUILDINGS Entrances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1105, 3411.8.1, 3411.9.3 (see GROUP U). . . . . 312.1, 1103.2.5, Appendix C Escalators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3411.8.4 AIR CONDITIONING Existing buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10071, 1103.2.2, (see MECHANICAL) . . . . . . 101.4.2, 2801.1, 3006.2 3411, 3412.2.5 AIR INTAKES (see YARDS OR COURTS). . 1206.3.2 Fuel dispensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1109.13, 3411.8.13 AIRCRAFT HANGARS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412.4 Historic buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3411.9 Aircraft paint hangars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412.6, 507.9 Judicial facilities. . . . . . . 1108.4, 3411.8.7, 3411.8.10 Basements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412.4.2 Kitchens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1109.4 Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412.4.1, 412.6.2 Laundry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E105.2 Fire area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412.4.6.2 Lifts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1007.5, 1109.7, 3411-8.3 Fire suppression system. . . . . . . . , . 412.4.6, 412.6.5 Live/work unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .419.7, 1103.2.13 Heliports and helistops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412.7 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3411.2 Residential. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412.5, 907.2.21 Parking and passenger loading facilities . . . . . . 1106 Unlimited height and area. . . . . . . . . .504.1, 507.9 Performance areas. . . . . . . . . . . . 1108.2.8, 3411.8.6 Platform . . . . . . . 1104.4, 110828, 3411.8.6, E103.1 AIRCRAFT-RELATED OCCUPANCIES . . . . 412, E110 Ramps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1010, 3411.8.5 Airport traffic control towers. . . . . . . . 412.3, 907.2.22 Recreational facilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1109.14 Construction type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412.3.2 Route . . . . 1104, 1107.4, 3411.7, 3411.91, 3411.9.2 Egress. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412.3.3 Scoping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108.2, 116.1, 1101, Fire detection systems, automatic. . . . . . . . .412.3.4, 1103.1, 3411.1, E101.1 907.2.22 Seating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1108.2, 1109.10 Standby power . . . . . . . 4123.5, 2702.2.18 Service facility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1109.11, 3411.8.12 Traffic control towers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412.3 Signage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1110, E107 Type of const ruction . . , . . . . . . . . . , . . . . , . .412.12 Sleeping units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1107, 3411.8.7, AISLE 3411.8.8, 3411.8.9 Assembly seating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1028.6 Storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1108.3, 1109.8 Bleachers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1028.1.1 Telephone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .El 06 Check-out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1109.11.2 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 645 INDEX Converging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1028.9.3 Means of egress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402.4.3.1 Egress. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1017 Occupant load . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402.4.1.1, 402.4.1.3 Folding and telescopic seating. . . . . . . . . . . 1028.1.1 Separation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402.7.1, 402.7.3 Grandstands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 . .1028.1.1 Sprinkler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402.9 Obstructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1028.9.6 ANCHORAGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1604.8 Tents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3103.4 Braced wall line sills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2308.3.3 Walking surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1028.11 Concrete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1911, 1912 Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1028.9 Conventional light-frame ALARM SYSTEMS, EMERGENCY . . . . . , . . . . . . 908 construction. . . . . . . . . . . . 2308.11.31. 2308.12.7, ALARMS, FIRE (see FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE 2308.12.8, 2308.12.9 DETECTION SYSTEMS) Decks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1604.8.3 ALARMS,VISIBLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.5.2.3 Seismic anchorage for masonry chimneys . . . 2113.4 Common areas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.5.2.3.1 Seismic anchorage for masonry fireplaces . . . 2111.4 Employee work areas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.2.5.3.2 Walls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1604.8.2 Group 1-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.5.2.3.3 Wood sill plates. . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . .2308.33 Group R-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.5.2.3.3 APARTMENT HOUSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310.1 Group R-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.5.2.3.4 APPEALS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Public areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.5.2.3.1 ARCHITECT(see definition for REGISTERED ALARMS,VOICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.5.2.2 DESIGN PROFESSIONAL) Amusement buildings, special. . . . . . 411.6, 2702.2.1 ARCHITECTURAL TRIM. . . 603.1, 1406.2.2, D102.2.7 Covered mall buildings . . . . . . . . . . .402.14, 402.15, AREA, BUILDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 5 907.2.20, 2702.2.14 Aircraft control towers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412.3.2 High-rise buildings . , , 403.4.3, 907.2.13 Aircraft hangars, residential . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412.5.5 Special amusement buildings . . . . . . . . . . : . . .411.6 Covered mall building . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402.6 Underground buildings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405.9.1, Enclosed parking garage. . . . . . . . . . . .509.2, 509.3, 907.2.18, 907.2.19 509.4, 509.9 ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN . . . . . . . . . . . . 1602.1 Limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .503, 505 Load combinations, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1605.3 Membrane structures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3102.4 Masonry design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2101.2.1, 2107 Mezzanines. . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . .505.2, 505.5 Wood design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2301.2, 2306 Mixed construction types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3102.6 ALTERATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3404, D103.1 Mixed occupancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .508 Accessibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . .3411.6, 3411.7, 3411.9 Modifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .506, 509 Compliance alternatives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3412 Open mall building. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402.6 Means of egress . . , . . . . . . . 3302.1, 3310.2, 3411.6 Open parking garage. . . . . . . . , , . .406.3.6, 406.3.7, ALTERNATIVE MATERIALS, 509.2, 509.3, 509.4, DESIGN AND METHODS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.11 509.7, 509.8, 509.9 ALTERNATING TREAD DEVICES. . . . . . . . . . 1009.10 Private garages and carports. . . . . .406.1.1, 406.1.2 Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1009.10.2 Unlimited area . . . . . . . . . . . . .503.1.3, 506.2.1, 507 Equipment platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .505.5 AREA FOR ASSISTED RESCUE, EXTERIOR Galleries, catwalks and gridirons . . 410.5.3, 1015.6.1 (see EXTERIOR AREAS FOR ASSISTED RESCUE) Heliports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412.7.3 AREA OF REFUGE ALUMINUM . . . . . . . . . 1404.5.1, 1604.3.5, Chapter 20 (see ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS) AMBULATORY HEALTH CARE FACILITIES . . . . . 422 Requirements . . . . . . . . . 1007.6, 1007.6.1, 1007.6.2 Fire alarm and smoke detection . . . . . . . . .907.2.2.1 Signage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1007.9, 1007.10, 1007.11 Smoke compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .422.2, 422.4 Two-way communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , 1007.6.3, 1007.8, 1007.11 AMUSEMENT BUILDING, SPECIAL . . . . . . . . . . .411 Where required . . . . . . . , . . . 1007.2, 1007.3, 1007.4 Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411.1 ASSEMBLY OCCUPANCY (GROUP A) . . . . 303, 1028 Emergency voice/alarm Accessory . . . . . . . . . 508.2 communications system. . . . . . . . .411.6, 907.2.12 Aisles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1017.4, 1028.9 Exit marking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411.7 Amusement buildings, special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411 Fire detection . . . . . . . . . . . . .411.3, 411.5, 907.2.12 Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .503, 505, 506, 507, 508 Interior finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411.8 Bleachers (see BLEACHERS) Smoke detection system . . . . 411.3, 411.5, 907.2.12 Egress, special provisions. . . . . . . 1008.1-10, 1028.3 Sprinklers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411.4 Fire alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . .907.2.1 AMUSEMENT PARK STRUCTURES . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Folding and telescopic seating. . . . . . . . . . . 1028.1.1 ANCHOR STORE (see COVERED MALL Guards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1013.1, 1028.14 AND OPEN MALL BUILDINGS) 402 Grandstands (see GRANDSTANDS) Construction type. , .402.6 Height. . . . . . . . . . . . . .503, 504, 505, 506, 508, 509 646 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' INDEX High-rise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.1 B Interior finishes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 803.9, 804 Live load. . . . .Table 1607.1, 1607.9.1.4, 1607,11.2.2 BALCONIES Motion picture theaters . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 .409, 507.11 Accessibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1108.2.4 Occupancy category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1604.5 Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,1028.5 Panic hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1008.1.10, 1008.2.1 Construction, exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1406.3 Parking beneath or above . . . . . . 509.2, 509.7.509.9 Egress, means of . . . . . . . . . . . 1016.2, 1019, 102B,5 Plumbing fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2902 Emergency escape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1029.1 Seating, fixed (see SEATING, FIXED) Exterior egress. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1016.2 Seating, smoke-protected. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1028.6,2 Guards . . . . . . . 1 11 . , . . . . . . . . . .1013.1 Special occupancy separation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303.1, Live load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1607.1 Table 508.2.5, Table 508.4 Projection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .705.2, 14063 Sprinklers . . . . . 507.3, 507.6, 507.7, 507.11, 903.2.1 Public right-of-way encroachments . . . . . . . 3202.3.2, Stages and platforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410 3202,3.3 Standby power systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2702.2.1 Travel distance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . ,1016.2 Standpipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .905.3.2, 905.5.1 BARBECUES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,2801 Travel distance . . . 1014.3, 1016.1, 1021.2, 1028.7 BARRIERS Unlimited area 507.3, 507.6, 507.7, 507.11 Fire (see FIRE BARRIER) ASSISTED LIVING (see RESIDENTIAL Pedestrian protection 3306 CAREIASSISTED LIVING FACILITIES) Smoke (see SMOKE BARRIER) ATRIUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406.2.4, 16021, 16073.3 Automatic sprinkler protection . . . . . . . . : . . . . .404.3 BASEMENT(see UNDERGROUND BUILDINGS) Enclosure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..404.6, 707.3.5 Aircraft hangars . . . , , .. , , . . . . . , , 412.4.2 Fire alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404.4, 907.2.14 Area modification , . . , . . , . . . . , . , , .506.4, 506.5 Interior finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404.8 Considered a story . . . . . . , , . , . _ _ _502.1 . .. . . . .502,1 Smoke control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404.5, 909 Emergency escape , . _ 1029.1 Standby power. . . . . . . . . . . .404.7 Flood loads. . . . . , , . , . , , , .:1612.2, 1612.5 Travel distance . , . _ 404.9, 1014.3, 1016.1 1021.2 Height modifications for. . . , . . . . . . , 509.5 Use. . . . . . . . . .. . . , . . . . . . .404.2 Prohibited . . . 415.1, 415.4, 415.5, 415.8.5.2.2, 418.1 ATTIC Rodentproofing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . Appendix F Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1209.2 Sprinklers. , , . . . . . . . . . . . . _ . . . . . _903.2.111 903.2.11,1 Combustible storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413.2 Waterproofing and dampproofing. . . . . 1805 Draftstopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .717.4 BASEMENT WALLS Insulation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .719.3.1 Concrete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1904.3, 1909.6.1 Live load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1607.1 Soil loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . , ,1610.1 Unusable space fire protection. . . . . . . . . . . .712.3.3 Waterproofing and dampproofing , _ 1805 1805 Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1203.2 BASIC WIND SPEED , . . , 16093 AUDITORIUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303.1 BAY AND ORIEL WINDOWS. . . ., , , , .. 1406.4 Accessibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1108.2 Foyers and lobbies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1028.4 Public right-of-way encroachments , , , . . . . 32023.2, interior balconies and galleries . . . . . . . . . . . . 1028.5 3202.3.3 Motion picture projection rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . .409 BLEACHERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . .303.1, 1028.1.1, 34011 Stages and platforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410 Accessibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1108.2 AUTOMOBILE PARKING GARAGE (see GARAGE, Egress. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1028.1,1 AUTOMOBILE PARKING) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406 Live load. . , . , . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 16071 AWNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3105 Occupant load . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . , , . . . . . .1004.7 Design and construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3105.3 BLOCK (see CONCRETE BLOCK Drainage, water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3201.4 AND GLASS UNIT MASONRY) Encroachment, public right-of-way . . . , . . . 3202.2.3, BOARD OF APPEALS . . . . . . . . 113, Appendix B 3202.3.1, 3202.4 Application for appeal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13101.1 Fire district . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D102.2.8 Alternate members. . . . . . . . . . , . , . . . . . . .B101.2.1 Live load . . . . .Table 1607.1, 1607.11.2.1, 1607.11.4 Board decision. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B101.4 Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3105.4 Limitations on authority . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . .113.2 Motor vehicle service stations . . . . . . . . . . . .406.5.3 Membership of board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B101.2 Permanent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D102.2.8 Notice of meeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . .B101.3 Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2606.10 Qualifications, . . . . . . . . . . . . , - . 113.3, 6101.2.2 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 647 INDEX BOILER ROOM CANOPIES_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3105 Exits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1015.3 Design and construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3105.3 BOLTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2204.2 Drainage,water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3201.4 Anchors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1911, 1912, 2204.2.1 Encroachment, public right-of-way. . . . . . . . 3202.3.1 High strength, steel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1704.3.3 Fire district . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D102.2.8 . . . . .2103.9, 2109.2 Live load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1607.1, BONDING,MASONRY . . , . , . , 1607.11.2.1, 1607.11.4 BRACED WALL LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2302.1, 2308.3 Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3105.4 Bracing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2309.3 Motor vehicle service stations . . . . . . . , . . . .406.5.3 Seismic requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2308.12.2, Permanent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D102.2.8 2308.12.4, 2308.12.6 Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2606.1` Sill anchorage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2308.3.3 CARE FACILITIES (see HEALTH CARE) Spacing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2308.3.1 Support .2308.3.4 CARPET BRACED WALL PANEL. . . . . . . . , . .2302.1, 2308.9.3 Floor covering , . . . . . . . . . . . . . 804.2 Alternative bracing . . . . . . . . . 2308.9.3.1, 2308.9.3.2 Textile ceiling finish . . . . , . . , . . 803.6 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2308.3.2 Textile wall coverings . 803.5 BRICK (see MASONRY) CATWALKS Live loads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1607.1 BUILDING Means of egress. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410.3.2, 1015.6.1 Access, fire department. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402.17 Sprinklers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410.6 Area (see AREA, BUILDING). . . . . . . . . . 502.1, 503, CEILING 505, 506, 507, 508, 509 Acoustical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .808 Demolition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3303 Height . . . . . . . . 409.2, 909.20.4.3, 1205.2.2, 1208.2 Existing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 34 Interior finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .803 Height (see e H HEI GHTT, BUILDING). . . . . . . . . . . 502.1, Fire walls , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .706.1 Penetration of fire resistant assemblies . . . . . . 713.4, EI 503, 504, 505, 716.2, 716.6 506, 506, 509 Suspended acoustical. . . . . . . . . . . . . .808.1.1 Occupancy classification . , . . . . . . . . Chapter 3 CELLULOSE NITRATE FILM . . . . . . . 409.1, 903.2.5.3 Party walls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .706.1.1 CERAMIC TILE BUILDING DEPARTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Material requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2103.5 BUILDING OFFICIAL Mortar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2103.10 Duties and powers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104 CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY . . 106.2, 111, 3408.2 Qualifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Al ol," CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY . . . . . . . . . . 3408, D103.2 Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104.7 Accessibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3411.4, 3412.2.5 Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A101.4 CHILD CARE (see DAY CARE) . . . . . . 305.2, 308.3.1, BUILT-UP ROOFS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1507.10 308.5.2, 310.1 BUSINESS OCCUPANCY (GROUP B). . . . . . . . . . 304 CHIMNEYS. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2102.1, 2111, 2112, 2113 Accessory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .508.2 Factory-built . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .717.2.5 Aisles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1017.2 Flashing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1503.6 Ambulatory health care Facilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . .422 Protection from adjacent construction. . . . . . . 3307.1 Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .503, 505, 506, 507, 508 CHURCHES Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303.1 (see RELIGIOUS WORSHIP, PLACES OF) Educational. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303.1, 304.1 CIRCULAR STAIRS (see CURVED STAIRWAYS) Fire alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.2.2 CLAY ROOF TILE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Height. . . . . . . . . . . . _ 503, 504, 505, 506, 508, 509 . . .1507.3 Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1716.2 Interior finishes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 803.9, 804 Live load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1607.1 CLINIC Parking under or above . . 509.2, 509.7, 509.8, 509.9 Hospital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308.3 Plumbing fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2902 Outpatient (see AMBULATORY Special occupancy separation. . 303.1, Table 508.2.5 HEALTH CARE FACILITIES). . . . . . . . 304.1.1, 422 Travel distance. . . . . . . . . . . . 1014.3, 1016.1, 1021,2 COAL POCKETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415.6.1.6 Unlimited area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .507.3, 507.4 CODES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101.2, 101.4, 102.3, 102.4, 102.6, Chapter 35 C COLD STORAGE (see FOAM PLASTIC INSULATION) COLD-FORMED STEEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2202.1, 2209 CABLES, STEEL STRUCTURAL . . . 2207 Light-frame construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2210 CALCULATED FIRE RESISTANCE Special inspection. . . . . . . . . . . 1704.3.1.2, 1704.3.4, (see FIRE RESISTANCE,CALCULATED) 1706.3, 1707.4 648 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' INDEX COMBUSTIBLE DUSTS 415.6.1 Wood support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2304.12 COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS. . . . . . 307.4, 307.5, 415.6.2 CONCRETE ROOF TILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1507.3 COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL Wind resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1609.5.3, 1716.2 Concealed spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413.2, 717.5 CONDOMINIUM (see APARTMENT HOUSES) Exterior side of exterior wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1406 CONDUIT, PENETRATION PROTECTION . . . . . 713.3, High-pile stock or rack storage . . . . . . 413.1, 910.2.2 1022.4 Type 1 and Type II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .603, 805 CONFLICTS IN CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102.1 COMBUSTIBLE PROJECTIONS . . . . . . 705.2, 1406.3 CONGREGATE LIVING FACILITIES. . . . . . . . . . . .310 COMBUSTIBLE STORAGE . . . . . . . . . . .413, 910.2.2 CONSTRUCTION (see SAFEGUARDS DURING COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL . . . . . . 1014.3 CONSTRUCTION) COMPARTMENTATION CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS . . . . . . . . . 107, 1603 Ambulatory Health Care Facilities. . . . . . . . . . .422.2 Concrete construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1901.4 Group 1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .407.4 Design load bearing capacity . . . . , . . . . . . . . 1803.6 Group 1-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408.6 Fire alarm and detection systems . . . . . . . . . 907.1.1 Underground buildings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405.4 Fire-resistant joint systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .714 Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3412.6.3 Flood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1603.1.7 COMPLIANCE ALTERNATIVES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3412 Floor live load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1603.1.1 COMPRESSED GAS . . . . . . . . . . . . 307.2, 415.8.7.2.2 Geotechnical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1603.1.6 CONCEALED SPACES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413.2, 717 Masonry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2101.3 CONCRETE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 19 Means of egress. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107.2.3 ACI 318 modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . 1901.2, 1901.3, Penetrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .713 Permit application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105.1 1902.1, 1903.1, 1908 Retention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107.5 Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1911, 1912 Review. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107.3 Calculated fire resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .721.2 Roof assemblies . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1503 Conduits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1906 Roof live load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1603.1.2 Construction documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1901.4 Roof snow load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1603.1.3 Construction joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1906 Seismic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1603.1.5, 1603.1.9 Curing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1905.11 Site plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107.2.5 Durability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1904 Soil classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1803.6 Exposure conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1904 Special inspections. . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1703, 1705 Footings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1809 Special loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1603.1.8 Formwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1906 Structural tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1703 Foundation walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1807.1.5, 1808.8 Systems and components . . , . . . . . . . . . . . 1603.1.9 Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1704.4.1, 1903 Temporary structures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3103.2 Mixing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1905.8 Wind load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1603.1.4 Pipe columns, concrete-filled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1915 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS Pipes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1906 Placing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1905 Concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1906.4 Plain, structural. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1909 Shotcrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1913.7 Proportioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1905.2 CONSTRUCTION TYPES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 6 Quality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1905 Aircraft related. . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412.3.2 Reinforced gypsum concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1914 Automobile parking garage . . . . . . . . .Table 406.3.3, Reinforcement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1907 509.2, 509.3, 509.4, Rodentproofing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix F 509.7, 509.8, 509.9 Roof the. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1507.3, 1716.2 Classification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .602 Shotcrete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1913 Combustible material in Slab, minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1910 Type I and Type 11 construction . . . . . . . . . 603, 805 Special inspections. . . . . . . . . . 1704.4, Table 1704.4 Covered mall and open mall buildings. . . . . . . . 402.6 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1903 Fire district . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D102.2.3 Strength testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1704.4.1, 1905.6 Fire resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 601, Table 602 Wood support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2304.12 High-rise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.2 CONCRETE MASONRY Type I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 601, 602.2, 603 Calculated fire resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .721.3 Type 11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 601, 602.2, 603 Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2104 Type III . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 601, 602.3 Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2101.2, 2108, 2109 Type IV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 601, 602.4 Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2103.1 Type V . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 601, 602.5 Surface bonding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2109.2 Underground buildings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405.2 Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2105.2.2.2, 2105.3 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES. . . 901.5, 1706 2DO9INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* 649 INDEX CONTROL AREA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .414.2, 707.3.7 Playground structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402.12 Fire-resistance rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .414.2.4 Separation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4023 Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .414.2.3 Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402.16 CONVENTIONAL LIGHT-FRAME Smoke control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402.10 CONSTRUCTION. . . . . . . . . . .2301.2, 2302.1, 2308 Sprinklers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402.9 Additional seismic requirements. . . 2308.11, 2308.12 Standby power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402.14, 2702.2.14 Braced wall lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2308.3 Standpipe system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402.9.1, 905.3.3 Connections and fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2308.5 Travel distance . . . . . . 402.4, 1014.3, 1016.1, 1021.2 Design of elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2308.4 COVERED WALKWAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3306.7 Floor joists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2308.8 CRAWL SPACE Foundation plates or sills. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2308.6 Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1209.1 Girders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2308.7 Drainage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1805.1.2 Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2308.2 Unusable space fire protection. . . . . . . . . . . .712.3.3 Roof and ceiling framing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2308.10 Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1203.3 Wall framing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2308.9 CRIPPLE WALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2302.1, 2308.9.4 CONVEYING SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3005 CRYOGENIC . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 307.1,Table 414.5.1, CORNICES Table 415.8.2.1.1 Draftstopping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .717.2.6 Live load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1607.1 Masonry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2104.2.1 D Projection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .705.2, 1406.3 DAMPERS (see FIRE DAMPERS Public right-of-way encroachments . . , F . . . 3202.3.2, AND SMOKE DAMPERS) . . . . . 716.2 through 716.5 3202.3.3 CORRIDOR (see CORRIDOR PROTECTION, DAMPPROOFING AND WATERPROOFING . . . . 1805 EXIT ACCESS and FIRE PARTITIONS) . . . . . . 1018 Required. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1805.2, 1805.3 Continuity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1018.6 Subsoil drainage system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1805.4 Dead end . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1018.4 DAY CARE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 . 1 .305.2, 308.5, 310.1 Elevation change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1003.5 Adult care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308.5.1 . . , _407.2 407.2 Child care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308.5.2, 310.1 Hazardous. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415.8.2.2, 415.8.2.7 Egress . . . . , . . . . . , . .308.5.2, Table 1004.1.1, 415.8.3, 415.8.4, 415.8.6, 415.8.7.1.4 Table 1015.1, Table 1021.2 Headroom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1003.2, 1003.3 DAY SURGERY CENTER (see AMBULATORY HPM service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .903.2.5.2 HEALTH CARE FACILITIES) Live load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1607.1 DEAD END . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1018.4 Walls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .709.1, 1018.1 DEAD LOAD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1602.11, 1606 Width. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108.3, 1018.2 Foundation design load . . . . . . . . . . . , 1808.3 CORRIDOR PROTECTION, EXIT ACCESS DECK Construction, fire protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .709.1., Anchorage. . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1604.8.3 Table 1018.1, 1018.6 Live loads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1607.1 Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .715.4 DEFLECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1604.3.1 Glazing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .715.5 Framing supporting glass . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . .2403.3 Group I-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .407.3 Interior finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 803.9, 804.4 Preconstruction load tests . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .1715.3.2 Opening protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .715, 716.5.4.1 Wood diaphragms. . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . .2305 Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1018.5, 1018.5.1 Wood shear walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23D5 CORROSIVES . . . . . . . 307.6, Table 414.2.5(1), 414.3, DEMOLITION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3303 415.7.3,Table 415.8.2.1.1 DESIGN STRENGTH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1602.1, 2102.1 COURTS (see YARDS OR COURTS). , . . . , . . . . 1206 Conformance to standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17111 New materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1711.2 COVERED MALL AND OPEN MALL BUILDINGS 402 DESIGNATED SEISMIC SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . 1702.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Construction type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402.6 Seismic qualification . . . . . . , . . .1708.4 Fire department . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402.3, 402.17 Special inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1707.8 Fire detection/alarm system . . . . . 402.4.5.1, 402.11, DIAPHRAGMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1602.1, 2302.1 402.12.2, 402.15. Flexible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1613.6.1 907.2.20, 2702.2.14 Special inspection. . . . . . . . 1704.6.1, 1706.2, 1707.3 Interior finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402.8 Mood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2305, 2306.2 Kiosk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402.11 DOORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1008 Means of egress . . . . . . . . . . . .402.4, 402.5, 402.13 Access-controlled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1008.1.4.4 Occupant load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402.4.1 Emergency escape . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1029.1 650 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" INDEX Fire (see OPENING PROTECTIVES) . . 715.4, Interior finishes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 803.9, 604 1022.3, 1022.4 Live load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1607.1 Glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .715.4.7, 715.5, 1405.13 Manual fire alarm boxes . . . . . . . . . .907.2.3, 907.4.2 Hazardous storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415.8.5.6 Occupancy category . . . . . . . . . . , . . . .Table 1604.5 Hardware (see LOCKS AND LATCHES) . . . . 1005.3, Panic hardware. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1008.1.10 1008.1.4.4, Plumbing fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2902 1008.1.9, 1008.1.10 Religious facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I . . . . . . .303.1 Horizontal sliding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1008.1.4.3 Special occupancy separation, . 303.1, Table 508.2.5 Hydrogen cutoff rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .421.4.1 Sprinkler system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I . . . .903.2.3 Landings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1008.1.5, 1008.1.6 Stages and platforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1008.1.3, 1008.1.9 Travel distance. . . . . . . . . . . . 1014.3, 1016.1, 1021.2 Panic and fire exit hardware. . . . . . . . . . . . 1008.1.10 Unlimited area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .507.10 Power operated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1008.1.4.2 EGRESS (see MEANS OF EGRESS). . . . . Chapter 10 Revolving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1008.1.4.1 ELECTRICAL. . . . 105.2, 112, Chapter 27,Appendix K Security grilles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1008.1.4.5 Side swinging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1008.1.2 ELEVATOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 30 Smoke. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .710.5, 711.5 Accessibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1007.2.1, 1007.4, Stairways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1008.1.9.10 1007.8, 1109.6, 3001.3, 3411.8.2 Stairways, high-rise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.5.3 Car size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3001.3, 3002.4 Structural testing, exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1715.5 Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .708.14, 1607.8.1 Thresholds. . . 1003.5, 1008.1.5, 1008.1.7, 3411.8.14 Control values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3412.6.14 Vestibule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1008.1.7 Conveying systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3005 Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1008.1.1, 1008.1.1.1 Emergency operations. . . , . . . . . . . . 3002.3, 3002.5, DRAFTSTOPPING 3003, 3007, 3008 Attics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .717.4 Fire service access. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.6.1, 3007 Floor-ceiling assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .717.3 Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2409, 3002.8 High-rise . . . . . . . . .403.2.3, 403.4.7, 403.4.8, 403.6 DRY CLEANING PLANTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415.6.4 Hoistway enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.2.3, 708, DRYING ROOMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .417 1022.3, 3002, 3005.3.1 DUCTS AND AIR TRANSFER OPENINGS Hoistway venting. 3004 (see MECHANICAL) Lobby . . . . 708.14.1, 709.1, 1007.4, 3007.4, 3008.11 DUMBWAITERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .708.14 Machine rooms . . . . . . . .Table 1607.1, 1607.8, 3006 DWELLING UNITS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202 Means of egress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.6, 1003.7, 1102, 1103.2.4, 1103.2.12, 1007.2.1, 1007.4, 3008 Accessibility, , . . . . . . . Number of elevator cars in hoistway . . . . . . . . 3002.2 1105.1.6, 1106.2, 1107 Occupant evacuation elevators . . . . . . 403.6.2, 3008 Accessibility, existing . . . . . . . . . . . 3411.1, 3411.8.71 personnel and material hoists. . . . . . . 3411.8.8, 3411.8.9 . . . . . .3005.4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1208.3, 1208.4 Roofaccess. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1009.14 Area . . . . . . . . . Group R . . . . . . . . . . a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.3, 1 .310 Seismic controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1613.6.5 Shaft enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .708.14 Live/work units (see LIVE/WORK UNITS) Signs 914, 1007.8.2, 3002.3, 3008.11.5 Scoping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101.2 Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3001 Separation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420.2, 4203 Standby power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2702.2.5, 2702.2.19 Sound transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1207 Underground. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405.4.3 EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS E Accessible means of egress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1007.8 EARTHQUAKE LOADS (see SEISMIC) . . . . . . . . 1613 Alarms (see FIRE ALARMS) EAVES (see COMBUSTIBLE PROJECTIONS Elevators, occupant evacuation. . . . . . . . . . . .3008.5 AND CORNICES) Fire command center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.4.5, 911 Radio coverage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.4.4, 915 EDUCATIONAL OCCUPANCY (GROUP . . . . . . . 08.2 EMERGENCY EGRESS OPENINGS . . . . . . . . . . 1029 Accessory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .506.2 Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1021.2, 1029.1 Accessory assembly spaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303.1 Window wells. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .503, 505, 506, 507, 508 1029.5 Corridors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1018.1, 1018.2 EMERGENCY LIGHTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1006, 1205.5 Day care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .305.2, 308.5, 310.1 EMERGENCY POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2702.1, 2702.3 Education for students above the 12th grade. . . . 304 Exit signs . . . . . . . . . . . 1011.5.3, 2702.2.3, 2702.2.9 Egress, special provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1008.1.10 Group A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2702.2.1 Fire alarm and detection. . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.2.3 Group 1-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406.4.2, 2702.2.17 Gyms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303.1 Hazardous. . . . . . . . . . .414.5.4, 415.8.10, 2702.2.8, Height. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _503, 504, 505, 506, 508 2702.2.10, 2702.2.11, 2702.2.13 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 651 INDEX High-rise. . . . . . . . .403.4.8, 2702.2.15 Luminous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.5.5, 411.7.1, 1024 Means of egress illumination. . . .. . , 1006.3, 2702.2.4 Mezzanines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505.3, 505.4, 1004.6 Semiconductor fabrication 415.8.10, 2702.2.8 Number, minimum . . . . . . . . . . .403.5, 1015.1, 1021 Underground buildings , , . , . . , . . .405.9, 2702.2.16 Passageway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1023 EMERGENCY RESPONDERS Ramps, exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1026 Additional exit stairway. . . . . . . , . . . , muumuu .403.5.2 Refrigerated rooms or spaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1015.5 Elevators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.6, 1007.2.1, 3002.4, Refrigeration machinery rooms. . . . . . . . . . . . 1015.4 3003, 3007, 3008 Signs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1011 Fire command center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.4.5, 911 Stairs, exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1026 Fire department access. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402.17 Travel distance . . . . . . . 104.2.2, 402.4, 404.9, 407.4, Radio coverage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.4.4, 915 408.61, 408.8.1, 411.4, 1014.3, Roof access. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1009.13 1015.5, 1016, 1021.2, 1028.7 Safety features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .914 Underground buildings. . . . , . . 405.7 EMPIRICAL DESIGN OF MASONRY. . 2101.2.4, 2109 EXIT ACCESS Adobe construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2109.3 (see MEANS OF EGRESS). . . . . 1014 through 1019 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2109.1 Aisles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1017 Special inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1704.5 Balconies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1016.2, 1019 Surface-bonded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2109.2 Common path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . .1014.3 EMPLOYEE Corridors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1018 Accessibility for work areas. . . . . . . . . . .907.5.2.3.2, Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1005.2, 1008, 1015, 1020.2 1103.2.3, 1104.3.1 Intervening space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1014.2 Qualifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A101 Path of egress travel, common . . , . . . . . . . . . 1014.3 Termination of employment. . . , A101.4 Seating at tables . . . . . . . . . . , : , . . . . .1017.3 ENCROACHMENTS INTO THE Single exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1015.1.1, 1021.2 PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 32 Travel distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402.4, 404.9, 407.4, END-JOINTED LUMBER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2303.1.1 408.6.1, 408.8.1, 411.4, 1014.2.2, ENERGY EFFICIENCY . . 101.4.6, 110.3.7, Chapter 13 1014.3, 1015.5, 1016, 1021,2, 1028.7 ENGINEER(see definition for REGISTERED EXIT DISCHARGE (see MEANS OF EGRESS). . 1027 DESIGN PROFESSIONAL) Courts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1027.5 Horizontal exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1027.1 EQUIVALENT OPENING FACTOR. . . . . . Figure 705.7 Lobbies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1027.1 ESCALATORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3005 Marquees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3106.4 Accessibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3411.8.4 Open parking garage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1027.1 Floor opening protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .708.2 Public way . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1027.6 Means of egress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1003.7 Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1022.2 ESSENTIAL FACILITIES (see OCCUPANCY Vestibules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1027.1 CATEGORY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1602.1 EXIT PASSAGEWAY EXCAVATION,GRADING AND FILL . . . . . 1804, 3304 (see MEANS OF EGRESS) . . . . . . . . .707.3.3, 1023 EXISTING BUILDING . . . . . . . . . . . . 102.6, Chapter 34 EXIT SIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1011 Accessibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1103.2.2, 3411 Accessibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1011.3 Additions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3403, D103.1 Illumination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1011.2, 1011.4, 1011.5 Alteration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3404, D103.1 Change of occupancy . . 3408, D103.2 Required m u s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1011.1 g p y' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' Special amusement buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411.7 Flood resistant. . . . . 3401.2, 3403.2, 3404.2, 3405.5, 3409.2, 3412.2.4.1, Appendix G EXPLOSIVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 414.5.1, Historic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3409, 3411.9 Table 415.3.1, Table 415.3.2 Moved structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 3410, D103.3 Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3405 EXPOSURE CATEGORY (see WIND LOAD) . . 1609.4 Rodentproofing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix F EXTERIOR AREAS FOR ASSISTED RESCUE EXIT(see MEANS OF EGRESS) . . 1020 through 1026 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1007.7 Boiler rooms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1015.3 Signage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1007.9, 1007.10, 1007.11 Construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .708.2 Where required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1007.2 Enclosure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .707.3.2, 1022.1 EXTERIOR INSULATION AND Fire resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .707.3, 1022 FINISH SYSTEMS (EIFS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1408 Furnace rooms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . muumuu . . . . .1015.3 Special inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1704.14 Group H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415.8.4.4, 415.8.5.5 Horizontal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .707.3.3, 1025 EXTERIOR WALLS Incinerator rooms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1015.3 (see WALLS, EXTERIOR) Table 601, 602, Interior finish. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 803.9, 804 705, Chapter 14 652 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* INDEX F Visible alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.5.2.3 FACTORY OCCUPANCY (GROUP F) . . . . . . . 306 FIRE ALARM BOX, MANUAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.4.2 . . . . FIRE AREA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .901.7 Accessary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .508.2 Ambulatory health care facilities. . . . 903.2.2, 907.2.2 Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.1, 503. Sd3.1.1, 505, 506, 507, 508 Assembly Abl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .903.2.1 Dead end corridor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1018.4 Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .903.2.3 Fire alarm and detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.2.4 Factory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .903.2.4 Height. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .503, 504, 505, 506, 508 Institutional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .903.2.6 Interior finishes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 803.9, 804 Mercantile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .903.2.7 Live load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1607.1 Residential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .903.2.8 Low hazard occu anc 306.3 Storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .903.2.9, 903.2.10 Moderate hazard occupancy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .306.2 FIRE BARRIERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110.3.6, 707, 708 Plumbing fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2902 Continuity . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .707.5, 708.4 Smoke and heat vents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .910.2 Exterior walls. . . . . , . . . . . . .Table 602, 707.4, 708.6 Special occupancy separation . . . . . . .Table 508,2,5 Fire-resistance rating of walls . . . . . . . . . .603.1(21), Travel distance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1014.3, 1015.4, 603.1(22), 603.1(25), 1015.5, 1016.1, 1021.2 703, 707.3, 708.3 Unlimited area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .507.2, 507,3, 507.4 Glazing, rated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .715.5 FARM BUILDINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix C Incidental accessory occupancies. . . . . . . . 508.2.5.1 Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : , .707.8, 708.9, 714, 2508.4 FEES, PERMIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Marking . . . , . . . . , , , , , , , 703.6 Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109,6 Materials. . . . . , . . . , . ,707.2, 708.3 Related fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109.5 Opening protection . . . . . , , , , . , 707.6, 707.9, 708.7, Work commencing before issuance . . . . . . . . . 109.4 708.10, 713.3, 715, 716.5.2 FENCES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105.2, 312.1 Penetrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .707.7. 708.8 FIBERBOARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2302.1, 2303.1.5 Shaft enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . , . .708.1 Shear wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2306.6 Special provisions FILL MATERIAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11304, 3304 Aircraft hangars. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412.4.4 FINGER-JOINTED LUMBER Atriums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404.3, 404.6 Covered malls. . . . . . . . . 402.4.6, 402.7.1, 402.7.3 (see END-JOINTED LUMBER) Fire pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .913.2,1 FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMS Flammable Finishes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .416.2 Aerosol storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.2.16 Group H-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415.6.1.2, 415.6.2.2 Aircraft hangars, residential . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.2.21 Group H-3 and H-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415.7 Airport traffic control towers . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412.3.4 Group H-5 . . . . . . . . . . , . . . .415.8.2.2, 415.8.2.5, Ambulatory care Facilities . . . . . . . . .422,6, 907.2.2.1 415,8,5.2, 415.8.63 Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.2.1 Group 1-3. . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . .408.5, 408.7 Atriums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a , . . , . , , , , , . , . .907.2.14 Hazardous materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .414.2 Audible alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.9.2 High-rise. . . . . . . . . . . .403.2.1.2, 403.3, 403.4.7.1 Battery room. . . 907.2.23 Hydrogen cutoff rooms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .421.4 Construction documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.11.1 Organic coating . . . . . . . . . . . .418.4, 418.5, 418.6 Covered mall and open mall . . . . . 402.4.5.1, 402,11: Stages and platforms . . . . . . . . . .410.5.1, 410.5.2 402,12.2, 402.15, 907.2.20 FIRE COMMAND CENTER. . , . . . . . . . . .403.4.5, 911 Education . „ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.2.3 FIRE DAMPERS . . . , . . . . . . . . . .716.2 through 716.5 Emergency system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .908 FIRE DEPARTMENT(see EMERGENCY Factory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.2.4 RESPONDERS) Group H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.2.5, 907.2.15 Group I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.2.6, 907.5,2.3.3 FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM (see FIRE ALARM Group M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.2.7 AND SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMS) Group R. . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.2.8, 907.2.9, 907.2.10, FIRE DISTRICT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . .Appendix D 907.2.11, 907.5.2.3.3, 907,5,2.3.4 FIRE DOOR (see OPENING High-rise_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.4.2, 907.2.13 PROTECTIVES). . . . . . . : . . . , . 715, 1022.3, 1022.4 Institutional occupancy . . . , . 407.2.1, 407.2.3, 407.6 FIRE ESCAPE . . . . , p , . . . . . . . . . . . .412.7.3, 3406 Live/work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .419.5, 907.2,9 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS,PORTABLE . . . . . . 906, 3309 Lumber mills . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.2.17 Occupancy requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.2 FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . .416.5, Special amusement buildings . , . , , . , .411.3, 411.5, 417.4, 903, 904 907.2.12 FIRE PARTITION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110.3.6, 709 Underground buildings . . . . . . . . .907.2.18, 907.2.19 Continuity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .709.4 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 653 INDEX Exterior walls . . Table 602, 709.5 Type I and II construction. . . . . . 603.1(10), 603.1(25) Fire-resistance rating . . . . . . . 603.1(21), 603.1(22), Type III construc tion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .602.3 603.1(25), 703, 709.3 Type IV construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .602.4 Glazing, rated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .715.5 Veneer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1405.5 Joint treatment gypsum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2508.4 FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE . . . . . .Table 602, 702 Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .709.8, 714 Exterior walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1406.2.1.1 Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .703.6 FIRE SERVICE Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .709.2 ACCESS ELEVATORS. . . . . . . . . . . . .403.6.1, 3007 Opening protection. . . . . . 709.6, 713.3, 715, 716.5.4 FIRE SHUTTER (see OPENING Penetrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . .709.7, 709.9, 713, 716 Special provisions PROTECTIVES) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715.4, 715.4.9, Covered mall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402.7.2 715.4.10, 715.5 Group 1-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408.7 FIRE WALLS . . . .706 Group 1-1, R-1, R-2, R-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420.2 Aircraft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412.6.2 . . . . .101.4.5 Combustible framing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .706.7 FIRE PREVENTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Continuity 706.5, 706.6 Exterior walls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 602, 706.5.1 Explosion control . . . . I . . . . . . . . 414.5.1, 415.6.1.4, Fire-resistance rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .703, 706.4 415.8.5.4, 421.7 Glazing, rated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .715.5 Fire extinguishers, portable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .906 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110.3.6 Glazing, rated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .715.2 Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .706.10, 714 Smoke and heat vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .910 Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .703.6 Smoke control systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .909 Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .706.3 Sprinkler systems, automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .903 Opening protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .706.8, 706.11, FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS. . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 9 713.3, 715, 716.5.1 FIRE PUMPS. . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 508.2.5, 913, 914.2 Penetration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .706.9, 713.3, 713.4 FIRE RESISTANCE Special provisions Calculated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .721 Aircraft hangars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412.4.6.2 Conditions of restraint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .703.2.3 Covered malls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402.7.3 Ducts and air transfer openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . .716 Group H-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415.8.2.6 Private garages and carports . . . . . . . . . . .406.1.2 Exterior walls. , . . . . , , . . . . .Table 602, 705.5, 709.5 Structural stability 706.2 Fire district . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D102.2.5 y. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High-rise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.2 FIRE WINDOWS (see OPENING PROTECTIVES) Joint systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .714 FIREBLOCKING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .717.2 Prescriptive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .720 Chimneys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .717.2.5, 2113.20 Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 6, 703, 705.5, 707.3.9 Fireplaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2111.12 Roof assemblies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1505 Wood construction . . . . . . 717.2,1, 717.2.7, 1406.2.4 Structural members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .704 Wood stairs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .717.2.4 Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .703 FIREPLACES,FACTORY-BUILT. . . . . . . . . . 2111.14.1 Thermal and sound insulating materials . . . . . . 719.1 FIREPLACES,MASONRY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2102.1 FIRE RESISTANCE, CALCULATED. . . . . . . . . . . .721 Combustibles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2111.11 Clay brick and tile masonry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .721.4 General provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2111 Concrete assemblies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .721.2 Hearth extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2111.9, 2111.10 Concrete masonry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .721.3 Steel units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2111.5.1 Steel assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .721.5 FIREWORKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307.2, 307.3, 307.5 Wood assemblies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .721.6 FLAMESPREAD . . . . . . . . . .802, 803.1.1, Table 803.9 FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED WOOD . . . . . . . 2302.1, FLAMMABLE FINISHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307.1, 416 2303.2 FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS . . . . . . . . . . 307.4, 307.5, 406, Awnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3105.3 412, 414, 415 Balconies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1406.3 FLAMMABLE SOLIDS. . . . . . . . . 307.5, 415 Canopies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3105.3 Concealed spaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .717.5 FLASHING Fastenin g . . . .2304.9.5 Roof 1503.2, 1503.6, 1507.2.9,Fire wall vertical continuity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .706.6 1507.3.9, 1507.5.7, 1507.7.7, Partitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .603.1 1507.8.8, 1507.9.9, 1510.6 Platforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410.4 Wall, veneer, . . . . . . . . . . . _ . . 1405.4, 1405.12.7 Projections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .705.2.3 FLOOD-RESISTANT CONSTRUCTION Roof construction . . . Table 601, 705.11, 706.6, 1505 Accessibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1107.7.5 Shakes and shingles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1505.6 Administration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G101 through G105 654 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* INDEX Elevation certificate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110.3.3 Siding backer board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2603.4.1.10 Existing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3403.2, 3404.2, Stages and platform scenery . . . . . . . . . . . . .410.3.6 3405.5, 3409.2, 3412.2.4.1 Surface burning characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . .2603.3 Flood elevation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107.2.5.1, 1612 Thermal barrier requirements. . . . . . . . . . . .2603.5.2 Flood loads. . . . . . . . . . . . .1603.1, 1603.1.7, Trim. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .806.3, 2604.2 1612, 3001.2, 3102.7 Type I and 11 construction. . . . . . . . 603.1(1), 603.1(2) Flood resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1403.5, 1403.6 Walk-in coolers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2603.4.1.3 Flood resistant construction. . . . . . . . . . .Appendix G FOLDING AND TELESCOPIC SEATING . . . 1028.1.1, Grading and fill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1804.4, 1805.1.2.1 3401.1 Historic buildings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G105.3 Accessibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1108.2 Interior finishes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .801.1.3 Egress. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1028.1.1 Manufacturered homes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G501 Live load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1607.1 Recreational vehicles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G601 Occupant load . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1004.7 Site improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G401 FOOD COURT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402.2 Site plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107.2.5 Occupant load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402.4.1.4 Subdivisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G301 FOOTBOARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1028.14.2 Tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G701 Temporary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G901 FORMWORK,CONCRETE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1906 Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I . .G1001 FOUNDATION (see FOUNDATION, DEEP Ventilation, under Floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1203.3.2 and FOUNDATION, SHALLOW) . . . . . . . Chapter 18 FLOORICEILING (see FLOOR CONSTRUCTION) Basement . . . . . . . . . . 1610, 1805.1.1, 180 6,3, 1807 FLOOR CONSTRUCTION (see FLOOR Concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1808.8, 1809.13, 1810.3.2.1 CONSTRUCTION,WOOD) Dampproofing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1805.2 Draftstopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .717.3 Encroachment, public right-of-way . . . . . . . . . 3202.1 Finishes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .804, 805, 1003.4, 1210.1 Formwork. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . .1906, 3304.1 Fire resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 601, 712 Geotechnical investigation Loads (see FLOOR LOADS) (see SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS) . , . . . . . . . 1803 Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 6 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110.3.1 Penetration of fire-resistant assemblies . . 712, 713.4, Load-bearing value. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1806, 1808, 1810 716.2, 716.6 Masonry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1808.9 FLOOR CONSTRUCTION,WOOD Pedestrian protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3306.9 Pier(see FOUNDATION, SHALLOW) Beams and girders . . . . . . . . . . . 2304.11.2.1, 2308.7 pile (see FOUNDATION, DEEP) Bridging/blocking . . . . . . . . . . . . 2308.8.5, 2308.10.6 plates or sills FOUNDATION, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2308.fi Diaphragms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2305.1 protection from adjacent Fastening schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2304.9.1 construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3303.5, 3307.1 Framing. . . . , . Table 602.4, 602.4.2, 602.4.4, 2304.4 Rodentruction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix F Joists in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2308.8 Special inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1704.4, 1704.8, Sheathing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2304.7 1704.9, 1704.10, 1704.11 FLOOR LEVEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1003.5, 1008.1.5 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . 1809.11, 1810.3.2.2, 1018.3.2.3 FLOOR LOADS Timber. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1809.12, 1810.3.2.4 Construction documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107.2 Waterproofing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1805.3 Live . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 1603.1 1, 1607 FOUNDATION, DEEP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1802.1, 1810 Posting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106.1 Drilled shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1802.1 FLOOR OPENING PROTECTION (see VERTICAL Existing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1810.10.1.2 OPENING PROTECTION) Geotechnical investigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1803.5.5 FOAM PLASTICS Grade beams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1810.3.12 Attics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .719.1, 2603.4.1.6 Helical pile. . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . .1802.1, 1810.3.1.5, Cold storage . . . . . . . . . . 2603.3, 2603.4.1.2, 2603.5 Table 1810.3.2.6, 1810.3.3.1.9, Concealed. . . . . . . . . . . . . 603 1810.3.5.3.3, 1810.4.11, 1810.4.12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Covered mall and open mall buildings . . , . . 402.16.5 Micropile . . . . . . . . . . . .1802.1, Table 1808.8.1, Crawl space. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2603.4.1.6 Table 1810.3.2.6, 1810.3.5.2.3, Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2603.4.1.7 through 2603.4.1.9 1810.3.10, 1810.4.10 Exterior walls of multistory buildings . . . . . . . . 2603.5 Piles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1808.8.1, 1809.12, Interior finish 801.2.2, 2603.9, 2604 1810, 1810.3.1.4 Label/identification. . . . . .2603.2 FOUNDATION, SHALLOW. . . . . . . . . . . . 1802.1, 1809 Metal composite materials (MCM). 1407.1.1, Piers and curtain wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1809.10 1407.13 Slab-on-grade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1808.6.2 Roofing. . 2603.4.1.5 Strip footing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1808.8, 1809 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 655 INDEX FOYERS Guards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1013.1.1, 2406.4, 2407 Assembly occupancy. . . . . . . . . . . . 1028.4, 1028.9.5 Handrail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1009.12, 2407 Corridors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1018.6 Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2403.1, 2406.3 Covered mail and open mall . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . 402.1 Impact loads . . 2406.1, 2407.1.4.2, 2408.2.1, 2408.3 FRAME INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110.3.4 Impact resistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1609.1.2 FRATERNITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310 Jalousies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2403.5 Label/identification . . . . 715.4.6.1, 715.4.7.3, 715.5.9 FROST PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1809.5 Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2404 FURNACE ROOMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1015.3 Louvered windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2403.5 Opening protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .715.2 G Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2401.2, 3407 Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .715.4.7.4, 2406 GALLERIES Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408.7 Means of egress . . . . . . . . 410.3.2, 1015.6.1, 1028.5 Skylights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2405 Sprinklers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410.6 Sloped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2404.2, 2405 Supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2403.2 GARAGE,AUTOMOBILE PARKING (see PARKING Swimming pools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2406.4 GARAGES) GARAGE,REPAIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406.6 Testin g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1715.5, 2406.1.1, 2408.2.1 Veneer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1405.12 Floor surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406.6.4 Vertical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2404.1 Gas detection system . . . . . . . . . . . . .406.6.6, 908.5 Wired. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .715.5.4 Sprinklers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .903.2.9.1 Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406.6.3 GRADE, LUMBER (see LUMBER) . . . . . . . . . .2302.1 GARAGES,TRUCK AND BUS GRADE PLANE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .502 Live load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1607.6, 1607.7.3 GRAIN ELEVATORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415.6.1.5 Sprinklers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . , . .903.2.10.1 GRANDSTANDS . . . . . . . . . . .303.1, 1028.1.1, 3401.1 GARAGES AND CARPORTS, PRIVATE . . . . . . .406.1 Accessibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1108.2 Area limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406.1.2 Exit sign exemptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . .1011.1 Separation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406.1.4 Live load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1607.1 GAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101.4.1, 105.2, 112 Occupant load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1004.7 Accessibility. . . . — — . . . . . . . . 1109.13, 3411.8.13 GREENHOUSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312.1 Gas detection system , . . . . . . , . . .406.6.6, 415.8.7, Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .503, 505, 506, 507, 508 421.6, 908 Deflections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1604.3 Hydrogen cutoff room . . . . . . . . . , . . . .421.6 Live load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1607.11.2.1 Motor fuel dispensing. . .406.5 Membrane structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3102.1 GATES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1008.2 Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2606.11 Vehicular. . . . . . . . . . . . . —3110 Sloped glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2405 GIFT SHOPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .407.2.4 Wind load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1609.1.2 GIRDERS GRIDIRON. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410.2 Fire resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 601 Means of egress. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410.3.2, 1015.6.1 Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 6 Sprinklers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410.6 Wood construction . , . . . . . . . . . 2304.11.2.1, 2308.7 GRINDING ROOMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415.6.1.2 GLASS (see GLAZING) GROSS LEASABLE AREA GLASS BLOCK (see GLASS UNIT MASONRY) (see COVERED MALL AND GLASS UNIT MASONRY. . . . . . . . . . . . .2102.1, 2110 OPEN MALL BUILDINGS). . . . . . . .402.2, 402.4.1.1 Atrium enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404.5 GROUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .713.3.1, 713.4.1.1, 2103.12 Design method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2101.2.5 GUARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1013 Fire resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2110.1.1 Assembly seating. . . . . . . . , . . . . . 1028.1.1, 1028.14 Hazardous locations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2406.1.3 Equipment platform. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .505.5.3 Material requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2103.6 Exceptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1013.1 GLAZING Glazing . . . . . . . . . . . 1013.1.1, 1303.1, 2406.4, 2407 Athletic facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2408 Height. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1013.2 Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .705.8, 710.5, 711.5, Loads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1607.7 715.4.3.2, 1405.13, 1715.5 Mechanical equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1013.5 Elevator hoistway and car. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2409 Opening limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1013.3 Fire doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .715.4.4, 715.4.7 Parking garage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . .406.2.4 Fire resistant walls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .715.4.3.2 Ramps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . , . . . . . .1010.10 Fire windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .703.5, 715.5 Residential. . , . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1013.2 Group )-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408.7 Roof access. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1013.6 656 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" INDEX Screen porches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1013.4 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. . . . . . . . . . .307, 414, 415 Stairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1013.1 Control areas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .414.2 Vehicle barrier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1607.7.3 Explosion control . . . . . . . . . . 414.5.1, Table 414.5.1, GUTTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1503.4.3 415.6.1.4, 415.8.5.4 Special provisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415.4, 415.5 GYMNASIUMS oup E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.1(4 Sprinklers. , . , . .. . Table 414.2.5(1), Table 414.2.5(2), Group E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 1607 1 415.5.2, 415.6.2.4, 415.8.11, 903.2.7.1 Live load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1607.1 Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . .414.3, 414.5.4, 415.6.1.4, Occupant load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1004.1 415.6.2.8, 415.8.2.6, 415.8.2.8.2, GYPSUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 25 415.8.4.3, 415.8.5.7, 415.8.6.3, 415.8.7, Aggregate, exposed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2513 415.8.9.3, 415.8.10, 1203.5 Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 25 Weather protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .414.6.1 Ceiling diaphragms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2508.5 HEAD JOINT,MASONRY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2102.1 Concrete, reinforced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1914 Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2508 HEADROOM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406.2.2, 505.1, 1003.2, Draftsto in 717.3.1 1003.3, 1008.1.1, 1008.11.1.1, pp g Exterior soffit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 2506.2 1009.2, 1010.5.2, 1208.2 Fastening. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 2306.7, 2508.1 HEALTH CARE (see INSTITUTIONAL 1-1 Fire resistance. . . . . . . . . . . .718, 721.2.1.4, 721.6.2 AND INSTITUTIONAL 1-2) Fire-resistant joint treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2508.4 Ambulatory health care facilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . .422 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2503 Clinics, outpatient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304 Lath. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2507, 2510 Hospitals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308.3 Lathing and furring for cement plaster . . . . 71 B, 2510 HEALTH-HAZARD MATERIALS. . . . . . . . . . . . .307.2, Lathing and plastering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2507 Table 414.2.5(1), 415.2, 415.4, Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2506 Table 415.8.2.1.1, 415.8.6.2 Plaster, exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2512 HEAT VENTS, . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , , . . .910 Plaster, interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . •2511 HEATING (see MECHANICAL). . . . . . . . . . . . . 101.4.2 Shear wall construction. . . . . 2306.7, 2308.9.3, 2505 Aircraft hangars Sheathing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 2304.6 • • •412.4.4 Fire pump rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . .913,3 Showers and water closets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2509 Stucco. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2510 Fireplace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2111 Veneer base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2507.2 Masonry heaters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , .2112 Veneer plaster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2507.2 Parking garages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406.2.8 Vertical and horizontal assemblies. . . . . . . . . . . 2504 Repair garages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406.6.5 Wallboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 2506.2 HEIGHT, BUILDING. . . , . 503, 504, 505, 506, 508, 509 Water-resistant backing board. . . . . . 2506.2, 2509.2 Limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .503 Mixed construction types . . . _ _ . . . . . . . . . . . .509 Modifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .504 H Roof structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .504.3 HANDRAILS , . , . . . . . . , , , .1012 HIGH PILED COMBUSTIBLE STORAGE , , , . . . , 413, Alternating tread devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1009.10.1 907.2.15, 910.2.2 Assembly aisles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1028.13 HIGH-HAZARD OCCUPANCY (GROUP H). . . . . . 307, Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012.4, 1012.5, 1012.6 414, 415 Extensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1012.6 Accessory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .508.2 Glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2407 Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .503, 505, 506, 507, 508 Graspability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1012.3 Classification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307 Guards, _ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1013.2 Combustible liquids . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . .307.4, 307.5, Height. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1012.2 414.2.5, 414.5.4, 415.6.2 Loads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1607.7 Control areas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .414.2 Location . . . . . . . . . . 1012.1, 1012.7, 1012.8, 1012.9 Conveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415.6.1.3 Ramps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,1010.8 Corrosives. . . . . . . . . , . . . . . 307.6, Table 414.2.5(1), Stairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , ,1009.12 414.3, 415.7.3, Table 415.8.2.1.1 HARDBOARD. . . . . . . . . . . 1404.3.2, 2302.1, 2303.1.6 Cryogenic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 307.1, Table 414.5.1, Table 415.8.2.1.1 HARDWARE (see DOORS and LOCKS AND Dispensing , . . . . 414.1, 414.5, 414.6, 414.7.2, 415.3 LATCHES) Dry cleaning (see DRY CLEANING PLANTS) HARDWOOD Emergency alarm systems. . . . , . . . . 414.7, 415.8.3, Fastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2304.9 415.8.4.6, 415.8.5.8, 908.1, 908.2 Quality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2303.1.8.1, 2303.3 Exceptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307.1 Veneer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1404.3.2 Exempt. . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . , . . . . . . .307.1 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 657 INDEX Explosives 307.3, Table 414.5.1, Standby power systems. . . . . . . . .414.5.4, 2702.2.8, Table 415.3.1 2702.2.10 through 2702.2.13 Factory industrial F-1 moderate Storage 413, 414.1, 414.2.5, hazard occupancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .306.2 414.5, 414.6, 414.7.1, 415.2, Factory industrial F-2 low 415.3, Table 415.3.2, 415.4.1 hazard occupancy . , . . . . . .306.3 415.5, 415.6.1 415.6.2 Fire alarm and detection 414.7.2, 415.8.8, Tanks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415.6.2 901.6.3, 907.2.5 Travel distance . . . . . . . . . . . 1014.3, 1016.1, 1021.2 Fire district . . . . . . . . . . . . . D102.2.2 Unlimited area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .507.8 Flammable liquids. . . . . . . . . . ,.307.4, 307.5, 415.6.2 Unstable materials . . . . . . . . 307.3, Table 414.2.5(1), Flammable solids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3075, 415.1 Table 414.5.1, Table 415.3.2, Grinding rooms 415.6.1.2 415.4.1, 415.5.1, Group H-1 . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .307.3, 403.1; 415.3.1; Table 415.8.2.1 1 415.3.2, 415.4 Water-reactive materials . Table 414.5.1, Group H-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307.4, 403.1, 412.6.1, Table 415.3.2, 415.5, 415.3, 415.5, 415.6 415.5.1, 415.5.2, 415.8, Group H-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307.5, 403.1, 415.3, Table 415.8.2.1.1 415.5, 415.6.2, 415.7 HIGH-RISE BUILDINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403 Group H-4 . , . . . , . . 307.6, 415.4, 415.7 Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.1 Group H-5. . . , , . . .307.7, 415.8 Construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.2 Health-hazard materials, , 307.2, Table 414.2.5(1), Elevators . . . . . . . . . . . .403.6, 1007.2.1, 3007, 3008 415.2, 415.4, Table 415.8.2.1.1, Emergency power. . . . . . . . . . . . . 403.4.8, 2702.2.15 415.8.6.2, 415.8.7.2 Emergency systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.4 Height. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 5A 415.5, 415.6.1.1, Fire alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.4.2 415.6.1.6, 415.6.2.1.1, 503, Fire alarm and detection. . . . . . . . . 403.4.1, 907.2.13 504, 505, 506, 508 Fire command station. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.4.5 Interior finishes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .416.2.1, 416.3.1, Fire department communication. . . . 403.4.3, 403.4.4 Table 803.9, 804 Fire service elevators . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.6.1, 3007 Irritants. . . . , Table 414.2.5(1), Occupant evacuation elevators . . . . . .403.6.2, 3006 Table 415.8.2.1.1 Smoke removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.4.6 Liquid, highly toxic and toxic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307.6, Smokeproof enclosure. . . . . . . . . . . .403.5.4, 1022.9 Table 414.2.5(1), Sprayed fire-resistant materials (SFRM) . . . . 403.2.4 415.7.3, 415.7.4, Sprinklers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.3, 903.2.11.3 Table 415.8.2.1.1, 908.3 Stairways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.5 Live load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1607.1 Standby power . . . . . . .403.4.7, 2702.2.5, 2702.2.15 Location on property. . . . . . . . . , 414.6.1.2, 415.3 Structural integrity. . . . . . . . . . , , 403.2.3, 1614 Multiple hazards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307.8 Super high-rise (over 420 feet) 403.2.1, 403.23, Organic peroxides . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .Table 414.5.1, 403.2.4, 403.3.1, 403.5.2 Table 415.3.2, 415.4.1, Voice alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.4.3, 907.2.13 415.5.1, Table 415.8.2.1.1, 418 zones. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.6.3.2 Oxidizers, liquid and solid , , . . .Table 414.2.5(1), HISTORIC BUILDINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3409 Table 414.5.1, 415.5.1, Accessible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3411.9 Table 415.3.2, Flood rovisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G105.3 Table 415.8.2.1.1 p Pyrophoric materials . . . . . . . . 307.4, Table 307.1(1), HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .712 Table 414.5.1, 415.4.1, Continuity . . . . . . . . 508.2.5.1, 712.4, 708.11, 708.12 Table 415.3.2, 415.5.1, Fire-resistance rating . . . . . . . . 603.1(21), 603.1(22), Table 415.8.2.1.1 603.1(25), 703, 707.3.9, 712.3 Sensitizers. . . Table 415.8.2.1.1 Glazing, rated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .715.5 Separation from other Group 1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420.3 occupancies . . . . e . . . . . . . . . . . .415.3.1, 508.2.4, Group R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420.3 Table 508.2.5, 508.3.3, 508.4 Incidental accessory occupancies. . . . . . . . 508.2.5.1 Solids, highly toxic insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .719, 807, 808 and toxic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307.6, Table 414.2.5(1), Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .714, 2508.4 415.7.3, 415.7.4, Opening protection . . . . . . . 712.8, 713.4, 715, 716.6 Table 415.8.2.1.1, 908.3 Shaft enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .708.1 Smoke and heat vents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .910.2 Special provisions Sprinklers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415.5.2, 415.6.2.4, Aircraft hangars. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412.4.4 415.8.6.3, 415.8.9, 415.8.10.1, Atrium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404.3, 404.6 415.8.11, 705.8.1, 903.2.5 Covered mail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402.4.6, 402.7.1 Fire pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .913.2.1 658 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* INDEX Flammable finishes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .416.2 EIFS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110.3.9, 1704.14 Group H-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415.6.1.2, 415.6.2.2 Energy efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110.33 Group H-3 and H-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415.7 Fabricators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1704.2 Group H-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415.8.2.2, 415.8.5.2 Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109 Group 1-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .407.4.3 Final . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110.3.10 Groups 1-1, R-1, R-2, R-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420.3 Fire-resistant materials. . . 110.3.9, 1704.12, 1704.13 Hazardous materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .414.2 Fire-resistant penetrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110.3,6 High-rise . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.2.1, 403.3, 403.4.7.1 Footing or foundation. . . . . . . . . . . . 110.3.1, 110.3.9, Hydrogen cutoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .421.4 1704.4, 1704.5, 1704.8, Organic coating . . . . . . . . . . . .418.4, 418.5, 418.6 1704.9, 1704.10, 1704.11 Stages and platforms . . . . . . . . . .410.5.1, 410.5.2 Frame. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 110.3.4 HORIZONTAL EXIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1025 Lath or gypsum board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110.3.5, 2503 Accessible means of egress. . . . . . 1007.2, 1007.2.1, Liability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104.8 1007.3, 1007.4, 1007.6, 1007.6.2 Masonry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110.3.9, 1704.5, 1704.11 Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1025.3 Periodic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1702.1 Exit discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1027.1 Preliminary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110.2 Fire resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1025.2 Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110.3 Institutional 1-2 occupancy . . . . . . . . . . 407.4, 1025.1 Right of entry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104.6 Institutional 1-3 occupancy . . . . . . . . . .408.2, 1025.1 Seismic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1707 Refuge area (see REFUGE AREAS) Smoke control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104.16, 1704.16 HORIZONTAL FIRE SEPARATION Soils.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110.3.9, 1704.7 (see HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLY) Special HOSE CONNECTIONS (see STRUCTURAL TESTS AND (see STANDPIPES, REQUIRED) SPECIAL INSPECTIONS). . . . . . . . . . . . . 110.3.9, 1704, 1706, 1707 HOSPITAL Sprayed fire-resistant materials. . . . . . . . . . . 1704.12 (see INSTITUTIONAL GROUP 1-2), . . . . 308.3, 407 Sprinklers, automatic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .904.4 HURRICANE-PRONE REGIONS Steel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110.3.4, 110.3.9, 1704.3 (see WIND LOADS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .1609.2 Third party . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110.4 HURRICANE SHELTER (see STORM SHELTER) Welding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110.3.9, 1704.3, 2204.1 HURRICANE SHUTTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1609.1.2 Wind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , .110.3.9, 1706 HYDROGEN CUTOFF ROOMS. . . . 421, Table 508.2.5 Wood, structural. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110.3.9, 1704.6 INSTITUTIONAL 1-1 [see INSTITUTIONAL OCCUPANCY (GROUP I)l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308.2 Accessibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1106.7.2, 1107.5.1 IDENTIFICATION, REQUIREMENTS FOR Combustible decorations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .806.1 Fire barriers• . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .703.6 Emergency escape and rescue . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1029 Fire partitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .703.6 Fire alarm and detection. . . . . . . . . . . , . . .907.2.6.1, Fire wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .703.6 907.2.11.2, 907.5.2.3.2 Glazing 403.1, 2406.3 Special occupancy separation. . . . . . . .420, 508.2.4, g Inspection certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • .1702.1 Table 508.2.5, 508.3.3 Sprinklers . , . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . , . , .903.2.6, 903.3.2 Preservative-treated wood. . . . . . . . . . . . .2303.1.8.1 Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1703.5 Travel distance. . . . . . . . . • . . 1014.3, 1016.1, 1021.2 Smoke barrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . .703.6 Visible alarms. . . . . . . I . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.5.2.3.3 Smoke partition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .703.6 INSTITUTIONAL 1-2 [see INSTITUTIONAL Steel. . . . . . . . • . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . .2203.1 OCCUPANCY (GROUP I)l . . . . . . . . . . . . 308.3, 407 IMPACT LOAD. , . . . . . . . . . . 1602.1, 1603.1.1, 1607.8 Accessibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1106.4, 1106.7.2, INCIDENTAL USE AREAS 1107.5.2, 1107-5.3, (see ACCESSORY OCCUPANCIES) 1107.5.4, E106.4.6 Combustible decorations. . . . . . . . . I . . . . . . . .806.1 INCINERATOR ROOMS. . . . , . . . . . . 1015.3 Corridors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I . . .407.2, 407.3, 1018.2 INDUSTRIAL(see FACTORY OCCUPANCY) Doors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1008.1.9.6 INSPECTIONS . . . . . . . . 110, 1704, 1705, 1706, 1707 Exterior exit stair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1026.2 Alternative methods and materials . . . . . . . . 1704.15 Fire alarm and detection . . . . 407.6, 407.7, 907.2.6.2 Approval required. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110.6 Hardware. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1008.1.9.6 Atrium buildings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .909.3 Hyperbaric facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .407.9 Concrete construction . . . . . . . . . . • 110.31, 110.12, Occupancy category . . I . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1604.5 110.3.9, 1704.4 Smoke barriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .407.4 Concrete slab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110.3.2 Smoke compartment. . . . . . . . . . . .407.2.1, 407.2.3, Continuous. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1702.1 407.4, 407.5 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 659 INDEX Smoke partitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .407.3 Sound . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , ,719, 807, 1207 Special occupancy separation , . . . . . ,Table 508.2.5 Thermal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .719, 807, 1508 Sprinklers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .407.5, 903.2.6, 903.3.2 INTERIOR ENVIRONMENT Suites . . . . , 1014.2.2 through 1014.2.7 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1205 Travel distance. . . 407.4, 1014.2.3.3, Rodentproofing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix F 1014.2.4.3, 1014.2.4.4, Sound transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1207 1014.2.6, 1014.3, 1016.1 1021.2 Space dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1208 Yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,407.8 Temperature control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1204 INSTITUTIONAL 1-3 [see INSTITUTIONAL Ventilation. . . . . . . . . 409.3, 414.3, 415.8.2.6, 1203.4 OCCUPANCY (GROUP 1)] . . . . . . . . . . . . 308.4, 408 Yards or courts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1206.2, 1206.3 Accessibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1103.2.14, 1107.5.5, INTERIOR FINISHES. . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 8 1108.4.2, 3411.8.7, E104.3, Acoustical ceiling systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . .807, 808 E104.4, E106.4.8 Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .803.10, 804.4 Combustible decorations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .806.1 Atriums. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404.8 Exit sign exemption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1011.1 Decorative materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .801.1.2, 806 Fire alarm and detection. . . . . . . . . 408.10, 907.2.6.3 Floor Finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .804, 805 Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408.4, 1008.1.9.9 Foam plastic insulation. . . . . . . . . . . .2603.3, 2603.4 Means of egress . . . . . . . . . . . . .408.2, 408.3, 408.4 Foam plastic trim 806.3, 2604.2 Occupancy category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1604.5 Insulation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .807 Security glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408.7 Light-transmitting plastics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2606 Separation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408.5, 408.8 Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402.16, 2611 Smoke barrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _ . . . . . . . .408.6 Trim. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .806.5, 806.6 Smoke compartment . . . . . . . . 408.4.1, 408.6, 408.9 Wall and ceiling finishes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .803 Special occupancy separation. . . . . . . Table 508.2.5 Wet location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1210, 2903 Sprinklers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .903.2.6 INTERPRETATION,CODE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104.1 Travel distance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408.6.1, 408.8.1, 1014.3, 1016.1, 1021.2 INSTITUTIONAL 1-4 [see INSTITUTIONAL OCCUPANCY (GROUP 1)] . . . . . . . . . 308.3.1, 308.5 JAILS (see INSTITUTIONAL 1-3) 308.3, 408 Accessibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1103.2.12 JOINT Corridor rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1018.1 Fire alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..907.2.6 Concrete construction joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1906.4 Sprinklers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .903.2.6 Gypsum board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2508.4 Travel distance. . . . . . . . . . . . 1014.3, 1016.1; 1021.2 Lumber sheathing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Shotcrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. ..1 1 91313.7 INSTITUTIONAL OCCUPANCY (GROUP 1) . . . . . . 308 Structural plain concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1909.3 Accessory a . . , 508.2 Waterproofing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1805.3.3 Adult care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308.5.1 JOINTS, FIRE-RESISTANT SYSTEMS. . . . . . . . . .714 Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _503, 505, 506, 507, 508 Child care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308.3.1, 308.5.2, 310.1 Group 1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .- , 308.2 K Group 1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308.3, 407 Group 1-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308.4, 408 KIOSKS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402.11 Group 1-4 day care facilities . . . 308.3.1, 308.5, 310.1 KITCHENS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 508.4(d) Height. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .503, 504, 505, 506, 508 Accessibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1109.4 Interior finishes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 803.9, 804 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1208 Live load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1607.1 Means of egress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1014.2 Plumbing fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2902 Occupant load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1004.1.1 Special occupancy separation . . . . . . . 420, 508.2.4, Rooms openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1210.5 Table 508.2.5, 508.3.3 INSULATION L Concealed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .719.2 Duct insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .719.1 LABORATORIES Exposed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .719.3 Classification of. . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,304.1 Fiberboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .719.1, 1508.1.1, Hazardous materials. . . . . , . . . . . . . . _ _414, 415 ,414, 415 2303.1.5.2, 2303.1.5.3 Incidental accessory occupancies . . . .Table 508.2.5 Foam plastic (see FOAM PLASTICS) . . . . . . . . 719.1 LADDERS Loose fill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .719.4, 719.6 Boiler, incinerator and furnace rooms 1015.3 Pipe insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .719.1, 719.7 Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1009.4.2, 1012.2, Reflective plastic core. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2613 1012.6, 1013.2, 1013.3 Roof. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .719.5, 1508 Emergency escape window wells 1029.5.2 660 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* INDEX Group 1-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408.3.5, 1009.11 Impact. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1602.1, 1607.8 Heliport. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412.7.3, 1021.1.3 Live . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .419.6, 1603.1.1, 1607 Refrigeration machinery room. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1015.4 Rain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1611 Stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410.5.3, 1015.6.1 Seismic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1603.1.5, 1613 LAMINATED TIMBER, Snow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1603.1.3, 1608 STRUCTURAL GLUED. . . . . . . . . . . .602.4, 2303.11 Soil lateral. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1610 2304.11.3, 2306.1, Wind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1603.1.4, 1609 2308.8.2.1, 2308.10.7 LOBBIES LANDINGS Assembly occupancy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1028.4 Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1008.1.6 Elevator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .708.14.1, 1007.2.1, Ramp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1010.6 1007.4, 3007.4, 3008.11 Stair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1009.5 Exit discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1027.1 LATH,METAL OR WIRE. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 2507.2 LOCKS AND LATCHES . . . . . . . . 1008.1.9, 1008.1.10 LAUNDRIES. . . . . . . . . . . . 304.1, 306.2, Table 508.2.5 Access-controlled egress . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1008.1.4.4 Delayed egress locks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1008.1.9.7 LAUNDRY CHUTE. . . . , „ 708.13, 903.2.11.2 Electromagnetically locked . . . . . . . . . . . . 1008.1.9.8 LEGAL Group 1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1008.1.9.6 Federal and state authority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102.2 Group 1-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408.4, 1008.1.9.9 Liability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104.8 Group R-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1008.1.9.5.1 Notice of violation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114.2, 116.3 High-rise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.5.3 Registered design professional. . . . . . 107.1, 107.3.4 LUMBER Right of entry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104.6 General provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 23 Unsafe buildings or systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Quality standards , . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2303 Violation penalties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I . . . ,114.4 LIBRARIES M Classification, other than school . , . . . . . . . . . . 303.1 Classification, school. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..305.1 MAINTENANCE Live load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1607.1 Accessibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3411.2 LIGHT, REQUIRED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1205 Means of egress . . . . . . , . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . .3310.2 Artificial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1205.3 MALL(see COVERED MALL AND OPEN MALL Emergency (see EMERGENCY LIGHTING) BUILDINGS) Natural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1205.2 MANUAL FIRE ALARM BOX . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.4.2 Stairways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1205.4 MANUFACTURED HOMES Yards and courts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1206 Flood resistant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LIGHTS, PLASTIC CEILING DIFFUSERS. . . . . 2606.7 MARQUEES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3106, H113 LINTEL Drainage, water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3201.4 Adobe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2109.3.4.7 Live load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1607.1, 1607.11 Fire resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .704.11 MASONRY Masonry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2104.1.5 Adhered veneer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1405.10 Masonry, wood support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2304.12 Adobe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2109.3 LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS . . . . . . . . . . . .415.6.3 Anchorage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1604.8.2 LIVE LOADS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1602.1, 1607 Anchored veneer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1405.6 Construction documents . . . . . . . . . . 107.2, 1603.1.1 Ashlar stone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2102.1 Posting of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106.1 Autoclaved aerated concrete (AAC) . . 2102.1, 2103.3 LIVEIWORK UNITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310.1, 419 Calculated fire resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .721.4 Separation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .508.1 Chimneys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2113 LOAD AND RESISTANCE Cold weather construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21043 FACTOR DESIGN (LRFD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1602.1 Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2104, 2109.2.2 Load combinations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1605.2 Construction documents . . . . . . . . . . .2101.3 Corbelled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2104.2 Wood design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2301.2, 2307 Dampproofing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1805.2.2 LOAD COMBINATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1605 Design, methods. . . . . . . 2101.2, 2107 through 2109 Allowable stress design. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1605.3 Fire resistance, calculated . . . . . . . . 721.3.2, 721.3.4 Load and resistance factor design. . . . . . . . . . 1605.2 Fireplaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2101.3.1, 2111 Strength design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1605.2 Floor anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1604.8.2 LOADS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106, 1602.1 Foundation walls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1807.1.5 Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1605 Foundations, adobe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2109.3.4.3 Dead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1602.1, 1606 Glass unit. . . . . , . . . . . . . . . .2101.2.5, 2103.6, 2110 Flood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1603.1.7, 1612 Grouted . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2102.1 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 661 INDEX Headers (see BONDING, MASONRY) . . , 2109.2 Existing buildings. . . . . . . . , . . 1007.1, 3310, 3404.6, Heaters . . . . . . . . . .2112 3406.1, 3411.6, 3412.5, 3412.6.11 Hot weather construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2104.4 Exit (see EXIT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1020 through 1026 Inspection, special. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : . . .1704.5 Exit access Joint reinforcement 2103.13 (see EXIT ACCESS) . . . . . . . . . 1014 through 1019 Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2103 Exit discharge (see EXIT DISCHARGE) . . . . . . 1027 Penetrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713 Exit enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1022.1 Quality assurance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2105 Exit signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1011, 2702.2.3, 2702.2.9 Rodentproofing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix F Fire escapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3406 Roof anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1604.8.1 Floor surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .804, 1003.4 Rubble stone . . . . , . . . , 2102.1 Gates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1008.2 Seismic provisions . . . . . . . . . . , . 2106 Group 1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .407.4 Serviceability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1604.3.4 Group 1-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . .408.2, 408.3, 408.4, 408.6 Stone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2103.4, 2109.2 Guards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1013 Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2304.12 Handrails. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1012 Surface bonding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2103.9 Hazardous materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .414.6.1.2, Test procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2105.2.2.2, 2105.3 415.8.4.4, 415.8.5.5 Tie, wall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2104.1.3 Headroom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1003.2, 1003.3 Veneer . . . , . . 1405.6, 1405.10, 2101.2.6, 2308.11.2 Helistops. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412.7.3, 1021.1.3 Wall, composite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2102.1 High hazard Group H . . . . . . . . .415.8.4.4, 415.8.5.5 Wall, hollow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2102.1 High-rise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.5, 403.6 Wall anchorage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1604.8.2 Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . 1006, 2702.2.4, 3412.6.15 Waterproofing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1805.3.2 Interior finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .803.9, 804 Wythe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2102.1 Ladders (see LADDERS) MATERIALS Live loads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1607.1 Alternates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104.11 Live/work units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .419.3 Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 20 Mezzanines . . . . . . . . . 505.3, 505.4, 1004.6, 1007.1 Concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 19 Moving walk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1003.7 G glazing . . . . . . . .Chapter 24 Occupant load . . . . . . . . . . 1004.1, 1004.1.1, 1004.2 Glass and 9 g . . . . . . . . . . . P Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406.3.8 Gypsum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 25 Masonry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 21 Protruding objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1003.3, 1005.2 Noncombustible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .703.4 Ramps . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1010, 1026 . . . . Scoping . . . . . . . . . . . . 101.3, 105.2.2, 108.2, 1001.1 Plastic . . . . . . e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 26 Seating, Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 22 fixed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1007.1, 1028 Testing (see TESTING). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1716 Special amusement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411.7 Wood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 23 Stages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410.3.3, 410.5.3, 1015.6 Stairways . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.5, 1009, 1022.1, 1026 MEANS OF EGRESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 10 Temporary structures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3103.4 Accessible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1007, 2702,2 5, Travel distance 2702.2.6, 3411.6, 3411.8.10 (see TRAVEL DISTANCE) . . . . . . . . . 1014.3, 1016 Aircraft related . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412.3.3, 412.5.2 Turnstile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1008.3 Alternating tread device . . . . . . . . . . .412.7.3, 505.5, Underground buildings. . . . . . . . . . . . .405.5.1, 405.7 1009.10, 1015.3, 1015.4 Width. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1005.1, Table 1005.1, 1009.1, Ambulatory care facilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 .422.4 1010.5.1, 1018.2, 1028.6, 1028.8 Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1007.1, 1028 MECHANICAL (see AIR CONDITIONING, HEATING, Atrium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404.9, 707.3.5 REFRIGERATION,AND VENTILATION). . . . 101.4.2 Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1005.1 Access. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1009.13, 1009.14, 1209.3 Child care facilities (see Day care facilities) Air transfer openings . . . . . . . . . . . . .705.10, 706.11, Ceiling height. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1003.2 707.9, 708.2(7), 708.10, 709.9, Construction drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107.2.3 710.8, 7113, 712.7, 713.1.1, 713.4.1.3, 716 Covered mall and open mall buildings . . . . . . . 402.4, Chimneys (see CHIMNEYS) 402.5, 402.13 Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 28 Day care facilities, . . . . 308.5, 310.1,Table 1004.1.1, Disconnected. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3303.6 Table 1015.1(a), Table 1021.2(e) Ducts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .704.8, 705.10, 706.11, Doors . . . . . . . 1005.2, 1008, 1015, 1020.2, 2702.2.7 707.9, 708.2(4), 708.2(15), During construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3303.3, 3310 708.10, 709.9, 710.8, 711.7, Elevation change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1003.5 712.7, 713.1.1, 713.4.1.3, 716 Elevators . . . . . 403.5.2, 403.6.2, 1003.7, 1007, 3008 Encroachment, P ublic right-of-way ' ' ' ' ' ' 3202.3.2 Emergency escape and rescue . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1029 Equipment on roof. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1509, 1510.2 Equipment platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .505.5 Equipment platforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .505.5 Escalators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1003.7 662 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® INDEX Factory-built fireplace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2111.14.1 MOTELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310.1 Fireplaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2111 MOTION PICTURE PROJECTION ROOMS. . . . . .409 Motion picture projection room . . . . . . . . . . . . .409.3 Construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .409.2 Permit required. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105.1, 105.2 Exhaust air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .409.3.2, 409.3.3 Roof access. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1009.13 Lighting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .409.4 Room separation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 508.2.5 Projection room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .409.3 Seismic inspection and testing. . . . . . . . . . . . 1707.7, Supply air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .409.3.1 1707.8, 1708.4 Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .409,3 Smoke control systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .909 MOTOR FUEL-DISPENSING SYSTEM . . . . . . . .406.5 Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1613.2, Chapter 28 Accessibility . . . . 1109.13, 3411.8.13 MECHANICALLY LAMINATED DECKING. . . 2304.8.3 y MOTOR VEHICLE FACILITIES . . . . . . . . 304, 311, 406 MEMBRANE ROOF COVERINGS . . . . . . . . . 1507.11, MOVING, BUILDINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3410, D103.3 1507.12, 150713 MOVING WALKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3005,2 MEMBRANE STRUCTURES . . . . . . . . 2702.2.9, 3102 Means of egress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1003.7 MENTAL HOSPITALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308.3 MERCANTILE OCCUPANCY (GROUP M) N Accessory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .508.2 Aisles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1017.2, 1017.3 NAILING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2302.1, 2303.6, 2304.9 Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .503, 505, 506, 507, 508 NONCOMBUSTIBLE BUILDING MATERIAL . . . 703.4 Classification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309 NURSING HOMES Fire alarm and detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.23 (see INSTITUTIONAL,GROUP 1-2). . . . . 308.3, 407 Height. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503, 504, 505, 506, 508, 509 Interior finishes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 803.9, 804 Live load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1607.1 p Parking beneath or above . , . . . . . . . . .509.2, 509.7, OCCUPANCY 509.8, 509.9 Accessory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .508.2 Plumbing fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2902 Special occupancy separation. . 309.1, Table 508.2.5 Atriums. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404.2 Sprinkler system, automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . .903.2.7 Certificates (see CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY) Travel distance . . . . . . 402.4, 1014.3, 1016.1, 1021.2 Change (see CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY) Unlimited area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5073, 507.4, 507.12 Floor loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1607.1 METAL Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 4 Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 20 OCCUPANCY CATEGORY Roof coverings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1504.3.2, 1507.5 (Seismic Design). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1602.1, 1604.5 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 22 Multiple occupancies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1604.5.1 Veneer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1404.5 OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION . : . . . . . .302 MEZZANINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505 Covered mall and open mall buildings . . . . . , . . .402 Accessibility. . . . . . . . . . . 1104.4, 1108.2.4, 1108.2.9 HPM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415.8 Area limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .505.2, 505.5.1 Mixed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .508.3 Egress. . . . . . . . . . . . . .505.3, 505.4, 1004.6, 1007.1 Mixed occupancy values. . . . . . . . . . . 508, .16 Equipment platforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .505.5 Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C Chapter 4 Guards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .505.5.3, 1013.1 OCCUPANCY SEPARATION Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .505.1, 1003.2 Accessory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .508.2 Occupant load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1004.6 Aircraft related . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412.4.4, 412.5.1 Stairs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .708.2(9), 1009.10, 1022.1 Covered mall and open mall building. . . . . . . . .402.7 Incidental accessory occupancies . . 508.2.5, 707.3.6 MIRRORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1008.1, 2406.1, 2406.4.1(7) Mixed occupancy . . . .508, 509, 707.3.8 MIXED OCCUPANCY (see OCCUPANCY p y Parking garages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406.1.4, 406.2.7, SEPARATION) Table 508.3.3(c) MOISTURE PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . 1210, 1403.2, Repair garages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406.6.2 1503, 2303.2.4, 2304.11 Required fire resistance, . . , , . . . , .Table 508.4, 509 MONASTERIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310.1 Stages. . . . . . . . . . . . . , , , . . , , , , . ..410.5.1, 410.5.2 MORTAR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2102.1 OCCUPANT EVACUATION ELEVATORS , . . , 403.5.2, Ceramic tile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2103.5 403.6.2, 3008 Dampproofing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1805.2.2 OCCUPANT LOAD Fire resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .713.3.1, 713.4.1.1 Actual . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . .1004.1.1 Glass unit masonry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2110.11 Certificate of occupancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . 111 Masonry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2103.8, 2103.9 Covered mall and open mall building . . . . . . , 402.4.1 Rodentproofing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix F Determination of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1004.1, 1004.11 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 663 INDEX Increased. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1004.2 PARKING GARAGES,OPEN . . . . . , . . . .403.1, 406.3 Outdoors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1004.8 Area and height[see STORAGE Seating, fixed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1004.7 OCCUPANCY (GROUP S)]. . . . . . 406.3.5, 406.3.6 Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1004.3 Construction type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406.3.3 OFFICE BUILDINGS Means of egress . . . . . . . . .406.3.8, 1003.2, 1007.3, Classification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304 1007.4, 1010.1, 1016.1, 1018.1, Live loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1607.1, 1607.5 1021.1.2, 1022.1, 1024.1, 1027.1 OPEN MALL BUILDINGS (see COVERED MALL Occupancy separation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406.3.4 AND OPEN MALL BUILDINGS) Standpipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406.3.9 OPENING PROTECTION, EXTERIOR WALLS . . 705.8 Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406.3.12 OPENING PROTECTION, FLOORS PARTICLEBOARD . . . . . . . . . 2302.1 (see VERTICAL OPENING PROTECTION) Draftstopping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .717.3.1 OPENING PROTECTIVES . . . . . . . . . . . .705.8, 706.8, Moisture protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1403.2, 1405.2 707.6, 708.7, 709.6, Quality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2303.1.7 710.5, 712.8, 715 Shear walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2306.5 Automatic closing devices . . . . . . . .715.4.8, 909.5.2 Veneer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1405.5 Fire door and shutter assemblies . . . . , 705.8.2, Wall bracing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2308.9.3 712.8, 715.4 PARTITIONS Fire windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .715.5 Fire (see FIRE PARTITION) Glazing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .715.5 Glass unit masonry Live toads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1607.5, 1607.13 Materials . . . . . . . . . . .602.4.6, 603.1(10), 603.1(25) (see GLASS UNIT MASONRY). . . . . . . . . 2110.1.1 Occupancy, specific. . . . . . . . . . . . Self-closing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .715.4.7 709.1 ' ' ' ' ' ' ' � ' � ' Smoke (see SMOKE PARTITION) ORGANIC COATINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .418 Toilets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2903 ORGANIC PEROXIDES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307.4, 307.5 PARTY WALLS OXIDIZERS, LIQUID AND SOLID . . . . . . . . . . . .307.2 (see FIRE WALLS) . . . . . . . . . . 706.1.1, Table 715.5 PASSAGEWAY, EXIT (see EXIT) . . . . . . . . . . . .10231 P PASSENGER STATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303 PANIC HARDWARE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1008.1.10 PATIO COVERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2606.10, Appendix I PARAPET, EXTERIOR WALL . . . 705.11, 2109.3.4.1.4 PEDESTRIAN Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .705.11.1 Protection at construction site. . . . . . . . 3303.2, 3306 Fire wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .706.6 Walkways and tunnels . . . . . . . . . . . .3104, 3202.3.4 Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .705.11.1 PENALTIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114.4 PARKING, ACCESSIBLE . . . . . . . . . . . .1106, 1110.1, PENETRATION-FIRESTOP SYSTEM 3411.4, 3411.7 Fire-rated walls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .713.3.2 PARKING GARAGES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406.2 Fire-rated horizontal assemblies . . . , . . . . . 713.4.1.2 Accessibility . . . . . . . . . . . . 1105.1.1, 1106.1, 1110.1 PENETRATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .713, 716 Barriers, vehicle. . . . . . . . .406.2.4, 1602.1, 1607.7.3 Fire-resistant assemblies Classification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311, 406.2.1 Exterior wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .705.10 Construction type . . . . 406.3.3, Table 503, Table 601 Fire barrier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .707.7, 707.9 Enclosed Fire partition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .709.7, 709.9 (see PARKING GARAGE, ENCLOSED) . . . . 406.4 Fire wall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .706.9, 706.11 Gates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • .3110 Horizontal assemblies . . . . . . . 712.5, 712.7, 713.4 Guards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406.2.3, 2407.1.3 Shaft enclosures. . . . . 708.1, 708.2, 708.8, 708.10 Height, clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406.2.2 Smoke barriers. . . . . . . . . . . . .710.6, 710.8, 713.5 Live loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1607.1, 1607.9.1.3 Smoke partitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .711.6, 711.7 Occupancy separation . . . . . . . . . . 406.2.7, 508, 509 Walls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .713.3 Open (see PARKING GARAGE, OPEN) . . . . . . 406.3 Nonfire-resistant assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . .713.4.2 Special provisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .509 PERLITE. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 720.1(1), Table 2507.2 Sprinklers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .903.2.10 PERMITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105 Underground. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405 Application for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.2, 105.1, 105.3 PARKING GARAGES, ENCLOSED. . . . . . . . . . 406.4 Drawings and specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107.2.1 Area and height [see STORAGE Expiration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105.5 OCCUPANCY (GROUP S)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . 406.4.1 Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109 Means of egress. . . . . . . . . 1003.2, 1010.1, 1021,1.2 Liability for issuing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104.8 Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406.4.2 Placement of permit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105.7 664 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' INDEX Plan review. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104.2, 107.3 PLATFORM LIFTS,WHEELCHAIR Suspension or revocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105.6 Accessible means of egress . . . . . . . 1007.2, 1007.5, Time limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105.3.2, 105.5 1009.1, 2702.2.6 PIER FOUNDATIONS Accessibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1109.7, 3411.8.3 (see FOUNDATION,SHALLOW) PLUMBING (see TOILET AND PILE FOUNDATIONS (see FOUNDATION, DEEP) TOILET ROOMS) . . . . . . 101.4.3, 105.2, Chapter 29 Aircraft hangars, residential . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412.5.4 PIPES Facilities, minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2902, 3305.1 Embedded in concrete. . „ . „ . , 1906.3 Fixtures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 2902.1 Embedded in Fire protection. . . . . . . , .704.8 Room requirements . . . . . . . 1210, 2406.2, Insulation covering . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719.1, 719.7 2406.4, 2606.9, 2903 Penetration protection . . , , . . . . . � . . . . 713, 1022.4 PLYWOOD Under platform. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410.4 (see WOOD STRUCTURAL PANELS). . . . . . 2302.1 PLAIN CONCRETE (see CONCRETE). . . . . . , . . 1909 Preservative-treated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2303.1.8.1 PLAN REVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107.3 PRESCRIPTIVE FIRE RESISTANCE . . . . . . . . . . .720 PLASTER PRESERVATIVE-TREATED WOOD. . . . . . . . . . 2302.7 Fire-resistance requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .718 Fastenings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2304.9.5 Gypsum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .718.1, 718.2 Quality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2303.1.8 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110.3.5 Required. . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . �1403.5, 2304.1 Portland cement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .718.5, Shakes, roof covering. . . . . . . . . . 1507.9.6, 1507.9.8 Table 2507.2, Table 2511.1.1 PROJECTION ROOMS PLASTIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 26 Motion picture. . . . , , . . , . , . . , . . . . , , . . . . . _409 409 Approval for use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2606.2 PROJECTIONS,COMBUSTIBLE . . . . 705.2.3, 1406.3 Core insulation, reflective plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . 2613 PROPERTY LINE (see FIRE SEPARATION Fiber reinforced polymer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2612 DISTANCE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705.3 Fiberglass-reinforced polymer . . . . . . . . I . . . . .2612 PROPERTY MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101.4.4 Finish and trim, interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2604 Light-transmitting panels . . . . . . . . . . . .2401.1, 2607 PROSCENIUM Roof panels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2609 Opening protection . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . .410.3.5 Signs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402.16, 2611, Wall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . .410.3.4 D102.2.10, H107.1.1 PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM (see EMERGENCY Thermal barrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2603.4 COMMUNICATIONS) Veneer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1404.8, 2605, D102.2.11 Covered mall and open mail building . 402.15, Walls, exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2603.4.1.4, 2603.5 907.2.20, 2702.2.14 PLASTIC,FOAM Special amusement buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411.6 Insulation (see FOAM PLASTICS). , . . . . , 2603 PUBLIC PROPERTY . . . . . . . . Chapter 32, Chapter 33 Interior finish. , . . . . . , , , , , , , , , , , , _8014, 2603.9 PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY Malls , . , . .402.11, 402.12.1, 402.16.5 Encroachments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 32 Stages and platforms . .. . . , 410.3.6 PYROPHORIC MATERIALS . . . . Table 307.1(1), 307.4 PLASTIC, LIGHT TRANSMITTING Awnings and patio covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2606.10 R Bathroom accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2606.9 Exterior wall panels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2607 RAILING (see GUARDS AND HANDRAILS) Fiber reinforced polymer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2612.5 RAMPS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1010 Fiberglass-reinforced polymer. . . . . . . . . . . . .2612.5 Assembly occupancy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1028.11 Glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2608 Construction. . . . . . . . . . . . 1010.2 through 1010.53, Greenhouses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2606.11 1010.7, 1010.9 Light-diffusing systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2606.7 Existing buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3411.8.5 Roof panels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2609 Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1026, 3201.4 Signs, interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2611 Guards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,1010.10, 1013, 1607.7 Skylight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2610 Handrails. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1010.8, 1012, 1607.7 Solar collectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2606.12 Landings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1010.6 Structural requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2606.5 Parking garage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406.2.5 Unprotected openings . . . . . . . . . . . .2608.1, 2608.2 Slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1010.2, 3411.8.5 Veneer, exterior . . . . . . . . 603.1(14), 603.1(16), 2605 REFERENCED STANDARDS . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 35 Wall panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2607 Applicability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102.3, 102.4 PLATFORM (see STAGES AND PLATFORMS). . . 410 Fire resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .703.2 Construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410.4 List. . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 35 Temporary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410.4.1 Organizations . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . .Chapter 35 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 665 INDEX REFORMATORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308.4 Parking, private . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406.1 REFRIGERATION (see MECHANICAL). . . . . . 101.4.2 Parking beneath or above. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .509 Machinery room. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . ..1015.4 Partitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420, 709.1 REFUGE AREAS Plumbing fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2902 (see HORIZONTAL EXIT,SMOKE Smoke alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.2.11 COMPARTMENTS, STORM SHELTERS). . . 407.4.1, Special occupancy separation . . . 419, 420, 508.2.4, 408.4.1, 408.6, Table 508.2.5, 508.3.3 422.3, 423.1.1t 1025.4 Special provisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .509.5, 509.6 Sprinklers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .903.2.8, 903.3.2 REFUSE CHUTE . . . . . 708.13 Swimming pools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3109.4 REINFORCED CONCRETE (see CONCRETE) Travel distance. . . . . . . . . . . . 1014.3, 1016.1, 1021.2 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , , ,1901.2 Visible alarms. . . . . . . . . . . .907.5.2.3.3, 907.5.2.3.4 Inspections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1704.4 RETAINING WALLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1807.2, 2304.11.7 REINFORCEMENT Flood provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G801.4 Concrete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1907, 1913.4, 1915.4 Seismic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1803.5.12 Masonry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2103.13 REVIEWING STANDS (see BLEACHERS AND RELIGIOUS WORSHIP, PLACES OF GRANDSTANDS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1028.1.1 Balcony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1028.5, 1108.2.4 Live load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1607.1 Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303, 305.1 RISERS,STAIR (see STAIRWAY CONSTRUCTION) Door operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1008.1.9.3 Alternating tread device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1009.10.2 Egress. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1028 Assembly 1028.5.1, 1028.6, Fire alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . .907.2.1 y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interior finishes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 803.9, 804 1028.7, 1028.9, 1026.11 Closed. . . . . . . Special occupancy separation, 303.1, Table 508.2.5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1009.4.5 Unlimited area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .507.6, 507.7 Spiralral , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1009.9 REPAIRS, BUILDING. . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . - -3405 Uniformity . . . . . . . . . . . , . 1009.4.4 . . . . . . . . . . . . Compliance alternatives. . . 3412.1, 3412.2.4, 3412.3 RODENTPROOFING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix F Flood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1612.1, 1612.2, 3405.5 Minor, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105.2.2 ROLL ROOFING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1507.6 Permit required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105.1 ROOF ACCESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1009-13, 1009.14 Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101.2, 1613.3, 3401.1, ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES 3401.3, 3409.1, 3411.2 Cooling towers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1509.4 RESIDENTIAL CARE/ASSISTED Drainage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1503.4, 3201.4 LIVING FACILITIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308.1 Fire classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1505 Accessibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1107.5.1, 1107.5.2, Fire district . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D102.2.9 1107.6.4, 3411.8.7, 3411.8.9 Height modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5043 Fire alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.2.6, 907.5.2.3.3 Impact resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1504.7 Separations . . . . . . . . . . .Table 508.2.5, Table 508.4 Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1506 Smoke alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.2.11.2 Parapet walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1503.3, 1503.6 Sprinklers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .903.2.6, 903.3.2 Penthouses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1509.2 RESIDENTIAL OCCUPANCY (GROUP R). . . , . . 310 Tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1509.3 Accessibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1106.2, 1107.6, Towers, spires, domes and cupolas. . . . . . . . . 1509.5 3411.8.7, 3411.8.8, Weather protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1503 3411.8.9, E104.2, E104.3 Wind resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1504.1, 1609.5 Accessory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .508.2, G801.1 ROOF CONSTRUCTION Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .503, 505, 506, 507, 508 Construction walkways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3306.7 Corridors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1018.1, 1018.2 Coverings (see ROOF COVERINGS) . . . . . 1609.5.2 Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1008.1.1 Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1609.5.1 Draftstopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .717.3.2, 717.4.2 Draftstopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .717.4 Emergency escape and rescue. . . . . . . . . . . . 1029.1 Fire resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 601 Exit sign exemptions . . . . - - . . . . . . . . . . . .1011.1 Fireblocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .717.2 Fire alarm and detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.2.8, Live loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1607.1, 1607.11 90729, 907.2.10 Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 6 Group R-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310.1 Penetration of fire resistant assemblies . . . . . . . . 713 Group R-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310.1 Protection from adjacent construction. . . . . . . 3307.1 Group R-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310.1 Rain loads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1611 Group R-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310.1, 1008.1.9.5.1 Roof structures . . . . . . . . . . . .504.3, 1509, D102.2.9 Height. . . . . . . . . . . -503, 504, 505, 506, 508, 509 Signs, roof mounted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H110 Interior finishes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 803.9, 804 Slope, minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 15 Live load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1607.1 Snowload. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1608 666 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® INDEX Trusses 2210.3, 2303.4, 2308.10.10 Means of egress. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3310 Wood (see ROOF CONSTRUCTION, WOOD) Protection of pedestrians . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3306 ROOF CONSTRUCTION,WOOD . . . . 602.4.3, 602.4.5 Sanitary facilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3305 Anchorage to walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1604.8.2 Site work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3304 Attic access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1209.2 Sprinkler system, automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3312 Ceiling joists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2308.10.2 Standpipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3308.1.1, 3311 Diaphragms 2305,1, 2306,2 Temporary use of streets, alleys Fastening schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2304.9 and P ublic property . . . . 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3308 Fire-retardant-treated . . . . . . . .Table 601, 603.1(25) SAFETY GLAZING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .715,43.4, 2406 Framing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2304.10.3, 2308.10 SCHOOLS (see EDUCATIONAL OCCUPANCY) Rafters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2306.1.1 SEATING,FIXED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1028 Sheathing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2304,7, 2308.10.8 Accessibilit y 1108.2, 1109.10 Trusses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2303.4, 2308.10.10 Aisles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1017.4, 1028.9 Ventilation, attic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1203.2 Bleachers (see BLEACHERS) Wind uplift. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2308,10.1 Grandstands (see GRANDSTANDS) ROOF COVERINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1507 Live load. . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . Table 16071 Asphalt shingles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1507.2 Occupant load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . , .1004.7 Built up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1507.10 Temporary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . , , , . . .108 Clay tile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1507.3 SECURITY GLAZING. . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . , .408.7 Concrete tile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1507.3 SECURITY GRILLES . . . . . , .Fire district . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D102.2.4 1008.1.4.5 Fire resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .603.1(3), 1505 SEISMIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . • . . . . . . . . . . , . , . ,1613 Flashing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1503.2, 1503.6, 1507.2.9, Construction documents . . . . . . . . . . . 107, 1603.1.5, 1507.3.9, 1507.5.7, 1507.7,7, 1603.1.9, 1709 1507.8.8, 1507.9.9, 1510.6 Existing building. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3403.4.1, 3404.4.1, Impact resistance. . . 1504.7 3404.5, 3405.2, 3408.4 Insulation. . . . . . . . . . . . 1508 Fire-resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .704.12 Liquid applied coating . . . . . . . . . .1507.15 Geotechnical investigation . . . . 1803.5.11, 1803.5.12 Membrane . . . . . . 13102 Glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2404 Metal panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1507,4 Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1613 Metal shingles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1507.5 Masonry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2106 Modified bitumen . . . .1507.11 Membrane structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3102.7 Plastics, light-transmitting panels. . . . . . . . . . . . 2609 Seismic design category. . . . . . . . . 1613.2, 1613.5.6 Rep la cemen Urecovering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1510.3 Seismic detailing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1604.10 Reroofing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I — . . .1510 Site class. . . . . . . . . . . . .1613.2, 1613.5.2, 1613.5.5 Roll. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1507.6 Site classification for seismic design . . , . . . 1613.5.5 Single-ply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1507.12 Site coefficients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1613.2, 1613.5.3 Slate shingles 1507.7 Statement of special inspections. . . . . . . . . . . 1705.3 Sprayed polyurethane foam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1507.14 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2205 Thermoplastic single-ply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1507.13 Structural observations. . . , . . . . . . . . . . .1707, 1710 Wind loads , , . . . . . . . . .1504.1, 1609.5 Structural testing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ­1708 .1708 Wood shakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : 1507.9 Wood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2305, 2308.11, 2308.12 Wood shingles , . . . . . . . . . . . . 1507.8 SERVICE STATION ROOF DRAINAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1503.4 (see MOTOR FUEL-DISPENSING FACILITIES) ROOF REPLACEMENT/RECOVERING, , , . . 1510.3 SHAFT(see SHAFT ENCLOSURE ROOF STRUCTURE (see ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND AND VERTICAL OPENING PROTECTION) , . . . 702 ROOFTOP STRUCTURES) SHAFT ENCLOSURE (see VERTICAL OPENING PROTECTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .708 ROOM DIMENSIONS. . 1208 Continuity 08.5, 708.11, 708.12 El ROOMING HOUSE . 310 Y Elevators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .708.14 Exceptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .708.2, 1016.1, 1022.1 S Exterior walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .708.6 Fire-resistance rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . .707.3.1, 708.4 SAFEGUARDS DURING Group 1-3 . . . . , . . . , • . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408.5 CONSTRUCTION Chapter 33 High-rise buildings . . . . . . . . . . . .403.2.1.2, 403.2.3, Adjoining property protection 3307 403.3.1.1, 403.5.1 Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3302 Joints . , . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . .708.9, 714 Demolition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3303 Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . .708.3 Evacuations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1804.1 Opening protection. . . . . 708.8, 708.10, 713, 716.5.3 Fire extinguishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3309 Penetrations. . . . , , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . .708.8 2DO9INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 667 INDEX Refuse and laundry chutes 708.13 Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2404 Required . . . 708.2 Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2610 SHEAR WALL Protection from adjacent construction. . . . . . . 3307.1 Gypsum board and plaster 2505 SLAB,COMPOSITE Masonry 2102.1 STEEL DECKICONCRETE . . . . . . . . . . . . .2209.2.1 Wood . 2302.1, 23051, 2306.3 through 2306.7 SLAB ON GROUND,CONCRETE. . 1910, 2304.11.2.3 SHEATHING SLATE SHINGLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1507.7 Clearance from earth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2304.11.2.2 SLEEPING UNITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202 Fastening. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2304.9 Accessibili[y. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1102, 1103.2.11, Fiberboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2306.6 1105.1.6, 1106.2, 1106.7.2, 1107 Floor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2304.7, 2308.8.6 Accessibility, existing . . . . . . . . . . .3411.1, 3411.8.7, Gypsum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2306.2.4 3411.8.9 8 8. , Moisture protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2304.11.2.2 3411. 308 Particleboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2306.5 Group R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310 Roof. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2304.7 Scoping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101.2 Roof sheathing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2308.10.8 Separation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420.2, 420.3 Wall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2304.6.1, 2308.9.3 Wood structural panels . . . . . . . . . . 2303.1.4, 2211.3 SMOKE ALARMS SHOPPING CENTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309 Multiple-station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.2.11.2 907.2 11 SHOTCRETE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1913 Residential aircraft hangars. . . . . . . . . . . . . .412.5.3, SHUTTERS, FIRE 412.5.4, 907.2.21 (see OPENING PROTECTIVES). . .715.4 Residential occupancies. . . . . 907.2.11.1, 907.2.11.2 SIDEWALKS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105.2(6), G801.4 Single-station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907.2.11 Live loads. . . _ _ r1 ­ 1 . . . . . . . .Table 1607.1 SMOKE BARRIERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .710 SIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3107, Appendix H Ambulatory care facilities. , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .422.2 Accessibility . , , 1011.3, 1110, Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .407.4.3, 710.4, 909.5 E106.4.9, E107, E109.2.2 Doors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .710.5, 715.4.3, 909.5.2 Accessible means of egress . . . . . . . . . . . 1007.8.2, Fire-resistance rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .703, 710.3 1007.9 through 1007.11 Glazing, rated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .715.5 Animated devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H108 Horizontal assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .712.9 Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H105, H107 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110.3.6 Covered mall and open mail building. . . . . . . . 402.16 Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .710.7, 714 Doors. . . . . . . . . . 1008.1.4.4, 1008 1.9.3, 1008.1.9.7 Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .703.6 Electrical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H106 Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .710.2 Elevators . . . . . . . 1109.6, 1110.2, 3002.3, 3008.11.5 Opening protection. . . . . . . . . . . 710.5, 713.3, 713.5, Encroachment, public right-of-way. . . . . . . . 3202.3.1 715, 716.5.5, 909.5.2 Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1011, 2702.2.3, 2702.2.9 Penetrations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .710.6, 713 Floor loads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106.1 Smoke control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .909.5 Ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H109 Special provisions Height limitation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H109.1, H112.4 Ambulatory care facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .422 Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H106.1 Group 1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .407.4 Luminous. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.5.5, 1011.4, 1024 Group 1-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408.6, 408.7 Marquee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H113 Underground. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405.4.2, 405.4.3 Obstruction. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1003.3.2, 1003.3.3, H103 SMOKE COMPARTMENT. . . . . . . . . . . .407, 408, 422 Occupant load, assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1004.3 Refuge area (see REFUGE AREA) Parking spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1110.1 SMOKE CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . 909 Plastic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2611, D102.2.10 Amusement buildings, special. . . , . . . . . . . . . 411.1 Portable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H114 Atrium buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404.5 Projecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H112 Covered mall and open mall building. . . . . 402.10 Protruding objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1003.3 Group 1-3 . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . .408.9 Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H110 High-rise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.4.6, 403.5.4 1022.9 Stair identification. . . 1022.7, 1022.8, 1110.2, 1110.3 Special inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1704.16 Standpipe control valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .905.7.1 Stages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410.3.7.2 Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .703.6, H111 Standby power systems . . . . . . 909.20.6.2, 2702.2.2 SITE DRAWINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107.2.5 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .909 SITE WORK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3304 Underground buildings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405.5 SKYLIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2405, 3106.3 Values . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . .3412.6.10.1 Light, required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1205.2 SMOKE DAMPERS. . . . . . . . . . . .716.2 through 716.5 668 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* INDEX SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM (see FIRE ALARM Membrane structures (see MEMBRANE AND SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMS). 907 STRUCTURES) .3102 SMOKE DETECTORS Pedestrian walkways and tunnels (see WALKWAYS Covered mall and open mall . . . . 402.4.5.1, 907.2.20 and TUNNELED WALKWAYS) _, 3104 High-rise buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.4.1, 907.2.13 Signs (see SIGNS) , 3107 HPM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415.8.9.3 Swimming pools enclosures and safety devices Institutional 1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .407.7 (see SWIMMING POOL)_ . . . . . . . . . . . . Smoke activated doors . .715.4.8.3 Telecommunication and broadcast towers Special amusement buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411.5 (see TOWERS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3108 Underground buildings . . . . . . . . .907.2.18, 907.2.19 Temporary structures SMOKE-DEVELOPEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .802, (see TEMPORARY STRUCTURES). . . . . . . . 3103 803.1.1, Table 803.9 SPECIAL INSPECTIONS (see INSPECTIONS and SMOKE EXHAUST SYSTEMS STRUCTURAL TESTS AND SPECIAL Underground buildings . . . . . . 405.5, 907.2.18, 909.2 INSPECTIONS) SMOKE PARTITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711 SPIRAL STAIRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1009.9 Continuity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .711.4 Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1009.1, 1009.2, 1009.9 Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .711.5 Exceptions. . . 1009.4.2, 1009.4.3, 1009.4.5, 1009.12 Ducts and air transfer openings. . . . . . . . . . . . .711.7 Group 1-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408.3.4 Fire-resistance rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .711.3 Livelwork. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .419.3.3 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110.3.6 Stages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410-5.3, 1015-6.1 Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .711.6 SPRAY-APPLIED FIRE RESISTANT Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .703.6 MATERIALS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1702.1 Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .711.2 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1704.12, 1704.13 Opening protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .711.5, 716.5.7 Steel column calculated fire resistance. . . . 721.5.2.2 Penetrations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .711.6 SPRINKLER SYSTEMS,AUTOMATIC . . . . .903, 3312 Special provisions Exempt locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .903.3.1.1.1 Atriums. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404.6 Fire department location. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .912 Group 1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .407.3 Seismic design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1613.6.3 SMOKE REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.4.6 Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .914.2 SMOKE VENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410.3.7.1, 910 Substitute for fire rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 601(4) SMOKEPROOF ENCLOSURES . . . . . 403.5.4, 1022.9 Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3412.6.17 Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .909.20 SPRINKLERS, REQUIRED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .903 SNOW LOAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1608 Aircraft related . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412.4.6, 412.6.5 Glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2404 Ambulatory health care facilities . . . . . 422.5, 903.2.2 SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS Amusement buildings, special . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411.4 (see FOUNDATION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 18 Area increase. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .506.3 Depth of footings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1809.4 Assembly . . . . . . . . . 903.2.1, 903.2.11.5, 1028.6.2.3 Excavation, grading and fill. . . 1804, 3304, J106,J107 Atrium building. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404.3 Expansive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1803.5.3, 1808.6 Basements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .903.2.11.1 Flood hazard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1808.4 Combustible storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413 Footings and foundations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1808 Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .903.2.12 Footings on or adjacent to slopes . . 1808.7, 3304.1.3 Covered mall and open mall building. . . . . . . . .402.9 Foundation walls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1807.1.5, 3304.1.4 Drying rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .417.4 Geotechnical investigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1803 Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .903.2.3 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1804.3, Appendix J Exempt locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .903.3.1.1.1 Loadbearing values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1806 Factory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .903.2.4 Soil boring and sampling, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1803.4 Fire areas . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .707.3.9 Soil lateral load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1610 Garages . . . . . . . . . . 406.3.10, 9012.91, 903.2.10.1 Special inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1704.7 Hazardous materials . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 414.2.5(1), SORORITIES . . . . . . . . . .310.1 Table 414.2.5(2), 903.2.11.4 SOUND-INSULATING MATERIALS Hazardous occupancies. . . . . . . 415.5.2, 415.62.4, (see INSULATION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .719 415.8.6.3, 415.8.11, 705.8.1, 903.2.5 SOUND TRANSMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . , • • • • • • •1207 Height increase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .504.2 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 31 High-rise buildings. . . . . . . . 403.2, 403.3, 903.2.11.3 Automatic vehicular gates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3110 Incidental accessory occupancies . . . . Table 508.2.5 Awnings and canopies (see AWNINGS and Institutional. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .407.5, 903.2.6, 903.3.2 CANOPIES) . . . . . . . . . . I . . . . . . . . . . I . . . .3105 Laundry chutes, refuse chutes, termination Marquees (see MARQUEE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3106 rooms and incinerator rooms . . . 708.13, 903.2.11.2 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 669 INDEX Live/work units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .419.5, 903.2.8 Roof access . . . . . , , . . . . . . . . .. . .1009.13, 1009.14 Mercantile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .903.2.7 Seismic anchorage, 2308.12.7 Mezzanines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .505.4, 505.5.2 Spiral (see SPIRAL STAIRS) 408.3.4, Multistory buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .903.2.11.3 410.5.3, 419.3.3, 1009.9 Residential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .903.2.8, 903.3.2 Treads and risers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1009.3, 1009.4 Special amusement buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411.4 Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1009.1 Spray finishing booth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .416.5 Winders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1009.3, 1009.4.2, Stages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410.6 1009.4.3, 1009.4.4, 1009.8 Storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .903.2.9, 903.2.10 STAIRWAY ENCLOSURE . . . . . . . . . . . .708.2, 1022.1 Supervision Access. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1022.1.9.2 (see SPRINKLERS, SUPERVISION)_ 903.4 Construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1022.4 Underground buildings . . . . . . . . . .405.3, 903.2.11.1 Discharge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1027.1 Unlimited area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .507 Doors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .715.4.8, 1008.1.9.10 SPRINKLERS, SUPERVISION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .903.4 Elevators within. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1022.3. 3002.7 Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .901.6 Exterior walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .705.2, 707.4, 708.6, Underground buildings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405.3 709.5, 1022, 1026.6 STAGES AND PLATFORMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303, 410 Fire-resistant construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1022.1 Dressing rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410.5 Group 1-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408.3.8 Egress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410.5.3, 1015.6 High-rise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.5 Fire barrier wall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410.5.1, 410.5.2 Penetrations. . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1022.4 Floor Finish and floor covering . . . . . . . . 410.3, 410.4, Pressurization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .909.6, 909.20.5 804.4, 805.1 Space below, use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1009.6.3 Horizontal assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . .410.5.1, 410.5.2 Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1022.5 Platform,temporary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410.4.1 STANDARDS (see REFERENCED STANDARDS) Platform construction . . . . . . . . . . . .410.4, 603.1(11) Proscenium curtain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410.3.5 STANDBY POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2702.1, 2702.3 Proscenium wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410.3.4 Aircraft traffic control towers. . . . . 412.3.5, 2702.2.18 Roof vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410.3.7.1 Atriums. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404.7, 2702.2.2 Scenery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410.3.6 Covered mall and open mall building . . . . . . .402.14, Smoke control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410.3.7.2 2702.2.14 Sprinkler system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410.6 Elevators. . . . . . . . . . . . 1007.4, 2702.2.5, 2702.2.19, Stage construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410.3, 603.1(11) 3003.1, 3007.7, 3008.15 Standpipes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410.7, 905.3.4 Hazardous occupancy . . . . . . . . . . . .414.5.4, 421.8, Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410.3.7 2702.2.10, 2702.2.12 STAIRWAY (see ALTERNATING TREAD DEVICES, High-rise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.4.7, 2702.2.15 SPIRAL STAIRS,STAIRWAY CONSTRUCTION and Horizontal sliding doors. . . . . . . 1008.1.4.3, 2702.2.7 STAIRWAY ENCLOSURE) Membrane structures . . . . . . . . . .2702.2.9, 3102.8.2 Platform lifts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1007.5, 2702.2.6 STAIRWAY CONSTRUCTION Smoke control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .909.11, 2702.2.2 Aisle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1028.9 Smokeproof enclosure. . . . . . .909.20.6.2, 2702.2.20 Alterations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3404.1 Underground buildings . . . . . . . . . .405.8, 2702.2.16 Alternating tread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1009.10 STANDPIPE AND HOSE SYSTEMS (see Circular(see Curved) STANDPIPES, REQUIRED) . . . . . . . 905, 3106.4, Construct ion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1009.6 Curved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1009.3, 1009.8 3308.1.1, Discharge barrier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1022.7 Cabinet locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3308.1.1.. . . .905.7. 2 During construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3310.1 Dry cone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . .905.8 Elevators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1009.14, 1022.3, 3002.7 Hose connection location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6, 912 Enclosure under . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1009.6.3 905.4 through 905.fi, 912 Existing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3404.1, 3408.3 STANDPIPES, REQUIRED Exterior exitway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1026.1, 1027.1 Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .905.3.2, 905.5.1 Fireblocking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .717.2.4 Covered mall and open mall buildings. . . . . . 402.9.1, Guards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1013.1, 1013.2, 1607.7 905.3.3 Handrails. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1009.12, 1012, 1607.7 During construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .905.10 Headroom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1009.2 Elevators, fire service access . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3007.5 Illumination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1006.1, 1205.4, 1205.5 Helistops. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .905.3.6 Ladders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1009.11 Marinas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .905.3.7 Landings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1009.5, 1009.7 Parking garages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406.3.6, 406.3.9 Live load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1607.1, 1607.7 Stages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410.7, 905.3.4 Luminous . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403.5.5, 411.7.1, 1024 Underground buildings . . . . . . . . . . .405.10, 905.3.5 670 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® INDEX STATE LAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102.2 Alternative test procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1712 STEEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : . . . . .Chapter 22 Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1703 Bolting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2204,2 Contractor responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1709 Cable structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2207 Design strengths of materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1711 Calculated fire resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .721.5 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1701 Cold-formed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2202.1, 2209, 2210 In-situ load tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1714 Conditions of restraint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .703.2.3 Material and test standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1716 Decks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2209.2 Preconstruction load tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1715 Identification and protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2203 Special inspections. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1704, 1706, 1707 Joists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2202.1, 2206 Statement of special inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . 1705 Open web joist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2206 Structural observations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1710 Parapet walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1503.3, 1503.6 Structural testing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1708 Reinforcement, concrete. . . . . . . . . . I . . . . . . . .1907 Test safe load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1713 Seismic provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2205 STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION . . . . . . . 1702.1, 1710 Special inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1704.3 STUCCO .2512 Storage racks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2208 Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2204.1 SWIMMING POOL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3109 STONE VENEER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1405.7 Flood provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G801.5 Slab-type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1405.8 Gates, access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3109.4.1.7 STOP WORK ORDERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2406.4 Indoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3109.4.2 STORAGE OCCUPANCY (GROUPS) . . . . . . . . . .311 Public. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3109.3 Accessory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .508.2 Residential. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3109.4 Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406.3.5, 406.3.6, 406.4.1, 503, 505, 506, 507, 508 Automobile parking garage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406 T Hazard storage, low, Group S-2 . . . . . . . . . . . .311.3 Hazard storage, moderate, Group S-1 . . . . . . . 311.2 TELEPHONE EXCHANGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304 Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406,3,5, 406.4.1, 503, 504, 505, 506, 508, 509 TELESCOPIC SEATING (see FOLDING AND High-piled combustible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413 TELESCOPIC SEATING) Interior finishes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,Table 803.9, 804 TEMPORARY STRUCTURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3103 Live loads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1607.1 Certificate of occupancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108.3 Parking garages . . . . . . . . 406.1, 406.2, 406.3, 406.4 Conformance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108.2 Plumbing fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ._ _2902 Construction documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3103.2 Smoke and heat vents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .910.2 Encroachment, public right-of-ways . . . . . . . . 3202.3 Special occupancy separation 309.1,Table 508.2.5 Flood provisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G901 Sprinkler system, automatic . . . . . . , . . , . ,903.2.10 Means of egress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3103.4 Travel distance. . . . . . . . . . . . 1014.3, 1016.1, 1021.2 Permit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108.1, 31031.1 Unlimited area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .507.2, 507.3, 507.4 Power, temporary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108.3 STORM SHELTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .423 Termination of approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108.4 Refuge area (see REFUGE AREA) TENANT SEPARATION STRENGTH Covered mall buildings . 402.7, 709.1 Design requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1604.2 TENTS Masonry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .2102.1 Standby and emergency power . . . . . . . . . . 2702.2.9 Nominal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1602.1 Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1602.1 TERMITES, PROTECTION FROM. . . . . . . . . . 2304.11 STRENGTH DESIGN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1602.1, 1604.1 TERRA COTTA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1405.9 Masonry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2101.2.2, 2108 TESTING STRUCTURAL DESIGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 16 Building official required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104.11.1 Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 20 Concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1905.6 Concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 19 Fire-resistant materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .703.2 Foundations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 18 Glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2406, 2408.2.1 Masonry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 21 Roof tile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1716.2 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 22 Seismic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1708 Wood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 23 Smoke control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .909.3 STRUCTURAL TESTS AND Soils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1803 SPECIAL INSPECTIONS Sprinklers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .904.4 (see INSPECTIONS AND TESTING) . . . . . . 110.3.9, Structural (see STRUCTURAL TESTS AND Chapter 17 SPECIAL INSPECTIONS) 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE01 671 INDEX THEATERS [see ASSEMBLY OCCUPANCY Materials . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 6 (GROUP A,PROJECTION ROOMS and Metal-plate-connected wood . . , . . , . . . . , 2303.4.6 STAGES AND PLATFORMS)] _. . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Wood . , . .2303.4 THERMAL BARRIER, TUNNELED WALKWAY . , 3104, 3202.1 FOAM PLASTIC INSULATION . . . . 2603.4, 2603.5.2 TURNSTILES . , .1008.3 THERMAL-INSULATING MATERIALS (see INSULATION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .719 TILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2102.1 U Ceramic (see CERAMIC TILE) Fire resistance, clay or shale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .720.1 TOILETS and TOILET ROOMS. . . . . Chapter 29, 3305 UNDERGROUND BUILDINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405 Accessible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1109.2. 1607.7.2 Compartmentation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405.4 Construction/materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1210, 2903 Construction type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405.2 Elevators. . . . e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405.4.3 Family-or assisted-use . . 1109.2.1, 2902.1.2, 2902.2 Fixture count Table 2902.1 Emergency power loads . . . . . . . . 405.10, 2702.2.16 Grab bar live loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1607.7.2 Exits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405.6 . .2902.3.2, 2902.3.3, 2902.3.4 Fire alarm systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405.6 Location . . . . . . . . . Smoke barrier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405.4.2, 405.4.3 Partitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2903 Public facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2902.3 Smoke exhaust/control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405.5 Rooms openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1210.5 Smokeproof enclosure. . . . . . . . . . . .405.7.2, 1022.9 Signs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1110.1, 1110.2 Sprinkler system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405.3 Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1203.4.3 Standby power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405.8, 2702.2.16 TORNADO SHELTER (see STORM SHELTER) Standpipe system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405.11, 905.3.5 TOWERS UNLIMITED AREA BUILDINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .507 Airport traffic control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412.3 UNSAFE STRUCTURES AND EQUIPMENT Cooling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1509.4 (see STRUCTURES, UNSAFE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Location and access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3108.2 Appeals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113, Appendix B Radio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3108 Restoration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115.5 Television . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3108 Revocation of permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105.6 TOXIC MATERIALS [see HIGH-HAZARD Stop work orders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 OCCUPANCY (GROUP H)] Utilities disconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112.3 Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307.6, 414, 415 UNSTABLE MATERIALS . . . . 307.3, Table 414.2.5(1), Gas detection system. . . . . . . . 415.8.7, 421.6, 908.3 Table 414.5.1, Table 415.3.2, TRAVEL DISTANCE 415.5.1, 415.8 Area of refuge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1007.6 UNUSABLE SPACE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .712.3.3 Assembly seating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1028.7 Atrium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404.9 USE AND OCCUPANCY . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 3 Balcony, exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1016.2 Accessory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .508.2 Common path of travel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1014.3 Incidental accessory occupancy . . . . . . . . . . 508.2.5, Mall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402.4.2, 402.4.4 Table 508.2.5 Measurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1016.1 Mixed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .508.3.508.4 Refrigeration machinery/ UTILITIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 refrigerated rooms. , , 1015.4, 1015.5 Service connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112.1 Smoke compartments (Group 1-2 and 1-3) 407.4, Service disconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112.3 408.61, 408.8.1 Temporary connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112.2 Special amusement building _411.4 UTILITY AND MISCELLANEOUS Stories with one exit. . .1021.2 OCCUPANCY (GROUP U). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . .312 Suites (Group 1-2) . . . . . . . . . 1014.23.3, 1014.2.4.3, 1014.2.4.4, 1014.2.6 Accessibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1103.2.5, 1104.3.1 TREADS, STAIR (see STAIRWAY CONSTRUCTION) Accessory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .508.2, G801.1 Agricultural buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix C Concentrated live load . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1607.1 Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .503, 505, 506, 501, 508 TREATED WOOD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2302.1 Egress illumination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1006.1 Fire-retardant treated wood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2303.2 Flood provisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G1001 Pressure-treated wood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2303.1.8 Height. . . . . . . . . . . . . .503, 504, 505, 506, 508, 509 Stress adjustments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2306.1.3 Live loads. . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1607.1 TRUSSES Special occupancy separation . . . . . . .Table 508.2.5 Cold-formed steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2210.3 Sprinkler system, automatic. . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.2.11 Fire resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .704.5 Travel distance. . . . . . . . . . . . 1014.3, 1016.1, 1021.2 672 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' INDEX V Shaft enclosure. . . . . . . . . . . . . .708, 1016.1, 1022.1 VALUATION OR VALUE (see FEES, PERMIT) . . 109.3 Value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3412.6.6.1 VESTIBULES, EXIT DISCHARGE. . . . . . . . . . . 1027.1 VEHICLE BARRIER SYSTEMS. . . . . . . . . . . .406.2.4, VINYL 1602.1, 1607.7.3 Expanded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .802, 803.7, 803.8 VEHICLE SHOW ROOMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304 Rigid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1405.14 VEHICULAR FUELING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406.5.2 VIOLATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 VEHICULAR GATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3110 VOICE ALARM (see ALARMS,VOICE) VENEER Cement plaster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1405.15 W Fastening. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1405.17 Fiber cement siding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1405.16 WALKWAY. .3104 Glazing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1405.12 During construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3306 Masonry, adhered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1405.10 Encroachment, public right-of-way. . . . . . . . 3202.3.4 Masonry, anchored . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1405.6 Fire resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 601 Metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1405.11 Live load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1607.1 Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2605 Materials per construction type. . . . . . . . . Chapter 6 Slab-type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1405.8 Opening protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .715, 716 Stone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1405.7 Terra cotta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1405.9 WALL, EXTERIOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705 Vinyl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1405.14 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 6 Wood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1405.5 Coverings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1405 VENTILATION (see MECHANICAL). . . . . . . . . 101.4.2 Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) 1408 Attic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1203.2 Exterior structural members 704.10 Aircraft hangars, residential . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412.5.4 Fire district . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D102.1, D102.2.6 Aircraft paint hangars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412.6.6 Fire-resistance ratings . . . . . . Table 602, 703, 705.5, Bathrooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1203.4.2.1 706.5.1, 707.4, 1403.4 Crawl space. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1203.3 Flashing, veneered walls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1405.4 Elevator hoistways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3004 Foam plastic insulation. . . . . . . . . 2603.4.1.4, 2603.5 Exhaust, hazardous. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1203.5 Glazing, rated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .715.5 Exhaust, HPM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415.8.10 Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .705.9, 714 Exit enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1022.5 Light-transmitting plastic panels. . . . . . . . . . . . .2607 Fabrication areas, HPM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415.8.2.6 Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .705.4, 1406 Hazardous. . . . . . . . . . . . .414.3, 414.5.4, 415.6.1.4, Metal Composite Materials (MCM). . . . . . . . . . . 1407 415.6.2.8, 415.8.2.8.2, 415.8.5.7, Nonbearing t Chapter 6 . ,. .1022.9 Opening protection. . . . . . . . .705.8, 705.10, 716.5.6 High-rise . . . . . . . . Parapets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .705.11 HPM service corridors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415.8.4.3 Projections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .705.2 Live/work unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .419.8 Structural stability Mechanical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1203.1 705.6 Veneer (see VENEER) Natural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1203.4 Weather resistance . . . . . . . . 1403.2, 1405.2, Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406.3.12, 406.4.2 1407.6, 1408.4 Projection rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .409.3 Weather resistant barriers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1405.2 Repair garages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406.6.3 WALL, FIRE (see FIRE WALLS] Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1203.2, 1503.5 Smokeproof enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .909.20.3, WALL, FOUNDATION (see FOUNDATION) 909.20.4, 909.20.6 WALL,INTERIOR Spray rooms and spaces. . . . . . . . . . .416.2.1, 416.3 Finishes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .803, 1210.2, 1210.3 Stages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410.3.7 Opening protection . . . . . . _ _ _ _ _715, 716 Under-floor ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1203.3 WALL,INTERIOR NONBEARING (see PARTITIONS) VENTS,PENETRATION PROTECTION . . . . . . . . .713 WALL,MASONRY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2102.1 VERMICULITE, FIRE RESISTANT . . . . . . . . . . . . .720 Wood contact . . . . . . . . . . . 2304.11.2.3, 2304.11.2.5 VERTICAL OPENING PROTECTION WALL,PARAPET. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .705.11, 1503.3, Atriums. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404.6 1503.6, 2109.3.4.1.4 Duct penet rations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .716.1 WALL,PARTY (see FIRE WALLS) Elevators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .708.14 WALL,PENETRATIONS .713.3 Exceptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .708.2, 1022.1 Group 1-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408.5 WALL, RETAINING (see RETAINING WALL) High-rise. . . . . 403.2.1.2, 403.2.3, 403.3.1.1, 403.5.1 WALL,VENEERED (see VENEER) Chapter 14 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 673 INDEX WALL,WOOD CONSTRUCTION Calculated fire resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .721.6 Bracing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2308.9.3 Ceiling framing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2308.10 Cutting, notching, boring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23013.9.10 Connections and fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2304.9 Exterior framing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2308.9 Contacting concrete, masonry or earth . . . 2304.11.4 Fastening schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2304.9 Decay, protection against. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2304.11 Framing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2304.3, 2308.9 Diaphragms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2305.1, 2305.2, 2306.2 Interior bearing partition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2308.9.1 Draftstopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .717.3, 717.4 Interior nonbearing partition . . . . . . . . . . . 2308.9.2.3 End jointed lumber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2303.1.1 Openings . . . . . . . . . . . 2308.9.5, 2308.9.6, 2308.9.7 Fiberboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2303.1.5, 2306.6 Shear walls . . . . . . . . 2305.1, 2306.3 through 2306.7 Fire-retardant treated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2303.2 Sheathing (see SHEATHING) Fireblocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .717.2 Studs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2308.9.1 Floor and roof framing Top plates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2308.9.2.1 (see FLOOR CONSTRUCTION, WOOD) . . 2304.4 WATER-REACTIVE MATERIALS. . . . . .Table 307.1(1) Floor sheathing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2304.7 WEATHER, COLD Foundation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1807.1.4, 2308.3.3.1 Concrete construction 1905.12 Grade, lumber. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2303.1.1 Masonry construction 2104.3 Hardboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2303.1.6 Heavy timber construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2304.10 WEATHER,HOT Hurricane shutters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1609.1.2 Concrete construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1905.13 I joist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2303.1.2 Masonry construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2104.4 Inspection, special. . . . . . . . . 1704.6, 1706.2, 1707.3 WEATHER PROTECTION Lateral force-resisting systems. . . . . I . . . . . . . .2305 Exterior walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1405.2 Light-frame construction, conventional. . . . . . . . 2308 Roofs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1503 Load and resistance factor design . . . . . . . . . . .2307 WELDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2204.1 Moisture content . . . . . . . . . . . . 2303.1.8.2, 2303.2.6 Materials, verification of Nails and staples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2303.6 steel reinforcement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1704.4.1 Particleboard shear walls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2306.5 Special inspections. . . . . . . 1704.3.1, 1707.2, 1707.4 Plywood, hardwood . . . . . . „ . . . . . . E . . . . . . .2303.3 Splices of reinforcement in masonry. . . . . . . .2107.4 Preservative treated . . . . , . 1403.5, 1403.6, 2303.1.8 Structural testing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1708.2, 1708.3 Roof framing WIND LOAD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1609 (see ROOF CONSTRUCTION, WOOD) , 2304.4 Roof sheathing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2304.7 Alternate all-heights method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1609.6 Seismic provisions . . . 2305, 2306, 2308.11, 2308.12 Basic wind speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1609.3 Shear walls. . . . . . . . . . 2305, 2306.3 through 2306.7 Construction documents. . . . . . . 107, 1603.1.4, 1709 Standards and quality, minimum. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2303 Exposure category. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1609.4 Structural panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2302.1, 2303.1.4 Glass block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2110 Supporting concrete or masonry. . . . . . . . . . 2304.12 Glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1609.1.2, 2404 Termite, protection against 2304.11 Hurricane-prone regions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1609.2 Trusses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2303.4 Provisions for walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2306.2 Veneer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 14 Roofs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1504.1, 1609.5, 2308.10.1 Wall framing Seismic detailing required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1604.10 (see WALL.,, WOOD CONSTRUCTION) 2304.3 Special inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1706 Wall sheathing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2304.6 Statement of special inspections. . . . . . . . . . . 1705.4 Wind-borne debris region . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1609.2 WOOD SHINGLES AND SHAKES . . . . 1507.8, 1507.9 Wind tunnel testing . . . . . . . . . . 1609.1.1.2, 1716.2.2 WOOD STRUCTURAL PANELS WINDERS,STAIR (see STAIRWAY CONSTRUCTION) (see WOOD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2302.1, 2303.1.4 WINDOW Bracing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2308.9.3 Accessibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1109.13.1 Decorative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2303.3 Emergency egress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1029 Design requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . .. . . . ,2301 Exterior, structural testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..1715.5 Diaphragms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2305.1, 2306.2 Fire (see OPENING PROTECTIVES) . . . . . . 715.4.9, Fastening. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2304.9 715.4.10 Fire-retardant-treated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2303.2 Glass (see GLAZING) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1405.13 Quality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2303.1.4 Required Light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1205.2 Roof sheathing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2304.7, 2308.10.8 Wells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1029.5 Seismic shear panels . . . . . . . . . . 2305.1, 2308.12.4 WIRES, PENETRATION PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . 713 Shear wall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2306.3 Sheathing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2304.6.1 WOOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 23 Standards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2306.1 Allowable stress design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2306 Subnoors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .804.4 Bracing, walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2308.9.3 Veneer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1405.5 574 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' INDEX Y YARDS OR COURTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1206 Group 1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .407.8 Group 1-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408.3.6, 408.6 Light, natural. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1205 Motor fuel-dispensing Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . .406.5.3 Occupant load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1004.8 Parking garage, open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406.3.6 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 675